^

'<

'A^

PRINCETON,

-^ff^ffXffff^^^^' T^mw.

N.

^f.

J.

M.'f^

.33.3

^M^

V^<^ ^^K^

-^^m

i\

A CRITICAL

LEXICON AND CONCORDANCE

OF THE

ENGLISH AND GREEK TESTAMENT.

FOURTH

EDITION, REVISED.

A CRITICAL

LEXICON

CONCORDANCE
TO THE

TOGETHER WITH

AN INDEX OF GREEK WORDS,

AND

SEVERAL APPENDICES

BY THE

REV.

'

ETHELBERT W. BULLINGER,

Thy words were found, and

D.D.

tbem and Thy word was unto me the joy aud

mine heart." Jer. xv. 16.

I did eat

LONDON:
LONGMANS, GREEN
MUCCCXCV.

VO.

rejoicing of

LotfuOK
PfllNTKL BT

179

&

180,

Georoe Bbrridoe &TCo.,

Uppee Thames Stbbet.

%\]h
DEDICATED

IS

TO,

Murk
AND DESIGNED FOE,

ALL ENGLISH BIBLE STUDENTS,

ilND IS SO

AERANGED AS TO BE UNDERSTOOD ALSO BY THOSE WHO ARE

UNACQUAINTED WITH GREEK.

IT

SHOWS AT

GLANCE

WORD
THE GREEK WORD WITH ITS LITERAL MEANING FOR EVERY ENGLISH
TESTAMENT;
NEW
THE
IN THE TEXT OR MARGIN OP
ALL

THE VARIOUS

READINGS

OF

THE

CRITICAL AUTHORITIES

ALL

PROPER

NAMES THAT ARE AFFECTED

IT
AN

INDEX

OF

GREEK WITH
AND
BY

VARIOUS

THE

READINGS.

ALSO CONTAINS

THE
GREEK WORDS WITH ALL THEIR RENDERINGS, AND
NUMBER OF TIMES EACH RENDERING OCCURS
;

AND

THE FOLLOWING APPENDICES:

. ALL

LONGER CLAUSES.
THE VARIOUS READINGS THAT ARE INVOLVED IN

B.-THE GREEK ALPHABET, WITH THE POWERS,

ETC.,

OF VERBS, NOUNS,

OF THE LETTERS, ETC.

AND ADJECTIVES,

TABLES OF THE ENDINGS

THEIR SIONII ICVTION
AS ILLUSTRATING AND DETERMINING

C A

LIST

OF

THE

VARIATIONS

IN

THE

CODEX 8INAITICU8.

SHADINGS

OF

THE

CONTENT Sc

PfiEFACE

Explanation of Abbreviations, etc.

Lexicon and Concordance.
Index.

Greek

Appendices

English

and Gtreek

PAGE

1G

17

.....

and English

921

A. Various Headings in longer Clauses

B.

...

......
...
......
......

The Gtreek Alphabet, with powers and pronunciation

of the letters

The endings of Words as determining

Verbs

their signification

Substantives
Adjectives

Prepositions, and their use in composition

Compound Words,

with illustration

.....

C. Variations of Copyists in

SiNAiTicus "

the Readings of the

"

xiii

liv

xv
xvii

xix

xx

Codex
xiiii

PKEFACE
" Not unto

us,

Lord, not unto us

Such were the words that

filled

but unto

Thy name give

the author's heart on bringing to a close

the labours of nine years, begun amidst the duties of a

continued in various parts of the Master's vineyard

redeemed from

less

when

less

importance, for his

the fruit of time

it is

arose from the study of certain words of

own

the thought occurred that

others if the

London parish and

noble recreations, and devoted to the Master's service.

The need of such a work

more or

glory."

it

edification

and that of certain friends

might be useful

to himself

work were made complete, and rendered

and

to

many

accessible to all

students of God's word.

"With this view a certain portion was done, and submitted to the

judgment of some who are renowned

criticism.

for their Biblical

knowledge and

Their kind expressions of opinion encouraged the author in

the prosecution of his design.

It is obvious that such a

consequence was, that as

it

work could not be designed

and the

in a day,

grew, the earlier portions (A, B,

&

C) were

written and re- written, until the design became complete.

There are but few who will really appreciate the nature and character
of the labour

demanded by the work, and consequently, the

daily need of

" thy

strength, health, courage,

and prayer,

God hath commanded thy

strength " has been indeed verified by experi-

ence,

and

to persevere unto the end

so has the prayer, " Strengthen,

God, that which Thou hast

wrought for us."

THE DESIGN OF THE AVOHK.

The design of
order,

this

work

is

to give every

English word in alphabetical

and under each, the Greek word or words

so translated, with a list

PHEFACE.

10

of the passages in which the English

fio-ure

which

is

the Greek

words.

For example,

word
if

is

the word "

many Greek

the Bible student to

know which

and what

Testijnent.

would be saved

if it

come " may,

Avords, it is

in thirty=two uassages,

surely most important for

the particular word in any given pas-

is

It is clear that

meaning.

is its

were known precisely what

many

The Christian would not confuse

with his "state"

he knew that in Eph.

denoted that which

God

that in 2 Cor. v. 9, "

We

labour, that, ...

need not labour to become

we

When
is

C,

"standing"

his

the word

''

acceptciV

has made us by grace, lorcUj and acceptable, and

He

denoted simply iccU-pleasing.

well because

i.

arguments

useless

the exact meaning and

is

force of the words.

if

stated

it is

used in the translation of several Greek

be represenied by as

sage,

New

importance of this will be at once seen, when

that the same English

Thus, at

and derivative meanings may be

its literal

found for every word in the English

o-reat

showing by a reference

occurs,

word used in each particular passage.

one view, the Greek word with

The

word

would

we may be

accepted of

see at once, that

Him,"

we do not and

but that we do labour to please

accepted,

Him

are accepted.

it is

further stated that such an important

word

as 'Ordain

"

" of 10,
used as the representative of 10 different Greek words, ''destroy

''condemn" of

"say"

of 8,

5,

"

io

"hnmr"

nunister" of
of 6,

8,

"holiness" of

"judgment" of

be seen at once, how necessary

it

9,

5,

"receive" of 18,

and "judge" oi

becomes that we

sliould

G, it will

know

exactly

the shade of meaning to be given to the word in any particular place.

It is

by no mcahs asserted that the meaning given

the lexical portion of the work could, or

English
tint,

translation, but

is

this is affirmed,

to

any word in

to be substituted for tliat in the

that

in cacli case, a shade,

or a colour will be given to wliat was before only an outline.

THE GREEK TEXT AND VARIOTJS READINGS.

In carrying out the design of this work a difTiculty soon arose.
assertion that a certain English

Greek word was of course

the Greek word

true,

now found

word was the

but only in part.

in the Textus Receptus,

The

translation of a certain
It

was the translation of

i.e.

in that

Greek Text,

PREFACE.

11

used by our translators in their great and important work, and afterwards
printed.

The Received Text of the Greek Testament

published by the Elzevirs at Leyden in 1633.

The

is

the second edition

Elzevir edition

first

(Ley den 1624) varies very slightly from the second, and the second was a
collation of the

with Robert Stephens's third edition 1550.

first,

The

Text however of our Authorized version agrees more nearly with Beza's
fifth edition

Beza's

fifth,

(1598) than with any other.

when

it

In eighty places

with Stephens's third in only about forty places, where

Beza's

fifth, it difiers

But
editions,

much

but

of

the

MSS. used

agrees with
it

agrees

disagrees with
places.*

in preparing these various

were neither many, nor ancient, nor of

certain that they

it is

it

from both editions in about half a dozen

known

little is

it

disagrees with Stephens's third, and while

Aveight as to their critical authority.

There being no reason therefore

by Protestants

why Stephens's Text should

be exalted

into a similar position as that of the Clementine Vulgate

by the Council of Trent, various revisions have been made from time
time by persons

who

haA'e

made the

to

subject the study of their lives.

In saying that a certain English word

is

the translation of a certain

Greek word, was only saying that that Greek word had the authority of
Robert Stephens.

It

appeared therefore to be a matter of the

first

necessity to add the results of Biblical research in this department since

1624, and to give every A^ariation from Stephens's Text which modern
editors

have for 'arious reasons thought to be necessary.

But

in order that the student

in the matter for himself,

when he sees

word, and that others do not,

of those editors

may

it is

be able to come to some conclusion

that certain editors prefer a certain

necessary to give here a brief account

and the principles on which they formed

their various

Texts.

I. Griesbach (1796-1806)
Recensions of the

based his Text on a

tJicory

Greek Text, (which he thought were apparent

of Three

in different

groups and classes of MSS.) regarding the collective witnesses of each

recension as one

so that a reading

having the authority of

all

three

* Tlie Elzevirs edition ilifTors from Stephens's third edition in about 150 places,
t For further particulars on this subject, see Dr. Tregelles on the Printed Text of
Greek Testament.

London

Bagsters.

the

PliEFACE.

12

recensions, or of

two out of the

tliree, is

regarded by him as genuine.

His

a theory and has

many

theory has certainly a foundation of truth, but

judgment has and

defects; nevertheless his

peculiarly

its

received in

will

always retain a value

own.

Lachmann (1831-1850)

II.

it is

East

the

professed to give the

3ISS.,

and

it

Cent. IV., taking into account the Latin

in the

Accordingly he

African authorities only when the Eastern disagree.

entirely the

Text as

icas

and
cites

most ancient MSS., to the utter neglect of the other uncial

all

He

MSS.

the cursive

professed also to exclude all internal

evidence as well as private opinion, and he has done this even where the

reading

is

a palpable error, simply on the ground that

attested in Cent.

III.

was

the best

IV.

TiscHENDORF

the most ancient

MSS.,

the ancient versions

to

it

(1841-1864), like Lachmann, professed to follow

but not to the neglect of the evidence furnished by

and Fathers.

In his 8th

edition, however,

he professes

approach more nearly to the principles of Lachmann.

IV.

Tregelles (1844-1872).

same with Lachmann, but

uncial

MSS. down

it

to Cent.

wider circle of authorities.

differs

His principle

scrupulous fidelity and accuracy

the

substantially

from his in allowing the evidence of

VIL, and by

The

is

a careful testing of

what was a

chief value of his Text arises from

and

it is

its

probably the most exact repre-

sentation of the ancient plenary inspired Text of the

Greek Testament

ever published.

"WTien any of the other editors are cited as agreeing with

him, his reading

may be

taken as being absolutely to be relied on as correct

and genuine.
V.

Alfori) (1849-1874) constructed his Text

"by

following

in all

ordinary cases the united or preponderating evidence of (he most ancient

these disagree he takes into account, to a very large

authorities."

Where, however, evidence

extent, later emdence.

to discover the causes

of the variation.

a greater weight, in some cases, to his

authority.

He

divided, he endeavours

from

all

the

to internal probabilit}/,

and

His principles

other editors, by giving a greater prominence

MS.

is

differ

own judgment, than

to the actual

says that that reading has been adopted " which on

the whole seenied most

likely to have stood in

the original Text.

Such judg-

PREFACE.

ments are of course open

word

often found preferring a

for

for

the various reading, and

Mark

(e.g.
it

to be questioned, etc."

"more

is

43, Xeyei for

xii.

or because

usual,"

in the

this

because, he says,

omission appeared to have been a

its

it is

is

MS8.

face of all the ancient

A word is retained

etTrei^).

" grammatical correction," or

Consequently, he

some reason which he thinks accounts

rejected because

it

appears to have been

inserted " carelessly from memory," or as a " mechanical repetition," &c.

In most cases he seems

account

weight, and places

VI.

i<f.

Convent of

it

This

This necessarily deprives his Text of

far below that of

Lachmann, Tischendorf, or

at St. Petersburg in 1862,

It is considered

and therefore

to

much

Tregelles.

the Codex Sinaiticus, found by Tischendorf in the

is

St. Catherine, at the foot of

and printed

and

to feel it necessary to discover the cause of,

the variation.

for,

Mount

Sinai, in

1844 and 1859,

and at Leipsic in 1863 and 1870.

by Tischendorf and Tregelles

to

be the work of Cent. IV.,

of very high authority, being perhaps the most ancient

is

]8. of the Greek Testament

authority, because

it

It is given here as a separate

in existence.

vas not known to Griesbach and Lachmann when

they prepared their texts.

In giving the various readings

notice those

which merely

affected the

words, and not the meaning.

work may be regarded

it

was not thought necessary

form or

In other respects

spelling of the

this

to

Greek

department of the

as complete.

AVith regard to the English

icords, the

English Bibles

among

differ

themselves to a certain extent, and most modern editions differ from the

Authorized Version as published in 1611, in

readings,
chief

spelling,

alterations

and

were

also

made

italics, references,

chapter headings,
in

1683,

marginal

and punctuation.

and afterwards in

1769,

The
by

Dr. Blayney, \mder the sanction of the Oxford delegates of the Press.*

Most
at

of these variations have been noted, with the date (where

known)

which they were made.

The English
which retains the

text followed has been Bagster's Critical

italics of

New

Testament,

the edition of 1611.

This work could scarcely have been undertaken but for the material
* See Turton's Text of

the

Enrjlkh Bible, 1833.

PREFACE.

14f

assistance afforded

made

it

possible

by The
but

still

Enrjlishman's Greek Concordance, which, indeed,

more useful has been found Hastings's

Greek and English Concordance, by Hudson

&

Critical

Abbot, Boston, 1871-5.

DIRECTIONS FOE USE.

The English words have been given

in their alphabetical order,

and

when two or more are used in the translation of one Greek vord, they will
be found in order in each case at the foot of the
where,

if

not too numerous, they are referred

The order

of the

first

body

of references,

to.

Greek words has been determined generally by the

frequency with which they have been so translated.

Nouns have been given (with

number, and verbs in the present

a few exceptions)

the singular

in

Therefore the student must look

tense.

COME for Came, under DRAW for Drew, under GO for Went,
under TAKE for Took, etc. The verb " TO BE " is an exception, and for

under

the convenience of the student, and for the sake of simplicity, this has

been, at great labour, divided into

WAS, AVERE, VERT,

its

various tenses,

IS,

etc.

In reading any passage.

The

student desiring to

force of a particular word, should first look for that

place, and then to the body of references below

and verse where the word

Greek word, with

AM, ARE, BE,

occurs.

its literal

The

meaning.

word

it

know

in its alphabetical

for the book, chapter,

figure prefixed to

It

is

the exact

it

will be the

obvious that the same infor-

mation will be gained even though he know nothing of Greek.

Should the passage not be found in the

reflect

whether

it

forms part of a phrase, in

combination or phrase in

its

list

wliicli

of references, he

must

case he will find that

alphabetical order, below.

EXAMPLES.
(1).

He

the word "

is

reading John

SEARCH ";

shows him that No. la

commanded

to

game; or he

is

trace

is

v. 39,

and wishes

to

know

the meaning of

he turns to that word, finds the reference, which

the word so translated, and he learns Ihat he

or track the Scriptures, as a

dog does

in

is

hunting

reading Acts xvii. 11, and refers to this word, vhcre he

PEEFACE.

the Bereans " searched " the Scriptures they estimated

when

finds that

carefully the Apostles' teaching

(2).

He

reading John

is

judged cf
12, " I

viii.

it

am

Word

by the

of God.

the Light of the "World,"

and by reference, he learns that Jesus speaks of Himself as absolute and

underived light
the

while in John

v. 35,

speaking of the Baptist as " a light,"

fed

by

oil,

xiii.

10,

"He

word means a hand-lump,

burning for a time and then

going out.
(3).

He

is

save to wash his

reading John
feet,

word wash

that the

meaning

to bathe,

as a person

but

is

is

represented

the second,

to

by two

by the

ways with the washing of

For the

special

use

i.e.

is

sufficient to

them

they will be

Holy
"

Greek words

the

first,

and he learns that

brazen

altar,

feet, so

the

only needs

by the word.

the

Index

in

with

connection

Greek words, the reader

is

further

referred to the

it.

indefinitely multiplied) will

this

work

and

it

to all Bible students with the earnest prayer that the

will be the

filled

same as with the author

and that together,

with a holy reverence for the words inspired by the

and exclaim

Ghost,

reference he finds

show the importance and usefulness of

now submitted

result with

by

the cleansing of his walk and

The foregoing examples (which might be

be

washed, needeth not,

the washing of his

sacrifice of the

Avater

of

searchinof out the use of the

Preface prefixed to

is

wash a part of the body

the daily cleansing of the brazen laver,

his

different

who has been bathed only needs

believer being justified

that

clean every whit," and

Thy words were found and

together,

"

Oh

I did eat them,

how

love

Thy

law."

and Thy word was unto

me

the joy and rejoicing of ray heart."

St. Stephen's,

June

Waltiiamstow,

14i/i,

1877.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

A

Second Edition of this "Work having been called for, typographical and other
errors have been corrected as far as possible.
Two pages have been cancelled, without
affecting the continuity of the matter
the pagination will bo rectified in a 8ubso(iuent
edition.
So many testimonies having been received as to the value of the work, it has
been resolved to increase its usefulness by reducing the price to 15s., thus placing it
;

within the reach of a greater number of Bible students.

St.

Stephen's Vicarage, Waltiiamstow,

February, 18S0.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS,

etc

A CRITICAL AND COMPLETE

LEXICON AND CONCOEDx\.NCE

TO THE

EXGLISH AXD GREEK

NEW

JIatt.

or AxV.

i.

ship.

which are

a mile.
vii. 17, a corniiit.
24, a rock.
viii.
2;!,
a a\\\\>
(om.

indefinite

in

the (Jrcek, are dtjinite in English.

Lists of these will be found in the

X. 12,

is

sometimes the representae.f/.

xiii. 2,

0,

TO, the

1/,

The

Greek

article

is

ir>,

{om.

48,

xi.

a gnat,
a camel.
xxiv. 32, a jvirablo
XXV. 32,a elicphenl
xxvi. 61, aervant
tiO, a damsel.
xxvii. 14, a word.

already vientioned, or about

become the object of an assertion.

to

It is strictly antici/)ative, thonr/h trith

the

aid (f

its

/>redic((te

it

may

be

l.'),a

retrospective.
2.

3.

,
ci'?,

xxviii.
tain.

the

numeral one.

Mark

prep., into, with a view to; also,

denotimj equiralence,

as.

13,
27,

iii.

iv.

I,

amuunUain

Tr.)
3,

Tt5,

indef pron., some, a certain.

xii. 40,

64,

(om.

an hour.
a cloud

Tr.)
XV. 16, a citizen
and 1.
(lit. 'on(ofthtcilizrn$.')
-xvi. 2, an ncio\int.

xviii. 2,

a city.

juilge.

a ninner.
xxiii. 31, a green
13,

Trb.)

trcc(Tr>.)
21, a candle.

4.

stick.

a sower (ow.

LTr

33,

a moun-

strong man
a uliip {om.

a stronger
A.)
a bushel.
a candle-

22,
(f/m.

prisoner.

1(1,

a sower.
a rock.
a niount.ain
21, a strong

),

ix. 2S,

xxiii. 24,

either

a mountaiji
a rock.

viii. 5,

a i>ul)Iionn
xxi. 10, a fig tree,

mind,

Tr.)

a pinn.icle.
a fame.

vi. 12,

mountain
a man.

2:t. a

XV. 20.
xviii. I'.aliivithcn

the syvdjol of ivhat

U'as nj)per7nfjst in the writer's

!',

V. 16,

Nower.

,1

.'i,

definite artiele the.

a sign.
a manger

G- L
iv.

a ship {pm.

L Tr .)
:

XIV.

1.

12,

man

num.
a man.
evil

rertiiin

a m.inger.

7,

ii.

liousii.

a good

an

LTrt*.)

{om.

Luke

4.'5,

or A}i

61,

a ship (om.

1,

a m;in.
a ship.

a place.
xiii. 28, a jwirable.
liv. 47, a sword.

Tr.)
lii. .35,

tive oF other words,

viii. lo;

li. 4,

32, a steep.
I.

Appendix.)

vii. 16,

L Tr .)
ix.

a steep place
a mountain

vi. 4(i,

41,

passages,

3S, a pillow.
V. 13,

a candlestick

Creek.
the (ireek definite article, , i},
is translated indefinitely ; and other

a bed.
a caudle-

stick.

V. 1, a mountain.
15, a Vjusliel.

the article in the

(In many passages however

absence of

the

iv. 21,

piiiuatlti.

21,

indefinite article gcnenilly indicates

Mark

a virgin.

i'i,

iv. 5,

The

TESTAMEjN^T.

a bushel.

Jolin

iii. 10, a mnt<'r.

v. 5, an infirmity.

ABA
a burning.
shimiig.
a mountain.
fejujt.
4, a
a little (om.

John

3.

aquickenbig

2.

a country.
a corn.
a bason.

G.-'l.

iv.

soi>.

vi.

2.

Col. iv.
2 Tliee.

an angel.
man.

xi. 13,

3,

lie.

Titiu

i.

Heb.

ii.

an army.

7,
8,

a good.

a good fight.
a crown.

7, a bishop.
7, a little.
!,

xxiv. 23, a centu-

20, a lie.

a good.
1, a man.

V. 7,

21, a law.

a remnant.

ix. 27,

L Tr

ti.)

Pet.

V. 4,

2 Pet.
1

4.

',

.5.

G.

remain under,

to

to

return

iigain,

tui'ii

a faitliful.
ani'-resure.

7,

2_',

ii.

(ii)

liar.

ii.

.,

a crown.

10,

("in.

an

angel.

2.

ix. 13,

a voice.

1.

xi. 12,

a loud.

2.

xviii. 21,

Mid. to turn one's self round,

I/I

move about in
and hence, gen.,

a deceiver.

viii. 13,

a virgin

8.

a mighty.

a place, i.e., sojourn,

to conduct onc'sself.

to lodge in the

open court or

take

fold), to

(an

uj) oj'.e's

night's lodging.

G-);(aA.\oi, another, S.)

ABASE.

'(),

to

10.

(-ED,

-IXG.)

make

or

transitive,

),

to stand,

to

to stttp

make, to do; and hence, to

work, to spend or
low,

liiiii;,'

to

1.

Matt.

X. 11.

xvii. 22

7n.

(,

1.

jtass

John

Luke

Iv

1.

xviii. 14.
1.

2 Cor. xi.

PhiL

Mark
Luke

7.

iv. 12.

vi.

10
Hoe

8,

ii.

in the

ll<:o.

AcU

3.
C,

xix.

our
of the Ifehrtw 2W
father, or Clinhdc ^*::^*.
father.

2'/ie

time,

xiv. 36.

proiiiinci'idon in

.
Gal.

Jtom.

viii. 15.

xxiv. 29.

John

i.

32,

i. .3'.',

.31.

margin

dicdl.)
lii.

(text,

10.

.30.

iv. 40.

vii.

1.
1.

l>.

viii. 44.
viii.

35

4.
'"l^

2.

X. 40.

xi. 0.

xviii. 3.

XX.

3.

for.)
xxi. 7, 8.
xxvil. 31.

liom. xi. 23,

1 Cor. xvi. 6.
Gal. i. 18.
Phil. i. 24, Hoo
1 Tim. i. 3, HOC

(-K.ST.)

ctTTofrTryco;,

to

Hhiuldci

from, au'l <rTvyto>,

Avith liorrur, liatc.)

from, (fruni
t<j

shiuMcr

AIJIDK IX.
2.

Phil.

.)

23 (marg.

1.

v. 38.

iv. 0.

r.,

XV. 34 (ap.)
xvi. 12.
xvi. ..
xvii. 14.

0.

xxi. 37.

>S<iLHoHrs

5,

28.

ix. 4.

\v,v,\.

i. 13 (with
xiv. 3.

0.

viii. 27.

bf,

XV. 4 Sili^oi,

'><!.

i.

field.

life.

10(;,

xiv.

1.

lu.

time or

xii. 21, 34, 46.

TTrA R)

colleclloi/rlher.L'rrH.)

xlv. 11.

overturn.

intransitive, to set, to place.

Matt, xxiii.

Mark

stayl)eliind,

to wear through ^y /66i'//</,

or wear aAvay; e.ff. time.

vA'turTpajn),

7.

humble.

beside or along

to veinain

consume

to

9.

Luke

to remain down, to abide

to endure.

a crown.

1'.',

i.

John
Joim

Ilev.

sister.

34, a wife.
a virgin.

to

with.

an antichrist.

(I> Ah.)

Rev. lix. 17, an angel

.,
.,

or at

12,

XV. 12, a root.

xvi. 23, a brother.
Cor. ii. 11, a man.
vi. 5, a wiiiis man.
vii. 15, a brother.
28,

3.

un-

changeable.
xi. S, a place.
23, a proi)er.
James iii. l", a good.
iv. 13, a year (oni.

rion.
xxvii. S, a place.

vii.

an

21,

vii.

7/'(, to rcm:iiu

little.

i.

fiilling-

tranutive, to wait for.

continually.

vi. 12,

a matter.

XX. 0, a window.
xxi. 26, an offering.
.xxiii. 27,

Tim.

2 Tim. iv.

xvi. f, a

xviii. 14,

a faithful.

It,

ii.

away.

to remain, aMile,

intransitive^

continue on.

34, a little space.

ix. 7, a voice.

-),

dAvell

iv.

a multitude.

.')

(-ETII, -ING,
1.

i.

an upper.

13,

V. 16,

xii. V.

ABIDK

vi. 1,

IX. 7, a place.
xxi. 3, a ship.
8, a little ship,

an huslxind.

27,

a fault.
Kph. v. 27, a glorious.
- 21, a beloved.
Phil.
23, a desire.
- 17, a gift.

ivoman.
a band.

xviii. 3,

Uom.

1.
j

apostle.

a brother.
22, a Ixindmaid.
a free-woman.
18,

xvi. 21, a

Kora.

22.

ji.

little.

an

xii. 12,

xii. 24,

'26,

xi. Hi,

(aji.)

lie.

xi. 54,

i.

Kom.

perform12, a willing.

a stone

44,

xiii. 5,

Acts

ill

[ance.

ness,

Tr.)

viii. 7,

Properli/ from

smell throu(/h voidiixj of the

Ktomach.

a readi-

11,

viii.

a mountain.
17, a ship (oni.

15,

an

to tiiru aAvay through

disgust.

o/

a letter.

vii. 8,

(oni.

G- L^Tr^.)
-

8(,

xvi. 7, a while.
2 Cor. vi. IS, a father.

Tr.)

a lad

2.

loathing

3.

9,

ABI

soul.

vi. 3,

Lb

Cor. x. 13, a way.

XV. 45, a living

1. 1

V. 35,

IS

i.

24 (with tr, in,

om. W.)

icail

in.

still.

ABI

I'J

ABIDE IN THE FIELD.

ABO

<^

2.

(From

.<; a field,

%"(',

uvAt^o/xat,

Luke

andavXi] u fold;
No. 8.)

S(ii'

S.

ii.

3L

xiv.

Acts XXV.

2L

xi.

L'3.

7/;/',

2.

Rom.

With

2 Cor. ix. 8

L
1.

Tim. i. 12.
2 Tim. ii. 2.
Titus i. 9.

1.

Heb.

L Tr A

able,
2.

{5'\
1.

to reiuiiiu towards,

longer

still

2.

he

wait

Jas. iii

text, 5vv(nh%

te

.)

[aUe, L.

\9{.>

xi.

be

2,

on 'able' instead of on

cmijlia.sis

to, and
enough;

('

5.

iv.

3Civ.

1.

reaching

to,

of persons, competent.
Luke
Rom.

ABIDE STILL.

coming

hence, sufhcient; of things,

to lodge in the fold in tlic field.

'is

'

(as in tlie

ttrrci'.)

to continue.

Xo.

see above,

xi. 23.

1.

ABLE

2.
1

Tim.

i.

(as ye are) [margin.]

3.

to be in or within; part, tvith art.,

as here, \vhat there is in your vessel;

'iveiiu,

ABILITY.
1.

''/?,

and

as iithen-nt
2.

?,

the thing.s Avithin.

capability, power, (regarded

to

evTropeo/iai,

al)oiiud

prt-sper,

abundance

to J^;se.s;>

in,

to be

Jtrncc,

.),
and

Matt. XXV.

Actsxi.

l.j.

1 IVt. iv.

2.

,,

ABLE

ABOARD

Acts xxi.

(.,

See,

to

ABODE

have (physical)

emphatic than No. \.)

to have strength enough, to

be tlu^roughly a /id perfectly ahlc.
(More emjihatic than ^. .)

'^

to make sufhcient or
make competent, to qualify.

Luke

i.

20.

xiv.

2.
1.

2!'.

30.

Acts

xxi.

to

to hold; of temjiorart/
of lastimj possession.

xiii. 1\.

John

fit,

0?"

holding and

ABODE

an

/xorv/,

, to have

3.

vi. 10.

1.

Pet.

2.

20.

il.

[verb.]

tube stiOUg,

ability. ( More

have.)

(go.)

to be able, to have (inherent

and moral) i)owci.

>je

to go upon, (from iwi, upon,

to go), hence to go, walk,
or tread on ; to go on shiji-board.

able to aftbrd.
1.

41 (text, such things a*

xi.

strength (physical), force, vigour

(re(jarded as an eiidowjuent.)
3.

Luke

inoral.)

Acts XV. 10.

Horn. XV. 14.
2

Cor.

iii.

al)iding

[noun.]

mansion, a

place, a

habitation.
John

xiv. 23.

ABOLISH.
(-ED.)
to

render or

make

useless, or

Kiih.

lu.

unprofitable.

0,

see

Cor.

iii.

13.

(make.)
Eph. iii. 18.
2 Tim. iii. 7.

i.

[verb.]

Tim.

i.

ii.

10.

10.

ABOMINABLE.

15:
4.

(MAICK.)

2 Cor.

iii.

0.

2.

/i^eAiATos-, disgusting, c.xtreinel

,
ful.

in

an

active

sense

strong,

having (inherent and moral) power.

In a passive sense, possible, capable
2.

of beiu<; done.

,'i'te

No.

Titus

i.

liatc-

3.

16.

I.

3.

B-

(.Tiniiual.

to turn away throxigh

loathing or disgust. Properly from
an ill smell through voiding of the
stomach.

3.

AIUJ: [noun.]

unlawful.

1.

iWfiiiTo;.

Hov. xxi.

8.

Pet.

iv. 8.

ABO

20

ABOMINATION.

8(,

(b)

JIatt. ixiv. 15.

Luke

Mark

Rev. xvii.

Rev. XXL

xvi.

number, and aim;

-7.

(,

3.

(an.) [margin.]

(a)

a child untimely born, (from

root, to miscarry.)
due time.)

1 Cor. XV. 8 (text, one born out of

(a)

ABOUND.

-,

(-ED,

7,

-,
-,,

,
,

2.

5.

to

4.

become more, to

increase,

towards

(propyinriidty.)

(a) ivith

Dat.

(b)

Ace. towards, in reference

(from

multi|)lieil,

Ijc

v'itli

6'',

6.
7.

to

about, round about.

at, close by.

superabouud, to

to

irXkov, more.)

(from

of.

(b) ivith Ace.

abound exceedingly.

3.

Gen. about, concerning, on

ivith

-IXG.)

intransitive, to

down from.)

ujioii,

around (encircling and inclosing.

belialf

be over and
aboA'e, more than enough; transitive,
to make or cause to abound.

1.

down, (down

with Ace. (dotvn toivards) according to, throughout, during.

7/',

4.

over of time,

extent.

])l((cc,

ABORTIVE

ivith a view to
to nsed of place,

up

superposition)

4, 0.

of.

(motion

ivith Ace.

(c)

j.

Oat. (as resting on), in ad-

u'ith

dition to, on account

See

an object of disgust.
"abominablk," A'o. 3.
xiii. 14.

ABO

from

rtmnd about.

all sides,

numerals,

vith

somewlicre;

to.

nearly.

a multitude.)

4.

Matt. xxiv.

- Rom.

2 Cor. ix. 8,

12.

iii. 7,
v. 15.

see

1.
3.

20,

i>-

(more.)

2"

S.

3ra.
(iiiucli

more.)

3.

vi. 1.

1.

IV. 13.
Cor. XV. 58.
2 Cor. i. 5, <<;.

Eph.

i.

8.

1.

Phil.

i.

0.

iv.

1.

gee

17.
18.

Col.

Pet.

ABOUND
2 Cor. ix. 8.

i.

12,

1.

Rom.

(with

'
eeo

3.

1.

1 The.s. iii. 12.

(more.)
iii.

9.

iWet, as

if,

(see

11

i.

ivitli

tliu

7.

Jolin li. 18.

xix. 14 (No. S,
L Tr A .)
.39(No. S,.\ll.)
9.
2a.
XX. 7.
8.

iii.

4b.

viii. IS.

9.

xiv. 21.

2c.

xviii. 6.

4b.
4b.
6b.

XX. 3, 5, 0,
xxvii. 40.

8.

Acts

ii.

41.

4b.
4b.
4b.

iii.

8, 32.

iii.

34(oni. G-'.)

8.

iv. 10(iiii/i ort.)

It.

8.

V. 13.

C.

44

4b.

2b.
.3a.

4b.
2a.

ix. 14, 42.

8.

xiv. 61.

(much more.)

Rom.

8,

ABOT'T.

37 (ewi, until,
W.)

1.

i'l',

in; with jilural amongst.

catinff

(I

Indi-

space witltin the limits of

which somdhiiifj

is situated.

iVt, ujjon.

Sujierjjosition.

vill. 42.

9.

ix. 14.

9.

28.
xlii. 8.

.3a.

9.

xxii. 41.

4b.

xxii.49

John

4a.

in the

Gen. (as springing from) over,

presence or time oF.

9.
8.

Jule7.
9.

25.

6a.

W.)
vi.

l'J(No.

t,

E.)

Rov.

i.

(1)0.)

(Ic.)

13.

iv. 8.

8.

viii. 1.

8.

X. 4, see
xvi. 21.

]0(N<).8,Trhi.)

iv. 19.

Tim. vi. 4.
Hob. viii. 5, eco

4n.

(.8, LTTr

(1h'.)

4 b.

iv.

>
15.

24
xxvii. 27.
30, Hco

xxiii. 4(.
i. 39.
iii.

XXV.

Rom.

4b.

Hoo

3,

xxii.

2.

7.

.\,

34.

x. 40, 41.

art.)

see

14,

7.
2.3.

XX.

{uUh

E.)

(be.)

8.

4b.
4b.
4b.

9.

I,

2.

ActH xix.

4b.
4a.
4a.

9.

(a) tvilh

23.

iii.

8.

8.

2.

TO
9.

4a.

4i).

1.

xvii.

S,

(.)

20
XV.

4a.

xviii.

1.

V. 20.

(No.

10(2aG

xi.

8.

(No.

0(5

LTTr A
2.

J.>'

xii. 1.
xiii. IS.

TrS.)

ABOUND

S,

.)

3(i

vi. 48.

ii.

(lie.)

(N<i.

X. .3.
X. 9.

9.

viii. 0.

8.

SCO

V. 7.

8.

i.

iv.

A.)

{om. G 1>
Tr A.) (No. 8, .)

Lnko

3,

Ab.) (om.

4b.

1.

iii.

9.

i.

vi.

10.

9.

2.

ii.

15.

i.

3a.

1>.

4 b.

9.

G^

ii.

4.

4 b.

Mark

jLumerah, al)out.

as though, something like.

8.

(.MAKE.)

ABOUND

i.

oj?, as,

Matt.

, more and more.

2 TheH.

3.

3.

1.

iii.

so as;

8.

time.)

7.

iv. 1

(make.)

ic.

(make.)

7 twico.

],

ii.

Tlic.s.

1.

viii. 2.

1.

12

1.
1.

.V

..

.3.

1. 1
1.

see

1.

1.

(1.0 )

ABO

ABOUT

with an infinitive

to delay;

(tni/tliliifj

(immediate or remote.)

1.

Acts

to seek.
2.

3.

iii.

1.

iv'ii. 14.

1.

IX.

Acts

x.\vii.

If Ileb.

1.

ABOUT THE
Matt.

'2a.

i.

Rev.

:!0.

viii. 5.

X. 4.

TIME.
11.

See also, bear, bound; carry, cast, come,

DAVELL ; GIRD, GO ;
COMPASS, COUNTRY
HANG, HEDGE ; LAW, LEAD, LOOK J MIDST,
MINISTER
REGION, ROUND
SET,
PUT
;

SHINE,

STAND
TURN
WANDER.

STRIVE,

WALK,

ABOVE.
7, upon

1.

(superposition.)

with Gen. (as springinr/ from) oxer,

the ijresencc or time of.

(a)

in

(\'>)with

Dut. (as resting on)h\ addition

on account

to,

of.

with Ace. np to (used of place, numaim;) over, (of time, place,

(c)

ber or

extent.)

-,

2.

beside (Juxtaposition.)

with Ace. to or along side of; com-

(a)

pared with(^so as to be shown beyond

or contrary to, or instead of.)
3.

(a)

7rf/)i,

Gen. about,
behalf of.

\.

TTf)o,

).

x'Trffy,

',
(a)

and inclosing.)

concernin<r,

over,

above

,
,
ii'ith

above

(a.!

the

e.g.

here) beyond.

up, upwards.

article
that wliiih is
heaven above, or heavenly

th ings.

7.
8.

9.

on

\'\ (whether of time or ji/are.)

with Ace.

(a)
C).

iiro\md(eneijrlinr/

^vith

higher.

iVaroj, above,

more.

5a.

(be.)

foUmvincj, to be iibout to do

^1

su])ori<>r to.

AS

ABS

22

ABU

ABUNDANT

ABSTINENCE.
from or neglect of

abstiueuce

food.
Acts

7/)',

(be more.)

"aibuxdaxt,"

see

Phil.

ABUNDANT

/?,

ripeness reached from

,
-,
',
''/?,

2.

as moral

.3.

4.
5.

1.

7/),

and

7repL(T(T07po}<;,

more al)nud;mtly.
vii.

ABUNDANTLY.

abiuidancc, superfluity.

that which remains

to remain over

OA'er.

and above,

view

Matt.

1'2,

(liave more.)
XXV. 29,

see

see

ri.

Mark
Luke

xii.

l.").

3.

Rom.

3.

2 Cor.

richlv.

tJohn X. 10, see A (more.) Ei)h.

1 Cor. XV. 10, see
(above.)
Tlies.
(more.)
2 Cor. 12, see A (more.)
(more.)
Titu.s
see A (more.)
Heb.
X. 15.

Rev.

2.

),

(iiavk.)

:.)

(iiavi:

Trept(T(roTepiu<;,

1.

John

2.

3.

'.

that the
in

and above,

(I

more.)
adjective

(this

noun

is

2'i,

24, Bce

vii.

i.T.

exists

1.,

Kec

.V

i.

2i'i,

more.)
Tim. i.

23,

Kce

ce

14, nee

A
(\hi

.\ (tie

ii.

4.

xii.

3.
\i.

Thoe.

ii.

l.'p.

17.

17.

(exceeoinc.)

over vith Gen. [as herel^ above.

K, from, out of.
(<<<<, above the (irdinmy measure.
iVe/),

Ei-h.

Sec

iii,

also,

ABUSE

2 Cor. xi.
(more).

-- riiil.

2 Cor. iv. 15.

(more.)
1.

denotes

numerous, or

great or hiejh defjree.)

Cor. xii.

2 Cor.

3.
I

ABUNDANTLY ABOVK

(more.)
2.

3.
I

Ujh.

to remain over

more al)undantly.

Cor. XV. 10.

2 Cor. i. 12.

to l)ecome more, to increase,

(from

more than above the

X. 10.

12.

xiii.

. .he.)

(mokk or

ordinary measure.

more than enough.

'^,
?, many

s.u

11.

i.

above the ordinary measure.

2.

ABUNDANT.

2.

17.

(mere.)
2 I'ot,

2.

/,
(<;,

3.

1.

ABUNDANTLY

Jfatt. XXV. 29.

Matt.

ti.

T.

'i.

ABUNDANCE

5.

iii.

20.
xii.

xviii.

ABUNDANCE

see

17,

ii.

>i.

S2U

1.5,

(more.)

1.

,").

2.

4,

xii.

ti

14

6.

4.').

see

20,

iii.

1.

viii. 2.

1.

44.

xii.

vi.

ii.

v. 17.

4.

su])erfliiity, j

i.

x.xj. 4.

5.

(have.)
4.

T^uke

5.

xii. 34.
xiii.

unto,

to, to,

abinidance,

a falling into abundance.

2.

a passing over, excess,

surpassing (in mimber or decree.)

-,

j 15, into, witli a

4.

1.'..

inherent.)

more than enough.

G.

more than above the

Cor. xii. 23 , 24.

2. 2 Cor.
2. 2 Cor. xi. 2:i.

power (ref/arded

capability,

(murk.)

ordinary measure.

full (jroii'th.)
2.

-(>^

1.

the sense of

abundance (in

matnriti/ or

1,

21.

ABUNDANCE.
1.

A"o.

20.

i.

tu

."!.

weep.

(-iN.i.)

use

ivcl'liiucl

he,

to abuse.

Cor.

vii,

31.

'or.

i\.

IS.

exceeding.)

12.
.(.

Tct.

i.

3.

AI'.I-.SKH.s

OF 'I'HEMSKLVKS WITH
.^I.\^KLM).

Aiil'ND.VNT (he

exceedini..;

~7,}, to abound excce(lingly.

1

Tim.

i.

14.

dp(rtvi)KoiTii<i,

K0LT1],

(from

ap<rip',

a l>ed.)
1

Cor.

vi.

0.

a male

find

ACC

,
ivhirh

-IXO.)

1.

to take, accept, receive

(It implies

is offcrrd.

tJu'J

of the

the result of this is manifest.)

u'i

-,

hence,

jjcrson of

1.

4.

take hold of, to

as from another :
with
(as heir) to respect the

any

1.

2 Cor. xi. 4.

4.

Gill. ii. 6.

3.

elected

Luke

1.

.\ct.sx.

- 2 *
2 Cor. viii. 12.

Heb.

4.

Luke

28 (text highly favourtd.)

i.

ACCESS.

-,

a very strong afjlrmation

--/,

a leading or bringing to the

of anyone
freedom of

jjvcsencc

access.

acceptable, pleasing,

wel-

Eph.

come.

Eph.

4.

(.1(.<;, well-pleasing

5.

^,

gi'ace.

Ohjedivelg

1.

2.

I,uke

iv. 10.

1.

Rom.

xii. 1. 2.

3. 1

4.

xiv. IS.

3.

2.

XV.

2. 1

1(5.

V. 10.

Tim.

3.

4.

3.

ii.

V. 4.

Pet.

ii.

: 20

5.

(margin
f.

j
(

ACCEPTABLY.
xii.

Tim.

have

i.

15.

(of tcmjwrary

lasting possession.)

to send forward, to conduct,

to follow, attend.

to

come

or go along with,

,
,

to

come or

go,

with,

:..

3.

xi. 12.
1.

to

go

Act* zx.

2.

comc o/'
Avith.
4.

38.

Heb. vi.9(mid.)

ACCOMPLISH.

be received
1

hokl

t'igrfher.

ACCEPTATION.
woi'thy to

<>r

and (f

28.

(-En, -INfi.)

with

approbation, acceptation, reception.

1

to

4. .\cts X. 23.

so as to plea.sc, acceptably.
Heb.

18.

(-lEn.)

,
or

[lliank.)

5.

ii.

12.

escort.

Phil. iv. 18.

1.

,
(,
X(rj,

ho/ding

4.

iii.

ACCOMPANY.

denotes

it

personal gi'acefulness, a jdeasing

work, beauty of speech, etc. Suhjectivelif, it means an inclining towards,
courtcons or gracious di.sposition.
On the part <f the giver kindnc.Hs,
favour on. the part of the receiver
thanks, respect, homage.

,',

0.

[margin.]
4.

well leceived.

<<;,

(make.)

i.

ACCEPTED (GRACIOUSLY)

acceptable

Eiili.

xi. 35.

of Xo. l(ieKTOs)favnural)ly accepted,

Eph.

vi. 2 1

1.

ivill.)

tv7rpo(TceKTo<;,

4.

2 Cor. V. P.

:;.

31.

ACCEPTED

(of one
regarding whom there is, or has
been a favourable deci.sion of the

3.

lovely or acceptable.

iv. 24.

35
liom. XV.

2.

ACCEPTABLE.

^,

1.

2.

make

to

one.

l.uke XX. 21.

Acts xxiv. 3.
2 Cor. viii. 17.

1.

with a

to take,

receive

4.

evape(TTOs, we11-j)leasing.

3.

thinrjs

of

future, to Avait for, exj)ect

negative (as here) to reject.

4.

ici/l.)

ted, Avcll received.

to accept, to receive to

jjrcscnce

one's

whom

a favourable

iVTrpoaSeKTos, a very strong affirmation

of SeKTos, (No. \) fa voura])ly accep-

any one kindly

or heartily, to welcome.

3.

or has been

is,

decision of the
2.

to rcccivc

to decide favourably, elected,

there

has taken place,

(lecinio)i

ACCEPTED.

accei)tablc (of one regarding

f/i<it

and that

/,

2.

-,

-E.ST,

ACC

ACCEPT.

(-ED,

1.

23

Tim.

iv.

0.

1.

(',
nish or

to complete entirely, to furfit

completely.

ACC
2.

),

,
,

to be

to

perform

4.

make

fill,

full,

pervade,

make an end

or accomplish-

not merely to end

bring

to be

full}'.

to

ment

full,

completed, ended.

fulfilled,

3.

become

o}

24

to perfection

it

cam- out a thing,

to

it, hut to
cieneraUy to

give the fiimhinfi

stroke.
).

1-.,
Luke

to finish, to perfect.
4.

Luko

2.

ii.

4.

Jolin xix. 28.

3.

ii. 31.

1.

Acts xxi. 5 (with

4.

xii. 50.
xviii. 31.

5.

Heb.

2.

4.

23.

i.

6, 21, 22.

xxii. 37.

io become.)

5. 1

ix. 6.

Pet. V.

ACCOMPLISHMENT.
eKz-Xi'ipiD^is,

entire fulfilment.
Acts xxi.

//,

ACCORD

26.

(of one.)

joined together in soul or

Bcntiment ; unity of life in love.

Plul.

ACCORD

1.

ii.

2.

(of... OWN.)

choosing or

willing

of

himself

2.

;,

spontaneous, self-moving,

self-acting.

,
2

Acts

xii. 10.

ACCORD

1.
|

2 Cor. viii. 17.

(with onk.)

with one mind,unanimouslv,

(from o/i,os, alike, and
mind.)

Acts

14.

i.

ii.

A
ii.

(ouov, together,

.)
40.

iv. 24.

<5,

ACC

ACC

ACCORDING TO THAT.
according

as,
1

Cor.

viii.

12

(with iav,

ACCURSED.

an offering ; a thing devoted

to destruction or given up to the

as.
l

ACC

if.)

8.

12. 2n<l.

Romans
1

See

Cor.

3 (margin itparateo.)
3 (margin anathema.)
Gal. i. 8, 9.

ix.

xii.

fasuiox.

alsd,

ACCUSATION.

ACCOUNT

,
,

true or false) not necessarily fault or

(-ING.)

put togetlier an account;

to reckon, count, value, esteem; to
an
account, consider, (from
to put together.
account, and

2.

Heb.

matter, cliarge (whether

tttTta, affair,

1.

to go before, lead tlic way,

To deem, think, regard.

guide.

[verb.]

accusation.

2.

?,

1.

xi. 19.

2 Pet.

iii.

a speaking

against

an

accusation.

to

sundering, judg-

separation,

Kpiais,

3.

ment. Then, of a definite accusation,

guilt of some sort being presupposed
leadhig on to condemnation. Then,
the judgment pronounced, the sen-

15.

tence.

ACCOUNT
2. 1

Cor. iv.

Matt, xxvii.

1.

OF.

1.
2.

1.

?>~.

(',

Maik IV. 2fi.

Luke vi. 7

speak against, Tr

Luke xii.

.S,

see

to

2.

John

1.

Acts XXT.

2. 1

(take

3.

18.
V. 19.

Tim.

3 2 Pet.

.V.)

xviii. 29.

ii.

11.

JiKle 9.

by false.)

See

also, put... ox,

worthy.

',
,

ACCUSATION

ACCOUNTED
1,

1.

1.

intransitive, to appear, to have

the appearance, transitive, to be of

hoKiiji,

?,

time of dearth, the exportation of

and not being repealed when a
jilentiful harvest rendered it unnecessary, occ((sion ivas given to illnatured
and malicious persons to accuse those

who tran.'^greKseil the letter of the law.

Hence the verb means, to wrong any
one by false or frivolous accusation,
or to oppress him under pretence of

[noun.]

not written.)
the word,
In a formal sense, a word as forming
part of what is sj/oken ; as the expression which serves for the occasion :
as a vieans or instrument (not as a
;>;Wc<^ the speaking. In a material
sense, the word as that which is
spoken, an exposition or account
(spiiken,

law.
Luke

Matt.

I.uko xvi

2.

Kom.

Act lii. -tO.

28^uiargin (toit. irortv (ap.)
lleU xiii. 17.
xiv. 12.

Phil.

iv.

iviii. 23.

ii.

17.

1 Pet. iv. 5.

8.

-,

to sjioak against

1.

?,

36

xix.

ACCUSE.
-INO.)
(-,

wh ich one f/ives. For further develnj)see binder "wouD."

ment of
iii.

figs,

figs,

Horn. viii. 30.

Gal. iii
(margin impute.)

ACCOUNT

who

a fig,
(from
A
to show, declare.)
and
priinitire Athenian law, forbad in

exported

see ".\ccouNT."

Mark x. 42 (margin
think good )
Liiku xxii. 24.

to inform against tliose

(be.)

opinion, to think.

2.

(TAKE by false.)

ju<l(/es,

(,

to license.

before

(Occ. Acts xxiv.

19.')

2.

to call into, to

summon

into

Pass, to be called to a
judicial account, to be accused.

court.

5.

ADD

27

to supply the coat of

chorus or of theatrical
eutci'tainments hewf, to furnish or
supply besides or abundantly.
lit.,

leadinii the

G.

/,
,

to appoint or order

anything beside, to superadd.

to give, yield, deliver, supply.

Matt.

vi. 27, 33.

Luko

4.

11, 47.
5.

14.

V.

Gal.

Hov.

[fevence
7.
see
in con
Rev. xxii. 18 tw

xi. 24.
ii.

ti,

) (G )({,

iii.

(,

xix. 11

tlioreto

to nt, place, G.)

Phil. i. 10
to
raise up, G^a Ij
Tr
2 Pet. i. 5.
[A .)

xii. 25, 31.

Actsii.

15, soo

iJ.il. iii.

Gal.

1.

20.

iii

viii
Vlll

3,

ADO

ADMIRATION.
a wonderful thing

wonder, as-

tonishment.
Rev. xvii.

..

ADMIRATION

(have

ix-.)

to wonder, marvel, be astonish-

ed; to regard Avith

reverence, to honour.
.luile

wonder and

l;.

margin

(text, offer.)
see
unto.

ADMIRED (.)

ADD

9).,

IN CONFERENCE.
Gal.

3.

ii.

C,

(ihove.

si'c

(mi.l.)

2The.s.

10.

i.

ADD THERETO.
).

Gal.

iii

AD:\rONISH

1.5.

2.

,
,

the mind,
warn.

2.

(-ED.)

to order, set in a certain order,

ADJURE.

may

(,
2.

be deduced
see

the above irith

1.

,
,

from

the Ileb.

Gen. rxiv.

1.
|

to

oath, w/iich

2,

29.)

Matt. x.wi. 03.

1. 1 Tlie-s.

Acta xix.

Mark

13.

V. 27, margin (text, charge),

make one tuear, L
Tr A.)

ADMINISTERED

i/iteihsire.
v. 7.

(',

(be-.)

Acts xxvii.

1.

Rom.

XV.

0.

1.

n.

C'i>l.

1.

This.

esp.

iii.

Thes.

10.
v. 12.

1.5.

iii.

-,

(from

2 Cor. viii. 10, 20.

ADMINISTRATION.
serviceable

labour,

U'hirJi

To do

use.)

labour benefits others

I

is

2 Cor ix. 12.

(be.)

affair, busi-

...

ADMONITION.

a putting into the mind,

struction; an admonition.

,
.
service.

Every bm^iness, eviry hdiour, as far as

an

a[/tin is from
to
or carry on business.
Then to be called or named, since
names ii'ere ivijwsed on vien from
their business or office.
To speak to
or treat with another aboid some
business.
To utter omcles, give
divine directions or instructions.

ness,

1 Cor. X. 11.

to minister.

its

2.

Ileb. Viii.

to serve, to wait upon ; in its

varroivent sevue to wait at table.
Generally to do any one a service,

1 Cor. xii. 5.

recommend, advise;

ADMONISHED OF COD

-; an

y? the thigh,
.

vov<;

Cor. xvi. 15.

conjure, (from

j-lvii.

to

1.

to cause to swear, to lay under

the obligation of an oath, to beseech,
agniii

mind, (from

to put) to instruct,

to advise publicly.

to appoint.

',

Rev. xxii. IS 'w'".

ADDICT.

vovOi-kio, to ]nit in

1.

ADD UNTO.

(-ING.)

ICiili.

Titiu

ADO

iii.

in-

vi. 4.

10.

(m.vki:

make

.\n.)

a noise or disturba tumult or

tumultuous assembly.
to

ance, (from

<;,

Mark

v. 39.

ADO

28

ADOPTION.

-,

?,

<;,

Rom.

viii. 15.

Gal

23.

Ei)h.

5,

i.

see

,
,
,

ADULTERY.

the making or constituting of a

son; adoption; receiving into the
relation of a son, (/rum
a son,
and
a setting or placing.)

Rom.

ADV

ix. 4.

soe

iv. 5,

of sons.

of children.

(IN.)

commit adultery

to

ADULTERY

.John

viii.

Gal.

to

1.

iv. G

ADOPTION OF CHILDREN.
i.

1.

5.

,
,

Tin),

ii.

lix. 9.
xix. 18.

Mark

Pet.

Rev.

iii.

U.

1.

i.\i. 2.

2.

[noun.]

to polish) an

,
Rom.

/,
Cor.

vi.

1.

Rom.

(-s.)

2.
II.

H..1).
J:is.

xiii. 4.

iv. 4.

!.

11 twice.

22.

[noun.]

advantage, gain.

profit,
iii.

1.

2.

Jude

10.

(ni:.)

")<>^,

profit,

advantage,

Luko

ix 25.
Cor. XV. 32

(lit.

uliat to

me

Ihf pra/tl.)

an adulteress.
3

Jam.

iy

ADVANTAGE.

4.

ADULTKROrs.
an adnltcresH,

as an

djijilitd

who had

Matt. xvi.

zii. 39.

Mark

,
/,

4.

viU. 88.

ADULTERY

',

(<;i:t

A\.)

more or a greater
share than others, (whether of good
or evil. In N. T. only in a had sense.)
Transitively, to make a ])rey of, to
defraud; to get the l)ettcr, as an
enemy by force or frand.
to iiave

2 Cor.

(-IKS.)

ii.

11.

adultery.

1.

(from

to heaj) up, increase.)

{-K8.)

transferred their affectionn from God.

2.

to profit, advantage, l)eucfit,

2. 1

ADULTPmKSS

adjective to the Jeivish jtenph-

Matt.

ii.

ii.

help.

'.K

Tii.

;,

Rev.

over and above.

),
()
1.

/,

1.

ADVANTAGED.

adultei'cr.

I.iike xviii
1

James

iii.

ADULTERKR
an

1.

ornament;

order; (for further develojiment of

word see undei' " woui.i).")
Pet.

xiii.

1.

is

this

Uom.

x. 10.

76/305, very much, exceedingly

1.

(root,

xvi. 18 '"Ice.
xviii. 20.
ii. 22 tice.

1.

i. 11, 12.

Avhat

ADORNING

Mark
Luke

ADVANTAGE

TitiiBii. 10.

ii.

32 2n

T.

to order, set in order; to adorn,

garnish; to prepare.

1.
1.

5.

1.

I.uke xxi. b

1,

2.

2.

1.

32 (No.

T.

Tr

(-ED.)

with.

to

V. 27, 28.'

Matt.

2.

ADORN.

-i:tii.)

commit adultery

commit adultery, to be
guilty of adultery by causing another to commit it.

2.

Eph.

.*

ADULTERY

and

(coMwrr

ADOPTION OF SONS.

with.

(<ij'.)

ADVENTURE

an adulteress.

M.itt. IT. 19.

1. Mark vii. 21.
1.

1.
I

2.

2 Pet.

1.
ii.

John

(op.)
Oal. T. 10 (om. All.)

14.

viii. S

8),

tfi

give, give

uj),

[verl).]

deliver.

AFF
2b.

Rom.

26.
31, see

( ith-

30

Gal. V. 24, (inai-giu ptwsion )

Col. iii. 2, see A on

1.

i.

natural.)
2 Cor. vii. 15.
(inward.

2.

oiit

see

(set.)

Col.

.'>,

iii.

see

(iu-

iii. 3,

(without

see

iiatiu-.il.)

3.

AFFECTION

(ixohdinatk.)
.

2b. Col.

3.

3.

2 Cor.

,
,
',

to say; (where the speakiny or

explaining is a development of the
jji'imary
notion
of enliyhteniny,

to assert sti'ongly or
constantly, (from aid enijthatic, and
to fonfii'm.)

iii.

AFFECTION

shou'iny.)

ordiuate.)

Tim.

2b. 2

AFF

attimi

to

assert

oi'

strongly or vehemently, (from

emphatic, and
to corroborate,
ii'hich
ayain
is
from

)(.,

(ixwAKL).

vii. i:.

la-xx'pos strong.)

AFFECTION ON

',

(skt tuk.)

intransitive, to think,

ion,

(^';?

be

' opin-

Luke

xxii.

membrane about
of the mind and

the

f/j/)'/;i',

the heart, hence

miderstanding.) Transitive to mind;

an operation of

tlic,

mind

.see

;J!),

(confidently.)
Acts xii. 15, see
stantly.)

Titiio

.\

(con-

iii.

.Vets .\xv. 10.

2.

lioui.

H.
".

iii.

Tim.

i.

A (constantly.)

see

8,

1.

3. 1

(.(....)

AFFIIIM

xvliich in-

cludts both the understanding

4.

and

Luke

xxii. JO.

the will.
Col.

iii.

2.

AFFIRM
4.

AFFECTION

(without

n.\tui{.\l.)

axTTopyos, void of natural affection, par-

ticularly of that love and, affection

tvhichjyirents oxKjht io hear to children

1.

children to p(trenf^s, and which

animals have hy natural instinct, and
some of thini in a remarlcahlc detjrec,

2.

3.

Kom.

i.

',

31.

fstorge.)
2

Tim.

iii.

AFFi.lCTED

,
),
to

j.

3.

iii. 8.

(HI:.)

throng,

s(]ueeze,
afflict.

OXiipfi, jircssiiiv, aiilictioii.

labour severely, be
to be touciied or
alfected with a sense of misery.
to

l)y laboiu;

to suffer cvil,

o/

AFFECTIONATELY DESIROUS

press,

to opjn'ess,

Titus

3.

worn

particidarly the stoik, wliose Enijlish

name seems to he of the same oriyin

(constantly.)

xii. 1 j.

crowd

and

as the Greek

Acts

1.

sustain

Matt.
2 Cor.

x.\iv.

;i.

1.

Hub.

xi. ;(;.

3.

Jam.

iv.

i.

endure

to

alilictioiis.

(j.
I

Jae.

1).

V. 13.

(heing.)
'ijulfioiKiL,
1 Thea.

ii.

{,

to long for, yearn after, desire.

8(0 .v),

saino meaning,

I'articii)le

-,

AFFECTIONED

1.

2.

xii. 10.

AFFIRM.

al)ove.

Tim.

V.

1.

AFFLICTION

1.

(without xatuu.vl.")
Roin.

of No.

kindly.)

loving with that vTopyi]

or tender affection which is natural
between parents and cliildren. Sec

"A

(.)

AFFLICTED

G L TM)

3.

,
;,

(-s.)

Okiypis, pressure, affliction.

(a)

a suifering, an

(b) a passion,

an

ariliction.

affection.

ill-trcatineut, -cxation, afflic-

tion.
(-ED.)

(fre(juentative of Xo, 2,
to assert, affinn, to boast.

/^)

1.

Matt. xziv.

1.

M.arkiv.

unto.)
1.

17.

xiii, 1.

(with tU,

1.

Act*

vii.

10, 11.

3.

vii. 34.

1.

XX. 23.
2 Cor. ii. 4.

2.

AFF
2.

2 Cor.

iv.

vi

2.

1.

1.

Phil.

S,

i.

see

iii.

Col.

24.

iv. 5,

^
i.

1. 1 Tliea.

i.

(on-

scu

Jaa.

1.

AFOKE.

3, 7.

H.

Sec, PKKPARK, PRO-MISE, WKIIK.

32.
X. 33.
( (suffer.)
with
xi. 25, see

.x.

(diire.)

11.

AFR

ir>.

iv.

1.

2Tim.

2 Tim.
1.

iii.

i.

2a. Ileb.

(par-

taker.)
2.

The?,

17
4.

1.

2 Tim.

31

i.

AFOREHAND.

27.

V. 10,soe.\(suffer)

Peter

2a. 1

0.

AKFi.it'TloNS

2 Tim.

(,

;.

Sec, co.ME.

(KXDLiRi..)

to suliLT evil

endure or sustain

v.

AFORETIME.

o/ afflictiolif?,

to

TTore,

some time or

at

affliction.s.

John

iv. 5.

AFORETIME

AFFLICTIONS
to

(r.u;!AK:;!i
suft'ei

of

evil or aftiictiou,

AFRAID.

Tim.

i.

8.

(u

;;0.

Luke

.xxiv. 0.

.Mark

i.x.

Acts X.

AFRAID
V.

10.

(;,

AFFJJCTIUX WITH
I'-veo

I,

to

llob. xi.

ill

AFRAID
1.

Rev.

xxiv. 37.

2.

(he.)

to amaze, astonili exceed(from CK out, or iatensice, and

to amaze, astonish.)

Mark

xvi. 5,

.,

3.
1,

/,
ii.

(an adc. bat jiroiHrly

ole of the foot,

of (he adj.

from
ivhich is from

^?,
the

-ovs,

22.

xxT.

1,

foot,

.M.-irk vi. 33.

Mark

25.

to go or travel on foot or by
land, (from Trefos which see luider
Acta XX.

1.
1.

3(J.

1.

vi. 50.

1.

ix. 32.

].

x.

1.

xvi. S.

Luke
1.

ii.

v.

Pet

Rom. xiii. 3,GaL iv. 11."

1.

Hob.

1.

,,
3.

ix. 20.

1.

1.

.\(ln! siorc)

3.5.

4.

vi. Ill, 20.

x\iii.
xxii. 20.

1.

32.

ii. '.'.see

Acta

1.

ii.

4.

xi. 23.

Pot

iii

(5,

14.'

U.

(be surf-)

SVf above,
to be tenified.
to run away from,
(from
flee), a Hecing or running away
frtan through fear, feai, terror,

/ityus-,

great.

Lit., to fear a
1.3.

to

xiv. 27.
xix. R

2.

ixviii. 10.
v.

i:>,

xii.

John

1.

;,
(c;(>.)

^^]}, "afoot.")

fear,

I.iike viii. 25,

1.

1.

AFRAID

the foot.)

AFOOT

to

transitive,

xiv. 27. 30.

xvii. 0, 7.

1.

U.

AFOOT.

perfonncd on

infrannidrc, to be terrified,

to treml)le, tremble for fear.

Tpe
.Matt.

1.

1.

the JJat. case fern,

AFRAID OF

and

(BE.)

to shrink for fear, to be timid,

or a coward.

1.

foot, afoot

ix. G.

reverence.

xi. 13.

(,
),

(be),*

aifrighted

in lear, afraid, terrified.

cmt frcm, and

fear, see hcloiv.)

Mark

2.').

AFFRIGHTED

^,

LTrS)

teiTiHed,

afraid,

Ik, iidcnsive, or

or

AFFllIGHTEl).

on

u(om.G:i

(OKI.)

exceedingly

(suitkh.)

treated

1)C

afflicted togetlicr Avith.

Trc(y,

4.

.xxu.

(.sure.)

0, .seo

(from

ingly,

fear, see below.)

a suH'ering of evil, a bearing

J. IS.

Luke

<;,

(litd

iii,

of affliction.

c/xc/>o/ioi,

(from

in fear, afraid, affrighted,

//.(/)o/ioi,

iv,

AFF LICTIUN

Ko.

(wjhte.)

See, WRITE.

tiu:.)

toiicther Avith.

other, once.

ix. 13.

great
Luko

fcai.

ii. P.

AFR

32

AFRESH.

AFT

In comparative sentences it
means, as; in objective, that; in final,
in order to; in causal, for, on the
groiuid that.

11.

(OS, as.

See, CRUCIFY.

AFTER.

to delay; with an infinitive

following, to be about to do any-

12.
1.

with

assocudion
aiding uished from

with,

/xTcf,

[/oadli/]

(ill

',

8,

thing immediate or remote.

xvhick implies co-operation.)

13.

time,

.,

connexion.

2.

14.

with Ace. (ii'hither) after.

(1))

1.5.

Gen.

(whence)

down

from,
16.

according
3.

down towards,

with Oat. (lehere) npon as resting

on: in addition to, on account of.
hij direc-

np to(of place, number,

aim), over (of time, place, extent.)

er, in

4.

(denoting inchision, distinguished

from

).

Matt.

11j

with Gen. (inhence) tln'ough as

proceeding from ; in reference to time
the passat/e throiiffh

an

terval: during, after the lajwe

in-

of.

(h)with Acc.(tvhithfir)thr<m<^h or tend-

X. 38.
XV. 23.

xxiv.

vi.

lb.

xxvi. 2, 32, 73.

xxvii. 31, see

0.

t^i}?,

of.

to be next or innnediately fol-

lowing

in time,

subsequence, succes-

Kii.Ot^?i<i,

(from

according

succeeding

to,

and

(^ij'i,

order.)
8.
!).

'/), behind; nfitT, of place

("-, from behind.

12.

see A that.
viii.25, 800 A that.

lb.

31.

34.
xii. 34,

xiii. 24.

xiv.

j>ast,

xiii.

27, 42.

11

ix. 23.

(lit.

I'la.v)

the

o/tcr.)

28.

lb.
lb.

X.

lb.

xii. 4,

xiii. 0,

nee

8.

xiv. 27.
XV. 4.

1.

XV. 13, 10, 30.

xvi. 10.
xviii.

xix.

ai

tliat.

IX.

1.5.

xxiii. 3.

25
lutve, I,

15, 27, .30.

35, ce

(noxt

(,"<,

Tr N.)

xxiv.

xxii. 20, 58.

xxiii. Ztl.

day.)

-iMi.

xxi. l,HeeA(that.)

not.
xxi. 8.

i.

I'

1. 0, 21.

.w.

13.

Julin

1.
1.

21

xix. 14.

11.

(.)

22.

8.

V.

l.j.

20

40.

Ui.it.

xii. 4.

vii.

8.

5, 7.

X. 37. 11.

l(ap.)

24.

6.

8.

foUoa

ix.23,Hco

T. 27.

lb.

with

(lit.

(<

:)7 2m.i.

vii.

19

XX. 40, eeoAthnt

(an adr. of time) when; nsed

with the indicative as relating to an

24

V. 371"'

that.

1,

50.

8.

("tc,

actual event, nsnalli/ of time

but sometimes future.

see

28, 70.
xvi. 12 (op.),

ii.

3.

those

after.)

lb.

3b.
2b.
lb.
lb.

i.

iii.

lb.

.Tc.

or time.

XX. 20.
xxi. 1.

Acts
.irt.,

ix. 2.

i.

A tlint.

xix. 28, 38.

1.

ii.

iv. 28,

Luku

see

xiii. 5,

27.

8.

10.

xi. 7, 11.
xii. 19.

14.
17, 20.

8.

lb.

1.

viii. 15.

7.

in order, following,

.,

i.

lb.

sion, order.
7.

4,witli art(a;'
vii. 1.

10.

[that.

lb.

tlio

V. 1.

2'..

XXT.

12.
iii. 22.

lb.
lb.

^%

of

of.

iv. 43.

lb.
2b.

Mark

j)art

8C0

(),

ii.

x\i. 24.
xvii. 1.
xxiii. 3.

8.

n>.

ing toivards; on account

forms

manner

11.

8.

5a.

(a)

marks

it

John

12.

i.

iii.

8.

through, (from, the notion of separ-

and

about,

irepl,

53, u3.

ation, disjunction.)

it

(from

except tvhere

s.

which denotes conjunction ),

of time, place, or element.

in,

to surround, to contain as

verb.

<).

with Ace. (u'hither) npon

tion toivards ;

fulfil,

to have, hold.)

tion,

of.

(]))

(c)

full,

All passages in ivhich the word after

occurs as a 2'>rcposition, or conjunc-

with Gen. (ivhence) npon as springing from; OA'cr, in the presence or

(a)

time

make

to begin, give a beginning

writing,

',

to.

upon, (superposition.)

eTTt,

fill,

to, to be.

against.
(b) xvith Ace. (whither)

to

complete.

down.

tvith

(a)

to pass, pass through of

(from 8, through, and ytroto be or become.)

,
',
,

() ivith Gen. (ivhence) together with,

among; with and from, or separable

1.

14.
17.
21.

27.

AFT
Acts XXV.

13.
5.

V. 14.
vii. 22.
viii. 1, twice (op.)
twice, 12,
i^

21, see
20.

i.

A that.

A tho

2b.
lb.
lb.

[that.

lb.

see

xii. 28,
liat.

Gal.

i.

- xi.

X. 3, 7.
xi. 17, 18.
11.

8.

of.

manner

of.

the

tlio

S.

i.

,
,

mannei'.

3.

Gal.

ii.

14.

0.

vii. 1, 9.

XV.

lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.

22.

xv. 32.

15.

GENTILES.

AFTER THE SAME MANNER.

xi. 11.

8.

11.

iii.

<, belonging or peculiar to a nation.

Li \ . to live in a non-Israelitish

(?,

xii. 15.
xiii. 3.

8.

twice.

b. 1 Cor.

Gal.

iv. 1.

lb.
lb.

iv. 24.
Col. ii. S 3 times.

6.

16, 18.

Rev.

lb.

17
iv. 23.

29

ii.

AFTER THE MANNER OF

0,

iii.

John
Jude 7.

2b.

see

John

b.

10.

2b. 2

manner

Eph.

ii.

2b

14, .see

see

should (that.)

18.

8,

vii. 9, 11.

iii.

b.

(should.)

ii. 1.

towards,

10.

2b.
xii. 10.
2b. Jas. iii. 9.
lb. 2 Pet i. 15.

2 Cor. V. le twice.

down

to.

21 (ap.)
viii.

of.

from,

twice.

ix. 3, 27.
X. 15, 1(3, 20.

XV. G, 7, see
Cor. XV. 32, see A the

manner

ivith Ace. (tvhither)

according

see.V that.
11 twice
If,

16

xi. 25, see

down

(tvlience)

vi. 20.

x. 18.

(1))

vii. 2,

same manner.

with Gen.

against.

V. 0, 10.

2b.-

vii. 40.

that.

OF.

down.

(a)

II.

4.

2b.
2b.

[13.

1 Cor.

AFTER THE MANNER

v. 15.

21). 2 Tim. iv. 3.

2b. Titiis i. 1, 4.
iii. 4, see
10.
lb.
lb. Heb. iv. 7.

5.

ii.

Tim.

8. 1

xxvii. 21.
xxviii. 11, 13, IT.

Rom.

AFT

2b. Col. ui. 10.

2b. 2 Tho.9. ii. 0.
iii.
2b.

I.

xxvi.

33

5.

xix.

likewise,

the same or like

in

manner.

xviii. 1.

1 Cor. xi. 25.

1.

XX. 3.

AFTER

),

AFTER THAT.

see

(should.)

wider "after,"

eha, then, afterwards.

Heb.

thereupon, then, (from

at, and eha, then.)

iVo. 12.

xi. 8.

iiri,

upon or

any more, any longer,

eVt,

yet,

'.

?,

see

ore, see

0)?,

"after,"

'.
5.

Mark

iv. 28.

0.

Luke

xiii. 9.

. .

truly.

Acts

Actsxxi.

xii. 34.

7. 1

Cor.

xiii. 5.

AFTER
4.

i.

1,

AFTER

20 (ap.)
8co.\(tliat.)

21.

2. 1

Cor. XV.

C, 7.

(!.

Titiia

2.

Ilcb. vii. 2.

(that.)
iVo. 12.

ii. G.

(the next day.)

to-moiTow; on tho morrow or

next day.

XX. 40.

Julm

i.

35 (witli art.)

iii. 4.

THAT... NOT.
Luke

wider "after,"

xii. 28.

2.

not.

see

2 Pet.

ix. 23.
xiii.

viii. 25.

A that.

/,

12.

after these things.

Matt, xxvii. 31.

XX. 40, see

11.

1.

AFTER SHOULD

truly, after that indeed,

see above,

A^o. 11.

(from 7, when, and

John

Acta xxi.

"after," FO. 10.

,,

(that.)

wider "after,"

see

no longer, no more.

78, when

AFTER

still,

Sec also, ask, come, covet, day, feel,

FOLLOW, GODLY, LONG, LOOKING, LUST,
MORROW, M.VNNER, NEXT, SEEK, SPOKEN.

AFT

1.

,
(

4.
o.

,
,

"after,"

xxi.

XXV.

e/reira,

V. 21.

xxvii. 28.

Rom.

viii. 13, 25.

xi. 23.

IV. 10, 11, 12.

1 Cor.

xiv.

/,

(from

40

John

7.

John

Luke

xvii. 8.

2.

xviii. 4.

15 {om.

30.
see

Gal.

..)

ii.

Heb.

3!),

Jude

GaL

Tr

T.

iv. 4.

16.

{,
/,

Thes. iL

Heb.

Acte

xiii, 21.

AGAIN,

again, l)ack, of place or time;

a pfirticlc of contimintion, again, once

twice.

1.

Rev.

vi. 1, 6.
X. 30.

Jas. V. 18.
2 Pet. ii. 20.

xix. 4, 0, 37.

and then, and ft'om that time

(of time;) and thence or from thence
(of place.)

18.
6.

V. 12.

xviii. 7,27,33.38,40

13

iv. 5, 7.

xiv. 3.
xvi. 16,17,1!),22,28.
-

L 5,
ii.

28, 30.

(and.)

28.

ii.

xiii. 12.

AFTERWARD

inarg. i/acA

26.

i.

X. 7, 17, IS, 10, 31,

40.
xi. 7, 8, 38.

0.

1',

V. 1, 3.

PlUl.

xii.
22
comith, for
and again.)

1".

19.

27.

iv. 8.

18.

9 -

W.)

Gal. i. 21.
1 Cor. XV. 23, 46.

1,

eU

.)

0, 17.

i.

iv.

26 (om.

A (ami)

2 (with

xiii.

2((.),8(>.),

24.

xii. 11.

2.

-21.

13, 40, 54.

viii.

V. 14.
xiii. 21,

t^.)
Tiii. 1.

G-

12. 21.

xiii

1.

Acts

xvi. 14 (ap.)
iv. 2 (om. G=S

vi.

m
7//, LTTr A R)

from

above.
T.)

ix. 15, 17.

32.

Mark

short, pro-

\ marg.

3(om.

iv.

who arc second

(,

35.

i.

iii. 3.

skill, etc.)
2.

2ft,

i:i.

xxiii. 20.

^, order,)

fall

fixil,

(.)

4, 12,

xiii. 20.

following, (from

and

3'.i.

Cl,6!i,70<w'cc.

XV.

the second, of time or place,

to

20.

iii.

5 (om. All.)

Luke

C.

1.

viii. 15.

xi. 27.

then.)

to,

Gr:.)

xviii. 21.

vii. yl.

order,

ill

11.
iv. 17.

I',

xi. 0, 10.
xvii. 32.

iv. 1.

things.

afterwai'ds,

and

iv. 2.

1.

(om.

1, 20.

thei'eiipon, then.

8VTpo<i,

Tr

these

50.

13.

1,

iii.

xli. 4.

in a trial of

1.

after

ii.

X. l<ke_10,24,,32.

,
,

1.

Mark

then afterwards.

1.

XX. 10, 21, 26.

xxi. 1, 16.
X. 15.
16 (eieus, immediately, L
Tr
W),

Acts

xxri.42, 43, 44,72.

these things,

(from

3.

(-S.)

/-,

Matt.

John

5.

xxii. 1, 4.

2Jerly spoken of those

1.

Matt. XX.

after, afterwards, at lengtli.

according

7.

AGA

xxi. 36.

after, see

after,

G.

34

AFTERWARD.

lYo. 1,

2.-^

3.

^,

Jolui

ii.

8.

11.

See also, alive, answer, ask; beoet, bid,

BORN, BRING, BUILD; COME; DELIVER;
FLOURISH, foam; GIVE, GO; HOPE; LIVE;
measure; put; raise, raise to life,
receive,
recompense, remembrance,
restore, return, revile, rise, rising;
SEND, SP:T at one, shew ; that, TURN
;

again, fiirtlier; of antithesis, on the

WORD

(bring,)

other liand,
2,

adv. of place or time, (from

and dev, denotivij from.

avoi^et',

above,

Local from above temporal

of old, from the beginning.)

see

></]
aviDutv,
(

4,

SVTpo<;,

5.

019,

No.

see

.
7-

1.

Matt.

Tr

all

tlu'

down.

7vith

(I'cn.

(n'hencr)

down

from,

against,
i^gfim

"agms" forms

"

anew.
(b)

2,

passarfcs, except

part of a

vcrh.

i/'ith

Acr. (whither)

according

jilace.

down towards,

to,

ujion (superposition.)

(a) with

Gen. (ivhere) uprtn

ceeding

from

as pro-

over, in the presence

or time of
iv. 7, R.
V. .13.

xiii.

2,

Kd.Ti'i.,

(a)

two times.

The following arc

AGAINST.
1.

the second, of time or

twice,

cohere

1.

from

R)

44

1.

(. >

1.

Matt.

xiii.

verily.
1.

4.'5,

xviii.

47.

isi

(-,

:){\>,0-

xix. ^4.

( Tr .)

(b) with J)at. (u'here) upf)n, as restiny

on;

in addition to,

on account

of.

;;

AGA
Ace.

ivith

(c)

35

hy

upon,

(xoliither)

cm

direction towards; to, implying

intention (for, against.)

%unto

(motion

3.

into, to

to the interior)

some-

to,

times hostility, against.

(a)

(where) resting in a
direction toivards, near, hard by.
Oat.

xvith

(c) ivith Ace. (ivhither)

to of literal di-

rection; of mental direction, towards,

against. From this mental direction

comes

(i)

that of estimation, in conof, and (ii) that of intention,

sideration

in order to.

x.xiii. 13.

la.
4c.

xivii.
ill.

-ith, in association with [locally^

distinguished from
which implies

6.

4c.

la.
9.

55, 56, 57.

vii.30, niarg.wi</iin.
ix. 5 (op.)

50.

and pro-

ceeding from ; from (used of 2iersons,

la. 1 Cor. iv. 6.

4;

ivhile

is

used of jylaces.)

4c.
3.

(b) tvith Dat.

(where)

beside,

out at

with, near.

Trepi,

7.

around,

with Gen. (whence) arovnd and

separate from, about, concerning.

(a)

9.

kv, in,

of time, j^ace or element,

ivavTLos, opposite, over-against

con-

4c.

(-,

before (as opposed

behind;) before, in the presence

Matt.

iv. 6.

2c.

la.

V. 11, 23.

la.

2c.

X. 21.

".

3.

25 "'co.

la.

la.

la.

35 3
xii. 14.

3.

Matt.

Eph.

ii.

4c.

iii.

Tim.

3.

Heb.

xiii. 18.

4c.

14.

iii.

V. 0.

la. 1 ret.

26 twice.

2c.

27.

la. 2 Pet.

vi. 1.

12.

i.

xii. 3.
4.

la. Jas.
la.

11.

13, 19.
v. 19.

Ti. 19.

xii. 7.

iv.

Jude

15.

la.

Rev.

ii.

viii.

ix. 1.

1.

5, 20.

[upon.
niargiu

11.

ui. 7.

.3.

la.

2c.

12

iii.
ii.

13.

3.

11.

ii.

11.

la.

12 Stimei

14.

3.

2 Tim.

xix

17 twice, 23.

vi. 11,

la. Col.
la. 1

21.

iii.

V.

3.

5a.
5a.
la.

xii.

4, 14, 20.

16.
xi. 7.

7 (No. 5a, All

2c.

xiii. 50, 51.

4c.

xiii. 6.

la.

xiv.

5a.

xix. 19 'wlce.

See

2.

also, HEAT, boast,

bring; crime, cry;

dash; fight; insuhrection; judge;

MAD, murmur; over; prate, prevail;
quarrel; rejoice, reply, rise up; say,
SPEAK, spoken, strive; wanton, war,
WILL, witness.

AGE.
time of

ity of life,

trary'.

10.

twice.

xiii. 8.

GaL

la.

and

with Ace. (whither) around

towards, around, about.

(b)

8.

la.

12 twice.

2.

5.

la.

G=;

29.
xviii. 20.

18.

2 Cor. X.

la.

65.

4c.

(whither) to or along the

side of ; beside (as not coinciding
with, hence contrary to ; beside with
the notion of comparison, superiority,
above, vn-kp affirms superiority,
institutes the comparison, and leaves
the reader to infer superiority.

(c) ivith Ace.

6lh.

R)

2c.

1.

viii.

4c.

xxii. 52, 53.

Acts

Ti

.3.

2c.

2c.

la.

li. 2.

3.

4th.

2c.

la.

7.

31.

la.

4.

la.

vui.

4c.

XX. 19.
xxi. 10

3.

3.

23.

XV. IS, 21,

xvii. 3 {om.

John

5.

iv. 18.

10 twice.
52 twice.
53 Ut_ iiKt^

03 5lh &.
xiv. 312ad,

4c.

2.

6c.

la.

3.

26.

ii

8.

xii.

la.

2c.

14.

18.

i.

17 twice, 18.

2a.
2b.
2c.

Rom.

xi.

2c.
3.

xxvi. 14.

- xxvii.

2c.

.'JO.

la.

Oc.

11.

V.

2c.

27.

xiviii. 17.

2c.

3.

2c.

(a) ivith Gen. (ivhence) beside

15.
18.

xii. 12.
8 twice, 12.

3.

beside (juxtajoosition.

la.

xiv. 48.

Lukeiv.

3.

fop.)
atlmei
tlmea
8 3

19.

4c.

3.

xiii.

3.

(b) with Ace. (ivhither) after.

2.

la.
3.

la.

TTr

with.

1.

19.

XXV.

la.

xi. 25.

3.

with Gen. (ivhence) with, together

xxiv.

4c.

ix. 40.
X. 11.

co-operation.
(a)

38.

xii. 28.
xxiii. 30.

la.

1.

(J.

vi.45,marg.(text,
unto.)

2c.
2c.
la.
4c.

xvi. 22.

xii. 16.

4c.

24, 25. 26.

29.
4c.

Acte

la.

59.

Mark

3rd

^,

5.

la.

x.\. 24.

xxiv. 7 twice.
xxvi. 55.

4c.

with Gen. (ivhence) hitherwards.

(b)

Matt.

10.

la.
2c.
la.

towards (propimiuity.)

irpos,

7a.

2c.
2c.
la.
la.
la.

towai'ds, sometimes implying

mere reference in I'egard

4.

AGE

to
of.

xii. 26.

life,

adultness, matur-

mind or 2Jerson.

the day in distinction from the

and as a division of time, also
v^^ed of a longer space of time.
night,

30, 32 '"I".
xviii.

15 (om.

LR)

',

birth, race, descent

21.

ation,

an age.

a gener-

AGE
2.

Luke

ii.

1.

36.
52,

3.

Acts

1.

Epk

seeAO^e

of the world is accomplished ; and

hence, the world as filling the unmeasurahle contents of immeaswable

marg. (text,

stature.)

Heb. V.14, see A (of full)

Heb.

1.

iv. 13,

AGR

xiii. 3G,inarg.(text,
generation.)

marg. (text,

stature. )
John ix. 21, 23,
of.)

36

xi. 11

time.

yevea, progeny, offspring, a generation

',

AGE

Ko

"age,"

see

or descent of vien living ctt the same

time; the time in which such a race
\i\e^, thence generally iaiagQ or

(be of.)
to

1,

to have,

-^.

have

maturity.

1.

Epk

1.

Johnix

AGE

(of full.)

1.

iii.

1.

Col.

V.

14,

margin

'perfect

2.
3.

flower,

great,

old,
4.

',

aged, an

(from

old man,

which arjain is
to be far entered

old,

frovi
into or advanced in.)
Philem.

the distance.

long ago, long, (referring either

long or short spaces of jyctst time,

to the context.)

Matt.
Luko

A (long)
A (a

xi. 21, see

13,

X.

1.

1.

Acts

2 Cor. viii. 10,

year.)
ix.

1.

X. 30.

XV.

1.

.see

2,

.see

see

(a

(a

year.)

xii. 2.

2.

7.

P.

(a GREAT WHILE.)

AGED MAN.

3.

Luko

X.

13.

2.

AGO

AGED WOMAN.

(<, an

the past year, last

to pass, pass

great wliile.

AGO
Titua it

(ivith

year (from
through.)

AGED.

old,

2(5.

before, tvhether of time or place.

according

PASS.

-,,

i.

ft'om (the exterior) sej'^aration in

to

ages,

21.

iii.

AGO.

,
,
,

marhing

Heb.

1.

Eph.

space tvith the idea of motion; from

(from tIAos,

au end.)

also,

2.

21, 23.

TeAeio?, complete, perfect,

See

ii.

old or aged

&

4.

(a year.)

2 Cor.

viii.

10

ix. 2.

woman (same

root as above.)

AGO

TittLsii. 3.

3.

(long.)

Matt.

xi. 21.

AGES.
(from cioj, a7//xt, ])l(jw, breathe),
the life which tvastes au'ay in the

AGONY.

alo)u,

hreathinrj of our breath, life as transitory ; then, course of life, time of

life,

life

in

its

(leneration

from

temporal form; then

life, an age, or

the space of

human

looks at

always includes a ref

life, filling time or a space
of time. Accordingly the unbounded time, in which the history or life

o?

contest;

violent struggle orxv^uwyboth of body

and mind, (from ciywjto bring, carry,

remove, drag.)
Luke xxiL \i{ap.)

a r/eneration

the jH'int of vietv of duration,

while ycvea [A^o. 2] ihes from that

of race),
erence to

dyon'ia, bodily strife, struggle

,,

AGREE

(-D.)

to apeak a thing together

with,
with another, to agree,

implying
to speak.)

{,

co-oj^eration,

and

(fMvto),

,
upon,

together,

,
tcros,

See, RUN.

l)e,

qiialiti/,

equal.

to be well affected or well

he friends

with him, (from

the mind.)

,
,

AH.

to be
(iii

e(pi!il,

minded towards another, to

6.

AGROUND.

agi'ee

quantity or cliynity,)

ALB

settle.

to

( ei/xi,

5.

put

to

37

to be, with

ei'/xi,

'.

AGR

and

well,

voos,

win

active; to persuade, to

by-

interjection, or natural
exclamation 0/ derision or iusidt.)

(an

ova, ah, aha,

Mark

AIM AT

xv. 29.

(not) [margin.]

miss the mark,

1 Tini.

fail.

6 (text, swtrve.)

i.

words, to influence. Medial Passive :

be persuaded or

suffer one's self to

convinced.

J eh,

to make, to do,

(), onefthe numeral,)

\
Matt.

4.

V. 25.

Acts

XX. 2, 13.
Jlaik xiv 56, 59.
70,
see

V.

Ijike
John

V.

ix.

9,

30, see

see

A >vitli.

physically ; the over)

arching and all embraciiig heaven,
excluding the earth beneath and all
that is therein.
(2) the dwellingplace of God.

1.

XV. 15.

2.

xxiii. 20.
[not.
xxviii. 25, see

3. 1
I

7.

Jolrn

Rev.

2.

Matt.

V. 8.

xvii. 17

2.

G L

4 (om.

1.

Acts

Acts

xi. 6.

xxiL 23

xiv. 9.

1.

32.

1.

Eph.

1.

1 The, iv. 17.

ix

1.

Rov.

58.

('05,

heaven, G^v.)
1 Cor. ix 26.

viii 5.

lui. 19.

2.

2.

Mark

2.

iv.

Luke

2.

to be like.

2.

viii. 20.

A R)

Tr

AGREE THERETO.

vi. 26.
xiii. 32.

Mark

/,

the celestial fluid above

oi'pa v6s, heaven, (

2.

to-

'li.

air,

the earth.

40.

G.

thereto.

3.

AIR.
the

gether.

xviii. 10.

1.

1.

an opinion, sentence f
to know,) /
(from

yiOjyuv;,
j

5.

1.

ii.

3.

ix. 2.

xvi. 17.

1.

X. 12.

xiv. 70.

',

ALABASTER BOX.

AGREE TOGETHER.

(-),

see

"AGREE,"
Acts

^,

the alabaster stone,

afterwards any
ment.)

AGREE NOT.

Matt. xxvi.

7.

vessel

vii.

and

used for ointMai'k xiv.

Luke

3.

37

disagreeing in speech.

AGREE

25.

see

AVITH.

"AGREE," '^.

Matt. XX.

made from

v. 9.

Acts xxviii.

/(/),

a vessel to hold ointment or

perfume (so called because commonly

iYc. 1.

Rev. xviiL 10

1.

Ltike

13.

10

iwlcc^

19 twice

ALBEIT.

^,

iVu, that, to

together into the urn; hence to vote

with, assent to.)
Ti. 10.

the end that.

Plulom.

consent, agreement, (from

to put d(j\vn together
with, borrowed from those who heiwj
(f the same opinion put their ballots

Cor.

wlco,

V. 30.

AGREEMENT.

2.

ALAS.
woe, alas, (an interjection o/'gi'ief or
concern) ; also used as a noun, a woe.

19.

ALBEIT... NOT.
that to the end that,
not, lest,
rUilom.

19.

")

that not,

lest.

ALI
ALIEN.

?,

(-S.)

belonging to others, foreign

or strange to oneself.
Ileb. xi. 34.

ALIENS

7oJ,

Eph.

/,
Eph.

iv. IS.

(BE.)

to alienate, to estrange.
ii.

12.

ALIENATE.
(-ED.)

to alienate, to estrange.
Col.

i.

21 (with

<.)

ALIVE.
Part, of
Acts

), for u'hich see

"alive

(be.)"

2.

xxii. 37 3 times, 40.

xxiii. :}{, 5, 8.

Matt

lb.

things,

0, 48,

lb.

lb.

:w.

la.

LTr.)
-8,

lb.
lb.

lb.

31, 38.
30, see
47, 51.

la.

47.

lb.

15.

XXV.

3.

10.

2.

xxvi.

2.

19, 20.
21.

7 (No. la,

25, 45.
xxviii. 11.
18.
--li>.
20, eee

3.
l.a.

lb.

iv. 5.

la.

13.

2.

14.

xxiv. 9

lb

15, 20, 22.

-19.

la.

25.

lb.

11 (No.
20.

27 (No.
.32.

2.

33.
37, see

2.

3!.
ii.

la.

lb.

12 twice.

lb.

10,

1.3.

lb.

11, see

A these

13, 31, 32.

lb.

34,seeAthing.s
V. 12 {pm.
Lb
.)

Tr

lb.

20, see
20.

la.

3.3.

lb.
lb.
la.

TiA

.)
vi. 30,

vii. 3.

{\,
G-v LTTrA
vii.

again,
.)

A things

A tilings

-35 (pm. G-.)

47.

1.3.

3.

15.

lb.
lb.

17,

lb.
la.
3.

lb.
2.

.vi.

2.

(flp.)

44-<{.
W.!.

1;!,

la.

lb.
lb.

lb.

xiii. 4, 10.

A
A

Huo

men.

23, SCO
tilings
30, 37.
xiv. 23, 27, 20, 31.

30,eee

A things

1.
(<!)).)

"

la

X. 2.
8.

ner

33
33

LTTrA.)

3.

la.-

4(No.lb,TTi)
7 it (om. G - L
TTrbA.)

Tr A.)

lb.

iii.

11.

10 3 limes.

24.

20 (No. lb,

G L

A R)
30
30

I'l.

2i.d,

uoo

16.

XV.

800

things

12.

17',17"'(').

1.

LT
LTr

A that.

3.

that
la.

18

(.)
xvi. 3 (No. lb,

lb.

20.

3.

28.

lb.

.32,

U)

33.

34,800 Ainhout>o
(with.)

IK
la.

see

xvii.

7.

11.

15, 800

A 8\3

(with.)

men.

lb.

21-"(0).(0.

G LTTrA R)

(things.
22. 24, 800
25 1"
25 2nd, SCO
21.

0, 11.

10. 18.

21 l",seoAthing8
lb.

28.

xiii.

27, see

3.

45, 800
la.

23.

xii

la.

things.

own things,0 >. L

3,

39.

xviii. 12{, 21, 22J.

28
iiio, our

A thiiij

14.

4,

xvi. 14, 20.

xvii. 10.

37.
.38.

30, see
X. 43. 44.

xi. 10.

Ib.-

32.
30.

1.

sec

30.

lb.

12.

18, 29,33.

1st.

-'d,

xiv. 15, see .V things

-14 (No. lb,

S'',
27. 28.
xiv. 17,seo.\thiuge

man-

-22.

lb.

7 2i>d(No.

lt.

see

of.

(om. ). (No.

AR)
17

27(No.lb,LTr.)
20(Xo.lb,LTr.)

lb.

('.4.

14 2i'd,

3.

2.
3.

14, 18, 19.

441.

8.

35, 30, 40.

42.

10.

13(No.lb,LTr.)

55.

xvi. 15

xiii. 2,3. 4, 5,

XV.

32, see
quarters (throughout.)
lb.

tilings.

14, 31.

50, 53.
.\iv.

G:i I>

T.)

40.

2.

t*.

17
17

A there

21.
ii.

lb,

41, 44.

G-

ix. 14, 21, 20.

31.

Tr

see

lb.
lb.
lb.

lb.
2.

(ow.

11

3.

2.

3.

31

lb.
lb.

1.

i.

la.
3.

Ib.-

lb.

lb.
lb.

tilings.

,8 A(flret of.

Tr

37(aiJ.)

10 (om.

8.

3.

lb.

lb.

Acts

,30.

lb.

27.

2.

(for.

lb.
la.
lb.

27.

2.

his

la.

lb.
lb.

viii. 1.

la.

3.

xxi.

lb.

33 itli.
33 5th,43,441it.

2.

see

[t^_)

14, 22.
50.

lb.
lb.
lb.

xviii. 40.

tilings.

4 times.

LTr

10 lt.
10 -'"'1, 11.

2.

2.

33(No.l,LW.)

(.)

A things.
see A int-ii.

40,seeA(iiotliing

18.

xii.22, 28, 29
30 time,
& 2ml.
33 3

vii.

Ib.-

X. SJ, 20.

7,18.

,33 Isl

lb.

2 (op.)

viii.

lb.

17.

37 1.

vil5(No. lb,

li).-

xi. 48,

armour.

xii. 1

30t.

3.

la.la.Ib.la.-

22, see A
41, see
50.

34.

lb.

45.

vii. 21.

lb.

la.

lb.
la.
lb.

lb.

2.3.

xi. 22,

17, 20.
21.
23.

men.

that.

43 -"<!, seeAthings
48.
x.:10.

ll,seeAtltinga

see

ix. 431t.

27

12 (No. lb, LTr.)

lb.

things

see

vi. 37, 39.

X. 20.

xi.

11.

3.

tilings.

52, 54 (aj?.)
ix. 1, 7.

la.

5.

12,

41, see

10, see

33.

,S9t.

lb.
lb.
la.
lb.

45.

A things

V-i,

viii. 40.

lb.
la.

1.5.

27, see
2S, 44.

45

lb.

43.

1st,

A things.

32, see
V.

A men.
A men.

31

.,Q >

la.

31.

24, see
20, see

Tr
[.)

20.

23.

22.

2.

15.

iii.

2"'i.

2.

A things.
A men.

10.

18.

twice.

see
7, see

1.

17

lb.
lb.

A things.

lb.

la.

lb.
lb.

27

see

31 2nd (ap)
35, see
things.
iv. 25, 20, see
things,

lb.
la.

23,see A things
.351'".

lb.

G.)

(oni.

I7it.

2.

10, 23.
37, see
ix. 12,sce

la.

lb.
lb.

[50.

20

10 (No. lb,

seeAthings

33, 39, 41, 42,

lb.

men.

40(Xo.l,GLT

3.

vii.

3.

things.

iiisht

(continued.)
17.

lb.

12, .see

men.

28.

iv.

10.

i.

L Tr

28 (Xo. lb,
A.)

la.

iii.

Tr

3,

[AR)

28.

lb.

25,

44,

ii.

lb.
la.
3.

la.

21,

2.

lb.

L Tr

11),

twicc^ 14.

-47.
John i. 3,

i.

lb.

.)

Mark

lb

G L

28, 30, 40{.

tiling,
la.

2.

xxii. 70.
xxiii. 5.
18, see
at once.
44.
xxiii. 48, 40,

lb.

lb.

lb.

Tr

10 f'co, 10.
18, see
(at.)
21, see A men.
that.
23, see

2.

3.

4, 12.

lb.

1, 22.

38.

xxi.

15(No.3,TTrA)

0.

XX vu.

Lm

17, see
men.
22, see
things.
24, 20, 32, 35, 30
38.

lb.

70.

3,

G- L
[Tr A R)

45.

3.

ii).

(No.

3.

;.

tilings.

things.

50 Is'
50 2>'

lb.

lb.
la.

35, 52.

lb.

24, 25.
iv.

32 (om.

A things

iii 22, see

lb.

37.

3, 0.

iii.

Acts

A R)
XX.

lb.
lb.

1, 87, 31.

LT

Tr

TrAR)

10.

18, 19.
20, see

eee

[things.
xix. 7 (No. lb,
4.3.

3.

la.

30.
5, 7, 31, 32.

xviii 31,

-48.

3.

33,seeAmeii

Luke

la.

1.

lb.

lb.

33, 34.

3.

ii.

!).

14 lt.
14 2d, 30,

2.

it

00, 71, 75.

lb.

G -

(pm.

05

05 2rJ

2.

27,35.

lb.

things,

03,

&2lid.

la.

lb.

see

3,

i.

lb.

see

20,

Luke

tilings,
la.

20

twice.

lb.

Acts

xvii. 30, 31.

la.

xnii.

lb.
lb.

lb.

2.

2.

8.

lb.

17.
21, see
23.

lb.
lb.

Rom.

[(by.)
xix. 7, 10, 17 '"ice19, see
men.
2(3.

2.

27.

lb.

34.

lb.-

la.-

iii.

21,
22.

la.

27.
2S, see
30.

2a.

31.

lb.

xxiL

A things.

lb.
lb.

1st,

23

t'l

-i

33

see

(any-

lb.

xxvi.2, 8ee.\tliings

lb.

29
3 times.

29.

lb.

3.3.

2.

Tb.la.-

19.

lb.

22lt, 22 2n<l(ap),

lb.
la.
lb,

XV.

7, 8, 10, 19, 22,

24 twice.

lb.
lb.

viL

ner

8,

32 2nd,

.)

Bce

tilings.

3C, see

long.

37.
ix. 5, 6, 7.

X.

la.

xi. 26,

17.

12 twice,

10.

21, eeo

.. long.

lb,

la.

18.

la.

xiii. 7.

9,

lb.

viL

lb,

xiv. 2, see

CO

A tiling

l.a.

8lt4

la.

7,

2nd.

9, 10.

lb.

9,

Ib. 1

11.

lb,
lb.

(no.

thing.4,

(once
(for)

xii, 8.

A things,

23,
xiii. 4,

tilings.

18, see
things,
twice, 20,

lb,
la. Jne.

2, 7

Hoo

13. 39,

xi,

14, sou
lb,
lb,

21,

22, see
X, 10,

sou

12
The, i.

flit.)

eeo

19 twice.

iv. 7.

see

points

seoA things

viii. 5,

la.

20,22,eooAt)iingii

la.11.

vii. 2,

3.

17.

18.
ix.

vi.

la,

ix. 17,

M.

10,

la.

lb.

things,

8, 11 twice,
10.

viii. 7.

things,

V, 9,

lb.

iii,

A things.

13, see
15, see

lb.

2.

22,

14,HeoAthiiige

things.

tilings.

16.

iv, 4.

13.

1.5,

A things.

4, see

(in,)

19.

1, 4.

17, see

28,

/things

11.
15.

twice,

things.

ii,

8 3rd,

4.

20, sue

A things

2, 18.

13,

10.

20, Beo

Tr

19.

see
things
V, 10, 14 twice, 15.
17, 18, ) see

17 (om. L.)

vi. 10,

lb.
lb.
lb.

10 twice, 17 twice

iv. 15,

xii. 4.

18, margin (text.

all things.)

iii.

-iii. 2.

1 2nd.

ii.

20.
twice, ,.

lb.

5,

things.
ll.li.
8 1st, seeA things
8 2nd. [A things,
8 3rd, 10twlce,Boo

ii.

lb.

6, 9, 10, 11

A things.

sooA

3,4.

lb.

Phiiom,
6,

la.

1st.

2, 3, see

see

2 2nd, 15 twice.

lb.

fpirit,

iii,

SCO

HehL

[things,

2.

i.

lb,
lb.

23(

i,

20, 24.

2 Cor.

14, 15.

17, 21, 26,

4.

lb.

lb.

Col.

thin.','.-^.

[things,

29,

see

32 twice.
xi. 36,iiee

things.

1 it.

la.

11,

la.

18.

lb.

your

xvi. 12, see A (at.)

14,800
thing

lb,

-19.
-22.

51,

lb.

10 1st.
10 2nd,

IS.

Ib,la.-

39,

15,seo

i.

la.

[tilings,

lb,

32

8,

iv, 5.

Ib,Ib,-

men.

17. 21.

Titus

la.

Stwicc, 21,

iii.

la.

of.

la.
lb.
la.

Ib.la.-

man-

18

see

7 twice,

25,

twice.

viiL'28,seeAthing3

lb.

things,
28 3rd * 4th.
29, see A (at.)

lb,

V. 12 twice,

1st

lb.

A tilings

-12, 13,

27 3 time, 28
16 !'
16 2nd.

16, see

20,

.seeA things,
8(oHi. G-.)
5,

14, see

ii,

Ib.la,-

iv. 2.

11,

13 1st.
13 2nd.

2,5,

* 2nd, see

iv. 11.

la.

9, 11, 12,
16, 17,

iii,

2-t.

Ib.-

23.
lb.

lb.
lb.

that

see

20,

1, 4,

i,

la.

23, 24 3 times,
26,see
tilings
31 3 time. 33.
40, see
tilings

lb.

18, 29.
iiL 9. 12.

la.

la,

18 l5t&2nd.
18 3rd,

Ib.Ib. Phil,
la.-

thing.-;.

A men,

24, see
lb,

[tilings,

16,

la.-

xiv. 5, IS.
21, see
(for.)

5, 7, 8.

vi. 13,

Ib.-

things.

lb.

31.

:jrd.

7 4 times, see

3.5, .30, 37, 44.

xxviii. 30.

3.

15.

i.

ii.7,10, see.\things,

21 ,see

2 2nd &

20.

Tim.

V. 3, 9.

Ib.-

3.

1.

10.
13, 17, see

15,see
things
19, 31 twice.

la.-

la.-

xiii. 21''t.

la.

lb.

times

lb.

24.

101st.
lb. 2

13,

20.

i.

(fii-st

xii. 6 twice, 11, 12,

13 twice, 10, 20 twice.

30

ti.)

4 times

things,

of.)
lb.

1^1.

3,

all

2,

ri.

IS, see

Rom.

^ see A
things

.332nd,

things.

3, 4, 14.

b.

10, 15, mai-gin

13.

la.

la

see

[ihinffS.

-20.
10 2nd, 'see

1st,

see
things,

9,

(J

lb.

4,

11,1
iv, 8,

31.

xi. 2, 12,

1.

la.

11,
iii.

Tr

*,see

Tr

2 2nd.
4,6.

T.

t*.)

3,
1 twice, 2 it.

ii.

la.

men.

21 =J (Xo.

lb.

lb,
la.
lb,

A things

(pm Lb

11

sec

24

lb.

15,

i,

16 (No.

17.

lb.

11).

3.

18.

Tim.

Ai).)

5i 8.

xxviL

[men.

i>.)

12 (No. 3, I,m Tr
2, see A men.
16.

la. 1
la,

22 twice, see
23 twice.

things.

1.

14, see

lb.

la.

lb.

1 twice, 2, 3, 4.'

GL

30 (No. la,
H.)

TTr A

xxv. 8,
tliiiig at.)

men.
[men.

see

11,

10,
15.

[A

4, 9, 10.

ii.

la,

12, 15.

xxiv. 3
places (in.
3 2nd.

11,

la.

Anieans

3ril

la,

24.

10, see

la.

10, see

see

lb.
26, 27.
lb, 2 Thes. i. 3, 4, 10.

iii.

3, 8.

i.

22,

lb.

(by.)

3.

xxiii.

G 1,1)

21.

25,8eo

la.

A things

[TrA.)

20 (oM.

thin;

men.

22, 20, 2S.

V. 5,

14, 15,see
men.
21, see
things

iv. 1.

2iia,

lb,

la,

10,see

things

22

5.

lb.

8,

lb.

19 1st, see
19 2nd. [men.
22 1st
gee
22

2.

In.

iii,

vi. 6.

(most

G- L

(om.

24.

Tr

14,

Ib.-

I see

ii,

V. 14.

6 twice,

lb. 1 Thes. ii, 15.

la.
iii, 7, 9,
12, see
men.
lb,
13,
lb.
iv. 6, 10 1st,
2,
10 2nd.

2,

i,

lb.-

Ti-b.)

lb.

xiii. 2, 13, 14.

la.-

5, 18, 20.

lb.

2.

Ib.

lb. Gal.
lb.
lb.-

vii. 7, 17.

ix. 12,

38, see

21

lb.

xii. 12.

viii. 1.

lb.

la.

things

28,

la.-

lb.-

tilings.

.f.)

xxi

see A things
12 3 times, see A

vi.

lb.
lb.

35, see
30, 37.

things.

19,seeAthings

10,15, \ see

things.

-32.

A men.

lb.

iv. 13,

25, 26.
27, 28.

Ib.-

men.

ii.

lb.

XX. 18,19.

la.

13,see

xi. O.see

lb.
24 (a]}.), 26.
la. 1 Cor. i. 5 twice,
lb.
10.

la.

ix.

33.

means

2 Cor.

xv. 13, 14.

xvi. 4, 15.
19, see

2-
i.

2.

5,

SCO

A things.

lb. Jas.

i.

Rov.

8.

21.

la.

lb.

10.

ii.

3.

2.

iii.

la.

iv. G.

V.

la.

see

man-

24 ''

[aerof.

la.

1 3rd.

iv. 7,

U.

2 Pot.

xviii. 3.

A thing,

3,seo

i.

la.

5.

12
14

4,

iii.

lb.

IG.

xiv. 8.
XV. 4.

7, 10.

lb.

see

John

la.
lb.

10.

27,
V.

lb. 2

sou

of.

&

see

A things,

Jufio ;'.
15 4 times.
Rev. L 2, see

xiii.

Luke
John

1."?.

xxi. 17.
7.

i.

24.

ii.

2G.

iii.

V. 23.

xi. 48.
xii. 32.

35.

xiii.

Acts

24.

i.

45.

ii.

iv. 21.

X. 33.

2 Cor. ix. 13.

0.il. vi. 10.

Kph.
1

9 (om.

iii.

Thes.

V>

R)

12.

iii.

V. 14, 15.

2 Thes.

iii.

2 Tim.

ii.

2.

24.

iv. 16.

Heb. xiL

14.

Jas. i. 5.
1 Pet. iL 17.
Rev. xix. 18.

men.

ALL THAT.
'9,

" all,"

see

JTo. 4.

xxi. 4.

[that.

7,

things

8.

Acts

things.
[ncr of.
man19, see
(not at)
see

see

iv. 23.

Acts xiv.

27.

23.

iii.

37.

i.

V. 20.

19.

xxi. 28.
xvi. 19.
1 Cor. ix. 19, 22.

Rom.

IS, see

7.

2.

Mark

xi.T. 5, 17.

12.

lb.
lb.

lb.
lb,
lb,
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.

Acts xix.

lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.

Miitt. X. 22.
\ix. 11.
xxvi. 33.

21 22'*'>^<' 23 Is'
(no. .at.)
23 ^fd, 24.

2nd^ see

17.

John 1.
John 2,

lb,

see
things.

20,

iii.

la.

Srcl

17.
19.

IG.

ii.

&

'Jnd

14 istgeeAthings
14 -nd, see A (at)

7, 9.

i.

1st.

A manner

tilings.

9, 11, 16.

la. 1

S,

12.

V. 5.

la.

lb.

[thing.
11, seo

iu. 8.

lb.

1.1.

-7.

18.

lb.

lb.
lb.
lb.

xiii. 3.

A men.

17, See
la.

1.

xi. G.
xii. 15.

2nd.

Except where the two words are separate,

in 2i'hirh case see under each.

17.

viii. 3.

1 I't.

ii.

lb.

" ALL,"

TTus, see

11.

tilings.

ALL MEN.
iV^o. L

A things,

vii. 4, 9.

12, aeo

1 Pet. LIS,
ia.

iv. 11, see

v. 6.
13.

x.xiL 21.

10.

ALL THESE THINGS,

ALL AT OXCE.
(adv.) witli

"ALL,"

see

their imilti-

all

things

all

A"o. lb,

const it utinr/ a whole.

c(s

JIark

iv.

11.

tiule, all together.

Luke

,,

xxiii. 18.

THINGS.
ALL THING
1.

ALL HIS ARMOUR

'?

armuur, a complete
suit of arniouv nfeimve and defensive
all; and
armour.)
(from
coinjjletc

Luke

?,

see

('.
Matt.

"all,"

A^o. lb.

see " ALL." '^.

3.

John

21{.

vii.

xiii. 41.

xvii. 11.
xix. 26.

xi. 23.

XV. 15'.
XTi. 15t, 30.
xvii. 7t.
xviii. 4.
xix. 28.
xxi. 17.

xi. 27.

xxi. 22}.
xxii. 4.

Acts

Mark

ALL... LONG.

',

9.

see " ALL,"

Rom.

viiL 36.

2.

ix. 12.

Rom.

Luke

ALL MANNER.
see

" ALL," iVo.

Rev.

xiv. l.V
xvii. 22, 24, 25.

xiii. 23.

XX. 35.

xiv. 36.

xxii. 10.

xxiv. 14.
xxvi. 2'.

3.

39 (Xo.

1,

TrA.)

Rom.

xi.

viii. 28, 32.

xi. 86.

ix. 43.

X. 22.

xviii. 12 '*'

(W.)

41.

xiv. 17 (pm. Li

xiv. 2, 20.
1 Cor. ii. 10, 15.

Tr

21.

iii.

iv. 13.

xviii. 31.

12, 3iliiici.

vi.

ALL MANNER
Tras, see

"all,"

xxiv. 44.

John

OF.

A'o. 1.

la. Matt. iv. 23 ''

la.
v. 11.
la.
X. I ico.
la.
xii. 31.

Rev. xxi.

19.

l.-i.

Lnko

11..

Actsx.

la.
la.

Rom.
1

Pet.

xi. 42.

12.

vii. 8.
i.

15.

39'

xiii.

2,3.

u. 20.

1.

i.

6 '"'e.

viii.

12, 22. 25.

itlir.o^ 33,

ix.

3.

iii.

35.

[AW.)

iv.

25 (No.

3,

X.

Tr

23

xi. 2, 12.
xiii.

29t.
45'.
V. 20".
X 41.

7 4

i(n>.

xiv. 26. 40.

3 timot
\ii

x\-.

og

twlco.

xvi. 14.

xiii. 3.

xiv. 26

L.)

33, 39*.

11.

i.

1,

X. 8.

x. 27 (ap.)

21.

X.

32 (No.

iv.

30.

xi.

22t.

vii, 37.

21*.

iii.

iv. 34.

vi.

44.

ii.

xxiii. 20.

xxviii. 20{.

1,

26i'>d.

2 Cor.

ii.

9.

ALL
1.

2 Cor.

iv,

15.

17

V.

1.

(oi.

18.

1.

vi. 10.

1.

14

vii.

1.

iv. 8.

[all.)

1.

15,

margin (text,

(,

1.

1.

xi. 6.

1.

xU. 19.

1.

Kph.

10.

iii.

10, 11, 22 twice.

i.

2Tim.

1.

1.

Gal.

vi. 13, 17.

1.

oi-

1.

1.

Titus

ii.

i.

15.

iii.

iv. 13.

1.

1.

iv. 10, 1.5.

1.

viii. 5.

V. 1.3, 20.

1.

ix. 22.

1.

vi. 21.

1.

xiii.

1.

Phil. u. 14.
iii. 8 twice, 21.
iv. 12, 13

1.

CoL

16 twice_ 17 twic

1.

margin

1.

i.

18,

1.

all.

20
20, 22.

iii.

iv.
1

1.

Thes.

V. 21.

Jolm

Rev. xxi.

5.

John

1.

Rev.

Rev. xxi.

Tr

Acts
10

7,

AV

1), all.

ix. 32.

ALL SPEED

IS.

?,

(with.)

the ut-

")

as,

most

speedily, j niost speed.

Acts

xvii. 15.

20, 27.
20.

2.

iv.

11.

(,

xviii. 14.

1.
1.

ii.

iii.

1.

Gen. as here.
(Gen. pi. o/'"all,"

4.

iii.

1.

-,

[\7.
twice,

Jas. V. 12.
1 Pet. iv. 7, S, 11.
2 Pet. L 3.

1.

ALL QUARTERS (throughout.)

,, through (as jiroceeding from) ivith

4.

1.

1.

8 twice,

ii.

1.

iu. 0.

'I

2, 3.

i.

1.

1.

10.

7, 9, 10.

ii.

Heb.

7,

iv.

ALL

ui. 11.

1.

1.

ix. 8.

1.

Tim.

[H.)

G^ L A

waT/s, L'-)
1.

42

these things,

ALL THAT

(for.)

thus, even so, in this wise.

xiv. 21.

1 Cor.

ALL THINGS THAT.

'5,

ALL THERE WERE

see " all," A"o. 4.

Acts XV.

4.

(jires. 2>(ivt.

(01',

of

(for.)

to he), bein^

Jolin xxi. 11.

ALL... HOUSE (with.)

with

-ai'OLKL,

all

ALL

one's house oy family.

Acts xvi.

34.

(anything

at.)

any one, some one, a certain one

Tts,

anything.

ALL MEANS
by

all

;
in eA'ery way,
means, assuredly, certainly.

xviii. 21.

Cor. ix. 22.

ALL
1.

)<;,

(continue.)
2.

the whole night

through, (from
thnnigh, and
vvKxepexw, to pass the night, f?-om

to pass

'

3.-^

12.

vi.

at

all.

ihlnff

attcmphnlic

negative, in

doiying the

not,

no wise, by
no means.

thomiht or intention

of

ALL PLACES
(adv.

(in.)

4.

everywhere.

Acta xxiv.

2a.

(neut. pi.

Matt.

Act

15.

not at

4a. 1 Cor. xv.

V. 81.

all.

2.

iv. 18.

xvi. 12.

1.
I

Ruv. xviii.

14.

(in.)

r/"ALL," Xo.
iv.

o/

2.)

1),

to,

all

ALL
first,

(first of.)

Luke

xii.

I.

ti?ne,

(su2)erlative of

Heb.

(adv.

altogether,

wholly,

3.

wiih Arc. as here, according

throughout.

(things.)

it.

(a) v'ith ncfjative precedin/j,

3.

ALL POINTS

'?,

"ALL," A^a

-fci.

not

ov, not, denyiiiij

itself

Luke

entirely.

(a) ivith

night.)

in every
entirely
means, assuredly, cer-

all

tainly.

ALL NIGHT
SiavvKTifiex'o),

(at.)

wholly,

by

Avay,

8.

Avholly, entirely

irduTOis,

Acta

Acts XXV.

(by.)

^^^rtce

or order,

before.)
1

Cor.

xi

18.

ALL

ALL
of

ALL

2.

7,

3.

John

3.

la.

Heb.

^,
"';

2.

1.

me,

Xo.

2.

/.

xviii.

'i\.

22

''tc.

1.

ALLELUIA.
Alleluia, Heb.

(not at.)

2.

3.

11.

(nothing

no, not, denying the

xi.

^^] Praise

1, 3, 4, C.

8,

(-ET1I-ED.)

to prove, assay,

c(s

refiners

do metals by fire, to try, examine,

try the fitness, or goodness of; hence,
to have experience of by trial, to
approve.

not one, either person or thing.

Jolm

suggesting auother

ALLOW.

Rev.

2.

ALL

(lit.

3.

Rev. xviii. 23 '<.

ALL

any

not ever, never.

ix. 17

iii.

participle),

Rev. xix

(at),"

]see"\ ()," Xo.

3 Thes.

(i)ass.

translated in the Septuagint.

"A

under

21

ye Jah or Jehovah, (retained nn-

xviii. 38.
2.

1.

(no... AT.)

perhaps.

] see

iv.

meaning.)

uo longer.

(a) adverb,
''2'

Gal.

(conjunction), lest at

lest, lest

meant, of tvhich the thing spoken is

em1)lem or representative.)
the
Compare the word " parable."

very.)
38.

ALL

especially, (super-

all,

Acts xx.

43

(most of.)

most of

lative

at.)

to perceive, to observe, to
obtain a knowledge of or insight
into, to know ;
frequently
denotes a personal relation between
the person knoiving and the object

known; equivalent to, to be influenced by our knowledge of the object,

tliiiuj itself.

and

allow oneself to be

hence, to

determined by one's knowledge.

ALL
(..^,

3.

(once for.)

once for

to accept,

to receive

to expect, wait for.

all,

Heb.

once, at once.
4.

X. 10.

'',

to think

well

together
of, be

with, to consent to, approA'c

well pleased Avith, take complacency

ALL.

in.

continue, first, go, hail,

See
HOLY, UOUSE, LAST, MEANS, MOST, NO,
NOT, ONCE, ONE, PLACES, SPEED.
also,

,
,

4.

Luke

3.

Acts xxiv.

xi. 4.S.

(ji/oM'tor,

to place near or by the side

of as food ; to set or lay l)cforc, as
instruction ; to set clearly before

one by argiiment, and especially to

prove bi/ citations from tvritei's.
Acts xvii

Thos.

(from

/5',

whatever

is

mni-gin
[know.

[margin.]

bought to be eaten

wages.
Luke

iii.

14 (text, teages.)

ALLURE.

(be an.)
other,

15,
2'2.

4.

ii.

with l)rcad, a relish. Then, because

hired soldiers were at first partly
paid in meat, grain, or fruit, etc., a
stii)cnd, allowance, and generally,

3.

ALLEGORY

vii.

xi^

1
I

1.

ALLOWAXCE
ALLEGE.

Rom.

2.

15.

and

tosi)eak inortoan as.scmbly

of men), to speak so that one thing
is spoken, and somewhat ditl'ereut is

8((,

to take or catch, }in,prrly with

a bait, as birds or fishes are caught,
(from Sekeap, a bait.)
2

Pot

il.

18.

ALM
(from

14

,
, ^,

ALMIGHTY.

omnipotent,

1.

Matt.

2 Cor. vi 18 ; Rev. L 8
xix. 15 ; xxi. 22.
;

iv.

xi.

17

xv. 3

xvi. 7,

Tr.)
Luke X

iv. 4.

xiv. 23.
XV. 14, see

xix. 6.)
1.

xviii. 15.

3.

iv.

Mark

i.

(let.)

',
1)6
ei',

V. 21.
1,

Jas. ii. 17, see

Gal. vi. 4.

3.

ix. 18.

1.

1.

Heb.

mnn-

i.e.

in

words,
iii.

Eph.

see

3.

Acts xxi. 27, see

-14.

f
(bo.)

Hob.

ix.

(be.)

:i,

Acts

4.

iii.

2, 3, 10.

ix. 7.

(beixg.)
")

ii.

by

itself.
) itsel

17

ALONE

(let.)

to send away, dismiss, (hence

to divorce ;) to set free, (hence to

2.

ecioj,

3.

ea,

In genercd to leave anybehind (as

at death;)

aloe,

(the

xylo-aloes

tvhose

resimnis

and aromatic

dered

very 2>roper for embalming

it

qualities ren-

dead bodies.)
Juliu

xix

39.

ALONE.
alone,

company,

only,

single;

Avithout

solitary.

(neuter of Xo.

1,

used adverb-

ially), only, exclusively.

interjection

denoting indignaah or hali !) It

!

may however be the imperfect of No.'2,

but the former seems j^referable.
1

3
1

xxiv. 17.

to permit, to sufter.

an

tion or grief (like

x. 2, 4, 31.

ALOES.

1.

pity,

ALMSDEEDS.

2.

A (being.

1.

eavTov. himself, herself, itself,

ALMS.

/5,

iii.

to let alone.

xiL 33.

1.

ALONE

thing, to leave

xi. 41.

the

Thes.

according to or by,

forgiA'e.)

compassiou; a Avork of
mercy, 2)articulariy almsgiving; then
by puttinrj the effect for the cause,
the alms itself or money given to
the 2)oor. (occ. Acts ix. 30.)
VL 1 (&iKaiO(nJvr), righteoumcsa, G L
Tr A ti.)
2,

iv. 23.
xi. 3.

1.

Jas.

with an infinitive folloxving, to be about to do anything

(immediate or remote.)

22.

ALMOST
to delay

xxvi. 28, 20.

2.

1.

(let.)

36.

1.

Rom.

2.

brief narrative of
facts, or in a few

20.

vi. 4.

xix. 20.

Luke

-xix.

1.

a
short compass, in a
in a little,

Matt.

Acts
2.

xvi. 32 twice.
xvii. 20.
V. 38, see
(let.

1.

Acts xiii

),

vi. 47.

Luke i v. 4.
34, see

AQet.^

A (let.)

24,

m,

her place or
quantity
or
magnitude.

1.

see
see

xii. 7,

1.

little in

1.

(tip.), 1(1, 20.

xi. 48,

1.

xiv. 6, see
(lot.
-xv. 3C, see xV(lot.)

A Qet.)

15, 22.

nearly, almost, (from root, to

near.)

oAtyos, small, or

2.^

1.

40.

vi.

viii 0.

(let.)

A (when

they were.

ALMOST.

John

10.

34, see

xiiL 8, see

1,

24, see
-

apart, in private,

1.

Rev.

))

ALO

3.

and

Tras, all,

almighty,

streugth),
(occ.

ALP
A,

45

* with avTos, he, she,

ALPHA.

(,

Tr A) alpha,

the first of the

re

corresponding in name,

letters

and ])Oiver to the Hebrew

aleph, and in form developed from
Alpha in Phoenician means an
it.
aleph

as

[Plutarchi,

The last letter of the Hebrew alphabet is T~\ Tan (T) the
earliest symbol of the cross. So that
i)i these letters ive have foreshadowed
the Great Sacnfice, and the manner of
Popularly limoits being offered up.
Ilehreiv.

Alpha being

ever

Rev. xxi.

Rev. L S {ap.)

is first,

4.

5.

6.

6.

7.

now, at or by this
time.
Ah'eady, i.e. tvithont mentioning or insisting upon anything
John

-vv.

Luke
John

xii 49.

44.

Cor.

18.

1.

17 (pm. T.
:53.

adverb, at the same time, with

or together with.

a particle indicating certainty or

and so augmenting the vivacity rf a sentence; truly, indeed, by
all means.

Sr/,

even

Matt.

John

vi. 14, 21.

X. 4.

ix. 61.

word

XXV.

".others" being

understood)

(now.)

see

35i (om. ii,

09, 71. 73.

xxvii. 41

Mark

Lb

ALREADY

(sinned.)

iii.

iv. 30.

vii.

xi. 20.
xii. 0, 22.

xii. 9,10, 18, 26, 32.

xiv. 9, 31 1.
xv.31;, 40, 4I,43{.

xiu. 9. 14. 32,

a conjunc-

from

tc,

(No.

2), by uniting things sti'ictly

co-ordinate, while re aniiexes some-

which does

not

directly

or

Liike

iii.

iv. 23, 43.

v. 10, 30.

vi.

4 (om.

34

G3

9, 12t.

42.

xiv. 3. 7, 19.
XV. 20 "let. 23.
xvii. 1 (om.

4.

ii.

ix.

35, 80'.

i.

Ii

TTr A R)

LTr A.)

19*. 20, 21'.

xviii. 2, 6, 17, 25.

xix. 39.

5.

(om.

13. 14.

l(ora.

necessarily follow.

10, 47, 52.

171. 19.

vii. 3,

vi. 30, 37.

viii.

IS.

and, also, even,

23.

iv. 45'.

viii. 7, 38.

tion of annexation differing

iii.

t.)

G :i L Tr

15, 27, 40.

xi. 16, 52.

to sin before.

ALSO,

[A

V. IS, 19. 27.

19.

2 Cor. xu. 21.

John

20, 28.

ii.

[N.)

G.->LTr

.)
55 (om.
xxiv. 23.

38.

G- LTr

32, 35, 36.

51 (om.

19.

i.

9.

[5S,59,0S.

27(o)n.

G^

(om.

x.\ii.20, 24, 39, 56.

xsiii,7.

14, :>'.

Acta xxviL

thing

LTTr AR)

iii)(om. it. Tr''.)

"already."

',

xix. 9', 19.

[Tr A.)

xxvi. 13.

and, also.

fA.^

xviiL 15.

[TTrR)
L

11.

[22, 28.

XX. 12, 31.

32t (om. ii, G=:
[Tr H.)
Lb
xxi. 2 (OCT.

17' (om. G-.

22t, 41, 44.

ALREADY

G r:

[A .)
Tr
Tr

L
L

37 (om.
39 (oM.

12* 2nd

is,

26.

if.

xvi. 1, 10''
xvii. 20,

xxiv. 27 (om.

',

xiii. 8.

44.

16 (the

l,4*,30,34t"',

xiv. 12}

7.

LTTrA.)

strip.

7/5//,

39.

40, 45, 40, 49.

xU. 8, 34, 40, 54.

xxii. 2ti, 27.

xxiii. 20.

be beforehand with, overtake, out-

X. 1 (om. Trb.)

xi.

3, 10.

y-vn. 12.
xviii. 33.
xix. 28.

another, to

34.

30 (om. Lb TrbW)
[Tr .)
viii. 36 (om. G :i L

XV.

iv.

come or do before

vi.

20.

ALREADY ATTAINED.

uL

Luke

vii. 8, 49.

21, see

to

implying accession, be-

G- L

10 (pm.

iii.

XX. 4,

PliiL

any more, any longer, yet

adverb,

xiii. 23.

V. 3.

Tim. V 15.
2 Tim. ii. 18.
1

1.

conjunc, j'et tnily, certainly,

nevertheless, however.

TTrAS.)

xxL

1
2'

re-

sides.

Phil. iii. 12 twice.

2 Thcs. ii. 7.

iv. 35.
ix. 22,

xi.

xix.

some-

to

but.

see

V. 39, 40.

Jiark

iii.

, assuming what has

and passing on

,
, .

still,

further.
V. 28.
xvii. 12.

xvith

KaX...or hk

only annexes, often with imjylied

TC,

f
*

time,

Matt.

reality,

ALREADY.
an adverb of

it

lation or distinction, and, also.

xxii. 13.

11.

2.

the first letter of the

alphabet, is applied to what

whether in time or rank.

thing more), moreover.

in

does

+ Se

(the

been said,

order,

Ox

Cf/mp((rative

Greek

ALS

L Tr

.)

(W)

L TTr A

29 "', 31, 32.

33.
even.

XX.

8.

xxi. 3. 20. 25.

Attei.
ii.

3. 11.

(TrAR)

22* (om.
26.

03 L

ALS
Acts

2 Cor. xiii. 4, 9.
Gal. ii. 1, 10, 13, 17*.

17.

iii.

V. 2, 16.

21, 25.

vii. 4.5.

V.

viii. 13^.

vi. 1, 7.

Eph.

ix. 32.

X.

4.5.

xi.

18, 30.

1,

xiii. 5, 9, 22, 33, 35.

your;

xxi. 13, 10, 24*,2S.

twice, 20*.
xxii.
xxiii. 11, 30, 33, 35.
xxiv. 6, 9, 15^.

x-xvi. 10, 26, 2H.

xxvii. 10.
xxviii. !>, 10.

[Ab t<.)
fAU.)

29t 1st (om.

29 2'>d
[21.

24.
'.

1.5.

[26}:, 29.

10, 24, 25.

xi. 1, 10.

xiii.

XV.

[27.

Ab.)

5, 11.

i.

9(oOT.LTrbi^)

Tim.

5, 12.

i.

[20.

u. 2, 5, 10*, 11, 12,

8, 9.
iv. 8, 15.
iii.

Titus iii. 3, 14.

Philem. 9, 21, 22.
Heb. i. 2.

14 3 times 22

7,

L Tr

'
'.

Cor.

13.

ii.

iv. 8.

12 (om. G=:

V.

vii.

3i(om.

(om. Gz:
10 (om. G=i

V. 2", 3. 5, 0.

ix. 1.

15.

xi. 11, 19.

t*.)

32.

],T

xii. 1, 26.
xiii. 3*, 12.

L
Jas.

xi. 6, 19, 23, 25.

ii.

xii. 12.

iii.

xiii. 12.
xiv. 15 twl<:e,19, 34.

V. 8.

1 Pet.

42, 48, 49.

ivi. 10.
2 Cor.
C,

13.

viii.

ix.

[11, 14, 19.

Cflce,

10,

7,

15.

4.

iv.

11, 21.

v.

(om. \> Trb.)

2 Joliii i,
& 1. Jii.lu8t.
14.

12.

3.

2, 6*, 24.

iii.

.)

1.

15, 10 twice.

i.

ii.

G ^ L Tr

x. 11, 14.
xi.

John

10, 11, 13, 14.

vi.

11.

ii.

iii.

) (om.

V.

2 Put.

0.

iv.

5, 8, 18. 21.
1, 5, 18, 19, 21.

V. 1.

11,

9, 10.

iii.

4.

ii.

iv. 6, 13.

14 twice, 22.
ii.

2, 11, 19, 2.5i.

iii.

28(om.LbTrAb)

n.

i.

XV. 1,2,3,14,18,21.

2.5.

Viii. .3t, 6.

[TrAR)

13.

2 twice ' 12

vii.

Tr

iv. 10.

H' G.)

[Tr

8.

-.

22 (om.

X.

[.
LTr

3, 4.

ix

2.

iii.

S, 16.

i.

Ruv.

ii.

15.

U.

vi.

xi. 8.

ALSO EVEN.
1.

Luke

TJ. 33.

ALSO
(ff/r

lav),

and

IF.
if,

least.
Mfttt, xxi. 21.

even

if,

AND

SO,

:.\

witness, even,

ME, THERE, THENCE, YEA, EI,DER.

but at

'',

au

altar,

(from

to sacrifice), whether of burnt ofcrings or incense.

2.

ii.

I,

ALTAR.

V. 13, 20, 25.

xvi. 4,
1

xi. 21.

.)

V. 11, 24.

31* 2nd.

6.

0.

8 (om.

Tim.

.. not.

HE,

A M.)
G=: L

8 (om.

ix.

See, AND,

u. 8, 13 twice, 14.

viii. 11, 17, 21, 23,

30 3 time,, -2, 34.

Rom.

[Tr

5.

i.

2 Thes.

lt,

Thes.

5.

ui. 4, 7, 8, 13, 15.

iv. i. 3 twice, 1(5.

iii.

S, 11.

22, 31

and

[27.

Gzi

(om.

Se,

iv. 6, 9, 11*, 12, 10.

21, see

a copulative

.also

8, 9, 29.
ii. 11, 12.

G^ LTr

|Tr

6.

i.

iii.

Col.

6, 13, 15.

vii. 4.

ui. 4, 12, 20.

iv. 3, 10, 15.

V. 2, 3, 11,

their

15, 20, 29.

4, 5, 9, IS, 24*,

i.

ii.

26.

vl

Pliil.

XXV. 22^.

negative, neither,

nor, not, not even,

denies a
matter of fact, while
denies a
matter (f thought or supposition.)

21.

27.
u. 12.

and

a disjiaictive

AVmG^ LTTrA)

xix. 21, 27.

24(o)/v.

ov, not,

instead of

your

28 i"'".

XX. 30.

,,

ALSO... NOT.
(from
conj.),

( ',
[,

9
bolh their
own, H] Koi

XV. 2".
32*, 35.

Rom.

twice, 21.
i. 11, 13
u. 3, L'2.
iv. 9, 10.
vi.

xiv. 15.

&1.

ALT

v. 2, 25.

xii. 3.

xvU.

46

<,

the altar structure, (properly

eh.)
a raised place,

ALT

47

ALTOGETHER WITHOUT HELP,

OR MEAXS [margin.]
(occ. 2 Cor.

ity,

2 Cor.

o)

AM
When

paH

of another tvord,

the translation of

a^ixed.

is

8 (text, in d(/2Jair.)

iv.

AM.

AND

Whe}i this is rendered hy the

I am.
personal pronoun (',,) an asterisk

8.)

i.

(I)

this is not

it is

to be
stand, to be in the utmost peri)lex-

utterly at a loss

Matt. iii. 11 viii. 8, 9

xi.
xviii. 20"
xx. 15'
xxii. 32* xxiv. 5'
xxvU. 24,43 x.\viiL 20 Mark L 7
18
6*
62*
19*
xiv.
xiii.
Luke i.
iii. 10
v. 8
vii. 0, 8
',
XV. 19, 21
xviu. 11
.x.xi. 8^
xxii. 27*. 33, 58, 70*
John i. 20*, 21, 27*; iii. 28
28 Sn.i
iv, 26*;
vi. 35*, 41*, 48*, 51*;
viL 28 lt, 29, 33, 34*, 36*;
viii. 12, 16, 18, 23'wice, 24*, 28*, 58*
ix. 5 (subj.), 9*;
;

ALWAY

(-S.)

always,

TTcii'TOTe,

1.

?,

(from

2.

and

all,

constantly,

ever,

there.)

'?,

througli

from

(adv. of time,

and

each,

time,

('^. 6 in one tvord.)

always.

4.

(the)

all

?,

10*.

'

all,

(that... I.)

hein{)

a conjunction,

,,

/,.
(tnnc
un-

tln'ough

all

/,

Tr A), 15 Mark viiL 27, 29;

Tr), 20; John xviii. 37; Acta

Matt. xvi. 1 3 (om. pron. L

Luke

-a?,

?,

relation, esp. as re-

at every

and time;

oppor-

2^1 (ice

hence the right time, a

definite or fixed

-|

time,

all,

plural, all the davs.

the,

0,

lyupa, day,
2 Cor.

11 twice.
XX
xxviii. 20.
v.
Mark
5 (No. 6, L T.)
xiv. 7 twice.

iv. 10.

11.

vi.

xviii.

V. 0.
vi.

Phil.

(,

8 twice.

Acte

20

25 (No.

ii.

3,

Col.

O.)

Thee.

3.

i.

Cor.

i.

iii.

I'hilom.

!>.

Hob.

4.

1 Pot.
2 Pot.

2 Pot.

i.

1.;.

3, 11.

W (No. 3,0.)

12.
4.

10.
rt

iii.
i.

AM

(which.)

(No. fi, LTTr.)

1&.

12.

),

(participle of
John

AMAZED

(be.)

to change

transitive,

one condition

to another,

(from

from

denoting the

of mind caused by inexplicable

occurrences,

,
/,

?,

(from

to take, take hold of

transitive,

the

of

tak-

removal

en or

remoteness,

state

of a

sciz-

man

carried out of his senses,

lunacy. In X.T. the weaker
fear,

and

intensive,

to strike.)

intransitive,

sense

and

out,

to be exceedingly stnick

mind,

fhen

to stand, place.)

77;(,
in

being.

iv. 9.

0.
I.

iii.

ix.

4.

2.

i.

Titiisi.

xi.lO(No.f.,LTTr.)
1

12.

2 The.

16(No.C,LTTr.)

Rom.

12.
.3.

iii.

2(No.6, LTTr.)

xxlv.

4. 20.

i.

i.

iv.

vii. 51.

X.

18.

ii.

(O ~),
All.GLTTrW.)

xviii.

v. 20.

vi

xi. 42.
xii.

18.

iv.

Kph.

29.

viii.

10.

ix. 8.

GaL

1.

xxi. 30.

Johii

,
state

Matt, xviii. 10(No. 3,0.)

Luke

Ml',

tunity.

a season.

?,

ever}'

season

gards

18 (pm. jiroiL

ix.

xiii. 25.

right measure

the

and

every,

all,

I am,
the infinitive of
(vdth the Ace. of the pronoun /, me,
and infinitive of verb, means, that...
I am.)

etvai, to be,
"i

'

the

not

2)iOnoun,

continually
whole, derstood),
(^. 3 in two tvords.)
CA'eiy one.

G.

,
, Gj

AM

in every way.

', throucih,
~a?,

*(.

"That"

every time.

xii. 15 '<, lOtwice;

xiii. 2;
xv. 9' Ist^ 92nd, iQtwice;
2 Cor. xii. 10; Phil. iv. 11; CoL
5; 1 Tim. i. 15*;
L
1 Pet. i. 16 * (om.
H); 2 Pet. L 13; Rev. i. 8*,
11* (.), 17*, 18; ii. 23*; iii. 17; xviii 7; xix. 10;
xxi.
A W); xxii. 9, 13* {om.
AV)

each time,

Avhen),

ore,

xva

xiv.

2;

-dhxajs, of co7i fin icons time, unceas-

ingly
of successive intervals, from
time to time, on every occasion.

3.

xL 25*; xii. 26*;

13, 19*, 33;
3*, 6*; XV. 1*, 5*; xvi. 32;
11, 14, 16, 24*;
xviii. 5*, 6, 8*, 17, 25, 35*, 37*; xix. 21; Acts ix. 5*;
x. 21*, 26; xiii. 25 i", 25
xviii. 10*; xxi. 39*;
xxii. 3*, 8"; xxiii.6*; xxvi.l5*, 29*;xxvii.23; Rom. i. 14;
vii. 14*; xi. 1*, 13*; 1 Cor. i. 12; iii. 4*; ix. 1 twicc_ 2;
x. 7*, 9*, 11*, 14*, 36;

as-

bewilderment,

amazement; a

trance,

the state of mi)turc.

cd
with
nisb-

ment

5.

%
^,

',

iviih
1.

Matt.

48

to have,
see

^.

3, above.

be awed, astonished,
wonder or fear.

xii. 23.

either

AMI
1,

2.

49

AMISS.

?,

(b) ivith Ace. luider,

locally) in the

out of place, out of the way

inconvenient, nnsiiitablc, improper.

05,

(adverb, from
wickedly,
1.

Luke

bad),

ill,

10.

Jas.

iv.

the middle, midst (of time or

';*"

:i.

-,

11
(

AMONG, AMONGST.

12.

.,

the middle or midst.

through.

1.

v, in,

of time, place, or element ; among.

(a)

2.

?,

tOAvards (in the direction of.)

(b) 7vi/h Ace.

(a) 2vith Gen. in favour

13.

of.

1.

(b) with IJat. at, close l)y.

direction, towards, against

consideration

of,

ajter

of mental

the mhstantive verb, with;

hence in

in order to,

vith

Matt.

to.

(motion

3.

15,

4.

/,

to the interior),

unto, Avith a view

into, to,

to.

ix.

1.

xi.

.').

xii.

6c.

xiii. 7.

tion.)

XX. 'iOf'M, 27.

1.

xxi. oS.

xxvi.

Ik,

6.

7, upon

of.

vi. 4.
viii. 16.

springingfrom ; )

upon, (bydirectiontowards)
jylace, extent.)

(from beside) from.

(a) u'ith Gen.

(b) with Oat. (at the side of) near, witli

(of persons only.)

witli Ace. (to

or fdong the side (f)

lieside, by, near.

X. 22.
xii. 18.
xiii. 26.

xiv. 14 see
(ia)
XV. 7, 12, 22.
xvii. 33.

xii. 7.

xvi.

2c.

Luke

1.
1.

(upon), throughout, over against,

then, according to, (in reference to
some standard of comjiarison, stated
implied.)
\iuder.

Gen. (beneath and separate

by, (marking the arjent or

ivith

from)
effi.cient

cause.)

28 (a j).)
441"

ii.

44 2" J

1.

(orii.

2c.

iv. 36.

1.

vii. 16, 28.

34.

xviiL 11.
XI. 25.

All.)

xxvii. 22.
xxviii. 4.

2c.

X. 3.

11.

30, see fall

36.

3.

25.
29(<ij).)

2c.
1.

xvi. 1.5.
xvii. 21,
(text, within.)

1.

2c.

XX.

2.

xxii. 23.
24, 26.

1.

Rom.

5, 6.

i.

margin

13
13

14.

1',

xi. 17,

xii. 3.

la.

37.
55.

XV.

11.

xxiv.

1.

1. 1

Cor.

i.

10.
3.
4.1.

26.
vi.

10.11.

ii.

14.

i.

1.

13,eoeA(froni)

43.
vii.

2, 6.

ui. 3, 18.
V. 1 twice.

VI
1.

marg. for.

9.

xvi. 7.
B.

47.

John

in.

viii. 29.

27.

3.

marg.

Slid.

24.

ii.

11.

4.1.

3.

4, 18.

ix. 46, 48.

5, 6.

xxvi.

14.

1.

(in.

32.

XXV.

viii. 7.

3.

29, see

xxi. 19.
21.
34.
xxiii. 10.
xxiv. 21.

42.

1.

1.

(down towards) down

3.

1, 25.

i.

i.

13.

(b) with Ace.

xiii. 10.

XV. 31.

40.

down.

(a) with 6V;i.(^i?o?{'H/ro??i^do\vn, against.

(a)

vi. 3.
S.

(om. ('2

34.

11.

01'

16,margin(text,

.)

1.

(Juxtaposition) beside.

34.

X. 26.

to (of place, number, aim;) over

A (from.)

17.

-.?3

Tr

see

v. 12.

20.

1S>,

ix.

21.
22.

iii. 2'?,

_4;j twice.

(of time,

9.

Lu>)

23.

1.

ii.

v-illt.)

(c) n'ith Ace.

xxi
Acts

15.

1.

2c.

241

iv. 12.

2c.

upon, (as resting on;) in

addition to, on account of.

8.

19.

24 2nJ, the translation of tho Dat. caao

for thtmsflves.

18.

(b) with Oat.

(c)

xvi. 17.

xix

7 (So. Gc,

iv.

V. 3.

over.

7.

XV. 24.

4.1.

1.5.

1.

(superposition.)

(a) ivith Gen. \\^on,( as

up

20, 42.

27.

i.

3.

from, out

5.

xiL 19.

56.

xxviii.

."?.

(b) ivith Ace. after.

56.

2c.

5.

xxvii.
Jlaik

1.

4a.

1.

1.

7b.

X. 19.
xi. 54.

2c.

1.

1.

ix. 16.

5.

1 1.

25, 49.
xvi. 7, 8.

3.

Gen. together with, amcmg.

in.

11.

22.

3.

2c.

(a) ivith

(om. anion;/

3.5

the peopl',
1.

to.

midst, among.

Julin

1.

iv. '23.

1.

\\'u\\(in association, not co-opera-

0.

ii.

of.

on account of or owing

evTcj?, inside, in tlic

10.

regard

means

with Gen. through, by

1.

with Ace. (hitherwards) to;

(c)

upon

close

of,

])lace.)

2.

(figuratively or

power

(of time.)

\'.

xxiii. 41.

AMO

5.

(<.

12. 43.

20.-

35 *'"', tho ti-an.sIntion of Gca coeo of

tho OtnliU.

All.)

1.

xi. IS, l(tnicc,30

1.

XV. 12.

1.

10.

2 Cor.

i.

vi.

1!'.

17.

AMO
]

2 Cor. X.

compare A

1.

-^i;.

1.

xii. 12.

1.

i.

1.

16.

1.

Eph.

Jas.

LTr

G=:

5.

1.

Heb.

1.

LTiu.)

8 (om.

1.

iii.

1.

V. 3.

Phil. ii. 15.

Col. i. 18, 27,
(text, in.)
iv. 10.
7b.
1

Thes.

11.

1.

ii.

7.

ojyposition, interrujytion, transition.)

V. 2, margin as
much OS ill you is

1.

5.

i.

with

14.
12.

iv. 8.

margin

i.

13.

1.3,

ii.

.) ,

if
2 Pet. iL

7b Rov.

ii.

Oc.

vii.

so.

(emphatic as contrasted
No. 3; it is used to mark

but,

4.

iv. 1.

3.

1.

1.

iii. (i,

Pet.

1. 1

,,

(om.

you. All.)

concealed anti-

rendered in N.T.

hy and, then, now,

(Gv),

2(5

V.

1.

but, ivith an aclversatii^e

2,

and sometimes

thesis; frequently

&y.

V. 1.
i.

1.

[ii.)

3.

ii.

margin

2,

ii.

among

l(o)ii.

iii.

1.

5.

2.

ii.

NO.

re,

force,

7, 11.

iii.

2 Tim.

12.

21.

Gal.

l.i.

10.

i.

formal

ovv, the particle of

therefore.

5.

8.

13.

6.

'

"1-

.1

I
ovv, the part fie
of

,,

in-

AMONG
iii.

2.3.

5.

'

(from.)

AMONG
3.

Acts xiv.

1.3.

Heb.

5.

v.

i.

3.

Acts XX.

moreover.

a reason or explanation,

for.

20.

a disjunctive particle, or; (after a

)',

comparative, than.)

COMPARE, DWELT., FALL, OUT,

also,

the demonstrative causal conj. is a

given as

(in.)

14.

contraction of y\ apa, verily then;

hence, in fiict; and, u'hen the fact is

8.

Sec

',

7.

1 Cor. v.

indeed,

>

Acts

inference,

an antithetic 'par-\

tide, trulv, indeed,

15.

ference, therefore.

5.

AND

V. l.J.

6c. 2 Tlies.

1.

:2c.

Tlies V. 12,

3.

xi. 0.

50

1. 1

1.

12, see
3.

PUBLICAN, SPEAK.

9.

certainly,

-//,

now, a particle of em-

phasis.

ANATHEMA.

.,

1 Cor. xii. 3,

/,

10.

a thiufi devoted to
an
destruction or given up to the curse.
margin

(text, occuried)

its

Heb.

/',

cwrve form.
vi.

13.

"

the general word, for "and

not at the beginning o/ the
English sentence.

[),

and,

also,

3,

annexation,

connects

introduces them.)

(tc denotes

tion;

conj.

somethinrj

added)

an internal, ro-eqnal
an external relation.)

of antitltesi,
iVo. 4.

distinguished

1.

Matt.

too freijucnt

for

less

No.

1,

X. 18
XV. 18, see

A they.
xvi. IgSHn-e, SCO

1.

XX. 4

1.
.

29

8tln>oil,

see

A from

BOO

tion of part.
l"i

xxiii.

2.

1',

[tlionco.
4'-'"l,HeeAhini,
4 '>'' (transhi-

1'

.them.
(No.

nil.

.1

.3,

LTTr A S)
the

23, SCO
[Trim.

other.

and

X.

.. A.

see

11, 2i(a;).)
1

xii. 41"'-

xviii.

5.

v. 38,
vi.

also.

2.

17 {om.
xxvii. 48 "l

2.

xxviii. 12

1.

Mark
also.

iv.

24
36

.)

XXV.

1.

emph(dic than

the exceptions.

Mark

3 time.

rela-

It is to he carefully

from

is

The following are

a conj. of annexation, annexing tvith

implied relation or distinction, and,
(annexinij

occurrence

.lentence.

co-ordinate,

re,

alsf),

3.

of

oven,

, No.

a,

quotation.

strictly

ihi/igs

thoiiijhts;
2.

Their

conjunction

the

is

bcgiiniing <f

7.

AND.

nnitinrf

No. 3 is genercdly the word translated

"and," when "and" occurs at the

.tomeu'hat resembles.

1.

who- which-

relative,

xvhen

a
ancle bone, (f7-om
the head of which this hone

iii.

compound

what- soever.

hammer,

Acte

together with, among,

'o(TTL<;,

10.

ANCLE BONE.
tlie

upon

by,

\\\)

(b) ivith Ace. after.

No.

',

time, with

(cdso used distrihidively.

(-S.)

an anchor, (from

Acts xxvii. 20, 30, 40.

same

., 2)rep)Osition, up in or

11.

xvi. 22.

12.

ANCHOR

adverb, at the

or together Avith.

offering,

\S>

ri'-''i'',flecAliim.

3r.l.

r,

4t)i.

xiv. 07

07

-'"'

2'"'-

twice

(.)

twlto,

SCO

.also.

XV. 30 2nJ

Tr

A R)

(om.

AND
Mark xvi.
Luke

1.

ii.

1st

i.t*ii..i.

1()

SrJ A

iii.

iv. 41,

11.

X. 1

[...

Tr

5 3rd,

1.

1.

^->xxiv.

20

John

11

L Tr A

2.

vi. 18.

5.

Ci.

it.

1.
2.

Acts xxi.

see

1st

10

he.

iv.

V. 19 1st.

(No.

3,

N),

2.

3>''

see

vii. 4,

1st

12

i;i

Snd.

25

1st.

it

3,

yet.

(om. AU.

AND... ALSO.
1.

"and," Xo.

see

" AND," A"o.

...

1.

.3.

2.
1.

xiv. 07.

2.

3.5

3rd.

A from

Rom.
LT.)

2nd.

fl

2nd.

1"

2.

Acts

xi. 23.

3.
1.

Cor.

XV. 27.

2.

Tim.

1.

Jaa.

32

V.

Tr

Rom.

iv. 41.

G-

5e,

(o.Ji.

xvi.

2.

vi. 14.

10.

iii.

iii.

2.

A'' i>.)

AND... AND.
1.

2.
1.

...-', botli...and

../cat,

Mark v.
G-.)
Luke ii.

ii.

...

l>t

<

16.

xiv.

both... and.

2.

Acts xxvi.

1.

Col.

2.

Heb.

20.

2 (<ip.)

ii.

iv,

2. J.-vs. iii.

12.
7.

AND.... VXD ALSO,

...
V.

32 (om. St,

O-

L ''

yet, nevortludcsfi.

30

vi.

xi.

7.

aUo.

also.

20.
i.

Cor. xiv.

see

2,

AND... FROM TIIENCI:.

ii

800

A.

iv. 21.

AND EVEN.
'/,

8.

see

2,

Cor.

Gz;

10.

xi. 23,

4th.

3,

58 (om.

not only... but.

and... also

xii. 45.

2.

Afrom
3,

H.eeeAnlso.
27

I't

(No.

',
and

1,

Jl.ark X.
.\ even
27,eeeAtknt

XIV. 7, see

D^

John

xxii. 29.

xxvii. 36.

1.

xiv. 20.

1st.

Lm.)
xiii. 1 3'd.

1.

Acts

2.

Isi.

27 (No.

ii.

(No.

Tr.)

Luke

2.

Acts

thonce.
i.

(5t'

1st,

2.

f.*.)

L Tr

30, see A also

40 2nd.

43

(ap.)
18 2nd.

1st

Tr S.)
21

truly.

-5, 8, 17, 20,

15, see

22 3rd, 28, 33, 48.

13 1st (No. 3, L

xu.

see

xxviii. 5

2'"i,

.;5

X.

1st

xxi. 12

"and," No.

see

21 3rd.

LT Tr.V }*.)

also,

,
,

1st.

3
4,

2nd.

15

xi.

(G:-) (No.

31 2nd,

and

LTTrA

XXV. 23 lit.
xxvi. 102nd, 113rd
16 2nd.
20, see A
A
30 3rd.

1st,

3rd (Xo. 3,

21

xvii. 8, see

Matt. xvi. IS.

Mark iv. 30 (om. Sd,

2.

from

3 1st.
6 1st (No.
W.)

ix.

3, see

2 2nd.

i.

2.

aUo

thence.

;fit

Kov.

i.

AND AFTERWARD.

( Se, see

3.

a)

A)(om. .)

Tr

1st

G=;

XX vii.

viii. 1

2.

from

they.

1st.

thence.
20
3, G.)

2.

"

1st.

2.

18.

i.

T.)
28
28 1st.

(o.n.

1st,

(om.

see

42
13

24 1st, 35.
xxiv. 5 2nd.
23 1st ft 2nd

11.

vi.

from

29, see
xxiii. 10 3rd.

32,seeA.,Aalso

3(5,

1 John
Jude 6.

S Snd (No. 3,
L

so also.

6.

see

1,

xxii. 7

13 8rd^ 33 2nd.

2.

a.

H.seeAthey

2.

2.

LTTrA

also.

TrA.)

1.

(o,rt.

llSn1(oj.G:J
*.)
IS ind, 20 2n>l,
283rd, 301", 37.

Acts ii. 3-'>"l,9-lth,lolst,

33 1st, 37 1st, 40 1st,
43 2ml, 4(j lit * 2n,l.

or

1.

tlience.

he.

(o,n.

t>.)

iii.

1 Pet.

2.

3,

1st.

15, see

XV. 27, see

John xix. 30, see
XX. 11 1st.
12 it.

2.

8.

Act.^ xiii. 21.

(No.

so

and thence, and from thence,

of place; and from tliat time.

3rd,

2.

22 -nJ

X.

if

.. also.
.. A.
A if.

see
7, see
V. 15, see
2,

iii.

I't.

vii. 2!i,

5.

TH.)
37
42

1st

11 3rd

see

3,

ix. 1.

2.

1st.

29 "-nl.
XX. 3 I't, 7 2n

then.
7.
2.

1.

so.

xix. 31st, G 2nd, 11,

12 2nd, 18 1st.
'27 (No. 3, St.)

1st.

1",

3.5

iv.l8l^t(on,.G-.
A .)
Ileb. i. 3 2ud.
iv. 12, see
A.
vi. 2 Ist * 2nd, 4 Ist,
5 2nd.

Tr

..

2.

Jas.

t*.)

20

25.

iii.

iv.

2.

A al.so

10, see
7.

ii.

much.

t.)

iii.

42nd.

xviii.

21.

4.

20

IS) Ist,'

Tr

Tim.
2 Tim.

1st.

2 '-nd.
20, see

'xii

2.

G-

30.

see
XX. 30 1st (ap.)
xxi. 11 1st &4th.
xxii. 12, see A he.
xxiii. 54 i' (om.

2.

31 1st.
xvii. 4 2nd &

[them.
10,

12.

-Jii 1.

H.)
13 1st, 23.
20 2"
(No.
A SV)

LTr

IG-

xviii. 9(ont.

3.

and thence, for e'lceieeV

re, and from Ihcnce, \i

hh)

(No.

W.)

11.
121st,

&].

1.

Heb. xi.'32

2.

2 (ap.)
17 "-nd (om.

I.

xvi. 5, see

transla-

tion of inf. to give.

42, see
the
other.
xii. 45 ^rJ * "ith
see
xiii. !), see
if.
xiv. 20, see A also.
xvii. 8 i"s see
rather.

A
3.1

see

4tli

2.

7.
5.

1st

.-'.)

lie.

3.

1st

10.

iii.
ii.

iii.

;i()2nl

:>
1'',

from

see

4 3rd,

8_i>t

1.

Col.

21

1',

2),

soe
also.
see A tlien.

V. 3.5,

Eph.

1.

1.

thence.
XV.

see

-iih,

18.

6.

2.

it

xiv. 12

if.

AND

20 twioe (ap.)

xiii. 4.

see

K.

Acts

^ see
thev.

1 1 i't

13
IS,

'-'1

A
Acts

and from thence, of jilace

from thence.)

(not tiWi,

L Tr

W.)

vii. 4.

Acta xxi.

1.

xxvii.
I

4.

(,

AND
AND HE

52

ANG

AND

(him, them, they, etc.)

Sometimes

conjunction,

this is the

Sometimes

2xirt of the verb.

ami

it is

Se, see

the

SO ALSO.
1

and

3.

G-.

L >>

^.)

"and," NOs.

Acts

V.

32 (om.

conjunction, ivith the pi'onoun, foi

In a few

"he."

this see
1.

and
an

/iaKeuOs,
eKeU'os

he, she,

j>l(t'Ces it is

(from

it,

and

demonstrative

emj)h<itic

see

AND THAT.
"and," ^.
1.

1 Cor. xiv. 27.

2)ronoun, that.)
2.

who- which- what- soever.

ocTTis,
Matt. XV.

IS.

sx.

Mark

Luke
John

1.

4.

1.

xii. 4, 5.

-.

11

(.)

{ ^',

vii. 20.

L.)

JIark xvi. 13 {ap.)

Acts

2.

AND THE OTHER.

xxii. 12.

xix. 3a

?5,
Matt,

V. IG.

see

"and

," ^.
|

Luke

xi. 7.

1.

xviii. 19.

2.

AND
When

I.

1.

and not

and pa7i of

the conjunction

and the pronoun, (for

ivhich see "l")

it is

Kayo'),

and

eyco^,

(for

xxvi.

Luke

ii.

xiv. 20.

XV. 15.

5.

xvu.

48.

xi. 9.

xvi. 9 ((tot

AR)
John

I.

John

JIatt. xi. 28.

2.

,
2.

see

demons, adv., then.

Luke

AND THEN.
^. 1.

"and,"

v. 30.

Tr

Acts xxii.

Rom.

"AND FROM THENCE."

Acts xiv. 20

ii.

13, 10.

., and

vi. 17.

viii. 26.

X. 27, 28, 38.

32.

Jas.

there, thither, (for

conj., e;<et, there,

In

Ileb. viii. 9.
ii. 18 '"'

xiL

Matt.

AND

IF.

not the separate conjunctions,

li

(for ivhich see "if")

oven
though, (for
jvi.

if,

but, at least,

if,

ecu'.)

18 (ap.)

Luke

xiii. 9.

Jas. V. 15.

AND
K(i.i;

see

"AND

IF.

Heb.

',

MUCH

IF SO

xii. 20.

AND RATH
see

" AND,"

^.

Luke

xvii. 8.

AND
ori-, sef

" AND," A^o.

4.

SO.

5.

Acta xvi.

'j.

R.

AS.

it is

al-

V. 23 (/col
X. 11.

Utl, T.)

and,

adv.)

all passages it is the conj.

adv., two separate

except

Mark

xx. 15.

AND THERE.

1.

xii. 20.

and

21, 20.

Gal. vi. 14.

Phil. ii. 28.

vi. 56, 57.

r.av,

3.')

AND THENCE.
see

xi. 3.

Cor.
2 Cor.
1

V. 17.

and and

1. Joliii iv.

XX. 15.

xxii. 20.
i. 31, 33, 34.

When

xi. 42.

xviii. 19.
xxiii. 14.

not the conjxinction

the verb;

1.

Luke

xxiii. 23.

and

words (which

the

see),

ANG

53

of any proof that Ministers of the

Christian Church ivere ever so called
(ii) because tJie internal evidence seems
to point to the Jewish character of the
See '' Synayocjue^^
Seven Churches.
Rev. ii. 9; iii. 9. "Jews," llev. ii. 9,

and

because

(iii)

ivar

ki'eig,

Eng..,

rage),

sanguinary revenge

be-

"

mus, the Avorkiug and feniicnting

of the mind, the demonstration of
strong passion, which may issue in
anger or revenge, though it does not

ii.

9.

"iii.

Gal.

24.

1.3,

xiii.

Col. ii. 18.

2 Thcs. i. 7.

xvi. 27.

Tim.

xviii. 10.
xxii. 30.

xxiv. 31, 3i;.

XXV. 31, 41.
xxvi. 53.

Heb.

xxviii. 2,

''<;,

ANGRY

xiii. 2.

1 Pet.

13.

12.

i.

iii.

xii. 25.

2 Pet.

xiii. 27, 32.

Jude

11, 13, IS, 10, 26.

Ti-b
28 {om.

Rev.

.)

ii.

22.

i.

1, 20.

1, 8, 12, 18.

ii.

V. 2, 11.

ix. 26.

viii. 2, 3, 4, 5,

iii.

XV. 10.

1.

S, 10, 12.

131"(,

xvi. 22.
XX. 36, see
unto the.)
xxii. 43
xxiv. 23,

13 2nl.

(equal

(.)

cagk
[,U1.)

14

ix. 1, 11, 13,

tw'

X. 1,5, 7, 8, 9, 10.

[15.

xi. 1 (tip.)

51.

15.

V. 4 {ap.)

xii. 7twicc^ 9.

xii. 20.

xiv. 6,8,9,10,15, 17,

XV. 1,0, 7,8. [18,19.
xvi. 1.
[A W.

XX. 12.

Acta T.

19.

vii. 30, 35, 38, 53.

3 {om. G =: L
4 {om. AU.)

viii. 26.

5.

vi. 15.

xii. 7,
15, 23.

8,

9,

10,

11,

xxiii. 8, 9.
xxvii. 23.
viii. 38.
1 Cor. iv. 9.

xvii. 1,
xviii. 1, 21.

Rom.

vi.

xix. 17.

XX. 1.
xxi. 9.

.3.

12

xi. 10.
xiii. 1.

(/).)

17.

2 Cor. xi. 14.

xxii.

A^iGELS (equal unto

9,

Tr

8 {om. All.)
10 {om. All.)
12 {om. All.)
17 {om. All.)

X. 3, 7, 22.

xi. 13.

(i,

8, 16,

tiii:.)

(the above with ros,

2)refijced.)

0(jiuil,

Equal to the uugcls.

Luko

XX. 36.

iii. 8.

[verb.]

(be.)

ous anuer or resentment.

6.

{om. All.)

7,

Col.

the ani-

to be full of black bile, (from

gall, bile), to rage with jeal-

2.

1, 5, 7, 14.

vii. 1, 2 twice, 1].

xii. 8, 9.

is

be provoked to opyi],(see
"anger") to be or become augiy.

1.

4, 11.

6.

30, 34, 35, 38.

ii. 9, 10, 13, 15, 21.
iv. 10.

i.

13.

2, 5, 7, 9, 16.

ii.

and

thing.

4, 5, 6,

xii. 22.

5.

,
,,

16.

iii.

i.

necessarily include it.)

Mark iii. 5.
Eph. iv. 31.

21.

viii. 38.

i.

from

(see above)
provoke to
by or along Avith some other act or

iv. 14.

41, 40.

.?0,

19.

iii.

is

ANGER

8.

i.

19.

iv. 0, 11.

i.

\.<;

became, in spirit, on the Lord's

Matt. L 20,

John

the idea of

This

in killing.

German
French, orgucil, and
in

traced

longs etymologically to opyi], (while

24

Luke

which tenninate
is

scene of these Churches seems to be

laid in the latter day, see Rev. i. 10,

day," (see "day"); Rev. ii. 13 and

xiii. 2 and xvi. 10, "Satan's seat";
Rev. ii. 10; iii. 10, special persecutions;
and the peculiar personcd
manifestation of Satan, ii. 10, 13,

Mark

[nouu.]

auger, together tvith the desire of

revenge, (from Heb., y^Ti, to kill,
and all the tumults of passion

whole

the

ANGER

and

cdl the figures, ilhistrations,

jyromises.

ANI

ANO
1.

ANOINT

54

(-ED.)

to anoint with oil or oint(Indicates the anointing for

ment.
festal purposes, health or euihalm-

ment.)

2.

3.

4.

to touch the surface of a body

shghtly, gi-aze; to rub over, anoint.
(This word denotes the official anointing as of a king or priest, hence

$,
),

(,

Christ.)

to
to

rub

in.

rub on, l)esmcar, anoint;

lay on ointment.

(a) folloxved
5.

1.

by

upon.

to rub Avith ointment; anoint

with aromatic ointment.

Matt.

vi. 17.

ANO

ANS
ANSWER

[nunn.]

,
(-S.)

(,
,

,
,
,

55

a separating from, (from

separation, judgfrom,
ment), hence a decision, an answer.

1.

2.

sentence,

a judicial

con-

demnation.

3.

speech in de-

a defence,

fence.

4.

an asking;

question,

by enquiry.

entpiiiy after, seeking

1.
1

Luke

ii.

47.

2.

2 Cor.

3.

XX. 1.

1.

Jolm

1.
3. 1

i.

xix.
Cor. ix.

i.

margin (text,

'.),

tentence.)

9.

3.

2 Tim. iv. 1(5.

1 Pet. iii. 15.

3.

4.

21.

22.

ANSWER OF

GOD.

<;,

a doing of business, cowimercial or public, esp., a negotiation,

a giving cA-idence to ambassadors ;
also, of an oracle, a response; hence
a divine answer.

,
,

ANSWER

[verb.]

(-ING, -ED.)

1.

(in

^..

in Mid. only,)

and hence

to give a judicial answer,

gen., to answer, respond, to reply to

a question;

2.

di(liculii/;

to answer charges.

esp.,

to talk one's self out of

to speak one's self

to plead for one's

off, i.e.,

to defend

self,

one's self before a tribunal, or

else-

U'here.
3.

the mouth, to say,

the words, rather
than the sentiment, which is

?7', to

litter witli

speak, (relatin;/

4.

),
or

thiuij,

to

to take

i.e.,

.)

under any person

to take

ii])

by placing

oneself underneath, to take

discourse, continue
1.

Matt,

x.xii.

x.xiv. 4.

1.

XXV.

'.,

12,

20, 37,

4.j.

xxvi. 23, 2,^1, 33, 62.

03 {oM. Tr H.)

1.
1.

GO.

1.

xxvii.l2, 14,21,26.
xxviii 5.

I.
1.

1.

the

1, 21), 40.

1.

40, 44,

up

to reply.

it, i.e.,

Mark

iii.

33.

1.

V. <.!((; v),(oOT..VII.)
vi. 37.

1.

vii.

1.

1.

28.

(om.

Tr
[.)

ANS

ANT

56

ANTICHRIST

Acts XXV.

(-s.)

which appears as Christ

more

which means rather a false

Jolm

man.

see

viii. 0,

2 Thes.

xiii. 8,

xiv.
(not.)

see
see

Heb.

7,
V. 11,

iv. 1.

11, see

thing.

A thing
A man.

see

see

3.

?,

Is',

IS

see

5.

6.

28, see
27,

2 Cor.

35, see

the negation stronger.)

10,

^w

1, 15, 27,

14, soe

see

A thing.

^R^nii-V}'""^"'"'
vii. 1 (No. 1, G-vL

5,

21.

any

Tr

16 Is', see.Vmore.
16 2.,.l.
ix. 4 '"i"

t),

see

see

xviii. 11, f
22, see
(no.)
xxi. 4, soe

more.

A more

A
A

see
thing.

15,

ii.

xii. 8,

man.

A')

tiling.

see

0,

vi.

Eph.

see

iii.
.vi.

Gal. V.

not one, no one.

is

A man.

thing.

xii. 0,

interrog. pron., lias or

0.

iii.

Joliu

4.

i.

ii.

not.

/xv/Tis,

Tot.

man.

see

xi\.

not one, no one, none, nothing,

(ivith another negative which in Greek

8,

more

2 Pet. iu. 9.

see

7,

i.

tiling.

?,

'w.ce,

I'J

A tldiig.
A man

man.

makes
4.

X.

thing.
see
man
13, see
(neither.)
V. 12,13 "',14, 19

Jas.

see

see

IX. lo,

of one only, all of him; of

one in a mimher, any; of several,
GxcYj; in 2)1-, all.

16.

see

19,

2iid.

IS

viii. 2,

all;

man.

(speak to.)
-

2.

15 1", see

xii.

lo-nd,

man.

one.

12, 13.

iii.

15.

i.

iii.

iv. 3.

3.

ii.

iii. S.

\ tiling.
A more

14, see
XV. 18.

ANY.
some

one,

8,

IV A) margin

v. 15.

39.
ix. 11.

12.

any

G (G.^) (No.

the.

vii.

Tt?,

A thing.

ii.

ii.

GL

vi. 1.

1.

see

8,

i.

iv.

u. 2, )
1

A man

-nd

13
1 Tlies.

xxviii. 21 twice.
vi. 2, see
lon-

1 Cor.

IS 'wice^

['

iu. 13 's'.see

ger.

it.

4. 8,

23.

(not.)

Rom.

Antichrist, hut as attempts to realize

ii.

vi. 8,

ii.

42.

\pev8o-

than an opponent of Him.)

The
many Antichrists vmst be regarded
not only as forerunners of the actual

John

'no. .)
34, see

in o])j)ositio)i

from

Christ, fas distinct

Col.

A longer.
see A

24, see
x.xvii. 22,

that

hypocritical representative of Christ

Eph.
1.

se6A(with-

17,

out.)

opponent of Christ

tvhich sets itself in the place of Christ,

to

ANY

more.

thing.
27, see
xxii. 18, 19, see

man.

man.

V. 27.

one]
7.

card, num., one.

efs,

Matt.

xi. 27,

iy;)-seeAman

xii.

xviii. 19.
xxi. 3,

xxiv.

John
mail

1.

1.

")

A man

see

V. 4,

(neither.)
35, see

4&1.

.^

see

13, see
10, eee
xiii. 5,

viii. 33,

A
A

eee

15, Bee
21. Hco

more.

18

tiling.

man.

(a/),)

5, not one,

see

2a.

Acts X.

A man

'',

eee

8-*>i.l, ;ji,

BO

(man.

A man.
'MS, see A more.
40,see A question
28, eee

32,
)

xi.

xxi.

0.
3.

Acts

v.

57,

1.

34.

1.

ix. 2.

X.

1.

Act xxvii.

31.

ANY AT ALL
" any," No.

(not.)

3.

see

Luke

.XX. 40.

man

A thing
see A
man.

ANY

(without.)

(a/>.)

3^.

7.

28.

see

5.

12

(a) ivith another negative.

ovSet's, see

!,

lYo.

no one.

thing.

x. 0, 28,

man.

XX. 27.

all.

2.

seeAinan.

xiv. 14, see

xvi. 30,
1
xviii. 31, j

A man.

liv. 8, iiee .V

at

man.

xii.20iwlce,47j

ix. 30.

.see

man.

man.

viii. 43.

xix. 8
thing.

ix. 22, 31,

thbig.

xiv.u3,
xvi. 8 I'SeeeAthiiig
8-''<i,8ee

A miui.

A mail.
see A nioro.

Luke

ovSet^, see

(never.)

ix. 8, see
\

17, 37,
48.

A further

viii. 20.

^'

vi. 40, 51,,

vii. 4, see

thing.

40.
25.

iv. 33,

Marki.44,i'"''^^>^"

"any,"

1,

41.

see

3,

11.
ii.

xxiv.lT.seeAthing
23,

i.

(not.)

thing.

A fiulhcr.

71,see

4C'-'nd^seeAmore

xxii. 10,401'

35, see
1.

ANY

I.uke xxii. 10,seeA more

A one.

soe

xiii. li,

/y.v/0t,

not one, no one, no person or

thing, nothing.

A tiling.
A (not.)
A man.

14, see
28, see
47, BOO

Acts XXV.

17.

xyii.25,seeAthing.

xix
3!',

38,866 A man.
see
thing.

xxi V. 1 2, see A man

XXV. 8, see A tiling
at all
11, see
10.

tliini;.
^

ANY FURTHER.
Tt,

any more, any longer,

Mark

v. 35.

Liiko xxii. 71.

yet,

still,

Mark

even.

xiv. 03.

ANY
1.

2.

57

ANY

ANY MAN

ANY LONGER.

8<;,

eVi, see above.

uo morc, uo longer,

lest

negative.)

i'ur-

Mark

ther.

2.

(nothing.)

not one, uo one, (with another

Acts x.w.

24.

Rom.

1.

44.

i.

vi. 2.

ANY MEANS

ANY MAN.
1.

2.
.3.

i.

Tts,

ANY MORE.

not one, no one.

inter rog. proii., lias

/lifTLs.

is

o?

any

2.

each one, every one.

Acts xxiv.

1.

1.

Rom.

1.

1. 1

xxiv. 23.
(nei-

M.att. xxii. 40.

1.

2.

JIark

1.

xii. 8.

1.

Luke

2.

xviii. 11.

2.

LTr.)
X. 2S.

xiv. 27.

xvi. 8.
Luke xiv. 8.
xix. 8, 31.

1.

Eph.

1.

Tis, lent

Tr

3,

for

any man, L

.)

1.

1.

2.

ui. 13.

1.

1.

2 Thes.

ix. 22, 31, 32.

X. 0, 57.
xii. 20 twice^ 47.

1.

Heb.

xvi. 30.

1.

1.

Jas.
1

xii. 15.
i.

13, see
ii.

(ther.)
(nei-

1, 15, 27.

v. 10.

Rev.

1.

,
ovKCTt,

20.
xxii. 18,

Luke

no more, no longer,

xxii. 10.

11.

to

Jas.

2.

to placc near or

add

lleb. xii. 10

i.

13.

negative.)
viii. 33.

(lit.

side

should not It added to tliem.)

every one,

ONE.
see

"any," Xo.

1.

19.

ANY QUESTION AT

<,

ALL.

not one, no one, nothing,

another negative.
a.

ANY MAN

Luke

XX. 40.

(no.)

not one, no one, (ivithout anotha-

ANY THING.

negative.)
Acts xxvii.

by the

to.

ANY
all,

(a) with

ouSeis,

xiv. 13.

(never.)

not one, no one, (without another

John

Rom.

(speak to.)

Matt. xiu.

ANY MAN

lest fiu-

(ivithout another

negative.)
v. 4.

(not.)

no fm'ther, no more, no longer.

ANY MORE

iii.

(neither.)

uo one,

ANY MORE

,
1.

of,

ANY MAN

(no.

not... no morc.

ther.

iii. 8.

iv. 11.

John

1.

1.

ov^iU, not one,

4.

av. xviii. 22.

4 (No.

iv. 33.

xviii. 31.

xxi.

0.

ii.

ii.

vi. 40, 51.

xix. 38.

22.

1.
1.

vi. 8.

Col.

1.

-^cts X. 47.

vii. 16.

2 Cor. xii.

0.

(never.)

ix. 8.

XX. 30.
xxii. lG(o)n.L''Trl'

ANY MORE

ix. 15 (No. 2, for

Iva Tis, that any man,

1.

Rev.

2.

V. 11.

1.

vii. 17, 37.

viii. 33, see

no further, no more, no longer.

double negative.

A R)

xi. 8, 10.
xiii. 5, 21.

XX. 28.

.,

viii. 10.

1.

ix. 30.

ou6ets,

still,

vii. 18.

1.

ther.)

Mark

yet,

viii. 0.

Cor.

1.

44.

V. 4, SCO

John

3.

(no. .)

xxi. 3.

i.

12.

xxvii. 22, seo

xii. 19.

xxii.
40.

any more, any longer,

eVt,

even.

xi. 27.

Mark

1.

All the places, except ivhere the equivalent is tivo separate words, (which see.)
Matt.

X. 19.

not one, no one.

ovSeis,

one

5.

Luke

any one, some one.

(by.)

double negative.

22.

I.

Ti5,

anv one, some one person or thing.

ANY
2.
3.

TTcis, all,

every, see under "all," iYo.

not one, no one, nothing,

(u) u'ith cuiother negative.

4.

8^,
(a) ivith

0.

not one, no one, nothing,

another negative.

58

1.

APP

,
[

dowu to the foet,(from

to send or let down.)
Actsi. 10.

1.

4.

Tim.

ii.

1.

xii. 21.

1. Jiis. ii. 2.

3.

XX. 33.

2. 1

Pet.

iii.

59

,
,

3.

i.
ii.

APPARELLED.

7, 13, 19.

4.

xvii. 3.
xxiii. 27, 2S.
xxiv. 30.
xxvii. 03.

3.

ix. 4.

toioards or hither),

21.

Acts XXV.

Acts

11, 12.

Acts xxviii.

1.

19.

see

(-ED,

trans., to

make

-.)

with no necessary asof any beholder at all.

1. 1

vii. 2, 30, 35.

3.

ix. 17.

3.

from

to

is

It refers to

2'w'

18.

xii. 1, 3.

2.

G L

known

not appar-

APPEAR

xi. 44.

(things avhich do.)

the.

things seen (from Xo. \.)

Heb.

xi. 3.

manifest,

make

fortli.

,
to

show plainly

to be

to

may

or

may

basis in reality.

subjective, the power of sight,

or seeing, eyesight; a viewing, view,

ance;

siirht.

manifested, appear

make

any

a sight, i.e., an appearance, figure, form; outward appeai*-

or clearly;

to give light,
(as here), to come
to light or into sight, to be shown

up

seen, form, shape,

is

oi/ts, objective,

.3.

plainly.

that which

a face, visage, countenance,

the front of anything ; one's
look, countenance; a person, (from
TT/aos, to, and w\p, the eye, pi'operly
therefore that part of anything
which is presented or turned to
the eye.)

to shine forth, display; ap-

passive,

forth.

iii.

later,

pear upon; to come into light.

blaze

u. 28.
iii.

Rev.

APPEAR NOT.

.,

2.

referred to the organ.)

make

apparent, show

0.

togelher,

not have

tvhich denotes the act of

and

v. 4.

figure ; appearance that

regard to its impression

on the mind (subjectively) different

5.

iv. IS.

John

APPEARANCE.

jectively) or in

4.

(things

30

not seen or

tSos,

1.

the thing seen, ivhether in itself (ob-

,
,

Pet.

3.
3. 1

rejiirsent

the
to sec, (from o\p or
eye), to look, to see an object appear-

oirrofxaL,

ing ; pass, to be seen.

3.

28.

itself,

sumption
This '^phenomenon" may
a reality, or a mere shou'.

seeing

20.

which do.)

3.

light, let shine,

In N.T, only
intrans., to appear, expressive of how
a matter phenorninally shows and

2.

11.
4.

ix. 24.

ent, concealed.

throw light upon.

presents

Heb.

.').

not.

Luke

APPEAR

iv. 15.

ii.

iii.

xxii. 43 (ap.)
xxiv. 34.
ii.

<,

32.

Titus

1. Jas. iv. 14.

come

4.

xix. 11.

xxii.

20.

xiii. 7.
4 'wic

Tim.

xi. 3, sea

^.
(,
.)

TO.

APPEAL UNTO.

2.

9.

Acts XXV.

8.

iii.

3.

xi. 44,

Acts

APPEAL

Col

31.

one (hy turning towards and crying

to him.) Mid. to appeal to any one.
Acts XXV.

11.

ix. 8.

on any

to call

i.

vii. 12.

3.

4.

12(.),14(;)
Luke

vii. 13.

1.

xvi. 9 (ap. )

(not

20.

2 Cor. V. 10.

Mark

APPEAL.

IX vii.

Rom.

3.

vii. 25.

to call to, to call on,

j sight, etc.
Acts xxvi. 16*'c*

sight,

20.

1.

clothing, apparel.
Luke

be visible,
open to

xiii. 26.

ill.

///09,

>

vi. 16, 18.

'-

ei',

mani-

visible,

open to

fest,

Matt.

or go, see "come."

to be,

( et/xi,

'

9.

come

to

3.

John

2.

2 Cor.

vii. 24.

Cor.

v.

12

margin

urook, the/act.

X. 7, see

ward.)
1.

Thos. v. 22.

pass,

APi'EARANCE
2.

2 Cor. X.

1,

margin

(outward.)

(toxt, prejcnec), 7.

-V

(out-

APP

',

APPEARING.

60

9.

(/,

an uncovering, an

uiu'eil-

When

ing; disclosure, re'elation.

it is

1.

,
1

Tim.
Tim.

vi. 14.
i.

10.

Tim.

1.

-2

1.

Titus

iv. 1, 8.

ii.

13.

(-ED.)

2)roperly to put or let

Acts six.

APPOINT

35.

(-ED.)

to put, set, place; then general-

a thing into a j^lace ; and

to bring into a situation, to bring

,,
,
,

cause to put or j)ut for

(a) middle, to

Acts

as here

to aiTange as
(a)

one

and

in

likes,

Middle
X.T. only,

dispose

of.

to aiTange, put in order,

especially in military sense, to

;,

1.

Hob.

i.

(a) trans., to

/,

A (be-

10.

11.

iii.

5.

2.
2.

9.

ix. 27.

1.

1 Pet. u. 8.

(be.)

to be ^Gt or ajypointed.

Tlie.'i.

iii. 3.

(before.)

pdace or post in front, to arrange one pe7'so?i before another (so

as to defend him), pass., to take the
lead, go first genercdly to appoint
to

APPOINTED

U'TTr A

iK.)

(time.)

a before appointed day or

time; a fixed or limited time within

which money
brought,

ivas to be jyaid, actions

etc.

Gal. iv.

2.

APPOINTED TO DEATPI.

(.., condemned

to arrange in order with

others ; generally to arrange, order,
as jKirts of a vihole ; institute, ap-

or aj)p()inted to

1.

(a) trails., to set

down,

Cor. iv.

make

lift u])

A.V. IGll, error approved

,,

to death.)

(-ED.)
to seize uj)oii, lay liold

hold down, keep undei; catch,

overtake, come up with.
of; to

set,
2.

),

to j)ress by laying one's liand

upon, to lay hold or hands on; to
catch, ajjj/rehend in a violent or hostile manner.

to be set, set one's self down, settle.

ara^etKnyxi, to

(in

APPREHEND.

place ; (b) intrans.,

set in order assoldiers; act a.s guards;

then to ordain, appoint, (b) intrans.

forth;

vii. 44.

i.

deatli.

to stand.

8.

i.

APPOINTED

point.

7.

Titus

,
,

to ari'angc througliout, to
dispose in order; then, to set fully

(,

v. 9.

Tim.

4.

APPOINTED

draw

arrange, (a) in mid. appoint, ordain.

6.

lb.
1. 2

23.

,,^.),

soldiers,

in order,

5.

vi. 3.

31.

array; (b) mid. to appoint or order any thing to be done.

4.

i.

to be.)

Acts xvii. 20 (GX7rpoJ,7jo)<tc,G

to place separately, arrange,

]mt things in their places.

up

xxii. 29 'ice.

2.

6a.
7b.
4a.

xxii. 10.
xxviii. 23. [death.
1 Cor. iv. 9, see
to
Gal. iv. 2, see
(time.)
1 Thes. iii. 3, see
(be )

3b.

or determine ])eforeliand.

one's self; to assign, determine.

3.

xii. 46.

Acta XX. 13 (pass, with

to be laid (used as a passive to

about, cause, metajjh. to put in a

certain place or condition; hence, to
appoint.

2.

iii, 13.
X. 1.

1.

4.

3.

down,

ly to bring

so,

Lulte

8.

4.

6a.

hence to quell, appease, pacify, quiet.

xxvii. 10.
xxviii. 10.

3b.

laid

Inipers.

to make, produce, create.

xvii. 20, see

fore. )

APPEASE

1.

be in reserve.
in store /or o?ie.

Matt. xxiv. 51.

xsvi. 19.

5.

away; to be

to be laid

in store,

10.
5.

used of a jjersoii it always denotes

the appearance of the person.
See
Rom. viii. 19; 1 Cor. i. 7; 2 Thes.
i. 7;
1 Pet. i. 7, 13; iv. 13.

,
up

the appearance, manifestation; lit., the shining upon.

APP

and shew, shew

public, declare, notify;

to consecrate, dedicate.

2.

Acts

xii.

2.

i.

1.

2 Cor. xi. 32.

Phil.

iii.

12 '"i", 13

APP

ARCHANGEL.

APPROACH.

(-, -IXG.)

dpyayyiXos,

to bring near, bring

to be near,

transitive,

up to income near,

approach; also to draw

hand.
Liike

61

xii. 33.

Jude

9.

be at

nigli,

Hub.

or highest angel.

first

1 Thes. iv. 16.

ARE

THEY, SEEING, INASMUCH,

THAT, WHO.)

(WIC, YE,

Sometimes

x. 25.

word

this

then there

is

and

in italics,

no corresponding word

is

in the GreeJc.

APPROACH UNTO

--,

(wnicn no

Sometimes

CAN.)

nnapproachablc, iinaccessible.

APPROVE.

with defining woirls folloiving,

(-ED, -ETII, -ING.)

to assay, examine, proA'e

monly translated " who

o?

Sometimes

',

exam-

When

Acts

1.

Rom.

1. 1

ii.

to

to

make

esteem

1.

and confidence.

2b. 2 Cor.

(b)

or

fixed,
(c)

tested; hence
es-

[is.)

Cor. xi. 19, see

18.

"

Tim.

ii.

(.3

Heb.

of exhetiveen

xi. 6, etc.)

pers. sing. p7'es.)

is.

i}/xets,

When the
we is pre-

xvith (*) as lb*.

ye... are,

When, the
or ye, is pre-

are ye.

, you
*.

eiVi or da-iv,

they are

are they.

* with the Ace.

preceding that ... is, are, etc. f tvith
eis TO, the
being, to the cud

(e) eivai, inf., to be.

xiii.

(wliicli

marked

marked

fi.red,

(d)
X

2 Cor.

10.

2, see

we... are; are we.

pers. pron.

teemed.
liom. xiv. IS.

state

difference

2>ersonal 2>^'onoun

aprod,

15.

. . .

APPROVED

(which

might

is.)

(f)

Cor. xi. 19.

APRON.

2.

an apron or handkerchief
12.

3.

?,
Tim.

iii. 2.

. .

lie.

oiVa, or, participle, being; with

he who

-,
),

is,

they who are,

to begin, to start

exii^tence.)

2 Tim.

etc.

implying origin, to come into

being, to l)ecomc; or result, to take
place, happen, and in M/.s .<tense to be.
;

to begin

to be, (referring to original state or

APT TO TEACH.

apt at teaching, willing, able

and fit to teach ; capable of teaching.

(01',

art.,

Acts xix.

is

it

of these fol-

When used tvith

plural no%m marlced with (*) as la*.

4,

APPROVED.
generally of persons,

then

these,

ordinary

^.

he, she, or it

ii. IS raarg. trv.

Cor. xvi. 3.
2b.
vii. 11.
1. Phil. i. 10 margin, tr^.

/?, assayed, examined,

the

(for the

and

(a)

margin,
Greek commend.
vi.

am,

this

up and show, shew

lift

istence,

public, declare wholly.

22.

xvi.

any of

not

it is

lowing

place or set

(a) iiitrans. to

commend

forth ;

3.

etc.

A'erb.

the translation of one

together y\\t\\,hence to luring forward

for the sake of commendinri ; (b) trans.

3.

are,"

only part of another

is

it

tlieii

q/iJer trial.

to

the

then com-

is

^:)?^;

as the consequence of such

trial to approve, sanction, hold good

2.

and

article is repeated,

test metals, to see if they he

hence (jenerally to scnitinize,
ine,

tvith

numeral, and
translated, "they
that arc," etc.; or of the article with
an adverb or preposition, "they that
are," etc. Sometimes also, after nonns

1 Tiin. vi. ir>.

1.

the translation of the

a noun, adjective or

is

it

article

ii.

2.

L
5.

to have.

cK, prep.,

out

of, of.

ARE

62

1 Cor. V. 2, 7.

on the point to do ani/with the inf. of another

verb); to be about to do, to intend

6.

ARI

to be

vi. 2.

thing, (gen.

Tr

(.)

20 2nd

xiv.

Tr

38 'w', 39,

xiii.

XV. 10.

[56.

20

(oi.

14

xxii.

All

1st

11
in Greek.)

1st

Acts

3!

vi. 3.

vii. 15.

IS.

of

-(.)
25

xii.

Luke

25 2n''_ .-Ji^ris.
viii. 12, 141", 15,

xix. 15.

ix. 12.

xxi. 20

Rom.

20

xiv. 17.
xvi. 8.
xvii. 10 2iid.
xviii. 27 2ri<l.

Of

John

35
35

V.

3.

vi.

!.

,\

ur

viii.

K)

[.)

that

is,
i.

44, 47.

13.

10.

xiii. 1, 3,

xiv.

vii.
viii.

Thes.

v. 4.

la,

ii.

iii.

xxi.

Tim.

ii.

5.

12.

16, 22.

4.

ARISE

3rd 10.

20.
21.

22(om.G:i L

10, 11, 17.

TTr A

.)

(-ETH, AROSE.)

17.

li. 9.

35.

'

vho arc.
2, who are.

8.

-30.
-34.
xiii

14 lt.
S'wlt*,

9 1".
9 2nd

21.
26.

2nd.

r,

S)

xvi. 6, 14.
xvii. 9, lO'-t, 12,
(15.
xix. 92nd.

8,

t*.)
10.

ara jut.

i/iCi/.G-LTTrbA

5 Ut.

30.

wlio A.

14,
20.

ii.

40.

13,

xiv, 4 Ist & 2iid.

4 Hrd (r,m. are

iv. 9.

2nd A 3rd

13, 14, 15.

xi. 4.

3.

17, 22.

8.

28

(,

iu. 3.
ii.

datv,

which are, T) (om. H'-)

they
11
V. 0,8. [were, AW.)
-13 1".

iv. 8.

11.

i.

iv.5(a
instead of

10.

n.
Cor.

are.

I.t2nd.

xvi. 7.
1

ix. 28.

who

1,

ina.smuch

XV, 14.

10 (ap.)
23 I".
23 2n.l, 3i_ 37^

let.

c',ltc

Ool.

vii. 7.

Isl.

.y 2nd.

28,wlio. .are.

twic

-12 (No.

2 2nd.
2 ''rd.
1.)

12.

I't.

are
twice.

20

U2nd.

Phil.
Trl'

ev
hi

iii. 4.

Stwicc^thatA.
8,

49.

Tr

ll,
ii.

viii.

Ada,

10.

2<i.

63

W.)

11 (om.
wliich
All.)

15.

utooil ittU

21.

iii.

iv.

Tr

vi. 14.

\-'^(-

48 (om.

are,

in

42nd (om.Gzi

'.

[TTrA.)

31.

38.
,

(...

not

Rev.
Greek.

are.

9 2nd.

- iii.

2S.

tht:>j

cametoa

who

12, 16.
i.
4 lt^

J4.

XX. 36twie.

xxiv.

Jude

24 1st.
24 2nd.
28
ye are, instead of

4,

8 (ap.)
19, 20.

^ ,^,

.-;

margin
[may Oe.
"of con-

7 Isi.
7 2nd.
:

tention.")

15.

xxiL

(lit.

0, 17.

V. 3.

29.
8,

'rd

4.

*.

iv. 6.

3i.

ii.

23.

28.

0.

i.

',

1st.

21.

25, 27.
30 twice.

1st

-xxiv. 11.

xiii. 14.

till

20.

x.xiii. 15.

xii. 38.

iii.

24.
xxii. 3.

21, 41.

44 !

10.
iv. 1 1st.

7 2nd^ 10 1st &

'
L2nd.
25.

20 2nd.

55 {ap.)
-

Gal.

38 2nd.

(21.

5.
14.

ii.

18.

.ai-e.

9 Srd.

29.

vi. 22.

John

19.

22 3
6

xiii.

28.

vii.

1
.

X. 111st.

xi.l9,seein<

xvii. 28.

-'nd.

are.

[LTrR)

vii. 3.

xiv.l5 1't(2ndnot
in Greek.)
XV. 18 (ap.)
xvi. 17.

who

we are instead
.', ve are,

xiii. 31.
,

7 2nd.
10it.

16

vi.

(om. All.)

xii. 15.

40.

17.

.. (
V. 4,

26.
X.

1st.

19.

vii. 1.

1",

iii.

-32.

't.

14, 24.

15

25.
V. 25.

181"(=:)

20

3.

xii.

Jas. V. 2 2 nd
1 Pet. iii. 6 lt.
2 Pet. ii. 11, who are.
17 1st.

1.

i.

32.

xxiii. 8.
28, 31.
Mark iv. 15, 10.
iv.

x. 10.
39.

'.I.

2 Cor.

seeing that

there are.

XV. 17.

15.

iii.

30 2nd.
.

7,

ii.

Tr
Tr

25.

(2'id

V. 11.
viii. 4,

37 (No. la,
^\)

t^.)

6.

iii.

22.

14, 10.

xxi

1(1, L

12.

(end not

10, 14.

i.

A R)

Tr

(2nd not

22 (om.
XX. >.
[A

xiv. 10 (No.

1st

not in Greek.)

8.
9.

Heb.

H.)

10
in Greek.)

20.
xvii. 26.
xviii. 20.
xix. 6, 12>

10.

i.

iii.

xii. 5, 48.

Titus

1;

xi. 8.

6.

xvii. 7 (Xo. Id,

are.

20.

10.

Kvi.

(om.

who

19,

ii

iii.

3, 14.

13. 14.

Tim.

2.

XV.

11.

1st

vi. 1.

John

18.

ii.

V. 24.

25
W.)

19.

or purpose doing.
Matt.

Tim.

15.

1.

ai'i.(TTrjju,

trans., to

raise up, set

up, rise.

up;

make

to stand

intravs., to

uj),

stand

ARI
2.

63

awaken, to wake up jxtss.

awakened, to wake, vitcd jirimarily
of sleepers, to wake them np; pass.,
Then of the sick and
to wake up.

iyeipu), to

need I/, to lielp thcni; pass.^Yccoycr,

however
rise from bed.

-/

of the dead,

to rise to life

pass.,

to rise again.

3.

4.

wake quite up,

to

woke

here,

jx(ss.,

as

ARM

come

to

881.
Ileb. Ii. 7.
1 Pet. iii. 20.

Ileb. ix.

Rev.

6.

is his priiicipal organ

of strength, hence, the strength or
power of God.

into

7.

in,

or into, enter.
1.

make

to

come

to rise up,

up;

rise

esjy.

of heavenly bodies.

8.

2.

/',

a tool, implement,
plements of war, arms.

,
Luke
Rom.

1.

2.

13, 14, 20, 21.

viii. 15.
ii.

Luke

ix. 46.

XV. 14.

xvii.

xxiii.

xxiv. 12 (aj).)

ARMS

18, 20.

21.
20.

[Tr

a.)

Grj ].
6 (act. LTr.)

ix. 5 (act.

lit.

1.

John

vii. 52.

xvii. 7.

xi. 29.

xxiv. 24.

XXV.

xiv. 31.

Acts

7.

ii.

GL A
(act. G I

(act.

'.)

11
12.

[TrAti.)

14.
iv. 17, 37.

.W.
V.

41 (act.G

V. 6.
vi. 1.
a.

[SV)

xxvii. 52.

vii.

viii. 26, 27.

[A

R)

Tr

XI.
xii. 7, see
xix. 23.

ix. 27.
X. 1.

24 (act.

[.)

G L

<(

[A W.)
Tr

24 (No. 3,

55.

(act. L.)

and (take up ix.)t

to take

ill oj'

embrace

in

Mark

ix. 36.

ARM

Mark

[verli.]

be equipped

to

x. 16.

armed

Luke

,
to

xi. 21.

A KM... SELF.
make or get ready; jxtss.,
be made ready; hence, to arm,

and

to

in

middle as

here,

to

arm

one's self.
Pet. iv.

1.

10.

brat.

48.

imiruvdcnts.)

(te.xt,

Slid.

xxvii.

vii. 14.

(taivE ix)*

vi. 8.

.54

up.

xxii. 10, 16.

xxiii. 7, 9 1".

31.

iv. 38, Si.

viii.

XX. 30.

xiv. 57.

V.

[39, 40.
34 twice,

19.

vii. 24.

i.

8.

11, 18,
X. 20.

42.

LhUo

18.

ix. 6.

margin

well or all over.

2.S.

vi. 13,

,
'

vi. 18.

xxvi. 62.

Mark

25.

iii.

IP, 25.
xiii. 21.

ii.

im-

in pA.,

the arms.

-38.
9.

the arms

to be crooked.)

to throw at or hit, (strict///

opposed to striking, rvwreiv) to
throw, to cast, to put.

Matt.

ARMS.
the bent arms;

considered as bent, or crooked to

receive anything, (from Ileb. hp'i,

intraiis.,

to light, rise,

xii. 38.

Act xiii. 17

vhat-

i)i

rise up.

to go

[noun.]

prop., the shorter part of the

from the shoulder to the elbow.
arm in general, and because the

John

.\, to go up, ascend,

manner;

ARM

xi. 19.

arm
The
arm of man

being, to become; or result, to take

ever

4.

place, lia])pen,a/?(/ in this sense, to be.

5.

a wooden box, chest; a hollow

Matt. xxiv. 38.

liUke xvii. 27.

up.

yii'o/xai, impbjiiir/ orif/in,

ARK.

?,

,.

V. 14.

Hob.

vii. 15.

2 Pet.

Rev.

i.

19.

ix. 2.

14,

margin

ARMOUR.
implement; hence,
implements of war,

in sing., a tool,

in pi., as here,
<ill

that goes

arms,

to

fit

out

soldier,

ofensive arms, but also

armour; then the large .shields and

ARISE UP.

e.yi

heavy arms.
Rom.
2.

xiii.

Cor.

12(, vorkr.

vi. 7.

I.'")

ARM
ARMOUR

6i

(all...)

?,

TravoTrXia/fhe above with

2.

all,

,
from

prefixed)

Luke

xi. 22.

ARMOUR

to sail

tlic

Luke

2.

2.

,
,

ART
When

ARMY.

ail

vi. 11, 13.

host.

insertion besides,
;

between

then a putting in

distributing men through an

army; also a body so drawn up;
hence any fortified camp.
3. Heb. xi. 34.
Matt. xxii. 7.
1. Rev. i.x. \.
Luke xxi. 20 (no.^. occ.)
xix. 14.
1.
Acts xxiii. 27.
1. Rev. xix. 19.
I

1.

and

art

thou.

Greek equiva-

,,

singular of
2)ersonal

an
Matt.

Where

to be.

pronoun

the

thou, precedes,

asterisk is affixed.

C*; v. 25; xi. 3*; xiv. 33; xvi. 16*. 17, 18, 23;
xxii. 16; xxv. 24; xxvi. 73'; xxvii. 11*; Mark i. 11", 24;
11*; viii. 21)*; xii. 14, 34; xiv. 61*, 70 ""<"=; xv. 2*;
Lnke iii. 22*; iv. 34,41*; vii. 19*, 20*; xv. 31; xix. 21;
xxii. 5S*, 67*, 70*; xxiii. 3*, 40; John i. 19*, 21 twice^
22, 42*, 49;twke'; jij. iQ; iv. 12*, 19*; vi. 69"; vii. 52;
viii. 25*, 48*, 53*; ix. 28*; xi. 27*; iviii. 17*, 25, 33*,
37*; xix. 9*, 12; xxi. 12*; Acts ix. 5; xiii. 33*; xxi. 38*;
xxii. 8, 27*; xxvi. 15; Rom. ii. 1 is'; ix. 20*; xiv. 4*;
Gal. iv. 7; Ileb. i. 5', 12"; v. 5'; Jas. iv. 11, 12*; Rev.
ii.

iii.

iL9;

iii.

1, 15, 16, 17; iv. 11; v. 9;

.xi.

17

-" (see "COME");

ARRAY

(<;,

xvi. 5

1st.

ART

[noun.]

clothing, apparel; outer rai-

e?i'ai,

ment.
1

Tim.

ii.

ARRAY IN

(},

to

9.

Acts

Luke

1.

the one
xi.

1.

Acts

etc.

see

"ARn.W

Rev.

vi. 29.

xix.

xii. 21.

who

ii.

19\

(whicil)
(essentially)

13,

see

8,

Bee

A
[

in

(l^.)

in

ARRIVE.

is.

Rev. xvL 6

1>'-

2<i

OLD.

to have.

Joliu

viii.

57

(lit.

ARTS

IN."
vii.

(bo.)

xii. 27.

Rom.

ART

raiment. Christian virtues, gifts of

17

(br.)

',

2.

ART

to go in or under, also to ])ut

on; clothe; invest, nsed of bodily

Matt.
L\ike

2.

23 2nd (part.)

Rev.

ii'Bvo),

the Spirit,

2.

viii.

xxiii. 11.

ARRAYED

(that thou.)

to be, with Ace. of pronoun, as here,

means, that... thou art.

[verb.]

throw round aboutorover;

put on; to clothe.

(tiiou)

in italics, there is no

not part of another verb it is the

translation of d, the second jyerson

or

1.

art, skill.

xvii. 29.

When

the ground on

strictly,

or among others

2.

15.

lent.

armament, army,

which soldiers arc encamped hence,

a camp, encampment, encamped
army.

3.

Acts xx.

above.
Eph.

1.

sail

[noun.]

a vietal-ivorker' s art ;

(whole.)

to sail

art, handicraft, trade, especially

Acts
ta, see

1.

ART
an

i.e.,

in.

2.

viii.

down;

high sea to the shore,

to land, \n\t

complete armour, a complete suit

of armour; prope?!^ such as tvas
used hy the heaA^j-armcd infantry.

ART

"liast not yot fifty yenr. ")

(used curious.)

working

all round, overdoing,

doing with care and pains what is
notworth the pains; /'?/, busy about
other folks' affairs, mcddHng,curious,
a busy-body in neuter plural as here,
magic, curi(jus arts or works; so called because of lieinij over curious by
;

to throw bcsidc or by, to

throw to; hence

to l)ring to the bide

of or to or near, especially as a naval

term; to bring to, put to land.

searching into things above

Act xix.

19.

and below.

))

AS
AS.

1.

in objective, that; in
to; in causal, for the

sentences, as;

', (^.

3.

9,

4.

,
,

adv.,

even

in

meaning than

it

expresses the cause, reason, motive,

20.

as.

19.

Matt.

from,

according

7.

in,

of time, place, or element,

tvith

his teaching," "in his solving,"

viii.

waei,

as

cull'.,

0105,

pron.

7'el.

xiii. 40.

, p.

what

way or direc-

nian-

TpOTTos, a turn,

11.

hence metaph. way,

tion

manner, fashion,

ner,

etc.

conj. so that,

marking

the infinitive

many

and

result as the natural

tive, it states it

A touch-

simply as a

xxvi.

fact tvhich

adv. as, according as, because

that, for.

adv. (for

what)

15.

'
'

adv. (for

which) according

16.
17.

-,

'

or

Mark

according to

10.

i.

according to

30, 55.

iii.

oi'Vojs,

adv.

if,

as

it

Ilius,

as.

44.
1, L
[TrAW.)

xiii. 34.

6.

xiv.

1.

l.-..

Tr

2 (No. 2,

XV. 10, 25.

30, see
soon as.

xvii. 6.
11. 14.
24.

5(om. AU.)

26.

A many

were.
in

A man

37.

Tj

4 (No.

10, see

28 (No. 2, instofld
coi,n/ioo4,TrH.
xviii. .i(ma^gin)eL>o

20, see
20.

tliis

such A.

ll'"<
(Alwing.
112n<i, 17.
35.

3.3.

36,

Rco

vi. 15, 34.

(motion to the interior) into,

with a view to.

CIS,

of

adv. just as

see

36.
1

as.

as.

(.)

8,

27.
30.

), 22'"!".
u. 15 (om. Trb
IP, see
long

wise, so.
18.

as.

R)

a.s.

a,

xi. 1 1.
1 .nd.

much

0(np.),

according

as,

38.

A W)

Tr

eV, i(

34.

X. 3, 18,

1, I.

xxvii. 10.
xxviii. 3 (No.

I.

A much.

to

:;.!,

24.

34, see
36.
40.

20 (ytVo/aai
vats in.)

came

32.
40, ):

40, i

31.

viii. 5, 42.

XXV. 14,

logical con-

.was.

54 (<.)

38 (No.

AK)

Tr

ix. 18.

[ing.

27, 37.

the result.

occurs or has occurred.

,
,

as.

see even
A.
[A.
xxiv. 21, see such

sequence of wluit has been previously

done or said ; while with the indica-

14.

see

'^

30.

expresses the

it

10 {ap.)

vi.

xxiii. 37,

With

13.

even A.

C.

30.

contingency.

see

14.

26.

xxii. 0,
10,

4, 23.

iv. 16,
V. 1.

31 ,see

1 2.

iii.

[ing.

28, see

(b) ivith av, expressing conditionality,

15.
20,' 23.

XX. 14.

pron. whoever, what-

see even A.

55, 70.
ii.

xix. 10.

ever, whatsoever.

7.

2,

43.

33.

xxi.

8.

Luke'i.

A touch-

in.see

inclef. rel.

A many

xviii. 3, 4.
17.

4S.

xvi.

0.

XV. 33.
[as.
xvii, 2 twice^ 20.

sort.

/ os,rc/. pro??. who, which, what

19,
34.

xiv. 16, 21.

36, see

kind or

xiii.

XV.
xiv.

see
[A.
see such

touching.

Tr.)

1,

etc.

of what

of quality,

long as.

.163^25"''<;.
xii. 40.

9.

xii. 25, 31, 33.

26,

see

A soon as.

see even as.

6,

R)

[A

36 (No.

as though, as, about.

if,

xi. 2, see

l.LTr

13.

1.5,

S.

8.

X. 1, 15.

10, 12.

"in

the infinitive following, as here,

26.

[At*.)

16 (No.

ix.

7.

L Tr

1,

29'w'cc.

vii.

1.

to, etc.

13.

5 (No.

1.

vi. 2.

3.
1.

towards,

in-

G =: Tr H.
3 -nd, see so A.

as snow,

even A.

3.

3.

down

3"(.

Mark ix.

18.

24.

3.

down

according to so much,

as.

V. 48, see

against.

ej',

.'

1.

(b) ivith Ace. (ivhither)

for, since

has been p)reviously ajfirnied or im-

truly

(ivhence)

English

plied.

asmuch

as,

the

principle, occasion, inducementof what

down.

with Gen.

(a)

Trep)

how many.

j^rep.,

6.

(a contraction f01 yl apa, verily

therefore) hence, in fact, and when
the fact is given as a reaso7i or explanation, {or; but it is viore extensive

as.

of quantity, how much,

gi'cat; of time, how long; of

how

as.

re/, pro??,

quantity,

5.

jnst

as,

that.

even
hy

strenr/thenecl

wholly

rtrfi'.,

in order

ground

KaOojs, like as, accordiug as,

2.

AS

19.

In coviparative

as.

6^

66, see

to,

vii. 0.

viii. 24.

noon
t"

A many
fas.

xix.

much

9,

see foras-

A.

32, see
xxi. 35.
xxii. 13.

even

Luke

6b.
\

xxii. 22.
26 tf'cc 27.

1.

Acts

31.

6b.-

-39.

1.

XV.

2.

it

were.

xxiii. 14, 26.

10.

7.

xxiv.
11.

7.

ao.

2.

30.

[A.

8.

but see even

15.

[A.

24, see

xxi

1.

14.

2.

23.

2.

[as.

23, see
26, 30.

3.

even A.

A much

see

vi. 11,

31,57,08.

1.

XXV.

xxvii. 25,

2.

Rom.

15, see

see

ix. 5,

long as

15.

26

2.

17.

1.

21.

(ap.)

14.
50, see

even A.

xvi. 21, see

xvii. 2 !
2 -<, see

S'wi",

21.
22, see

even A.

[not.

i.

3.

ii.

insomuch

3,

1.

see like A.

see

A many
as

'^'-

touch-

. many

37, f
15, see

A it

A.
ii.

1.

iii.

IV,

23, see
17 3 times.

1.

yet

2.

1 Thos.

2.

ii.

4 1st
4 2nd.

2.

5.

1, 5.

Ills
ll'Jnd.

13.
18, see behold
glass.
18, see even A.

as in a

13

10

[thou'jh.)

20.

[ing A.

vi. 4, 8,
3 times, 13.

3 times.

12, see

XV

18,800

44, 48.
51 (No. 2, L.)
viii. 16, Bee
yet.

see A touch[ing.
11,13.

v. 2, 4, 6.

had

[been.

see A many
see
A well
xi 15 1
15
17 SCO foras
[much A.

far
see

aa
45,

[oh.

47,

2nd

1",
17""''
10,

22,

i,

Cor.

51'

2.

ii

1.

iii.

X. 2, 14.

3 time.

15,16. [coming.
con21, SCO

xii.20"''co,goeeuch
[A.

xiii. 2, 7.
1.

Gal.

i.

2.

14,

10, 15.

1,7, 13, 14.

iv.

1.

iii.

18.

1.

v. 1,
1

;t

see such ae.

twice.

1.

7.

2.

1.

vii. 7,

25,

2!.

8.

17 ''<:^

30 3"mc, 81.

39, see

long

6,

as.

6b.3.

1.

iv. 1,

V. 1 twice, 2 'Wire.

8.

1.

as.

2.

9.

3,8eeAbocometh

Philem. 9,
Heb. i. 4.
12.

14,

iii,

2, 5, 6, 8, 15.

sou

inasmuch
[A.

7.

see

31
3 2"d

28.

1.

29.

2.

7.

3.

10.

V. 14.

[niucli A.
see foras-

ii.

iv. 2,
2.

16, 17.

II.

3,

2 twice, 14 twice.

a.

8.

5, 7.

i.

1.

A long as.

A many

3, 9, 17.

ii.

iii.

ii.

as.

see

2 Tim.

1. Titvia
6b.

1.

twice.

3.

i.

vi. 1,
1.

[Jews
see A do th<
see even A.

lO.HCo.V many
_16i"l'o.
27,Hco.\ many

17.

2.

Tim

10.

1.

9.

ii.

1.5
1

1.

12.

[eth.

3.

1.

[to.

xi. 3.

1.

1.

such A.
far as

2 twice.
4 {om. All.)

iii.

2.

even A.

3.

i.

ii.

1.

11, sfo
14, 800

A becom-

2Thes.

1.

2.

7.

6,

Ob.

[A.

9.

A much as

2.
1.

7,
2.

11, see

touch-

52nd(No.l,All.)
see according

3.

sec o\en A.
31, see according
[A.
9.

i.

[ing.

3.

13.

xvi. 2,eee
1

see

1,

1.

3, 7, 9.

21.

2.

32, 36.

ix
2.

15.

1.

even A.

eee even A.

9,

-11.

[A.

xiii.

2.5.

iv. 1.

16.
2nrl.

(om.S'

not as, for

13 2nd,i4. [not.)

13, see accord-

[ning.

Is'

GLTTrAS),(Beza,ha8

iv. 1.

1.5.

1.

it

5.

1.

2,

6.

2.

as.

4.
i.

viii. 5, 6.

had

18, eee

12.

29

[been.
37, margin (text
[like.)
42.

vi.

as.

18, 22, 23.

5,

4.

vii. 28.

X.

Tr

vii. 14.

5.

con-

13.

A S\)
14 2nd^ see even
[(not.)

see

man

see

1,

141".

[ing.

see
36, ) see

V. 35,

[ceriiiiig.

ii.

2.

2.

[A.
see according
13, see iiiaBmuch
[A.
26
28'', see A con[touching.
cerning,
2S 2nd. see
xii. 3, see according

34. )
35, see according

twice.

i.

xi. 8,

A.

Col.

291'.

X.

12.

17.

*' )
.
^"^ ^

seeAmany as.

15, see
6 twice, 7.

33.

4.5.

iii.

2.

7 (No.l,

27.

as.

15,
17.

5.

i.

[as.

13.

3'J,8eeAmany

2 Cor.

0.

15, 22.

20.

concer(with oTi, as

15.

1.

--nd,

5,seeAtouching
12, see A though.

iii.

[A.

3.

see A long as.

14, see
many

ix. 5,

i-

2.

1st.

12

36 1".
36 2nd.

[A.

2.

2.

26.

14.
2.

1, see

3.

5.

viii.

yet..

11.

12

1.

10.

A a)
vii. 1

21.

Acts

1.

23.

8.

ii.

2.

see even as.

[A.
19,21.
vi. 3, see so many
4, see like A.
13 (No. S, L Tr

is',

1.

even A.
forasmuch

see

xiv. 12,
-33.
-34.

15, 16, 18.

3.

of

(part)

20.

11b.-

to.

1.

even

7 2nd (trans,
1.

-6.

v. 12.

3.

St.)

27,seeAbecometh

12,

10.

A pertain-

171s'
17 2nd.

I'.'

xix. 40.
XX. 0, see

1.

even A.

[-see

A
as.

[as.

twice.

(o)ii.

i.7 1', see

often

IS.
xiii. 11 3 times.

-4S

2.

[as.

1.

a.

[as.

A many

2.

Phil,

12.

7.

soon

11.

[as.

see

A
see A

xii. 11.

1.

6,

20.

6b.

ing

1.

if

iv.

iv. l,see

vi. 5,

1.

12.

-38.

2.

1.

[all one.)
25, .see
oft as.

see

20,

A much

2.

(even

2.

[28.

15 twice. 22, 23,

24 (No. 1, L
Tr
25, 29.
[A .)

3.

4.

iii.

2.

xi. 1,

5.

[many

see even
)
A.

33,

twicc^

1.'

V.

2, 3.

even A.

see

12
24.

2.

32.

8,

[as.

2.S,
ii.

xii.

17, 21.

2.

1.

2.

13.

i.

23.

see even A.

2.

2.

[even A.
far

5.

iv. 4,

15.

but see

xxviii.lo, see

3.

iii,

1.

1.

t^.)

3.

8, 9, 10.

10.

30.

1.

ii.

as.

see according
[A,

4,

i.

1.

3.

10.

Eph.

2.

5,

31.

[;is.

viL 38.

X.

LTTr A

A many

12, ^ see
16, )

2.

Tr

2nd(No.3,G.-v

xxiii. 11, 15, 20.

6'b.

vi. 10.

[AM.

1st.

6,

1.

21.

V.

X.

[i"g

2.

-iii. 14.

3.

20 '"'cc, 21.
22(oi Lb

A touch-

25, see

V. 21.

1.

1.

26<wi.

as.

i.

ix. 8.

23 (the trans, of

50, see A far

John IJ, see A many

Gal.

2.

even A.

[ing.

5.

24, see forasmuch

xvi. 4.
was.
xvii. 2, see A
it were.
14, see

1.

4.

1,

2.

4,seeA concern-

A many

11,

2.

52.

1.

8.

con[as.

48, see

44, see
1.

see

34,

see A
[touching.

1 Cor. viii.

xiii. 25, 33.

cerning,

20.

A well

as.

AS
Heb.

like A.

iv. 15,

(No.

25.

Jude

[iiig to.

ds,

10.

i.
14 twice,
10,
[aa.
15 twice, 16, 17.
ii. 24 l",8eeA many
24 27 twice.

5n.l.

1.

_
12=(.,11)

1.

1.

xiii. 3'wic^ 17.

xi. 0.

1,1.

12

2.
8.

iii.

10, see

Jas.

1.

10.

i.

20.

Pet.

6b.

(No.

8,

1.
ii.

1.

16

A.
15

1.

V.

2 Pet.

3,

xvii. 12

[..A

12
xviii.

1, 19.

XX

St'icc, 9, 10.
14 (with No. 1
denotes <it tkei/ were.)
15.

1.

16 twice.
i.

("as.

1st,

gee

5n,l.
0.

[Ab .)

8.

us,

21.

as because.
Acts

7.

see

xiii. 34.

AS DO THE JEWS.

Jewishly, after the manner of

the Jews.
(Nationally, as distingnished from Gentiles.) (non. occ.)

11, see crystal

16 it,
16 2nd.

As

Gal.

ii.

14.

^large.

[ing A.
12, see accord-

ixii. 1.

271'

AS BECOMETH.
xvi.

Phil.

2.

i.

27.

AS FAR

AS.

unto, even unto

place.)

1,

.$, worthily, suitably f'/Vo? a^io<;,q.v.)

Rom.

viii. 4.

xl

It points in general to

no

xxi. 2.

0, 18.

1.

2 Cor.

isting fact, something

(clear A.)

2.

ii.

1.

some exwhich lies hefore

and hence answers to that, as well

n.

17, see
many
xix. 6 1st.
[as.
6 2nd(oOT. L.)
12 (om. G=J

iii.

John

Cor.

1.

Phil. iv. 15.

AS CONCERNING THAT.
oTt, that.

10.

yet.

[A.

14.

ii.

gives.

often

see according
see
long
[A.

13,

see

it were.
3, see
xvi. 3, 15.
18, see such as.

inas-

'<:, 16.

3, 8, 12.
i.

3.

A many

19(om.LAW.)

1.

1.

ix. 5.
xi. 2S.

1.

^as.

see

15, see
xiv. 2 twice.

[Ii

see

13,

much

Rom.

A when.

xii. 15.
xiii. 2 twice,

14,

twice,

IO21UI,

1.

80 A.

as.

xi. 6,

(ap)

iii.

2.

soon

twice, 25.

7 '"', 16
iv. 10 1'.

1.

account ivhich one

1.

102nd,

L)

5, 11, 12,

2,

count.

7, 9, lOi't.

24 1st (om.
.)
24 2n<l

1.

see

3,

15.
19.

1.

'?,

2.

until (of time);

till,

(of time or

up

to,

as far

as (of place.)

',

AS BECOMETH HOLINESS.

(non

2.

Luke

2.

Acts

xxiv. 50.

xi. 19.

xi. 22.

1.

xxviii. 15.

or

matter,

venerable

AS FAR AS TO.

occ.
1.

Titue u.

3,

2 Cor.

AS IT
[margin.]

oTi, that, secinfr that,

because.

1.

2.

if,

AcU

15.

2.

xviii. 9 (text, that they vere.)

as, see

(Wci, as

they were.
Luke

X.

14.

margin at becomtth holy icomm.

AS BEING
ctfTt,

2 Acts

such as becometh a holy perplace

son,

an

ac-

an exposition or

spoken,

(Ab)
G.)

ix. 2, 3, 5, 7, 8 twice,
X. 1.
[9, 17.

Tr

14.

i.

viii. 12,

[t^.)

5 (om.

1.

lit.

for

12 twice, iH,

14.

V. 3.

1.

[(.

v. 6.

vi. 11,

8, 9, 12.

ii.

word (spoken or

or expression ; viaterially,
the word, as that which is

[as.

(Gv)

round about.

unto, with a view

written); forma IIy,'AV^' ova

3.

A many

21.

into', to,

to,

iv. 1.

16, 27.

6b.

Gen. about, concerning.

Aoyoi', the

3.

27, 29.

xij. 5, 7,

3.

1.

even A.

see

Rev.

1.

2.

3 :}

i-i-

4.

1.

John

9,8 A pei-tain-

X. 25

^.

(b) ivith Ace. about,

[A.

27.

"AS,"

around.

(a) tvith

ii.

20.
2.

AS CONCERNING.
see

wpi,

20, see ina.smvich

ix.

3.

A.

S.)

viii. 5.

even

.see

nep, a inJcd,

vii.

[A.

3.)

AS

even

2.

L)

2,

19.

vi.
-

ii.ST^nd, see

iii.

4'

Tr

].

John

V. 3.

b.

67

2. .

vi.

ix.

HAD BEEN.

"as," No.
see

18(0/).)

1.

"as," No.
1.

1.

8.

AcUx.

11.

xi. 5.

AS

68

AS

1.

2.
2.
1.

"as," Ko.

xxi.

"as,"

see

if,

Luke xxii. 44
John vii. 10.

1.

vi. 1.

1.

Rom.

L Tr

1.

Philem.

Jas. V. 3.

XV.

Rev. xxi. IG (om.

AS LONG
oVos, see "as,"

upon,

No.

Rom.

AS.

4.

np

\viik Ace. as here,

1.

Mark

1.
3.

as.

John

ii.

as.

Rom.

AS OFT
as

many

xii. IS.

OFTEN

or

times

Rev.

1 Cor. xi. 25, 20.

1.

ix. 5.

1.

MANY

oVos, see "as,"

2. \

I OS,

"'

vii.

AS PERTAINING TO.

1.

"as," No. 6b.

see

Rom.

Cor. vii. 30.

Gal. iv. 1.
2 Pet. i. 13.

AS.

or which,

iv.

ITcb. ix.

1.

1.

Acts

xxii. 10.
Mark iii. 10.

1.

Rom.

Luke
John

1.

1.

2.
1.

Acte

Phil.

1.

Col.

V. 36, 37.

1.

1.

X.

(oi,

who, L.)

iii.

ii.

15.

4.

1.

$,

1.

Mark

ance,

to,

size,

strength, or

straight, direct.)

implying a

actualli/

gone

j^ossible contingency,

1.

30 (pm. G=:

John

John

23, 44.
XV. 30.

xvi. 21.
xviii. 6.
xxi. 9.
la. Pliil. ii. 23.

xxii. C6.
xi. 20, 20.

4.

v.

xi. 2.

Luke

1.

equal

immediately, instantly, (adv.

', whenevci, as long as or as soon

3.

the same as (^m appear-

when, of a thing

oTe,

2.

with av.

as,

2.

AS MUCH.

1.

2iresent or futiire.

10.
xviii. 17.

iii.

1.

"as," '^.

AS.

before.

Tim. vi. 1.
Rev. ii. 24.

1.

1.

3.

10, 27.

iii.

1.

1.

45

2.

vi. 12, 16.

1. 1

iii.

12 ''.

ii.

viii. 14.

Gal.

1.

i. 12.
xvii, 2.
ii. 30.

vhich.

see

xiii. 48.

1.

xi. 8.

24.
iv. 6, 34.

1.

0.

from

Matt. xiv.

1.

all

1.

30.

5,
(a)

1.

1.

1.

JVo. 4.

v..

who

xi. 6.

2. 1

19.

vi. 56.

AS
""^'

AS.

as.

AS SOON

1.

as de-

long

long, s^e above.

1.

much

as

extent,)

whensoever, as long

IN YOU.

as

out of, ' pends upon you, Ellicott,

thou, (( Alford,!
Alford, liotherIia77i ; iiccordyou,
) ing to ycour ability, Stuart.

all.)

ix. 15.

much,

(of ^j/^rtc^, mimber, or

aim), over (^0/ ii??ic, ;)/ace,

how

e^

the,

j ^,

to

Matt.

15.

i.

MUCH AS LIETH

AS

ToaovTos, demons-pron. so great, so

so long; 111. so many.

2.

on

part, Rotherham.

2.

xxi. 21.

the eagerness

my

A''

AS LARGE.

3.

Alf.

i^)

14.

oVos,

IS.

as far as in

me is. Eras.Beza.Pisc;
as much as in me lieth,

Rom.

3.

xiv. 3 {pm.

fTTt,

',

.1.

ti.)

ix. 32.

Cor. iv. 0.
2 Cor. xi. 17.

1.

ME

AS IN

ix. 7, P.

1.

10.

viii. 8,

the,

according to,
tyoj, I, myself,

iv. 1.

8.

Acts xvii. 14 (', as far

as,

8.

iV'o.

Rev.

(a^.)

1.

1.

1.

0,

as

MUCH

AS

AS IT WERE.
cos, as, see

L''

4.

[TrW.)

1.
1.

i.

:!.

Rev.

X.

10.

xii. 4.

number.)

I.,iike vi, 34.

AS THOUGH.

AS
oVos, see "as,"

MUCH
NO.
John

4.
vi. 11.

AS.

not two words in Greek.)

(Where
oTt, that, see

"as concerning tuat."

Phil.

iii.

12.

AS

AS TOUCHING.
1.

upon.

cTTt,

up

with Gen.
or aim.)

(a)

(of place, member,

to,

(h) u'ith Ace. over, (of time, place, or

69

ASH

See also, according, becometh, behold,

COXCERNIXG, CRYSTAL, CUSTO.M, EVEN,
roR.VSMUCn, HAVE, INASMUCH, INSOMUCH,
LIKE, MAKE, MAN, MANNER, MANY, MEN,
MUCH, NO, NOT, PERTAINING, SET, SO,
SUCH, TOUCHING, WONT.

extent.)
2.

irept,

around.

with Gen. about, concerning, on

behalf of.

ASCEND* AND ASCEND UPt.

(a)

(b) ivith Ace. about,

3.
2a.

Mark

xii.

Acts

y. 35.

xxi. 25.

2a.

17 twice*;

Rom.

3.
I

to go up, climb,

Phil.

m.

Rev.

John

vii.

5.

i.

52*

iii.

xxv. 1";
2*; viii. 4t;

,
,
,
,

xvii.

-ING.)

Actsii. 34*;

St, 9*, lot;

xi. 28.

2a. 1 Cor. viii. 1.

xvi. 12.
2a.
2a. 2 Cor. ix. 1.

2.

'/3,

Lukexix. 2St

6.

3.

xxii. 31.

2a.

2a.
lb.

9.

"as,"

see

Matt, xviii. 19.

round about.

-,

(-ED,

xx-

13t; vi. 62t;

Rom.

x. 6*;

Eph.

iv.

xiv. lit;

xi. 7*, 12t;

8\

ASHAMED

2a. 1 Tbes. iv. 9.

mount.

(be.)

to be ashamed, feel shame,

which attends the

performance of a dishonourable deed,
m' the feeling ichich deters a man from
bad cond^ict through fear of shame.)
(to have the feeling

AS... WAS.
"ah,"

see

Luke

6b.

i.Vo.

Acts xvii.
custom, etc.)

10.

iv.

(lit.

according

to his

2.

1.

AS WELL
even

3.

,
,

Acts

truly

as,

(as

also,

dishonour,

47 (No.

as,

etc.

j
2. 1

TrAi4.)

Cor. ix.

Ueb.

1.

shame

to feel

be-

to turn towards, giA'e heed

pay regard to to be turned upon
one's self on account or from reverential awe of, (to have an innate moral
repugnance to the doing of a dishonour-

also,

to,

2,

even as

")

and Mid.,

fore another.

also.

according
and, also,

X.

as.

(a) Pass,

(,. and,
(

at.

disgi'ace,

put to shame.

2.i"^'^'
C

AS.

to

of or at.

Mid. to shame one's

in

upon, in or

self

ashamed

to be

In N.T. only

5.

iv. 2.

able act.)

AS WHEN.
\vlK)l]y as,

(o'cTTrep,

just

Luke

3a.

xiii. 17.

Rom.

as.

xvi.

3.

V. 5,

see

ix. 33, m.irgiii

3a.

2 Tim.

14.

iii.

1.

'

20.

not be.)
Titus ii. 8.

2.

Hob.

(need

11.

ii.

3a. 1 Pet.

iii.

1.

iv. 10.

1.

xi. 10.

2.

X. 8.

fhiL L

15, see

4.

be

12.

i.

ii.

X. IL
3a.
8a. 2 Cor. vii. 14.
8a.
ix. 4.

X. 3.

1.

John

16.
28.

ii.

AS YET.

',
Act

2 Thes.

2.

(make)

confounded.

Rev.

4.
I

1.

not yet,
viii.

1(5

(o])p. to

(', and

not yd,

no

G- L

moi'c.)

Tr

ASHAMED OF

.V t<.)

(be.)

2 Cor.

Rov.

i. 23, 8ee not..ajj yet.

xvii. i2, eee ncaeyet.

2.

2.
2.

Mark
Luke
Rom.

viii.

3S''<.<'

2.

Rom.

ix. 20ic.
i.

vi.

21

upon or

10.

2.

Tim.

i.

8, 10.

AS YET... NOT.
and not

yet, not as yet.

John

XX.

0.

ASHAMED
3.

Rom.

(MAKE.)
V. 5.

(with

f.)

iri,

ASH

',

ASHAMED

>0

(need not be.)

2.

(from a, neg. and No. 2

above) not ashamed, having no
cause for shame.
Tim.

2.

ASK

to turn out of or from

the course, to turn aside.

1.

Matt.

22.

ii.

2.

iL 15.

Matt.

ASHES.

-,

Luke

, ,

ii.

0,

(turn

see

to

ashes, as of the

funeral pile.)

2 Pet.

,
J

to ask for information, to

question as well as supplicate ; implies familiarity if not equality.
Never used of our prayers to the
Father, see John xvi. 23, and 1 John
16.

(No. 2

Asia.

',

(om. L.)
11 (pM.

,
7,
i'6tos,

question

all places, except

icliich

are in Asia, om.

AH

ASIDE.
according

to,

'

iSiav,

lit.

ac-

one's 0Avn,di3- > cording to one's

tinct

from all else

Mark

own,i.f. privately.

prefixed,

ivith

ask for information,

by asking or
inquiry; to hear, learn, understand.

to

to inquire

to learn

to examine well or closely,

review of persons,

to scrutinize,

to question
inquire into or sift.

hence,

of

1.

,
,
),
draw,

2.

Luke

to go Ijack, depart, with-

to go back;

to i>ut

2.

-,

is

spoken,

rational
1

Acts

xxiii. lH.

may

Acts xxvL

31.

therefore is

and

V. 42.

3.

vii. 7, 8,

to put away, to lay off;

for one's self,

stow away.

send away, dismiss, set

Mark

SI,

10,

n.

one's self therefrom, to let

vii. 8.

1.

1.

Pet.

ii.

lie.

Ilob. xLi.

1.

xiv. 7.
xvi. 1.3.
xvii. 10.

3.

xii. 18, 28,

3.

xiii. 3.

xviii. 19.

.3.

XX. 22.

3.
1.

Mark

1.

dvayo)pkio,

draw,

(tuun.)

to go back, depart, with-

retire.

iv.

Luke

03.

i.

40, CO

3.

iii.

3.

Ti.

1.

10.

30i<i, 30.
18.
15 (No. .3, L.)

20.

3.

ix.

10.

2.

!MO,nlt

V. 0.

1.

xi.

1.

xii. 48.

fA W.)

4.

XV. 20.

Tr

3.

xviii. 18.

6 (No.

lUUM[tioii.

30 2nii,HuuAagaiii
viii.

vi. 22, 23, 24, 25.

viii.

0.

3.

vii. 5, 17.

34.

xiv. 60, (il.

XV. 2, 4, 44.
ii.

xxii.
35, see
queiition.
41, 40.

28,

38.

1.

xxi. 22.

21,

16,

xii. 10.

xxvii. 11.

ASIDE

11,

X. 2, 10, 17.

3.

2.3.

1.

viii. 23, 27.

32, 33.

24.

Mark

either of the

ix.

3.

vi. 8.

(LAY.)

free; {/en. to leave aaythiiKj, to free

2.

intelligent, tvhile

mere sound,

be

what
always

sane or insane.)
Matt.

by

to

retire, recoil.

tvhich

employ

to

the organ of utterance ; while

referred to the sentiment of

ASIDE

1.

to col-

is

10.
1.

never used for

means simply to speak,

retire.

i-x.

is

to

thiiir/s,

speak or say.

lect, to read, hence, to

(go.)

of,

to ask about a thing.

Aeyoj, to lay, to lay together,

vii. 33.

ASIDE

inquire

to consult,

intensive),

vi. 9
i.

(,
V.

ASIA.

In
Acts
Rev.

from an inferior
Never used by Christ
Father, but No. 2 invariabl//.

a superior.

,
'.,

ii.

and
and

expresses a 2jetition
to the

into ashes, reduce

supplicate

implies a distinction in position

circumstances between the parties,
to

(from

ashes,

[into.)

(turn into.)

make

to

ashes.

ix. 13.

2 Pet.

ASHES

ge7i.

beg,

entreat,

to

at'rew,

Heb.

X. 13.

-ING.)

"^

wood-ashes, embers;

xi. 21.

i. 6.

15.

ASK.
(-ED, -EST,

?,

Tim.

Tim.

2. 1

2,

2nd not in Greek.

*''"'

[12, 13.

ASK
4.

ASS

ASSAULT

mtrmis. to stand upon; i)i hostile

signif. to stand against, to come

upon by

,
to

ASSAULT

[noun.]

2.

A'iolent

Acts xiv.

5.

or go together; abs.
together, meet, assemble.

,
,

xiv. 53.

ASSEMBLED TOGETHER
see "a (be)," ^. 1.
to

make throng together,

gether.
2.

Acts

4.

i.

1.

/,

Acts

iv. 31.

ASSEMBLING TOGETHER

ASSAY
1.

7,

(-ED, -ING.)

(from

pierce

through,

bi/

ivhich

trial is

made of

things) to attempt, undertake, endeavour, try ; then to put to

,,

the proof.

2.

to

make proof

make an attempt.

<,

take,

to \

1.

,
trial,

1.

to

Acts

IX. 20.

2.

3.

Hob.

xi.

Acts xvi.

Heb.

x. 25.

ASSEMBLY.

common term for a

the

meet-

assembled to
discuss the affairs af a Free State.
The body of citizens siimmojied by the

ing

take hold of, to ap- I

to make an
prehend,
a trial, attempt, / attempt.

J
j

to

or

[noun.]

a gathei'ing together to a

2)lace or jjerson.

perforate,

to

(be.)

to be assembled, met, gathered to-

pressure onwards, an
assault, attack ; esj:). the first shock,
(Lat. impetus.)
onset in war.

any

come

(with...)

come

to

Mark

surprise.

L
opixi-j,

ASS

ASSEMBLED

[verb.]

to set or place upon;

trans,

72

of the

crier

(),

hence, the

popular

as-

LXX

Transfer)-ed by the
to designate the assembly of the
people of Israel, whether summoned

sembly.

7.

29.

for a

definite purpose, or considered as

the representative of the whole nation.

ASSEMBLED

1.

(,

In N.T. applied

(-be.)

to bring together, lead to-

elsewhere

gether, hence, to lead or take ivith

ones

self into

ones house,

-,
Matt. xxvi.

see A to[gether.

1.

07.

1.

xxviii. 12.
xiv. 53,

Mark
1.

(with...)
XX. 19
Tr A W.)

John

,
,

ing"
Acts

i.

4,

see

(be.)

selves.
xi. 2G,8ee A
XV. 25 (lit. cawting
of one accord. )
.

to be

entire

summoned

is

see above.

being
xi. 20.

jjart ((K.)
2.

Matt. xxvi.

3.

(),

summoned out

population

see above.

of

expressed by the latter

part of the word

ASSEMBLE TOGETHER,

community

wlio arc called by

ASSEMBLE... SELVES.
Acts

The

and to Christ,
(ii) The N.T. Churches as confined
to particular i)laces
every church
in which the character of the church
Its being
as a whole is repeated.
all

and^^preach-

but inspired with a

aspect, (i)

together

(be.)

(G- LT

38; but

new force. Hence it denotes the N.T.

redeemed community in its tivofold

A togetlier

IV. 31, seeA

see

(),()

te7'ms "ccdli7ig "

to become.
3,

community of

This
"the Church."
constituted by the old

to
is

to receive to

one's liospitality.

2.

to the

the people of Israel, Actsvii.

/,

is

and

its

of the ivhole

expressed by the first

(See ^'Cremer.")

a bringing together, a
gathering of jjersons or things. iYo.
1 may be expressed by convocation,
7Vie former
this by congregation.

ASS

73

but produced by the

working of the Holy Ghost.

aggregative, the latter congrega-

is

The former calls, invites, and

summons men from the whole world

ulty,

tive.

become its viemhers ; the latter

brought together the members of an
existing society, excluding all others.

to

Theformer is

to the

1.

Actsxvii.31,marg./aiiA,
u. 2, see A (fulL)

Heb.

Heb.

2.

CoL

xii. 23,

see

margin, Greek si/nagogue.

(general.)

for a public festival such as the Olym]jic games: a high festival, a solemn
assembly on such festival,
is a speech or eidogy
2)ronounced on any one at a p)ublic
assembly, hence, the English word,

{-

,
,

Heb.

ASSENT

1.

2.

xii. 23.

{-ed)

[verb.]

,
John

to decide,

determine, ad-

judge.

2.

Luke

Acts xxiv.

0{,

xxiii.

24,

miirgin (text, give siTiteiice.)

joined in setting upon him, All)

h.

(full.)
Heb. vL

11.

X. 22.

to persuade, to

influence.

margin Greek yeriuotie.

(be fully) [margin.]

to bear or bring fully, hence,

Pass,

have

to

full

satisfaction,

to be fully assured.
(a.)

Rom.

xiv. 5 (text, full)/ persuaded.)

ASSURED OF

(be.)

guarantee or
give bail for one's self, to become
security for; or to be made faithful;
to put trust in, confide.
in pass, as here, to

Rom.

xvi.

2 Tim. iiL

14.

ASSUREDLY.
safely,certainly//7-o/

Acts

ii.

36.

ASSUREDLY GATHERING.
to cause to be put together, metaph. to examine closely,
to conclude from laying circum-

2.

ASSURANCE.

stances together.

the triiiit tvhich one ente)tains or puts in a jierson or thing.

Parallel to this is the meaning of
conviction; a conviction based upon
trust, not upon hiowledge ; a 2Jersuasion fortified by faith.
A firmly
relying confidence.
confidence
cherished by firm conviction.

, ,

Acts xvi.

10.

ASTONISHED

1.

(be.)

driven out of one's

senses by a sudden shock, to be exceedingly struck in mind.
to be

^,{)

perfect

trans, to chau'^c from one

condition to another, to put out of
its place, mctaj)h. to drive one out

to
(from
full measure, complete an
an effect of the logical fac-

of his senses; (b) intrafis. to stand

aside from, go away from, yield; to
be out of one's wits.

full

certitude,
act), not

A (full

to give full assm-ance.

(a)

iricTTis, {iiith,

bring in

see

down.)

ASSIST.

place by or beside ; (b) intrans. to stand by or

near so as to defend or help.

2.

h.

vi. 11,

(full.)

that cannot be tripped up or thrown

(a) trans, to

1.

iiL 19,

ASSURED

to place or put together,

agree upon, settle.

(TTtKpivw,

i.

inner

ASSURE.

etc.)

2.

Heb.

win by words, to

77;/5, an assembly of a whole nation

panegyric,

Heb.

see

intrans. as here,

ASSEMBLY

Thes.

2.

ii.

2.

eral.)

2.

X. 22,

ASSURANCE

Jewish

See xmder " church."

Acts xix.

32, 39.
41.
2. Jas. ii. 2,

1.

CoL

attributed to the Christ-

ian Churchy the latter

synagogue.

1.

AST

conviction,

2.

AST

,
,

(a)

%),

tvith Gen. beside and proceeding

from, (used of persons as Xo.Q is of

places.)

astonishment, amazement.
to encompass, surround,
embrace.

(b) icith

Lit.

amazement, encompassed

(c) ivith Ace. (to

Matt.

Tii. 28.

4.
(

1.

AT

be astonied, astounded,
(a) the active,
amazed, (from

0a/xy8eo/iat, to

3.

1.

1.
1.

74

2b.

Luke

xiii. 54.

1,

iv. 32.

xxii. 33.

4.

V. 9.

Jlark

1.

vi

xxiv.

1.

vii. 37.

3.

X. 24.

1.

26.
xi. 18.

1.

2.

3a.
2b.
2b.

Trpos, (in. the direction of)

22,

(a) with Gen.

favour

X. 45.
xii.

(c)

of, (occ.

any displacement or removal

close by.

to,

at or in,

went,

(go,

Trepi,

8.

etc.)

to

2 Pet.

be

ii 15.

unth Gen. (throxigh as jvoceeding

(a)

or

element;

upon, (as springing from)

time

vnth Ace.

up

to,

of.

(of place, number,

aim,); over, (of time, place, extent.)

3.

4.

11.

of.

(b) v'ith Dat. upon, (as resting on) in

(c)

Ace. (through, as tending

K,

i'nnn,

',

out

interior, opp.

(sujjerposition) upon.

over, in the presence or

ivitJi

wards) on accoiuit
ground of the actio)t.)
10

addition to, on account

sep-

from) through, by means of, (denoting instrument of an action.)

among.

(a) with Gen.

through, (from the notion of

aration, disjunction.)

(b)

place,

around.

ject of thought.

AT.
time,

cor-

tvith Ace. (around and towards)

around, about, (of time, or any ob-

PUT, SAW.

of

of,

etc.

(b)

See, BURST, cut, depart, dividixg, pluck,

cTTt,

at the period

Gen. (around and separate

from) about, concerning.

about.
err,

ASUNDER.

2.

i.e.

u'ith

(a)

9.

in,

(down toivards) according

throughout; in reference to time,

respondent with,

Matt, xviii. 12 ', 13.

Iv,

down.

(b) with Ace.

v. 42.

wander, roam
Metnph. to be misled, to
mistaken.

1.

(motion from the exterior) from,

with Gen. (down from) against.

(a)

Metajfh. of
from the proper place.
mind, distraction, astonishment,
entrancement.

hitherwards, (ivhither)
towards, in reference to.

7.

the

ASTRAY

xxvii. 34.)

away from.

ASTONISHMENT.

Mark

Acts

ivith Ace.

xxiv. 22.

6.

'-?,

towards.

hitherwards, (whence) in

(b) with Dat. (resting in a direction to-

ASTONISHED MAKE.
Luke

to

IG

xiii. 12.

u'cti'ds) at,

2.

or along the side of)

compared with, i.e. so as

shown contrary or superior to.

he

(make.)
Acts ix. 6 (ap.)

1.

beside,

viii. 56.

2b.

V. 42.

2b.

liim.

47.

ii.

Dat.heuac and -at near, with,

John xix. 25.)

(ofjjersons only, except

ila.

2b.

Matt.

28.

2c.

ix.

xi. 22, 25.

xii. 1.

1.

1.

41.
xiii. 4.

CIS,

1.

xiv.

4c.

XV. 30.
xviii 1.

(motion to the interior) into, to,

unto, with a vieAv to, (opp. of No. 11.)

3.

1.

C.

xix.

4.

in fi'ont;

Matt. xxii. 33.

1.

xxiii.

2b.

xxiv. 33.

5c
7b.
2b.
5c.

0.

41.

1.

1.

2!

3.

(juxtaposition) beside.

2b.

vii. 13.

viii. 0.

1.

of, (motion from the

of No. 3.)

of place, before,
of time, before, earlier, etc.

1.

xxvi. 18 2n>l.
xxvii. 15.

Mark

i.

22.
.i3.

5c

V. 22.

1.

vi. 3.

5c.

viL 25.

G L

2b.

X. 22, 24.

[Tr .)

5c.

xi. 1.

(oni.

to-

(denoting

of,

AT
Mark

2b.
2b.

Acts

18.

xi.

35.

39.

-40.

2b.

xiii. 29.

5c.

xiv. 54.

7b.
2b.
2b.
8a.
2b.

XV,

Luke

27.

28

14.

i.

xi. 15.

xiii. 1, 5.

vii. 38.

4c.

3.

61 2nd.

1.

Tr

xi, 32.
xii.

1.

xiii. 1.

xiv.
xvi.
xvii.
xix.

5c.
4c.

xxii.

xxiii. 11.

LTTrA

G^o

into,

(eii,

.)

xxvi. 4

37.

2b.
2a.

Rom.

1.

7b,
2c.

xxvii. 3.
xxviii. 12.

3,

iv.

1.

viii. 34.

17 (ap.)
xxiv. 22.

7b.

ix. 9.

1.

xi. 5.

27.
iv. 21,

53 {om. Trb

1.

40.

1.

b.)

1.

4 (ap.)

7b.

V.

2a.

vi. 21.

39 {om. Tr

1.

8a

vii, 11,

2b.

viii.

1.

viii.

32.

i,
1 (om ev
in Ephems. Tb

1,

iii,

Phil.

1,

1.

xiv. 20.
xvi. 4.

1.

26.
xviii. 16.

1.

XX. 11 (No. ub. G

Tr A) (No. 1, ^<.)
12 twice.

2a.

xxi.

Acte

i.

ii.

2b.

iu.

5q
2b!
3.

4c
4c.

1.

10. Jae.

2.

1.

l6i, 12.
iv. 6 (No. l.Orj
TTr A.)
35, 37.

2b.

9.

10 (No. 5c,

TrA.)
vii. 13, 29.

08.

i,

7. 13.

1.

V. 13.

1.

2c.
2c.

John
Rev.

11.

2b.

20.

viii.

to accompany beside
or near, follow close or on the heels;

4.

Act xxvii.

Rom.
3.

to understand.

i.e.

12.

Phil,

4.

ix. 30, see

31.

to.

IL

iii.

12.

1.

5. 1

Tim.

16, see

[ready.)

(ill-

iv. 6.

xix.

ATTAIN ALREADY.

3(No.2a,G-->
3.

Phil,

iii,

10 (aoriet.)

2.

10.

xxi. \'2(ap.)

ATTENDANCE,
CHARGES, COME, DEATH, DWELL, DWELLER,

See, ALL, ANY,

first.

17.

iii

Tr A ,)
10.

come

28.

ii.

i.

or do before another,

to come, an'ive; to result,

17 'wl.

iv.

come

thoughts,

K.)
13, 10, 20 t'c.

11.

iii.

to

meta2>h. to follow close Avith one's

(, 6/ [by],

TTr A

6.

5c.

V. 2.

4c.

3 times.

xii. 2.

1 Pet,

to seize upon, lay hold

happen.

5.

18.

8,

Heb,

ap-

apprehend.

outstrip; to

3.

iv. 1

of,

to be beforehand Avith, to overtake,

26.

iii.

1.

3.

,)

1, 13.

i.

ii.

1.

1.

5.

2, 19.

ii.

0.x L

6.

1.

S.')

4.

i.

3.

7b.

1.

1.

iii.

Tim.
2 Tim.

20.

[Tr

to take, take hold

of,

10,

The3.

1.

Ab

Gr:

2,

ii.

1.

2.

1.

i.

i.

1.

5b.

1.3.

ii,

Col.

1.

39.

12(o)/i.

ii,

xii, 20.

1.

1.

,
,
,
,
,

11.

prehend.

^,

14,

Eph,

1.

59.
22.

xi. 24.

35.

1.

9 (op.)

2c.

1.

xiv. 16.

XV. 23, 32, 52.

xvi. S.
2 Cor, i. 1.

1.

v.

ATTAIN.

2.

i.

xi. 34.

1.

7 (op.)

6.

Cor.

2b.

41, 61.

1.

1.

.)

Rom.

xvi. 1.

1.

45 twice,

20.

XV. 26.

1.

47.

6.

18, 19.)

V.

3.

6.

John

15.

i.

40.
xxiii. 7 'Ticc, 12.

the neiv viotddinrj

Ist.

4.2nd.

Tr

i.e.

of the relation in which the loorld

stands to God, so far as it no longer
remains the object of His wrath,"
Cremer.
(Occ. Rom. xi. 15; 2 Cor.

1.5.

AW.)
1.

xxii. 17.

(-

divine salvation,

10.

16.

29.

1.

Rev.

KaraXXayri, the exchange effected; then

the reconciliation, (for ivhich Biaare generally
(md
used.)
"It denotes the result of the

?^

3.

XXV. 4

20,

XX. 10 (om.

1.

6.

ATONEMENT.

16.

23.

5.

5b.

4c.

(ap.)

13.
-

14.

5c.

Rev. xxi.

xxi. 3.

24.

1.

1st

!'><,

11.

4.

1.

Ln

5c,

t*.)

1.

44.

ground to be

the

to desire ardently.

firj.

5.

15
15

3.

IX V.

be.)

14.

32.

39 (No.

4c.

9a.

xix

x. 14.

7b.

Matt.

xviii. 22.

43 twice

(and

and af

to thirst;

dry, parched

xvii. 13, 16.

35, 41.

2b.

1.

2, 4.

25.

ix. 31.

1.

1.

8,

viii. 26.
-

ATHIRST

/,

27.

xiv.
xvi.

27.

3.

WONDER.

12.

V. 5, 9.

4c.

A R)

22, 32.
-

1.

Tr

FALL, FIRST, HAND, HOME, LAST, LAW,

LEAST, LENGTH, LOOK, MARVEL, MOST, NOT,
NOUGHT, ONCE, ONE, PIETY, SET, SIT,
WINK,
STRAIN, STUMBLE, TIME,

x. 25.

iv. 18.

2c.

into.

(eis,

ATT

36.

33, 47.

2b.
2b.

Gx.)

18.

ii.

22,

19,

ix. 10, 13,

1.

I).

29 {om.

1.

viii. 1, 14.

xii. 17.

1.

75

ATTAIN
2,

Rom.

(In otlier cases the wonl "

TO.

ix. 30.

"

ie

represented by another

Greek word,)

ATT

^,

76

AUGHT

ATTEND.

constantly
or applies to anything.

one

d,

sits to

-,

any one or

Mark

ATTEND CONTINUALLY UPON.

to persist in a thing, aj)ply

viii. 23.

thing.

:Mark

xi. 25.

AUGHT TO

',

Acts xxi v.

I'J.

EAT.

to eat.
Jolm

diligently to it; persevere.

Rom.

IF.

if,

Tis,

vii 35 (eiiTropeSpo?,same sense, All.)

1 Cor.

AUT

iv. 33.

xiii. 6.

AUGUSTUS'.

6<,

ATTEND UNTO.

reverenced, A^enerablc ; the im])erial name Augustus ivas rendered

hy this tvord.

to hold to, bring to or near to

turn one's mind, thoughts, attention to a thing; to attach one's self
to a thing, cleave unto it.
;

xVcts xxvii.

1.

AUSTERE.
7//305, making

ATTENDANCE AT
ATTENDANCE TO

-,

Tim.

iv.

the tongue dry and

metaph. harsh, crab-

bed.
(GivE.)t

Hub.

13.

ATTENTIVE

to

Luke

xix. 21, 22.

"attend UNTO."

see

,
1 1

rough, har.sh

(give.)*

vii. 13.

(be very.)

AUTHOR.
1.

aiTcos, causing, occasioning, xvith art.

2.

dpxTjyos, beginning, originating, with

the originator.

hang from, be suspended;

to

depend

(non. occ.)

uj^oii

the leader, founder, princely-

art.

Luke

xix. 48,

margin hanr/

on.

leader.

2.

AUDIENCE.

1.

Acts
Heb.

iii.

15,

margin.

2.

Hub.

AUTHORITY.

^'6,

the thing heard, report, saying, ftime.

Luke

power

(delegated), authority

do anything ; permission,

to

vii. 1.

tTTLTayi], injunction,

,
,

Acts

AUDIENCE
10.

Aet.s xv. 12.

Acts xxil

a jirojecting or standing
a ])r()jcction, jn'ominent
vietaph. a surpassing, superiority,
power, dignity.
forth,

22.

Matt.

AUDIENCE OF

(ix tue.)

Mark
see above.
XX. 45.

Luke

20.

vii.
viii.

it.

xxi.

23", 24,

27.

22, 27.
28 ii'ec, 20, 33.
34.
iv. 30.

1.

Liike XX. 2

1.

John

1.

Acts

AUGHT

1.
1.

2.

any one or

ouoet's,

Matt.

or

1.

1.

1.

2 Cor. X.

3.

:}.

Jlark vii. 12 (with another negative.)

1.

1.
1.

ActH

Tim.

1.

Hcv.

2.

Titue

1.

Tot

xxviii. 19.

Phileln. 18.

1.

ii.

2,

margin

(7-

15.

iii.

22.

xiii. 2.

AUTHORITY UPON
iv. 32.

8.

ii.

inent place.

xix. 17.

not one, nothing.

V. 23.

xxi.

OUGHT.

l<^^^ 8, 20.

27.

xxvi. 10, 12.

Cor. XV. 24.

i.

xiii

ix. 1.

thimj.

V.

ix. 14.

xi.

vii. 8.

Tii,

license.

command.

{'/',

(give.)

to hear, give ear, listen.

xiii.

Luke

2.

he-

heaving; the sense of hearing, caul

so the ear; a hearing, listening to;

1.

margin

xii. 2,

giantr.

V. 9.

(exercise.)

to use authority, to

have

authority over any one or thing.

2.

AUT

Matt. XX.

25.

Mark

2.

Luko

1.

AWA

AVOID

to exercise or use ex-

cessive or arbitrary authority.

2.

77

1.

x.''42.

8,

ation, distinction.)

xxii. 25.

(a)

(of great.)

ivith Ace. (through, as tending totoards) on account of, (denoting the

ground of

2.

(use) [margin.]

iv,^ in.
I

.,

to bend ont of the regidar

bent outwai'ds or away ; to

turn away from, shun.

the pres.sure of a weight,

3.

etvaL, to be.
1

the action.)

,
line,

<

Thes.

,
to olitain

by prayer;

entreaty,

deprecate

/)70/,

Mid. as

(in

avoid.

4.

(usurp.)

^,

to use or exercise

power

to domineer, (from
acting by his own authority

over,

in

Old

5.

set, lay,

Tim.

to

heg of or from another;

to aA'ert by

trans, to

(a)

round a

round about
(-ETH.)

Gal.

vi.

15

(,

is.

All.)

G.

"'

TToteoj,

to make, to do.

out of

of.

to set, place, esp. to sot in

one's self out, get

fit

Rom.

xvi. 17.
lb. 1 Cor. vii. 2 (italice.)
viii. 20.
2
Cor.
6a.
2.

Tim.

4. 2

Tim.

3.

5b. l"itus

vi. 20.
ii.

23.

iii. 9.

8^, a revenging, vengeance.

to divide, to separate,

Then to

hence, to select.

come

to a decision,

to

to

judge,

3.

to stand

aside

readv.

avenge, revenge, punish.

,
, ),

i?itrans.,

to step

Mid. to put on, arrange as robes

AVENGE.
^

put, place,
etc.

order, arrange, get ready, then (a)

Jas. v. 16.

),

(b) Pass, to

IkSlkL), to

the way, shun, beware

to be strong in body ; to be mighty,

powerful; to prevail.

V. 6.

thing,

and

(b) Pttss., 3iid.,

decline,

12.

ii.

AVAIL

to

beg to be excused.

one

Greek, a self-murderer.

1.

here), to turn

to get out of the way,

off or aside,

6 (text, be bunlensojne.)

ii.

AUTHORITY OVER

GaL

(denot-

(V))

viii. 27.

AUTHORITY

of,

ing the instrument of the action.)

a lord, master, ruler.

Acts

with Gen. (through, as proceeding

from) through, by means

AUTHORITY

8,

(-IXG.)

through, (from the notion of separ-

the

arrived

at,

Luke

2.

Acts

xviii. 3,

5.

1.

Rom.

1.

Rev.

AAVAKE
8iaypi]yopkw, td

xii.

10.

1.

2.

AWAKE
1.

out or maintainhig the

an aven-

Rom.
1

xiii.

Thea.

(-IXG.)

iyetpo), (a) Active, to awaken, wake up,

to wake,
(b) Pass,
rouse, stir
;

right, avenging, v:ith art.

ger, occ.

ix. 32.

10.

AVENGER.
K(StK05, carrv'ing

(be.)

xviii. 20.

3.

Rev. xix.

plot.

awake thoroughly.
Luko

vi.

anoihr, a

Actsi.x. 24.

decrees, de-

vii. 24.

(L.VVING.)

judgmcnt.

decision

terminate judgment.
1.

AWAIT

a plan against

judge

(the result or issue

i)f

],

rouse, stir one's

self.

4.

iv. 6.

2.

5iyt/Ku, to

wake quite

up.

3.

AWA

la.
2.

3.

Matt.

Mark
Luke

viii.

sober, out of a
applied spiritwdly

sleep,

2.5.

viii. 24.

1,

Tr

[A

R)

lb.

Rom.

3.

lb.

Eph.

(^,

to

xiii.

Cor.

AWAKE OUT OF

1.

..J

1.

John XL

out

of

2.

AWARE

iv.

34 margin (text,

let

alone. )

AWAY
to seize,

WITH.

up, take away, im,}).

away with, i.e. to ex-

lift

Luke
John

Acts xxi.

36.
xxii. 22

x.xiii. IS.

xix. 15 '*''

(be.)

expresses subjective kmnuledge.)

oiSa, (per/, of ohs.

Luke

permit.

let, suffer,

ecution.

27.

which denotes I learn, and

2,

2.

aipe, aipov,

Acts xvi.

to perceive, observe, obtain

a knowledge of, hence, to know, be
acquainted with, (as contrasted icith

No.

M.att. xiii. 48.

roused out of sleep.

11.

1.

SLEEP.

another

rouse

of law, to

ea, imper.

2.

AU)

to hecome.

( e^i-TTiOs,

outside, out of

11.

k
14 (No. la,

XV. 3

V.

sleep.

-,

AWAY.
'^, without, on the

1.

doors.

3S (Xo.

iv.

BAG

awake

to

drunken
in X.T.

78

rod

),

seen, implies knowledge

have

from

ivith-

out, (ohj.) to have knowledge of,

(No. 2 denotes not to forget, No. 1

See also, carry, carrying, cast, casting,

CATCH, convey, do, DONE, DRAW, FADE,
FADETH, FALL, FALLING, FLEE, FLOOD, GO,
LEAD, MOVE, PASS, PINE, PUT, PUTTING,
ROLL, SAIL, SEND, TAKE, TAKEN, THRUST,
TURN, UNTAKEN, VANISH, WASH, WEAR,
WIPE, WITHER.

to notice.)
2.

I.uke

xi.

-14.

1.
I

AWARE OF
1.

Matt,

Luke

xii. 4(3.

AXE.
an axe, (from

Matt.

x.xiv. 50,

iii.

Luko

10.
|

/,
,

BABBLER.

2.

(,,

the market-places, hence, hecause these

were talkative and noisy, applied

babbling, chattering fellows.
Acts xvii.

L
2.

,(),

IR,

speech,

1,

xi.

1.

i.

ii.

41, 44.
12, IC).

Luke
Rom.
1

0.

X. 21.
ii.

20.

Cor. iii. 1.
Ilcb. V. 13.

2.

BACK

'5,

2.

2.

2.

2.5.

xxi. 16.

Luke

iii.

[noun.]

the back of a man.

Rom.

xi.

10(non

occ.)

BACK

[adv.]

of pdace, liehind, backwards ; of

time, hereafter, since the future is

BABE.

in/certain,

and

therefore bcliind us.

Matt. xxiv.

womb

IS.

the new-born iiabe.

a babe

an

to

to

margin bate fellnrr.

a child while yet in the

vryTTtos,

Matt.

2.

a seed, and
a small
perf. mid. of
l)ird, so cjdled from picking up seeds.
Apjdied hy Athenians to idle fellows
who lived on collecting the refuse of

{from

fiit.

break.

(be.)

ivithoiit

the potver of

infant, a minor.

See

also,

draw, duivk, fraud,

RETURN, ROLL, TURN.

keep,

BAG

5,

79

BACKBITER.
a speaker against

another,

a detractor.

BACKBITING.

',

BACKSIDE

each end for the animals, then the

balance, etc.
Rev.

1.

(on the.)

of time, after, in future, hereafter.

V. 1

(^,

tl,(

outsUL',

2.

,
et's,

unto,

^,

the,

6,

3.

xviii.

4.

bad, (opp.

KfiKos,

a band, bound, fetter,

thing for tying or fastening.

.,

to

^?,

good.)

It expresses the lack of those qualities

7i'hirh constitute a 2J^)'so)i or thing

1.

1.

2a.

for or

fit

belonging to join-

etc.

8$, that which binds

Matt, xxvii. 27
Mark xv. 10.

Luke

1.

tJohn xviii.

1.

Acts

any

bonds, imprisonment.

a band or bond, that which

together, a bundle.

BAD.
1.

[noun.]

/?,

ing, yoking,

John

BAND

any thing round, wrapped

round or upon a thing, a twisted
rope, a body of men-at-arms, used
to translate the lioman manipulus
2 centuries, also a larger body, a

(a) in pi.,

backward.

behind,

vi. 5.

cohort.

G^.)

BACKWARD.

(pair of.)

beams of a

of place, behind, at the back

Rev.

BALANCES

any thing that joins two bodies;

the yoke or cross-bar tied to the end
of the pole, and having collars at

a speaking agiiinst, open evil

speaking as opposed to
see " WHISPER.
2 Cor. xii. 20.

BAN

2a.

Acts xvi.

2.

12.

1.

X. 1 1st.

is

bound

2(>.

xxi. 31.
xxii. .30 (oin.
xxvii. 1.

1.

20.

together,

AU.)

40.

3.

what

it claims to he.
Incapable, usebad, (jenerically, includincj every
form of evil, j)hysical and moral.

,
less,

2.

(connected ivith

?,

troublesome, bad,

2)ains),

expresses the

more

It

active form

of

',
3.
1.

1.

Matt.

,
(

in the sense of putrid,

to rot.)

l)ad,

rotten,

2.

V.

10

icorthless,

',

Matt. xxii.

G-^

TTr

BAC.

Tr A m)
L
a l)ag or purse, into v<hich money or
other vcduahlesareciXHt or put, (from

2.

Luke

BAXI)

1.

Jo)in

xii.

0.

to

make, to

(-,

do.

a rolling up togetlier, then

any dense mass, a body of men, a
crowd, a seditious meeting.
Acts

,
a

to cast.)

xii. 33.

(Italian.)

Italian.

BAND' TOGETHER.
TToieoi,

(/'',

xxiii. 12.

BANK.
a tabic, esp. a dining tabic, then

money

changer's table or counter,

a bank.

1.

John

xiii.

2'.>.

3.

10.

a case to keep the tongues of wind instruments in, then

used for any small case, purse or

/?'',

.John xviii.

.\cts X. 1 !'"i (italics.)

t*.)

bag.
2.

'?,

(from

xiii. 4S.

2 Cor.

1.

evil,

malignant, and descnbes the <fudity

according to its ncdure, as No. 1 does
according to its effects.

3.

B.WD OF MEN.

labour,

evil.

I. like

xix. 23.

))

BAN

80

BAR

BANQUETING.
drinking,

TToros, a

Acts

es]-).

By Baptism
we must understand an immersion, whose design like thcd of

BAPTISM.

.<,

the act as

It denotes

the washing.
a fact, as

^.

iii.

1.

7.

XX. 22

(.),2 (op.)

Acts

Matt.

Mark

4.

i.

X. 38, 30.
xi. 30.

Luke

3.

iii.

6,

iii.

xxviii. 10.
JIark i. 4, 5, S twice,
X.

Luke

38 twice, 39

x. 37.
xiii. 24.

iii.

1.

xviii. 25.

iv. 1, 2.

1.

xLx. 3, 4.

x. 40.

1.

Rom.
Eph.

vii. 20.

1.

Col.

2.

Heb.

XX.

1.

2.

-,

ii.

Matt.

iii.

12 (No.

2,

Pet.

iii.

1.

1.

1.

xiv. 2, 8.
xvi. 14.
xvii. 13.

1.

Mark

14.

vi.

1.

Gal.

R)

24 (No.

2,

Tr

Mark

(See

who

vi. 25.
viii.

Luke

28.

vil. 20.

28

(oi.

G-

i^.)

33.
ix. 10.

1.

BAPTIZE.

(inform a freqiientative or

fac-

dip or dye.)
a, thin'j di])}jed or dyed.
To immerse /or rt religious purpose,
may he traced hack to the Leviticcd
unshinffs, see Lev.
8, 9 ; etc., (out
of v^hich arose the baptism of proselytes), vjhicit ivere connected tvith the
titive

of
to malie

'.

repentance, see

ivas the

Mark

i.

1 Cor. x. 2.

BAR.
Heb.
i.

a son,

^n,

42;

see

see

John
x. 46
17; Actsxiii. 6.

Jonas, by

LT

A.)

BARBARIAN.

a mail wlio speaks a foreign

Barbarous,
or strange language.
Greek
i.e., not CJreek, strange to
manners and language. The Egyptians had a like term for all foreigners
as the Chinese and Ilehreivs have
nov).
After the Persian war, the
ivord took the contemptuous sense of
The Rooutlandish, brutal, rude.
mans even called themselves Barharians, until the Creek language and
literature became naturalized at Borne
(prob. an onomatopoefic to express
the sound of a foreign tongue.

Acts xxviii.

Rom.

i.

4.

BARBAROUS.
see "

BARnARIAN."

Acte xxviii.

2.

BARE.
yiyjtvo?,

Cor. xiv. 11

Col.

14,

Baptism of

Luke iii. 3;
and Christian

Mark

xxi. 1.5, IG,

4;

Acts xiii. 24
Bapdism is Bapnism of Faith,
xix. 4,

(be.)

aor. of above.

xxii. 16.

.,

purifcation ivhich folloived on and

completed the exjjiation frcmi sin.
What vms unusual in Jolins baptism
was, that he performed the
on others, whereas under the laiv each
one accompdished it for himself.

Baptism of John

[17.

27.

1.

,,
1.

13, 14, 15,10 twice,

i.

iii.

BAPTIZED
Acts

denotes he

Tr
[A

3, 4, 5.
vi. 3 twice.

Cor.

xii. 13.

Matt. xvi. 17 (joined with

article

v/itli

xi. 11, 12.

2a.

21.

to immerse, bajjtize.

1.

1,

Rom.

XV. 29 twice.

L.)

BAPTIST.

1.

1.

xviii. 8.

[33twnc.

vl. 2.

baptizes.
1.

xvi. 15, 33.

xix.

vi. 4.

be/<AV.)

(a) part,

X. 47, 48.
Xi. 16 twice.

0.

twice.

iv. 5.

the Baptist, the name of

Julin S7ig'jested hy the function committed to and exei'cised hy him.

38, 41.

viii. 12, 13, 10, 38.

ix. 18.

Mid. and pass.

1.

5 twice.

i.

ii.

25, 26, 28, 31,

22, 23 twice, oy.

i.

1.

1.

Acts

(.),

xvi. 16 (op.)
iii.
7, 12, 16 twice,
vii. 29, 30.
[21 twice.
xii. 50.

John

(See ^^Cremer.^^

11 twice, 13, 14,

[23 twice (Ojx)

1.

xii. 50.
4.

washing

XX. 22 twice

xxi. 25.

^9r(/zt'a-

the

10.

does the

22.

i.

and

was united with

away of sin.

result of the. act.

Slatt.

the Levitical washings

tions

an immersion or washing

with water, (washing imto jmrification from sin), used in N.T. for the
rite of baptism.

2.

difference lies

therefore

1 Pet. iv. 3.

-,

The

4, 5.

thereof to Jesus Christ.

carousal, (non. occ.)

1.

xix.

not in the Baptism, bid in the relation

a drinking bout,

naked.
1

Cor. XV.

,37.

iii.

11.

tv

BAR

BARLEY

81

made

the Jewish
travelling basket, (prop, nf a certain
measxire or capacity.)

a basket of a larger kind, a

large hamper, (used for storar^e, and

capacioiis enowjh to cordoAu

1.3.

BARN.
to lay

up a

Matt.

Matt.

xiii. 30.

-xiv

xvi.

Luke

xii. 18, 24.

1.

Mark

xi.

1.
2.

Acts ix

3.

2 Cor.

20.

10.

vi. 43.

BASON

Tr

vi. 13.

26.

xi. 33.

BASIN.

or

a large ewer or vessel for washing the feet.

viTTTrjp,

all places, except

25 (om. Gr:

ix. 17.

1.

BARNABAS.

son of consolation, surname

of Joses, a Levite of Cyprxis.
In

viii. 19.

Luke
John

9.

viii. S.

2.

Acts

Mark

20.

XV. 37.

a storehouse.

26.

a man.)

a twisted rope, a rope basket, a wicker basket made of twigs

ent\vincd with each other.

any place Avherein

thing.,

Matt. vL

vi. 9,

a wicker basket,

',

[adj.]

oi or from barley.
John

--,

vi. C.

BARLEY

<,

BASKET.

[noun.]

barley.
Rev.

BE

John

xiii. 5.

K,)

BASTARD.

BARREN.
1

2.

v69o<;,

?,

not working, esp. not working

the ground, living without labour,
hence, idle; of money, etc., lying idle,
yielding no return.

<:,
2.

Luke

2.

barren, not bearing childi'en.

i
7, 36.
xiiii. 29.

2.
1.

a bastard, (non. occ.)

Heb xii. 8.

BATTLE.

/,

a battle, a

Cor. xiv. S

Rev

fight.

ix. 7,

xvi. 14

rx.

Gal. iv. 27.

2 Pet. i. 8.

BE.

BASE.
TaTTiiwo?, low,

dition,

IT

of place, lying low, of con-

brought

down,

humbled,

MAY

SHALL
MIGHT

BE,

BE,

BE,

lowly, of style, low, poor.

2 Cor. X.

SHOULD BE, THAT MAY BE, THAT

THAT SHOULD BE, THAT WOULD

THOUGH... BE, TO BE, WILL BE.

When

1.

LET BE, MAY BE, MIGHT BE,

BE.

this tvord is in italics, there is

no

corresponding word in the Greek.

Sometimes

HASH FELLOW [m&Tgin.]

verb, or
is

Sec " IJAnBLEU."

it is only part of another

of a phrase for which there

no exact equivalent.

When

it is

an independent

tcord, it is

the translation of one of these folloiv-

BASE THINGS.
unborn, uncreated, of no family,
low born hence, low, vile.

ayti'i/?,

Cor

28.

ing.

\.

(of the.)

loose fellows spending their

time idly in the market place.

tiyopaios,

Acts

xvii.

5.

the

ordinary

word and Xo. 2

Present

BASER SORT

am,

state

of

exist-

ence, (for the difference between this

see

Heb.

xi. 6.)

thou art, (2 pers. sing. pres.

thou.
ind. ) * with pron.

(a) (t,

(b)

or

cTTii',

he, she,

sing. pres. ind.)

it

is,

(3 pers.

S'^

(c) ea/xer,

we

are, {I pers.pl. pres.ind.)

(a) eVT,yeare, {2 pers.pl. pres.ind.)

(e)

i,

be,^5,thoumay'sfc
y, he, she, it, may be

/,

we may be, , ye may be,

they may be.
thou
(s) Opt., ', I mif^ht be, ayg,
might'st be, eu;, he, she,
we might be,
be

(,("^,

might
(

et/yre,

car (or
be he or let

', by chance

and

him

',

be,

end

Matt.

thou.
ii. 13,
iv. 3, 6.
21, Bhall B,

V.

lo.

'imes.

22 3

and be

he,

s.'inii

L A.)
may

B,

48.

mnv

vi. 4,
5, will

lo.

perhaps, {Ace. of

B.

!h.

lo.
lb.
le.
lo.
2

V. 34.
vi. 11,
vii. 4.
ix. 1.

lo,

lo.

6v, beinpf, (part.) * loith

(\)
Ace. of noun before it denotes that
...am, art, etc., or who... am, art.

2,

Imperfect

shall B.
xiv. 28.
la*.

io.
lo.

.)

(n)

he was, (3

-,

2^ers. sing.)

I was, (1 pers. sing.)

,
,

(indie.) I shall be, 'iay,

,
^, ,

liTrA
41

^,

be about to be,
ihfru icith
to be about to do
anything; which, followed by an
ivfin. as here, to be about to do a
thing, to be on the point of doing it.
(inf.) to

10.
lo.
lb.
le.
Ik.
lo.
lo.
le.

B.

192na.

xiv. 2.
64, to B.
Luke i.l5, 20, shall B.
-

29, Phonld B.
32. 33, 34, shall
38.
[B.
45, 06, )
shall

(No.

lo,

27
27

-,

'<.

(No. lo,

,
to

'.

X. 6,
12, 14,

Z"!,

let

36,

may

hall

[B.

21 lt. Shall
21 -"", shall P.
27, 37, :)9, 40,
Khali B.
tl.
61, shall M.
XXV. 30, shall B.

existence.)

Shall

B.
shall

B.
B.
B.

JO.

52. shall B.
.5, will H.
xiii. 28, 30 ''",

H.

7, 9,

")

xii. 20, i
34. will
35, let..

GroLTr

;j,

xi, 19,30, 5
.

1'

26,

40, shall B.
B.
3s tliat.. might
[B.
ix.27.
.33, 10 B.
tl, Shall B.
i, shonlil B.
(No.
48, shall

li),G~LTTrAK.)

G^LTrS.)

xxiv.

shall B.
xiv. 8.
14. shall B.
.

27.

2(i,

'ss'snd.

to bear.

xxvi.

5.

xxvii. 40.

to,

42.
64, shall

Mark

ill.

14,

V, 18,

XV.

B.

should P.

might

B.

7, shall T'.

xvii. 2 1,20, 30,31,

34, 35, shall B.

30

30.
54,
63.

from

(motion to (he interior^ into,

unto, with a view to.

(Is,

20.

(a) pass., in be borne or carried

a place.

xxiii.ll, Phall B.

to begin, to start, to begin

be, (referring to original state

and continued

36.
viii. 9, inighf.

"!
3rd, let

[B.
vi. 35 t"'", shall

B.

happen.

(be-

[pan to

shall B.

9.

W.^
xxii. 13, 28, shall

implying origin, to come into

being, to become, or result, to take
j)lace,

7,

LTr.)

26
26

23, see

iv, 3.

XX. 161", shall B.

-ICSn.l.
26 1', shall
lb,

B.

10, i
49.

iii.

10.

(q) Vu/xevo5, (part.) about to be.

.

ii.

ehall

21!
30, shall B.

(No.

B.

18.
191st.

xix. 5, shall B.

lo.

shall B.
) shall

shall B.
13, shall B.

17, shall B.
xviii. 13.
) shall
17,
18''ce, J
H.

2.

bi.)
-"',

7.
8<w'<^e,

22,
B.
i
28.
xvii. 4. to B.

li.

he shall be
thou shalt be,
ye
we shall be,
they shall be.
shall be,
(p)

28.
xvi.lO'wico

lo.
lo.
le.
Ik.
lo.

Future
(o)

XV. 14.

2.

i<.)

xii. 23,
xiii. 4.

27, 40, 45, shall

xui. 40, 42, 49, 50,

le.

4J2"d, will B.
shall b.
-441st (No. Ik,

7]v,

shaU B.

7,

shall

11,

xii.

(u?n.

lo.
lo.

to B.

2M.1,

43 3>d,

16.
22, shall B.
25.
xi. 22, 24, Bhnll B.

2.

isi,

Tr

U.

ix. 29.
X. 13 twice.
15, shall

[B.

X. 8, 31, shall B,
13 1" (No. lb,

vui. 12, shall P.

if.

sh^ll

19, shall B.

35
35

lo.

B.

(.

to B.

5,

B.
22 1^'23 2nd, > shall
23 i. 3
23 2"d, shall B.
23 3.d.

7ii. 13,

lo.

(m)

vy.v<a,

M*rk

lo.
lb.
le.
Ik.
lo.
Ik,
lo.

16, 21, shall

If.

If.

that.

(tVrai,

4.5.

lo.

ye.

be

37,let

2.

* with Ace. of
(k)
the notm before it denotes that... am
is, was, Avere, etc. t ^oith et9, unto,
to, and the art. denotes with a view
to the

Ih.
la.

If.

(imp.)

the part. neut. aor. 2 of

above.)

lo.

by chance.

be

2.

cii/atjto be, (infin.)

to,

7.

ye

be.

though.

since,

to hit, esp. to hit a mark

with an arrow ; then to happen,

li.

they might

be,

,
el, if,

might

', be thou, (2 peis. sing, imp

li)

(i)

it

BE

the J SLve, (3 pers.pl. pres.ind.)

(f) <Sw/^y.,S,Imay
1)6,

(.)

xix, 19.
XX, 14, .may
(No. lo.L"".)
xxi.7, 11",17,
shall B.
R.
22'"
23, 24. 25, shall
I

J.uko xxii 20;

Ikt.Rom. %iii. 29-'"',th.at

might

let. .13.

xxiii. 2i.

If.
:i7, ').

.Julin

27.

25. .should B.

If.

xi

2.

.\ii.

:;).

Ik

Ikt.

xiv. 14. to B.
that..
XV.
10,

hhall B.

4:i.
i.

iii.

Eph.

If.

31
vi.

I'hii.

If.

Ik.

to

vii. 4,

lb.

13.

17.

Ic.

viii.

If.

see" house

2.

iv.

If.

V. 7.

If.

,^.

lo.

.\.

Vii

lo

2 may

should B.

viii. 5 '"'<

B.

34.

{.

24

xiv. 3, may B.
17. sliall
(No.

If.

might

ly.

B.

3.

If.

Ik.

B.

^24.

If.

mav

2'i,

If.

2.

Acts

lo.

ordained

22.K;e

li.

iv. 10.

lb.

li

Ik.

V. 36.

39.

1 b.

Ip.

should B.
11, shall B.

lo.

li.

22.
38.

47. to B.

.1.

Ik.

2n.i,

15

Ik.

XX. 16, lo B.
xxii ]',. sh.ill B.
xxiv.li, that there
hall B.

10.

Ip.

xxvi

le
-'.

3.

xxvii.
ill B.
shall

10,

b"

K"m.

22. to

If.

ii.

iii.

Ikf.

4.

fB.

20.

that miiiht
1",
that

iv.

mijjht

Ik

13,

that should
[B

might

Ikf

K>. lh.-\t

lo.

IS. shall M.

lo.

Ik

vi. 5.

shall U.

U.toB.

14.

B.

lo.

tii.at

should

let B.

B.

5,

lo.

7, will
7. 25, sbaU B.
xxii 3 ilc, 4iwlc,
shall B.
12, shall
(No.

BE ORDAINKD TO

15'-'n<l, sliall

xii

'

Id.

xiii

If.

(from

in

BE.

22.

to receive, hecavse

beams arc received at

hvihUnf/,

(fifir entls

into othei- pieces of timber)

a l)Oain or rafter. In '.. metaph.

a great fault or vice, according to a
Jewish proverb.

B.

shall B.

0.

i.

BEAM.

SokO';.

S.that miifht B.
xi.

lo.

Acts

2.

may

IX. 3,

Ik'

'ico...

7.

Matt.

vii. 3, 4,

I.nke

vi. 41,

42 'ce.

11. shall B.

GaL

i.

7.
S. 0, let

li

B.

BEAR

10.

Ik.

ii.

11.

iv. 1.

0.

2.

12.

Ik

21.
V.

i>.

to B.

though.. B.

[noun.]

<'-/), (afKOi, All) the bear (non.

Rev.

occ.)

xiii. 2.

lOinrt.
20. let B.

vi. 3.

to B.

lk-.Eph^.4.)
iv. 14.

32.

V. 1. 7, 17.

,
(.,

^,,,

i!ii_i.,'6:j-'fOuid

2.

mav

.lb,LTTrA)(oin.O-.)

mavB''

viii. 14,

If.

2.

shall B.

11, to

vii

Ik.
2

If.

lo
lo

b(

lo.

18, shall B.

If.

ever) (d<rtoc, Aoiy, or

(he holy oni; All )
.\i. 6, shall B.
xxi. 3 "":<!, 4 "'",

lo.

16. will B.

lo.

2.

should B.
shall B.
5 (with art.)
shalt
(no
1}

should B.

lo.

Ik.

B.

vl

111.

2.

li),

3,

10, sh.Ul B.
IS. iU

le.
'

7.

11;

Ik

"'

2S.

4.

18,

li.

B.

P.

xvi.

9.

iii.

lo.

XX viii.

li

that..

mav

lo.

mav"B.

17,

i.

ii.

lo.

(irou'cu,

L Tr A R)

.ornt<ke,

Ip

to B.

to

-ii,

i.

2.

22, let"

2 Cor.

lo.

3, to B.

2.

11.

lo.

xix 26

le.
3.

If. .las.

10 Ini.

ii.

X. 6,

lo.

II.

to
(dul.)
(oTt iari, that /( an.)
lo.
S. shall li.
iv. 7, m.iy B.
If.
V {<,that. iiiavB,
Ik.
2.

will B.

xii. 8.

come,

19.

i.

iii.

in.

Id.
Ik.

Ikt.
10.

Id.

xvii. IS. toB.

27.
xviii. isiii

lb.

B.

2.

2.
li.

47 2"J, that..
ehould'st
Ik.
xvi. 15, to B.

10. shall B.
12. will B.
10.
maig.

brought

58.

0, it

Id.

Ih.

3.

B.

B.

should

which
Creek authority what-

ix

B.

18.

iv. 1.

10, will B.

lo.

12,
2S.

7.

If.

viii. 4.

lo

If.

that there

xi. 2?,

1.

lo.

xvi.

shall B.
17, mit'ht B.
12, to B.

ii.

4.

2
2

5.

V.

37.

37,

38.

If.

11, shall

Ik.

mav

might B.

S.

G~.)
Rev.

2.

14.

2.

B.

shallB'^ice.
shall B.

,/

John
Jude
(iAf

tliat..B.
to B.

1-'"", 2.

Philem. 14, should B.

Heb. i. 5, will B.

lo.

28.

14.

ii.

If
lo.

may

2.

3.

2.

2.

12.

If.

lo.

2.

4,

i.

iii.

raav B.

9,
ii.

iii.

If.
.

shall B.
B.

may

7.

i.

John
John

lo.

I.

shall B.11, to

1.

iii.

lo.

shall B.

preemt,

ii.

3.

so that.)

.,

4.

i.

6 '"',if.

lo

G~

might

3. let B.

lo.

2, 9.

17.

Ik.

Pet

to bf

2, 21,

ii.

iii.

.
13.

2.

shall B.

a)

.V

21, that

i.

iii

3.

-24.

lo.

IkV

i:ir.i.

to he.
li.

m.ay B.

V. 7,

Tim.

If.

20 1" B.'

XV.
shall
mav
that shall

20, let B.

16 (NO. lo,

2.

iv. 0,

Ik. Titus

B.

IS.

shall

8.

i.

2.

15.

i.

12, let B.

If.

1.

Ik.If.-

B.

\\\ M, shall B.

lo.

B.

16. to B.
19.

12. lot B.

LTTr

*^'P

B.

V. 3. shall

li.

2.

(with

12.

iii.

Ik.
though.

27, shall B.
xii. 22. to B.
I", to B.
2J, ihould B.
xiv.
it ni.Tv

lo.

iv. 4.

If.

7.

Ik.

10.

li.

7. >

i.

ii.

If.

2.

19.

xi.

If.

Tim.

though.. B.

2.

Ik.l Pet.

5.

iii.

1.

4,

2.

loB.

iv. 17. shall

1

iii.

11.

l.V

iii.

Tlie.s.

lo. 2

':3.

shall B.

If.

lo.

B.

27. should

LTr.)
.XV. 8.

ix.

Col.

Ik.
Ik.

20, to B.

may

2G. eh.ill

2.

2.

y. .'.hall B.

11.

2.

ii.

lo.

21 (ap.)

iv

15.

3.

Ik.

iii.

li.

.">ri,

.xiii.

mav

St.)

42,

.vJi.

lb.

2.3.

2:.,

2.

Ik.

m.ay

16, shall B.

(NO.

2S.

lo.

(.

11

24.

B.

10.

vi

It).

la\

may

IS,

2.

2^

to

IS.

iii.

sliall

tihouM B.

22.
25.

i.x.

IQ

to

may

15.

lo
Ik

holder.
Cor. 1. 10'"""!

Ik.

3.'3.

("

if

xvi. 11.

Ik.

6,

2.

If.

10, miglit B.
:n..

25. shall B.
20. to B.

i.

Ik.

,,
'^

"'>

10,

10. Jas.

shall B.

23,
ii.

.should B.
2.
2.

-'J.

3.

I.

Ik.

10.

should B.

V. 27.

lo.

ix

B.

1.

BEAR

[verb.]

BOHNE, barest,

burden),

to

lift

-,

-INO.)

(properly a hcavT
up, carry ; carry off.

lift,

8*

to hea.Y. hence, to produce /ruii,

to carry as a burden; to bear, endure, suffer pain, etc.; to sustain,

2.

;;

support;

bring

to

(as

forward,

Acts

12.

1.

xxvii.

8.

to bring tkem
hence again,

6.

i.e.

and

to bear sins by imputation really, as

those sacrifices

(,

,
,
away;

did typically.

to bring or carry out of or

of the ground- to bring forth

or produce.

5.

hence, to

to raise, lift up (applied to the

mind) to suspend, keep in suspense
carrj, remove, take away.

7.

to make,

about; of

XV.

1.
1

Cor

4.
1.

X. 13.
xiii

8.

XV. 49 twice.

7.

(with

Heb.

bring
to germinate,
form,

to

i.e.

trees, etc.,

see

10

vi 2. 5, 17.
v. 2, marg eee

vl. 8,

ix. 28.

xiii. 13.

7.

Jas. iiL 12.

3.

1.

Rev.

Pet

{witb-

24.

ii

2. 3.

xxii.

4,

iv. 27.
V.

10.

see

10,

""ce,

2.

BEAR ABOUT.
to carry round, to carry about

make

with one, hence, to publish,

up under

to bear

suffer,t endure.

6.

GaL
1

see

15,

iv.

xi. 1

xi. 18.

xiii

Cor

about.

into

Rom

1.

to bring or carry up; hence,

xxi. 35.

up

to offer sacrifices,
up 071 the altar,*

4.

^,

IS.marg. (0

bear icith the manners of others, Tr t^ )

XV. 10.
to

charges.)

3.

xiii.

A) (text

known.

2 Cor. iv. 10,

BEAR LONG.
to Suffer long, to endure or

wait patiently, hence, to delay.

Luke

xviii

7.

produce.

8.

a constant repeti-

strictly implies

tion of

2,

and

therefore signifies

to wear, as well as to bear

to bear

about.

(,

9.

to cover closely, esp. so as to

keep out wet ; gen. to keep off, fend
off; to cover over, shelter, protect;
gen. to sustain, support.

1 1

BEAR
see

, ,,
beget

BEAR UP

of

of the mother,

No.

Ixx
t

ivouj^pi,

Comp&ro Lat

77^, toatccnd)

Pe L 20

eutfero (eub, under

fero, to bear)

and

Lug. tuffer.

Matt

111

1.

l\.

1.

XX U.

1.

xxvil. 32.

2.

Mark

1.

Luke

ii

xiv. 27.
xviii.

fi.

Luke

np

Iv
eee
Tiu, 17

7,

long

3.

ixii 10
xxilL 26.
29.
[lake away.)

t)

John

marg. (text,

L 29,

xiv. 13

XV. 21.

2.

ii.

1.

xii

2.

XV. 2

xvi

XIX. 17.

i.

13.

iv

vji. 14.

7
1

viii &
xi 27.

7.

xiii. 9.

11,

Me

..

1
1.

8"

2 Cor. xi

4.

WITH (reasonably )[mdJCg\n.]

to

moderate one's anger

towards, to treat with mildness or

moderation.
Hob.

V.

2 (text,

re

compcisno^x on.)

0.

*1,

4, 8.

12.

XX. 15.

Acta ix

up against a thing;

bear with.

2 Cor. xi. 1 '"

^.'^7?

BEAR WITH.
to hold

hence, to

8.)

*Innfcb.thcvictimificalledn71J?(from

INTO.

to direct the eye against

Acts xxvii 15.

bring one nourishment, sustain or, to carry about

a feeder
like a nurse (from
to carry about,
or nurse, and
to"

see

11

another who hoks at one, to look in

the face app. to a ship, to look the
storm in the face, as it ivere, to bear
up against it.

to bring forth.

12.

Lukeiv

iv. 6.

to bring into the world

the father, to

UP.

" BEAR,*' No. 6.

,
Matt.

to beget, bring forth, bear

gen. generate, produce, occasion.

10.

\i.

Sec, CHILDREN, FRUIT, HOSTILE, RECORD,

WITNE8.S.

85

BEAST

(-S)

Wild beast, a beast of prey,

a aavage
such as are hinited

esp.

^/3/{,

4.

to beat with a rod or stick,

cud";el.

a.

Matt,

vii

see

25. 27,

^",

xxi
ark i

living

being, au animal,

on

i.s
tta main
life, which
Thf appearance of the four

accouiU of

fmturt.

'

1.

Luke

1.

AcU

?.:,.

into.

:ii,

Bee
horaeiitly ujion

xii

2.

.T.
xviii, 17.

XX)

XXII. 19

1.

46.

Cor

IX

2(1

2 Cat. xi. 25, see

with

rode

47, 48

1.

32.

xxvji 14,
(text, nrtre)

vehe-

mently (against.)

11.

4'.'.

Rev. represents the concentration

of all created life in this world. They
are distinct fr(jm the angels, and

*i. 10.
V 40
XVI 22

xii. 3. 6.

xui.'y.
l.iike VI, 48,

ill
.

1.

beast.
2.

BEC

symbolical throiighout the Scriptures

of the future new creation (see, for
further developynent, luider " cherubim." J

Mark
-

I.uke X

IS.

see

34

(wild

Rev. VI 1,3.

2,

4,

Bee

Titus

\'j 3

times,

Iiv

Cor XV

1.

Heb

39

It

xiii.

Ja.

2.
2.

2 Pet
Jude

2.

Rev. iv

0. 7
8,

3,

'f".

7,

11. 12, 13, 16, 17.

iviii. la.

10.

2, 10. 13.

xvij.
12.

li

Hmw.

xii- 4
19,

5*.

6, 8, 11.

XX

14.

4.

Mark
Acts

upon or

fall

X.

(.,

0:1

Ti

BEAT
</3,

-,

(-EN,

BEAT VEHEMENTLY

-,

-ING.)

.>^,

to

strikm'j,

(No.

see

" beat," .Vo.

hit with

any

to rush, as a wind.

In a ment.

4.

25

BEAUTIFUL

sense,

27

Acte

lil.

2.

10

Roni.

x. 15..

HKCAUSE.

strictly o/>posrd to

2.)

2 Cor. xi

beautiful.

beat, strictly

Malt xxiU.

throw at or

(.\gainst...)

see above.

seasonable as itsed of ripe

fruits, and a* th'\i/ are most beautiful when ripe, it comes to signify

stick.

kind <f missile

vi. 48.

year),

cudgel, thrash.

produced or ripened at the fit

season <f the
season, (from

skin, flay of animals, tlien

(like the slang words to tan or hide)

vrith

BEAT WITH RODS.

to

TVTTiu, to strike, sraite,

to break or dash against as

BEAT VEHEMENTLY

Acta xi G

(otrL

before, to

25 (n )o(nraiiu. same sense, Lm )

lo dasU or breuk againti
27
as a flood, L)

Luke

(WILD.)

13.

12>

etc.

a flood.

See, FKJUT with, four-footed, slaix.

ti.

to

10

(VFNOMOUS.)
Acte xxvm 4

BEAST
I.

vii

<,

20'l

BEAST

hence, to stumble,

XVI

iii.

to Strike against, esp. with

Matt

1.

Tipon.

mlo.)

rush against.
2.

18.

is,

20.

-cii.

'

1.

foot

9. 11.

XV

\Z

i.

2.

11,

3.

vii

xiii

(vBDOmOUB.)
1.

tlie

1.2,3, 4 3ilm<'.
12 "". 14 ^"".

liiii. 24

xxviiL

5.

37 (with

iv.

BEAT UPON.

1.

Arte X. 12 2_ see
(iW )

:i

,
-,

for slaughter

throw or cast

to

Mark

property in general, then,

property
herds or flocks heiice,
l)(>ast of burden, andinpL,, cattle,

3.

3.

/,

BEAT INTO.

oTi, that.

It

m general to some
something which lies

points

existing fact,

1]

BEC
before us,

86

and hence

ansicers to that

2.

xviii. 3.

10.

XX. 16.

1;\ Bee

34.

1.

vii. 19.

1.

viii.

1.

U. 38

1.

xi.

the

I.

Luko

II.

2b.

what manner,

eVei, since, since if so, since if

other-

7.

( 'Compounded of ye, verily, aiod

hence, the fact is, in

(,. therefore,
fact

and when

the fact

given as

i.<

fo).

on account

eicK-a,

of,

originally signifying

to

gratify one, as a favour to one,

and

next used of the motive or object of

whither.)
a final particle indicating pmrpose,
to the end that, in order that (with

iVa,

9.

a final 2^<^''(i'^le denoting not

only end or purpose, but is also a
simple conjunction (correlative to
how ]) denoting the tvay or manner.
In order that (with the emphasis on
the method.)

10.

over against, con-

taining the notion of

an
as
;
equivalent, instead of

\\.

for, in

return

be-

i.e.

which

cause.

thin"s,
1.

Matt.

li.

18.

V. 3.

marg, hmr
homf
CG"^) (ti, >':hy
VmG LTr.;
vii.

2b.
I.

ix.

36

-ti.

20. 25.

xii. 41.

Malt

xiii.

'>.

ij.

1.
1.
1.

i.

xiv. i.
XV. 32.
xvi. 7, 8.
xvji. 20. see
xviii. 32.

of.

see

4,

XV. 27.

1.

xvi. 8.

I.

xvii. 9.

1.
1

2b.

xviit

2b.

xix.

1.

1.

iii

see

v.

vi. 2,

vii. 1, 7, 22. 23, 30,

16, 18, 27,

43, 806
viii.
ix.

X. 13, 17.

16, 22.

of.

33,

3.

xi.

U.
23.

Jaa.

10.

i.

3.

iv.

of.

Pet

2.

16.

i.

1.

ii.

21.

1.

V.

John

(.)
8.

1.

xvL 3,4,6,9,10,11.

1.

12.

1.

l3 3iioi.'<,Uiwicf_

ii.

21 ''

".

ui.

1, 9,

1.

iv

1, 4.

12, 14, 16,

that.

13, 17, 18, 19.

1.

of.

13, 29.

.Xi.

xxi

(22.

1.

9, (teo

42, see

V. 6, 10.

1.
1.

17.

Rev. U.

4.

6.

1.

14 (om.

24.

20.

27.

1.

ii.

that.

11, sue

31.

:,.

.Vcte

y.

5.

xiv. 12, 17, 19, 28.

XV. 19, 21, 27.

xix.

iv.

21, ecc

1.

vi.

1.

viii.

xii. 20.

11.

2.S.

xiv. 12.

that.

4.

1.

vjii.

1.

xi.

(, mho, L
Tr \)(,om. 0=: .)
xvi. 5.

1.

'

11.

10, 17.

xiv. 8

1.

LTTrt')

10, 16.

iii.

1.

of.

20.

2b.

X. 2

2b.

(.)

1,

24.

viii.

of.

16
17,21, 27. 32.

vu

1.

1.

xvii. 14.

1.

12.
2 twice.

2b.
5.

29.

xiii.

5.

2b.

3
of.

that.

10.

Philem. 7
Heb. V). 13.

5.

(39.

(45, 47.

11.

30, see
39.
42, see

vi.

see

13.

v.

1.

.36.

xii.

Tim

iv.

1.

xi. 9, 10.

42, ace

1.

22, 37. 43, 44.

1.

I.

1.

1.3.

1.

30
26"'>, 41.

I.

that.

iii 9.

1.

of.

see

10.

u. 10.

iv. 6,

1.

1.

8.

3.

i.

1.

1.

1.

17.

2 Thes.

1.

of.

1.3.

11.

iv. 41, 42,

see

30.

Thes. ii

1.

23.
20,

y
)

7.

I.

1.

18.
19.

1.

18,]
18,)

6,

ii.

of.

16.

iv.

1.

3.

24.

7.

1.

PhiL

1.

3.

50.

i.

ii.

iv.
V.

11 1".
112n.), 17,21,31.
44.
xxiii. 8.

John

ii.

Eph.

1.

X. 45, nee

of.

Gal.

13.

7, 11.

.xi.

11.

1.

5.

ot.

15.

2 Cor. vii

1.

of.

iv. 6.

11, l:i
Jl. hi, see

9.

10, see

1.

4.

14,

IT.

1.

for,

neut. rel. pi.,

on-,

15, 16.

3,

xiii. 2, 14.

avu
in return
for which
things,

xii.

xii. 17.

I',

opposition

vi. 7.

1.

1.

'2b.

emphasis on the result.)

the

ui. 13.

I.

2b.

a thing ; that which has brought

on a consequence, (with ov, where,

1.

1.

1.

I't-

of.

14.

ii.

IS.

11.

or

please

XV. 15, see

Cor. i. 25.

1.

2b.

sake of;

for the

7.

xi.

1.

8.

1.

xi

49, 53.

1.

a reason or explanation,

1.

8 Znd, see

truly.

fi;r

1.

of.

of,

27, marg. that.

ix. 7, 28 (a;)), 32.
xiv. 23.

1.

1.

see

of.

see

21.

1.

TTr
[.\ R)

7,

4.

ix.

see
7.

10,

30.

2b.

since truly, after that indeed,

viii.

viii. 6.

1.

-07;,

6.

3.

(ap), 41.

of.

16.

19,

V. 19,

2b.

wise.

vi. 15.

iv. 18.

2b
1.

5.

v. 5.

1.

20.

i.

ii.

S.

so far as

as.

iv.

1.

2,16, 17,

18 (No.

see

19.

i.

7.

of.

XV. 42.
xvi. 14 {ap.)

5.

that, wherefore,

this account.
in

aee

9.

2,

18.

Rom.

3.

V. 4.

1.

to-

xxviii.

2b.

5"9.

1.

G -^ L

M.)

x.xvii. 4,

iv. 5, 6.

2b.

4,

xxii 29.

1.

2b.p-

of.

30.

2b.

action.)

for this reason

inasmuch

see

9,

vi. 6,

an

of.

34, raarg. that.

1.

1.

,
on

Mark

iii.

through as tending
wards, on account of; (denoting
ground or reason of an action.)

4.

2b.

-vxvii. 6.

1.

Gen. through as proceeding

.from, by means of; (denoting the

3.

.\xiv. \2.

b.

31 (No.

Tr

of.

(aj;.)

2b.

1.

(a) ivith

xvi. 3, gee

.xvii 18

1.
3.

because.

(b) with Ace.

^ Acta

7, 15.

31.

xxi. 46 (Ko. 5. Tr
xxiii 29.
[.\ .)

6.

through.

instrianent of

Matt. XX.

1.

9.

05 well an because, hi obj. sentences

it is equivalent to Ace. ivith infin.;
and as a particle of explanation for
that, seeing that,

BEC

omita the whole

voree.

BEC
BECAUSE

1.

2.

from

viotion

tiTTo,

OF.

"because," Xo.

see

87

3.

2h.

the exterior,

away

from; from, of, of origin, derivation

from, on account of, of cause or
occasion.

motion from the interior, out of;

from, of, of origin, etc., hence, the
occasion and the reason as the
source out of which a result floivs,

3.

K,

4.

1,

5.

eri,

in.

upon.
with

(a)

from)

upon, (as proceeding

Gen.
over,

etc.

(b) u-ith Dat. upon, (as resting

on account
tvith

(c)

Ace.

upon)

of.

upon, (by direction

to-

xvards) towards, as the direction of

thovyht, feeling, s^pci'ch..
G.

?, towards, (in
(a)

the direction of.)

with Gen. hitherwards, in favour

(b) u'ith Dat.

of.

towards (as resting in a

direction toirards) at, close by.

^vi^h

{()

Ace. hitherwards, (of literal

:)
of mental directio)i, to-

direction

wards ; then from the general notion

of mental direction comes (i) that of
estimation or jyroportion, in considc)"-

ation of,
in order

7.

and

that of intention,

(ii)

to.

';,

(Ace. of
favour, grace,
used adverbially) in any one's favour,
for his pleasure
for the sake of a
person or thing, on account of.
;

Matt,

xiii 21, 5S.

xvii. 20.

1.

1.

2.

xviii. 7.

1.

1.

1.

Co.

xJT

xxvi 31,33.

1.

x.xvii. 19.

1.

Mack

6.

xiv 2"(om

4.

in me,
1

9.

lii.

vi

S.

Luke

Gs TTr

Acta iv 21.
xvi 3.
xxA'iii. 2.

Rom.

\.

K.)

1.

V. 19.

vi. 10.

viu. iQiwicr.
11,

margin

b)

1.

XV. \f).
1 Cor. xi. 10.
Gal. ii. 4.

7.

iii.

10.

8^

xi.

iii 29.

1.

iv

viL 43.

1.

xi. 42.

7.

xu. 30. 42

5c.

41. 42.

.xix.

42.

Eph.

1.

3.

iv. IS.
V.

1.

Hob.

Jnde
Rev.

iii

.
19.

iv G.
16.
i.

7.

xvi. 11, 21.

(text,

BEC
1

Cor.

viii.

88

BEE

;;

BEE
Acts XXV. U, had B.
Rom. vi. 5, have B.

3.
2.

ix.
xi.

2.
2.

31

>,

etc., as the ground-work of

or circumstance.

have B.
haying

v. 9,

1. Heb.

viii. 7,

Pet.

le. 2

(c)

")

5-hadB.

21,

ii.

IJohnii.

le.

with

upon,

Ace.

by

BEFALL
1.

,
born,

7.

(-ELL.)

cis,

become,

to

to be
to

arise,

beside {of juxtaposition.)

(a) with Gen. beside, as proceeding
from, from beside.

8.

happen.

2.

1.

,,

,
II

the

contrary or superior

(the things which shall.)

'

art.)

{part ofr

'

come

to

together,

i.e.,

, the

10.

y.

'

happen.

11. 7/}05,

(what was.)

BEFORE.

in front of, before of place, time,

of place, before, (a.s opp.

hehiml), in front of; of time,
earlier, of old.

',
),

being in sight
{No. 3 with

\0), against, frefixed), right

from, {motion from the exterior)

hence, sometimes danoting cause or occasion, from, on
account of.

{No.
over

,
ivavTL,

14.

{No. 13 U'ith
{No. 10)
prej^ed), opposite, over against,
in the presence of.

15

in against, opposite, over

against.

KareVavTi,

down over

in the sight

against,

and estimation

against, right opposite.

16.
5.

over
fronting; in

erai'Ttoi/,

against,
liostile

opposite,

iVt,

from

{e.g.

presence

upon and proceeding

a pillar

of, hence,

over, in the
before Jig. on

;)

upon or before.
(b) with Oaf. upon and resting upon;
the basis of,

over of superintendence, etc. ; in addition to, on account of on or at,

;

first,

from

i.e.,

of.

No.

1),

foremost, of place, rank,

or time.

17.

upon.

(a) loith Gen.

-rpwTos, (a superl.

the

ngnxfication,

against.
6.

of.)

13.

in one's

presence, face to face.

4.

towards (in the direction

away from,

to

.'3.

against.

(c) ii7ii^.4cc. towards, in reference to.

or stiperiority.

2.

down from,

(b) with Bat. at, close by.

things of the, or relating to the

12.

down.

(a) xcith Gen. in favour of.

demonized [men.]

1.

ehment

(b) icith Ace. down towards, down

upon or along, throughout, in rcf.
to time at or in, i.e., correspondent
Avith, at the period of, over against.

shall

things, (neut.pl. of art.)

viii. 33, ht, the

to, etc.

of time, phce, or

in,

(a) tcith Gen.

22.

BEFALLEN TO

Matt.

tne
,,

to fall in

Acta XX.

Ii/,

thiniis

with or meet one another..

with, in

among.

meet

to

9.

,,

and at

(c) ^vith Ace. beside, as alongside of

so as to be compared tvith, as

Acts xx. 19

2.

tMnrjf;, (neut. pi.

(b) loith Bat. beside

the estimation of.

come together, meet

to come to pass, fall

of events,
out, happen.
Mark v. IG.

BEFALL

with the feet

to stand

together

for, against.

{motion to the interior) into, to,

unto.

come into being,

to

direction

toivards, {motion being implied); to,

I'J,)

implying an intention

ytVo/xat, to

any fact

B.

jj

2Cor.xi.25, ),

4.

Tim.

BEP

lThee.ii IJ.S'

Ic.
2.

XVI. 2, 3

2.

Col. iv. 11.

2.

had B.

2'J,

89

18.

{neut. sing, of Xo. 16, used

as adv.) first of time, irhethcr in a
superl. sense or cmnpart., before of
order or dignity.

-,
or rank

before nthers,ofplaceftinie
formerly.

(a) with art. the former time,

(b) with

etc.

except, unless.

-^

ance

2 Cor. xii. 19(No.l5,Gro

1.

Gal.

face.

Tr

Xo.

,sv(=

to

7,

a face, a person,

lub.
1.

2.

Pliil. iii. 13.

1.

Col.

2.

Thcs.
1

John

18.

14.
2, 5 iwicc, s, 9.

01".

iv. 5,

6 "n<i10 'wicf.

v. 8.
vii.

4.

9 twice, 11,

viii. 2, 3, 4.

20, 21 1.

ix. 13.

vi.

prefer

'-'"d.see

[B.

11:

13.

Tim

Titus

1,

Heb.

i.

21.

2.

xi. 5.

27.

6.

8b. Jas.

i.

7.

ii.

x. 11.

xi. 4, 16.
xiii. 12.
xiv. 3 tfict.

14.

iv. 1.

1.

15.

xii. 4, 10.

9.

i.

ii.

1.

4.

iii.

6.

3.

3,

16. 24.

vi. 1,

=:

19.

19, marg.wnrfi.)-.

Oa.

l.j 1=

i.

ii.

13.

i.

V.

1.

Rev.

9. 13.

iii.

Tim

3.

22a.M;att.

3.

[T Trb.)

Ra.

3.

before that, sooner than.

John

3.

ir

i.

3.

1st

"be-

(nwl.

2S.

ii.

iii.

Isi.

i.

21

y'j,

John

4 2nd.

18a.

the
midst.

before, formerly, erst, one time,

(a) xviih

12. 1

1.

23
Ei.h.

4.

in
(

middle, in the middie, in the midst,

iii.

1.

the
face.

the.

TTpLv,

fore the Lord,"

12.

2.

<;,

22.

1. 1 Pet. i. 20.
8b. 2 Pot. ii.

20.
ii.

V.9.

Ja.s.

1.

.)

17.

i.

1.

ni,

ei',

21.

4.

t
the

Xo. 19,

see

be fore

3.

a person.

BEG

I,

',

-,

couutcn-

face,

ih, into, unto,

20.

before, see Xo.

77/30,

19.

BEF

-5(7).)

XV. 4.
xvi. 19.
xix. 20.
XX. 12
xxii. 8.

vii. 6.
viii. 29.

X. 18.

( ..),.,
-vii.

10

except, Gtv>L

2n<l.

XIV.

o.

22

viii. 58.

xxiv. 38 (om

la.

ix.

XXV

2.

xvii

2.

G()

32.

-,
in

S.

thine/; intrans., io exist before,

Luke

ft

24(No.l5,LTr.)

(be.)

to bc before or beforehand

to be formerly.

4.

xxvi. 31.

BEFORE

xxiii. 12.

70.
75.

xxvji. 11.

BEFORE THAT.
xxii
(, until, L Tr

29.

Mark
5.

i.

-2 2(/.

22a.
22a.

.\11)
22a.

xiii. 9.

22;i.

xiv :iO.
72

22.

Lukei.

13.

6(.5,.)

8 (Xo.5,

0~ R)

Acts

25.
IV 10.

1.

v.

vi. 0.

45u

[>.

viii. 32.

3.

ix.

X.

17.

30, 33.
xii. 6,

19.

xiii. 24.

xiv. 13

2.

xviii.

3.

xix. 9, 19.
xxi. 38.
xxii. .30.
xxiii. 30.

7.

Ca.
6a,

9ii(No.2,LW.)

tia

6a

2.
5.

XX

14.

1.

xxi. 121".

2.
1.

_
22.

3.
.1.

y.

13.

in

ii.

vi. 1 "ice, 0.
i.

before,

[imto.

BEO.

7.

Oil.

2 Cor.

exi.'it

'

iv. 5.

18.

intrans. to

ihirii;.

to be formerly.

1.

2.

(lu:.)

to be before or befoi'eluiiid

margin Ukc

xvi. 7.

Cor.

TESTIFY,

OPEN,

18

17,
1

MANIFEST,

BEFORETIME

13.

IV. 2.

1.

tliat.

xxiii. 12,eeeB(bt:

xxiv. 19.

iii.

lie.

ul.
14.

ii.

15.

),

26.

Rom

MAKE,

THOUGHT.

xxvi. 2

lie

'iG.

xxii. 15,
34, see

See,

'JO i"icc.

,8b

''<.

BEFOREHAND.

17.

xxiv. 19, 20
xxv. 9.
that.
16, 800

Ga.

[ K)

2iid.

xiv. 2.
XV. IS.
xvi. 15.
xix. 4, 27, 28.

6c.

'

LTTr

See also, appoint, begin, brought,

CHOOSE, CONFIRM, DAY, DETERMINE, FALL,
GO, GOSPEL, HEAR, INSTRUCT, KNOW, MEDITATE, NEVER, NOTICE, ORDAIN, PREACH,
PREFERRING, PRESENCE, PROVE, RUN, SABILVTH, SAY, SEE, SET, SHOW, SPEAK, SPOKEN,
STAND, SUFFER, TAKE, TELL, MORLD.

14.

1.

1.

12

15.

4(No.2,

6c.

(jiice.

Tii. 2.

1.

3.

<

36.

1.

12.

(LTrt^.)

(No. 6a, I,
[Tr A

2.",

27.

9.

22a.

3.

10.

,G

20 (om.

ii.

3.

3.

2.

xxv.

.'Vets

12.

ii

6a.

a.

<

Luke

15.

V. 10.

6a.

vii. 14.

M.

viii. 24. -

1.

aiVto),
it

to

entreat,

im])lies

beg,

supplicate;

fli.^tincfion

and circumstances between

position

the jKirties

BEG

91

and expresses a petition from an inferior to a superior, see under ''pray"

and

,
/,

to ask besides, to demand

to continue asking, and so
to beg, ask an alms of one ; to beg

beg as a

to

mcndicaut.

1.
2.

3.

Matt, xxvii. OS.

Mark x. 46
Tr
nb'vgnr,
Luke zvi 3.

Luke

2.

(-?,

85 (No
W.)

xviii.

TTrA

.)

3,

xxiii. 52.

1.

John

-'.

ix. 8.

bear, bring forth.

-,

excited on

when
1.

bring forth

to

to

xii. 1, 45.

xiv. 30.
xvi. 21. 22.

1.

xiii. 25. 26.

xviii. 24.

1.

XV. 14, 24.

XX. 8.
xxiv. 49.
xxvi. 22,

1.

xix. 37, 45.

XX. 9.
xxi. 28.
x.xii. 23.
xxiii. 2, 5, 30.
xxiv. 27, 47.

i.

beget

Acts

1.

Philem. 10.
Heb. i. 5.

103iimc,

ia'*'",

1.

14 3 iimc5_

1.

11,

3 tioie^

ISSilmci/lO.
Acta vii. 8, 29.

xiii.

I.

i.

1.

ri.

1.

1.

1.

vi. 2, 7, 34, 55.

1.

viii. 11, 31, 32.

1.

X. 28, 32, 41, 47.

John

V. Itwict, IS.

i.

1, 22.

4.

ii.

1.

viii. 35.

xii. 1.

1.

X. 37.

xiii. 5.

1.

xiv. 19, 33, 65, 69,

Luke

8, IS.
8.

iii.

-ith
what
(lit, ftts
23,

-^

xi. 15.
xii. 1, ni.irg. (text,

1.

xviii.

26

1.

xxiv.

2.

to

1.

be-

1.

xxvii. 35.
2 Cor. iii. 1.
viii.

3.

ij.

2. G.-<1. iii. 3.

iv. 21.

V. 21.

1.

1.

(ap)

viii.

xiii. 5.

Acts

xi. 16.

ginning.)

18.

John

V. 17, 20.

XV.

be
1.

V. 5.

'S

45.
23.

alrclch forth.)

1.

Cor. iv. 15.

2. .T;is

1.

1.

1.

I.

1.

xiv. 9, 18, 29, 30.

1.

71.
1

3<>n-.ci ;>3i:mc9_

i.

1.

iv. 1.

life.

sjwkeii of the male.

4 3tiines 53^>(^^3 '*'*<^<^,

7 3 limes, 8 3 times, 9 3lime J

Matt.

*13
].

some one riwulding his

ix. 12.
xi. 29, 53.

1.

Mark

to beget; of the mother, to

Met. an influence

y\va(j),

Luke

1.

1.

xiL

BEGET.

2.

on the point to do anybe about to do.

to be

xi. 7, 20.

ii.

1.

>Iatt. iv. 17.

to ask besides,

thrust forth
his hands,

etc.,

thing, to

hard.

throw or\ to lay hands

'
on or tb
to lay [

the hand,

on,

to

upon,

cast

"'ask."

more

BEG

vii. 15, 24, 38, 49.

Pet iv.
Rev. X. 7.
1

5.

17.

BEGIN AT THE FIRST.

BEGET AGAIN.

aruyivvau), to beget again, to bear again,

(occ.

Pet.

take or

rc-

receive

>

"PX^i, beginning, origin,

Hcb.

ii.

bcgiuuin-;

3.

23.)

i.

to

ceive,

IVt.

3.

i.

BEGIN BEFORE.

,
,

Cor.

BEGGAR.

one who crouches or cringes,

hence as a subst., a beggar.
Luke XTL

20, 22.

BEGIN FIRST.
first,

BEGIN TO

"uegoar."
I

ei'ftf',

Gal.

in the first jjlacc.

1 Pot. iv. 17.

BEGGARLY,
see

viii. 10.

am,

iv. 9.

Luke

BEGIN.

See

iii.

23 (with

also,

BE.

the verb of ordinary existence.

uatirUen

lit,

b'ffinuing.)

.VMENU, daw.v, ;;ink, wanton,

1.

(in Mid.) to be first, and

that in jioint of time, to begin, make
a beginning (l/oth Act. and Mid. as

,
,
here.)

2.
3.

WORLD.

6.f)\ojL(u.,

to

'

make

a beginning

of.

to begin before or al-

ready, to begin

BEGINXER

[margin.]

-^,

beginning, originating; as subs.

a leader, founder, first father, prince
or chief.

in.
I

Ileb. xii. 2 (text, authvr.)

92

1.

2.

,
,
Matt. xix.
xxiv.

Mark

8.

ITeb

8, 21.

4.

i.

1.

1.

X.

6.

1.

xiii 8, 19.

1.

Luke

1.

John

1.

1.
1.

1.

1.

vii. 3.

2 Pet.

2.

11.

1.

64.

1.

XV. 27.
xvi.

Actsxi.

20.

ii.

4.

iii.

John

the other

i.1.
13,

-7

ii.

24 twice.
7 2ni {om.

viii. 25, 44.

1.

marg. (text,

vi. 1,

1.

15.

Phil. iv. 15.

Col

1.

2 Thes. ii. 13
nn offering oj nrsl-fruils,

1.

ill.

instead

xxi. 6.
xxii. 13.

from

(-,

18.

'

of

John

Rev.
A.)

1.

lUc beginniiig,

a.

8(om.

G L
;

14.

John

Phil,

29.

i.

(at the.)
2.

at the

be-

Tr

1.

BEGINNING
first,

and towards)

yond, above.

5, 6.

i.

1.

is strictly definite.

(b) u'ith Ace. (over

iiL 8, 11.

1.

1.
1.

i.

hand

14,

Ga

TTrAN)

4.

r/i

and separate from)

Gen. (over

ii'ifh

on behalf of, for (as though bending

over to protect.)
may thus denote instead of, bnt does not determine
the loay in which the service is performed. It only affirms it.
on

14.

2>rinciples.)

1,2.

vi.

(a)

10.

i.

iii.

1.

2.

i.
i.

ii.

1.

(in.)

iVep, over.

the first, foremost of place,

rank or time.

1.
1.

BEHALF OF

BEGINNING.

beginning, origin,

1.

BEH

BEHALF
see

(on.)

"BEHALF of

" (a.)

(in)

upon.

eVt',

first.

(a)
ii.

Gen. (as .yjringing fmjn) over,

presence or time of.

v'itli

10.

in tlic

BEGINNING

(b)

(from the.)

of place, from above

from the beginning.
Acts xxvi.

Dat. (as resting on) in ad-

v:ith

dition to, on account

of time,

wards) up

5.

to,

of.

by direction

Ace. (upon,

U'ith

(c)

to-

over of time, place, or

extent.

See

world.

also, rehe.\rse,

BEGOTTEN (only.)
/,/, only begotten; %iSd to

3.

(a)

denote

i.

14, 18

iii.

10, 18

John

'object

Rom.
vfjLiv,

lleb

Tr

(o.nly.)

xi. 17.

^,
(.,

BEGUILE.

to entice or catch

2.

2 Cor.

xi. 3.

by a

bait.

3. Col.

4.

1.

3h
1.

Cor. L

2 Cor.

i.

4.

11.
12.

1.

V.

1.

viii. 24.

to turn upside

down.

Mid., hence, to turn one's

self around, to niove about in a
place, hence, to sojourn, dwell ; then

to cheat, deceive, beguile

to reckon wroiig, miscount

to reason falsely
then, to
cheat or delude by false reasoning.

8. Col. ii

'
L

N, denote over

(a) Pass, or

ii.

2 Pet.

13, see
ii.

reword.

of the manner of this dwelling, to

behave, conduct one's self.

thoroughly
3.

xvi 19 (to
cm. art, G -

BEHAVE... SELF.

1.

1.

you.)

See, first-begotten.

2.

etc.

round about, of

place or time.

iv. 9.

2b.

BEGOTTEN SON

of thougld, emotion,

(b) with Ace. about,

the relation of Christ to the Father.

John

around.

with Gen. about, concerning, as the

2.

to begin to be, come into

existence, (implyin/j origin, result,

or change of state.)

14.
2. 1

Thes.

ij.

10.

la. 1

Tim.

iii.

15.

BEHALF,

/',

a part, share; one's portion or

2 (or. ix 3
1 Pet. iv. 10

(,

narrit,

G-.

Tr

lot.

See

also,

disorderly,
UNSLLMLY.

uncomely,

BEH

condition or constitution
of con/lhiiitj ; spoken of external' cirninistuiices or. deportment.

Col.

tnarg

2,

,
*

mod'.st.

\,

in

1.

Matt. xiv.

1.

Mark

to cut

(,

10.

Luke i.x.
Rev XX

2.

back

3.

be

hereafter.

<.,

2.
1.

Matt,

2.

Mark

2.

20.

viii.

I.ukc

2.

33.

viii. 44.

Rev.

j.

esp.

Iii.

No.
2,

to

are applied

mental vision, but

to

ual contemplation.

(come,)

i.

),

(,

11.

(No. 7 with c'l', in or on

prefxcd), to look upon, view ivith

(a) icith
9.

Cor.

upon, pre-

No. 7 implies greMer vividness, to

express a more intent, earnest spirit-

to be in

see above.
1

(,

denotes the act of seeing, arid

referred to the organ (as No. 1 is
to the thing seen. J Both this and NO.

steadfastness

BEHIND

1.

with

is

8.

(imperat. of above) used as inter-

to lack, miss.
xj.

1.

(deriv. of No. 1, 7uith

look over, overlook, watch
to be an eye-witness of

(be.)

bhort of; in pass.

2 Cor.

may

apjyrehended

to

to be behind or later; of place

come after, vietnpk. to
of,

NO.

see

G.

10.

7.

want

or

with eVt, upon.

(a)

or time to
fall

heard,

fixed) to look upon, regard.

iv. 6.

BEHIND

7.

calling attention to what

seen,

'', (NO.

i{ap.)

vii. 38.

1.

2.

Rev.

1.

iv.

2.

to

(subjec-

(imperai. aor. mid. of above) be-

jection, see

of place, behind, backwards.

ijt

lOf,

4.

5.

xvi. 23.
V 27

regard

mind

any way,

BEHIND.
of place, from behind, at the
of time, after, in future,

No.

e?5oi',

9.

4.

BEHELD.)

(from root
%ised as aor. act.
for No. 1^ to see, same signification
as No. 1.

2.

an axe.)
1.

Ti. 16, 27.

.\.

impression on the

tively ;) see

the head.

oflf

(-EST, -I.\G,-

hold

1.

also,

itself (cjbjectively), or in

its

to cut with an axe, ken<:e,

to behead,

24, plural.

to see, is used of bodily si'/ht, and

is referred tothe thincj seen, U'hether

1.

BEHEAD.

2.

i.

BEHOLD.

iii,

deficiency,

(of good.)

well ordered, of pet-sons, orderly,

well behaved, discreet, itc.
Tim.

is.)

want.

See

(which

a coming short,

3.

ii.

BEHAVIOUR

1.

BEH

BEHIND

BEHAVIOUR.
tlic

Titus

93

((,

il<;,

and

attention.

unto, denotes look unto,

etc.

to look at, gaze upon, akin to

,
,

No. 7, but when ii^td of bodily vision

always as.iumes that thu object is

7.

it

actually }>resent.

BEHIND.

10.

(those things which are.)

,
',

the things.
behind.
riiil. iii. 13.

prcjlu-d
gai:e

11.

),

( No. ^ with

upon, consider
to

ject

emphatic

to look at purposely, to

IS

attentively.

the eyes upon an obriferred to the subject, as

fix

9i

,
No. 9

to the object), to look at

contemplate, observe.

is

in'ently,

12.

the

it is

the

Luke

i.

-.)
13.
39.

21, 29, 32.

[32.
IX. 2. 3, 10, 18, 20.
X. IG.
xi. 8, 10, 19.
xii. 2,10, 18, 41, 42,
xiii. 3. [46, 47, 49.

John

XV. 22.

xvii. 3, 5 '"'CO.

xviii. 10.

xix. 16.

14.
29, 36.
42.
47.
iii. 26.
iv. 35.
xii. 15.
xvi. 32.
i.

26.

-xix. 26(G-v )(No.4,

27.

GL

Tr A.
27 (No.' 4,
(No. 2, .)

6.

05.

viii. 13.

2.

ix. 10, 11.

24.

31 (No.

3,

L.)

xii. 7.

xiii. 11, 25.

.)

(a) with Ace.

xvi. 1.
xvii. 23.

have

binding on one to
one must,

it is

behoves

do, it

to

onp. to do,

one ought,

24.

fl)) icith

Rom.
(cm.

xiv. 41.

ii. 17(et6i', hvtif,

ix. 33.
[All.
xi. 22.

[Tr

35 (No. 4.
Tr
-47.
lAi*.)
xvi. 0.
Lnk'!i.20. 31, 3,'8,48.
i<, 25, :n,
v. 12, 18.
vi. 23.
41, 42

ii.

Cor. X. 18.
XV. 51.
2 Cor. iii. 18, see
in a glass.

ns

V. 17.
vi. 2 ':<:'^, 9.

a.

i.

Col.

ii.

Heb.

ix. 30, 33.

IR.

i.

31.32. 41.

',

3 (No.4, G)

G^L

hut

if,

A (tiii
K; om.
)

2.

xxiv. 40 (om.

G-

L)

Tr

to owe,

have

to

fr*.)

(it.)

payor account

(a) pass, to be due, in irider signif. to

23, 24.

iii.

xiii. 7,11,30,32,35.

Luke

u. 13.

.las.

19, 25.

a.

for.

5.

viii. 8.

X. 3.

of.

need for one

(e) with Oat. there is

20.

V. 2.

vii. 12, 25,27 ,3^1,.37.

viii. 41.

need

is

BEHOVETH ONE

vii. 11.
xii. 14.

Gal.

Gen. there

to do, etc.

4.

29.

bo under an obligation.

Tr

a.

/or be/iolri,
yap, for, ^<': >

Reb.

ii.

17.

4. 5.

BEING.

V. 4, 7, 9, 11.

xvii. 21.
xviii. 31.

Pet.

ii.

C.

12.

XIX. 2, 8, 20.

U.

Vi'hrn

iii. 2.
1 John iii.
Jude 14.

XX. 17.
0.

29.

(-ED.)

ha, (impers. ofhiot, to bind, tie

need, want, lack.)

XX. 22, 25.

xii. 41.

xxi.

18.

iii.

BEHOVE

41.

21.
33.

xiv.

also, EAENE.STLY, STEAPFASTLT.

Lb

xi.21.

xi.

from

27.

iv. 3.

2 Cor.

X. 17, 19, 21, 30.

-xi. 11.

-V. 22(oin. G=:

-ix. 15.

is

{compare Ex. xxxiv. 29, 30, and

2 Cor. iii. 7.)

Sec

-iii. 32.

from

7.

xxviii. 2, 7,0, 11.

XV.

xxii. 7, 12.

12.

i.v.

V. 9, 25, 28.
vii. 31, 32.
56.

xxvii. 51.

iv. 14.
29.

20. 22.

23

xix. 11.
xxi. 3, 5.

10.

ii.

XXVI. 45, W, 01.

xiii.

vii. 9.

viii. 13.

, ,,

Tr A)
Acts i. 9.

xxi. 5.
xxii. 4.
xxiii. 34, 39.
xxiv. 25, 20'*'-o

-X.

xvi. 15.
xvii. 8.

-12.

against, and
a tense
cf No. 1 alove), hence, to behold
one's self in a mirror. Inasmuch as
ancient mirrors tcere raade (f metal
highly pohshed (Ex. xxxviii. 22),
the person who looJced on his image
in thenn would necessarily have his
face illuminated by thereflecfedroys

(.)

12

XX. 18, 30.

Gs.)

(w?(7.,

xxiv. 4.

viu.

- ii.

xiv. 14.

XV. 5 [om. All.)

[om.

BEHOLD AS IN A GLASS.

xx'i'. 45, 45.

49.
50.

i.

M-irki.

xiii. 11.

a mirror, which again

vii. 3.

XXV.

xi. 12.

14.
xii. 3.

3.

-8

conscious action

20. 23.
u. 1, 13, 19.
iv. 11.
vi. 26.

2.

6, 11.

mental ccrrelative of sensa-

the fact of linoioing (cf.

34.

Rev.

9.

3.
l"

V. 5.

totheohject of laiowledge rather than

11 {om. All.)

iii.

iv.

VI.

mind, to understand,
apprehend, learn, knoAv, referring

Matt.

Rev,

perceive, to observe

to

tional perception,

of

BEX

[47.

xxii. 10, 21.31,38,

xxiii. 14, 29.

Rev.

i.

ii.

iii.

1.

7, 18.

not

part

of

a phrase

it is

'"lee-

verb

the translation of one

10, 22.
8,

another

(grneralli/ (he participle), or 2)art of

(f these following.

1.

2.

3.

BEI

^'>

suffer one's self to be persuaded

or convinced by any fair means,

the
6v, being, (part, nf
verb of ordinary existence.)
to come iuto being, to become, to arise, to happen, {denoting

-,
i.

Murk

Acts

19.

Rom.

5.

23.
xi. 13.

2 Cor.

xvi. 23.

W (.)

John

iv. 9.

20.

H.

Tim.

i.

ix.23i"-(0)ii.G-.T
23 2nd.

1.

xi. 23, 24, 31.

1.

xiii. 21.

1.

XV. 32.
(0T>),

Luke i.l.seeB

Acts

are.

XX.

John

BELIEF.

the trust tcJiich I entertain or put

in a person or thing, the persuasion

lohich I have, the conviction
I cherish. It implies a convictiov

%1

upon trust, not upon

FAITH.")
knowledge, (see under
lohich is based

(-,

Thfis.

ii.

13.

1.

la.

-EST,

1.

to trust

.)

(not used in the Classics

The N. T.
conception of faith is (i) 1 fully con;

religiously, but

vinced acknotvledgment (ii) a selfsurrender ing fellowship, (iii) afuUy

assured and unswerving confidence.

(jive one's self

iv,

up

tion of the faith,

({) with
rest

confidence

in,

upon, implyinq repose,

and reliance, or icith a view

to that reliance.

(d) with the simple dative, to give

credit to one, trust to his fidelity.
2.
in mid. and pass, as here, to

1.5a^

.1,30.

iv.

1.

vi. 8.

24'.

IC.

ix. 33.
X. 4, 9, 10c,

11,

1.

3S

5, 11, 17,18,

twice.

41'1,

11

xiii.

1.

xiv. 2.
i. 21.

1.

Cor.

29, 30, 35,

1.

36,40,47,04*',!).
vii. 5, 31,38, 39,

1.
I.

xi. 18.

48.

1.

xiii. 7.

24, 30<1, 31,

1.

xiv. 22

46.
ix. 18, 35, 30,38.

1.

X. 25, 26, 37, 38

3.

iii.

with art.,
denotes he which h.

1.

14l", 142nd, 10.

twice,

', (

((,LTTr

hclievc,

iii.

XV.

vi. 15,
ii. 10.

Kph.

I.
i.

Thes.

47

2 Thes.

Tr A

Gr^

iv. 3,

44.

that B.

vi. 2.

2 Tim.i.l2,marp;. trufi

Titns

iii. 8.

iv. 3.

x.39,(ien. (denotes
10,

11 <'-, 12, 29.

xvi 9, 27,30. 31.
xvii. 8, 20, 21.
xix. 35.
XX. 8, 25.
27.
29 '"I", 31 <wl
ii.

twice.

which B.

10,

xiii. 19.

Acts

10

i.

V. 10.

Heb.

t<).

xiv. 1 >'",

i.

11, 12.
16.
iii. 10.
ii.

Tim.

(,

(jwril or keeji

7.

iv. 14.

A).

42.
xi. 15, 2.5

i.

10. 13.

ii.

1<, 20
i,cc,27,40,42, 45,48.
- - xii. 11, 30. 37,
3M, 39, 42, 44 """^ ,
^

that B.

22.
13, 1.
29.

^iii. 0,

In. Phil.

1.

1.

">lco.

2, 11.

2 Cor. iv. 13 <"i".

1.

pircewe

la.

1.

la. Gl.

38 Srd

40.

to.

in referring tothe founda-

18 3 'in>"

introductory
(the
act) avd kvoxe (the
iibidiag state), instead of Yi'iirc KOI
kiiow and

1.

(b) with

12 '"ice

2nd.

(a) witha<i,\xnioor\\xto,impliiingdire(tlon towards the object of faith, to

'ii.

22, 23.

38,

J5<i,

-INO.)

16.

i.

20,

.50.

11%

vi.

be persuaded, to rely upon,

7, 12,

47

Kom.

I't

secBnot

1.

49, 50, 53.

V. 24<,

40

1.

1.

4.

ii.

1st,

1.

BELIEVE.

5.

xxii. 07.
xxiv. 25.
i.

242"<i,

iv. 21, 39, 41, 42,

1.

1.

-ETIT,

16

''

25.

xxviii.

viii. 12, 13, 50.

..

34'i.

xxvi. 27 '"'cc.
xxvii. 11.

(nios

eurely).

2S.

>vhich

1,

12, .34.
xviii. 8Jlst, 82nd,27
xix. 2, 4, 18.
xxi. 20, 25.
xxii. 19.
xxiv. 14.

20, 45.

we

5, 7, 11.

xvii. 4.

xvi. 13 (ar), 1-i

16 i-t ffi)).)
10 2iid,8ee
not
17 (op.)

1.

(we HAVE OUR.)

XV.

Sis

A.)

1.

21.

1, 23.

xvi.

iohavejaiih,

0.

BEING

17s

xiv.

42(7';^,

3.

.)

'-'

xiii. 12, 39, 41, 48.

24.

1.

Jas. i. 25.
1 Pet. V. 3 2nd.

'_

[TrAbS.I

v. 36.

1.

xiii. 3.

21.

xi.

15.

1.

In.

10.
le.
11.

iii.

Heb.

All.)

xxvii. 42,

37

ix. 26, 42i. L(ap.)

X. 43.
45, which B.

3tiiins.

xxiv. 23, 26,

1.

MHrki.

lobe

viii. .2,13,

1.

lb.

iii.

i.

Philem.

(om

xvi. 20.

-,

ii.

iv.

Titus

XV. 32.

e(T|LteV,

3.

Phil. ii. 0.
Col. ii. 13.

vii. 5).

xiv. s

11.

Ei)h.

(om dzx L
50.
[TrA.)

X. 33.
xi. 49, 51.
xviii. 26.
xix. 38.

Acts

i.

ii.

iv. 4,32.

V. 36,marg.(text,

xxi.22,25,32

1.

H.

vi. 71
vii.

1ft.

xii. IG.

Gal.

3(i.

xxii. 3.

viii. 13.
ix. 28.
xviii. 6.

1.

viii. 17.

Acts

Matt.

1.

ix. 21.
xii. 12.

xiii. \C.

of persons, trustworthy of things.

see under " BELIEF."

4.

xi. 17.
viii. 7.

Cor.

iii.

xvi. 37.

our.)
xix. K).
xxvii. 2.

.xiv. 3.

XX.

From this
arises the so-called pass. sig.
true,oe whom u-e woT/irws/, trusty

trust, hence, trusting.

xvu.2,seoB(havc

a.

viii. 1.

ii.

verbal adj. from No. 2) to

obey, hence obedient, faithful; to

meaning

ix. Si.

Luke

9, (

3.

vni. 11.
xii.

over

prevailed upon.

origin or result.)
to begin, to start, to begin
to be, (7 eferring to original state of

Matt.

won

but esp. by toords, to be

existence

BEL

of them that H.)

xi. 6.

Jas. ii. 19 <'<% 23.

1 Pet. i. 8.
21 (Xo.3, LTTr
[A.
11.0,7.
1

John

iii.

23.

iv. 1, 16.

BEL
1.

John .

John

la. 1

1, 5.

la.

10 1-

1.

lOind iSrJ.

9G

13 '"(i;))

v.

-,

the hell)/ ; often v.sed of the

hvlly as craving food, hence, pleasure

2.

13;"

la.

BEL

in eating, gluttony.

BELIEVE NOT.

XV

(Yihere

two

not

,
,
-,
-,

separate

'iuords

1.

For wliich,
"believe" and " NOT."

the Greek.

1.

2.

3.

under

see

put no confidence

to

"BELIEVE,"

1.

M;irk.xvi. 11
x.\iv

1.
.'.

John

--"'i

2.

Tr

Bom.

iii.

12,

vii.

whichBnot.

iv. 4.

1.

marg

31,

oboj

'

not.

marg.

Mark

Luke

L
2.

,
09,
1

Acts

i.

see

see

see

"BELIEVE," No.

2.

Luke

Tim.

vi. 2,

1.

3.

Tim.

iv.

12

UNTO

1.

1.

Tim.

vi. 2.

(text, /ai/i/ut )

BELLY

(lES.)

the IkjIIow of the belly; the

belly then the contents of the belly,

kolX'ul,

Mult.

love,

Cor.

(from

to.

vii. 32.

Judgment

inward parts.

No.

the

strength

greater

denotes

xij. 18.

xvii.

Mark

i.

ix. 7

1.

xii.

1
1.

of

vi.

21.

li.

12.

PhU.

iv.

chosaijorom'f
XX.13 [Ln>TTrAN)
Act XV. 25.

2.

2.

2The.i

i.

ix.

1.

xi.

I.

25 "'i'
2

(well
xvi. 5, see
8, 9, 12(f(p.)

1.

Cor

iv

14, 17

The,

i.

ii.

i.

4.
1.3.

)
i

eoo
idearly.)

(iiirAi/)rj,

O'vLTrAti.)

X 14. CO
1.

XV. 58.

('Jc.irl%

10.

I.

Heb

J;i3.

1.

ecu

iv. 7. 9, 14.

1.

xii.l'.l,sccB(ile.arl.v)

t (.lo.irly)

'"It,

2
I. 1 Tim vj
2 Tim 2,
-Philem 1.

bco

>

(dearly.)
Col. iii 12

2.

Rom.

1,

I'.t,

i.

ix. 3.'>(t'(cAfAiVMcVo5,

2.

1.

1.
1.

22.

Ejih.

(well.)

0,

iii.

vii.

x
2

11.

Luke

i Cor

5.

vi

i.

tlic

njith

denotes the deliber-

it

17.

iii.

1.

1.

1.

3.
1

(the things

feeling, as between brethren in blood.

marg.

xxiii. 7t.

giving of a decided preference to on^

ft
object or person out of many,
frequently implies regard and satisfaction, rather than affection.
higher word therefore than

1.

\.

or

xix. 42

ayanaw, to

[a<l|.]

"believe," No.
27.

Luke

14.

2 with force of perf. pass, part.)

I.

BELOVED.

1.

see

l.a.

Ileb.

77^09, beloved,

[noun.]

"BELIEVE," No.
Rom XV. 13

BELIEVING
John XX

of.

77, towards,

(-s.)

"BELIEVE," No.

V. 14.

,
,

of

arc, (2 peis. pi. pres. of

ative exercise of the

BELIEVER

2'>res.

the things (see No. 1.)

in reference

-,

^^

"'

part with art.)

BELIEVING

709,

, from, out

41' (with Gen.)

ix.

ivhich

77/,

(3 pers. sing.

the things, (nent. pi. of art.)

Gen. jollowing, the things of

be fully believed or

(jia-s..

UNTOt.

or

-.)

(-ED,
it is,

X. 9, 10.

proved and confirmed.

fully

Titu.si. 12.

THAT or WHICH.)

fulfil
prop, to make full
used of measures and weights, etc. ;
in pass, as here, of pjersoiis, to have
full satisfaction, to be fully assured,

to

18.
l;

Rev.

BELONG TO

6f

(those things which are

MOST SURELY.)

of things,

iii.

to be.)
2.

1.

BELIEVED

xvi

Cor. vi. ]3ilce.

1.

', ye

disob':dienl.

Phil

2.

1.

Cor

XV. 10.

not

3.'2

Rom

1.

vii. 38.

with

(a)

be

seo

1.

1.

x. 27, th.it

2 Tim. ii. 13.

3 Ileb. iii. IS.
2,
xi. 31,

13,

3.

30.

xi,

2.
2.

Cor.

not.
xiv. 22 <', 24,
that
not.

3.

xii. 9.
xxviii. 24.

marg.

XV. 31,
disobedient.

111.

to be.)

2.

that

GL

5 {om.

1.

-,

3.)

Rom.

3. 1

t< )

2.

1.

10

30

iii

2. Act.s xvii
,\

(</;,),

11, 41.

iVo. 2.)

trustful, faitlilcss, (opp. of

17

vii.

BELONG TO*
of

not worthy of confidence,

untrustworthy; not confident, mi.s-

see "believe,''

1.

in.

to be disobedient, (opp.
see

in

Mark
Luke
John

1.

40

xii.

M.-itt.

i.

ii.

10. 19.
5.

'

.listci;

BEL
1 Pet. ii.n,eeeB(flearly)
iv.

1.
1.

2 Pet.
1

John

1. 1

12.

3 John

17.

1.

(well.)

see

Johii

8, 14, 15, 17.

1,

2, 21.

iii.

2, 5, 11.

1.

Jiule

3, 17, 20.

2.

Rev.

.\x.

'.>.

ticular

BELOVED
Rom.

xii.

(de.vrly.

1!>.

1 Cor. X. li.
2 Cor. vii. 1.

1.
1.

xii.

1.

Phil. iv.

1.

2 Tim. i. 2.
Philera. 1.
1 Pet. ii. 11.

1.

BESOUGHT.)

is

meant

effect,

to jyroduce a parwhether of admonishing,

exhcn'ting, cheering, helping,

1 twice.

1.

1.

li.

(-ING,

to call to onc's side, hence,

to call to aid ; every hind of calling

to which

1.

BES

BESEECH

1.7,11.

iv.
1,

iii.

1.
1.

i.

97

(),
ask

etc.

to ask something of one; to

sjxcijically,

to ask about, hence

to question.

BELOVED
Jfavk

1.

(well.)
Rom.

1.

xii. C.
1.

John

.!

/,

xvi.

1.

as a

BENEATH.

),

to kiss the

mark of respect,

ship.

1.

Mark

xiv. OO.

(,

BENEFACTOR

,^,

xxii.

ii.

IP.

(-s.)

well doer, esp.

benefactor.
Luke

Acts

to others,

2.5.

BENEFIT.
good,

in

kind,

its

bad of

tchich is

2.

evepyeaia, well doing,

3.

/35,

its

good

free favour, grace

(opp. of

kind.)
service.
objectively

denotes personal gracefulness, a

it

pleasing work subjectively an inclining towards, gracious disposition ;

on the 2>fi^'t of the giver it denotes
;

kindness, faA'Our; on the part of the

receiver, thanks, I'cspect, homage.
3.

2 Cor.

i.

15, m.irg. qrace.

1.

Philem.

2.

Tim.

vi. 2.

14.

BENEVOLENCE.
ivvoia,
1

good
Cor.

will, favour,

vii.

(>, a

kindness.

dfbt, duty, All.)

BERRY.
See, OLIVE.

^,

BERYL.

a jewel of sea gi*ccn colour,

(prob. from Ilef). 'iS, pure, bright,
and '?bn, to shine, hence English,
brilliant.)
Rev. xxi.

20.

want or need,

hence,

hand

to another

to do obeisance,

etc. to another, e.y). of the Oriental

fashion by prostration, hence to wor-

(ad of place, from

down)
down, downwards beneath, below.
I',

to bo in

to beseech, supplicate.

Matt.

viii. 5, 31, 34.

8
upon,

(c) tcith Ace.

hi/

98

(Uredion towards,

',

from, exclusive

3.

Matt. xiv.

21.

XV. 38.

11,.

XXV. 20.
22

lb.

Luke

*Jolinlv.

(oni.

Pliilem.

1 Cor.

i.

G^ L Tr

xvi.26(ei, in, I-'"

[R)

xxiv. 21.

2.

i.

16.

2 Cor. xi. 28.

see owe.

3.

1'.',

iii.

u'ith

38.

labour.

1.

(ox.)*

grow weary,

to be tired,

spent

of.

in.)

ll,see

BESTOW LABOUR

apart

itself,

for the rest, further.

.-i.

lb.

by

separately,

[feed.

viii. 1.

iv.

to

see

1 Coi. xiii. 3,

1.

1.

conjunction, with, (nnion of co-

4.

xii.

(i,

operation) together with.

3.

Luke
17, 18.
John 38, see
2 Cor.
Rom. xvi.
Gal.
labour.
1 Cor. xii.23, seeBupon.
John
2.

iv.

to, etc.
2.

BET

fatigued,

labour
Rom.

xvi.

6.

Gal. iv. 11.

BESTOW TO FEED.

),

to feed

by putting

mouth

the

little bits into

as nxrses do

cliildi-oi ;

then gen. to feed, fatten.

BESIDE
(Whe7-e "this"
KoX

THIS.

(-s)

not a separate won].)

is

yea moreover fur this

very thing, but for this very reason
Se,

,
fer

i.

-,

1.

other

fro7n one condition into an-

and Mid.) to step

go away, yield to be con-

(-En, -est, -etii.)

(a) intrans. (2 aor.,

Matt.

fused, perplexed.

2.

Cur. xii. 23, marg. put on.

hand over to another (as a torch in a torch race,

07ie's son to a tutor, a, purchase to a
buyer, etc.) then to deliver up, surrender to give a city or perso7i, etc.
into another's hands.

his senses.

aside,

round about, put

hence, to bestow, con-

to give or

metajyh. to arivc one out of

to place

BETRAY
88,

to put out of its place, to

change

3.

BESTOW UPON.

(be.)

.\iii.

upon.

.5.

BESIDE ONE'S SELF

Cor.

round or on,

also.
2 Pet.

to rage, be furious

projuetic frenzy

used of

to be mad.
2.

1.

Mark
Luke

XX. 18.
xxiv. 10.
xxvi. 2,lfi,'21,23, 24,

John

xxvii. 3,

Acts xxvi.

24.

iii.

xiv. 10, 11, 18, 21, 41,

"
xxi. 10.
[42, 44.
xxii. 4, C, 21, 22, 48.
vi.

04, 71.

xii. 4.

25, 45, 46, 48.

Mark
2. .Miirk iii. 21.

X. 4.
xvii. 22.

xiii.

2, 11, 21.
xviii. 2, h.

4.

xxi. 20.

10.

1 Cor. xi. 23.

xiii. 12.

2 Cor. V. 13.

BETRAYERS.

],
78),
a

See, OWE.

1.

more

strf)ngC7',

the

2.

T.iike XV. 22.

1.

Cor

xi).

.'il

first,

(,

of place or

f/ivfiier,

imiKirtiiiice)

^',

(L

(in ref.

Tr

in

BESTOWED

71

2.

.)

3.

and enforced.)

to lead together,

to<;ether.

vii. 52.

more powerful
])ower, in effect ;
of
strength as exerted.)
sti'oiiger,

used as adv. better.

,
,

beautiful, fair, honourable

it

contains the notio7i o/giving ])leasure.

(-ED.)

oti on of gi\'m<^ freely,

(froni

enemy.)

,,

(a) neid.

and

to give, present, (tvifh implied

),

traitni

to the

(co7nj>.

rani.
to

up

BETTER.

1.

(a)

/,

to give
Acts

BEST.

comparative of
power,
effect, strength, as exerted.

2.

betrayer,

to

gather

with

4.

M7id)

^,
of

its

more, rather.

(conip. of
better.

^-, good

fo
to hold up or on high
have above mdajih. to be above
others, be superior.
;

BET
Matt, xviii.

2.

Mark

2a.
2.

47.
(Po.sitive,

4.J,

l:i.

3.

Luko

1.

Cor.

:i'.i

vii.

vii. 7,
viii.

1.

ix.

1.

X.

Phil.

4.

i.

receive help,

derive

1 Pet.
2 Put.

1.
1.

24,5

BETTER

ii.

21.

/,,

to

the midst, Jioice, of place,

betwixt, between; of time, between
whiles, meanwhile.

(be.)

cany over or across, to

bear abroad, cany different ways

2.

(a)

07'

BETWEEN.

17.

iii.

to

Iience,

to

i.e.

succour
or advantage.
aid

5i;ui( V. 20.

see H
thing.

1.

j^irofit

ICi.secncountry

xii.

3.

mid. or pass, to be helped,

(a)

2.i.

40,

4.

thing.
22.

wicc.

.3.^.

2.!.

i.

ii.

Hel..

1.

1(1,

BET

:!4.

xi.

ix. 1>.
xi. 17.

1.

S)

see

vi. 9,

1.

1.

3S.

la.
1.

1.

(Tr

!.

2a.
1.

Heb.

8, 0.

ix. 42.

99

^,

in

in the direction of.

Gen. ( hither leards) in favour

(a) ivith

to differ, to he

intrans.

of.

from, to be other than,

sense, but sometimes
inferior (bid not in N.T.)
different

2.

/,

,
conduce

3.

towards) near, hard by.

to contribute to,
.3.

to hold before one's

self,

e:',

of time, place,

in,

among,

up

and

to indemnify for expenses

incurred hence, to be useful or adA'antageous to.

;

or

element

v;ith j^lurals, etc.

to,

up

by, has a

meaning

special

have the advantage of

'treOJ,

to.

profitable to.

to, to be

4.

towards, against, in reference

to have before or in preference to

others
in running, to haxe the
start,

to

direction,

and imp.

(hithemvards) of literal
of mental direction,

tvith Ace.

(c)

to bear or bring together.

(a) intrans.

Oat. (resting in a direction

(b) v'ith

a good

in

(len.

in

this

other jihra.tes,

place

in

gen.

in

middle, of time or

the

midst.

'

phrases,

among.

(a) impers. it jn-ofits, it is letter for.

JIatt. xviii. 15.
xxiii. 35.
I.uke xi, 51.
. xvi,
2).
1.
xxiii. 12.
2c.

1.

la.

Matt

20.

vi.

xii.

2a.
la.

xviii. 0.

Luke

la.

12.

1.

3.

Luke xvii.
Rom, iii. 0.
1

xii. 24.

Cor. viii.
the.)

2.

see

(be

iii.

some

25, see

of.

iv, 31, m.irg. (text,

Cor.

xii.

.)

).

xiii.42,

1.

XV.

2c.-

xxvi.

Rom.

3.

4. 1

BETTER

Acts

I.

John

'.t.

marg.(text,
[mxt.)

,31.

24,

i.

vi. 5.

(be the.)

be over and above t//e

ninnber ; to be more than enough,
remain over to be preeminent or

TrepuraevM,

John

1.

meanvliili

1,

,S,

1.

1.

to

BETWEEN MEATS

(discern

or put

a difference) [margin.]

su])erior.
1

Cor.

viii. 8,

marg.

hai-e the more.

SuiKpiyo), to separate

to distinguish

(a)

see

(/en.

"BETTER," No.
Heb.

1.

',1

xi,

40

Rom.

, out

of,

with,

to help,

aid,

OF... AND.

some of [John's disciples'^,

with [the Jeivs.]
John

BETTERED

iii.

25.

(be.)
assist,

to be of service to

any

succour
one.

Matt,

xiv. 23 (text, doubt.)

BETWEEN SOME

(nent.)

xii, 24.

(rf.

xi. 10.

"BETTER," Xo.
vi.

mid. to doubt, hesitate

Jas. i. G.)
21

xxi.

BETTER THING.
see
Hob.

one from another;

to settle, decide as

judges.

BETTER COUNTRY.

',

Sec

also,

difference, w.\ll.

BET

100

BETWIXT.

, (motion

from

BID

by pretences as if by magic

the interior) from,

of, locally ; or as originating from

or as the soinre, cause, or occasion,

one

trans,

(a)

condition

any one out of

i.

23

(lit.,

change from

to

drive

another, to

to

mind, to confuse,
(b) intiYtns. to step aside, go away,
yield
to be confused, pcr})lexed.

by.
Phil.

to

arts,

fiiscinate.

out

constrained by.)

his

1.

,
,

2.

to beat or cut as hy a

mid. to

(a)

2a.

BEWAIL.

through grief ; hence,

for, ivith striking the breast.

to shriek,

Luke

(^
'

to lament,

viii.

mourn

for,

BEYOND.
side, across ;
nsurdly ivith notion of water lying
hetioeen ; beyond in a place, without
reference to motion.

Trepav,

2.

TreKLva,

esp.

2 Cor.

52.

Rev.

xii. 21.

xviii.

0.

BEWARE.

3.

mental
contemplate.

(b)

also applied to

is

to hold to, bring near to

to turn one's

mind,

tliouglits,

at-

Matt.

1.

pron. to give heed to one's

sleepless

to watch,

intrans.

1.

x'vi.

Mark

11, 12.

(5,

viii.

2 Pet.

iii.

BEWARE

,
2

Tim.

iv. IS.
I

1.

1.

X. 40.

Acts

vii. 4:3.

Cor.

viii. 3

(,*

iUh; or bcyoni',

2.S.

1,

hc-

Tr

A.)

20.
;

XX.

4(5.

1.

Acts

xiii. 40.

1.

Col.

ii. 8.

also, go,

-,

,
,

measure, regions, stretch.

BID

(-:\, ij.vDE.)

to call

2.

tlien,

to siinimon or

by name.

to lay, to lay together, to col-

read then, to speak, to say,

ahoays refers to the sentiment
of ivhat is spoken, as No. 3 does to
the words.
lect, to

17

OF.
Phil

invito, to call

iii

2 3 "mci.
3.

70', to speak, to say

to order, to

command.

BEWITCH

1.

See

1).

2.

io.
3.

3.

xii. 1.

:i.

xii. 38.

1.

Luke

2a.

1.5.

x_ 17^

2.

John

2.

to keep watch, guard.

to

in mid. to heed, take heed or care,

to be on one's guard.

Matt.

1.

.'ib.2

1)0

watch, guard, defend.

Metaph. to preserve, maintain.

2.

i.

iii.

1.

1.

8.

iii.

{nrep, ajTirmn

(a)

(b) trans,

be-

institutes the comsuperiority

parison and leaves the reader to infer superiority.

self

vii.

iv. 15, 25.

xix.

Mark
John

1.

1.

(c)

and towards)

Ace. (over

i/'hVi

j'ond, above, vsed in comparison.

1.

),

of.

tention to a thing.
(a). 7vith

l^eyond

of,

side

with Gen. (over and separate from)

on behalf of, for.

to see, denotes the act of see-

vision, to consider,

on yonder side
beyond the far

over.

t'Trep,

(a)

It

ing.

manifest.

on the other

2.

the jyai't

thee

etc.

xxiii. 27.

la.

1.

makes

lit.

|-

manifest, evident.

one dead ; absol. to mourn, go into

mourning.

la.

clear

A'isible,

35;

xi.

iii.

(-ETH.)

70 t(rj, to make, to do,

^./Aos,
5.;

to wail, not only with the exj)ression of tears, h^it also tcith every
external expression of grief

3.

BEWRAY

to

etc.

shed tears, John

Gal.

1.
|

hlo}(\

breast,

is

viii. 0, 11.

strike one's self, esp. one's

mourn

w to

Acts

(-ED.)

to prato, esp. about

Then to prate to any

one, to

1.

KeXtvii), to

urge or

any one.

riors,

mislead

iiifa'iors, to

to

di'ivc

exhort,

on

of supeof

command

urge, intreat.

5.

BID
place

to

101

post at a

or

command.

plo
'ace; to enjoin, give as a

4.

Matt.

3.
1.

24.

Luke

1.

Luke

Acts

3.

'..

xviii.21,see
xxii. 21.
Cor. X. 27.

[well.

2.

John

I!

X. 40.

3.

Rom.

vii.

fare[well.

2.

,.

vithirepL, ahoiit, 2)re fixed)

invito back or in

01'

xiv. 12

'-'

,,

round or on,
xi. 44.

ix.

(il.

Acts

BIND ON.

to bind or tie

canned

put on shoes
vi.

hurial

,
,,

a.

feet,

Eph.

Acts

xii. 8.

ferctrum

.,

from

(donhtless

UP.

Xo. 1, uith
down) to
bind on or to, bind fast
to tie
down, stop, check, (non occ.)

xoere

is

Luke

BILL.
a roll, scroll, l)illct (dim. of
a roll or book.)

',

X.

34.

BIND WITH.
(No.

(non

then,

1, ivith

with) to bind

(implying

togethez',

association,)

occ.)

a stroke in writing, a line

;

vi.

niaig. cog'ia.

vii. 14,

then, a letter

Mark

15.)

fero, Led. to bear.)

Luke

with

xviii. 21.

on which decul bodies

to

(occ.

BIND

Enrj. verb to bear, as

1,

mid. to bind under one's

(a) in

KttTaSeoj,
l)icr

under (SO.

under.)

BIER.

2.

vii. 27, 39.

BID AGAIN.

in mid. to bid adieu to a

person or thing (from act. sig. to set
apart, assign speciall}.)

1.

Cor.

Tim. ii. !>.

Rev. ix. 14.
XX. 2.

BIND ABOUT.

BTD FAKEWELL.

from

1.

10, 11.

-,
a

1.

John

Luke

?,

1.

1.

to bind or tie

to call
return.

Luke

2.0.
2;i.

xxiv. 27.

1.

0,

xi. 12.

1.

3.

see

S'"''",

7,

fara-

vii. 39.

ix. 61,

xiv.

10 twice. IJlat. (2nd

again) 17, "24.

xxiii. 3.

;i.

1.

i.

xiv. iii.
xvi. U.
xxii. 3, 4, S,

4.

Acts xxii.

1.

1.
5.

BIR

Ileb

xiii. 3.

anything com-

mitted to writing.
Mark

1.

x. 4.

BIND

2.

(-ING,

Luke

xvi.

(>,

7.

See

BOUND.)

to bind, tie, fasten.

1.

S(o),

2.

-),

to fetter, put in chains, (non

1.

'',

/,

same meaning as SO.

2,

(non

2.

(o

to stretch

stretcli out,

(noa

out

Ijefore,

to

3.

ore.)

o/ji't?,

7>/',
1.

Matt.

1.

.Mark

3.

Luke

xiii. 30.

xiv. 3.
xvi. liH'^^'.
xviii. IS twice.
xxii. 13.

1.
1.

4.

xxvii.

v.

1,

John

7.

the gen-

i.x.

domestic

1.

32.
OS.
2.

winged, (non occ.)

Rov.

Rom.

L 23.
Cor. XV. 39.

3.

I.

Jas.

iii.

7.

xviii, 2.

xi. 44.
xviii. 12, 24.

1.
1.

Act-six. 2, II, 21.

BIRTH.

xii. 0.

XX. 22.

1.

xxi. 11 '"Ice, 13,33.

V. 3, 4.

2.

xxU.

vi. 17.

I.

2.

27.

Luke

and

1().

1.

iii.

1.

fcatliered,

viii. 2!.

xiii.

1.

xxiii.

winged

denotes the cock.)

viii. 20.

xiii.

1.

>Iatt. xii. 20.

Mark

fly,

upveov, a bird, both rcild

ocr.)

4.

BIRD.
able to

eral ej)ithct of birds.

occ.

3.

curse, execration, oath.

also,

1.

-yei'i'^ris-,

an engendering, producing,

4.

5.

(non

occ.)

BIR
2.

1.

the horn of
born, (no)i occ.)

yertT;/,

Matt.i. lS(Gx^)(yeVe3-is

G L

Tr

1.

-1.

i^ )

102

BIT.

being-

l)irtli,

BLA

\\'<,

a bridle or rein, esp. the bit of

a bridle, (occ. Rev. xiv. 20.)

L
Luke 14 (ye'recri?,
John ix. 1. [T Xr .)
i.

Jas.

See

also,

travail ix birth.
to bite,

),

Gal. V.

BIRTHRIGHT.
the rights of

Hebrews

the

Chron.

it

Deut.

doichle portion,

'.

included the

aidhority, Gen. xxvii. 29

3.

The pro-genitorship

xlix.

also of the

tvas connected with

it,

( nr>n

Jas.

Ileb. xii.

1(5.

BISHOP.

the

over, taking care

the )iame given in

men

seid into

Athens

subdued

Titin

1.

i.

Tim.

make

to

iii.

2.

BISHOP
In

(bdongs

i.

Pet.

iii.

states to

7.

),

keen or

a.

19.

Classics,

to
it

67/9,

denotes visit.

The

and

Ixx. is

(.MARK.)

above.

(Active.)

adv.

and

of

Tim.

viii

Rom.

20, inarg. o^ice or charye.

x. 9.

<;.

See " BITTER,"

Luke xxiL

of taste

venom,

02.

of temper,

spleen.
Ei.h. iv. .il.
lleb. xii. 15.

23.

iii. 14.

black.

Matt.

Uuv.

V. 30.

vi. 5, 12.

BLACKNESS.

BISHol'JMC
Acta

BLACK.
p.tXa<i,

iii. 1.

see " DiSHop (office of.)"

X. 10.

BITTERNESS.

hence, the office

cttiVkottos.

11

viii.

Ijitterness,

Acts

inspection, inquiry, visiIt

guardianship
or duty of an

to foster

occ.)

bitterness,

seems to have a tivofold

sense of inspection or oversight, and
tation.)

bittei,

embitter,

BITTEIU.Y.

/^,

(non

Ecclesmstical Greek.

in Classics

Rev.

lUTTEK
.see

Rev.

ii.

(office of a.)

comvum word

--,',

sliarp,

to

Matt. xxvi. 7a.

iTTLiTKo-i'i,

(i5E.)

grow angry,

passive, to

a. Col.

of.

conduct their aj^iairs.

In the ^..
used of
elders, denoting
the watchful care pertaining to them.
seems to denote the dignity of the ofjice ; while
denotes its duties (occ. Acts xx. 28.)
riiil.

BITTER

bitter feelings.

,
$, -,
vatclng

was

Gen.

irritate.
(a)

',

senses of

11, 14.

iii.

esp. to the taste ; vietaph. to

occ.)

It

hence, gen.

the

to

painful, cruel, (non occ.)

xxi.

ami

Messiah

pungent

smell, feeling, hearing.

taste,

first-born.

17; xlviii.
2; preeminence

1,

pointed, sharp, keen

piercing,

tlic

occ.)

\:>.

BITTER.

21.

-,

Among
22;

Mark vL

(non

lest, irritate,

the festivities of a birthday, a birthday, (non occ.)

6.

of dogs ; ladaph. mo-

es}}.

in pi.

Matt. xiv.

'i.

BITE.

',

BIRTHDAY.

iii.

1.

yi'of/io?,

hind <f storm,

cloud, darkness.

dense

BLA
2.

103

$,

the gloom of the nether world,

nether darkness.
1.

Ileb.

xii. 18.

2.
|

Jude

BLA

umtTios, Avithout reason or motive,

groundless ; of jtersons, guiltless,
not the cause or fault of a thing.

5.

1:5.

('7/75,

G.

BLADE.
/DTos,

an enclosed

])l;ice,

signijication into that of food, fodder,

esj).

cattle, grass,

for

hay (from

this

comes Lat. hortus, a garden, and

also akin to
;

^,

Eng. gard-eii

antagonist

man

wrestling (f a

ntways

lud

prepared at

of a feeding place,
thtn, gen. any feeding ground.
The
ivord soon jxissed from its (iviginal
ivith the notion

whom

in

bc caught any(used in

to

iiot

an

by

%vhere

defended and

one

all points) ; hence,

there was no just cause

for blame.
.0.

Matt.

2.

Luko

1.

xii. 5.
0.

i.

Cor. i.
PliiL ii.

2.

2.

Thes.

G.

Tim.

1.

1.5.

0.

iii.

4.

a.

8.

(,

().

2 Pet.

14

iii.

V. 23.
2.

iii.

10.
V. 7.

Titus

1.

i.

6, 7.

without stain or spot of

dofilement, G^.)

court.)

2.

JIatt. xiii.

Mark

BLAME

',

iv.

-,

-28.

BLASPHEME

(without.)

without blame, ridicule or disgrace without l)lemish of sin in

revile

Matt.

ix. 3

Jolui X.

himself.

Klih.

BLAME

4.

i.

(-KI))

Tim.

',

1.

2.

xiii.
1

4.'j:

28, 29
xviii.

Titus

),

ii.

Luke

Ja.s. ii,

xii. 10 (oi.
xxvi. 11; Rom.

Rev.

G-)
ii.

24;

xiii.

see

above

(s.)

here the 2X(rti-

<;,

abusive, reviling,
troying one's good name.

1.

Acts xLx.

37.

charged, hence,

(occ. Jas.
ii.

iii.

2 Tim. iiL

Tim.

i.

des-

13.

2.

es^).

BLASPHEMOUS.

-,

,
,
,
Acts

(a) />ass. part, accused,

2. 1

2.

to his charge.

Gal.

vi.

(to be.)

to remark, di>:coA'er,

a.

Acts

or divine things.
iii.

cij/le.

viii. 20.

to one's prejudice, hence, to judge

something of a person, lay something

blameworthy,

20

God
Mark

BLASPHEMER

[vci-l).]

(in a had sense. J

BLAMED

:iti
i.

xvi. 0, 11, 21.

to find fault with, to criticise

2 Cot. vi. 3

(-ed, -est, -ing.)

drop evil or profane

words, revile, calumniate ; esp. to
to

20, 21.)

11.

vi.

" BLASniEMER,"

see

11.

Acts

J\^0.

vi. 13(oi,i.

2.

AU.)

BLASPHEMOUSLY.
sec

" liL.vsriucME;" here the

participle.

BLAMELESS.

1.

'^,

not accused, with nothing

laid to one's charge, (ore. Col.

i.

22,)

(((f the re.'odt

of jiidjlic investigation)
though blamed yet luideserving of
blainc.

2.

(.77,

3.

blamed,
1 Tim.

witlmut re\' ; Heb.

iii.

so as to merit no blanio, so

that nothing can be said atiainst,

(ore. 1 Thes. ii. 10.)

4.

BLASPHEMY.

calumniation, abuse.
It
seems to denote the very ivorst kind of

In

not

Open

adverse criticism.

to

censure

or

all jiassages, except.

</)6' ,oo

uiulcr

" IJhii)hunie,"

Mark

7.)

tt/xc/xTTToj?,

xxii. 05.

slander.

nut

proach, (occ.
viii.

Luke

ii.

I.TTr A

i>.)

\\.'>(\,

Rev.
" Hlaepliemer," No.

Gx

LTr.V.)

r.L.VSl'llKMV (speak.)
see

under "BLASPHEME."

Matt xxvL 5.

2,

,
,

BLA

104

BLAZE ABROAD.
Mai-k L

45.

Acts

BLEMISH.
shame,

blame,

visibly

(iff

ached

disgrace

stain,

anytJtiiuj

fo

from Heb. D1*D, a

Momus, ?i's fhe

(prob.

spot.) (Personified,

Crific God,) (non

occ.)
2 Pet.

BLEMLSH

<,

uer/afii'e
1 Pet.

V. 27.

i.

19.

God ;

fowards

blessing on
bless,

i.e.

to

men

of

44 (ojh)
xiv. 19.
xxi. 9.

Luke

XXT.

34.

xxvi. 20
to give (lianL-i,

xix. 3S.

Jiarkvi. 41.

Rec"

J.Q

.)

Rom.

X. 10.

x. 10 ()caTei>Aoye'ai, fo
Tr
bless much,
H.)

xiv. 22.

28

i.

in 1

Tim.

God

to

Joliii V. 3.

22l5t

39

men

7,

man.
8,

bid

Acts

2.

Rom.

2.

xvi. 17.

2.

xxiv. 40.

2.

xiv. 01.

4.5.

21 'lcc, 22.

Eph. i.
1 Tim.

i.

9.

17.

x. 49, 51.

XX. 30.

L\ike xviii. 35.

viii. 22, 23.

John

vii.

i.\.

.3.

i.

1.

Titus

1.

ii.

11.

2.
1.

Rev.

1.
1.
1.

1.
1.

i.

1.

13.

37, 38, 43.

xiv, 14, 15.
xxiii. 29.

2.

{oia.

ix.

[A

G ->

L''

t<.)

Tr

17.

BLIND
to

l)lind,

TUAT WAS.)
John

ix.

13 (with art.)

[verb.]

make

Idind

met.

to petrify; to cause a hardenmetaph. to harden the heart,

l)lunt the fcclin<is.
;

Jolin xii. 40.

f(/i.
Roiu. xi. 7, inarg. hard-

',

2.

2 Cor.

1.

BLINDFOLD

.!.

xiv. 13.
xvi. 15.
xix. 9.
XX. 6.
xxii. 7,

(iiE

21 (with art.)

),
ing

vi. 15.

xi. 27, 28.

vii. 23.

2.

3.

i.

xi. 31.

Jn. i. 12, 2,j.

1 Pet. i. 3.

3.5.

19.

ii.

iii.

to dull, baflle, (non occ)

iv. 7, 8.

2 Cor.

1.

08.

Acts XX.

Mark

ix. 27, 28.

BLIND

25.

i.

ix. 5.

2.

10.

29.

S.)

xiii. 11.

Rom.

.Joliii

1.

1.

John XX.

ilie

xi. 37.

[20.

2 Pet.

Luke

9, 10, 11.

xii.

Tr

X. 21.

Rev.

II and\\. 15 applied to
exalt fhe glory of the gospel,

V. 3, 4, 5, 0,

vi. 20,

G L

berjgar,

19, 24,

i.

only, never to

i.

vii. 22.

Mark

(verbal adj. of evAoyeoj, see

" BLESS,") blessed, ajjpUed to God

Mark
Luke

(',

25, 32, 39, 39, 40, 41.

twice.

6<;,

xiii.

18,19,20,24,

ix. 1, 2,

b>.)

BLIND MAN.

sation.

.\i.

[A

xiv. 13, 21.

as shewing Ilis mercy in this dispen-

Matt.

smoky, misty, darkened.)

iv. 18.

Matt.

BLESSED.
happ}', applied to

[adj.]

nafnridly or sjiiritmdly

blind,

xi. 20, 21.

Jae. iii. 9.
1 Pet. iii. 9.

^,

BLIND

Luke

vi.

Mai-k

14 twice

vi.

our

xi. 5.

3.

i.

then,

xxiii. 10, 17,

X. 40.

vii. 1, 0, 7.

10.

jx.

9.

iii.

(('/).)

2S, 34.

ii.

xiv. 10.

Gal.

Kph.
Heb.

xi. 9, 10.

felici-

Gal. iv. 15.

',

22 2>'ii {ohi. L
Tr
XV. 14 4 time.?, 30, 31.
xxi. 14

14 twite.

xii.

a jjroiiouncing happy,

1 Cor. x. 10
2 Cor. ix. 5, marg. (text,
Gal. iii. 14
Epli. i. 3
Ueb.vi. 7
xii. 17
Rev. v. 12, 13 vii. 12.
10
1 Pet. iii. 9

xii.

1 Cor. iv. 12.

viii. 7.

Luke

Matt.

20.

iii.

iii.

xii. 13.

Acts

48.

i.

BLESSEDNESS.

(strictly

30, 50, 51.

53 (a p.)

John

Luke

Roiii. XV. 29

hound/)
Jas.

' xxiv.

xxiii. 39.

(c.vLL.)

BLESSING.

?,

'.)').

xiii.

8.

"eulogy.")

foivard men,

j^i'op. fo

confer happiness.
ilatt,. V.

BLESSED

iii.

to call happy.

iv. 0, 9.

men

invoke God's
of God fowards vien to
distinguish luifli favour,

to bless,

efc,

good speaking, praise

thanksging (from which

praise, as

of,

Gal.

25.

?,
Rom.

prefixed.

(-ED, -ETII, -IXG.)

to speak well

iii.

(be.)

to be blessed in or by.

tation.

BLESS

(without.)

the above u'ifh

Eph.

13.

ii.

',

BLESSED

make known, spread abroad.

to

BLI

iii.

1 t.

u. 11.

(-i;i>.)

to cover all round, c<jvcr

(piite.

11

John

Luke

xxii. 04.

BLI

BLINDNESS

jnOcess by which the exof fractured bones are

reunited by a calhis ; metaph. a
hardening, hardness.
tlie

tremities

Rom.

xi. 25,

Eph.

iv. 18,

margin hardness.
maigin hurdmss.

BLOCK.
See, STUMBLING.

BLOOD.
aljxa,

blood, (proh.

or

from

from

',

to be hot,

to breathe, because

requir-es constant refrigeration

the external air.)

Matt.

ix. 20, see

(issue of)

it

from

BOA

BOA
BOAST
1.

(make

Rom.

ii.

106

one's.)

IT, 23.

BOASTER

(-S.)

^^, a wanderer about

the countiy,
A'agabond (the Scottish landloiiper,)
hence, a false pretender, imposter,
quack, (noii occ.)
Rom.

30.

i.

BOASTING

^,

,
,

Tim.

iii.

2.

[uoim.]

a boasting, reason to boast,

denoting the act.

2.

3.

a vaunt or boast; a subject

of boasting.

(see

im2:)0sture,
1

Rom.

^'/,

tlic character of an
" BOASTER,") false pretension,

iii.

27.

quackery.
i

-2

Cor. ix. ;i.

- 4 (oui. AU.)

BOL

3.

BOL

(from

warm, and

to be

naturally confident and conrageons

it denotes to be of good cheer, to be

hope and confidence.

1

1.
1.

2 Cor. xi. \ '

Phil. i. 14.

2">1

2.

2 Cor. X.

;i.

1.'

BOLD

Thos.

->.

ii

107

hecmise persons of a loarm temper are

full of

occ.)

,
Eph.

iii.

Phil.

i.

freedom or frankness of

Rom.

BOLDNESS.
" BOLDLY," No.

see

Tim.
Heb. X.

20, :n.

1.3,

1.

12.
20.

John

1.

\.
13.

iii.

1!',

marg

iv.

IT.

Ub,rly.

<i

2 Cor.

iii.

12,

vii.

4.

marg.

BOND
L

BOLD

X.

'20.

[noun.]

(-s)

a band, bond or fetter ; gen.

anything for tying or fastening
bonds, imprisonment.

(be very.)

Rom.

(text, plainness of speech.)

Se^/xo'?,

make

a bold venture, to
dare very much, (non occ.)
to

XV. 15.

BOLDNESS OF SPEECH.

frankness that sometimes

amounts to boldness and intrepidity;
fearless candour.

(the MORE.)

more
(comp. <f
daring, more boldly or freely, (non

, to have,
77), much,
speaking;

,)

BOLDLY

Actsiv.

(be much.)

BON

* denotes neut. pi.

2.

''/', that which binds together,

that
a band or bond
bound together, a bundle.
;

'],

BOLD

(WAX.)

to Speak freely, openly,

<,

a chain,

is

a woniaifs o)/ia-

esp.

vient (frotn a, negative,

,....
jldlv.

Avhich

and

to

loose.)
Acts

',

xiii. 4ij.

BOLDLY.

the speaking all one thinks,

freedom or frankness of speaking
a frankness that under some circumstances amounts to boldness and

1.

intrepidity

,
-,,

2.

I.

.Mark

v.

.lohii vii.

la.

i;i)li.

xiii. 16.

x.\.

1.
1.

2.

1.

see "
see

1.

Philem.

xxvi. 29, 31.

1.

Heb.

i.

bold,"

iVo. 3.

J.

(Dat.)

BOLDLY
Acta

BOLDLY
2.

xviii. 26.

tie,
Col.

Thes.

Heb.

ii.

Tr
[A.)

(in.)

14.

iv.

iv. .')(i)erf. itjiss.)

10.

P.ONDS (that

ix. 27.

(speak.)
2.

.\ct8 xix. 8.

2.

Eph.

20.

is IX.)

a l)inding, one bound,

Heb.

(preach.]

vi.

(be in.)

fasten, fetter.

2.

xiii. 0.

:i.

3.

G L

one boimd.

BONDS
to Ijind,

1.

11).

111.

Acts xiv.

34(6','/<').<''
bn/ids, in.stead of

X.

xi. 36.

:.

BONDS

/,',

2.

in

mar^.f/iam.

a binding,

0.

10, 13.

8( ,

3.

7, 13, 14; 16.

18.

ii.

to speak freely or with

"bold," '^.

2.

iv.

xxiii. 29.

Acta XXV.

4:i.
i;ii

vi.

14.

iii.

Tim.

23.

vi. 20,

Phil.

Col.

1.

1.

Epli. iv.

3.

2.

viii. 23.

with.

),

4.

Acts

1*.

/?,

fearless candour.

3.

Luke

2.

fearless candour.

(a) u<ith ev, in.

(b) with

1.

xiii. 3.

BOND,

[adj.]

a slave the lowest word in the

scale of servitude, (see under " SERVAKT,") strictly one bora a slave.
;

BON
1

Cor

Gal.

Eph.

xii. 13.

iii.

28.

vi. 8.

108

BOR
BORX
bi'iiig forth,

(a) ^xiss.

BOSOM.

of the father

to

bosom, the chest any hosomlike hollow, esp. that between the
waves a bay or gulph, etc.

koAttos, the

of the mother.

be born.

Luke

to bring into tlie world; of the

father, to beget ; of the motlier, to

Tt

2.

BOT

(be.)

to beget,

yevv'iu),

1.

109

John

vi. 38.

T(o,

xiii. 23.

brino forth.

BOTH.

(a) passive.
la.

Matt.

}a.
2a.

la. .John xvi. 21.

xviii. 37.
la.
la. Actsii. 8.
vii. 20.
la.

1.

2.

la.

4.

xix. 12.

la.

Rom.

xxvi. 24.
iMark xiv. 21.

la.

la.

Luke

\. Heb.

2a.
la.

\\.

ii.

John

i.

la. 1

-, 4

iii.

la.
la.

viii. 41.

.John

iv. 7.

[7, 8.

la.
2.

Rev.

unites

9 twice.

iii.

ix. 2, 19, 20,32,34.

is

re annexes.)

29.

ii.

la.

la.

',

re,

2.

V. 1, 4, 18.
xii. 4.

an

and,

\^,( annexing something added)

tion

BORN AGAIN (be.)

cii'ayei/1 ', to begct again, to bear again.
is

God;

im])lied relation or distinction

,
,

untimely

(oxe.)

born,

marg. an abortive.

re,

BORN

(that

is.)

begotten, (non oec.)

both, of two.

Luke

Matt.

also, first,

one, everv one.

ix. 17.

2a.
2a.

xxi. 12.

xii. 22.

2a.

xxii.
xxiii.

xiii. 30.

3.

XV. 14.

xxiv. 15.

2a.

xxii. 10.

2a.
2a.

2b.

xxvi.

Mark vi. 30
Tr A I-.)

(ni.

Luke

i.

ii.

0, 7.
4i..

2a.

SSi'.

G-TTrb

Vi. 39.
vii. 42.

1.

BORROW.
money

Jolm

1.

vii. 28.

1.

xi. 48.

1.

57

1.

xii. 28.

1.

4.

at usury, to

2a.

(rtHi.

xi. 3.!.

1.

xiv. 9 i"l.

2a. 1 Cor.

iv. 11.

1.

vi.

3.

[K.)

1.

iv. 9i'.

1.

ii.

29.

1.

iv. 27.

1.

mid. to have lent to one, to borrow.

2c.

V. 14.

1.

pass, of the money, to

3.

Lilke
a.

vi.

34, 35.)

Matt.

V. 42.

be lent out.

2a.

13.

12 (5f, S)
l-J-'nd 4 3rd.
1

1.

1.

32.1.

7.

i.

ii.

2a.

lend.

14, 10, 18.

ii.

1.

4.

1.8, 13.

10 (om. All.)

i.

2a. Phil.

XV. 24.
i.

B..an(l also.

14,

Eph.

Tr

XX.

Acta

13.

vii. 34.

2a.

2, 24.

1.

1.

iv. 3t>.

9.

iii.

1.

1.

x.xii. 33.

1.

1(!.

29.

xxviii. 23.
2a. Rom. i. 12, 14 iicc.

^S.)

3.

24.

2a.

30.

.3.

8.

xxv.

1.

vii. 37.

to put out

4.

3.

3.

new.

See, grievous.

21.

X. 28.

vii. 28.

BORNE.

Acts XX.

1.
1.

1.

xi. 11.

(occ.

of antithesis, and

conj.

('^'^j)

<;, each

5.

1.

(]))

and,

3.

(a)

it

zwo, zwci.)

1.

8'),

external

translated both,

(5, two (so in cdl kindred languages,

Lat. duo
Sans, dwi
Old Germ.

4.

an

3.

See

or by

-^

3.

1 Cor. XV. R,

an

or but.

23,

BORN OUT OF DUE TIME

Matt.

by another

(b) or
(c)

a child
abortion.

When

hy

(a) either

life.

i.

logical rela-

intei-nal,

is follotved

(a) p>assive.
Pet.

an

,
,

(Xo. \)

relation.

nsed of the redeeming act of

a neiv beginning of personal

a. 1

annexing

of annexation,

ronj.

7('ith

Tf denotes

It

translated

always followed by another

which is translated and,

11.

xi. 23.

5, 6,

I.!.

la.

ix.

iv. 23, 20,

la. G.al

3.').

i.

When

and, also, even.

ate,

both

xxii. 3, 28.

la.

la.

la.

(ronj.) the conjunction of annexation, uniting things strictly co-ordin-

Kttt,

1.

Ifi.

i.

ii.

L 18.

22, 23.

Thee.

l.V

ii.

V. 1.5 (oi.

2Thes.
1 Tim.

iv.

10 (o;h.

viii. 12.

38

li.

3Sin-l.

10.

1.
1.

Titus i.
Philom.

9.

2a.

X. 39.

1.

2a.

xiv. 1, 5.
xix. 10.

2a. Ilcb.

ii.

4. 11.

2a.

V.

1, 14.

2a.

0=:LTr

iii. 4.

10.

[H)

0-L

EOT
Heb.

2a.

i.t.

1.

2 Pet. iu. IS.

2 John 9.

2a.

X. 38.

1.

Rev.

5.

xi. 21.

4.

2a.

vi. 19.

9,

1.
li).

110

BOW

Then blessing, the blessing which

the gospel secures, bounty.

xiii. 15.

xix. 20.

Otiricc

2 Cor. ix

BOTTLE

(,

(-s.)

a leathern ba^, mo<f/>/

f>f f/oafski)i,

a Avinc skin.
I.uke

Matt. ix. 17 '^nies.

Markii. 22 a times (^,.)

V.

37

ctti',

vpo.)

BOUNTIFULNESS.

^,

sincerity of mind,
freedom from sinister design ; then,
fh'it
ichich springs from such a

'>"'

(1. witli

3s.

simplicity,

liberality, bountifulncss.

vii)i(l,

2 Cor. ix. 11.

BOTTOM.
KaToj,

down, downwards.
Matt

.xxvii.

BOUNTY.
.01

(.vXoyia, see "

BOUNTIFULLY."

2 Cor. ix. 5 1st (iiiarg. G'r. btfx^iiu).)

BOTTOMLESS.

',

bottomless, iinfathomed, (jeii.

boundless, e.rhaustles-'^, a." a noini,
the deep, the abyss, (occ. Luke viii.
Rom. x. 7 ; "deep")
31

BOUNTY

Rev.

ix. 1, 2 (";.)

PIT.
Rev.

ix. 11.

^,
xvii. 8.

XX.

the
l)oundary

1, 3.

1.

BOUND

[nuun.]

(-s)

fixinjj^

of a boundary, a

(non

set,

BOW

2.

occ.)

of.)

=1-

[noun.]

a bow, (non ore.)

Rev.

BOTTOMLESS
Rev.

(matter

2 Cor. ix

,
,

vi. 2.

BOW

[verb.]

to bend, to curve, vsed of the

knee in ivorship or prayer, (nonocc.)

make

to

to bend,

hoiv

fo

Acts xvii. 2.
3.

to ])ut, set, place

then, gen.

to bring a tiling into a place,

BOUND

),

to bring into a situation,

(be.)

Matt

to owe,

to

f/e}i.

xxiii. IS,

marg

l)e

in

Tlies.

i.

ii.

.{.

Mark

2.

.lolin xi.\. 30.

1.

Fpli.

iii.

1.

Rom.

1.

Phil.

ii.

v.

10.

liom. xiv.

1.

-,

BOUND WITH

11.

14.

10.

BOW DOWN.

('-,

bend together, bend

to

the knee-Joint

(be.)

to lie round about

round one, wear.

xi. 4.

l:!.

1.

metaph. to liow down,

huml)lc, (non occ.)

to

have
2.

',
2.

see

^.

Lukexxiv.

2, above.
1.

.1.

Rom.

xi. 10.

20.

See, BIND.

',

so

(text,

Acts xxviii.

and

to bring-

about, cause.

ha'C to

))ay or account
debt in tvuler
sir/,
to bo under an obligation, to
1)0 bound.

for

in

reverence or in decdh.

BOUNTIFULLY.

good speaking, good language,

commendation, i a good sevse, "eu;" adulation, in a bad sense.
lofft/

BOWK!) TdCETIiKR

(),

to

bend

each other, (non

L\ike

See

rjcc.)

xiii. 11.

also,

(ni:.)

forwards

kner.

towards

BOW

111

BOWELS.

the inward parts, e.y). the

nobler parts of them ; vietaph. like
the ieclings,
Emj. lieart, the seat
afteetioiis.

Luke
Acts

i.

i.

78,

Phil.

marg. (text.

8.

i.

[?!</.)

18.

1.

ii.

Col.

2 Cor. vi. 12.

vii. 15, marg. (text.
inxcurd affc-tion.)

12.

iii.

7, 12, 20.

riiilem.

ROWELS OF COMPASSION.
IT

1 .Tdliii iii.

BOX.
See, AL.MJ.VSTER.

,
1.

BRAMBLE BUSH.
a bramble bush.
44.

BRANCH.

8,

a young slip or shoot of a tree,

SKch OS is broken of for rfraftinrf
gen. a young branch or shoot of any

,
tree,

2.

Luke -.

but esp. the olive, (non

slip,

occ.

a cutting, esp. a vine

twig, (non ore.)

.3.

^,

a kind of bed composed of

bdughs of trees, leaA'CS or the like
trampled o? crammed togcther(^/>vyw?
in pi. the
to tread upon)

branches themselves.
4.

5.

/?,

a branch of the palm tree.

/,

a rising, as of the sim or

7'iver or teeth), or of
plants, a shoot, cf Zech. vi. 12.

moon (or of a

1.

Matt

5.

Luke

i.

78,

marg.

(text,

tlai/'iipriiif/.)
1.

4.

-'xiii. lii.

John

1.

xii. 13.

XV.

2.

Rom.

2, 4, 5,

f).

xi. 1(5,17,18,10,21.

BBE

,
(

^
"

3.

Matt.

xii. 4.

1.

Mark

ii.

Matt.

V. 10.

vi.

setting before.

the setting before,

of the 1'8.

a.

2').

BREAD

1.

Luke

vi. 4.

2.

Heb.

ix.

(UNLEAVEX.^D.)

V. IS.

3.

X. 35.

xiv. 19.
XV. 36.
xxi. 44 (op.)
xxiv. 43, see

r.

xix. 31, 32, 33.

1.

Acts

see
up.
V. 4,see
in iiioccs.

1.

XX.

9.

xxi. 13.
xxvii. 35.

41.

vi.

1.

viii. C, 10.

xiv.

1.

22.

1.

V. 0.

1.

viii. 29.

2.

ix. 10.
xii.

xx. IS.

1.

xxu.

[B

off.

xi. 17, 10, 20, see

1 Cor. X. 16.
xi. 24 tw'cc (oi.2n<i

i^.)

iv. 27,

sue

Gal.

oO.seeBthrougli

5.

up.

see

7, 11.

41.

3.

Rom.

8.

6.

46.

ii.

xiii. 43,

2(3.

4,

ii.

4.

Luke

xxi. 11.

10.
1.

xxvi.

36.

4.

up.

2.

0.

xxiv. 30.

xii. 20.

7.

1.

3.

vii. 23.

Mark

2.

see
[throvigh.

20,

3.

ix. 17.

8.

Luke
John

1.

l!i,

5.

1.

without process of fermentation;

of bread, unleavened, icith art. if dcnotes the feast of unleavened In-cad
vietaph. uncorrupted, sincere, (occ.
1

to split, cleave; f/e7i. to part

asunder, separate rend, tear.
;

7^5,

<,

('(,

loaves,

70)<;,

BRE

10.

(shew.)

of the,

T7/9,

1.

BREAD

112

3.

Tr

Eph.
Rev.

ii.

forth.

14.

ii.

see

to

off,

(UVo.

27,

shivers.

19.

Cor. V. 7.)
Acts

Matt. xxvi. 17.

JIark xiv. 1, 12.

Luke

xxii.

V.

xii. 3.

XX.
Cor. V.

BREAK FORTH.

6.
S.

Gal.

5.

See

also,

daily.

BREAK IN

BREADTH,

breadth, widtli.
iii.

Rev. xx.
Rev. xxi. 1G''

IS.

0.

),)

Rom.

[noun.]

v. 4.

BREAK

(or

OFF.
to break

from.)

1 ii'ith K,

BREAK

PIECES.

Mark

4.

?,
.

iv. 27.

xi.

17, 10, 20 (No. 1,

Tr.)

See, DAY.

,
,
,

BREAK
1.

2.

-OKEX)

[verl).]

6((,
Matt.

to

snap

,
/,

break

down,

to

dig tlu'ough

viefaph.

to

undermine, ruin.

to l)reak, break off or in pieces.

short,

.3.

BREAK THROUGH.

(-AKE, -1X0,

vi.

Luke

10, 20.

xii. 30.

break

oft".

to loose;

loosen,

unbind,

un-

BREAK TO SHIVERS.

fasten.

4.

r>.

4.

to tear,
to break or burst
rend as f/armenU, a line of soldiers,
;

/,

,
8,
see

1.

etc.

G.

,
),
<,

to break or burst through,

2.

rend or cleave in

3.

burst asunder
various ways.

7.
8.
9.

Rev.

ii.

27.

to rub together ; shatter,

shiver, break in pieces bi/ cruskimj.

to break in pieces, break.

(-,

2.

BREAK

UP.

"break," No.

3.

to dig through.

to

dig

out or through,

force up, to pluck out the eyea.

3. Mark ii. 4.
Matt, xxiv, 43.
|

1.

Acts

xiii. 4'!.

to crush together.

enfeeble.

to break small, weaken,

See

also,

broken.

BRE

BREAKER

113

BRI

BRETHREN.

(-S.)

onc who goes besidc, as the

combatant with the charioteer ; onc

who passes by the

side of, a trans-

iiTCSSor.

See, BROTHER.

BRIDE.
a bride

nubo, to

See

also,

,
<;,

.Tohn

2.

oft".

a going aside, deviation

an overstepping, transgression.

1.

Luke

xxiv. 35.
2.

Acts

1.

ii.

42.

Rom.

23.

ii.

BREAST.

(,

sexe.t, a/so of
metaph. the breast as the

breast, of both

tlie

animals

seat of feeling, passion,

(no

iii.

,
,
Matt.

and thought

.Tolin xiii.

xxi.

xxiLi. 48.

Rev. xxi.

20.

{om.

2,

x.xii.

..)

17.

Mark

1.1

Luke

ii.

10.

V. 34.

BRIDEGROOM.
of marriageable age

icith

art.

a bridegroom.
Luke
John

ix. ISt'fi".

XXV.

Markii.
I

from

BRIDECHAMBER.

JIatt. ix.

occ.)

xviii. 13.

(prob.

a bridal chamber, (non occ.)

1,

fi,

.5,

litis'

10

Luke

vf'iie

because led veiled />?

to the brider/room's;) hence,

l{ev. xviii. 23,

a breaking, fracture; a break-

ing

young

veil,

her home
a dauiiliter-in-law.

cuvexaxt, truce.

BREAKING.j^ionn.]

1.

o;

-'ml

10.

V. 34, 35.
ii.

(,.)

9.

iii.

Rev.

20.

293linioi

xviii. 23.

2.'.

2l).

Rev. XV.

^,
Eph.

0.

BRIDLE

?,

BREASTPLATE.

[noun.]

a bridle or rein,

a bridle, (occ. Jas.

a breastplate, ciiirass, (nou occ.)
vi.

14.

1
ix. 9 twice, 17.

Thes.

Rev. xiv.

esp.

iii.

the bit of

3.)

20.

v. 8.

Rev.

BRIDLE

'),

BREATH.
1.

a blowing, wind, blast, air; of

animals, a breathing hard, fetching
;

2.

with a bridle, (non occ.)

TTiO/y,

then,
breath
Acts ii. 2.;

(jen.

the breath,

Jas.

wind, air; the air we breathe,

bi-catli
lite
a S[)irit
a Spii-itual
Being.
1.
2.

Acts xvii.
Rev. xiii

^),
(non

to

occ.)

2(3

iii.

2.

<
[

,
^L,
,

BRIEFLY.

bv means
-

of, in,

r.

lew,

,,

111

lew

r
^

-,

n-ords.
'

25.
\h, m.arg. (text, ii/V.)

BREATHE

Sec

ON.

to breathe upon, blow upon,

occ.

John XX.

IjLTTvkio,

i.

(occ.

7''/(/.,

(-eth) [verb.]

to lead, guide with or as

22.

OUT.

blow or breathe mi

also, coMrRiciiEXD.

BRIER

(-S.)

throe pointed, tlu'ee pronged

from the likeness of shape, a pricklv
water-])lant
ii/so a like plant on
land, trhich was apt to stick in sheep's
wool, (occ. Matt. vii. 1<).)
;

<,)

in,

( no)i

Hob.

vi.

8.

BRI

114

BRI

BRING.

BRIGHT.
1.

2.

',

shining,

</)OJTeti'os,

(opp.

briglit,

to
1.

dark.)

1.

|l.
xxii. 10.

Rev.

'-,

what

2.

light, reflection, (>io/i ore.)

2.

,
tion

3.

Acts xxvi.

splendour,

brilliancy,

4.
2 Thes.

2.

13.

Heb.

i.

3.

np

'

'

J.

G.

John

(^.

,
up,

(No.

with

5,

from a lower

8.

BRIMSTONE.
fire

were ccdled

,)

as

it

name of

got the

(^.

in their relifiions

the heathen; (cf.

xviii.
Is.

Luke
Rev.

l.*);

Ps.

xi.

ix.

17

God made

10.

Jude

Rev. xix.

'^nd

it

7.)

(SO.

,
,
the

11.

20.

12.
(of.)

8<;, (from Oetov, above) of brimstone,

ix.

hand:

1'-

towards)

orig.

slgnif.

twofold one

gi'asp,

of,

the
;

other

to take,

as

seize,

tvith

hence, to receive, obtain.

bring

to.

to hold beside or near, liold

tlivn,

to

i'unii.sli,

supply.
Matt.

i. 21,
23,
fortlL

iii

17

down) to

to take care of, provide for

to carry away, so as to pre.<(erve ; to

iv.

Rev.

), tvith irpos,

in readiness;

brimstone-like.

with

carry, convey, bear

xxi. 8.

BRIMSTONE

from) to

to

take hold

XX. 10.

xiv. 10.

5,

off".

(more active) to take,

(more passive) to receive

Gen. xix. 24; Job.

6; Deut. xxix. 23;

XXX. 33; xxxiv. 9

up) to lead
a higher.

lead to or towards, to
bring near, intrans. to come to, to
approach.
trans,

Ilis vengeance in

xvii. 29.

,
,

jilcice to

tvith

5,

(^.

),

9.

Brimstone (from brienne or bi'in,

From heathen
i.e. burn and stone.)

an instrument of

towards)

a place.

a sidphiireous smell,
and sulphur was used, in heathen

lifjJdniwj leaves

purifications,

upon

lead down, gen. to lead or carry to

from heaven, (places touched

lifjhtiiinrj

ii.<ses

1, u'ith

lead away, take

by

to charge

senf-c,

to lead, lead along, take with

one (used of persons, as '. 1 is <f
things), to lead as a Genercd, to
guide as the gods.

7.

7.

ii.

upon) to

(up to the.)

^
to, as far as,
,,
^
.,
1
,/ ui) to the
up, above, tvith art.
/higher
parts
1
7
xi
deno es that which is (
i
or brim,
,
I
above,
J

6'etov,

with

1,

from, ])reto carry

;

away

or

to bring to or towards ; to bring in

addition to, contribute.

BRIM

S.

ii.

).

(^.

oft"

one.

1.

5,

),

')'>ith

1,

a good or bad

(lion occ.)

3.

(^.

Christ.

.3.

to bring
bring, put, or lay upon
(i.e. to confer or impose) upon, in

the appcai'ance, manifestathe second covihig of

esp.

biit SCO also,

(be).)

to bear, (Lat. fero, Sanii. bhri,

fixcd) to carry
or bring back.

radiated, reflected

is

BROUGHT,

BROUGHT

ber. Germ, bahren, fahreii,

Eng. bear) to bear or carry a load
(tvith idea of motion;) to bear as
fruit, to endure, bear with.

30.

BRIGHTNESS.

1,

shining

xi. 30, see

ofli(jht,G.)

-, -iNG

Fers.

Luke
..5(0;)(5 Actsx.

(-EST,

Xajj-pos, briglit, brilliant, radiant.

25,

see

V. 23, sec

Matt.vii.l7iwi,isuic(
19,

8,10,BeeBforth.
unto.
24, SCO
to.

80

fortli.

viii. Ul,

see
niitt
Bee
tn

ix. 2, 32,

X.

] S.

BRI
Jfatt.xi

23, see

down.

xii. 22, see

35 twice^

unto.
see

Acts

see

23, 26, 52,

xvL

0.

1.

Vf

IT.
xviii. 24,

-xii.

^ see
unto.
)

17,

Mark

1.

xvi.lO. [one's way.

30, see
34.

fad forth,

see

20, see
xviii. 12.

Tr

ix. 17, 19, 20.

Luke

31, 57,

7,

i.

ii.

to.

XX

27, see
iu.8, it,8ee

G-J

Gr

Hi, see

G-^

S.)

12.

see

2.

Matt.

1.

Acts

in.

up.

40.

down.

28, see

forth.

U.

forth.

l.S(No.

Tr

Gj L

1,

viii. 15, .see fruit,

ix. 41.

34.

X.

11, see
10, see

xii

unto.
forth

abundantly.
xiv. 21, see
XV. 22, see

see
forth.
Rom. vii. 4, 5, see fruit.
X. 6, see
down.
7, see
up.
XV. 24, see
on
one's way.
1 Cor. xvi. 3.
0, see
on one's

Tr

i.

- 1

Tim.
Tim.

vi.

42.

7,

ii.

vii. 45.

vi. 7,

5.

viii.

5.

ix. 13.

5.

X. 10.

3 (f'p.)

2, 5, 10,

5.

xix. 4.

1.

1.

5.

in.

30.

Acts

iv. 34, 37.

v. 2.

15, SCO
forth.
16.
10, see
forth.
21, 26, 27.

TC

born

forth.
see
in

10

-2

Pet.
Pet.

IS.

iii.
ii

" BRING," JVo.

away

to

8.

lead before,

iVo. 1.
of,

carry

away

to bring before

present

one, bring
bring forward,

1",

1 '-'"',800

-,

freely, iinforced.)

to make,

about)

Bin

upon.

11.

2 .Tolin 10.
3 ,Tohn 0, see
forward
on one's journey.
Tude 0, see
against.
Rev. xii. 5, 13, see
forth.
xxi. 21. 26.

to give, present (with notion

(i.e. to form, bring

of somcthinrf external
to one's self; to do (with notion of a
continued rather than of a complete
action,) to be doing.

11

[privily.

see

,
;

bud, sprout, grow,

; of cliildreti, to be
trans, to bring forth, bring
to

of plants

/giving

1.3.

xxi. 10.

1.

see
11,

again.
Jas. i. 15 "ico, ) see
V. IS,
{ forth.
1

xviii. 10, see

2.

1.

forth.
see

6.

up.

10.

xiii.

iA^o.

lead out,

to carry out

give,

strictly

on

20. see

1.

1.

in

[upon.

upon.

xii. 24, see

XV.
forth.

see

iii, 13,
see
one's journey.
Heb. i. 6, see
in.

iv. 33.

X. 6.

A^o. 5.

"bring,"

up.

Titus

1.

15, 20.

Rom.

(non occ.)

see

iv. 11.

5.

Acts xxii. 30.

1.
1.

oft".

to,

13.
-

1.

see

,
or

on

see

to

),

iv. 14.

into.

14,seoBunto.

xxiv.

vi. 4,

Thes.

xxii. 54, see

John

Rph.
1

W.)

xxiii.
1.

16,

i.

" bring,"

see

one's way.
-

xix. 27, 30, 35.

xxi. 12 (No. 7,

5.

2 Cor.

seeBunto.

40.

5.

journey.
-

xviii. 15,
5.

5.

in.

forth

23.

1.

1.

to lead forth,
lead on or onward.

a.)
\

23,

20,

lower.

see " bring,"

,
,
,

XXV.
17, see

8.

to go down, to

lead
bring forth, produce.

.31.

ISlat.
IS 2iiiijo,seeBin.
VI. 13 twice 45 twice

make

BRING FORTH.

down.

20, see

to

down

23

see

LS twice.

forth.

xi.

,
,

xxiii. 10.
15, see
17.

3.

"BRING," No.

(pass) to slip dnirn, I.,

ix. 30.
[1 Tr A.)

on

see

24
to
lead in or into, AIL)
30, see
down.

see
forth.

W.)

9.

{,

brill;

2.

(,

5.

[.)

BRING DOWN.

1.

[one's way.
into.
28,29, see
x.vii. 3, see
up.

iv. P.

5.

to.

10.

22.

6.

,
,

In
i<.)

seeB together

xxi. 5,

*.)

7 (No. 1,
15, 16.

xii.

19,
37.

(,

13 '<, see
13 -"''
t he in ^f or
L ^^.
xi 2 (No. 1,
X.

Tr

turn,

" BRING," A'o.

see

Jude

out.

L Tr A

xix. 12 (No. 2,

viii. 22.

(.

vi. 27, 2S.

(,

BRING AGAINST.

),

15, 19.

vii. 32.

Ileb. xiii. 20.

out.

39, see
xvii. 5

forth.
20, 28, see fruit.

Tr

see

3,

20.

20.

iv. 8,

on

XV.

I.

3.

ii.

32.

i.

Matt, xxvii. 3

1.

turn

to

see
out.

17,

2.

A'o. G.

turn back,

to

seeBforth

xiv. 13.

xxvii. 3,seeBagain
1.

down.

30.
xii. 4, 6,

"BRING,"

away from.

xi. 20.

t*.)

up.
xvii. 1, see
to.
10, see

xxv.

4.

BRING AGAIN.

scr

1.

2.

into.

21, 27.
30, see

xix. 13,
xxi. 2, 7.
43, see
forth.
unto
xxii. ] 9, see

5.

see

8,

(,

ha, -I-,

,
-,

upon.

ix. 2.

forth.

BRI

12.

40,see Bout
45, see
in.

xiv. 11 twice, 18.

35, see
unto.

1.

V. 28,

vL

vii. 36,

forth.
xiii. 8,

115

12

strict/ 1/

,
,

Ik

to throw or cast out

to strike out

13

of,

of.

to beget, of the father ; to

bring forth, bear, of the mother.

BRI

14.

116

to bring into the world; of

beget ; of the mother,

to bring forth metaph. to produce,
bring about.
the father, to

15.

14. Jlatt.

21, 23, 25.

8, 10.

i.

6.

iii.

11.
12.

vu.l7"f',18''''':e,

10.

xiii. 8.

twice.

35

[19.

Acts

7.

19.

xxi. 43.

xxiii. 28.

Mark iv. 8.
Luke 31.

XXV. 17,

Heb.

14.

57.

14.

ii. ".

11.

iii.

8, 9.

11.

vi.

43'''

Luke

1.

Actsix.

Rev.

14.

2.

BRING ON ONE'S JOURNEY.

;

1.

2.
Titu.s

iii.

13.
2.

BRING FORWARD ON ONE'S

JOURNEY.
John

6.

BRING

),

xiii. 11.

send before or
Rom.

3.

XV. 24.

2 Cor.

10.

i.

,
,
,

"bring forth," '^.

see "

Acts

vii. 36, 40.

xu.

Acts

1.

17.

3.

'^'. 5.

BRING FORTH,"

xiii. 17.

xvi. 30.

2.
I

1.

Acts xvi.

BRING

39.

TO.

to carry in or into, bring

in,

to bring to or towards
to
bring in addition to, contribute.
;

23 (with

Matt. v.
vjmi.)

enC,

ix. 2, 32.

2.

2.

Matt, xvii, 10.

2.

Mark

1.

Acts xvii.

x.

13.

20.

BRING TOGETHER.

7/)7/70, 8 obove.
3

Heb

contribute, introduce.

send before or

beforehand.
1 Cor. xvi. 6.

29.

e^otyoj, see

1.

(no?i ore.)

to send forth

2.

2.

Acts xxi. 28,

1 Tim. vi. 7.

BRING OUT.

xii. 5, 13.

1.

8.

xxi. 5.

be productive,

bear well,

1.

2.

Acts XV.

1.

to

xxii. 54.

V. IS.

9.

1.

15 l'
15 2<i

i.

15.

occ.)

IN," iYo.

" BRING IN," JVo.

see

BRING ON ONE'S WAY.

23.

BRING FORTH PLENTIFULLY.

1.

1.

"BRING

see

vi.

14. Jas.

45twke(non

,
,

2(i.

i.

S.

2.

BRING INTO.

to send forth
beforehand.

xii. 4.

-6.

52.

11.

13.

lij.

2, 5,

V. 15.

3.

12.

14.

XV. 22.
xii. 24.

XV.

6.

23, 26.

11.

0.

Luke
Jolm

7.

11.

xii.

1.

to bear young, bring forth.

BRI

to bring together, bring with

( iviplyimj association;) collect, con-

duce

IN.

to.
Acts xix.

19.

to lead in or into; e.yx to lead

into one's dwelling.

(,

2.

in,

Luke

to bring
to carry in or into
contribute ; introduce.
;

1.

2.

v. 18, 19.

1.

Acts

1.

xiv. 21.

1.

Heb.

ii.

vii. 45.
i.

Matt.

0.

(^.

in

by

ivifh

one's

side

Luke

xix. 13.

Luke

xii. 11

xxii. 19.

viii. 16.

(,

xiv. 35.
xviii. 24
to Ifdil
I.

beside,) to

bring to or towards, to

iv. 24.
xii. 22.

BRTNC; IN PRIVILY.

lead

BRING UNTO.
to

l)ring in addition to, contribute.

t7i)lin xviii. IG.

27.

1.

),

introduce

secretly.
1.

to or loifords,

Tr A.)

(.((

In hear

or can\i/,'VA)

to airri/ into,

Tr ii)

xviii. 15.

xxiii. 14.

,
,

BRING

UP.

to bring or carry up; Ijriiig

or carry back.

BRING IN UPON.
-ayoj, to bring

upon

so to

and make answerable

2 Pet.

ii.

5.

charge witli

for.

2.

make firm, thick or solid

make fat, fatten, nourish,
make to grow or increase,

to

hence, to
feed,

nurse, bring up.

;;

BRI

'),

3.

117

),

?,

to briiiu'

up frum childhood,

rear up, (occ. Eph.

1.

Matt. XV ii.

2.

Luke

BROILED.

to hring- up, iiursc, clicrish,

educate.
4r.

BRO

Luke

Acts xxii

4. Eiih.

iv. IG.

:i.

vi. 4.

up from a lower place

to

BRING UPON.
to bring

(occ. 2 Pet.
Acts

xijjon

to

so,

for,

Mark

V. 2S.

2 Put.

ii.

8\',

1 -'J

bondage, brought

also,

tivity, CHILD, DESOLATION,

(be), capLIGHT, LOW,

PERFECTION, POWER,
REMEMBRANCE, SAFE, SALVATION, SUBJEC-

NOTHING, NOUGHT,

BRINGING

over

Heb.

rubbed

together,

iv.

18

(a]}.)

young

birds, a nest

then the brood, (non occ.)

Luke

xiii.

34.

BROOK.
besides or

in

Xelpappos,

introduction, (non occ.)

pL

BROOD.
a ncst of

IN.

bringing

viii 8,

the heart.

TION, TIDINGS, WORD.

77/,

a frag-

also, piece.

Luke

See

off,

shattered.

5.)

ii.

occ.)

BROKEN HEARTED.

charge

make answerable

and

with,

broken

pi.

See

is

lium. X.

(non

BROKEN MEAT.

Matt. XV. 3",

a higher.

baked

also,

fire,

xxiv. 42.

that which
ment, morsel.

BRING UP AGAIN.
to lead

prepared by

(jen.

'. 29.)
'.

1.

broiled

roasted,

flowing ; a stream
only in the winter
swollen with rains, (non

Aviiiter

vhich runs
or

vii. 19.

when

occ.)

Juhu

BROAD.

('^,

with

broad

i)laccs,

roomy,

spacious.

BROTHER, BRETHREN.
Matt.

viii.

13.

1.

(occ.

a5eA(/)os,

man

BROAD
to

make

2 Cor.

community of love. In pi. brethren.

11, 13.)
xxiii. 5.

2.

/9
then

it

realized

printed as broid-

ERED or BRAIDED.)
Matt.

twined

or

(noil occ. J
1

Tim.

ii.

0, inarg.

plaited.

i.

iv.

i)liuted,

in

transferred to the comwhich this relation is

brotherhood,

(occ.

Pet.

17.)

ii.

anything

denotes a brotherly relation;

is

munity

BROIDED HAIR.
tcroiif/Zi/

r/en. near kinsa vital community

brother, or

then, in pi.

based on identity of origin, i.e. life;

then, out of this community of life
spi'ings also the necessary idea of a

(make.)

broad, wider, extend,

vi.

Matt,

(Sometimes

xviii. 1.

. Matt.

2, 11.

18

<"1<.

21wlcc.

xiii. 55.

1.

xiv.
xvii.

1.

vii. 3, 4, 5. "(G-v:.)
X. 2<<;, 21 '"'-

1.

(\,

xii. 4(5, 47,

1.

22 "'", 23, 24.

4"
iriciul

V.

1.

48, 40,
(50.

3.
1.

xviii. 15''',21, 35.

xix. 29.

BRO
Matt. XX. 24.

x.xiii. S.

XXV. 40 (Lb)
10,

i.

31, 32,

33,

[34, 35.

vi. 3, 17, 18.

lOStimcs^
xiii. 12 twice.

xii.

Luke

iii.

xi. 9.

xii. IS.

20, see 13 (false.)

xiii. 11.

41,423tiics.

Gill,

xiv. 12, 26.

XV. 27, 32.

xvi. 28.

12.

vi.

8.

1, 18.

vi. 10(o,i.

Phil.

21, 23.
12, 14.

i.

iii. 1,

iv. 1, 8, 21.

xxi. 23.
14, 10.
ii. 29, 37.

25.

ii.

Col.

Thes.

(o)ii.

vii. 2,

ix. 17,
X. 23.

4.

i.

1, 9, 14, 17.

ii.

iii.

iv. 1, 0.

2, 7.

10 twice,

v.

L.)

13,

23,

23,

Tim.

6'wicc,i3,i5.

1,

iv. 6.

V.

xi. 1, 12. 29.

1.

xii. 2, 17.

2 Tim. iv. 21.

Phileni. 1, 7, 16, 20.

xiii. 15, 26, 38.

xiv.

2.

XV.

Hob.

13, 22,
23 twicc^ 32, 33, 36, 40.
xvi. 2, 40.
xvii. 6. 10, 14.
xviii. 18, 27.
1, 3, 7.

XX. 32 (i///i
Tr
W.)

iii.

viii. 11.

Jas.

1, 10, 12.

11 3 times.

V. 7, 9, 10, 12, 19.

lPet.i.22,seeB(loveof^

13.

[21.

10.

15.

John

ii.

beloced.G

which this
relation
is
brotherhood, (occ. 1 Pet.

1 Pet.

ii.

it

community in

the

to

realized,
'. 9.)

17.

BROTHERLY KINDNESS.

brotherly love, love of the

brethren.
i.

7 ''>;<:

BROTHERLY LOVE.
Rom.

xii. 10,

marg. lore of

Thes.

Heb.

the brethre'ii.

iv.

9.

xiii. 1.

14aid(,.LT.)

iv. 6.

V. 11.

vi. 5, 6, 8.
vii. 12, 15, 24, 29.

John 3,
Jude 1.

Rev.

1.'

2.

'>;/,

xL2(u-/i.LTiAW)

1.

BRETHREN

comc

or go.

(a) trans,

to

make

to stand,

set.

16.

i.

(b) intrans. to stand, be set or placed.

5, 10.

3.

9.

born,

xii. 10.

xxii

9.

1.

(ialse.)

come

into being, to be

become,

Mark

iv.

2L

to

2b.
|

3.

Acte

BROUGHT TO

brother, a pretcuded
Christian, (in pi. with t/xt, to be.)
ii.

to

arrive,

to

happen.

\//8($, a false

Gal.

to

yLvojxai,

xix. 10.

1.

to

1.

vi. 11.

ix. .X

(be.)

iv.

13<"l

[14lt-

15, 16, 17.

20 twice, 21.

1.

hTrrXti.)

10, 12 ""ee, 13,

iii.

-ii. 1.

(, ',

BROUGHT

(See also bring.)

9, 10, 11.

xvi. 14, 17, 23

1 Cor. i. 1, 10, 11, 20.

2 Cor. xi. 20.

a brotherly relation, then

transferred

12.
iii.

15(o,/i.LTr.\bt<)
Ab.)
30 (o,.

X.

is

BROTHERHOOD.

v. y.

2 Pet.

xiv. lO'wi", 13,15,

s brethren.

to the), margin

3.

X. 1.

viii. 11, 12,

',

iii.8,seeB(loveas.)
(loviiig
8, see

xi. 2.x

iii.

loi-e

1, 5, 14, 15.

ii.

xxviii. 14,15,17,21.

XV. 14.

text,

2 Pet.

iii.

xii.

8,

2, 9, 16, 19.

i.

iv.

i.\.

iii.

xiii. 22, 23.

viii. 12, 29.

5.

xxiii. 1, 5, 6.
i.

(loving to) [margin.]

fond of one's brethren.

X. 19.

G- L

vii. 1, 4.

11, 12, 17.

1, 12.

ii.

vii.

xxi. 7, 17, 20.

xxii. 1, 5, 13.

Rom.

22.

1 Pet.

25,
[26, 27.

1, 13, 15.

ii.

i.

BRETHREN

13.

3.

i.

iii.

(love of.)

brotherly love.

4, 12, 14,

1,

2 Thes.

[26, 37.

.30.

the hnthren.

xii. 10, niarg. (text, brollitrl/ loce.)

1 Pet.

(love of.)

see

9,

17, 22.

vi.

7, 9, 15.

iv.

13, 17.

i.

iii.

loc'iiuj to

1, 2.

i.

XX. 17.

G-LT

[TrAi^.)

vii. 3, 5, 10.
xi. 2, 19, 21,23,32.

Acts

vi

Eph.

xxii. 32.
i. 40, 41.
ii.

iv. 12, 28, 31.

V. 11, 13.

xxi. 10.

John

(false.)

15.

iii.

xvii. 3.
X viii. 20.
XX. 28 3 '>"<, 29.

niarg.

S,

iii.

BRETHREN

Rom.

see

4,

ii.
.

Pet.

(/),

2, 11, 19.

viii. 10, 20, 21.

xii. 13.

(love as.)

fond of one's brethren.

13.
viii. 1, 18, 22, 23.
ix. 3, 5.

-20.

1, I'J.

vi. 14,

<;,

ii.

X. 29, 30.

xiv. 6, 20, 26, 39.

XV. 1, 6, 50, 58.
xvi. 11, 12twice,15.
2 Cor. i. 1,8.
[20.

11.

iu. 17,
V. 37.

BRO

BRETHREN

xii. 1.

xxviii. 10.

Mark

118

1 Cor. xi. 33.

xxii.2-l''<:e,25t"

4.

Mark

xiii. 9.

v. 30.

(after tiiey were.)

change of abode, removal,

migi'ation.

Matt.

i.

12

(lit.

the Babyloiiiau nugraliun.)

BRO

BROUGHT

no

(be to be.)

2.

I'ct.

i.

BROUGHT BEFORE
()

(be.)

by or

to place

(raiis.

1.

>Iatt. xii. 20.

1.

2.

Luke

1.

(pass.)

1:3

bc-

by beside or

to stand

BRUTE
without

near.

Acts xxvii.

give

to

another

24.

(be.)

hand over

or

to

yield or deliver up.

Jlaik

iv.

I'O,

marg.

BROUGHT IX

6t

rijje.

(be) [margin.]

ix.

lii,

12.

ii.

marg.

xvi. 20,

Avithout

i.e.

BUD

Heb.

BROUGHT IN UNAWARES.

to strike with the hands, the

duced

1.

privatel\'.

/,
to build

Gal.

4.

ii.

ytvofmi, see "

BROUGUT

(be),"

2.

(be.)

No.

3.

to build a house

24,

vii.

xxiii.

Latin for

Mark

Acts

XX.
1.

2!).

vii.

also,

bring.

12,
14,
1.

BROW.

?,

BRUISE

iv. 29,

marg.

agaiiL
up.

10 1",
-'ul,

see

see

80

upon.
tnere-

see

IS.

ii.
li.

IS.

2.

vii. 47, 40.

20, see

22,.see

uiwn.
together

800
up.
iii. 3, 4 i"!-.
1
ii. 5, see
up.
Jude 20, see
up ou.
ii.

/,

7,

BUILD AGAIN.

the eye-brow
hence, /rum likeness of shape, the brow of a hill, a
ridge with overhanging bank.
Luke

Gal.

Eph.
Col.
Ileb.
Pet.

.').

xiv. 28, 30.

xvii. 28.

Acts

see
see

2i).

upon.

iv. 20.

xi. 47, 4S.

See

is

thereupon.

xii. 1.

xii.

;i2,

thereon.
10

40.

vi. 4*!, 40.

xiii. 1, niai'g. fostcr-hrothev.

l(i,

Rom. XV.
1 Cor iii.

xiv. 58.
XV. 2!).

Luke

living with.

8.)

Acts XV.

2(3.

xxvi. 61.

XX vii.

up together with

l)rouglit

then gen.

metaph. to edify (ivhich

to prepare, to furnish,
to adorn fully tvith a thing, to get
ready.

(which had

BEICX.)

';,

7.

(-ED, -EST, -IXG, BUILT.)

xvi. 18.
xxi. 3?.

BROUGHT UP WITH

11.

Pet. iL 20.

),
Matt.

1 Cor. XV. 54.

iv.

2 Cor. xii.

simpli/ the

BROUGHT TO PASS

buffet

to

Cor.

(37.

xiv. u5.

BUILD

intro-

be.side,

ix. 4.

BUFFET.

Matt. xxvi.

Mark

10.

(-ED) [verb.]

being clenched,
with the fist, (uon occ.)

pass, (text, he)

brouglit in

Jude

to bud, sprout, grow.

//?,

Acts xxv. 27.)

iingers

to bear, carry.
Heb.

1.

[tread.

ix. 30.

[adj.]

ing, irrational, (occ.

2 Pet.

BROUGHT FORTH

(/en.

Luke
Hum.

pieces, to

speech, speechless; hence, unreason-

i,i(r((iis.

iv. 18.

?,

ule.

(b)

to break, break
break down, (no/i occ.)

to bear, cany.
1

BUI

tt/i/c.

(-ED, -ixg) [verb.]

to nib together, to shatter,

shiver; metaph. to be in perplexity,

affliction, anguish.

( Xo. 1 with
again,)
denotes to build a house again, (non
occ.)

Acts XV. 10 '"l"

BUILD THEREON.
(Xo.

tvith

upon,)

denotes to build a house upon.

1 Cor.

iii.

10l

BUI

120

BUILD THEREUPON.
Cor.

10 -d, 14.

iii.

BUR

BUILDING

(be in.)

" BUILD," Xo.

see

John

1.

20, pass.

ii.

BUILD TOGETHER.
(Xo.

1 ii'ith

together,

BULL.

inqjlying association,) to build to-

rar/jos, a bull, a becA'C.

together.
Eph.

,
/,

Heb.

2_'.

ii.

BUILD UP.

see

2.

2 (No.

Acts XX.

Tr

"BUILD," Xo.

see "

2.

BUNDLE.

to bind.)

Col. ii. 7.
Pet. ii. 5.

1. 1

.)

X. 4.

to bind,) a bundle
(from
(which Eng. word is from the verb

BUILD THEREON."

G:.L

1,

1.

13

ix.

7)<,
1.

Matt.

a great number,

xiii. 30.

2.

Acts xxviii.

3.

BUILD UPON.

'-/,

to build upon, see " build

THEREON."
1

Cor.

12 (witli

iii.

<'/<rl)

t'lri',

Kpli.

ii.

20.

1.

BUILD UP ON.

1.

2.

^?,

BViLO,"

an

etc.

artificer

does or handles a

.
who

1.

1.

Matt, xxi. 42.

Mark
Luke

1.

builds.

by the lailes
11

iv.
11

(?,

liovKf,

it

buil'ler.G-.h'ITr

XX. 17.
2.

Acts

bv.ildiwi

xii. 10.

Heb.

xi. 10

See

also,

1.

is

specific

Pet.

ii.

load
to he

the freight
home, (non

3.

/?,

freight,

ship's

(occ.

Rev.

xviii. 11, 12.)

2.

Matt.

xi. 30.

1.

XX.

2.

xxiii. 4.

2.

Luke

xi.

Acts XV.

1.

28.

xxi. 3.

3.

12.

Gal.

vi. 2.

40 '"'

Kov.

1.

ii.

24.

fmii.ir-

W.)

7.

master.

Sec

[noun.]

prop, the act of Ijuilding a

a building, an edifice
a house

to

greater.

also,

BURDEN

BUILDING

1.

,
occ.)

Jlere

1.

one who

esp.

thinrj

of art.
1.

[noun.]

or lading that has

BUILDER.
see "

BURDEN

weight; it denotes the jiressuo'e

of a weight which may he relieved or
transferred ; met. the heavy weight
of trial or temptation, while

20.

with part, he

art.

2.

Jude

<,

(-ED)

[vei]).]

weigh down,

overload,

(noil occ.)
2 Cor. xii. 10.

inetaph. edification, spiritual profit

or advancement.

(^, a thing

2.

(non

built

in,

OXlipts,

occ.)

a founding, settling, foundaa making, creating, esp. the

creation of the universe ; then, that
which is created, the universe, the

KTiVis,

3.

tion

creation.
1.

Matt. xxiv.

1.

Mark

1.

Cor.

1.

1.

2 Cor. v. 1.
Ki.h. ii. 21.

.3.

Ueb.

1.

xiii. 1, 2.
iii.

0.
2.

BURDENED.

structure,

Rev. xxi.

18.

])rcssure

metaph.

oppression,

aillictiou.
2 Cor.

viii. 13.

I5URDENED
to bc Aveighed

aOIirfion or c(damity,

ix. 11.

2 Cor.

V.

-1.

(he.)

down

as ivith

be oppressed.

BUR

1:^1

BURDENSOME

(be.)

we might have been a

charge Alf. when we
;

might

weight,

/?apet,

1 Tht's.

power to
burdensome.

had

to be.

1 Cor. xiii.

4.

2 Cor. xi. 29.

Ileb.
la.

Rev.

\:,.

iv. 5.

be

BURN
Matt.

to be

grow quite

numbed

stiff

(cf.

heavy upon,

a torpid or

like

2 Cor.

Icss li?iib, (occ.

xi.

Cur.

xi.

me,

,
,
,

to

be lighted, to burn.

burn down,

esp.

of sac-

be burned down or out.

;

to light up, set

be kindled, l)urn

uj),

(/ion

to glow with licat as in a

furnace;

it

nietaph.

biu'u

to

or

were, with grief or zeal,

be
etc.

to scorch with excessive

\x\\

l'.',

40 (No.

2.

Luke

.3.

lighting, kindling,

xviii. 0, IS.

XV.

G,

eo

[.)

Acta xix. 10.

Roiu. i 27 (noil occ.)

2.

la.

xii.

3i.

la.

xxiv. 32 (with

(6..)

Cor,

,,

BURNT-OFFERINCi.
(from

to

1.

and
the

whole of which was burnt on the

altar, and no part eaten by the
priests.
(In the .. the tvord
ansii'ers to nbii, which i^ from ri>V,
to ascend, because it ascended in
fame and smoke towards heaven, see
Ex. X. 25 ; xxiv. 5, etc.)
X.

(i,

8.

BURNT-OKFERING

iii. 15.

vu.

bum

the whole, spoken of sao-i^ces ;

this, from oAos, the whole, (tnd
to burn.)
burnt-oflering,

(lie.)

2.
3.

17.

/,

also,

:i.').

l.GTTr

iii.

2.

la. Joliii V.

xiii. 30.

2.

Cor. xiii.

(occ. 1 Pet. V. 12.)

Hob.

heat.
iii.

vi. 8.

BURNING.

See

occ.)

Matt.

Heb.

7'/)6?, a burning,
Rev.

fire.

fired as

1.

->.

x.xvi. 12.

burn out

to

on

0.

to light, kindle.

(a) ])ass. to

5.

XV.

BURN.

(a) in jxiss. to

4.

a burning ; (here 2'ece(led hy

unto, with a view to.)

rifices.

3.

John

\a.

(my.)

(a) in pass, to
2.

1.

(be.)

i>.

the pre' ^
to prepare
paring me
for
burial,
a corpse
,
f
'
I
lor burial
Matt,

1.

10.

S.

"BURN," No.

see

6?,

not burden-

BURNED

,
5,

the,^

/ie,

iii.

See also, incense.

BURIAL

2 Pet.

'"'

use-

8.)

2.

Rev. xviii.

2.

1.

(/

viii.

BURN UTTERLY.

(from being.)

without Avcight
occ.)
some,

2.

Rev.

or

2 Cor. xii. 13, 14.

BURDENSOME

UP.

torpid; to

incommode

another's damage, to

',

12.

(be.)

o?

the
torpedo or cramp-fish,) to be idle to

lie

iii.

2.

BURDENSOME TO

7'*',8eeBup

8, 10.

xvi. 9, inarg.(text,
scorch.)
xvii. 16.
2.
xviii. 8, see
ut[telly.
xix. 20.
la.
la. Rev. xxi. 8.
5.

up.

see

10,

iii.

i.

viii.

la.
(l)e.)

xiii. 11.

2 Pet.

2.

',

Rev.

8eeB(be.)

xii. 18.

2.

4.

see

vi. 8,

v.a av.lhority.

luar^'.

ii.

la.

onr dignity; Roth,

burden,
ivaL,

on

haA'c stood

BUR

Mark

xii. 33.

(whole.)

BUR

BURST.
break or burst
to break asunder or iu

to break,

through

to

122

BUS

pieces.

Mark

ii.

Luke

22.

BUSHEL.

to measure, whence
(from Heh.
also Eng. mete, made, moderate,
and Lat. modus.) A dry measure

of capacity, containing about a

v. 37.

(non

;,

Matt.

BURST ASUNDER.
to sound, of things tvhich ring

to

corpse,

),

1.

(-ED.)

^,
zeal,

pay the last dues to a

to honour with funeral

Matt.

xpeta,

4.

o,

to jirepare a corpse for the

viii. 21, 22.

xiv. 12.
xxvii. 7, see

1.

in

Luke

Acts

xix. 40.

BURY

2!).

ii.

V. 6,

Rom.
Cor.
Col.

ix. 50, CO.

xvi. 22.

1.

John

1.
1.

(to.)
1.

2.

an earnest,

(the def article) here, neid. pi. the

Father.
lit. the things of

my

with.

vi. 4,

with.

4.

Luke

3.

Acts

ii.

49.

2.

vi. 3.

',

Worn.

xii. 11.

xvi.

1.

BUSINESS

(to.)

burial ; here with eh, luito, with

a view to burial.
Matt, xxvii.

trouble

jjains,

things;

10.

see
XV. 4
ii. 12, see

IN

i),

haste, speed, readiness; hence,

use ; as a property, use, ad'antage, service ; in pihnxd, uses,

services received;
as an action,
using, use.

3.

burial.
1.

BUSINESS.

serious purpose.

rites.

2.

iv. 21.

xi. 33.

that which has been done, a

deed ; then gen. a thing done, a
matter, an affair.

18.

2.

BURY

-,

1.

i.

Mark
Luke

when struch; to break with a crash;

burst with a noise, break vith a
loud report, (non occ.)
Acts

V.

peel,

occ.)

2.

(one's own.)

neiU. pi. one's

own

tilings.

1 Thes. iv. 11.

7.

BUSY-BODY.

),

BURY WITH.

Trepiepyos, careful

( Xo. 1 xoith
with, prefixed,) to bury with or together.

Rom.

vi. 4.
I

Col.

ii.

less trouble
1

overmuch, taking needmeddling, curious.

Tim.

V. 13.

12.

BUSY-BODY

/?,

BURYING.
a in'cparation of a corpse

for burial, as by anointing ,

etc.,

(non

occ.)

Mark

John

-vii.

waste one's labour

(non

7.

(be a.)

more pains than

enough about a thing;

interfere

xiv. 8.

to take

witli

to

hence,

to

meddle or

other folk's

ailairs,

occ.)
2 Tliea.

iii.

11.

BUSH.

';,
Mark

jMirt of

Luke
Acts

a bramble bush.

xii.

20

coitrfmiiir/

tlie

bimli,

the Book of Moiee concerning

XX.

'.i~.

it,

i.e.

in

tli.'it

Tr
[j^.)

vii. 30, 35.

BUSY-BODY IN OTHER MEN'S

MATTERS.

(<;,

an inspector or obof other jjeople's affairs

prying into the affairs of others,
server

BUSH

(bramble.)

Luke

vi. 41.

(710)1 occ.)
1 Pet. It. 15.

BUT

123

BUT.
When " BUT

an

tvhick is

4.

sentence, it

the translation

of

or T6 (see under "

24, 39.
xiii. 21.

3.
2.

'

3.

-xiv. 17.

XV.

or "both");

and"

21 {ill,.)
xviii. 7.

but, 7nore emphatic than Se

though,

since,

not,

more

ix. 3.
18.

31.
X. 1. 5, 8.
10.

7.

xi.
22(o/H.LbTr W.)

lytwicc^ 22 {op.)
20.
20, 29 2nd.

beyond

V.

18, 26, 33.

4, 11.

20.

I'.i,

28, see

30, 42, 51, 52, 54.

xii. 6, 9, 10, 27, 30,
42, 44, 47, 49.

(if.)

39.

then, denoting the sequence of

one clause upon another ; and also
always denoting the consequence and
logical inference of what has been
said before, therefore (rf. Matt. iii.

"therefore;" Gal.

if.

iv. 17, 22.

oijv,

with

and

iii.

vi. 4.

(a)

10 {p.)
12, 16, 26, 28,37,
42, 49, 55 2nd.

2..d.

44, 45 2ud.

i.

hence, except.

8,

[28.

xxvii. 24.

Mark

cept.

over,

than,"

2C2J,

232'><i,

48, see
XX vi. 30.

unless, ex-

vL 9, 22, 26, 27, 32,

30, 38, 39, 64.
vii. 10 2nd, 12, 16,
22,'24.,28, 44, 49.
viii. 5 {ap.)

171s'((/a)

ii.

if,

19.

22, 24, 30, 342nd,

42.

G.

3G

ii.

21, "tlicn.")

tnily, indeed.

50, see

viii. 33.

ix. 13, 22.

given as a reason or explan-

is

xvi.

40

2"J, 43 3rd, 45.

xix. 15.

7. 11 '
'-"d.

xiii.

32

20,

[24.

2.

Acts

10.
11.

4 {ap.)

31, 32, 38.

except.

X. 35, 41.

xi

,
,

only.

iv. 4.

13

2.

<

Matt.

ix.

12 2"J, 13

13.

21.

4.

22.

2.

17.
vi. l:?, 18.
vii. 21.

2.

X. 20, 34.

2.

vui.

2.

xi. 8, 9.

3.

V.

2.
2.

xvii. 21,8eeBeither
30, see
now.

2"<i.

(no

y..

4, 8.

2.

24.

Si.rt

xxi. 13, 24.

xxiii. 21.
.Nxiv. 11, 8eeB(yet.)

4 1 seo
42.
,

rather.

4.

xxvi

2.

31, sou IJ rather.

4.'), see
anil if.

16, 20,252,

51, see

rather.

xxvii. 10.

2.

2.

Rom.

i.

21, 32.

29 "I".

xiii. 3, 5.

2.

ii.

xiv. 10, 13.

2.

iii.

xvi. 30.
xvii. 1 1',
xviii. 13.

2.

iv. 2. 4, 10, 12, 13,

21,

xxi.

XXV.

5a.
29.

xix. 27.
XX. 0, see

[17, 18.

xviii. 9, 21 1'
xix. 26, 27.
XX. 20.
24.

xii. 7.

and, also, see "and,"

Matt.

52

see

{op.)

29.

iVo. 1 in all passages, except

2.

2iid,

22 flee.
xi. 4

other than, except.

yet truly, certainly, nevertheless, however.

14.

10, 27,

13

25.

XV. 11, 20.

xvi 37 2nd.

X. 14.

12. /ievTot,

13.

viii.

19.

xiii.

50 {up.)

',

vii 39.

more.

or.

ij,

V. 4, 13.

vii. 7, 25, 20.

ix.

32.

24, 35.
27.

theless,

not,

16.
iv. 17.
20.
ii.

21.

never-

8, 23.
4, 8.

i.

V. 14.

though.

21, 24, 34.

7, 27.

XX.

00.

i.

"t)t,

sii
since,

9.

xxi 4 2ud.

iv.

if,

L>'

12.

23, 32.

vi. 4.

1,

13,

15, 20.
xviii. 28, 40.

xii. 14, 25, 27,

except, unless.

( iKTos, Avithout, outside.

besides.

b*.)

xvii.

xi. 13.

Luke

kav, (for il au)

25 2nd, 33.

xiv. 28, 49.

xvi. 7.

not.

4, 6, 12,
lt {ohi.

25

Tr

x. 8.
18.

10 tfice, 18.

XV. 16, 19 2nd, 21,

[202nd.

25.

29.

ation, for.

,
>

9,
0.

24, 31.

fact

xiii.

xiv.
(if.)

37.

yap is a contraction of -ye cipa, verily

then hence, in fact ; and when the

9.

vii. 5, 1 j, 19.

17,

14 2nd (ap\ 23.

v. 18.

xxiv. 6.

is

10,

28, 30.
iv.

xxi. 111.
21.
xxii. 30, 32.

(^.

used to mark opposition,

1,)
interruption,
or transition ;
(rf.
Matt. V. 17; Rom. iii. 31.)

13.

2".

22, 30.

-XX.
-

8.

-15 {up),

4.

xix.

0.

8, 13, 31, 33.

i.

iii

12, 17 23
xvii. 12.

xxiv.

John

24

of quotation.)

t,

xxii. 21, 22.

20 2nd, 30,42,53.
28 2nd.

xxiii.

11.

xvi.

, c/enerally marks a contrast, and

an otherwise concealed antithesis; cf.
Matt. xxi. 3 Acts xxiv. 17 ; Rom.
iv. 3.
(It occurs too often to admit

and

Luke

xi. 22, 24.

xii.

adversative conjunction,

rarefidhj to he distinguished from

Matt.

3.

" introduces

(jenerally

is

BUT

see

16. 20. 24.

[that.

aucl

if.

3a
7 (with natt,
[ichen.)

ysiid.

13,
27.

2.

v. 3. 11,

2.

vi

3.

vii. 7.

15.

13, 14, 15.

13, 15, 17, 19, 20.

1 {ap), 4, 2nd,

viii.

15. 20, 23, 26, 32.

BUT
BUT

',

and

even

if,

(if.)

28

v.

BUT

vi. 50.

(nay.)

yea rather, yea truly.

/xei'ori'yi,

Rom.

ix.

BUT

20(.

G-*.)

(no more.)

ov, not,

or

more,
V
after comp. than, j
Luke

BUT

$,

iii.

it be.)

15.

(yet.)

"but (no more.)"

Acts xxiv. 11 (om.

See

or,

.Ml)

moment, time, when.

also,

BUY

2.

than.

13.

i.v.

(though

BUT

1.

not more

yet, nevertheless.
Gal.

tSt'e

125

at least, altliougli.

if,

Mark

(-ETH, bought.)

be in the ay
(the
market-place), to attend it, have
free use of it; hence, to do hnsiness
there, buy or sell.

\4,

to

to buv, purchase, (opp. to

sell.)
,3.

/,
f

/lings

to

deem

to

or hold worthy; of
estimate or value

-alue, to

at a certain price.
1.

Matt.

xiii. 44, 40.

BY

8.

BY

; ;

..

126

The occasion by Xo.

beside, of Juxtaposition.

ing.

with,
with Bat. beside and at
near, of 2)ersons only (except John

(b)

xix.

25

power

2a.

22.

i.

LTTr.)
5a

by, near

LTTr A

Ob.
9b.

beside, above,

2a.

14.

8c.

18.
V. 34.

hence, contrary to;

(instituting

a comparison and

leav-

npon, of superposition.
Gen.

uiith

(a)

from,

(e.g.

npon and proceeding

as a pillar upon the
the pres'?nc?

over, in

or

of.

(b) with Oat.

upon and

resting

upon

2a
;

over, of superintendence ; in addition

to, on account of ; on or at, as the

3.

-'-^

4, I-.)

viii. 17, 2S.

groundwork of any fact or

circtim-

18
2'2

3 times.

(b)

Dat. resting in a direction

7vith

towards; near, hard

(c)

witli Ace.

l)y.

xxvi). 0.
35 (f'p.)

Sc.

Marie

13, see B..side.

iii. 22.
iv. 1 1', see B.
\1..
[side.

10c.

2.

.3.

direction,) to, towards.

4,15, seeB..

11

2L

3.

vi

2a.

(opp. of No. 4.)

12

29 twi", .33.
34 (om. L'' )

(b) with Ace. over

and towards

be-

LTTr

expressed by Xo. 6.

The instrument by No.

1.

The motive

' cause by Xo.

by Xo. 2a.

xii.

xiii. 14 (;>.)

3.

xiv.

1.

i.

17, inarg. (text,

70.
(.)
77, marg. />.

2a.
3.
ii.

18, 26.
27.

see

7,

itself.

3.

2.a.

10.

2a.
2a.

ii.l6,

[43.

22

2.232",

16, 18, 21.

iv. 7 twice, 10 twice.
iii.

3
2a.

16, 25.

3.

30 I't.
30 2" J.
36.
v. 10.

12, 10.
vii. 25.

3.X(n;f,Ki7A,G
Tr A.)

>

.53.

ix. 13.

6.

25

2a.

2n<>.

X. 6, see

side.

22.

32, see B. .side.

36.
xi. 28, 30.

-xii.

(No.

.5a,

T.)

20.

xiii. 4.
;)f)

one Bone.

2L

XX.

Acts

1.

10, see

Luke

25.

5a.

.5a.

21).

R)

28, 20, 33.

36.
1

3.

3.

will

''.'/

see B. .side.

4(5,

2a.

The minister of another's

i"-

xi. 4.

lOo.
.S.

is

f"'^'.

stead of

yond, above, used in comparison.

The agent

(at

X. 1
the,

xiv. 6.
xvi. 30.
xix. 7.

them-

selves.
3.

fn their sake, in various loays.

2a.

11.

3.

2a.

3.

0.
xiii. 35.

3.

see

by

X. 1, 2.

3.

3.

see one

(.)

2a.

10c.
2a.
2a.

ix. 2,

1st (rty)

*'"',

40, see "Hunand " Fifties."

11.

34.

viii.

one

17 '">

3, 10,

i.

iii.

5a.

viii. 3, 27.

3.

over and separate from

on V)ehalf of, as though bending over
to protect, (opp. of Xo. 7 ;) of things

(a) with Gen.

John

2a.
4.

2"),8eeBand B.

vii.

4.

12,

32.

2a

2.

dreds"

vTtkp, over.

[side.

v. 4.

5a.
i's, into, implying motion to the interior ; to, unto, with a view to;

56.

3.

3.

16.

i.

>)

xxiii. 8.

7b.
8b.

ii.

3,

hitlierwards, ((f literal

7b.
2a.

xxiv. 15.
xxvi. 24.
2a.

Band

see

0,

xxn.

themselves.

xvii. 21 (op.)
[side.
xviii. 7.
XX. 30, sae
xxi. 4.
23, 24, 27.
xxii. 1.
31.
xxiii.
16 'i^,
twice, 20 ' tim,

of.

to.

5a.

2a

I'.

to-

2, 8.

-16.

xxiv.

with Gen. hitherwards, conducive

(a)

xxi.

).

wards (motion being implied) to,

(imj)lying an intention) for, against.
10. Trpos, towards, in the direction

XX.

.5a.

2a.

upon, hy direction

3.

lOc.

Ace.

2a.

XV.

3.

17.

.xiii.

xvi. 22.
xvii. 7, see Band B.
xviii. 31.
side.
35, see

xiv. 13

2a.

ivith

5a.
5a.

2b.

stance.
(c)

47.
x. 4, 31 Is'
xi. 10 twice.

3.

3.

" by

14, see "Fifties."

li'i.

2b.

{.

ix.

1st.

Sb.
7b.

4.

see B. .side

5, 12,

*)

time

viii. 4.

Him,"G-. L'>TTr A

24, 27'^-<:,28.
33, 37 '.
xiii. 1, 4, 19, see
side.
and B.
21, see
35.

3.
4.

ground,)

vi.

2a.

xii. 17.

2a.

44.

4.

5a.

20 (No.
.

^.

3(i.

3.3

vii.

eVt,

9.

(NfA.)

30

2a.

-'"I

LTTr

ing the superioritij to he inferred,

while vir'ep affirms the siiperiority

1 (.

>--

1 '

iv.

t<.)

to, or along the side of

beside, as not coinciding,

Gr^

V. 1, 2.

" by
Tv
Hlin,"G:r: L
10(o,.All)[;i)

ua.

3 (No. 2a,

1.

4t"icc(oj).)

;ib.

8c.

'28.
iii.

10.

iii.

iv.

3.

Gv

17 (No. 2a,

2a.

Luke

.');..

5, 1.1.

ii.

Da.

of.

with Ace.

(c)

Matt.

:a

with, in the estimation or

;)

6.

Xo. 1 in all passages, except where it

firms part of a verb, and the fulhnc-

Gen. beside and proceeding

with pei-so)is only, from, gen.
U'ith notion of something imparted.

(a) u'ith

from

BY

twice.

45.
xiv. 3.
XV. 3.

7. 12, 23, 27.

40.
xvi. 2.
13, see B..idu.

BY
Acts

2a. 1 Cor. xvi. 3.

3.

xvii. 10.
31.

3.

2a.

xviu.

2a. 2 Cor.

2a.

0, 28.

xix. 11.

2a.
3.

4.

2a.

xxi.

2a.

2a

x.xiii. 31.

11.

XXV. 1-1.
5a.
xxvii. 2.
7b.
11.
5a.
xxviii. 1(
7b.25.
2a.
2a. Rom. i.
4.

2a.
3.

2a.
4.

7b."
4.

4.

9.

5a.

6.

13.

2a.

5.

10.

4.

12.

5a.

17.

2a.

ix, 12, 13.

7.

2a.

X. 1, 9, 11.
12.

12, 1(1.
27it-

3.

27-''
20l<.

4.

4.

2a.

2a.

4.

1.

i.

7b.

ii.

2a.

lli-'nd.

4.

10

-11

2a.

11, 12tic-.

3.

15,

3.

&

2a.
3a.

3 2nd

4.

vii.

4,

iii. 4.

2a.

10.

beca use

of.

4.

ix.

10

3.

X. 5.

I't.

2.a.

6 2nd & 3rd.

3.

marg.

7,

twice,

John
Jude 1.

3.

for.

2a.

18.

21

Rev.

5a.

ix.

11, 12

IS
IS

4.
4.

5,

1st,

7,

marg.

32 ''

2a.
5a.

('

14

vi.

13.

2a.

10.

3.

18.
iii.

oS,

2a.

0.

7b.

7.

J.

2.

-4

twice,

tind.

AND

liY
1.

^}?,

2.

^5, straight,

3.

BY.

at the A'crv point of time, at

once.

9 {ap), 10, 12,

21.
[10,17.
iv. 14 "ice.

i.e.

direct; of time, straight

immediately, straightway.

10.

(,

21.

2.

3.

Matt.

immediately, forthwith.
xiii. 21.

Mark.

1.
|

5a.

V. 13.

5a.

2a. Phil.
5a.

2.1,

9.

2a.

2a.
7b.

3.

2a.
2a.
3.

2a.

7b.3.
3.

2a.

7b..
2a.
2b.

i.

11,
28.

20

3.

iv. 19.

2a. Col.

i.

15.

2a.
3.

17.

--14.

2a.

vii.

2a.

20 1*.
20 2nd (pm. " by

(!.

14 twice.
viii. etf'co

1.

xxi.

vi.

2.">.

9.

apart

separately,

witlunit,

separate from.

Him,"G-- LTr.)
21

'?,

(marg.

in.)

C
2. <

according
"

( eaiTov,

xi. 12.
xii, 3 twice.

8
_8

HY ITSELF.

1.

10 l"t.
10 2nd.

twice, 20.

3.

vi. 2, 11.

ii.

9.

iii.

13.

Luke x\

3.

20.

3.

2a.

4th (oHi.

h>i

5.

2a.

3.

&

see year.

ist.

11

ii.

3.

3.

3r.l

(No. 6,
[G^.)
(No. 6,

whom, marg. whenbii.)

Eph. L 1, 5,

3.

All.)

2a,

0, 13.

8,

2a.

3.

IS

ix.

All.)
tv

-10, 19.
-3S.

1.

i.

v. 9.

3.

22.

twic

7b.
3.

2a.

14.

I'e.

vii. 11, 19,

7b.
2a.
2a.
7b.

[of.

24.

iii.

V. 2.

713.

1.3

many

see

1,

2.

John

."Ja.

2a.

18, 19.
21, 22, 24.

iii.

5a.

-S.

11 twice, l:5 twice.

viii.ll'wiee,

2b.

21.

A R)

4.

13.

5.a.

3.

vi. 4 twice.

2a.
2a.

" by

10.

12.

3.

2a.

2a

Slid.

V. 10.

4. 1

X, 1

]~ twice 18
19 twice, 21.

2a.

20, 21.

3 2ud.

16 Ut.
16 2n<l.

2a.

()),.

1.

19.

2a.
2a.
2a. 2 Pet.

Himself," LTr
ii. 2, 31".

.'",th.

5 twice.

12.
14.
iii.

3.

6.

1,'21't.
2 2nd.

i.

2b.

-ird, 4t!i

11 1.

3.

10 2>

Heb.

2.3.

ii. 5.

3.

0.

17, 20!
21.
iii, 2 twice

2a.

5.

2it.

IGlst.

3.

2.

1 twice, 12, 15.

2a. Gal.

Philem.

3.

2a.
5a.

4 twice.

5lt.

2"<

3.

'

iv. 2.

IC.

in.

33.

xiii.

''-

2a'

20

xi.

4.

3.

20.

4.

V.

7b.

21.

4.
4.

iii.

12, 21,

2a.
2a.

9.

i.

2a.

xii. 17.

2a.

Titus

5.

4.

17.

[25.

3.

i.

3.

2a.
2a.

20.
iv.

4.

2a.

5a.

-'"i-

20

3.

marg.

marg. (text,

2,

18,21, 22,24twice,

2a. 1 Pot.

1, 0, 10, 14.

i.

ii.

14.

15,

2a.

Tim.

8.

I'.i,

out All

among.)

viii. 5.

3.

iii.

2a.

vii. 6, '7 twice.

2a.
7b.

irillioiit,

4.

iv. 5, 14.
V. 21.

7b.
2a. 2
2a.

marg. (text,
with-

IS,

1.

i.

marg. see

itself.
4.

IS.

vi.

4.

Tim.

11, 15.

Ii

17

A R)

Tr

2a.

v. 7

3.

ii.

3.

2a.
2a.

xiii.

2a. Jas.

7b. 1

"', IS, 20.

Oetiaica, 7 1st &
73rd,8twicc. [2nd.

29.

2a.

10.

3.

2a.
4.

oi.

12.

2a.

G-

12 (No. 3,

iii.

ii.

2a.'

marg.

IS,

7 3rd.

xi.

8c.

i'j/intle.)

3.

iv.

Gx>

Heb.

7b.

15 (2nd not
translated, lit. by one

3.

2 3 times.

ii.

3.

2a.

14 ((, 'rilh.
hl'TiAR)

2a.

Thes

14,

2a.

14.
iii.

(j.

Tr A.)

llSi-J.

2.

ii.

5a.

xxiv. 2 ''
21 (No. 9a,

5a.

1, 4, 5,

12.
10, 19 twi'.e, 20.

2a.

25.

XX. 19.

BY

2a. 2
7b.

7.
i.

3.

4.

2a.

127

him-,

1.

John

2.

Jas.

XX.

ii.

to,
.'

hv

lier-, it-self, )

..
.^
Itself.

'

7.

17,

marg. (text,

oloiif.)

lt.

2nd.
twice, 13.
J lime.

xiv. 6

r.V

27.
.'il,

XV.

2,

(one.
see one by
21 twice.

xvi. 2.

/xfiro?,
12a. 2 Tlies.

ii.

1.

TIIK.MSELVES.

alone, left alone, solitary.

Mark

ix. 2.

Ltike xxiv, 12 (fp.)

BY

,
Matt.

see "

Dat.

BY.

BY," Xn.

Luke

1, 4, 19.

-xiii.

ji.

ai-t. tliOKC hi/

[iAe ide.)

X. G, 32.

xvi. 13.

X. 46.

BY WAY
see

xviii. 35.

Acts

See also, called, close, come, company,

CONSTRAINT, COURSE, DIVIDE, FIFTIES,
FORCE, FRAUD, HAND, HEREOF, HIGHWAY,
HOLD, HUNDREDS, INHERITANCE, INTERPRETATION, KNOW, LEST, MEANS, ONE,
ORDER, PASS, PROTEST, REASON, SAIL,
SIDE, SIT, SOOTHSAYING, SPACE, STAND,
TAKE, TRADE, WAY, YEAR.

8.

Vi (with

13.

iv. 1, 4, 15.

ei',

CAL

BY... SIDE.
ti'ith

XX. 30.

Mark

128

^.

" BY,"

OF.

3.

2 Pet.

iii.

1.

CALL.

CiESAR.
Ceesar,

title

Roman Emperors

the

to

all passages, except

Acts

CuESAR'S

xi.

28 (pm. All.)

COURT

[margin.]

the quarters of the prictorian

to call

witJi

impersonal

name

,
ix.

L 13

(te.xt,

jw/ncf.)

2.

(JAGE.

watching or guarding
of
jiersons, a Avatch or guard
of place,
a

a watch, station,

of time, a
Avatch, e.g. of the idijht ; lastly, a
])lace for keeping othms in, a ward,
a prison.
Rev.

xviii.

})ost

.3.

then in jxiss.

thus kas the

tivo

25, 26,

(^.

1,

7(>it/i

eVt,

upon, pre-

to,

(denoting

No. 2)

the object, not the sidtject, as

any one (by turning tc)wards and crying to him) ; in

mi'l. imjdying interest and <t<} van-

CALF.

/5, any thing young, used

of jilauls,
of the young of
Imt also a young bull

a calf,
a heifer, a young cow, (non occ.)

Icine,

Luke

XV. 23, 27,

tage, to

esp.

etc. ;

.SO.

Heb.

Rev.

to

\.

iv. -.

appeal; to call out something

i.e. to name, designate.

some one,

.(.(,

witli,
(No. 1, with
denoting participation or
change) to call away or to anotlier
to into call back, re-call
place
mid.
A'itc to one's self, (only in

prefixed

ix. 12, 19.

\.

),

CALF

(:

make

a.)

a alf, (said of the

Israelites in imitation of the Egypto

in

N.r.)

tian tvorship of Aj)isJ, (non occ.)

Aote

see
etc.

hence, to accuse.

to call on

animals,

aiiy-

ideas

ichicJi.

fixed) to call on, to call

2.

to call the

(Xo. 1, with -pos, towards,

prefixed) to call hither ; in N. T. as
also in Ixx. only the mid. to call
to one's self; but also to call any
to call before a
one to a work
court

object,

object,

summon

and designation;
and the context,

of vocation

Rom.

personal

invite,

name, be called

must deterviivc

Pliil.

-ING.)

name

hence, to

(,

thing,

army

loith

any one,

to bear the

Rome.

KaXkoi,

to call

(from the Lat. prsetor) the

public hall in the Governor's house;
in

-,

(-ED, -EST,
1.

In

applied

after Julius.

vii. 41.

5.

(l>iovi<),

sound or tone, to
of men, to speak loud
t(j call out, cry out to.

to pi-ixluce a

sound

esj).

or clearly

CAL

6.

Mark

words

and

I'ational

and

that

in

59, 60,

fil

4, 21,

V.

32

thing

is called.

Simon,"

is lit.

it

vi).

10.

to be

^.

named,

C unto

2.

ix.

1,

to

see

xiii. 12,

to

question,

(one.

2,

see

(tion.

21, see

25, see

XVI. 2
5.

sre

XXVI).

g,

xxviii

untoone

ate C
C forth.

14.

6.

26

xviii. 10,
19.

eee

IT, IK, 23,

xxiv
XT. 6, 9, see C to19,21.
Igether

C in quesC for.
14, 16.

17,BeeCtogether.

20, pee

Rom.

Ki.

13.

15.

37.

17.

viii. .SO'lcf.

ix.

7,11,24,25, 26.
12,13,eeeCupon.

X.

on men from their business or

it
signifies to be named or
called, (cf the Eng. Smith, Taylor,
Carpenter, etc., etc.)

vii.

1.

money

matters; hence, since names- were im-

for.

17

ii

iv.

1.

11.

vn

lone.
on.
C in
[unto one.

16, see

xxiii. 6,

do or carry on busi
esp.

l.see C unto

17.

XXI)

39.

IX.

to

have dealings,

ness,

together
40, see C in ques-

gether.

.\ix.

for

tion

gee

xiv. 12.

to he

for.

6C

to.

29,
xix. 13
25, see

surnamed

11.

1.

see

xlv. 12
xvi. 10

2.

11.

viii

(No. 9 xvith iVt, upon,

prefixed,) to give another name to.

(a) in pass,

xui.

1.

(one.

10.

name, impose a name.

to

13. eee

20

1.

C unto

see

C Iiither.
C for.

32. see
11

x.x

In phrases " called

by name Simon.

name

-,

^ mention

2S.

I
!

2,seeCherunto

or

or speak of by name,
to call one something ; to name or

ot'o/iacw, to

3.

\xnU)

one.
32, Bee

name hy which a person

for.

C in.
24,eee C together

23

13, eee
15, 40.

name.),

the

see
li

7,

7,

19,

C on.

ftid.

5,
5.

76

62,

ii.

vi.

add to
or name.

( Implyimg that a thing has another

8.

X. ll'i.

Lnkoi 13.31,32,35,36,

upon, pre-

luis been said, to call

1.

xi.

fixed,) to say in addition, to

what

30.
41.

one.

utterance,

eoc

44.

denotes the sentiment,

6 2vith

ix. 14, 21. see

5.

3.

16 '"*, see C t<..

35
[|;etlier

from

differs

Acts

6.

23, see

always implies

it

intelligent

', (.

xii 37
[one.
43, see C unto
XV. 12 (om whom
vecall. L.Ti )

utter in

tell,

kinds of oral

all

iisrd

of
communications.
;

xi. 17.

relate; then gen. to say,

C to one

x. 42. see

49 3lim.

and so to collect to
among, and so to recount, tell,

lay

CAL

to lay asleep; then, to lay in

order, arrange,

7.

129

14. see C o/i.

1, see tillol.
2 2nii_see C upon.

Cor.

i.

po.sfid

2.

--,

V. 11.

9.

office,

speak to in the
ayopa (the market-place or assemto

1.

vii. 15. 17, 18<'<',

20, 21, 22 '"^co. 24.
viii 5.

0.

xii. 3(\vitli
to spcxk )

XV. 9.
2 Cor. i. 23.
Gal. i. 6, 15.

1.

3.
1.

bly,) hence, to address, accost; but

also, to jjroclairn,

13.

one

11.

(mm

say; also,
to say that.

to speak,

.TO

and

so,

to say,

to speak;

to call

to call,

15.
6

',

.Matt

he, .she or

it is.

xxi

15

l.'i

xix. 13.

232nd.

xxv. 14

x.\i.

21

ix

6
1.

6
2.

xxvi.
xxvi)

18

iv.

10 "''
13

47, see

X l,sceC unto one

M.irk

25 (No

3,

All)

li.

1.

20
17
I

(.)

sec

-31 (No l,LTTr

[one

see C iiiito
xviii. 2, SC Cunto
[one.
32,
xix. 17
XX. 8.
fono.
25, nee C unto

A K)(<mi.

vii

14,

viii.

ix

1,

35.
It

G-

vi. 7,
-^

Heb

1.

>

34, j

SCO

18

togellior

40

Ti.

6.

vii.

0.

ix. 2. 3.

eo

v)i.U,ecrtoonf
50, ece
viii

one.

C unto

)X

Pet.

23.
14, tee
15.

11

ui>on.

1"

7,

see

9.21.

1.

)i

1.

iii.

6. 9.
10.

1.

9.

for.

24.
)).

V.
1.

li. S. 18.

Jae.

[.e!f.

'J.

unto

1.

11.

15.

lone.

2,

13.

10.

6.

to.

on.

4.

12.

C on

C
C

11.

ii

iii.

1.

imto one.

see

22, see

1.

v.2).scc

12.
5,

i.

ii.

1.

13. I
23,

vi.

1.

for
iv.

4.

ii.

14

Tim.
2 Tim.

21, see

ii.

ill.

,12,

2.

ii

55.

XV 10

14, 36.

SThea.
1

7<1<.

Actei. 12, 19. 23

V. 24.

24

16, 17, 22. 33.

9,

xiii.

3,

XX

12.

ii.

iv. 7.

2..

3. 43, 45
xxiii 7, S, 9, 10.

Thes.

1.

1.

xviii. :i3

xxii

7, 15.

11.

1.

1.

XV. 15 1".

Matt XX 32

1.

for.

1. 4.

iv

1.

2.'il>

ii

11 twice.
15.

ii).

6.

11.

f..

see

Col.

1.

17.

xiii.

21, 23, 25.

1.

-',

8, 13.

ii.

iv.

1.

54
xi)

16.

i.

24
X. 3 (No. 5, G ~ L
35
fTTr.VSV)
xi 10

2K

Eph.

0.

11

i.\.

to

name

1.

H.

oCc.)

2 Pet.

1.

John

1.

3.

iii.

1.

C ,

CAL
Rev.

i.

9.

1.

20.

ii.

1.

si. 8.

130

Rev.

xii. 9.

xvi. 16.
xix. 9, 11, 13.

1.

1.

Acts

,
/,

,
,
,
^,

3.

see " CALL,"

No.

tO or beside

to call

hence, to beseech, exhort,

07??

2.

see "

CALL," No.

Matt, xxvii. 4T.

5.

John

xi

Acts

X. 5.

4.

28.

Jas

5.

xiii. 7.

1.

1.

xvi. 29.

2.

xxiv

3.

xxviii. 20.

25.

2.

v. 14.

Luke

3.

CALL FORTH.

,
,

1.

1.

,
,
Mark .

2.

2 Tim.

see

"call," No.

see

"call

see

" CALL," No.

42.

,
call

CALL HITHER.
"CALL," No.
Ac'..7 X.

Acts

vii.

2.

to," No.

2.

1.

4.

Luke

xiii 12

14.

to call or

summon

together;

a council,

Mid. to

(a)

4.

call or collect

together to

ojie's self.

32

2.

^^',

to

throng or crowd

CALL

1.

IN.

la.

Mark
Luke

to call or invite
Acts

in,

(nan

occ.)

X. 23.

xv. 16
ix 1.

XV

la.

,
-,
,
la

x.xiii

Acts

1.

V. 21.

24
xix 25.

la.

xxviii. 1"

la

6,
i:{.

X-

CALL UNTO.

',

see

to call in as a debt; then gen.,

to demand as one's due, to bring a
charge or accusation against

to separate, part, put asunder;

to enquire or search into, investigate; hence, to form un estimate of,
to come to a decision, to judge, (not
necessarily to condemn.) In profane
Greek, to call any one to account, to

begin a lawsuit.
1

Acts xix.

"CALL
Matt

xi

TO," No.

1.

li">

CALL UNTO ONE.

person.

2.

to-

crether.

CALL IN QUESTION.

1.

i.e.

CALL TOGETHER.

Acts xxiv. 2

see

Jn paraphrastic

'

vii. 32.

3.

" CALL, No.

as in the hand,

take,

to

CALL TO ONE.

Acts

1.

KaAioj, see

any

2.

summon.

xi. 13.

0.

TO.

to call or shout to

to begin so, to take remetnhrance,

take experience of, etc.

to send one after another,

to send for,

5.

17

expressions, to take a beginning,

comfort,

see " CALL," No.

6.

CALL

22

ii

Pet L

It)

hence, to receive.

etc.

5.

X. 14.

2 Tim.

14. 21

one, to cry aloud, to call to one's sell.

every kind of calling to ivhich is

meant to prodxij:e a ]-jarticular effect

4.

3.

Rom.

,
,

1.

4.

CALL," No.

21

xxii

to ask for something, to beg or

person for
crave soraething, to ask
a thing.

2.

ii

CALL ON.
sef "

is.

CALL FOR.

CAL

2.

40.
2.

Acte xr.i'

21.

Acts xxiii

6.

"CALL,"

1.

see

2.

see "

.Mutt

XV. 44.

XV

xviii

2.

2.

Luke

Murk

vl

vii

1.

Tiii.

7.

.\cts vi. 2

14.
1,

13.

xvi. .).
xviii IC

iiL 13, 23.

1.

vi

vii. in.

XX 25

1.

M.irk xii 43

1.

A'o. 2.

CKhL TO," NO.

4.
1.

XX.

Acts xxiii

1"

8,23

CAL

CAN

CALL UPON.

(,
Acts

1.31

"CALT,," No.

xee

vii

59.

Rom.

Rom.

Tor

X. 12.

l.?

i.

Eph.

1, (occ.

iii.

Pi.il

1, c/c-

IS.

i.

9.

i)i.

1.

2 Pet.

jv. 4.

11.

i.

Tim

Heb.

14

ili.

2The.s

26.

2
i

iv.

vocation.)

xi. 29.

Cor.

Hcb.

see

iiotes

3.

i. 10.

CALL ^HEREUNTO.

See

" CALL," No.

see

Acts

o.

CALM.

^,

rlessed. Common,

also,

with

2,

\\\\. 2.

Stillness of the sea, calmness,

gentleness, (from yi\ah>, to smile,

so Ovid, " The storm is htshed, and

mind, re-

dimpled ocean smiles," (non

membrance.

Matt.

viii. 2G.

Luke

CALLED.

^.

invited

called,

welcome,

chosen.

ix

XV

Cor.

xxiii. 33.

see C.

1'',

17, see

C upon

fA")

C (which

is)

Heb

16, see

xi

Jas,

(be)

G-

(oil!

2.

24, see

1.

See, COME.

29.

1.

Hind.
X.

1. 6. 7.

i.

viii.

1.

xiiv. 13.
Act-s viii 9

2.
2.

Luke

CAME.
Rom.

Luke

2.

CALVARY.

is.

M.itt. XX. 16 (ap)

1.
xxii. 14.
3. Mark xv 161^11.

ivhich a person or

24.

a skull, (Lat. Calvan'a, a skull.)

by name.

is called,

viii.

occ.)

iv. 3C.

which,

( o,
I

name hy

the

thing

-Mark

7,

eee

Jude

1.

Rev. xvii

14.

ii.

(be )
(be )

C by

1.

CAMEL.

\<;,

iTTiKaXkuy^ see

Ileb

xi.

3m.

ii,

7 (with

among

(be.)

CALLED UPON

CALLED
:;09,

see "

Cor.

i.

also,

Luke

xviii. 25.

2.'.

CAMP.
insertion lieside,

between or

other.':;

yvnd

camp;

then a

in battle
he^ice,

any

fortified place.
Hcb.

vjion.)

CAN,

is.)

xiii

11,

IX

I^ev. xx. 9.

COULD

CANNOT, &c

(-ST.)

(with a negative.)

\.

,.

Wlien not part of another word

24.

of these fMoivin^

See

Mark

X
1

an army, a drawing up

(be.)

(wnicH

CALLED," No.

a parenthesis; a putting in or distributing men through

Mpon.)

tiri,

4.

-,
order

Acts XV. 17 (with

V-iJ,

3.

16 (pass.)

CALLED BY

iii.

xix. 24.
xxiii. 24.

(be.)

"call," No.

fleh.

bcaror, carrier,) (non occ.)

Matt.

CALLED

(from

camcl,

1.

falsely.

it

is

one

to bc ablc, capable, strong

It d'notcs moral poicer
No, 2 denntcs physical
(u-hile

cnou'di.

CALLING.

ovio?, which is
good and the
idea is I make myself good, am
strong enough, equal, able.
ability.)

a calling, auuimons, invitation

used in N.T. /or that calling whose
origin, nature, and goat are heavenly,

cXt/i/i?,

It

is

from

equivalent to divine,

CAN

2.

132

CAN

to be Strong in body or physi-

Heb.

ix. 9

mental powey;
have efficiency, prevail
vsed of
physical strength and mental validity
vi07-e emphatic than, Xo. 1.

Jaa.

1, 11.

X.

cal health, strong in

1.

14.

ii.

iii 8, 11.

iv
1

John

John iv
Rev ii. 2.

2.

iii 9.

20.

iii 8.

1
1.

vii

1.

ix.

9.

20.
xlv. 3.

1.

3.

have

to

e'xoj,

the hands

in

hence, to

possess anything.

-/. to learn to know, to perceive,

4.

NOT BE

CAN"

8(\,

mark, and in past teiises, sometimes, to

know.
It implies the possession of
a knowledge which produces some
emotion and affection of the mind
to be influenced by our knowledge;

(it.)

accept,

take upon one's 'self; to

admit, allow of.
Imperc.

may

be. it is possible, (here, with

it

to

negative.

Luke

xjii. 33.

know

to

5.

hoAv.

(per/,

and

seen

of

iherefo^'e

to see,)

know.

Matt

John

V. 14, 36.

vii
viii

10

viii

16, 19.

eee

tell.

40.

53
XX

TTr A

4.5.

191.

19 2n
ui. 20,

(op)

23,

xdx. 11,

Act

39.

xi

xi 33. JO
xiv 8.

17, 8CC

Rom
1

Cor

48
19.

ix

43
40

Xl

8
14.

8ce could.

21 !"

2 Cor iiL
xii.

11

33,

3,

c^nuot

(text

xiv.

6.

I")

20* 26, 27, 33.

3

13i_26J'
xviii. 20
xlx. 3
xx. 7,
26.

vl

Ul).

18.

"If.

C do

*"

7,

2 Tim. iL

Hob.

lamp, (it mnst he distingnished

a lampfrom </, light,
a torcli, (.Matt. xxv.
stand,
1) ^77^'^> liti^i^ '" '*^ splendour,
hminary,)a hand
radiance,
lamp fed with oil.

13.
19.

15.

V. 2.

vi

13.

Ix

5.

Luke

Matt v. 15.
Mark iv 21
Luke via 16.

,
Matt.

Mark
Luke

xi

33,

S&

XV. 8

Rov.

Rev

ill 21

iv

Me C

2 '"'", 800
eee C tell
see C xio

Phil iv 13, ecc

1 Thea. iU. 9
V. 25
1 Tim

xvi

xii

See also, approach, cease, condemn,

CONTAIN, COULD, DO, ESCAPE, FIND, FORBEAR, GREEK, HAVE, LIE, MOVE, PAS8,
RECEIVE, REMOVE, 8EE, SPEAK, SPOKEN,
TEMPT, UTTER, WISH.

[tell.

7.

xiii. 8,

Gal

(it.)

xvi.

3 (om.

8.

/?,

xl 20, mar;
xii 3. 21

25.

viii. 14.

2 Cor

7.

CANDLE.

1, 11.

X.

John

33.

\v\vo%,

43

XV ..

xlii

bo

3,

7,
ii.

iii

viii

5.

7,

viii

12,21, 34

XII

raM.

15, 31,

39, 42.

Mark xl
Luke XX
John iii

2T.

XXV

22.

i.

CAN TELL.
CAN " No.

see "

tii 34.
xxiv 13

tell

3.
xjx. 11

39

xiii

XV

37

vi

tell

X 47.

MO C

22,
do
23, 28, 29, 39.
X. 26, 38, 39.

V.

aeeChave

viii. 31.

18.

xiii. 8.

5.

za

16.

2t

viiL 4.
ix 8,

Luke

1;

iv. 14.

19

vii 15, 18,

G~

XV. 4 1,
XTi- 12
18. eee

24, 25.

3
6,

" CAN,". No.

Alatt. xxi

17.

26, 27.

vt

36. 37.

xjv. 5 (om.

4, 7,

V.

3,

2 Cor.

la.

tell.

33.

xii. 39.

40.

i.

4.

37

xiiL

6a.

ii.

see

John

21, 35.

xi

42

vii

Mark

1X.-4,

27,

eee

14,

21, 22,

2.5.

iv.

CAN HAVE.

19, 30.

1.

PhU

1.

2.

2.

44. 62. 00, 65.

vii 7, 34, 36.

xvi. 3 i".

xxvi

22.

vi

_3 2nd.
xix
xxi

eee

9. 27.

xii. 29, 34.

Mark ix

No.

"can," No.

am,)

ifiM, 5
C tell.

2, 3.

8,

2.

IX.

Hi

18.

DO.

see " C.\N,"

see

1.

CAN

^,
,

46.

i.

24 *'". 27.

vi.

2.

iVrt, (3 pers. sing. pres. of

he, she or it is.

6.

have

1.

xxii.

xviii.

2.3.

candlp:stick.
a lamp-stand,
V.

Iv.

1,'..

21.

see above.
Ileb Ix

Rev

2.

12, 18,

viii IC.

il.

I, 9.

xl

xi

4.

33.

20 Wl"*:

CAN
CANKER

133

CAR

CAPTIVE.

[noun.]

yayypaLva., a gangrene or mortification

which spreads and cats away or

;(/9,

taken by the spear or in

war, a prisoner of war.

consumes

the
putrefaction
by
neighbouring parts, (from ypdw,
to eat, consume.)

2 Tiin. u. 17, marg. gangrene.

CANKER

Luke

/,

CAPTIVE

fnoa

[verb.]

here.

Eph

b.

T. 3.

See, CAN.

CAPTAIN.
commander

the

thousand men. It
by the Greeks
vizer,

and

^,
mihtum

2.

of

ions the ivord tLsed

Persian
tribuuus

to tran.'slate the

Roman

the

or military tribune.

commander

the loader or

Applied in
Athens to the war department at
home, hence also, a civil oihcer who
had any command in chief.
of an army, a general.

, ,,
(from

3.

gm, and

begmning,

ori-

to lead,) beginning,

as subst., a leader,
founder, first-father ; so, a prince
or chief; first-cause, author.

originating;

1.

Luke
John

2.

Acta

2.

xxii. 4, 52.

2.

xviii. 12.

3.

Acts V 24.
Heb. 11. 10.

1.

Rev. xix.

iv.

1,

marg.

r\dir.

CAPTAIN
Acts xxi

xxii 24,20,27,28,29.

1.

xxiii. 10, 15, 17, 18,

'J

18

Acta

Rev.

vi.

1.

Mark

vi.

'

26,

ii.

CAPTIVES

(take.)

marg Greek,

iv.

ea/)fiiii3/.)

CAPTIVITY.

Eph.

('V).

see above.

S,nidLTg.m.u.UUudtofcaplii<i.

CAPTIVITY
vii.

to

10 '''

prisoners of war.

23.

CARCASE.

before

the

us,

unburied limbs

and bones of those who fell in the

(Used by ifx. for Heb.
ui Id em ess.

Lat. tribnnus legiuiiis,

commiinder of a camp or of the

Empeior's guards, i.e. the

praetorian cohorts, (non occ.)

cn:c,

(he

Num.

pmptrhj the

Acta ix\ui. 16 (a p.)

xiii.

a limb, member of a budij

This word
gen. of the extremities.
in Heb. iii. 17, tvhere only it occurs,

CAPTAIN OF THE GUARD.

Roman

Rev.

(bring INTO.)

make

21.

aliH.

(multitude ofJ [margin.]

Eph. iv S (text,

15

officer

fer captivity.

(high.)

a general

prisoner

take

alive,

a being prisoner of war

those who suf
u body of captives

set''

-(<;,

prisoners of war,

Luice xxi. 24.

,
,
Tim.

make priiomn cf war,

(lead away.)

make

take

to

Rom.

xxiv.

to

[-U1
to

CAPTIVE

I.

CAPTAIN

instead of killing.

XKv. 23

I.

19, 22.

"

(CHIEF.)

31, 32. 33. 37.

1.

iii.

CAPTIVE

CANNOT.

',

(^,

iv. 8.

b. 2 Titii.

1.

(a) to

occ.J
Ja3

(LiiAD.)

be a prisoner of war,
governing Dat. ; (b) to make a
prisoner of war, governing Ace, as

to be rusted or tarnished with

rust,

iv. 18.

2.'

carcases,

Lev.

xiv. 29, 32, 33,

xxvi.

30;

dc.)

a fall; hence, a misfurtune.

calamity; then that which is fallen
or killed, a corpse, carcase.

Malt xxw. 2a

1.

Hb UL

17

CAR

,
mind

CARE

,
,

CARE

that ivhich does

then.,

CAR

[noun.]

dividing or distracting the

thought,

caro,

134

/,

2.

trouble, (non occ.)

\,

purpose.
the

which expresses the

(mind), cbs ivell

verb

/',

action of the
as the heart and

hence, to think,

luill,

2.

do

In No.

gen.

)v.

2.

2 Cor. vii.

19

7.

IJ.
34, Wj, sea

of

3.
4.

xxi. 34.
ijL 0,

xii. 25,

suo
see

C (take)
C (have)

CARE

1.

Phil.
Col.

iv.

10.
1,

ii.

Tim.

iii.

(take.)
Pet. V.

1.

Luke X

1.

Phil. iv.

(nest.)
[conf.icL)
niarg. (taxt,
5,

eee

of

41.

Phil. iv. 10

6.

3.

Titus

See

8,

also,

iii,

S.

suspense.

CAREFULLY

7.

comp.

(noun). No.

(tue more.)

/>;, see"CARE"

2.
ii.

16

See

(have.)

think earnestly upon.

1

3.

see C(ear-

to be anxious about, distracted

;

care.

(noun). No.

to think, consider, reflect

Phil
Tiii.

CARE

about

"care"

(7ion occ.)

(earnest.

2 Cor.

2.

xi. 28.

1.

(be.)

anxious about, to

be

to

12

viii. 16,

viii

Cor.

Pet. V.

(take.)
1

17.

to take thought for; be thoughtful,

we have anxiety,

xLii. 22.

6.

\\\. 21.

32,33, 34t".
Phil. ii. 20

1.

13.

see

in No. 2
No. 3 solicitude
also "care of (take.)"

see

X.

xii

Cor

have anxious or distracting

any

earnestness, in

Mark
Luko

1.

,
,

struggle, trial, or danger.

1.

X. 40.

CAREFUL

a prize at their games

for

1.

Luke
JobD

gathering, assembly, esp. an

assembly of the Greeks at their great
national games, hence, the contest

Matt.

thing, or simply, to think, con-

sider, reflect.

1.

Acts xviii,

2.

2.

', a

4.

John

2.

16.

be minded to

either to think or

i.e.

2.

iv. 38.

Matt, xxii

Mark

2.

xii. 14.

2
2.

2.

to

care.

be an object of care or
imp. with Dat. as here.,
it is a care to me, an object of
thought.
This ve^-b implies forethought, as No. 1 does anxiety.

an earnest, serious

be anxious about,

to

to

interest

haste, speed, readiness; zeal,

pains, trouble

(-ED, -EST, -eth) [verb.]

have anxious or distracting

as

so,

anxious care,

esp.

1.

Cor. lii. 25.

also, seek.

CAREFULNESS.

-;,

see

"care" (noun), No.

2.

2 Cor. viL 11

CARE

(take.)

^,

CAREFULNESS

to be an object of care or interest.

Imp. with Dat. as here, it is a care

free

(without.)

from anxiety.
1

Cor. vu. 32.

to me, an object of thought, anxiety

or interest.

CARNAL.
1

Cor. Lx.

9.

1.

CARE OF

'.,

management

of,

have the

of, solicitude express-

forethought or the employment of means for a desired result.

ed

in

Luke X

34, 35.

Tim-

fleab; <Aen, corporeity according

to its material side, (which as an

Ijody,)
organic whole is called

(take.)

to take carc

/)^,

iii 5.

denotes

human nature and

all

that is peculiar to it, in and according to its corporeal embodiment,

and hence, sinfully conditioned

humau

nature.

CAR

2.

fleshly,

,
;

reading

and

(,
(,

not

times, to wear.

idea as the various

ivhich denotes of

its

G.

14

vii

of fltsk, Jinh'j, All

viii. 7.

la.

XV.

Cor

2.

2*:.

iii.

(;,
G

of Aesk, fleshy, All

'<

2.

fleak, fleshy,

Cor,

2. 1

LTTr
ix
2.
2.

3 "<

(^,'.,
7.

4.

(.

Heb.

of

ships,

t*.)

11.

2 Cor. X.

16

vii.

Of

G -

Heb

fli -',

CARNAL THINGS.

Matt.

fleshly things,

XV. 27.

Cor. ix.

11.

"carnal," No.
viii.

5.

2.

xvi 22.
xxiv. 51,

3.

see

12,

Acts

iii.

Eph.

Mark vi

3.

2.

See, FLOOD.

3.

to cari-y

from one

away

place

to

from, carry.

ii

\'i.

Rev.

15

xii

8e>

C about

CUood
away

3 see

7.

.5.

^^ ixi.

out.

9.3erC about
17
see

10, see

, ay

CARRY ABOUT.
with

vi

around, prefixed.)
Heb xiii 9. faion.7, AH )

TTipi,

55.

Jude

iv. 14.

12

(,

Ijtar

CARRY AWAY.

to bear or carry

away fi-om

to another.

to lead away, conduct away.

to cause to change one's

abode, to cause to remove or migi-ate.

1.

Mark

3.

Acta

away

/xc TO IK-

xv.
vii.

and

Matt,

1.

43

Rev. Xii.

2.

Cor. xiL

2.

1.

Rev. .xvit

3.

10.

were)

(the time they

(-IED.)

change of abode, migration.

11 (lit. lh(

Bab</lonian

nu^mton

up

CARRY AWAY WITH.

lift

vrc,

so gen., to

take away.

4.

2 Pet.

xvii

CARRY AWAY TO

another,
;

t<ake

vi. 7,

xiii

to carr) round, cairy about,

,
,

bring, produce.

to raise or lift up
to take
to carry, and so, to carry ; to

up and

H.seeC.iIiout.

iv

Tim

H;b

(-IED, -lETH.)

to bear or carry a load, to bear

with idea of motion

off"

with.

Eph
1

Jude

2.

1.

one person or place

3.

2.

up.

C.

(Xo.

Mark

CARRIED.

CARRY

10.

See, TAKE.

,
,

out.

Cor xii. 2. see C.-tway

Gal ii. 13, aee C away

ofthejleih.

CARRIAGE.

xxi. 18.

1.

1.

4.

occ.J
'

ee

XXJ. 34.

4.

. 9, see C cut.
10, see C forth
vii. 16, see C over.

any worker, craftsman, or workbid esp. a worker in wood,

;
i.e.
a carpenter or builder, (non
xiii. 55.

43,

V.

CARPENTER.

/,man

vii

John

la.

marg Greek,

6,

C about

vi 65.see

xi 16,.seeCthioiigb
TV 1. .i>ee C aw.iy.

Luke

"carnal,"

see

Mark

CARNALLY.

Matt.

Acta
ew;iy.

1.

Rom.

C away

5.

see

eee

11,

i.

17. see carrying.

iVo. 2.

to.

the,

Rom

in

dead body for burial.

),

set

to take up and bear toof several persons to bear

together, as the harvest, or a

away

10

ix.

on,

etc.

gether

fleshy, All.)

la

iii

2.

drive

drive,

to

motion, esp. of driviiwf flocks, hut

very frequently of horses, chariots,

flesh, fleshy

Rom

2.

to the flesh as

mor-e abstract,

corporeity
so gross in

to raise upon a basis, to

support to take up and hold, to
to bear or carry about as
bear
attached to one's person; hence some-

distinctive of the

what attaches

flesh,

CAR

5.

flesh, fleshly, etc.

of

(a) Genitive,

135

to lead, lead along, take with

one, (usually of persons, as A'o. 1 is

point.
of thinijs,) to lead towards

to lead off" or away with any

one; gen. in a bad sans^, but also m
a good sens'-, (<f. 2 Pet. iii. 17 and

Rom.

iii.

16)
Gal. iL

13.

CAE

136

CARRY FORTH.

(,

to bear out, carry out^ to bring

forth.

CAS

CAST

[noun.]

{' ],

a throwing,
throw.)
Luke

1.

2.

,
(,

CAST

CARRY OUT.
to carry or take out (to a
esp. to

carry out

vii. 12.

Acta

1.

1.

Tim.

VI.

v. a, ^

CARRY OVER.

(,

throw apart,
18

V. 13,

30

CARRY THROUGH.

trjgoo.wa.y,

bear or carr} throufrh (a

place), bear asunder, caiTy ditlercnt

ways

vi,

3.

vii.

6.

51 {np

2*5.

Matt.

i.

liii. 19.

xiv 35.
xvii

X.

iv

Johji

2
4'i'

1, 2, 3,

xxiii. 19. 25, 34.

iii. 24.

[30

viii

xix

1.

7 (np), 53.

1.
1.

3'i I''

{>(\,

26.

twi<.c_

xxvii. 29.

3.

-^nd (;,
)

24
6

Acts xvi 23, 37

Rev

ii.

10, 14, 22.

1.

iv

10.

1.

vi.

13

1.

viii

1.

xu.

5, 7,
I,

13, 15, 16

(44".

1.

xiv. 19
xviii 19. 21.
lii. 20

.11">:, 43_

1.

II

27.

XL

23.

1.

3, 10,

14, 15

change of abode, migration.

tke

(lit.

Babylonian mxgraticni.)

esp.

uft

the

occasion (of
then, n charge,

in the sense

the7i,

CAST

(),

CASE

cause

3.

1.

i.
10
ihrora or pvt nraund,
ikroui to and fro, All )

of

(BE.)

to fall from or
spoken of things which fall out

to fall out

of,

of or from their places; jf seafinnrj/

to be thrown ashore.

something bad);
accusation, or a ground of accusation

iii. 28, 58.

1.

IX. 22, 42, 40. 47.

17 "It

9.

1.

1.

gt*,,

'.0

INTO,

IV. 24.
iii.

iv. 9

13

M.ifk

vii

CARRYING AWAY

Liike

oO

x.wii,

Mark

lu.

upwards, carry up
a higher j^iace.)

1.

1.

xxii

to

to cast forth,

21.

a sudden

cast, vrith

.t.vi.

UP.

LTTr

xvii. 27.
XTiii. 8''

16 (with ico, throv.yh.)

Lake

eV, out of or
throw or cast

xiii. 42. 47, 48,

XV.

to bear
(from a lower

>"

1st.

to

CARRY

29

2c

with
opposed
tumble.

scatter.

10.

iii.

iv. 6,

/,
,

throw or

to

one

with

motion, to hurl, jerk

Matt

(No.

it is

hit,

missile, strictly

to striking, intraas. to fall,

transfer.

.Mark xi

throw at or

trans, to

from, prefixed,) to
out of

to place among, put in another place ; hence, to transport, to

/,

[verb.]

(-ING)

not part of another verb,

of these following

any kind of

a corpse, (no?i occ.)

Luke

41

.XX ii

When

see above.

place of safety)

2.

a stone's

men

Acta izvii 2.

affair,

matter, case.
Matt. rii. 10.

CASE

(,

(be in

CASE
(

(No. I vnth rrtpt, about,

around,) to cast vr throw around,
to put aiOund any person or thimj.

Tii.vr.)

have or hold.
John

CAST ABOUT.

7([),

not,

y|, Icit,

an

>y
\ hj

V.

Mid. and pa.ss. to put on one's own

garments, to clothe one's self.

(a)

net/., in

no means.
Matt

Luke

(in no.)

intensive

T.

20.

t:x.

3.

no wise,

CAST ABOUT
a.

(UAVE...)

.Mark xiv. 51.

CAS
AWAY

CAST

137

CA.ST IN ONE'S

with a:ro, from,

(No.
prefixed,) to throw off from, to
throw away,

^,

one'e

Mid. to

in

thioist

from

reject,

hence, to banish,

self,

disdain.
Mark

I.

x. 50.

Rora. xj

'i

neb

68,

1 2.

X. 35.

to

CAST INTO
(No.

,,

AWAY

one,

fine,

mulct,

pass

(a)

do damage

to cause loss or

any

. Luke

be fined

to

or

86,

care of

to take down,

h^^jhcr place,) with

('.ts

from a

idea of forcz
to pull down, demolish.

,
30.

ji.wu.

2.

Cw.

3.

5.

2.

N.

(.

precipice,

gen.

down, (non

to throw
IV

also,

v.p.

CAST OFF.

to put

3.

hell.

In

(frequentative o/*'cast," No.

throw or cast repeatedly, to
Roiu.

Acta sxii. 23.

1

headlong

:o.

etc.

off, lay aside.

Tim.

occ.)
xili. 12.

T. 12.

CAST ON.

upon,
("cast," No. 1 urith
prefixed,) to cast or throw upon.
Mark xi

/,

'

throw or toss about, (non

a

occ.)

LuKy

See

down from

marg.

self.

3,) to

DOWN HEADLONG.
cast

one.
1'2.

only in Mid. to put off from

T.

one's

3.

to

17.

regard a treaty, oath, promise,

Rev. xii 10
caet.No l,G.-<LTTrAK)

1.

5.

IV. a.

CAST

to displace, to set aside, dis-

1.

tJi^

2 Cor. x.

any

,
,
,

see *'cast,",^^o. 3.

2 Malt XV

vnxo

to give near, with, to any

hand over to another, to

Matt

ivith missiles.)

'i.

it,

deliver up, surrender, in a good or

had sense, i.e. to deliver over to
suffer any thing, or to the charge or

25.

ix.

to

one,

down,
(No. 1 with
prefixed,) to throw or caat down,
overthrow, to strike down, kill, es^p.

,
,

(with

to

loss.

CAST DOWN.

2.

prefixed,)

ill,

CAST INTO PRISON.

Mid.

amerced, gen. to suffer

1.

xii. 5

iv,

in.

to punish, esp. to

hence,

or

Liike

(be.)

with

throw

to cast in,

CAST

TEETH.

defame, i.e. to disparage,

reproach theyt, to rail at, reproach
with any thinf/.
MaU xxvii 44

away

to thrust away, drive

In N. T. only

CAS

.]

CAST FORTH.
4C6 '0.\8,"

'.

2.

2.

iMark

CAST IN ONES MIND.

Siaoyoa,

to reckon through, i.e. to

hcjice, to take
balance accounts
account of, consider, think overt.
;

Luke

i.

29.

-,

CAST ONE'S SELF.

In
to cast off, throw aside.
N.T. with reflex, pron. implied,
throwing or lotting thoiusclves off,
i.e.

from

(non

the

ship into

occ.)

ACU xxvU

43

the.

water,

CAS

,
,

138

i.
I
j

'.

"CA3T,"

5,

1.

^.

" cast,"

to place out, expose, esp. of

child,
j

extend, put

reach out.

forth,

6.

to make,

an

esp.

>
J

all passages,

Matt. xxi. 39 (-ith

4.

ex-

1.

Acts

except

ixvii

xvi. 17 ('ip )
ix. 34. tnarg.
cmmnri,nicati;.

5
2.

vii. 19.

Rev.

1.

(, ,

xii. 9

19.

leave out
3''""

, out

(c) luith

(,

c.

Mark

xii

a.

Mark

xvi. 9 (ap.)

,
(,

2.

2.

with

2a.

cTt,

Luke

Rom.

xi.

CASTLE.
insertion beside, between or
;

drawn up

in

(i.e.

U'hich luas adjacent to the temple,

and

commanded

xiii.

it,

Acts xxi.

Luke

c.

.Vcte vii. 58.

xx.

15.

.'54.

o7.

Acts

10.

1.

34;

xi.

.3 xxii.

CAUGHT.)

to snatch away,

-,

24.

xxiii. 10, IC, 32.

(suddenly and by force,)

CAST ON."

Heb.

(occ.

11, 13;. Rev. xx. 4.)

upon, added.
11 Cor.

xix. 35.

rejec-

15.

CATCH (-,

see "

Jeruscdem in the fortress Antoiiia,

(" CAST," iVa 3 with iVt,

upon, prefixed,) to throw or cast
upon,

(a)

a casting off or from

cainp, quarters, barracke, viz., the

quarters of the Roman soldiers in

CAST UPON.

1.

16;

CASTING AWAY.

camp

of.

3 Jolm

b.

xiii.

later usage, a
juxta-arrangcment ia a
cainp ; ) hence, spoken of a standing

80

out, without.

8.

i.

(text,

from.

(b) with

T,.

Tit.

others ; parenthesis
a putting in or distributing men through
an army ; a drawing up in battle
also, a body
order (juxta-army)

CAST OUT OF.

(a) u'ith

Cor ix

among

30.

John iv. 18.

Rev xi. 2. marg

see " cast," No.

iii.

tion, loss, deprivation.

21

vii

without.)

Mark
John
Acts

of

infant,

Xo. 2 in
1.

cause
to be
exposed.

exposed,

Ik^cto?,

28; 2 Cor.

i.

Tim.

vi. 8.)

2.

3.

KTti/w, to stretch out, to

-,

Heb.

a new-born

Rom.

22,) (occ.
2
6, 7

" CAST," '^.

see

see

i"

CAT

CAST OUT.

see

,
(,

to carry off
esp.

of wild

beasts.

2.

and carry with

away, also of a mob

to snatch

one, carry clean

seizing individuals.

vii 36.

3.

2a. 1 Pet. V. 7.

actively, to

to receive

take

passively,

to take as with the handy

to lay hold of, grasp.

See

',
poor

also, lot, stone.

CAST
low,
;

DOWN

lov/ly,

[adj.]

low, humble,
humble, modest ; de-

not high

4.

.5.

to take hold upon, to

take or get besides in N. T. only
in Mid. to hold one's self on by, lay
hold of, with or ivithout violence,
;

to take together (prop.

hands,) to comprehend, eml)race to Ijring together

esp. scattered hopes, to take hold with
to enclose in the

pressed.

2 Cor. vii

e.

a7iother, to arrest.

CASTAWAY.

6.

.'^, unapproved, spurious,

that will
spoken of meSept., Prov. x.w. d ; Is.

not stand proof,

tals,

(rf.

fjen.

7.

dyptvw, to hunt, take by hunting,

catch; metaph. to hunt after.

hunt wild beasts, to take

or catch wild beasts in huuting.

Orjptvo), to

CAT

133

^,

to press hy laying one's hand

upon, hence, to lay hold of of persons, to take by the hand (with or
loithout violence ;) of animals, to
take or catch (as fish.)

doctrine,

teaching, rumour,
charge or accusation
then, the reason, as dema.nded or

3.

Mark

xii

6
9.

in.

Luke V

2.
7.

1.

xix. 29
xxvi. 21.

xxvii

2.

XL 54.
Johnx. 12.

Cor.
up.

Rev.

xxi. 3, 10.

2,

1.

2.

Act3

47

viii.

xxiii. 22.

1.

1.

1",

iv

xii. 5,

see

CAUSE

6<, pron.,

Matt. xiiL

19.

1.

CATCH

up.

very
the same,

self'

2 Cor. xii

2, 4.

AcUviii.

1. 1

11.

(for the same.)

demons.,

ivith the article,

(lit.

as to the

,
,
,
,

CAUSE

Rev. xiL

28
xxviii. 18, 20.
2 Tim. L 12
xxiii.

as here,

same

thing.)

39.

UP.

XIX. 40.

Fhil. u. 18.

avTt

1.
1.

ii.

23.

xiii

he, she, it; p/rop.

CATCH AWAY.
1.

Acta

1.

X. -21

see

4,

16.

The%

C away

1.

3.

xix.

Luke

reckoning, account.

i.e.

32.

1.5.

xii.

xii

3.

Matt V

Ileb.

xvi.. 19.

2.

viii. 20.

3.

see

i.

5.

10 (with
a calcken:

be,) lit. be

assigned,
3.

2.

12

vi

viii. 39,

3.

1.

2.

xiv 31.
xxi 39.

take priboner

argument,

1.

instead of killing.
Matt xiii. 10, see C away
Acts

4.

3.

to take

prophecy, question, say-

command,

ing,

alive, to

CAU

Tbee.

iv. 17.

cause

5.

(for this.)

instead of this, for this

denoting the principle or

motive.

oil account of this;

ing the ground or reason.

2.

CATTLE.
that which is fed, bred, reared
mostly of
or tended, a nurseling
tame animals, hence, cattle, flocks,
herds.

^/)e/x/uo,

3.

(.h

John

12 (pL)

iv.

(feed.)

tviKtv
Matt

4.

Mark

2.

John

3.

ii.

Rev.

18, 27
xviii. 37.
i

Cor.

as shepherds do their flocks, hence, to

rule, govern, (Matt.

2.

7.

xii.

iv.

Cor.

1.

Eph.

2.

Col.

2.

26

2.

2.

17.

2.
3.

30

xi. 10,

81.

V.
i.

Thee

2.

nil. 6.
XV. 9

2.

2.

for the sake of this.

xix. 5

Rom.

2.

(shepherd), (Acts xx. 28), to tend

the object.
4.

to exercise the care of

unto this, with respect to

with a view to this denoting

this,

4.

CATTLE

deriot-

13

ii.

5.

iii.

2 Thee.

11.

ii.

1 Tim L
Heb jx.

16.

16.

Pot. iv. 6.

ii.

27.)
Luke xviL

,,

CAUSE

7.

,
[noun.]

a cause, origin, ground, (from

an
accusation, etc. is that for which any
one is required to appear before
to

ask,

',
esp.

3.

Rom.

XV. 22.

2 Cor.

CAUSE

thing

Aoyos, the (spoken) word

a word as
forming part of what is spoken ; a
;

that which is spoken, whether

(without

as a free
;

hence,

\}, (from
causative of; a cause, reason,
of punishment.

word as

(for which.)

(,

iv. 10.

require, because

judges and be questioned >) esp. the

occasion of something bad, a fault,
a charge, accusation.

2.

CAUSE

on which account, wherefurc,

on account of, and o, which.)

gift,

for no-

without a cause.

(,

heedlessly,

a.)

freely,

(i.e.

to yield.)

yielding

rashly,
to

one's

mind

or pxission ;) without plan or

purpose, to no purpose (i.e. yielding
tu opjyosition

or difficulty.)

Mattv.22(om.LTTr'N)

1.

Jolin xr. 25.

CAU
CAUSE

, the
Toy

110

(Paul's.)

(a) trans,

desist,

things,

Paul.
Acta

to cause to cease, to

(b)

x.xv. 14.

3.

also, fok.

1.

(-ED,

-)

\.

[verb.]

make, produce; to make, to

TTOiew, to

to leave between, i.e. to

leave an interval, as of space or
time ; hence, to iutermit, desist,

<,//

).

idle; to

about
end of.

to

effect,

still,

sedate

o?

quiet,

to

to

leave

make

unemployed or

useless, void, abolisli

cause to cease, to

cease

from.

accomplish,

work out, i.e. to bring

work done, i.e. make an
to

,
this,

thati completed action.

achieve

occ.)

to be

to bo quiet from speaking, silent.

cause, be the means of a thing ; to

do tvith notion of continued rather

2.

make

to cause

mtrans. to cease from, rest from.

cease,

CAUSE

so to i-estrain;

to rest, give rest^

relating to,

See

CEA

6.

to cease through extreme

fatigue or behig spent with labour;

gen. to abate.

CEL

in

upon or above the heavens,

8,CEREMONY
;

ment

Cor. W.iO^'rii'.

of a wrong; haice, justificaacquitted, or condemnation

tion,

',

[margin.]

an act of right, any thing justly

or rightly done strictly, an amend-

heaven, heavenly.
1

CER

CELESTIAL

(,,
i.e.

implying punishment ; gen. a decree

as defining what is right and just,
i.e. a law, ordinance, precept.

CENSER.

a vGssel or instniment
burning incense, a censer, (occ.
2 Chron. xxvi. 19; Ezek. viii. 11,)

Heb.

i\.

(text, ordivancf)

1,

ordinano

10. (text,

for

^7? 07? OCC. J

\.<;,

CERTAIN

frankincenae, the gum of

the tree
used to burn at

1.

2.

<;,

1 Chron. ix. 29, for

hi N.T. however it is
"Used for a vessel to bum the incense in.

Ileb

steadfast
ii)Xos,

Rev.

ix. 4.

2.

CENSURE

[margin.]

(,

\.

and franchises.)

In N.T.

Acts XXV. 26

2.

vi.

2.

and

CERTAIN

3.

Luke

viii. 19.

1.

ii

1.

xiL 38.
(a )
XX 20,ee A thing
xxi. 33 (om. No 1,

3.

vii.

(nm.

r;

xxiv.l.eeeCothera.
22, 24.

John

IH.)

5.

thi.<i

(The
word

vi. 9.
viii

.-H

X.

(Lat.) a

military
a hundred

men, (from centum, a hundred,

which again is from
a hundred, from ivhich Nos. 1 and 2 are

',

viiL 5, 8
13 (No 2. All

M^itt

xxvii

a
1.

Mark
Luke

Tr
1

I.

1,

.xxi

1
)

il

XV. 30, 41, 4'

ni. 2, ti
xiuii 47(No.;.Trti)

Acts X
.\

22
32 (No

Acts

xiiv

L'3.

2.

xxvii

1.

(No

Ti
2,

Tr

2,

G-v

xii

Iti.

xiii

G,

1.

Acts xxviii

vxii. 25.

20(.2, LTK)

4 (No

2.

LTTi

1 {.)

24.

xix. 1, 13, 31.

XX.

2, 10.

9.

xi. 10

11.
1.

Cinan(ft.)

7,

man
((a)

(0. All)
n.seeC thing(n)

10 20.

xxiii. 12

12.
fr,

xxiv.

18.

XXV.

23.
12.

27, 39.
xxi. 2.
xxii. 2.

1,

IS, 24

13, 14,

1!

xxvii. 1, 16, 20,

Horn. XV. id.

35.

XX 9(<m All

LI'

S)

Tr

eee

31.

xviti.

1"(*.

All.)
12. 14, 16
xvii. 5, 6, IS, 20,
xviii. 2.
[;s, 34

1,

man (.
?'""^'

27
37(om.

xix

.33.

8.

XV. 1. 2, 6, 24.
xvi. 1 1".

m.in
<. )

30. see

31,

xvii
2,

see

HT,
26.

xiv
XV.
ivi

AN.)
(No

xiv.

27

XI.

xxiii. 17, 23.

2.

[TrA H)
G :; L

1.

6.

ix

derived.)
1.

6.

xii.

xiii. 1 (oni.

Roman

who commanded

officer

11, 23, 4S.

1.

xi

2.

vii. 2, 41.

for Captains of hundreds.)

KivTvpiiov,

9, 36.

ix. 10. 19. 33. 30.

v. 12, 17.
vi.

2.

iii.

V. 1. 2.

.07.

i.

(a.)

xii. 20.

.\

42.

Luke

seeCmnn

xi.l,
.

13.

xii.

iv. 46.
V. 5.

L Tr

1.

xi

xxii. 56
xxiii. 19.

(All.

6.

xiv. ,M,

1.

one, fiome-

the numei'al one.

cT?,

Matt.

urion.

same as No.

a man, a member of the

family (homo), (dij". from
a man in sex and age (vir).)

a cent-

(a)

human

V. 2.5

manding a hundred men

3.

K.)

[indef pron.]

,,

(KaTOvTajixos, a military oflBcer com-

Sept. very frequently used

G - L Tr A

((jtn.

any one, any thing

Tt?,

1&2.
1. Mark a

CENTURION.

2.

Tim

one, a certain one.

punishmeni)

(text,

ii.

civil

all

spoken of the estimate fixed upon a

wrong by a Judge, a judicial inflichence, rebuke, punishment.
tion
2 Cor

manifest, evi-

dent.

3, 5.

viii.

the condition of an
(a person who possesses

1.

clear

visible,

nii2h.)

rights

fall, firm, fast,

unfailing, sure, trusty.

CERTAIN

(,

[adj.]

not liable to

(so

sacrifices,

',

(ial

ii.

12.

Uobjv.

7.

X. 27.

Jude

4,

eee

C m.\n.

.39.

CER
1.

ix. 57.
X. 30.

1,

xiii. 6.

(a)

1.

John

1.

Acts

Jiide-1

xi. I.

xviii. 7.

CHALCEDONY.
the

name of

gem

including

several varieties, one of which

like a cornelian.

XIX. 21.

1.

CHA

142

CERTAIN MAN
Luke

1.

(pl.t

Rev. xxi 19

(,

is

carbuncle, G<v.l

CERTAIN OTHERS.
1.

Liike xxiv.

CHAMBER

(.)

(secret).

/,, a store-chamber,
1.

Matt XX.

20.

Acts

1.

any place

hence, gen.

CERTAIN THING.

Matt. xxiv.
xxiii

20.

17.

CHAMBER
See

also, place,

season

vTrepwov,

Acts

really actually, verily, (adv. part,

from eljxt, to be.)

See

xxiii. 47.

CERTAINTY.

775,ot liable to

fall, firm,

fast

Luke

Acts xxi 34 (with

1.

Acts

1.

art.'i

,
eVi',

xxii. 30 (with art.)

upon

I KotTojv,

2.

CERTIFY.

),

to make known, point

explain.
Gal.

(,

out,

n.

i.

CHAFF.
bran, husks

chaff,

after

left

threshinrj or grindinrj.
Matt.

iii.

xiii. 13 (pi.)

firmness,

CHAMBERLAIN

4.

i.

CHAMBERING.
Rom.

steadfastness,

stability.

2.

also, bride, guest.

a place to lie down in, a bed,

couch, esp. the marriage bed.

unfailing, sure, trusty.

2.

ix. 37, 3P; xx.

Luke

(upper.)

the upper part of the house,

the upper story or upper rooms

ti'here the ivomen resided.

CERTAINLY.

',

store-house
of privacy.

12.

Lnkc

iii.

or over,

")

a bed-chamber

,^^

'^

a person who manages the

domestic affairs of a family, a
steward, gen. a manager.

1.

Acts

2.

Rom

xii. 20,

marpf. over the hedchamher.

xvi. 23.

CHANCE

[noun.]

a meeting together with, a

concurrence or coincidence of circumstances, a happening,(on occ.)

17.

Luke X.81

,,

CHAIN

(-S.)

a bond, a chain, (from

and

<i,

ner/.

to loose.)

'

/7.05, a band, bond, fetter; gen.

any thing for tying or fastening,

(from

,
Mark
Luke
Acts
-

Eph.

(.

CHANCE

t, if,

)
it

may

be

may.)
if

it

may

so, [ out, if it

perchance,

fall

may

happen.

Cor. XV. 37

8ew, to bind).

CHANGE

a cord, rope, string, band.

V. 3, 4 t"!"
viii 29.

1.2Tim.

xxi. .3.3
xxviii. 20 [hond"."*

marg.itext.

i.

cavern.,

.Tilde 0.

1.

Bev. XX.

[noun.]

((<;,

16.

'.2 Pet.ii. 4(^ftpoc,

xii. 6, 7.

vi. 20,

(IT

oj)(,

L Tr A

transposition, a being transferred from one place to another,

t^.)

(occ.

Heb.

xi.

xii.

1.

TTob. vii

12.

27.)

CHA

CHANGE

(-ED) [verb.]

,
,

1.

alter,

transform

,
Every

to

one thinrj for another, exchange.

/>,

to change one thing for

or into another, to transmute.

2.

3.

3.

to change the form

who

among, to place

heiice,

to change, alter.

1.

Acte

1.

Rom.

vi

14.

23

i.

26, 26

2.

1.

,
Cor. IV. 51,

1.

1.

Gal iv

Phil, iii 21.

1.

Heb.

20.

of visiting,

3.

12.

2.

ONE'S MIND.

1.

to throw round, esp. to

turn quickly or suddenly ; to turn
about, change, alter,

Mid. to change what is one's

own, (yet rather by chance than of
set pitrpose,) to change one's mind
or purpose.

affecting the whole

involving reformation,

which

is

life,

.Matt iv. 6.

Luke
Acts

Actexxviii.

Heb.

ix.

hence,

(with-

IP.

i.

V. 7,

'

vi.

see

13, see

Tim.

(give in)
C (give)
see C

iv 16,
(lay to one's )

(GIVE.;

Matt.

recommend.

iv. 6.

Matt.

(occ.

Rom.

L Luke

Tim. vL

iv.

Id

13.

(be.)

a.

2 Cor. iu. 18.

xii.

xvii.

CHARGE
TTopayyfAAw,

(give in.)

see above.

1.

Tim

V.

2.)

CHARGE OF

',

(-S.)

(rave the.)

to be,

money-changer (from

Acts

a small coin, change.)

John

ii.

15.

CHARGE

Tim.

1.

order,

CHANGER

also,

money.

1.

plaint

CHARGE

1.

IS, see

out.

term to give the watchword, which

was passed from man to man ; then,
to give the word, and so gen., to

to transform, transfigure.

See

ix. 7,

to announce beside, i.e.

hand on an announcement from
one to another esp. as a military

2.

^,
<;,

C
of

to

1.

transfigured,

viii.

(more than
only change

Mid. to change one's form, be

Mark

(text,

office.

Acta xxiii. 29, eee

(lay to one's.)
Rora.
33, see C
(lay to the.)
Cor.
see Ca

marg. (text, rejifntance.)

CHANGED

(a) in

(give.)

marg.

20,

'), to enjoin upon, to charge

6.

lii. 17,

iv. 10,

i.

see

charge,

i.e.

bishopric.)
vit 60, see C (lay
to one's.)
viii.
27, see C of
(have the.)
xii. 25, niaig.(te.\t
/Hinisiri/)
(at.)
xvi. 24.
xxi. 24, see Cs (be

of feeling, to regret.)
la

(one

with, to command.'

2.

',
mind

1.

after-thought, a change of

yticTOiOto,

-^,

CHARGE

(a) in

2.

office of

the act of visiting

or being visited visitation, the duty

vii. 12.

4.

CHANGE

the

inspects)

to place

differently

far

its

-7}},

or appearance of a thing, transform.

4.

serviceable labour, service.

business, every calling, so

labour benefits others.

Any
ministerial office in the Church
with reference to the labour pertaining thereto.

as

change

to

then,

it is,

CHA

2.

make other than

to

H3

[noun.]

proclamation, public
notice, command, esp. as a military
term, a general order.
a

2.

"-,

viii. 27.

(LAV TO one's.)

an accusati'on, charge, coma

bill

of indictment.

make to stand,
the balance, weigh,

(a) trans, to

set, place,

put

in

(b) intrans. to stand still or firm, be

set or placed.

3.

CHA

H4

CHA

Mid. to call to witness, to invoke as a witness; to make a solemn

appeal either by protest or by ex-

reckon, calcuof numerical calculation;)

to take into account.
to count,

(a) in

late, (e^p.

a Acts

60

1.

Tim. jv

Acti

,(
hortation.

29

xxiii.

Ifj

be or become a witness.

(b) Pass, to

CHARGE OF

'.
mand

to call in as a debt, to de-

due

one's

as

,
,

bring a

to

charge or accusation against

,-,

Mid. )to call throughout to witness, (viz., God, me?}, and

KxlL beings.
To testify through and
through, I.e. to bear solemn and
complete witness, hence, to admonish
solemnly, charge
earnestly,

to the.)

<ijvy

75767,

agrainst.

testify or declare fully.

,
.

CHARGE

(without.)

Cor. ix

one swear, tender an

oath to a person.

so cost-

ing nothing.

make

to

without expense, and

IS

mand

Matt.

CHARGES.

see

SO,

iz.

is

bought to be eaten

ivi. 20 (No.

S,

G--

1.

Luke

1.

Acts xvi.

xvii.

4a.

9.

Cor

12.

viii.

CHARGES

(beat.)

be at the expense

to spend, to
thing.

CHARGE

xxi

24.

[verb.]

(.,

"CHARGE

(give),"

3.

to

(),

to

upon; of

put

set

orders.

honours

further
to

e.g.

in price;

to adjudfir, contiim by a

judgment.

In A\ T. spoken of an
jxidgmenl put npon what

wrong, and Jt^.tK^, to admonish,

reprove ; admonish strongly with
urgency, authority, %.e. to enjoin
upon, charge strictly, the ide,a oj
rebuke or censiirt being employed.

1.

is

4.

witness.

to be

Avitncss,

Aor.

Tim.

ii.

iT.

14.

1.

to accuse beforehand.

1,

Rom.

CHARGE

further

value upon, to estimate higher,

eslimat'' or

5.

5.

a.

to give a decision, de-

command, give

things,

see C(be.)

vi.

to

JVo. 2

t ermine

iii,

to have already accused,

have already brought a charge,
(non OCX.)

(a)

fee

CHARGE BEFORE.

(-ED. -iNG)

-(),

1.

14.

iwaxr

Tr

21
17

5.

tn

3.

i.

T. K),

9.

25
X 48

Luke

Act.s

2.

Tim.

30.
ix.

any

1.

4b,

niarg. adjure

adjure,

15.

C before
(.Vo.

H.)

((,L

36 iii".

vii.

11

ii.

V. 27,

7.

V. 4.3,

ix. 7 (pi )

Thes.

bee

9,

iii.

LTr A

pense.

23.

xxiii. 22,

1.

Maiki.43,seeC(straitIy)
iii.

to

viiL 56. J
ix 21,seeC(Ftraitlv)

Rom.

L)

with bread, provisions, esp. supplies

pen. wages, recomfor an army

com-

in

as a dutv.

oiie

(straitlv.)
xii.'ie.

whatever

put

to set over,

put upon

command.

enjoin,

e-\J/(ovLov,

tochargo

to enjoin upon,

command.

with, to

2.

iii.

9.

(STRAITLV.)

snort in, of horses

of men, to fret, to be deeply or
then, to express
painfully moved
indignation against amy one, hvnc&,
to atimonish urgently, rebuke.

,
1

Matt, ix

tO

see "

CHARGE,"
1.

r0

Luke

ix.

jSO. 3.

Mark

21.

to bear

See

also,

straitly.

43.

CHA

CHARGED

a. 1

(,

falls

Tim.

v. 10.

upon,

2.

(1

5.)

ii.

to becoiYie toxpid against,

any

to

is

of any one, to be

1.2 Thos.

iii.

Ccr.

8.

8,

love

Father and Son (John xv.

Col. i. 13.)
Lastly it
the distinctive character of tho

viii.

2fj,

in

life

and

relation

to all.

xiii.'l, 2, 3, 4 3 time,
13 '"ICC.
.\iv. 1.

xvi

CHARGEABLE UNTO (.)

1

1.

Thea.

plank

hence,

varioits

made of wood,
drav.'ing or
wTiting tablet, a wooden trencher

or plate,
Matt. xiv.

etc.

8, 11.

Mark

CHARIOT
1.

/, a

2.

/)f5a,

(-S.)

tivo wheels.

(Lat. rheda), a

wheels,

for
2.

waggon loithfour

travdlincj.

viii. 23, 29, 38.

,
-,

25, 2S.

ri.

chariot, esp. a chariot of war,

vnth

car,

Acta

14.

iii.

14.

nie.s.

iii.

2 Thes.
1 Tiin.

9.

things

1.

Col.

1.
1.

6.

3.
6.

CHARGER.
a board,

1.

Rov. xviil

Rev.

ix.

9.

13.

CHARITABLY.

according

to,

love.

Rora. xiv. 15,

raiurg.

according to charily.

CHARITY.

';,

love,

(a word not found in Greek

tm-iters,

nor in Fhilo, Josephus, in

Acts, Moj-Jc,

coined by

or James; ap]:>a)-ently

t/ie

lx.v.)

Love

that is

aelf-denying and compassionately devoted to its object ; the kiz/hest word

among

even

expressive of God's relation to us

iv. 9), and the relation be-

hristhren.
1

0.

it

John

christian

one, (pec. 2 Cor.

13, 14.)

2 Cor. x

tJie

10, xvii.

burdensome
xii.

(brotherly love) of

tween, the

2 Cor.

(ore.

the

of

therefore designates

Id)),

weigh upon, press heavily

to the d^itrnmcnt

{.(:

(be.)

short

N.T.
unknown
to writer's outside of the N.T.) Love
in its fullest conceivable form
first exhibited by Christ (1 John iii.

woighctl

bfi

CHARGEABLE TO

2.

entitled to it his full rights

(BE.)

be heavy, to
down, to bo oppressed.

CHA

to weigh down.

(a) pass, to

1.

145

the Creeks was

(philanthropy), but this docs not
dfuolc luvc to man as such, but
rather justice, giving him who was

CHARITY

(feast of.)

Judu

12.

to

the

CHA

HG

CHE

CHEERFULNESS.

CHASTENING.
z-aiSeta, tllC

bnilgiDg up of

to,

CHASTISE.
racScrw, see

Worn,

0, 7, 11.

xii.

CHERISH
heat,

to

(ETir.)

by heat

soften

xii. S.

2'.i.

V.

"CHASTENING."

Tlies.

CHERUBIMS.

(',

),

a)id Rev.

.)',

the jaw-bone, jaw. In N.T.gen.

the check.
3'

Luke

vi.

I.

2'

Not the

(',

well-minded, ie. well-disposed,

benign of good cheer, chcerfuL
36.

be

1.

Malt

1.

xiv

Mark vi

2.

1.

.Tulin xvi.

1.

Acts

x.\iii.

U.

joy ouh,.( /ion

and
Tsalm

shine,
in

,,

the

civ,

15,

AtU

oi'

. 1

0.

they are distinyuislied from the

in Rev. v. 9, 10.
See the
critical readings, where in ver. 9 the
word "us" should be omitted (G-L
A), and in ver. 10 the words "us"
and "wc" should be "them" and

Ciunch

(more.)

chitrfully,

/. L

Not the Church.

(a)

"they" (G

comp. of tvOv^o-i, see "cilEEii

good,)" (nun occ.)

(,

verse.

they arc never dismissed on any

errand as angels arc," but are ever
attached to the throne.

7.

CHEERFULLY

(be

angels.

(c)

countenance shincth as it were with

joy and aatisfactiun, and o cheerful.
2 Cor ix

they are never worshipped, but

vi. 3; Rev, iv. 8, U.

same

occ.,)

",

\>''^, to cauisc to
Hhine, hy the verb
so that
iXapos uxjntd denote one whose
eh,

Godhead

they are distinguished from the

angels in Rev. v. 8, 11, and vii. 1 1.
First they, and then the angels
worship, and angels in Rev. v.
would scarcely be represented emblematically and literally in the

:5.1

CHEERFUL.

render the

Dcut.

ib)

'27.

from ^n, to
light.
The Ijj:

likeness,

etc.

there is no reason, evidence, or

connection.

>0.

j/iob.

tivie

Not the

a cheerful luind, to

diccrfiil, gay,

is

20

(it)

spirit.^.

ix. 2.

J,

',

.of

.\.

offer worship. Is.

(CE OF GOOD.)

to be of good courage, take

couragC; cheer up.
to

fonn

is presented at the
with them, and uses them
as the ba^is of Hia throne.

same
(c)

be in good

14

Trinity.

15, IG,

(b) the

,
(,

9.

God forbade any

iv.

CHEER

(,

their

Negatively.

.(a)

(of good.)

Acts

iv.

i.

7.

ii.

[^Significance.

1.

CHEER

given, Ezek.

itoice

CHEEK.

V.

(non

to noinush,

Ah.) The Cherubim;

Matt.

to

incidxition,

h//

occ.)
Eph.

Ucb.

under

so.

8.

hence, to cherish,

"CHASTEN."

CHASTISEMENT.
see

xii

warm, make Avarm

I.vike xxiii. 10, ii.

-',

hilarity,

" CHEEUFUL," (nou OCC.)

nourishment,) hence,

discipline, correction.
Ileb.

gaiety,

'CS]>.

and education,

its training, teacliing,

(opp.

cliikl,

ii

Tr A

n), (see

.)

(b) also distinguished in Rev. vii. 9-1

4.

Not

the Four

O'osj/cls.

1.

;;

CHE
(a)

in keeping with their presence

Eden, Tabernacle, and Temple.

not
in

(h) they are ministers of

wath,

CHI

and

II.

XV. 7.

Positively

InGen.iii.whcniT(aiio;iwas brought
under the curse, they were placed
(i.e. "placed in a tabernacle" where
the Divine presence was manifest-

l^D, to grasp, to seize, to hold,

Meaning

they represent tlie future

animate creation ; the
glorified
pledge from Eden to the Apocalypse
that the "curse" will one day be
removed, and the " vanity " to
which it is made subject be taken
away.

(a) their

number,

four, is the

number

of creation, e.g. four winds ; four corners; four elements ; four divisions,
(heaven, earth, under-the-earth, and
sea. Rev. v. 13, xiv. 7) ; four designations, (tribe, tongue, people, nation,

Rev.

v. 9,

vii. 9,

x.

11,

xi.

9,

xiii. 7, xiv. 6, xvii. 15: Gen. x. 5, 20,

31); four great world-powers, Dan.

(f)

creation; lion, of wild beasts; ox,

of tame beasts ; eagle, of birds
man, of all.
(c)

they are beneath the throne, for

the earth is the Lord's footstool.

made out

of the same piece of gold,

the hope of creation was shown to
be bound up (S13) with "the blood,"
i.e.
redemption the Lamb slain
(Rev. -v. 6, 9; Col. i. 19, 20.) And
indicate God's pairpose to redeem

The God of Eden is

God of Israel.

"all things."

thus shown to be the

(g) their position there also indicates

that the hope of creation was henceup

with "Israel"
(see Acts iii. 19-21, where, instead
of "preached unto," read "prepared

{)

forth botind

for,"

(h) the

G L

Tr

Cherubim

.)

arc a golden thread

that links the books of the Bible

together. Introduced in Gen. iii. 24;
in tabernacle, Exod. xxv. 18; the
supporters of God's throne, 1 Sam.
4; 2

iv.
1

Sam.

Chron.

Ixxx.

xiii.

vi.

6;

xcix. 1

2; 2 Kings xix. 15;

Is. xxxvii. 16; Pa.

("Thou that

Symbols are always explained,

soo Rev. iv. 5; v. 6, 8, etc.

sittest

between the Chcriibims") ; and so

through Ezek. and Rev. connected
with the "glory of God."]

CHICKEN.
a

(non

Ix. 5.

young

bird,

occ. except

pi-efers

it

in

nestling, chick,

Luke
pi.

brood.)

to pre-

When figures of them were afterwards placed in the tabernacle (Ex.

XXV. 18, 23) over the mercy-seat, and

Heb.

they are the heads of animate

(i.e.

cf.

vii.

(b)

14, 16), at the

to keep

Gen. ii. 15, same word),

the way of the Tree of Life, and
thus prevent the curse being perpetuated, and keep (niD) the hope
of re-genesis alive.
serve,

to

their posture are, as it were, held

entranced, (but see below.)

iv. 3, 4,

Eden

east of

(cor-

a similar Persian
root.)
We have the three letters
of this root, g,r,p, appearing in Eng.
words of kindred meaning, groMp,
grip, grab, gripe ; hence the word
would denote (in a passive sense)
the seized, possessed, or perhaps reclaimed ones. So in Ezek. x. 1, and
Rev. iv. 6, and Pe. xci. 1, etc. the
throne is held or possessed by the
Cherubim; the material figures are
held to the mercy-seat, and then by

2.

ed, see Gen.

Derivation the word t:''3T5 may de

note as thegreat ones or as mult itiidea
or, according to Fuerst and perhaps
Eichom, the root may be found in

responding

is

(o)

but representatives.
1.

iv.

connection with xhc earth. When

they sing of redemption (v. 9), it is
a " new " song relating to othei-s.

they are not symbols,*

it

in

call

not books, but living creatures

giving worship.
(^', not

of creation (Rev.

is

and whenever they speak

11);

for plagues, give vials, see Rev. vi.

(c)

Their song

(J)

Matt. xxilL 37.

xiii.

to

34, where

CHI
1.

2.

,
,

commander,

a ruler,

27.

-Viv. 1.

1.

xiT

xxviii.

.
7,

very, very

C man.

of

1.

Tim

i.

3.

Luke

10.

see

that which is born (from

to bear; like Ang. Sax. hu^iru,
Scot, bairn, fro7n beran, to bear,)
a child, ivhethei son or chxughter ; a
child by natural descent.

15.

a son, a male child, strictly spo-

vlos,

CHIEF

Phil. iv. 22.

1.
ii.

CHILD, CHILDREN

17.

1.

in the first place.

first,

iii. 2.

,),

first.

man.

50, see
XV. 22

Rom.

Pet

XXV. 2

see

2(5,

(be)
Acts xiii.

?..

2.

Asia.
1.

47.

xxii.

of

tlie

xvii. 4.
xix. 31, see

\.

15.

L'.

Acts xvi. 12,

].

Maik vi.21, see C estate.

xj

CHIEFLY.
(suj^erl.

especially.

all,

lead the

beforov to

chief or principal.

Luke

cliief,

to be first.)

to go

much, exceedingly,) most, most of

way, hence, to preside, rule, be

Matt. sx.

CHI

foremost, of time or

first,

/, ,

1.

148

CHIEF.
the

(from

3.

ken only of man, (for fuller meaning

see under " son.")

(BE.)

xxii. 20

?,

in relation to descent, a child,

whether son or daughter; in relation
in relation to
to age, a boy or girl
condition (like Lat. puer), a slave,
servant, maid (as the French use
gar9on, and ive say "post-hoy.")

3.

CHIEF ESTATE.

Mark

1.

vi.

21

CHIEF MAN.
Acte

xiii.

,
1

50

CHIEF OF

',

a little or young child, (dim.

of NO. 3), an infant.

Act.? xxviii.

8,

ASIA.

(dim. of

an Asiarch, the highest reunder the Roman.s in

the province of Asia.

Acts xix. 31.

captain, corner, priest, purROOM, RULER, SEAT, SHEPHERD,

SPEAKER, SYNAGOGUE.

?,
Matt.

IS,

i.

23,

first,

foremost, of place or

(be

witli

9.

iii.

time.

ll,13iwKo,

X. 44.

Matt. xix. 29.

2.

XX

xxiii. 15, 31.

37.

2.
1.

[C (young

xxiv. 19, 600

vii. 11.

1.

viii.

2.
2.

(,

(lit.

ovei

and towards) beyond,

aljove, ofjirming superiority (not

merely inferring

it

as

Kiav, very, exceedingly, very

10 (No.
19
Tr K.)
li.

25.

does.)

All

(G

(/, vnrku,
38flcc.

xiv. 21.

XV. 26.

much.

tit

exceedirigly, .super-cmineiitly;
art. as hen:, tlic
^Cot.

IS.
25, 20.
xviii 2, \i, 4, 5, ecu

A) over-much, very

ividi

most eminent.
2 Cor.

iji.

II.

(litll' )

27'<:<

28.
ix. 21, eeeC (of a.)
24, 30, 37.
x. 13, 8eoC(yo\nit;)
14,
15,
ecu
(little )
24 (rtKviol, (t hi-

r/iiici(<lim.ofNo.l),

L.)

xvii

'uTTtpkiav,

ii.

xii. 27.
xiii.

56.
19.

Mark

vii.

4,

1.

29, 30.

1.

xii. 19.

1.

xii). 12.

17,coC(bc
xix
(lilllc

13,

11,

Bcc

(bu

xxvii. 0.

2.

X, 21 t"lc

(VERY.)

with)

12.

20.

ixi. 15.
xxii. 24.

BCO

ix. 15.

CHIEFEST

1.

3.
1.

V. 9, 45.

Mark

see

8, 9,

14, eee C young

16.
18.
20*i':e, 2),

CHIEFEST.
the

')

born babe.

ii.

[,,

girl,

3.)

the child while yet in the

the new
(denotes

womb,

also,

LJCAN,

boy or

lad, a little

vrLos, not speaking, and so 2'>recisely

the Lat. iufans, our infant, a babe,
without the poAver of speech ; cdso,
a minor.

ligious official

See

^.

1.

2.

Luku

i.

7.

10.

Willi)

CHI
Luke

xiii. 11 * "''
xiv. 20 it
20 2n4,
see

see

.5,

(great

with.)
17.

21

Matt.

8C

10,

V. 34.

Eph.

IS,

i.

see

i. 5,

Mark

CHILD

47. 43.

(from

eyKi'os,
13.
vi.

xiiL 34.

Col

xviii. 16, 17, sec

Luke
C

see

Tim
V.

4.

C (bring

10, see

31.

36t"i

34,

xxi. 23.

Bee

14, see

(be
2

xxiii

Tim

Titus

23.

12.

iii.

(beat

15.

C Gove

xi. 52.
xii. 36.

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

xvi. 21.
xxi. 5, marg. irs.

39.
25.

2S, see

iii.

John

7,

iii.

see
18,

1,

iii.

see

ii. 1, 12.
13. 13.

7, 18.

iv. 4.
v. 21.

2.

^<.)

(Uttle)

(little.)

^',
.

,
;

CHILD

(of a.)

see " CHILD,"

denoting from a
place or time,) from a child, from

10.

(from

and

4,

infancy.
(b'MT.)

Mark

ix. 21.

20.

see

33.

xxi.

(bo

5, 21.

viii. 16, 17, 21.

8 3 times.

CHILD

ix. 7,

2G, 27.

Cor. vii. 14.

and attachment.)

Luke

CHILD

ix. 39.

(be A.)

^^,

<

to be, play or act the i'>;7rios,

for which see " CHILD," No. 6.
1

(only.)

p.ox'oyiv^, only born, only-begotten, i.e.

only child, (involving the idea of
precioiisness

Cor; xiv. 20.

1.

2.
1.

CHILD

(hear or teed, afi a mnse beareth or feedeth her) [margin.]

to bear as a nuisc, to carry
a 7iurse her nurse-

in the arms, as

ling, hence, to cherish,

((

Xo,

28.

2.

17.

{,

John

1.

(little)

see

x. 36.

2.

(httle

21. see

sec

2, 3, 4, 5

19
1,

4.

of "child,"

xix. 13, 14.

Mark x. 14, 15.

Luke xviii. 16,
John xiii. .33.
C, No.

ix. 15.

IS,

"child," Ko.

dim.

12, 13, IS,

1,

iv. 4,
V. 2.

(vouiig)

(little.)

14.

U.

vii. 5.

1.

2.

14.

i.

ii.

John

jv. 27, 30.

V. 21.

If

occ.)

5.

occ.)

Matt, xviii

2 Gal. iv.

(little.)

19, see
23. 27.

1.

see

33,

1.

see

TKi'iOv,

1.

13. 14.
xi. 22.
23.
ii.

CHILD

-,
(non

see

4,

ii.

Heb.

2.

6.

one's.)

49.
viii. 39.

xiii.

1.

up.)

with.)

Acta

ii.

(\)

5 twice.
iu 4, 12.

(without.)

to hold,

(non

iii.

3,

xix. 44.
XX. 28, 25, see

with.)

29.

Rom.

and

in,

contain,) Msec^ of females,

1, 4.

(little.)

xiii.

2.3.

(great WITH.)

Iv,

6 (>).)
20, 21.
1 Thes. H. 7, 11.

xiv. 26.

xvi 8 "ice.

iii.

17.

xiii.

xxi.

Thes. V. 3.
Rev. xiL 2.
1

C (only.)

33, see

ii.

cliild.

(adop-

42.

Acts

Luke

2.3.

xxiv. ]0.
(little.)

be with

to

tion of.)

35.

iv.

the belly,

25, 27. 28, 31.

vi. 35.

vii. 32,

John

(be with.)

to have,

iv. 1, 3.

8.

CHILD

111,

7, 20.

Gal.

43.

ix

ei',

7, 13.
vi. 15.
xii. 14 '"'cc.

All.)

27, 40.
iii.

(ba a.)
2 Cor. iiL

him,

CHI

Cor

59, 66, 76, 80.

li.

1^9

17.

i.

care

for.

/', (

IS (S" C L
to
A) (text,
tht lurn of any one, i
wUh htt Ut/potition or
xiii.

,
($,

Matt.
14,

ii.

CHILD

(young.)

see

"CHILD," Xo.

4.

see

" child," Xo.

7.

8, 9.

20*'",

11.13

"'f,

21.

CHILDREN

v.

Tr

Mark

2.

Acts

X.
vii.

U
ly

(adoptio-v of.)

the placing as a son, adoption,

the receiving into the relationship
of a child.

manners,

1.

',

F.ph.

i.

5.

CHI
CHILDREN

150

(dear.)

TKvoyovU), to bear children,

to be the

mother of a family, and

CHO

1.

so by im-

,
etc.,

maternal relation^ (non occ.)

Tim.

2.

up children, (non
Tim.

choke, seize by the

be drowned,

to

(occ.

',

3.

xviii.

suffocated, (non occ.)

rear or briu^

Matt,

(No. 1, with
prefixed,
dtnuting completeness,) to strangle,
suffocate, pass, to be choked or

(brino up.)

to nourish,

Stifle,

28.)

V. 14.

CHILDREN

to

(-ED.)

throat, throttle, pass, to be choked.

plication, including all the duties of

the

CHOKE

'/,',

(No. 1, with
prefixed,
denoting association or compression,)
to choke together, to suffocate by
crowding to choke up, (occ. Luke

occ.)

V. 10.

viii.

CHILDREN

/?,

(love one's.)

2,

42.)

Matt.

xiii. 7.

Mark

iv. V. 19.

loving one's children, (non

occ.)

2.

ii.

9, without

(without.)

children, (occ.

30), see "child," No.

Luke

XX. 28,

Luke

1.

xx.

Mid. to pick out for one's self,

choose out, from preference, favour,
or love, see " choice."

29.

,
or

(a)

to say upon, hence, to

u. 15.

3.

Mid. to choose upon,

',

No.

6.

i.

No.

to choose

CHILDLESS.
see

" child,"

CHOICE

(make.)

out together,
to pick out for one's self, choose

(Mid.)

to lay

out, select, not imphjinfj the rejection

clvosen, hut like

of that which is not

the clwosinrj of Levi
trihi'S ;

to

cli<^osc

from

the twelve

out, ivitk the ncces-

idea of kindness, favour,

Aut3 XV.

7.

f<n'

love.

to

, ,

to raise, raise up, o7id

a catching, the chase, that
which is taken a7id also our Eng.
(from
word grip ;) hence,
verbal adj. of No. 3, that
may bo taken,) to take, and by implication, to .separate by taking, to
take that which is adapted or
(It only
eligible for being taken.
orcur.1 in Matt. xii. 18, ivhere it is
to
the S'eptuagint translation of
take hold of; hold up, .support.)

hand,

XT. 30 (np.)

(from same root as No. 3,

Sans, hri, froin which we have
(old Lat. hir), the hand,
seize, take
to lay hold of,
(No. 3), to take with the
off,

, ',

1.

Luko

ad-

1), (no7i occ.)

viz.,

,
S'/ry

,(
(see

Cor. xiii 11 (Gen.)

without children,

in

another.

separate
rather by the act of taking than hy
showing preference, favour, or love,

CHILDISH.
1

i.e.

to

(Mid.) to take, take

one's self,

see " CHILD," No.

name

call.

dition to or succession

occ.)

Tim.

(-ING, -OSE, -OSEN.)

to lay out together, pick out,

select, choose.

2.

(non

,
(a)

the begetting or bearing of

children, a7id so hy implication including all the duties of the maternal
relation,

viii. 33.

1.

CHILD-BEARING.

'^?,

Luke

13.

i.

CHOOSE

CHILDREN

v.

Tiii. 7

3.

2.

Titus

Mark
Luke

1.

22.

s'.

OHO

151

to make any person or

be at hand, ready to do or
be any thhigy (occ. Acta xxvi. 16.)

5.

tiling to

\,

CHR

esp.

anointed ; Septuagint for nni^o,

Messiah, a term applied to every one
onoitited with the holy oil, chiefly to
the High Priest,' Lev. iv. 3, 5, 16,

and Ps.
Targums to

Matt.

xii. 18.

Mark
Luke

vi.

la.

l.v

X. 42.

xiv.

John

la.

la.
la.

Acts

la

XV. Ifiiwlci, 10.

24

vi.
X.

la.

xiii

la.Eph. L

xiii. 18.

7.

2,

XV
(make.)

2^

marg. see

Tim.

into the number.

Tim ii. 4. seo

Cto

bo a Boldier.

3 Hob.

eee

xi

and

people

?,

ix.

is

it

sphere of dominion,

tion.)

25.

(ivith

the Anointed, the Christ,

The article in

the article.)

&

la.Jas. il

ground of Dan.

2,

expresses the source of this

relationship as one of divine ordina-

17.
7,

to the

4.

V. 9,

ii.

(/3?, king, denotes His relation

Phil. i. 22.
2 Thes. ii. 13.

seoCbefore.

41,

22,

40

xxii. 14.
la.1 Cor.i.27li',27iln<>(aj)),
(28.
G. 2 Cor. viiL 19.

5.

vi. 70,

i.

Acts XV.

2a.

13.

la.
la.

2a

xiii.

the

used in the
designate the expected
Saviour, as the anointed of God, to
be the King and Redeemer of His
35, 37)
people, (Luke xxiii. 2,
25,

la.

On

15.

vi.

appoint by laying on the hands,

focc. Acts xiv. 23.)
4.

CHRIST.

?,

to stretch out the hand,

for the purpose of giving one's
to
vote in the Athenian
choose by vote or suffrage also to

8.

not simply definite, hut also

and emphatic. As a rule,
the subject (or thing spoken of) has

Greek

is

objective

CHOOSE BEFORE
(^.

n-po\eipoTOvew,

(-osen.)

wWi

the jyi'^dicate (or that

which is spoken of it) has it not. In
our Lcn'd's time it %vas customary to
speak of the Christ, (hence in Gospels and Acts it has the article almost
invariably.) Afterwards the appellaand
tive became a proper name,
the article,

before,

prefixed,) (non occ.)

Acts

X. 41.

THE NUMBER

CHOOSE

[margin.]
to lay down,
hence,

others,

hence, to

,
\

Tim.

.to

apart from

e.g.

to select

otkei-s,

a number,

therefore in the Epistles the article

or

among

Most interesting and valuable sug-

*jj.*

reckon under or to
enrol, {non occ.)

V. 9,

gestions will
with the use
article here.

text; takt, eta

2^a'>'t.

this,

with art as here, one

i.e. a commander, a

Tim.

ti

1,16, 17, 18, see

ii.

4*.

Maxk

Aoyv;,

1.

42*

chosen

26, 27.
vii.
41'iic, 42*.

6a

.vxvii. 17,

22

i.

ix.
xi.

a picking out, selection; tfiai,

made, that \Yhich is choacu

mord

Matt. XX. 10(aj5.)

xvii. 3.
XX. 31*.

xxii. 14.
I. Luke xxiil. 33.
1

I.

Bov.

xvii.

Alts

2.

Acta

1.

Uoiii. xvl. 13.

1.

1 Fet. U. 4. 0.

Lx.

ix.

xxiii
xxiv.

John

i,

(.)

LTTr A W)
34'(<wi,art.

2.

35*. 39.
46*.

2,

17, 20*.

25*

41'(oni.art.

Tr

Slid.

.vx. 41*.

15

',,

V; 42.
viii 5, 12. 37

2,

41(0)/. AU.)

41

30* (ap), 31, 30,

iii 6, IS", 20.

iv. 10. 26.

15

xxiL 67*

2.

ii.

3S.

C (falsa

ix.20.

cclog^e.)
1

27.

xii. 34*.

11,

iv.

31,

22

X. 24.

1.

Lukoii.

vi 69' (dp.)

(false.)

xxvi. 63,

22, soo
xiv. 61'.
XV. 32.

prcfcn'ed,

G:

x.viii 8* (om. All.)

xxiv. 5*. 23'.

xiii.

out,

(oJii.

A R)

Tr

(Gen.)
xii 35*

selection

(hence the

iv. 25, 29*.

ix. 41

CHOSEN.

28"

iii.

xvi. 16", 20.

xxiL 42'.

iii.

John

[Jesus.

viij. 29,

selected.

2.

connection

in

2*:

24, see

general.
2

i.

xL

to collect an army, enlist

who does

1.

arise

and omission of the

It is worthy of the

patient attention of the student.

Matt.

CHOOSE... TO BE A SOLDIER.
soldiers,

omitted as the rule.

is

A H)(marg aiioinud.)

X. 36.
- xi. 17.
XV. 11
AR)
26.
- xvi. IS.

LTrK)
Tr

{otti.

31 (on.

(H

Tr

CHR
Acts

xvii. 3"

I'-'

y*2nd (oi)i.art.L bi)

iviii. 5*, 28\xiz. 4*

5 2nd

L
-

xxviii. 31.

-iv. 4*,

16.

ii.

6,

1,

vi.

11,

8,

i:>,

9, 11, 23.

, ,
fiii.

Tr

(add

I.^H)

Jisus,

17, 34 (ad</

H). 35*, 39.

3", 5*.

Jfsv..', L^

ix.

1,

God,
(

LTTr AR)

',
o/tbeLTTrAR)
(,

ToC evay-

7?

V.

Tr

14

Phil i

C^ L

9' (i Ki'pios,

Qf-

iii.

Tr
omits.

4,

G L

Tr

H^

21 (om.

xxii,

Tr

i< )

.\

inserts.

(FALSE.)
Christs,

false

?,

(opp.

to

that

true,) to be disii)i[/utshe(l

20,

pretended
which is
from

'-

opponent of Christ.

Matt. XXIV. 24.

Mark

(rji.i.

(-';,

11,

6.

:i.

TrA
14,15,
2i),

BGLTTrAh*),

xiii.

22 (om.

Tr A

(,)

7",
8 2nO,

(add

9,

G L

22,
,

31,

Col

i.
1, 2
Jatns,

1>'

3, 4, 7,

li.

(</,),

Tr), 2 ^'"1 (<ij,)

24', 27, 28.

2" (aji), 5,

(),

07.

G^ L

20* (om. art.

AR)

G L

H,

T).

Tr

Only occurs
adherents of Christ.
as used by others of them, not by
Tacitus
Christians of themselves.
9) says (Annals xv. 44),
" 77ic vuhjar call them Christians.
The author or ovi<jin tf this denomination, Chrisfus, had, in the
by
rei/jji of Tiberius been executed
the procurator, Pontius Pilate"

'\

(rion, occ.)

Act
niarka for crasuro Iiavo been placed in

but rcmovod

Christian, (a ivord formed not

(..

12"

Tr

(s.)

after the Greek but after the lioinati

manner, denoting attachment to or

21*

)0,

11', 17' (0)/i.art.

(oiii.

'';,

K). 14, IS, 20.

IV. 7, 13 (om.
L
N), 19. 21, 23.

W.)

TTrAR)

CHRISTIAN

8, 10,

16

23''", 23 -nd (ad^iirt

G L

XX.

),-23,

2, 6,

l.'j,

^)

/,'''/,

12'. 27.

22

(.

17

Messiahs,

Tr

Trt'Ab Ntils,

art. L),
(o,a. art

(rtdUart., LI-

IG, 17, 18, 19,

xvi.

R)

A r;
2.S.

CHRISTS

O^

3li

3, 12, 13,

<*!,

li 1,

10 I"'.

G-

('./.

LTTr A R>
Tr

(uni.

Tr

15*
in

(21.

art V, L
H), 30' (om.
(..,. art L Tr)

I. 4

xii.

Gu LT

r.>,
20, 21
profit ubie.Q^), 23,26,
27*, 29.

instead

to Chrtat,

XV.

I,

(om.

xi

^<.)

32.
2, 5*,
14,

11, 13,
art. L'-

TrA K)

1,

(0,(1.

;i2'i

24.

(,.

a'.iti'i

17, 21.

ONt

Tr

0.

1st

(om. G-

1.2, 5

xii

((/;)),

G^ LTTr A

1!"0

, (,
xi.

t^

13.

iii.

N), 20-"
V.

21

li.

23'. 24*, 25*, 32.

vi. 5*. C* (om. art.,

.\

11, 12.

TrAH)

10,

1 :<;-:, 4,

R.)

<^(ap)
(adiZart.,LT

(om. art

12'.

Ch.rist,

Tr
1.4

I'hilcin, 1, 3, d, S, 9, 23,

17", 1!)\
iv. 7, 12*. 13, 1.')

ix l(oi/i.LTTrAi^)
18'

i.

20(om.G-)

'Jna, 20.

A R)

Tr

vii. 22.
viii.

G L
Titu.s

h )

(ohi. iirt.,

[.)

15 1", 15

vi.

G^

15(aj)),

LTTr A

S,

.)

L
L

4 1' (mil.
4 (1 (,,.
7.

13

W.)

Rev.
9,

ii 1. 3, 8, 10.
[13
19(Ki)pioi,f/ic/,oiri

lleL. Hi

.hsus,

tl'i

(add

17

9" 2nJ

21.

,,

Christ Jisus,
of Irjo-oCj. <)

ChrUt, L T.)
23 <"'"
iv. 1, lOtwl", lO'wi"

Jcsa.,,

H),
2 .Jnlin 3, 7, 9*

iii 1", 4*.

lG(Kvptos,Zorc/,I,)
1, 11* {om. art.G

inetead

TrA

TTr A R)

vi. 3, 13, 14.

1 tice, 2,

l.S.

1st,

V.

,ludc

ir,

V.

Epll. i.l "Mice, 2, S'ls'.li^nd,

10*, 12, 17, 20'.
.0,
ii 5*. 6, 7, 10, 12,

iii.

TrA

vi 2, 12*,14,

13

A W

2. 3 (a p.)
1*, r,'(o),(.artG;:

iv.

14,

GLTTrAf)

2 Tira. i

(^,

Lb

J'.sns

20,

2.

,
,

art.

(orii.

24*

L)

18,

24 (aj.), '.JS, 27.

Cor. I 1, 2twi>.c^ 3,4, 0*,
7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13*,
17 1" {add art. L),
17 -"J, 23, 24, 30.

Tr

4*
).

Lord,

10",

10,

27,

LTrAl) W.)

30.
xvi. 3. 5, 7.

26,

24,

iv. 7 (;;), 14, 19.

V. 1, 2

(jospd

()/ l/ie

LTTr AH)

iiL 23.

iv. 6.

28, 29.

(oiii.

13.

iii.

.)

22.

XV. 3, 5, 6, 7*, 8,10,

17, 18, 19*. 20.

(nm. iv

in C/iWsi,

G;;

17 (om.

Tr

5.

ii.

1,

iii..

18*(om.art. LTr)

5*, 6, 12, 18.

1 Tim. i. 1 twice, 2, 12.
15, 16.

'inics

15.

ii

G^.>

7, 10, 12, 22.

10 (0 05,

Tr

iii.

ii.

IS.

iii.

Jolin i 3
7 (om.

N), 14, 16.

lytwlcc
4 16*
20twiM 21.

13, 14,16.

xiv, 9.

G L

the Lord,

20.

ii.

2* (o Kvpto?,

1,

1, in, 14.

i li"'ee,8, 11, 14,16.

2 Pet

H), 12 2nd.

ii.

3, 5, 14.

6(o)u.

xiii. 14.

29*

tQ

1. 3.

xii. 5.

G-^

Tr

18.21.

iv. 1, 11, 13, 14.

V,

8 (om. Lb
12ist (o),i Lb

7,

5, 21.

iii 16,

2.8.

1, 2,

i.

ii.

16.
9, 18, 23,

v.

TrA

10. 13, 23,

2. 9*. 10, 19.

.xii.

iv.

1.

3 twice,
1, 2,
II twiec, 13, 19.

IVt.

t*)

13(oi.Gr:LTTr

8, 21.

1.

i.

.Ta-':.

ii.

TrA),

(om.L

xiii

X. 4, 6, 7.

26*

xi.

3.

LTTr

LTTr

L Tr

art.

(o))i.

28*.

t<).

X. 10.
xiii.

11 (om.

2 Thes.

xi. 2*, 3

31

24*

A R)
Tr

14'

Tx. ll; 14*.

2.

iii.

A )

11 {om.

1, 2, 9,

V. 5*
vi. 1*.

19(o)ii.Gr:

of

7 1"
(om. G

-'"J

vii. 4*, 25.

art.

(",

9, 23.

6, 14".

iii.

A R)

-.ce.

LTTr A R)

viii

Ilob.

6, 14.

ii.

17,

- i.x. 13.
-X. 1", 5*.

17, 21.
vi. 3, 4, 8,

IC,

4*.

God,

12 (add,
Jesus,
TrA R)
Tlies. i list, i'.;nd (j)),

5, C.

20
15

(,

LT

15, 17.

10. 14*,

Chnsl,

iu. 22, 24.

V.

18, 19,

All.)

(07/i.

t^),

3*,

Krpto5,Lord,

A),
16*, 24.

iv. 3*.

14

3, 4*.

iii.

1, 3, 6, 7, 8.

16'

14\

10,

ii.

xxvi. 23*:
i.

art..

N.)

19, 21.

L H)

1" ire,

ill,

L Tr

lt

(odd

Tr

24(<({,9,

Rom.

Cui

11. IS (6

5*

1, 2, 3.

i.

CHE.

2i.

xx.21(oi)l.LTTrbA.)
xxiv.
-Jesus,

A)

Cor.xvi. 23(o!i!.TTr

2 Cor.

.)

(o.ii.

152

xi.

20

Put. IV. 10.

Acta XAvi.

28.

CHR

153

CHRYSOLITE.

-^,

(from

gold,

and

a stone,) the chrysolith or

gold atone
a precious stone of a
now called a topaz,
gold colour
,

(ocr. Ex.

13,)

.x.xviii.

(710

ZO and Ezck.

xxviii.

occ.)

Rev

xxi. '20

ClIKYSOPRASUS.

/?,
?,

a chrysopraac, (from
and
a Icck.)

gold,

Plimj reckons it among the beryls,

the best of which he says, are of a
green colour ; and others resemble
the juice of a Icck.

Rev, XXI

20.

CHURCH.
common term for a meetthe
(those summon-

the

ing of
ed) to discuss the affairs of a Free
State ; the body of citizens summoned together by a herald
The Ixx. transfer the term to the
assembly of the people of Israel,
whether summoned or met for a

(.)

definite

purpose

(1

Kings

viii.

G5),

or considered as the representative

of the entire nation.
In N.T. it
denotes

the

redeemed community

(i) The entire

community of all who are called
by and to Christ out of the world,
the Church universal, (ii) every
Church in wliich the character of
the Church as a whole is sceu in
miniature.
The summoning is expressed by the hitter part of the word
and out of by the first

in

its

two-fold aspect,

(^),

part {Ik.) It does not occur in Mark,

Luke, John, 1 and 2 John, 2 Timothy,
Titus, Jude,( occ. Acta xix. 32,39,41.)
Matt. xvi.

18.

CIR

"

;
,

CIB

),

154

Mark

CIRCUMCISING.
Infinitive of

(see

lit.

Luke

Acts

X.

45

xL

Rom.

il.

10.

xviii. 10.

xix. 29, 35
xxi. 6, 29 30, 39.

12 twice, S7

viii. 27, 34, 39.

xxiL

ix. 5, 10.-

xxiv. 12.
XXV. 23.
xxvi, 11
xxvii 8
xvi. 23

11. 12

1,8, 10,

X.

xiv. 21.

round, circum-

all

Cor. vii.
Gal. 4i. 7,

lit.

vt

8, 9.

12

Eph.

2T,

20.

Phil.

25, 29.

CoL

1, 3D.

Titus

iii.

11

>^v

i.

Acts

Rev.

5. 8. 9.

40

20.

xvi. 19 twice
xvii, 18.

xviiilOt^'ce, 16, 18,

xi. 5

XX. 9.
xxi. 2, 10, 14, 15,
16 'w'cc, 18, 19, 21, 23
xxii. 14, la

xiii 44, 50.

xiv. 4, 6, 13, 19,

by

derived

of

19, 21.

10.

xii.

20,

XV. 36

/?^vat, going up
some from
and as this
to the top or summit

xvi

13

xiv. 8(01)1. All.)

LX.

12

iii.

xi, 2, 8,

X. 9.

CIRCUMSPECTLY,
(adv.

2 Pet. ii.
.Tude 7

58,

viii,

10

, ,

Jae. iv. 13.

39

V. IC.
vii.

32

26,

xi. 10, 16

22
xiii 14

44.

i.

xi

3.

xii.

,")!

xi 64
xix 20

3.

iii.

Heb.

19,

IV. 5. 8, 28. 30.

iL lltvricu

10 twico, 11,

.iv. 9,
12 twice

2 Cor.

xxii, 10.

xxiv. 49

John

Ifi

11

ii.

Rom.

xviii. 2, 3.
xix. 17, 19, 41
x.xiii.

V. 6, 11

ruler

8,

i5,

xiii, 22.

a cutting

25 twice

26, 39.
8, 4 twice, 11, ,30.
29 twice, 31, 43.

vii. 11,

2.

iii.

6.

iv.

21

.)

14, 20, 39.

V. 12.
ii.

vii. 22, 23.

vii.

i.

il.

cision.

John

03 LTTr

5&

xiv. 13, lb

CIRCUMCISION

7,

11 (ap). 33,

xi. 19.

"CIRCUMCISED

{, the gate,

Actsxvi.l3

v. 14.
vi.

(have...)"), the circumcising,

" the to-circumcise,
Luke

CLE

4,

(21.

12

twice.

Q-eqiiires

great pains, care, and.

gence,

it

means

perfect in

its

subtle

close,

definite

dili-

exact,

acciu'atc,

of argument,
clear,
of thoughts,

kind,

of persons, exact, strict

;)

See

16

.'i

CITIZEIs

XXI

of a city or state,
freeman, ge)i. belonging to,
connected with one's city or country.

4.)

member

7roA('Tv;s,

CLAiMOUK.

a crying out, screaming, shouting

cry, of pidAic information
clamour, of tiimidt or controversy
wailing, of sorrow, (occ. Matt. xxv.
Acts sxiii. 9 Heb. v. 7 Rev.

adv. to a nicety, precisely.

Eph

ruler.

also,

Eph

31

jv

citizen,

Luke XT

IS

Luke

Acts xxi

CITIZEN

1.

9.

^.

CLAY

such as was used

by tJie mason or potter ; metaph. the
clay or matter from which things
earth, esp.

claj",

and especially man arc made, (non

(FELLOW.)

ahoveuith
prefixed,
union or co-operation,)

u-()jnrnX'iT,js,(the

implying

sjx.

ore. )
.Tohn IX 6'w'ce.

n,

14,

15

Rom

ix.

21

fellow citizen.
Eph

ii.

CLEAN [adj. and adv.]

/109, clean, free from impure

IC

without blemish in
kind, spotless, see "clear,"
mixture,

CITY

?,

city or town,
(Lai.
url)s,)
properly a town enclosed with u
wall

Miitt

11.

iv b
V 14,

-.

vlii

X.

XI

;i

Matt

xxiiL 31

3.J

xxvL

1, s;.

5.11,14.15.23'
1.

twict.

18.

xxvii. 53.
xxviii. 11.

20

Mnrk

,<i3,

45

from

(adv. part,

its

to be,)

really, actually, verily.

n.

xxi, 10. 17, lb

xxii, 7

8S

33.

,Tiv

u'l'Toj?,

ad-

Matt.viii2,eoeC (make)
3, see C (be.)
xxiii,2&,eeeC'(niake)

26.

1.

xxvii. 69.

Mark

Luke

i.

40, see C (make)

41, Hce C' (be.)

12,Bco C(make)
13, see C(bc,)

Lukuxi.

39,8eoC(niakc)

1.

41.

1.

John xui
XV,

1.
),

2,

Acts
2

lOtwIcc, U.

3,

xviii, 0,

1'1..18(,./.

Ill,

/,oj<v,AV">a i/ITi

H<-)(mD.l(!; for alii I If

v.

Rev. xix. 8,14. fo link)

,
."

CLE
CLEAN

(clean, see

CLEAR.")

Matt. viu.

be clean.

3.

Luke

CLEAN
Matt.

. Mark

a.

i.

41.

V. 13.

(make.)
Mark
Luke

viii. i.

.xxiiL 25.

Liikc

155

(be.)

;,

to xiiako

(a) pass, to
'h.

xi.

30.

i.

40.

12.

CLO

2.

CLO

',

to

vest.

CLOTH.

the

a ragged, tattered garment

piece torn oflf, a rag.

poLKos,

that which is shown or appears before

one ; and so, that
which is alleged to cover, either a
deeper existent cause, or the true
cause ; ke7ice, pretext or ostensible

,, (,

Matt.

G.

frovi a passage in Hesycldus

pears

be

ap-

it

derive

it

from

2.

on

poonula,

the Lat.

2.

3.

1.

Matt. V. 40.
Luke vL 29.
John XV. 22,

[is.

marg.

,
,

ex-

3.

The3.

4.

Tim.

1.

1 Pet. U. IG.

(for

),

2.

down,

gen.

hence,

to

1.

2.

2.

2.

still,

to

keep

and

2.

(comp. of yx',) nearer,

(used mostly loith verbs,) to draw
ncixr as frie7id or foe ; very nigh.

his ollicc,) hence, gen.

xii.

Matt. tL

G.

(occ.

Mutt.

any

jtlace

xxiv.

26

2.
3.

L<iko xii.

3.

"CLOTUK

ivU'c), see

get into as

2 Cor. v. 3,

pa.'io.

see

(i3E.)

" CLOTUE,"

('',

Rov,

2.

AV

iv.

2.

,
see

1.

iii 5, 18(pftB.)

4 (paHS.)

CLOTHED IN (be.)
7/>/3, ce " CLOTUE,"

(with.)"

1.

" CLOTUE WITH."

same meaninrj as No. 2, the

denolinrj the begin'
ta-mination
rang or j^ro'jress of the action.
-i

;
J.

24.)
I

C
in (be.)

^<.)

c' out o/ 08 clothos,

a.s-T.)

1.

sture-chambcr, stoi'c-housc,
a steward, ami

of privacy,

1.

13.

CLOSET.

(wiTU.)

enter into

Tr A

then,

adv.

(from

xviii. 16,

xix. 13, eec C with

(be.)
14, 806 C in (bo.)

CLOTHED

,,

XV. 0,

same meaning, the ending

Mark xv. 17
denoting the beginning or progrose of tlio action,

ix. 30.

Acts xxvii.

iM(bi:)

in,

in (be.)

(be.)

CLOTHE
to go

C with

xii. 1,

2 Cor.v.2,seeC upon(b'j)

1.

Luke

xi. 3,

(-,

si-

CLOSE BY.

ic\)(i},

.)

28

put round or on,

0>)
80

Mvith (ba^

X. 1,

(1>)

{,

viii. 35.
xii.

iJi

a, )

clothes.

to cease to speak,
Luke

',

LuJte

iv. 20.

with.

XV. 17, sao

xvi.5, seejC

3.

vii.

(be.)

vii. 2.5.

5, 18,
jv. 4,
iii.

43.

C with

bco

ti,

V. V).

3.

to cease, to rest.

(jen.

XXV. 36, 38,

i.

2 Cor. V. 3, see C (be.)

4, see C upon (be)'
see C
V. 5, )
hvith (bo.)
i. 13,

Pet.
Rov.
1

xi.

(keep.)

to be silent or
;

Luko

27.

where-

1.

to

Acta xxviii.

CLOSE

lence

(be.

xvi. 10, see

Jiatt. iiii 15.

(raiment
outer garments.)

vl. 30.

see

put on.

to

self,

put on

to

2.

to fold, double up, used of

garments or scrolls of parchment, etc.

Matt.

Mark

by closing the lips,

close, be shut.)

1.

Mid. to clothe one's

31,

[verb.]
to close

to put clothos round or

Some think it r/ieans

generally, esp.

iv. 13.

of persons, to .shut the eyes.

tvhich is pronounced
(The root is

heiice

2.

3.

withal

CLOSE

own

one's

self.

invest.

(a)

5.

ii.

around

of clothing, to put on.

rather to ornament.

a gi*eat coat tvith a hood used chiefly

on joiirnies or in the army ; biit there
is no authority for thu transposition.
2.

(-ED.)

to Cast or throw

garments, to clothe one's

(]?),

and

21.

ii.

Mid. or pass, to put on

(a)

without authority have chosen

Other's,

,
,
or about

the

to transpose the

and

w,)

Cretan ivord for

a tunic or inner garment.

to

Mark

CLOTHE

1.

Tr

ix. 16.

See' also, linen.

pretence.

4.

CLO

raiment generally, the outer

garment as opposed

3.

156

M.ark xvi.

3.

Luko

1.

Uov.

5.

xvi. 19,
Ai. 3.

mid.

i)

1.

2.

Urv. xv

mid.

xviii 10.
\ix. 14, mid.

CLO

8,

CLOTHED UPON

of their contempt of earthly splendour, 1 Kings xix. 13, 2 Kings i. 8,

Zech. xiii, 4.

(be.)

to

"cLOTnE

2.

(with).")

COA

havo put on over, as over

own garmeiits, (Mid. of '),

one's
see

157

Matt.

Mark

[(long,
see ^1

vii. 15.

38,

xii.

1.

Acts

1.

Jas.

2 Cor. V, 2, 4,

CLOTHED WHEREWITHAL

-(,
Matt.

"CLOXnE,"

see

(with

31, pass

vi.

see

/,

iVo. I.

, with

CLOTHED WITH

(\,

(be.;

1, onl//

Luke

in Mid. here

" CLOTHE WITH," onl^

Mid. or pass here.

-,
,
see

wear

self,

it

and

vii.

in

M.irk

constantly, (from iv, in,

a knot or roll of cloth,)

3.

2.

Rev.

upon one with

tied closely

Pet. V.

1.
6.

13

1.

1.

,
',

Rev

Rev

vii. 9.

1.

1.

xii. 1.

1.

2.

xix. 13.

2.

(pi.) raiment generally, the

outer garments.

the inner vest, strictly a

woollen shirt worn next the body,
(perhaps our cotton from this,) in
pi. sometimes tivo worn, prob. of
stuffs

for

ornament

or

luxury.
1.

Matt
No.

1
1.
2.

ixi.

Mark

2,

1.

Mark
Luko

1.

Act

1.

(sinrrnl.ir

G ~ L Tr

20.
5S.

xxTi. 65.
v. 28,30.

1.
1.

xvi. 22.

1.

xxii. 23.

-,

also,

II.

grave, swaddling.

apparel, vesture,
is

f/en.

splendid or

(whence Eng. vest,

(,

xiv

CLOTHING.

that tuhich

2.

xix. 30

vii.

xiv. 63, pi.

See

1.

7.

xxiv. 18

).

22; xx. 4Gj Rev.

vi.

11;

xii. 38.

used of
ornate,

etc.)

anything put on, a garment

of any kind.
Spoken of the clothing of the ancient propliets in token

also, soft.

CLOUD

(-S.)

an indefinite cloudy mass

covers the heavens, (nan occ.)

',
(non

CLOTHES.

different

XV.

See

1.

i.

to

clothes.

9, 13, 14, etc.)

Mark

knots.
2.

in

to bind a thing on one's

to clothe with an outer ornamental

garment

equipment

Ill N.T. like Lat. stola, a long,

flowing robe reaching to the feet,
xvorn by kings (Jonah iii. G), priests
(Ev. xxviii. 2), and by posons of
rank or distinction (Mark xvi. 5 ;

wh.-tt.)

^.

(long.)

a fitting out, (from

send,) esp.

(be.)

"CLOTHE,"

CLOTHING

X. 30.
ii. 3.

thajt

a particular distinct cloud,

occ.)

COA
COALS

',

a licap

(non

158

COL

the blazing sun, whence Enn. elecThere viere (wo cock-crow ings,
one after midnight, and one before
daicn, Mark mentions both (xiv. 30),
bvt the othf.r Evangelists only mention
the latter, which was emphatically

(fire of.)
cliarcoal,

of

07' fire

tron.

occ.)

John

18

xviii.

xxi.

9.

COASTS.

,
,

in pi.
a part, share, one's lot
as here, the parts, region, country,
to divide.)
(from

2.

Mark

space, which receives, contains,

or surrounds anything, and so place,
7i'he7-e any thinfj is or takes place;
hence, yen. a country, land, region,

Matt.

',

viii.

\.

Mark

1.

COCK-CROWING.

54.

31

COFFIN [margin.]

';,

a vessel for holding any thing, a

urn, esp. the cinerai'y urn
hence, any receptacle for a dead
body, a coffin.

1
2.

XiX.

1.

xix.

4.

xxvi. 20.

1.
3.

X. 1.

1.

'2.

Acts

Luke

-xiu. 50.

/',

/'?,
Mv, a tunic, i.e. the inner garment
worn next the body mostly with
sleeves, and reaching usually to the
knees, rarely to the ancles.
V.

>

Lnko

40.

10

vi.

29.

ix

3.

vi.

9.

lAike

iii

U.

i-^i

Acts

COxVT

V.seo

(fisher'B.)

which was called }?.

//)$,

see

"cold," No.
X.

lo.

2.

42.

(wax.)

/^'), to breathe, blow

make

hence, to

cool or cold.
Matt. xxiv. 12 (paee.)

COCK,

COLLECTION.
a gathering or collection,

(occ. 1

Cor. xvi. 2.)

a cock, house-cock, (some derive

from aXiKTpos, the sleepless, but
Parkhurst from -)l T\'2'hr\, the coming of the light, for giving notice of
which he was amon// the ancients
si'.n.

"cold (wax).")

2 Cor. xi. 27.

Rev iii 15 twice

2.

2.

COLD

a tunic worn over another, the

upper or outer ('i.e. the usual) tunic,
in distinction from the inner garment

to the

Act3 xxviii.

see
7

Matt

TTfi'Survj?,

sacred

4'^,

xviii, 18.

(fisher's.)

(IXiKTOjp,

of the verb
John

ix. 39.

John xxL

"cold (wax.)"

see

also, cool,
(adj.) cold, chill
fresh, (denoting the full expression
and complete possession of the act

COLD WATER.

Jolin xix. 23 twice.

Mark

coldness, the result or product

of the verb

also, sea.

COAT.

'.

hifr.

COLD.

Acts xxvii. %

See

vLL 14, text,

1.

Matt.

watch

of the night, see " cock."

Mark xiu. 36.

''"ife.

2, 39.
.ttL 13.

1.

the crowing of a cock

hence, cock-crow or the third

17.

v.

vii.

XV. 21.

2.

61.

xiii. 38.

xviii. 27.

coffer,

16.

ii.

John

John

territory.
1.

xiv. 72 twice
L)ike xxii. 34, CO,

xiv. 30.

68 {om. Lb H.)

hy any person or thing.

filled

4.

Mark

Matt. xxvi. 34, 74, 75.

a spot, as occupied or

0709, a place,

3.

cock-cr owing

THE

in pi. as
op'ov, a bound, goal, limit
here, the boundaries, the frontier,
to bound, limit.)
(/rum

,
,
denotes

1 Cor.

xvL

1.

COLONY.

(a Latin word, colonia,)

lloman colony.
Acts xvi,

12.

i.e.

COL

15'J

COLOUR.

';,

(No. 1, with (n'y, with,

implying co-operation,) to
come or go with any one, to come
along with or together, to meet,
assemble.

4.

prefixed,

that which iii shown o? appears

before any one ; and .so,. that which
is alleged to cover, either a deeper
co-cxisteut cause or the true cause;
hence,
pretext or ostensible pre-

5.

tence.

See

xiivii.

also,

scarlkt.
G.

Lukexi-x.

Jlark

John

^,

30,
xii. 10

8.

and

into,

into.

as

intention,

(No.

I,

tvdl

with

iVc

for,

set

with

near, pass along by.

CAME.)

The

am

10.

as

from,

oft".

beside,

(No.

1,

with

through,

prefixed,) to come or go through,

to pass through ; here followed by

J 1.

denoting the limit, to, as far

-', tobegin
and

to be,

or

into existence

viii.

verb vieans

(/* well as come, and

the conmust deterviiiie which it is.
It
is combined with a large ninnber of
prepositio/is, for ichich see below.

(i.e.

any

into

then also in Aor.

to

as.

come
state,

and

Perf. to
into existence, or simply

to go,

have come

text

to be.) It i?nplies origin, either from

(a) III

go,

Rev.

and

vi.

the

(,

natural causes, to be born or made;

or through special agency result, to
take place, happen ; a7i<l change of
state, tu become; or change of place,
to come.

1, 3, 5, 7, it should be
words and see should be

omitted according to the best authorities, Bee wider "see."

(No.

mth

out

I'Z.

plac*;, to

of,

apjjroach,

to

,
,

Mui Mark

, out of

(No. 1, with 7/>, towards, prefixed,) to conic or go near

iv any place or peison, to approach.

tu

become
i.e.

arrive.

to

In

bfy

near, to

come,

to

Aor.

to

have come or arrived, be present,

in all passages, except Matt. iii. 1, 13

from, expressing
by
removal and separation.

{h) followed by

( No. 11 with

become present,

come or go out of any

come or go forth.

(u) follou'ed

.,

side, prefixed,)

Ifrefxed,) to

3.

iis, to,

prefixed,) to come near to or beside

any person or thing ; to go or pass

etr.,
in distinction from No.
which denotes the result, as, 1
conic and am here, (cf. John

2.

udth

1,

come or go

go away, depart

y.

-ING,

Ileb. x. 9.)

down,
down,

prefixed,) to come or go uway from

one place to another ; hence, gen. to

33ti 3,

to come or go, nsed of j^ersoiDs

or of things.
It denotes the act of
coming or going, as, I am coming,

and

(No.

motion or direction.

COMB.

-,

with

1,

come or go

followed by (k, unto, markiJig the

object

young animal

.Matt. ixi. 2, 5, 7.

(a)

whether colt or filly; a

esp. of a domestic
kind, (nonocc.) ( Lat. pullus, Germ.
fohlen, Eng. foal.)

TTwAos, a foal,

(-EST,

to

prefixed,) to

COLT.

COME

upon,
or

descend.

(',

7.

See,

(NO.

prefixed,)

See, SCARLET.

li. 2, 4, 5, 7.

with

1,

come or go upon

over any place, to arrive at.

(In
Eph. ii. 7, it is the art, with participle (^\.) for which see " COMETH (HE
that).")

30.

COLOURED.

l;j

(No.

prefixed,) to

Acts

\.

COM

iii.

by,

si v. 43, pres. ;

and John

23, imprrf.

to cAuse to ascend, to go
mount, ascend, (from

climb,

vsed of all motion on (he

COM

160

ground^ go, walk, tread, stop, the

direction being determined by a preup or back.)
position ; here by

14-.

COM

by

(a) follotved

23.

to go upon, to tread upon;

to set foot upon, to come into, .to
arrive in a country or jiToviiice, etc.,

to be (of ordinary existence,) to

exist, to have existence, Phil. ii. 6,

(wherea^s No.

,
,

towards.

((,

Jas.

means to become,

1 1

22.)

i.

(a) tVrt' (prrSAut) he, she, or it

is.

to embark,

15.

16.

(b) tVrai, (fninre)

to step into, go into, enter,

followed by ek, unto or into.

be
18.

to come,

iiere, in the sense

here,

hither,

adv.

^(.vpo,

all

loitk

vrrbs of motion, itsed in cheering up

Here this way
or calling to one.
!

Come on
a

Come

rjr

to be on the point to do or
anything (gen. with infin. of
another verb,) to be about to do, to
intend or purpose doing (of ones
ou/n free will)
but often implying
necessity, Ojccordance xuith the nature of things or vnlh the divine
appointment, and therefore certain
,

20.

),

2G

(here only ]wrticiple,J to

against, i.e. .to come
arrive at a place ; of

to such

gen. to result.

by

by
over against.

(h) followed

21.

to

'certain

end,

and such an issue

27.

tt's,

28.

(b) fallowed

by

(,

{c)

22.

followed by

to

out

of,

from,

(,

to,

to,

(nonocc.)

come

to

or do before another,

with

29.

(a) to

bear

to

come

arrive,

at-

motion im-

be borne or carried from a

by waves

place, esp. involuntarily as

or winds

from.

away from.

(b) pass, to

absol.

precede, anticipate,

first,

plied.)

to produce, furnish.
(a)

to help to

fill,

fill

completely,

(b) in

31.

to be filled
completed.

pass,

fulfilled,

from within.

to go or como upon, i.e.

a place or person, to go, travel,

march

to

be at

to

tain,

to

Ik,

trans, to put,' set, or place

sooner than expected

opposite

by or

r.ena.

stand by beside or near;

at. hand.

intrans.

come

bO.

by

upon.

to be beforehand

unto, into.

of.

(a) followed,

eVt,

stand in or on
hand, imminent,
begin, arise; to stand in the way
of, oppose, resist.

march out from and

the

(,
in

go out or forth,
to a place (ivith
idea of comjmlsion,) ^rocQca out

(Kwopivofiai,

only in intrans.

(a) trans, to place

to be

he7ice,

absol.

to tend

(&) follotved

foUou'ed by

(b) intrans! to

come down
down to, to
come

beside, to cause to stand

take place.

things,

In N.

(a)

tntffer

to

upon

trans. to set or place

over.

to place one's self upon ;

of persons, to stand by or pear
also implying ajyproach, to come
and stand by, to come to or upon
person or place (of a sicdden appearance or in a hostile sense.)

an exclamation

and Mid.

L<erb sing.

18a Sfvre, adv. Just the same as No. 18,

'except that it is always used xoith a
!perb plural, and more generally as

19.

No. 19.)

( No. 23, xiith

beside,
prefixed,) to be beside, near b}' or
present ; absol. to have come.

(-,

25

always used with

jyrecedinn, see

24.

preteHte.

of

'.,

(inf. fut.) to be. about to

be; here (Acts xxiv. 15), xoith

(d)

to have come, to

i.e.

shall

it

(c) f.Tvai, (inf. pres.) to be.

to go av/ay, to depart ;
to go from, descend from, to dis-

TjKoj,

she, or

bo.

enibark.
17.

lie,

to

make room

of time,

for another,

give way, yield.

32.

^,

to run, hasten, hurry.

Matt. i. 18, see C togeth-

C forth.

Matt. XV. IS, see

22.

[er.

23.

8,

25, 29.
30, see
SO.

P, 11.

21 (No.

xvi.

\ti.)

Matt, xxvii. 57

11.

1<

1.

57 2nd.
see C to64.
[gether.

1.

2.

Mark

x. 30.

62,

35, see
unto.
45, 46, 50.

1.

xi. 9, 10.
12.
13 twlc

1.

C unto

2.
1.

1.

11.

19.

1.

23,
27.

-5,13.24,27,28.
xvii.

comcth

11, see

(he that.)

u.

1.

3.

1.

13.

26, see
37.

1.

vi.

1.

vii.

15, 25. 27.

2S, see C to pass

see C
2 (No. 3,

down

3,

G~L

14.

1.

17

11.

1.

14.

11.-

16.

unto.

twice.

see

29.

1.

see

to

18a.
10*>'<i, 13.

14, see

to.

see

li

) (No.

1.

1.

xxii.

(No.

7,

S)

S,

13. 23,

16, 19.

28.

2S

xii.

in

3.

7i'<,eeeC forth
7 2nd.

12, 16.
21, see
22.
iv. IC.
31, see

to-

Cdown

(9<,
to/oiZoir.GTTrAR)

unto.
to

20.

1.

36,40,43,45.47.
49, eee C to.

1.

50 >'
so!
55, see

28, 29 1".
><,

eee

lA K)
32(Ko.l3,L'lr
33. S4.
nee C to.
,

49.

2b..

53.

1.

(down

eee

C down.

25

2b.

vi. 1, e.

26, see
28.

1.

33.

29. sec
1.

X.

nini,

1.

see
eee

C
C

47.

vii. 3.

12.

4.

1.

7.

8 "I"

ll,sc;C to paee
14.

3.

!(>,

19,

fee C on.
sec C (ho

that should.)

C out.
C

201!

12.

20 2nd. eee
(bo that shouM )

forth

33. 34.

1.

eee

to

[down.
17 1".

1.

2,

12,

to pase.

-""J

7a.

17in<i(Ko4,L)

running together.

out.

4.
69, 73, see C
xxvii. 1.
(unto
32, see C out
S3.
40, 42, ecc C

9,

11, 12, 13, 14.

21.
25 1". SCO C

11.

(.01t(n;)),BH^'n'l

23.

ix. 1, 7.

se

32, 35.

1.

1.

38.

1.

C unto.

(o

see C to paee.
7 twice.

pass.

!rtif.

22.

17 1",

49, see
04.

12,BeeCtopa54

to

out.

gctlitr.

36, see

15, see

v.

34

see

41.
43.

[T A.)
11, see C forth

to

tic.

36, see

10.

30. 39.
1, see

[paee.

34.

35

see C to(gether.

viii 3 (<iViV,

17, sec

12.

15. see

7.

forth.

2.

iii.

[44, 4()

27.

11.

46,eeeCtopae8.

in.

54.

xxvi.
pass

xiv. 12.

to pafs

34.

25

see C to paee.
see C upon.
gee C
16,27. [topase.
38, see C in.

1,

27, 33.

34, see C out.

85, see .C unto.
47.
48, 63.

31.

53,eceC to pass

il.

51(om. G-.)

C down

32.

59 1', see C to
59 2nd. fpaee.

65.

11.

10,11, 13(n;)),19.
20, 22, 24.

xiii. 4.

down.

see C to.
see C unto.

TTr A R)

44 l".3ceCout.
44 Snil.

2<J

31 2nd.
33, see

1,

G^

iu.

43.

gether.

50.

42.

CC upon

30, 39, 42, 43,

32.

cometh

XXV. 6 (om.

2.

10.
19,

[35, 38.

27.

to.)

1.

18.
22,. 23,
39, see

18a.

17. see

to pass.

C out

15 "tee,

22, 25,
29.
31 1".

23,8eeCtopaee

vi. 1.

14.

that should )
14,seeC(which

18a.

that)

see

22. see

9,

11, 12, see Cin

23, see C to.

6,eee

1, 2,

8.

15.

34'',

see etc pa-s.s.

3,
see C (he

1.

i.

1.

6 (in Editions

2, 21.

3,

(35.

X. 12.

XTi.

Luke

28.
35, see

11.

xxiv.

4l,seeCto pass

v. 1.

1.

1.

[with.

43.

35.

4.

35.

42.

1.

29.

1.

23
2S 1'
2S liiii.seeCto.

(lie

4 IX. see C to
4 2nd, 15, 22.

3.

xxiii

C up

11.

[pass.

16111687, probably
a misprint.)

15.

39. see

was for

40.

36.

XL

2b.32.-

to.

33.

20.

32.

3,

7a

11.-

2b.

l2n(l.

Cometh

23 1st.
(unto.
23 2" J, see C
28,30, see C to.

1.

1.

30.
41,

1.

C down.

C down

30, see
33.

1.

13.

iv.

XV. 21.

11.

[piVs.

8.

31.

to.

1.

ISa,

15.

IS

iii.

19.

pass.

G<v

1.

26b.

14, see

32,34, seeC out

lt,

see C nigh
15,seeCtopa3S.
17, 18, 20
23, see C to

22, sec

1, 5.

1.
1.

funto.

3.

eeeC before-

16, 17, 32, 37,

[41i"lce.
43.
45, 62, 66.

12.

C forth

38, see
40, 45.
ii.

1.

10.

to.

8.
1

4,

S.

(he that

25, see

2Ri

-2S2nil.

1,

24.

25, 26,29.
31.

8.

9.

1.

1.

21.

29, see C to
35, 30.
(pass.
xiv. 3,
[hajid.

1.

to

10

xiii. 6, 26.

17.

1.

unto.

1.

11.

1.

10

-42.

14.

1.

XXI

?b

jx.

20, see

19.

3.

see

28.

1.

18a.

3.

9, 14, IS.

3.

11

2b.

C to
[pass.

xii. 7.

1.

1', see C to
9 2nd.
10, see C up.

16.

9,

to.

(pass.

7.

12nd.

XX.

1.

eefi

5,
1.

7.

i.

1.

1 1>,

A R)

31.

xix.

Miirk

11 (ap.)

21, see

viii. 1,

Tr

up.

sceC unto.

1,

7.

out.

10.

1.

27. see

xviii

1.

1.

to.

coming: for ore (<he wo

7)\(,
come. Tr A.)

to.

V. 1, see
unto.
17 twice, 2-1.

23.1

25,

iv. 3, see

11.

1,

-,
(-,

24

13.

12.

17.

9,

yind.

7.

see C down
10,11,12,141
14 2rt, 19, see
24 1"
fC to.

Vlit.

15.

*f>,

MO C in.
C to paee

viil.l, eee

to.

14

2'.!i.'

18.

21.

1.

4.

12, 17.

COM
12.

Luke xis. 5

Lukeviii 19 let
19 2ni,8eeCat,
22,8eeCto pass

10, 13.

12.

29.

1.

1.

35.

see

41

1.

16.

47, 40

42, see

9,eeeCto

1.

27.

25a.

34.

(No

L'n

7,

xi.

l.eee

1.

see

31

37 lt
37 2nd, see

to.

see

!),

C to

21.

30.

2.

1.

6.

1.'

20, 30. 31, 39.

54.

23c.

55,seeCto pass

1.

46 1'
46 '.ind,

20.

17.

ii.

1.

iii.

see

C to

pass

7,

C down.

8,

xvii.

1.

see C out.
11,13.

2.

xix

19,

20,21,22.

23.
26i"'c<!.

xi

1.

31 '"Ice see Com-

1.

XX.

20 (No.
S.)

Tr

26, see
27.
28, see
7,
10.

31,860 Cup with.

40, see
upon.
44,scoCtogethor.

1.

1.

8.

29.

10.

9.

11, see

1.

30, 35,40,45,40.

18a.

12.

19,

17.

47
47

1.

17.-

27.

28, see C out.

xvi. 21.
22, eee C to
2.

1.

|pas8.

xvii. 1 twic!
7
11, 11, SCO

Is'.

'iid, 49, see C

(down.
54.
V.7, soeconiiog(be>

11.

14

1.

24.

1.

31,80cC down,
xviii. 3, 8, 16,
22.
30.
35,

aeo

11

13C.

to

1.

G, SCO
8, eee
11.

Bco

29, eee C forth.

40, 43 '"I".
vi. 5.

see

16.

(that
(ehould.)

17, 23, 24.

25.
33, eee

01.
xi v, l,8Co

C together.
G ui>oa

XV.

C dowa

11.
1,

'

17, see
20.

top.'Lse.

see

to pass.

21

0,

C to pa^s,
SCO C upon,
Bco C to pa*H.

23, see
5,

see

SCO

XVL

C down.

"

together
0,

1.

7.

19,

iv, 1,

1,

30 (No.
.)

Tr

8,

C ilnvn.
C over.

.<!co

9, SCO

43,
iii

C to p.ass.
C down.
C tluthor

4'

Fce C in.
C (bu f iilly

C together.

see

20.
24.
27.

coming
6, SCO

14,

U.

paea.

XIX. 5

1.
1

i.

l.'i,

(he.)

20ticc^22,"27.

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,

13, 22, 23.

Acts

ii. 1

25,28,8ee

to

pa-H.

upon.

13.

l.Sa.

11.

to pass.

14,

6, 17, 20, 25.

16, 21,

to pass.

25.

18, 19,

1.5,

1.3.

-xiii.

24,24
XXL 4.

20.

5.

21.
23, eeo C in.
26, 27. 31.

iv. 5. 7,

LT

12.

9, 10, 17,

23, 25 iwlcc, 27.

11.

12.-

XV.

1,

see

-vii.

1. 1. -

up.

11.

eth (he that

see

2,

5.

32, 33.
[out.
34, see
tlicre38, 39 twice.

in.

32 (op), 33.
45, see C with.

out.

8,

12.

23.

xviii. 3, 4, 37.

1.

1.

4,

2,

1.

sec

20

to

28 i",see C forth
28 2nd.
30, see C forth.
32 twice.

1.

C to pass.
C in.
C up.

see

29.

(pasa

xvi.

2*ice, S.

1.3,

31.

35 .
35 2n<l.

47.

4.

to pasa

13.

XV. 22, 26.

1.

to

27,see C together
28, see C unto.

30.

1.

21.

19 let.
192nd, see

1.

in.

25, see

27, see

coming

51.

xiii. 6, 7, 14.

upon.

33.
[pass.
xiv. 3, 6, 18,23, 28.
29 twice, see C to

(who.)

49.

13 twice, 21, 25.

27, eee

eeo

4,

35, see
46, 47.

1st,

43, see
X. 3, see

xiii. 1.

11.

28, see

32

37, see
38.
39.

(that.)
up.

22, 23, 27, 28.

15, see cometh

17. [(he that)

11

11.

1.

7,

i.

Gin.

pass.

cometh

see

1.

1.

up.

322nd,geeCdown

3.

1.

pass.

Jolin

121".

15.

1.

23.

40.

1,

1.

1.

4, 12,15,18,

381" (nm.TrH)

xiv.

26.

with.

30, 51, see

2<,3' 40,43

17, 21.

to pasa

xii. 36,

38

12, see

43.

44, see C forth.

45, 48, 06.

IL

1.

1.

34, 38.

1.

Cup.

is. 3.

18.

LTr

55, see
x,\iv. 1.

29, 30, 32.

33, eee C witli.

to.

gether.

1.

(N.)

48, see

to

in

28.

20, see

42.

(pass.

33, see

27.
31, see
36.
39, see
40.

(whicli

24.

13,

36, see

1.

27, see

coming

33(No.l,

1.

(be.)

xii. 1, 9,

forth.

34 I't.see C down
34 2nd.
45, see C after.
viii. 7, see C out of.
15, see C down.
24, see C upon.

(be.)

66,
xxiii. 26.
29, see
(be.)

-;

see

11.

coming

122nd, eee coming

fgether.
see C

8.

27,

17, 19.
20, see

1.

out.

to pass.

14, see-C to
20.
[pass.
22, see C upon
24, eee C out.

28.

xi.

C out

5il.
52 2nd, eee

12.

to.

2,

I. 8. 10iico, 13
35.

1.

to

18.

39, see
45.

6.

:.

11.

(pass.

14.

- 31, see C down

- 32(oni.G-N')
- 33.
- 35, eeo C again
- 38, see C to
40, see

11.

see

36,
xxii. 7.

3.

23.

should.)

tare.)

to

31.

42 2nd.
ix. 4, 7, .39.

28, 31, see C to

(pass.
35, see C on.

51 1", see C to
(pas.-i,
51 inJ

- 54, see C down

- 5(i (up.)
- 57.6eeC topass

pass.

coining

26, see

C upon.

see

4.
7,

-421".

1.

vii.

(ap.)

1.

on(thuse things which

coming

(be a.)

to

to pass

21, 22, 25.

38,
see

naught.
vi. 12,

21"

in,

16.

2 2nd(p,)
14twi<:e,20,21,22.

8.

34, 35.

7, see

7, 10, see
11.

6.

viii.

V. 5,

1st

27, 28, 30, 31,.34,

36, 37, 41, 42, 45, 50.

17.

6.

1.

2nd, eea

G- L

27, see
1.

to

371", see C to
[down.

vii.

1.

16.

18,8ee Cto pass

pass.

50, 51, 58, see

[down
65.

12.

Tr A.)
1.

1.

1.

14 (om.

C again

23, 26.
28, 33, eee

to

upon

12nd, eeeC
ISa.

^^j see

1.

38, 41, 42, see C

[down.
44, 45.

24.

pass.

ix. 12.

.37 -'nd.

1.

see

1 1',

G L

Tri*.)

37

43.
XX.

37

[pass.

Acts

vi. 35.

1.

to

(that.)

1,

John

17.

18, 20.

17.

01 (No.

COM

29,see C to pass
38, eee cometh

44.

see

15,

[pass
C to

i\2ni.

7a.

eee

g,

[down.

9.

2a.

40,

2n<i_

11.

23,8 Cdown
24, see C to.

162

1,5.

C to pass.
isi", SCO C out.

16, Boc

18 2nd.

,
,

COM

16^

COME AGAIN.

1.

a place

to

come back upon or to

Luke xix,

to return, (occ.

,
15.)

2.

to turn upon, to turn to-

wards, rctin-n

3.

to

to.

turn behind,

back,

i.e.

to turn about.

2.

Luke

viii.

S.".

3.

Acts xxii

I.uke

X. 35.

17

COME AT

''(),

of persn)i^, to fall in with,

to meet with, to come to or at any
one; of thtnr/,:, to happen, hetall,

(non

ocr.J

Luke

viii,

COME

BY.

strong]

nepixpcLTi'];,

round about
////;/, all

1'.'.

become mas-

icr of [the boaf]

j

powerful;

having wlioUy
one's power,
yi'iO/xai, to become,

,
\,

to

an//
I

in

Aote xxvii

i.e.

to secure

it

by

lioistin)-

it

into

the ship,

(non

occ.)

16.

COME DOWN.

1.

" COME,"

2.

Mritt. viii

1.

.
to

see

come

or go

down,

13.

" CO.ME," No.

6.

see

COM

COM
COME
1.

()^,

2.

//?',

:.

Luke

vii

!>.

xxi. 35

1.

1G5

(';,

come in

u]>on,

Tr

" COME,"

32, 34

John

44

xii.

xxvi

see "

55

Mark

xx\ii. 32
vi. 34

Luke

i.

28.

1.

Heb.

22

X. 40.

XX. 27

XX

15

xi.

(.

cemte out (.see

xi

No.

24.

Rev. xiv 18 (om.

0- L)

to

MndtT

LTTr

13),

20.

.\

C.

N)

1.

Heb.

1.

COME OUT

;,

OF.

Acta

Matt.

26

xvi.

XVI.

Heb.

xi.

10.
1

XIX

Mark

29.)

XX.

XXI. 7. 9, 28, 31,:.'"

1.

xxiv

i.

1.

v.

15, 23

8, 23, 41

Ij''

1.

^^,

to run together u[)on nr to

the seen} of

,
,
-/,

any
Mark

action,

(non

ucr.

'"

CO.ME,

"

John nx.

1.

AcU

xiv. 19.

17. 21.

iii.

23
6

IX. 32. 37,

11.
1.

.\ix

X.

38

xi

I.

,33,

37.rA

Gc TTi
(A
)

,
55
1.

16
1

X.VI1

14, 27.

xii.

lav.

xxi

22, 40

43

26. Jd

xiv
XVI

6. 12.

1,

6.

17.

xxvii 44.
xxviii 8, 17.
Itum. IX 26

Thee m.

1.

Rev

i.

1.

sec

"COME," No.

4.

to lead or bring together, to

gather together.
(a) in

34

Mid. to he gathered
be assembled, come to-

Pass, or

togetlier,

'/,
,
gether.

see

2.

II

IV.

XI.

',

JVo. 2.

COME THITHER.

1.

XIV. 29wiec.
Act.s

12. 17

viii

l2{op),\3,

19

COME TOGETHER.

ix. 25.

COME THEREOUT.
see

59
46

4.

xiii.

21.
1,

ix.IS. 28.
67 (.om

COME RUNNING TOGETHER.

.lohn

2
2

29.

vii.

18, 30.

9.

vi

over against."

15, 29.

6.

lii

"

XIX

II

come" and

xvii. 11.
xviii 3,^

xxlv.

xiil.

COME OVER AGAINST.

LiLke xvi.

xxvi

IV. 4.

9.

11.

iVo. 2;il).
1.

xiii. 53.

Lukf

Sec "

"come," No.

28.

vii.

XI

11

Acts

PASS.

"come,"

see

ix.

COME OVER.

Luke

3R (pae3

COME TO
yiVoyuai, see

-,

to pass through, step across,

used of all motion
pass ovor,
on the ground walkinji, riding, etc.,
(occ.

to destroy.

etc.,

ivhe7-e

" COME " is the translation of Nos.

2 and 21, a7id "out of," of

Acts xxiii. 14

xi. 6.

to loosen down, to dissolve, to

disunite the parts of anythnig.

under "come" and "out of,"

and

24.

viii

COME TO NOUGHT.

of buildings,

tSec

X. 2

xxiii. 36.

SO

14, 28,

iv. 3G.

Mark
Luke

1.

2.

14, 19. 24.

xxi.

8.

xxii. 23
xxiv. 1.
xxvi. 17, 40.

.Matt

xvii

xvii

1 Cor. xiv
36.
2 Coj. VI. 17

ix. 26.

3.

XIV. 15.
XV. 1
xviii. 21.

18.

"."

1.

'i^t

14, 2S.

xxii. .39.
XVI 27.

Acts xvi.

a
for which

ct's),

COME," No.

Luke XV

Matt V 26
viii

2.

iVi).

or

iv. 3

viii.

IX.

see

{%

see " COME," Xo. 25.

Matt

COME OUT.

TO.

not the translation of

is

"come" and

under

see

1.

2.

(,

,
,

COME

preposition

of.

^\'^}

to

""

Where

5.

to take, lay hold

COM

ON.

"cOME," NO.

see

"COME,"

see

"COME,"
2.

5.

A'o. 12.

AcUi ZTii.

("COME," A 0. 12,
become near
with any one; of a multitude, to
With

10.

come

prejixed,) to

together.

COM
Matt.

6'2

20.

jii.

33 (ap)

vi.

Luke

2a

18.

i.

xxvii.

Mark

vii

V.

15.

ixii

66.
xxiii. 48

Acts

i.

ii.

6.

X.

27

liii

en-'c

TO

44.

), together for the same purpose.

166

COM

COM

COME
see

19, (here only

participle.)

Rom.
1 Cor.

see

Col.

xi. 20.

COMING

COME

COME
Rev.

(which art
17 (om

xi.

John

vi. 10.

to.)

"come (he that shall.)"

p;^o/iiOi, see

C.

Tr A W.)

J
\

COME, (which

,
-,
No.

COME

i.

4,

see

" COME,"

(it was about to

19,
see "

COME,"

bccorae [day.]

COMING ON

27

xi

(3E.)

~j

.^ucvii

33.

iv. 8.

(which should.)
John

(hB THAT SHALL.)"

27.

No. 11,

13 to.)

i.

COMING ON

Acts

Ruv.

(who.)

,366 "come

(time to.)

Tim.

3.

ix. 42.

17

ii.

Heb.

22.

(be a.)

" COME," No.

Luke

viii. 38.
iii.

-,

COMING

(thikg to.)

"come," No.

COM

(those things which

ARE.)

the things which arc

coming upon, (not merely which are

COME

,
,

(which was for

the

who

07ie

about

is

certain

"C0ME,"iV0.19
to come, see
"COME," No. 1.

Luke

to

or destined
to come.

CAME

Matt

iii

11.

xii

9.

see

xix. 33.

^,
Cor

xi.

23

John

Luko
John

i.

15

also,

FULL,

31 'cc.

(that.)
John

xii.

13.

COMELINESS.

(),
(that which.)

the crowd (of cares,

('?,

tht

course,

T. 6.

behind, coming [noun], bars,

hither, morning, NEAR, NEWLY,
NIGH, NOUGHT, REMEMBRANCE, ROUND,
RUN, SHORT, STRAIGHT, TIDINGS, TIME.
See

Matt, xxiil 39.

iii

COMETH UPON

JohD

(he that.)

COMETH

i)

TH.\T.)

"come (he that shall.)"

John

Luke

(he

the 0/ie who came, (the Aor.

part, denoting a thing which happened once, a complete act.)
1

'(,

Xii. 26.

to,

xi. 14.

COMETH

which are certain to

to, but

the one who

on the point
[^to come, see

Matt.

about

to.)

come upon.)

is

ing,

etc.)

Hopping or checking,

clegaucc of figure and bear-

decorum,

gracefulness,
1

Cor. xii 23

con-

L K)

COMING

(,

COMELY.

elegant in figure, mien and

well-fashioned,
bearing, graceful
metaph. dewell-formed, comely

(be.)

see

"COME," No.

1.

xxiii. 29.

V. 7, 25,

John

29

(non

occ.)

2 Cor. xiii.

xi.

xii

1.

20
12

corus.
Cor.

xii. 24.

COM

^,

COMELY

1G8

(BE.)

2.

to be distinguished in or by
a thing, (properly of impresuons or
ber,

the senses,) to
(a) impers.
it

it

become, beseem,

is

fitting,

it

,
.,

(in N. T. only in imperative,)

be

among a num-

to be conspicuous

COM

3.

in

good

spirits

suit.

which

to,

be animated

meant

is

p)articidar

becomes,

effect,

Cor.

13.

jci.

1.

Matt. ix.

Mark

x. 49.

2.

see

(that which

is.)

with

3.

Phil

ii.

COMFORT

"COMELY."

1 Cor. vii. 35,

11.

22.

,
,
1.

COMELY

1.
art.

see

produce a

to

exhortation,

e.g.,

encouragement, comfort,

suits.

',

to Call to 07ie, call near,

to call for ; every kind of speaking

Luke

etc.

48 {pm.

viii.

2 Cor. xiii. 11.

G-L

[TTrAH)

19.

(-ED,

-.)

" COMFORT

(be

OF

good),-" N^o. 3.

-,

COMER THEREUNTO.
see "COME," '. 3.
Heb.

-,

X.

2.

any

[noun.]

a calling near, a sum;

?,

solatory exhortation, invitation or

entreaty, (opp. to
warning)

atit/

one,

a speaking near or with

kindly, soothingly;
i.e.

implying peisuasive power, and exmore tenderness than No.

pressive of

1.
(The termination of the word
marks the action as incomplete and
in jy ogress.

',

comfort,

.a consolation,

solace, ( differing fi om
the

No. 2 only in
which denotes the

terrniibation,

instrumod tvherewith

the agent acts,

the speaking with which he persuades and soothes.)

-,

an addressing,xhortation,
a consolation or soothing, (the verbal

form of

the

word

is

used of medicines

tvhich allay irritation.)

1.

Acta

1.

Hum.

2. 1

jx. 31.

1.

IV. 4.
Cor. xiv. 3.

3.

CoL

COMFORT

1.

2 Cor.

iv.

i.

3, 4.

vii. 4, 13.

1.

4.

Phil.

ii.

1.

11.

(be of good.)

(in N.T. only in imperative,)

be of good courage take courage

cheer up tukc heart
feel confidence
!

kindly,
pacify,

suasively and tenderly.

mons to one's side

hence, an
admonitory, encouraging, and con-

to Speak near or with

(i.e.

hence, to soothe,

1.

COMFORT

one,

soothingly,)

speak per-

COM

,,
COMING

[nouu.]

the being

1.

to arrange throughout, to
dispose in order then, to set fully
in order, arrange.

pre-

to be present,)

(from

sent,

hence, presence, arrival

which includes the idea of a permanent dwelling from that coming

ouwards, (occ. 2 Cor. x. 10; Pliil.

\,

way

,
act of

into

entrance.

jjlace,

voice,)

,
,

(c)

{a)

xxiv.

M.itt.

2nd
::,

3,

aor. part,
1.

37,

1.

L Tr H)

is (om.

5<i.

XV

27.

1.

xii

i',.

1.

Luke

Sd.
'.'

3
iic

4
1.

1.

xviii 5.
xix. 23.

.''b

Acts

only hut

to the

speaker,

to

having come.

(Or. xvi. 17.

2 Cor. vii. 0, 7.

Phil i. 26.
1 Thee. u.

iu. 13.

1.

IV. 1ft.

1.

V.

vii.

j2

2 Theb.

24.

1.

22.

1.

Jas V
2 Pet

7.

1.

11.

John

',

.^dx

Tr

(,
et

ut

xxvii 58, W.
xivui. 20.

Mark

44.

to

'

27.

43.

v.

vi. 8.

27. 39.
viii. 6.

X. 3.

49.

6 (Ko.'

XI

,G<vLT

TrA R)
xiu. 34.

Luke

1.)

IV

3.

30.

(Mid.) to eujuin

ui)on.

tu
;

v,

14,

viU. 2i

charge with.

command

!<*

2,

arvange or

Tr A

to he

announce beside or
i.e. to hand an
announcement from one to another,
then, to give the word,
pass it on
give orders, and so gen., to order,
recommend, cxliort, (not so strong

o.

40

5 (a/).)
XV. 14, 1^
viii.

order together or with

.iny one, direct, L

incite

something

7.

xxi 6
to

4.

John

15.

xviii 25.

near to any one,

as No.

3.

1.

35 (Ko.

done.

(,

0, 10.

xviii.

28.

{-ED, -EST, -eth, -ing.)

commaud

Luke xvii

IT. 4 (No. 7,
Tt.)

16.

li.

5.

v.

xiv. 9, 19.

1, 8, 0.

7, 8.
1.

5.

li.

23.

to urge or drive on,

order or

3.

forth

X.

COMMAND

2.

of the

Tiii. 4.

xix.

u'ill

give

to interrogate.

iv. 3.

iii 4, 12.

I.

XV. 23.

means
Matt.

19.

1.

mind and

enunciate,

the thought hence, it includes the

notion of denouncing, ol^jecting,
affirming, and commanding, (never

mi.
Bora XV
1 Cor
1.

for

7,)

5c.

ia.

command.

obs. root, furiiishing tenses

to say, but differing from

7, and words referred to under
in that it relates not to the xvords

it,

have come.

'2nd aor. inf. to

(an

No.
No.

coming, (7iot
come hut actually

to

bid,

tell,

come,

prcs. part,

mtrehj about
coming.)

spo-

which
refers to the sentiment. ) Often modilays
fied by the context where the sense
more in the adjuncts than in what is
said; hence, to enquire, answer, call,

Come or go, denoting the

coming or going.
inf. to

and wurds successively

ken, (thus differing from

to

',

(b)

1.

any

'\(., pres.

(a)

to

to say, to speak, i.e. to -utter

(th-us differing from
X'akkw, u'hich is simply to use the

Me joerso?t.^

ance o/

commaud,"

as

to.

definite words,

an uncovering, unveiling,
( When used of a
manifestation.
person it always denotes the appear-

5.

give

enrol',

see JVo. 5.)

/?,

4.

to

prescribe

(from

advent,

coming,

?,

3.

towards or iu any person or thing

to'Order towards or to any
one,

Afwri?,

2.

post.

to arrange or sot in order

hence,

12.

ii.

Mid. appoint, ordain,

(a)

coming

COM

5.

becoming

'^?

I6y

aj>joiut

to

over,

put

in

put u]ion one as a

IX

2.
7.

The.s

2.

i\

2.

2 The

55

2.

21.

54

duty, to enjoin.

xxvii. 43.
Cor. VI j. 10.
2 Cot. iv ti
1

xiv. 22

8.

Tim
Hrb

IV

U.

lii. 4. 6,

iv.

10. 12

11.

xiL 20. ecu com

m&iidtti (bo.

Uev

II. 4.

COM

[_170

COMMANDED

COMMANDMENT

(de.)

to put asunder, to set apart,

1.

distinguish, hence,
2.

command expressly.
to be commanded or charged.

clearly,
(b) Pass,

Hub.

b.

xii. i'".

(-.)

'}, that which has been enjoined,

,
Heb.

Mark

2.

viii.

IS.

1.

John XIV

31

the thing enjoined, a com-

5.

sent as

a proclamation, public
notice exp. as a military term, woi'd
of command
then, any aimoucemcnt or declaration by auik'/rity.

2.

v. 19.

viii.18. see C(b'ive)

word,

I,

3.

2 Cor

1.

Eph.

20

28,

('(/').

h.

5.

3.

1.

IK.

1.

34.

xjv

If,.

1.

50.

Thes
Tim.

Heb.

iv

2.

4.

1.

vii. 5,

!(!.

IS.

(,

'.

21.

:il. we C (give )
XV. 10'';, 12.
(.'
see
L 2,
)
XV 21. (give)
xvii 1.')'
C'(give)
XXV. 23,
C (at
one'e.)

30,
vii.

U.
Z.

1.

see C (givo )
23
thai
wkick stem' true to
one, public rcsolii-

4.

AcU

8,

1.

niL

;3.

xvi. 28.

0,

P.

Imii, tlfCT'f,
2 Pet. 11. 21

1.

"

2.

iii.

John

ii.3.4. 7 3tinif.s.

1.

ui

1.

iv. 21.

1.

23"'",

22,

2,

3>"'c

1.

2 Jolui 4, 5, 6 '"I'"

11.

1.

Rev.

\ii.

17.

1.

liv

12.

x.xii

COMMANDMENT
KtAti'io, see

[12, 13.

10,

to repre-

COMMAND,"
Acte ixv

2.;.

(a) tra7is. to place

Hf('ip.)

(at one's.)
'^0. 1,

by or

any

commend.
by or

near, to be

to put or place near

place with

account,

',

lit.

i.e.

to

to praisc

plaud, laud.

xi. 22.

xiii.

commend,

any

any one on one's

commit, to en-

trust as a deposit.

S.

14.

liom.

10

vi

4!),

oicn

ii. 22.

Titue

viii.

iv.

xj. i<7

xii

(a) J/i'i. to

vi. 2.

Col

1.

xviii. 20.

3.

.
pi.

XV. 29.

.Juliii

-inq.)

to place or set

one, as food, or as a teacher.

tj.

xxiii.

-,

(-ED,

30.

xi. 22.

at hand.

u. 16

1.

(ap), 31.
i.

xxiii

Heb.

trails,

(b) ijilrans. to stand

-.v

XIV .37 (nm.

(eing itmtead of

1.

IP

xii.
riO

(a)

one, hence, to

vii.

Tr Ah

17.

2.

Luke

Cor

19.

1.

vii. 7.

X.

1.

together, compose, consti-

:t.>

xii. ;iu, 38, 40.

M.\rk

(,/,)
{,
.11

4.

beside, to place or set before

(i

in-

No.

woHhy.

to put

irapayyckia,

w.

2.

2.

tute.

/,

It)

i.

(b) intrans. to stand with or together,

15.)

the thing imposed by law,

an order, (iion occ.)

Mat!

an

see
Tr.

notice, hence, to

Acts

to one's

lit.
imposition of tribute
that which has been commanded by supreme authority,
express injunction of law, (occ.

4.

.NO. 1.

together of persons, to introduce

acquaintance and favourable

(noriocc.)

hence,

ii.

dis-

command

see " COMMAND," No.

COMMEND

5;

eVtrayvy,

Tit.

,
,
above,

1.

command,

state

(VtoAtj^

to give

junction,

19.)

mission and

3.

x.

M;itt

ix.

to

clearly,

"command,"

see

;l

an injunction, charge, precept,* a

single precept
pi. moral injunctions, prohibitions, (occ.

,
,

explain

expressly.

3.

COMMANDMExNT

BLaeoa,(Mid.)
tinctly,

4.

1.

(give.)

to enjoin upon,

(Mid.)

ei/TcXAo/iai,

charge with.

Mid. to state distinctly, explain

(n) in

COM

24.

Luke xvi

8.

upon

to

ap-

COM
COMMIT

',

1.

-,

(-ED,

make,

ttj

171

(a) with Oat.

ISO.)

to form,

i.e.

COM

of person, and Ace. of the

anything

thing, to entrust or confide

bring

to anyone..

about, cause gen. to do, i.e. hahituaily to perform, practise, i.e. to

pursue a course of action.
;

-,

2.

an

to do, to work, (expressing

not yet
John
a Rom.
a

denoting what one does

to put, to set, to place.

Tt^>^/ii,

,
own

one's

a.

Gal.

ii.

17.

7.

(be.)

(Pass, of above), any thing is

entrusted to me, or uithout an

order, to assign.

object,

put or place near any

to

a.

COMMITTED TO MY TRUST

Mid. to set or put for one's self,

i.e. on one's own part or behalf, by

(a)

4.

Cor ix

24.

iii. 2.

ii.

habitually.)
3.

11.

COMMIT UNTO.

action as cuntinned or

cornplded

Luke ivi

--

to be
1

one.

Mid. to put or place with any

one on ones own account, i.e. to
entrust, deposit

committed unto me.

Tim.-i n.

(a)

COMMITTED UNTO ME

//,

to give, (with implied notion

of giving freely, unforced, and of
one's own accord,) to give into the
hands, power or possession of any

5.

to let, suffer, allow

THING WHICH

(,
commit

7.

to leave to,

labour

to Vork,

used of

good or

8.

evil,

John u
V

5.

viii

1.

to

ii

iii.

Cor

see
one's trust (that
2 Tira.

6a 2 Cor.

19

v.

,
Ii

lii.

(that

haTe

Jas.

7.

put.

Pet

21.

I.

John

(be

15
iv
ill.

10, see

the

of.

(Mid.)
Pet

see

iv.

Tim.

See

la.

(th.\t

HAVE.)
1

deposit, V

of me,

my

deposit.

j
2

Tim.

i.

12.

is.)

vi.

20 (G v)

(^,,

d.pont,

GL

Tr

also,

adultery, fornication, sac-

rilege, TRUST, UNGODLY.

1.).

to believe, icly upuu, trust,

put
j

in.

OF.

"COMMIT," Xo.

COMMIT TO ONE'S TRUST.

confidence

Tr

entrusted to cue's care.)

4, 8, P.

COMMIT iHE KEEPING

-,

G L

any thing deposited with

one, (esp. of money or pmpcrty

deposit,

(that which

C unto

y.

keepuig

see

3,

ii.

T.

1.

marg

COMMITTED TO ONE'S TRUST

ii.

Titu.s

WHICH

C unto
which I

.)
)

{,

the,

which

14. see C unto

one (that thing which
la.

see C
unto.

8^"

1.

12, see

him

17.

ix 17, f

L 14

to

le.)

2,

20,

vi.

onto.

2.

X.

11,

18.

32.

Tim

4a.
-

34.

IX viii.
Rora.

Tim

COMMITTED UNTO HIM

unto.
see C to my

ii 7. see

troBt 0)6.

xjtv. 11, 25.

xjtvii. 40, margin,
leavt.

1.

8.

Gal

Acte

6.

2.

24. eee
22.

any thing deposited with

(esp.

to conimit, practise.

1.

work

to corumit fornication.

.Mark iv. 7
1. Luke liL 48149 2nd.
4a
xvi
see
one's trust.

(that

IS.)

of money or property
entrusted to one's care.)

one,

to.

all kitids of labour; vietaph. to

(be.).

3.

i.

COMMITTED UNTO ONE

one.

6.

Titus

COMMODIOUS
tu-tv^fTo?,

(not.)

not conveniently placed.

Act xxvii.

12.

COM
i.

2.

3.

COMMON.

belonging to the
people or state, public.

speak to and fro, i.e. to

any one, to converse with,
(denoting simply the using of the
organ of utterance without any reftalk with

erence to the ivords or the sentiment.)

Luke

be in a crowd or in company
with any one, to have intercourse
with hence, to converse with.

o/iiAtw, to

stretched.

with article, (lU. the wide-stretched

multitude, Mark xii. 37.)

(a)

Mark

Acts

see

xii.

Acts

xi

1.

37.

8.

2.

18.

1.

Titus

i.

x. 14.

1.

Jude

3.

1.

Cor. X. 13, see man.

4.

2,

',

to

make

(call.)

kolvov,

(see

carrying out the act which

Acto

No. 1),
proper

is

make common.

to Koii'os, to

X.

,
,

10

/',

Luke

"commune together."

see

xxii.

4.

,\cts xxiv.

'J

!.'(>.

COMMUNICATE.

(Mid.) to place before,

any one, to make
known, (occ. Acts xxv. H.)
i.e.

xi. 9.

xxiv. 15.

to speak or talk witli a^ty

one (ivithout nference to the icords
or sentiment.

1.

COMMON

Luke

COMMUNE WITH.

Rom.

1.

ii.

(call.)

9, see C (call
xiv. 14 '"'ceniarg.
(text, unclean.)

'

44.
IT. 32.

1.

8C

28.

1.

vii.2, luarg. (text,

dffiled)
3.-1.

X. 15,

vi. 11.

COMMUNE TOGETHER.

27,

COMMUNE.
to

common

of number, many, numerous

of space, far, far and wide, wide-

- Matt, xxvii.
haU.

COM

172

pertaining equally to all, i.e.

common ; in a Levitical sense, not
bound, not forbidden ; hence, not
sacred, that which is ceremonially
unlawful or unholy.

,
,

to dolaro to

have thing in couimon.

have a share of things, to jiailakc

KOLioH'tw, to

COMMONLY.

wholly, altogether
where, generally.
1

Cor. V.

also,

of; of persons, to partake with.

every-

Koiviuvia,

1.

i.e.

Gal.

2.

See

ii.

2
i..

',

COMMUNICATE

COMMONWEALTH.

the relation in which a citizen

stands to the state, the condition,

rights of a citizen, citizenship; then,

tl)e civil polity, the condition of a
state, esp. a well ordered republican

(occ.

Eph.

Phil. iv. 15.

Ueb. xiii 16.

report.

also,

government,

communion.

participation,

vi. G.

2.

the act of partaking or sha-

ring,

Acts

xxii. 28.)

fitted

f(.>r

or ready to communicate.

,
1.

Tinj

vi. 18, niarg.

COMMUNICATE

^V^TH.

to be partaker with others,

Plijl.

COMMOTION

iv.

any

thing.

14.

(-8.)

COMMUNICATION.

a being unstable, unsettled

a state of disorder, tumult, confusion,

xxi.

tociahU.

to share with others in

il 12.

Luke

(willing to.)

C(>mmunication, apt

the word (s^poken, not written.)

In a forvud sense, a word us forming part of what is spoken ; as a

Aoyos,

COM

173

means or inxtrnmpnt (not as a product or result), the speaking in a

;

mafennf, sense, tlie word as (hat

which is spoken, an exposition or
account tvhich one gives.

2.
3.

',
,

"COMML'NICATE," No.

see

COM

3.

1.

I.uke xxiii. 27.

xxiv. 22, see C(our)

John
Acts
:

vi.
i.

21. see

C witli.
C (one'e

23, see

iv.

vi. 7.

see C (keep )
xiii.l3, eee C (Paul

3.

2 Tlies

Rev XV ui

2.

together or in comwith itn?/ one, intercourse,

( Eng. homily), (noa occ.)

11.

Heb

aiid his.)

Bi'.O

(ga-

C (wo

that were of Paul'.* )

Cor. V. 9, eee C with.

C (keep

see

iii.

with (liave

X. 28,

eee

5,

IXJ. S.

OWll.)
1.

Acte ivii
ther a )

t,

see

14,
)

see

xii. 22,

innumerable
17 {ap)

(an

a being

pany

1.

Matt

37

1.

Luke xxiv

17

Cor XV. 33

,
1

1.

Cor

2.

Eph. iv. 29
Col iii. 8, see
Philem. tj.

COMPANY

<;,

(an innumerable.)

i.e. ten thousand, often

used for an indefinitely large num-

filth v

a myriad,

ber.

COMMUNION.
"COMMUNICATE," No.

see

i"!'^'

16

X.

Cor

3.

xii.

COMPANY

Cor. vi. 14

14

xjii.

Heb

22

(1)1 )

(gather

make a crowd

to

a.)

or riot, raise

a mob, (non occ.)

COMPACTED

make come

to

together

bring

together, to

join

to

Acts

(be.)

knit

or

together, to unite.
(a) P(iss. to

be put together.
Eph

iv.

COMPANY

j.

(in a.)

a place for lying

down

or reclin-

any temporary or

ing, hence,

irii.

building

as

soldiers.

In

iisecl

bi/

slight

sh^pherdu

Ace. pi. as here,

or

com-

panies of people sitting at meals,

COMPANION.

table parties, (non occ.)

KoivcDi'oi,

com-

partaker,

partner,

Luke

ix. 14.

panion.

'/'*;,

joint-partaker,

co-

COMPANY

partner, companion with.

Acts xix 29, eee travel
I'liil

li.

see labour.

2b,

1.

Heb,

2.

Rev.

X.

,33.

9 (No.

i.

G-v

9,

Acts

(-lEs)

esp.

any

assembled
throng or crowd, (from

people,

hence,

fulness,

be

0?

become

(our.)

U3.

Luke

xxiv. 12.

at the

full.)

journeying

COMPANY
(

a multitude,

a great number, (from

',

23 (pi

to

to the public.

tK. of,

place or time, together,) (non

n,r.)

\<;,

iv

COMPANY

to

titude.

same

and not

[noun.]

^^, a throng of people, an irreguthe mol), (oppj.

lar crowd
<;, the peoj)lo,) a confused mul;

own.)

own, one's own, (as pertaining

private person,

COMPANY

(one'.s

to

yu,\hor^nph^
^

(PAUL AND HIS

{(nirludin^himself)
about ;.^,
Paul' and hi-S
Paul.)
rornacAoc,

:r.^>.vu-nund

,,,,

together,

\ those ab(>ut Paul,

Acts

x.vii

,,i3.

13.

comjiany of travellers, a caravan.

Mirk

39, sec

vi

I.uki; it 4

4.

V.

>^

vi.

17.

(by

- Luke

)
1

ix

14,

38.

XI. 27,

xii.

13

scoC(iiK

COMPANY

(we that were of Paul's.)

A..ts x.\i. S (jp.)

COM

[174

-,

COMPANIES

(-,

(by.)

a drinking together, a~ drinking party ; hence, any table-party ;

(i.e. adhere,

table-parties

by

in a direction towards.)
(c)

(keep) [verb.]

tion

In N. T. Mid. to adhere cleave

'-^,

to

mix up

together...

or Mid. to mingle together

with, have intercourse or keep company with.
%. 28.

2a. 1 Cor. v. 11.

of.

to,

(a) Pass,

Acts

with Ace. hitherwards, to, of literal

;
of mental direction, towards then, from general notion of

omental direction arises that of estimation or proportion, in considera-

make

to glue together, to
cohere, join fast together,

1.

Dai. near, hard by, (resting

(b) with

39.

of things ; to join one's self unto,

of persons, to associate with.

2.

Rom.

c.

.,

/,

COMPANY WITH.

one,

i.e.

any

to come-Or go with
to'

accompany

then,

COMPARISON.

Mark

-^,

iv. 30.

(fetch

a.)

to go about, to wander up
and down, used of a ship sailing on
an irregular course with unfavour-

to

able winds.

together, to convene, to as

come

viii. 18.

a placing side by side, hence,

comparison or similitude.

COMPASS

1.

of.

direction

COMPANY

(a)

be.)

with Gen. hitherwards, belonging

to the character

occ)

1.

towards.

(a)

table-parties, {'on

Mark vi

COMPARED WITH

by

distrihutively,)

a7id

verbially

COM

Acts xxviii.

13,

semble.

2.

Acte L

1.

see above,

No. 2a.

2a. 1 Cor.

21.

1.

COMPANY WITH

2.

2 Thea,

iii.

2.

COMPARE.

2.

to throw beside or near, to

as food to animals;
then, to throw or place side by side

so as to
M;irk

30

,
iv.

>

compare.

('^,

to

put,

let,

place,

Tr A H-)

COMPARE AMONG.
to

then judge of, i.e. to compare, to

estimate by comparison.
2 Cor. X. 12.

it 13.

2 Cor.
I

X. 12.

go

up and down.
15.

Luke

.xxi

20.

COMPASS ABOUT.

x\.

"compass,"

(,

A^o. 1.

.30.

iuTTOund, G<v

Tr A.)

COMPASS ROUND.

circle

to

make a

circle

round, en-

round about.
I/Uke XIX. 43.

COMPASSED ABOUT WITH

to lie

Ground,

also, to

around, to have round

COMPARE WITH.
Cot

to lead about, intrans. to

see

Ilcv. XX. 9

separate distinct things

and then bring them together into
one; hence, to oin together, combine ; later, to place together and

Heb

circle,, encircle

in a circle.

Matt, xziii.

[verb.]

(-ed)

make a

to

about, go

before,

cast

move

(have.)

14.

,
,

COMPASS

Hcb

xii. 1.

one.

(be)
be laid

COM

COMPASSED WITH
Heb.

to

Matt

COMPEL

(be.)

V. 2.

(bt/

COMPASSION

(be

Matt xviii

Mark
Mark vl

i.

27.

41.

2.

Murk

viij

Mark
Luke

32.

2.

(have.)
tlian

to suffer with another, to

be affected in like manner, (occ.
Heb. iv. 15.)
1

Judo 22

(ey.)

No.

(have.)

1.

to have merely pity or a

sense of unhappiness for the ills of
others i to have a subjective distress at witnessing misfortune, etc.

<,

(xveaker than A'o. 1.)

to be moderate in one's
passions, hence, to be gentle, indul-

gent toward any

1

Mntt

.M.irk V.

8.

Uuia

xviii

33.

19
Is. Vj

3.

one.

Heb

V. 2, marg. reasonubly bcur liit/i.

it'CC.

GO.

V. 41.

COM PLAINER

(s.)

finding fault with one's

discontented, repining.

i.e.

lot,

JurtelO.

,
-,
,

COMPLAINT.
charge, guilt imputed.

1.

fault fouud, blame, censure,

occasion of complaint.

2.

i.e.

2.

see above.

Matt.

\<;,

1.

COMPASSION ON

xiv. 23.

14.

COMPEL TO

13.

<.,

,
,

Gal

Luke

Acts xxvi. U.
2 Cor. xii. 11.

1
1

have
compassion), to have the desire of
relieving the miserable, to show
kindness by beneficence or help.

1.

ix. 22.
vii.

show mercy, (more

rifb. X. 34.

to go

2(

XT.

COMPASSION OF

e.

see

xxvii. 32.
xv. 21.

X. 33.

2.

iXetw, to

Mark

V. 41,

(HAVE.)

34.

Luke

of an

Matt.
2.

Jfatt XV.
XX.

an ayyapos,

kept at regular

stages through Persia, ivith poiver of

empressment) ; hence, to press into
service for a journey in the manner

34.

COMPASSION

constrain,

to necessitate,

persuasion or force.)

mounted courier

(a

to feel the bowels yearn,

have compassion; to pity.
ix. 3C.

(ed, -EST.)

dyyapevoi, to despatch as

moved wira.)

xiv. 14.

COM

175

Acta XXV." (p )
Col iil 13, marg, (text, qitaTTel.)

COMPLETE.
make

to

(a) Pass, to

be

full, fill

filled

furnished.

,
a.

CoL

ii.

up.

to be fully

full,

(,

10.

iv. 12, marg. fiUal

to brar or 6W)i<;
a.
fully, heaco, to ijivcfu.ll a^iurance, pursuadefiLlly, G<v

LTTr A K)

COMPREHEND

hold

to

(a)

(-ed.)

upon,

seize

lay

the idea of eagerness

or sudK/'-njicxs, to seize tcith the mind
of, zvith

to comprehend, hence,

COMPASSION ONR-OF ANOTHER

(having.)

(h) Mid. to comi>iohcnd for one's self,

perceive.
.1

feeling or suffering
with
another, like-affected, the same in

feelings
1

Pet.

ill.

S(pl.)

Jolin

i.

COMPREHENDED
thing.s

also,

bowels.

b.

<IwiK</>aAatoo/iat, to

caie

See

5.

Eph.

iii.

IS.

BRinrLv.)

Comprehend several

under one, to reduce under

head, (occ. Eph.

liom.

.tiii.

9.

i.

10.)

CON

CONCEITS

176

of thonght.
into, to, unto, with a view to,
marking' the direction of thought or

eis,

2.

speech,

(-ED.)

to take together, jiro]).

to enclose in the hands ; (Lat. comprehendere, Fncf. to comprehend.)
Spoken of pet'sons, gen. to take or

1.

zvith Ace. (around and towards)

around, of place ; about, of time ;
about, in reference to, of any object

.(b)

ill

CONCEIVE

3.

than
from the idea of
clasping together, grasping with
Spoken of females, to
'the hands.

of men, to beget
to bear, bring forth.

hence, according to,

of

or implied.

4.

for

unto,

idea of benefit

in,

5.

(a)

tion.

Matt. L 20.

1.

Lukei.

5a.

24, 31, 36.

u.^1.

1.

1.

Jas.

Acts

3.

Rom.

4.

Heb.

with Gen. hitherwards, conducive

Bat. resting in the direction

(b) with

Mid. to set or put for one's

to fix, as in the mind.

(a)

2.

towards.

to.

to set, put, place, lay.

5.

over and towards, be-

Ace.

yond.

"I

of seed, a casting

(b) with

down, vconcep-

a casting

over.

with Gen. over and separate from,

on behalf of, as though bending over
to protect ; then, simply about, in
reference to, with or without the

'a)

,
,

against,

in referenco to

some standard of coniparison stated

, to have,

eis,

4.

from, against.

down upon, over

(b) with Ace.

to
a lying down, f
place of repose, bed, | conceive.
esp. the marriage-bed, )

3.

down

Gen.

'

conceive.

down.

(a) U'ith

seize altogether, all around, stronger

2.

CON

your own.)

(in

the estimation of.

C
\ lavTots, yourselves, your own selves.
Tr A.)
Pom. 2i. 25 {Iv, in, among, ir.stead of
Eom. sii. 16.

with,

;)

to.Tards, near.

self,

with Ace. t
of literal direction
towards, against, of mental direction ;
from ihis mental direction arises
estimaticn, in consideration of and
intention, in order to.

(c)

4.

ix. 10.
X). 11.

15.

CONCERN

(the things which.)

the things; followed hy Gen. of nonn,

lit. the thiiig.s of ray infirmity.
2 Cor. xi. 30.

Matt.

la.

xi. T.

la.

xvi. 11.

la.
la.

la.

CONCERN

(those iniNOS which.)

the things.
TTipl, about, concerning, (chiefly as the
object of thought, emotion, knowledge,
V etc.)
31.

CONCERNING.
TTipi,

around.

Luke

17 (orn.

(^

Rom.

Bee

27,

la.

see

xi). 1.

la.

xi

2.

i.

ii.

xi

viL 12, 32.

Epht

10.
26.

xiii, 34,

xix.

la.

s,

H!1

21, see

(a.s

Ou>

Thcs.

(-rtpaiTf'pi,

of

la.

xxi.

la.

xxU.

la.

ledge, discourse, etc.

Is.

xxiii. 15.
xxiv. 24.

24.

1?.

(.0.1

ii

K.)

i;i.

V. IS.
1

Tim

19.

i.

vi

ntp't,

iripuiv, ovnirrnivg niher

m'Mf.rs, 1,
Tr.)'

u'ith Gen. (around and separate

from) about, concerning, chiefly as
the object of thought, emotion, know-

iv.

see

2 (Xo.4.-\,

iii

LTTr A

see C that
[things.)
r.uo C (the

iiifitouil

<5.

.,

iv.

(the
1

(as.)

Ih.it

iv. 22.

Phil, iii

see

I'J,

things.)

1.

V. 32 '<
^^32 2nd(om.LA>')

19.

vUi.

(as.)

viii. 23.

2 Cor.

ix. 18.

(as.)

xvi. 19
1 Cor. vii. 25.
TUi.34, sec

(the

44.

John

see

xi. 28,

xvi.

la.

see

27.

things.)
la.

3.

i.

ix. 5,

17.
vii. 24.
xxii. 37,
(the thjiige.)
xxiv. 19.
ii.

bcynnd,

(a)

L-

v. iti
vii.

la Acts
Act xxviii.

1.

la.

Mark

16.

xxviii. 21.
22, see C (as.
23 (with article)

Tr A M.)
la.

'

Acts sxv.

iv. 6.

la.

21.

2 Tim. ii 18.

Ui

8.

Ilcb. vii. 14.

xi. 20, 22.

Jolin

ii.

20.

(r.)

V. 14, n)ar3.(tc.<i..

CON
1.

CONCERNING

(as.)

(with Gen.) see "concrrnino,"

,
(
1

Acts xxviii.

Rom.

22.

1.

2. 2

LZ. 5.

xi. 28.

ii.

'

2 Cor. vl. 15.

a word spoken (not { for an

written, )thev:ordoriiQ- i'accouat.
count ivhich one gives, )

unison, (non occ.)

36.

'

a speaking a thin/^ together

another, hence, agreement,

with

/ 9, for,

CONCORD.

<;,

"concerning,"

(tviih Ace.) see

No.

CON

la.

jVo.

2.

177

(,

Cor. viii 4.
Cur. xl. 21.

Phil

it.

CONCOURSE.

a turning or winding together,

ihen^ that which is rolled up together, any dense mass as of mqi,
(occ.

Acts

14.

12.)

Acts xix 40

CONCERNING THAT

(as.)

because, inasmuch as, seeing

Jt introduces that which
that.
rests on a patent fact

that,

Acta

xiii. 31.

CONCUPISCENCE.

desire,
yearning,
longing
denoting the inward passion of the
mind in a good or bad sense. The

mental
Rozn.

vii. 7,

desiref'?ioi the object desired.)

marg. (tort

CONCERNING

(the thinos.)

Acta viii

37
xxiv. 27

xlx.

cutting

8.

opinion after separating, and considering the particulars of a case

(not necessaHly implying condemna-

,
,
,

Jewish

tlie

ti-ue

or punishment being implied, (occ.

Markxvi. IG (.); Rom. xiv. 23.)

2.

shut up,

(-ED.)

hem

in,

to close up, conclude, (occ.

,
6

2.

Gal.

iii.

enclose;

Luke

3.

,
judgment

from, select

to

5.

anyone

sarily for condanncUion.

think

to occupy one's self with

reckonings or calculations, hence, to
reckon, count; value, csicem, or
take for
to account, conclude, or

ij.

infer.
2.

Acts xxi.

'lb.

8.

Koia

2ci.

iii.

I.

Rom

xi. ?2, TciKTg.

&. .22.

[uptogtthtr

(right,

any />. ; with

against, to

condemn, (non

ore.

hence,

come

exercise

to

law) against

thedefinite signification, to pronounce

v.

to a decision, to judge, (not neces-

condemnation, censure,

blame.

order,

23.)

to divide, to separate,

to separate

vpos, towards, in reference to,

4.

to

J.

judgment ^<7saoo?>e^
against; hence, to condemn, the crime
to give

spiritual circumcision^ (noii occ.)

7,

choose out the goody hence,

i.e. to form or give an

tion.)

Used conteTuptuously for

1.

(-ED, -EST.)

to separate, to distinguish, to

select, to

mutilation.

off,

CONCLUDE

gen. to judge,

circumcision in contrast with the

Phil. iU.

5,

Thes. Iv

12.

CONCISION.

/)^,

CONDEMN

the things.
irept, concerning, (see above, No. \,)
LukexxiJ.

Col. iii

llwst.)

3.

Malt.

to know or note against

disadixintage, hence, to

to his

ill

of,

condemn,

to

xll. r, 87.

1.

41, 42.

2.

John

xxnl X

Luko

X.

33

XIV. 64.
vl. 37 "rte
XI

31,

3-:

xxiv. CO, oe

Pbo

(.to

j
'

iii 17,

viii
(a,,)

XX. 18
Miirk

(occ. Gal.

II.)

1.

AcU

R!ii.

18""'

10 (a;),

xiii. 27.
I).

1.

viil

3,34,

1.

xiv.

2-J.

XI.

.'ti.

;
'

Cor

1 Uir. vu. 8.

11

CON
Titns

see

S,

ii.

(that

4.

cannot be.)

2.

,
iij.

one's

Heb.

2.

330

Jas. T. 6
9 (No.

Tr

of

2 Pet.

2.

self.

',

G L

1,

H.)
6.

ii

CONDEMNED OF

ONE'S SELF.

(In Rom.

lowly things, the

antithesis of "the high things.")
Rom.

be.)

with a view
'"

to or in
order to a
sentence.

}-,

Luke

(that cannot

be.)

not worthy of condemnaSee "condemn,"

tion, (non occ.)

Titus

ii.

8.

condemnation, (non

the

judgment

progress.)

(No. 3 with

implyin/j

concealment,)

false or feigned pretence,

as

xoere

it

and

ii.

2.

hence,

Luke
John

under a mash, (whence,

xxiii. 40.
iii. 19.
24.

V.

3.

Roiu.

y.
viii.

2.

1.1 Cor.
4.

2 Cor.

1.

Tim.

xi.
iii.

ment
y. 12 {vnh
vnder jndriment, ineLead

[jvdgmfni.
34, margin,

iii

1,

of eit
hypocriay,

1.

A K)

9.

iiL 6.

',,'

Jas.

1.

Jude

4.

BEGLTTr

to speak or talk with or

to

throw o/'strike together,

(as of streams or persons to come

together) ; then, to throw together
as words, to dispute, discourse or
consult together.

.
3.

marg. jwlg

1.

le, 18

Evg., hypocrisy.)

6.)

-,
matter.)

3.

an acting

further,
(occ. Gal.

together, (referring only and merely

to the general idea of talking, without
reference to the sentiment or subject

in

prefixed,

In N.T. only Mid.,

one.

impart or communicate
on one's oivn p>art),

against, (deno-

action incomplete

(-ED.)

to lay anything ad-

(i.e.

occ.)

the

process of
separation, the act or time of judg-

ting

15.

to take such burthen oii one's self,

also, to place before in addition, to

the sentence pronounced

judgment,

on

ditional

ment.

2.

-,

the sentence pronounced, the

result or product of judgment.

iigainst,

Acts xvii.

CONFER

CONDEMNATION.

)9,

to Set one

to accompany,

1 Cor. xvi. 11.

,
,
,

set,

t'.e.

to Send on before, to eend

forward on one's journey.

5.

[verb.]

down,

to sct

CONDUCT FORTH.

?,
No.

CONDUCT

conduct, Old of respect or for security.

xxiv. 20.

CONDEMNED

.1.

to.

32.

down on a journey,

tence, condemnation,

1.

OF.

the things,
with Ace. as here, relating
Lukexiv.

to,

5.

xii 16.

CONDITIONS

with a
(denoting obto,
ject) ; in order
(denoting purpose),
a j udgment, a sen-

view

rots

16,

xii.

into, to, unto,

15,

3.

away with any

T.

doubtless neuter,

iiL 11.

CONDEMNED

2.

or

ofif

only Pass., to be led

or carried away with any thing ; in
a had sense, to be led astray, (Gal.
ii. 13) ; in a. good sense, led away.

1.

In N.

in general), (iion occ.)

Titus

'

CONDESCEND.
to lead

one.

self-condemned (not directly or explicitly, hut by doing

in his own case that which he con-

demns

CON

Johniii. 20, 21

5. 1

xi. 7

178

Acta

iv

15

2.
1.

OaL

i.

CONFERENCE
See

Act x.w, 12

16

(add

in.)

"CONFER," No.

Gal

ii

1.

CON

CONFESS

-,

(-ED,

179

-ING.)

boldness, confidence, then, the foundation or ground of this confidence,

well-founded trust (see under "sub-

to speak or say the same

together with another, i.e. to speak
tlie

same

things,

to assent, accord, ugree

i.e.

hence,

witli,

concede,

to

stance" and "person.")

same

lang'uage, to say the

1. Acts.xxviii. 31
2 2 Cor. i. .li'

admit,

followed by

(,

tv,

confess in

to

in,

to profess or acknow-

i.e.

viii.

xi.

Gal.
Eph.
Phil,
2.

ledge him.

Luke
2.

la.
2.

la.
1.

Matt.

21

X.

2.5, )

3,

iii. 6.

X.

Rom.

xiv. 11.
XV. 9.

2.

Phil.

ii.

1.

Heb.

2.

32'l".

2.

Mark i. 6.
Luke xii. 8*'"
John i 20''.
22.
xii. 42.
Acts xix. 18.
xxiii. 8.

xxiv.

Rom.

2.

marg

(Icit,

21

iii.

1.

'

(have.)

intram. Mid. to siiffer one's self to

be persuaded or convinced.

esp.

prevailed upon.

2, 3, 15.

be of good cheer, to have

good courage, to be full of hope
and confidence.

dapped), to

(TTrAK)

7.

be moved by fair means,

by words, to be won over,

(c) Pass, to

Rev.iii.5(No.l,act ,G L

CONFESSION.
assent, accord,

1,

subttanci.)
Jolui ii.
...
2.>

(b)

9.

i.

iv.

1.2 John

14.

x. 9.

J;U. V. 16

1.

John

xi.

(a) tra7is. to persuade, win by

words, influence, (as opp. to force.)

13.

thanks

2.

1.

14
X. 3.5

11.

xi.

ri'ioi-

6.

iii.

1.
|

i (have.")

21,

ttclOo),

xiii.lCi,niarg.(text,

1.

ix

ece C
(Imve.)

eco

iii.4,)

3.

1.
..

4.

lii.

1.

(have.)

12.

iii.

Heb.

CONFIDENCE

xxii. 6.)

10, see

iii

Philem.

3.

17

V.

Phil.

1.

2.

(No. 1 with e^, out of,

prefixed,) to speak out the same
things xoith or as another, confess
Here, only Mid. to make
fully.
acknowledg-ment, (occ. Matt. xi. 25;

(li.ive

22

2.

2.

2 Thes.
C

see

vii. 16,

one's case,

2.

3,

ii

confess.
(a)

CON

la.

2 Cor.

agreement

la.

an

GaL

3.

I,a.

16.

la.

ii.

vii.

2.

v. 10.

la.

la.

Philem.

Phil.

25.

i.

iii.

2 Thes.

3.
iii.

4.

21.

agreement made, confession, pro

fession.
1

Tim.

vl.

13,

maig

1.

CONFESSION

/,

see

IS

MADE.

"confess," No.

',
,

CONFIDENT.

profession.

2.

No.

2 Cor V.

of a frank and fearless mind, hence,

boldness, openness, frankness, (perhaps also sometimes implying confidence or assurance.
persuasion,

trust,

1.

2 Cor. ix.

4.

a Standing under ; that

which is set or stands under, a
foundation, origin, beginning, hence,
spoken of that quality wliich leads
one to stand under, endure or
undertake anything, e.g. firmness,

(de.)

1.

Tret^w, see "confidence (HAVE),"iVo.la.

2.

^^'/,,'^ "CONFIDENCE (n A VE),"iVo.

1.

Rom.

ii.

19.

2.

1.

Plul. L

see

(wa.x.)

"CONFIDENCE (have),"
Phil.

i.

2.

Co, v. 8.

6.

CONFIDENT

assu-

rance, confidence.

hV

6.

CONFIDENT

all one thinks,

free-spokenness, as charactei-utic

<,

(haVE),'

X. 10, pass.

the speaking

<;,

"CONFIDENCE

3.

2.

CONFIDENCE.

i.e.

"confidence," No.

1.
2.

Rom.

sec

see

14.

CONFIDENTLY.
Sec, AFFIRM.

.iVt>.

la.

CON

CONFIRM

1.

io

CONFORMED TO

-iNG.)

(-F,D,

make firm, make steadmake good, corroborate,

to

CON

'))/^,
one

make

ments or

2.

finn or establish by argu-

2'^roojs

(-,

to

BtrengtLen

Acts

3.

4.

xviii,

make

lean on, to

tc

upon,

establish,

to make valid, give anthorit'y

or influence, (no7i occ.)

come between,

to

interpose,

Mark xvi

(iioji

2.

Acts xiv.

2.
1.
1.

2.
20(a_p.)

22.

XV. 32.' 41.

XV. 8.
1 Cor. L 6, 8.

3.

2 Cor

3.

GaL

1.

Ileh

R.

ii.

iii.

ii.

or

..trouble

before.

,.

Acts

interpose

1.

ix. 22.

1.

1.

Rom.

CONFIRMATION.

(.<;, firm establishment, (non occ.)

Heb

!
I

vi.

CONFLICT.

(be) [margin.]

33, text, bc-ashamed.

"CONFOUND," No,

,
see

Col.

ii.

m.irg. fear or care.

CONFORMABLE UNTO
to

make

Iii

10

(make.)

of like form with

((',
mth.Q^ LTTi A

to he or Uconic nf like

CONFORMED

2.

^,
sons,

a mixing together of perconfusion

of com2:>osition,
;

indistinctness, (non occ.)

1.

Acl-s xix. 20

1.

1,

Cor, xiv. 33, marg. tumult or unqn\etrt(S.

Jas,
16, marg. tamuU or unquielncH.

--,

CONGREGATION.

a bringing together, a gatherof persons or things, esp. a

Jewish assembly held in the synagogues ; then, of the place itself, a
synagogue, (whence the Eng, word. )
(See under "assembly;")

form

Acts

W.)

TO.

having the like form with

another person or things (occ, Phil,
iii.

a being in a state of
disorder or instability, hence, dis-

ing

another person or thing, (non occ.)

Phil

xiii

CONQUER
to

have

victurious,

43,

(iKG.)
(victory),

get

the

prevail.

11.]

RonV

viii,

2.

32,

order, anarchy, tumult.

ayuiv, a gathering, assembly, esp. an

usseml)ly to see games, tlwn^ the
assembly of the Greeks at their
gi-eat national games, and hence,
the contest for a prize at their
games ; yen. any stniggle or trial
u'lth the accessory idea of peril.
30

Cor.i.271s'(aj)),2" 2nd.
Pet. ii. 0.

CONFUSION.

IR
1,

Phil,

to

CONFUSE.

),

iT.

i.K.

Acts xix

i.

(ED.)

to ^onr together,
of persons, to confuse,
of the mind, to perplex.

6.

ii.

(no7i occ, J

Phil

14.)

to

CONFOUNDED

to do NO. 3, before or previously; establish or confirm before,

iii,

i.

2.

,(
),
commingle

[one's self.

CONFIRM BEFORE.

Gal.

xji.

make ashamed, put

shame, bring dovsm shame upon.

15.

3.

-vL7,

14.

Pet.

Rom.

17, sea

Rom.

(occ.

CONFOUND

1.

occ.)
1.

shape

thiiig after or like

example,

(ocr.

23.)

((, to be or act as a mediator

.to form, fashion, or

another.
In
N.T. only Mid. or Pass, to form,
fashion, or shape one's self after
anot/ii'r,
to be conformo'l to iiis

fast, secure,

t.e.

(bf.)

Rov.

vi,

twice.

to

be

upper hand,

CON

CONQUEROR

CON

CONSENT

more than.)

(be

more than conquer,

to

181

(with one.)

with one,
from,
,
>(some such word as con-?, one,
,.
,
,
sent being implied.)
j

to

have victory beyond measure.

'

Rom.

viil 37.

Luke

/,

a knowing witli one's

cunsciousnesa ; the being one'a
\vituess; the testimony to one'a

self,

approval,

own
own

the consciousness man has of

himself in his relation to God,
vKtnifesting itself in the form of a
Consequenvtly

it

that which he believes to be right,

Acts

(non

5,

i.

John

viii.

V.
1

Tim.

1.5.

(^,
L

Tr

7 2'"i, 10, 12.

x. 2.5, 27. 28, 29

"-

'

Coi.

i.

2.

11.

i.

:>,

iii

!i.

19

to put or lay down together with another ; to deposit

one's vote with others in the urn,
hence, to assent to, agree with, (non

Tim.

'I'ltiis

i.

i.

1.

3.

\f).

Ileb. xx. 9. 14.

x. 2, ii.

18

xiii.

Pet.

10.

ii

iiL

12.

Luke

xxiii. 51.

LI

Tim. vL

3.

CONSENT UNTO.

iv. 2.

Cor. viii. 7 1''

fnmiliarity,G>^'
.)

TO.

occ.)

(.)

xiii. 5.

20.

,,
2.

2 Cor. iv.

ix. 1.

1.

2.

occ.)

xxiv. 16.
ii.

and

that which springs

unfeigned," seel Tim.

xxiii. 1.

Rom.

token of command,
nod assent, (non

to come or go to or near
any person or thing ; to come near
in thought, or intention, hence, to
assent to, concur iii.

is

ftiith

to

/,

is

hence the only conscience

worth having

from "a

i)i,

etc.,

CONSENT

condemn

vian's conscience will never

(-ED, -ing) [verb.]

to,

Acts xviiL

the effect and result of faith, for a

vice versa

ziv. 18.

occ)

esp.

self-testimony.

to'nod

by consciousness,

borne

conduct

CONSENT

CONSCIENCE.

2.

16, 21.

to spcak with, i.e. in the

same mannei; to express agreement
with, (non occ.)

/,

to think well of with

take pleasure with others
in any thing, hence, to approve,
assent to.
.

others, to

CONSECRATE

(-ed.)
2.

1.

lyi<iLLvi(i.<),

to rencAv

make new
crate, set
(occ.
2.

nioi-e is
2.

a.

Rom.

to

make

perfect.

margin, pfrffct
margin, make luii.

Acta xxii. 20.

16.

No.

[margin.]

2 above.

L 32, text, have

pUaiure

in.

CONSENT

(with.)

Ik, of,

in

unison, (pro}), of sounds,)

metaph. accord, agreement,
Cor. vU.

5.

to perceive, implying the perception of the mind consequait upon

;

to mark, think

about

to perceive or discern distinctly or clearly ; to understand,

consider, observe.

symphonioua,

(-ED, -EST, -ing.)

',

sight

2.

see

CONSIDER
1.

vii. 28,

X. 20,

(';,

viL

ivork or

wanting, to

Heb.

I.

2.
I

Rom.

CONSENT WITH

(7,

a duty; then,
to make complete so that nothing
as

viii. 1.
1.

something aa new,

18.)

ix.

TeActow, to bring to a full end,

linish,

Acts

become or

hence, to initiate, conse-

fortli

Hcb.

to be,

((, to bo a spectator

of, to behold
an object present, contemplate uith

the idea of adinirattun

and

tvonder,

tolook at purposely and attentively,

to regard.

CON

',

-,

4.

(No.

,
,
,

182

with

Luke

up,

count

to

Acts

to rcckon up, compute;

up again, think over,

upon.

reflect

to reckon through, t-.e.

complete or settle an account,
balance accounts, hence, to take account of, stop to consider.

6.

to

to see, (referred to the subject,

as No. 3 is to the object,) to l)ehold,

?6oi',

7.

(used of the mind of him who

sees.)

avvdoov, to see or perceive with one's

self (by the senses), i.e. to be aware,

8.

2 Cor.

Phil

XT. 31.
sv. 5

16.

ii.

Phaem.

7.

vi. 18.

CONSORT WITH

(-m.)

by casting

to assign

In Pass, as here, to cast

with another, (non occ.)

7.

7.

1.

ii.

2 Thee.

Heb

6 ',

5,

i.

vii.

iv. 36.

Rem.

Acts

xvii.

lots.

in one's lot

4.

CONSPIRACY.

a swearing together, a being

leagued by oath, hence, a conspiracy,

conscious.

9.

ii 25.
vi. 24.

jirenxed), (occ. Acts xvii. 23.)

5.

CON

(71071 occ.)

Acta xxiii

to observe well, learn

13.

thoroughly, note accurately, (non

CONSTANTLY.

occ.)

10.

to look at or

upon a

thing,

watch,

behold, regard, (from

an object set up in the
distance at which one looks and
aims.)

to

11.

strain,

by

hence, to bring or

mind, to
prehend.
o:

Matt.

\i. 28.

vii. 3.

2.

ll.MarkA'i.
2.
t.

Luke

52.

{-,

24, 27.
.7ohn x\.J>0
xii.

iecA<wi,.G~LTJrR)

to
2.

discjern,

Acts

li.

xii. 19.

8.

7.

Acte'xv.

2.

10.

Rom. ir. 19.

Gal vi.-l.

J.

2.

Heb.

Tim.

Hob.

1.

vii. 4.

-2.

X. 24.

6.
4.

xii

3.

to do a thing by force
against nature or law, to compel,
(as though by ovr7nuch cntreatT)),

',

to

be,

(,

the

hold
1.

2b. Col.

stand with or together,

17

1.

Acta xvi.

2.

i.e.

(by.)

force, unwillingly.
1

Pet

to

V.

-.)

(-ED,

take counsel,
self,

i.e.

to take counsel witli

to

give

him

to

deliberate.

counsel,

any
to

advise.

a calling near, a siuninoiis

and consolatory

,
,
one,

to one's side, hence, an admonitory,

encouraging

by

l,").

xxviii. 19.
V. 14

2 Cor.

Gal. vL 12

consult with one's

2b. 2 Pet. iii. &, margin,

(text, slund.)

CONSOLATION

>7/?,

1.

3.

CONSULT

compact (placed together), to

xii. 15.
i.

2.

xxiv. 29.

CONSTRAINT

be constituted.
Luke

22.

vi.''45.

^,

together, associate,

Mark
Luko

1.

ordinary va-b of

tmns. to cause to stand

with or together, to place or set

to be

fast.

Matt. xiv.

<-ETH.)

(a)

(b) intrans. to

together,

8.

existence:

2.

or keep

to hold

1.

1.

occ.)

confine, secure, hence, to constraiji,

xiii. 7.

CONSIST

-.)

(-ED,

to necessitate, force, concompel, (either by foire or

ent7-eaty.)

(non

ii. 7.

iii.

2.

6.

3.

,
,

CONSTRAIN

1.

to send or bring together,

put together in
understand, com-

See, AFFIRM.

ex-

(a) in
sel
evil,

hortation, invitation or entreaty,

(opp. to napaivcvis, warning.)

Mid. fpokcn of
or

several, to

consult together,

coun-

(e.g.

hence, to plot.)

2a. Matt. xxvi. 4

1.

Johu

1.

xiL 10.

Luko

xiv. 31.

for

,,

CON

183

CONSULTATION.
counsel, advice.

consultation.
a. Mark

xv.

,
,

CONSUME

1.

2.

make

to

(a) ivith

hold a

or

(-ED, -iNG.)

to

,
a.'

(No. 1 ivith

pre-

consume

wholly or thoroughly (as

3.

1.

1.

I.

thing, hence, to

be. 51.

2.

Heb.

CONTAIN

teutf

John

12,

&c.)

2,
ii.

3.

),

with

mastery or

hence, to exercise
2. 1

CON TAIN

Cor.

ii.

CONTAINED IN

, the

ii.

XV. 15.

2 Phil. iv. 11.

1.

John

iii.

14.

Heb.

same

to lead off or

Rom.

nu'aniiii;, L.)

vi. 8.

[margin.]

away with any

or carried away
;

14,

i.e.

Tim.

xiii. 5.

be led
with any thing; gen. in a bad sense,
but aUo in a
i.e. to be led astray
good sense, to be led away with.

(the things.)

to set out at nought,

despise, contemn.

10.

CONTENTED (.)

one, hence, to

c.

(,

^j^.^^^

CONTENTED WITH (be)

CONTEMPTIBLE.

2 Cor. X, 10, pass,

to,l

(Mid. of No. 1 above,) to

one's self with, i.e. to be
satisfied or content with.

things.

Bom.

Mark

Luke

or

Pet.

3.

vii. 9.

(be.)

p]

coming

suffice

hold one's self

encompass,
round,
hence,
to
to
embrace, surround, enclose
contain as a writing.
1

aid,

^,

(can.)

to exercise

have

self,

to do that
.^^^
reaching to, Aere, ^^^.^f^^e^.^^
sumcing, satisrac
or IS
tion,
satisfactory.
to make, to do,>

G.

the heart and mind.

dominion over,

the thing.

.,

'fo,

37,

viii.

see above; to receive

to

do.

sufiBcient

CONTAIN

self-control.
John .\xi. 25.

d to

in one's
self-adequate, needing no
hence, contented, (non. occ.)

make room.

also to
contain
with the mind, &c. (see

,
,

<;,

have space or room for a

John

CONTIONT.

(-ING.)

to give space,

Matt. xix. 11,

and 2 Cor. vii.

FOR.

ward

to

assist,

thing, to hold,

2.

9.

off, defend, hence, to

succour then, to be strong
in pass, to be
enough, suflQce
satisfied with a thing, to be con-

xii. 2D.

Gal. V. 15.
3. Jas. iv. 3.
2 These, ii. 8 {ive\ei, will slay, L T. Tr. A.)

receive

Judc

Jnde 3

be at expense,

a.

to contend as a combatant upon (i.e. for or about) a

thing, (non. occ.)

fire),

to spend,

Trans, to

1.

xi. 2.

occ.)

spend upon a

Luke

Acts

CONTEND EARNESTLY

waste, exhaust, impoverish.

1.

CONTEND.

to separate throughout, i.e.

Avholly, completely, hence, to distinguish, judge, decide.

(a) ^id. to scp'.irate one's self from,

as in battle, hmcc, to contend with,
dispute or strive with,

to usc up, spend, esp. in a

bad sense, hence, to consume; of
persons, to destroy, (non. occ.)

(non

1.

fixed, i)dennifying it,) to

CON

xii. 16, text,

condescmd

CONTENTION

to
1.

(-s.)

..
contention, wrangling.

t/)t?,

strife,

quarrel,

to.

rivalry,

2.

CON
laboui'

for

184

wages, work for

for ambitious

i's,

any work

gain, then,

^,

2.

4.

24.)

Acts XV.

3ft

2.

Pliil.

Cor.

11.

3.

1. 1

i.

,
(no7i

Titus

1.

iii.

i.

Tbes.

I.uko xxiv.
Heb. vu. 3.

53.

Bom.

No.

"\

'

"CONTENTION,F,"

,,.

those
v'lio are
of con-

) tcntion.

2,

Rom,

15.

(attend.)

(give one's self.)

vi. i.

(tuby that are.)

persons,
see

X. 1.
TJii.

xiii. 6.

CONTINUALLY TO

Cor. xi. 16.

^$, of,

3.

Heb.

1.

strife,

Acts

ot, i\iQ

X.'

to. be strong or firm towards anything, to endure or persevere in or with ; of a work or

business, to be constantly occupied
or engaged in ; of a person, to
remain near, to wait upon.

occ)

CONTENTIOUS

2.

CONTENTIOUS.

Heb.

12, 14.)

^,

9.

loving quarrel, fond of

(occ.

CONTINUALLY UPON

10.

ii.

continuance,

petual,
1.

a sharpenhig, hence, of- a

sharpening of the feeling or action,
incitement, impulse, pai'oxysm of
anger, sharp contention,. (occ\ Heb.
X.

unbroken

protracted, of time,
continuous,
per-

place of assembly where games

iva-e celehrated, place of contest,
then, tbe conflict itself in the public

the

for

carried

through, extended,

games.

4.

mito or

8./,

ke7ice, party-spirit, faction.

3.

unto,

TO, the,

intriguing,

canvassing,

purposes,

CON

ii. S.

CONTINUALLY
Acts

CONTINUANCE

(in

(patient.)

a remaining behind or under,

hence, a bearing up under, patient,
persevering endurance.

CONTENTMENT.
solf-sufficieucy

(wait on.)

X. 7.

Rom.

good

ii,

7.

sense), sufficiency within one's sell

a mind satisfied u'\th

contentment, (occ. 2 Cor. ix.

spolcen of
lot,

Tim.,

CONTINUE

its-

pii'O),

vi. 6.

eh, unto,

TiAos, the end.

2.

Luke XV uL

S.

one, await.

i.

i.e.

3.

Bom.

remain through or throughpermanently; to remain

the same, not to change.

out,

4.
I.

ii. 2.

to remain upon, i.e. in adwhence, to continue.

;

dition, longer

3.)

to

i.e.

,
(i7iy

to

remain near by or with

one, hence, to

continue or per-

severe in anything, (occ.

CONTINUALLY.

1.

-ING.)

intrans. to remain, abide, ( La(.

to remain for any
;) trans,

),

not leaving any space

between, hence, unintcrmiltmg, un-

ceasing, (occ. 2 Tim.

-,

manes

CONTINUAL.

1.

(-ED,

8.)

through the whole

continually, always.

to

rub

in"

Cor. xvi.

.)

rub con-

wear or consume
away by rubbing; spoken of time, to
tinually, hence, to

time,

jjicccs,

spend, to pass.

;
;

CON

,
,

6.

185

CONTINUE

cause to stand,

(a) trans, to

set, place.
1.

stand ; metapk. to stand

hence, to remain.

(b) intrans. to
fast,

7.

trans,,

(a)

down, to

to

sit

3.

one's

to seat

4.

to abide, con-

he/ice,

tinue.

8.

or to

to Stretch out near,

to extend

near,

by,

extend or prolong as time, to continue, (non occ.J

to bring through to a full

end, to finish fully,
complete
spoken of time, to continue through
the whole time, continue through-

(non

out,

10.

come

to

-,

see

Acta

14 (with

i.

to remain there.

i.e.

46 (with iv, in.}

xiii. 43 (No. 3, G L
Tr A .)
ii.

Rom. vt

Rom.

1.

Gal.
Col.

xi. 22.

iii.
i.

10 (with iv, in)

23.

iv. 2.

4.
2. 1

1.

-,

2.

2.

xiv, 22.

1.

2.

iVo. 2.

a place with

to remain at

to be Strong or firm
towards any thing, to endure or
persevere in or with, to be continually in with or near any person or

be.)

2.

in, (no7i occ.)

"continue,"

-,
thing.

i.

IN.

Tim.

1.

iv.

3.

V, 5.

L Heb.

viii 9.

CONTINUE INSTANT

occ.)

to begin to be; implying

origin,

/,

to

hence,

4.

9.

, to remain
a person,,

and Mid.

down,

self, sit

cause

to

2.

seat.

(h) intrans.

CON

into

existence

implying result, to take place, come

implying change of state,
to pass
to become, enter upon any state or

see

"CONTINUE

Rom.

IN.

IN,"

^.

i.

xii. 12.

CONTINUE STEADFASTLY.

condition.

11.

to do, to work;
luith Ace. of time (prop, intrans.),
to do or act for a certain time or

(as in vidgar Eng.) do up a cei-tain

time, to spend or pass time.
11.

Matt.

XX.

(text,

maig.

12,

vsor'k.')

Luke vL

all

xxii. 28.

1.

John

2
1.

31.

XV.

1.

Acts

42,

li.

viii,

2.

xii.

l::!,

see

4.

see

r^

10,

5_

viii,

9,
1, 14.

In.

4.

Jae.

11

iv 13
2 Pot, iii. 4.

3.

Ui.

24.
xiii,

see

J-

I.

in.

15

with.

i.

in.

to be

(with

iv,

V>)

any

1.

Acts

2.

rhil.

viii,
X.

one,

25

with

e(,

4.

remain near with

to

(non

{,

13,

"continue," NO.

see

occ.)
to he.

remain Mar, GpoL

to

TrA K.)

CONTRADICT.
to

spcak against or in oppo-

sition.

2:)

Acta xiii

1 .John ii, 19, 2-1.

II. Ilev, xiii. 5, mare, '"'.'!

45.

marg.

''

icar (am.
to

(,

xxvi. 22.
xxvii. 'ii.

i;b:

see

in.

:io.

xvlii 11,
xix. 10.

>
)

10.

43.
XIV. 22,

XV

ii.

2.

in.

2,

CONTINUE WITH.

1.

see C in[etant in.

Tim. iii! 14.

Hob. vil. 23.

1.

xiii.

10.

.1.

Tim.
y

46, see

Tb.

iv
iv.

C in.
see C stead-

fastly in.

h.

1.

10,

23.

i.

f).

14.

lii.

54.

xi.

.'..

7 (<->l>)

12,

5.

ii.

CoL
-

12.

ii.

viii.

Gal.

see

22.

xii.
3.

1,

xi.

see

12,

night.
.1.

Rom. vL

Acta iL 42, with

make;

to

Will,

H)

CONTRADICTION.

Gtj) (add,
do xchat he

(add,f(o,

war, Eli AVn)

avTiXoyia, a spcaking against or in opposition to ; controverey,

Heb. vii

xii. 3.

CONTINUE ALL NIGHT.

was,
SiavvKTipivw,

CONTRARIWISE.
bring
through,

to

tho night
pass the night,

Luke VL

was passing
or spending
the night.

'/',

tho opposite.
In N.T. used
as adv. on tho contraiy, (non occ.)

2 Cor. ii
12.

r.

OaL

l.Pot.

iii. .

ii

7.

CON

186

CON

CONVENIENT

CONTRARY.
1.

IvavTLos, ovcr-against, opposite.

2.

TLTTivav'Tto?,

opposed, adverse,

\],

have come up
extend or reach to,

^uith the.

ess.

Eph.
I

Matt

xiv. 24.

1.

Mark

vi. 48.

1.

xxvi.
xxvii.

I.

see

CoL

to.

V.

Titus

see

10,

CONVENIENT

iL 8.

(be.)

not,

17.

CONTRARY

i,

(.,

have good time,

to

contrary to beside (?iith idea of

comparison ), hence, inferred superiority, above.
;

See

from over aguinst, oppusitc

Cor. xvi. 12."

Ic

>i. 24.

Ic.

xvi. 17

good
Tim. iv.

2.)

Maxk

xi7.

<,

IL

a turning about; life, as

actions ; mode of life,

made vp of

,
,

conduct, deportment, (non occ.)

CONTRIBUTION.
act

of

partaking",

commuaiun;

a turning,

2.

sharing
di.'itribu-

3.

being a

nom

fessedly,

by coDScnt of

all,

con-

occ.)

1.

CONVENIENT.
well-timed, timely, opportune,
iv.

16.)
tL

21.

Oal.

i.

scoC

(liavo

13.

Kiih. iv. 22.

I'luL

27,

citizenshiji, life

occ.)
2

Hub.

i.

Jah. iii. 13.

1 ret. i. 1.'.. J8.

1.

')i

(one's.)
3.

iif.

20 (see

,
J.

Mark

12,

i.

(>i,o}i

xiii.

5.

oiic'h. )

\ Tiio. lii 16.

Hob.

2 C.i.

(without)
1

(non

man-

the being or the result ''f

(a mouibcr of a

as a citizen,

//',

/lence,

;,

free city or state)

XV. 26

CONTROVERSY

tuiii,

ner, Way, mode.

tion.

(occ.

opportunely;

time,

CONVERSATION.

also, l.\w.

participation,

season.

also,

in

(occ. 2

1.

See

have

CONVENIENTLY.

to.
7.

to

i.e.

at.

with .Ace. too? alongKidc of; be-

xviiL 13.

(have.)

leisure, opportunity.

beside (as 'proceeding

side (<is not coinridiny with), henr^,

23.

CONVENIENT TIME

TO.

and

1.

10.

Acte xvii

or

fit

Rom.

Tim.

beside (of juxtaposition.

Ic

the things
not seemly.

befitting, be-

proper,

to.

(b) wi.th Oat. beside

2.

NOT.)

seeming, meet,

to lie opposite; to oppose, be

-,

(those things wuicii

ARE

from.)

(c)

8.

the things,

CONTRARY

with Gen.

(a)

1.').

i.

..)

adverse

Gal

ii.

Tim,

4.

Philcra.

V. 4.

14.

ii

Tbe.

1
-

Uoiu. xi. 24, eec C to

thing, to

xvi. 17, so C to.

Gal. V. 17, see C (t>o.

<.

any

hence, to pertain

Bom.

-Vets xvii. 7,
)
xviii. 13, ]

(be.)

to

to anything, to refer to or bo pertinent io anythi)vj, (occ. Col. iii. IB.)

idea of stealth, covcrtucss, claadesti lie

to

Tim.

kL.'j, ia

ii.

1.

iii.

'J

J'et

1.

IV. 12.

CONVERSATION
and

1.

(.

!.>.

ii.

lii

I,

2, 10.

7.

11

oni:;.^.)

to turn up, turn back again,

irdrans. to return.

CON

187

Mid. to turn oae's self round,

abo\it among, hence^ gen. to
live, conduct one's self.

COR

CONVICT

(a)

move

, ,
2 Cor.

a.

CONVERSATION
to be a

free

city

or state)

form of

ment);

hence,

Mid.

(a

member

(govern-

govern;

to

trans,

be a free citizen, and live

to conduct one's self according to all the laws and customs
of a state, hence, gen. to live, order
one's life and conduct, (occ. Acts
;

CONVINCE

1.

2.

',

xxiii. 1.)

to do No. 1 fully, to show

wholly wrong, to rebuke

be

sternly, (noii occ.)

3.

.-,
(non

tation,
1.

John

a turning one's self round or

towards, a turning about, (non occ.

iTTiarfxyfyi'i,

Acts XV.

.S,

1.

Acts

xviii; 28.

COOL

ill

\(,

(-ED, -ETn) [verb.]

to turn

to-

turn or convert

Cor. XIV.

1.

.las.

2.

Jade

i.

ii.

24.

9.

[Tr

9.

15 (No.

1,

.)

G~ LT

[verb.]

cooling, (no}i occ.)

xvi. 24.

COPPERSmTH.
a brazier, coppei*smith

any

to.

dispu-

to cool down, to refresh by

Luke

wards.

(b) in trans, to

1. Titus

inarg.^wit,

3.

to turn about,

(a) irans. to

to confute

occ.)

viii. 40.

xvL

1.

CONVERSION.

-.)

(-ED,

(.,
to

3.

CONVERT

(. )

27.

i.

con-

see "convict.''

reprove.)
PhiJ.

of

have a

to

to

as such

refute,

put to shame.

so

John vUL

intrans.( of the state) to be governed.

(a)

and

fute,

convince,

to

IS (one's.)

\<},

certain

persons,

12.

i.

shame, hence, of

disgrace,

to

e'Aeyxoj,

(-BD.)

then of

Utorker in metals, a smith,

(non

occ.)

turn one's self unto.

Tim.

Mid. and intrans. to turn one's

self round, come to one's self
also,

iv, 14.

(c)

',

to return, retract, or repent.

,
,

a. Jae. V. 19, 20.

Corbiin,

CONVERTED

1.

2.

tion

(be.)

(occ.

and

see (b)

gift,

Ileb. p"ip,

ofteriug,

obla-

something devoted to God,

Matt, xxvii.
Mark

6.)

vii. 11.

to turn.

to turn into a thing,

convert, change.

i.e.

to

Mid. and iiUrans. to turn

mind,
be converted or changed, to become as it were another man.

(b)

lb. Matt. xlii. 15.

2b.
xvUL 3.
lb.

same as

i.e.

(c) above.

(a) trans,

lb.

CORBAN.

.';,

Mark
Luke

iv.

12.

fTJi

32.

Ic.

John

40 (No. 2b,

(,

(-S)

(small.)

xxvii. 32.)

John

ii.

15 (pL)

T'l-rA .>
lb.
lb.

Acta

tti.

19

xv-iiL 27.

CONVEY ONE'S SELF AWAY.

1.

2.

iKvtuw,.to

CORD

a cord made of bulrushes, <:,

any small cord or rope, (occ. Acts

nod from, turn the head

aside,

13.

CORN.

wheat, corn; in

sown,

to

pi, grain.

be sown,

tit

fur

sowing.

turn away as a horse, hence, to shun,

avoid, tuiii aside, (non occ.)
Johnv.

,
/?,
(a) in pi.

3.

sown

fields, fields

of grain.

KOKKos, a kernel, a grain, seed.

COR
2& Matt xii

Luke vL

1'

C (ears

1 2n<i,eee

see

1 2nd see

28

ii

lt,

23 2nd,
(ears of.)
iv

Bee

C (ears

,,

of.)

fields.

1.

1 is',

tield&

of.)

Mark

John

xii. 24.

Acts

vii.

188

12 (pi.

CORRECTION.

to right up again, set to

rights again, to restore ; metaph. a
setting right, correction, (no7i occ.)

from
provision
Of grain.G^ljTTiAH)

28.

2 Tim.

CORN-FIELDS.
2a.

Mark

ii.

23

2a.

Luke

vi.

CORN

M&tt

vi.

1.

Luke

2.

Mark

Ti. 1.

tread.

also,

1.

CORNER.
( Eng.

1.

au angle ; an
an interior
a dark comer, (occ.

coign,)

exterior 'projecting corncv

and hence,

angle,

Rev. XX.
2.

the

comer

Matt.

Mark

ti.

2.

.'.

I.uku XX. 17.

Actalv. 11.

ii.

Pet.

6, J
1.

ii.

Matt.

vi.

2.

Luke

xii.

and

1.

fall,

then,

budy

4.

the
I.

Eph.

5.

Jas. V.

anything
i.e.

xi. 18,

Uutro)/.

'

marg.(toxt,

III, 2(No.2. Or..)

Eph.

(be.)

iv. 22, pais.

fallen,

a dead

29.
1.

COJIRECTED US

(which.)

7<7;,

a tcachcr, master,
administrator of discipline,
20.)
Hub.

Rev.

1.

3.

60 C

elf.
2.

Vii. a.

xi

see C(bo.)

2.

10,

CORRUPT ONE'S SELF

Mark vL

ii.

become

6.

body, carcase.

Rom.

occ.)

iv. 22,

Judo

CORRUPT

fallen,

rot or

33

1.

hence,

to

le, 20.

Cor. XV S3.
2 Cor. ii. 17, marg. deal
deceitfully zoith.
1

CORPSE.

7/,

causc

to

3.

honourable posvtvm), (non occ.)

Pel.

^?

putrid, (non occ.)

extreme angle

state.

No. 2 above.

hence, to adulterate,

'/;7,

(chief.)

destroy,

worse

(a retailer
to be a
or vintner, ivho were notorious for
commodities),
their
adulteratinff

7.

because of the svjyport given,

20.

[verb.]

corrupt,

spoil,

see

Eph. iv. 29.

1 Tim. vi 5.
2 Tim. iii 8.

put
out of bight, hence, to do away with.

5.

at the

2.

to causc to disappear,

3.

eee C
(chief.)

the
corner foundation stone, (important

,
,

2.

4.

2(1.

20,

ii.

Rev. vii

CORNER

Eijk

to

5.

xxvL
Eph.

1.

X. 11.

?,

Acts XL

1.

3a

gen. to bring into a

cm of a sheet.

xxl. 4J.
xii 10.

Matt. viL 17, 18.

xiL 33 '
Luke vi 43 'flee.

,
,

1.

8.)

also of place, the extremity,

to destroy, corrupt,

CORRUPT

of time, place or
^PX'q, beginning,
di(inity ; the first in time, order or

rank

decay wholly, perish.

(a) pass, to perish.

1.

',

to spoil throughout, cor-

(a) Pass, to
3.

See

[adj.]

rupt utterly.

23.

ii.

10.

bad, rotten, putrid, (properly

of verietajjle or animal substances),
(occ. Matt. xiii. 48.)

(ears op.)

an ear of grain.

iii.

CORRUPT

1.

?,

COR

CORRUPTIBLE.
hejicc,

corniptiblc, perishable, (part,

(occ.

of No.
Worn.

xii

(pi.)

JudelO, middla

1.

23.

Cor. ix. 25.

above.)
1

Or.

XV. 53, 64.

Pot

i.

23.

COR

1^0

cou

CORRUPTIBLE THINGS.
Tit.

in (neut pi

i.

COULD.

See, CAN.

Whm

CORRUPTIBLE

incorruptible; of pcraoin^, imof thivgif, impcridhable,

a<l>0(iprn<;,

mortal

cndurmg.
Pet

\.

2.

TO,

iii.l

a spoiling, corruption, destrnction, gen. the bringing or being

brought into a worse state

spoiling

throughout,

thorougli corruption, esp. as arising

Acts

1.

27, 31.

ii.

xiii.

Rom.

34, 35, 36, 37.

viii. 21.

Cor

1.

1.

Gal.

1.

2 Pet.

2 Pet.

1.

42, 50.
4.

Acta

xi.

12. 19.

ii.

COULD
iyi

12 (the worda "

occ.

xir. 28.

or senate

"must be under-

IJng. Sanhedrim.
The
supreme council of the Jewish
nation composed of seventy mem-

(non

.xviii.

19.

,
of

tlie

COSTLY.

<;,

costly.

Tim.

ii.

COSTLY

(VERY.)

of great value, groat wprth,

Matt. xiii. 46.)
John

^,

xii.

3.

COUCH.
little

which one lies or

divan, (non occ. J

(any thing on
couch or

reclines),

a litter or mattrass, used

the poor,

which might be carried

about.
V.

10, 24.

i.e.

trials

the very end or extremity;

spoken of 2>rice, the very uttermost
or highest cost, very expensive or
1

twenty-four courses.

joining

hence, a council,

lors,

I.uko

be

from former high priests and heads

prcciousness, costliness,
Rev

1.

/ thould

bers, besides the high priest, selected

COSTLINESS.

(occ.

crvviSptov, a sitting together, a council

r.)

COUNCIL.

expense,

Luke

(that

active sense, strong

stood.)

expenditure
money
spent, also money for spending
extravagance, (non occ.

In/

an

COST

;,

viii 3

(having
inherent and moral power); in a
passive sense, possible, capable of
being done.

vi. 8.
i.

by the law.
Rom.

occ.)

(what the law.)

the thing,

(^9, impossible,

from putrescence, (non

2

COULD NOT DO

CORRUPTION.

not part of another verb.

(not.)

1.

AcU

v. 15.

.M.itt

2i

in

counsel,

then, counsel-

those who sat in public

the governors of a

with

jiroviiioe.
1

and

,
,
(,
,

cou

COUNSEL

to counsel with any one,

counsel, to advise,

Mid. spoken of
Jolm

from

Acts

V.

3.

4
5.

(take.)

3.

2.

another in covncil.

(,

38

"COUNSEL

1.

(give)."

to will, to be willing,

Tr.)

23.

ix-

2.

COUNSEL TOGETHER
Mid.

(take.)

"COUNSEL

see

(give)."

(a.)

John

xi.

03(,

53

see

(take), No. 1,

COUNSEL
Rev.

iii.

L Tr

ti.)

[verb.]

"counsel

see

(give)."

IS.

COUNSELLOR.

ken

of

a counsellor, senator (spoa memhcr of the Jewish

%,

Sanhedrim), (nrni

or.c.J

one joined

in

oounsr-K

hence, a counsellor, ('non occ.)

Mark

XV. 43.

Luke

xxiii. 50

Rom

2.

COUNT

xi. 34.

(-ED,

-.)

-^,

to lead, i.e. to Iciid the way,

go before, hence, to be a leader or
chief; thm, to lead out before the
mind, i.e. to view, regard a^ being so

and

so,

to esteem, count, reckon.

Xoylf>a,

strictly of

numerical calcu-

lation, to count, calculate,

compute,

then, to take into account, consider.

to have, to hold,

liold,

i.e.

to

have and

implying continued having or

hence, to have as in the

possession
rnind, regard, count.
;

4.

^r/^/fo),

7,

\.,
Up, (non

xviii. 14

see

calculus, (non occ.)

(No. 4

vjith

together,

prefixed, to reckon together, count

/?ouXci'o/xat,totakecounsel, to consult,
determine, to deliberate with one's

2.

2.

5.

3.

self or ivith

1.

calculate, (just like Lat. calculare,

i.e.

to counsel

several,

COUNSEL

COU

and smooth by water), to reckon,

(give.)

or consult together.

1.

190

him

to give

(a)

to count or rf-rkon with

(small pebbles worn round

occ.

cou
2.

Matt.

Luko

12.

ii.

viii.

4.

ix. 31.

37, see

xiiL 54, 67, see

(one's own.)
xiv. 35,

xxi. 33,

XXV.

14,

see

(one's

1.
1.
2.

3.

John

xii 1,
C ,(go
into a far.)
XV. 21.
xvi. 12 (.)

Luke

(go

?5,

ii.

8.

iii.

3,

iv.

23.

cheerful mind, cour-

i.e.

Acta xxviii

iv. 44.

15.

xi. 54, 55.

Acta

iv.

36.

vii. 3.

COURSE.

xii. 20.

xviii

cheer,

age, spirit, (non occ.)

xxiii. 26.

36, 56.

1.

lineage,

2 Cor. xL 20.

xxi. 21.

own)

(one's own.)
offspring,

race,

COURAGE.
C

into a far.)

14.
4,

genus,

C round

XV. 13, 15.

xix. 12.
XX. 9,

far.)

v. 1, 10.

vLl,

COUNTRYMEN

ix. 2.

(travel into
1.

kind of people.

34.
37,
.ilwul.

(go

COTJ

viii. 26.

into a far.)

Mark

C (one's

C round

about

round about

2.

iv 24, eeo

own.)

28.

2.

191

23.

xxvii

about.

Heb.

1.

27.

xi. 14.

86,

a running, a race, gen. of

horses; metaph. a course, career,

(non occ.)

COUNTRY ABOUT.

2.

7/),

about a place, circumjacent,

neighbouring, hence, country round
about, circumjacent region.

?,

a runner, i.e. any thing made

round for rolling or running, hence,
a wheel metaph.- a course as run
by a wheel, hence, a circuit, (non
|

(,
occ.)

Luke

iii.

3.

3.

daily service, (see 2 Chron.

10, 11), he7ice, in N.T. a course

or class,- into which the priests were
xiii.

COUNTRY ROUND ABOUT.

Matt. xiv.

Luke

35.

Luke

COUNTRY

viii.

from one's own

to go abroad, travel

hence,

4.
.^.

into foreign countries.

Matt xxL

33.

Mark

Luke

x.v

xii.

(non

14, 7),

(go into a far.)

to be absent

people,

divided for the daily temple service;,

each class continuing one week at the
time (cf. 1 Chron. xxiv. ; 2 Chron.
viii.
14 ; and Josephus, ant. vji.

37

iv.

37.

9.

9,

occ.)

sailing, navigation, voyage.

., the

life that hastes away in the

breathing of the breath, life as
trarsitory, course of life, and gen.
then, the
life in its temporal form
space of human life, a space of time,
time as moving, an age, time so far
as history is accomplished in it; an
age or dispensation.
;

COUNTRY

(travel into a far.)

Matt, XXV. 14.

,
Matt.

COUNTRY

(ones own.)

3.

Luke

1.

Acts

1.

"COUNTRY," No.

xiii. 54,

Luke

vl

also,

Eph.

1.

2 Tho6.iii.l,see C(have.)
2 Tim. iv. 7
Jas. iii. 0.

2.

Cor

XIV. 27, eeo

iL

COURSE

better, kino.

(BY.)

marking

a prep,

distribution,
/*/Do?,

>

a part,

each in his
part

Cor

or

xiv.

COUNTRYMAN.

'(<;,

one of the same tribe or

hence,

fraternity,

a fellow-country-

man.
1

Thee.

ii.

14.

C (by.)

1, 4.

iv. 24

,
See

5.

3.

Mark

57

xvi.ll.seeetr&ight.
xx: 24.
xxi 7

see

5, 8.

xiii. 25.

COURSE

\,

(.)

to run.
2 Tliea.

iii.

1,

marg. OL: run.

portion.

cou

192

GOV

COURT.

COUSIN.

a yard or court

any inclosed

Luke vii
1

of the

descent, hence, kin,

kindred.
Luke

LAM.)

L 36 (avyycvit, kinswo^nan,
68.

any place of public resort,

hoKe, a market-place or forum.
2.

with, connate

same stock or

space in the open air, kaice, a sheepfold, the court of an eastern house
or of the temple,

bom

crvyyevt'i?,

25, see king.

Acts xvi. 19, marg. (text, tnarlet-place.)

Rev. xi. 2.

COVENANT

[noun.]

a disposition, 65/). of property by

This
a will and testament.
u'ord is the usual rendering of .n''':)^,
in the O.T. which certainly ^mea/ns a
covenant or agreement, (from ma,
to cut or divide, tn allusion to the
practice of making a covenant, Gen.
will,

AREOPAGITES

COURT

of the
[margin.]

"

Mars'

"Apeio?, of or belonging to

'

Mars,
MsLVs/from"
ihe supposed god of war),
a hill, (as composed
of f-xed or solid ma-

in the

XV. 9.)

midst of the

Israel

Athens.

Acta xvii

22, text,

Man'

used o/the covenant

which God enters with
or of Israel with God, a-nd
n^^il is

relation into

city of

terials),

hill,

situated

then of the twofold relation.

refers to the O.T.,

hill.

COURT (CESAR'S)

must
meaning of covenant or
agreement; hvi when it refers to the
N. T.(inwhich heirship -es the place
of covenant^) it has the meaning of

haxe the
[margin.]

a Latin word denoting the

general's tent in a camp, then, the

house or palace of the govemor of

will or testament

a province, hencCy any large house

Lake

or palace.

Acto

<^al.

L 72.
ill.

13, text, palace.

Rom.

81

Heb.
see

ix.4,marg

COURT LAYS

iii.

COURTEOUS.

friendly-minded, (nan occ.)

(/,

LTTr A N.)

COURTEOUSLY.

1.

2.

humanely, (n^n

ill

li),

X.

AcU

xxvli

3.

COURTIER

-;,

2.

occ.)

Arte xxxuL

7.

[margin.]

belonging to a king spoken

of a person attached to a court
kin^'ly. royal
John

<'"_

^,

Icsta-

[mcia.

4 twice.
le,

2fl.

xiL4..)

marg. tiitanu^i.

marg.
fesiamcni.

COVENANT BREAKER.
not compounded

no covenant,

bound by

faithless.-

Rom. L

COVENANT

31.

(-ED) [verb.]

In
to Set or put together.
N.T. only in Mid. to set together
with another ; to agree or covenant

together with anyone.

Luke

friendly-minded manner,
courteously, (non occ.)

IX.

marg.

6.

8,

testacioif.

six. 38, text, iazr

,
?,

Pet

viii

breaker.

xili. 20, J

(see
ayopaio<s, pertaining to the
"coxjuT," No. 2); days or advocates
portaining to the forum, (here folto hold, as a court,)
lowed by
lit. court days are held.

xi. 27,

QaL

[margin.]

of lowly mind,

iv.24,mafg.iiam<7ii.

Epli. il 12.

26.

vii. 8.

PbiL i

Whe7i

it

xxii- 5.

COVENANT WITH FOR

-TTy/xt,

(a) trans,

to

make

place, hence, to place

(-ed.)

to stand,

to

m the balance,

)T. 46, text,

noblrnan.

weigh.
(b) intrans. to stand, be set or placed.
a.

Matt. xxvl.

15.

GOV
1.

COVER
',
,

,
,

193

-.)

(-ED,

to cover

with a thing (from

a covering), to cover, hence, to

(No. 1 with

upon,

eVt,

COVET AFTER.

to stretch one's self, reach

after a thing, tvith special reference
to the thing or object desired, hence,
to long after, try to gain.

hide.

2.

CRA

(non

3.

occ.)

see "

hangs down. InN.T. only Pass,

wear a veil.

7/<,('(). 1 with nepi, around,

prefixed,) to cover around, e.g. the
face, hence, to blind-fold.

5.

',

-,
-,

Matt.

1.

viii. 2i.

1.

Murk

xiv. 65.

1.

Luke

viii. IG.

5.

.^.

1.

xxiii. 30.

Rom.

2.

X. 26.

1.

iv. 7.
xi.

Cor.

4,

see

one who will have more,

a covetous person, a defrauder
for gain, (far ivorse than No. 2),
(non occ.)

2.
2.

Luke

1.

ICor.v.

money-loving.

Eph. v. see C man.

2 Tim.
2 Pet.ii. 14,8ee C practice.

xvi. 14.

5,

10, 11.
vi. 10.

1.

2.

2.

6,
7.

3.

see

(he.)

COVERED

(be.)

Cor. xi. 6

3. 1

'ice-

(having one's head.)

down from,

having [any/<;, the head, > thing] depending

to have,
) from the head.
")

lit.

^,

Cor.

Eph. V.

5.

COVETOUS PRACTICE.

see "

covetousxess."

2 Pet.

ii.

14.

COVETOUS

Heb.

(xoT.)

not money-loving,
Tim.

iii.

3.

COVETOUSNESS.

xi. 4.

a having more
the will to
have more, (f^.g. a larger portion,

TT/Xeovc^ta,

COVERING

6^,

[noun.]

and extortion.

i.e.

Cor.

xi. 15,

marff.

veil.

advantage, superiority.) In plural,

covetous thoughts, plans of fraud

something throvn around,

a covering, garment; of the body,

a mantle of the head, a veil, (here
preceded by
instead of.)

Mark
Luke
Rom.
2 Cor.

vii.

22 (pi.)

xii. 15.

29.
Lx. 5.

Eph

v. 3.

Col.

iii.

5.

Thes.

ii.

i.

COVET

to

),

eager
Acts XX.

1.

Rom.

1.

<;,

(wtrnouT.)
lience,

Ileb. xiii. 5.

1.

for.

CRAFT.
a bait, hence, fraud, guile,

deceit,

.33.

vii. 7.

3.

not money-loving,
liberal, gcnciOus.

below.)

to bo zealous toward.s, (i.e.

for or against anything,) to bo

1.

ii.

COVETOUSNESS

(ED.)

the desire upon,

desire earnestly.
It denotes the
affection of the mind, (compare
fix

5.

Heb. xiii. 5, see C (without.)

2 Pet.

),

(occ.

xiii, 5.")
1

(,

2.

COVETOUS MAN.

Pet. iv. 8.

1. 1

COVERED

lii.

(having one's head.)

1.

'

2.

COVETOUS.

1,

(No. 1 with
together with, prefixed,) to cover
together, cover wholly, (non occ.)

COVET," No.

1 Cor. xii. 31.

or Mid. to be veiled,
4.

vi. 10,

COVET EARNESTLY.

(No. 1 with
down,
prefixed,) to cover as with a veil

Tim.

prefixed,) to cover over, cover up,

2.

xiii. 9.
I

see C ear"
xiv. 39.
[nestly
Tim, vi.lO.seeC after"

Cor.

xii. 31,

2.

^, work, labour;
elTort

a workiug,

?)U'/a;:>7i.

i.e.

pains

practice.

3.

,
,

CRA
an

194

trade or craft, gen.

art,

art, skill.

4,

a part of a ivhole, a portion.

C

XTui. 3, see

CRAFT

6,

of the

2.
4.
xviii. 23.
I

(of

Rev.

3.

Acts xix.

was created, creation,

(denoting the action as incomplete
and in progress.)

25.

27.

Mark

(of the same.)

Acts

xviii. 3.

1.

CRAFTINESS.

23.

see

2.

2 Cor. iv.

iv.

iii.

1.

(cunning.)
2.

"CRAFT," No. 3),

Acts xix.

24, 38.

(from

artisan,

artificer,

Heb.

(occ.

Rev.

xi. 10.)

CRAFTY.

(-ED.)

to ask, entreat, supplicate, (implies a distinction between the

parties, and expresses the petition of

2. 1

Pet. iv. 19.

(-S.)

" creation."

the thing founded, established or created, the result or

Mark
Rom.

xvi. 15
i.

(.)

25.

viii. 19, 20, 21.

22,

1.

marg.

(text,

Creadon.)
39.

, (,
2 Cor. V. 17.

1.

Gal. vi. 15.

1.

Col.

2.

i.

15, 23.

1.

Tim. iv. 4.
Heb. iv. 13.

2.

Jas.

2.

Rev.

2.

i.

IS.

V. 13.
viii. 9.

CREDITOR.

), a moneylender, hence, a creditor, (no7i occ.)

Luke

vii. 41.

CREEK.

the bosom, the front of the

Used
of a hollow place in the shore, as a
bay, gulf or inlet.

body between the arms.)

inferior towards a superior.)

Mark

crea-

[fui-.

CREATE."

25.

2 Cor. xii. 10.

an

1.

xviii. 22.

doing or ready to do everything, hence, (almost always used

in a had sense,) shrewd, cunning,
or as suhst., a knave, (non occ.)

i.

KTtVts, see

1.

1.

CRAVE

marg.

4.

14.

product of creation.
1.

an

iii.

CREATOR,
'

CREATURE

CRAFTSMAN.

<;,

Rom.

19.

14

viii. 22,
iii.

a founder, establisher, (esp.

In N.T. spoken of God
of a city.)
as Creator, (non occ.)

2.

CRAFTINESS
Bph.

Cor,

Rev.

20.

see

1.

" CRAFTY.")
1

Rom.
2 Pet.

i.

,
,

shrewdness,
craftiness,
unscrupulous
conduct,

(from Travovpyos,

x. 6.

xiii. 19,

Rom.

{No. 3 with
together,)
same art or craft.

hence,

Luke XX.

CREATION.

a founding, settling, foundation;

a niaking or creation, the^i, that

which

l.Markxiv. 1. [the same.)

Acts

CRE

Acts xxvii.

39.

xv. 43.

/,

CREEP IN UNAWARES.

CREATE
to bring

(-ED.)

under tillage and settle-

ment, (e.g. land,) to people a

country, build houses and cities in
it, hence, to found, set up, establish,
produce, bring into being.

Mark

xiii. 19.

I Cor. xi. 9.
Eph. ii, 10.
iii- 9.
iv. 24.

Col.

i.

10 '"'

iii.

10.

Tim.

Rev.

iv. 3.
iv. 11 wl!

X. 6.

to get in

by the

side, to

slip in, insinuate one's self, to go

or come in by stealth, (non occ.)
Judo

,
CIS,

4.

CREEP INTO,

go or enter in, ")

into or unto.
j
to

2 Tim.

iii.

0.

^^

''

CRE

195

CREEPING THINGS.
ipTrerov, {neut. ofipTreros,

),

Matt. xxvi. 34,

Mark

iii.

Acts

Roto.

Act.s

1.

a charge or accusation the

formal indictment, (occ. Acts

).

xxiii. 29.)
Acts XXV.

16.

1.
1

(f^rom
to bind quite
round,) a band < fillet, esp. that
worn by the kiug, 7iece, the
diuuem, (non occ.)

1.

Phil. iv. 1.
1

1.

2 Tim.
Jas. i.
1 Pet. V.

1.

CRIPPLE

1.
1.

1.
1.
1.

19.
iv. 8.
12.
ii.

1.

2.
2.

i.

1.

Rev. xix.

Rev.

-iii.

xiv.
ii.

10.
11.

iv. 4, 10.
vi. 2.
ix. 7.
xii. 1.
3.

xiii. I.

14.

12.

lame in thefeet,hsdting, limping.

CROWN

8.

CROOKED.
crooked, bent,

Luke

iii.

5,

esp.

piiii.

Tim

(-ED, -EST.)

put round, hetice, to crown,

occ.)

ii.

Heb.

.';.
|

CRUCIFY

drive

stakes

',

Sec under " tree."

(non occ).

CROSS,

(-IED.)

stake,

to

7, 9.

ii.

and in N. T. to nail to a stake,

later

y, jg

to fix or fasten to anything, to affix, (non occ.)

an upright pale or stake

i.e. a stake on vhich
malefactor.s
vere nailed for execution or

1.

crucified,

1.

{non

occ.)

See under

"trek."
JIatt. X. 38.
xvi. 24.

xxvii.

to

(non

bent sideways /?> dryness. In N.T. used

of a tcay, crooked, not straightforward, or of persons, perverse,
untoward.

.S2,

10,

)2.

viii. 3t.

XV. 21, 30, 32.

23 (aji.)

xix. 17, 19, 25, 31.

Cor.

17, 18.
Gill. V. 11.
vi. 12, 14.
Kph. ii. le.
I'liil. ii. S.
hi. 18.
1

[.)

ix.

xiv. 27.
xxiii. 20.

Col.

i.

i.

20.
It.

ii.

Hob.

xii. 2.

CROW

[verb.]

to produce a

utter a sound

sound or tone,

of men, to speak,
call out, to cry to
of animals, to
utter their various cries;
of
instruments, to sound.
;

1.

19.
xxiii. 34.

Mark

1.

Acts

1.

with.

Roui. vi. 6, see C with.

1.

with.
L'<

Cor.

1.
1.

xvi. 0.

23.
36.
iv. 10.
ii.

i.

ii.

Gal.

ii.

1.

iii. 1.

1.

V. 24.

John

Heb.vi.

xxiii. 21 'i>', 23,

xxiv. 7, 20.

xix. 6 ">", 10,

'"icc, 16, 18, 20, 23.

,
15

13, 23.

2, 8.

2 Cor. xiii. 4.

Luke

1.
1.

xv. 13, 14, 15, 20,

21, 25. 27.

32, see

2.
1.

xxviii. 5.

1.

1.

41,

xxvi. 2.
xxvii. 22, 23, 20,

1.

1.

John xix. 32,see C vrith

Matt. XX.

31, 35. 38.

4t, i-ee

John

x.21(om. Gz:L''Tr

',

Thes.

(being a.)

Acts xiv.

Luke

Matt, xxvii. 20.

-xv. 17.
Jolin xix. 2. 5.
1 Cor. ix. 25.

1.

1.

^^,

2.

XXV. 27.

CRIME LAID AGAINST.

Mark

[noun.]

that which sun'oands or

encompasses, a circlet or chaplet
Avorn on the head
of kings, a
crown
of victors in games, a
Avreath, (non occ.)

CRIME.

a cause, ground; esp. the occasion

of some charge, not necessarily
fault or accusation, but a charge
whether true or false.

xiv. 72 '"leexxii. 34, 60, 61.

xiii. 38.

xviii. 27.

CROWN

1.

Luke
John

John

XT. C.

23.

i.

Mark

C8 (om. Ifi H.)

7.)

X. 13.

74, 75.

xiv. 30.

creeping, from

a creeping animal, reptile,

{occ. Jas.

Acts

CRU

with.

vi. 14.

1.

1.

20, see

Eev.

6, see
xi. 8.

C afresh.

CRUCIFY AFRESH.

to raise up and (. upon the

cross or to crucify again, (No. I
with
up or again, 2^r(ii.red),

(non

occ.)

Hob.

vi.

CRU

CRUCIFr WITH.

(No.

CRY

196

to send forth or away, to let

go from one's self, to dismiss, hence,
to send forth a loud cry.

to crucify with any one,

together with,
1 with

prefixed), {nan occ.)

Matt.

Gal.

ii.

see

out.

1.

ix. 27.
xii. 19.

out.

30.

a bit or crumb), a
(dim. of
little bit or crumb, as of bread or
meat, etc. (occ. only in N.T.), (non
Luke

Mark

Trb

vii. 28.

,
.
,

xvi. 21 (om.

CRY

a crying out, from sorrow or

boare) hence, a cry,

(non occ.)

Tr A

and Lat.

39, see

Luke

help,

Matt. XXV.

1.

Acts

0.

2.

xxiii. 9.

1.

Jas. V. 4.
Rev. xiv. 18
[voice,

{,
L
Tr

out.

ti.)

ix. 38,39, see

C out.

CRY

1.

(-IED,

-,

xix. 40,

-ing) [verb].

S.)

A.)

viii. 15.

ix. 27.
0.
27.

V. 4.

Rev.

1.

vi. 10.

1.

vii. 2, 10.

1.

X. 3.

1.

xii. 2.

1.

xiv. 15.
18.

5.

xviii. 2, 18, 19.

1.

1.

(a word that imitates the hoarse

cry of the raven. Germ, krilchzen,)
hence, gen. to cry, cry out
used of
inarticulate cries from fear or pain,

Rev. xix.

17.

CRY AGAINST.

see C
S out.
)

xxiii. 18,
21.

Gal. iv.

1. .Tas.

39

Rom.

1.

2.

Z4i.

(,

Tr A
xxv.24(No.2,LTr

1.

out.

xviii. 7, 38.
-

ii.)
36.
[Tr
xxii. 23, see C out.
- 24,see C asrainst.
xxiii. 6, see C out.

xxiv. 21
cry out,

1.

1.

see

xvi.

xvii. 6.
xix. 28, see
out.
32.
34, see
out.
xxi. 28, see
out.

i^.), [erri]

iii. 4.

iv. 33,41,
viii. 8.

out.

4.

-28.
1.

aloud
out

C
C

34(No.6Gr^LT

C out

xi. 9.
XV. 8, see C
13, 14, see
34.
37.

the sound

esp. for

out.

11.
[.)
V. 5, 7.
vi. 49, ) see C
ix. 24, j out.
26.

X. 47, see

.)

28.

iii.

(-IES) [noun.]

60.

xiv. 14, see

xvi. 17.
,

5,

viii. 7.

3.

7.

^xix.6,12,15,"^seeO
Acts vii. 57,
} out.

23, see
26 (No.

(No.

41.
[Tr
xviii. 40.

L.S.)

50

Mark i.

i^.)

(a word formed from

boe, like bellow, moo,

xi. 43.
xii. 13

xxi. 9, 15.
xxvii. 23, see C out.
-16(No.2,L'"Tr.)

occ.)
Matt. XV. 27.

vii. 28, 37.

L Tr

1,

23.
XX. 30.
31.

(-S.)

XV. 22 (No.

CRUMB

xxiii.
15.
23.

i.

2.

xiv. 26, see

20.

Luke
John

5.

3.

iii.

viii. 29,

John xix. 32.

Rom. vi. 6.

Matt, xxvii 44.

Mark xv. 32.

6.

Acts

xxii. 24.

etc.

2.

(like Lat. boare,) to

cry aloud,

word formed from the

bellow, moo in Eng.)

CRY ALOUD.

to shout, (a

,
,

soimd, like
esp. to cry for help,

3.

(No.2 with

prefixed,) to lift

etc.

up the

(non

3.

5.
'

or again,

voice, ex-

'

(No. 2 with cVt, upon, prefixed,) to cry out upon, exclaim

vehemently, (non occ.)

to sound, utter a sound

of
animals, to msbko the noise peculiar
to them
nf j^ersans, to call out
of instrnm,ents, to sound.

6.

',

(No. 5 ivith eVt, upon,preout upon, i.e. there-

fixed,) to cry

upon, in acclamation or against.

1.

cry.

1.
2.

to

make

a clamour or out-

(/,

i.e.

,
,
,
),

having

(/one up,

*L

CRY OUT.

see " CRY,"

No.

1.

(No. 1 with
lift

up or
up the voice,

cry out.

3.
4.
1.

JIatt. viii.

Tr A M.)

to the Kovernor's house.

again, pre/iiceci,) to

xv. 8
*

occ.)

claim.

4.

Mark

2!t.

see "

sec

CRV," No. 3.

" CRY," No.

7.

CRY

4.

John

xix. 15,

1.

1.

Acts

vii. 57.

1.

xiv. 14.

4.

1,

1.

Acts

Acts xix.

197

28, 34.

xxi. 28.
xxii. 23.

xxiii. 6.

CRYING

CUR

CUMMIN.

cumin, (the cuminum sativum

of modern botany I[eb.]O'2, Germ.
kiimmel,) an umbelliferous plant
with aromatic seeds, used as a
condiment, (non occ.)

[noun.]

a crying out, from sorrow or

pain.

,
,
Heb.

Matt,

Rev. xxi.

V. 7.

CUNNING.
CRYSTAL.

See, CRAFTINESS.

clear ice, water concreted

by cold, hence, anything congealed

and pellucid, then, crjsta], from its
resemblance

Rev.

to ice, {pion occ.)

iv. 6.

Rev.

CRYSTAL

xxii. 3.

(clear as.)

to be like crystal,

i.e.

CUNNINGLY.

Rev. xxi.

11.

either for good or evil, (Ps. xxiii.

and

CUBIT

(-S.)

vi. 27.
25.

,
,

xxi. 8.

Rev. xxi.

(-ED,

17.

-.)

draw from around any

one, to draw off or away. In N.T.
Pass, to be drawn about in mind,
to

hence, to be distracted, over-occupied with caresor business,{non occ.)

2.

Luke

xi. 39.
xxii. 17, 20 tf ice, 42.
xviii. 11.
1 Cor. X. 16, 21 t'ice.
xi. 25 twice, 26, 27,
28.

John

xxiii. 25, 26.

xxvi. 27, 39.

G:iL

42 (om.

A
Mark

Tr

.)

vii. 4,

Rev. xiv.

(a-p.)

10.

ix. 41.

xvi. 19.

X. 38, 39.
xiv. 23, 36.

xvii. 4.
xviii. 6.

xi. 6.)

Matt. X. 42.
XX. 22, 23.

John

CUMBER

1.

CUP.

a drinking vessel, a cup.

Metaph. froin the Heb. lot or portion, wider the emblem of a cup
which God presents to be drank

clear

the fore-arm /rom the wrist to the

elbow. In N.T.Sb cubit, the com,mon
ancient measure of length, equal in
distance from the elbow to the tip of
the iniddle finger, or about twentyfour or twenty-five inches,(non. occ.)

Luke

See, DEVISE.

and sparkling.

Matt.

xxiii. 23.

4.

CURE

(-s)

[noun.]

healing, cure.
Luke

xiii. 32.

CURE

[verb.]

to wait upon, to minister

unto, i.e. to render voluntary
service and attendance to take
care of the sick, hence, in N.T. to
relieve, heal, cure.
;

to render inactive, idle,

useless prop, of land, to spoil
hence, metaph. to make without
;

effect, to

make

Matt. xvii.

Luke

vain, void or fruit-

Luke ix. I.
John V. 10.

16, 18.

vii. 21.

less.
1.

Luke

X. 40.

2.

Luke

CURIOUS ARTS

xiii. 7.

(used.)

See, ARTS.

, (,

CUMI.
Tr

.)

The Heb. im-

perat. fem. Olp, arise, expressed in

Greek httcrs, (non

Mark

v. 41.

occ.)

1.

CURSE

(noun.]

imprecation against, hence,

cursing, of men, accursed, of land,
barren.

CUR

198

a great curse, a most

cursed thing or person.

2.

(,{,

Gal.

2.

Rev. xxii. 3

iii.

G L

a curse,

Tr

prayer,

i^^)

2.

1.

Rom.

to declare one to be
devoted to destruction, accursed), to bind by a curse.
{i.e.

14.

custom,

vi. 8.

10.

iii.

CUSTOM

Heb.

2.

2. Jas.

1.

occ.)

imprecation, against.

iii.

.)

(bind under

In

supplication.

i.e.

N.T. imprecation {non

breakage, fracture, H.)

CURSE

CURSING.

1.

10, 13 ti.

1.

cus

(-S.)

manner,

usage,

zvhefher established by law or other

Acts

xxiii. 12,

marg.

Virii

vAtU an oath of execration.

ivise.

2.

CURSE

^,

devoted

to-jto

destruction, accursed,

(^/^,

see above,

CURSE
1.

Act

>

a great or

heavy curse.

i.e.

.(,

to speak evil of, revile.

4.
1.

{No. 2 with
against, prefixed,) to utter curses
against, {stronger than No. 2.)

3.

Matt. V. 4A

4.
3.

4.

Tiiio, to curse,

4.

1.

Mark vii. 10. [Tr A

wn,

Jas.

iii.

vii.

40

(re-

Luke

ii.

Luke

1.

2.

i.

ii.

1.

accursed.

1.

Matt.

Matt. XXV.

11.

(re-

9.

1.

xxvi.

1.

3.

xxviii. 17.
xiii. 7 ''

1.

C was

Rom.

4.

3. 1

Cor.

xi. 16.

(receipt of.)

a toll-house, custom-house,

ix. 9.

place where

C was

received.

CUSTOM WAS L'ECEIVED

/,

{place

where) [margin.]
see above.

Luke

V. 27, text, receipt of

CUSTOM WAS
according

to,~|

TO, the,

^,
,

(BE.)

(re-

collector's-office.

^,
see " CURSE," No.

CUSTOM

.)

CURSED

xviii. 39.
1. Acts vi. 14, marg. rite.
xvi. 21.
1.
xxi. 21.
1.

27.
42.

iv. 16, see

(as his.)

Gal. iii. 10. 13.

2 Pet. ii, 14 (Gen.)

2.

14, see

V. 27, see

ceipt of.)

Jolm

3.

ceipt of.)

(,

laidundcr a curse,

Murk ii. 11, marg.

Luke V. 27.

one upon whom a

devoted to the curse,
doomed to punishment, {non. occ.)

Tr

Mark

9.

eVtK-uTci/jaTos,

John

sec

xvii. 25.

4.

CURSED.

curse rests

2.

1.

ti.)

imprecation against, hence,

cur.sing of

2.

Mark xi.

21.
xiv. 71.
2.
1. Luke vi. 2S.
1. Rom. xii. 14.
1.

(ttp.)

.74(G L
XV.

an end or termination, in
time; then, what is paid
for public ends, a toll, tax, custom.

o-espect to

ceipt of.)

to declare one to be
{i.e. devoted to destruction, accursed,) to bind by a curse.

2.

4.

Matt. ix. 9,

to curse.

a dwelling or living together, a being wonted together,

familiarity.
In N.T. a usage,
custom, {non occ.)

3.

wish or pray against

to wish evil to, hence,

to

,
,
a)iy one,

things, to

xxiii. 14.

(-ED, -bdst, -eth, -ing) [verb.]

be accustomed and of
be customary, {non. occ.)

(a) Pass, to

bind with

to accustom, use.

(bind under a great.)

custom,
His,
Luke

cusiom.

(AS ins.)

according to His
custom.
as

-'

iv. 10.

He was
wont.

,
,

CUT

CUT

1.

to

199

(-ING.)

or cut down, to
In N.T. to beat,

to take away what is

about, hence, to take

1. Mark V. 5.
Acts xxvii.

2.

8,

40,

Mark
Luke

(text, take up.)

two

inflicted

by ancient nations.

a cruel punish-

off.

2.

cut

to cut

off,

8.

2.

Lake

1.

Mark

ix.

CUT
to

28

to cut off from, amputate.

to cut off or out

(a]).)

(re.)

saw through

or asunder, as

teeth.

Acts

vii. 54.

Acts

CYMBAL.

<;,

of.

,,
,

,,,

throughout the

day
or
from day

\,

all

Cor.

xiii. 1.

see above,

ding all the parts of to day.

a whole, distributively,
from one to another,
a day,
/
or every, 7
j
^' j very day.

UMcXaday.

(be).

V. 33.

a cymbal, (so called from its

shape,
a hollow bason.)
1

in,

to con-

i.e.

CUT TO THE HEART

CUT OFF.

at or during
which) any thing takes
place ; (f place or time,
from the idea of perva-

CUT SHORT.

xiii. ', 9.

of.

xi. 24.

anger.

DAILY.

Rom.

In N.T. only in
Mid. to be enraged, moved with

(with Acc.) down\

upon of a period or
time down upon which

1.

xxii. 60.
xviii. 10, 20.
32.
2. Rom. xi. 22.
2. 2 Cor. xi. 12.
la. Gal. v. 12.

to cut off or out

tvith the

',

(i.i.

Acts xxvii.

CUT OUT.

si. 8.

Mid. to cut off their oion {part

usually circumcised), (non occ.)

(,

marg.

46,

strike or cut out.

(a)

2.

Luke
John

in sunder.)

Rom.

CUT DOWN.

Matt. xxi.

off.

to cut by a blow, e.g., branches

of trees, to cut off or down.

1.

1.

marg.

ix. 43, 4S.

xii.

1.

1.

4.

[C asunder

to cut together,
tract by cutting.

CUT IN SUNDER.
xii. IC,

away, remove from.

xiv. 47.
(text,

to cut in

Lake

CUT ASUNDER."

to take

V. 30.
xviii. 8.

round

Matt. xxiv. 51, marg. cut

see "

Matt.

away wholly.

marg.

8,

xxiv. 51.marg.(text

CUT ASUNDER.

ment

1.

4.

wound.

cut,

DAI

3.

hew

cat in pieces.

2.

each,

see above,

every, [
a day,
)

all or

5.

7.

,,

through every
^^

for the day, i.e. English,

hence, daily (}ion occ.)

ephemeral

6.

on each day.

a day.

('<;, day by day (non

ncc.)

(a word coined by our Lord,

and found only a? beloiv), coming
upon or over one, here qualifying
tlieword "bread," not "daily." It

DAI
refers to the hread "

200

which cometh

down from heaven," and is covipared and contrasted with the

manna, John vi. 32, 33.
This
bread came doivn upon them, a7id
came in a daily supply ; hence it is
herecoupledwiththeword{^cr-qiJLpov),

" this day," hiit separated from it

" give to
by the words
us." (It cannot be derived from Ittl,
upon, and et/At', to be, because the
participle would in that case he
btd it is from
upon,
and
to go or come, with participle
Lit. "our bread,
coming upon 7is, give us this day "
or " our bread for our going upon

( ),

.)

(or journeying, give us this day."

DAN
DANGER

DARKLY.

reV, in,

27, K1.

in or on

subject
Matt. V. 21, 22

any

fastened

in,

thing, hence, liable,

1.

to.
times.

jjark

iii.

29.

2.

,
,

ready
hence, insecure, dangerous,
9.

gloom.
iv. 16

xiii.

(.)

11

Rom.

3r<l.

John

Acts

V. 7.

XV. 18.
Cor. vi. 1.
2 Cor. X. 12.

1 Cor. iv. 5.
vi. 14.
V. 8, 11.
vi. 12.
Cai. i. 13.
1 Thee. V. 4,

Eph.

Heb.

DARK.
darkness, absence of light.

6<;, (from
too

much

without
av)gx.o<;,

light.

drought by

1.

John

John XX.

vi. 17.

3.

2 Pet.

DARKEN
to

1.

1.

(-ED.)

liUko xxiii. 45.

Ilom. i. 21,
xi. 10.

Eph.iv.

18(,

Jude

8, 9, 11 3 times

6.

13.
10, see

D (be

full of.)

(full of.)

dark, without light.

Luke

23.
I

xi. 34.

(be full of.)

to darken, cover with darkIn N.T. only in Pass.

,
,

DART

10.

In

dark-

2.

something thrown, .< the

lend in sounding, hence, a missile

Tr A N.)

A.)
\.2(, SCO[,abovo

(-S.)

a missile, weapon, e.g. a dart,

or javelin
sojnetime.' fitted
with combustibles, (non occ.)

arrow

en, cover vilh darkness,

Rot.

5.

i.

1.

19.

deprive of light.
In N.T. only Fa.'^s. to be darkened.
xiii. 24.

John

ness.

make dark,

Matt. xxiv. 20.

9.
4.

Rev. xvi.

Rev. xvi.

xi. 3>.

ii.

0.

20.
xiii, 11,

S.)

ii,

ii.

occ.)

Liiko

'*'<;.

19.

%-i.

18(No.3,G

17.

DARKNESS

heat,) hence, dry, dusty,

murky, (non

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

ii.

Matt.

[of.)

viii. 12.
xii. 35 tf'ce, 46.

Acts

xii.

LTTr A

DARKNESS

'<;, dark,

vii. 32.

Rom.

12.

1.

iii.

18.
19.

2 Cor. iv. 6.

xxii. 53.
xxiii. 44.

ii.

xiii. 12.

xii. 3.

V. 13.

Mark

2r.d

35.

DARE.

Jude 9

3.

Acts xxvi.

xi.34,8eeDffnn

John XX i.

1.

viii. 12.

Mark

JIatt. xxii. 46.

Alark xii. 34.
Luke XX. 4C.

2.

2,

[of.)

23i",8eeD(fun

X. 27.
xxii. 13.
XXV. 30.
xxvii. 45.
Mark xv. 33.
Luke i. 79.

to have
(daring)
to
take heart eiihe) to do o? bear
anything terrible or difficult; to
venture, dare.

Acts

(No.

TTrA.)

Daniel.
|

1.

Matt.

23

15.

used by later writers for No.

lb.

DANIEL.

Matt. xxiv.

DARKNESS.

^o^05,the gloom of the netherworld,

nether darkness, murkiness, thick

vi.

^,

in a riddle.

3.

i.e.

occ.)

Acts xxvii.

marg.

Same meaning.

iar|, near upon falling,

{non

xiii. 12,

darkness, absence of light,

(a) masc.
(b) neuter.

DANGEROUS.
to fall,

Cor.

(in.)

contained

in,

obscurely,)

DANGER OP
held

an enigma, (from obscurely,

to hint
(nou OCC.)
|

atrty/xa,

or endangered.
Acts xix.

DAR

(be in.)

to be daring, face danger,

a risk intrans. to be hazarded

run

201

weapon, (non

occ.)

viii. 12.

1.

Ei)h. vi. 10.

2.

Heb

xii.

20

(aji.)

1.

2.

,,

DAS

,
,

DAY

to rend, tear,

1.

Matt.

2.

Mark
Luke

i.e.

break, burst.

iv. 6.
ix. 18,
iv. 11.

marg.

(text, tear.)

Matt.

Luke xvii. 22 'wico, 21 (ap),

ii. 1.

26

iii. 1.

11,

\-i.

(s.)

(this.)

xix. 9, see
42, 43.

ix. 15.

XX.

xxii. 7.
31, see

(this.)

40 ''

xii. 36,
xiii. 1.

1.

XV. 22, 28.

1.

xxi. 5.
v.23, see D(little.)
31, 35.

1.

i.

xvi. 21.

5.

xvii. 1, 23.

1.
1.

Mark

1.
1.

vi. 22.

1.

-vii.25,8eeD(young)
20,29.
30
Ui-

1.

(',
nechild.-LTTxAH.)
Pet.

iii.

1.

1.
1.

6,

36.
viii. 42, 48, 49.
xii. 53.
xiii. 16.
xxiii. 28,
John xii. 15.
Acts ii. 17.
v-ii. 21.
xxi. 9.
2 Cor. vi. 18.
Heb. xi. 24.
ii.

marg. ddld.

XX. 2, 6, 12, 19.

- xxii. 23, 46.

V. 0.

(a

ii.

(little.)

4,

20

DAUGHTER

IN LAW.

a bride, spouse, neivly married,

(from Lat. nubo, to veil.) As opposed to
mother in law, it
is put for daughter in law.

xiv. 20.
xvi. 23. 26,
xix. 31.

',

X. 35.

Luke

DAWN

Lay, to shine

xii.

63

58.
i.

ii. 1, 15, 17, 18, 20,

29. 41.
iii. 21.
iv. 9, see
(this.)
V. 36, 37.
vi. 1.
vii. 8, 26, 41, 45.
ix. 9, 19, 23,21,37,43.
X. 3, 30, 40, IS.
xi. 27.
28, see days of (ia

24, 25,

xii. 3, 18, 21.

xiii. 11, 31.

33, see
41.

39, 69, 75, 80.

ii. 1,

11,

6.

see

(this.)

21, 22, 37, 43, 44,

46.
iv. 2 twice,

spoken

dawn,

ace

viii, 22,

(this.)

(a cer-

xvi. 12. 18, 35.

xvii. 31.
xix. 10, see
(this.)

XX. 6 time.
ll,8eoD(brcakof.)
'

10, 18.
26, see
31.

ix. 12, 22, 28, 36, 37.

X. 12.
xi. 3, sec
by D, or
(/or the.)

i.

19.

14 twice, 16,
31
hour,

DAWN
to

(liEGix TO.)

grow light upon, to dawn

Luke xxiii. 54.)

(occ.

T.)
XV.

1.

G~

(tliis.)

x.xiii. 1, 12.

xxiv.

1, 11.

21, see
24.

(tliis.

13, 14.
xxvi. 2, BOO
(this.)
7, 22.
29. see
(tliis.)

x.xvii.7, 20,29, ;J3lt

33-"",8 D(thi8.)
33 3ra, 3<j.

13.

-Ji"!

xvi. 19.
xvii. 4

.'-fc

XXV. 1.0,

xiv. 6.

Matt. XX viii.

(,

10, 15,

7,

twicc^ 27. :tH.

xxii. 3,

xii. 46.

xiii.

(Uiis.)

xxi. 4, 5,

20

tain.)

occ.)

(tliis.)

1.

XV. 36.

vi. 12, 13, 23.

through,

days hence

15, 22.

v.l7,8eeD(acertain.)
35 twice.
i.e.

upon,

5, 20, 23,

21, see
25, 42.

[verb.]

2, 3.
5, sec

the.)

XV. 29.

'"icc.

of daylight, to break forth,

2 Pet.

i.

viii. 1, 2, 31.
ix. 2, 31.
X. 31.
xiii. 17, 19, 20 twice,
24, 32.
xiv. 1, 12, 25.
30, see
(this.)

Luko

(four.)

(many.)

iv. 27, 35.

V. 5.
vi. 11 (ap.) 21.
35, see
was far

vil. 25.

XX. 19, 26.

spent (when the.)

Mark

twice, 17, 24,

xii. 1, 7, 48,

Acts

twice.

the.)

(young.)

39, see
53.

26, see clays of (in

dim. of No. I above.

Mark v. 23.

DAUGHTER

xi. 6,

great

{non

ix. 4.

while before.)

DAUGHTER

Matt.

vii. 37.

viii. 56.

xxvui.l5,8eeD(this)
9, 13.
35, see

(this.)

vi. 39, 40, 44, 54.

i.

li. 1, 12, 19, 20.

iv. 40, 43.

xxiii. 30.
xxiv. 19, 22 twice, 29,
36, 37, 38 twice, 50.
XXV. 13.
xxvi. 2, 29, 01.
xx\Ti. 8, 19, see
(this.)
40, 63, 64.

Mark

(this.)

xxiii. 12, 29, 54.

xxiv. 7, 13, 18, 21,
29, 40.
John i. 39.

XV. 32.

Luke

ix. 18, 23.

X. 35, 37.
xiv. 6.

1.

xxi. 0, 22, 23, 34.

daughter.
Matt.

.xviii. 7, 33.

vii. 22.

xi. 12, 22.

23, see
21.

a child by natural descent,

whether male or female, sou or

2. 1

see

X. 15.

a daughter.

twice, 27, 28, 29,

30,

31.

iv. 2.

TeKi'ov,

(-S.)

the time from one sunrise or sunset to another also, day,

i.e.
day-light from sunrise to
sunset
then, sometimes, time in
general in siug. a period or point
of time iii plur. days, i.e. time.
day,

ijliipa,

DAUGHTER

2.

DAY

DASH.

to beat towards, i.e. upon

any thing, to strike against; esp. of
the foot, to stumble, {here foUowed
towards or against.)
hy

1.

1.

202

1"!

(om.

Tr

xxviii. 7, 12, 13, 24,

17,


DAY
Rom.

iii. 1.
iv. 8.

3.

viii.

Heb.

X. 21.
xi. 8,

seo

(unto

twice.

13,
V. 5.
^x. 8.
XV. 4.

xi. 30.

(nnto

xii. 10.

Jas. V. 3,
1 Pet. ii. 12.
."i.

iii.

2 Pet.

14.

i.

X. in, 25, 32.

[thie.)

see

iv.

2 Cor.

(this.)

viii. 8, 9, 10.

13.

iii.

[margin.]

(for the)

] see " DAY BY DAY," No.

."''T^

Lake

xi. 3, text,

2.

day hj day.

vii. 3.

(.)

8.

i.

8.

V. 7.

1"

Cor.

see

5,
iii.

6 2>
1

DAY

iv. 4, 7, 8.

12, 13.

xiv. 5

DAY

2.

i.

this.)
.xiii.

203

Tim.

IG.

ii. 5,

i.

10, 20.
19.

u.8,seeDtoD(f rom.)

14,lo,8eeD(this.)
iv. 10, see D by D.

iii.

9, 13.
3, 7, 8 ''CO 10, 12.
iv. 1".

,,

DAY TO DAY

i$,

(from.)

day,
out of, from, > day by day.
day,
;
2 Pet.

ii.

8.

iii.

night anil

xi. 25, see

i. IS.
iv. 10.

Gal.

Eph.

[aD.

John

.rude 6.
10, seeD (Lord's.)
10, 13.
iv. 8.
vi. 17.
vii. 15.
viii. 12.
ix. 6, 15.

Rev.

i.

iv. 30.

Phil.

i.

6, 10.
10.

ii.

Col.

Thcs.

9.

i. fi,

ii.

X. 7.

9.

xi. 3, 0, 0, 11.
xii. 6, 10.

10.
v. 2, 4, 5, 8.
2 Thes. 1. 10.
iii.

ii.

xiv. 11.
xvi. 14.

2.
8.

Tim.
2 Tim.

v. 5.
i.

,,

,
',
No.

',
2.

thiOughoutthe
day, or from
day to day.

"daily,"

day.

(occ.l Cor. xi. 20), C

day,

the
j

,,

^^^ ^
^^'

j
Rev.

i.

10.

assumption that the

term can have
a meaning which subsequent
usage alone makes intelligible.
It is a pure

earliest use of the

b.

xi. 3, marf;. for the day.

2 Cor. IV. 10.

DAY

,
, (,

Sunday is in the N.T. invariably

"The first dayof thewcek,"

see

xxiv. 1

c.

John

XX.

viii. 22.

Mark

of the
and, "

very early,

(break

of.)

light, brightness, spnJceM

of the
light of day, the sun, etc., hence,

the dawn, (nnn occ.)

Acts XX.

11.

Cor.

vlov

Son of Man, Luke

iv. 3.

^V^hy not

Day
man ^

Lord's

d.

'.

man't!

day of the Lord

'

35.

Jaij, 1

WHILE BEFORE.)

i.

Pklark xvi. 2, 9

19.

I,

rov

22

yet in
the night, l)y night,
the night,
exceedingly, ) ()ion occ.)

have the similar expressions,

day.-i

acr. pi.

, ] ,","
],,,
\
,
We

"

V. 17

ntnit.G^LTTvAi^),m

DAY

Matt, xxviii.

Luke

Acts xx. 7 1 Cor.

xvi. 2; and even in John's Gospel,
written after the Apocalypse.

(a certain.)

(a great

,,
,
V.

a.

Luke

Luke

called

of the days.

")

submitted that the term, " The

Lord's Day," denotes not the
Christian Sunday, but " The Day
of the Lord," i.e. the Day of the
Lord's judgment or of His coming,
for the following reasons

one

DAY

I day by day.

1,

pertaining to the

[It is

day

see

DAY.

day,
and, also,

(the lord's.)

^^\

Lord,

xxi. 25.

3, 12, 18.

DAY

^,

^'

xviii. 8.
XX. 10.

iii.

DAY

ii.

V. 16.
vi. 13.

and

"'<^?A

i^

?>,vo^9jn^mannjnd(jment,
the time or period in wliich man
judges.
So the corresponding
expression in Rev. i. 10,
denotes the Lord's judgment,
and the book is a history of the
events which \\\ take place
during the time or period in vllit'h
the Lord will jadgo the earth.
I

Cor.

iv.

DAY
e.

204

of the adjective throws

emphasis on to the Avord
Day whereas the use of the

The use

the

Genitive case of the noun instead, (by the figure of Enallage)

places the emphasis on the word
Lord's. See the only other occurrence of the adjective in 1 Cor.
20. "where it is "
xi.

/,'"

Lord's

" SetTTvor

SUFPEE,

KvpLov,''

not

Supper of

THE LOIW.
f.

The day in Rev. i. 7, has all the

marks of the day as described by
Zech.

xii.

12-14.

g. It is the fact that the term "

Lord "

was applied to the Sun by most of

the ancient nations, and that the
sun was worshipped on the first
day of the week. Among the Pagan
Romans, the first day was called
" dies Dominus Sol,'" day of the Lord
Sun, and so now the ecclesiastical
term, " dies dominica." In transferring this term in Rev. i. 10, to
" the first day of the week," the
early Christians were acting on the
principle of replacing heathen
days and festivals by those which
were Christian. (See Bingham
Ant. XX. 5. In chap. xx. 2, he
mentions the fact that the early
Christians were charged with
being worshippers of the sun. Is
not this accounted for by the fact
stated above ?)]

DAY

DAY

DAY
DAY-TIME

205

(in the.)

3.

xxi. 37.

sense.

DEACON.

4.

from

The

mam

intense, and representing the action

of the simple verb (No. 3) as consummated and finished,) to die out,
to expire, to become quite dead.

/,

to run to serve.)

word

thouijht in the

is

service rendered to another, the

servant of
benefits

..19.20,8(3.)

him Avhom the labour

as an

officer

had charge of the alms,

Assembly, Acts vi. 1-6

one vfho

i.

Tim.

1.

Tim.

iii.

10, 13,see

iii.

ix. 9, 10.
26, see
(be.)
xii. 25, 26, 27.
^xv. 44 twice see

D(nsc

vii.

12 (om. L"'
see I) (he

is.)

viii. 49, 52, 53, see

(be.)
ix. 7, 60 'ice.
X. 30, see
(half.)
XV. 24, 32.
xvi. ,30, 31.
XX. 35, 37, 38.
x.xiv. 5, 46.
John ii. 22.
V. 21, 25.

vi.49,5s,seeD(be.)
viii. 52,53 '"^e^ gee

(be.)

(be.)

see

xi. 14, 25, 39,

44,

see

xii. 1 i',i
2i"'i,

10, 13, marg. minister.

Acts

[adj.* and noun.]

.

(be.)

make

(No.

1), hence,

put to death Pass, as

be dead, lifeless.
to

here, to

1.

29, see
iii, 15.
iv. 2. 10.
V. 10.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

Gal.

Eph.

1.

19,21 , see

(be.)

D (be.)

1. 20.

1*.

ii,

1.

V. 14.

1, 5.

Phil. iii. 11.

Col. i. 18.

1.
1.

12.
13.
20, see
1. 1 Thes. i. 10.
1.
iv. 16.
1 Tim. V. 6. see
1.

ii.

1.

(l)e.)

D (be.)
2 Tim. ll,seeD\vith(be)
ii. 8.

iv. 1.
IMIeb. vi. 1.
1.

ixrVl.
17, see

(be.)

sec

(after
(be.)

12.
19, 35.

1.

xiii. 20.

1.

l*.Jas.

(.LTTr

17.

ii.

20
mtlxoid result,

idle,

A)

Pet.

twice.

26

3, 21.
24, see

i.

ii.

xxiii. C.
x.xiv. 15

are.)

xi. 4,

2.

D (when

SCO

men

XX. 9.

9.

i.

i. 1.

ii.

1*.

Tr

(,

V. 14, see

X. 41, 43.
xiii. .30, 34.
xiv. 19, see
(be.)
xvii. 3, 31. 32.

see

32, 35, 42, 52.

1*.

..was.)

39,

GLTTrAS)

tem,

9.

vii. 4,

vii.

X-. 12 twice, 13, 15,

16, 20,21, 29 1st & 2nd.
29 -^'

1.

9, 17.

ii.

(be.)

iv. 5.

{om.

6,

-'.

H.)

SCO

(he that

i.s.)

.Tu.lo 12.

XXV.

19, sec

8, 23.
x.xviii.

i.

Rev.

(be.)

xxvi.
.

Rom.
to

Cor.
(be.)

1.

(.)

41

twice.

xiv. 9.
1

1.

',

(be.)

,7,9.

(be.)

liUke

XX.

2.

xi. 15.

[the office of.)

dead, as suhst. and adj.* projh

only of persons or in aUusinn to
thein ; as suhst. one dead, a. dead
person as adj.* dead. (The Scrip,
element in the conception of death is
a judicial sentence on account of
sin,
is therefore used of one
given over to death even during life;
not merely of religious inactivity
or so-called spiritual death.)

11

16(..)

xxi. 14.

DEAD

D (be.)
D (be-

viii. 10.

xix. 33.

4 2ml.
6, see

vi. 14.

Tim.

Is,

Mark v.35,39,seeD (be.)

at table, hut gen. to do any one a

service, to care for one's need,
(there is a special reference to the
service rendered, as distinct from
to serve or to be subject to, though
both may co-exist), hence, to do the

see
see

vii. 2,3,

7.

(use the office of.)

duties of a

(be.)

come.)

x.\iii.27,seeDmaii.
xxvii. G4.

to serve, render service, to Avait

in its narrowest sense, to wait

upon

see

11.

xxyui.4,seeDm!in.

15,

',

1*.

xvii. 9.
xxii. 31, 32.

that

DEACON

vi. 4.
7, 8,
0.

1.

XIV. 2.

12.

8.

iii.

Rom.

1.

viii.

XI. 5.

chosen for this ivork may

([ualified to stand hy a)id assist the
Apostles in higher acts of ministry
see Acts vi. 8-10
viii. 5-8
of a
female, one who had charge of sick
and poor, Rom. xvi. 1.
;

22 ''':;
ix.l8,24,8eeD(be.)
- X. 8 (om. G - .)

of the
hut those
have heen

etc.,
;

in J^rimi-

tice times it deviated orig.

(No. 3, with
prefixed,
rendering the verb more vivid and

(Oerivatioii uncertain, hut

proh.

^^^,

a servant, attendant, waiter at

table.

Phil.

to die, (as the primitive senGod upon or account of

sin.) In N.T. only in perf. to have
died, i.e. to be dead in a present
tence of

'/, the days.

Luke

DEA

4.

iv. 17.

i.

ii.

R.

17, 18.
8.

iii. 1.

xi. 18.

19.
24.

xiv. 13.
xvi. 3, SCO

XX.

.=:}

(be.)

13 twice.

5,

D man.
12

twice,

DEA
DEAD

(after men are.)

upon, with Dat. as here,

"^

over

>

dead

ones.

ieVi,
over,

dead ones,

j/e/cpots,

203

See under testament.

Heb.

,
,
,

ix. 17.

,
,
,

see "

(be.)

DEAD," No.

see "

3.

DEAD," No.

4.

to end, i.e. to finish, complete, hence, to end oyie^s life, (^sometimes of a violent death.)

,
,

1.

Acts xiv.
XXV.

2.

Rom.

1.

Mark

v. 35, 39.
ix. 26.

2.

Luke

52, 53.
viii. 52,

4.

.")3 '''c<!

(No.

3,

Gr^L

ii.
ii.

2.

(,

ill.

!.

2.

Tim. V. 6.
Hcb. xi. 4.

5.

1 I'et. ii. 24.

DEAD WITH
(Dead,

with any

one.

Tim.

DEAD

,
die

to

ii.

11,

(beco.me.)
the inter-

Wke the Eng,

Rom.

vii. 4.

also, body.

DEADLY.

sin.

death bearing or death

1.

2 Jas.

iii.

8.

Rev', xiii. 3, 12.

DEADLY THING.
of or belonging to death,

DEAD," No.

Matt, xxviii.

Rev. xvi.

3.

DEADNESS.

a putting to death, expressive

of the action as incomplete and in
progress, (occ. 2 Cor. iv. 10.)
Rom.

iv. 19.

DEAF.

hearing.

1.

27.

xvi. 18 (neut.^ (ap.)

blunted, dull, as a weapon. In

N.T. mefaph. of the senses and
faculties, e.^). of the tongue or

DEAD MAN.

Matt, xxiii

vii. 4.

death whether natural or

violent, the natural end of life, hut
esp. death as the punishment pro-

Mark

to mortify.

see "

Aor.

(a) Pasn. to become dead,

Acts

deadly, (non. occ.)

vention of others^ hence, to cause to

be put to death, to deliver over
to death.

a.

after the death

or
to die, ) after the dying.
>

bringing, hence, deadly, {nou. occ.)

(be.)

put to death, {by

to

(when. ..WAS.)

-Mark xvi. 18, see D thincr.

.No. 4, toith

together vith, prefixed,)

(one.)

nounced by God upon

19. 21.
20.

1. 1

29.

^/),

Cor. vii. 39.

Cor. V. 14.

Col.

2.

44.
xii.l (omLi^Trb,^.)
ii.

that

.'01',

2. (5al.

TTrAS.)
Acts

{,

6
havinq (iieif,instcad

Pet. iv. 6.

DEAD," No. 1.
Mark ix. 2G.

See

ice

2. 2.

xi. 14, 25.

.39

19.
19.

hnng dend.Wm GJjT

Tr A ^.)

viii. 49.

.John vi. 49, 58.

DEAD
see "

is.)

1.

vii. 15.

V. 15.

of

2.

XV. 44 1"
44 2nd.

(he that

see " DEAD," No.

TO, the,

vi. 2, 7, 8.
vii. 2, 3.

2.

X. 30.

yaera, after,

to be away from, have no

part in, hence, to be absent from
everything, in death, (non occ.)

ix. 18.

(half.)

Luke

DEAD

to fall asleep involuntarily

hence, to fall asleep in death.

ilatt. ii, 19.

-L'O.

DEAD
half-dead.

DEAD

Luke

DEAD

DEA

4.

Matt.

xi. 5.

Mark

vii. 32,

37

Mark

ix. 25.

Liiko

vii. 22.

DEA
DEAL

207

LEAH

[noun.]

See, GREAT.

DEAL

DEA

lo

Phil.

(-ETH, DEALT.)

DEARLY.

to

make, to do, spoken of any

an action as continued or repeated,

spoken in reference to a person (with
Dative) to do to or in respect to
any one, i.e. for or against him.

to fall inwithjlightupon,
hence, to
intercession for or against

meet and talk with,

make

aiiy one.

to bear or bring to

any

place or person.

ii.

want, esp. of food, hence,

hunger, famine.
Acts

vii. 11

25.
48.

DEATH

so.

2.

Acts XXV.

3.

Heb.

through sin, (It

ever haf: the

2-1.

reXevTrj,

an end,

xii. 7.

X. 21

1.

"ii,

see

put

to.)

he would have put.

XV.

to use

.to)

4.

1.

%,

beloved, dear.

Lnko

3.

Acts XX. 24.

Eph. V. 1.

2.

12 1"
12 'J'", see D
(cause to be put to.)
(pui
xiv. 1, see

Phil.
1.

2. 1

Th08.

ii.

to.)

ii.

20, sec

(so.)

7.

13.

8 (Gen.)

marK.o/loM.

see

(put

xxii. 4.

20 (om.

G L TTr

At*.)
xxiii. 20.

1.

XXV. 11,25.

70.
20.
ix. 27.
xviii.33,8eo

1.
1.

i.

1.

ii.

1.

D (put
1.

xxi. lO.secD (cause

to be put to.)
xxii.33.
xxiii. 16, 22.

D(put

to.)
1.

to.)
i.

1.

2.

(cause

4.
Luke

(fiijs. (t>)

.xxvi. 10, see

55, see

put

24

xiii. 28.

3^1.

in

2. Col.

ii.

viii. 1.

1.

to.)

vii. 2.

Acts

to.)
1.

xiii.

estimation, in honour,
estimable, prized.

4.

1.

xii. 19,

X. 33.

to be

xxi. 19.

1.

held worth, estimated; hence,

see

31,

32.

tn jrootZ sensc,estecmed, honoured

valued, prized.

i.e.

xviii.
I.

ix. 1.

love, (see under " CHARITY,")

4. cfTtfios,

vii. 10.

here, gen. of love.

(put to.)

D (put

to.)

DEAR.

xxiii. 32, see

x.xiv. 20.
John iv. 47, see
(be
at the i>oint of.)
V. 24.
viii. 61, 52.
xi. 4, 13.
")
53,
see
xii. 10, J (put to.)
33.

D(put to.)

66.

xxvii. l,see
iv. 9.

Luke

XX. 18.
xxvi. 38,

the point ot.)

7>;09,

1.
1.

xvi. 28.

59,8ee

end

(put to.)
1.

to be
(cause
xiv. 5, see D (when

21

(have.)

limit, hence, the

1st.

Markv. 23,seeD(licat

3.

or

death, (non. ooc.)

life,

ii. 15.
iv. 16.

one, {lion occ.)

2.

doubtful whether

a taking up or away, as of
dead bodies for burial ; or a taking
away, as of life, hence, a putting to
death, a destroying, (non. occ.)

with another, to
have in common use, hence, to have
dealings or intercourse with any

is

meaning o/ moral

spiritual insensibility.)

Matt.

DEALINGS WITH

1.

(-S.)

death, the natural end of

death as the sentence and

punishment of God against sin, not
merely an occurrence, hut a state,
the state of man as condemned

See also, deceitfully, subtilely.

John

xi. 28.

life, esp.

of

avaipeaLs,

deal with, any one so and

i.

DEARTH.
failure,

it

(a) Mid. to bear one's self towards

any one, i.e. to conduct towards, to
Luke

See, beloved.

DEAL WITH.

external act obvious to the senses, i.e.

completed action; to do, expressing

1.

20, text, like-minded.

ii.

1.

by

i.e. actuated
the same motives, (nan occ.)

to divide into two parts, to

then hy implication, to distribute, divide out.

part

[margin.]

(so)

of equal soul,

1.

1.
1.

1.

31.
xxviij. 18.
Rom. i. 32.
V. 10, 121'
-
12 !!< (oiM.
T) (not 8th eiiitiou.)

14,17,21.
vi. 3,

4,6,9.

10 (om.
21,23.

G^.)

vii. 6,10,13

",24.

DEA
Rom.

iii.

vii. 23.
ix. 15, see
of.)
16.

22.

iv. 9, see
pointed to.)

,
,

(b3'

means

(ap-

V. 20.

56.

2 Cor.

i.

ii.

9, 10.

16 t"'.

Pet.

John

iv. 11, 12.

vii. 10.
xi. 23.

Rev.

ii.

to lead away, conduct away,

a judicial sense, either to
judgment or to prison or to death.)
(^chiefly in

iii.

i.

18.

u. 10. 11, 23.

''ce,

1.

vi. 8.

i.

Heb.

D (put

14 tw'cc.
V. 16 3 times, 17.

20.
ii. 8 '', 27, 30,
iii. 10.
Col. i. 22.
[15.
2 Tim. i. 10.

Phil.

18, see

iii.

to.)

iii. 7.

2.
2.

XX.

6, 13, 14 '"'.

xi. 53.
xii. 10.
xviii. 31.
4. Acts xii. 19.
3.
XX vi. 10.
1. 1 Pet. iii. 18.

2.

55.

Luke

xviii. 33.
xviii. 32.

3.

xxi. 4, 8.

V. 7.

DEATH

(when HE WOULD HAVE

DEATH (appointed ["approved " error

death

condemned

oo

will, to wish, (mplying active natural impulse or desire or purpose,

thus differing from
which merely ex-

appointed to

death-devoted, {non.

occ.)

to

Mark

(be at the point op.)

he about

to,

John

about

")

>

to

die.

to die out, be-

K(.Lv,

lit.
\

desiring

determination (c/.
xv. 9, 12, with 15,

[,
j9?-esses

come quite dead,

(^

1 Cor. iv. 9.

DEATH

PUT...

TO.)

'^, to

in A.V. 1611] TO.)

John

2.
2.

xxvii. 1.
xiv. 1.

Mark

1.

3.

xviii. S.

utw.ce,

Matt. XX vi. 59.

1.

ix. 6 '"'CO.
xii. 11.

xui.

to kill outright.

to take up, lift up, (as of

bodies for burial), to take away,
(as of life), hence, to put to death

xi. 5.
Jas. i. 15.

xi. 26.
XV. 21, 2G, 54, 55,

DEB

Heb.

viii. 2, 6, 3S.

Cor.

208

to kill outright,
Matt. xiv.

DEBATE

(-S)

to
kill.

5.

[noun.]

iv. 47.

quarrel, esp. rivalry, contention. After Homer, gen. wrangling,

cpt5, strife,

^,

DEATH

(^

>,

7
)

(by means of.)

esp.wordy-wrangling,disputation.
Rom.

a death taking place.

See under testament.
Heb.

ix. 15.

1.

DEATH

(cause to be put to.)

to put to death

(esp. hy the

2.

intervention of others), hence, to

cause to be put to death.
Mark xiii. 12.
Matt. X. 21.
Luko x.\.i. 16.

29.

i.

2 Cor. xii. 20.

DEBT

(-S.)

, ,

to be indebted, to owe any

thing to any one, {with an inf. following, to be under obligation to.)

the debt which one owes.

Sin

called

is

involves expiation
of it as a debt by

because

it

and the payment

punishment and

satisfaction, {iion occ.)

3.

DEATH
C

the point

(rjE

,., extremely,
,

i.e.xn extremity,

[c>,, to have,

to bo in extrem^^ ^^ ^^ ^j^^

4.

^aviLov, a loan,

Rom. xiii.
money lent.

7.)

2.

c\

4.

extremis.

DEATH

indebtedness, hence, duty,

obligation, (occ.

I r
\
u
^'Jiast(r/a..;0,"m

Mark

^/,

"\

of.)

V. 23.

to put to death {esj). hy the

intervention of others), hence, to
cause to be put to death.

vi. 12.
xviii. 27.

1.

I
I

Rom.

Matt,

3.
iv. 4.

DEBTOR

1.

(put to.)

Matt.

xviii. 30.
32.

(-S.)

the debtor, ho who owes

anythingor is under obligation on
any account. The use of the word
involves the idea that the debtor
one who must expiate his guilt.

is

DEB
2.

(<,

<;,
A

Tr

with

(Xo.

a dcbt-ower,

w),

209

1.

Xpios, debt, prefixed.)

1.
2.

UiM.
Luke

Rom.

14.

vi. 12.

1.
1.

viii. 12.

1.

XV.

xiii. 4, niarg.(text,

2.

[sinner.)

1.

Avi.

5.

Gal.

i.

DEBTOR
see "

(be

DKUT," iVo.

Matt, xxiii.

2.

_>".

gradation, (occ. 1 Cor.

Is. xxxi. 8, "defeat.")

DECAY

here, to Avax old,

Heb.

7,

and

In Pass, as
become old.
old.

viii. 13.

^oSos,

way

Luke

2 Cor.

,
,
,

spoken of departiu'e

ix. 31.

2 Pet.

DECEASE
end

1.

?,

i.

15.

3.

deceit, esp.

25.

f)en.

the .adultera-

by false statements.

a wandering, esp. from the

truth, hence, a being led astray, deMark
Rom,

vii.
i.

22.

20.

Rom.
2.

S.

1 Tilts,

iii.

Col.
ii.

iv. 19.

13.

DECEIVABLENESS.
see above.
2 Thcs.

,
,

(-ED,

10.

ii.

-,

-inc.)

to deceive, to delude, (esp.

(NO.

with

(non

occ.)

, out

of,

in-

deceive wholly,

iii.l3, eee

ii.

D (vi.sc.)

',

the
(No. 1 2viih
mind, prefixed,) to deceive the mind
of any one ; implying a self-originating and subjective deception, (non

',
occ.)

4.

to make to wander, cause to

lead astray ; used of religious
deceit or doctrinal error.

,
err,

lusion.
1.

Heb.

delude thoroughly.

3.

';,
1.

statement-^,

Mark

xiii. 22.

tensive, prefixed,) to

tion of the truth to catch or deceive.

2.

by false

esp.

tvith false statements,

2.

DECEIT.
a bait, hence,

DECEITFULNESS.
deceit,

DECEIVE

1.

(-ED.)

one's life, to die.

Matt. xxii.

(handle.)

self deception, (see "deceit.")

to end, i>. to finish, complete,

hence, to

17, text, corrupt.

ii.

DECEITFULLY

decease.

life,

[noun.]

out, exodus, hence, journey

out, departure

from

iv. 22.

occ.)

Matt.

DECEASE

Eph.

2.
|

to deceive, esp. by a bait, hence,

to falsify, corrupt, (non occ.)

(-ETH.)

grow

to let

vi.

diminishing.

xi. 12, text,

2 Cor. xi. 13.

(a retailer,
to bc a
vintner); and because the
were notorious for adulteration, it
denoted to adulterate, corrupt, (non

a being inferior, a worse state

(as compared ivith any other or
former state); hence, diminution, de-

Rom.

here Gen.

2,

DECEITFULLY WITH (deal)[mviv.'\

[m:ii-gin.]

[iK.iui]

"deceit," NO.

.)

1.

marg. (text, be guilty.)

DECAY

see

"of deceit."

case,

16.

18,

(adf of "deceit,"

deceitful,

V. 3.
1.

),

DECEITFUL.

?,
/,

A'o. 1), (noil occ.)

vii. 41.

1.

DEC

5.

8.

a wandering, seduction from

hei-e,
the Gen. lit., of

/,
the

3.

truth,

deceit.

DECEIT

(use.)

to use a bait, to deceive, (esp.

adulteration 0/ false admixtures),

(non

occ.)

Rom.

iii.

13.

G.

to reckon wTong, mishence, to draw

reckon, miscount
Then to cheat or
false conclusions.
deceive by false reasoning, fience, to
;

deceive.

DEC

7.

210

to speak falsely, to

to

lie

1.

Mid. to

Matt. xxiv.

Acts

lie,

speak

4, 5, 11, 24.

Mark xiii. 5,
Lake xxi. S.
John vii. 12,
i.

2.

GaL

-I"!

.
1.

4.

4.

XV. 83.

4,

iii.

2.

xviii. 23.

xix. 20.

iv. 14.

XX.

DECEIVER

3, 8, 10.

(-S.)

3.
;

?,

2.

i.e.

de-

ceivers of men's minds, (see " de-

2 Cor.

1.

2.

Ti. 8.

1.

Titus
2

i.

John

DECEIVING.
deceit,

2 Pet.
'

13

ii.

esj).

(,

by

false statements.

love-ftouts,

G^ L

Tr. *)

on MSS. giOuiuls, prefera the Rec. Text,

hut lias " the strongest suspicion tliat

Alforil,

loic-feasts, is the original reading.")

^.\'('><;, (from

well,

and

mien,

xiiL 13,
1 Cor. xiv. 40.

marg. (text,

(-ED.)

7.

to

Lyoat, to

(,

enjoin

strictly
to be

or

done.

lead or conduct through

tell,

go through

(No. G

narrate.

icith

(, out

fi'om,
full,

(7ion occ.)

lead or bring out, hence,

8.

i^yjyeo/iai., to

0.

make known, declare, unfold,

(occ. Luke xxiv. 35.)
yvo)pi(o), to make known, jxiiuf out,

; xviii.

16.

11.

DECLARATION.

occ.)

Luke

i.

1.

,
explain.

10.
marg. g\ld

narration, liistory, (from Snjyio/iaL, to lead or conduct through

to the end, hence, to recount, etc.,

(non

to bring or send word

near to any one, i.e. to announce to
any one ; nsed esp. of viilitary commands, also in N.2\ of apostolic
injunctions (not merely arbitrary

TrapayykXXio,

prefixed,) to tell out, relate in

(non

occ.)

announce (as with

to

DECK

4,

hence, to

with, recount,

Imnestli/.)

to gild, deck Avith gold,

Rev. xvii.

(to the end), hence, to

fully, Ijecomingly, like a

Rom.

him

enactments),

<,

deportment,) gracegentleman,
decorously, with dignity, (occ. 1
Thes. iv. 12.)
figure,

down
home

bring vord
to bring it

urge something
6.

DECENTLY.

i.e.

to

one,

emphasis.)

'

5.

-,

(,
upon any

10.

make known through

xxi. 26.)

4.

to

Matt, xxvii. 63.

to

intervening space or throughout,

a message or tidings.
Then, to report fully, proclaim far
and wide, (occ. Luke ix. GO ; Acts

ceive," jVo. 3.)

1.

to convey

<S'ii6s/.

a miiid-decciver,

to announce or report
from some place or jyerson; and then
gen. to announce, publish and esp.

(tn

a deceiver,
esp. a religious imposter or teacher
of error.
deceiving,seducing.

then used ivith

is

to publish .something that has hap2)e7ied, been experienced or heard.

subst. a
wandering about
Avanderer, vagabond, juggler; hence

1.

somewhere. It

announce.

7.

xii. 9.
xiii. 14.

4,

7.

of the

a iveaker sense of
and signifies
to send news of, and gen. to notify,

S.

i.

iii.

Rev.

^ised

,
from

':

20.

John

back

reports hrought by jiersons retitrninr/

(No.

13

Titus iii. 8.
Jas i. 22.

18.

vi. 3.

Tim.

4.

vi. 9.

Eph.

1st.

14

14

4.

xvi. IS.
iii.

claim,) to report

3.

ii.

ii.

TTr A a)

vii. 11.

Cor.

Tim.

47.

marg. (text,

v. 3,

2 Tlies.

1.

(-ED, -iNG.)

{, \)\, and

avayyeXXio,

to bear a message, announce, pro-

false, belie.

1. 1

(i.

to lie to.)

Rom.

DECLARE

oy

one.

(a)

DEC

),
make

to

make manifest

A'isible

declare to
(occ. Gal.

12.

or evident,

or clear.

to

place

before,

any

one, to

make known,

ii.

i.e.

to

2.)

',

to divide or separate from, as

a l)ordcr or boundary ; to mark

out boundaries, hence, to determine,

mark out definitely, i.e. constitute.

13.

DEC
to phrase

it,

i.e.

211

to tell in

ivords, hence, to explain, interpret.

1 4.

fSei^is,

a pointing out, (prop, with

the fnu/er,) declaration, indication,

(occ. 2 Cor. viii.
(a)
i;5

vnth eh, unto.

24; Phil.

i.

28.)

DEE

DEE

212

DEF

4.

DEF
to

make

?,

213

(a stain,

mark, freckle, mole in pi. spots in a

moral sense,) to defile, (occ. Jvidc 23.)
;

5.

^),
(/en.

to spoil, connipt, destroy

to bring into a worse state ; to

deprave.
1.

DEL

DEL

88, (^.

3.

214

1 loitk

DEL

.Acts

from, pre-

what

4.

is

due.

upon,

1 vitlt ii,

'.

jjre-

give upon, i.e. in addition

to, to give forth as from ones self
npon or to another ; hence, to deliver
over, i.e. to jnit into one's hands.

,
fijced,) to

5.

(Xo.

1 tvith

xi.

2, 23.

XV.

3.

24, see

1.

(r'^).),17.

D
D

Heb.

ii.

vi. IT.
viii. 21.

5.

(be.)
2 Pet.

5.

Jude

Kev.

(Ije.)

(be)

15.

xi.

32, see D up.

XV. 31, see D (be.)

iip.

11.

iv.

!.

vii. 6.

beside,

2 Cor.

8a. Gal. i. 4.
2 Thes. iii. 2, see
5. 1 Tim. i. 20.
2 Tim. iv. IV, see

iv. 25.

with or to
to give or hand over to

5.

5.
5.

5.

xxviii. 10

Rom.

Cor. V.

5. 1

xxiii. 33.
XXV. 11, IG.
xxvi. 17.

(".

xii. 11.

XV. 30.
xvi. 4.
xxi. 11.
xxii. 4.

fixed,) to give away from one's self,

to give back, restore, esp. to render

see

11,

of

4, 21.

ii.

3.

xii. 2, 4, see I) (be)

XX. 13, see U up.

jirefixed,) to give near,

any

,
,

one,

DELIVER AGAIN.

another, to deliver np, surrender.

see above,

G.

,
self

3.

safety, deliverance,

give
de-

liver-

ance.

Mid.

to

i.e.

rescue,

to

of for one's
to rescue, deliver.

-,

2.

to change from, to set

),

,
,
to

11.

make

idle

free,

Luke

so as to
25

to leave

make

up.

4.

void

to

what

1.

is

Luke

,
,

X. 17, 19, 21, see

5.

44.
X. 22.
xii. 581'.

5.
9.

!,

58

5.

nee

up.

5.

0.

xxvi.

15.

5.

xxi. 12.
xxiii. 25.

5.

xxvii. 2, 18, 20.

5.

xxiv.

Jolin

vii. 13.

33 twice.
see
XV. 1, 10, 16.
X.

L\ike

i.

5.

up.

see

(be.)
0.

Acts

13, bee

vi. 14.

8a.

vii

5.

35,

of

3(5.

xix. 11, 1(1.

23, see D (being)

5.

6.

.30,

ii.

iii.

2.

57, 74, )

1.

7, 20.

x\"i. 21,

xviii.

5.

xiii. 9,11,

5.

No.

(be.)

2.

men, to beget of
loomen, to bear.
Pass, to be begotten, be born.
2.

JoliM xvi. 21.

1.

Heb.

xi. 11

(Gv

^2)

(o,/i.

AU.)

(being.)

ii.

u}).

23.

?,

DELIVERANCE.

10, 34.
35.
xii. 4.

ui).

a ransoming, deliverance on account of a ransom paid,

(noil occ.)

(l-e.)

ix. 31.

:>.

iv. 17.

xii. 2, 4.

spolcen of

Acts

2>'<1.

5.

Alark

2 Tim.

Rev.

ckSotos, given or delivered out of or

xviii. 32.
XX. 20.

5.

XXV. 14, 20,

5.

XV. 31.
2 Thes. iii. 2.

1.

DELIVERED

15 (Xo. 3, L".)
ix. 42, see D again.
vii.

22.

...

1.

see ahove.

iv. 17.

1.

(oTOXTrb

XTiii. 34.
XX. 19.

5.

Rom.

1.

or prayer of any one

gratify them.

up.

xxiv.

bear as

57.

DELIVERED OF

unemployed or

useless,

to gratify, to do

N)

&.

to

forth,

74.
2.

2.

1'

212n<i

Aorist

7.

demand

Alatt. iv. 12,

V.

(be.)

DELIVER," No.

bring

to

at liberty;

set

of ])ersons, to deliver over in answer

the

i.

1.

pleasing or gn-ateful to any one, to

gratify one with anything ; hence,
to

13.

DELIVERED
see "

9, 11.

1 3.

viii. 32.

free.

to

to

Rev. XX.

xiii.

iii.

Cor. XV. 24.

5. 1

9.

,
,
2.

annul.

12.

Rom.

offspring.

free from, release, let go.

10.

Acts

5.

tense.

to take out

self, hence,

9.

5.

1.

take out of

e^atpeoj, to

in

'into prison.')

xxiv.

5.

1.

(a)

'-

UP.
Mark

5.

X. 17, 19, 21.

cant

deliver.
8.

Matt. iv.l2, mai-g.(text,

5.

draw or snatch to one's

hence, gen. to draw or snatch
danger,

ix. 42.

DELIVER
5.

to

from

Luke

to

1,

preservation fro7n danger

ar destruction.
In the
Christian sense, salvation,

-l

7.

^.

2.

a letting go, a sending forth ;

dismission, a setting free as from
cajjtivity, or as from sins, hence, re-

mission, pardon.
2.

Luke

iv. 18.

1.

Hob.

xi. 35.

1.

DEL

X.

33

',

one,

(k'livcrin;

)-

Luke

(us

Ti

Rom.

2.

xi. 20.

i)

DELUSION.

2.

a wandering, seduction frum the

truth, error.
11.

ii.

1.

(-ED.)

to ask, enquire, learn

by

asking or inqniring, to ask for

in-

2.

fonnation.

Matt.

ii.

V. 8.

ist.

12'<;, 13.

ii.

5.

iii.

Titus

10.

i.

u. 12.

2 Pet.

(',

,
8,
,
,

'wKe, 23.

(oi/i.

1.

ii.

John a 22
Judc 4.

sa^,

Rev.

13.

ii.

iii. 8.

-,

(-ED,

-ING.)

or go away from
another ; hence, gen. to
go away, depart for, set off.

come

to

to

to conic or go through, to
pass through, hence, simply to pass

to a place.

to ask at

of

o)

any

one, to
3.

question, ask specifically.

1.

13, 14.

Tim.
Tim.

G L

1,

'Jnd.

XX. 27
Ln. Tr W.)
xxii. 34
L Tr W.)

one place

'',DEMAND

^,

23 (Xo.
W.)

DEPART

2 Thes.

2.

1,

iv. 10.

viii. 45.

ix.

er.

vii. 35.

Actia

70.
1

3a.

1.

38 (Xo.

xiii.

,.

liverself,

TrAciviy,

57.

61.
20.

i.

xriii. 25, 27.

xiv. 30, 31.

,.

o/

xii.

Acts

John

viii. 34.

!>,

draw

to

Mark

the

snatch for one's

from damjer,)
1.

Luke xxiL

twice.

xvi. 24.
xxvi. 24, 30.
70, 72.

Tr A.)

jivojievos.,

(from

Matt.

a redeemer, a raiisomcr.
.

-i

DEP

DELIVERER.

i%*^'^'
2.

215

4.

.Vets xxi.

1.

Luke

2.

place, to

xvii. 20.

153.

4.

to come or go out of
come or go forth.
to

come

<(ny

or go down,

to

descend.

DEMAND

^?,

OF.

5.

TTopevw, to cause to pass over

by land
or water, transport, hence, Mid., to
transport one's self, to betake one's
self, i.e. to depart from one place to

,
,

DEMONSTRATION.

a pointing out, a showing as

by are/Hment,a demonstration, proof,

a7iother.

G.

Cor.

to put aj)art, sever.

7.
(-S.)

Mid. to separate one's self, to

part as from a place or person.

(a)

a cave, caA'ern, den, (Latin,

spelunea,) (occ. John .\i. .38.)
8.
Matt. xxi.

Mark

l:i.

xi. 17.

Rev.

DENY

1.

,
35

(a) ivith

I'TiAcyoj,

xix, 40.

Hub.

.\i.

24.)

xi.

( Xo.

deny

with

to say

jirefixed,) to
i.e.

from,

(a)

utterly, abjure.
10.

speak against, to con-

tradict.

followed by
deny.

(a)

(Xo. 7

9.
vii.

ntjt.

to

,
,,

not,

off,

de-

from,
i.e.

self

to

fr<.iii.

(occ.

Acts

U'ith

Mid. to separate one's

Acts .\v. 39.)

(a)

(occ.

(Xo. 7

prefixed,) to separate
designate, a})point.

38.

-ING.)

disown

decline,

prefixed,) to

3.

-,

to deny,

Heb.

I, like

vi. 15.

(-ED,

no, refuse,

2.

out of

go out of, to go or come

forth, to proceed out of

4.

ii.

DEN

/',

( Xo. 5 with

2>refijced,) to

(noit occ.)

as here, to

toith

wliolly.

Mid. to sepamto one's

from, (non occ.)

k-en

throui^h,

separate throughout,

self

wholly

to go back, recede, f-V"of those ivhofiee. In X.T. simjily

to retire, withdraw, (from

to make

or back, and
for, give place to.)

u])

room

,,

DEP

216

to depart from, go away,

11.

withdraw from, (from

and

make room

to

up,

Matt.

3.

15.
5.

of.

16.

1.
3.

,
by

out

1-1.

5.

XXV.

10.-

under as
In N.T. and
go away (prop, under

of stealth,
noise or notice.)

,
,
to

tvithoid

stillness,

remove,

another,

14.
1.

to loosen again,

set free;

then, to loosen, dissolve or resolve,

as matter into

elements (hence,

its

force of

18.

lift

away, take away

fro7n one ]:)lace to another. In N. T.

intrans. to take one's self away, i.e.
depart, (no7i occ.)

19.

,
;,

iv. 13

Matt.

ii.

9.

12. 13, 14.

1.

15.

10.

iv. 12.

1.

11.

vu.

13.

23.

42

1.

1.

3.

3.

Matt.

18.

1.

39.

from.
Phil i.

ii.

7a.rhilem.

D from.

19,

Sa.llev.

see

from.

15.

vi.

14.

from.

(,

xviii. 14 1st.

1.

iv. 3.

)
)

Heb.iii. 12, see

U.J.os ii. IG.

31.

142nd

1.

iv. 1,

iv. 10.

5.

xxi. 21, see

out.
xxiv. 12 (jj.)

John

23.

iv. 15.

Tim.
2 Tim.

Tr

xii. 59.

1.

xxvii. 12.
xxviii. 10, 11.
25.

3.

u5(0Hi.G=:

xiii.27,seo

4.

16.

(iiif.)

X. 30.

1.

XXV.

37.

from.
.see

29 (.)
Cor. vii.
10,
11,
15 twice.
2 Cor. xii. 8, see

1.

38.

7a. 1

ix. 4, 6.

12a.
12a.
17a.

to perish,

43.

GL

Tr

V. 15.

see

"DEPART," NO.

Acta XV.

8a.

39.

DEPART FROM.
i.e.

place

(a) trans, to

remove, cause to

(Mid.)

away from,

i.e.

away from,

dejiai-t.

to place one's self

depart from.

Luke

37.

a.

a,

iv. 13.

a.

1).

xiii. 27.

34.

a.

ix. 7.

a.

27.

6.

viii. 35.

3.

5, 8.

(let.)

vii. 24.

Oa.11.-

b.

viii.

see

2iid.

33

11.

from.

13, 25.

7.

(let.)

v. 8.

(b) intrans.

Mid. to remove one's self from

421st

change from, remove

or intrans. to leave.
10.

29, see
37,
}

(/'7//,

of.

to

1.

xxii. 21.
29, see
xxiii. 22,

23, 38.

i.

from.

12.

XX.

5.

from.

(a)

').

3.

to go out of a jdace, go aAvay,

depart out

20.

46.

DEPART ASUNDER.

in Mid. get free, depart from.

to

20a.

xxi.

Luke

xix. 9, see

33.

19.

1.

an army.

23.

11.

32.

3.

3.

of.

xviii. 1, 2.

3.

out

33.

3.

viii. 13.

1.

39, see
40.
xvii. 15.

3.

vii. 31.

3.

to loose from, set free, re-

ix. 30.

the

back,) to rctui'n, (occ.

lease from, to disband as

(a)

ivith

36.)

xii.

.\,

(and

40.
xvi. 36.

1.

3.

Enrj. analj'sis); then, to luifasten as

the fastening of a ship, and thus j^re-

jxire for departure,

3.

3.

(from

14.

19.

i. 35, 42.
V. 17, 20.

1.

from one

to pass over

13.

xiv. 20.
XV. 38, see
from.
39,see D asunder.

vi. 10.

1.

used of all motion on the

ground, go, walk, tread, step, etc.,
the direction heing determined by the
prep, pjrefixed ; here by
after.)

17.

Mark

D from.

see

3.

h>.)

ii.

15. /leTu

Luke

6.

cover, out of sight, strictly ivith the

xiii. 4.

3.

5.

60.

xxviii. 8 (No. 1,

Tr

to lead or bring

41.

xxvii.

1.

idea

16.

5.

1.

later usage, to

2>lace

XX. 29.
xxiv. 1.

3.

horses binder a yolce.

17.

4.

11.

1.

3.

2.

1.

15.

6.

3.

xi. 25.
xii. 10,

4.

xix.

7.

4.

i.

V. 41.
X. 7.

29.

xvi.

18.-

to lead along near, to lead

or jDast, to jiass along, pass by.

Acts

5.

XV. 21.

3.

xvi.

7a.

5.

-,

xiii. 1.

5.

of

13.

15

xii. 0.

xvii. IS, see

In N.T. Mid. as a nautical term,

to lead a ship up or out as iqyon the
sea, hence, to put to sea, set sail
from any place.

xii. 36.

xiu. 53.
xiv. 13.

1.

(a)

vu.

15.

15.

vi. 15.

15.
1.

18.

10.

j^lace.

out

7.

1.

to lead up, conduct or bringfrom a lower to a higher

xi. 1.

10.

as

lO.John

ix. 31.

X.14, see

from,
for, give

place to,) (non occ.J

12.

DEP

Acta

ii.

Acts xix.

0.

xxii. 29.
a. 2 Cor. xii. 8.

xii. 10.

b. 1

XV. 38.

a.
a.

Ileb.

iii.

12.

Tim.
Tim.

iv. 1.
ii.

19.

DEP

and away, to leave a

country, emigrate, (no)i occ.)

Luke

" DEPART," A^o.

,,

Matt. X. 14.
xvii. 18, with
from.
Acts xvi. 39 (No. 1, \vith
frohi,

,
Liike

,
A

Tr

i^.)

29.

^.

17.

Acts

xxiii. 22.

coming

arrival, a

to a place

or person, hence, a departure regard-

ed in the light of

its

2.

end and

object,

occ.)

e^oSo5, a

out, exit

(hence, Encj.

exodus,) journey out, departure.

1.

Acts XX.

29.

2.

Heb.

xi. 22.

Matt.

1.

at, de-

occ.)

xxiii. 35.

(-ED, -ETii, -ixg.)

come

doAvn, to

to

come

or go down, used

1.

iii.

1(5.

1.

Actsx.

11.

vii. 25, 27.

1.

xi. 5.

xxviii.

1.

xxiv.

1.

Mai-k

2.

10.

i.

XV. 32.

1.

1.

way

xvi. 14

to go or

1.

(non

(710

out,

,,
1.

an

and

(-ED.)

up the nose

of the act of coming.

DEPARTING.
ac/)t^ts,

to turn

step.)

2.

1.

DERIDE

descend frotn a higher to a loiver

2)lace, (from
tised of all kinds
of motion on the ground, as go, walk,

(let.)

''depart,"

see

ii.

7th Edition.

DESCEND

1.

DEPART

Luke

pro-coiwd,

W.)

ride out

3.

/, hang

xviii. 12

L T Tr A

OF.

(be.)

to be a pro-consul.

Acts

xxi. 21.

DEPART OUT
see

,(

DES

DEPUTY

DEPART OUT.
to go out

217

Luke
John

iii.

,
i.

22.

32, 33, 51.

1.

Rev. xxi.

1.

1.

Rom.

1.

Epli. iv. 9,10.

X.

Thus.

1.

2.

Jas.

iii.

7.

iv.

It).

15.

10.

DESCENT.
down

a going

way down,

descent, (non occ.)

DEPARTURE.

Luke

a loosing, releasing dissolving,

used of the breaking up of a han-

o.voXviji'i,

xix. 37.

rpiet

and

also of the hod}/,

(non

Eiig. analysis,)

(ivhence

occ.)

DESCENT
(non

2 Tim.

IS...

'/,

COUNTED

(one's.)

to derive one's pedigree,

occ.

iv. 6.

Ileb. vii.

marg. one's pedigree,

etc.

DEPTH.

<;,

9,
2.
1.
1.

1.

Acts

Matt,

xviii. 6.
iv.

Heb.

.0.

1.

Eph.

iii.

IS,

1.

Rev.

ii.

2t

marg. without pedigree.

DEPUTY.

',

a pro-consul, (non occ.)

Acts

xiii. 7, 8,

12

xix. 38.

7.

to

in the

ancient manner so that the lettera

were cut in or graven upon the

(/3afluc,

LTTrA.)

material, hoice, to

^',

(-ETH.)

to grave or cut in

form letters with a stylus

viii. 39.

xi. 33.

vii. 3,

DESCRIBE
/)(/,

xxviii. 5.)

(WITHOUT.)

dyeveaXoyyTos, without genealogy, without pedigree, (non occ.)

the high sea, the open sea,

(occ.

Murk
Rom.

DESCENT

In N.T.

the deep
\vater as opp. to the shallows near
the shore.
Metaph. the depth, and
pi. the deep things, i.e. the secret
unrevealed purposes of any one.
depth.

2.

\\Tite.

to lay, to lay bcfoi-e, i.e. to relate, to recount ; hence, to say, to

speak, to discoui-se.
Rom. iv. 0.
1. Rom. i. 5.
|

DES
1.

,
as

2.

DESERT

[noun.]

2.

^,

'21).

and

out, desire to

Mid. to demand for one's self,

(NO. 1 with
out of, p7r fixed.)

a desert.

(a)

inhabited tract, a desert.

JIatt. xxiv.
1. Luke i. 80.

to ask out

have.

a solitude ; loneliness; an un-

1.

DES

deserted, desolate, waste,

adj.,

siibst. toith art.

epi//xta,

218

3.

1.

John

vi.

2.

Heb,

xi. 3S.

deXo), to

will, wish,

the active volition

31.

exjyressive

),

desire,

implying

and purpose, and

of the natural impidse or

desire.

DESERT

^,

adj., see above.

Matt. xiv. 13,

Mark

i.

2.

iv. 42.

ix.

45.

Acts

DESIRE

10 {op.),

1-2.

viii. 26.

,,
in

any

well jjleased, delight

the

5.

iniuard

6.

sure.

3.

7.

the act

active volition,

Luke

xxii.

15 (dative)

2.

Rom.

XV. 23, see

(great)
2 Cor. vii. 7,seeD(eaniest)

X. 1.

Cor.

vii.

(vehement.)
Eph. ii. 3, marg.

1.

Phil.

1. 1

i.

Thes.

see

11,

3.

(marg. heart ilt/.)

D
8.

v:iU.

17.

DESIRE (earxest.)
77^;?, a longing for, desire

9.

of the

than the external

object.

10.
after,

to ask as for information, to

question as ivell as supplicate.

DESIRE

vii. 7.

(great.

XV. 23.

(vehement.)

13.

"desire (earnest)."
2 Cor. vii. 11.

^,

aWkoi,

Jtre-

one,

to desire upon,

i.e.

over
ear-

deem worthy, regard

deem proper.

-ing) [verb.]

to ask for something, require,

demand, (expressive of a petition

from an inferior to a sxiperior.)

as suit-

only Mid., to stretch

a thing,

hence,

one's

long

self, 7'each

after

after,

to gain tvith special re-

},

ti-y

to object desired.

to have zeal for,

i.e.
for or
against any person or thing ; to be
zealous towards in a good or bad

sense.
8.

1.

any

(No. 8 tvith eVt, ujjon, ^j?'efxed,) to seek earnestly or con-

ference

(-ED,

of

12. opeyu), to reach or stretch out;

earnest desire.

DESIRE

upon,

eiri,

,,

N^.T.

see

tvith

to seek after, look for, to strive

able,

77^;5,

(NO. 6

and above, besides, to desire

11.

DESIRE

rather

nestly, long for.

2 Cor.

Rom.

mind

tinuously.

earnest desire.

long for; denoting the

aff'ection

to find.

23.
ii.

the heart.)

to fix the desire upon, de-

ffxed,) to ask at or
require, demand.

of willing.

1.

head or

sire earnestly,

or thing; good-plea-

j^^i'son

exhort, comfort or pe7'suade him,

(appealing to the ivill 7-ather than to

[noun.]

a desire, yearning, longing;

denoting the inward passion and
mental desire, thus differing from
ope^t?, wliich combines the notion
of the outward thing desired.

(., a being

tised of every kind of

speaking to tchich is meant to produce a 2Mrtic7dcir effect; to call
some one hither, that he may do
something, or to admonish, encowage,

1.

Luke

15.

to call hither or towards,

to speak to

No.

Ti. 31, 32, 35.

1.

4.

[adj.]

DES
Luke
John
Acts

2 Cor. xii. 6.

xxiii 25.

vlil. 31.

Epli.

ix. 2.

Phil. iv. 17 '"'

iii.

see

6,

21, 28.
xvi. 39.
xviii. 20.
xix. 31.
xxiii. 20.
XXV. 3, 15.
xxviii. 14.

Tim.

1.

Gal.

iv. 27.

Tim. v.
Rev. xvii.

5.

3a. 1
2.

10.

7.

i.

marg. (text,

1,

ii.

L.)

(oui.

1.

greatly.

xiii. 7.

childless.

i.e.

.Luke xiii. 35 (o, G L

Acts i. 20.
ITr A

a widow,

Pass, to be left alone, as

Matt, xxiii. 3S

1.

9.

i.

Tlies.

to leave alone.

to be solitary,

15.

iii.

Col.

38.
xii. 20.

exhort.)
iii.

DESOLATE

1 1

(make.

1 2n.l.

seeD

2 Tim.i.4,

Heb.
.

vi.

11.

xi.

l(i.

gi-eatly.

(3.

John

Rev.

2 Cor. xi. 12.

19.

DESOLATION.

2.

ii.

Rev. xviii.

2.

Jas. iv. 2, seeu to have.

1 Pet. i. 12.

Cor. xiv. 1.
xvi. 12.
[nestly.
ear2 Cor. V. 2, see
1

viii.

(a)

vi. 12, 13.

vii. 46.

3.

iv. 9, 20, 21.

Gal.

14.

DES

18.

xii. 21.
iii.

219

/)//5, a making

V. 15.

ix. 6.

waste,

desolate, a laying

()io)i occ.J

Matt. xxiv. 15.

Mark

Luke

xiii.

14.

xxi. 20.

DESIRE EARNESTLY.

10. 2 Cor, v. 2.

DESOLATION

DESIRE GREATLY.
10. 1 The-s.

iii.

10. 2

0.

make

to

,
,
,
JIatt. xii. 25.

Tim.

i.

4.

(bring to.)

desolate, lay waste.

Luke xL

DESPAIR

DESIRE TO HAVE.
13. Jas. iv.

DESIROUS.
see

Luke

" desire," '^.

iv. 8,

marg. (dtogdha icUhov.t

DESPAIR

3.
2 Cor. xi. 32.

x.xiii. 8.

John

, (,
DESIROUS OF

slightly

for,

same meaning, G L

Tr

ii.

8 (G-^)

AN.)

i.

hdp

of means.

[verb.]

8.

(-ED, -EST, -ING.)

of,

(non

occ.)

to think round about a

turn over in the mind, speculate about ; then, to pass over or
beyond in thought, i.e. to neglect,
overlook, (non occ.)

2.

(be affectionately.)

to have a strong aiFcction

yearning after.

Thes.

re-

to think down upon or

against ani/ one ; hence, to think

1.

(be.)

xvi. 19.

(-ED)

2 Cor.

DESPISE

DESIROUS

Avitlioiit

source, to despair utterly, (non occ.)

2.

2 Cor.

?,

(in.)

be wholly

to

17.

thing.,

3.

^,

to displace, set aside, disre-

gard.

DESIROUS OF VAIN GLORY.

Kci'oSo^os, vain-glorious,

i.e.

full of

empty
5.

pride and ambition.

Gal.

4.

(,

not to hold

DESOLATE.
descrted,

desolate,
j

make

desolate, lay Avastc.

to count, rock-

on, calculate, consider,

7.

to

hoiumr, esteem

to care little for, careless

Aoyt^O/tttti,

(adj.)

ill

about.

waste.

2.

,
-,

to set out at nought, treat

as contemptible.

lightly, dishonour.

v. 20.

6.

1.

(',

i!s,

unto,

\
'

be
counted
for

for,
I

ovoev, nothing.

) nothing.

;
;

DES
1.

Matt.

3. 1

vi. 24.

Lukex. 16 4 times.

1.

XTi.

4.

xviii. 9.

Acts xix. 27.

Rom.

3.

ii. 4.

6.

1.

xi. 22.

5.

4.

xvi. 11.

4.

Gal. iv. 14.

iv. 12.

Heb.

DES

DESTITUTE

to be last, (of j^lace, dignity or

15.
X. 28.

to lack,

xii, 2.

of.

ii.

be behind, hence,
of a thing, come short

fail

5.

Heb.

1.

Jas. ii.
2 Pet. ii. 10.

3.

Jude

xi. 37.

S.

/, ,
DESTROY

(,

DESPISED.

form

(-S.)

contemner,
(nonocc.)

despiser,

Acts

Luke xv. 4, 6, lost to

and to the shepherd ; so the
lost son, Luke
v. 24,) to perish,
come to an end (as bread, John vi.

JVo. 1,)

XV. 24,

27

3.

DESPITE UNTO

luith

is

fast),

dissolve,

i.e.

down,

any thing, spoken of buildings to

throw down, put an end to.

insult towards

X. 29.

4.

DESPITEFUL.

to render inactive, idle

of land to spoil, make useless,

void, abolish,

outrageous in personal insults,

a Avauton insolent man, (occ. 1 Tim.
i.

to loosen,

(No. 2

,
,
,
,
,

(do.)

esp.

(,

7.)

preiixed,) to loosen down, to dissolve, i.e. to disunite the parts of

occ.)

Heb.

i.

sever, break, demolish.

iii. 3.

wanton

Pet.

unbind

i.e.

unfriendly, (noii occ.)

(non

gold,

to loose, loosen (what

without love to good men,

to use

',

2.

2 Tim.

etc. ;

the fold

xiii. 41.

(-s) OF THOSE THAT

ARE GOOD.

ani/ one,

Homer

to destroy.)

chiefly

it

(from "despise,"

of

of death in battle, to
kill
to lose utterly (the subject
being the suiFerer.)
The fundamental thought is not annihilation,
hut ruin, loss, (as sheep. Matt. x. 6
uses

1 Cor. iv. 10.

DESPISER

;,

(-ED, -est.)

to destiOy utterly (stronger

1.

without honour.

DESPISER

(be.)

condition, etc.,) to

vi. 2.

Titus

1.

3.

28.

i.

Tim.

1.

1.

xiv.

1,

1.3.

7.

4.

marg

V. 20.

4.

2.

4 1 Cor.

Thes. iv. 8 'wice^

reject.

xviii. 10.

1.
3.

220

make without

effect.

to destroy, slay, (non occ.)

5.
6.

13.)

(No. 6 ivith e, out of,

destroy utterly, slay

2)refixed,) to

Rom.

i.

30.

vholly, (no7i occ.)

DESPITEFULLY

1,

2.

),

to spoil,

7.

(use.)

to use threats, threaten

to

treat

iii.

G.)

with insult,

to use wanton
with insolence.

(occ.

Pet.

V.

44 (op.)
2.

1.

Acts xiv.

insult,

act

TTopOko), to

9.

Luko

vi. 28.

5.

10.

DESTITUTE.
1.

.(, defraud

2.

AetTTOj,

of,

to dcjjrivc

of.

lay \vaste, ravage, destroy,

1.

to be

thinr/, i.e.
1. 1

Tim.

left,

destitute

vi. 5 (pass.)

forsaken of any
of.

2a. Jas.

ii.

15 Qjart.)

i.

13.)

to take down (as from a

higher place); then, with the idea of
force, to pull down, overthrow, hence,
to conquer, cast down as kings from
their thrones.

to leave, forsake.

(a) Pass,

through,
(No. 7 with
corrupt throughout or
entirely, decay wholly, perish.

8.

(occ. Gal.

Matt.

to bring

jjrefixed,) to

),
1.

corrupt,

into a worse state, deprave, mar.

Matt.

ii.

13.

17

l<:

3.

Matt. xxvi.

V.

1.

X. 28.

1.

xii. 14.

1.

1.

xxi. 41.
xxii. 7.

1.

iii. G.

1.

ix.

1.

61.

xxvii. 20.

3.

1.
.S.

Mark

40.
i. 24.
22.

DES

22

,,

DEV

222

dim. of No.

Acts

\, (occ.

Greek, these words were

same

God,
not certain.
From Homer downwards they answered to the Latin numen, and
denoted general divine agency, the
working of a higher power, and
afterwards it came to denote a desIll the Sejnuagint,
tructive power.
is used in a bad sense,
and in contrast to 9eo^, God, (Dent,
originally the

but in what sense

',
^

xxxii. 17),

the

applied

and

as ^e05,

is

the word

Test,

to evil spirits,

12

V.

throw over,

to

Hence, the
more general term of the enemy, the
enemy of men, because he is the
distiu-bcr of their connection with
(Jod.
The Ilehreiv fau;, iaravus,
Satan, is more generic than the (JreeJc
the former describes his
character s the antagonist and opposer of all good; tlie latter, describes
his nhdion to the saints as their
accuser and calumniator, (occ. 1

3.

Eph.

Tr

Grj

(o/;).

Tim. ii. 26.

Heb. ii. 14.

3.

Jas. ii. 10.

1 Pet. V. 8.

3.

33, 35, 41.

vii. 33.

3.

John iii. '*'""",

Jude 0.

3.

Rev.

3. 1

viii. 2.

12.

2,

xvi. 14 (No. 2,

1.

Tr

1, 42, 40.

DEVIL

G L

i*.)

xviii. 2

1.

38.

i.x.

Tr

(be

possessed of the.)

,,

xii. 0, 12.

3.

i*.)

30, 33, 35.

36, see
Ds

10.

10.

ii.

ix. 20.

2.

(No.

2fl

6, 7.

1.

2.

13.

11.

iii.

iv.

3.

At*.)
6,

Tim.

2.

iv. 2, 3.

iv. 27.
vi.

3. 1

Luke

Cor. x.20twicc,21'"i<;e.

2.

ix. 38.

'/)

2.

X. 38.
xiii. 10.

3.

(No

2,

S.)
XX.

3.

2, 10.

with

(be possessed

a.)

to be under the power of a

(see "DEVIL," JVo. 1,) to be
possessed by a

Matt.

32

ix.

xii. 22.

DEVIL

Mark

DEVIL

DEV^ILS

15, 16, 18.

22.

(he that

John

Matt.

v.

(be VEXED WITH A.)

Matt. XV.

the chief of the

Acts

3.

13.

(.),

14 twicc^lstwicc^

xiii.

3.

3.

vii. 26, 29, 30.

xvi.f)

17.

xi.

18, 10, 20.

2.
xiii. 32.
3. John vi. 70.
vii. 20.
2.
3.
viii. 44.
48, 40, 52.
2.
X. 20, 21.
2.

(be possessed \vith a>)

vi.

Liike

2.

G=:

(o"i.

15, 16, 18, see

which are

Demons, who are his angels, slanderous, calumnious, also as sabsf.,

accuser,
traducer,
calumniator,

(be

T(8thed.)Tr A .)

in their

/35, Diabolas,

2.

a.)

xvii. IS.
XXV. 41.
Mark i. 32, see Ds (be
liosse.5sed with.)
34twict., 39.
iii. 15, 22 twice.

specially

is

(from

xiii. 30.

XV. 22, see

In

angel.

morally destructive
They appear as special
influence.
powers of evil in the service of
Satan (Matt. xii. 26-28) influencing
the physical and psychical life of
human beings. Probably they take
possession of the place that belongs
(spirit), so that the
to the vrvev
action of the personal life is disturbed and deranged, hence. Pint,
and Xen. use the verb 8ta/xoi'aoj, as
meaning "to be deranged." Demoniacal violence essentially differs
from Satanic influence wherein the
man becomes like the demons the
instrument of Satan himself.]

viewed

Matt.

vexed with

xviii. 18.)

[In classic

DEV

ii.vtii a.)

X. 21 (part.)

(be possessed of the.)

viii. 33.

Luke

viii.

36 (ojn.G n.)

hence, accuse, malign.)

/?9,

Tim,
3.

Matt.

iii.

11

2 Tim.

iv. 1, 5, 8, 11.
"24,

see

De

(be

poeeeeee'l of the.)
2.

vii.

16, 28, see Dh

(be iK)88esee<l with.)
31. [eased of the)
viii.

1,

33, see

DK{be

i>o3-

3; Tit.
ix. 32,

see

ii.

3.)
(be

with a.)
33, 34 '"I"

I)Ofee8e<l
2.

22.

iii.

Matt.

2.

X. 8.

2.

xi. 18.

2.

iv.

24

(be possessed with.)

viii. 16, 28.

Mark

Bce

with

demon-like (adj. of "devil,"

Jas.

DEVISE

iii.

15.

(cunningly.)

(-ed)

make wise, i.e. skilful, expert.

Mid., to make wisely, devise skilto

In

(Jreek

writers to deceive.

a.)

24 iwlco, 27, 28.

32.

iVo. 2,) (710)1 occ.)

(a)

(he

i.

DEVILISH.

/;?,

fully or artfully.

xii. 22,
jiosHe-s-sed

DEVILS
Matt.

2 Pot.

i.

10 (ijart.)

pr<fane

DEV

223

,
,
DIE

DEVOTION.

-,

that for which awe is

object of awe or worship,
Thes. ii. 4.)

an

felt,

',

',
,)

root

root

to

,
,

consume by

hence,

take

cat,

ohs.

down

4.

eating.

Mid.,

(a)

Mark
2.

2.

Luke

2.
2.

up.

3.

rieb. X. 27.
1 Pet. V. 8.

h.

2.

Rev.

see

iv. 4,

viii.

1.

vii.

2 Cor. xi. 20.

Gal. V. 15.

xii. 40.

2.

2.

xii. 4.

XX. 47.

2.

XX.

9.

2.

vii. 2.

twice.

T(Sthea.)Tr

UP.

John

vi. 0,
vii. 9.

2.

viii. 13, 34.

xiv. 7, SStimcs^

Oe,

),

2. 1

Cor.

xiii.

4.

2.
2.

iv.

4.

iv. 40.

xv.3, 22, 31,32, 30.

2 Cor. v. 14, 15 twice.
vi.

2.

viii. 21,

taking Avell hold, i.e. carecircumspectly, /ic-'??ci', cautious,

is

right

in.

re-

avoidance through godly

;
fear of doing anything contrary to
right, the fulfilling of all the duties
of piety and humanity, (non occ.)

reverence

for

God which

shews

itself in actions, practical

piety of every kind, the energy of
piety in the life, (just as Xo. 1 is

that piety which governs the soul,)

reverence well and rightly directed,

',

(occ. 2 Pet.

ii.

37,

wrong,
Luke

ii.

ii.

;)

fear before

to

feel

shame,

2.").

2.

Acts

3.

5.
I

Acts xxii. 12 (No.

1,

x. 2, 7.
xiii. 50 (part.)
xvii.l7,seeDpurson
Tr A M.)

DEVOUT PERSON.
3.

do
be

to worship, honour.

viii. 2.
2.

awe or

(esp. tvhen about to

hence,

ashamed
Acts

32,

Acts

xvii. 17(i)art.)

PhiL

2.

2.

v. 10.

Heb.

xi. 1

15.

vii.

iii.

(,

(,
G^.)

2.

viii. 9, 11.

2.

ix. 6.

2.

xiv. 13.
xvi. 3.

2.

37.

i.x.

i.

22 (part.)

Rev.

CdKt aim//,

XIX. 1.
xxi. 23 twice.

Acts

vii. S.

ix. 27.

X. 28.

32.

with.

iv. 14.

2.

2.

see

21.

2.

3.

(Sth ed.)

i.

Thes.

2.

14(No.2,Gty
Tr S.)

xviii.

2.

2.

50,

24 twi<e, 33.

xii.

DIE WITH.
(No. 2 with

(,

together

with, j)refj.red,) to die with

Mark

xiv. 31.

DIFFER

8,
,

9.)

to feel

God and man

1.

Gf^L

t<.)

26,

ligion

1.

2,

T(8the(l.)Tr
51.

careful as to what

1.

24

21 (No.

DEVOUT.

!l.

vii. 3,

iw'cc.

xi. 16.

,
fully,

Mark

2.

(\,

viii. 11.

ix. 15.

2.

'31,

vi. 50..

Matt.

Tr
8.

15.

32, 30.

DEVOUR
2.

7 '"',
10 twice.

V. 6.

2.

2.

^<'.)

30 (<v'

211,

Rom.

2.

D with.

xiv. 31, see

XX. 2S 1st.
28 ^" (j,',

XV. 30.

16 (0//I.G

Ai*.)
46, 48.
20, 21, 22.

xvi 22

2.

Acts xxi. 13.

XXV. 11.

5.

(ft;).),

xii. Ii,

Luke

2.

10.

44

ix.

xi. 5.

2.

1.)

put to

destruction.

xxii. 24, 27.

XX vi. 35.

Mark

No.

be

to

2je)-sons,

Matt. XV. 4

to swallow up.
up.
JIatt. xiii. 4, see
xxiii. 14 (('/).)
2.
2.

of

unto,

j et's,

swallow

as by drinkincj, same as Eng.,

to destroy wholly, cause

death.
f,

drink down,

one's life,

to perish, (see "uESTnoY,"

food

to eat down, swallow down,

to

end

to

to

to finish,

i.e.

hence,

to die.

ohs.

devour.

3.

end,

to

complete

from
from

become

to die out, expire,

quite dead.

2.

(-ETH, -ED.)

(strengthened form,
Aor. 2,
;

-ing) [verb.]

be dying of natural

as of violent death.

(occ. 2

3.

DEVOUR

-,

(-ED,

to die,

1.

go<l tlid one Korshippeth.

Acts xvii. 23, marg.

DIF

2 Cor.

Rom
Pliil.

ii.
i.

one,

(things that) [margin.]

the things,

see "

any

vii. 3.

dift'ering, (from
DIFFER (from).")

are more ejccellent.

things that are exedtenl.

IS. text, things (hat

10, text,

DIFFER FROM.

through bear
asunder, carry diftercnt ways, hence,
to be different from.
1

to bear or carry

Cor. XV. 41.

Gal.

iv. 1.

DIF

DIFFER

224

(make

DIL

See

to.)

to separate throughout, i.e.,

completely, hence, to make

DIGNITY

"u-holly,

a distinction, to separate one from

another.

DIFFERENCE

^,

1.

^,

distinguish.

1 Coi. iv. 7, niarg.

the act of dividing, division,

1
2

Rom.

22

2.

distinction,

12.

.\.

1.

(occ.

Cor. xii.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN

(a)

5.

(ge.)
2.

2.

1.

distinct.

1.

a. 1

Cor.

M.

vii.

DIFFERENCE

(make

a.)

to separate tliroughoiit or one

from another,

hence, to

command

Pet.

recognition.

10.

ii.

,
,

Jude

8.

DILIGENCE.

speed, haste, as manifested in

labtmr

Avork,

effort,

occu-

pation.

be divided, hence, be

to

Pass.,

equivalent to

earnestness, diligence, zeal.

to part, divide into parts.

recorjnition,

a putting or dra\ving asun-

1.

appearance, aspect ivhich

commands

i.'<

Cor. xiv. 7.)

iii.

sense, then,

to

separation,

der,

(-IES.)

opinion, notion; seeming; reputation, renown gen. in an honourable

splendour, brilliance, glory ; manifestation of glory ; angelic powers

stich as
so far (ts their appcai^ance

(-s.)

(occ. 1 Cor. xii. 4, 6.)

2.

also, deep.

make

a dis-

liUke
Horn.

xii. 58.

1.

neb.

xii. 8.

1.

2 Pet.

2 Cor. -iii. 7.
2 Tim.iv.'.),21, seeD(do.)

make

.').

i.

10, see
1.

Jude

DILIGENCE
to

vi. 11.

(give

3.

(do.)

haste, esp. as maniearnestness

fested in diligence,

to

do the utmost.

tinction.
(a) 3IvI. (tad

Ptt.'fs.

2 Tim.

to separate one's

iv. 0, 21.

self from.
a.

Jiule 22.

DILIGENCE
2 Pet.

DIFFERENCE
Acts XV.

Rom.

a.

xiv. 23,

marg.

different,

i.e.

Rom.

DIG
oprrrrro),

xii.

(text, doubt.)

'?,

diverse, various.

up

DILIGENT.
speedy, hasty,

(IS

soil,

(non

2 Cor.

,
Titus

),
Matt

1.

xxi.

XXV.

1.

Mark

as shnvn in

iii.

viii.

17.)

22tl.

(ni;.)

" DILIGEN'CE (do)."

12.
|

2 Put.

iii.

II.

to dig, delve ((thin to Eng.

scooj)),
1.

viii.

DILIGENT
see

occ.)

2.

esj->.

earnest diligence, (occ. 2 Cor.

(-ED.)

to dig, dig

(give.)

10.

a.)

0.

DIFFERING.

<;,
1.

(put

i.

(non

See

occ.)
2.

.t:?.

18.

xii. I.

T,uko vi

2.

xiii. 8.

2.

xvi.

3.

1.

-),

dig

down under,

undermine, hence, ovcrtlirow.

Rom.

xi. 3.

DILIGENTLY.
7'(5(, sj)eedily, i.e,
eagerly, (occ. Titus

DIG DOWN.
to

also, kotj.owicr.

48.

to

2.
3.

;,

^,
occ.

iii.

earnestly,

13.)

accurately, assiduously.
carefully, sedulously, (no}i

DIL

4.

(Dat. of

,)

superficial

with the

fist,

opposition to
(Oft seems to he a transin

tiioroughly,

i.e.

225

DIS

DISALLOW.

lation of TTVKxn}), (lion occ.)

Matt.

see inquire,

7,

ii.

8.

2.

10, see inquire.

4.
3.

Mark
Luke

1.

Hob.

marg.(to.\t

vii. 3,

XV. 8.

Pet

lb, see search.

',

2.

(very.)

haps, because

Tim.

i.

17

ivas in chains.)

(.

1,

L Tr

DINE

or

loss.

vii.
1.

1.'..

iii.

,
,
,

to breakfast,

i.e.

to take

any

xi. 37.

John

xxi. 12, 15.

(a) to

DINNER.

17.

18.

(-ED, -ixG.)

examine

carefully, investi-

to determine, .judge

theri,

(-ED, -ETII.)

of,

immerse
to dye, (non occ.)
1 loith Iv, in,

also to

Matt. xvi.

Matt. xxvi.

Mark
Luke

23.

1.

[TTrAR)

xiv. 20.
xvi. 24.

1.

26

2.

Rev. xiz.

DIRECT

S"

(No. l.Lm

1.

'!.
23,

(text, doubt.)

11.

[2

Cor.

ii.

15

Heb.

14.
"ic<,

m.irg.

(tt'xt, j,ul,j<.)
2.

xi. 29.

V. 14.

DISCERNER.
in judging, capable of
judging, (non occ.)

KpiTiKQs,

skilled

Heb.

iv. 12.

[verb.]

to guide straight

iii.

tUlii.

1.

marg

13.

Thee.

iii.

DISCERNING.

towards or

upon any thing; then, r/en. to guide,

direct, (occ. Luke i. 79.)
Thee.

discrimina-

to assay, examine, prove or

3.

Luke xii. 5(5

Rom. xiv.

prefixed)
(part.)

>

test metals to see if they are pure,

hence, to scrutinize.

to dip into, (non occ.)

!

for

adistinguish
discrimin ating,

3.

.John xiii. 26
(No.2,L.)

to

to hesitate, waver.

toAvards, for,

iiiir,

4.

to dip, to

self, i.e.

i.e.

contend with

then, to

',

( -n-pos,

3.-;

2a.

(No.

separate one's self from,

one's

2.

DIP

,
tinge,

1.

iii.

to separate or divide up,

contend with,

1.

Gal.

to separate throughout, i.e.

wholly, completely, hence, to distinguish, make a distinction.

2.

',

2.

Heb. TiL

DISCERN

dinner, but which tvas cdivays taken

before the principcd meal of the day,
supper, (no7i occ.)
which tvas
Luke xi. 38.
Matt. xxii. 4.
Luke ziv. 12.

2.

2.

gate,

breakfast, i.e. a Jewish meal

which corresponded sometimes to
our breakfast, sometimes to our

2.

Gal.

estimate.

;
1.

Mark

13.)

hence, to

(-ED.)

meal before the principal one or

supper, (non occ.)
Luke

hence, set aside,

abrogate.
to deprive of authority, hence,

1.

(7<ci/

(-ETIL)
;

a displacement, a setting aside.

a being inferior, a worse state,

as comjxired with a former or better
state ; hence, diminution, (occ. 1
Cor. vi. 7.)
Rom. xi. 12, marg.

to displace

DISANNULLING.

W.)

DIMINISHING.

^,

to cancel, (occ. Matt. xv. 6

the more speedily (comp.

of Xo. 1) \vith more dihgeiice (than
could have been looked for; or 2)er2

DISANNUL
1.

i.e.

DILIGENTLY

4, 7.

ii.

(very.)

see seek.
15, see look.

xi. 0,
xii.

[oft.)

Pet.

1.

Acts xviii. 25.

2Tim.i. IT, see
Titus iii. 13.

2.

on scrutiny or

to reject

trial.

5,

marg. guidt.

/)(9,

distinguishing,

clearly, discriminating.
1

Cor. xii. 10.

diaceniing

1.

DIS
DISCIPLE

226

(-S.)

Li N.T.
a learner, pupil.
more than this, a follower, one who
follows both the teacher and the

teaching, (non occ.)

2.

(non

1.

Matt.

V. 1.

a female pupil or disciple,

occ.)

DIS

DISCIPLES
(a)

Matt,

(make) [margin.]

x.xviii.

10 (text, Uoxh.)

, ,
,
DIS

3.

227

complaint, softendurance),

inc^icnt

ness (^i/so/j^j.A;

BIS

),

DISMISS

(/iO)l occ.)

4.

Acts XV.

want of strength or

cnci-gy,

infinnitv, feebleness.
Matt.

3.

1.

iv. 23.

3.

ix. 35.

1.

3.

X.

2.

Murk

1.

1.

1.

34.

i.

Luke

4.

\cU

xxviii.

17.

1.

ix. 1.

John

4 {up.
Acte xix. 1:;.
V.

ded,

',

2.

to have,

-;<,

'(

to

ill

want

1.

ness in ascertaining or regarding

the rule of duty, (no)i occ.)

sti-ength, be infirm,

1.

3.5.

See

hence, the sin of omission, careless-

or in evil

weak, feeble.
M.itt. xiv.

John

Mark

i.

32.

2.

Rora.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

Eph.

vi.

6,marg

iii.

fi.

ii.

2.

marg. (text,

iv. 11,

vnbdi'f.)

unbelief.

unwilling to be persuaded,
refusing belief and obedience, con-

,
-?,

tumacious,

to ci\use to disappear, to put

vi.

Col.
llcb.

1.

DISOBEDIENT.

out of sight, hide.

2.
III.

3.

DISH.

(lio/i

occ.)

not to suffer one's self to bo

persuaded, to refuse belief
unsubjected, insul>ordin-

ate, refractory.

a dish or bowl for eatinri or

1.

drinking.
23.

2.

2.

-';,

DISFIGURE.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

X. H.

nLOOD.

also,

Matt.

V. 10.

ii.

V.

1.

1.

that which has been heard

amiss, neglect or refusal to hear,

casc.

xix. 41.

unwillingness to be persuaunbelief that opposes

the f/rnrioiis purpose of God.

.',

(be.)

to be

badly,

(part)

wilful

itself to

!.

2.

DISEASED

.30

DISOBEDIENCE.

iv. 40.
vi.

1,

24.

1.

(-ED.)

to let loose from, to let go.

Mark

xiv. 20.

Luke

1".

Acts xxvi.

1.

Rom.

i.

10.

30.

X. 21 (paxt.)

2.

DISHONESTY.

1.

2 Tim,

1.

Titus

Rom.

2.

XV. 31, marg. (text,

bilUi'e tiot.)

2.

Pet.

iii.

0.

i.

iii.

i.

10.

iii.

3.

(be.)
Heb.

2. 1

2.

Tim.

1.

DISOBEDIENT

(\\'],

shame, the sense of disgrace,

the feeling of shame which attends
the performance nf a dishonourable

i.

1.

xi. 31.

Pet.

ii.

7, 8.

20.

deed, a/so, the feeling wliich deters

one from bad conduct tlirough fear

of being put to shame.
2 Cor.

DISHONOUR

[noim.]
2.

dishonoiir, disgrace, insult.

2 Cor. vi. 8.
2 Tim. ji. 20.

ix. 21.

Cor. XV.

4.3.

DISHONOUR

/^,

contemn.

to

down shame

l)ring

upon.
1.

the ranks as of
place, out of
order; hrnrc, neglectful of duties.

John
Rom.

in one's

(adv. of above,) disorderly.

Tho-s. V. 14,

1.

2.

2The.

iii.

marg. (text, unniti/.)

0, 11.

DISORDERLY

(nF.ii.WE one's self.)

uTUKTiw, to leave or break the ranks

(.y)ok-e)i of snlditrx,) to be out of
one's place,

be undisciplined,

orderly.

viii. 49.
i.

not

-eth.)

(-F..ST,

to dishonour, esteem liLrhtly,

'),
1.

<;, not keeping

.wldiers,

Rom.
1

DISORDERLY.
1.

iv. 2, niarg. sliami.

24 (mid.)

1.

Horn. ii. 23.

Cor. xl. 4,

2. 1

5.

2 The,

ill.

7.

dis-

DIS

228

DISPENSATION.

Luke

or dispensation, (oce.

xvi. 2,

to will,

dkXoi,

2.

administration of a household,
Active?!/ the administrative activity
of the owner or the steward passively, that Avhich is administered,
(Eng. economy,) i.e. a disposition
or arrangement of things, a scheme

DIS

1.

Acts

xTiii. 27 (part.)

Eph.
Col.

10.

i.

iii.

2.

1 Cor. x. 27.

DISPOSITION.
a disposing in order, a^ of troops;

arrangement,

(occ.

Rom.

DISPERSE

abroad

2.

25.

i.

1.

(-ED.)

to scatter throughout,
;

i.e.

2.

disperse abroad.

,
,

8,

s.)

a distinguishing, a discerning clearly, a deciding.

a joint-inquiry, and so a

disputation.

Act.s V. 37.
2.

Acts XV. 2

1.

Rom.

(o)/i.

(-, a

Gr:)

^>

DISPERSE

xiii 2.)

vii. 53.

DISPUTATION

8(-,

indi-

Acts

Eph.

and

cating a less formal piirjyose.

3,4.)
1 Cor. ix. 17.

naturcd

denoting the

active volition or imjndse,

ABROAD.

(-ED)

xiv. 1,

(lit.

marg. (with

eij,

seelinr/,

v.nto,

G L

Tr

for,) to judr/e,

for a decidinf;.)

to scatter, disperse.

DISPUTE
1.

DISPERSED

0,

(the.)

the

dispersion,

James

(occ.

Pet.

entiles, i.e.

lay scattered.

to reckon through, comor settle an account, hence,

to take account of, consider.

,
plete

where the Je^vs

1,)

Jolui

(i

2.

the countries

1,

i.

i.

/,

discuss, dispute.

the dispersion of

the,

and

(-ED, -ING.)

speak to and for, i.e.

alternately, to converse with; hence,

SiaAeyo/>iai, to

.3.

vii. 35.

to seek or examine Avith, at

the same time or together; to seek

jointly, he7ice, dispute.

(,

DISPLEASED
to be

(be much.)

much

pained (in body

2.

Mark

ix. 33.

Acts

1.

34.

1.

1.

Acts

vi. 9, see

3.

ix. 20.

witli.

xvii. 17.
xix. S, !>.

1.

Rom.

xxiv. 12.
ix. 20,see

witli.

1. .IiuIl

or mind.)
Mark

x.

41.

1 I,

DISPUTE AVITH.

DISPLEASED

Matt. xxi.

(be sore.)

1.

15.

2.

(bi:

moiii.v.)

to

.3.

answer again,

re-

1.

Acte

2.

Rom.

vi. 0.
ix. 20,

marg. (text,

n'pji/

opahml.)

to fight fiercely; liave a liot

quarrel.
xii.

^.

see fdjove,

ply against.

DISPLEASED WITH

Acte

(),

20 (part.), with tl/xi, tobe (m.irg. hm, nn

lioHUt mind inteTi'linff wortrilli.)

(,

DISPUTER.
a j<mit inciuiror; hence, dis-

jniter, (noti occ.)

DISPOSED
1.

1 Cor.

/3/'/,

to wish; denoting the in-

ward

from

tvhich the

to

purpose,

active

predisposition
will proceeds

i.

20.

(be.)

after deliberation and considei-ation

of all the circnnutances of the case.

DISPUTING

1.

;,

(-s)

[noun.]

balancing or adjustment

of accoiuits, computation
reflection, cogitation.

hence,

DIS
2.

-L;,

joint

;i

229

iiujuiiy

hence,

dispiitiition.
1.

Acts XV.

7.

I'liil.

-'.

marg.

(&,

(/(tlliii(/soiUvj'

GL

incessant (xuan-ellings,

R)

Tr

DISTRESS

[noun.]

avayKi], force, constraint, necessity.

1.

2.

a crowding into a narrow

straitness of place, want of

room, hence, straits, anguish.

',

to play the

with any one; (non

Gal.

ii.

-,

a meeting, joining or holdingtogether, a shutting up, hetice,

3.

hypocrite

occ.)

metaph. distress,

13.

DISSENSION.

-5, a setting up, erection

hence,

upstand, uproar; of a
insurrection

controversy

sense,

vii. 35.

place,

DISSEMBLE WITH.

motion,

Cor.

(I'KKVKiwK.)

useless disputation, idle

occupation.
vi. 5,

(without.)

without draAving from

around, hence, without distraction,
(non occ.)

DISPUTINGS

ITiin.

DISTRACTION

/-?,

14.

ii.

DIS

an

comin a private

idea

icith

1.

Luke

xxi. 23.

2.

Kom.

'.

1.

-1

2 Cor. vi.

2.

xii.

2.

35.

1 Thes.

1.

\itii.

ii.

4.)

4.

10.

iii.

7.

Cor. vii.ae.mai-g.iit'CM-

),

DISTRESS

place,

of

(-ED.)

crowd

to

narrow
In

into

to straiten as to room.

N.T. Pass, to be straightened, not

able to tuni one's self, distressed,
(occ. 2 Cor. vi. 12.)

violence.
Acts XV.

(occ. 2 Cor.

xxiii. 7, 10.

2 Cor.

iv. 8.

DISSIMULATION.
vTrOKpuri'i,

response

answer,

as

DISTRIBUTE

of an

oracle; yen. stage-playing, tlic play-

1.

ing a part, hence, Emj. hypocrisy.

Gal.

ii.

as through various hands,

to another ; deal out.

l:J.

2.

DISSIMULATION

(the above ivith

crisy.

nei/alive,

3.

without hypo-

4.

u,

xii.

2.

tlie
2.

1.
4.

j)arts

2 Cor. V.

;,

ivJiat
;

is

John
Rom.

1.

2 Pet.

iii.

(&6,

any

to share iu

Cor. viL 17.

2 Cor. X. 13.
Epk iv. 26, iuarg.(text,

3. 1

R)

3.

2.

gUe.)

xii. 13.

ring,

readily

(ke.vdv to.)

imparting or sha-

(non occ)

11, 12.

Tim.

vi.

18.

DISTRIBUTION.

a drawing asunder, separation,

distinction, (occ. Koni. iii. 22; x.

person

act of partaking with

participation.

any

^/)/, division, parting, separation.

2.
Cor. xiv.

>/5,

1.

12.)

22

xviii.
vi. 11.

DhSTRlBUTE
disunite

DISTINCTION.

any person,

fast

of anything, destroy.

1.

to be partaker of or in

of buildiiajs,

down,

loosen

to

Luke
i/ii;;

(-ED.)

loose,

KwraAroj,

i.e.

common.

loosen
bound; dissolve, sever
demolish.
to

one,

to part, to divide into parts.

'J.

DISSOLVE

,
',

any

to give with

thing with

1.

1.

8,

from one

to share Avith, communicate.

(witholt.)

jirejixed,) unfeigned,

(-ed, -ing.)

88), to give or deliver through,

1.

2 Cor.

U.

13.

2.

Uelx

ii.

4, nuurg.(text,i7(/'<.)

DIS

DISTRIBUTION

^.

,
(,

DIV

to take apart, to separate

to take as into parts, distribute.

3.

(make.)

" DISTRIBUTE,"

see

230

1.

to split, rend, cleave as ivood

4.

to divide

auy hole or

gTound,

dug

pit

Matt.

(occ.

Matt. sv. 14.

Luke

1.

1.

Matt.

1.

Mark

2.

1.

a.Tim. iii. 0.
Titus iii. 3.

1.

Heb.

iv. 40.

1.

1.

iv. 24.

34.

1.

Liike

'1.

Act;) xi.t.

J as.

DIVERS MANNERS

ii.

many

-xxii.

i.

17.

',

GLTTr A

DIVIDE

(ix.)

to

(occ.

G,)

(ron

1.

Cor.

',

xxi. 11.

DIVERSE.

Cor.

2.

straight,

to

divide
i.

ii.

15.

DIVIDED

(be.)

to become.
19.

DIVIDER.

;,

a divider, a disti'il)utor, (non

occ.)

Luke

sort,

fojip.

to

species.)
|

2. 1

8,

(-ED, -ETII, -ING.)

( Xo.

thii/f/

with

with
tliiougli,
prefixed,) to divide through, i.e.,
completely ; divide up.
1

(<,

act of partition, division or

separation, (occ. Heb. ii. 4.)

Cor. xiL 28, marg. kliid.

to part, divide into parts.

Mid.,

xii. 14.

DIVIDING ASUNDER.

5.)

class,

to divide an!/
another, to share with.

(a)

W.)

occ.)

ix. 10.

xii.

xii. 4, 0.

(rightly.)

cut

Rev. xvi.

DIVERSITY.

DIVIDE

1.

see

plac

genus,

dtio<i,

see

right (as sacrificicd victims, Lev.

act of taking apart, division

into parts, hence, distriVjution,

yevus,

2.

19,

diflerent, unlike, variou.s.

.$,
as

15,

ii.

by lot to each.
( tiihcyil completely,

to give

("p.),

2 Tim.

Heb.

1.

Tim.

(rightly.)
Rev. xvi.
(be.)

DIVIDE BY LOT.

Luke

Ijy

],(',

.'.

(in.)

places,
7.

xii. 11.

3.

auotlicr,

Matt. xxiv.

sao

xiii. 19,

xiv. 4.
4.
xxiii. 7.
1. 1 Cor. i. 13.

4.

ways.

DIVERS PLACES

?,

Acts

4.

52, 53.
XV. 12.

down, throughout; Hse(l\ from

(JistributirelU, fi'om one to f place

or deliver through

25'wice^ 20..

xii. 1:5.

Acts xiLL 19

in

to limit

xiii. 9.

1.

y.

<;,

xii.

iii.

9>

la.-

one, a certain one.

viii. 3.

i.

Mutt.

Mark

24, 25, 26.

vi. 41.
1.
2. Luke xi. 17, 18.
1.

some

one,

by bounds,

apart, separate.

lot.

party-coloured.

A'arious, divers.
Tt9,

oft"

(as through various hands from one

to another in succession,) hence, to
deal out.

Metapk. changing colour, and hence,

2.

violence.

8)., to give

6.
vi. :5'

DIVERS.
variegated,

loitli

to set off

oiF; to set

in the

11.)

xii.

75,

1.

5.

DITCH.

Heb.

iv. 12.

DIVINATION.
]']n(j.

the

Python. In Greek mythology

or dragon

name of a serpent

slain Ijy Apollo, then, transftrred to

Apollo

himself

diviners,

spoken
held to

later,

sootlisayers,

inspired by the pythian Apollo.

of
be

They

DIV

231

to

repeatedly,

No.

of the })8.
Acts xvi. \, niarg. python.

action as continued

or not yet completed

triloqiiists, the spirit heing

to

an

do, expressing

have been a kind of veusupposed

speak from the belli/ ivithout motion

appear

DO

what one does

more like

continually,

2.

to do, to practice, esp. expressiug it as continued or not com-

2.

,
,

do repeatedly, contimiedly,

pleted, to

DIVINE.

hahitucdly.

what

divine,

?to?,

God's,

esj).

proceeds ft-om Him, (occ. with

Acts xvii. 29.)
2 Pot.

,
,

wliat
art.,

4.

DIVINE SERVICE.

service,

and

1.

es/).

the service of God,

Heb.

1.

Luke
John

division,

2.

vii. 4:3.

disunion,

{ot,i.

Gr:

1.

xi.l8,marg.,si'Ai.<//i.

X. 19.

1.

xii. 25,

1 Cor.

marg.(text,

10.

DIVORCE

10.

[verb.]

to let loose from, let go free.

defection, desertion, depar-

Matt.

i.

Jlaik

x. 4.

(writing of.)

1.

M.ark

1.

done

12 *i', 21, 22,

1.

to fonn, produce,
to make,
sjaoken of an external act as manifes-

TToicoj,

1.

2ii.

twice.

1.

"2*<",3,12,0.

ix. 13, 30.

X. 17. 35, 30, 51.

xi.3(nj>.),5,28"'<:,
20, 33.

xii

1.

XV.

1.
1.

xxv.40>wl<:<',45''l

ted in the production of something

tangible, completed action; also, to

xxvi. 12,

1.3,

XX vii. 22, 23.

xxviii. 15.
Mark ii. 24, 25.
iii. 8, 35.

9.

xiv. 7, S, 0.
8, 12, 14.

1.

Luke

40.

i.

ii.

ui.

27
10,11,12,14,10.

iv. 2.3.

v.

xxui.3Silmo.,5, 23.
xxiv. 40.

i.e.

8 (ajh), 12,'13,

37.

-'''

XX. 5. 1.5, 32.

xxi. li, 15, 21, 23,

(be.)]

v. 19, 20, 32.

vii.

24, 27, 31, 30, 40.

[Sec also,

in

to.

vi. 5, 20, 30.

2 '',

xiii. 28, 41, 58.

xvii. 12.
.wiii. 35.
xix. 10.

-ETU, -IXO, DID.)

a view

1.

xii.

V. 31.

in reference to,

of, Avith

1.

viii.

(-ST, -TH,

to,

31"

vii.

24.

DO

Ace.

24.

(part.), 3

Matt.

down,

for future use.

v.lll,44,4(>, 47"'i<:evi. 1,

DIVORCEMENT

up

towards.

7rp6<;,

consideration

ture from.
i

put or lay

to
to lay

(a) u'ith Gen. in faA'our of.

(c) tvith

7.

(b) with Oat. at, close by.

Slatt. V. 32.

DIVORCEMENT.

Matt. xix.

through to an end,

to bear or bring to any

place or person ; to bring ueixi, to
offer, present to any one.

9.

schigiii.)

xvi. 17.
i.

deposit

LTTiAti.)

ix. le.

Rom.

to l)ring

,
,

Cor.iu.'S,m:irg niclluH

1.

1.

be

It is cdso spoken
ing or possession.
of what one is said to have with
himself, i.e. of any condition Qr
circumstances in which one is, etc.

(itO)i

1.

2.

to

to have, to hold, i.e. to have

and hold, implying continued hold-

8.

xii. 01.

i.e.

operative, (Eng. energy,)

7.

dissension, discord, (occ.

occ.)

?,.

be in work,

to

to finish.

Gal. V. 20.)

3.

be the cause or

of.

7,

G.
(-S.)

that which is cloA'en or

cleft,
division,
a
rent.
schism.

)({/.

effect,

down,

out, bring about,

to produce effect, operate.

ix. 1.

DIVISION.

,
<,

accomplish,

eftective,

parted,

2.

3, ivith

work

evepyeo),

.5.

( Xo.

prefixed,) to
avithor

ivith relation to sacrifice.

form by labour, perform.

to

3, i.

i.

to vork, to laboiu'; trails.

3.

O*')
2

vi.

I.

2"' (o)Ji.

Tr

A.)

19.

\0(iKTtata,tnlcli
forth,

Q.
11,

R)
23.

20,

27,

31 ', 33, 40, 47, 49.

DO
Luke

vii. i, see
8 twice.

(for.

39 twice.

viii. 21,

4.

(',
L

finish off, jjcrfect,

xvi. 3, 4,

ii.

1.

xiii. 3,

2.

4 2ud.
Cor. V. 2 (No.

1.

5, 11, 18, 23.

2 twice.
20.

iii.

39,

ix. 17.

1.

23.
X. 31 twice.
xi. 24, 25.

xui.

45,

see

10,

away.

54.

19 4 times, 20,

T. 16,

29

2.

2.

1.

21.
iv. 29, 34,

2,

!'

xvi.

Cor.

14, 28, 38.

4 twice, 17,

vi. 2, 6,

v. 10.

1.

viii. 10.

10.

xi. 8.

16,18,37(part.)

1.

iii.

xiii. 7, 12, 15twice,

1.

V.

'

XV.

3 times,

21,

24 twice.

1.

Gal.

1.

Eph.

5.

1.

xxii. 9.

DO

Aoy(J9, [is]

HAVE

TO.)

our account.

marg.

Ileb. iv.

ocer-

l;i.

21.

Phil.

13, see
14.

1.

22, 37.

1.

17.

13.

ii.

Col.

17, 23

iii.

1.

8.'

viii.

Thes.

G-ii"i,

13, 36.

2 Tlies.
1

11, 24.
4 twice.

V. 21.

Tim.

1.

1.
1.

TitUH iii. 5.
Philem. 14,

Heb.

iv. 5.

iv.

have

4, 17.

vi. 3.

1.

vii. 27.

1.

X. 7, 9,

28.

1.

30.

1.

ixi.

1.

21,

23,

33 (with

1.

1 Pet.

1.

i.

\,

ixii.

10

wlc,
lit.

10 do.)

XXV.
xivi.

(ijart.)

marg. (text,

0.
9.

10.

20, 20, 31.

i.
28, .32 1"
32 and-

26
about

1.
1.

17, 20.

ii.

iii.

John

2.

6.

i.

1.

7,

10

5 and.

1.

6, 10.

1.

1.

1, 31".
3 2n(l.

Rov.

ii.

(.),

22.

I't-

3.

3.

5.

13, 14.
xix. 10, ) see
it
xxii.9, Jnot(thoti)
xiii.

1.

U(r,p.)

-//,

(s.)

teaching, jiroccss of teaching,

thing taught

11. 12.
10 (part.), 19.

).

John

1.

22.

ii.

iii.

2 Pet.

1.
1.

17 twice.

DOCTRINE

8, 12, 19.

ii.

iv. 15,

1.

46.

See also, law.

30

xiii. 6, 17, 19, 21.

Jas.

ii.

(we

work.)

xix. 14.

(-S.)

to.)

1.

xvii. 7.

DOCTOR

a teacher, instructor.
Luke

see

29.

18.

wrong.

21.

3,

36.

xvL

?,

If.

i.

xii. 8.

XV.

[iiiterrog.], wit,

iii.

Tim.

xi. 30.

xiv. 11,15, 27.

li

See also, can, could, despite, diligence,

DONE, EVIL, GOOD, HAVE, MURDER, SACRIFICE, SERVICE, VIOLENCE, VELL, WHAT

iv. 10.

1.
1.
1,

6 ((.), 33, 39.

(can.)

11.

1.
Ii.

ix.ui"(nj,.),

23-'nrt.

.3.

2.

ii.

D (can.)
7//XU'

13,

2.

iv. 7, 10, 28.

Rom.

(thou.

not, (tvith Imperative.

vi. 6, 8, 9.

14.

(with

4.

come.

xxi. 25.

20.

iii

iv. 9.

X.

vii.

NOT

IT

vi. 10.

1.

vi.

Luke

.3.

2.

ii.

any

to present, offer, furnish,

Rev. xix. 10

XX. 30.

iii.

(for...)

10, 12.

xvii. 4.
xviii. 35.
xix. 24.

i.

i.e.

21.

2.

3.

Acta

DO

Pliil. iv. IS

to hold beside or near to

10.

ii.

4.

2.

2.

see

7 twice.

xiii.

1.

1.

xvi.

1.

supply.

done

12.

1.

3.

14

5,

11, 14.

to be strong, prevail.

DO

17, see

12

iii.

away.
2.

17, 27 twice.
xiv. 10,
13, 14, 31.

see

7,

21, 31 twice, 51.

viii. 28, 29, 38, 39,
40, 41, 44.
ix. 16, 26, 31, 33.
I. 25, 37, 38, 41.
li. 45, 46, 47 twice.
xii.

1.

(be.)
11,
14,

^.

Gal. v. 17.

one,

iii.

away

30, 36.
vii. 3,

1.

XV. 29.

1.
1.

29 2" J.

(,

3.

1.

use-

';

(can.)

"do,"

TToteoj, see

2 Cor.

DO
1.

Cor. vi. IS.

vii. 36,37, 3S twice.

1.

10.

1st

i<.)

4.

22, 31, 34 {ap.)

41.

1 Cor. xiii

1.

1.

07

2iicl.

20.
21.
ix. 11.
X. 5.
xii. 20.

4.

idle,

useless

do away.

hence, abolish,

l3t.

19

2.

Trm

23.
xxiii. 15.

John

1.

1.

make

less; then, to

17.

2.

8.

xvii. 9, 10 3 times.
xviii. 18, 41.
xix. 4S.
XX. 2, 8, 13, 15.
xxii. 19.

Karapyew, to render inactive,

19

1.

.)

15 1st.
15 2"<1.
15 3rd,

1.

4,17,18,43,47.
32

xiii.

Tr

vii.

X. 25, 28, 37.

xi. 42.

DO AWAY.

8, 12.

iii.

ii. 10,15, 43,54(ai3.)

DOC

14.

1.
1.

4.
2.

xii.

232

esp.

the act.

teaching, esp. the substance or result of teaching.

5, word

spoken, the sijcaking ((ts

a means, not as a, product); the

word its that which is spoken, i.e.,
an exposition or account which one
(jives.

DOE
Matt.

vii. 28.

XV.

Cor. xiv.

Eph.

9.

xxii. 33.
i.
22, 27.

Tim.

6, 13, 10.
V. 17.

xii. 38.

vi. 1, 3.

Acts

.\iii.

xvii.

1.

Rom.

Kord.

2.

Rev.

2 John
15, 24.

ii.

1.

9 'wicc, 10.

2.

see

2 Cor.

Jude

7;;5,

maker

Eng. poet,

(-S.)

of (oiy thinrj (hence,

maker of a poem,)

i.e.

10, marg. (text,

8.

1.

21.

1.

2.5.

Rev.

DOMINION OVER

DOER

11.

ii.

ffoferninent.)

24.

i.

V.

2 Pet.

over
2.

,
Eph.

Col. i. 16.
1 Pet. iv. 11.

1.

(liave.)

2.

xiii. 9.

xvi. 17

1.

2.

9,

vii. 1,

vi. 1, mai-g.

111.

vi. 17.

action,

in

lordship, dominion.

over (have.)

7, 10.

ii

Heb.

12.

power

strength,

KvpLOT-ijs,

vi.

9.

i.

Matt. XX. 25, see D over

(exercise.)
Rom.
14, see D

3.

Titu3

28.

V.

1.

iii.

2.

10, 10.

iv. 2.

42.

ii.

1.

1.

2 Tim.

32.
IG, 17.
xviii. 19.

1.

1.

DOMINION.

force, superiority.

xi. 18.

Luke iv.
John vii.

1.

see teach.

10.
iv. 1.

vii. 7.

1.

6, 26.

3,

i.

DON

iv. 14.

iv. 2.

1.

233

Col. iL 22.

xvi. 12.

Mark

to lord

it

i.

6.

(exercise.)

against,

i.e.

over

one.
Matt. XX.

25.

then gen. a doer, (occ. Acts xvii. 28.)

Rom.
Jas.

13.
22, 23, 25

ii,

i.

See

iv.

,
,

DOMINION OVER

also, evil.

1.

2.

a dog,

(s.)

dogs.

^jZ.

KvvapLov, (dim. of No. 1,) a little dog,

a puppy.
1.

Matt.

2.

vii. 0.

Mark

27, 28.

vii.

Rev. xxii.

1.

1.

1.

I'hil. iii.

1.

2 Pet.

22.

15.

DOING
see

^.

"DO,"

1.

ipyov, a

work

labour, business, em-

ployment, deed,
Rom.

ii.

act, action.
1.2 Cor.

7.
|

2. Jas.

i.

25,

vi.

9 (i)art.)

(in.)
1.1 Tim.

DOING

(i3E

Matt. xxi. 42
xii. 11,

See

come
lit

iv. 10.

one's.)

to begin to be,

istence,

viii. 11 (inf.)

marg. (text, deed.)

DOING

Mark

of state,

etc.

i. 22.
vi. 10.

come

into ex-

to pass.

j'l-oiii

the

Lord

also, evil,

23

xviii. 19, 31

3.

-,

vii. 1.

DONE

xi. 20, 21,

[noun.]

a making, a doing.

Gia

viii. 13.

7;5,

1.

14

special agency

Matt.

2.

3.

ii.

vi. 9,

this

well.

came

toiiass.

2 Cor.

(so

be

i.

24.

IT.)

to begin to be, implying origin,

either from natural causes or through

T^iike xvi. 21.

1.

XV. 20, 27.

2.

to be lord over an?/ peison or

thing.

Rom.

DOG

(have.)

'i

'

result

and change

DOO

DOOR.
door,

(Germ,

thiu,

En<j. door,) luliether of

house.
Matt.

vi.

(>.

tians.

Duar,

a room or a

Metaph. access, opportunity.

234

DOU

DOU

235

DOUBTFUL.

/?,

See

computation, adjustment of
accounts; hence, consideration, suspeuse, i.e. doubts.
Rom.

xiv.

DOUBT

Acts xxv.

to

lift

up ou

\.

Li

air.

DOWN

3.

marg.

xii. 29,

(be of.)

high, raise in the

DRAG

net.

Mid. or Pass, to be

live in careful suspense.

John

DOUBTING.
1

8.

DRAGON.
a large kind of

i.e.

(so

from

called

his sight

very acute.) In the N.T. it

is nsed for " that old sei-pent," the
Devil.

S.

ii.

xxi.

a dragon,

which

"DOUBTFUL."
Tim.

(-ING.)

to draw, drag, haul, trail along 5

serpent,

see

TO.

See, FOOT, helL.

fluctuating in mind (as if floating

in the air,) (nan occ.)

Luke

reap, rux, sink, sit, step.

TAKE, THROW, THRUST, TREAD,
TURN.

^'UT,

20, text, doubi.

DOUBTFUL MIND

0),

^^^>

(be in) [margin.]

"DOUBT," No.

aTTopkojiai, see

bow, mtiXG, cast, come, cut,

drive, fall, get, go, haxg, hew,
kn^el, lay, let, lie, press, pull, pullalso,

^^^'

STOOP,

marg. douOlfal thoughts,

1,

DRA

ReT.

is

xii. 3, 4, 7 iw'cc, o, 13,

13

;,

XX.

17

xiji.

04

jj

^^.^

2.

DOUBTLESS.

and

denotes the definiteness

certainty

of an expression, serving to strengthen

or limit the word to which it is
attached ; truly, indeed.
2 Cor.

',

yea, yet.

also,

Mark

17.

DOVE.
1.

Mark
Luke

iii.

xxi. 12.

John

i.

10.

iii.

10.

l^

,
ek,

See also, turtle.

net ; esp.

and sometimes

DOWN.
with Gen.

(b) with Ace.

2.
2.

Matt.

la.

the

(prep.) down.

KUTtt,
(a)

4.

down

down

towards.

5.

draw out as wine or

to draw,

(a)

(adv.) downwards.

i.e

water.

to pull.

Mid. to draw out, pull out, as a

sivord.

iv. 0.

2.

Luke

iv. 0.

viii. 32.

la.Mark

u'ith violence.

to bale out hilge water, bale

ship, (from uvtXos, a hold,)

hence,

from.

-EW, -AWN.)

to draw, drag, or trail along as

with the notion of farce

,
a

vii. 19.

morally ; also, to draw to

a certain jxjint.
(older form of same word.)

22.
32.
14, 10.

Maik

V. 4, 9.

to draw, esp. implying a certain attraction meiitally or

xi. 15.

ii.

Luke

DRAW (-,

Luke

3.

1.

1.

X. 10.

i.

occ.)

Matt. XV.

2.

24.)

ii.

^latt.

(non

a hunting, catching.
In X. T.
spoken only of fishing, a draught,

1.

a dove or pigeon, (occ.

latrine,

(iypa,

(non
See

DRAUGHT.
"draught,"

occ.)
2.

{up.)

xii. 1

1.

v.

13.

viii.

la.
I

2.

John

Acts XX.

9.

33.

vui.O(f'^).), 8 (<'}>)

G.

from

to

draw from,

the scabbard.

pull away, as

,
,

7.

DRA

236

make

to cav;se to ascend,

go up to a higher place ; to draw a

shij) up 0)1 land, (non occ.)

9.

begin to be, to become.

advance

out

Acts

xi. 10,

xiii. 48.

xxvi, 51.

Jlark

vi.

to

1.

tlie shore.

xiv. 47.

see
on.
out.

9.

up.

D out.

hear

to

aloft,

a)
D away.

(8thed.)TrA

9.

iv. 7.

11, see
vi.

see

\.''{,
L

3.

Luke xxiii. 50,

John ii 8, see

urge

of,

xiv. 111.
xvi. 10.
27, see
xvii. 0.

3.

see

53,

with.

2.

Heb.

10.

44.

32.
xviii. 10.
xii.

xxi. 6, 11.
Acts V. 37, see

,
-,

away.

3.

D back.
D back

(of them who.)

Jas. i. 14, see
(be.)

D away

2.

XX. 30, see

xxi. 30.
X. 38, see
30, see

ii.

Rev.

G.

xii. 4.

DRAW AWAY.

1.

2.

see

"DRAW," No.

},

6.

to revolt,

see "

John

ii.

OUT.

draw," No.

draw," No.

S.

4.

5a.

2.

Acts xvi. 27

DRAW TO THE

SHORE.

to bring a ship to anchor at

or near a place ; to cast anchor,

land at, (non occ.)
Mark

,
,

vi. 53.

DRAW
(No. 5 with

draw up,

to

UP.

(to.)

dravn.

is

i.e.

xiv. 5.)

xi. 10.

DRAW WITH
what

up, prefixed,)

Luke

(occ.

Acts

bucket,
water.

away from,
make to revolt,

any vessel

In N.T. a
drawing

for

from

detach

or

DRAW
see "

trans, to place

cause to depart, to

move

,
1.

to cause to go towards,

cause to
forward.

Matt.

1.

2.

ytVo/iat, to

8.

DRE

(mother.
2.

Acts

v. 37.

1.

DRAWN AWAY

Acts xx.

See

30.

(Xo.
to

near,

DREAM

2. ivith Ik, out of, prebe drawn out, hurried

14 (liart.)

i.

2.

{;,

a
(non

esp.

DRAW

what comes

BACK.

1.

to send or

SKjht.

1.

Matt.

i.

ii.

20.

1.

12, 13, 19, 22.

2.

^-,DREAM

X. 38.

(of

tuem who.)

a shrinking or drawing back

binder cover, or oiU of sight.

Heb.

X.

39 (Gen.)

DRAW

ON.

to gi'ow light upon, to

(occ.

Matt, xxviii.

Luke

19.

(from No.

2,

above,) (occ. Jiide 8, jxirt.)

Acts

DRAW BACK

Matt, xxvii.
Acta ii. 17.

[verb.]

to dream,

Heb.

in sleep, hence,

a dream, a mere dream, (non occ.)

draw under or
back,
hi N.T. Mid. to draw one's
self Imck esp. under cover, out of

upon,

and

significant or jit'oi^hetic dream,

occ.)

Jas.

[noun.]

(-s)

ovap, a dream, a vision in sleep as

opp. to a ivaking vision

away.

^,

xN'igh.

(be.)
1.

fixed,)

also,

xxiii. 50.

1.)

dawn

(,

ii.

17.

DREAMER

,
heiice,

(filthy.)

to dream.
Jude

8 (part.)

DRESSED

(m:.)

to be a
to till, cultivate,
Heb. vL

7.

(a farmer),
(71071 occ.)

DRE

237

DRI

DRINK

DRESSER.

DRIED

DRINK

(he) [margin.]

to be dried

(m.\ke.)

Rev. xiv.

See, VINEYARD.

hence, dried

xip,

(MAKE

Cor.

8.

to.)

xii. 13.

as frmts.
Rev. xiv. 15, text, he

1.

DRINK

ripr.

See

[noun.]

75,

drink,

(non
John
Rom.

1.
1.

thing drunk,

the

i.e.

vi. 55.

xiv. 17.

1.

Cor. x. 4.

2.

Heb.

ix. 10.

2.

DRINK
i.e.

(Ixx. for l!:ty,

Judges

(strong.)

Lev.

xiii.

Dent. xxix.
(non occ.)

i.

15.

throw out, cast out

(-ETH, -ING, -ANK, -UNK, -UNKEN.)

to drink,

(non

occ.)
;

>

1.
2.

Mark
Luke

12.

i.

viii. 29.

2.

Jas.

John
Acts

. out
[nf.

[margin.]

to beat or drive back.

-L (.
A
Tr

to

bed ox drive on

t^.)

.
;

DRIVE OUT.

ii. 15, with

xviii. 16.

4.

(,

to thrust out, expel, (occ. Acts

xxvii. 39.)

.\cts vii. 45.

DRINK
Matt. XX. 22

twice,

23.

Mark

x.

DRIVE UP AND DOWN.

OF.
SS'wioo, no twice.

to bear or carry tln-ough a jilace,

to carry different ways, boar asunder, to l)c borne hither and thither.

DRINK WITH.

.\cts xxvii. 27 (l^irt

to drink together witli another,

(non

DRIVE

ore.)

/7riStS(u/ii,togive^
)

DRINK

(oivK.)

to let drink, to give to drink.

Matt. XXV.

3.5,

37, 42

DRINK
Matt

1.
3.
iii.

away from, (non

urge on, as

occ.)

Gal. V. 7, text,

25 (am. G=:
(8th eil.) N), 31
xi. IS, 10
xxiv. 38, 49
xxvi. 27, 29 'w'cc, 49
xxvii. 34 twice.
Mark ii. 10 (om.
xiv.
ti)
28, 25 '"'cc
xv. 23 (om.
Tr A S)
xvi. 18 (.).
Luke i. 15 v. 30, 33, 39
vii. 33, 34
xii. 19, 29, 45
X. 7
xiii. 26
xvii. 8'icc,
xxii. 18, 30.
27, 28
John iv. 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 vi.
vii. 37
xviii. 11.
53, 54, 56
Acts ix. 9 xxiii. 12, 21.
Rom. xiv. 21. 1 Cor. ix. 4
x. 4 twicc_ 7^ 2I, 31
xi.
22, 25, 26, 27. 28, 29 twice
32.
Heb. vi. 7. Rev.
xiv. 10
xvi.
xviii. 3.
vi.

u'ith

etc.

DRIVE BACK

DRINK
Matt.

x.

(-ETH, -EN, -AVE, -OVE.)

to

aweXavvo), to drive

liquor,

4, 7, 14,)

Luke

3.

any intoxicating

1.

16, text, ilrink-.

to drive, impel,

horses,

sikerd,

ii.

the idea of force.

1. COl.ii.l6,marg.ci'/'iii/iii!f/.

2.

,
,
DRIVE

occ.)

[margin.]

"drink," No.

see

Col.

/,

drunk, water.

DRINKING

a drinking, (the action being

incomplete and in prorfress,) (non

occ.)
2.

also,

X. 42.
xxiii. 48.

Rom.

to bear or

carry,

(^

20.

ix. 41.

XV. 36.

[lior]

up,

along (or before it,

i.e. the wind.)
:

DRIVEN
to be

giving

we were being bdrne

Aote xxvii.
xii.

(give TO.)
Mark

\\\),(her<\part.),

(let.)
lit.

bomo

15.

(he.)

or carried.

Acte xxvii.

17.

DRO

238

DUL

DUM
1.

,
?,

239

DWELL

DUMB.
(with reference

A'oiceless,

to house, (from

',

occ.)

speechless, (ivith reference to

(non

the irords,)

3.

3.

Matt.

3.
.3.

2.

Mark

bc

to

,
,

XV. 30, 31.

1.

vii. 37.
2.5.

DUNG

i.

20 (part.)
t'.

Acts

viii. 32.

Cor.

1.

1.

2 Pet.

ii.

10.

Matt.

from

(proh.

iii.

Luke

xiii.

to sit down,

23.

ii.

Luke

1.

seeD in.
see 1) round

21,

C5,

i.

Cor.

John

[verb.]

2 Cor.
2.

Eph.

2.

Col.

xiii. 4.

2.

Acts

xiv. 35.)

(,

20 (with

i.

G LTTr A

flltlni,

instead of

ii.

DUNGHILL.

see

iv. 16,

3-5.

Rom.

DUST.
dust raised or stirred up,
a cloud of dust, (7ion occ.)

Koi'iopros,

(?,)

duff out and

heap of earth, hence, gen.
thrown
loose earth, (non occ.)

earth,

.s

Matt.
.Mark

X. 14.

1.

Lukex.

2.

vi. 11.

1.

Acts

1.

Luke

ix. 5.

1.

1.

2.

Rev.

Rev.

2.

at.

29

13 iw^ce.

ii.

10.

vi.

10.

vii. 15.
xi. 10 twice.

2.
4.
4.

xii. 12.

xiii. 6.

2.

14 twice.

S, 12,

xiv.

2.

TTr A

(Xo.
.)

17, 18,20.

2.

xvii. S.

0.

4.

xxi.

5,

G L

3.

(No.

2, ivith iv, in,

2 Pet.

ii.

DWELL

S.

AT.

" DWELL," NO.

see

ii.

11.

14

ix. 32, .35

DWELL

prefixed,)

among.

2.

xix. IT

IN.

xxii. 23.

),

( IVhen not two sepai-ate word.t.

(be one's.)
2.

2.

2.

xiii. 27.

xiii. 51.

to owe, to be indebted,
pecuniary sense.

L\ike xvii. 10.

17, 24.

iii.

4.

xvii. 24, 26.

Acta

xviii. 19.

),

7,

iii.

xix. 10, see I) in

at.
17, see
xxii. 12.
xxviii. 16, 30.

,
1.

DUTY

see D with
8, see 1) .among.

ii.

John

2.

in.

to dwell fixedly in or

2.

dicillinif,

II

iii.

DAVELL AMONG.

See, DARE.

1.

D in.

iv.l2,13,1.5,16<w'

vii. 2, 4 twici, 4,s.

vii.

in.

(,

tip

John

ix. 22.

viii.

DURST.

lake

See, WHILE.

Jas. iv. 5

3.

DURE.

2.

3.

32, 35, see

xiv.

16, see

2.

3.

xi.

9.

TrA^*.)

see
in.
14, see 1) at.

'.>,

in.

.)

17.

19.

Pet.
2 Pet.

be.)

full of dung,

in.

Tim. vi. 16.

2 Tim. i. 5, 14, see
Heb. xi. 9.

1.

30, marg. abhle.

40.
vi. 56.
xiv. 10, 17.

see

16.

vi. 16, see

iii.
i.

iii.

14.

-,

iii.

vii. 12, 13.

1.

xi. 26.

i.

li.

11

viii.
1

about.

to cast, throw.

dunghill.
Luke

Rom.

13.

xxiii.

8 (pi.)

sit.

1.

xxi. 35.

DUNG

stay, aliide, (Lat.

xii. 45.

dunghill, dung, manure, (occ.

Luke

to tent, to pitch tent; hence,

to dwell in tents, to tabernacle.

xii. 2.

[noun.]
refuse,

,(,
,
,
(

(71071

manes.)

xi. 14

iv.

drcgs,

Phil.

),

to remain,

jikvio,

Luke

3.

.(., to cast to the dogs.)

a house,)

( Xo. 1 7i<ith
down,
preUxed,) to settle down in a fixed
dwelling
to dwell fixedly in a

as to the tonr/ue,

silent, still.
4.

ix. 32, 33.

xii. 22 twice.

-LT, -ING.)

place.

ix. 17,

2.

-,

KUTOLKeo),

ore.)

blunted, lame

dumb.

4.

(-F.ST,

to inhabit, hold as one's abode,

otKeo;,

to

the voice.)

2.

DWE

e.yi.

Rom. xv.

27.

in

.<ier

"DWELL," Xo.

iiOiKCd), to inhabit,

1.

.Matt xxiii.

1.

AcU

ii.

21.

9.

1.

iv.

1.

xix. 10.

16.

2.

dwell

in.

Rom.

viii.

2.

Cor

S.

2.

OoL

2.

2 Tim.

U ..

vi. 16.

ui. 10.
i.

6.

14.

DWE

DWELL ROUND ABOUT.

TrepioLKiw, to dwell

,
,

240

EAR

DWELLING PLACE

around, (no7i occ.)

to be a wanderer, to have no

home, (non

to dwell together with,

a putting to death, (expressive

of the action c(s incom]dete and in

stranger.

also,

see

Acts

i.

2.

19 (part.)

DWELLER
Acts

(-s.)

" dwell," Xo.

ii.

IN.

DYING

Heb.

a dwelling, habitation, (7W7i

xi. 21 (part.)

DYING
Luke

v. 3.

(lie a.)

viii. 42.

EAR
(Part of

J ;^, by,

an
Germ,

ov<;,

1/, one,
V aVa, apiece, severally.
j

each, every one,

(i.e.

of any

number separately.)
3.

become

to die out, expire,

EACH.

ii.

(be a.)

[noun.]

/ tV, one,

9,

19.)

iv.

2 Cor. iv. 10.

quite dead, (the termination denoting

the beginning or 2>rogress of the act.)

9 (part.)

Mark

Acts

Rom.

progress,) (occ.

DWELLER AT

occ.)

2.

[noun.]

veKpiocTLs,

See

,
2.

Cor. iv. 11.

DYING

DWELLING

occ.)

(iion

occ. J

wander without a

fixed residence,

DWELL WITH.

no

(have

CERTAIN.)

1.

Rev.

iv. 8 (oy) )

i?i

ohr,

Eng.

^.

(dim. of
of the cars.

the body.)

(Lat. auris,

p/. ears,

car,

(-S.)

ear.)

1^ an ear,

esp.

one

hearing, (the action of hearing

or passively,) hence, that

actively

vhich hears, and that Avhich

heard hearing, report.

EACH ONE,
2.

Luke

xiii. 15

Matt.

Luke

X. 27.
xi. 15.
xiii. 0,

e,

l.";

16,

43.

See

also,

other.

xiv. K.
xxii. .')0.
51.
.Tolin xviii. 10
little ear,

xxviii. 14, ee
(come to one's.)

20.

Acts

vii. 51, 57.

xi. 22.

iv. 0, 23.

xvii. 20.

vii. 10, 33.

xxviii. 27 '^'c

(-S.)
viii.

d(T<k, an eagle, (Ixx. for lU^j.)

(The

eagle

feeds only upon fresh or living prey,)

occ.)

Matt. xxiv. 28.

Luke

xvii. !7.

Rev.

18.

xiv. 47
little rar,

A t4.)
Luke
i.

(non

(,

TTr A.)

xxvi. 51.

Mark

EAGLE

is

(/,

f!

I,

Horn.

Tr

Ki.

xii.

2
44.

xi. 8.

Cor. ii.9.

Tim.

.J.ia.

I'et.

iv. 21.

viii. 8.

Rev.

iv.

3, 4.

v. 4.
iii.

ii.

12.

7, 11, 17, 20.

iv. 7.

ix. 44.

iii.

xii. 14.

xii. 3.

xiii. 0.

6, 13, 22.

EAR

EARS

heard,

( i~i,

to
'J

to be
DC

pctss.
jyass.

i.e.
I.e.

f
\

borne

be

witness of before.

(.

come to the cars of.

him
ocrore mm
come before

( officially,

upon,

Mutt, xiviii. 14

241

(come to one's.)

t hear,

))

instead of tVi,

bu,

'

if).

bi

(lit.

htard

Tr.)

EAR

Sec

care,

also,

EARNESTLY.
prayer.)
ni:ug.

J.T'. V. IT,

See

also, itchino.

to

(9,

Acti

2S

iv.

EARNESTLY ON
Acts lU

'

Luke

Mark

xii. 1.

Luke vL

23.

li

EARNESTLY
1.

iKTivitTTtpov, (comp. of

Tpa,

before,

more

morn (from

early in the day, at

intently.
Luke

Germ, fruh, Sans.

cf.

(lock.)

xxii. S6.

1.

EARLY.

(look.)

12.

EARNESTLY ITON

EAR OF CORN
Matt.

xxiii. 1

corn.)

an car of grain.
Mark

(behold.)

the eyes intently upon.

fi.^

EAR.
(Of

his prayiny.

1)1

EARNESTLY
^{,

expectation,

a prayer to God, (here Dnt.

ivith

lit.

desire,
heed.

xxii

(more.)
intently.)

44.

prah-na, forenoon.)

2.

3.

-,

early, the

,
Xo.

2,)

See

morning.

(a poetic and later form of

early, spoken of the early

ruin, (noil ore

4.

the

Mark

l.ukc xxiv.

xtj.

;,

ihif stin,

man, and

ortor,

liortor,^

orior,

occ.)

1.

siuiK;

time of

Lat.

(non

2.

{ajt)

John

22(9((5.

meaning,

EARTH.
1.

at dav-brcak (from

risinfr

hfast

contend, covet, desire.

also,

J r

A K)

1.
I

3.

xviii. 28

Tr

iLX.

1.

Jas. V.

(No.

1,

t*.)

-/, the earth, land, (i.e. one rf (he

four element.'i), the earth as opposed
to heaven or to tvater, the earth,
ground as cultivated
( pres. part. Pass, of
stf (aider the earth,

inhabit,)

to

(prop,

and

7.

-^,

aji

later,

inhabited by the Greeks

by Greeks and Eomans,)

Roman

the

hence,

Empire, hence,

farther, the wliolc earth considered

Sec

MORNING.

also.

EARNEST

us inbabitcd,
" WoliLD "
Matt.

[noun.]

earnest-money, caution-money

X
xi

deposited in case ff purchasers, pen.

a pledge, { Ileh. p:;^i'), (non occ.)

Cor

22

Ejih.

FARXEST{^i\\.)

;),

xii

'j,

LT(Sthc.J)Tr

35

25.

42

40,
'.<

ixi'

XM. 19

>"''

XXV.

IJi.

axvii.
xxviii.

M.tik

20

M.

VI

24.
4>.

21

XI
xii

4!'.

xvi

17.

XMii
xxi

2.

27, 31.

I
I

31

SI, oe.

S.

25.

MM. 35.

I.
1.

5, etc.,

(\

)
1

xiiii 44.iii.irg
xxiv. 5
JoJiii iii. 31 '"'"
x)l. M2.

1.

:i ^'"(np)
IX 3
xili.

1.

28. 31 1,

ii.

14.

1.

18

yl"^

6;

i.

Lukeii.

10.

II.

Heb.

xvii. 'li.
xviii. 18 '', 19
XX 111. 9. 3i.
XXIV. MO, M.S.

IV

text, itii/.ou/ cWii)i3('<(Tfi'i>c, adv. of alxjve,

18,

11.

:<4.

.\ui.

[margin.]

extended, stretched out, funce,

1. 13.

10,
ti.

X)i

14

earnest, assiduous.
Acts

V
vi.

ix

cf.

. ts

xvii. 4.
.

I.

i.

10.

hi.

iv. 24,

!unj

EAR
Acts

.T^. V.
2 Pet.

1.

vii. 49.
viii. 33.

1.

ix. 4, 8.

1. 1

...

(om.G-IrA.X

12

xiii. 47.

4,

6,

10.

S''':^,

10,

xxvi. 14.
Rom. ix.17, 23.

1.

viii. 5, 7. 13.

1.

ix.

x. 18.

1.
1,

X. 2, 5, 6, 8.
xi .1, 6, 10i*'<;c,ii;.

1.

xii

Cor. viii.

5.

28

(.)

9.

vi.

3.

PliiL

1.

lul",eeeE(in.)

ii.

2nd_

10

xvi. 1,

1.

aee

1.

Tr

(under the.)
Col.

i.

Tim.

Heb

1.

18.

1.

xvii.

20, see

1.

12,

4.

xi.M3, 38.
xii. 25, 26*l

2.

G L

2'l,

5,

8,

xviii. 1, 3 twi",

9,

1.

xix.

1.

XX.

xxi. 1 twice, 24."

EARTH

2, 19.

8, 9, 11.

XVI.

EARTHY.

?,

(from

dug

cartli

or

thrown

up,)

of rubbish, of earth or clay,

(non

occ.)
1

Cor. XV. 47,48, 49.

EASE

(take.)

Here, Mid. to take

this rest, enjoy repose, (the idea of
previous toil and anxiety being fromthe Sabbath.)

(IN.)

earth, extant in tlie

upon the

inent.)
Phil.

10.

ii.

EARTH

,,

Luke

(OF.)

earthenware,

like

day, earthen,

made

of

(occ. 2 Cor. iv. 20.)

2 Tiui

EARTH

li.

20.

xii. 19.

EASED

?,

2 Cor.

(from

Phil.

viii. 13.

down, and

ii.

10

EASIER.

iVKOTr(i>T(po<;,

(comp.

by labour more
(non

Matt.

EARTHEN.
Tim.

ii.

made

of

Majk

is

and
done

requiring

easily,

Mark
Luke

ix. 5.

x.*25.
v. 23.

xvi. ir

9.

li.

well,

occ.)

xix. 24.

earthenware,

like

tv,

of

labour,) that which

less labour,

clay, (occ. 2

(be.)

a letting loose, relaxation, hciice,

rest, (not from labour, but a relaxation of the strain of endurance, etc.)

(UNDER THE.)

the earth, ground, akin to

Lat. humi,) under-ground, subterraneous.

9,

I8'wi.

to cease or desist'from labour,

(constantly used in
of resting on

earth.

viii. 5.

xi.]3twice,i9(oni.G-)

xiii. 8.

xxi. 11.

13,

11. 23, 24.

vi. 7.

tViyfto?,

Mark
Luke

13,

18.

(of.)

10.

i.

'JO.

ii.

4.

12,

9,

14 {om.
W.)

2, 5.

16,

iii.

4,

Acts xvi. 26.

Rev. vi. 12.

7.

xxvii. 54.
xxviii. 2.

14 twite.
xiv. 3, 6, 7, i:.,
10 twice, 18, 19 '*>ce.

la.

iv.

3i',

1,

xiii. 8, 11,

].

10.

i.

ili.

24.)
Matt. xxiv.

let".

XV. 47.
Ejih.

motion, shaking, shock; (from

move to and fro wi(k idea
ofshock^ concussion, (occ. Matt. viii.

13, 15.
vii. 1 3 imce, 2, 3.

X. 26,

10.

t.

EARTHQUAKE,

), to

5, 7.

vi.

1.

xiv. 15.
xvii. 24T55.
xxii. 22.

EAS

7, 10, 13.

V. 3 i^i",
13 twite.

1:

xi. 6.

i.

ft,

V. S(uJ).)

iii.

1.

7, 12, 17, 18.

."),

iii.

John

Rev.

1.

242

Luke

xviii. 25.

20.)

2 Cor. iv. 7.

EASILY.

EARTHLY.
',
(

2.

of,

y?i, see

tTTiyttos,

"EARTH," No.

1,

of the
earth.

upon the earth, terrestrial.

EAST.
es-p. of the sun, hence,
the east, (same as Anglo Saxon, rf.

ivo-Toki],
1.

2 Cor. v.

Jolin ill 31.

2.

Jas.

lii.

provoked.

See, beset,

i;

1.

a rising,

east, easter, yeast), (occ.

EARTHLY THINGS.

Matt

ii.

1, 2, 9.

Rev.

viii 11.

xxiv.

'iT.

Luke

Rev. xxi.

Luke

xiii 29.
vii.

2, \

xvi. 12,
13.

with

L 78.)

/,

oj th< sun.

'

EAS

243

EAi^TER

(from JIth. HDC, a sparing, immunity, hence, HDD, to spare, pass

EAT

Matt. xxvi. 26
eniing (be.)

Mark

xii

Matt.

to

(a
a root

(,

form of

found in nearly all cognate languages,

Lat. edo, esse ; Eng.
Sanscr. ad

Germ,

gnaw, chew

to

to

to eat raw
;
dressed food

fruits, nuts,

,
,
(non

occ.)

to

taste,

ycvo/iat,

4.

/\,

almonds,

to

eat,

and

(akin

to

of anything

,
s

partake

of,

V
1.

,
^

with oihtrs

xi.

xii.

1.

1.

2
-

i.e.

share.

to

on

18,

22.

24

with.

26,

23.

xvii 18

20

"ice.

27

xxii. 8,

15,

34.

XV. 32.
ii. 12, see
with.
CoL ii. 16, see eating.
2 Thee, iii 8.
Gal.

up.

iv. 31, 92.

(aught

33, eee

2 Tim.

to.)

Heb.

5.

10, 12.
17.

ii.

xiii. 10.

Jas. V. 2, see

26, 31 ti,
49, 50, 51. 52, .53.
54 (jvirt. witli
art.)
56, r.r.
68 I"

moth.

3.

Rev. u.

7, 14.

17 ((m.

2a
TrA

582nd.

'

N.)

up.

lOind.

l.i.

{j>ith.

xvii. 16.

lo(ictli(r

xix. 18.

xviii. 28.

eec

EAT ENOUGH.
to sate, to satisfy

drink, (ocC.

full,

2i,

iwici.

16.

30.

4,

G L

27,

33.

iiiv.*43.
John ii. 17, see

Acts L

(oTti.

R)

Tr

16.

xiii.

2i,

21, eee eating.

xiii. 26.
xiv. 1, 15.
XV. 2, see

vL

27.

xi. 20.

45.

25,

31.

22, 20.

xii. 19,

i.e.

Cor.

or^

vithfood

iv. 8.)

Mid. to be sated, to be
and drunk

to have eaten

Acts xxvii, SS (part

have

2
1

1.

2.

4 tirtc*.

3.

xiv. 16, 20.

21.
XV. 2.

2
I

2.

Q"

Matt XV.

[margin.]

to gather together in a heap

(ofthiv/js.)
In N.T. of 'persons, to

meet together, (non

i.

4. t.oxt, ht

occ.)

aufmbUd

topHher.

20.

27.

32. 37.
8b.

XXIV.

EAT TOGETHER WITH

Act*
1

19. 19.

to

pasture.

to have.

ix. 11.

2.

X. 3. 7.

ix. 13, 17.

X. 7, 8.

,
,
,
set

to eat

the act of feeding;'

spreading, (occ.Johnx. 'J)

7 twfct.

36.

enough.

M.itt. vi. 2S, 31.

2.

13.
ix. 4.

34.

to tako a part or share

OTfia/^A.a feeding, eating,

10.

vii. 33,

(a) Pass, or

Lat. voro.

up, swallow.)

G.

8 '"ic.

3X

twice.

and

eatage, food,

21, 23.
Cor. V. 11, see
witli.
viii. 4, see eating

iv. 2.

metaph. to

hence,

experience.

5.

whicJi

In N.T. gen. to eat,

as dessert.)
feast,

etc.,

(hence,

cra/:Jcing,

3 time, 20.

23,

to eat fruits, nuts, beans,

require

13.

ess-cn, etc.)

vegetables as opp.

182nd, 22l"(part)
22 2nd (cmi. G L

_4

3 4UinM_

2 2nd,

xiv. 12, 14.

18" (part.)

root

to

38, see
enouph.
xiv. 21

'.

xi. 14.

vi. 1.

to consume, live upon,

drink,)

xjtvii. 35.

ii.)

v. 30,

to eat, (as opp.

strengthened

21.

Tib

TTrA H)

-ING, ATE.)

olsoleie

14.
'

30.

3ti.

-,

(-EN,

(an

3.

xjciii. 12.

28.

1,2, 8.
9 (on. G :;

furnishing
some tenses for Ko. 2,) to eat, devour,
both of men and leasts, eat up. This
word seems
differ from No. 2 in
idea, in that it combines both eating
and drinking, while No. 2 is to eat
as opp. to drinking, (whence prob.
Lat. fauces, the jaws.)

eat

ST'",

viii.

Luke

EAT

2.

23, see vortn..

XX. 11 {part )
xii.

vii. 2, 3, 4, 0,

with.

7.

42, 44.

EASY.

see

3,

i.

CO.

V. 43.

apt for use, useful ; of things,

better for any use, good to be done
or be borne.

1.

13. 1.
41, )

20 >'<:.

4.

10

x.

vi. 31, 3C,

ix. 9.

16<ici.

iii.

46.

ii.

C.

i.

ii.

over,) the feast of the Passover.

Acts

Acts

see

'',

2 2nd.

.18.

49.

xxvi 17
-l (part )

-.

EAT
(No.

2,

^firfd.) to cat

John

ii.

17.

UP.

down, prtdown, swallow down.

with

Rev.

x. 9, 10.

EAT

244

EAT WITH.

'^,

(No. 2 with

together with,
with any one;

crvv,

EFF

1.

Act?

1.

ix, 31.

Cor.

viii. 1.

XV.

Acts

2.

Acts X 41

1.

Gal.

xi. 3.

Cor. V.

EDIFY

n.

(aught

No.

see '*eaT,"

John

to.)

-!

EATING

,
,

1.

1.

4.

CoL

,
,

1.

2,

2. 1

Luke

21 (Tnf

xi.

12, 25.

f,,

'/,
make

(-.s.)

the mouth.

oye-brow

the

ir. 29,

marg

(text,

TWO EDGES

then,

brow of a
1

Luke xxi

1.

Ileb

to be

See

also,

1.

(WITH.)

2.

12

two.

(pase

v. 4

(make of none.)

to deprive of authoritv, (occ.

17.)

iii.

',

to

make cmpfy.

XV

6.

Mark wi

\!.
1

Oi.l

iii

vain, fruitless.
1

Rom

iv.

Cor.

14.

1'

EDIFICATION.

EFFECT

..

2 Cor.

XV 2

Cor. xiv.

/'.

X. S.
xiii,

3.

EDIFY

(-ED,

-,

con.sti-uct.

Rom.

EFi'ECT

\\

to

tktir jAacts.

iii

"EDIFICATION."

(T.\KE NONE.)

out

of.

rti

things

Mitaph. to

from

fad.

and thm
Metaph.

EFFECTUAL.
at \
i.e.

ciKT^ic.

workvn;;, (occ. Hcb.

construct.)
see

(makf. witiiolt.;

I.

-inc.)

to build a house,

to build,

10

(Identical
to build up, establi.ih.
^v.lth Lat. eedeS; a house, and fio, to

^.

In

Karap'/iw, see above.

2.

the act or process of building

J
a house, a building up.
only metaphorically.

g^n.

idle,

abolish.

void,

xi. 34.

Gal.

ii

unemployed or

done away.

Gal

hill.

2. M.-itf

1.

rann

24.

3.

4(8oEl2evir.ed.

(deccme of no.)

useless,

J'a.^s.

from

doublc-mouthcd.
liev

Rom

{,

age^nmt of a hnusthold,
.?'"LTTr.\^)(No IG--)

to Icave

EFFECT

Tira
1624)

EFFECT

EDGE

brov.)

'/,

2. 1

2 Cor xi: IC.

Kj.h. iv. 12, 16.
29. marg, (cUfij

Cor.

Cor xiv

16, ra.arg. (text, meat.)

ii.

likeness of shape, the

2.

"EDIFICATION."

Cor. viii

EDIFYING.
tee

1.
].

1.

i\^o,

'

10

edifying.

[noun.]

"eat/'

xiv

building a house, (the action

incomplete and in progi-es^.J Metaph.

2.

the act of eating.

see

2.

building up.

,
,

Matt. xxvi. 26 (part.)

r^s, of the,

Rom.

2.

EATING

m.irg (text,

TO, the things,

(be.;

tV^iw, see " EAT," No.

V.

(the THINGS WHEREWITH ONE

( oi'Ko5o/i7j5,

1.

33 (Inf

iv.

Thes

MAY.)
(

EAT

'<, IT.

iv. 29,

edifying.)
11

i:

ii.

xiv, 4

Eph.

(t-ext,

prefixed,) to eat
hence^ gen. to associate Avith.
Luke

Cor. x. 23.

1.
1.

10, inarp.
(iiiboUicn )

1.

Cur. xvi

<i

iv.

active

12.)
I'hiltin

ft

EFF
FECTUAL

Ei

',

to be

LD

EIGHTH DAY

(Ba)

work, be

at

245

active

in

(<,

an

Phil.

show

Afid. to

person

cighth-day

or

thing.

'operation.
(;i)

(the.)

til.

5.

one's self active, to

be active, operate.
2 Cor. L

C.

EITHER

marg. be urowgSl

(a

either,

disjunctive

or

particle),

interrogative, whether.

EFFECTUAL FERVENT.
Jae. T. 16 (part

Mate.

Luke

l. 24.

A>:U

38

Xii.

Luke vL 42

Tr

(oiii.

Pliil

v.

iTi. 13.
XTii. 21.
xiv.

<Jor.

Jaa.

12.

iii.

12.

EFFECTUAL WORKING.
Eng. cnci'gy,.the beinj^ at work;

eif/)yeia,

power

in action, energetic exerciac,

Epli.

iij.

EITHER SIDE

,
,

and,

iv. 16.

.iuhn

EFFECTUALLY.

Kcv.

.
xi.t.

hence,

2 (evTfueev, hence,

Gtv

LT Tr A)

(/

ELDER

(Lat. mollis); soft to the

hence, of things not subject to

soft,
;

Cor.

an egg, (Lat. ovum ; Oerm. ey

Ah'jIu Saxon, aeg), (non occ.}
L'lke

icl

old, which
Doderlein derives from /rpe-w,
and so s^nci^y, one that isconepicuous

the Gentiles it was the name of

a.s
dignity and official position

Egyptian,?, Gen.

I.

Midianitcs,

EIGHT.
eight, (Lat. octo, Sayicr: ashtcn.)

Luke

ii.

Jolin XX. 25.

AcUiv. 33.

21

ix. Cs.

Julin V.

Pot

5.

elder.

i.e.

[Among

a political

),

/,

In pi. aged men, elders, just like

Anglo Saxon aldermen, i.e. eldermcn.
The word always implying dignity
and wisdom.

vi. 9.

EGG.
w>v,

[noun.]

(-3)

or distinguished,) older,

the touch, soft; gentle.

9tv, tlitncf,
ai, and, ttaatv,
<oi, and lienct,
)

, (./;,

EFFEMINATE.

touch

that side.

13.

WORK.

See,

/?,

(on.)

hence and thence,"

>i.e. on this side and

ivrevOd', hence,

eftectual operation.

ii.

20.

1.

Num.

7; Moabites and
xxii. 7; in Sparta,

official title.

In the Jewish nation, persons who were

ai)parently the deputies of the tribes

and

tamilics according to the right

of the first-born,

From among

Kings

viii.

1, 3.

thcsi, Mo-ses at God's

oliose seventy men wlio

were no longer the representatives
of the people, but who bore " with
him the burden of tho people,"
cf.
Num. xi. lo Deut._xxvii. I
with Ex. xix. 7, and Josh., viii. 10.

command

EIGHTEEN.

,
,

ton,

iSt'xa,

and,
eight.

Luko

Kill

vii

I'lul. ui.

EIGHTH.

tion of the

12 Tot

..
li.

Kvii,

90O

<Iay(',ho

connected (not perhaps

U.
20.

Sinhednm,

side

by side

the institute of the elders

levived throughout Israel in our
Lord's time.
witJi

(1.

is

injiiitorical continuity) the institu-

eighth.

5,

l'

With Uiese

Luke (59.
Arid

4, 11,

ELD

210

In the christian church they were men

Titus i. 5) or
appointed
chosen
Acts xiv. 23)
everywhere (/car'
Acts
xiv. 23
Titus i. 5.]

{,
;',
',
{.(.,

Apocalypse

Tfie twent^'-fouv ciders in the

are entirely different, in their stand-

ing before God, in their relation to

Jesus and to John; in their appearance and their disapj^earance, in the
essence and object of their worship,
in their history and their destiny.
They appear to be "Elders of the
Priests."
and
See Isa. xxxvii. 2

ELD

Jesus and the great multitude are

seen, and they arc not seen aftof;
(xix. 4) when Jesus and the ransomed host leave heaven for earth.
We never read of their reigning for
ever and ever, for they arc o.vrje.h,
and " unto angels hath Ho not put
in subjection tlic world to come,"
(lieb.

In the

The

chief priests of the

heavenly courses (for the earthly

order of the temple wiis only
"pattern" of things in the hcavt-n,
Heb. viii. 5; ix. 23; 1 Chron. xxviii.
11-^13.)
Their number, twenty-four, is the
number of the earthly " pattern,"
1 Chron. xxiv. 3
5.
It was also
t\iQto(ulnuinher, 1 Chron. xxiii. 3, 1.
Also the number of the piophets,
1 Chron. xxv.31, and the piirtersf>f
the tribe of Levi, 1 Ciuon. XLxvi. 17

19.

It is

the

in the temple,

25

31,

in

number
Chron.

thai rrigns

xxvii.

15,

constitution in the

its

hands of God's king, after VA\ and

his sons were Set aside thruugh their
failure.

They

distingtilsh

themselves

from

the C'hurcli or those redeemed by

Christ in Rev. v. 0, 10, (^ie^'M hecritical readin^^s " ?/i Ap.,) where, in
Verse 9, the word "us" bhould be
omitted {it- L
A), and in verse
10, the words "us" and "we" should
be "them" and '-tlicy," (G i..T Ti
An.) 'i'heir robes arc white (iv. -1),
but uot becauic washed iu tlie
blood of the Lamb, (cf. vii, 14.)
Thcyare also distinguished from the
i^rcat multitude which is ao washed.
They are in heaven, but no mention
is made of blood by which ulom; any
Ciin cuter,
ix. 7,

cvcu

12,25;

Ciirist liimsclf, Ik-b.

x.

19;

act as I'ricsls before

titude ajipears
Avards.

They

ou thrones

(y, 8),

>.
tlic

11.

They

great mul-

but uot ufter-

arc seen crowucd and

(iv. 4, Opovoi) before

5.)

of our Lord, the earthly

elders formed the

main body of His

Now,

adversaries, Matt. xxi.23,ctc.

these heavenly elders

own

the

Lamb

worthy Lord. " Thy

be done on earth as it is ni

slain, as their

Jer. xix. 1.

ii.

life

will

heaven."

The

twenty-f'jur elders in the Apocalypse therefore appear to be the

heavenly "course" of angelic royal
priests, ministering in heaven in
relation to earth, (hence tlie earth is
prominent in all their utterances,
11
2

10,

iv.

and

xix.

sig/iiug

V. 9,

4.)

their

10;

xi.

18,

19;

They are seen reoffice when

God's

gofernment is about to undergo a

change, and others more worthy
a new body of royal priests, men
redeemed byblood associated with

the

man

Christ Jesus are to take

their place.]
Mill. XV.

.'.

ELD
ELDERS

2-17

ELS

seen in the Lat. ve-3tig-ium, a foot-

(ESTATE of.)

ciple

or

v;ere

ELDER
7rpa/?vrepo9, ^ee

',

[adj.]

"elder

(.vlSO .vn.)"

elder, (Lat.

1.

Ltikoxv. 25

Pet. V

5.

ELEVEN.
eleven, (non occ.)

Mirk XTL

elder, (see above.)

9

viii.

Matt.

s.'s.

t.

[adj.]

24.

2:,

Tim.

xui. 20. 22, 27.

2 Tira.

jcviii.

Titue

viii

7.
.33.

1.

Jolm

i.

ELI.

from

',

2
0.

13.

(\(, (,

see above,

and

i.e.

all passages, except

Eng. eclogue,)

Acts

(occ.

15.)
1

Thee

2 Pet.

1.

(.)

(Aramaic

Mark

^nt-K,

my God

(-3.)

The

xv.

34

ELOQUENT.

in words or speech ; gai.

learned, (occurs first in Herodotus,
who used the u'ord esp. for one
learned in history, chrouiclcrs as

4.

10.

skilled

opp. to Epic Pods.)-

a small up-

right rod, esp. the gnomon of fie

sundial, or the shadow throicn by if,
hence, from the degrees of the shaum,
to
a row or a series, from
steps.

54

),

ELECTION.

go up by

ix.

qxiotedfrom Ps. xxii. 2, where the Ixx.

for Heb. "hi*, which in
is 6 eeos
(non occ.)
Matt, xxvii. 43, is

picking out, selection, then,

selection made, that which i.s chosen,

ELEMENT

for n^bw and ^7^,

is Jehovah.)

ELOI.
Eloi,

''/,

(dim. of

40 twice.

my God

Luke

',

occ.

Pet. V. 13.

11.

God, (quoted

ELIAS.

together with,) chosen out, prefeiTcd,

selected together with, (non

5, 7, 23.

my

Eli,

Elias, (Heb.

In

ELECTED TOGETHER WITH.

\,

"ht*,

Pa. xiii. 2.)

Elijah,

;)

10

li

ii.

5^:

CI.

Pet.

12.

ix.

9, S3.

20.

Bov

Matt, xsvu
1

:;1.

Knm

xi

I.

occ.)

J.

Greek for

"CUOSEN.")

Rom.

Acts

((/jr)

Mark

IX.

Luke xxiv

10.

U {)

?, eleventh, (non

chosen out, preferred, selected,

(hence,

Utters,

Col. ii. S, 20. miTj. (tox.

2 Pet. iii. 10,12. [ruiiweni )

ruJimeiit.

Matt. xxTiii

I.uke

Col. ui

marg

9,

',

ELDEST.

ELECT

(occ.

written

Tiiii.

JvjUu

Matt. xxiv.

first-prin-

The

ELEVENTH.

',
',

from

U. iv. 3.

ELDER WOMAN.
1.

,)

different

R.)m.ix.li,marsi/;wi'...

-'.

'

1.

element.

they uere the

{which are
first and simplest component parts
of the letters, hence, the primary
matter. Used in this sense in physicn
and sciences, (occ. Heb. v. 12.)

(ormp. of }<-^, great, large,)

the
greater, larger
of age, 6

major natu.) In Rom.

ix.l2, quoted from Geu. .xxv. 23,
where Ux. fof ;":.

first-begin nin If,

step,)

root

is

also

Act xviu.

24.

ELSE.
1.

cVii',

since,

since

if

since

otherwise.

if

so,

otherwise,

EMB
No.

rit, see

apa,

yond

2.

1,

sequence, or

\.\viiX,(marhing

it,

F,i,

but,

but

if

least

yj, not

'

introduces a?i
nntenable
or

otherwise

if

indeed,

at

indeed.

least

the other, (denoting geyieric

the other (different,)
one of two, (stronger than
)
distinction,)

?.

and, even.

4.

Matt.

ix.

Mark

ii.2I. 22

17

Lukev

5.

Acts xvii.

to have leisure, be free

from

2 Matt xiL 44(Dart.)

1.

Mark

1.

xii.

Luke

53.

XX. 10,

EMULATION

\,

37.

15.

ii

Ot.

vii. 14.

liv

1.

XV.

1.

'il

Iti

).

(-3.)

fervour ; in a good sense,

in a bad sense, jealousy.
GaL

V. 20.

EMULATION

Rora

6.

2. 1

zeal,

ardour

iTcpoi,

full.)

of place, to be vacant, unoccupied.

in-

Vdeedorotherwise

but,
uuL,

''^, not

7<;,

hypothesis.)

06,

2.

not, otherwise at

(i

(incredible

'

[adj.]

empty, (opp. to
Metaph. empty, vain.
labour

if,

wise indeed.

EMPTY

K(.v6<i,

\.

since other-

a transition or drawing a conclusion,

END

by con-

else

farther be-

Htill

248

(provoke

to.)

to render miszealous,

make jealous, provoke

Rom.

i.e.,

to

to jealousy.

xi. 14.

See also, or.

8,

ENABLE

EMBOLDENED

(be.)

to build a house,

and

gen. to build np, construct.

edify, establish, confirm.

,
1

Cor. viii

10,

EMBRACE

'86',
then,

Metaph.

marg. edify

(ED,

to.

1.

Acte

END

/,

Heb.

2.

xi

AcU

5,

xx. 10.

(non

2.

It

a bringing to one end together the comhination of parts to

one end, marking the unity perfection,
and accom2)lishment of a scheme, (non
;

IV.

Rev. XII.

3.

19.

occ.)

EMI xW NT PLACE

[margin.]

a prominent place, eminence, as

a mound, a hill, etc. ; also of author
ity or station, excellence, (occ, 1 Cor.
1.)
1

Tim.

ii 2, text,

authority.

end,

i.e.,

what comes

extremity. Metaph. of
an end, conclusion,

to

termination.

4.
ii.

its

complete or perfect one.

occ.

i.e.

cessation.)

of smaragdus, of emerald,

occ.)

an emerald, a precious
Btonc of a light green colour, (non
Kev

cffectus,)
its

denotes strictly, not the ending of a

departed state, bvt, the arrival of a

/9,
1

[noun.]

the fulfilment or completion of

any thing, ( Lat.

end or issue, (7iot

13

EMERALD.

xvii. IS.

to take around with

1.

(-ed.)

to throw one's self together with

i.e. to meet with.

else, i.e. to embrace with,

comprehend, include, (nonocc.)
jci.

12.

another,

somi'thing

Actd

i.

throw together; of persons,

to

welcome, embrace.

1.

Tira.

ENCOUNTER

-ii>-o.)

to draw to one's self, hence,

to embrace, salute, spoken of those
V)ho meet and separate ; of things, to

(ED.)

strengthen in, i.e., to

render strong, to impart strength
to

a going out

of,

way out

hence, the issue or event of

of,

matter.

END
Matt. X.

Rom.

22.

xxiv

tor.

49

to the

2 Cor

see

1,

Thee.

1
iii

Tim.

'J6

H.;b

xiii. 7, 13.

vii.

(to

another.
Luke

xviii.

1.

END TO THE OTHER

(to the.)

ir. 7, 17:

(to

19, see

(the

2 I'et. ii. 20,

latter )

47, see endj.

Rom. i. 11, ) see
iv. 16, (' (to the

Rev.

26.

ii.

xii 6

.txii. 13.

21, 22.

,
,

END

(in the.)

lato, after a loiig time, (Laf. aero,)

late in the day, at evening,

.)

Matt xxviU.

END

('.

to

extremities,

cw5, unto,

extremities.

ENDS.

(make an.)
See

Matt.

XI.

1.

END

(-ED) [verb.]

to bring about, complete,

(Lat. perficere.) to perform,
not merely to end, but, to complete
fulfil,

END

(the l.\tter.)

ra, the tkinrjs

and

\
^^^^

^^,^^^^

,^^^^

the last, ex- I

(,^e.Matt.xii.45,
treme, uttermost, i ^ r
\
,'
',1
Luke XI. o^:
2b.)'
.
.
,
time,)
place
or
(of
J
,

2 Pet.

2.

3.
20.

ii.

perfect.

to bring to one end together,

bring quite to an end.

fully,

END

(to the.)

unto,

TO, the,

?,

(with an Inf. followinf/,)

with respect to, with a
view to, (markiiuj the
object to which an actio)),
is

directed.)

completely, thoroughly, per-

fectly.
1.

Act* iL 19.

1.

Rom

2.

L 11.
iv 16.

Th
Pet

13,

li.

9.

2.1.

fulfil.
2.

Luke

marj

3.
?

'

v"

2 (part

AcU

)
)

1-

XJX. 21

Act* xxi. 27

(OE.)

slate or condition

marg.

John

xiii

ENDEAVOUR
to make

(-ed. -ino.)

haste ai manifested

in diligence, earnestness

xiv

i.

ISipan

2.

ENDED

1.

Rom.

2 Cor.

1.

K)
(text,

up, perform

full, till

ylvo}uu, to begin to be, imj>li/in{/ origin;

to^
to take place, imply ituj resul
bo in progress, imjAying change of

(to THIS.)

unto, with a view to,

TouTo, this.
tt'i,

xviii. 37.

make

ill.
i

jc

to

accomplish,

28 CNo.

vii

go nv^r

perfectly.

END

Mtt

Tr
1,

John

world.

also,

fulfil,

fully.

1.

uttermost,

the last, extreme,

(of place or time.)

accomplish, fZai.perficere,) execute

'';,

31.

1.

to bring al;out, complete,

(from one.)

from,

Matt, xxi

/',

the

which one
has towards

6 (ap), 14.

lii

xiii.

1.

riii.

vL

object

and

agent,

the

b.

I.

purpoae of

subjective

relation

13

Jas. V. 11.
1 Pet. i. 9.
13, see

the)
-

ix. 26.

xviii. 37, see

thii.

Acte

TO, the,

16.

9.

Kiii.

t/)warcl3,

vii. 3.

XTii. 37

John

lii.

that

xviii. 1, see

(to this.)

irpoi,

vi. 8, 11.

33.

xxi

19

Plul. ui

i.

(to this.

xi. 15.

the.)

Luke

the remote object, the

13.

iii,

(in

Ttiarkin^

respecting,

11
9, see

i.

ii

5S.

(TO this.)

(with Inf. /'Mowing,)

I

li

other (from one.)

Mark

1,

XV 24

U_

31, eeu

iiviii

(to
[this.)

X. 11.

3.

0. 13,

xxvt

END THAT

18.

xi.

xiii. 39. 40,

END

z. 4.

(make

eee

xi. 1,

an

249

the utmost.

zeal

to do

;;

END

,-

2.

to seek after, look for, to strive

to seek to do.

to find

and

love
2.

Acts xL

3.

Cor

to huld one's self upright,

hold one's self up against a thing.,
hence, hold or sustain an equal viind,
to bear patiently.

5.

.,

G.

sense of honour.

10.

(toxt.

Eph. iv
1 TXuu

'J

3.

Matt

2.

17.

11

" exd,"

see

,
,
Rev.

1.

which

iVb. 1.

G L

8 (om.

i.

Tr A.

Heb

4.
3,

(non

indissoluble,

occ.)

boundless
unlimited,
not able to be passed,

16.

2,

1.

4.

(be.)

to go in, enter in as a garment,

to cause to go into a garment.

(a)

Pass, or Mid.

clothe one's
a.

Lake

x.\j\

ENDURE

1.

),

(-ED,

(No.

11.

25.
19.

ENDURE HARDNESS.
to suffer evil, csp. of the evils

Tim,

ii,

soldiers.
luirdnfss with nii,
therefore endure

!;uffer

ovv
hardiKSS, G.-^

ixi.

13, see

thov.

Tr

a'

.)

be long-minded,

to

-,

knowledge.

Ueb.

-ING.)

long-

vi.

15 (part.)

ENDURING.

stay, stand fast, continue, abide,

a remaining behind or under,

endurance, the patience of hope

LTTo/xoij),

(Lat. manes.)

2.

i.

suffering, forbearing.

Jae,

V.

ii.

ENDURE PATIENTLY.

to be clothed, to

self.

I'J.

20.
12.

i.

Pet.

4.

and hardships of

Tim.

Jaa.

2.

1.

11.

instead of

ENDUED WITH

xii, 2, 3, 7,

2.

iii.

27.

.xi,

2.

,(,,
2

hard-

see

1(3.

4.

34.

6,

3.

ness.
2.

is

vii.

C.eee enduring.

ii.

X. 32.

1.

xiii. 7.

vi.

2.

ix. 22,

i.

3.

bco afflictions
see
15,
patiently.
5,

Heb

27,

vi.

Cor

5.

interminable, (non occ.)

1

John
Rom.

2.

2 Cor,
2 Thes.
2 Tim.

ENDLESS.

2.

3.

1.

[noun.]

2 Tim. iv

5,

xxiv. 13.
iv. 17, see time.
xiii. 13

Mark

2.

ENDING

occ.)

X. 22.

L 15.

I'ot

be Strong, staunch, or

to

(non

firm,

1.

1.

marg

V. 9,

ENE

to love honour, to be
ambitious of doing any thing, to
exert one's self, to strive as from a

3.

250

vnth

under, pre-

(Rom.

fixed,) to remain behind after others

have gone ; trans, to remain under

viii.

hope for

and

25), which has faith

In

its basis.

Ixx.

used for

mpo, hope, because it denotes the

peculiar definiteness vduch hope at-

approach or presence of any person or thing, i.e. to await the onset

then, of persons in conflict, to keep
one's ground, hold out, (No. 2 is a
the

tains in the economy of grace. ( Usnl

Titus ii. 2, but
hope,

(^,

for

^s,

Cor,

xiii.

13.)

up against svffeHjigs,
a more tame and passive

brave bearing

No. 5

is

sufferance of them.
3.

;,

Sans, bhri,
bahren, fahren,
and Eng. bear,) to bear or carry a
load, to bear ivith idea of ^notion ;
in Pass, to bear i^^'-^^i 'inisfortune,
hardship.

4.

ENEMY

to bear, (Lat. fero,

Pers.

bcT,

7(>,

Germ,

(No.

uAth

((;cc. 1

Cor.

<;,

x.

13.)

(-IES.)

passively, hated, odious, object

beof eiunity, (opp. of

loved); actively, opposite to, hating
another and adverse to him ; as
subst an enemy, adversary, (occ.

,
,
Matt.

uudei",

prefixed,) to bear or carry hy being

under, to bear up from iniderncatli,

support, sustain,

1.

(
I

2. <
\
\

X.

3G, Act.s

an enemy,

-^

'

'

(see above,)
\

ii.

-"

a man,

,
I
)

35.)

\fhat
man rw

?s

-'

an enemy.
"^

ENG
Matt

V 43. +4
I ill '-'6

Rom

2S.

xii. 20.

XV. 25,
1 Cor
Gal IV. 16.

1.

Phil.

L'lke

1.

CoL

2 Thea.

iii.

Heb.

13.

vi
X.

l;i

xix. 2".
XX. 43.

Acta

2>.

2.

21.

i.

i.

.las. iv. 4.

Rev. XL

(,

to implant

to make broad, widen, extend, (occ. Matt, xxiii. 5.)

15.
1.

Matt, iiiii. 5

5. 12.

marg. mnjnxfy.

ENLIGHTEN

(-ino.)

to, shino
upon, intrans. to give light, to shine.

growth (^Vom

to give light

trans,

Eph. L

the termination

2 Cor. vL 11, 13.

2.

2 Cor. X. 15,

1.

ENGRAFTED.

/<^?, adapted for inward

(-ed, -ing.)

fuyakivw, to make great, magnify.

X. 13.

riii. 10.

1.

18.

iii.

ENLARGE

2S

XI

1.

xii.

3,
71, 71
27. 3S

ENQ

1\

Mark

XXII

2M

18.

Heb. vi

1.

vmrking

the idea of capahility or

ainptation both actively and pass-

(non

ively,

occ.
Ja3.

21.

I.

, ,
carve

to

Rom.

cut in

in,

in

enjoin

V.

4.

1.

6^,

(from
vi. 34

sufficient,

below), (occ. Matt.

iii.

see

Pet.

iv.

ENJOIN.

2.

to enjoin upon, to charge

/<'05, coming

reaching

to,

hence,

sufficing,

things,

enough

and

to,

sufficient

of
of persons, compei.e.

tent.

com-

over, put in

set

Matt K. 25.
Luke XV. 17, seo

2.

Luke

xxii. 38

Acta xxviL 38, see eat.

spare.

command.

Philem.

2.

ir,,

Jaa. iv.

viii. 7.

20.)

v.

ii

ENOUGH.

(non

put upon one as a duty, to

Eph.

3.)

to

mand

see 'e.vemy,")

12.

intaglio,

relief,)

command.

with,

(,

(-EN.)

occ )

,
),

of

enmity, hatred, (occ. Gal.

to

2 Cor

ENMITY.
(fern,

liUke xiiiL

ENGRAVE

(opp.

<,

8.

Heb. ix

20.

ENJOY.

ENOUGH
to

ward

off,

(BL.

keep

off,

hence (in

N.T.), to aid, aasi.st then, by impl.

to be strong enough and able to
assiU any one, hence, to suffice, be
enough, ( Lat. satis est.)
;

?,

"

unto, with a view

to,

(marking

?,

for the

the im-

purpose of

mediate purpose,)
pleasure,

getting

enjoyment,

vantage got

Matt. XXV.

advantage

the ad-

i.e.,

or

from a

pleasure.

thiiig,

to hit, sp. to hit a

mark

with an arrow; hence, gen. to hit

upon, liappen upon of persons, to

ENOUGH

a.

(IT IS.)

to hold off from

out,

due

i.e.,

to

to have all

so as to cease

have off

that

is

one's

from having any

meet by chance

of things, to meet

with, reach, gain, obtain

AcU

xxn 2

(i.art )

thing.

Tiia. vi

17

ENJOY THE PLEASURES.

^,

<\,

to

to have,

enjoyment,
Hob.

xi.

25

he having
[sin'a]

enjoyment.

more, to have received in

full.

(ii)inipers. it is sufficient, fZai.aufficit.)

,
,

Mark

xiv. 41.

ENQUIRE

(ED.)

to ask for information^

enquire of or from any one.

to seek after, look for, to strive

to find.

3.

ENQ
('.

252

2 with

upon, pre-

fixed,) to seek earnestly or continually, enquire after.

t.

^>;,

(No. 2 with

together

with, prefixed,) to seek any thing

with another^ to seek together, i.e.

enquire of one another.

to

).

to

know throughout,

i.e.

ENT

,
]

ENRICH

Cor.

Cui-

5.

i.

2 Cor. ix

11

(be) [margin.]

to write

off,

to copy

i.e.

to write down, (Ixx. for 2::,

viii. li,) to iuscibc as in a

hen/:e,

to obtain an accurate
knowledge of or insight into, (with

enrich, (occ. 2

ENROLLED

accurately,

(-ED.)

rich,

10.)

vi.

,
1

make

to

Jude

register.

the idea of suffering one's self to be

influenced thereby,) (occ. Acts xxiv.

I.uke

ii.

Heb.

xii. 23,

(text, be taxi'd.)

1 p-iss.

pass (text, be wrillcn

22.)

G.

^,

to verify out, to examine,

explore whether anything is true or
not ; gen. to seek out the truth by
enquiry.

C.
4.
1.

Matt.

Luku
John

u.

X,

xxii
iv

\vi
Acts xix.

3.

Acts

:30.

^ xxiii.

5.

15.

xxiii. 20.

( Xo. 2 above, %vith Ik, out

(as for anything

Matt.

V, ly.

ii.

made.

that which is shown, a

sign
that which is shown to any
one either for imitation or for warning.

])refixed,) to seek out,

is

vroSety/xa,

2,

ENQUIRE DILIGENTLY.

which a thing

after

to know or do anything
accurately to enquire accurately
or assiduously.

(-s.)

a blow, that which is produced

by a blow, the mark of a blow, impression ; the impress of a seal,
stamp of a coin, etc. ; heyice, that
which forms the pattern or model

10.

.Jobr.

23.

52.

ENSAxMPLE

?,

1.

of,

2.

Thea

Cor

(-/, typically, L Tr

2 The."!

K.)

X. 11, m.irg.

Phil, ui

fi/ps

17

Pet
Pet

iii.

V.

3.

ii.

search out,

lost.)

1.

Tct.

IJ.

ENSUE.

to cause to flee, hence, to pursue

after as flying enemies, in order to

ENQUIRE FOR.
(^',

see

"exquire," No.
Acta ix

find or

overtuJce.
1

2.

Pot.

ENTANGLE

ENQUIRE HEREOF (how to)

[marg.]

7(/.)',

as to the enquiry

as to,

Trepi,'

fa.'it,

concerning

the,

'',

(pci'son,

thi.s,

enquiry.

anything which

',

/)OJ,
or

fixes or

(from
holds

h^nce, a trap or snare.)

Matt. xxii.

15.

i.e.

(orri. 7(15111*1 )TrAbM)

Acts XXV 20(rU, a.s
thii, C<v L
these Uang\. instead of
(text, of t\j.ch manner o/ qutttions.)

ENQUIRY FOR

-etii.)

this

Jesus
or Paul, or this
matter.)

concerning,

(ed,

to lay snares for, to trap,

7rayi9,
C5,

iii.

){,.
Tr

W)

(make.)

ENTANGLE

IN.

3Iid.
interweave.
to entangle or mix one's self up
with, (>io7i occ.)

tinrXtKii), to

braid

in,

2 Pel.

ii

20

to enquire through to the end

till

the enquiry

is

occ.)

AcU

17

successful, (nov.

ENTANGLE ONE'S SELF WITH.

2 Tim.

li.

l(Mid.)

ENT

253

ENTANGLED WITH

to have or hold in anything. Pass.

to be held in or by anything.
V

()

viii

(,

1.

2.

'L

xi 8, 12.
XJT. 'V>.

1.

xvi 40.

viii

,
(\,

(Xo.

,
,

come

beside so as

4.

2.
2.
4.

4.

convey

to a higher place,

,
,

move

7.

8.

M.in

20

T.

2.

via

2.

2.

6
2
2

IX

iv.

19.

40.

29

X)i. 4.

vLii.

16.

xviii

XIX

3, R.

(e?/t

.\

N)

(NO

xxiii

13.

XXIV.

38.

2.

XX
xxvi

M:irk

Tr

(No

1,

2.

a.

2.

*'

4
4

2
4

2
2
2
4.

in

vL

<",

24

Where

12.

14

INTO.

not tivo separate Grfek words.)

to go

move upon,

or

to go

ii. 2.

see

"enter," Xo.

IN.

Thee

8,

9.

ENTERTAIN

(ed.)

to receive or entertain strangers,

to receive as a guest.
Ileb. xiii.

2'{2'',

see etrangere

'

see
27.

),

25.

(,

ENTICE

(-ED, -INC.)

to entice or catch
Jn

1."

10.

2.
2.

IS

17.

2.

John
.

24

bv a

bait.

14

2.

(vr

persuading,

persuasive,

17, 22

(op

Cor.

li

i.mnig.prrtuaitibU(ntiSJ),PttKo,
tfit poilUtsf of prriitaficn. 0* )

2. 9,

we

xiii

will. 33.
x.xi 3 (.NO

Aet.s iiL

V. 111.

27.

ENTICING
r.,

Ti

W0Rn.<5.

I.

7rtft<ivo\oyia,

persuasive discourse.

'^

2,

1.

ENTICING.
apt

iiL 4. 5.

vi

4.

in

.see

iv. 38.

6.

18. 19

viiL 10. 13
IX 25. 43, 45. 47
X
15, 23, 24, 25
X 1 (jKiit )

46

40,

xxlv. 8,
in.

;.6

\\\

iX

Rev xxU.

30 (part )
xxi. 21.
xxii. 3. 10l'(part )
10 2n4, ijce in

12, 11

40, ec

'

19. so<>
2.

fi

in. 19.
IV. 6.

IV.'

'

Urb.

xix.

.45.
ii.

XX. 29.

xxvhi.

2,

xvii. 12 (part
xviil. 17

29.

2.

xix. 30.

ENTERING

-24(No.4,TTrA)

N.)

.\

1.

AcU

.'i2<"'c.

'/^.

xiii.

21. 23.
41
Jl {r>m Qr-,

1.

X. 2. 9.

2.

riu. 24 "'c.

1,

in.

I.iikc xxii. 10
x.xjv.

John

2.

Act* XXI

44.
16, see
in
30. 32, 33.
IX. 4, 34, 62
X 5, 8, 10, 38
xi 26, 52*"'. see

2.

Ti-

2.
2.

2.

40

V).

2.

17, 23

24

2.

in

upon shipboard.

vii. 1, 6.

2.

2.

27.

IN

26(No.VG'v

(,

viii

x.xi

2.

ENTER
(

V. 3.
.

2.

11.

J,

.\

jv^)

iv. 38,

fi.

1.

xvi

Luke

2.

fo

G->.

XV. h

4.

15

xiii.

xiv. 3S

2.

t.

23 t;iart

f.

'.',
11

entering.

M.iik

C.

in

13, see
21.

vii

xi

not two separate Creel words.)

place, entrance;

the act or power

vi. 6.

2.

Rev.

go or move in; embark.

way mio any

tVooo9,

?..

xxij. 14, see

come up, rise

ivhick come up

to go into, procccd into, enter.

also,
2

to

4
2 J.ilin
Cf. out,
.'as

'2.

spoken of thoughts
into ones mivd, to spring up.

6.

in.

19.'

X.

^)

.
2

\o cause to oscend, to

W.

17.

XI.

2.

VI, ceo

ix.

9
2

.
V.

Luke

or transport one's self into.

5.

6,

10, 20.

in.

M.itt. Tij. 13
xi). 45.

4.

to pass into, to

<.e V.

12.

(Where

4.)

ii.

vi

ENTER

with
or go in
be present along with,

come

(the idea of stealth being implied,)

(occ. Gal.

v.

I, be.in.
1. 3 ''. i,

20

(Xo. 2

to

H.

unto,

fxo into.

beside, prefixed,) to

'.'9,

xjci

xxvii.2, sot
intii
xiviii. 8, Kce
iii

Rmd.

or

XX
X.

2.

(,

irith

vDteritig

11, 18.

ID, II
2.

ixjii.

llel. iii

{N"2.I, S)

XXV. 23 fpart

act of
of persons or thinps.

y, see

I.

in

xix.
ix. 30. 1
\

come or go; it denotes tho

coming or going, and is used

ii.

Thee.

24.

19.

-.)

Cor

SL

to

prefixed.) to

3.

(-EP,

'.

.'.

2.

ENTER

3.

is.

ty(\i>>,

,:

Acts

(be.)

ENT

9"! "

Siiada,

;
)

;;

ENT

254

whole

in every part, fixed in

Thes.

all its parts, (occ. 1

Jas. L

ENVY

ENTIRE.

<;,

EPH

v.

1.

23.)

[noun.]

(-lEs)

The word is alway-f

envy.
tised in a had sense; jealousy of
anoihei-'s success, depreciation of his

i.

worth, envy of his excellence, (associa-

"enter." '^.

ftb-uSo9. see

8.

^1/,

ENTRANCE
Thes,

zeal

a good

in

gen.

IN.

sometimes in a bad
burning, jealousy.

sense, heart-

also,

ENTREAT

(-ED.)
1.

to ask, i.e. to interrogate

also, to ask,-i.i. request, beseech,
beg, (implying familiarity if rioi

to call to one's side, call

kind of calling to which

riear; every

meant

produce a parti<:ular

to

exhortation, help, comfort,

effect, e.g.

Matt, xxvii.

1.

Mark

2.

Acts

18.

marg. (text,

indirjnation.)

Bom.

1.

^
,

of jjersons, to use

Matt. xxii.

6,

Bee spite-

Acts xxvii.

2. 1

fullv.

Luke

v:ell

4.

XT. 28.

1.

xviii. 32, stc

ii}iite-

of thirtgs;
or ill, to treat.

Acts

3.

',

2.

,
1

XX. 11, Bee ehame-

2
2.

fully.

Acte rii

gen.

G T (not

8th

ed.

(-ETH, -ikg) [verb.]

fiee "

ENVY,"

occ.)

see above.

Cor. sUi. 4

G.-il.

v. 26.

eee shame-

Tim, V.
Heb. xii.

1.

If.

evil

6, 19. eee

1.

ENTREATED
easily

(non

(easy to be.)

persuaded,

compliant,

occ.)

2.

,
^^,
2.-Rom.
2.

ENVYING
see "
see

xiii. 13.

1 Ckr.

iii

Jae

iii.

3.

a calling near, a

eummons

to one's side; Aencf, an admonitory,

encouraging, and consolatory exhortation, invitation, or entreaty,
2 Cor. TUi.

ENVIOUSLY
see
iv

"envy," No.
i,

with

Jae.

iii.

14,

1.

2.

2.

2 Cor. xii. 20.

1.

Gal

21.

\'j

17.

ENTREATY.

-<:,

(-S.)

ENVY." No.

" ENVY," No.

2.

J.'ji

for or

i.e.

ful) v.

fuliy.

';,

(otk.

to be

No. \,) (non

2.

2,

1.

ii.

vii. 9.

ENVY

1.

iv. 3.

Thes.ii

Pet.

MOVED WITH.)

(be

xviL 5

Cor. iv. 13.

PhJl

against any p>erson or thing

for, and in a good sense.

of by asking, to entreat that

something viay not take place.
of,

3.

iv.
5, with irpos.
wa r(i.s(raarg. enviously.

to be zealous towards,

rid

make use

vi. 4.

iii.

Jas.

20.

i.

to ask near any one, i.e.

hands to obtain by asking
to ask aside or away, to get

use,

Tit.
1

at his

1.

15.

i.

Tim.

1.

xiii.45.

etc.

also,

Phil.

1.

xv. 10.

V. 17,

2.
1.

eqwality.)

is

sense,

ardour, zeal for the cause of another,

emulation to imitate superior worth

1.

ii.

iciih

sense,

(murder), as envy led to the first

murder), (occ. Gal. v. 21.)

2 Pet. L

sound and

ted by

ENTRANCE.

EPHESUS.
Ephesus,

In
Epk

i.

all passages, excep/t

(om. V

'(>/(,

in Ephisua,

Tr^

Tr A

A)

4.

[margin.]
1.

to^ardt (text, fnry)

,
Rev

ii.

EPHESUS

(OF.)

Ephesian, of E]<hesu9.

(iv

".,

i/1

Fphau. G L

.
EPH

(,

2^5

ative,

Mark

EPISTLE
what

is

1.

Mark

2.

2 Cor.

vii. 8.

Thes.

Thee.

1, 2, 3,

27.

ii.

15.

EQUAL

;,

14, 17.

i.

marg.

14,

[HduceJ.

1.

EllROR

(-S.)

1.

(|2uo? in years.

EQUAL

[adj.]

2.

(,

equal to, the same as, in

appearance, size, strength, or nvmber,
etc., (occ. Acts xi. 17; Luke vi. 34;

Mark
M.^tf. XI.

Luke

Gen.

n;ii>c,

I
|

ReT

I.

Matt, xxvii 64.

1.

Rom.

27.

1.

2.

Heb.

ix. 7.

1.

1.

Jas. V. 20.

i.

1.

',

ESCAPE
to

,
,
( TO,

'

', (.

r.

18.

PhU.

ii.

6 (neut. pi.)

the,

4.

is.)

equal

i.e.

Col. iy.

5.

what

,(

>

equitable,

6.

equity.

(Xo,

(,

occ.

with (, out of, p'reout of a place, escape.

come out of any

to'go or

Tji

'etc.

33,

eee
e

I Cor. z. 13, see

to.)

(can.)

equal state or propor-

5.

3.

Acts xxvii.

6.

42.
44, see

-^

xxviii.

ii

4.

2 Cor. xi. 33.

4.

Thee
3.

xi. 34..

1.
I

xii.

1.

2.

3.

Pet

i.

25(No.4. LTr
[A W.)

4.

ii 18,

2.

(nuy

3.

ii

4.

eafa
(part )

4 (i>art.)

6.

4 Rora.

20(i>an.)

ERE.
(adv. of time,) before, sooner than.

John

ESCAPE

IT. 49.
1.

Sfstt. xxiii. 33,

with

(CAN.)
i.w6,

avayfrom.

ERR

(-ED.)

make

to wander, cause to

ESCAPE SAFE.

err, lead astray,

(.. used ofdoct/rinal

to

'.

error, or religious deceit.

2.

to save through, i.e. to "bring

safely through, as through danger,

Luke xzi 36.

John X 39.

4.

2 Cor. viii. 14 '."Ice.

1.

(La(. fuga,

away from,
away from, (non

I'witk

flight,

iK<i>evy(i),

sickness,

1.

tion; equity.

0.

place.

is

EQUALITY.
i.e.

18.
17.

(Xo.'l with
through,
flee through, escape

Matt.

equality,

ii.

iii.

John iy.
Jude 11.
1

flight,

occ.

3.

by

John
xxi. 16.

(that which

equality,

2 Pet.

prefixed.) to

state or projjortion,

(ncm

12.)

(-ED.)

take

flee,

fixed,) to flee

EQUAL

xliii.

1.

prefixed,) to flee

xiv. 56, 59)

12.
30. see angels.

from

ignorance, involuntary error,

for

fugio.)

2jo? cr

IS.

[noun.]

one of like age, an equal

(non occ.J

Gal.

Ilcb. Hi. 10.

Jae. 1. 10.
y. 19.

1.

occ.)

1. 16.

iii.

2 Tim. ii

1.

a wandering, seduction

(Ixx.

V.

iii.

2 Pet.

3.

be

the truth.

Col. iv. 16.

1 Cor. T. 9.

in age,

21.

sent to any one, hence,

30.
xxiii. 33.
xvi. a2.
iii.

xii. 24, 27.

vi. 10, marg.

Tim.

',

(-S.)

a letter.

2 Cor.

to miss the mark, to err.

34

vii.

Acts XV.

Rom

(,

1. M.itt. xxii. 29.

3.

to open.

-^,

ESC

3.

Aramaean imper"be opened," from Jleb. nns,

Ephthatlia, an

(Xo.

with

from,

prefixed,) to cau.sc to wander a way

from, lead astray from.

(a) Pass, to go astray from,

from.

swerve

Act xxvii 44 (pau.)

ESCAPE
a going out

Heb.

XUl. 7.)
1

Cor

(WAT
of,

TO.)

way out

of, (occ.

ESC

256

Mark

ESCHEW,

',

bend

to

awav

Vet

n.

iii.

(superi of

1.

J\ide

',

things concermny

the
us,

G~ LTrH)

-(,
first

vcrv, mo.st of

6, .=:ee fiiit

Acte Txvi 3

Tim V

1
)

1(.

17.

C Tini, iv.

ESPOUSE

2.

Uf.

manned

to betroth, to be

3.

to.

(non occ.J
Cot

\i.

2.

4.

out

before the

i.e.

to view, regard

so,

esteem, count, reckon.

and

as being

to diide, to separate, to separate from, select, hence, to come to

to occupy one's self with

reckonings 0?' calculations; to reck,on, to count
to take for, value, or
esteem.

to

deem

or hold worthy, heiice,

to esteem, honour, respect

ESPOUSED

-(,

-INC.)

go before, go

a decision, to judge.

(-ED.)

to be fitted or joined together,

/(f^i-re.

-,
i.e.

to lead

i/ien,

,
so

(-ED,

to lead,

mind,

all.)

vi

Col. iv. 8

10, see low.

xii.

ESTEEM

ESPECIALLY.

Gal

vi, 21, see chief.

.\cts xxii. 5, Bee eMera.

Rom.

from.
1

.\7.

to turn aside or

out,

ETE

(be.)

to treat

with honour.

to ask in marriage, to woo.

In y.T. only in Pass, to be a.sked
in marriage, hence, to be betrothed,

Rom.

xiv. 5

3.
1.

Phil.

ii.

1. 1

Thee.

14.

1.

Heb

3.

Pet.

V. 1,3.

XI
ii.

26.

{honnur

17,rnarg (text,

aftanced.
Matl

1.

IS

Luke

27

ESTABLISH

(-ed.)

to set fast,

make

ii

'>.

ES'TEEMED

((,

to set

make

to

strong,

stable,

3.

See

to place, set.

to

make

make

steadfast,

to

make

or give lawf?.

tabli.sh as law, legislate,

cs-

.Matt

Acts xvi 5

Kom. ill.

xviji 16,eeE(be

iji

X. 3.

2 Cor

111
3a.

blow, breathe,)
that hastes away in the
bi-cii-thiiig of our breath,
life as
transitory ; then, the course of life,
time of life, and gen. life in its
lil'e

2 P.t

1,

.Mil

includes a referenrt to the life, filling

tune or space of time, hence, the un-

see E(><e.)

2,

iii.

viii
x.

'4

Xiii

Tliee.

Heb

SI.

r,.

bounded time past and futvre,

{i
ii,

u'hkh the

Ij.

plishod

ESTABLISHED
3b. Matt.

xvm.

16,

ESTATE
TO, the things,
J TTipt,

/,

ETERNAL.
(from aw,

JiUiTMin

3a.

also, }iighl>.

temporal form then, the space of

life, an age.
on- ahcays

sanction by

law.

3a

the

remain in its place, make firm, immoveable, certain, fixed.

5.

Cor

cause to stand,

(b) intrans. to .stand as opp.to fallinrf.

4.

to despise,

to

strengthen.
(a) trans, to

i.e.

fix
1

((,

(be le.\5t.)

nought,

contemn.
fast,

firmly.

2.

;tt

concerning,
von.

'

(be.)
3b. 2 Cor.

xiii.

2.
1.

I-

the things
concerning
vou.

pi. of ages.)

belonging to the aio'jv,. {.fee

No. \,) to time in its movement

constant, iabiding, eternal

(YOUR.)
\

in

of the world is accomimmeasurable time, (Gen.

life

(a) %vith
3.

(adj.

-,

life.

always

from

existing,
perpetual,
always), (occ.J udcG.)

EUN
2 Cor. V. i:
11 'gen.

2a.

Matt. xix. 16.

xxv. 46.

1.

2.

Mark

1. 1

2a.

2a
2a.

X. 17, 30.
x. 25.
xviii. 18.

Luke

2a.

2a.

2.

29.

iii.

John

15.

iii.

EdIl iii.
Tim. i.

2a.

vi. 1

iv. 36.

2a. Titiis

2a.

V. 39.

2a.

2a.

vi, 54, 68,

2.

X. 28.

2a.
2a.

2a.

ii.

2a.

iii.

V. 21.

2a.

vi. 23.

2.

2 Cor.

2.

2a. 1 Jolin

EVEN
upright, erect,
Luke

Jiidu

2.

i.

20

7.

21.

2a.

EVEN

2.

25.
15.

(-S.)

<;, bed-keeper, keeper of the beda eiiniich, and sometimes

a minister of the court, (non occ.J
;

1<, -'ml

Acts

Jth.
|

EUNUCH

(,

to

make a

(a) Pass, to

viii. 27, 34, 36, 38, 39.

(make.)

evvovxos,(seeabove.

be made a euuuch.

Metaph. to live like a eiimich, i.e.

ill voluntary abstinence, (ii07i occ.)

(b)

a.

Matt. xix. 12

Sr!

b.

125<l>

Matt. xix.

EVANGELIST

(-s.)

a proclaimcr of the gospel story, of

the facts of redemption, (as distinct
who speaks of the
from
revelation of God, and from
(who speals about if,) (non

'^,

88-

9,

even.

sis,

, (the

conj. of antithesis, to he carefidly distinguished from No. 1,) but,

marking eithei' a contrast to tohat has
gone before; or an addition to it,
moreover.

yap, (a contraction of ye apa, verily

then,) hence, in fact, and tvhen the
fact is given as a reason, or explanation, for.

(a conj. of annexation, annexing

with implied relation or diMinction,)
and, also, annexing something added.

re,

(a

or

oi'''to)5,

[noun.]

/5,

latter after sunset,

ix. 18,

^^'

appeal's

so.

See now.
so.
see

la.
lb.

Mark

.'8,

SCO

ae.

33.
XX. 14.
28,
M.
xxiii. 37, SCO
XXV. 29.

so.

iv.

35.

47

Mark

7.

i.

iv.

SO, 100
41.

2.

xi. Hi.

vi. 2.

la.

xxvii. 57.

la.

XV. 42.

xi. 6,

John

vi. 16.

SCO

xiiL 22.

so.

SCO

very.

1.

xvUi. 11.

1.

xix. 20.
37, SCO
32, SCO

XX. 37.
xxiv. 24

1.

V. 21.

John

1.

1.

now.
*.

42.

1.

1.

M.

ns.

7,

41. 57.
xvii. ,10, SCO thus.

2.'>.

XX. K.
xxvi. 20.
lb.

na.

(also.)

1.

1.

xxvi. 38, SCO unto.

lb.

vi.

x. 11.

12.

xviii. 14, see

latter.

viii. 10.

1.

21,800

MO

(adv.) latc, i.e. after long time,

latc in the day, late evening.

18, 25.
ix. 54.
viii.

xii.

45, BOO .
XV.

see

1.

1.

xii. 8.

as.

2,

15.
vi. 33,

17, eee

xi. 26,

^,

Matt.

i.

6.

viii. 27.

xiii

sometimes perthe fonnci, and (b) the

to be used of both

lb.

ae.

not.

vii. 12.

la.

this

in

Mark xiv. 54, see into.

Luke
see

v. 40, 47.

vi. 29, SCO

latc, as .svhsf.)
of
late evening, the latter of the two
evenings among Hebrews
first
being from .3 p.m. to sunset, the

(a)

(adv.) thus,

wise, so.

5.

48, see

haps

in-

(adv.) any more, any longer, yet,

even.

Matt.

(fern,

still,

oi'toj

of antithesis,) tnily,

conj.

but,)
deed, (often followed by
being the first thing,
the
second, ivhen referring to the dij'crent members of a projwsition.

Epli. iv. 11.

2 Tim. iv.

EVEN

addition,

increase,

something more, also, or only emplui-

occ.J
8.

[adj.]

sometimes not merely annexing,

implying

/iev,

yycy?,a messenger of glad tidings,

Acte xxi.

straight, right.

conjunction of annexation,
uniting tilings strictly co-ordinate,)
hut

EUNUCH

Matt. xix. 12

i.e.

(the

and

chamber

[adj.]

xix. 44, see ground.

xiii. 13, marg. (text, straight.)

Heb.

V. 11, 13,

2a.
IS.

iv. 1

(at.)

xiii. S5.

ix. 12, 14, II

1 Pet. V. 10.

2a.
2a.

Tr

[ .)

V. 9.

2.

7.

that

vi. 2.

2.

Mark

7.

iii.

xii. 25.
xvii. 2, 3.
2a.
2a. Act-s xlii. 48.
3.
Rom. i. 20.
ii.

(,
G

2,

i.

Heb.

EVEN

pL)

2.

which i i-e( )/,

2 Tim. ii. 10

2a.

EVE

2a.
2.

257

iii.

(0(ii.

14, soo

LTr)
so.

as.
23. SCO
vi. 57. SCO
he.
viii. 25.
so I,
X. 15, SCO
xi. 22, 37.
xiL 50, sec
AS.

EVE
John xiv. 31, see

XV. 10,

so.
)

.tvii. 14, 16,

Gal.

ii.

also.

22, see

so
xxi. 25, see not.

Acts

33, see

see to.

1.

XV. 8.
xxvi. 11.

7.

xxvLL

Rom.

15, 18.
iv. 16.
Col. iii. 13.

2-5.

'

see

iv. G,

as.

, ,(

V. 7. 14, IS, 21.

V. 11, see

God

so.

instead

34(o)/i. G-. LbT

(Sthed.)Tr Ab .)

30.
xi. 5.

1.

see

6,

i.

as.

iii.

(om.
1 Pet.
2 Pet.

I.

ix. 14.

X. 33, see
xi. 1, see

I also.

see me.

5,

xvi.

2 Cor.

i.

AR)

L Trb
iii.

1.

John

ii.

John

see

as.

7,

iv.

Rev.

i.

7,

ii.

see

3,

3,

\
)

see

13(0)/i.

AbR)

vii. 14.

27, see
21, see
xvi. 7, see

1.

x. 7, 13.
xi. 12.

xvii. 11.
xviii, 6,

iii.

Gal. u. 16.
iii 6, see

see

John

xvii. 14, 16, 22.

2.

1.

He

not

so.

3.

4.

6, 2

3.

vi, 57,

HIM.

not tivo Greek words.)

Eph,

He

himself.

10.

i.

I.

I also.

EVEN

so.

(When

ALSO.

I,

1.

Cor,

vii,

.x.

I.

not tivo Greek words.)

(ivhen %ised in
emphatic.)

Nom. for

pen

\st

Rev,

33.

EVEN

1 Cor. xi. 12.

EVEN

2.

John 2,
Jude 7,
3

HE.

siniply, btit

(When

1.

6.

3, 7.

ii,

27,

not two separate Greek words.)

1.

(When

iii.

ii.

may refer to the nearer, as

may refer to the remoter.)

EVEN
(When

is

(When

2.

G=: Trb

xxi. 11, see like.

so.
20, see

EVEN

28.

V. 11.

iii.

veiy, self, (cdways emphatic lohen

used in the Nom. for the 3rd pers.)

as.

xxiL

as.

2. 1

this case

23.

3, 8.

XV. 10.

John

6,

John 2,
Judo 7,
Ti

Pet.

ovTos, this,
as.

1.

1.

Tr.)

(and.)

13(om.Gi: L

Thes.

1. 1

see now.

14, see
as.
iii. 15, see unto.
18, see
as.

1.

see

27,

1.

V. 33.

2. 1

that, that one there, (the more

remote, connected with the third person.)
It is cdso employed as an

i^.)

6,

iii. 3,

seeE(ani)

Eph.

V. 23.

14.

i.

ii.

see

12.

1.

7.

emphatic demonstrative, he, (and in

18.

xix. 32.
xii. 50.

i.

18.
6.

to.

marg. for

14,

9,

xiv. 7,

so.

5.

12.

XV. 22, 24.

11, see

4 (om.

14, see not.

xii. 2,
liii. 12,

I.

2.

EVEN

17.

iv.

see

2.

i.

14.

i.

iii.

Gal. iii.
Phil. i.

eveyi

15.

iii.

vii. 7.
8,

2.

2 Cor.

(Wh7i not two Greek words.)

iii.

i.

ii,

see present.

iv. 11,
1.

xi. 6.

xiii. 12.

2.

4.

iv. 6.

xi. 12, 19.

Jas.

5.

4.

L Tr

1.

vii.

11.

ii.

1 Cor.

1.

G.n^

Philem. 19.
Heb. iv. 12, see

6.

1 Cor.

Tim.

Titus

so.

3.

xxiii. 37.
iv. 36.

i^.)
iii.

31, see

6.

i.

xi. 1.
xii. 2.

Father,

01'.)

God

Cor.

of

our Father,

ix. 24.

1.

--^

.)

what manner.

in

2. 1
2.

Rom.

as.

2 Thes.ii. 16(eebs

19, see
viii. 23.

XV.

1.3.

iv. 5, 13, 14.

vi. 4.

1.

4, 12,

iii.

1.

John

19.

as.

1,

XV. 28.
XX. 28.

Luke

so.

18.

28, see
iii. 22.

Mark

1 Thes. iL 4, see
14.

2(3.

2.

iii.

13.

4.

8.

ii.

so.

4S (No.

V.

T(Sthed.)Tr

as.

1.5.

15, see
1.

(a) as adv. ov
Matt.

as.

see

7,

i.

V. 30.
xi. 5,

1.

3.

I.

Phil.

a turning, turn, hence, gen.

manner, way.

iv. 4, 32,
V. 12, 23, 29.

as.

XX. 21, see

1.

him.

10, see

i.

"

EVE

iv. 3, 29.
V. 12.

Ei)h.

as.

so

see

18,

see

258

1 Cor.

AS.

xL

ALSO.

not three Greek vjords.)

Rev,

1.

Lii.

21,

not tivo separate Greek words.)

In comparative sentences, as ;
as.
in objective, tliat ; in final, in order
to ; in causal, for the ground that.

EVEN
(When
1.

like as, according as.

2.

'/),

(No. 1 strcnrjthened by
wholly as, just as.

ttc/d,)

as,

truly

as.

oi"tc.j5,

(adv. )

see "

even," (adv.) No.

rminr/ ycH

7.

yea, stronr/ly

aj)irmin(f.

3.

even

oi'To.,

SO.

not separate Greek ivords.)

'?,

manner

in
as.

the same way,

in

like

EVE
Matt. viL 17.

1.

Rom.

1.

vi.

1.
1.

1.

xviii. 14.

1 Cor. xi.
1. 1 Tlios. ii.

1.

x.tiii. 2S.

3. 1

Luke
John

1.
1.

1.

Acta

Tim. iii.
Rov. i. 7.
xvi

2.

X. 21.

2.

14.

iii.

xiv.

EVEN SO
eycu, I,
is

',

2.

I.

2.

(when used in Noni. for

1.5

\st jyers.

John

ALSO.

Matt.

xvii. 18.

Mark
Luke

ages.

vi. 3:!.

EVEN

,'

2.

Juile

2.

(for.)

I',

* o? ..7
.. 7
^unth the article,

'

age, see

>

1
A'o.l,
"eternal, \t
ci

1.

John

unto, into,

StiyveKcs,

(7, evening, eventide,

see

oxf/ia,
2.

Matt. xiv. 15, 23.

iVo. 1.

Matt.

Luke

1.

Acts xxviii.

Mark

2.

being

tailil

tille

late.

.xx 10.

vi.

vii. 17. '21.

tigf,

4.

X. 12, 14.

1.

xii. 34.

1.

i-x.

Tr
1.

EVENIN(;

J
\
(^

(in

.)

late,

20.

8 (pi.)
23 inni. G

xiii.

1. 1 Pot.

i.

.)
2.-..

2 Pet

ii.

17 (om.

G;:

Tr A W.)

25 (i)L )
5 (1.1 )

3.

iii.

18.

1. 1

.lohn

ii.

1'. 2
Ju<lc 13.

John

2.

xi. 3(i(i.l.)

xvi. 27(i.L)
1.

,
-',

v. 0.

V.

vi. 51, 58.

35 '"''

Rom.

2 Cor. ix. 9.
riiilom. 15.

1.

xiv. U>.

>

late,

it

unto the
uninterrupted
continuance,

(e'(ii

viii.

to

>-

r. Heb.

0.)

John

be,)

John

V.

lit.

Lukoi. 33{i'l)
55 (G "^:)

23.

(at.)

orVv/s, being, (part, of

6\pia,

13 (pi.) (ojk)
14.

.\i.

xxiv. 20.
'.

EVENING

vi.

xxi.

1.

carried

through, continuous, imbroken,

eve, (Lat.

iv. 3.)

"even," [noun]

(see

unto,
\ unto [i/<c] day
of
a day,
V
auuvos, of eternity, j
perpetuity.
CIS,

>.

2.

(
iv. 3.

EVENING.
vesper), (occ. Acts

tlie ago.

( et9, into,
i

TO, the,

1.

.-,

unto

belonging to the
"eternal," ^. 2.)

"evex," (adv.)
7.

2 Tim. iii. 7.
Heb. vii. 24.

2').

'?,

(axd.)

same time, i.e. neverthenotwithstanding, yet even.

see

see or.

V. 15.

1.

'

<

at the

1 Cor. xiv.

1.

\'},

Thes. iv. 17.

1.

into, unto,

C ets,

1.

1. 1

}eethat.
4.

Acts xxiii.

xxiv. 21, see nor.

xv. 8.
XV. 31.

1.

2.

1.

into all the

all,

xviii. 20.

(also.)

Luke

less,

times.

the,

EVER

'/9,

all

"eternal," '^.

xii. 7.

EVEN

1.

iv. 3.

EVER.

^X^'

1.

E\'E^,"'(aJv.) '^.
Luke

Acta

1.

aliavas, ages,

EVEN VERY.
^'

late, (no}i occ.)

always, at

'?,
Tot's,

1.

see

j
1

unto, into.

t?,

3.

the hour being

always, i.e. ever, continually,

(hence, old Eng. " aye," ever.)

xx. 21.

A^o. 1.

aei,

3.

4.

EVEN SO

11.

see

2.

emphatic.)
X.

Alark xi

',
,

1.

not separate Gi-eek words.)

John

the hour,

\ (Spa,

G L

"evexixg,"

/'"' late,

7.

EVENTIDE.
see

R)

Tr

xii. 15.

(When

1.

'.
.

xxii. 20 (om.

2.

.SI.

'.

xi. 26.

xiL 45.

EVE

xi. 31

2.
1.

2.

259

EVER AND EVER

17.

(for.)

unto, into,
Toi's, the (.),

ci's,

-,

becoming, (part. ' evening,

to become,)
arriving.
of
begin to be,
)
Mnrk

xiv. 17.

a/iui-as",

Ttov,

ages, (see

of the (pi.),
agcs.

"ETERNAL,"

A^o. 1),

EVE
'

,
,

260

unto, into,

15,

the (sing.),

Toi',

,
,

age, (see " ETERNAL,"

'^.

1),

of the (sing.),

ei?,

ao'C.

unto, into,
ages, (see ''eternal,"

'', of
1.

Gal.

i.

5.

ages.

i\'o.

1),

EVE

EVE
Tim.

V.

10.

2 Tim.

ii.

21.

1 Cor. xi. 3, 4, 5.
xii. 18.

iv. 18.

XV. 30.
38.

2 Cor.

Titus

see

8,

Heb.

tiling.

twice.

ix. 19.

xiii. 1.

25.
X. 3.

21.

i.

4.

viii. 3.

V. 3.

Eph.

2.

ii.

iii.

V. 1.

thing.

11, see

Gal.

1.

Pliileni. 0.

iile(on.

Bee

ix. S.

ft

(in.)

10.
iii.

iv. 2.
viii. 7,

see

5,

i.

14.

ii.

261

11.
14, 10 1st.

2nd.

1(3

see
33, see

Jas.

thijig.

V. 24,

one in

Rev.

P, 10, 11.

21.

Col.

Thes.

i.

i.

xviii. 2 '<:, 17.

thing.

see

V. 18,

2 Thes.

xxi.21, see

3.

ral.

17.

ii.

Tim.

2 (om.

xxii.

C, 17.

iii.

Gr:

Tr W.)
xiv. 6.
xvi. 3, 20.

8.

11.

ii.

10, 10, 23 3 times.

i.

13.

7.

vi. 14, 151s'

15 2">d (Oi/i.

where.

12, see

i.

iv. 1, 2, 3.

V. 9, 13.

thing.

iv. 0, see

ii.

John

3, 4, 18.

i.

ii.

7, IG.

ii.

1 Pet.

pai-ticular.

Phil.

xii. 1, 6.
xiii. 21.
17 '"', 19.

i.

where.

ii.8,see

(Mif,

seve-

GLTTrAR)

iv. 4.

EVERY BRANCH.
(When

not sejxoxife loords in the Greel.)

"all," No.

Tras, see

1.

Jolin XV.

2.

EVERY MAN.
When

not separate ivords in the Greek.)

Tras, see

"all," No.

quite

once

07

5,

at the

see "

?,
,

all,

together, all at

same time.

every," No.

f/^'

see "

1.

all

2.

EVERY," No.

5.

(prep,

up

to or

up

by,)

ivith

numerals or measures of quantity or

value, apiece ; here avu. Bijvdpiov, a
denarius apiece.

a i^artide expressing '\ any one

uncertainty, condition- f
(ivho
ality, possibility,
Cmir/ht he

Tts,

{
(
3.

any one,

'
'

Ti,

what

,
?

) needing.)
\
j

who... what?

EVE

EVE

?,
'

'

Xo.

EVERY

"every MAN,"i\'o.5,
'

see

'

,,

T_

'

EVERY

5,
21.

"all,"

,
Mark

iVo. 1.

(a) singular.

Matt. vui. 33.

a.

Cor.
2 Cor.

a.

Eph.

V. 24.

a.

PhiL

iv. 0.

a. 1
a.

5.

i.

viii.

7.

a. 1

i.

45

2 Cor. ix. 11.

1.

every

^
""

3.

1.
1.

1.

in every place, everywhere.

in eveiy (way or mannor heiuf/ iinderstood.)

Luke

;*>

Tr A.

(on.)

on

hence,

side.

every (way, maiiner or side.)

in

2.

2 Cor. iv.

8.

EVIDENCE.
evidence, demonstration, proof,

convincing argument,
iii.

Tr

xvi. 20 {up.)

ill

rrtry direction,

ix. 6.

seego.

1.

xvii. 30.

1.

xxi. 28

(),
3.

ii.

,
&',

G;

W.)

Acts xxviii.

1.

2.

1 Tiui.

Tr

1.

22.

" ALL," No.

John

a.

vii.

(NO.

a. xiil. 10.

1.

KttTct, see

(7),

5.

u'ith

openly,

Marie

(occ.

vU. 2 (fem.)

Acts

1.

23.

xxvi.ll.with

ii
I

Titus

i.e.
i.

Acta

ID.

clearly, manifestly,

45; John
I

OaL

[noun and

vii.

ill. 1,

10.)

see set foi'th.

adj.]

causing or having laboin,

(denoting the more
soiTow, pain

i.

ras(i<L)

form of

lignant.

0.

(a) xvith article,

EVERY

vii. 14.

TTomipus,

active

xxii. 19.

2:1.

XV. 21

Heb.

2.

Acts XX.
I

xiv.

before, prefixed.)

(in.)

" EVERY," NO. 3b.

v. 42.

beforehand, or
conspicuous,

all,

3.

X. 3.

EVIL

EVERY

before

EVIDENTLY.

not separate words in the Greek.)

1 Cor.

manifest

Gal. iii. 11.

Phil. i. 28, see token.

EVERY WOMAN.
each, see " every," No.

made known.

most evident, etc., (No.

hdensive,) (non occ.)

manifest

2.

23

EVIDENT.

'!8<,

705,

xi. 1.

plain, manifest,

Cor. iv. 17.

Phil. iv. 12.

8.

EVERY WHIT.

(When

Tim.

.)
Heb.

tvith

see

every place.

in

(occ. 2

IG, eXey/ios, conviction, reproof,

place, locus,

viii. 4,

Act

', G

xix. 43.

'^v,

o.vL, eveiy,

'?,

ecery

from every place,

in,

?,

in,

(
'

Mark
Luke

from

not separate ivords in the Greelc.)

Iv, in,

Acts

(from.)

all sides.

ravTt, every,
rv,

\ ravTi, every,

viii. 1.

Thes. v. IS.

EVERY AVHERE.

(When

from

{,

,
ei',

1.

(throughout.)

Luke

EVERY SIDE

(b) plural.
b.

4.

EVERY QUARTER

not separate ivords in the GreeL)

see

viii.

'I each one

0(. pell i
Vscparate-

EVERY THING.
(When

(out of.)

Luke

each, see "every,

Rev. xxi.

TTois,

EVI

EVERY SEVERAL.

,
-

262

(into.)

viii.

evil,) hence, evil,

the

maEvil

one, the active worker out of evil,

with * prefixed denotes the translation

hy the

adj. in English.

EVI

?,

bad,

263

embracing

generically,

every form of evil ivhether moral or

2^hysical, (hence No. 3.)

,
,

(neiU.) as subs., tvith * prefixed

denotes the translation by the adj. in

English.

mind

Thes.

2 Tim.

13.

2.

iv.

14 (pi.)

v. 14.

Jas.

ill,

blown about by every

a moral reference opj).
to (iya^os, good,) worthless, good for
nothing, (like the old Eng. naughty

living

the

merely the
whole matter

to

1.

but the

which

it

or
matter.

2.
1.

except EVIL

V. 11 (o/ii.

LT(8theU.) Tr

)
la.
1.

37, 39.
45.
vi. 13.

la.
1*.

2.3.

34.

3.

r.

vii. 11, 17, 18.

1.

ix. 4(1.).)

1*.

John

29 (pL)
'.
vii. 7
xvii.l5,see E(the.)
xviiL 23 Is'
23 2ii
Acts vii. 6, 19, see
entreat.
ix. 13 (pi )
xiv.2,8ee
affected

1.

r.
1.

2*.

xii. 34,

3ul5'&2nJ-

35

see

S"',

xxiii. 5.

XV.

If.

XX.

15.

vii. 21.

23, gee
XV. 14.

0;vL

1.

Luko

19.

iii.

vi.

9,

see

(do.)

35.

1*.

45 lil&2iul.
453rd,gee E(tliat

which

vii. 21.

viii. 2.

la.

xi. 4 (rip.)

2.

1'.
5.

xiv. 20.

iii.

19.

20 (pi.)

xvi. 19.

thing.

xiii. 7.

Oal.

i.

16(fljj.)

15.

iv.

2.

EVIL ENTREAT.
to affect with

?,

(see " evil,"

2^hysically, to

to

,
,
,

harm

use, mal-

ill

to exas-

vi/yrcdly,

vii. 0, 19.

1.

2.

see

Matt.

Mark
Luke

see

xii. 35,")
vii. 23] [
xvi. 25, )

(-s.)

"EVIL," No.

see " evil,"

,
(Where

thing.

xiii. 5.

XV. ,33.
2 Cor. vi. 8,

1 Pet.

2.

12, 14.

ii.

NO.

2.

" evil," NO.

,

2.

(""
^^'

1.

5.

Rom.

i.

30,

Uncut.

C\.r. X. 6.

2.

3.

Titus

ii.

pi.)

S (ncut.

(that

is.)
2lut

1 Cor. X.

13, 29, 34.

xvi.25,seo
xxiu. 22.

John

IH.)

l\
1*.

V.

xiii. 3.
4 lot (see

which

1.

1.

xii. 0, see
(that
whicli is.)
17 iwkc^ 21 '"'CO-

tiling.

iii.

evil-doer.

EVIL THING

3.

19, 21.

Tr A K.)
2.

nQmrt.)

an evil-worker.
an

Acts

2.

ll(Xo.5,

ix.

iii.

perate.

8 (pi.)

vii.

Pet.

2. 1

9.

ii.

treat,

thing.

9.

iii.

(<lo.)

20.

No. 2,)

1.

30, see

i.

ii.

Mark
2'.

Rom.

'

Pet.

xviii.
see
14,
doing.
xix. 12, 13, 15, 10.

30.

xxiv. 48.
xxvii. 23.
iii. 4, sec

2.

V.

(make.)

thing.

report.

EVIL DO.

not two separate words in the

GreeL)

do evil,
("evil," no. 2 with
to

practice

~(,

16.
13.

Mark

iu. 4.

Luko

John

11.

sin,

to do.)

4.

Eph. V.
vL

list,

speaking and speak evil, for

see under speak.)

which

a wrong,

injustice,

ail

Acta xxiv.

2 Tim.

2. 1

reference is included in this

(they

are.

EVIL DOER.

evil

relates,

2<(1,

which

,,
,
,
1.

vord

not

see

see

(" EVIL," NO. 2 prefixed to

to do, to do evil, practice sin.

1,

voice;

-ind,

2,

ii.

crime.

With * denotes tlmt it is translated by

the English adjective.

Matt.

11

81,

1.

2.

from nought.)

No.

door.

EVIL DOING.

light,

a word as uttered by

doing.

see

evil

\vind, (u'ith

TTovv/pos, evil, see

17, see

(do.)

Rev.

13 (pi.) (marg.

i.

doer.

John iii. 12.

3 John 11 ",8 E(that
which is.)

evils.)

(adv. of No. 2,) badly,

jihysically or morally.

(Every

thing.

12.

iii.

11,

16, see

1". 1

see

8,

X. 22.

prjfia,

ui. 9lc, 10,

12 (pi.)

iv. 15,

2.

Heb.

16.

Pet. iL 12, 14,

doer.

doer.

12.

i.

1'.

2.

iv.

18.

2\ Titus

1*.

?,

see

9,

ii.

iii.

forms of meanness,
but sometimes mahce.

etc.,

16.

2.

1*.

not restricted to malevolence, but gen.

C0vardice,

10 (pi.)

8.

iii.

1*.

la. 2 Thes. iii. 3.

1. 1 Tin), vi. 4.
2.

4.

ii.

5.

22.

1.

Jae.

".

2.

twice.

15

v.

ii.

its

2". Phil. iii. 2.

2'. CoL iii. 5.

1.

badness, the evil habit of

badness in

6.

EVI

2. 1

vi. 0.

EVI

EVIL
1.

2.

?,
la.
la.

see

Luke
Rom.

,
,

WHICH

"evil,"

TTovyjpos, see

^.

" KVIL," No.

IS.)

1,

2,

(a)

Rom.

with

article.

vi. 45.

2a.

.xii. 9.

2a. 3 Jolui 11.

EVIL

264

-xiii.

4.

(the.)

the,

see

Jolm

EVIL

09,

"evil," NO.

(they which are.)

see " evil," No,

Rev.

ii.

2.

2 (pi.)

EVIL AFFECTED
Ku.Koo), see

),

(make.)

"evil entreat.
Acts xiv.

See

1.

xvii. 10.

also,

2.

speak and speaking.

EXACT

[verb.]

to do, exjyressing

an action con-

tinued, not completed, to do,

exercise,

practice.

Then in

i.e.,

to

ref.

to

a 2ie7'son, to do to or in respect to
any one, (in N.T.) only of harm or
evil, also, in the sense of to do a
])erson, i.e. to get money from any one.
Luke

EXALT

iii.

13.

(-ed,-eth.)

high, elevate, lift up,

(spoken of the brazen serpent, and of
Jesus on the o'oss.J
Meta2)h. to
elevate, i.e. to diffnity, etc., to exalt.

xi/'ooi,

to

Matt. XI

raise

EXA

EXA

,
{,

2G5

EXAMPLE.

2.

( Xo.

which

jn-e/ixed,J that

or before the eyes,

3.

vAth

i.e.

is

exemplar in

very

eagerly,

shown nndcr

I'

plainly.

Matt.

ii.

Dative

here,

(<;,
6(0% Cod,

blows, hence, a mark or impression

made by a hard substance on one of
softer material ; then, a model, pattern,

,
,
the,

0,

lUldcr,

anything produced by repeated

Tt'-TTo?,

vehemently,

much.

that which is shown, a sample,

specimen, example, (non occ.)

1.

EXC

exceedingly

super-emiiiently.
1. Luke xxiii. 8.

10.

10.

3.

Acta

iv. 8.

4.

Roin.

vii. 20,mai-g.io6'o</.

xvii. 23.
xxvi. 22.

13.

vii.

2 Cor.

viii. 28.

Marli

case,

to Cod.

-1

Pet. iv. 13,

-Jude24,

ix. 3.

the xvidest sense,

Rev. XTi.

2.

eee

iv. 17,

more.)

(far

K_

.,.
]-eeJ">

21.

(Eny. type.)

4.

pattern,

Matt.

imitation,

(make

10, see

i.

a writing-copy, hence, a

etc., for

.!.

a public.)
2.

John

'.

of

nee

viii. 5.

2.

4.

Jan. V. 10.
1 Pot. ii. 21.

Cor. X.

1.

Jmle

5,

Ij,

vaa.vzJi(jv:re.

EXAMPLE OF

Tim. iv. 12.

Heb. iv. 11.

2.

(after tlie.)

lioni."

3. 1

2.

xiii. 15.

EXCEEDING

(non occ.)

according

ner, still surpassing,

^],
to,

(referriny here to the

a
bepassing
yond, surpass-

7.

(after the) [margin.]

verb 'working out,'

not to the ?<7(/' eternal,' ivhich forbids
such a qualification ;
nor to^w'ci^it, 'ivhich
is separated from it
by the adjective.)

unto,

ft?,

'

down.

surpassing,

(a) u'ith Gen.

down

(b) xvith Ace.

down upon, over

from.

2 Cur.

against,

(far more.)

in a surpassnig man-

iv.

17.

hence, according to, (somestandetrd of

comparison being stated or implied.)

Rom.

b.

XV.

8,

5, toxt,

EXAMPLE

according

to.

EXCEEDINGLY.

(make a public.)

make an example

of

1.

near or beside othen^, hence,, to expose to jmblic shame as an example

2.

to

to others, (occ. Heb.

Matt.

i.

(',

to

-v

',

,
,

EXCEED.

eager,

(adv.) vehemently, eagerly,

over ; with Gen.

(as here), above,
(X, from, out of,
above the
iVi/1,

to throw or cast over or

1.

throw bej'ond or farther

-j

than anotha; to surpass in throiving,

',

of

})l.

very much.

beyond, (^/.f. beyond a certain limit.)

Also to

(neut.

vehement.)

L
3.

1.

more abundantly, more,

whether (f number or degree.
vohemcntly, eagerly, very
much,

vii. 6.)

moke an example (G
TrA).)

lit

,
,

See also, abundant, abundantly, glad,

GREAT, JOYFUL, SORROWFUL, SORRY.

exceeding
abundantly.

ordinary measure,

hence gen., to surpass, excel, exceed.

2.

,/.o/io.',

and above, to
be over a certain number or meato bo over

2.

sure, hence, to

abound, exceed.

fear

g,.eat fear.

I
Matt. xix.

2.

1.

Ac( xxvii. 18.

2 Cor. vii. 13.

4.

3.

Mark
Ual. 14, eoo (luoroi)
_^ XV. 14, eoo
Thee.
sec grow.
Act xvi.20,eoo trouble.
2 Then.
Uob.
21,ec<] foar.

5.

iv. 41.

(tliu

2.

Matt. v.20(withjrAioi',
i/IOIT.)

2 Cur.

1.

9.

iii.

1.

2 Cor. ix.

1.

Kph.i.

1.

H.

10.

ii.

EXCEEDING.
much, veiy, exceedingly.

7.

jiioro.)

i.

iil.
i.

10.

3,

xii.

EXCEEDINGLY
1.

Col.

i.

14.

(more.)

"

EXC
EXCEEDINGLY
1.

Mark

xv. 14

(,

,
,
excel in

cellent, most noble, (2ised in addressing 2)ersons of ranh and author-

ed.)

i<.)

ity.

(-ETH.)

Acts

3.

i.

(
^

(things that are.)

the things,

Ttt,

xxiii. 26.

EXCELLENT

to be over aud above, to

mimber or measure.

to throw or cast beyond

a certain limit or goal; also to throw
beyond or farther than another,

2.

EXC

Luke

EXCEL

(the more.)
G L (8th

reheiiimtly,

Tr

266

the things
that are

different, dis- V

crepant,

different.

Phil.

10,

i.

marg.

differ.

hence, to surpass, exceed, excel.

1 Cor. xiv. 12.

1.

2 Cor.

2.

iii.

10.

EXCELLENT

EXCELLENCY.

^-,

Rom.

a throwing or casting beyond, hence, a surpassing, supereminence, excellence.

1.

),

2.

hold over.

hold one's self over, i.e.

to be over, jut out over or beyond ;
also, to liold one's self above, i.e. to

.,

IJ

1.2 Cor.

1.

PhiL

iii.

^,

i.

,,

verse, various, distinguished,)

Heb.

")

to,

ct,

di-

more

effect,

than

or untenable

ible

hypothesis.)

not,

in case,

. _

see

not,
in

t,

case,

,r

.^

NO.

(see

2,

$,

1.

Ileb. viii.

L'.

6.

xi. 4l

(mo.st.)

(superl. of
force, superiority,)

unless in
deed.

except perliajjs,
unless perchance
or unless in some

some or any
respect,

',

i^^^^

4.

/), not,

>)

Ti,

except the
(case if or

resijcct,

(non

occ.)

near by without,

i.e.

on the

outside, Avithout.

excellent

EX-

EXCELLENT

/?,

in case... not (^s[suminganincred-

above,)

Cor. xii. 31.

i.

less

except,

6.

CELLEXCy,"i\^.l,|^^^T^'^'"g

1.

de-

and

eKTos, without, besides,

more, (the usual comp. <f

much,) jmjperly of mimher,
hut also of magnitude and in comparison expressed or implied.

^^

(more

cisive

distingaiished.

see

jjres.

in case, if possibly,

icncertaiji

(more.)

(comp. of

according

the fut. jyerfect.

not,

17.

EXCELLENT

,
'.,

may

rendered by

he

,)

of things, magnifi-

ivhich

t followed by the Subj.

iv. 7.

becoming to a great man,

2 Pet.

8 (part.)

cent, (non occ.)

^,

of

Aorist

the

decision),

,
L,

magnanimous

?>.{

^i

by

with

the jjrospect

EXCELLENT.

2.

-.7

* followed

time.)

...^

suhj.

2b.

1.

in case...not(^</i!e

condition referring
to
future

possibuityor^incertainty

Cor. ii

differ.

av,) in

et

(from No. 2,) a prominence,

eminence
of thinr/s, superiority,
excellence, (occ. 1 Tim. ii. 2.)
1

marg.

perhaps
(assuming the
hypothesis as a

be superior, excel.

3.

8,

case, if

(b) intrans. to

3.

ii.

EXCEPT.
(for

ecii',

(a) trans, to

are

(the things
MORE.)

l-.Matt.

John

V. 20.

It.

1'.

xli. 20.

1.

3,0.

1'.

xviii.

It.

27.

3.

2.

Xix.

2.

xxiv. 22.
xxvi. 42.

1*.
1.

power in
most ex-

more than, over and above,

hence, besides, except.

Mark

>.

(0y(.)

iii.

vii.

Luke

2.

1*.

iv. 48.

1".

vi. 44, 53.

05.

27.

It.
1.

xii. 24.

4.

1*.

XV. 4 iwlco.

.3,

xiii.f20,8ee
4.

iii.

ix. 13.

that.

xix. 11.

2.
C.

Acts

viii. 1.

EXC
r.
K.

it

be.

xxvi. 29.
xxvii. 31.

2.

Roiu.

ix.

1*.

X.

(,

XV. 36.

2 Thes.

ii.

John

3.

1'. 2 Tim. ii. 5.

1'. Rev. u. 5, 22.

pretext.

21.

John

EXCEPT THAT.
see "

^.

EXCEPT,"
Mark

XV. 22 (text, douk.)

EXCUSE

2.

xiii. 20.

(be.)

an excepting of

lit.,

the one who,

etc.)
1 Cor. XV. 27

3.

,5

incontinence, intemperance,

a pouring out upon, emptying out, (non occ.)

the

life

and character of an

(not to be saved, past hope,)

profligacy, debauchery, (occ. Tit.

Pet.

,
1.

Matt,

xxiii.

(',

25

iv.

G.)

2. 1

i.

4.)

(Gv)

iiiji'-ntke,

3.

Epli. v. 18.
1 Pet. iv. 3, see

Put. iv.

wine

4.

EXCHANGE

(in.)

that which is exchanged

anything, compensation,
against
equivalent, hence ijen., price, (no)i
occ.)

,
Matt. xvi.

26.

Mark

EXCHANGER

table

ceived

and
it

on

(s.)

xxw

EXCLUDE

(non

,
,
,

(-ED.)

Gal.
|

Rom.
Rom.

i.

EXCUSE

apology or de-

ii.

(-ED, -ixG.)

to speak one's self

self,

off, i.e.,

defend one's

a tribunal.

self before

Rom.

ii.

15.

EXCUSE ONE'S

SELF.

2 Cor. xit 19.

EXCUSED
see

Luke

1.)

20.

to plead for one's

(UE.)

"EXCUSE (MAKE.)"
xiv. 18, 19 (iwiae.)

(bind

ivith

an oath of)

[margin.]

to declare one to bo
bind by a curse.

(accui-sed), to

Acta xxiii 12 (text,

6iii<i

under a curte.)

(non

iv.

17.

EXECUTE

(-ED.)

to make, bring about, effect ; to

do, execute, practice, (e.g. to do
judgment, i.e. to act oa a judge.
Julm

27(iKies.)

(without.)

Avithout

fence, (occ.

27.

to shut out, to exclude,

iii.

xiv. 18.

occ.)

occ.)

Rom.

Luke

EXECRATIOX

i.e.

dejiosit,

Matt,

viii. 37.

one who sat at a

exchan/jed money, or re-

a tablcr,

at

to

excuse one's self /; an invitation.

EXCUSE

EXCESS.

(occ. 1 Cor. vii. 5.)

2.

done, to ask aside or away, hence, to

6KTOS, Avithout, beside, except, (he)'e

,
',

any one, i.e.

by asking

to obtain

entreat that something iiuiy not he

EXCEPTED

1.

(make.)

to ask near

his hands,

there is

[noun] [margin.]

what is shown or appears beany one, i.e. show, pretence,

fore

cither, or.

34 '"'e (text, ca$l out.)

ix.

EXCUSE

',

IT BE.

Acts xxiv.

throw or cast out; gen. with

to

xiii. 5.

V.

15.

[margin.]

the idea of foixe or impulse.

2 Cor. xii. 13.

4.

-29.

EXCEPT
))',

EXCOMMUXICA

5.

C, 7, 9.

2.

vii. 7.

267

vii. 5.

xiv.

3.

xxiv. 21, see

l.

Cor.

4. 1

I'. Actsviii. 31.

1*.
XV. 1.

5.

v. 27.

Luko

i.

8,

prioet

.,

268

EXP

EXHORT ONE ANOTHER.

EXECUTIONER.

In Roman
pike-man, halberdier.
army forming the body-guard and
acting as executioners, (non occ.)

Mark

EXERCISE

(non
1

Tim.

so,

,
,

with

ujd

to

materials, hence,

any
(non

strive,

thing,

one's

endeavoui",

EXECUTE.

TToicoi, see

2.
1.

x.

\.

call for

vjhich is

xii. 11.

1.

2 Pet.

3.

Rev. xiu.

-,

(-ED,

ii.

14.

12.

e.g.

to

produce a

exhortation,

j^articu1.

(occ.

2.

to

turn forward,

40.

i.e.

to

2Thea

xi.

1.

xiv. 22.

1. 1

1.

XV.

1.

3a.

xviii. 27.

2.

xxvii. 22.

1.
1.

23.

1.

.32.

xii. 8.

1.
1.

V. 11,

Tim.

vi.

2 Tim.
Tituei.

1.
1.

2.

iv. 2.
9,

6, 15.
iii 13.

X.

25,

another.

marg. (text,

1. 1
1.

[tire.

ii.

Ueb.

iv. 1.

comfort.)

(text,
iii. 12.
[beseech.)
ii. 1,
marg. lU
rg.

1.

1.

A^o. 1.

18 (part.

EXORCIST.
one who uses an oath,

(,

i.e.

13.

Pet, v. 1, 12,

Judu

3.

(-1N0.)

to receive from another,

hence, of kings, to succeed. In N. T.
inactively to be about to receive

8,

from another,

Acts xxvii.9.)

occ.)

Uom.

iii.

EXPECT

comfort,

fonvard ; hence,
to
exhort,
to
morally impel him onward, (non

2 Cor. ix. 5.
1 Thee. ii. 11.

Luke

Acts xix.

hence, to wait for.

to watch toward or for

anything, hence, to look for, expect.

,
2.

1.

(in one's.)

"EXHORT,"

see

2.

occ.)

Mid. to cause one to turn himself

1.

Acts XX.

EXHORTATION

-ING.)

propel, impel, morally.

Acts ii

[them] with
mvich
ur s e
J dis c
(

much,

,
,

'\exhorting

every kind of speaking to

commend, warn,

1.

"ex-

JVo. 1,

discourse,

to tell or speak of near,

before or to any one ; hence, to re-

(a)

see

(give much.)

one Avho by adjuration professes to

expel demons, (Eng. exorcist, non

encouragement.

',

HORT,"

to call to one, call near,

meant

effect,

Acts xxiv. 16.

1 Tim. iv. 7.
1 Heb, V. 14.

1.

lordship.

EXHORT

lar

exercise

occ.)

Matt. XX. 25, see authority and dominion.

Mark 42, see authority and lordship.
Lukexxii.2.5,8ee authorand

as raiv

skill,

to

/,
,
(^,
/

naked,) hence,
(from
to train, accustom, (non occ.)

self in

3.

EXHORTATION

-.)

(-ED,

cises,

work

[much.)

xii. 8.

iv. 8.

to practise gymnastic exer-

to

2 Cor. viii. 17.

1 Thea. u. 3.
1 Tim. iv. 13.
Heb. xii. 5.
xiii. 22.

(in one's)
ui.l8,see
Acts xui. 15.
(give
XX. 2, see
1 Cor. xiv.

consolatory exor entreaty,

warning.)

invitation

Luke

Rom.

summons

an admonitory

hence,

(ojjp. to

[noun.]

occ.)

EXERCISE

^,

encouraging and

gymnastic exercise, (so called

see beloiv,)

ity

a calling near, a

to one's side

hortation,

because practised nude or nearly

a.

-,

X. 25.

EXHORTATION.

27.

vi.

Heb.

1.

Lat. speculator or spicula-

(from spicula, a spear,) Eng. a

tor,

Acts UL

1.

5.

x. 13.

EXPECTATION.

a watching or looking
expectation, (in N.T. only of
occ.

Luke

xxi. 20.)
Acts

xii. 11.

EXPECTATION

one

Hub.

Luke

see
iii.

(be in.)

" EXPECT," No.

Vj

(i)art.)

2.

(marg. auipcnu.)

for,
evil,

'

EXP

EXPECTATION

269

(earnest.)

a looking away towards

ani/ thinff Avitli the liead bent forthe
from,
ward, (from
to look.)
head, and
Rom.

viu. 19.

,
,

2.

',

EXPEDIENT

i.

3.

7',
3.

Mark iv. 34.

Luke -xxiv. 27.

John

xviii. 14.
1 Cor.

),

marg.

to

(-LED.)

50.

the state of
or, the state of

either

probity,

Rom.

V.

Luke

4'f'.

EXPERIMENT.
see ahove.
1.

2.

i.e.,

Acts xxvi.

1.
2.

,
,

one who knows,

3.
3.

to

make

(-ED.)
4.

full, fill

up.

to end, to finish.

xviii. 11.

,
'..

Matt,

1 Cor. v. 10, 11.

Cor. vi. 10.

EYE

(-S.)

the eye, (occ. Actsi.

si'iht

the eye, (NO.

9, pi.)

may

be

a hole, eye of a needle,

(from TpvM, to rub through,) (nnn

,',

May bt eiuUtl, G rj.)

EXPOUND

(-ED.)

an infant
Acts vii. 21,

to place out (as

that viay perish, occ.

past.)

Mid. to set

declare.

forth, to

expound,

(from

1.

(, .)

Acts vii. 30 (part,

Rev. XX. 7
afler, instead of urav TtKtvaejj,

(a) in

beasts, rapacious, (occ.

occ.)

EXPIRE

vlitntoevtv

1.

EXTORTIONER.
(adj. of above,) ravenous, (sjyjhen

applied to the Deity, but No. 2 can

only be applied ivith prop7'iety to
men.

EXPERT.

a knower,
(non occ.)

2.5.

.vii. 15.)

2 Cor. ix. 13.

2.

EXTORTION.

of ivild

approved integrity.

1.

iv. 1.

Matt, xxiii.

heinfj tried, a tiying

having been tried, tried,

Tim.

the act of seizing upon or

snatching away, plundering, pillage, (occ. Heb. X, 34; Lukexi. 39.)

EXPERIENCE.
trial

in express words, (adv. of

throw or cast out.

proof,

xi. 4.

xviii. 20.

EXPRESSLY.

xii. 1.*

EXPEL

Acts

la.

said or expressed in words.)

be

Acts xiiL

/,

' [pi-nftlnbl''.

12,

vi.

la.

See, IMAGE.

1
.

ex-

EXPRESS.

Cor. X. 23.
2 Cor. viii. 10.

xi. 50.

xvi. 7

Acte xxviii 23.

la.

and Impers.

In(ran-<<.

to

fully,

to let loose upon, solve

to bear or bring together, to

contribute, to collect ; hence, to be
profitable, expedient, advantageous.

interpret

plain fixrther.

20.

(be.)

to

thoroughly explain.

2.

Phil.

EYE

hole,

cve

of a

needle,

to bore,) (non ore.)

EYE
1

270

FAD

271

FADE AWAY.
to put out, to extinguish (as

,
]

FAIN

long

earnestly,

fire.)

inward

go out, expire, die away,

(a) Pass, to

Jas.

Luke

',
'^,

11.

i.

(.,

FADETH NOT AWAY

2.

(that.)

(adj.

weaiy, exhausted, esp. from failure

of power, (non occ.)

the

of

name of the amarynth or

everlasting flower,) amaranthine.

1.

Pet.

2.

4.

i.

fail,

weal-ness.

(non

to cease,

77,

off, i.e.

to work one's self weary, be

veary (or even sick), (occ. Heb. xii.
3; Jas. V. 15.)

to

off, i.e.

occ.)

to leave or forsake upon,

4.

,
,
to

1.

ground, hence,

the

to fall out

make
end

6.

of, fall

1.

3.

be

Luke

come short

xji. 33,

(that.)
xvi.

see

of,

F not

xiii.

L Tr

17.

1.

xxi. 16,see

tliom

Heb.

i.

2 Thes.

ui. 13.
ill 13, marg.
(text, be tceary.)

Heb.
Rev.

3.

FAIR.
of the to\vn,

/'^,

lt

(No.

3,

Heb.

12.

xii. 15,

with

opp.

to

Of

from

the

;)

and

so

urbs,)
(of the

esp. clever,

extei-nal

form,

well-made. (See descrij>tion of Moses,

Ex. ii. 2 ; Jos. Ant. ii. 9, 6, 7), (occ.
xi.

23.)

Matt. xvi. 2, see weatli

Acts vii. 20.

(men's hearts.)

swooning,

ready

to

die,

occ.)

Hni. xvi. IS,

I

tial.

vi.

12, sec

speech
show.

e.

,
,

(the.)

handsome, boautiful.
a haven, harbour, port.
Acts xxvii.

8.

the men, (non occ.)

Luke

xxi.

FAITH.

2rt.

1.

FAILETH NOT

'7,

3.

(from

urbanus,

Lat.

FAIR HAVENS

FAILING THEM

oi

xii. 3, 5.
ii.

from (marg. fall from .)

xxii. 32.

(non

vi. 9.

Eph.

2.

1.

poliahcil.

.)

xi. 32.

C.

GaL

country, a countryman

hence,

8 2d.

2.

(men's hearts.)
1.

Cor.

5.

2 Cor. iv. 1, 16.

1.
2.

1.

viii. 3.

xviii.

like

not to reach, miss.

4. 1

0.

2.

W.)

polite,

hindmost

last,

G L

XV. 32.

Mark
Luke

?,

put an

to lay aside.

varepeo), to

to

unemployed or idle

to leave

tind

away from,

useless, void, abolish

to,

1.

(,

:(,

TtrA
2.

fail.

5.

>Iatt. ix. 36, with

to be, marg. be
(did lay
to Hay, laceralt,

1.

fall, fall to

become void.

to

to

gen.

FAIL.
to leave out of or

hence,
i.e. in or during anything ;
to fail, not to suffice, (non occ.)

3.

i.e.

In N.T.

to be faiut-hcartcd, esp. in view of

trial or difficidty, or from moral

,
to

to turn out a coward,

lose one's courage.

1 Pet. v. 4.

relinquish, desert; to leave

2.

to set free

of,

jyroper

(-ED.)

out

to loose

from to loosen out, relax, weary.

In N.T. only Pass, or Mid. to be

(adj. of above) unfading.

1.

mind.

XV. 10.

FAINT

1.

desire
denoting the

for,

affection of the

decay, (non occ.)

a.

(would.)

to fix the desire upon,

(that.)

(^iVo.l, irifh u, not,

unfailing.
Luke

xii. .13.

prefixed,)

/.('.
firm persuasion, the
conviction ivhirh is based upon trust,
not ujmn kuou'l<'d</e ; a fii'inly relying confidence cherished by conviction and bidding defiance to npjyosing

-iiTTfi, faith,

contradictions.

FAI

272

?,

hope, i.e. expectation of somea clearly cherished

thing future
and apparently well-grounded expectation and prospect of some
desired good.
F 1. 2 Cor. xiii. 5.
Matt. vi. 30, see
;

(little.)

Matt.

Gal.

1.

1.

viii. 10.

see

26,

(of

1.

(of

1.

ii,

XV. 2S.

faithful,

25, 26.

may

see

(of

ii.

iii.

1.

iv. 5, 13.

xxi. 21.

1.

vi. 16, 23.

xxiii, 23.

1.

Alark

ii 5.

1.
1.

X. 52,

1.

xi. 22.

1.

V. 20.

1.

vii. 9, 50.

1.

viii. 25, 48.

1.

xii.28,seeFaittle.)

1.

xvii. 5, 6, 19.
xviii. 8, 42.
xxii 32.

1.

Col.

Tim.

GL

Tr

novice.
grace,

1.

1.

XV.

1.

ii.

1.

iii. 8,

9.

xvi. 5.
marg.
xvii.
31,
(text, assurance.)

iii.

xxvL

1.

Philem.

1.

Heb.

22, 25, 27,

28, .SO ''<:, 31.
iv. 5, 9, 11, 12, 13,
14^ 16 twice, 19, 20.
V. 1.

1.

G-

2 (om.

xi. 1,

1.

.5,

1.

Matt. xvii.

twice, 17,
1, 5,
times, 20, 22 twice,

14

ii.

183

Mark

24, 26.

5.

V. 15.

1.

1. 1

XV. 14. 17.

xvi. 13.
2 Cor. i. 24 *!"

Pet.

1.

13.

i.

5,

7,9, 21.

v. 9.

1.

2 Pet.

John

i.

v. 4.

1.

.Iude3, 20.
Rev. ii. 13,

19.

V. 7.

1.

viii. 7.

1.

xiii. 10.

X.

1.

xiv. 12.

\r,.

FAITH

1.

1, 5.

1.

2.

and

vi. 30.

x<iz.,

anxiety,

forfjfffidne.'is.

viii. 26.

Luke

xii. 28.

see

Malt. xiv. 31.

xvi.

Luke ix. 41.

John XX 27.

FALL

[noun.]

fall,

Metaph.

a falling aside as from

duty ; tlic particular
special act of sin.
Matt.

vii. 27.

See

2.

8.

FALL

hnver

the paasarfes.
Matt.

<,

downfall.
downfall, ruin, (nan ocr.J

1.

mind,

to

17.

of faith, a

different atntes of

2'>'>'efijced

right, truth, or

word used
only by our Lord; and by Ilim
only an rptoted befoiv, to rebuke four

fear, doubt,

eg.

ix. 19.

(of little.)

little

(,

revelation of grace.

3, 6.

i.

FAITHLESS.

6,

xii. 2.

Jas.

xi). 9.

-,

4,

xiii. 7.

1.

xiii. 2, 13.

iv.

3,

8, 9, 11, 13,17,
20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 27,
28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 39.

1.

5, iieiit.

worthy of confidence,
untrustworthy not confident, distrustful.
In N. T. Grecl; faithless,
of one who refuses to receive God's

7 twice,

1.

John

above,) not

38.

I>

xii. 3, 6.

ii.

X. 22.
23.

1.

X. C. 8, 17.
xi. 20.

Cor.

xix. 11.
xxi. 5.
xxii. 6.

12, 15.
11.

5, 6.

iv. 2.

1.

ix. 30, 32.

xiv. 1,22,
xvi. 26.

v. 24.

15.

vi. 1, 12.

2.

23<*'<^<

10, 13.
iii. 14.
xvii. 14.

FAITHFULLY.

2.

5,8,12,173''"

5.

tticttOs, see cd)ove.

1, 4, 13.

i.

ii.

1.

9.

i.

i.

ii.

iii. 3.

iii.

5, 13.
18, 22.
10, 15.

1.

John

Rev.

i.

Titus

1.

18.

V. 12.

iv. 7.

1.

TrbA.)

Tim

XX. 21.
xxiv. 24.

3,

1 Pet. iv. 19.

9.

i.

2, 5.

xi. 11.

iv. 1, 6, 12.
V. 8, 12.
vi. 10, 11, 12, 21.

1.

t^.)

Thes.

2 Thes.
1 Tim.

8.

X. 23.

2, 7.

i.

9, 13.

1.

xiv. 9, 22, 27.

i.

marg. see

6,

1.

iji.

Col.

marg. 6e?ici'iM(/.

17.

ii.
iii.

1.

i.

iv. 9.

iii.

Heb.

iv. 7, 9.

7, 15.

ii.

xiii. 8.

Rom.

14,

5,

19 twice.

24

xi.

4,

Tim.

vi.2,

vi. 21.
2,

iii.

(,

iii.

Eph.

2.
i.

2 Tim. ii. 2, 11, 13.

TitiLs i. 0, 9.

X. 13.

Gal.

3, 4, 11.

i.

iii.

vi. 5, 7.

Act. trusting,

iv. 2, 17.
vii. 25.

3, 8.

ilL 2, 5, 6, 7, 10.
V. S.

1.

of things, trustworthy,

xvi. 10 twice, 11, 12.

xix. 17.
Acts xvL 15.
Cor.
i. 9.
1

5, 7, 12.
i.

2 Thes.
1

rely

Matt. xxiv. 45.

XXV. 21 twice, 23twicc.
Liike -Vii. 42.

4, 23.

Thes.

Actsili. 16<w'e
8

12, 17.

ii.

worthy of confiof persons, one on whom we

8.

25, 27.
ii. 17.
iii. 9 twice.
i.

Pass.

verb.

the

of

trusty,

sure, firm, certain.

i.

1.

iv. 40.

V. 34.

Luke

Pliil

belicvincr.

1.

xvii. 20.

dence

15.

i.

1.

S,

little.)

meanings

the

16tH<, 20.
iii. 2, 5, 7, 8,9, 11,
12, 14, 22, 23 twice, 24,

Eph.

from

persuade, win by words, influence,) hence it may be taken either

actively or passively, according to
(to

V. 5, 6, 22.
vi. 10.

1.

FAITHFUL.
^)?*. a verbal adj.

23.

i.

1.

little.)

?,

ii.

little.)

2 22, 29.
xiv. 31, see

FAL

2.

to

1.
|

Rom.

(-EN,
fall,

.\i.

-,
as

j>htce, fall

(),

(iVo.

2we fixed,) to

Luko

ii.

34.

11, 12.

-INO, FELL.)

from

a.

higher

to

down.

1,

fiiU

vjifh

out

of.

out

of,

3.

FAL

,
,

(Xo.

With

1,

273

iv, in, prfifixed,)

to fall in or into,

(a)

f<)Uowed by

(Ko.

or

down,

2nd^eeeFdov, n.

fall upon.
In N.T.
onfy of persons, to throw one's self
upon, eitht)' as emhracinr/, or in a

Metaph, to

come over

or

Rom.

'/,

upon

fall

to conic

lie, i.e.

become, markinf/

any state

any

[,

comc down,

to bear or cany down from

a higher to a lower place.
In N. T.
only Pass, to bo borne down,

thrown down,

to

Miaph.

fall.

to

be borne down, oppressed.

to stumble, to

iL 11,

xi. 17.
xiii. 4.

XV. 14, 27.

xvii.

xviii. 26, 20, see

down.

.Oa.

1.

44 <wl {np.)
xxiv. 20.

xxvi. 30.
Mark iii. 11, see
before.
V. 22.
33, see

1.

XX. 18wlce.
xxi. 24.
xxii.44,8ce Fdown

1.

xxiii. 30.

1.

xii. 24.

1.

John

F down

before.

1.

0.

vii. 2:>,

see

at.

ix. 20.

LTTrA

(Xo.l,

1.

1.

xi.

11 (No.

X.

Pet.
2 Pet.

- 1

i.

11.

I0"icf.
5,

xiv. 8 l-.
S Sn. (o,.

A'>

Tr A.)

1.

1.3,

1.

1.

10.

!.)

-lo:
-21.
xvii. 10.

F away.

xviiL 2 1"
2 2nd (o,i,.

.;.

i.

down.

13, 16.

F frorix,

see

xix. 4,

24, see
10.

Tr

Ali

t)

F awav.

eeFdovn.

10.

xxii. 8,

seeFdown.

see

doirn

F down

see

trans-

v. 5,10,see

Fdown.

at.

fall tofjctha-.T

X.

(No.

."ia.

\ti)

O^L

4,

to or before

any

25.

vii.

xiii.

11

see F
(No.

1,

I,

3.

xvi. 20, see

xix.

17

F ilown

(No.

1,

to

fall
;

(a)

2.

near by any one,

F down.

35, see fell

down

from Jupiter (which.)

so

also, to fall aside *"

as to desert, (non

off.

t)cfore.
5a.

,
,
,

AWAY.

occ.

to

tr<tns.

place

away

from, cause to depart.

(b) intrans. to separate one's self, dejiart.

forsake.

Tr.)

before.
41, sec

any thing, to
In N.T. with idea

see " fall," Xo.

as to meet with

3>, see sleep.

xv.lti, see Fdown.

L
2.

TTr A R)

Tr A)

7, 8.

X. 18.

.Mark

xl. i:
xii. 7,

5a.

13, see
awav.
14.
23, 800 nsloop.
2S, 47,
see F

AT.

down

sons, to fall

F.VLL

see F from.
li>(No. 0,

F down.
44(No. 1, L)

5a.

5.

FALL

to fall towards

2)i>}'pose, to fall at, rusli upon,

dash against, (Matt. vii. 2).) Of per-

see asleep.

25, see

to

2.)

i.

X. 30.

of

ix. 4.

((-,
Tr

Luke

one.

Tr A W.)
3,

Jas.

strike against.

l.S,

39 (Xo.

41

viii. 16.

before.
V. 8, see

FALL AMONG.

),

2(i.

vii. fiO,

12.

iv. 7,

" The following combinations are where

are not .separate words in the Greel'^

thc.'^e

gression.

xiv. 35.

down

ix.

30.

xviii. 0.

Acts i. IS, part., see

headlong.

1.

K.)

viii.

viii.

1.

17.

iii.

vi. 6, see
I.

Fdown

xi. 32, see

25,

with

xiii. 25,

to.

XV. 20.
xvi. 21.

F ilown

7, 8.

f),

xvii.ie.seeFdown.

x.xi.

iv. 4,

K.)
XV. 12, see

15.

L Tr

xiv. 5 (No, 1,

3a.

xiii. 4, 5, 7, 8.

40

vii.

1.

LT

6, 7.

xxvii.

1.

1.

TrA.)

1.

iv. 11.

30.

X. 29.

vi.

Heb.

see

30,

.v.

3a.

xii. 11.

i.

vi.

vi. 0.

I.

among.

vii. 25, 27.

Luke

1.

see

to fall around any one so as to

embrace ; or to fall so as to be surrounded by any thing, (occ. Acts

fall.

- Luke

(.F
see

)^

iv. 0,

to he

1,

iv. 10,
)
V. S, 14, J

(keep

used of all hinds of motion.)

beinfi

Matt.

iii.

xii. 15,

to

24,

TrAR)

xi. 11, 22.

Tim.

to

the result of

a<^ency.

2.

SCO

xiv. 4.
XV. 3.
Cor. X. 8, 12.
xiv.25,Kee F dowiu
XV. 0, IS, see asleep.
Gal. V. 4, see F from.
Phil. i. 12, see F out.
Thes. ii. 3, see fulling
aw.ny.

1.1

into existence or into

A N)

ii^ion.

to begin to

,
,

I.

one.

followed by

(a)

Tr

into.

12.

V.

from.)
Rev. i. 17.
ii. 5 (No.

don.

upon,

prefi.ved,) to

hostile sense.

G L

41, see F into.

xxviii. 6, see

see

U.

Jude
1.

F from.

17, See

1.

to

see asleep.

iii. 4,

2,

i.

2.

(,

perUh,

Pet.

Jas.

7.

xxvi. 14, iwrt.

xxvii. 17, 29.
32, see F off.
34

down,

with

1,

91'

37.

irros^tnde

e.g.

(leivl.

(^.

Acts XX.

xxii.

1, 7('ith

j)refixed,) to fall

I.

into.

(.U,

FAL

r.b.

Luke

viii.

13.
1.

2.

Pot.

i.

24.

Ueb.

\'i.

0,

jmii.

,
,
,
,
',
1.

FAL

274

FALL DOWN.
"fall,"

see

2.

^.

4,

(occ.

Acts xxvi. 14.)

3.

1.

Acts XV.

iv. 9.

1.

XX.

2.

ii.

11.

16.
9.

viii. 41.

1.

xxviii. 6.
1 Cor. xiv. 25.

xvii. 16.

1.

Heb.

xi. 30.

xxii. 44(ojJ.)
John xi. 32.

1.

Rev.

iv. 10.

1.

V. S, 14.

Acts

v. 5, 10.

1.

X.

1.

xix. 4.
xxii. 8.

Luke

2-5.

DOWN

FALL
see

i.e.

at."

any

one,

own hand and

Mark

iii.

iu the presence of, before.

11.

V. 33.

2.

Luke

iv.

7,

marg. (text,

viii.28,47.[!Ow/u>.)

1.
I

1.

or go

Acts xvL

29.

,
i.e.

(WHIUn.)

1.

2.

?,

fallen

fall,)

and

from Jupiter,

Impers.

upon or to, i.e. to pertain or

belong to any one ; hence, as here,
me),

which
due share.

the portion

TO

falls (to

my

i.e.

Luke XV.

the,

12.

the one foretold by

2 Thes. ii. 5, and by
^
our Lord, Matt.xxiv. 10-12.

] viz.,

>
,
him,
lii.xi,

u.,

,
?,

FALLING

watch

ii.

3.

(keep from.)

to watch, not to sleep, keep

hence, to guard, to keep,

not stumbling, ?/9. of a

Jude

24.

FALL FROM.
"FALL,"

'.

FALSE.

2.

to fall from, (7wn occ.)

(), to be

last,

behind,

interior,

-^^

over.

TO.

upon or

horse.

see

gen. of Zeis,

heaven descended.

,
,
(

3.

to

or pass

12.

i.

2 Thes.

07775, (from

move

fall

apostacy,

DOWN FROM JUPITER

FALL

FALLING AWAY.

hence, to worship, adore.

1.

2.

FALL OUT.
come

to

,,
.
to

extend it towards a person, at the

same time prostrating one's self,
as a mark of respect and homage

1.

2.

xxvii. 32.

to cast

AT."

to kiss towards

to kiss one's

FALL," No.

FALL

BEFORE.

"FALL

see

i.

FALL OFF.

Phil.

V. 8.

DOWN

FALL

J as.

41.

see "

',

AT.

"FALL AMOXG."

see

along.

"fall
Luke

7.

xviu. 26, 29.

Matt.

FALL INTO.
not tivo ivords in the Greel.)

Acts xxvii.

" FALL," A^o.

see

FAL

(When

I^o. 1.

" FALL,"

see

from,

to

>

behind

2.

Acte

ix. 18.

1.

2 Pet.

GaL

V. 4.

3.

Heb.

as opp.

to

vhat

true,

is

deceiving, (occ. Rev.

lying,

false,

\l/iv^i]S,

ii.

fall

xxi. 8.)
Acts

vi.

13.

from.

iii. 17.
[/ail of.)
xii. 15, marg. (text,

Sec

accusation, accuser, apostle,

CIIRISTS, PROPHET, WITNESS.

also,

BRETHREN,

FALL HEADLONG.
7rpT/i'/;s,

FALSELY.

bending forward,
j

prostrate,

'<;,

falling

becoming, (see C headlong.

" FALL," No. 6,)
)
Acts

18.

^',

to speak falsely, to

lie

to

any

one,

deceive by lying.
Matt,
1 Pot.

Luke

v,

11, part.

ill.

10, >

iii 14,

(marg.

see accuse.
,
'

{nm.

r:

Ti-m')

FAL

275

FALSELY SO CALLED.

\/8,

named

falsely

(ivhence Eng.

1.

pseudonym.)
Tim.

FAME.
voice

FAR.

(adj.) long ; of space, i.e. from

one point to anothei, and hence, far,

.,

and Eng.
from heaven, an

ominous or prophetic voice.

any voice or words iiimour,

3.

(non occ.)

hearing, either the sense or

the instrument
farulty of hearing:
of hearing, i.e. tlie ears ; or that
which is hcai'd,
instruction or

,
,

Matt. XV.

(be

xxi.

Mark

.'i3,

'/;5, a ringing in the ears, a sound

or noise of any sort.

9,

a word as spoken, whether the

act of speaking or the thing spoken,

an account which one

hence, talk,

gives.
26.

2.

F
abroad '.
31

Matt. xiv.

iv. 24.

ix

see

(eproad

1.

Mark
Luke

4.

Luke

1.

2S.

i.

iv. 14.

37.

3.

ABRO.VD OXE's.)

(.SPUE.VD

to

rumour
Matt.

make

abroad,

34.

i.

FAMILY.

iii.

25.)
Eph.

iil 15.

FAMINE.

iv.
3.

failure,

want

as of food,
Luke

Matt. xxiv. 7.
M.irk xiii. 8.

Rom.

iv. 25.

Rev.

winnowing
is

throivn

iii.

here,

12.

he

or

favourable

favourable,

to thee,

[Lord.]

to thee,
Matt. xvi.

22.

FAR HENCE.
see

"FAR,"

A'o. 2.

Acts xxii.

FAR

FAR
from

21.

OFF.

Eph.

ii.

13.

(from.)

far.

FAR

XV. 14.
xxi. 11.
viii. 35.

vnth

which

arfainst the icind

it,

God

propitious,

',

(thus.)

unto, as long as,

up

to,

this.

shovel

vp

above.

it.)

zviii. 8.

in order to cleanse
Matt.

(cE

(adj.) of the gods,

appeased, propitious
in
of men, cheerful

ofiF.

10, see

hence,

FAN.
gram

13,

PhiL L 23.
Heb. Tii. 15, see more.

FAR FROM

hunger, famine.

iTTvov,

ii.

XV. 13.
xix. 12.

ix. 31.

paternal descent, lineage.

In
N.T. a family, as a subdivision of
the Jewish tribe, and containing
several households, (ocr. Luke ii. 4 ;

Luke

iv.

vii. 0.

spent.

xiii. 12, see

V. 15

known.

/?,

Rom.

2 Cor.
17, see exceeding
Epli. 21, see above.

see F

F(froin.)

see country.

xiii.34,3eejo\irney.

Luke

8.

Acts xvii. 2".

xxii.21,seeFhence.

2.

N. T^.o/'irof/, propitious,

FAME

Acts

2 Jolin xxi.

country.

vii. G.

xii. 1,

by far, far-far.

9, see country.
X xii. 51, see Fthus.
xxiv. 29, see spent.

viii. 3, see

much rather,

F from

yj, see d.iy.

vi.

Luke XX.

S.

it.)

report.

Matt.

more, r ather,

XXV. 14,

off.

much,

xvi. 22, see

off.

(adv.) forwards, far forwards,

hence, far

report,

far

of No.
a long

acc. fern,

for

way, a great Avay

Then,

(adv.) (prop.

1), strictly

(ivhence, Lat. fama,

fame,)

far distant.

vi. 20.

2.

FAR

(non
Luko

occ.)
iii.

17.

Luke

xxii. 51.

FARE
to

make

(-ED.)

merr^',

connected with feasting.

Luke

ZTi. 19.

rejoice,

as

FAR
FAREWELL
1.

or

FARE YE WELL.

to strengthen,
In X.T. only imperat.

pm'vvjiL,

formula at
Lat. vale,

),

end of

the

i.e.

to

276

make

as a

2)(iss.

(non
be

rejoice,

Mark

12, see

ii.

(on

Phil.

tlus.)
2.

Luke

4.

Acts

1. 1

vii. 44.

Cor.

8.

ii.

21,

iii.

ix. 29.

Jas.

3.

vii. 31.

.see

unto.
Pet. i. 14, see

[self.

11.

i.

like

one's

like

epistles

fare-well,

jo}',

finn.

FAS

occ.)

glad.

Impert. (as here) as a word of salujoytation or greetinff, joy to thee

?,

FASHION

(on this.)

on this wise, in this manner.

tlnis,

Mark

12.

ii.

to

you
1.
1.
2.

hail

FASHION ONE'S SELF ACCORDING

Acts sv.

29.
xxiii. 30 (oiii.
2 Cor. xiii. 11.

G- L TTr

/,

FAREWELL

A.)

Acts

ix. 01.

FARM.
field.

5.

FARTHER SIDE
TO, the,

that beyond
tlie other

beyond, over, on
the other side,

>

side.

x. 1.

FARTHING.

FAST

,
,,
(non

i.e.

to about three farthings,

occ.)

Lat. quadrans, the fourth

part of an "as" (No. 1), or onefifth of a farthing, (non occ.)

2.

Matt.

1.

V. 20.

,
(non

2.

3.

2.

X. 29.

1.

1.

FASHION
outward

Mark
Luke

xii. 42.

xii

',
around

FAST

the

part

Matt.

to eat.)

17, part.,
ix.

Mark

Markii. 18 2nd

iv. 2, part.
vi. 16 <"''

ii.

19

Luke

18.

&3r<i, lo in.

2 {op.),

20.

V. 33, 34, 3.7.

xviii.

14 '"'^, 10.
18 1", -see F (use

12.

Actex. 30(o)H.LTTrA.)
xiii. 2, 3, iMirt.

),

)'', they

at

(used to.

were,

fasting.

Mark

or

FAST

eye, hence, fjen. the face,

ii.

18.

[adj.]

See, HOLD, stand, stick.

-,

a type, i.e. anythinf/ caused or

jYTodurrd by hloivs ; a mark or impress made by a hard substance on a
softer material ; also, a

(-ED, -EST, -ING.)

to fast, to abstain from eating,

equal to negative un, and
(from

FAST

shape, mien,

towards,

9.

to.)

countenance.

4.

,,

seen, external ap]>earance.

tlie

abstinence

i.e.

C.

occ.)

?5, thing

fast,

food.

[noun.]

figure,

with,

[noun.]

Acts xxvii.

assarion, di7n. of Lat. as,

Jleb. "ic't^, a small as ; a brass coin
equal to one-tenth of a denarius or

form

like

denoting form abstractedly,

denoting association.)

a fasting,

from

.,

14.

i.

having

and

(the.)

Tzkpav,

Mark

^,
(

Pet.

FASHIONED LIKE UNTO.

a cultivated

Matt. xxii.

with,

2.)
xviii. 21.
1

(xypos, a field, esp.

same form

(or outward figure), to conform to

In N.T. only Mid. or
anything.
Pass, to conform one's self, to be
conformed to anything, (occ. Rom.

(bid.)

to arrange one's self off,

separate one's self from, i.e. to take
leave of, bid farewell to.

Luke

TO.
to give the

model, pat-

tern, exemplar, in the widest sense.

,
able.

FAST
to

make

(m.\ke.)
firm,

fixed,

immove-

FAS

FAT

Luke xxiv. 49*.

John 14, 18*.

FASTEN ON.

to adapt, to fit down upon

anythhui, tvhence, to bind or fasten
on, (noil occ.)
Acts zxviji.

10*.
35*.

iii.

3.

GL

49, 57*

vu.

iv,
iii.

20 (with
i

a fasting,
not

(non

occ. J

5,
Mutt. XV.

lo be.)

fast,

abstinence

i.e.

viii.

)
1.

Luke

ii 37.

2 Cor. vi. 5.

1.

xi. 27.

Tr

FATHER

GL

W.)

i.

sivijylest

from

PhiL

i.

labial

Consequently

11*, 22.
iv. 20-.
i 2, 3*, 12.

CoL

2* {op.)
17*, 21.
1 The, i 1* iit.l* ind {ap\
ii.

iii.

2*, 6*,

8*,

7*.

Matt.

ii.

Mark

22.

1*. 2*.
ii. 16*.
1 Tim. i 2*.

iv. 21, 22.

V.

\G\

vi.

vii.

45*. 48*.

Tit.

Heb.

8*,9',14',15*,1S'1,

U,

12.

X. 7, 19, 29.
xi. 10, 25*. 26* (n^.)

26", 32.
vii.

10 'wi, 11,

ix. 21, 24.

21*.

xiii. 12,

xiv. 30*.

XV. 21.
L 17, 32, 55, 59. 62,

XV. 4 iwlcOj 5 twice^

13'.

67, 72, 73.

ii. 48, 49*.
iii.

8.

vi. 23, 26, 30*.

xvi. 17 , 27*.
xviiL 10*, 14*, 19*,

ix.
X.

xii. 5, 1!>, 29 ("J).)

XX. 23*.
Ind,

twic, 21, 22, 27, 28,

29.

xvi. 24, 27 I'", 30.

xviii. 20.

xxvi. 29', 39', 42*,

xxii. 29*, 42*.

xxviii. 19*.

xxui. 34*

[53*.

9.

3,seeF (without)

Jas.

i.

2 twice,

4, 11, 12,
14, 15, 19, 20, 32, 38,
twice,
45
44,
39,
51, 52.
xiu. 17, 32, 36.

Pet.

2*, 3*, IV*.

i.

18, see

i.

(received

17.
4.

iii.

(of the.)

John

see

xxviii. 8.
17,see F(of one's.)

iii

1'.

14*.

iv.

V.

7* (^<)

2 John 3*
Judo 1*.

fort-

Rev.

11, 12 twice, 10. 17,

vi. 4'.

13 1", 13* ",

1,

14, 15, 10, 22*, 23*.

24.

(of
[one's.)

(-,
'/, v.LTTrA

3*.

i.

ii.

xxiv. 14,
xxvi. 0.

viii.

by tradition from the)

2 Pet.

"

9*.

iii.

10.

xvi. 1, 3.
xxii. 1.
3, see

9 li, 9"
17*, 27*.
ii 21.
xii. 7,

25.

twiie, 4, 9.

i 6*.
ii.

'27*.

Ui. 5*. 21*.

xiv. 1*.

[IS.

15'.

FATHER (murderer
7/;({5, siniter of his

of

a.)

fatlier,

Tim.

i.

P.

Ml,

13*. 47, 48.

xii. 30, 32, 53"lc
xiv. 20.
xv.l2"'lcc,17,18"'',

20

iii.

vii.

10.

13% 2i{ap.),

20. 42, 59.

21 '''lco,22* '"

xi. 2

1, 5*.

i.

occ.)

viii. 51.

35.

xxi. 31.
xxiii. 9 1', 0'
30, 32.
xxiv. 30*.
XXV. 34*.

Luko

3*.

32\

viii. 21.

20*. 21, 2y, 32*,

33, 35, 37.
xi. 25*,26*,27"3lc.
xii. 50*.
xiii. 43*.

2*.

i.

viii. 9.

V. 30.

F (miu-

a.

1.

4*.

i.

4*, 7*.
ii. 33".

see

9,
V.

i.

iv. 1

viii. 38*.

1*, 4*, 6 twice,

i.

derer of

Rom.

L 20.
v. 40.

9.

iii.

11, 13"

iii.

14.

* Spoken of God, as Creator, etc., and

as distinguishing the first person of
the ever-blessed Trinity.

(3*.

ii 11.

2 Thee.

PhUem.

23.)

xi.

2, 4, 23-.

2*.

2 Tim.

Sanscr. pitri, Lat. pater, Germ.\?LtQV,

Heb.

vi
ii.

xvii. 1*, 5, 11*, 21*,

24, 25*.
xviii. 11*.
XX. 17* 3 time, 21*.

XV.

(of one's.)

v. 20*, 31.

twice.

vii.

2, 3*, 17*.
ii. 18*.
iii. 14*.
iv. 6*.

(3.),17.23*,25*,26*,
27*, 28* twice, .S2.

(-S.)

recurs in all the cognate tongues

En>j. father], (occ.

14,see

Eph.

xvi. 3, 10*. 15, 16*

Acts

prob. to be derived

1-, 3, 4*.

i.

iv. 2, 6*.

9 twice, 10* 3 time,

11* twice', 12*, 13, 10*!
20*, 21', 23', 24*, 20*
28* twice, 31* twice.
XV. 1*,' 8*, 9*, 10*,
24*,
15, 16*.
23*,

iii.

father,

Gal.

58.

22.

54*, 50.
X. 15* twice, 17*, 18*,
25*, 29* twice, 30*, 32*,
36*, 37, 38*.
xi. 41*.
xii. 26*, 27*, 28,49*,
50*.

26*

23.

1.

Heb. 1, which is the

sound of the infant.
it

fasting,

xxvii. 33.
Cor. vii. 5 (om.

1.

Trbm

(oni.

Acts xiv.

.3.

3.

29

ix.

1.

(.)

xi. 31*.

xiii. 1*, 3*.

without food.

xvii. 21

Mark

having eaten,

3-2.

i^^e,

wlce.

vi. 18*.

ie*,18 *,19*3''nies,
27*. 28, 29* {om. Gr:
A W), 38- l,
38 2ud,39_411st,41and_
42*, 44 3 times, 49, 53,

food, (occ. Acts xxvii. 9.)

vijcTTis,

1.

XV. 24*.
2 Cor. i. 2*, 3*

viii.

xiv.

2.

vui. 6.
X. 1.

),

LTTr

xi. 6, part.

FASTING.

-,

1.

V. 1.

39*, (o/ii. G L
Tr
K),42,44*,45",40-t"lce,

the eyes intently iipon,

to fix

from

2.

Tr

8.

3*.

i.

iv. 15.

36*iwice, 37-, 43_ 45*.

vi 27*, 31, 32*. 37,

FASTEN ONE'S EYES.

Luke

3.

XV. 6,
1 Cor.

12,20,21 ,23"".
v. 17, 18-, 19', 20*,
21*. 22*. 2.,20,30,

Acta

2.

ix. 6, 10.
xi. 28.

iv.

(oi,i.

gaze upon intently.

1.

Rom.

i.

ii.

(.), 4.

FATHER

(without.)

without father, (non

nob. vU.

3.

occ.)

(non

FAT
FATHERS
1.

278

(of one's)

coming or inherited from him, descending from

Trarp^os, of a

father,

FAU

FATTED.

?,
(non

grain,)

fatted,

occ.)

a father to a son, as lyroj^erty or

?,

with

fed (as
Luke

XV. 23, 27, 30.

fortune.

2.

used chiefly
of hereditary friendships or friends,

(non

from one's fathers or ances-

tors, paternal, ancestral;

occ.)

\7%

used of what is handed

from one's forefathers as
manners and customs, etc.]
is

Acts xxiv.

14.

Acts xxviii.

1.

2.

2.

Gal.

FATHERS

,
FATHERS

(of the.)

No.

Acts xxii.

4.

Pet.

FATHER-IN-LAW.
xviii. 13.

FATHERLESS.

Eng. orphan, bereaved (proh.

from Sanscr. rabh, Lat. rapis, Eng.
reft), (occ.

John

FATHOM

[noun.]

the length of the arms when

stretched out, equal to six feet one

opyvLa,

inch,

(non

an Eng. fathom being

six feet,

occ.)
Actexxvii. 28**1"

;,

FATLING.
-1

(rieut.)

3.

4.

fatness, fat,

(non

occ.)

Ixx.

12.)

xi.

fal-

hence,

etc.,

F (find)
F (with-

see

16(/,
*

Tr

ix. 19.

Cor. vi. 7.
Gal. vi. 1.

Jas. v.

iini,

S.)

Pet. 20, see F (for

your.)
Rev. xiv. see F (with-

xi.x. 4, 6.

ii.

5,

out.)

FAULT

(FIND.)

to blame, upbraid, find fault

with.

Mark

vii. 2 (oin.

G L

Rom.

Tr

,
,

ix. 19.

Heb. viiL

FAULT

8.

(tell one's.)

show

to convict,

to be wrong,

prove guilty.
Matt,

FAULT

xviii. 15.

(without.)

without spot or blemish of

without blame.
ix. 14, niurg. (ttxt,

Rov. xiv.

as a

.sin,

icUhvut spot.)

5.

FAULTS

FATNESS.
7rtOTv/9,

duty,

2,

xxiii. 4, 14.
xviii. 38.

Uub.

fed up, fatted, (no)t occ.)

Mutt. xxii.

from

Ab<.)

xiv. 18.)

(-S)

Luke
John

Rom.
4.

Rom.

a misfall, mishap

viii. 8,

1.

a father-in-law, (no7i occ.)

in

ix. 14,' see

vii.

1.

John

failure

Matt, xviii. 15, see F Heb.

one's.)
Mark
out.)
see F (find)
2.

TTiv^e/Dos,

state,

(tell

18.

i.

compared with

sin, bxLt as the missing of the right,

rather than a transgression of the
law, with special reference to the
subjective weakness of the person,
rather than the objective sin.

FROM THE.)
handed or delivered
one's fathers, (no7i occ.)

in a Avorse

inferior,

as

ling aside as

3.

(received by tradition

down from

being

sp.

denotes defeat, (occ.

1.

atVios,

of

accusation.
3.

former

see above,

art.

occasioning,) the charge,

;/, a

17.

14.

i.

with

(neut.

causing,

state,

7/)5,

(-S.)

whether true or false.

down

1.

FAULT

an asking (from alrew), then, a

ground of accusation, cause charge,

1.

(for tour.)

to miss, as

way ;
1

a mark ; err from,

hence, to sin.
Pet.

ii.

20, part.

FAU

279

FEA

280

FEAR EXCEEDINGLY.

'^5, frigliteued out-

or out of one's (^ened,

rio-ht

senses,

to be,

" from his

fear "
(delivered
understood) or "on
account
his
of
devoutness."

u7ide?-stood,)

e
[

see

"fear (godly),"
Heb.

THAT ONE.)
either

him"

V. 7,

marg. for one's

?,

2.

Matt.

viii. 26.

Mark

iv. 40.

FEAST

the

esp.

2.

Heb.

1.

Rev. xxi.

ina.

frightful,

x. 27.

2 Pet.

ii.

(see

"feast,"

(non

festival,

occ.)

[verb.]

terrible

12, part.

FEEBLE.
without strength or energy,
to loosen at or from the

(i.e.

of things Joined side by

to disjoin

side),

fearful,

Jude

a.

infirm, feeble.

F thing.

8.

FEARFUL SIGHT.

13, pai't.

,
,
side

to

hence,

N.T.

enfeeble, (only in

relax,

i)erf part.

2KISS.)
1. 1

Luke

keep a

FEAST WITH

2.

something
portent, (nan occ.)

23.

ii.

(keep the.)

to keep an
1,)

John

1.

fear.

31, see

Luke -xxi.ll, see Fsight

2.

1 Cor. V. 8, mai-g. holt/do.)/.

1.
1.

xiv.

No.

(adj. of "fe.vr" [noun], iVo. 1.)

1.

1',

Mid. to feast with ani/ one, to revel

with, (own occ.)

temble,

fearful,

F with.
see charity.

13, see

ii.

12

to let be well fed together,

to feast several together ; or, (a)

x>ieti/.

cowardly, timid,

ward sensation of

Mark

FEARFUL.
L

Jude

FEAST-DAY.
1.

ctTTo,

2 Pet.

Jude 12 2nd^ see F with.

I."

(in

lCor.v.8,seeF(keep the)

xii. 12, 20.

out-

xii. 21.

FEARETH
from,
the ("of

John

1.
xiii. 1, 29.
1. Acts, xviii. 21 {ap.)

am

riiiht

Heb.

>?,

1.

"fi-ight-

lit.

FEE

Cor.

xii. 22.

Heb.

2.

xii.

12.

xxi. 11.

FEEBLE-MINDED.

FEARFUL THING.

()%,

ueut. of

6y^pvo<i,

Heb.

FEAST

X.

1 The-j. V. 14.

.31.

Spoken of

a feast or festival.
Jewish feast <.

the chief meal uf (he Jews,

Greeks, and Romans taken at or
towards evening, hence, gen. an
evening lianquet or feast in general.

ociViOj',

],

reception, as of guests, hence, a

banquet,
Matt,

feast.

.\xiii. 0.

John ii

8, sou governor
1'', see ruler.
l)2nd,eeegovurnor
23, eee I' uuy.

xxvi. 5.
xxvii. 15.

Miiik

xii.

.!;.

xiv.

XV.

Luke

ii.

V.

'.',

ficc l" lUiy.

(..

41, 42.
.'!.

iv.

1.

V. 1.

1.
1.

xxii.

vu.

2,

tion.

1.
1.

'"'c-

vi. 4.

11, 14, 37.

X. 22,

XX. 40.
xxiii. 17 (/).)

45

1.

xiv. 13.

,,

FEED

[noun.]

copT)/,

the

of little soul, low-spirited,

faint-hearted, (non occ.)

No. 2 above.

xi. 66.

iwlcf,

10,

de<lica-

(-ED,

-,

-ING, FED.)

to pasture, to iced.

from which

it

is

The word

derived, con-

tains the universal idea of nourishing,

it is applied to men. It refers

,
hence,

to the special

functions of providing

food, (occ. Matt.

viii.

33.)

to exercise the whole

office

which
involves not merely the feeding on
grass {ttou^, whence No. 2), but the
entire leading, guiding, guarding,
of a

(a

slieplierd),

and folding of the

ili)ck.

make Hriii, tliick, or solid,

make thick or fat by feeding,
and hence, to feed, make to groAV or
to

then, to

increase, nourish, bring up, rear.

FEE

281

to feed 0)' fatten ixi a

(an enclosed place or feeding place,
Lat. hortus, Ung. court, garden),

PEL

? (,
[

gen. to feed, fatten,

FEELING OF

to be affected in like manner, (occ.

satisfy.

fill,

Heb.

X. 3-i.)

by putting little bits

the mouth as nurses do children,

into

to feed

supply with food,

hence,

Heb.

Matt.

ii.

FEIGN.

mai-g. (text,

i>,

2.

rvA,.)

Jolm

xxi.

It).

17.

1.

3.

vi. 20.

Acts

xiii.

1.

viii. 30, :uid.

2.

XX. 28.

3.

XXV.

5.

1.

Maik

1.

37.

V. 11,

mid.

liUke

mid.,

viii. 32,

xu.

1.

XV. 15.

1 Cor.

marg. eee
[bear.

2,

iii.

13, see
xiii. 3,
2.

F cattle.

xxi. 15.

see

mroKpU'Ojmi, to be judged under, i.e. to

represent another person by acting
under a mask., hence, to personate,

pretend, feign, (non occ.)

with.

ix. 7.

24.

xvii. 7, see

Joha

18,

xii. 20.

34.

xvi. 21.

4.

Rom.

2.

3.

1.

14.

1.

Pet. v.

2.

Jude

2.

Rev.

Luke

2.

Liike xvii.

12.

FEIGNED.

?,

6.

formed, fashioned, (as the clay

by the potter or marble by statuary,)
well-tiuTied, (non occ.)

7.
1

FEED OF

Pet. iL

3.

[margin.]

FELLOW

to eat, (as opp. to

to drink,)
to consume, live upon, (see "eat,"

No.

XX. 20, part.

see bestow.

2.

vii. 17.
-xii.

3.

F of.

FEED CATTLE.

(,

iv. 15.

(occ. 1 Cor.

xni. 3.)
2.

touched with the.)

(be

to feel or suffer with another,

(-S.)

a man, i relation
age, Lat. vir.

a.vi]p,

2.)

to his sex

and

1 Cor. ix. 13, text, live of.

haipos, a companion, comi'ade, mesamate, (only used by Matthew, occ.

FEED WITH.
to give to drink

vater.

1.

Cor. ill

FEEL, FELT.

exi)ericnce
v.

of

to

evil,

to suffer.
Act xxviii.

2'..

touch, feel after, grope

like a blind man, or as in the dark.

Subst. a par(occ.

8.)
10 ((Tepof, the

xi.

others,

vi.

1.

TTr R)

G'^

3.

Acte
Heb.

xvii. 5.
i.

9.

See also, rase, citizen', disciple, heir,

helper, LAROURER, rivSTILEXT, PRI.SONER,
servant, soldier, such, this, work,
worker, yoke.

5.

to

Acts xvii.

As

partaking.

FELLOWSHIP,

FEEL AFTER.
\pij\a<\ii'w>,

12; xxvi. 50.)

into,

by anythhuj
be acted upon,
good or evil ; of good, to

H'ithout,

Mark

Matt.

to perceive, observe, obtain

either hij

1.

xii.

to be affected

from

xxii.

companion, partner,
Luke V. 7 ; Heb. iii. 1, 14 ;

knowledge of or insight
become aware of.

},

taker,

2.

2.

13

XX.

of plants, to

27.

1.

Koti(-jiat,

2.

aci

of partaking, sharing,

participation, comnuuiion.

i.e.

partnership, fellowship, (non

/>/,
occ.

FEELING

(uE past.)

1.

to put off the feeling of pain,

cease from feeling pain at ani/thing,

(non

1.

ActH. ii. 42.

1 Cor. i. !'.
X. 20,

2 Cor. vi. 14.

1.

Eph.

iv. IP.

Gal.

ii.

Eph.

1.

adnnnuUnXion,
Tr
.)
PhiL i. 5.

1.

viii. 4.

1.

Eph.

V. 11,

eee

iii.

1.

ii.

iii.

1.

9.

(>,
L

1.

F with

(have.)
2.

1.

occ.)

sec

John

F with

1,

10.

3<'e, C, 7.

(have.)

FEL

FELLOWSHIP WITH

?,
/',

282

FETTER

(have.)

a partaker, "j
(to become a
partner,
partner.
yt'vo/xat, to begin to f
be,

become,

iv.
1.

/,

(non
Mark

to be a joint-partaker

others,

14, part.)
Eph.

2.

fiery heat,

15.

,,

i.

30,

seeF

FEMALE.
female, (frovi

to thrive,

the teat.)

iii.

;/?, extended, stretched orstrained

;

(occ.
Matt.

to boil, to be hot, of ivater ; hence,

to be fervid, fervent, (non occ.)

Acts

2.

Rom.

-.

25, see

Jas.
Pet.
2 Pet.

F (be.)

7,

see

1.

F mind.

Mark

iv. 8

FERVENT

iii.

10, 12,bee

Acts sviiL

a good

heat

Luke
Acts

XV.
XX.

F words
(a)
Eph. iii. 3, see F vcords (in)
Heb. xii. 10.
xiii. 22, see F words

l(i (oj).)

1 Pet.

X. 2.

Rev.

xii. 48.

Matt. xxv. 21, 23, neut.

pi.

(a.)

Rev.

ii.

of No.

(a.)

(adv. of
to cut ill
\_from
cut up, cut short), (non

concisely,

pieces,]

briefly,

occ.)
ActH xxiv.

occ.)

4.

22.

FETCH.

few words,
with
short, (Lat.
krcviiy,?;.^,,
*"',
of number,

^,
-\),
of,

"

'

J
\

i'v,

(^

little,

37.

in brief or

place.
Acts xvi.

occ.)
^

in,

6(<),

in

'

few,

FETCH OUT.
to lead out, conduct out as out of

(in.)

otajthrough, by means

See, COMPASS.

any

14, 20, neut. pi.

cihove,)

FEW AVORDS

(,

(a.)

F things

STRIPES.

FEW THINGS

i.

14, 20, see

iii. 4.

FEW WORDS

I'et.

20.

iii.

ii.

23.

I,uke

4, see

(in.)

viii. 7.

7.

vi. 5.

FEW

I-ERVENTLY.

Col. iv. 12, see labourer.

23, see

(a.)

sense.

(non

xii. 48, see

xvii. 4, 12

xxiv.

34.

(BE.)

tKTcvtus, intently, earnestly, (adv.

F stripes.

vii. 14.

ix. 37.

'/(9,

1 above,)

(as

25.

(from No. 2

2 Cor. vii.

Here,

FERVENT MIND.
gen. in

30, part.

much),

xiii.

fijAos, zeal, fervour,

i.

to TroXvs,

things

Luke

2.

Mark

used of number or quantity.

little,

xxii. 14.
XXV. 21,

16,seB eflfectuaL

V.

xii. 11, part.

2 Cor viL

(sick of.)

to be feverish, be in a fever.

in jj/ural, few.

39.

8.

FEW.

9,

out hence, earnest, assiduous,

Acta xii. 5.)

2.

',

Mark i. .SI.
Luke iv. 38,
John iv. 52.

FEVER

heat,

28.

FERVENT.
1.

29.

occ.)

>Iatt. viii. 14, part.

4.

Gal.

F (sick
[of )
(sick of.)
Acts xxviii.

see

viii. 14,

v. 11.

which from

viii.

feverish

es}).

(non

hence, a fever,

Mark.

Matt. xix.

Luke

FEVER.

,
Matt.

1 Cor. X. 20.

^^,

feet,

occ.)
4 twice.

v.

(-S.)

shackle for the

a fetter or

to share with others in

anything, (occ. Eph. v. 11 ; Phil,

with

FEW

marg. a

2.

Kph.

iii.

1.

Heb.

xiii. 22.

3,

briefly.
titlte.

FID

283

TTiVrts, faith, (see

^.

"faith,"

,,

1.)

FIF

FIDELITY.

FIERY.

fire,

fur

Titua

ii.

10.

high Germ, fcuer

1.

ay

esp.

field,

2.

(-S.)

a cultivated

farms, villages, the country.

-,

space, tvhich receives, contains,

or surroiinds anything, and hence,
place, spot, country, land, province.

1.
1.

1.

1.

1.

city.

(dim. of No. 2 in form, hut

not in sense,) a particular place,
landed property, estate, lihe Eng.
"place."

Matt.

vi. 2, 30.
xiii, 24, 27, 31. 36,

38, 44
1.

as opp. to

t'f 'CO.

xxiv. 18, 40.

xxvii. 7, 8 '"i.10.
ii
23, see com.
ii.

see abide.

8,

,
,

xii. 28.

1.

XV. 25.
xvii. 7.

36

1.

xiii. 16.

see

vi. 1,

1.

1.

Mark
Luke

Luke

2.

John

3.

Acts

2.

Jas. V.

com.

3.

viii.

of persons,

Tim.

(occ. 2
Matt.

18, 19 twice.
4.

x. 27.

FIFTEEN.
fifteen,

(non

xi. 18.

occ.)
Acts xxvii.

Gal.

8,
FIFTEEN

kindling,

i.

28.

18.

(three score and.)

seventy,

'

Trevre, five,

seventy-five.
-^

j
vii.

14.

called."

fierce, furious,

in Gen. xlvi. refer simi-

who are defined by

Thus
Those who " came with Jacob,"
who " came out of his loins,"
larly to those

them.

(v.
26), ("besides
sons' wives")

Jacob's

66

Then, Jacob, and Joseph, and

his two sons who were iii

Egypt

(v.

27)

1.)

iii.

[more.)

28.

of things,

Heb.

Pet. iv. 12.

Acts

dry, hard ; the meaning being

decided by the noxm; hence, of winds,
as here, violent.

1.

The numl)crs

heavy, diflScult

here,

[Note.
This number refers liere to "all his
kindred " whom Joseph " sent " for

not tame, wild, savage, of

a country or plants, (non

?,

xviii. 9, 18.)

n.
(a;).)

FIERCE.

perilous

3.

John

occ.)

2.

Rev.

and "

23e7-sons,

ignite

the ignited

a burning, lighting,

,
<i

iv. 35.
i.

fire.)

FIERY TRIAL.

<;,
(occ.

Open countiy

3.

16, part.

vi.

field,

then of such fields in the aggregate,

2.

Eph.

Eng.

Oil fire,

part,

FIELD

Germ.

here, Genit. of fire, (lovj

to be set

2.

1.

Luke xxiii.5,8eeF(be the

Tim.

2. Ja.s.

iii.

70

Makiiiir

3.

iii. 4.

The nine "besides" who "went down,"

FIERCE

7oJ,

the more.)

strengthen

to

addition)
stronger,
fierce,

(be

hence,

be more violent

to

(non

upon, (i.e. in
to be or gi'ow

or

"Went

occ.)

Luke

in Acts vii. 14, are clearly those of

the " kindred " who arc excepted in
Gen. xlvi. 26 so that the complete
statement would be as follows

down,"'

Soul.t.

"out of loins"(Gcn. xlvi. 26). 66

xxiii. 5.

"besides"(Cicn.xlvi.2()),f<.f.

the"kindred"ofActsvii.l4)

FIERCENESS.
the soul, (from the spirit which we

breathe out,) an intense passion or

forcible
)iot

exhalation of

the

mind,

necessarily implying j>assi'>n or

19.

in Egyi)t

Rev. xix.

16.

vii.

(Gen.

xlvi.

"Kindred" and
Egvpt

Total,
in

revenge.
Rev. xvL

Totul,"Kiudrcd"(Acts

11)

75

Jacob and the three already

27)

issue

79

-]

FIF

,
,

284

FIGHT

FIFTEENTH.

7-5,

the fifteenth, (no)i occ.)

Luke

the

Rev.

vi. 0.

ix.

,
,

2.

()ion occ.)

fifth,

3.

Rev. xvi.

FIFTY.

Luke

vii. 41.

xvi.

John

J
(

1.

6.

,
viii. 57.

John xxL

11.

Acts

20

(,

nf.

fjff

by fifties,

Tr

A i^ )

1.

2 Tim. iv. 7.
Jas. iv. 2.

Cor. ix. 26.

[beasts.
XV. 32, see F with

2.

Rev.

2.

2.

(non

fig,

occ.)

Luke
Jas.

xi. 13.

FIG

Acts

12.

(untimely.)

and

leaves

does

not

or
Matt. xxi.

at

ripe^i

the

13,

marg.

Luke

xxiv. 32.

Jolm

xiii 28.

Jas.

Rev,

.\iii.

1.

0,

xxi. 29
49.

5.

iii.

12.

2.

celebrated,
then,

public games,

hence,

and

conflict
after,

games

place
in

of

the

.3.

a blow, tlieii, that which is

produced by the blow, the mark of

tlVos,

exemplar

1.

Tim.
2 Tim.

vi. 12.

2.

iv. 7.

3.

Hub.

X. 32.
xi. 34.

hence,

in

model,
widest

the

blow or imjircswhich receives the

resisting a

or impress, \Jtence, iVo. 2 is

the tiling prefiguring, No. 3 is the
thing ))religurcd, ivliilc

is

TToAf/xos,

mark

a contest or coniV)at, esp. of

a struggle, trial.

the agitation and tumult of

battle, hence, fight, battle, war.

'?,

sion, then, that

any con-

athletes, gen.

1.

marg. broicling.

sense.

test.

^>/9,

1,

strife,

FIGURE.

a bloAV, impression

[noun.]

dyuiv, place of asscml)ly ivhere

contest,

Jan. iv.

gen.

a placing side by side for

the pnrpose of comparison, representation or similitude.

pattern,

were

battle,

i.

vi. 13.

FIGHT

A R)

FIGHTING.

2 Cor. vii.

a fig-tree, (tion occ.)

20, 21.

Tr

Cor. XV. 32.

a fight, a
controversy.

(jncnfiij.

xi. 13, 20, 21.

GL

to figlit with vild beasts

condemned persons in the 2iublic

FIG-TREE.

lOiwi",

xxiii. 9 {mn.

spectacles.

proper season but hangs ^q)on the

leaves during
the tvinter.
Lat.
gi'ossus, (non occ.)
Rev. vi

occ.)

V. 30.

which grows under the

fig

ii. 16.
xii. 7 twice.

FIGHT WITH BEASTS.

vi, 44.

iii.

like

vi. 12.

a fighting against God, a

contending with God, (non occ.)
1.

Mark

Tim.

to fight or contend against

$,
2.

FIG.

JIatt. vii. 16.

Mark

1.

4.

God, (no7i

J'

instead of

occ.)

FIGHT AGAINST GOD.

(by.)
1.

fifty,

war, fight.

Joliu xviii. 3G.

V. 30, ) seeFagaiust
ixiu.9, j"
God.

3. 1

(c'p.)

xix. 19, see thousaud.

(distributive),

Siark vi. 40
Lxike ix 14.

xiii.

make

to box, to fight as a

fist,

Acts

oc$.)

FIFTIES

(nou

to war,

to fight as in war or battle,

hence, gen.io strive, contend, quaiTel.

4.

fifty,

combatant in the
to contend as

to

(7

boxer,

10.

xxi. 20.

1.

^-,

(fought) [verb.]
to be a

jmhlic games, then,

with an adversary.

FIFTH.

/?,

1.

1.

iii.

FIG

1
2.

Act

2.

Rom.

sim2)ly delineation, outline,] (occ.

Pet.

iii.

21.)

vii. 43.

1 Cor

V. 14.

iv.

transfer,
1 Pet. iii. 21, see

1. Ileb.
1.

i.t.

9.

xl. 19.

'24.

F (like.)

FIL
FIGURE
S. 1

FILL
1.

77;,

Pet.

to

,
,

21.

1.
2.

-TNG.)

make

fill,

(NO.

to

full,

to

3.

4.

fulfil,

up

together

4.

altogether,

(,

(No. 3

quite

full,

')),

pre-

in,

Eng. to

fill

up,

satiate.

gen. to feed,

to

fill

make

with

or a bowl as of punch,
drinking.
Acts

V. 0.

10, see

ix.

Mark

i.s

F up

see

put in

to.)

xxiii. 32.
ii.

F up

21, see

FILL UP (which

up.

28.'

up.
xiv. 17.
xix. 20.

27.

Rom.

viii. 8.

XV.

Luke

i.

3(5,

see

iii.

2 Cor.

Eph.

V. 18.

Phil.

i.

marg. fulM.

2.

9.

24,

up.

toiiiphtc)

XV. 16.
ii. 7 iwicr.

Mill pcrsuadi,!,
Tr A )

iv. 12, ni.irg

\X

1 Thes. ii. 16, see

2 Tim. i. 4.

26.

Jaa.

ii.

Rev.

'

up.

gee

1,

xviii

up.

xv. 30.

Phil.

16.

(piece

ii.

,.)

21.

(be.)

1.

11, pass.

i.

FILTH.
clcansiiigs,

i.e.

plague or famine or other

(non

,
,

that

visita-

off

the guilt

Cor.

iv.

dirtiness,

filth,

uuclean-

occ.)

13.

2.

Pot.

iii.

21.

deformity, ugliness.
7
N.T. metaph. obscenity, wliatcvcr
is

0.

offensive

to

Christian

purity,

(noil occ.)

2.

FILL FULL.
Mark

to.)

FILTHINESS.

1.

xix. 21

4.

0.

1.

put ix

is

"fill," Xo.

pvwo'i, dirt,

1. 1

16.

XV.

2.

(text,

viii. 5.

xvi. 0.
xix. 29 (np.)

see

ness,

(\.
GvL

ix. 17.
xiv. 23.

ii.

16.

ii.

of the nation,] (non occ.)

12

iv.

Col. i

21.
viii. 23.

xii. 3.

Thes.

would cleanse or wipe

F with

see

11,

(be).

vi. 11.

Acts

19.

iii.

iv. 10,

5.

12.

Rev. XV.

tions were reserved to be thrown

into the sea in the belief that they

vii. 4.

40.

v. 7, 26.

vi.

4.

FILLED WITH

,
in

24.

iv. 28.

John

29.

i.

XV. 13, 14.

full.

15, 41.
53.
67.

ii.

which is thrown away in cleansing.

[LTsed in
Used in pi. offscourings.
Athens of worliilcss persons whom

xiii. 0, 45.

vi. 42.
vii.

1.

17.

i-x.

xxvii. 4S.
ii. 21, see

i.\-.

FILLETH UP

iv. 8, 31.

up.

Mark

(piece that.)
Col. i. 24.

2.

that Avith which any thing is

or of which it is full, the
Matt.

v. 3.

see

3.

contents.

XV. 33, 37.

32,

good, (non occ.)

bring about, complete,

accomplish, hence, to end, to

ix. 16,

(which
1.

10.

iii.

xiv. 20.
xxiii.

in-

up instead

with food.

to mix, to mingle as wine

compound for
Matt.

fill

to

reXkta,

of leasts,)

hence, gen.to prepare a draught,

etc. ;

(No. 2 with

.Mark

ivater,

up,

dvd,

as a chasm or a

prefixed,) to

of,

anythinf/.

7.

up

fill

stead
of, to

Matt.

load or freight with

fill,

No.

etc.

filled

(prop, used

1.

with

measure,

fulfil,

to feed with grass or hay,

to fodder,

-),

ev,

ivith

in, i.e.

fill

"fill," No.

perfect.

to fill, fill up one thinr/

Pass, to become full
with another.
of, be satisfied, have enough of

make

6.

fill

3.

Avholly or completely.

fill

fixed,) to

5.

with

Avith, prefixed,) to

FILL UP.

see

prefixed,) to

bring to a full end, complete Pass.

Tntrans. to be
to be filled or full.
complete.

2.

FIL

(like.)
iii.

-,

(-KD,

285

vioral

(non

Also
uncleanncss, filth.
uucleanness, i.e. lewdness,

occ.)

3.

-,

,
,
,

,
,

FIL

a soiling, hence, defilement,

1.

2.

3.

2 Cor.

1.

Eph.

4.

Jas.

Metaph. to seize tvith the

mind, and Mid. as here, to compre-

..4{

2.

hend

GL

the ihijnri-ities,

Matt.

.)

Tr

21.

1.

10.
x. 39 twice.

1.

FILTHY.

immoderation,

excess,
i)i

F com-

see

munication.
1 Tim. iii. 3, |
Titus i. 7,
)

any

(in

thing,

see

2.

Pet. V. 2, see lucre.

2 Pet. ii. 7.
Jude S, see dreamer.

lucre.

Acts

v. 10,

1.

i.

11.

1.

viii. 40.

1.

ix. 2, 33.

XX.

1.

X. 27.

1.

xi. 20,

1.

xii. 19.

xxi. 2, 19.
xxii. 9, 10.

1.

xiii. 0, 22, 28,

1.

xviii.

x.xiv. 40.

2.

xxi.

xxvi. 40, 43, GO lit

00 -nil (O))!. G

1.

xxiii. 9.
.xxiv. 5, 12, 18, 20.

3.

XXV.

(3.

Tr

t^.)

1.

xxvii. 32.
Mark i. 37, part.
vii. 2, see fault.

1.

30.

1.

1.

13tw'

Luke

(be.)

Rom.

pollute one's

Rev. xxii. 11 1", part,

,
(',

b'foiil, Orfile

the tilth

(mid.)

ii

tVtlnj,

hi

Tr

1.

vii. 9, 10.

L'')

t*.)

S,

1.

ix. 4.

1.

xi. 12.

xii. 37, 38, 43.

1.

xiii. 0, 7.

1.

Gal.

XV.

1.

Phil.

With

the

lienccforward.

as

/so,

1.

23,part.,

2, 3,

42

i.

2 Cor. xiii. 11.

1*.

Eph.

r.

vi. 10.
iii.

Phil. iv.

Pet.

i.

2 Pet.

1.

1.

Rev.

7.

iii.

John

14.

4.

ii.

2.
2.

14.

1.

iii.

1.

V. 4.

1.

ix. 0.

1.

xii. 8.

part.

34, 35, 30.

f.i^ilt.

17.

22.

ii.

1.

see

5.

X. 9.

1.

xiv. 5.
xvi. 20.

xi.

1.

xviii. 14, 21, 22, 24.

1.

XX. 11. 15.

AoiC

part.

1.

17.

must

part

omitted and the woid "is" supplied

Tlius, " to perform tliat wliicli is good
is not (present.)"

l)u

8.

\ 2 Thes. iiL

2". 1 Pet.

1.

44,

17, IS.

v. 14.

before "not."

ially vnth art. finally, at last.

1.

-ic,

1.

(be.)

16.

viii. 8,

xxiii. 2, 4, 14, 22.

vii.

The

9.

xii

xii. It,

an end, completion. Adverh-

iii.

Tim. i.
Heb. iv.

-xi.

ix. 35,

to

8.

1.

vi. 25,

the rest, as of time, hence-

the rest, finally.

1*. Phil.

1.

17.

ii.

1.

ii.

forth,

5,

1.

46twko.

remaining.*

1.

see

20 'ice.

xii.
ii.

xxii. 13, 45.

John

article,

2.

6,

30, 32.
48, seeF (can.)

xxiv.

FINALLY.

13.

V. 3.

xi. 9, 10, 2t, 25.

xi.x.

iii. 8.

2.
1.5.

ii.

ix. 36.

24, 33.

left,

Cor. iv.
XV.

vii. 14,

xvii. 18.
xviii. 8.

t<.)

2 Cor.

1.

4, 5, part.,
'icf, 24, 32.

not limited to this, (noU occ.)

viii. 35.

the licence of the ungoverned tongue, obscene language, hitt

1.

1.

V. 19, part.

1.

I'lLTHY COMMUNICATION.

CoL

1.

40.

iv. 17.

G I>

one,

21.
ix. 19, see fault.
X. 20.
xi. 33, see F out
(past.

1.

10.
4.5, part.,

iv. 1.

18(0!i!.''GRj

Tr

12.

Mid.

filthy.

self.

Tr A S.)
Rev. x.\ii. U^nd^ Imper.

{,

and

part

2.

4.

vii. 10.

1.

30.

i.

ii.

fonl

part.

25, part.
xxvii. 6, 28 twice.
xxviii. 14.

1.

xiii. 36.

FILTHY

23 twice^

46t'''

vii. 11,

44, part., 46,

[part.
xvi. 25.
xvii. 27.
xviii. 13, 28.

xiv. 10, 37, 40, 55.

make

22,

39.

xi. 2, 4,

to

6.

iv. 21.

1.

IP

Titus

xviii. 38.

xix. 4,
xxi. 6.

xii. 43, 44.

.xiii.

in-

1.

John

xi. 20.

language or conduct.)
8,

1.

1.

8.

vii. 7, S, 14.
viii.

temperance
iii.

for one's self, gather, jjerceive.

18.

i.

ii.

In N.T.
deformed, ugly.
metaph. indecorous, indecent, (elsetvhere, " shame.")

Col.

to take, receive as with

3,

worst sense.

dirt, filth, in the

vii. 1.

V. 4.

i.

eagerness.

stain.

4.

286

iii.

1.

8.

FIND

FIND (-ETH, -ING, FOUND.)

(.{', to find, as ivithout seeking,

1.

(can.)

T.iike xix. 4S.

meet with,
find

light u])on.
Also, to
as by smrch, hcnre, find out,

discover.
avivp'uTKM,

(No.

ti'ith

fixed,) to find out as

(non

occ.)

,
}>y

up, presearching,

FOUND
to begin to be,
2.

(ni;.)

become, became.

Cor. vii. 14.

FIN

',

287

FINDING OUT

which cannot be explored.

Metuph.

(occ. Ejih.

Matt

xix.

xxvi.

7.

\.

xiv. 28
instead of

Tr A S)

xi.

3.3.

6.

^ 20,

John

Rom.

v.nio,

4.

2 Cor. viii.

6.

4.

PhiL

marg. (text,

1.

;/(7<'/.)
2 Tiiii. iv. 7.

eli.

>-.)

.SO.

xvii.

\.

See, BRASS, FLOUR, LIXEX.

FINGER

(-S.)

FINISHED
to begin

and
and

Matt, xxiii.

Mark
Luke

^,

and Lat.

(nan

in-dic-are),

/,

digitus,

occ.)

4.

,
fulfil,

XX. 25, 27.

to bring about,
complete,
accomplish hence, to end, to

1.

(JVo. 1 icifh

oflF,

fouer

away from
2.

to perfect.

4.

(No.

with

perform.

5.

(No.

tvith

Matt.

11

the

vii.

V
8.

('-',

the

pletion,

xvii. 15.

Miirk

22.

ix.

thinr/s

for

1 Pot.
2 Pet.

1.

Jude

7,

1.

Rev.

i.

7.

i.

7.

iii.

12,

(fly..).

14.

18.
IS.

iii.

iv. 5.

ix. 54.

viii. 5, 7.

8 (om.

xii. 49.

Acts

x.

G.

xviii. 18,

xxi. 0,

ii.

3,

xxv iii.
xii.

Cor. iii.
2Th.. i. 8.

to bring quite through to an

XV. 2.
XVI. 8.

2, 3.

xvii. ItV
xviii. 8.

l.V

xix
XX.

1.
\

13.

xiv. 10, 18.

20
13 '"'f

1.

xiii.

Rom.

(of)

18.

xi. 5.

coals.

11'.

vii. .SO.

com-

Ga.)

17
ix17",
see

xvii. 2!>.
xxii. 65.
56.

or

seeF(l>oon)

2.3.

ii.

54.
0, 10, 17

iii.

V. 3.

1.

1.

4:5

47(ow.G- L Tr
48, 4!>.
LA N.)
xiv.

iii. 5,

1.

!("/'. ).'5(";>), 4tiifl/..)

Luke

Jas.

6 <w, see

xviii. 8, 0.
41.

) plction(''>iioa.^

end, complete, (non occ.)

1.

(set on.)

xxv.

resources neces-

sury

7.

i.

xi. 34.

1!).

Jobii XV.

'

ITel>.

xii. IS, 20.

xiii. 40, 42,

i'<

fhinrfs,

1.

1.

make perfect, consummate.

wards or for,
com-

G-)

(o)ii.

12.

together

saints.)

) 7r/)c>s,to

10.

iii.

used of inaugurating
as king, t) confirm in the kingdom,
and so, of the consummation of the
martyrs and gloiification of the

/,

pyre,

an end,

to

this sense, a

in

light, prop, the light of the sun,

vifh the idea of shininr/, brightness,
nsed as heloxu of fire-light.

3.

together, end fully, finish wholly,

bring (juitc to an end.

(The word

Germ.

'

hirih

any spot where fire is kindled

a heap of fuel collected to be
on fire or actually burning

hence, a fire

with, prefixed,) to bring to one end

to end alor terminate together

6.

fiir

fire.)

pyra, (no7i occ.)

upon, pre-

fixed,) to bring through to

finish,

set

out of, prefixed,) to finish out or off, complete

fully, (non occ.)

Eng.

esj-).

ivith

Germ,

TTvp, fire, (loio

In N.T. pass, to be perfected, completed, (non occ.)

1

2.

FIRE.

(No.

occ,
Ileb. xii.

prefurpd,) to finish

3.

iv. 3.

(-ED.)

perfect.

2.

into

FINISHER.

(non

1.

come

to

a comj)lcter, a perfecter, who

brings one through to the goal so
as to win and recciA-o the prize,

i.

FINISH

(br.)

to be,

Heb.

Luke XV 24.
John viii. 6 (o/J.)

4.

vii. Wi.
xi. 20,

to expire.

existence.

a fingei", (from Sans, root, d'\q,

show, point out, hence, Greek,

to

xi. 7.

X.X. 5.

marg.

7,

F (be.)

part.

\.i,

X. 7.

1.

Rev. XX.

see

iv. 3,

i.

1.

4.

xix. 30.

FINE.

neb.
Rev.

1.

<5,

i.

2. J.18.

iv. 34.

V. 30.

24.

7, part.
ix. 28.

xxi.

5.

(<,

(L G

thinri v.nin,
3.

Rom.

Acte XX.

1.

8.

1.

Lwke

8.)

iii.

xiii. 53.

1.
1.

untraceable,

inscrutable,

FIR

1.

(past.)

Rev.

12, 20.
0, 10. 14, 15.

FIR

FIRE
to be set

288

?,

Matt. xxi. 31 (
he %oho afterwards [repented, referring to v.

(be on.)

on

2 Pet.

to be fired.

fire,

iii.

FIR

29]

Acts xxvi.

',

of

Rev.

day.

xxvii. 64.
xxviii. l.see

day.

Mark

fire, fiery, (noii ocr.)

viii.23,see Ffniits.
20, see F 1x)rn.
X. 19.
xi.l6, see F fruits.
35, see give.

XV. 24.
xvi. 5, see

27.

iii.

iv. 28.

1 Cor. xi. 18, see

vii. 27.

17.

i.x.

ix. 11, 12.

xiv. 30.
XV. 3, see F of all.
20,23,8eeFfrnits.

3.5.

FIRE

(set ox.)

''

iii.

i.

.'i,

the verv.)
2".

ii.

See

see F born.
vi. 1, see second.

hell.

also,

7,

;,

(-S.)
xi. 26.

one who measure.s

T/ieu^ like

{",

At Athens

the usual liquid

containing 3.3i

8 English

38.

values.

o/

(Lat. metrctn.)

English

gallons.

measure

quarts

oi-

equal to 9 gallons), (nan occ.)

Jolin

ii.

C.

John

1.

(op.)

foremost,

Acts

hence,

2.

3.

Matt.
2.
2.

i.

16,

see

X. 9.
xi. 28,

xii. 23,

.Jas.

1 Pet.

2.

vi. .33.

2.

Mntt.

IS, see

i.

day.

2 Pet.

12.

i.

3.

.John iv. 10.

.lude (i, see F estate.
Rev. i. 5. see V begotten.

see preach.

see

(at

ii.

marg.

12,

viii. 7.

(text, chnf.)

xiii.

F day.

XX. 7,
18.

xxvi.

4,

CO

1.

X. 2.

1.

xix. 30 '"Ic.

xil. 29.

1.

XX.

45.

1.

fruits.

XX. .5, 6.
xxi. liwlc-, 19.

(at

xxii. 13.

FIRST
John

FIRST
2.

'_'.

12ti"-.

xiv.4, see
xvi. 2.

and

11 (oiH.O;:

4, 5, S, 19.

iv. 1, 7.

LT

John

.
X. 40.

Tin:.)

, '.

Acts xxvi.

xii. 10.

xix. 39.

Act XV.

Ci.il.

.)
27.

xxi. 28.

17, see begin.

20.

iv.

iii.

H,

xvi.

2.

vii. 5.

8, 10,

l'

born.

tlie.)

xiii. 30.
xvii. 10.

viii.

1.

see

fruit.

17.

iii.

19, see
iii. 26.

posit.

2.

21.

viii. 7, 13.

11 (;..). 17.

2.

1.

vii. 2.

ix. 1, 2, 6, 8, 15, IS.

xiii. 24,

2.

2.

begotten.
begin.

iv. 6.

v. 12.

of eU), the numeral one.

F bom.

.see

3, .see

ii.

xix. 32.
39, sue F (at tlie)
XX. 1, see F da v.

the svperl.)\)C^QYQ others,

V. 24.

10.

iii.

Heb.i.O,

xviii. 13.

beginning, commencement.

2.1,

Titus
day.
J> Tr.)

2.

(fern,

],

10.

iii.

F (at.)
see F (at

prior.

4.

1.

13.

tlie.)

(a comp. ivithoid any

No.\ being

F born.

16.
3.

16.

i.

ii.

4 {up.)
7 (op.)

XV.

in use, anstvering to Lat. prior,

5.

Tim.

2.

xii. 10.

order, time,

j^lftce,

or
(neut. sing, of'
No. 1, nsed as adv.) first, (like Lat.
prinium,) used of place, order, time,
or rank.

xi. 26.

of
or dignity, (like Lai. primus.)
first,

1.

1.

42 (No. 2,

vii.

the

first,

ii.

4, 8.

(adj. as thouf/h the snperlative

Ijcfore,)

Thes.
2 Thes.

iv.

2.

the.)

FIRST.

of

2. 1

X. 40, see

steadfiist, firm, sure.

,,

Phil. i. .5.
Col. i. 15,18, see

-12.

xii.

iii.

1.

v. 4.

i.

Tr
[A .)

vi. 2.

28, 31.
xvi. b.

v.

Ileb.

12, see trust.

9 (oi/i.G L

i.

iv.

1.

viii.

FIRM.

.<;,

Gal. iv.

xiv. 18.

xvii. 20.
xix. 16.
XX. 29.
xxi. 0.
xxiv. 1, see

(Eng "firkin"

fruits.

F(bo.)
13,seeF(atthe.)

12, see

2.

xii. 1, see
of all.
xiii. 30 twice.

see

viii. 5.

2.

42.
ix. 59, 61.

FIRKIN

2.

1.5,

2 Cor.

2.

F (from

.see

xvi.

4.

!t-"'l(f-/,.)

Luke

47.

4.'j,

xiii. 10.
xiv. 12.
xvi. 2,
} see F
1st,
xvi.
f day.

(lion occ.J
J.-w.

F(be.)

xii.20,28,2i),30(f'jj.)

to set on blaze, to set in fliimcs,

F fruits.
F of all.

xii. 28.

X. 311st,8ee

31

9, 10.

ii.

xxvi.l7, see

(of.)

>.)

16 {om.

Tr.)

xxii. 2.'), 38.

xxiii. 20.

FIRE

8.

i.

3G.

12.

23.

xxvii. 43.

Rom.

FIIIST

(be.)

161
1.

TTpioTos, see

"FIRST," No.

1.

iv.

13.

4,

with

2.

FIR
to

lie

before, to be laid or

set before -a?iy one;

be present
1.

Mark

x. 31,

\,\.

to

or be

lie

mind of any

before the

289

one,

i.e.

to

2.

oxpapiov,

'

fish,

is

eaten

U'hich

came

later

particularly

"are

2 Cor. viii. 12.

1.

Matt

1'..

1.

Jolin

xv.34,sfc F(little.)
1.

FIRST DAY.
1.

;,

2.

1.

x.wiii.
xvi. 2.

Mark

17.

No.

4.
1.
.'.

1.

2.

Acts XX.

Luke

xvi.

2.

11.

1.

xxl. C,

41 '"'<;=, 43.
viii.7,8eeF(small )

2.

vi. 38,

V. G, 9.

3(

13.

2.

V:

.9.

m.
IL

9.

Cor. XV.

1.

3i'.

1.
l'.>.

7..

FISH

8,

(LITTLE.)

dim. of Xo. 1 above, iii form.,

but perhaps iwt in meanina.
Matt. sv. 34.

(>.

jVo. 5.

raarg. priacipalUy.

FISH

^,

,.

,
,

FIRST (from the

1.

very.)

of place, from above

of time,
from the first, from the beginning.

'

oxpdptov, see

2.

(SM.\LL.)

"fish (little.)"

see

^.

fish,"

2.

Luke

i.

1.

Mark

viii.

2.

John

vi. 9.

3.

see "FIRST,"

FISHER

?,

FIRST OF ALL.

1,

(-S.)

a fisher, fislierman, (fj'om

the sea.)

2.

Matt,

iv, 18, 10,

iV,^among,

<,

1.

F (email.)

(op.)

!)

xxiv.
xx. 1,

xxiv. 42.
vi. f, see

xvii. 27.

ix. 13,

1.

Mark
Luke
John

FIRST ESTATE.
"first,"

see

Juile

"'

Mark

1.
1.

2.

1.

"first," Ko.

see " first,"

Matt. xxvi.

2.

2.

see

30.

1.

occ.)

Luke XL Uiwicf.

1.

xiv. 17,

(non

to fish),

vii. 10.

1.

(dim. of oxj/ov,
with bread,
to
be applied

little

whatever

him.

to

FIT

Mark

Jolin ixi.

i,

ciAs,

10, 17.

7, see coat.

\ TrpcuTots, first matters.

1.

Luke

xii. 1.

1,1 Cor.

2.

FISHERMAN

xi. IS.

1 Cor, XV. 3.

Luke

FIRST BEGOTTEN.
rpojToTOK'oi, fir.st-boni,
Hcb.

(non

Rev.

0.

i.

;.

FIRST BORN.
Rom.

2.5

(cm L

Tr

7.

viii,

Col.

.V

29.

18.

xi, 28.

^05,

xii. 23,
1

-,

viii. 23,

inf.

[adj.]

convenient,

vi. .7.)

to come or reach down to.

In X. T. impers. to suffice, be enough

(-s.)

an offerin;; of first-fruits then,

In N.T. pL,
an offering yenerally.
the first-fruits which were con.sccratcd to God, (non occ.)

Rom.

."i,

wcll-situatC(

Heb.

(occ.

FIRST FRUIT

ixi.

FIT
1.5,

i.

Heb.

[t*.)

(.\.)

to fish, catch fish.

John

Malt. i.
Lukeii,

(-men.)

2.

FISHING

),

occ.

V.

for

1.

Lukeix.

Rom.

i.

3'

fit,

2S.)

.\ct8

62.

xiv.

1.

becoming,

is

it

fhi>i{f,

proper, (occ.

xxii.

(ind.

22,

G TTr

part,

Cor. xv. 20. Ji.

xi,

xvi. 16.

16, sing.

XVI,

Jas,

Rev. xlv

1,
,

dviii,

occ.)

FISH
a

fish,

to

(-ES)

,,

IS.

in

[noun.]

(from

rush

4.

impetuously),

to

full

exp.

to go,

FIT

.^ffit,

(-ED) [verb.]

make

order,

of what

fully ready,

to
i-i

to put

make complete,
broken,

hmcr,

repair.

(no/i
Rimi. ix 22, marg. m-ikr
He>> X. 1, iiiari;. (.tvxt, iirtparr.)

to

PIT
FIT

'/, to

290

FLEE

(be.)

have come up to anything,

to

extend to, hence, to pertain to, to

be fit or becoming, (ore. Epb. v. 4;
Philem. 8.)
CdI.

1.

FITLY.

FIVE.
from

3.

Matt.

xvi. 9.

XXV.

16

'i<-S

t''

20

* '"

Mark

vi. 38, U.
viii. 19.

Luke

21.
ix. 13, 16.
xii. fi, 52.
xvi. 28.

15,

19.

ix.

1.

2.

pre-

down,

vii. 29.

xiv. 6.
xvi. 27.
xvii. 30.
xix. 16 (with

1 .

Old of.)
Cor. vi. 18.

Tim.

1.

vi. 11.
ii. 22.

2 Tim.

viii. 34.

1.

Jas. iv.

xxi. 21.

1.

Rev.

Heb. vi. 18,

iii. 7.

X. 5, 12, 13 (aji.)

X. 14.

1.

1.

John

Acts

2.

XXIV. 16.

see

foi

[rofuiie.

7.

ix. 0.
xii. 0.

I.

FLEE AWAY.

times.

10.
1.

xvii. 10.

Rev. xvi.

20.

Rev. xx.

1.

11.

FLEE FOR REFUGE.

FIVE TIMES.

7,

1.

3.

X. 23.

Luke

vi. 9, 13, 19.

iv. 4.

Rev.

13.

xvi. 8.

XX. 6.
xxiv. 1.
1 Cor. xiv. 19.
2 Cor. xi. 24, see

Rev.

ii.

.xxvi. 56.
"Mark V. 14.
xiii. 14.
xiv. 50, 52.

V. 2.

Acts

i.

with

iii. 7.

signification.

Luke xix. 18,

John iv. 18.

(No.

viii. 33.

all,

all the finrjers on the hand.)

See under " three," for spiritual

oi,

prefixed,) to flee down to any place,

hence, to flee for refuge, (non occ.)

i.e.,

Matt. xiv. 17, 19.

(No. 1 witJt , out

fixed,) to flee out of, escape.

See, FRAME, JOIN.

TeVre, five, (proh.

flee,

Eng. fugue.)

also

2.

(-ETH, PLED.)

to fly, to betake one's

to flight, {Lat. fuga, fugio;
to

self

18.

iii.

PLE

3.

five timeB.

Heb.

vi. 18.

2 Cor. xi. 21.

See

,
,

hundred, thousand.

also,

FIX

1.

ing to

(-ED.)

to Set fast, steadfast, fix firmly.

from

Liikc xvi. 20.

Rev.

Acts vii. 30.

Heb. i. 7.

i.

ii.

14.
18.

,,

dition of
viii. 6,

FLATTERING.

flattery, adulation

to

hang on

as ire say
phn, to smooth.)
1

Tlics.

ii.

5,

2.

(perhaps

stick to, to
or, proh. from

Matt. xvi.

is

also,

xii. 20.

1.

Rom.

iii.

mnde

of flax,

the wick of a

31.

occ.)

3.

28.
20,

vi. 19.
vii. 5, la, 25.

4,

viii.l(aj<.K3:"i"
'<:<, 8, 9, lii'

13, 14.

ix. 3, 5, 8.
xi. 14.

6"i

xiii.

vi. 51, 52, 53, 54,

55, 56, 63.
viii. 15.
- xvii. 2.
Acts ii. 17, 2R, 30 (aji.),

10

- iv. 1.

iii. fl.

i.

i.

ii.

xxiv. 30.

lamp,{Eng.\mexi), (orr.Rev. xv.fi.)

Matt.

17.

XIV. 38.

John

ix.

dead-meat, (non

xiii. 20.

iii.

and

Heb.

18;

xxi". 22.
xxvi. 41.
Mark X. 8 t'';''

eenitive.

flax, then, ivhat

ii.

xix. 5, 6.

FLAX.

as raiment,

outward form

human nature, (orr. Rom.

7; Col.

Kpe'as, flesh,

Luke

then, the

'^,

genitive.

frf.m

as the distinct antithesis to

(spirit), tn signify the sinful con-

FLAMING.
8,

it)

As used by St. Paul, all that is

peculiar to human nature in its
corporeal embodiment is said to
belong to it ; and hence, he uses it

xix. 12.

i.

(,

material side,

human nature, and therefore

human nature in its emhndiment.

fire.

2 Thes.

its

of

FLAME.

xvi. 24.

thoi, corporeity accord-

being the organic lohole, the body,

and therefore is to he distinguished

a flame, blaze, any bright blazing

Luke

FLESH.
flesh

14.
xiv. 21.

1.
1.
1.

1.
2.

i. 2 5,29.
V. 5.
vi. 16.
vii. 28.
viii. 13.

Cor.

13.
I

FLE
1

Cor. X. 18.
XV. 39 1" *!<>
30 3rJ (om.

Phil.

Cor

i.

IV

Tim.

riiilem.

Irt

Hub.

n.

li

vii.

Jae.

10.

10,

lii.

3.

2ft.

V.

John

ii.

IV.

vi. 8 '"'", 12, 13.

Eph.ii S'", 11"^<,15.
V. 29, 30((tp), 31.
vi 5, 12

2.

John

Jiide

7.

25. 27.

vii.

xxiv. 38, 39.

(.)

Luke

23.

Rov. xvii.

16.

FLESHLY.

above.)

its

which denotes of

idea as
flesh,

12.

1.

fleshy

see

Col.

ii.

Matt.

18.

made of the
Our Lord
"of human flesh subto

Cor

iii.

iii.

and

fleshly lusts

G^ L

Tr

.\

K)

FLOUR

FLOCK.

a flock, es-p. of i^heep ; but

metaph. also of men, (occ. John x.
IG, where it is wrongly rendered

'/',

(prob. dim. of No.

contraction

uf

,)

being

little

1.

.Matt. xxvi. 31.

Lukoii. 8
xii. 32.

17.

(FINE.)

wheaten

finest

flour;

Rev. xviii. 13.

to shoot

up

again, sprout,

occ.)
marg. b< revirtd.

2.

Act XX.

1.

Cor

2.

Pt. V

28, 2'J

ix.

FLOW.
to flow, (non occ.)

7"'M

FLOWER.
11.

Pet.).

FLOWER OF ONE'S AGE

(,

U:)

be.

yond the

be-

point,
'

2, 3.

vii. 38.

a flower, (non occ.)

Jae'l. ly.

C
<

flock, (jioii occ.)

2.

the

Jolin

''fold.")
2.

Iii.

is

Eng. fugue, fugitive,

Matt. xxiv. 20.

Mark xiii. IS (om.
Heb. xi 34, see turn

],

Like

Phil. iv. lO;

Lat. fuga), (non occ.)

\.

FLOOR.

12.

FLIGHT.
flight, (hence,

1.1.

FLOURISH AGAIN.

(non

<i>vyi),

xii.

Lat. simila,-3imilagO, (non occ.)

appetites, (non occ.)

2

away

occ.

as other

but not,

subject

of the.)

borne or carried

11

ii

of flesh, fleshy,
material substance

men,

.'^w.w'

a threshing-floor, where corn

trodden out, (non occ.)

FLESHY.

sist/ing ; "

2, eec below.

10.

3.

',

,
',
.
,,
',
Pet

2vas

5
15l<

ii.

xii.

15

Rev.

below. J
1

Rev.

river or flood, (non

by a

distinctive of the

fleshly,

2 Pet.

3.

(c.\hRiED

what attaches to the flesh in

corporeity, (more abstract, and

1.

vi. 48.

xvii. 27.

7, 8,

(here the Gen. of NO.

2.Cor

by

xix. 18 8 ''"M, 21.

not so gross in

2.

a river, stream, f7Vu?n

,
,
Matt.

16.

2, 3

flesh,
its

then,

to flow.)

0.

2.

FLOOD

ebb

2 Pet. ii.lO, IK

n"'",

le,

i:<,

18. 21.

IV. 1 IWt.

10, 24

1.

24.

i.

iii.

iv. 13, 14, 23, 29.

V.

Pet

ii.

the flow of the

the

to

implication any flood, (non occ.)

xii. 9.

xii. 7.
i.

OS opp.

sea,

2.

X.

flood-tide,

ix. 13.

X. 2, Sfict.
xi. 18.

Gal.

10.

iii.

i:

16 '''
1, 6

V.

22.

iii.
.

(-s.)

dashing down upon, an

inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah's
food, (non occ.)

1. 5, 11, 13, 23.

ii.

(om

4!'

FLO

FLOOD

22, 24.
3, 4 '!
22, 2.

i.

Col.

{^.)

39

iii.

G L

Tr

^
,

291

Cor.

24<i"

(pass the.)

beyond the
bloom of youth or
past or

flower of
30.

life.

FLU
FLUX

8',

292

FOL

(bloody.)

\\),

dysentery, (non occ.)

,
,

Heb.

FLY
(a

(-ING.)

later

2.
1.

Rev.

fly,

iv.

(non

7 (No.

G L

2,

2.

to

Rev.

GL

TTrAW.)

xii.

, ?
FOLLOW.

occ.)

14.

LT

il

lowing, attending,

,
),
Rev.

vtos, a son, (strictly

5.

3.

at the mouth,
4.

Mark

(non

OUT.

above with

(the

upon,
attend

5.

foam upon,

upon,

to

foam

down,

to

i.e.

with

to

be-

follow side

accompany, conform

side, to

by

to.

(No, 1 with ~', together with, prefixed,) to follow

together with any one, to follow

6.

occ.)
Jude

(No.

prefixed,)

side,

down,

( No.\ with

prefixed,) to follow
follow closely.

ix. 18. 20.

FOAM

prefixed,) to

out,

,
,
,

with

follow upon,

of,

upon, accompany.

foam

occ.)

-,

with , out

(No.

prefixed,) to

(-ETH, -ING.)

to froth, to

(non

(No.

prefixed,) to follow out.

Matt. ixL

FOAM

pupils, (occ.

xviii. 5.)

^^6,

2.

and

servants,

.soldiers,

spohen only of man

sometimes in a wider sense.

(fol-

a^ suhst.

hence,

a follower, footman), to follow one,

go with or after him. Used esp. of

FOAL,
hut, also

be an

to

1.

xiv 6(No.2,G
(Tr A .)
xix.l7(No. 2,GLT

TrAS.)
I

14.)

vi.

12.

See, IMPOTENT, sick.

hence, gen.

fly,

1-

13 (No.

viii.

2, j

occ.)

same oneaning, (non

TrAH).
i.

Rev.

(occ.
i.

FOLK.

form of No.

spread the wings to

to

UP.

away,

to he laid

Acto Kxviii. 8

1.

FOLD

roil up, fold up, as a garment

to roll

13.

with.

FOAMETH AGAIN

(that one.)

to cause to flee, hence, to

pursue after as flying enemies,
pursue in order to find or overtake ;

7.

, with,

',

foam.

metaph. to follow earnestly after.

8.

FOE

,
sense,

(-S.;

example,

(adj.) Pass, hated, odious, object

Act. inimical, hcstile.
of enmity.

As

suhst.

ivith art.

versary,- (elsevjhere,

9.

Acts

ii.

35.

[noun.]

11,

j
(

a court, a yard, any enclosed

space in the open air, hence, the
court of an oriental house, and
also, a sheep-fold.

,
,

^^vr.,heve\ie.como\

10,

FOLD

to begin to be, come into

come to be, become,

exi.stence,

an enemy, ad"enemy.")

Matt. I. 3.

1.

to mimic, but in a good

to imitate, follow as an

i.e.

0.

?'''^l\^^f
behind,
to be,

\^

lit.

'^tvhich is after."

/xcTu, after, j

Matt.

19.

iv.

20, 22, 25.

vui.1,10, 19,22, 23.

Ix

9ic, 19, 27.

I.

38.

1.

1.

Matt. xxi.
xivi

11.
1.

2.

<),

- Jolinx.

ft

efihoei>-/ol<i.
J.

John

X.

of sheep.
I.

10 2nd

John

x. 161-

Mark

i.

1.

li.

xvL

24.

1.

Ui.

ii.T

2, 21, 27, 28.

1.

V.

0.

68.

C2.

xiv. 13.

XX, 29, 34.

0.

xxvii. 55.

1.

xii. 15.

flock, psp.

^.^^^^^,

after me.

alter, )(
.,

18.
36, 800

F after.

14 'iw,

7(om. G-.)
24.

37 (No.

1,

L.)

FOL
Mark

John

vi. 1.

293

xviii. 15.

FOO

Cor.

38 '*' (ap.)
21,28, 32, pajt,

ix.
X.

Pliil. iii.

Xii. 8, 9.

'

51 (No.

XV. 41.
xvi. 17

(.)

20

1 Cor.

49,

ix. 11, 23,

59, 61.

PhU.

foUow-

xviu. 22, 28, 43.

rxJL

10, 39.
49, see

54

Tim.

Tim.

49.

55, see

after.

see

,,

after.

2.
3.
4.

:'.

Rev.

4. 5, 27.

,
,
,

11, see

i.

PhiL

.viv.

3""-<^. 37

3.

" FOLLOW," No.

)
j

follow closely in order to

5.

Acts

3.

Rom.

ill.

1.x.

55.

24
30, 31.
1

KOLLOW
/, alter,

Tiui. vi

3.

Rom.

3.

order.

3.
1.

order.

>

the
next

the.

Mid. part, near

day.

xiii. 33.

2.

John

vi.

22.

3.

AcU

xxi.

1.

44.

i.

1,

Acts

18.

x.xi.

v. 24.

FOLLY.

avoLa, without understanding or sense

(vovs), folly, (occ.

i.

the day
next in

of

titute

11.

Luke

any

vi.

II.)

(), des-

without mind

sound

principle,

senselessness.

FOLLOW

(what suguld.)

2.

the thing,

],

to, next.

(tuat should.)

Pet.

in

order,

Luke
John

xiv. 19.

Cor. xiv. 1.
Phil. iii. 12.

Tim.

4.

these things.
1

Tci,

connected

in

30.

x.xiii.

con-

successively,

i.e.

3.

order or

the

morrow,

j
\

next

Older,

in

the moiTOW,

the,

T7/,

secutively,
* With art.
i.

the,

Ttj,

succession,

coming

',
TTJ,

e^^9,

find, (noH occ.)

(the day.)

day,
un
nderstood, the succeeding or coming
day.

upon,

i.

7.

according to the

11.

\ icith
u'i

the,

Trj,

"FOLLOW," No.

see

tiriie,

14

FOLLOWING
see

of

13.

down,
(No. 3 with
prefixed,) to pursue closely, as an
;

over one

Bucceedin'.
Acts xxiii

4, K,

.\jx.

" FOLLOW," No.

see

Mark
Luke

iu. 17

!/, coming upon or

viii. 7.

2ij.

2.

5.

kmvijuUy.

FOLLOWING.

(tliat

i.

vi. 8.

:n.

(^aQov,

4.

10, text,

a co-imitator, joint-imitator.

(should.)

21.

16, part.
u. 2. 15.
.John 11.

viii. 12.

eneviy

"FOLLOW," No.

see
iii.

14.

FOLLOW AFTER.

\.

Tim.

22.

ii.

ii.

22, see following

xiii.

dilujent)

FOLLOAVER TOGETHER.

7, 9.

iii.

Pet.

2 Pet.

2.

xii

(he

xiii. 7.

37, 38, 40, 43.

XI

after.

V. in.

Heb. xii

xxiii. 27.

i.

see

12,

24. I
vi. 11, f

would.)

(mu-

LTTr A

1,1

V. 15.

F (that

vi.

7/5^,

marg. go

4,

iii.

Thes.
2 Thee.

xvii. 23.

John

X.

xiv.

fins-

see

xiii. 33,

(,

of, G:-j

a)

with.

57,

13

iii

lo^.s

[margin.]

ix. 30, 31, I see F

xiv. 19,
) after.

Rom.

9.

Pet

14.

lowing.

11, 27, 2S.

vii

11, see i.l-

xxiii.

t<:>gt;thcr

0.

FOLLOWER OF

3(5.

of (be

eeo

18,

following.

N.)

51.

Luke V

G~ L

0,

li.

xvi. 17.
xxi. 1,

xiv. 13.

Ilelj. vi. 12.

17, ece

i.

10, see

iii.

a diligent.)

1.

Thos.

xiii. 43.

i>.

TTr A

r.ph. V.

xxi. 19, 20, 22.

iii. 24,
F after.

Acts

52.
xi.

2 Tim.

iv. 10.
xi. 1.

viii. 34.

about to

be.

Liiko xxii. 49.

1.

2.

FOLLOWER.
an imitator.

2 Cor.

xi

,
,

1.

1.

Tim.

iU. 9.

FOOD.

nourishment, sustincnco.

(No.

strengthened

%,

through,) sustinence, support, (noii

occ.)

3.

FOO

eating, the act of eating.

1.

Acts xiv.

-2

17.

Jas

Cor. ix

10.

FOOL

';,

Tim

-'

vi

8.

15.

11

(-S.)

dull,

,
V=:,

2.

FOO

FOOLISH

Ps. xciv. 8.)

of

destitute

(MAKE.)

dull or foolish.

foolish talking, Y^iori occ. J

Eph. V

4.

FOOLISH THING.

(), sense- ',

sound
any

without mind

less,

make

to

FOOLISH TALKINt;.

not acute of the mind,

slow, (Sans, mohera, fool,
dull,
from Root, mull, to be silly), (Ixx.
for bnD, Deut. xxxii. 6; Is. xxxii. 5,6;

294

"FOOL," No.

see

Cor.

1.

27, neut.

I.

principle.

.%,

3.

(-), (non

wisdom

without

occ.)

)/7,

4.

the

unreflecting, never applying

(mind) to moral or religious

Matt V

21.

x\iii. 17

1.

LukO

10
XV. 36

Cor

xi.

23.

10.

xxiv.

Koir. L

[come

'25.

22,

eee

.a)

Tini. vi i. see

F (be a.)

1.

2.

3.

FOOL

(as a.)

to bc aside from

right

2 Cot. li

imprudence.

2,

'.

';,

see

ii. 17, 21

"fool," Xo.

1.

absurdity.

folly, foolishncss,

.?.

Mark

2.

vii

Cor.

"FOLLY," No.

see

22.

18, 21,

i.

2.

2X
2.

mind, deranged, (non

in folly, in

"FOLLY,"

see

FOOLISHNESS.

U.

V. 1.0

Eji)!.

H.

(be-

16i', 19.
see'F(aaa.)

xii. 6,

2.

,
4.

18.

iii

iv.

2.

xii. 20.

2.

L*

A R)

xi.

Coi.

G-

(om.

111

TTi
2.

FOOLISHLY.

ill,

I'oi'i

truth.
1.

,
,
,

i'v,

Cor.

2.

2.
i.

2'.,

Iicvit

11.

ii.

Cor

iii.

ly

occ.)

part

2/t,

FOOT, FEET.

FOOL

1.

n) [margin.]

(h''

the foot both of men and heasf.^,

the foot from tiie ankle
htnce,
downwards. ( Sanscr. pad
Lat. pes, pedis; En^j. pad, foot;

TTOL's,

.'itriotli/

to smoke, fume, Burrouiid with

smoke, becloud.
Tun.

vi

4 0>aaii

text, be proud.

Germ,
2.

FOOL
to

make
Kom.

(lecome

foolish.

occ.

Matt.

;,
Rom.

1.

:,

21

ii.

20.

J.

X.

I'J.

Cor.

i.

FOOL," No.

20

4.

rt.

ID, eee tread.

27,i<eeFfmak()
(tee F tinny

?7,

XIV.

1.

G.il

xviii.

-.

2.

V
Tira.

Tim

1, 3.

Epli

4,

weF

vi.

9.

ii

23

I'el.

il

(om. "at

R)

XV. 22.

15.

xiii. h, 6, K,

1.

10(om (i-Tt*)

XX
Act

1.

(45.

1.

12.
7.

iii.

iv. 3,S, 37.

v.

2,

X.

10
eee

1.

vii. 5,

one's

'1,441* Ice,

3i'"-

1.

33G-.)

W(iqi

2, 32. 44.

xii

79.

46 (om

Johnxi.

2.

2')

3!.

xvii. IH.
xxiv. 30,

1.

n. 45 ''=

Luke i

(non

35, 41

viii
ix. 5.

X.

11.

vi.

vii.

0.
1

2t>

v. 22.

vii.

Luke

1.

IV. 11.

iii. 3.

I.

toUUD-

basis,

1.

1.

xxii 13
xxviii. y.

Eng.

1.

feet.'OL TTr

hie

Mark

iii

4.

F (on.)

s'Uft-

xviii.

i.

2.iTit

i:;, sett

XV. 30.

irrational in conduct, stupid.

,sf<

XXV

I,
3.

kence,

vii

FOOL," NO.

uuoqroi, see "FOOL,

VII

that with which one

aha, that on which

X 14

see "

occ.)

iv.

Matt.

th^n,

one steps

L 22, paea
1.

1.

steps, a foot

FOOLI."^H.

',

(non

fuss),

a stepping, jiowcr to step or

walk

a.)

make

dull,

';,

33.58.
25

F on

(eet

FOO
Acta

Hcb. 29,
xii.
Rev.

xiii 20. 51
xiv. 8. 10.
xvi 24.

ment

lioin.

iii.

1.'

IC.

15.

X. 15.

iiL 0.

X.-1. 21'
2-'"'. see

1.

22.

i.

vi.

Ift.

F (left.)
3.

.\ii.

'

xiii.

less

separation,

implying

through,

and

11.

Tim. V. 10.
Ueb. ii. 8.

disjunction.

1.

(a) %vilh

2.

xix. 10.

is

definite

see tread.

xi. 2,

but

have this meaning,

than No. 8.

to

18.

1.

svi. UO.
Cur. xii. 1.1. 2
XV. 25, 27.

Kl.h.

may

IS. 17.
ii.

service

see F (gardown to the.)

l.S,

1.

then, as the
13)
rendered on behalf of another
often be in his stead, it comes

opposite of Xo.

13.

i.

;;

xxvi.

FOR

tread.

X.

1.

xxi. 11.
xxii.

295

Gen. through,

by means

of,

by, (marking the instrument of the

xxii. S.

action.)
(b) with Ace.

FOOT

<;,

(gaumext down to the.)

down

rcachiup,

the

feet,

foot,

mid

(from

and touching

to

ttovs,

to

because

Used of

fit.)

of,

on account of, owing to,

(marking the ground or

reason of the action.)

the

around and separcde from, here

only tvith Gen. about, concerning,
marking the object of the thought or

4.

TTfpt,

5.

7rt,

the

IHijh Priests' f/arment, Ex. xxviii. 4,

occ.J

discourse.
Rev.

i.

13.

upon.

with Gen. upon and proceeding

from, as a pillar upon the ground.

(a)

FOOT
^);,

fdat. fern, of

on

adv.),
(occ.

(ON.)

ttc^os,

Mark

FOOT ON

8$,

foot, used as

marking

cause of an actio^i or emotion, also

the moving princijyle or suggesting

Acta

motive, about, for.

)

the intention, for, against.

vii. 5.

Trpos,

FOOTSTOOL.
under-foot, hence, footstool.

(b) with Dat. near,

footstool,
j
^^^^^^^^j ^^
1^
V
2-<Ta>^ofthe,
u: ^_^
his
feet.

',

Matt.

2.

TU)f

, (,

feet,

Mark

'2.

44

ni'd'i

Q'^ L

tin/

2.

Luke

2.

Acts

2.

Tr A w")

xii. 3tj.

2.

2.

1.

J as.

43.
30.

X.X.
ii.

tion of

vii. 49.

Heb.

i.

7.

13.

X. 13

When

" for"

is

'

?,

into,

to,

over against (denoting opposition

instead

John

i.

9.

Iv, in

for,

of,

IG,

in

denotes

it

i.e.

con-

(of time, place, or element.)

certain event,

10.

over and separate from ; here

only with Gen. on behalf of, as
though bending over to protect, (the

11.

a,

in order to, for.

2.

grace in the place of grace,

tinually renewed.)

it is

unto, with a view to

hence, with r expect to

from (from tlie e.vterior), from,

on account of, marking the cause or

or equivalent),
return for, (in

not the translation of a case

of the noun or part of another ivord,

one of these following.)
1.

occasion.

8.

hard by.

with Ace. hitherwards (of literal

then, of mental direcdirection), to
tion, towards, against, in considera-

ii.

FOR.

of.

(c)

V. 3,0

xxii.

2.

feet,

towards, in the direction

with Gen. hitherwards, belonging

to the character of, conducive to.

(a)

',
.,

to

superposition), motion to marking

6.

1.

with Ace. upon (with a view

(c)

a foot-breadth, what
the foot can stand on.

upon and resting upon,

and

the basis or foundation,

also the ethical basis, the occasion or

Ij.

(to set one's

a step,
of a foot,

(b) with Dat.

by land,

33.)

vi.

Matt. xiv.

on

foot, but usually/,

out of (opp. to No. 1), used of

time, from, \\ic future springing out

(K,

of the present from,

vtrkp,

for.

(adv. as prep.) unto, as far as,

until, during.

FOR
^,

12.

(prep, adv.) because

reason

of,

296

on account

by

of,

of.

14.

down,

marking

the, herewith the Inf.

result or purpose.

15.

o,

16.

(a contraction of

yoEp,

the

yi, verily,

and
is,

(having a mure extensive

meaning than the Eng. for, ejcpi'essing
in

fact,

the re(tson. cattse, motive, principle,

of what has been previously said.

etc.
{
'.

and... in fact, or,

in fact... also.

20.
21.
22.

(contraction fur
wherefore, on this account.

^^

13.

xix.

18,20.
26, see F. .sake.

14, 22.
29, see

16.

XX.

10.

2.

16.

16(ai).)

16.

2S.

16.

14.

46 (No.

16.

20, 21.

17

2. 5, 6.
8.

1.

I.

13, 20.

16.

10 1'
10 ind-

ie.

17.

2, 3, 9, 15.

iv. 6, 10, 17,

18

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,

101". eeeF.. sake

10 2"d
11, Bee F..ake.
12 1"

12

16.

16.-

18, 20. 29, 30.

34, 35 twice.
38 twice.

V
(

rrb
16.

18.

44.
45.
46.

16.

5.

16.

7
7

16.-

16.

Slid.

18.

xiii.

28.

32 twice.
34 1".
34 2nd.
Tii. 2, 8, 12.

xxiv.

Tr

25, 20.

18.
16.

2,

?,%

36 (pm.

sake

xiii.

Lb

Tr*

Trbm

C (ow.

M.)

G- L

7(frm.TTrbAM)
8.

9 3rd.

8, 13.

14, 29, 35, 42.

11.

xxvi. 9, 10.11,121s'
12 2nd.

covenant.

28 i
28 3nd.
28 Srd.

1.

16.

16.

16

31, 43, 52.

17.

73.

24 (No.

Tr
16.

18 2nd.

16.

19, 43.

3b.

16.

Mark

16.

4.

22.

5, 6.

16.

4,

\.

marg. vnto.

16, 22.

16.

88.

16

4.

44 I't.
44 2ud.

9.

TrA)

10it

is.

49. 08.

10.

76.

\G.-

Trb

18.

6b.
iv. 17, see

F..sake

28 (ow.

AM.)

15.

22, 25.

4. 19.

45, marg. thai.

481

48 2nd.

77,

marg. (text,

to.

21.

18.
15, 18, 30.
37.

44 I't.
44 2nd.

9.

102nd, eee
35 {om.

18.

18.

6.

4.

8lt.
8 2nd.

18.

27 twice.

16.

10 2nd.

XVL

16.

27 (o/ft.G~

1.

40, 56.
70.

XV. lOl't-

19.LukeL

16^
18

Tr

27.

17.

xxviii. 2.

2,

A M)

18.

rxvii. 10.
18li

16.

7.

9.

3b.
16.

xiv. 5,

1.

4.

16.

1.

13, see F .sake.

19.
20, see F . . sake.
22, 33, 35.

13.

1.

A.)

23.

lit.

9it(oi.TTri'A)

XXV.

16.

xvi. 2, 3.

Trb

92nd, ueeF. .aake

see F.. sake

20.

XV.

42.44.

10.

16.

12
12

18

xiT. 8 1".

7.

13, IS.

23 ipm.

38.

iii.

1.3.

XL

44.

3b.
5b.

Boe F. .eake.

14. 22, 27 (ai>.)

16.

16.

0,

see F. cause.

7,

45lt.
45 2nd.

AM.)

28 (ow,

16.

21, Bee while.

24.

5, 6, 7.

22, see
24, 27.

17.

16.

etwicc, 31, 34,

X. 5.

21.

44.

4.

G-v

F..i>Ake.

16.

S'-""!,

18,

14.

7.

36.
ix.

16.

39, 40, 41, 49.

9,

u. 4.
15.

16.

35lsi.
352Dd,eeeF. .sake

2nd, 23, 25.

3b

16.

39.

12, 15.

33.

to.

.)

li.

xii.

16.

\Z{aj,.)

'

8,83,84,37,40

32.

7.

13, 18.
21, 23, 26, 29.
30.

42.
50.

111.

Lb

Ab .)

xii.

18.

14, 16, 21, 24.

26.

10 (om.

15, see

39, see F..eiike.

xi.

16.

29.

vui. 3 (No. 21,

16.

AM)

10.

26, 35.

16.

13.

i.

'-^nJ.

1.

G~

27.

3b.

18''t,seeF..6ake
18 2nd.
19 (.), 20.
22, see F..8ake.
23 (om. G-.)

25

16.

16.

10 (No.

6c.

5.13,16,21,24.

see

(, ,

10, 21.

-. 9.

10.

viiL 9.

ix.

iii.

MaU.

10.

30.

A R)
5,

3.

8(o))!.LTTrA)

Tr

xxiii. 3.
4 (No. 22,

Tr

16.
i.

G'v L

1,

16 !"
16 2nd, 28.

16.

vii

Tr AM.)

Tr A), see also take.

xxu. 14.

18.

Matt

Tr .)
16.

8.

16.

(,

16.

16.

1.

xxi. 26,32.

Lb

48, 50, 52 1"

522nd
but,

F..8ake

16.

G~

36 (ow.

AR)

Tr

16.

4.

31.

16.

12 1.
122nd^8eeF. .sake

16.

sometimes otherwise concealed.)

16.

9.

and, also.

(an adversative and disjunctive

but,
now,
moreover,
(marking a contrast or antitJicsis

3.

see F. cause.

5,

16.-

]xirticle),

sake

16.

1.

XTiii. 7,10,ll(a;j.),

')

as.

le.

inasmuch

since truly,

171"

14.

17 3rd

oTt,

19.

28, 42.

172nd, eeeP

introduces that which rests on a

patent fact, that (used in objective
sentences as equivalent to the ace. with
inf. and as a particle of explanation,)
because, inasmuch as, seeing that.

18.

9
vi. 8, 11.

18.

16.

and, also,
yap, see No. 16,

v. 8.

r20.

16.

therefore, further,) the fact

mark

16.

16.

5b.
16.

were.

16.
18.

1.

here

as, like as, as it

tus,

18.Matt.xvi. 17, 23.

25 1'.
252nd_6eeF..8ake
26, 2:

only with Ace.

down upon or along, over against,
according to, in reference to some
standard of comparison.

13.

FOR

ii.

10.
11.
20.

21.

^27.

18.

30.

1.

84

twice.

IS.Lukexiv
16.

17.
24. 28..

1.

35<'.
XV.

16.

16.

8(ui,i.

LTTr

A R)

IS.John

6.

16.

xvi.

18.

2.

3, S.
13.

16.

18.
16.

18.

15

16

to.

1.

11.

18

13.

19.

xviii. 4.

33 twice.

4.

14

19.

16, 23. 25

xi

2.

29, see

F..eake.

32

16

39.

IS.

47

18.

4.

16.

5, 10,

16.

26 {om.

21

4.

Lb

Tr

16.

43.

xi. 8, 24.

LTTr
7.

sake
F that

18 1", eee

14.

11

11.

Oc.

16.

AR)

16.

32, 33.

34(om.v<ip,TTrb

15.

16.

27, 36.

18.

41
47 1".

17,

44''.

43,

16

c<iuee

xiv. 26
XV. 14

1.

30, see F..eake.

47.

43,
49.

13.
16.

38,

18 2nd, see Filial

27,
F this

48
XI, 6, 19,33,36, 38.
xxi 4, 8, i'
12, see F
e;ike.

16.

'

2.

16.

5b.
16.

21.

P.. sake.

xiii

11, 13, 15,

t

see F.

26.

16.

28.
31.

5b.
I

10

xvi. 3, 23.
xvii. 15, sec F to
20, 23, 2S""f'
xviii. 3 {ap )

'

10
16.

Tr

18, 2b.

xix.

10

10.

59.
71.

16.

xxiu.

29, 31.
34, 41

7.

25, 20.
38.

10.

44, 4S,
5U2"<>.

2.

60
02

10.
1.

AN.)

41.

John

i.

1st.

15.

8.

10.

17, 30.

(0(71.

ii.

16.

Lii..

16.

Tr

25.

16.

24,

(aj).)

7.

18.
18.

50

'"<'

xxiv. 29, 39

18

IS.

8, 12, 15.

19. 25.

28 3

16.

16.

2.

16,

17,

20,

34"".

XX.

iv. 8, 9, IS.

18.

22.

7.

17.

23.

16.

18.

35.

3b.
16.
16.

39.
42, 44, 45, 47.
V. 4 (ap), 13, 19,

6c.

16.

46'"l
vi. 6
-.^-^ 27 1*' ^

38.

16.

2.

51.

18.

l.S.

11

10

18.

29.

10.

16.

39.

4.

24.

a.

18.

4.

sec anawcr.

sake.

F..Ramc.

24. see Kpcak.

JO a'"".

XX vii.

22,

23,

25,

34.

14.

xxviii

2.

20 1",

33, 40.

eee

F...

cause.

20 **. see

^15

20 3"

10, 21, 23.

.

sec

21, sec

34 lwic.

viii. 7.

10.

14, 16, 20.

7,

vii. 5, 21.

1.

52.

vui

(No.
N.)

Tr
i'lJ.

10.
^

38.

16

3b

1, 4, 5.

V. 26, 36.

55, C4, 71
vii.

answer.

111

I'l-

22. 27. 34

16.

16.

22.

5b

labour.
27 3rJ,S3.

lb.
1.

21

18

18.

-xxvi

10.

iv. 3. 12. 16, 20.

16.

sec

10. see

22 (ap)

16.
"(',

16

10

iii.

eee answer.

Tr

27.

39.

16.

11 {ovv.thrrrfoic,

25 SO'.

1.

16.

ii.

34.
38.

36.
38, 39.

XXV

G ^- L

15, 25>t

18.

35.

18.

-~-

5, 17.

i.

16.

16.

xxiv.
21

20.

16.

6c.

[2L

6.

7. 8.
11, see all

16.

20, 21, 22, 26.

28.

11. 17.

9. 17.

xju.

18.AcU

18.

Vi

XX. 10, 13, 16''",

lo.

5c
18.

sake

eeesi>ace.

40 2<1

3b.

1.

8.

24. 32, 37.

40l>t.

17.

45.

L I

A K)

10

I> Trb A.)

G-

15 {om.

10.

17.

G4 L

(om

A H)

Tr

'

37, 38,

7.

G<v

4,

N)

xiii

1.

cause

(No.

xii. 5

2.

9,

a7.

13.

38.
46.

18.

8.

4,

14.

20 (0<v) (No. 18,

10.

F..sukc.

50, 51, 52
53, see F to.
xii 6.

2.

eee F..

4.

18

4.

15, 8CC

xix. 3.

sake.
X

G L TTr A H)

21. 24.

18.

lt;ii

10 -nd,

4,5.
10, see

X.

en-

see

1!,

112nd.

2S.

5c

39.

11

10.

15. 24.

\.

16.

22.

ix.

quire.

21.

ix.

16.

IS.

16.

7.

42.
44,

24.32.

11.

Acts

viii. 29.

16
li!

24

12

and

16.

33.

account

of.'

call.

(lit Noe.
"for, on

FOR
Acts xxviii.

Rom.

marg.

5 Is',

i.

Rom.

2C, 27.
to

4 3rd

GV

S (Xo. 4,

&

16.1 Cor. xi. 5, 6, 7,

!"

3b.

see

Siike.

6Ui

>

SG^nd.

ii.

n.

14. 24,

l'-'cc,

y2,

11.

-25.

2.

12.

16.

10.

I7t>cc.

1.

18, 19. 21, 23.

2.

provision

viv. S,

4,

6,

10.

Tr
10.

xiii.9(No.22, G^i.)
12 (om. G-.)

10.

xiv. 2'wi5 (No. 22,

16.

IT.

OSnd.

G^ L

15 (No. 22,

'''<

S.

tli;.t.

10,

15,

16.

9.

1,2, 0, 7, S, 11.
14 (>. 22. Lni.)
15 t*'", IS ''",

vii.

2, 8, 10, 11, 14.

ii.

marg hy

sncriUcf for.

5,0,7,13,14,

foi- V.S.

G-

4,

;._

'
L

10, see F. .sake.

IStw.cc.

17,

8F

10.

8l8'.

8
9.

32 (nm. G;:

for

iinip

(o/,i.

Gr:

!(.v,

(No

Tr A

R)

11.

10.

12, 13, 19. 20.

24 1", see
that

10

24 2nd.
2, 4, 9
10 1"

10.

16.

16.

then.

17.

15.

10.

17.

to

22,

ix. 2, 9.

Tr A W.)

10'""",

(,ee

F.

marg. (text,

'21, 23, 24, 25.

IS.

11.

2.

13 1st.
13 2nd(No.l8,GrJ

',1st.

i:,10i"i':M7.10.
F. .sake.

23, see
X. 4, 5.

11.
17 li.

17 -'"', 20.
28'',8ecF. sake.
28 i"^ ((Tin A.V.
to \03H) (ap)

A K.)
18,21,26.27, 28.

-iaUe

seel'.

10.

18.

Tr

12.

iv.

sake

16.

15.

10.

15 1'
152nd, seeF. .sake

IS.

20.

10.

17!'.

r-n>i,seeF

2iid^

27

10.

30.

[meiit.

10.

2.

1,

22, 24, 25, 27 1"

2d.

16.

IS.

mo

see

IS.
V.

v.

."),

6,

13 1".

1.

1.3.

10

14, 17.

10.

1.

4 Isi.
4 2nd, sec
n-s
5
(that.

18.

8.

10.

7, 10.

16.

13, 15, 17.

16.

12(om.G=:I.TTr

16.

14

1'.

2.

14

2i.d.

2.

Ii''", 20
21 '" (om.

TTr A

17,

3b.

ii.

marg

G- L

vii. 3.

(text,

4.

10.

8, 10,

IS.

18.

1.

22.
iii.

vi. 2. 14, 10.

14

'',

to.

sec F..

cause.
l-'nd,

2.

l:(.

F. cause.
12 l"
12 and 4 3rd.

14, ttco

5.

8 1"

16.

82iid(<,ni.

6c.

10.

9. 10. 11

'")

u.

iv.

>"

12
2.

10.

in.)

N.)

10.

18.

Kph.

3, 6, 7.

15, see

16.
17.

vi

9.

13 lit.
1 32nd _8ecF cause.

.,

cauitc

30

16.

lllsi.

10

eake.

10.

0.

(K)

11.

1.

17,

10 twice.

11, 14.

iv

Tr

'.

6.

iii.

1.

16.

10

10.

10.

13, 10.

0.

7.

17.

LT

IS, 19.

21

10.

IS.

If,.

G~L

16 (No. IS,

19.

Tr A H.)

16.

5.

8 (OTi

5.

8, 12.

10,

6c.

16.

22, G.v.

12, 13.
ii.

16

eake

lit.

10

in2nd(o)n. G'-.^L
N.)

Tr

11.

18.

iii.

.4(No.4,.GLTTr

i.

Oc.

102,8

17

35''

U, 121*'",

.sec

ii.

9, 14, 16, 22.

viii.

Gal.

R)

8.

16.

5 1"
ind.

1''

2.

16.

*.)

10. 20.

L.T

6 1*'"

i.

3 b.

20.

(No

2 Cor.

10.

cause.

1.

2. 3, 4
4 2nil.

5, 7, 9, 10,

5-"J
7 'Jnd

f,

16.

16.

vi.

17, 19,

20.

4>

17
2.

17.

vii.

A S)

F.

xjii, 4 Ist.

It;.

17.

.3.

10, see

10.

18.

20.
V.

0, 11,

xvi. 1

16.
7, glsi.

,
Tr

1 ,

see

15, 19.

2.

IS.

10.

13

9,16,21^22,25,27.
29 twice.
32,34,41, 52.53.

1.-.

2n2"d, see pray.

20 3rd (oi/(.

16.

it,

lu2n<>,U'wlcc, 13.

3'w'co,

2,

11,13, 17, lOtwicc, 21.

iv. 4
C '"'.see F sake

is. 19, 20, 22, 24 '<:(.

26 I"

xi.

6'*'".

10

22.

16.
iii.

2, 3l<
-ii''_

5, 10,

13, 14, 19, 20.

9,
xii.

16
2.

19, 20. 21. 23.

X.

18.

4.

5(No.22, LTrm)

16.

31. 33, 34, 35.

XV. 313'

14'"'",

2 twice,

.xi.

8.

16.

17,

14ii,

vi. ).7, 10,

Tr

10.

12,

17.

1.

12, see

',

82nd43rd

10.

16.

10.

1'.'.

'

X. 3. 4, 8ls'

18.

2.

F all that.

Isl.

15.

U'wicc.

10.

Hiind.

9.

2.

7 2nd 4:)rd,

19, 22.
viii

14

14 (ow. LbTri.)

16.

1st.

13,

in.

2.

3b.
5b.

16.

16

6 Ist.
6 2>-

6b.

16.

21, see

24. 25

12.

16.

16.

10.

IS.

16.

F. sake.

23. see

1, 2. 7.

1.

16.

-:

i^.)

22.

16.

16.

L TTr

.6;ike.

17.
ix.

1.

A W)

5.

13, 14.

V.

U.

13,

16.

2.;.

1st

3 2"d,
9 1st.

TTr A

xii. 8, 12.

10.

iv. 2.

F then

see

9,20,22,

91st.

10.

26, 29.
30, -seti F
cause.
31 (No.22,G-^L

S,

7,

11.
IT, IS

0,

13

.3.

10. 12, 13.

14 twice.

IS.

xi. 24.

17.

7,

viii.

92"d,soeF.

3.

14.

15 la'.
lound.

10.

2S.
iii.

Tii.

IS.

IS.

u, 11.

3r.l, 4,

14. see

9, 10,

5b.2 Cor.
IS.

8.

U;.

F. cause.

16

2
cause.

cause.

8.

twice.

ii

10, see

4th

2nd,

20

FOR

1st.

,T

9,11, i(iiH-, ir,

18. 19.

20

xii. 19.

xiii 1, 3, 4
4 2nrt.

the.

Tr

298

12 3"

aeu

16.
2

1.

32. sec F..6akc.

2 Isi.
2 2nd.
5. 0. S, 0, 12, 13.

FOR
2.

Ei)h. V.

1.

-20.

18
2.

23.

18.

25.

16
16

29.

Irt.

IS
VI

le.

V.

see F

3 (No. 22,
Tr A
Tr") (' G

Lb

H.

lit.

22.

'2h.

16.-

2 Thee.

3.

3b.

16-

5.

4.
2.

16

S.

4.

1.

17.

18.

21

i.

11

16.

l.aceF. .cause

4.

viii. 3.

4.

25.

16

2,

26

IS.

7 in!

IS

27, eee strive.

2ii'.
2'J in", see F.

16.

a U.

127.

30.

16.

16.
3i).

Scicc.

7.

12.

5c

14

Tr
16.

lii.

13.

iv.

4.

.15 2J

X.

12.

16.

14, 15.

4.

18.

16

23, 26it

4.

^t, 'Jnd

16

IfiSiiJ.

IS

16.

24 -nJ, see F.

16.

111.

2. 6,

16.
18.

IV.

2,

16

R)

Titus

5.

16
16.

lii

sec

6,

16.

sake

24 (ow.G*!!.

le.

Tr A
4

3b

111"

10
26, 27. 32

8.

101.

ll.bteF. .sake.

ec-

11.

8.

16

16

sake.

17
4

2, 5. 0,
11 -mJ

le.

14,

17

16.

22.

4.

2.

l.tSnd.

16.

The.

5 1"

5
16.

-'ni,

.
ii

eu.!

5,
-"<

Tr

(.

14 1"
14 2'".
17.
1!),

iii

ii

.cause

0>",
il''

l.S

3b

11 *'"*

16

16. 18.

16.

Hi. 3, 4.
5

16.

16

18

i,seeF.,cause.
8

16.

!il.t.

'.I

ake.

<',

I"
1

in

2, nee

L'

that.

I6<wic.

xee F.

2.

61.

John

Juile

3.

7, see F. lA'kc
see contend.

3.

Hev-

4
11.

3.

III.

9 2nd(oiii.G-L

7. 11.

Tb

12.

13. 20.

A'.
3.

li.

111.

iL i, 10, 11,13.
23.
26.

16.

lu. 2, 7, le.
IT 14'"

14.man? it*xt,
evtn){om. I.Ti-*)
1.'),
F that
..ought to say.

V. 1
3.

11 1".

iv.

V.

16.

16
17

7,
.

Me Jtar.

12 I"

vi. tilt.
.

n Jnd

le.

(om

I,

Ah.)
-

vh

17

ix. l.S '.

xii

Jtt.

sake.

11.

1,'.

mai'g. o(.

2n<J.*eeFto

l.jiwUc.

TTrAK)

see F..

17

.Ird.

le

niiiiinJ
3(No. 4,G<^L

:<

ib.

John

16. 171<
-'"

18.

1.

-'3,4, 8,10,12,15.
T.

'.'li'i.

14,

16.

3, 4.

by.

;iid.

16
1

20

marg

3b
J
16

8. 9,

22.

16. Jae.

11

l'<-

IRind.

17.

2. 5, 8.

6.

18

Ifl.

U L

ec.

16

0>t

13. iieeF.

16.

(like.

!.

1. 3,

16.

16.

11

i; 3r.l.
18''

16.-

14

3b.

xiii

2.

1-"

16.

19
4

IQl"

17 '"'CO, 18,20,

ec

l.S.

7,

'1

12
13

16.

16,

see

15 l

i.

14,

12

111

2 3rd, gee sins.

12.eeeF. sake

16-

16.-

!'.

Heb

3,

4.

2l*2f"

ii.

10.

10 2"J

16

2.

1!,

5c.-

14
Phileiu. 7

4, 5.

lii.

John

16-

|i,

19.20,21.

ii.4, 8, 18,

8.

fic-

Hee F.. cause.

14.

16.

2. 5.

10.

3.

111.

25, Boei^Me.'TC^
3 i>'
3 2d

IV

2
16.

20.

Ii.

4lime).

11.

ii.

le
16.

'.'

\>.
5,

i.

21.

36, 37.

1.

ilinJ.

9.

16

sake.

6, 10,

.'(,

2"J (No.

TTr

F
16

1.8,10,11,16,17,

2 Pet.

34

lit.

5,

MO.

1716.

If,

10.

16

i>'

11,

6c
2V
1.

aake

'J'"!

10, see

ii.

IR.

F..

14 -ni, 17.
7 !

V.

27, see looking.

lijlil.

>4"

vi. 7. V).

Tim.

7
12
12

14

once

2.

16.

F.

sake.
.

ii

see provide

eiix, see

6, 8.

11, 15, 18.

1 .

16

V then.

F then.

10.

8,

2nd.
3,'61>1

16
10, 10.

see

U;

3b

16.

24

for

K.)

.vol',

11.

,'

16.

(oin.

-tp,

"

l.-,,17,19, 2-11"

2,

23,aeeF
800

1>.

(I

*,

3>-d.

for us,

.\)

5, 8,

G.vLTr

5.

iv.

15 1", eee F..

10, see

3(No.3,

3b

18

.
, ( ',
GL
Tr

13.'

13.

Is
16

A)

17.

issna.

l.i

CoL

12.

14,8ecF..eake.
ISl't.

that.
16 1", see F..

SCom.LTTrmb

16

11

IV.

18.
4.

1,

10.

10, 11, 12.

26, see

(No

5.
fliwice.

12. see

i.

16.

IS, 20

16

see nought.

16.

21 '
21 -'i-d.

there-

R.)

5. 7. 8.

A R)

5b

202'", see faults

iii

it 1, 2

ill.

iglnd.
20l

16.-

25.

LTTr A

fore.

16.

3b.

7 1"

cause.

20. 21

2<i.

16
19 1".

3b.

10, 11.

Tim.

sake
20.

15.

16.

23

(,

8,

27
27 ard

1 J

24.

iii.

14.

!<

3b.

16

18.

19. 21.
25.
26.

2 (No. 22, Q L
A

5, see F that.
17. lSlt
IS and.

4, 5.

11.

14.

4.

7.

11.

viLl, 10.11,12,13,

IS.

2.

16

20.

24, marg. /or

that.
ii. 13, see F. .sake.
1.

16.

5b

16.

(text,

..

1.

Tr

7, iiiarg

16-nJ.
10.

13,seoF..sako.

16.

10, 13, 161>

20.

4.

1.

13.

b/.)

cau3c

Pet

4. 7.

12.

Phil

V. 122"<i
. 1:1 iw.ct.

Heb.

2.

1.

18.

FOR

Thtis. iv.2,3,7,0,14,15.
10.

:tO.

299

4.

spe

to.

10, 12 "Ic*.

FOR
Rev.

16,

4.

=LTrb

5(otG<

16.

.)
3 times.

18.-

XV, 1,4

18.-

xvl 61.

Tr A)

(oTTfp, -whosoever,

10.-

10.

16.-

14.

18.-

16.-

[R)

xxi.

18.

5.

18.

9(0TO.G

hiKa,

6.

vTrip, see

7.

76/)', see

G~

(.

16.

Tr

11.

Matt.

"for,

A^o. 2.

"for," No.

v. 10, 11.

3.

xix

2.

29.

Mark

3.

X. 29.

3.

xiii

,
,
,
,
,
V

'-'

xi

"

this,

'

/^

on this acco uiit, owing

this,

avTt, see " FOR,"

No.

7,

therefore,

this,

for this.

Acts

on account

of,

Matt. xix.

5.

2 Cor. V. 13.

6.

1. 1

15

xiL

9.

Thes.

2 Thes.

1.

XV.

4.

Titus

1.

Heb.

2. 1

FOR," No.

with Gen.

(b)

wWh

lb. 1

Tim. V.
Tim. ii.

lb. 2

xiv. 11.

9.

XT. 21.
xvii. 19

lb. 1 Pet.

23.
10.

Titus i. 11.
lb. Philem. 9.
lb.
lb. 1
lb. 2

ix. 16.
iv. 23.

13.

ii

iii.

14.

Johnii
John 2.

12

7.

Where not two words in

"for," No.

see

tVci, since,

the Greek.

18.

"for," No.

4.

Tim.

a
i.

5.
11.

16.

6.

19.

since, though.

if,

because, seeing that.

^,

since truly,

iVt, see

"for," No.

5.

ix. 15.

1.

Pet. iv. 6.

6.

John
Rom.

1.

see

Cor

inasmuch

xii. 18.
5,

V.

12,
'Jl

as.

5b.
Tim. i. 12.
Ueb. V. 2.

1. 1

niarg.

in

[whom..

(" <y on which

vii.

3.
2.

V>.

Put. i. 24,
(text, for.

Ace. see

FOR THAT... OUGHT TO

3.

"for," No. 3a.

"fob," No.

8ta, see" FOB,," No. 3b,

(

^,

8ia,see"FOB.,"No.^b,

9.

maig.

FOR... SAKE.
see "

(a)

5.

i.

v, 13.

[accounOGLTTrAW.)

6.

iii.
1

lb.

d,

5.

29.

iii.

3.

13.

ij.

iii. 5.

1.

0.

9.

Thes.

1.

iv. 17.

lb.
3.

i.

v. 31.

Col. L

1.

xi. 10, 30.

1, 14.

iii.

.3.

26.

xi.

2.

12 'wi

vii.

Eph.

4.

xiii. 6.

Cor

Col. i.24.

oTt, see

1.

5.

xxviii. 20.
i.

6.

iv. ?.2.

FOR THAT.
(

for you.

xviii 37.
XX vi 21, with
I/, of these.

Rom.

Phil

this.

of,

Mark x. 7.
John xiL IS," 27.
Acta

6.

24.

John

iUKa,see "for," No. 12,

(Dai.)

..

xiu. 37, 38.

Rom.

10 ,

xii.

9.

xxvi. 7

of this,
for the sake
adverhially used {oi this, on
vjith Gen.for the sake t account
of

viii. 0.

C.

30.

15

13, 20.

17.

withaviewtothis,
in order to this.

iv..5, 11.

3.

9.

10.

ii.

22.

xxi. 12.

John

2 Coi

lb.

xviii. 29.

to this (markinq
^ tlie
',
ground or reason.

into, to, unto,

ts,

ix.

25, 27.

281"

17, 26.
viiL 35.

LukeVL

23.

17.

iv.

vi

FOR... CAUSE.

10.

10 '"i"-

ix.

Ib.Ib.-

xxiv. 9, 22.

1 Cor. xiv. 21.

lb.

12.

thus, in this wise, so.

2S '*'

xiii 5.
XV. 30.
Cor. iv. 6.

lb.
la.

xiv. 3, 9.
xvi. 25.

viii. 36.

xi.

3.

22.
39.

Rom.

5.

X. 18.

FOR ALL THAT,

4.

(used adverbially,) for the sake

on account of.

of,

him or
that one.

of

>

(of time, place, or element.)

eV, in,

9.

for the sake

"FOR," No. 12.

see

LTTr

10 (No. 16,
t<)(om. G.)
18
I. G
N.)

TTr A
10 1".
102nd,

5.

Trb
[Ab)

AH.)
18.

.)

3b.18.

"for," No. 3b,

that one, e7n

phatic,

5.

16.

see

22, 23, 25.

xxii. 2.

1.

,
',

4. <

1.

4 (om.

16.

17.
xviii. 3, 5, 7, S.
9 (No. 5c,

18.-

XX. 4w'-

16.
18.

21.
xvii. 14.

8,

3b.

FOB,

8, 10.

16.

GL

62iiJ(oTO

16.

300

3l>.Rev. xviii. 15.

19,
20,
IS.
17,
23 '*'.
xix. 2 '', 6, 7.
18.

xiii. 18.

xiv.

16.-

/ias,

US,

you,

J
\
J

SAY.

avTt, instead of,

Xiytiv, saying.

3b.

Jaa. iv. 15.

on account of
owing to US.

07

on account ofor
owing to you.

FOR THEN.
I.

tiTtl,

since, because, seeing that.

FOR
(, see ^.

301

by

a correspondence in point C consc-

1.

Rom

2.

Cor.

Il.'b

1.

6.

iii

V. 10.

X.

FOR

not,

to work, labour.
1

-'.

FORBEAR
to cover,

order
3,

3.
1.
1.

03.

xi.

Acts

the...

(with Inf.) with a \'icw

Mark iii. 10.

Johnx. 10.

1.
1.

Inf.) unto

conceal,

xvii. 15.

1.

Acts xxii.

2.

Rom.

to.
.1.

1.

Eph.

ii.

Rev.

ix. 15.

FORBEARA^X.

',

a holding back, delay,

la.

Roin.

ii.

25.

iii.

xii. 4.

1.

See also, call, cause, ever, evermore,

HOPE, INTE.NT, LAY, LIE, LITTLE, LOOK,
MAKE, PURPOSE, SEASON, SEEK, SEND,
TARRT, TIME, WAIT.

FORASMUCH

enduring under
injuries, (non occ.)
2

2.

eVei, since,

;,

3.

impede

4.

Luke

1.

Acta

si. 17.
2.

Ileb.

(part, of

ei'/xt,

Acts XV. 24.

2.

Luke

'

\,

ones

eudui'e; then, to bear witli.

to send

2.

dvrqiJ-i,

up or

forth, to let up,

let go, relax, loosen

hence, to cease

from.

3.

to spare,

/.r.

to ab.stnin from

using or doing anything.

1
.

Cor.
2 Cor.

).

Eph.

ix. G,

see

xii. C.

IV

work(iiig.

Eph.

1.

Col

vi.

0,

marg

mr,<!r.

iii. 13.
[at
Tliciiii. 1,5,800 F(c,-\n.)

1.

man

2.1.

Cor. xiv. 39.

Thee.

Tim.

xxiii.

2.

1.

2 Pet. ii. 16.

3 John 10.

FORBID
not,

/"

'

may
4.
2.
7.

i>,

15
l:).

31.

i
it

he,

ii. 16.

iv. 3.

(GOD.)
I

xx. 16
iii.

1.

see

31,

1.

vi

self upright,

(no

1.

vii

to hold

6.

16.

Rom

hence^ to bear up, hold up, hold out,

XXIV

wiii

Luke

1.

47.

xri.

1.

vi.29,seeF to take.

yeiOiTo,

(-ING.)

x.

xTviii.

xi. 52, marg (text,

tn hiMler.)

3S

FORBEAR

occ.)

Acts

14.

AS...AVAS.

ix.

(non
1.

ix. 49, 50.

Cor. xiv. 12.

to be,) being.

Acts

utterly,

14.

ix. 38, SO.

X.

14.

ii.

FORASMUCH

iii.

Mark

1.

Matt.

xjx. 14.

as,

occ.)
i.

through,
throughout,

Sia,

1 U'ith

hinder

to

as.

7/7/), since verily, forasmuch

(non

(No.

2??rfijced,)

2.

4.

24, text, pati<nt.

FORBID.

',

2.

inasmuch

ii.

and

evils

to cut off, to weaken, hence,

gen. to hinder, prevent, restrain.

because, seeing that.

since truly,

Tim.

AS.

though.

since,

[marg.]

(.%,

1.

fi, if,

hejice, self-

restraint, forbearance.

xi. 11.

1.

1 part., 5 part.

iii.

FORBEARING

1.

(here

Apostle's

the

in

to, fur to...

Matt, xxiii

(can.)

hence,

anxiety.
1 Tlies.

irpos TO,

6.

donhtless referring to

TO.

the end that.

(u'ith

TO,

19

Cor. ix.

20

ix.

1.

"va, that, to

qucncc.

off'td,)

FORBEAR WORKING.

cho...

I,

upa, accord ingly, (marl-in^i

FOR

/>

may
'

i.

it

not be.

FOR

FORCE

302

(be gotten by) [margin.]

to use force, to force, (occ.

Luke xvi. 16.)
Matt.

,.

FORCE

awa

John

Acts

vi. 15.

1.

xxiii. 10.

2.

(-s.)

to say before, foretell.

8.

iii.

Tim.

1.

FOREHEAD

(-s.)

IC

xiv.

1,

9; xvii. 5; xx.

l;

2.

(-s.)

'prop,

ii.

(-KNEW.)

know, perceive, learn or

understand beforehand, to take

TTpoyLvwaKtj), to

note of before.
Rom.

viii.

20; xi.

2.

,
,

FOREKNOWLEDGE.

Acteii.23.

IPet.

i.

1.

2.

').

see "

FOREKNOW."

to place or set before.

In mid. (as Iiere,) to put foith on
one's own part, display, set forth.
2.

Rom.

1.

Pet.

iii. 2"),
i.

20.

mart;, (text,

set fin-th.)

S.)

to giA'e to understand.

Luke

xii.

.").

1.

Thes.

iv. 6.

(-ETH, -INO, -GOTTEN.)

Heb.

xiii. 2.)

get utterly, (non

occ.)

/-Ar/^T/Jorgetfulness.^to take a forget fulness, foroblivion,

.3.]

^,

Matt. xvi.

to take,

^y^ot,
1.

5.

Mark viii. It.

Luke xii. .

2.

1.

1.

Phil.

1.

iii.

(non

Heb.

2 Pet.

i.

occ.)

vi. 10.
xii. 5.
xiii.

1.

13.
3.

.Tan.

i.

li;.

21.

9.

FORGETFUL.

2.

FOREORDAIN.

to forget entirely, for-

1.

a perceiving beforehand
in medicine, prognosis.

(-ed

Tr

to forget upon, ie.,

over, or in consequence of somethinfj

1.

,,
ei^p.

2.

GL

announce,

to show underhand or
secretly, give a sight or glimp.'-e

else, (occ.

FOREKNOW

to

to say before, foretell.

FORGET

19.

Thos.

vTToSeLKvvp.L,

2.

1.

sojourner.
Eph.

21

,
of,

dwelling near, neighbouring.

Ill N.T. icith art. an suhst. a bydweller or a foreigner who lives
in a place wifhout civil rights, hnt

more

iii.

FOREWARN

1.

xxii. 4.

FOREIGNER

(,

Acts

2 Cor. xiii. 2.

the space between the ejcs,

21;

v.

xiii. 2.3.

2.
3.

hence, the forehead.

xiii.

Mark

Gen.

(occ.

4.)

3.

i.

cr de-

to tell before the event, to

forewarn,

V. 4.)
2

announce

to

clare beforehand.

In pi.
earlier born, older.
piOgenitors, ancestors, (occ. I Tim.

3; ix. 4;

vi. 20.

FORETELL.

xi. 12.

,
vii.

occ.)

Heb.

FOREFATHER

Rev.

30.

FORERUNNER.

,
,
,
{non

(take by.)

carry

,
,

Acts xxvii.

one who comes to a place

whither the rest are to follow,

is. 17.

to scizG upon, snatch

Matt.

FOREPART.

the fore-part of a ship, a ship's

head, prow, bow, (occ. Acts xxvii.

(of.)

steadfast, firm, sure.

Heb.

41.)

xi. 12, text, suffer violence.

FORCE

FOR

7?/'7;,
(non

a forgetting, forgetful ne?s,

occ.)
.la,

(,

i.

25.

FORGETFUL

(he.)

see " FOROET," No.

llcb. xiii. 2.

FOR

FORGIVE

303

a blow, then, that which is

the mark
produced by the blow

TV7ro5,

(-ETH, -E:i, -ino, -gave.)

to send away, dismiss, set

With Ace. of person, to exfree.
press tlie discharge or acquittal, of
a defendant, whether the appellant

1.

FOR

of a blow, impression
pattfcrn,

$,
sense

nonsuited by verdict or otheru'ise,

remit the punishment, where
the guilty person is dealt ivith as
is

if he tvere innocent.

be kind

be gracious to
Ace. of thing, to give or bestow

/)9,
ivith

denotes, to

it

meaning peculiar

the

(non

N. T. to graciously remit a person's

debt or sin ; hence, to pardon, for-

',

FORMED

Matt.

fi. 12"ice,:4w'c<,

15 twice.

1.

ix. 2, 5,

1.

6.

xii.31"i, 32t"i
xviii, 21,27, 32, ..5.

1.
1.

Mark

LtikeTii. 47 ''ce, 48, 49.

4"i

li.

xii.

1.

xvii. 3, 4.

1.

xxiiL 34

1.

Acte

1.

28.

1.

Rom.

1.

iv. 12.

2.

2 Cor. y.

1.

ii.

10.

5. 7, 9,

xi.25 "Ice, 26

1.

'"'-^,

3.

Luke

23, 24.

V. 20, 21,

vi.

37 <"'

vii.

42,

2.

Rom.

7,

JO

esp.

Hmcf.

wax

2.

Col.ii. 13.
iu. ISiwicc.

1.

Jas. V. 15.

1.

1.

John

i.

gen. to bring

20

ix.

GaL

1.
1

Tim

FORMED

iv. 19,

pasa

13.

ii.

(thing.)

anything formed or moulded,

from wax or clay, an image,

figure.

13.

Eph.

2.

iv.

of the artist

zised

32 '".

2.

43.

2.

iv. 7.

(frankly.

see

(o/).)

22.

viii.

xii

2.

(.)
1,

10 "fi"

[verb.]

strictly

2.

1.

13.

into shape or fonn, (non occ.)

a debtor,

1.

i.

iii. 5.

mould, shape, (Laf.

to form,

hence, overlook, forgive.

\.

6, 7.

ii

Tim.

occ.)

earth, clay, or

set at liberty, e.g.

2.

u'ho ivorks in soft S2(bst<inces such as

to let loose from, to loosen,

unbind

Phil

4.

fijigcrc,)

give graciously.

3.

1.

20.

the

to

16.)

i.

to form, give form to; sketch,

Pass, have shape or form,
figure.

graciously;

or

willingly

thijig

hence,

Tim.

17.

ii.

widest

outline,

delineation,
1

model,

the

manner.

xvi. 12 (a/).)
iv.

to do a person' a favour,
In the iV. T. sense of

to.

Mark
Rom:

3.

in

frgure, form,

sketch, (occ.

esp. to

2.

exemplar

h^nce,

9.

ii 12.

1.

FORMER.
the

foremost, of place

first,

or time.

FORGIVE FRANKLY.

2.

time.
2.

Luke

vii. 42.

(a) 7ieut.

,
before

TrpOTtpos,

used as adv. before,

sooner, earlier.

FORGIVENESS.

1.

Acts

2.

Eph.

i.

1.

year of Jubilee), remission of debt

or punishment.

RcT.

iii.

Acte xxvi.
Eph. i. 7.
CoLi. H.

26.

V. 31.
xiii. 38.

16.

1.

FORM
form,

reference to

abstractedly,

any

vnthout

other object,

(non

occ.)
2.

<<;, embodiment, form without

substance, (non occ.)

(non

1.

r. 32.
i

14

occ.)

a harlot.

seems to be used of the

of Idolatry in

N.T. as Adultery
sin with the Jews.]

[noun.]

Pet

FORNICATION.

[Fornication,
sin

xxi. 4

TTopvda, fornication,

Mark

Hfb

2
2a

iv. 22.

discharge, setting free ; hence,

remission, ( mostly in reference to the

Acts

of place or

others,

1.

the Church in
of the same

is

Rom. 29(om.GLTTr
A R)

1
1 Cor
i

vi, 13, 181''

18

"<,

(commit)
1.

Ti^

2.

see

) )

FOR

1.

2 Cor.

1.

Gal

1,

Eph.

1.

Col.

1.

Cor.x.8,seeF(commit.)

Rer.

1.

5.

iv.

14.

six.

FORSOMUCH
according

as,

as.

Luke
see

xix.

FORSWEAR ONE'S

(-,

to

swear

commit

FORTH.

to play

fornication,

',
Rev

Cor. vi, IS.

14. 20
xvii, 2

without,

out,

(of place,)

John

xviii. 3. 9

xi.

XV.

4.'!.

John

e.

Act.? IX,

FORNICATION

be wholly given to fornica(non occ.)

iKTopvex'o), to

Jude

?,
1

Cor.

7.

FORNICATOR

FORTHWITH.
1

Cor

vi.

9.

1.

16

xii,

2.

-,

FORSAKE (-;

-EN, -ING, -SOOK.)

3.

to leave behind, exp.

of

('/,

(No. 1 xuith cV, in, prefixed,) to leave behind in any pi are

or state, leave in the lurch, desert.

3.

to send forth, discharge

,
let go,

dismiss

heme,

to

leave,

pass on, pass by

quit, in various
;

senses.

4.

to assign

off, i.e.

to different places.

In N.T. only

Mid. to arrange one's

self

.-/.,

off,

hence,

3.
3.

an

apostacy,

3.

1,

Matt xni

itself,

moment, on the

2 John

.'j.

,
1.
1,

xxvi. 49
Mark i. 29, 43 (No.

TTtAN)
V

13

(om.

i.e.

spot,

.3.

2,

Acts

[At*,)

Lb Tr

U.
lS(wn G L

xix.
i.\

Tr

^.)

xii. 10.

1.

xxi

30,

FORTY.
forty.

it is the number
of probation, .scparatitin, or judg-

ment. Starting from Israel's wilderness life, it was the measure of

measure of man's (Deut, xxv,

with

Aet.s xxi. 21,

2.

2 Cor. iv. 9
2 Tim. iv. 10, 10,

11.

XIV. 33.

from.
2
2

Heb.

1.

x. 25.
xi. 27,

1.

Xii;. 5.

2.

Pet

ii.

l.S.

',

3.)

of three periods of forty

years, and his personal wanderings,
were anticipatory of his association

Moses'

xxvii. 40.
Mark i. 18
XI v. 60.
XV. 34.

Luke

with the thing

the very

cdso

defection,

Matt. xix. 27, 29.

xxvi. 06.

V.

straight, (of direction);

of time, like A^o, 1,

Glad's judicial dealings (Ezck. iv. 6;

xxix, 11
15), and was to be the

revolt.
:i

<;,

[As a typical number,

to aiTange

to separate one's self from,

3
2

straightway, immediately,

immediately, t,?, directly after somethuig else has taken place.

to

,
ft'^eo;?,

at

persons dyinrj or going into a far

country ; to forsake, abandon.

2.

("ice-, 5, 13.

34.

(s.)

11

Eeb.

1.

xix. 4

Acts V
40

See also, break, bring, brought, c.\ll,

CARRY, CAST, come, CONDUCT, FRUIT, GIVE,
GO, HOLD, LAUNCH, LET, MANIFEST, ORDER,
PASS, PROCEED, PUT, REACH, SEND, SET,
SETTER, SHED, SHINE, SHOOT, SHOW, SPEAK,
STAND, STRETCH,

a fornicator.
V. 9, 10,

of,

(give one's self over

TO.)

tion,

out

forth.

ii.

X. 8.

Rev.

.33.

(commit.)

the harlot.
1

SELF.

falsely.

Matt. V.

iropvevw, to

P.

2.

FORNICATION

AS.
because that,

as,

(text.

(commit

(commit)
1. Rev

21

FOR

inasmuch

marg.

harlots.
xviii 3l5t.
2nd. 9,

7.

1.

2n<i, 4.

5,

3.

Jude see F(give one's

self over to.)
_ Rev.
20, see F
ii.

2 isi, .see

(commit.)

V. 3.
iii.

8.

xvii.

V. 19.

Thes,

ix. 21.

xiv.

1.

xii. 21.

304

life

with Israel.
The number as connected with Cod's judicial dealings
is repeated in the Hook of Judges

FOR

30

31; viii. 28; xiii. 1.)

two periods of forty days
Moses was in tlie mount receiving
11, 30; V.

(iii.

The

the law are related to that breaking

of the law which led to the forty
years in the wilderness. Elijah too,
the law's fearless asserter, spent
The
forty days in the wilderness.
time of Nineveh's probation was
forty days (Jonah iii. 4.) Our Lord's
own wilderness temptation vas also
forty days but the forty days after
the resuiTcction point forward to
the end of judicial dealings
;

resiuTCction
iv. 2''c

Matt.

Acts

Mark 13.
Luke iv. 2.
John ii. 20.
Acts

Rev.

3.

i.

[old.

iiL

,
,
'';,

i>,

[margin.]

nourished or nui'sed together.

xiii. 1, tu.vt, irhicli liod b(:ii brov.r)}d ty) icith.

FOUL.
strictly,
i.e.

3,

see weather.

Rev.

FOUND,

2.

xiv. 1, 3.
xxi. 17.

forty years,

in a levitical sense,
unatoned ; then, gen.
Mark

ix. 25.

xviii. 2.

past tense of

FIND.

See, FIND.

FOUND

(-ED.)

to lay the foundation of

any

thing, to found.

vii. 23.

Matt.

FORTY YEARS

1.

';,
tion,

xiii. IS.

Luke

vii. 25.

(op.

forty yeai*s.

Acts

2.

17.

time.

Acts

Acts

Matt. xvi.

FORTY YEARS OLD.

ix.

FOSTER-BROTHER

xiii. 5.

,
,

2 Cor.

vii. 4.

xi.

years
23, see
30, 36, 43.
xiii. 1 8, seeF yeai-s (of

kindnes.s.

xi. 24.

Heb.

vii

good-will, ready-

impure, unclean.

2 Cor.

iv. 22.

of

alacrity

predisposition,

mind, eagerness,

xiii. 21.
x.xiii. 1.3, 21.

i.

FORWARDNESS OF MIND.

impurificd,

with Christ.]

life

FOU

vi.

4S {op.)

FOUNDATION.

placed or laid as a foundaHence in N.T.

fundamental.

as suhst. foundation.

?,

FORWARD.
speedy, hasty,

(a)
esp.

in earnest diligence, (occ. 2 Cor.

viii.

2.

laying

22.)
2 Cor.

in St. Luie's
Nent. to
foundation, (non occ.)

tvritinr/s,

as sliotvn

a casting dow^l, hence, a

the founding, the

down,

an intended

1.

FORWARD

ami purpose, and

natural impulse and

the active volition

^,

tlie

desire.

2.

make

to

haste, be zealous

to do, esp. as manifested in dilir/ence,

earnestness

to do the utmost.

Mark xiv. 35, see go.

Acts xlx. 33, put.
3 John

'/,

1 2 Cor. viii. 10,

2.

6,

Gal. ii. 10.

see bring.

marg. he
[icitliiig.

FORWARDNESS.
speed, haste,

as manifested in

earnestness, diligence, zeal.

2 Cor.

viii. 8.

continuation.

only in the phrase, .

beginniuij: of the world,
Heb. xi.ll.)

(be.)

to will, wish, desire, implying

expressing

establishing, involvimf a reference to

viii. 17.

2.

Matt.

xiii. 3'.

In N.T.

(except

306

FOURFOOTED BEAST.

FOUNTAIN.
a spring,

source,

2 Pet.
Mark
Jas.

(occ.

iv.

*"^^^,

11

Acts

Rev. viiL

11, \'i(ap.)
17.

10.

xiv.

7.

xvi.

i.

^,

5, four, (non

,
Luke

FOUR.
occ.)

[As a typical number, it is the number

It is reproduced in
of the -world.
everything earthly, (not by chance,
but by the Divine constitution of
things.)
So we have the four
seasons ; foiu- points of compass,
(Rev. vii. 1 ; Ezek. xxxvii. 9 ; Matt.
xxiv. 31; Job. ix. 9); four divisions
of people, (Rev. v. 9 ; vii. 9 ; x. 11;

xiii. 7) ;
sons of Japheth
;
divided (Gen. x. 5) ; sons of Ham
divided (Gen. x. 20) ; sons of Shem
(Gen X. 31); the four great worldpowers (Zech. i. 18); the four
Gospels ; the twelve Apostles divided into three fours, in each
list headed respectively by Peter,

xiv. 6

Acts

see

xvi. 10, f thousand.

xiii. 20,

xxi.

xxiv. 31.

Mark

ii.

see thou-

Rev.

sand.

iv.

ii.

iv. 35,

37.

see months.

hundred.

vi.

30, see

F days (hath

vii. 6,

see

hundred.

xiv. 1, 3

XV.

30, see

XX.

xii. 4.

xxi. 17.

LTrbAbR)

V.

Matt. xiv.

Mark
Rev.

fourfold,
xix.

27, 33.

Acts

(occ.

Rev.

25.

x.

30.)

vi. 8, see

part.

viii. 12.

xvi.

7ti'

8.

xxi. 10.

FOWL
1.

',

able

to

(-S.)

winged

fly,

(he

gi'ueral epithet of birds.

opviov,

fowl

bird,

generally the

carnivorous.
1.

Matt.

1.

vi. 26.
iv.

Luke

1.

xiii. 4.

Mark
Luke

2.

Acta

1.

viii. 5.

X. 12.

xi. 6.

1.

Rev. xix. 17,

xii. 24.
xiii. 10.

1.

4, 32.

21.

8.

quadruple,
8.

fourteenth, (non occ.)

FOURTH PART.

FOX
(lAoW/y^, a fox.
\_Dei'ived.

from

(,

(-ES.)

?,

cunning

or,

by Eustathices and Bochart from

Unf/. word
to wander.
fox, and Germ, fuchs, from the verb
foxa, which in the Icelandic signifes

(non

to deceive.]
Matt,

Luke

xii. 2.

1.

vi. 48.

vi.

1.

twenty four.
14 (om. G L
Tr A R)

occ.)

ii.

iv. 7.

1.

FOURFOLD.

/)79,

2 Cor.

FOURTH.

twice.

FOUR AND TWENTY.

Rev.

fourteen, (non occ.)

17 3 times.

7.

xi. 5.

(-,

i.

xix. 4 twice.

days ago.

x.xi. 16.

the fourth,

2,4, 11.

xi. 16.

X. 11.

Rev.

F and

14, 15.

four-cornered, ()ion occ.)

Acts xxvii.

2.

13 (om.

ix.

xix. 23.
V. 30,

7.

FOURTEENTH.

1, 6.

vii. 1 3 time,

been dead.)

xvi.

FOURSQUARE.

Gal.

twice, 6, 8, 10.

twenty.

xi. 17.

Luke

thousand.

14 2nd, g4e

Ijuke

John

eighty, (noii occ.)

37

,
,
Matt.

v. 6, 8 'w'cc, 14 let.

xiii. 27.

FOURSCORE.

23.

xxvii. 29.
Gal. iii. 17, see

3.

xi. G.

23.

see hundred.

38, see

viii. 9, 20,

Acts

9,

ii.

i.

FOURTEEN.

and James. The same num-

Acts

/)5,

ber reigns in the camp of Israel, in

the Tabernacle and Temple so fxr
as they relate to the world.
See
^uuler the word "cherubim."]
Matt. XV. 38,

fourfooted, quadruped.

X. 12.

Rom.

Rev. vit

Pliilip,

<;,

17.)

ii.

v. 29.

iii.

fount,

hence,

well,

John

FOX

Luke

viii. 20.

Luko

xiii.

32

ix.

."58.

FRA

307

FRAGMENT

(-s.)

that which is broken off, a

fragment, morsel, (occ. pi. Matt. xv.
37; Mark iv. 8.)
Matt. xiv.

Mark

Mark
Luke

20.

vi. 43.

John

FREE

fiOm thraldom.
Jolin

viii. 32, 30.

Rom.

vi. 18, 22.

viii. 10, 20.

Gal.

put in

FREE

8,

(a just
or righteous man,) to recognize,
set forth as righteous, to justify.

Rom.

fit

FREEDOM.

or

or rights of a citizen, citizenship,

(occ.^Eph. ii. 12.)

21.

ii.

Acts

FRANKINCENSE.
Ti'^lb,

ii.

11.

Rev.

,
,

from

with,

free-spokeiiuess.

I
1.

1.

xxvi. 20, part.

Rom.

1.

to rob,

Rev. xxii.

bereave or

despoil,

see give.

viii. 32,
ii.

2 Cor. xi.
Rev. xxi.

1.

iiL 24.
1.

See, FORGIVE.

Rom.
1 Cor.

Matt. X. 8"^Acts ii. 2!.

FRANKLY.

defraud one of a thing.

to speak ft'cely, opcnly

or boldly.

xviii. 13.

(keep back by.)

as adv.) as a

free gift, freely, Lat. gratis.

2.

-,

Bwpiav, (Ace. of

3.

FRAUD

xxii. 28.

FREELY.

ivhich is

pV, white.) Frankincense, olibanum,

a resinous substance produced from
a tree growing in the east, particularly in Arabia.
It is of a whitish
colour, and the best kind nearly
transparent, (non occ.)
Matt.

marg. jutlify.

vi. 7,

the relation in Avhich a citizen

stands to the state, the condition

joint together.

Ileh.

[verb.]

(-D)

to bring forth a

(fitly.)

to join together, to

iv. 22, 23, 30.

oi'dor

xi. 3.

FRAME TOGETHER

(from

1.

(-ED.)

here, to the aiwves, ages.)

.<;,

viii.

Gal. V.

FREE WOMAN.

Eph.

Rom.

ix. 17.

again ; settle by acting as mediator,

involving the
to reform, restore
idea of positive defects tvhich have to
be repaired or adjusted.
(Beferring
Heb.

(make.)

to free, set at liberty, to save

(XevOepos, see "free."

arljnst or

(',

vi. 12, 13.

FRAME
to

FRE

12, see givuii.

7.

17.

FREEMAN.

1.

^;,

2.

airtXivOepo^,

see

"free."

an emancipated slave, a
freedman, (non occ.)
Cor.

2.

1.

Rev.

vii.

22,

marg. (text, madtfrtt.)

V). 15.

Job. v. 4.

FREQUENT
FREE
Aev^fpos, one

/)/()9,

[adj.]

who can go where he

(more.)

more abundantly.
2 Cor.

will,

xi. 23.

hence, free, at liberty.

Matt. xvii. 2.

John
Rum.

viii. 33,

3.

V. 15, 10,

Cor.

'.'S.

iv. 20, 31.

vi. 20.

Eph.

vii. 3.

Col. iii. 11.

1 IVt. ii. 10.

1 Cur. vii. 21, 22.

Rbv.

ix. 1, 19.

Ruv. xix.

U^

18.

FRESH.

xii. 13.

Oiil. iii.

see gift.

vi.

''?,

sweet to the tnatc.

fresh,

(as

(occ. Jas.

oj>p.
iii.

11

Rev.

xiii. 10.

Jae.

iii.

Of

6<;,

to

12.

water,

bitter),

x. 9, 10.)

FRI
1.

FRIEND

5,

308

FROM.

(-S.)

Soon
beloved, dear.
came to be used as sicbst. like Lat.
amicus, a loved one, a frieud, (non
loved,

occ.)
2.

(When "from"

xi. 19.

Luke
John

1.

2.

XX. 13.

1.

xxii. 12.
xxvi. 50.

1.

xi. 11.

1.

XV. 13, 14, 15.

1.

xix. 12.

Mark ui.21,seeF(one's.)
V, 19, see

Luke

TU.

(thy.)

Acts

1.

iii.

29.

xii. 20, see

xix. 31.

9 (fern pi.)

1.

xxvii.

29.

1.

6, 34.
G.

xvi. 9.
xxi. 10.

Jas.

F (make

John 14

(motion

beside.*

of places.)

1 is

under.
of the agent or

efficient cause.)

iv. 4.

of,

with Gen. from beside, from, (nsed

(a) luith Gen. by, (xised

[one's.)

3.

23.

ii.

1.

among, out

the interior.)*

of persons, as No.

4.

X. 24.

1.

XV.

away from, (motion from

exterior.)'''''

Ik, fi'om, ft'om

(a)

2.

ftOiii,

from

xxiii. 12.

2.

2.

the

Taipos,

Matt.

not the translation of a

part of another tvord,

one of these folloiving.)

is

it

1.

a comrade, associate, companion, (freq. used as addressed to

followers or servants,) more distant
than No. 1, (occ. Matt. xi. 16.)

is

case of the notm, or

3.
1.

FRO

5.
twice.

,
(a)

through.

with Gen. through, (as proceeding

from.)

FRIEND

(make

one's.)

6.

win by words,

to persuade,

influence, (as opp. to force.)

Acts

,
,

the \nersons\,
-

ot,
'

-1

Mark

used of both p>lace

with the Inf. of the verb, lit. the

(marking the piurpose or design);
of or in...-ing, (here, in my purpose
of coming.)
to

,,

him,

The exact

force of the.se tlireo prepositions

thus illustrated

Matt.

17 3

(oxi's.)

V,

adv. near,
time.

)
21,

iii.

marg.

FRIENDS

k'vMrMriX.

1,

Matt,

til.;

-rL ii.
thee,
With

'

Mark

(thy.)
.

thine

own

people.

v. 19.

friendship,

affection,

youth

42, sou turn.

13.

vi.

vii. 23.
viii.

xxiv. 1 (No.

Jae. iv.

4.

FRO.

10, 16, 22.

XXV.

xi. 12, 25.

see thonce.

42.
44, see

whence.

whence.

27, see
35.

and

800

a frog, (so called from its harsh

croaking, as j)roh. the Eng. word is.)
Rev. xvL

13.

Tr

47.

40, 42,
51, BOO
65, 64.
xxviii. 2
2 2iul

2.

8.

28.
29,

(-S.)

cuov,

L")

AW.)

18.

FROG

(oiH.

froMiiU, G:i

xxvii. 31, see tako.

xiv.

XV.

'

89.

42

xiii. 12.

among.

See, TOSS, tossing.

28.

29.

32 twlcc^ 34^ ,11.

xxvi. 10, see time.

38.

49,

L.)

31 lit.
31 2nd.

see thence.

xii. 15,

occ.)

2,

29.

1, 11, 30.

ix. 9,

(non

43.
xxii. 46.
xxiii. 34, 35.

v. 18, 29, 30.

8, 29.

xxi. 8.
25'wicc.

21, see thence.

25.

my

uji.

XX.

17,

see

20,

7, 13.

iv.

FRIENDSHIP,
love,

12.

1, 16.

iii.

xviii. 8, 9, 35.
-xix. 1, 8.

ii.

17.

the \persons\,

be

24.

ot,

may

those beloniinia; to
,
^ J^
him,' his relatives,

beside,

>'

7.

xii. 20.

FRIENDS

?,
and

to

xvi.

thence.
1.

21, see time.

xvii.
(No. 2,

LTTr A

Trji

W.)

door,

45.
top.
lt

(,,.
froiii

G- LTTrAM.)

7, 8.

Mark

i.

9.

!)2nd.

11.

IS.

45, see every.

FRO
Mark

1.

ii. 20.
iii "'"'<:'', 8''<;t,2-2.

1.

iv. 25.

1.

V. ar).

1.

Luke

1.

F my

Acta

34.

2.

14.

2.

'l6(orn..iK

the dead,

in,

2.

'O'

1.

from him,

AR)

XX.

4, 5, 35.

18, see without.

2 1,23, see within.
24, .see tlience.

2.

31.

1.

33.

7.

2.

25.

1.

see whence.

11.

1.

ix. 91'

2.

"-"!,

(No.

2,

L.)

2.

1.

2.

3a.2.

1.

1.

xii. 2.

25.

1.

3a.1.

1.

ui. 2.

2.

13, 27.

2.

31 1', see above.

31 2nd.

3a.

41, 44.
vi.23,31,32ii<;c,:53.

2.
2.

3, 3.

52 {.
43.

Tr

XV. 20, see take.

30, 32.
38, see top.

2.

xvi.

1.

8.

1.

Lukei.

1.
2.

3(No.l,LTr.)

1.
2.

2.

1.

see

3,

first.

1.
2.

4a.

20(No.l,LTrAt*)

1.

38.

3a.

45.

1.

50,see generation

1.

3a.

fl twice
3a.

Lhigh.

36
37 (om. Tr
(No. 2, W.)
4, 15,

3a.

A)

7.

iii.

1.

29,30,see

1.

xi. 53.

1.

1.

4.

1.

1.

-27.

3a.

xvii.

2.

28.

1.

36, see he7ice.

1.

L)

XX.

1.

xxi. 8.

2.

14.

1.

2.
1.

Actai.

54 (No.
.30,

2,

AR

within.

46, 860 hoiieo to

iii. 2,

15.

16,27.
29 (ow. G:J L"'T

1.

23, see
24, 26.

2.

iv. 2, 10.

F among.

vii. 4,

21.

39, 800 thrust.

viii. 10, 26,

2.

2.

see

also

5.

^^

14.

2.

V.

22, 29.

2.

vi.

30

1.

(')//'.

frntit

his bonds,

xxiii. 10, see

'21.

xxiv. 18.
XXV. 1, 7.
xxvi. 4.
5, see beginning.
10.

12 (om.

TiAR)

Pha

1.

2.

among

2, 5.
uL 20.
i.

iv. 15.

1.

18.

3a.
1.

23.

CoL

i.

2.

13, 18.
23. 26 '"Ice.

2.
1.

12. 19.

ii.

G- LT

iv.'ie.
1

Thca.

i.

10

heaven.

(tip). 8, 9.
* ami.

lit

10 3rd.

17.

17.

ii.

18.

21.

34(No.

l.LTTr
13(airopj(ij',./ir*<-

2.

ip\r)t,

1.

23.

niii(7.

Horn.

i.

3(No.2,

ix.

A* R)

14.

Instoiul of iw'
the btffin-

friiil,

17.
7.

2, 3,

lil.

1.

from

LTrn)

Tim.

2.

i.

soo ewcrva
iv. 1, 800 depart.
v. 13, 800 house to

house.

see thenca

18(01/1.0-..)

1.

1.

24.

V. 38. 41.

1.

26, see thence.

26, see hence.
30.
81.
xvii. 7.

iv. 1, see differ.

A.)

1.

19.

xiii. 15.

1.

13.

iii.

1.

1.

xvi. 3.

8, 15.
12.

ii.

thonca

58.

.)

xxvii.4. see thence.

40.

house.
2.

-6.

1,LT

Boe keep.
xxviii. 13, 15, see

-16, 31.
50, 51.
xii. 36.

1.

4.^.

1.

i.

-3.
-4.

6.

4 (op.)

7, see

GaL

1 I't.

xxii.

22 twice.
25 (No. l.LTTr

L.)

42.

2.

7, 10.

11,121"

12 2.1.

33, 37, 39, 45.

F among.

26.

xxi.

1, 9.

4,

eee burden-

xii. 8.

5, 0, 10, 21.

13, see

2.

7.

some.

xix. 9, 12'"
XX. 6, 9, 17, 18.
20, see house to

2.

3a.
Sa.

27.
1,

xi. 3, 9
92u<>,

A R)

thence-

23.

2.

X. 7, 18.

1.

see

12,

Famo^ig.

vii. 1.

1.

G LTTr A R)

1.

ix. 5.

Trb '

1.

2.

xix. 11, see above.

49 (No.

1.

8.

forth.

viii. 18, 37.

xi.

2.

15.

hence.

47.

1 2ik1^ see tlienco.

XV. 5, see severed.

26 'ice.

30.

XV. 12, 20.

41, see differ.

house.

xiii. 3.

vii. 6.

21,

Ti-

xvi. 22.

xiv. 36.

2.

3.

27.
31, 33.
33, see
xviii. 1.
2 !'*

whence

27.
28(Nu.2,LTTrA)

X. 14.

1.

vi.l7,8ee

32.

22.

V. 3, 8, 13, 35.

xvii.

-2 2"<i(No.

X. 5, 18.

1, 18.

xviii. 3.

13, 42.

XV.

44.

1.

9, see

46, see put.

xiv. 8.
15.
17, see heaven.
19.
26, see whence.

alec

F among.

vii. 10, 27.

ix. 19.

24, 20.
33, 38, 30.

2.

iv. 1.

1.

41, 42, 50, 51, 58,

ix. 1.

see

2,

-xii. 1,9,17, 27,28,32.

36.

3a.

1.

ii.

2.

3S(No.l,LTTrA.)

.Sa.

1.

34.

39.

-xvi. 11.
12, see thence.

3.

V.

13, see

31.

.34,

66, see time.

- vii. 29.
- viii. 23 '*', 42.

1 Cor.

2.

19, see

64.

from them, G - L>>

1.

whence.

V. 24.

34.

1.

2.

xiii. 19.

xiv.

19, 32.
22.

ii.

2.

2. -

4,

20(oi/i.LTTrA'>
among.

iv. 11, see

20, 30, 31.

19.
22.
31.

among.

6.

i.

2.

12.

xi.

John

2.

10.

20.

26.

30.

3, 7, see above.

X. 1, see thence.
1.

see thence.
13 ', 14,

xiii.

46, 49.
3a.

viii. 4,

XV.

1.

10, 19.

51.

1.

21, 35, 39.

X. 7, 9.
xi. 15.

'

1.

11, 27.
xii. 7.

-'xxiii. 5, 49.
55.
- xxiv. 2, 9, 13.

11 twiM.

ix. 3.

see relieareo.

29.

17.

viii. 2.

1.

1, see without.
1.

Rom.

23,

5, 9.

2.

- xxi. 11.
-xxii.41,42,43(i;.),

vii. 1, 4, 6.

(.),

41.
xi. 4,

39, 42.

X. 17, 21

2.

A R)

',
Trb

1.

ix. 18.

1.

37.

.\ix. 24, 26ii.

0(5 2iid (om.

1, see thence.
2, Bee whence.
10, see i)lace.

1.

xvii. 29.
xviii. 21, see

FRO

youth up.

vi.

from

309

LTTr

1.
1.

vi.

2 Tim.

I.

5 (ap.)
2, 3.

15. 8O0 tuni.

2.
1.

U. 8.

19. 21.

1.

ill.

15.

1.

iv.

4, 18.

FRO
1.

Titus

i.

John

14,

ii 13, 14.
19.

see turn.

Philem.
Heb. iii.

iii.

3.

10 twice.

F among

V. 1, .see
vi.

1,

vu.

1.

'"', see

"FROM," NO.

veo

youth.

1.

Matt. xix. 20 (om.

2.

Luke

seeFoncio

14.

Rev.

i.

See

4 twice, 5 1st.
5 -i'ld (No. 2,

ii.

iii.

X. 22.

vi. 4

XL

Tr A

15.
19lt.

marg

(No.

ti)(eV,

16

viii.

25.
17

2'i, 27.

xii. 14.

xiii. 8.

xiv.

twice.

20
12.

18, 21.
10.

iii.

2 Pet.

17 1".
17 2ud.

i.

2.

3,4.
13 twice, 13.
XV. 8 twice.

xvui

day to day

XX.

(from.

iii 4.
1

Jo}in L
ii.

()).

'

the

Ijc-

1st.

1, 4.

1.

2iid

-^>

f'i'OM
U'fiHin'j, G=;

.)

1.

9 {om.

11.

1, 7, 0.

xxi.

K.)

Tr

earth;

and then

Matt.

8.

33

1.

xii.

1.

xiii. 8.

1.

xxi.

Acts

1.

Rom.

vii.

twice,
1.

iv. 7, 8.

1.

28,

see

1.

xi.

1.

1.

xii. 2.

1.

Eph.

2.

xiv. 25.

1. Pliil.

2.

1.

see

K, see

"from,"

iVo. 1.

"from," No.

2.

Luke

3.

2.

iii. 8, 9.

1.

vi.

1.

viii. 8.

the midst.
3.

Acts

3.

V.

not

V. 2.

13.

24, text,

1.

xiii. 6, 7, 9.

1.

[marg.]

from beside,

in-

VMchangcMe.

(,

(it)

Heb.

see

see

first F.

[forth.)

(bring

11.

xii.

xiii. 15.
i.

18, see first F.

17, 18.

iii.

V. 7, 18.

Jude 12
12
out,)

ist,

2'i,

Rev. xiv.

4,

see wither.
see F (withsee first F.

xviii. 14, 800 fruits

xxii. 2 twice.

1.

to bear

'

(bear.)
(fruit.)

Mill, to l)ear fruit to one's self,

propagate one's
Matt.

F.

first F.

6.

1.

FRUIT

ii.

1.

iv. 30.

6,

1.

xii. 24.

11, 22.
17.

i.

i.

2 Tim.

1.

fli-st

V. 9.
iv.

1.

Jas.

XX. 10.

Jolin

1.

transmissible, inviolable.
Heb. vii

IS (Tr">)
vvlieat, Tr.)

1.

2 Cor. vi. 17.

1.

pii.s.siug

2.

xxiii. 10.

Cor.

2.

3.

Heb.

xii. 17.

1.

ONE TO ANOTHER

u.-af)afiaTos,

perfection
F (bring

15, see

2.

FA'O.V

Col.

43 twice, 44.

14, see

XV. lit.
xvii. 33.

1.

1.

forth.)

Matt. xiii. 49.

Acts iii. 23.

3.

14.

1.

/ K, from,

2.

42.

i.

see

5,

see

XV. 28.
xvi. 5, see
1 Cor. IX. 7.
XV. 20, 23,
3,
xvi. 15,
2 Cor. ix. 10.
Gal. V. 22.

29.

1.

1.

4,

viii. 23,

(bring forth.)

FROM AMONG.

13.

i.

vi. 21, 22.

(bring forth.)
34

19,

20,

30.

ii.

(bear.)

xxvi. 29.

Mark

XV. 2 3 time, 4, 5^
16 twice.

1.

1.

41, 43.
1.

John
8,

3 times.

23, see
26.

2.

10.

gen. produce, result.

fruit, jiroduce.

iii.

1.

ripe,

hut also of the

that which is born or proof men, oiFsiJring ; of trees,

vii.
16,
17 twice,
18 twice, 19, 20.

1.

2.

4 (No. 2,

Tr

dry and

is

^ised of trees

duced

1.

eov, from God,

- Trb
W.)

21 (oj,.)

2.

(-S.)

that which

fruit,

etc.,

14 twice.

see

8,

18.

ii.

FRUIT

?,

xvii. 8.

18.
ii.

1.

13.

3.

i.

1 Pet.

10.

x. 1, 4, 8.
xi. 11, 12.

V. 19.

1 Pet.

G;:.)

twice.

13.

above
see whence.

iv. 1,

o/;i.

crooked, metaph. not straightforward, pei^erse.

(tkoXlOs,

gee aboAe.

15, 17, see

iii.

GL

1.

i.x.

ist^

17

i.

2,

17(Gx>)(No.2,
Tr .)

G L

(text

of-)
Jiis.

FROWARD.

12.

vii. 2.

whence.
xii. 15,

henceforth.

also, fall, far,

see whence.

5,

see

2i>ii,

M.)

Tr .)
ix. 14.

19

G- L T Tr A.

xviii. 21.

4.

5,6.

Jude

viii. 11.

from

21.

unothei:

2,

/ youth.

14.

2 Jolin 3 twice,

24,

iv. 21.
V.

2.

17.

12.

iv. 3, 4,

FRU

''-'

20, 24
8, 11.

14.

ii.

310

i.e.

self, increase.

xiii.

23.

FROM MY YOUTH UP
( K, see

" FROM," No.

.,

(Z:"^r""'
my.

2,
I

from my
youth.'

FRUIT
Mark
Luke

iv. 20, 28.

viii. 15.

(bring FORTH.)
Rom.
a. Col.

i.

vii. 4, 5.
C,

with

(be.

to

FRTJ
FRUIT

311

(without.

to

unfruitful.
Jude

Matt.

1-2.

to bear, or bring fully,

up the

fill

I.

FRUITS.

xiv. 26.

4.

xxiv. 34, see F (be)

xxvi. 54, 50.
xxvii. !i, 35 ((.)
,

JIark

Rom.

xiiL

xiv.

4;.

(.,
, G (',
A
XV.

./iii,

2s(iO

lO

20,

i.

G-v.)

43, iKirt.

ii.

Rev.

(be.)

to bear

see

10.

i.

to reject.

1.

CoL

,
,
complish.

fixed,) to

(No.
fill

than No.

2 Thes. L 11.
2

xii. 38.

4.

Jas.

xiii. IS.

1.

XV. 25.

1.

up, pre-

12, 13.
!l, 32.

fill

(No. 4

loith

tinued.)

\.

XX.

3.

(be.)
i.e.

come

to

into

to pass.
18

xxiv. 34

Luke

xxi. 32.

[noun.]

with which any thing is

or of which it is full, the con-

tliat

Rom.

xiii. 10.

FULL
1.

together,

perfect,

consum-

make, to do, (expressing

as

S.

17-J

tents, fulness, filling.

2.

,
,

[adj.]

of, tilled witii

77;/3/5, full

completed or con-

to

to

4.

fill,

/?,

make

see

[/en. full,

5.

see "

/,

rA>//}>/s

No.

1),

1.

FULFILLIXG."
(as

iriih

/.

filled

to make
Pass, to be filled
(7ion occ.)

(see

" FULFIL," No.

full,

gated.

mate, bring to au accomplishment.

either

xvii.l7

4.

FULFILLING

3.

to

7.

complete, sutticicnt.

perfect.

make

4.

occ.)

prefixed,) to bring to one end together, bring quite to an end, finish,

to

23.
vi. 11.

XV.

FULFILLED

Mitt

eV,

(nan

inarg.(text,

iv. 5,

ii. 8.

Rev.

to begin to be,

filled

in full,

Tim.

muktfull proof.)

come

to

from, out
out, fill quite up,

with

to bring about, complete, fulfil,

accomplish, not to end a thinrj or
state, hut to bring about a complete
and perfect one.

to

1.)

prefixed,) to

then,

up, complete, (stronger

(No.

complete

with

iv. 17.

1.

complete, ac-

fully,

marg. preach

25,

i.

any existence or state, to become, to

enter upon any state or condition,

FULFIL (-ED, -ING.)

;/50, to make full, fill;
perform

[fill.)

marg. (text,

2.

ii.

1.

FRUSTRATE.
;

3.

ii.

iv. 10,

Phil.

1.

to displace, set aside, disregard

action

KplL

1.

fvUy.

V (be)

xix. 24.

,
,

16.
vi. 2.

29.

1.)

Gal. U. 21.

7.

W.)

14.

V.

S.

iii.

xviii.

fulfil,

Gal.

2.

1.

xxiv. 44.

(fruit,

as a treat?/ or oath

6.

Tr

32, .-oe
xxii. 10.

John

Col.

of,

2 Cor. X. 6.

1.

4.

24.

" FRUIT," iVV

to

xviii. 14.

1.

7.

22

xxi.

8.

10, gee fulfilling

[noun. ]

xiii. 4.

Luke

27.

ii.

viii. 4.

15.

i.

25, 27.

-29.
-33.

xiii. 14.

xxi.

part,

xiii. 22.

(be.)

xii. 17.

FRUITFUL

5.

16.
iu. 18.
ix. 23.

i.

xii. 25,

18, see
viii. 17.

iv. 21.

4.

xix. 30.

V. 17.

esp. tree-fruit.

3.

Acte

iv. 14.

2.

John

1.

15.

iii.

the part of the year between the

rising of Sirius and of Arcturus,
(ace. to the division of the year into
seven seasons,) and so, not so rmich
the Laf. auctumnus, autumn, as our
Dog days, or at most the end of
summer henre, as it ivas the proper
time for field and tree fruits to ripen
also means the fruit itself,

1.

measure.

full

22.
15, 17, 23.

i.

ii.

FUL

with or

food,)

3,) here
full of,

6.

FUL

312

FUR

FULL COME

to sate, satisfy, fill one with

a thing. Pass, (as here) to be sated
or glutted Avith a thing, have one's
fill of it.
Acts

see light.
23, see darkness.
siit 48, see F (be.)

JIatt. vi.

2-2,

xiv

5, 8.

vi. 3,

23, see

\-ii.

20.

ix. 36.

XV. 37.

xi. 24.

[of (be.)
xxili. 25, 27, see F
28.
37, see

iv.

(be.)

43 (No.

vi.

iii. 14, see F of (be)

XV. 14.
Cor. iv. 8, part.
PliiL ii. 26, see heaviness

Tr

3,

.)

4.

vii. 9,

see well.

iv. 18.

20.

XV. 36, see filL

i. 57, see time.

Col.

ii.

iv. 1.

vL

v. 12.

F (be.)

XL 34 1st, see

X. 22,

i.

see

8,

F come
F (te.)

''

FULL

assmance

see

xvii. 3, 4,

xxi. 9,

see

of.

to

in,

fill

fill,

make

full.

xiii. 48.

la.

John

Mark
Luke

iv. 37.

la.

vi. 25.

la.

Acts vii.
PhU. iv.

full,

Ije

shi]))

be

xv. 11.
23.
18.

OF.

(spoken strictly of a

stuff'ed with,

a.

6.

a.

V. 8.

a.

Rov. xxi.

a.

FULL OF
Matt, xxiii.

2.5,

Rev. xv. 7.
xvii 3,

9.

(be.)

Rom.

27.

Rev.

J..uke xi. 39.

-,

FULL
see "

marg. (text,

/.)

assured, come, know, known,

PERSUADED, RIPE.

also,

FULNESS.
that with vhich any thing is
or of which it is full, the
he7ice, fulness, filling.

Bph.

iv. 13.

1 Cor. X. 26,
GaL iv. 4.

Col.

i.

19.

ii.

FURLONG

9.

(-S.)

(Olympia) was

exactly

John

xxiv. 13.

long.

18

xi.

Rev. xiv.

vi. 19.

Rev. xxi.
4.

a stade

(occ. 1 Cor. ix. 24.)

20.

16.

FURNACE.
an oven, furnace or

ware

metals

or

never a

fire

kiln,

(for

baking earthenor stove for heat-

to
ing 7O07ns,) (j)rob. from
light, Lat. caminus. Eng. chimney,)

(MAKE.)

FULFIL," iVo.
Acta

28 (fp-)

14.

iv. .

19.

iii.

melting

iii.

10, 23.

i.

xi. 12, 25.

XV. 29.

Luke
John

(a) Partici]jle.
a. Rev. iv.

25,

i.

1.

that which stands fast, hence, a

fixed standard of length; a stade
equal to GOG| English feet, (about
one eigldh of a Roman mile and one
Also a
tenth of an English mile.)
race-course, because the most noted

be laden or freighted.

Matt.

to

Col.

5,

loud or freight.

FULL
-/),

FULFIL," iVo.

XV. 19.

FULLY.
See

Rom.

(a) Pass, to

2a.

see "

Rom.

John'i. 16.

to be filled (as with food,)

with a7i^ person or thijig.

.'ia.

ix. 3.

FULLY PREACH.

contents,

1.

(a) Pass,

la.

Mark

filled

j.Vo.

(a) Pa^s.

[, to

occ.)

of.

XV. 7, ]I
xvi.lO.seedarkness

(be.)

"fulfil,"

see

',

xvi. 24, part.

xtx. 29.
xxi. 11.
Acts ii 13, part.
28, see F (make.)

-,

a fuller (Lat. fullo,) i.e. a cloth

carder or dresser, a clothes cleaner,
the prickly teasel, a
(from
jjlant used hy fullers to dress or clean
cloth, hence, a carding comb,) (non

4.

[(be.)

14.

XV. 11, see

)"

Jas. iii. 8, 17.

1 Pet. i. 8, see glory.
4. 2 Pet.ii. 14.
2. 1 John i. 4, part.
1. 2 John 8.
2.
12, part.
-- Rev. iv. 6, see F of.
8, see F of (be.)

light.

34-"<i,8eedai'kness
3G twice, see light
39, see F of (be.)
xvi. 20, see sores.
vii.

see assurance.
5, see proof.
see age.
see
11, \

2,

2 Tim. iv.
Heb. V. 14,

Luke

vi. 25, see

'';,

15.

viii. 19.

John

(be.)

(be.)

vii. 8, pass.

FULLER.

xiii. 10.
xvii. 16, see idols.
xix 28.
Rom. i. 29.

2S.

Mai-k

John

ii.

28.

1.

(non
Matt.

occ.)
Rev.

xiii. 42, 60.

Rev.

ix. 2.

i.

15.

FUR

,,

FURNISH

(-ED.)

3.

Matt. xxvL

to spread, spread out (as

a bed, J of a room, spread with furniture ; of a table, tvith food, hence,

furnished.

2.

v.

Luke

3.

make

fill,

10.

Mark

1.

be

to

full,

be

1.

Luke

xxi. 28.

Acts

21,866 threaten
xiL 3, see proceed.
xxiv.

2.

iv. 17

Heb.

4.

xxvii 28, see go.

2 Tim. iii 9.

2.

vii. 11.

filled

FURTHER
1.

(throughly.)
fully,

Mark

to

v. 35.

(any.)

1.

Luke

xiv. 63.

1.

xxii.

FURTHERANCE.
a going forward, progress, ad-

vancement,

for,

Mark

1.
|

Tim. '.

(occ. 1

PhiL
iii.

1.

xxiv. 28.

complete.
2 Tiiu.

iv.

xxii. 12.

perfect readiness

in

(any.)

far farther.

Acte
I

F (through] y.)

out or equip

fit

put

xiv. 15.

17, see

iii.

FURNISH

(^,

see

7.

1.

to

2 Tim.

more forward,

65.

Mark 35,
xiv. 03,
LukexxiL
siL 71,

or full of

Matt, xxii

GAI

1.

313

15.)

12, 25.

i.

17, niai-g. perfect.

FURTHERMORE.
\

FURTHER.

of time, then, next ; of thought,

and so, then, accordingly.

of the present, yet, as yet,

of the future, yet longer,
henceforth ; gen. yet, further.

ert,

,
,

y
''
(

vet, see

No.

still;

TO, the,
still,

^i^ed

remain-

ing,

of time,

future, for the

in

as

rest,

what

to

1.

remains,

more.

Thea.

iy. 1.

Heb.

1.

xii. 9.

G
GADARENES

name,) Gen. xv. 21

(-s.)

a Gadarene, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or district of

Gadara, (the fortified capital of
Perica, or the region east of the
Jordan,) (non occ.)

1.

Josh. xxiv. 11.

Mark v. 1 (No. 2, Gr- L

1.

Luko

TaBap-qvo<:,

a Gerasene, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or dijstrict of

Gerasa (in the eastern part of Percca
near the Arabian Desert, on the
parallel of Samaria, one of the cities

Tr S), (So. 3, A.)

Tr A), (No. 3, K.)
Tr A). (No. 3, R)

GAIN

[noun.]

(-S)

epyaa-ia, work, daily laboui*, business.

2.

8<;,

3.

1.
1.

gain, profit, advantage.

a providing, procuring,
source or means of making mouoy,

gain,

must have given its name

to a large district, as Jerome says
Gilead was then called Gerasa, and
city

1.

of Decapolis.)

[The

vii.

Gj L

26 (No. 2,
37 (No. 2, L

viii.

1.

Dcut.

(non

Acta xvi. 16.

occ.)

19.

2.

xix. 24.
2 Cor. xii. 17, IS, see

of (uiako

a.

PhiL

3. 1

i.

21.

ui. 7.

2.

Tim.

Jas.

vi. 5, 6.

iv. 13,

800

(got)

Saadias in his Arabic version puts

Jerrash (the modem name of Gadarea), for the Heb. Gilead.]

-,

a Gergesene, the proper

of one of the ancient tribes
of Canaan, destroyed by Joshua, (of
vrhich nothing remained but the

name

(,

GAIN

(get.)

to derive profit or

from.
Jaa. ir. 13.

advantage

GAI
GAIN OF

314

(make

GALL.

a.)

have or claim more than

another, esp. in a had sense, to claim
more than one's due, to be greedy
to

TrAeoi'eK-reoj,

/,

1.

,
,

2.

Pl^

wood,

deadly, bitter poison, Jer.

ir>l,

see

[verb.]

(-ed)

viii.

14,) (no7i occ.)

xii. 17, 18.

,
Matt, xxvii.

GAIN

anything extremely
by Ixx. for nJi?^, worm'. 4, and frequently for

gall, bile, gen.

bitter, (used

or grasping, to over-reach.
2 Cor.

GAR

Acts

34.

viii. 23.

GALLIXGS ONE OF ANOTHER

" GAIX (get.)"

work, labour, (prop.

of husbandry, hut also of manual
labour,) to work, do, perform, then
to work out, earn by working, trade,
to

-,

[margin.]
useless, vaiii or perverse

(,

disputings, (no7i occ.)

Tim.

vi. 5,

text, ^^erverse disputing^,

GL

continual friction,

Tr

^.

traffic.

3.

(No. 2 with irpos, towards, prefixed,) to work out thereto, to do something besides another,
hence, to make or earn in addition,
(non

4.

to make, i.e. to form, produce,

bring about, cause (of action com2')leted,) cdso to do (of action incom-

[margin.]

an eating
ending in mortification (ivhen
(non occ. J
comes

?,)

occ.)

2 Tim.

ii.

sore,
it he-

17, te.xt, canker.

TToiet-j,

2ileted.
1.

Matt. xvi.

1.

xviii.

26.

,
,

Luke

3.

1. 1

2.

GAINSAY
to

a garden, orchard or plantation,

(not a fower-garden,) (non occ.)

18.

Acts xxvii.

1.

xix. 15, see trading

GARDEN.

^,

xix. 16.

4.

1.5.

x.xv. 17, 20, 22

1. Mark viiL 36.
1. Luke ix. -.,
part
2.5, r...
1.

1.

GANGRENE
ydyypuLi'a, a gangrene,

Luke

21.

John

8,

John

xiii. 10.

xviii. 1, 26.

John

Cor. ix. 19, 20 twice,

[work.)
21, 22.

xix. 41 '"'>;

marg. (text.

GARDENER.

<;,

(-ING.)

contradict,

i.e.

a keeper of a garden, gen. a

gardener, (non occ.)

to

say against, utter, recount, relate

John

XX. 15.

against.

2.

to speak against or in
answer, gainsay, (occ. Acts iv. 14.)
Luke
Rom.

xxi. 15.

1.
1.

Titti.s

ii.

2.

marg. (text,

uiisicer again.)

Jude 11, see gainsaying.

Act xiv.

GAINSAYER.
<j.vTi\ey(.o, see

"GAINSAY," NO.

1,

here the

Titus

i.

9.

GAINSAYING

^,

a piece of dress,

[noun.]

(.-.',
(non

Acts

X. 29.

esp.

an outer

4,) in pi. rai-

what

is

(like

',

r/en.

ornate or splendid)

occ.)

the inner vest, a woollen shirt

or frock (worn next the body.)

(without.)

without objection,

clothing,

apiplied to

',

occ)

No.

ment, clothes.

11.

GAINSAYING

to

8, anything put on.

contradiction.
Jude

13.

GARMENT.

garment (opp.

2)articiple.

(-S.)

materials for crowning, a wreath,

garland, chaplet, (non occ.)

X. 21.
9,

(JARLAND

(,

(non

1.

Matt.

ix.

1CI,

1.

xiv. 36.

1.

xxi. 8.
xxii. 11, 12.

2.

20, 21

1.

Matt, xxjii.

LTTr A
1.

)
.5

(o)/i.

G-

xxvii 35 '"'CO (op.)

1.

Mark

ii.

21,

GAR
Mark

1.
1.

v. 27.

3.

vi 5.

1.

X.

1.

xi. 7, 8.
xiii.

1.

Luke

xvi. S, see
V. 36 twice.
viii. 44.

1.

xix. 35.
xxii. 30.

1.

Acts

i.

(long)

4.

Jude

Rev.

3.

11.

4.

iii.

1.

xvi.

4.
15.

(long.)

5.
es]).

equip-

to gather in ripe fruits,

gather in the vintage or harvest,
(non occ.)

),

to twist up together, roll

a mass, theji, yen. to collect,

into

in clothes, dress; then, a piece

combine, (non

GATHER TOGETHER " and "gathered TOGETHER (be)," SCC bcloW.

5.

Matt.

1.

ii.

part.

4,

1.

iiL 12.

up a

1.

vi. 26.

3.

vu. 16.

magazine, storehouse.

1.

xii. 30.

any place wherein

to lay

12.

iii.

Luke

iii.

17.

-^,

to order,

garnish
Matt.

in order, adorn,

set

^jrepare.

1.

XXV. 24,

1.

xxvii. 27.

xii. 44.

Luke

xxiii. 20.

Rev. xxi.

GARRISON

(keep with

to keep Avatch or

3.

xi. 25.

19.

to

vatch.

1.
2.

2 Cor.

xi. 32.

3.

1.

2.

3.

GATE

',

(-S.)

4.

u gate, gateway;
tower, gate-house.

3.

one wing of a pair of double

gates, hence nsu. in pi. a gate, the
gates (of a toivn, as opp. to No. 3.)

iii.

a house-door or door of a room,

thur, Sanscrit duar, Eng.

door.)

-<;,

of or belonging to cattle,

(esp. sheep.)
2.

Matt.

vii.

2.

l.P"i(o/ii,LTb)

2.

14 (om. L>)
xvi. l.S.

2.

2.
2.

13 1.

Luke

vii. 12.
xiii.

1.

3,

xvi.

1.

John

v.

X.

2.

xii. 10.

2.

2.

1.

1.

3.

Acta

1.

iii. 2.

GATHER

1.

gether,
in one.

(-ED,

4.

1'

xxviii. 3, part.
i. 10, see G together

Rev. xiv. IS, 19.

xvi. 14.

1.

,
,
see

"GATHER," No.
see

see "

Matt.

GATHER," No.

xiii. 30.

4.

xxiii. 37.

1.

2.

iiiv. 31

1.

33.

4.

2.

Mark
Luke

i.

xiii. 27.

1.

xii. 1.

1.

2.

xiii. 34.

1.

XV. 13.

1.

(.

Luke
John

part

xxiv. 33,

collected.

(.)

vi. 13.

xi. 52.

Acte

xii. 12.

xiv.

27.

XV. 30, part.

Eph. i. 10, seeGTinone

Rev. xvL 16.

Rev. XX.

1.

8.

GATHER TOGETHER

IN ONE.

comprehend several

to

things under one head, to reduce

under one head, to reunite for one's
self

under one

xiii.

9.)

licad,

(occ.

Rom.

LjiIl L 10.

15,

xxii. 14.

-,

as-

of soldiers.

xxii. 10.

2.

2.

3.

to gather together,

esp.

2.

2.

1.

" gather," No.

13.

<i(p.),

up.

in one.

Hob. xiii. 12.

Rev. xxi. 12lt, 12 nd.
13 * Hmes,
21 twice, 25.

niarg. (text,

heep hw.rktt.)

xi. 47.

Eph.

1.

17.

xiv.

thick

XV. 6.
Actsxvi.lO,seea8sure<ily
xvii. 5, see company

5.

26.

,
,

13, 14 iwico.

1.

21 (G^), ('.
Tr A N.)
2,

10.

iii.

ix. 24.

1.

4.

Acts

2.

see

vi. 12,

17.

vi 44

(Germ,

\.

G up
1.

semble,

the gate-

Luke

see
(be.

iv. 36.

GATHER TOGETHER.

a.)

gaiard,

see

John

1.

2.

1.

44 2nd.

vi.

xi. 23.

29,

40, 41.
47.
48.
xxiii. 37.

3.

(-ED.)

Luke

together
1.

30.

1.
3.

GARNISH

4.

1.

xiii. 28,29,

Matt.

occ.)

For "

GARNER.

thing, a barn,

gether, assemble.

13, see foot.

1.

of dress, a robe.
Mark xvi.

to collect, gather, of jiei'sons

Pass, to come to-

to call together.

23.
i.

and bring to a

to collect

place, assemble.

1. Jas. V. 2.

GARMENT

2.

ix. 39.

Heb.

equipment, fitting out,

ment

4.

GAT

xiii. 4, 12.

xii. 8.

1.
1.

1.

xxiv.

315

xix. 23.

1.

16.

XV. 24.

1.

Luke
John

1.

1.

-ING.)

to lead together, gather to(/en. to bring together, join

1.

2.
2.

',
,

GATHER

see

Matt

"GATHER," No.

see "

xiii. 28, 29,

UP.

part.

GATHER," No.
|

1.

John

1.

2.
vi. 12.

GAT

,
,

GATHERED TOGETHER

1.

Pass, or

316

GENEALOGY

(be.)

to be gathered

il/u7.,

assembled, be come to-

togetlier,

gether.

2.

Matt.

come

to go or

xi. 20, see

togethex (be.

1.

xxiv. 28.
xxvii. 17, pait.

1.

Mark

ii.

Liike

viii. 4, pres.

.see

2.

Acts

part.

1.

[A

iv. 6, 27.

See, assembly.

19.

1.

occ.)

[noun.]

(-s)

a collection, as of money,

GENERATION

2.

ykvva,

3.

ykv<i,

that which is produced, as

a child, fruits of the earth ; hence,
progeny, offspring.

an

manner

source

origin,

4.

yevos, race, descent

Matt.

Luke

1.

i.

17 4 times.

GATHERING TOGETHER.
kLvvayy, a gathei'ing together upon

hence,

x. 25.)

xii. 34.

1.

vii. 31.

39, 41, 42, 45.

xvi. 4.
xvii. 17.
xxiii. 33.

1.

ix. 41.

1.

xi.

1.

xvi. 8.

1.

1.

to

ii.

i.

xiii. 36,

1.

ix. 10.

1.

Col.

1.

Heb.

48.

20, 30,

4. 1

[50, 51.
31, 32,

xvii. 25.
40.
viii. 33.

Acts

1.

xiii. 30.
i.

17.

iii.

36.

Luke

50, see

2.

1.

GAY.

i.

(from.

xi. 16.

xxiv. 34.
Mark viii. 12 'wice^ 38.

Pet.

marg.

26.

iii.
ii.

10.
9.

bright, brilliant, radiant.

Jae.

(,

ii.

3.

GENERATION TO GENERATION
(from.)

GAZE

up.

(-ixg)

to look upon,

08.

Acts

i.

(see

"behold,"

Luke i. 00 (eU yei/ea?

ycfcaj, unto generations and
generations, G.>j
Tr A), (els yt wac
yei/eoi', unto
generation ana generation, Q:j R)

11.

GAZING STOCK

(make

a.)

an actor in the theatre

also, to In-ing upon the theatre, to
present as a spectacle, (non occ.)
to ho

GENDER

of men
bring forth.

Gal.

iv. 24.

1.

(-S.)

Wvo'i, host, multitude, people, (proh.

from

(, custom, usage, manners,

a number of people living together hound together by like habits

etc.,)

and customs; then gen. people, tribe,

nation, ivith reference to the connec-

(-ETH.)

to beget,
;

GENTILE

lleb. X. 33, part.

women

unto,
yeveas, generations,
ytviuiv, of generations.

ets,

tvitk stead-

and attention,
7 and 8.)

fastness

yivvad),

genus

a people or nation.

1 Cor. xvi. 2.

birth,

of birth.

(occ.

ver. 1.)

or unto, (occ. Heb.

(-s.)

birth; race, descent ; oiFspring.

It denotes an age or generation from
the point of vietv of race, (as
does from that o/' duration.)

xi. 20, part.

ii.

9.

GENERAL.

to collect together to, or

2 Thes.

iii.

R)

upon, to crowd together upon, (noii

Xoyta,

Titus

i.
I

(be.)

GATHERING

i.

8.

GATHERED THICK TOGETHER

Luke

Tim.

thick

Cor. V. 4, part.

1.

Rev. xix.

occ.)
1

xvii. o'(eTTL<TVvayui,
gatlier. No. 2,
Tr

XX.

1.

(-ies.)

yeveaAoyta, a tracing of one's genealogy,

the making a pedigree, tracing a
family.
(Eng., genealogy), (non

together.

Luke

xiii. 2.

xviii. 20.
xxii. 41, part.

GEN-

to bear, of

tion tvith each other rather than the

8e2)aration
Tim.

ii.

23.

from

others by

language or constitution.

descent,

GEN
In

TO.

those

In the O.T.

Gentiles.

who

and

are not of Israel,

the N'.T. those

who

GENTLE.
eVieiKvy?,

1.

in

'
as

2.

v/ttios,

ot

to oi

opj).

Tim.

ii.

who

7/5,
Greek,
Matt.

l^.)

(i.e.

1.

Rom.

Mark

$,

TU.26, marg.(text,

xvi.

X. 33, 42.
Liike ii. 32.

John

1.

Cor. V.

shows itself in benevolence, kindness.

2 Cor. X.

1.

1.

X. 20
32.

xxii. 25.

1.

xii. 2.

35 1", marg.

vii.

13,

2.

Greek.

1.

ix. 15.

1.

X. 45.

1.

xi.

1, IS.

42
W.)

xiii.

46, 47, 48.

xiv. 2, 5, 27.

XV.

3, 7, 12,

Tim.

1.

ii.

Tim.

3.
7.

xxi. 11, 10, 21, 25.

xxii. 21.

11.
iv. 17.
1.
1. 1 Pet. U. 12.

xxvi. 17, 20, 23.

1.

xxviii. 28.

1.

9,

niarg.

10,

Gral:

John

Rev.

X.

G~
),

out, (esp. out of

upon

to find, find out, discover.

to

procure

to step in,

9,

m.ii-g.

text,

belong-

xi. 2.

Mai-k

2.
1.

12, see force.

xiv. 22.

,
4.

LTTr

1.

Matt.

4.

3.

(.

H.)

to get out

here,

xi.

ing to a nation or Gentile, G.^

A .)

13.

i.

ii.

(gotten.)

come

2)rovi(le.

i.

iv.

GET
to go or

,
,
,

16.

iii.

see Gadarene, No. 2,

see Gadarene, No. 1, G ^
Tr

prob. a mistake for

tmc's

self,

go or come

into,

for

enter.

16.

ii.

iv. 5.

1. 1

1.

4.

27.

Thes.

1.

14,17,

i.

3.)

(^-,

acquire.

1, 6, 8.
iv. 17.

Col.

1. 1

10, 23.
xviii. 0.

3.

11.

ii.

iii.

1.
1.

2.

ui. 14.

Eph.

1.

(OOT.

G (after

^.

28 (G)

the land.

of.)

14 2nd. 15.

1.

(,
';,
viii.

the house,)

marg. Greek.

14it, see

vii. 45.

Rom.

[Ti-mb A.)

manner

the

iv. 27.

TrA

ENE,"

Ij),

Gr-.)

Gal. v, 22.

2.

GERGESENE.

1. Gill. u. 2, 8, 12.

35 2nd.

Acta

{.

1.

a Gergesene, (see " gadar-

re/Dycr7;i'os,

4.

1.

x\ iiL 32.
xxi. 24 ">!<:<!.

usefulness as of persons

toivards others; hence, goodness that

xi.ll, 12,13iwico,25
XV. 9twice_ xo, 11,
12 twice, I6'wi", 18, 27.

Greek.)

2.

reasonableness, fairness ;
forbearance ; the
not insisting on just rights.

ix. 24, 30.

18. 21.
XX. 19, 25.
xii.

iii.

considerateness,

Matt.

9.

29 twice.

X. 5, 18.

Jas. iii. 17.

1 Pet. ii. 18.

GENTLENESS.

14, 24.

ii.

iii.

Titus

1.

are

of No. 2), a female

not a Jew.)

vi. 32.

1.

1.

(fern.

iv. 15.

3.)

iii.

occ.)

21.

not Jews; and in this sense, Gentiles.

3.

kind,

Tim.

CTTieiKcta,

as opp. to

(the Jews), all

(',,

ii.

child-like,
2.

(i.e. all

and

i.e.,

gentle, mild; soothing, assuag-

(non

ing,
Thes.

2. 1

"/,
^?,
.,

are not Greeks,)

(righteous),

(occ. Phil. iv.

fair,

[the proper name of

the son of Deucalion, and then of
his descendants "EAAv/ves, the early
inhabitants of Thessalian Hellas.]
Afierwards a genercd name for all
the Greeks; hence, in N.T.
the Greeks,
a Greek, ot

who

meet,

fit,

reasonable,

law, considerate, forbearing,

"^, Hellen

viz.

i.e.

fair,

not insisting on the letter of the

(The Church being composed

X. 32.
of those who are called out of both.)

2.

hence,

esp. opp. to St/caios

see 1 Cor.

[The Gentiles or the nations of the

earth stand, in relation to God, in
a peculiar position of their own,
and their destiny is different from
that of the Jew and the Church.]

upon,

fitting

suitable

are neither of

Church,

Israel nor of the

GET

the folloiving passages only pi.

or

317

vi. 45.

Luke

ix. 12.
Act.8 x.\vii. 43.

2 Cor.

Rev.
J.a.s.

ii.

iv.

11, nee

[tAge.

ad van-

13, 8CU gain.

XV.

2,

800 victory.

GET DOWN.
to step down,

go or come

down, descend.
Acts

GENTILES

(,
see

in

No.

(after

manner

or.)

the manner of the Gentiles,

1,

(non

occ.)

Gal. u. 14.

X. 20.

GET THEE.
to lead or bring under, (as horses

under a yoke,) to lead or bring away

GET

318

under. In N. T. and later tisage, to

go away (inuler cover, strictly with

and

the idea of stealth,) Gen.

>.,

8,

3.

,
,

4.

Mark

Luke

iv.

viii. 33.

6.

(,
to

vii.

3.

an

depart, go away.

Acts xxi.

1,

9.

John

GHOST

XV.

see propliecy
xiv. 1, see spiritual

xix. 30.

2 Cor.

(non

Acts

Eph.

1.

iv. 10.

wax
1.
1.

Mark
Luke

to breathe out,

cold,

become

Tim.

Ii.

Tim

i.

17.

Heb.

11.

v. 1.01', see

2.
2.

GHOST
2.

17(oi.

G-

C.

4,

marg.

[hution.
ditiri

v. 1.
vi. 4.

viii. 3, 4.

ix. y.

Lb.)

li. 4.

vi. 23.

Jas.

li. 29.

xii. 6.

Kov.

i.

Pot.

17.
iv. 10.

xi. 10.

to go out,

Acts

GIFT
V. 5.

6.

(free.)

Rom.

v. 15, 10.

xii. 23.

',
GIRD

(yield up the.)
Acte

7.

iv. 14.
i.

ii.

G (free)

lG'-"<',eeeG(free)

expire, die,

8.

Phil. iv. 17.

I. 45.

extinct.

xv, 37, 39.

xxiii. 40.

ii.

38.

ii.

Rom.

11.

iv. 7.

viii. 20.

ore.)

(,

2.

out,

i.

viii. 4.

ix. 15.

iii.

John

7.

xiii. 2,

5.

xxi.

i.

xii. 4, 9, 28, 30, 31.

xxiii. IS, 19 twice

Mark vii. 11.
Luke xi. 13.

(give up the.)

to breathe

Cor.

vii. 7.

IGl't.

cKTTveoj,

(see

votive offerings, a thing de-

10 2nd.

1.

favour,

free

11.

ii.

under "spirit."

50.

exercised.,

1.)

viii. 4.

the wind, the breath breathed

forth, the living principle (predicated of man and beast,) breathing as
the si{/)i and condition of life, breath.

Matt, xxvii.

gift,

V. 23, 24 twice.
vii. 11.

[For HOLY GHOST, see holy.]

see

rightly

fi-ee

the

voted in honour of God.

part.

Matt.

(For fxdler meaning

he

V. 15, 16.)

is

(grace),

a dividing, division, distribution, (occ. Heb. iv. 12.)

GHOST.

may

it

,
,

8.

draw from, draw away, here,

in Mid. sense, to withdraw

self,

Rom.

" GRACE," No.

(be.)

'-,

individucd.

/35,

to

Pass,

the effect of God's g7-actous

the

which requires

(occ.

18.

7.

one's

ge7i.

that
Acts

grace,

gift

or go forth.

GOTTEN FROM

the act of giving,

positive blessing hestowed up)on sinners ; and cdso, in a

special sense, a gift of grace imparted

come or go out of any place,

Acts xxii.

occ.)

a favour, kindness ; that

freely given, a gift of

is

tvorking,

xiii. 31.

(non

gift,

a giving,

which

to

come

Luke

iv. 10.

GET OUT.
to

given, a free-

is

(occ. Phil. iv. 15.)

8 {np.)

GET THEE HENCE.

Matt.

5.
23.

that which

gift.

go away, depart, begone.

Matt. xvi.

GIR

(-ED, -EST, -ING, GIRT.)

to put on a girdle,
round the loins for conflict
or service. Spoken of the long flowing

or

V. 10.

to gird

,
,

GIFT

(-S.)

robes of Orientals xvhich are girded

np while engaged in ariy business.

a present, an honorary
gift ; esp. a votive oiTering to a god;
offerings dedicated to
s^>
^>f gifts,
God or His service, (occ. Luke xxi. 4.)
a

gift,

a free-gift, a present, (Lat.,

beneficium), (no7i occ.)

Sta^oji'viyxi,

prefixed),

(^.
to

quite round,

loith

i.e.,

8,

through,

throughout

gird

firmly, (occ.

or

John

xxi. 7.)
;.

Jolin xiiL 4,

5.

1.
|

John

xxi.

1 *'

GIR

319

GTRD ONE'S SELF.

(No.

connections, to yield, deliver, supply,

with irepi,
jyrefixed,) to gird around.

In.

N.T.

2.

Pss.orJI/tV/.,togird one's self around.

xxi.

8,
commit,

around,

John

GIV

etc.

,
,

(No.

self;

7.

i.e.,

GIRD UNTO ONE'S SELF.

John

xxi.

3.

2.

7.

4.

above, with

,,

see

(be.)
6.
13.

i.

Eph.

vi.

7.

14.

(be.)

0,

with

(HAVE...)

10.

Encf. zone or belt, girdle, [worn by

both sexes among the Jews, often
hollow, and served as a purse, as
WfU as to gird up the long flowing

dress], (occ. Matt. x. 9;

Mark

iii.
i.

Mark

Acts xxi. 11
Rev. i. l.i.

4.

6.

Rev. XV.

11.

vi. 8.)
1 2.

1.

/,

to impart,

(No.

U'ith

commimi-

be-

to do a persou a favour,
to be kind or gracious to, to give
or bestow a thing graciously, (the

vieio

must be inferred from

-,

to liold near to any one, to

hold out near or towards any one,

,
-,
to

make

a gift

of.

bear or bring in
therewith or thereunto, to bring
forward therewith or along with.

Tt^)//it,

to

to put, set, place, then gen.,

,
,
(non

6.

See, GIRD.

-est,

,
to lay

twice.

13.

(-ex,

to bring a thing into a place, hence,

GIRT.

give

one^s

or to give

to present, otfer.

n-ept, arov.ixd.

GIRDLE.

Matt.

from

i.e.,

the context.)

9.

'^,

upon, prein addition

)'>'^^^) to give near, with

any one, to give or hand over

end in

8.

Rev. XV.

forth,

(,

i.e.,

to another, deliver over.

(have.)

xii. 35.

GIRDED

through,

1 with
with,
prefixed,) to give with or pai't of,

side,

GIRDED ABOUT
Luke

1 tvith

upon,

8), (No.

or to

GIRT ABOUT

cate.

"GIRD ONE's SELF."

Rev.

with

upon or to another

give a share

GIRT

besides or in addition.
5.

13.

i.

To give

to.

self

one's self, (non occ.)

Pet.

(No.

fixed), to give

up,

prefixed), to gird up as with a belt

or girdle.
Here Mid., to gird up

(No.

to deliver through as
through various hands, i.e., from, one
to another in siiccession, to give or
hand over.

GIRD UP.
(No.

orie's

give back, deliver over,

jirefixed),

No.

see above,

from,

away from

yield, restore.

\',

loith

jyrefixed), to give

down and

to give by so doing,

to apportion, assign, share,

occ.)

to be a witness, to bear
witness, testify, give testimony to,
(hencf, Eng. martjT.)

make, form, produce, as of

a completed action ; to do, expressitig
an action continued or not completed.

14. TToaio, to
-ing,

gave,

gavp:st.)

to give, present (with implied

notion of giving freely unforced
opp. to No. 2.) Hence, in various

If).

to be chorus leader, to lead

out or furnish a chorus, hence, to
furnish, supply, (occ. 2 Cor. ix. 10.)

16.

GIV

towards, in the direction

GIV

1 Tim.

Acts xxi. 40, part., see

of.

xxii 22, see audience

Acts

of, (occ.

xxiv. 26.
xxvi. 10, see
against.
xxvii. 3,see liberty

xxvii. 34.)

Bat,

(b) tvith

at,

close by.

24.

Ace, towards, in reference

(c) tvith

Rom.

iv. 13,

ance.
14.

1.

24, 26, see

up
28, see
over.

iv. 20.

Luke

9.

vi. 17.

S.

2 Tim.

1.
1.

vii. 6, 7.
9, 10.

11 twice.
ix. S.

iv. 5, 7, lO'^'ice,

141t, 14 2nd

24, see place.

X. 1, 8, 19 (p.)
xi. 28, see rest.

33,

11 twice^ 12,
xiv. 7, 8,9, 11,16,19
XV. 36.
x^i. 4, 19, 26.

iv. 11.

24, see
25.
V. 13,

1),

7(.
of,

more.

26
29, 34.
xiv. 16, 27 3 times.
XV. 16.

i. 21.
iii 7.

12.

16.

15.
iv. 5.

2.

IL
V. 5.

1.

2 Pet. i 3, 4.

9.

5.

10.

10, see diligence.

iii 15.
1

John

viii. 6, 12, 37.

X. 21, 40, 45.
xi. 28.
xii. 9, 14, 15wi<:o

14, see counsel.

9, 11.

xix.

V. 10.

11, 16, 20.

Jude

10.

Rev.

4.

i.

xxi. 13.
Acts i. 26, see

xiii. 11, 24, 34.

4.

ii.

ix. 1, 3, 5.
X. 9.

xiv. 5, 11, 22,23,44.

iii.

IV. 23.

V. 5,

32, 77.
20, see

vi. 4, 30,
vii. 21.

vi. 4, see

again.

44 45_

18, 55.
ix. 1, 13, 16.
X. 7, Bee
(such

19, 35.

8 1"''",
11 twite.

9.

twice, 29, 41.

xii. 32, 33, 42, 48,

51, 58.
xiv. 9.
XV. 12, 16, 29.
xvi. 2.
12.

xvii. 18.
xviii. 12, eoe tithes
43.

8,15,23,24,26.
2, 10, 16, 22.

xxi. 15.
xxii. 5, 19 twice.

ii.

9.

Col.

i.

X. 2, i^art.

Tim.

15.

1),

give (No.

3),

instead of
.ihali

QL

Tr

A.)

.seeG [noun.]

17.

iv. 2, 8.

xviii. 7.

10.

ii.

xix.

16.

ii.

5 times,

",(",
give (No.

25.

1 Thos.
2 Thes.

4,

72nd,

XX.

6.

iii.2,8ee hospitality

43, see witness.

xi. 17xii. 22, see shout.

7.

4.

13, sec

xxi.

up.

6.

things as one.)
xi. 3, 7,

29.

iii.

18, 19.
-ix. 41.

xxiii. 2.

5 twice, 8, 10, .38

42, see G up.
viii. 9, see G out.

i.

iv. 15,

continually

vii.

38 twice.

distri-

v. 2, 25.

Phil.

2,

(oj;.),

xiv. 7.
XV. 7.
xvi. 6, 8, 9, 19.
xvii. 13

vi. 19.

gho.st.

32.

iv. 6''<:c

xii 14.
71st

over.

bute.

33.

45.

marg.

28,

6, 16.

see
31,

ghost

xiii.

27.

iv. 12.

37, 39, see

xi. 1, 2, 3, 13, 18.

2, 7, 8.
iv. 7, 8, 11.

19.

8, 11.

2.

viii. 2, 3.

iii.

forth."

4 twice,

2,

vii
life.

17, 22.

19, see

1.

iv. 9.

iv. 15.
i.

i.

vi

18.

21 1st.
21 2nd, see

Eph.

see fornication.

23, 26, 28.

20.
iii.

mid.

3,
7,

ii 7, 10,17twice, 21,

5, see pLace.
9 twice.

ii.

up.
30, see
38, sec leave.

23, 24.

iii.

iv. 13.

ix. 9.

xviii. 9, 11.

vi. 2, 7, 22, 23, 25,

13

1 Pet.

1.

xii. 7.

xvi. 23.
xvii. 2 3 times
4
twice, 7_ S'wicc, 9_'ii;
12, 14, 22'wi>-e, 24ticc.

17.

.xiii.

viii. 5, 10.

xiii.

Gal.

see attend-

13,

ance.
2.

X. 8.

L Tr .)

see rest.
see part.

4.

1.

vi. 3.

4),

2iid,

43.

13.

ii.

iv. 8,

V. 5, 12, 18.

w/iohi I shall give

the sop when I have

28 ''", 37 '', 41.

viii.

xiii. 3.

see leave.

22.

Hel).

15.

xvi. 1, see order.

2 Cor. i. 22.
iii. 6, see life.

to

it,

see under-

3,

stand.

eyui

dipped

20.

XX.

xii.

/or irhom
I shall dip'the snp and
give ii to him, instead

xxvi. 9,15, 26,27,48

(pre53, see
sently. )
xxvii. 10, 34.
xxviii. 12, 18.

xi.x.

/(/3

28, 29,

Philem.

1.

vii. 2,

self to.
X. 32, see ofifered.

11.

261st

15,

7.

5Hst,'

xiii. 3, 15.

35, 42.

i.

39,

2,

XV. 15.
1 Cor. ii. 12, see
(the
things that are freely)
iii. 6,7, see increase
vii. 5, see
one's

28, 29.

TO
(No.

xxiv. 29, 45.

Luke

37,

12 (No.

see lucre.
see given to.

7,
3,

14.

1.

Tr Ab.)

xi. 22, 57.

xii. 5, 49.

14, 23, 28.

xxi. 23, 43.
xxii. 17.

ii.

15.

32 twice

(o;).), 52, 65.

X.

8.

8,

19.

ix. 24.
.

xix. 7, 11, 21.

XX. 4.

XXV.

marg. imparl.
13, see given to.
xiv.

i.

ii.

8,

vii. 19, 22.

xvii. 27.

Mark

34,

51 2nd

39.

xiii.

^(,2).),

16, see inspira-

iv. S.

Titus

first.

xii. 3, 6.

12

7, 25.

tion.
2.

35, see

V. 26, 27, 36.

vi. 27, 31,

xii. .30.

G freely

see

xi. 8.

46, see ghost.

xxiv. 30, 42.
John i. 12, 17, 22.
iii. 16, 27, 34, 35.

16.

7, 9,

i.

ii.

iii.

viii. 32,

xxiii. 24, see sen-

tence.

vi. 11.

thyself

v. 14.

V. 5.

V. 31, 42.

15, see
Avholly to.
1.

i.

to,

with.
Matt. iv.

iii. 3, see wine.

8,seegivento(be)
see attend-

license.

with Gen., in favour

(a)

320

GIVE AGAIN.

23 it.
23 Siirt, eoo ghost.
xiii.IO.Heeaudience
20 (.), 21.
22, see
34.

xir.3,8eoteetimony

XV.

2.

Luke

iv. 20.

testimony

17.
8.

12, see audience.

xvii. 1
idolatry

6,

25, jjart.
31, marg. olfer.
xix. 40 (No. i On,)
XX. 2, see exhortation.
32, 35.

(),

GIVE AGAINST.

bear or cany down, to

as
vith violence
a/so ivifh
to give a vote,
(iviplying alacrity or zeal,) bring
against any one a vote.
bring

to

down

^,

Acts xxvi.

10.

GIV

321

GIVE FIRST.

2.

788,

to give beforehand,
advance, (non occ.)

Rom.

jiay

GLA

in

88,
2.

John

2.

Acte

xix.

vii. 42.

,
,

GIVE FORTH.
"give," No.

see

"GIVE,"

put

to

Mark

1.

to, to

1.

make

to

TO.

make

to

a slave

xii. 13, iwrt.

2,

iii.

thinr/ ; then, to

8,

Titus

7,

(be.)

to hold to, l)ring to or near, of

Tim.

GIVEN

viii. 0.

'

GIVE OVER.
" GIVE,"

^.

8.

iii.

G.

(the THINGS that are freely.)

',
,

tlie things,

the things

(part, of
> given - in" GIVE," A'^o. 7,) )
favour.
1

28.

Cor.

12.

ii.

Epli. iv. 10.

GIVER.

8,

GIVE PRESENTLY.
to jilace

by or

a giver, dispenser, (noii occ.)

2 Cor.

beside.

ix. 7.

Matt. x.wi. 03.

GIVING
GIVE THYSELF AVHOLLY
tliou,

(Imp. of

1 Tini. iv.

see

"give,"

8,

^.

Phil

iv.

i.

17.)

15.

to be.)

Sec

1.
1.

[noun.]

a giving, a gift, (occ. Jas.

TO.

Vk

GIVE UP.
/ii,

(l)e.)

a shij) ; of the mind, to turn one's

thoughts or attention to a thing,
be intent upon it.

(,

1.

Wine.

to

under " say."

Acts

be
1.

3, part.

ii.

GIVEN TO

GIVE OUT.
Aeyoj, to say, see

see

iii.

i.

2.

ilL 3, see

2 Tim.
10, see Inspiration.
Titiia
see Lucre.

Below.
see Hospi-

12, see

ii.

enslave.

of,

Tim.

tality.

have leisure

Rom.

1 Cor.
1 Tim.

1 Cor. vii. ).

1',

TO.

run, set in quick mo-

Actsxvii.lC.see Idolatry

to have leisure or spai*e time,

:.

tion, pursue.

devote one's time to a thing, (occ.

Matt. xii. 44, 2)(trt.)

i.

[tlicy

(hem.

liavc]

GIVEN

8,

2.

24 (op.)

iv.

what
by

lit.,

beside or by,

8,

add.

have nothing to do
or opportunity for a

Rom.

13.

iVo. 7.

GIVE ONE'S SELF

see

L 24. 26.

XX

See also, charge, commandment, drink,

HEED, LIGHT, MARRIAGE, SUCK, THANKS.

1.

788,

Rev.

20.

GIVE MORE.

-(,

i.

GIVE FREELY.
see

Rom.

1.

(such THINGS as ONE.)

things,

tlie

I.iik. X.

Acts

2.

xi. 35.

GIVETH

88,

see " GIVE," iVo. 6.

:?0.

),

also,

law, thanks.

GLAD
to

pleased

(be.)

rejoice,

with,

be

dcliglitcd

(ansicering

to

or
the

GLA

322

Germ., geni, to desire ; old high

Germ., ger; and Eng., eager,) not
used in Greek ivriters.

2.

GLO

(,

hence, to rejoice, exult.

Matt.

12, see

V.

(be

Mark

1.

I>uke XV. 32.

xiv. 11.

xxii.

1.

5.

xxiii. 8.

viii. 56.

1.

1.

xi. 15.

1.

1.

XX. 20.

1.

1.
1.

Jolin

GLAD

ii.

xiii.

vaXos, anything transparent like

water, i.e. any transparent stone or
gem, as crystal, amber, etc., hence,

G (make)

glass.
a convex lens of crystal
(This accords tvith the Greek origin of
the word ; but it is held by some to
be Egyptian, which will agree with
thep>lace of its earliest manufacture,)
(non occ.)
;

!.

1 Pet. iv. l.S.

Rev. xix. 7.

(be exceeding.)

2.

Matt.

V. 12.
1. 1

Cor.

2 Cor.

GLAD

xiii. 12.

IS, see Boliold

iii.

Cor.

?,

2.

ii.

GLASS
of or

above.)

also, tidings.

GLADLY.
with relish of eating,
hence, with relisli, with pleasure.

1.

'/'ySeojs,

//^9,

2.
1.

sweetly,

Mark

1.

i.e.

Actsii. 41 (o)u. G::^

Tr A K.)
2 Cor. xi. 19.

2.

xii. 37.

Luke vLii.40,see Receive

1.

GLADLY

',

,
(non

2 Cor. xii.

GLADLY

,
?,

9.

(VERY.)

xii. 10.

joy, delight.

much leaping,

or dancing;

Luke

2)rcsided

Acts

2.

Mark
Luke

2.

Acta

1.

ii.

at festive

3.

u. 46.

1.

2.

Heb.

i.

9.

XV. 2 tw'ce.

(-ING.)

to flash

as with

glorify,

bid

v.

is

Iti.

XV. 31.

Mark
Luke

ix.

lighting,

29.

(-ED, -iNG.)

to

strictly,

give any

xii.

ii.

12.

xiv. 13.

20.

XV. 8.
xvi. 14.

ii.

xxi. 19.

vii. 16.

14.

29.

xvii. Itwi.c^

V. 25, 20.

xiv. 17.
I'liil.

.Tohnxii. 16, 23, 28 'lm

xiii. 81 twice. :y> Ut
(y.), 32 '-i'"! A:ira.

iv. 15.

meetings,)

Acts

made manifest and brought

ii.

xvii.
1.

GLISTER

praise

ix. 8.

28.)

14.

GLORIFY

xiii. 13.

iv. IC.
i.

iv.

to light.)
Matt.

mirth, mciTimcnt, .. of
a banquet; good cheer, festivity,
(hence, Euphrosyno, one of the graces
(occ.

(op.)

of glass, (see No. 2

occ.)

glory

i.

44; Jude 24.)

v)ho

21.

one importance. ( When predicated

of Christ it means that His innate

exultation, rejoicing, (occ.

3.

i.

Greek writers to recognize, honour,

;
the Ixx, to invest with
dignity, make any one important,
to cause him honour liy putting
him into an honoural)lc position.
Hence, the N.T. meanings arc, (1) to
recognize, honour, praise ; (2) to
bring to honour, make glorious,

most

GLADNESS.

2.

Rev. xxi. 18,

Rev.

Luke

(most.)

',

2 Cor.

.las.

2.

to think, be of opinion, to hold

any one for anything ; in later

(Superl. of
swcct,)
sweetly, i.e. with high relish.

1.

made

gladly, readily, joyfully.

vi. 20.

23.

1.

(make.)

to cheer, delight, gladden.

See

looking-glass,

min'or,

18,) (710)1 occ.)

26.
xi. 23.
1.
xiii.
1.
48.
1. Rom. xvi. 19.
1. 1 Cor. xvi. 17.
2 Cor. ii. 2, see

exceeding.)
1.

Acts

2.

(made usually of polished metal),

(see Ex. xxxviii. 8 and Job xxxvii.

much,

to leap or dance

GLASS.

John

Acta

iii.

13.

iv. 21.

l.^.

xviii. 4..

xi. 18.

xxiii. 47.

xiii. 48.

xxi. 20.

vii. 30.

xi. 4.

Rom.

i.

21.

.(_

5^ 10.

GLO
Rom.

viii.l7,seeG together

2 Thee.

30.

XV.

i.

iii.

Heb.

6, 9.

10, 12, see

Pet.

Gal.

Rev. XV.

Rev.

G (be)

not concealed, truth ;)

Prof. Gr.
recognition which
it
de7iotes the
any one finds, or u'hich belonr/s to
hi7n, reno\vn (differing from rt/xv/,
honour, as recognition does fro7n es-

1.

ii.

12.

11

iv. 11,

24.

(.),

GLO

V. 5.

1 Cor. vi. 20.

2 Cor. ix. IS, part.
i.

323

16.

4.

xviii. 7.

timation.)

8,

GLORIFY

TOGETHER.

(-IED)

73re^xefZ,J

and association
(non occ.)

co-existence,

not

splendour, brilliance,

viii. 17.

ance of glory attracting the gaze,

GLORIFIED

(be.)

manifestation of gloiy (7iot the person or thi/ig itself tvhose glorioxis

appea7xmce attracts attentio7i, but the
appearance which attracts attentioii),
splendour, glory, brightness.

"GLORIFY," tvith
iv, in, prefixed,) to cause to be Iv
8o^y, (in glory), i.e.
to appear
see

glorious.
2 Thes.

i.

10, 12.

The

,
,
No.

*"

J
j

divine

through,

(as

see

of,

^.

I,

the subject chvells or is

in

acting,)^
1,

honoured, honourable, distinguished

(the7-e is no
example of the meaniiuj glorio7ts in
Greek writei's or the Ixx, but see
"glory," No. 1, and "glorified
;

(be),") (occ. 1 Cor. iv. 10.)

1.

Luke
Rom.

3.

2 Cor. iii 7,

2.
3.

xiii. 17.

viii. 21.

[made.)

2 Cor. iv.

1.

Phil. iii. 21.

Col. i. 11.

1.

4.

,.

1.

2"<i

1.

Titus

see

(be

(Pass, of

2 Cor.

(JLORY

2.

iii.

13.

ii.

(non
1

see^'GLORlFY.")

10.

[noun.]

the T7ri7is., opinion, notion,

(opp. to

of a matter

;)

seeming (opp.

,
real

knowledge

fro7n the
to

kAcos, report,

rumour

good report,

fame, (in pi., the lays that were

sung of the achieveme7its of heroes,)

11.

i.

(be made.)

, (,
from

4.

v. 27.

Tim.

GLORIOUS

1.

1.

1't.

10,

11
11

8.

self-revelation.

for lis for our good, the fulness

of all that is good in Him, so is it
the form in which He reveals Himself in the economy of salvation,
and becomes the means (2 Pet. i.
3,) and the goal of the Christian
vocation and hope (1 Pet. '. 10;
1 Thes. ii. 12,) for its disclosure
belongs to the future and the close
of the history of redemption.

EfSo^os, recognized,

4.

His

is

glory.

Xo.

see

(manifested powers)

and will show mercy," etc., cf. v. 22.)

Hence as it co7np)i'ises, all that God

which

171

(.<

coiticides 7vith

"I will make all my goodness pass before thee... and will be
gracious to whom I will be gracious,

glory.

(the sphere

as explained by

ver. 19,

through

rtiic/

'pro-\

by means

iv, in,

is,

(In Ex. xxxiii. 18 Moses asks, "show

me thy glory," and God replies,

ceedi))//f7-07n,)i\\Y0\igh,

"glory,"

sec

of glory.

1,)

(.,

{,

of

of God,

Philo, the unfolded fulness of the

GLORIOUS.
(Gen.

glorj'.

denotes, the appear-

/ii this sense

(,

the mea7iiivj

co7nes

like S07nethi7ig, erpiivalent therefore to

necessarily local,)
Rom.

Then from,

appearance, form,
aspect, viz., that appearance of a
person or thing tvhich attracts atte7ition or co7nmands 7rcor/7iitio7i, looks

together
(imjdying union,

(the above with

with,

seeming

Tnfrans.,

what

is

occ.)

GLO
Bom.

V. 2.

vi. 4.

xi. 36.
:ev. 7.

X. 31.

7 twice^ 15.
XV. 40, 41 -1 '""s
xi.

20.

iiL 7,

9f

iv. 6, 15, 17.

viu. 19, 23.

3.

ix.

xiii.

(desi-

rous of vain.)
G, 12, 14,

i.

11.

i.

11.
19.

ii.

iii.

iv. 19,

Col.

20.

27 '"'ee.

i.

iii.
,

17, IS.

13, 16, 21.

ill.

Phil.

Thes.
2 Thes.
1

ii.

iv. 13, 14.

v. 1, 4, 10.

2 Pet.

4.

ii.
i.

^,

IS.

Jude

24, 25.

Rev.

i.

iv. 9, 11.

V. 12, 13.

vu.

xi. 13.

xiv.

XV.

2.

12.

7.

xvi. 9.

xxi

xvui.

1.

1.

11, 23, 24, 20.

empty pride and ambition,

see

GLORY
Pass.

see

,
,
2.

GLORY

2 Cor.

iii.

(No.

be loud-

with

,
self.

15,

Cor. ix 10, hue

(nothing

v. 3.

ix.

noun.
2.

Jos.

34.

form of

the Attic

(If

the

common

then to bite,

vii. 54.

GNASH WITH.
of animcds,

squeak

to

a vaunt, a boast, the sub-

XV. 17, Bee G (whereof I may.)

Cor. i. 29, 31 '"I".
Bee the
V. C,
l

vii.

(-ED, -eth.)

wheel, to creak,

(-ing) [verb.]

iv. 2.

Luke

GNASH

shrilly,

ject matter of boasting.

1. 1

19.

cry sharp and

the noise of gnashing or grinding of teeth
of a cart

10.

or against, Yirefixed,) to boast

against one, exult over him.

1.

\.

to roar, howl, esp., the death cry

(have.)

down

3.

Tr

eater, a glutton.

Acts

tongucd, boast or vaunt one's

Rom.

Xo.
A R)

[verb],

G L

gnash, with the teeth,) (non occ.)

to spcak loud,

11, part. (om.

8, part.

i.

GLORY

.'5.

15.

(in.)

"GLORY,"

of a tvonndcd hero.

"GLORIFY,")

here, pari., glorified.

1 Pet.

an

(jiayos,

(full of.)

^,( /8,

2.

i.-c.

vii. 4.

GLUTTONOUS.
Matt. xi.

Gal. v. 26.

1.

Cor.

2 Cor.

GLORYING

.xii.

1.

6.

(desirous of vain.)

vain-glorious, (non occ.)

vi.

or

matter,

boasting.

2.

8, (?, empty, and ^, gloiy,)

Matt.

[noun.]

the act of boasting.

Cor. V.

2 Cor.

full of

XV. 17.

subject

the

;5,
1. 1

8.

xix.

GLORY

may.)

of boasting, a boasting.

Rom.

theme of

6.

9.

(whereof

GLORYING

17 '"'

3,

Cor. ix. 16.

'7/9, the act

and, G-'LTTr A)
i.

u. 14.

ll(oi/i.

iii.

6, 12, 20.

a matter of boasting.

20.

to.)

not,

GLORY

(full of)
11, pi., 21, 24.

(nothing

21.

Jas. ii. 1.
1 Pet. i. 7.
8, see

5.

V. 2(3, see

Eph.

7, 9, 10.

10l",see G (liave)
10 2rt, 18 Slimes.

i.

3.

i.

iii.

10.
iv. IS.

GLORY OF

16.

ii.

GNA

17.

i.

43.

Gal.

Tim.

Heb.

xvi. 27.
1 Cor. ii. 7, S.

i.

Tim.

iii.

23 twice.

ix. 4,

2 Cor.

1
,

18.

viii.

324

3.

of

t/O.)

2 Cor. V. 12.
vii. 4,

1. Jiut.
2.

iii. 14.

xii.
i.

9,

ii.

11,
)

13, I

Bee the

noun.

niarg.(text,
rrjoicc.)

Mark

biting,

(non

[n.nin.]

a gnashing of the

occ.)
Matt. xxiv. 51.
XXV. 30.

viii. 12.

42, 50.
xxii. 13.
xiii

occ.)

ix. IS.

GNASHINii

teeth,

Matt.

(non

Luke

xiii. 28.

(.
a gnat or mosipiito. Lot.,

(non

occ.)
Matt, xxiii. 24.

cule.x.

GNA

((,

GNAW
Rev. xvi.

9.

(-ED.)

gnaw,

to chew,

325

(no)i. occ.)

10.

(-EST,

to.

GONE, WENT,

-ING,

-ETII,

(No. 4 with
towards, iu the direction of, prefixed,)
to come or go to or near to any
place or person, to approach, draw
near

GO

GO

(No. 4 with
beside,
come or go near to or
beside ajiy person or thing, to go or

10.

WENTESr.)

prefixed,) to
1.

TTopivw, to cause to pass over

Pass.,

to transport one's

,
pass from

by laiid

In N.T. only

or water, transport.

self,

place to another, to
pass, to go ; (from
a passing,
passage, from
pierce
to
through.)

2.

,^,

u)ie

( Xo.

out

tvith Ik,

of,

from,

followed by

',

outside, Avithout.

',

out

away from.

(No.

loitll

by

go, denoting the

( Ko.

away
come or go away

4 with

from, prefixed,) to
from one place to another

(,
to

G.

go away, depart, set

(No.

prefixed,) to
place,

by

(b) folloived

by

ivith

(d) followed

,
,
e'/c,

from,

out

by

into.

(c) folloived

by

;,

by
by

followed by

17.

sight.

et?,

into.

go
mount, ascend, (from

\ip,

upon.
Iv, iu

prefixed,

go in, to enter,
to embark.

uj)),

to

els, into.

(No. 15 with

iu

another, to remove.

to

present,

19.

i.e.,

to

become

near,

become

approach, arrive.

to

walk

romid,

walk

alDout.

20.

to give space, give way, find

way,

through.

down.

eVt,

shi]), etc.,

followed by

place

througli,

by

(No. 15 with

association with, prefixed, instead <f

up), to go or pass over from one

inside, within.

of

to cause to ascend, to

,
,
,
,
esp.

1 8.

prefixed,) to come or go through,

to pass through ; of tvater, to pass

(b) followed

cover, out

to go into, enter.

'^'/,

(a)

%vith t5, into, pre-

(b) followed

(a) folloived

notice,

oi

aAvay, depart so as

go away from, depart,

instead of

beside.

through.

over.

go

occ.)

(a) folloived

IG.

of.

ivith

under,

used of all motion on the

ground, go, walk, tread, step, the
direction being determined by the preposition prefixed ; here by
up or

out of

away from.

8ta,

(No. 4

ivith

back.)

followed by

to

up, climb

hence,

fixed,) to come or go into, to enter,

enter into or among.

8.

tvithout noise

under

etcrei/it,

(a)
1.5.

outside, without.

by

(No. 4

(a)

14.

forth.

,
(,
followed by

(c)

13.

off.

Ik,

,
to be

come or go out of any

come or go

(a) filloived

7.

(No. 11

stealth,

(non

act as distinguished from the result.

5.

of

through.

come or

to

hence, gen., to

by

the side of any one, pass along by.

(,

reflexive, to

prefixed,) to lead or bring mider,

as horses under a yoke; also, to lead
on or away under cover, with the idea

of.

beside, prefixed,) to pass near or

4.

Mid. or

lead
with the pronoun, let us be leading on.

of,

,
,

followed hy

(a) folloived

to lead, lead along, (usually of

to bear, beiiig used of
things,) to lead towards a point;

here, only

go or come

(b) followed by
(c)

persons,

12.

forth.

.3.

11.

on, to go, to depart

prefixed,) to pass out

(a)

pass near, pass along by.

i.e.,

21

retire, retreat /;?.

USo.away,
(

to make,

, f,,,,,rd.

GO
1.

Matt.

Matt. xxi.

S.

ii.

see

9,

before.

20.

1.

22.

5.

see
out.
16, see G up.
on.
iv. 21, see
about.
23, see

iii. 5,

28.

XXV.

one's

away.

part.
'-nil, see

see

33,

one's

6.

13.

G in.
G abroad.
see G out.
see G about.

25, see
26, see
32,

35,

6, 7,

G thence.
G over.

xi.7, 8,9, seeG out

9.

14,
43.
45.

8G

28.
36.
44.

12.

Marie

xiv. 12.
14, seo
15.
22, see
23, see

r,.

G -J L

4,

see

G
G

out.

19, see
35, see

out.

44,

over.

before.
out.

G up.
see G awav

-,.

12.

xix. 21.
22, see

Sa.

24(No.
.)
XX.

Ti.

away.
Tr
7,

Gf

1, 3, set)

1"

-'"',

see

out.

one's

way.
5, 6, neo

14, ee

G
G

out.

one's

1,

6,

see
see

G out.
G round

abotit.

12, see

14 2i"l

'29.

see

out.

25 (No. 8, LTrm.)

..

31, SCO
39, see

out.

G alinvul.

xix.

G
G

tip.

before.

7.

12, 28.
30.
32,

forth.
1.

out.

G with.
G forth.
G one's

out.

>vay.
1.

8.

13.
22,

50.

1,

throughout.

see

XX. 9, soo Ciiuiitry.

xxi. 8.
out.
37, see
one's
xxii. 4, see

5.
1.

36.

one's

30.

45.

7b.

19.
vii. 6, S'w'cc, iilit.

sou

seo

wav.

seeG through

4.

24, 25, 26,

ea.

1)1

one's

uji.
xviii. 10, see
down.
14, sec

way.

up.

way.

one's

17, see
22, see

291", seeG one's

(lit.

see

19,
2.3.

11, seo

out.

n,i4is'

1_).

19.

out.

24, secG forth.

27, 36, ;!7.
45, SCO G before.
51, see G up.
vii. 19, see
out.
24.

with.

tlici) irit/idrn.it'ii>r/.)

see

24.
27, see

viii.

17, 18, see

up.

G down.
see G out.

12, soo
1.

y-

xxi. 2, 6.

4, 15, 18.
in.
28, see
xvi. 30.
xvii. 7.

14.

6d.

vi. 1,

see

XV.

1.

14,

V. 2,

7b.

2iui,

1.

10.

37, seo
42.

15a.

1st

25, see

way.

out.

1.

see Let.

21, 23, see

2''<1

30,

1.

see

19.

16.

1.

15.

28, see
30.

xiv.

10
10

3L
.

see

42, see
44.
51, see

Astray

12, 13, eee

15, see

12.

'

see

1,

41.

(1)e.)

12.

76, see

1.

5.

in.

.'32.

4,

Ijofore.

4.

-19.

8 Going

18.

out.
one's

6,

out.

22,

xiii.

1.

iv.

through.
1.

9.

15

seo G fortli.
13, see G up.

27.
xviii. 11,

37, see

3.

7 b.

5.

xii. 53.

4.

4,

26.
iii.

out.
part.

(iJ.), 12,

17, see
39.

-12,13, seeG forth

29, see
up.
xvi. 21.
xvii. 21, see
out.

G before

see

10

ii.

G out.
G down,
G to.

24.

see

8,

8.

- 23
- 23 2nd.

one's

20.
12,

one's

see

3,

14, see

1st,

151'',

see

x.

7-', see

i.

1.

farther

lt.

Luke

f.

1.

away.

way

21.

-J.

5,

5.

G out.
see G in.

13 (ap.)
15 (f'y')
20, seo G fortlt

1.

17.

6.

7b.

16, see
19.

i.

56, 57

30, see
34, see
37, 38.

(''!>)

1.

45, see
ii. 11, see

34, see
XV. 11.

Tb.
20.

1''

seeG before

38.

2'.J.

1.

10 1st.
10 2nd.

11.

Tr ,)
4.

G to.
see G one'.s

(.!>)

28, see G up.

51, 52, 53, part.,
'', part.
57 '-i'ld, 59, 60.

1.

10, see

xvi. 7
one's way.

1,

13.

G out.
G before.
G forward
see G away.

53.
58, see

7"-!iid,

aside.

12 (Gr^)(No.
Tr
.)

28, see
35, see
39,

out.

fortli.

G before.
G up.

25 (No.

r>.

seeG

10, see
5.

26, see

XV. 43,

xxviii. 7

see G forth.
one's
25, see

down.

in.

6.

21.

5.

60.

2.

4.

out.
before.

way.

3,

5.

G
G

45.
68, see

65,

one's

51, see

G
G

42.

xxvii.

xiii. 1.

10a.

away.

40.

out.

48.

Country.

one's

ix. 5, part.

part.

1,

58.

71, 75,

xii. 1.

46.

1.

xiv. 10, 12.

13.
in.
14, see
16, see
forth.

39, see G farther.

42,44, see G away

part.

23, see

42 (ap.)

Oa.

1.

xiii.

in.

30, see
32, see
36.

X. 5.

11, see

way

GL
15, see

16.
18, 25.
46, see
14.
IS, 24.

Tr

out.

G up.

12,

38.

Is',

35, see
37, see
39, see

way.

10
10

xxvi.

.32211(1.

8b.

out.

GL

(oi/i.

19.

see

fortli.

A.)

6a.

12,

seeG over

way.

G before.
G out.

xii. 1, see

Gout.

see

34

see
11, see

9,

21.

31, see
321st.

way.
ix.

4.

out.

6a.

out.
forth.

Is'.

27, see
31, see
33.

xi. 2, 4, J one's
6, see Let.

see
forth.

\
1,

see

1,

^'
1!),

6a.

13 twice, see

xxiii

way.

Tr A.)

46, part.
)
see
52,

one's

Gin.
26,

see

W)

,G

22
22

up.
32'-nd^sBeGbefore
33, see G up.

way.

G in.
G one's

away.

out.

see

9 twice.
13,

itie

xxiv.

see

14, see

G forth.
G one'i

22, see
25 (St
i

GL

viii. 5,

16a.

way.

8,

Luke

out.

321st^ see

way.

before.
see
see Country.
5, see G one's

Compel

41 Is, see
41 2nd.
vii. 13, see
viii. 4, see

30.

29,
31,
33,
xxii.

up.
one's

7b. Mark viii. 26.

27, see
ix. 43.
5.
X. 17, see
21, see

see

24,

1.

before

GO

way.

V. 1, see

12.

17.

5.

24.

see

9,

12.

7b.
6c.
12.

G
G

5.

326

3,3,

47, see
62, see
1?.

xxiii. 22,
52, see

30.

G
G

before.
out.

UooLot
>

unto.

GO

xxiv. 13,

liiike

with

part.,

12. John xvi.

see

with.

24.

8a.-

7b.

one's

7b.

vi.

- 3

1.

3ls'

^'i'^

17.

[ivith.

21.

G forth
G up.
G al)road
G up.
G up.
G in and

14a.

l!i,20,sceGabout
4.

33.

35
53

twice.

viii. 1

21

2nrt, 22.

2<i,

see

onc'.<

see

27.
20, see

ix. 7 1"

lt.

2()-'>'',

1.

1.

11
.

I't.

11 2nd.

0,

see

and

in

G away.

11.

15, 16.
20, see

Meet.

see

28,

one's

way.

down.

unto.

17,

15,

see

55, see
xii. 11,

see

13, see

up.

8.

G away
forth.

10.

19, see

xiii. 3.

31, sec

.33,

36

out

'*!<:

xiv. 2, 3.

7b.

12.
28'"', see

G away

2nil.

it,

see

1.

12.1

11

iii.

u. 11.
2'

3 John
5.

Jude

7,

see

see

soeG

11.

Rev.

10.

i.

vi. 2,

see

4, see
12.

G out.
G forth.

12, see

iii.

out^

X. 8.

5.

5.

xii. 17.

12.

xiiL

10.
xiv. 4.
xvi. 1, see

12.

2.

out.

14, sec

xvii.

forth.

S, 11.

12, .see

out

xix. 15.
XX. 8, see G out.
0, see G up.

SCO

up.

3.

ag.iin.

with.

through

,
7

ABOUT.

(JO
see

"GO,"

iVo. 8.

hands upon, put one's

hand to a work, set to work at,

to lay

to seek, seek for

eiupiire into

out.
24, see
33, see Let.

36, see
38, see
41, see

in-

attempt.

1.

2,

one's

way.

clude those which are represented by

two or more separivtc (Jreek words. For
these see under earh w^rd respectively.

alx)ut.

down.

out.

forth.

7.

1.

2b.

15, see Astrav.

ii.

John

to.

25, see Astray.

10, 22.

ii.

iii.

of the way.

14.

42, see

25, BOO

4, 5.

28
XV. 16.
xvi. 5
one's way.

xiv.

XV.

11,

.30,

Rom.

down.

xiii.6,eooGthrough

.35.

Pet.
2 Pet.

26.

1.

17.

1.

G~ L

v. 1, see

The followiug combinations do not

G

5,

t<.)

to.

13 2na.

1.

xxviii. 14.
IS, see Let.

see
down.
see
away.
see G in.
see G about.
xi. 3, see
in.
12, see G with.
22 (om. L
Tr t^)
xii. 0, lO.seu G out
21,
23,
27,
38,

G aside.

24,

i.

iv.

or Little.

20.

1.

Jas.

down

xxvi. 12, part.

21, see G about.
31, see G aside.
xxvii. 3.
28, see G further

one's way.
28, see G out.
29, see G about.
30, see G with.
X. Olt, see Journey
92"d, see G up.

31 1", seeG out.

31 2'id, 44.
46, see
one's

way.

near.

11.

1.

;-

40, see

6.

out.

20.

12, 20.

see

ix. 1,

G down

30.

1.

7b.

:!6.

3S, see

xiii. 13,

xxiv. 6, see G about

11, see G up.
25, see G one's
way.
[with.
XXV. 5, SCO G down
6, see G down.
9, see
up.

every-

G down.

.see

26

1.

.59 2nd (p,)

2nd,

1st

3rd.

4.

32 (No.

Tr

where.

.00 it.

6b.
8a.12.-

see

ix. 6.

xi.

19, see
23.

.'),

12.-

Let

viii. 4,

vi. 1,

vii. 18,

16.

way.

l)efore

xxiii.lO,aeeG

Aside.

26, part.
40, see Let.
vii. 15, see
down
40, see
before.

5.

(op.)
9, see G out.
11 (op.)
14 twice.
211st gee G one'.s

see

20.

V.

1.

(.)

np.

21, 23lt, see

23 2nd.

3,

18,

12, 15,
16,
in.
18,
aljout.
31, see
xxii. 5, 10.

13, see Let.

iv. 15,

up.

i.

5,

3.

'"itc,

<"':'',

s
14, see

see

1,

iii.

6.S.

iv. 6,

2,

25.

1.

23,

it will.)

14a.

66.

67,

Gup

seeG down

V. 24,

4,

13, see
21, see

1,

222""',8ee

iv. 20,

25.

11.

1.

before

17 it, see
up.
17 "
Ig
)
see
}
ii. i;2,

Eph.
Phil.
(liow
1 Thes.
1.

10,
13i5',see
13->',

see

23, see
10, see

16,

ix. 5, see

5,

- 11, see

3,

2,

3 2nd.

i.

17.

1.

10, see

17.

1,

4, .see

Gal.

ii.

2,

in.

G in.
G away.

see

6.

13.

ii.

viii.

see G with
12 (No. G L

[TrAW.)
see G beXX.
yond.
see G over.
Tim.
part.
see G before.
see G
see G down.
before.

G
Heb.
see G on.

see Afoot.
seeG before

4
see
S
xxi.
see Aboard.
G out.
see G up.
8
see G one'sway
see G forth

see G up.

see G one's
see G wMi.
way.
see G
131", see G
xi.x. 8.

21.

- 8,

V.

see

see G dowii.
xxi.
see G up.

G down,
see G up.
see G down.
Acts

22 see G into

G away
G out.

see G away.

2 Cor.

0.

5.

22
see G up.
222nd, see G down
23, see G over all

-6.
-

6.

lt_

- 5,

)1,

G UL

with.

27.

xvi. 4 twice,

10.

12, see Let.

7b.-

X. 4, see
I.

14.

ZIZ:i..,'."3,}8eeGforth

see Law
see Warfai'e.

ix. 7,

xviii. 6.

0.

about.

XV. 25.
Ob.l Cor. V. 10.
1.

Let

see Let.

9,

X. 3, see
18.

6.

vi. 1, 6, 7,

xvii. 2, see

out.

G out.
G forth

see

xi.v. 4,

seo

[out.

Rom.

1.

29, 38, see

10.
'2'i,

16, se
28.

G away.

8, .see

7.

16, part.
35, 361", see
36 2nd.

8,seoG one'a way

15, see G in with

iv. 4.

S.

iii.

6.

12.-

17.

see

4,

1,

forth.
5,

3, see G forth
see G through
see G through-

13.

xviii.

L'ii,

6,

4,

28.

1.

see G in.
John i. 44, see G forth.
ii. 12, see G down.
13, see G up.

(.),

10, 16

12.

28 twice.

see

*"'<=,

away.

C/oin;i.)
1.'),

GO

Acts xvi.

5 2na.

icere

(lit.

327

4.

),

ti)

make proof

au attempt.

to seek (o

or

search out,
(hi.

trial,

make

5.

GO
undertake,

en-

make an attempt,

try

attempt,

to

deavour

to

to do, (occ. Acts

G.

328

intrans., to go before, of place, to

go in front, of time, to go first,

precede.

2G.)

ix.

to lead round, to go about

Matt.

iv.

23.

ix. 35.

0.
3.

Jolin

2.

Acts

vii. 19, 20.

29

ix.

1.

. Acts

.\iii.

3.

x.xi. 31, jKirt.

4.

xxiv. 0.
xxvi. 21.

5.

X. 38.

Rom.

3.

,
8,

11.

2.

Matt.

1.

1.

Matt.

1.

"GO," No.

see

C.

1.

1.

'*

see

GO," JVo.

8.

1.

1.

ix. 26.

Luke

2.
|

( N^o. 1 ivith

John

v. 15.

2.

3.

ii.

Mark

GO AGAIN.
to turn

upon

towards, re-

lead

39 (napayui,
along near,

xxii. 47.

2.

part with

iji/,

3.

be-

2.

Acts

xi. 9.

1. 1

1.

xiv. 2S.
xvi. 7.

1.

,
,
^,

vii. 40.

XX.

5, 13.

2 Cor. ix.

2.

Tim.

Heb.

1.

i.

5.

18.

V. 24.
vii. 18.

GO BEYOND.

Acts XV. 3.

to

go,

Avalk,

GO ASIDE.

.),

to go back, recede, spoheii

to go away, depart,

tJiosc ivhofiee,

ivithdraio for privacy.

give

to

withdraw one's
vjitliout noise

3.

2.

Luke

3.

Acts

see

covertly,

under

self

cover,

or notice.

ix. 10.

Acts

1.

iv. 15.

GO DOWN.
to go, walk, tread or step

down, descend from a higher

(,

to sink upon, go

upon.

2.
.3.

4.
1.

-,
^,
-,
(7'
VA

viii.

iiiroi/,

sti.ftVr

see

(Gv),

us

Tr

of,

;/o

40.

I.uku

22.

vi.

1.

l.").

4.

xii.

4.

xiv. 2.
xvi. T'*'":

7>/v;;//j;/,^

40.

XX.

11.

to

20, 38.

X.21.
xii. 19.

1.

1.

xiv. 25.
xviii. 22.
XX. 10.
xxiii. 10.

1.

XXV.

,
1(1.

3a.

or set

viii. 5.

1.

1.

vii. 15.

down

2.

1.

(Tvv,

10.

in<j

Acts. x. 23.

11,

de-

from

0.

I'.ph. iv. 20.

GO DOWN WITH.

4.
1.

Acts

1.

4 (oj>.)

vi.

.Jdliii iv. 8.

doAvn,

upon.
2.

12.

ii.

part.

Acts

xiv. 39.
li.

by

15.

iv. 51,

1 2.

Mark

No.

ii.

John

1.

BEFOliK.

("go,"

Luke

G.

1.

2.

GO
Ijcfore,

-xiii.

51.
X. 30.
xviii. 14.

1.
|

JIark

v.

1.

x. 22.

--,

No.

1.

xxviii. 10.

1.

1.

xxvi. 42, 44.

Mark

(a) folloived
5.

"GO," No.

,(-,

31,

xix. 22.

XXV.

AWAY.
" GO," NO.

see " GO,"

iii.-<tu<'ul

erriVpfi/iot'

UKai/,

see

" GO," No.

virayd), see
Jliitt.

(JO

the residt.

xxiii. 19.

3.

1.

come

to go or

noting/ the act as distiuyui^hed

5.

xxvi. 31, part.

1.

to

lower place.

2.

" GO," No.

far.

1 Thes. iv. 0.

1.

place

step

tread,

beyond, to overstep, go too

2.

in

Lm.)

1.

1.

07'

17.
76.
xviii.

to

was leading on

lit.,

turn.

of

before,

Lukei.

1.

vi. 45.

x. 32,

1.

xxi. 23.

9.

xiv. 22.
xxi. 9, 31.
xxvi. 32.
xxviii. 7.

fore.

1.

before,

prefixed,) to pass before, i.e.,

front of place, or first of time.

1.

),

ivith

of time.

first

X. 3.

GO ABROAD.

1.

(No. 4

prefixed,) to go or come before or

forward, i.e., in front of place, or

or round.
6.

GO

with
lead forth,

(" GO DOWN," No. 1 with

together with, prefixed, iviplyunion or co-o])ei'ation.)

Acte XXV.

5.

GO EVERYWHEllE.
sec

" GO," No.

8.

,
,

GO

329

GO FARTHER.

1.

to go, step, Avalk foi'ward,

advance.

2.

Matt. x.wi.
1.

Mark

i.

Ill,

:i!i

(,
see

" GO BEFORE," ^0.

see G, No. 9, G.-v

2.

,
(,

3.
1.

(.\,

Matt.

xiii. 3.

1.

xiv. 14.

1.

xxiv. 20.

GO," No.

see

'*

see

"GO,"

see

Tr

[)

jiait.

GO FORTH.

1.

2.

6.

iVb. 1.

"go," No.

2.

GO

GO
Matt.

3.

Luke

iii. 5.

1.

ix. S2, part.

1.

xi. 7, 8, 9.
xii. 14.

1.

vii. 24, 25, 26.

1.
1.

XX.

xxii. 10.

xxiv.

1.

XXV.

6a.

'

Mark

5.

i.

35, 45.

1.

1.

iv. 3.

1.

V.

1.

-i.

3.

vii.

Acts

G:^ L

4,

30.

1.

1.

viii. 27.

1.

xi. 11.

1.

xiv. 20, 68.

xvi. 8.

1.

Luke

ii.

Johnu.
iv.

Rev.

(occ.
2.

XX.

1.

8.

xvii. 1, part.)
Acts xvi.

1.
|

GO
see

1.

Matt, xxvii. 58.

1.

Luke

0,

part.

TO.
"go,"

aye, Imperat. of " GO,"

2.

8.

part.

through, to traverse,

viii. 1.

-,

19.

12.

vi. 4.

1.

Acts

Luke

part.

1.

iii.

(i,

4.

"GO," Ho.

see

Siooex'w, to travel

2.

XV. 24.
Heb. xi. 8 ''

IS).

xiii.

XV. 41.

2.

Acts xvi.

GO THROUGHOUT.

9, 10.

xiii. 42,

Acts

2.

2:

8,

ix. 28.

xiL

1, 12.

xiii. 30, 31.

(,

14

seeG, Xo.
Tr A ^*;^.)

1 ivith

1.

xviii. 16, 29, 38.

i. 21.

vi. 1.

.xiii.

1.

0.

xi. 31.

13.

1.

3.

X.

21.

iii.

Luke

1.

xiv. 21, 23.

xxi. 37.
xxii. 02.
John viii. (ap-)

[-:,.

xxvi. 30, 71, part.,

1.

1.

(-

14, part,
cast out, L.)

xi.

1.
t).

inarg. be 'lonir/

8,

2.

x. 10.

out.
1.
3.

31.

35.

^.

(" GO,"

through, jirefixed,) to pass through.

see " GO," ^. 8.

viii. 5.

1, 3, 5, 6.

1.

GO THROUGH.

iv. 14.

1.

1.

GO

37.

xvii. 21 (ap.)
xvili. 28.

3.

,
,

330

JVo. 9.

No. 11.
Jas. iv.

13.

v. \.

X. 34.

GO OUT OF THE WAY.

1.

2.

3.

bend

to

out, turn aside or away.

GO OVER.
"GO,"

1.

fulfil,

(a)

to bring about,
accomplish.

3.

Matt. X. 23, marg.

or jlnlgli.
1.

8.,

,.,

Acts XX.

2.

Matt. xiv. 34, part.

1.

Luke

2,

viii.

22.

part.

GO OVER ALL.
see

" GO," iVo.

Acte

8.

xviii. 23.

GO

ABOUT.

("GO,"iVb. 11 with irepi, jirouiid,

prefixed,) to lead round, lead about.

ireptayo),

Mark

(,

vi. 6.

GO thencp:.
see

" GO," A'o.

Matt.

X. 11.

G.

9.

see

,
,

UP.

"GO," No.

15.

"GO," No. 16.

(No.

1 ivith

(" GO,"

No. 4

tvith

prefixed,) (non occ.)

Matt.

iii.

16.

v. 1.

xiv. 23.

see

to-

go up towards,

(7ion occ.)

4.

to an end.
3.

see

Avards, 2}7^e/!xed,) to

complete,

be brought about, bring

Pass., to

2.

No.

xxiii.

GO

iVo. 8.

Sia-epaw, to drive right tliroiigh, to

pass right across or through a
sjmce, pass right over.
TcAeoj,

see " GO,"

,
(,
),
Luke

see

GO UNTO.

)(^,

"GO," No.

1.

up,

3.

GOI
to go

331

of the Sun, but the object of adoration Avas Light and Life,* or heaven
cither as tlie abode of the Sun, or

accompany,

Avith,

follow.

Luke

1.

Acts

2.

xiv. 25.

1.

2.

x.\iv. 15.

1.

XV. 38.
[follow.)
xxi. 16.
1 Cor. X. 4, marg. (text,

2.

Acta

vii. 11.

ix. 39.

3.

GOING

xi. 12.

generative power
dwelUng in heaven. The Father
Hence came Lat.,
of light and life.
and ZE():i;^;
DEUS; Doric,

Lacedremouian,

Matt. XXV.

,
/)5,

S,

6.

text, go out.

young goat,

a kid, a

(occ.

with

Luke

and

(dim. of No.

1,)

yomig

rpay OS, a he-goat,

Uratt.

XXV.

kid,

GOATSKIN

the

hides,

\-

(n on

occ.)

)
xi. 37, pi.

i^t^

(-S.)

A name

heathen,

reclaimed from
and used in N.T. for

adj., l)rilliaiit, (2) its fern, subst.,

is from the root ris or "?'w Avliich

means, (1) to be strong, powerful;
(2) to take precedence, be first, "?+
tlien means (1) a i)owerful man,
(Ezek. xxxi. 1 1 xxxii. 21), (2) power,
strength, (Gen. xxxi. 29), (3) God,
as the mighty one, the one above
all, the first, combining the idea of
;

the true God.

Various derivations,
ancient and modern, have been proposed, but it is nearly certain that
its origin is from the Ea.<^t and comes
from the Sanscrit root, DIU-S (piOnouiiccd dyus,) which means (1)
masc, fire, the sun, (2) fern., a ray
of liglit, day,* (3) neut., the sky,
heaven.
DIV-S also means (1) as

inspiring

(Ex.
18.)

xii.

12;

used

xviii.

(1) for all gods,

11

2 Kings xix.

(2) angels, Ps. Ixxxii. 1

xcvii.

Kings, Princes, etc., (Ps.

Ixxxii. 1,6; Ex. xxi. 6), (4) in the
(3)

7),

-.

sky
'

[Wherever the Sun sliincs in the world

he lias been or is, worshipped as
God, becaxise he gives light to Heaven and life to earth and heaven
was in timi worshipped as the abode

Ileiico

is from ^'^^^,
nnd heat."
inKS
with thwo

ovpaWof,

tain of light
t

KiiKlR.!

(.luiiitri), i.e., llcjivon-fatlier

or

and

the " foun-

DIUriTEB

fi-oni

DIV

pi-o-

Divu, i.e., one of

l)IV-ine.
DIV, (Ilojivcii) traocftblo in the
go<I,
Ilen.ciils.. tliool.l Icelftn<Ii<. TIKI or TIVI
and niiidcrii Icolandio )"-, a devil.

treilM

(fern.) ilay.

awe and adoration,

D^n'?, plural, is

or heaven.

Uence Lat, Dies

Him

and now, to know

In the Septuagint tlie sing. Geo?, is

(with a very few exceptions) the
translation of the pi. a^n't'X (Elohim)
It is also used
never the pi. Oeot.
frequently for rv^rv Jehovah (see
under " lord.")

goat-ski:

of cm

GOD
Oe05, God.

see light."

1',.

(-S.)

aiyetos, of a goat,

a skin
animal.

ix. 12, 13,

light

is

X. 4.

3.

Hob.

1.

occ.)

Heb.

3.

33.

2.

())

32.

whom

that hath called us out of darkness

into His marvellous light, is " life
eternal."
He is " the fountain of
life" and " in His light alone can we

(710)1 occ.)

1.

the one supreme

the fountain of life

Geo?,

article,

(-S.)

XV. 29.)

3.

and

Attic,

Oeos however, having lost the meaning of the one God came to mean
" a God " only, one of the many
Hence it became necessary
gods.
in N.T. gen., to distinguish it by the

(be) [margin.]

see " GO out," No.

GOAT

2.

l^I01!i; Eolic,

and

or

GOING OUT

1.

^^,

.;

1.

Matt, xiviii. 11, part.

Then DIAUS was

as personified.
or

procreating

(be.)

see " GO," No.

GOD

It

tlio ailj.

DICVAS.

I^iit.

is also i)robablv the roof of

tolwtracedi; thoS)T.,andSab.,

ILAII

Chald.,

ELAII

and

tin-

Sun, and

AI,-OHO

S.iiuaritan

is

Arab.,

ALAII.

GOD

332

singular seuse, the one God, Thi-ee

in One.]

* In the following references (distinguished hy the asterisk),

is used
without the article, and denotes the
conception of God, as an Infinite
and perfect Being, one who is almighty, infinite, etc.

GOD

Mai-k X.

1.

R)
xi. 22.

1.

xii. 14,

1.

20

the God, the revealed God, the God

of the Bible, and according to the
context may denote, this God, our
God, etc., the article marks the word
as

objective

and

Geo?,

also

distin-

ftiis

1.

xiv. 25.

1.

XV. 34 'wice.

lb.

God's Son, more emphatic,

Matt, xxvii. 54, etc.

(c) Q(.ovvl6<i,

see

vtos

(d)

(revealed) God, see

Acts

Luke

1.

the Son of the

Matt. xvi. IG;

vlos rov Qeov, Son, or a Son of the

(revealed) God, (the Deity being recognised, but the relationship not so

(e)

la.

,
iii.

!i,

1(3.

1.

30 {mn.

<J.

1.

1.

Id.

30, .{3(oi/i.LTW)

viii. 211.

1. -

Ic1'.

xii. 4.

:.

I.

28 li.
28 -'"<!.

23.

31.

xix. I), 17 ("/>.)

24
of the hiavcai, L

Tr

A.)

Id.

xxi. 12 (cm.
31,

xxiL

G- L

1.

le.

1.
1.

4.3.

lu.

1.

Id.

9 (No. le,

1.

G L

1.

47

12.

1.

Id.
V.

1'.

21, 25, 20.

1,

1.

vi. 4, 12, 20.

1.

vii.

Id.

10 twice, 28, 29,

30.

viii. 1, 10, 11, 21.

1.

2S(o)/i.TOU

le.

of God, G-..)

40

1*.

34, .35l5t.

35

27.

3
xiv.
xvi.

1.

1.

TrA

(6

the i'uthir,

1.

1.

xvii. 15, 18, 2'<<,

1.

21.

43

twice.

XX
1.
1.

Tr

'.i'"!.

.)

1.

.{V'.'lid

1'.
1.

la.

iii.

LTTr AW.)
38.

xxi. 4(ol.TTrl'R)

1.

8,

13

9,

twi'-,

25, 26.

1.

iv. 10,

24
(>"o.

3.

15, 18, 21.

22.

1.

4 3ra

i.

22ii.e,
ii. 11, 17.
23, 24, 30, 32, 33, 30.
39.
47.

1.

HBO Forbid.
21. 25 w'".
36 (No. r,
37)'.

1,

Tr

31.

xxi. 19.

Acts

la.

It),

1.

ix. 1, 47.

Id.

1.

-'xix. 11, 37.

twice.

28.

2,4,7,11,13,
24, 25, 27,

7(No.le,Bcza

P^lzovir.)

XX. 17

1.

1.

xviii.

29,
1.

L)

xix.

T.

1.

10, 17, 19,

viii. 33.

xvii. 3.

lb.

XV. ill.
xvi. 13.
15i'c", 10.

1.

1.

vii. 8, , 13.

30.

1.

xiv. 15.

1.

35.

(</)/!.

,
2.

1'.

and

l(No.lb,LTrA)

iv. 11. 2C, 30.

v. 7 I'l.

or Jlis, Q.-^
W.)

xiii. 13, 18, 20, 2S,

twice.

iii. 11.

X.

1^t

Tr A.)
Iltm.

M.)

Ab R)

32

1.

27(TrmXNo.l,

L)

14, 15, 24.

7, 12, 20.

ist.

2"'l, 31,

32 2nd.

(cq).),

20(Kvpios, Z.o/(/,

xiii.

'.

1.

xii. 0, 8, 9.

1.

27.

40, 52.
xii. 43.

1.

1.

54(.113,.)

ii.

42"d
22 twice.

Id.

1.

28, 42, 49.

-'"d.

36.
xi. 4 1st.

Id.

201".
20 2urt.

xi.

Son of

R)

If.

1.

X. 9, 11.

the

X. 33.

1.

-I'li.

43-'ii<l.

i.

35 (0 vtbs

G-v A*

inan,

1.

ix. 2, 11, 20, 27, 43,

33.

le.

39.

1.

Wor-

31'-"d, see

shipper.

41.

43.

1.

3, l(5,24,29,31lst

ix.

34.

1.

vii. 17.
viii. 40, 41, 42twicc,
3 times.

Ab*.)

la.

lst/.'iid,3r.l,

1.

1.

Tr.)
.

i{ap.)
8.

xxiji. 22.

1.
1.

G - L Ti)

xxvi. 01, 03 1".

03 -<i.
40 (lb, L.)
43 1".

1.

26.

iv. 3.

1.

xxvii.
(oia.

0,

eoS, the Jiohi one of

God, instead of
eoO, tlie
Christ the liolij one of
Tr A R.)
God, L

'

la.

37.

le.Mark

xiv. 33.

XV. 3, 4,
xvi. 1.

38.

LT)

09 (0

R)

Ic-

- {

Ic-

ix. 8.

le.

TTr

44 {om. Lb.)
vi. 27, 28, 29, 33.

45(No.l,

5" (/. L

.32

la.

21.

42.

40, 52.
0, 8.

1.

[&

31, 32

34.

1st.
2ii.

i\}>-)

Tr

2.

-",

21

(1*

V. 8.

36.

2.

iii.

"-"J.

G ->

iv. 10, 24.

V. IS twice.

40.

1.

1.

1'.

vi.

20, 28.

1.

setiWanicd

1.

14.

1.

la.

I'.Matt. xxii. 21

2?,.

i.

ii.12,'22,

19, 20,

00, 62.

see " DEVIL," iVo.

33 34 1st &
34 3rd (om.
Trb A

Lb

1*.

1.

Qeos, used of other Gods,

JIatt.

ii.

1.

fully admitted.)

(f)

18.

-21.

35.
37, 47, 04.
OS.
7S.
13.

lb.

22i>d, 3, 5,10,17.

Id.

6, 8, 10,

i.

13,18.

50.

xvi. 19 (op.)

1.

2'>^

52.
iu. 2 1st.

1.

43.

1.

1.

20, etc.

xi.

Id.
1.

39.

le.
1*.

Son of God.

Qeov, Son, or a

1.

1*.

(like

O.T. Jehovah-Elohim.)
(b)

G L

G LTTr

34.

1
1*.

Lord the God,

34.
36.

32(o)u.

1.

Ki'ptos

29.

Id.

xiii. 19.

1'.

(a)

1.

1.

dicate.

also

0, 12,

1.

1.

are

2.

1'.

A.)

distinguishes the subject from the pre-

Other combinations
guished :

1.

30.

2'.t,

ist.

i.

1*.

& 2na.

27 -"J ipm.
Tr A) (No. 1, T.)

1.

John

17 twice, 24.

30, 32.

and

definite,

1.

1.

1\ L Tr a!)

(No.

1\

I't

xxi. 31.

xxii. 16, IS, 09.

70.
xxiii. 35, 40, 17. 51.
xxiv. 19, 53.

Id.
1.

1'.

article (i.e. in all passages

not so distinguished) 6 Geos denotes

1*.

27-'"<i(niJ.)

1.

Luke

1.
1.

27 1" (No.

1^

With the

9, 14, 15, IS, 23,

24, 25.
1.

10

twice,

21,

lt.

LT

24 2<I(oi.
Tr Ab H){i.r. he thai,
instead of God tc/iich
hatl.)

GOD
1.

Acts

1.

iv. 31.

1.

Actsxxiv.

V. 4.

1.

xx\-i.

1*.
1.

1*.

1.

.Sillst.

If.

SG-'nd, see Fight

1.

'

l*.Rom.

1.

vii. 2, 0, 7, 9, 17.

lb.

God

- 16,

^,

If.

40.

1.

42.

If.

43.

23,

55

A'

22

Lord.G-

10,

the

19.

21, 22.

28, 31, 33it.

the Lord,

(,

twici,

1.

xi.

1,

9,

1.

23, 26, 30,

43.

2 twice.
4 1st.
4 2nd, 61st.
6 2nd

iv.

24
25

:t

times.

(,

twice.
twice.

Jlim,

7. 15.

(op.), 28.

17.

V. 1,

(,

Tr

.)

19.

40
Lord,

viii.

12,

IS

14,

Tr

IS.

23, see

lb.

thai

onewor^hippcth.
23.
24, 29, 30.
xviii. 7, 11, 13, 21.

1.

(,
L

-16, 20,

22.

26.

2S(G

^ L

//-cion/.GLTTrA'.)
32.
xxi. lii.
xxii. 3, 14.
XAiii. 1,3, 4.
9, see

Fight.

19 (No.

Tr

A R

1.

1.

40.

1.

i.

15. (om.

r-nd,geeFor>id
2 twiie.
4,

see Answer.

21,

'

of Gixl

Chri.tt,

LTTr A R)
32.

xi. 3.

12. 13, 16, 2:

xU.

3.

6, 18, 24, 28.

Goil (tnd

Tr.)

21.
iii.

6. 8, 11.

17

IS,

20.

- 21 1" (Lb.)
-212nd, seeForl lid

22.
23, 29, 30, 32,

Forbid.

19.

X. 5, 13.

11, see ForbitL

xii. 1 twice, 2, 3.

17, see

^- 2(XTrm)(i

(and xpi<TTOv,of Christ)

20, 31.

3.3.

ii. 6.

ix. 9.

8.

21.

20, 24.

6.

xi. 1 isi.

G- Lb

Trnib A.)

Tr A .)

I.

11

1, 3.

4, 10. 13.

5 twice.

0.

LT

4tw

xiii.

r.o.ii.

R.)

21.

1.

1.

GL

viii. 3.

3 twice,
17 (Xp

l-,TTr

25 (oiii.
.)

2, 3.

4.

Chrht,

24.

QL

19.

Tr

7, 11, 31.
xii.

1.

24(No. r,

6, 8, 11, ll'-i

2.

AK.)
Tr

34, 39.

ll(No.r, Lb)
12, 13, 14, 15.
X. 4, 5, 13.
- xi.
1, see Would.

1.

17 (transpose

Tr

26.

XX. 21 (Xo.

1.

5.

A .)
If.

15.

God and Lord,

Tr A .)

-142nd,8eForbid

the

1!

Vll.

twice.

5.

16.
ix. 7, 8.

1.

11, 13, 14.

15, see Forbid.
19, 20lsi, 20-'d

28, 31.

- 33

1.

viii. 1.

1*.

1.

(ap)

-27.

1.

12.

vi. 9, 10.

-19.
-21.
-

see Would.

V. 13.

!.

1.
1*.
1'.
1.

xix. 8, 11.

20
Lord, St

1st.

14

i4L'.i.i.

26(oni. G=:.)

1.

8,

9, .see Go<l (acto.)

cording
1.

9, 20.

lti(witliTeK>'a,

Id.-

-HI.

6.

23.
iv. 1.

children.)

r.

3rd.

16

173 times

1.

S, 9,

4, 7, lOlslA-'n.l

- 16

.3.

1*
tlie

21.
1.

19(N0.1-,LAi>)

1st.

2iid.

71st.

1.

(,

lOtwitc,

10
162"d

7 2Md.

1.

xvi. 14, 17, 25, 34.

xvii. 13.

2.

25

1.3.

1st.

13,8eeForbid

22, 25

r.
1.

7.

10,

(.).
1.

I),

twi'cc, 14.

7.
3 times,

10.

22, 23.
7,

8.

1.

is,

vii. 4.

1.

G^o

22, 26, 27.

1*.

iii.

'-

1.

1*,

72iid,

11 twice, 12

17 (lit.,
&t<a,lli(mks to God.)
1.

XV. 4,

see Forbid.
13 twice.

15, see Forbid.

11,

19.
20 twice.

1.

ii.

.5,

IS.

30.
10, 11,

of

G-^h.)

1st

10, 11,

15(Ko.

1.

1.

20, 21

20 twice.

vi. 2,

the

1.

1.

3.

-4,5.

4 twice, 0, 14.

V. 1,2, 5, 8,

1.

46.
xiv. 11.

1.

If.

1.

-3.

r.

G z: L Tr 3.)
iii.

)st.

2nd.
17 3rd (Xo.

1.

i.

3, 6.

33, 36, 37,

44
Lord,

1.

Cor.

31, see Forbid.

r.

Gr^hTTr AH.)

1.

1.

_ 17

R)

xiii. 5, 7, 16, 17, 21,

1.

\*.

- 1"

27.
1

(No.

22.
23, 24.

If.

1.

17

twicii, 2:5.

14, 15.

xii. 5.

1.

1.

1.

21.

23

R)

-IS.

1.

34, 38 twice, 40,

41, 42, 46.

IS

19.

20 1st.
20 2nd.

t;

33.
7, 11.

1,

18.

xvi. 20, 26.

30.

Tr

1.

Forbid

-23, 25 twice, 29,

"-nd

-'Id,

Christ,

5 2nd.

- IS.

, -(

1.

Je.i>is

4,9.
12 (No.

A R)

Tr

Lord Jesus,

4 1st, see Forbid

4 Slid.

- 5 1st.

A*R)

3 1st.
3 2i.d.

,
/' ,
32

Warned.

6y)Tr

2.

LT

Tr A^-)'

17, 23,

-O'st, see

instead of
of God, G

1,

30.

(,
LTTrAM)

from

1 2nd.

fri.)

of,'e(;o

the ar-

Tr'b.)

X. 2 twice, 3, 4, 15,
22lt.
22 2nd, see

33

11".

i.
.

oyiof, lloli/ Spirit,

instead
iipirit of God, G L

2, 3.

20.

i.\.

28.

-50.
57.

19(G.v)(ff,/ei;(oiii.

14, 20,

37 ((.)

Id.
Id.

>

56.

12,

12,

1*.2 Cor.

17 (No.

3, 4, 5, 11.

13

ticle,

istwice, 24,
- 34.
38.

8.

Tr

1st.

10

10 2nd.

N.)

24, 25, 26,

9.

9, 13, 15, 16.

u. 2,

i/i

2ncl,

21.
1.

7 (No. 1,

Tr

32.

(,R)

XV.
tlit

K.)

11,

twice, 28,

33, 36.

5, 0.

lt.

-30, seeG(Iiater

viii. 10,

1.

XV.

21

of.)

551"

1*.

-'"<

B.

LTTrm

howie,

twice,

21

37.

46"-"'l

1.

twice,

25

18,

(L''>. 17, 18, 20, 22.

17, 18.

19

45,461st.

1.

1.

t*.)

1.

32 twice {pm.

Tr Ai'R)

6.

LTTr A

Lord,

8, 9, 10.

25.

4 (0

7 twice.

3.

LT

Cor. xiv. 2(No. 1

1.

4 twice,
xiv.

4.

(<o)

1. 1

r, L

r-d (Xo.

1.

i.

or exceeding.

Tr

xiii. 11'

TTrA R)

15, 23, 28, 31.

vi. 2, 7, 11.

1.

.Rom.

xxvii. 23, 24, 25, 35

xxviii. 6.

1.

1.

14, 15, 16.

6, 8, 18, 20,

GOD

22 29.

20.
30, 31, 32.

26, see

333

26.

iv. 4, 6.

7(o/>.),
8 2nd.

81"

'

l'.2Thes.

9 twice^ 14.

44th.

l*.Gal.

iv.

1.

V. 21.

1.

11, 13.

1*.

vL

1.

16

7.

1.

l*.Eph.

14, see Forbid.

1.

16.

l*.l Tim.

1.

4.

ii.

1*.

8.

[out.)

10.

1.

G (with-

12, see

1,

1.
1.

2, 7, 9, 10, 19.

iii.

1".

10, 22.

iv. 6.

1.
1*.

IS.

1.

24.

1.

1.

30, 32.

V. 4, 5 (L'), 21.

Tim.

vi. 6, 11, 13.

I'.Phil.

1*.
ii.

11, 28.

11.

1.

13 (Xo.

1*,G-

R)

Tr

\b (witli
children.)

''.

27.
3 (genitive in-

iii.

stead of dative, G^

TTr
of

lit,

^<,

Spirit of

1.

i.e.

bji

the

ii.

17, 18, 20, 21, 22

13.

14, 15, 19.

9, 18, 19,

20.

I'.Col.

i.

1, 2.

3,

25

10,

6,

iii.

(,

1-0

17.

22(Gx;)(Xvpios
the lord, GLTTrAS)

1.

1.

IM

iv.

11, 12.

.3,

Tliee.

.-

4.

Id.-

1.

8,

Lb

91'

1.

2 twice, 41st.
4 2'"i (No. 1,

1.

TTr A

9 twice 10 twice.
16 (0)/i. St
L

1.

1.

1.

10, 13, 17.

1.

1.

iii.

iv.

10.

1*
1.

xi. 3.

i.

1.

Tr)

5 flee

ii.

4 and.

l.

4 3rd

Tr

19, 25, 40.

4lt.

1.

(oi,i. Ci

Warned.

10, 16li.
10 and.

6,8.
11,12.

1.

xii. 2, 7,

15.

22, 23.
28, 29.

L
xiii.

;{,

,
God,

4 1

4,7,15,16,20.

4 2nd (owi.

TrA.)

GL

to

instead

of

our God,

our

Tr

9, 30,13, 15.
17 (to
eoO, tlce (iriat\sniipfr]
of God, instead of

(,

101st.

3. John lliwl.e.
I'.Jude 1.
'.

vnto

Isiipper]

of the limit God,

TTr A H.)

1.

0foC, of
instead of

,
5( ,

4.

twice.

10 2nd (it,;5, t)u

Son, G's, L)
10 3., 11.
Id.
12 (ojn. A. V. Kill
to 1029)
13 1st (a;,.)
Id.
13 2nd.
Id.
18 twite. 111.
1.
Id.
20 lt
20 2'"'
1.
1*.2 John3, 9.
10, 11, see G
speed.

1.

7, see

1, 2.

3, 4,

in-

5 twice, u(art..

23
Thee.

lit.

J -Aid (Pat.
stead of Gen., L.

10.

1.

1'.

36.

18.

1*. 2

81.

V. 0.

r.

G L

(o)/).

12, 21.29.

Lord our God,

Tr A ^<.)

the

XX.
9

1.

Tr A N.)

14.

1.

times,

].

X. 7.

3, 5, 7. 8.
9, see Taught.

<J

Id.

ix. 14lt.

1.

V. 1, 2 twice,

1.

Admon-

see

',''

A R)

^0 twice, 21.'

viii. 5,

13 3rd.

1.

12 -'nd.
15 1st.
15 2nd, 10

1.

ished.

K.)

14.
15.
2, Otwifc, 11, 13

1.

1.

3.

19, 25.

Slid.

1.

12 1"

1.

2nd

1'.

17, 20, 21.

1*.

our God,

iv. 1, 2 twice, :5, 4,

gUliincs, 73 times, yiwice,

Id.
vii. 1.

xix.

2,withTt')ci'a,

9twici-,'l(), 11.

20, 24.

&

iii. 1,

20.

Tr A^^.)

vi.

1.

lit

5, 14, 17.

1.'

12

T. 1, 4, 10, 12.

1.

13

ii.

3.

1*.

ii.

1.

4, 12.

1.

1.

8.

1'.-

2, 3.

8(())ii.

Id.

Id.-

1.

xviii. 5.

At.)

5.

13, 17
iv. 4, 9, 10,
14.

1.

11", Vin<i(op.)

i.

iii.

1.

11, 14, in, 21.

xvii. 17 twice.

5, 12.

i.

childreii.

1'.1

John

1.

1*.

1st.

7, 8.

9',

9 twice.

1, 2,

xvi.

17, 21 (No, 1, L.)

iii.

1.

Id.1.

ChriM,GljTTiAH.)
1.

1.

12 (No. 1', L.)

1.

1.

XV.

ii. 4.

1.

i. 1.

1.-

1, 3, 6.

1.

1.

1.

2, 12, 19.

ii.

1.

the

10, 12, 19.

1, 2.

i.

1*.

3.

1.1.

2 Pet.

1.

ti.)

4.

Heb.

(.)

-.)

V. 2, 5, 6, 10, 12.

1.

1*.-

V,,

twice, 27.

1.

1.

G-

S (No, 1

iv. 2, 6, 10,

iii. 4.

Tr

(,

xiv. 4, 5
7

Lord,

L TTr AS.)

G.v)

11 1st.
11 2nd & :ird, 14,
16, 17 twice, 10.

19.
xLii, 6.

C/i

10.

1.

/. Ij) Kv'pios

xii, 5, 6, 10twieo,i7.

ebi/

Tr A.)

11.

1.

iv. C, 7,

LT

1.

l*.Philem.

the Spirit.)

eov,in God

Christ [as] Lord,

of the Lord

6W,

1.

.\i.

4 (6

1".

1*.
1*.

13.
X. 7.

11, 13, 10 twice.

17.

(,

5.

4(oi. G-'.)

i.x.

ti.)

instead

3, 4, 7, 1

instead

G'nil,

God in

-Xeis

2.

10 {p.), 11.

3,

thcLord,QWTT\ii..)

iv. 1.
1*. Titus i. 1 twice.

1\

(o)/i.

viii. 2, 4.

iiL 4.

17.

9.

10

unto onrGod,k.)

12, 15, 17.

-s

TTr A

instead of
God,
-15

1.

(i,

Tr

17.

1.

1*.

V.

19, 20.

1.

9.

iv. 5.

rctmtx, instead
rrmi/.'^
eeov,

of
of God,

(lover

tion.

6 twice.

1.

14.

vi. 9.

12, 15.

16 (eou

10, see Tnspira-

3, 8.

1*.
ii.

see

4,

10.

.s(

my,

A R)

Tr

12 4 times,

mv,

vii. 2.

5 (No.l-

9, 15, 19, 25.

iii.

21 twice, 23.

A^i.)

Gr'oi/'.s-

1.

'Z(<tdd.

4.

i.

1.

of.)

1.

1*.

5,

8.

1.

2.

i.

3, 0, 7.

17, 23.

'.

3.

1, 2.

i.

1.

7, 8.

(3,

2.

i.

1.

13, 17.

1-.2

R)

ChriRt,
1.

l*.l Pet.

.)

A''

TTr AS\)

T.

4 twice,

iv.

1-,

11 (No.

1.

(,
GLTTiA
20.
21

Lord.G1
1.

iii.

GL

91' (Kupi'os, tl(e

iii.

1.

(add

A'')
18.

23 2nd.

,
,

1, 2, 6, 9.

i.

27 (No. 1*, L.)

5, 19, 23 1st.

ii.

'

1.

Tr

6,

1".

1'

4, 5, 10.

1.

5.

1.

iv. 3.

V. 1, 2.

1.
1*.

20.

1.

1.

1,^

111.

1.
1.

21, 25.

Rev.

ii.

13 2nd.

15 twice.
16 (0?, kIio, G
L Tr t*, being tlie
relative to an omitted
though easily recognized antecedent, viz.,
Clu-ist, EUicott.)

t*.)

1.

3, O'^vicc.

1.

13it (No. 1,

Tr

iu. 5,

Jude

1, 5.

i.

1.

1, 2, 11, 17.

i.

ii.

1*.
1".

3, 17.

l*.Jas.

(Li')

5.

iii.

1'.

1, 2.

i.

1.

ii.

(,
Q

12
throne,
xxi.

),

I,

A N)

3 lii;2n,l.
3nl ()H,

[and be) their

4

TTr N)
G

(01,1.

Al' W.)

Tr

the

2,

,'i

God, Qz:

I-

(oi.

e(ov,froM God,
A.)

G L

4, 0,

10, 11.
22.
23.

xxii. 1,

3.

5, 0.

9, 18, 19.

Tr

GOD

,
,

GOD

335

(according to) [margin.]

according
God.

2 Cor. vii.

2.

,
,,

GOD

divinity, (the characteristic or

property of 9eos), (non occ.)

to,
3.

9, (text, (tj'ter

yodly rimnmr.)

the

deity,

(No.

2,)

being in Avhom
of the highest

order resides, (iwn occ.)

GOD THAT OXE WORSIIirPETH

1.

Acts xvii.

Rom.

2.

2;.

CoL

ii.

i.

20.

0.

[margin.]

/3/, an object of worship, any thing

GODLINESS.

venerated.

/?,

Acts xvii. 23 (text, Devotion.)

HATER OF
^'//5,

It
cherishing of the fear of God.
denotes the energy of piety in the

GOD.

i.

both

life,

hating God.
Rom.

good and careful

piety, the

and external,

internal

not the religion that leads to piety,

30.

htit

the religious

life

that manifests

religion.

LOVER OF GOD.

',

God

loving

[In

sitbsL,

a lover of

of

and

is

for

the unfolding

man,

(1 Col.

i.

to joy, rejoice, be glad.

John

and by which Christ was manicame forth from the

fested forth

GOD SPEED.
like

Eng.

fearing,

GOD

1.

(to) [margin.]

Dat. of Ofos,
Acts

vii.

GOD
ti^eos, godless,

{see "

god,") to God.

20 (text, Ecceediny.)

(without.)

impious.
Eph.

it 12.

GODDESS.
o/Oeos, see " god," JVo.
goddess, (noil occ.)

(fern.

Acts xix.

1,)

27.

(,G L

35(oi/i.

37

God,

A
G L
Tr

.)

.)

Tr

GODHEAD.

, the

thing,

?,

pertaining to
"GOD," No. 1,)
vhat is God's, or proceeds from him; divine.
(see

that
!-

ir/iich is

divine.

who
16,

under "god."]

^/3,

10, 11, Inf.

secrecy of the counsels of God,

was manifested, see 1 Tim. iii.

Inf., to

wish joy, bid, hail! salute,

to send greeting.

man

in

27), the gi'eat revelation of the religious life in Christ and the events

in

mystery of the

IG, the

iii.

God

of Christ to

God.

Tim.

life

Tim.

ii.

the

(non
2.

fear
occ.)

of

God,

God-

GOD

336

GODLY MANNER

(after

a.)

Qeov, according to God.

2 Cor. vii. 0,

,
,

marg. occordhif;

GODLY SORT

^,,
1.

2 Cor.

(after

worthy,
of God.

vii. 11.

,
?,

John

0.

GOLD.
gold.

made

wi-ought, any thing

hence, gold coin,

MaH.

11.

ii.

1.

Acts

iii.

2.

XX.
Cor.

1. 1

Tim.

2.

ii.

ii.

2,

see

ring

Tim.

xviii. 12.

1.

10 (No.

1.

[TrA.)
2,

GL

xxi. IS, 21.

2.

GOLD
2

(of.)

Tr A.)

V. 3.

Xp-iKreos,

1.

(with a.)
1.

see

ins teiiduf
Uketo qnid, G.)
'20, see
(of.)
'xvii. 4 (No. 2,
L

4.

IS.

(/o/cit'/i,

9 (No. 2, L.)
20, see
(of.)

ix.

7, IS.

i.

iii.

.7(0^)(^(;09,

1.

12.

ii.

iii. 3.

Rev.

33.

iii.

2 Tim.
Heb.
Jas.

2.

iv. 4,

xvii. 20.

1. 1

Pet.

2.

1.

of gold

money.
2. 1

X. 9.
xxiii. 10, 17 "^'.

1.

2.

2.

(dim. of No. 1,) gold, pt-op.,

in small pieces or quantity; esp., as

2.

1.

a.)

according to God.

to God.

(of.)

golden, of gold.
ii.

20.
|

^,
GOLD

Rov.

RIN(; (with

iv.

a.)

with ring of gold,

ing gold rings upon

liav-

tlie fingers.

GOO

6.

7.

GOO

-,

usefulness, as of persons
towards others, benignity, the goodnessof the divine attribiitcsshowing
itself in benevolence to man.

in

life

its

means of

of
8.

the

manifestations,

good things

living, the

life.

ev, well, (ivith -oteu',

do good
2.

337

Matt. iu.

Acts

10.

13, see

44

17

Mark

7,

to

Deed.

iv. 9, see
ix. 36.

(be).

see Report.
3S, see G (do.)

X. 22,

16.

(ap.)

xi. 24.

45.

-vii. 11 lit.

(do.)
xiv. 17, see
XV. 7, see Ago.
25, 28, see Seem.
3S, 800 Tliink.
xviii. 18, seeWliilo
xxii. 12, Bee Ki'port

ll'-n<J,8eeG thing
1"
17 2nd.
18 1".
IS 2nd, 19.

30,866

viii.

Way

off

xxiii. 1.
11, 800 Clieer.
xxvii. 22, 25, 20,

Cheer.

ii. 2, see

22, see Comfort.

li. 26, see Seem.
lii. 33 '"'ce.

xiv.

to.)

eee Cheer.

Rom.

34, see G thing.

35 lit & 2nd.
353rd_
Gthing

10.

ii.

8.

iii.

12.

V. 7.
vii. 12.

liii. 8, 23, 24, 27,

37, 33, 48.
xiv. 27,
Cheer.
ivii. 4.
(be.)
xii. 10, see

lSi",8eeG thing
16.

2",8

IS

Q(that

Gr:L

16 1" (om.

Tr

r*.)

leiind,

seeQthing

28.

viii.

17 '"'(.)
II. 15.

11.

ix.

G thing.
Olive-tree

X. 15, eeo

iiii. 10.

xi. 24, see

XXV. 21, 23.

xivi. 10, 24.

xii. 2, 21.

Mark

4, see

iii.

liii. 3, 4.

liv. 16.

(do.)

iv. 8, 20.

21.

see Cheer.

vi. 50,

IV.

ISfi"

I. 17,

2.

xvi. 18, see

1 Cor. V. 6.

ix. 5, 50.

42, see Think.

49, see Comfort.
xiT. 6.

vii.

1, 8,

26

Words.
<''

XV. 33.
2 Cor. V. 10.
vi. 8, SCO Report.

7.

ix. 8.

Luke

3, see Seem.
53, see
thing.
ii. 10, see Tidings.
14, SCO Will.

iii.

IS 2nd, seeG tiling

G thing.

vi. 6, see
10.

y (mn. L*)
see
(do.)

Kph.

vi. 9,

tiling

twice.

Phil.

i.

X. 21, BOO
42.

ii.

Seem.

Col

xxiii. 50.

thing.

10 '.

V. 29.
vii.

X.

i.

1 Thea.

ie, BOO

(the

see Will.
see G thing.

12.

lli'ico, 14, 32,

33.

xtI. 33, see Cheer.

see Will.

13,
Pleasure
19, see Comf'.irt.

iv. 8,

13.

xiv. 34.
X vi. 25, eeo thing
xviii. 18, 19'"
xix. 17.
i.

is.)

6.
1.5,

Comfort.

ix. 33.

ii.

which

8,

15 111.
152nd.

John

28, see

vi. 7,

viii. 8.

48, eeo

seePlcnsure

10.

iv.

33, 35, eeeG(do.)

38, 43 '"l^

xi.

5, 9,

i.

ii.

27.

4.0

181

G.al. iv.

i.

see Report.

10.
iii.

eeo Think
see Tidings.

4,

'',

2>

GOO

GOO
Luke
Rom.

1.
1.

vi. 45.

1.

Rom.

1.

13tw'.

Til.

338

GOODMAN OF THE HOUSE.

xri. 10.

};?,

Thea. v. 15.

18.

2.

1.

xii. 0.

1.

1 Pet.

1.

xiii. 3.

1.

3 Johii 11.

13.

iii.

GOO

XX

Matt.

see above.

Mark
Luke

11.

xiiv. 43.

GOOD

(the thixg which

is.)

GOODNESS.

TO, the,

^', good

handsomely

,
No.

(?,

loving what

1,)

the goodness of the Divine attributes; in God, Ijenevulence

to man ; inhuman agents, that beneA'olence and sweetness of disposition
which finds its sphere'iu our intercourse with one another, hence, goodness in its attractiveness.

(lover of.)

^?,

and

';,

or seemly.

loving good,

or loved,

attractiveness.

" good," No.

well, pleasantly.

^oell

GOOD MEN

.)

(ix

see

marg.

Jas. ii 3,

goodness and kindness,

the quality of him who is ruled by
and aims at the good, moral worth,
and sterling goodness apart from

1.)

iv. 2S.

GOOD PLACE
(adv. of

2,)

No.

thing, (see^GOOO,"
Eph.

KaXm,

loving
" good,"

see
is

^^,

good, (noti

Titus L

8,

marg.

?,

adj.,

see

Titu.s

2.

(teacher

Matt.

1.

Rom.
Gal.

2.

xix. 16.

1.

1.

1.

Luke

53.

1.

xvi. 25.
i. 46.

John
Rom.

1.

1.

vii. 18.

,
',

Heb.

2.
3.

vi. 0.

G.

4.

11.

1.

Matt
Luke

xiii.

xxi.

see "

ovcria,

GOOD," NO.

(part, of

essence

1.

i.e.

1.
1.

2.

then,

of

gay or sumptuous.

4J

2. .lajt. ii. 2.

5.

2.

;?,

Rev. xviii.

a house-ma.stcr, licad of a

Luko

xxii. II.

.,

to be,)

what

Luke

Matt. xxiv. 47.

XXV. 14.
vi.

30,

1.

xi. 21.

3.

xii. IS, 10.

entity,

any

to

is

Luke

1."

sou

one,

pro-

XV. 13.)

1.

ActH

2.

xvi.
xix.

Cor.

1.
8.

45.

ii.

xiii. 3.

1.

1.

Hob.

X.

Rev.

iii.

34.
17,

(bo

iiicroaeed with.)

XV. 12.

GOODS

;,

(be iNcnK.\SED with.)

to be rich, to be rich in any-

thing, to

Luko

here, neut.

1,

14.

GOODMAN.

family.

ivhat he has, as substance,

(tliey.)

shining, bright, radiant

4.
1.

^?,

perty, (occ.

clothing,

substance.

pertj,

existence

plnral.

xiii. 9.

GOOD," No.

as possessions, pro-

sent,

8.

GOODLY.

see "

the things present

in hand, to any one;

~\

then, the
being to any one, possession, property, etc., (occ. Heb. x. 34.)

1.

iv. 18.

X.

V. 0.

11.

i.

GOODS.

vTrap^LS, being,

X. 15.

Eph. vi.
Philem.
Heb. ix.

1.

2.

2.

GOOD," No.

xii. 34, 35.

2The.s.

the things,
ex
isting or pre

o/"good," No.

iieut.

Eph.

1.

,
,

1.

1.

snhst.

3.

vii. 11.

i.

is

2,

1.

time.
1.

teaching Avhat
" GOOD," No.

1.

1.

ii.

22

Rom. XV. 14.

Gal. v. 22.

1.

4 2nd, neut.

of.)

GOOD THING.

neut. of "

1.

iL 4i

xi.

2.

a teacher,) as
and
teacher of good, (non occ.)

,
,

Rom.

3.

(',

good,

good.

thinci/i.
2.

GOOD THINGS

well disposed, actively bene-

ficent in spite of ingratittide, morally

OCX.)

1.

xiv. 14.
xii. 39.

abound.
Rev.

iii.

17.

GOR
GOODS

the things,

339

possessions.

J
vi.

xxiii. 11.

GORGEOUSLY APPARELLED
wnicn ARE.;

16, see
xi. 4.
7.

8,

n.

(
those

Kph.

13.

i.

iiL 6.
vi. 15.

10
Phil.

1.

15, see

(oni.
1s

any

clothing.

22.

iv. 3, 15.

living in

splendid

state

27 2nd.
ii.

ai'e

being, remain-

Lb.)

5, 7, 12, 17.

i.

G (proaeh

the.)

who

raiment,

Col. i. 5. 2.3.
1 Thes. i. 5.

[the.)

16.

ii.

X. 15, seeGof (preach

16.

xi

2.

ii.

28.

4.

XV. 16.

19.

or place,
Luke

vii. 25.

20, see

G (preach

2 Thes.

29 (om.

GL

the.)

GOSPEL.
vayyk\Lov from Homer to

Plutarch, the

a.)
xvi. 25.
Cor. i. 17,8eeG(preach
the.)

so
(merces docendi)
evayykXiov denoted j)rimarily the reward paid for a good
message, and then the good message

c.

2 Cor.

ii.

12.

i.

12,

see

unto

(preach the.)

see
preached by the.)
iv.
see
6,
25,

18 2nd
18 3', 23.
1.

Pet.

the.)

v.

13.

ed to (the.
see

lSi',seeG(preach

8, 10.

8.

Heb. iv. 2, see G preached unto (the,

6, seeG is preach-

(preach the.

in the pi., the fees paid for

instruction

twi.jc^

11.

i.

ii.

ix. 12.
14 twice.

14.
i.

Philem.

iv. 15.

16

8.

ii.

Tfm.
2 Tim.

Tr

reward for a good message. Later

Greek writers use it in the sense
StAs
simply of good message.
denoted primarily Avhat
was taught (doctrina), and then
later,

2, 5, 7, 14.

ii.

iii. 8, see G before

(preach the.)
[the.)
iv. 13, 8eeG(preac]i

i.

G...

see

0,

(preach.

XX. 24.

splendid, glorious,

living in

G (preach

the.)

27

^
i'/zaTta/xiOjClotliing,

ing,

X. 14.

Rom.

\v, in,

ei'So^o),

xiv. 9.
xvi. 15 (ap.)

the persons,

oi,

ix. 13.

/7/)05, shining, bright, radiant, hence

by implication, splendid, sumptuous.

'

18.

viii.

xiii. 10.

iv.lS.seeG (preach
the.)
vii.
23, see G is
preached to (the.
ix. 0, see
(preach
the.)
(preach
XX. 1, see
the.)
in
Acts viii. 25,
(preach the.)
xiv. 7, 2i, see
to
(preach the.)
XV. 7.
xvi. 10, see G unto
(proaeh the.)

GORGEOUS.

Luke

i.

35.

X. 29.

Luke

30.

2 Cor. iv.

15.

i.

viii

thy things or

Luke

GOS

Mark

(tht.)

thy,

(be
is

preached (the.)
17.

Rev. xir.

6.

reversedly

The

itself

use

Ixx.

it

in the latter

sense only (except perhaps 2

iv.

10 and

Sam.

As iTrayytXia denotes
the promise of salvation, so tvayykkiov denotes the news of the actual
fulfilment of the promise of salvation, i.e. the news of salvation.

.
a.

,
?,

kingdom.

God.

(c) ioith

/505,

(d) with

'],

(,

imth

(f)

with Xf^is, grace.

iv. 23.

salvation,

seeOpreoched

to (have the.)

GOSPEL

iii.

S.

(preach the.)

evayyXi(w,equivale)itto evayyeKia
to bring a joyful message,

speak

good news.

an impersonal object, to
proclaim something (to somebody) as
a divine message of salvation ; toith
a personal object, to proclaim the

(a) Jfid. u<ith

one into relation to

it,

i.e.

to evan-

gelize him.

M.itt. xxiv. 14.

c.

Mark

xxvi.

ix. 35.
xi. 5,

proclaim before-

divine message of salvation, ivith

ace. of the person by proclaiming the
message of salvation, to bring some

peace.

(c)

Matt.

Christ.

etc.,

to

(preach the.)

hand a joyful message.

Gal.

special sense.

(b) tvith

povayyoat,

.wiii. 22).

In N.T., good news, and always in a

(a) tvith

GOSPEL BEFORE

ab.

X"

I.

14.

l:!.

to be announced, to have
the glad tidings announced to one.

(b) Pass.,

GOS
Luke

a.

ix. 6.

a.

a.

XX.

1.

a.

15.

a.

Rom.

i.

XV. 20.

a.

Cor.

17.

i.

2.

16 twice.
18 part.

2 Cor. x. 16.
Gal. iv. 13.

a.

Gal.

1.
i.

dominion, lordship.

1.

1 Cor. xii. 28.

2.

2 Pet.

il.

10,

marg. dominion.

GOVERNOR

GOSPEL... (preach.)
a.

GOV

ix.

a.

a.

340

a. 1

iv. 8.

"

8, 9.

^/',

(s-.)

The general

a leader, guide.

word for

governours whether

all

proconsul, legate or procui'ator.

GOSPEL IN

(preach the.)

Acts

a.

2.

\-iu. 25.

,
,

to go before, go first, lead

the way, then to be leader, chief in

^}yo/iat,

xvar, etc., (here the participle.)

GOSPEL OF
a.

(preach the.)

(\>
L Trmb Ab

Rom.

X. 15, part (om.

preach the gospel of peace,

elp-qvqv

3.

,
4.

an ethnarch,
a peojile, (no7i occ.)

Acts xiv.

a.

(preach the.)
with

7,

21, part.

a.

GOSPEL UNTO
a.

Acts xvi. 10.

GOSPEL

5.

(preach the.)
a.

1 Pet.

i.

12.

1 Pet.

i.

John

i.

23.)

Acts

ii. 6 part.
18.
[15,21.
xxvii. 2,ll'wice,14,
23 (om. Tr
X.)

GOSPEL

Luke

viL 22.

b.

Heb.

iv. 6,

GOSPEL

- John

PREACHED TO

IS

b.

marg. (text,

(the.)

il.)

see

(be.)

[the feast.)
of
8, 9, see

ii.

4.

1.

Jas. iii. 4, part.

1 Pet. ii. 14.

GOVERNOR

(be.)

to go before, to go

first

be

2'he7i to be a gova leader, cliicf

ernour, o.s of a Rovian province.

PREACHED UNTO

IS

2,

,"' >

Tr

xxiv. 1, 10.
xxvi. 30.
2 Cor. xi. 32.
Gal. iv. 2.

XX. 20.

1.

1 Pet. iv. 6.

b.

ii.

G L

AH.)

xxviii. 14.

Luke

(the.)

10 part.

34 (om.

PREACHED

IS

vii.

xxiii. 24, 26, 33.

27.

GOSPEL

steer

a house-manager; one who

had authority over the servants,
etc., of a family as to their tasks
and payments ; also over the sons
in respect to pecuniary matters as
distinguished from tutors.

Matt.

25.

of

straight,

to guide or

-X

(be preached by the.

h.

i.e.

',
(occ.

io be.

ruler

guide
a
ship, (here, part., the steersman,)
to

straight,

GOSPEL TO

make

i.e.

Luke

ii.

2,

part.

iii.

1,

part.

(the.)
b.

Heb.

iv. 2,

with

(,

to

be..

GOVERNOR OF THE

GOSPEL PREACHED TO
b.

Matt.

(have the

xi. 5.

Seo, GET.

<;,

a steering, piloting,
The
a governing.
being that of guidance rather

rection,
idea.,

hence,

than rule, (non occ.)

etc.

John

ii.

8, 9.

GOVERNORS HOUSE

(-s.)

di-

FEAST.

the master of a feast, i.e.

the person who liad tlie direction
of an entertainment, arranging the

guests,

GOTTEN.

GOVERNMENT

<;,

[margin.]

the general's tent in a camp,

then the house or palace of a governor of a ])roviiicc.
Matt, xxvii. 27, text,

common

hall.

GRA

341

GRACE.
1.

9,

a kind, affectionate, pleasing

nature and inclining disposition,
either in jnrson or thing. Objectively
it denotes, personal gracefulness, a
pleasing work, beauty of speech,
Subjectively it means an inetc.
clining to\vards,courteous or gracious
disposition, friendly willingness; on
the part of the giver of a favour,
kindness, iavour on the part of the
receiver, thanks.
;

[The word denotes specially, God's

grace and favour manifested towards
mankind or toany individual, which,
as a free act is no more hindered by
sinthanit iscouditional upon works.
It is the grace of God, because it
denotes the relation assumed and

maintained by God towards sinful

man.

It is joined Avith Christ,

because it is manifested in and
through Him.]
2,

cvFpCTeta,

ontivard

(non

beauty, gracefulness, (of

appearance,) comeliness,

occ.)

GRA

GRA

GRAPE.
grape,

(no

(-S.)

of

cluster

gi*apes,

Luke vL

44.

GRAVITY.
venerableness, gravity, dignity,

au enclosed

Tim.

Titus

hut ivith the

1.

^,

great, large, of ph?/sical magnialso, of the measure, number,

tude

and

cost
2.

estimation of things.

many, numerous, of number,

TToXvs,

quantity, amount.

ng.g-AvdiQw, court.)

the much,

(a) ioith the article,

John

Matt. vL 30.
liv. 19.

Mark
Luke

.Tag.

vi.

i.

Pet.

vi. 39.

xii. 2S.

Rev.

10.

i.

2431"
3.

viii. 7.

[adj.]

In N.T.
venerable, reverend.
of things, honourable, reputable, of
2)ersons, grave, dignified, (occ. Ph.

?,

coming

reaching to, and

of things, enough
of 2)ersons, competent ; ofnumber or
magnitude, abundant, great, much.

Matt.

to,

18

1.

,
hence,

Titus

8, 11.

ii.

2.

GRAVE

10.

19, 35.

G(lww.)

23, see

viii. 37.

see

ix. 48.

see Price.
xiv. 14.
XT. 28.
33, see
(so.)
XX. 25, see
(tliey
that are.)

monument.
a
a sepulchral monument, and
memorial,

a memorial, remembrance or
record of a person or thing, esp. a
memorial of one dead, a monument

1.

xxiv. 21, 24.

2.

xvi. 26.
xxi. 11 twice, 23.

-xxviii. 2, 8.

2.

i.

iii.

1.

see

Matt, xxvii. 52, 53.

1.

Luke

xi. 44.

1.

Jolin

v. 8.

1.
1.

"hell," No.

xi. 17, 31, 38.

xii. 17.

(,
.)

2.

Rev.

3.

LTTr

xi. 19.

[hell.)

XX. 13 marg. (text,

V.

G-.)

vi. 7.

Vii. 11.
viii. 1, 2.

xi.

27, see

[of.

ix.

something graven, sculptured;

a mark cut in or stamped, a stamp or
sign

also,

sculptured

work,

as

ii,

4.

20, dat.

thing.

(show.)

10,

29

38.

1'

28.
xiv. 1.
XV, 3.
xvi. 20.
xvii. 4.
xix. 27, 28, 34, 35.
xxi. 40.
xxii. .

38, see Ago.

v. 0.

Act xvii.

see Child.

iv. 25,

idols, etc.

I>

15, 32.

5,

things

21.
(o,)i.

49, see
58, eee

"'//,

Authority

sue

X. 11.

H.)

xvi.

Lukei.

ItJ,

li. 5.

43

xiv.

GRAVEN.

Tr

(how.)

20.
.\

la

ones.

G number
G ileal

46, see
48, BOO
(the more a.)

Tr

2,

f>.)

9,soeGone(somo.)

43.

44

8 (No.

xiii. 2.

John

33'"l

V. 5, 11.

19,20,8eeG tilings
[(how.)
42.
see G deal
(bo much the more a.)
viii. 1, see G (very)
X. 42, see

bandages for swathing

infants or dead bodies, (non occ.)

20.

ii.

iv.

ix. 14.

Ktipiai band.s, or

L*

vii. 37.

vii. 30,

GRAVE-CLOTHES.

r:

xxi. 11.

Acts

11 {nm.

2, 5.

18.

35, sub Wliile.

7, 8 1'G tilings

32, 37, 39.

Cor. XV. 55, mai'g. Afii,

death,

3.

vi.

iv. 1.

1.

Drop.

xxiv. 52.
V. 3 (om.
Tr A .)

John

8-<',sec

(wliat.)

'16179,

xxii. 27.
44, see

1.
2.

Mark

27.

2.

xxvi. 47.
xxvii. 00.

in lionour of the dead.

2, h^'^^y**^
1.

xxi. 8, see G (very.)

xxii. 30, 38.
30.
<31.

19 {pm.

xiv. 10.

20.

the Hebrews, gen. caverns,

closed by a door or stone often
decorated.]

Ago.

13, see
xiii.

Lb Tr Ab .)

then a tomb, sepulchre.

3.

things

(liow.)

(so.)

24. 20.

xiii. 40,

[noun.]

[Among

2.

39, see

viii. 10,

2"<l.

29

17, 23, 35.

49.
vii. 9, see
(so.)

vii. 27.

v.

vi.

V. 12.

vi.

iii.

Luke

10.

ii.

Tim.

iv. 16.

iv. 8.)
1.

the

i.e.

abundance.

10, 11.

hence, sufficient

GRAVE

ii.

GREAT.

place,

and

2.)

ii.

4.

iii.

notion of a feeding place, then gen.

any feeding ground, and afterwarch,
food, fodder, esp. for cattle, hay,
(From the same root comes
grass.
h.ori\i^,

Tim.

1.

GRASS.

Lat.

GRE

(occ. 1

occ.)

Matt, vil 16(pLLTTrAt<.)

J
Rev. xiv. 18 (sing.

342

28.
xxiii.

9.

10.

14, see

Curse.

GRE
2.

2.

Jude

xxvi

2.

xxviii , see
29 (/).)

1.

Rom.

22.

While
Rev.

2 Cor.

2.

vii.

2.

viii

2, 22.

see
see

xi. 15,

Oal.

4,

iii.

(so.)

iv. 13.
1

Thea.

2.

Tim.

Tim

G thing
G things

U.

13.

xv.l,

17 (om.
18 twicc^

Titus ii. 13.

2 Philem. 7.

'2\

iv. 14.

2.

X. 32.

vii. 4,

cliiefs,

i.e.,

twice^

vi.

Lat. magnates,

great,

nobles, princes,

21.)
Rev.

vi.

15

(Mark

23.

(so.)
17, see
IS, 10, 21 '"ice.
men.
23, see

(how.)

see

xix.

(so.)

20.

GREAT NUMBER

4,

LKavos, see " great,"

NO.

Mark

x. 46.

17, 18.

XX. 1, 11, 12.

xxi. 3, 101"
10 2n<i (pm.

4,

1, 2, 5.

6.

(so.)
4, see
5 1", see Boast.
5 2nd, see
(how)

i.

SO'"'"

xviii. 1, 2 (op.), 10,

(so.)

see

1,

iii.

viii.

ix. 16.

16.

iii.

Pet.
2 Pet.

IS)

the

fieytcTTai'is,

G- LA)

xiii.

1.

Jas.

of

GREAT MEN.

twice.

35.
xii.

Luke

Acts

xvii. 1. 5, 6, IS.

see

1.

1.

v. 19, 20.

3.

xvi. 1, 9, 12, 14.

20.

3.

great,

here, only in plural.

iii.

ii.

Mark

[17, 18, 19.

thing.
5, see
13, 16.
liv. 2, 8, 19.

1.

Heb.

quantity

(how.)

how

pi'on.)

1, 3, 9, 12, 14.

17.

ii.

(relative

8.11,12,13,15,

ii.

G (very.)

see

vi. 6.

1,

(,

oVos,

buminff, G->.)

16.

1.

4.

xiii. 2.

ii.

2.
2.

GREAT THINGS

ix.

32.

Col.

1.

17.

xii.

1,

Heb. vu.

2.
i

seeG men.

15,

xi

v.

1.

vi. 23.

1. Jaa. iii. 5.

viii. 8, 10.

ii.

Matt.

vii. 0.

(so.)

2a.Eph.

3.

22.

U.

4'"'i<^''-

of quantity.

Swelling.

vi. 4, 12.

12.

iii

2.

10, see

i.

79, (interrogative pron. ) how great,

10.

ii.

xvi. 0.

i.

ix. 2.

3.

GRE

0.

- 16, see

XV. 2.3, see Desire.

Cor. ix. 11, see G thing

1.

343

2 Pet.ii. IS, see Swelling

iii. 10, see Noise.

Acts xxiv. 2, 7 (op.)

XXV. 23.

1.

'

see Price.
see G (ex-

TTrA

ceeding. )

OF.

3.

G L

*.)

12.

GREAT ONE

a certain one,

Tis,
/

(The following combinations are where

is not a Greek equivalent for each
English word.)

'

great,

(some.)
,

great.
some one

y
J

Acts viii

9.

there

,
,
,

GREAT DEAL

j
I

a.)

oi,

much,
more.
Mark

(so

much the more

a.)

.^.{,

GREAT
1,)

(non
2.

2.

i.

1.

4.

1.

GREAT

ii.

how great

of

L)

)/'5, (dependent interrogativepron.

how

(show.)

great, maguif}'.

,
]<,

(so.)

(demonstrative

pron.)

so

of quantity.
(demonstrative pron.) so

Matt.

2.

viii. 10.

XV. 33.

1.

Luke

2.

2 Cor.

Heb.

2.

Jas.

10.

1.

Rev.

i.

ii. 3.

xii. I.

1.

vii. 9.

iii. 4.

xviii. 17

(how.)

(relative ])ro7i. J

degree, (occ. Col.

make

great, of degree, (occ. Rev. xvi. 18.)

occ )
Pet.

to

gi'eat,

(exceeding.)

/'?, the greatest, (superl. of "great,"

2.

x. 42.

GREAT

vii. 36.

1.

i'yAtKos,

(masc. pi.)

Mark

Liike L 58.

more,
exceeding abundantly.
Mark

\.

gi-eat,

x. 4S.

7/35,

No.

GREAT ONES,

the,

GREAT

GREAT DEAL
j

(the siore

gi'eat of degree, (occ. Gal. vi. 11.)

GREAT THINGS

?,

see

(so) [margin.]

" great (so,)"

^Vo. 1, here

neut. pi.

OoL

iii.

4.

text, 6o mani/ Ihiiigs.

GE-E

GREAT

(they that are.)

gi'eat,

masc

j)l.

JIatt. IX. 25.

GREAT THING.
1,

-,

(J.kya,

2.

neut.

''

(>/^

great," Xo.

1.

great, glorious, wonder-

ful things ortoorks, (occ. Acts

2.

Luke 40 (No.
Tr A* R)

1,

i.

1.

1.

1.

;,

Rev.

xiii.

GREAT

1.

(ttcis,

1 Cor.

i.x.

11.

2 Cor.

xi.

15.

5.

and

very much, vast, (no7i

2.

11.)

ii.

(very.)

all

much)

occ.)

5,

(Superl. of " great," No.

the most, very great only of
number.
2,)

with art, the greatest \_part of the

(a)

,( ,

rmdtitude.^
2a.
1.

Matt. xxi.

Mark

8.

ac/ain a great, instead

viii. 1

very large, Qto>

of

GREAT
see

ii.

H.)

iVo.

1.

GREAT THINGS
see

Tr

(WHAT.)

"GREAT (how),"
Col.

5,

(what.)

"great things (how,)"

here,

neut. pi.

Mark

1.

iii.

( tho

2.

comparative

/xei^orepos,

-.',)
3.

/jieya?,

of

(a double comparative of

far greater.

(comparative of
" GREAT," A^o. 2,) more.

,
-($,

?,

( comparativeof
over and above,) more abmidaiit,
esp. of number.

Matt.

xi. 11 '"ice.

1.

Matt, xxiii. 17, 19.

1.

xii. 0.

1.

Mark

41, 42.
xxiii. 14

1.

xii. yi.

4.

40.

4.

see

<,

neut.

.3.

1.

see

1.

TrAttoji/,

(a)
4.

trhat things, L)

GREATER.

"gre.vt," No.

(('/>.)

iv. 32.

344
1.

the,

( ol,
(

GRE

GRE

345

GREATNESS.

-^,

i.

GREEN.

?,

greatness, (noti occ.)

Eph.

GRE

the colour of young grass,

and then Gen.
i.e. pale green,

etc.,

19.

pale, (occ. Rev. vi. 8

GRECIAN.

^,',
Acts

vi. 1

i.e. a Jew by
who speaks Greek.

Mark
Luke

ix. 4.)

of a

^/pos

(as opp. to

a Hellenist,

birth or religion

moist

tiypos, wet,

sappy,

tree,

dry,) (non occ.)

Rev.

vi. 39.

vi. 13,

see Fig.

viii. 7.

xxiii. 31.

ii. 29.

li. 'JO, ('.-, see GoQtUe, No.

(fvayeK.n<:, euvaugelists, K)

2,

Tr

A 3)

GREEN THING.

GREEDILY.
See, liUN.

Rev.

ix. 4,

GREET
draw

to

neut.

(-ETH.)

to one's self.

GREEDINESS.

Rom.

1 Thes. V. 26.
2 Tim. iv. 21.
Titus iii. 15.

xvi. 3, 6, 8. 11.
1

the will to have more

of covetousuess.
Eph.

the active sin

Hence,

to embrace, salute, spoken of those

who meet and separate.

a having more, in N. T. prop.

TrXcoi/e^ta,

1.

1 Cor. xvi.

20 "'-

2 Cor. xiii. 12.

Phil. iv. 21.
Gol. iv. 14.

iv. 19.

GREEDY.
See, LUCRE.
1.

/,

John

Pet. v. 14.

John

13.

14.

GREETING.
salutation, greeting, either

oral or by letter.

GREEK.
1.

2.

";, Greek,

;9,

2,

" gentile," No.

see

2.

a female

1,)

3.

^,

to joy, to rejoice, to be glad,

wish joy, to bid hail,

here, Inf. to

to salute.

i.e.

of No.

(fern,

Greek.

4.

-(^,

1.

Matt, xxiii.

1.

Luke

1.

Luke

2.

Jaa. L

xi. 43.

II. 46.
1.

'EXArjvtKOs, adj. Greek, Grecian.

adv. in Greek,

i.e.,

in the

GREETING

Greek language.

Mark

2.

vii.

26,

marg,

1.

marg.

1.

Rom. ii.9, 10, marg

35

vii.

'',

(text, Gentile.)

1.

x\. 20.

Acts xiv.

1.

1, 3.

ivii.

Or: L

AR)

\vKi'\, grief,

24.
I. 32,

GRIEF.

see

marg. (text,

XX. 21.
xxi. 2S.

1.

xii. 13,
Gentile.)
Gal. iL 3.
iii.

28.

iii.

11.

1.
1.

Col.

3.

Rev.

37.

14, 16.

ix. 11.

sorrow

4.

John

Luke

grief,

1.

Pet.

ii.

19, pi.

GRIEF

7,

(cause.)

to grieve, afflict with sorrow.

Cor.

ii.

5.

(in.)

xix. 20.

GREEK
3.

cause of

marg. (text.

2.

GREEK

also,

grievance.

OenliU.)
1.

l*.)

i.

(text,

12.

Cor. i. 22.
23 (efliOf,
Gentile. No. 1,

1.

xix. 10, 17.

Rom.

1.

17 (om.

I.

Tr

4.

12.

xviii. 4.

Tr

(send.)
xxiii. 26.

Gcnliie.)

Qentile.

John

Acts XV. 23

xxiii.

^,
(of)
38 (ap.)

GRIEF

(with.)

to groan, to sigh (of persons

are in distress.)
Hub.

xiii. 17, part.

who

GRI

GRIEVE

1.

2.

3.

)-,

Mark

1.

2 Cor.

"GRIEF (wiTH.)"

see

5.

1.

Eph.

ii. 5.

3.

Jas. V.

iii.

GRIEVED

2.

3.

"grief
Mid. or Pass.

1.

Mark
John

2.

Acts

x.

xi.

here.

Acts

2.

xTi. 18.
Rom. xiv. 15.

ix. 38,

1.

1.

2 Cor.

Heb

[delay.)

iii.

weighty,

i.e.

;7;,

gi'ief,

in

[The

ful

Gen.,

of

xii.

Luke

x.x. 18.

GROAN.

to be greatly purturbed
mind, deeply moved.

word

classical use of the

(snort-

Also,

violent.

sorrow; here,

Rom.

(.ap.)

Jesus
could hardly have been indignant, or
merely repressing what was passing
in His own spirit: whatever it was, it
Avas eV
in Himself, and doubtless with the sin and death and the
power of Satan before Him and
knowing the great crisis that would
by tills act be brought on, Jesus
could not have been otherwise than
greatly purturbed in Himself, and
deeply moved.]

of persons, slothof things, tedious, (occ. Matt.

XXV. 2G
4.

and chaff. Hence, to scatter,

;

ing) can hardly be intended.

not to he viade light of,

oKVTjpos, slow, tardy

xvii. 35.

in distress.

sorrow.
3.

Luke

to groan, to sigh, asofpersons

severe.
2.

41.

,
,

(be.)

10, 17.

afflictive,

(-ING.)

as

to scatter to the winds,

chaff of anything, (non occ.)

Matt. xxi. 44

GRIEVOUS.
;

22.

GRIND TO POWDER.

make

heavy, oppressive, hard to be

borne

GRIND

disperse

marg. (text,

burdened or heavy

to be

Matt. xv.

2.

to winnow, as grain, ichich in the

East is done by throwing it with a
fork against the tvind tvhich scatters

4.

ii.

Luke

evil.

ill,

viii. 6.

to grind

laden with, to be grieved toAvards

0711/ one, to be sore vexed with, implying loathing, (non occ.)

^,

Matt.

iv. 2.

40.

li.

53.)

the straw
3.

Luke

occ.)

slow, tardy, to delay,

2-2.

bi)

GRIEVOUSLY.

Matt. iiiv.

occ.)

xxi. 1".

A*

greatly, vehemently, (occ.

<;, badly,
1.

Trb

loith a hand-mill,
(mostly done by female slaves,) (non

(cause.)"

GRIEVED WITH

1.

',

to

to be

1.

2.

labour through,
to
produce or effect with labour. In
N.T. only Mid. to pain or grieve
one's self, to be indignant, (non occ.)

oKveoj,

G-

Matt, xxiii. 4 (pm.

marg. (text.

9,

hard to be borne, oppres-

sive, (no)i occ.)

[grudge.)

IT. 30.

(be.)

see

(non
1.

8<;,

1.

GRI

GRIEVOUS TO BE BORNE.

(-ED.)

"grief (cause.)"

see

with
(No.
together
with prefixed,) to grieve or afflict
with another, to be grieved or
afflicted with a person, or, to be
gi'ieved at the same time or along
with some other emotion, (nonocc.)

2.

346

2.

11.)

causing or having labour,

sorrow, pain
hence, evil, in its
active form, malignant.

TTovyjpus,

1.

.Tohn xi. 33, 38.

Koin. viii. 22, Boe
gether.

1.

to-

Rom.

viii. 23.

1.

2 Cor. V.

1.

JaH.

V.

2, 4.

!l,

niarg.

(text,

grudge.)

23.

Matt,
be

Luke
1.

xxiii. 4, see

to

lw>rTie.
xi. 4tj,

borne.
Acta IX. 29.

see

to be

1.

ct^

XXV.

a.

Phil

iii.

2.

Heb

xii.

1.

4.

llev. xvi.

John

7.
1.

11.

V. 3.
'J.

(;i;()AN

(\',

(No.

TOGETHER.

above with
together with, 2)refixed,) (no7i occ.)
1

Rom.

viii. 22.

GRO

/?,

-,

a groaning, a sighing, as of

(non

make

(WAX.)
Pass, (as here) to
thick, (non occ),

fat,

and
[quoted from Is.

Matt.

fat

xiii. 15.

2.

3.

10.]

vi.

Acts ixviii.

GROUND
1.

viii. 26.

GROSS

become

occ.)

Rom.

vii. 34.

to

347

GROANING.

the distressed,
Acta

27.

[noun.]

the earth as part of the creation,

as given up to man and standing in
relation to heaven which is the dwellAlso, earth, or
ing jnace of God.
land in contrast to water.

base, bottom
of a ship, the
the
hold ; of a room, the floor
ground, (71071 occ.)

,
,

basis,

foundation

what

is

fixed, settled, stationary.

4.

space ivhich

receives,

and

or surrounds anything,

spot in which one

thing takes place;
as opp. to town,
cultivated.
5.
1.

{'765,

see

is,

contains,
so,

place,

or where any-

esp.,

the country,

and hence land

"substance," No.

3.

as

3.

GRU
to

make

N.T. mid.,
grow np,

long, in

to lengthen one's

348

self, i.e.,

GUIDE

Mark

a.

iv. 7.

-'.

27.

1.

GRUDGE

Mark

iv. 32.

Matt, xxiii. 16,

Rom.

(an inward) [margin.]

to have in anything, to have in

one's self, as a dispo.utio7i, etc.,
towai-ds

Mark

aUIDE

}/,

a quarrel.

text, have

GRUDGE

ill-humour,
Jas. V. 9,

i.e.,

[verb.]

murmur,

to

marg. groan or

(be the) [marg.]

go before, go

to lead,

,
,),

GUIDE

1.

to groan or sigh, of per.<;ons in

distress, etc., also from impatience,

2.

see

first,

lead

to guide straight

upon anything,

way

071 o;te's

[verb.]

"GUIDE (de THE.)"

i.e.,

3.

or journey

to

to lead the way,

uSijyat),

towardsor

to guide, direct

etc.

ijrievc.

10.

Ileb. xiii. 7, 17 'wi", text, have the rule over.

vi. 19,

i.

19.

ii.

the way, hence, be chief or ruler.

any one. In N.T. tmfavourLuke xi. 53 Gal. v. 1.)

able, (occ.

Acta

24.

iv. 15.

/,

a leader, guide,

i.e.,

Matt. XV. 14.)

(occ.

[noun.]

(-S)

way-leader,

o(5r/yos,

spoken of plants.
2.

GUI

a place.

i.e.,

to lead,

guide.

GRUDGING.
in a low voice,
the expression of

uttering

murmuring,

i.e.,

2.

Liiko

3.

John

3.

79.

i.

ivi.

l;!.
I

sullen discontent.
1

Put.

iv.

9,

pL

LT

(sing,

Tr

GRUDGINGLY.

In

ing.

Jolin i. 47.
2 Cor. xii. 10.
1 Thea. ii. 3.

ix. 7.

GUARD.
See, EXECUTIONER, CAPTAIN.

craft,

Pet.

1, 22.

ii

10.

iii.

Rev. xiv. 5

(,

[l-TTrA.)
lie,

Qt

GUILTLESS.

without accusation of crime,

guiltless, (occ. Matt. xii. 5.)

GUEST.

Matt.

as offerings or
in later tisage to re-

cline as at t(dAe, then, to be a guest.

.Matt. xxii. 10

jiart.

',
i.e.,

xii. 7.

GUILTY.
under process, under sentence,
condennied, guilty.

Horn.

GUEST

(uE.)

tu loosen down,

i.e.,

to unbind;

hence, of travellers, to halt,

put up for the night, and

for

rest,

then, gen..,

Luke

xlx. 7,

iii.

to

suhjcct to jiuhjnuat.

(ui;.)

be indebted, then,
the Aramaa7i and by impl )
?/t duty, bo delincjuent.

fail

poMti.

Matt,

place where one puts up,

lodging-iilacc. I71 the East, a menziJ,
ii

khun, caravanserai.
|

iiiiirg.

GUILTY

xxiii.

GUEST-CHAMBER.

xiv. 14.

19,

to owe, to

(froi7i

to lodge, take lodging.

Mark

wile,

to be laid up,

dead bodies

the abstract,

cunnin<r.

2 Cor.

marg.

5,

a bait for fish, hence, any cunning

contrivance for deceiving or catch-

', out of.

77/9, sorrow.

iii.

(text, to direct.)

GUILE.

?,

W.)

Thos.

2.

Act viii. 31.

1 Tim. v. 14, soo House.
1. Hub. xiii. 21, marg. (text, liave the rule over.)

Luko

iiiurg.

GUILTY

/?, held

debloc, ur bound.

OF.

contained in, bound by,

hence, liable, subject to.
in,

xxil. 11.

ii,

Matt. xxvi.
Alark xiv. 04.

Cor.

Jae,

ii.

xi.

10.

27.

QTJL

a chasm.
Luko

and

practice, a
of practice

hi/

skill as the result

experience,

(nan

Hub.

text

,
],(

V. 14,

1.

permanent condi-

as produced

es)).

^, the

(non

2.

hair, hoth of

occ.)

man and

beast;

of birds, feathers,

occ.)

the hair, hair of the head, (Lat.

coma), long hair, (non occ.)

Matt.

4, pi.

iii.

1.

V. 3fi.

X.

2.)

No.

forth.

I'.if.

Mark
Luke

a dwelling, habitation (occ.

V.

pour

18, paee.

i.

of sheep, wool

HABITATION.

2 Cor.

Aote

HAIR.

a being in a

OUT.

to poux" out,

[margin.]

a having possession

habit

GUSH

xvi. 20.

certain state, a
tion,

GULF.

HABIT
^ts,

349

1 ivith

Acta xxvii.
Cor.

II

.-iO.

1.

xxi. IS.

1.

Rev.

38, 44.

Tim.
Pet

9, see

ii.

3, pi.

iii.

nraided.
(om. L.)

14.

i.

.Tolin xi. 2, pi.

see
(of).
8 twlco, pi.

vi. 12,

xii. 3, pi.

down,

34.
14, 151',

15 2nd.

2.

6, pi.

xii. 7.

vii.

xi.

(have long.)

ix.

1.

prefixed,) fit for inhabiting; ivithart,

as suhst.,

a dwelling-place, aV)ode,

(impli/iuff

more permanency than No.

(non

1,)

occ.)

a dwelling, i.e., a settlement,

colony, also, the foundation of a
colony, fnon occ.)

HAIR

l.\x.

],

for m^io,)

(non

Luke

4.

Acts

xvi. 0.
i.

20.

xvii. 26.

3.

HAIL
something
(non occ.)
viii.

HAIL

ICith.

1.

.Iiido

2.

Hcv. xviii.

xvi. 21

ii.
(J.

1.

2.
fiill

hence,

',

i.e.,

hail.

Lat. salve.
Mark v. l.S.

xxvii.

I.uko

'J'.i.

HAIL

(all.)

Matt, xxviii.

9.

(-iNo) [verb.]

to draw, to drag, to haul, (im-

(non

i.

2S.

Luke

2.

[verb.]

li).

12.

(No.

^rith

down,

prefixed,) to drag down, force along,

to you,

of hair, (non occ.)

vi.

plying the use of some force.)

In
to joy, to rejoice, be glad
Imperat. (as here) as a word of salutation or (freetin(j, joy to thee, joy

Mntt. xxvi.

(of.)

made

HALE

22

2.

let go, let

19

wear

place, a

[noun.]

xi.

hairy,

Kov.

hail,

Kov.

long,

xi. 11, 15.

HAIR

?,

booth, hut, tent, tabernacle.

5.

Cor.

occ.)

any covered or shady

grow

long hair, (non occ.)

',

a fold, a stall; then a countrydwelling, cottage: then, gen., house,

(q\u)ted from Ps. Ixi.x. 2G, where

(lIAVK LONG.)

to let the hair

',

occ.)
xii. 58.

Act.i viii.

HALF.
half, (/ion occ.)

Mark

vi. 23.

Luke

I.

xix.

1.
|

Rev.

30, eoo PoftiL

viii
xi.

xii.

8.

1.

eo Hour.

9, 11.

14.

HALL.

the open court before the house,

ccnirt-yard ; surrounded with buildings (from
to blow, the

HAL

350

being open to the air.) Afterivards,

any court or hall ; any dwelling,
and later a country house.

Matt. XV. 16.

Luke

HALL

HAN

Luke

10 ''.

vi. 1, 6, S,

Rom.

viii. 54.

15, 21.
xvi. 21.

13.

.xii.

XV. 22.

XX.

xxii. 55.

19.

Cor.

30, 31, see

xxii. 21, 53.
xxiii. 46.

Nigh.

xxi v.

40

praetor or any other

John

3.5.

vii

2,

Eph.

viii. 20,

on

Phil

(lay.)

2 Thes.

Nigh.

make

to

holy, sanctify;

i.e.,

to

Luke

10.

(m.iJe

see

by

31.

1,

12.

Jas. iv. 8.
1 Pet. iii. 22, see Right.
iv. 7, see
(be at.)

7,11. 17.
11 1".

xiii. 3,

V. 6.
1

John

Rev.

xiv. 3.
xvii. 24, see

the hand and

^ xii.

^^*^ '^^^

,,;

Eng.

grip,

etc.)
Matt.

2,

iii.

(be

see

at).

12.
iv.

t;.

17, Bee II (Vie at).

Matt. xxvi. 67, sfe Smite.

xxvii 24.
2!i, eee Bight.
Mark i. 15,
II (be at.)

eee Right.

IS,

xii.

vi.

(Vx) at.)

xiv. 31.
XV. 2, 20.
xvii. 22.
xviii. 8 '!<:
on (lay.)
28, see
xix. ri,
4;,

xxii.

15.

eollon(lay.)

XXV. 41, Hee Left.

xxvi. 18, 8C0

(at.)

45''', SCO

45

2, 5.

2, 3, 5, 32.

vii.

23 '"ice, 25.
27, 31, 43'wlce.

(beat.)

2n.l.

4,

see

50, 51.

ix.

xxiv. 7 {ap.)
xxvi. 1.

ix. 20.

X. 2, 5, 8, 10.

xiii.

xxvii. 19, see H(with

one's own.)
xxviii. 3, 4, 8, 17.
Rom. viii. 31, see Right.

HAND

16.

xiv. 9, 14.
xvii. 4.
xix. 2.

XX.

xxii. 10.

1, 4.

65, Hee Strike.

xvi. 18 (;).)
i. 1, hoc
(take in.)

66. 71, 74.

17.

iv.

11,40.

V. 13.

(.\T.)

eyyus, near, spoken of place or time, (but

more frequently of time ;) nigh at

hand.
Matt. xxvi.
Johnii. 1.3.

37, 40, Hee Left.

xiv. 41.
42, Hee
(Ixsat.)
40.
58, Hoo II (made

iii.

(be at.)

viii. 4.

xxiii. 19.

X. 16.

Luke

23.

1.7,)

vii. 9.

xxii.

vii.

without,

l:i.

see Right.
V.

see Left.

5tw'

viii.

in, 13, 40.

xxi.

1, 3,

v. 23, 41.

2.5.

X. 7,

GLTTrA^.)

iii.

viii. 3, 15.

ix

20,

3,

(at.)

17 {om.

31, 41.

V. 30.
vi. 3,

see

16.

.11 twice, 27, 40.

11, see II (lead
by the.)

Lat. form, hir.

Prob. the root is to be found in the
Sanscr. hri, to grasp and akin to
''^

1.

i.

3,

i.

(made

xviii. 6, 11, 26, 33.

IX. 34.

(-S.)

Right.

xii. 2, see

11, 17, 41.

xi. 21, 30.

11 2nrt_ sea
(some
to lead by the.)
16
21.

see Bight.

I. 2,

the.)

xi. 2.

(made

with.)

(lead

see

ix. 8,

25.

arm,

see Right.

1,

11, 24, see

i.'w.

viii. 17, 18, 19.

, the hand, or rather

(.)

viii.

with)

HAND

at.

Riglit.

vi. 2.

50.

HALT.

ix. 45.

(be

see

with.)

lame, crippled in the feet.

Mark

6.

6,

-ii. 7

48,

Luke xiv.
John V. 3.

8.

i.

iv.

31, see Right.

-xii.

xviii. 8.

Tim.

see II (be at.)

2,

17.

ii.

Philem. 19.
Heb. i. 3, see

vi. 6.

Matt

vii. 25, 35, 41.

nature of God.

Tim.

7.

V. 12, 18.

something is already kolvov, to deliver

it from that state and put it into a
state corresponding to the revealed

9.

iv. 14.

iv. 3, 28, 30.

something into a state opposed

to Kotvov (common); or, where the

vi.

27'''^^=

23.
33, see Right.

iii.

set

Matt.

ii.

iv. 11.
ii.

iii.

.xxi. IS.

Acts

(made

iv. IS.

Thes.

xix. 3, see Smite.

XX. 20, 25ti,

(-ED.)

(at.)

see Right.

1,

iii.

xviii. 22, see Strike.

42, see

HALLOW

see
see

11,

ii.

without.)

xiii. 3, 9.

judgment.

20, see Right.

11, see II (made

i.

iv. 5,

Col.

.39.

55, see Nigh.

also,

11.

iv. 28.

see II

X. 28, 29,
xi. 44.

See

19.

vi.

by.)

(at.)

30, 44.

officer.

Matt, xxvii. 27, marg. governor's house.

iii.

ii.

see

see Right.

ii. 9,

{.),

13, see II (at.)

ii.

iii.

Ready.

33.

xi.

Gal.

39,

7,

(not

see

1,

with.)

X. 16, see

50.

the house or palace of the

governor of a province, tvhether a

v.

made

xxi. 12.

(common.)

(beat.)

see

1 Cor. iv. 12.

ix. 44, 62.

xiii.

x. 21.

xiii. 12,

1.

Phil. iv.

IS.

Rev.

i.

5.

3.

xxii. 10.

2.

HAND

(be

.\t.)

to bring near,

proacl)

i/sucdly

near, approach.

cause to ap-

intnnis.,

to

lie

2.

HAN

,
upon,
hand.

over,

351

HAN

HANDS

In N.T. only Ht. mid. and

Intrans., to stand in or

per/, art.

3.

hence to stand near, be at

.Acts vii. 4S

-,

HANDS

upon or

place

to

trans.,

In N.T. only

to set over.

(non

upon or

intrans., to place one's self

(made with.)

xvii. 24

Heb.

ix. 11, 24.

Mark

(made without.)

made with bauds,

not

occ.)
Col.

xiv. 58.

11.

ii.

near.
Matt.

Mark
Rom.

1.

iii.

1.

xxvi. 45, 46.

^lark

i.

15.

HANDS

xiii. 12.

3.

1.

Pet. iv.

(not made with.)

2 Cor.

V. 1.

7.

HANDKERCHIEF

HAND

-^,

xiv. 42.

2 Thee. ii. 2.
2 Tim. iv. 6.

2.

(lead by the.)

to lead

by the hand, (710.

Acts

a sweat-cloth, then, a napkin

or handkerchief.

occ.J

Acts xix.
ix. S

12.

xxii. 11.

HANDLE

HAND

{some to lead by the.)

-/,

a hand-leader, one
leads by the hand, (non occ.)
Acts

1.

-,

2.

Mark

IX.)

hand

to put one's

work

attempt

to

attempt,

at,

touch,

i.

or

tvork,

Luke

see Deceit-

iv. 2,

fuUy.

xiiv. 39.

Col. iL 21.

2.

John

1.

1.

etc.)

2 Cor.

Shame-

see

xii. 4,

make an

on.
T.ukf

man

to touch lightly, just touch.

fully.

set to

to handle,

root dty, answers to the Lat.

te-tig-i, E7UJ.

7,

feel,

as in the dark.

(The

(take

(ed.)

to touch, to

to grope, like a blind

esp.,

who

xiii. 11, pi.

HAND

(-s.)

'',

1.

i.

HANDMAID.

a female slave or servant (esp. of

involuntary service,) (non occ.)

HAND

(with one's own.)

doing with

(non

one's

occ.)

,
to

2.

Luke

48.

Eng.

writing:

hut,

to

liold

to press, to hold fast

hence,

In a jxidicial

sense to arrest.
Matt. xviii.-28
2.

1.
|

John

Matt. xxi.

4.

(MADE

Col.

BY.)

made with hands

to

xviii

ii.

11.

hand-

14.

(-ED

-.)

hang, hang up,

lot

hang

Luko

xxii. 40.

AcU

one'

self.

Mark

Luke

oe

alxiut

xvii. 2,8ee

U about

ix. 42,

xix. 48, aeo lion.

xiiii.

xxvii. 5, aeo

lience,

suspended, (non occ.)

i.

(l>e.)

.Eph.

ii.

HANG

Miil. to be

Matt
,

artificial, external.

chirography,

aUo something written by

down.

viii. 20.

(a)

HANDS

18.

ii.

hand.

in subjection.

of, seize.

Acta

HANDWRITING

(lay.)

the con-

7;?,

38.

to rule, hold sway, not merely

to lay hold

1.

i.

\<iipoypa<fiOv,

con(fuer,

^,

li>.

HANDS ON

quered

i.

HANDMAIDEN.
Acts xxvii.

1.

Luke

own hand,

[(bo.)

T.

.SO.

X.

31.

S;'.

xxviii.

Qal.

iii.

4.

13.

lleb. xii. 12, see

down.

HAN

352

HANG DOWN.

2.

to let drop beside or at the

side, hence, to let pass by, pass

,
,

Acts

2.

Rom.

li. 25.

ONE'S SELF.
(non

self,

occ.)

Phil. L 12.

,
,

HAPPY.

happy, applied to men; also as

apjdied to God, blessed, icliich it is
elsewhere translated.

5.

xiii. 17.

Rom.

HANGED ABOUT

(be.)

around, encompass.
Ilere Pass, to be laid or put round,
and so, hung around.
lie

ix. 42.

Luke

HAPLY

xvii.

(if.)

(cognate with
to fit,
marking a correspondence
in point of fact) therefore,

1.

if

el,

if

apaye, by consequencef^more

2.

emphatic than
1.

Mark

xi. 13.

2.

HAPLY

by

conse-

above,)

qucnce

Acts xvii. 27

2.

/nyTTore, lest ever, lest

-,

lost

in

once.

any way,

congratulate,

48.)

Jas. V. 11.

HARD.
dried

of

up,

voices,

dry,

i.e.,

harsh

stiff,

of jvinds,
offensive; of things
;

SiVkoAos, diflicult about one's food,

i.e., hard to please, discontented
;
theji it is applied to anything that is
disagreeable, noting hire the fiistidiousness with u'hich those who trust
in riches receive the hximhling truths
of the gospel.

(lest.)
1.

1.

i.

done, grievous.
2.

if,

Luke

14.

(count.)

fierce; o/it'orc/s,

ingly-

accordingly, under these

circumstances,

HAPPY

40.

vii.
iii.

iv. 14.

to call happy,

hard

accord-

Cor.

1 Pet.

2.

xiv. 22.

(occ.

2.

if,

THE THINGS

relating to,

Acts xxvi.

Mark

22.

ii.

me.

John

to

1,

2 Pet.

Cor. X. 11.
Phil. i. 12, see
unto
me (the tilings which.)
1 Pet. iv. 12.

the things,

( cjne,

xix. 48, text be veri/ attentive.

Matt, ixvii.

10.

WHICH.)

esp.

to strangle one's

1.

x.tiv. 14.

iii.

HAPPENED UNTO ME

[marg.]

hang from,

HANG

1.

to pass, become.

X. "2.

1.

of those
who listen to a perso7i speaking ; to
hang on the lips of an?/ one.
Luke

1.

Mark
Luke

1.

xii. 12.

HANG ON
to

to begin to be, come into

existence, as implying origin ; also,
as implying result, to take place,

come

unnoticed.
Here Pass., to be relaxed, slackened, metaph. for yielding, giving way, (non occ.)
Heb.

HAP

1.

Mark
John

1.

Acts

2.

lest

by any

Matt XIV.

24.

Acts xxvi.

1.

0.

iii.

derstood.

ix. 5 (;).)

zTUi.

14.

Hot). V. 11, SCO Uttered.

2 IVt.
IG, see Un-

i. 21.

\\

Join.

7,

Jude

1.

15.

means.
].

1.

Luke

liv. 29.

1.

2.

2 Cor.

Acta

V. 39.

HAPPEN.

(-EL,

,,
to

stone),

make

then,

-.)

like viupos

gen.,

to

(a kind of

make

hard,

callous.

to go with the feet close

together, then to come together, as

of things or events, to happen together, (occ. Acts XX. 19 ; xxi. 35.)

HARDEN

ix. 4.

2.

to

to

No.

make
1.)

make

dry, hard or stiff:

" hard,"
(.see

HAR
Mark

1.

John

1.

2.

Rom.

vi. 52.

Heb.

40.

xii.

Acts xi.^

0,

Rom.

18.

ix.

marg. (text

xi. 7,

HAR

wanton violence arising from

t'/?pts,

Uiiul.)

17.

viii.

1.

353

2.

(ba)

13, see

(he.)

see

the pride of strength passion or lust,

etc.
Used cdso of loss by the sea

8.

iii.

arising from

Ileb. iv.
1.

Acts xvi.

HARDENED
0, pass.

(be.)
Heb.

iii.

6<;,

of H.VRD, NO.

a/lv.

2,

(non

HARM

/,

1 Pet.

with

Matt.
-Mark

1.
1.

2.

Luke

viii. 39.

1.

Acts xxvil.

ix. 39.

2.

HARDNESS.

1),

void of

S,

iii. 5,

Mark xvi.

see Heart.

marg. bliml-

2.

nernt.

X. 5, see Heart.

2 Tim.

1-1,

see Heart.

ii. 5.

1.

iv. 8,

1.

xi. 25,

2.
2.

Matt. X. IG, marg. si.nple

Rora. xvi. 19, marg (text
sincere.)

marg. (text,

blindness.)

(fem. of iropvos, from

a harlot, (occ. Rev.

sell)

xvii.

1,

Jas.

Luke

Rev. xvii. 5 (nopveia,

fornication, \ Vm.)
marg. fornication.

Cor.

Heb.

vi. \a, 16.

xi. 32.

HARM

?,

ii.

Lat.

the

2.5.

15,

Chron.

active

[noun.]

sense,

causing

evil,

i.e.,

causing or having labour,

form

malignant,

the

more

hence,

evil,

denoting

pain,

of

evil,

(elsnvhere

translated

" EVIL.")

75, out of place,

strange

then,

hence,

unusual,

[noun.]

whence Eng.
Gen. xxxi. 27
Josephus describes

'^M'2,

11.

{,)

Rev. xiv.
XV.

v. 3.

HARP

(-IXG)

to play

upon

unnatural, disgust-

(see

2.

(-S.)

one wlio plays and sings to a

(see HARP,) (no?i occ.)
Rev. xiv. 2

harvest,

"I'yp,

Matt.

xviii. 22.

HARVEST.

(,
Mark

HARPER

2.

2.

[verb.]
'iho

Ucv. xiv.

7.

/?,

liarvesting,

Jcr. v. 17,)

ix. .37, .38 <

xiiL

ing, foul.

marg.

Ileb. vii. 26.

Cor. xiv.

Rev.

1 Cor. xiv.

"EVIL.")

sorrow,

i.v.

ii.

above,) (non ox.)

hurtful, hti\xch\\,( elsewhere translated

active

Phil.

cithara,

Sept. for

bad, generically, including every

form of evil, moral and physical; in

an

guileless,

word
as having
ten strings and as struck with a
key (Ant. vii. 12, 3), (non occ.)

to
15,

Matt. xxi. 31, 32.

XV. 30.

1.

the Heb.

xix. 2.)

pure,

sincere.
\

guitar.
1

2.

HARP

,,

see Endure.

3,

ii.

Rom.

HARLOT.

IG

"harm,"
Rev. xvi.

unmixed,

dryness, hardness resulting from dryness, (noti occ.)

Matt. xix.

(see

evil, (occ.

(no7i occ.)

(,
Mark

?,

without

uKTf.Ko?,

No.

8.

a hardening, induration,
(denoting the action incomplete and
in progress,) (non occ.)

2.

3.

13.

iii.

HARMLESS.

moil.

x. 23.

-,

and

toil

.\ix. 23.

3.

2.

to

one.

with labour, with pain, trouble

or distress, (non occ.)

3.

[verb.]

to affect with evil, to do evil

any

occ.J

2.

5.

G.

21.

13, pass.

HARDLY.
1.

3.

Acts xxviii.

2.

2.

Acts xxviii.

1.

xxvii. 21.

4.

Actaxix.

its violence.

28.

3', 3.

iv. 29.

(l.xx.

(non occ.f^'
Luke

X. 23tlmej.

Juhii iv. 35''cc.

Rev. xiv. 15.

for

HAS
HASTE

/,

354

[noun.]

speed, haste, esp. as manifested

in earnestness, diligence, zeal.

Mark

vi. 25.

Luke

HASTE

i.

39.

(with.)

urge on, to hasten. In

N.T. intrans. to urge one's self on, to
make haste, having respect simply to
trans, to

time, (thus differing from

Luke

HASTE

Acts XX.
2 Pet.

-ing) [verb.]

(-ED,

"HASTE

see

^.)

16, part.

ii.

(wiTH.)"

16.

iii.

12,

marg.

(text, haste unto.)

HASTE
Luke

(make.)

xix. 5,

6.

HASTE UNTO.
2 Pet.

iii.

12,

marg. Haste.

HASTILY.
quickly, speedily, (gen. used of

speed.)
John XL

HATE

/,

(-ED,

-EST,

31.

-,

-ixg) [verb.]

to hate, usually impjlying active

ill-will in words and conduct, or a
persecuting spirit.
(In antithesis
to

to slight.
Matt.

V. 43,

44

to love less, not to love,

HAT

',

9.

{3rd. pers.

ia-Ti,

(a)

1.

to be, to exist, to have existence.

Mark

vi. 34.

(
something

to me,

nothing to

him, or for

is to

Tt

eat,

10, see Drunk.

15, 16, 29,

iii.

yap

Go

.lltwicc,171std!3rd,

TTrAW.)

32, 44.
V. 2.

4(.)

vil. 16, 2.5.

with

iv, in

you any,

there

[i.e., if

is in,

in

is

2 3rd, r,, 7.
17 twice,

1.

17 2nd, 43, 45,

1.

47, 50 2nd.
50 3', see Peace.

1.

viii.

1.

(b) etVi, (3rcl pers. p/. ^^r^s. teiise) with

Bat. thei-e are to

ix.

we

us, i.e.,

have.

(drapers, sing. Imperfect tense)

9ct

* with Dat. there was, or were to ^s, or

them, i.e., they had.

22.

',

eWat,

(d)

1.

it

1.

Matt.

iii.

(pres.

4, 9, 14.

Palsev.

Matt. xix. 21 2nd.

27.

xxi.

xxii. 12,

2.

22n<i, 5.

1.

8.

2.

16.

1.

vii. 29.

xxiii.

viii. 9,

201st&3r.l.

we

see II

29,

11

WilL

10, 11.
xiii. 5 twice,

1.
1.

12

6,

9,

1st.

1.

Abun-

122n'i_ see

dance.
12 3rd & 4th, O],
27, 43, 44. 46.
xiv. 4, 17.

1.

35,8eeKnowledge
1.

xvii. 20.
xviii. 8, 9.

1.

Mark

part,

2.5

33

)t,

pasition.

see

2d

Com-

(-

33 2nd, gee Pity.

xix. 16
inherit,

21

one.)

lt,

see

7.
1.

vu.

L" ti.)

(that

42.

9e

43.

to

do

22, 26, 29, 30.

iv. 5 twice, G, 9, 17,
23, 25 3 tinio, 40.
V. 3.

see II I to

15(oi. Gr:.)

do

9e.

25.

26 3rd, see

&

3rd.

: 39.
xi. 5, 6, 36.

1.

xii. 4,

5 2nd, 17, 10.

1.

xiii. 5.

9ai

15.
xiv. 9.

1.

t.

Acts XV.

1.

xvi. 3, see

28

10.

9a*

18, 19.

1.
1.

Oat

one.)

1.

35.

XV.

4, 8, 11.

17, see Spare.

31,

see

(that

are.)
ivi. 1. 28, 29.

9c'
9b.
1.

1.

xvii. 6, 7.
xviii. 22tw'w, 24.

26

3.

IS.

25.

38.
xxi. 9.
231'

232nd.
xxii. 12, see Rejwrt
xxiii. 17. IS, 19, 29
30, see Against.

10

2iid

see

16, 19 2n<l.

22,8eeKnowledgo
25.

xxiv. 17.
39 twice, 41.
ii.

xviii. 10.

-23.

xxii. .30 twice, 37.

.John

Know-

see Being.

xix. 13.

15,

XX. 24, 28, 33.

xxi. 4 ard.

18 2nd.
19 it, see Quarrel

1st,

xxiv.
Been.

(.)
3, m,
IM

xix. 17 (with

(that

WilL

ledge.

28, seell sufficient

(that
33, see

1.

part.

xvii. 13, see

50.
xiii. 6, 11.

xiv.

2,

21.

1.

(that one.
1.

Been.

26, see

24.

II

Change

see Will.

14, 31.

1.

30, see Nee<l.

33, 44, see

one.)

31, see Leisure.

21.
271st, see
ix. 6,

1st

5S

Isi

viii.llistjSeeRegard

1.

24, 25,

vi. 2, 5, 16.

44

(ic"

9a*

9c'

1.

with thee (what.)

1.

(when

13.

9a*

10 2nd, 15,

v.34,see Reputation
no
viL 5, see
as vet he).

Been.

ix. 3, 11.

9b

we

1.

2.

7.

42, part.

28, see

see Been.

32.
35.
37.

1.

lS3timcs,27
8,13, see

1.

], 3,

6 it.
6 2nd.

iii.

9c'

8, 33, 40.

15.

xxi. 5.
Actsii. 44, 45, 47.

iv. 13,

41.

9c"

to
do with thee (what.)
ii. 10, 17, 19 (.),
iii.

112nd,
XX. 31.

32, 33, 34.

viii. 2,

Odt

22.
24, see

7,

it

65 2nd.

i.

12.

26, 20, sec Patience

1.

twice,

25.
1.

XV. 30, 32, 34.

2.')

Indignation

65.

1.

1.

40.
vi. 8.

15, LS.
xii. 7'-nd_ see Will.

1.

4th.

xxvii. 16.
thou
19, see
nothing to do with.
24, see Been.
43, see Will.

see Gospel.

f>,

1.

V. 24.

1.

39.

1.

1.

1.

29 3rd &
XXVI. 7.

36,
xi.

see

to

with thee (what.)

8, .see

13, see

see

23,

21,

dance.

to

ix. 6.

1.

30

we

see

xix. 7, 10 twice.
11 1st, see
(can).

1.

1.

33.
34,

1.

twice,

3rd,

xvii. 5, 13.
xviii. 10.

1.

1.

24,252nd,

25, 28, 291st.

29 2nd, see Abun-

1.

do with thee (what.)

1.

21,28.

34.

9a

14.
lu. 8, 11 3 time.
iv. 16, see Been.

1.

1.

Been.
XXV.
Been.

see Need.

.32,

1.

3,

28.

1't

xvi. 12, 15, 21, 22,

33 2nd & 3rd.

1.

do with (what.)

1.

1.

1.

Under-

7.

9o*

1.

2 1, see Glory.

see

3,

i.

9a*

22.

9dt

vi. 1.

1.

having.

9c+

40, see Let.

46.

1.

i.e.,
1.

V. 23.

1.

fern.) with

2'>(i'>'ticip>le

being in,

29

xiv. 21, 30.

XV. 13, 22 2nd 3rd

1.

1.

51, see Cast.

1.

iv. 24, see

xiv. 3.
4, see Indignation

Luke

or

them.

8,

23, 44.

standing.

theirs.

Stwice^ 35,

xiii.

1.

ti.)

6,

36, 48.

ith,

9c*
9dt

shall be to him, her,

tvith Dat.,

Tr

20.
21, see Devil.

xii.

22 (ord.

Li>

1.

kv, in,

,A

5.

tis, etc.

* with Gen., shall be

(e)

2.5.

1.

shall there be, or there

shall be to him, or

& 2nd,

xii. 6.

1.

1),

(Future) he, she, or

etc.

be,

shall

41.
X. lOtwice, 16, islst

23, 24.

had her and,

having (part, of No.

was having.

ivith

37, see Peace.

41, 48. 49, 52.
ix. IS 1st, see Been.

xi. 3, 13, 22.

1.

12,

let.

23.

1.

1.

it v\'as.

(.),

viii.

26

x. 21 twice.

1.

9dt

1,

14 2nd, 16,
18 twice.

etc.]

he, she, or

ment.

1.

(c)

in), 7,
5 (with
24, 26 1' * Sfd, 36 Is',
38 1st, 39, 40, 42.
vi. 9, 40, 47, 53, 54,
08.
vii. 20.

Impedi-

32, see

this.. .is, etc.

see Dealings.

iv. 9,

with (have), 18 "',

Ll

38.

t with Gen. of

do

I to

see

4,

ii.

with thee (what.

have

for they

bread,

is

John

in-

eat,

to

stead of

it is.

* luith Dat.
him.

-,

/ ?,
36,

pres. tense)

sitig.

1.

XXV. 16 1st.
16 2nd.
10. 26 1st.

HAV
Actsxxv.262n<i,seeBring

2 Cor.

15

Had

see

(be).

1.

xxvii. 16, see Work

xxviii. 9, 19, 292nd
(op.)
Rom. i. 10, see Joiirney
13 1st, see WUl.
13 inrt.
ii. 14 twice, 20.

1.

(,

V. 1

1.

MS

vi. 4, 10.

14,

V,

Eph.

Dominion

9, 23.

1.

9a*
9dt

see Fellowship

1.

xiii. 3.

1.

xiv. 22 twice.

4 twice,

PhU.

6.

iii.

1st.

2iid,

CoL

V. 1.
vi. 1, 4, 19.
vii. 2 twice.

1 1st.

ii.

12,

viii. 1.

81'', marg., see

6.

iv. 12.

10.
16.

V.

17.

14, see
1

Tim.

see Will.
21 twice, 23,

ei

/, to go

vi.

2 Tim.

2, S,

ii.

xiv. 26 5tin'"

iii.

5.

XV. 19, see Hope.

iv.

3,

Titus

16 1"

Eph.

5,

7.

20, see Joy.

24, see
u. 3 I't.

1.

3 2nd
dence.

21, see

HAVE SUFFICIENT,

Confidence

14.

ii.

iii.

1.

iv.

vi.

Glory.

11", part.,

1.

vi.

1.

vii. 1,.1.

Luke

xiv.

'^x.

do

i"t,

12

2,

HAVE THOU NOTTIIXC TO DO

ISl't, 19.

viii.
',

2nd,

3.

800 Boon.
ix. 1, 4 "'CO6, 8, see

19,

Confidenc

36 1".

Pleasure

34 2nd,

,,

ui)0i', notluiiir,

X. 1, 2.

35,

WITH.

24, 28.

7,

10.

16, see

pai-t., 15.

12

vii. 3, 5, 0,

13 1"
v. 1, 12.

14,
v.

4.

1.

to

(with whom.)

12, part.

1.

13, 800

Iiart., 14.

10, see
1.

iv.

gee Confi-

4, 13.

1.
1.

Dominion

Mid.

8.

9.

Heb.

14,

vi.

0.

i.

ii.

Conversa-

to

Pas.s.,

self,

see Itching.

1.5.

to clothe,

i.e.,

to clothe one's

19.

Philem,

tion.

ON.

to envelope, to cause to

be clothed.

3.

i.

xiii. 1, 2 3 time, 3.

Conve-

jlficl.,

I't, 16.

12

1.

12, see

ill,

go into a garment,

4, 7.

1.

'

Company

see Will.

4,

ii

iii.

25, see Care.

-.30.

31, 34.
xvi. 12, see

n.

iv. S.

v. 4.

nient.
2 Cor. 1.

HAVE

9.

twice.

22

1,

(can.
xix.

1.

4, 10.

12,

John

see Will.

2 Thes. ii. 12, see Pleasure

iii. 1, see Course.
4, see Confidence

14, 15, see Hair.

16.

14, 15, 23.

xxii. 14.

13 2nd.

X. 20, seeFellowship
xi. 3, see Will.

xii.

l:iisi,

4, 5, 6.

xviii. 1, 19.

xix. 10, 12, 16.

XX. 1, 6 twice.
xxi. 9, 11, 12 twice,

HAVE

9.

i.

iii.

Less.

XV. 1, 2, 6 1st.
6 2nd, see Gird.
xvi. 2, 9.
xvii. 1, 3, 4, 7, 9,13

1st.

iv. 1, 13.
1 Tlies.

ix.

Power.

13.

iii.

8 2nd, marg., see

11.

see Power.

Ministered
2:i (with
are things having.)
19, see

2nd, 40.

More.

iv. 162nd, 17, 18, 21

V. 101st, 12 4 times
2nd,
13
14, 15.
2 John 5, 9 twice, 12.

ence.

Power

'',

18 twice.

Ist. see Been.

3 2nd, 6, 7, 8.

21.

Pre-emin-

IS, see

see

13, 25 1
28 3rd, 29 twice, 37 Ist &

1.

marg.

Ist,

IS

14.

i.

1, 9,

xiv. 1, 6, 11,14, 17,

19, see Been.

23 twice (a/).), 28.
iii.
17 twice,
3, 15

9, 17.

iv.

7,

see Trust.

1,

10,

9,

2nd.

15, see

i.

ii.

hai^e received.

_ 4 twice,

John

8,

17, 18.
twice.

14
31

seeDwelling-

11,

15.

xiii.

14
_ 14

19.
ii.

4,

6 twice.
3,6, 12 twice, 17

xi.

Remem-

15, see

i.

3,

xii.

brance.

27 2nd.
3, see Con-

2, 20,

fidence.

placa

Patience.

16.

iii.

3, 6, 9.

ix

iv. 8.

2 Pet.

2.

11 tw.ce, 14, 17, 19.

12.

ii.

30.
ii.

7.

1.

see Gird.
on.

7, 23.

i.

iv, 5.

1.

14

Pet.

8 2nd.
5 2nd.

2,

vii.

viii.

V. 7, see

25, see Confidence

XV. 4, 17, 23 twice.

xvi. 2 I't, see Need
1 Cor. u. 16.

4.

lt,

14 2nd, see

xii

1.

X. 2.

21st.

2 3rd.

1.

14.

V. 5.

vi.

1.

iii.

iv.

2 2nd, see Desire.

9.

21.

vi.

iv. 28.

ix. 2.

1.

1.

12.

iii.

Husband.

see

2,

ALTTr

7, 8.

V. 6,

14'wice,17, Igtwico

!_, 18.

21, 22.
vii. l,see

om.

iv. 4,

A
see Respect.

3,

Conversa-

3, see

ii.

8 2nd, 11, 13, 17, 22.

7,

1.

ii.

Admii'ation

i 16, 18.
ii. 3 2nd, 4 1st, c, 7,
10, 11, 12, 14 twice, 15,
17, IS, 21), 24lst, 25, 29
1 twice, 4 Ui, 6,
iii.

4.

i.

[tion.

7.

i.

Dominion.
1.

Jas.

cised.

see

16, see
19.

Rev.

liold

see

18.

see Circum-

13,

pluperf.

vi.

see Confidence

V. 10,

1st,

(such things as one )

7 Is', see Rule.
10 twice, 14.
17, see Rule.

21, see Been.

27 2nd.

iv. 22,
let

marg.

28,

fast.
xiii.

Report.

13.

Jude

xii. 9.

Notice.

4.

iii.

GLmTTrA.-i.)

2,

1.

Lack.

see Pre-emin-

12, see

20, see Respect.

X. 0, 15.
ii.

4.
9,

10, 15 2nd.

S.

have, instead of
we/iflcp,

ith, see

John
ence.

36.

15

Gal.

mony.

ix. 5, see

iv. 2.

Pleasure

X. 38, see

xi. 5 2nd, see Testi-

Greek.

1.

Heb.

not in the

1st,

15 2nd, see Over.

15 3rd, not in the

-th

26

twice.

HAV

Greek.

12

viii. 11,

forth
26 3rd,

356

'

'

.,

to tlice,
'

/('t

notiiiiij;

Matt, xxvii.

and,

19.

a7'i.se
.,

or

hetween the
ice
,

etc.

'

HAV
HAVE

357

TO DO WITH THEE

(what.)

,
Luke

v. 7.
ii.

viii.

to him,

See

(what.)

not

him,

or,

compassion and mercy.

also,

HAVEN.

a hai'bour, haven, creek ; a refuge

rather than a lauding
place (equivalent to
(non occ.)

to us,

Matt.

viii. 29.

Mark

Luko

i 24.

iv. 34.

See, FAIR.

HAVOC OF

HAVE TO DO

WITH WHOM.)

(,whom,

unto,

,,

wliom is
our account.

I unto

6v,

to US,

the account

to treat

(non

an enclosed place, (from the

same root comes Lot., chors, cohors,

/jTos,

present.

and Eng., garden,

akin to
cour, court.)
Ihuce always with the notion of
lecdirg place; then food, fodder, esp.

as also hortus,

Heb.

.\ui. 5.

$,

also

HATH

one,
,,

,,
M.v.y.s,

and

at,

Matt. xix. 21, with

'

>

my
1.

one has.

58,

HAZARD

I.

"ahc;'QL\.)

II.

Luke

xii. 33,

44,

1.

with

',
,

[" hig."

with

xiv. 3;j,witheauToO,

XV. 31. l"hisotcn."

see "

to

XV. 20.

the translation of the verb.

tiio

over

HE.
The pronoun " he " is generally part of
Very frequently

HAD

(-ED.)

give or hand
another, to deliver up.
to

possessions.

" i/our."

with iavTr\<;,
"//e /(>(<?/"( but
T. 2(5,

things

AcU
\

hay.

Cor. ui. 12.

any

to

,vith,or,that

tho thin as,

/, mine.

"thy."

the

)
.

,
Mai'k

hand

present, in

'

(^

cattle, grass,
1

the

of

possessions, substance.

beside

(th.u one.)

thii(ijs,

i.e.,

viii. 3.

HAY.

(such things as one.)

',
,
,

esp.

occ.)
Acts

the things,

, the

(make.)
outrageously,

of personal injuries; ravage as

savage beasts, destroy the sheep and
lay waste the fruits of the earth,

Ileb. iv. 13.

HATH

),

Acts xxvii. 12 ''cc

and,
to thee.

Koi,

1.

6.

or retreat,

what,

being to
not
he
having.

there

2S.

4.

HAVE WE TO DO WITH THEE

(^

Acts viL

John

being,

he.)

to thee.

Mark

"

,
',

(when as yet

and,

Kttt,

Tt,

HAD NO
not,

what,
e/xoi, to me,

(be.)

Have,"

A'o. 4.

Acta XXV.

20, imrt.

it

is

the translation of

prepositive article

(a) before

(o).

nouns, adjectives, and nu-

merals, "/<e that is," etc., of which

tiieie are upwards of 250 instances.

HE

358

"he

(b) before participles,

Luke xix

that," or,

"he that

When "he"

is," ''the

prepositions,

things tvhich are,"

John

',
Tr A R)
ii.

Rom.

30.

iv.

2nd.
57 2nd,

see

as

05,

3.

to

veiy,

self,

joined

ivith

a
Z.

closer relation tlian

Matt.

iii. 11 1",
see Coroe.

that,

Acts

xii.

;j.

Tr

.3

{om.

2"

GL

Luke

xiv. 2.

iv. 10,

XX.

4,

(and.)

ee

"iseeH

x.xiii.

17

2nrt

(ora.

1, 221", 37.
41i"(No.2,LTr.)

LTTrAhR)

G-

Mark
L-

.^
?..

G-

13

2n<i.

25 1" *

vj.
3,

G Lb

xvii. 11.

xix. 12 2nd, see

himself.
15 2nd &3rd.
xxi. 72nd.

HE

ALSO.

" he (and)."

see

John

(and.)
1.

XV. 14 2nd.
xvi. 24 !'

that
2i>dj

Bee

25(iie,/iei-f,

LTTrAR)

162nd (oi)i, No.

Tr .)

G'^

xix. 2 (No. S,

om.

TR)

^
*"

xvii. 11 2nd, 16.

xviiL 39 *nd.

II that.
27, 38.

2&3

17, 28.

29, ee II
Iv.

36 1"
15,202nd, 21lt.
6 1", 62nd ((.)
32 1", 36.
42 2nd (No, 2, G.x>

xiv. 12.

Acta

ii.

v, 37,

12.

himself

xi. 7, see II

R)

iii.

X.

20.

iii.

xiii lu'"''e, see II

that.
xiv, 17.

also.

ix.

HE HIMSELF.

38.

2.0li(oi/i.

Tr

him.self.

Uov.
see

2 Tim.

51 2nd.
X. 1, see

2.'5''rd.

3.

G^

LTR)

54.

8.

i.

ii.

:',.

19 (o fleos, L.)
2 Joliii 92nd.
3 John 10 2nd, see

ix.

xxvii. 58.

2.

3,

1st, 15.

17.

L.)

28.

viii.

171", i that.

.\xv.
.0.

GL

vii. 15.

15, 16.
15, 30.
V. 1, 14, 16, 17.
vi. 8 1", 20, 35.
vii. 5 2nd,

xxi. 27.

:;.

3,

35.
v. 37,

iv.

xvi. 20 2nd.

.).

10 (No.
.)
13 (No.

iii.

(and)

XV. 18, see

242nd.
13

him-

iv. 9.

17, 22 <.

i.

il.

3, 5, 7 2nd, 16.

iii.

TrbAb.)(ow.

32.

23 2na.

23.

see

34, see

ii.

Tr

see II tliat.
21 (7).)
xiv. 15.

W.)

xiii. 222ncl,

2.

13 2nd,
25 1" (o). G-.

self.

viii. 29.

Bee

X. 38,

2iid

35

xii.

that.

i.

Ist^

(and.

ix. 40,

viii. 24.

Idmself

X. 28.

Jas.

17, 25.

2iid_ 47.
{uiii.

see

30.

marking

^nJ

1st,

xix. 21.

2.
45

vii. .36

see Have.

V. 26,

vi.

IS

xviii. 1 2nd.

TTrAR)

112nd.

3.

;.

:i.

No.

Mark

21.

i.

8 2nd, 13

xvi.

iii.

this one, this one here,

ii.

himself.
iv. 10 2nd.
V. 2, see

[141".

XV. 26.

Ahuays emphatic.
Tt's, any one,
a certain one, when emphatic, it denotes somebody important, something great.
o'8e,

Tr

5 2nd.
14 1st.

i.

[R)

xiii. 25, 26 1", 30

xiv. 10.
12 2nd, see
also
212 nd, 26.

no other.

.5.

Heb.

1st.

xii.,49.

simply he, but he himself, he and

4.

131".

213rd.
36", 37.

each of

also

12, see

ii.

441"

25st,

the perso?is, tvith the third pers., not

17, 18 twice.

i.

2 Tim.

3rd,llUt, 12
21 2nd lorn'

the

14.

ii.

V. 23, 27.

Col.

liimself

1st.

ix.i)

being the

G~

iv. 11.

viii.42,

latter of two
nearer to the
subject, and connected with the second
])erson.
It is always emphatic.

refer

to

objects,

Eph.

11.

this person here, mostly

2,

18.

himself

10.

29, see

used

vU. 13 (No.

LTTrAR)

35

9.

2 Cor. viii. 15 twice, gee

II that.
X. 7 2ud.

4(3

(even.)
71 2nd.
vii. 4, see

viii.

32 1", see
that
Cor. ii. 15 2ad, see
himself.
iu. 15 2nd, see
liimself.

G-

discredit.
this,

TrA.)

special distinction either of credit or

ovTos,

XX. 35.
XXV. 4, 25, see II
himself.
xxviii. 6 2nd.

25 1".
47 1st.
192nd,
.35,38,46.
-v.
- vi. 6 2nd, 15, gee
[himself.
29.
Lb
42 (om.

always marks

22 2ud, see

xix.

_
-

see

himself.

21.

iii.

the person there, that person.

it refers to what has gone
immediately before, hut when No. 2
and No. 1 refer to two things before
mentioned. No. 1 belongs to the more
remote, and is generally connected with

2.

Lb

12 2nd.

Strictly

tise

42.

/ctvo?,

the thirdjierson. Its

[31.

27 {om.
he il is,

is

19 2nd.
19 3rd,
himself.

18.

i.

191s' (should

xviii.

be "Theti.")

22 2nd, 35 2nd.
xxiv, 21, 25, 28 1st,

not the translation of any

of the above, but the equivalent of
a separate Greek word, it is emphatic, and is the translation of one
of these below.

1.

252nd.

see

.92nd.

of which there are 279 instances.

etc.,

xvii. 24.

himself.

before adverbs and

12.

xvi, 33 2ud,

(and)

xxiii.

instances, or
(c)

Acts xiv.

9.

xxii. 12, see

41

"he which," of vhich there are 1200

L Tr

?,
05,
5,

see

3.

eavT($5,

of No.

"he," No.

see

"HE," No.

this,

3.

3,

[man]
himself

this

one's self, himself, (reflexive

1.)

359

Luke

John

Acta XXV.

2.

25.

2.

vi. H, IS.
vii.

Acts

1.

xxiii.

1.
1.

xix. 22.

1.

Rev. xix.

1.

Heb.

HEAD

4.

15.

18.

ii.

V. 2.

John

10.

12.

HE THAT.
This
art.

generally the translation of the

When it is not it
with preposition.
is

one of those following.

is
1.

ei Tts, if

2.

0?, rel.

any

bility,
3.

4.

',
2.

2'

less,

(non

in

occ.)

Mark
Rom.

3.

Rev.

xiii.

[TTrH.)

25 {oin. av,

iv.

ix. 40.

2.

iii. 2<i.
1.

viu. 32.

10'.

...HE (and.)
(Xo.

KcI/cetiOs,

with

also, jwefixed,)

and,

even,

and he (the person

there.)
Luke xxii. 12.
John vii. 29.

Matt. XV. IS.

XX. 4.

Luke

xix. 35

xi. 7.

Acts

HE

2>"i.

xviii. 19.

also,

vi. 57.

i,

him,

his, wij,

THEM,

ye,

thky,

Acts

V. 36.

xxi. 24.
xxvii. 34.

X. 30.

Rom

xiv. 8, 11.
xxi. 42.

7.

xxvii. 29, 30, 37, 39.

Mark

24, 25, 27, 28.

vi.

xii.

4,

10.

xiv.

Col.

Luke

vii. 38.

44

(oi;i.

46.

ix.

58.

xii. 7.

XX. 17.
xxi. 18, 28.

John

xiii. 9.

xix. 2, 30.
XX. 7, 12.

\H.)

IV

Pet.

Rev.

i.

3.

4.

heal,

to

cure

2^>'op-

^,

to save, to rescue, to preserve

to

1.
1

5,

Matt.

bring

through

safely

sickness.
for,

healing.

iv. 23, 24.

viii. 7.

1.

Matt

xii. 10, 15, 22.

2.

xiii.

xiv. 14.
xvii. 3, 7, 9.

2.

8, 13.

1.

xiv. 14.

16

1.

xviii. 19.

ix. 35.

1.

XV. 30.
xix. 2.

xix

1-

X 1, 8.

1.

xxi. 14.

12.

^/

to cause to live, revive,

j th, unto,

~
19.

1.

xii. 1, 3iic.
xiii. 1 '"Ice, 3.

to

danger or

14.

17"'',

,?,

(-ED, -ING.)

safc/ro?rt danger, loss, or destruction.

iv. 4.

x.

xix. 36.)
4.

or recover from illness.

7.

ix. 7,

iii.

to serve as a

surgeons

10, 19.
ii.

Acts

2 Tim.

cally.

18.

i.

ii.

esp. to take care of the sick,

tend them and treat them medi-

iv. 15.
V. 23 'wltc.

3.

XV. 19, 29.

forwards, prone, inforwards,

a bad sense,

then,

22.

i.

IS.

(an
attendant, higher than
as
implying free and honourable service ;) to be an attendant, to do
service ; then, to take care of, esp.
one's person, to dress, wash, etc.,

xii. 20.

Eph.

i.

HEADY.

violent, (occ.

".

(wound

eee

Acts

ji

headlong.

precipitate, sudden, headlong, hasty,

2.

Cor. xi. 3 3 tlmc_ 4 twico^

5
7, 10.
xiL 21.

in the.)

'

falling

11.

iv.

xviii. C, 18.

faiiintr
"^

/i,

clining

HEAD.

viii. 20.

';, becoming,
\

etc.

vi. 17.

(fall.)

bending forward,

,
,

the head of vian or heaxt, the

head or chief part of anything.

xxvi.

pre-

iv. 29.

prostrate,

1.

Matt.

down from a

HEADLONG

HEAL

(even.)

John

See

(cast down.)

to cast
Luke

(
2*

X. 38.

xxiii. 12.

Mark

xii. 4.

cipice, (7ion occ.)

whosoever.

Matt.

4.

Mark

uncertainty, or conditionality.

, wlio even, marking a greater

ref. to

particle expressing possi-

(I

the head.)

in

to bring

HEADLONG

one.

proih, who, which, he who.

* u'iik uv,

(wound

under heads, sum

up briefly so here they made short
work of it.
The word is nowhere
%ised of wounding in the head, and
a new sense should he not affixed
ivithout evident necessity, (non occ.)

la.

ii.

iii.

1.

4.

'M.

xviii. ly.

ii.

Cor.

1.

HEA

15.

HEA
Mark

i.

Luke

34.
2, 10.

iii.

15

Tr

(o-H.

4.

*)
John

20.
vi. 5, 13.

18

iv.

1.

(,

11

iii.

instead

7.

was

I'.hick

17.

tome
healed,

he,

man
GL

TTrAbi.)

2.

V. 16.

Tin.

X.

36.
43.

Rev.

3.

xiii. 3, 12.

5.

-,,

1.

1.

viii. IS.

12 part.

1.

ix. 7.

1.

X.

iv.

V. 21, 27, 33, 38,

and in

iv. 22.

xii. 9, 28, 30.

1.

Rev. xxii.

10 pait.
ix. 12 part.

1.

xiii. 7.

1.

xiv. 11 part, 58, 64.

XV. 35 part.

15lst

15
.\iii.

1.

2 part,

4,

5,

TTrbA.)

(oi)i.

2r.d.

24 part, 42.

9ist(oi.TTrb

tion

9 2nd, 13, 14, 15,

deliverance,

from danger

preserva-

or destr^iction.

29, 37.

xvi. 11 pait

1.

2*

Luke

{.)

13.
41, 58, (,.
ii. IS, 20, 46, 47.
iv. 23, 28, part.

1.

Ai^.)

safety,

14, 18.

xii. 28,

xii. 19,

41 part, 47 part.

.\i.

1.

2.

HEALTH.

16, 25, 37.

1.

xi.

Acts

43

vii.

vii. 24, 26.

X. 14, 27.

Cor.

2.

to,

o)

vi. 7.
viii.

lyrogress.)
ix. 11.

Mark

Matt. ii. 3 part, 9 part,

18, 22 part.

healing, (the termination deno-

ting the action as vtcomjilete

upon,

to listen

(7ion occ.)

2)roduct of the act, (non occ.)

3.

to

(No. 1 ivith iiri, upon, preto hearken upon, i.e., to

hear anything at or upon a 2Mrticular 2^ace or occasion, (non occ.)

then,,

healing, (the termination deno-

Luke

p7'e-

with
through,
hear through or
throughout, to hear full}^, (non occ.)

[uouu.]

ting the comjdete act; the result or

1.

unto,

ivitli et's,

occ.)

(No.

Slukovo),

voluutaiy service, attend-

5,

learn by

to

fixed,)

care of the sick, and

ance
hy implication, relief, healing.

3.

(non

prefixed,)

4.

HEALING

/,,

* Passive.

9.

xxviii. 9.
-Heb. xii. 13.
Jas. v. 10.
1 Pet. ii. 24.

11, 42.

2.

(No.

xviii. 8, 27.

47.

IX.

to give ear,

i.e.,

38.

xiv.

6.

1.

hear,

to

gx*ant,

viii. 7.

have the

trans., to hear,

Also
fixed,) to hear to, listen to.
from the Heb., to hear favourabh',

30.

vii. 3.

hearing, be informed.

14.

iv.

19.

,
listen

of,
the:

HEARD.)

-ING,

perceive with the ears

G-^T.)

xii. 40.

Acts

(-EST,

to hear, intrans., to

faculty of hearing

13 (acrOeveiu, to

V.

18.

iv. 47.

be sick,

(c;;.)

23, 4U.
V. 15.
17.

HEA
-,

HEAR

xiv. 3.

xvii, 15.
xxii. 51

V. 23.

Luke

30

1.
1.

i.

1.

V.

1.

vi. 17, 27, 47, 49.

1.

vii.

16.

17 3 time, 18, 19
part, 20, 22, 23, 43 1"
(om. LbTTrbAS.)

1.

22

1, 15.

3 part, 9 part,

twito,

29.

8 twice, 10, 12,

13, 14 part, 15, 18, 21,
viii.

60 part.

Acts xxvii.

HEALTH
{'ytaiVw,

to

34.

(be in.)

be sound,

healthy, or in

health.
3

1.

2.

2.

1.

when the King

to

prefixed,)

to

ivith

heap up

upon,
upon, to

iiri,

accumulate, (7ion occ.)

xii. 20.

Jae.

2. 2 T im iv.
see Treaeure.
|

r. 3,

3.

1.
1.

6, 22
23 part, 26, 36.

XX. 16

1.

16, 18, 20,

27.

41, ue

8.

II

ono

H])tiak.

65.

twice,

i.

i)art.

6 iwrt,

xxiii.

John

(.

pai-t,

xix. 11 p)irt, 48.

1.

xxi. 9, 38.
xxii. 71.

xxvii. 13, 47 part.

iL 17 part.
8 part, 21 part.

V.

1.

1.

24 1", 24

(^.

31.

xii. 3.

xiv. 15, 35 twice.

XV. 1, 25.
xvi. 2, 14, 29, 31.

1.

iii.

l."},

xi. 28,

1.

1.

1.

Mark

iv.

39.

G~TTr

thereof,

xxi v.
xxvi.

HEAP.

ix. 7, 9, 35.
X. 10 twice, 243tlmes,

1.

22 part, 33 part,

AW.)

G.)

Rom.

xviii. 15, 16.

17 '*', see
(neglect to.)
xix. 22 part, 25 part
XX. 24 part, 30 part
xxi. 10, 33, 45 part
xxii. 7 part {om.

34 part,

(,
1.

1.

heard

John

heap one thing on another,

to \\C'A])\;'\i\\somethiufj, (occ. 2 Tim.
iii.

1, 13 part '''o
XV. 10, 12.
xvii. 5, 6 part.

xiv.

12

twice,

-" (.),

(,
33.

vi. 2, 11, 14, IHpart,

20 1 part, 20 an J, 29
part, 55.

8, 29, 32.

1.

iii.

1.

iv. 1, 42,

1.

V.

23i"lw,

36
but Jesu oeerhcaring,
inntead of cm mon a
Tr S)
JesuK heard,

37,40.

1.

24,

47 part.
25 '";', 28,

80, 37.
1.

vi.

45,

60

lt

part,

02i.(l.
1.

vii. 32,

viii.

1.

1.

6,

40 part, 51

no Greek

equivalent.
9 (.), 26, 40,
43, 47 twice.
ix. 27'w'w, 81 *',
82, 86, 40.

HEA
.

John

1 Cor.

27.

3, 8, 16, 20,

2 Cor. vi.

12 part, 18, 29,

Gal.

~.

xviii. 21,

xix. 8, 13 part.
xxi. 7 part.
i.

11, 22, 33,

6, S,

Col.

22, 23.

ii.

26.

iv.

9.

before.

6, 9. 23.

part, 24, 32 part.

Thes.

2 Thes.

12 part, 34.
37 (o/ii.
Him shall
ye hear,
vii.

((.G-LTTr A

Tim.

see

13,

ii.

(which.

14.

11,

..)

HEARD

11.

iii.

16

iv.

2.

ii.

that which

iv. 17.

54 part.
viii. 6, 14, 30.

Philein.

h.

Heb.

1,

ii.

38.

then,

heard.

is

Thes.

7, 15,

iii.

(WHICH...)

-, hearing, the sense of hearing,

13.

2. Tiitt. i.

ix. 4, 7, 13, 21,

xviii. 17 twice

Matt,

4 part.
5, see

i.

iv. 4, 20, 24 part.

V. 5 twice, 11, 21

vi.

27, 30.

i.

37 part.
iii.

to hear imperfectly, hear

wrong, misunderstand and lastly,
not to listen to, take no heed of, or
pretend not to hear, (non occ.)

iv. 21.

Phil.

then,

2.

iii.

4.

ii.

cidentally then, to hear underhand,

to overhear something from another;

2.3.

21
lo knoif accurately, L")
Eph. i. 13 part, 15 part.
iv.

15.

xvi. 13.

Acts

13,

i.

(neglect to.)

to liear beside, esp., to hear ac-

2.

xii. 4, 6.

34, 47.
xiv. 24, 28.

XV.

HEAR

9.

ii.

xiv. 21.

29, 41, 42.

xii.

,
(,
]

xi. 18.

4 pai-t, 6, 20,

xi.

361

13.

ii.

16 part.

X. 22.

v.'7"'

31.
33, 44, 46.

xii. 19.

1,7, 18 part.

yi.

xiii. 7, 44,

Jas.

19.

i.

48 part.

11.

v.

xiv. 9, 14.

2 Pet,

XV. 7, 24.
xvi. 14.

18.

i.

John

i.

1.

1, 3, 5.

11.
iv. 3, 5, 6 twice.

iii.

38 part.

S part, 21,
32 l i)art, 32 2ndxviii. 8, 26 part.
xix. 2, 5 part, 10,
20, 28 part.
xxi. 12, 20 part, 22
xxii. 1, 2 part, 7,
9, 14, 15, 20 part.
xxiii. 16 part.

2
3

John
John

Rev.

{.),

6,

1.

2.

Rom.

1.

Eph.

a hearer.

13.

1.

iv. 29.

2.

ii.

,
?,
and

vii. 4.
viii. 13.

2.

ix. 13, 16, 20.

X. 4, 8.

HEARING.

hearing, the sense of hearing,

also, the thing heard.

knowledge throughout, i.e.

thorough knowledge hence, a distinouishiner

xii. 10.

and

decidins:.

xiii. 9.

xiv. 2 '"'=<. 13.

xvi. 1, 5, 7.

xxvi.

3, 14, 29.
xxviii. 15 part, 22,
20, 27. 28.
Rom. X. 14 wicc, 18.

xviii. 4,

tw'c,

1.

Matt.

xiii. 14.

15,
2.

XXV.

Acts

21,

mai'g.

1.

j%uigm<:nl.

1.

23, see II (place

1.

XXVIII. 20.

v. 11.

1.
ii.

8.

HEAR BEFORE.
to liear beforehand

here the

have heard of before,

already, (non occ.)
i.

l^

,'

^ Hi- one

.
'

from be-

bide.

John

i.

^9.

Gen. of
Hub.

5.

HEAR ONE SPEAK.

.

HEABING

to

CoL

17 twice.
1 Cor. xii. 17 twice.
Gal. iii. 2, 5.
Heb. iv. 2, see
(of.)

2 Pet.

1.

Aorist,

-^

(be
[report.)
dull of.)
Roiu. X. 16, murg. (text

1.

of.)

,
-,

Acts xxviu. 27, see

(be

see

dull of.)

23

xix. 1, 6.
xxi. 3.
xxii. S'w'c, 17, IS.

8 inf.

XV. 21.

2 Tim. iL 14.
Jas. i. 22, 23, 25.

xi. 12.

XXV. 22'*

1,

"

13,

11, 13.

V.

24.

xi.

iv. 1.

.)

Tr

7, 11, 17, 29.

20, 22.

GL

iVo.

3, 10.

i.

vi. 1, 3, 5, 6, 7.

IhiiKis {om.

(-S.)

4.

iii.

heanl

0.

ii.

xxiv. 4.
22 part (Gx),
tl,(.ir

2.

v. 14, 15.

xvii.

HEARER

to hear, see "hear,'

(here participle.

24 1"'

7, 18,

ii.

out of the

two who heard from,

or as he stood beside
John and heard him.
41, part.

,
,

iv. 2, text,

HEARING
\

1.

preached.

(be dull of)

/iV.

heavily they heard,

heavily, {(quoted fromUixmlwi.

to hear,

Matt

(of) [margin.]

-, No.

(10,
) to

xiii, 15.

ivhere Ixx.

make

//'^

heavy.)

Acts xxviii.

27.

HEA

HEARING

the

2L

place

xi.

29.

xii. 34.

trial,

G L

Tr

V. 5.

Ati.)

Acts XXV.

XV.

23.

15 'wice^

ix. 2.

If).

X. 1, 6, 8, 9, 10.
xvi. IS.

8, 18, 19.

xviii. 35.

xix. 8, see

,
,

see "

(-ED.)
1.

Mark

(No. 1 ivith
under
prefixed, implying concealment, or
repression,) to hear with the idea of
stealth, stillness or attention, used
esp. of a 2^orter or doorkeeper.

1.
1.

Mark

Acts

iv. 3.

Acts

2.

1.

iv.

1.

vii.

xii.

who was

vii. 14.
ii.

14, see

to.

Cor.

Jas.

ii.

21,

iii.

5.

iv.

15

xiv. 25.

2 Cor.

4.

iv.

ti.

V.

12.

vi. 11.

(hard-

see

vii. 3.

viii. 16.

ix

7.

Gal. iv.

6.

23.

xii. 30, 33.

xvi. 14, see

Eph.

(liard-

ness of.)

Luke

iv. 18.

v. 19.

19, 35, 51.

ii.
iii.

vi. 5.

15.

6.

45 1st.
45 "'nd {up.)
45 3rd.

22.

vi.

(,

TO.

Phil.

i.e.,

to

give ear to, (non ore.)

X. 27.

iv. 8.

xxi.

Thes.

2 Thes.

see Fail.

0,

14, 34.

to obey a ruler or one in

authority hence, gen. to obey, (occ.
Acts V. 29, .32 ; Titus iii. 1.)

Acts xxvii.

38.

viii. 10.

X. 10, 22

(which

iii.

viii. 21, 22,

[As the corporeal organ of the body, it

is the seat of life, which chiefly and
finally participates in all its

move-

ments. Also as the seat and centre

of man's personal life in which the
distinctive character of the human
manifests itself.
Hence the significance of the heart as the starting
point of the developments and
manifestations of personal life, as
well as the organ of their concentration

and outgo.]

^, (from

to breathe,) life

in individiud existence, the breath

or life which exists in every living
thing,
life in

V. 5, 8.
1 Pet. i. 22.

hence,

living

man

i.

ii.

John

Rev.

ii.

19.

14

[21.

19,

iii.

20 'w'c,

23.

xvii.

1'
'

1.

.wiii.

9.

^,

HEART

(hardness

of.)

hardness of heart, (not

found in Greek Authors,) (non occ.)
Matt. xix.

8.

Mark

HEART

Mark

x. 5.

xvi. 14 {ajJ.)

(which kxoweth the.)

heart-knowcr, heart-

searcher.

Act

i.

24

xv.

8.

HEARTILY.

individual,

himself,

4, 15.

iii.

2 Pet.

22.

xiv. 17.
XV. 8, see II(hich
knoweth the.)

distinct individual existence,

and the whole

under " SOUL.")

37 (.)

xi. 23.

the heart.

14.

iv. 8.

vii. 23, 39, 51, 54.

xiii.

26.

i.

V. 3, 4.

(-S.)

''';<'

xiii. 9.

Jas.

26, 37, 46.

iv. 32.
33, see Cut.

HEART

12, 15.

iv. 7, 12.

ii.

21.

17.

5.

1 Tim. i. 5.
2 Tim. ii. 22.
Heb. iii. 8, 10,

xiii. 2.

7.,

13.
ii.

iii.

xiv. 1, 27.
xvi. {>, 22.
Acts i. 24, see
knoweth the.)

4, 17.

ii.

iii.

xxiv. 25, 32,

John xii. 40 ''ce.

HEARKEN UNTO.

15, 16, 22.

iii.

xii. 34, 45.

14.

ii.

2.

ii.

ix. 47.

xvi. 15.

Acts

i. 7.

iv. 7.

Col.

viii. 12, 15.

to receive in the ear,

Tender.

32, see

17, 51, 06.

i.

17.

iii.

V. 22.

HEARKEN

2, 3, 15.

iii.

vii. 6, 19, 21.

xi.

).

22.

i.

ii.

(a;;.)

viii. 17.

X. 5,

[unto.
see

37 wice.

vii.

6, 8.

ii,

9.

ii.

iv. 5.

ness of.)

there.

.-cxvii.

I'J.

1.

vi. 52.

marg. a^k

13,

XV. 13.

1.

2.

(hard-

.xxii. 37.

xxiv. 48.

HEAR," Xo.

27.

viii.

ness of.)

HEARKEN

17.

Vi.

40.
xiii.

''

5, 15, 29.

ii.

35 (ow.

of

occ.)

14.

xxi. 13.
xxviij. 27
Rom. i. 21, 24.

ix. 4.

among
among

place of hearing ;
the lecture room;

Acts xvi.

V. 8. 28.

vi.

Romans, the

the

HEA

Matt.

(place of.)

6-'ree^',

(non

362

(, out

of,

heart,

(see
(

No.

2,

out of the
whole man.

"

2.

HEA
what

anything,

xxii. 15, dat.

l.Col. iii. 23.

burns,

that

(occ.

heat, as of the summer,

or of the fire, (non occ.)

^/3/7;, warmth,

3.

1.

Matt. XX.

12.

1.

Luke

05.

xii.

Acts xxviii.
Jas.

J.

2 Pet.
3.

10, 12, see

iii.

xvi.

2.

perished."

What
7),

succeeded

1.

HEAT

11.

(with fervent.)

to be set

2 Pet.

i.

iii.

on

fire,

to burn.

10, 12, pass. part.

What

HEATHEN.
Wvos,

see

"gentile," No.

(only

1,

])lu7-ai here.)

, the,
2.

-'

2.

Matt.

1.

Acts

fire shall

shall follow

1.

man

1.

2 Cor. xi. 20.

Gal. i. 1(5.

1.
1.

Gal.

iii.

iii.

God says, "Behold

create new heavens, and anew earth.

li.

Thus we have Three

16

Ixvi.

22.)

heavens.

"The heavens were of old and

the earth."
"The world that then

(1st)

was," 2 Pet.

HEATHEN MAN.
a man of the nations,
than the Jews.)
Matt,

called (2 Pet,

"New

u. y.

8.

(.<,

is

be dissolved."

heavens and a new

earth;" and in Rev. xxi. 1, "A
new heaven and a new earth." In
13),

(Sec also Isaiah

vi. 7.

xviii. 7, see
iv. 25.

heaven

the former,
are " kept in

These

Isaiah Ixv. 17,

people of the nations, (other

than Jeivs.)

first

i.e.,

reserved unto fire."

In
the day of the Lord " the heavens
shall pass away with a great noise,
and the elements shall melt with
fervent heat, the earth also and all
the works therein shall be burned
up." Again, (ver. 12), "The heavens

being on

1.

4,

earth,"

store,

(burning.

Jas.

iii.

the earth
John calls these

"The

1),

first

see ver.

HEAT

called (2 Pet.

which now are."

and the

9.

is

"The heavens and

(Rev. xxi.

(with fervent.)
Rev. Yii. 16.

2.

(burning)

11, see

read in Gen. i. 1, " In the beginGod created the heavens and

the earth."
Peter tells us (2 Pet.
iii. 5, 6), that "The heavens were of
old, and the earth standing out of
the water and in the water: whereby the world
that then
was, being overflowed with water,

(/?),

the burning or heat produced,

the result of burning.

2.

Jewish fable cannot explain this, nor have we any need to

go beyond the covers of God's word

ning,

11.)

i.

ovpavov, " the third

read of
heaven."

for its explanation.

heat

the

21),

HEA

We

burning, heat (as of the sun),

or a scorching wind, (Ixx. in Jer.
xviii. 17; Ezek. xvii. 10; Job. xxvii.

Jas.

marg. (text, desire.)

HEAT.

',

1.

3.

to covet.

its object,

Luke

2.

363

directed towards
attaches
wliich

is

desire

(-)

itself to

(other

xviii. 17

iii.

5, 6.

"The heavens and the

which now are," 2 Pet. iii. 7.

(2nd)

(3rd) "

earth

The new heavens and the new

earth," Isaiah Ixv. 17.

HEAVEN

(-S.)

heaven, the over-arching and

all-embracing heaven beneath which
is the earth and all that is therein.
/os,

is used more often than

the singular, and there are many
conjectures why.
We can know
nothing of such a matter but what
is revealed (John iii. 12, 13.)
Wo

[The plural

The

origin, causes and progress of

these changes make up the whole
subject matter of the word of God
!

*^* Pai-adise was in the First heaven

and earth, (Gen. ii.) It "perished"
with them at the flood, and therefore is absent in the Second.
It
appears again in the Third, with
its Tree of Life, Rev. ii. 7 ; xxii. 1,

HEA
U.

2,

To

this

and " Paradise

away, 2 Cor.

"

364

"Third heaven"
Paul was caught
(not " up,"
" visions

xii. 2, 4,

see

under " catch,")

and

i-evelations of the Lord," 2 Cor.

in

One catching awa}' with a

double revelation of the New heaven
and the Xew earth, the whole earth
being then a " Paradise."
xii. 1.

In the light of this,

must in Luke
xxiii. 43, place the comma after the
words "to-day," which indeed is
required by the absence of on.
(Compare Luke xxii. 34, and Matt,
xxi. 28; with Mark xiv. 30; Luke iv.
21 ; and xix 9.) Thus the promise
of Christ to the dying robber is
Future, (see under "to-day.")

For the expression " Kingdom

Heaven," see under kingdom.]
*

The

plural

gular in
Avith
Matt.

rendered by the sinpassages marked

is

those

asterisk.

fill

Luke

2*, 16, 17*.

iv. 17*.
V. 3*, 10*, 12*,
iii.

15.
21, 22.

ii.

iii.

16',

iv. 25.

18.

23.

vi.

19^
45-.

48*

twice,

20*,

iiifctead

ix. 16, 54.

X. 15, IS, 20*, 21.

34,

(,

ViO.li/,

heaiv

of

GwLT Tr A

xviii. 13, 22.

XX.

xiii. ll*(oj. G.)

24*, 31*, 33*, 44*,
45*, 47*, 52*.
xiv. 19.
xvi. 1, 17*, 19* 3 times

.\viii.l*,3*,4*,10*twicc,

18* twice, 19-, 23*.

14
xix. 12*, 14*, 21, 23*.
XX. 1*.
xxi. 25 '"'cc.
,

xxii. 2*, 30.

27, 31.
vi. 31, 32 twice, 33, 38,
41, 42, 50, 51, 68.
xii. 28.
xvii. 1.
Actei. 10, 11 3 time.

iv. 12, 24.

vii. 42, 49, 55, 50.

ix. 3.

is

X. 11, 10.
xi. 6, 9, 10.

xiv

Rom.

vi. 41.

(from)

18.

i.

X.

1 Cor. viii. 5.

34.

XV. 47.
2 Cor. v. 1,

viii. 11.

X. 21.

25*. 20'

(.),

Gal. L

xii. 25.

25 1", 25' 2nd, 27,

31, 32.
xiv. 62.

Eph.

8.
i.

10

liiavmt.)
iii.

(np.)

2.

xii. 2.

30,

31.

xvl 19

(from.)

xxvi. 13, see

Mark

xiii.

15.

17, Bte
xvii. 24.
xxii. 6.

1'.

xxvi. 04.

xL

21.

iii.

xxiv. 21 twice, 30twicc,

31', 35, 30.

\-ii.

2, 5, 19, 34.

ii.

LTTrA W.)

xxviii. 2, 18.
11.
i. 10,

13'"*:2iid, 133rd

iii.

(.),

(,
which

4, 5.

xxi. 11, 26*, 33.

x.vii. 43 (ap.)
xxiv. 51 (ap.)
John i. 32, 51.

htuveiuy, instead oi

XXV.

xix. 38.

xii. 50*.

in /iwffji,

7, 18, 21.
xvi. 17.
xvii. 24 twice, 29.

11*.

xi. 11*. 12*, 23, 25.

(.),

XV.

X. 7*, 32*, 33*.

xxiii.

is'

16.

xii. 33.

vi. 1*. 9, 10, 20.

vii. 11*, 21* ice.
viii.

2*

xi.

(.),

Tois oupocoii, icliick in

in ktaven,

of

15*.

iv. 10.
vi. 9*.

(marg.

the

Phil.ii. 10, see

HEA
(in.)

HEA
HEAVENLY

365

PLACES.

the heavenly places, the

places pertaining to
heaven, in the domain
of the heavenly. The
phrase defines broad-

and

comprehensively the I'egion and

sphere where are our
ly

(,

ot,the(masc.
pl.),^

country, Phil.

iii.

20;

our High Priest; our

heaveulies,

Treasure, Matt. vi.

our Affec20, 21
;

Col.

tions,

i.

our

1.

,
,

Eph.

3,

1.

marg. the

Pet.
20.)
Eph,

tliinys

4, (occ.

i.

iii.

vi.

ii. 6.

marg.

12,

2.

heavy, as of burdens, hard

be borne.

Matt.

xi. 28, see Laden.

xxiii. 4.
[very.)

2.

1.

Mark

HEAVY

John
Eph.

the

3,

1.

<;,

(text,

Luke

but more

G -LTTr),
H.)

ix. 32, iiart.

(be very.)

26.

ii.

Mark

xiv. 33.

HEBREW.
a Hebrew, from

passer over,

In

over.

Ileb. nni?

same as virkp,
to Abraham's

rob., the

allusion

immigration from the other side of

the Euphmtes, he was called, "Abram
in
the Hebrew," Gen. xiv. 13.
beyond,
Ixx.
76/7/?, fro7n
The title
beyond the river.
i.e.,

(they that are.)

Cor. XV. 48.

Hebrew
a

therefore their

is

and

is

of

title

never tised xvithout

special reference to

from

them as

distinct

either latent or

other nations,

expressed.

heavenly, (see above.)

places.)

{,

37.

separation,

[H

40(/3

emphatic,
1.

to

HEAVINESS (be FULL OF,")

occ. Phil.

thiiif/s fiieiit.),

12.

iii.

i.

see "

Matt. xxvi.

HEAVENLY THINGS.

Mk. xi V.

Bame a.n \o.

(be
43, part, fvery.)
xiv. 33, sj; II (bo

kirovpavLOL,

xxvi. 37, eeo

the [persons,']
heavenly, what pertains to
heaven.

oi,

weighed down,

Eph.

[high places.)

10.

HEAVY.
to be heavy,

oppressed.

Inheritance reserved,
i.

HEB

Ileb. viii.

masc. marg. (text

ix.

[7;;;5,

5,

is

a Hellenist,

Hebrew who has unlearned

23.

i.e.,

his

own

tongue and speaks Greek, and ex-

,
],

presses

HEAVINESS.

5,
and

grief, sorrow.

down-

a casting the eye

ward, dejection, (iioh occ.)

1.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor.

8,

ix. 2.
ii.

PhiL

1.
i.

Jas.

2.

1 Tet.

IIEA\"1NESS

ii.

iv.

o?

20,

it.

see II (be
[full of.)

ite

in

Matt,

x.xvi.
Phil.

ii.

37;

Mark

.\iv.

now

3.3.)

the

26.

J.

HEAVINESS

(he in.)

J\tss. as here, to

be sad, to mourn,
1.

2.

1 Pot.

i.

imrt

It

came

of the

2.

Hebrew Tongue and

Jewish nation.]
the Hebre-w language,

i.e.,

Hebrew

('lialdaic

to give pain to, to jiain, distress.

grieve.

a Jew in his national

as the heir of the Theocratic

'^,
the

*7,

is

privileges and the glorious vocation

So we speak
(see " LsRAELiTE.")

anguish

to be in a state of great an.\iety,

(occ.

the

from the prominence of the single

tribe of Judah, to bo applied to all
who returned from the captivity (see
is the Israel"jew.")

(uE full of.)

to be troubled

within

distinction from Gentile.

(be in.)

see

6,

distinction

and not between that nation

any other (see " Grecian.")

nation,

Arama'an or Syro
which was probably the

vernacular language of the l*alestiiie Jews at the time of Christ.

AcU vi. 1.
2. Act xxvi. 14.
xxi. 40.
xxii. 2.

1.

1.

PhiL

t.:or.

XL

Iii.

22.

""

HEB

HEBREW

366

HEE

HEED TO

(in.)

Hebraice, in

Hebrew.

3.

3.

John

4.

HEED TO
(in the.)
1.

3.

xix. 13, 17.

Mark
Luke

HEBREW TONGUE

(in the.)
Rev.

v. 2.

ix. 11.

xvii. 3.

HEED TO

Rev. xvi.

16.

HEBREW
adj.,

(of.)

Hebrew.

,
7,
,

xii. 1.

^.

Luke

2.

[verb.]

1.

have the power

mental vision or
consideration., to consider, take to
heart, employed to express a more
to

contem-

spiritual

earnest,

plation than No.

Acts

iii.

Acts XX.

fast

unto.

1.

ii.

(give.)

No.

see above,

3.

5.

1.

Acts

viii. 6.

(take.)

see above.

28.

2.

Tim.

iv. 16.

HEEL.
the heel, (?ion occ.)
Ps.

10,

xii.

where the

figure refers to circumventing, sup-

planting, see Gen.

ix.

Hos.

to see to, look to.

xii.

John

xxvii.

36

Jcr.

3.]

xiii. 18.

to hold to, bring to or near;

vsed of the mind, to turn one's mind,

thought, or attention to a thin;/, be

upon

it.

to look at

a heifer of fit age to be tamed to

the yoke, [here referring to the "red
heifer " of Num. xix.], (non occ.)

after a thing, to

o?

HEIFER.

',

(as No. 1 refers

universal contemplation, so No. 4

consider, examine,
to

abundantly to

[Quoted from

2.

to see, applied to bodily sight

intent

more

see above.

1.

to look, see,

xxi. 34.

v. 35.

(he holding

see above,

.3,

,
,

(take.)

of sight applied

Acts

HEED UNTO

Matt. xxi. 33.

HEED

intent,

Luke

upon, spohen of the mind, to pay

attention to, mark.

xiv. 23.

2.

3.

3.

to have or hold upon, to direct

to put around,
a fence, (see above.)

14.

the more earnest.)

more

HEED UNTO

HEDGE ROUND ABOUT

^,
,

[noun.]

a shutting up, fencing or hedging in, also, a hedge o?- fence.

iv. 1.

i.

xxiiL 38 (ap.)

HEDGE

Mark

(give

79,

Heb.

Luke

Titus

Col. iv. 17.

abundantly,

',

Tim.

3
3.

(take.)

xiii. 9.

1.

John

(give.)

10.

xix. 20.

HEBREW
John

Acte viii.
1 Tim. i.

Heb.

ix.

13.

refers to particular.)
3.

Matt.

vi. 1.

2.

xvi.

2.

xviii. 10.

xxiv.

1.
1.

Mark

2.
1.

1.

Luke

iv.

1.

2.

liUko xxi.

1/
xxii. 2rt(owi.
Tr.\t<,tlio sense being,

4.
1. 1

24.

viii.

15.

xiii.

5,

23, 33.

viii. 18.

4.

xi. 35.

2.

xii. 15.

1.

" Wliat art thou going

iii. 10.
[to do?")

height
crown.

vxpw,

1.

Cor.

viii.

<i.

1.

X. 12.

1.

Oal. V. 15.

Ileb. iii. 12.

3. 2 Pet. i, 19.
1.

HEIGHT.

8.

Acts

2.
2.

Rom.

the top,

summit

high position, elevation.

viii. 39.

1.

1.

Rev. xxi. 16.

Eph.

iii.

18.

or

;;

HEI
HEIR

367

HEIR

receiving a portion, esp.^

Subst.,

an

Eoui.

is allotted,

HELL.

derivedfrom the active;

but)he\vhohasthe inheritance, Me
stress being laid on the possession.

1.

2 Chron. xxxiii. 6 Jer. ii. 23 vii.

xix. 6, etc. Hence desecrated
31

by Josiah, 2 Kings xxiii. 10. The

name was not derived from the
worship of Moloch, but from the
later use of the burning of carrion,
by means of ever-burning fire, Jer.
xxxi. 40
Is. Ixvi. 24.
Probably
used by our Lord as a symbol, (cf.
Is. XXX. 33
Ixvi. 24
Mai. iv. 1,

Matt. xxi. 38.

Eph.

Mark

Titus

xii. 7.

LiiHe XX.

Hum.

and see

II

see

(fellow.)

iii. 7.
i.

2.

of (be.)

with Luke

vi. 17.

(joint.)
iii. 29.

see

(be

with.

together

, ,
HEIR

(be.)

be a

to

i.,

(see

UEIB.)

Heb.

1.

2.

xvii. 29,

etc.)]

8, Hades,
dom.

the Invisible, Grave-

Greek

for

Hebrew

r^^^,

which denotes a hollow,

abyss, or cavity, as does the Old
English word Hell or Hole;
Germ., HoUe, and Houle. In the
A. V. it is variously translated
Sheol,

Gal. iv. 30.

HEIR OF

30; Matt. xiii.

40.) for the notion of a devouring
judgment fire, which was current
prior to the possible employment of Gehenna in this sense,
(Lev. X. 2; Num. xvi. 35; 2 Kings

xi. 7.
9, see
Jas. ii. .5.
1 Pet. iii. 7,8ee

iv. 1, 7,

30,

6,

U. see

iv. 13, 14.

viii. 17,

Gtl.

Hb.

1^.

iii.

heir to the throne, Matt. i. 1, 6;

Luke i. 30 ;i3 as iiou of God the
heir of all, Heb. i. 1, 2 Acts x.36.]

yeewa, Gehenna.

[Greek for D:rr >J, Ghi-Hinnom, or

valley of Hinnom, Josh. xv. 8,where
was the scene of the Moloch Avorship
DDn (Tophet, i.e abomination.)

[Spoken emphatically of Christ, who

as the Sou of Adam is the heir of
universal domiuiou, Gen. i. 26, 2b
Ps. viii. 4 S
Heb. ii. 68 as
son of AuRAiiAM, heir of the land.
Heb. ii. i(
Gen. xxii. 16 LS
Rom. iv. 18 as Son of David, the

viii. 17.

heir,

it is

(joint.)

(a lot), (not

to whofti a

because

HEL

(-S.)

an inheritance ; as
one who has a
one

(be.)

"hell," "pit," or "grave."

U.

Hades

therefore denotes the Realm

the
Invisible,
Grave-land,
Gravo-dom.
Ail the graves of
the world viewed as one. The
one grave of the human race
not the grave of an individual
(which is ',:p, a grave or cavern,
or i-n, a pit).
Acts ii. 24 34 ia

of

HEIR TOGETHER.
together with

heir

another, {non occ.)

1

Pet.

7.

HEIR
Heb.

HEIR

iii.

xi. 9.

quoted from Ps.

xvi.,

and refers

to Christ's burial.
The
of the Apostles' Creed
implies
which
an
additional

only

article

thought was added about a.d. 600,

and is contained in no creed prior
to A.D. 400, when it was used as
(fellow.)

Eph.

iii. 6.

the equivalent for the previoue

fact, " buried."

HEL
Matt.

see

V. 22,

1.

X. 28.

3.

xi. 23.

Acts

27, 31.
1 Cor. XV. 55,
(text, gruue.)

xvi. 18.

a.

xviii.

see

9,

2 Pet.

Mark

2.

Luke

see

ix. 47,

ii.

down

xxiii. 15, 3:J.

ix. I.i, --.

1.

Rev.

fire.

i.

HELP

4,

marg.
(cast

see

to.)

18.

XX.

margin,

13,

[grai'e.

14.

HELL-FIEE.

(Heb.

,
\<;,
Matt.

fire.

Acts xxvi.
I

Mark

,[?

Matt,

HELL

down

which

is

of

eZs,

4.

not

is

5.

2 Pet.

so called

ii.

from

6.

its

4
1.
1.

3.

HELM.

1.

((,

1.

to throw, send or strike

together. In mid. as here, to throw
together of one's own with others,
i.e. to confer benefit, to contribute, and thus help.

Matt. XV.

from

((.<;,

around the head,) a covering for

the head, helmet, &c., (non
vi. 17.

25.

Mark ix. 22,

Luke i. 54.

5.

viii. 26,

mid.

v. 7, nii<l.
X. 40, mid.

Acts

Rom.

Cot. xvi. 16, see II

with.
2 Cor. 11, 800 to-

24.

i.

(fether.
4. Phil. iv.

xvi. 9.
xviii. 27.
xxi. 28.

2.
1.

Heb.
Rev.

.3,

mid.

iv. 16.

zii. 16.

HELP TOGETHEB.

HELMET.
(suhst

to take or lay hold of

so to help, aid.

and

.
iii. 4.

for succour.

to lay hold of a
together with a person and
so to assist that person.

5.

Jas.

HELP,"

above),

to lay hold of with

a view to help, to hold hclpingly.

4.

a rudder, (Acts xxvii. 40.)

to the

thin(j

only the bounds of this material

is

see "

2,

together,

in

spirits

aerial regions."

come

unto,

No.

The extremity

creation, but
coldness.]

(in't?i

[verb]

,
,
,
,
,

3.

world " and " wicked

see

-ING, IIOLPEN.)

to run to help,
rescue, to succour.

men

of this lower air of which Satan is

"the prince," (Eph. ii. 2,) and of
which Scripture speaks as having
" the rulers of the darkness of this

HELP

any condition. It is used only

here, and here only of " the
angels that sinned," (see Jude 6.)
It denotes the bounds or verge of

xii. 28.
iv. 8,

[margin.]

{without)

-,

(-ED,

Gehenna,

Not the abode

this material world.

Cor.

to.)

is

1.)

See DESPAiB.

in

Eph.

1.

2 Cor.

SELF

,(.^

(cast

destroyed,

22.

out.)

not Sheol or Hades,

(iVo. 2) where all men go in
Nor is it where the
death.
wicked are to be consumed and
(No.

xviii. 9.

iz. 47.

to cast into

in

help.

16.)

iv.

xxvii. 17.

V. 22.

means of

an auxiliary
aid, succour
or allied force, {non occ).

Gehenna
of

of the,
of fire,

rescue

succour,

aid,

pi., auxiliuries or

yeevva, Gehenna (see^

" hell" iVo. 1,)
\
( the
j

[noun.]

(-s)

the receiving of a fee

then a laying hold of irifh a view
In BihJical Greek it
to heJjyhas a sense unknown in Classical
Greek, viz. a rendering assistance, help, iiion occ.)

vi. 8.

X. 15.

xii. 5.

1.

ii.

.Tas. iii. 6.

fire.
1.

HEL

Luke xvi. 23, see above.

Note (3.)

fire.

29, 30.

1.

370

Thes.

occ.)
8.

to join in serving or
woricing under, to serve or work
with any one as an underworker.
2 Cor.

j.

11.

HEL

371

,
,

HELP WITH.
to join or help iu work, to
co-operate with, to be a co-worker.

(Tvvipyioi,

Cor. xvi.

16.

HELPER
7^09,

1.

porter, rescuer,

1.

Matt,

4.
4.

Luke

(mn.

from the present.

46'.

xii. 52*.
xiii. 19,
(text, noic.)

^'?"Z~~
Eom.vi. 6,

ivi. 3, 9.
1.

Heb.

-"i,

see

iv.

14,

no

see

more

see

^*

"ee
Heb. x. 13

..not.

17.

H...not.

2.

Rev. liv.

13.

HENCEFORTH NO MORE.

2 Cor.

24.

i.

1.

xiii. 6.

HELPER
2 Cor.

2.

2.

Eph.

IV. 17.

1.

junction with.
labourer, a CO- worker.
Rom.

Gal. iv. 17.

in con^6 5wisi. a fellow-

2.

2.

no more.
|

Acts

see

15,

1G1"<

marg.

15.seeH...not.

3tv.

3.

v.

4.

10

John

Cot.
(uot.)

;', Avorking together

2.

xiiii. 39.
i.

V. 10.

~-

occ.)

from,
the,

now,

vijv,

1.

succouring, rescuing. As
a lic'lper, succourer, sup-

sub/it.

4. \

4.

(-S.)

HER

no more, no longer, no
further, {referring to ichat is matter of thought or supposition.)

(fellow.)

Tiii. 23.

2.

John

2.

no more, no longer, (referis matter offact.)

ovKTL,

8.

ring to ivhat

HEM.
where, liOltOKU.)
Matt.

2 Cor.

2.

KpdaireSou, the edge, border, margin or

hem of a thing, esp. of cloth, (else-

,
,
,

Matt.

xiv. 36.

2.

a bird, a fowl.
In N. T. only of
poultry, the hen, (non occ.)

o/jvis,

Luke

37.
I

kvTiWiv, hence, thence,

that place.

/,

2.

{lo'ith

1.
\

M.)

Lukeiv.9,8ecH(from.)

John

John

1.
1.

xiv. 31.
xviii. 36,
i.

1.

1.

5.

Jas. iv.

HENCE

1.

3.

(from.)
or thither,

Tr A

N.)

,
iaurr/5,

HER.
(gen. sing, fern.) herself, de-

of one's self, of her

own

(acc.fem. ofovro^,) this.

Avord " her" is generally the

translation of N"o. 1, and is of too
frequent occurrence to be quoted
below.

(and from hence-

Matt.
ju.st

xxi. 19.

The

from.

',
,^
( Th,

/,

FORTII.*)

i.u^Ti, now,
(

(sec above,

monstrative and emphatic.

;?.

HENCEFORTH

(xo...)

self.

iv. 9.

xvi. 26, iivetv, there

1. John xviii. 6.

1.

V. 15.

1.

2.

Luke

2 Cor.

HENCEFORWARD

vi. 6.

HENCEFORTH (.)

see

ActB
- xxii. 21, see Far.

2.

see

Rom.

Ei)h. iv. 17.

16.

ii.

(from.)
I

26,

1.

1.

vii. 3.

xiii 31.

ivi.
(ironi.)

1.

XV. 15.

no more, no longer,
NO. 1.)

(see abooe, .NO. 1.)

Matt.

iv. 10, see Get.

xvii.
20
iivOtv,
then', or tkdUer,

Tr

this or

Ace. as here,) after.

Matt.
1.

from

iv. 14.

(see above, iVo. 1.)

xiii. 31.

HENCE.
1.

Eph.

ovKiTL, {see above, .No. 2.)

2.

HEN.

1.

HENCEFORTH... NOT.

1.

ix. 20.

Matt, xnii

V. 16.

the,

*)

remaining

time,

i.

6,

see

H.the

.37,

(No.

2.
;

2.

1.

Tri-A M.)
Luki>i.3<;, Dat.(om.L.)

wife.

now

m fui

ture.
) t

no more, no longer

xiiii.

ii-

Oirm.

H)

~.)

--.

(-, /
G L Tr

(,

</ifir,

1,

of hi,

Luke

xiii. 31.

Acts

vii.

21,

see

own.

2. 1

Cor.

xi.

!n.i.

LTTrAM.)

xiii. 5,

Tlios.

2.

3.

Kev.

see

(No.

1,

U own.

ii. 7.

lii. 15,

(No.

LTTrAR)

1,

HER

S'iP^

HER OWN.
Acts

2.

Dat.

vii. 21,

2.

HERE
1 Cor. xiu. 5.

Acts xxiv.

HER... THE WIFE.

the,

of the [wife] of Uriah.)

(lit.

Matt.

i.

C.

19.

HERE PRESENT

(be.)

(see above.)
Acts

X. 33.

HERBS.
a plant tilled iu the ground,

garden herbs, as opp.

i.e.

(be.)

to be beside, be near by, be

present, to have come.

Trapeiiu,

vegetables,

plants,

to loild

(non

greens,

HERE PRESENT

occ.)

pasturage,

herbage,

i.e.

(bl.)

to be beside, iu conjunction with any one, to be near by

or present Avith another.
Acts XXV.

24.

grass, fodder, {non occ.)

1.

Matt.

xiii. .32.

1.

1.

Mark

iv. 32.

1.

2.

Heb.

Luke
Kom.

HERE

xi. 42.

xiv. 2.

vi. 7.

HERD.

Acts xxiv.

Matt.

viii. 322'"i.

Mark V. 11, 13.

Luke viii. 32, 33.

GLTi-

(ilemonst. adv.

thither,

more com.
here, noWj

hither,

here or there of time,

as opp. to the fiiturc.
;

),

4.

(a dr. or iff. gen. neut.

of

6%,

,
]

41,42.

1.

xiv. 8. 17.
xvi. 28.
xvii.

twice.

sx. 0.
xxiv. 2, 23.
XTvi. 36.

xxviii.
Mark vi. 3.
-

John

1.

Acts

xi. 21. 32.

1.

ix. li.

iv. 10,

xvi.

20, see

2.

xiv. 32, 34.

xvi. 6.
iv. 23.

1.

Col.

1.

Heb.

ix. 12.

1.

Luke

3,

Tr

(tbeeo

30, tee

"U....

not.

Tim.

i.

16,

s.oo

(should.)

.)

1.

Kev.

Rev.

i.

19.

iv. 1.

1.

ix. 12.

(
>

, HERE
no, not,

,.,,'

AETER... NOT.
)

( Tt, yet, still, )

no longer.

Jobn

xiv. 30.

41.

'

BcT.

1.
1.

HEREAFTER

iv. 9.

vii. 8.

ii.

/,

31'

32nd (om. G=:L

3.3.

xvii. 21, 23.

xxii. 38.
xxiv. 6.

"

xiii. 14.

JaH.

1.

S.)

24

1.

li. 31, 32.

XXV. 24'', Bee

xiii. 21.

(No.

John xiv.

64.

present witb (be.)

ix. 1, 5.

27,

pre-

'^8.

Baine.)

viii. 4.

presLiii.

see Stand.

see

xxiv. 19,BeeH(be)

6.

from the

no more, no longer.

1.

sent (be.)

2.

xiii. 7.

vi. 9.

x. .33,

:.

the,

now,

Mark xi. 14.

Luke xxii. 69.
John i. 52 (ovi.
Tr

xii.

these things.

now, just now.

Matt. xxvi.

self,) just here, or just there.

^^^^^

from,

(
3.

ivOafii,

^
2i).

from,

/3,

,
,
(,

of place) hither,

here.

Matt.

these

HEREAETEii.

( (Itto,

HERE.

3.

.,

after,

( /xcTtt,

..

cy

2.

-s

occ.

viii. 30, 31.

32i>'(om.

1.

.1

f
these, (near,)

a herd, (in N. T. only ofsioine,)

non
Matt.

same or
,,
them-

( these

avTOL, themselves,
7-

ayiXiq,

(these same.)

Tr A

to

point

Peter i. 17, see Sojouriiinff.)

xiii. 10, 18.
xiv. 12.
122nd (am,

TTrAS.)
xvii. 9.

(should.)
to,

of.

W.)

Rev.

1.

be about

GL
I.

,
'

HEREBT.
a
una,

11^

this

be on

ilits

HER
( /c,

out

TOVTOV,

of,

1 Cor. iv. i.

1.

John

1.

iii.

from,

378

in consequence
of this.

tills,

1.

John

HEROD.

;7?, a name of four persons, Idumicans, successively put in power

by the Romans over the whole or
part of the Jewish nation.

iv. 2.

3, 5.
16, 19, 24.

ii.

iv. 6.

13.

Herod the G-reat, son of Antipaler, procurator of Galilee, B.C.

41, died A.D. 2, aged 70, after 10
years reign.

HEEEIN.

(a)

(V,iu,
(

Jobu

this.

ix. 30.

Acts xxiv. 16.

2 Cor. viii. 10.

XV. 8.

iv. 37.

John

Herod Antipas (Herod the

Tetrarch) son of Herod the Great,
and own brother to Archelaus.
Married a daughter of Aretas,
and dismissed her for Herod ias,
Avhom he induced to leave her
husband, his brother Philip Herod.

(b)

iv. 10, 17.

HEREOF.

sing,

{fern.

of

oStos,

this)

this

(viz. this report.)

Matt.

ix. 26,

laarg. Uiis.

Heb.

V. 3,

Actsxxv.

20, see

Question.

see Reason.

IIEEESY

9, a taking,

(c)

(-IES.)

(d)

Acts xxiv.

Gal. V. 20.
2 Pet. ii. 1.

14.
1 Cor. xd. 19, marg. sect.

HERETIC.
to choose or select
one who acts from party
s])irit, a factious person.
ng.

able

then,

" heretic," (jion occ.)

Tit.

iii.

10.

HERETOFORE.
See SIN.

HEREUNTO.
unto,

toCto, this.
1 Pet.

ii.

21.

HERITAGE.

then,
a lot, a casting lots
that which is assigned by lot, an
allotment or portion of land,
hence, possessions, heritage.
;

Pot. V.

3.

Herod Agrippa, the younger

son of

(c).

It Avas before this

one that Paul was brought.

a.

(elscAvhere " sect.")

elder, oft.

esp.

15,

Herod Agrippa, the

called only Agrippa, grandson of

Herod the Great, died A.D. 44.
Acts xii. 21.

of a toivn; then, a
taking as of choice, option
a
preference, a chosen Avay or plan
later a philosophic principle, or
set of principles, a sect or school,

ai/3TiKOs,

HEW

HEW

HEWN
hewn

374

IN STONE.
in stone,

(Ixx.

Deut.

49.)

iv.

Luke

HIDE

HIG

HID

Mark

vii. 24.

Acts

(-ETH, -DEN.)

THING-.

Cor. iv.

7. 1

viii. 47.

xsvii. 26.

HIDDEN

5, )

2Cor.iv.2;j"''^te'

7.

to hide, cover, cloak

be unnoticed.

Luke

xxrii. 53.

Also niD, HiDDE>', the adjective.

,
,
,
,

(be.)

to escape notice,

con-

keep secret, to keep covered

for purposes of concealment
ceal,

',.

any

away
away from

with

(iVb. 1

ivovix, prefixed)

to hide

(non

irepl,

all

^,
also

,
(^elsewhere,

,
Matt.

8.

Cover.)

of bodily size ; but

of importance, degree, and

(iVb.

up, above, upwards.

iv. 8.

Matt.

1.

(occ.

V. 14.

7.

X.

2.

xi.

tltwi".

viii.

2>i.

'^.\

TTrA

1,

(No.

1,

(No.

S.)
:,

3.

xiii.

2.

XXV. 18.

of No.

(adj.

Mk.

1.

Luke

7.

Mark

4.

Luke

i.

seeCajjtain.

i.

2 1, see

(be.)

2.
2.
8.

8.

viii. 17.

6.

ix. 45.

1.

2.

X.21.

1.

47, see

(be.)

5 (ap.)

viii.

21

(No.

TrA.)
xviii. 31.

1,

Eph.

see

28,

xxiv.

3.

see

49,

Acts

Phil.
1

(from on.)

John

vii.

,
'^

self.

Rev. xxi.

10, 12.

(on.)

m,
[pi. pi'ob. places.]
")

C iv, in,
1

X. 21.

2.

1.

/'?75, high,
c

26.

1.

see

17,

HIOH

(on.)

see

1,

(most.)

(most.)

'

see

3,

i.

sec

xiii. 17.

xvi.

14.

Tim. vi. 17, see Highminded.

(most.)
1.

(on.)

12,seeH places.

iii.

Heb.

xix. 31.
vii. 48,

see

iv. 8,

vi.

(most.)

2.

xiii. 11, see Time.

'5,
see

Cor. x.
things.

u
-Ui.
height,

Eph.

on high.
*=

iv. 8.

Heb.

i.

3.

xxvi. 26, see

Cor.

ii.

7.

iv. 5,
iv. 2,
:5 twice.

ii.

3.

iii.

f c^,
1

>

3.

Tim. V. 25.
Heb. xi. 23.

out

(from on.)

of,

u
high,

Luke

78

\.

i.

from on high.

xiiv. 49.

7.

Jas. V. 20.
1 Pet. iii. 4.

1.

Rev.

1.

HIGH

^ see
; thing.

Eih. iii. 9.
Col. i. 26.

1.

5.

xii. 2.
xiii.

5.

21-.

iv.

1.

thiutrs.

(from

78, see

(l>e.)

2 Cor.

iv. 22.

vii.

xii. 36,

xii.

on.)

hidden

see
one's

xi.

most.)

vi. 21,
ix. 2.

1.

32.)

Luke six. 42.

John viii. 59, ^

Acts
2.

25.

1.

2,)

iv.

Rom. 20, see Highminded.

16,
see

Mark V.7, seeH

v,

away from,

1.

on high,

great, esp.

(adj. of No. 1,) covered for

purposes of concealment.

7.

elevated

xvii. 1.

1.

5 with
beside, prefixed) to cover over or
hide by putting anything beside
or near an object; to veil, disguise,
{non occ.)

,
,

3.
1.

can be seen, {fhus difi^ering from

No. 1) esp. to cover loith a veil,

1.

high,

power, etc.

around,
around, hide

1 tvifh

(JV^O.

to cover with a filing, to

cover over so that no trace of it

3.

2.

occ.)

prefixed) to hide
wholly, {lion occ?)

7.

towering.

(iVb. 1 tcifJi iv, m,in'efixed)

to hide in anything by covering,

1.

one.

HIGH.
(See also priest.)

ii.

17.

vi. 15, 16.

HIGH
(superl.)

(most.)
highest,

loftiest,

* applied to God.

HIDE ONE'S SELF.

1.

1.

John

viii. .59, t
xii. 36. i

.
'>'

Mark v. 7.
Luke viii. 28.
Heb.

Acts
vii. 1.

vii. 48.
xvi. 17.

HIG

375

HIGH PLACES.

7,

(or,the,(;.Z.)
(

Eph.

HIM

|],eaveulvZ.
^

),

marg. hcavenUj

places.

2.

^
'

2.

,
,

, the

to think lofty things,

to be high-minded, haughty, (non

occ.)

things,

Rom.

2.

high things.

2 Cor. X.

5.

ways out
through, pas-

8tto8ot,

,
,

sages,

to hold over
thing, as
being superior and as protecting.
Here, part, superior, orprotecting.
xiv. 10.

Matt.

xxii. 9.

10.

Rom.

2.

Luke

i.

HIGHEST

,
,

1.

(in the.)
1.

the,
2.

highest, (pi.)

Matt. xii.

Mark xi.

3.

highest, (pi.)

9.

Luke

10.

2.

see Favoured.
xvi.
15,
see
esteemed, (that which

Acts

is.)

Phil.

i.

28,

Thes.

(ntlj.)

V. 13,

see

"WHICH

see

1.

Matt.

2.

Luke

mound,
1.

39, 65.
5.

hilly,

height,

Luke

iv. 29.

1.

ix. .37.

3.

xxiii. 30.

\.

see Think.
see Exalt.

Him

(very.

is

generally the translation of

some of
Sometimes there
is no corresponding Greek word.
Except in these cases it is the
translation of one of these words
following, in the passages below.
1.

(vert.)

of,

abundant,
reinaining \( and aliovc

(very, self, he,) in

its inflections.

(that

IS.)

over, above, beyond,

out

mountainous,

V. 14.
i.

iii.

xii. 3,
ii. 9,

xvi. 15.

HIGHLY

hill.

Dis-

lofty.

Luke

(by the.)

x. 46.

a hill, heap,
(non occ.)

plcaspd.

Rom.

Mark

Acts xvii. 19, 22, see Mar's Hill.

20,

xii.

TO, the,

side

(by the.)
xiv. 23.

a mountain,

05,

vTTfp,

Luke

ii.

3.

HIGHLY ESTEEMED

^ tV,

occ.)

HILL.

,
,

14.
xix. 38.

2.

HIGHLY.
Luke

(non occ.)

( eV, in,

1.

thecrossways of
the roads, (non

HIGinVAYSIDE

xiv. 8, see Room.

XX. 46, see Seat.

ftV.in,

1.

Mark x. 46, see

xiii. 1.

(superl.) highest, loftiest.

32, 35, 76.

vi. 35.

HIGHEST.

^,
(_

(-S.)

the crossings of
the ways, or,

>

of the,
of roads,

1.

<

vi. 17.

a way, path, road, highway.

1.

Tim.

ill. 4.

. HIGHWAY

higher.

av(i)Tpov,

Luke

2. 1

2 Tim.

high position, height.

HIGHER.

Luke

xi. 20.
1.

See also priest (high.)

1.

1()

'),

HIGH THINGS.

(be.)

be
(smoke, vapour,)
to be beclouded.

'

vi. 12,

HIGH-MIPsDED

1.

^ exceed
(

'

ing
abuiK
abiind-

2.

antiv

.1.

,^,

(the nearer person.) Here,

the accu.H(ttive, except * the Dative,
and t the Gen.

himself.

*,

the Dat.

that one there.

HIM
Matt, xxvii.

32.

Mark xiv. 33
L l-r A i^.)
Lnke ix. 26.

(,

xii. 5.

him.)

V. 6.

17

2^

(tohirn)

27.

7um,

1*.

iv. 10.

If.

Johu

Rev.

1.

V.

14

31.

Thes.

Rom. xiv. 7

ii.

20

GL

,2

Thes.

1"''",

(to

H)

.1
.2

XV. 3.
1 Cor.

Tim.
Tim.

Hcb.

see
S (he.)
")

15

ii. 6.
ii. 13, 21.
141st.
]4-'J (untoH.)

3 (OKI.

i.

HIM (EVEN)

Jihe.)
3 (No. 2t L.)
4 (unto H.)

v. 2,

-29(toH.)

28 (toH.)
XV. 28.
2 Cor. V. 18 (toH.)

(ix)

liim

and no other,

vii. 27.

liim alone.

' (with

i.

14, 25.
26.

frovx.)

10.

ii.

),

12, 20.

TrA

* Accusative.

iii. 3.

Tt A.)
(No.
Tr A.)
-3.Johu 10, see
Rev. V. 14 (lip.)
18,

2iLT

NV)

xix.
12,
(he.)
xxi. 3.

iiicivbi/.)

f Dative
very, self, he

auTo's,

2.

'.

and no

other,

25

V. 2,

(he.)

marg. (text.

16,

10 (No.

V.

(No.

15,

24, 27.
ii. 6.

i.

Johu

vi. 3, 4.
i. 5.
9.

ii.

.ias.

Eph.

himself, masc. sing.

xii. 3.

xi. 14.
Gal. i. 4.

HIMSELF.

7.

i.K.

OTTO,

18.

Eph.

1.

5.

vi. 1.3.

19 (unto H.)
7 1"

X.

Tr

18, ) see

ii.

xiv. 4.

( ^v, in,

S.)

18.
xi. 28.

i^.)

16.

ii.

15

ii.

iii.

(,
A

4.

ii.

iii.

.Titus

11.

iii.

iv. IC.

12.

4, 5.

Tr

20.

i.

16.

see

(nj>.)

xi.^.

him,

V. 31.

,Col.

- XX. 13.
XXV. 4, 25, see

unto

21,

iii.

(No.2t,LTTrA.)

see

x.Kviii. 16.

xvi. 2.
i.
10,

ii. 7. 8.

(he.)

(Rver.)
1. Phil. ii. 23.
1. Heb. xi.l2, neiit. plur.

xxi. 21.
ii. 23.

,33.

xix. 22 S (he.)

L.)

x.

2*.

(,

2.

ii.

iii.

Eph.

31

xiii.

Acts

ICor.

vi. 27,

X.

43.

ix.

xvii. 23.
xiv. 14, 15.

Rom.

H.)

V. 27, (to

L
Phil.

xvi. 27.
xviii. 19 )

XV. 38.
svi. 3.

17 (No. 2*,

TTrR)

xiii. '17.

Eph.

xii. 11.

39.
.

Johu

Acts

-xiv.

43 (to him.)

HIN

X. 40.

-47.
xix. 19 (to
XX. 12, 13.

Acts

376

see

he

alone.

* Accusative.
1.

t Genitive.

HIMSELF

(iiE.)

ho

alone,

very, self,

he and no

other.

i;

Dative.

Matr.

vi.

Tr

4 (oni.
.)

G -> L

Luke xxiii.2, seoH (he)

viii. 17.
.

xxiv. 12

xii. 2G.
+.5 twice.

xvi. '.
xviii. 4.
xxiii. 12 twice.

-.36

John ii.2tNo.

TrA

xxvii. 42.
57.
iii. 26.

viii. 34.

iii.

lit

vii. 39.

ix. 23. 25.

X.
,

1,

see

(he.)

1,

viii. 22.

It.

xi. 38.

21 (for himself.)

2.
1.

xiv. 11 ilce.

1.

1..Acts

xvi, 3.

IX. 42.

2.

Acts XXV.

1.

Acts

Cor.

1.

1.

Keb.

Rev. xix.

15.
15.
18.

ii.

iii.
ii.

V. 2.

1.

1.

4.

25.

3.

vi. 6, 15.
vii. 4.

xix. 22.

twice.

(for

him-

HINDER

(ho.)

1.

John

10.

12.

.i2fNo.2t,TTr)

xix. 7.
xxi. 1, 7.
i.

2.
1.

It

2.

3.

V. 30.
viii.

It.

13.
31.
X. 17.

see

(-ED) [verb.]
hence,

(of an

eyKOTTToj,

to

,
,

a trciich cut in the

cilt

in,

way

of an enemy to impede him); to

thwart, hinder, (Acts .x.viv. 1.)

xiii. 4.

ii. .31.,

1.
1.

xviii. 4.

14

X. 1.
xxiii. 2.

1.

27

XV. 17.

11,

Luke
Johu

1.

xvi. 13.

1.

xix. 12

^manl himself.

^1^.^

ii. 34.
xviii. 19.

51.

1.

It.

Hi.

xii. 17.

see

vii. 4,
IK.

1',

29.
xi. 18.

self.)

1.

1.

61.

23.

vi. 3.

1.

^,

Ins. )

xii. 33.

XV. 31.

Luk()

1.

2.

26 twice.
37 (i'lCieirOSjthat
one there, L">
Tr
.)
vi.6,15,BeoH(he.)

30.

36.
,

1.

19.
20.

vi. 17.
,

LT

iv. 2, 12, 44, 53.

V. 18.

V. 5.

2,

t*.)

himself

3.

G L

2,

TTr.)

xiii. 21.

tciUTou,

(.)

15.

27 (No.

M.uk
,

2.

35.

(he.)

3.

to

rcHtraiii,

does)

to ciif out, (/.< a

then, to beat off

'

boat hack, hence, to

check,

ucc.)

place; repulse of soldiers.

from a

HIN
/'

377

HIS.

~~\

a cutting in, as
a trench in the way
of an enemy,
to give,

,
)

^u

88,

cut

to

give a
hindrance.
to

to

whort,

5.

Luke

xi. 52,

5.

Acts

viii. 36.

1.

Rom.
Cor.

for-

2.

Gal. V.

1.

1,

GL

AH.)

ix. 12.

1 Pet.

marg. drive

7,

(No.l.GLTTr

liacfc,

[oiil.

sv. 22.

J.

marg.

iii. 7,

(No.

Thes.

ii.

Tr

18.

t*.)

liJXDER PART.

("His,"

generally the translation of

avTos, No. 1. The following are the
exceptions.)

Acts

is

,
,

3.

c/ceti/09,

4.

9,

5.

o,

that one there.

belonging to any one, one's

own.

the definite article, the

here, the
Gen.,
of the {one referred to,
i.e. Grod,) hence, his.
;

of Iso.

1.)

xxvii. 41.
4.

Matt.

xxii. 5.
15,

2.

XXV.

Rom.

see

several.

HINDER PART OP THE

Mark

SHIP.

2.

2.

ffe7i.,

recom-

xiv. 26 (No. 1,

Tr

XV. 5 (No. 1,

Luke

x. 7.

5.

Acts

3.

3.

Jas. V. 4.

L
R)

2.
4.

HIRE

(-ed) [verb.]

GaL

2.

Eph.

of ani)

one, coutruct, {iion occ.)

2.

hired,

/loune,

(iion occ.)

,
,

2 Tim.

3.

Titus

4.

Heb.

),
Matt.

John

(()<;,

i.

20.

2.

ii.

-)

3.

i.

HIRELING.

{see above,

No.

1.)

(I II-

II J

X. 12, 13.

10 2nd
24,

ii.

sec

self.

16.
ii. 16.
X. 7.
i.

xxviii. 30.
Rom. iv. 19.
viii. 32.
xiv. 4, 5.

Cor.

X. a*.
xi. 21.

XV. 23, 38.

Gal.

vi. 4.
5.

Eph.

V. 29.

X. 3, 4.

Pliil.

ii.

xiii. 1.

XV. 19.

Tim.

4, pi.

Jiie

Tim. i.
Heb. vii.

9.

27.

ix. 12.

12.

xiii.

25.

(i.

xiii. 36.

4, 5.

iii.

V. 8.

xvi. 32, marg.

oiMi ?if>nic.
xix. 27, see

ii.

"'c.

ix. 7.

j)coj)lt).

own

iii.

vi. 18.
vii. 2.

viii. 4-1.

home.
Acts i. 7,

'

XX. 28.

XXV. 19.

vii. 18.

.-

article,

leith

possessions.

jo.'incs.'iioni.

His oxen

iv. 32.

John

Rev.

41.
iv. 44.

.';J.s^,

xv. 17, 19.

2.

11 I't.neut. pi.,

V. 4:5.

Luko

4.

11 -"', masc.pl.,
lit..

hired
ones, {emphasis on hired,) {nonocc.)
Mark

(,
G

xv. 20,

L) (om.

.John

X. 12, 13.)

{adj.) hired,

Pet.

.=.cts

XXV. 14.

Mark

on servant,)

{emphasis

26.

ii.

iv.

of himself.

ix. 1.

X. 34.
xiv. 26.

(-s.)

6.

ii.

iii. 7.

Pet.
2 Pet.

^;/.,

hired, a hired

is

11, 12.

ii.

vi. 15,

3.

own

lit. , Hi.!

one who

servant,
{pec.

vi. 44.

HIRED SER\^ANT

Tim.

4. 1

neut.

Luke

xxviii. 30.

V. 28, 33.

2 Thes.

one's things or

his,

Acts

1.

HIS OAVN.

2.

out for hire,

is let

see

23,

(No.

belonging to one, his own.

68tos,

1.

1, 7.

HIRED HOUSE.
that wliich

13,

iv. 4.

3. 1

acquaintance.

Matt. XX.

see

vi. 8.

Thes.

2. 1
2.

own

xvii. 28.

xxiv.

Iii.

viii.

3.
2.

home.

to let out for hire, farm out.

In Hid., as here, to have let to
one, to hire, to engage the services

1.

20, (No. 1,
xvi. 5.
[IV
xix. 13.
John V. 18.
47.
ix. 28.
xix. 27, see
own

2.

2 Cor.'

LTr A.)

2.

Kt^.)

pense, reward.

i.

ii.)

xiii. 19.

2.

7,

37.

47(No.l,LT

x-ii.

Trt^.)

[nouu.]

v. 8.

Cor. vii.
proper.

2.

2.

2.

xi. 21.

Tr

Avages, pay, hire

8.

Luke

iv. 38.

HIRE

Matt. XX.

he alone.

other,

of himself, etc.

(All passages not quoted are the translation

xxvii. 29.)

Acts

he and no

self,

1.

2.

the hindmost part of a ship,

the stern, poop, (lat., puppis,)
(occ.

OWN, below.)

(see HIS

restrain,

clicck, stop, prevent, forbid.

4. 1

HIS

iyKOTTT],

(^

Jim. i.
1 Pet.

14.
ii.

24, see 11

Pelf.

2 Pet.

ii.

22.

own

HIS

378

HIS ACQUAINTANCE.
1.

Acts sxiv.

23, pi.

masc.

Cor.

Acts

vii. 7.

HIS SEVERAL.
1.

Matt. XXV.

1.

John

HOME.

xix. 27.

OWN

HIS

.)

(with

OWN

HIS

15,

SELE.

himself and no other, he alone.

HITHER.

(demonsf. ado.) of manner, in

this Avise, so, thus
of state, so, as
;

it is

of place, hither, here.

Grammarians denif
place in Homer, and

(The
of

the usage

old

refer

it

to

manner.)
2.

thither, hither

ii'OaSe,

,
),

until, as

long

here.

as,

now, even now,

until

now.

* [As used of the Avorking of the

Eather and the Son it refers to
the time when Sin broke Grod's
rest, and He became a worker to
redeem and deliver man from sin
and its consequences.]
,

2.

continuodly until,
-^^

during, xmtil,

,-

to this
place or time.

I'.John
1.

V. 17.

i.e.

xvi. at.

2.

until

the,

Sevpo, here,

Rom.

1 Cor.

i.

the
present,

13.

iii.

2,

HITHERTO... NOT.
not even

yet,

HOISE UP.

to raise up, prop, of a

hoist up.

HIS PEOPER.
1.

HOL

not yet.

see H, not.

xxvii. 40.

sail,

to

HOL
Heb.

Phil. ii. 29.

Col. ii. 19.

Thes.
2 Thes.

V.

(lay.)

niarg.

.X.

6,

vi. 18,

(text, withliold.)

Tim.

vi. 12,
(lay.)

Tim.

i:J,

i.

'

Titus

Heb.

i.

(,

9,

6,
14.

) see
) fast.

,
,-,
,

HOLD UPON
(see above.

1.

1.

Mark

2.

vi. 17.

Heb.

(lay.)

No.

1.)

Luke

on

2.)

ixiii. 26.

vi. 18.

HOLDEN UP

XX. 2, see

(be.)

cause to stand, to

(a) Trans., to

(lay.)

No.

(see above.

2.

vii. 1.

1.

HOL

1.

vi. 9.

2.

see
fast.

iii.

fast.

upon

13, see
fast.
14, 15.
25,
) see
iii.3,11, ji fast.

see

19,

23,

ii.

1.

iii. 9.

i>ii

Rev.

1.

19

i.

see
see

xii. 28,

15.

iv. 14,

[fast.
21, see

ii.

379

set, to place.

HOLD

(b) Intrans., to stand.

BY.

Rom.

b.
1.

HELD

,
,
',

HOLD

FAST.

(see above,

No.

C ot,

1.)

No

(see above,

2.)

No.

3.)

in NT. 07iJi/ mid., to hold

before one against something,\io\di

on bj, cling

1.

2.

to.

to watch over, take care of,

give heed to, watch narrowly.

Matt. xxvi. 48.

1 Cor, XV. 2, mnrg. (text,
keep in memory.)
1 Thes. V. 21.

Tim

Tit.

Heb.

iv. 14.

X. 23.

3.

xii.28,marg.(text,

2.

have.

13.

i.

Heb.

1.

Eev.

1.

9.

i.

(men THAT.)

the men,

/9, holding
Luke

;^, {see above,

xiv. 4.

iratt. xxviii. 9.

iii. 6.

13, 25.

ii.

5.

iii. 3,

1.

11.

in constraint.

xxii. 63.

HOLE

(-S.)

a hole, burrow, lurking place

of animals, (non occ.)

an opening, a fissure in the

earth or rocks, (occ. Heb. xi. 38.)

oiry],

1.

Matt.
2.

viii. 20.

Jas.

1.

11,

iii.

marg.

Lukeix.

58.

(text, -place.)

HOLIEST.
God.

holy, consecrated to
Heb.

(.)

X. 19.

HOLIEST OF ALL.

HOLD FORTH.

1.

<,

to have or hold upon, to hold

out towards, to direct upon, to

aim

at

and

bit

vi. 24.

HOLD ON

1.

2.

Luke

1.

1.

Matt.

xii.

11.

xiv. 3.
xxvi. 55, 57

Mark

iii.

21.

1.
|

1.

4.

(Adv. of " HOLY," No.

xvi. 13.

//.05,

1.

xii. 12.

ii.

2,

which see

10.

sanctification,

19.

essential

the accomplishmont of
(see
vhat is expressed in
" jr (be)" ) and the result of this
action, in that it is contemidated

purity

as effected.

xiv. 51.

Tim. vi. \l,

Rev. XX. 2.

Thes.

HOLINESS.

1,

Mark

1.

ix. 8.

HOLILY.

(lay.)

2,

Heb.

piously, holily, i.e. as being pure

from all crime, and religiously
observant of every duty.

oneself.
1.

Heb. ix.3.

',

to take hold iipon,

in order to hold or detain to or for

1.

"HOLD," No.

see

holy,
of holies.

16.

TO.
HOLD FAST," No.

Matt.

ii.

HOLD
see "

(see above.)

2.

Phil.

,,
,

fication.")

(Elsewhere " Sancti-

,,

HOL

2.

sanctity,

380

marking the conframe of

religiously performed
promises
made to David, the faithfully fulfilled obligations.]

dition, the state or lioly

mind in which the action of the

verb
(see
(be)") is
evidenced and exemplified, {non

,
,

HOL

"H

that which is consecrated or

sacred, as given and devoted to
irresjjective
Grod,
of mind or
morals, that Avhich subserves a
sacred purpose. (Hejice, ro icpov,

Up6<i,

occ.)

3.

marking

holiness,

the

ab-

stract quality, (non occ.)

4.

5.

Matt.

Livke

5.

Acts

2.

Eom.

1.

i.

iii.
i.

75.
12.

2 Cor.

4.

Eph.

iii.

Tr

4.

1.

Mark

Luke i.

ii.

15.

ii.

3,

see

Tit.

John

(as be-

1.

Heb.

HOLINESS

Heb.

3.

Acts

(as becometh.)

"

beseeming the sacred, (see

noLT," iVo. 3,) as becoming to

3,

marg. as becometh

Jioly

xi.

1.

etc., see below.)

denotes holy, sacred.

As that
could not be sacred xohich lous 'polluted, purity becomes fart of the
meaning. ayLo<; is that Avhich is
sacred, u?id that only can be sacred
[Holiness
tohich is not unclean.
was taught to the Jews by a series
of comparisons, in which purity
pervaded all tlie ceremonies of
the Law.]

2.

pure from all crime, the condition of one who has committed
no crime, but religiously observes
every duty and fulfils every obli[The TO.
gation.

(the sure mercies of David,

Acts xiii. 34, Is. Iv. 3,) arc the

Col.

one.

iii. 7.

vi. 10.

xi. 2.

xiv.l0(om.G -A.)

XV. 4 (No.

thing.

1,

Geo.)

xviii. 20.

XX. 6.

xxi. 2, 10.
xxii. 6,
of the spirits of

,G

4.

21.

the,

iii. 5.

from
to have veneraayos is reverence
tion and awe.
and the object of it, he7ice ayios is
what belongs to the same, and

ayio5,

i.

ii.

iv. 8, 3 times.

xvi. 20.
2 Cor. xiii. 12.

(For HOLT GHOST,

Rev.

12 '*'>;
16 twice.

vii. 14, 34.

ix. 13, see

Eph.

11.
20, see

iii. 2,

John ii
Jude 20.
1

2.

xvi. 16.
1 Cor. iii. 17.

HOLY.

men spake

lit.,

21.

ii.

xii. 1.

women.

18.
21,

i.

(,/),

xxi. 28.

are consecrated or
given and devoted to God.
ii.

iii. 5.

from, God.

vii.

see

twice.

5, 9.

ii.

2 Pet.

xiii..34,seeHthing
One.
35, see

women who
Tit.

(be.)

One.

X. 22.

i.

thing

12, 24, 25,

ix.

place.
1 Pet. i. 15 '<:, 16

Tr A)

Eom.

iiOmen,

see

viii. 2,

vii. 33.
-

tepoTTpeTT)^?,

see

3,

iii. 1.

vii. 26.

One.

see

iv. 27, 30.

vi. 13.

8.

ii.

27, see
14, see

iii.

15.

(as hecotnctU.)

xvii. 11.
ii.

xii. 10.

xii. 14.

9.

i.

i.

Heb.

thing.
35, see
49, 70, 72.
ii. 23.

iv. 34,
ix. 26.

8.

ii.

iii.

Titus

viii. 38.

cometh.)

vii. 1.

iv. 24.

One.

see

G L

M.)

Tim.
Tim.

.53.

24,

i.

vi. 20.

13.

Tim.

GL

i^.)

xxvii.

iv. 7.

1.

V. 26.
27, (o?n.

Tr

XXV. 31, {om.

vi. 19, 22.

2.

Ties.

2.

Thes.

xxiv. 15.

ful cherishing of the fear of Grod,

the distinctive title for that which
embraces all Christian relations.
(Elsewhere " Grodliness.")

4.

iv. 5.
vii. 6.

good and care-

piety, the

the Temple, upiv<s, is the priest,

are the sacrifices.)

is

holiness, or godliness, as
manifested in the discharcje of religious and social duties.

Tr

.)

V. 27.

11 ut.

22.
iii. 12.

112nd,BeeH(be)

i.

19.

HOLY ONE.
1.

Mark
Luke

2.

Acts

1.

i.

24.

1.

iv. 34.

2.

27.

1.

ii.

HOLY
1.

Heb.

ix. 12,

neut.

pi.

Heb.

1.

Acts

Luke

2.

Acts xiii.
with art.
marg. (text,

John

1.

ix. 25,

neut. sing.
34, ueut. pi.

i. .35,

( ),
mercies.)

HOLY W03IEN
ii.

3,

20.

Hcl). ix. 24, neut, sing.

neut. pi.

Cor.

(-S.)
ix. 13,

neut.

pL

'.)
with art.
Heb. viii. 2, neut. pi.,
marg. (text.sancf wari/)

(as becometh.)

[margin.]
Titus

14.

ii.

PLACE.
|

HOLY THING
1.

iii.

xiii. 35.

see " holikess."

HOL
HOLY

381

Acts

(be.)

jVo.I,)
to be set into a state oi)[)oscd to
(common, unclean.) o; to
be delivered from that state if

already

3 (oni.

GL TTr A N.)

,''

Acts XX.

V. 3t, 32t.
vi.

6.'/,\)';(86 " HOLY

kolvOv,

HOM

hohj,

5.
I

vii. 51t, 55.

viii. 15, 17.

the

18t (om. TO
Holj, L

',

and be put into a

-ix. 17,31*.
X. 38, 441-, ,45,

of God.

xxii. 11.

2 Cor.

Tit.

qf man and beast,

{see under the loord

Spirit,

manifests

ly,

'.

work

2G

HOLY

and

in

xiv.

Luke

xi. 13.

Ei)h.

i.

17,

article is not

to

used when the

Eph.
1

13+.

feast,

Ex.

X. 9,

for

ni*lO,

iv. 30+.

Thes.

iv. 8+.

festival,

Hos.

ii.

Lev.

(Ixx. for

11,

xxiii.

;n,

Am. viii. 10;

2, Num. x.

1 Col. V. 8, marg., see Feast (keep the.)

Col. ii. 16.

HOME.

gifts,

tlie

SPIRIT.

unto,
oLKov, a house, abode,
dwelling, (with special reference to the
inmates).
15,

Nor when "the

Spirit in men.
Spirit" is regarded subjectively.
Nor when the disciples are said
to be filled with the Spirit, to walk

unto a or
the
house, or

home.

{Ex-

in or to receive the Spirit,

ceptions to this are oulij ajjparent.)

* TO uyiov

20.

10.)

operamanifestation of the

is

(.)

7*

V.

HOLYDAY.

26

the work of divine redemption.]

reference
tions, or

i.

John

man.

to the Holy Spirit, as the agent

who accum])lislu's in and for man

The

Jude

must be referred

xvi. 13),

12.
21.

i.

it-

to

the Spirit (as John

XV.

X. 15+.

Pet.
2 Pet.
1

xvi. 6*.
xix. 2 twice, 6t.

the Son (Matt.

19), and the operations of

xxviii.

ix. 8+.

t^.)

9, 52.

accomplishing
God's saving

HOLT,"

as

7+.

vi. 4.

XV. 8t. 28*.

[Personality
No. 1,
J
belongs to the Spirit in the same

manner

4.

ii.
iii.

equipping

Christ;

spirit,

"

see

6.

self creative-

"spirit,") the lifeprinciple springing

from God,

2nd, Tr

God's
which

Spirit,

14*.

iii. 5.

Heb.

xiii. 2t, if (cm. both

articles,
om. the

The Holy

breathed
forth, the element
of life, predicated
breath

vi. 6.

xiii.

1 Tbes. i. 5,
2 Tim. i. 14.

xi. 151-, 10, 21.

|-7'/(, the wind, the->

/,

G L TTr AM.)

vi. 19*.

Tr")

13 (om.

ii.

;io!y.

xii. 3.

(^(-

4-7+.

HOLY GHOST.

Cor.

of the
Spirit of the Ilohj One,

Rev.

V. 5.

ix. 1.

xiv. 17.
XV. 13, 16.
1

19.

state corresponding to the nature

Rom.

Tri'

AH.)

23+, 28+.

xxi. 11+.
xxviii. 25+.

15,

the Holy Spirit,

spoken of as Himself, or regarded

unto their

unto,

own

the,

one's

own

{things or
homes.)

things,

objectively.

t TO

Ilolv Spirit, {very emphatic.)

Mutt.

i.

iii.

18, 20.
11.

xii. ;Kt.

xxviii. 19*.
irk i. 8.
- iii. 29t.
xii. .36t.

lit.
15, 35, 11, 67.
25, 26t.
iii. 16. 22t.

iki

i.

ii.

iv. 1.
xii.

10, 12.

'^'

John a3.
vii.;'i)fom.ayioc,>ioli/,
Tri' Ab .)
t:

xiv. 2<it.

Acts

i.

ii.

( ^,

:>(,

of

Spifil oj

th,;

LTTi-A

tlie

llohj One,

.)

(,

Mark

viii. 6,
iii.

see

19,

No.

(at.)

marg.

(text, unto a hoiue.)

i.

LTTtA.)

XV. 6.
.John xvi. .'52, see if (to
hi oirii.)
xix. 27, see
(un-

'

house

home.

or

1),

John XX. 10, see (unto their own.)

Acts 46, see
xxi.
Cor. 34, ^ see
(at.)

2.

Luke

Titua

5,

eee

6.

xi.

xiv.

2 Cor.

:{5,

v. 6,

see

nf.)
3.

ii.

own

ii.

V. 19.

1.

to his own.)

iv. 8, :il.

31

{see above,

Matt.

2. 5, S, Ifit.
4,

one's own,
3
1 otKos, house, dwelhng,
(^

1.

XX. 22.

their

the,

5,

i.

xiii.
;.

dytov, the Spirit, the

Tim.

V. 4.

(keeper at.)

(at.)

(be

HOM
HOME

382

1.

(at.)

in the
house.

ana from

the froperty left

at a person s death),

m.

house

to the inmates),

home.

a house, or dwei-

ling,

(text,

i'

at

nouie.

2 Cor.

,(,

HOME

one's

own

viii. 21.

elegant in figure, mien,

;

graceful, hence, Avith

05,

of

Rom.
1

Heb.

marg.

xiii. 13,

Thes.

1.
2.

"good,"

see

decenihj.

iv. 12.

xiii. 18.

people.

'^,

HONESTY.
claim to be venerated
dignified

vity,

(keeper at.)

1 Tim.

iii.

seriousness,

8, 11, Tit.
1

ii.

2 Cor.

(adv.

part.

keeper or guard of a house.

Tit.

(text,

iVb. 2.)
1.

V. 6,

marg.

1.

xii. 17.

9,

(be at.)

among

to be

marg. vener

propriety of outward conduct,

with seemly deportment, (occ.
1 Cor. xiv. 4:0.)

io house.)
1 Cor. xiv. 35.

2.

HOME

^,

'

from house

1 Cor. xi. 34.

of Ho.

and bearing

Matt. viii. 6.
Acts ii. 46, marg.

8,

1.

HONEST THINa.
neut.

';,

oLKov,

HONESTLY.

or

doYn, towards in
or in,

Phil. iv.

nUe.

see

Tit. iii. 14,

viii. 21, ) thinfr.
good.)
1 i'et. ii. 12.

Eom.

the

in

a house, a dwel- (
ling {having reference
1'

to time, at

2.

Report

all

ref

viii. 15.

vi. 3, see
xii. 17,

a house, a dwelling (the dwellinghouse, rts distinctfrom

,
A

Luke

Acts
Rom.
2 Cor.

ev, in,

the inmates,

HON

Tim.

ii.

gra(occ.

2.)

ii.

2.

one ulio attends to domestic affairs,

tv L
Tr A .)

HONEY.

HOME
unto,

( ??,

(to his own.)

")

the,

one's

John

own

xvi. 32,

HOME

unto one's

own

things, )

marg.

/AtXi,

mel,) metaph. of any

thing sweet, (nan occ.)

Matt.

])lace,

(lat.,

(text, to his

Rev.

oicii.)

Mark

iii. 4.

etc.

rrpo.,
J

(unto his own.)

(

xix. 27.

of bees, made by | (non

a honey-comb, [bees ) occ.)

'

one

(,
8 sell,

'

(^

XX. 10

,,,
'
one

unto them,

1.

^^
11

09, beautiful,

:, revered,

[noun.]

a holding worth, an estimate

of the vahui or ])rice of a thing

esteem, honour,

intrinsic value,
2.

comely, noble, (sec

august, venerable
grave, dignified, {occ. 1 Tim. iii.
Tit. ii. 2.)
8, II
;

(-s)

Tt/i.?;,

hence,
TV M.)

" OOOD," J\o. 2.)

2.

(iip.)

8 sell.

HONEST.
1.

HONOUR

i.

towards, unto,

auTOL'5,

Johu

(unto their oavn.)

the
) towards
1

C.

^,
,

I-nke xxiv. 42,

HOME

i.

X. 9, 10.

HONEY-COMB.

John

honey,

^, from

(.sec

No.

respect
2.)

trans., ojiinion,

notion

seoniing
denoting
the recognition of wortli, as No. 1
dors tli(! estimation of it.
'J'hat
which attracts honour, rather than
the honour \vhich is given, (see
" (ILOUY," No. 1.)

fro7?i inlrans.,

HON

383

HOP

2.

HOP

1.

Luke

Yi.

1.

Cor.
2 Cor.

2.

Ei)li.

1.

for

see

again.

xxvi.

Rom.

7.

viii.

viii. 5.

i.

12,

marg.

see

24, 25,

1.

Phil.

(text,

1.

1 Tim. iii. U.
Heb. xi. 1, see

1.

23.

ii.

for

(thing.)

for.

lat. 1 Pet.

to

hope

out,

i.e.

have done

to

\_, luith
hoping, to despair.
not despairing, i.e. without
anxiety as to the result, or never
aes])iiirmgastorequital,^ (non occ.)

Luke

HOPED

1.), lit.

for

safety and prosperity to, as though

save and prosper,
Lord.

xxi. 9 twico^ 15

John

of

"

HOSPITALITY.
Rom.

a confidence."

loving strangers, hence, hosTim.

a horn, of a

hoped

heatif.

From

Hah.

the

for

pp, Jer. xlviii. 25, Ps. Ixxv.

etc.,) {non occ.)

11,

I.uke

Rev.

i.

V.

of strength,

eg.

ix. 13.

', .

a horseman,

on

2.

foot,)

trian,

(.

to

^?,

cavalry, {non occ.)

?,

of a horse, or horses, eques(opp. to

belonging

walker,) nrut.
collecfireli/, the horsemen, cavalry,
as in Eng. the horse, {tion occ.)
to

J.

Acts

xxiii. 2:5,32.

2.

HOSPITALITY
i.

(lotee of

8.

HOSPITALITY

(-S.)

(Ix.v.

the si/mbol

iii.

xi. 1.

HORN
Kc/jus,

(oiten to.)

pitable.

I'lt.

Heb.

xii. 13.

HOPE," No.

of things

is

xi. 9, 10.

love to strangers, hence, hos-

Faith

jiark

xii. 1.3.

pitality.

?,

(things.)

{pariiciplft
'

HOSPITALITY

vi. .35.

EOll

Hosanna, slight variaof the Jlch. 3 n^'ii^iM, save

now succour now be now propitious! nseclin Ps. cxviii.25, which
became a common form of icishing

Matt.

viii. 24, 25.

HOPE EOR AGAIN.

^,

HOSANNA.
interj.,

Very different from the joyful acclamation, Hallelujah, (jion occ.)

HOPE FOR.
Rom.

to sag,

IH.

i.

HOS

tion

xiii. 7.

trust.)

xxiii. 8.
1. Acts xxiv. 26.
1.

1.

before,

hope for before.

U.

35,

with

(iVo. 1

pre/ixed,) to

384

2.

Rev. ix.lO,(No.lO -..)

1 Pet. iv. 9.

(use.)

'

HOS

385

HOU

HOUE

HOSTILE MIND TENDING TO

WAB WITH

to be,

desperately,

fighting

having a hot quarrel.

Acts

xii. 20,

,'

'{

'

^,

hour,

Tim.

iv. 2,

boiling hot, hot, (non

see Sear.

Rev.

,
,

(the same.)

in,

( ^\' ^l

occ.)
1

X. 21.

(text, he highly displcaaed icith.)

HOUR

boiled

r in

Luke

HOT.

6,

IS*"",

iii.

}...

very,

self,

hour,

(Lfif.

hora,

hour,) season,

this hour,
at this very time.

iv

HOUR
Luke vii. 21(cKeiiTj,

?,

xvi. 18.

the same.)
HOUR (iN THAT.)"

(in

see "

xii. 12.

that same.)

(in

HOUR
C

Acts

xxii. 13.

Luke

and

limited time, a
specific period, a certain definite
space of time, {thus differing from
which means the time, the
opportune point of time, opportunity
but see vnder the words,

Trj

2.

Acts

HOUR

(5,

9,

definite

XX. 19.
2.

time of blossoming,
blossoming;
unseasonable.) It
denotes originaUy the season of the
year, then, the time of the day,
and when recJconinq by measured
hours toas practised, the hour.

Luke

(-S.)

Eii/j.

same hour.

i"^ihf*''''^'^("0

16.

1.

IIOUE

in the

(Sa,ho'ur,

very hour,
the selfsame
hour.

in this

^'

'^^'^V
7?' ^\'^

marg.

(in that.)

{bear a) [margin.]

instead of

L Tr A

i>i.)

(unto this.)

until,

.,

j^^*^^^^^^
1 a>., now, just now,
1 Cor. viii. 7.

" SEASON," " TIME," etC.)

Matt.

John

viii. 13.

ix. 22.

xvii. 18.

xiii. 1.

XX. :j, 5.
6 {om.
W.)

xvi. 21, 32.

:i

Tr

42

Tr A

3.

(,

-V.

30

that game.)
(in that.)
X. 21, see
(in the
xii. 12, see
same.)
39, 40, 46.
XX. 19, sec
Kauie.)
xxii. 14, 53, ..
.-iO,

spa:!!

iwicc.

xxiv. 33.

John

i.

39.

ii. 4.

iv.fi,21.23,52"i,5:5
V. 25, 28.

AA.

:.
xix. .3-1.
xxii. 13, see

xxiii. 23.
iv. 11, .see

Cor.

(even

unto this present.)

viii.

XV.

7,

see

(uuto

.30.

(Jill. ii. 5.

Kev.

iii.

viii.

hour.

(the space of one.)

beini; placed

asumlcT, i.ci,.aniti,l, do- /

) 5p, hour,
[parted, (
\^LULS, one,

(the

same.)

3, 10.
1.

see

(the

space of half on.)

ix. 15.
xi. 13
-N.)

(^',

xiv. 7.
xvii. 12.
xviii. 10, 17, 19.

day,

"^

J
Luke

HOUR

^,

iv. 11.

*|

(the

this.)

after (the
of one.)

44

::

same.)

(the

see

xxiii.

xvi. 18, see

xxvii. 45', 46.

Mark xiii. 11, 32.
xiv. 35,37,41.
XV. 25, .33""", 34.
(in
Luke vii. 21, see

30 1
(om.

'-<

T.)

XXV. i;}.
xxvi. 40, 45, 55.

/,

HOUR AFTER

7.

X. 3, 9,

50.

xix. 14, 27.

ii. 15.

.,

]ust now,
hour,
Cor.

r^'^ilt
present

the,

iii. 1.

da'j,

S.)

H,

4;,

xvii. 1.

Acts

9, 12.

'"'<:

XV. 28.

27

(even unto this pbesent.)

continuedly until,

C
3

xi. 9.
xii. 23,

xxiv.

,
,,
,?,

viii. 20.

(.)

19

X.

HOUR

vii. 30.

l"""

^^""R
^

xxii. 59.

(the space of half an.)

a half an hour, [in Rev. viii. 1,

not a i)eriod predicted prob. ref erring tow. 3 and , and intended
to harmonise with the time usually
occu])iod with the silent worsliip
in the Tenijde. during the buruinj^
of the incense,] (non occ.)
:

Bov.

viii. 1

(with,

about.)

HOU

,
,

HOUSE

386

HOU

Acts

(-S.)

a liouse, a dvelling, with special

reference to the inmates, the home.

1.

the inmates,

property

left at

and from

a person

34 I't
34 "-,

Mace.

also 2

xi. 2,)

Jude

(occ.

6.)

flat roof of a house, (Ixx.

1 Sam. ix.
Josh. ii. 6, 8
so also JoPs. cxxix. 6
25, 26
sephus, Ant. xiii. 5, 3, Bell. ii. 21,
:j,

5, iv. 1, 4.)

Matt.

vi. 4.
48 twice,

-V. 15.
vii. 24, 25, 26, 27.

49 twice.

vii. 6.

- 10.
[A
- 36 (No. 1, L

viii. 14.

ix. 6, 7.

Tit.

xix. 16.
xxi. H.
xxviii.
30,

Cor.

i.

Heb.

11.
2.

2,

iii.

3,

4,

S,

6 twice.

(they

11, see

X. 21.

the.)

xi. 7.

1 Pet.

xi. 22.

2.

xvi. 15.

1.

19.

8 twice, 10.

viii.

which are of
2.

5.

ii.

iv. 17.

John

',

10.

(tTiOODMAN OF THE.)

the master of a house or

household, paterfamilias, housemaster.

W.)

Tr

37,44.

10, 23, 28.

to

(guide

16.
20.

Philem.
see

xvi. 5.
i.

15.
(of

iii. 6.

HOUSE

Luke

11.

ii.

4, 5, 12,

i.

ii.

8.

Rom.

iii.

the.)
2 I'ira.

Hired.
1.

/, the
for

gee

all his.)
xvii. 5.
xviii. 7 twice.

a dwelling, abode, habi-

l^m.

V. 8, see
one's own.)
13, see
(from.)
14, see

(with

death.

tation, (Ixx. for pro, Jer. xxv. 30,

4.

Col. iv. 15.

1

32.

all the

twice.

2 Cor. V. 1

xii. 12.

a house, a chvelling, as distinct

from

3.

2.

xvi. 15, 31.

2.

X. 22, 30.
32.
xi. 11.
12, 13, 14.

X. 6.
12, 13, 14.

Mark xiv. 14.

Luke xii. 39.

Matt.

XX. 11.
xxiv. 43.

(mas-

25, see

ter of the.)
.

xi. 8.

HOUSE

xii. 4.

25, 29 '"'

Matt.

44.
xiii. 1, 36, 57.

XV. 24.
xvii. 25.
xix. 29.

xi.

xii. 39 I't, Bee

(iroodman of the.)

XX. 11, eeeH(goodmaii of the.)

xxi. 13 '"'

39

38.

xxiv. 17.
43 i. see
(tioodman of the.)

Thy.

29.
1, 11.

15.
26.
twice.

54, (No. 2,

Joliii

vii. 17.

vii.

53

xi. 20.

X. 10, 29, 30.

xi. 17twic.

hi.)

of the.)
XV. 16, Bee Pilalr.
i. 23, 27, Xi, 40,

56, 69.
ii,

4.

iv. .38.
v. 24, 25.

29.

oi,

31.

15l't (om. (it

into the

15'-'nd,3i, 35.
xiv. 3.
14, Hee
(tfood-

V. 8,

marg.

J;jidrfd.

(thev which are of tue.)

the, 7nasc. jd., the [friends.']

1

Cor.

i.

11.

xiv. 2.
ActB ii. 2, 36.
46, see II to

HOUSE

IV. 34.
V.

otKiaVf

man

HOUSE

(from.)

xii. 40.

Luke

Tim.

xii. 3.

33.

I>

Tr

(.)

viii. ;{5.

.30.

ix. 28.

(of one's own.)

.17.

2-t.

viii. 3, 26.

v. 11.

belonging to an
(see
"house," No. 2,) hence, family,
kindred, friends, and relations.
1

16

ii.

iv. 53.

houff,

HOUSE

AW.)

vi. 4, 10.

xiii.

xiii. 10. 11.

27

V. .38.

ITim.

xix. 5, 9, 46twlc.
XX. 21, see Store.
47.

iii.l9,niarp.7iomc.

or head
guide a household, (non occ.)

(mas-

xvii. 31.
xviii. 14.
29.

xxvii. 27, see Go-

25 '*'

(guide the.)

to be master of a house
of a family, to rule and

23.

vcniour.
i.

35.
xiv. 1.
21, see

XV. 8, 25.
xvi. 4, 27.

xxvi. 6.

ii.

see

xiii. 25.

xiv. 21.

ter of the.)

4,-J2lld.

Mark

25,

Luke
Luke

HOUSE

2>"i-

xiii.

(master of the.)

xxiii. 14 (ap.)

18, see

17 twice, 24.

(master of the.)

X. 25.

42,

see

(in

every.)

iravoiKL,

viii. 3,

see

(with all one's.)

all

forn^, Ex.

Vii. 10, 20, 42, 47,

49.

with

U (into

one's hou.sehold, (In.

i.

ActB

1.)
xvi. 34.

every.)
ix. 11,17.
X. 2.
6.

9 (Rince .).
1629 "hoKic-top;" before then, houjie.)

1.

HOUSE TO HOUSE
9, the,
\

(from.)

houses, {see " house," i\ro.2.)

""
]

,
Acts

4C, marij.

ii.

2.

at home.

1.

HOUSE

see "

Acts

T. 25, 36, see

(',
L Tr

Luke

>

servant.

Cor.

in which Avay, in what way.

In comparative sentences, as, like

(they

about, as it were, according

how in objective, that in
in causal, for
Jlnal, in order to
on the ground that.

?,

2.

as,

of.)

16.

Phil. iv. 22.

2 Tim. iv. 19.

1.

Avith the optative, expressive of a

wish,

which are

1.

i.

3. oTi, (^conj. demonstrative,

like, Jng.), that,

sentences os

(op one's)

injinitive,

belonginp; to a house, or house-

hold

(nan

affairs,

Matt.

X. 25. 26.

79,

(riV!\he,
Eom.

adv. of manner.) in what

also in the manner
;
that, so that,

5.

<;, according

[household.^

ner

when,

an inmate of one's liouse, most

used of a house-slave, menial,
{elsewhere, " skevant.")

who? which?

Mutt.
3.

1.

U,martr.(text,
hccauff) (O ~) (No.

paterfamilias,

house-

4.
1.

master.

K-

TT

Tvi.

:ti.

see II much.

X. 19.
25, see II

1.

nmch.
seeUuiuch.

4.

1.
4.
I.

see

14.
26,

IV.
'^7.

?
12,

xvii.
C.

4.

5,

xvi. 11, eco II if

that

see

21,

twiic^

gee

LTr.)

AV

1.

that.

- vii.

xii.2,

house or

Mntt.
it

11,

the master of

how

28.

1.

HOUSE-HOLDER

see

23,

vi.

KTcat.

why?

wliat ?

or as an exclamation,

1.

Miitt. Tii;

implying maneven as,

as,

in a causal sense,

xvi. 10, 11.

HOUSEHOLD-SERVANT.

liousehold,

accusative icith
as a particle of ex-

{rel.

G. Ti5, Ti,

77;5,

the

and

manner, how

(tket wuicuabe of)

|oi,the, (/'^'O)
those of the

and causal

used in objective

planation, because, inasmuch as,

seeing that,
on, introduces that
which rests on a patent fact,

occ.)

4.

HOUSEHOLD

"house")

9 (A.D. 1C29: prior to that date,

as,

2.

HOUSEHOLD

xvii. 31.

(occ.

Acts xvi. 15.

Eom.xvi.") see
11.)

xii. 42.

Acts X.7, see

X.

V. 19.

xii. 3.

indicative, (an absolute question,)

retinue,

10,

the household,
A,) (No. 2, H.)
3.

Luke

X. 27.
xiii. 15.

* wath the subjunctive, expressive

of deliberation and doubt,

xxii. 2.)

1.

? in what manner?
by what means? used in direct
and indirect questions with the

2\^. 2.

suite,

a house, Qxx.for

HOW.

viii. 3, 2'.

Rev.

rr^s (adv.)

1.

a waitin;; on, service, atten-

(ot one's.)
xxiv. 45,

3.

ii.

xxiv. 17.

then, coilecticeli/, the Ijody of at-

Lu.

root' of

Mark

esp., oj" medical af tendance

tendants, a

TOP.

1 Sam. ix. 25.

26; Ps. exxix. G. So also Josephus, Ant. xiii. 5, 3 Bell. ii. 21
5; iv. 1,4.)

Acts M. 20.
1 Tim. V. 13.

V. 42.

HOUSE,"

ix. 11,

the flat
Josh.

::,

sec " i[OL'SE," JTo. 1.

dance,

Maxr.

HOUSEHOLD.

OepaTTita,

3.

home.

HOUSE

(into evert)

Acts

2.

2.

(in eveet)

Acts

2.

,
,

at

HOW

Matt.

HOUSE

1.

387

'

time, at, or in,

to

a house or dwellmg,(see"KOVSK,'"JVo.l,)

(^
2.

down towards;

ref.

c,

HOU

that.

20,31.

'iv,

xvi. 9,10.

t
t

Bee
Miiny.

1*.

1.

xviii 12,
21, see Oft.
xxi. 20.
xxii. 12.
l.-i.

43, 4.V
xxiii. 3:1.
37, SCO

Often.

xxvi. 51.
xxvii. 1.1^

Mouy thiB^.

tuMi

HOW
Acts

see His it ?
26 (om. TrbAb)

Mark ii. 16,

ui. 6.
23.

27.
40, see
is it
V. 16.
[that ?
19, 20, seeGreat.
)
vi. 38,
see
viii.5,19,20 j
21, see
is it

Eom.

1,

49, see

47.

1 Cor.

see
[Great.

24,

32,

33,

1.

Matt.

much

1.

Mark

1.

(No. 1,

2 Cor.

see

see
Gal.

4-1.

Eph.

iii. 8.

see
that.

1.

iv. 1.
it

is it

is

2 The,

see

18,

i.

Tim.

see

Many

Heb.

[things.

ii.

see

- xi. 36.

xii. 17,

xiv. 5,9,

ii.

2I:'

John

2K.

5,

see

iii.

17.

iv.

noi,

8.

iv. 21,

Jude
Eev.

see
is it ?
see
that.
31 (with
13,
see

vii. 25,

.)

3.

5, 18,
ii.

that.
great.

2.

see

xviii.

HOW
how

(ov,

number, or time.

Luke

1.

Acts

2.

Phileni. 16.

1.

Heb.

X. 29.

2.
1.

1.3.

viii. 6.

ix. 14.

2.

xi. 12, 24.

xix. 15 (om. rt's Tr
W, lit. iiliathueijiesa

ix.

Eev,

xviii. 7.

t/icy /laii (!oc.)

that.

see Long.
see
7,

GKEAT.

great,

vii. 11.
X. 25.
xii. 12.

3.

2.
3.

vi. 10,

a.

great, (correl. of Xo. 1,)

time.

Matt.

2.

^*.)

MUCH.

of magnitude, number, or
Tt9, Tt, see " HOW," Xo. G.

2.

much.

much.

htrr/e

vi. 11.

75, how

that.

20 (Trm)

LTTr A

iii.

"'"<=''

see

22.
24, see

iii.

of size.

2.
great.

viii. 3.3.

Jae.

large,

time.

3.

vii. 4,

xii. 19.

how

how great, how much, how

many, of magnitude, number, or

seeHmuch

TToVo?,

iv. 9.

vi. 42.

9,

5, IS.

iii.

Phileni.l6,

^ix. 10, 15, 16, 19, 26.

X. 24, see Long.

1.

xii. 56.
xvi. 2.

John

LARGE.

great,

HOW

i. 9.
10, 11.

ii.

-U.

ix.

John

HOW
how

6.

Thee.

19.

viii.

1.

Gal.

iii. 7.

V. 9,

Luke

2.

Go.

23, see

Col. iv.
1

4, 9, 12.

-52.

1.

8.

i.

ii.

xvi. 11.
40 (op.)

iv.

vi. 21.
ii.

vii. 15.

Acta

" now," Xo. 6.

seelllarge.
3, see
that.

iii.

Phil.

V. 44, 47.

IS IT THAT?
"how," Xo. 1.

on account ot" his

unpractised hand or on account
The dim sight being
of his sight.
prob. the thorn in the flesh. (Compare Acts ix. 9 xxiii. 1, 5 Gal.
iv. 1416.)]

13.
iv. 9.
13.

that?

1.

49.

ii.

v. 9.

letters^' eiilicr

i.

iv. 1.

3'

Acts

{^Here in Dat. pi., " with what

vi. 11,

xxiv. 6 (oca, U'/iat

see

',

vii. 15.

.35.

Luke

N.)
that.

12, .35.

things, L.)
20.

vi. 42,

H.)

Cor. xiv. 26.

viii. 21.

TTrA

viii. 2,
)
xii. 4, 5, S

xxi. 5.
xxii. 2, 4.
61.
xxiii. 55.

that

that.

xiv. 7, 9, 16.
26, see
is it ?
XV. 3, see
that.

9,

see

-)

X. 1,

is it

XX. 41,

6.
I

HOW
1. TTUis, see

2. Ti, see

34,;

much.

iii.

1.

see

xviii. 24.
xix. 15,

John

1*,

26, see
10.

[much.

see Often.

xiii. .34,

vii. 4.

vii. 16.

liv. 7.
XV. 17, see Many.
xvi. 2, see
is

i.

vi. 3,

that?

Heb.

5.

IS IT?

Tr A)
1

more.

27, 50.
56, see

that

(No.

.)
15 2nd.

iii.

see Long.

xii. 11.

it

iii.

xi. 2, 33.

X. 26.

12,

16 (om.

( , wlierefore,

that.

that.

xi. 18.
.

Is'

15

Tr
see

ix. 41,

HOW
Ti,

2.

Jas.

see " HOW," Xo.

LTTtAR)

42.
viii. 18.
39 twice,

expressions

iii

1.)

ii.

vi. 23.
3.

LTTrA^b)

is it ?

(No.l,LTrb)

vii. 22,

Matt.

X
14 1" & ><
(No.'l*,
u:ird(ti)(No.l,

62.
vi.

Ipcc. Col.

Mark ii.

vii. 1, see
viii. 32.

58.
ii.

liow great, esp.

1.

vi. 2.

3S, 41.
xiv. 1, 11.

XV. 4, see Many[things.

i. 34.

of

iii. 6.

iv. 10.

t*.)

Luke

large,

11.)

vi.

4.

xxi. 20, see Many.

XXV. 20, see
<o
enquire hereof.

how

great,

Gal.

36.
20.
1",

X. 23. 24.
xi. 18.

how

of ivonder, extraordinarily great.

7,

[that ?
igtwice^seeLoug

26 (No.

xiii.32,seeHthat.
xiv. 17.

21 see Long ago

xii.

xii. 17.

XV. see that.

XX.-352nd.
35
that
see

ix. 12.

2.

3.

Many

HOW

size, (occ.

X. 28, 38.
xi. 13.
16.

iv. 13.

Tr

see Great.

ix. 16,

,
,

388

of magnitude,

HOW MUCH

MORE.

adv. interrog., i8^ to say no'

thing of, or
\
it ? expecting a neg.
not to say
)
answer,
then.
)
\yi, at least, indeed.
/'/xT/Tis,

Cor.

vi. 3.

HOW
HOW
6ti, see "

Matt.

xii. 5.

HOW,"

THAT.

-.

3.

380

HUN

HUNDRED

,
Mark

(three.)

three hundred, (twn occ.)

xiv. 5.

John

iii.
xii. 5.

17.]

Acts. V.

HUNDEED

(foi-u.)

four hundred

(noji occ.)

* [The four hundred years in Acts

G,

years from the "promise,'' Gen.

xii. 3, and this agrees with Gral.

refers to "

/lis seed,''

ham's descendants, and

vii.

i.e.

Abra-

is

predi-

cated of the sojourning and the

hondarje.
It thus agrees AA'ith the
prophecy, Gren. xv. 13, which
refers also to being a sf ranger and
serving, and is spoken of " thy
In Exod. xii. 40, a period
seed."
of 430 years is mentioned, but
this refers to " the sojourning of
the Children of Israel, who dwelt
in Egypt," and dates from the
call of Abraham himself as distinguished from " his seed." The
giving of the law va3 also 430

.30.

vii.

(j.

'
,

HUN

.
Rev.

vii. 41.

six

HUNDRED YEARS
in Gen.

K'lm.

occ.)

Rev. liv.

HUXDEED THREESCORE AXD

X^s',

Rev.

which

(-at, i<)

si'.i,

LA

.si.i

hundredfold,

1.

2.

Matt.

(-

xiii. 8, 2.1.

xix. 29

Mark x.
Luke viii.

2.

."50.

2.

8.

^',mIli/od,LTT'rA)

innidrrt],

Stxa, if,

S),

tilG,

HUNGER

L".)

It is "the number of the beast." It is not

a beast, however, but a man, "the number of a
man." The speUiug out of a name by the numerical
value of letters is unsatisfactory, as the number of
such names is legion.
The number is clearly emblematic of Trinity

[Note.

a hundred,

(( , ,
600),

IS

xiii.

,
',
centu2)le.

(=

sixtrj, ef,

2.

(six.)

The number for

66G.
these letters stand, viz.
(r=60) (s'=6).

iv. 19.

HUNDREDFOLD.

20.

1.

SIX

xvii. 17.)

(six.)

Imndred (nou

see below,

OLD.

775, a hundred years old, (Ixx.

occ.)

1 Cor. sv. 6.

HUR

(fivk.)

IIUNDKED

xiii. 13,

391

hundred (non

five

Luke

three numbers, and yet one number, that one a

perfect one. [Seven is
perfect number, but not
God's perfect number=i''2tl*, to be or become satisfied, filled; the number that s.atisfies God's work
in nature, as in sound, in colours, and light.]
Six (tyiy, with an unknown root) is a perfect
number, the first and the only number that
equals the sum of the three figures that will divide
But it
it, and these the first three diijitB, 1, 2, 3.
just falls short of God's, as does evei-y thing human.
The oldest man on record attained the age of 969
years i.e., 90 (10() short of 1000), 60 (10 short of 70)
and 9 (I short of lo). Lamech, his son, tb.rough

Luke

XV. 17.

2 Cor. xi. 27

Rev.

[noun.]

hunger, famine.
vi. 8.

HUNGER

(-im)

[verb.]

7, to

be hungry, suffer hunger

to hunger after, long for.

Matt.

John vi. 35.

Rom. xii. 0.

V. 6.

xxi. 18.

Luke

1 Cor. iv. 11.

iv. 2.

vi. 21, 25.

xi. 34.

Rev.

vii. 16.

whom

was promised blessing and rest, lived to 777

years.
666 is therefore the triple number of imperfection,
the perfection of imperfection "the number of a
man" the number of the thinors specially hateful
to God, and which culminate in the perfection
of wickedness, and which seem to peculiarly
It is connected
describe the " man of sin."
with Babylon. "The image of the beast" (Rev.
xiii. 14, 15) is mysteriously like the image of Babylon (Dau.iii. 1) in its numerical proportions "threescore cubits, anil the brendtli thereof six cubits"
66 foreshadowing the union of the Antichrist and
the False Prophet whilst in the 600 not seen in the
image of Nebuchadnezzar we have the Power of
Satan a.=8uming the Fatherhood of God. (Thus we
have the Trinity of Hell, awful mimicry of the Holy
Trinity I). As Nebuchadnezzar meant to deify himall who refuse to
Belf by this image, so it is here
worsliip the imaire are in both cases kille<l, and the
" The man of
children of God sutfer persecution.
Bin" is to show himself " that he is God," and he
"
assumes the
name of blasphemy." Those who
know the number of his name are those who will

HUNGERED

Matt.

Mark

Luke

(be

Air.)

Slatt. xxv. 35, 37,42, 44.

iv. 2.
xii. 1, 3.

ii.

25.

vi. 3.

HUNGRY.
see above.

Luko

i.

53, part.

HUNGRY

(BE.)

detect the blasphemy, and those who detect and refrist the falsehood and
blasphemy are de.scribed
(Kev. XV. 2) as havinif "gotten the victory over the
least and over his image, and over his mark, and

//

over the number

name."
Thus the number points out the character and
spirit of Antichrist, the future man who will yet be
enthroned as Go<I, and received by the world. Ho
who has understanding, is to count this number.]

HUNDREDS
.

/
(

, ( -,
.

'.

Mark vi.
Tr

'

10,

.)

'

a hundred,
,

xi. 12.

',

HUNGRY

found

hungry,

hundred

bv bun-

drcds.

)
h\j

Cor.

xi. 21.

(VF.RT.)
(no)i occ.

X. 10.

[noun.]

wanton violence

arising

from

of strenrjth ; then, injury

arising from violence, csp. of loss

jv-ide

at sea.
hnnarti,

and not

elsewhere.)
Acts

<;,

Phil. iv. 12.

HURT
(by.)

''

'

Mark

L
ActK xxvU.

10,

marg. injury.

HUR
HURT

392

[verb.]

do wrong, to act unjustly

do one wrong, to wrong,

dSacew, to

1.

as suhst.,
tilling the ground
a farmer, husbandman, (jion occ.)

to disable, hinder

(2.

to

damage,

JS'O.

1,)

{non

to affect with evil, plujsically,

to do evil to anyone, to treat badly,

maltreat, {of persoiis.')

2.

Mark

xvi. 18

2.

Luke

iv. 35.

(.)

"ficc, 7^ 9.

xviii. 10.
1.

11.

vi. 6.

1.

vii. 2, 3.

5 ''

xi.

a tilled

spoken of
where the
context decides the meaning, e.g.
husband, soldier, &c.
i.

Luke

ii.

1 Cor. vii. 16, 3i. 39

xiv. 35.
2 Cor. xi. 2.
Gal. iv. 27.
Eph. V. 22, 23, 24, 25, 33.
Col. iii. 18, 19.

'"ice.

16, 19.
36.

xvi. 18, foin.

2 2nd^ 3rd,

Cor.

-)

ti

lih.

Tit.

i.

twice.

2, 12.

iii.

6.

ii.

4,

one's.)

11'""", 13, U''.

5.

Hind
tfier,

(36, broTr

(L

Pet.

iii. 1,

Eev. xxi.

i^.)

HUSBANDS

(^

Tim.

.2,3",4"'',

10.

u;',)

ILt'h.,

in various relations,

Jobaiv. le,!""';'!, 18 '*'<;'

[hath.)
Acts V. 9, 10.
Eom.vii.2i",seeH(which

Bee

(love

5, 7.

2.

(love one's.)

to be.
Tit.

iii. 9,

marg. tillage.

little

still sometimes eaten by the

poor, but is usually given to swine
to give the pork a sweet flavour.
Common to Syria and S. Europe.]

ii.

4.

HUSBAND

(wirrcii iiatu.)

under a husband.
Eom.

vii. 2.

XV. 16.

HYMN.

a song, in Homer only used of

the music, but later of the air and
tvords, a hymn or festive song in
praise of God (Ixx. Is. xlii. 10
2 Ch. vii. 6 Ps. xl. 4.) (non occ.)
;

see

under

Eph.

"

psalm."
Col.

V. 19.

HYMN

iii.

16.

(sing an.)

to sing, laud, sing of, tell of,

praise, (Ixx. Is. xii. 4 2 Ch. xxix.
;

Matt. xxvi.

<;,

Acts

30, part.

25 Heb.

xvi.

Mark

ii.

12.)

xiv. 26, part.

HYPOCRISY.

a reply, answer, esp. as

spoken in dialogue on the stage;
hence, the playing a part on the
stage, dissimulation.

Matt,
3Iark

xxiii. 28.

I.iikn xii. 1.

xii. 15.

6<;,

also

horn hence, the fruit

(the carob
or pod of the
or locust-tree, yl/v/o., kharoob.) [It
a

30.) (occ.

a lover of a husband,
husband-lover.

tti'at,

a farm

(jion occ.)

(noil occ.)

a man, an adult male person,

{Lat., vir,

man

field,

cultivation, (non occ.)

HUSBAND.

x. 12.

6.

ii.

7.

,
, ,
Luke

Mark

xx. 9, 10 ''', 14, 16.

xv. 1.

Tim.

is

disabling, weakening, imhurtful, noxious, disad-

vantageous,

Matt.

HUSK.

-ix. 4. 10,19.

1.

Eev.

ii.

1.

HUETFUL.

peding

Luke
John

Jas. v.

1 Cor.

Eev.

1.

X. 19.

Acts

xii. 1,

HUSBANDRY.

occ.)

3.

34, 35, 38,

40, 41.

Mark

hurt, mar,

1.

Matt. xxi. 33,

injure, hurt.

3.

HUSBANDMAN.

?,

trans., to

2.

HYP

Peter

HYPOCRISY
<;,

ii.

Tim.

iv. 2.

I.

(without.)

unfeigned (opp. of above.)

Jos.

iii.

17.

HYP

393

HYPOCRITE.

one wlio answers, esj). on the

stage, hence, one Avho plays a part,
a dissembler (non occ.)

Matt.

XV. 7.
xvi. .5
lie

(oi/l.

hiipocrites,

L t TrA

t<

the cedar, as growing out of the tcall

or rocks.
In N.T. used of a stalk
and also of
or stem of hyssop

xxiii. 13, 14 (ap),

15, 23, 25, 27, 29.

Mark vii. 6.
Luke vi. 42.

G^

xi. 4-1

.)

HYSSOP.

(Heb., 2i:) Hyssop, a low

plant or shrub, put in contrast tuith

Matt,

vi. 2, 5, 16.

vii. 5.

a bunch of hyssop for sprink-

(.)

linsr.

xii. 56.

John

xiii. 15.

xxii. 18.

Heb.

xix. 29.

ix. 19.

Dative, to me, (the result of

(b)
"
construction, e.g. " there is to me

= ''Ihave.")'

I is generally part of the verb, in

is I say, but if
Greek thus,
there be added to this the pronoun,
/say, there is an
thus,
emphasis designed, which is AA^anting in the former case. In the
oblique cases the pronouns are
more necessary, and therefore the
;

emphasis is not so marked, but in

the nominative they are regularly
omitted, unless emphasis is in-

the pronoun I in English is represented by the pronoun in the

Greek as a separate emphatic
word. In all passages or cases
not cited below the pronoun
the verb in
L is only part of

another

form of

the Accusa-

tive.

2.

Matt.

even

pronoun of the first j^erGerm., Ich Eng.,

son,) JLnt., ego
[In no instance is this proI.)
noun used in the Greek where no
emphasis is intended to be ex;

Where

used, it
could not have been omitted without affecting the sense. This emI)hasis may be manifest or latent
or it may be the consequence of

(a) /xov, Genitive, of

Mark

and

Lb

Tr

8.

1.

V. 7

(No. 2,)

vi. 16, 50.

1.

Ic*

viii. 27, 29.

ix. 25.

1.

Ic*

1.

xi.

I, iu-

I.

-'',

i>i.

ill

la.

XXIV. 5.

1.

27 (om.

"

xxvui. 20J

Tr

AW.)
28 I", seo I to
do with thee (what
have.)

32ll'.

)5

16 -nd.

1.

39.

And.

161".

iv. 4,3 1
vii. 8>

..
[

48, seo
49.

lii.

Ic*

And.

58 1, 63.

IS-Oo, 19.

1.

11.

1.

36,

Luke

1.

xxii. 32.
xxiii. 34.

xxvi. l.->, seo

22 25

to

29.

Ic

XXV. 27.

191", 192n<
1.

-31lt.
1.

gee I

likewise.
27 1", 30.

me, {generally

28

241", see I

242n<ij

26.

XIV.
(p.)

1.

(,

22

rj

xiii. 6.

1.

(..).23()).)

xxi.
also.

39twici.

29 1", see I also.

33i

xii.

LTXrAK.)

etx-HOs/,
XX. 15

(oiii.

;:if|ti.:.,

.)

even

36

X.

TrAS.)
1.

stead of

22-!"'

see I to

have.

see I also.
xviii. 33
(IS

1'',

do with thee (what

(oiii.

15.
181'',

i*

Tr

7 1

7,91"

xvi. 13

I.)

2 {om.

i.

A.)

X. 16.
32, 33, see I also.
xi. 10 (oni. Lb)
28, see Aud.
jui. 27, 28.
xiv. 27.

be translated I, in consequence
of the case being the result of
government or construction.)

1.

la.

[39, U.
28, 32, 34,

14.
V. 22,
viii.

is

antithesis.]

see I also.

11 1".
112n>

it

8,

or I also, (a contraction

I,

iii.

!*

I, {the

ii.

,.

Greek.

pressed.

Accusative, me, (the result of

construction, gen., being the Ace. of

the noun with inf. of the verb, e.g.
" that lam.")
" me to be "

ofKoi, and, also or even,

The following passages are where

',

another fonn of the Dative.

(c)

tended.

i..

1.
1.

Ic

viii.

46.
IX.

9"""
le. 20.

394

Luke .
AH.)

3 (om.

John .21,273", 281s'

Tr

28

351st.

XV.

35 2"

31, see I have

(that.)
xvi. 9, see And.
six. 5.
oo 2nd 23

X. 192nd.
xi. 1.

7::.-rt(NO.l,G.^l

3,

1.

13 2nd, 19.

[A'')

Tr

1.

{<f,forvliich I,
Bcinstead of otl
cnuse I, b), 26, 27,
33.
xvii. 4 1", 9 1",
ir-'iul, 12 2nd, lltwic.,

1.

i<.)

see Even.
19 {om. Lb
^*.)
21, see And.
22,23, 242nd, 2,5.
262nd, see And.
18,

29, see
32.
53.
70.

And.

8 2nd,
201st&2nd,212nd,26,35
37 1" {om.
Tr
A'' .)
372nd (om. Lb)

xxiii. 14.

xviii.

xxiv. 39, see I

49.

.Tohn

20, 23, 26.

i.

27 {om.
.)

Tr

my-

[self.
(i

=iV>

311.

31i5t,see I(ana.)
31 -'nd.
33, 34, see And.
ii. 4, see I to do

with thee( what have)

28 ^nd.

iii.

171".

lOHi.

1.

34, 36.

1.

1.

29, 381", 421',

1.

491", 50, 54,551",

1.

582nd.

1.

15 1", see Even.

16Jnl.
17i",18i",2.52'i
27, 28, see

And.

.30, :}4.

6.

8 ''
13, see And.
17'"

lb*

Ic-

.V)2nd.

xxiii. 1, 6'*
xxiv. 16, see I mv20.
[seif.

18

'-'nd,

21 2nd
XXV. 10 S".

14,

1,5.

18,201".
see I myself.
251".
22,

1.

andsccGive.

-xiv. 3

xxvi.9l",102rul,

1.

15'wlce.

3.

&:trd.

(,

14
I will do

29!".

2.

4 (om. I>.)
6, 101" 4 2nd, 11,
122nd

Ic*

15 2nd,

192nd.

26,
.-ii.

la.

la.

iUis

L"

10, 19, 201"

202'", see And.

".

Cor.

1.

231".

i.

101"&2nd.

1.

1.

xxviii. 17'"
iii. 7, Bee I also.

1.

vii.

Rom.
lb*

V. 5.

la.

viii.

Ic*

1.

X. 30.

1.

xii. 26.

1.

James

1.

Pet.
2 Pet.

'-

xi.

1.

Kev.

Tr'

G L

see Even.
9 3rd (o,, G r:)
see 1 also.

10,
timfs,

22 3

2i>d,

11

Tr

V. 4.

Tr

and

13,

xvii. 7.
xxi. 2 {om.
(oiii.

GL
G.N.)

8 1",

xxii.

1,3,

16 twice

I
(tvlien

S.)
6 1"

-_6 2nd.

.)
121".

i.

-19 1st.
21 2nd, see Even.

.see

292nd.

ALSO

not two separnte words in the

GrreJc.)

),

, ,

confrrtcfioii

even,
Matt.

ii.

and

and,

for

Rom.

8.

iii. 7.

x. 32, .^3.

2 Cor.

xvi. 18.
xxi. 24.

Ei)b.

xi. 18,
i.

I'liil. ii.

Murk xi. 29 (om.

Luke XX. 3.

Tr
|

Kev.

A.)

Cor.

ii.

iii.

I (also.)
1

also,

].

'"lie.

2()'fom.Oi?L
Ab )

(.

2nd.

27,

14,17.

1.

11 (.),

W.)

^iii.

10.

1.

9,

sec I also.

22

162nd.

xii.

Gal.

8,

6,

TrA

see I myself.
151", 16 1st.
1.
20.'5'b, see And.
1.
211" (No. la,
Ic*
1.

1.

2.3

23 2nd

1 'ite.

i.

1.

(so.)
1.

16.
17.

i.

ii.

18, 21 3rd, see I

1.

18'"'<, see

ii.

i.

mvself.
2.

ace And.

17;ird.

and see

1,

.-ird,

And.
1

1.

vii. 7.

X.

1.

92nd.

1.

13 2nd.
vi. 17, see And.

Ic*

Tr

LAN'.)

13tioo.

ii.

'

3 1".

2n<I.

1.

'1.2 John
1. 3 John

2.

ii.

Ic*

191", see And.

19 2nd, 21,28 'i"

1.

1.

xiii. 7,

1.

xii. 26.

32 1", sec And.

46, 47 1", 49 1",

17 2nd.
.73rd.

In.

1.

xi. 2.5,27, 421

1.

xxii. 3.

1.

also,

37.
,391".

3H-'tid,8ceIfand)
-

xvi. 10.

29.

1.

9, ,39.
.7!'"!. 9,10,11, 11.

1.

- xxi. 13.

lb.

1.

Imy-

i.

Philem. 1.3, 19 '"''.

Hob. i. 5'>vicc.

1.

1.

1.

AW.)

lb.

ix. 4.

21 1" (aj>.)
xix. 21 twice.
XX. 22, 25 1".

262nd(f;^, 7,_
instead of
1, TTr

1.

11 (np.), 12,
14 i, 15, 161' icSrd,
18, 21'wice,22, 23'w'c'',
21 --'nd.
263>, see And.
viii.

4,5,

Ic*

151".

X.

1.

15.

1.

6.

Tit.

102nd.

lb*

Ic*-

63, 70.

vii.7, 8, 17, 291",

252nd, 33, 41.

x\i. 30.
xvii. 3, 23 3rd.
xviii. 61", 101"

Ic*

[-'".

(Ic

11.

(that which.)
iv. 1 {om. G

1.

self.

1.

251"

71".
i.

1.

162nd.

1.5.

xiii.

39 1" A 3rd.
33, see Even.
xi. 1, see Even.
23 1".
XV. 91", 10 -nil, 11.

15.

have
committed unto him

261".

myself

51".

12 5th, see I

1.

see

18.

ii.

i.

2 Tim.

m v-

see I

273rd, gee

TrAi*.)
1.

1.

51".

xi.

1.

vi. 20, 35.

40
L'')
41,44,48,511'*
53(np.),54.
5,57,8eel(and)

(also.)
-ix. 6,

1.

Ic*

Tim.
ii.

2n<i,

40 2nd^

1.

also.

1.

43, 45.

lb*

ix. 5, 10, 10.

X. 20, 21.

1.

self.

21,

vii. 7, .32.

Thes.

12.
vi. 12.

1.

102"<i, 12, 28.

LTr

K.))

lb*

23, 25.
iv. 42nd.

iii.

XX. 15, see And.

Ic*

18.
1".

-v. 3

1.

1.

362n<i(07n.

la.

And.

i.

'wice, G.

8 2nd, see Even.

26, see I

17, .see And.

301st, 31, 311st,

iv. 15.

1.

1.

282nd, see
4 'ice.
iv. 112nd.
Col.

iii. 1,

1.

192nd, see I also.

242nd see I my-

iii.

3.

1.

1.

marcr. inc.

i. 7,

self.

Cor. i. 12 2nd,;)rd Wi,

& 5th.
ii. 11", see And.

1.

see Even.
llj*Actsiii. 61".

Phil.
ii.

.38.

1.

7 2nd.

V.

'

xvi. 4, 22.
1

1.

1.

and sec

xix. 6.

Ui>t,26,32,38.

iv.

6,

V. .32.
-vi. 203rd.

'

1.

30.

:.

5,

1.
iv. 1.

myself.
16,19.

1.

16.

15 1", see I also.

i.

iii.

xii. 19.

Ic*
1

17.

Eph.

see And.

xiv. 11.
XV. 14,

1.

11 1".

141".

vi.

142nd, ge And

see I myself.

3,

1.

(.)

122nd.

18.

v. 2, 10,

ix. 2.

1.

17 (om.

xxi. S, 1.5.
xxii. 15 -".

I.

my-

see I

1.

16

see I also.

3,

lb*

191". 203rd.

ii.

iv.

123rd.

xvi 42"d 71st&'Jn.l

xiii. 33.

XV. 17.

sx.

see And.

Gal.

self.

19.

24.
25, and

1.

5 2nd, see And.

9, see I (so.)
10,14,16,19,20,26

'

20 3rd.
212nd.

vii.

1.

see And.

xi. 9,
18.

Eom.

1.

lb.

5tli.

1.

4,

vii.

4.

1,5.

19.
6.

10.

2L

395

(so)
John

XV. 9.

2 Cor.

IDO

^,

xi. 223tiincs.

IDLE TALES.
silly talk,

nonsense, {non

Luke

I (ix ltkewise)
Matt.

1.

xxi. 24.

Acts

*"

(,

3.

., myself.

selF,

2.

Lnke

1.

Acta

1.

XXV. 22.
Eotn. Wi. 25.

2.

xsiv. 39.
xxiv. 16.

and no other,

2.

Eora.xv.

3. 1

Cor.

rhil.

1.

Eom. ii. 22.

1 Cor. viii. l,see I (things
otfei-ed unto.)
41", see (thing's

14.

vii. 7.

2 Cor.

2.

I (meat

pee

otfered to.)
xvii. 16, see (full of)
xxi. 25, see I (thiuij
offered to.)

ix. 27.
X. 1.
xii. l;!.

1.

2.

ICor. viii. 72n'i, seel (thing

offered unto an.
10 1", see Idol's
temple.
10 -'n!,
I (thin^
which is offered to.)

vii. 41.
XV. 20.

29,

I alone.

ix. 3.

2.

that are offered in

Sac. to.)

(^

HAVE

the things,

'/, mine,

"^

Jolin

Luke

an
i.

()

my

IDOLS

possessions.

(,

XV. 31

Eev.

9.

i.

V. 21.

ii.

14, 20,

see below,

ix. 20.

IDOL'S TEMPLE.
1 Maec.

vi. 16.

4,2ri(i_

elSwXeiov,

'

2 Cor.

Tlics.

myself,

CI too myself.

^'^''^V'
sell,

and

xii. 2.

'

Rev.

(2,.)

19 2nd^ see I (that

is offered iu

Sac. unto.)

ii. 2-t.

MYSELF ALSO.
also,
^^ I also

101"

X.

which

^<,

(-S.)

no other, alone.

self,

[ iyo), I (seeJ, iVb. 1) 1 1

IDOL

an image, a phantom
an
image in the mitid, nnd laicr, the
image of a god, an idol.

MYSELF.

occ.)

xxiv. 11.

idol-temple,
47, x. 83.)
Cor.

(occ.

only

viii. 10.

(fidlof) [margin.]

given up to

idols, full

of

idols.

Acts

HAVE COMMITTED UNTO

which)
HIM

<
(^

IDOLS

the,^

rj,

),

deposit,

of me,

^
.

my

18',

deposit.

Tim

i.

(meat offeued to)

anything

idol-sacrifice,

to idols,

sacrificed

J
2

xvii. 16, (text, u-hoUij fjivcn to idolatry.)

the flesh of

victims offered to idols which reover, and was eaten or

12.

mained
sold.

TO DO WITH THEE (what hate)

,
,(,

Acts

XV. 29.

Avhat,

to

/i.ot,

me,

IDOLS

and,
1

Cor.

X.

28

to thee.

Mark

v. 7.

Luke

John

viii. 28.

(offered ix sacrifice uxto)

Kacrifice.Qr^'LTTr A H)

(iepofluTo', offen-d in

IDOLS

ii. 4.

(that

is

offered

IX SACRIFICE TO)

IDLE.

>/,

not \vorkinfi, rsp., not working

the ground, living without labour
hrncr, doing nothing, idle, (occ.
Tit. i. 2
2 Pet. i. 8.

IDOLS

Cor.

X. 19.

(thixo offered to)

Acts

xxi. 25.

Matt.

lii.

XX. 3.
G"

3.

S.)

(om.G

LTTr

Matt. xx.

G-'"i.

I.iike xxiv. 11, hoc I tales.

1 Tim. v. 1;;<"kc.

TDOL

(thing offered unto an)

1

Cor.

viii. 7.

a;

IDO
IDOLS

(thixg offebed

(
(

Cor.

IDOLS

Rev.

IDOLS

)
)
[

viii. 1.

396

will show Avhether the thing is

really so or not, (John vii. 17.)

* Present tense,

sacrificed
ii.

te7ise, vhicll may be in

cases translated by the
future perfect.

t Aorist

14, 20.

that

most

is

offered in

SACRIFICE unto)
1 Cor. viii.

idv,
2. ^

4.

3.

IDOLS

(THIIiG

WHICH

Cor.

IS

OFFERED TO)

if also,

~^

>

* with subj. aorist,

and, also, )

iavirep, if

indeed,

{see above.)
if

now,

* Avith subj. present, {see above.)

4.

in

haply,

if

{see above,)

viii. 10.

IDOLATER

8,

IF

idol- worsliipper, (occ. 07ily

if, puttiny the condition simply,

{for difference between d and lav,
see above, No. 1,)

t,

(a) tvith the indicative mood, {present

N.T. and Patristic Greek.)

assumes the hypothesis as

an actual fact, the condition being
unfulfilled, but no doubt being
thrown on the supposition, (1 Cor.
tense,)

1 Cor. V. 10, 11.

Eph.

V. 5.

Rev. sxi.

vi. 9.

X. 7.

8.

xxii. 15.

IDOLATET.

in

V^ith the past tense, the

hypothesis is expressed as impossible or contrary to fact,
XV. 16).

idol-worsliip, (occ.

only

N.T. and Patristic Greek.)

1 Cor. I. 14.

IDOLATEY

;5,

(Eom.

Col. iii. 5.
1 Pet. iv. 3.

Gal. V. 20.

ing mere assumption or conjecture, without any subordinate

idea; an entire uncertainty
supposed case, (Acts xvii. 27

(iTHOLLT given to.)

given up to idols, full

of

idols.
Acts

xvii. 16,

iv. 2,)

(b) with the optative mood, express-

1 Pet.

marg. full of idols.

14,)

iii.

subjunctive mood, like

lav Avith the subj., {No. lb,) ex-

(c)

IF.

loith the

cept that
1.

et,

haply,

so be that, {strictly,
[see No. !,] if, and av, haply,

lav, if

if it

perchance.)
[It differs from 6,
{No. 4,) in that d, expresses a
condition which is merely hypothetical, i.e. a subjective possibility,
\vhiie
{No. 1,) implies a condition which experience must determine, i.e. an objective possibility, and refers therefore
to

senting the condition

ful, as

5.

(b) followed by the subjunctive mood.

This expresses a condition of uncertainty, with an assumption of
some small amount ot contingency
or probability, wheic experience

if

at least, if indeed.

* followed by indie, and spoken of

what is taken for granted,
6.

expressing the condition simply,

without reference to whether the
event will decide it or not,

acci-

Bomcthing future,]
mood,

more doubt-

depending on some

dental circumstance; "if possibly"

or "perhaps," 1 Cor. ix. 11 xiv. 5.)

(a) folloxced by the indicative

puts the condition as

depending on the event more

decisively than lav, {lav repre-

tiTc,

or

1 T,

whether.

be seen from the above that

the two principal words translated
" IF " are A^o.s. I and 4!, (the others
being a combination of these with
other ])articles.)
Yov an example
of the importance of the difference
between them, and their use with

[It will

certain moods, note,

(1)

Acts

V.

38, 39, " If this counsel

or this Avork be of meu," (iVo. lb*,

apoiiitn-hicit the residt will decide.')

"

But

be of God," {No. 4a,

if it

Luke

Ibt

xvi. 30.
31.
xvii. 3 twice, 4.
-6.

4a.

Ibt4a.-

-31.

Ibt

17, "If ye know these

things," (iVo. 4a, assuminr/ the
case as a fact,) " happy are ye if

John

(2)

xiii.

ye do them," {Xo. lb*, a result

which remains to be sccn.)^
Matt.

Ibt
lb+
lb

Mark

Ibt

iv. 3, 6.

Tr A

L
4a.

XX.

30.

W,
vi.

Ibt

Ibt

sec If not.

Ibt
Ibt
4a

thing.
4a.

23.
35, see

Is'

23
23 -nd, 30.
vii. 9,) (om.

IbtIbt

t<,

for

" ic/iom his

oiTTJoT),

sou viU ask.")

4a.

II.

lb*

viii. 2.

10,

lb*
Ibt

Ibt
Ibt

Ibt
lb

see

13'-'*,

4a Ibt
lb

(mn.

11)+

4a.

lb
4a.

Ibt
4a.

lit.

rj

" arc

ice to saij.")

Ibt
Ibt

xii. 7.

U.

xvi. 24, see If any

20.
[man.
xvii. -1.
20.
xviii. 8, 9.
12, 13, 15 twice.
16, see If not.
17 '"ice, 19.
.'55, see If not.
xix. IM, 17. 21.

Ibt

A W

Tr

see If not

xi. 14, 21, 23.

XV.

(df,

Ibt

22, and see

were possible.

4a.
4a.

xiv. 21.

lb

.31.

4a.
4a.

If it

35.

XV. 44.

Luke

I(and)

iv. 3.

Ibt

7.

4a.

9.

lb

V. 12.

vi. 32.

;J4'(No. lb+,

4a.
4a.

la.

4a.

xxiv.

xxvii.

42 {om.

A K:

lit.

i.")

Al>H
4a.

18,

4a.
4a.

"

whom his

see If also.

19, 20,

Tr

see If (but

N:
i/iii|;

to.
xiii.

26 (om.
" as a

lit.

9 1", see If

(and.)

man

26, see

-vi.56:}^"^"*
vii. 11.

16,

man.

see If any

lb*

man.
Ibt
Ibt^
4a.

.31.

XV. 8.
xvi. 11, 12.

If

any

V. 11.
vi. 2.

lb
Ibt

4.
vii. 8.

4a.

9.

11, see

12, see If any.

15.
21, see If (but.)
28 1", see If (but

4a.

and.)
282"'!

lb

36 i>t, see If any

36 2n>i.
[man.

7, 10,

lb

14.

18, 19, 20 twice.

22, 24, ) see If
xvi. 7 1", S
not.

7 -"'I.

Ibt

39, 40.
viii.

lb

Ibt

4a.

iv. 9.

Ibt

4a.
4a.

39.

4a.

viii. 22,

and see

If

perhaps.
37

all

(.)

Ibt

ix. 2.

4a.
4a.

xiii. 15.

xvi. 15.
xvii. 27,. and

If haply.

see If

13.
ix. 2, 11 twice, 12.
16, see If not.
17 twice.

XI. 15.
xxi. 22, 23, 25.

3,

8 lt.
82nd, see If . . .
10.
[not.

4a.
4a.

.36.

xix. 12.

2,

anv man.

xviii. 8, 23 twice.
30, see If not.

Acts

If (but

and.)

V. .38.

4b.

19.

lb*
4a.

lb

la.

(and.)

Ibt

see If not,

15, 23.
28.

Ibt

9 Sn<>, see If not

cast."

tw'e.

XV. 6, see If not.

4a.

14.

Ibt
lb

4a.

4a.

TTr A

Ibt

7.

Ibt
lb

Ibt

and.)

any

4a.

see If any,

Cor. iii. 12, 14, 15, 17,

18, see If any man.
iv. 7, see If (now.)

35.

4a.

W.)

23.
XV. 24.
27.

4a.

14, 17 i.
172nd.
32 (.)

3.

4a.

39.
45,

lb*
Ibt

xiv. 2, see If not.

4a.

.36.

(, for

.38

4a.

man.

Ibt

Tr

xiii. 4.

xiv. 15.

If

-JO twice.

4a.

and see

be possible.

lb*
lb*

9,

32, 47.

xiii. 8,

xii. 18,

it

21, 32.
40, 48, 57.
xii. 24.

Ibt

xii. 26, 28.

iaf.

see If

iv. 2:i,

4a.Ib4a.Ib

13.

iii. -.'4,25.

lit.

(om.

4a.
4a.

ti.)

9.

26

15, 16 twice.
17, see If some.
18, 21.
23, see If not.
24.

4a.

12,

any

means.

24, .35, 37, 38.

xi. 9, 10.

son shall ask.")

lb

xxviii. 14.
Mark i. 40.

1"-

xi.

4a.

13.

Ibt

-X.

see If so

10, 11, 13 twice

17, 25, 31.
ix. 22.
X. 9.
[12.
xi. 6l"t,62nd(ap.),
14, see If by any

4a.

31.
33, see If not.
41.

Ibt4a.Ib4a.IbtIbtIbIbt-

6 2nd, sec If not.

4a.

Ui.

III.

Ibt
lb
Ibt

"He

see If any

X. 6i'

lb*

were

(but
and.)
xxvi. 2t, 39, 42.
4a.
4a.
4a.

vii. 39.

ii. 23,

2;J.

-24, see If it
l)08sible.
26, 43.
4, see If

lb

la,

man.

Ibt4a.

Trm H.) (No.

Gf-L-'TrA.)

(also.)
24, 25, 26.
xxii. 24.
45.
xxiii. 30.

Ibt
Ibt

Ibt
4a.

ix. 22.

36, see If other-

wise.

4a.

Tr

1st,

man.
4a.

'

4a.

xvi. 18, see

4a.

Ibt
lb*
Ibt

9 2nd, see If

19.
24, see If not.
31, 36.
39, 42, 46.
51, 52.
54.
for (iol
55,

xii. 19.
xiii. 21.

16, 20.
viii.

viii. 16.

4a.

5, 7.
iv. 2, 14.
V. 10, 15, 17.
vi. 5, 8.
vii. 2, 3 twice.

be that.

17.
23.
37.

lb
lb

4a.

11, 26, 27, 28.

xiv. 28.

4a.

If

If

iii. 3,

vii. 4.

Ibt

see If by

10,

25twke, 26.

ii.

Ibt

43.
47.
vi. 51.
62, see If (and.)

Ibt

25.

4a.
4a.

V. 31.

12 lt.
12 2nd.

see If (or.)

31.
ix. 21.
-X. 13i't

4a.

4a.

lb*
Ibt

4a.

and see

lb

iv. 10.

4a.

13,

(,

iii.

xi. 3.

39.
i.

any means.

4a.

43, 45, 47.

50.
X. 12.

4a.

4b.

Rom.
4a.
4a.
4a.
4a.

4a.

see If not.
xxvii. 12, see If by
32,

any means.

Tr A t^.)
John i. 25.

lb

man.

/Tr A
'(

10,

and

any

If

xxvi. 5.

art not
[thou the Christ f^ L"'
39

Ibt
see If any-

ix. 22,

lb

xxii. 42.
67, 68.
xxiii. 31, 35.
37 ioni. Lb.)

4a.

4a.
4a.

11 twice.

4a.

see If (but
28.
[and.)

4a.

A.)

47.

U.

15,

36 (bill, and substitute inf. for suhj.,

Ibt

2!i,

Ibt
Ibt

If

xx^'5.}^^"'^''y

.)

5.

6,

aught.

2.J.

4a.

see

23,

9.

V. 13.

xxiv. 19, see If

aught.

42.

Ibt

4a.

viu. 3.

xxiii. 9.

any
[man.

40 (No. la,fut.,

4tt.

4a.

xviii. 14, 15.

xix. .38, 39.

XX. 16.

xix. 8, see If

lb-

a case lohich Ij^ut.)

Acts

4a.
4a.
4a.
4a.

X. 27,
28.
30.

see If any.

xi. 5,

see If (even

one
6

4a.

lb

as.
twice.

14, 15.
16, see

man.
see

20 5
4o.

31.

time.

If

any

IP
1 Cor. xi. 34, see If any

lb* 1 Tim. ii.

15.
Ibt

uiaii.
xii. 15, 16.

Ibt

Ibt

Bce If not.

-24.

6.

27.

23.

4a. 2

3*.

see If so be

15,

16,

32

lb*
Ibt

17, 19,

Ibt

10.

Cor.

see If any-

5, 10,

11.

iii. 7, 9,

see If (but.)
14 (om. G - L

iv. 3,

4a.

Tr

ti.)

see If any-

vii. 14,

thin<r.
4a.

LTTr AW,:

4a.

4a
see If any

9,

4a.
4a.
4a.

iv. 7.

lb*

marg.

1,

al-

4a.
4a.

see If so be

14.

isee

i.

In.

Ibt

'"Ice

aee If any

23.

20.

Ib'l Thes.

8 (No. la,

H*.)

U.
lb*2The8. i.

8.

10. see If
13, nee If

iii.

lb1

any.

i.

4ii.

lb

see If ony-

5. 23.
iii. 1.

10.

xvi. 24.
iv. 23.

see If

JYo. 4c.
2 Cor. V. 17.
X. 7.

Gal. i. 9.
Phil. iii. 4.
2 Thes. iii. 14.

ix. 35.

ix. 23.

xiv. 26.
xix. 8.

iii.

Tim.

V. 16.

vi. 3.

viii. 9.

Cor.

AV^ith*=: A^o.

JVo. 4a.

AV^itht=

Jas.

12, 14, 15. 17, 18.

i.

26.

iii. 2.

vii. 36.

viii. 2, 3.
xi. 16,34.

Kev.

iv. 11 twice.

Pet.

xi. 5 i4a.
(4a. i^lt.)

xiv. .37. 38.

xvi. 22.

GL

xiii. 9.

xiv. 9.

see If (but

14, 10, 17, 18.

20.
i.

A MAN.

IF

ii.

John

0.

7.

Cor.

xi. 205ii"><.

Gal.

Tim.

8.

vi. 3.

iii. 1, 5.

0.

10.
ii. 1.

IF

3, 15.

ANY THING.

1!).

24.
29.
iii. 13.

Mark
2 Cor.

ix. 22.
ii.

2 Cor. vii. 14.

Phil. iii. 15.

10.

Tim.

i.

10.

21, see If not.

4a.

lO,

Jas. j.
1 Pet.

10.

v. 4, 8.
6.

ANY MAN.

IF

vii. 16.

so

see If any.

14, 17.
iv. 11 twice,

Ibtl
lb*
Ibt
lb*

any

1.5.

Tim.

tliins;.

It

20 twice.

19,

4a.2 Pet.

4a.

man.

see

3.

13,

Ibt
lb

4a.

i.

iii.

and.)

lb*

iii.

Tim.

Tit.

John

anv one,

if

Mark
I.uke

13.

4b.

Ibt
Ibt

13.

-iv. 10.

Tr

Matt.

6, 17.

i.

iii. 1,

Ibt

4a.^

iii. 1.

lb

5.

4b.

Kom.

4a.

any-

see If any

4,

ii.

tliat.

If

man.
8

see If (and.)

any man.

see If

thing.
iv.

be.

any means.
15,

15.
v. 15,
19.

4a.l Pet.

iii.

12,

'

2,

ii.

l*'""^,

ii.

1 4 times.

ii.

iv. 8.

2 Thes.

vii. 12.
ii.

Phil.

any

iv. 11.

Ibt-

iii. 2.

see If
any.

17, see If (yea

and.) 11, see If by

Col.

2 Cor.

see If not.
see If any

17,
iii.

see If a man.

iv. 21,

xiii. 9.

Cor.

15.

that.
4a. Phil. i. 22.

Ui.

Rom.

so

8.9,11.

Ibt

3,

5.

what,

man.

11. It, 18, 25.

(,

ii. 2.

4a.

V. 2.
vi.

xi. 15,

iVo. 4a,)

5.

see If

see If

26,

Ibt

Ei)h.

"if"

X. 27.

5, 23,

2 Cor.

1.

any.

thniiijh.

xi. 18.

.^.

man.

14, 17, 18, 21.

iii. 4, see If yet.
18. 21, 29.

Ibt

any.

XXV.

i.

10.

4a.
2*.

also,

if

()

,-

and

Acts xxiv. 20

xiii. 23.

- ii.

15, and see If

had been possible.

it

LTTrAK.)

see If
as (and.)

James

man.

and

la,) )

but,

if (see

Tis,

25.

lb*

xiii. 2.
i.

lit."ii:ith

10,

much
30.

Ibt

Lidie

8.

wise.

-Gal.

2.

el,

xeith vou."

see If also.
see If other-

15,
16,

4a.

unto,

view to discipUne
are ye eiiclHi-iiiij, nx to
sons is God dealing

xi. 4.

4;i.

Xo.

also,

IF ANY.

(,

any

see If

7,

vi. 3.

4a.
vii. 11.
4a. Hell. viii. 4, 7.
4a.
ix. 13.
lb*
X. 38.
4a
xi. 15.
xii. 7
4a.

ix. 4.
X.

and

8.

4a,.

viii. 12.

Ibf

' be,^

7.

3*.

thin','.

written

iv. 3, 5.

Ibt

2.

ii.

\i{sce "if,"

ci,

14.
15.

Ibt
4a.

IF ALSO.

Lb

(miiiB(C(ii',

7.

.3*.

see If any

22,

man.

4a.

6 (No. lb.

and if, with

above .)

29,

xvi. 4, 7.

after d in tlie following

combinations is Indicatioe, unless
otherwise indicated.

2.

ii.

iii.

twice.

) more.

xiv. 9,
xxii. 18, 19

The mood

TTrA.)

4a.

5.

man.

any.

11, 12 twice,

ii.

21.
25,

that.

4a.

4a.Heb.

XV. 2, 12, 13. 14.

4a.-

vi. 3,

Tim.

see If any

37, 38,

man.

see If any

Sf'ce.^ see
xiii. 9,
>If any

xi.

Ibt Kev.

see If peradventure.
Titus i. 6, see If any.
4a.Philem. 17, 18.

-35.

-!a.

1.1. -2

>

Ibt

see If no.

-30.

16,

see If not.

3,
20.

iii.

Ibt

16.

2 John 10, see

lbt3JohulO.

any.

13.

28,

Ibt4a.-

Ibt
-

U.

lb
Ibt
Ib-

Kev.

V. 4, 8, see If
10 5 times.

4a.

IP

lb*lJohnv.l4,) ,.
-r
ia.
15, 'S^''^'^^

man.

xiv. 6, 8.
11,

5.

1, 5, see If

iii.

17 'wi", 19.

-la.

39S

lb
Ibt
4u.

iv. 11.

IF...

12.

20.
V. 9.

Mark

viii. 23.

AUGHT.
|

Mark

t Acta xxiv. Id.

xi. 25.

Tr)

IP

399

IP

IP

d, i (see " IF,"

(^,

if

but

,)

2.

2 Cor. iv. 3.

2.

{see^'iY;' No. Ibf,)

,
,

No.

if {see

ct,

Acts

1.
1.

laNOEANCE.
a not knowing,

iii. 17.
xvii. 30.

emphatic than

Matt. xxiv.

Luke

,)
1.

4c,)

48.

1. Luke xx. 6.
2. 1 Cor. vii. 11, 28.
14.

xii. 45.

3. 1

Peter

{occ. 1

2.

1. Eph. iv.
1.1 Pet. i.

2. 1

and, also, even.

17,

want of perception, {non

and, also, even.

{^inore

ii.

occ.)

Cor.

XV. 34.)

lav, if

but

even,

See also "as."

, but.
{see " IF," No. Ibf,)
, but,

,
,
,

if

if

even.

IF (but and)
c'av, if

but

and, also, even, )

Phil.

but, {not so emfliatic

as
and, even, also,
Tii. 21.

>

4,)

1.

3.

")

No.

if (si'e

1,

even.

4,)

(see"ir,"iVb. 4,)

Cor.

1. 1

No.

but

IF (yea and)
but,

also, even,

ret, i

IF (but)
8e,)

ILL

but {more eviphatic^

thin

400

Pet.

ii.

18.
14.

15.

IGNOEANT.

',

not to perceive or know

not to understand or comprehend.

a private person, one in a

private station, not engaged in
public affairs
one
has no
professional knowledge, {as toe say
a layman as to laio or other sub
Jects, etc., i.e. 0)ir tcho has no knoioledqe on such a suhjecf as this,) {occ.
1 Cor. xiv. IG, 23 2 Cor. xi. 6.)

iii.

NOT

IF
t, if,

{see

, but,

(//,

No.

(and)

4,)

not indeed, not at

Luke

least.

xiii. 9.

2.

Acts

1.

EoDi.

1.

Eom.

iv. 13.

IF (now)
if {see

?,

No.

4,)

and, also, even,

^^^^_

,
,

Cor.

IF

1 Cor. xi.

and, also, even,

No. Ibf.)

IF SO
and

MUCH

AS

(and)

also.

if, if

Heb.

xii. 20.

IF (even all one as)

same,

one,
and,

")

one and the Bame.

3
Cor.

li. 5,

1.
1.

1 Tlies. iv. 13.

twice.

(be)

,
Acts

(be)

to escape notice, be unknown,

to be hid as to am/
unnoticed
one, i.e. from him, to escape his
knowledge or notice.
2 Pet.

xii. 1, inf.
V. 2, part.

IGNOEANT OF

(on)

if {see " if,"

Heb.

Cor. xiv. 38
2 Cor. ii. 11.

1.

.3.

xi. 25.

1.

iv. 7.

X.

Cor.

1.

IGNOEANT
-^

1.

13, inf.

i.

1.

iii.

5, 8.

IGNOHANTLT.
see "

IGNORANT," No.

xvii. 23, part.

ILL

Tim.

i.

1.
13, part.

[noun.J

see " GOOD,"

bad, {opp. to
No. 2,) bad, (jcnericaUy of every

form of evil.

ILL

(a) neuter, as suhst., evil,

ill,

401

IMM

impressed

it does not denote the

peculiar characteristic, and always
suggests the passive relation of the
subject spoken of.
(See " MARK,"

physical

and moral.
a.

Eom.

xiii. lO.

ILLUMINATE

Ho.

(-ed.)

to shine, i^ive light, trans., to

enlighten, light up, bring to light,
ivord of later
throw light upon.

Greek, found principally in N.T.

The Hellenistic meaning

enlighten; and the Ixx., to
instruct, teach.
and
is

2.

IMAGE.

denotes not merely the

ima^e hut also the pattern, the
original (in opp>. to
the
shadow,) which sets forth that
likeness or resemblance which is
iiioant to be found in the image,

(a)

A\^isd.

Gen.

Hos. xiii. 2
13
This supplies the sim-

xiii.

V. 3.

(a)

3.

(-s.)

reckoning or computing,

of arithmetic,) then, calculaway of reasoning.)

(No.
tcith
1,
through, prefixed,) a reckoning
through, balancing of accounts,

3.

of
and Eph.

2-i

esp.,

duct of the heart.

Luke

3.

1.

i.

51.

Eom.

2.

i.

21.

2 Cor. X. 5, marg. reasoning.

IMAGINE.

to care for, to take care for

any thing so as to be able to

perform
1 Tim.

the jyassayes
iv.

a thinking over, meditation,

activity of thinking
moral reflection as the pro-

reflecting

plest explanation

marked

i.

calculation, reasonintr throu'^^h.

to be like, resemble,
{from
,Tas. i. 6, 23,) that which resembles
an object, or which represents it,
hence, image, likeness.

cf.

occ.)

Heb.

tion, (in the

, ,
,

,
(esp.

Ixx.

X. 32, part.

(non

1).

UMAGINATION

1.

to

Ueb.

11

xiii.

15.)
Acts

{non

Mark

(occ.

it,

iv.

i. 25.

occ.)
Matt.

xxii. 20.

Boui.

i.

Heb.

Cor.

iii.

Eev.

i.

see I (ex1.

,
, ,
xiv. 9, 11.

18.

evOvs, straight, direct, (whether per-

pendicular or horizontal.)
of time, straightway,

xiii. 14.

15 3 times.

2.

iv. 4.

Col.

3,

X. 1.

a.

2:!.

1 Cor. xi. 7.
XV. 49 i"i<:
a. 2

i.

press.)

viii. 20.

a.

IMMEDIATELY.

a. Col. iii. 10.

Mark xii. 16.

Luke XX. 24.

<;,

Rev. XX.

',

1.

something engraved or impressed,

and esp., an in.strument for mark-

2.

a stamp, but rarely nsed

in this sense; Passively, a sign,
mark, token, and hence, aistinctive
sign, trait, distinctive type or
form, the imago impressed as
corres^mnding exactly ivith
the
original or jMttern.
In Heb. i. 3

2.

ing, e.g.

word

in sense,

BB

immediately,

Avith the thing

the very moment, on the

at

itself,
.spot.

(express)

(from
to tear,
cleave, cut in, engrave.) Actively,

thi.f

1,)

*.

3.

IMAGE

of No.

(adv.

directly, forthwith, at once.

xix. 20.

15.

Used

is
chosen instead of
because it is not so narrow
is

the thing

from

this,

time,

e.g.

i.e.

forthwith.

Matt.

iv. 22.

2.

Mark

iv.

viii. 3.

2.

xiv. 31.
XX. 34.
xxiv. 29.

A.)

xxvi.74(No.l,Tr)

AM.)

2.
2.
1.

Mark

i.

29 (No.
v.

12.

1.

28 (om. Tri> M.)

2.
2.

31(oMi.TTrA)
12 (No. 1,
Tr

W.)

2.

.8(. l.LTTr

2.

12.

[A

5 (No.
H.)
15 (No.

1,

iv.

2.

Tr

N.)

Tr

2.
2.

W.)

2.

Tr

1,

Tr
2.

Tr

1,

2 (No.

1,

A .)

52 (No.

Tr

1,

30 (No. 1,
K.)
vi. 27 (No. 1,
N.)
50 (No. 1,
X.

2.

1,

A
A

2.

3.

IG (No.
K.)

1" (No.

Tr Ahi.)

2.

1,

Tri

Tr
Tr

L
L

xiv. 43

Tr A N.)
Luki>i. fU.

3.

iv. .39.

2.

v. 13.

(No.

1,

IMM
Luke

V. 25.
vi. 49(No. 1,

AR)

1.

John xxi. 3 (,. G

Tr A W.)

3.

Acts

TTr
2.

ix. 18, 34.

4.

X. 33.

xiii. 13.

4.

xi. 11.

3.

xii. 23.

3.

xiii. 11.

2.

xvi. 10.
26.
xvii. 10, 11.
xxi. 32.

xiii.

2.

30 (No.

1,

4.

>*.)

xviii. 27.

2.

Gal.

2.

Eev.

i.

88,

etc.,

16.

corruption.

in O.

&

li.T.,

,,

though they occur 1,644 times,

(I'is. nr,, spirit, 400 times; Wt^j,
spirit,
soul, 752 times
soul, 105
385 times, and
Predicated of only one
times.
Being Grod.)] (occ. Eom. i. 23
;

1 Cor.

ix.

23,

4.)

iii.

25, xv. 52

1 Pet.

i.

4,

Tim.

i.

17.

iiicorruption, immortality.

[Not the inalienable possession of

human

family since the

seek for" it, (Eom. ii. 7), and

received by them as a " gift,"
(Eom.vi. 23). Atruth "broughtto
light" by the G-ospel, 2 Tim. i. 10.]
(occ. 1 Cor. XV. 42, 50, 53, 54;
Eph. vi. 24; Titus ii. 7.)

[Expressly
immortality.
declared to be possessed by G-od

Not to be
alone, 1 Tim. vi. 16.
" put on " by man until resurrection, when " mortality shall be
swallowed up of

life,"

Cor.

XV. 53, 54.] (non occ.)

1.

Eom.

ii.

7.

2. 1

,
2. 1

(-ED.)

liiike

iii.

Rom. xii.

Rom.

i.

1 Tlies.

11.
11.

8,

marg.ftext,

ii. 8.

[yii'c.)

IMPEDIMENT IN ONES SPEECH

(have an)

speaking with difficulty, a

stammerer, (Ixx. for or^, tongue-

tied, Is. XXXV. 6,) no7t occ.

Mark

vii. 32.

IMPENITENT.

Cor. XV. 53, 54.

1.

Tim.

2Tim.

vi. 16.
i.

10.

IMMUTABILITY.

the,

not to be transposed, unwithout mutation or

change, immovable, (occ. ver. 17.)

alterable,

Heb.

vi. 17.

without change of mind,

Rom.

ii.

5.

IMPLACABLE.

without libation, league, or

compact without treaty
then,
without respect for treaties or
covenants, (occ. 2 Tim. iii. 3.)

fall,

Now, it is
(see Gen. iii. 22, 23.)
restricted to those vho "by patient continuance in well-doing

2.

IMPAET

impenitent.

IMMOETALITT.

the

vi. 18.

to share in association Tr.tlr,

anyone, i.e. to impart, communicate.

[A word never joined with the He"

brew or Grreek Avords for "Soul
or "Spirit,"

see above.
Heh.

iv. 2.

to

liable

IMMUTABLE

IMMOETAL.
not

IMP

/^05,

xii. 36.

3.

r:

402

iii. 7.

viii. 44, 47.

xviii. 43.
xix. 11.
xxii. 60.
John V. 9.
vi. 21.

Tr

Rom.

,
,
to
to

i.

31

(oni.

G =: LTTrAM.)

IMPLEAD.
to call

dehf,

in, csp.

demand

as one's due;

and

so
hence,

bring an accusation against

anyone, arraign.
Acts

xix. 38.

IMPORTUNITY.

shamclcssness, want of modesty, impudence, (non occ.)

,
,

Luke

xi. 8.

IMPOSED ON
to

lie

(be)

upon, to bo laid upon.

Heb.

ix. 10.

IMPOSSIBLE.

1,

deficient

in

strength

or

power; ncl., infirm, weak, feeble;

ncut. and pass., impossible, unable.

IMP

'';,

2.

(non

is not able to be
cannot be, impossible,

occ.)

xvii. 20, see I

xix. 26.
[(be.)
1.
x. 27.
1.
Luke i. 37, see I (be.)

xvii.

1.

Eom.

2.

Heb.

1.

IMPOSSIBLE

1.
1.

Jas.

Lwke

i.

37.

2.

<;,

without strength,

esj).

1.)

in

bodi/; hence, sick, diseased.

iv. 9.

1.

Acts

1. ev, in,

a being or remaining within,

u-ith the primary idea

xiv. 8.

place or thing.

want strength or

be infirm, Aveak, feeble;

health, to
Jiere, the

2.

(,

Of time,

rest

\\\

any

in, Avitli-

on, upon.

into, unto, to, implying motion

Accu-

* Acts ii. 27, 31, {ivith

Genitive,) cts
unto {the
habitation or poioer of) Hades.

sative.

V. 7, part.

3.

IMPOTENT FOLK.

of

Ofplace,

to the interior, governing the

parHci])le.
John

among.

in,

IMPOTENT MAN.
to

ii. 2:1

is frequently
the translation of a case of the
noun; these occurrences are not
quoted below. Sometimes it is part
of a verb or a phrase these are
generally indicated by cross references.
When " i>- " is the
translation of a separate Greek
preposition it is one of these
words following

(be)

dSwaro?, see "impossible," No.

',

2 Cor. V. 19.
Gal. iii. 6, marg. (text,
account.)

IN.
The English word "in"

1.

Acts

22,

1.

IMPOTENT.

2.

8, 11,

vi. 4, 18.

{seeaho ve, JVb 1 ,)

to be
to want strength, (noji occ.)
xvii. 20.

6,

V. 13.

xi. 6.

1.

', ?,
Matt.

iv.

to

x\-iii. 27.

1.

Mark

to reckon in
hence,
charge, (occ. Philem. 18.)

2.

23,24.

Luke

2.

IN

1.

Matt.

403

what

clone, Avhat

eVi',

upon, over.

upon, as springing or
proceeding from ; over, in the presence or time of.

(a) icith Gen.,

John

V. 3, part. pi.

IMPRISON.

(b) with Oat., upon, as resting on

upon, i.e. in addition to.

to put in ward, imprison,

throw into prison, (non occ.)

loith Ace, upon, by direction towards; with implied motion, up to

during, of time.

(c)

Acts

xxii. 19.

IMPEISONMENT.
4.

watch, guard

the act of keeping watch; then, of persons set to

and

collcctiveh/,

1.

Cor.

Heb. .

vi. 5.

IMPUTE.

BH"

ref to time, at or in, correspondent with, according to, at the

period of, over against.
I}i

36.

to occupy one's self with

reckonings or calculations.
To
reckon or count to reckon anything to a person, to put it to his
account, cither in his favour or
what he must be answerable Jor.

hence,

Ace, down towards, down

upon or along hence, throughout.

^.e.

,
2.

(b) with

watch-post, station; then,

imprisonment.

kept,

down.

(a) with

guards
then, the place where watch is

tontch,

Gen., down from

against, in opposition to.

5.

througli,

from

the

notion

of

sejjaration or disfunction.

(a) tcith Gen., through, asproceeding

from; through, by means

ref. to time,

through an

of.

In

pacsaqe
interval, during, or
mar/i-s the

after the lapse of.

))

IN

404

Matt.vi. i,2twice,4tice,
Stwice, etwke, 9.
10 1
3a.
10 -'"d1.
18 fi, 20, 23,29
1.

icith

towards, in the direction

6. Trpos,

of.

(,-

9
hcavenhj, for iv toU
the heavens, L
Tr A S\)
13 twice, see Go.
30 twice, 34, 39.
- xxiv. 5.

?,

vii.

in Acts xivii. 34,)

xxiii. 2.
6, 7.

3 '"'<:, 4, 11.
13 'st, see Enter.
13 -"<i, see Go.
15,21, 22 i>t.

1.

Gen., in favour of, (onli/

with

(a)

Matt,

1.

Ace, through, as tending

towards, on account of,o> owing to.

(b)

IN

viii. 10, 11.

places.

9,

2t, 32.
ix. 4, 10.

14, 15. 16. 18. 19.

twice.

26

301st.
302n,l.

25,
33, 35.

with Ace, hitherwards, towards,

against
of mental direction, in
consideration of.

(c)

38 1, 40.45,48.
50 twice.
XXV. 4.
10, see Go.

X. 9.

11, 15. 16, 17, 19,

20, 23.
27 1st * 2nd-

273rd.

out

K,

7.

of,

from out

motion from

of,

8.

4.1 twice.

(union of locality.)

21 3 times, 23twice,
26, see Sight.

5t
6, see Place.
18 (No. 1, Tr)

xii.

among.

9.

with Ace, after.

from, {motion from the exterior),

19.

1.

21

TrA
1
1.'

count

1.

10.

1.

hence, as marJcint/ esp.

the cause or occasion, from, on ac-

away from

of.

within,
phjing motion into a place.)

12.

ado.

of place,

in,

14
A.)

XV.

beneath and separate

by, marking the agent.

Ace, under and towards,

Matt.

i.

20

1.

20

1'

2.

--in.!.

1.

1 "':% 2, 5, 9.
12, 13.
16 "Ice, 18.

4b.

191"

1.

li)2n.i.

3a.

22 1"

1.

ii.

4b.

(oiii.

2.
1.

3a.

1.

21, 23.
V. 12, 15, 16.
18, see No.

19
20, see Case.
21, 22 3 J, see

Daniier.

1 twl, 3, 6, 12,
iv. 6.

iii.

W.

I'cnly,

'in

(G

1.

3a.1.

I.

3a.-

tltc

Tr

1.
1.

.3a.1.

hca

heavens,
.)

'.

A^.)
1 (No.

ii.

Tr
Morn

1.

W.)

2iul,

15,20.
26, see Days of
(in the.)
6,

twice.

23.
29, see

iii.

iv.

1,

Danger.
15

11,

2,

(J'.), 17.

see Enter.

19,

5.

61"'

29, sec

2i><i.

1't.

xix. 21,281"

28

'-nil.

1,

.i,

see

Morning

17, 21.

xii. 8 twice.

9
18,860 Morning.

twice, 12, 14, 15.

19.

22, 28. 32, 33,

41, 42 twice.
xxii. 11, 12, SCO

36.

38

4.3.

(G

<)(.

G LTTr A
V.

1,

.)
5 twice, 1:5.
14 twice.

15, see Mind.

-20,27, 30 twice.

: (om.

TrA .)
34.
39, see Come.
40, BOO Enter.
vi. 2,

4 twice.

10, SCO Place.

11 (.), 14, 17.

15,16,28,30itJt

3>, 36,

Put.

31it,312"'i(,ij..),

14.

16.
twice, 19.

Come.
1.

3b,TTr

45 (No.

Enter.

_6
lOtwke,

18
20
_ 202d.

GL

2,

Tr A .

27, 28.
xvii. 5, 22.
xviii. 1, 2, 4.

2n,l.

11, 13.
14, see Put.
19, 20, 23.
35, see Morning.

19
26,seeExcliange

-XX.

28, 4b.

iaiiv

voU,
r-

48(,
2.5,

1.'

1.

iwi'-i-

1.

22i'>'',8eeEooin
2i 3rd.
-23.

16 "l",

-'I,

13

3b.2 _

1.

13 i"

iv.

G-L

TTr'>A>>S.)
4b.

Matt.

1.

see

9,

9 i"

2, 3, 4, 5,

i.

43,

-39 (No.

I",

1.

close upon.
4b.

_182i.a.
19.

xvi. 3, see

1.

under.

(b) toith

xxviii. 181"-

Mark

17, see
32, 33.

Wrap.

6(1'

G^

see Midst.

24,
33.

1.

(om,.

10.
11.

object of thought.

from

43 (No. 3b. L.)

51.
50, spe

44, 54. 57
xiv. 2, 3.

around.

(a) with Gc/i.,

40.

3 times.

Ace, around and towards

reference to, about, of ang

A X.

Tr

GLTTr

(07)v.

34,35, 40 2nd,

half of.

13.

19.

29(No.lG-^L

[41.

'

31. 32.
33.

around and separate

from, about, concerning, on be-

in

[Trt*.
40''''';e,

36
'

19,21.24,27,30lt.

(m-

loith

xxvii. 5 (No. 2,

45, see Enter.

50.
xiii. 3, 10, 13.

(a) with Gen.,

(b)

G L

t*.)

TrbA.)
302nd

continuedly, during.

11.

-69.

,32t'>-

1.

marking duration,

W.)

{om.

-42.

3b.

adv. of time,

(om.

Take.

xxvi. 6 twice, 13,23,

29, 55 twice.
58. and see Go.
61.
64.
67, and see Spit.

24.

with and from, {separable connection,) together with,

[S.)

Take.

43 it, see Take.

43 2nd, 44.

11, 16.

(a) loith Gen.,

(b)

35, see
36.
38, see
39.

42 1st.
42 2nii, see No.
xi. 1, 2, 6, 8 twice,

with,

association

in

Avith,

Tr A

18 (oiH.
25,31.

28, 32, 33.

the interior.

Divers

see

7.

13 (No. L.)

see Go.

(b) with Oat., towards, resting in

the direction towards,

lit

Come.

Bee

IN
Mark

vi.252n<i.

Luke

1.

1.

U,

see Vain.
1.

66, 69, 75, 79, SX

ii
1, 7 -"d li ^rd,
81", 11,12 2nd.

:, .36l
37, 39.
41.

-42C0711.

LTTrmb

50.

10 (No. 2,

X.

Tr

14
21.

U.

46

xi. 4, sec In a
place where two ways
meet.

twice,

2,

twice.

see Exand Sus-

I't,

1.

101" {.),
-", and see

2nd.

GL

Tr A S.

lt

15.
20, seeMoruinf

27

23, 25, 26 (UJ3.J,

time

2iid.

27

In the

of.

28

27

3.3

44'(.

xii. 11.

Tr

2,

U.
26 2nd.
38 3 times, 39.

see In divers

places.
11, 14.
16.

3a.

24, 25, 26.

29, see Manner.

lb.

12

sec Go.

(om.

Tr

31, see Any.

49.
60.
62.
06.
XV. 1 (om.

7.

2.

Tr

.38.

1.

tl.

1.

see Go.t
46 it, see Wrap.
46 -"nd.
xvi. 2, see Morn-

3,

21

Order.

2 3rd

2.

31,36.39,41.
441".

Pour.

li. 1.

3.
7.

6,

out

(.)

(.)

marg.

(text,

of.)
7.

1.

21.

1.

26, see
31, 32.

2.

1.

1.

3b.-

6.

In divers

places.

14(No.
1.

3a.-

1.

1.

Enter.

33 I't, and see

Secret.
33 2nd, see Come.

21,

ix. 3, 5.
7.

34.
X.

2,

it,

see

Enter.
92nd, gee Go.

23
-

twice.

24, see Sii.pcnsf

25,34.38'*'".
xi. 6, 9 2nd , 10 twice.
17, 20, 24.
25, 26.
30, 31, 38.
52.
56.

8.

11, see

(np),

20 twice,

24 twice, 31.
33, see Bondage.
35, .37, 44ti.

1.

see Act.

(.), 9

17,

1.

l,LTTr

19 213timc,23lt
2.32"d.

xii. 13, 25, 35.

25 1". 27.
37 -nd.
37 3rd.
38 it, see

36
46i48.
xiii. 1, 31.

-32l(np.), 322nd.

Morn-

xiv.lt

ing.
xxii.

6,

see

lliwico,'i3iwicc,i4,i7,

Ab-

203lnie, 26, 30.

10, see Enter.

16.
19.
20, 28, 30, 37.
44 (.), 53, 55.
xxiii. 4, 9.
11, SCO
14, 19. 22, 29,

31 '".

1.

XV.

M'-iid.

533rd, see

1.

1.
1.

time
9,

23<iee, 34,
25 twice, 26, liSf'ce.
xvi.

xvii. 10, 11 twice.

121' (oiH. V Ti
in (hi? U'orla,

G- tTTr A

1.

12-nd,
21 Slime.

1.

Hewn.

**

10 twice, 11, 16, 25.

4^, 4.3.

see Miilst.
1", see Wrap.

6, '7twlcr,

Stwice,

. ,

)5.

.53

10 3tml,

2,

1.

sence.

21'* 2nd

17, 18.
19, see
20.

21,22, 25,26.
28, see Come.

seeSight.

1.

.5,6,7,8.
15, see Sight.

Presence

3r.i,

26.
34, see

1.

viii.

2.

382nd.

Hour.

see Clothed.

12(ap.).17(aj))12nd, >
gee

i.

and see

lt,

21

1.

42.

twice.

X. 7, 12, 13 3 time.,
twice.

1.
5,

Luke

48, 49.
57.

20

43,

36.

AN.)
see Go.

12,26it,31,36.

ix.

1.

3b.

,30,

1.

xxi. 4,

51,

ing.

Come.

48.

2.

A.)

see

see Enter.
27tw'34 "'
35, see Mind.

see In at.

29 om.

twice.

16,

Tr

0, 10, 18, 28, 37.

3 twice (ap.)

1.

31,
a3, 42.
45,

viii. 10, 13, 15.

1.

2.
1.

43,
44, 47.

-50.

AbS.)
17,

37

vii. 1 twice, 4.
5.

1.

see Keep.

XX. see Manner.

_ 46 seeAudience
unto.
see

see

45,

,.

313

_383i"H^
and

31.

No.

59 twice, 61.

24 (np.),

xix. 17, 20,

32.
.

37, see

-45,49,53,56t"lce,

4'-'nd,

23, 25 twice, 28,

.)

12,

Hour.

AS.)

vi. 10i,

1.

21,

2.

13,

-45.

(.)

36

vii. 1.

.32.

see Step.
see Case.
14, 26 <*ie,
28t'", 35, 38, 39,42,
43 twice.
6,

see Go.

17.

]_

V. 2,
3.

twice.

231'&2nd.
23 3rd.
41 twice 4.23timce.

1.

lt,

4,

10 4 time, 11, 12.

15, see Sight.
23 3 times, 24 -'nd.

vi. 8.

xiv. Sficc.

:50

1.

34.

2.

21,
25.

28,

1.

9.

14,

1.

20 <*<% 21,
24 1", 31, 44, 53.
see Hebrew.

iv. 14,

23

10,

26twice,28,

xiii. 6.

1.

1.

7.

25.
-xvii. 6,

35,

16, 18.
21, 23.

2.

x\'i. 8.

252nd, 261st.

23,

Pre-

[sence.

XV. 4,

13 (.), 14.
15 (No. 1, Lni
(3b. L.)

iii.

2.

Tr A)

see Presence
_14i".
142nd, see Want

see Sight.

232nd,24,25t''<',

1.

1.

2nd, 28, 29, 35.

15.

25.

see Pre-

it,

21, see Bring.

23, see Come.

231" (Gx:) (No.

2,

26

xiv. 8, 101"
2nd, see

17,20,22

1.

10

Hi-hest.

Trb),
2U -nd, 23 1".
23 2nd (om. Lh
233rd.
[Tr.)

see En-

twice,

26
10

iv. 2, 5.
11.
14, 15, 20, 21.

1.

3a.

(.)

24

ice.

152nd.

1.

82nd

twice, 19.

ter.

1.

81"CNo.1,L.)

see No.

11,

U'lii.)

pectation

32, 37,

182nd, 19,27.
29, see Go.
.35 twice, 36, 38,

Hour

6, 10.

(lit. re.

H,)

demption of Jerusa-

15

18lt(No.2.G^)

GTTtAN.)

(om.

4 2nd(om. TrA.)

382"' (om.

iii. 1,

(.),

12

1.

29, see .Si'tipcnse.

33, 38tvice, 42,
45, 46. 52, 58.
xiii. 4lt.

51.

W.)

4, 6.

1.

6c.

15, 27, 28.

3t.

43,

gee En-

3it&2i.d.

3 3rd.
3 4th.

pense.

8,

twice,

see Eutei.

3,

12,and see

38 ist, see Comand. In that in-

Gro

52.

9,

52

xii. 1,

see Morn-

1,

ing.

ter.

see
.

L Ab

21.
24.
;jO twice,

twice.

stant.

AS.)

29',

ing
1.

Go.

4.'5

16, 19, 21, 23,

24, 25.
27, see Bring.

1.

ix.

and

14,

38 twice

Luke xxiv.

X. 35.

37, see

Ex-

see

37,

change.
.

Luke

47.

Highe.st.

26.

IN

442nd.

i.

1.

405

3b.

vii. 7,
viii. 1.
4.

2.

S.)
istwice,

231* 2nd.
23!'rd.

IN

-.

1.

26twice_

Acts

see Go.
Bring.
201''5'-.
20 SrJ, and see

xviii. 15,
16, see

X,
1.

22 2iid.
22 3rd (oni.

vii.

LTTr A

45, see Bring.

48.

131".
13 2nd.

;!a.

2.

133rd,

see

17,

Midst.

18, see
20, see
1.

Hebrew.

41 twice.
XX. 5 Is', see

,.

12.

2.

19.
25.
26.

1.

2.

1.

Acts

i.

21 1st
21 2nd, see Sight
23 1st.

1.

ist

17.

9.

20,

21,

25,

31

IStwicc.

XX.

10.

8.

.3a.

9.

1.

10.

twice.

-22.
-26.
-

27, 31.

days of

Pre-

see

14,
21,

xiii. 1.

9.

2.

11.
16, 21, see
35.

2.

41 2nd, see

4b.

1.

112nd, gee Like-

me,

among,

Run.

1.

5.
6.

'

1.
j

4b.
8a.

23.
.33.

1.

1.

.3.5.

3a,

.36.

1.

age.
-

72nd.
10, see Sight.
12 (No. 2 G--L
.)

TTrA

16, 17, 20wlce.

221" (supply i,/,

in,

Tr

S.)

4b.
1.

1.

12, 18.
24.
29, see

2.
1.

1.

Rom.

Spring.

111".
2nd,

that they.

.30,

31.

,3

5'.

7,

8,

9, 10,

1.

lC<)r.i.2twice,5Utd;2nd,
6, 7, 8, lOtwKc.

2.

13, 15.
21.
29, see Preserve.
30. 31.
ii.33time 4 5twicc

Presence.

Thrust.

11 twice,

1.

1.
1.

302nd, spp Come.

1.

7.11,1,3.

i.

2, 7,

91".

1.

marg.

(text,

see In

me

211"

is

202nd

IH.

19,

1.

21, 27 twice.
32, see Pleasure.
ii.

V. 4, 5, 9.
vi. 4, 11, 19, 20lt,

1.

as.)

1.

12.
14, see
15, 16.

in.

Contain.

(np.).

vii.

1.

mnrg.

1,16,18, 19, JI,

iii.

iv. 2, 62nd,
10,
15twlce,17timoi,20t*i'--',

1.

much

23, 27, 29,

xvi 2twice

121", 122nd (,.), 13,

1.

1.

gee In

Some

22.

18,

13,

Go.

12.

i;5 twice,

1.

92nd.

(as

XV.
-

1.

amon<7.)

32, .36.
xvii. 2, see

Bonds.

see Enter.

9,

15,

9.

-152nd_seeMind.

30 1".

xvi. 3, 6.

.5a.

1.

see Vain.
I3I"

9,

xiv. 5, 17, 18, 22,

sort.

8,
1.

421".

Bond-

3b.-

17, see Sicrht.

xiii. 4,

15 1st, see

39, see
xxviii. 7.

1.

1.

Vi. Itwice, 7, 15.

vii. 2ti, 4,5, 6.

1.

372nd.

1.

21 2nd.

every house.

1.

1.

In

1.

3.

35, see

city.

4b.

3c.

xii. 4, 5.

uie.

11, 13.
18.
21, 26.
xxvii. 20.
21, 27, .31.

1.

22, see Continue

23, see In every
25.
[church.

every

32.

moAV.

xxvi. lOlat.

XV. 21 1", see In

253rd, see Come.

123rd, see Con

4b.
2.

see

its.

1.

40'.

7 1", see

XXV.

161".

1.

23 2nd & 3rd,

251", see Con 252nd, see Part.

Tri> A' .)
21, see Call.
21.

3a.

.3b.

341".
342nd, see Reputation.

see

20(o)i.ei/

1.

1.

- 14, seein

or

42 2nd,

18.

see

19.

Graff.

2mi, "ill the

(in edition

14, see

ness.

22, 25'''
28.

3b.

14

17,

still.

3.

see

Morning.
1.

xiv. 1.

Come.

Wait.

1.

11 1", see In the

speech of Lycaonia.

see

141".
xi.

Gra,ff.

22,see Continue.
23 1", see Abide

of 1762 and some

dern eds.) (om.
1611 and LAb.)

29.
33'2nd, 35, 40.
41 1".

3b.

7, 17,
(.), 33.
X. 6, 8 twice, 9.

1.

xxiv. 3, see Place.

12 1st & -Jnd.
12 3rd.
14 1st, " in the

Law

1.

12, 18, 20.

and
21,

4b.
4b.-

5, 17, 18, 19.

y 4 twice.
7, 10,

Days.

No.
Vi, see Continue

Sight.

1.

1.

1.

ix. Itwice,

2.

1.

see Run.
see Array.

12 (.),
16, see Dwell.

37,39.

prophets"

4b.

7,

17, 18.
19, see
2t.

see In the
oi

18.
20.

1.

xxiii. 61"
6 2nd, see Call.

1.

5, 7.

I.

iv. 3.

3b.

25, 26, 28

17 twice.

1.

xii. 4.

1.

2, 3 3 time,
4, 8, 9 3 times, 10.
11 twice, and see

1.

3i"&3rd.

xxii.

29.

1.

2.

1.
2.

twice.

23

see Go.

26, 27.
28,

-.38(No.lLTr.)
42 1", see Con-

In every

8,

viii. 1,

see "Wait.

see Enter, or

6 let,

Delight.

Dwell.

1.

5 ticc, 13,

13b.

3,

1.

xxi. 18, see Go.

27, 29.
31 see Uproar.

1.

1.

:i.

1.

16.
19,

In among.

17,18,191"-19 2nd.

vii. 5 twice,
17, 18 twice, 20.

22, see

13,14, see Take.

29,

1.

Trn>b.)
43.

("J')
1.

23, see

Re-

121", 122nd

4,

city.

312nd, seeSight.
32, 35, 39 1".
39 2nd (o))i. L'-i

Go.

10' ice, see In

that.
I.

6.

1.

Come.

membrance.

see One.
9 3 times, see
Dwell, or Dwellers.

11.

see Danger
40 2nd, see Call.

1.

31 1", see

1,

see In that.

13, 17.
vi.l, see Continue.

401st,

see Call.
25, see Come.
27, see Go.

see Manner.
see Come.
14, see Continue

marg. accori-

6,
in(j to.

39.

1.

17.
23,

10.
11,
13,

3, 5.

4b.

In unto.

42'.
4:3.

18,
20.
21, see

18.
V. 2.

27, see Dnns:er.

30, see Enter, or

-x. 1, 3I"
3 2nd, see

see Midst.

iv.

3b.
3b.

16,21.

ev

see Come.
29 37 twice.

LTriJ

Dwell.

times.

1.

1.

10, see
1.

(om.

28,

Pre-

30 2"''.
7, 81".

1.

Order.

8,

27 twic

Ab.)
1.

2.

1.

8'-Qd (om.

1.

23, see
24, 26.
xix. 5.

28.

sence.
1.

(.)

21

see No.

16.
20, see Sight,
2 1. 25.

1.

xviii. 4, 9, 10, 18.

1.

1.

in a vision, L
A .)
12 2nd, see Come.

301", see

iii. 4.

9,

24,28,311"* 2nd.

1.

TTrnii>

see Go.

8,
1.

1.

22 2nd.

4b.

16.

12

7.

2.

17, see Rest.

19, 20, 28. 291".

ii.

1.

221"

33.
ix. 10, 11.

Look.

S^nd, see Go.

Rom.

xvii. 16, 17 ''<==

21.

2.

viii. 8, 9.

Hebrew.

Acts

2.

1.

29,30i&2Tid,34.,

xix. 4, 6.

1.

IN

1.

G=:

ti.)

35, 36-*t;mes,383tmKs,
41twicc. 42twice, .14.

Secret.
26,38.

1.

406

1.5.

15,

1.

marg.

(text.

(o,)

17, 18, 20, 22, .37.

viii. 4it,

rifice.

see Sac-

IN
1.

1 Cor.

-iii.

2.

1.

7, 10.

IX

1.

X 2

L Tr A

19,see Sacrifice.

viii. 2.
6.
71st, 4th,

25.

28,see Sacrifice.
22, 23.
24,

marg. for.

ii

25

:j.52lld.

34, see Order.

xii 6, 18, 25.
27,
see Par
ticular.

see

()-'"',

'"'ce,

10,

twice,
23, 28, 31,
41, 42 t 'I', 43 -ItimeSj

1.

'.

ii.

1.

2iid

3b.

2.

10.

12

1.

9.

.14 1".

1.

2.

3rd.

((I

3c.

Phil.

131st,

twice,

15 f

Work.

20

17 1", see Sight.

17 '-"d, marg. of.
2,

twice,

see Write.
7 {om.

Tof,

and

G^L

14 isi.
142ud.

[tinue.

iv. 4, 5, 6, 10.

14.

16,171st-

Bond-

111st,

spect

see Vain.
18, 19 -<',

14

(,

11, 12i't, 17.19.

20, see I ...

stead.
21.
vi. 1, see Vain.
2 2nd, 3, 4 5 imn.1

5 6HD., I2iwic..

('',

twice.

21, see

Time.

15

(.).

Eph.

i.

17.
1.

31',

(om. bt.)
4 twice, 6,
__
101st.

twice,

for, ciiriii'
tt)i(o

full fciiou-kdaf,

</it'

GTTr

3 2

1.

12.14, lOisi.

3a.

162iid.

1.

18,mar|f.amon(;.

1.

1.

19.
201st20S"<1, 221SI-

1.

23,seeContinue.
24 twice.

3a.
7, 8, 9.

222iid,8t.eSinlit.

lu2"d.geeGather
103rd.

A.)

4 twice.
62"d, 12. 13, 14,

one's

4,

i.-iioicIcd'je;

vi. 1 twice.

,
ishing

(?

who arc

])cr-

for

in

iv
tliem

that

G-L

perish,

A.)
{om.
.)

12

Tr

G-Lb

17.
iii. 4, 6, 17.

v. 6.
10.

6.

Tr Ab

6 3 times, 8, 9, 101st102nd (G~)

iniyviaafi, by the full

Rank.

twice.

4.

ITim.
ii.

2.

i.

13,

times, 8,

2.'

ii.

see In re-

of.

19, 21.

Col.

12,

4,

1,4 3

i.

10 3 times 12

3 twice, 4,

11 2nd, 12, 15, 16,

see Bond-

25, see

L, Tr)

3 2nd i 3rd,

iv. 1, 2,
6, 9, 10.

age.

6.

1,

4twice, 6, 9, 14, 19,20.

252'"',

61"'", 7.
see Despair.

Re-

putation.
iii.

18

2iid.

2,

10
for those

24, 29 1st29 2nd, see

zi Jj

v.
twice.

[Vain.

19.

1st

10twi<:e,ll,12t"'"

10

Christ,

11,
14,

21"

4',

7.
8, 13.

2 Thes.

W.)

15 -.'nd.
16 1st.
16 'Jnd &3rd, pee

age.

2 2nd, Bee Sight.

o>)i,

12 twice, 13.
151st (om. Gr:L

see Vain.

5,
.

twice, 6, 7.

17

see Con-

1st,

19, 26, 28
iv. 3, 9, see

25

10.

8,

19,seePresence.

4twicc,BeeVaiii.

171

9(om.LTrA.)

V. 1, 2,

9, see Entering.
1 1st, see En-

1 2nd, see Vain.

2,3, 13, 14 1 ice.

lOist.seeHeaven

TTi-A

TTrA )

4,

ii.

trance.

(in.)

twice.

17 (om. eU

iv.

(in.)

11, see Sight.

12.

3.

iii.

e.
8 twice.

8,

twice.

ii. 1,

1.

i.

2
3 2nd, see Sight.
5 ; times, 6,
7,

marg. /or.

102nd.

14

Thes.

26, 27, 28.

29,

8.

10,

23, see Strait.

24(om.G=:T.)

see Behalf.

30

I'st.

2tid.

16, 17.

13 2nd,i4, 20"^''=,

Confer-

see

8 1st, see

iii.

ii. 1.

1.

71st 4 2nd,

6,

Tr"

2.

15

twice,'

1, 4.
5.

2.

2,

10

13

twice,

i.

21, see Vain

p.)

21.
-

10

12, 13, 18, 20, 21.

24, marg. with.
1.

-16.

1.
1.

5, 9,

1st

see Bonds.

3,

15
4,

see Vain.
4ist,seeBrought
4 2nd, see Come.

14 2"d, 19, 20l5t,

20 2 J

inf/icLord.G-LTrb

-82nd,BeeMighty

20, 22

lOind.seeEarth

twice.

(om. ef

3rd,

twice, 18.

Ab.)

9 l-

17

19, 20, 21, 24.

43rd.
8,

twice,

2iid

16

into.

10

gist.

6,

twice.
18, 20,
3, 4, 7t'ce.
10.
11, 15i>cc-

iii.

see Secret.

12,

22, 24.

24.

1.

marg.
1st,

vi. 1

H,) marg. with.

Gal. i. 13, 14 twice, I6,

xvi. 2, see Store.

11, 13, 19 1".
2nd.

163rd.

23

161", see Dwell.

18,21,24.

V. 2, 5, 8, 9.

-L

3 twice.
4 {', Lra

19

16 1st 4 Slid, mart,-.

twice, 20.

15
twice,

Tr

for.

GLTTr

13,

xiii. 1.

3b.
2.

19.

58 -"d, sec Vain,

1.

17

]_>.

G-

15.

iv. 2, 3, 4, 6.

TrA W)

54.

1.

17

11 twice,

-)

16.

32, 33.

22

{om.

6,9,10,11,12,15.

Xli. 2 twice, 3, 5,
9 twice, 10 5 times.
il 1st, see Glorying.
121".
12 2"J (om. L

9, 10,

4.

5 (on.

ist-

7 2nd, (om.

Tr Ab)

see Few.

1st,

iii.

272nd,3rd,4th,i5th

4b.

3
32nd,

6,

AS.)

27it(om.G

40

4,

twice

21

1.

Tr

XV. 2 1", see Keep.

2 -^nd ;

see Vain
, Q
17*. IS,
19 '">,

self;

9th, 11th.

see

xiv. 10,19 '"',21.

23, 24, see Come.
25, 28, 33, 34, 35.

32nd,

16, see In Himor Thereby.

5th, Ig,

63rd, 9, 10 twice,
17, 23 times, 25,26""".

Ke-

Part.

58

53rd.

22nd,

ii.

xi. 3.

joice.

in.

C twice, 7 twice, 10 twice,

11 2nd & 3rd, 12, 13*
15 3 times, 16.

16 1st.
162nd, 17.

iS.

In

'

{iv

3,

whom) marg.

for.

23.

3, 6, 14.

xiii. CAii

&

'

2.

ii. 1.

marg.

18,20' '-'.21twlcc

[20.

marg.

27,

i.

amongtt.
28 twice 29.

16.

14.

Col.

12

11,

twice, 15.

17,

21'wi,see Sight
22 !
22 2nd.
ix. 3 1't, see Vain.
32nd, 4, 8, 11.

11, 13, 18, 21,

xi.

W.)
10 5th,

12, see Sight

13,
14, 16 twice.

I ice_ 5.

lO-Jth (i,ri,Kpoji,

i.

LTr A
3a.

LbTTr A)

8 (oni.

Eph.

G-

11 3rd (om.

18, 24.

1.

13

4, 7.
9, 112nd-

1, 2, 9.

lOiwicc.

IN

1.

vii. 1, 3.

6.

3b.1. 1.

2 Cor. vi. 161".

162nd, seeWalk.

42ntl, gist.

SJiid.

3a.-

407

i.2,4,13. 14, 16.

2 twice.
3,

see Sight.

7 I't {om. if
XpioTtD, til Christ,
LTT'r A W.)
7 irid.
9 1't, see Man-

92,

11,12, 14.
15isi(lit.,iiaTiiT

TtKvoyovia^, '>! mraiii

of the child-bear mg,
i.e., the Incarnation.)
15 2nd
iii. 4,9, 11,13 1',
15, 16 3 timoi.
[rieh.
iv. 1, 2.

*"<i,

see xiou-

3b. 1

Tim.

iv. 10.
I't, 2nd, & 3rd.
4th
(om.
iv

^,

4b.
3b.

5 ist5 2nd, see

3b.

Con

TrAK.)

see Pleasure.

1.

V Tu>
ihe 'living

.)

1.

1.

instead

Goii,

Tr A*

G-

99

18.

1 t^ce, 7, 10, 20,

1.

iii.1,12, 14, 15,16.

1-

2,
51st.

ei/

L
1.

3a.

72nd, 0,10,12.

1.

4.
61st.

2.

6 2nd
7.

1st,

2nd^

1.3

20

see In

twice,

Ig

'

Heb. i.
Time.

it,

see

'

Man-

exalted.

4b.-

and see In

1 Pet.

1'.h.

17

ib.
1.

it

1.

19,

1.

iii.

Tr

1.

see Place.

5.

6,
1.

13,
1.5,

see Sight.
and see All.
see Time.

10,
v. 0, 7it.

1.

5a.
1.

19, see

-24.
xix.

8,

1,

- 6, 8.

twice

twice

iv. 1 2nd

TTr A
1

15,
19.

.3,

13

],t.

{as

much

see

4.

16

[body.
see In you is
as.)

spo Enter.
(No. 1, L

Trm) (om.

twice.

see " in," JVo.

Acts

18, 19.

IN AMONG.
Busy-

GL

M,)
27 1st, see No.
27 2nd

14,

(om.G^Ii

11.

ti.)

ixii. 2, 3.
twice,

vi, 5, 6.

.)

2,

G L

G L

24 (No, 5a,

13 2nd.
13 3rd.

15

,3a,

TrA

Come.

twice,

iv. 1,
v. 1.
3,

Qfov,

14 (No.
At*.)
23 (om.

TrA
21

12, 13 twice,

xxi. 8, 10.

17.
18, 24.

18.
20, sec

gee

Clothed

15.

12.

see Subjec-

141st.

14 2nd,

L.)

1 twice.

1.

see Array.

-11,

17 t
XX. 1, 4.

7, 12, 13.

iii. 1,

V. 2,

Briaging

23 2nd.

15. 16 twice.
ii.

Clothed.

-23ist'(om,LAi'.)

GL

ii.)

Heavi-

GLTTr

16, sec

191st, 22 3 times

(,,.

13.

1,

1.

10.

2n<l

10(om.

-17 2nd.

4, 5, 9lt.

twice.

5 2nd (flj
in.stead of ini

1.

vi. 18.
vii. 9.

xviii. 6, 7, 8.

AK.)

5 3rd, see Subjection.

15 1 lee, 16^ 19^20.

7 2nd, gee In that

he Feared.

Remem-

-17.

G<N:LTTrA.)

7.

4b.

i.

Hebrew,

brance

.\((.,

GLTTr A

Time.
2.

see Enter.

11 1st.
-11 2nd (o))i.
iv
u'hich are in
Asia,
.)

u.

4 lit.
4 2nd, see Sifrht.
5 i, see Old

see Enter.

xvi, 3.
16, see
19, see

9 3rd, 10.

tion.
1.

coi-

twice

1
(4V
truly.)

ii. 61st (om. L )

6 2nd, 12, 22, 24.

iv. 3.

4,

marg.

TTrANV)
Eev.

22.

1.

XV, 1 twice, 5.
see Clothed,

lib(No.3a.,GrjL

11, 14, 15, 17.

20.

1.

82nd.
83rd.
ll,12twico, 15,17

1.

1.

21

2.

iii. 2, 5.

4b.

1.

1'.

18.

1.

13, 14, 17.

-20 (No.

13.

9 2nd.
10 twice, see Presence,

6,

10, 12.

see Plea-

see

6,

jection.
8 2nd, 12.

3c.

3 2nd, 4.
4, see Creep.

Come.

Sea,.

1',

5,6,
9 1st.

xvii. 3, 4 2nd.

marg.

4, 5.

i.

see Place.
see Sub-

81st

(.),

twice.

Jude

8.

xiv. 1.

1, 2, 3, 4, 6.

John

see Sight.

10.
16.

ii. 6,
it,

20 21.

see

52nd,

10.

John

1st,

see Sight.
16 1st,
16 2nd (No. 3c, G
Tr
,)

times.

20

19,

3.

7,

see Bring.

6,

cerning.

siu"e.
-

xiii. 61st,

IS, 14,

14,

and see Few

1st.

V.

12, 13, 15, 19 twice,

xii. 1, 3, 7, 8, 10,

10, 11.

14, 18.
iv. 1,52nd.

12nd, see

Tr

S 2nd.

1 3rd, 4, 5, 10, 16.

iii. 2 2nd.

twice

23.

in-

12,

(ap.)

is m.i.de low.
11, 23, 25, 27.

6^

(.),

V.

that he

13
stead.
1.

.)

2
2 2nd, see

twice,

2, 3 Ist
3 2n(l^ 4 twice, 9, 12 twice,
13twice,15twice,l(33tinies'.
17 twice, 13 twice

see Subjec-

is

10,

4,

24 3

and see In

that he

ii.

8. 10.

AK.)

22, see Sight.

6, 8.

i.

9,

1.

Manner.

',

14

7 'ice

6,

iv.

2nd.

22,

Jas.

see Mind.

3b.

dm-ing the days,

stead of iv
in the da i;s, G L

17.

213rd, see Sifrht.

3, 15.
4b. Philem. 2.

&

Ist

3.
71st

iii. 1,

1.

21
-.

1.

5.

i.

( ^,

see

5,

5, 6, 9, 10, 14, 15,

xiii.3ist,seeBonds
3 2nd,
4
18

1.

53rd, 13.

12b.

in

23.

52nd,seeln every

ii.

xi 3, sec Clothed,

iv

(om,.

the night,

iii. 3.

tion.)

city.
1.

Tr

xii. 9,

marg. /or.

i.

1.

26(G'v)(A;vvn-

Egypt, GLTTr'A.)
37 (also add iv
before "Koat-skins.")
38 1st (No. 3b,

see Reason.

5.

1.

to.

of Egiiin, instead

of

17. 18.

iv. 2,

1st

8 twice, 9 twice, IQ twice

11 twice, 14^ ' 15 twice'
'
16, 24 Ist, 2nd, & 3rd
244th (om,. L.)
27 twice 28.

marg.

18, 19.

1.

10

ii.

3rd.

13,

cording

3b. Titus

see Store.

7,

John

1st

((,j,.)

X, 2, 7, 8, 9. 10,

10 '-"d,
11,
3 times, 181st.

Iff

1st,

xi.

God,

19 2nd

LTTrAti.)

see Ho-

1st,

11 2nd, 17^ 19

8, 10.

25.
1.

343rd (om. er
in flw heavens,
L Tr A N.)

^;) (Alf. cp

ii.

5.

o'f

19, see Store.

2 Tim. i. 1, .3, 5 3 times
6 2"d,9^13twice 14 15

1.

3.

G L

17 1st.
17 2nJ.
17 3rJ, (eVt

3a.

TTr A R)

see Sight.

13,

6, 10.

brew.

1.

22, 32.

34 2nd (om.

see Midst.

viii. 1, 9.
is. 4.

).

see Bond-

5,

3.

17,

11

16 (No. 3c.,

vii.

9. 14, 15.

10, 12, 13, 18.

iii.

X. 3, 7.

1.

vi. 9.

1.

ii. 1,

26.

3a.

6,

see Enter.
see Brought.

Rev.

17.
18, 19 twice.

10.
12,
16,
2.3.

17.
2.

1 Pet. V. 6, 9 3rd 14
2 Pet. i. 8 2nd.
12 2ud 13 1st.

tinue.

twice.

ix. 9.

1.

V.

marg. upon.

10.
13.

1.

tinue
3c.

viii. 1, 5,

3a.

in Spirit,
Tr
SV)
12 5th k 5th^ 1.1.
16 1st, see Con-

GL

Heb.

1.

12
12

xiv. 14; XI, 29.

-)

IN

409

A PLACE WHERE TWO

AVATS MEET.

,
8,
the,

Phil. iv. 11.

street.

4.

IN. ..STEAD.
{tcifh

see " IN," JVo. 2.

Mark

iv. 17.

4b,)

JS^o.

tively,

from cue

to

another,

?,

T\

'

places,

2)/ )

Matt. xjdv.

./

V. 20.

Pliilem

d.

xiii. 8.

1.

2.

xxi. 11.

o,

he

because.

oTt, that,

Acts

see In

xvii. 11,

cities; city

^TToL'^ity,)
i'^"'"^'
Acts XV. 21.

Acts XX.

Tit.

{see iori'.)

,
,

IN

Acts

house,

house by house
or in each house.

<;,

Xo.

1,)

himself or

it-

in,

IN THAT

HE
\

,
)

j o{j/L,

according

to,
/i.e,

me,

j
,

one's piety.

^ on it, or by
means of it,
(

[i.e.

-,.,.

^ ni his uiMutiuof.
'

IN THAT

HE

i.

IS

0.

MADE LOW.

the cross,
ii.

15.]

(T^',the,
'

-(

j Taireu'waei.

),

the eagerness on my
part according to
ability; or according as it de-

-1
becoming low,

)inhisbe.

of him,

comuii;

J
Jas.

i.

10.

IN THAT INSTANT.

my

EXALTED.

IS

uphtting, t
of him, )

IS (as much as)

e(if/ernrss,'\

marg. /o)

Jas.

IC, text, thereby.

TO, the [fthiUfi/,

or

V, 7,

rer, in,
the,
)
,.
<

V.

his fear.

{^,

J see Col.

self,

ME

from

fear, )

[margin.]

IN

from,

the,

Heb.

V. 42.

IN HUISELF

ii.

or assembly.

{see above,) |

Eph.

etc.

xiv. 23.

Acts

a-,

xvii. 11.

IN THAT HE FEARED.

EVERT HOUSE

{see " IN,"

being such

23.

church by church;
or in each church,

")

CHURCH,"
Acts

who

omi/s,

IN EVERT CHURCH.

f/(?r"

eV,

city.

i. .5.

iLav,see nn-

by

V. 8.

vi. 10.

1.

IN THAT THET.

various or different

^"^

Eom.

2.

IN EVERT CITY.
V

1.3.

{loho [died, &e.])

tliat they.

and

IN THAT.

i
places; place
i
atter place,
^

Mark

7.

Luke

2 Cor.

in various, or
different

used also distrihu-

o\'er

.)

IN DIVERS PLACES.
{see

Genitive,)

flie

separate from, hence, on behalf of,

{as thoiigh bending " over " to assist;) then, as a service rendered
on behalf of another is often in
his stead, it has this latter meaning,
{though not so definite as

IX AT.
19,

IN RESPECT OF.
{see " in,"

on the

any road that leads

round a place, a road
round, a street,
Mark xi.

No. 4b,) according to,

as to, as regards.

upon,

tin,

IN

]UMids on me.
Koui.

i.

1.5.

avrrj,
^.

T7J,

in

that very,

the,

that very
hour, at that
3 very season.

")

>

hour,
Luke

ii.

38.

in

IN

410

IX THE DAYS OF.

see " ix,"

,
Mark

Acts

xi. 28.

THE SPEECH OF LYCAONIA.

IN

Ly-

adv. Lycaonice, in the

caonie dialect.
Acts

iv. 27.

Luke

sxi.

No.

Acts

upon, [the ground

which,

</>',

i.

xix. 30.

Eom.

Cor.

of;\ )

...._
because.

i.

V. 12twicc^ text,/o) t/iaf.

^
,

IS

(as

much

as) [margin.]

,
,

2 Tim.

o;'

(^v/xtv,

amoTifr.
amoiiii,

>
c

AS.

), according to what, in so far

according
by as much
', as much

to, 7

Phil.

7, see

i.

Heb.

iii.

hdov:.

INCOERUPTIBLE.
incorruptible, immortal.

oiras, {part,

of

tliat

Eev.

which

ill

1 Cor.

iii. 6, 7,

see I (give

Eph.

Col.

,
,

{see "

being.

iv. 16.

ii.

19.

burnt as incense,

1.

to

(give the)

inceease," No. la.)

1 Cor.

INCREASE

loorshijy,

[noun.]

Pet. iv. 13.

7.

iii.

6, 7.

(-ED, -ETii, -tno) [verb.]

make

large, increase {like

Lat., augeo,)

{pec.

(a) trans., to give increase, cause to

Eev.

v. 8,

INCENSE

i.

(buen)

9.

(b) intrans., to receive increase, to

grow, grow up.

(pi.)

to burn so as to produce smoke

hence, and esp., to burn as incense.

grow, to enlarge,

marg. (text,

odour.)

viii. 3, fpl.) 4.

Luke

INCREASE

INCREASE

is

incorruptiou, immortality,

the.)

vii. 20.

AS...AEE.
i.

Cor. xv. 52.

4, 23.

growth, enlargement, increase,

amplification, {nan occ.)

xviii. 13.)

Eev.

),

1.

religious

see I (bum).
10,11.
9,

as.

INCENSE.

esp.,

i.

Heb.

-, to be,)
Phil.

1 Pet.

1 Cor. XV. 42, 50, 53, 54.

Epli. vi. 24, marg. (text, sincerity.)

2.

3.

INASMUCH

Luke

as.

as,

2.

>

'

omong you.

INASMUCH
^

J.
*'

-^

1 Pet. V. 2, text, i?iich is

I.

among
you

zs

you,

-.
-,

ill. 3.

INCOKRUPTION.

, the OcZ,), ^^ ^
^
m or

61/.
ei/,

vii. 5.

INCONTINENT.

1 Cor. ix. 20.

IN YOU

bridled.

WHOM [margin.]

IN

INCONTINENCT.

the character of an
beloiv), hence, incontinence
{Lat., impotentia,) occ. Matt, xxii'

2.

4.

V. 6.

not having power or command

over a thing, {Lat., impotens,) es^^.,
without power or command over
ones self, or one's passions ; un-

IN UNTO.
-'' " IK,"

ts,

,
,

Luke

25.

iXj" A"o. 3a.

Luke

INCLOSE.
to

{see

xiv. 11.

IN THE TIME OF.

fVt, see "

shut up in conjunction
with another, enclose together.

No. 3a.

26.

ii.

INC

2.

to be over and above

number; to be more than
enough, remain over
abound
more and more, hence, increase.
the

INC

411

to beat or drive forwards

as ificith I'epeated strokes hence,
to forward a tcork, to further,

3.

something antithetic or different.

When not used tvith 8e, marJced *.

push forwards. To make progress iu auy thiug, advance,

<;,

2.

to set, put, 0?' lay unto

or with am/ j^ersoii or thing ; to
join to, add uuto.

truly, really,

in truth, in

i.e.

very deed, certainly

affirmi'ng the

truth in opp. to falsehood.

increase.

IND

3.

(from

really, actually, verily,

part, of
to
gen. of
be) denoting therefore real existovTo<;.

ence.

Mnrk

lb.

iv.

lb. 2 Cor. X. 15, part.

lb. Col. i. 10.
ii. 19.
lb.

8 fpass. G-j

Tr

bi.)

Luke

ii. 52.
xvii. 5.
lb. John iii. 30.
lb. Acts vi. 7.

3.

4.

(make

xvi. 5.

la. 2

Cor.

3.

4.

see I

Matt.

to.)

see I

iii.

17,

11.

Mark i.
AK.)

8 (om.

to

X.

,
,

Thes.

iii.

iii.

see
)

to

2,

more,

rather,

Thes.

yet more.

iii. 1.

1 . Col. ii. 23.

- 1 Thes. iv. 10,

see I

(and.)

Pet.

INDEED

Tim.

V. 3, 5, 16.

ii. 4.

(axd)

and, even, also,

"^

yapjtrulytheiijVerily

>

I ^^^^ .,^^^g^_

and in

fact,

then, in fact, for, )

iv. 10.

()

INCEEDIBLE

1.

G~LTTr A.)

be overflowing,
or abounding

i.

ii.

1.

)
1

Phil.

1.55"',()>),
ti-ue,

see I (and.)
15.
27, see I (for.)

xi. 1,

16.
xi. 4.
x.Kiii. 41.
xxiv. 34.
John i. 47.
iv. 42.

12 (optative.)

xiv. 20.

1 . 1 Cor. xi. 7.
1 . 2 Cor. viii. 17.

xi. 32.

Luke

see

7,

(neither.)
1 .

IXCEEASE MOEE AND MOEE.

(^

iv. 16.
xi. 16.
xxii. 9.
Rom. vi. 11.

xiv. 21.

to be abundant.

crease.

']

Acts

viii.

Tr

39 {om.

W.)

to cause to abound, in-

trans.,

No.

ix. 13.

(hake to)
than enough.
more
be

Of things,

26.

36.

1.

Lb TTr

vii.

viii. 31.

1.

xxiii. 27.
xxvi. 41.

see Goods.

John

2
3

32.
XX. 23.

IXCEEASE

(a)

and, also, even.

iii.

xiii.

more

and more.
Tim. ii. 16.

Eev.

ix. 10.

12,

iii.

iv. 10,

ix.22,seeStrengtli
2.

Thes.

9
"'

not to be trusted of persons,

not trusty of things, incredible.
;

but,

"-^^

/cat.
2.

and, even, also,

2 Cor.

xi. 1.

1.

Thes.

iv. 10.

Acts xxvi.

INDEED

8.

INDEBTED

"?''

(be)
c

'

1 see "

(foe)

INDEED (and,)"

JVo. 1.

Phil.

to owe, to liavo to pay an

account for to be indebted.

ii.

27.

Luke'xi.

INDEED
,
,

4.

(neither)

neither,

1.

INDEED.
truly, indeed.

in fact.

conj.

ing affirmation or concession. The

/x.eV, onc,=the
old ueut. of //.ei?,

thing; while hi, a shortened

denoting the second
form of
thing, is generalhj placed in oppofirst

',

sition to

it

in

an adrrrsafive

sen-

tence which sometimes hasmentallg

to hr supplied.
JVhen /xeV stands

by

itselg' it

Rom.

imply-

always looks forward

to

viii. 7.

INDIGNATION.
life in its activity

and

excite-

ment. In a physical sense, breath,

breath of life then, of every outgo of life, spirit, courage, anger,
wrath impulse, longing, the mind
as regards the passions, esp., its
turbulent commotions.
;

IND

412

force or impulse, excitement

of feeling in general, the opposition of an involuntarily" roused
feeling, less suddetv in its rise than
No. 1, hut more lasting in its nature.
1^0. 1 is the affection itself, No. 2
No. 1 is the heat
its active outgo.
of thefire, No. 2 is the flame burst-

INH

INFERIOR

opy-q,

to make less or smaller, to

lessen, diminish, damage.
Heb.

of one who refuses to receive God's revelation of

tation
ance, (lion occ.)
;

4,
xiii.

(with.)

INDIGNATION

,
,
ness

a weakness, a sickness

1.

Heb.

1.

Matt.

viii. 17.

3.

Kev.

1.

Luke

V. 15.

envy.

3.

vii. 11.
X. 27.
xiv. 10.

moved with)

24.

confirmed disease.

Mark

8.

viii. 2.

Gal. iv. 13.

xiii. 11, 12.

INDIGNATION

(with)

xii. 5, 9, 10.

John v. 5.
Eom. vi.19.

V. 2.

,
,

26.

vii. 28.

^,

xiii. 14,

to resound
to sound a
thing in one's ears, impress it upon
one by word of mouth

2.

part.

INEXCUSABLE.
indefensible, without ex-

cuse or defence,
Bom.

{occ.

Kom.

i.

20.)

ii. i.

(-ED.)

to show forth, manifest,

clear or plain.

Acts

xxi. 21, 24.

1.

Luke

Tim. V. 23.
Heb. iv. 15.

INFORM

2.

xiv. 4.

XV. 1.
2 Cor. xi. 30.

1.

make

(hate)

Eom.

1.

1.

1.

INDIGNATION

2.

vii. 21.

1.

occ.)

S.

1.

Matt. xxvi.

want of strength, weak-

2 Cor.

{non

ayavaKTw, physically, to feel a violent

hence, metaph., to be
irritation
irritated, vexed, or annoyed.
Matt. S3.

1.

Acts XXV.

Acts xxiv.

See PEOOF.

INFANT
a

new born
Lake

(s.)

babe.

zviii. 15.

INFERIOR

(be)

to be less or weaker than

another, hence, to be unequal or
inferior to him.
2 Cor.

xii. 13.

].

2, 15.

INGRAFTED.
inborn, innate; implanted (non

occ.)
Jas.

i.

21.

INHABITANT

INFALLIBLE.

v. 8.

hence, feebleness, sickness.

Eom.

(be

Tim.

INFIRMITY (-.)

1.

marg.

ii. 8.

4G.)

xii.

4.

V. 17,

Luke

vi. 15.

2.

Acts

1.

8, >

-i.

2 Cor.

2.

Matt. xs. 24, see I (be

moved with.)

see I
Mark xiv. > (have
Luke
14, see I

faithless, tised

grace, (occ.

fervour. In a good sense,

ardour, emulation to imitate superior worth ; in a had sense, jealousy
of it, hearthiirning, envy.

^17X05, zeal,

physical pain and irrihence, vexation, annoy-

text, lower {make.)

ii. 7,

INFIDEL.

75,

ing forth.

-,

[margin.]

(^maJce)

(-s.)

to dwell in, inlmbit, esp., to

have settled or be planted in a
new place (here part icip.)

Eev.

(Since Ed. 1762; before then,

" Inhabiter of.")

xvii. 2, part.

'

INHABITER
Eev.

viii. 13, iiart.

INHABITERS
Eev.

(-s.)

(see above.)

xii. 12,

pnrt (om.

LTTrAN.)

Rev.

OF.

xvii. 2, part. (In

Edi-

tion8iroml61Uol762.)

;;;

INH

-,

INHERIT

413

INN

cvil-nature, bad state or

condition, (implyinr/ the vicked
act of the mind delighting in evil,)
malignity.

(-ED.)

to be a
of a portion,

(receiver
inheritance),
to get or obtain by lot csp., to receive a sliarc of an inheritance, to

^,'

1.

inherit.
xix. 29.

1. Cor. XV. 50
Gal. V. 21.

i.LV. 34.

Heb.

Matt.

V. 5.

Murk

x. 17.

Luke

X. 25.

,
Cor.

(,

nil! 'jitc to

vi. 9, 10.

I
him, (i^)

INHERITANCE.

that which constitutes

(receiver or
one a
possessor of a portion), the inheritance.

1.

/?, a

lot, a die
then, that which
assigned by lot, an allotment or
portion oflcmd, a possession.

'J.

1.

Matt.

xxi. 38.

1.

Murk xii. 7.
Luke xii. 13.
XX. U.

1.

Acts

1.

1.

1.

Gal.

1.

Eiili.

1.

[tainau.)
11, see I (ob-

i. 14, 18.
V. 5.
12.
iii. 24.
i.

4,

i.

see I (obtain

ix. 15.

1.

xi. 8.

Pet.

1.

i.

ii.

Heb.

i.

Acts

1.

II, inid.,

(,

xiii. 27.

i.

2.

/,

to he called, GfsL.)

INJURE

,
,

INJURIOUS.

30.)

i.

Tim.

i.

I?..

INJURY [margin.]
wanton violence
Acts

arising

from

(-IES.)

2 Cor.

1.

INK.

contrary to right,
(wider in sense than No. 1,)
wrong, injustice as done to others
it is'm\\iry any impropriety which

2.

John

John

12

13.

INN.
down,

a loosening

e.y.

was done, that part of the house

of the host used for his guests; a
lodging place {occ. Mark xiv. 1-4

Luke
2.

xxii. 10.)

7;^', a place where

see 1 .lohii

that which is done in

3,) the wrong, injustice, or
injury that is done.

iii.

the ])(ids(i)id hiinlrns oj" br/isf.!, and

thegirdlcsand s<iii Ja J ^ of travellers
hence, z/stfi/ of the place where this

occ.)

^,

xxvii. 10, text, hurt.

(', the doing

V. 17.

Gal. iv. 12.

with
bcside,
2>rrjlxed,) u violation aside from
law, contrary to law and custom,

8,
{.

?,

a violent, overbearing person

a vanton, insolent man; a licen-

4.

(-ED.)

context.

1,

repugnant

xviii. 5.

anything black, black pigment

used as ink, (non occ.)

-, (. ,
is

Rev.

4.

pride of strength.

violation of law non-observance or transgression of the law,

tohethcr unknown or ivilfully violated ; lawlessness.

{non
3.

'*'<:<'

(obtain an)

4.

INIQUITY

1.

Jas. iii. 6.
2 Pet. ii. 16.

to do wrong, lit., to be an
and act like one. In a narroio
sense, to hurt, to injure
to act
unjustly in a sense defined by the

Rom.

(obtain by)
INUEEIT."

Heb.

2.

3.

iv. 7.

V. 19,

X. 17.

1.

viii. 23.

14.

9.

viii. 12.

1.

26.

iii.

INHERITANCE
see "

18.

i.

Rom.

1.

4.

Titus

1.

Luke

3.

ungovernable man, outrageous in personal insults, {pec.

to choose by lot mid., to acquire by lot, to obtain, possess.

i.

1.

3.

tious,

1.

INHERITANCE

Eph.

2 Thee. ii. 7.
2 Tim. ii. 19.

by.)

IS.

i.

Col.

Heb.

vii. 5.

iii.

Eph.

1.

2.

XX. 32.
xxvi. 18.

1
2.

1.

3.

is

xiii. 6.

3.

xxiii. 28.
sxiv. 12.

5.
3.

iii. 9.

Rev. xxi. 7

xviii. 18.

1.

Pet.

vii. 2;j.

xiii. 41.

1.
1.

vi. 12.
xii. 17.

'"Ice-

Matt.

1.

all

are re-

in the East, a menzil,

khan, or caravanserai a liouse for
the receptiou of strangers (how.
ceived,

i.e.

occ.)
1.

Luke

ii. 7.

2.

Luke

s. 34.

INN
1.

414

until inf. to the

( , unto, I
3 end that; iu order that.
I TO, the,

within, icith art (as here), the

within.

1.

{comparative

2.

inner, {occ.
Acts

2.

INS

Heb.

xvi. 21.

vi.
1.

Matt.

1.

xii. 22.

1.

1.

xiii. 54.

1.

1.

19.)

1.

sv. 31.
xsiv. 24.
xxvii. 14.

1.

Eph.

iii.

16.

1.

Mark

^,

not deserving punishment, guiltwithout fault, (^^o?^ ooc?)

less,

Matt, xxvii. 4
24,

(,

rigJtteoits,

-,

Gal.

God-breathed,

xii. 22,

Heb.

INORDINATE.
See, AFFECTION.

INSTANT

INSTANT

Acts

(make)

1.

xii. 5,

text, nif/ioiif ceasing

to press

2.

(be)

upon, be laid upon

upon

position.

[margin.]

1.

Luke

Rom.

text superscription.

xxiii. 23.

Tim.

xii. 12,

see Coutinue.

iv. 2.

INSTANTLY.

(with this)

speedily,

hastily,

plying earnestness, (occ. Tit.

which,

iVcycypaTTTo,

had

been inscribed,
Acts

on which was
iu.scribcd.

(.

1.

INSOMUCH

AS.

so that, exjjressinf/ result.

i.

I'J.

INSOMUCH THAT.
1.

-c, isce

ahove.

C
--,

xvii. 23.

Acts

as loith entreaties.

to place upon or over. In

only intransitive, to stand
upon, stand by or near, take one's

tion.

adv.

NT.

X. 17.

INSCRIPTION

lie

('?,

be urgent.

2.

xxii. 20,

(occ.

iv. S.)

7/, to

a writing upon, superscrip-

Matt.

EARNEST

and

INSTANT

ful, {no7i occ.)

3S.

LTrA.)

to inquire through, e'.e. to the

end, or till the inquiry is success-

INSCRIPTION

it.

stretched out, extended,

See, ENQUIRE.

Acts

[noun.]

(margin) [adj.]

1 Pet.

INQUIRE.

16.

iii.

xi. 12.

see Company.

INQUIRY EOR

God-in-

a time, season, (see " iiorn.")

Luke

Heb.

(given by)

spired.

able.

Lukexii.l, seeMultitude.

S.

13.

ii.

2 Tim.

without number, innumer-

i.

viii. 6.

INSPIEATION OF GOD

<v)

INNUMEEABLE.

2 Cor.

2.

1.

INNOCENT.

iii.

1.

27, 45.

i.

Mark

ii. 2. 12
10.
ix. 26.
1. Luke xii. 1.
1. Acts V. 15.

viii. 24.

1.

from No.X),

1',

extension,

,-

vii. 4.

ir-i

13.)

incessantly or

in,

e/cTcVcia,

Luke

iii.

(no7i occ.)
2.

INSTRUCT

\vith intensity,

(-EI),

Acts xxvi.

7.

-iNG.)

sound fortli towards, or

against anyone; hence, to teach,
esp., orally or by preaching.
to

ciple of.

be a pupil, to bc a dis-

3.

,
,
,

INS
be

to

initiated, in a thing,

., to keep close, shut up)

(from

hence, to be instructed, (no)i occ.)

4i.

5.

415

to train up a child, implying discipline, education.

INT

INSURRECTION AGAINST
(make)

to stand forth against

and hy implication in a hostile
sense, to .et or rush upon, (non
occ.)

to unite or knit together

Acts

put together in reasoning,

and hence, to demonstrate, prove,
then, to

and
2.

Matt.

Luke

1.

Acts

,
i.

Rom.

!.

xviii. 25.

^,

ii.

occ.)

INSTRUCT BEFORE.
Acts

(occ.

fovard,

Mark

xiv. 8.

INSTRUCTION.

from

iii.

able resolves.

Rom.

ii.

Luke

1.

Acts

2.

Cor.

vi.

131"

vi.

13

pi.
2nd.

xii. 20, see

Displeased.

35.

Acts XX.

INTENT

iv. 15.

what

IVi/ota,

Acts

1.

3.

24, 25.)]

20.

Acta

xiv. 28.
V. 28.

(teacher) by
Plutarch, (occ.

INSTRUMENT

2.
3.

is

War or

xii. 4.

13.

(-S.)

in tbe mind, idea,

notion.
2.

(-s.)

an instrument, implement with

Avliich anything is done, as of an
artisan ; of war, Aveapons, etc.
Rom.
Rom.

be about to do anything.
on the point of doing it.

to

to be

1.
1.

may

a leader of a child.
the Greeks a servant
Avhosc business it was to attend
on the boys of a family, watch
over their behaviour, and particularly to lead them to and from
school, etc.
They were generally
slaves, imperious and severe. The
word is specially distinguished

[Among

Gal.

,-

all deliberation.)

have a stronger meaning than

(No. 1,) Just because natural
impulses are stronger than reason-

TratSayojyo'?,

Xenophon and

INTEND.

to will, have in mind, purpose,

(expressive of the active volition,
or natural impulse or desire, apart

a trainer of children, implying a master, teacher, and chas-

from

iip to sedition,

W.)

User.
2.

one irho stirs

Tr

used of brutes.)

10.

INSTRUCTOR.

1.

ing discipline and instruction, admonition, rewards andpunishments.

iii.

(,

to be willing, t(j be disposed the inward ])redisposition

and wish, (formed after due deliberation,) from which the active
volition proceeds, (hence, never

the training of a child, includ-

2 Tim.

xv. 7,

instigate,

xix. 33.)

Matt.

TraiSeta,

a companion in a popular
a fellow-insurgent, (non

rising,

to put

(that

UAD made)

18.
5. 1 Cor. ii. 16.
3. Phil. iv. 12.
4. 2 Tim. ii. 25.
1.

xiv. 8, see I before.

1.

INSURRECTION WITH

teach or instruct.

so,

xiii. 52.

xviii. 12.

5,

the word, as that which is

spoken; the exposition or account
which one gives.

2.

Acts

s. 29.

1.

Heb.

iv. 12

marg., arms or tccapona.

INTENT

INSURRECTION.

a setting up, an upstanding

hence, a popular commotion.
Mark xv. 7.

(^'^'"".*^'

view

I
(.

(foe that)

7^^^^)
to,

in order that, for

.,1
this purpose.

this,

Acts

ix.

'.

INT
INTENT
f

--,

(for what)

3.

in reference to,
liii. 28.

.3.

Matt.

i. 2.3.

3.

Mark

v. 41.

1.

that, to the

phasis on the

xi. 15.

2.

(.

the)

1.

iii.

2.

Cor. X.

1.

John

6.

(no

see

(make)

1.

fall in with, meet and

talk with, apply to
esp., in intercession for or against others, to

IvTvy^avi, to

2.

intercede, {occ. Acts xxv. 24.)

Rom.

3J.

20.

i.

(be by)

"iXTERPRET,"

see "
Acts

2.

Actsxiii.

1.

Heb.

8,

vii. 7.

iVo.S.
>

;P^^^

(by)

INTERPRET,"

iVb. 2.

ix. 36, pass. part.

Cor. xiv. 23

3.

thorough interpreter,

(,

occ.)

ii. 1.

INTEECESSION

Heb.

Cor. xiv. 26.

2 Pet.

INTERPRETER.

iv. 5.)

27,

2.

(-s.)

viii.

1. 1

INTERPRETATION

Tim.

release from, solution, (non

42,

i.

ix. 7,

1.

a falling in with, meeting with,

access, audience,
intercourse
a petition then, intercession
requests concerning
others and on their behalf, (occ.

Eom.

xii. 30.

xiv. 5, 13, 27.

2.

42.

i.

iv. 36.

Cor.

see " IXTERP]?ET," Ai>. 1.

the)

coming together;

interpretation, explanation,

,
,

1.

tvTcviL<;,

Tim.

Acts

2.

INTERPRETATION

INTEECESSION

L Tr

lCor.xu.lO(St(piir)veia,
full inUrprctiilion, L.)

10.

unto, with a view ) with inf., to

to,
the end one
the,
should.
)
1

3S (No. 3,

John

3.

occ.)

above.)

INTENT... SHOULD

TO,

i.

3.

(no7i occ.)

INTENT THAT

( 15,

.)

INTERPRETATION.

o'esult.

Eph.

,
,

that, toith the em1.

Jolin

Lva, (see

John

(TO the)

end

from one

to translate

XV. 22, 34.

3.

INTENT

INT

lanjiuaire into another.

wha"

John

416

an

xi. 2.

Tr.)

INTO.
into (to the interior), to, unto.

in (of time, place, or element);

with plural, among.

ei',

upon, (a)

upon (as
upon and pro-

irifh Gen.,

springing from),
ceeding from.

vii. 25.

interpreter,

(h)icithDat.,uY>OT\,{asrestingon)

INTERCESSION FOR

(make)

(c) icith

v^|)vvy(v^,

to intercede on behalf
of another, {non occ.)

Bom.

Tiii.

INTERPRET

1.

2.

,
;

down,

(b)

(-ed.)

5.

to bc an
(an interpreter of foreign tongues); to
interpret yore^y/i tongues.

fully

4.

2.

to interpret through,
to explain.

i.e.

Arc, upon, (hg

direction

towards.)
(a) toith Qen., ([own from.

xvith

Ace, down towards,

down upon

or along.

within, (implging motion into a

place.)
G.

,under,(a) with

G'ew., beneath

and

separate from, by.

(b)

it'iV/iyici'.,

in the

under and towards,

power

of, close

upon.

unto, ns far as, (of place,

to,

time, or degrc'.)

Matt.

see Carrj-

17,

i.

1.

Mark

22 '"',25,
43 -'

ix. 2,

131>',

28,31, 42,

(.), 451,45-'"1 (.),

11,12,13,14,20,

21, 22.
1.

. 1,

1.

xi.

10, 12.

iii.

1.

iv. 1, 5, 8.

12 is<, see Cast,

12 2ml, 18.

1.

V.

1.

20,

1,

\n. 6, 1.3, 26, 30.

1.

vii. 19, 21.

viii. 5, 12,

28, 31, 32

"',

U,

23,

1.
1.

.38,

11,29,

It.

15

Tr

3t (3c.

1.

1.
1.
1.
1.

in

S.)

stead

9
1.
1.

1.

27,
38.

(No.

x.

see I (even.)

XXV.

Bee

14,

21,

30,

2.3,

41,
,

xxvi. 18, 30, .32.

3S, see I (eveu.)

1.

41,45,52,71.

\.

xxvii. 6, 27,53.
xxviii. 7, 10, 11,

1.

1.

16
1.

twice.

Marki.

oi'"'", 29, 35,

1.

1.

1.

iii.

1,13, 19.
inarg.

20,

i.

(tU

27.

1.

^iv. 1.

12,

3b.

2ii.

1.

37.
^

1.
1.

1.

[2t.
3.S,

14,15,17,21.

vii. 3, 14.

{om.

Trb

26, 27.

cc

xiii.

12
6b.;
vnier
judijinent, instead of
eis
into dissfi/iHing (St.),
L

.3,

vi. 3'w'ce, 4.
viii. 21.

Pet.

1.

1.

Jude

1.

Eev.

1.

4.

ii. 10, 22 twice.

V. 6.

Tr.)
xii. 6, 9,

1.

ix.

27,

XV. 8.
xvi. 16.
17 (G~) (3c,

Tr

xii.

see Sub-

,S.)

xvii. 3, 8, 11.
xviii. 21.
xix. 20.
XX. 3. 10. 14. 15.
xxi. 24. 26, 27.
xxii. 14.

see One.

13 1.

13-'nd(om.G~L

Tr

19.

jection.

1.

twice.

xiv. 19 twice.

Ee-

see

17,

14

rui.
10 1",
pee
-10in<J
[Lead,

9.

xi. 20,

GL

A) (ts,) (om.ini,

XV. 24. 28.

iv.

i.

viii. 5, 8.
xi. 11 (No. 3,

1 .

3c.

X. 6.7,18,241*.
24'-'n<i,
xi.
sef'
Grafif.
ii.

12.
1.
ii. 9.
1.
ui. 22.
1.
V. 10.
1. 2 Pet. i. 11.
1. 1 John iv. 1, 9.
1. 2 John 7, 10.

1.

1.

{,

.)

see Enter.

V. 2. 12.

1.

8,11,26,28,

1.

25.
iv. 13.
V. 4.

1.

xxviii. 5, 17, 23.

i. 23, 25.
26.

1.

11.

see Fall.

2,

i.

[25.

XX. 1, 2, 3.

Rom.

4, 5, 17, 19, 22,

35.

Vi. 3,

ir\oiof, in((i
_;

1.

24 twice

A N.)

see Cast.

13"<,

vii.
.},
17,
18,
l;)3tmie, 24i"<c, 33.
-viii. 10".

1.

16.
19, 31.
xi. 8.

1.

see Bear.
17,30,38,39,41.

(.)

3, 14, 28,
43, 45, 46, 47. >i.
V. 4 (<ip.)

V. 12''l':,

;-]3

ix. 6, 7, 12,
X. 5.

Jas.

15,

4.'!.

9,

iv.

1.

1.

iii.

18.
vi. 10, 31, 32, 36,
45, 46, 51.
53.
56.

3c.

i.

viii. 10.

membrance.

xxiv. 7, 26. 51

John

home

oIkoi'.)

1.

1.

11, 22it,
26.

1,

(.).

-"1

11,18.

xvii. 10.
xviii. 7. 18, 19, 27.
xix. 8, 22, 29, 31.

2,

Lm.)

Number.

6.

iv. 1, 3twi, 5, 10,

vi. 19.
[11.

1.

.)

xxvii.

46.

ii.

22

6.

i.

iii.

3b.

10{,
L Tr A

3c. 1 Cor.
1,

Heb.

xxi.

2,

1.

1.

29, 34, .37, 38.

xxii. 4. 10, 11, 23,
21.
xxiii. 10, 16. 20,
2S.

1.

V. 9, see
vi. 7. 9.
iii.

1.

to (i

3, 12, 15.

6. 7.

16.

2 Tim.

17.

18.

1.

iii.

1.

4.

1.

42 (No.

38, 45.

1.

(No.

TrAR)

12,14.

Ee-

see

XXV. 23.

xiv. 1,5.21.23.
XV. 13, 15.
xvi. 4, 9, 16, 22. 28.
xvii. 2, 12, 27.
xviii. 10. 24, 25.
xix. 4.
12.
23.
311, 45.
XX. 9, see Country.
xxi. 1,24.
xxii.3, 10 "',33,
40, 46, 54. 66.
xxiii. 19

4,

iii.
i.

1.

xiii. 14.

1,11,24,36,44.

1,2,5,8,10'"'",
[33 ''

Tim.

xiv. 1, 20, 22, 25.

xvi. 9, 10, 15, 19,
23, 24. 37.

or

1.

inove.

[38. 42.

16.

2.

1.

1.

1.

17, .39.
X. 10, see FalL
16, 22, 24.
xi. S, 10, 12.

see Intrude.
5 wic

18,

2 Tlies.

2.

11.

1.

xi. 4.

1,

Country.
1.

ix. 6, 8.

13.

1.

1.

1.

viii. 22, 29, .30, 31,

32, 33 twice, 37, 41, 51.
ix. 10. 12, 28, 34,
44 twice, 52.

LTr.)
1.

house.
38.

iv. 9, 15.

i.

ii.

see I every

1.

xii. 5, 28, 58.

xiii. 19.

10,13.
xxiv. 16

1.

3c.

viii. 3,

x.\ii. 9.

.3c.

1.

19, 37, 38.

vi. 4, 6, 12, 38, 39.

XX. 1, 2, 4, 7.
xxi. 2, 10, 12, 17,
18, 21, 23, 31.
33, see Lountry.

1.

1.

Cul.

5 (up.), 14, 16,37,

vii.

17, 21.
27.
iv. 6.
iii.

Epb.

?ics.sG-^LTTrAK.)

12.
30.
xix. 1, 17, 23, 24.

Bondage.

6.

i.

1.

1.

tp -the icilder-

V. 3, 4.
16.

Gal.

1.

2.

of, eis

into

xii. 4.

1.

23.
45.
34, 39, 55.

xi'ilderness, in-

tlic

viii. 16.

2 Cor. xi. 13, 14.

9, 15, 16.

(iv

iv. 1

1.

3c.

9, 17.

2.

(I;,

1.

vii. 3, 4.
6, see

vii. 5.

1.

.34.

2, 3, 8.

One.

16.
13.

i.

ii.

1.

3. 4, 15, 27, 39.

iii. 3,

2.

xii.
ii.

twice.

3c.

(.),

(.)

79.
I

35.
XV. 11, 14, 17 "'<:<,
21, 29, 39.
xvi. 13.
xvii. 1, 15<"i,22,
25.
xviiL 3, 8 *'<=,

1.

19

Liikei. 9, 39', 40,

30, 36,42,47,48,
50, 54.
xiv. 13, 15, 22, 23,
32.

1.

1.

(.),

2 Cor.

21.

1.

xvi. 5, 7, 12

1 Cor. xiv. 9.
23, see

1.

in every street.
1.

3c.

XV. 16.

8, 20, 23.

3c.

see I (even.)

54,
68.

1.

1.

aUo
S) morg.

into,

41.

41.

xi. 7.
xii. 4, 9,
xiii. 2.

1.

L'-i^.)
xiv. 13, 16, 20, 28,

3:5.

'

4;}.

15 (om. et?
into the house,

xiii.

23, 26. 28, 38.

X. 5 'ice, 11, 12, 2!.

1.

V. 15

l.seeCountry.

41,

liw'co, 17 twice,

ix.

1.

iii. 1,

1.

xii.

1.

twice,

11

''<;,

15, 23.

29,

25,

30.

1.

ii.

1.

17, 23, 24, 25.

20 twice,

1.

4b.

47 twice.

1.

9, 17.

XX. 6, 11, 25 ',

xxi. 3, 7.
[27.
1. Actsi. li;ttimei, 13.

ii.

Jolin xix.

1.
1.

iiiii.

1.

1.

tU

rh
the ship,
.)

viii.

[22.

2 (p.

ix. 39.

I. 1, 36, 40.
xi. 7, 27. .30, 51.

INTO EVERT HOUSE.

,
in,

xii. 2t, -16.

xiii. 2, 3, 5, 27.

XV.

13

>.

(No.

2,

.
2<,

21. 28.

xvii. 18'"''^^

xviu.
33,37.

1,

U,

or

from

6.

xvi.

down upon,
at

tliroufihout,

,
^

or

(lisfrihutivf'l/ j

one

to

an-

other,

a house, (nfe
" HOUSE,") here pi.

15, 28,

Acts

viii. 3.

at different
lionsos,

alon; tho
hou.scs, into

the houses

one after
another.

INT

,
,
ets,

INTO

418

IS

(even)

as far as,

withiu,

Tim.

IRON

[noun.]

iron, (non occ.}

iv. 2,

see Sear.

Rer.

into.

Mark.

INTEEAT

(-ed)

xiv. 54.

IRON

and IXTEEATT.

See, ENTREAT, etc.

,,

INTRUDE INTO.

to step in, enter into hence,

to frequent, haunt, {non occ.)
;

Col.

ii.

18.

(of)

xviii. 12.

IS

2.

{impers. of

419

Luke

to be in,)

evet/Ai,

IS

xi. 26.

29.

there does uot exist, or there can-

:i4 -'nd j: 4th.

not be.

'

come into being, to be born,

ytVo/xai, to

3.

& 3rd.

:J4 let

to become, to arise, to happen.

,
,

away from.

to keep off or

down,

to set

be

here, to

its

set, to

set. Intrrins.,

be come

into

xvi. 10 '^"^ * 3'''

15 !'> J (om. All.)
17.
xvii. 1, 21.
xviii. 16, 25, 29.
xix. 9 .!"<'

a certain state.

46

S.

Matt.

2.

xxvii. 6'-">i, 3:i,

[.'57.
xxviii. 6.

iii. 3. 11, 17.

V. 3,10, ai, 35 twice,

13

{ai>.)

21, 22, 25.

30, which

Tr

t*.)

la.
la.
la.
la.

'

.50 >"30-:"!.
I

48,50.

xiii. 19, 20, 22, 23,

31, 32 '',33, 37, 38,
;!;,i.,c, 44, 45, 47,52,
55, 57.
xiv. 2, 15, 26.

la.
1*.

it

is

not

14

xviii.

1,

4,

I.

8,
'

xix. 14, 24, 26.

I

4.

xxi.
4:^

2.3.

10,

11,

la.
la.

that ...

I.

:, 42, 45.
8, 9 1",

xxiii.

28.
:, 45.

16 that I [om.

29, 33.
xiv. 14, 22, 24, 34,

la.

la.
la.
la.4.
la.
la.

(aj).)

-33.

la.
la.

iv. 10, 11, 18, 20,

23, 29, ;U, 37, 42.
la.v. 2, 10, 12, 25, 27,
30, .n,32tice, 45.
la.vi. 9, 14.
1*.-

20.

la.

29,31,33,39,40,
42

18.

la.

Idt

1,

45.
46, which I.
50, 51, 55 twice,
58, 60, 63, 70.
la.vii. 6, 11, 12, 16,

le.
la.

25 1" (om.

41.

26,

19,

44

29,

34,

39,

iwicc.
17.

14.

...

I.

i'

-'"d,

that

I.

viii. 9, 24, .34.

ix. 5,

who

is

:t

'i--

(with

23.
xiii. 1, 4iii;ird-

22 "I", 29, 42.

xi. 8.
I.

xiii. 10, 16, 25, 26.

xiv. 21.
2*^

24^28.
XV. 1, 12. 20.
xvi. 17, 18, 32.

1 1',

N.)

which

I.

-"d-

which

2,
18 twice,
i.

iii.

5, 7,

I.

25 twice.
11,13, 17,

iv. 3, 4, 17.
vi.5(<'t,()iii. All.)
7, 16, 17, 18, 19.
vii. 8 (om. All.)
9, 19twicc,22twicc.

26.
;, 40.

la.
le.
la.

viii. 10,

ix.
X.
(ii)>.),

.3,

which

I.

16, 18.

16 twice, 19
193rd, 28.

Jst

xi. 3, 5.

4.

la.

1't,

forasmuch

... I.
7-"d,

8,

13, 14,

l.V

la.

Tr

Cor.

4.

xii. 14, 31, .34, 35,

Tr

17, 23.

a.s

50.

xvi.

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

.34.

tbat I.
SOI"'", 62.
X. 7 [om. L

is

19.

la.

48,

, xiv. 4 (SvraTit,

la.
le.
la.
le. 1
la.
la.

.30.

23 1. that
23 -"<

6 ""d (Is' not in

Greek.)
_(53rdA4tli (j,.)

IS powcfiiX,

16 1". 17, 19, 20, 24,

29, :K)<', 36, 37.
- X. 1, 2, 13, -29 I",
xi. 4, 10.

'wicc,

POWEBFUL, for

la.

ix. 9, 3.5, 35, 38.

(.), 8

X.
1"-

xi. 5.

3.

ix. i, 8, 9t'>co, 12,

--

26,

M\

viii. 13, 14, 16, 17,

50, 5t

viii. 11 >te, 17.

25

3(i,

28<''',

A.)
le.

la.
la.
le.

la.
la.
la.
la.

'-!>i-

28,

V. 21, 23, 34, 39.

vi. 5. 20, ;J5, 36, 40,
vii. 23, 27,

;tra.

18tico,22,25,27'',

iv. 22, 2t.

when

Id.-

1'

lii

11.

ii.

47, 4S, 49.

la.

vii.

2.

29

19,
31
i
31
31'4'b

xvi. 6.
i. 36, 61, 63.

Luke

la.
la.
la.
la.

22, 25.

CC

28-n<J

xxvi. 2.

26,28,38,48,66,

V. 13,
14.

la.

1.'2,

TrA.)
10

!v), 16, 17, 18.

xxiv. 6, 26.

68.

tii;e

(ap.)
la.
la.
le.
la.

xiii. 2.

le.^

la.
la.

33, 34, 42, 47.

la.-

12

39, 49.

32.

(om.

29, 31, 32
33, 35, 37.

la.

2:5,

that

18,
27.

lb*

xxii. 8.

45, 47.

28 1't28 2"d.

38,

;)rii.

L'>

X. 14, 24, 25. 29, 40.

xii. 7, 11.

la.

XX. 1.

:K) 1st.

.34.

44,69.
la.
XV. 22, 3t, 42.

1'-

7 (aj).)
152nd,

-13,

la.
la.

la.
la.
la.

A.)

27 i (0,11.
A .)

8, 10, 11 ''ce,

iii.

twice, 18, 22.

iv. 15, 16-"'-

art.)

15, 27,

Id

Tr

I,

28

2, 11,

ii.

la.

TrAW.)

xvi. 2, when ...

xvii. 4, 5.

Lb

I.

that

14, 16.

Rom.

ix. 5, 7, 21, 39, 4C,

la.

(,

la.
la.
la.

vii. 6.

3.
I

8.

I.

35.
50.

not latijnl, for

yood,

16 i (om.
.)

which

I.

xxvii. 34.
xxviii. 4.
i. 9, 12, 16, 19, 25.

4.

la.
le.
18,
19.

i.

that

xxiii. 8,
19.

12

Johu

-"ii,

xxi. 22, 28.

xxii. 26.

sxv.

la.-

15 1
15 -d (ooi. Lb

42,

-45.

eff

la.
Id.
la.
la.

41.

la.
la.

xii. 6, 8, 23.

is

L Ti

TrA.)

5.

xxiii. 2, that
15, 38 (ap.)

35

XX. 10, 35.

V. 41.

Tr

-'"I

26

'

59,64.

vi. 3, 4,

la.

24, 26,37 >;,38.

li. 6, 10, 11, 14, 16,

XV.

(.)

9, 19, 28.

31 (No. le,

20.

27

xxi. .;0, 31.

xxii. 11, 19.38,53,

17, 29, 33, 35.

iv. 21, 26.

11.

3d

i.

ii.

AW.)

12.

le*
la.la.-

I (om.

that I.
seeiug that

I.

xix. 35i

la.

I.

-44.

iii.

I.

vii.9(om. I.Ti-A.)
ix. 5, 15.
X. 10 (OHi.

Mark

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

that

41,

Matt,

la.
la.^

S8.
vi.

that

38.

...

27,

to be laid.

20, 23.

i.

ii.

7,

24,

4.

(om. .)

3:3.

I (ap.)

:, :w, 42.
xii. 15.
xvi. 12.
xvii. 3.

la.
la.
la.
Id.-

XX. 2, 14, 17 !'

that

.37,

ix. 15, 20, 21, 22.

X. 4, 6, 28 lt, 34,

la.-

Tr A)

I.

viii. 10, 21, 26.

la.

(,

!'"l

ahull he, L"'

tolead,leadalong; lead towards

a point, bring on.

7.

which

vii. 3.3, .37, :58.

Id.

36.

V. 17,
vi. 2.

le.-

la.
la.
la.

existence.)

5.

2..d,

12

to begin, to start, to begin to

be, {referriiKj to orUjinal state or

4.

la. John xvii. 3, 17.

la.
xviii. 36 twice, :58.
la.
xix. 35, 40.
la.
XX. 31.
la.
xxi. 7, 20, 24 twice.
la. Acts i. 7, 12,
la.
ii. 15, 16, 25, 29,39.
la.iv. 11, 12 1' (.),

20 (murfr. can),
24, 25.

la.
In.
la.
1.

xii. 6 {om. All.)

12, 14, l.'>. 16.
xiv. 14, 15, 25, 26,
:{.?, :.
[.S8.
XV. 12, 13, 44twic,

IS
1 Cor. rvi. 15.

2 Cor.

which

i. 1,

-12.
ii. 21st (om.

G -

la.

15.
17.

la.

3.

5.

31, which I.
xii. 13.

Tr

when

vi. 3,

I.

1, 14, 18, 23.

i.

who

4,

I.

14.
13.

iii.

that

18,

(,
(,

Tr A)

3.

iv. 9, 10, 15.

G-en.

lie

W.)

Acts

la.
la. 1

I.

21.

iii.

53timcs^ 7^ 8,

la.

231".
233rd (om.G-.L

2,

ii.

twice^ 7, 8.

9 1st.
92nd, 10, 11, 15,

Id*.
la.

16,18twice,21,223timcs^
2.5,

la.

27 twice, 29.
iii. 2,

3, 4, 5,

7 twice,

8, 10, 11, 15, 20.

iv. 3, 3 3 limes, 4, 6,

la.

7, 8, 10, 12, 15, 16, 17.

la.
la.

13.
iii. 20.

4.

la. Col.

24, 27.

la.
ii. 10.
la.
iii. 5, 14, 20, 25.
la.
iv. 9.
le.
11, which I.
la. 1 Thee. ii. 13.
la.
iv. 3.
la. 2 Tlies. i. 3.
la.
ii. 4, 9.
la.
iii. 3, 17.
la. 1 Tim. i. 5, 20.
la.
iii. 15, 16.
la.
iv. 8, 10.
hi.

V. 4, 8.

1(1.

vi. 5,

la.
la. 2
la.
1

la.

Tim.

a. Tit.

17.

iv.

11

i.

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

I.

ix.

19

18

xiv. 12.
xvii. 8 1st A 2nd.
83rd (xai nape

and

sliall

xaiVep

for

and
Tr A)

he

i/et is,

{'

GL

TtapeaTLv, and, again ia

present, H.)
la.
10, 11 3 times, 14,

G.

18.

18.

-a.

xix. 8, 10.

viii. 6.

l:i.

.XX. 2, 12,

ix. 15.

la.
la.

xxii. 10.

22.

2.

,
1.

Acts xxvii.

[17.

16.

1.

Eev.

1.
1.

Acts
Rev.

xi.

ix.

Phil.

iii.

22.)

Rom.

xi. 1.

2 Cor.

ISSUE

xi. 22.

[noun.]

ix. 20,

seed

hence, children.

see Blood.

1.

xxii. 25.

1.

Mark v, 25.
Lnke viii. 43,

44.

(-ED.) [verb.]

to go or

,
,
,

Rev.

come out

of.

ix. 17, 18.

that, that one there (the more

remote or latter of two ; alwni/i;

2.

xxviii. 1, 7, 9.
vi.

U.

one here

this, this

or fori)! rr

oj'

(c)

Gen.

av,fem.

(the nearer

two.)

Nom.

(a) Toiro, neiit. sinr/.,

(b)

xvi. 20.

and Rom.

emphatic.)

viw, to

of No. 1) a small

26.

IT.

14.

island, {non occ.)

2.

Israel.

not part of the translation of

a phrase, it is one of these following, and is emphatic.)

ISLAND.

(dim.

of

(When

x)ti.8,16(om.All),

an isliind, ( prol. from

iloat,) {non occ.)

G.)

ISSUE

1.

1.

a descendant

2.
twice.

except

Tr Acts xiii. 17 {om.

Rom. X. 1 {ap.)

^wi9, a flowing, (Ixx. for mi) (nonocc.)

Matt.

(.)

xiii. 10,

prexcnt,

vii. 2, 15.

2.

G=:L

13 {om.

twice.

V. 13.

la.
la.

G=:L

AR)

all places,

John i. 47.
Rom. ix. 4.

1.

TrAK.)

iv. 13.

la.

I.

12.

13.
ii.

which

-v. 2 (om.

Tr
la.
la.

6, 12.

i.

ii.

Heb.

la.-

iv. 8,

N.T.

ISRAELITE.

2 Cor.

ii. 7.

let

6, 10.

la.
la.
la.

that

16

6 times.

9 twice, 11 twice, 14, 16,

17 twice, 20.
la. 2 John 6 tice, 7.
la. 3 John 11, 12.
let Rev. i. 4, which I.
let
8, which I.

7,15,17, 18 twic

i.

18, 20.
V. 1, 3, 4, 5,

la.

ii.

In

etc.

his posterity (see

heir of the promises, theocratic

privileges and glorious vocation.
Hence as the most honourable
title, if ivas the word chosen hi/ the
Apostles in order to obtain cm hearing, (see Acts ii. 22, iii. 12, xiii.

9, 10.

V. 5, 10, 12, 13, 18,

24,

The grand title of the Jew as a

member of the theocracy and

4.

Johni.

In

8 {om.
M.)

iv.

Ab

20.

ii.

xxxii.

beloio.)

shall
are,

it

(oi."

la.
16, 17.
la. 1 Pet. i. 25.
la.
ii. 15.
la.
iii. 4, 22.
la.
v. 12.
la. 2 Pet. i. 9.
17.
1.
20.
3.

25, 26 ''ce.
V. 3, 22, 23.

ii.

G^

b.)

xxviii. 11.

9.

(Heb., biK'-m\ wrestler with

Grod) the name given to Jacob,

spoken only of

12 1st.
14

he,

Gr;LT

i.

ISRAEL.

/,

17.
iv. 4 1st
4 2nd.

la.

12, 16, 20 '^"ce.

21,

Eph,

6.

iv. 1, 2.

15 (om.

27.
10.

la.-

7, 11.

i.

iii.

Acts

xiii. 6.

Rev.

iii. 5.

6.

ISLE.
see " ISLAND," JVo. 1.

Acts

17,19, 20, 26 '"'

la.la.-

Lb

xiu. 5 {om.
Aii

ii.

la.
la.

X. 7, 18.

17Jnd.

la.

vii. 15.
1.

Tr

IT

12, when,
171st.

i.

2.

iv. 3, 4.

2 Cor. xi. 10.

Gal.

Jas.

7 (wii.

xii.

AbR)
3.

iii.

Tr

62nd.
63rd.

3.

-is.

xi. 1.

3.

A .)

Tr

Heb.

la.
la.

I.

420

sintj.,

sing.,

(d) TavTqVffem.

or Ace.

masc.orneut.

Dative.

sijif/.,

Ac.

3.

IT

,
Matt. XX.

a.

Mark

111.

lG(No.3,G.v)

xviii. 30.

IT

/5,

yet

ii.

BE BUT

still,

2c.

Heb.

.^
,

T^"',

1.

(though)

J
2

',
(a)

hearing,

Tim.

15.

,/.

it, self,

sing.,

sing.

fern. sing. Ace.

vi. :U, see

xii. 25<':<.

Mark

Nam.

I (of.)

24, 25.
xi. 17.
iii.

Luke
John XV.

4.

7,

see

xxi. 25.

lb. Koiu. viii. IG.

{or
i^^^"-) ""^ * *^'
hearing.)^
ears (or
^

ITSELF.
he, she,

la.

Gen.

(a)

XX.

(have)

iv. 3.

Gen.

(b)

Matt.
2a.
2b.
2b.

) being tickled
-

'

xiii. 17.

2.

^''^'

sing.

etc.

nevertheless.
iii.

or Ace.

of himself, herself, or itself,

2.

vi. 13.

xi. 2.

22

ITCHING- EARS
'^

Cor.

2a.

Nam.

masc. sing. Ace.

,
,/.
,

vi. 61.

xii. 24.

2a.

2 Pet.

Gal.

T^fthc

Johu

3.

1.

neut. sing.,

(d)
21.

11.

xiv. 5.

Luke

,
,
,'.

(b)
(c)

v. 43.

vi.

a.

JEA

the thing.

TO,

a.

421

(demonst. pron.),

he, she, it
very.

self,
1'.

By

la.

Rom.

viii. 21.

JEO

JEOPARDY
to

JES

nation of the One offered to Israel,

for their then, but now, future
blessing.)
Hence in the Gospels
(the record of His earthly life)
"Jesus" occurs alone, 566 times,
while " Christ," or "The Christ,"
occurs only 36 times. On the
other hand, in the Acts and
Ejjistles " Jesus " occurs alone,
only 29 times (16 of Avhich are in
the Acts, as being the transitional
testimony to the crucified One),
while " Christ" occurs 217 times.]

(be ik)

be in danger or
Luke

422

peril.

viii. 23.

JEOPAEDY

(STAXD IN)

,,
Cor. XV. 30.

JERUSALEM.
or

Seb.,

'?u.^^y,

Ill all

Luke

79,

Jerusalem.
dwelling of peace.

passages, except

xxiv. 49, (om.

GL

Tr

.)

JESTING.

The eomhination of

seems to place the emphasis on Jesus

as " the humbled One now glorified" xvhile " Christ Jesus " marks
Jlim as " the
glorified One

behaviour of the
(easily turning or changing,
tlie

" Jesus Christ "

ofapes and ijersons,) wit, liveliness

in a had sense, jesting, ribald,

who was once humbled." The

eomhination vith "Lord" ("the

tricky, dishone.st, time-serving.

Epli.

Lord Jesus Christ ") marks His

authority and power.
For " God
hath made that same Jesus

V. 1.

JESUS.

<;,

Jesus.
[Hcb. i^tyirr, i.e. Jehoshua or Joshua, Avhich in the
Ixx. and N.T. is constantly expressed
The Heb. is a
compound of
(for Jehovah,)
and V^W^Ti, io save, and implies Jehovah the Saviour. Hence api)lied
to Christ, as Ho vho Avas G-od,
and thus able to " save his people
from their sins."

'\<.

,,,

[Jesus

of His humiliait occurs alone

brings before us the One who

tion.
it

is

the

both LoED and Christ."

36.]

Matt.

name

of His changed position, as

raised from the dead, and exalted
inglory. ''Clirist,"(in1he Hpistlcs)
as denoting om; position, blessing,
and standing before God., e.g. " in
Christ," (never, in Jesus). "The

Christ" (with the article gen. in

the gospels) as the

official

desig-

1, 16.
18(0)11.
21, 25.

i.

Tr.)

Matt. xvi. 20 (om.

21, 24.
[Tr
11 (om.

12

(0711.

[A.)

17.

2 (om.

L Tr
[TrA.)

7(0111..

G L

:!7(.vm.LTTrA.)

Tr

[A

41.

xxiii.
xxiv.

.)

ix, 2, 4, 9, 10.

12

(om.

Trb

A.)

25 (om.
36(0)11.

(om.

.-i.^,

57.

i.

1,9, 14,17.24,25.

41 (om.

.)
;

(o))i.

Tr

(.

L T!

W.)

XT. 1.
16 (om. I,

21,28,29.

13

Tr A
[K.)

30,(, /ii4,0<v1j
.)

32, 3t.
xvi. 6, 8, 13, 17.

V. 6, 7.

',

27,29,31.

TTr A

Tr

5, 8, 15, 17, 19.

iii. 7.

ii.

^25,^

.)

16.

22,

.55, 57.
63, 64, 69, 71, 75.
xxvii. 1.11 'ic<;, 17,
20, 22, 26, 27, 37, 46,
50, 54, 55, .57, 58.
xxviii. 5, 9, 10, 1(1, 18.
.59,

Mark

Tr

.)

xxvi. 1, 4, 6, 10, 17,

19, 26, 31, .34, .36, 49.

[^t.)
'IV

xiv. 1, 12, 13.

ho

SO"!", 51, 52,

Tr A

Gz:L

-.51 (a)).),

Tr

4.

A.)
14

onsirci-iiij,

15, 19, 22, 23, 27, 28,

x. 5.
[30, .35.
xi. 1, 4, 7, 25.
xii. 1, 15.
xiii. 1. ,34.

N.)

xii. 1, 6, 11, 12, 16,

21, 24, 27, 31, 42.
xxii. 1, 18, 29.

- - 10, 13, 14, 18, 20, W.

22.
34.

xi.l7,22,25,30,32,;j4

{.L TTrbAG L
Tie,

29 (om.

Tr

- 22.
[26, 28.
xix. 1, 14, 18. 21, 23,

[At*.}

3 (om.

viii.

4.

xviil. 1.

TTrb A.)

vii. 28.

[A.)

20(om.LTTr Ati.)

G =: Tr
[A.)
G L Tr

18 (oDi.
23 (om. L

GziLTTr

17,18,19.

13, 15, 16.

iii.

A .)

xvii. 1, 4, 7, 8, 9.

iv. 1, 7, 10.

GL

G-

1.

ii.

title

obedient unto death, even the

death of the cross." It is the
personal name of the " Man of
Sorrows," who suffered being incarnate, and died being man.
" Vherefore, God also hath highly
exalted Jlim, and given Him a
namcAvhieh is above every name."
Thus "CiFiirsx" becomes the

ii.

* Jesus=Joshua, the son of Nun.

AVhenever

"humbled Himself and became

Acts

(om.

forllnriOi Je-

.siu,G-:LbTTrAi>W.)

Tr A

15.

19 (om.
K.)

:!,'

20, 21, 27, 30, 36.

vi. 4, 30.

JES
Mark

ai

vi.

Hi!

imo'.

of
hat Jesus Mid,

Am)

John

L>-

eKeyev,
27
he aaid, instead

vii.
II

{oin.

TrAti.)

Tr

i. 43 (om. 6
after "follon-iiuj" and
insert itafter "P/ii!i])
and,"
AH.)

Tr') A.)

4, 5, 8, 23,

ix. 2,

Tr

(.

1'.

52-'"'

GLTTr A <.)

Him,

V. 1, 6, 8,

11

G :LTTi

i<.)

GliTTr

U, )om.

15,

AH.)

22 29

'.a '<;

Tr

Lb

22 (ow.

Trb

30, 48, 53,

xvi. 6.
Luke i. 31.
ii. 21, 27, 43, 52.
iii. 21, 23.

v.'s, 10,

20, 21, 23, 25, 30, 32,

33, 35, 38, 39, 40, 41,

vi. 3.

44

vii.

12,19,22,31.
9,11.

Lb

(0)11,

Tr

40.

[S.)

281"
!"> (am. G-)
35 twice.
38 {om.
r: Lb TTr

viii.

28

xii. 1, 3, 7, 9,

3 {om.

46 (om.
-50.

s)

(om.

i;i

Tr

:s

17, 50, 58.

r,'\ {om.
S.)

21

om. L Tr A .}

29, 30. 37.

(',

39

xiii.

tle

Trm N.
2 (om.

38

-'fd

LTr

A,)

the

12, 14.

xiv. 3.
xvii. 13, 17.

./csiis,

xix. 3, .5. 9, 35 "'

XX. 8, .34.
xxii. 47, 48. 51, 52.

(,

63
G f' LTTr A

:{4

(.),

(i.iii.

AH.)
John i. 17,
42.

29,

G L
.36, .37,

him,

Acts

38,

i.

1. 11, 14, 16, 21.

22, 32, .36, 38.

iii. 6, 13. 20.
ii.

26 (om.

G LTTr

13.

ii.

Pliilem. 1, 3,
6 (oiii
H.)

Ti

twill,

4,

:i,

Heb.

7,

-iii. 1.

iv. 8* (mar?:. Jos/u!a.)

(add

A),

14.

vi. 20.

vii. 22.

X. 10, 19.
xii. 2, 21.

liiL

.>,

Jas.

8, 12, 20, 21.

1.

i.

ii. 1.

Pet.

i.

1,2, 3

ii.

xi. 23.
xii. 3 twice.

21.
iv. 11.
V. 10.
iii.

XV. 31. 57.

xvi. 22 (om.

Christ,

Je.tiis

2 Cor.

14 (om.
2 Pet.

LTTr A.)
11 tice,

xi.

i.

(oiii.

r:

18.
i.

ii. 1,

3, 7.

22.

iv. 2, 3, 15.
V. 1, 5, 6.

H.)

20 (om.

9.

John 3, 7.
Jude 1 twice,

G-)

4,31.

Rev.

1, 3. 12.
4, 16 twice.

i.

.t,

17, 21.

1. 2, h.

9it (om.

iii. 1, 14, 22, 26, 28.

iv. 14.

V. 6.
Ti. 14, 15 (np.), 17, 18.
Eph. i. 1 twice, 2, 3, 5. 15,

Qr)

giiid.

xii. 17.

xiv. 12.
xvii. 6.
xix. 10 twice.

XX. 4.

17.
ii.

John
1

iii. 2;J.

xiii. 5. 14.

ii.

iii.
i

twice.

V. 18

=:

6, 7, 10,

1.3,

20.

1 twice, 2, 8,

i.

14, 16.
ii. 20.

1. 2. 3. 14, 19.
iv. 5 twice.
i.

ticc.,

TrA.)

'.

LTTr AH.)

-6(om.

twice, 7,1.;.

5.

ix. 1.

z:

Tr Ab

9, 23, 25.
ii. 9.

viii. 6.

Christ,

1, 4.

iii. 6.

LTr ),

Gal.

Jc.^iiis

G L

(mil.

TrA

10, 12, 13, 14,

17, 20, 21, 22, 23,

AH.)

i.

owr Lord, Trn'b

14

25.

Tr

Tit.

11 {udil

10

24. 26, 29. 30, 31.

xxi. 1, 4'''
5(om. Lb.)
1.;,

LTTi

-.

7,

46,52.
xiiv. 3, 15. 19.

, (,
,

21(om.TTrAbH.)

42.

,
.)

22

23. 24.

of

(. -

12, 15.

iii.

11.
iv. 15.
V. 4 twice.

his,

bodi/

1, 3, 8, 10.

iv. 1.

i. 1,

vi.

him,

1 twice, 2, 9, 10,

i.

13.

iii.

16, 17, 19.

K.)

43(om.TTrbAl*.)

.36

Cor.

XX. 2, 12, 14twl, 15,

xxui. 8, 20, 25, 26, 28.

k), 42.

J/ilil,

Tim.
ii.

18 (om.

TH.)

39

42.

.38, it),

vi. 3, 13, 14.

AH.)

Tr A.)

16,19,22,24,37,

rviii.

16, 17, 30.

xvi. 3.

instead of

t*.)

V. 21.

L'' Tl-ni.)

(,

13,

iv. 6.

G-)

8(om.G
AH.)

i-<

(',

5.

ii.

iii.

19, 20, 22, 23, 28, 32,

33, 34, 36, 37.
xix. 1, 5, 9 twice, 11,
U, 16(0).), 18, 19,20,
2::, 25, 2(), 28, 30, 3;?,

,(,

Tr

I,b

i. 1 twice, 2, 12, 14,

15, 16.

XV. 5, 6.

xvii. 1, 3.
xviii. 1, 2, 4, 5

:;Slst&2nil.

i/ieLorcl,

1, 3, 6, 7, 8.
16.
22, 24.

8, 9, 10, 30.
ii. 2.

52nd {om. Tr A.)

-7, 8, 11, 12, 15 twice,

LTTr AH.)

(,

Lo,-d-s,

41
L"'

Tr

xiv. 6, 9, 23.
xvi. 19, 31.

G -: Lb Tr

62.
X.

Lb

Tim.

xiv. 14.

38

AH.)

=:

25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 36,

ix. .33, 36, 41, 42.

20, 24, 25, 27.

12 "ic-

6, 12. 18.

iii.

xiii. 14.

7,8,10,21,23'

2, 7,8,

14, 16.

ii. 1,

AH.)

39,40,41,45.

2Thes.i.l,

X. 9.

xiii. 1.

AH.)

viii. 1, 2, 11, 3fi.

14, 16, 21, 22, 23, 30,

35, 36, 44.

30,

V. 9, 18, 23, 2H.

vii. 25.

11,12,

{.),

14, 15, 19.

iii. 11, 13.
iv. 1,2, 14ti.-.

ii.

iv. 24.
V. 1, 11, 15, 17, 21.
vi. 3, 11, 23.

'45 {om. L
Tr A.)
46, 51, 54, 56.

4, 6, 9, 19.

.i,

22

Tr

'

26(om,.

X. 6, 7, 23, 25, 32, 34.

xi. 4, 5, 9, 13, 14, 17,

iv. 1, 4, H, 12, 14, 34,

i.

G r:LT Tr

25, 28, 31, 34, 39,

42, 49, 54, 58, 59.
ix. 3, 11, 14, 35, 37,
39, 41.

2nd

1 1, 1

i.

3, 10.

ii.

AH.)

Tr

17.

Thes.

xxviii. 23, 31.

Tr

G L

6.

iii.

xxvi. 9, 15.

Eom.

iii.

21 {om.

28 {om.
ii.

xxii. 8.
XXV. 19.

Tr

AH.)

13<wi, 15, 17.

H.)

55,

XV. 1,5,15,34,37,43.

G L

20 (om.

60, 62, 67

(.), 9

AH.)
14, 20.
iv. 7, 19, 21, 23.
Col. i. 1, 2 (up.), 3, 4.

XX. 21, 24, 35.

xxi. 13.

vii. 1, 6, 14, 16, 21, 28,

a3, 37, 39.

viii. 1 (.), 6

G L

(0)11.

12 {om.

AH.)

G^)

(om..

12, 14, 19.

xiv. 6, 18.

AH.)

10

H.)

(op.).10(ap.),ll(aj..),

xiii. 2, 5.

27,

15, 17,19, 22,24 'ic<,

26, 29, 32,.35, 42, 43. 53,
61, 64, 67.

70

Lb

f5m.

TTr A

14{om.

xii. 17, 21, 29, 34, 35.

.'

13, 14, 15,

10,11,19,21.

5,

iii. 3, 8.

at.
X. 36, 38.
xi. 17. 20.
xiii. 26, :.
XV. 11, 26.
xvi. 18, 31.
xvii. 3, 7, 18 (p.)
xviii. 5, 28.
xix. 4, 5.

16. 17, 19.

vi. 1, 3, 5, 10, 11.

(0111.

ii.

37 (np.t

17 (om G - 1, 27.
29 (om. LTTr A H.)

54.

xi. 6, 7.

v. 20.

19, 26.

ix. 5,

50 1 ice, 53,

47, 48,

11,

21.

vi. 23, 24.

i. 1 twice, 2, C, 8, 11,

55, 59.

H.)

{.),

1,

{.),

iv. 21.

Phil.

Tiii. 12, 16, :?5,

G LTTr

46 (om.

iii.

14

Lb

45*.

vii.

Him,

H.)

17, 21, 26, 34, 44.

X. 5. U, 18, 21, 23, 2-t,

27, 29, 32, 38, 39, 12,
47 twice, 49, 50, 51,

Eph.

18, 27,

l.i,

V. 30, 40, 42.

16(om.LbTTrbA.)

25.

vi. 14.

3, 5. 10, 22.
iv. 1, 2, 6, 7, 10. 13.

27, 39.

52

(,
A

10,

33 (add
H.)

22, 24.

iii.

iv. 2,

30.

GLTTr

17 (om.
-27.

Acts

1,2,3,4,7, 11,13,

lit,

JES

45, 47. 48. 50.

ii.

GLTTr

(om.

viii! 1

AS.)

423

xxii. 16. 20, 21.

11,

JEW

',

JEW
Jewish,

(-S.)

(Ixx.

'?

aud

424

JOIN EITLY TOGETHEE.

to fit or frame together,
join together parts fitted to each
other, {occ. Eph. ii. 21.)

Judali,) ivith art., one of the tribe

or couatry of Judah, later applied
to all the inhabitants of Judaea,

Palestine, and their descendants.

Jew in his national distinction
from a Grentile. See under " He-

Acts

JEWS

?,

do the)

(as

.Tewishlv, in the
ner, {noil occ.)
Gal.

Jewish man-

HARD

TO.

{non

Avith,

xviii. 7, (willi

occ.)

^, to

he.)

JOIN ONE'S SELF,

I)i N.T.
to glue together.
mid. or pass, aor., to adhere, cleave
to
to become one's servant or
follower.

\i.

ii.

iv. 16.

to border together, be con-

tiguous

passages.

all

Eph.

JOIN

brew.
In

JOI

JEWS

^,

(live as do the)

and

their manners, customs,

(non

,
Luke

Acts

to live like the Jews, follow

rites,

Gal,

ii. 14.

'

Judaism,

(no?i occ.)

Acts
Gal.

36

(-,

to-

to incline ton-ards, to favour,

Gf-.LTTr A

JEWISH.

H.)

JOIN TOGETHER.

Jewish, current

among

the

yoke together, as animals,

to

{lion occ.)

Tit.

i.

14.

Matt. xix.

JEAVRY.

',

Judea, the territory of his

tribe, but often employed in a
wider sense the kingdom of Judah.
After the captivity used of
the whole of Palestine.
;

V.

13, 14.

i.

Jews.

liuke

{the above, tvifh

wards, prefi.ved,) to glue one thing

to another, to become united with
anyone.

JEW'S RELIGION.

',

viii. 29.

ix. 2(3.

JOIN ONE'S SELE TO.

occ.)

/xos,

Acts

XV. 15.

V. 13.

John

zxiii. 5.

vii. 1.

JOHN.

-,

John,

(JL!).,
Johanan,
Jehovah given,) a proper name,
used offourper.sons in the N.T.
i.e.

In

all passa}.:e8,

Matt.

iii.

Mark

vi. 16,

John

i.

14,

(om.

(.
2 (om. G

Rev, xxi. 2 (om.

JOINED

Ab .)

(be)

Coy.

vi. lu, 17.

JOINED UNTO

Tr A

GL

Tr

Eph.

JOINED TOGETHER

refit,

SELF TO."

V. 31.

(be

per-

FKCTr,v)
to

make fully
csp.

repair,

ready, to make
is broken,
mend of persons,

of what
;

t*.)

W.)

(be)

see ".TOTN ONe's

restore, sot right,

.-.)

x. 9.

sec " .lOIJi ONE's SELF.

complete,

except

L
<i

Mark

C.

Cor.

i.

10.

JOI

1,

2.

,
,

JOINT

425

JOURNEY (being FOEWABD ON one's)

[noun.]

a joint, (non occ.)

a ligature, i^ which the different memhers of the boili/ are con-

nected, (no
Eph.

2.

occ.)

iv. 16.

Col.

2.

Heb.

1.

JOU

ii.

77/7,

(scB abovc.)

John

JOURNEY

19.

Acts

JOURNEY

/,,

the father of Peter.

")
42,
sxi. 15, 16, 17, S

(,

(,

L Tr,)
TAW.)

John,
John,

Joseph, (Heb.,
ho will add,)
a proper name of seven persons
in the iV.T.

Luke ii.

3,3,

(,

Acts

29,

(,
(",

iv. 36,

all

(Ilch.

Hebrew

Tr

M.)

^,

{non occ.)

,
1.

',
Matt.

Mark
Luke

1.
il.

U.

2.
1.

Acts

i.

(TAKE one's)

"J (make

15.

from one's

Rom.

(taking a far)

eign countries, (non

ix. 3.

JOURNEY

xi. 6, marg'. u-ai/.

iv. 6.

7(,

John

1.

xv. 13.

2-t.

gone abroad, absent

Mark

12.

XV.

one's")
Luke

1.

JOURNEY

journeying,

Luke

X. 10.
vi. 8.
ii.

.tee

_.

7;/05,

way-faring,
(occ. 2 Cor. xi. 26.)

1.

land

xxii. 6, part.

to be absent

Matt. XXV.

[noun.]

1.

bi/

tries.

2.

in respect to place, a way,

road, etc.
in res^pect of action, a

1.

(MAKE one's)

to cause to pass over

being on the way.

2.

i>art.

people or country hence, to go

abroad, travel into foreign coun-

the smallest

V. 18.

JOUENEY

2-1,

JOURNEY

1.

yod

letter,

XV.

K.)

JOT.
iota,

Rom.

Acts

Tr

G~L

Joseph,

pass through a

0)'

or loater, to transport.
In 2^.T.
only mid., to transport one's self,
to betake one's self, i.e. pass from
one place to another.

Jesus,

10.

(IN one's)

to go

passages, except

Matt.

1.

Tr A .)

JOSES.

iii.

i.

place.

Joscs.
In

Luke

Eom.

JOURNEY

In all passajies, except

(G ^ }
his father,

43, (aj>.)

to be led in a

JOURNEY

JOSEPH.

^,

(UAVE A PROSPEEOrs)

good way, to
have a prosperoua journey, (occ.
I Cor. xvi. 2; H .lolin 2*^^"='')

JONAS, JONA.

i.

X. 9, part.

[adj.]

See, iiEiB.

John

(GO ON one's)

to be on the way, to journey,

to travel, (no occ.)

iv. 12.

JOINT

6.

xiii.

in for-

occ.)

.3^1.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

sec "

J (make one's")

a going ) making [his]

away,
>
journey,
to make, ) (occ. Jas. i. 11.)

,
',

( TTopcta,

JOURNEY

/,

(BRrtTO

on one's)

2.

to send forth, send before

3.

or beforehand.

Luke
1 Cor. xvi. 6.

Titus

iii.

13.

-'.

to be

X. 33, part.
xiii. 22.

on the way, to
1

1.

Acts

travel.

ii. 3.

Mvi. 1%

JOU

426

JOURNEY WITH.
(^^. 3 irifh ', together

Avitli

(non

one,

(7??//

Acts

occ.)

ix. 7.

2.

iv. 6.)

2 Cor.

,,
-,
,,

JOY

2.

Eom.

1.

2 Cor.

^.

1.)

10.

1.
1.

XXV. 21,

1.

2.3.

xxviii. 8.

Luke

ii.

44.
10.

TT7,

Thes.

Tim.

1.

ii.

1.

Phileiu. 7

iii.

20,

Heb.

1.

1.

Jus.

1.

1.

xiii. 52.

1. 1

(,

ijrflci,

xiv. 17.
XV. 13, .32.
2 Cor. i. 24.

see J (have)
2.

.xii.

xiii. 17.
i.

2.

Pet.

i.

,,

see

Jude

x. 31.

gladness,

joy,
*'

joy,"
Col.

i\'o.

{from

1.)

i. 11.

JOYOUS.

^,

{Gen.) of joy.
Heb.

JUDGE

(kxceeding)
2.

Heb.

see J (witli

John i. 4.
John 12.
3 John 4.
[ing)
Jude 24, see J (excced-

1.
1.

1.

JOYFULKESS.

delight,

exceeding)
1.

.10

xix. 6, part.

8.

iv. 13,

G"L

t4.)

Kom.

Luke

see "j^JOT," [verb] JVo. 1.

iv. y.

viii. 8.

XV. 3.
XX. 24 '(am.

vii. 4.

JOYFULLY.

4.

i.

G-.)
times.

-^

super-abound,

iii. 9.

29.

xvi. 20, 21, 22, 24.

xvii. 3.
Acts ii. 28.

Tr

2.

19, 20.

1.

(be exceeding)

delight, or joy.

2.

1.

iii. 9.

with,
^
xa/jtt?. joy
<.

6.

i.

XV. 7, 10.
xxiv. 41, 52.

XV. 11

2.

ii.

X. 17.

John

Thes.

Phil. ii. 17, 18.

Col. ii. 5.

Avith the,

3.

ii.

vii. 13.

iv. 1.

1.
1.

2 Cor.

viii. 2.

1.

Leap.

1.

^greatly,

(^,

Gal. V. 22.
Phil. i. 4,25.

1.

vi. 23, see

viii. 13.

2 Cor.

1.

14.

i.

1.

vii. 13.

virpTTCj)Laaevo[xaL, to

exultation, great joy,

song and dance.

xiii. 0, 44.

ii.

V. 11.

JOYFUL
(from

mirth, merriment, esp.,

of a lang^uet, {occ. Acts xiv. 17.)

Matt.

1.

^iioun.]

"jot,"

esp., ivith

3.

to speak loud, to be loudhence, to boast one's

self of, or exult.

xi. 2R.

delight, joy, gladness,

see

2.

a journeying. Avayfaring, {occ.

John

1.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

to be delighted, like Gennan,

gem, to desire, old high Germ.,
ger,
i.e.
eager, to rejoice, be
pleased with.

tongued

.TOUENEYING.

',

JOT

1.

ou the way

with, prefixed) to be

JUD

24.

1.

xii. 11.

(-S.)

[noun.]

decides, a judge,
he
umpire.
The presiding judge
one who decides according to

),

JOY

(with exceeding)

to rejoice exceedingly,
and dance.
1

Peter

JOY

iv. 13,

2.

part.

(HAVE)

in N.T. onhj mid., to have profit or advantage, to enjoy help, to

have the delight or advantage of
heinr/ or doing so and .so.
Philem.

20.

common

equity and

esj).,

xvith souff

1.
1.

1.

2.

sense.

/5, one who

executes
a
judge, or, rather, a juror, (loirer
than, JVo. 1,) one who decides
according to law and justice.

Matt.

V.

2:>"

2.

xii. 27.

Luko

xi. 19.

xii.

Tr A

U(No.

1,

LT

vii. 27,

X. 42.
xiii.

1.

W.)

1.

1.

58''"

1.

1.

xviii. 2, 6.

1.

1.

Acts

1.

1.

JttH. V.

20

xviii. 15.

2 Tim.
Job. ii.

iv. 8.

4.

iv. 11.
'J.

3.;.

(.)

JUD
JUDaE

(-KD, -EST,

-i-"

JUDGMENT

[verb.]

-,

1.

-TNO.)

to divide, to separate (akin fo

Laf., eerere, to sift), to make a
distinction, come to a decision, to

1.

judge, to pronounce final judgNot merely sentence of

ment.
condemnation, but also a decision
in any one's favour.

2.

(No.

I,

loith

intens.,

the result or issue of the

the decision arrived
verb
at, the sentence pronounced, un-

,,
ment

i.

Sui,

1.

unto, with a view to,

the act of scrutinising.

19,

(^

/9,

tribunal, the instrument

or place of judgment liere, diminutive and Geiiifire,= oi [very
small] judgment-seats.*'

the product or result of

".TUSTiFY,") the action
(a right and
by which a
just thing,) is set f ortli or brought
about, hence, act of justice, legal

Matt. vh. l,2twi

c.

Cor

xix. 28.

Luke

V. 3,

37'*'

VI.

iv. 5.

Acts

xxiii. 3.

xxiv. 6

2 Tim.

Heb.

(.)

Koiii.

ii.

6.
1 3 times, 3^ 12,

1. 27.

xiv.

:i,

ii.

Kev.

13i.
inarg.
15,

4, 10,

2.

iv. 3i"icp,

t.

1.

./ f

listim

iv.

l,marg.(text,

Cor. ii.
lisccm.

12.

ii.

Pet.

6, 7.

ili.ijjiil'itioii.)
.

xiii. 4.

Jas.
1

iii. 4,

iv. 1.

X. 30.
xi. 11.

XXV. 9, 10, 20.

',

Matt.

vii. 2.

vi. 10.

X. 15.

xii.

XXV. 15,
trlC

21,

Mark

vi. 11, (n}>.)

Liiko

X. 14.

to give the prize against

18, text, beguile

.Vll-^

manr. (text,

hearing.)

Rom.

v. 22, 27, :.
vii. 24.

i.

28, see

'roii

33.
ii.

viii. 16.

xvi. 8, 11.
xviii.

28

28

xU.

2, 3.
5, see

(rifrbt-

eous)

^xii. 31.

1,

iii.

(eee

19,

jivt to)

(hall of)

of one's rcxcari.

xi. 31, .32, 42.

John

[margin.]

(',

rtl)<7illi!(,

Tr^.)

18,20,36,41,42.

xxiii. 23.

XX. 12, 13.

viii. .^3.

xxJii. :55,eeeJhall.

xi. 22, 24.

xi. 18.

xvi. 5.
xviii. 8.
xix. 2, 11.

Acts

V. 21, 22.

iv. 5, 6.

any one.
ii.

12.

17.
23.

i.

D a MENT A GAINST
Col.

iv. 3.)

period of the Lord's judgment.

Compare Eev. i. 10, vherc the
V0rds occur describing th<i future
scene into whicti Jolin was transsorted by the Spirit, and which
le records in the book of " The
Revelation of Jesus Christ."!

V. 14, part.
Col. ii. 16.
18, see
inst.

XX vi.

part.

2 Cor.

xvi. 15.
xvii. 31.

[Here, (1 Cor.

day.

"man's day," the day or time of

man's judgment, :n opposition
to " the Lord's day," the day or

xiv. 24.

xiii. 46.

occ.)

29.

the external
of discerning,

hij

power

a knowing through, i.e.

exact knowledge, in N.T. in a judicial sense, obtained by examination or trial.

312n.l.

iv. 19.

- vii. 7.
.

A -nJ

0.

32,

of

opinion, judg-

also,

'?,

311"

-xii.47i,48''"-

].%, perception
(non

Sf!.

X. 15, 29.
xi. 13.

iipJi/ing the sense

senses; hence,

defer-

5.

24"'':^ 51.
15 '"i", IG,

xvi. 11.
xviii. 31.

1'

mind,

ment.
7.

3.

-viii.
26. 50.

vi.

xii. 22.
xxii. 30.
John V. 22. 30.

-,

accord, assent

12iwico, 13.

vii. 43.

vii.

G.

in inc.

xii. 57.

a judicial

justice,

right,

process.

8.

marg.

^,

right, as established custom or

usage;

''^

T/ien, fo do so
to lead out.
before the mind, i.e. to view, to
regard as being so and so, to esteem
or reckon.

(.'^ee

statute.

o.

the tribunal, the instruor place of judgment.

KpiTi'ipiov,

tinguish.

fa voiirahle to those concerned.

through,
jyrefixed) to separate throughout,
wholly, completely, to disi.e.
1, tvifJi

separating, sundering judgment, esp., of judicial procedure;

the act or time of pronouncing

fc-ptVts,

investigate.

(NO.

(-S.)

sentence.

2.

prefixed) to separate or divide up,

3.

JUD

T. 16.

-'<i,)

see

9,

hall.

>"

xi. 33.
.

I Cor.

i.

10.

see

(*ub-


JUD
9. 1
3.

Cor.

iv. 3,

marg. day.

428

Heb.

vi. 4.

29 '', marg.

xi.

1.

2. 1

Tim.

iii. 7.

John iv. 17.

Jnde , 15.
1

marg.

Eev. xiv.

(text, condemnation.)
1.

2 Tim.
no)
Tit.

Jtvi. 7.

iii.

see

S,

see J (void

IG,

,
i.

xvii. 1.
xviii. 10.
xix. 2.

(of
or")

see helow, "

John

xviii. 28.

iiiiapprovod,

they have rendered unto the

" brethren " of Christ, " Avhen the

Tim.

(kighteous)

Rom.

ii. 5.

(subject

rection."]

) [margin.]

judicial process,

the instrument or place

of judgment, the tribunal where

under

sentence, (non occ.)

Rom.

iii.

sentence

19 twice^ text, guilty.

JUDGMENT

1.

Matt, xxvii.

1.

John

1.

Acts

JUPITER

7^9,

ii.

Acts XXV.

6, 10, 17.
xiv. 10.

1.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor. V. 10.

6.

(WHICn FELL DOWN FROM)

from Jove, heaven

fallen

descended, (non

pnctorium, i.e. the

general's tent in a camp.
Then,
the house or palace of the
governor of a province. A prae-

Acts

xix.

occ.)
."55.

Lat.,

JURISDICTION.

$, authority.
Luke

torian residence.
xviii. 28, 33.

Acts

1.

2 Jas.

(void of) [margin.]

see " J. (op jS'o)"

pronounced

is

19.
xix. 13.
xviii. 12. 16, 17.

JUDGMENT HALL.

John

come in His
Church or bride
sitting with Him,
shall

iii.
Before the
20, 21.).
Third, stand " the dead " raised
in the second Resurrection, after
the thousand years, "the resurrection of damnation."
These
are " judged," and " cast into the
lake of fire."
See under " resur-

just judgment, (non occ.)

under

(the

coming and

8, text, Teinohalc.

iii.

JUDGMEXT

/05,

Man

Rev.

JUDGMENT

vttOuikos,

Son of
glory,"

[margin.]

unworthy spu-

that will not stand prooi.

,
2

of)

HALL."

J.

JUDGMEXT (of no)

riou.s,

We

as raised in iiicorruptiou and made

like the Judge " as He is."
Be"
fore Uve^Second, " all the nations
"shall be gathered," and separated
and judged according to Avhat

Eev.

2.

JUDG:\IEXT (hall

/9,

7.

XV. 4.

V. 24.

4, 9.

6,

iii.

or Tribunal of Christ,
" the
throne of His[' the King's '] glory,"
(Matt. XXV.) and also from the
great white Throne of the Father
(Rev. XX.). Before the First,
"we," (2 Cor. v. 10) i.e. the
Apostle, and all Christians, "appear " i.e. be made manifest
to " receive."
appear there

I'et. ii. 3.

condemnation.
Gal. V. 10.
7. Phil. i. 9, marg. sense.
1. 2 Thes. i. 5.
2.

JUS

must he distinguished from

Jas. ii. IG'"'"

1 Pet. iv. 17.

(text, damnation.)
34, marg. (text,

2.

[The

vi. 2.
ix. 27.
X. 27.

yii. 25, 40.

6.

John

zxiii. 7.

xix. 9.

.lUST.

TTJii. 35.

JUDGMENT-SEAT.

a step, a raised place.

TJten, a
tribune to speak from in a public
assembly.
In the Roman Lawcourts there were two, for plaintiff
and defendant. Then, the elevated
seat of a judge, {occ. Acts vii. 5.)

1.

8<;,

claims wliich
A right
are right and becoming.
state, (of which God mid His word
is the standard) so that no fault
or defect can be charged. (Used
of God it refers to His doings as
answering to the rule which He
has established for Himself.)
fulfilling all

JUS

-129

Hence, of man it in just, couformity to God's revealed will.

Also the act of God establishing

man

',

2.

law, therefore

as righteoxis.

occ.)

fair, just. JVb. 1, characterises

2.

Matt.

i.

it,

{lion occ.)

19.

V. 45.
xiii. 49.
xxvii. 19.

.)
J4

Mark

ri.

I.iike

i.

(oiii.

G-Lb

1.

Acts xxiv.

1.

Eom.

ii.

2.

iii.

2.

Gal. iii. 11.

Phil. iv. 8.
Col. iv. 1.

1.

1.

Tit.

XV. 7.
XX. 20.
xxiii. 50.
Jolm V. 30.

2.

Heb.

Acts

1. 1

1.

1.

8.

ii. 2.

xii. 23.

1.

14.
vii. 52.
X. 22.
xxii. 14.

i.

Jas. V. 6.
Pet. iii. 18.
2 Pet. ii. 7.

John

1.

1.

Eev. XV.

Matt.

Luke

3.

Acts

the product or result of

KEEP
1.

3.

,
,

(iVo. 1, irifh

163t imcj, 17,

iii. 8,

11, 24.

V. 4.

Tim.

iii

16.

Tit.
'

Jas.

iii. 7.

21, 24, 25.

ii.

JUSTLY.
with

rightly,

justly,

xxiii. 41.

strict

Thes.

ii.

10.

Mid., to keep one's self from or

to anything, to be on one's
guard, watch one's self.
(^No. 4, xoith

2V'rfixed,) to

together

have one's eye

upon in conjunction or Avith ani/
one, to
watch, keep together
with ny one.
to

ii.

as

watch, be sleepless,

,
over,

\\\th, prrjixed.) to

4.

iv. 4.

vi. 11.

tain.

Cor.

(a)

through,
prtjixed,) to have one's eye upon
throughout, to watch carefully,
keep with care, {non occ.)
with

Gal.

esp., to keep watch and ward iy

night; to Avatch, guard, defend.
Then, metaph., to preserve, main-

-INO, KEPT.)

watch over, take care of,

keep an eye upon, observe atten-

1,

marg. (text,

30 "* "ce, 33.

viii.

13.

Luke

to

), (.

ii.

vi. 7,

free.)

justice.

tively.

2.

Eom.

li. 19.

the action which estabi.e.

a sentence in

-,

particij)le.

26, part.

vii. 29, 35.

V. 1, 9.

riiiht,

(-EST,

V. 16.

JUSTIFY.

4, 20, 24, 28, 30.

iv. 2, 5.

lishe.-<

Sere,
iii.

iii.

If is also
right and just.
used for the deed by Avhich one is
the act
set forth as righteous,
of justitication accomplished in
the sinner.

5,

Eom.

xiii. :j9''icc.

Eoju.

making

2.

Eom.

JTJSTIFIEE.
see below.

X. 29.
xvi. 15.
xviii. 14.

JUSTIFICATION.

1.

1.

xii. 37.

9.

i.

iv. 25.

to set forth as righteous, to

justify by a judicial act.
By a
judicial decision to free a man
from his guilt (which stands in
the way of his being right) and
to represent him as righteous.

X. 38.

1.

iii.

8.

vii. 2.

1.

1.

17.
25.
- xiv. 14.

15.

17.
13.

26.

1.

1.

ii.

i.

1.

Eom.

,
,

(right)
the person so far as the
is internal or inherent, while JVb. 2,
so far as he occupies the due rela-

tion to

also justification.

The establishment of a man as

just, by acquittal from guilt, (non

through,

guard through, watch

protect

thoroughly,

{non

occ.)

G.

to guard, keep with a military guard, to keep or guard with

power, rather than with the eye, as

Sos. 1

&

4.

7.

act

to make, as icith any external

to do, expressing an action as

continucit, J/mce, to

8.
9.

,
,

perform,

fulfil.

aud

to have

(No.

8,

(No.

prc-fixed,) to

4. 1
4.

12.

13.

hold.

tvith

aud hold

8, icitk

fast,

6.

1.

beside,

hold near or towards

1.

,
ful

15.

tually

Matt. Vm.

1.

.33.

ocoiu,

--

(,
L

xvi. 4.

1.

23.
xviii. 21

2.
5.

4.

xxi. 24.
25, see
xxii. 2.
20.
xxiii. 35.

1.

xxiv. 23.

4.

ix. 10.
u. 4. Luke ii. 8.

4.

19.
51.

29.

4.

4.

see Close.

ix. 36,
4.

xi. 21, 28.

4a.

xviii. 21.
xix. 20.
43, see

John
-

ii.

15.
4.

from.

10.

ix. 16.

xxviii. 16.
ii. 25.
26.
xvi. 25, see
cret.

Cor.

xiv. 15,21,2.1, 24.

'',"!":.;

xvii. 6, 11, 121'

12 "'!.
15.

xviii.

16,

2,

17,

Z,

see

see

back.

v. 8,

11,

xiv.

XV.

6.

son.
Gal.

28,

see

1.

Tim.

Bev.

i. 3.

24, see Falling.

26.

1.

ii.

1.

iii.

\.

xii. 17.

1.
1.

xiv. 12.
xvi. 15.

1.

xxii. 7, 9.

8,

lO'wi".

In N.T.
put apart.
put apart for one's self,

to

(occ. Tit.

10.)

ii.

to send or draw under

to keep
to shrink or draw back
back, suppress, from timidity, or
clandestinely.
Acts

v. 2, 3.

v. 22.

Acts XX.

20.

to cut

weaken, and hence

off,

xxvii. 43.

KEEP

IN.

to hold or press together

shut

Luke

xix. 43.

KEEP IN
(see above.
2,

]\IEM0RT.
No.

9.)

marg. hold

fast.

OiiE'S SELF.

(see above,
Acts

No.

4.)

xxi. 25.

KEEP UNDER.

to strike under tlio eyes, hit

beat tlic face black and blue,

(jfij??(7.,give

a bhick eye),

(occ.

Luke

xviii. ).)

iv. 3.

vi. 14.

-'.

KEEP EEOM.

and

in

vi. 13.

4.

I.

1.

3, 18.

KEEP BACK.

see Garri-

KphcB.

xii. 4.

,
,

23.

Phil. iv. 7.
2 Tliee. iii. 3.

pany.

see Store

3, 4, 5.

ii.

1 Cor. ix. 27
iii.

1.

Com-

7,

v. 21.

,
,

xi. 9'i';'-

6.

see

34,

see

2,

32,

4.

6, 21.

yen., to hinder, prevent, restrain.

memory.

see Fraud.

5.

iii.

John

Silence.

ix. .33.

28,

cciu-i-

xi. 2.

vii. 5.3.

x.

Se-

see Feast.
see Com-

see

ix. 27,
dni/s.

2 Cor.

i.

KEEP

vii. 37.

1.

V. 4,

Pet.
2 Pet.
1

1 Cor. XV.

Rom.

9.

Door.
Acts V.

[self.

4, 21.
xxvii. 43, see

1.

xii. 7.

XV.

one's

pany.

vii. 19.
viii. 51, 52, 55.

(.)

from.

viii. 15.

9.

Jude

up, esp., of a city besieged.

XXV.

1.

iv. 10.

Si-

xix. 38, see

(be)
20, see

M.

--)

see

XX.
back.

((),

vii.

7.

marg.

20,
(text, observe.)

12,

24 (a-p.)
29, part.

4.

1.

1.

27.
10.

Acts

5,

C^*-)

xxvi. 18.
M.ii-k iv. 22, see Secret.
vi.

XV.
lence.

1.

2.

20.

habi-

xii. 5, 6.

Tr A

xix. 17.

aland,

Acts

ii.

1.

power-

to do re])eatedly,
hence, to practice.

xiii. 35, see Secret.

xiv. 6
io

3.

upon.

to hold fast, not to let go.

A.)

prostrate

lie

^7,tobe strong, mighty^

14.

12.

2.

to

i.

22, 24.

iii.

2(No. 7,G:vL

v.

TTr

embezzle,

to pasture, to tend while

grazing.

down,
cTTi, upon,

Jas.

John

1.

see Sab-

iv. 9,

mid., to

1. 1

12, 14.

i.

xi. 28.

4.

to lead, conduct, bring.

Of
time, to pass, to spend, then, occur
of a feast, to hold, celebrate.

(^

Heb.

1.

dowu,

vi. 20.

iv. 7.

bath.
1.

,
;

Tim.

2 Tim.

1.

anything, to offer.

11.

7.

prr/ixed,) to have
to hold firmly.

10.

430

1.

{,

to

hmt vndcr,

suppress,

<^)

KEEPER.

(noun, from "keep," No. 4,)

a watcher, keeper, guard, (non occ.)

2.

(,

{see "

KEEP," NO.

431

(Jiere,

1,)

4.

Matt.

1.

Matt, xxriii.
Acts V. 23.

xv-i.

xii. 6, 19.

1.

ii.

KEEPING

<;,
Acts
1

Cor.

^,

[noun.]

Mark

vii. 19.

{occ.

Pet.

iv. 19,

see

X. 13.
xii. 2.

xvi. 27.
xxi. 31.
xxiii. 12.
15, 21, 27.

ix. 31 1",
(part.)
X. 19 {om.

31

xxv. 3.
xxvi. 21.

-''I

Kom.

-)

xiii. 9.

'><:,

2 Cor.

7, 8.

marg.

sac-

Liike

Jas.

xi. 47, 48.

iv. 2.

xiii. 31, 34.

v. 6.

Eev.

XV. 23, 27, 30.

xviii. 20.

Matt.

Rev.

xvi. 19.

ix. 1.

XX.

18.

i.

KICK

^.

[verb.]

moil among Greek authors, to kick

against the pricks,) {non occ.)

ix.

(aj).)

Acts xxvi.

xxii. 2.
v. 18.

ix. 5, 18, 20.

vii. 1, 19, 20, 25.

xiii.

xi. 5, 7.

KIN.
born with, hence, of the same

stock, kindred.

Mark

(/,

vi.

KIND
young

yeVos,

1.

goat, (occ. Matt. xxv.

Tr.)

kini'joV:,

2.

XV. 29.

[noun.]

descent

race,

genus, (5 opp. to

32.)

Luke

lOtwi", 15.

14.

KID.
a

23.

8, 11.

John

1.

to kick with the heel or foot.

(T/ie icord used in the proverb com-^

Acts

ii.

vi. 4.

XX. 14, 15.

iii. 7.

I/uke xi. 52.

Kev.

15.

ii.

lltwio.

ii.

xii. 4, 5.

a key for locking and unlocking,

(non occ.)

iii. 6.

vi. 9.

Thes.

i-iiu-e.

(-S.)

viii. 36.

xi. 3.

34.
xii.

'"'<:

28

ix. 23, 24.

viii. 31.

Commit.

15.

iii.

vii.

iii. 4.

xiv. 12

KEY

Acts

vi. 19.

kcepiug,

viii. 22, 37. 40.

X. 10.

xvi. 2.

xxiv. 9.
xxvi. 4.

is.)

iv. 3, V.

John

i'<;c.

28"'

xvi. 21.
xvii. 23.
iii. 35, 38.
xxii. 4.
xxiii. 31.
34, 37.

Acts
27, 36, see
Prison.
Titus 5, see Home.

4.

V. 21

X.

participle.)
2.

KIN

])hysis,

class,

sort,

etSos, species.)

nature

then, iinatnro

as generated or produced, a kind.

KILL
1.

(stronger J'orm of
slay), to kill outright.
Ofjudges, to condemn to death
of the executioner, to ])ut to death
i.e. to put an end to life.

UTTOKTcu'd),

to

2.

3.

(-ED, -EST, -ETir, -ING.)

kill,

up, take up and

then, to make away

to take

carry

oft"

with

of men, to

',

to murder, (occ. Matt. xix.

^),

to cause

to

?,
, ),

put to

die,

death.

G.
7.

Matt.

xiii. 47.

to lay liauds upon.

(or
to slay by violence, slaughter, butcher used of
slaying bg cutting the throat.
;

1.

xvii. 21 (aj).)
ix. 29.

1. 1

Cor.

Jas.

marg.

7,

(text,

i.

KIND

18, see

i.

of (a;

luiUire.

(a)

one, some, a certain

a kind of, a sort of.

marg.

xiv."lu.

Jas.
iii.

KIND OF
Ti5,

xii. 28,

1.

xii. 10.
2.

Cor.

dit'crsitt/.)

Mark

Ja3.

IS, xxiii. 35.)

5.

1.

kill.

to aacrifice, to kill and offer in

sacrifice, or to kill animals for a

feast.

'4.

1.

1.

with a nouity

18.

[adj.]

j;ood, gentle, benevolent, be-

nign; actively beneticent in spito

of ingratitude.

,
Luke

vi. ;>.

Eph.

ICIND

(he)

iv. 32.

to show OUe's self

(see abore,) to be gentle, benign,

(non ore.)
1

Cor.

xiii. 4.

;;

KIN

KINDLE

432

1.

2.

{NO.

-fixeih)

1,

,
,

(-ETH.)

to put one thing to another

heyice, spoken of fire as applied to
things, to put fire to.
%vitli

up, pre-

to light up, fire up, kindle,

Ijuke

xii. 49.
xxii. 55, part,

Tr
2.

Acts

2.

Jas.

t*.)

{,

xxviii. 2. (No. 1,
iii.

toligM afire aUround,

L Tr A

b^.)

5.

Luke

benevolence, benignity
that sweetness of disposition,
active beneficence in spite o ingratitude.
love of man,

S.

Tr A

4.)

1.

2 Cor.

xxviii. 2.

1.

Eph.
Col.

ii. 7.

Tim.

1.

nhon I'ietij.)
Tit. iii. 4.

2 Pet.

12.

V. 4,

marg.

3.

vi. 6.

iii.

'-"d

{om.

.John xix. IM, 2X t">"

.Acts iv. 2tJ.
vii. 10, 18.

i^.)

ix. 15.

3,9.

i.

7,

(^,

xi.

[K.

see Brotherly

KINDEED.

a union of individuals into a

community or state, hence, a union
Tormed among citizens, a class or
tribe, (elsewhere translated tribe.)

20 1st.
20 ind, see K.'s

couutry.

V. ;J5.
X. 18.

(text,

1.

'St.

i.

xii. 1,

to be pious towards any.

Acts

1.

Ivlatf.

jihilan-

one.

are

thoi^e

ii. 1.

..,
2.

of

kincs.

ti

iii.

to be kiug, to rule, to
here, pa7'f.
have kingship

2.

tliro])}, (occ. Tit.

14)

ii.

,,

KINDNESS.

xxxvii. 8,

died as K.,
Matt, xxvii. 37, etc. Noio the
King is hidden but
soon be
revealed to fulfil the O.T. prophecies, and Luke i. 32, 33.]

KINDLY.

2.

Gen.

xix. 14, {cf.

and Exod.

See, AFFECTIOXEU.

1.

KING.

King, he who rules over

the people, and is in possession
of a dominion.
Used in the JS'.T.
* AVhen
of kings of the earth.
used of God or Christ.
[As Messiah, Jesus is designated
He Avas prophesied of
as K. in the O.T. promised a,^ K.
in the X.T., Imke i. 32, 33 came
as K., Matt. ii. 2 rejected as K.,

{jion occ.)
2.
1.

KIN

-^j
royal,
xiv. 9.
xvii. 25.
xviii. 23.
xxi. 5.
xxii. 2, 7. 11, 13.
XXV. 31, 40.
xxvii. 11, 29, 37,

xvii. 7.

XXV. 13, 14, 24, 26,

xxvi.2, 7, 13, 19,
26, 27, 30.

2 Cor. xi. 32.

1

Tim.

Heb.
.

15

23 27.

ji

XV.

Pet.

Rev.

12,18,2,

2, 9,

ii.

i.

5.

32.

2.

-'/.,

Luke

sameness of stock, de-

4.

genus, race, descent, family,

kindred.

paternal descent, lineage

family, (occ. Luke ii. 4 Eph. iii,

and

xviii. 33, 37 '',

15.)

,
'

xix.

.3.
.

5.

9, belonging to the

house, do-

U,
1,'.

Tr

H.)

vi.

Tr

i.;.

ix. 11.
X. 11.
xvi. 12, 14.

39.
.

AS.)

xii. 15, 15.

v. 10

.Tohn

instead of

Invodnm, G<v.L

xxiii. 2, 3, 37, 38.

i. 40.
VI. 15.

13, 17.

Kin'^S

X. 24.
xiv. 31 w'.
xix. 38.
xxi. 12.
xxii. 25.

',

see K.'a

court.

scent or family relationship, kins-

(,
,
(,

liingd'>in,

5.

vii. ;J5,

folk.
3.

i.

-.'nd.

vii. 1 <
2 3 ''>"

'

xiii. 9.

17.

i.

vi. 15 1st.

42.

Markvi. 14,22,25,26,

21,22.

xiii.

XV. 3.
xvii.2,10, 12"<:.
14 li.
U-'>"1,18.
xviii. 3, 9.
xix. lb 1"

16 2", 18, 19.

xxi. 24.

15it
-.in.l.

mestic.
2.

4.

Lnkei.Gl.
Acta iii. 25.

5.

Tim. y.S,marf. (text,

nf one' ou:n house.)
Ziev. i. 7.
1

:'..

iv. G.

1.

2.

vii. 3.

1.

V.

1.

vii. 9.

1.

xi. 9.

1.

siii. 7.

'i.

!.'{.

2.

14.

3.

19.
1.

Hcv.

xlv. 6.

;,KING'S COUNTRY.

beloDging to a kiug, the

king's.
Acta

xii. 20.

EIN

433

KIN

KING'S COUET.

and into which all who are united

tollimbyfaitharenowtranslated.

royal, belonging to or des-

It involves the thought of position,

as (e) does of display.

tined nnd suitable for the king,

(occ. 1 Pet",

Luke

9.)

ii.

vii. 25,

with

KINGDOM

(e)

art.

(-S.)

the royal dominion, including

the power and form of government, Avith the territory and the

kingdom,
[The following important expressions arc to be carefully distinguished

the hincjdom of
God, the sphere of God's rule, as
being then present among the
Je\vs in the person of Christ
(Luke xi. 20,
21, marg.).
Then, the sphere of Christ's workings now the sphere of the Holy
Ghost's workings (Eom. xiv. 17,

(a)

',

/?' /

(b)

dom of

was

at

hand

Jcilig-

it is

Then,
in abey-

the

" the kingdom of the Son of Man"

is for the earthly (Dan. vii. 13,
14 Matt. XXV. 31-lG Luke xxi.
;

30), and the two together form

the heavenly and earthly aspect
of the " world kingdom of our
Lord and of His Christ," liev. xi.
15.
The one the sphere of the
leather's glory, the other of the

,.(.
Tj

the

JJis love.

of

DD

vlov

<;

-. 1,3,4,23.

Acts

14.

1.

34.

vi. 9, 10.

xxvi. 29.
i.
14 (oin.
of the Kintj-

XV. 24, 50.

Gal. V. 21.

Mark

'?,

Eph.

ciom.GnLt'TTrAH.)

V. 5.

Col.

15.

13.

i.

iv. 11.

24

twice.

Thes.

iv. 11, 26, 30.

2 The.s.

vi. 23.

2 Tiin.

ix. 1, 47.

Heb.

x. 14,

15,23,24,25.

i.

5.

i. 8.

xii. 28.

Jos. ii. 5.
2 Pet. i. 11.

xii. 51.
xiii.

12.

ii.

iv. 1, 18.

xi. 5?.

xi. 10.

8'"'"

Eev.

xiv. 25.
XV. 43.
Luke i. 33.

i.

9.

xi. 15.

xii. 10.

xvi. 10.
xvii. 12, 17.

iv. 5.

43.

KINSFOLK

(-S.)

'/9, born with, hence, kin, kindred,

related
lative.

is

xiv. 22.
xix. 8.
XX. 25.
xxviii. 23, 31.
Rom. xiv. 17.
1 Cor. iv. 20.

xxii. 2.
xxiii. 13.

iii.

36 3 times.

viii. 12.

xxi. 31, 43.

XXV.

3, 5.

6.

1.

21.

The region

which Christ

iii.

xviii.
i. 3.

24(b,LTTrA.)
XX.

kingdom of the Son of

of bles.sing
the centre.

'

xix. 12, 14, 23.

Son's rule.
Will both cease or
change Avhen lie "delivers up
the kingdom to God, even the
(1 Cor. xv. 21.)

31.
xiii. 16, 18.
29, 30.
xxiii. 42.
51.

John

28.

xxiv. 7*'=^

of the Father.
for the heavenly people, while

(d)

12, 15.

xxi. 10 '"'

41, 45, 47, 52.

xvi. 19.

kingdom
This seems to be

Father"?

xiv. 15.
xvi. 16.
xvii. 20w', 21.
xviii. 16, 17, 24,
25, 29.
xix. 11.

24, 31, 33.

38, 41.
43.

xix. 12-15.)

(c)

32.
xiii. 18, 20, 28, 29.

19.

the

in heaven."

is

ance (Luke

20.

xiii. 11.

development of God's purpose.

to bo introduced by
The time Avhen
the Messiah.
God's will shall be " done on
it

xi. 2, 17, 18.

xii. 31.

12.
is. 35.
X. 7.
xi. 11, 12.
xii. 25, 26.

The kingdom

it

ix. 2, 11, 27, 80, 62.

X. 9. 11.

viii. 11.

the heavens, as being the

earth as

28.

20.)

vi. 20.

vii. 28.
viii. 1, 10.

vii. 21.

iv.

Luke

iii. 2.

V. 3, 10, 19 "rice, 20.

vi. 10.
13 (op.)
33.

1 Cor.

'/?

awri/pos
the eternal kingdom of our Lord
and Saviour Jesus Christ, as distinguished from His earthly millenial kingdom,
(d) is now present, (e) is still before us, into
which they that are Christ's shall
have an " abundant entrance.""!
Matt.

7/

Luke

ii.

44,

pL

a^ subst., a kinsman, re-

Luke

xxi. IC. yi.

KIN

434

KNO

KNEEL

KINSMAN, KINSMEN.

7,

see above.

see ahove.

Mark

John

xriii. 26.
Acts X. 24.
Eom. is. 3.

Mark

iii. 21, marg. (text,

one's friends.)
Luke xiv. 12
Eom. xvi. 7, 11, 21.

(.)

^,

[noun.]

a love-token, esp., as given in

hence,

salutation,

kiss,

(nan

ace.)
Cor. xvi. 20.
2 Cor. xiii. 12.
1 Thes. V. 26.

Luke

vii. 45.
xxii. 48.
xvi. IG.

Rom.

Peter

v. 14.

,
of

love),

down,
(NO. 1, tcith
prefixed) to love tenderly, Jience,
to kiss warmly, {stronger than
No. 1) {non occ.)

2.

1.

Matt.

2.
1.

Acts

Mark

2.

=:

Tr Ab

xx\-i. 48.

2.

49.

2.

xiv. 44.
45.

2.

Luke

KNOCK

29,

Matt.

1.

KNEE

Phil.
12

14.

10*.

Matt, xxvii.

one's knees.
29.

KNEEL.
to place,

2.

"^

the,

r i.e.

{^yuvara, knces,

down.

)
Acts

see

down

to kneel

vii. 60.

ix. 40.

to.

XX. 36.

to.

xxi. 5.

KNEEL DOWN
to fall

Matt.

xvii. 14.
i.

40, (um.

Acts
Eev.

xiii. 25.

xii. 13,
iii.

part, 16.

20.

{perf of obsolete root

;

Germ., Aviss-en
The verb

Tr^ Ab.)

like

Eng.,
is used

to perceive, observe, obtain

a knowledge of or insight into.

It denotes a ])ersonal and true
relation between the person knowing and the object known, i.e. to
be iniluencod by one's knowledge
of the object, to suffer one's self
to be determined thereby hence
the force of oi^cTrore tyvoiv
(Matt. vii. 2..) " I liavc never had a
true and personal connection with
you," {of. verses 21, 22.)
:

TO.

upon one's knees.

Mark

-ING.)

(bow the)

upon

yowTTtriw, to fall

iii.

ii.

-,

svit or wot.
as present, cTSov serves as aorist,
as perfect^ lit., I have
and
perceived, or seen, hence, to have
knowledge of, to know. No. 2
implies an active relation, andselfreference of the Jcnoiver to the object
of JcnowlriJgr, lohile No. 1 implies
that the subject has simply come
tcithin the knoioer's sphere of perception or circle of vision : hence
the force of the
oTSa
(Matt. XXV. 12,) "you stand in no
relation to me." In profane Greek,
it denotes mediate knowledge, e.g.
from hearsay.

xi. 4.
xiv. 11*.

xii.

6l8a,

Lat., video

Eom.

see

Heb.

',

i.e.

KNOW (-EST,-ETIT,-TNG; KKEAV,-EST.)

xxii. 47.
37.

Eph.

xvii. 14, ")

Mark i. 40,
>
X. 17, Bee
Luke xxii. 41.

" let dotcn by

2, 19.

Luke

vii. 7, 8.

xi. 9, 10.
xii. 36.

Acts XX.

(bow the)

Matt.

ii.

(-ED,

Luke

vii. 38, 35.

XV. 20.

1.

Mark XV. 19.

Luke V. 8.

lit.,

to knock, to rap, as at a door for

entrance, {non occ.)

* ([uotedfrom Isa. xiv. 23.

Matt, ixvii.

K,)

four cords."

to make come together,

to join or knit together, unite.

KNEE.

KNIT TO&ETHEE.

/, the knee,

3 Ttt,

X. 11 (om.

(-ED.) [verb.]

to love, (used of the passion

to show one's love,
hence, to kiss, {elsewhere, " lote.")

1.

to bind, to bind together or to

anything, to bind around, to fasten.

Col.

KISS

x. 17.

KNIT.

,
KISS

TO.

KNO

435

KNO

7,

John

"(,'. 2, with ctti, upon,

prefixed) to know thereupon, i.e.
by looking on as a spectator, to give

(^.

2, ivith

-,
,

(^

6.

19 3 "me.

55 21111^ 3rd &4th.

^

'

1.

X. 4, 5.

14ticCj 15 ticCj
xi. 22, 24, 42, 49.

3.

-.30.

2.

35,50.
part,
72nd.

3,

Tr

Mark

25.

vi.3.

xiii. 32, 33, 35.

xxvi. 3, part,

i8t.

.72nd (No.

1,

26.
27.

Tr

xxvii. .39.
xxviii. 1.

XV. 10, 45, part.

8,32.

Luke

vii. 11.

16, 20.
23.

i.

73rd| 9j 17tfficc^

4.

28,

Eom.

18, 34.

15, see
17, see

ii.

ix. 6.

Known.

'

Known

151'

i.

152nd, seeKnown

'

21.
32.

2.

30.

Known.
xvii. 2.

aj.

3.

xiii. 11.

4,

XV. 12.

7.

xvii. 12.
XX. 22, 25.
xxii. 16, 29.
xxiv. 32, 33.
36.
39.

8 (om.

432"dXXV. 12,

l^.)

12nd, 7 lit.
7 2nd, 14, 18.
viii. 22, 26, 27, 28.
ix.22,) seeKnown

X. 19.

28

xi. 34.

2.3, j

(etSoc, to see,

G.)

xiv. 14.
xvi. 26, see

17

xxviii. 5.
i. 24, 34.

XIX.

Mark

see Known.
11 (om. G =: L

12,

t*.

lit.,

"has

l)een Kranted.")
13 1't132nd.

2.

A*.)

1.

ix. :J0.

X. 19, 38, 42.

xii. 12.

iii.

iv. 10,

14.

15 (flSov, to SCO,
.)
24, part.

xiii. 28, 2it.

vii.

Known

DD

Known.

13 '
see
(be made)

v. 6.

42.

6,42,61,part,G4.

viii. 1.

2 i (No.
2 3rd*4ih,

ix. 24.

25.
of.

iv. 4, see
by.
19.
V. 6.
vi. 2, 3, 9, 15, 16,
[19.
vii. 16wi.

2,

TrA.)

18.

22''"^
see

32.

vi.

see

V. 7.

2.
10.
11.

32i
42.
53.

10.

16.

24, 25.

iv. 1.
10,

Known

.30.
.'56.

10.
26, 31, 33.
48.

i.

iii.

38, part.
vii. 24.
viii. 17.

Known.

(make)

18.
31.

ii. 9''<:c.

L Tr

Hearts.

22
28, see

:J5.

1,

Known.

14, see

ii.

16.

John

33.
43.
vi. 20.

7.

i.

19, see
24, see

xxiii. 7, part.

U (ap.)
xxiv.

Acts

xxi. 20, 30, 31.

xxii. 34, 57, 60.

27.
V. 30.

33 (No.

172nd.

16.
21.
i.

24.

XX. 21.

10.

1 Cor.

1>'

Known

(make)

xxi. 4, 12, 15, 16,

2,74.

(make)

xiii. 11.

-35.
XX. 2, 9, 13, 14.

xxvi. 2, 70,
xxvii. 18.

Lb

xix. 4.
10.

13.

iii.

Known.

24.
26.

iv.

21.
23, 25 3 times.
xviii. 15, 16, see

43'l!t.

iii.

not.
4, see
18.
17.
19.
V. 3.
vi. 3, see
not.
6.
9, 16.
vii. 1 1", see
not.
ii.

xi. 27 "'ce
xii. 7, 15, part.

ii.

see Known.
see Known

19,

which may be)

(that

X. 26.

16, see
25.

4.

'',

5 (with

.)
7

xiv. 68, 71.

XIV. 10.

from, the first.)

-5 twice.
i.

to the

17, 18.
28, 35.
xiv. 4 1'
4-'"i {om. Ll>

have knowledge.
Matt.

Tr
K.)
xxiv. 10, part.

22, see
uttermost.

11.
12.

to fix one's mind upon,

i.e. to understand, to know how
to do anything, to know well, to

3,

7 1"

(No.

28

xxiii.

2.

xiii. 1,

-, to US,

xxi. 24, 34.

xxii. 14.
19.
24, 29, part.

6.

xii. 9.

to

M.

2.

2.
2.

27,38.

it is,

18.
22, 25, 29.

k:

30^31.

Known.

34, part.
35.

3.

ix. 12, 20, 21 wi,

24, 25 ticCj 29 twlcCj

known

it is

17, see
25.
32.

.
I

xvii. 19, 20.

xviii. 25.

XX.

^
I

-37.
-52,551"

before,

see Hearts.
see Known.

-xix. 15 l.
15*"d.

32.

-57.

known,

49, 51.

viii. 14,

8,

18,

xvi. 3.

s 'imo^ 29.

28

- 28,

prefixed) to perceive or apprehend

beforehand, to know previously,
to foreknow.

Acts XV.

27 l

2.

26

17,

heed, to notice attentively, to know

It implies a more
fully or
special recognition of the thing

known than No.

vii. 15.

3.

;!0.

see

12,

Known.

X. 28.
xii. 11.

14

ix. 13, 24.

xi. 3.
xii. 2.

.37.

jiart.

see
not.
38, see Known.

12 !
12 2nd *3rd.

xiii. 9,

xiii. 27,

xiv. 7, 9.

XV. 7.

XV. 58 port.

11.

KNO
2 Tim.

1 Cor. xvi. 15.

2 Cor.

10, see
14, 15.

4, 9.

3.

iii.

23.

ii.

iii. 1.

i. 7.

ii.

--^^(5

V. 1.6,11, 161"
16 2nd i ;ir.l^ 21.
well.
vi. 9, see

(be fully)

Titus

S'*'^"

out.
2 Tim.

part.

Known

( - -

(make)

19.

V.

inij

20.
iu. 1.
iv. 4.
14.
17.
V. 20.
ii.

see

9,

.5,

ye kiwio

yivuiaKovTei,

Pet.

yc

/luou'ing tiiat,

2 Pet.

vi. 8, 9.

Known

21 1"

iii. 3.

17. 19, 25
19, i)art, 22.
iii. 10.

i.

John

S"*';, 4, 5.

ii.

11.

iv. 5.

13 '"ico, 14, 18.

20, 21 twicCj 29 1'

Known

see

29'-"J

(make)
i.

iii.

6.

Known

see

27,

21.

iv. 1, G.
8.

19,

(make)
Thes. i.

2, 5, 11.

Rev.

iv. 2. 4, 5.

ii.

Tr A

V. 2. 12.

8, 9.

5, 15.
iv. 3.
vi. 4.
i.

12, 15.

IS.
19.

1.

iv. 32.

TO THE UTTEEMOST.

xxiii. 15.)

'

Acts xxiv.

KNOW

GLT

^.)

1.

23, 24.

iii.

ii.

2, 9, 13.

17(No.l,

Jolm

(" KNOW," No. 2, with

through, prefixed) to know throughfully, {ucc.
out, i.e. accurately

see "

12.

WELL,

KNOW," No.

2 Cor.

3.

vi. 9.

KNOWLEDGE.
knowing, or recognition,

tlio

knowledge or understanding of a
thii/t/, UiG insight which manifests

iu. 1.

iii. 7.

Tim.

10 1

19.

8.

ii. 6.

i.

-'"

OF.

KNOW," No.

lO^iid.

3, 4.
5.

Tim.

20

John 1.
John 12.
Judo 5, part,

iii.

i.

vi. 3.

vii. 1.

KNOW
see "

Acts

2
3

4, 5.

ii. 1,

20

Known

see

9,

2 Thea.

14, 15.
19. 20, 24.
iv. 2, '"', 7,8.
V. 2.
[13, 16.
13, 15 'w"', 18,

1.

ii.

4.

KNOW

6.

(make)
iii.

'wi>:"

2,5.

12 twice, 15.

before.

see

17.

ii.

6,

9.

ii.

21-<i,seeKnown
21.
[(make)

G r; L

12, 14.
16, see
20.
[(make)

Known

see

ii.

Eom.

part.

xiii. 27,

Kom.

i.

(make)

Col.

Acts

iii.

V. 9.

19,

commit a fault from

of discernment or knowledge.

also, to

want

.)

G L

TrAW.)

thil.

of

18, part.

i.

NOT.

9 (oTt, i)ccai(se,
instead of ci60Tti on,

tak-

instead of

note,

arc knowiiKj,

o/.

not to kuow, to be unacquainted

with, iheii, to be ignorant of, have
no discernment or understanding

3.

i.

[(make)

3,

iii.

Jas.

Known

see

9,
18.

i.

KNOW

',

xi. 8.
xii. 17.
xiii. 23.

iii. 7.

Eph.

marg.. 6c a diligent follower

10,

iii.

111".

X. 30.

9i't, ijart, a^iui.

13.

by

side

then, to

11.,..

16.

iv. 8,

follow out closely in mind, trace

34.
-

accompany

i.

viii.

xiii. 5.
ii.

to

side, to follow closely

16.
11.
Philem. 21.
Heb. iii. 10.

ix. 2.

Gal.

iii.

viii. 9.

xi. 11, 31.

xii. 2'w'':o

fully.

Known

see

iv. 17,

iv. li.

KNO
KNOW PULLY.

3.
8,
9.

the thorough understanding of the subjects Avith which it

meets and in the conduct determined thereby
differs
(wisdom) inasmuch as
from
itself in

15, 17.

vii. 14.

sii. 12, i)art.

'

xix. 12.

KNOW
4.

/,

2 Put.

(iVo. 1 icifh

1
2.

BY.

to^'cthcr with,

know with

know what

it

17, part.

iii.

KNOW

prefixed) to
to
to

BEFORE.

nnj/ one,

others know, hence,

be witncHH, able to teatify.

Here, Avith
to bo com-

pelled to testify against one'a

1 Cor. iv. 4.

self.

requires existent

Tim.

vi.

objects,

(occ.

10.)

/)9,

{No. 1 with iiTL, upon,

prefixed) elear and exact knowledge more emphatic than No. 1,
because it expresses a more thorough participation on the part
of the knower, with the object of
a knowledge that
knowledge
has a powerful influence on the
;

knower.

KNO

437

intelligence, insight into

onything, understanding, clevernesi, as shown in quickness of
ap])rehension acuteness the intelligent, penetrating consideration which precedes decision and
is i/sii/o/" reflective
action.
(wisdom) of prothought,
ductive thought, (elsewhere transr
lafed " understanding.")
;

<;

KNO

KNOWN.
\JOr

MAKE

KNOWir, see

lelouo.']

LAB

LABOUR

43S

Matt.

[uoun.]

beating;

John

then, as

of the
also, the
breast, Availing, grief
being beat out, weariness hence,
Avearisome effort, toilsome labour.

1.

work, labour, business, employment.

2.

John

;58ist,

iv.

see

Phil.

25, see
panion in)

on (bestowj
:382>"i

1.

1.

1.

Cor.

8.

iii.

xv. 58.

1.

2 Cor. vi. 5.
X. 15.

1.

1 Thes.

i.

1.

ii.

9.

1.

iii.

1.

2 Thes.

1.

Heb.

(com-

iii.

8.

10 (om.

G L

S.)

Gal. iv. 11, see L (beEev.

xiv. 13.
Phil.
22.
Eev. xvi. 6, see L (bestow)
1.

2.

Gal.

1.

Phil.

1.

Col.

for.

Acts XX.

35.
xvi. 12 1, 12 -'"J

Eom.
Cor.

iv. 12.

Thes.

Tim.

see

with.

29.

see

1.
1.

marg., en-

fer

9.

3.

Tim. ii. 6.
Heb. iv. 11.

1.

Eev.

1.

iv. 28.

ii.

V. 12.
iv. 10.
V. 17.

1.

deavour.

Eph.

1,

vently.
2.

XV. 10.
xvi. 16.
2 Cor. V. 9,

i.

iv. 12,

(ap.)
1

16.

ii.

iv. 3,

see

ii.

(.)

2.

to be a Combatant in the
public games. Sence, to strive,
contend as ivith a competitor.

1.

i.

,
,

ii.

xi. 28.

iv. .38.

vi. 27,

LABOUR FERVENTLY.

3.

5.

vi.

Tr

[stow)

xi. 23.

1.

ii.

1.

LAB

LABOUR

(bestow)

(see " LABOL'K," [verb]

iv. 11.

Eev. xvi.

LABOUR ON
(see "

-,LABOUR

1.)

6.

(bestow)

LABOUE," [verb]
John

No.

iVo. 1.)

^,

Col

iv. 12,

marg.,

LABOUR
(see "

strive.

EOR.

LABOUE,"

John

iVo. 2.)

27.

VI.

LABOUR WITH.

to contend along with any

on his side; to render
mutual help in contesting, (occ.

iv. 38.

(coMi'ANioy ly)

one,

i.e.

Phil.

i.

27.)
Phil.

Avorking together in conjuncthen, as

tion Avith, co-operating

iv. 3.

MOii..aco-worker,fello\v-labourer.
Phil.

ii.

LABOURER.

25.

ipya-nj<:,

LABOUR
1.

2.

,
),

fields.

-iNO.) [verb.]
Matt.

to be beat out, i.e. to be

weary, faint then, to weary one's
self (is with labour, to toil.

trade, to

3.

-,

(-ED,

ix. 37, 38.

1, 2, 8.

Luke

XX.

x. 2 twice,
v. 18.

Tim.

Jas. v. 4.

to work, to labour as at a

do

busine.s.s.

to speed, to make haste,

as manifested in dilif/cnce, earnestness, or zeal ; to give diligence, be
in earnest.

4.

a Avorker, labourer, as in the

to be ambitious of doing
anything, to exert one's self from
love of honour, to make it a point
of honour to do a ng thing.

LABOURER

(fellow)

a working together with, cooperating

then, as suhst., a 00-

(Tuvepyos,

Avorker.
Phil. iv.

3.

1.

Philem.

Thee.

111.

2 (op.)

i. 2-1.

LABOURER TOGETHER WITH,

see above.
ICtor.

a.

LAC

LACK

1.

tlun,

from

have occHHion,"
or
1,

LAD

wantiiif^,

1.

2.

hdjiuJIch need,

t/irji,

'i.

LACK
to

TlioH. Iv.

I(!hh,

to

(liniiriJHh

to

lack,

fall

LACK"
1.

(-KI),

vlll.

place

ActN

),

Matt.

be dcHtituto
1.

Matt.

1.

Murk

prm., to bo
of anylhiiKj, i.e. to

fornake

fi^THaken

left,

(ifKAvy)

No.

2.;

pM, part.

xi. 28,

LADING.

hf:nrr,U) \\niii,})(i with-

XetVoj, to leave,

0.

xxvlll. 10.

LADEN

-EHT, -KTif.) [verb.]

out.
2.

III.

or i)ut uj)on, lay

(see above,

(ini/fhivf/

Tlin.

Hlifjrt,

to be b'lHt, behind, poHti;rior;

to conn HhoH,
or fail of

thfii,

>

\.

upon, lade or Hupply with.

(no7i oc(.)
2 Cor.

burden

LADE WITH.
\(t

ninpect

iiitranH., to he, \('MH, in

(jnantiiy,

to heap
Rom. xii,

to bunion, load, lay a

I.iiko xl. -M.

\'l.

(liAVK)

make

up

(on

anyf/iinr/,

iij)on itnyoni.

2.

11. :J,

),

-KN.)

(-KI),

10

to Jieap, heap

20.;

phritHr, " to

tin:

it

/>;,

up with

necei;iiity.

Phil.

LAM

UHago, mnploy-

uh(?,

x/>t"t, o(;('aHi(jii,

ni(!iit

489

[noun.]

that which
want, lack.

hc.ncn,

2.

^;,

/>/>, what in
load, of a nhij), i\m

i.r.

a burden,
car^o,

fn;ii,'lit,

^'^^^ "'^"^

<;Uxxvll.lO(o^o^',(dllJJ.ol>ovJ,ULTrAM.)

of.

ilx. 2).
X. 21.

LADY.

. Luko

xvill. 22.
xxll. ;.

1.

(y?.

Kv/ji'a,

rijll. Iv. 10, (too Oi<i>ortijnlty.

:,

of

loidj lady,

*/?</

a/<a?i lionouriihlf, lUl;

LACKED
1.

of adilrcHH, an
Oriiak yropcr

Enij.
Aho a
namcy Kuria or Cyria, {non

in
(I'ART wificir)

Cor. M.'IX,

jdirt,.

LACKETIi
ii/6c7y5,

in

Cthat)

^,

ara,^

LAKE.
any tandin^ water,

Luko

V. 1, 2.

UoT.

I
I

BT.

vvrifrqiia, Hrc "

i.

0.

(WHICH

LACK,"

17.

Tbw.

ih)

po(d, lake.
xlx. 20.
ju. XO, U, li.

sxl. 8.

little

LAMA.

or

why

4a.

boy,

LAM
1,

(f.Uewlmre,

^/',

Idler

ri. 0.

^,

2. &ftvi,v, (tlim.

or lamb.
Joha

Mark

////;.,

/.

sv. 84.

xl. 0.

ir. 10.

" child.")

laina,

or wherefore

Matt. Mxrii.

2 Cor.

LAD.
a

//. 1.

iratZafUDv,

vlll. 22, 23, a'},

LACKING
Cor. xvl.

proHcnt.
2 Pet.

bee, LAY.

Iv. .'U.

LACKETII OfK THAI

( , he to whom [theiir, thinrjH
(.

occ.)

1.

LAID.

want, needy, dcHtituto.

AcfH

John

(-.)

lamb,

of No.

\)

little

lamb,

John xxi. 1>;

the Apocalyp

[L'Med in

but elucwhure, (in

(tion occ.)

LAM

440

onlr) of Christ, probably in conthe (wild) beast.

The lamb, (9,) as if slain, the
sacrificial scars, telling of the past
sufieriugs, of present worthiness,
and life, etc.. and pointing to the
cause and ground of future ventrast to

LA^IP

a torch.

oil from a little vessel constructedfor the purpose, the ayytiov

of Matt. XXV. 4, {occ. John xnii. 3
Acts XX. 8.)
;

Matt. sxv.

1.

a lamb: iL-ifh i?r/., the lamb,

the well-known hmh, provided by
God, (G-en. xxii. 8.) and typified hy
the Paschal Lamb, {non occ.)

Luke s. 3.
John i. 29,

2.

33.

xxi. 15.
3. Acts viu. 32.
2.

Pet.

3. 1

Eev.

19.

i.

T. 6, 8, 12, 13.
vi. 1, 16.

2.

vii. 9, 10, li,

Eev.

xiii. S, 11.

2.

siv.

2.

rv. 3.
svii. 14 1'".
xis 7, 9.

"

10.

2.

,
^,

earth,

2.

3.

la:me.
lame, crippled in the feet.

Matt.

Luke

xi. 5.

XV. 30, 31.

xxi. 14.

Acts

vii. 22.
xiv. 13.
ui. 2.

4.
5.

LAME MAN.
Acts

iii.

11,

(,
man

he,

vhich

the lame

instead of roO laSemcK

xcas healed,

GL

Tr

[noun.]

(-S.)

land,

in

contrast

space which receives, contains,

',

{dim., inform, of Xo. 2, but

not in sense) place, a field, farm,
possession.

?,

afield, esp.,

a cultivated

LAME

, the

(that which

thina, )

Matt.

ii.

iv.

W.)

| Lnke

6, 20, 21.

15

xxiii. 44,
(text, earth.)

'<:e-

John

ix. 26.

lame,

2.

,
,

M.ark

to

weep

V. 3, 8.
vii. 3, 4"f', 6.

GooLT

11 (om.

i.

TrAK.)
X. 39.
xiii. 17,

29, 36, 40.

iv. 25.

19 "rt**-

xxvii. 39.
43, and see
44.
[(get to)

V. 3, 11.

viiL 27.
xjv. 35.

aloud, wail, mourn.

xxi. 8, 9, 11.
iv. 34.
37.

XV. 33.

13.

(-ED.)

iii.

vi. 47, 53.

X. 29, 30.

Lnke

LAMENT

Acts

5.
iv. 1.

Heb. xiL

1.

is)

marg.

22.
vi. 21.

xiv. 34.
xix. 29.
yxiii. 15.
xxvii. 45.

^^^ ^^^^ member.

field.

dry, icifh art., the dry landa*

opp. to the sea.

s. 15.
si. 24.

xcith

and with heaven.

or surrounds anything, and so,

place, spot where one is, or any
thing takes place ; place, country,
{esp., as opp. to the city.)

sxi. 9, 14, 22, 23, 37.

xxii. 1, 3.

.;

17

4",

i.

iv. 5.
viii. 10.

LAXD
1.

sdi. 11.

2.

2.

C.

2.

Eev.

1, 3, 4,

7,8.

icater

3.

(-S.)

Eastern torches icere

fed with

geance.]

3.

LAN

Heb.

1.

XV. 14.
xxi. 23.

viii. 9.

xi. 9.

1.

29, see

Here, mid.,
to beat, to cut.
beat or cut one's self, i.e.

1.

Jude

Dry

5.

to
the breast, as the expression of

LAND

grief.
2.

Matt.

1.

Lake

li. 17.
xxiii. 27.

1.

Jolm

xvi. 20.

2.

Eev.

xviii. 9.

/'

1.

beating of the breast; hence,

lamentation, (non occ.)
2.

to get out,

upon,
the,

land.
Act? xxvii.

4.T.

loud weeping, wailing, {non

-,
1.

\,

LAMEXTATIOX.

occ.)

2.

l^ei/ii,
i-rrl,

(get to)

Matt. ii. 18 {om.

Acta yiii. 2.

G:2L

Tr

M.)

LAND

1.

(-ED, -ixo.) [verb.]

to lead down
term, to bring a ship
then, to land.

as a nautical
to land,

down

LAN

441

to go or cotne down, to
descend, either from a higher to a
lower country, or from the high seas

2.

down
2.

Acts

1.'2,

Acts

1.

part.

Acts

1.

1.

I'r

Matt.

to

speech, manner of speaking

peculiar to a particular people or
nation, a language or dialect (elsewhere, "tongue.")
Acts

1.

Acts n.

1.

xxii. 27.

1.

xxv-i. 60,

1.

64.
ix. 35.
X. 31 '

1.

xii. 6.

iii.

Tr

14,

(i

t^,)

1.

2.

1.

1.

Jude

xiL 59.

1.

Eev.

1.

xiii. :}0"ri.

1.

ii.

2.

XX. 32.

1.
1.

XV. 1.
xxi. 9.

1.

xxii. 13.

1.

John

1.

1.

vi. .39, 40, 44, 54.

vii. 37.

1.

LAST
of light, (non

1.

Mark

liv. 15.

AV",

G L

Matt. xxvi.

vimpov, at

of physical magI

reaching
1.

Luke

LASCIVIOUS

vi. 11,

and

to,

60.

Phil. iv. 10.

2.

last,

Greek word.)

afterwards.
37.

LAST STATE

the,

Matt.

see

How.

(the)
(occ.

last things, j

2 Pet.
Luke

xii. 45.
|

ii.

20.)

xi. 26.

WAT [marg.]

LATCHET.

a thong, a strap of leather, with

which the sandal was hound to the
foot, (occ. Acts xxii. 25.)

destruction here, heresies

destruction, i.e. destructive

loss,

of

17.

rsii. 12.

Bev. ixi. 16, seeGal.As.

|

(.),

8, 19.

LAST OF ALL.

hence, sufficing, sufficient.

2. Mfttt. xxriii. 12.

(at the)

(^when only one

in Laodiicea,
Laoiicea.)

to,

18.
!.

when, whenever, at any time.

2. TTOTc,

LAEGE.

coming

(at

varepov, at last, afterwards.

xriii. 3,

great, large,
nitude.

iKavos,

1.

1.

1.

Matt. xxi.

1.

Tim. iii.
Heb. i. 2.
2

1.

Jas. V. 3.
1 Pet. i. 5, 20.
2 Pet. iii. 3.
1 John ii. 18 1*^

1.

^',
iii

see

iv. 10,

the)

Laodicean.

(marg.,

52.

Phil.

22 (adv.,
~L
Tr .)
Luke -xi. 26, see L state
(the)

LAODICEAN.
Eev.

(at

-.
Mark

occ.)

Col. iv. 16.

see

the;

1.

17.

Cor. iv. 9.
xv.8(adv.), 26. 45,

(-S.)

<;, a light, any kind

AaoStKev's, a

xii. 48.

6.

ii.

LAXTEEN
John

li. 24.

1.

xx.8,12,U, i6iixxi.37,eeeLofal].

(.)

viii.

1.

1.

1.

LANGUAGE.

John

1.

2.

1.

xiv. 21.

xii. 45, see

state (the)
xix. 30 <lce.

1.

(-S.)

Luke

varepov, at last, afterwards.

2.

W.)

draw) a narrow
street or lane of a city, (pec. Matt,
vi. 12
Acts ix. 11, xii. 10.)
{from

the extreme, the

last,

xxi. 3 (No. 2,

xrviii. 12.

LAKE

LAST.
the

most remote; with ref to time,

that vhich concludes anything.

to land.
xviii.

LAT

Mark

i.

Luke

7.

John

i.

iii.

16.

27.

heresies.
2 Pet.

(txt, pemicioux tcay.) (acrc'Aytto, 'aanion,

ii. 2,

LATE

S'GLTTr A.)

vvv,

LASCIYIOUSNESS.

/,

excess, immoderation in anything; hence, licentiousnees, wan-

tonness.
Mark

vii. 22.

2 Cor. xil. 21.

Gal. T. 19.

Erh.
1

iv. 19.

Pet.

Jude

(of)

now, just now.

John xL

-,

8.

L.\TELT.
recently,

(non occ.)

iT. 3.

4.

Acte

XTili. 2.

latclv.

newly,

LAT

,
,

LATIN

(in)

Eoman

in the

tongue, (non

occ.)

John

Lukexxiii. 38

occ.)

(.)

latter, last, (non occ.)

2 Pet.

1.

Jae. v. 7.

End.

20, see

ii.

LAUD.

to praise upon, to applaud,

repeat the praises o/ajiy one, (occ.

1 Cor.

xi. 2,

17, 22

Eom.

LAUGH

Luke

tion of justice.
(i.e. with the art.),
law of the Israelites,
the Divine laAV with its various
When
enactments.
is used
in this sense, without the art., stress
is laid, not upon its historical impress or outward form, but upon
the conception of law; not upon
the law ivhich God yave, but upon
law as given hy God, as the only
one that is or can be.
JPor law in
the true sense, as the expression of
the will of God, has bid one historical embodiment.

xvi. 8.)

signifies the

XV. 11.

(-ED.) [verb.]

occ.)

Luke

vi. 21, 25.

LAUGH TO SCORN.

(the above, with

down,
prefixed) to laugh down, to laugh
at, deride, (non occ.)
Matt.

ix. 34.

Mark

Luke

LAW.

In theBible,

to laugli as in joy or triumph,

(non

v. 4.

late, latter, as opp. to earlier^

iv. 1.

sea.

anything divided out, what

one has in use or possession:
hence, usage, custom, right, ordinance law as prescribed by custom
or statute ; then, in a special sense,
the laws of state and equity committed to writing, (the
teas
used of written laws as
teas of
became
the unwritten,) hence,
the established name for law when
set up in a state and recognised
as a standard for the administra-

LATTEE.

Tim.

(of)

Roman, (non

2.

OUT.

above,

(the

Luke

(non occ.)

LAUNCH

with
upon,
prefixed) to lead up upon, to l^ad
(a ship) up or out upon the sea,

six. 20.

LATIN

,
2.

LAW

put out to

,
,
1.

442

,
,

* denotes

v. 40.

without the art.

pertaining to the forum,

hence, with some ivord
forensic

viii. 53.

,
,

understood,
;/9, forensic, or judicial days are held,
i.e. there arc public trials held in

LAUGHTER.
laughter, as of joy or triumph,

(non

the forum.

occ.)
Jaa. iv.

9.

1.

v. 17, 18.

40, see

1.

(sue at

vii. 12.

1.

as a nautical term,
out, upon the

up or

1.

xi.

xii. 5.

l.J.

xxii. 36, 40.

xxiii. 23.
1.
1. Luke ii. 22.
1*.
23, 24.
27. 39.
1.

sea.
xxi. 1,

Acts

xxrii. 2, 4, part.

LAUNCH FORTH.

V. 17, Hee
tor of the)

X.

1.

viii. 22.

tcr

17, 45.
19 twice,

1.

viii.

1.

X. 31.

1.

xii. :ti.

23,49,

(a]).), 17.

XV. 25.
xviii.

1.
1.

(doc-

Ree Dau|?h-

and Mother.

vii.

13,

BOO

Father.

2(i.

xii. 53,

Luke

i.

51.

1.

1.

xvi. le, 17.

xxiv. 4t.

John

1.

see Daugh-

ter and Mother.

1.

Luke

1.
1.

X. .S5,
;

the)

LAUNCH.

to lead up
to lead a ship

Acts

Matt.

31.

xix. 7.

Acts V,

.34,

800

Tj

tor of)
1.

vi.

1.

vii. 53.

1.

xiu. 15, 39.

1.3.

'doc-

'

LAW
Acts

Som.

XV. 5, 24 (op.)
xviii. 13, 15.
xix.
38,
marg.,

(go to)

court-days.

3 -'"1, see
trary to the)

vii. 39 (om.
by the law, G L

L (con-

xiviii. 23.
ii. 12 i" *

Rom.

(without)
21 *'', see L (under the)
21 ". see L
(without)

see

12 3r.l & Mi.

13 1" (om. an.

141'

XV. 56.
ii. 16 3 times, 19,21.
-iii. 2,5. 10 110 -'nd.
11.
12. 13. 17.
18.
19, 21 1" &
21 3rd 23

4ih.

'

15.

(om.

17
=:

art.

A R)

Tr

18, 20.

'

vii.
1

Phil.

2<i,

Slid.

Heb.

3, 4, 5, C,

V. 40.)

lawsuits,

see L (about

Cor.

vi. 1, 6.

2.

Cor.

vi.

LAW (receive the)

to make or give laws, to

establish as law.
Kence, in N.T.
pass., to be legislated for, receive
laws.

11, seeL(receive
[(the)
12, 16.
19, 28 "'
10.

ix.

viii.

(what),

-X.

Jas.

4, 7.

see

ix. 4,

L (giving

32 (om. b

1.

the law,

:3

Heb.

i.

vii. 11.

LAAV (srE AT the)

L (go to)," No. 1.

see "

Matt.

A' S.)
16.
28.
25.
9, 10.

11. 12.
1

i.e.

X. 4.

LAAV

(about

,
,
,

LAW

iii.

LAW

9.

LAAV (contrary

/,
LAW

John

iii.

4.

(transgression of the)

lawlessness, contempt of law.

to tue)

John

iii. 4.

from law, (non

occ.)

Acts

7.

(transgress the)

to act aside

i.

lawlessness.
to do.

Tilt)

pertaining or relating to law

Tit.

Tim.

iii. 4 1", gee L

(transgress the)
4 2iid,
L
see
(transgression of the)

of the)

law (doctor of ")

John

/,

see "

iv. 114timi-s.

Tr

v. 40.

LAAV (teacher

//<5,

8.

ii.

tcorts instead
of the works of the law.)

Rom.

1.

8 (om. ai-f.G-L

TTr

'icc, 3,

of the)
31 "i"

19 (insert art.
b.)

L Tr A

g
12,14,16,21,22.
23 1'
23 2"d 4 3rd.
25 '*icc.

and
see L, could not do

1*.

9,

viii. 4.

7 3rd.

1.

vii. 5.

lit.

9.

the)

11".

9.

-'nd.

1st.

5,

8.

Titus iii.

,
L

15.

iii.

(go to)

divide,

;^, to have.

Tim. i. 7, see
(teacher of the)

'"ice, 20.

,
Matt.

13.
ii.

LAAV
to

to separate
to
a distinction, come to a decision, to judge.
In prof. G-reek,
to call anyone to account, begin
a lawsuit.
(Mid. or pass., occ.

vi. 2.

Eph.

vi. 14. 15.

-inJ

14.

13

1,

18, 23.

16.
V.

ix. 4.

make

4.

lo^-id.

.-

v. at.

(giviku of the)

Rom.

V. 3.
.

15 1".

the

7.)

lawgiving, legislation, the

giving of a code of laws, (non occ.)

iv. 4, 5, 21 1".
21 2nd.

iv. 13, 14.

'.

LAW

24.

23 1"
23 2J25 '"ice.
26, 27 1"
27 ^Jiii. 19 twice.
20 twice^ 21 !"
21 "", 27 1
27 2", 28,31 "'t"^

i.

yo/Ao^csta,

Gal.

U2..J.
14 3rd 4

Acta

(om. nit.
Tr A N.)

Tim.

' xiv. 21, at.

2"<1

=:

17

v.

TTrAM.)
13

Luke

expounder of
(occ. 1

Tr

see

14.

-"<i,

20 3nmci.
21 1", -'"', * 3rdj

(without)

Jewish law,

ix. 8, 9.
.
."

{.),

teacher and

AS.)

29.

xxiv. 6
XIV. 8.

LAW

X. 5.

xiii. 8, 10.
1 Cor. vi. 1, 6, 7, see

xii. 20, 24, 28.

xxii. 3, 12.
xxiii. 3 i

443

LAW

xxiii. 3. part.

<;,

what

(under the)

is

within the range of

law, in the law, {occ. Acts xix. 39.)

(doctor of),
a

(d.

o.

TnE)t

law-teachcr,

/ r.

Cor.

ix. 20 (follovtd by
of xptoTw, to C/iriit,

vp<rr6i>,

G ~ L

of Christ, instead
Tr
.)

LAW
1.

2.
2.

LAAY

444

(without)

without law, lawless.

<;, {adv. of alove.)

Eom.

ii.

12 twice

1. 1

rrhi^etUna,
impossible,

)t5v, bythe,

\^/,

law,
Eom.

ix. 21

*"

,
2.

within the range of the

1 Cor.

(occ.

3.

21.)

ix.

xix. 39, marg., ordinary.

Acts

4.

LAWFUL

it is

5.

is

permitted, one may.

6.

Acts

xvi. 21.

1 Cor. vi. 12 twice.

Cor.

X.

23

twice.

LAWFUL
Matt.

xii. 2.

7.

(is)

Mark

Luke

pertaining or relating to law

Matt.

xxii. 35.

Luke

vii. 30.

ii.

Luke

xi. 45, 46, 52.

xiv. 3.

Tit.

,
,

(-ING, LAID, LAIN.)

to set, to place, to lay.

Tt^r7/i.t,

{No. 1, icith
down,
prefixed) to set, put, or lay down,
deposit.

to throw, to cast, the force

being modified by the context.

sdi. 10, 12.

xiv. 4.
xix. 3.

',

{No. 5, xoitli
up in,
prefixed) to lay up in, {esp. upon a
triclinium, in order to takeameal.^

to bear, as a burden ; to bear

or bring as a charge against anyone.
see L (be)
see L up.

10,

iii.

Luke

lii. 14.

vi. 4, 9.

II. 15.

1.

>

Hold.

3.

18,

see

xiv. 3,
xviii.

xxii. 25.
2 Cor. lii. 4,

1.2.

marg

xxvii. 60.

Mark

possible.

see Hold.
see L on.
see L upon.
17, see Hold.
21,

iii.

v. 23,

LAWFUL

(was)

xii. 4.

John

see

L aside.
see

)
see
S Hold.
XV. 46 (No. 1, L Tr

1.

,
Tim.

8.

occ.)
I

2 Tim.

ii.

5.

iv.

see L (be)
see L aside.

xiii. 4,

up.

1.

see L (be)
40, see L on.

1.

38, ) see
XV. 13, j down.
xix. 41, 42.
XX. 2, 13, 15.
xxi. 9, see
there-

on

9,

v. 18.
vi. 48.
xi. 54,

(be)
iii. 2.

see

wait

1.

[(be)
xii.

Acts

iv. 3,
1.

for.

Jae. iv. 12.

xi. 34.

1.

ix. 58.

a lawgiver, legislator.

see

18tic,

L down.

7.

iii.

LAWGIVER.

20,

.'!",

47.
xvi. 6.
Luke i. 66, see
ii.

i.

AW.)

and

viii.

X. 15, 17,

:K).

lawfully, according to law

L (be)

xxiv. 12, see

xiv. 51,

custom, (non

55.

1.

Hands.

xii. 12,

LAWFULLY.

44, see Ground.

xxiii. 26, seeHold.
53i>t.
53 2nd, see
(be)

1.

29, 56.
vii. 8,

(down.)

1.

vi. 5,

Hold.

Acts

Matt.

see

13,

L up

xix. 15, see L on.

xxi. 46, see Hands.
xxvi. 55, 57, see

V. 10.
xviii. 31.

iii. 4.
vi. 18.

see

Hands.

John

ixvii. 6.

Mark

")

xii. 11,

see Trea-

(on.)
xiv. 29, part.
xvi. 20.
xix. 20, see
(be)
21, 22,
see

xiii.

20.

(it is)

liv. 3.
XI. 22.

xxii. 17.

xii. 21,

sure.

viii. 14.

Jyuke

bow

to incline, to recline, to
or lay tlie head.

Matt.

Mark

down,

vi. 19, 20,

Matt.

(iVo. 3, ivith

24, 26.

vi. 2.

LAWFUL

13.

iii.

prefixed) to throw or cast down.

In mid., used of laying down as
a foundation,

(are)

possible, one
can, referring to moral possibility
or 2^ropriefy Jiejice, it is right, it

(impers. verb)

9.

LAWYER.

LAY

viii. 3.

laAV, based upon law, a7id governed

and determined according to law,

i.

X. 25.

1.

is

Tim.

ofpersons, skilled in the law.

) what was imr

possible by
^
V
the law.
J

LAWFUL.
what

LAWLESS.
without law, lawless.
1

Cor.

LAW COULD NOT DO (what the)

) aSvVaros

LAY

19,

see

Ii

up

1.

.35,

see
see

L on.
L down.

37.
V. 2, 15.
vi. 6, see
vii. 16.

on.

LAY
Acts

vii.

1 Cor.ix. 16, see L upon

(be)
xvi.
2 Cor.
Col.
see L tip (be)
Tim. 22, see L on.

58,8eeLdowTi.
see Charge.

19, see

xii. 11.

on.

xiii. 3,

see

29.
36, see

1.

on.

unto.

"^-^

seeL

30, see

wait.

Kom.
1

Jas.
Pet.

21,

ix. 33.

xvi. 4, sec

Cor.

1.

vi. 1, mid.
18, see Hold.

i.

1.

10,

xii. 1,

on.
1.

li

down.

iii.

10, 11 1"

11

see

,
,
,
2">J,

John

iii.

2,

from one's

self,

i.

ASIDE.

{see above.)

,
,
,
Hark

vii. 8.

1.

Heb.

3.

John

xiii. 4.

1.

of the executioner,

Pet.

ii. 1.

put

to

,
,
Iatt.

1 Tim.

1.

Acts

1.

iv. .35.

vii. 58.

3.

Eom. xvi. 4.
1 John iii. 16'wic<:.

Acts

i.

66,

mid.

counsel upon or

'

^^', LTTr

2.

Acts

vi. 6.

1.

viii. 17, 19.

1.

xiii. 13.

1.

xiii. 3.

1.

xxiii. 26.

1.

xxviii. 3, 8.

V. 22.

FOE.

ambush for or against,

xi. 54,

LAID
to

lie,
iii.

and

G z:

(om.

(be)

also to be laid.
Luke
John

10.

iii. 9.

xxiv. 12

(.)

xi. 41 {ap.)

Cor.

LAID THEREON

iii.

11.

(be)

{the above, tcith tVi, upon,j9?rjixed,) to lie upon, to be laid upon.

,
/,

x.\i. 9.

LAID UP

iv. 3.

1.

ivar.)

Luke

1.

Tim.

&,

LAY WAIT
to lie in

Matt.

throw or cast upon.

xix. 15.

against,

to be on the point to,

to be about to be.

John

Murk V. 23.
Luke iv. ).

xvi. 23, part.

xix. 6, part.

LAY WAIT.

Luke

to set, place, or lay upon.

1. 1

Luke

28.

LAY OX.

1.

1.

in

LAY UPON.

xxiii. 53.

2.

to

up

xxiii. 30, {om.

L
^^
A S.) i.e. "a lAot was
about to be laid," instead of, " how tliat the Jens
laid wait,"

from one's

lay aside.

xiu. 37. 38.

XV. 13.

1.

{pec.

off

^,,

(7

mid?)

Luke xix. 21, 22.

John X. 15, 17, 18"1"-.

1.

lay

plot,

xii. 1.

(^JSio. 1,
under,
prefixed) to set or put under, lay
under, as the neck under the axe

1.

uj),

xii. 14.

vi. 5.

and ow.

2.

to set, place, lay.

1.

1.

2 Cor.

2.

,
,
,
Acts

to set, place, lay.

.,

to treasure

vi. 19, 20.

Acts sv.

LAY DOWN.

1.

Matt.

Mark

21,

to send forth or away, let

go from one's self; hence, to neglect, omit.

self,

UP.

to set, place, lay upon.

Jas.

LAY

iv. G,

LAY

to set, place, lay.

Mid., to
set or put for one's self, on one's
own part.

2.

to lay aside.

3.

xiii. 36.

store.

16 '"', see
see Hold.

LAY APAET.

2.

2.

[L down.

6.

Kcv. XX.

L (be)

see L aside.
see L apart.
see L aside.

ii. 1,

1.

to put off

1.

to set, put, lay unto, toActs

Heb.

4.

7.

xxviii. 3, 8, see

LAY UNTO.

wards or with anythinj.

see Charge.
see Foun-

16,
i.

dation.

Charge.
XXV.

(be)

Heb.

see

29,

xxiii.

see Hold.
191", eee Store.
19 -nd, see Hold.
2 Tim. iv. 8, see L up

LAI

vi. 12,

==x5.1i') "p-
7.

5,
V.

i.

ix. 3".

1.

2.

1.

60,

viii. 17,

445

2.

to

lie,

()

to be laid.

to be laid away, laid up,

for preservation; to be iu store for.

1.

2.

Luke

xii. 19.
xix. 20.

2.

2.

Col. i. 5.
2 Tim. iv. 8.

LAI

446

LAID UPON

. ,
(

1 Cor. ix. 16.

(,

Acts

ix. 24.

a placing upon, laying upon,

1.

IB.

LEAD

Tim.

2.

iv. 14.

vi. 2.

(-ETH

3.

LED, -EST.)

,
,

to lead, conduct, (used in a

variety of modifications which are
determined hy the context.)

(JVo. 1, tvith
up to, prefixed) to lead up, to conduct up
as from a lower to a higher place.

(,

Matt. vi.l3.

2.

Lnke

1.

Acts

3.

to lead the way.

), to
Matt.

vii. 13, 14.

1.

Mark

xiii. 11.

1.

Luke

iv. 1, 29.

4.

1.

xxi. 11, see

xxii. 54.

(No.

Hand.

Eom.

ii.

Mark

Tr

.3,

Hand.

viii. 14.
1 Cor. xii. 2.
1. Gal. V. 18.
1

Eev.

4.

ii.

see Captive.
see Life.

2,

2 Tim. iii.G.see Captive.

vii. 1?.

LEAD ABOUT.
to lead
1

2.

),

2.

iLnayo), see "

2.
2.
2.
2.
2.

see "

57.
xxvii. 2, 31.
xiv. 44, 53.
XV. 16.

2.
2.

Mark
Luke
low.

xiii.

,
,

(om.
1.

50.

xxi. 38.

viii. 9.

UP.

Matt.

to bear upwards, carry up.

iv. 1.

Mark

2.

ix.

G-L
iii. 6.

LEADER.

1,

Tr

1,

2.

a leader in the

14.

leaf, (no)i oce.)

LEAN

(No.

i.e.

LEAF.
a

Mark

xi.

13'"'".

xiii. 28.

Kev.

xxii. 2.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

to be laid uj)

to recline
at at table, upon a triclinium, ichcre
the one who teas next ivas in the
bosom of the other.

3.

Tim.

Luke xxiv.
John X. 3.
Acts

LEAD

xxi. 19.
xxiv. .32.

1.

xix. 16

15, sec be-

conduct out from.

to

Matt.

Luke xxiii. 26.

John xviii. 13 (No.
L Tr Ah H.)

2.

of,

to lead up, to conduct up.

,
1.

LEAD," No.

Matt. xxvi.

{,

Matt. XV.

IX. 5.

LEAD," No.

23

viii.

/,

LEAD AWAY.
1.

Icai

LTTrAt^,

"is for," instead

i.e.

Heb.

around or about.
Cor.

(,

10

xiii.

auiai/,Giv)(oi)i.

\vay-leader,
way, a guide.

4.

1.

Eph.
Tim.

Eev.

(,

1.

iv. 8,

xxiii. 1, .32.
John xviii. 28.

3.

bring forth.TIr AH.)

XV. 20
to iearl.L.)

1.

A.)

xi. 4.

xxi. 37.

Hand.

xxii. 11, see

1.

to lead together with.

32.

ix. 8, see
xii. 10.

5.

vi. .39.

6(j

Acts

intoO

LEAD OUT.

fortli.

XV. 14.

(loitTi cts,

to bear, bear along, (with

'^, to lead out,

1.

bear, to bear along, bear or

LEAD INTO.

[^'leadeth into.'

{No. 1, loith
away from,
prefixed) to lead away, conduct

bring
4.

17.

into.)

1.

away.

5.

iii

daayw, to lead into,

19,

4.

away with any

to lead off or
2 Pet.

Heb.

3.

xiii. 15.

LAYING ON

Acts viiL

2.

Liike

one.

as of hands.

1.

leading [zY] away,

giveth [_it'\ drink.

LEAD AWAY WITH.

counsel upon or against, a

plot

,
,

LEAD AWAY TO WATEEING.

(be)

to lie upon, be laid upon.

LAYING

LEA

/,
i.e.

G)

to fall upon or towards,

to fall down, to lie down.

A.)
1.

John

xiii. 23.

2.

John

xxi. 20.

,
,

LEA

LEAP

1.

horses,

to spring, bound, used of

and the skip or frolic of

Luke

ffoats, 'occ.
2.

Luke

vi.23,seeLfor joy.
Acts iii. 8 1", see L up.

i.

-.)

(-ED,

to leap, jump, spring, (oce.

iv. 14.)

John

2.

447

4!,

44.

1.

vi.

1.

23.)

Acts

iii.

82'"

xiv. 10.
xix. 16, see

on.

LEAP FOK JOY.

Luie

2.

vi. 2a.

LEAP ON.
{tvith

to leap,

spring upon, {non

Acts

jump

or

oce.)

xix. 16.

LEAP UP.

to leap out of, i.e from the

place where one sat or toas.

Acts

LEAEX

1.

iii. 8.

(-ED, -ING.)

learn, intellectually from

others, ov from study

and

observa-

be informed, to understand, (occ. Acts xxiii. 27.)

tion,

2.

hence,

to

to

gen

instruct.
1.

train up a child, and

to educate, discipline,

LEA

2.

LEA
draw

to

one's self

to

418

LEP

Acts
;

Acts

1.

2.

L
2 Cor.

1.

Tr

to send forth or away, to let

go from one's self, then, to let go

from

one's further notice, care, etc.,

to leave, let alone.

2.

3.

to seiid up, or forth, to let

up, let go, relax, loosen.
to leave

down,

to one's

behind so as to descend
gen., to leave behind, hut

heirs, leave
to

them ;

prop, at one's death ; hence, to leave,

utterly forsake.
quit

117,

4.

5.

', , ,

(^\. 3, loith
from, indown, prefixed) to
stead of
leave away from ones self, to leave
behind.

',

,,

{No. 3, with

fixed) to leave behuid

remaining.

6.

{No.

3,

with

preto leave

iv, in,

in,

under,

instead of
down, prefixed) to
leave under, to leave behind, as
impJi/ing concealment.

7.

8.

',

,
,

to

suffer, allow,

let,

5,

Heb.

lengthened

Mark

iv. 11.

form of

Rev.

ii.

1 Cor. vii. 13.

XV. 37, see

xvi. 4.

xi. 2,

(be)

throw

Rev.

XV. 4.
xvii..34,35,.36(aj).)
xviii. 28, 29.
xix. 41.

ixiv. 2, to, 41.

ixvi. 41.
i.

LEET

viii. 8,

see

(that

John

(be)

Mark

LEET
what

sv. 37.

(tuatwas)
more than enough,

is

left over.

Mark

viii. 8.

LEAVEN"

Hence, as
leaven, sour dough.
leaven causes to ferment and turn
sour, it is used in the sense of cot ruption, {jion occ.)

Matt.

xiii. 33.

xvi.

Mark

t),

viii.

Luke

11, 12.

to

[22.

19 snJ, 20.21 (.)

Cor.

v. 6, 7,

''<:=

9.

-.)

(-ED,

leaveu,

[verb.]

make ferment,

to

hence, to corrupt, {non occ.)

Matt.

Luko

xiii. 83.

xiii. 21.

(,

to dc-

L('bba?us,

the

Cor.

v.

,
G ~

ceive,

9.

Lobbeus or

\(<: '(, Lchheu, vilwso

L Tr

u'iiouc

H,) (om,.

surname va ThadiXeus,

LEFT

ciriKA>)0ct{

A.)

[verb.]

See, LEAVE.

9 (a p.)

LEFT

X. 12.

28. 29.
xii. 12.
19 1.

xii. 1.

xiii. 21.

15 ''co

29.

X. 7.

[noun.]

iv. 3, 28, 52.

viii.

13.

cast out.

to be over and above, to

exceed in member or measure.

XX. 31.
xxi. *i.

20, 31.

was)

out, cast out.

marg.

xi. 2,

Matt. X. 3, (oiii.
surname wan,

xi. 42,
xiii. 35.

xix. 5.
xxi. 17.
xxii. 22, 25.
xxiii. 23, 38.

L out.

name of the Apostle Jude.)

X. 30.

40.

xviii. 12.

see

LEBBiEUS.

28.

4.

LEAVE OUT.
to

/3^5,

V. 4.

viii. 15.

21.

ii.

6.

xi. 3.

xiii. 2, 34.

Luke

20, 22.
V. 24.

Mark

xiii. 5.

1 Pet.

Gal. V.

xiv. 52.
iv. 39.

1.}.

[done.)

8.

vi. 1.

Jude

No. 0) to leave behind.

Matt.

ii.

G~L

marg. (seeUn-

iv. 1.

LEAVEN

permit

alone, desist.
{a

5 (No. 4,
W.)

i.

ix. 29.

.11.
iii. 1.

iv. 13, 20.

from

spoken of things, to let be, leave

9.

Tim.

TTrA

Gal. V.

to pause, cease, refrain

anything.

Thes.

Tit.

xsvii. 40, marg.

(text, commit.)
Rem. i. 27.

LEFT.) [verb.]

(-ET1I, -iNG,

V.

32.
xxiii. 32.
xxiv. 27.
XXV. 14.

to tear one's self au-ay,

i^.)

13.

ii.

LEAVE
1.

(-,

xviii. 18, part.

xxi. 6, part

Eph.

vi. 2.

xiii. 19.
xiv. 17.
xxi. 3.

hence, to embrace, salute, spoTcen

of those loho meet or separate.

.)

xiv. 18, 27.

xvi. 28. 32.
Acts ii. 27.

31 (No.5,

U'-L

/)609,
Matt,

the
vi. 3.

[adj.]

left, {occ.
I

2 Cor.
Luke

vi.

xxiii. 33.

7.)

LEP

449

LEFT FOOT.
name, honoured
good omen, niid used in
speaking o/'the left, instead of the
of good

i<avvfA.us,

Jience, of

above, which ivasa loordof ill omen,

since all omens on the left loere regar dedas unfortunate hy theancients.
Rev.

LEFT

?,

1,

(.,

2.

Matt. xs.

LEOPAED.
a panther, leopard, (non
Eev.

Matt.

2 Cor.

on the

see aoove,

1.

Matt, sxvii.

2.

Mark

LEPEOST.
AeVpa, leprosy, in ivhich the skin become
scaly, (non occ.)

38.

xv. 27.

vi. 7.

Mark
Mark

2.

viii. 3.

x.

37

41.

(09,

Tr.)

x. iO.

1.

xix. 31, 32, 33.

2.

of

Homan

army, varying
at different periods from 3,000 to
Used for an indefinitely
G,GOU.
great number.
Mark v. 15.
Luke viii. 30.

53.

v. 9.

(,

LEISUEE

(have)

to have a good season, have

leisure,

have opportunity.
Mark

Mark

1 Cor.

legion, the largest division

Mark

2.

needful.

Luke

vi.

see Hon-

xii. 23,

ourable.

1.

LUSS

Sorrow[ful.

(have the) [marg.]

LESSUB

of dignity,

[marg.]

minor, in quality, age, or

less,

dignity.
IX. 12, (text,

( /, that, to the end tha,t,ioith

what

1. <
2.

Luke

Eev.

the emphasis

on

not

lest

cver,
if

lest

perhaps,

so be.

or cUipticaUy, lest.

8.

p.7/,

4.

<;, lest

^,

whether indeed,

xxj. 16"rte.

"^

result,

(.//, not,
xi. 5.

length, (non occ.)

18.

younger.)

LEST.

to loan.

to f urnisli

31''", 35.

iii.

see Least

8,

28, see

vii. 7.

1 Cor. viii. 8, (text, he the uorsc.)

2.

Enh.

iii.
ii.

Heb.

to be last, behind
to be inferior.

LENGTH.

';,

Eph.
Phil.

iv. 31.

LEND.
(from

to

opp.

less,

of magnitude, qiiantity,

vi. .31.

8(, to lend money,

IS

1.

smaller,

large,

Eom.

1.

minor, in quality or

number, or time.

LEGION.
troops in the

less,

jLttKpoTcpos,

2.

y^iya.'i,

John

LESS.

;',

LEG.

Matt. xxvi.

42.

i.

age.

the leg, {from the hip iothefoot.)

Aeyco'ji',

Mark

V. 12, 13.

(on the,) or (on one's)

Matt. XXV.

2.

xvii. 12.

Luke

HAND
2.

vii. 22.

40.

left.

2.

Mark xiv. 3.
Luke iv. 27.

8.

i.

Matt.

LEFT

one so

heiice,

xi. 5.

Mark

21, 23.

(-S

scabby

vii. 2.

-X.

THE,) or (ox one's)

XXV. 33.

xiii. 2.

LEPEE
scaly,

occ.)

diseased, a leper, (non occ.)

X. 2.

,''^"'

'f

2.

left,

2.

LES

in

any way, that

in

no

way.

LENGTH

(at)

vhenevcr, at any time;

future, one day, at last.

19,

Bom.

i.

10.

unto, with a'

ow

wiien,

TO, the,

^, not.

to,

in order that.,

[might] not.

LES
Matt.

iv. 6, >
V. 25, S

see

1 Cor.

at

anytime.

'.
Mark

see

12,

iv. 4.

at

38.

11, see

at

ii.

, to

see

2,

L
1

iii.

21.

Thes.

iii.

5,

see

L by

Tim. iii. 6, 7.
Heb. ii. 1, see L at any

12,
13.

lest

spare, etc.)

Kev. xvi.

ANT

iv. 6.

2.

xiii. 15.

2.

Heb.

TIME.
Lukeiv.

2.

11.
xxi. 34.

G
1.

1.

1.

4.
ii.

2 Cor.

xi.

Thes.

1.

John

viii. 22.

3.

Acts

Mark

vii. 27.

vi. 42.

1.

ix. 44,

1.

John

1.

Matt. XV.

2.

Mark

xi.

iii. 5.

,
,
(

8.

14.

i.
24,
ea, ift

any

that in no

,,

Luke

xiv. 29.
3.

2.

2 Cor.

Acts

v. 39.

No.

2 Cor.

Acts

3.

ii.

ii. 7.

ii. 1,

1.

1.

see Slip.

7.

1.

38 (No.

1,

LET

xv. 36.
V. 34, marg.au'oi/

xiii. 8.

John

xi. 48.

xii, 7.

1.

V.

Matt, xxvii.

49.
2.

1.

Mark
Luke

1.

2.

a\one.

its

see " LET,"

ix. 4.

LEST PERHAPS.
see above,

i.

G ~L

Tr A ^.)

BE.

No.

1.

{imperat. of
to be) let him,
her, or it be, (7wn occ.)

2.

way,

1.

2 Thes.

imperat.

xiv. 6.
2.

above, No. 2.

Icst in

Rom.

5.

LET ALONE.

1.

im, that, to the end that,

Icst evcT, Icst perhaps.

ftyTTOTc, see

G.

Ueb.

4-1-.

G -LTTrA.)

2.

32.
13.

2.

2.

LEST HAPLY.

xviii. 8.

ii. 21, marg. may.

xxiii. 22, see De-

part.
xxvii. 15,BeeDrive.

see Sink.

60.
61.

1.

(o\n..

^restraining

to hinder, prevent.

1.

LEST BY SOME MEANS.

4. 1

The

7.

Luke ii.29, see Depart.

ii. 1.

Gal.

ii.

vii. 4.

Matt.

4.
4.

iv. 12.

ANY MEANS.

viii. 9.

2)ower isevidently the presence of the

Soly Ghost in and with the Church,
he who restraineth, i.e.
" until the one restraining at present may happen to be out of the
midst."]

15.

Mark

V. 25.

Cor.

permitted, one may.

[In 2 Thes.

2.

2.

4. 1

to have and hold down, to

hold firmly, to restrain, repress.

Jas. V. 9, 12.

LEST BY

one can

11.

25.

to

to turn upon, direct upon,

turn to or towards to commit or

xi. 28.
xii. 3, 13.
15 twice, 16.

XV. 20.

2.

of

iv. 1.

neither

LEST AT

it is posreferring to moral
possibility or propriety, it is lawful,

{impers.

iii.

Tr

42.
[A K.;
xxviii. 27.
Eom. si. 21 (om. GriL

bi, i.e.

5.

time.

fj

leave alone

entrust to a7ii/ one's care, to rely

upon him, to give up hence, to
yield, and so, permit.

some means.

haply.

(,
G

jierchance,

i.

ph. ii. 9.
Phil. ii. 27.
Col. ii. 4.

.)

39, see
xiii. 40.
xxiii. 10.
xxvii. 17.

^,
it is

12.

let, let be,

sible,

vi. 1.

xxii. 46.
John iii. 20.
v. 14.
35, 42.
xviii. 28.
Acts V. 26 (oi)i. iva,

Matt.

3.

by any

iv. 11.

any time.

to send forth or away, to

go from one's self, to let pass,

iflp.)

'CO.

means.

2.

'^'

xiii. 10.

Gal,

(-ETU.)

suffer, allow.

-21.

Tr A
icill He

L by any

see

2.

^ 20

xiv. 8, 12.
29, and see
xvi. 28.
Chaply.
xviii. 5.
xxi. 34, see
at

LET

permit, suffer.

27.

7 1", 72iui

sii. 58.

29

let

xii. 6.

viii. 12.

L haplv

means.

any time.

Tr Ab

see

xi. 3,

iv.

1.

ix. 3.
4,

3.

1 Cor. ix. 27.

per[haps.

No.

see above.

L that by

see

7,

[anytime.

ui. 9.

7]%,

IL

3,

ii.

6i.

ANY MEANS.

LEST THAT BY

X. 12.

2 Cor.

xiii. 5, aa.
xiv. 2.

Luke

by

LET

any means.

xvii. 27.

- ixv. 9.
sxvi. 5.

iv.

see

9,

13.
ix. 12.
-27, see

at
15, see
29.
[anv time.
XV. 32.

xiii.

15, 17.

i.

viii.

means.

vii. 6.

450

2.

Cor. xvi. 22.

Jos. V. 12

LET DOWN.
to send, or let fall, let down,

{non. occ.)

LET

to let go, relax, loosen hence,

to let down, to lower, (occ. Acte

2.

XXVll. 17.)
2.

2.

Mark ii. 4.
Luke V 4, 5.
Acta

Acts

19.

2.

2.

X. 11.

xxvii.

2 Cor.

what is done easily, lightwork, levity then, in a had sense,

Mickedncss, recklessness, (onocc.)

.30.

Acts

to give out, to deliver out,

,
,

Luke

XX.

<;. One

1,

^,

2.

9.

LET GO.

unbind.

1.

Mark
Luke

xi. 6.

1.

xiv. 4.
xxii. 68 (oia.

1,

1.

(In-oAvoTjTf , iiic, iior !et

mc go, Trb A .)
xxiii. 22.

X.
1.

see " LET," iVb. 1.

Johu

13.

21,23.

XV. 33.

1.

xvi. :, 36.
xvii. 9.
xsviii. 18.

\.

V. 40.

2.
2.
1.

1.

1.

1.

Johu

i.

Mark

10.

(-S.)

(.)
uiarg.

1.

Rom.

1,

L.)

LIBERAL.

ix. 13.

2 Cor.

1.

2.

Gnl.
2 Thee.

Heb.

27,29.

X. 9, 10, 11.
vi. 11.
ii.

jtiii.

3,

marg.

gifl.

1.

2 Cor. viii. 2.

LIBERALLY.

i.

xii. 8, iri<7i
5.

cc in

marg.

ilmpliciixj.

LIBERTY.
iXevOepia,

freedom to go where one

will, liberty,
2.

see Write.

(non occ.)

'?, a letting loose, relaxation,

of chords or

2.

22,

Cor. xvi.

Jas.

vii. 8.

2.

see above.
;

Rom.

Cor. xvi. 3.
iii. 6'"

1.

LIBERALITY.

simply, i.e. in simplicity, with

a readiness of heart, answering
to the need without a second
thought; simply, without a thought
behind, freely, {non occ.)

1.

vil. G.

2.

2.

ix. 2.

xxii. 5.
xxiii. 25.
xxviii. 21.
ii.

(No.

simplicity, sincerity, candour,

anything sent by
mesa message or commission,
ichether verbal or
in loriting
most usualli/, a letter, epistle.
vii. 15, 1'l.

2.

ii.

xxi. 8

2.

xii. 1.
2.

LETTER

39

iv. 20.

V. 10.

Rev.

2.

what causes joy hence, a

pleasing \vork, favour, kindness,
benevolence.

LET FORTH."

xsi. 33, 41.

xxiii.

Johnii. 4,22.

1.

1.

12.

i.

/,
Rom.

Tit.

45.

10.

^,

2.

a picture, lit., the Avritten,

ie. something written or cut in
with the stylus in the ancient
manner of writing, a letter of the
aljihahet ; hence, anything written,
a writing, a bill, bond, note, letter.

Acts

1.

Tim.

unaifectedness, simplicity icithout

1.

LET OUT.

if<ii-iiiiig.

2.

(have)

Matt.

,
Luke
John

1.

a thought behind.

.seiigcr.

1.

1.

see " LET," J^o. 1.

see "

liar,

13.)

2 Cor.

Matt.

2.

iii.

iv.

1.

1.

LET

/,
1.

V. 40.

1.

xix. 12.

Acts

1.

a deceiver,

false, deceiving, lying, (occ.

vi.

John viii. 44,

Rom. iii. 4.

1.

from, loosen,

let loose

(-S.)

false,

{non occ.)

Acts

to

xviii. 14.

LIAR

out.

2.

xi. Xi.

place out, to give out on hire, let

2.

LEAVDNESS.

LET FORTH.

'/,

1.

LIB

xi. 5.

1.

ix. 25.

1.
1.

1.

-151

r/.v

.strings hitherto tif/htig

ilraicn or strained; hence,

rc^ Jj'oin

labour and anxiety.

LEWD.

6%, causiug

or having labour, sorrow, pain; hence, fjen.,c\\\, malignant bad, vicious.

;

Acts

EK

xvii. 5.

3.

4.

(,

dismission, deliverance
mission, forgiveness.

(,

authority, the |)owcr

do anything, right, full-power.

re-

to

LIB

452

-,

tbe speaking all one thinks,

free-spokenness, as characteristic
of afrank andfearless mind; hence,
frankness, boldness.

5.

LIE

LIE

Luke

2.

Acts xxiv.

iv. 18.

23.

xxvi. 32, see

L (set

ii.

Heb.

V. 1, 13 wee.
s. 19, marg. (test,

1.

1.

1.

X. 29.

1.

will

Pet.
2 Pet.

1. 1

viii.D.marg.poH-er.

I.

8<;,

incapable of falsehood, (non

3.

(set at)

letloose from, loosen, unbind.

Heb.

,
,

3.

2.

i}/vSos,

5.

Jobn

1.

Roiu.

2.
1.

3.

G.

to lick clean,

off, i.e.

(,

to lick over,

Tr

i.

a being

fal.se,

ii.

t*.)

lie.

falsehood.

1.

1.

Rev. xxi.

Tim.

iv.

12,

see

(siic'iiking.)

25.

iii. 7.

2 Thee.

[noun.

falsehood, lying, a

viii. 44.

11.
1.

Rev.

Jolin

ii.

21, 27.
27.

ixii. 15.

LIES (speaking)

(//, speaking
1

Tim.

down.]

to lie, and also to be laid, esp.,

of a dead body.
(iVb. 1, loith

to be laid up.

/,,

up,

^;r(?-

down,
down, to lie, to
be recumbent, gen., of the sick.

,
,
,

(iVb. 1, loith
lie

throw, to cast. Here,

to be cast, to be thrown
down, to lie.
to

falsely, lying.

iv. 2.

to use the eyes, to look.

to have and hold.

Here, toith
to be in, continue.

iv, in,

(-ED.)

oca.)

,
1.

(gite)

Acts xxvii.

xvi. 21

-ING, LAIN, LAT,)

2)ass.,

LICENSE

LIE
1.

16.

see " LET," JVo. 4.

to lick

prefixed) to

4.

LICK

2.

[to rest, lay

fxed)

met., opportunity, room.

Acts XXV.

{non

Luke

2.

xiii. 23.

LICENSE.
place

(-,

LIE

1.

Acts xxvi. 32.

i.

(gite)

Acts xxvii.

-,

cajtnot)

occ.)

see " LET," iVo. 4.

LIBERTY

14.
6.
9.

i.

iii.

v. 3.

LIE (that

Tit.

TOTTos,

Rev.

(at)

1 Cor. vii. 39.

^,

LIE TO.

19.

one who can go where he

LIBERTY

iii.

John

[cannot)
L (that

[at)

hence, free, at liberty.

Jas.

ii. 7.

2, see
vi. 18.

i.

Heb.

Acts

LIBERTY

Tim.

Tit.

2 Cor. xi. 31.

Gal. i. 20.
Col. iii. 9.

L (set

'.

ix. 1.

12.
ii. 16.

ii.

to.

4.

Rom,

4.

Cor.vii.39,seeL(at)

ii.

see

V. 3,

17.

iii.

(frive)
viii. 21.

see

3,

Rom.
1

Gal.

boWiicss.)
xiii. 23, see
1. Jas. i. 25.

sxvii.

2 Cor.

1.

5.

at)

1.

1.

to speak falsely, to lie to ani/

one, to deceive.

Acts
3.

speak falsely.]

[to

(-ED.)

4.

LIE
LIETH IN "WAIT (wheeebt

'

'

^'
;

'

'

'

metnod,

uiivoouav,
^

'

'

LIE IN
hffZpivui, to lie in

Acts

xxiii. 16,

have no

also

[error. J

WAIT FOE.
wait for,

see Lying.

tion \vith sin and death.

-,

esp. in loar;

as used of the future life which

now in Clirist, is "the
gift of God," (Rom. vi. 23)
by
Christ, (John vi. 27, x. 2.S).

aerainst.

Acts

Ave haA-e

xxiii. 21.

"He

LIE ON.
1.

2.
2.

(.,

tO fall upon.

xiii.

1.

lean hack,
xxvii. 20.

25

Acts

LIFE
1.

2.

to lie upon, be laid upon.

xi. 38,

with

iiri.

(lites.)

to
^/, to breathe
the breath of life) the perfect
and abiding antithesis to

3.

<;,

manifestations, from the life of G-od down

to the life of the lowest vegeIt is necessarily active
table.
In its essence
it cannot be inert.
or nature it is ever the same, and
different only in its developments
Each living
or manifestations.
person or thing has that portion
of it which is needful for his or
its designed position or pur[)ose.
Its one only source is God, who
is " the living One."
"We live
only in and by His life. He originates and sustains life in all by
" In
giving it out of Himself.
is

life

Him we

in

live

all

life,

and move, and have

must not be confounded

or defined as " existence."

Existence applies to all created
things.
Life is the property of
only some created things to whom
it has been communicated. AVhat\vith,

breatli of animal life; one

manifestation of
viz. that
which is manifested in animals;
hence, life, animal life, the living individual as such.
[In one
passage (Is. x. 18), 'nephesh,'
or
is applied to vegetable

life, i.e. the life which we live,

the life led, hence, manner of life,
period or duration of life, means

[(;

is life as the gift of God, and

therefore is a})plied to ever}'thing which has life,
is applied only to men, who not only
live, but lead lives
hence, the
difference between the Avords zo-

its

our being."

of living.

(death.)

\_,

life.]

-, life {aTcin

life

iii.3.)]

G "v L TTr A W.)

LIE UPON.
John

that hath the Son, hath

and he that hath not the Son hath

not life," (I John v. 12); now
"hid with Christ in God," (Col.

to lie upoii, be laid upon.

',(/-,

John

life.

must be distinguished from

{No. 3.)
In profane and

classical literature
is not the
nobler word, because the heathen
were ignorant of its true connec-

iv. 14.

ambush

to lie in

system,
Eph.

ever has life has existence

but
many things have existence which

to
r systematized

J.-L

LIP

one)

^ with
..
a view
I

7005, towards,
C
I

453

^
%

ology and Biography.

is
used only of the lower life,
and has no such worthy use as
No. 1.]

4.

^,

wind, breath breathed forth.

[AVTien not used for "wind," it expresses immateriality, that which

cannot be apprehended by our

senses, and which is recognized
only by its ojierations or manifestations.

It is seen in life, live-

liness, the activities of life, whether

these activities be mental, moral,

or physical. The
of God
is the source of life in all its manifestations.
The Avithdrawal of
this
leaves
(the
opposite of ^>/)].

'

<;,

LIP
Matt.

Acts XX.

20.

ii.

Ameud-

sea

8,

iii.

454

(manner
25 '"'

vi.

39

vi. 4.

(ever-

22,
lasting)
23,

(eternal)

Mark

see

30,

17,

G L

75 (om.

om
days, instead of "all
the daija of ouv life."

XV. 19.
2 Cor. i. 8, see
ii.

iii. 6,

X. 25, see
xii. 15.
22, 23.
xiv. 2.
xvii. SS.
xviii. 18,

(eter[nal)

Gal.

see

20, see
21, see

ii.

iv. 18.
i.

see

L (etersee

1',

(ever-

see

(eter-

2 Tim.

51, 53, 63.

), 47, see

vi. 27,

12, 19, see

i.

Jas.

11, 15, 17.

28, see
(eter[nal)

25i4 2nJ
see

see Kaised.

iii. 7,

10.

(om. ToC

25, see
14.
15, see

(eter-

[nal)
(eter-

iii.

Cor.

2.

aee

.Tude 20, see

Rcv.

28.
15.

7, 10,
iii. 5.
ii.

46,

1.

{see " life,"

Gal.

qxiicken
\

(lead

iii.

1.)

21.

A...)

" LIFE,"

) to lead a
^

ii.

{oca.

life,

to lead through, ) Tit.

Tim.

en-

Xo.

iii.

3.)

2.

15,marg. hrealh.

(eter[nal)

xvii. 8.
XX. 12. 15.
xxi. C, 27.
[19.
xxii. 1, 2, 14, 17,

of)

a leading, guidance traineducation, tending and in;

mode of life.
way or mode of

trans.,

xiii. 8.

(everlasting)

(give)
alive, to vivify,

3,

;,
ing,

xii. 11.

see

vi. 22.

LIFE (manner

(eter[nal)

xi. 11.

.3.3.

marg.

viii. 9.

xi. 18.

make
with ^^,

see

No.

nal)

V. 20.

47

xiii. 46.

(eternal)
XX. 31.

LIFE
to

iii. 6,

( /3Uj?,

L
(

see

13,
16.

V. 24.

vi. 27, 40,

Acts

LIFE

12 twice.
(eter[nal)
20, see
(eter-

John

16, 36.

iii.

^,
due

ll-'ii'<,

xiii. .37, 38.

(eteelastino)

29.

Eoui.

>
i"t^

v.

la.sting.

see

16.

i.

(eternal)

11
(eternal)

ever-

L eternal.

vi. 8.

Tim.

iv. 14.

(man-

nal)

xiv. 6.
XV. 13.
xvii.
2,

Gal.

seeL

2, )

xi. 35,
i. 12.

eternal.

25.
15.

V. 11, 13, 20.

21.

vii. S, 16.

xi. 25.

XV. 26.
xvii. 25.

iii.

LIFE
John

of our life, G =:LTTr

2 Pet. i. 3.
[A fri.)
1 Johni. l,2i>t.
2 -'xi,
see L
(eternal
ii. 16.

X. 10.

Srd,

iv. 3

viii. 12.

50, see

2.

i.

ii.

7.

Matt. xix.

iv. 14.

(eternal)

see

iii. 7.

xvii. 2.
xiii. 48.

1, 10.

Ui. 7,

Heb.

1 Pet.

see

54, 68,

2.

i.

John

Luke xviii. 30.

John xii. 5(1

4.

ner
Titus i.

(everlasting)

48,

Tit.

ii.

reaX,

Jude

L ever-

see

10, see
of)

v. 24 1", see L
(everlasting)
24 -"
39, see L (eternal)

xiii.

v. 39.
vi. 54, 68.
X. 28.

Rom.

(;,

see L (lead a)
16 >">-'

ii.

viii.

Acts

L (give)
L ever-

(eternal)

iii

iii.

(give)

vi. 12.

19

instead of
eiir)in/,GLTTrAii.)

15.

iii.

vi. 23.

Tim.

2,

vi.

nal)

ii.

LIFE EVERLASTING.

16,

i.

iii.

lastiuK)

Acts

John

iv. 8.

see

see

Rom.

xviii. IS.

3, 4.

iii.

Tim.

36-;>"i.

3,

(eternal)

lasting.

(everlastin?)

25

Lnke

20.
16.
30.

ii.

Mark

iv. 3.

(of

nal)

xii.

L which

see

Phil.

ii.

twice.

36,

xix. 16.
x. 17, 30.
x. 25.

[(the)

Eph.

ever-

Col.

V. 14,

see

vi. 8,

xxi. 34, see

Matt.

xii. 25.

xvii. 3.

lastuig.

this)

36

iv. 36.

LIFE

(of)

V. 4.

lasting.

16,

iii.

30, see

15,

John

46.

John

iv. 10, 11, 12.

(eternal)

16

vi.9.

11, 12.]

V.

twice.

viii. 14.
ix. 24twice,56((,j,.)

i.

Matt. XXV.

xiv.
7,
see
(things without)

all

i.e.

^<)

iii.

lasting.

(eter[nal)

this)

45.

John

see L (things
that pertain to this)
4,
see L (of
things pertaining to

ix. 43, 45.

or life ever-

constant,

vi. 3,

(eternal)

Luke i.
Tr A

life eternal,

15.

35-"(. G -)
X.

belonging to

abiding, eternal,
J [This is the
gift of Grod to those who are " in
Christ."
See John x. 10 x. 28,
xvii. 2 ; 1 John
V. 24
vi. 40, 47

V.

xvi. 4.
1 Cor. iii. 22.

35 1"

viii.

see " LIFE," iVo. 1,

the

viii. 2, 6, 10, 38.

xi. 3.

see

-46,

iii.

see
see

J
)

(eter[nal)
(ever-

vii. 10.

lastiusf)
XX. 28.

XXV.
(eternal)

21, see

see

16,

17.
29, see

(eter-

V. 10, 17, 18.

'*''=':

xviii. 8, 9.

xix.

nal)

''<:

xvi. 25

10, 22.

see

ii. 7,

LIFE ETEENAL.

,
?,

of)

-ii.

Eoui.

vii. 14.

X.

10, 24.
4,
see

xxvi.

ment.

LIP

2.

/,

or habit of
2.

Acts xxvi.

4.

life,

manner

life.
1.

Tim.

iii.

10.

LIF
LIFE

:,

455

(of)

(akin to
to breathe the
breath o life) to live, see " live,"
(verb) N^o. 1.
Sere, infinitive.
2 Cor.

LIFE

,
,
,

7rt,

,
,

OUT."

to cause to stand up.

to

Matt.
xsi. 34.

Mark
Luke

John

xvii. 8, part.
31.

LIFE

to this)

LIFE

, the
-0.

(OHl.

without

2.)

Cor. xiv.

i'

-<i

6.

Heb.

2.

Jas.

Lm)

(see

"LIFE,"

ii.

8.

iii. 6,

iv. 35.

part.

lit.,

what

in

see Pride.

xii. 12.

iv. 10.

X. 5.

LIFT UP ONE'S SELF.

to raise one's self up, to rise
posture, {occ.

up from a stooping
Luke xxi. 28.)
11.

LIG-HT

respect.

20.

ii.

LIFE-TIME.
(see " LIFE,"

Xo.

Luke

I.)

xvi. 25.

LIFETIME

xiv. 11.
xxii. 22.

Tim.

1.

(iii).),

10,

(.)

part

(the^

Gal.

see

7.

LIFE
that which,

ix. 41.

1.

Luke xiii.
John viii.

o,

iii. 7.
iv. 24.

5.
1.

14

iii.

10,

32, 34.
xi. 41.
xiii. 18.
xvii. 1.
Acts ii. 14.

3.

Kev.

vi. 3.

(things without)

1.

4.

vi. 5,

thinf/s,

1.

xvi. 23.
xvii. 13.
xviii. 13.
xxi. 28.
xxiv. 50.

John

Cor.

1.

L up

self.

Jolin

SfjiTLKo^, see above.

1

3.

see

xiii. 11,

vi. 4.

that

(tiiixos

vi. 20.

one's

Cor.

2.

viii. 7,

one's self.

ui>

i.

xi. 27.

sec ahove.
1

erect

upright, to

set

again.

(of tiiixgs pertaining to this)

<,

up.

lift

see " LIFT

ix. 27.

LIFE

raise up,

upon, prefixed.)

to heighten, elevate, exalt.

(of this)

Luke

ivith

(-ED, ing)

up upon,

lift

to take up,

for life of or pertaining

to /Jt'o?, {see " LIFE," No. 3) livelihood or living.

Suutlk6<;, fit

to

(No. 3,

8.

i.

UP

LIFT

LIG

(all theie)

<^,

(-S.)

The

light.

[noun.]
opp.

of

darkness.
Light underived, abhence, the light of the sun
solute
or day.
Used therefore of God,
who "is Light," (1 John i. 5) and
of Christ, 7/0 is " the Light of
the world," (John i. 4, 5, viii. 12),
;

,
(occ.

Mark

xiv.

54

Luke

xxii.

56.)

',
,
,,
Bui,

through,

tlie

all,

[of f hem,']

life, (see

"life,"

their,
iVo. 1.)

a light, light-giver, used only

o/"theIight otthe .stars Hi/ reflected

liglit,

(Lat., luminaria)

m-i^*?,

Heb.

i.e.

ii.

15.

LIFT OUT.

to awaken, Avake up, esp., of the

dead, to rai.se up t/ien, (the idea of
sli'pp beimj dropped) to cause to
rise up, set upright.
;

Matt.

lii. 11.

liglit-liolders

IG), (if.

[In liev.

Wisd.
XXI.

Ixx. for

(Gen.

i.

14,

xiii. 2.)

11,

it

is

the light

upon

and from the

Heavenly City by its " light,"
whicli was the Lamb, ver. 23,] (non
reflected

occ.)

<<:,
shiuiuir.

a lighting, illumination,

LIG
4.

456

/,

a portable hand lamp fed

with oil (not a candle.') \IIence,
used of men, whose light is
kindled by another, burns for a
season, and then is extinguished.
See John v. 35.]
;

5.

,,

(light) in its brightness

1.

'w'ce.

John

Acts

see

15,

(give)

16.

see

35
36 3 times, 46.

XX.

23.

79, see

to

iv. 5,

2 Cor.

32.
viii. 16.

33 (No. 1.
H.)
34 it
34 2iid^ see

xi.

L (bring

see

iv. 4.
61st.

vi. 14.

xi. 14.
V. 8 twice,
14, see

13 twice.

(give)

I'liil. ii.

15.
12.
1 Thes. V. 5.
1 Tim. vi. 16.

Col.

& 2nd see

1st

36 3rd,

gee

..)

see

1.

Eph.

6.

V. 14.

(give)

appear upon or

to, to

4, 5.

John

iii.l9""'ce, 20'w'ce,

35 it.
35 2nd.

ii.

Eev.

[21.

i.

to.

79.

see

to light, lighten
give light, to shine

1.

23.
24.

2.

2.

Luke viii.

V. 15.

1.

16, part.

XI. 33,

part.

XV. 8.

(.,
-,
to

Matt.

(,

Eev. xxi.

iv. 5.

iiifrans.,

trans.,

2 Tim.

i.

10.

(full of)

shilling,

bright,

{occ.

Matt.

vi. 22.

Lukf

xi. 31.

Kev.

xviii. 1.*

2.

LIGHT
light,

Eev.

vii. 16.

[adj.]

not heavy, easy to bear,

xi. 30.

2 Cor.

LIGHT OF

1.

(^7.5

see "

iv. 17.

()

for, neglect.
xxii. 5.

LIGHTEN (-.)

Matt,
3C'ic

1.

23.

/', not to care

xvii. 5.)

Matt.

vi. 4.t

upon.

fall, fall

Matt.

LIGHT

9.

Heb.

(-ING.) [verb.]

Cor.

i.

Epb.i. 18.t

1.

coming.

16.

iii.

John

1.

{iio7i occ.)

to
enlighten, light up
hence, bring to
light, make known, publish.
;

Matt.

1.

(give)

make burn.

to burn,

3.

LIGHT

xviii. 23.

7 twice.

8, 9, 10.

(being to)

LIGHT (bring to)"

;

1.

xxii. 5it

Eev, xxii. 52

LIGHT

5,

see "

to put one thing to another

spoken offire as applied to things,
to set fire to, kindle, light.

2.

xxi. 11.

12 twice.

ii. 5.
xi. 9, 10.

i.

,
,
2.

Jas. i. 17.
1 Pot. ii. 9.
2 Pet. i. 19.

,3.

ivi. 8.

1.

i.

-2 Tim. i. 10,
(bring to)

35.

2 Cor. iv.

LIGHT (-ED,) LIGHTEN,* ENLIGHTEN t (-ED, -.)

.

Eph.

(full of)

viii.

4.

xxii. 5.

LIGHT TO

!.

35.

forth.

illumiiia- )

Eev.

3.

6 2n<i,seeL (give)

(full of)

i.

an

Luke

19.

ii.

Cor.

ii.

V.

xi. 36.

or

to)

(give)

John

Luke

shinina
shining

[tion,

to,

8.

xiii. 12.

xiii. 24.

xii.

3.

"light (being to)"

xxvi. 13, 18, 23.

Eom.

xxiv. 29.

(give

V. 15.

see

xxii. 6, 9, 11.

X. 27.
xvii. 2.

36

Matt.

(^

xiii. 47.
xvi. 29.

(full of)

Tr A

2.

xii. 7.

22 2nd

i.

ix. 3.

vi. 221'

Mark
Luke

to give tlie light of a torch,

to shine as a torch, shine forth,

to cause to appear upon or

to, to show forth or before.
In
iV.T., mid., to show one's self upon

twice.

xii.

T. 14.

(gite)

to shine upon, to appear

( 7/)05, to wards, with a view) for the

a torch, (Ixx. Judg. vii. 16,

[Eastern torches Avere fed
Avith oil from a sort of bottle, (the
ayyeiovoi Matt. XIV. 4) constructed
for the purpose.
See Elphinstone's History of India, vol. i.
See under " lamp."]
p. 333.
iv. 16

LIGHT

beam.

3.

20.)

Matt.

,
/,

unto, {non occ.)

2.

or splendour, radiance, (no)i occ.)

6.

LIG

[verb.]

to light.)

LIGHT (uHING

TO)"

,
CIS,

LIG

Matt.

/^,

an uncover-

for...
V

unveil-

ing.

l!

1.

ii. 32.
xvii. 24.

1.

Rev.

Acts xxvii. 38.

xii.

Fiirure.
2 Pet. i. 1,
cious.

l^, i.e.

John iii.
Jude 7.

SHIP.

22 (No.

2,

18

18.

3
like

36.
32 (No. 2,

i.

Tr

LIGHTLY.

vii.

{(,

quickly, with haste.

Mark

ix. 39.

LIGHTNESS.

lightning, {occ.

Luke

Rev.

27.

X. 18.
xvii. 24.

xi.

[adj.]
2.

resembling, {gen., of external form and appearance.)

in which way, in what way,

hence, gen., as, so as.

5.

and

-^

?,
,

5,

3.

and

as,
it

ct,

if)

as

if,

as,

thus, 7
'V
\

thus,' as

r ,T

this

I,

S),

xviii. 18.
21.

L unto.

2.id.

18.

LIKE

AS.

4.

see JVo. 3, above.

Avholly as, just as.

Matt. xii.
Acts ii. 3.

13.

4.

Rom.

vi. 4.

1.

Heb.

iv. 15.

as

/,

LIKE
to

make

be or become

(be)

like

here, pass., to

like, in

-^

form, con-

Also, in
comparisons, to bo likened.
dition, or circumstances.

man.

see JVo. 2, above.

,
,

were.

,1

el

xxi. 11 1

to

to [our],

,
2.

equal, {spoken of measure, quantity, condition, etc.)

11

see

3.

though, as

4.

Occu-

see

in Heb. iv. 15,

after our simililike- C tude, i.e. " acness,
) cording to the
(^
likeness of the way in which Ave
are tempted."

3
i

iv. 5.
viii. 5.
xi. 19.

o/xoto9, like,

(,

23,

Tr

/', according^

36.)

xvi. 18.

LIKE

i.

iv. 17,

xxviii. 3.

3.

as if it were,
(No. 3, b<2)

xix. 25, see

17.

Luke

2.

xi. 17.

(make)
i.

pation.

LIGHTNING.

Matt. xxiv.

xiv. 14.
xvi. 13 (No. 2,

luito.

37, )

viii. 32.

Rom.
2 Cor.

xiii. 2, 4, 11.

xvii. 29.

{prop, in weight)

lightness,

xi. 1.

11,

vii.

{non occ.)

1.

see Manner.
ii. 3, see L as.
)
see L
iii. 22,
i.

in-

10, 19.

ix. 9.

Acts

golden,

stead
Ukeyold, G.)

(.)

viii. 55.

Ta;)(t',

in

,,

GL

.)

46

(',^),

-"<*

maniic,

(om. .)
6 73 times.
ix. 7 1"
7 2nd (G

xiii. 18, 19, 21.

John

see

1',

2n'.

iv. 3it

47, 48, 49.

vii. 31, 32.
xii. 27.

18

ii.

unto.

Man-

see

G L

15.

ner.

) cargo,^ (jion occ.)

2,

TTr A.)

i^.)

23,

vi.

13.

i.

14 (No.
see

29,
(in)

manner
Luke iii.
Tr

throw [of the

Kev.

namely.)
xiii.

see Pre-

2.

the

ferotid is this, instead

of, and the second is

3.

Acts xxvii.

(om.

see

2;!,

V.17, see Passions.

Pet. iii. 21, see

31

6,

(be)

see

13,

8,

a casting ) making an over>

GL

iv. 31.

like,

to make,

vii.

thinprs.

1.

see L as.
3, see L (be

made)
James i.

10 (No. 2,
A .)

vii.

see

17,

ii.

(made)

see

27,

i.

Tr
2.

out,

things.

Heb.

xxviii. 3.

{as to weight.')

to lighten, as a ship, hy throwing tilings overboard, (jion one.)

Phil.iii. 21, see Fashion

14, see
1 Thee.

(be)

Mark

Men.

Cor. xvi. 13, see

iv. 15,

39.
xxiii.

2.

as.

see

29,

Gal. V. 21.

XX. 1.
xxi.24, see L wise.
xxii. 2, see L (be)

unto
3.

(,

47, 52.

(-ED.) [verb.]

LIGHTEN THE

see
as.
31, 33. 44, 45,

xiii.

xviii. 1.

see

vi. 4,

ix.

(be)

(made)

xii. 13,

1.

LIGHTEN

16.

xi!"

ixi. 23.

1.

see

29

1.

Luke

Rom.

ui. 16.

vi. 8,

unto, with a view

[ing, unveiling,

2.

LIK

3.

to lighten as ligJitning.

for,

3.

457

LIK

LIK

LIKE UNTO.

to the image of, (non occ.)

,
1.

458

Matt.

vi. 8.

1.
I

Jas.

2.

xxii. 2.

1.

6, 23.

i.

down over against, i.e. at

point over against
hence,
before, in the sight of.
the

(be)

to be nearly like, to re-

semble.

(,

xxiii. 27,

LIKE

to he like,

Tr.)

(be made)
{not "

made
Plato of men

to likeii

ofp,

It is used hy
tvho make eiTor appear like truth

and hy Aristotle, of making the

It is
forms of gods like men.
contrasted with Avhat precedes hy

and

but,

indicates the likeness

of Melchisedec

to

another iu his

characteristics, (no?i occ.)

Heb.

1.

Acta

22.

iii.

,
,

1.

as.

Rom.

18.

ii.

[verb.]

to assay, prove, to try

to
trial of, put to the proof
then, in consequence of such trial,
to approve, sanction.
;

make

Rom.

23.

i.

LIKEMINDED.
of equal soul.

,,

20,

ii.

marg., so dear unto

LIKEMINDED

LIKE

(even)

marg.

iv. 17,

(text, be/ore.)

Rev.

LIKE

Phil.

vii. 3.

2.

marg.,

vii. 37,

1.

like.")

Se,

sec " LIKE," iVb, 2.

2. Karivai'Tt,

LIKE UNTO

Matt,

Matt.

mind

to

inc.

(be)

or regard,

TO, the,

<Is,

see " LIKE,"

same

JS^o. 2.

Kov. xxi. IL

(
(^

,
,

LIKE

Bom.

MANNER

'^.^

thus,

siii. 29.

Acts

Pliil.

LIKEN

(in)

Luko

i.

vi. 23,

see Maimer,

see Maimer.

11,

Matt.

(-ED.)

(make)

Matt. XXV.

vii. 24, 26.

1.

Mark iv. 30.

Luke vii. 31.

xi. 16.

LIKE TO

3.

ii.

to make like to liken, to make

to resemble any other objects of
the same kind, compare, pass.,
to be likened, to be like.

also.

Mark

thing.

XV. 5.

xiii. 24.

xiii. 20.

xviii. 23.

///,

something made like, a likeness, inform, shape, or figure.

Bom.

i.

see "

Eom.

LIKE (made)
L (be)"

ix. 29.

Heb.

Bom.

vi. 5.

il.

17.

see

made

these things.

1.

1 Tlieft.

vii.

H.)

ii.

{.),

14,

13.

lU same

"LIKEN."

like-

things,

GL

1.

Tr

),
like,

viii. 3.

7.

(in tue)

ITere, part, pass.,

like.

Acts

nearly like things, similar

things, (non occ.)

Mark

ii.

LIKENESS OF

),

,
,

2.

Rom.

Phil.

LIKE THINGS.

2.

like, a

ness.

,
1.

LIKENESS.

//, something made

23.

xiv. 11.

LIKEWISE.
in like

manner, (from

rcsembliug.)

LIK

),,

same

in the

2.

and

Kfu,

4.

'-,

459

Avay, (as, as,

I

and

3.

the same.)
I

also.
I

thus, in this maimer, on this

,
"Nvise.

5.

near

nigh by, {/ton

to,

Mntt. \-.

coming alongside
occ.)

Luke

xvii. 10.
28, 31.
xix. 19.
xxi. 31.
xxii. 20.
36.

12.

xviii. 30.

XX.

5.

10.

.2-1,

scei-i(Iiii)

30, 36.
xxii. 26.
xxiv. 33.
XXV. 17.
xxvi. 35.
xsvii. 41.
iv. 16.
xii. 21.
xiv. 31.
XV. 31.
Luke iii. 11.
li, with re,
-

V. 'S3.

1.

Col.
1

2.

1.

1. 1

Jas. ii.
Pet. Ui. 1, 7.

(aoj

1.

Rev.

viii. 12.

(I IN)

24.

vi. 28.

Luke xxiii. 53.

stone, L.)

LINEN CLOTH.
see

"Xixen," No.

[The

1.

linen

go

down.

3.

The

They
death," (John xii. 10.)
would kill Lazarus, though not
His disciples. Hence the sup-

(-IES.)

Lwke

pression of the name of Lazarus

in the three other Gospels, written
during his life, and the mention
of him in John, written A.n. 00.]

[verb.]

Heb.

xii. 27.

to bound, to make or set a boundhence, mark out detiuitely.

2.

a piece of fine linen, a linen

bandage, (o

1.

Matt,

1.

Mark

xxvii. 59.
xiv. 51, 52.
2.

iv. 7.

fJien, a
a reed, rod, or staff
measuring-rod hence, a standard
or rule of life and doctrine; Eng.,

Kav(j')v,

canon.
2 Cor. X. 13, marg. (text, ruli.)

marg.,

rule.

Johu

occ.)
I

2.

2.

Luke
John

xxiv. 12

(n]).)

xii. 40.

XX. 5, 6, 7.

LINEN

LINE.

16,

1.

to

LIMIT (-.)

ary

(',

tried to take him because

" the chief priests consulted that
they might put Lazarus also

lily, {iion occ.^

Matt.

C,

Jews

(so)

xiv. ZZ.

LILY
a

of

Avould go as far as the Mount of

Olives to look down towards Jerusalem.
He Avould see the torches
and hear the tumult in Gethse-

I also.

Luke

made

thus, in this manner,

ow, then, therefore.

XV. 4i.

Eev. XV.

mane, and

is

LIKEWISE

fine linen.

what

and only used by the wealthy,

and Lazarus was rich, (John xii.
1-3.) 2. Thenights of the last week
were spent by Jesus at Bethany,
John xii. 1 Matt. xxi. 17, xxvi. 6.
On this night Lazarus would be
looking out for His return, and

V. 5.

xvi. 25.

gen

then,

sive,

14.
25.

Jude8.

LIKEWISE

cloth in jNIark xiv. 51, 52, Avas

doubtless Lazarus, for the following reasons:
1. It was ex])en-

3, 6.

1.

and, also, 7

Infer,

young man Avho wore the

iv. 1.

1.

Mark

ii.

XV. 7, 10.

1.

V. 25.
ii.

3.

LINEN.

flax

2.

iii. 8.

rs.)

1,

1.

iv. 13.

Tim.

Heb.

2,TTr A

4.

flax, linen, (occ. UMatt. xii. 20.)

xiv. 9.

3.

2. Tit.

3 (No.

ii.

sindon, a fine Indian cloth,

muslin

2.

vii. 3, 4, 22.

5.

Matt. xxi.

Cor.

2.

Luke

1.

vi. 11.

3.

and

..also.

xiv. 33, see

1. 1

LINEAGE.

paternal descent, lineago.

Acts

3.

X. 32, 37.

5(No.

xxi. 13.
iii. 24.
1. Eom. i. 27.
4.
vi. 11.
viii. 26.
2.
-

1.

,
,

V. 19.

vi. 31.

TrR)

John

1.

Mnrk

xiii.

of,

LIN

(fine)

/?09, bys.sus, a fine yellowish flax

and the linen made from it, highly
prized by the ancients.

byssine,

made

fine linen, {non occ.)

of byssus or

3.
3.
1.
1.

LIN

Mark

No.

see "liiteit,"

XV. 46.

Liike xvi. 19.

Eev. sviii. 12 (No.

GLTTr A

xix. 8

2.

2.

(-ETH.)

apyiw, not to labour, be inactive, be

still, hence, to linger, {jion occ.)

LION.
5.

lion.

2 Tim. iv. 17
Heb. xi. 33.
1 Pet. V. 8.

Eev.

Eev.

V. 5.

tain,

1.

Matt. xxvi.

2.

Mark

lip, {occ.

Matt. XV.

Mark
Eom.

2.

(-S.)

4.

Heb.

8.

39.

Acts XX. 12.

2 Cor. xi. 1, 16.

5.

19.

i.

1.

Eph. iii. 3, marg.

3.

Luke V. 3.
John vi. 7.

Cor. xiv. 21.

Heb.

13.

'

i/i/ew tuoids.)

Heb.

4.

T.iii.

Pet.

iii.

LITTLE SPACE

15.
10.

, see "little
LIQUID NABD

ii.

7,

(text,

[ichi/e.

marg.,

little

12.)

xi.

vii. 6.
iii.

or briefly.

")

xiv. 35, 70.

1.

?,

ill

xiii. 2.

LIP

brief,

measuredlj, moderately, i.e.

with moderation. Here, with oi,
not i.e. beyond measure, (nonocc.)

ix. 8, 17.
X. 3.

iv. 7.

2, above, as adv.

one small piece,

or a certain small
degree, [time.
a cer- (
J ora short space o/*

one,

Tt,

(^

AeW, a

little,

short,
small,

3.

ii.

(a)

of No.

neut.

2.

( iv, in,

LINGER
2 Pet.

LITTLE

neut. nf No. 1, above, as adv.

1'

82"<, pi.
14.

2.

2,

ti.)

,
,
,
,

1.

xviii. 16.

LIT

1.

Eev.

2.

460

[marg.]

Acts

(a)

(a)," No. 4.

V. 34.

See, SPIKENARD.

LIST

(-E1),

,,
,

LITTLE

-.)

[verb.]

^, to

1.

1.

Matt.

1.

Mark

xvii. 12.
ix. 13.

,
,
,

3.

705,

small,

little,

2.

opp. of

little,

neut.

of No.

for,

vii.

47

1'

!>'d

It

for

4.

i7

xii. .32.

1.

1.

xix. 3.

2.

Joian

2.
1.

Cor. V. 6.
2 Cor. viii. 15.
Gal. V. 9.
1

while

short,

hoAV short.
short, small,

of time, distance,

or quantity.

4.

4.

3.
1.

f^P"-^'''

\ see " little,"

Luke xxii. 58,

John xiii. 33.

neut.

2.

LITTLE

used as adv.

'?,

No.

Heb.

1.

Johnxvi.l6'',17"''<^%

Heb.

little,

ii. 7,

\alitt]c.

marg.

(text,

X. 37.

{for a) or
[marg.]

but a

4.

4.

18, 19tice.

xiv. 19.

1.

-, much.

A WHILE.

scarcely, all but,

just.

in contrast ivith

2 Pet.

Tim.

'J.

vii. 33.

xii. .35.

1.

iii. 8.

iii.

of

ojyp.

2,

is

1.
1.

(_

3.

little

1.

ii.

18, text, clean.

all things.

.3.

1.

Jas.

for some small

thmgs,rat her than

little, j

little time.

Luke

John

7 i.e.

( (JAiyos,

1.

2.

LITTLE.

great.

2.

<

/, how

2.

No.

Hence, never used of brutes.

ceeds.
1.

(a)

neut. of " little,"

will, to wish, to desire, implying active volition and purpose.

to will, to be willing, imjjli/ing mere passive willinf/ness, or

the inward predisposition and lent
from which the active volition pro-

WHILE

Jae.

iv. 8.
V. 23.
SI"*

LITTLE TIME

, L (',^
Tr A
iii.

'-'"''

.)

1.
1.

1.

Rev.

iii.

vi.

Trb.)
XX.

8.

11

{om.

(for a)

for,

( oXiyos,

Tim.

marg.

little,

G
1

3.

Joe.

iv. 8,
iv. 14.

(text, liffic),

8ee"LiTTLK," No.

4.

LIT

,
,

LITTLE FURTHEE

,''

.^,

short, small, ^

place

to

asuuder,

'

having

moved a short
distance fur-

(no)

to lead a

nary.

2.)

ii.

TToXiTevu), to

xx-viii. 2.

to live

or

U.

27.)

i.

any

Matt.

Mark

ix. 42.

Luke

svii. 2.

Gal.

iv. 4.
ix. 18.
xvi, 16.
xxii. 32.
xxvi. 63.
v. 23.
xii. 27.
Luke ii. 36.
iv. 4.

(yert)

;^?, superl. of the old cAa;^

Js,

but

used as superl. o/'/xt/<p05,(" little,"

No. 1) the least.
Luke

xix. 17.

Phil.

Col.

LIVE
1.

book, child, daughteb,

FAITH, FISH, SHIP.

X. 28.

see

29,

No. 1).
to have

Not

''to he

to

{see " life,"

happy;' but

life in all or any of its

manifestations, from the life of God
down to the lowest vegetable. Not
" to exist," for a thing can exist

To

ivithont living.

live, is

of Himself " In Him we live,

and move, and have our being."

',
(

3.

TO, the,
t,r]v,

to live,

the living,

occ.

Luko

xvii. 33.)

12.

iii.

12.

ii.

Heb.

pass.

12.

iii.

vii. 8, 25,

ix. 14, 17.

part.

X. 20, 31, 38.

xii. 9, 22.
xiii. 18.

Jas. iv. 15.

1 Pet. i. 23.
ii.

4, 24.

VI.

8,

see

with.

10"

Pet.

vii. 1,

IS"'"-

ii.

see Tin[godly.

6.

18.

part., 3,

2,

viii. 12,

John

Rev.

i.

iv. 9.

18.

ix. 26.

iii. 1.

X. 5.

iv. 9, 10.
V. 14 (lip.)

xii. 1.

seo

18,

Peace-

vii. 2.

ably.

17

xiv. 7. SS"", 9,
1 Cor. vii. 39.
11.
ix. 13, see
of.

14.
iii.

3.

11,
ii.

800

of

life.
i.e.

XV. 7.
xvi. 3

with.

seo Peace.

141"

14',
19,

(,AS,

"fountains of irniera
'/'',"
instead of
".I
" fountnina of liuinj;

xiii. 14.

IS'"

xiii. 4'''-'

pass.,

X. 6.

iv. 11.

V.

(.")

XV. 45.

Gal.

S.)

iii. 3.

vi. 9, 16.

alive,

i)ie iiviii'j,

TTr A

xvii. 28.
xxii. 22.
xxiii. 1.
XXV. 24.

vii. 3,

to bring forth alive

be born alive to preserve

,,
Titus

part.

{emphatic.)

see Plea-

6 -", part.
vi.
17 (om.

xiv. 15.

living,

i.e.

15.

iii.

iv. 10.
V. 61'',

2Tim.ii.ll,seeLwith.

vii. 19,

2 Cor.
{

(.)

xxviii. 4.
Rom. i. 17.

9.

i.

sure or Ddicatelij.

xxvi. 5.

to have

that peculiar property communicated by God to some parts only

of his creation.
lie originates
and sustains all life by qiving it out

cy

Tim.

in

xi. 25, 26.

xiv. Ii) twice.

-ING.) [verb.]

to live {alcill to
breathe), to have

20.

vii. 38.

Acts

-,

(-ED, -EST,

ii.

lonk.

V. 10.

careful sus'^cnse.
Luke XX. 38 ""'c
xxiv. 5.

58, 69

iii. 8.

.John

also,

21.

Thes.

vii. 25.

xii.

i.

iii. 7.

iv. 10, 11. 50, 51,

V. 25.
[53.
vi.51i''ce,573timeij

See

11, 12.
V. 25.
vi. 3, see
iii.

Eph.

Mark

LITTLE

or con-

state, place,

diHon.

see " little," JVo. 1.

xviii. 6, 10,

(a citizen

live in

to begin, to be present ; tvith

Oat., implies a being or

living in

LITTLE ONE.
X. 42.

of

a free state,
as a free and good citizen,

{occ. Phil.

be a

man)

or free

iv,

Matt.

life,

to lead or bring through

1 Tim.

no common,
no ordi-

ivith ov,

pass one's

life,

occ.)

time, to pass or lead a life, {occ.

to happen. Here,
jmrt.asadj.; happening,
as tJiough anywhere or
at all tiiJies, i.e. chance,
casual, common; hence,
Acts

to turn up, overturn,

mid., to turn one's self round,
(Lat., versari), hence, to move
about, sojourn, live with, pass

{non

no,

ov,

),

xxvii. 28.

LITTLE

Lrv

one's time.

ther.

)
Acts

(go)

lit.,

sepa-

rate,

40L

20

{.

Tr

of life,
ioul

A,

i.e.

7,

9,

ofl\j\'.)

xviii.

seo

Deliciously.

BceJcwB.
4 timu.

XX.
5,

4.

see

again.

LIV
LIA'E

^,

(No.

^2

AGAIN.

1, tcifh

LO!

up, or again,

prefixed.)
Eev. XX.

5,

(No.

1,

Tr A.)

[marg.]

29

xii.

air,
U]),

text, he of doubtful nwid.

''<:,

LIVE LONG.
,
';,
to be,

loDg-timcd,

i.e.

long-

lived.

Eph.

vi. 3.

LIVE OF.
to eat, take food.
1 Cor. ix. 13,

marg.,

/t'cd of.

LIVE WITH.

^,

(" LIA'E,"

No.

1, icith

gether in conjunction with,

fixed) (71071 occ.)
Rom.

Ti. 8.

Cor.

2 TJm.

to-

^;rf?-

vii. 3.

11.

ix.

LIVELY.

see " LIVE,''

No.

Here part.,

1.

i.e.

living.
Acts

vii. 38.

Pet.

ii.

LIVING

%,

life,

means

of

3.

[noun.]

life.
XV. 12, 30.
xxi. 4.

LIVING (with riotous)

to live,^(ei7e" LIVE," \ V
uvinc:
d
g in ac-

No. 1)

'

here, jnn-t

dissolutely,

(from

saveable,

i.

Luke

,,
'

Pet.

5.

Murk xi. W.
Luke viii. 43.

(imperative ofaor., mid. q/etSov,

to see) a i)article serving to call
attention, (elsewhere," behold ")

i8ov,

2. iSc, (imperative

to be floatiug in the
hence, to be lifted up, buoyed
esp., ivitli false Jiopes.

1.

GL

LIVE IN CAREFUL SUSPENSE

Luke

LOD

gible,

not

incorri-

debauchery j
Luke

XV. 13.

baucherj',
or living in
riotous
excess.

as

a)i

of

eTSov, to see)

interjection, lo

behold

used
!

LOD

463

LODGINa.
^cvt'a,

place for a guest, a lodg-

(^

JSf.T.,

LONG WHILE

guest-riglit, alliance of hospitality.

In

LON

upon,

")

evavov, suiBcing,

ing, {non occ.)

Acts

Philem.

xxviii. 23.

having three
the
third story, (non occ.)
to

Acts XX.

See AGO, AS,

SUFFER.

LONG
?,

9.

LOINS.

Mark

ix.

Mark
Luke

Acts ii. 30.

Eph. vi. 14.
Heb. vii. 5,

4.

iii.

6.

i.

xii. 35.

Pet.

also,

HAIE,
TIME.

',

10.

(^

all, clothing, gaement,

PATIENT, PATIENCE, BOBE,

many, much.

Of time,

,
79,

how

C Vi,

upon,
more,

ovK, not,

xiv. 9, see

very

eee

Acts

(so)

Heb.

<

, out
f

(.

Luko

with

2.

xx.

1.

iivii. 14.
xxvii. 21.

iv, 7,

1.

see

i.

(, to

he.

(oeeatlt...)
8.

9.

see

while
[(a)

;,

(so)

LONGED

FOE.

much

desired upon, earnestly longed for, (non occ.)

(of a)

Phil.

iv. 1.

of, of,

XTJii. 8, if

'' ^^'',
L Tr A

LONGER.
1.

for a auffi.cicnt

of times,

number

LONG

.)

,
1.

(so)

so great, so much.
so long.

en, yet,

Of

Luke

time,

Heb.

iv. 7.

imph/ing duration, ac-

more.
xvi. 2.

1.

cTi,

see

No.

1,

2.

LONGER

much,
xiv. 9.

still,

cession, or addition.

2.

John

AETEE.

Phil.

^
1
1
1
( tor a long
rr
sulbcing, abundy^^^'
(
ant, great, much.
)

so

a time.

ix. 21.

ix. 14.
Phil. ii. 2G, part,

?,

Ilowlong

2 Cor.

xiv. 28.

LONG SEASON

(-ED.) [verb.]

LONG

much

11,

(now)

[much,

LONG AFTER
3.

vi. 10.

znnch.,

little.
i

X. 24.

Eev.

ix. 41.

to desire upon, i.e. over and

above, besides; hence, to desire
earnestly.
Eom. i. 11.

at
j length, further.

) i.e.

Matt. XXV.

19.
Luke xiiii. 8,
season (of aj
1. John V. 6.

1.

Mark

Luke
John

how

great,

time,

long.

what time

L ago (how)

LONG

[adj.]

(now)

LONG AGO

PATIENT,

LIVE,

*>>:c.

13.

i.

LONG

1.

19

at

xvii. 17 '"

the loins, the lower region of

the hack, the lumbar region, as
oj)p. to the shoulders and thighs.

See

Avhen

Matt.

21, see

Matt.

[adv.]

until,

7,

LONG

three-roofed,

floors or stories

11.

22.

JL.OFT (thied)

third floor,

Acts XX.

(a)

for a sufficient,
or long time.

Acts

(;

above.

xviii. 20.

LON
2.

(iVo. 1, tvifJi

464

,,
,

not, pre(Sere, with

strengthening

Jixed) no longer.
another negative,

4.

Acts XXV.

to see, perceive with the eyes,

at, to see something, used of
hodily sight, differing from No. 2
in the same way as No. 1 does and

look

the affirmative?)
2.

LOO

24.

1.

Eom.

differing from No. 1

refers in thought to

vi. 2.

while No.

LONaER
see above,

(no)
5.

No.

2.

2.

no

ovkItl,

more, no

no

further,

longer.

{occ. Phil.

\^.

1 refers to Avhat is matter of

thought or supposition, Avhile No.

2 refers to what

2.

Gal.

1.

iii.

Thes.

is

25.

iii. 1, 5.

matter of

6.

fact.]

1.

Tim.

1.

1 Pet. iv. 2.

LONGSUFFERINa

anything,
wait for.

[noun.]

long before being angry,

endurance, forbearance,
Heb. vi. 12 Jas. v. 10.)
;

3.
2.

1.

Mark
Luke
John

ii.

Col. iii. 12.

1 Tim. i. 16.

4.

ix. 22.

2.

2 Cor. vi. 6.
Gal. V. 22.

2 Tim.

Eph.

iv. 2.

1 Pet.

iii.

11.

2 Pet.

iii.

Col.

i.

iii.

2.
7.

xvi. 4,
ix. 62.

Acts

vii.

to watch toward or for

to look for, expect,

part.

52,
xiii. 22.
six. 37.

3.

Rom.

23.)

closely.

V. 23.

patient

ii.

to stoop down near by

anything, to bend forAvard near
in order to look at anything more

7.

(occ.

{No. 4, loith
away from,
prefixed) to look away from one
thing so as to see another, look
ofB from one thing unto another,

,
,
,
,
), ,
,
1.

in that it
the object,
1 refers to the subject.

impera-

5.

Heb.

6.

Jas.

6. 1

[tive.

Rev.

1.

iii. 4.

25.
i.

xiv. 1. 14.

1.

XV. 5.

IC.

iv. 2.

LONGSUFFEEING

LOOK ABOUT

20.
15.

(be)

2 Pet.

ON.

Mark

imphjing not the mere

act of seeing, but the actual perception of the object, thus di^ering
from No. 2, and referring to the
;

iVb. 4.

3.

to use the eyes, to see, look;

nsrd of the act of seeing, even
thouf/h nothing is seen ; to observe
accurately vith desire hence, of
mental vision ; imph/ing more contemplation than No. 4.

round

34,

mid.

AT.

2 Cor. iv. 18, jmrt.

',

LOOK DILIGENTLY.

{the above, with im, upon,

prefixed) to look upon, look after,
see to, (occ. 1 Pet. v. 2.)
Heb.

mind and thought of him Avho sees,

(the subject,) thus differing from

2.

iii.

LOOK

(-ED, -ETii, -iNG.) [verb.]

to see

Trept',

to look, inspect, reconnoitre,

behold, regard.

iii. 9.

{See below for words used in connection.)

about, prefixed)

{see
to be
above) to be long before being
angry, to endure or wait patiently.

1.

8(om. G=:)

1.

{No .2, above with

LOOK

12.

iv. 1.

^vi.

1.

xxviii. 6, part.

xii. 2.
i.

Pet.

xii. 15.

LOOK EAENESTLY ON.

/^, to fix tlie eyes intently upon,
gaze upon intently.

{No.

2,

with

fixed) to look up.

up,j)re

LOOK EARNESTLY UPON.

see above.

Luke

xxii.

5.

LOO
LOOK

1.
2.

78,

465

FOR.

LOOK ROUND ABOUT.

^,

see " LOOK," NO. 7

to receive to one's self.

things future, to wait for, expect.

8,

(NO. 2, With CK, out of, or

from, frrfixed, instead of Trpos, to
or towards) to receive from any
quarter, to look for {being about to

^,

receive), expect.

4.

Mark

{No.

3, loith

1.

3.

xxiv. 50.

1.

4.

38.

2.

Phil. iii. 20.

Tit. ii. 13.

4.

Heb.

1.

xii. 46.

3.

Acts

2.

ii.

xxiii. 21.

1.
2.

Jude

1.

see "

iii.

[part.

12. 13. 14,

2.

LOOK," No.

look," No.

1.

upon, pre-

to see with regard and admiration.

Acts

vi. 15.

13.

iii.

LOOK
see "

Acts

TO.

look," No.

LOOK," No.

x\-iii. 15.

4.

1.

2.

LOOK UPON

John

3.

(to)

1.

,
,

Eev.

iv. 3.

LOOK
("

UP.

LOOK," No.

2, icith

up, prefixed.)

to be a spectator of, to behold as toith attention or wonder,

to look on or regard, {as not being
the act of an iiistant, but for a
lengthened period.)

2.

1.

Matt.

xiv. 19.

1.

Mark

vi. 41.

1.

to look, inspect, reconnoitre,

25

{(\((', h

5.

John

2.

Mark

viii. 33.

4.

Acts

iv. 35.

XV. 40.
i. 25.

7.

X. 4, part.
2 Cor. X. 7.
Phil. ii. 4.

X. 32.

1.

Eev.

1.

,
Luke

V. 3. 4.

'

clearbi,

ot iiroLTJafv

V. 28.

iiji,

viii. 24.

1.

regard.

/3(', mnde him

vii. 34.

sail'

Matt.

to raise one's self up, to

rise \i])fro7n a stooping posture.

1.

1.

Acts

Ti. 3.

Lukeix.

1.

xix. 5.
xxi. 1.
28.
Acts xxii. 13.

2.
1.

look

W), {am.

16.

[G-j

LOOK UP STEADFASTLY.

OUT.

to look at as though to
to look out, seek out.

Tr

1.

1.

instead

see " L. ON,"

Acts

LOOK

i-

4.

ance.

to Contemplate earnestly,
(with the idea ofdesire and pleasure)

select,

part.

the sight, sense of seeing. Then,

aspect, external form, in appear-

2.

No.

see "

to fix the eyes intently upon,

gaze upon intently.

3.

10.

,
,
2.

2.

6.

i.

2 Cor.

fixed.)

xi. 11,

vi. 10.

see " L. ON,"

Acta

ON.

cVeiSov, {No. 2, ivitk eVt,

,
,

Mark

LOOK STEADFASTLY.

21.

3.

6.

5.

from,

xi. 10.

2 Pet.

ctSov, see "

5.

see above.

iii.

ix. 28.

2.

4.

oe

UPON.
Luke

1.

LOOK

ix. 8.

x. 23.

Cor. xvi. 11.

vii. 19, 20.

Luke

2.

Here,

LOOK ROUND ABOUT ON

.,

xi. 3.

Mark

v. 32.

Matt.

dentl}'.
Matt.

ABOUT .")

Mark

prefxed) to Avait out, i.e. to wait

long and patiently, to await ar-

1.

(see "l.

mid.

Of

3.

LOO

No.

4.

vii. 55.

LOOK UPON.

1.

{"LOOK,'' No. 2, with

prrfi.ved.)

in,

LOO

(" LOOK," No.

upon, prefixed.')

2, ivith

(see " L.

5.)

7/?7,

2.

3.

Mark

1.

ON," NO.

x. 27.

1.

Luke

LOOSED

i-Trl,

',

3.

1.

lohile

a looking for, expectation.

,,
might)

subst.,

Distin-

ruler.

??

really possesses it as

imlimited.

used of man* as the possessor,

owner, or master, e.g. property.
Hence, a title of address, Eng.,
master, sir; French, sieur, monGerm., herr. See under
sieur

xxi. 26.

[It is

LOOKING POE.
a reception,

or con

guished from No. 2, as heing He

who assumes and exercises th epo loer,

LOOKIN& AFTER.
Luke

Then, as

principal,

lord,

xxviii. 6.

(-S.)

Kvptos, (an adj., from

mighty.

(see " LOOK," No. 7.)

tie

1 Cor. vii. 27.

LOOK WHEN.
Acts

(to be)

a loosening, ^rowi any

straint, (non occ.)

LOED

-,
8,

LOR

Luke xxii. 61.

John i. 36.
1 John i. 1.

1.

xiv. 67.
ix. 38.

1.

2.

466

waiting

for,

(nan

occ.)

No.

Heb.

3.

X. 27.

a name for God, it is used as

predicated of Him, or when He
is addressed or spoken of.

As

LOOSE

1.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

to loose, loosen lohat

is

fast

for Christ, because He

stands in the same relation to us
But while
as God.
is used
as a translation of
(Jehovah)
the name Jehovah is never applied

As a name

hound ; hence, to unbind.

2.

',

(No.
to

fixed)
from.

3.

,
,

irom, preloose from, free

1, loitli

let

to send

up or

forth, let up,

to Christ.
applied to

let go.

4.

5.

to lead up, conduct or bring

As a nautical term, to lead
up.
a ship out to sea, to put to sea.

to take up, lift up, raise ofi

anchors, to weigh anchor and sail
;

aioay.

6.

hovah

is

And when

in the NT., Jethe Avord quoted or re-

ferred to from the O.T Also

when
is applied to Christ,
it

is

specially

and directly ex-

plained in the O.T, as in Ps. ex.

"Jehovah
Matt.

xxii.

unto

said

"ciTrev

to render inactive, idle,

useless hence, to cause to cease,
do away cease to be connected
with.

is

God

43

.'^

45,

1,

Adonai,"

and Mark

cf.

xii.

36, 37.

In the Gospels

usually sigGod, while in the Epistles

it generally refers to Christ, and
denotes His position of Master in

nifies
1. Matt. xvi. 19 flee.
xviii. 18'w'c*-

Acts

xiii. 25.

xvi. 11.

27.
xii. 2.
Mark vii. 35.

26.
xxii. 30.

Luke

15, 16.
xix. 30, .31.
33 1", see

21.
40.

Rom.
Loos-

ing (be)

332"

1.
1.

John

1.

Acts

4.

vii. 2.

Cor. vii. 27 1", see

(to be)
272nd.

Eev.

xi. 44.
ii.

V. 2.

5(om.LTTrA.)

24.

xiii. 13,

relation to

xxiv. 26 (.)
xxvii. 13.

xi. 2, 4, 5.
xiii. 12.

part.
1.

ix. 14, 15.

Eev. XI.

3, 7.

LOOSING
Luke

(be)

xix. 33, port.

He who

His people, as

has ownership and authority over

them. Hence, all the social and
natural relationships of life are to
be regarded and performed as
subject to His authority

e.g.,

It is the " Lord's

Supper," not the

supper of Jesus or Christ, because
He Avho says, " Do this," has the

right and authority to institute

and command. Again, marry, etc.,

LOR

467

obey in the Lord, (not

in Jesus or Christ.)
See further
tmdcr " Jesus," and " Cheist."

Luke

in the Lord,

denoting the exercise of supreme authority, it is applied to Grod,* and also to Christ.

a Hebrew word, lihe

(Rabbi) hut of higher honour,
meaning {with thesujfx) my great
name publicly given to
master.

only seven persons, all of the school

of milel, and of great eminence.

'

Mark

20, 22, 24.

13, 15, 19.

i.

ii.

V. 33.

21 twice^ 22'"'''

10

xiii. 20.

Luke

xii. 8.

51

(oni.

1. 6, 9, 11, 15, 16,

17, 25, 28, 32, 38, 43,
45, 40, 58, 66, 68, 76.
ii. 9 i, 92nJ (oi/i.

G-L

xiv. 28, 30.

XV. 22, 25, 27.
xvi. 22.

G-),ll,15,22,23'i",
29.

38

xvii. 4, 15.
xviii. 21.

[24, 26.

(fleos.

Tr

At*.)

26'(o)ii.LTTrA.)

iii. 4.

27, 31, 32, 34.

iv. 8, 12, 18, 19.

V. 8, 12, 17.

8.

30, 31. 33.

xxi. 3, 9.
40.
42,

vi. 5,

xxiii. 39.

Lord's

ix_ 54_

Tr Ab

.)

40.

i.

ii.

vii. 28.

see Lords.

31, 33.

37 (om.

and

XV. 6, 11, 30.

xvi. 2, 8, 11, 12 it,
12-'>><(.),13, 18, 20,

1.

Cor.

1.

iii. 5, 20.
iv. 4, 5, 17, 19.
4 'w'cc, 5.

1.
1.

V.

1.

17.
vii. 10, 12.

1.

17

(,

for
at beginning
oi verse,
Lord,

-L

GL

viii. 5.

6.
ix. 1 twice, 2, 5, 14.
X. 21 twice, 22 26

28 (ap.)
xi. 11.

20,

23
27

(-

32.
xii. 3, 5.

xiv. 21, 37.

XV. 31.

16, 17, 20,

47 (om. G
TTr AK.)

xii. 7, il, 17, 23.

2,

23.

(,
G^LTTrAW.)
xvi. 10

2 Cor.

18

'-"'1

25 i.

(,,

15,

twice.

iv. 5.

(,

25 1
(om.

35.
xiv. 21, 22, 2.1.
XVI. 3, 5">i, 8
xvii. 5, 6, 37.
xviii. 6, 41.

name, instead of

Lb

.)
14.

V. 6, 8, 11.
vi. 17, 18.
viii. 5. 9, 19, 21.
X. 8, 17, 18.

name of the Lord,

TTr A.)
19.
xxiii. 11.
XXV. 15. 20.
xxvi. 15.

xxviii. 31.

xi. 17, 31.

xii. 1, 8.

xiii. 10, 14.

Gal.

3. 19.

i.

iv. 1.

Jlis

G L

10 (om.

Tr A

LTTrAl*.)

LTTrAW.)

17 twice,

16,

iii.

GLTTrAK.)
25

2, 3, 14.
12.

i.

ii.

God,,

14, 15, 31, 32.

xvii. 24.
27 (G-0, ("foe.

Jesus,

;:

57, 58 twice.
xvi. 7, 10, 19, 22,

10, 11, 12,

XV. 11, l?*'", 26,

35,36.

Cod,

twice, 23, 24.

xiii.

26,

29 (om.
piov, tJio Lord's,
Ti
.)

.)
8,

twice,

twite.

?, Jesus C/li'istjGt^jL
-xi.

see Lord's

(the)

27. 29, 31, 35, 42.

X. 4, 14, 38^

21

.]

C2 twico, S4, 35, 39_

lOtvticc, 11, 13, 15, 17,

?.
A

Tr

22 twice, 25 twice,

48

God, G
[Note,

(fleos,

LTTr A.)

51".
[39.
5-'d (om. G:sL
.)
6 '"'
(ap),

Tr

13 twice, 14,

vi. 11,

1.

ix. 1,

Tr

7, 8, 9,

8, 16.

ii.

G^LTTr

AR)

2, 3,

i.

V\, 31.

i.e.
God,
instead of the Lord.
i/oiii- God,

: 16

TTrAN.)

28.

FF

TrAt*.)

xxii. 8, 10 Ice.

15, 23,

25

3.

V. 19.
vi. 21,

43,

xiii. 8.

6(om.TTr>>AW,
"where He lay.")

,
,

30 (om.
the Lord, G
vii.

14.
1.

22. 24 (ar.)

XX. 2, 13, 18, 20,

25, 28.
xxi. 7 '"', 12, 15,
16, 17. 20, 21.
Acts i. 6. 21, 24.
ii. 20, 21,25,34'w',
36, 39, 47.
iii. 19, 22.
iv. 24.
26, 29, 33.
V. 9, 14, 19.
of"

xiv.Cl'i,6 2nd(ap.),
C orJ & 4111, a 3 lime 11

1.

20 (9(6?, Ood,

43, 47.

xxviii. 2.

Mark

25, 36, 37.

xiv. 5, 8, 22.
XV. 15, 20.

xiii. 14.

1.
1.

xii. 13, 38*"'"xiii. 6, 9, 13, 14.

16.

or

G.)

tit.

19.

XX. 19, 21, 24, 35.

xxi. 13, 14.

41, 42 l-

xx%-ii. 10.

39.

34,

(-

11 (G=v),
oppoHnnity,

xii.

occasion,

xix. 5, 10, 13, 17.

xi. 1, 39.
xii. 36, 37.

xxvi. 22.

(.)

11

xviii. 8, 9,

59, 01.
X. 1, 2, 17, 21, 27,

['to.

42 -''1,

e.

G-L

57 (om.

45, 4, 18, 50.

XXV. 11 'i", 18, 19,
20, 21 t"ij 22, 23 '"'w,
2i, 26.

'icc.

31 1", 31 2nd

(<!}')

see

ixiv. 42.
.

46

vii. 6,

(the)
xxii.37,43,44"'i,

G->),

47, 48, 49.

xiv. 3. 23.

39.
.

XX.

X. 9, 12, 1.3, 16.

xi. 3, 34.

23 {om.

49, 59, 60.

.19(.),20(.)

TTrA.)

(tt]i.)

29twicCj30,36,37.

xi. 25.

vii. 25.

ix. 28, 29.

ix. 36, 38.

xi. 2, 3, 12, 21, 27,

(the)

viii. 2, 6, 8, 21, 25.

xiii.

32,

see Lord's

11,

ix. 28, 38.

X. 24, 25.

il

viii. 39.

34, 68.

our Lord,
'>?,

23.

i.

(/.

vi. 11

Tr A.)

viii. 16, 24, 25, 26,

xi. 3, 9,
xii. 9.

iv. 7, 10.
yii.

GL

iv. 1.
vi.

X. 51.

3.

iii.

24 {om.
W.)

ix.

i. 3, 7.
iv. 8, 24.
V. 11, 21.

K.)
xxiv. 3, 34.

Johu

As

Kom.

Tr

one who has absolute do-

submission.

1.

37, 42 twice^ 44.

xxii. 31 (.), 33,
38, 49, 61 twice.
xxiii. 42 (om. Lb

viii.

minion, supreme authority, and

unlimited power, arising from
oivnershij) ; a master, as opp. to a
servant.
No. 1 implies greater
honour and respect. No. 3 greater

Matt.

xix. 8 '" '

16, 18, 20, 25.
31, .34, 38.

XX. 13, 15.

/3,

to be lord over any person

or thing, to have dominiou over.
Here, part., Kvpuvwv, he Avho has
dominion over, i.e. a lord, potentate.
Ill pi., as here, those

2.

LOR

V. 10.

//le

vi. 14.

GL

17 (om.

TTr A.)
Eph.

i.

ii.

iii.

2, 3, 15, 17.

21.
11. 14

(.)

iv. 1, 5, 17.

v. 8, 10.

LOR
Eph.

1.

(, God,

17

V.

Lm.)

19, 20, 22.

1.

29

G-LTrb

Lord,

in tJie

.30-''"l

4, 7, 8, 10. 21, 23.

1.

24.

1.

Phil.

U.

2,

i.

20.

'

1,2,4.5,10, 23.

i.

(.).

ii. 1.

1.

iv.

10,15.
V. 4, 7, 8,10, lll't.

1.

112nd

1.

1.

GLTTrAti.)

1*.

iii. 6.

17 (om. G:5L.)

1.

1.

16(G.^),

(eoi.

18, 20, 23.24 '"'

iv. 7, 17.
Thes. i. Ill', 1 2d

(ap.),3, 6, 8.

1 Pet.

2 Pet.

1.

',
G L

11

G-)

iv. 1, 2. 6. IS'wice,

''

iii. 2,

5,

God, L.)

LTrmb

<^

4, 5, 6. 12, 16twicc,

10,

Tr A.)

Tr

H.)
15 -nJ

xvi.

(, God, Lm

Tr

H.)

Philem. 3.5,

Ij

20 "-nd

(,

3.

i.e.

Mark

(exeecise)

LOED," No.

(iVb. 1, tvith

,
2.

down,

against or over

it

x. 42.

Luke

1.

xxii. 25.

God,

GL

6, 16 lt162"d.

1.

1*.

/,

one's self,

xvi. 25

1.

1.

xix. 10.
vi. 12. see

John

50,

Luke

ix.

see Saltness.
24 twice, 25.
1.

{occ.

3Q
33

36.
ix. 41.

1.

1.

it,

pnrt,

2nd, 6. 8, 9, 24, 32.

xvii. twice.

twice.

35

viii.

XV.

1.

twice

xviii. 11 (a'p.)

Mark

2.

LORDS.

to lose.

i.e.

X. 6, 39 twice, 42.
XV. 24.

1.

great ones, Lat., magnates,

one.

piass.,

Matt. V. 13, see Savour. Luke xiv.34,see Savour

1.

xxi. 22.
xxii. 5, 6, 20, 21.

noblen, princes,

upon ang

to bring loss

Here, only mid., to bring loss upon

of,

TJntothe

1.

(be)

(be)

twice.

l!

xii.

1.

xvii. 12,
xviii. 9.

see

2 Cor. iv. 3, see L (be)

John

8.

15, xviii. 23.)

Mark

LOST

vi. 21.

1.

LORD'S

()

John

vi. 12.

1.

,
Acts

2.

(be)
1.

1.

belonging to the lord,

was the State, or fiscal
jjpoperty.)
In X.T. belonging to
Christ as Lord, having special
reference to Him.

).,

marg.. overrule.

LOSE (-, LOST.)

7/i.,to destroy utterly (stronger

1.

vi.

.)
1.

chiefH,

Rev.

see "

(be)

2.

to
suffer loss, to receive detriment.

(, of

xix. 1 (toC

Lord'oii'r

1.

,
ii.

loed," No.

In N.T. only mid. or

our God, instead

16, 20l

10.

i.

xviii. 8.

Tr

CViriat.GLTTrAR)
Heb.

2.
1"

rvii.

ii.)

4 (om.

5 (om. Kupte,

14
142nd.

8, 14, 17, 18, 22.

i.

2.

xiv. 9.

ruin, loss, lohat is lost to another,

as a sheep, lost to the fold and the
shepherd.

-)

7.

19, 22, 24.

11.
(orti.

OLord.GLTTrAl^)

iii.

iv. 1

(be)

J}^o.

LORDS OVER
see "

and see "Day

[(the Lord's")

10,

to destroy) to lose
utterly, the subject being the sufferer ; the fundamental thought is,

3.

4(oift.

ii. 7.

14

LOED,"
Eom.

form

XV.

TTr.)

Titus

1,

xiv. 13.

2 Tim. i.2,8,16,18"'-

Lord's

see

xi. 8, 15, 17.

mt. "those

n'fio reitjn.")

A.)

vii. 14.

3.14,151"

vi.

LORD OF
see "

xi. 20.

i.

Jesus,

iv. 8, 11.
vi. 10.

G^jLT

{om.

Cor.

Eev.

1.

ani/ one.

(the)

2, 12, 14.

V. 2i

1. 1
I

',
2.

1. 8.

G L

1 (om.

i.

LT

9, 14, 17, 21.

Eev.

18.

Tim.

xii. 11.

to

.42ncl.

8. 13, 14, 16.

iii. 1.

(flcdi,

xxi. 42

Mark

prefixed) to lord

8, 9,10, 15, 18.

John 3 (om. G=:

TrA.)
Jude 4 ist-

3t.

ii. 1,

2.

1.

7. 8, 9,

1, 2,

1.

Trb.)

20.
1.

V. 2, 9, 12, 23, 27, 28.

(cm.

before the Lord,

::

Matt.

2.

came

pass.'\

LORDSHIP OVER

1.

9.

13.

2, 8, 11. 14. 16.

i.

ii.

[this

Lord, }

1 Pet. V. 3.

Lords

see

3,

2.

,
,

over (be)
3t.

12 (om.

2 Thes. i.
12tw.ce.

twice, 15.

12
V.

15, 19.
iii. 8, 11.

16, 17

Gr:)

i.

ii.

(01,1.

14, 15.
3, 25.
ii. 3, 13.

God,

1.

1.

3, 10.

ii. 6.

iii.

G-L

12 (om.

2i, 29.
iv.

1, 7.

i.

Tr A H,i.e. substitute
"He."

19
Clirist, L.)

iii. 1, 8,

Jas.

1.

(,

-ii. 11.

Col.

xii. 5, 6, 14.
xiii. 6, 20.

1.

Lord

be-") from' the

>

Kvpiov, the

saith the Lord,

G=:TTr .)

Ab.)

from

side,

301" (om. Keyei

.{.,

1.

LOS

vii. 14, 21.

viii. 2, 8. 9. 10, 11.
X. 16.

GLTTrAt*.)

Christ,

Heb.

(,

1.

468

2 Cor. iv.

John

xvii. 12.

3.

LOSS.

damage,

loss,

detriment,

{occ.

xxvii. 10.)

a casting off or

loss, {occ.

Rom.

xi.

away from

15.)

3.

LOS

a being inferior, a worse

state, as covipared ivUh

ov former
1.

Acts

3.

xxvii. 21.

Cor.

any other

Cor.

state, {occ. 1

iii.

vi. 7.)

15, see Loss

(suffer)

22.

2.

469

Rom.xi. 12,marg.(text,

1.

dimtjushing.

,
,
,

LOSS

(suffer.)

see " LOSE,"

1

Phil.iiiT.el" [(siiffer)
8 -"d, see Loss of

^0.

Cor.

2.

iu. 15.

LOSS OF

(suffer)

see " lose,"

No.

Phil.

iii. 8.

LOT

2.

(-S.)

to break,
(^proh.from
because twif/s or other
(fragments) were used for the purpose of casting lots) a lot, the lot
Then,
that apportions or allots.
the lot that is allotted or apportioned.

Matt, xxvii. 35

Mark
Luke

John

(.)

xix. 24.
31,

xv. 2i.
i.

9,

see

L (be one's)

Acts

16

see

(cast)

"^ice.

viii. 21.

xxiii. 34.

Acts

i.

xiii. 9,

LOT

see Divide.

(be one's)

to have

fall to one's lot, obtain as one's portion.

Luke

LOTS

;^,

i.

9.

(cast)

see above.

John

xix.

.34.

LOUD.
/5,

large, prop,

of physical
magnitude, but also great in force
great,

and

intensity

loud.
Matt, ixvii.

hence,

of the

voice,

LOV

LOV

from

to press

is

470
he

Again,
<^tAta is friendship between men,
but love iohe7i between the sexes,)

low.)

[Note. These two words are not

used indiscriminately.
never means to kiss;
never

means

^,

to acquiesce

reverence,

or cherish xoith

may be

profit,

3.

,
,

Hence, in the iV.T.

is never used of man's love
to
God, but
always.
Both words are used of God's love
to man,
when He is said
to " Love the world," (John iii.
16, etc ) and when He wishes men
good, and seeks their salvation
and
is affirmed of His love
to His people Avho please Him,
(John xvi. 27, etc.) Again,
is used of Jesus' love for Lazarus,
(John xi. 3, 36) but
verse 5
the word is
because there
the sisters are uicluded, and therefore this word w&s more correct.
Again, we are commanded to love
our enemies, etc., but here
is used, never
love cannot
be required in this case, though
kindness and compassion are.

Mark

U,

V. 43,

X.

and purpose.

iQ ""cc.

1 Cor.

xvi. 22.
2 Cor. ix. 7.
xi. 11.

37 twice.

xii. 30, 31,

33

Eph.

twice.

),

ill

'"'"

X. 27.

Col. iii. 19.

1 Thes. iv. 9.

2 Thes.

xvi. 13.

2 Tim. iv. 8, 10.

Tit. ii. 4, see Husband

vii. 5, 42,

XX. 46.

John

20 (No.

1, L"'.)

iii.

viii. 42.

Heb.

xi. 3.
5.

Jas.

Lord, (John

xii.

25.)

Whereas

Man.

9.

i.

xii. 6.

36.

12.

i.

5, 8.
8, 22.

ii.

xii. 2.5.

Pet.

4:i.

i.

17.

ii.

1 'wicCj

23,

iii.

see Breth-

8,

ren.

15, 214>'nes,
23t-ice, 24, 28, 31.

xiv.

XV 9 twice

10.

2 Pet.

2.2 twice

IJohn

'

[17.'

19.

ii.

15.

10, 15 '"'e.
10, 11, 14 twice,

ii.

iii.

xvi. 27'"'".
xvii. 23'w>ee,24,26.

18, 23.
iv. 7'^''ce 8 lO'w'ice,

xix. 26.

11 twice,

12,'

203 times, 21 1
V. 1 twice

2
3

John
John

i.

'l9 twice,
'

2tw

5.

i.

9.

Eev.

i.

5.

iii. 9.

Eom.

viii. 28, 37.

ix. 13.
xiii. 8 wice, 9.

19.
xii. 11.

xxii. 15.

LOVELY.
dear to ang one, {non
Phil. iv.

occ.)

8.

LOVER.
See, GOD, GOOD, nOSPITALITT, PLEASURE,

SELF.

LOVING TO THE BRETHREN.

[marg.]

and then Jesus uses Peter's word

{)

see

4,

15.

X. 17.

xiii.
times.

16.

ii.

or Chiidreu.

16, 19, 35.

iii.

V.

his reply; this is repeated,

in the third question. Once more,

to love
life, from an excessive desire to preserve it, and
so to lose sight of the real object
of living, is reproved by our

4.

ii.

V. 2, 25'"'", 33.
vi. 24.

xi. 43.

Again, in John xxi 15-17, in

the fiivst question Jesus uses
b'.it
Peter uses the word

twice.

20.

ii.

V. 14.

Luke vi. 27,32 '>ni's,35.

47

15

xii.

Gal.

Mark

9.

ii.

viii. 3.

xix. 19.
xxii. 37, 39.
xxiii. 6.
x. 21.

343

much

x. 21.]

to will, desire, wish, implying

vi. 5.
24.

is.

Other examples

traced out with

e.ff.

active volition
Matt.

to consult

life, IS

its real interest.

denotes the sense

ov passion of love, but

is
implied the cause ofLe..
is to onahe much of a tiling, to admire for some good and sufficient
reason, but
denotes the love
Avhich springs naturally from the
thing loved, even where no just
cause of love exists,
is
never used of an improper lovo

()

to love

whom we embrace, or kiss.

to love, considered in reference to

a natural inclination, or an emotion,
{i.e. the passion of love) {elsewhere
translated to kiss.)
{See note, be-

LOW

to
abase.

See, BUETirREN.

LOW

(nniNo)

make low,
Luke

hence, to

iii. 5.

humble,

LOW

471

LUN

LUS

-,

LUST

472

is

upon

itself to (eVt-) or

a reaching after, the appetite

and tendency to\vards the external

No. 1 is only the mental
object.
desire, hut No. 2 Tins conjoined toith
the notion of the thing desired.
No. 1 may therefore he used absoit,

lutely, as

mRom.

and

vii. 7,

have

2.

nestly, long for.

Matt. V. 28,
1 Cor. X. 6

])assion,

{i.e.

iv. 19.

John

viii. 44.

Eom.

1.

iii.

^,
2.

1. Tit. ii. 12.

1 [noun.]

xviii. 14.

[noun* and adj.f]

Eph.

1+2

iv. 25.

lie.

Thes.

ii.

9.

IvcSpov,

a lying in wait, prop.,

an ambuscade, {non

in

occ.)

counsel upon or against

hence, plot, conspiracy.

iii. 3.

1.

(that...)

No.

falsehood, lying, a

loar,

6.

iv. 3.

1.

24,
27.

see " lust,"

LYING IN WAIT.

i.

5.

Rev.

1.
2 Tim.

Gal. V. 17.
Jas. iv. 2.

LUSTETH AFTER

of

affection or love.)

Mark

see L
i after.
)

1>',

621.J.

1.

suffering,

to desire upon, i.e. over

above, besides, to desire ear-

and

LYIN&

pleasure, gratification, enjoy-

-,

thing, (of unlawful de-

sires.)

ment.
4.

[verb.]

xiii. 9,

hut No. 2 never, (non occ.)

i78ov77,

-.)

(-ED,

to fix the desire upon, to

the affections directed to-

wards any

is

2. o/D^t5,

3.

1.

its object.

used exclusively of sinful desire, lohicli corresponds to onarCs

depraved nature. The inward passion of concupiscence.
It

LUST

[noun.]

what
directed towards
any thing, desire Avhich attaches

1.

MAD

,
,

vi. 11 (ap.)

marg.

vii. 7,

con-

cupiscence.

1.

Jas.

and

3,

marg.

14.
11.

i.

ii.

1.

3.

ii.

iv. 22.

1
1

Thes.

Tim.
Tim.

iv. 5.
vi. 9.

'

1.

iv. 2, 3.
1. 2 Pet. i. 4.

1.

1.

Jude

1.

iii. 3.

IJohn

ii.

16

t'ff", 17.

Acts

xii. 15.

be furious,

(occ.

Acts xxvi.

25.
1 Cor. xiv. 23.

i.e. Claudius Lysias, a

Tribune commanding in

7(,

" is

MAD AGAINST

round

unto raving
madness."

Acts xxvi,

turning

[thee']

madness,

24.

MADNESS.

(be)

vithout mind or understanding, folly

Sept., for
Pro v.
xxii. 15
Wisd. xv. 1 S. Whence, in
NT., madness, or foolish temerity,
(ore. 2 Tim. iii. .)

uvoia,

{the above, with iv, in, prefixed) to rage or be furious against

any person or thing, {non occ.)
Acts xxvi.

11.

22.

(make)

to turn

about,
t?, unto,
ju-ai/tttv,

Acts xxiv. 7 (.),

MAD

xxvi. 2-i.)

X. 20.

xxiii. 16.

LYSIAS.

xxiii. 26.

(be)

to rage, to

John

Acts

1.

Jerusalem.
Acts

16, 18.

MAD

Acts

19.

Lysias,

10, 18.

ii.

1.

22.

ii.

Acts XX.

^,Roman

Eph.

2.

jneasure.

1.1 Pet.

xiii. 14.

Gal. V. 16, 24.

14, 15.

i.

iv. 1

2.
'

^,

2.

MAD

473

MAGDALENE.

the state of being aside

folly, (non

;7,

from a right mind,

of Magdala, a distinctive
appellation of one of the Marys,

occ.)
1.

Lake

2 Pet.

2.

vi. 11.

ii.

MAT

Mary

viz.

IG.

Matt, xxvii.
xxviii.

MADE
other

{See also

(.

in

1.

-,

to begin to be, i.e. to come

into existence, or into any state,
either from
as implying origin
natural causes or through special
agency ; hence, to become, come to

2.

3.

4.
5.

lie,

down

and

also to

be

laid,

of

Cor.

Acts

iv. 9, 13.
vii. 21.

6.

1.

'' [2n<i

has

iv. 3.

(.),

xix. 17.

20,

2 Pet.

AV.

,
girl,

12 (No.

ii.

tional

(thixo that

1,

St.

irra-

animal

born

G L

Tr

is)

1.

a tiling made, (occ. Eph.

2.

i.

20.

15,

morg.

ii.

10.)

MAID.
girl,

maiden.

(dim.

and fern, of No.

1) a

a young maiden.
girl,

maiden,

(this

word

be-

longs mure to familiar discourse,

like G'("r/.,ni;idel) elsewhere translated "damsel.'^

tis,

H),

naturalhj,
A.)

Rom.

X.

a child, male or female, a boy,

' ( )-

(thing

25.
vii. 13.
X. 20.
xi. 9.

MADE

2.

3.

Jns. iii. !.
1 Pet. ii. 7 (with

is)

7//,

4.

i.

,
/,
youth,

iii. 7.

iiiifo.)

see

1.

9.

1.

14.
V. 5.
vi. 4, 20.
vii. 12, 16, 21. 22,
xi. 3.
[20.

ii.

xi. 13.

Cor.

13.

iii.

3.

i.

4"i

ii.

Heb.

xiii. .32.

that

13.

iii.

Tim.

Tit.

lii. 5.

i.

1.

(text, enlarge.)
Phil. i. 20.

1.

ix. 39.

xxvi. 6.

Gal.

Phil. ii. 7.
Col. i. 23, 25.

xiv. 5.
xvi. 13.
xix. 26.
xxi. 40, port.

Rom.

1.

X. 46.

iii. 7.

vii. 13.

2.

Acts

iv.

6, 9, 14.

46.

V. 13.

Luke

Rom.

important, cause him honour.

1.

viii. 33.

Acts

to be of opinion, to think,
to hold any one for anything, to
invest with dignity, make any one

1.

Eph.

xiv. 12, 19.

3timo., 10, 14.

(-ED.)

great, enlarge, to

8,
1.

viii. 17.

V.

make

praise.

xiv. 25.
XV. 45.
2 Cor. V. 21.

Johni. 3

9.

to

xi. 19.

no equivalent.]

ii.

/,

ix. 22.

xxvii. 24.
Mark ii. 21. 27.
xiv. 4.

[38

xix. 27.

MAGNIFY

13.

xxiii. 15.

20, 22, 35, 36

greatness, majesty.

30.

i.

iii.

Acts xvi.

Tit.iii.l,8eeObey.

(^rd p>ers. sing, future of

iv. 3.

1.

MAGNIFICENCE.

to be) to be.

ii. 16.

iii.

in power or authority

xii. 11.

',

2.

Luke

first

58.

hence, appointed.

Luke

3.

to be) he, she, or it shall be.

XXV.

one

cTvat, (inf.

Matt.

,
2.

to

beginning spoken of persons,

first, primus.

born.

laid

(-s.)

leader of nn army, commander, general, etc.

hence, a ruler, chief person.

to beget, of men ; to bear, q/"

ivomen ; pass., to be begotten, be

/,
,
the

pass.

3.

MAGISTRATE

PAYMENT,

LIKE, LOW,
RICH, SUBJECT, WEAK.)

2.

xix. 25.
XX. 1, 18.

connection,

KNOWN,

1.

viii. 2.

xxiv. 10.

John

xv. 40, 47.

xvi. 1, 9

CONFESSION, DEUNK, RANDS,

e.g.,

Luke

1.

Mark

(be)

icords

of Magdala.

56, 61.

3.

Mntt.

2.

Mark

ix. 24. 25.

xiv. 66, 69.

.
1.

Luke

viii. 54.
xxii. 56.

MAIDEN.

see above,

Luke

1.

2.

No.

see above,

viii. 51.

1.

No. 2
2.

Luke

xii. 4b.

MAI

MAIMED.

?,

,
,

474
4.

place.

bent, crooked
hence, crippled, lame, esp., in the hands, [non

to set down, to set, to

In N.T. only in the trans,

forms, to be set

ofpersons, to con-

stitute.

occ.)

maimed, i.e. deprived of

some member, or the use of it,
(non

MAK

5.

with,

{NO.

4, loith

together

instead of

prefixed,

down.)

occ.)

make stand with or

together, to place with or before

(a) trans., to
1.

Matt. XV.

30,
xviii. 8.

1.

sail,

.31.

Mark ix. 43.

Luke xiv. 13,

1.

2.

21.

any

MAINSAIL.
(from

supparum

to hoist) a top-

others, a jib, dolon,

/,

,
,

6.

and

Acta

xxvii. 40.

MAINTAIN.

cause to stand beHere, intrans., to stand before, to put

forward.
trans., to

iii.

14,

marg.

profess.

/;,

majesty,

the Divine

10.

<;, greatness, magnificence,

11.

glory.
1.

Heb.

1.

i.

3.

-iii. 1.

2.

2 Pot.

1.

Jude

i.

16.

25.

12.

{
i.

MAKE

(-EST,

for

-,

-ING.)

list

the production ofsomething tangible

and obvious to the senses, and re-

completed action,

Middle, is used with only a' rereference to the subject,

which sometimes wholly vanishes
and makes it like the active.

(a)

mote

2.

3.

13.

,
^,

to set, to put, to place, to lay.

through,
prrfixrd) to place apart, to set out
in order, arrange.
In N.T. only
middle, to arrange in one's own
(2^0. 2, tvith

behalf, to appoint.

is.

to prepare fully, put

to bring under tillage and

settlement, as land ; of a city, to
found.
Qen., to form.

7,
,

obsol., to

nite

make, i.e. to form, produce,

to bring about, cause, spoken of
any external act as manifested in

to

3rd pers. pres.

here,

hand

to

forth,

to

cause to be at hand, ready to prepare and appoint.

'^'^

one

14.

speak, to utter defihence, implying

and

'.

Avords,

more than

TToUw, to

ferring

be

of other words in
various connections.)

at foot

in readiness.

majesty and greatness.

2.

to

sing.,

i.e.

,
,

(,

9.

MAJESTY.

1.

an

to

(No. 7, irith
together
with, 2)refixed, inateadofiiri, upon)
to end or terminate together, to
accomplish together.

8.

Tit.

iii. 8.

to give, {loith one's oion accord

loith goodwill.)

to bring through
end, to finish, to perform.

7.

fore.

Tit.

with or to-

gether.

(7ion occ.)

one.

(b) intrans., to stand

!
s self

to
,

throw ^
,1

with another, to
encoumter,
[to,
3, with a view

,\\
Matt.

iii. 3.

1.

encounter
with a view
to war.

.250'/,

Mark

(
\',

he snu) clcarhj, instead

of
axfTov

iv. 19.

y 35
iii. 16, .33 "Ice.
xvii. 41'-

xix. 42<i(No. 11.

XX. 12.
[Tr.)

1.
1.

X. 6.

1.

xi. 17.

(,

.
1.

XXV. Id

1.

to gain,

-^

i.

i:t,

iii.

12.

[G^)

5.

xii. 36.

41.

xxiii. l.")'"'"

17.

Tr.)

la.
1.

mad* him look

Tr
), (om.

uji,

xxi. 13.
xxii. 2.

Mark

meet

to

tojietner

Luke

42.

iii. 4.

v. 29.
3.1.

.31.

1.

ix.

.13.

vi. 21.

1.

xi.

40

vii. 37.

4.

xii. 14.

"'oe.

MAK
Luke

xiv. 12, 13,

Eom.

lb'.

Mc

Gal.

15 part, IG.

ii.

Eph.

V. 11, 15, 18.

vl. 10, 15.

53.
1

xii. 2.

2 niea.
1

Heb.

:;3.

i.

1.

i.

i.

2.

35.
36.
iii. 12.
ii.

viii.

See

i3t.

Sill.

-10.

35

40, 43, 41,

ix. 2.

,'.C.

viii, 2.

X. 13.

ix. 39.

-16.
xii. 13, 27.

xiv. 15.
xvii. 24, 2i;.
xix. 24.
XX. 28.
xxii. 1, see
(which I)
xxiii. 13.
xxvi. 16.

xxvii.

40,

Jas. iii. 18.

2 Pet. i. 8.
at.

n
1

John

Rom.

i.

V.

9.

iv. 17.

22,

10.

xi. 7.

V. 19 twice.

xii. 17.

see il up.

xiii. 14.
xiv. 19, see

for

,
(ill.'

9 2nd,' 12.

ix. 20, 21.

..

6.

i.

iii.

townrJ.
,.

10.
11, 16.
i. 10.

.10.

Eev.
see 31

things which)

MAKE

13 (om..
[G), 1*.

xiii. 7(ap.),

xiv. 7.
xvii. 16.
xix. 19.
xxi. 5.
xsii. 15.

also, able, abound,

accepted,
ADO, ALIVE, ASHAMED, ASTO'ISII ED,
BED, BITTER, BOAST, BROAD, CALF,
choice, clean, CONFORMABLE, DETENCE, DESOLATE, DIFFER, DIFFERENCE, DISTRIBUTION, DOUBT, DRINK,
EFFECT, END, EUNUCH, EVIL, EXAMPLE, EXCUSE, FAST, FOOLISH,
FREE, FRIEND, FULL, GAIN, GAZING8T0CK, GLAD, GLORIOUS, HASTE,
HAVOC, INCREASE, INFERIOR, INQUIET, INSURRECTION, INTERCESSION, JOURNEY, KNOWN, LIGHT,
LIKE, LOWER, MAD, MADE, MANIFEST, MATTER, MEET, MELODY,

MENTION, MERCHANDISE, MERRY,

NEW, NOISE, NUMBER, OBEDIENT,
OFFEND, OLD, ORATION, PEACE,
PERFECT, PRAYER, PROMISE, PROOF,
READY, RECONCILIATION, RENT,
REPUTATION, REQUEST, RICH, RISE,
RULER, SEE, SERVANT, SHIPWRECK,
SHOW, SIGNS, SIT, SORRY, STAND,
STRAIGHT, STRONG, SURE, UPROAR,
VOID, WAR, WHITE, WHOLE, WISE.

AS THOUGH.

to make to or for any one, to

make pretension to be so and so.
Hence, in -ZV.T., dep. mid., to make

a show of being or doing anything.

Luke

xxii. 1.

2, 7.
13.

_5

vii. 10, 27.

my defence
now, ivith art, i.e.
unto you at this time."
Acta

iv."2t.

i)

9.

iii.

vii. 28.

(which
"

Tim. ii. 2.
Philem. 4.

xix. 7. 12,

Acts

vvv,

4.

i.

'fhes.

xiv. 23.
xviii. 18.

ix. 5.

MAKE NOW

iv. 16.

Phil.

I. 33.

be-

16.
14.

15 l
15 2"d

ix. 6, 11, It.

IG.

i.

ii.

vii. 23.

2 Cor.

18.

ii.

iii.

iv. 1, 46.

viii.

up

(the above, xoith

forehaml, prefixed), (iion occ.)

beforehand.

OS though.

John

MAK

MAKE UP BEFOEEHAND.

XV. 26.

Cor.

vi. 15.
ix. 18.
X. 13.
2 Cor. V. 21.
ix. 5, see
1

31.

XT. 19.
xvi. 9.
xix. 46.
XI. 43.
xxir. 28, seo

475

xxiv. 28.

[marg.]

MAKE FOR

, the

(the thixos which)

things.
xiv. 19.

MAKE TOWARD.

to have and hold fast. In navigation, to hold a ship firm towards

til

land.

,
full

a calumniator, slanderer, accuser the name of the Devil, the

constant enemy of God and man,
and of all truth.
;

Bom.

/?,

Acts

xxvii. 40.

,
TiT

u'

3"' ''

**^

'"'*''

"<*'

MAKER.

one who works for the puba handicraftsman, artificer

then, used by the Greeks as the.
name for tlio Maker of the world,

lic,

UP. [marg.]
to make fully ready, put
order, make complete.
Rom.

ix. 22, text, Jxt.

in

(0
Acte

occ.)

xviii. 3,

Tent.

|Ieb. xi. 10.

MAL

l^IAN.

of the male sex,

i.e.

{occ.

27.)

i.

Matt.

six. 4.

Luke

Mark

x. 6.

Gal.

MALEFACTOR

?,

ii.

iii.

oi"

or nouns, etc.
(-s.)

evil, the action

"When

it is the translation of
a
separate Greek Avord it is one of
these following

, ( , ,

heing

{occ.

9.)

ii.

upwards with his countenance, or

TpeVetv
turning his
from
view upwards) man Lat., homo,

an evil-doer, a doer of
some particular evil, the evil heiyig
prominent, an effector of the evU

Luke

xxiii. 32, 33, 39.

2.

an individual of the human

i.e.

man or woman, a person,

human being, the generic name,

race, a

John

xviii. 30.

relatively,

MALICE.

2.

3.
4.

5.

a man Lat., vir., i.e. an adult

male person, a man in sex and in
age, a more honouralle title than
No. 1.

Eom.

i.

29.

Pet.

evil dispo.scdness,

ii.

le.

full groAvn.
Matt.

iv. 4, 19.
V. 13, 16, 19.

the desire

vi.

1.

5, 14, 15,

1, 2,

{no7i occ.)

Bom.

i.

viii. 9.
,

Chald. poo, that in which

one trusts

hence,

mammon,

i.e.

wealth, riches, (non occ.)

Ab

vi.

Luke

xvi. 9,

2.

marg.

richts.

Lukexvi. ll.marg. ru;?i.

13.

1.

35".

la.
2.
1.

8,9.
.2 {om.
W.)

1.

Trb

X. 17.
23.
xi, 8.
19 lit"

la.
1.

2.
1.

35, 3C.

(o,/i.

K.)
32.

20.

.32, .33,

Mark

31i;"J

la.

27.
ix. 6.

10,ll,12,13,31lt.

Tr

24, 26.

MAMMON.

xii. 8.

1.

1.

vii. 9, 12.

29.

Matt. 19 2nd.

la.

16, 18.

of the male sex.

what has reached its end,

term, object, or limit hence, complete, perfect, full, wanting in
nothing, of persons of full age,

spitefulness,

others,

to

i.e.

of evil

male,

one, a certain one.

6. TeXeto9,

MALIGNITY.

7^,

some

one,

same meaning as No. 4, (No. 5

being the old Ionic form. No. 4
the later Attic form.)

malice.

see

,
,
Tis,

3 Jolin 10.

MALICIOUSNESS.

Son, the Son of Man,

meaning the Lord Jesus Christ,
" the word made flesh."

Col. iii. 8.
Tit. iii. 3.
1 Pet. ii. i.

MALICIOUS.

ivas

(a) loith

forms.

causing or having labour, sorrow, pain hence, evil in its more

active form, malignant.

animals.

^^

of the dust of
the
in the image of
Elohim, the second person of the
Trinity.
See under " avoed."

gods and

to

made out
ground," made

JKan

badness, {noin. of
bad,
generically including every form of
evil, physical and moral.)
is evil habit flowing from
(the wicked act of the mind
malignity) vice generally, in all its

1 Cor. V. 8.
xiv. 20.
Eph. iv. 31.

looking

ry

1.

for which he labours.

1.

Sometimes "man" is the translation of the masc. of adjectives

Note.

23.
28.

promment, a labourer for evil,

2 Tim.

{See at foot, for list of other words used

in various connections.)

an evil-worker, the worker

or author

2.

MAN

MALE.
male,

Eom.

1.

476

40.
41.
45.
24,25, 31.
37, 41.
44, 45, 52.
xiv. 21, 35.
XV. 9, lliico, 18,
4,3,

xiii.

20<ii:

38.

-xvi. 13lt.

MAN
1.

xvi. 13 2
23, 26 'ice.

la.

27,28.

la.

Matt.

vii.

342nd.

477

MAN

Johniii.

viii. 27.

29,

.3.3,

11
12.

ii.

XX.

18, 28.
xxi. 25, 26, 28.
ixii. 11, 16.
24.

1.

V.
12 twice,
18 "ic., 19.

iv. 4.
9, 12,

XXV. 13

13, 14, 16.

vii. 1.
3 twice.

17, 22.
v. 1.

37, 39, 44.

(.)

14, 24.

22 24.

4.

viii. 24.

14, 25.

ix. 20.

28,29.
351
352nJ-

X. 5.
xi. 4.
xii. 17, 18.

36.

xiv. 18, 20.

38 "Ice-

25 '"ice.
4, see Man's.
5,9, 11 time.
13, see Mau'e.

Cor.

vi. 3, 5, 11.

i.

ii.

13.

14.

1.
1.

1.

xxvii. 3-, 57

Mark

i.

ii.

i.

17, 23.

10.

-28.

1.

iii. 1,

viii. 2, 3, 9, 12, 27.

iii.

ix. 2, 7, 12, 13.

33.

iv. 1.

27"f'cc.

la

3, 5, 28.

2.

(pm.

-)

X. 1, 5, 17, 19, 21,

22, 28 1".

vi. 20, 44.

vii, 7, 8, 11, 15 ti
18, 20 '>'', 21, 23.

13 {om.

see Mau'e.

3,
9.

vii. 1, 7.

30.
xi. 3, 11, 12.

V. 2, 8.

21.

vi. 18.

282nd.

'

1.
I.

15,

vi. 6.

xxiii.4,5,7,13,28.
xxiv. 27, 30 'Ice,

(as a)

28.
iv. 6.

2, 12.

iii.

see

5,

29, 37.

1.

la.
1.

iii. 4.

10, 11, 16, 21.

5, 14, 22 ""ce

i.

3, 9, 16, 29.

ii. 1.

xix. 5.

ActB

28.

la.

TrA

xviii. 14, 17, 29.

5. 6, 12, 26.

17.
18, 23.

i.

27 i (No. 5,
N.)
.27-'nd4 3r<l.

xvi. 21.
xvii. 6.

xix.3(om.LTAi.)

1.

Eom.

xiv. 23.
XV. 6, 13.

38.41.

(.)

li..

'.

Acts

xiii. 31.

35,

xviii. 7.

1.

23, 34t''i<:

4;i.

US'"!

1.

1.

1.

Luke

xvii. 9, 12, 141'''

III.

16.
23, 26.

G L

see

(an a)

X. 13, see

(com-

ix. 8,

mon

to)
xi. 3 twice, 4, 7 twice^
twice
8 twice, 9 twite,
12 twice, 14.

viii. 4.

24, 27.
31.
33, 36, 37.

xiU.
i2

(mil.

7, 15,

16, 21,

-), 26, 38.

28.

41.

xiii. 1.

11.
xiv. 2, 3.
20, marg. perfect,
or of a ripe age.
XV. 12, 21 twice. 39,

45 (om. L),
2 Cor. iii. 2.

(-,

xvii. 12, 22.

human,

c^

12 (om.
K.)

viii.

TTr A

Tr

It ice, 10 3

i.

see

11,

xix. 7.

12 (om.
W.)

iii.

see

Tr A

of

timet.

(after)

6, 16.

ii.

16.

GsL

2, 3, 4.

xii".

Gal.

29,

47tic'

iv. 2, 16.
V. 11.

G L

15.
V. 3.

1,7.

vi.

ph.

15.

ii.

5, 16.
iv. 8.
iii.

23,

26,

13.
14, 22, 2t.
V. .31.

vi. 5.

28.

6.

8 (No. 2,

TrAS.)
/iim,

Q~

(,
GLTTrA.)
10

unto

xxii. 1, 3, 4, 12.
15, 25, 26.
xxiii. 1, 6.
9.

22'''-

22 '-"'l
26,31, 45 1"

Tr

vi. 7.

Phil.
Col.

5.

16.

l5-'i..l(om.ar:Lb
A .)

ii.

2 Tbes.

18, 49,

28it,282'>d(om.
8, 22.

iii. 9, 2:5.
1 Tlies. ii. 4, 6, 13, 15.
iv. 8.
ii.

3.

iu. 3.

vii. 8.

20.
25, 31.
It.
vii.

i.

Q-),28'-d.

21, 27, 30.

niv.

7, 8.

ii.

iv. 5.

23, 24.
xivi. 31, 32.
xxviii. 4.

Tim.

i.

ii. 1,

8.
4, Stwic.

MAN
1

Tim.

iv. 10.

IPet.

{,

1.

V. 9.

1.

2, 8, 13, 17.

1.

1.

Jas.

iii. 7.

62nd

3.

v. 1 twice.
vi. 16.

1.

vii. 8, 28.

la.

viii.

1.

1.
1.

siii. 6.

1.

4.

Rev.

i.

8,12,

1.

19.

4.

xii. 5.

1.

xiii. 13, 18.

1.

xiv. 4.

13,

2.

ii.

14, 18.
20, 24,

la.

-iii. 2.

21

V. 17.

,
,
,

MAN

Rom.

i.

MAN
)I
t

8,

9,

18,

xviii. 13.
3, 17.

1,

Tr

'

1 Cor.

ii.

13.

iv. 3.

aged, another, ant, blind'

CERTAIN, CniEF, COVETOUS, DEAD,
EYERT, FORBIDDING, HEATHEN,
HOLDETH,
IMPOTENT,
INAVARD,
LAME, MEN, MIGHTY, NEITHER,
NEYER, NEAV, NO, OLD, ONE, OTHER,
PERSON, POOR, RICH, SOME, SON,
STRONG, SUCH, THAT, THIS, UNWHAT, WISE, YOUNG,
GODLY,

also,

11.

(as a)

MAN&EE.
a

crib,

a manger,

(pec.

Lute

15.)

xiii.

Luke

see above.

ii.

7, 12, 16.

)
1

Cor.

MANIFEST,

ix. 8.

see above, I^o. 4.

Rev.

MAN

'^5,

,
^?,
40.)

plain, evident.

3.

(No. 3, itntli Ik, out of, ^;r<?fixed) quite plain, quite evident.

4.

marg. moierate.

Luke
Acts

(love toward)

Rom.
1

love of man, (see " love,"

and

Tit.

appearing in nni/ tiling,

apparent, manifest, (occ. Acts x.

2.

K.)

(common to)

X. 13,

MAN

^,

{, A

pertaining to man, human.

Cor.

iVo. 2,

13

xii.

iii.

"

man,"

4,

mar^.

MAN

j^^o.

viii. 17.

ii.

13.

3.
;

1 Cor. xiv. 25.

XV. 27.

1.

Gal. v. 19.
Phil. i. 13.

4.

2 Tim.

1.

2 Thps.
!

1.

ly,

Pet.

1.

19.
X. 20.
Cor. iii. 13.
xi. 19.
i.

1.)

(of)

iv. 16.

pity, etc.

pertaining to man, human.

1

[adj.]

apparent, visible, conspi-

cuous.

MAN-CHILD.

GL

above.)

1.

MAN'S.
pertaining to man, human.

4 {om.

ii.

xix. 29.

YOUNGER.

No.

5.

iii.

See

to,

(see

Gal.

child.

(after)

according

man,

2,

Acts

AR)

twice.

1.

Rev. xxi.

see

1 Cor.
10,

14.

xvi.

1.

8.9.
1.

13.

viii. 11.
ix. 4, 5, 6, 7,
15, 18, 20.
xi. 1.3.

7.

20, 23.

iv. 20.

V. 9.

Jude

iv. 7.

2.

ix. 27.

i.

Jotu

1.

a Macedonian.

16.
19.

ii.

3.

'-

ii.

2 Pet.

1.

8, 10.

Heb.

iv. 2. 6.
i. 21ii^ice.

1.

Man (love

see

toward)

(lote towards)"

MAN OF MACEDONIA.

(of)

iii. 4.

1.

iii. 2.

i,

13.
19.
15, see

.3.

14.
ii. 11.

i.

{pity toioards) [marg.]

See above, "

- ii. 4.

5,21.
iii.

Tit.

MAJSf

its [jilory],

[glory] H.)

Ti. 5, 9, 11, 16.

ii. 2.

Tim.

MAN

24 {om. Gcv)

i.

LTTr A), (/, his

24
2

478

John

iii.

i.

5, see
9.

Token.

iii.

10.

MANIFEST

(be)

to make apparent, nhow openmake manifest or known.

MAN
MANIFEST

^,

479

(make)

2.

^,

MAN
(JVb.

with

1,

much, prefixed) much variegated,

very many-coloured then, multi-

see above.

2 Cor.

Joliii J. 31.
iu. 21.

Eph.
Col.

ix. 3.

ri. 6.
13 '"'CO-

26.

i.

Kom.

farious, very various, (non occ.)

V.

Luke

iv. 4.

xvi. 26.
1 Cor. iv. 5.
2 Cor. ii. 14.
iv. 10, 11.
V. 11 tw'o*.

2 Tim.

Heb.

John

M,

2.

Eph.

1.

ii.

Eev. XV.

see

xviii. 30,

more.

10.

i.

ix.

1.

Pet.

iii.

Pet.

i.

10.
6.

iv. 10.

19.

-t.

',

MANIFOLD MORE.

MANIFEST

<>, not

(that

apparent,

not)

is

hidden, con-

i.e.

many times more,

times as many, (now occ.)

cealed, secreted.
Heb.

,
,

iv. 13.

2.

1.

(-ED.) [verb.]
C

to make apparent, make

manifest, make openly known.
to cause to be seen pass.,
to appear, to be seen openly.

Mark
John

5,

physis, nature.

pertaining

man,

to

human.

iv. 22.
ii.

xviii. 30.

MANKIND.

MANIFEST

1.

Luke

many

Tim.

25,

Tit.

forth.
xiv. 21, 22.

i.

i.

Abuser.
1 Tim. i. 10, see Defile.
marg. nature of man.
|

Jr.s. iii. 7,

3.

John

xvii. 6.
Bom. iii. 21.

1 Cor. vi. 9, see

see

beforehand.

see

11,

V.

2'*'.

5, 8.
iv. 9.
iii.

MANNA.
manna, the miraculous food with

Avhich God fed the Israelites for

forty years in the wilderness.

MANIFEST BEFOREHAND.

66,

manifest

beforehand,

-4.

25.
,

MANIFEST FORTH.

,
-,

ii.

11.

making kno\vn, maui-

festin<^, (nojt occ.)

2.

an unveiling, uncoverWhen spoken of

a person or persons it always means

John

vi. 31. 40.

viii. 19.
1.

1. 1

2 Cor.

Cor.

xii. 7.

ix. 4.
ii.

17.

(-S.)

(jFbr various tcords in connection, see at

end of the word.)

iv. 2.

MANIFESTLY.

1,

MANNER

their appearing.

Eom.

Heb.
Kev.

58(<wn..QTTrAN.)

ing, revealing.

2.

xvi.

And when

MANIFESTATION.

1.

~,

see " manifest," 2^0. 1.

John

"

the children of
Israel saw it, they said one to
another, in p, this is a peculiar
species, for they knew not what it
was." So Deut. viii. 3 " Who fed
that peculiar
thee with
thing which thou knewest not. ?
The Sept. and Schleusner makes
the same as p, what. Others,
30, he mea.'<ured, or in Peil, he
See Exod. xvi. 15,
prepared.
marg.] {non occ.)

15

openly evident,
ITim.

In Exod.

[Seb., p, a species.

or

1.

a custom, usage, manner, of a

people, established by law or other

See, DECLARE.

wise.

MANIFOLD.

2.

variegated, part -colourcd

hoicr, changing colour, and so,
changeful, various, manifold
in
a bad sense, intricate, riddling.
;

<;,

an accustomed seat hence, in

the haunts of animals and men ;
then, custom, usage, the mnjiiuTs
and habits of man, hia disposition,

pi.,

character, {non occ.)

3.

MAN

,
,

hence,

480

a turning, turn, direction;

manner, w&j, mode.

a mark or impress made by a

hard substance on a soft hence,
model, pattern.

4.

MANNER

1.

John

1.

Acts

xix. 40XT. 1.

1.

xxiii. 25.

1.

16.

Cor. XV. 33.

Heb.

Acts

X. 25.

MANNER

MANNEE OF

or
then, accord-

?,

ii.

6.

i.

11.

the like)

(in

Luke

vi. 23.

MANNER

on

thus,

(in this)

this wise.
Eev.

xi. 5.

(after the same)

same way, in

as thus, in the

manner.

like

(,

according to,
these same things.

down upon

along, over against

ing to, in reference to some standard of comparison stated or implied ; in accordance with.
John

,
,

(after the)

tvifh the Accus.,

MANNER

(in like)

which,
accordI
a manner, way, ) ing to, lein^
understood) according to what
manner, after the manner in which,
in the same or like manner.

Jude7.

Acts XXV.

2. 1

AS

,
ov,

4.

MAN

MANNER OF QUESTIONS

(of

such)

1 Cor. xi. 25.

19,

,MANNER
,
, , ,

(after this)

1.

i.e.

2.

here

ToSf, this, this

^?Z.,

these things, that follow.

etc., (to

precedes,

1.

Matt.

2.

in

iii.

,
(
-|

what way or manner

,,

to,

18.

(as his)

in

to

Jioxv to

Heb.

Jesus,

Paid ; or

'

matters.]
hereof.

(in diveks)

many ways,

manners.

i.

(non

ccc.)

1.

(suffer one's)

(',

custom,

[person,

\ i.e.

to bear with the turn of

any one, i.e. with his disposition or

..^

according to
[ the custom
or \ with Paul.

TO, tiie,

marg.

MANNERS

,MANNER WAS
according

?,

20,

MANNERS

5.

of

tJicse

Acts XXV.

(after what)

Acts XX.

this,

this that

Actsxv.23(o)n.LTTrAi^.)

1 Pet.

MANNER
how ?

After

(,

concerning,

thus,

>

to the
enquiry
concerning this

as
1

these things, Gr<L

Tr
)
^
enquiry,

this thatfolloivs.

vi. 9.
1.

TTuis,

say)

the,

TTcpt,

in this manner, on this wise,

so, thus.

Tr A" s)

as to, (om.T

f
bear as livrM,
Actsxiii. 18, (Gt^Tr t<)
io carry in the arms as a nurse her nurselimj, S''"
AV"' (i L
A,) niartf. hear or feed, cu
Jiurae
bearcth or feedeth her child.

Avith Paul,
Acts

xvii. 2.

See

MANNER

also,

(in like)

1.

2.

oWavTojs, as thus, in the

MAN-SERVANT.

and, also.

Mark

xiii. 29.

2.

gentiles, oodlt, life, like,

MEN, perfect, what.

Tim.

2.
ii. <J.

same way.

Luke

xx. 31.

Trais,

child

then,

boy

hence, servant

hej'e, pil-

Luke

xii. 45.

MAN

481

MAN

MANSLATER.

Luke

xv.
(these)

a homicide, murderer, (no7Z

Tim.

xxi. 8.

9.

i.

'

MANSION

John

stay in a place ; hence, an abiding

place, {pec. Jol)n xiv. 23.)
Johii xi7.

60, 66.

40
Ati.)

2.

MANY.

amount ;

(j^uantity,

more, {compnr. of No. 1)

prop., ofnumher, but also of magnitude, and in comparison ; here, pi.

Acts

ii.
I

reaching

to,

hence, suiBeing,

to,

2.

39, see
40.
43.

iii.

sufficient

i.e.

and
of

Mark

iii. 7.

22 "fi.

vii. 13,

13 '"'.
20,see
things.

vi.

viii. 11, IG, 30.

xiii.

3,

31,

(how)
21,see
XI. 16
xxii.
14.

things.

(.),

1(1,

xxiv.

see

ix. 12, >

26.

things.

21
,

52, 5.3, 55.

.34wi

18,

i.

Tit.

see

10.

i.

Heb.

ii. 10.
V. 11, siu^'.
vii. 23.
ix. 28.
xii. 15 (1.

Jas.

2,

'

1.

2 Pet.

1.

see

ii.

John

2.

ii.

7.

John

Rev.

17.

24,

ii.

iii.

see
[things.

see
things.

13, i
15.

i.

19,
V. 11.
viii. 11.

7.
9,

18.

iv. 1.

1.

(how)

LTTr
S.)
things.

1.

iii.

12,

xxi. 10.
20, see
xxiv. 10.

10.

SCO Aa.

jl

is. 9.

X. 11.

of.

twice.

Eom.

xiv. 2.
xvii. 1.
xviii. 17,
ii.

see As.

12,

see As.

xix. 6, 12.

tr.

32.

ix. 22, see

X. 24.
41,

things

scoM things.

SCO As.
53,8ec
things.

xi. 8,

xii. 7. 19.

Tim.

things (how)

2 Jiihn

xxvi.

1,/

viii. 3, 30.

2,

Tr'"i' A')

19(om.GLTTr

i.

.
^^^ ^^
'^

>

vi.

9, 10. 12.

XX

XXV.

see As.

1,

ii.

Tim.

ii.

i.

26 1, see
things.
26 .1.
vi. 2 (1.

Col.

14.

i.

15,
18.

14.

1, 14, 16.
34, 35.
iii. 18.
iv. 25, 27, 41.
vii. 11, see

Phil.

iii.

A.)

xv.3,seeM things.
4, see
things

things.

v. 9.

3.

43.
48, see As.
xiv. 21.
XV. 32 (sing.)
35.
xvi. 18, 23.
xvii. 12.
iviii. 8.
xix. 18.
19.

1.

41.

IS''".
iii. 101"
10 -nd, see As.
iv. 2, see
things.
:i3(om. G-)

see Ae.

xiii. 31.

(how)

10,

Luke

19,eeo

1.

3.

xiv. 24, 56.

see As.

5 <'=,

1.

14.

i.

thintfs
10, see As. [(so)
16.
27, see As.
iv. 27.
vi. 12, 16, see As.

1.

1.

xii. 5, 41.
xiii. 6'wicc.

28.

XXV.' 21, 23, see

thin^fs.
xxvi. 28, 60 (.).
xxvii. 13, see
thinirs (how)

GG

1.

X. 31, 45, 48.

lltw.co.

ii.

(how)

xi. 8.

xix. 30.

Mark

(verj'j

iii. 21.

xii. 12.

(how)

xiv. 36, Bee As.

XV. 30.
34, see
(bow)
xvi. 9, 10, see

1.

1.

vii. 4, 8
13.
viii. 5, 19, 20, see

17, 58.

2.

3.

(.),

see

tliinirs.

3.

see

iu.4,BeeM

45, see As.

[thinjrs.

22,

viii.

ix. 2, see
12.
li. 18.

As.

X. 27.

1.

(.'u'

<v)

vi. 10.

Gal.

24, see

1.

3.

things.

38, see

X. 31.

33.

.31,

34,see

ix. 10.

iv. 15.

As.

3.

!l:

(;,

17
rest,

:'p

(ro)

4.

ii.

see

36, 37, see As.

viii. 7 'wice^ 25.
ix. 13.
23.
42.
43.

Matt.

(sc)

v. 12.

U.

xiv. 10, see

ivi. 9.
2 Cor. i. 11 twic.

iv. 4.

enough of persons, adequate, competent of number, in

pi., as here, many, but ahvays loith
the idea of the number sufficing.
things,

30 '-'nd12 fl",

xii.

6, 34,

coming

iKavo's,

X. 5.

3. 5.

i.

'in'".

twice.

17. 33.
xi. 30 1".

xvii. 2, see As.

xix. 20.
XX. 30.
xxi. 11, see
(so)
25.

{emphatic^ the more.

luith art.,

see
[things.

things.

many.

26 3

i.

iv. 15.

viii.

xi. 19, 45, 47, 55.

xii. 11.

here, in plural.

referring to something
known) the much or the

Cor.

Tr
.

20,

37, see
42.
xiv. 2.
xvi. 12,

loith art., (as

tvell

LT

(o.ii.

X. 20, 32, 41, 42.

75, many, much, prop.., ofnwnher,

tcai,*.

xvi. 2.

(so)

vii. 31.

30.

3.

5.

IV. 22, see

see

vi. 9,

viii.

2.

29.
xii. 4.

12, 23.
iv. 39.
ii.

(s.)

twice.

19

vi. 3, see
ai (ro)
viii. 14, see As.

see
9.
[things.
i. 12, see As.

41 (Dat. sing.)

',

1.

iv. 17, IP
V. 15t'.
16.

peo
[things.

25,

xiii. 65.
TYJii. 8,

occ.)

Rem.

see

29,

xvii.

47,Bee

stripes

MANY

(iiow)

how

great ? how much ? of magnitude and quantity ; pi., of num.

her,

how many

'^

xiii. 24.

Mntt. XV.

xiv. 16.
XV. 13.
17,

see

(how)

3).

xvi. 9. 10.
vi. 38.

Mark

Mark
Luke
Acta

viii. 5, 19. 20.

XV. 17.
xxi. 20.

MAN

482

MAR

MARKET

483

MARRY

(-S.)

and cities,
togf'ther, {from

to marry; trans., of men, to

\vife, take a wife
intrans., to marry, enter the marriage state, {7ion occ.)

people come

-,
loliere

take as a

to collect,

convoke.)
Matt.

Luke

xi. 16.

xi. 4.3.

XX. 46.

xxiii. 7.

Murk

Acts XX.

vii. 4.

Matt.

V. 32.
xix. 9 wic, 10,
xxii. 24.
30.

1.

2.

Maft. XX.

Mark

Luke

3.

Acts

xii. 38.

vii. 33.

xvi. 19,

1.
itiargt. coiii*.

Mark

Murk
Luke

1.

1 Cor.vii.9i"i",28''',
33. 34, 36, 39.

1.

ITiui.

1.

Tim.

MARRY A
1.

Matt.

xxii. 25 part.

AVIFE.

Matt.

xxii. 2. 4, 9.

XXV. 10.

Rev. xix.

3.

John

ii.

Heb.

siii. 4.

-,

(gite in)

to marry, (the termination

the having, hcinq, or be-

$,

de-

(,

(iVb. 3, with cK, out, prefixed) to place out in marriage.

Matt.

xxii. .30

1.
4.

(No.

3,

2.

xxiv. 3H (No. 1 L)
(No. .3.
W.)

2.

G^L
Mark
Luke

25 (No.

xii.

TTrA

Lukexx..3^t(No.

Tr A

Tr .)
3,

W.)

xvii.

Tr A

4.

1,

LT

N.)

35(No.3.LTTr
W) (No.

Cor.

4.

27 (No. 3,
N.)

1,

A.)

vii. .3Hi(ai).)
;-'>"t (No. .3,

Tr K) (No.

4,

Ab.)

MARROW.
((k,

marrow;

/.'//.,

occ.)

GG

vii. 31, 22<i

part.,

medulla,

(non

of or belonging

to Mars, Mars's,
7rayo5,

Acts

4.

of
or
CjMar^'shill,
I

hill

I\rars,

J or, (the tire

words in one) Areopagus

hill,

marg. (text, .-Iriojmgus.)

22,'iuurg. Court of the AreoiHXijiu.

XVII. 19,

MARTYR

(-S.)

{from Sanscr. root smri, smarami, to remember) (/; the Zend

., mar

signifcs to recollect), a

witness, i.e. one who has rememl)ranee or knowledge of anything,

and hence, one who can give informal icm, or bring to light, or eonThen, because so
linn any thing.
many sealed the witness they bore
to Christ with their blood, the Greek

word became Anglicised, and a

martyr is one who bears witness
to the truth and gospel of Christ
with his life.
(See under, "witness."
Acts

Ilel). iv. 12.

become

hence, translated

^ the

"Apctoi',

notes.)

4.

(be)

here, to

the,

(iVb. 1,

coming lohat the noun,

4.

become

MAR'S HILL.
0,

With eK, out, ^refixed) to give out in marriage.

-),

MARRIED
to

Rom.

()

marking

4.

xvii. 27.

1 Cor. vii. 10 port.

another man's;
marry.

1, 2.

{from the above) to marry,

to grow or become married, the
termination,
markinq the heginning or progress of the action.

-,

7, 9.

MARRIAGE

2.

Luke

MARRIAGE.

a wedding, nuptials, i.e. the

nuptial solenniilies, rsp., the wedding feast, (which continued seven
days, Judg. xiv. 12.)

1.

1.

MARRIED.

22.
1.

iv. 3.

V. 1!, 14.

(be)

to destroy wholly; mid. or

as here, to be destroyed
wholly, perish utterly.
ii.

re-

occ.)

jj 3^ 35

11

vi. 17.

p>ass.,

Mark

one's

xii. 25.
xiv. 20.
ivi. 18 "'

2.

X. 11, 12.

1.

MARKED

1.
1.

xxiv. 38.

1.
1.

to connect

upon marriage, (non

lated
1.

by marriage, to become

self

17.

MAEKET-PLACE.

(-IED, -lETH, -TSQ.)

any place of public resort in the

toicns

MAR

xxii. 20.

Rev.

xvii. 6.

Rev.

ii.

13.

MAR

MAEVEL

484

[noun.]

5
No. 2
assumes and exercises it.) Master,
iv if h reference to wfe, children, and
servants ; or as Lord of subjects.
No. 2 implies more honour and
respect than No. 5.

lating to the thing admired?)

(,

whatever one regards loith wouder

and astonishment,

->

9,

MAEVEL

Tr

i^.)

(,
G

33.

Mark

John

were

L TTr A

:w

v. 20.

XV.

Lake

i.

2S,

U.

5.

21,

see

at.

Rev.

vii. 9.

John

v. 28.

MAEVELLOUS.
sec "

MAEVEL." [noun.]

Matt. xxi.

1 Pet.

Maik

Eev. XV.

42.
xii. 11.

ii.

In Matt, xxiii. 8, it is explained by

No. 6 and in John i. 38 by No. 1.
A. title given to the
Elsewhere translated
(scribes).
Eabbi.
;

AT.

Greek spelling of the Heh.

salem.

xvii. 7.

MAEVEL

12.

iv. 13.

2 Cor. xi. 14, see tlie noun.

Gal. i. 6.
1 Jolin iii. 13.

to be.)
at.

38.

Luke

ii. 7.
iii.

6:3.

33 {with
vii. 9, see

ii.

2Li.

iii. 7.

vii. 15, 21.

Acts

17.

the

my

master, (ni is properly, one

great, a chief) a doctor, teacher,
or master, a title of honour in the
Jewish schools which began to
naturalise itself in our Lord's time,
but did not come into common use
till after the destruction of Jeru'21,

iv. 27.
V. 20.

[.)

vi. 6.

mi.

Lvike XX. 2G.

viii. 10, 27.

ix. 8
afraid,

(iVo.

* Applied to Christ.

(-ED.) [verb.]

Vonder, marvel, be astouied,

to look on with wonder and amazement, to wonder, marvel at.

Matt.

lord, principal, ruler.

really has the power, ivhile

wondrous, wonderful, marvellous, strange, unwonted, (re-

2 Cor. xi. 14

MAS

9.
1, 3.

one set over, as the head of

a company, or as the employer of
workmen.
Master, as implying
authority.
Superintendent, i^non
occ, and used only of Christ.)

a master, implying absosupreme authority,

and unlimited power, as a master
over slaves; hence, Eng., Despot.
No. 5 implies more submission than
No. 2, tchile No. 2 implies greater
lute dominion,

MAEVELLOUS THING.
John

ix. 30, ntnit.

MAET.

/,

or

{elsewhere

respect,

the JL'h.

name of

Miriam in Greek, as Maria is the

Greek form in English. Mary,

translated

Lord.)

a leader or guitle in the

way, a leader, director.

,
In

all passajies,

Mark

xvi. 9

MASTEE

except

(-S.)

teacher, a master or a
scliolar.-* or discijdes.
In the Christian Church, the
have a special qij't or function, as acquainted loith and interpreters of Gods .mlvation, listinct

^
/7;5
tlie

11;

Jesus,

it

iv.

lleb. of

;}.

of No. 1 refers

to

the governor of a ship,

the steersman or pilot. {Lat.,
guberno, to govern a ship) {occ.

Eev.
Matt.

Every

below
Christ, except 1*.
ref.

xviii.

17.)
Mutt. xxvi.

vi. 24.

Murk

viii. 19.

V. 35.

X. 24, 2,51'

ix. 5.

25'-"'',60,

17, 38.

xii. 14, 19, 32.

xiii. 1.

xxii. Ifi, 24. 3t;.

xxiii.
(No.

Tr

t,

35.
xiv. 14.

.)

45 lt.
45-'n'i(om.Q-.L

101"
10ui>J.

xxvi. 18.

40.

X. 17. 20, 35.

xi. 21.

XV. 27.
xvii. 24.
xix. IC.

~ L

2.';,

iv. 38.

ix. 11.

xii. 38.

(herald) and the

(Evangeli.st), Eph.
Tim. ii. 7. In addressing
probdldg answered to the

'.

of Christ.

i.e.

teaclier of

from

Used

(.)

TTr A
Luke

N.)

iii. 12.

MAS
Luke

John

V. 5.

40'"'"

vi.

MAT, MAYEST, MIGHT.

(.)

(F)r various combinations, see below.)

li. 8.

49.

John

ix. 33,

13, 14.

1.

Acts

xvi. 16, 19.

xxvii. 11.
Rom. xiv. J.

Kph.

--SCO
xiii. 25, )
xiv. 21, > House.
xvi. 13.
xvi). 13.
xviii. 18.
xix. 39.
XX. 21, 28, 39.
xxi. 7.
xxij. 11.
John i. 38.

Col.
,

iii. 22.
iv. 1 ist12n.l.

^,

2.

Cor.

to be strong, to have strength,

power both physical and
moral, to be well able.

master

artificer,

iii.

refer-

ability, or

builder, directoi of Avorks, csp.,

the author or contriver, as disting.

workman, {non

one can,

may.

3.

the

possible,

it is

etc.

ring to moral jjossibihty or propriety,

it is lawful, it is permitted, one

MASTER BUILDER.

from

depending

o.s

circumstances of the case,

vi. 1, 2.

master.

a chief

I cnn, physically

either on the di,spostfion orfucultirg

of the mind, the degree of strength
or skill, the nature and external

vi. 5, 9 lat.
9 2na.

Tim.

to be able

and morally, and

2 Tim. ii. 21.

Tit. ii. 9.
1 Pet, ii. 18,
Jas. iii. 1.
Rev, xviii. 17,see Shi]>

10.

iii.

xiii',

XX. 16.

38.
49.
X. 25.
xi. 45.
xii. 13.

ix. 2.

24tKi

MIG

iv. 31.

viii.

vii. 40.
viii.

485

1.

Matt, viii. 28.

XX vi. 9, i2.

1.

Mark

3.

xiv. .5, 7
XVI. 2.
2. Acts
ii.
29,
(text, let.)
1.

occ.)

1.

10.

MATTER.

Luke

2.

viii. 37.

1.

xvii, 19.
xix. 40

1.

Acts

2.

xxi. 37.

iv. 32.

xxiv. 8, 11, part.

1.

XIV.

1.

XXVI. :i2.
xxvii. 12

1.

raarg,

I.

11.

Cor.

vii. 21.
xiv. 31.

1.

Chante.

XV. .37,see
'

'

1.

Rev.

Eph.

1.

iii. 4.

1 Thes.
xiii. 17.
1.

6, part.

li.

{For varioux comhinnfions with other

1.

2.

words, see below.)

the spoken word, the outward

expression of the inward thought
then, the exposition or account
given, a narrative or treatise, the
subject matter of discourse.

,
,
done

3.

the thing done, or to be

matter, business, affair.

Mark

1.

Acts

1.

1.

forest

JLat.,

sylva

2.

o,

with the

Matt. xxi.

vHh
GL

expressive of result.

inf.,

29

(,

1,

iv.
inf.,

xo

as

2.

2.

Tr A

i.

45.

2. 1
2.

Cor.

2 Cor.

Gal.

-.
2.

Jas.

iii.

5,

vi. 1.

Acts

M.)

xxi. 22.

Thes.
ines.

(make

iv. 6.

[no)

),

ence,

leastdifall,

1.

Eph.

i.

18.

1.

Phil.

i.

10.

X. 13.
4.

i.

10.

.ii.

21 (up

1.
1. 1

iii.

1.

Thee,
2 Thes.

i.

viii. 29.

5.
ii, 6. in.
1,
1. Heb. xii. 10.

xi. 10.

2.

Jas. V.

iii.

26.

iv. 11 "', 18.

vi. 6.

MAT, MIGHT
to

at

1.

17,

not the

(TO

the

end,..)

Rom.

iv. 16.

make

not the
ference.

15 TO,

see above.

Acts

Rom.

vii. 19.
i.

11.

Tbcs.

iii,

13.

least,
Gal.

See

also,

8,

ii.

6.

bountv, liisynoDY, otiikr,

erCH, THIS, TIIE3E, UTTER-

MOST, WICIOIITIKR,

iO.

no)

bear or carry
through, bear asunder,
hence, make a differ-

none

Rom.

xii. 2.

XV. :3.

Cor.
2 Cor.
1

2.

XXVI. 18.

sec

marg. mood

MATTER

19.

iii.

vii. 11,

ii. 6,

Rom.

),

to,

15.

3.

ouScV,

rtU, unto, with-swithaviewtotlic.,,

a view to,
> {denoting
purpose,
^To,i\\c,iuithinf)
not result.)

Luke

viii. 21
XV. 6.
xix.
1^ ^^.
38,

(THAT...)

l,j

Luke

a wood,
{non occ.)

1.

MAT, MIGHT

MIGHT
CIS TO,

(that so

see above.

Luke

XX. 20

(,

.to

<o,

Tr A N,)

MAY
MAY
,

1.

486

BE.

of (-,

to be)
he, she, it, Ave, ye or they
(asserting conditionally.)
ys,

(sicbj.

1.

thou,

I,

may

be,

2.

C iU, unto, with

aview

to the

to,

the,

( etmi, to be,
Matt.

1.

vi. 4.

John

xiv. 3.
xvi. 24.
1.
xvii. 11, 21 t'oe,
22. 23, 2t>.
2. Eom.i.20,marg. (text,
1.

1.

so tlMt...are.)
1

1.

'

'

1.

vii. 34.

XV. 28.

Pbil.

Tim.

1.

2 Tim.

1.

Tit.

1.

Jas. i. 4.
1 Jolin i. 4.
2 Joliu 12.

1.

iii.

1.

2.

Gen., of me, my,

0.

17.

7.
8.

etqv,

i>;5,

17^,

',

Mark

v. 18.

MAY
1.

(^

BE,

, so
to
,)
CIS,

ilvai,

\
3.

vii. 21,

to be)

viii. 38.

Roin.

iii.

- iv.

2.

11.
13.
16.

2.

viii. 29.

2.

XV. 16.

:;.

viii. 9,

ix. 9.

X. 28, see
32,
33.
371"-

(that...)

23

see
401st & I'liil.

(of)

'it"".

xiv. 8.
18, see
28, 30.

10.
18, see

(un-

see

2lid.

22

-32.'

xvi. 23

23
(uuto)
.

!"

-"'.

see

like; fairly, equitably;

appearances,

probably, perhaps.

TrA

2G (No.
28 (0)11.
H.)
29 (No.

4.

out,

.p
i

::;

chance,

perchance,
Z.

Luke

XX. 13.

Tr

Cor. xiv. 10,

37"', 39.'

in me,

M.)

X. 14, 18.

xxi. 2, see

to)

21.
47, 48.
xi. 29, 30.
xii.

(for)

(un-

15 1"

152n.i.

xiv. 6

TrA

(No.

W.)

-24.

7.

xxii. 18.

18 !'
182nd.

2. 1

38.

6,

21, 28.
XX. 13.
15, see

"

42 (om. eU

iil.d.

.34

ix. 19.

G, Tr.)

32.
xix. 14. 17.

>

Tr*

33, 341'

A.)

>

2 (om.

viii.

A.)

242nd.

xvii. 17, see

(to)
27.
xviii. 5, 0, 21.

(it)

casually, to fall
'7
1
happen
hence,

(unto)

(to)

-83>a.
-9.
-15.

ix. 5.
3. Eph. i. 4.
12.
2.
iii. 6.
3.
2. Jas. 1. 18.
1. 1 Pet. i. 21.

meet

10.

XX viii.

XV. 5.

2 Cor. V. 9.

Tvyxavia, to fall in with,

twice^ 75.

46.

81",

hence, according to

55

xxvii.

xii. 303

3.

?, equally,

L^TTr

46.
-53.

(unto)

24i^

1.

li

to)

(..)

MAY BE

AS.)

28.
29.

38, 39, 40.

42 (om. av

from me,

iO'ird.

xi. 6.
27, see

2nd.

31.
34.

37"'',

jjose.)

3.

(of)

3 times.

45, see
(to)
xxvi. 10, 11.
15.
21.
231s'

37'-'"',seeM(of)
373nl.

")

26.

42 1st.
42 2ndj 43

(to)

with a view to
there being,
{expressing pur-

to be, {inf. of

Luke

Luke

41.

22, see
23.

so as to be,
{expressing
be, {inf. of
) result and
consequence.)

to,

2,

2.

(un-

see

20, 22, see

(unto)
35 1'
35 Slid 4 3rd.
36 3 times.
40, see
(unto,

to)

9.

BE,

to be, {inf.

3.
2.

19.

1, above.

as, so as to,

of^i^h)

ilvaL,

-.

unto, Avith a

view

Jolin

MIGHT

elfat,

-'

Matt. XXV.

8.

ii.

11.
14.

{Opt. of

*;

1.

of myself.

iii.

{expressing a wisJi.)
1.

these

Accus., {another form), me.

BE.

NO.

When

Accus., me.

e'/xe,

iv. 9.

^5, ^, etc., see

9.

i.

Matt.

MIGHT

I.

10.
28.
v. 7.

1.

Norn.,

be.

iv. 7.

i.

ii.

1.
I

might

ix. 3.

1.
1.
1.

Cor. V. 7.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

end

[they^l

ME.

,
,
.

Gen., {another \ fsestiretrans'''^ ^^^, it zs

/ 'f
form), of me,
because they
,
,
4. oL,at., to, nnto, / ,,,,^,
governed
V
or for me,
^^ ^^^^^^ ^.^,.j^
Oat., {another j preposition,
5.
etc.)
form) , to or for me,
3.

2. <

ME

19.

xxiii. 39.

20.

4,

GL

ME
Mark

xiv. 27 (om.

(,

ef

hecause of ine,

G =:

I'r

Luke

John
(with)
25, sec
(unto)
38, see
43 1", see
(to)

- 43 2nJ, 18.
- 49, see
see

iv. 6,

Tr

6,

John

twice.

_ 44

45

(unto)

iii.

see

17.
28.

9.

10, 15, 21, 29.

34.

Acts

1".

8,

(unto)

13.

18 2nd, 20
. 20 2nd.
- 20 3rd.
-21.
-33.

see

24, 30.
twice.

361'

l62nJ.

36 2" J
36 3rd, 37 1st.
37
39.

3,

Tr

1st.

-361"
- 36 2nd
(om.

31, 36.
ix. 4, G((ip.)
(unto)
15, see

Tr

vi. 26.

-351" (No.

59.61.

6,

TtAH.)

X. 161"

162nd & 3rd.

22, SCO
-40 1"

(to)

402"d.

Lb

37*', 38,
39 2nd.

40

my

xi. 5.

see
9 (om.

.)

(unto)

Tr

Trb)

39 1"

15,
20.

W'^-i

21"''<=<^

23

24'"'<^*

Father, in-

stead of

, him
me,

.)
29.
30.

12.

, (
-

7,

35 2nd.
36 {om.
37 1"
37 2nd.

le-Jth.

(, L

17.
X. 28

46 1st
46 2nd.

483.

(to)

24 1st
24 2nd.

40, 43.
Js'l'tJtSnd.

42, see
49.

vui.l9,seeMal80.

2.3

see
(of)
(unto)
see
28 1", see

4,

i.

ii.

45,452('').
4Gi

3rd.

45 2nd.
46,48.
49 1".
49 2nd.
50, see

A.)

112nd.
(unto)
32

21, 29.
xxi. 15, 16,17 i
19, 22.

2Dd.

-18i"(No.

V. 7 1
2nd.

7lint.
viii. 28.

&

xiii. 8.

39.
.

17.

4-1 Ist

iv. 7.

1't-

112nd.
XX. 15.

27.
30.
32.

43.
48.
ii.

xix. 10, i (ujito)

11 1"

xii. 8.
26 3 times.

aO^i'mo

331"
332nd,
(unto)

(to)

xvii. 25, 28.

xviii. 8.

38

(.),

27,-<1

- 7 (No. 2. L Tr
- 8 (aj).)
[)
- 18
_ 18 2nd 3rd.

ix.

32 (No.

37.

15 3 'in!, 271",

i.

49.

ii.

X.

A.)

44.

also

see

(to)

John

xjdv. ,39 1"

39 2"J

12, 48, 40, 72.

3,

ME

28.
42.
43.

XV. ii.
i.

see

xxiii. 14,

(unto)

t<.)

36.'

Luke

487

that sent

G^^LTTrAW.)
441" (No.

6,

TrA.)
rvi. 15.

442nd.

^ .

45 (No. 6,
47 (om. f

on me,

XX. 19, 22.

Tr.)

23.
34.
xxi. 39.
xxii. 5.

Ai> t^.)

56.

57

1st

2iid.

573"!
65.

7 i",see 5I(unto

7 -nd.

vii. 7.

16, 19.
23, see
28 1",

4, 24.
xvii. 8.
xviii. 3.

52nd.

36, 37.

13, see
16, 19.

(to)

38, .39.
xix. 27.

XX. 3.
'2i

(.)

24.
xxii. 19,
21 1".

eeeM(of)

.212d, 28.
29, eeo
(unto)

.122nd.

45.

46 1"
16 2nd.

42.

11, see

19

twice.

23, 27.

321"(,

(unto)

322nd.

33.
xvii. 4.
5.
1"

6*1(4,.)
7,81
8*>d.
9, 11. 12.
18, 20.
21 >
_ 21 2nd.
tW
23"
_ 232nJ 2:13rd.
21
_ 242nd.
_ Srd.
1't^

(om.

\<(,
me. nor
Trial's)
mo
yo,

49, 51.
ix. 4.

53.
61.

9 2nd, see

AH.)

viu.'l2 (No. 5, L
[Tr.)
16.
18 1"
182nd.
19 twice.
21,20,28,291
29 2nd.
29 3rd, 37, 40.
421"-

371"
372nd.

la

34.

68

gilt.

(at)

see

(both)
282nJ,29,33,34,

51"
.

8(No.6,LTrN.)

X. 8, 9.
15, 17.
18, 25.

27, 29.

2-1

_2l4ih.

(to)

10.
11.

13 1" (No. 6,

TrH.)
eeo
181", ) (unto)
182nJ.
IS"-',^

21.
27.
xxiii.
11.

3 '

13.
19.
22.
30.

xxiv. 12.
13.
18.

19(No.6,LTM.)
20 (om. eV V<"

mm, LTTrbAbR)
XXV.

6.

Ill"
lisnd.

ME
6.

Acts XXV.

7.

24.

see

27,

3.

(to)

7.

4.

2 Cor. xi. 16 twice.

28 (No. 5,
Tr .)

21, 28.
29.
xvii. 2!,

7.
3.

_6ist.
_62n.l.
_63'-d.

7 1,

18 2d(of)
12, see
15, and see BI is
(as much as)

'
'

'

13 i,

9 2nd.

13.

xiii. 3.

5,

10.

Gal.

4.

see

(unto)

132mi,seeM(to)

(with)

20.
21,

eee

(with)

23, 24.
2 (ae, <iiec,Li
1.

19, see
20.

20

X.

f unto)

twice.

(unto)
see
xiv. 11, see M(to)
XV.

Eph.

(to)

30

192nd,
[to)

17.

(unto)
Phil. i. 7, see

(un-

10, see

7,

see
see
it,

12

vi.

see

see

(the

(to)
26, 30 twice.
ii. 18.

see

see
(to)
(of)
see

17.

16it.

iv. 3.
9.

.ie2nd.
twice,

23

XV. 8, see

also

Col.

[(of)

16.

2 Tim.

13.
1.5,

see

(unto)
<;,

A.)

iii.

11

11

1st,

see

2iid.

2
2 2nd.

12, see

(unto)

the

-n-epl,

see

(for)

see

10 i.
102nd.

11
14.

(to)

5.

2 Cor.

(to)

it

4.

Phil.

5.

tilings,

i.e.

'\

16 1't
.162nd.
- 17 1"-

ii.

]\
5.

away

/'''] ^^^^ tilings

23.

see
[(to)

[tvhensoever

wliicli

'

Phil.

7.

iv. 8.

maj/ Joolc

f
(

me,

i.

Tim.

will go

ahoiit, con-

is. 1.

xii. 1 (fij'.)

5.

111.

2nd,

xi. 1 "'

(Fon)

cerning,

(^e/x,

8 3rd, see

(how

9, 10.

vii. 7.

ix. 1,
4.

sec

8 2nd.

5.

ME
15.
5. 1 Cor. vi. 12.
[TrAW.)
ix. 15.
5.
x.23'"'ec(ori.GLT
5.

iv. 8 1",
(for)

3.

Matt. XX.

5.

ME

16, 17.

2.

ii.

(unto)

17

19.

i.

i. 8.

xvi. 4.

11 (No.

I was intrusted.

I.

(to)

(unto)
see
(of)
18, Hee
1 Tim. i. 12 twice.

-6.

9,

Tit.

iv. 1 1 ,

101"
_ 102nd.

vii. 28.

(with)

see

25, see
29.

i.

also.

(be committed uxto)

21.
(of)

ii.

15,

(of)

24, 25, sec

xiv. 11.
21.

i.

-,
ME

10.
13.

see

(for)

sec

vii. 23.

(both)

me
John

iii. 1, 7,

(for)

2 Cor.

..(., botli me,

27.
30.

xi. 1,
2.

[to)

go with)

it will

3.

9,

ME

(how

23, see

15 2"d,

(un-

12.

(at)

John

5.

see

vii.l,seeM(uuto)

X.

ME

(for)
(text,I.)

21, see

see

for)
iy..

9, 10, i^ce

separate icords in the

fico

which happened unto)

(of)

Cunto)
12 2nd,

(unto)

see

8.

things

(with)

4.

16,

6,

10.
12.
171st.

are not
Greek?)

marg.

12,

to)
iv. 3,

sec

8,

vi. 191st.
(iin-

15.
xxii. 1.

{Tliefonoidng comlinationsichrrc there

2.

3, 7,

xvi. 7.
1 Cor. i. 2, sec

(oiii.

(unto)

(unto)

1st.

.30 2nd.

iii.

Eev.

iii.

1st

9 2nd.
10 1st
102nd.

see

G,

203'-d.

(to)

xxi.5, 6,

(to)

(uuto)

sec

(unto)
Jas. ii. IS.
2 Pet. i. 14.

17.
see

see

202nd.

i.

[to)

see
f(unto)
/

ujitomc.GLTTr
,
A a)

xi. 32.
xiii.

(to)

(un-

3.

10,

(2).)

7.

30,

1 2nd, gee

xix.9twice,

X. 5.

iv. 12, 14.

18.

see

13,

vii. 15,

11.

ii. .3.

3.

15,

(to)

92nd

15,
21.
-vi. 14, see

xii. 3,

viii. 10,

'-nd,

sec
(unto)

-1

xiv.

iii.9i-'<t(om.G'-vL

Tr

201st.

S.)

1st.

11,

(unto)

5, see
13.

i.

ii.

11.
15.
16.
17.
24.

viii.

ix.

Heh.

6twicc^seeM(to)
8(ol,LTTr.)
9is',seeM(unto)

see

see

17, ISi'.
IS 2nd, see

9 2nd,

-xvii. list-

i.

(to)

(unto)

xi. 1.

20.

4,

G.)

21 (om. S

7,

11.

13
13 2nd, sec
(unto)
17 (No. 7, G L
TTr *.)
(unto)
19, sec

(to)

11.

5,

i.

vii. S.

see

X. 4,
-8.

(to)

see
see

14,

11, see

see
(uuto)

")

V. 5,
vii. 13,
3, i
,

1st.

9i5t,seeM(uuto)

xxviii. 181st.

Philem.

8.

23, 25

iv. 1.

(he

see

3,

12.
15.

iii.

_ 7 2nd.

see

(uuto)

Rom.

18.
1.

see

4, 18, 20, 21.

iii.

committed uuto)

(for)

2nrt,

17

i.

(unto)

(to)

Titus
see

xii. 1,

Rev.

2 Tim. iv. 17 2"d.

17 3i-d see

32.

7.

18.

G.

ME

xxvi. 3.
5, 13 1st.
132nd.
14 ice^ 21, 28.

3.

488

Kom.

(in)
vii. 13.

concern me.

ME
me

to

,
,

2.

3.

viii. 19.

(of)

JV^o. 3.
;

noting
authorship, right,

etc.

37'w'", 38.

Matt.

X.

3.

Luke

xxii. 19.

2.

Acts

1.

Eom.

2.

12.

i.

xi. 1.

3.

Col.

iii.

ix. 16.

:.

xvi. 9.

6(iimblina

2 Cor.

Eph.

8.

Col.
2 Tim.

Hel.. X. 30.
xiii. 6.

Bev. i.l7(om.GLTTr
At*.)
V. 5.
vii. 13.
X. 4 (om.

.)

8(No.3,LTTr

xiv. 13 (om.

Tr A

1 Cor. XV. 8.

Cor.

(
^

(the TUIXGS WHICH HAPPENED

unto)

Eev.

, the

,
(,

ME
see "

6/iot,

things,

relating to,

me.

2.

Phil.

i.

2.

12.

2.
3.

ME

,
,

see "

see

ME,"

"me,"

see "

me,"

see "

2.
2.

1.

xiv. 18.
xvii. 17.
XXV. 45.
Luke i. 43, 49.
X. 22.
xviii. 13.
Acts ii. 28.
vii. 42.
xxii. 9.
XXV. 27.
Kom. xiv. 11.

3.

2 Cor.

1.

2.
2.
2.

2.
2.
2.
2.

2 Cor. xii. 7.
Gal. ii. 6 1
6-'>'d,9.
iv. 15.

2.
1.

Phil

1.

i.

21.

2.

Col.

2 Tim.

1.

PhUeiii. 11, 16.

2.

Heb.

2.

ME ALSO

i.

i.

25.

ME
2.
3.

see "
see "

/, see

ME," Ao.

" ME,"

No.

4.
5.

3.

{from

xiii. 21.

[adj.]

unknown,

5.

(non

iinin'rcoivcd,

hence, of

pcM'.>ion.<',

occ.)
Acts

vii. 14.

xxi. 39.

MEAN THINGS
xii.

(unto)

ME," No.

iv. 3.

Rom.

f/xot,

vii. 21.

unknown, obscure, not recognised,

viii. 10.

Rev.

Luke

MEAN

CTor.,thc,
3.

Cor.

fine meal,

not ivcognist'd

iv. 11.

(
i.

without mark of moneg, unstamped; then, indistinct to the

(to)

even unto me.

Luke

xiii. 33.

iii. i.

2.

2.

Rom.

1.

to grind) {nan occ.)

senses;

xi. 9.

1.

Phil. iv. 15.

wheaten flour,

Matt.

1.

4.

5.

MEAL.

JVo. 3.

M.att. vii. 22.

(with)

Luke i. 25.
Rom. vii. 18.

aXivpov,

iVb. 5.

2.

2.

xxii. 6, 9, 10.

ME," No.

(to)
iVb. 4.

2.

6.

ME," No.

2.

1.

Tr A.)
,

2.

ME

11.

i.

.)
7, 15.

13.
2.

GL

xix. 9'', 10.

xxi. 5 (om.
3

xii. 3.

even unto me.

Tr
.

Rom.

GL

K.)

xvii. 1 (om.

xxii. 7, 13, 18.

xxvii. 21.
ix. 19.

(of)

G L

9, 11.

ix. 15.

11.
13, 19.

iii.

Philcm.

.
.

XV. 13.

3, 7.

iii.

.)

vi. 19.
iv. 11.

[A

ii.

v. 11.

(<m,.

12.
xii. 9,
Gal. ii. 9.
vi. 14.

xi. 7.

ME ALSO

:.

AW.)

iv. 18.

vii.

ix. 11.
xii. 50.

Actsi.

25.
17.

2't,

Phil.

10.

iii.

vi. 12.

!.

my,

xviii. 35.
xix. 10.

Cor. iv. 16.

3.

4.

i.

2. 1
2.

Cor.

!.

thou

i.e.

hlock.)
xxi. 2.
XXV. 20, 22.
40.
xxviii. 18.
Luke i. 38.
iv. 6.
23.
xxii. 29.
xxiii. 14.
John i. 33.

more emphatic, deover,

possession, power

2.

(',

W,

mi/

(i)-t

JVo. 2.

my, mine

/xos,

I.

XV. 8 (np.)
xvi. 2.'i

L Tr A

"me,"

"me,"

see

vii. 21.

xi. 27.

even to me.

also,

ME
see

MA

Matt.

ALSO.

Acts

1.

489

|;,pr<?,totholowly.
lowly,

"'

16 >*<<> (text,

nun

of low eetaU.)

:\rEANWHTLE.

the midst;
time, meanwhile.

John

[marg.]

in

iv. 31.

Rom.

of
ii.

15,

time,

mean

marg. bedrMii.

MEA
ISIEAN

490

[verb.]

(-ETH, -ISG, MEAJiT, SHOULD MEAX.)

1.

die,
2.

of

to be) he, she, or

(Srdpers. sinff. pres. tense Opt.

of ci/xt, to be) he, she, or it might

1.

to be about to, to be on the

point of. Here, part., being about
to, or on the point of.

7, to make or do,

(Jit., here, Avhat

are ye doing weeping ? etc.)

1.

12.
10.

i.

xi.
1

1. 1

X. 19.

Cor.

1.
1.

U.

1.

viii. 9.

3.

MEAIiS

( et, if,

would
lit., what
to will,
wish, desire, > this mean, 0?' what
e'vat, to be,
) pleasesthistobe?

,
-V

(_

5.

Eom.

eh],

i.

Acts

1.

Cor.

ix. 27.

2 Cor. xi. 3.
Gal. ii. 2.
Phil. iii. 11.
2 Tlies. ii. 3.

it is.

be.

3.

Luke

1.
1.

ia-, {3rd pers. sin^. pres. tense In-

2.

Acts

(if

{see " IF,"

No.

-ih.)

any way.
Eom.

rsvii. 12.

Eom.

i.

Phil.

10.

MEANS
oi,

by any)

, no

not, in

(BY XO)

no

Matt.

wise.

V. 26.

xi. 14.
iii.

11.

MEA
MEASURE

[noun.]

(For various combinations

1.

491

75,

2.

tcifli

MEA

,
^j .,

accordini; to,
a t}7row-

that by which any thin.,^ is

measured, a measure or rule; ffe7i.,
esp., a
a mea.sure or standard
measure of content, whether solid
or liquid, {non occ.)

3.

4.

,
,

ing beyond,
hyperbole.

satum, a measure, :inu, scab,

Aram., MS", satah a Ileb. measure for things dry
nearly 1\
peck Eng., {non occ.)
a measure for
wine and oil, equal to the ephah
for dry measure,^ from 7o to
giills. Ens;., {non occ.)
JTch., nn, bath,

<,

IIeh.,^'2 cor,

3),=

14.i

,
,

tj'jj.

1.

Matt.

2.
1.
1.

1.

2.

xiii. SJ.

1.

ixiii. 32.

1.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor. X. 13'lce.

1.

Eph.

xiii. 21.

5.

Rev.

3.

xvi. 6.

1.

MEASURE

{<;,
beyond
2 Cor.

xi. 23.

J,

'

out

1.

3.
4.

above,
eiumgli,

more

than ( measure.
)

2.

2 Cor.

i.

8.

(things without)

unmeasured.
2 Cor. X. 13, 15.

(-EI),

iNG.)

[verb.]

"mete.")

iv. 24.

2 Cor.

X. 12.

vii. 2,
vi. 38,

Rev.

xi. 1, 2.

xxi. 15, 16. 17.

(,
[,

to
to

mensm-e, G L
measure, Ln>.)

Tr A

M.)

MEAT.

whatever is eaten, solid food,

as opp. to milk, etc.

,
<;,

eating, the act of eating.

eatable.

nourishment,

,
-,

sustenance,

to eat, lake food, take a meal,

eat and drink, {see "eat," iVb. 1.)

Here,

beyond

3.

food, victuals.

of,
'

'

x. 26.

Mark

Matt.

(beyond)
an<l

3o.

sec above,

to measure out again, or in

turn, {non occ.)

5.

over

,
:

2Cor.xii.7'icc,seeExalt.

MEASURE

eV,

occ.)

(out of)

MEASURE AGAIN.

2.

beyond the mark,

far

measure, {non

sxi. 17.

(above)

13.

i.

thinr/s.

lohcre,

xii. 3.
iv. 7, 13, 16.
vi. () twice.

Gal.

to measure, in any loay, of space,

member, capacity, length, etc., {else-

xvi. 7
iii. 34.

4.

2Cor.x. It.see Stretch.

3.

")
'

MEASURE

Luke

Luke
John

vii. 2.

Mark iv. 2i.

Luke vi. 38'w'c

, the

[A

Mark

dry,= nearly

MEASURE

quart Eng.

,^

)
1.

an Attic measure

clicenix of grain was the daily

allowance for one man, whether
soldier or slave.
A denarius was
the usual price of a day's labour.
The usual price of a choenix of
wheat was about of a denarius
in the time of Cicero, iV
in the
time of Trajan,
All this
shows the severity of the famine
predicted,] {non occ.)

<

bushels Eng., {non occ.)

chooni.x,

'''^'^-

eminently.

exceedingly, abundantly.

ii.

the largest Heb.

for grain, and things

1

,,

I.

exceedingly

^V.,r

MEASURE

dry measure, equal to the Homer,

i.e. to 10 baths or c])hahs
{No.

5.

Mark vi. 51 (om. G-Tr>

Mark vii. 37.
[ti.)

1.

2.

over-superabundall measure, {non

occ.)

words, see bcloiv.)

2.

beyond

antly,

oilier

G.

inf.

what is eaten thereto,

along with bread ; hence, meat,
fish, etc., {non occ.)
i.e.

7.

MEA
and as
mahe ready a

a table

table, is to
is

492

to set

MEE

presupposes two differing parties.

But Grod is one therefore this
disagreement cannot be in Him,
which would be the case if the
Law disannulled the promise
both being given by Him. Inasmuch as a mediator had been intro-

meal, so
usedjvr a meal or ban-

quet.
Matt.

iii. 4.

1.

John

iv. 34.

vi. 25.

see Sit.

ix. 10,

X. 10.

xiv. 9, see Sit.

XV. 29, see Idols.

xvi. 34.
xxvii. 33.
34, 36, see

XXV. 35, 42.

ii. 15, see Sit.

Mark

(portion of)
xiv. 15 '"'cc

vii. 19.
viii. 8,

xiv.

Luke

Kom.

see Broken.

.3,

17.
20.

c!-i.

23 (marg.), see

11, \t\.
vii. .3", 49, see Sit.
viii. 55.
ix. 13, pi.
xi. .37, sec Sit.
xii. 23.
42, see
(poriii.

iii. 2.

vi.

13

twice.

viii. 8.

10, see Sit.

13.
x. 3.

xiv. 10, 15, )

xvii. 7,
( see
xxii. 27 twice, (Sit.

xxiv. 30,

their sin, they having rejected the

promise, and tliere being yet no
" seed " who might inherit those
promises.]

Doubt.
1 Cor.

tion of)
Col.

ii.

16,

marg

Gal.

eat-

ing.

xii.

32.

16,

see

Heb.

MEAT
2.

MEAT

, (,

xiii. 9.

Luke

xii. 16.

(poETioii of)

grain measured out, a

measured allowance of corn, ra-

/xeV/Dtov,

see above.
Acts

MEDITATE UPON.
to care for, take care for anyso as to be able to perform

it.
1

(some)

No.

4, (Jiere,

Genitive

1.

Tim.

iv. 15.

MEEK.
(an earlier but not better form

of No. 2) meek, gentle, enduring

all things with an even tempcM,
tender, free from haughty self-

Si, 36.

MEDIATOE.
{from

xxi. 14.

xii. 42.

MEAT

case.)

with

thinrj,

tions, (no7i occ.)

Luke

(see belong

before, 2Jr(fxed.)

(morsel of)

Heb.

viii. 6.

ix. 15.

Ilcb. sii. 24.

MEDITATE BEFOEE.

(morsel of)
1.

Heb.

19, 20.

ii. 5.

ix. 10.

iv. 8.

iii.

Tim.

Tim. iv. 3.
Heb. V. 12, 14.
1

41.

John

duced, the relations between Grod

and Israel had been disturbed,
and Israel was no longer " the
seed to whom the promise was
made." The law was given, therefore, on account of Israel and

ix. 19.

37,Bee Broken.
XV.
xsiv. i5.

55.

xxi. 5,
Acts ii. 46.

sufficiency, tender of s])irit

parties, one
mediates for
peace and unites parties at va-

,,

riance.
li'ord that
does not
occur in profane Greek, for they
had no hiyher icords than
the arbitrator.
In the l.\.\. it only occurs
once, Job ix. 33.

2.
1.

1.

Trpaos, (a later form

Matt.

2.

V. 5.
5.

.)

of No.

1.)

1.

Matt.

xxi. 5.

1.

1 Pet.

iii. 4.

ri.29(No.l,LTTr

"

* [Gal. iii. 10, 20, seems to need further explanation.

mediator

(/

rather the exhibition

of that
tenderness in bearing with others.
Sec " (iENTLK.")
is

middle, and ei/xt,

to go) a go-between, a mediator,
one who intervenes between two

MEEKNESS.
meekness,

MEEK," No.

mildness,

see

1, (710H OCC.)

Trpavrqs, (an earlier form

of No.

1.)

MEE
1.

ICor.iv. 21 (No.

1.

2 Cor. X.

1.

G;il. V.

2,

TrAW.)

LT

1.

Col.

1.

1.

1.
2.

Tit.
Jaa.

2.

Tim.

TrA.)

.)
vi. 1

1.

A
1.

23 (No.

(No.

2,

2 (No.
.)

iv.

Tr A

2,

2. 1

ii.

Pet.

25 (No.

2,

t<.)

-2(No.2, LTTr
21.

iii.

[A.)

i.

XX. 22.

-,

13.

iii.

15.

iii.

{No. 1, with
in conjunction viit\\,insfea(l ofiWa, from,
prefixed) to come to meet together
with any one, i.e. to fall in will;,
or meet one another, {occ. Acta

meekly,

sufferiTiii

'.
Tr

H.)

Eph.

2,

(-

11

vi.

MEL

Gr.LTTrS.)
Tr

2,

12 (No.

TrAii.)

LT

2,

iii.

I
I

(No.

493

unto, with a view to,

a meeting,
of No. 3) {non occ.)

15,

MEET,

worth, wortliy ol' equal value,

worth Avorthy of, deserv-

a^to?,

1.

[adj.]
;

of like

,
the

ing of.

coming to, reaching to

sufficing,

sufiBcieut

hence,

of persons,

adequate, competent.

Matt,

Matt.

iii.

ixrerahle.

XV. 26
lovei,

5.

5.
1.

(^,

1.

2.

1.

icO)-<?ii;.

1.

XV. 32, see

Acts xxvi. 20.

(be)

MEET
it

Phil. i. 7.
Col. i. 12, see

2 Thes.
2 Tim.

Mark vii. 27.

Luke iii. 8, marg. (text,

needs, there

(be)

3.

Heb.

2.

2 Pet.

i.

ii.

9 (No.

i.

18.

(No.

Tr A

Ways.

IV A

X. 25.
xvi. 16 (No. 5,
ik.)

xvii. 17, )
XX. 14, 3

see Til
with.
xxvii.il.seeSeas.

xiv. 31 (No. 5,

3.

Use.

Acts

viii. 27.

xxviii. 15.
1

^<.

Thes.

Heb.

xvii. 12.

iv. 17.

vii. 1, 10.

13.

MEET

(i3e)

need of, it is
something

is

Tr

5,

ix. 37.

vi. 7.

(go

xii. 13.

5,

^*.)

V. 2

xi. 4, Ree
xiv. 13.

(make)

see

30.

Luke

21, see

xi. 20,

.)

1 Cor. XV. 9.
xvi. 4.

4.

al-

A.)

27, see

6,

aud

xxviii.

Mark
i.

(No.

K.)
6.

TrA*

Rom.

marg. an-

8,

t<.)

XXV. 1

{see

6,

(No.

3^1

of

Luke xxii. 10.

John iv. 51 (No. 5, L
Tr A W.)

28.

^'iii.

Tr A*

" GOOD," No. 2.)

1.

John

unto, with a view to,

a meeting, {siib.st.
No. 5) {non occ.)

Tr

agreeable,

beautiful,

{occ.

iels,

05,

tinperceived,

20.)

xi.

for use.

5,

to meet, tcifh

stealth,

uigkt."

well adapted, well arranged,

conveniently placed
convenient

1.

of

without noise or notice,

2. Slkulos, right, just, see "

3.

comc or go

to

idea

{siihst.

(go and)

John

5.

xi. 20.

necessavj,impJ>/inr/ that
is

absent or wantinix.

Luke

XV.

Eom.

;!2.

MEET
make

MEET WITH.
i.

27.

;!^',
comer,

render competent or adequate, (occ. 2 Cor.

iii.

to

suiTicient,

G.)
Col.

i.

to happen to be near,
to chance to be by, i.e. be the first

(make)

to throw together; of
persons, to throw one'.s self together with another, meet with.

1-2

1.

MEET, MET.

1.

/,

Acts

xvii. 17.

2.

Acts xx.

14.

[verb.]

to come or go from a piece

towards a person and so to meet
face to face from opjiosite directions esp., to meet and come back
with the person met (non occ.)
;

(k, unto, with

a view to,
meeting, {mibsf.
No. 1) {non occ.)

7('7;9, a

{_non occ.)

of

MELODY

(make)

to touch, twitch, pluck, r.t/. the

hair or heard ; hut esp., a string,
to twang then, to touch the lyro
or liarp, to play. In l.xx. and N. T.,
to sing, to chant accompanied by
stringed instruments.
;

ph.

T. 19.

MEL

,
,

1.

MELT.
to loose, to loosen, set loose.

to melt, make liquid.

pass., to be melted, melt.

2.

1.

2 Pet.

iii.

10, pass.

2 Pet.

2.

MEMBEE
a limb or

In N.T.

(-ING.)

make

to

fully ready, to

Mark

iv. 21.

^,

12, pass.

MEN-PLEASEE

(-S.)

put

of the body,

Eph.

19.

i.

(-s.)

desirous to please men,

" MAN," iVb.

{i.e.

member

MEND

in full order.

Matt.

iii.

MER

494

1.)
Col.

vi. 6.

iii.

22.

(noil occ.)

Matt.

V. 29, 30.

Rom.

VI. 13"i<-c, 19 '"ice

23 twice.

Cor.
20

Cor.

Jas.

Col.

'

-,

with a view

Matt. xxvi.

[27.

Luke

,
,
,
MEN

1.

Rom.

mory

pertaining

man,

to,
{i.e.

to

man,

1 Cor.

iii.

3,

","^.

2.

Gal.

iii.

MEN
2.

8[),
man,

to

7,

10.

to

Heb.

xi. 22,

in

man.

1.

or render like

man," No. 2)

yo/Aos,

a load,

of a

13.

3.

{occ.

r.sy;.,

an animal;

oj"

hence, merchandise,

Acts

xxi. 3.)

belonging to couiinercti or
merchants; esp., a factory, enire))ot of merchandise, {Enrj., (])rium) mart, {non ucc.)

hustbodt, fail,

GOOD, great, LOAV, man, THESE,

THRUST, two, war.

iihip

a journey for traffic, esp.,

by sea ; hence, coininerce l)y sea,
traffic, trade, commerce
the7i, the
goods trafficked in, merchandise,
{non occ.)

i.e.

brave.
Here, avhpiQiiTUf., {mid.) to acquit as, or
show one's self a man.

also, all, b.vnd,

(make)

remember, call to mind,

mind to mention, sj)eak

MEECITANDISE.

2.

Cor. xvi.

(text,

4.

marg.(withwcpi, couceniiug) rcmcmhrance.

wares,

"

Philem.

2.

of.

(as)

make

Phil. i. 3, marpr.
reincynhvance.)

9.

i.

Cor. xv. 32.

15.

marg. accoiaing

(dvy'jp, i.e.

remembrance, me-

16.

bear in

1.)

(quit you like)

i.

MENTION

make or render

See

i.

i.

Thes.

also,

MEN

Deut. xxiv.

mention.

,
1

(after the maxjsee of)

2.

MENTION.

Eph.

vi. 19.

Tim.

recollection,

Rom.

01

xxi.

xiv. 9.

See, KEEP.

according

Exod.

X. 4.

human.

.,

see

(-s.)

a man-stealer, kidnapper,

(non occ.)

MEMORY.

I.

xii. 45.

MEN-STEALEE

;?,

(no}i occ.)

Mark

youths.

^jZ.,

5.

1.

commemorative, a me-

Acts

a child, bo}^, servant,

Trats,

(for a)

13.

MEN-SEEVANTS.

> ^'<""

to,

morial or monument,

25 26

iii.

Jas. iv.

iii. 5, 6.

MEMOEIAL

et9,

22

iv. 25.
V. 30.

twice, 5.
vi. 15 3 times.

xii.
1

xii. 12, 14, 18, 19,

Eph.

vii. 5,

2.

Matt.

xxii. 5.
1.

Rev.

3.

.John

xviii. 11, 12.

ii.

10.

;;

MER

MERCHANDISE OF

495

MER

order that He may not for

righteousness' sake be necessitated
to comport Himself otherwise, an
expiation is necessary, which He,
Himself, and His love institute
and give. Man, exposed to wrath,
could neither venture nor find an
expiation.
But Grod, in finding
it,
anticipates and meets His
righteousness.
Nothing happens
to God as in the heathen view.
Therefore, we never read in the

(make)

in

to go or travel in or to
to travel for traffic or business ;
with ace. o thing, to deal in, esp.,
with ace. oi person, to
to import
make gain of, overreach, cheat,
;

(occ. Jas. iv. 13.)

2 Pet.

ii.

3.

MERCHANT.

one who goes on ship-board

as a passenger hence, a merchant,

Matt.

1.

2.

(.. Rather
something happens to man, vho
escapes the wrath to come, (Cremer.)'\
Therifore, the cry for
mercy, tvith this tvord, implies a
Bible, IX/uTKCiTdaL

wholesale dealer, (non

Eev.

xiii. 45.

occ.)

xviii. 3, 11, 15, 23.

], MERCIFUL.

sense of guilt, ivhile with the sense

it would have
(occ. Heb. ii. 17.)
been

of succour or pity

merciful, actively compassionate, not merelj/ unhappij for

the ills of others, {which is No. 3)
hut desirous of relieving them
not merely pity, hut beneficent aid
promj)tly applied, (o/i occ.)

?,

Luke

MERCY

Used of the gods

propitious.

1.

the

merely

compassionate for

pitiful,

of others, aiid that

ills

pitiful,

(see JHo.

1)

5,

a feeling of sympathy with

misery, active compassion, the desire of relieving the miserable.
is put for those
(Hence,
benefits which are bestowed on
miserable
but
the
(No. 2) is never so put; hence,
succour, as duitinguishedfrom mere
i.^ prompted
pity. (The cryfor
there
by distress, while icith
is a sense of guilt), (non occ.)
;

?,

2.

<;,

mere subjective compassion or pity as felt on witnessing

misfortune or Cidtimify a sense of
unhappinoss for the ills of others

is all,

(occ.

Jas. v. 11.)
1.

Matt.

V. 7.

3.

Luke

vi.

36 '"i".
2.

Heb.

distinguiahed from succour.

or av
\_See Rom. ix. 15.

Luke xviii. 13,8eeM(be)

1.

Heb.

ii.

17.

pity,

(IS

i\c!l>

viii. 12.

"

MERCIFUL

to incline one's self towards

Pass., to be reconciled,
to be gracious.
[In profane Greek, it is to ren-

by prayer and
But God is not of
alienated
from man.

propitious

sacrifice.

Himself
His sentiment does not therefore need to be chauircd.
But

will

succour

will

whom I pity."]

succour, I will pity

(be)

any one.

der

other

-,

is

sacrifice.

),

tcith

tvords, see below.)

secured by prayer
Hence, as used of
our God, it is a sentiment that
belongs indeed to Him, but which
does not properly pertain to man,
because he is not deserving of it
hence, gracious, applied to God
only, (occ. Matt. xvi. 22.)

them, but

3.

(-IES.)

(For various comhinations

in profane Greeh, as signifying

that good-pleasure towards men,
which does not originally dwell in

and

xviii. 13.

1.

Matt.

1.

ix. 13.

Eph.

ii. 4.

1.

xii. 7.

2. Phil.

1.

xxiii. 23.

2.

Col.

1.

1.

2 'Kui.

1.

Tit.

1.

Luke

i.

M,

50.

.%.

7.
1.

Acts

X. 37.
xiii.

34,

seo

?2.

Tim.
i.

1.

1.

ii.

iii.

12.

i.

2.

i.

2, K;, 18.

i.

iii.

5.

Heb.

xi. 31.

iv. 16.
X. 28.
1. Ja.s. ii. 13<"'r

2.

xii. 1.

1.

1.

XV. 9.

1.

(sure)
1.
1.

2.
1.

Roui.

ix.

1.

2.3.

2 Cor. i. 3.
Ual. vi. 16.

2.

1.

1.

iii.

Pet.

i.

17.
3.

Jobn 3.
Jude 2, 21.
2

MER

ON

IMERCY

496

(hate)

MERCIES

, the

,
,

to have the desire of relieving

strives to
the miserable, (o
relieve the distressed, and does if
he is able, loJiile he Avho limits

,)

And

for

heir,

and

, is not,

Rev.
Acts

ivhicli is

he part

xvii. 34,

48.

MERCY UPON
Rom.

ment,

the

Matt.

V. 7.

a.

Rom.

xi. 30, .31.

a. 2

ii.

10

Cor.

Tim.

i.

Luke

xii. 19.

13, 16.

glad-minded,

1.

Luke

xv. 23, 2i.

Jas. V. 13.

2.

1.

3, (OCC.

Rom.

1.

Rev.

xi. 10.

MESSAGE,

mation, ne\vs, (7icn

occ.)

message brought upcn,

announcetiient, (elsewhere, " promise.")

age, seniority, eldership

(auow)

(make)

message brought, procla-

i.

2.

mercy on (have)"

Luke

XV. 29, 32.

,
,

(of tender)

ix. IG.

(be)

make

to

MERRY

MERCIFUL," No.
30 '"""^O

MERCY

3.

an embassy, embassage, the body

of ambassadors -"/?//., " the em-

xii. 8.

MERCY

of

"

MERCIFUL,"

ungracious
reference to guilt, without

propitiation.

(/, ?(
Q<vLTTrA
pitii

/ui,

bassy," (this sense arosefrom elders

being usuallg chosen as ambas-

(without)

(the opposite

witli

13

1.

iv. 1.

see "
vi.

MERRY

'i

iVo. 2,) unjjropitious,

ii.

25.)

iii.

ix. 5.

22, 25.)
vii. 25.

Jas. V. 11.

Jas.

Rom.

to be of a cheerful mind,
be of good cheer, (occ. Acts xxvii.

(receive)

Cor.

MERCY

cover

(,

(HAVE)

(obtain)

MERCY

Rom.

(the)

cause to rejoice.

a. 1
a. 1

IPet.

a.

see "

or just things.

Jioly

[seat, ) the lid or

(occ.

(,

xi. 32.

MERCY
a.

3133

i.

xxii. 16.]

of the Ark
so called because of the expiation made once
a year on the great day of atone-

xvi. 24.
xvii. 13.
xviii. 38, 39.
Rom. ix. 15''ce^ 18.
Phil. ii. 27.

XX. 30, 31.

Luke

mai^.

Luke

xvii. 15.

Heb.

ix. 27.
XV. 22.

-17,

vid's

in

Dason and

and faithful

Luke

mercy- )
of the Covenant

bestowed.

Matt.

X.

Christ,

MERCY-SEAT

succour or pity.

Mark

holg

v.

TO, the,

of the succour

(a) Passive, to obtain or receive

iii.

mercy
distress

to forgive, tliough for-

may

perform

14, 2037

(rather than sin) is jDrominent in

man, calling forth the mercy.
giveness

the

all

Grod will

[i.e.

promises and favours that He

gave to David, (Is. Iv. 3) see
Ps. Ixxxix.
2 Sam. vii. 8 17

(.)

suffering,

(eXcctv),

things,

^taTU,faithful(/>/.), )

to compassion only, is
to have pity upon any
one by actually relieving them.
Spoken of God, it is to show His
kindness, goodness, and favour.
It does not necessarily imply a
sense of guilt (but rather o/" dis-

mercy,
God to have

(the sure)

holy (pi.),
the things,

liimself

tress) to cry for

MES

or succour, wtmerci.)

.3.

sadors.)
Luke xii. U.

2.

J.Iin

i. r,

((Jx>)

(No.

Tr A) (arrayYcAia.amrssagc/iom, arepori,
1. 1

John

iii.

11,

maiv.

GL
iK.)

romm<iniIj))<>7ii.

MESSENGER.
Sec ERRATA.

"

MET

,
,
,

497

METE.

to measure, esp., of capacity, hut

also

of length.

Matt.

vii. 2.

Mark

Luke

MID-DAT.

of the day, ) here, Ace, at

mid-day.
the middle,
}

Acts xxvi.

,
Acts

13.

MIDDLE.
See, WALL.

MIDNIGHT.
midnight.

xvi. 25.

Acts xx.

MIDNIGHT

('

V
)

,
,
/

towards,
1 11
middle,

"^

'

(^,

,
,
,

,,

the night.

ixvii. 27,

MIDNIGHT

(at)

midnight.

middle,
of the night.

'{

2.

about the
middle of

of the night,
Acts

7.

(about)

down

1 T^s, of the,

1.

iv. Zi.

vi. 38.

Matt. xxv.

6.

1.

Luke

1.

xi. 5,

Mark

xiii. 35,

gen.

gen.

MIDST.
mid, middle, midst.
art.

tvifh
iates

and

Generally

preposition, as fol-

MIG

MIG

,
,

11.

iii.

^.

1.

Mark i.

7.

MIGHTILY.
with
power.

")

( iv, in,

498

MIOHTIER.

see " MIGIITT,"

Matt.

( SL'm/^6s,5e(s"MiGHT,"iV^o. 1, )

main

{J'rom ci'roi'oSjWell stretched)

intensely, forcibly, with
strength, with fine force,

{pec.

Luke

2.

hence,

3.

xxiii. 10.)

\No.

( Iv, in,

1<%

"

see

2, \

might,"

powerful,
strong.

down towards, acaccording to,

strength, might,

4.

power

1.

Acts

xviii.

ful

in effect, force,

effect.

superiority,
4.

with
power-

28

20.

/
1.

Col.

3.

Eev.

29.
xviii.

i.

(.)

MIGHTY.
{For various comhinations,
1.

?,
;,
?,

see beloto.)

physically strong, naturally

powerful.

2.

3.

see "

MIGHT," No.

2.

strong
morally as
well as physically powerful.
able,

4.

Swa/xts, see "

5.

//^,

MIGHT," No.

1.

one in power, one possessed of, 8wa/i.is, {No. 4), one in

authority.

6.

7.

8.

violent,

?,
icind,

{non

vehement, spoJcen of

occ.)

strong, mighty, powerful

in effect, forcible, {non occ.)

ftcya?, great.
5.

MIL

MIL

499

Spirit
as to its action in man for
intellectual purposes it is mind,

MILL.

',/5,

mill-house, place Avhere the

(a grinder, millstone) is,

(non

occ.)

Matt. sxiv. 41

MIN

a thinking through, mature

thought; activity of thinking, //<<?,
the faculty of thought the reflective exercise of the heart, con-

2.

(', a grinder, miUstone, L

the product of the Spirit.]

i.e.

Tr A^^.)

1.

MILLSTONE.

sciousness called into exercise by

the moral affections.

a grinder, hence, a millstone.

[Eastern mills consisted of two

stones the lower one was fixed,
the upper being turned round
upon it, with a hole in the middle
This was
for receiving the grain.
generally turned by women, the
hence called
larger ones by an ass
(pertaining to an ass),] see

what is in the vov? (iVo. 1),

idea, notion, thought, intent, (occ.

3.

ti/voia,

,
,
,
,
No.

\
C
(^

Matt.xviii.G.rTTrAht.)

2.

Markix.42(iro.3,G.^L
LMkexvii.2(No.2,GcL

3.

the breath, breath of animal

one of the manifestations of
viz. that which is manifested
in animals; /iejiCf?, life, animal life,
the living individual as such.
Hence, it is used of the mind, as
being one of the manifestations of

5.

[a mill, ) non
a stone,
of or belonging to j occ.

3.

Tr A

Eev.
like

A)

xviii. 21

,
life

(',
L Tr

',

various combinations

6.

[noun.]
other

xcords, see beloio.}

1.

the decision formed, mind

up, resolution.

what one has in mind, Avhat

one thinks ar.d feels hence, mind,
thought, feeling, will knowledge
or wisdom, as being the product of
the mind, (occ. Horn. viii. (p"";'^)

7.
ivitli

(.)

-,
made

in error.

22.

life

a millstone,

1.

ti.)

MIND,
(JFor

1.

12.)

a millstone, ") a large millstone,

pertaining
(non occ.)
to an ass.

<

iv.

the product of the action

(^. 1), that vhich is
of the
thought out, excogitated
purpose, project, device, the thoughts.

4.

3.

( /\t^o5,

2.

Heb.

?, ^., nous, the organ of menperception and apprehension,

the organ of conscious life the
organ of the consciousness preceding the aet, or recognising and
judging the fact. It is f/en., the
organ of thinking and knowledge,
or esp.,
i.e. the understanding
the organ of moral tliinking, i.e.
contemplation. In the N.T. (except Luke xxiv. i5, and llev. xiii.
18 xvii. 9), it occurs only inPauVs
Epistles, and is used of the reflective consciousness, us distinct
from the impulse of the spirit apart
tal

Matt.

2.

xxii. 37.

Mark

xii. .iO.

1.

Luke

x. 27.

5.

Acts

xiv. 2.

4.

28.

2.

vii. 23, 25.

1.

Eoin.

i.

nil*

iv. 7.

Col.

i.

ii.

21.
IS.

1.

6.

Pliilem. 14.

2.

Hob.

xii. 2.

2.

X. IG.

xiv. 5.

5.

xii. 3.

Cor.

1.

2.

2 Pet.

iv. 4.

1.

Rov.

3.

6.

.xi.

MIND

same thing,

', bo

13.

iii.

1.

xvii. 9.
13.

(be of one)

TO, the,

avTo,

i.

iv. 1.

3.

11.

iii.

10.

-iii.

2. 1 Pet.

10.

16 "I"

ii.

2 Cor.

such consciousness."

rors takes cognizance of external objects, and dcnotcsthe reasoning faculty.

Its chief material
organ isthebrain,but all the senses
serve it actively or passively,
is the human side of God's Spirit
in man; as to its source, it is

3.

27.

27.

from

i.

xi. 34.

1.

ing.

[The

ii.

iv. 17, 23.

Phil.

2 Tliee. ii. 2.
Tit. i. 15.

marji. miiid-

viii. 7,

Eph.

^ To have the
'
same mind
;

not inrrrli/ not

ing or minding.
J 1o differ in
council, but to seek the same object, (occ. Rom. XV. 5: Pliil. iii. 10.)
rci;ard-

2 Cor.

xiii. 11.

MIN
MIND
Same

500

xii. 16.

,(,

,
Tr

be rei^arded,
be ye regarding, G- ~ L

among.)

you.

Phil.

ii.

]\IIND

5.

(call to)

np

to call

..

memory,

to

cause to remember.

Mark

1.

Luke

viii. 35,

MIND
of the

TO

part.

(of one)

same mind,

like

1.
iii.

8.

2.

MIND

--,
upon,

(put in)

XV. 15.

3IIND

4.

{jion occ.)

hints or sitggestions
one's memory.

Rom.

viii. 5.

,
,
,
,

to suggest to

Tit.

{set one's)

"m

16 (op.), 19.

THINGS.

(be OF ONE)"

(.)

16

(be)

MIND," [noun]

JVo. 7.

to take counsel, consult,

deliberate loith ones self, or ivith
one another in coic7icil.
2 Cor.

3.

39.

i.

1.

1.

Phil.

15.

17,

4.

part (No.

L Tr A

3,

.)
Gal. V. 10.
Phil. ii. 2, 20, see Like.
f

15 'ice.

iii.

to think

(be)

much

of a thing,

remember, to recall to
one's mind, to begin to remember,

and

.so

1()

),
No.

7.

xii. 16.
iii.

remind. Here, mid., to begin to call

to mind, recollect, remember, {see

a making of sound mind

making sober-minded, controlling all iuordinate desires by

i.

(sound)

self restraint, {nan occ.)

Phil.

MINDFUL OF

[marg.]

licncr,

1.

to will, be willing, Avish,

desire a passive desire, in'opensity, or willingness.

XV. 5, see Like.

text, set one's affection mi.

2 Tim.

see "

Eom. viii. 6 '"'co, marg

for.

(,

Eom.

see " mind," [verb] JVo. 1.

Matt. i. 19.
Acts xxvii.

MIND

iii.

2.

have mind, intellect

to
mind, be minded; regard, care
iii. 2,

see

3.
4.

iii. 1.

to

Col.

mtiidiii!;.
2.

ON

of.

1.
I

up the memory
remind of, put in

to
recall to ono's
privately, silently, ly

memory,

Rom.

3.

to call

to

i.e.

mind upon,

1.

13.

MINDED

minded,

occ.)
1 Pet.

2.

on the point

Acts XX.

Phil.

{nan

1.

to be about to do any thing,

MIND THE SAME

to be o sound mind.

v. 15, part.

to be

xiv. 72.

(in one's eight)

heloiv.)

to have mind, intellect

to
mind, be minded; regard, care for.

2.

MIND

,
,

(-ING.) [verb.]

(Jor various comhinations, see

MIND

Mark

6.

See also cast, change, doubtful,

feetent, foeavardness, hostile,
humbleness, humility, lowliNESS, readiness, EEADT, TROUBLE,
WILLING.

[this]

let

XV.

(let this)

A .)

,
r/xtv,

m TOU

this.

ev, in, (7iot

Avith

Eom.

BE

MliS'D

one)

the same mind, Avith

one accord, all together.

Phil. iv. 2.

MIND

(be of the same)

as above.

Eom.

mm

2.

3.)

act.,

to call to another s

mind mention
membered, have
;

/ivaoyuai, to

WOO

for, solicit.

pa,ss.,

in

to be re-

memory.

to Wife, court, suc

MIN
(TJie tenses

of No. 1 are derivedfrom

and prohaldt/ the meanoriginaUy the same, for

this word,

ings ivere
there is not

much

501

distance befiveen

MIN

(or)

Gen. case of eyw, I) of me, mine.

Matt.

vii. 24, 26.

Luke

xi. 6.

thinking much of a thing, and

trying to get it gradually, how;

the ideas separated, a)id so,

though in Epic and Ionic Greeh
No. 3 ivas used in hath senses, yet,
later, No. 1 was confined to the
former, and No. 3 to the latter.)

MINGLE

ever,

3.

2 Tim.

1.

Heb.

i.

4.

u. 6.

2.

Heb.

2 Pet.

-,

Matt, xxvii.

Mark

iii.

, I) of me, mine.

2.

3.

Gen. case of

another form of No.

(Bat. case of

1.
3.

I) to or for

eyo),

4.

me.

4.
5.

,
,

another form of the No.

3.

mine, much more emphatic

thaii

the above; mine, denoting possession, piower over, authorship, right,

As the possessive adjective,

has a greater emphasis than the

etc.
it

1.

Mark

ix. 24.

5.

John

1.

Luke

i. -14.

1.

Acts xxi.

30.

ii.

3.

ix. .38.

xviii. 3.
xix. 27.

1.
1.
1.

1.
4.

John

2.

5.

V. 30.

1.

5.

vii. 16.

1.

ix.

5.

X. 14.

5,

xvi.

U,

xrii. 10 ''

5.

1.

Rev.

1.

.\4,

15.

messenger, see " ajtgel."

see "

see "

Avorships.

%,

2.
3.

,
1.

see above.

synagogue.

xxii. 16.

see above,

Matt. XX.

xi. 10.

3.

1.

John V.
vi.

1.

Acts

mine own

15.

Acts

30.

2.

,
John

1.

Philem.

MINE
of

i.

1.
3.

Gal.

vii. 24, 27.

4.

Eph.

ix. 52.

3.

xiii. 5.

xiii.

ill. 7.
vi. 21.

2.

Phil.

Col.

3.
3.
3.
4.

1 C>>r. iii. 5.

iv. 1.

twice.

ii. 2.5.
i.

7, 23, 25.

iv. 7.
1

Thes.

iii.

Tim. iv.
Heb. i. 7.

2 (an.)

6.

vui. 2.

4.
1.

17.

ii.

Jns.

ii.

25.

Phil. iii. 9.
2 Thes. iii. 17.

MINISTER

SELF.

1.

self.
I

2.

16.

14.

12, 19.

OWN

mine

V. 30.

3.

i.

iv. 20.

IV. 's.

vi. 11.

1.

4.
1.

Gal.

1.

xiii. 22.

i. 15.
X. 33.

xvi. 21.

1.

.38.

XX vi.

2.

X. 43.

viii. 23.
xi. 15 <"lce, 23.
xii. 7.

Bom.

Cor.

3.

iii. 6.

vi. 4.

2.

xxvi. 16.

self.

1. 1

viii. 50.

2.
2.

No.

2 Cor.

3.

2.

i.

Luke

5.

XXV. 27.

1.

1.

of

OAVN.

No.

an under- rower or common

acting under the direction of

another. An attendant in the

Mark

MINE
/?,

APOSTLE."

DEACON."

XX. 26.

[noun.]

a server in an office or
ministry.
In the O.T. used only
of the Levites and priests. In the
N.T. the loord is extended to
apostles, prophets, pastors, and
teachers in the Church.
It denotes
not merely one who serves, hut one

Matt.

1.

(-S.)

1.

15, 30.

xiii. 1.

viii. 7.

2.

seamen, and
mariners.
Hence, a hand, any subordinate

Cor. ix. 2, 3.
2 Cor. xi. 30.
xii. 5 (om.
Tr Ab.)
Phil. i. 4.

1.

sailor, as distinguishedfrom

13.
Eom. xi. 13.
xii. 19.
xvi. 13,
23.

5. 1

4.

ii.

Eev.

'

,
,

?,
8,

who

personal pronoun above.

1.

Luke

Mjnrh.
Kev. XV.

MINISTEE

1.

,
(,

34.

xv. 23, see

2.

(See also " mt," and combinations helow.)

1.

mix up, mingle.

xi. 15.

MINE.

2.

to mix,

(-ED.)

1 Cor.

3.

',

(-KD. -ETK, -ixo.) [verb.]

to serve, to render service,

to wait upon.
In its narrowest
sense, to wait at table ; gtn., to do

MIN

;,
,
,
any one a

502

to he suhject to, this is

in

there

is

a reference to the xoorh

service rendered.)

always

done, as

1.

2.

and under

act for another,

his direction, to sub-

serve, {occ.

Acts

hence, gen., to

,
and

36.)

xiii.

own accord

to give, of one's

ivith

good

ivill.

Upovpyiw, to perform sacred rites,

esp., to sacrifice, to officiate as a

do priestly

priest,

service,

(no7i

occ.)

7,
offer

to hold near to any one,

to occasion.

be
/,
chorus
to

chorus-leader, to lead

of singers
a
then, to lead
out or furnish a chorus on public
;

occasions; hence, gen., to furnish,

supply, (occ. 1 Pet. iv. 11.)
ly. 11,

"l

2Cor.viii.4,

'^,^^^

viii. 15,

ix. 1,

10
~\

xxvii. 55, (see

i. 13, 31, ( unto.

451",

teriuf,'.

see

Gal.
see
Epli.
29.
Phil. 25, see
that)
Col. 19, see
5,

iii.

Mark

seeMinis-

ii.

xv.41,seeMunto.

Luke

iv. .39,

viii. 3,
Acts xiii. 2,

> see

7. 1

j unto.

1.

part.

XX. 31.
xxiv. 23.

Eom.

xii. 7,

iii.

13,mar^. (text,
ojjice o) a dea-

con.)

2 Tim. 18, see

Philem. 13, S> unto.
Heb. 14 1", seeMinisi.

see Minis-

tering.
XV. 16.

i.

terint;.

142nd.
10 1", see
10 r.d.

2.

25, see
27.

unto.

Cor. ix. 13, see

about.
2 Cor. ui. 3.

(lie

(have

nourishment)
Tim. i. 4.
wee the

xix.22,BeeMunto.

to.

iv.

5.

ii.

to.

10 '"-

8.

XXV. 44,

1't,

vi.

to.

X. 11.
1 Pet. i. 12.
iv.

10, 11.

MINISTER ABOUT.
to Avork, labour;
work, perform, practice,

intrans.,

trans., to

conduct certain works.

1

Cor.

ix. 13.

above, loith

,
,

2.

Heb.

Gal.

iii.

vi. 10.

MINISTER UNTO.

1.

2.

do the service of an
(see the noun, No. 3, above)

2 Cor. ix. 10.

1.

occ.)

to

8,

1.

further, superadd.
2.

service, esp., puhlicli/ in religious

icorsh ip ; hnt also to serve the

public at one's own expense, gen. ;
to serve, minister, worship, {)ion

(NO.

TO.

No.

ctti,

VL^on, prefixed) to furnish upon,

i.e. besides, in addition,
supply

perform some public

to

X.

see above,

unto, with a view to,

service, {noun, from No .1.)

et9,

Matt.

,
,

MINISTER

service, care for one's

needs, (not

MIN

see above.

1.

Matt.

iv. 11.

No.

see above,

1.

No.

2.

5.

1.

2.

,
,

MIN

Acts

i.

1.

1.

marg.

xii. 7.

Cor. xyi. 15.

Heb.

2.

1,

Col.

1.

1.

2 Tim. iv. 5, 11.

2,

Heb.

-,

Tim.

i.

12.

Cor.

2. 1

2, 14, 26.

2.

Heb.

ii.

1.

Rev.

xiii. 14.

22.

1.

iv. 16, 22.

1.

ii.

a player on a
Eev. xviii. 22.)

mintlia, and it was streAved

JeAvs on the floors of their

houses and synagogues.] (now

L\ike

iii.

5.
4.

xvi. 14.
xix. 20.

mighty

(woEKEES of)

No.
Here, some loords must be supplied, e.g. "doers of," or "are all in
possession of miraculous powers."
w^orks, {see above,

1.)

MIRACLE

2. Gral.

xi. 47.

MIRACLES

ix. 23.

xxiii. 23.

xii. 10, 28.

29, Bee

(workers of)

xii. 18, 37.

/,

MINT.

(,

2.

viii. 6.

it snr'D,

1.

-i.

vi. 8.

viii. 6.

1.

ix. IC.
X. 41.

Acts

iv. 17.

sweet-scented hence, garden

or spear mint. [ The Bahbins called

Matt,

XV. 12.
xix. 11.

iv. 12.

(-S.)

flute, {occ.
Matt.

by the

13.

1.

vi. 3.

Eph.

ix. 21

a" flute-player

pipe or

2.

iv. 1.

1.

MINSTREL

//,

11, 23.
iii. 2.
iv. 54.

V. 18.

1,

xxi. 19.

Eom.

2 Cor.

1,

xii. 25,

1. 1

ii.

vii. 31.

17, 25.

charge.
XX. 24.

1.

1.

Acts

ix. 39.
xiiii. 8.

1.

Luke
Jolin

see "MrNISTRATI0ir,"iVi).2.

1.

1.

MINISTEEING," No.

vi. 4.

1.

MIS

Mark

I^nNISTRY.

see "

1,

503

occ.)

xi. 42.

(-S.)

a sign, a signal an ensign,

a standard, a sign by which any
thing is designated, distinguished,
or known
hence, used of the
miracles of Christ, as being the
signs by which it might be known
that He Avas the Christ of Grod
a sign authenticating Christ's mission a sign with reference to what
;

Cor.

xii. 29,

marg.

poircr.

MIRE.
slime,

mud, mire, such

as ac-

cumulates ichere animals are kept,

hence, dung, {non occ.)

2.

Pet.

ii.

22.

MISCHIEF.

ease or lightness of doing,

recklessness, {non
levity in doing
;

occ.)

Acts

xiii. 10.

MISERABLE.

finding pity that succours;

hence, pitiable, piteous, (;io occ.)

eXceivos,

Eev.

iii.

17.

it

2.

demonstrate^^.

MISERABLE

power to do any
power,inight in action.
In pi. ajjplifd to the miracles of

8uVa//i5, capal)ility,
thiiKj ; then,

wherein divine
put
forth, unfolded, and manifested.
Chri.st, as effects

power was

in a special sense

miracle as lorouf/ht by divine

pou'er ; a work, ztvV/i reference to
the poioer reqtiiredjbr its performance.

[9, translated "wonder," is used of

miracles as wonderful
act.'', with special reference to their
supernatural character, and to
tctheir excitement of surprise,
(Acts i. 3) are evidences
derived from logical deduction.]
Chri.st's

(most)

Cor. XV. 19, comparative.

MISERABLY.
denoting the
quality of the
is combined.

badl}, grievou.sly,

badness or the
tcord with which

Matt.

ill

it

xxi. 41.

MISERY
hard work,

labour,
great
bodily
exertion
hence,
bodily pain, hardship, trouble,
misery, distress, (on occ.)

Bom.

iii.

IC.

Jas. V. 1.

MIS

,
,

MIST.
a mist

from

shrouds objects

toliich

view, (fion oca.)

Acts

xiii. 11.

2 Pet.

2.

ii.

17.

MITE.

,
Mark

occ.)

xii. 42.

Luke

Luke

(be)

mix together,

xix. 39.

MIXTURE
unmixed,

(non occ.)
Eev.

2.

),MOCK

i.e.

to let go,
to

cease

16.

1.

3.

Tim.

ii.

Mark

x. 34.
xv. 20. 31.
Luke liv. 29.
xviii. 32.

In

ii.

2.

13(^,
GL

Gal. vi.

MOCKER

7.

(-S.)

a mocker, scifFer, spohen of

impostors, faluc prophets, etc., (occ.
2 Pet. iii. 3.)
Jude

18.

MOISTURE.

,
,

2.

viii. 6.

MOMENT.

undissected, not
atom. Spokeri of
time, it denotes the smallest possible portion, (no)i occ.)

uncut,

an

Eni/.,

a prick, a point.

Of

time,

instant, (non occ.)

W.)

xvii. 32.

3.

cVteiKes,

mai'g. (text, of good hclmviour.)

divisible.

to jeer

jeer g/catly,

Tr A

suitable,

9.

Luke

xxii. 63.
xxiii. 11, 36.

Acts

fit,

moisture of an?/ kind, dampness

(non occ.)

Luke

1.

i.e.

MODEST.

at, (7ion occ.)

XX. 19.
xxvii. 29, 31,41.

upon,

hence, neut.,

occ.)

1.

to jest, joke, scoff

9 [text, forbearing.)

MODERATION.
fitting

,
1

-.)

(-ED,

vi.

Phil. iv. 5.

10.

,
,

',

or forth
hence,

propriety, moderation, consideration, (i.e. not insisting on just

rights), forbearance.

to tum up one's nose at

in scorn; hence, to mock, deride,

ii.

up

loosen

proper

pure, undiluted,

to sport in, with, or against

Lat., illudere ;
Eng.,
??y one;
illude or mock, i.e. to deriae.
Also, to delude, trick, deceive.

Matt.

man.)

well ordered, orderly, i.e. well

behaved, discreet, decorous, (non

(without)

(non occ.)

3.

to

(-ing.) [verb.] [marg.]

to send

iii. 9,

1.

common

from.

MIXTUEE.
a mixture, compound, (ow occ.)

pertaining to man, human.

MODERATE

(marg. be united with.)

John

[adj.] (marg.)

xxi. 2.

iv. 2, part.

xi. 36.

MODERATE

xii. 59.

to mingle with to temper, blend, {occ.

1 Cor. xii. 24.)

-,

Heb.

Eph.

to

(-S.)

derision, scoffing, mocking,

relax,

MIXED WITH

Heb.

MOCKING

1 Cor. X. 13 (text,

The naine of the

lepton.
smallest Jewish coin, i7i value
about one-fourth of our farthing,
(non

MOM

(non occ.)

the gloom of the outer world,

(occ.
murkiness, thick gloom,
2 Pet. ii. 4; Jude 6, 13.)

1.

504

,
2.

Luke

iv. 5.

1.

MOMENT

Cor. XV. 52.

(hut for a)

vcry instani, momentary, the briefest duration,

at

this

transient.
2 Cor.

iv. 17.

1.

MON

then,

money

general ; also, for a piece of

i.e. a silver coin.

2.

in

silver,

ii.

?,

of any kind.

metal

ore,

5.

see Tri-

see

(piece

of)
1.
1.

xxii. 19.

xsv. 18, 27.

xxviii. 12, 15.

Mark

vi. 8.

1.

3.

xii. 41.

2.

1.

xiv. 11.

2.

3.

1.

1.

Luke

Luke
John

xxii. 5.
ii.
14,
(clianger of)
4.
15.
2*. Acts iv. 37.
vii. 16.
1.
2.
viii. 18.
1.

bute.

5.

ix. 3.

see

201"20 2nd.
xxiv. 26.

Tim.

vi.

10, see

(love of)

xix. 15, 23.

MONEY

[Note.

(chakoee of)

a money-changer.

The annual tribute of each

Jew

to the Temple was a Jewish

half-shekel (Ex. xxx.l3), and this,
the money-changer in the outer
court furnished to the people as
they came up, in exchange for
their Greek and Roman coins.]

{nan

occ.)

John

ii.

MONEY

14.

(love op)

love of silver, i.e. love of

money, covetousness, (non occ.)
1

xxi. 12.

Mark

Tim.

MONEY

vi. 10.

(piece of)

any weight rsp., a coin of' a

certain weight, a stater, an Attic
silver coin equal to about 3s. Gd.
Later (in Philip's time), a gold
stater
iGs. 3d.
;

Matt.

xvii. 27,

marg. $taUr,

xi. 15.

MONTH

(-S.)

a month, {from Sanscr. ma, to

measure, and from this,
the
;

sis), (jion occ.)

i.

John
Acts

Acts

24, 26, 36, 56.

iv. 25.

21,

John

moon, and Eng., moon, moneth, or

month Germ., mond Lat., menLuke

anything

27,

hence,

acknowledged
and sanctioned by custom or law
hence, current money, currency.

Matt. xvii.

Matt.

a small piece, bit

small coin, change.

(occ.

15.)

else-

Generally, copper, especially as

lorought and tempered for use;
hence, copper coin, money.

4.

(changer of)," above,

(-s.)

small coin, change also,

the premium of exchange hence,
a money-changer, broker, see "

something usable, what one

can use hence, money. Once, (*)

in sing., denoting the price

lohere plural, money.

3.

MOR

MONEY-CHANGER

MONEY.
silver

505

iv. 35,
vii. 20.

see

xviii. 11.

xix. 8.

XX. 3.

(four)

xxviii. 11,

Gal. iv. 10.

Heb.

xi. 23,

see

(three)

MOR

506

en, (i?i/y.) yet, still, longer, implying

duration, as to time ; or accession,
addition, etc., yet further, besides.

2.

,,

more, not only ofnumhut gen. of hulk, (comp. of

many much,) * plural.

,
,

(adj.)

3.

ler,

MOR

r,

r
3.

-, ^^

<

[much more,

No.

Mark

3.

much,

No.

see

1,

more
abundantly.

5,

vii. 36.

'.

1.

Luke

2.

over and above,

more than enough, superabundant.

^ exceeding

see >

Luke

v. 15.

39.

(fdj.)

i.

5.

1.

(pronominal adj.) other, de(not generic)

noting numerical

6.

distinction.

7.

comp. of
physical

(adj.,

of

large,

MORE THAN.

comp. of No. 4)

(adj.,

more abundant.

"'/^'
^ ]i.e. except.
not, )

,
,

2.

great,

3.

ticle) or, than,

similar use in
1 Cor. xiv. 10.)

Used adverbially

(prep.) over.

over or beyond.

4.

V. 9, 10, 15, 17.

xi. 12, 24.
1 Cor. xii. 22.
xiv. IS.
2 Cor. iii. 9, 11.
X. 8.
xi. 23.
Gal. iv. 27.

30.
vii. 11.

X. 25.
li. 9.

xviii. 13.
16.

Phil.

XX. 10.
xxi. 36.

Mark

33 (No.

xii.

Luke

4,

L.)

16.

16.
3""<:.

5.

over.

from.

xi. 32.

Ace, over and towards,

beyond, above, used in comparison.

(b) icith

sii. 25.

Jag. iv.
.

Kev.

xxi. 15.
Acts iv. 19.

6.

19.
iii. 12.
vii. 16.
ix. 12.
xviii. 21,

XV. 2.

ii.

Matt.

5b.

Mark

1.

22

twice,

X.

5b.

XX. 3.

.35.

xxiii. 13, 21.

'.

XXV.

xxi. 1, 4.
xxii. 3 {ixei, there,

6.

Gv,)

xxvii. 11.

(oin.

.)

1.

MOEE
5.

Heb.

(fah)

2.

vii. 15.

MORE (have the)

3.
4.

[marg.]

,
,

,
,

5.

MORE

(much)
1

5. Phil.

G.
i.

14,

adv.

2.

4.
6.

MORE

1.

,,

the)

(so

see above,

No.

1.

3.

1.

1.

Horn.

x\. 7.
i.

25.

xii. 3.

(the)

MORE," No.

MORE," No.
see "

1.
7.

MOKE," No.

5.

vehemently.

',

with

vii. 26.

see "

Luke

4c.
4c.

Philem. 21

MORE

see "

3.

abundantly, exceedingly,

i.e.

See "bettee."

Luke

37 'i-

viii. 14.

xiv. 5.

2.

23 twice.

5.

and separate

Gen., over

(a) ivith

X. 2, 17.

24, 28.
xxi. 3.
'. John iv.
1, 41.
.
vii. 31.
xii. 43.

XX.

the

ix. 14.

4 (No.

23.

at, at

Ace, to or along the side

compared with, so as to
be shoivn, beyond or contrary to.

viii. 12.

xi. 13.

and

of, beside,

iii. 4.

ix. 13.
xii.

ii.

from beside, (used of

(c) loith

12.

Philem.
Heb. iii.

13.

iii.

Tim.

5,

[Tr .)

43.

and

xvii. 2,

beside.

(b) with Bat., beside

side of.

iii. 4.

xxvi. 53.

Luke

persons.)

9 '"'

i.

ii.

XXV. 20.

(a) ivith Gen.,

Eom.

Matt. V. 37, 47.

vi. 25.

of

(a disjunctive or comparative parrather than, (see a

magnitude)

greater, larger.

8.

up abovc, above, over;

number, more than.

many, much.
the many.

how much, how

Matt. XX.

31.
xxvii. 23.

Mark

IIc7'c,

pi.,

art.,

vii. .36.

xiv. 31

(om.GxL

Tr A W.)
Luke xii. 48.
John V. 18.

great.

1.

John

1.

Acts

xix. 8.
V. 14.

ix. 22.

1.
1.

xxii. 2.
ix. 19.

1.

Cor.
2 Cor.

1.

Heb.

5. 1

vii. 7, 13.
X. 25.

MOR
MOEE PAET

75, see above, No.

Acts

rix. 32.

507

MOKXING-

(the)

5.

Acts

xxvii. 12.

(^

2.

Sec

abound, abundance, abun-

also,

MOR

dant, ABUNDANTLY, ANY, BOLDLY,

CAREFULLY, CHEERFULLY', CONQUEROR, earnestly, exceeding,
EXCEEDINGLY, EXCELLENT, FIERCE,
HEED, HENCEFREQUENT,
FORTH, HOW, INCREASE, MANIFOLD,
MISERABLE, NO, SPEAK, SPEND, TWOFOLD, TALUE, YET.

,
a/Lta,

';, the time before or about daybreak, dawn, cock-crcnv, {non occ.)
Matt. XX.

1.

,
,
Matt. xvi.

imiolying duration or

2.

,
,
,
,

and, also.

4.

")

^"-^

^^'

{
(

1
and, also,

but

also.

but ... in like

manner.

antithesis,

(_

nor, likewise,

Luke

1.

Acts

2.

six. 26.
1 Cor. iv. 2.

C.

xvi. 21.

4.

5.

ii. 2tJ.

Tim. iii. 7.
Heb. ix. 21.

Mark

Matt.
liuke

xi. 36.

2 Pet.

i.

Luke

2.

vi.

3i

twice.

xxir.

1.

X. 35.

early

in

also, early in

morrow.

Acts

IV. 5.

Jas.

iv. 14.

, on

1.
(

(ON the)

the,

upon the morrow.

'^.^^^^'

2.

Tf:

]<;, the next in

) on the follow/

the day,
the year.

o;der,

Mark

Acts

xi. 12.
X. 9, 23.

Acts

-,

xxii. 30.
xxiii. 32.

XXV. 17.

xs. 7.

Acts XXV.

a later form of No. 2, (non

occ.) {irpoLvo^, T.)

"^gi'^-y]

early,

dawn.

xvi. 2.

MORROAV

early in the day, at

morn gen., betimes, early, in
good time
before,
{from
Cr<'ri.,fruh, early Sanscr., prahua,
forenoon.)

morning

light,

earliest

15.

early,

deep twi-

avpiov,to-m.orrow,iuith art., the

MORNING.

(very early in the)

MORROW.

1.
4.

xiii. 35.

very, exceedingly,
early in the morning.

as to the rest, finally.

3.

1.

35.

xi. 20.

1.

found,

(^

an

2.

i.

1.

the time be- ^

'
fore daybreak,
deep, pro- (

/Aot9,in likeman6.

,
',

Mark

1.

,,
f

but, marking

hi,

nay even,
but,
and, also, j but also.

3.

MORNING

accession.

1.

MORNING," No.

Tr.)

MOEEOYEK
still,

(in THE)

xxi. 18 (No. 1,

2.

yet,

see "

(.)

viii.

V. 21.

"morning," No.

see

2.

John

2.

Acts

MORNING

1.

1.

T6,

1.

2.

',

1.

(eablt in the)

with,
the morninr.

23.

TTpoytVos,

6peptvo<;,

1.

occ.)

Matt. XV.

1.

Acts

3.

Eev.ii.28.

1.

xxvii. 1.
xxi. 4.

John

MORNING

(co^ri:

xxviii.

2.3.

wake

early

to

in the morning,
or at daybreak, {non occ.)
xxi. CS.

Acts

MORSEL,
John

xiii. 26,

eeo Sop.

early in the)

do anything early
Luko

MORROAV AFTER

[TTrAWJ

xxu.l6(No.3,GL

4.

to rise early,

morn-

1.

ing early, (non

2.

2.

at daybreak, in the

(the)

X. 24.

[marg.]
Hcb.

xii. 16,

see Meat.

MORTAL.
^jo;t05, liable,
tal, {occ.

Eom.

vi. 12.

Tiiill.

or subject to death, mor2 Cor. V. 4.)

1

Cor. XV. 53, 54.

2 Cor.

It. 11.

MOR
i

508

MOETALITT.

that which
mortal.
mortal, ]
")

f TO, tlie,

, \-11

,
Matt.

,,
,

MORTIFY.

1.

Eom.

Tiii. 13.

stuff, {no7i occ.)

Luke

vi. 19, 20.

moth-eaten,
moths, (non occ.)

Col.

2.

MOTHER

MOSES.

a mother, {so Lat., mater

matri
Germ., mutter,
etc.) {non occ.)
Sanscr.,

the, followed by
the ivord

Matt.

^9, Moses,

(Hebrew, nt^Q, drawn

out, i.e. from the water) the proper
name of the great Hebrew prophet
legislator.
In

all

Jolm

Tiii.

11,13,14,20,21.
see Wife.

TrXeiW, more, {co7np.ofTToXv<;,ma,rij,

much) properly of number, but also

?,

/',

the most, (superl.

many, much) the greatest,
only of number.

2.

Matt.

xi. 20.

1.

Luke

vii. 42,

13,

with

MOST
2. 1

m N.T.,

vi. 42.
xix. 25"^i<:e,26'"',

4 twice

^^'

(.)

27.

Acts

i.

vi. 24, 28.

10">', 11, 12.

X. 7, 19, 29, 30.
XV. 40.
vii.

vi. 2.

Cor. xiv. 27, with art.

Tim.

i.

9,

see

(mur-

V. 2.

2 Tim.

i.

Heb.

vii.

5.
3,

see

(without)

see \Vife.

Rev

MOTHER

derer of)

xvi. 1.
Luke i. 15, 43, 60.
ii. 33, 34, 43 (.),

14.

xii.l2.
xiv. 8.
Rom. xvi. 13.
Gal. i. 15.
iv. 26.
Eph. V. 31.

30, see Wife.

31, 32,33,34,35.

1.

i.

iii. 2.

V. 40.

iv. 38,

(at the)

1, 3, 5, 12.
4.

iii.

xiv. 8, 11.

48,51.

art.

ii.

xiii. 55.

Mark

of magnitude and in comparison.

2.

xviii. 20.

John

iii.

1,

xiv. 26.

X. 35, 37.
xii. 46, 47, 48, 49,

xix.5,12,19,29(ap.)
XX. 20.
xxvii. 56t"'ce.

MOST.

vii. 12, 15.

viii. 19, 20, 21, 51.

xii. 53 t"i-

50.

5 2nd

(.)

Luke

18.

i.

ii.

Gen., the... of.

is understood.

viii. 14,

XY^

passages, except

(-S.)

[,
2.

iii. 5.

by

eaten

Jae. V. 2.

Here

and

sii. 33.

MOTH-EATEN.

to put to death, to take

the vital principle, (the
away
aspect being towards the lifelessness and jyoicerlessness of that from
which the life has heen taken away.)
to make a dead body or a
corpse, to make dead, {the aspect
heing towards the corpse, and the
deed hy tohich it hecame such.)

2.

MOTH.

a moth, clothes-moth, whicJi eats

is

2 Cor. V. 4.

1.

MOT

xvii. 5.

(mukdeker of)

a smiter of his mother, (non

occ.)

1.

/,

MOST OF ALL.
{superl.

most of

all,

of

very) most,

especially.

Acts XX.

38.

See also, believed, excellent, gladly,

HIGH, noble, STEAITEST.

9,

something dry,

Matt.

vii. 3, 4, 5.

i.e.

chajjf,

Luke

any

9.

(without)

mother, motherless.
Sjiolcen of those iclio have lost the
mother, or of those lolio, loith whatever meaning can be said not to
have had fatlier or motlier, xchcther
Avithout

srnall

ivood, or

vi. 41,

MOTHER

i.

literally as in classic writers, of the

gods, or improperly, of one luhose
parents are un/cnoivn.

MOTE.

dry particle, as of
dust, (non occ.)

Tim.

42 '".

[The description of Mclchisedek can

be literally true of Jione except the
Xo'yosof God {see under " word,")

MOT
who

in reference to

509

His humanity

1.

(without fat her), and

in reference to Ilis divinity was
(without mother).]

was

Heb.

,
,

MOTION

xii.

(-S.)

1.

Rev.

Mark

1.

Matt.

1.

2 Cor.

MOUNT.

anything

Matt. xii.

make
Acts

xxvi. 30.

vii. 7.

MOUTH

Matt.

viii. 1

Gal.

xi. 1.

xiv. 26.
xix. 29, 37.
xxi. 37.
xxii. 39.

(.)

Luke

18 {om.

i.

2
,

Acts

i.

V. 1.

iv.

viii. 1.

(.)

16.

V. 5.

ll(om.G-..)
vi. 46.
ix. 2, 9.
xi. 2i.
liii. 14.

ix. 28.

xxi. 21.
xxiii. 30.
John iv. 20, 21.
vi. 3, 15.
1 Cor. xiii. 2.
Heb. xi. 38.
xii. 20.

Eev.

vi. 14, 15, 16.

viii. 8.

xvi. 20.
xvii. 9.
xxi. 10.

1.

',
',

3.

ix. 17, 18, 19.

X. 9, 10.
xi. 5.
xii. 15,

Eev.

xix. 15, 21.

MOUTH OF
to

"le.

xiv. 5.
xvi. 133Um.

1.

16

xiii. 2, 5, 6.

xxii. 14.

of

x-i.

(STOP the)

put upon the mouth,

to stop the
curb ; hence,

i.e.

mouth
to

with a hit or
check, to curb,

{lion occ.)
i.

11.

(-ED.)

to hewail, lament,
one dead.

MOVE

mourn

for, esp.,for

2.

ii. 8.

:.
Jas. iii. 3, 10.
1 Pet. ii. 22.
Jude 16.
Eev. i. 16.
ii. 16.
iii. 16.

Titus

MOURN

8.

iii.

2 Thes.

27.
xviii. 14.

Col.

XV. 7.

viii. .32.

iv. 29.

vi. 19.

Heb.

xi. 8.

vi. 12.

xiv. 23.
XV. 29.
xvii. 1, 9, 20.
xviii. 12.
xxi. 21.
xxiv. 16.
xxviii. 16.
Mark iii. 13.

xiii. 1.

Eph.

2 Tim. iv. 17.

-Tit. i. 11, see
(stop the)

viii. 32, 35.

X. 34.

iii. 5.

xxiii. 2.

18, 21.
iv. 25.

Luke

Heb.

iii. 14, 19.

X. 8, 9, 10.
XV. 6.
Cor. vi. 11.

xix. 22.
xxi. 15.
xxii. 71.
John xix. 29.

MOUNT.

iv. 8.

24;

3 John 14.)

iii.

Matt.

xviii. 8,

Eom.

(.), 11 'wlce,

xi. 54.

18.

xiv. 1.

MOUNTAIN.
see "

Acts

xxi. 16.
Luke i. 64, 70.
iv. 22.
vi. 45.

22.

2 Pet.

Eev.

iv. 9,

the word spoken, not written;

which is spoken, etc.

iv. 4.

XV. 8

viii. 5.

xii.

xxi.

2 Jolm 12

17, 18.
xvii. 27.
xviii. 16.

12.

TTrAS.)

Luke

Rev.

xii. 34.

iv. 2-t, 25.

Heb.

Jas.

(-S.)

arise.)

i.

2.
2.

then, that

vii. .30, 38.

xiii. 3.

18.

ii.

xiii. 35.

John

1.

xLxiv. 3.

Mark

MOURNING.

bewailing, grief, esp.,for the

34

-,

2.

mountain, hill,
height, chain of hills, {proh.from
rising, a

to stir up,

xviii. 11.

a complaining, lamenting.

earth, {pec.

marg. passion.

xi.

[(.)

vi. 17.

xvi. 10 part.

the mouth
lience,
also,
speech, speaking.
Applied also to
any opening in the shore or the

1.

mind, emotion.
vii. 5,

1.

Cor. V. 2.
Jas. iv. 9.

,
,

53 "'<:

what is suffered, suffering;

then, any passion or affection of
Bom.

vii. 32.

1.

dead.

Luke

vi. 25.

1.

2.

xxiv. 30.

^,

a mother-in-law.

Luke

V. 4.

ix. 15.

I.

vii. 3.

X. 35.

Matt.

1.

3.

2.

MOTIIEE-IN-LAW.

Matt.

MOV

to sing a dirge, to wail.

to beat, to cut hi/

blow
heat or cut one's
self, i.e. the breast, in loud expression of grief.

(-ED.)

(For various combinations with

tcords, see below.)
1.

',

2.

).

here, mid., to

other

then, sitnpli/
to set in motion
to move. * 7nid., to move one's self.
:

to move to and fro, sliakc,

with the idea of shoe Ic, concussion.

MOV

',

3.

(iVb. 2,

toitJi

510

up or back,

l^refixed^ to shake back, swing to

and fro, brandish, csp., to make

John

make

to Avag the tail, fawn, flatter,

to deceive through flattery, (nan
occ.)
The sense here is, that no
one should be deceived or deluded
in the midst of the persecutions
by the suggestions of seeming
well-wishers.

5.

,,

6.

to bear, carry, bear along.

Matt.

xxi. 10.
xxiii. 4.
xv. 11.
3.
4. Acts ii. 25.
!.
xvii. 28.
xs. 24, see
2.

Acts

1.

XXI. 30.

5.

iii.

3.

xii.

6.

2 Pet.

(none of these things)

1.

Eev.

1.

much,

many,

great,

MOVE AWAY.
(^JSio.

1,

loith

1.

2.

2.

i.

45.

make, )

by no sir
single Avord

am

Acts XX.

mak ing,"

etc.

1.
1.

ways or oftentimes;
(no\KaKLi,many times,

4?;

viii. 4.

la.

L\. 37.

1.

X. 40.
xii. 19.
4g 3 times.

1.

MOVER
',","^\^.

1.

OF.
Here, participle.
5.

(.)

3.

1.

xvi. 19.
2 Cor. ii. 4.

1.

iii.

1.

9, 11.
vi. 4.

1.

viii. 4, 15, 22.

vii. 12.

1.

Phil.

xii. 9, 12, 24.

1.

iu. 23.

XV. 5, 8.
Acts V. 37 (om.

1.

TrA

G-L

ii.

Thes.
ii.

12.
i.

TivA.

iii.

Tim.

iv. 14.

la. 2

Tit.

X. 2.

1.

Heb.

xi. 24, 26.

Jas. V. 16.
1 Pet. i. 7.
la. Eev. v. 4

.)

1.

xii. 9, 25.

(,

Ecv. xiz.

MUCH

viii. 3.
1.

AS.

the,

equivalent things.
Luke

MUCH

much,

GoLTTrAW.)
la.
1.

8.

ii. 3.

1.

xiv. 22.

Ttt.

5, 6.

2.

1.

vi. 3!.

AS IN

ME

TO, tlie.

c/i-e,

Acts xxiv.

ii.

xii. 22.

vi. 10.

(wnicii cannot be)

compassion, enty,
indignation.

Tr>-)
xvi. 6, 12

1 Cor.

la.

10 '-Ice,

xviii. 10, 27.

xii. 28.

XV. 22,marg. many

la*

XV. 7.
xvi. 16.

Heb.

iii. 2.

V. 10, 15, 17.

ix. 22.

1.

1.

24.

10.

Rom.

vii. 11,

xiv. 30.

xix. 26.
xxvi. 24.
xxvii. 9.

1.

V. 10.

John

"

Acts

la*

IV. 5.

(none of these things)

account,

also,

XXVI. 9,

Luke

23.

{from No. 4, above) that

cannot shake, rock, or vibrate,
unshakable, (occ. Acts xxvii. 41.)

See

much.

21. 24.

the

icith art.,

to,

VI. 34.

impli/inff

not one, ^ "1 am making of no

a word, ' account," etc.
or

MOVED

'*

vi. 30.
xiii. 5.

-i.

to

number,

o/*

reaching to, and

of things, enough
of number or magnitude, abundant,

coming

(^

other

many.

loith

amount.

many,

(a) plural,

Mark

Col.

and adv.]

loords, see below.)

qiiantity, or

occ.)

,
,

(2')

[adj.

Matt.

21, part.
vi. 14.
1.

change, ^;?'<;y?ar/) to move from

one place to another, remove, (non

ot'8ets,

dis-

(which cannot be)

me

MOVE ME

movement,

{For various comhinations

V.

hence, sufficing

I.

Mark

MUCH.

2.

Col. 20, see away.

1 Thes.
Heb. 28, see Moved

1.

a moving, a being moved, as

turbance, {lion occ.)

to shake, rock, to
put into a state of Avaving, rocking
or vibratory motion, to agitate.

4.

MOVIN&.

opp. to repose; a

threatening gestures, and so, stir

up, persuade, (oce. Luke xxiii. 5.)
to

MUG

according
me.

to.

Bom.

i.

15.

IS (as)

MUC

MUCH AS IJV YOU IS (as)

TO, the,
<

the... among

among,

eV, iu,

[marg.]

you, or

the... in you.

you,

uMch

Pet. V. 2, text,

511

is

MULTIPLY

make full hence, to mul* Pass., to be

increase.
multiplied, increased, (occ. Matt,

YOU

to

xxiv. 12.)

amon(j you.

AS LIETH IN

(-ED, -ING.)

tiply,

Acts

MUCH

MUL

seeM

vi. 1,

(be)

7.

(as)

2 Cor.

Heb.

vii. 17.

ix. 31.
xii. 24.

^ TO, the.
<
(_

, out

MUCH

2.

MULTIPLIED

xii. 18.

AS

(NOT so)

and

not, also not, denying absolutely and objectively ; not even.

but, 7
.' \
.i/ '
ouoe, not, )

f
\
(^

1.

Luke

not even.

vi. 3.

2.

Cor. V.

MUCH
sec above,

MUCH

AS

Acts

six. 2.

1.

(xo...)

^.

1.

Mark

vi. 31.

AS

(no,

Mark

MULTITUDE

(-S.)

ii.

fulness, a great number, a

throng or crowd, {the only reference being to its numbers, not to its

not so)

27

Acts

iv. 25.
V. 1.
viii. 1, 18.

MUCH

i.

X. 25.

Eev.

4.

MUCH

AS

xviii. 7.

xix. 37.
39.
xxii. 6, luai'g. tu47.
[mult.
xxiii. 1.

XV. 10, 30. 31, 32,

33, 35, 3G, 39.
xvii. 14.
xix. 2.
XX. 29, 31.
xxi. 8, 9, 11. 4C.
xxii. 33.

John

13.

xxi. 6.

Acts

ii.

ii.

V. 14, 16.
vi. 2, 5.
xiii. 45.
xiv. 1, 4.
IV. 12, 30.
xvi. 22.
xvii. 4.
xix. 9.
33.
xxi. 22.
34.
36.

13.

iii. 7, 8.

xii. 20.

9. 20, 32.
1 i"ic, 36.

iv.

MUCH
not even.
Maxk

See

V. 31.

AS

(so)

iii.

20

(, L Tr .)

abound, detteh, bold, displeased,

GRACED,
HOW,
PERPLEXED,
SO,
MOKE,
SPEAKING, WANTONNESS, WOBK.

also,

vii. 3.3.

viii.

1,2.

ix. 14, 17.

xxiii.

xiv. 43.

xxiv. 18.

XV. 8.

Luke

i.

ii.

XXV. 24.

10.
1.3.

6.

iv. 32.

xxvi. 47, 55.

xxvii. 20, 24.

Mark

v. 3.

vi. 2.

xxiii. 1.

(and if so)

if.

Heb.

Trb

22, 23.

vii. 22.

(an

xviii. 36.

2 "fi, 34, 36.

xiv.5,14,15.19'wi,

so great, so much.

sec

x-iv. 25.

xiii.

(so)

Heb.

15 (om.

ix. 12, 16.

xii. 1,

innumerable)

ix. 8, 33, 30.

2.

Luke

1,) (occ.
xxviii. 3.

Luke

Matt.

xii.

Matt. XV. 33.

Acts V. 8 '"'M

and

(be)

part.

xi. 7.

,
,

vi. 1,

character as

not even.

Heb.

2.

a confused multitude, a throng

of people, esp.,i\\e populace, mob;
Laf., turba.
Ojjj). to
the
Lat., populus or plcbs
people
(Jicnce, the noise made by such a
crowd, riot, tumult) a tumultuous
multitude.

xxiii.

2.

1. 1

2.

i.

from.
of you.
Acts

ovSe,

14 twice.

i.

o,

Eom.

1.

Jude

ix. 10.

vi.

Pet.
2 Pet.
1

Eph.

iv.

8,

tives.

Hob.

xi. 12.

Jne. V. 20.
1 Pot. iv. 8.

Rev.

vii. 9.

xvii. 15.
xix. 6.

see Cap-

MUL
MULTITUDE

512

ijwfmeeable)

(Aii

a myriad, (i.e. ten thousand.)

Mere, plural, tens of tliousands.
Put for any indefinitely large
number.
Luke

2.

(-S.)

Luke
Eom.

Matt. XV.

19.
18,
vii. 21.

see

six.

Mark

XV.

(pee.

ix. 1.)

[(do)

7.

xxiii. 19, 25.

i. 29.
Gal. V. 21 {oin. TJ>
Eev. ix. 21.

MUEDER

lb. Matt.

Mark xiv.

,
,

xix. 18.

MUEDEEEE

1.

2.

ing

(see

2.

MUEMUE

AGAINST.

express

indignation
against any one, admonish sternly,
to threaten Avith one's indignation.

,
,

to

Mark

xiv. 5.

(-s.)

Jude

16.

MUEMUEINa

murdering men.

In

on the killin No. 2 upon the fact that it

men,

is

(-s.)

a murderer.

1 the emphasis

i\ro.

XV.

a murmurer, (see the verb

No. 1, above) (non occ.)

murder.

Matt.

v. 3(t.

Luke

occ.)

2.

see

5,

MUEMUEEE

slay, to

through,

Luke xix. 7.
lb. John vi. 41, 43, 61.
la.
vii. 32.
lb.
41, 43, 61.
lb. 1 Cor. X. 10 twice.

XT. 11.

Trh
[Ab.)

(do)

to kill a person, to

1, icith

on murmui'ing, (non

lb.

a killing of men, murder,

Acts

(No.

or throughout, prefixed) to keep

2.

iovos,

^,
against.

xii. 1.

MUEDEE,

MUS

is

","

No. 1)

No.

John

(-S.)

a murmuring, (see the verb,

1,

above) (occ. 1 Pet.

Acts

vii. 12.
|

ivho

Phil.

ii.

iv. 9.)

vi. 1.

14.

are killed, (non occ.)

(
3.

1.

Matt.

2.

John

3.

Acts

1.
1.

a man, (see "mait,'

No.

a murderer.

xxii. 7.
viii. 4-1.

iii.

a man,
a mur-

2,)

14.

vii. 52.

xiviii. i.

Eev.

1.

derer.

Luke

Tim. i. 9, see Father

aud Mother.

1.

Peter

2.

Jehu

1.

Eev. xxi.

iv. 15.
iii.

15'"'".

8.

(that

is a)

a dagger-man, assassin, (Lat.,

sicarius,y/-ow sica, a dagger) non
occ.

Acts

xxi. 38.

1.

^,

(;)

15, raarg. reason

oi

debate.

MUSIC.

prol).

air in

XV. 25.

MUSICIAN

(-S.)

devoted to the muses,

liberal

arts

i.e.

to

and sciences
skilled in music

learned. In N. T.,
a musician, (no7i occ.)

(-ED.)

to murmur,
muring sound of

to reckon through.

Luke

the

MUEMUE

iii.

(-ED.)

a sounding together, concert

of instruments. Eng., symphony,
(non occ.)

xxii. 15.

MUEDEEEE

8-,

MUSE

the mura shell,

to utter in a low voice,

privately and hecause such murmur ings are generally complaints,
it denotes to manifest discontent,

Eev.

iviii. 22.

MUST.

(non
(a)

Set, it

2.

Lva, in

occ.)

Trans,

(b) Intratis.

needs, there is need of something absent or wanting ; it needs,

it is necessary, one must, it ought.

1.

order that.

MUS

,
1

1.

2.

MUZZLE.
to muzzle.

Cor. is.

,
C

9.

Tim.

v. 18.

MY.
Gen. sing,

another form of No.

'/,
II

/', I

from beside,
lue.

of mc.
1.

13

MY

MY
1

John

1 Cor. srv. 58.

xvi. 18.

xii. 27, 47, 48.

siii. 6, 8, 9,

1.

2 Cor. . 23.
-ii. 3.

sir. 2, 7.

12 (om.
W.)

Tr

13 twice.
16 (No.
W.)

G r: L

vi.

Tr

9 1"9'-!"d(oi.G

8 2d,

Eph.

4, 13, 14.

vi.

10 (om.
.)

27

3rd,

i.

ri

24 1"

{om.

X.

10
10 -"d (om.

14.17'^'c

ix. 1. 15.

1,3,5, 14, 18 1".

18'-!nd(om.G=:T

1.

Tr A

18'Ji'd, 27.

W.)

iii. 1,

X. 14, 29.

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

25.
3.3.

John

ii.

to

John

exuding

xix. 39.

(mingle with)

myrrh, to mingle with

Mark

(oi.G-L

iTTrAM.)

'

xv. 23.

MYSELF.
of myself, a reflexive pron.

{ace. ofiyo), I)

2.

c/i,

3.

'',^'

1.

13, )
18,

iii.

Avas I.

11.

11.

17.
1

i.

entrusted
entruste

often used xcith acteve verbs

noting sponta^ieous action.

U.

1.5.

G L

ii.

i.

S'fi"

t*.)

19.

1.

LTrA.)

12.
V. 1.3.

xiv. 14'"'c

18 {om.

10, 12.

l(i(om.

v.

xi. 24.

Tim.

myrrh.

2, 16, 19.

ii.

181" (No.

Tr AS.)

MYRRH

my

Tr A.)

xiii. 6.
i.

(be COMMITTED to)

[trusted with,
ith,
be enen-

MYREH.
myrrh. A substance

those

38.

Jas.

TllUST

Matt.

xii. 5.

13'"l

xiii.

GL

bonds,

Col. iv. 7.

ing into a bitter aromatic gum,

prized by the ancients for use in
incense and perfumes.

instead of
Ine in

STATE.

=:

16.

3i
in bonds,

V. 4.
vii. 40.

Tr A

S.)

{,
,

X.

4, 11.

viii.

viii. 9, 10.
.31.

4 t^'ce.

iv".

Tr

20, 23, 24.

Heb. i. 5, 13.
ii. 12.
iii. 9, 10, 11 twice.
iv. 3''ce, 5.

:i, 4, 5, 7 '',
ll,21tic, 25.

ii,

MY

from a small thorny tree growing

in Arabia and Abyssinia, harden-

4'w'ce.
!

i.

13.

relating to,

16.

8.
10.

16.

4.18,233',.

i.

3,

1.

Philem.

xvi.

Cor.

state.

iv.6(No.l.LTrW.)

-27.

8, 9,

see

Tim i. 11, see

trust (committed to)
iii.

21.

for

tilings,

, I,

ii. 1,

xi. 3, 14.

ti.)

2 Tim.

7.

XV. 14,

Matt. xxvi.

MY

24i5i(om.GLT

16.

25

me

burial.

me.

/x,e,

16.
19.

iv. 7,

xxii. 1.
xxiv. 17.
xxvi. 4.
xxviii. 19.

2, S'"",
twice, 26.

vitn a
view to
prepare

to make preparation for burial,

12 3 tlmes^

1.

ii. 1.

.)

93timci.

(for)

/,

, the

10, 18.

24-d, 25, 29,34.

twice^

uith

24 ^"d.

xvi. 15.

GrtLTTrA

vi. 21.

towards

, me,

iv. 1 twice, 3, 14.

50,

Col.

1,

relating
to me.

to, >

-8(^^',0U),L)

15, 16.

ix.

the things

according

twice.

2,

XV. 7, 17.
-19,see Sentence.

17

20

iii.

xi. 8.

iii.

AFFAIES.

me,

7rpo5,

ii

affairs.

twice.

X. 30.

vii.

i.

xiii. 22, 33.

26.

495

ii.

xxii. 12.

TO, the,

22.
25

8,

Eev.

1.

tilings,

19.

twice,

34.

i.

x\-iii. 4.

1.

8, 13, 14, 16.

;i4 twice.

Rom.

3, 7 Is'
7 2nd, marg.

Phil.

XX.

xi. 3.

MY BURIAL
/

21,see

xxi. 15, 16, 17.

Acts ii. 14, 17, 183 'i-^".
25ii, 26 3 times, 27,

&

X.

1.

Tr

16.

i.

{om. Lb

uiid

1.

G Rj)

19.

twice.

iii.

17 2nd 3rd &4th.

-L

142nd, 19, 20.

Tr

-37.
xix. 24 "':
XX. 13.

25'*''^*,

twice.

10

',

MY

, the

vi. 17.

xvii. 13, 24.

xviii. 364timee.

_ 49

13

3,

iii. 5, 8 twice, lo,

125timS,16,20,21tw'co.

Eev.

1.

20.
26, 27.
4. Eev. xxi. 7.

A.)

xvi. 10 (om. G=:T

TrAi'i<),23, 24, 26.

59.

{om.

{>, your,

A.)

14, 15, 16, 20, 21,

23, 24.

1.

3 times, 16.

Eph.

11, 12.

28

ii.

4.

20.

Is'

9.

iv. l4i8t

Is'

6.

i.

/,

103id (om.

17
A.)

viii. 23.

xii.

A.)
XV. 1, 7, 8

Eev.

1,

-28(om. G-LbT

Tr

1.

4"f'

vii.

21">'c,23'"=<^,

27.

Tr

John

6.

18.

13, 14.
15.

20
24,26.

MYS

1.

35.
37.

6.

51-i

5,

IP
sell,

h
)

me.
myself.
'

de-

MYS
1.
1.

Luke
John

vii. ".

1.

Acts xxvi.

V. 31.

3.

Rom.

vii. 17, 28.

1.

viii. 14, 18, 28, 42.

1.

X. 18.
xii. 49.

1.
1.

2.
1.

xiv. 3. 10, 21.

xvii. 19.
vii. 37,
marg.
(text, me.)
XX. 24,

MYSELF
auTos, self.

2.

'',^'

ii.

1.

xi. 7, 9.
xii. 5,
1. Gnl. ii. 18.
1. Phil. ui. 13.
1. Philem. 17.
1.

1.

XXIV. 10.

1.

(of)

4, 6.
ix. 19.

2 Cor.

1.

(I)

2.

Acts

1.

xxiv. 16.

1.

1.

XXV. 23.

2.

2 Cor. X.

2.

Rom.

1.

'

,
ii.

9.

Phil.

ii.

MYSELF

C
of self,
<,'
e^ov, or me,

Cor.

2.

vii. 25.

>

of

vii. 7.
ix. 27.

See Rom.

Eph.

Compare

xvi. 25, 26.

i. 25, 26.
iii. 1.
1 Cor. ii. 1

11.

ako
iii.

xii, 13,

Col.

16,

(of)

author.]
^^-\c

myself.
'

Rom.

Latin Sacraiaentuvi" must have

bad the same meaning. In the
N.T. used especially of the '^(jreat
secret" Avhich is Christ Mystical.

xvi. 2.

MYSTERY.
a secret. [Ixx. for

Dan.

47
iv.
In the Apoc. books used of

18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30,

iii.

Tim.
"

where the same " secret

is referred to and see a pamphlet
on the iiYSTEKY, by the bame

1.

24.

me

''''

2.

3. 1

State,

40, c. 44, c. 68, as in Epli. v.

The
32, and Rev. xvii. 5, 7.

'

X. 20.

of

c.

1 1 myself.
1.
sell,
(^ avTos,
)
e>aurou, (see " MYSELF," No. 1.)
2. Rom. ix. 3.
Luke xxiv. 39.

3.

a friend, of private
and of a king.
xxvii. 16, 17,
Ecclus. xxii. 22
Tobit xii. 7, 11. Judith ii,
21.
2 Mace, xiii, 21, Wisd. ii,
2,
Later, of a secret symbol
22,
Justin Mart. Apol. i. 27. Tryph.
necrct of

life,

Cor. iv.

1.

Acts

1.

1.

NAM

the

2, 0.

xvi. 2, see

4.

515

ix. 3.
xi. 4.

1.

1.

1.

JIatt. xiii. 11.

NAM

Matt.

i.

Acts

21, 23. 25,

vi. 9.

22 3 times.
X. 2, 22, 41 '*', 42,
yjj

xii. 21.

5, 20.

sis. 29.
xxi. 9.
xxiii. 39.

1.

xix. 2.

Rom.

t*,

Eph.

XV. 20.

Eph.

15.

iii.

9.
2, 10, 13, 15.

i.

i.

iii. 6.

Tim. vi.
2 Tim. ii.
Heb. i. 4.
1

xix. 38.
sxi. 8, 12, 17.
xxiv. 18, 47.

ii.

1.

19.

it

Jas. n.

X. 3, 25.
i

xii. 13, 28.

13, 14, 26.

XV. 16, 21.
xvi. 23, 24, 26.
xvii. 6, 11, 12, 26.
xviii. 10.
XX. 31.
.\iv.

iii.

12
:

him

or

19.

ii.

1, 4,
times.

i.e.

him or

Matt, xxvii.

Here,
to

of Avhich or
by name or the
;

to

name

it, etc.

5 'w',

Acts

57.

xii. 13.
xvi. 1, 14.
xvii. 34.
xviii. 2, 7, 24.
xix. 24.

viii. 41.

X. 38.

xvi. 20.
xix. 2.
xx-iii. 50.

8,

John

V. 1, 34.
ix. 10, 12, 33, 36.
xi. 28.

V. 27.

XX. 9.

iii. 1.

xxi. 10.

Acts

Rev.

NAME

1,6,8, 17'".

xxvii. 1.

NAMELY

xiv. 1, 11.
i

ix. 14, 15. 16, 21. 27,

29.
X. 43, 48.

XV. 2, 4.
xvi. 9.
xvii. 3, 5, 8.
xix. 12, 13. 16.
xxi. 12, 14.

xxii. 4.

Acts

may

Luke xix.

20.

NARD

(-ED, -ETir.) [verb.]

to name, cull by name, to

name the name of' any one, to call
or pronounce his name
to give a
name or appellation, (ehewherc,
" CALL.")

to

{liquid) [margin.]

xiv. 3, see

Spikenard.

press, press upon.

Matt.

Here,

vii. 14.

NATION

1,
;

xi. 4t.

7.

pass, part., pressed, compressed.

to lay, lay together, collect

hence, to say, relate, diHCOursc to

speak of as being called so and so

hence, part., called, spoken of.

XX.

^.
,

John

John

vii. 58.

<;,

a multitude

under comiiiou
pi.

(be OKe's)."

9 (Lb Trb Ab)

NAPKIN.

Mark

"n

xiii.

a sweat-cloth
a handkerchief or napkin, (occ. Acts xix. 12.)

(be one's)

to call to an>/ one, so that he

Rom.

come or go anywhere, to call, to

name. Ilere, pass. part, called.

sec

or with

Mark xiv. 32.

Luke i. 5, 26.

vi. 8.

xiii.

viii. 12, 16.

NAME

was

xi. 18.

16 'ice.

-,

it

called.

ov,

ix. 11 twice.

21, 38.

which

the noini).

by name

viii. 11.

15.

Tim.

7.

V. 10, 14.
1 Pet. iv. 14.
1 John ii. 12.
iii. 23.
v. 13i3t (.), 13 2ml.
3 John 7, 14.
Rev. 11. 3, 13, 17.

'

iv. 7, 10, 12, 17,18.30,

V. 28, 40, 41.

3.

21.

ii.

(see

Dat.,

1*.

21.

NAMED.
name

to

xiii. 15.

V. 43''<:e

1.

as

G L

(so)

was called

Avhich,

12.

vi. 10.

6, 12.
23.
18.

i.

Luke

Col. iii. 17.

2 Thes. i. 12.

xiii. 35.

ii.

much
Tr

so

21.

V. 20.
Pliil. ii. 9, 10.
iv. 3.

5,

iii. 6,

V. 1 (o))i.

substitute even.}

V. 3.

NAMED

vi. 11.

Eph.

xi. 2.

i.

Cor.

(,

TO, the,

V. 4.

(a]).)

13, 27'i':c, 31,

49, 59, 61, 63.
ii. 21. 25.
vi. 22.
viii. 30.
ix. 48, 49.
X. 17, 20.

Acts

1.

named,

Ejih.

24.

XV.

10

is. 9.
x^-. 7.

vi. 13, 14.

5.

i.

1 Cor.

xiii. 6, 13.

i.

3.

ii.

xvi. 17 (i)).)

iii.

xviii. 15.

xix. 5, 13, 17.

xxi. 13.

1.

ix. 17.
X. 13.

ix. 37, 38, 39, 41.

ii.

Mark
Luke

Rom.

vi. 14.

lohii

Matt.

2.

xxii. 16.

v.9'ice,22(oi.G-)

Lukei.

2.

XV. 14, 17, 26.

xvi. 18.

xxviii. 7.

xxviii. 19.

xi. 9,

xiii. 6, 8.

NAT

xxvi. 9.

xxiv. 5, 9.
xxvii. 32.

Mark

516

(s.)
;

j)eo])]e,

living

institutions.

Jii

the Gentile nations as distinct

fre)m Israel.

NAT

517

race, people having a com-i

yivo<;,

NATUEE.

',

progeny, offspring, genera-

nature, generative and productive power, viz. genetrix, {from

like natura,/ro7?2 nascor)
hence, nature, i.e. the essence, innature, natural
born quality

All the occurrencesoftlieword "nation"

are the translation of Xo. 1 (co'vos)

source or origin a nature nstjenerafcd, i.e. a genus, kind, (occ.

mon

3.

descent.

tion.

except

,^

Eom.

2.

2.

Mark
Gal.

vii. 26.

i.

U.

)
,
3. Phil.

NATION

(one of

Acts

,
or

1.

X.

Eom.

1.
1.

of another tribe or nation,

not a Jew, {non occ.)

i.e.

Jas.

(in Jas.

7.)

iii.

G,

iii.

, the wheel of birth, i.e. /hr

natural life which w set in motion at
lirth and rolls on; \.Q. course oflife.)

15.

ii.

21, 24

xi.

birth

1.

i.

ii.

1.

26.
14, 27.

xi.

1 Cor. xi. 14.

2.

Gal.

Jas.

iii.

ii.

15.

iv. 8.

1.

24w'.

1.

Eph.

1.

2 Pet.

ii.

3.

i.

4.

6.

NAUGHTINESS.

vice generally, esp., malice,

the evil habit of it.

NATUEAL.

physical, natural, i.e. from

by nature, according to nature,

James

i.

and

21.

following the natural bent.

., according

NAT.

to,

no, not, expressingfull

negation, independently

nature.

ov,

{{/,

breathing, animal, possessing animal life, swayed by the

animal or natural mind and affections, i.e. not under the influences
of the Holy Spirit.

'', birth

here

Gen., of

lutely, (see " NO,"

',

i.

26,27.
see

Affec-

31,
tioii.

but, always emphatic, marking

interruption, or tranHence, often denoting in
sition.
various connections, nay, yea, yet.

3.

Cor.

iii.

ii.

U.

3.

3,

iii.

ii.

1.

15,

marg.(text,

2.

12.

see JSo. o,

")

.,

is)
i

Cor. XV. 46.

XATUEALLY.

;,

genuinely, really, truly,

spoken of childrrn legitimately hrgottcn), (non occ.)
(prop,

?,

])liy8ically,

naturally,

from or by nature, {nan

Pliil. u. 20.

Matt.

V.

37i

xiii. 20.

Luke

xii. 51.

2.

xiii. 3, 5.

2.

xvi. 30.

1.

John

1.

Acts

vii. 12.

xvi. 37.
1.

wnicn

(tii.vt

[above,

the,

1.

1.

[tioii.

23.

sensual.)

2 Pet.

NATUEAL

i.

I
I

1.

C TO,

Jas.

4.
j

XV. iwicc.

3.

is)

xi. 21, 24.

2.

Cor. xv.46,seeN(tLat
which
2 Tim.
see Affec-

1.

optposition,

[his]

birth.

Rom.

1.

2.

occ.)

Jude

10.

i.e.

1.)

a strengthened form of

not,

No.

3.

Xo.

and direct
and abso-

Jas.

;;;

,
,

near, near by, (hence, 6

one's neighbour.)

is

3.

518

Mark

siii. 28.

3.

2.

John

ir. 5.

1.

33.

NEAE

xis. 41.

,
,

2.

ix. 3.

(draw)

Luke

xxiii.
34.

Kom.

1.

1 Cor. vii. 26,

(text, disii'css.)

to lead or conduct to any

1.

37.
ix. 16.

one, to bring near, present before.

1.

intrans., to

come

1.

Luke

,.

with

see

John

3.

23.

1.

John

Rom.

of,

xiii. 11.

or

Avith,

by force

constrainedly, applying force

pass., forced, necessary.

Matt,

Heb.

ix. 16.

force. Constraint, necessity

(of)

necessity, (arising from con\_straint.)

Luke

Mark ix.
Luke XV.
;

(.)

xxiii. 17

NECESSITY
see

(of)

"NECESSARY," No.
Heb.

1.

viii. 3.

NECK.
the throat, the neck.
I.uke xvii. 2.

xviii. 6.

Acts XV.

42.

10.

XX. 37.

2l).

Rom.

necessary that..., necessity arising

xvi.

).

constraint.

cVtii/ayKc?,

{No.

2,

cVt,

ioith

xiii. 4<J.

XV. 18.

sec
(such thint^ as arc)
xxviii.

10,

2.

Heb.

1.1 Cor.
1.

2 Cor.

I.

Phil.

1.

Tit.

ix. 23.

xii.

ix.
ii.

iii.

NEED,

upon,

prefixed), {lion occ.)

Acta

(of)

(must

(must of)

to have.

1.

NECESSARY.

3.

viii. 3, see
ix. 16, see

of)

xi. 54.

NEAREll.

1.

Philem. 14.
Heb. vii. 12.

iv. 16.

NECESSITY MUST

lyyvripov, comp. of " NEAR," No.

from

1.
1.

1.

X. 22.

TO.

"neab," No.

iii.

act.,

Phil.

vi. 4.

xxiv. 15.
vii. 31 part.
sxvii. 27.

Acts
Acts
Heb.

2.
2.

NEAR
t'yyi;?,

marg.

ix. 7.

xii. 10.

1.

2.

draw

or

Luke

1.

2 Cor.

1.

(of)

NECESSITY

xxi. 31.

XV. 1 part,
xxi. 8.
xxii. 47.

1.

see

xii. 13.

2 Cor.

near.

3.

17,

[must

Acts XX.

2.

1.

2.

2.

1.

(-IES.)

No.

see above.

to come or go near to
any person or place, to approach,

Matt.

needs.)

NEAE

1.

our

^, see above.

Sere

pil-,

use as a property, use, advantage, service

as an action,
using, use
hence, requisiteness,
need, necessity
and then, the
result of such need, viz. want,
poverty.

ssiii. 15.

,
,

have

xxviii. 10.

NECESSITY

1.

xxi. 33.

Acts

siii. 11.

Actj

2,)
Acts

(come)

40 part.

xviii.

No.

X. 24.

Eom.

Xpetav, need, (see he-

see Go.

viii. 29,

the things
suited to onr
need, (L
Tr

T^v, the,
low.

Acts

Matt. xxiv.

1.

(such as are)

things,

towards, in
consideration of,

o,

1.

Luke

3.

with, or by force
^ss., constrained hence, offriends,
very intimate, close, {hut see
" NECESSAIIY," No. 1.)

,
2.

NECESSARY

, the

to bring near, cause to approach

7^0, to draw near, apj) roach.

1.

22
.5.

25.
14.

[noun.]

(See also "nekds," and the verb; and

various combinations with other

ivords beloto.)

see

"necessity," NO.

2.

519

Matt.

Acts

14.

iii.

xxi. 3.
xxvi. as.

Mark

Thes.

Heb.

17, 25.

ii.

1.

ix. 11.

xix. 31, Zi.

John xiii. 29.
Acta ii. 45.

1.

17.

NEED

1,

BE.

necessary, ") not moral neccssitij,

proper,
Vhut logical; from
eVrtV, it is,
circumstances
) the
or nature of the case.
Sioy,

1 Pet.

i.

2.

Tim.

3.

1.

xxii. 71.
ii. 25.
xiii. 10.

1.

xvi. 30.

1.

xpeta, see

Luke

1.

vi. 32.

,
,

(haye)

NEEDFUL.
"necessity," No.
see "

NEED

Luke

Acts XV.

2.

(suffee)

the circumstances, etc.,

li.

16.

NEEDLE.
a needle,

Matt. xLx.

[verb.]

{no7i occ.)

Luke

24.

(^

""

3.

to need, have need of, want.

4.

((\, jioinf
L

needle,

Tr

N.)

(be)," No. 2.

at all events, surely.

needs.

( Set, it

<<j

(must)

"needful

see

25

o/aicca}x>n; hence.

x. 25.

')

,;,

3.

) ofthelody),{nonocc.)

use.)

circumstances,
to have,

it

(those things

NEEDS

"'^^''^'

(..

"NEED"

] see

(verb), No. 3.

3(', to owe, to be indebted;

hence,

performance
I ought, I must.

to be obligated to the
'

to liced besides,
addition, (non occ.)

of any duty

to

have
neces-

etc.,)

-^,

Jude

iv. 12.

jteces-

3.

the things needful {to

\

Jas.

necessity, (fhenerd
arising from the pressure,
constraint, or force of\

4.

needs that

1.

vii. 36.

2.

(be)

it

5.

proper,

1,
*'

1.

24.

WHICH AEe)

to have need
siTT," No. 2,
to want,
> of,
to have,
) {the need arising from a want of what is requisite

for

of

the things,
iTu,
e7riT7^8eta,apt,

(-ED, -EST, -ETii.)

see

i.

NEED," (verb) No.

NEEDFUL TO

Mark

NEED

Phil.

2.

xii. 30.

Tvi. 2.

to be last, behind, inferior;

to lack, to come short.
PhU.

2.

NECESSARY," No.

X. 42.

see "

be brought about.
Cor.

(oirv

behoveth, implying rather logical

than moral necessity.

ought,

[',.)

lJohnii.27.
Eev. xxii. 5(G^
(G^)

1.

2. Sii, impers.

thus,

yLvea9aL, to

eee

15,

ii.

Ashamed.
Heb. vii. 27.

NEEDFUL

NEED SO EEQUIRE.
it

8.

i.

iv. 9.

6.

Bom.

1.

iii.

iv. 28.

Thes.

John

25 part.

xvii.

to need, have need of, want.

Matt.

1.

1.

f'j^^"'^^ I

NEED OF

Eph.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

XV. 7.

1.

17.

Acts

2.

li. 8.

1.

xxi. 23.

4.

1.

X. 36.
iii.

ix. 12.
xiv. IC.

Mark xiv. 63.

Luke V. 31.

2.

1.

see Time.

vii. 11.

iii.

Matt.

1.

"'<;<

12

John

Rev.

Eev.

twice, 24.

V. 1.

iv. IG,

V.

xi. 3.

Luke

iv. .35.

Cor. xii. 21
Phil. iv. 19.
1

vi. 8.

sity.

need in

Matt,
(it

;;.

1.

John

1.

Acts

1.

see

Acts

lo

xxi.

22

must
muUitude
needs como together,
the

xiii. 7.

xiv. IS.
iv. 4,
i.

It!,

imperf.
imperf.
imperf.

^Vir

xiii. 5, tte
1,

they

inii

iriil, [i.e.

.luivly

heiir

thoM art come J

xvii. 3,

liom.

(f>m.

mu8t

Mark
Luke

1.

xviii. 7,

htlow.

2 Cor.

xi. 30.

4.

-v

they
that
Tr.)

1 Cor. V. 10.

KEEDS BE

-,

(it

520

NEITHER.

must)

necessity, need, arising

no, not, expressing full and direct

negation, independently and absol,2,a?idnote.)
lutely, (see

from

ov,

constraint.

there

it is,

Matt,

(om.

xviii. 7

,
,

",".

is.

L Tr A.)

(a) tcith

(b) ivith KoX, and, also.

,and

liEEDS BE SUBJECT (must)

need, arising

avayK-q, necessity,

no, not, expressing a dependent

conditional negation, (see " no,"
No. 2, and note.) *ivith imperative.

from

constraint,

to be submitting.

Eom.

(-ED.) [verb.]

not to care for, be heedless,

{rwn

4.

2.

Acts

1.

1.

Tim. iv. 14.

Heb. ii. 3 part.

ii.

23,

marg.

6.

ovTi,

rigour,

12

7.

NEIGHBOUE
'(

-,

the

one

near,

a neighbour,

i.e.

one living

same land or country, or in

the same neighbourhood, a bor-

in the

derer, (jion occ.)

3.

dwelling rouud or near,

{no7i occ.)

Matt.

V. 43.

8.

rj,

and

C
1

10.

or,

and

not,
6,

. .

also not, (differing

as described under

a disjunctive particle.

(,
./

,
,

9.
(-s.)

also,
near, j neighbour
a fellow-man, i.e. any other memler of the human family, (occ. John

yUTijiv,

. .

from No.

iv. 5.)

2.

"NO,"iV^o. 2.)

I shall he ever sure, instead of

uiU not he negligent, G ~ L Tr

the,

note.)

and

be heedless,

AH.)

( o,

Followed by another

(a)

negligent.
i.

note.)

translated neither... nor, * neither

nor yet
neither
f nor
X neither... neither.

(be)

for,

not, also not ; not eveiv

(see " no," No. 2,

no not,

clause.

i.e.

NEGLIGENT

not to care

by no means,

not, also not, neither, a

connative negative, referring usually to a part of a proposition or

pitnisJiing, or not.sparinQ.

, (,
2 Pet.

double negative,
a strong

hence,
and not, also not
neither, not even, (see " NO,"i\"o. 2

NEGLECTING.

unsparingness,
austerity, {nan occ.)

Col.

and

^,

2, ) expressing

Avise.

and

and
see

[Hear.

vi. 1.

no

5.

occ.)
""ice,

No.
No.

neither,

to look at a tiling by the

side of another, then to look by or
beside ajiy thing, io overlook, slight,

Matt. xTiii. 17

see

negligent.

2.

see

xiii. 5.

denial, assuredly not,

NEGLECT

1.

, but.

but,

(see

A\t)
No. 4!,)

J.

J.

but, not even.

'

and, also, (a) with another

translated * neither... nor
f
neither... nor.
;

,
and

NEI
10a&3. Luke

15

(i.e.

1.

and wine and strous

6.

no

7.

i.

Acts xxiv.

iii.

4.

vi. 45.

4.

vii. 7.

5.

vi. 13.

6.

viii. 38.

4.

ix. 7.

U.

3.3.

7.

viii. 17.

4.

NEITHER ANT THING.

18.

5.

7 ''"
v. 8.

6.

vi. 9.

6ai
5.

X. 7, 8, 9, 10.

11.
16.
XV. 50.

4.
4.

Gal.

i.

6.

17.
ii. 3.

1.

iii.

6a.

V. 6.

5.

i.

25 (No. 4,
.)

15.

Tr

lb.
4.
1.

6a.

V. 37.

6a. 1

vi. 24.

6.

4.

vii. 5.

7.

4.

viii.

(.)

Thes.

5.

7.

7.

lb.

X. 28.

5.

22.

4.

xiii. 16.

lb.

4.

4.

ix. 12, 18.

y 12

7
4!
5.

V. 3.

5.
1.

2 Pet.

5.

6a.

XV. 10.

4.

4.

xvi. 21.
xvii. 25.
xix. .37.

5.

XX. 24

6a.

6a
4.

i.e.

(om. ovSi
I count my

of no
stead of
life

ra!e,

TTrA

my

life

Tr

6.

4.

4.

W.)

6.

Kev.

12, 21.

7.

xxiv. 12

1.

iv. 18.

1.

[A .)

xiii. 47.

Mark

i.

1.

Mark
Lukf
John

Tr

16 (om.

(non occ.)
i. 18, 19.
V. 2, 4, 5, 6.

xxi.
11 '".

6,

8,

vii. 3.
twice.

16

NEVER.

ix. 4*'<:
20.
21.

lb.
6.

2.

to the shore,

20, 21.

1
3.

'wiee.

TTr A

12;<r<i, 1,3.

7!

Matt.

2.

15, 16.

iii.

6.
1'.

and draion

18.
10.
10.

tised in fishing,

a drag-net,

3.

15.

V. 4.

H.)

7.

John
John

Ib.6. -

xxiii.8(No.7,LT

5.

of

dear,"

xxi. 21.

5.

2.

4.

move me, neither

these

count I

8.

ii.

iii. 6.

6.

in-

" noni

i.

John

any thing thrown

round, a large fishing-net
from the hand, (non occ.)

1 Pet.ii. 22.
iii. 14.

ix. 9.

4.

,
,

2.
'ini";

'

ix. 58.

in genera], (non occ.)

4.

X. 8.
8. Jas. i. 17.

G-^L

Luke

viii. 20.

Slktvov, a net, a fishing-net, ant/ net

1.

iv. 13.

4.

31 (No. 6,
Tr
.)
iv. 12 (aj).)
.32, 34.
viii. 21.

NET.

i.

vii. 3.

1.

1.

Matt.

2.

7.

lb.

Heb.

(-S.)

10.
4.

iii.

NEST

5.

ii.

19.
42.

Tim.

hence,

. 4.

ii.

ix. 3.

xiv. 17.
5.
27.
xvii. 20.
1.
4. Acts ii. 27.

;'5,

22.

5. 1

the act of pitching a

hence,
then, a tent pitched
tent
a dwelling-place spoken of birds,
a haunt, (non occ.)

6.

2 Thes.

4.

4.

.)

tia.

tla.

4.

5,

Phil. ii. 16.

Col. iii. 11.

4.

11

27 (No.

V. 4.
vi. 9.

10.

Tim.

vi. 13.

20.
iv. 15.

NEPHEWS.
sprung from, born of

283""nes.

iv.

7.

12

-'"'i.

4.

6a.

iii.

XV. 29.

descendants, as sons, daughters,

grandchildren, etc., (non occ.)

it

1,

12

4.

4.

John
Tr

32.
xi. 9.

6ai

lb.

not ever, never.

Luke

ix. 15.

10a.
lb.

(Jat

xvi. 8.

viii. 8.

la.

4.

tiling.

NEITHER AT ANT TIME.

',

iii. 2.

5.

no

Mark

11.
lb. 1 Cor. ii. 9. 14.

Cat

and,

ovScV,

5.
9.

NEV

8*'.

x.\v.

xxvii. 20.
8. Rom. i. 21.
ii. 28.
4.
iv. 21,
2.

drink, shall by
mean.t drink.)

521

4.

xii.

8 (No.
W.)

4,

G L

(For various covihinnfions with other

words, sec below.)

XX. 41"
43nd

1.

xxi. 4.
23.

ov, no. not,

denying absolutely, (see

"no," Nos.

NEITHER ..ANY MAN.

2.

-,

no, not,

(see "

NO,"

I, 2,

and

note.)

deni/ing ronditioiiallg,

^.

2,

and

note.)

and,

I ou8ci5,

Mark

no one.
v. 4.

Jas.

i.

Bom.

13.

see
see

No.
yb.

by no means.afery

2, )

strong denial, in no

1,

wise, assuredly not.

NEITHER INDEED.
4.

C ov,

viii. 7.

4.

',

, but) and

(ov, not, and

also not, not even.

not,

'

NEV

522

NEVER ANT MAN.

NO. 4, and TTOTe, at

any time, ever) not ever, not at
any time, {see " no," No. 2, and

ovSeTTOre, (ovSe,

5.

.^, (,

NO.

2,

John

(non occ.)

C
\

by

)i,

no means,
No. 3,)

'V,)j {see

15,

unto,

',

the,

t^', age (see

" ETEENAL,"
No. 1,)

(^

The

verb
generally

'jbllows ov,
e.g. in

,
John

for
ever.

26,

it

faith, shall

(^

here
J

,
ct?,

unto,

the,

>

alwva, age (see

" ETERNAL,"

No.

follows OVK, i.e.

hath not forgiveness for

no wise...
at any time.

)im no wise

vii. 23.

2.

vii. 15-

xxi. 16, 12.

xxvii. 11.
ii. 12, 25.

7.

viii. 51.

7.

52

.29((;;'>'(,

7.
7.

x. 28.
xi. 26.

see

7.

xiii. 8.

(eli Toi/

Mark

Quenched.

5.

xiv. 21.
Luke XV. 29.

5.

iv.

vi.

14

35

(<ij).)

1"

,
,

no one as

>

yet.

xxiii. 53.

YET.

see abo ve.

i-

John

xix. 41.

NEVER
see above,

()

No.

5.
33.

NEVERTHELESS.
but,

(emphatic as contrasted

No. 3) marking opposition,

interruption, and transition, indi-

1 Cor.
2 Tim.

Heb.

besides, moreover, except.

iii. 7.

xiii. 5.

2 Pet.

i.

10.

also not ever, not ever yet, not

yet, never,
(icith
another neg.,

indeed

,
then

(
\
y
(^

^,

therefore,
nevertheless.

at

the same

/', see No.

'

'

'

Mark xiv.
Luke xiii-

-39,

30.
33.

xviii. 8.
xxii. 42.

04.

1.

j
1

Cor.

2.
1.

ix. 12.

xi. 11.

2 Cor.

vii. 6.

xii. 16.

1.

xii. 42.

xvi. 7.
XIV. 17.

5.

xi. 15.

Horn. V

14.

3.
2.

1.
1.

2 Tim.

12.
19.

i.

ii.

Rev.

nevertheless
indeed.

5,

indeed

")
(

Gal. iv. .30.

Ei)hes. V. .33.
2. Phil. iii. 16.

John
Acts

.1.1.

(,

indeed.

strengthening.)
Luk(; xxiii.

be concealed.

and rot', consequently,

and ', indeed) and consequently

Matt. xxvi.

NEVER BEFORE.

may

it

KatTOLyc,

xiii. 8.

X. 1, 11.

else.

', but, (though less emphatic than

No. 1) it murks an antithesis, how-

X. 14.

6.

9.

xiv. 8.

3.

35'-: J

Acts

5.

5.

29 '"Ice-

xxiii.

John

JO.

ever

John

46.

45,

..

any time.

5.

4.^,

~)

tvith

not even at

ix. i3.

ix.

Luke

Matt. xxvi.

yet ever, C
yet at any time, )

Matt.

xix. 30.

cating a reference to something

{''S\seeNo.^,

(,

,
,
,

',

time, ever,

10,

Luke

1,)

v'

see abo ve.

ever.

,
^ by no means,
> in no wise (ore
/''')
iVo.3,)
i TTore, when, at any

9.

>

NEVER MAN

C
i

absolutely)

'

o{i8is,noone,notone,

by
^

no means die for ever, {i.e. he may

die, but being united to Christ by

NEVER MAN.

also not ever,

not ever yet,

is,

not die for ever, but

has the hope of " the resurrection
of the just."]

,
-,

viii. 33.

NEVER MAN BEFORE.

xi.

.shall

ovK, not, (denying

not yet ever at any time.

but, and
ever) not ever, not at any
time, (see " no," No. 2, and note)

no one, not one.

ouSei's,

note.)
G.

NEV

ii.

4.

NEW

523

NEX

NEW

NEW.

newly made; not

new,
merely recent, hut different from
that wliich had been formerly;
i.e.

BOEN.

-^<;, just

bom, even now

born, {non occ.)

Pet.

2.

ii.

new, as coming in the place of a

and

thing that ivas formerly,

yet used.

as not

[marg.]

young, new, as that tohich has

only lately oriyinated, or only lately

been established.

[When

the two words are used of

the same thing there is always
thus, the kquo's
this difference
{Xo. 1) ' the new man,'^
is one
differs from the former;
the v09, {Xo. 2) is one who is
" renewed after the image of Him
that created him," (Col. iii. 10).]

^,

not yet fulled, or dressed,

a fuller.)
(^from
slain thereto, or thereby,

newly-killed, {non occ.)

Matt.

ix.

16,

marg.

John

1.
1.

six. 41.

1.

xTi-ii.

see

1.

52,

Acts

2. 1
1.

29.

Gal.

21 i>t
21 2'"i.

1.

Eph.

1.

1.

Heb.

Col.

i>'.

.)

22 3rd

(.)

^.)

xvi. 17 (np.)

3G 3 limes.
37 "', 38 1"-

vi. 15.

1.

2 Pet.

1.

iii.

John
John

Rev.

ii.

the

in the midst, i.e. betwixt,

between, intervening.
;

here, mid., to

7/, to go or come upon

here,

or succeeding.

5.

to go or come here, part.,

the coming, the approaching.
;

1.

Mark i. 38.
Luke ix. 37.

4.

Acts

3.

12

1.

xiv. 3.

xiii. 42,

tiieen.

avpLov, (avpa,

'"Ice.

V. 9.

Acts

Acts

marg.

he-

[G L

A.)

44{G~J, (No. 3,

5.

xxi. 26.

NEXT DAT

7, 8.

iii.

2.

vii. 26.

3.

17.

1.

()

morning &\r,from

Slw,

to blow)t()-morrow; with art.,

as here, the morrow, the next day.

'"1", 2, 5.
77,

NEW

etc., see below.)

^9, in order, successively,

following next in order.

5.

ii.

1.

Eev. xxi. 1

vii. 6.

part., the coming, the following

Moon.
seeN man.

39.
Xiii. 20.

(V

the,

(No. 1, v7//f upon the

cVi, upon, prefixed) ( morrow.
upon the morro\v,
)

iirat'pLov,

[marg.]

(jnaTce)

X. 20, see

NEW

"consecrate."

Greek.)
2Col.

NEW
Matt.

(^

on
,
'/, coming
the,

MAX.

not two separate words in the

1.

1,

occ.)

hold one's self upon or to, to be

adjacent, contiguous; here, part.,
adjacent, contiguous.

viii. 8, 13.

."JS^'nd.

{Where

(non

16, see

ii.

13 "i".

1.

4;

, to have and hold

ii. 15.
iv. 24.

2.

1. 2

V.

Heb.

2),

(compara-

ix. 15.
X. 10.
20, see N(mal<c.)
xii. 24.

4.

vi.

3.

7.

iii.lO,

1.

22-i'h {ap.)
xiv. 24 (om. G::T

Luke

new," No.

No.

/^,

iii. 6.
V. 17 twice.

1.
1.

22

(see "

2.

xi. 25.

22-'">i(om.GsL

TrA

1.

4.

Cor. V.

27.

TTr A

NEWNESS.
newness,

NEXT.

2 Cor.

1.

xxvii. 60.
ii.

see " hovice."

(For NEXT DAY,

Wine.

tive.)

xxvi. 28 {om.
S.)

i.

13, see
19.

ii.

21

thing's.

Mark

iii.

Rom.

xiii. 34.

or lunxcrouQht.
17 lit ii" J.
17 3rd.

ix.

xiii.

Tim.

a7id the note after

lately-slain, fresh-slaughtered,

i.e.

Tr

(, ?,
i'uir

NEWLY C03IE TO THE FAITH.

iii.

10.

THINGS.
xiii. 52,

nout. pi.

3.

upon,

^ on the follow'

'iw^("doy''beirig

understood.)

the other, (denoting not numerical, but generic distinction)

different from.

tTfpo<;,

SevTtpalos,
occ.)

on the second day, (non

NEX
6.

7.

"next,"

(see

art.,

NEXT," No.

Matt, xsvii.

John

1.

Acts

i.

62.

xxi. 8.

2.

iv. 3.

3.

2.

XXV.

3.

4.

xxvii. 3.

3.

XX. 15

6.

1st

Acts

5.

xxviii. 13.

(on the)

xii. 12.

irpo<i,

2.

Matt. XV.

4.

Mark V. 11 (G -)
Tr

John

2.

i.

Eph.

Matt.

ii.

13, 17.

,
27

xiv.

xi. 55.

wKTi

Mark

xvii. 10.
xviii. 9.
ssiii. 11, 23, 31.

xxvi. 7.
xxvii. 23, 27.

Rom.

ec

(oin.
f ii is

niglit,

Cor.

8,

ii.

see N(by), and

see Come.

Luke

x. 9, 11.
xviii. 35.

vii. 12.

2 Thes.

Continue.

Tim.
2 Tim.
1

see

iii.

(in the)

V. 5.
i.

3.

2 Pet.

iii. 10 {om.
in the flight,

GLTTr

A.)
Eev.

iv. 8.

ix. 4.

vii. 15.

xi. 10.
xiii. 30.
xix. 39, see
xxi. 3.

viii. 12.

xii. 10.

xiv. 11.

(by)

XX. 10.
xKi. 25.

V. 19.

Rev.

NIGHT

xxii. 5.

throughout,

T-^s,

(.)

Acts

xxi. 1.
XV. 25.
xxi. 1.
xxiv. 28.

vii. 17.

X.

Luke

9 part.

Heb.
Jas.

(ALL the)

,
;5,

(deaw)

see above.

vii. 19.
iv. 8 twice.

the Avholc,
of the,
of the night.
Luke

V. 5.

V. 8.

NIGH

NIGHT AND A DAT

(,

TO.

?, near, of time or place.

Lake

10.

xxii. 6 part.

NIGH

Matt. XV. 8

9.

xix. 29, 37 part.

Acts

Acts

and a

(a)
ii.

v. 2, 5.

the)

xvii. 34.
xviii. 7.
xxi. 37.

see above.
4,

Thes.
iii.

(all

^^i!-4 }-N(hy)

ii.

xii. 20.

(come)

xi. 23.

day

V. 5, see
vi. 12, see

30.

xiii. 12.

2 Cor. xi. 25, see

37.

Phil.

xi. 1.

Luke

ii.

(by)

9, 33.

XX. 31.

Watch.

(be)

xxi. 20.

ix. 24.

\.

G^LbTtr A.)

to bring near, cause to approach

tlien, to draw near, approach.

NIGH

27.

xii. 6.

vi. 48.

Luke

Luke

vi. 8.

Acts

(by)

twice.

.30.

,
,

Heb.

25, see

40

V. 5.

John

14, see

ii.

xii.

xiv. 25.
xxvi. 31, 34.
xxvii. 64, ) see
xxviii. 13, j (by)
Mark iv. 27.

xix. 42.

NIGH

1.

iv. 2.

X. 8.

near, ofplace or time.

John

ii.

nox) both of the niglitseason, as opp. to day, and of a

night.

xxvii. 18.

Eom.

xxi. 30, 31.

Phil.

NIGHT.

NIGH AT HAND.
Luke

.)

vi. 19, 23.

xi. 18.

1.

3.

vvi, night, {Lat.,

Acts

32.

Mark xiii. 29.

John vi. 4.

John

1.

[v:xUi

G L

(the)

near, ofplace or time.

?,

29.

35.

NIGH.

Matt. xxiv.

Ace,

Dat., close by,

NEXT DAY AFTER

near by, nigh imto,

towards
here with
hither\vards, towards.

4.

John

like, {;non occ.)

18.

NEXT DAT
2.

6.

near, of time or place.

-,

153rd

7.

NIGH UNTO.

beside here, loith Ace, to or

alongside of, beside.

Acts XX. 15 2nd.

4.

29.

xiv. 20.
xvi. 11.

2.

,
-,

1.

3.)
2.

2.
2.

NIG

iVb. 1) here, loith

the {day) next in order.

{see "

524

John

xix. I

cte ix. 38.

(a)

a day and night, twentyfour hours, {non occ.)

xix. 20.

2 Cor. xi. 25.

NIG

,
Matt.

NIGHT

ov, negatives an affirmanegatives a supposition,

and prohibits or forbids
is
used when an object is regarded

tion,

/XT/,

ill. 2.

vii.

G L

Tr

50 (irpOTtpov, he-

forctxmc,
(om. W.)

fr*.)

ii.

thought

(ui-)

John

It.

ii.

xxviii. 13.

Luke

NO

(Gen. ofwi, see "nigut.")

xxvii. &i (om.

by nhjht,

>

Tr A)

independently in itself, ., when

it is regarded as depending on
some thought, wish, or purpose
ov, implies
non-existence abso-

six. :59.
Acts V. 19.

8.

Acts

ix. 25.

implies non-existence,
that existence was probable
or possible.
is,
therefore,
generally used with the Indicative
Mood,
with the other moods
of the verb.
lutely,

NIGHT

(in

when

the)

see above.
1

Thes.

V. 7 "i"

NINE.
The

'', nine.
Luke

spirit and meaning of many

passages entirely depends on our
preserving these important powers
of the negative e.g.
1 Cor. ii. 14,

xvii. 17.

NINETY AND NINE.

i'i'vi;KovTai/va,

Matt,

ninety-nine.

xviii. 12. 13.

Luke

8k

of

Luke

Matt. XX.

or

G~L

Tr

Luke

5.
I

xxvii. 4.5, 46.

33, Si.

Acts

N.)

Rev. xxi.

xxiii. 44.
iii.

1.

1.

01',

ivith

aspirutrd voivd,

and direct ner/i/tioii,

independently and absoluteli/; hence
objective, {see below. No. 2,and note.)

iJ.y'i,

3.

conditional nerjation,

i.e.

1.

directly,

denies absolutely and

-,

on some condition,

expressed or implied
denie8
what is a matter of act,/LA7/, denies
what ia matter of euppobition or
;

(ov,

^, (,

condemned already,

not

and

one) not

one, nothing, (sec note

not

and

19,

onc) not

one, no one, no person, no thing,

(see note above.)

J'ore subjective.

XoTE.

above.)

* irith the imperative mood.

[

is

* with another negative, strengthening it.

de-

pending on the idea, conception, or

thoughts of .suDie subject, and therc-

one, no

not, no, expressing a dependent

and

18,

The same distinction applies to all

the compounds of 1/47/, below.]

before an
not, no, ex;

prcssinij full

2.

iii.

above).

other

see below.)

(bfjore a voicel,

because he
hath not (No. 2) believed, (according to the supposition made
oTL

For various comhinations

ii'orcls,

,
,

such a case)

20.

NO.
(

John

X. 3, 30.

8c;^CTai,

Him is not
(No. 1) condemned (an absolute
e.g.
fact is here stated)
1
Cor. ix. 31,
&, being
not (No. 2, in mg opinion) without
law as regards God John iii. 18,
but ho that
believeth not (No. 2, supposing

of Ninus.^

9, ninth.

Murk XV.

"

he that believeth on

cifi/

NINTH.
ci'i'ttTos,

God
th

33 (NtwvtToi, Ninevites,

xi.

man

rcceiveth
the things of the

not (No. 1)

xv. 4, 7.

Spirit

Nineveh, (the

" but the natural

NINEVE.
Nii'cui,

?
;

6<;

C
5.

<.

or,

not (see NO.

and

note),

1,

) everything is
not, i.e. no'

(7(9, all, every,

) thing is, (following a Hebrew idiom oj' combining
the numeral, etc., with the subject,

and the

negative with the predicate.')

,
,
,

NO

not (see No.

2,

and

"1

note),

?,

all,

and

7.

neither,

see

No.

not even,
not, also not
{see note above.)
;

no not,

no, not, see No. 1

,,,

( ov,

5.

no more, no further,
longer, (see note above.)

S.

>

every,

526

and

NO.2,and note

")

uo

a double
negative

exjjressing a strong denial, assur-

edly not, by no means, in no

10.

Avise.

but, marTcing opposition, in-

terruption, or transition.

In transi-

has sometimes the force of

yea.
In interruption it has the
force of nay, (see Matt. xi. 8, 9
tion

it

Luke

vii.

25.)

if.
Here, "if a sign shall be
given," a Hebraism for " it shall
in no wise be given."

11. h,

1.

NO

NO

527

NO MAN.
(Where

C Lva, in order that,

not two words in the Greek.)

ovMs,

1.

"no. ..at all," No.

see

.^<;,
" NO,"

(^

m. 2.)

not any,

/u;ti5,

3.

one, {differing from

as described in note after

1,

(see

"NO,"iVo. 2,note.)

, not,

5.

ov, see

0.

"no,"

2.

John

vi. 2-t.

Acts

28.

Tr

(differing from No. 1 onlg as

described in " NO," No. 2, note.)

11, 15.
11.
18, 21.
X. 24.
xii. 3'wicc.

3.

Gal.

29.
xii. 14, 34.
xiii. 32.

Eph.

V. 6.
29.

Phil.
Col.

ii.

14.
V. 14.
36, 37, 39.
viii. 16.

Mark

nothing.)

(.)

ii.

10

(.),

i.

John

8.
iii.

7.

iv. 12.

Rev.

11

ii.

iii.

17.

"rice, 8.

11.

xiii. 28.

xiv. 3.
XV. 8.

xiv. 6.
XV. 13.

xviii. 11.
Jrix. 12.

NO MAN
no, not,

.>
any
one,
.

(that)
^

lest

xiii. 34.
XX. 25, :.

Kom.

vi. 9i"i<-e.

ix. 25.

1.

vii. 17, 20.

1.

xi.

.\iv.

25.

XV. 19, 21.

2.
1.

XV. 23.
2 Cor. V. 16.

1.

Gal.

(.)

1.

xiv. 19.

2.
3.

viii.

iii.

Eph.

ii.

viii. 12,

X. 17.

18,26.

1.

3.

19.

iv. 28.

Hob.

3.

'.V).

18.

iv. 7.

1.

XV. 4.

Acts

6i*-'"J
63-'4' (6p.)

1.

v. 14.

NO

Rev.

iii.

12.

any
' one.

]\IORE (henceforth)

no longer, no more
No. 2, note.)
ph.

NO MORE

(sec

''

no,"

iv. 14.

(.vow

now,
oiKc'rt, no longer,

henceforth)

( vvv,
j

Acts

1.

1.

V. 3, 4.
vii. 9.

ix. 4.
I. 18, 29.

neither.

13.

iii.

2.

6.

45.

xvi. 10, IX, 25.

xvii. 11.

v. 4.
xii. 14.

[(.)

15.
20.

15.

vii. 13.

Jae.

thus

not, not even,

xi. 54.

iii. 2.

Heb.

i.

viii. 11

ii. 4.
iv. 16.

ii.

and

vi. 66.

Tim.

Tit.

more.

vii. 12.

Luke
John

iv. 12.
v. 22.
vi. 16.

36, 62.
X. 4.
22.
xi. 33.
XV. 16.
xviii. 29.
John i. 18.
iii. 2, 13, 32.
iv. 27.
V. 22.
vi. 44, 65.
vii. 4, 13, 27, 30, 44.

manner, or ^

X. 8.
3.

Tim.

56.

in this

no

^^^'
...any

neither,

iii.

2 Thes.

in

(implging

still,

this wise,

Matt. xix.

20.

16, with im3.

[perat.
iv. 12, umrg.(text,

ix. 21.

viii.

ii.

Thes.

iii.

yet,

?,

vi. 17.

xi. 14.

duration or accession,)

11, 15.

iii.

'

10.
16.

since then, none.)

iVo.9,)

xi.9(ouefis,LT N.)

39.

18 (until A.D.
In editions

l^

Tt,

V. 16.
vii. 2 3 times.

9.

"NO,"A^o.2,; (see"NO,"

2 Cor.

ix. 8.

i
I

1,

yu.7/,uo,not,si'e

xiv. 2.
xvi. 11.

36.
viii. 30.

ii.

iii.

.37.

by no
means, in
nowise,

not, see

"NO,"iVo.

13.

43.

( Tts,

, no,

xiv. 7.

Cor.

vii. 24.

51

another negative strengthen-

it.

-,

xii. 17.
xiii. 8..,

XX. 7.

tcith

ing

[.)

XXV. 11.

xiii. 46.
xxiv. 36.
Mnrk ii. 21, 22.
iii. 27.
V. 3.

vi. 16.

no longer, no further, no
(see " no," No. 2, note.)

Eom.

Tim.

inacces-

more,

ovkItl,

xvi. 22.

V. 13, 23.
ix. 7.

xviii. 10.
XX. 33.
xxiii. 22.

xi. 27.
xvi. 20.
xvii. 8.

( /o;,

UNTO.
unapproachable,
(non occ.)

sible,

note.

8 (neut.,

30.

viii. 20.

xiii. 17.

NO MORE.
and

ix. 16.

Luke

1.2 Cor.

Rev.

NO MAN CAN APPROACH

jVo. 1.

viii. 4.

1660.

llatt. xxiv. 4.

1.

see " NO," JVo. 2,

X.

no, not,
one.

any.

Ti5,

Matt.

, any

2.

not

Xo.

2.

(.Tts,

* loith another negative strengthening it.

2.

NO

and

(see "

note.)
2 Cor. v. 16.

no," No.

2,

NO

NO MOEE AT

ALL.

<

NO MOEE,"

y see

no longer.
by no means,

NOB

and

iVu. 3.

Mark

jaij

Eev.
Eev.

1.
2.

in

oi,

Acts XV.
21, 22 tico^ 23

'"'

No.

NO

EVER.

Matt. xxiv.

ou8e, (
yu.7;Se,

to "

and not, not ever, (referrimjto

a 'part of a proposition or clause.')

I.

Matt.
&(vi,

1.

3.

viii.

Luke

1.

Acts

xxiv. 36.
v. 3 (No. 1,
.)

[A.

1.

Eom.
1

not, (see "no,"

e(TTiv,

there

iii.

ii.

5 (G:;)

is

much

(see

2.

as
one.

Cor.

iv. 6.

vi. 37.

Acts

xiii. 41.

Rom.

1.

Eev.

iii. 9.

x.\i.

27.

braavlee, case, doubt, dwelling, EFFECT, FORBIDDING, HENCEFORTH, JUDGMENT, LITTLE, LONGER,

also,

AS.
" NO,'

NOBLE.
well-born, of high birth, noble.

,
,

xvii. 11.

NOBLE

Cor.

i.

26.

(most)

(auperl. of

strength)

most powerful, most excellent.

Acts xxiv.

3.

Acts xxvi.

25.

NOBLEMAN.

1.

NO," No. 2.)

John

1.

sviii. 17.

Acts

NOT SO MUCH

and not, not even,

No. 2, note.)

(see "

See

not so

NO ONE OF YOU.

1.

3.

xiii. 11.

TION, THAT.

ii.

V. 18.

X. 42.

Luke

all.

MATTER, MEANS, MUCH, REPUTA-

Au 1), there

is,

Mark

Matt.

1.

not at

10.

5(G-)

unto, as far as,

eVos, one,
Bom. iii. 12.

1.

2.
1.

vi.

NO,

ly,

wholly, altogether,

NOT ONE.

NO,

\
-^

ov, not, (see "NO,"-ZVb. 1)

vii. 9.

Cor. V. 11.

Gal.

1.

[jmable.'}

vii. 5.

2.
1.

xiii. 32.

1.

'^

1.

L Tr

Mark
Tr

10 (vap ov-

with no one,

wholly

com-

'?,

2, note.)

ouT,

3.

wholly > plete-

ended, complete, always,

not, not ever, ") {differinrf

also not,
5 according

NO," iVo.

(in)

-.

TO, the,

21.

and

8.

AVISE

not,
(see
" NO," No. 2.)
19, unto,

NO, NOT.
1.

4.

'-^^y^vise.

9,

2.

ii.

{;|;o',ot;](-"."^--)

uj,O,"pioiii<ieed,norin

see

THING-.
NO.
Tit.

xxii. 15.

NOR

NO,

No.

24.

2, note.)

see above,

NO
see " NO,"

not, also not, not even, (see

" NO,"

,
\,

no, not, (see No. 1.)

xviii. 14.

Luke

(see

NO, NOE.
and

vi. 31.

NO SUCH.

no wise,
"NO,"iVb. 9.

AS.

not, not even.

ovKCTi,
ov,

MUCH

NO... SO

(ov,
1.

528

belonging

kiiigly, royal

.^pokeji

to

king,

of a j)erson

attached to a court, a courtier.

NOI

529

NOO

NONE.

m.

" MAN,'

)
"

Luke

^^^

^f

'^''^^"^''''''^i^oble birth.

'C^Ztle
2.

1),

xix. 12.

John

1.

John

1.

iv. -tC,

ov,

2.

-,

3.

5,

inarg. cour-

[tier

iv. 49.

no, not,
no, not,

1.

")

(ee"iiO," yos. 1

and

and 2,

note.)

(ov, not, and iU, one) not

one, none, {see "no," Nos. 3 and 2,

or ruler.

note.)

NOISE,
a sound,

[noun.]

tone, as (jiven

4.

uttered.
Rev.

vi. 1.

a)

5.

(s(?e

and

19,

one) not

"Jno," A"os. 4fl72(/2,

and not, not even, referring

a part of a proposition or clause.

I
1.

,,

Avith great noise,

with a crash,

and

noise, rushloaves), (non

occ.)
2 Pet.

10.

iii.

NOISE ABROAD,

[verb.]

to speak throughout, to tell

everywhere, tell abroad, divulge,
(occ.

Luke

vi.

11.)

Luke

i.

65.

NOISED

(be)

to hear; pass., to be heard of,

i.e. to be reported.

Mark

1.

ii.

NOISED ABROAD

,-^ sound,
yLVoaai,
to
'^
'

happen.
Acts

ii.

?, bad

-^^j^.^

bccomc,
'

(be)

^^^^^

^^_

curring (part.)

6 part. (marg. noise be made.

NOISOME.

generically embracing every

form of evil, tchether moral or
physical; baneful.
,

Rev. xvi.

2.

is

(avitk a qeeat)

to

tohich
Thus differing from
more emphatic, and refers to
whole clauses and propositions.)

(*

is. 23.

(adv. of
ing, as of winds

(.

not,

ovT,

make an

to

NOISE

'

(,

note.)

NOISE (make

Matt.

another negative, strengthening

one, none,

uproar, clamour,
sjwkeii of a multitude, as applaudinff, dissentmr/, or Jamenfing. Here,
mid., to make a noise together
among themselves, to wail together.

icith

the negation.

forth or

,
,

not, (see "no," iVb. 2,

any one, any thing.

and note.)

NOR

530

NOT

NOE.

NOE

{For various comhincdions

icith

oiJier

3.

icords, see helow.)

Matt.

X. 10.

3.

1.

1.

and not, not even, (see " no,"

and note) referring to the
tohole of a proposition or clause,
and more emphatic than I^o. 2,

Heb.

2.

Acts. XXV.

8.

2.

1 Thes.

6.

ii.

ix. 25.

ovSe,

Ifo. 2,

ov,

helow.

and not, not even (see "no,"

JSio. 2, and note) referring to part
of a proposition or clause, and less

emphatic than iVb. 1.)

* preceded hy another ovre, translated
neither.

t folloioed hy another

and

3. /AT^Se,

not, not even, (for differ-

ence between this and NO.

" NO," No. 2, and note.)

,
,
,

1, see

(no)

not even, nor.

\ by no means.
in

wise.

110

Matt. xxiv.

,
,

21.

NOETH.
the north wind;

Luke

ovre, translated

neitliei\

NOE EVEE

ovre,

2.

YET.

vi. 25.

xiii. 29.

also,
Eev.

the north.
xxi. 13.

NOETH-WEST.
corns, caurus, the Latin

Lat.,

name for the north-west wind

then, the north-west.

and, also.

4.

^
'^'

Acts xxvii.

7.

, no, not,

,
.

(see

"no,"

iVo. 1.)

Acts

vi. 2018'-

X.

with

18.

Horn.

viii.
;^0 3 times.

xxiv. 21.

AS.)

vi. 44.

4 it
4 2nd.

2 Cor.

2,

xvii. 23.

Gal.

4 (No.

1,

xxii.
li'tjiicgo,

68 [om.
me,

see " no,"

28

and

No.

note.

9.

questions,

it &-"<!

is

not? are not? ex-

when marked *.

iv. 2.

iii.

2,

pectingan affirmative answer, except

ovSe, see

^,

"no," No.

and

7.

not
hence,
neither, not even, (see " no," No. 7,
a7id " note " at No. 2.)

TTrbAii^.)

Tim.

not,

also

Tim. i. 8.
Heb. xii. 5.

or

ix. 3.
xi. 50.

Eev.

1.

8.

iii.

15, 16.

v. 3.
vii. 16.
ix.20''''" 21 3 times.

xxi. 4.

clausis.

/?,

xiii. 5.

2 Pet.

NO," No.
not,

also

4.

not, neither,

a continuative negative, referring

usually to a, part of a proposition

12.

ii.

see "

and

ovTe,

17.

viii. 19.

xii. 40.
xvi. 3.
iv, 18.

).(),

vi. 16.
1,

21,8eeNeither.

V. 37.

4, 5 '"'ce
Thes. ii. 3 1'
3 -<

v. 5.

13''i.

25 (No.
.)

Acts

7,

104th &5th.

V. 6.
vi. 15.
v. 3.

7<7)6,

iv.

iv. 14.

a..)

i.

^;

to the negation.

"no," No.

see

Eph.

XX. 35.
xxi. 15 (No. 6,

John

,
,

not a strengthened form of ov,

(No. 1) by no means. In negative

**

283rd.
.

Tr.)

emphasis

2.

vii. 12.

24 -"
xiv. 12 "f'
35, see Neither.

Tr

until another negative. giving greater

x. 32.
xii. 21.

(No.

TA.)

xviii.

ov, see " NO," No. 1, and note.

* used interrogatively.

3.

9.

vi.

241s'

timcs^

9 tinics.
10 1st & 2iid.
10 ard (No.

XXV. 13.
jViark vi. 11.
viii. 26.
xii. 25.

xii.

>

xiv. 21 twice.
1 Cor. ii. 6.

30.

X.

38

ix. 16.

xxii. 29.

Luke

1.

XV. 10.
xix.37,seeNeitlier
xxiv. 12.

xii. 19.

other

ix. 9.

yet.

twice, 14.

10,
l^erat.
24.

ivilh

ivords, see below.)

viii. 21.

2nd.

Of)

25, see
26.

NOT.
(For various combinations

no, not, (see " no," iVo. 2.)

Matt.

7)

not.

(a disjunctive particle^ or.

r/,

12.

1,) \ also

and, also,

6.

5.

"NO," No.

not, (see

10. j
)

[^

(sec

',

ill

no,

No.

no wise, by no means.
2,) (

no, not,

(sec

No. 1,))

emphatic intcrwhich
has lost its nrgative power, and
rogaiire,

NOT

531

is
expresses fear anil anxiety,
belongs to
iiiterror/ative, and ov
Yes indeed.
the following verb.

NOT

Mark

L-.tkevi. .373rd.

4.

ii.

17, 18, 19 (aji.),

24, 26, 27.
iii. 20.
24. 25, 26.
iv. 5.

11.

per]ia])s? is
12.

6 1'
62nd

vii.

13, 21*. 25, 27.

6 3rd.
13, 30.

whether
or has then perhaps?

whether at

terrog.,

39.
40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
4, 48.
49.

12.

not at al], not perhaps, i not

perhaps, unless perhaps. As in

ji-tjTL,

32 ""ce, 45, 46.

viii. 10 twice.

all,

Tr

d,see "no," No. 11.

Matt.

Matt.

xiii. 56.
57, 58.
xiv. 4, 16.

19, 20.

i.

vii. 3, 4, 5,

18

2n<i.

not

1)0 !i]

of

6.

11, 13,20,23,24,
26, 32.
3, 11 t"icc, 12,
17. JS.

>:e

7,8,13,16,18,19.
20.
25.

30, 33*.
xix. 4*.

2b' Is'.

6.

26 2nd*.

8, 10, 11.
14.
18 3 times.

LTTr

27.
&3.
40, 49.

591"
.502nd.

40.

52.

41.

-53.

46 ' >'

twice

(aji.),

24

X. 9, 14.

19 2nd {pni.
193rd.

G-)

38. 40*.
42.
14, 46, 52.

27, 38, 40, 43, 45.

xi. 1.3, 16, 17.
23.

XX. 13.

2"<i

15*, 22, 23, 2G, 28.

xxi. 21 Is'

7.

2iidj 25, 27,

10. 15.
21.

29,

X.

20.

2 i."

31, 32.
xxiii. 31s'

5 twl

26
28

2iid

&

Srd.

24. 25.
twice.

U,

45

5,

1".

55 2nd (No.

1,

L
Miirk

13, 20 i"
20 2nd 22.

3,

ii.

GL

1st.

34.
10, 26.
.37, 43.

8. 9.
16.

iii.

xvii. 8.

4 12 22*.

17 (No.

41.
v. 10, 19.
31, 32, 36.

stcnd of

SoKU,

371'

(/i<it ..tiot,

anJ...tiof, L.)

1,

Tr

23, 31 1 Ice.
xviii. 1, 2.
4lwicc.

372nd (|. >),

order

oil

18, 20. 22.

vi. 2, 4.
.30,

9 {om.

iroin not. L

.)

'

10.
7, 22, 34.

IV.

29.

'cc.

13. 28.
xvi. 3. n, 12, 13.
26.
31.

49, 50.

.15.

33

XV. 4*.
8.

4.5.

26 ',

28.
29.
30.
31.

.-5.3,

44.

20,

twice.

i.

G.
i.

14.

27

30.

43,

39, 40, 42, 53, 70.

72, 74.
xxvii. 6. 13*. 34,
xxviii. 5.
[42.

K.)

KK

:{5.

Luke

xxvi. 5.
11, 24.
^29,35.

27!

H.)

45 2nd.

'"'<-c.

17.
19.

!>

1,

12,24''',2Gtw'c<'

H twice.

.55

xiv. 5, 6.

4;j 3 lime.

3t (No.

8.

XV. 23, 31.

xvi. 6 Is'
6 2lld, 14 (np.)
18 (p.)

26 ' '

29.
34, 35.
39. 42,

31, 32.
xiii. 5.
6.

32. 33.
40. 46 'f'"
48.
57.

27, .', 34.

(om.

(No.

50 twice.
XXV. 9 (No.
TTr A.)

l'j:js.

12, 13

2* 1"

2iid.

17.
21.

19, 20 twice.
23 (from year

Tr A

2:i,

11.

29.
39.
47.
56.
59.

15*. 16*. 24. 25,

[56.
7, 29, 36, 37, 49.

LTaVA.)

17 '"',20.
3, 4, 5,

L Tr

xiii. 14.

4.

68 (No.

23<

7 uricc.

5.

(.)

271'
272n<l(ap.),273rd.

8, 12.
.

;j82"'i

39

37.

xxiv.

3'il(o'(xi7,L)

2,

=:)
twice.

2G (No.

AN.)

39.

'-'"'i,.-J?

xii.

3i),

31,341st.

xi. 11,

8, 23.

'"Ice-

-291"29 Slid.
34

5,

Ai>.)

261"

32 2nd (No.

xxii. 3, 8, 11.
12.
16, 17.
29.

viii. 8, 20.

'"'<:.

4.
Is'

21

is. 12, 13, 14, 21.

xii.

26, 31, 33.

3, 32i5t

Tr

'ice^ 40, 42.

7 1st
7 2"'', 8.
23 "'';, 35.

xi. 4,
1st.

(.).

58.
X. 7, 10, 20.

-15.

55*

(.),

56

(.), 48 '"'<:

19

i\ot

I-TTrS.)

ix. 5.

" (.)

4-1,

50, 52 1st.
52 2nd.

[A* W.)

6, 18, 28, 30, 37,

(',

49

(itvi iojiijer,

ix. 1.

12,16,19,21(.ii>.),
[24*.
xviii. 3.
12.
13.
14, 22.
25.

Aonot,

^"33.

38

xvii. 7.

[do

yet, instea'l
how is it

jTttis

that

-.

28, 3 J*.

(,

21

IS* i",

"'"s

18* 3

17 1"
17 2nd (No. 3,
.)

18.
19.
28.
47.

19, 24, 27.

viii.

27.

XV.

"

37

ill

iii-

ou >;.

7.

11. 1.3+.
16, 20 "'>"
30.

A.)

'

NOT
John

3, 14, 21
23.
26, 27.
44 twice, 48.

Luke xix.

532

Actsv.28*ist(o)n.G-L
TTrAt<,i.e. We did,
instead of. Did we

ix. 39.

X. 1.
51st.

2-1 twico,

NOT

5 2ud, 6. 8, 10,
12 twice, 13, 16, 21, 25,
26 twice, 33, 34*, 35,
37 1st

37*

14twice, 15, 16*.

20.

(.),

19.
25, 32, 39, 40, 48.
50.

-Jnd.

viii. 1
4.
7, 8, '9 twice, 12,

15, 18, 20, 23, 24, 25.

26, 32 1st.

32 2nd
6 twice, 8, 10,
11, 16, 21*, 24, 25 twice

52, 53.
60.

40*.
50.
51, 52.
56.

vii.
6,
7 3 times
twice, 16, 18, 19 twice

15

vi. 2, 10,
vii. 18.

1st.

1'-

xxii. 16, 18.

26.

vi. 12.

39.
40.
42.

9 2"d, 15, 21. 32,

37

14 (om. G-.)
15. 16.

28 -"

xi. 4.
-

iv. 20, 23.

V. 3. 5, 11, 13.

iwt?)

372'>J, 38.

Eom.

ix. 1,

30.

(No.

471'(

- 57! 58^ CO.

- 67, 68.
xxiii. 28.

have not kept

stead of

34 (.)

xsiv.

47

9, 12.

10

4, 15, 16, 19, 20,

21, 22, 24.

xvi. 3, 4.

7 (No. 3,
9, 12, 13.

110

.)

19,

26,

9,14w',

15,

16 twice, 25.

17 2nd.
25 1st
25 2"d, 26*, 28,

45.
47.

not yet,

W.)

20.

i"^^
3j, 31t, 36 '
40.
'w'*^^, 12.
10*
xix.

21, 24.
33, 36.

22 24 26.
27!
32, 36, 38, 42.

XX. 2, 5, 7, 13. 14.

friii'J-

70t.
1,

10,

7,

16,

19*. 22.

23

24.

25,

28

42 (No.

twicc^

Acts

i.

1,

45.
49.

ii.

(.)

12.

13,14,16,21,22,
23, 27, 29, 35. 40,41,
43 '"', 44, 45, Ui,
47twUc,.t8,49,55ticc.

16">^",
18, 21ti, 25, 27,29,
ix. 8, 12,

30, 31. 32.

7, 15, 24, 27.

31 (No. 8.
M.)

Tr
6

4.

5,7.

L.)

-34.
iii. 23.
iv. 16.

18.
20.

y,

17, 23.

XV.

18 'w

xvi. 4. 18.
1 Cor. i. 16, 17 ice
20.
21, 263 "fcs
ii.

1, 2, 4,

6. 8, 9,

12, 13, 14.

Beo-

US 1l0t
God, G L

iii. 1, 2.

3.

4(No. l,LTTr

XXV.

7, 11, IG.
24, 27.

10, 14.
15, 21, 24.
31, 39.
xxviii. 4, 19.

Kom.

i.

Gf-L

13,

16,

28 '"1

-10.

21,

11.

[281"

12.

32.
ii. 13.

vi. 1.

2,

14 twice.
21 1'
21 -"', 22.

26 (No. 1,
Trt<.)
28 29 twice.

vii. 1.

4 twice.

17.
29.

5.
6, 9, 10

S.)

1'

10 2"', 11.
12 1st
12!in<i, 13.

10,12,1.!, 16.
17, 19 1'
19-'"'(om. G:::L

Tr

5*.

93rd.
12 twice, 13, 15,
10*, 19 Is', 192"d.

iv. 2, 4.
5.

lit li^ad.

.3,

7 twice.
9* l", 9 2nd.

iii. 8.

7.

00

1.

3,

Sltwi,

xxvi. 19, 25, 26, 29.

xxvii. 7.

^'4ard.

61st (ap.)
62i"l {.), O-fd,

let

aijainst

Tr A .)
21.

3 luiica.

34twico,''35,3(j twice.

tiit-

26''^<=

24.
25.
27, 29.
30.
xxi. 4, 8, 11, 18,

46, 58, 64 1"

G L TTr A.)

11, 18, 22.

5 'iee.
9 (om.

17.

4.3.

not hear false

38*

x.\ii. 9,

fiijiit

xviii. 11.
17 ut.

sluilt
lu'ss,

9 5th.
13 3 times, 14.
xiv. 1, 3 4 times.

xxiii.

xvii.

vi. 7.

viii.

Tr

18,

30,32.

30i31,at,38'l,
411,41,42, i3, 4t.

(,

Tr.

(,A

16
longer,
17,

23 'Td, 24.
28

vii.

18,

xviii. t "ic-20.
xix. 26, 27, 30.
31.
32, 35.
XX. 10.
12.
16. 22.
27.
29.
31.
xxi. 4, 12.
13.
14. 21, 34.

18i='

twic

17

:;"d,

(.)

48.

Tr

9,

242*^'''',271'
27 -"
XV. 2.

T. 10, 13, 18.

23 1"

:ird.

lliou

29.
32, 35.

17

6(, -

36,

241st.

28. 34, 36.

33.

22 2"d.

2ii<l ii

1st.

4,5,91st, 2nd, &

9 *"' (oi)i.

12 24 27

5,

S, 10, 11, 12.

18,

3-'nd.

22i3t-

iv. 2. 18,

xii. 2, 3.
4.

xiii.

xiv. 1.

3, 5.

18

21, 25.

11, 13,

16.
24, 25.

17,

ist'.

20.

& 3rd
35, 39.

16,

5, 8, 10,

2iid

37.

3.

16

8 twice, 10, 18
182nd.

11,14,16,19,21.

20 '*i. 21. 25. 26, 27,

31,33.

xi. 2l5t,2*2nd, 4,7.

10 Is'
10* id, 11*.

-39.

iii.

20 twee.

in-

xiii. 7.

26, 32.

ii.

t)iein,

48.
49.

3, 6.

i.

^),

),

AH.)

16.
18.
23.
24.

John

11, 14 twice, 16.

18, 19.

bthVMHOt, G^-vLTTr

40.
51.

6.

16, 30, 35. 37. 39,

42, 44.

40 42.

-15.

Tr

1,

A.)

[26.

31, 32, 33.

X. 2, 3.

xii. 5, 6, 8, 9.

34'

15.

18
27

twice.

''ce,

21.

23,

NOT
1 Cor. vii. 28"''
303 times, 31.
a5, 36.
38.

Gal.

ii.

14

twice

21.

16

ix

4 2ud.

i 3rd.

7 1" 7* 2nd.
<y
8 (No. i,
S.)
9 12* 1" 12 2nd

IVA

18, 21.
twice.

ti.)

23

'wi'

Eph.

V. 1.
8.

13 1"
13 2nd

isi.

twice.

21

twi

25.
vi. 2, 3, 17.

Tim.

3rd.

16 3 times, 21.
xiii. i, 3.
4, 3 times,
16,'

xiv. 2,
20.
21.
.

ii.

3 time,

17.

;
51
1.

1.

17,29,32.

Col.

8,

Tr

12,18,19,24.

(-, not

1.

15i't
152nd, 16,191

9.

1,8.
18 (om.
.)

=: L''

21

21 2nd &

3rd.

2,

9,

19,

-102nd,

11, 16, 20, 21, 27.

12.

13. 14, 18, 21.

iv. 1, 3it.
32nd, 6 twice.
81t-'
-82nd, 10,18.
20
20 2nd.

21,

it

iv. 1.

1.

6 twice

twice.

-lOi'i

vii. 6.

23.
iii.

1 twice

iii.

9
lt-

13lt132n<t

1.

ist.

4 2nd, 11.

yet,

7.

2.

twi

10

6, 8,

i.

19.

13.
17.
iii. 3twice, 5, 6.

2.

John

23.

4, 5, 11.

1.

i.

ii.

ii. 1.

1.

91'.
9 2nd.
1

iv. 11, 17.

33 34_
36^ 37^ 39, 46, 50,
(.), 58.
xvi. 7, 12, 22.

2.

with indica-

LmTt*.)

twice, 16,

2.

16, 21.
ii.3twice,4,5,io,ll.
21.

10.

12.

13

2Cor.i.

3,8.
11,

ligent.)

5, 11, 16.

ii.

iii. 1.

39.

10

i.e. / shall
he ever xure, iustead
of, I will not he neg-

16, 21, 27.

XV. 9, 10<"', 14,

1.

27.

G^L

12, (om.

i.

Tr

12.

[6.'

34.
2.

2 Pet.

iii. 8.

twice, 23*, 33,

22

9, 10.

12.
14.

i.

16, 22, 29.

4.

i.

"'",
iv. 4, 12. 16.

Heb.

7, 15, 17, 18,

Phil.

'

iii. 5.

vi. 4, 6.
7, 12.

1,14. 15 3 time,

7*

6,

3 twice,

ii.

V. 4.

29.
31.

i.

14.

iv. 20.
26 twice, 30.

xi. 6, 7, 8, 17i
22 1" * 2nd. [20.

xii.

5, 9.
14.

iv. 3. S.

Titus

13.

22

i. 7.

9, 12, 10.

20. 24.

iii. 5.

28, 33.

IC.

18.
19.

16, 21.
8, 9.

ii.

''

20

3 time, 11.

9.

13.
16.
18, 21.
26.

i.

2-t'h.

iv. 14.

ii.

1,

iv. 1^.21t,2na &3r!.

.)
6,

13.

Ig twice.
18 (No.

5.

8.

6.

32nd (om.

GL

Tr

vi. 4.

I. 1, 5.

iii.

V. 1, 7.

13.

26

15,

30.
31.

2-t

Tim.

ala-xpOK(pSri,7iolgrecd\i
of jnthtj Ivcre,

21,27t"i-e

5.'

4,

1 (ap.)
10, 12,16,17,20.
iv. 8, 14, 17.
18.

1 4th, 2.

twice,

iii.

10.
1st

1,7, 10, 11, 16,

i.

NOT

19, 20.

viii. 7, 8.

533

V. 3, 6.

-101".

102nd.
-12i"t.
12
16 lit* 2nd.
2..J.

12 1
12 2nd (No. 2,

V. 3, 4, 7,

iv.

twice.

163rd,i7, igtwice.

7, 8, 9, 13.

15.

John

1, 5.

7, 9 1".
9-nd. 10

lit

1(1 -nd.

vii. 3, 7,8,9,12,14.
viii. 5, 8, 10, 12,

1.
1.

13,
2.

I'J,

21.

ii.

.5,

John

8.

10, 11
5, 6.

Rev.

i.

19.

3.

14.

1.

16, 18.

16, 17.

time, 6, 11,
17, 29 twice, 31.
xii. 1, 2t"iee.

43

1.
1.

lum..

J.

5,

6,

13,

21.
xiii. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7,

1.

10.

Jos.

i.

5, 7, 16.

20.

L.)

14 3timel, 16, 18 twice,

20 twice.
2.

lit.

2", 13.

Jude

9, 10.

1.

2.

xi.

5, 6.
9.

11

7.

X. 2.

2.

1.

i.

12.

1.

1.

3
2 Thee.

Tim.

i.

9.

ii.

ii.

17.

2iwice 3(rt)).).9.
11.

13, 21,

24

iii. 2.

2.3,

25.

26.
1.

4, 5, 6, 7*.
11 wic, 14, 16.

21, 24, 25.

iii. 1.

3.

4.
5.

?,

18.
iv. 8.
V. 5.

17.

twice,

2.

Eev.

vi. 6.

1.

10.

1.

i.

vii. 3.

1.

viii. 12.

Tr

1.

6 (No. 3,
.)

GL

20.

3.

XV.

1.

xvi. 9, 11, 18, 20.

xvii. 8 3 times, 11.

1.
i

xi. 9.
xii. 8, 11.
xiii. 8.

el,

and

ovSe,

(see " if,"

if,

see

la.

vi. 15.
X. 13.
xviii. 16, 35.
X. 6, villi imlic.

Luke
John

viii. 24.

xiv. 3.

XV. 6.
22 24.

-<
)

indeed,
> anniUlinq the preced^
t
J.
otliei'wise,
) ^^

hi

'

-,
"i

'

not m,

Liike

ot'Sets,

NOT

t7i(f

xiii. 19,

(as

(see "

not one,

7.

Acts xxvi.

if)

NOT
^''

xvi.

xviii. 30.
32.
la. Eom. xi. 23.
la. 1 Cor. viii. 8.
lb.
ix. 16.
lb.
xiv. 11.
lb. Jas. ii. 17.
lb. 1 John iii. 21.
la. Eev. iii. 3.
2.

xiii. 8.

(and

John

2.

ix. 33.

xi. 21.

NOT

(and if)"

, not indeed.
Matt.

not, also not, not even.

NOT

4.)

el,ii,(see"iF,''NO.4<,)

3.

(also)

Eom.

NO.

not, (see"N0,"iVb.2.)

, but,

4.

NOT

2.

sx. 4, 5, 15.
xxii. 10.

1.

2.

NOT

15.
xiv. 4.

2.

is. 4.

Eev.

531

Luke

proposition.

A.
no," No.

2, note.)

vii. 23.

NOT ANT.

indie.

'?, see above.

,..)

Acts

also not ever, not ever yet, not

yet.
Jolm XX. 9.

xxvii. 34.

NOT ANT AT

ALL.

oiScts, see above.

NOT
Matt.

1.

,
ovKiTL,

John

vi. 29.

NOT

2.

(even)

Luke

and

xxi. 25.

not, not even.

no more, no further, no

John XV.

15.

NOT

1.

1.

Eph.

Eom.

vi. 6.

1.

xiv. 30.

(hitherto)

Cor.

iii.

2.

ai/,if,

C
3
)

(^

No.

(see " if,"

I,)

not,

(if)
"j

(a)

followed hy

suhj., aor., (see

(see C " if,"

No. Ibf.)
"NO," No. 2,) ; (b) followed In/
suhj., present, (sec ''if," No. lb*.)

xiv. 13.

NOT AS

no more, no longer, no
ther, (see "no," No. 2, note.)

1.

2 Cor.

,
5,
,

fur-

even not yet, not even yet.

i.

23.

2.

Heb.

xi. 7.

NOT A WHIT.

not one,

NOT

2, note.)

NOT ANT MOEE.

Eom.

not even yet, not yet.

NO," No.

X. 28.

no more, no further, no longer,

(see "no," A^o. 2, note.)

2.

NOT

(see "

Acts

(heeeafter...)

John

NOT ANT MAN.

not one,

iv. 17.

no more, no longer, no further.

oLK-tTt,

8,

(lIENCEIOETIl)

longer.

2.

XX. 40.

and not, not even.

ovBe,

(see "

2 Cor.

NO," No.

2, note.)

xi. 5.

NOT AT

ALL.

1.

not one

thinr/,

2.

not one

thint/, j

see"^o " No.

2, and note.

NOT
M.

ifo,"

see

535

9.
1.

Gal.

1.

iv. 12.

2.

Kev.

Thes.

iii.

11.

xxi. 25.

2.
3.

NOT EVEN.
and

ovSi,

1.

not, also not, not even.

1 Cor. ad.

NOT

,
,

NOT

YET.

not even yet,

not even yet,

Matt. XV. 17 (. no.

'r.^ ; -...
m
om. ijef
TTr),Le.
xxiv.

Mark

Joliu

ii.

iii.

no more, no

furtlier,

no longer.

},

JSio. 9.

Mark

xiv. 31.

NOT ONCE.

1.

Hcb.

2.

ix. 8.

1.

xii. 4.

Eph.

2.

8,
,

1.

1.

Kev.

iii. 2.

(,

xvii. 10
vot,
L; ovTu), thus, H.)

30,391"

NOT

John

8.

(whether or)

not even, never, in no supaho,

in

indirect

jjosable

case

inquiri/,

whether perhaps,

if

per-

haps.
Luke

iii.

15.

V. 3.

NOT

1.

SO.

by no means.

2.

Luke

i.

60.

Acts

Acts

1.

x. 14.

vi. 3.

AS.

Acts

Cor.

See

xi.t. 2.

oi'/ceVij

iv. 22.

Eom.

NOT

2.

S.

Thes.

ii.

Gal.

ii.

20.

6.

agree, aim:, albeit, also,

ANT, APPEAR, ASHAMED, BELIEVE,
BKVAVLER, CAN, CEASE, CIHCCM-

also,

REPENT, SEE, SPARING, SPOKEN,

SUFFER, TEMPTED, THAT, UNDERSTAND, UTTERED, YET.

see above.

John

IG.

()

NOT

Acts XXV.

HENCEFORTH,
HAND,
FAILETH,
KNOW, KNOWLEDGE, LIE, LUCRE,
MANIFEST, MUCH, NO, OBEY, ONE,
PASSING, POSSIBLE, PUT, REGARD,

no more, no further, no longer.

Philem.

no

further,

CISED, COMMODIOrs, CONDEMNED,

COULD, FADETH,
CORRUPIIBLi;,

V. 1.

NOT NOW.
uvKeTi,

more, no

1.

not even.
Luke

('yet;

not, not even.

no

xi. S.

NOT SO MUCH
ovSi,

and

longer.

1.

1.

NOT

see '"NOT," JVu. 4.

2.

John

xsi. C.

xiv. 15.

1.

(then)

NOTABLE.
known

capable of being

known, knowable. In an emphatic

sense, known of all, i.e. notable.

not even.
1 Cor. XV. 13.

2.

NOT
',

iKt.

nof.

ii.

and not, not even.

/X7j8e,

1.

xi. 30.
XX. 17.
ix. 11.

4.

(,

1,

vi \
W.)

24.

8 1"

viii. 20, 57.

. Tr
'rv A
A
L

Eom.

8-"',

NOT IN ANY WISE.

nee " NO,"

1.

1.

TTrAS),i.e.Oni,.
2 Cor. V. 15.

Johnvii. 39 5nJ (No.

2.

vii. 6.

.2,

note.

3.

1.

6.

viii. 17.

xiii. 7.

NOT HENCEFORTH.

and

also not even, not even yet.

xvi. 9.

U.

see"Tso"

(thou do

it)

see " no," iVb. 2, /ic? 7iote.

Rev. six.

10.

Kev.

xxii. 9.

having a mark upon of

money, stamped, coined. In a rjood
sense, noted, distinguished, eminent
in a had sense, notorious,

fVtm;/io5,

{pec.

Som.

xvi. 7.)

,
,

NOT

586

NOT

appearing upon or to,

manifest celebrated, distinguished, renowned, (non oec.)

3.

visible,

2.

16.
1.

3.

Acts

iv. 16.

1.
2.

Acts

ii.

20.

Luke

(or)
.

NO.

Eom.

2.

xvi. 7.

NOTE,

[verb.]

37.

i.

2 Thes.

14,

iii.

marg.

6.

vii.

1*.

viii.

1.

ix. 3.

3.

X. 19.
xi. 6.

7.

other

icifJi

not one tiling, i.e. none at

not even one, {for difference
between No. 1 and No. 2, see "no,"

ovSeis,

,"

3.

ov,

no, not, (see "no," iVo. 1.)

4.

no, not, {see "no," No. 2.)

7.

no, not,
I -],

seenofe,"yo,^^ No.2,
for the difference

'\

anything,

a later form of No.

not even,
jven,
anything,

( oTjSf,

( Ti,

2.

viii.

Matt.

1.

No.

1.

X. 26.

5.

XV.

1.
1.

xvii. 20.
xxi. 19.
xxiii. 16, 18.
xxvi. 62.
xxvii. 12.
19, mid sec

1.
1.

1.

2.

Gen.

.32.

Phil.

Tim.

(om.

.36
.

yap

selves

12,

2.

v. 21.

2.

21.

1.

vi. 4.
71'-

3.

7-'"i

8.

at any

see

Tit.

1.

notliinij

1.

Philem.

13.
14.

1.

Heb.

8.

iii.

ii.

vii. 14, 19.

1.

2.

Jas. i. 4, 6.
3 John 7.

1.

Rev.

2.

NOTHING

15.

i.

2.

(om.

marg

iv. 4.

iv. 14.

iii.

17.

(bring to)

to displace, i.e. to abrogate,

abolish, get rid of; make void,
render null.
1

Cor.

19.

i.

NOTHING AT
1

&

3.

John

ALL.

xi. 49.

NOTHING AT ANT

j
(

TTu.,

everything,

Acts

not ever,

xi.

8 (om. niy,

{
,

xnmcthing

(Gr-LbTrA.)

to cat)

, no
if
ei,

ou t

GL

of.
it

John

ever.

tiling.

( avTov, of

TIME.

1^^^.imo:

NOTHING

vi. 8.

20.

i.

xxi.

2.

hread, for thty hnvc

nothing, (i.e. by Oicm-

do with (have thou)

vi. 3.

1.

xvii. 21.
xix. 36.
XX. 20.

xviii. 14.

5.

to

V. 2.

Tr

Matt,

2.

6.

ii.

iv. 1.

1.

1 Thes. i
no inan.

xxvii. 24.
2. Mark i. 44.
2.
v. 26.
1.

Gal.

1.

at all.

A.)

V. 1.3.

see

xii. 11 '"Ice.

1.

12

impossible, cf.
1.

15,

over (have)
1.

2.

see ?w/e, " no,"

TTttv,

vii. 9.

1.

no, not,
^7Lukoi.37,
every,
ev
every declap^/xa,v.Ord,declara- C
ration of
j
tion, statement. ) God is not
(^
impossible, i.e. no declaration is

z'

3.

2 Cor. vi. 10.

2.

see

&'(},
douUing, G

between No. 5 and

No. G.

anything, )

see

No. 1,

G.)
2.

XV. 5.

xi. 8,

(same as above, icith difference

as described in "
No. 2, note.)

( Ti,

xiii. 2(ou5ei,

1.

time.

ov, no, not,

and

16,

Glory.

X. 20.

note.)

* With another negative, strengthening the negation.

,.

-4.
ix.

xvi. 23, 24.

xviii. 20.

Acts

all,

Tt,

G - L

i.e. not, in-

xiv. 30.

tcords, see heloiv.)

8<;,

S,

stead of nothing.)

xii. 19.

{For various combinations

and

twice.

2 (om.

TTr A

viii. 28, 51.

2,

19

1.

ix. 33.
xi. 49,

NOTHING.

5.

iv. 2.

vii. 26.

iv. 4.

V. 5.
vi. 35.
vii. 42.
viii. 17.

xxii. 35.
xxiii. 9, 15, 41.
John iii. 27.
iv. 11, see Draw.
V. 19, 30.
vi. 12, see
(that)
39, see
of
63.

signify.

see

19,

i.

(l)ring to)

xii. 2.

No.

Cor.

1.

to sign, to mark, note with

marks. In J^.T. only mid., to
mark for one's self, to note, s^^t a
mark on, {non occ.)

2.

xxviii. 17.
xiv. 14.

Rom.

1.

XV. 3 (om. S'

[.)

see above,

1.

xxi. 24.
xxiii. 14, 29.
25.
xxvi. 31.
xxvii. 33.

XXV.

1.

Matt, xxvii.

Acts

1.
2.
2.

vi. 39.

OF.

.)

NOT

NOTHING OVER
no

( ov,

more than enough.

2 Cor.

/,

viii. 15.

(that)
3.

(have

',
(',

1.

had)
) your before

the,

be-

5,

announced
blessing.

2.

19,

Luke
rhU.

X. 11, 20.
18.

1.

Phil. iv.

2.

Rev.

ii.

ill. 8.

(set at)

into,

confutation, refutation,

Mark ix. 12.

Luke xxiii. 11.
1. Rom.

2.

more

i.

2 Thes.

andbg impl. disrepute, ill-repute.

V.

1.

1.

3.

1.

,
,
inq

U.
2.

20.

Acta

iv. 11.

xix. 27.

xiv. 10.

NOURISH

but, riiarTcing opposition, antithesis, or transition.

1.

to come,

than, over and above;

hence, besides, exceut, rather, but
rather.

1.

(for)

,
/',

NOTWITHSTANDING.

2.

NOUGHT

to reject with contempt,

treat Avith scorn.

t<.)

,
,

6.

to set at nought, despise,

treat with despite.

")

1.

ii.

xviii. 17.

gratis,

,
^,

so much apoken of
r^
before promised,

marg. u'likh hath been

before,

>

1.1 Cor.

Rev.

NOUGHT

(whereof ye

fore announced,

Tr

V. 38.

freely,
gratuitously
also, grouudwithout requital
lessly, without cause.

19.

NOTICE BEFORE

2 Cor. ix.

Acts

3.

thou)

Matt, xxvii.

make

to desolate, lay Avaste,

{Here, passive.)

vi. 12.

nothiug^ i.e. [letl nothing [arise]

to thee, [between thee and[Mi7i
J
righteous one.]
and,

a,

desert.

NOTHING TO DO WITH

(_

to looscn down, dissolve,

disunite the parts of anything;
hence, of buildings, to throw down,
destroy to destroy, render vain.

2.

^,
,

(come to)

(see above) here, passive.

{Here, passive.)

in order that
not

John

^j

2.

anything.

( Tt,

,
,

NOUGHT

1.

to be

NOU

(have)

fhiny.

NOTHING
^

537

(-ED,

-.)

to make thick, or fat, byfeedhence, to feed, nurse, nourish.

{No.

1,

with mni, up, J)re-

Jixed.)

NOUGHT.

9,

no

" NO,"

thing,

No.

, out

1, loith

oi,

pre-

vi. 4.)

y. 36.

NOUGHT

{No.

fixed,) to nourish out, i.e. in lull,

bring up to maturity, {occ. Eph.

2, note.

Acts

5,

3.

not one thing, {see

Acts
(at)

vii. 20,

2_

21.

\.

xii. 20.

3.

Eph.

up.

see

1.

Jo,,

1.

Rev.

Tim.

iv. 6,

see

up

in (be)

V. 29.

v. 5.
xii. 14.

unto

/09, confutation.
Acta

xix. 27.

).NOUGHT

to.

1 Cor.

Acts

2.

UP.
20.

NOURISHED UP IN

(bring to)

to render inactive, u.selcss

thru, to cause to cease do away,

put an end

NOURISH

up

in anything, to

{non occ.)
i.

28.

Tim.

(he)

brought
be imbued with,

to bo nourisliod nr

iv. 6.

538

NOW

NOURISHMENT.

Matt-

Acts

22.
10.
15.

i.

iii.

MOISTEEED.

See,

NOVICE.

<;,

newly planted
as stibsf., a
neo[)liyte, (i.e. a ne^v plant,) (non

Tim.

mai'g. one ncighj corns to tlnfaiik.

;,

32.
xxii.

20

E) (om.

GLTTr A

Luke

16.
xxiii.

S')

now,

{Tint.,

nunc

XXV.

x:cvi. 6.

i'Dt,

{i.e.

NO.

ivith

1,

the

l]/

Eom.

l)

nou', even

iilreadij ^^c^^t,

10,
21.

i.

iii.

xvi. 25.
xix. 37,

iv.

19 (om. L>

'
4->

V. 9, 11

42.
xxi. 30 'w'cc
xxii. 36.

John

17.
viii. 1, 22.
xi. 30, 31.
xiii. 11 1"

8.

ii.

seoN

ll^Jncl.

(until)

xiv. 15,

42, see N.,.not.

51.

vii.

iv. 18, 23.

the de-

now, at tills moment

exclwsloL'lif of the 'present,

viouHtr,

al-

Ocj

xiv. 17.

10,

I, strrihijtliniril

see

ready.

vS.)

{even)

the now, the present, the

now existing present, mo7'e eiihvhatic, therefore, ihaa JVo. 1.

{.

1st.

9:,

xi. 7.

article)

tised

xxvii. 9
9 .>..(!.

!>''

39.

TOy

H.)

25.

[.

3G

(', I
G L Tr

17 (G-N.)

vi. 21*^'ce

X.
Tr>

1.

(emphatic)

vii. 6.

21.

Tr

iii. y.

1.5,

xxiv. 13 (No. 3,
H.)

ti.)

15.

ii.

see

1,

(which I make)

20.

^,

/;,

XX. 22, 25.

xiv. 41.
XV. 32.
-42.

stant.

i.

(but)

''''<:e

X. 30.
xi. 11.

Germ., nun)
i.e. the actually present time; now,
i)i rdcdwih to time j^ust or fiiUire^
ju3t now, even now, at this in-

o. iTrt,

35

viii. 2.

NOW.

2. o,

XV. 10.
xvi. 3G, 37.
xvii. 30,
see

iv. 37.

(om.

xii. 11.
xiii. 11.

sxvii. 42, 43.

Mark

1.

X. 5, :.
xi. 19.

,.

xiv. 15, 2i.

XV. 32.
xxvi. 45.
53.

vi.

i:i. C,

Advrrhs

12,seeN{ until)

C5.

occ.)
1

vii. 4. 33, 53.

(even)

see

ix. 18,

xi.

It. 29,
V. 38.

not.
XV.

see

(,
G'-^LTTrAW.)
8

for,

23, 25.
xvi. 26.

now, already, of time

and marlcing action as

Cor.

iii. 2.

iv. 7, and see

S<'*'c=.

completed.

(if)

V. 11.
vi. 7.

5.

(,, now, of

vii. 14.
ix. 25.
X. 11.
xii. 18.

time just elapsed; at

present, at this

moment.
xiii. 2.

-, from, away from, )

( lipTL, see

Cojunctions

NO.

5,

7.
,.

rem now.

20.

19,

marg. from

xiii.

12

'wicf-

13.

xiv. 6.
XV. 20.
50.
xvi. 7.
Cor. V. 16,

7.

ovv,

thereupon, therefore, then, em-

/AeV,

S.

TO

vi.

then.

2 ''CI

viii. 11.

14, see

.32(0)11.

Tr

a7itithesis,hoivever concealed.

at this

time.

Or:

W.)

xvii. 5, 7, 13.

^xviu.2l(om.S'G.)

for the rest, henceforth,

-36.
xix. 23.
28.

29 [om.

indeed, then, now, (r/iviny certainty or reality to a sentence, in

opp. to mere conjecture), truly,

Acts

6,
7.

[.)
see N...iiot.

10.
14.
18.

fore.

i.

ii.

TrA

33 (om.
W.)

iii.

and.

L Tr A

xxi. 4.

really.

Tr

22, 29, 30.

31.

VJ (om.

A.)

henceforward.
10.

see

vii. 9.

now, moreover, alwaj/s im-

ply incj
0.

20,

indeed, truly.

, but,

see

henceforth no more.

pJoi/ed in arijuiwj, etc., and denotinrj

either an external or internal relation between ttvo clauses, (a) with

17.

iv. 3.

GL

iii.

5, 10.

iv. 9,
V. 8.

Phil.

i.

see

5. 20. 30.

that.

NOW

Phil.

1.
4.

1.

iu. 8.

5.

i.

?..
.i.

.S.

Thes.

2 Thes.

1.

Peter

2 Tim.

i.'

ii. 8.

10<ic, 25.
iii. 21.

1.

Heb.

ii.

1.

is. 5, 24.

Rev.

5.

and

between the premises inid the conclusion.

iv. 3.

John

1.

1.

Jude25.

Eph.

5.

NOW

Acts

\ t*^^'

xvii. 30.

NOW (even)
Matt.

5.

ix. 18.

4.

NOW

No.

Acts

3.

xxvii. 9.

AT THIS TIME.

JVo. 2, above,)

season.
2 Cor.

viii. 14.

NOW HENCEFORTH NO

rr.

2.

Acts

2 Cor.

, but,

(_,

1.

'

but and

Rom.

V. 36.

1.

vL

7.

V.

Rev. v. 11 (up.)
viL 4.

ix.

16tOe.
18 3 l"'""

xi. iii.

1,

xiii. 17,

xvL

1.

XV. 2.

5.

1.

Eev. XX.

NUMBER

980

tlie)

see
(take into ihe)
'i'im.

15.
1.

8.

(make of the)

(,

to judge in, admit after trial,

to reckon among, (non occ.)

IP.
if.

2 Cor.

.2.

and, 3
1 Cor. iv. 7.

NOW
1

2.

IS (that)
Tim.

NUMBER
',

(take into the)

down

lay

to

others,

Iv. 8.

i.e.

to

to or among
enrol, to reckon

under or to a number.

NOW... NOT.
ovKtrL,

John

no longer, no more, no further.

iv. 42.

John

Bom.

xiv. 15.

xxi. 6.

Tim.

V. 9,

marg.

,
\(,

NUMBER

TJTAT.
TO, the, thi-s, 7

'
( ,
,

4.

but,

hut

,,

Eph.

iv. 9.

(-ED.)

[verb.]

to count, reckon, calcu

late,

compute.

1.

Matt.

2.

Mark

this.

choosti inio the niimbor.

number.

to

ix. 27.

Cor. X. 12,

(make of

iv. 4.

v. 10.

multitude,

1.

L
L

definite

occ.)

40, seo Great,

1.

i.

hi.)

NUMBER.

now, (see " now," No. 1.)

no longer, no more.

\^
'

MORE.

number, spoken of a

Luko xxii. 8.
John vi. 10,

1.

make)

a confused
crowd, a throng.

1.

( vvv,

W. 10.

GL

1 (No. 8,

or People.

the present (see

until)."

John

Aota xxiL

,
,
Mark

iV, in,

xi. 12.

mimber, (non

4.
,

TO

NOW (even

NOW (wiTicii

(not)

ALREADY.

,"

see "

(uxTiiO

xix. 37.

Philoin. IC.

NOW

see "

Matt.

Luke

no more, no longer, no further.

ovKCTL,

19.

ii.

xii. 10.

NOW (but)
2.

j Jf^^J'ical inference,
intimtttinj the linrmouij

iii. 2.

1.

viii. 6.

ow, marking the

\ ovv, therefore,

7. 18.

1.

8.

3.

THEREFORE.

upa, aecordingly, )

Johnii. 18,28.

1.

(not)

NOW
(

THEN.

2 Cor. V. 20.

7.

iii. 1.

1.

9, 11.

16, see
1.

2 Pet.

4.

10.

i!

iv. 6.

Philem.

?.

NOW

C, 8.

i.

12.

4.

ii. C.

NUM

Tii.26. [TTrAt^.)
iv. 13, 16.

1.

1.

4.

QL

30

V. 1.

1.

8.

1.

Jas.

1.

iii. 6.

(No.

xi. 16

.T

21.
2i.
26.

Co/,

].

3,
1,

26 (No.

ix.

TrA.)

IV. 10.

:}.

Kob.

i.

12.
18.

ii.

"Vi.

1.

I. 30.

28

(.)

1.

Luke

1.

Bev.

xii. 7.
Til.

l>.

;;

NUM

-,

540

NUMBER WITH.

,,

down,
prefixed) to number down, i.e.
number under, or among, {non
{No.

1, ^oitl

OBE

NUESE.

see "

Acts

[noun.]

a nurser, a nurse, (from

xiii. 18,

NOURISH," No.
see Manners.

1.) (no7i occ.)

1

Thes.

ii.

7.

occ.)

be allotted or

to

NURTURE.

voted with, to count down with,

together with,
(from

to count or
down, a7id
reckon with pebbles (from
a small stone worn smooth by

water)
Acts

1.

i.

17.

Acts

2.

i.

Ejih. vi. 4.

26.

the

in

Greek by the vocative case of the

noun, and sometimes the definite
AVhen it is the translaarticle.
tion of a separate Greek word, it
is the interjection, , and is, of
course, very emphatic
Acts

Matt. sv.

28.
xvii. 17.
Mark ix. 19.
Luke ix. 41.
- xxiv. 25.

Acts

i.

Oh

OATH

^/

ii.

1, 3.

1.

ix. 20.
xi. 33.

Gal.
Jas.

also occurs in Acts

xxvii. 21,

ii.

it is

not trans-

OATH

(-S.)

an oath,

equiv. to

(<:

teas

a fence, fr07n

orig.

to shut in, restrain, and so, strictly,

denotes, that which restrains
it
from doing a thing ; hence, Lat.,

orcus, "the bourne from

traveller returns.")

Matt.

OBEDIENCE

1.

ii. 30.
xxiii. 12,

cration.

2.

2.

see Exe-

2.
1.

Heb.

sec

vi. 16, 17.

2.

vii. 20.

21

jected.

whence

21,

'',

marg.

eirenn'tig of an oath.
21 2"-, 28.
Jae. V. 12.

(be under)

to range or put under, to

pass., to be subsubordinate

(bind with an)

xiv. 7, 9.
xxvi. 72.

Mark vi. 26.

Luke i. 7.3.
Acts

xxiii.

vii. 15.

X. 5, 6.
21.
Heb. V. 8.
1 Pet. i. 2.

Philem.

,
1.

Acts

.33.

2 Cor.

[under)
Cor. xiv. 34, see
(be

asseverations on oath
the sacrifice on taking a solemn
V.

OBEDIENCE.

i. V.
V. 19.
vi. 16.
xvi. 19, 26.

no

oath.

xxiii. 21.

Eom.

the object by which one

swears, the Avitness of an oath

lo declare one to be
(devoted to destruction.)

a hearing attentively, or
listeniug; hence, obedience, as the
result of attentive hearing.

20.

where

lated.

then,

iii. 1.

1 -Lim. vi. 20.

1.

xiii. 10.

(bind with an)

Acts

xviii. 14.

Rom.

and pun ish m ents.

'eioards,

(noii occ.)

generally represented

is

the training of a child, including education and discipline ; and

consisting of teaching, admonition,

TratSeia,

,
,

Cor. xiv. 34.

OBEDIENT.

listening attentively, obedient, {occ. Acts vii. 39).

" OBKDIENCE."

see

Here,

Gen., of obedience.

1. 2.

Cor.

ii.

9.
2.

1.

Pet.

i.

14.

Phil.

i.

14.

OBE

541

OBEDIENT TO

OBEY A MAGISTRATE.

(be)

5. Tit. iii. 1.

to hear, {with the idea of

sienlth, stillness or attention in
order to answer) to listen hence,
(as the result of this) to obey.

1.

,
,

"

see

2.

OBKUIEXCE

Acts

site of "

vi. 7.

Tit.

-'.

ii.

Eph.

1.

No.

(be)

Tit.

ii.

9.

(make the gentiles)

unto.
the obedience.

Rom.

OBEY

m.

(^

C
'.i.

-^

(^

,
,

8.

(-ED, -INO.)

"OBEDIENT TO

(be),"

1.

VTTO

<;,

listening

OBEDIENCE.")
1 Pet.

i.

OBJECT

22.

[verb.]

19.

an observing beside or
near, close watching, accurate or
(See the
constant observation.
verb " OBSERVE," No. 3.)
Luke

win by
any one,

(a) Act., to persuade,

1.

self.

Acts xxiv.

OBSERVATION.

obedient.

uord.s, influence or gain

become

to

to become, )

win for one's

(see "

')

attentively,

'^,

4.

see

XV.

OBEYING.

to speak against, in public,

to accuse, combefore a court
plain of, in a judicial sense.

unto,
obedience.

C t5,

.,

4.

8.

xi. 30, morg. (text, belieue not.)

iii. 1.

2, above.

of the Gentiles.

1.

^.

OBEY,"

it)

iv. 17.

OBEDIENT
1?,

ii.

negathe oppo-

toith a,

-i,

making

Pet.

see

,
,

Rom.

vi. 5.

part.

5,

OBEDIENT UNTO

OBEY NOT.
OBEY," No.

("

tive, prefixed,

(be

under)."

1.

OBS

xvii. 20,

morg. outward show.

OBSERVE

(-ED.)

to keep an eye upon, to watch

hence, to keep, to guard to watch,
;

Medial Passive, to puffer one's

self to be persuaded or convinced,
to be persuaded in favour of any
one, yield assent to, obey or trust

(b)

,
him.

2.

a ruler,) to

viii. 27.

Mark

i.

Acts

4.

27.

4.
1.

viii. 25.

xvii. 6.
V. 29. 32.

36,marg.l>elicvo.

37.

ii.

U,

Gal.

3.

iii. 1

(.)

vi. 1.

Phil. ii. 12.

1. Col. iii. 20. 22.
1. 2 Thes. i. 8.
1.

Tit.

and see

vi. 12.
161.

16 "id.
X. 16.

xi.30,31,eeeOnot.

(No.

beside,
1, with
to liave an eye near,
watch closely, with siq^erstifions or

preserve.

l.secOatuiigie-

1.

Heb.

5.

V. 1.

1.

xi. 8.

4.

xiii. 17.

4.

Jas.

iii.

1 Pet.
1.

3.

iii. 1,

see

not.

6.

iv. 17,

see

to watch, not to sleep, to

keep watch by night; to guard,

11.

iii.

iii.

4.

trato.

uot.

with any one,

sinister intent.

V. 7.

Eph.

1.

vii. 39.

Rom.

in conjunction

prifixed)

iv. 41.

Luke

together
(No. 1, with
with, prefixed) to have an eye
to watch or keep witli any one
or with one's self.

one's advice.
Matt.

-,
upon

(Xo. 4 applied to an
obey a ruler, obey one
in authority, to obey or follow

5.

observe attentively.

not.

TToit'o),

to

make

to do.

to have mind, think; then,

to be minded, to have in mind;
regard, care for.

OBT
Matt,

1.

3 1st (om.

sxiii.

4.

Mark

5.

Acts

542

x. 20.
xvi. 21.
xxi. 25 (aj).)
i
6,
6. Eom. xiv.
(test, regard.)

G-TTrA.)

3 2
xsviii. 20.
1.
2. Mark vi. 20,
keep or save.
1.

1.

marp.

3.

4. 1

Tim.

',OBTAIN

Gal. iv. 10.

ODO

OBTAININa.

77/9, see above,

2 Thes.

V. 21.

(-KD, -iNo.)

gain

Intrans.,

unto,
1o fall out, to happen, to chance.
2. cTTLTvyxavw, (JVo.

with

1,

e-t,

upon,

to light upon, attain

aim, attain unto, acquire,

lirejixed)

,
,
one's

y7wn

3.

by

to obtain
one's self.

be strong, might}, poAverto have power over, become

master of, attain to, (a) tvith Gen.,
to lake hold of a thing or to
possess it, (b) toith Ace, to have
and hold it in one's power.

KparL), to

f ul

,
.

to talce, as with the

to lay hold of ; to receive.

6.

see

(No.

,,

\
i

Acts

(^

,
,

acquisition, oIj-

u)),

Mercy.

Hcb.

i.

xxvi. 22.
xrvii. 13.
Eom. xi. 7 '"'<:
31,")

3i),

i.

11,

Thes.

Tim. i.
Mercy.

eec

see Inherit-

8.

ii. 12.
xi. 2, see

Eeport.

2.

Jas. iv. 2.
Pet. ii. 10i, Bce

3.

2 Pet.

1
IG,

Keport.

see WitucBB.

as.
35.
39, see

2.

Mercy.

bcc

3 (ap.)

(op like)
1

<-

'

.-,

Acti? six. 25.

OCCUPr (-,

-TED.)

to be doing, 1o be
busy or occupied li7ce JEng., to
do business, i.e. to trade, traffic,

-,

(noJi occ.)

2.

to

lill

spoJcen

up,

of

e.g.

icorJc,

a chasm
to

fulfil,

perform
1.

Luke

xix. 13.

2.

OCCUPIED

77>,

to

Cor. xiv.

10.

i. 1.

(in:)

walk about, be walliing.

Heb.

viii.

lu-

V. 9.
1.3,

4,

1.

1.

lioritance.
1

10.

vi. 15.

4,

Cor. v)i.25, j Mercy.

xviii.

laimn<r.

ii.

i.

viii. 8.

2.

FOG

ix. 24.

2 Tim.

by means

agency.

'

ance.

17.
xxii. 28.

Eph.

1.

()

about,
)
u
',
,,
such
{ about
r
the things,
things.
1-1
\

roLavra, such things, )

v'

^tmtoac-

.,
^^'-^.,, a making /
rcmanioyer,alaying.^^^,^^,^-'

Jlatt. V. 7, see
l>uke rx. 35.

see Stiimb-

art, trade, craft.

taining,

,.

10,

linfT.

OCCUPATION

1.

.?5,untn,

Acts

V. 14.
ii.

OCCUPATION.
an

hence,

1.3.

Gen., through,

loith the

(liy)

2 Cor.

to find, (without seelciiig)

to meet witli, light upon also, to
iind bg search or enq^dry, discover
Jlid., to find for one's self, obtain.

Tim.

Johu

of, in reference to

to grasp, seize upon.

9.

of

OCCASION OF

),

8.

V. 12.

viii. 8,

hand;

6, imth
down, prefixed) to take, to receive with the idea of eagerness,
lay hold of, seize with eagerness,

7.

Gal. V.

vii. 8, 11.

xiv. 13, see Fall.

to have

lot,

to get for one's self, to

acquire, to procure by purchase or
otherwise, to posi?ess.

5.

Rom.
2 Cor.

occ.)

fall to

4.

OCCASION.

a mark or object. Trans., to attain

i.e. to obtain,,

U.

that from which anything proceeds, a starting place, base of

operations means, material, apparatus for beginning or accomplishing any thing ; hence, occasion,
opportunity, (non occ.)

to hit, to strike, to reacn

1.

iVb. 9.

ii.

xiii. 9.

ODOUR.

odour; in N.T.,
only of fragrant odour, liy llelir,
odour of fragrance,
6.
sweet odoui, as accompanying an
smell,

?,

acceptable sacrifice.

2.

,
1.

1.

OP

543

Rev.

V. 8,

marg.

(vi.)

" which
11)

Eev.

of peace.

xviii. 13.

half of
TO

OF

'') '

of comhinations ivith
words, see below.)

my

goods.
(Rev.

yrjs,

',
^,

other

The tracing out

more frequently, however, the

translation of the Genitive caseoi
the noun indeed, in most of the
references not quoted below. The
Genitive signifies motion from, and
answers the question, lohence?

When

[In interpreting the \vord of as the

translation of the Genitive case,
great care Avill be necessary, as
sometimes important conclusions
may result. The interpretation
will, as a rule, come under one of
the following heads

5\<

(,

ToO

h<.

2.

7rc/)t,

i.

1)

(a)

around
Matt.

.'].

(1

John

'), ^the

Gen itivo of ClMraclcr or Quality

',
,
- -,
((,

ii.

2)

denoting motion
hence, denoting
cause or occasion; from, on account

under.

(a)

{"character-

ised h\j.")

(Eph.

4,

with Gen., under and separate

from, denoting that from which the
fact, event, or action springs, and
inarlcing the agent ; hence, hj, (the
agent or ej/icienf cause.)

tBRtimony (borne

vioi

iii.

away from,

of.

4.

(Rev. xix. 10, etc.) )

to) Jesus, nlj.
the testimony of the testimony (borne
Jesus, i.e.
(^
by) Jeeus, sui.
(iii.)

around and towards;

about (ofijlaee).
about his loins.

(pf2)lace'),

from the exterior;*

ohjeri, e.g.

LovoofGod.(foi(s),sii7).
ii.lC, etc.) S (our) Love of God, ohj.

around and separate

about, concerning, on be-

half of.

servant of Jesus

>

money.

of

around.

(b) with. Ace.,

and other Genitives may denote

either tho anhject or the

of cold

sum

icith Gen.,

from

ChrLst.

a^yamj

2) a cup

opp. io Ko. 0.)

(Phil. iv. 7) the peace of

Xp, (Rom.

X.

vii. ]C)

out of, fiTim among, {a prep.

govcrmng onh/ tlie Gen. case, and
deiiotinrj mouonivorw the interior ;*

'J.'Lis

the

of these folio-wing

-,

'.',

Goc

xix. 8)

the third of

" OF " 7.9 the translation of a

separate Greek word, then it is one

of Origin (" ^''rnceeding from,"

"bc.^itowed by.")
efr/ot'
(1 Thos. i. ") worTc of faitli.
(Rom. XV. 4) COUlfort of the Scriptures.

fip^iT)

7)

of the various meanings of the word " op " as the

translation of the Genitive case,
will prove an unfailing and increasing source of interest to the
Bible student.]

The Gf iiitivo

Gemfive ot Poasexswn, ("of or helongtng io")

(Mark i. 29) house of Simon.

(Matt.

(Acts

oiKia.

(Luke

viii.

water.

is

(ii.)

iv.

the bond

sisting of.")

frequently part of the translation of a Greek verb or some case

of a noun, or i^art of some phrase.
References to most of these will
be found below, or in the list of
words at the foot.

^,

iv. 3)

the land,
Genitive of the Contenti, ("full of," "con-

(viii.)

is

(i.)

(Rom.

circumcision.

Genitive of Pnrfition (" part of.")

OF.

OF

is ")
sifrn of

the

(Eph.

(vii.)

(JPor list

<
-,
,

Genitive of ylpposition, ("consisting of";

in-

cense.

2.

OP

incense burnt in worship

Joliu xii. 3.
Phil. iv. 18.

children of dis-

obedience,

(Luke

svi. S)

(b) with

toward

of unrighteousness.

(iv.) Ge-'iitive

of the
(fizinp.")
1

(v.)

Ruling rmicijile, ("oncr5.

(Rom.

viii.

,3)

tho

.kencse of sinful flesh.

"poi'tjiiDindr t^).")

(Mark

i.

i) b.aptism of

I'epcntance.

resurrection of tho dead,

i.e. of dearl persons.
[This must bo carolully distinfniished from tho u.so of tho
vtKpuiv,

jprcp. tV,

"out

of,"

beside.

and proceedfrom ;* from beside, from

(ii.'ted of persons, as No. 3 is of

(a) with Gen., beside

Genitive of Eclalion, ("in ropard or resjiect

to";

Aec, under and towards

under, close upon.

"from

<;."

'.\-

the rcHurrcotion (not

bf " the dead ") but of others out of, from
lunonp the dead. For further examples
^consult the references below.

ing

places.)

(b) with Dat., beside

side of, with, near.

and

at

at the

is

(()

with Ace, to, or alongside of,

beside.

OF
6.

Ittl,

upon.

Ta)

ivith Gen., iipou

,.

OP

with, (locally, implying assoand thus distinguished

with, lohicli implies confrom
junction or co-operation.)

13.

on,

544

upon

/ACTtt,

ciation,

and proceeding
over

on, as on

basis.

(a)

(b) ivifh

upon and

JDat.,

npon, in addition

to,

resting

on account

Ace,

(b) vjith

loitJi

14.

motion)
7.

vTrep,

sence

to (implijing intention.')

[*

over.

Gen., over

(a) ioith

from

before, in front, in pre-

of.

The difference between the

meanings of Nos. 1 (ck), 2
and 5
may be thus

{No. 2)
K {No. 1)

Matt.

time, place, or

of

element;

16

among the sphere in ivhich the

subject is concerned, as dwelling or
acting in.
;

9.

19,

with a view to

into, to, unto,

with respect to a certain

order to for, towards.

10

5 '">, 6

18 2nd, 20

ii. 4'-nd, 7.
15 2nd, 16

16

iii.

1.

4a-

result, in

4a.-

Matt.

1.

xxii. 35.
xxii. 42 1st.

2a.
4a.

xxiii. 7.
25 3rd

1.

34 tw
4a.
3.

xxiv.

Dat.

1.

36 1st.
XXV. 2, 8.

1.

xxvi. 21.
2^ 2nd.
27, 29 1st.

2a.

vi. 1 it,

(b) ivith

Ace, down towards

upon or along
cording

3rd.

73, see Of (some)

xxvii 9 3id, sec Of
(they)

37.
42.

with Gen., do^vn from against,

in opposition to, {ppp. of No. 7.)

Dat. case.

2iid,

5b.

u.arg.

unth.

12.
21, 241st.

1.

29

(^ivith

idea of sepa-

xvi. 6

11

V. 26.

27
29 ind, :n,
4H2na.

3.

vi.

6b.
2a.

vii. 6. 25.

52.
28.
viii. 1\.

15

xvii. 12 2nd.
13.

25

312mi&3ra (No.

1st,

3rd,

A:

)11,

G ~L TTr AW.]

6c.

ix. 121st,

1.

17.
X. 10.

2a.

1.

XI. 14,

3.

xii.

-Trpo's,

(a)

toAvards, in the direction of.

loith

favour

Gen.,

hitherwards
in
Acts xxvii. 3i.)

Ace,

hitherwards,

'

xix. 12 1st.
XX. 20 1st, see
of (for the)

202nd (No.

TTr

to-

regard
I

1.

Sake
3,

45.

20 {om. Tri' H.)

21 2nd.

1.

23, 25 Is.'
69, 70, see

3.

4a.
1
irt.

32.
xiv. 18.

2a.

1st.

252nd, 26, 31

^,2.

28.

1.

A.)
232nd.

xxi. 11
\

xiii. 13.

3.

2a.

30 2nd,
.

la.

13 twice.
l-pnd.
19 2nd.

23 2nd

Avards, in reference to, in

to

xviii. 12.

of, {pec.

(b) with Dat., resting in a direction towards

at. close by.
(c) ivith

i:;.

2 1st, 38.
41twic

1.

12,

30.

3.

4a,

12 1st A 2nd,

1'

2a.
1st.

1st,

3ra.

19

iv.

4a.
2a.

3.

Ace, througli, as tending

on account of, owing:
to
denoting the reason or ground
of an action.

g 2nd, 13.

-.

2b.

5a.

(b) xcith

M.

30
u. 3

3.

ing from through, by means of;

denoting the instrument ofan action.

48.

3ra,

i.

3.

(a) w'ith Gen., through, as proceed-

ist,

57.

Mark

ki.

ration.)

towards

3.

4a.
2a.

to.

ha, through,

4a.

3.

down

throughout, ac-

9.

32.

2a.

down.

see Of

(some)

4.

6,

9.

22

(om.

Trb A.)

1st.

2nd.

13, 14.
iv. 1 'w'<;e
v.'l3.
22 1st & 2nd,

4a.-

1st,

3rd.

from the circumference.

from the centre.]

1.

(a)

11.

3,

i.

'-nd,

from beside (tangent.)

(No. 5)

Ace, over and towards

beyond, above.
in,

(),

further illustrated

(b) with

v,

after.

(),

and separate

of, on behalf of, (as though

hending over to piloted, etc.,) for
the sake of, in reference to.

8.

and from

with
Gen., with
together with.

of.

Ace, upon, by direction towards up to, upon (icith implied

(c)

(one)
IV. 43

--xvi.12 11

2a. Luke
1.

1st.

45.

(uji)
'

(aj,.)

1.

1.

5 Urd &

5ll

1,

27

1'

OF
i.

Lnke

Lb)

61.
u. 4 1". 35.
iii. 7i"'

1.

4a.
1.

8.

2a.

15.

2a.

14

3.

15.

1.

1'

1.

U'"'", 45 "h

5a.

37. 18

-'nJ

27.

..Acts

22,

52.

30
-35.

see

1,

TrA

261".

2a.

3 1".

311

xxviii. 21 1",

Out
2a.
5a.

Nothing.

5a.

39, see
45 -nd,

1.

51 1", 60, 64, 65,

.16.

1.

8.
1.

Geo

2.

vii. 7, 131st,

171"

17--ind.

29"l,seeO(out)

3.

29 -nJ, 43.

1.

173rd, 18.
19,22 tw>cc,o5-2,i.

i!

3l'.

21 2nd

2a

Eom.

O.l

15

48

1.

1.

4|.

6, 13.
1.

25.
2nd.

1.

57.

1.

xiv. S'wioc.
28.
32,

Con-

see

1.

2a.

XV. 4"'
xvi. 2 1"

1.

1.

4a.
3.
3.

91".

xvii.7(om. Tri>),15.
20 1"
25.
xviii. 3.
17. 25,

see

Of

3.
1.

XX. 42nd,

6.

10 1, 46.
xxi. .iiteiiSrJ.

2a.

twice.

5a.-

1"

1.

19,

1.
1.

37 1" A

4S, 46, -19.

51.
xii.

6b.
3.

211"

2a.

41.
49.

2a.

1.

23, 50l, 58.

6a.

59 2nd.

3.
1.

2a.

16.

1.
1'

181"

71.
xxiii. 81"
8 2nd.

22i 24.
xiv. 21.

3.

XV. 4.

1.

18,(o)ii.if

1.

5a.
2a.

7, 8.

2a.

26

2iid.

13Ut_2nd,4lh,46lh.
It 2nd.
15.

LL

:$5

19, 25.
-XVll.

16

12

f<.)

Ijl

1".

twice.

xviii. 9.

19 ", 23.

292nd.
8 twice, 12

xi.

30(No.la,GrjL

4a.

20.

15twice. IGtwlcf.
2ttwice.

::lv.

1.

XV. 6 2nd.
15 2iid.
17.

6b.
xvi. 171".
4a.2 Cor. i. 4.
7a.
7 i'.
7a.
8 1" (No.

4a.
3.

twice.

twice.

32.

4a.

10.

27

U.

28 twice.

1.

,.

21.

';

17.

1.

10a.

112nd, 12.
14

.)

M.)
7 2n.I, 131!,

X. 4.
9 2nd, 10 2nd.

1.

4a.

xxiii. 6 2nd.

11 twice

71" (om.

ix.

1.

xxii. 10.

Tr

6.

Com-

16

14, 15.

25 2nJ.

1.

1.

21.

5a.-

83rd,9eeOf(one)

xvi. 5.

7.

viii. 3.

1.

pany.

13

17,800 Of (some)

vii. 6.

1.

4a.
4a.

1.

3 liiiui.

19 2nd.

10b.

4a.

15.

1.

53rd.
vi. 12.

3.

TrA

Tr

19

;',

(.)

iv.

30.
xxi. 81", see

1.

Sa L>>TTr

t2ind

ii.

XX. 2421.1.

5ik

.)
i.

2"d.

14.

2a.John

GL

12 2nd.
12 3rd.
3 twice.

1.

4a.
4a.

1.

xviii. 151", 25 2nd.

_83Hmot,9,10,ll.

2a.

oftUem,

13''rd.

19.

2a.
4a.

xiiv. 13.

3.

261".
32

HI".

i. 111".
301".
302nd.

3.

xix.l31't{Kai, u!jo,

.xiii.

52,scoO(them)
1.

xvi. 10,

1.

3rd.

242nd.
30.
xxii. 3

Tr.

(ov.

9.

17.
18.

1.

2a.l Cor.

-xvi. 4, 6 2nd, 143rd.

xvii. 4 1".
9 1".
12 1".
13 1".

t^.)

14.

xv" 14 1".
15 2iid.

4a.

2a.

5.

11a.
2a.
4a.

3.

13 twice.

(No. 4a,

Tr A
-nd.

32nJ.
xiv. 122nd.

2a.
let.

26.
41.
xi.

.3.

C-.

1.

20.

3.

I,

21.
xiii. 1 it

G
4a.

2a.-

16,see Of (some)

3.

3,

162ml.

1.

3.

4a.
3.

L Tr

34 1".
381".
38 2nd, 41, 42
45 1".

Ist.

,1.

la.

4a.

13.
X. 1.

14(<iii.}
16.
18 1"
2nd.

1 3. 1.

ix. 2 1".

22 3rd.
33 (No.

(.

xii.l6i",8eeMinil.
102nd, see Low
estate.

17.

a.-

(one.)
1.

& 3id 46

61", 62nd
14, 36.

18,
33.

4a.-

33.

1'.

timei.

see Of him.

40,Ree Of (some)
X.

18

6a.-

ditions.
1.

343

61", 161"

ix.

5a.2a.-

iiii. 1.

1.

22

viii.

AH.)
Is:

X. 5, 6.
xi. 2.

1.

<'

42.

V. 16.

1.

28.
40.
41 2nd.

44
_ 46
47

20.

4 twice.

3rd.

ix. 5, 62nd, 112.1,1

*3rd, 21, 24 twice, 30.

8.

1"

5a.-

53.
xii. 1 3rd,

iv.

1.

2nd.

3. -

17, 23.

29 2nd 4 3rd.

and,

twice.

2a.5a.-

16.
27, 49 ""<iio'srd, 51 3rd.

23 13,14, 18

26
26

_viii.

iL's.ISI

3I".

i.

ii.

10b.

39
421", 44,
40
48i", 50, 52<"icc-

'

22.

1.

Ill'

see

of.

12, 14 1", 16 1<

1.

X.

lit.

+.

3.

70, 71 3rd.

xxvii. 2 2nd, 5

10b.

vi. 8, 11, 13, 26.

'

(out)

3-"(.
Tr A .

17, 18, 22 3rd.

2nd.

26.

xxvi. 2, 6 2nd, 7
22 (No. 3, L
.)

332nd.
i.

-'"1

2a.

29.

1, 25.
26.
xxv.9,19ie,20i'i.
20 nd.

2a.
4a.
5a.

24

36

10.

22

9.

1.

i.

ii.

19,301"

U.

inJ-

viii. 21><-

nt,

31. 32 ice,
2nd, 37, 39.

5a.

3rd.

21

2a.
4a.

8 2nd.

1.

242nd.

V.

3.

2a.

3.

2a.
4a.

10.
24.

14

13,

1.

34.
vii.

5a.
2a.

9-'"-

29 1".

311.

34ind.
xxiv. 8 i".

381"
XX. 24.
xjci. 2 1".

39 Slid.

5a.
2a.

xxiii.

1.

3.

xix. 2.

iv. 7.

5a.

13,17 3ra, 30

vi.

Acts

2a.

36 twi, 37.
15 twice.
21 1, 25.
iii. 1 1", 5 ' * 2nd,
'*"", 8, 31 '"ice'

15 2nd.

3.

it.

31ind.

47.

'29l',seeTlirust.
3.

xviii. 26
34 1".

2'"!

36

V. 15 1"-

2a.

Johu

16.

1.

2t, 35, 40.

2.

6a.

Juhii

1.

OF

iv. 2.

3.

35

i.
<*>

8.

545

4a.

2:i,

Tr N.)
161". see Out of.
lesnd.

u. 3 1".
6.

OP
2 Car.

8,

12.

ii.

17 2nd & 3rd.

1_

5irt
5 2nd&3id.

3.

;">.

3!

18

1.

iv. 7
V. 4.

4a.

18

1.

3'

4 -d,

14.

19 1".

viii.

1.

ix. 2 2"<i, 3.
7.

3.

X. 7.

7a.

1.

iv. 1 2nd.

2a.
4a.

Tr

ii.

vii. 2l5t.

4,51".

4a.

7.

vii. 4 2nd,

1. -

12l3t.

&

13 1st.
13 2nd.
14 ist, see

71st_3rd, &5tli, 81st,:ird'

6c.-

&

X. 72nd.

1.

xi.

Of him-

32nd.

6b.
2a.

4.

3.

13.

9,
twice.

&i

1.

20,

S.

for.

ki.

Eph.

8 twice.

81",

ii.

8.

15.
iv. 1 1'.

4a.

V.

30

1.

2..d 4:3rd

(ap.)

vi. 8.
5a.
11a. Phil. i. 15 t'icc.
16, 171st.
1.

28

3.

3rd.

29, see Belialf,

ii. 13.

7a.
I.

Isi

3rd.'

4:

4a.

12.
iv. 2,

r,:i.

1.

3.
3.

see Mind,

10.

4a. 1
2a.
1.

i.

9.

112nd.

i.

ii.

1.

iv.

2a. 2 Pet.

5a.
.J-a.

5a.
2a.

iv. 1.

-'a.

v. 1.

Tim.

71st.

1.

2a.
8.

Titus

i.

ii.

10, 12
8it.

8 2nd.
5 1*.

iii.

Matt. xxvi.

John

Mark xiv.

Acts

73.
69, 70.

OF
&

4th

Matt,

5th,

1st.

jolin

ix. 40.
xvi. 17.

16.

ii.

10.

twice,

1st,

OF

L
K,

iv. 1, 2 2..d,
twice, 6 1st

3
ft

sec

"of,"

()

iVo. 1.

1st,

Rev.

2nd,

iii. 9.

twice, 13.

V. 1 twice, 4.

1.

1.

^^9 4th,
10 2nd.
15 (No. 3,
W.)
18 twice, 19.

John
John

Jude

OF

L
1.

4.

11.
121'.

2,

3.

Ik, see

,
2.

"of,"

Mutt, xxvii.

9.

(thet)

JVo. 1.

see " OF,"

12 2nd.

No.
|

3.
1.

Rev.

li. 9.

l.i'wic.

171.

Eev.

1.

ii.

5i(om.

OLT

W.)
71.

10

I't,

see

(some)
1.

xviii. 17, 25.

xxi. 8.

(some)

Rev.

1.

1.

of,"

iv. 9, 12.

ixili. Sltwice.

Luke xxi.

.)

TrA
1.

of, (see "

1.)

eK, see " OF," JVo. 1.

22 (So. 3,

2a.
5a.

1.

(one)

2" J.

27

4a.
2a.
4a.
2a.
4a.

OF

Col.

16

iii.

1.

2a. 2 liin. i. .3.

13 2ad, 18.
5a.

ssiii, 51.

from among, out

103'-d, 12, 19.

131st.

Luke

29.

1!

Tr

iii.

OF THEM,
of them, (emphatic.)

m.

timej^ 21."
27l''t.

1.

4,

ii.

ix. 20.

5.

1.

6 2nd.

ix. 18.

OF HIMSELF.

12.

ii.

6.

iii.

(emphatic^

liiuiself,

see above.

,
K, of,

16.
i. 1 1st.

John

3.

5a.

*a.2 Thos.

of

12.

iii.

4.

5a.

i.

ii.

2a.
2a. 1

2a.

6 2nd 4Srd.
132nd.
142nd *3rd.

3.

15 1st, 21 2nd.
xxi. 61st, 21 1st.
xi'x.

11 2nd.

8.

3.

4.
61't.

-ith.

15.

iii.

3twi.

ii.

1.

3rd, i:5th,

OF HIM.

42nd.

19 3

9i't.

4a.

),

231st.
4i5t.

1.

4a.
5b.
2a.

181t.

Thos.

lOt'ice.

2a. 1 Pet.

1.

22.
7lt.
iii. 241t.
iv. 111st.

I.

3.

1" & 5th^

iii.
'J

7.

iii. 4, 6 3rd.
iv. 1.
V. 42nd.
19.

8.

12 2nd.

12

1st.

14.
ii. 9.
16.

1.
3.

iii.

1.

marg.

Ist^

13.

4a.

9.

l3t,

of.

xvii. 1 1st, 11.

xviii. 3 1st, 4 3rd,

Heb.

5 2nd.

5 2nd,

i.

3.

1.

15.
vi.

1.

ist.

15

4a.
4a.

V. 8.

1.

re-

xiii. 24.

5a. Jas.

marg.

23 '*'".

1.

marg. to.
1st,
marg.

from.
3.

9.

til.

7a.

32

xii. 3,

3.

2nd.

iv.

Out

see

11 3rd.

231st.

4a.
2a.
4a.

twice.

1.

1.

1st.

17

4a.

22

inemhcr.)

10l",12.

13

5,

Ist, :!rd, &.5ch

John

18,

(vrith

1st.

iii.

of,

t^.)

122nd.'
3rdj

5th, 9,'i3.
viii.

112nd.

1st

7 2nd.

12, 15.

Tr

1st.

2nd.

2a.

ii. 6.

71,
16

18
4

5ch,

Out

viii. 1 1st.
ix. 5 2ud.

13

14

12c.
2a.

1.

V.

another out

fK,

3.

20, see

Of

see

& 2nd.
vi. list &3rd.
13 2nd.

self.

9,

iii.

181st.

vi. 9.

6b.2a.-

1.

xii. 6.

xiv. 81st, 10
XV. 7 1st.
xvi. 7 {om.

(them)

11 1.

9. -

1.

GL

.)
21 22.

2a.

3.

3.

to eat of,

27'3"d.'

10 1st.

4,

Bev.ix. 20 2nd, 21 * times.

xi. 9, see Of (they)

17 (om.

ii.

4, 8.

2a..
Is'

vii.

7a.
4a.

1.

11.
iii. 131'.

OP

Rev.

lOb.Philem. 14.
12c.Heb. i. 71'.
1.

iii. 2.

4a.

546

10 3nd, 11.

Of

Sec

ACCOUNT, ask, because, BETWEEN, UlCWARE, CHARGE, COMPASS TON, WAYS, KEMAND, URINE,
EXAMPLE, FALL, FULL, OLOBY,

also,

'

OFF

547

GUILTY, HAVOC, IGNOEANT, KNOW,

NECESSITY, NOTIIIXG, OCCASION, OUT, EEASON,
EESPECT, SHOUT, SIGHT, SPACE,
SPEAK, STOP, TELL, TIME.

-,

OFFEXCE

?:, MEANS,

See

"

1611,

,
'

afae, break, cast, cut, fall

FAR, put, putting, REND, SEe'
SHAKE, SMITE, TAKE, WAT,

^,

a trap-stick,

i.e.

a crooked

?,

2.

-,

esp.,

a cause

stumbling.

ot"

(TOiB of)

falling into sin.

springs the trap, a trap, gin, snare

?(?(?, anythiii-^Mvliicli one strilies,
or stumbles against, a stiunbling;

offence, ^ (see
[below.)

1 Cor. X. 32.

Acts

sr.iv. 16.

OFFENCE

(-S.)

stick on toltich a hait is fastened,

tvhich, being struck hy the animal,

bloek

of

void

become.

not stumbling, not causor Fass., not

ing to stumble

of.")

also,

OFFENCE

1.

I ytVo/xat, to

(give none)

OFFENCE

OFF.
tK, see "

OF," No. 1.
Mark xi. 8, (in a.v.

OFF

(without)

see above.

Phil.

10.

i.

OFFEND

1.

(-ED.)

to lay a snare for, set a

trap for hence, to cause to stumble or fall, to give offence or
scandal to anyone.
;

a mis-fall, mis-hap, a
falling aside from right, truth, or
duty, tltrouqJi ignorance, inadvertence, or negligence.
2 is the lapse towards sin,
vhile iVo. 3 is the coiupleted act
'. 2 is sin rashly comof sin.
mitted as by one who is unwilling
to do it, while in No. 1 the act is
expressed which he
does it
does willingly, whether he errs
from passion, or from improperly
thinking that he is doing right.]

2.

-,

to stumble against, fall over;

to strike the foot against and fall,

\_No.

3.

and

note.)

against

a stumbling, a being
ofFeudtd.
In NT., offence, cause
of Btumblinii.
Matt. xvi. 23.
4. Rom. xiv. 20.
xviii. 7:iiiinci.

Luko

xvii. 1.
xxiv. IC,

Soiii. iv.
V.

5.

2 Cor.

3.

xi. 7.
Gill. V. 11.

eeo

'25.

15', 16, 17,

Cor.

1.

Pliil.

X. 32,

i.

out)
1.

Johu

xvi. 1.

57.

3.

Acts XXV.

XV. 12.

1.

Rom.

1.

svii. 27.
xviii. 6,8,9.
xxiv. 10.

1.
1.
1.
1.

or

iv. 17.

marg.

caxise
[to o/cnd.

2.

21 {cm.

<<-

offended or i

tceak,

Trmbj^.)
1

Cor.

13 "">,

viii.

(make
1.

8.

y.iv.

,
made

xxvi. 31, 33 "'.

Mai-k

23

vi. (il.

to)

2 Cor. xi. 29.

Jas. ii. 10.
jii 2 tflco.

see

OFFEND

1.

ICor.

(make to)
viii.

OFFENDETII
see "

Matt.

13''

(thing that)

OFFENCE," No.

xiii. 41,

1.

morg. scandal.

(give

uouo)

ix. 33.

LL

xvi. 17.

1.

'

1.
1.

is

7(///, the thing struck

18. 20.
1.

that)

vii.

xvii. 2.

1.

(thing

1.

15.

2,

Luke

1.

-l;!,

No.

xiv. 27, 29.

1.
1.

41, see

sin.

Markix.Cmarff.canie
'" o'inid.

xiii. 21.

1.

and vicious,
by nature

in itself evil

1.

o'Teiid.

xi. 6.

1.

is

'

30.

1.

which

(void of)
-.

cause to

marij.

29,

V.

ix. 12.

Acts
2.

Matt.

vi. 3.

1.
1.

swerve from the truth gen., to

1.

1.

bg any one, a stumbling-o/oeX.'.

1.

\'(,\ miss the mark, err from,

1.

in us, {see

5.

3.

aberration from prescribed

laws, innate vice, not merelij the
vicious act, but, the very corruption of the soul itself.
Not the
mere incitejnent to sin, but, that

the corruption which

4.

trip.

IPet.

ii. 8.

vi. 3.

10,

soc

OFFENDER
(with-

(he an)

aoLKiw, to violate right, act unjustly.

Acts XXV.

11.

;;

OFF

OFFER

2.

OFFERING-

(-ED, -I.NG.)

to bear or bring to or
place or person, bring
hence, to offer, present.

\\& any

near to

ava, up, pre-

(iVo. 1, ivith

Jixed, instead of

OFF

, .^

548

an

1.

bear upwards, carry up of sacriplace upon the altar, i.e. to

;

fices,

2.

Luke

1.

Acts

esp.,

to

gifts

Eoni. XV. 16, see

xxi. 4.
xxi. 26.

Eph.
Heb.

1.

xxiv. 17.

1.

opp.

and

a gift, present,
dedicated to God.

2.

towards) to

oblation

without blood;

(strictly,

[noun.]

(-s.)

offering,

1.

up.

V. 2.
X. 5, 8, 10, 14, 18.

offer up.

/,

to give, bestow
up, yield.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1.

upon

/,

{No. 3, loitTi im, upon,

jyrefxed) to give upon, i.e. in
addition to, to give over, deliver
over into another s hands.

1.

-,

11,

ii.

Phil.
2 Tim.

marg.

V.

-ii.

viii. 4.

Heb.

1.

3.

V. 1, 3.

Trpa^ts,

done;

V. 14.

1.

up.
see
vii. 27, see
up.
viii. 3 '!<;, 4.

vi. 29.

1.

ix. 7, 9, 14, 25, 28.

Lukei. 8,

xi. 12.

1.

x.l, 2,8,11,12 i)art.

2.

Acts

1.

xi. 4.
1.

Eom.

2.

xiii. 15.

17,

viii. 18.

Jas.

2.

xvii.
31,
(text, to give.)
xxi. 26.

Eev.

3.

Heb. VI.
vi. 7 part.
part
.27",27-' part.

1.

Heb.

2.

Pet.

pour

out, to

see

up.

3,

marg.

xi.
ii.

l?'"'".
17
5.

(be)

out one'a

ii.

17,

a doing, action, something

also, something to be done,

9,

see Priest.

i. 20, marg. (te.xt,

Bislioprick.)

xi. 13.

Heb.

,
,
,

vii. 5,

3.

Eom.
1

xii. 4.

Tim.iii. l.see Bishop.

10, 13,

see Dea-

cou.
see Priesthood.

OFFICER

(-S.)

an under- rower, a common

stable, beadle.

self,

marg. iioured forth.

au exaclor, collector, i.e.

public officer who coHccted
debts, fines, or penalties, (nonocc.)
a

1.

1.

OFFERED

business, office, function.

2.

in-

Hence, gen., one

seamen.)
does service under the direction
of any one, esp., of magistrates, e.g.
a lictor or officer, like Eng., con-

one's blood, to offer one's self.

Phil.

implying

visitation,

sailor, (as disi i nguishcdfrom

make a libation.

Jlere, mid., to j)our

i.e.

5,

viii.

UP.

OFFERED
to

ii.

add.

OFFER

up.

21 part.

ii.

1 Pet.

marg.

see

OFFICE.
service, serviceable labour,

vi. 7,

xxiii. 36.
Acta vii. 41.
42.

UP.

XV. 16.

spection and tender guardiansliip

then, of the duty of visiting and
inspecting the ofiice of an

17, see

(he)
iv.
6, see
(ready to be)
ii.

2.

to liold near to any one, to

hold out near or beside any one,
su as to present or offer anything.

Matt.

Eom.

attendance, ministry; every labour

that is a service benefiting others
is a SiaKovia.

to lead up, conduct or bring

up, as a sacrifce to the altar, hence,
to offer sacrifice.

Mark i. 44.
Luke ii. 24.

1.

OFFERINa
1.

picnent unto.

2.

render

(be eeadt to be)

Matt.

1.

V. 25.

Luke xii. 581"'".

John vii. 32, 45, 46.

John

1.

1.

Acts

xviii. 3, 12, 18, 22.

xix. 6.
v. 22, 26.

OFFSCOURING.

see above.
2 Tim.

See

iv. 6.

also, idol,

wkono.

scrapings from all round,

(from 7///), to \vipe or scrape
all round; scum, liltli, (non occ.^
1

Cor.

iv. 13.

OFF

549

genus, race, offspring, posterity.

,
,
,

xrii. 28, 29.

Rev.

1.

xxii. 16.

^
'^'

OFT.
many times,

often.
(

much.

2.

3
1.

w-ith the

3.

tcith

,,

i.e.

fist,

diligently,

hence,

OLD

OFTENTIMES.

OFFSPKING.

Acts

1.

rulhing
sedu-

lously, carefully.

[An ancient interpretation of Mark

vii. 3, makes it as meaning up to

many

,
,
Luke
Rom.

many,

xvii. 15.
xviii. 21,

Mark

vii.

mart,'.

3,

diiigcntiy.

,
,

2.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

as

xi. 23.

Tim. i.
Heb. vi.

16.

Matt,

Mark

(as)

how

times ?

often ?

xi. 25.

xvl. Gi

Heb.

i.

Rev.

9.

vi. 6.

xviii. 13.

(-S.)

occ.)

Luke

[t<.)

7.

GLTTr A

Mark

vii. 37,

xi. 2.

xii.

xiv. 3, 4.

Rev.

,46.

xxiii. 56.

Jobn

12.

3"'", 5.

xviii. 13.

OFTEN.
many

times, often.

1 Cor.

see

37,

xi. 26,

see

4.

1.
1.

2 Cor. xi. 26,27''.

Phil. iii. 18.

2.

34,

see

1.

1.

OFTEN
how many

xxiii. 37.

Luke

OFTEN AS
see "

OFT AS (as)

1 Cor. xi. 26.

(as)
"

OFTENER

an old man, (non

1.

occ.)

Rom.

vi. 6.

1.

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

1.

Eph.

1.

Col. iii. 9.
3. 2 Pet. i. 9.

i. 6, see Age.
V. 36"", 37, 39.

2.

ix. 8. 19.

4.

Jobn
vii.

iii.

4.

1.

V. 7, 8.
iii.

14.

iv. 22.

1.

2.

ii.

John

2.'{,

SCO Forty.

1.

I'i.

[Ireil.

2.

Rev.

see Hun-

2.

iv. 19,

5.
ii.

?'*

xii. 9.

XX. 2.

xi. 6,

(the)

26.

long ago, of old, already long.

ii.

Acts
xxi.
Rom.

(romp, o/*" OFTEN," iVb. 2.)

Acts xxiv.

Luke

2.

Rev.

3.

old, as having existed formerly, of former days, of old time.

16, see Year.

ix. 16, 17.
1.
1. Markii. 21ti'^', 22.

xiii. .34.

see helow.)

as having existed a
hence, old, Avorn out,

(,

Matt.

times ?
|

2.

4. yepwv,

(how)

old,

long time ;
decayed, etc.

as

Tim. v. 23.
Heb. ix. 25, 26.

OLD.

(For various combinations,

neut. pi. of No. 2, frequently.

'',

Luke

Jas. V. 14.

fumed), (non
9 (om.

Cor.

(bow)

3, 4, 8.

OINTMENT

Matt. xxvi.

33.

xiii.

Matt,

(ne)

Mark v.
Luke v.

{non occ.)

oil,

any ar-omatic balsam, distiJUng

itself from a tree or plant, esp.,
myrrh. In iV.T., ointment (per-

however often,

(l.v,

(bow)
1.
3.

OIL.
olive

Rev.

xviii. 21.

ix. 22.

xviii. 2.

Mark vi. 13.

Luke vii. 46.

adj., thick, firm, solid, close

Matt, xxiii.

times, often.

xvii. 15.

Matt. XXV.

together; hence, frequent, often.

3.

X. 11.

OFTTIMES.
many

(now)

OFT AS
how many

7.

how many times ? how often?

,
,

Heb.

1.

Roin.xv.22,maiv.(tert,
2 Cor. viii. 22. [mwih.)

X. 34.

OFT?

N.T., with
so often as.

2.

1.

1.

Ill

1.

Acts. xxvi. 11.

(as)

(how)
3.

1.

1 Cor. xi. 25, see

see

times,
{emphatic.)

j
I

Jobn

Matt. ix.Uiom.LTt*.)

1.

many

many,
times,

the elhow.'\
2.

[times.l

13.

i.

many

these

viii. 29.

,
Matt.

times, often.
")

the,

1.

-,

OLD
\o

(be)

grow or bccomc

(occ. Ileb. viii. 13.)

old,

OLD
2.

, to
years,
John

2.

550

have, [here, to have so many

i.e. to be so many years old.]

viii. 57.

Jolm

1.

1.

xxi. 18.

2.

,
,
John

OLD TIME (m
:4, when, whenever,

the)

Luke

1.

see "

3rii.

old (be)," No.

33.

OLD TIME
2 Pet.

i.

OLD
marg.

21,

OLD
to

let

become

old,

',
,
,

grow old, vax old,

become antiquated.

man

i.

2.

IS.

2 Pet.

iii.

,
,

out

of, jare-

3.)

ii.

Jude

Matt.

(.
G LT

-7
of old time,

1,

4.

Matt.
Acts XV.

2.

,
,

Tr

5,

2.

a field or Avild olive tree,

oleaster, (this tree bears no fruit.)
Bom.

?,

21.

1.

1.

No.

Matt.

old

(see

tilings,

" old,"

2.)

liii. 52.

'

2.

xi. 17.

2 Cor. v. 17.

IS

WILD.

see above.
xi. 24.

OLIVES.
an olive tree. To opos

Mount

/,

of Olives, i.e. the hill

on tlieeast side of Jerusalem, and
separated from it by the valley of

the

the,

(wild)

OLIVE TEEE AVHICH

h<i ihein.

.)

neut.pl. q/""OLD," No.

(good)

xi. 24.

OLIVE TEEE

1.)

OLD THINGS.

xi. 4.

occ.)

Eom.

1.

Eev.

OLIVE TEEE

(non

V. 33.

1.

12.

(of)

OLD," JVo.

used

OLIVE TEEE.

xi. 17, 24.

Eom.

V. 21.

iii.

tree, also

yielding fine oil, and hence,

a good or' beautiful olive tree,

")
out of
out of,
ancient
yevewv, generations, >
iK,
ancient,
) generations.

1.

an olive, an olive
of the fruit.

17.

already long.

1.

vii. 6.

iXaia,

Eom.

old,

(see "

occ.)

OLDNESS.

Jas.

ii.

(of)

OLD TIME

1.

an elder-

Acts

1, loith Ik,

5.

(non

iv. 7.

OLIVE BEEEIES.

2.

fixed), (occ. 2 Pet.

2.

Tim.

oldncss, antiquatedness,(won

alderman.

long ago, of
(NO.

8'.

Eom.

older, elder,

OLD

1.

^,

I\IAN.

like Eiif).,

Luke

1.

occ.)

viii. 13.

7.-, an old man, one aged.

1.

viii. 13.

V. 39.

;?, old-womanish,

any time.

Heb.

(make)

OLD

2.

at

Heb.

1.

(in)

see above.

1, (occ,

\^.

old," No.
Luke

2.

OLD
iraXatos, see "

iii. 5.

(wax)

"old (make)"

xxi. 18.)

once, formerly.
1 Pet.

OLD
see

some time,

at

i.e.

OLI

the Kcdron.

OLI
Matt. xxi.

Mark
Luke

xiv. 26.
xix. 29, 37.
xxi. 37.
xxii. 39.
John viii. 1 (ap.)

1.

xxiv. 3.
xxvi. 30.

Mark

51

xi. 1.

xiii. 3.

ON

7.

down.

of olives, (non occ.)

Acts

i.

out

8.

Ik,

9.

.,

from.

Ace, down upon, or along.

(b) with

OLIVET.
iXaLUjv,

down

(a) ivith Gen.,

from among.

of,

with, in association with, (as

dint, from
which implies con-

/,

12.

junction and co-operation.)

OMEGA.

[In Luke i. 37,

the sense is, " he that dealt mercifully with."]

(a) ivith Gen., with.

, omega, the last letter of the

Greek

alphabet.
Rev.

8, 11 {ap.)

i.

Rev. xxi.

Rev.

(b) with

6.

Ic.Matt.

Ic."

OMIT.

to send forth or
dismiss.

away from,

Tr

to

xxiii. 23.

6.

Tr

la.

8.

see beloiv.)

upon.

ittwico

3.

tlie

ground) on, as springing from.

(b) witli Oat., upon, as resting on,
upon, locally, loith the idea of rest
simply.

Ic.

Tr
la.

12.

Ace, upon,

hy

Ic.

ca

2.

Moi-k

la.

towards, upon, with motion implied,

(i.e. dowmoard pressure.)
2.

(U, into, (motion to the interior) to,

unto.
3.
4.
5.

6.

,
,
iv, in,

of time, place, or element.

above, upon.

from, from the exterior, (see

diagram under " OF "); away from.

TTfpi',

around.

(a) with Gen.,

2t'fom.

3!

.S.

2
Ic.
la.
Ic.
la.

Ace, around and towards.

15

la.

16.
22.

2.

33

3!

ix.87(om.

4.

X. 11,
19.

Ic.

20, 21, 38.

TrbAM.)

On

see

as.

31, 35.
37.
xi. 33.

49

xii.

(No.

G.<LTTrA
3.

lo,

H.)

51.

3.

xiii. 7, 10.

3.

xiv. 5 (om.
XV. 5. 2.

Ic.

22

L^Tr.)

"Ice.

Ic.
la.

xvii. 16.
xviii. 8.

3.

XX.

1.

Ic.
Ic.
la.
Ic.

18. 19.
xxi. 12, 35 "It
xxii. 21, 30.
xxiii. 30.
2. John i. 12.
Ic.
3.3.
2.

ii.

2.

iii.

lb.
lb.

iv. 6.

viii. 2.

2.

0.

2.

39.

3.

la.

11.

18. 36
3u2nJ

2.

lis,

GL

2.3.

3_

vl. -17.

T. 9, 16.
vi. 2. 19.

29, 35. 40.

47 (om. tU
TTr'> A K.)
22 (om. Lb.)

ornnti,
la.

ir'-S, 20.

3.

vii.

3.

23ticc.

la.

xiii. 15.

Ic.

3.

xiv. 2.

2.

30.
31. 38, 39.
4t.
48.

7a.

AM)
'

la.
Ic.
3.

3.

Ic.

3 (om.

Tr

46(om.TTrAN.)
18
i.

(.)

h9.

65.

2.

viii.

(.), 8(ap.),

30.
2.

xvi. 5.

Luke

Ic.
2.

6 (No. 3,
W.)
35.

Ic.

(b) with

G::L

iv. 1.

Tr A

aronnd and sevarafe

Tr At*.)
la.
Ic.

2.

from, about, concerning.

10.

i5.

21 (No. Ic.
S.)

Tr A

direction

50.

:59,

3.

3.

2.

xxvii. 19.
25 wic.

la.^

lb.

(c) with

2,

bi.)

1.3.

2.

xxvi. 5.
7 (No. la,
^.1

Ic.^

TTr A

9.

G L

(No.

f<

viii.

Ic.

Tr <.)

upon, and proceeding

from

(.)

xxfv. 17.
21) (om.

3.

as a pillar

(No. la,

>*.)

28, 29.
XV. 32, 3.5.
xvi. 19'*<<:
xvii. 6.
sviii. 18 '", 19.
xxi. 7.
19.

.'.0.

vil. l:!.

la.

xxii. 40.
xxiii. 4.

J.

Ic.
la.

20.
29,

Ic.
lb.
Ic.

2f3

Ic.

(e.g.

Tr

6, 7.

2.

(NO. la,

W.)
25 (No. Ic,

Ic-

(For various combinations with oflur

from,

3.

31.

xiv. 19

Ic.
ic.
la.

4.

(a) toith Gen.,

G^)

xiii. 2.

2 (om.

3.

A.)

29 (om.

Ic.

ON.

36.

Tr

V.

3.

ix. 2, 6.

X.

16, 31.
12.
17.
vi. 1.

Ic.
3.

15<"'>

ic.
la.
6a.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

the

Almighty.

1.

2,

H.)

la.

ivorcls,

la. Luke li. 11.

Ic.
iv. 9.
3.

Tr A*

Omnipotent,

Rev. xix.

U.
15.

39 (No.

Ic.

OMNIPOTENT.
the

after.

iv. 5.

V.

4.

Matt,

Ace,

xxii. 13.

2.

ii. 35. 36.

X. 42.

2.

li. 45, 48.

2.

xii. 11.

Ic.

15.
[46.
37. 42. 44 3 hmt.

ON
2.

John

'^.
25.
liv. 12.
xvi. 9.
xvii. 4.
20.

Ic.
2.

2.

la.
2.

la.-

OX THE

liii. 22.

3.

3.

ONC

(,

out

C c^,
(^

xis. 19.

from,
the left, (see above.)
21, 23.
Mark x. 37

of,

Matt. XI.

(',

TrA.)

-xxv. 33, 41.

xxvii. 38.

XV. 27.

6.

20.
iv. 16.
1

John

V.

13 2nd

Rev.

1'

13

10,

(.)
10.

i.

3 (om.

iii.

errl

ON

iv. 2

Tr

Luke

Tr

W.)

9 (No. lb,
.)
10.

V. 1, 10.

vi.2,

10

G
TTr A

1st

(No.

JiTTr A

r^
.

xvi. 31.
ivii. 26 (No. la,

Kev.

S.)

See

vii. 1

lb,

1 2nd &3rd.

-,

1
15.
16.
ix. 7.

11.

17.
X.

G L

2 (No. la,
S.)

TTr A

16.

xvii. 9.

account, affection, backBEHALF, BIND, BREATHE,

BRING, CAST, COME, C0:MPASSI0N,
DRAW, EITHER, FALL, FASHION.
FASTEN, FIRE, FOOT, GO, ROUND.
HAVE, HIGH, HOLD, IMPOSED, JOURNEY, LAY, LAYING, LEAP, ME, LOOK
MORROW, PART, PAST, PUT, PUTTING.

also,

WANT.

xiii. 13.
twice.

14

xiv. 1.

ON

14 (No. Ic, L.)

15.

161" (No.

la,

H.)
16 2<
XV. 2.
xvii. 8, 9.
11, see
xviii. 19.

G ~L

20.
lix. 4

[adv.]

See, SAT.

Tr A

is sitting.']

RAIL, RIGHT, SAT, SEIZE, SET, SEAV.

SLEEP, SPIT, TAKE, THINK, THIS,

xi. 10.

woman

SIDK,

Trm

.)

xix. 4.
6, 16, 17.

A\^HICH.

8,

10 Snd.
16 1".

W^nd (No.
A K.)

GL

TTrAN.J

5, S

(^

(No.lc,

>

ON

where... [the

upon.
them.

\ iiTL,

G L

13 (No. Ic,

TTrAt*.)
.

X. 11.

(No. Ic,

4.
,

US.

to US.

outJiiC.G-LTTrbA.)

ONE'S] LEFT

[HAND].

31.
37.
xxi.
Ic.G'n;
4(.
[LTTrm.)

ON

[or

ONCE.

|,

which.

(No.

Tr A

once, one time, once for

all,

(71071 occ.)

lb,

N.)

12, 16ice.

18 (No. Ic.LTr
A), (No. lb, H.)
19

(jVo. 1,

Jij'ctl)

icifJi

upon once,

once, not

8t'\-eral

upon, preonce for all

iiri,

i.e.

times.

XX. 6.

at some time, one time or

other, once, both of time past a7id

9.

TTore,

11 (No. Ic, G
Tr), (No. 4, Tr .)

(.)

xxi. 13-"m<-

future.

Luke

ON THE LEFT HAND.

/,

name hence, of good

word used instead of apLVthe left, which was a word of
ill omen, since all omens on the left
were regarded by the Greeks as
of

f^oofl

Acts

2.

Rom.

1.

3.

1.

Phil.
1

Heb.

2.

ix. 2.

ii.

Pet.

1.

1.

18.

see

iii.

all.

IH.

2(1

(arr.irifxfTO

ithe louf;8ufferini< of
lod] \ ti'athiin instead of Sn-af <(fi<-

ojiic"

Bufferinp

vi. 4.

for

xii. 2(;, 27.

1.

iv. 16.

Thee.

27,28.

7. 2,
X. 2.

10,

Cor. XV. 6, see

(at)
2 Cor. xi. 25.
Gal. i. 23.
Eph. V. 3, BOO Not.

1.

Heb.

1.

vi. 10.

1.

2.
1.

vii. 9.

3.

xxl. 3.

25,8eeWlien.
18, SCO

xxiii.

omen,

urifortunate.

xiii.

(all at)

[the
of

God]

uaiicd.GLTTrAM.)

vii. 27.
1.

Jude3,

.;.

ONC
ONCE

ONE

John

(at)

Cor. XV.

2. 1

553

vii. 21, 50.

Cor.

161"

X.

6.

xii. 8.

11, 12 lit.

16 -'. 30.

7ra/x7rX7;^t,the whole

Luke

TTr A

xviii.

Heb.

2.

ALL.

Acts

X. 10.

ONE.

below.)
1.

(fon.,

1?,

fern,

of No.
Tt)

{neut.,

Ti5,

certain one
4.

{fern.,

o5,

neut.,

one, some
any one.

neut.,
;

Tit.

iv. 40.

X. 12. 14.
xi. 12.
xii. 16.

iv. 12.
V. 19.

2 Pet.

xiv. 2.
XV. 6.

19.

33

iii.

iv.

Tr

3,

.)
a time.

twice.

viii. 4.

8.

ix. 12.
xiii. 3.

XV. 7.

6 "ri"

ix. 24.

46.

(.),

vu. 13.

xii. 6.

16, 17.
.XX. 12.

S"'"-

V. 7

V. 5.
vi. 1 !
1 2nd.

4.

v. 1.
vi. 161".
16.;nd.

49.

iii.

John

Eev.

17.

xi. 1, 45.

<i.

8.

8 (No.

12.
6.
11.

ii.

xii. 4, 5.

1 Cor.

41.
ix.

5 '<:

6.

i.

Heb.

15

ii.

2, 12.
V. 9.

10, 12. 30.

iii.

3.

i.

.)

viii. 49.

xvii. 1, 10.
12. 13.
-iii. 8. 10. 17. 19.
x.\-i. 9, 21.

13.

13.

xxi. 2t.
xxii. 35.
xxiii. 8, 9, 10

25
W.)

Trb

(om.

27.

(om.

G-)
15.

XXV. 15, 17, 24, 40,

xxvi. 14, 21.

xxiT.40, 41.

viii. 14, 28.

ix. 5 3 '">"

17, 37.
38.
^42.
X. 8 '*'

17, 18, 21.

xi. 29.
xii. 6, 28. 29, .32.
xiii. 1.

xiv. 10, 18, 20.

37.
43. 47.
66.

xiu. 10.
23.
xiv. 1,15.

1.

XV. 4,

2.

7.

[45.

40.
47. 51.
xxvii. 48.
Mark v. 22.

XV. 6.

XXV. 19.

ii.

iii.

17 2nd * 3ra
19 twice.

V. 3.

29, 47.
xiii. 46.
xvi. 14.
xvii. 4 * >im.
xviii. 5, 6, 10, 12,
14, 16, 24. 28.
xix. 5,

-21.

Tim.

15.
11.

iii.

Thes.

2 Thes.

ix. 10.

^*.)

X. 29, 42.

Col.

16.
26.

twice,

18

vii. 36.

xii. 11.

2.

ii.

17, inarg. (text,

one

Luke

27'

i.

27 2nd.

12,
16tice.

in distinctions,

29, 30.
36.

V. 31.

Phil.

xxviii. 13.

that;

Markrv.36(No.3,TTr

LT Tr

xxii. 12.
xxiii. 6. 17.
xxiv. 2i.

Eom.

this,

o)

vi. 2-1 "i, 27, 29.

6,7.

25.

18 1't182nJ, 19.

V.

53rd.

xvii. 26, 27.

V. 7.

3rd.

Slit.
5 2nd.

xxi. 7.

one, a

4 111*

xii. 10.

1.

14, 15, 16, 18.

2nd.

ii.

iv.

XX. 31.

this one, the one.

vi. 15,

h*.)

one, the

20 "', 28.

V. 14.

Eph.

.-54.

ev)

16,

iii.

iv. 24.

xix. 9 (om.

who, which, what

Matt.

24.

Gal.

xi. 28.

numeral ; emphatic,
one, even one, one single.

2.

xi. 2.

X. 6.

first cardinal

3.

2 Cor. V. 14.

14.22.26,39.

xix. 34.
XX. 24.
i. 22.
iv. 32.
V. 25. 34.
vii. 24.
ix. 43.

(^For " ONE ANOTHER," and variotis combinations ivith other words, see

G3 L

27.

W.)

22i'c, 23.

xxiii. 18.

(om.

.)

12 3rd, 13 3 timn,
14, 18, 19, 20, 26''"
xiv. 24.

x\\\. 11,211"
2r-!n'<(om. GI:Ll

multitude together.

ONCE EOR

TTr A

xii. 2, 4.
xiii. 21, 23.

(all at)

2<i

12

xi. 49, .50, 52.

ONCE

17 3 '"

X.

xi. 5.

viii. 41.

to themselves,
themselves, to one

{Oat., pi.)

each to
another.

xvi. 5,

17.
30. 31.
xvii. 2, 15.

,
,

ANOTHER.

each other, one another.

i.e.

10, 19. 26.

IS'"

22.34l(om.L'.)

^,ONE

3.

{Ace,

pi.)

themselves, one

2^1.)

of themselves, of

another.

_342na.

36

4.

35.

(np.)

XX. 1.
3 (om.

GitL

TrAN.)

1?,

5.

xxii. 47, 50.

59.
1.

xxiv. 18.

1.

i.

40.

vi. 8, 22, 70, 71.

\ Tor,

tra,

xxiii. 17 (l'.)
26.
39.

John

iavTwv, (Gen.,

one another.

xviii. 10, 19.

one,
the,

one or other,

Matt. xxiv. 10 '

1.

1.

XXV. 32.

Mark

iv. 41.

ix. 51.
I

1.

Luke

ii.

15.

the

>

1.

one,

")

) other.

Luko

vi. 11.

1.

vii. 32.

1.

viii. 25.

1.

xii. 1.

1.

xxiv. 17, 32.

ONE
John

iv. 33.
V. 44.
xiii. 14, 22,
XV. 12, 17.

Acts

Gal.

one to ariTr A W.)

3.
1.

27.
15,

ii.

marg.

f 7iem-

selves.

{,

- XV.

Cor.

Heb.

others,

1.

Hi.)

3.

xi. 33.

1.

xii. 25.

1.

xvi. 20.

1.

<'';';

i.

iii.

11, 23.

1.

Rev.

vi. 4.

xi. 10.

1.

1 Pet.

ONE ANOTHER

(exhoet)

some one
do something

that

liillier

lie

hencp, to

Heb.

X. 25.

another, markinrj numcriccd (not generic)

distinction,

,
^,

,
,

r
3
j

*^*^^*

^^

^^^

>

* xoith

^^>

""J

truly, indeed

and

, see
^^^

-^^^ '^

but.

each other, one another.

39.

ONE... THE
us

but,

.,.
No.

Se,

Luke

... another, ^ (marking gene-

ONE
09

OTHER.

...,"

xxiii. 33.

this... but

that.

this, that,

one,
( ch, one.

{see "

2.)

this, that,

but

1 Cor. vii. 5.

Gal. v. 17.

the other.

xix. 44.
xxi. 6.

ONE THE OTHER,

on the one
) hand... that on

Luke

2.

xiii. 2.

indeed...
but that

Matt. xxiv.

Mark

( this

this, that,

,
, but,
,

(^oe,

), stone.

one...an-

other.

stone,

this

this, that,

(question)

upon,

Acts XV.

/Ai/,

,
I

eVt,

{name as ahove)

2.

unchangeable."

ONE STONE UPON ANOTHER.

?... other, different,

No.

see "

to seek ang thing with another,

to seek together.
Mark ix. 10.

ONE... ANOTHER.

vii. 24,

ONE WITH ANOTHER

raging.
Heb.

{not passing)

[margin.]

may

speak to
ivith the inlention of producing a
particular effect hence, to speak
to icith the idea of persuading,
exhorting, admonishing, encou;

iii. 8.

ONE TO ANOTHER

to call near, call beside, to

call

(hate com-

passion)

pi., suffering together with

another, mutually compassionate,
having fellow feeling.

iv. 7, 11, 12.

2Jolm5.

(gaUings)

perverse dispdtings."

ONE or ANOTHER

10.
V. 5, 14.
i. 7.

John

1.

1st.

39 '!".
4.

1 Cor. XV. 41.

1 Tim. vi. 5, see "

22.

iv. 9.

XV. 39

xii. 8.

[margin.]

V. 9, 16t^'i<:e.

1 Pet.

si. 21.

1*.

ONE OF ANOTHER

Jas. iv. 11.

1.

vi. 7.

13.

iii.

2.
2.

It.
5.

1.

iii. 3.

the one,

X. 24.

1.

2 Cor. xiii. 12.

Gal. V. 13, 15 '',

26

Tit.

3.

1.

7.

xvi. 16.
1

1.

ix. 21.

12.

iii.

V. 11.

1.

19.

1:5,

16.

1 Thes.

(&,

LTTrAti.)

12.

xiv.

5.

xiii. 8.

Eom.

13--;nd.

iv. 9, 18.

1.

.*),

iii.

ii.

vii.

insteadof OS, this one,

iv. 37.

Acts

9, 131st.

1.

xii. 5, 10"^ice, 16.

xiv.

Col.

1.
2.

xxvii. 38.

John

21.

Cor.

2.

35.
xxii. 5.

XXV. 15.

Is'.

32 2nd.

vii. 26.

Eom.

Matt. xxi.

iv. 2.

25, 32

xix. 38.
xxi. 6.
i.

ONE

vi. 2.

Eph.
34 '"'-

{(yin.

otfur,

ii.

554

(the)... [and]

//... ,
2

Cor

ii.

16.

the OTHER.

see above.
Phil.

i.

16, 17.

one... one.

ric distinction)
indeed,
another, ( one indeed...
but,
J but another.

ONE... OTHER.
one... one {or other.)

...,

Matt. XX.

21.

Mark

xxiv.

to.

John

Mark

X.

.'57.

Gal.

xv. 27.
XX. 12.

iv. 22.

ONE
ONE

MAN... ANOTHER.

(at)

Rom.

ONE AS

IF (EVEN all)

one,
and,
TO,
o, th
the,

cv,

one, (neut., one thing.)

2.

Tt,

one,

2.

Luke

1.
1.

TrAi4.)

1.

X. 42.

1.

,
,

(evert)

Ti,

the Avhole, every one.

other;

one dead, a dead person.

Marl:

) or

something

Acts

ix. 26.

^,

See

departed, "^ one hour

i!jpa<;, hour,
>
haviiiii
one,
) elapsed,
xxii. 59.

ONE PLACE

ONE

>

for the same obiect,

>
4.1
place,
\ or to the same ^
same, j
1

'

Acts

ii.

vii. 8.

accord, ant, compassion,

consent,
each,
edify,
end,
EVERT, EXUORT, EYE, (i
El!,
HOLY, LITTLE, MIND, N.\TION, NO, OF, SET, SUCH, AVICKED.

ONLY,

4.

(unto)

also,

(rx)
1.

,'

t Acts xxi. 31.

.,,

(/,

calUui)

{Oat. of ovtos, this, this same)

unto this one.

ONE HOUR AFTER (the space of)

'

f [were
else.

xix. 32.

Luke

*T'\i '
TO, the,

\t1ierffo

loere crying aloutP,,

>

something,

ONE DEAD.

Luke

Phil. iii. 13.

2 Pet. iii. 8.

V. 16.

Luke iriii. 22.

John ix. 25.

(some)
others,
others,

out'\

Acta

thing, a certain thing.

what, St Ot),{l,if,L'r

vi.

ONE THING, SOME ANOTHER

1 Cor. xi. 5.

ONE

some

9 (E G~),(t.',

1.

V ai'To, same.

12.

vii. 26.

1',

iii.

ONE THINQ.

Acts

1.

'j

"^

f Tliere is not
there is,
5, even, unto, C even one.
^05, one.
)

unto,
peace.

1?,

(no, not)

not,

xiv. 5.

ONE

ONE

,,

09/xei'...osSe(6(?(5"O...ANOTnEn,"iVo.2.)

Bom.

ONL

only,

{i.e.
alone, ;vithout
others) alone, {of mani/, one out
of many.)

/xo'i'05,

',

(a) Neut.,

1.

2.

a.<i

adv., only, alone.

the only

begotten,

i.e.

only child.

ONE PLACE
( eVi,
-

upon,

")

TO, the,

', same,
1

Cor.

(into)

>

3.
1.

(see above.)

xi. 20.

Cor. xiv. 23.

one, {masc, one

Bom. y.

17,

man
marg.

or person.)
one.

2.

V. 47.

x. 42.

la.

1.

xii. 4.

1.

la.

xiv. 36.
xvii. 8.
xxi. 19. 21.
xxiv. 36.

la.

CIS,

iv. 10.

la.
la.
la.

1.

ONE MAN.

eh, one.
Matt.

1.

3.

2.

viii. 8.

Mark

7.

1.

lo.
la.
la.

1.

ix. 8.

1.

iv. 8.

16, 18, i
V. 18.

iii.

la.

vi. 8.

Luke

see Child.

50.

xxiv. 18.

John i.U.lS.^seoBe-

V. 3().

1.

vii. 12.

viii. 42.

ix. 38,

la.
lo.

ii.

Luke

U.
xi. 52.
xii. 9.
xiii. 9.

xvii. 3.
la.Acts viii. 16,

gotten.

ONL
la. Acts xi. 19.
sviii. 25.
la.
six. 27.
la.
xxi. 13.
la.
la.
xxvi. 29.
la.
- xxvii. 10.
In.Kom. i. 32.
la.
iii. 29.
iv. 12, 16,
la.
la.
V. 3, 11.
viii. 23.
la.
la.
is. 10. 24.
xiii. 5.
la.
xvi. 4, 27.
1.
la.l Cor. vji. 39.
ix. 6.

1.

xiv. 36.
XV. 19.

la.
la. 2
la.
la.

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

la.

ii.

i.

5, 8.

animal for slaughter

la.

iii. 2.

1.
1.

V. 13.

1.

vi. 12.

1.

John 1.
Jude 4, 25.
4 {om.

ix.

G L
A N.)

1.

xiii. 35.
xvii. 27 part.
XX. 33.

2.
2.
1.

1.

OPEN,

1.

2 Cor.

vii. 34.

1.

1,

1.

(save)

17 part (No. 1,
[L Tr.)

/,
2XISS.,

1.

John

1.

Acts

1.

Bom.

51.
xvi. 27.

iii. l.j.

,
Acts

2.

2 Cor.

1.

liev.

Heb.

Rev.

vi. 6,
iii.

kept,

celebrate, hold.

{i.e.

1.

court days are held.)

manifest beforehand

fest before all, well

mani-

known.

1 Tim. V. 24.

OPEN
1.

-,

,
of'

eyes.

-INO.) [verb.]

2 (ap.)

xi. 19.
xii. 16.
xiii. 6.

XV.

5.

xix. 11.

XX. 12

'icc.

(that mat)

an opening.

,
,,

Eph.

vi. 19.

OPENLY.

freedom or frankness in
speaking the frankness under some
circumstances amounts to boldness

3.

{No. 1, icith
thrOUffh,
prefixed) to open through, of

>,

viii. 1.

ix.

see

No.

1, )

manifestly,

i.e.

with

liold-

uess, etc.
clearly, evi-

dently.

bejorc teas closed, to

lay open.

3.

9,12.

etc.

doors, heaven, a hook, the mouth,

and

LT

OPEN

,20.

iv. 1.
v. 2, 3, 4, 5, 9.
vi.
1, 3,
5,

( iV, in,

/)^ to open, stand open, spoken

ears,

2.

(-ED,

2,

see

19,

may)

or intrepidity; hence, fearless candour, the candid, coniident boldness of a joyous heart, {here. Dative
case,) willi freedom or frankiu>ss,

OPEN BEEOEEHAND.

^,

56 (No.

Shame.

8.

(be)

to lead, conduct
marg. he

see

vi.

iv. 13.
iii. 7 ''

iv, in,

18.

X. 2, 8.

OPEN

xix. 38,

iii.

1.

Rev.

TrA.)

Here, part.

to unveil.
unveiled.

i.

1.

1.

ix. 10, 14, 17, 21,

vii.

open.

2.

Heb.

Here, participle,

to Open.

6.

1.

26, 30, 32.

X. 3, 21.
xi. 37.
Acts V. 19, 23 part.

9.

12 part.

iv. 3.

(that

xiu. 25.
xxiv. 31, 32, 45.

John

Col.

i.

iv.

ii.

vi. 11.

Eph.

64.
ii. 23.
iii. 21.

[adj.]

Cor. xvi.

cleave or rend.

TrA.)

xxi. 25 {(ip.)

xxvi. 18.

1.

marg.

10,

i.

xi. 9, 10.
xii. 36.

Acts

xiv. 27.
xvi. 14.
26.
xvii. 3.
xviii. 14.

1.

1.

Luke

ONLY THAT

8 part, 40.

vii. 7, 8.
ix. 30.

X. 11, 34 part.
xii. 10, 14, 16 part.

35 (No.

[Tr

XV. 4.

viii. 32, 35.

ix.

Mark

Acts

1.

xxvii. 52.

V. 6.

Rev.

1.
1.

XXV. 11.

iv.9,see Begotten.

iv. 18.

11 part.

ii.

16.
V. 2.
iii.

[teu.

la.

19, 21.

Matt.

see Begot-

23.
ii. 10.
i.

of an

; hence, to expose, lay

bare, (non occ.)

xii. 26.

ix. 12.

e.y.

so as to expose

the throat

v. 13.
1.
vi. 15, 16.
la. 2 Tim. ii. 20.
la.
iv. 8.
la.
11.
la. Heb. ix. 10.

vii. 7.

twist the neck, throttle,

bend back the neck,

to

la.2Thes. ii. 7.
1. 1 Tim. i. 17.

la.

to split, to rend, to divide

with yiolence, prop., ofioood.

8.

xi. 17,

viii. 10,

la.Gol.

la.lThes.

la.Jas. i. 22.
la.
ii. 24.
la. 1 Pet. ii. 18.
la. 1 John ii. 2.

Cor.

556

la.Eph. 1. 21.
la. Phil. 1. 27, 29.
la.
ii. 12, 27.
1.
iv. 15.
1. Col. iv. 11.

1.

open

r
4.

fully,

to fold back, Unfold, as

a roll of a book, {iion occ.)

3
)

(^

5.

,
iv, in,

the,

manifest,

<;,

the

word "place"

visible, ( being understood.

appearing in ani/thing ;
hence, apparent, seen openly.

6.

557

Matt.

I.

Tr A
6

i.

1.

G^L

(oin.

Tr

Mark

Tr

G L

18 (om.
S.)

2.

xviii. 20.
x. 40,

1.

Acts

5.

and see

xvi. 37.

6.

Col.

3.

15.

ii.

xii. 6.

wrought,
Col.

1.

ii.

3.

7.)

Thes.

ii.

marg.

6,

(text, Uefi-aud.)

Jas.

effect

i.e.

ii. 6.

OR.

12.

a particle, disjunciive, or

whether

gative,

interro-

comparative,

or

than.

OPPORTUNITY.

?,

, and trans-

(a) preceded hy another

lated... cither... or.

the right measure, the just

proportion, esjp. as regards time
and place, but most frequently of
time hence, the right time, the
convenient time.

1.

vii. 24.

power.

ii.

1.

is

2 Pet.

(occ.

to

X. 38.

1.

1.
Cor.

Acts

2.

produced.
1

labour,

to take advantage, defraud.

the being iu work, energy,

what

be worn

(here, jK'ss.) to

have more than anthen,

other, have an advantage

OPEEATION.

efficiency, active

2.

,
,

to exercise power
against ant/ one ; hence, to overpower, oppress, (non occ.)

down by

" show."

fVc'pycta,

2.

xi. 54.

45.
2.

L.

10.
13.

1.
1.

i.

vii. 4.

.}.

ti.)
(0711.

viii. 33.

1.

John

2.

i^.)

4.

3.

vi.

OPPRESS.

publicly, iu public, before

the peoplt'.

OR

(b) jjreceded by y^rot, (whether) and

implying that there is no other

,,

2.

2.

Matt.

2.

Luke

time, good opportunity.

fit

-xxvi. 16.

xxii. 6.

alternative.

* disjunctive,
f in the latter clause
of a double interrogation, aho dis-

1.

1.

Gal.

Phil.

Heb.

vi. 10.

iv. 10,

see

junctive.

(lack)

XI. 15.

2.

OPPORTUNITY

3.

, and

lie

...

(-ED, -ETII.)

oppo.site

hence, to op-

ii.

TrA

and,

to arrange

and

set, or

15 (om.
N.)
56>'.

viii.

see

21),

TTtA

else.

xiii. 21.

XV. 4.5,6
xvi. 14.

2.

2 Tim.

ii. 2."i.

OPPOSITIONS.

Tim.

vi. 20.

25

(.)

vvraiKa, or iriYi', G-'vL

TTr A N.)

xii. 14, 15.

8 3

tlmci,

xiii.

*'>

or

(oin.

reije,

(whether)

TrA.)

vi.

29''> A"".

xxi. 25.
xiii. 17.
xiiii. 17, 19.

xxiv.

39, 4iBilinci.

uvii.

'"it

vii. 19, 20.

.

viii. 16.

ix. -JS.
xi. 11,

see

if.

2:!.

XXV. 37, 38.

G-.T

35 3 limn.
Liikeii. 24.
iii. 15, see

xix. 29''*'-'"''
2i3r.l*4ih(j).)

29

21 (om.

AN.)

2ii.

"<'

xi. 30.

2'<<

xviii.

(here, pi.) antitheses, contrary positions, opinions, or doc-

trines, (non occ.)

25

37 (yap, for,
b.)

29''>*

26.
xvii.

16 twiie^

G L

X.291>,'-iHl,3r.U4th.
29 'h (om.

33.

vii. 10, 11, 12.

xi. 3.
xii. 5.

xviii. 6 part.

'"Ice.

H.)

vi.

TrA

to place or dispose
one's self over against, to be adverse, {non occ.)

.33 (icol,

X. 11,14,19,37 '1

/^/,
Acta

9.

ii.

iii.

4.

resist.

1.

Mark

twice.

iv. 21, 30.

array one's self against, oppose,

2.

whether

(a) repeated,

V. 17, 18, 36.

31

OPPOSE ONE'S SELF.

1.

if,

or.

vi. 24.

pose, be adverse or repugnant to.

2 Thes.

and

eav, T,

Matt.

to

not, also not, neither, not

even.
i.

OPPOSE

whether.

(a) ciTc.cire, whether... or.

(lack)

to lack opportunity.

LT, or,

17.

xii. 11

1-

(om.

or urhat, Tr^ A*>.)

11 a-xi-

OR
l*.Luke

-9,

Tr
.

It

It.

yiii. 4.

2a.

.n

2.

312nd.

15.

1*.

xiv. 5, 12.
31.
32, see

It.

else.

xW.

13.
xvii. 7, 21.

xiii. 1.

22.
xii. 13t>^'<:<", 26.

xiv. 6.
7 1"

72nJ, 23, 24,27,

1*.

1*.

xviii. 11, 29'*''".

It.

XX. 2, 4, 22.
-xxii. 27.

l*.Johii

si. 4, 5, 6.

It.
2a.
1*.

2a.

H.)

36.

It.1*.-

37.
v. 11,
37.

It.
1*.

iv. 27.

2a.1.-

vi. 19.

1*. 2

It.

vii. 17.

It.

1*.

48.

It.

It.

ix. 2.

6.

ii.

Cor.

St G ~)
1 -"

less,

xiii.'20.

xiv. 11, see

xviii. 34.

It.

l.Acts

else.

7.

i.

iii.

1*.

iv. 7, 34.

1*.

V. 38.

It.
It.
1*.

vii. 49.

viii. 34.

ficai.micl.LT

X. \i

Tr A.H.)

28 '"'<:
I

1*
1
1*
1*
1*
1*

xi. 8.

xvii. 29 'ice.

xviii.

1!.

isiii. 9.

ever.

see

1.^,

COI/IC,

It.

1.
4.

1.
1*.

It.
1*.

G^L

15.

16

i.

17.
It. 1 Thes. ii. 19 '"'
2a.
v. 10.
3. 2 Thcs. ii. 2
and
not,
Tr
N.)
1*.
4.

ii. 4.

else.

1.

(,
A

vi. 16.

2a.

viu. 35etlincj.

1*. 1

15.

Tim.
L)

(, and,

91"

ii.

9 '2nd &

3rd.

4.

19.

16,

8.

Tit.

10, 13.

12.
Philem. 18.

21 tW'M

6.

i.

iii.

(om.

ojYeiided,
iiiudc v:cak,
i

f)

1*.

Heb.

ii. 6.

or

1.

ii. 1.

2a.

iii.

1*!
xii7 16, 20
1. Jas. ii. 3, 15.
1.
iv. 15.
1. IPet. i. 11.

1*.

iv. 3.

2a.
1*.
1.

It.
1.

V. lOi't-

i.;

It.l Cor.

i.

13.

[Trmi'K.)

22 it.
22 -n<l, 3rd, 4ih.
22 Sth/othj & 7lh.

2.
2'.

10

21x1

10

1!

vii.

:ird^

10.

2a.

viii. 15.

2.

see

V, or,

Ktti,

5,

16,

16,171"

xiii.

17 "'< (om.

1*.
1*.
1.

even.

see

15.

TTtA.)

"on"

1-4.

3, 9.
lime.

15 3

ii.

iii.

1.

.)

11 5 time.

OK
1.

1.

11,15.

It.

iv.

(.)

else.

(, and,

G^LTTrA
1

13,

ii.

iii.

Ecv.

21.

1.

to,

1^'

20.
legitimes.

iii.

or

.S.)

16'Jiid&3id.

2a..
ii.

see

Tr

1*.

<\
I'ci,

iii. 2, 5.

2.

X. 7.
xi.31, :.
xii. 7 '"', 8.
xiv. 4.

2.

ii. 2.

2a. Col.

1.3.

It.

8.

i.

lO'wice.

It.
1*.

xxviii. 6, 17, 21.

iii.

It.
1.

1*. Gal.

iv. 9, 10.

lu.

6.

xxvi. 31.

."*,

'ice.

xii. 3.

1*.

Rom.

It.
It.
]*.

xi.

2a.
1*.

nothing according

Tr AS.)

1*.
1*.

ix. 7.
X. 12.

1*.
1*.

29.

xxiv.20,seeOelse.
2.S (om.

"

un-

viii. 23.

3{)

vi. 15.

iv.9, see
rather.
1*. Eph. iii. 20.
1*.
v. 3, 27''"
2a.
vi. 8.
2a. Phil. i. 18, 20, 27.
1*.
ii.

XLS. 12.
XX. 33 'ic

V. 0, 10.

It.
2a.
1*.

1*.

2a.

12 ''

1.

13.

i.

17.
iii. 1 1=' (el

It.
1*'.

1st.

1*.

la.

23(o)ii.G=:TTr),

(, and.,

It.

LTri'A.)

8, 10.
X. 19 (av.)

41.

1*.

]a.
1*.
1*.

It.l Cor. ix. 6.

It.
7 (om.

and,,

l*.)

It-

xii. 1-t.

It.

^^oS

ELSE.

JVo.

17

:"<'

xiv. 9.

G L

ORA

ORD
ORDAIN

,
,

559

(-ED.)

Ti'^i7/i.i,

lay

2.

{NO.

1, loith

to arrange, put in order or

ranks, esp. in a military sense, to
draw up soldiers, array; then, mid.,
to order anything to be done, to
appoint.

{No. 3, loith

through-

out, j9r(y?a:i?i/) to arrange throughout, dispose fully in order.

5.

maKC

to

'

bound;

to

determine

definitely,

or set a boundary,
then, to mark out

before,
; {No. 5, tuith
prefixed) to mark out before, predetermine.

,
,
,

to make, bring about, cause.

7.

to prej)are fully,

put

m readiness.

divide, separate,

to

9.

distinction,

10.

come

any thing arranged in order,

an array, a body of troops, a band,
a rank, {non occ.)

7.

Mark

1.

John

iii.

i.

11.

6.

Cor.

Ex)h.

(be)

Tim.

X. 42.

1.

3.

xui. 48.
xiv. 23 part.
xvi. 4.
xvii. 31.
[order.

2. Tit.

10.
5.
3.

Koiu.

10,

ii.

Heb.

1.

8.

Heb.

xiii.

marg.

1,

2.

ORDER

Acts

,
2.

1.

i.

Heb.

in

con-

xi. 4.

ORDER

(gite)

Luke

Cor. xvi.

ORDER
see " OBDEii
i.

3.

ORDER
'/,

1.

(in)

(bt)"
Acts

xviii. 23.

(set foeth in)

to set or draw up in
order, or to re-arrange, to go
regularly through again.

78,

to make straight upon,

to put further to rights, arrange
further, {non occ.)

2.

1.

mid.

1 Cor. xi. 34,

2. Tit.

i.

5,

mid.

ORDER,

5.

Eph.
Judo

ii.

viii. 3.

8.

ix.

Jude

4,

Rom.

6 part.
see
before.

ORDINANCE
StKULMfxa,

2.

/,

4,

(-s.)

the product or result of

justifying; hence, legal decision,
statute of right rto' the result of the
legal
settlement of the right;
statutes, ordinances.

1.

to prejjare beforehand.

Acts

"ordain."

See, AVALK.

10, mart;, (text, in-cparc heforc.)

(be)

xiii. 1, sec

ORDERLY.

to write before, to notify,

()/, to become.

[verb.]

V. 1.

2.

ORDAINED TO BE
yt'i

(by)

to arrange throughout, dispose fully in order.

7.

ii.

set forth as in a public written

tablet.

2.

(.)

11 ""ce, 17, 21

vii.

5.

according to the order or suc-

ORDAIN BEFORE.

1.

ii.

V. 6, 10.
vi. 20.

consecutively,
cession,
nected order.

mid.
be-

Col.

1.

XV. 23.
1.

make a

see

1.

Cor. xiv. 40.

fore.

5.

it.

17.

ii.

vii. 17,

4.

to be

22, see

Lukei.

1.

1.

XV. 16.

Acts

1,

to a decision.

to stretch out the hand,

to hold up the hand as in voting
hence, to vote, give one's vote by
holding up the hand.

[noun.]

/,

down,

prefixed) to set down, constitute.

3.

ORDER

a setting in order, arrangement, disposition, series, {non occ.)

to set, to put, to place, to

hence, to place, {see " appoint," No. I.)

1.

ORD

that Avhich seems true to

one, an opinion, esp. of philosophic dogmas; a public resolution, decree,
{occ. Luke ii. 1

i.

22.

Acta

xvi. 4, xvii. 7.)

ORD

,
,

560

8,3, disposingin order, arrangement,

Acts

(pec.

vii.

Mark

xv. 27.

Luke

iv. 43.

from one to another,

V. 7.
29.
vi.

Luke

i.

6.

ii.

Heb. ix.
many.

1.

iraJition.
2. Eph. u. 15.

Col.

1.

1,

10,

1 Pet.

ORDINANCES

8-/,

marg.

ii.

marg.

rite or

(be subject to)

ii.

20.

OROIXABY
Acts

[margin.]

Jobn

1.

xiv. 18, see

1.

X. 16, 21.
xii. 29.

1.

xviii. 16.
34.

1.

xix. 18.

la.
la.

XX.

words, see below.)

iciiJi

otlier,

preceded
the

is left.

V. 39.
vi.

la.

the

{.)

24ilce.

xii. 13.

1.

Matt. XXV.

16, 17, 20.22.

1.

xxvii. 42.

la.
la.

61.
xxviii. 1.

la.Markiii.5 (om.

W.
xiii. 8.

2.

XV. 30.

1.

xvi. It.

1.

iv. H, 36.

1.

XX. 3, 6.

1.

vi. 1.5 ''cc.

1.

vii.

1.

4.

otlier,

3.

(each)
one another.
2 Thes.

John

21.

xxi. 8,36,41.
xxii. 4.
xriv. 31. see End.
).

iv. 38.

vhiih
),
A
GL

an the

other,

i.

3.

viii. 28.

X. 37.

1.

xi. 8.

1.

xu.

1.

2 Cor. viii. 13.

Phil. iii. 4.

OTHER MATTERS.
Acts

XIX.

iripuiv,

(6'<,/-(;, instead of.

concerning other matters, L
Tr.>
.39,

OTHER SIDE

5, 9, 31. 32.

(the)

that beyond, the

regioii on the
} TTcpai', beyond, on [
other side.
the other side, )
(
Mark v. 1, 21.
Matt. viii. 18. 28.
")

xiv. 22.
xvi. 5.
iv. 35.

vi. 45,

marg.

viii. 13.

Mark

Luke

viii. 22.

M.)

(.)

1.

4.

1.

XV. 24.

1.

TO, the,

1.

1.

OTHER
each

24.
xvii. 10.
ii.

OTHER MAN.
1.

the rest,

2.

4.

rest,

one, the one.

la.

..

ii.

Busy-

bodj'.

Eev.

viii. 34.'

denotinrj (jcneric

remaining,

iv. 21.

2.

xi. 35.

36.

Phil.

2.

Lat., cetera.

=:

V. 12.

1 Pet. iv. 15, see

4, 13. 40.

12 1st.
12 2d.

another ertpos, and

hi/

(a) icith art.,

Matt.

Heb.
Jas.

iv.

translated " some... other."

1.

IV. 3.

8.

17 (om.

13, maxg.others.
16, 17, see One.

i.

ii. 4.

25.
30.

a stronrjer expression therefore than No. 1.

4.

iv.

*.)

Tr

Phil.

Thes. ii. 6.
2 Tim. ii. 2.

xxi. 2.
ii.

iii. 5.

what

2, 3, 4, 8.

1.

Acts

9.

i.

iv. 22.

Eph.

the article.

the

?,

Gal.

32.

1.

distinction, the other, different of

3.

\iii. 8.

xi. 8.
xii. 13.
xiii. 2.

12.

2.

other, not the same, i.e. one

besides Avhat has been mentioned,
denoting numerical distinction,

see

1,

29.

XV. 37.
2 Cor. ii. 16, see One,

vi. 22, 23.

2.

OTHER.

vii. 12, 41.

2.

cornhhintioiis loith other

35.
40.

ix. 9, 16.

1.

{For various

see One.

1.

la.

" comfortless."

1.

la.

(a)

12, 27.
,29.
xiv. 17.
19.
21.

10.

4.

[margin.]

3:5,

xxiv.
(certain)

3.

la.

" lawful."

six. 39, see

OBPHAN

two

5.

xxiii. 32.

2.

1.

eTepo<;,

4 (om.
t<.)

ix 2.

XX. 16.

submit to

to

Col.

2.

Pass.

xviii. 10.

13.

self.

(a)

iii.

xvi. 13 ''ce
xvii.34,35,36(ap.)

cere

opinions
laid down, to suffer opinions to
be laid doAvn as laws for one's

5,

39,

16.
11.

viii.

31, 32, see

xi. 16, 26.

1.

i.

TTr A

(be

cei-emoiiij.

14.

John

1 Cor.

6, 7, 8.
ix. 8, 19.
X. 1.

see

20,

13.

xiii. 9.

arg.

4. 1

2.

ii.

i.

viii.

viii. 3.

subject to)

Eoni. xiii. 2.
Cor. xi.

3.

Col.

xxvii. 1.

Eom.

(.,

10

vii. 41.

a founding, creation.

2.

xvii. 34.
xxiii. 6.

la.-

precept, ordinance, instruction.

1.

Acts XV.

1.

31, 41.

53.)

delivery, the act of de-

livering over

OTH

OTHER SIDE OE
Trepav, see above.

John

vi. 22. 2).

(on the;

over.

;;

OTH
OTHER

561

(of the)

the [^consciencel
^ Irepou, see "other," C of the other.
^

of

OUG

?,

OTHERS

not one's own, another's,

belonging to another or others.

tlie,

Heb.

1.

OTHER

from another

(wow

place,

2.

X. 1.

3.

without, outside
Acts xxvi.

2.

OTHER
see "

/<tiO5,
1.

Luke

1.

Acts

of.

5.

(the)

,"

,
,

No.

3.

1.

Gal.

1.

2 Pet.

1.

Eev.

2.

Matt.

1.

Eom.

vi. 1.
xi. eirt-

1.

6 2nd

1.

22.

Luke

3.

Heb.

iii.

OTHER\^ISE

16.

Luke

V. 36.

Mark

Sei, it

1.

"oTUEE," No.

,"

Luke

iii.

18.

2. 1

Tim.

i.

Here,

2.

No.

1.

-,

3a.

Lnke
John

see "oTiiEE," iVo. 3. IIere,pl.

3.

oi,

these.

1.

Luke

viii. 10.

1.

2.
'.}.

1.

xviii. 9.
vii. 12.
Acts xvii. 32.
ii.

Thee.

Tim.

13, mart;, (text,

3.

3.

Jude

iv. 13.

V. 6.

1.

OTHERS
TLves,

i.

1.

1.

xxviii. 9.

Eph.

Phil.

v. 20.

23.

(ceetain)

somo, certain jjersons, or others.

Luko

MM

xsiv. 1

(.)

is

need of

so7ne-

abse7it or loanting

one must

right

it is

Seov, necessary, proper,

")

(part. of No. 1)

3.

and

there

it is

ne-

cessary,

is,
) there is
need, must needs.

to

owe, to be indebted
be bound to be obligated
the performance of any duty.

it

impers.
there
needs, it behoves, it

to

then, to

Here,2)l.

1.

other.)

John

1.
1.

"OTUEB," No.

is

proper, one ought.

{Commonly
rendered hy a change of construction, e.g. "he must go," for "it
needs that he go.") * Imp. tense.

OTHERS.

see

(-EST.) [verb.]

necessary yro?/i the nature of

cVti, it is,

2.

xi. 16.

[noun.]

needs, there

thing that

Here,

xxii. 65.
xxi. 25.
1.
1. 2 Cor. i. 13.
10.
2.

vii. 4.

1.

2.

see "

iv. 19.

(if)
2 Cor.

xi. 42.

the case,

3.

2.

OUGHT,

it is

neut. pi.

see Teach.

ix. 17.

viii. 13.

neut. pi.

'.I.

15.
V. 25.

iii.

Tim.

See, ATJGHT.

uAAa, see " othee," No.

erepos, see

4. 1

vi. 3,

OUGHT

2.

Gal. V. 10.

13.

ii.

OTHER THINGS.
L.

1.

5. Phil.

(.)
1.

(and the)

xxiii. 23.

No.

otherwise, ^ for

and that one there.

Matt,

not

if,

indeed.

the differ{non occ.)

I
ence between
otherwise, C Nos. 4 and 5, see
" othee,"
{nan occ.)
)
Nos. 1 and 2.

2.

OTHER

,"

see "

one there.

that, that

11.
xviii. li.
xvii. 9.

but

U, but,

5,

22.

Matt. XXV.

2.

4.

OTHER THAN.
of,

f i, if,

(. /7?, not indeed,

John

1.

because, seeing that.

eVei, since,

(some)

oce.)

', out

ix. 25.

OTHERWISE.

1 Cor. X. 29.

^,

(of)

4.

,
Matt,

xxiii. 23*.

XXV. 27*.

3.

John

1.

Acts

is
is

use for,
meet.

xix. 7.
V. 29.

Mark

liii. 14.

1.

X. 6((ip.)

Luke

xi. 42.

3.

x\-ii.

29.

xii. 12.
xiii. 14, 16.

2.

lii.

1.

xviii. 1.

1.

XX. 35.
xxiv. 10.

xiiv. 26.

1.

John

iv. 20.

1.

xiii. 14.

1.

.36.

ixv. 10, 24.

xxvi.

Bom.

!'.

viii. 26.

OUG
Eom.

1.

xii. 3.

XV.

3.

1.

1 Tim.
Tit.

1.

Thes.

iv. 1.

3.

1.

2Tlies.

iii. 7.

3.
3.

Eph.

3.

4.

V. 28.

vi. 20.

1.

1.

Col. iv. 4, 6.

1.

1. 1

1.
3.

xii. 11, 14.

3.

1.

Tim.

3.

15.

iii.

Eom. viii.

which they)

11.
Heb. ii. 1.
V. 3, 12 part.
Jas. iii. 10.
iv. 15, see Say.
2 Pet. iii. 11.
1 John ii. 6.
iii. 16.
iv. 11.

1.

OUR

not

see

V. 13,

(things

1 Cor. viii. 2.
xi. 7, 10.
3.
1. 2 Cor. ii. 3*.

562

John

16, 23, 2G, 39.

5, 7,
v. 9, 23, 28.

(,

xvi. 1

Lm.)

your,

2 Thes. i. 1.
2 {om.

8, 10, 11,
ii. 1 twice,

2 1st.
2 2nd^ gee Onrs.

i.

1st (07)1. L''

42nd

(things which they)

the things,

and

>
that
ought, (part, of \ ought not.
^

note),

^'

3.

with,

US.

(Dat. of

us.

4.

,
,

we) o

(<:,

12t"i.

S'

(,

LA.)

v. 30.

19

ix.

lyour, S'

40
L.)

(,

see Ours.

i.

55, 71, 72, 73.

74 (on.. I,b
Tr
.)
75 (om.
i.e. our days, instead
of the days of our life,

GLTTtA.)

iiv.l7

Tr

{,
A

),

3,

G
1

xvii. 5.

XX. 14, see Ours.

xxiii. 41, see

22, sec
32.

John

iii.

com[pany.

xxvii. 10.
xxviii. 25

Rom.

11.

L
i.

iii. 5.

vi. 31.

iv.

viii. 39, 53.

ix. 20.

xi. 11, 48.

Tr

xix. 7 {om.

GL

11 (om. T<5
our Ijora,

A.)
2.5.

vii. 5, 25.

=:

vii. 3,

xi.

(,

xii.

5.

Tr A

4.

Luke

C a,

xxiv.

2.

those things wliich

we

practised.

Luke

12.

(Jieii

^^,)

lOStlmei.

xix. 1, 5.
xxii. 21 (o)ii.

2,

OUR DEEDS.

(.),

15.

vour,

(.),

ip

(',

GLTTrA),(07)i.

1.

ii

17, 21, 25.

v. 10.

H.)

vi. 6.

xii. 3.

Jude4twice,
Rev. i. 5.

7.

{,

l,12,24,25"l
V. 1,5, 11,21.

vii. 51.

TrA.)

Tr A

your,

A.)

12.

vi. 10.

.3,

i.

12

John

M.)

OUR COMPANY.

3, 7.

iv. 12, 20.

14.

xxiv. 6 (ap.)
7 (.)
xxvi. 5.

your,

John

G r^hTr

N.)

L.)

{,

V. 4.

20, 21.

2,

(07)1.

17,marg.ictt)i us.

2, 3, 14, 17.
3. 14.

ii. 1, 2, 3,

deeds.
x.Tiv. 20.

21

iv. 10.

Lo'TTrN.)

Thes.

XX. 21.

^ ixii.

rj

3 "',

27.

liii. 26.

i.

G U L

5 {om.

iii.

24.

iii.

(,L

(No.

xix. 25

Col.

lt

19, 20.

23 {om.

Tr

your, Grj)
3, 4.

Tr

iv. 20.

G L

xvi. 20.
xvii. 20.

vii. 5.

(.),

iii.

XV. 10, 25, 26.

1 twice.

i.

2 2nd, gee Ours.

11, 14 (ap.)
v. 20.
vi. 22, 24.
Pliil. i. 2.

your,

8,

3.
ii.

iii.

t*.)

36 (om.
W.)

i.

ii.

38,39,44,45<'icc.

TrA

John

i.

Eph.

2.

twice, 18.

15

iii.

vi. 14, 18.

H.)

Tr

78. 79.
xi. 2

15,

192nd (om.

GL

11, 29.

I-uke

12,

xiii. 17.

xi. 10.
xii. 7,

11,

2,

Is'

Tr A

your,

Tr A.)

iii.

vii.

8.

xxvii. 25.

13, 25.

iii.

xsi. 42.
xiiii. 30.

{.),

i.

11, 14, 16.

3, 4 twice.
ii. 4.

Gal.

24.

ii.

2 Pet.

AN.)

11.

3.

i.

22, 23, 24.

X. 4, 8, 15.
xi. 31 {om.
8.

ii.

iii. 6.

.)

14

21.

ii. 1,

Pet.

ix. 3.

XX. 33.

XXV.

Acts

viii. 17.

Mark

xiii. 20.

Jas.
virep

your care for us,

instead of
vnkp
our care for vou,

your, your own.

vi. 9, 11,

iv. 15.
xii. 9, 29.

', ('
/,
L Tr A

to or for

.)

vii. 14.

j/owr,

^.)

12

our, our own, {more em

phatic than the above.)

Matt.

iii. 1.

vii. 3, 4, 5.

we)

Tr

lltwice.

vi.

[St.)

Philem. 1, 2, 3, 25.
Heb. i. 3 (om. G =;
11.16,

V. 1, 2.

Trm

i,our,

see Ours.

14,

2. 5.

12
'

10
13.

iii. 4, 6.

18, 22.

US.

{,

3, 4.

i.

ii.

iv. 3, 6, 10,

viii. 9,

5.

i. 2, 8, 9, 10.
iv. 15.

Tit.

iii.

r:

3, 4.

\-i.

2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8,

i.

2 Tim.

AVm

12 twice.
14, see Ours.

OUE.

{Gen. of

,
,

4, St

G~)
2 Cor.

V. 13.

(No.

(o))i.

i^.)

12, 14.
ii. 3.

312nd, 57.

Tim.

U,

,,

TrA

XV. 3, 14.
-31ist,marg.(text,
1)011)),

1),

1,

see

X. 1, 6, 11.
xii. 23, 24.

m.

14, 18.
i. 1 twice.

Tim.

sakes (for)

,,{866",".2, ^ the things

G ~L

(om. Lb.)

.)

vi. 11.
ix. 1.
10 twice

twice,

U>

iii. 6 (om.
TrnJb A.)
12 (om.
TTr .)

ii. 7.

Lb

twice.

12
14

15, 16 wice.

3, 7. 8, 9, 10.

8.

G -

Trb A.)

9, 18, 20, 24.

1 Cor.

twice, 20.

19

2 i5t, 2 2nd (.),

9, 11 wicc, 13 twice.

iii.

XV. 4.
6.

own.

see

8,

ii.

9,

X. 16.
xiii. 11.

v.

OUGHT NOT

Thes.

ix. 10.

i.

xxiii. 41.

I.

OUR

563

OUR OWN.

Luke

own, one's own, as pertaining

a private j^t^J'son, and not to the

to

Jolin

2)ublic.

',

2.

Acts

1.

our own

1.1 Cor.

iu. 12.

1.

on account

See

iv. 12.

1 Tlies.

2.

OUE SAKES

,
,

8.

ii.

(fob)

for the sake of,

of,

US.
Cor.

10

i.x.

'ice.

OUES.
1.

Mark xii.
Luke XX.

1.

1.

Cor.

i.

7.

14.

2.

John

4.

Luke
John
Acts

Eom.

see
(we)

2 Cor.

2.

1.

Gen.

(we)

28.

iii.

4.

vi. 4.

4.

vii. 1.

4.

X. 12, 14.

Gal. 17, see

2 Thcs.
Tit.
see
ii.

(we)

see

4,

twice.

also, blot, brixg, caeet, cast,

CHASE, CEY, cut, DEPAET, DEAW,
DRIVE, FALL, FETCH, FIKDINO,
FOAM, GET, GIVE, GO, GOING,
GUSH, LAUNCH, LEAD, LEAVE, LET,
LIFT. LOOK, PLUCK, POUR, PULL,
PUEGE, PUT, EUN, SKKD, SHOOT,
SOUND, SPEAK, SPY, STREET. SWIM,
TAKE, THRUST, TREAD, TURNED,

other

1.

1.

John

i.

2.

Hcb.

X. 25, see

ly/Jiet?,

Ho.

6<;, out

5.

ourselves.

3.

througli.

Luke xxii. 71.

John iv. 2.
Eom. viii. 23.

(of)

(b) with Ace, through, as tending

towards, on account of, (denoting
the ground of action.)

(op)
G.

xcith

(b) u-ith Dat., beside

with.

1.

2 Cor. i. 4.
Gal. ii. 7.

2.

Tit.

1.

xivi. 75.
xiv.

(58.

Luke

Matt.

ii.

6, 15.
16.

2.

iii.

5a.

iv. 4.

vii.

at,

near,

to or along the side of,

2.
2.

1,

lVi.)

5>.

viii. 28.

xiii. 2S.

2.

34.

iiv. 35.

1.

xii. 3t,

Matt.

xii. 43.

xiii.

H),

4 (No.

1.

viii. .54 (aj).)

and

beside.

1.

v. 13.

Ace,

(c) icith

iii. 3.

out, without, outside, out of doors.

MM'

beside.

Gen. ,\)es\ae and proceeding

from, nscd with persons onh/, {as
No. 2 is with ])laccs) from, implying that something is imparted.

(we)

2.

Mark

of,

rpfcrencc to acjency, and denoting the instrument of action?)

1.

Matt.

from ; through, by means

(in

(we)

OUT.

^,

without.

of,

we.
WC,

1.

without, outside, out o doors.

ing
(we)

1, above.

^ '//XCt?,

1.

the

(a) tcith Gen., through, as proceed-

X. 25.

OURSEL\^ES

r.

see

away from, (motion from

^,

(a)

2.

connection,

4.

8.

OURSELA^ES

avToi, see

OF.
in

out of from among, (motion from

K,

3.

iii. 9.

iii. 3,

Heb.

1.

ivords

exterior.)

1st.

iv. 2, 5 twice.
V. 12.

iii. 1.

2.

^;Z.)

4.

4.

XV. 1.
i.

H.)

each

loith

5'-" (aUTOic, L.)

2.

''

o^-nJ, see

2 Cor.

u'itliin,

the interior.)

xxiii. 14.
viii. 22.

23

xii. 31.

beloiv.)

here, \st pi., loe

ourselves, {Ace.
")

from

uiihoui.LTTr),

OUT

to or for o?'selves, {Dat. pi.)

xxii. 71,

{, (,

12.

ix. 3l. .35.

{For

joined

{pi.) selves,

iv. 42,

iv. 18.

iii.

xi.

ii. 2.

OUESELVES.

,
,

vi. 37.

WOEK.

cavTwv, of ozi/"selves, reflexive,

pi.)

Rev.

2 Cor. i. 14.
4. Tit. iii. 14.

ourselves.

John

1.

of the persons;

G L*

sclves.

8.

ii.

Acts xvi. yj.

xxii. 62.

xxiv. 50 (om.
H.)

Tr Ab

iScos,

1.

OUT

1.

2.
1.

2.
1

35 I".

2.

(o>ii.

(No.

1,

Tr.)

41, 52.
xiv. 13, 29.
XV. 11, 18, 19.
22.

xvii. 5.
13.

OUT
Matt.

Acts

xxi. 16.
17, 39.

xii.

n,

xxvii. 53.

xiii.

17,42 (ai).),50.

(No.

L".)

2,

54.
15 (No.

1,

ix. 7.

'-V

Kom.

ii.

Ji'uiii

Cor.
2 Cor.

xi. 19xii 8.

siii. 1, 15.

>

XV. 21.

Tr),

74.

ii.

1.

iv. 22.

l'

iii.

38(No.

Tr
2'

Tim.

i.

Km.

ii.

Heb.

19.
42, 45 *'"

see

of every

.'38,46.

xi.

1.

Eev.

2.
3.
1.

2
1.
.{.

2
1.

1.
1.

1.
2.
1.
1.

X. 28, 20,
xi. 55.

.39.

xii. 17. 34.

1.

xiii. 1.

1.

XV. 19.

xvii. 6, 15.

XX.

1.

Acts

2.

i.

9.

2.

ii.

5.

3.

iv. 15.

2.

^,

5, 12, 10.

,
1.

OUTSIDE.
from without,

out

Matt,

i.e.

outwardly,

without, the outside.

of,

xxiii. 25.
1.

14 (No. 2, L.)

Matt,

2.

Luke

xxiii. 26.

xi. 39.

OUTWARD.

viii. 4.

1.

xi. 5, 7.
xii. 15, 16.
xiii. 1, 11.

2.

G-)

^,

out, without, external.

',

from without,

i.e.

outwardly,

externally.

XV. 6 (oiii. iff

foou. out of the Tem-

1.

I.

4.

17. 20.

1.

2.

5.

xiv. 15 (om.

29.
xix. 22.
XX. 15.
- xiiii. 20.
John i. 46.
ii. 15.
iv. 30, 47, 54.
vii. 38. 41.
42.
52.
viii. 59.

1.

XX.

externally.

iv. 5.

6,marg. (text,

24.
54.
xii. 54.
xiii. 33.
xvii. 24.

1.

1.

16.

i.

ii.

in.)

John

viii. 9.

ix. 2, 3. 17. 18.

X. 10.

ix. 5.
35.

1.

in advance,

swiftly.

si. 3t.

vii.

29,33, 35,

2.

run before

\i. 14.

12.
27.

1.
2.

33 (ap.)

vi.

OUTRUN.
to

V. 7, 9.

city.
2.

,
,

Mark

more

16.

iii.

iii.

viii. 2.

4,

3 John 10.
Jude 5, 23.

36.

2.

22, 26.

iii. 5.

vi. 17.

to.
1

5.

Jas. iii. 10, 13.

1 Pet. ii. 9.
2 Pet. ii. 9.

3, 17.

2
2

OUTGO.

to go forward, go further,
pass on, to go before in advance.

vii. 5, 14.

G--T

2,

H.)

V. 2.

1.

,,

7.

ii.

11.
iv. 17.

41.

sepa-

A.)

iii.

35 1" (No. 2,
G-=jL TTr A t<.)
35 ^nJ, sec Come.

14.
8.

29.

(',

2 Thes.

4.

1.

xxii. 13.

30.

iv. 29.

ii.

(a]).)
i.

4.

fjOiii,

Eph.
Col.
6,

Matt.

16.

i.

ii.

46.

occ.)

viii. 12.

Matt. XXV.

iv. 6.

rate

OUTER.
the outermost, most remote,

(non

xii. 2.

xvi. 9 (No.

Luke

V. 10.

Jcrichu,

born, cast, come, depart,

also,

Matt.

viii. 11.

3.

1.

2,

.)

xiii. 11.

3.

l'

si. 24, 26.

G.-v)

2".

(No.

.3

Tr

21, 23.
IS.

G=;)

25 (No. 2, L.)
X. -16 ((Kiieevjjom
thence, instead of

',

city.

viii. 4.

PUT, SEASON, SLEEP, VANISH, "WAT.

xxviii.

See

GL

xxlv. 7 (nji.)
xxvii. 29, 3Ut'te

LT

A.)

1.

1.

from every

DRAW, FLEE, GET, GO, MEASURE,

16, 33.
xxi. 5, 30.

vi. 33.

3.

T.)

(0111.

thciil,

of
W.)

TrA

17.

:.

12

xix.

:)0.

20, -il.
26(0)11.
29.
viii. 23.

2,

xvii. 2.

10.

1.

distrihuiively,

IS.

40(No.

V^ 2 twice.

vii.

Luke

CITY.

xvi. 13.

29.

Tr

throughout,
the city,

XV. 14.

26'(No.2,G.-oL.)

2.

,
,

17.

xiv. 19.

25.

2.

OUT or EVEEY

.58.

viii. 39.

^"s

OUT

vii. 3, 4, 10, 40.

xxiv. 17.

Marki. 10(No. IGroL

Tr A R)

1.

564

ple,

G3Tri>.)

xvi. 1 {om. tK

])ie,

out of the

=i

TrA

Tem-

Tri'.)

7 (om.

out
K.)

oiiol/icr

tK,

of,

GL

i:;iviicc.

17 (No.

1,

')

iv, in,

3.

',

2.

Matt,

3.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor.

the,

maniopen, manifest, 3 festediy.

2 Cor. X.

xxiii. 27.

Luke xvii. 20,bco

1,

see

yl]i}vi.

mice.

SJioic.

7.

28.
iv. 16.

ii.

G^L

openly,

[place, >

SCO

Ai)iija.

auce.
2.

Pet.

ill. 3.

TTr A.>
21.

XVM.

8.

OUTWARDLY.

xviii. 4.

xix.5(No.2,G--L

Tr

A.)
15,

2.

Matt,

xxiii. 28.

3.

2L

XX. 7. 9, 12.
xxi. 2, 3, lu.
xxii. 1.
191'

19 2nd.

OUTWENT.
See, OUTGO.

Rom.

ii.

28.

OVE

565

Matt, xxvii.
nt^aiust
Mark 35,

OVEN.

an oven for baking bread.

large round earthen pot, first
heated by a fire made within, and

see Pass.
42 1", see Rule.
42
see Lord-

against.

-,

Rom.

Fbip.

xii. 28.

vii. 1,

eVi,

upon, superposition.
Gen., upon, (as springing

(a) loith

ment.
(b) toith Dat., upon, (as resting on)
like the Gen., except that the point

of vieio
(c) U'ith

is different.

Ace, upon,

{by direction

towards) upon, ivith onotion implied ; over, of authority in action.

[Note. lb is used when following a verb of existence.

is

up above, upon,

transitive.]

over.

side.

(a) ivith art., that

beyond, the other

X. 19.

John

3.

out

1.

2.

in.

ii.

26.

vi. 8.

ix. 11.
xi. 6.

10.

xiii. 7.

xiv. 18.
XV. 2 1st, 2 2nd(ap.),

2 3rd A 4Hi.
xvi. 9.

xvii. 18.
xviii. 11 (No. Ic,

TrAW.)
20 (No. lb,

,
,

Tr

Come.

6L

N.)

down over

against,

i.e.

at

from over

against, before,

in the presence of.

over.
(

and towards
beyond, above, tisedin comparison.

up

over,

XX.

see Do-

minion.
against.

2,

5.

up above.
la.Matt. ixiv.

see Pass.

25,

of,

from,

<;, over

against,

opposite.

(^

6.

ZZZ^iv^\j8eeGo.
xii.

, out

over
acainst.

avTLKpv, opposite to, (now occ.)

',

over against the other side,

on the opposite shore, {non

ii. 9.

ix. 1,

<

4.

(b) ivifh Ace., over

Matt.

Rev.

the point over against.

from among, from.

with Gen., over and separate

from, on behalf of, as though bending over to protect.

2.

7,

tion.

OVER AGAINST.

(a)

8.

Jude

Remain.

xvi. 9, see

Ace, around and towards,

of,

see Lord.
see Fornica-

V. 3,

viii. 2.

around.

about, in reference to, concerning.

7.

vi. 1.
13, see

TrR)

(b) tvith

ii',

against

41 (No. Ic,
W.)

la. Acts vi. 3.

vu. 10, 11.
Ic.
16, see Carrv.
Ic.
27 (No. la,

with Gen., around and separate

from.

6.

Jas. V. 14.
1 Pet. iii. 12.

17.
xviii. 1.

3.

(.)

ii.

iii. 6.

xxii. 25, see Lordxxiii. 23.

[ship.
38.
44.

lb.
Ic.

(a)

5. eV,

see
(be)
see Autho-

X. 21.

xix. 14.
17, 19.
27.

30,see
Tr

12,

ix. 5.

lb.

Trepi,

Heb.
.

-XV. 7<"', 10.

Ib."

ii.

rity.

Ic-

iii. 7.

V. 12,

Tim.

Ic-

see Give.
see Tri-

15,

iii.

ITies.

,1

see Pass.

44.
xii. 14.
42.
44.

la.Ib.Ib.-

22.

i.

iv. 19,

Col.

umph.

Ic-

side.
4.

Eph.

7b.

ix. 1.

see

15,

see Jealous.

xi. 2,

xi. 42,

3.

beyond, over, on the other

iripav,

viii.

(have uothinp)

vi. 38, see Run.

viii. 22, see Go.
26, see
agaiust

2.

13.

iii.

8.
.39.

IcIc-

Do

minion

minion.

33.

iv. 10.

Ic.

when the verb

Ic

3.

ii.

4b.

of superintendence or govern-

over,

i.

2.

from) upon and proceeding from

2.

Luke

Ic.
Ic.

Fee

XV. 12, see Reign

1 Cor. vii. ,37.
2 Cor. i. 24, see Do

against.

1.

ix. 5.

Over

see

28, see Give,

25, see Passing,

v. 14.
9, 14, \

2,

33.
39,

Ic.

OVER.

i.

iii.

see
xii. 41, > against.
xiii. 3, see Over
against.
sv. 26, see Write.

{non occ.)
Luke

28.

xxi. 2, ) see
xxvii. 5, S Sail.
7 '', sec

(text,

53,
X.

xi.

marg.

the other side.)

then the dough spread upon the

sides to be baked into thin cakes,
vi. 30.

>

vi. 45,

13.

XX. 2, see Oo.

15,8eeOagainst.

see
Pass.

>

V. 21,

3a.

Acts xix.

61, see

iv.

Matt.

OVE

see

Over

lb.

45.

47.

Ic.
la.
Ic.
la.

XXV. 21 !'.

2.

xxvii. 37.

Ic.

21

45.

(a) tcifh Gen.,

2''d

23 i
23 "nd.

(b)

occ.)

down.

u-ifh

upon

down from,

against.

Ace, down towards, down

pr

{locally.)

along,

over

against,

OVE
7.

me

', towards.

1.

1.

(b) u-ith Oaf., resting i the direction towards.

Ace, hitherwards, towards,

2.

Matt. xxi. 2 (No.

TTrA*

1,

2.

marg.

xiii.
XV.

Luke

4.

,
,

Luke

xxvii. 7

OYER

39.

viii. 26.

xix.30.
XX. 15.

1.

6b.

(Trm)
41
3.[(No.2,Ti.)

xii.

1.

3.

5.

xi. 2.

1.

Mark

1.

S.)

xxvii. 61."
7c. Mark vi.
45,
(text, unto.)

to.

(kaye nothing)

no not,

to have not

~)

more

to be

more than

than enough,

enough.

2 Cor.

viii. 5.

ii.

to be

{non occ.)
Luke xxi. 34

hea\'y,

(be)

be veighed

(,

GL

Tr

weight,

to

be victorious, come

of

conquer.

,
over.

to work out, bring

about, acLomplish to work down,
;

make an end
1.

Luke
John
Acts

1.

Eom.

,
and

xxi. 7.

OVERCOME

xi. 22.
xvi. 3.3.
xix. 16.
lii. 4.

of.
1.

Eom.

xii.

Eph.

vi.

21 ''

marg.
13,
(text, do.)
1. 1 John ii. 13, 14.

3.

(be)

to be inferior, to be subdued
vanquished hence, enslaved.
;

2 Pet.

ii.

19, 20.

(-ED.)

to dash down upon

,
,

2 Pet.

iii. 6.

OVERLAY.
to

round,

veil

cover

hence, overlay.

Heb.

ix. 4.

OVERMUCH.

';,

{comp. of
over
and above, more than enough)
more abundant.
ii. 7.

OVEBBEACH.
1

Thes.

iv. 6,

[margin.]

see " defraud."

[margin.]

"lord over (be)"

OVERSEER.

conduct their affairs.)

to lord it against or
over 0711/ one ; have or exercise
authority over, get the mastery

2.

xiii. 7 (up.)
xvii. 14.

1.

a watcher, overseer. {Li

Athens it teas the name given to the
men sent into subdued states to

.)

,
1.

1.

Eev.

1.

1 Pet. V. 3, see

OVERCOME..

victoi,

3.

7. 11, 17, 26.

OVERRULE,

down, be oppressed by

2.

1.

5.

OVERCHARGED

xii. 11.

2 Cor.

to weigh down, press heavily

upon, burden upon, be burdensome upon.

1.

i.

OYERCHAEaE.

2 Cor.

iii. 5, 12, 21 twice.

xi. 7.

1.

'

see

19, 20,

around

<

Eev.i

Rev.

1.
|

t>t'.-, .5.

ii.

;
hence,
to overflow, to flood, (noii occ.)

(be)

1 Thes. V. 12.

OVER

iv. A.

V. i

OA^ERELOW

""'=^

to cause to stand before, to

set over.
In N.T. only intrans.,
to be over, preside, rule.

C ov,

John
(be)

1.

in reference to

2 Pet.

(a) tvifh Gen., hither wards.

(c) toith

OVE

[IntheiYT.

it is

used of presbyters,

,-,
',

(Acts XX. 28), denoting the watchful care which thev were to exIn Phil,
ercise, {cf. 1 Pet. v.'2).
who elsewhere
i. 1, the
are menare called
tioned with tlie
{cf. 1 Tim.
and Tit. i. 7, with
iii. 2, with v. 8
AVhile
verse 5.)
therefore denotes the dignity of
the office, cViVkottos denotes its

duties.]
Acts XX.

23.

, ^.
OVE

567

to cast a shadow upon, to

overshadow, {non occ.)

Matt.

xvii. 5.

Mark

ix. 7.

OX

568

PAIN

1.

7,1),

(-S, -ED.)

travail; /ience, sorrow,

pain, anguish.

2.

a throe, pang, as of a looman

,
Acts

[vail.

1.

see Tra-

1.

ii. 2-t.

Eom.

viii. 22,

Eev.

xvi. 10, 11.

xxi. 4.

PAIN

(-ED.) [verb.]
to apply a touch stone

PALE.

pale-green, yellowish-green,
like the colour of the first shoots of
grass, etc., which, though heautiful
in a vegetable, is, in a living creature livid, and plague-stricken.
See Lev. xiii. 49; xiv. 37. In
Rev. vi. 8, The colour of the horse,
whose rider s name is " Pestilence,"

in travail.
2.

PAP

to

Matt. xxiv. 7).

(see

examine by words

or torture
lience, to afflict with pain
spoken
of the pains of parturition and
punishment.

Eev.

vi. 8.

Eev.

PAINED
Luke

PALM

PAINFULNESS.

John

2 Cor. ri. 27,

PAIE.

2.

Luke

ii.

?,
,

1.

1.

Matt.

PALACE.

\\\\. 6.

ii.

Luke

Lnt., priptorium, the

general's tent in a camp
then,
the residence of the governor of
a province, ivhether prcefor or other
officer ; a prajtorian residence.

2.

(,

24 (No.

1,

Gc

ix. 33.

Acts

'

viii.

(that hath the)

Matt.

PAP
the

2.

1.

//,

Acts

(taken with a)

V. 18.

TTpatTwfnnv,

Luke V.
L.)

2.

3, 4, 5, 9, 10.

PALSY

reception.

from the

to disjoin.
In N.T., pass,
part., relaxed, enfeebled.

a court, a yard, i.e. any

enclosed space in the open air

exposed to winds and weather

hence, the courtyard of an oriental
edifice, which served as a place of

paralytic, palsied.

PALSY
2.

vi. 5.

vii. 9.

(sick of the)

ix. 2 twice, 6.

Mark

a yoke, serving to couple any two

hence, the beam
which unites two scales, a balance.

2.

see Strike.

TREE.*

to loosen at or

things together;

;,

22,

Eev.

perf

24.

PAIR OF BALANCES.

Eev.

xii. 13.*

side,

1.

1.

John xviii.

PALM

and

PALSY

1.

a yoke hence, gen., a pair, a

couple, {pec. Luke xiv. 19.)

^,

a palm-tree, the date-palm, used

also of a bough carried in the
hand.

wearisome labour, including the

idea ofpainful effect ; sorrow.

ii.vyo<;,

Smite.

67, see

[margin.]

(he)

see "straitened (be)."

xii. 50,

PALM.
Matt. xxvi.

xii. 2.

iv. 24.

(-S.)

..

breast,

of

woman,

of a man.)

Luke

Eev.

xi. 27.
xxiii. 29.

i.

(of

13

(^,/

breast

man), L.

1.

Matt. uvi.

1.

Mark

.?, 58, 69.

liv. 54, 66.

2. Phil.

i.

13,

1.

Ltiko

1.

John

marg. C(Mar'$

xi. 21.
xviii. 15.

court.

PAPER.

)<;,

Lat., cliarta, a leaf

made of the papyrus.
2

John

12.

of paper

PAR

PARABLE

1.

569

a placing beside, or side

for the purpose of comparison
an utterance wliich involves a comparison, and Avhose
proper meanins^ is not that which
;

is expressed by the words, but

which must become clear by the

A form,
intended application.
therefore, which conceals from the
one what it reveals to the other.
[A PAn.vBLE illustrates by what ia
wont or possible to hap])en, or by
Avhat either the speaker or hearers
an exbelieve to be possible
;

illustrates

by what

has

happened; A fat3LK transfers the

case in point to a lower sphere in
which it could not happen, and
therefore the design and meaning
are

more

easily discerned.

It is

not said whether Luke xvi. 19-31

is the former or latter of these
but in either case the teaching is
not in the words, but in the com;

parison.]

2.

something by or on the
way. a wayside discourse, o? a waylessons drawn
from actions of ordinary life, and
from objects and processes in
illustration,

side

also, an out-of-the-way
hence, an enigmatic
discourse
speech, a dark saying, {in opp. to

nature

',

to speak openly

or plainly.)
1.

Matt.

Luke

xiii. 3, 10, 13, IR,

1.

24,31,33, 3t>', 35,

1.

viii. 4, 9, 10, 11.

36, 53.

1.

xii. 16, 41.

1.

xiii. 6.

1.

xiv. 7.

xxii. 1.

1.

XV. 3.

1.

xviii. 1, 9.
xix. 11.

33,

1.

1.

3-i.

1.

vii. 17.

2.

xii.

1.12.

xiii. 28.

Luke

V. 36.

^,

2.
2.

Note also the expressions, "Me

gardcnof the Lord,'' (Gen. xiii. 10,
and

Isa.

what

as

xxi. 29.

made

X. 6.

xvi.25"'ice7 marg.
29,
; (text,
proverb.)

PARADISE.

it

garden with trees, or park of an

Eastern monarch.

3) the garden being

relation to Jehovah,

li.

viewed, in

XX. 9, 19.

John

Encj., paradise.
The Ixx.
o/tlic garden in Eden, (Oen.
ii. 8, etc.); a ivord which the Greeks
also use to describe a large pleasure-

use

;?

vi. 39.

XV. 15.
xxi. 33, 45.

xxiv. 32.
Mark iii. 23.
-iv. 2,10,11, 13"'i,

later Jewish teaching made

Paradise that part of 7;5 reserved
is gravefor the blessed. But
dom, wliither all go in death {see
" HELL," No. 2, and note), and
Paradise is the place of the risen
saints. The Scripture teaches that
Paradise vas the dwelling-place
of God with man in the iirst
Heaven and Earth. It was barred
from man at the Fall, and destroyed at the Elood. It will reappear again at the Regeneration,
(Matt. xix. 28) when God shall
fulfil His promise and make the
new Heavens and Earth, (Is. li.
2 Pet. iii.
16 Ixv. 17 Ixvi. 22
13 Rev. xxii.) of which the ^lillonnial Earth will be at once the
pledge and foretaste, {see tinder
"heaven"). Hence, the Scriptures relating to Paradise now,
are all future, as the abode of
risen saints, not of dead ones.
(1) In Luke xxiii. 43, the Lord
gives the dying robber a present
assurance, instead of a future rememhrayice " A''erily I say unto
thee to-day," the future fulfilment being required by the absence of oTt, (compare Luke xxii.
34, and ]Matt. xxi. 2S, with ]\Iark
xiv. 30; Luke iv. 21, and xix. 9;
and see vnder " to-day.") (2) In
2 Cor. xii. 4 the verb is
" catch away," 0^, " up." (3) In
Rev. ii. 7 the promise is clearly
future, pointing to Rev. xxii.

[The

(-S.)

b} side

AMPLK

PAR

its

it

vas and what

He

had

Also, " the garden of

Ood;' (Ezek. xxviii. 13; xxxi. 8, 9;
and Rev. ii. 7) the garden being
viewed in its relation to man. as
being the place where God (Elohim) did and yet would dwell
with man the latter being the
human aspect, and the former the
Divine.
See under " woed," and
it.

wo/r.]

Luke

{non occ.)

xxiii. 43.

2 Cor. xii. 4.

Rev.

ii.

7.

PAR

570

PAECEL.
GROUND.

See,

PAECHMENT

',

Heb.

(-s.)

,
iv. 13.

L.

2.

3.

1.
1.

',

PAEENT

79,

(-S.)

C Ik,

born, older.
In
N.T. ph, progenitors, ancestors,
forefathers.

/,

B(??r,^;?.,
a father.
father and mother.

Matt.

X. 21.

1.

Mark xiii. 12.

Luke ii. 27, 41.

1.

Eph.

1.

Col.

1.

xviii. 29.

2.

Tim. V. 4.
2 Tim. ui. 2.
Heb. xi. 23.

xxi. 16.

L23.

1.

Johnix. 2,3,18, 20,22,

3.

2.

1 Cor. xiii. 9 1'"-, lo,12.

(-S.)

[noun.]

i.

12.)

lot,

the apparent

)
J

V
1.
1.

2.
1.

1.

oi,

inclination of

3.

1.

ii.

22.

indeed
but some.

2.

Mark viii. 10.

Luke X. 42.
^xi.3fi.
John xiii. S.

i.

(,
G^L

1.

17.

Tr

viii. 21.
xiv. 4.

iv.

16

A.)

hcf,
1.
1.
1.

Eph.

1.

the

1.
1.

G-)

2.

a t^

(.)

lb. 1 Pet. iv. 14 twice

PAET OF

See

(.)

ii.

xxii. 19.

(take)

ii.

i.e.

to

14.

fourth, greater, hinder,

INWARD, LACK, MORE, TENTH,
THIRD, UTMOST, UTTERMOST, YOUR.

also,

1.

mem-

[verb.]

(-ED.)

to dispart, separate into

parts, divide out to each person
from a common source.

Matt, xxvii. 35

Mark

i", 35 SnJ

8,

Luke xxiii. 34.

Johu xix. 24.
Acta

XV. 24.

9 (om. Gr:)

16 mar^. (text,
Rev. xvi. 19. [rcujiect.)
XX. 6.
xxi. 8.

Col.

ix. 40.

("J')

xxiii. 6, 9
4. Rom. XV. 23.
2. 2 Cor. vi. 15.

25

place,
ii.lO.

XX.

1.

xix. 23"''

ActH

Actsxvi. 12 (om.

1.

Mark

PAET

.1some

, but,

Matt.

1.
3.

indeed

separate

Heb.

the sun's

to

these,

to.

then,

these,

/xi/...

from.

to have with another,

partake of, share in.

course; hence, clime, region.

ot,

down

over.

the heavens, the earth teas divided

climates, by
into several
lines dratvn parallel

(on one's)

Ace over and towards,

beyond, above.

2a.

inclination, declivity;

from

14.

5.

assir/ned,

a die, anything used

in determining chances hence, a
lot, i.e. a part or portion as assigned
by lot, an heritage so obtained.

i.

ii.

Gen., over and

from, for, on behalf of.

4.

inrep,

oilier

ivJioIe,

a part, division, part

a

2 Cor.

Ace, down towards, down

(b) toith

a part, part of a

1.

(a) with

v;ith

portion, share, (occ. Col.

3.

upon, according

portion.

2.

1.

doAvn.

(b) zvith

loords, see below.)

^,

PAET

20.

iii.

{For various comhinations

1.

sons, individuall3\

xi. 25.

2.

PAET

some

degree.

(_yu,poa;s,apart, 3

vi. 1.

) partly, in

from ) /'^/'??^^, partially,

among, of, > imperfectly; o/jofr-

(a) ivith Gen.,

1.

1.

a part,

Rom.

1.

liom. 1. 30.
2 Cor. xii. 14'wlce.

(-)

avay from,

1.

both

z.e.

viii. 56.

1.

<

earlier

1.

2.

In N.T. only pi.

a parent.

hence,

vii. 2.

PAET

,
,

occ.)
2 Tim.

(give)

Enf/.,

i.e.

parchment, (o

skiu,

PAET

to part, divide into parts

to assign, grant, bestow.

Laf., membraiia,

membrane,

PAR

D
to

ii.

45.

()

place asunder, separate

one's self,
elf,

go away.
Luke

xxiv. 51.

PAR

',
-,

PAETAKE WITH

(-est.)

Eom.

co-

PARTAKEll

Cor.

ix. 23.

(-S.)

tvitk other

{For various comhinations

U'ords, see beloiv.)

,
,
,

a nharer in common, (from

to all) a partaker,
partner, companion.

1.

KULvos,

common

with
toa sharer in
common, in conjunction Avith
others, a joint-partaker, co-part-

2.

gether

(iVb.

\\\\\\,

1,

iJ^'fJixcd)

ner.

having in association with

another; as subst., a sharer with

3.

another.

'i.

(.

3,

irith

to-

gether with, 2)re/ixed) a having in

association together, in conjunction Avith another, a joint-sharer,
{occ.

Eph.

V. 7.)

to take hold of in
one's turn hence, to take part in,
Here,
to interest one's self for.

.").

juD't.,
1.

Matt,
Cor.

I.

1.

2 Cor.

devoted

to.

2 Tim.

xxiii. 30.
X. 38.

3.

Heb.

i.

8,

iii. 1,

7.

3.

vi. 4.

3.

sii. 8.

2.

Ei)li. iii. C.
Pliil. 1. 7.

5.

I.

Tim.

i.

see Afflic-

U.

[tioiid.

Pet. V. 1.
2 Pet. i. i.

1. 1

vi. 2.

1.

]^\RTAKER

(to be)

unto, for the,

iti,
part nssijjneJ,

division, por-

tion, share.

.\
Col.

1.

i.

12.

OF

(lii;)

to share in common, to be
a partaker of or in anything in

Knivo)vc(i),

common with

2.

^,
gether

otliers.

(^^.

Avith,

an>i thing in

1,

/'////

common

'',

to-

share
in conjunc-

^;'//.(/)

to

tion with others.

?,.

othert;.

[partner.

to have in association with

another.

oi anything

1.

xi. 17.

4.

joiiit-partaker,

to become.

571

PAR
to take a part or share
in as.sociation Avith

PAR

572

PAETICULAELY.

1.

(^

,
,

< v,

according

to,

above.)

each.

Acts

according

to,

.^^

^^^^.^^
7.

xxi. 19.

Heb.ix.

2.

PAETITION.

8.

some,

yu-ev.

ii.

14.

) in

j in

this,

.indeed,

TovTo, this,

,, but,
1.

9.

on the one hand.

and on the other.
2.

Heb.

subst.,

2.
1.

Luke

11.

X. 33.

1.

1.

ivith

1.

4.

5.

xiv. 15.

Mark ix. 30

',

JWSs 7((
or by the side of, A.)

as

8.

Acts

9.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor.

10.

1.

Philem.

viii. 23.

17.

(-ED, -ETII, -INO.)

ivith

Luke

1.

5.
2.
4.

John

2.

Acts

XV.

see

G ~

16

i.

(No.

3,

L.)
iii.

19.

Ileb. iv. 14.

Pet. i. 17.

(i.

7.

3.

Johu

ii. 8.

iii.

Rev.

3.

14.

ix. 12.
xi. It.

PASS AWAY.

8.,

1.
1.
1.
1.

7.

to go a\vay from one place

to another ; hence, go away, depart, pass away.

),

to pass over from one

place to another, 9/?., to pass from
one state to another.

valk,

Matt. xxiv. 35
xxvi. 42.
Murk xiii. 31

'*'

''ce.

liUko xxi. 32, 33

1 Cor. vii. 31.

'ice.

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

,
,
,

1.

2Cor.

1.

1.

Jns. i. 10.
2 Pet. iii. 10.

1.

R.;v. xxi. 1

Tr
3.

to come or go through,
to pass through; of loater, to pass
over.

to make a stride,
step across, pass over.

2 Cor.

other

to comc beside or near

any per.wn, draw near go or pass
near, pass along by.

54,

Brought.
2.

4.

10 part.

iviii. 27.

2.

36, see

vii.

Flower.

2.

V. 24.
xii.

V. 12.

Cor.

11. Phil. iv. 7.

xiv. 35.
xvi. 17.
26.
xix. 4.

1.

V. 7.

xxvii. 8.

1.

2.

lO.Eph.

xiii. 30.

1.

words, see below.)

3.

V. 18 twice.

viii. 28.

<Opass,LTl';,(7rapa7ro-

having with another

a partner.

(Jbr various comhinafions

2.

xxiv. 31.
xxvi. 39.

1.
9.

PASS

1.

superior to, surpass, excel.

(-S.)

common

to throw or cast over

hence, to surpass,

then, to
to hold over
hold over, or beyond, to jut out
over or beyond, to be better, be

Matt.

1.

a sharer in

or beyond
exceed.

others.

2.

10.

1 Cor. xi. 18.

,
,

to pass by ihc side

Here followed
or near any one.
by
through, to journey through.

some part,
some measure.
meas

PAETNEE

1.

,
,

Here, mid.,

to lay near.

To
to lie near or with a7ii/ one.
lay one's course near, i.e. to sail
near, by, or along a ^)Zac^, or

PAETLT.
part,

C //epos,

to lead along near, to lead

or past. Here, mid., pass
along, pass away.

coast.

Epli.

self.

by

5.

wall.

( Tt,

to turn up. Sere, mid.,

to turn one's self around, to be
turned around to move about in
a place, sojourn, dwell in, live to

conduct one's

a fence or hedge as endosing

anything, i.e. a thorn hedge round
a vineyard, often in addition to a

{see also

one,

C /^epo9, part,
1.

")

6.

one by one.

PAS

Rev.

V. 17.

(No.

3,

GL

.)

xxi. 4.

PASS BY.

see

"PASS,"

AT?. 7.

see " P.VSS,"

,
,

JSio. 2.

to como or go, u.'ied of persons or things, denoting the act of

coining or going.
see " PASS,"
see

No.

1.

"PASS," No.

i).

PAS

/,

6.

573

?;,

Matt. XX.

30.
xivii. 39.

5.

Mark

1.

4.

ii.

6.

XV. 21.

5.

29.

John

viii.

ix. 1

1.

,
xi.

xviii.

Mark

.35.

Acts

3.

V.

59 (up.)
port.

xvi. 8.
xvii. 23 part.

4.
2.

ANOTREIi.
Hels. vii. 24, see "

,'

(" PASS,"

iVb.

SIDE.
1,

See

Rom.

(CAX)

1.

to pass through.
Luke

xvi.

2.

2(5.

,
,

,
,
,
,

Matt.

ix.

NO.

1.

Matt.

ix. 1.

2.

Mark

iv. 35.

"PASS,"

iVo. 2.

Luke

Mark

1.
1.

,
',

;i.

1.

I.

(OF like)

PASSOVER.

xii. 4.)

21 part.

53 part.

xi. 42.

"pass,"

Matt. xxvi. 2,
Markxiv. 1,12

JV^o. 5.

to travel through, to tra-

Luke

xix. 1.
Act.s viii. to.
XV. 3.

3.

viii.

1.

2.

Heb.

1.)

Acts

1.
1

John

17, 18. 19.

':, 14, It).

xi.

55"i.

xii. 1.
xiii. 1.

41.
xxii. 1,7,8,11,13,15.
Jolin ii. 13, 23.
ii.

xviii. 28, 39.

xix. 14.
1

vi. 4.

Cor.

V. 7.

xi. 28.

iVo. 2.

see " PASS,"

Luke

24 marg. (text,
ajfection.)

Heb.

see

verse, (occ.
I.

V.

Greeh spelling of the Ara-

the

Acts
v.

vi.

PASS THKOFGH.

2.

Gal.

iKUzti, the Passover, i.e. a

sparing, immunity, from Heb.,
ncQ, to pass over, to spare.
Hence, Eng., paschal, i.e. Paschal
supper, or Paschal lamb, (occ.

of ivater,

Luke

^,

1.
I

Jas. V. 17.

xii. 10.

see " PASS," JVo. 1.

3.

1.

to suffer.

3.

maic

see

;}.

i.

or conditions.

to pass through
to pass over.

2.

Acts

like affected, suffering like

things, i.e. of like nature, affections,

PASS OVEE.

1.

PASSION.

go forward, go further.
Acts

[margin.]

" remission."

PASSIONS

7.

9 part.

PASS ON.

to

25, see

PASS FOETH.
see " PASS,"

iii.

Avhat is suffered, affection

or suffering of mind, emotion.

2.

-,

comk, past.

FASSING OVER,

X. 31, 32.

PASS

also,

[margin.]

unchangeable."

ivith

against, prefixed) to pass

along
against, to pass by on
the opposite side, (non occ.)
Luke

late.

vi. 35.

FASSING FROM ONE TO

1.5.

ON THE OTHER

PASS BY

(fab)

much, of iime or hours,

37.

1.

2u part.

1.

Mark

4.

U part.

vi. 48.

5.

PASSED

go or pass through

to

a place.

1.

PAS

xvii. 1 part.
xix. 1,21 part.
Cor. xvi. 5 'it

PAST.
beside.

(a) ivith Gen., beside

(b) with Oat., beside

xi. 2t).

and proceed-

ing from, from.

and

at,

near,

\vith.

PASS THllOUGHOUT.
see " PASS,"
Acts

No.

xiv. 2i part.

2.

Ace, to or along the side

compared with, so as to be
shown beyond, etc. hence, beyond.

(c) with
of,

2.

,
,

PAS

to come Bear to 0)' beany ijerson or tliinff, to go or

pass near spohoi of time, to pass
by, be past.

a wheel-track, rut, road-Avay,

a Avheel), {iion occ.)

2.

(from

side

3.

to be

gone past,

Acts

xiv. IG x^art.

2. 1

iii. 3.

1.

Luke

iii. 4.

Mark

i.

3.

2.

Heb.

xii. 13.

PATIENCE.
a remaining under, a bear-

,
5 ,
,

ing-up under; hence, patient endurance, holding out, enduring.

xii. 11,

1.

Matt.

1.

1,

i.

V.

1.

gone by, to have

A'auislied, (no7i occ.)

see Feeling.
Eom.xi.SS.seeFiiuling. Eph.iv.19,
Heb.
see Time.
ual. 21, see Time.
andsccAge.
3.

PAT

,,

574

Pet. iv. 3 part.

2 Thes.

5,

iii.

is

the patience which waits for Christ.

PAST
1.

ytiO//.ai,

3.

Ecv. in. 10,

<;. ..
the word which treats of patient waiting for me, i.e. the
word of prophecy.
6

to become,

8,
come

2.

(be)

to begin to be
to 2)ass.

is

(JVb. 1, ivifh Bid, through,

prefixed^ to become throughout,
to be through, i.e. be past, have
elapsed.

-,

(i\O. 1, loith

,
basis of

Eom.

before,
before, to

Tit.

occ.)

Mark

xvi.

1.

Luke

ix. 30.

part.

3.

Eom.

1.

iii.

Tim.

ii.

25.
18.

13 with

PAST

ii.

Matt, xviii.
Luke

(in time)

whenever, once, loth of

; of the past,

2 Tim.

26, 29, see

1 Pet.

2, 11.

ii.

Heb.

i.

11.

ii.

i.

i.

3.
4.

iii.

Eev.

TTOTc, see

Eom.

^j,mDrg. (text,

iii.

ahove.
Gal

xi. 30.

Eph.

1. 1

(in times)

ii.

23.

Matt,

xviii. 26, 29.

PATIENCE

(have long)

Jas. v.

7.

iv. 11.

PATIEXCE

PASTURE.

(si,(r<

r with Ion;/)

[margin.]
pasture, the act of feeding
pasturage, {non occ.)
John

PATH
1.

(iiavk)

bearing.

who tends

feeds, hut one who tends, guides,

nourishes, cherishes, and rules, etc.

xiv. 12.

vi. 11.

lierds or {\oc\is,not viercJy oneicho

Eph.

3, 19.

10.

to be long-miiided, i.e.
slow to anger, passion, etc. to be
long-suffering, to be })aticntly for-

(-S.)

a 8he])herd, one

6t'

9.

xiii. 10.

PATIENCE

i.

3.

PASTOR

Tim.

i.

i.

ii. 2,

I'litient u-aitimj.)

PAST

(have
[lou;.-)

11.

2 Pet.

i.
i.

3, 4.

V. 7, see
10.

11.

Thes.

2 Thes.

10.

X. 36.

Jas.

XV. 4, 5.
2 Cor. vi. 4.

20.

iii.

2.

vi. 12.

xii. 1.

V. 3, 4.

viii. 25.

Col.
ii.

Tit.

viii. 15.

xii. 12.

Philem.

1. 1.3.

Eph.

of

longanimity, slowness

xxi. 19.

time past and future

once, formerly.
Gal.

4.

three graces
cf
2 Avith 1 Cor. xiii. 13.

to anger, i.e. long-suffering, patient forbearance.

Eom.
Avhen,

grand
it, cf

the

(have)

-ore,

the

put for

is

XV. 5,

Also,

II

prefixed) to become
have previously committed, {noh

2.

Hope being

+ Hence,

also,

Jas. V. 7 morg.

X. 9.

(-S.)

<;, a beaten path,

to rub,

(from
wear down), (non occ.)

1.

),

"
See " patient (be)

PATIENT.
to

remain

behind when

others have (/one; to remain under,

to bear up under hence, to endure
;

patiently, {here, /)articij)le.)

PAT
<;,

2.

fitting

upon,

fitting,

meet

hence, not insisting on just rights

not only passively non-contentions,
;

but activeh/ considerate, Avaiving

just and legal redress, and tempering strict justice with gentle
equity.

^,

3.

and

evils

Rom.

ii.

see

7,

,
,
1

Thea.

see

v. 14,

2 Thes.

Con-

2.

Tim.
2 Tim.

3.

Thes.

iii.

5,

see Wait-

iii.

3.

[ing.

24.

ii.

Jas. V.

(be)

In

Acts

xxiii. 11

xxiv.

S.)

GLTTrA.)

see

7, 8,

see "

(be)

^/^,

stone-strewed, paved, yf.,

a tesselated pavement of mosaic

sit/7'cr

ivith long
[jxititnct!.

1.

PATIENTLY.
patiently,

^^,

to give away from one's

deliver over, give up. Spoken
in ref. to obligation to give in full,
render, pay over or off as debts or

forbear-

2.

occ.)

to end, finish, complete; of a

to fulfil it, execute it, accomplish it
hence, of the law of paylair,

Heb.

tvayes, etc.

with long-

i.e.

see Endure.

vi. 15,

PATIENTLY

see "

(take)

1.

2.

PATIENT,"

1 Pet.

iVo. 1.

1.

PATRIARCH

Matt.

etc., to

xvii. 24.
xviii. 25, 26,28,29,

vii. 9,

88,

(-S.)

mark or impress made by

, ,

a hard substance on a softer one

then, model, pattern, exemplar in

3.

widest sense.

to form
{from
or copy slightly) delineation, outline, a ])rimary draught or sketch
to be afterwards filled in, or a subtracery to be afterwards painted

-,

over, (occ. 2 Tim.

what

is

i.

13.)

pointed out, or

shown

secretly or privately, what

is given a glimpse of
hence, a
representation.
;

Tim.

2.

1.

Tit.

ii.

i.

7.

16.

1.

3.

vii. 42.

xii. 59.

Eom.

xiii. 6.

see Tithe.

see above, ATo. 1.

Matt,

2.

Luke

1.

xviii. 25.

vii. 8, 9.

vii. 4.

PATTERN

it.

PAYMENT BE MADE.

(-s.)

Acts

Heb.

1.

2.

Heb.

Eng., patriarch, the father

and founder of a family or tribe.
20.

pay

Matt.srfii.23,seeTitbo

V. 26.

30, 31.

ii. 20'''i'-

;,

its

1>

AS.)

ing tribute,

G L

self,

xjcvi. 3.

30 (om.

PAY, PAID.

ance, (no

1.

he,

GLTTrAS.)

Jolin xix. 13.

suffering, or vith long

ii.

(,

{ap.)
xxviii. 17

PATIENCE (hAYe)"

8.

Acts

Acts xxv. 7

PAVEMENT.

V. 14.

2:5

Tr

(om. GLTi
(6, him,

(be)

Jas. V. 7, marg. he long patient, or

Acts

[Tr

i*.)

passages, except

all

xviii. 1 (om.

Avork.

PATIENT

PAUL.

Paul, the name of the great

" Apostle of the Gentiles."

injuries.

tiuiuince.
xii. 12 part.

1.

holding up under

])atieut

PEA

Heb.

Tiii. 5.

ix. 23.

PEACE.
peace,

strife,

rest

/ contrast

tcith

and denoting the absence

or end of strife. As itijluenced

by the Heb. cirti, a state of health
or well-being, it denotes a state
of untroubled, undisturbed wellThe Peace which is the
being.
I'esult
of forgiveness enjoyed,
must not be confounded with the
Peace Christ has "made" by the
blood of His cross.

"The Peace

of God," in Phil.
the Peace which God has,
as being free from all anxiety and
care, and arising from His perIn
fectly knowing the future.
as
we
proportion,
therefore,

[(a)

iv. 7, is

PEA.

" make our requests " unto Him, a

measure of tlie peace which He has
will "keep" us from being " care-

(= full of cave), see Isa.

ful "

57G

,,

2.

Eom.

xxvi.

XX. .31, )
xxvi. 63, f seeP(liold
i. 25,
f
one's)

1 Uor.

Hi. -t,
J
V. 34.
ix. 34, see

-.

(hold

one's)
33.

(hve
Gal.

Eph.
(hold

Ti. 15, 23.

i. 2.

Phil.

- xviii. 09, see

one's)
- xix. 38.
40, see
one's)

Col.

iii.

(hold

2 Thes.

Thes.

XV.

13,
33.

i.

2.

Tim.

i.

2.

Philem.

Heb.

16.

ii.

(hold

iii.

[one's)

Pet.

18 ''.

1.

2.

i.

V. 1

17.

2 Pet.

v. 1.

/( >(,
viii. 6.

15 (om.

J.

iii.

Eev.

AbW.)

i.

iii.

4.

at)

('}, to live in peace, to keep peace.

2 Thes.

PEACE
Hark

PEACE
2 Cor.

PEACE

),
silent

(have)

iv. 39.

PEACEABLE.
;

quiet, tranquil, (occ. 1 Pet.

4.)

Tim.

ii. 2.

1.

1.

Jas.

iii.

Heb.

xii. 11.

17.

PEACEABLY

(live)

xiii. 11.

(hold one's)
still,
;

(.s.)

a maker of peace, a peacemaker, (non occ.)

(live ix)

keep secret

,
,

PEACEMAKER

ix. 50.

not to speak.

Mark

to live in peace, keep peace.

Rom. xii. 18.

V. 13.

to be silent,

silence, to

20.

relating to peace, peaceful,

disposed to peace from
Heb., healthful, wholesome,

,
,
2. 1

(i5E

i.

peace (nOLD ONE's),"

Here, imperative.

1.

2.

vi. 4.

PEACE

re-

(non occ.)

14.

John 3.
John 14.
Jude 2.

preach the gospel of

peace, and, L
Tr'''

make

PEACE.

,
the

2.

i.

2
3

(vay-

(make)

pacific,

iu. 11.

10.

SO.

"

see

3.

vii. 2.

xiii. 20.

Jas.

7.

xi. 31.
xii. ll.

[one's)

see

Cor. xiv.

to make peace,
conciliation, {lion oca.)

No.

4.

i.

(hold

see

(be at)

22.

ii.

(hold

see

Tim.

Tit.

xvi. 36.
xviii. 9,

16.

20.

1.

xviii. 9.
1

2.

Col.

2.

V. 13,

one's)

xii. 17, i

X.

xiv. 4.

i. 1.

i.

iii.

xiv. 27'"''>^'
xvi. 3.3.
XX. 19, 21, 26.
Acts X. 30.
xi. 18.
see
'i

xi. 18.
xii. 17.

XV. 13.

V. 3, 2.3.

John

iii.

(mnke)

20, see
15.

(hold

42.

XX. 26, see

one's)
sxiv. .36 (ap.)

i.

2.

i.

Acts

PEACE

iv. 7(a).
9.

(hold

ii.

Luke

14, 15, 17.

iv. 3.

one's)

4.

X. 48.
xiv. 61.

ii.

39 (No.

xviii.

Tr A.)
xix. 40.
XX. 26.

ix. 34.

2.

i.

25.

i.

iii.

vi. 16.

xii. 51.

xiv. 4, see

Mark

.see

3.

i.

Luke

31.

xxvi. 63.

and

11,
in)

V. 22.

X. 5, 6''
xi. 21.

Iiou3.

Matt. XX.

xvi. 11.
2 Cor. i. 2.
xiii.

to be at rest, be quiet or

be

(hold

xiv. 30, see

50, see
(have)
X. 48,
(hold
\ see
xiv. 61, )
one's)
Luke i. 79.
- ii. 14, 29.
vil. 50.
viii. 48.

!)

to muzzle.
Here Pass., to
muzzled, have the mouth
stopped.

i.

vii. 15.

one's)

to say hush

20.
3.

i.

When

still.

tranquil, vQ^i from further cavil or

discussion.

xiv. 17, 19.

XV. 13, 33.

Mark

to be silent or

speaking to cease to speak, (from

3.

3, 4.]
X. 13 wi, 3i ''.

Matt.

PEA

to keep

also,

when

Matt.

Matt.

PEAEL

Tim.

vii. 6.

ii. 9.

(-S.)

a pearl.

xiii. 45, 46.

1

V. 9.

Rev.

xvii. 4.
xviii. 12, 16.

xxi. 21

''<:'

PEC

577

PECULIAR

79,

over and above,

property laid up. Here, "a people

1.

unto, for,
acquisition.

( d<;,

is

an acquisition."

[as]

2.

what

Tit. ii. 14.

2. 1 Pet. ii. 9,

2.

marg. purchased.

PEDIGBEE.

;,

vii. 6,

3.

see " descei

PEN.

4.

a Teea,cuffor various purposes;

among

others,

for

loriting

Lai.,

calamus.
3

John

PEOPLE

* plural.

5,

a crowd, a throng, a confused

multitude, {opp. to No. 3, which is
a regular assembly) multitude.

8,

the people as a municipality,

free citizens enjoying a popular
constitution.

a people or race belonging

hence, a nation, a people living under com-

and

living together

mon

institutions.

Matt.

13.

(-S.)

a people, the mass of any

people, people collectively, e.g.
the people of God, the people at
large as a ruling power, (opp. to
No. 3, tohich is a community offree
citizens)

1.

Heb.

PEG

Luke

21.

i.

4, 6.
iv. 16, 23.

ix. 13.

ii.

24, see Sick.

vii. 28.
ix. 23, 25.

PENNY.

',

-35(om.

a G-reek loord adapted from

the Lat., denarius, a Roman coin,
equal to 10 asses, and afterwards
to 12 a7id even 16.
Reckoned as
the same value as the Greek
and equivalent to about 9^.

among the
Tr A.)

Matt,

Luke

xviii. 28.

XX. 2, 9, 10, 13.

John
Rev.

43.
xix. 47, 48.

XX.

"L

xxiii. 4.
5, 13, 14, 27, 35,
48.

26.

xxiv. 19.

John

xxvi. 3, 5, 47.
xxvii. 1.

vi. 22, 24.

vii. 12'w'':o, 20, 31,

15.

32, 40, 43, 49.

viii. 2 (ap.)
xi. 42.
50.

25, 64.

',
,;

xii. 5.

v. 21, 24.

33

vi.

6 '"'

(etioi'

^*/
them

xii.

departimj and knexc

them, instead of elSoi-

PENNTWOETH.
pi.,

saw him departing and

a denarius.

,
Mark

many knew him,

TTrAi^.)
John

vi. 37.

vi. 7.

25, 27.
13, 13, 20.
37.

25,

U,

viii. 6.

ix. 15, 25.

X. 1.
46, see
ber of)
xi. 18.

IG.

1 Cor. xvi. 8.

PENURY.

X. 2, 11, 42.
xi. 21, 26.

(nam-

xii. 4, 11.

22.

xiu.

15,

17 "',

."2, 37, 41.

xiv. 2.

XV. 11. 15.

Luke

i.

ii.

Acts XX.

v.

vi. 8, 12.
vii. 17, 31.

14, 17.

PENTECOST.

26,

vii. 6.

ii. 1.

iii. 9,

viii. etfice, 34.

a fiftieth part. The Feast

of Pentecost, so called because celebrated on the fiftieth dai/, counting
from the second day of the Feast
of the Passover, (non occ.)

Acts

18,

21.

GL

3t, 45.

17,

11, 12, 23.

iv. 1, 2, 8, 10, 17,

^
,ihepeuple

of

12,

xviii. 14.
Acts ii. 47.

vnyon^a
ovAot

Sere, Gen.

see above

9,

29,34.

.sine

[),

26,

xxi. 23, 38.

xxii. 2, 66.

XV. 8.
xxi. 23.

Mark

1, 6, 9, 19,

45.

xiii. 15.

vii. 41.

vi.

-.

xiv. 13.

XX. 24.

xiv. 5.

ci'Toj

people,

xii. 1, 54.
xiii. 14, 17.

xii. 23, 46.

I. 35.

xxii. 19.
Hark xii. 15.

18, 37.
li. 14, 29.

10,
10.

17, 21, 68,

[77.

31.
32.
ui. 10.
15, 18, 21.
V. 1. 3.
vi. 17.
vii. 1.

that which
need, poverty.
Luke

is

wanting, want,

11, 12, 24.

29.
i>.

viii. 4, 40, 42.

17.

xii.

I.

ix. 11.

xxiii. 5.

xxiv. 12, and see

(raise up the)

PEO
ActsxxTi. 17,23.

1.

Heb.

ix.

t^"'", 26.

i.'5

578

viii. 10.

2.

ix. 7, 19 twice.
X. 30.

xsviii. 17, 26, 27.

Eom.

s. 19.

xi. 25.

1 Pet.

XV. 10.

2 Pet.

11.
1

Cor.

X. 7.

1.

xiv. 21.
2 Cor. vi. 16.
Tit. ii. 14.

1.

Heb.

ii.

1.

V. 3.

1.

vii. 6, 11.

xi. 9.

?,
,
,,

x. 46.

con-

causing a
concourse o
a multitude

4.

stoppuig, instead of
concourse, G-vL
Tr
K.

im-

the actual

(the)

5.

over those,

i.e.

(see JVo. 1.)

Heb.

some

PEEAD VENTURE.

seen, {while No. 4 must be referred

to the subject, i.e. the mind of him

irho sees.)

Koin.

6.
V. 7.

2 Tim.

PERCEIVE

ii.

7.

it

takes thapiresent

, to see, perceive, observe, understandjcomprchend, to have in mind,

think of; it denotes conscious
action of the mind, the mental
correlative of sensational perception, the sensation accompanied
with an act of the understanding
following as an effect of NO. 4

to perceive, observe, obtain

of, or insight into,

a knowledge
to

duces some emotion and affection

of the mind.

hence,

\now, and the pluperfect becomes an imperfect.

-(.)

know and be influenced by the;

personal relation between the ])erson knowing and the objoct known.
to have a knowledge which pro-

signification, to

25.

(-ED, -est,

{2nd perf of
No. 4) to
have seen, perceived, or appre-

oT8tt,

hended

PERADVENTUEE.

not even, never, in no supposable case. As a conj., that not

ever, lest ever, lest at some time
or other.

to see, perceive with the eyes,

to look at, differing, lilce No. 4,
(No. 11) as implying
from
the actual perception of some

object or thing seen and presented

Also differing from
to the eye.
No. 4, in that it regards the object

vii. 27.

quickly, speedily
theii, readily,
lightly hence, perhaps, peradventure, (oce. Philem. 15.)

1.

perception of

object.

(_, people,

',

to see, referring to the mind of

elSov is the Aor. 2
the sense of I saw,
(trans.) implying, not the mere act
of seeing, {like
No. 11) but

(IZov,

him tvho sees.

of (No. 5) in

('!,
a
a

PEOPLE'S

to be a spectator of, to look

at, behold, doioting the intention of mind with which one

regards or contemplates an object,
expressing the desire of seeing ; to
studiously and attentively consider, to sec with regard and admiration, look diligently into, and
all this not heing the mere act of an
instant, hut for a lengthened period.

(raise up the)
a

of the Isms'],
of the

on or

(xuMBEE of)

course, a tumultuous gathering,

to make,
see No.2, above,

,
,

3.

xix. 1.
xxi. 3.

Mark

PEOPLE

^-

V. 9.
vii. 9.

[(the)

and see P's

Acts xxiv. 12

"ice.

X. 11.

2.

5.

Eev.

PEOPLE

10

xiv. 6.
xvii. 15.
xviii. 4.

iv. 9.

27,

9,

ii. 1.

Jude
.

17.

1.

1.

ii.

(^. 1, toith iiri, upon,

prefixed) to know thereupon, i.e.
by looking on the object hence,
to know fully, to gain and receive
a full knoAvledge of, become fully
acquainted Avith.
;

xiii. 12.

xi."l', 2.

PER

hence, to think, reflect, discern.

S.

{No.

7, loith

down,

prefixed) to sec or discern dismind

tinctly, perceive clearly,
accurately.

PER

9.

/,

the

miiiil,

mid.,

as

compreliend for one's

per-

to use the eyes, sometimes

to make full, fill up.

Here,
pass, part., fulfilled, performed,

see the thing looJced at, the act of

seeing^ without any thought of

,.

accomplished.

the object presented to the sight,

denotes the eye,
(thus,
(from No. 5) denotes
whiJr
the vision that is seen by the eye,
the species or form of the
thing that falls upon the eye, and
that Avhich is submitted to
the sight, or is visible.)

Matt.

,,

Luke

Matt.

xiii. 14.

2.

Mark

ii.

4.

S.

8 part.

3.

r.

vii. 18.

3.

7.

viii. 17.

9.

C.

xii.

1.

xvi. 8 part.
xxi. 45.
xxii. 18.

1.
1.

2.

Luke

i.

*.)
28 (No. 4, LT

1.

V. 22 part.
vi. 41.
viii. 46.

10.

ix. 45.

2.
8.

4.
1.

2.

iv. 13.

5.

viii. 23.

9.

X. 34.
.\iv. 9.

3.

xvii. 22.

1.

x.xiii.

6 part.

xxvii. 10.
xxviii. 26.
11.2 Cor. vii. 8.

3.
4.

10.

1.

Gal.

1.

ii.

Job 11

16.

1.

PERDITION.
)/\cia,

loss,

destruction,

2.

ruin

the

end pronounced upon all who,

having heard the sunnnons to repentance and faith in Christ, have

liave

had for ever

the

Eev.

vi.

iii.

2 part.

(re)

4^ mar'. Ic verfccted.

Pliil. iii. 12.

Cor,

-/\,

xiii. II.

see

No.

see

(make)
above.

1,

No.

2, above.

to bring through to an end.

1.

John

2 Cor.

3.

Gal.

1.

Heb.

xvii. 23.
xii.

<(,

iii.

to

comji/i'd,

1.

Hob.

1.

ix. 9.
X. 1.

1.

xi. 40.

23.

1.

xii

3.

2.

xiii. 21.

10.

1.

v. 9.

Jos. ii. 22.

2. 1 Pet. V. 10.

1.

vii. 19.

1.1 John

ii.

1.

exactness,
Act

PERFECT

[adj.]

what has reached its end,

term, or limit
hence, complete

17 25.

iv. 18.

iv. 17, 18.

precieenef:?,

ex-

treme accurac}'.

^
!

Ti\tLo<;,

NN

LnVe

1.

2.

iii. 7.

words, sec belou.)

John

Eev.

4.

xvii. 8, 11.

PEIiFECT.

"ice,

to make fully ready, put

in full order, perfectly equip, prepare fully.

1.

(For various combinations with other

1.

1. 1

,
,
,

iii. 2.

PERFECT MANNER.

1 Tim. vi. 9.
Heb. X. 39.

2 Pet.

i.

to complete, make perfect,

so as to be full, wanting in nothing,
to bring to a full end. consummate.

',

ix. 11.

Jas.

1.

^.)

destruction of such, in body, soul,

and spirit an utter and final ruin,
which will not be reversed.
.Tolin xvii. 12.
Phil. i. 28.
2 Tbea. ii. 3.

1.

', PERFECT

1nale

persisted in impenitence.
The
loss of all that such ever had, or

might

of full age.)
1.

fnesK.

PERFECT

9.
ill.

V. 2.

Tim. iii. 17.

Heb.v. 14, marg.(text,

see Sound-

xii. 2.

2.

29.

12.

47.
u:^.

15 part.

vi.

4.

22.

1.

Thes.

-.
3.
1.

El-h. iv. 13.

Phil. iii. 15.
Col. i. 28.

xii. 19.

Acts

16,

iii.

Eom.

Luke XX. 23.

John iv. 19.

1.

see

xiiv. 22.

Acta

Yindihy jjerception, search,

iv. 12.

Col. iv. 12.

1.

and

3,

i.

Understanding.

or inquiry, find out, discover.

4.

48 '"'CO.

v.

xix. 21.

,
,

12.

ex-

occ.)

desire, but not necessurih/ to

ivith

precisely,

complete in all parts and

proportions, tcith special reference
to the adaptation of the parts, and
special aptitude for any given uses,
(non occ.)

to perceive with the external senses, apprehend or notice

accurately,

actly, assiduously.

iiutl.

by the senses, (non

11.

,
,

here, to

self,

',
ceive, to

perfect, full, Avanting nothing,

with special reference to the end
for which it was intended.

then, to seize icith

and

PER

to take, to receive
with the idea of eagerness, to lay
liold of, seize

10.

579

(
,

TO, the,
Tc'Afios, sec

"

xxii. 3.

(that wuich

lECT," No.

1,

that
[

1 Cor. xiii. 10.

is)

Avhich

complete or
perfect.

is

'

PER
PEEFECT
u

'^

Te/Vto5, see

")

pee1 Cor.

,
,

PERFECT

\60,

1.

2.

see

the

,,

lull-ffrown,

^-,

ii.

PERFECTLY.

accurately, precisely, exactly,

assiduously.

^.

ti^M^erte<^t
Matt. xiv.
Acts xviii.

36, see
26.

-i.

2.

Matt. xxi.

1.

Luke

1.

2 Cor. vii.

[verb.]

(be)," JXo.

see "

Thes.

16.

3.

2 Tim.

Col.

iii.

17

1.

marg.

see Per-

10.

].

Heb.

1.

Jolin

ii.

2.

5.

iv.l2.

1.

(-ED.)

to bring about, complete, fulaccomplish, and generally, to

perform, do,

X. 14.

14.

iii.

PERFORM

,
fil,

(text, thoroughly fur-

nished.

1.

iii.

Acts xxiii. 15, 20.

1 Cor. i. 10, see Joined.

PERFECTNESS

??,

(be)," iVb. 2.

fecting.
1

completeness, sjjolceti of that

has reached its full and intended end.

1.

to bring to a full end.

iv. 12,

iclncit

xiii. 32.

Eph.

Whole.

1 Thes. V. 2.

(-ED, -iNG.)

"p

PER

to equip out fully, perfectly prepared and fitted out.

3.

2.

EEC;," ivb. 1,

580

(they that aee)

C ol, the, those,

<

fxed)

finish.

(No. l,with 7rt, upon, ^^reto bring through to an

end.

(he)

,
,
Luke

vi. 40,

[margin.]

3.

"
see " perfect (be)

PERFECTION.

4.

the being made fully

ready, the being perfectly equipped and prepared, (noii occ.)

1.

2.

to make, i.e. form, produce,

to do, i.e. do repeatedly,
cause
perform.

5.

completeness, perfectness,
spoken of that tvhich has reached
its full and intended end, (occ.

/,,

to give away from one's

sef, i.e. deliver over spoken of
obligation of any hind, to give in
full, render, pay over or off.

14)

iii.

4.

Matt.

3.

Luke

69,

3.

completion,

perfection,
spoken of that tchich has reached
its full and intended end, (occ.
Luke i. 45.)

3.

4.

habitude, as the result of

2 Cor.

4.

Heb.

2.

marg.(tezt,

3.

v.

5.

.33.

PERFECTION

Rom.

Rom.

vii. 18.

2.

2 Cor.

2. Phil.

PERFORMED

viii. 11.

i.

6,

marg.

lonf/

finish.

(be)

to begin to be, become,

to pass.
Luke i. 20.

Heb.

vi. 1.
vii. 11.

1.

(bring fruit to)

2.

to bring to perfection or
offruit, to ripen.

maturity

effect,

XV. 28 part.

72.
39.
iv. 21

end.

),

out,

come

PERFORMANCE.

[lue.)

xiii. 9.

V. 14,

work

i.

ii.

practice.
1.

to

produce.

1.

Col.

Luke

TiAttWts, completion, perfection

of a prophecy, fulfilment, (occ.
2.

to bring through to an
Here, inf.

Heb.

vii.

Luke

45.

i.

11.)
I

1.

2 Cor.

viii. 11.

viii. 14.

PERHAPS.

PERFECTING.

the act of making fully

ready, the act of perfectly equipping and fully preparing, (non

1.

2.

7>5, anyhoAV, in
way or other.

.,

quickly,

lightly

perhaps,

occ.)

Epa.

iv. 12.

1.

2 Cor.

li.

7.

and

any way,
speedily

in

some

readily,

hence, peradventuro^

(occ.

Rom.
2.

v. 7.)

Philem.

15.

PER

PERHAPS
el, if,

Acts

perhaps,

(markinq a

) result

some uncerfaintTj

lohich

if

")

therefore, then,
after all,

PER

Matt.

(if)

581

viii. 22.

PERHAPS

2 Cor.

xi.

PERISH

/,

(-ED,

3.

^,

it

(,

5.

(No.

ii.

12

>

6.

i.

with.

see

11.
7.

i.

Pet.

ii.

see

12.

iii. 6, 9.

(UTTERLY)
with

5,

down,

8.)

even perish,

Tr

X. 31.

taking oath upon oath

is yenerally

as this
a siyn offalse swearing,
;

word comes to have this meanand as suhst., denotes a ])er-

so the
iny,

jurod person, one who has taken

oath upon oath liyhtly, and therefore hreakiny all, (non occ.)
Tim.

i.

10.

PERMISSION.
','('>,

corrupt throughout,
Here, pass., to decay

to

unto, for,
^
a spoiling, cor- (
ruption,
destruc-

tion,

IPet.

Jiule 11.

iii.

wholly, perish.
19,

Jae.

1.

PERJURED PERSON.

a knowing and thinking with

another ; hence, accordance then,
concession, (non occ.)

to cause to disappear, put

out of sight. Here, pass., to disappear, vanish.

tlestroy.

1.

10.

%,

to die away, used of the

natural end of life, esp., as the

ii.

11.

utterly.

destruction.

22.

ii.

{No. 1, icith
together
or in conjunction with, prtflxed)
pass., to be destroyed with any
one, to perish withothers, (non occ.)

be,

wayes of sin.

4.

2Thes.
Heb. i.

PERISH WITH.

for,

t?,

iv. 16.

Col.

1.

1.

-.)

destroy,

cause to
Here, mid., {which is peculiar to N.T. Oreek) used of the
eternal doom of the sinner, (chiefly
hy Paul and John) to be utterly
and finally ruined and destroyed,
to be lost, brought to nought,
put to death.

might

XV. 18.
2 Cor. ii. 15.

1.

2 Tim.

perish.

( drj,

16 (ap.

iii.

Heb.

to

18.

prelixed, instead of
through)
to spoil or corrupt utterly. Here,
pass., to perish completely, (occ.

2 Pet.

iii. 1.

12.

i.

viii. 11.

xi. 31,

15,
vi. 27.
X. 28.
xi. 50.

26 8 ''"

heavy, difficult, hard to bear;

connected ivith toil and svffering
dangerous, {occ. Matt. viii. 28.)

ii.

Cor.

6.

1.

PERISH

PERILOUS.

2 Tim.

I.

,,

(-S.)

Rom.

1.

5.

xxi. 18.

viii. 35.

1.

1.

3,

XV. 17.

ii. 7.

PERIL

(No.

1.

that in no way, lest in any way.

Horn.

52

iv. 3f?.
I-iike V. 37.
viii. 24.
xi. 51.

danger, peril
risk, hazard,
{perhaps the orig. sense teas the
risk of the dice-box, /"roOT
agitate), (nonocc.)

2.

xiii. 41.

Mnrk

(lest)

37.

viii. 20.

John

8%

Actsv.

4.

xiii. 3, 5, 33.

2 Cor.

1.

1.
2.

32.
ix. 17.
xviii. 14.

xxri.

about

is felt.)

V. 29, 30.

viii. 25.

for cor-

vii. 6.

PER^IIT.

to turn upon, direct upon;

give or entrust to another;
then, give up, yield, permit, suffer.

to

rujjtion,

[//' the
J usiny up.j

Cor.

Acts xivi.
1

1.

Cor. xiv. 31.

Cor. xvi.

Heb.

vi. 3.

7.

;;

PER

582

PER

PEENICIOUS WAT.

PERSECUTION

destruction, loss. Sere, Gen.,

of destruction, i.e. destructive.

see "

Gal. V. 11.
2 Pet.

ii.

2 (ao-eAyeio,

marg.

AV,

u-aiitoii,

,
to

2.

Tr

(be)

to be without resource,
j

know not

Avliat to do.

to be throughout in permuch doubt, hesi* inf. ixiss.

tate greatly.
Luke ix. 7.
11.2 Cor. iv. S.
(be ruuch)

xxiv.

1.

PEEPLEXED
2*.

2 Tim.

),

plexity, be in

2.

Gal.

1.

vi. 12.

12.

ill.

lascivious way.

PERPLEXED

1.

GL

(suffer)

persecute," No.

Luke

xxiv. 4 (No.

Gal.

marg.

(text,
stand, in doubi.)

iv. 20,

PERSECUTOR.

a pursuer
(non occ.)
1

Tim.

i.

13.

PERSEVERANCE.
stronguess or firmness

towards anytliinrj, endurance or

perseverance in or with anything,

(be much)
L Tr A .)

(non

occ.)

1,

Eph.

hence, a persecutor,

PERPLEXITY.

the state o one who has no

Avay or resource, and who therefore knows not what to do, (^non

\i. 18.

PERSIS.
Persis, a proper

name of a female

Christian.

occ.)

Luke

PERSECUTE
1.

2.

Rom.

PERSON

(-ED, -EST, -ing.)

to cause to flee
hence, gen.,
to pur.sue after, asfltjimj enemies
then, to pursue with malignity
hence, to persecute
;

out

(^For various

(^No. 1, ivith K,

Matt.

V. 10, 11, 12, 44.

X. 23.
x.xiii. oi.
Luke xi. 49.
- xxi. 13.
John V. 16.
XV. 20''ce

1.

1.

oi,

Actsxxvi.

11, 14, 15.

xii. 14.
iv. 12.

1.

Kom.

1.

1 Cor.

1.

XV. 9.
2 Cor. iv. 9.
Gal. i. 1.3, 23.

1.
1.

2.

1.

iv. 29.

vii. 52.

1.

ix. 4, 5.

2.

Phil. iii. 6.
1 Thes. ii. 15,
chase out.

xxii. 4, 7, 8.
1.

Eev

marg.

2.

/?,

pursuit, so/'e?ii??w?V.9; Hence,

persecution.

,
iV".

T.,

Matt.

1.

Mark

xiii. 21.
iv. 17.
X. 30.

1.

1.

Acts

1.

Rom.

2 Cor. xii. lo.

viii. 1.

xi. 19.

1.

1.

xiii. 50.

1.

2 Tim.

iii.

12,

viii. .35.

V. 11, >
soo
vi. 12, ) (suffer)

2 Thee. i. 4.
2 Tim. iii. 11

s?e

other

-,

the part towards the eye,

the part of anything which is
presented to the eye, the front of
anything, the face also, a mask
hence, a dramatic part, character,
person.

Avhat is set or stands

under, a substructure, what really
exists under or out of sight, tlie
essence of a matter in contrast to
its appearance.
[Hence, Christ,
is the manifestation
as the
of Deity, the means by Avhich we
recognise the glory of Grod, and
the manifestation of the Divnie
Essence, Heb. i. 3, and see under

1.

Matt.

xxii. IG.

1.

Murk

xii.

1.

1.

Gal.

2.

loith

" v.'oun," No. 1.]

pressure, compression.
In
of evils, etc., trouble, distress,

caiauiily.
1.

combinations

5,

sii. 13.

PERSECUTION.
1.

(-S.)

loords, see below

prefixed) to pursue out, drive out of

or from a place, (non occ.)

Acts

xvi. 12 ('}'.)

xxi. 25.

(suffer)

1.

twice.

2Cor.

1.
1.

U.

iiuke XX. 21.

Acts X. 34, see
specter of J
Rom. ii. 11, see
spect of)

Gal.

i.

10,

ii.

6.

marg.

vi. 9, )

iii.

2.

(re-

.las.

(re-

11.

ii.

Eph.
Col.
Heb.

s.'gitt.

i.
ii.

see

(re-

25, J spect of)

3.
1,

sec

(re-

spect of)
9, see
(have
respect to)
1 Pet. i. 17, see
(without respect of)
Jude 16, see (m2,n's)

PER

(,
PERSONS

PERSUADE EULLT.

to accept the person

to show partiality,

-),

bear or bring fully

give full assurance.
Sere, pass., to be fully assured.

hence,

i.e.

Jas.

PER

occ.)

9.

ii.

Eom.

to
to

PEESON

see "

(mak's)

person,"
Jude

iv. 21.

xiv. 5,

PEES0N8

marg. he fully assured.

FEBSUASIBLE.

iVo. 1.

IG.

(bespect of)

acceptance of persons,

1 Cor.

ii.

Eom.

ii.

Col.
Jas.

11.

vi. 9.

PERSONS

one Avho

is

iii.

Gal. V.

8.

25.

PERTAIN 0.

{For various combinations, see below.)

(bespectee of)

to have in association with

another, to partake of, share in,
have part in.

34.

Heb.

1 Cor. vi. 3, see Life.

PERSONS

i.e.

acceptance of
impartially, {non occ.)

PERTAIN TO
(

1 Pet.

i.

17.

, the

(those things which)

things, \ the things pertain-

towards,

ing

Eom.

See

also, dea'out,

PERSUADE

PERTAIN UNTO

(-ED, -EST, -eth, -ing.)

(,

{No.

1,

with

back

ava,

again, prefixed) to persuade over,

in a had sense, to seduce.
la. Matt, xxvii. 20.
xxviii. 14.
Li.
la. Acts xiii. 43.
xiv. 19.
la.
xviii. 4.
lu.

la.
la.
la.
la.

Acta

xvi. 31.

XX. 6.

Acts

xxi. 14 part.
xxvi. 26.
TUi. 38.

Kom.

siv. 14.

^^',
> see above.
I -^90% )
ii.
Heb.
17.

i.

John

irepi,

things,

,
,
,

19, marg.
(text, assMte.)

(be)

lb. Bom. XV. 14.

lb. 2 Tim. i. 5, 12.
lb. Heb. vi. 9.
xi. 13 {om.
lb.
ntiaStirrti, and ireve

TTrAS.)

v. 1.

(the things)

around, about,

the things
concerning.

PER\^ERSE.
throughturn away, per-

to turn or twist

i.e.

vert.

iii.

persuaded ofthrm.G

, the

Matt.

10.

Heb.

PERTAININa TO
(

out,

xxviii. 23.
2 Cor. v. 11.

PERSUADED
Luke

xix. 8, 26.

xxvi. 28.

la.Gal.
la.l

lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
lb.
11.

(things that)

to persuade, Avin by
words, influence, to speak with
(a)

winning words, (b) Mid. or pass.,

to suffer one's self to be persuaded or convinced, to be persuaded in favour of any one, be
convinced of, to yield assent to,
trust him, obey him.

2.

to.

XV. 17.

perjured, profane,

WHAT, WICKED.

1.

vii. 13.

(without respect of)

.-\<;, without
persons,

[margin.]

see "enticing."

PERSUASION.

ii. 1.

an acceptor of persons,
partial, {non occ.)
Acts X.

4,

the being easily persuaded,

credulity, {non occ.)

partiality, {noii occ.)

i.p.

Eph.

583

(hate bespect to)

of any one,
{non

Luke

distort,

Here, pass, part., perverted.

xvii. 17.
ix. 41.
1

Tim.

vi. 5,

Acts xx.

Phil.

PERVERT (-,

1.

2.

ii.

30.
15.

see Disput inge.

sec "

-ING.)

perverse."

to turn
turn aside from.

away from,

to

PES

^,

584

1.

Luke

mon

U.

1.

Acts

3.

Gal.

xxiii. 2.

2.

xxiv. 5.)
Matt. xxiv. 7(om.
xxi. 11.

xiii. 10.
i. 7.

any deadly
{occ.
Acts

free-will.
(2) They held
that every soul was imperishable,
and consequently divided the
eternal state, after resurrection,
into happiness for the good, and
torment for the wicked.]

PESTILENT EELLOW.
Aot/Aos, see above.

5.

In
Matt.

',

PETEE.

proper name of Peter,

Cephas) the
{Aram., b*5''2,
surname of Simon, son of Jonas,
and brother of Andrew, a fisherman of Bethsaida and apostle of
the

^,

Chri.st.

[See under " rock," for the differ-

and

ence between
2.

Trerpa.]

one there, he,

that

that,

eKciyo?,

{emphatic.)
No.

1,

1.

John

1.

Trb A .
Acts I. 23
1.

Tr
1.

xxiv. 12 (ap.)
xiii. 6 2nd ^om.

2.

.)
13
himself.

Acts

xii.

l*.)
i.

{, (,, GwL

Tr

he

18

>

PETITION

(?,

(
G L

Gal.

1.

2^^1^1

G L

rose lip and,

GT

he

Tr

G<vL

.)

Tr

.)

(-S.)

thing askod for, object sought.

John

v. 15.

PHAEISEE

passages, excei>t
s?cs,instead ofoi
of the Ph,

(-

G h

Luke xi. 44
John viii. 3

instead

(-S.)

a Pharisee, one of the sect

of the Pharisees.

[In the time of our Saviour, the

principal and most numerous of
the .Tcnvinh sects; Ileb., D^iyilQ,
Peruahim, the separated.
The
fundamental
principle
(com-

Tr

A.)

16
of the Phari-

Acts

aiiiitiicPii.LniTTrb*.)
18
thePharU

(.

xxiii.

(np.)
(</)>.

*'>!

(plural,

LTTr A.)

f^

PHILIP.

1)77,

proper name of
one of the
Twelve, John i. 44-47; the Evangelist,* Acts vi. 5
the Tetrarch
Philip,

the

several persons,

viz.

of Batanea, etc., Luke

Philipt Ilerod, Matt. xiv. 3
vi. 17
and Luke iii. 19.

iii.
;

Mark

Id. all

passages, except

t Matt. xiv. 3 (om. Tb A.)

t Luke iii. 19 (om. G '<^ L
* Acts i. 37 (up.)

,
,

Tr

PHILOSOPHER

in all 2>a3sages, except

Matt.

xvii. 26 (ap.)
1. Luke xxii. 62 {om.
Tr A) .)
1.

ii.

sci's,

a rolling stone, in
one place to-day and another tomorrow.

Xlerpo?, a stone,

In N.T.

all

38 (om. L.)

xii.

xxiii. 14 (lip.)

Mark

1.

but did not wholly exclude

fate,

human

ondpestikjices.LTTr A ti)

Acts xxiv.

error (like the

this fatal

Eomish " Tradition ") we cannot

wonder at all their other errors.
(1) They attributed all things to

(-s.)

Used also of persons,

as wo say in En>]., a plague, a
pest.

them with the "ortho-

to

dox " modern Jews) is, that there

w^as and is an oral law to complete and explain the written law.

With
PESTILE]S"CE

pestilence, plague,
infectious disorder,

Luke

PHY

to turn about
to turn
into something else, to change.

suhst.,

(-s.)

wisdom

loving

a philosopher,

quirer after wisdom

ledge, {non occ.)
Acts

W.)

then,

i.e.

an

as
in-

and know-

xvii. 18.

PHILOSOPHY.

love of wisdom
philosophy, (non occ.)

Col.

then, Enr/.,

11. 8.

PHYLACTEEY (-.)
a watch

post,

])lace; fhe?i, protection,

hence,

an amulet, a

guarded

safeguard

prayer-lillct,

i.e. a strip of parchnu'iit, on which

were written various parts of the
law, bound about tlie forehead or
round tlio Avrist, (non occ.)

Matt,

xxiii. 5.

PHY
PHYSICIAN

Luke

ix. 12.
ii.

PIETY
to heal.)

,
dition

8,

2.

Col. iv.

PIECE

1.

(-S.)

anything j)ut on, an adhence, a patch.

an

liand,

Luke

.36

see Break.

V. 361't

Acts

garment

andpntlethit, inst. oi,

"j>uttelh a piece of a

PIECES

xix. 19, see Silver.

xxiii. 10, see Pull.

xxvii.

44,

see

(broken)

(broken)

1.

',

3.

Luke

ii.

3.

John

to prick, to pierce, (non occ.)

see

six. 34.
37.

2.
1.

Tim. vi.
through.

Heb.
Eev.

10,

see

iv. 12.
i.

7.

PIEECE THROUGH.
come

to

or go through,

to pas8 through.
to picrcc about, or to
pierce so that theivcajyonisivholhf
wurrounded and covered, {iion occ.)

rrepLTreipu),

PIETY
Heb.

PILLAR

11.

ii.

(-S.)

ii.

Tim.

Eev.

9.
iii.

iii.

12.

X. i.

15.

',
,
pilloAv,

a cushion for the head,

(non occ.)
Mark

iv. 33.

make dry. Here, pass.,

to be dried up, wither away.
to dry,

through.
1.

1 Pet.

PINE AWAY.

go or pass through,

occ.)

35,

xi. 13.

,
a

(-ED, -iNo.)

to pierce through, transfix,

SuKvco/xai, to

(non

(-S.)

PILLOW.

44.

(no7t occ.)

[margin.]

hall of judgment."

a resident beside, a byresident, a sojourner in a strange

from one's own
place, away
people, (occ. 1 Pet. i. 1.)

Gal.

Acts xxvii.

see "

xviii. 28,

then, used of
a column, pillar
any firm support, {?ion occ.)

certain parts,
of the.

PIERCE

24.

^<;,

Tt,

ii.

PILGRIM

Heb.

xxiv. 42.

{cuttetha

nev:

II

John

2nd(om.G^)

9.

piece off

(-S.)

PILATE'S HOUSE,

^xiv.lS.seeGrounii.
XV.8, and see Silver

Fill.

1.

Luke

t<.)

Lukev.

see
Silver
21, and see

xxvii.3,.5,9, j

4,

PIGEON

leindness.

[Two of
a dove or pigeon.
these were the offerings of the
xiv. 22.]
poor, Lev. v. 7

Tr

garment,"

7ieio

xxvi. 6, 15, \
ii.

marg.

Attic

Matt. ix. 16.

xvii.27,seeMoney

Mark

V. i,

as one can hold in

a part, part of a whole, piece

of a whole.

- V.

Tim.

much

as

1.

U.

3.

(suow)

be piou8, to act as in the

God, {occ. Acts xvii. 23.)

to
fear of

iv. 23.

veight, a
drachm, about G6 grs. avdp.
silver coin tcorfJi 6 obols, i.e. 9|d.
it nearh/ equalled the Soman denarius, {)wn occ.)

the

V. 31.

17.

viii. 43.

1.

PIP

(-S.)

/,

larpos, a healer, {from

Matt.
Mar^i

585

Tim.

vi. 10.

(for ones) [margin.]

v. 7,

see " feaketu."

Mark

ix. 18.

PINNACLE.

a little wing, tuted of the

feather of an arrow then, if an if
thing like a wing running out to
a point, a pinnacle, (non occ.)

Mark

iv. 5.

Luke

iv. 9.

PIPE, [noun.]

'?,

a pipe, an instrument blown

with the mouth, pi'ob. like our

Jhujcolct,

(non
1

occ.)

Cor. xiv. 7

1-

PIP

PIPE

Matt.

6,

PITT

(see ahove)\

Luke

1 Cor. xiv. 7

(-S.)
i

-,

,,
in

1.

(occ.
i

PIT.
a well, or pit /or water, dug
(thus dist. from
earth,

a fountain.)

TJten,

or abyss,

pit

0705,
of
a particular place, place where
one dwells, or in a geographical or

3.

iv.

any hole or
a pit, a ditch
in the ground, {occ. Matt.
;

Kev.

1.

Luke

vi.

xiv. 5.

1,21st

(.)

ix.
2'-2'"lA3rd.

ix. 11,
xi. 7,

xvii. 8,

XX.

1, 3,

t.

to fasten,

make

a place, spot, country, relike Eng., place, i.e. a

possession, of fields or farm.
John

xii. 43.

.\iv. 13, 15,

Acts

Luke iv.

ix.

Luke

(.),

John

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

12

Eph.

a pot, a

Heb.

xii. 17,

Jas.

good

healthy
compassionate,
then,
tenderfellow-feeling,

{occ.

Eph.

1 Pet.

2 Pet.

Kov.

i.

19.

ii. 5.

vi. 14.

xii. 6, 8, 11.

xvi. 16.
XX. 11.

3.

iv.

PLACE

or

iKiWcv, thence,

(fkom that)

from thence, from that

place.

32.)

Mark

vi. 10.

iii. 8.

PLACE

PITIFUL

(vert)

7;^5,

1.

very compassionate, full

of fellow-feeling, oH great tenderheartedness.
11

marg. icay.
11, marg.

iii.

PITIFUL.
with

hearted,

Jas. V.

8.

viii. 7.

liole.

xviii. 2.

bowels
having

14.

i.

xi. 8.

V. 13.
vi. 10, 23.
X. 40.
xi. 6, 31, 4S.

xxii. 10.

2.

i.

ii.

iv. 27.

Thes.

iv. 20.

xiv. 2,

?,

ix. 26.

xii. 19.

XV. 23.

42.

xiv. 9.
xvi. 28.
xix. 5.
xxii. 40.
xxiii. 33.

an earthen vessel

10

pitcher, {non occ.)

1.3.

xxi. 28 '"'CO.
xxvii. 8, 41.

Bom.

1, 32.
xi. 1. 24.

viii. 2.

PITCHEE.

xiv.

.37,

xii. 17.

pitch, {non occ.)

Heb.

17,

25.'

i.

iv. 31.
vi. 13, 14.
vii. 7, 33, 49.
viii. 32.

xxvii. 33 ''<=<?
xxviii. i;.
Mark i. 35, 45.
vi. 31, 32. 35.
xiv. 32.
XV. 22 twice.
xvi. 6.

xix. 13, 17, 20, 41.

35.

xxiv. 15.
xxvi. 36.

and firms

fast

,
Matt.

[verb.]

(-ED.)

e.g.

circumference, circuit conof a writing ; hence, the

arguments or contents within certain limits, a section, chapter, or
passage of a book, {non occ.)

52.

PITCH

gion;

seeBottomless

to fix or fasten together, construct, build

of a tent, to set up,

Mark

opening, a hole

^,

39.)
Eev.

xii. 11.

an

tents,

dug

XT. l-i

;,

used of

John

{pec.

helotv.)

fissure in the earth, or a well.

,
pit

1.

Man.

topographical sense.
2.

11, 12.)

1.

see

4,

iii.

a place, spot; iised either

xviii. 22.

the

any

Matt
Luke

Tit.

{For various combinations, see

{see

2.

xviii. 33.

vii. 32.

PLACE.

PIPER

Eev.

2.

(hate)

'-"<i-

a player on the
" piPK ") a piper, a minstrel,
Matt. ix. 23.)

1.

ON

"meuct on (hate)"

see

Matt,

xi. 17.

PLA

[verb.]

(-ED.)

on the

to play
to pipe.

586

{o\vt\ayo';, more emphatic than

2.

},

(give)

to go back, recede, s^;o^(?w

of tho.^e who flee, Jer. iv. 29
Judges ir. 17.

,
1.

give way, yield, {non occ)

Matt.

ix. 24.

2.

Gal.

ii. 5.

PLA

PLACE

587

HOLT, MARKET, ONE, SKCRET, SKULL, STEEP, STONY, THIS,

HIGH,

(uave)

to give space, place, room to

make room for one's self, and so,
to go forward, go on and on, be
;

advancing

WAT, YONDER.

find entrance.

John

viii. 37.

1.

PLA

PLACE

A certain)

(ix

somewliere, in
other, (occ. Horn.

2.

ii.

6.

19.)

iv.

Heb.

2.

iv. 4.

a whip, a scourge; then, a

scourge //Owi God.

Mark

10.

iii.

Luke

1.

Rev.

hither, here.

ix. 20.

?,

rii. 6.

PLACE SOEVER

( idv,

(in

what

Avhere, in

soever,

what)

PLACE

vi. 10.

PLAIN,

of one
any place) a resi-

who belongs to
dent, inhabitant, (jion occ.)

wSe, hither, here.

,
C

,
,

(in all)

iu all places, everywhere.

PLACES

John

xziii. 5.

Acts xxiv.

3.

[other,
|

Luke

vi. 17.

PLAIN,
straight,

PLAINLY.

John

X. 24.

or

xvi. 25.

Heb.

xi. 14,

xvi. 29 (tV trap, in,

II if/v boldness, etc.,

a.)

see Declare.

PLAINNESS OF SPEECH.
see above.
iii.

12, mare:. >(.!5.

Mark

) in
)

various

PLAIT.

places.

See, PLAT.

xiii. 8.

Tim.

ii.

9,

[margin.]

see " droidki."

[margin.]

PLAITING.

see " iieceipt of custom."

(-,
See

then,

xxi. 11.

RECEIVED,
11,

vii. .35.

PLAITED,

ii.

erectly

xi. 14.

PLACE WHERE CUST03I WAS

Mark

[adj.]

right,

Mark

2 Cor.

places,
7.

Luke

(in divers)

from one to an-

Matt. xxiv.

place,
ce,

occ
) {non occ.)

plain, level,

(to this)

PLACES

a level
leve

>

1,

the speaking all one thinks,

frec-spokenness,
frankness
in
speaking, the candid, confident
boldness of a joyous heart.
Here,
Dative.

xxi. 12.

PLACE

[noun.]

rightly, correctly.

(of that)

iVroVio?, in the place, (spoken

Luke

1.

where-

[place, j soever.

Mark

Acts

1.

place, see "place,"")

No.

1.

xl. 6.

1, 6, 8.

xvi. 9, ^1"'
xviii. 4, 8.
xxi. 9.
xxii. 18.

1.

vii. 21.

(in this)

Matt.

Rev. XV.

1.

V. 29, 31.

2.

1.

PLACE

(-S.)

.,

some place or
2.

Heb.

PLAGUE

a stroke, a blow, then, as inflicted hy God.

also, another, nwELLixri, eminent, GOOD, IIEARINti, HEAVENLY,

a braiding, intertwining, ..,

of the hair in ornament, (non occ.)
1 Pet.

iii.

3.

PLA
PLANT,

<^,

588

,,

[noun.]

,
,

to be,

pleasing,
grateful to.

a planting, the act of planting,

(jion occ.)
Matt. XV.

13.

PLANT (-.)

3.

[verb.]

to plant; esp., of trees, etc. (non

Mark xii. 1.
Luke xiii. 6.

Cor.

xvii. 6, 28.
vi.

5,

iii.

6, 7,

see
8. [gether.

grown

or growing in congrown together,

and freedom, marking the design as

something good, either in reality or

vi. 5.

PLAT,

Matt, xxvii. 29 part.

Mark

Jolin xix.

xv. 17.

2.

1.

Matt. xiv.

1.

Mark

1.

Acts

PLATTER.

2.

xii. 3.

1.

4.

XV. 22, 34

Eom.

a board, table esp., a writing

tablet covered ivith wax ; then, any
wooden plate or dish covered tvith

Matt,

26

(om.

'^''

ii.

4, 15.

iv. 1.

viii. 29.

PLEASE," No.

\ see "

PLEASE," No.
1.

Luke

xii. 18.

1.

xvii. 5.
1. Mark i. 11.

2.

Tit.

1.

2 Pet.

1.
1.

Matt.

iii.

17.

1.

\^

PLEASED

(,

5.

2.

see " PLEASE,"

Heb.

liii. 16,

Cor.

iii.

22.

X. 5.

ii. 9.
1.

17.

(be well)

No.

3.

pass.

(-EP, -TWO.)

{For various combinations

toith

other

tvords, see heloio.)

to

Thes.

Tim. ii. 4.
Heb. xi. 5. 6.

pleasing, acceptable, grate-

1 Cor. X. 7.

PLEASE

19!

(those things that)

(^

147.]

lO'wice.
]^5

ful to.

then, to dance.

xxiii.

1,

3.

see "

PLAT.
to play as a child

i.

PLEASE AYELL.

xi. 39.

[A citation from Exod. xxxii. 6,

Avhich,
where it is the Ixx. for
it is evident from verses 18, 19,
includes the shouting, singing, and
dancing in honour of their idol.
It is also used by Homer in this
sense, see Odys. viii. 51, and

i.

Col.

things,

,,

Luke

2.

1.

1.

vii. 32, 33, 34.

XV. 38.

1.

John

napoipiSc^.andthcplatrj
ter,
A.)

(tat

1, 2, 3.

26, 27.
21.

i.

, the

xii. 18.

Gal.

5
s!

PLEASE

xxiii. 25.

Cor.

1.

food.
1.

XV.
1

(.)

viii. 8.

5.

5.

Cor. X. 33.

6.
6.

1.

a side-dish in which dainties

are served up, entremet ; then, a
dish on which such meats are

1. 1

6.

vi. 22.

vi.

,5.

TTiVaf,

to will, to wish, to desire,

implying active volition and purpose.

to weave,

served, (jion occ.)

1.

6.

[verb.]

to plait, to braid,
Lat., plico, plecto.

do.~\

intention.

,
!.

it

[the

in No. 4, hut actually asserted, it

seemed good, ivhere stress is laid
on the resolve and its icillingness

junction with,
{non occ.)
Eom.

appeared

it

{No. 4, with ev, well, j^reHere, the good and right

fixed).
thing is not merely tmdersfood, as

ix. 7.

<;,

impersonally,
;

8,

5.

PLANTED TOGETHER.

1.

\j)ood^

right thing to
Luke
Rom.

13.
xxi. 33.

have the appear-

Sere,

seemed

occ.)

acceptable,

to please vell.

to appear,

4.

ance.

Matt. XV.

PLE

plcase,

and acceptable to

to
;

to please or gratify.

PLEASING (those things that abe)

(

bo pleasing
also,

to seek

the things,

(,

])1

easing, acceptable, grate-

..ful to.
1

Jobn

iii,

22.

;;

PLE
PLEASING.

589

down the mind and

effeminate by luxury
hence, to live luxuriously.

2.

complaisance, (noii occ.)

10.

i.

PLEASUEE.
IV or lis,

icith

other
C

see below.)

-^, delight,

<

enjoyment, pleasur;

3.

will,

(Jhc
active volition.)

Luke

Acts xsiv.

1.

Tit.

ssv.

27.

act

of

ivilling,

2.

Kev.

Jas. iv.

1.

2 Pet.

1,
3,
ii.

13.

iv. 11.

PLEASUEE

',

see Enjoy.
,
),
'^*''^ '""'

Heb.

PLEASUEES

^,

2 Tim.

1.

see "
ii.

PLENTEOUS.
much and
;

Matt.

ix. 37.

PLENTIFULLY.

PLOUGH,
5.

Hob.

PLOW,

ou

5.
x. C, 8, 38.

Luke

(-ETir, -ing.)

[Language preserves a wouderful

this,

the oldest art,

illustration of

-.

e.g.

To Plough, open

(take)
5.

ix. 62.

to plough.

the soil
Qk. al.-i'e, Lat. ar, Irish
Lithuauiau orati, Rues. ; arjan, Goth.
erjan, Aug. Sax. car, Old ng., (Deut. xxi. 4.)
Sansor.

arti,

PLEAS K," No.

[noun.]

apoTpov, a plough, see below, (non occ.)

PLOUGH

(hate)

PLEASE," No.

12.

see "

13.

lii. 32.

PLEASUEE

6,

ii.

11.

"please," No.

PLEASUEE

2 Thes.

iii. i.

great, large, plenteous.

(good)

(be one's good)

Luke

',

oi')

with a noun implying

number, multitude, or magnitude,

Phil.

PLEASUEE
see

(lover

pleasure loving
then, as
suhst., a lover of
(see " pleasure," No. 1), (7ion occ.)

See, BEING.

5, 9.

2 Thes.

10 part.

xii.

8<;,

design.
i.

right,

to them.

a being well pleased, good

pleasure, including the idea offree
and willing pjirjyose tvifh a good

Eph.

(tueie own)

xi. 25,

1.

9.

iii. 3.

V. 6, marg. liuc delicately.

5.

which
seemed good, appeared

Heb.

viii. 14.

Jas. V.

',

a pleasing work, a favour, a

kindness.

1.

(^,

9,

3.

Tim.

1.

2.

TO, that

Lat., voluptas
able sensation
sensual pleasures, pleasures or
lusts of the flesh.

2.

it

PLEASUEE

{For various comhinations

1.

to break

make

desire of pleasing, very great

Col.

PLO

The Plough:
apoTpof, Gk,
aratruin, Lat.; oradlo, Boheni.
arklae, Lith.
anidar, Cornish ; arad, Welsh;
;

2 Cor.

xii. 10.

ardhr, Old Norse.

PLEASUEE IN

(uave)

to take pleasure in, in con-

junction with others.

Eom.

The Act of Ploughing iIlk.

oratio, Lat.

aroma, Eng.

The Land for Plouohino

Gk. V.H (arctz), Ucb.

ira, Sanscr.
era.
Old High Germ. ire, irionn, Gaelic earth,'
EiiLT.
airtha, Gothic oorthe, Aug. Sox.

32,

marg. consent

\cilh.

,
,

i.

Other Related Words;

PLEASUEE

1.

(),

to live

ill

(live ix)

luxury in eating

and driiikiug,to indulge one's self,

(occ. Jas. V. G, and translated,
"have been wanton.")

bread, (the great earth product.)

Qk., (and Lat., aroum)
field,
(Lat.) any animal fit for ploughing,
arbeit, (Genu.) labour; oud arbeitsam, iudue-

armontum,
trioue.

crfldhi, (Old Norse) ploa[-''in5r, but afterwards

(like A. Sax., carfod.. or eorfedui) it denoted

labour-

PLU

590

POO

POO
2.

591

working for a living, poor

not in extreme icant, but simply
having only
one earns, having nothing superfluous, living

Trivq<i,

sparingly.

3.

Luke
John

xxi. 3.

1.

Kom.

XV. 26.

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

xi. 22,

1.

1.
1.

(G-),.

42

a part

xiv. 5, 7.
Luke iv. 18.
vi. 20.

Matt. xiiv.

2.

vii. 22.

l!

xiv.

1.3, 21.
xviii. 22.
xix. 8.

1.

/,

10.

ii.

2,

see

2.

man.

Cor.

to get for one's

see "

to have

Luke

xviii. 12.

1.)

Jae.

PORCH

,
Luke

(-ES.)
;

rounded

and

,,

, the

place before the

(or interior court) the large
gateway of an oriental house, the
deep arch under which the
(lYo. 2) opens.
the

John

X. 23.

Mark

71.
xiv. 08.

1.

3.

I.

Acts

iii. 11.

1.

John

v. 2.

1.

Matt. xxvi.

V. 12.

PORTER.

',

the keeper of a
a ainall door or wicket

zlii. 34.

being,

xii. 15.

which one

Acts

iv. 32.

POSSESSED WITH

(be)

to have.

Acts

viii. 7.

Acts

See

also,

xvi. 16.

ueyil.

POSSESSION

JohM
|

(a door,

John

Avitliin

xviii. IG,
z. 3.

17

(-S.)

what is acquired by purchase

or otherwise; acquisition, property,
(non

occ.)

any thing held or pos-

sessed, as a dwelling or land,

etc.,

(non occ.)
I.

Matt.

xix. 22

1.

Mark

x. 22.

1.

Acta

ii.

2.

Acts

vii. 5, 45.
zzriii. 7, see

sessionB.

46.

Eph.

T. 1.

1.

Mark

the things

things,

by

supported

gateway.

larger), (occ.

things which

one)

occ.)

a large door, a gate, at the

entrance of a huildiny or city, a

Cor. vii. .30.

2 Cor. vi. 10.

4.

ii. 2.

a pillar, column
then, any
portico or porch, (piazza) sur-

columns, {non

hold

and firm

existing,
posscsseth,
(^
)
(calling attention to the fact that they
are what they were originally.)

viii. 9.

POOR MAN.

2.

^
\

1.

fast,

2. 1
2.

1 Thes. iv.

have not."

(become)

2 Cor.

and hold

xxi. 19.
1.

;(, to become wT<j)yo<i,(see "pooe,"

No.

ac-

self,

purchase or

possession.

POSSESSETH

POOE

by

procure,

{he) [margin.]

xi. 22,

(-ED, -INO.)

firmly, to hold in secure

17.
xiii. le.
iii.

1.

xii. 46.

XV. 12.

otherwise, to possess.

ii.'

1.

FOOB

see Meat.

quire,

3, 5, 6.

Rev.

1.

(be)

(be-

ix 9.

Gal.
Jas.

Luke

51.

xii. 42,

POSSESS

come)

1.
1.

see

see

a whole, a portion,

(For various combinations, see below.)

vi. 10.

viii. 9,

oj"

piece.

xii. 5, 6, 8.
xiii. 29.

1.

n.

X. 21.

xii.

PORTION.

poor, needy, (like ]Vo. 2.)

V. 3.
xi. 5.
xii. 21.

xxvi. 9,

,
Luke

Matt.

Mark

POS

POSSESSOR

i.

14,

Poe[chased.
sec Pur-

(-8.)

possessor of what has been

acquired by purchase or otherwise;
owner, (non occ.)
Acta

iv. t.

POS

592

POSSIBLE.

8,

an active sense, strong,

having inherent and moral power,
in

able to effect in a passive sense,

possible, capable of being done
Iiere, neut., able to be done.

POU

possessor of poAver, used of

those who are in possession of
authority, and occui)ying a high

26.

Mark

xiv. 35, 36.

xxvi. 39.

Luke

xviii. 27.
24.

Matt. xix.

Mark

Acts

ix. 23.

X.

27

ii.

XX. 16.

{a'p.)

POTENTATE.

;?,

position.
1

Tim.

vi. 15.

POTTEE.
a potter, (from

ter's clay), (no7i occ.)

POSSIBLE

8,

(be)

Matt, xxvii.

to be able, to haxe inherent

and moral power.

(/,

Acts xsvii. 39

see " possible,"

G^--)

7, 10.

Rom.

POTTER

pot-

ix. 21.

(OF a)

<;, of or made by a potter, (Eng.;

ceramic), (non occ.)

POSSIBLE
1,

if,

'',
^

see "

POSSIBLE

/,

xii. IS.

1.

uad been)

(if IT

el

'',

24.

it is

Mark

POSSIBLE
^,

2.

one can, referring

possible,

Luke

xiii. 22.

18

it is

1.

lawful,

right, it is permitted.
2 Cor.

xii. 4,

text,

it is

lawful.

Heb.

2.

(not)

1.

24 twice^ 25.

1.

}<;,

pour upon,
7.

'

12 part.

POUR

{iion occ.)

2.

Mark

xiv. 3.

1.

Jobu

xiii. 5.

IN.

to pour over, pour upon, {non

Lett.,

/5,
4,

or jug, for
(In Exod. xvi. 33,

an earthen

racking off wine.

Ixi. for n^viv.)
Hark -.

-INO.)

to pour doAvn upon, and so

Matt. xxvi.

scxtus, or se.xtarius, a
measure, liquid or dry,
very nearly equal to an Eng. pint,
{non occ.)

i.

-1,

(-S.)

Koman

2.

xii. 3.

xix. 39.

occ.)

POT
1.

(-ED,

John

to throw, to cast with a greater

or less degree offorce, as deter mined
by the context; of liquids, to pour.

1.

x. 4.

in xoeiglit,

xix. 13, 16 ti",

twicCj 20,

,
2.

uSvVaToi', impossible.

pound

oz. avoirdupois, {iion occ.)

qen., to

POSSIBLE

xxii. 10.

(-S.)

{Lat., libra) a

12

POUE

[margin.]

(it is)

to moral propriety;
it is

weee)

see above.

Matt. xxiv.

POUND

Gal. iv. 15.

(IP IT

Luke

{Lat., miua) prop., a Greek

weight := 100 drachmic =15 oz.,
83f grs. also, as a sum of money
4< Is. 3d.
100 drachma;
60 /Avatmake a talent, (prob. akin
to Heb. maneh, jjerliaps also to our
Eng. money, etc.), (non occ.)

2.

see above.

POSSIBLE

siv. 13.

,=

POSSIBLE."

Rom.

Mark

(if it be)

(ajj.)

jar,

2.

Heb.

ix. 4.

1.

2.
3.

,
,

POUR

,
to

pour

OUT.

out.

another form of Xo.

1.

to mix, mingle; then, lo

prepare a draught, to pour out

for drinking, to

till

one's cup.

POV

, .
1.

John

3.

1.

Acts

1.

2.

ii. 15.
ii. 17, 18.
X. 45.

Eev.

viii. 2, 9.

xiv. 10.
xvi. 1, 3, 3, 4, 8, 10,

[^Another synonyinous
word,
not
translated power, is epycta, energy,
power in action, effectual operation
a work Avrought
in us and by us.]

ii.

poverty,

Matt.
9.

18.

xxii. 29.

xii.
29,
mai^n
(text, worker of mira-

(-S.)

perform anything

power

action.

in

the power
manifests itself in all the
modes, eep.'m His redeeming vork,
where God is at Avork, revealing
and carrying out the plan of salof God,

is

{As opp. to
notes moral power.)
vation.

iVo. 5, it

8<;,

fulness of

21.
ii. 2.

iii.

7.
10.

20.

v. 17.
24.

vi. 10.

ix. 1.

12.
Mighty.

43, see

Col.

11.
13, 16.
10, 15.
Phil. iii. 10.
1 Thes. i. 5.
2 Thes. i. 9.
11.

X. 19 i-

19

2n.l.

xii. 5, 11.

IX. 20.
xxi. 26. 27.
xxii. 53.
69.

in-

good

all

!-

Acts

, ,
^,
,

[iBLE,"

see " poss-

the,

His

iii.

vi. 16.

Tit.

xix. 10 "'CO, 11.

Ueb.

make power

felt,

strength

strength,
;

power

in

vii. 16.

U(J

5.

i.

22.

iii.

2 Pet.

3, 16.
11.

i.

ii.

25.
Eev. ii. 26.
iv. 11.
V. 12.
13.

the ability
3 aflirms

is

ensured to

vii. 12.

ix.
1 Isl f-'iid.

Tr A

xi.

LT

{om.Q

lard

10, 19.

xii. 10.

[i.e. l/io-scj.)

xiii. 2.

4, 5. 7, 12.

xvi. 25, see

i. 18, 24.

Cor.

ii.

3 i,
6 ""<:

17.

2,3.
XV. 13. 19.

hat

(I

14,

15,

eeo

[is of)

4. 5.

iv. 19, 20.

V. 4.
vi. 12,

see

(lirini?

[umlor)

14.
vii.

iii<--c,

nee

of (have)

esp.

bodily

effect, force,

beginning
then, spoken of
etc., the frst place, i.e.
the power, rule, dominion.
dir/niti/,

14.

vi. 8.

strength, as an endowment
physical strength, {Lat., vires.)

3.

i.

1 Pet.

power,

superiority, strength as exerted.

-,

iii. 1.

ii.

7.

see JVo. 1.

iVo. 1 implies

that free movement

the ability.)

7, 8.
5.

i.

vi. 5.

to

Tim.

Jude

it is allowed,
{from
one can, it is permitted, dcni/ing
the j^resence of a liindrance) delegated authority, liberty or authority to do anything
coinbininfj
the two ideas of right and might.

{While

U.

iii.

XN'ii. 2.

i.

9.

ii.

12, marg. right

or privilege.
X. 18.
i.

from a redeemed creation.]

(

i.

ii.

honour, intrinsic excellence; and

v\oyLa, the utterance of blessing

19 1
192nd.

xxiv. 49.

ability prevailing in action

Tos, tlie

10.
i.

14.

de-

herent ability to eifect all the

Divine purposes
physical
;

xiii. 4.

Eph.

32.
36.

John

we have

3"'"

xii. 9.

iv. 6.

tJien,

absolute] I/, not mrrclj/ poiccr capable

[In Rev. v. 12,

vi. 7.
viii.

xii. 24.
xiii. 25, 26.
xiv. 62.
Luke i. 17, 35.

but,

cles.)

ii.

ix. 1.

POWER

see margin.

XV. 24, 43.

2 Cor. iv. 7.

10.
iii. 15.
vi. 7.

natural capability, inherent

capability of anything,
power

action,

xi. 10,

xxviii. 18.

Mark

'/5,

The Power

lCor.ix.4,5,6, 12'ce,

xxiv. 29, 30.

xxvi. 64.

See, GRIND.

of

(.)

13

vi.

ix. 6, 8.
X. 1.

POWDEE.

ability to

--,

Eev.

POW

12, 17.

begging, mendicancy
want.

2 Cor.

5!>3

viii. 9,

iuarg.(text,

liberty.)

POWER

(niu>-a

havc

to

or

thority.
1

Cor.

vi. 12.

uxdek)
exercise au-

POW
POWEE

594

(hate)

//,

Here, wUh Dat.

to give to.
following, " it was given to him."

Eev.

(hate)

Cor.

vii. 4tice.

(that

Eom.

is of)

Heb.

See, COVETOUS.

PEtETOEIUM.
Lat., prsetorium, the gene-

,
,

4.

glory, {sec " ulory,"

pi'aising,

{non

goodness of action,
2 Pet. i. 3, 5 ^^"='')

1.

1.

3.

Mott. xxi.

Luke
John

3.

Acts

16.
xviii. 43.
is. 24.

xii.

43

xvi.

''^

2.

Eom.
-

ii.

29.

xiii. 3.

1 Cor. iv. 5.
2* 2 ^o>^ viii. 18.

of any kind,

i.

6, 12, 14.

i:.

Phil.

i.

11.

ii.

12, sec

4.

(eing)
xu\. 1

2. 1

Pet.

2.
3.

iv. 8.

Heb.
5.

1.

iii. 8,

9.

Eom.

XV. 11.
1 Cor. xi. 2, 17, 22'"ico.
xix. 5.

Eev.

AGAINST.
;

,
PEAY

2.

(-ED,

-,

-EST, -ING.)

to speak out, utter aloud

hence, to pray, wish strongly.

to{No. 1, ivifh
wuras, 2)rtfxed) to pray to God,

tovards God.)

').

to interrogate, to ask, imlAy'mg ftmiliaritj/ if not equality;

hence, never used of our prayers
to God, Avhile it is used of Christ's
jjraycrs to the ]''alher, (John xiv.
IG; xvi. 2(3 xvii. 0, l.^, 20; and
comj)arr> the two in John xvi. 23,
,

and

Eph.

2.

1.)

{occ. Phil. iv.

2.

25, see

unto (sing J
2.

No.

occ.)

virtue, excellence

).

Actsii. 47.

1.
1.

offer i)ray(M, {restricted to ]n\aycr

{No. 1, loith iiri, upon, /??'<?Jixed) praise upon, applause, commendation, approbation.

3.

Eom.

to overflow with talk hence,

to prate about, tattle, {non occ.)
3 John 10.

c7ro.iuo<;,

ooitt,

1.

to Grod, {non occ.)

2.

64.
13, 20.

xix. 3".
xxiv. 53 {(.)

[noun.]

discourse, narration; then, in

N.T., praise, used only of praise

i.

ii.

1.

1.

(-S.)

Luke

1.

PEAISE

xvi. 8;

of, bless
to speak
with praise, gratitude, and thanksgiving to invoke blessing upon.

tent in a camp
then, the
residence o the governor of a
province, the praetorian residence.
Mark XV. IG.

ral's

Luke

{occ.

(.vXoyiO),

1.

PEACTICE.

upon, preupon, applaud,

XV. 11.)

3.

iv. 12.

1, loith

to praise

commend,

Philem. 6.)

1.

{No.

fixed)

physically strong, mighty.

10.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

in vork, i.e. working, enerin exercise, powerful in

operatiou,
action, effectual in

Cor. X.

xvi. 25.

brate, {non occ.)

l-rraiviw,

(sing)

see above.

to tell or speak of, to speak

in praise of
bestow praise, cele-

xvi. 25.

Cor. xvi. 9

13.

PEAISES UNTO

PEAISE

POWEEFUL.

(occ. 1

ii.

alve.(j),

getic

1.

Acts

be able, have inherent and

moral power. JIere,2^(i'>'f-,\ia>vm'j;
power.

(sing)

sing hymns to ani/

to praise in song.

hymn

to

one

Bwafxa.L, to

2. 2

PEAISE UNTO

Heb.

to have or exercise authorit}^

,
,

PRA

xiii. 14, 15.

POWEE OF
1

ii.

i.

uiito

7.

9,
14.

marg. virtue

iv. 11.

John

v.

IG.)

[Martha imworlhily ascribes

to hry, to pray, (the more submissive and suppliant \vord) to
ITim, which lie never ascribes to
xi. 22, see under
lliniscir,
" ASK.'"J

;
;

PRA

595

PRE

then, to
to need, to want
one's need, urgently
request, supplicate, beseech.

Jlim, lohom we invoke); sometimes

denotes a place of prayer, a
building below the synagogue in
rank.

make knoAvn

it

to call beside, call near;

to call some one hither, that he
may do something to call on any
one, to call him near in order to
say something to him, to use per-

want, need
then, the expression of need urgent rciiue.^t,
supplication marking csp.our need
and insujjicicncy ; seeking aid in

suasion Avith hi in.

Matt.

2.

V. +1.

vi.

2.

2.
2.

xxvi.

5.

42, 44.
53.

2.
2.

Mark

2.

"",

7 part., 9.
ix. 38.
xiv. 23.
xix. 13.
xxiv. 20.

4.

\.

twicc^

39,

36,

41,

i. .35.

2.

vi. 46.

2.

xi.

2.

xiii.

9.30.

2.

48.

2.

si. 5.

2.

xii. 12.

2.

xiii. 3.

2.

xiv. 23.
xvi. 9.

5.
2.

25.

2.

XX. 36.

2.

xxi. 5.
xxii. 17 part.

2.
I

24 part., 25.
18.

of No.

X. 2.

8.

V. 17, 18.

5.

special necessity, (a special

Acts

5.

33(om.
aiitipraw.L TTrbA.)

2.

xxviii. 8.
Eom. viii. 26, see

2.

xiv. 32, 35, 38, 39.

2.

Luke

10.
21.

i.

2.

iii.

3.

V. 3.

'

2.

vi. 12, 2S.

ix. 18, 28, 29.

4.

X. 2.

2.

"'':<=,

2.

xi. 1

xiv. 18, 19.

xvi. 27.

4.

4.

2.

3.
2.

4.

vi.

2.

2.
2.

2.

help,

(7iot tised in N.T.)

Here,
2 marks our devotion, No. 4
our confidence, No. 3 our need.]

14 '"'cc,

13,

JSio.

Matt.

xiii. 7.
vi. 18.

Mark

2 Thes.

i.

xii.

11.

Luke

iii. 1.

1.

2.

Jude

see

40,

P's

Phil.

Acts

V. 16.
2, mart,', (text,

iri.sU.)
\

PRAY FOR

vi. 12.

see

P's

Rom.

iv. 5.

2.

V.

-7,

Avitli

)(),

1.

,5.

3.

2 Tim.

2.
3.

Philem. 4,
H.h. V. r.

J.

Ju.s. V. 15.

iii. 1.

3.

i.

3.

16.
17,

Pet.

X. 4, 31.

2.

xii. 5.

3.

12.

xvi. IS, 16.

2.

iv. 7.

i.

22.

[earnestly.
see Prayed

iii. 7.

9.
viii. 3, 4.

PRAYER

/),

prayer.

he prayed.
(.

PRAYER

(-S.)

,,

xxi. 23.)

xxiii.

j)rayer.
14

(<ip.)

(.MAKE long)

Mark

xii. 40.

Luke

xx.

17.

x*REACH

/,

towanls,
(No. 1, ifith
prefixed) speaking out to, prayer
towards, {restricted to prayer to
j

God, and marking

prayer, or long in

"i'u.n-,"AV2,)

PRAYERS

make much

"^

see

Matt,

a speaking out, uttering aloud

then, prayer, (occ. Acts .wiii. IS

(maki; long)

long,

Jas. V. 17.

OO

2.

viii. 26.

PRAYED EARNESTLY.
(

iv. 2, 12.

Thes. i.
Tim. ii.

xxii. 45.
i. 14.
ii. 42.

Rom.

4, 19.

4.

X. 1.

2.

i.

vi. 4.

20.

vii. 5.

iv. 6.

Col.

V. 33.

(make long)

18.

John
3 John

3.

i. 11.
ix. 14.
Eph. i. 16.
vi. 18.

3.

xix. 46.
XX. 47,

earnestly.
2.

6 part.

3,

13.
37.

i.

ii.

16(No.2,LTrn>)
17, and see

2.

(make long)

1 Tim. ii. 8.
Heb. xiii. 18.

1.

ix. 29.

Cor.
2 Cor.

2,

xi. 17.

10.

iii.

v. 17, 25.

xii. 12.

XV. 30.

see

(make lon^)

i. 3, 9.
iv. 3.

Thes.

Rom.

xvii. 21 (<tp.)

xxi. 13, 22.

xxiii. 11,

i. 9.

2. Jas. V. 13, 14.

ix. 11, 40.

2.

2.

22, 24, 34.

4.

Col.

2.

viii. 15.

2.

2.

4.

Johniv.

3.

2.

Eph.
PhU.

2.

2.

40, 41, 44 ().),

31.
[46.
xiv. 16.
xvi. 26.
xvii. 9 twice, 15, 20.
Acts i. 24.
iv. .31 part.

2.

3.
3.

for

4, 5, 13.

viii. 4.

4.
1.

'

xviii. 1, 10, 11.

xxi. 36.
xxii. 32.

2.

xiv.

2.

3.
3.

Cor. xi.

15 iic.
4. 2 Cor. V. 20.

16.

2.

[Another synonymous word is --a turning to any quarter for

xxiv. 4.
xxvii. 34.

.'"'.

.,

2.

2.

a falling in with, meeting

with, coming together, access,
audience, petition, esp., intercession on behalf of others ; prayer in
its most individual form
God

sought in audience and drawn

nigh to, {occ. 1 Tim. ii. 1.)

xxiii. 18.

4.

form

1.)

^5,

the

power of

(-ED, -EST, -ETII, -IXG.)

(For various combinations, see below.

See also, under " (iosPEL," for
" Preach the Gospel.")

PRE

596

to be a herald, discharge
an herald's office, to make pro-

clamation,
proclaim, announce
publicly, publish announcements.

1.

PRE

]
2 Cor. si. 4ti

2.
2.

ii.

making

known, without any reference to

the contents, which is done by
iVo. 2, and not including the idea
of teaching, which is done by

,.

See, " TKACII."]

to bring a joyful mesHere, mid., to proclaim

something to somebody as a divine
glad-message of salvation then,
simply to proclaim the divine
message of salvation, to bring
some one into relation with it, to
sage.

,
,

1.

16. 23.

3.

2.

1.

V. 11.

1.

Eph.

2.

1 simply regards the

i.

1.
2.

ii.

17.

to

to make knovn through

an interveniny space, report further,
proclaim far and wide.

to use the voice merely, tvithany reference to the words

spohen

to speak, talk.

to speak to and fro, i.e.

alternately, to converse with, discuss, reason, argue, (see " speak,"

.
Matt.

Phil.

Acts

1.

iii.

27,
X. 36.

xi. 1.

1.

xxiv. 14.
xxvi. 13.

5.

i.

with

{\(), and

1.

lie

u'ciit

Luke

'

(.), 20

1.
1.

b.

,
,

iii.

19.

iii.

20.

PIRST.

see above.
Acts

xiii.

eVt,

18.

24 part

(a) Active,

upon, (b) middle.

b.

Eev. xiv.

Acts

xiv. 15.

6.

PREACHED.
hearing;
Heb.

^//i',that

iv. 2,

which

is

heard.

marg. of hearing.

PREACHING.
see above.
Horn.

X. IC,

marg.

(text, report.)

with , and

xix. 13.

XX. 7, 9 part.

60.

xxiv. 47.
20,

iii.

before.

see

1.

3.

iv. 2.

3.

2.

V. 42.

1.

2.

viu.

2.

4.

X. 8, 15.

1.

1.

5.

1.

2.

12.

1.

5.

25.

1.

16,

see Prcach-

XV. 19, see Fully.

1

Cor.

i.

23.

ix. 14.

27 pai-t.
XV.

2 Cor.

1, 2.

11. 12.
19.

i.

iv. 5.

one who summons

?,

(te.\ciikk) refers to
the continuous instruction in that
which has been already proclaimed.] {non occ.)

Bom.

{cn>.)

xxviii. 31.
ii. 21.

1.
1.

expresses the herald's work

(apostle) expresses his relation to him
by whom ho isent; cuayyeAiVrT/s,
(evanoklist) (expresses the ylad
onessayewhh wliich lie is entrusted

as proclaimer

25.

1.

\_^

XV. 21.

18

a public servant
a herald
the supreme power, both in

{see "cnuRCii,") conthe

veys messages; one who proclaims or communicates something.

35.
36.

PREACHER.

peace and war

first.

1.

5.

ix. 2.

Acts

iii.

uuto.

see

6,

Acts

a.

20.

24, see
38.
42.

(i.

uuto.

proclaiiiiinij.
he
-viii. 1.

1.

Luke

of

2.

3.
3.

ee

was

4.

see

2,

followed hy

1.

xvi. 6.
xvii. 3, 13.

iii. 3.

43.
44,

I.

1 Pet.

eayeL,(seeahoe,Iio.2.)

25.

1.

2.

iv. 18, 19.

2.

1.

PREACH

37. 42.

5.

5.

vi. 12.
xiv. 9.
xvi. 15

18,
1.

iv.

before,
(iVo. 1, with
prefixed) to proclaim beforehand.

see Boldly.

xiv.l5,seeP uuto.

3.

iii."i4.

(.(/>.)

1.

16.

iv. 2.

Preached.

,
,

1.

ii. 9.

iii.

PREACH BEFORE.

xi. 19.

Tiv

making proclamation,

1.

Tim.

2 Tim.

15.
16, IS.

Rev. xiv.

xiii. 5.

4, 7, 14, 38.

39,

Thes.

1.

i.

2.

viii. 35, 40.

ix. 20.

ix. 35.

X. 7, 27.

1.

1.)

iv. 17, 23.

Mark

23.
25, see Fulhj.
28.

i.

PREACH UNTO.

bring word down

upon any one, to bring it home to
any one, preach, set forth.

out

Col.

Heb.

iii. 8.

evangelize him.

1.

7.

Gal.

2.

(see

"

PREACH,"

iVo.

Here, the participle.

2.

Rom.

1. 1

Tim.

X. 14.

1.

7.

1.

ii.

2 Tim. i.
2 Pet. ii.

11.
5.

1.)

;;;;

PRE
PEE ACHING,

597

that which is proclaimed

by the herald, the
command, the communication,
" cried "

or

(^no)i occ.)

2.

hcarini?

which

iheUj that

is

heard.

9, wordword
the

3.

or speech as a means or
instrument, and not as a product ;
the word as that which is spoken
the expression, hofh of sinffle exprrssions and of longer speeches.
Hence, the word of the Grospel
denotes all that God says or has
catised to bo said to men. And as
the word manifests the inward
;

and invisible thought, so this manifests God's will, and makes it

known to men.
Matt.

xii. 41.

Luke xi. 32.

Rom. X. 16, marg.

1.

2.

(toxt, repoi-t.)
25.

3.

Cor.

i.

1.

i.
18,
(text, report.)

Tim.

18.

1.

Titus

U.

XV.

1.

i.

Cor.

'/,

in

honour

hence,

li/ce

JVb. 1,

thinirs.

1.
1.

jirccious,

^.)

(-

1 Cor. iii. 12.

Jas. V. 7.
1 Pet. i. 7
of vcrij great value
or price, rtrii precioii.s,
instead of

bJTtpof,

xiv. 3.

(,

of great price,

),

1.

jnuc/i

1.

ii.

3.

2 Pet.
1.

G L

Tr

i.

Rev.

1.

(-ed.)

mine, decree or ordain beforehand.

-(')

God

'\foreJcnou-s."

Epli.

viii. 29, 30.

i.

PEE-EMINENCE
',

5,11.

2)lace,

(haye the)

hold the
or highest dignity, {non

to be

first,

Col.

i.

(love to hate

(the above, with

i.

1,

see

(like)

xvii. 4.
iviii. 12', 16.

honoured, alike prized

of equal honour, of equal
honour and estimation, (non oca.)
a.like

i. 1.

to

9.

(-1X0.)

to lead forward, go on beHere, " as to

fore, take the load.
honour, cacli taking the load in

rendering

it

to the other," (jion

Rom.

marg. honour.

(like)

i.e.

John

first
occ.')

18.

the)

xii. 10.

PEEFEEEED

(be)

,.
to

gotten

become, come to pass,

advance, take a place.

John

2 Pet.

H.)

[In Eom. viii. 30, it is simply a

formal conception, and not (like
in verse 29) an independent conception, complete in
is used,
"When
itself.
the question is not loho are its
objects, but lohat they are preprecedes
destined to.
history, and those Avho, in history,

19.

4, 6.
7,

xxi. 11, 19.

PEECIOUS

Tr"

occ.)

4.

1.

viore

Eev.

Pet.

2.

--

bounds before, deter-

to set

PEEFEE

a holding worth, estimation

value, price; then, a thing of price,
and hence, collect iveli/, precious

Matt. xxvi. 7,\ Bee

Mark xiv. 3, J (very)
1.

Mark

live, prefixed.)

honoured, estimable, dear.

3.

Matt. xxvi. 7

2.

very

expensive,

very

PEE-EMINENCE

PEECIOUS.

held worth, estimated, honoured hence, valued, prized, precious.

2.

1.

Rom.

iv. 17.

PEECEPT.

costly.

3.

instruction, charge, direction

elsewhere translated com.tximia.v[ieVit.
Mark x. 5.
Heb. ix. 19.

1.

2.

of heavy price.

are the subjects of what He has

before all history prepared and
(non occ.)
counselled for them.]

21.

i.

ii. 4.

1.

3.

-.

1.

1 Cor.

2.

1.

(tery)

PEEDESTINATE

spolcen {not loritten)

the

1.

PEECIOUS

[noun.]

--,

1.

PRE

i.

15,

27

(.),

30.

PEEFEEETNCr ONE BEFOEE

a forc- judging, prejudice.

Tiin. V. 21,

marg.

prejudice.

PRE
PREJOOICE.
1

Tim.

598

FBEFARED

[margin.]

V. 21, see ahove.

PREMEDITATE.

Epli.

to care for, to take care for

an)/ thing, i.e. so as to he ahle to
perform it ; hence, to premeditate,
1 Tim. iv. 15.)
{pec. Acts iv. 25

11 (cmi.
meditate,
=: Lb
xiii.

Tr Ab .)

1 Cor. xiv.

[In

a making ready at hand,

prepai'atiou.

i.e.

Jewiali sense, ^jr^arai/o??,

tlie

the day or hours before the

sabbath, or other festival when
preparation was made for its celehence, the eve of the
bration
sabbath or feast.'] (non occ.)

i.e.

2.

preparation, i.e. readiness.

Here, the preparedness arising
from the gospel of peace, {non

1.

Matt, xxvii.

Mark xv.

C2.

Luke xxiii. 54.

John xix. 14, 31,

1.

42.

1.

,
,
,

2.

Eph.

to

to

an assembly of aged
men, council of elders, senate,
{occ.

make

xxii.

66

Acts

1.

fully ready, pre-

John

xiv. 2, 3.
ix. 23,

Cor.

1.

ii. 9.

xiv. 8, see

one's

2.

Ej)h.

ii.

see

10,

xiv. 12.

1.

IS.seePrepared.

1.

Tim. ii. 21.

Philem. 22.
Heb. X. 5.
2

3.

17.
7G.
ii, 31.
iii. 4.
vii. 27.
xii. 47.
xxii. 8, 9.
xxiii. 5.

2.

i.

the being or becoming

presence, arrival.

1.
1.

Acts

iii.

13, 19.

Pet.

iii.

2.
2.

V. 41.

2 Cor. X.

1,

marg. out

icard appearance

xi. 7.
16.

1.

la-

Jore.
1.

present

self.

3.

the J) art towards the eye,

the part of anytliingwdiich is presented to the eye, the front of
hejice, that
anything, the face
tvhich is in one's presence, before

one's eyes.

see

afore.

2.

words, see below.)

1.

X. 40.

1.

20,

Heb.

2 Cor. X. 10.
Phil. ii. 12.

Thes.

1.

1.

2 Thes.

ii.
i.

17.

0.

ix. 24.

see Pre-

parinjf (be a)

Eev.

viii. 6.

ix. 7, 15.
xii. G.

PRESENCE OP

),

Jude

PREPARE APORE.
(A^o. 1,

prefixed') to
{occ.

with

make ready

Eph.

Rom.

ii.

ix. 23.

10.)

(bufoue the)

down in the presence

the very presence of.

xvi. 12.
xxi. 2.

i.

hand,

iv. 11.

{For various combinations with other

Eoiu.

),

Tim.

42.

to prepare fully, put

iii. o.

xxiv.

Luke

ready, prepare.

make

xxii. 4.
XXV. 31. 41.
xxvi. 17.

Luke

spoken of the Jeivish San-

Jiedrim,

PRESENCE.

xi. 10.

i.

L.)

-iMi.)

XX. 23.

Mark

xiv. 15 {om.

PRESBYTERY.

pare, constitute.

Matt.

PREPARED.

vi. 15.

PREPARE (-,

8.

8.

xxii. 5.

1.

2.

SELP.

ready, prepared.
Mark

occ.)

1.

{before) [margin.]
see " ordain."

,,

PEEPAEATION.

1.

10,

{N^o. 2, loith
beside,
down) to
prefixed, instead of
make ready near or for any one,
to prepare at hand.
Here, mid.,
to prepare one's self, to be ready.

do ye pre-

iicifJicr

ii.

PREPARE ONE'S

Mark

PRE

before,
before-

PRESENCE

Luke

in the
xui. 26.

21.

(IN one's)

presence
|

of, in

of, before.

1 Cor.

i.

29.

PRE

,
,

PEESENCE OF

1.
2.

3.

see above.

from

uTrevai'TL,

to

in

tlie

of,

God

ovei* against,

opposite

hence, before, in the presence

of.
i. 19.
xiv. 10.
XV. 10.
1.
1. Jolin XX. 30.

Acts

3.

iii.

16.

xxvii.

1.

1.

Eom.

vii. 18, 21.

PEESENT WITH
any

one, (non occ.)

Acts sxr.

'^5.

[adj.]

othn'

icith

zvords, see beloiv.)

C
3
)

to be near by, to be prescut,

hence, having come
to have come

(evex toto this)

continucdly until

the,

rrj<;,

even

uprt,

nov,',

(^wpas, hour.
1 Cor. iv. 11.

and remain present,

to be

(ha-e,

PEESENT

participle.')
2.

24.

Thes. ii. 19.

Eev. xiv. Ill "'

1.

(For various comhinations

(be herk)

be present in conjunction

PEESENT HOUE

be

2. 1

PEESENT.

1.

(be)

to bo l)esi(le or near,
ready at hand, {iion occ.)

Avith

Luke

1.

PRE

PEESENT WITH

(ix the)

hence,
before
presence of, in the sight
being witness.

599

],

,
stant,

(intrans.) to .tand in, in-

present,

i.e.

(here, parti-

(unto this)

long as until, unto.

just now, even now.

until, as

eoj5,

\ apTL,

ciple.)

3.

over.

and

1 Cor. XV. 6.

upon

(trans.) to place

In N.T. only

or

intrans. forms,

mid., to place one's self

(hei'e, imrticiple.)

4.

be among one's people,

the people)
(from Iv, m,and
present with them, (here, participle.)
3.

Acts

1.

4.

1.

2.
3.

xxviii.

Cor. V.

3.

vii. 20.

2.

2 Cor. V.

,
,
,

2.

Gal.

2.

Heb.

9.

see above,
see above,

i.

1.

NO.

4.

U.
12.

T.uke

xiii. 1.

2.

3.

John

1.

2.

Acts

xiv. 25.
xii. 18.

1.

1.

iv. 18,

xiii.

Tit.

1.

2 part, 10.

20

(thixgs)

PEESENT

No.

cause to stand,
(Here,

to

(No. 1, with
beside.
preji.red) trans., to cause to stand
beside or near, place near by, preexhibit

stand
(Here, trans.)

intrans., to

1,

Mnft. ii.ll,eecPinto.

above.

X. U3.

2.

Luke

U. 22.

2.

Acts

ix. 41.

2.

xxiii.

Acts

22.

intrans., to stand.

trans.)

sent,

(be here)

iii.

(-ED.) [verb.]

trans.,

1 Cor.

near, stand by.

see " pbesio'T,"

12.

(/).

viii. 38.

])lace

2.
8.

ii.

, ,
PEESENT

2 pnrt, 11 part.
xi. 9 part.

1.

Gal.

) n\.7, (see note

under " heaten."

iv. 10.

happen

X.

1.

Cor. V. 3 part.

2 Cor. V.

world that

now is, 2 Pet.

(part of
to stand in,
in-stant, present) things present,
as opp. to the things about to

Eom.

to becomc beside, become near or present.

(Hrrc,
only aor., were present, i.e. had
come or arrived.)

1.

"ages,"

No.l),
2 Tim.

to remain, continue.

4.

'

existing

aiuJi/,age, (see

'^

(be)

No.

now

vvy,

(this)

^ the age or

the

PEESENT

4.

ix. 9.

2 Pet.

1.

PEESENT

i.

xii.

1.

,
)

(.^, to

PEESENT WOELD

upon

or near, to come upon. Hence, of

rain, as here, to fall upon, set in,

Eom.

.33.

xii. 1.

2 Cor.

iv. 14.

xi. 2.

Eph.

V. 27.

2.

Col.

1.

Judo

22, 28.
24.

i.

PRE

600

PRESENT UNTO.

3.

to bear or bring towards or

to any place or person, to bring

near

to hold or press together

constrain, urge on.

Matt.

,
,

11,

ii.

marg.

offer.

Luke

1.

with the thing

itself, i.e.

1.

8
,
Phil.

Lukevi.
Matt. xxvi.

^,

(-ED.)

to bring forth alive

be born alive

be preserved

alive,

{occ.

2.

'/,-

vc(J,G

ix. 17.

38

(oiii.

prese;
1.

Acts

vii.

to

(hrow

upon, to

fall

Mark

iii.

10.

1.

2 Cor.

Lukcv.

1.

(be)

3.

Luke
1

1.
!.

- TTr"A

one Avho is bold, a darcr,

enterpriser.
In N.T., in a had
sense, one over-bold, audacious,

ti.)

xvii. 33.
V. 23.
iv. 18.

Thes.

presumptuous.

[noun.]

a crowd, a throng, multitude a

confused multitude, (as opp. to
a regular assembly.)
Mark ii. 4.
Luke viii. 19.
;

^,

,
,

PEESS

2 Pet.

ii.

10.

PEETENCE.

what is shown or appears

before any one, i.e. show, \n'vivncQ, \)roic\t, put forth to cuvn

the real intent.

xxiii. 14(n)).)

Phil.

Mark

i.

.\ii.

10.

18.

(-ED, -ETU.) [verb.]

to use force, to force, use

violence, force the
way, (occ.
xi.

,
Matt,

to press from evert/ side,

to crowd, throng, (non occ.)

Matt.

xix. 3.

V. 27, 30.

8.

PEESUMPTUOUS.

2 Tim.

'?,

i.

-',

Judel.

PEESS.

2.

upon,

as by evils or calamities.

und both are

1.

laid

be heavy, be weighed
down, be oppressed, borne down

lished, (sec " SAVE," Jio. 1.)

V.

be

to

to make sound, save, preserve,

heal, restore ; hence, to keep, to
maintain intact what is estab-

Luke

upon

PEESSED

and

),
Matt.

U.

one's self upon.

19.)
4.

to lie

2.

then, to

iii.

press heavily upon.

together,
1, tvith
or in conjunction with, prefixed^
to be kept in safety together, or
in conjunction with each other.

pass., to

Phil.

1.

safety, preserve, maintain.

3.

38.

PEESS UPON.

(.

viaJce

to pursue after, follow earnestly.

,
,
,

keep an eye upon, to

and hence, to keep, to
watch
then, to keep in
guard, Avatch
to

,
,

and

PEESS TOWAED.

[Give.

2.

svi. 16.

53, see

23.

ii.

Luke

xviii. 5.

PEESS DOWN.

taken place.
1.

2.

to press, press down

compact, (non occ.)

at the very moment, on the spot

directly after somethinr) else has

xxi. 19.

'

Acts

3.

A .]

Tr

viii. 45.

this ti7ne, forthwith,

immediately.

Matt.

spirit) G-

PEESENTLY.

from

Faul was urged on, or occupied earnestly with, in his discourse, or as to the word, /or the
reading is
not
(in

\_IIere,

present, offer.

to,

PRE

12.)

1.

PEEVAIL

(-ED.)

to be strong, have phy.sical

;
be strong in physical

ability

health

and mental power,

efficacy, prevail.

have

2.

PRE

(N^O. 1, toith

601

Matt.

1.

^,
,

country

xvi. 18, see he-

:.'.

3.

to further, profit, be of use,

Matt, xxvii.

24.
xsiii. 23.

1.

Luke
John

4.

xii. 19.

1.

Actsxix. 16,
Kev. V. 5.

20.

xii. 8.

2.

Matt. xvi.

2.

2.

appearance over, conspicuousness above other persons

or things; hence, pride, haughti-

and in N.T. with

the accessory idea of impiety, (non
ness, boasting,

18.

PEEVENT

(-ED.)

occ.)

come

or do before, get
first in doing or heing anything, be
beforehand with, anticipate, in
tcifh the
running, etc. ;
part, of another verb may often be
rendered adverbially, sooner than.
to

before,
prefixed) more emphatic than No. 1,
to get first before another, anticipate, {non occ.)

2.

Matt.

-,

PREA^AIL AGAINST.

1.

the
character of an
a Avanderer about the
hence, a false pretender,

(i.e.

avail.

i.

PRIDE.

impostor, <iuack hence, sAvaggeriug, boastful, braggart) false pretension,

imposture,
quackery
and by implication, ostentation,
arrogance, pride, (occ. Jas. iv. 16.)

low.)

3.

TRI

down,

to be strong against
any one, to prevail against or over,
in a hostile sense, overcome, van-

prefixed)

quitch, (occ.

{Ko.

1, ivith

xvii. 25.

1.

2.

Mark

vii. 22.

1.

PRIDE

1 Tim.

John

ii.

iii. 6,

see below.

16.

(be lifted up with)

to smoke, fume, surround with

hence, to make inflated or
conceited, or to becloud.

smoke

Tim.

iii.

16.

PRIEST.

1 Thes. iv. 15.

(For chief priest and high priest,

PRICE
7i/xr/,

see below.)

(-S.;

a liolding worth, estimation

esteem, honour, respect
value,
;

iepeus,

he

has the care of

(the sacrifices)

Upa,

priest.

price.
Matt.

46, see

xiii.

xix. 19.
1 Cor. vi. 20.
vii. 23.

xxvii. 6, 9.

Act3

[Among

Acts

(of

great)
iv. 34.
V. 2, 3.

/,

PRICE

(OF great)

of great value or price, very

costly.
Matt.

PRICK

xii'. 46.

[noun.]

(-8.)

a point, a prick hence, a sting,

{as of locusts or scorpions. Rev. ix.
also, a goad, i.e. a rod or
10)
staff with an iron point for urging
;

oxen on, etc

,
Acts

ix.

45 Exod. .xxviii. 1, 29 Num. xvi.

Hence, Isa. Ixi. G; Rev. i. G; xx. G.)
They undertake the offering of
;

Acta xxvi. U.

(-ED.)

to pierce

[verb.]

through

to be greatly pained.
Acts

ii.

37.

hence,

Avhicli represent wliat

can neither do nor suffer
before God. i.e. they represent
man himself in his relation to
God, (Heb. ii. 17; v. 1). This,
howi'ver, they are only alile to do
on account of their own holiness,
and this does not belong to them

sacrifices

man

(.)

PRICK

the Greeks only a calling,

not a caste, but in the Bible, being
connected with substitution, it is
also connected with the substitution of a priestly caste on behalf
of the nation.
As sacrifice is a
rendering to God Avhat is due to
liim, so, too, the Upivs is a servant of God, (Deut. xvii. 12.)
AVhat the whole people ought to
be,thcpriests^r;r, (Exod.xix.3
0;
Deut. vii. G, with Num. iii. 12, 13,

PRI

(302

as a personal quality, but they

are considered so by Grod, being
elected and separated by G-od to
be His property, (Num. xvi. 5

Heb. V. 4). The Biblical priesthood and the Biblical sacrifice

find their perfect consummation
in the priesthood of Christ, (to
which reference is made in Heb.
v., vii.,

viii.,

ix.,

x.)

and

all

who

are " in Christ " become " priests

unto God," (1 Pet. ii 5, 9; Eev.
i.

Matt.

6; XX.

viii. 4.

G).]

PRI

..

3.

PRI
a leader,

003

commander of an

shadow

throtvn hy it; hence, first

beginning, first principle, element,
rudiments.
esp. of learning

arm)/.

ii. G, quoted from IMicah

where Hcb., rii'\ri' '2!?h2, i.e.
the ja milieu info ivhicli each tribe
loas divided, the heads of which

[In Matt.

,/
Zech.

and Matthew puts

1.

John

is. 34.

2.

Acts

ii.

XX. 25.

Mark

22.
John xii. 31.
xiv. 30.

xvi. 11.
iii.
15,

1 Cor.

1.

vi. 1,

marg.

begijinMig.

PRINT.
or impress made by a
hard substance on a soft; mark,

imprint, impression.
John

1.

Sph.

1.

Eev.

ii.

ao-i

(?, vlace, L

PEISON

Tr)

(-S.)

vatch, guard, i.e. the act of

keeping watch, guarding of persons, the guards
of the placBy

6, 8.
2.

ii.

i.

XX. 251", 25

marg.

V. 31.

2.

iii.

V. 12.

mark

TU7ro5,

author.

sii. 24.

Heb.
Heb.

" pbinci-

{see

heads

G.

Matt.

1.

2.

xii. 5, 0,

of familien, for the families themThe Ixx. also puts

selves.
for !?, G-en. xxxvi. 15, IG, but
iu Micah v. 1, puts Iv
the thousands of Judah.]

beginning,
PALITY.")

V. 1,

Avere called 3^3!p.

PRI

5.

,
,

according to,
eminence,

(.

',

watch-post, station, prison.

PEIXCIPAL.
~\

being,

>

being of emin-

{non

a prison, place of bonds,

occ.)

',

ence. or distinc-

) tion,
Acts XXV.

///,

a watching, keeping an eye

upon, observing hence, a guardthen, a guard, place of
ing
guarding, prison, (occ. Acts iv. 3

(^}ion occ.)

23.

PEINCIPALITY

of iime, the comof dignity, the first

])]ace
government, the highest
dignitaries of the State;
rebeginning

mencement

,
Matt.

its

executive authority

i.

iii.

21.
10.

Col.

i.

Tit.

iii. 1.

IG.

10,15.

ii.

Jude

6,

PEINCIPLE

xiv. 3, 10.
xviii. 30.
XXV. 36, 39, 43, 44.

1.

4.

sii. 4, 5, 6.
7.

i.

see Put.

14,

iii.

17.

1.

xvi. 23, 24.

26.

2.

20.

(keeper of the)

xxi. 13.

1.

xxii. 33.
xxiii. 19, 25.
Acts V. 18.
19.
21.

1.

PEISON

8,

27="', 37, 40.

xxii. 4.

1.

xxvi. 10

1.
1.

2 Cor. xi. 23.

1 Pet. ui. 19

1.

Kev.

ii.

10.

XX. 7.

1.

of thk)

(keepi'.r

a prison-keeper, (occ. Acts

xvi. 23.)
.\ot,s

( s.)

to stand
or go ill order, advance in steps or
rows) dim., of
(a row,
scries, as of steps)
a little step,
a small upright rod or post, e.y).
the gnomon of a sun-dial, or the

V. 23.
25.
viii. 3.

xii. 58.

moTi;. first estate.

, ,

Acts

Luke

that the.so names (Col. i. 16, etc.)

designate the mutual rank of evil
Bupra-mundane powers, so far as
they relate to men.]

vi. 12.

2.

vi. 17, 28.

Ei)h.

of a

xi. 2.

Mark

[Used of supra-miindano powers,

proh., evil powers.
In 1 Cor.
XV. 2G, we read of
the last enemy, \vhich may imply

see Cast.

iv. 2,

I.

and power.

viii.

19.)

a dwelling, a building
prison, the cell, (no)i occ.)

lates to the dignity of the position;

Rom.

vii.

i^ovaia to

1 Cor.

(-iks.)

xvi. 27,

"C>.

PEISONEE.

(from

1.

;^?

109, binding; hence, pass., hound;

a captive, a prisoner, (occ. Acts
/ii

XXV.

l-i

Hcb.

xiii.

3.)

2.

8]<;, a
occ.)

prisoner, a captive, (non

PRI
Matt, xxvii.

Eom.

15, 16.

Mark

Eph.

1.

xvi.

PEOCEED

see

7,

xxiii. 18.

,
,

1.

iv. 1.

1.

iii. 1.

Col. iv. 10, see

1. 2 Tim. i. 8.
xxvii. 1, 42.
1. Philem. 1, 9.
xxviii. 16 (.), 17.
(fellow)
Philem. 23, see

XXV. 27.

(fel-

7.

-i.

Col.

Philem.

3.

1.

Matt.

iv. 4.

2.

19.

1.

Markvii.

1.

Luke iv.

John

forth.
XV.

1.

21.
22.

viii.

42,

one's own, j

iBiav,

Matt. xxiv.

from

apart

Acts

ix. 10.
X. 23.
xxiii. 19.

xiii. 3.

Gal.

ii.

2,

,
,
Luke

Luke

3.

vi. 32.

marg.

suverally.

i.

12,

by

Matt.

i.

Acts
2 Pet.

ii. 1,

know

4,

(be)

Cor.

ix. 24.

Tr

2,

b*.)

Johu

viii. 42.

Acts

add unto.

xii. 3.

(-ED, -ixG.)

see " PllEACIl," JVo. 1.)

Eev.

PEOFANE.

v. 2.

[adj.]

Tim.

i.

9.

Tim.
Tim.

vi. 20.
ii.

16.

PEOFANE PEESON.

,
Matt.

(PKICE, A.T. IGll.)

Phil.

iii.

14.

Heb.

xii. 16.

PEOFANE.

[verb.]

the threshold (of

what is holy), to profane, polhite,
violate, (non occ.)

V. 2.

a prize bestowed on the

victors in the public games of the
Greeks, such as a wreath, chaplet,
or garland.

(No.

xix. 21
1.

to jjlace beside,

see Come.

another.

PEIZE.

2.

xii. 3.

xvi. 37.

in conjunction with

Acts

iv. 5.

xi. 6.

Eev. xxii.

iv. 7.

Gnl. ii.
sec Bring.

PEIVY TO
to

10.

iii.

stealth.

19.

ii. 7.

fur[ther.

see " power.'

PEIYILT.
secretly,

see

9.

allowable to tread, {from

Xos, a threshold) opjyosite to
(sacred)
unhallowed, common,
profane of persons, profane, i.e.
not initiated, {;non occ.)

PRIVILEGE.
John

Eev.

iii.

PEOCEED FUETHEE.

others, alone.

ix. 28.

Mark

Jas.

1.
1.

PEOCLAIM

-,
s self,

2.

20.

according ^ 1
(by one

'

iv. 29.

Eph.

2 Tim.

PEOCEED EOETH.

PEIA'ATELY.

to.

xii. 3,

1.

3.

1.

1.

the Avhole of Grod's counsels, purposes, and plans, as revealed in

the prophetic scriptures.]

see

Acts

2t).

i.

XV. 8.

1.

iv. 10.

23.

own, one's own, individual [i.e.

here no propliecy is to be interpreted incUviduaUj/, apart from
reference to the other prophecies
of Grod's Avord, but is to be understood as being in harmony with

2 Pet.

down impediments

to cufc

that impede one's progress hence,

advance, move forward, increase.

PEIVATE.
iSios,

to

to come or go out of any

place, to arrive out of.

2.

(fellow)

taken prisouei' in conjunction with ajiotlier, as in war,

(lit., hy the sjjear) a fellow-prisoner
of Avar, (jio)i occ.)

Eom.

-.)

(-ED,

to proceed out of, to lead

or pass out of, having regard

the end that is to be reached.

[low)

PEISONEE

PRO

(fellow)

XV. 6.
xvi. 25, 27.

Acts

604

to

cross

xii. 5.

PEOFESS
1.

Acts xxiv.

6.

(-ED, -TNO.)

1o speak or say the same

another, to assent, accord,

o/xoXoyc'oj,

with
agree with, confess.

PRO

605

7/,

to announce one's self

as doing or about to <h anythinj, to

,
-,

make

promise,

profession

9, furtherance, advantage,

2.

of.

to cut down impediments

that impede one's progress hence,

3.

to cause to stand before,

propose, prefer then, to care for
anything, give attention to it, be

1.

Matt.

Kom.

2 Cor.

see Pro-

fessed.

iii.

tayreous.

11,

vi. 12.

2.

21.
16.

marg.

Matt.

viii. 36.

3cvi.

26,

Markvii.ll.)

Tit. i.
(text, maintain.)

John
Rom.

1.

1.

[(to)

1.

withal

2.

Jas.

confession.

then,

towards,

see "

^^,

Heb.

marg.

(text,

profitable C

, i

'''^''^

fit-

W'"""

''''"^^
)

Cor.

xii. 7.

,
,

PEOFITED

1.

iii.

iv.

confession.)

1.

to bear or bring together,

in conjunction icith others, to

bring together for, contribute,
able.

{Here, particij)le.)
for use, usable, use-

fit

ful, serviceable, profitable.

Here,

ncut., {non occ.)

beneficial advantage, bene-

emolument

furthering, help,

aid.

help.

Mark

(be)
1.

1.

,
^,

Matt.

xvi. 26.

vii. 11.

helping, aiding; useful,

serviceable, advantageous.

1.

2.

hence, to be \vell, profit-

5.

PEOFITABLE.

[noun.]

i.e.

conduce

Matt. XV.

U.

X. 23.

PEOFIT.

I.

()

/ ^^'[^V^ ^''''''J''
'^

thino.
>i!J,

PROFESSED."

vi. 12.

fit,

It, 16.

PEOFESSIOX.

-,

3.

ii.

"^

TO, the,

[yo;] confession.

2.

U.

PEOFIT WITHAL
Trpo's,

2 Cor. ix. 13.

1.

i.

V. 2.

Tim. iv. 8.
Heb. iv. 2.

4. 1

ii. 2.5.

agreement

1.3,

Gal.

1.

vi. 6.3.

PEOFESSED.

Here, Gen., of

1 Cor. riii. 3.
xiv. 6.

1.

^,ff
^^^>

f-

lCor.xii.7,see

saying the same thing with

another
hence, assent, accord,

Tim.

1.

3.

10.

ii.

1.

1.

Tit.

i.

Tim.

2. 1

13,

to be advan-

aidinsr.

22.

ix.

progress.

it.

vii. 23.
i.

to be,
helping,

ci/xt,

;,

3.

move forward,

advance,

dilisrent in

as-

sistance, (occ. 1 Cor. XV. 32.)

to assert, affirm, (occ. Acts

xxiv. 19
XXV. 9 Rev. ii. 2.)
;

PRO

to confer benefit, further,

Here, mid. or jiuss., to be

kind

its

very useful, very good of

very beneficial.

Matt. V. 29, 30. ^^

-Acts XX. 20,
(^)
- Cor. . )f^,^f
1

1.

Tim.

iv. 8.

1.

2 Tim. iii. 16.

iv. 11.
Tittisiii. 8.

2.

Philem.

1.

2.

vi.

PEOFITABLE

11.

(be)

PROFIT " (noun.)

trans, and impersonal.
see "

Jlatt. V. 29, 30.

Acts XX. 20.

Cor.

vi. 12,

* In

marg.

(text,

he crjieciient.)

advantaged, benefited, or helped.

I.
1.

Rom.
1

iii. 1.

Cor.

X.

vii. 35.

33

I'

t/w

4.

thing,

(rb
projUiilU

PEOFIT
1.

PROFITABLY,

TO, the, that.

5.
::.

Cor.

.5.

2.

2 Tim.

1.

Hob.

L
x.
ii.

Tr A

-.)

U.

[verb.]

[margin.]

see " use."

helped or profited

PEOFITING.

down of impedithat are in one's >vay

hence, progress, a going forward,
a cutting

ments

to further, help, benefit be

service to any one.
Mid. or

pass., to be

iv. 29,

S."-'"

lleb. xiii. U.

(-ED,

Eph.

xii. 10.

,
of

i^

advancement,
1

Tim.

(occ. Phil.
iv. 15.

i.

12, 25.)

PRO

PEOMISE

(-S.)

606

PEOMISE AEOEE.

John

promise,

PRO

[noun.]

i-ayyeXia, proclamation as the con"

{see '" PROMISE,
tent of
[verb] JVo. 1) denoting both the
fact of the proclamation, and that
Avhich is proclaimed declaration
made on account of something
hence,

;;;

offer,

{pec.

7poe^ayyeXXna, (No.

PEOMISED
to

occ.)

Acts

xxiv. 49.

Eph.

1.

4.

i.

Tim. iv. 8.
2 Tim. i. 1.
Heb. iv. 1.
1

1.

1.

1.

vi. 12.

I.

13, see
- 15, 17.

xxvi. 6.

Eom.

iv. 13, 14, 18,

ix. 4, 8, 9.

XV.
2 Cor.

0.

i.

Gal.

1.

(make)

proof, trial the state of being

tried, a trying, (2 Cor. viii. 2)
the state of having been tried,
tried probity, approved integrity

ix. 15.
X. 36.
xi. 9 '"', 13, 17,
33, 39.

14,16,17,

18'w'cc

19,seePismade.

2. 2 Pet.

21, 22, 29.

iv. 23. 28.
Epli. 1. 13.
ii. 12.

1.

i. 4.

proved true.

1.

John

manifestation.

25.

ii.

2 Cor.

1.

(make)

l-ayyiXXo^at, (see below, No.

Heb.

vi.

PROMISE

IS

iii.

19, pass,

PEOMISE
!

1.)

-ZVb.

impers.

[verb.]

(-ED.)

iTrayyeXXofiaL, to proclaim,

gate, be

promul-

a message, a summons, or

it

a promise ; to

0.

2.
1.

iooXoy(J), (No. 2, with Ik, out of,

prefixed) to speak out the same
things as another, concede, acknowledge, confess fully.
Matt. xiv. 7.
1. Rom. iv. 21.
Mark xiv. 11.
1. Tit.
2.

\,
i.

(make full)

to bear or bring fully

hence, give full assurance
of persons, to be fully assured of things,
to make fully assured, confirm
fully, fulfil to the utmost.
;

2 Tim.

iv. 5,

marg. //.

PEOPEE.

(,

elcirimt,

i -i

fail,

(^ 0(.,

excced-

i'-^

IjcautiTuI,

<

to Lrod,

'

[For the beauty of Moses, see

Exod. ii. 2 Josephus Ant. 2,9, 6, 7.
;

And
(.,

for the idiom, see pxyaXr]

\\\. for D''u!?f' Jonah iii. 3.]

Acts

to.

i.

2.

(om.

H.)

see

1.

Heb,

xi. 23.

x. 23.

and

vii. 5.

Eom.

Heb.

i.

72. see

xxii.

piomised,
1.

22.

Luke
3.

ii.

Act.si. 3.

tions, engage, hold out, promise.

to say the same thing,

agree, coincide with, grant, admit,
confess.

Phil.

(infallible)

PEOOP OP

of sometJiing ; then, mid. and pass.

announce concerning
to
one's self, announce one's inten-

biJ.oXoyiw,

2 Cor. xiii.

1.

j)crf.,

2.

1.

a fixed sign, certain token

a standard by Avhich to ascertain
the truth of a thing
criterion,
{non occ.)

consequence

tell in

9.

PEOOF

MADE.

bTrayyiXXo/xaL, {see heloic,

Gal.

I.)

13 part.

ii.

viii. 24.

2.

PEOMISE

xi. 11.

1.

lie

1.
1.

Jas.

i.

ii.

afore.
1. 2 Pet.
1 John ii. 25.
I

1.

PEOPEE

xii. 26.

1.

(oKE's)

12.
5.
ii.

the

declaration,

indication,

finger,

13.

2.

a pointing out with

2. tVoetitg,

9.

iii. 4,

vii. 6.

20.

PEOOF.

8,

viii. 6.

8.

vii. 1.
iii.

6.

iii.

vi. 2.

1.

33, 39.
vii. 17.
xiii. 23, 32.
xxiii. 21.
ii.

Here,
perform mercy with our fathers,

[i.e. to Avork, accomplish, or fulfil

that which the fathers had lived
on as promised to their faith.]
Luke i. 72.

/,, the thing promised, {iion

Luke

TO.

Avith, in association vith.

5.)

i.

1, above, ivith
hviove, prefixed), {non occ.)
Eom. i. 2.

iSio9,

one's own, private,

iiidi\ idtial.

19 part.

Acts

i.

19.

Cor.

vii.

PRO
PROPHECY

-.,

[noun.]

(-IES.)

speaking

007

prophetic declarations, exhortations,

warnings, uttered by the prophets
while under divine influence, and
referring either to the past, present, or future.
forth,

Tim.

Matt.

xJii. 14.

Kom.

xii. 6.

2 Pet.

Eev.

1 Cor. xii. 10.

xiii. 8.

Tim.

,
1

i.

i.

iv. 14.
i.

20, 21,

3.

xi. 6.

18.

Kev.

xix. 10.
xxii. 7, 10, 18, 19.

PEOPHECY

(of)

relating or pertaining to
prophecy, prophetic, {occ. E,om.
xvi. 2G.)

,
,

2 Pet.

i.

PROPHECY

19.

(the uift of)

a prophecy,
uttered forth by
also, the prophetic
the ofiice or gift of
1

Cor.

PROPHESY

that Avliich is
the prophet
rank or work,
a prophet.
;

xiii. 2.

(-IETH, -lED, -ing.)

-,

[verb.]

to be a
(see "PROPHET," JVo. 1) to hold the office of
a prophet to do the work of a
prophet, i.e. to speak forth, in
declaration, warning, or exhorta;

tion, as directed

God, (7wn
Matt.

Spirit of

vii. 22.

/,

PROPHESYING

by the

occ.)

Cor. xiv.

see "

, 23.

(-s.)

[noun.]

PKOPllKCY."
|

1 Thca. v. 20.

PRO

PRO

608

The two witnesses yet to be

raised up for the special purposes
Whether Elijah be one
of God.
of them it is not said.
He is yet,
however, to appear, (Matt. iv. 5, 6

(e)

14;

li.

xvii.

1113).

(For the

"peophetess.")

fern., see

{iion occ.)

a man, see "\ Sere, with os

avYjp,
\

"

^<;,

MAN," No.
MAN,
1\0.
a

Z,
2,

who
wno

eyivero,
eyei'ero,

{
f

became a mau,

])ro-

phet, (seeaioye.) J
a prophet.
i. 22.
1. Luke xvili. 31.

Matt.

5, 15, 17, 23.

ii.

iii. 3.

1.

2.

iv. 14.
i

XX. 6.
xxiv. 19.

la. John

V. 12, 17.

25, 27. 44.

21.

1.

i.

vii. 12.

see

15,

(false)

'

viii. 17.
X. 41 3 times.

23,25,45.

1.

lb.
la.

iv. 19, 44.

vi. 14.

45.

1.

xi. 9 twico, 13.

la.

vii. 40.

xii. 17, 39.

52.

1.
j

xiii. 17, 35.

57.
xiv. 5.
xvi. 4 (om.

Tr

viii. 52, 53.

ix. 17.
xii. 38.

1.

Acts

1.

1.

ii.)

xxi. 4.

1.

la.

11.
26, 46.

1.

xxii.40.
[37.
xxiii. 29,30, ."?!, at,
xxiv. 11, see

1.
1.

Ic.
Ic.

(false)

16, .30.
18, 21.
22.
23, 24, 25.
vii. 37.
42, 48, 52.
viii. 28, 30, 34.
X. 43.
xi. 27.
ii.

iii.

la.

14.
.

1.

lb.

xiii. 1.

6, see
(false)
15, 20, 27. 40.

15.

see

24,

(false)

1.

xxvi. 56.

xxvii. 9, 35 {ap.)
i. 2, (iv
'Hcraca

Ic.
Ic.

Mark

inst.

of

1.

ii

i/to

1.

7>),
L

Tr

15

vi. 4,

Eom.

1.

N.)

'.

.32.

xxi. 10.
xxiv. 14.
xxvi. 22, 27.
xxviii. 23. 25.

1.

ill

Vie jirophet,
TOii
pro})heis, (i
ei*

XV. 15.

1.

'"ice.

viii. 28.

xi. 3.

xvi. 26, see

phets (of the)

xi. 32.

Ic.l Cor.

xiii.

Luke

i.

iii.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

70, 76.
4.

iv. 17.

24.

i.

(false)

vii. 16.

I.

G L

ix. 8, 19.
X. 24.
xi.

Tr

39.

29 (om.

Thes.

.)

20.

15.

ii.

12.

i.

1.

i.

xi. .32.

Jas. V. 10.
1 Pet. i. 10.

1.
1.

2Pet.ii.l,seeP(false)
16.

1.

1.

[(false)

iii. 2.

John

Eev.

iv.

1,

see

X. 7.

le.

xi. 10, 18.

1.

xvi. 6.

1.

xviii. 20, 2t.

47, 49, 50.

xiii. 28.

ii.

iv. 11.

Heb.

1.

G L

xii.

iii. 5.

1.
'

26>
28 (om.
Trb Ab .)

Eph.

Id. Tit.
1.

Pro-

28,29.
xiv. 29,32 '*'':<',37.

1.

27.
vi. 23.
26, see

21.

iii.

1.

14 (up.)
22, see
(false)

i. 2.

I.

1.

13,

see

xix. 20,

:!3.

.a.

(false)

see

XX. 10, ) (false)

xvi. 16, 29, 31.

xxii. 6, 9.

1.

PROPHET

(false)

87-)<:, a false hypocritical prophet,

come

one falsely professing to

as a messenfrer, and with a

message from God.

PRO

Matt.

vii. 15.

;;

PRO

609

PROPORTION.

3.

equality of ratios, proportion,

e.cj.

hence, propor-

tion, analogy, {non occ.)

Bom.

1.

{frans.) to cause to stand

near, to place or set before any
one, set forth, as hy argument, etc.

,
,

to essay, to make a trial or

to tempt, try.

an attempt

xii. 6.

5.

PROSELYTE

(-S.)

come

to, that has arrived

stranger, sojourner
one who comes over to another
hence, a proselyte, (non occ.)

bring together (in

put together, so as to
compare; here, to bring together
scriptures or jyroojs, so as to prove

Acts

15.

vi. 5.
xiii. 43.

4.

Luke siv. 19.

John vi. 6.

5.

Acts

1.

(-E1),

to be led in a good way,

have a prosperous journey, {occ.

Rom.

10.)

i.

1 Cor. .\vi. 2.

John

2.

XXV.

1.

xii. 2.

7.

iii.

9,

(I)
1.

of strong aj/irmaiion, yea,

2.

(non occ.)

,
-,
,
,
,
,
,

1.
2.

PROUD.

i.

i.

Tim.

2 Tim.

51.
30.

see

vi. 4,

iii.

2.

2.

3.

PROUD

(BE)

smoke

In N.T. only
to become beclouded.

Tim.

vi. 4,

marg.

4.
5.

1.

/,

(-S.)

PAEABLE," Ko.

PAEABLE," Ko.

1.

2, (occ.

X. 6.)

Luke iv. 23.

John xvi.25'*'<:, mai"{

to

2.

John

2.

2 Pet.

ivi.
fanihle.
ii.

29,

marg.

22.

(-ED, -iKG.)

make

ready, prepare.

get for one's self, acquire,

procure, by purchase or otherwise.

--,

(trans.) to cause to stand

before any one,

to

make.
Sere, mid.,

to foresee.

(non occ.)

he a fool.

G.

PROA'E

see "

before.

place at hand, furnish.

to smoke, surround with

vi. 4.

marg. charge

Ijeside or near, set

hence, to becloud.

pa.ss.,

iii. 9,

PROVIDE

1.

Jas. iv. 6.
1 Pet. V. 5.

(be)

1.

1.

yarahlc.

gant.

be[fore.

see "

John

Cor. XV. 31.

appearing over, conspicuous above other persons or thinr/s ;

hence, of persons, haughty, arro-

Luke
Kom.

Eph. v. 10.
llhes. V. 21.
1 Tim. iii. 10.
Heb. iii. 9 (.)

PROVERB

PROTEST BY

1.

1.

see

Eom.

Gal.

to accuse beforehand.
Here, Aor. 1, "we before accused,"
or brought a charge.

2 <'"

See, JOUENET.

a pnriicle

1.

PROVE BEFORE.

PROSPEROUS.

xiii. 5.

1.

,
Eom.

-.)

2 Cor. viii. 8, 22.

1.

ix. 22.

xiiv. 13.

3.

/,

to

a thing.

PROSPER

conjiinction),

at a place,

Matt. x.\iii.
Acta ii. IM.

PRO

(-ED, -EST, -INC.)

to perceive befori'haud,
provide for, see to beforehand.

Mid., to provide for on one's

owTi behalf.

(a)

to assay, to make trial of,

put to the proof, examine hence,
to examine and judge of; prove

2.

Matt.

by

1.

Luke

4.

2.

test

approve on

a7roociVri'/xt,to

point

objects at one,
sliiiw

show

monstrate.

PP

trial.

away from other

^/Hi/ ao, ])oiiit

3.

X. 9,

marg.

<jci.

xii. 20.
3:5.

Acts

6.

Eom.

2 Cor.
Tim.
1

xxiii. 24.

5.

xii. 17.
viii. 21, )

V. 8.

out,

by argument, de-

PROVIDE FOR.
6a. 2 Cor. viii. 21.

see
for.

Ucb.xi.40,marg./or<jc

Tim.

V. 8.

PRO

610

PEOVIDENCE.
Trpovota, foresight, provision, (occ.
xiii.

pare questions to be answered offhand, ensnare by questions, {non

Rom,

occ.)

14.)

Luke

^.
,
,
Acts xxiv.

2.

1.

PROVISION FOR.

unto,

ts,

[of love,

xxiv. 2.)

,
,

etc.]

x. 24.

PROVOKED

foresight, provision, {occ. Acts

(be easily)

to sharpen by ruhhing on anywhet; to sharpen, incite,

exasperate.
thing, to

Eom.

xiii. 1-1.

PEOA^OCATION.

an embittering with or
towards anyone; Ixx. for nn''"ia,
Ps. xcv. 8, \not found elseiohere or
in the classics.)
Heb.

iii. 8,

PROVOKE

1 Cor.

xiii. 5.

PRUDENCE,

a minding to do so and so,

purpose, intention
thoughtf ulness,

unto an incitement

a
sharpening,
Heb.

Acts XXV.

xriii. 34.

xi. 53,

PROVOKE UNTO ()

the post or oflBce of an

(governor of a country, csj). a conquered one) prefecture, (non occ.)

Acts

PSA

15.

good

prudence,

esp. in the

of affairs,

{occ.

(-ED, -ING.)

wisdom,
management

sense, practical

Epk.

Luke
i.

i.

17.)

8.

{For various comhinations with other

1.

2.

ivords, see leloxo.)

to rouse to auger, rouse to

hence, gen., to excite, irri-

iight

tate,

provoke,

{occ. Col.

to

make

iii.

/,

PRUDENT,
putting together in mind

dis-

cerning, sagacious, csp. by nature,

21.)

{tion occ.)

bitter with

or towards any one, to treat with

hence, to embitter,
bitterness
provoke, (Ixx. for
to rebel.
Ps. V. 12; Ixxviii. 17, 40, 5G
Ezek. XX. 13, 21), {non occ.)

Matt.

Luke

Acts

xi. 25.
X. 21.

xiii. 7.

Cor.

i.

19.

3.

",

to

call

forth,

invite

1.

to

">

li.

Eph.

IJ.

Heb.

X.

22, see Jeo-

ix. 2.
V. 26.

1.

.J.

vi. 4,

[lousy.

1.

Col.

to

SCO Wrath.

iii.

21,

PROVOKE TO SPEAK.

/),

to repeat from the mouth,

to repeat to pupils cause pui)il8
to repeat by heart hence, to pre;

God

{like

No.

2.)

of the Rook of
part of the O. T.

(a)

iii. Iti.

PROVOKE TO ANGER,

(s.)

a touching, t\vang, e.g. of a

bowstring; of stringed instruments,
in later usage,
a playing, music
a song as accompanied by stringed
instruments; hence, gen., a psahn
or song in commemoration of mercies received, rather than of praise
;

stand forth. Here, mid., to call

forth before one's self, to challenge,
defy, {non occ.)

Cor.
Rotn. X.19, see
Jealousy.
2 Cor.
11,

Gal.
14, see Emula-

PSALM

/,

2.

E.sp.

P.^^^alms

as

to hymn, i.e. to sing a liymn

or bymns, praise in song, csp. in
praise of a god or hero after death.
[Iic7ice,i]ui word was so connected
with heathenism that it was not
generally used till tlie 4th century.

The word
Rev.

V,

{ode) is used in the

9;'xiv. 3; xv, 3.]

PSA
2. Miitt. xxvi. 30, )
2.

marg.

xiv. 26,
) (text,
stnj
Jij/mn.)
Liilce XX. 42, see

Ac'tu

20,

Acts

1.

other.
1 Cor. xiv. 26.

1.

Eph.

1.

see Psalms

1.

Col. iii. 16.

Jas. V. 13.

PSALMS
la.

Luke

xiii. 23.

[(the)

(the)
xxiv. 44.
i.

1.

35,

realms
1.

An-

see

la.

Acts

i.

20.

to bear or carry through a

place or coiaitry.
l*ass., to he
published abroad.

Mark

i.

45.

V. 20.

1.

vii. 36.

,
,
,
,

Mark
Luke

1.

1.

1.

xiii. 10.

viii. 39.

Acts X. 37, see

Acts

(be)

xiii. 49.

PUBLISHED

()

to begin to be,

come

be done

(siNci)

to pass,

of a declaration, to be

declared, etc.

\.,

and
chant, accompanied
in

play,

to sing,

Ix.v.

Jas. V. 13.

PUBLIC.
See, KX AMPLE.

PUBLICAN

(-s.)

of the taxes or customs.

One who paid to the government a certain sum for the
privilege of collecting the taxes
and customs of a district, (Lnf.,
publicanus) consequenthj the object
of hitter hatred among the Jews,
tax, and
to
(^from
purchase), (non occ.)

M.att. xxi. 31, 32.

Mark ii. 15, 16.

Luke iii. 12.

47 (G -v) (eflfiicoi,
>iat(it>n,GLTTrAi^.)
ix. 10. 11.

X. 3.

XV.

xi. 10.
xviii. 17.

PUBLICANS

1.

^^,

a chief farmer or collector

of taxes, (non occ.)

xix. 2.

2iJ.

bc

herald,

(see

(be)

Cor.

Col.

PULL

xiii. 4.

18.

ii.

(-ED, -IXG.)

seize upon,

to

Jude 23.

PULL DOWN.
to take

down, as from a higher

place ; then,
to pull

,
,
,

icith

violence implied,

down, demolish.
Lukcxii.

pull

18.

PIECES.
sunder, tear in

in

Mark

Acts

v. 4.)

xxiii. 10.

PULL OUT.

throw or cast out, tcith

or without violence, implied ; take
out, extract.

1.

Matt.

to

draw up, puU up,

{occ.

xi. 10.)

,
1.

to

vii. 4.

2.

Luke

Luke

vi.

42

(ic.

xiv. 5.

PULLING DOWN.

a pulling
"^ of a fortress,

PUBLISH.
to

u])

snatch away,
spoken of beasts ofprey.

" PRE.VCII," iVo. 1.)

I'

Acta xx.

puff

viii. 1.

PUFFED UP

Acts

in public, before the people.

I

(-ED.)

see above, {hei'e, pass, or mid.)

2.

PUBLICLY.

xviii. 28.

Cor.

pieces, {ore.

xviii. 10, 11, 13.

(chief amoxc; the)

Luke

to

PUFF UP

to blow, puff, pant

PULL IN

V. 27, 29, 30.

vii. 29, 34.

X. 37.

1 Cor. iv. 6, 18, 19.

V. 2.

'), a farmer

V. 46.

Acts

inflate, (o?i occ.)

by stringed instruments.

1.

84,

2.

to

instrument

Acts

2.

1.

touch, twitch, pluck, esp. a

i>triiir/,to twang; strike the chords;
touch the lyre or other Htriugecl

Matt.

PUL

V. 19.

()

xx. 42.

PSALMS

GU

X.

H;

xiii.

down, demolition,
etc.,

10.)
2 Cor. X.

4.

(occ.

2 Cor.

PUN

PUNISH

612

fined as a result and not a process. "Eternal punishment''^ is an

expression analogous to " eternal
judgment," Heb. vi. 2, (not judging) " eternal redemption," Heb.
ix. 12, (not redeeming) " eternal
salvation," Heb. v. 9, (not saving)
i.e.
the eternal effect of an act
here, an act of punishment, described in Matt. iii. 10-12, and

(-ED.)

to curtail, dock, prune, hut

visually
like Lat., castigare, to
keep within bounds, check, chastise; pass., to be punished, generally. {In N.T. the future punisJiment of sin is clearly defined as
death and destruction.) {non occ.)

,
,

to watch or protect the

honour of any one, i.e. to help,
aid, to assist by way of redressing
injuries, to avenge.
(It is from

Avatching one's honour,

vindicating it, avenging it.)

i.e.

(non
Acts

2 Pet.

PUNISHED
Slki],

'.

Acts

xxii. 5.

1'.

])rocess, the name of

the heathen Groddess of
Justice, Nemesis, vengeance.
to hold worth, honour by onaJcing compensation for ; to pay for
a wrong done.

i.

11.

9.

3.

Matt. xsv.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

penalty

ii. 2:3,

79,

or shall
give

2.

2.

execution

-,

(from

of

right

and

right,

,
{non

3.

penalty,

14.

18.

2.
2.

i.

Acts XX. 28.

1 Tim. iii. 13.

citizenship

then,

judicial iniliction,

occ.)

a pruning;
punishment.

hence,

gen.,

[The nature of which must be looked

for in other part.; of the Scriptures as being there clearly de-

ii.

9,

[margin.]

see " peculiar."

^,

PECULIAR POSSESSION.
a making over and above,
acquiring and keeping safe, laying
iq), acquired possession.
Ei)b.

and privileges,
to put further

upon, estimate higher)

of the estimate fixed
by ajiufi/t: on the iifringement of

gen.,

ii.

(-ED.)

viii. 20.

1 Pet.

hence, spoken

and

Acts

FURCHASED

honour

civil rights

x. 29.

[margin.]

see " neglecting."

rights

1 Pet.

over and above,

to lay up, acquire, save up,
In mid., as here, to get
lay by.
and keep for one's self, gain possession of.

1.

civil

Heb.

1.

i.e.

tion.

the Condition of an eVtTt}<;, (in possession of the rights

of citizensliip) the enjoyment of
all

4.

77, to make

satisfac-

maintenance of
avengement, vengeance.

justice

otherwise.

"

PUNISHMENT.
1.

[sure.

to get for one's self, acquire, to procure hy jJii^chase or

shall

pay

avengement of

marg, coi-

46.

6,

,
I.

Col.

ii.

honour,

one's

it,

PUECHASE

Here, " a

9.

PONISIima.

watching

vindication of
it, {non occ).

(be)

right, esp. a judicial

2 Thes.

ii.

Luke iii. 17 " shall be hirned up

with unquenchable fire."]

occ.)

iv. 21.

PUR

1.

i.

14.

PURE.

pure from everything that

change or corrui)t the
nature of the subject with which
it is combined, free from every
foreign admixture, wliether good
or bad clean, and free from every

Avould

stain, odour, colour, or

any use-

whatever; free from

every false adornment, (see note
at No. 2), (occ. Mark xiv. 3.)
less thing

PUR

',

pure, chaste, clean, not contaminated by anything in itself

really evil {thoiu/ii mixed icifh if)
pure from every defilement.

2.

, ,

13

[AVine mixed with water may be

^. 2, because it is not defiled or
contaminated
but it cannot be
JS^o. 1, because there is a foreign
admixture which, notwithstand-

PUil

,
" PURE,"

may

be good in itself.
AVater and wine may be Xo. 1
apart, but
not
when mixed,
though the new mixture may be

'.

purification,

Matt.

genuine

unmixed, pure,

{Lat.,

{pec. Phil.

John

1.

i.

sincere),

10.)

1.

Kom.

pure,

unstained,

un-

3,

1.

1.

ii.

Tit.

Heh.

1.

Jas.

2.

xiv. 20.

Tim.

1.
1.

1.

see Nard.

26.

1.

i.

27.
17.

lii.

Pet.

1.

3.

2 Pet.

2.

1.

Rev. XV.

3.

22

i.

(oni.

22.

3.

iii.

6.

sxi. 18, 21.

xsii. 1 (om.

1.

Tr

GL

the

PURGE
1.

1.

-INO.)

(John

9.

a cleansing, purification,
ceremonial washings or

by

v.

2)

sin,

earlier form

of No.

Lukcii.

Law.

visiting the

22.

',

to

self

by

festival,

2.

n::.

Numb.

{non
2.

Acts

(-IED, -ietit,

make

%',

xxi. 26.

-.)

{see "

pfre,"

to lustnite, prepare one's

purification, etc., for a

{non occ.)
to

" PURK,"

vi.

occ.)

, ,
N^o. 2)

3.)

with tV, out of,

prefixed) to purge out, cleanse
thoroughly, (ore. 1 Cor. v. 7.)

Temple,

PURIFY

1.

{non occ.)
I,

i.

Numb. viii. 7, S
"^ni, Amos ii. 1.)

hg nlonement or expiation, (Heb.

{No.

purifying.
2 Pet.

offering prayers.abstinence, washings, etc.

(ixx. for -na and

2.

the

festivals,

{An

17.

(forget that one avas)

,
-,

(non

2),

cleanse from filth as, e.g.

grain, hg ivinnowing, (2 Sam. iv.G)
tree, hg pruning,

iii.

TO?, of the,

being

of

state

-,

Luke

lustration, i.e. a preparation of one's self for Ihe sacred

KaOnif)(i),to

X. 2).

12.

a forgetfulness,
{part.) taking,

vi. 6.

(-ED,

7.

,
,

occ.)

2 Cor.

OUT.

Cor. V.

purification of the

.)

"PURE," No.

{see

ill.

esp.

PURENESS.

purity,

PURIEICATIOX.

iii. 1.

John

1.

153tlmM.

,,

s. 22.

TrA.)

ui. 9.
V. 22.

2.

(^

V. 8.

3,

.)

Pet. i. 9. see
(forget that one was.)

out.

PURGED

pure,

22.

(No.

X. 2

Tr

occ.)

God,

apart for

set

2. Pbil. iv. 8.
1. 1 Tim. i. 5.
1.

see

21.

U.

{No. 3, tcith
through,
2)refxed) to make
{see
''
PURE," No. 1) throughout, {non

the reverence due to such

soiled.]

Acts sx.

3.

i.

ix.

PURGE THOROUGHLY.

sacred.

1.

ii.

Heb.

8,
Matt.

,
Matt.

2 Tim.

2.

V. 7,

purification

4.
1.

2. 1

pure from crime or impious

purity, holy.

1.

XV.

1 Cor.

deed.

Mark xiv.

sec

17,

2.
3.

thoroughly.

curring here, are

ipo9,

vii. 19.
iii.

himself ] the

hence,

[Other synonymous words, not oc-

,
,

sso

1!

iii.

[bg

[^ofoursiTisl.
/ fo;

thoroniilily.

Mark
Luke

3.

in the sunlight,

a7id so found to he

made

PURGE
judged of

having

{here, \

a c\ean}iceremonial

ing,

{see

1.)

pnrt.),

2.]

(',

3.

No.

>,\ make,

ing,

make

to

3.

make

{see

No. I) to make clean, and

free from all admixture.

PUR
].

Jolin

. Acts
1.

2.

Heb.

xi. 55.

Tit.

ii.

614

raarg. (see

ix. 18,

Matt.

1.

1.

1.

Jas. iv. 8.
1 Pet. i. 22

John

iii.

Acts

1.

43.

Rem.

1.

11.

2 Tim.

11.

vi. 22,

see
(for
S the same)
">

10.

iii.

[noun.]

'?,

PUEPOSE

a cleansing, purification,
the ceremonial washings and

esp.

(for

11.

iv. 8,
Tim. i. 9.

1.

1.

PUKIFTING-.

i.

iii.

Col.

viii. 28.

i-a.

Eph.

1.

xxvii. 13.

1.

1.

3.

see

ix. 17,

this same)

xi. 23.

2.

1.

Rom.

see

xxvi. 8,

(towhi.t)

23.

14.

PUR

Dedicate.)

XV. 9.
xxi. 24, 26.

xxiv. 18.

1.

(for the same)

unto, for,
avro, very, same,
15,

purification of the Laxo.

cleanness, pureness in

tlte

for this same

^^ iny.

TovTo, this.

Levitical sense, {nan occ.)

1.

John

ii.

6.

1.
I

Heb.

2.

John

Eph.
25.

iii.

PUEPOSE

PUEITT.

Tim.

iv. 12.

being

ayvo<;,

Rom.

Tim.

v. 2.

PUELOIN

(-IN a.)

ct?,
'

TL,

In
to put apart, separate.
N.T., mid., to put aside for one's
self,

Tit.

ii.

1.

1.

Luke

Joliu xix.

8.

Ileb.

2.

,
,

1.

see

Rev.

1.

2.

I)

[verb.]

ix. 19,

terminedly resolve.

-,

ryvoVxv;, opinion,
<

,
(^

[noun.]
5.
G.

'

to

COmc

'

"J

V
V

to be,

^^^^_^^

^^^^^

'

to make.

to take forth out of any

to take one thing before
another, prefer, choose. In N.T.
mid., to propose or prefer to one's

place,

self.

which

willed or
wished, desire, deliberate intention, {ore. ]{om.

is

1.

4.
2.

i.\.

19.)

^^

c
be ot opinion.

TTpnaipio),

ore.)

that

and

to resolve in council, to
decree.
In N.T. only mid., to
take counsel, consult, deliberate
Avitli one's self, determine
to de-

irvevjiaTL,

>\(.,

marg. (seu

xvii. t.
xviii. 12.
16.

a setting before or forth,

a setting out then, of what one
Bets before his mind, proposes to
himself, purpose, counsel, resolve,
deliberate resolution or plan, {non

iv

{No. 1, loith
before,
prefixed^ to set or put before any
one, to set before one's self, propose to one's self, i.e. to purpose.

purple,

4.

PUEPOSE.

-.)

Scarlet.)

2, 5.

(-ED,

mid., to lay up in one's spirit, i.e.

to revolve in mind, also to resolve
in his spiiit.

3.

of No.

{adj.

17, 20.

xvi. 14,
(seller of)

2.

here, followed by

Lat.,

xvi. 19.

Acts

what endi5

to put, to set, to place

Tt^i^yLit,

reddish purple.

2.

1.

PUEPOSE

PUEPLE.

<;,
i.e.

to

Matt. xxvi.

v. 2, 3.)

purpura, i.e. the

purple muaiie],foimd on the Mediterranean coasts, which yields a reddish purple dye, much prized hy the
ancients. In N.T., purple, i.e. anything so dyed, purple clothes or
robes Avorn by persons of rank

Matt. XV.

10.

and wealth.

1.

unto,
1
io

what.'^

what)

(to

heep hack anything ivhich be-

longs to another, {occ. Acts

2.

ix. 17.

PUEPOSE?

,
1.

(for this same)

ToCro, see ahore.

t5

ayvcia, purity, the state of

{see " PURE," No. 2.)
1

Col. iv. 8.

vi. 22.

ix. 13.

Acts

2 Cor.

xix. 21.

XX. 3.

Bom.

i.

2.

13.
6.

Eph.

iii.

11.

Eph.

17''

i.

ix. 7.
i.

9.

PUR

1.

615

{proh.from

Luke

{occ.

^,

to cast

33.)

xii.

2.

Matt.
Mai-k

X. 9.

1.

vi. 8.

1.

Luke X

,
,

loorcls,

,
Tt6'/;;y,t,

7^/,

-ING.)
loitlt

other

self,

useless

UhwjXL, to give, (of

and with good

upon, conimit

V.

make

to

make
Matt.

give, besto\v

[the

Here, to

to do.

men go

outside.']

John

1.5.

ix. 17'*'c

1.

xii. 18.

2.

xxv. 27.

4.

xiii. 2.

xxvii. 6.
ii. 22.

xix. 19.
XX. 25.
V. 34.
1. Bom. xiv. 13.
1. 1 Cor. XV. 25.

iv. 21.

1.

Mark

viii. 16.

13.
3.
viii. IC.
viii.
3. Heb.
10,
give.
3.
X. le.

xi. 33.

2.

vii. 33,

X. 16.

Luke

V. 37.

XV. 22.

John

2.

Jas.
llcv.

ii.

xi.9.
xvii. 17.

marg.
2.

1.

3.

to put a space between, put

apart, separate.

.
,
,

Murk

to

let

away from,

2.

let

iv. 25.

31.

4.

Tim. i. 19.
Htb. ix. 26.

PUT DOWN.

to take down of buildings,

idea of force, to pull
demolish ofiycoplc, to over;

the

of princes,

etc.,

to

de-

Luke

i.

{see "

52.

AWAY,"
I

2.

ATo. S.)

Cor. xv. 24.

PUT FORTH.
to

throw out, cast out, put

to generate out, produce,

shoot forth as leaves, etc., {non

occ.)
4.

to lay, to lay before, relate

.ay, speak, of signifcant

hence, to
discourse.

5.

(>,

to put or place beside

or near any one ; of a teacher, to
lay before, propound.

free.

to take up, lift up, to raise

to take up and carry away, re-

move.

vii. 11, 12.

xiii. 11.

to stretch out, extend, as

the hand, or the body.

loose from, loosen

go

Cor.

Eph.

2.

V. 13.

,
,

x. 0.

PUT

1.

forth.

xv. 17.

PUT ASUNDER.

xix. C.

5.

8.

-,
1.

2.

Matt.

let

throne.

to put or place around any

person or thing.

),

away from

to.
7.

down,
throw

PUT ABOUT.
Mark

abolition.

to render inactive, idle,

to spoil, cause to cea.se,

xix. 3, 7,8,0'"'"

icith

24.

1.
3.

i.

iii. 3.

V. 7.

.,

1.

iii.

xii. 6.

thrust away from one's

repulse.

19.
V. 31, 32.

Cor.

Acts

2 Cor.

for the

off,

Mark X. 2, 4, 11, 12.

Luke xvi. 18'"'<^<

to.

),

4.

ones own accord

icill)

aside,

to put off
lay aside.

put an end
Matt.

3.

cast

I f-etting

to send forth or awa}', to

go from one's self.

to put, to sct, to place,

to throw, to cast, with a

greater or less degree of force, as
required by the context.

2.

self,

see below.)

Heb.

is,)

vii.

(^

one's

PUT (-,

1.

4.

xxii. 35, 36.

{For various combinations

a setting

aside, {occ.

2.

for the

(k, unto, for,

Eng., zone a belt or girdle

often servinj as a purse for money.

2.

out of, 2)r(NO. 2, icith

fxeii) to take up out of any place,
to take and remove out of,
(occ. 1 Cor. V. 2.)

PURSE.
a bag, pouch, or purse,

),

PUT

2.

Matt.

viii. 3.

3.

Mark xiii. 28.

Luke V. 13.

1.

ix. 25.

2.

5.

xiii. 2t, 31.

4.

xxiv.

1.

Jolin

1.

Acts

3.
2.

Mark

i.

.32.

41.

>:iv. 7.

X. 4.
ix. 40.

PUT

-,

616

PUT FOEWAED.

{occ.

to cast or tlirust forward,

xxi. 30.)

Luke

..,

Matt. xix.

2.

2a.
3.
1.

six. 33.

PUT PEOM.
See "

AWAY,"

ISfo. 6.

Act-s xiii. 46.

Mark

3.

2.
4.

Livke XV. 22.

Jolrn xix. 2 1st.
2 -"'1

2.

Acts

3.

1.

-tS.

Mark

xv. 20.

PUT OUT.
to cast out of, thrust out.

,
,
,
,
Mark

',
/,

IN.

to seBcl away, send forth.

Mark iv. 29.

PUT IN PEISON

v.

40 part.

Luke

i.

14.

PUT OFF
to put off,
one's self, lay aside.

1.

uTTOTt^e/xat,

2.

-^,

3.

away from

to loose, to loosen wJiat is fast

botmd, unbind, untie, as a sandal,

j
)

Acts

vii. .33.

Eph.

iv. 22.

PUT OFF

,
.',

(MU.ST)

2.

over
undertake.

i.

off.

It.

go

in,

,,

to place or put upon, lay

,
(,
upon,

3.

4.

to bear or bring to any

or place, to bring near,

2.

p)erson

put

to.

Luke
John

ix. 62, with

xix. 29.

-,

poll.

PUT UNDEE.
make

to range, subordinate,

1 Cor. sv. 27 3 times, 28.

the putting

to envelope, to go
into, as into a rjnrment, i.e. to
clothe, to dress.

(a) loith

TO.

subject to.

PUT ON.

'/, to

PUT

6.

iii. 8.

is,

2 Pot.

1.

Acts xxvii.

to throw or cast upon or

to lay the hand upon, i.e. to

1.

2.

1.

^,

1.

?,.

OF.

to cause to go in, to embark,

15, unto, into,
the same.

etc.
Col.

54 (ap.)

to place in another way, to

sulDstitute
to remove from one
place to another, drive away from.
Luke xvi. 4.

to strip oif, despoil, deprive of, as spoil, {pec. Col. ii. 15.)

1.

viii.

PUT THEEEIN.

to give near, with or to

any one, give over, deliver up into
the possession or power of any one.

Mark

ix. 12.

xii. 23, marg.

(text, bcstoic upon.)

Cor.

PUT OUT

PUT

XV. 36.

13.

xxi. 7.
xxvii. 28.
31.

3.
1.

Acts

PUT

Eph.

Heb.

ii.

i.

22.

8.

PUT UNTO.
see above,

Matt.

ix. 16,

JV^o. 1.

with

inC,

vpon.

PUT UP.

to throw, or cast, (the degree of

force must he modified hy the context:)

John

above, over, upon.

to put or place around

any person or thiny ; to l)('stow
upon.

to cast or throw around.

(,

xviii. 11.

PUT UP AOAIN.

to turji
back, return.

away

Matt. xxvi.

52.

f I'om

turn

PUT

,
,

017

PUT UPON.

See

0 put

to placG

1.

iipoii,

Q,UA

account, death, differe>'ce,

FEAK, FILL, MIXD, REMEMBRANCE,
SHAME, silence, SUBJECTIOX.SYNAOOGUE, tbust.

also,

lay

upon.

2.

around

3.

ani/

put around, place

person or thing.

to

throw or cast upon,

to

PUTTING AWAY.

(7^,

place upon.

a putting away from, putting

laying aside, {occ. 2 Pet. i. 14.)

off,
\.

Matt, xxvii.

1.

Mark

viii.

to iilacc,

29.

25

(-,

Tr A.)

3.

Liike v. 36.

1.

John

Acts XV.

1.

is. 15.
xix. 29.

2.

PUT

,
ii.

79,

(must be)

22

Luke

(tip.)
|

{non

(that

personsTit.
1 Tim. i. 9
oj'

Heb.

Col.

off,

despoiling,

ii.

11.

PUTTING ON.

v. 38.

ii.

not)

is

not

uusubjected,

subject,

a stripping
occ.)

/?,

PUT UXDER

{occ.

21.

iii.

PUTTING OFF.

that ought to be put, (a verbal

(nlj., implying ohligation, propriety,
or (hity), {non occ.)

Mark

Pet.

10.

and
i.

i.e.

made

the getting into, as clothes

the putting on, {non occ.)

the placing upon, laying

upon, as of hands; the imposition

iTTtueat?,

things,

6, 10.)

hands.

oj"

8.

2.

2 Tim.

i. 6.

1.

1 Pet.

3.

iii.

Q
QUABEEL

QUAKE.
C
1.

(^

2.

2.

am,

elfXL,

< 1

/9,
bliiig

in trembling,
with fear.

i.e.

trem-

to move to and fro, to shake

with the idea oJ" shock or concussion,
csp. oJ" earthquakes.

<rtoj,

Matt, xxvii.

51, pass.

2.

Hob.

xii. 21.

QUARREL.
1.

//;, fault found, occasion of blame

2.

'^,

1.

implying a disposition
tf mind towards a j^'rson or thing ;
in X.T., unfavourable ; to entertain a grudge, etc., against another.
Mark vi. 19,
an 1. Col. iii. 13, marg. <:<"*inuard

^.

grud>je.
\

plaint.

{ready to)
see "

3,

[margin.]

wine (given

to)

"

'',

an angle, a corner, cither

exterior projecting corner, or
interior angle
a dark corner.

an
an

2.

0709, a place, spot, space, room

occupied or filled by any ])erson or
thing.

Mark
2.

Acts

have in anything, to have

self,

iii.

QUARTER.

or censure, {non occ.)

in ones

Tim.

Ti),

i.

ki,

Acts

ix. 32,

Rov. xx.

I.

see All.

8.

QUARTERS

(the same)

the,

around,
.!

,
07',
Trent,

,
v'

see Every.

xvi. 3.

tlie,

i^
place,
,

the (;/ around

xf
that i)lace.

that there,
Acts

,,

'

xxviii. 7.

;; ;

QUA

018

QUATERNION

COTTXT ") ; here, "Iivill question gou

as to one matter."

(-s.)

a tetrad, the
member four) a detachment of
four men, the usual number of a
Roman night-watch, relieved every
three hours, (non oce.)

TeTpaSiov, (dim.

,
Esth.

of

Acts

Matt.

1.

xviii. 15.

2.

a queen,

i.

(Ixx. 1

Kings

x. 1

1.

QUESTIONS

9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17), (?ton

Acts
Kev.

(of

Tim.

i.

4.

vi. 4.

2 Tim. ii. 23.

Tit. iii. 9.

Tr

A'' .)

the,

viii. 27.

xviii. 7.

,
',

such manner of)

(of

ek, as to, (oin.

inquiry, (see above. No. 1.)

(,

concerning,

QUENCH

iTrepi,
TovTov, this,

(-ED.)

Eph.

(.

Tr

QUENCHED

,
,

obstinate

fierce,

which burnt

Mark

battle

of
to indefatigable vigour.
In Ixx. Gren, xi. 3, for unslaked lime, and in the ancient
ecclesiastical writers, for the fire

some

Avhich burnt

up the martyrs.

12 and Luke

iii.

17,

vhere

1.

2.

it

43, etc.,

Mark ix.

,
,

43

QUESTION

is

(-ED, -iNG.)

i.

27.

Mark

the act of seeking, carch

inijuiry.

the thing sought or inquired

about, question tojiic of inquiry,
{non occ.)
;

a word spolcf-n : hence, an ex" acpression, statement,

{see

ix. 16.

see above.

\^

QUESTION ONE
ANOTHER.
1.

Mark

ix. 10.

QUICK.
to live, to have life. Here, thejmri.,
living.

to Is. Ixvi. 21.]

[noun.]

[verb.]

to ask at or of any one, to

inquire of question, interrogate.
Mark viii. 11.
2 Mark ix. 14.
2 Luke xxiii. 9.

is

Heb.

Acts X. 42.
2 Tim. iv. 1.

(.), 45 (.)

(-S.)

hovi to enijuire hereof.

iii.

have no power to quench it, and

therefore no opportunity or hope
of escape from the wages of sin,
which is death. The reference iu
ix.

marg.

declared that those who are cast

into it shall be " burned up^'' and

Mark

20,

It

occurs elsewhere only in Matt.

QUESTION WITH.

jjart

ships;

<^

person or this

to seek anything in conjunction vith another; to seek together hence, to inquire of one
another, question with.

(that never shall be)

fire

these, Gr

this

\_i.e.

QUESTION

V. 19.

xi. 34.

[Used in prof. Greek of prolonged

laughter that cannot be suppressof

w),

Acts XXV.

aaySeaTos,notextinguished,unquenched.

to the

matter.]

vi. 16.

Thes.

Heb.

1.
1.

2.

Q
of)

xxvi. 3.

2.

QTJEEN.

4S.

3.

Ask.

ii.

Acts XV.

see Call.

such manner
~)

46, > see

XX. 40, J
1. John iii. 25.

2.

Matt. xii. 20.

Mtirk ix. 44 (.), 46

2.

xxiii. 6,
29.

XXV. 19.
20, see

xii. 34,

to quench, put out, extinguish, as a light or fire ; to damp,

hinder, repress.

1.

marg.

29,

xi.

tiling.

xii. 4.

Matt. xii. 42.

Jjuke xi. 31.

Mark

Luke

oca.)

ed

Acts

xxii. 35, 46, see

Ask.
3.

QUI

QUICKEN

),

iv. 12.
1 Pot. iv. 5.

(-ED,

-,

-ING.)

to make alive, give life, esp.

of that life which loill last for ever,
to give eternal life.

John

V. 21 "'

vi.

Rom.

6.5.

iv. 17.

Eph.
Col.
1

."J,

13,
vi.

see Q to)
jfretbor with.
13

endue ivHh

viii. 11.

Cor. XV. 36, 45. [j/uc /i/c.

2 Cor. iii. 6, marg. (test,

ii.

ii.

Tim.

TTr

Pet.

iii.

A.)
18.

(-^,
G.-vL
life,

QUI

619

QUICKEN TOGETHER

AVITH.

1.

alive in conjunc-

Col.

ii. 5.

;,

making no agitation or disturbance, exciting no disturbance

QUICKLY.
(tieuf.

of

swift, as adv.)

in others; tranquillity arising from

vithin.

quickly, speedily, tvith haste.

2.

3.

4.

quickness, swiftness, speed.

{Here, Dative.)

,
, ,
i"''';^"'
( Ta^ei,

1.

with speed.
'

^>

..^

swiftness,

1.

speedily

quickly,

soon,

shortly.

5.

1.

1.

Matt.

4.

V. 25.

3.

x.Kviii. 7. 8.

Mark xvi. 8
L i'TrAM.)
Luke xiv. 21.

2.

2.

1.

5.

xiii. 27.

1.

G::LT

i.e.

tor/tther

to draw).
the ancients

between

hi/

2.

(be)

put or let down then^

to put down, quell, assuage, pacify.
Here, pass, part., be calmed or
;

Acts

xix. 30.

1.

Tbes.

iv. 11.

(,

peace; the state of repose

quietness, tranquillity irr/s/?iy

from ivitliin, and exciting nodisturh-

currents,

[Two famous

ance in others.

Syrtis major,
Cyrene and Leptis, and
:

Acts sxiv.

2 Thes.

2.

Syrtis minor, near Carthage.] {non

QUIT.

occ.)
Acts

iii. 4.

and security.

a sand-bank, so called

because

QUIET

Pet.

QUIETNESS.

QUICKSANDS.

syrtis.

2.

to be quict, tranquil, in
contrast to excited and unquiet

2.

1.

', drawn
(,
among

2.

calm, {occ. Acts xix. 35.)

5 (om.

16.
iii. 11.
xi. 14.
xxii. 7, 12, 20.

1.

J..hn xi. 29.

ii.

-,

xii. 7.

ii.

TrAi^.)

1.

Tim.

xxii. 18.

Kev.

1.

xvi. 6.

4.

Acts

.3.

(mil.

hustle.

swift) more
{comp. of
swiftly, more quickly or speedily.
Here, loithart., the more speedily.

1.

[adj.]

13.

ii.

QUIET,

free from all agitation or

disturbance, not disturbed by
tranquillity arising from
others
without, (no}i occ.)

to make
tion with another, (??o occ.)

Epli.

RAC

xxvii. 17.

Cor. xtI. 13, see "

12.

iii.

EABBI.

Uabbi, (lleb. ''2":, one groat, a

chief, a master) a title of honour
in the Jewish schools, my master.

Matt,

rxiii. 7
7'-"'

,
8.

''

John

- L
[TrAK.)

i.

groat master, a
title of the highest dignity in the
John

(occ.

XX. 16.

p":,

of contempt
to be

Mark

in Jlcl.

empty

so

it

edition of IGll it teas spelt racha,

since the edition o/" 1G3S // has

In

my

Jewish schools,

Sjfr. ;

fellow.

RABBONI.
Rabboni,

raka, a term

or

denotes an empty, vain, worthless

38, 49.
iii. 2. 26.
vi. 25.

(om.

EACA.

x.

been raca.

51.)
Matt.

V. 22.

RAC
1.

620

EACE.

2.

place of assemhlj

ivere

a stadium,

of measure,

Greek

the standard

i.e.

Roman,

eq^uiva-

201i yards
Olympic

feet, or

Tlie course for the

a stadium in length
came to he used of
any course where public games
were exhibited.
teas

hence, a stadium

,
2.

Cor.

ix. 24.

Heb.

1.

EAaE.

1.

[verb.]

2.
3.

(nan occ.)

iv. 25.

4.

EAGINGl.
living

in

the

fields,

savage, of animals ; then,

ment, furious, of the sea.

Luke

{occ.

viii. 2i.

John
1.

13.

EAIL ON.

.),

to drop evil or profane

words, speak lightly or amiss of
sacred things it is also applied
to rash, ill-advised, or wicked
hence, to
blaspheme,
prayers
speak evil of or against any one,
calumniate.
;

Mark

Luke

xv. 29.

Jixiii. .00.

EAILEE.
Xot8opo<;,

railing,

abusive as suhst., a
abuser, {occ. 1 Cor.
;

railer, reviler,

.
vi.

10.)

Cor.

V. 11,

EAILING

5.

(-S.)

Calumniation, abuse, the

very worst kind of slander; blasphemy, attacking sacred things
defamation, the speaking to a
man's prejudice.
;

to his face,

1. 1

Tim.

3. 1

Pet.

abuse, reviling a
abuse of him per-

vi. 4.
iii.

'wice.

,,

2.

2 Pet.

1.

Jude

ii.

11.

9.

EAIMENT.

a piece of dress, a garment

the outer garment, {as opp.
to
the inner vest) then, gen.,
raiment of any kind.

,
,
,

clothing, apparel.

anything put on, covering,

Matt. vii. 15 xxii. 11, 12),
{spolcen of prophefs garment, 2
Kings i. S Zech. xiii. 4.)

ia9rjs,

dress

clothinii.

?>.

6.)

i.

Jude

Divine

esp.

what

is

ornate or

splendid.

vehe-

a dashing of the sea, surging,

dashing,

2.

XoiSopia, railing,

{occ.

]),

Acts

and

Grod

esp.

xii. 1.

to neigh, whinny, prance, of

spirited, high-fed horses; of men,
to be haught}^ insolent, {quoted
from Ps. ii. 1, -//en?, Ixx. for

against

sonally.

distance of GOO

viz.

G04|

lent to

3.

onan

feet or G25

Eng,
games

)87;/5, blasphemous, evil speakthings.

hence, a

then, the race

RAI

ing

tcJiere f/ames

celebrated ;

often

stadium, a course
or contest itself.

2.

covering,

i.e.

shelter or

;;

RAI

KAIX

621

(-ED.)

RAISE AGAIN.

[verb.]
j

moisten, wet, make wet

ihen, to rain, send rain, cause to
to

rain,
^cith

(a) trans,
(see "

,"

intrans.

(b)

Luke

xvii. 20.
b. Jas. V. 17 1'-. inf.
a.

1.

Matt.

xvi. 21.
n-ii. 23 (No. 4, L.)

1.

17

1).

.Tiis. V.

c.

liev. xi.

1.

Acts

xiii. 37.

1.

Rom.

iv. 25.

(e)

RAISE UP.

JVo. 1.)
2'..i.

1.

().

2.

EAINBOW.
ipi'S

RAI

'iij., iris.
[Here,
a rainbow
referring back to the covenant
vith Noali, G-en. ix. 1-i, 15.
cloud of judgment is about to
burst upon the earth, but tlie bow
is in the cloud, a token that of
all the plagues not one Avas to be
a flood of Avaters.
For as the
days of Noah, so is the presence
of "the Son of Man, Matt. xxiv. 37.
In Noah's day the bote was in the
in Moses's day Jehovah
cloud
was in it. Sere, both the bow
and Jehovah are in the cloud.
;

(,

(NO.

,
,

I,

3.
4.

(NO. 3, tvith eV, out of,

prefixed) to cause to stand or rise

up out
Matt.

Acts

xxii.

iii.

xii. 7.
21.

34.

Rom.

8.

x. 1

iv. 3.

Rev.

RAISE

(-EI),

-,

vi."40, 44,

x. 1.

-iNa.)

(Fur various combinations,

(e.g.

awaken, wake up, arouse,

cause to rise up prope?!//, from
I'ass., to wake, be awake.
sleep.

iyeipw, to

3.

4.

,
,

huyitjm, (No.
prefixed) to

arise,
Matt.

Tr
1.

1.

i.

21

through,

fully, rouse.

22

4,

1.

Acts

15.
iv. 10.
iii.

(,

xiii.
23
lrou.;)if.GLTTrA.)
3.1.

1.

2 Cor.
Gal. i.

1.

Epb.

1.
1.
1.

i.

No.

4.

Acts

vi. 39.

,
,

xiii. 33.

of the

multitude.

" PEOPLE," No. 2)

Acts xxiv. 12

(',
<i

sfopp/ii*;,

concourse,

>.

instend of tVt

Tr

i<.)

RAISE UP TOGETHER.

),

(" RAISE,"

together

concourse

to make,
of the ])eople, (see

NO.

1,

icith

prefixed) to raise
up togetlier in conjunction with,
(occ. Col. ii. 12
iii. 1.)
witli,

EpL.
IC,

17.
4,

ii.

C.

42,

.tt.

52 (No.

1.

1.

xi. 19.

21.

a tumultuous gather-

vi. 0.

43t"lco,

A.)

xii. 1, 9, 17.

up,

rise

Cor. XV.

Jas. v. 15.

i.

see " RAISE,"

vii. 1.
X. D.

1. 1

Heb.

1.

e7tr,a COUCOUrse, \ causing

xvii. 31.
xxvi. 8.

1.

1.

1 Pet.

RAISE UP THE PEOPLE.

xiii. 50.

Rom.

1.

(No.

to

Acta

1.
1.

iiri,

cause to stand,

4.

XX. 37.

John

luith

intrans.,

stand up.
(No. 1, L
3.

G ~ L Trm
1.

1.

G - TTr.)
Luke vii. 22.
ix.

1,

trans., to

up

A.)

1.

1.

(No.

X. 8 (om. vtKpovi;
7iipfTf,rnitic< lie dead,

1.

1.

upon,
prefixed) to rouse up upon, i.e.
against any one, excite against,
(occ. Acts xiv. 2.)
raise

2.

1, ivith

wake up

\i-2nd.

1.

1.

14 1.

Raise

2.

vi.

XV. 15<"i,35.
2 Cor. iv. 14 twice.

1.

22, 26.
v. 30.
vii. 37.

John

up, etc.) see below.)

1.

Cor.

2.

SI.

Actsii. 24,30 (up.), 32.

tico.

ix. 17.

1.

11

viii.

2.

RAISE UP AGAIN.

Kev.

iv. 24.

vi. 4.

19.

ii.

22

xiii.

XX. 28.

John

5.)

X. 40.

xi. 5.

mention and

presence of the cloud, i. 7

xiv. 14 '"''"', 15, 16.]
xi. 12

Acts XV.

of, (occ.

iii. 9.

Mark xii. 19.

Luke i. 69.

concerning_;wi///?en/;

is

hence, the seven- fold

arouse

of,

see " RAISE," iVo. 4.

iii.

The book

1.

with , out oi,j)re-

fixed) to wake up out

out of, (non occ.)

-', see " R.VTSK," iVb.

L.)

RAISED TO LIFE AGAIN.

y.

1.

i. 20 part.
Col. ii. 12.
1 Tlios. i. \i).
2 Tim. u. 8.

out

';,
c'i,

of,

by
resurrection.
Heb.

xi. 35.


RAN
RANK WITH

;;

622

(he on the same)

[margin.]
Gal.

(_

,
,

iv. 25,

"answer

see

EANKS

Luke

Mark

squares,

i.e.

1.

vi. 40.

EANSOM.

/,

loosing-money, ransom the

price paid for letting loose, or

2.

hence,

4.

but,

6e,

rather,
but,
even,

but,
rather than

Matt. XX.

1.

Gral.

28.

Tim.

Mark

1.

2. 1

{non

unless, ex-

")

cept.

[^that"], )

but rather

notwithstanding.
Luke

4.

xi. 41.

1.

4.

xii. 31.

1.

3.

51.

2.

4.)

i.

but rather.

but rather even.

EATHEE

Cor. xiv. 19.

x. 45.

ii. 6.

EATHEE

/,

rather, \

but,

hi,

(had)

and 2nt,rpose.)

active volition

oec.)

1 Cor. xiv. 1, 5.
Eph. iv. 28.
V. 11.

to will, to wish, desire, (implying

of, lyrcfixed)

form occurs in

(but)

-, more than, besides

instead
occurs only in NT.,
a ransom paid, instead of others
(The verbal
having to pay it.

{No. l,ioith

Se,

},

expiation,
atonement, loith esp. reference to
the result rather than to the means.
The ransom price is an expiation,
or (Num. xxxv. 31) an equi\'aleut
for the punishment due, and therefore frees from the consequences
of guilt.

free

,
,
,

3.

setting

xvii. 8.

rather, (see
"eathee" above)

<

1.

(and)

EATHEE

squares

in
) squares like beds
in a garden.

ditto,

EATHEE

but, oil the contrary.

to."

(in)

a bed in ")
>
a garden,

EAV

(oe)

,.|i,p
'^"* ^'^^''^'^

G.al. iv. 9.

liASR

(be) [margin.]
see " vaunt one's self."

1 Cor. xiu. 4,

EATHEE
,

EASHLT.
falling

headlong,

Matt. X viii.

Luke

forwards precipitate,
sudden, {occ. 2 Tim.
;

4.)

iii.

Actsxix.

-.
1.

EATIIEE.
2.

{For various combinations, see below.)

/,

Phil.

see Yea.

Kph.
1

Cor.

V. 2.

vi.

7 twice.

vii. 21.

(tue)

more abundantly, the

xiii. 19.

V. 4.
i.

12.
i.

4.

vi. 2.

Philem.

Heb.

rather," above.

1.

EAVEN
I/uko

'

C^ i^)
insteaS, o/
Tr

2 Pet.

i.

10.

(-S.)

xii. 24.

iv. 9.

Tim.

1.".

see "

(,

9.

-xii.

Acts

xiv.

Heb.

V. 8.

Gal.

V. 29.
viii. 34,

ii. 7.

iii. 8.

Luke X. 20(0711. G L Tr
John iii. 10.
[A N.)
Kom.

T),

a raven, (Ixx.ybr nii?, Gen. viii. 7

Lev. xi. 15), (non occ.)

ix. 12.

9.

xxvii. 24.
Mark v. 26.
XV. 11.

yap,

EATHEE

Cor.
2 Cor.

X. 6, 28.

XXV.

,
2.

rather.
Matt.

8, 9.
xviii. 14

more.

very, very
(adv. comp. of
much, exceedingly) more, more
also, more and more
strongly
;

(than)

rather than.

9.

xi. 25.

xii. 9, 13.

1.

-,

EAVENING.

(noun) plundering, pillage,

the act of snatching away, (occ,

Matt,

xxiii.

25

Heb.

x.

'U)

2.

RAW

Luke

cious, (occ.

Matt.

11

xviii.

Luke

1.

vii. 15.

1.

Matt.

i.x.

MiirU

ii.

16,

2 Cor. X. 6.

viii. 11.

joined

Acts

xvii. 11.

READING.
[as in

',togeilier

GL

Tr

ing by reading
reading.

S.

Acts

xiii. 15.

occ.~)

Tim.

then

2 Cor.

reach forth

eVcKTetVo/xai, to stretch or

iii.

2 Cor.

/'5, a knowing accurately, know-

EEACH PORTH UNTO.

Pbil.

willing-

READINESS OF MIND.

to follow.

towards, {noii

2.

2.

to],

{see

1.)

of mind.

(-ED, -ING.)

Rev. xviii. 5,
heap and reaching up

prepared,

1).

predisposition,
ness, eagerness, alacrity

-^
New
)seeJi<ew.

,(,

ready,

-,
1.

21,

READINESS.

" RK.vni,"

2.

si. 39.

[margin.]

EEACH

1,

of

rapa11; 1 Cor.

REA

vi. 10.)

AW,

1.

(spol-en

beasts, as I^o. 1 also is)

V. 10,
2.

623

ravenous,

(adj.)

wild

sinipli/,

iii.

14.

iv. 13.

READY.
{For various combinations, {e.g. " Be
Ready," " Make Ready," etc.) see

13.

beloic.)

REACH HITHER.

,
,
,

1.

to bear, bear hither, reach,

thus, so, in this way or manner or, hither, here, to or in

John

2.

rx. 27 1"-

.Tohn xx. 27 ^"J

2.

2 Cor. X. 13, with

with

1-t,

3.

READ

to

distinf^uish

any one,
4.

as far as.
unto.

-,

(-EST,

5.

xix. 4.
xxi. IG, 42.
xxii. 31.
xxiv. 15.
Mnrk ii. 25.
xii. 10, 26.

to read, learn

by

Aots

'

xix. 20.
;

30 "',32.
15, seo Kead-

viii. 28,

xiii.

ing.

i.

13.

14,
15.

X. 26.

John

2 Cor.

1.

Matt.

xxii. 4, 8.

1.

xxiv. 44.

1.

.\xv. 10.

2.

Murk

xiv. 38.

3.

Liike

vii.

1.

xiv. 17.
xxii. 2:5.

1.

John

3.

Acta

Thes.

Tiin. iv. 13, sec Reading.

Rev.

i.

V.

3.

4 [om.

and (o
Tr A W.)

aray

1.

read,
(.

;;

be

i)art.

Tim. iii..'^,8cc Quarrel,

or Wine.
vi.
18, SCO Dis
trilmte.

Tim.

iv.

6,

see

Offend.

vii. 6.

4.

Tit. iii. 1.
n.-b. viii.

1.

1.

XX. 7 port.

,
(,

ix.

self,

5.
1

xxiii. 15, 21.

2. Rom. i. 15.

V. 27.

Cor.

1.

1.

see Keadinff.

5. 2

2 part.

1.

xii. 40.

Eph. iii. 4 part.

Col. iv. 16 3 time.

t'uii'ai,
i

to make rcadv near or

for any one, to prepare at hand.

1.

iii. 2.

iv. 16.

vi. 3.

xiii. 27.

XV. 21,31 part.

xxiii. 34 part.

xiii. 1 i.

Luke

Acts

'', near, ofplace or time.

Mid., to prepare one's
ready.

reading, (o occ.)
xii. 3, 5.

thing, to

(a)

-ING.)

know accurately, to
to know by reading,

and then simph/,

willing,

to be about to do or suffer
be on the point of.
{Ilere, part.)

any

eii,

predisposed,

eager, zealous.

REACH UNTO.

to come upon or to
to arrive at, (jion occ.)

Matt.

,
,
lized.

to bear, bear hither, reach.

1.

the past, carried into effect, rea-

this place.

2.

at hand, ready, prepared

of persons, ready, active, zealou.s
of the mind, ready, bold of the
future, cure to come, certain of

erot/Aos,

1.

READY

to have,

Pet.

i.

iii.

l.J.

5.

15.

(he)
"^

ready, {see >

A'o. 1, above)
)

to liave in
readincs.'^,

{non

occ.)

,
^

624

see ahove, JVo. 3.

2.

Luke

vii. 2.

1.

Acts

xsi. 13.

3. 2

Cor.

see above,

be. 2.

2.

5a.

2 Cor. sii. 14.

1.

1 Pet. iv. 5.
Kev. iii. 2.

John

1.

Luke

prepare one's

self,

be

1.

17.

2.

ix. 52.

1.

Acts

X.

1.

{from

time)

prepared

(-ED,

count

-,

xix. 21, 22.

summer

of.

Kev. xiv. 15 ''",

(IviKcv,

by reason

Inf. mood,

on ac-

of.

Ib.Heb.

EEAP DOAVN.

iii.

vii. 23.

lb.2 Pet.

viii. 20.

2.

10.

Rev.

ii. 2.

viii. 13.

V. 14.

Eev.

xviii. 19.

EEASON HEEEOP (m)

hence, to cut corn, to reap, gather

the harvest, {non ecc.)

tVe/<i') because of,

wherefore, marking

Ic.Heb.

xii. 11.

Ib.Iiom.
3. 2 Cor.

16.

to collect, gather together, as a

reaper does the stalks of corn

or

of,

the end or object.

Ib.Johu

2.

,
/',

on account

Ileb.

v.

of,

because

(-8.)

^7/, a harvestman,

{see " eeai'.")

xiii. 30, ZO.

,
/,

of,

this.

(it'

on account of H,

V. 4.

EEAPEE
Matt.

and

because

of,

/,

3.

4S"<1

Jas.

of.

out of, from among then, originating in, as the source, cause, or
occasion ; from, by, marMng tlie
origin or cause rather than the
reason or means.

summer, harvest-

Johniv. 36 ',37,38.

15.

(by)

K,

-ING.)

1 Cor. ix. 11.

2 Cor. ix. G I iceGal, vi. 7. 8 twice, 9.
Jas. V. 4 !', see It down.

vi. 2G.

iii.

by means

action,

(c) ivith Art.

has.

xii. 24.

EEASON OF

because

wliat

gather in the harvest.

XXV. 24, 26.

Pet.

through.

ment of an

ready or
i.e.

do the work of summer,

to harvest to mow and reap, and

Luke

2. 1

(b) with Ace, througli, (as tending

toivards) denoting the ground or
reason of the action, on account of,

then, to

Matt.

vi. 2.

X. 16.

hence, to pass the

and

Gen., through (and proceeding from), denoting the instru-

(tiiogs made)

one

EEAP

6,

(a) U'ith

viii. 19.

2 Cor.

Acts

the things, \ the things

ready,

xvi.

10 part.

xix. 7.

EEADY TO HAND
(

Gen.

xxiii. 2 J.

predisposition, Avillmgness,
eagerness, zeal, alacrity of mind.

"(

xii. 3.)

account Avhich one gives,

a narrative or treatise s2)oken or

EEADY MIND.
2 Cor.

''J''i?l

Acts

5, an

2.

xvii. S.
xsii. 12, 13.

1.

Eev.

man:

Luke

1.

1.

[noun.]

pleasing; here, pleasing ;fo

God, and therefore, proper, fitting,
in His sight. (Used arbitrarily of

ivritten.

19.

sh. 15, 16.

i.

20.

?,

1.

ready, get ready.

Mark

ii.

SEASON,

(make)

food.

Matt. xsTi.

xii. 4.

to make read}' near or

for ani/ one, prepare at hand, as

1.

to

-.,
1.

UP.

cause to
wake, rouse up
then, to set upright />??
rise up
a recumhent posture.

to make or get ready, prepare, provide.

(a) Jlid., to

EEAE

-,

1.
2.

Eev.

EEADT

1.

^.

REA

EEASON AVOULD.
according to
reason.
Acts

xviii. 14.

Tr A

H.)

REA

EEASON

(iVb.

witJl

1,

through,
to reckon
prefixed)
through, consider thoroughly, reason out.

to speak to and fro, i.e.

alternately, to converse vith, discuss, reason, argue.

3.

to seek an// thing in conjunction with another, to seek to-

4.

question
xvi. 7, 8.
xxi. 25.

Mark

ii.

2.

8"'"

6,

viii. XC, 17.

2.

(-

4.

reason in

3.

G^LTTrA),
fo

Luke

iii.
15,
(text, muse.)
V. 21, 22.

soncr.
2.

Luke

ix. 46.

1.

2 Cor.

3,

3.

aiJdition to, t^.)

1.

Acts

Mark

xviii. 4.

iii.

,
(a)

ivith

1.

towards, or in addi-

2.

Luke

ss. 5.

Acts

Acts

1.

1.

xvii. 2.

ii.

15.

to put further honour

then, of
upon, estimate higher
judges, to estimate the value or
penalty on a person; hence, to
object to one as blamable, find
;

to put to shame, convince,

show to be
confute,
refute,
to prove
wrong, prove guilty
anything that was disputed or de-

nied {and therefore implying opporeprimand,

to
hence,
sition)
blame.

REASONABLE.

Pet.

ii.

3.

2.)

Rom.

7;,
blows

xii. 1.

to

upon

strike
;

[margin.]
V. 2,

see "compassion

REASONING,

on (uave)"

[noun.]

<;,

reckoning, the art of

reckoning, i.e. arithmetic
computation, consideration, reasoning.
;

upon, give
rebuke

hence,

sharply, {non occ.)

BEASONABLT BEAR WITH.

1.

admonish

reprove,

xviii. 19.

pertaining to the reason,

rational,
{Eng.,
logical),
{occ.

Heb.

[verb.]

(-ED, -ING.)

fault with,
strongly.

tion to.
2a.

REBUKE

{No. 1, loith
together Avitb, prefixed) to occupy
onc's self with reckonings in conjunction with another, to reason
together with another.

2.

U.)
Phil.

\^.
3.

[Thus differing from

set,
"Blameless," "Faultless," "Unblamable," which means that no
fault can be found on account of
any incompleteness.] {occ. 2 Pet,

xxiv. 25 part.
xiii. 5, 11, mar??,
(text, tiiint.)

No.

censure.

marg.

ICor.

StaXeyo/Attt, see above,

1.

(.)

(wiTnori;

xii. 2S.

EEASON

marg.

without blemish, spotless

one in whom there is nothing
without shame,
reprehensible
stain, or disgrace, not open to

EEASOX TOGETHER.
4.

3. Acts xxviii. 29
(text, imagination.)

X. 5,

REBUKE

XX. 14.
xxiv. 15.

2.

(No.

31

^,
xi.

1.

a scekcr in conjunction
with another, a questioner, rea-

Avith.

Matt.

2.

;,

3.

one another,

inquire of

gether,

REB

through,
{No. 1, loiih
prefixed) reckoning through, computation, adjustment of accounts;
lience, dispute.

2.

(-ED, -iNG.) [verb.]

to

2.

2.

occupy onc's self with

reckonings or with calculations
to reckon reason, use the reason.

1.

2.

C2.3

REB

626

EEBUKED

to have,
^ ,
aey^c,, conviction, I ^'^^7 ^ ^^P^^'
O^on occ.)
)
reproof,

iii.

0.

EECEIVE
1.

2.

ix. 9,

")

10.

(-ED, -EST,

-,

-ino.)

to take, take hold o, appreliend, to take or receive from

another; to take tvJiaf is t/iven
Jience, receive, pointing to an objective reception, {see No. 7.)

,
,
,

(i\^o.

1,

delivered over.

4.

.7,

11.

12.

{No.

1,

1,

13.

Ivith

with
prefixed)

(No.

1, ivith

14.

{No.

7,

with

wiac, prefixed) to receive or

from,

Here, mid.

,,

{No.

7, ioith

upon,

upon or up

to take care of, provide for

battle, to take up

hence, gen., to 1 ako

so as to preserve.
Here, mid., to carry for one's self,
bear or bring to one's self, i.e.
acquire, obtain, receive so as to
preserve.
IG.

\)Q-

7;^, to hold
one's

off

due,

so

from; to have
have all that is

as to cease

from

having mo7'e ; to have received in

full; spoken of a person, to have
for good and all.
17.

accept

ofF,

off or out, i.e. to

object presented,and that the accept-

^,

7, toith

{No. 7, toith
unto,
prefixed) to receive unto one's
self or ojie's house.
Ixx. everywhere for I'np, where Grod is said
to gather and bring again His own
people into their own laud, {non

up, carry

It implies a subjective reception,

showing that a decision of the loill
has taken 2^1^ toith respect to the

8.

{No.

under,

to take to one's self what is

presented or brought by another,
to accept, embrace, receive hosadmit, approve, allow.
j) it (illy ;

it.

of one fallen in
and bear away

ance manifests

{No. 7, with
up,
prefixed) to accept, receive or take
on one's self, physically, or as a
debt of responsibility ; to take up,
appropriate, adopt, {non occ.)

to one's self, admit, {non occ.)

15.

to take under, i.e. to

take up by placing one's self underneath hence, to take up.

^,

jyrejixed) to receive

jyrefixed)

7.

{No. 7, tvith
under,
prefixed) to accept or receive to
one's self os if placing the arms
under a person or thing ; hence, to
receive to one's self Avith evident
favour and kindness to Avelcome,
{non occ.)

occ.)

in
to

association with,
take in association Avith others,
take a part with, to partake of,
share.

6.

joy, to welcome.

towavaa,p7'efixed) to take thereto,

i.e. in addition, to take besides.
In N.T. mid., to take or receive
to and for one's self.

5.

{No. 7, icith
to^vards, prefixed) to accept to one's

p)refixed) to accept or receive from

another for one's self, accept with

from,
(JVb. 1, ivith
prefixed) to take from any one, to
receive tvith idea of completeness,
to receive in full.

{No.

12), {non occ.)

-,

toith

beside, prefixed) to take near, with

or to ones self; receive with or to
one's self; receive in charge tvhat is

3.

from another,
Pro v.

self, admit, receive kindly, entertain as a host.

EECEIPT.
Matt.

self,

Avith approA^al, (Ixx. for

ii.

near or to one's

(be)

2 Pet.

REC

),
make

to give space, place, room

place or room so as to take
in or receive a7iy thing, to hold
contain.
;

REC
',

627

they may give

auTois, to them.

Matt.

times.

11

1st.

4:^>-

see Sight.
20

xiii. 19,

\.

see

1',

Seed.

iii.

Aots

see Seed.

3.

5 'icxix. 11, see

(cau)
12 twice.

29.

XX.

iii. 5.

10 twice, 11 part.
3i, see Sight.

(.)

see

(ho
j

that had)

Tr

Room,

see

20.

vi. 11.

11.

15.

ix. 37 times.

51,

52,

see Sight.

xi. 24.

XV. 23.
xvi. 19, see

up.

vi. 24.

Tr

341st (No.
K.)

-'.

3-4

viii. 13.

1,

Rom.

up

(bo)

Heb.

V. 12.

2.

give.

11, see
ix. 15.

Tr

12,

S.)

3.

L.)
see
[Sight.

4;5,

ix.

15,

,
12.

14.

iv. 7

ttmci.

'

iv. 1,

Luke

(ul.vdly)

viii. 40.

12.

Acts

{Nb.

1,

with

ii.

H.

up or

Matt.

xvi. 19

(<ij>.)

Acts

Tim.

iii.

x. 16.

16.

see Mercy.

V. 10.

EECEIVED

17.
vii. 2.

9,

12.

take

viii.

loifo one's self.

ti), i.e.

(oin.

G L

enlrcat'j

the (ji/latul, etc.

4ticc.

16,

EECEIVED

Prayini} of

US uith vulch
.xi.

Acts XV. 4 (No.

(bk)
8,

.)

see DamuKO.

15.

v.34,41,43tic,44,

25.

iii.

again, prefixed.)

24.

vi. 1.

iii.

marg

(can)

xix. 11.

EECEIVE UP.

12.

ii.

32, 33.
iv. 36.
45.

Matt.

Re-

see

iii. 8,

2 Cor.
.

11.
12, 16.

AGAIN.
vi. 34.

EECEIVE

xiv. 5.
XV. 1, 3.

1,

i.

Luke

15. Col.

xi. 23.

12, 15.

XX. 4.

twice.

15

ix'.

XX. 47.
xxiii. 41.

xviii. 4.

xix. 20.

RECEIA'E FOE.

viii.

Cor.

25.
xviii. 17.

xix. 6.

xiv. 9, 11.
xvii. 12 twice.

Law.

17.

14.

42,

ma

16,

xiii.

vii. 5.

17, 27.
3.

ii.

iii.

iv. 11.

, see Tithes.

xvi. 2.

27.
xvi. 4, 9.

vi. 21.

Rev.

vi. 7.

xiv. 1, 3.
XV. 7twicc.

xi. 10.

11.
27,

ii.

6,

9, 10.

15.
17.

).

5.
27.

XV. 2,

QQ*

xiii. 2.

38.

Ji.hn

up.

John 8 (No.
Tr A W.

being completed iu
ver. 17.

ceiving.

X. 8, 10.

30 (No.

V. 11, 17.

4 times.

51, see
(that... should he)
53.

41,

10.

i^),the Reuse

iv. 11.

11 (No. 12,
K.)

43

i.

40,see R(gladly)
ix. 5.

Tr

seeRup.

30.'

[(again)

10.
16,

7.

see

iii.

xsii. 5.
13, sec Sight.
18.
x.xvi. 10, 18.
xxviii. 2.

Lu ie V. 27,3ee Custom.

see Fathers.

-ini.

ii.

s. 20.

-o

9.

i.

part.

V. 19.

xix. 2.
XX. 24, .35.
xxi. 17 (No.

xii. 2, 40.

Tim.

xviii. 27.

X. 15.
30.

1st

Tr">'>

sec

xvi. 21.
24.
xvii. 7.

vii. 4.

13
13

Philem. 12 {om.

15, 17, 19.

XV. 4, see

ii. 2,
iv. 16.

xi. 1.

Mark

Pet.

18,
6.

see R (to be)

4 part.

x. 16, see
43, 47.

24.
27.

iv. 3.
V. 7.

iv. 3,

19 part.

for

iii. 6.

Si<?ht.

G -

22 (oiii.
A.)

iv. 1.

see Streiiiith.

ix. 12, 17, 18,

18, 20.

7,

part.

iii. 1.

1.

2 Thes.

xxi. 22. 34.

xxiii. 14
XXV. 16.
17,

41,seeR(!. ladly)

21.
vii. 38.
53.
59.
viii. 14.

9,

(")'.),

ii.

'

Thes.

33, 38.

7, 12.
21.

IV
1

xvii. 21.
xviii.

xii. 6.
i.

24.

102nd.

8.

i.

Jas.

ii. "25

25, see
iv. 10'"

xLx. 30.
XX 22.

20"<1.

(lext,

have.)
Col. ii. 6.

xvi. 14, 24.

xvii. 8.

L),

-28.

marg.

18,

17.

U.

'23,

18.
:50.

xiv. 3.

-ith.

xi. 5,

20 times,

9,

N.)

31 part.

ing.

xii. 48.
xiii.

Tr

35.
39.

see Receiv-

15,

X. 18.

41 2d.
41

vii. 23, 39.

11, 15, 18il<:.

(No.

15,
17.
19.

14.
.Eph. vi. 8.
Phil. ii. 29.
iv. 9.

ix.

40

13

(No.

iv. 5.

see Sijiht.

li.

X. 36.

xi. 8, 11.

iU. 2, 14.

John

vii. 8.

X. 8.

Heb.

2 Cor. xi. 24.

Gal. i. 9, 12.

that.

',

IS.

REC

marg.

suffer.

0,

(he that iiau)

the one, (icifh an ellipsis in the construction.)

Matt. XXV.

17.

,
,

REC

EECEIVED UP

(that... should be)

of the taking
Luke

(.

15,

(^

Tim.

(non
Hob.

a taking; a receiving,

EECKOlVr

1.

2.

.,

Pliil. iv. 15.

/,

2.

2.

Matt,

1.

see

No.

2,

Luke
1.

'2,

an account,

xviii.

X. 2,

^ the

to change against any

exchange then, to change
a person, reconcile to any one,

marg.

1.

1.

viii. 18.

his enmit}',

2.

to give near, with, or to

,
,
xiv. 26.

Acts xv.

EECOMPENCE.

1.

2.

into another, to

40.

[noun.]

so

])ut

away

all

peace, (noji occ.)

wages, retribution reward, compensation, {no7i occ.)

;

Rom.

1.

Liike xiv. 12.

1.

2.

Eom.

2. 2

27.

occ.)

enmity that amity follows, and no

impediment remains to unity and

a giving back instead

of something received ; or simjjly,
repayment, (non occ.)

i.

(No. 1, with
from, prefixed, indicating that the
thing intended hy No. 1 is done
altogether, absolutely, or in a greater
degree) to change from one state

any one; give over, deliver over;

commit, entrust, commend to.

Acta

),

implies a mutual change,

and refers to many, lohile No. 1 is
said of one only) so to act that
the opposite party may lay aside

(text, ihinU of.)

(-ed.)

from

differing

tchich

with.
iv. 4, 0, 10.
vi. 11.

,
(thics

account

Horn.

EECOMMEND
-u/ja8t8oj/xt,

make up

J
1.

121.

X3di. 37.

Cor.

EECONCILE.

^ to take or
'

XXV. 19.

'.'j.

xi. 35.

thing, to

a matter,

V,
2.

Eom.

1.

1.

above,

5,

i.e.

EECOMPENSE AGAIN.

take up together, to
take up a matter or account together for adjustment ; lience, to

to give away from one's

to deliver over, bestow,
render, pay over, pay
Luke xiv. 14 ''1. 2 Thes. 1. 6.
Eom. xii. 17.
1. Heb. X. 30.

1.

to

},

(-ed.) [verb.]

to give back instead

of something received ; to repay,
requite.

self,

reckon together.

X. 35.

xi. 2G.

EECOMPENSE

to count, reckon, calculate, compute, (strictly of numerical calculation); then, to think,

consider.

Heb.

/,

1.

-.)

(-ED,

2.

Heb.

occ.)
1.

ii.

payment of wages,

full

occ.)

(71011

-,

vi. 13.

EECOMPENCE OE EEWAED.

EECEIYING.

ix. 15.

answering
recompence.

recom-

pence,

/^,

(No. 1, irifh
towava-s, prefixed) a taking to one's
self, receiving,
admission, (non

Eom.

for a corresponding or

same

2 Cor.

iv. 3.

-,

2.

(roil a)

ahove,

occ.)

2.

,
,

(to be)

5.)

EECOMPENCE IN THE SAME

up.

the

unto, with a view to,

reception,
(see

No.

REC

1.

[/;]

628

ix. 51.

EECEH'ED

"I

Cor.

li. 9.
vi. 1.3.

1.

Rom.

1.

v. 10.
I

Cur.

vii. 11.

Col.

/,

i.

1.2 Cor. V. 18,

Eph. ii. IG.

19, 20.

2.

20, 21.

EECONCILED

(be)

to change one's own feelings towards another, so that he

REC

629

changes liis to be reconciled to

each other, (non occ.)
;

Matt.

V.

2-t.

REC

RECONCILING,

;,

Bom.

/,

[noun.]

see " KECONCILIATIOIT.'

xi. 15.

EECONCILIATION.

change Oil the part of one

party only, intluced by some action
on the part of another the reconciliation of men by the love
of Grod in the gift of His Son.

RECORD.
1.

[The Ministry of Reconciliation is

not the office of teaching the doctrine of remission or expiation
but it is the office of advising, exhorting, beseeching men to be

reconciled to Grod.
For it is not
Grod vho is the enemy of men,
but men
are enemies to Grod.
(Eom. V. 8-10; viii. 7.)]

2 Cor. V. 18, 19.

RECONCILIATION

(make)

to incline one's self towards

any one.

[In profane Grrcek,

propitiate

it is fo

appease,

but Biblical
remarkably
only

the gods,

Grreek differs

in Gen. xxxii. 20,

and Zcch.

vii. 2,

the construction like profane

G-reek usage, and here the Ileh. is

is

be gracious, and n'rn,

hesecch, iniplore.
Elsewhere it is
never joined with the Ace. or Dat.
of the person whose goodwill is
to be won, i.e. God is never the
object of the action denoted ;
it
never means to conciliate God.
It
is the equivalent for ''sr, because
Na3, lift 2ip,

was the set expression for expiatory acts, though totally different from the heathen idea. For
God is not of Himself alienated
from man, but in order that He
may not be necessitated to act
otherwise, i.e. for righteousness'
sake an expiation is necessary.
This expiation is of God His
love anticipating and meeting His
righteousness.
Nothing hap|)ens
to God as in the heathen view,
rather, sometliing happens to man,
who eseai)es the wrath to come
and remains in the covenant of
it

grace.] {occ.

Luke

Heb.

ii.

17.

xviii. 13.)

an ege-icitness)
but one who has information or
knowledge of a thing and hence,
one vho can give information

/AUpTU9,a witness, {not

itbout, or

2.

confirm anything.

a bearing witness, certifywitnessing to

then, that
which any one vitnesses, or states
concerning any person or thing.

ing,

John

i.

19.

viii. 1.!, 14.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

Phil.

xix. 35.

1
2.

1. 2.3.

i.

John

8.

V. 10, 12.

3 Jolin 12.

RECORD

(bear)

to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to attest anything that

one knows, and therefore to state
with a certain degree of authority,
usually for something, and hence,
to confirm or prove.

John

i.

32, 34.

viii. 13, 11.

sii. 17.

xix. 35.
X. 2.

Rom.

;;;

REC

630

EECOVEEING.
Luke

3.

EED.
fire-coloured

red.

[It

the colour of

also

is

ch. vi. 4, 12.

,
?,

to make,
the act of
freeing or releas-

blood,

AVheu combined with

and applied to a being denotes

him as bloodthirsty and cruel. So
Jolm describes the Devil in his
Grospel and Epistle, (John viii. 44
1 John iii. 12.) Hence, the Throne
is set to judge him in accordance
with Gen. ix. 5.]
fire,

Eev.

(,

EED

auce, {see lelow)

EED

3.

2, 3.

(that

Eev.

EED

38;

Pet.

1.

2.

Eev.

Eev. xiv.

4,

18.
v. 9.
i.

xiv. 3.

2.

marg. buy.

the act of freeing or releasing; deliverance; redemption,

not tcith reference to the person
delivering, hut to the person delivered.
Hence, redemption for
one from guilt and punishment,
brought about by expiation.
{No.

SEA.

from,
releasing on

1, xvith

away from, prefixed)

receipt of a ransom redemption

as the result of expiation deliverance from the guilt and punishment of sin, and, applying to the
ivhole heing, deliverance of the
soul from sin, and the body from
the grave, {occ. Heb. xi. 35.)
Luke ii. 38.
2. Eph. i. 7, 14.
;

red

sjyoJcen

ru-

ber,)

6',

Ocean,
(non occ.)

sea,

1.

xxi. 28.

2.
2.

Eom.

2.

Heb.

vii. 36.
|

(-EI),

to bring

xi. 29.

-iNG.)

forward a ransom

the Act. heing used, not of hhmvho

gives, hut of him trho receives it;

hence, to release

ransom, (non

on receipt of a

occ.)

Mid., to release by payment of

a ransom, to redeem.

(a)

to be in the dyopa, (the

assembly or place of assembly
//<?("(", market) to do business there,
i.e. buy and sell.
In N. T., to buy,

i.

exceed

2.

Col.

1.

Heb.

i.

14.

ix. 12.

15.

2.

EEDOUND.
to be over and above, to
in nuniher, measure, or

degree.
2 Cor. iv. 15.

EEED.

a reed a plant with jointed

hollow stalk groAving in wet
grounds the stalk as cut for use,
a reed
used for writing, {occ.
3 John 13) a pen, Lat., calamus.

dyop(i'Qi>,

to purchase, acquire for one's self

by a price duly and freely paid.

Cor.

iv. 30.

2.

24.

23.
30.

iii.

viii.

2. 1

EEDEEM

2.

ii.

ix. 2.)

?,

),

V. 16.

is)

vi. 1.

like Lat., rufus,

1.

iv. 5.

Eph.

Luke
Heb.

3.

13.

iii.

3.

of
the colour ofoicelar and the Erythtvine, also of copper
rican Sea
andofhlood, {answerour Eed
ing to Eng., ruddy, red,
Sea or
and Germ., roth also
Indian

Acts

Gal.

Col. iv.
la.Tit. ii. 14.

68.

i.

xxiv. 21.

la.

eff ect deliverance, (occ.

EEDEMPTION.

fire red,

see " bed," above.

Luke

4.
3.

{iwn occ.)

'

re-

demption,

ransom, redemption, deliver-

2.

(be)

Matt. xvi.

work

ing;

xii. 3.

be firc-coloured or

to

of,

hence, fiery red,

out

(JVo. 2, loith Ik,

prefixed) to purchase out, buy up

from the p)oioer or possession of any
one
hence, to
purchase from
redeem, release, set free out of
service or bondage, {non occ.)

see Sight.

iv. 18,

REE

Mark

xv. 19, 36.

xii. 20.

Luke

vii. 24.

xxvii. 29, 30, IS.

Rev.

Matt.

xi. 7.

Kcv.

xxi. 15, 16.

xi. 1.

REP

63i

-,

EEFOEMATION.

EEFUSE.

, .

right, restoriug to order, (no7i occ.)

Heb.

1.

ix. 10.

/.,

to pause, to make pause,

restrain
here, mid., to pause, refrain from.

],
2.

Acts

away from, to
remove, Avithdraw.

to place

separate,

i.e.

V. 3S.

,
,

1.

Pet.

iii.

10.

2.

EEFEESH

1.

(JVb.

above,

1,

ivith

again, prefixed) to cause to pause

again, to cause to rest, to give
rest from labour or effort ; hence,
to refresh.

2.

1.

1 Cor. xvi. 18.

2 Cor. vii. 13.

V.

2 Tiin.

1.

Philem.

to obtain,

receive,

i.

to

care for, C

attention,

J
2 Mace.
Acts xxvii.

(be)

in

1.

use the eyes, to see, to

tmdcr " see," No. 5)
here, followed by tU, unto.
(see

(JVb.

ivith

upon,

to have mind, to think, i.e.

to understand
to mind, regard,

to invert, turn about, to turn

i.e. to bring to
reficction.to affect, to move. Here,
mid., to feel or have respect or

M.att. xsii. 16.

,
,

Mark
Luke

xii. 11.

1.

morg.

3.

Phil.
not.
Heb.

foil

1.

2.

3r.l

ii.

viij.

'-"''

&

4ib (np.)

30,
9,

860
600

(not)

to misconsult.

not to care for, neglect,

disregard.

1.

Phil. n. 30

2.

Heb.

(0<,
G LT Tr A

dan-jo-, hazardimj,

18, see flee.

xiv. 6

uot.

EEGAED

re-

Rom.

3.

obaerve.

10.

vi.

1,

48.
4.
xviii. 2, 4.
3. Kom. xiv. 61'*,
2.

EEFEESHING.

Heb.

(-ED, -EST, -eth, -liic.)

deference towards, to respect.

1.

XV. 32 (aj..)

drawing breath again, a

lieving and recovering from
and all evils, (ji07i occ.)

EEFUGE,

4.

one in upon himself,

company.

iii.

1.

3.

23.)

conjunction \\xU\,prrfxed) mid.,

to refresh one's self, or be refreshed in conjunction with ani/

Acts

Tim.

care for.

(]Vo. 1, above, loith

Eom.

(to be)

4.

one, or in his

'ico-

prefixed) to use or fix the eyes

upon, to look upon
hence, to
have respect to. Here, followed
by
upon.

3.

EEFEESIIED

25

to

look,

enjoy

xi.

EEGAED
1.

IG.
7, 20.

tions of his
friends, (see

xii.

occ.)
1

kind atten...oi^xxx^uiLui
) the

Tim. V. 11.
Heb. xi. 24.

1.

Avhat should be cast away,

to be thrown away as ivorihless,

SELF.

i.e.

a.

1. 1

iv. 7.

EEFUSED

^_

,^

Tim.

;,

2.

7rt/xe/\eta,

vii. 35.

XXV. 11.
1

again, to

2.

EEFEESH ONE'S

1.

(non

draw breath

to

take breath; to revive bj fresli

air, be refreslied, esp. loith cooling,
{non occ.)

1.

Acts

1.

(-7.O.J

to deny, renounce, reject.

[This rejection of Moses, Acts vii. 35,

(quoted from Exod. ii. 1-i) takes
its place Avith that of Joseph,
Gen. xxxvii. 8, and Jesus, Luke
xix. 1-1, and in each case the onerejected does afterwards bear the
rule, in connection Avith a Gentile
bride !J

2.

[verb.]

to ask beside or aside,

to beg off from, entreat that something mag not take place, excuse
one's self ; then, to refuse.

a malcing straight, setting

to/>9oJt9,

REG

viii. 9.

to cr]Wiic one's self to

s{.)
'

REG

632

,
-,
-,, ,

EEGEXERATIOK

(,
/?,

EEGIONS BEYOND

again, back again

and
creation) regeneration, used of the new man, man in
Christ,

C Ttt,

from above, John

V. 1,4, 18. The verh

be begotten or born again,

The noun

28.

Titus

EEaiON"

Then

a town,

turning from somewhere

Acts

Eom.
1.

Matt.

1.

Luke

1.

Acts

1.

iii. 1.

2.
2.

EEGION

Gal.

i.

,
country round

M.itt.

iii. 5.

Mark

i.

Mark vi.
I

28.

14.

Luke vii.

(,

the

rcijion,

[Lu'TTrAN.)

17.

EEGION THAT LTETH EOUND

ABOUT.

7),

see above.
Acts

liv. 6.

EEIGN.

Luke

[noun.]

iii. 1.

(-ED, -eth.)

[verb.]

->, to have,
a kingdom.

1.

Matt.

1.

Luke

ii.
i.

22.

1.

Cor. XV. 25.

3:5.

Tim.

ii.

12,

see

with.
1.

twice.

vi. 12.

XV. 12, ROC Tl over.

1. 1 Cor. iv. 8 I't & ;"'i
S^rJ, see
with.

circumHere, fern.,

about,

xi. 4.

21

i.e.

55

gen.

to be king, possess regal

authority, to reign, (occ. 1 Tim.
vi. 15 part.)

1.

land, tmderstood,

the
adjacent region.

and

intrans.,

leadership, supremacy, gov-

xix. 14, 27.

1. Eom. V.
14, 17 twice,

EOUis^D ABOUT.

and

Acts

2 Cor. xi. 10.

jacent, neighbouring.

begin,

1.

21.

around a place,

icith art.,

xiii. 49.

xvi. 6.

1.

viii. 1.

Acts

to

EEIGN

XV. 23.)

iv. 16.

BE-

ernment.

name of

declivity
then,
from the a-pparent inclination of
the heavens, the earth toas divided
into several
climates, by
lines drawn parallel to the sun's
course ; hence, clime, region, (occ.

siv. 27.

GINNINa.

etc.,

inclination,

hence

EEHEAESE EEOM THE

of the district or the

open country round it.

2.

followed by another verb. Here,

" beginning
ivas setting forth."

(-S.)

tised with the

(-ed.)

in a loeaker sense, to report.

iii. 5.

space which receives, contains, or

surrounds anything ; and so, place,
spot tohere 07ie is or anything takes

place.

occ.)

X. 16.

to bring a message back

again, report back, used of the
reports brought by persons re-

i.

restoration or restitution of all

things alluded to in Acts iii. 21
Rom. viii. 21, etc., (non occ.)

2 Cor.

EEHEAESE

to

1 Pet.

does
not occur in N.T., hut often in the
Greek Fathers.)
is
also used of the new creation, the

Matt. xix.

(the)

2)1.)...

beyond those, (non

a?ld
7
begotten or born of Grod, John
i. 13; 1 John ii. 19;
iii. 9;
iv. 7;
6,

3, 23.

the (nent.

(compare

to be begotten
iil.

REI

Rev.

V. 10.

1.

xi. 15. 17.

1.

xix. 6.

1.

XX. 4,

2.

xvii. 18.
xxii. 5.

1.

6.

EEIQN OVEE.

to begin, bo first, in rank

dignity; hence, to rule, reign.

Bom. XV.

or

12.

EEIGN WITH.

to

("

nEIGN,"

JVo.

I,

another, (non occ.)

ICor.

with

in conjunction Avith, prefxed)

roign in
conjuuclion Avith

iv. 8.

2Tim.

ii.

12.

REI

REINS.
kidney;

633

REJ

Luke
John

the
used of the

usualJi/ pi. ol

Acts

,
,

ii.

(-ED,

trial,

(occ.

token

occ.)

to ask beside, ask aside,

get rid of by asking, beg off from,
to excuse one's self.

1.

Matt.

xsi. 42.

1.

2.

Mark

vi. 26.

1.

marg. frus-

trate.
viii. 31.

1.

Luke

vii.

marg.

30,

frustrate.
1.

is. 22.

Luke

1.

viii. 39.

1. 1

XV.

4.

,31.

tTTl, KJ'Oll.
6 2"ii,

Gal. iv. 14.

2.

1 Thes. ii.S'wicc^inarg.
(text, despise.)
Tit. iii. 10.

i.

'

Heb.

vi.

8,

ii.

-,

-TNG.)

dance much, to
song and dance

to leap or

to

to

1
1

2.

to speak loud, be loudtongued, boast or vaunt one's

self, to glory or exult both in a
good and bad sense.

Matt.

ii.

10.

1.

V. 12.

1.

Luke

,
15,

i.

14.

47.
58, see

1.

with.

2.

xix.

7.

icith

4,

glory against.

(greatly)
i.

6.

(that

mat)

unto, for,

& matter or

of

subject

boasting,

20 ""

sec

16.

(JVo. 1, with

IJST.

tion with, prefixed) to

conjunction with.

Luke

i.

marg. Rejoice

in conjuncrejoice in

irit/i.

REJOICE AVITH.
see above.

58.

XV. 6, 9.

Cor.

xiii.

marg.

6,

(text, rt'joictf
Phil. ii. 17, 18.

1 Cor. xii. 26.

ill.)

REJOICING.
the

subjcct-matter

or

theme of glorying, a boasting or

xiH.'l?.
XV. 5.
6, 9,

,
,

ii.

REJOICE

',

vi. 23.

X.

xviii. 13.

Luke

3.

Pet.

2. 1

1 Cor. xiii. C,

make glad-minded,

TIrre, mid. or Aor. 2^nss.,

cheer.
to make merry, enjoy one's self,
csp., as connected loith feasting.

4.

4.
3.

xi. 10,
xii. 12.
xviii. 20.

\, to me.

vi. 8.

to rejoice, be delighted or
pleased, to be glad.

Eev.

marg.

REJOICE

rejoice Avith
hence, to exult, leap for joy.

3.

2
3

1.

(1^0.

Phil.

2.

John
John

1.

1.

3.

REJOICE

[jected.

see
[(greatly)

6,

iv. 13.

1.

13,

Ee-

see

xii. 17.

(-ED,

Pet.

against, prefixed) to speak loud

or be loud tougued against, boast
or vaunt one's self against.

not approved, rejected after

Heb.

glory.

see

13,

REJOICE AGAINST.

Jas.

3.

marg.

9,

i.

iv. 16.

in.

,10.

V. 16.

xii. 48.

trial.

1.

Thee.

Jaa.

sec
[with.

24.

i.

4.

vii. 7, 0, 16.

xvii. 25.

John

1.

REJOICE

3.
iv. 4wl<

Col.

ii.

see

18,

against.

ii. 3.
vi. 10.

REJECTED.

/,

1.

vii. 41.

XX. 17.

2.

xii. 10.

1.
2.

V. 41.

2 Cor.

.,
vii. 9,

iii. 1.

4.

1 Cor. vii. 30 '"if'

xii. 26, see R with
1 Cor. xiii. 6 l, with

to disapprove, to re-

of disgust, {non

2.

28.

1.

-.)

3. iKWTvo), to spit out, to spit in

4.

1.

V. 2.
xii. 12, 15 '"'
XV. 10.

to displace, set aside, cast

get rid of.

off,

xiv. 28.
xvi. 20, 22.
ii. 26.

ivi. :u.

after making
ject
1 Pet. ii. 4, 7.)

2.

17,

Bom.

REJECT

1.

23.

(that

may)

viii. 56.

Eev.

V. 35.

kidneys, reins, loins

seat of tlie desires and passions,
Jer. xi,
(Ixx. for nv^D, Ps. vii. 10
20; xvii. 10; xx. 12), {non occ.)
;

Gal. iv. 27.

Fhil. i. 18''.
ii. 16, see

xix. .'i7.
29.

iii.

iv. 36.

with.

exulting, (see " rejoice,"

SS'o.

4.

;;;

634

REM

shame, be afraid
hence,
God-fearing, to be God-fearing as
to doing something.
In classical
Greek only the fear of wrong,
not the conscientious practice of
right, hut this is accounted for if
we consider the nature of their
Used in N.T. only of prosegods.
lytes.
Here pass, part., devout,

tlie act of
glorying 07'
boasting, (see " eejoice," iVb. 4.)

2.

Cor. XV. 31.

2.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

1.

REL

Gal.

12.
14.

i.

vi. 4.

RELEASE

1.

Phil.

2.

1.

Heb.

2.

Jas. iv. 16.

i.

26.

Thes.

ii.

iii. 6.

(-ED.)

feel

19, mni^.
[jioryiiij.

[verb.]

to let loose from, loosen, unfree, relieve from ; release,

bind
let

pious.

go free.

Acts

2,

Luke xsiii.ie, 17 (.), 18,

15, 17, 21,26.
XV. 6, 9, 11, 15.
John xviii. 39'>. [20,25.
John xix. 10, 12.

Matt, xxrii.

Mark

1.

Jas.

i.

26.

Acts

REMAIlSr

2.

ward

3.

from one ;

(-ED.)
4.
off sometliing

hence, to lieln. assist,

Tim.

V. 10, 16

religious observance, the outceremonial service of re-

Matt.

practical piety rightly

Acts xxvi.

JVo. 1, {occ. Col.

I

Jcs.

i.

Gal.

i.

13, 14,

ii.

18.)

1.

(it)

ix. 9.

1.

4.

1 Thcs. iv. 15, 17.

2.

Heb.

Cjr]

1110

LTTr A.)

he,

16.
v.

11.

iv. G, 9.

3.

X. 26.

1.

4 part.

i.

3.

xii. 27.

i.

xix. 31.

in a had
as suhsf., the

csp.,
;

awe

somcihinrj

29, see
XV. 6.
2 Cor. iii. 11, 14.

i. ;53.

John

1.

5.

occ.)

to stand in

xxvii. 41.
1 Cor. vii. 11.

vi. 12.

fo

Acts

REMAIN

If

or fear
ore
u'hen about

esp.,

dis(jrac(fid,

to

John

iii.

ii.

24.

9.

vi. 13.

(tue tuings wnicii)

tlie rest,

the remaining things.

Rev.

iii.

2.

REMAINETII

do

1.

Acts

ix. 41.

XT. 11

,,
,

God and man, and

Here
left re-

REMAIN OVER AND ABOVE.

zealous and diligent performer of

the outward service of
God,
because of their
{either from
full of
mysteries or from
or from
religious fear
muttering forms of prayer), (non

to

1.

1.

RELIGIOUS.
religious,

be

see Jews'.

26, 27.

sense, superstitious

xi. 23.
i.

John

(,

5.

"ib<t:>i,

over.

left over,

22.
ix. 17.
X. 7.

the worship
directed
the devoutness
of God
arising from godly fear) see " ee-

Lioious,"

leave

to

be

xiv. 20.

Luke

ligion, the external form, (as opp.

for

(Ixx.

one's

left be-

Avard

be

to be over and above, to

exceed
number or measure ; be
more than enough.

RELIGION.

to

away from

maining, to survive, (non occ.)

5.

,,
>,

through,

xiv. 28.)

pass., to

succour, (jion occ.)

1

pass., to

remain,

',
',
Ex.

"ice-

tcith

to leave

Here,

self.

keep

off,

1,

prefxed) to continue throughout,

to remain through.

xi. 29.

RELIEVE

continue, abide

to

stay,

hind,

to

(-ED, -EST, -etu, -ixa.)

/, remain,
dwell.
8, (NO.

1.

BELIEF.

serviceable labour, service,

ministry. In the C/irisiiaJi cliurcli
it denotes any ministerial ofSce
"witli reference to the labour pertaining thereto.

2.

xiii. 43.

1.

TO

(it)

for tho rest, as to the rest

or, the time lliat remains is short
or the opportunity is contracted
for Avhat remains.
1 Cor. vii. 29.

REM

REMEMBER
1.

act.,

635

-.)

(-eu, -est,

to Call to another's

{pec. Ileb. xi. 15, 22.)

to think mnch of a thing,

to remember, to call to
one's mind, begin to remember,

No.

,
,

(see " mi>'D-

(No. 2, with viro, implying sicaXth, jjrejixed) to call to

one's mind, pricately, silently, hy
suggestions ; hence, to
suggest to one's mind, put in
miud of, bring to remembrance.

or

hints

(a) Mid., to call to one's

own mind

jfrom someth ing unolserved by others.

V. 23.
xvi. 9.
xxvi. 75.
xxvii. 63.

1.
2.
1.

Mark

viii. 18.

2.

Luke

i.

2.
2.

xxi\r. C, 8.

1.

4a.

John

ii.

Thes.
ii.

i.

1.

Luke

1.

Heb.

3.

1 Thes.

X. 17.
xi. 22, margr. (text,
vialce mciid'oii.)

17. 22,

xiii. 3.

3 Johu 10.
Jude 17.

XV. 20.
xvi. 4, 21.

1.
1.

Acts

2.

2. 1

Rev.

xi. 16.

XX. 31, 35.

1.

Cor.

ii.

5.

2.

4.

3.

13.
15, and

i.

see

(have in)

iii. 6.

2 Pet.

2.

iii. 1.

Heb.

1.

X. 3.

,
,
,

see "

(be

Acts

X. 31,

see "

ix)
2.

pass.

(bring into)

REMEMBER," No.

3,

1 Cor. iv. 17.

REMEMBRANCE
see "

(bring to)

REMEMBER," No.

John

see

(call to)

Heb.

REMEMBRANCE
see "

s.

3.

;2.

(come in)

REMEMBER," No.
Rev.

4,

xiv. 26.

"REMEMBER," No.

xi. 21.

had

REMEMBEIl," Ko.

REMEMBRANCE

,
-,

xviii. 5.

2.

xvi. 19.

REMEMBRANCE

,
,

No.

various comhinations

causing
brance,

2 Pet.

2.

iii. 3.

xi. 2.

icith

other

icords, sec below.)

1.

i.

5.

2.

tion.

REMEMBRANCE,

(^For

Tim.

3.

Cor. xi. 24, 25.

Phil. i. 3, marg. men-

Mark

viii. 12.

xii. 16.

2.

xxii. 19.

3.

REMEMBRANCE

3.

9.

2 Thes. ii. 5.
2 Tim. ii. 8.

72.

xvi. 2.5.
xvii. 32.
xxii. 61.
xxiii. 42.

2.

2.

2 Cor. vii. 15.

Gal. ii. 10.
Col. iv. 18.

Matt.

2.

remembrance, record of

REMEMBRANCE

dm, up, or
up to mind,

(iVo. 2,tvith

hack, jjre/ixed) to call

to recall to one's mind.

2.

a thing, {non occ.)

REMEMBRANCE AGAIN.

Mid., to begin to call to mind,

remember,
FUL OF (be)," No. 3.)

i.

1,

so

recollect,

3.

as a power of the
distinguished from
which is the act of recolas

esp.

lecting

remind,

(a)

memory

mind,

memory,
and

4.

then, to call to
mind, mention
one's own mind, to remember.
Pass., to be remembered, have in

2.

REM

a calling up to mind, a
to

(occ.

remember,
Heb. X. 3.)

remem-

a putting in mind,

p;/-

see ahovB,

")

4,

>

to make,

to

(have in)

make a remcm-

brauco,

2 Pet.

i.

"

keep

15.

REMEMBRANCE OF
see

{i.e.

it I'P)

(in)

UK^rEMBER," No.

2.

{Here, 1 aor. inf.)

vatcly, or by hints or suggestions

Liikc

a suggesting to one's mind

a
bringing to remembrance, {non

i.

5-1.

REME:MBRANCE

occ.)
3.

/xi'ct'a,

tion.

remembrance memory, men-

(put in)

".

1.

(!'//';',.''" REMEMBER,

2.

'//^,^" REMEMBER,"

3.

A^O. 4.

3.

REM
to

lay under;

under

the

636

set or

put under, to

here,

mid., to bring

mind or

notice of any

one, to suggest, put in mind of as

a teacher or otherwise, {occ. Eoni.
xvi. 4.)
3.
1.

1
2

Tim.
Tim.

iv.
i.

6 part.

6.

-,
,

2.

2 Pet.

2.

Jude

EEMEMBRANCE OF
sec "
:

Tim.

i.

12.

5.

(put in)

IlEMEMBEE,"
ii.

JVo. 4.

U.

EEMISSION.

1.

dismission, discliarge, setting

In Ixx. and JV.T., setting
free, remission of debt or punishment hence, the forgiveness of
sins on the part of Grod, and with
reference to the future judgment;
total remission and forgiveness
excluding all idea of punishment,
free.

{see iVb. 2, beloiv.)

2.

a letting pass, overlooking,

not punishing, suspension of
punishment, tolerating without
special intervention, not like No. 1,
which implies full ^jardon and forgiveness, but, a passing by of sins
for the present.
2 is the word which describes
the O.T. reinission of punishment,
solely traceable to the Divine
patience Avhile No. 1 is the N.T.

\^No.

remission of sins as characteristic

of the N.T. salvation.
Before
the death of Christ, there was
remission {No. 2) as a \vork of
(or forbearance.)
After it
there Avas remission {No. 1) as a
work of xcipts (or grace), {non

'\

occ.)

REM

REM
to

(a) Act.,

Mark

1.

1.

Mark

si. 23.

6a.

Luke

xxii.

5.

2.

Eev.

ii.

Cor.

xiii. 2.

5.

2.

,
,
(occ.

1.
1.

INTO.

1.

another abode,

lead to

to

vii.

43.)

Acts

vii. 4.

^nf/., metaremoval from one place

to another, change, (occ. Heb. vii.
12 xi. 5.)

transposition,

xii. 27.

,
,

2.

to split, cleave,
divide with violence
wood, also of rocks, etc.

rend

break asunder or

of

esjj.,

to break, bnrst

injYvviu,

to

through,

in pieces

shiver,

shatter.
3.

/';,

(another form of 2To. 2,

through, iirofixeiV) to
with
tear through, rend asunder, esp.,

,
of the

viii.

i.

clothes,

(occ.

Luke

v.

29.)

to tear, lacerate, mangle,

of dogs or carnivorous animals;
also,
to convulse, throw
into
spasms or convulsions.

2.

3.
1.

1.

4.

Mutt.

xxvi. 65.
xxvii. SI'*'".
i.
10,
morg.
(text, open.)

Hark

ix. 26.

EEND

OFF.

'>'>,

xvi. 22.

1 Pet.

1.

to

vii. 3.
iii. 9.

V. 15.
iii. 9.

(-ED.)

^,

(from

under "new.")

1.

more

activity in the

(non

occ.)

2 Cor. iv. 16.

1.

2.

Heb.

making
Col.

iii.

neio),

10.

\i. 6.

EENEWED

(be)

to be renewed, (from
recent, as tvell as different, only
lately originated) to be only lately
originated or established; denoting
that a new spirit should dwell in

vho have put on the

new man, (non occ.)

those

Ei>h.

iv. 23.

EENEWIXG.
renovation,

renewal,

(non occ.)

off.

(No. 2, tvith
around,
prefixed) to tear from around
any one, as fetters, or garments,
(non occ.)
Acta

nies.

making other and different from

that which had been formerly,

Mark

xiv. 63.
1.
XV. 38.
1. Luke xxiii. 45.
1. Johu xix. 24.
3. Acts xiv. 14.
xvi. 22, see
3.

vii. 6.

Cor.

(di/fering from No. 1

onlg in the termination, denoting

or

esp.,

1.

occ.), (see

2.

EEND, EENT.

1.

2.

not recent, but different) to come

in the place of vhat was formerly
and has not yet been used. Here,
to daily acquire new strength,
Avhich previously it had not, (jion

KEMOVING.

thesis, a

1.

xxii. 21.

EENEW

1.

Heb.

Mark xii. 17.

Luke XX. 25.
Kom. ii. 6.

1.

Acts

to obligation,

ref

in
(JS^o. 1, with
place of, prefixed) to give back
instead ot something received, recompense, to reward.
Matt. xxi. 41.
1. Rom. xiii. 7.

1.

EEMOVE

^ised in

/,

(CAX)
3.

give in full, to render, pay

over or off, as vows or wages.

to

xiii.

-42.

to give away from ones

to deliver over, to give up, to

bestow

22 part.
1 Cor. xiii. 2,seeB. (can)
Gal. i. 6.

3.

(-TNO.)

?),
self,

Acts vii. i, see II into.

svii. 20 '"i"xxi. 21.

Matt.

1.

EENDEE

{occ.

xiv. 36.)

REN

Pass., to be borne along by.

(b)
4.

pass away,

let

637

Rom.

xii. 2.

',

Tit.

iii.

5.

EEXOUNCE.

to speak out or off, i.e. to the

In N.T. only mid., to speak
end.

one's self off from any thing,

renounce, disown, (non

2 Cor.

Iv. 2.

occ.)

i.e.

REN

EENT.

638

[Grodly sorrow works a reformation

(JVo. 1) Avhich brings no regrets,
(No. 2) 2 Cor. vii. 10. Esau found
no place for changing his father's
mind, (No. 1) though his father
might deeply regret it, (No. 2)

[noun.]

that wliicli is cloven or parted,

esp. ly violence ; a cleft, division,

rent.
Matt.

Mark

ix. 16.

ii.

REP

21.

Heb.

EENT
see "

(MAKE a)

1.

3.

,
,

1.

in
to avenge, take venocc.)

X. 35.

Philem.

EEPENT

/,
{2.

one's

to

2.

Kom.

1.

xii. 41.

xxi. 29, 32.

xsvii. 3, see
15.
vi. 12.
Luke X. 13.
xi. 32.

perceive

afterwards,

and

Letter,

vii. 21.

Rev.

ii.

5 ', 16.
21 1.
212nd.

XV. 7, 10.
xvi. 30.

la.

xvii. 3, 4.
Acts ii. 38.

la.

3, 19.
be. 20, 21.

1.

x\i. 9.

22.

1.

iii.

xvi. 11.

Matt, sxvii.

-,

EEPENTED OF

3.

change of purpose,

Followed hy Ik, showing a comout of a former mode

])lefe change,

a new and different

life.

what one has done, to change or

alter one's purpose,

have anxiety

consequent on a past transaction

to have pain of mind, rather than
change of mind; and (.-hange of
purpose, rather than change of

Eom.

xi.

2 Cor.

vii. 10.

EEPENTANCE.
afterthought

hence, repent;
ance, change of mind, (the
being the faculty of moral reflection); change of mind from, bad to
good, not merely pain of mind
reformation, (;jce" repent," Al?. 1,
of which it is the noun), (non occ.)
aiiicnd-

ix.

13 {om. cts

voiav,

to

Acts

11.

Mark

xiii. 24.

xix. 4.
XX. 21.
XX vi. 20.

rejieniancti,

i.

4.

(-

17 (om. eis

voiav,

re))Cii(<uiM,

QL

Tr

.)

Luke

V. 31.
xi. 18.

GLTTrA.)
ii.

to rue, regret to have

dissatisfaction with one's self for

(occ.

29.)

Matt. iii. 8, marg.

mcnt of life,

better.

(not ro be)

(verbal adj. of No. 2,

above, with a, negative, prefixed^
Avithout
not to be regretted

growing wise.)
denotes
to reform, to havcagenuine change
of heart and life from vorse to

heart.

Heb.

1.

1.

2.

This

to

2.

la.

Rev.

of

xii. 21.

1.

i.

(-ED.)

regarding it hence, to repent in

a moral and religious sense, Avith
the feeling of remorse and sorrow.
(Laf., resipisco, to recover one's
senses, come to a right understajiding
and resipiscentia, the

of life,

'"

xiii. 3, 5.

2.

2 Cor. vii. 8

10, see
(not to be)

self.

EEPENT ONE'S SELF.

always for the

1.

2.

iii.

xii. 19.

denotes a change of moral thought

and reflection not merely to repent
of, nor to forsake sin, hut to change
one's mind and apprehensions

(r.)

xvii. 30.
xxrv-i. 20.

19.

mind and purpose.

is

vui. 22.

1.

la.

to TTpovoew) hence, to cliange

change

1.

2.

pay back, repay, pay

3.

1.

1.

19.

1.

Mark

see " HEIiDER," JVo. 2.

Acts

iii. 2.

iv. 17.
si. 20, 21.

one's

geance, {no?i
Luke

1.

V. 38.

see " eexdeb," iVb.

esj).,

Matt.

EEPAT.

to

full

I.

1.
1.

/,

Judas might have

17.
but not No. 1, see Matt,

xii.

2,

xxvii. 8.]

EEND," NO.
Luke

2.

-ZVo.

Eom.

Hob.

iii. 3, 8.
V. 32.

ii. 4.

xi.29,BoeR(without)
2 Cor. vii. 9, 10.
2 Tim. ii. 25.
vi.

i.

xii.

6.

17,

marp.

to

change one's mind.

XV. 7.
xxiv. 47.

2 Pet.

EEPENTANCE
see "

9.

(without)

REPENTED OF (NOT

TO be)."

Rom.

iii.

xi. 29.

REP

,),

EEPETITIONS

G39

to babble, (compounded
to speak, and
2)rob. from Ileb. san, to prate,
use many AAords, Lev. v. 4.)
[Herod, (iv. 155) says
was
a king of Cyrene Avho stuttered.
According to others,
was
a silly, loquacious poet, who made
long hymns, full of repetitions,
{Suid.)
It is more probably onomatcepoetic, from a person who
stutters and stammers and thus]
originnlJif signified to
stammer ihen, to babble, chatter

;,

-^

empty

to use

so,

Matt.

',
REPLY

Avords, (jion oec.)

vi. 7.

(-IEST)

,
,
,
,

REPORT

(use tain)

of

ix. 20,

1.

1.

disjntfe tcith.

see below.)
2.

or liearing.

iii. 7.

REPORT
;

3 part.

(-ED.) [verb.]

vario7is combinations, see below.)

to bring a message from

some 2)Iace or jyo'son, to report intelligence from.
to bring a message back
send news of, announce,

Acts

[ously.
see Slander-

iv. 23.

,
iii.

8,

REPORT

1 Cor. xiv. 25.

Pet. i. 12.

1.

2. 1

(commonly)

to rumoxir abroad, divulge,

spread abroad.

xxviii. 15.

REPORTED

(be)

learn by hearing.
hear
Here, pass
to be heard of, i.e.
to be reported, to bo noised

vi. 8.

to

REPORT

(good)

Avords

{non occ.)
2 Cor.

REPORT

abroad.

of

Cor. V.

1.

REPORTED OP

(
vi. 8.

oood)

Acts

witness, be a witness
ITrre, pass
bear witness, testify.
or mid., to be well testified of,

see "

(be well)

(lIAVK GOOD)

xri. 2.

Tim.

"
v. 10.

to

have good witness borne

in

r.xii. 12.

favour

REPROACH
I.

(?><<:,
viling,

of.

ActK

vi.

Matt,

good import or
omen, acclamation good report,

EEPOKT (lIAVE GOOD)"

Acts

(etil)

ill-omened language, maleevil speaking, {non occ.)

2 Cor.

(of uoxest)

,
,

Eom.

2.

diction

iv. 8.

proclaim.
1.

John xii. 38.

Kom. X. 16, marg. preaching

8,

Phil.

2.

1.

Tim.

22 part.

X.

from

witness, testimony borne

or given.

1.

Acts

REPORT

hearing; the sense or facnUy

o/' hearing
the instriiment of hearing, the ears that which is heard,

see "

answer

rumour, report.

2.

see above.

REPORT

[noun.]

{For various combinations,

(of good)

report, (no7i occ.)

1.

1.

REPORT,

xi. 2, 39.

well-spoken, well-wortled
hence, of good import; of good

2.

{For

marg. ansicer again, or

Heb.

REPORT

again.

Bom.

(obtain good)

see above.

AGAINST.

to reply against,

REP

John

12.

OCfx)

(-F.S.)

[noun.]

defamation, reproach, recontumely, {see No. 2), {non

REP

640

fame report, good or had.

Usually and in N.T., reproach,
blame, {no7i occ.)

2. ovclSo^,

3.

wanton

violence, arising from

pride of strength, passion, or

4.

Luke

2.

dishonour, disgrace, stigma.

25.

i.

Horn. XV. 3.
2 Cor. xi. 21

1.

4.

1.

Heb.

iii. 7.

10,

xii. 10.

3.

Tim.

1.

Heb.

see

iv.

Eph.

leaver.

19.

iii.

20, marg. dismarg. convince.

iii.

xvi. 8,

',

EEPEOACH

^,

discoucr.

(be of)

to seem, to have the appearance,

seem to be something.

to

Gal.

2.

ii.

EEPUTATION

(suffer)

(had in)

held Avorth, estimated

valued,

prized.
V. 34.

(-ED, -EST.) [verb.]

to defame,

i.e.

EEPUTATION

to disparage,

repi'oach, cast in one's teeth, up-

to wax wanton, run riot,

in the use of superior strength,
or in the enjoyment ofpleasure ; to

(hold in)

in honour,
to have or hold.

C evTi/xos,

braid.

2.

marg.

13,

Acts

1.

V. 11.

2 Tim. iv. 2.

EEPUTATION

(suffer)

Here, pass.
{Syvoa, strive, G ~ L Tr A* .)

10

Luke
John

(-ED.)

to shame, put to shame to do

by proving one in the wrong.

so

X. 33.
xi. 26.

see below.

Tim.

EEPEOVE

xiii. 13.

',EEPEOACH
1

in-

insolence,

Avantonness,
jurious treatment.
lust;

REQ

Pliil.

22,

ii.

marg. honour.

esj).

1.

outrage, personally insult.

1. Rom. XV.
Luke vi. 22.
Pet.

1. 1

xi. iS.

2.

3.

iv. 14.

EEPUTATION
to empty,

(make op no)

make empty.

Phil.

EEPEOACHFULLY
in respect of, implying the motive hefore the mind as an
attraction, not as a

,
cause,

(speak)
\^

in respect

of

revil-

enemy

finding in

railing, reviling, /

the

re-

proach that which produces an

occasion to exercise his hostility,
the reproach being a favoured or
accepted motive to the adversary.]
1

Tim.

V. 14, vaaxg. for railing.

EEPEOBATE
{occ. Ileb. vi.

Rom.

i.

28,

marg.

void,

of

4.

iii. 8, marg. of no
jniipneni.
void of
i. 16, marg.

Tr A

.)

EEQUIEE

1.

Tlics.

iv.

1,

marg.

(make)
;

to

make

10.

i.

3.

(-ED, -ING.)

to ask, ask for something, to

beg, pray for; to ask or call for,

require,

2.

proof, means of conviction or

proof, convincing argument,
{occ. Ileb. xi. 1.)
conviction,

EEQUEST
Rom.

of

(,

i.

8,

<;,

16

object

EEPEOOF.

iii.

for,

see Beseech.

jvidijmcni.

Z.Tim,

2. Pliil.

(-s.)

Tim.

Tit.

xiii. 5, 6, 7.

asked

Avant, need, the expression

of need.
Rom. i. 10, see R (make) 1. Pliil. iv. 6.

spunot stand proof,

1 Cor. ix. 27.)

j\id.ijmcnt.

2 Cor.

(-S.)

to need, to want
known one's need.

/05, unapproved, unworthy

rious, that

2.

,
,

EEQUEST

thing
sought.

1.

[the

ing,

7.

ii.

demand.

thing
sought.

asked

for;

object

to seck, scck after, look for,

to strive to find also, to seek for.
inquire, require.
;

REQ

8
,

c-u

(NO. 3, icifh , out of, preJixnl) to seek out, scarcli out,

scrutinise.
diligently,
inquire
Here, hi/ Hebrais}, to require, i.e.

1.

demand, avenge {like Ixx. U.'p2,

Ez. iii. IS, 20 2 Sam. iv. 11. and
xlii. 22.)
mTi, Gen. ix. 5

2.

to do spohen in reference
person, to do to or in respect
of anij one ; also, to do from any
one, i.e. to exact or collect money

1.

Acts XXV.

2.

Rom.

1.

Pet. i. 4.
2 Pet. ii. i

eV^ryrco),

5.

20, see

xix.

1.

Luke

,
,

Cor.

thus
it

'(7,

(
or so

come,

so)

to

V must
i.

it

cy

3
)

be.

(be)

be required by

i.e.

Him

marg. do they

require.

3.

EEQUITE.
"^

change, re-

>

returns to be
rendering or
quital, returns,
) to render in
return, (non occ.)
Tim.

Mark

2,

Acts xv.

17.

(-ED, -ETU.)

{non

to stand firm against,

occ.)

self in opposition

to,

Acts

(occ.

xviii. G.)

4.

'',

(-ED.)

1.
;

hence,

to fall against or

upon

in

manner, to strive against,

Numb, xxvii.
inf. for

//OS/ /7r

ajiy oiies

Mntt.

1.

Luke

1.

Acts

^,

27 mid.

EESEMBLE.

to make like, to liken, to make

to resemble any other objects of

the same kind.

siii. 18.

V. 39.
xxi. 15.

ix. 19.
xiii. 2i't.

'-'>J

2 Tim.

Heb.

1.

Rom.

1.

1.

2.

iii.

8.

xil. 4.

3. Jas. iv. 6.

vi. 10.

vii. 51.

4.
1.

KR

to set one's self in

battle array against ; to set one's

3.

Luke

from

Amosix.l2,K7i(i're
) Ixx. for n-.nu;.
Ez. iii. S a7id "^n^

11), {non occ.)

mid., to rescue out of

(qiiofed

(?2o??

,
,
a

jioivcr.
xxiii.

rest.

to stand against, to set

one's self against, i.e. to withstand,
oppose, resist, either in icords, or

out, pluck out

Acts

the

to

i.e.

the residue,

V. 4.

EESCUE

who were

those

left f

xvi. 13 (ap).

(Ixx.

$, to take

(the)

07ies,

occ.)

resist,

(7()^, to render,

9. 17.

6, 13.

deeds, or both.

it.

xii. 20,

ii.

iii. 7.

Jude

EESIST

1.

2.

Luke

the

behind,

(^

one.
Here, spoken of
" tlioy shall require thy life,"

who gave

'\

Also for ^,i\'i\

Dent. iii. 13.)

(in//

life shall

2 Pet.

1.

the ones,

,
ot,

it

away from,
demand back from

(JTo. 1, tvifh

1.

1.

maiuing,

1.

EEQUIEED

prejixed)

thy

of

to he reserved,

L.)

Aot-ot, left, re- > left,

1 Cor. vii. 30.

,(-

ought to
ought
/-be brought about

,1
to be-

'',

EESIDUE

(ueed so)

^' thus

instead

xxiii. 23.

iv. 2.

see

vii. 36,

EEQUIEETH
;,

21.

xi. 4.

to be
reserved to lepunislied.

Cor. . 22.

3.

to leave down, as to one's

heirs; to leave behind; to leave
remainincr.

(be)

-tS.

1.

one.

xi. 50, 51.

.xii.

from any
Luke

watch
keep

in safety, preserve, maintain.

to a

3.

(-ed.)

to keep an eye upon, to

hence, to guard, keep

and

to

4.

RES

7.

3.

V. 6.

3. 1

* 3.

Pet. V. 5.
9.

1.

EESOLYED

(be)

to know, perceive
to be influenced by our knowledge of the
object and be determined thereby.
;

Luke

xvi. 4.

RES
1.

EESOET

,
-,

go,

pass along.

2.

3.

4.

move

or

in con{NO. 1, wifJi
junction with, )'6(1) to come
or go together Avith anfj one, to
come together, assemble.

2.

to lead or bring together,

gather, gather together.

one's

betake
conjunction with
to pass from one place to

self

anoiJier,

to transport

3.

a resting up, pause,

cessation from labour the constant tuord in Ixx. for the rest of
the Sabbath (Ex. xvi. 23; xxxi.l5;
XXXV. 2, etc.), {occ. Eev. iv. 8.)

Mark

1.

13.

ii.

a loosening, relaxing, as of
or chords that have been
also used of
tightly stretched ;
Not merely a
bonds or exertions.
rest from- labour, but a relaxation
from endurance and expectation,
{occ. Acts xxiv. 23 2 Cor. viii. 13.)

strings

3.

John xviii.

2.

Acts

2.

20.

Jolin X. 41.

xvi. 13.

EESPECT.

4.

also,

under " peesons.

5.

/Ae'/jos,

a part, particular.

2 Cor.

,
iii.

10.

Col.

ii.

IG,

marg.

1.

xi.
29.

1.

xii. 43.

thing,

upon;

Heb.

xi.

(hate)
1.

to look upon, to fix the eyes

upon, have respect to, with favour
or partiaUt)/.

ii.

2.

3.

EESPECT OP

Acts

2 Cor.

2 ThcR.

see
(take)

2.

Heb.

see

5.

13.

ii.

vii. 5.

3.

7.

i.

iii.

11, 18.

iv. 1, 3t"'co, 5.

2.

8,

see

9,

marg.

(give)
/iccying

of a Sahhatli.
10, 11.

2.

vii. 49.
ix. 31.

1.

Eev. xiv.

11.

^,

EEST

(give)

to cause to rest up, cause

to cease or desist from, give rest
to or from.
to put or lay to rest,
quiet down, cause to rest, implying a final rest.

1.

Matt.

xi. 28.

Phil. iv. 11.

EESPECTEE.
See, PEESONS.

[noun.]

best," and " rest

{See below fo^ "
OF " also for the verb, " TO rest.")
;

3.

(in)

with Acc., down upon, over

against then, in reference to some
standard of comparison, according
to, with regard to, as to.

EEST.

3.

si. 26.

EESPECT TO

Jas.

[(give)

(taking of)
2.
4.

(^non occ.)

xi.

1.

to fix the eyes intently

hence, to have regard to,

")

Mark xiv. 41, J

Luke
24.
Johu
13,

security.

effect,

Sabbath-keejiing,
to licep Sabxvi. 30), {non occ.)

pee

28,

xxvi. 45,

to look away towards any

{from
bath, Ex.

iiart.

(have)

and the

<;,

Matt.

EESPECT

peace, state of peace, tran-

quillity

See

in

X. 1.

4.

a resting down, putting

to rest, a resting hence, a place
of rest, fixed abode, implying a
final rest, as No. 1 does a temporary
pause, {non occ.)

another together.
1.

RES

1.

(-ED.)

come or

to

642

2.

EEST

llcb. iv. 8.

(take)

(/',

Here,
{see above, No. 1.)
mid., to rest one's self, i.e. to take
rest, enjoy rest, the idea ofprevious
toil

or suffering being included.

Matt. xxvi.

45.

EEST

Mark

xiv. 41.

(taking of)

a sleeping, sleep, {non occ.)

John

xi. 13.

RES
(-ED, -EST, -.)

,,
,
,
,
,
EEST

see "

4.

{see "8,''-. 1.)

KEST (oive),"

2.

-Vb. 2.

to plant clowil a tcilt,

to bc

Mark

istill

4.

, see R upou.

xxiii.

Acts

ii.

Rom.

3.

be at

(luict,

Hob.

1.

17,

see

sii.

9,

ii.

', '-',
;
L
A
stead of

[iipou.

ti.)

-,

IX.

to rest ouc's self upon,

,
,

to

X. 6.

2.

EEST

Masc. or fcm.,

2 Cor.

xii. 9.

xii. 26.

xxiv. 9.

Acts

Gal.

1.

Heb.

II.

37.
V. 13.

a.

sxvii. 44.

i. 6,
vi, 1.

sec

a^in.

xiii. 19.

oi

a.

Rom.

II.

Cor.

or al

EESTEAIX
to

down, cause
and so, to

quiot

make

cease,

(-ED.)

desist,

strain.
Acts

9,

xiv. IS.

EESUEEECTION.
a standing up, rising up,
hence, Eesur-

a.

Rev.

Pet.

vii. 12.

ii.

see

Ecv. XX.

Cor.

" They that are Christ's at His

coraing,"(lCor. xv.23). Thi.^sisuiathe rcsurrt'otion out of or from among the
dead, called "The first Eesurreetion,"
(Kev. xx. 5, (!.)
The

(2)

xi. 7.

iv. 2,

(1) Christ the ilrst-fruits,

XV. 23
Acts xxvi. 23.

of.

24.

5.

"better resurrection" (lleb.

EEST OF.

67)75,

remaining over.
1

Pet. iv.2.

EESTITUTION.
complcto

restoration,
rei'.stabli.shmcut, reslilution, {iion
occ.)

J{R

The

35.)

iii.

21.

" licsurreclion

xi.

unto

(.lohn V. 2!); Dan. xii. 2.)

" Eesurrection of the just,"
(Acts xxiv. 15
Luko xiv. 11.)

life,"

The

who

Those

Acts

to
re-

ix. 20.

n.

c.)

6.

i.

arc Three Eesurrections,

" Every man in his own order."

xi. 34.

b.

ii.

form of "re-

{ctnother

store," No. 1), {non

[There

the remaining

a. JIatt. xxvii. ID.

a.

3.

ix. 12.

as from the dead;

rection.

tin"n<xs.

Luke

viii. 25.

(the)

(b) N^euf. pi.,

b.

1.

1.

remaining.

left,

Acts

1.

Here,

the rest, the others.

a.

iii.

-,

, ,,

(a)

5.

rest

descend and abide upou.

eVt, upon.

?,

11.

Mark

Acts

followed by
Luke

Lii:!e vi. 10.

xix. 8.

-xvii.

to ])iteh a tent upon, to

and dwell upon or in, to

come

1.

1.

2.

1.

1.

one's self
Here, followed by im, upon.

fully ready, put in

of' ichat is broken,
refit, repair, restore.

17.

ii.

EE.ST

make

order; csp.

EESTOEB AGAIN.

EEST

lean upon.
Rom.

Tr

rest,

Pet. iv. 14.

(ai'afforj-

s\ia\l rest, in-

Alatt. yii. 13.

1.
I

13

xiv.

in.

see

iv. 4.

to givc aAvay from one's

give
deliver over, givc up
back again, restore.

marg. have

iv. S,
vi. 11.

1.

rein-

reestablii^li,

state,

-8,
full

rest.
1.

5<5.

26.

Cor.

3.

Rev.

2.

vi. 31.

Liike X.

5.

-.)

put back into a

self,

rest.

].

(-ED,

to

state.

to pitcli a tout.

i.e.

5.

1.

former

rest,

)).

RES

KESTOEE

"

to liave

.-,

[verb.]

()

see " llEST

1.

6i3

]\\rtake

called "Children of

children

(Luke

new

of

the

XX. 35, 30.)

doctrine

from among

of

it

are

God, being

resurrection,"
(It

was

this

Eesurrcclion
(cV) the dead that
of

RET

64i

among both
and not merely

excited sucli surprise

Jews and

G-entiles,

a Eesurrection.)

panies) "the rest of the dead,"

(Rev. XX. 5) and always
the resurrection of the
dead (i.e. dead people, not of
others out from among them)
called " the resurrection of the
unjust," (Acts xxiv. 15) "the
resurrection of damnation," (John
T. 29) " to shame and everlasting

contempt," (Dan. xii. 2),] (occ.

Luke ii. 34 Acts xxvi. 23 Heb.
;

2.

35.)

^9,
2>'(:)

, out

(A"o. 1, ivith

of,

the out-resurrection.
lit. " the outHere foUowed h/
from among the
resurrection
dead."

3.

a waking up as from sleej),

Jience,
a rousing up, a rising
va^iwrQcuou, because death is a sleep.

Matt.

1.

1.
1.

John

2.

3.
1.
1.

1.

1.

Mark

V.

29

Acts

1.

1.

1.

''CO-

1.

1.

22.
31.

ii.

1.

iv. 2, 33.
xvii. 18 ().), 32.
xxiii. 6, 8.

Eoin.
1

1.

EETAIN

4.

i.

10.
11.

,
,

(')

turn

Ti

i.

iv.

,
,

EETTJEN

13.

28, marpr. to
[acliTLOwledge.

i.e.

back

'u' see above,

.

Luke

return.

xix. 12.
IS.

xxiii. 48. 56.

xxiv. 9, 33, 52.
1.
1. Acts i. 12.
1.

xii. 25.

1.

xiii. 13.

34.

2.

xiv.

see

21,

again.

Rback

10 part.
X. 17, see R again.
xi. 24.

'-

4.

XV. 16.

5.

xviii. 21.

1.

XX.

3.

xxi.e.speRagain.
xxiii. 32.

1.

Gal

i.

agtiin.
17, see
18, uiarfi. fee

vi.

xii. 3fi.

xvii. 18.
31.

Heh.

1.

vii.

1.

[Go up.

xi. 15.

5.

EETUEN AGAIN.
1.

Luke

1.

Acts

X. 17.

1.

Acts

xiv. 21.

1.

Gal.

xxi. 6.
i.

17.

EETUEN BACK AGAIN.

,
1.

Luke

viii.

37.

(-ED.)

cil or
remove 111
covering away from, and .vo to expose to open view what was beldrc

hidden;
(

x.

1.

EEVEAL

(-ED, -iNo.)

r/xoUo.,tobcon thc|^^^^^^^
'

35.)

ix.

to turn behind,
to turn back.

(_

G L

4:?.

viii. 37, see

airain.
30, 40.

Rom.

1,

t*.

to be strong, mighty, powerhave power over, control

ful
sjyoken of sins, to retain, not to
remit, (see under " kemit.")
1.

Luke

1,14.

to hold down, to have and

hold fast, hold firmly, retain.

hither,

7.

vii. in.

5, G.

or

return

5(J.

20 (No.

39,

,
,

Philem.

to

1.

xxiv. 18.
ii.

j)ossession.

2.

come back upon

to.

ii. 1:.

xii. 44.
xiv. 40 jiart (np.)
xxi. 8 pai't.

XX. 23 '"iM.

to lead up upon, lead back

upon or to a j^lace, to cause to
In N.T., intrans., to rereturn.

to have and hold spolcen of

temporary holding and of lasting

John

to

thither, etc., (occ.

Luke

(-ED.)

-^,

17.)

iv.

a i^lace

to

21.

Rev. XX.

to loosen again with the idea

1 Thcs.

3.

i.

iii.

bend or turn up back,

X. 6.)

home from a foreign pari); hence.

return, depart and return.
Used in Ixx. of returning from a
feast, (occ. Phil. i. 23, where it is
CIS TO l'l', unto the return.
viz. of Christ, for only then avd
shall icc be tvith Him,
thus

xi. 35.

Pet.

turn
back

to

iii.

Tim. ii. 18.

Heb. vi. 2.
1

to,

turn

to

of com'mg back to the same place

again, (used of a sltip returning

Matt.

1.
1.

15, 21.

Luke

(occ.

Cor. XV. 12, 13, 21, 42.

Phil.

upon or

to turn
hence,

to turn up, turn back,

return, turn again.

vi. 5.

1.

1.

1.

Acts xxiv.

1.

xi. 2t, 25.

1.

towards

xxii. 23, 28, 30,

xxvii. 53.
[31
xii. 18, 23.
Luke xiv. 14.
.XX. 27, 33, 35, 36.

].

,
,
^

REV

from.

1 Cor. xv.
(3) The rest, {jo
23, not " the end," but the last
rank, the last of the three com-

xi.

to

hence, to reveal,
manifest, (non occ.)

m.ikc

),

2.

REV
to do 0

G45

,
,

carry on busibe called or named,

names were imposed on men

Dess. T/ien, to

si7ire

speak to or treat Avith another

To utter
about some business.
oracles, give divine directions or
instructions, make divine comMatt.

X. 26.

1.

si. 25.

1.

27

(),

,).

reveal,

ina\i

'

of

instead

Rom.

1.

1 Cor.

10.
13.

ii.

iii.

1.

xiv. 30.

Gal.

1.

Eph.

iii.

1.

Phil.

iii.

X. 21, 23.

1.

xii. 2.

1. 1

i.
7, see
(when... shall be)

,
,

i.

5, 12.

11

Pet.

iv. 13.

relates

called,

Ei,h.

i.

Pet.

Rev.

17.

i.

move

to fear, be afraid
i.e. to honour.

1.

Matt.

xxi.

.37

1.

Mark

xii. 6.

(-s.)

sat io,

Lat., comis-

Luke

2.

Eph.

morally,

xx. 13.
V. 33.

(-ED, -EST.)

to rail

at,

abuse, revile,

occ.)

a carousing or merrvmaking

chus, (occ.

Kom.

V. 21.

xiii.
1

EEVEXGE.

2.

Vi.)

Pet.

3.

iv. 3.

-,

to dro]> evil or profane

words, speak lightly or amiss of
sacred tilings to speak ill or to
the prejudice of one; hence, to
;

vengeance or penal retribution.)

2 Cor.

to defame, assail with opprobrious words, cast in one's

teeth, reproach with any thing

oretSt^o),

[noun.]

8tL';,Q\cc\\. ion of right and justice,

maintenance of \<\ {if necessanf
bi/

^,
{non

alter supper, the gursts often salli/inq into the streets with torches
and music, etc., in honour of BacGal.

1.

13.

1.

''<;, a feasting, revel

to

i. 1.

EEVILE

EEVELLING-

here, mid.,

to fear,

2.

iii. 3.

affect,

shame one's self before any one,

feel respect or deference towards,
respect, reverence.

all

coming,/ revelation, or appearing

of the Lord Jesus Christ.]
G.il. ii. 2.
Eom. ii. 5.
xvi. 25.

1.

xii. 9.

tlic facts and circumstances and

judgments attending tlie Second

Cor. xiv. C. 2G.

2 Cor. xii. 1, 7.
Gal. i. 12.

(gite...)

invert, to turn one in

vpon himself, bring to rcilection

to
so

t*.)

eVrpe-oj, to

1.

nifestation.

book

EEVEEENCE.

of

facts and truths, disclosure, revelation; ofpersons, appearing, ma-

[The

-'.

Tr

(-s.)

uncovering

iinveiling,

see below,

Heb.

EEVELATION

G fu L

28 (Seuf, fear or awe.

15, marg. see Fear.

iii.

EEVEEENCE

the unveiling, uncover-

7.

[noun.]

of

9.)

xii.

1 Pet.

(wuen... shall be)

ing, manifestation, appearing.

i.

sense

ii.

V. 1.

in

2 Thes.

EEVEEENCE.
;

Heb.

EEVEALED

xiii. 4.

shame, bashfulness,
modesty then, regard for others,
respect, reverence, {occ. 1 Tim.

3, 6. 8.

ii.

Pet.

5.
15.

Thes.

1.

EEVENGEE.

Rom.

iv.
13, see
(when... shall he)

xvii. 30.
xii. 38.
i. 17, 18.

John
Eom.

6.

23.

iii.

2 Cor. X.

16.

i.

1.

:J5.

1',

viii. 18.

1.

1.

he
to reveal, L'")
xvi. 17.
1.
Luke ii. 26.
iiKii;

1.

[verb.]

executing right and justice

hence, a retributer, avenger, {occ.
1 Thes. iv. G.)

munications.
1.

EEVENGE.

to e.xecute right and justice,

maintain right {if necessary by vengeance); hence, to avenge.

To

their business or ojjlce.

from

REV

vii. 11.

slander.
Matt.
3.

v. 11.

xxvii.

.'50.

1.

Art.s xxiii. 4.

1.

2.
1.

Mark xv. 32.

John ix. 28.

1. 1

Cor. iv. 12.

Pet. ii. 23 .
23S'"',secRaicain

REV

',

646

EEYILE AGAIN,

',

{JVb. 1, loith
back,
prefixed) to rail at back, revile in
turn.
1

8,

Pet.

ii.

23.

EEYILEE.
a

railer, abuser, reviler, (occ.

1 Cor.

V. ii.)
1 Cor. vi. 10.

'^, to
Eom.

vii. 9.

xiv. 9
crjafi',

Pbil. iv. 10,

EEVIVE

(-ED.)

live again,

return to

(--,

lived,

2.

i^.)

[noun.]

hire, Avage?, pay.

'779, giving

back in turn, a
rendering, requiting, recompense,
(iioji occ.)

1.

instead of

rose end revived, G L

Tr
marg. see Floiu-ish agaiu.

EEWAED.

1.

life.

mc

RIC
1.

647

RIG

RIG

6-lS

EiaHTEOUSNESS.

1.

the doing or being what

the character
is just and right
and acts of a man commanded by
and approved o Grod, in virtue
of which the man corresponds
ideal

Hes the sum total o all that Grod

commands and approves. As such

not only what Grod demands,

it is

hut Avhat He gives to man, and

Avhich is appropriated by faith
and luMce it is a state called forth
by Grod's act of jastiiicatiou, viz.
by judicial deliverance from all
that stands in the way of being
SiKULos, (see " KiGiiTEOUS.")

2.

/,

the product or result of

(see " KIGlITEOrS (be)")
marking the action relating to the
recognition or determining or
or a man
setting forth of a
the act of justificaas righteous
tion accomplished in and for the
;

sinner.

3.

Tro^. recti-

straightuess.

tude.
Matt.

7, 14.
is. 9, 10.

10, 20.

0.

vi.

2 Cor. vi.

15.

iii.

V.

Gill.

75.
Johu xvi. 8, 10.
Acts X. 35.
xiii. 10.
xvii. 31.
xxiv. 25.

Eom.

i.

ii.

iv.

11

Eph.
Phil.

t:>.e,

6,

9,

9 twice.

18.

Luke

sx. 21.

see Divide.

15,

43

XV. 22.

Est.

ni?!ltO,

viii. 2.

Jas.

2,

ii.

see Gold.

EINGLEADEE.
Avho stands

first

frop.,

leader, (nan occ.)

Acts xxiv.

,,

EIOT.

5.

[noun.]

and character of an
(one Avho is unsaveable,
incorrigible, past hope) dissolut ethe

life

ness, profligacy, (occ.

Tit.

i.

/^,

II

6.

EIOT

Pet.

i.e.

a breaking

down,

of
mind, and
csp.,

cffemi-

i
'^

nate;//eHCi',lux-

indulg-

v.

18.)

iv. 4.

" esteonint/

the daytime, luxury, a pleasure";

or "a pleasure
accounting the
indulgence
Jy i^^.'/ " (prob.
in

1 Thes. V. 7,
degeneracy.)

Eph.

(to) [verb.]

the

allusion

to

and marking a greater

2 Pet.

9.

13, 16, 18, 19,

[2.

viii. 4.

V. 13.

10.

vii. 2.

28 (np.)
aO 3 time, ;;i l5t.
31
of ri^hleoitii-

ix.

2(>.

!,G-LTTrAW.)
C3S,

X. 31

3 '-i"! (om.
L
TrA-)
3ard, 4, 5,6,10.

ii. 1.3.

Jas.

iii.

John

(to)

(not saveable,
adtr. of
abandoned) dissolutely (here, lit.,
"living abandoncdl}^ dissolutely,

5, 21.

ii.

13.
29.

ii.

iii.

7,

Ecv. xix.

10

xiii. 13.

EIOTOUS.

1.

i.

BEVELLING."

, ,

20.
ii. 23.
iii. 18.
1 Pet. ii. 24.
iii. 14.
i.

2 Pet.

EIOTING.
see "

Eom.

xi. 7, 33.
xii. 11.

(.)

8.

or in riotous excess."
Luko XV. 13.

11,

V. 21.

KIGHTEOUSNESS
SiKatoj5, see "

ii.

a finger-ring, Ixx. for

G-en. xli.

Luke

.
)

Tim.

iv. 8.

Tit. iii. 5.
HcV). i. 8, marff. rigU
CSS or straightncLS.

21.

xiv. 17.
1 Cor. i. .30.
XV. 31, eee
2 Cor. iii. 9.

ence,

1 Tiin. vi. 11.

2 Tiiu. ii. 22.
iii. 16.

13,22.

V. 17.

vi.

vii. 43.

11.

i.

iii. 6,

.5,

Luke

ury,

vi. 14.

21, 22, 25, 26.

3,

iv. 24.

V. 9.

straight, upright)

uprightly, really, truly.

making

6, 21.

V. 5.

17.
26.

iii. 5,

21.

ii.

iii.

i.

EIG^HTLT.
(adv. of

the

xi. 15.

3.'!.

xxi. 32.
T.ulcc

Him and His will as His

and His standard it sirpii-

with

RIP

EiGiiTKOrsLY."
1 Cor. XV. 34.

()

EIPE

(i!e)

here, pass., to

come

fully dry

be dried up, bemore than " to he-

RIP
come
Mark
Kev.

and

ripe ";

something
iv. 29,
xiv. 15.

649

indicative

Matt.

evil, {see

EISE (make

of

xxi. 19.)

3.

EIPE

(be fully)

EISE

(-KX,

-,

,
,
,

-ixo, HOSE.)

other

tvith

to wake, arouse, rouse up

J'rom sleep ; to wake up from the
sleep of death.
{Here, mid., and
pass. Aor.)

make

Matt.

rise up,

Luke

xi. 11.

xvi. 31.
xxi. 10.
xxii. 46.
xxiv. 6, 34.
46.

xxviii. 6, 7.
iv. 27.
vi. 14. 16.

Mark

John

ii. 9,.31.

ii.

G L

25, 28.
S (active,

vi.

TTr A

(;

xxvi. 16.
Rom. xiv. 9
lived, iiist. of

S.)

(om.

>,

when Ihen

shtdl rise, G-;L'

Trk)

revived,

rose

G L

SV.12.
1 Cor. XV. 12,

xiii.
22.
xiv. 28.
XVI. 6.
9 i>art

(.)

(aj..)

Tr

9 (No.

LTTrA.)
Tr

XX. 19 (No.
NV)
xxvi. 32.

1,

2.

Luke

2.

John

2.

Acts

14,

Rev.

xiii. 1.

xix. 3.

Acts

EISE

xvi. 22.

AVITII.

Col. u. 12.

Col.

iii. 1.

',

7.

ilif',

xi. 23, 24.

EISING.
see " EISE," .NO. 3.

Ifrrr,

X. 34.

1.

Cor. XV. 4.
2 Cor. V. 15.

2.

viii. 34.

Thes.

iv. 11.

^ llie .T rising
to arise,
[from
(
of " RISE," ( ffwowy dead

7"/,

xvii. 3.

Rom.

1.

ix. 8. 19.

7.

1 Cor. X. 7.

xviii. 33.

1.

Luke

XV. 5.

xxvi. 30.

part.

xxvii. 63.
viii. 31.

Mark

xiv. 20.

3.

(JVb. 1, tcith
in conjunction with, prrfi.rcd) to wake
up, rouse u]), in conjunction with
another.

XX. 9.

2.

2.

t<.)

,
1.

xxiv.

2.

1,

V. 17, 36. 37.

M.)

EISE AGAIN.
xvii.

1.3,

15, 16, 20, 20, 32.

Thes. iv. 16.
Hob. vii. 11.
Jae. i. 11.
Rev. xi. 1 (active,

ix. 7.

G L

>,

2.

vii. 16.

xi. 7.

Matt.

and
Tr

AH.)

25.
26.

G L

xi. 31.

to stand upon in conjunction with others, to assail to

gethcr.

xxi. 14 part.
X. 13, 41.

Acts

Actsiii. 6(ac(iv(, LT),

(om. iyeipoLL
rise
up and,
A'' .)

TTr

xiii. 4.

Tr

45 part.

1.

23 (active,
At*.)

22.

TrA.)

(^,
', '
W.)

50

xxii.

xxiv. 33.

John

EISE UP TOGETIIEE.

8 (active,

V.

x. 4!) (active,

Luke

1.

xiii. 25.

xxiv. 7, 11.
xxvi. 1.
xxvii. 64.

14

from a

2.

32.

2"'

xii. 5i.

Luko

of,

of.

i.

.xi. .31.

8 1

xi.

xiv. 2.

xii. 2.3

out

Ik,

up out

iii.

V.

more usual of the

rf rivers and events.

xii. 41.

tlu!

2.

2, icith

2.

35.
26.
.Kiv. 42.
Luke iv. 29.

is

xii. 42.

Mark

stars) used also

(Xo,

No.

to go up, asccnd
lower to a higher place.

as toater, light, etc.

intrans., to
ri.se up, esp., of the sun and moon,

up,

see above,

prefixed) to stand

cause to stand
stand up.

avariWo), trans., to

lci]if(l

EISE UP.

trans., to

intrans., to

23.

see above, 2io. 1.

iyeipo),

slandiug up, the

Acts xxvi.

tvords, see bcloio.)

Tr

of,

xiv. IS.

{For various combinations

Matt.

out

resurrection.
Kev.

3.

the first,
from,
the

'?,
i$,

occ.)

up

to)

V. 45.

(the first that should)

TrpoJTos,

to flourish, he in one's prime,

be in full blow, full hiirvest, (jion

2.

Matt.

marg. see Brought forth (be)

EISE

,
1.

RIS

(^
2.

{inf.

No.
Mark

2),

ix. 10.

1.

Mark

ones.-]

2.

KIT

.
Act3

vi. 14.

Ilcb. ix. 10,

"

marg. see " custom.

marg. see " ordinance.

En^ES

(-S.)

650

ROD
that Christ

Kock on which

the

is

His Church is built.

vndcr " stoxe, "]
2
1.

rough,

Matt.

Note,

xvi. 18, see

1.

above.
1.

1.

1.

1.

2.

Acts

1.

Rom.

i.e.

vii. 21, 25.

Seefurther,

rocks, reefs,
or breakers.
Luke viii. 6, 13.

")

( TOTTot, places,

651

xxvii. 29.
ix. 33.

1.

Cor. X. 4 twice.
1 Pet. ii. 8.

1.

Rev.

1. 1

xivii. 51, 60.

Mark xv. -16.
[(.)
Luke vi. 48 1, 48 -''"1

vi. 15, 16.

ROO

EOOM TO EECEIVE

\\11^
and

rity
Matt. xxvi.
Smite.

John
1

staff.ybr clutstising,

2 Cor.

xi. 25,

see Beat.

ix. 4.

Rev.

marg. see

Strike.
Cor. iv. 21.

2.

ii.

E003I

(cniEP)

the fir^t place of reclining

at table, the chief place at a banquet, {usually the middle place on
the middle triclinium.)

Luke

xiv. 7.

ojjice.

Heb.

xviii. 22,

Mark

Luke

ii.

27.

EOOM

7<\,

(nioHEST)

see aloce.

xi. 1.

Luke

xii. 5.

Rev. xix.

KOLL
xvi. 3.

Luke

xxiv. 2.

^.

EOOM OF
place

avTL, in

Tr

lac];,

),

instead of.

EOOM

to roll towards or to, (non

22.

(upper)

room above the ground,

upper room, chamber over the

porch, on or connected loith the ronf

ivhere meals were generally taken,
and privacy sought.

TO.

Matt, xsvii. 60 (with

ii.

avaiyeov, a

xxviii. 2.

occ.)

(in the)

ii.)

EOLL BACK.
EOLL

of,

Matt.

(<1, roll

Matt,

xiv. 8.

15.

to roll off or away, iiion occ.)

Mark

vpon, L.)

upper, over then, the part

of the house so situated, an upper
;

room, (here, neut.,

',

EOLL TOGETIIEE.

to turn round or about, as a

chariot round the douhlinr/ post;
of a scroll, to roll up or together.

Kev.

24

vi.

x)art.

EOLL UNTO.

Matt.

viii. 8.

ii.

4.

(-S.)

place, locus, spot, apace, room.

Luke ii. 7.
Luke xiv. 9, 10,
I

1 Cor. xiv. 16.

icith art.)

Acts

Come.

EOOT.
a root, {non

occ.)

Rom.

10.

iii.

iii.

Rev.

9.

Luke

Matt.

18

viii. 13.

,
,

xi. 16, 17,

XV. 12.

Tim. vi. 10.

Heb. xii. 15.

iv. 6, 17.
xi. 20.

Luke

13.

i.

xxiv. 27, see

V. 5.

xxii. 16.

EOOT

vii. 6.

EOOM

2.
I

xiii. 6, 21.

(no7i occ.)

Mark

Luke

1.

Mnvk xiv. 15.

Luke xxii. 12.

Mark

001
a covering, roof,

1.

Matt.

to roll towards or to.

Mark xv. 46, ujtth irt, upon.

,
,

xx. 46.

or a sceptre of autho-

marg. see

67,

hold.

EOD.

'>, a rod, wand,

(be)

to
to give space, place, room
make space to take in, contain or

(PLfCK UP RY the)

to root out or up.

Judo

6.

EOOT

UP.

to root out or
xiii. 29.

11

up
Matt. XT.

13.

'

ROO

652

RUL

RUL

',

a reed, staff or rod a measuring rod or lino f/ieii, a standard or rule hence, Eng., canon,
{non occ.)
;

1 Cor. XV. 21.

2 Cor. X. 13.

2.

2.

15.

2.

-,EULE OYER

2 Cot. 1i>, marg. (text,

[liiifl.)
Gal. vi. K).
Phil. iii. 10.

(have the)

to lead, lead the way, go first

be leader, cliief.
marp. be
marg. guide.

Hel(. xiii. 7, 17,

2t,

-,
liULE

the guide.

(-EXIT, -INC.)

trans., to

[verb.]

cause to stand

before, to set over.

Li N.T. only
infra ns., to stand before, be over,
preside, rule as with care and diligence.

2nd

Aorist.

/,

f Mid.

to tend a flock or herd

i.e. to provide for, lead, cherish,
and defend, as well as to feed a

,
flock.

jniblic

be an arbiter in the
sit
games
and act as

uiiii)ire,

be enthroned as decider

to

of everything,
2.

Matt.

ii.

, mnrfi. feeA.

{iion occ.)

RUN

RUN
1.

xxviii. 8.
V. G (in a. v. 1611

1.

Luke xxiv. 12 (.)

John XX. 2, 4.

4.

Acts

to 1037 priuted come,

prob. a inispriut.)

1.

Bom.

1.

Matt, xxvii. 48.

1.
1.

3.
2.
1.
1.

1.

Murk

ix. 16.

vi. 33.

1.

X. 17.

Heb.
Eev.

1.

Pliil.

RUN THROUGH.

vii. 57.

Cor. is. 24twicc-^ 23.

Gal. ii. 2 ''ce.

XV. 35.
Luke XV. 20.

xiii. 1.

-,

upon, as a

to drive or force

John

,,

concourse,

Acts

iii.

pour

see " EUN,'

11.

11.

1, luith

into,

{occ.

Acts

to

Acts

RUN," NO.

viii. 32.

see "

into, spring

leap

in,

xvi. 29.)
H.)

G L

Tr

Vi\)0\\,

RUN
see

occ.)

16.

4i.

Mark

v. 13.

viii. 33.

BUN," NO.

3.

1 Pet. iv. 4 part.

RUNNING TOGETHER

xii. 14.

xiv. 14 UxTrr)SaM, to leap out, rush forth,

xxi. 30.

RUN

2^>'"-

fixed), {noil occ.)

-^-,

3.

tvith

1,

, .
Matt.

RUN IK

to-

RUN VIOLENTLY.
see "

Luke

{NO.

Acts

No.

Acts xxvii.

forth, rush

;,

No.
1.

under, prefixed), {non

tumultuously spoJcen of a jyassiou,

to rush into, give one's self up to.
Jude

running

RUN UNDER.

xx. 4.)
4.

RUN GREEDILY.
pour out

i.e.

gether.

(" EU^',"

to

there took
place a concourse, or a

be-.

a nillning together,

2.

(]Vo. 1, icifh -po, before, ^5 ?'<?-

to

come,

-^

2.

Lulio xix.

-,

,
,
1.

xxvii. 41.

RUN BEFORE.

fixed), {occ.

2.

-,

RUN TOGETHER.

-RUN AaEOUND.

Acts

1.

tcith

1,

ix. 9,

ship tqjon a shoal, {jion occ.)

),

No.

(" KU^',"

around, prefixed) to run around,

or about, {non occ.)
Mark vi. 55.

16.

ii.

RUS

G54

(come)

No. 3, with cm,

prefixed) to run together
(" BUN,"

upon.

OUT.

Mark

ix. 25.

"nvs oeeedilt.

,
,
,

Matt.

ix. 17,

1.

RUN

OVER.

2.

to bc pourc 1
out over, as from a vessel ; to Y\m
over, overflow, {non occ)
Luko vi. 33.
here, pass

RUN

]IUN

see

(-ED, -IN a.)

"bun," No.

4.

),

JIark

iii.

10,

2. Acts
Acts xix. 29.

see Press.
1.

ii. 2.

RUST.

ix.

i\>;.

THITHER
NO.

viii. 30.

the act of eating;

aho, erosion, corrcsion.

1.

/3fiwi9, eating,

2.

2.

1.5.

see " Rl'>*,"

Acts

RUSH

to bear, bear along.

Here,
mid., to bear one's self along,
move along, as the wind, rush.

TO.

see " HUN',"

Mark

),

something sent out, emitted, as

a missile; venom, as emitted y>o;

sei'penis ; also rui^t, as emitted on
metalsi, {occ. Rom. iii. 13; Jas.

TO.
2.

iii.
1.

S.)

Matt.

vi. 19, 23.

2.

Jas. v. 3.

SAB

SAC

iJOO

KEEPING OF A SABBATH.

SABACHTHANI.

[,.]

Greek spelling of the

fsabiiclithani, thou
forsaken mo {from root
the

Ghald.

liast

'';np3ti%

Heb.

Ileh. 'in^VJyfro/ii root

46.

,
,
\,

nii.

Mark

3
xv. 3t.

the

Eom.

quoted from

Is.

i.

9,

SABBATH.

{See hehiofor "

Matt.

Luke

8.\.

Sabbath Ileh.,
lying by from labour.
;

the simjular.

t indicates the Dat. pi.

is

xiv. h%.
xxiii. 5t.
John V. 9, 18.
xix. 31t.

xxviii. 1*.
ii. :i7'*', 28.
XV. 42, Bee S

Mark

(day

Acts

before tbc)

xiii. lot, 1 ti, 15, IfiJ,

Ueb.

iv. 9,

Col.

xii.

10+.

Acts

iv. 31+.

Cor. X. 19, 28, see Idols.

ph. V. 2.

viii. 3.

see

18,

13,

ix. 9, 23, 26.

1.5,8,11, 12,26.

X.

Rom.

Cor.

17.

V. 1.

vii. 27.

41,42.

()

ii.

iv. 18.

Heb.

24.

see Sin

xi. 4.

xiii. 15, 16.

X. 18.

SACEIFICE FOE
Rom.

i.

12.

xiii.

viii. 3,

ret. u. 5.

{hg a)

[margin.]

see " FOR."

SACRIFICE

Acts

(do)

see helow.

27, 44.

Acts

xiv. 13, 18.

xvii. 2.

(day before the)

{the ahove, U'ith

-rrpo,

be-

prefxed) fore-sabbath, eve

of the sabbath, {jion occ.)
fore,

Phil.

XV. 21.

SABBATH

xv. 42

ii.

xiv.

xix. 31.

vi. 2t, 7. 9t.

Mark

occ.)

ix. 49.

vii.

IGt.

V. 10, 16.
vii. 22, 23 ''CO.
ix. 14, 16.

2't. 4t.

{non

John

xxiv. 20.
i. 21t.
ii. 2.5+, 2\*\.

Luke

[noun.]

(-S.)

xii. 7.

xiv. 1,3.
xxiii. 50,

un,

vi. 12.
xi. 3.

ix. 13.

Luke

Mark

iii.

jjriests,

Matt.

viii. 3,
xii. 1.

marg. sec Rest.

l*t, 2, 5t, 8.
12t.

sacrifice

xiii. 1.

SABBATH DAT.
Matt.

Rev.

xi. 21.
X. 13.

Acts

xiii. 14i.

ii.

safk-Z/iy, sack-cloth

ptT,

xii. 33.

xviii. 4.

vi. I, 5, 6.

SACKCLOTH.
Ileh.,

the act of killing and

offering in sacrifice also used of
the thing sacrificed, the flesh of
the \ici\in, 2)(trt of which was hiirned
on the altar, and part given to the

Luke

42, mai-g. u'ecfc.

xvi. 13,8ceS (on the)

xvi. ].

Liikciv. 16i.

xvi. 13.

SACEIFICE

Mark

Luke

xii. 5.

translated

J denotes that the Gen. of the noun

is used OS ail adjective.
Matt.

Acts

day.")

n'^m, rest,

* denotes that the plural

sabbaths.

a coarse black cloth, commonly

made of hair, {non occ.)

Jas. V. 4.

ix. 29.

hij

n\i*.ys,

liost)

of the

Greek spelling of the Ileh.

hosts, armies, {pi. of

(on

on the
day

^rrj,

SABAOTH.
.:'),

see " best."

SABBATH

to leave, foj'sake) quoted from

Psalin xxii. 2, tchere Chald. for

Matt, xxvii.

iv. 9,

",

,/

Ihc Sabbath,

SACRIFICE
to kill
fice,

MarK

[verb.]

offer in sacrifice, sacri-

immolate.

xiv. 12, uianr. (text,

kill.)

1 Cor. V. 7,

Tr.)

and

(-ED.)

Cor.
X.

mnnr. I"iy.
Bev. ii. 14,

SCO Idol.
20 "Ice.
28, SCO IdoL

viii. 4,

l!,

20,

see Idol

SAC
SACBIFIOIXG.
sv. 16, see "

Eom.

rob

to

[margin.]

offering up."

SACRILEGE
lepoavXeo},

C56

1.

^?,

commit

temples,
22.

ii.

SAIL, [noun.]
;

SAD.
grim-visaged, of angry

tackle.
Acts

become

out war dh/

hateful, gloomy, or sad. to look
so, {pec.

to be or

Matt.

Matt. vi. 16, see Coun-

SAIL

xvi. 3.)
I

teuance.

2.

Mark

x. 22.

1.

Luke

xxiv. 17.

SAFE.

iii. 1.

2.

SAEE AND SOUND.

to be sound, healthy, well.
Luke XV. 27 part.

SAEE

3.

(bring)

to save through or throughout, i.e. to briug safely through.

Acts

4.

-,

Eng.,

to lead or conduct
ship, to

viii.

conduct

it

up hence,
up or out
;

sea.

23 part.

2.

Acts XX.

15.

xiii. 4.

1.

xiv. 26.

2.

xxi. 3.
xxvii.

XV.

1.

6.

.39.

9,

1.

see Sailing.

21.

1.

pass.

SAIL AAVAY.

Acts

xvi. 2o.

1.

SAFETY.
firmness, fixedness, security
rupture, etc., {pec.
2.
I

',

XX. 3, 13.
4-1-,

firmly,

V. 23.

Saiiscr. plu.,

Lat., flu-ere

cf.

xviii. 21.

yrom falling,
Luke i. 4.)

Acte

upon the

(escape)

xxvii.

4-1.

go by water, [the root

{No. 1, with eV, out of, prefixed) to sail out of a 2)07' f or harbour, {here followed by ct's, unto.)

xxiii. 21.

SAFELY.

xiv.

sir/m

of a

without falling; hence,

safely, securely, (occ. Acts ii. 3G.)

Mark

sail,

-, or

see above.
Acts

other

away
{No. 1, xdtli
from, prefixed') to sail away from
one place to another, de])art by
ship, {non occ.)

Acts

>^,

to

,
Luke

SAEE

toith

flow, flood, plunge, etc. etc.]

safety (aid support.

Phil.

,
to

affording

hence,

(-ED, -ING.) [verb.]

icords, see helow.)

being

firm, fixed,

i.e.

xxvii. 17.

{For various comhinations

1.

not falling,

immoveable

vi. 22.

a vessel, utensil in respect to

use, an implement, instrument
of a ship or sailing, the chief instrument, the mast,o?' sail, (ancient
ships haviug only one.)
the implements of a ship, i.e. the

16.)

Yi.

(the)

/},

or sullen countenance, (occ. Matt.

2.

SAID
the same.
Mark

(commit)

sacrilege, (noii occ.)

Eom.

SAI

Thes.

V. 3.

3.

,
,
,

Acts

.XX. 6.

SAIL BY.

Mid., to lie
to lay near
near; hence, to lay one's course
near, i.e. to snil near, by or along
a place or coast, {occ. Acts x.xvii. 8.)
;

see above.

{No.

No.

1.

2, loith

beside,

prefixed) to sail near or beside a

place, {non occ.)

SAID.
3.

See, SAT.

3.

Acts XX.

16.
1.

2.

Acts

Acts

xxvii. 13.

xxvii. 2.

SAI
SAIL
1.

2.

-,

G57

Acts

Acts

1.

[Care must be taken to distinguish

the Old Test, "saints," used of
God's earthly people (Dan. vii.

xxvii. 5 part.

SAIL SLOWLY.

8,
?,

scriptures.

to pass through or over.

ssi. 2.

(" SAIL," JV^o. 1, toifh

18, 22, etc.)

xxvii. 7 part.

Acts

xxviii. 18.

which are meant,

Col.

SxUL UNDER.
(" SAIL,"

under the

iVo.

ivifh

1,

under,

Acts

xsvii.

I,

Eph.
Phil.

Acts

of

ix.

Col.

32, 41.

i:J,

sxvi. 10.

Bom.

7.

1
I

viii. 27.

xii. 13.

xxvii. 9.

'

2 Cor.

a ship-inan,

Jude

Eev.

si. 18.

xiii.

7 (up.), 10.

sailor,

seaman,

XV. 3
tions,

('',

19.

G-t*.)

iii.

(Oiii.

-)

Ihc
'IV

the

)i<J-

A)

CLgt^,

xvi. C.
xvii.
xviii. 24.
xix. 8.

18.

xviii. 17.

G L

1. 15. 18.

i.

ii.

{occ.

(,

xiv. 12.

ix. 12.

V. 3.

Eev. XX.

9.

j"

SAKE.

and the object thereof

an attribute
holy, sacred

uytos, reverence,

See, Fon.

'

belonging to the

God

of Revelation and Redemption. Also used

of men and things in that relation
to God required by Ilis revealed
character.
The Spirit of God, as
the orijKn hy which He rcvralit
Jlimsclf, is fur this reason called

nscd subsfantiveli/ of
angels, or holy ones, and of things
Avhifh stand in peculiar relation
it

God;

SALT,

{non

2.

<5,

[noun.]

common form of

{a

2) salt,

occ.)

{Lat., sal

En(/., salt) in sinrj.,

in jd.,
a grain or lumj) of salt
salt, as prepared for use, {non
;

occ.)

is

men who

also

the ground of their

dyu)<;

1.

of revelation.

ayiov, at ever?/ staije

Ocov,

Jjiikc iv. Si, etc.)

have,

1.

Matt.

'/

i.

13i*a'<i
see the

1,

133rd,
2.

Mark

1.

1.

ix.

49

(aji.)

SALT,

21

uyiui.

T.

vcrl).
[

life, Chri.st

(Mark

and

Thil. iv. 21.

ss

3, 14.
v. 8.

viii. 4.

Eph.

SAINT.

as

10.

i.

viii. 3, 4.

iv. 12.

to

13*.

iii.

xiii. 24.

1.

i.

2, 4, 12, 2C.

Tim. V. 10.
Philem. 5, 7.
Heb. vi. 10.

xiii. 13.

(-S.)

xxvii. 27, 30.)

Then,

i.

Thes.

SAILOR

hence,

vi. 18.
1

2.

i.

xiv. 33.
xvi. i. 15.

Rev.

1.

2 Thea.

7.

i.

1 Cor.

[noun.]

sailing, navigation.

Acts

iv. 22.

vi. 1, 2.

Acts

vi.

XV. 25, 2o, 31.

xvi. 2, 15.

SAILING

Cor.

as, 1

12, etc.]

sleeping saints.^

i.e.

lee shore, or shelter

i.

Matt, xsvii. 52 ["Saiiita

vhich
slept,"

viro,

land.

:\*

and the

where the translation is "saints."

See 1 Thes. iii. 13, and Jude li,
and compare Matt. xxv. 31 also,
Deut. xxxiii. 2, and Zech. xiv. 5.
In some passages it is doubtful

SAIL THENCE.

uiitler, pi'efixcd) to sail

vavTq<i,

Test. " saints,"

Holy Angels.
* In some places "angels" are meant,

see " SAIL," iVb. 3.

,
,

New

God's heavenly people

slow, not hasty, prpjixed) to

sail leisurely or slowly, {non occ.)
Acts

SAINTS.

(pi. of olove) holy ones, used

either of ant/els or of men, according to the context and parallel

(" SAIL," iVb. 1, ioitJi

through, J)reJ:ed') to sail throughout, {non occ.)

2.

SAL

'?,

of the sea

Jas.

Mark ix. 50 3 time.

Luke xiv. 34'.
Col. iv. 6.
Jas. iii. 12, eco tlu^

[adj.]

hence, salt.
iii.

12.

a<\}.

SAL
SALT

^,

(-ED.)

658

SAL

SALUTATIOX.

-,

[verb.]

a drawing to one's self,

an embracing hence, salutation,

to sprinkle witH salt.

["

Every oblation of tlie meat-offering shalt then season with salt,"

Lev.

ii.

13.

Why?

Salt

is

the

emblem o perpetuity and esp. of

friendliness perpetually preserved.
Hence, the covenant of priesthood

areeting.

Mark xii. 38.

Luke i. 29, 41,

1
I

1 Thes.

made with Aaron, (Numb,

xviii.

19) and of kingship with David,

(2 Chrou. xiii. 5) are each called
" covenant of salt." The salt
with the meat-offering betokened
the reconciliation of man and the
All Avho
friendliness of Grod.

have

now

"

made a covenant with

~,

SALUTE

those referred to in verse 48,

who are finally cast into the " uncuencliable fire ") all these have
no sacrifice, and therefore no salt.
They are not reconciled to Grod
they bear their own punishment
they themselves are the victims,
and the fire itself is the salt.

to

Matt.

i.

22, 23wi>^.

Cor. xvi. 19 ''ce

2 Cor. xiii. 13.

40.

Pliil. iv. 21, 22.

xviii. 22, part.

xxi. 7, 19 part.

XXV. 13.
xvi. 5, 7, 9, 10 'ice,
11,121", 12 2nd (.),

impossibility of giving or restoring the salt its fiavour, showed

the impossibility of making any

other atonement.]
Matt.

V. 13.

Mark

SALTNESS
ytVo/7.at,

(IvaXos,

salt.

Mark

191",

(lose)

to become,

not

ix.

be. 50.

40^(.)

Pet.

V. 13.

14.

SALA^ATION.

salvation.

Co7t-

';, (death) 2 Cor.

10;

(destruction)

(wrath) 1 Thes.
John iv. 22. In its fall sense
V. 9
it is still future, (I Thes. v. 8;
2 Thes. ii. 13 1 Pet. i. 5) for salvation ivill not he complcle till ive
are redeemed hy power and glory
from the grave, as we are now hy
riiil.

i.

28

opyy],

blood from sin.

not preserve the sacri-

The

Jobu

Christian seiise,
trastedwith

sion

from being consumed, nor

jH'olongtheprocessof combustion.
The offering was consumed by the
fire, but the salt was the token
tliat the atonement was accepted
and the friendliness preserved.

safety, preservation from

danycr or destruction.
Only in a

vii.

salt did

Phileiii. 23.
Heb. xiii. 24ticc.

Kom.

this,

fice

Col. iv. 10, 12, 15.

2 Tim. iv. 19.
Tit. iii. 15.

X. 4.

1,

hence,

XV. 18.

Acts

13,14,15, 16 twice, 21,

V. 47.
X. 12.
ix. 15.

Luke

-.)

to one's self

Mark

liarmonises the next verse,

" Have salt in yourselves, and
have peace one with another," i.e.
have reconciliation with God,
then you will have friendliness
one Avith another, and you will
not dispute, as in verse 33.

The

17.

(-ED,

draw

(viz.

AVith

Col. iv. 18.

iii.

embrace, salute, greet.

to

Him

by sacrifice " are reconciled

to Him. But " every one," i.e. all,

Cor. xvi. 21.

44.

Hence

the expres-

(the

hope of
Heb.

salvation) 1 Thes. v. 8
cf
i.
ix. 28
1 Pet. i. 5.

2.

saving, delivering, bringing salvation, {hut rarely used as

an
].

adj.

ge7i.

as a oieuter suhst.)

SAL
SALVATION

G59

SAN

2 Cor. xii. IS '!<:

Gal, ii. 8.

(that bring etii)

10,
2. Tit. ii. 11.

mnsc.

iii. 7,

ueut. slug.

vi. 8,

SALVE.

I'bil.

xi. 9.

2.

xiii. 8.

Jas.

2.

2 Pet.

Tim.

Iltb.

SAME.

2 iicut.

ii.

1)1.

U.

and

W.)

xiv. 10.

oilier

SAME

one there

that, that

thus,

Tr A

2.

conibinations.)
11/09,

iii.

vi. 11.

{See bcloiv for " TllK same,"

1.

Bev.

3.

iv. 11.

sinp.

fatiio."

27

ii.

S.)

his,

12.

i.

ii.

Jobu

2. 1

19,

ii.

" of Ihe

(,
G^TTrA
(,

Diit.,

16.

iii.
1

7.

ii.

iv. 1, 4.
V. 9.

3.

Sec, KYE.

Pet.

2.

:W.

i.

iii. 2.

10, 11.

2.
3. 1

pi.

Eiih. iv. 10

X. 11.

2.
3.

toOto.
.

Heb.

2.

Ace, with

used

1.

Matt.

2*.

of iltr. more remote person, {the 'Srd)

as ^. 3 is of the nearer, {the 2nd

1.

2*.

(that)

Luku

19 (a]).)
xxvi. 48.
-a.

Mark

vii. 21,

see Hour.

xxiv. 13, see

55.

1.

xiv. 44.

1.

Acts

3.

JoUu

Duy.

xi. 49.

xviii. 13.

36, acc.

ii.

j)ersoii.)

JFith
very, self, t;elftiaiue.
the article, the same, the selfsame.

2.

* icithout the article.

2nd person,

i.

1.

{see

1.
I

used of the

1.
'

xxii. 23.
iv. 35.
1.
2*. Luke X. 7.
1.

Mark
John

viii. 25.

SAME MATTEll

1.)

Mark

1.

iv.

1.

V.

1.

X. 1.

ii.

19.
41.

3.

viii. 35.

1.

xii. 6.

1.

xvi. .33.
xix. 23.

1.

SAME THING

sii. 48.

x.>;.

Acts

Acts XV.

2.

Rom.

27, pi.

ii. 1,

pi.

2.
|

rbil.

1.

11.

7.
vii. 8.

2 Cor.

vtii.

2.

1.

Kev.

iii. 1,

Ii)

(om.

iii. 4.

2.

(,A

or

0,

(the)
.3.

Tr

33 (No.

i.

Acts xxiv.

3.
3.

xii. 21,

3.

XV. 5.

3.

2,

Lm)

Acts

20, pi.

vii. 19.

ih,

Ace. masc.

41.

xxvii. 44.

Murk

:15

(om.

G L

Tr A .)

2.

xiii. 13.

3.

8.

ii.

25.
vi.

,};}.

(,

38

Tr A

u-iiaf,

W.)

Gen. fern.
xvi. 1.
XX. 17.
1", ujoec. pi.
xxiii. 40.
51 ii.

Johu

i.

2, 7.'

SS

Cor.

i.

vii. 20,

fom.

ix. 8, neut. 1)1.

x. 3, 4.
xii. 4, 5,6,8,91

2.
2.

2.
2.

LTTr A.)

(ivX

themselves.

^]^^^^

20.

1.

,
,
9,
(

'

'

2.

SAME
same,
1

i.

.?

11.

1.

thinq.
this vcrv
''

"same," Xo.

see

Acts

this,

(this)

2 Cor.

3.

Rom.
ii.

ix. 17,

3.

see Piir[pose.

3.

ix. 5,

POSE, quarter, rank.

SANCTIFICATION.

14, 18.
iv. 13.
iii.

2.

nonv, care, cause, craft,

DAY, HOUR, manner, MIND, PUR-

also,

one,

XV. :.
2 Cor. i. fi.

viii. 6,
16.

3.

See

3.
2.
2.

(these)

sing.

viii. 3.

2.

muse.

lySmlAiliJ.

3.

ix. 24, 18.

x. 10,

rthinp(the)
10 1st, see S

Dat.

xiv. 39.

Luke

xii. 4.

2.

iii. :<5.

viii.

10.

pi.

Ace. fern.
xiv. 9.
xvi. 17, fern. sing.
3.
xxi. 9, Dat. ^,'.
3.
2. Rom. ix. 21.

xxvi. 23.

Acts xxiv.

masc.

3.

111.

avTOL, these, )

xiii. 33,

3.

Dat.

sam

2, 2(>.
vii. 18.

Unw,

xiii. 20.
xviii. 4.
xxi. 42.
xxiv. 13.
It),

i.

vi. 9, pi.

iii.

xii. 5>.

XXV.

Johu

3.

V. lt>.'

Cor.

Epu.

pi.

SA]\IE (these)

Ti- A.)
xi. 13.

SAME HE

SAME
Matt.

(the)

2. 1

xsviu.

1.

.03.
<),

2.

2.

(the)

x. 10.

33.

i.

John

1.

W8 (om. L)

1.

1.

(the)

also, and.
xiii. 1.

XV. 22.
xviii. 1.

1.

No.

2.

Matt.

1.

SAME TKAT
wliatever.
John

ouro?, this, the nearer,

3.

Ace. fem.

Ace. fem.

/,

purity

uhat

essential
of

eanetification.
;

is

the acconiplishmeut
expressed,

in

uyiu^'w.

SAN
and

below)

{see

660

the

of

result

this aetiou, in that it is contemplated as effected,

(Elsewhere,

"nOLIiTESS.")
1

Cor.

Thes.

SAT

iv. 3, 4.

SARDINE.

5,A

(, G

the sardine,
L
Tr i^, sardius, the Sardian stone,
used esp.fo)' seal-rings. It was of
two kinds, the transparent or hloodred being our carnelian
the

2 Thes. ii. 13.

1 Pet. i. 2.

30.

i.

SANCTIFY

-,

make

to

(-IED,

our sardine, Ixx. for

L^, Ex. xxviii. 7; Ezek. xxviii. 13.)
Here it denotes the indignation
of Him who sits on the throne,
of. Ezek. xxxviii. 18, {non occ.)
broivnish,

-.)

{see

"holy,"

JVo. 1) to set in a state opposed

to KOLvov, (common, unclean) ; or

Eev.

deliver from that state, if

already kolvOv, and put into a state
corresponding to the nature of

to

Matt,

John

xxiii. 17, 19.

'

s. 36.

xvii. 17, 19 ''.

Acts xs. 32.
18.
Rom. XV. 16.
1 Cor. i. 2.
vi. 11.

Rev.

X. 10, 14, 29.

xiii. 12.

1 Pet.

Jude

twice.

15.

iii.

sardonyx, a kind of onrjx, or

chalcedony.
Called onyx when tlie
dark ground was regulurhj spotted
or striped icj///i white; called i^ardonyx tvhen the dijf. colours were
disposed in layers, {non occ)

hc-

instead of

lovcd,

V. 2o.
1 Thes. V. 23.

sanctified,

G ~ LTTrA

S.)

SANCTUAET.
Heb.

neut., {see "

viii.

holy

holy,"

marg.

2, j)!.,

marg.

(,

)iohi, fern,

(,
) (-^ '',
the

7io!iy

sing.,

as agreeing with

Heb.

liolij

Tr)

place,
Uolj

SATAN.

2',

the Greek form of the Heb.

jati,
Satan, adversary, Ixx. for

oflwlks, L.)

xiii. 11, pi.

pD, (1 Kings xi. 14, 23, 25, cf

2 Sam. xix. 23, where lxx.=e7nIn N.T. gen. with art.,
the adversary, the Heb. proper

;.)

SAND.
J/y.

/,

sand, also, sandy ground, {7ton

name

occ.)
26.

]\T;itt. vii.

l;om.

Heb.

xi. 12.

Rev.

xiii. 1.

ix. 27.

Eev. xs.

8.

SANDAL

.,

(-S.)

WOoden
bound on by straps
round the iustop and ankle, a
(lint,

of

firmly

sole

sandal, {non occ.)

Mark

vi. 9.

Acts

xii. 8.

lu

Luke

SAPPHIRE.

iv.

nss, to shine.)
KcT.

x.:i. 10.

('ip.)

xii.

7,

all

passages, except

2'

(the Heb.

word with OroeA

letters.)

sapphire, a precious stone,

next in hardness to tlie diamond,
in various shades of blue, (l.\x. for
Ilcb. Tss, Ex. xxiv. 10 xxviii. 18,

from

for the devil, (Greek,

the accuser.)

[Satan seems to be the great adversary of the AVord, (the living and
the written word) the second
person in the Blessed Trinity
as the Vorld is said to be the
great adversary of the J^'alher
and the J^^osli,
(1 John ii. 15-17)
of the Sj)irit, (Gal. v. 17.)]

2 Cor.

';,

xxi. 20.

St.

(,

Jiohcs

pi.,

Eev.

JVo. 1.)

it;
(tabeiTiacle),
Mill., etc.)

tliinijs.

ix. 1.
2,

xxi. 20.

SARDONYX.

/,
(,
,

Heb.

Enh.

d'/Lov,

{non occ.)

ix. 13.

'.

14

Tim. iv. 5.
Tim. ii. 21.
Heh. ii. 11 iw'm

see above,

2
I

vii.

SARDIUS.

/^,

God.

iv. 3.

),

SATISFY.
to feed with grass, hay, ore,

to ioddor,
fill

i-oj).

of beasts ;

with food.
Murk

vui. 4.

toi'ir-d,

,;

SAT

/,

GGl

SAV

SATISFYING.
a filling as

to save from death

food ;

loith

a satisfying.
Col.

ii.

and judgment,

(as the consequences of sin) and

to bring in all positive blessing
in the place of condemnation.

hence,

23.

To

save from the penalty of death

and destruction, (not merely to
make happy) but to bestow ever-

SAUL.

2)5,

Saul, (Ixx. for the Hebrew

'name of the first Icing of Israel)
the Jewish name of Paul, who,

namesake, (of the same

Benjamin) 1 Sam. ix. 2,
towered above all in pride, (Phil,
like his

lasting life as the result of resurrection.

2.

tribe of

4) \et afterAvards became

(Lat., " paulus," " little ")
Paul,
" less than the least of all saints,"
1 Cor. XV.
Eph. iii. 8.
iii.

3.

),

(A'b. 1, ivith
through,
prefixed) to save through, bring
sal'ely through.

to watch, not to sleep, to

keep Avatch Ig night; to guard,

keep.

Iii all

Acts

i x.^19,

(^,,^

SAVE
et,

3.
4.

Tr

and

^,"

xiv. 30.
xvi. 25.
xviii. 11 (aji.)
xix. 25.
xxiv. 13, 22.
xxvii. 40, 42 "',

Mark

iii. 4.

vi.

note,) )

20,

but.

than,

irapa, icifh

1.
1.

2.
1.

Matt.

xi. 27.

1.

siii. 57.

1.

xvii. 8.
xix. 11.

Mark

v.

2.

3.

5.

see S

tliat.

8.

\x.

Luke

1.

8 (No.

1,L.)

i.

iv. 2G.

1.

1.

viii.51.

1.

1.

xvii. 18.

1.

1.

1.

Liiko

Johu

xviii. 19.
vi. 22, 46.

vi. 14.

Eev.

Cor.

i. 18, 21.
15.
V. 5.
vii. 16 "'.

iii.

ix. 22.
X. 33.

1.

>

1.

(that

XV. 2.

i.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

Eph.

'

1.
1.

Tim.

1.

ix.24''cc,56(aj).)
xiii. 23.

1.

2 Tim.

1.

Tit.

1.

Heb.

to

//
Tr

-jidi-o,

or ac-

II)),

A.)

10.
15.

ii.

4, 15.

iv. 16.

1.

5, 8.
16.

ii.

i.

ii.

xvii.

.33 (TrepiTToteO-

15.

ii.

ii.

Thes.
2 Thes.

1. 1

50.

i.

9.

5.
V. 7.

iii.

vii. 25.

1.
I

xviii. 26,

'42.

1.

35

'*'<:,

37,

39.

<

John

iii.

17.

V. 31.

X. 9.
ii.

SCO

cue's

21.

i.

14.

ii.

1.

iv. 12.
v. 15,

1.

2.

2a

1 I'et. iii. 20.

'.

1.
1.

27, 47.
21.

to,

Jna.

1.

.xii.

Acts

3.

2 Pet.

1.

Jde

1.

Rev. xxi. 24 {om,

self.

47,

xiii. 17.

xi. 14. 26.

1

1.

viii. 1_'.

xxiii.

10 (No. 1,
- K.)
(om.
Acts XX. 2:5.
[that.
xxi. 2., see S only
1 Cor. ii. 2, 11.
2 Cor. xi. 2i.
Gal. i. 19.
xiii.

is. 27.
X. 9, 10.

1.

9.

-ii.

V. 9, 10.
viii. 24.

1.

xix. 10.

Tr A)

.'57.

vi. 5,
1.

1.

Luke i. 71, see S

we should Ije)

Acc, to or along the side

Here, it denotes the

of, near.
approximation to an extreme point
until to> until upon.
{The reference is tz Ixut. XXV. 3.)
1.

1.

XV. 30, 31 wicc.

xvi. 10 (op.)

\
5.

4.3.

Eom.

1.

[40.

xiii. 13, 20.

hence, besides, except.

.xvi. .30, 31.

xxvii. 20, 31.

1.

35'"'"

1, 11.

1.

1.

marg. see

52, inarg. (text,

mal;e n-hole.)

more than, over and above

?;/,

xi. 14.

XV.

1.

X. 26.

more than.

iv. 12.

1.
1.

2.

Observe.
viii.

Acts

1.
;

X. 22.

except.

>

21.

i.

viii. 25.
b*.)

[preposition.]

not, {see "

,
,

GL

if

A^o. 2,

2.

Matt.

passagrcs, exceiit

SCO S (such

ii.

5.

5, 23.

^(', /
ir/irV)i

re saved,

TTrAW.)

as sliould be)

them

Q L

SAVE THAT.
1.

Hark

SAA'E ONE'S SELF.

vi. 5.

1.

Acts

ii.

10, pass.

SAVE ONLY THAT.

1.

1.

Acts xxi. 25

SAVE

(-ED.)

(.)

SAVED

>],

[verb.]

to make sound, to save, preserve safe from danger, loss, or

destruction.

In a Christian

sense,

(that

saf(>ty,

vation from

we should

be)

deliverance, preserdanger or destruction

salvation.

Lnke i.

71.

SAV

SAVED

(3UCII AS

those

ol,

being

>

li.

of saving.

47.

SAVING,

1.

SHOULD be)

) the fact
Acts

6G2

denoting the class,

not the state, or

")

saved,

[noun.]

safety, deliverance, preser-

vation from danger or destruction.

2.

77/9,

a making remain over,

a laying up acquisition, obtain;

(Here referring

ing.

2.

the

life.)

Heb.

X. 39.

1.

SAA^ING.
(e t.

if
,

2. TTa/jeKTo;,

out
2.

of,

Matt.

>

xi. 7.

[prep.]

except.
^

near by without, out near;

without, besides.

V. 32.

1.

1.

Heb.

")

, not,
I

to the

Eev.

ii.

Luke

iv. 27.

17.

SAVIOUR.

saviour, deliverer, preserver.

Used o/'Grod, as the author of all
help, of every salvation, and above
all of salvation by, and life in,
Christ.
Also of Christ Himself

as the accomplisher of salvation,

(lion occ.)
Lul:e

i.

47.

SAY

SAY
(a)

^9, (nom.

Aor.

sing, masc.part.

..-,

1 i)ass.)

663

SAY

Matt.

Matt. xv. 5

V. 26,

lie answering

10.

...said.

(b)

mid.

12 (No.

answered

lie

and

said.

to bring to light by speech,

declare, make known, and so, to
say, speak, make known or show

by speaking,

{occ.

Horn.

8.)

iii.

I will say, I
ifuf. from
will tell, {relating, not to the words

only of the speaker, as iVo. 2, nor

to the sentiment or speech only,
but) relating to the mind and will
of the speaker
hence it has the
force o/" denouncing, affirming, objecting, commanding, or some other
thing which involves the mind and
will of the speaker
hence, to
enunciate or give forth thought.
;

5.

action being regarded as com-

{tlin

4.

1,

Aor. 1

(S)'d pcrs. sing.

pass.) ...-7,

plete)

3.

lit-

-<"i-

7.

TrAti.)
2.5,20,27,29,31.
32.
ix. 2, 3, 4,
).

5 "'

xvii. 4.

9.

11 (No. 1,

L Tr
IQlwice

to speak, to employ the organ of utterance, to utter Avords

of any language, independently

of anyreason why they arc uttered,

(not, to speak inconsideratehj or
imprudently, but) to use the human voice with vords hence, to
talk
and ivith another, to hold

25

10.

13,

xviii. 1.

collo(|uy.

3 2" J,
18, 19.

(an ohs.forni, ivhcncc)

ii')f)e9i]v, (Aor. 1 ^;.) to say,
to speak, speak of, direct, command, pretscribe, to address one as
anything, to call, name, (similar to

6. f)iw,

and

,.

-i.)

7.

to say,

esp.,

to say yes, to

affirm, assert, allege, loith the col-

notion of alleging what is

untrue, to pretend, (occ. Acts
XXV. 19 Eom. i. 22.)
la fire

8.

to speak one's opinion

LTTrAK.)
29.
.30.

31,35,30.
37.

5)>.),51'"''

2(No.

1.

L.)

54.
57.

])lainly, to speak out, utter aloud,

to utter solemn, weighty, or pithy
sayings, to utter an apophthegm.

1.

Matt.

1.

il.

i.

20, 22.

2.

3.

Mntt.

Iv. 7.

9(No.

1.

2,

LTTr

A.)
I.

i:!.

1.

iii.

10. 11, 17, 19.

15*. 17, 20.

2, 3,

Oi'^ico^U,

1.
2.

2o.
1.

1.1.

iv. 3.

15.

.16
.

2> !

1.

(Xo. 2 L.)

22

Sn.l.

-4, 9, 10,11, 13,

is, 20.
21.

17.

_3

"

2a.

xxi. 2.

_3Uu

'!'"'

111.

16

Slid

21

20.

3"^

3r!,

19,

SAY
Matt. xxi. 212nd.

Matt. xxvi. &43rd,

66.

2.3.

68,69,70'wicc7i.

Is

25.
29.

21 'w'c

23
'

242nd.

sayinj,

.)

(that is to)

1st,

3,

G L

44.

1st.

4.
5.

23, 26.
34, 47.
48.

XXV.

6
1st.

to

i.

38,

41,

40,

said,

8 (No. 1,

10,

Tr

t*)

L''.)

14, 16, 18.

19.

9.

21,

(No.

.32

Tr

22,
1,

23,
1.

7 (No.

V.

1,

vL

H.)

8, 9, 12, 19, 23,

28, .30, 31 twice.

34.
39,

vi. 2, 4, 10, 11

(.),

63, 65,67,68 twice.

69, 70.
2.

11.
14.
15.

2a.

Tr

3,

31,

21.

24*, 26, 27,

291(.3,7
',
-^

Jesus said,
instead of

and
ansnxred and
flirev,

Jesns

Tr

(No.

it

61.

2,

6,3,

51 2nd, 52,
xi. 2

3
6.

1,

AN.)

Tr

Tr

.37 lit-

37 2nd.
.38 twice,

50.

ll'irt.

13.

twice.

15(No.5,L '.)

,
tlnr),

24.
28, 34, 48, 49.

9 (om.
N.)

L"'

iii.

4 (om.

TTr AN.)

GSL

14.

7,8'wicc, 10*,11.

17,21,22* 2.3*it
23 2nd.
233rd (No. 5, L

12, 13.

Tr A
10.

66, C7.

10.

ii.

5.

35.

24.
28, 30, 34.
35.
38, 42, 16.
60.

12, 47, 49.

15 (ap.)

13, 18.
19.

i.

TrAN.)

25.

7, 8,

Luke

Trm
N.)
29 2nd, 35.

22 1". see S (the)

22 2nd 24 twice

14, 28 (.), 29,

34 (om. Tr[.)A
35, 36.
39.
xvi. 3, 6.

-;-;

Si

1,

1,

(No.

23,

(No.

N.)
22nd,4*,0*.
12 (No. .)
Tr

31 (No.

72
xv.'ii 1st

TrA

36,37,.38,.39twice.

18.

30 twice, 31, 32,

34, 36, 37, 41, 44, 45.
48.
57, 58, GO, 61*.
62.

5.

51*

A.)

20, 22, 24.

25, 27.
29.

28,

twice.

16 (No. 1.

21, 23.
24, 25, 26.
29.

18.

twice.

1.4,15

14 2nd.

19*.

20
N.)

said,

3G,

3.5*,

41

2.

t*.)

33*, 34.
iv. 2. 9, 11, 13, 21,
24, 26, 30, 35, 38.
39, 40.
41.

TTrA

UUi.
16, IS 1st.
18* ^"J, 19.

N.)

4.

4, 5.

11,
28, 30.

0*. 12, 13.

and

X. 3.

24, 25, 27.

iii. 3,

Trb

said,

6.

31, 35.
36.
38.
39.
41.

ire.

u.

12 (om.

Tr

(om. Koi Aeyoc-

and

N.)

him,

aiisirered

ansn-ered

ii. 5.

,
A

instead of

9*, 11.

21.

Tr

('
,
,

8.

N)

Il*lstjll2nd,13.
17

17.
24, 25, 27.
34, marg. (text,
speali.)

12 1st.
12* 2nd, 20.

A
G

tv),

Tr N.)

5*, 6.
21.
30, 37 twice.
siv. 2.

AN.)

7, 15.

37,

Tr

7 (om.

(G

xiii. 1.
2.

(',

an.sift'i-,

1st

GL

2.

4:i-'nd.

292nd&3ld, 33.

34.

18*.

Mark

(No.

ix. 1 twice, 5*.

9, 10,

39 2nd.

(,

AN.)

xxviii. 5.

6,7.

_ 132nd.13*

xxiii. 2*. 3, 16, 30,

xxiv. 2 1st.
2* 2nd 3*

L Tr.)

2,

34.

38.

43*

272nd.

1st,

G~ LTTr

54, 63 1st
63 2nd, 64.

TTr

35* 1st, 35 2nd.

36 1st.
36 2nd
(G <v),
(No. 1,
Tr.)

24(No.2,Lni.)
29 1st
he nsfced,

49 (No.

42 2nd,
[43 twice'

twice

32

26, 27*

see

3,

26*.

21*.

461st.

ti.)

42*

24 (No.

AN.)

Trm

1,

2nd.

1st,

sa]h

17, 19.

47.

37 (No.

36, 39

part.

20 (No.
Ati.)

46 2nd,

\e-

1,

17.

1.

AN)
pass

4.3.

7, and

Ae'yoi'Tes, oTt,

it is hciMuse lee
have no hrcad, L
Tr

40, 41.

because

1113

(om. G->)

29.

31*.
35*, (om.

TTrA

stead of

'

33,
'

llj* 1st

(oTt

e\Ofxt^t',

23 2nd 24

16.
18.

20,

14.
15.

twice, 15.

231st.

13.

24 1st.

Tr

222nd.

'

2nd.

7.

had no hycad, in-

theti

1st,

1st,

xii. 6.

viii. 1.

12
16

22*

32.

34, 37.

2 list.
21 2nd.

41, 42, 43.

xxii. 1*. 4*. 8, 12.

2nd.
3rd.

[A.)

28.
29.

19.

38.

1st.

1st.

17.

24, 28.

29.

31*
31
31

33*

16 2nd (No.

18 18* [Lm.)

14, IS, 20.

4 2nd, 6.
9*, 11* 1st.
11 2nd.
11 3rd, 13.

302nd.
31 times, 37.

Mark xi.

1.

2a.

27(No.l, LTTi

xxvii. 4

-0.
271st.
27 2nd.

28.
29, 30

11 2nd.
11 3rd,seeS(that

vii.

is to)

73.
75.

Is'

2.5 ~iid.

SAY

Mark

65.

21 3rd

25
-

G6i

I't

14Snd.
16*.

N)

23.11

U*

(nm.

vhntsoei'er

in I'

he

GiiTTrAbN.)

22 (om. \eyovvhic}isaid,G:tL
Tr A N.)

665

[
1.

Luke

Luke

ix. 18.

19.

20 1"
^20 2nd.
203r<L

xvi. 15, 24, 25, 27.

29.
30, 31.
xvii. 1.

7,8.

4.

5. 6i

22,
23.

33

SAY

(J

lt.

332'"i, 35, 38.

41, 43, 48.
49.
50, 54, 55 (.).
67, 58, 59 ''cc, CO, 61,
G2.

2nd.

10, 13.
14.
17.
19.
20.
21.

X. 2, 5, 9.

10.
12, 17.
18. 21. 23.
25.
26.
27.
28, 29, 30,
37 twicc^ 40.
41.
xi. 1, 2lt.

2*

23.

37 1'
37 inJxviii. 2, 3.

4,61"
6

2iid, 13.
16.
17, 18.
19.

35,

21,22,24,26,27,

31.

og

7.

41 1" (om.

S, 9.

Trb

A^*.)

15, 17.
18, 24.
27, 28.
29.
39.
I't,

29 2nd.

5 inJ (No. 4, L.)

45

39 (om. Trb A.)

40 (No. 3,
Tr

28, 29 !

-><

'-

41 Snd, 42.

45 2nd

46, 49.

53 part, (ap.)
xii. 1, 4. 5, b.

11, 12, 13, 14, 15.

16*, 17.
18.
19.
20, 22 1'
22* 2nd, >7, 37.

John

15, 21.

i.

41, 42.
44.
-45.

5t
2S.

-le,

31

(aj..)
:3J,

-.i',

14*.

W3rd.

[on.

40

'^
4:5 !'

gee

15.

Say

17 part., 18.
20, 23 "

8 part.
(om. G

TrAi'.)
10.

20{.\(,
1)1/

14.
16, 17.
21* 1", 21 2nd.
23.

26.
27.
31.
32.

-L

certain u-hich said,

Tr Ab .)
21, 22.
24.

25 1
25 -.
28.

30*l"(oiii.LS.)
:50 2nd

38.

7.

10 (No.

4,

Tr

21 22
"'

xvi.
2,3.
5
18.

5-1.

ix. 3.

Li*-)

31,

1.

twice.

Slid.
.

5 <'",

18, 19.

22 1
22 2nd.

..
3'

2b.1. 2 _
2b.-

-",

4. 5.

9. 10.

11.
26.

27.
28.

.37.

1.

38 '", 40.

2b.

W,

2b.

l:?.

1.

15, 16.

1.

71st*

7 3rd, 9.

3, 4,

20.

18, 19, 20.

25. 31 (.1}).), 33,
34, 35 -', 36.

27.

29*.

9,12, 13 '"',14.

.12.

13.
16.
17.

52.

51 ti.
ii.

8, 10.

Ul.t.
li:nd.

17(No.3,TTrn>

Tr

lit.

xxii. 8, 9, 10.

(ai>.)

TrA). (No.

50 !50 2nd.

16.

82nd, 10,

45

N.)

7.
81

12.
[W.)
15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, 23.
24.
25.
30.

15.

2b

5.

11. 12.

Ab.)

51.

IS, 19.

lit

i82iid.

4 ( am at Ktyti
niltt Mxth
uuto

Lb

im".

2.
lit.

x-xi.

9.

.
ii

3t,'39lt39 2nd, 41

41 2iid, 42
42 2nd, 45.
3 it.
3 -.lid.

5.

XV. 2, 3. 6, 7. 9, 10.

5. 48.
49.

46 2nd, 47, 4s

28*

35* 1.
352nd.
xiv. 3 (om. L*.)

:nii.

50 (om.

46 It.

24.
25.

45i't&
3r<l

39, 41.
42.
45.

6, 8, 13.

24, 25 l
25 2nd.

47.
48.
49.
50.

TrA.)

3.

5 1"
5 2nd.
5 3rd.

12.

4 -<

J*

XX. 2* (om.

7.

J I, 30.

40 '"

viii.

twice, 55.

xiii. 2.

iv. 7, 9.
10 iM.

10 and, II.

7,

GGG

Johnix.

1.

-b.

Tr

John xvi. 18*

8, Gti'^ice, lo.
1st

11

and

fine,

Koi

(o)i!,.

18
19

Lt>

.said,

.)
11 "-"J, 12

SAY

12* -"d.

TTr

Olid

24.

(om.

said,

V. 38.
vi. 2.

11, 13, 14.

vii. 1.

S, 7, 26, 27. 33.

35, 37, 40.

48,49.
6,'

7, 11.
17 ticc.
20. 21 1st.

20.
L'o

Acts

A.)

17 Srd.
IS twice.
2:3,

18 2nd.

20, 23, 20*. 29.

xvii. 1.
xviii. 4 (No. 1,

1st.

15.
16ticc^ 171st&2nd.

2b.

1st,

-ivd.

twice.

60 part.
25 twice.

212'"', 22,

viii. 10, 19.

26.

c'ttc,

56.
59.

Tr

Tr

29 (No. 3,

20.
24.

..

Ai^.)
2b.

30.

29, 30, 31.

at.
36.

31 twlco^ 32, 33,

34*.
37 1st.

I.

7*-"d, 20,21,24.
26 (.)

33(om.

G=:LT

xix. 3, 4,5, 6 twice,

9,10,12,14, 15, 21* 1st.
21 2nd, 24 1st.
24 2nd (o7n.

-L

which

saitli,

rn.)

26, 27, 28.

30.
35, 37.

12, 14, 16, 21.

23, 24.
25.
27.

2b.
2.
1.

-to,'

1.

41

2b,

7
11 twice

(.),

(.),

10

(.)

2.

2b.

1.

30.
33, 34.

4. -

35,39,41,44,49.

1.

2.
1.
2.

^.)

1.

1.

24.
25lt.

2.

25'-<i

5.

253"J, 20.

28.

2b.

1.

29.
31, a3,
41, 42.
46.

2b.

48 lit.

2.

1.

2.

1.

2b.
2.
2.

212;'d

^>"i,

36,

xiv. 5, 0, 8,
12, 22.
23.
26. 281 't.

521".

2.

xvi. 4.

5.

6.

1.

12.
15.

2.
1.

7, 11, 15.

see S (that

1.>, 17, 24
36.
xvi. 9, 15, 17.
18, 20.
28.

31.
35.
37.
xvii. 7, 18

L Tr

K, but the word,

must bo

in EiiKlish,

171"
172nd.

28.
32.
xviii.

underHtood.)

(.)

tw.'ce^

i9_

iii. 4, 6,

14,21.

22

lt.

xix. 2 1st.
2 2nd (0,11.

222iid.

li.eceS against.

V. 3, 8,

Tr
ii. .38.)

25 (om.
W.)
28.
29, 35.

twice,

XX. 10, 18.

23.
xxi. 4.
11

G L

4 1.
13

15, 21 ; 25!
26, 28.
35.

A M, see above,
19.
23.

;}

4* 2nd

16.
19, 23, 24, 25.
32.

9 (om.

G;:L

A M, i.e. they
[answered].)
IV

25.

TrA

13.

40.

twice

GLTTrAN.)

2.

2i, 22.
23.
6*.
19,

37,

282nd (onLtln-of,
JntVi,

XV. 20.

58 2nJ

i.

iv. 8.

2.

11, 15.
7.

9,

48 anJ, 51.

5.5. .57, .5-i'"t

XV. 5.

7.

10.
11,13.
13, 16, 20.
211" part,
21*3rd/25,27,2y,
31.
33lt.

52'-;"J, 5V.

Acts

S on.

.30.

38.

39*.

xiv. 10.

17 "', 18, 19*.

xiii. 6.

33*

U,

7,10,12,15:! times
17 ut.
172iidi:<!rd.

50.

2b.1.

Tr

2b.1. -

3,

16, 22.
25.
34.
46.

5.

3tiM>cs,

xii. 4.

2.

12.
13.
14.

1.

16

<,

20.

6, 7, 19.
21, 23, 24.
27.
29lt, 29* 2nd.

(No.

17.
xiii. 2, 10.

15 2nd, see

xxi. 3 twi

to.

,52.

2.

11, 151st.

LTr A.)
151st.

W-'"J, 41, 42.

41, 17.

twice.

.4()).),5(.),

1.

8* 2nd.

22 2nd.
251st.
25 2..
26.

i"nd.

1st.

twice, 14, 19,

15* 2nd

29.

39 twice, 40*

xii. 7.
gist.

221s'

36.
37.

42, 45.
50.

2.

1,

-28.

21.
25, 26, 28, 31.
;, 35, 3.
37.

1.

twice,

28, 30, 31.

at.

19.

20 part, 21,

.si'isi

34*

10

xi. 3, 4, 7.
8, 13.

part.

[from SoKc'toJ, supposiiiy.G^^T'lrAK.)

(.),

16, 18.

(No.

-nd

Lui.)

28i3tpaTt,28i:nJ
31

of A.v. 10111701 by
error.)
20 (oirt. (coi elTTc,
2b.
ainlsuiii,L TTr Al^.)

6
15, 17.
21.

1st.

17

he [ans'ivered].)

at, 40.

to)

17

and

X. 3,

15twice,]61stS2nd
lysrd, see S (is

7.8.

5 1st.
5 2nd (om.

i;re,G=:LTTrA,i.e.

21, 22.
26.

XX. 2, 13 twice.
14 part.

11 1st.
11 2nd.

(ap.

(3,.)

ix. 4.

383rd, 40.
X. 1.
71st.

1'

37

I.

372nd

37 2nd, 38 1st.
38 2nd part.

l.t.

11 2nd.

M,

20.
21,2.3, 371"37 2"J.

SAY
Acts

Heb.

11.

'Ico, 13,

U.

iii.

4.

vi.

16 (om.

21.

I'J,

29.
10.
X. 15. 19.
28.

U -"J

Jas.

xu.

3 iwUCj 11

sii. 3, 1.1, IC, 21.

1"

(for
to)

27.

2 Pet.

35.
50.

vii. 3, see

Rev.

i.

S before.

be-

iii.

14.

1,

6, 7, 9,

6(No. 1,G~)

xxii.

13,

14, 17, 22.

iv. 1, 8, 10.

1.

9.

1.

II',

17 1".

17 -"J

2.

20.

SAY

iv. S, 17.
v. 14.

i.

ii.

i^', '"'
<

v. 3.

G^ L

9 twice,

8, 11, 17.

18, 24, 20.

[fore.

iv. 17.
1 Tlies. iv. 15.

6,

V. 2, 16.

Eph.
Col.

G^

5,

4,

7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 17,

see

1',

IG*. 17.
iv. 1, 30.

H.)

15tici..

3.

14.

iii.

fiiyi;i(/,

10,

1.

2 (ar.)

9 tnj.

uiid

xix.

ii. 1.

xii. 6, 9.

xxvi. 1.
14 {Oin. Koi Ae-

15 (No. 2, L.)
2, 4, 7,
16, 18, 19, 21.

6, 8, 10.

i.

9.

xi. 16.

ii.

7.

4.

iii.

Judo

ix. 3, i.

22 '-'"1, 24.

xvi. 1,.5, 7, 17.

xvii. 1*.

4, 6, 9.
iv. 20.
V. 16.

X. 10.

AN.)

XV. 3.

ii.

16.
17, 19.

xiv. 7,8,9, 13 'loe

xviii.

Johu

2 Cor. vi. 2.

i.

xiii. 4, 14.

Say
that one ought

XV. 12.

10.

18.

iv. 5, 6, 13.
15, ami see

23.

Gal.

twice.

14.
16.
18.
23.

21.

9 ',11.

xi. 1, 12, 15, 17.

ii.

^''J,

X. 4, 8,

13.

si. 22. 24.

xiv.

ix. 14.

6.
i.

-29.

16*IC

3t.

viii. 13.

26.

xiii. 5.

10, 12, 13.

,3,

14 1"

xii. 21.

81"

82",

G^ L

vii.

IS.

vii. 8.

ix.

yo^l',

11.
16.

xi. 14.
L'>)

5,9,12,13,1*.

V.

Ti. 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10.

15.

10

18.

Bev.

I. 301.

gO'.'iiJ (om. Ktyti

Kvptoi, saith the Lord,
=:
Tr .)

Cor.

7.

8,

SAY

XV. 8, 10, 12.

i. 13 ''

40.

Bom.

xxi. 39.

XXU.

667

Tim.

1. 7.
v. 18.

MAY

'

)-

to say, (sec

o\
above, JSo. 2,)

V.

so)

so to say a word,
so to speak,

1
,

et-reti'

2 Tim. ii. 7, 18.

Tit. i. 12.

(as

vion occ.)^

Heb.

vii. 9.

ii. 8.

Phileiu. 19, 21.

Ueb.

SAT

5.

i.

(foe that oxe ought to)

6,7.

avTt,

13.
6, 13.

ii.

iii. 7.

10.
15.

-xxviii. 4, 6, 17.

21.
2ij 1"

Aeycti',

29'"', 20

7*

part

1st.

7 -'"'(irpoiipTjTot,

- 10

7 1"
7 Snd.

to)

J;is. iv. 15.

SAT (th.vt
( '',
^

vi. 14.
vii. 9
I miiy sol

viii. 31.

see

1'',

ix. 1.

(as

0,

[or
[

is,

which]

is

like Eug.,

to)

i.e.

which

Aeycrai, is said, (pass,

9 and.

12.
14.
15, 17.
19, 20.
25.

i>arentlieti-

Tr

ll,80oS(thinfe'B

vi. 1.
vii.

(j/*

" SAY,"

N^o. 1.)
viii. 5.

!<,

9. 10, 11,

13.

S before.

xi.l,2i.
2-1"' (om.
A.)

(that

2.

Matt, xxvii.

'

20.
X. 5.

8 part.

18,

7.

G L

15,

SCO Suy be-

fore.
16.

20, 800
is

40.

Mark vii. 11.

Johu i. 3S.
Heb.

1.

4, 9, 11.
19.
sii. 3, 19.

see

is to)

.10.

8, 11, IG,
lOiwice, 20, 21.

1.
1.

ix. 11,

X. 6.

TTr

.^

v. 5.
6.

3,0.

2C.
20, sec

AS.)

-"I-

iv. 1.

) being

to sav,

hccn said heforc,

iustcnil of eipijTot, it
is said.

snyinii, [verse 1-i

>

and the sense being taken up

from vert-e 13.]

lins

22.
Ui. 5.
8, 10 IX.
ii.

instead of your

")

cal,

iv. 3.

("i'.)

Kom.

instead of,
of the,

to)

(that

the [o/

)?,

John

1.

Acts

1.

Utib. ix. 11.

XX. 16.
i.

19.

X. 20.

(rniNiis to)

]")

word,

2.

>

i-c.

[" cuiirmu'jif/

much,
our discourse."

tcliom great, or

discourse, )
Ueu.

/.v]

V. 11.

SAY

,
.
,

SAT BEFOEE.

" SAT," jVo. 2, with

fore, prefixed.
Heb.

X. 15
having said,

ix. 29.

2 Cor. vii.

Gal.

i.

3.

Tr

9.

JVo.

aGjaiust, prefixed,

be-

(^,
L
f<)

i^.)

SAY AGAINST.
" SAT,"

668

2,

ivith

Luke

(occ.

,
xxi.

15.)
Acts

iv. 14.

SAY ON.
1.

^.

see " SAT,"

1.

2. elwov, see " SAT," JVo. 2.

2.

Luke

^,

-rii.

40.

1.

SAID

Acts

xiii. 15.

(tke)

o this very.

Mark

SAYING

vi. 22.

(-S.)

[uoun.]

word spoken, mid

as connected with the inwai'd thought

the word (jiof as a 2>^ of speech,
hut) as part of Avhat is uttered
hence, that which is spoken, an
exposition, or account which is
given, as expressive of the speaker's
tlie

thoughts.

'/,

that wliich is spoken, a word,

as uttered hy the living voice. {No.

1 is the subject matter of spoken

words. No. 2 is the word pronounced and considered in itself.)

utterance,

prattle.

1.

talk,

discourse

SCA

SCA
to

CG9

80 hither and thither,

SCHOOLMASTER.

to scatter as seed.

2.

Matt. xiv.

1.

2.

Luke

1.

51.
xi. 23.

1,

i.

3.

Jolm
Acts

si.

12

xii. 30.

xsvi. 31.

2.

Acts

4.

2.

John

4.

Acts

xi. 52.
viii. 1, 4.

tliither,

a scattering, as of seed.
Pet.

i. 1.

SCATTERED ABROAD

Gal.

(be)

to throw or cast, hnrl, jerk witJi

find Jen
motion.
Here, pass,
part, per/., cast forth, thrown

{.L-TO),

down.

see " SCAT- [

tcriug as of
seal.

i
Jas.

i.

.<;,

one Avho
a sportcr with
sports with or against another;

r^'C:^,

^,
1

Cor.

i.

8ticc.

SCHISM.
a rent, a
10,

marg.

18,

SCORCH

18.)

3.

(-ED.)

Matt.

xiii. 6,

Mark

iv. 6.

Rov.

xvi. 8.
9,

nmrg. bum.

Cor.

xii.

25,

marg.

division.

SCORN.
I

freedom

rest,

from

vacation.
labour,
or
T/ien, leisure as applied to anything, as study
hence, a place of
learned leisure, ivherc a teacher
and his disciples came together and

business

lield discussions

(nan

Jude
iii.

to burn.

SCHOOL.
leisure,

(occ.
2 Pet.

split.

(text, diuision.)

i.

a mocker,

Ps. ex. 2.)

Heb.

vi. 20.

SCOFFER.

SCEPTRE.

Tim.

(^,

1.

a rod, wand, or staff a sceptre.

(Here quoted from Ps. xlv. 7,
where \xx.for iDlU?, camp. Rev. ii.
xii. 5
xix. 15.
Also
27 xi. 1

fur

falsely so called,

is

(wuicn

in the scat-

TERED-"

man

[Hence, what

knowledge.

it is mostly hypothesis,
conjecture, (e.(/. astronomy and
The residt of man's
geology.)
" so-called "
can only, therefore, be " oppositions,"
opposite positions),] (elsewhere
translated " knowledge.")

ark)

C iv, in,

(.

24, 25.

because

ix. 36.

SCATTERED ABROAD

<

iii.

SCIENCE.

calls

Matt.

[In this passage Christ is not alluded

to as a Teacher to whom the children were brought. The law is
the teacher and controller, and
Christ is the iXevOepia, (liberty)
of the sons, (v. 2G) in which there
is no more bondage of the law.]
{occ. 1 Cor. iv. 15.)

xi. 19.

SCATTERED.

i.e.

frcedman to whose care

the boys of a family were committed, who trained them up, instructed them at home, and accompanied them to the public schools,

V. 36.

a sowing hither and

(/., pedagogue,

slave or

.'52

SCATTER ABEOAD.
Matt.

1.

SCO

and

occ.)

disputations,

xix. 9.

SCORPION.

a scorpion a large insect

found only in hot countries,
having a venomous sting which
produces swelling and inthunmation.
Ixx. for :;"^[?i\ Dcut. viii.
15

Luke
Acts

See, LAUoii.

Kings

X. 19.

xii.
|

Bor.

11,

11,

Luko

iz. 3, 5, lU.

(non

xi. 12.

occ.)

SCO

-,

SCOUEaE.
Lat.,

G70

[noun.]

flagellum,

i.e.

Avhip, {non occ.)

Jolin

SCOURGE

1.

riDn,

ii.

15.

[verb.]

(ed, -etii.)

to scourge, flog, (Ixx.for

v. 14;
Deut. xxv. 3),

Ex.

-,

(jion occ.)

2.

,
(Ixx.

to

forward,

wliip,

for n^n,

Numb.

xxii.

5),

(noil occ.)

3.

.,

flagello,

i.e.

flagellate, {no7i occ.)

1.

Matt.

X. 17.
XX. 19.
^xxiii. 3t.

1.
1.

xxvii. 26, part.

3.
1.

Mark

Matt.

ii.

x. 3i.

4.

3.
1.
1.

2.
1.

Mark

xv. 15.

Luke xviii. 33.

John xis. 1.
Acts
Heb.

xxii. 25.
xii. 6.

to

SCR

SCR

;;

671

,
,

SCROLL.

;,

the inner
of
rind of the papyrus, anciently
tised for ivriting) a roll,
scroll, the ancient form of a book,

1.

(dim.

Eev.

salt

water or

sea, (iion occ.)

Luko

SEA COAST
SEA

vi. 17.

sea " of Solomon, (1 Kings vii.

2 Kings xxv. 13) ans^vering
to the lavcr of Moses, (Ex. xxxviii.
;

8.)

(wiiicn is upon)

<;,

(-S.)

the, that,

sea,

beside or near the

(o occ.)
Matt.

SEAL

iv. 13.

[noun.]

(-S.)

a seal with which any thing is

fastened up or marked; an instrument for sealing, (Ixx. for
cmn, 1 Kings xxi. 8 Song viii.
G); a seal, as impressed for privacy
or secrecy, (1 Kings xxi. 8
Is.
xxix. 11
Jer. xxii. 2-1
Dan. ix.
24:); for security, (Dan. vi. 17); and
authority, (Est. iii. 12
viii. 8, 10.)

[The Temple scene in Rev. mayhave reference to this, and its

crystal form and use to Ex.

xxiv. 10, (non occ.)]

the high sca, the open sea,

the deep, the main, remote front

2.

SEA COAST.
by or near the

vi. 14.

a sca, as the
the sca
Red Sea
Mediterranean, the
Hehrdistically for the lake of
Gencsaret also of " the molten

23

SEA

land, {occ. Matt, xviii. G.)

Matt.

[(a) Prob. all these implied in

18t'M.

iv. 15,

viii.

2K

xiu.
xiv.

1, 47.

Acta

20, 27, 33.

(fi]').

21

xxviii. 4.

xvil. 27.
xviii. 6.
xxi. 21.
xxiii. 15.
ii.

Eom.
Hcb.
Jaa.

13.

iii.7.
iv. 1 a times,

V. 1, 13
vi. 47,
\-ii.

Jude

6.

7,

see S (things

13.

liev. iv. 6.

49.

V. 13.

31.

ix. 42.

vii. 1, 2, 3.
viii. ''^^, 9.

XI. 23.

Luke

i.

i ii.

"",21,

4,

In Rev. vii. it is the sealing of

those who arc to escape the coming judgment. " The Lord knoweth them that are His," (2 Cor. i.
22; Eph. i. 13; iv. 30; 2 Tim. ii.
19; Rev. ii. 17.)

(b)

X. 1, 2.
xi. 26,
xi. 12.

iu)

39,41.

xvii. 2, 6.

X. 2, 5, G
xii. 12.

xxi. 25.
Ji>}iu vi. 1, 16, 17,
19, 22, 25.
xxi. 1, 7.
Acts iv. 24.
vii. 36.
X. C, 32.

18,

1.

xiii. 1

XV.

ivi.

The Lord's

sealing always visible

circumcision
2, the fruits of
the Spirit
3, Rev. vii.
2, 3

8.

1,

i.

xxii. 4.]

3"".

XX. 8, 13.

2"''<'<'

xvui, 17,19,21.

ev.

(<J]).),

tic<..

xiv. 7.

1.

Jolin
see S (set
to one's)
Rom. 11.
Cor.
2 Tim. 19.

a.

iii. 'Xi,

ivaXio<;,

boa

(things in)

belonging to the salt water or

occ.)
marine,

{)

Jas.

SEAS MEET

]<;,

iii. 7.

(wiiKUE two)

between two seas proh.

two oppo.site
;

at the conlluence of

currents, {non occ.)

Acts

xxvii. 41.

Kev.

1,

ix. 2.

9,

ix. 4.

XX. 3, 860

SE.VL (set

Rev. XX.

3.

(set to one's)

see below.

Jolm

viii. 1,

see below.

SEAL

3, 5,

vii. 2.

V. 1, 2, 5, 9.

,
,

vi.

12.

ii.

a.

Kov.

b.
a.
b.

iv.

SEA

Rev.

vi.

ix. 27.

Cor.

2 Cor.

16 '

i.

meet

(where two)

XV. 19.

and

Veiling in mystery seen

in the book being fully sealed
the unveiling of mystery in the
breaking of them.
V.

sxvii. 5.
30, 38, 40.
41, Beo S

25,

26.

Mark

xiv. 15.
xvii. 14.

Iii.

33.

(set a)

SEA

,
SEAL

1.

,
,
11

1 Ivings xxi. 8

Dau.

xii. 4.)

to seal for security,

" SEAL.")

* Omit

G-^L

Tr^'

{see

(JS^O.

Also,
tinder

7fith

2.

to seal down, (Ixx.

for ::nn. Job. ix. 7 AVisd. ii. 5),
;

(jion occ.)

3.
2.

66.

John vi. 27.

Rom. XV. 28.
2 Cor.

Eph.

Eev.

4 '>,
vii.
3,
5* twice
Q* 3 times
7* Stimes^ g* taice.

1.

22.
13.

i.

i.

iv. 30.

V. 1.

see S up.

X. 4,

3.

la.

xxii. 10.

1.

SEAM

to verify out, to search the

truth of a thing out to examine
whether a thing is true or not.

Matt.

Acts

svii. 11.

1.

Rem.

viii. 27.

1.

no

ii.

10.

Pet. i. lu, see S diligently.

11.

Eev.

ii.

23.

{No.

1, tvith

, out

oi,

pre-

fixed) to trace out, (Ixx. for ^:>,

to observe, Ps. cxix. 2, 31, G9,
115, 129; ii>Qn, to search by uncovering, Ps. Ixiii. G Prov. ii. 4
Zeph. i. 13
""ipn, to search minutely, 1 Ch. xix. 3), {non occ.)

xix. 23.

1.

(jion occ.)
Tim.

Pet.

SEARCH

(-ED,

-,

-ING.)

10.

had robbed him," Horn. II.

i(sed of dof/s tracing
321
their game by the foot, Horn,
Odyss. xix. 430. Hence, to track,
Avlio

(Ixx. for tysn,

search by uncovering. Gen.
xliv. 12
2 Kings
1 Kings xi. G
to
X. 24;
Prov. XX. 27;
search minutely, explore, Judges
xviii. 2; 2 Sam. x. 3; rpr\, to
and for Ml'u)^, to
strip, Joel i. 7
f(!el, search by feeling, Gen. xxxi.

1.

2.

other

the right measure and ree.. as regards time and

Hence, the
place, (gen. of time.)
right time, suitable or convenient
the o])portiine point of
time
time at which a thing should bk
limited
and
certain
done, (a
definite portion of No. 2.)

, (
ral,

3.

In John

time, duration, time in geneNo. 1 is the

any time,

time) the time in which anything

IS done.

3.)
v. 39, ipeware is 2nd
imperative, not indicative

tcith

toords, see below.)

'

to

[noun.]

lation,

trace, investigate,

(-S.)

{For various combinations

to seek out, trace used of

a lion toJio " scours the plains and
traces the footsteps of the man
xviii.

i.

iv. 2.

SEASON

to cauterise, to brand with

1

2)e7's.

a hot iron,

[(a)

1 Cor.

1.

8.

v. 39.

vii. 52.

1.

A HOT IRON.

SEAR

35,

ii.

John

2.

occ.)

John

SEARCH DILiaENTLT.

hence, having

distinction,

X. 4.

()

not sewn

seam, (non

1.

Eev.

1.

(,

to divide, separate,
come to a decision, and
up, prefixed) to
separate or divide up hence, to
estimate carefully, judge of, sift.

1.

SEAL UP.

occ.)

make a

d.o\\r\, prefixed)

Matt.

,
(no

1,

pers. pi. indicative is

(, ,

Avere sealed,

2nd

never used at the beginning of a

sentence Avithout the pronoun,
you) or some other word,
not) while the im(such as
perative is frequently so used,
xv. 20.
see John xiv. 11
The
Jews read, but did not search.']

to seal, seal up, make

fast with seal or signt, c.r/. letters,
writings, etc., that iheij may not be

Is. xxix.

SEA

for the

[verb.]

(-ED, -IXG.)

read, (Ixx. for

2.

G"2

a portion of time, {Lat., hora;

Mng., hour) season, time oF blossoming, ()/)5, blossoming,
Orig., the season
unseasonable.)

SEA

G73

of the year ihen, the time of the

day, and wJien reckoning hi/ hours
;

was practised, the hour hence, a

definite, limited, and determined
time, {thus differing from No. 1,
;

lohich is

the

1.

1.

Matt. xxi.

41.

Acts

2.

xiv. 17.
xix. 22.

2.

XX. 18.

1.

Mark xii. 2.
Luke i. 20.
iv. 13.

3.

xiii. 1.

1.

2 Cor. vii. 8.
Gal. vi. 9.

XX. 10.

1.

1 Tlies. V. 1.

V. 30.

3.

7.

2.

Philem.
Eev. vi.

xiii. 11.

2.

Johu
Acts

i.

SEASON

,
ing

SEASON

,,

out

Luke

>

John

to

r..'

-i

num-

for a tru^lcint

M.)

[verb.]

(-ED.)

prepare

fitly,

used of

all

ix. SO.

Luko

xiv. 34,

Col. iv. C.

SEAT

(-S.)

a seat
prop, a high scat
with a footstool. Later, and in
NT., a throne, as the emblem of

15.
11.

xs. 3.

sec No. 1, )

L Tr A

^'""^]

much,

SEASON

Mark

regal
1

opportunely, in the
needful time to do

accord-

xxiii. 8 (<f

things requiring art and cunning,

to dress savoury meat, to season.

(at a ceutain)

to,

"^

abund-

sufficing,

ber of limei,

(OF A LONG)

of, of,

ant, great,

definite time.)

[That which endures for No. 3 is

conceived to last no longer, while
what is said to be done in No. 1
is conceived as being done up to
another point of time,]
1.

SEC

authority,

Kings

X.

Ps. xlvii. 9

18
ciii.

(Lxx.
;

Job

for -D,
xxxvi. 7

19.

it.

V.

(.)
se<i

SEASON
1.

Acts ssiv.

SEASON
1.

1.

Matt. xxiv.

,
for a

opp. of

xii. 42.

?, much

Here,
as adi\, spoken of time,
short.

little.

for a
{see " SEANo. 1) not necessarily for a
short time, but until and up to
another point of time.
SOX,''

2.

Luke

(for a)

little, brief,

neut.,

2.

seat.

25.

1.

little,

of time,

meut-

(due)

45.

SEASON

',

Judi:-

(convenient)

Heb.

xi. 25.

,
V

SEASON

Pet.

i.

C.

(in)

of" SE.VSON," No. \,tcith

well, prffixed) in good season.
(ad;,

2 Tiin.

1.

SEASON

iv. 2.

(out of)

of " SEASON," No. 1)

unseasonably, out of season, {not
out of ooon season, as above.)
{adv.

<?

Tim.

iv. 2.

SEC
xii. 38.
six. 18.
XX. 30.

4,

iii.

see S time

(the)

S time

xsi. 16, see

Tit.

X. 15,

fhf

viii. 7.

S time(the)

28, see

see S time(the)

X, 9_

xii. 10.
siii.

ix. 3, 7.

vii. 13.

2 Pet.

33(G^)(irpu>TO?,

GLTTrA*.)

/ii-st,

Kev.

iii. 1.

1.

11.

ii.

iv. 7.
[Tlie 1st and L'ud
vi.S'wicePBabns wereorig.onc,
viii. 8.
beginning and ending
xi. 14.
with a Beatitude
xvi. 3.
ii. 12) and form(i. 1
XX. 6, 14.
ing a theological and
Eev, xxi, 8,19.

2.

(the)
;

Tr^ Ab H)

Ifi

Luke

i.e.

,
,
,

xi. 33.

(eeep)

to hide, conceal,
to be silent or

still

when

Matt.

xiii. 35.

Rom.

2.

SECRET

xvi. 25.

(kept)

hidden away, concealed.

Mark

iv. 22.

, [<;,

SECRETLY.

1.

occ.)
{om.

a covered place.

SECRET

proh.
the second-first
tlie first Sabbath o the second
year of the week of years, (non

vi. 1

eh, into

1.

SECOND AFTEE THE FIEST

Luke

(in a)

speaking to cease to speak, (from

to say hush !)

SECRET PLACE

10.

iii.

Heb.

(the)

SEC

(the)

iv. 5t.

Acts

674

prophetical ijrologue
to the whole book.]
Cor. XV. 47.
2 Cor. i. 15.
xiii. 2, see S time

Luke
John

to

hide,

Here,
having been a

conceal.

vart.

a sabbath.

secret one.

2.

SECOND TIME

(the)

',
2.

1.

neut. of

Sevripov,

/),

second,

used either" ivith or loithout the

the second time, again.

U, out of

2. IVIatt.
2.

Mark

1.

John

the second,
I

xiv. 72.
iii.

for the
second time.

")

xxvi. 42.
4.

Heb.

2.

art.,

1.

John

2.

Acts

1.

2 Cor.

xxi. 16.
x. 15.
xiii. 2.

ix. 28,

secretly,

Jolm

by

stealth.

xi. 28.

1.

John

xix. 38.

SECT.
a choice, (Ixx. Lev.

xxii. 11,

21)

an opinion, then, a party.

[Used only by St. Paul in 1 Cor.
xi. 19, (heresies) and in Gal. v.
20, as one of the works of the
flesh.
In Tit. iii. 10,
hence,

denotes f le who occasions divisions in the Church by turning

aside from sound doctrine, comp.
2 Pet. ii. 1.] J6 seems to denote
a division (arising from opinions)
without any formal separation
(Enrj., schisms)
ti'hUc the
were cliques separated from each
other by social distinctions and
petty alienations of feeling. The
later ecclesiastical use of the
words is very different.]
'

?,

SECONDAEILY.
see "

SECOND."
1 Cor. xii. 28,

SECRET

(-S.)

<^, hidden,

[noun and adj.*]

concealed, and there-

fore secret.
Matt. xxiv.

Luke

26, see

viii. 17*,

Eom.

Cham[ber.

16.

ii.

Cor. xiv. 25,

;(/

Acts

1.

,
(

2.

secretly,

Matt.

vi. iiwlcc,

18

(in)

in the

above,

eiwi".

"'(,

adj..u.vLTTrA.)

2.

]
)

secret

John

ICor.

SECURE
hidden or
\j)lace.'\

vii. 4, 10.

',

xi. 19,

2.

1.

(TO)

/',?,

without

anxiety,

1 Cor. vii. 32.)

xviii. 20.

Eph,

v. 12.

[heresy.)
(text,

marg.

to make,

5.

xxviii.22.

.5.

xxiv. 5.

(710)1 occ.)

'"' "'',

2
2.

SECRET

Acts xxvi.

v. 17.

XV.

Matt,

xrviii. 14.

{occ.

SEC

675

SEE

SEE
consider,

67G

is tised

of bodily

sicjlit, and assumes that the object

is actually present.
It is used
moreover of a continued and
lengthened looking, {lohile No. 8

onay be the act of an instant.)

SEE

1.

Luke ii.
26

10 part,
tojind,

iv. 16, 18, 21.

V. 1.

64.

1.

71.

16.

1.

seo Seen (be)

11.
1.

4.

5,

sue Seeu (be)

6, 18.
vii. 5,

8a.
1.

Mark

li, 18 part.
31 part.
ix. 2, 8 part., 9, 11
part., 22 part., 23.

30.

Seeu

(be)

36 part.

1.

iv. 12.

v. 6 part., 14.

11.

6.

-15.

=1

tlieij

xviii. 26.

-xix. 0,26 part., 33.

35.

XX.

1, 5.

6.

see

Tr Ab

ti

3ril,

47 part.

xxi. 9 (No. 1,

Lm.)

20.

xxiv. 23.,

see

38, 48,

49 part.. 50.
vii. 2.
''<:<

viii. 18. 23, 24.

25.

'"ice-

1,8,

xii. 15,

9, 14,

20

34

20.
vi. 15.

see Seen

34

67

12.
1.

Luke

1.

56.

18

GL

Seen (be)

1,

12,

29

S.

vi.

2 (No. 11,

TrA.)
(om.

part.

^hcn
Tr

27,

35,

40

6,

13,

23

part.

12 part.

22.

him,

(No.

^<.)

ix. 7.
8.

7.

&,G

-;

)..art.

Tr
36.
39.

5.

11, see
14.

i.

31 part.,

viii. 6.

part., 69.
XV. 32, 36, 39 part.
xvi. 4,

vii. 21,
twice, ;{5.

44.

14.
26.
29.
xiv. 62.

13 part.

iv.

i)art.

xiii. 1.

part.,

8.

xxiv. 2.

11.

vi. 33, 34,

1.

xxii. 11 1'
ll'Jnd.

and,

xxi. 1, 2. 20.
27.
30.
31.
xxii. 49 part., 58.
xxiii. 8 1" part.,

15.
16, 22 part.
31.
32.
38.

XX. 3.
xxi. 15 part., 19
part., 20 pai-t., 32
part., 38 part.

xxiii. 5,

twice.

14 part.

iii.

xvii. 8.
xviii. 31 part.

(be)

him,

ix.

U, 26

45

15

part.. 25 part.. 38
X. 14i)art.
xi. 1.3, 20.

30 part.
XV. 31 1'
31 2
xvi. 28.

7 part., 37.
XX. 13 part. (inn.

7, 10.

1.

17 lit.
17 2nd.
17 :ird.

xiv.

xii. 9, 21, 40, 41.

6.

5.

16.
.

hiiii

^.

iSoi'Tts, u'/icii

11.

11.

22.
38.
xiii. ISt^'i'-Sll
15.

.saif

Tr

5 part., 12, 14,

16 part.

1.

2 part.

31 part., 32, 33,

12 part., 35.

28.

and

ii.

1.

S, 9.
sii.

xi. 9.

xix. 3, 4.
5 (oiii. flSov
avTOu, Koi, looked v%>

10, IG, 19.

44.

5.

xi. 4.

12.

:.

22 2ii
23 tw
xviii. 15 x)art., 24
part., 43 part.

i.

8.

viii. t.

twicc^ 41.

39

17 part.

1.

see S clearly

33, see

37.

xiv. 18.
XV. 20.
xvi. 23.
xvii. 14 part.,
part., 22 1st.

xxvii. 3 part.
4, see S to.
24 part., 49, 54.
xxviii. 1.

1.

8.

15, 19, 21. 25.

3ra, 31 part.,

xiii.

xxv.'37, 38,39, 44.

xxvi. 8 part., 58.

8a.

twice.

57.

38 part.

33

1.

;^

xii. 54.

8a. Matt. xxiv. 30.

l!

16 part.
iii. 7 part., 16.

vi. 1,

56

xi. 33.

occ.)

(,

ix. 1.
7.

24 let24 iiiJ-

24

seen irith,
51.

49,
part.
X. 23 twice.

Tr A.)

33 part.

StE.)

twice, IG.

36.

,
,

(
(

10 (op.)

38 1st.
38
heard froin, instead of

20, 28 part., 34
part., 35, 36, 47 part.
ix. 9, 27, 32.

to inquire into or about,

to learn or know by inquiry, to
ascertain by personal examination hence, to see or visit a person
in order to make his acquaintance,

10

viii.

vii. 3.
viii.

1st.

24.
25, 26. 39 part.
44.

twice.

62.

13 part.. 22
22 2'>J.

vii.

6.

2, 9,

Lni.)

see

42,

vi.

look at with a pui'pose, regard

to see with desire, regard, or
admiration.

ii.

1,

clearly.
1.

refers to the object beheld, lohile

No. 12 refers to the subject, the
person beholding) to gaze upon,

Matt.

12 20

46

27 (No.

12.

(jwn

36.
40.

part.', 2C.

12.

22 part., 24,

vi.

26,30.

iii. 6.

v. 2, 8 '"'cc

1.

12. eeaojxat, {in meaniiiff, like No. 11,

hut differing from it, in that No. 11

13.

Jobn

15, 17 part., 20,

48 pai-t.

twice, 30,

8a.

.i/ic

xaio

.)

1.

11.

12.

5.

1.

1.

14 part.

1.

11.

19.

X. 3.
11.
17.

xi.

part.

5,

SEE
Acts

1.

16.

5.

xiii. 11.

8a.

1.

11.

xiii. 23.

Jas.

IPet.

11.

,38.

11.
12.

xxi. 20.

John

i. 1, 2, 3.
2.
6.

iii.

see S before.

29,

xxii. 9.
11, see

1.

U.

8.

15.
18.

1.

10.

iii.

17.

32 ixirt.

20

l)efore.

twice.

Rev.

2.

xxvi. 13, 16.

11.

1.

xxviii. 4.

12
12

11.

6.

1.

15 part., 20.

26

1.

7.

I't-

20

twice.

17,

"-"i,

(oi'ii.

5.

Tiii.

V. 1, 2.

5.

xi.

vi. 1

8a.

XV. 21.
1

Cor.

8.

ix. 1.

5.

xiii. 12.

8a.

XV. 5, 6, 7,
xvi. 10.

9.

5.

18

13.Gal.

(om.

G -L

ii.

vi. 11.

Ei)h.
1.

8.

Col.

1.

IThes.

ii.

17.

1.

iii. (5,

10.

8.

V. 15.

Heb.

9.
10.

1.

iii.

5.
8.

viii. 5.

5.

X. 25.

5.

xi. 1, 3.

1.

G
Tr

),
A.)

11.

1.

3 (om.

a.)

2.

Tr

XV.

15.

8 part.

lit,

(No.

5,

1.

i^.)

2.

{pec.

Gal.

{1^0. 8, icifh

prrfixed), (occ. Acts

1.

Acts

ii.

31.

2.

,
,

iii.

ii.

Acts

Matt.

2.

25.)
xxi. 29.

i.

Matt.

bcforo,

bcforo,

Matt.

2.

ix. 33,
xxiii. 5.

1.

Miirk xvi. 11

SEED

Rom.
Is.

S.)

vi. 1.
5.
1.

(.)

(-S.)

offspring,
children,
posterity
also, a rouinant, a few survivors,
like seed kept over from a former
year.

..

(be)

No. 12.

that which is sown, the

seed or germ of anything; then,

(iVo. 1, with

SEEN

24.

to shine.

9.

prrfxed),

9.

Matt, xxvii.4,

see above,

2.

1, 2.

Tr

,
,
,
1.

xvi. 13.

5.

,
-,

[A

GL

SEE BEFORE.

1.

iii.

SEE TO.
8.

xix. 10.
11, 17, 19.
XX. 1, 4, 11, 12.
xxi. 1,2,22.
xxii. 4.

9.

5.

3,

xiv. 6.

GL

8.

ii.

vi. 42.

(make)

Eph.

-xvii. 3, 6 I't, 6 ':

p.art., 8, 12,15, IC, 18.
xviii. 1, 7.

2 Tlie. iii. 16.

8a. 1 Tiin. iii. 16.
1.
vi. 16 twice.
1. 2 Tim. i. 4.

8.

8.

SEE

Luke

S),

19.

1, 13.

ii.

2) to perceive

xxiv.

),

xii. 13.

iv. 9.

1.

through

Tr .)

xiii. 1, 2.

28 part.

1.

X. 1, 5.
xi. 9.

27, 30.
23.

i.

ii.

to light, lighten; inirans., to

give light, shine; trans., to give
light to, shine upon, enlighten.

20.

see

9,

with

vii. 5.

vii. 1, 2.
viii. 2.

V. 15.

Phil.

9.

Matt.

ix. 1, 17.

iii.

5,

9.

(make)
5.

,3,

7 (No.

7 part., 14.

1.
1.

K.)

GLTTrA.)
L

18.
19.

i.

3,

(om.

xii. 6.

1.

=:)

5 (No.
8.

9.

clearly, (non occ.)

elSov,

3 (No.

I sav,

(om.

7.

iv.

Tr

isi.

2 (om.

nnd

viii. 10.

Cor.

elSov, I

(No. 3, G
^<),(ov,l.G-LTTrA.)

ii.

5. 2

as

-'"1

2o.

i.

18.
(oni.

GL

saw,

1.

1.

iv.

2t t'fi", 25.
8 iuf., 10.

1.

5.

iii.

(No.

Num.

nl.

19.

thou saioTr
.)

cst,

[ly)
(clear-

i.

i.

(iVo. 8, tvith
down,
pre^xed) to look down upon, (Ixx.

1st.

[21

211(1,

5.

5.

,
,

c'Ses, Kliieh

27.
11.
20, see
vii. 23.

Roui.

2 Pet.

or throughout, prefixed), (non occ.)

2.

i.

XXV. 24.

5.

1.

V. 16.
3 John 11.
14.

1.

not)

(c.vn

SEE CLEARLY.

iv. 12, 14.

11.

1.

1, L

OFF

to shut the eyes, i.e. to contract the eyelids, like one who cannot sec clearly ; hence, to be nearsighted, {non occ.)

2 Pet. i. 9, see S afar

off (tbat cannot)

27 part.

12.

31st (Xo.
^.)
'-'"' part.

i.

Tr

), FAE
SEE

22.
24.

ii.

V. 11.

xix. 21.
26.
XX. 25.

1.

11.
8a.

xxii. 11.

25.

31.

1.

(can)

Acts

'/.

xii. 14.

4,5
35, ZG, 37
part,
xiv. 11.
xvi. 10, 19 part.,
27, 40 part.
xvii. 6 part.

1.

SEE

xi. 7.

12 part.

1.

SEE

13, 23.
27.

1.

Heb.

3 part.

xii.
9.

5.

677

20
where

ix.

0,

is

from

quoted

Ixx. for

T"",U^,

(occ.

xxii. 25.)

77()/), a sowing, sced-tinio seed,

jiroduco, (Ixx. for ti"^n,Ex. xxxiv.
21 i-T, Dcut. xi. 10), (occ. 2 Cor.
;

ix. 10.)

SEE

~8

a sowing, a begetting of
tlie seed sown, (Ixx. for

claildren

yap, truly then, {for ye

verily
then hence, in fact, and wlieii the

5.

'), 2 Kings lix. 29), (non occ.)

Matt.

Acts

20, 22,

siii. 19,

23, see S (receive)

24, 27.
31, see Mustard.
32, 37, 38.
xvii. 20, see Mus-

Mark

1.

Luke

xiii. 23.

5.

Acts

.'<;,

27.

31

is<,

see

.?!

2nd.

10-'",

2 Thes.

1.

Heb.

Eom. iii. 30.

1 Cor. xiv. 16.

3.
2.

2 Cor.

si. 18,

si. 19,

4.

see S...are.

i. 6.
iv. 6.

v. 11.

1.

'.

see S that.

4,

see S thaA

there are.

see

SEEING THAT.

sown.
2 Cor.

1.

si. 22.

xi. 18.

Gal.iii. 16:i'>"icsj9,29.

55.

2 Tim.

viii. 5, 11.
siii. 19, )

seeMus-

Heb.

tard.

svii. 6,/
xs. 28.
John Tii. 42.

ii.

8.

16.
11, 18.
i. 23.

1 Pet.
1 John

Eev.

SEEING THAT THEEE AEE.

ii.
x-i.

viii. 33, 37.

2 Cor.

34.
15.

i.

ii.

siii. 46.

1 Cor. XV. 38.

2Cor.is.l0ist(No.2,L)

Mus-

xii. 19, 20, 21, 22.

i.

2.

si. 1.

tard.

Luke

3.

i.

given as a reasoji or expiuu

is

ation, for.

iv. 13, 16, 18.

is. 7 'ice, 8.
29.

21-.

iv.

fact

25.

vii. 5,

Rom.

tard.
xxii.

iii.

SEE

iii. 9.

being.
Heb.

SEED

4 (oni.
.)

viii.

Tr

(eeceiye)

to sow, to scatter seed, (Ixx.

for i";i); here, pass.

, to be) there

{part of el

ov,

xii. 17.

after

irriests,

'', G:iL

SEEING... AEE

ffeii.

6v, (see

uiv,

Matt.

above) being.

siii. 19, 20, 22, 23.

2 Cor. xi. 19.

SEED SOAVK
2.

SEEK

2 Cor. ix. 10.

1.

(noun, fro7n

SEEING,

8.

[conj.]
2.

1.

as
of time, as, when, after
that, (Ixx./or nnw, Gen. xlvi. 30;

eVct,

Josh.

vii.

2.

3.

{No.

8); of (jroiind or motive,

because, inasmuch as.

with 8r;, indeed, truly,

sitffixed) as indeed, since, truly.

cVetS?/,

1,

{No. I,u'it7i Trep {fronnrepi,

very) very, Avholly, ever,
adding increased strength and
emphasis to No. 1) since indeed,
{more emphatic than No. 1), {non

Matt.

4;

lypn.

1,

Job

13, 20.
vi. 32, see S after.
33.

vii.

ivith

xiii. 45.

S after.

see

fj.

up,

)
if at least.
very, wholly, > [Here looking
ever,
back in
(.
)
thought to verse 5, and putting
the case that the thing is. (c'yc

54 (am.

and

30,
31.

xvii. 33.
xix. .3, 10, 47.

after.

XX. 19.

xii. 12.

xxii. 2, 6.

xiv. 1, 11.
55, see S for.
xvi. 6.

possibility

4.5

1.

xxiv. 5.

John

(No.

k),

i.

v.
2,

G;:L

38.

iv. 23, 27.

ii. 4-J.

Tr A.)

see S after.

xiii. 6, 7, 21.
XV. 8.

xi. 18.

Luke

16

(a]'.),

18,30,

44.
vi. 24,

49

necking,

xii. 29.

1.

viii. 11.

12, see

2,

S means.

xi. 9, in, 16, 24.

xxvi. 16, 59.

xxviii. 5.
i. 37, ) see S
iii. 32, i, for.

it, if,

"s AFTKR," No.

',
Gr:LTTr''AR)

Mark

< TTp,

42

V. 18, see
vi. 19.

1.

after.

xviii. 12.
xxi. Vi \niY\.

iv.

.)

1.

occ.)

{,
GLTTrA

Luke
fsee

1.

xvi. 4, see

{non

x. G),
1.

7,8.

xii. 39,

occ.)

would have put the

that it was not.)]

{No.

ii.

eTretVcp,

,
iii.

1.

adv.,

4.

10

xiii.

upward, back again, prefixed) to

seek diligently, look back for,
seelv again for, (Ixx. /or Xu'U, Job

as, since,

xxiii.

14
xix. 10
X. 2,

occ.)
ii.

SOUGHT.)

1 Sam.
1 Sam.
^ti, Is. Ixv. 1, quoted in
Acts xvii. 27 and Eom. x. 20) to
seek, in the sense of io endeavour,
to try.

act of seeing,
SEE," No. b), {non

2 Pet.

15 Ex.
Deut.

xxxvii.

the
'^

-, -ING

to seek, seek after, look for,

strive to find, (Ixx. /or wpi, Gen.

SEEIjS"G. [noun.]
seeing,

(-EST,

^,

26.

see S for.

SEE
1.

679

SEL

:;

SEL

680

SELFSAME THING

SENATE.

(foe this)

unto, with a view to,

avTo, selfsame thing,

yepovaia, a council of elders, (Ixx. for

is,

1
2 Cor. V.

5.

, (, ,
SELF WILLED.
and

self,

satisfy)

Tit.

2 Pet.

SELL
1.

Gen.

]i>,

1.

xlix.

(-,

10.

ii.

7,

to trade aAvay toares, to

barter; hence, to sell, (Ixx. for
IDD, Neh. V. 8
Joel iii. 3 Ez.

2.

hence,

be

to

3.

88,

to give

away from

Amos
1.
1

2.

Matt.

xiii. 44.

iv. 13,

H>.

xii. 5.

1.

xviii. 25.
xix. 21.
xxi. 12 twice.

1.

xxv. 9.

-.
1.

Acts

ii.

5.

14, 16.

ii.

see Buy.

45.

34 1".
34 Snd.

iv.

1.
1.
1.

1.

V. 1,

4 part.

vii. Ii.

Cor.

SOLD

25, sec

X.

Heb.

xii. 16.

Eev.

xiii. 17,

(WHATSOEVEE

Cor.

X. 25, pass, part.,

is)

by

esp.

escort

to throw, to cast, with a

greater or less degree of force, as
required hy the context.
Mark 2.
Matt. ii. 8.
16, see S forth.
V. 45, see Eaiii.
) see S
ix. 38,

iii.

X. 5, 10, j forth.

iv. .36,

see S away.
see S forth.

13,

twice.

14,

sec S away.

V. 10.

12.
vi.

xi, 2.
10.

7,

sec

17,

forth.

xii. 20,
xiii.

sec S forth.

3G,HeeS away.

41 , Bco S forth.
xiv. 10.
15, 22, 23, sec S

36, 45, 46, Bce

away.
viii. 3,

26,

away.

is)

with

of,

ix. 37.
xi. 1, see

S out.
S away.

.35, fioo

1.

send,

to

W.

(whatsoever

, out

1, icith

(No. 3, ivifh
up or
back, prefixed) to send up, as
before a judge or tribunal
to
send back, remit to send again,
Philem. 12.)
ipcc. Luke xxiii. 11

34

Eom.

{No.

/,

vii. 9.

xvii. 28.
xviii. 22,
xix. 45.
xxii. 36,

i.

37.

xxvi. 9
1. Mark X.21.
xi. 15 twlc.
1.
xiv. 5.
2.
Luke
1.
xii. 6, 33.
J.

away from

send

to

xxxvii. 27,35;

John

X. 29,

SEND.

18).

4.

6.)

ii.

V. 21.

one^s

deliver over, give up.

Mid.,
as here, to deliver over for one's
self, i.e. to dispose of, as ly sale,
to sell, (Ixx. /or ^>ityn, Dcut. ii. 8;

Gen. xxv. 33;

Acts

accompanying those sent. This

explains Luke vii. 3, where the
word is No. 1 and verse 6, where
it is No. 3, {occ. Rev. xiv. 15,

sold

self,

^130,

xxvii.

also simply to escort, the sender

into slavery, (Ixx. for inn. Gen.

xxxi. 15; Lev. xxvii. 27), (nonocc.)

3.

Deut,

prefixed) to send away out of the

place where one is, implying the
same mission and authority as No. 1.

to traffick away beyond

the seas in other lands ; hence, to
sell.
Pass., to be sold, esp. for

exportation;

IS

sent.)

SOLD.)

vii. 3.)

2.

16,

iii,

xix. 12.)

(the sender remaining behind).

To despatch upon a certain
mission implying authority on
the part of the sender. (Hence
the noun " Apostle " one thus

yr]\ Prov. xxi. 24.)

7.

i.

to

self-complacent
and
assuming, presumptuous,

self-willed, (Ixx./or
3,

Ex.

D^jpi,

TovTo, this.

hejice,

SEN

^sco 8
j away.

forth.

XV. 23, SCO

art,

xii. 2.

*32,

33,

SCO

3,

away.

SELLEE.
See, PUEPLE.

31-,

36, 37.

xxii.

4,

see

3,

xiv.

Luke

forth.

,,

S away,

1.3,

see S forth.

19, 26.
53, soo S

i.

iv. 18.

16,

SELA^ES.
See, ouE, TouE,

sec

4, 5, 6, 13.
xiii. 27.

XX. 2.
xxi. 1,3,

BOO S out.

xxiii. 3t, 37.

etc.

xxiv. 31.
xxvii. 19.

43!
vii. 3.

6, 10, 19.

away.

SEN
Luke

Acts ix.

38,see

S away.

x. 5.
8, 17,

-ix. 2.

S away.

12, see
48, 52.

-X.

see S forth.

2, 3,
16.

32, 33.
36.
xi. 11, 13, 20.
22, see S forth.

!!).

11 it
11 !,

see

2,

25.
27.
xvi. 35, 36.
xvii. 10, 14, see

12, 13.
20, SCO S forth.
sxii. 8, 35.
xxiii. 7.
11, see S again.

(No

xxiii.

6.

26,secGreet-

|-

iv. 31.

.-::^xxv.3.

."W.

A .)(No.
21

v. 23, 21, 30.

33, 30.

^^

38.
vi. 29.
38, 39.

Eom.

part,
m]i father,

instead of

4,

-57

1, 17,

18, 22, see

viii.

ix. 4.

X. 36.

Col. iv.
1

that

Thes.

2 'Km.

is)

2.

twice.

12.

12,

see

Hob.

Ja.

iii.

14.

John

Rev.

iv. 9, 10, 14.

1.

i.

V. 21.

V. C,

a5.

xi. 10

GrO

out.

14.

(5,,

xxii. 6.
16.

ix. 17.

SCO S forth.

SEND AGAIN.
4.

Luke

xxiii.

U.

4.

Philem. 12 (No.l,G^)

', 7.
SEND

1.

2.

see ahoi'e, ATo. 1.

^7/\, see ahove,

N^o. 2.

22,

ix. 12.

3.

XX. 10, 11.

Acts

'

xiii. 3.

xvii. 4.
10.

2.
j

7.

SEND EOR.
("

SEND,"

A^O. 3,

U'lfJl

send after, send

Acts. X. 5 ; xi. 13.)

29 1" part,

,
,
,

Acts xxiv. 2 i,

26.

XXV. 3.

see "

,
,
(K

SEND,"

see "

JVo. 1.

SEND," Ao.

2.

see " SEND aavat," jVo. G.

see "

Acts

SEND AAVAT," Xo.

7j

xvii. 10.)

to be full, to overflow hence,

to emit largely, pour forth, {non

occ.)
1

11.

see

5.

i.

ii.

ii.

X.

(occ.

14, see S forth.

25, see S out.
14, seeSfortli.
1 Pet. i. 12.

XI. 21 1"
21 -
iii. 20,26.

U,l,

4.

aiiaiu.

xvi. 5, 7.
xvii. 3, 8, 18 *',
21, 23. 35.
xviii. 24.

viii. 12,

11.

ii.

Phileni.

XV. 21, 26.

vii.

3.

2, 5.

iii.

iv. 12.

iii.

10 '-"'1, 20
xiv. 24, 20.

Acts

8.

2 Thos.

3.

SEND FORTH.

1.

iv. 16.

xi. 3, 43.
xii. 4 1, 45, 49.

shame-

him,

[AM.)

53.

viii. 38.

29-!"<

xii. 17.

18, see S with.

Gal. iv. 4, 0, see S
forth.
Ei>h. vi. 22.
Phil. ii. 19, 23, 25, 28.

18, 20, 29.

Lukei.

3.
2.

{',

for, {occ.
Acts

is. 3.

vii. 16, IS, 28.

(lie

iv. 17.

2 Cor.

instead of

Avith or after) to

S with.

10 1", see

20.

,,

xvi. 3.

4t.

/c,

xiii. 4.)

viii. 3.

Cor.

that sent

xiii.

-. 3, 9.
treated

wi/h

2.

$6 part.

xii.

1,

Acts

sent him airny g?uimefulhj liandled,

Tr

36 part.

vi. ?S, 45.

out,

, ,-

Ko.

fitlhi,

43.

i.

iv.

X. 15.

, him
mc,Gr^LTTrA.)

Mark

3.
5.

1.

25, 27.
xxvi. 17.
xxviii. 28.

.37.

xiii. 36.

xiv. 15, 22, 23 part.

XV. 23, 32, 39.

1.

xxiv. 24.^

(" SEND,"

oi, prefixed), {pec.

4.

3.

30.

17,28,31.

Matt.

3.

iug.

6, 19, 24.
22, 33.

i.

4.

3.

xix. 22 part.
31.
XX. 17.
xxii. 21.

2,

7/,

7.

out

away.

15.

xxiv. 49
Tr A.)

to throw out, cast

drive or tlirust out of.

XV. 22.
23,sue Greeting.

away.

viii.

forth.

(No.

TK.)

away.

one's self, dismiss.

to arrange one's self

separate one's self from, i.e.
take leave off, Lid farewell.

G.

26

Bee

let

/,

5.

S away.

15.

2">i,

send forth or away,

go from

off,

xiii. 3, soc
4, see

ii

40

.1, to

4.

xii. 11.

xiv. 17. 32.

XV. 15.
xvi. 2i, 27.
xix. U. 20, 32.

iii.

to loosen from, let loose

from, release, let go away.

3.

29.

xiii. St.

XX. 10
10

SEN

xi. 49.

John

20.21 (ar.)
i><:e, see

22, 29

Sfor

1.

xii.

S forth.

30, see
38.

vii. 20, 27.

viii.

G81

SEN

SEND WITH.

1.

"SEND," '^

ivitJi

'/,, " SEND,"

iVb.

tiou

2 Cor.

SEP

SENTENCE

viii. 18, 22.

1.

2 Cor.

upon, adjudge, {non

with,

Luke

xxiii. 24,

marg.

?,

THAT

(iiE

is)

(
<

one sent forth, {iioun,from

SENB," No. 1), {sec under "apos-

"

,
,

Acts XV.

i.

9,

[margin.]

see Judgment.

see helow,
Heb.

SENSES.

,
, ,

V. 14.

what pertains to the

life, see "

see beloio,

{belonging to the eartli) fit antithesis of ava-iQiv, {from above)

;

because

therefore

cVtyeto?,

destitute of the Spirit of

God, {see 1 Cor. xv. 48) and because thus destitute of
the
Spirit, therefore actually opposed
thereto, i.e.
{belonging

iii.

demons).

15,

'\

marg. natural.

Judc

2.

3.

2 Cor.

9,

ij^urr,

,
^,

to

Ex. xix.

to set off

to put apart, separate,

sunder, {Ixx. for bl2i, Neh. ix. 2.)

to set off by drawing a

boundary through, make a com-

1.

Matt. XXV.

1.

Lvikc

vi.2i2.

1.

Acts

xiii. 2.

1.

1.

32.

i.

1.

1.

accursed.)
Gal. i. 15.

1.

3.

1.

Rom.

viii. 35, 39.

ix.

xix. 9.

Eom.

2.

Jude

ii.

3,

marg. (see

12,

19.

SEPULCIIEE.

a memorial, monument, any

object dedicated to preserve the
recollection of a deceased person,
{Ixx.forl^p, Ex. xiv. 11 Ez. xxxvii.
12 minp, Ez. xxxii. 23.)

condemna-

occ.)
i.

by bounds,

for

plete sei3aration, {non occ.)

2.

{non

[verb.]

(-ED.)

SENTENCE.

" JUDGE," verb, JVo. 1)

1.

pass.

12, 33 Lev. xx. 25)

apart, separate.

19.

the judicial sentence, as the

result or issue of Kfiiveiv, {see

tion,

No.

vi. 17,

limit off, (Ixx.

[In .las. iii. 15 the three predicates

express a logical sequence,

Jas.

(be)

to set off

1.

soul,") animal,

//09,

2 Cor.

SEPAEATE

natural, of the nature of

;
if denotes man as he is by nature,
i.e. a stranger to what is of the
Spirit and hence, man as a sinner
estranged from the divine principle of eternal life.

to

2.

pass. part.

SEPAEATE

SENSUAL.

but,

No.

vii. 26,

[adj.]

Heb.

(animal

I judge.

19.

SEPAEATE.

the seat of the senses the

faculty of perception, (no7t occ.)

;,

xiii. 16.

88.
PMl.

IS (my)

{emphatic)
to judge,
{see
" JUDGE," verb. No. 1,)
I,

tle.")
John

occ.)
assent.

xii. 18.

SENTENCE
SENT

(give)

to judge upon, confirm by a

like judgment, give
judgment

in

prefixed.

3,
2.

conjunc-

'

1,

j!Vo.

2.

682

marg. answer.

anything

said, written, or

tlie memory of
things or ])ersons, an inscription,

done to preserve

a monument, memorial, (Ixx. for

Gen. xxiii. G, 9; xlix. 30;
n^Mp, Gen. XXXV. 20.)

12p,

SER

sepulchre

burial,

burial-place,
10), {occ.

Matt,

puIcJircs,

xxiii. 27.

Luke
xsvii. 60.
61, 64, 66.
xxviii. 1.

xv. 46 '"'cc

Gen.
Ps.

v.

2.

[A

H.)

[(ap.)

2, 9, 12, 22,
xix. 41, 42.

xvi. 2, 3, 5, 8.
xi. 47.

1.

{oin.

Acts

1.

their

xxiv. 2

SERJEANT

8,

24

(-S.)

3.

,
vi.

,, ,

1.

1.

John

xvi. 18 (a]\)

2.

1 Cor. X. 9.
2 Cor. xi. 3.
Jas. iii. 7.

1.

Kev.

Mark

Lukex.

1.

19.

xi. 11

Eev. XX.

10

i.

ii.

tvith

special

person ioho7n the

snbservic7ice

it is to

to anothe7''s will.)
4.

';, house-companion,
same house

in the

one living

hence, a do-

Ixx.
household servant
Gen. ix. 25; xxvii. 37,
Acts X. 7.)

mestic,

5.

,
, (,
for

nni,

an uuder-rower, a common
a hand, agent, one
does service under the immediate
direction of any one.
sailor,

G.

ministering servant, attend-

ant, guardian, care-taker, {hence,

to cherish, care
the verb

xi. 19.
xii. 9, 14, 15.

1.

1.

Est.
servant,

n-,U?iD,

a7id in JVo.

14.

iii.

1.

1.

1.

.3.3.

1.

for
3

{occ.

vii. 10.

X. 16.
xxiii.

service henefts, {while i/i jS^o. 1 the

refere7ice is to the maste7''s benefit,

a creeping animal, a reptile

vi. 7
Ixx. jfor u.^'D'], Gen. i. 2-1)
piy. Gen. i. 20; Lev. xi. 41.

Matt.

,,

refere7ice to the

Is. xlix.

servant, hasty messenger,

tO
or
fr077l
to ])ursue)
hasten, xchence,

Ixx.

1.

13.)

(p)'ol.

xvi. 35, 38.

proh. fro77i
to see, (as
a specics of serpent, is
to behold
a7id tlie
from
Jlcb. >3, a serpent, is from Xut^j,
("A serto eye, view acutely.)
xoas a G7'ee1c and
j)cnt's eye "
lioma7i 2yrovcrh.) {iion occ.)

1.

from

is

2.

SEEPENT.
15

2G iv. 27, 30
1. 10
and Iii.

a serpent

o/"the Messiah, Matt,

xii. lb'', i7i allusio7i to Is. xlii. 1,
where Ixx. i::i\ So, Acts iii. 13,

Ixx.forwnj, Gen.
Ex. iv. 3. "Hence, symbolically used of the devil,
iii.

Gen. xli. 38 Jer. xxxvi.

and for the servant of God,
xliv. 1, 2
xlv. 4
xli. 8,

Is.

a rod-holder i.e. a lictor,

bearing the Eoman
fasces or bundle of rods, {71071 occ.)

1.

2G, 27
Also for

ix.

15, etc.

and hence

so called from

Acts

Gen.

-yyj.

xxvi.

minister.

29.
vii. 16.
ii.

13.

iii.

for

(Ixx.

24

xiii. 29.

se-

Eom.

3.

to serve,

a child, male or fe7nale, a boy

or girl, a child in legal relation.
Then, like Eng., boy {Lat., puer
Fr., gar9on) put for a servant

G=:LbTTr

xxiii. 53.
55.

bound

XX. 1 ticc^ 2, 3, 4,
6, 8, 11 '>

Luke

48

xxiv. 1.

John

Mark

-','2'p,

SER

(b) Adj., serving,

in bondage.

hence,

for

(Ixx.

2 Sam. ii. 31
Matt, xxiii. 9.)

20

xxiii. 4,

6S3

2.

for, as applied to the sick, (jave rise

(from ', to bind) one

and capacities are wholly at

to the Eng. medical term " therapeutics.")

It diffc7's f-om lio. 1,
171 that it is ahcai/s used of free
and honourable service Ixx. for
nny, Exod. xiv. 31
Num. xii. 7,

the service of another,

SEEVANT
1.

5, a slave, one

(,

(-S.)

bound

free),

to serve,

(opp. to
is

used of

the lowest scale of servitude, but

Matt.

who

is

Christ, etc.

God, or

bound by

/),

ii.

3,

{non

Mntt.

viii. 6, 8.

occ.)

xviii.

3,

eco S

1.

XX. 27.

xxi. 34, 35, .6.

xxii. 3, 4, 0, 8. 10.

1.
3.
3.

27,

1.

2S 2n.l, 29^ 31^

see S (follow)

1.

2S

of

i.

(feUow)

love.

(a) 7cifh OeoS, of

Job

13.
X. 24, 25.
xii. 18.
xiii. 27, 28.
xiv. 2.
xviii. 23, 26,

whe7i transferred to Christian serthe highest

vice it expresses

devotion of one

l<

32.

1.

13.
xxiii. 11.

xxiv. 45, 46. iS.

19, SCO S (fellow)
50.

XXV. 14, 19, 21, 23,

26.30.

SER
Matt. xxri.

Eom.

51.

come)

Hired.

20, see
ix. 35.

19

xiv. 4.
xvi. 1.
vii. 21, 22

-17.

4,
ii.

65.
54, 69.
29.

Cor.

7.

8, 10.
xii. .37.

38 {om.

oi

Tri'Ai'h, i.e.

Col.

7.

seeS (fellow)

7,

see

19,

17,

3.

iv. 1.

12

la.

1 Tim. vi. 1.
la.2Tim. ii. 24

Hired.

1.

26.

xvi. 13.
xvii. 7, 9, 10.
xix. 13, 15, 17, 22.
XX. 10. 11.
xxii. 50.
ii.

22.

iii.

'^',

21

22, 23.

la.Tit.

i.

1.

ii. 9.

6.

la.Jp.s.

5, 9.

1.

Philem. 16
Heb. iii. 5.

1.

i. 1.

la.l Pet.

ii.

18.

iv. 51.

la.2 Pet.

viii. 34, 35.

xii. 26.

1.

xiii. 16.

XV. 15

'>'^'ec,

xviii. 10

20.

''e,

la.

19.
twice.

vi.

11, see

(fel-

low)

26.

Acts

36.
18.
iv. 25.
ii.

see House-

X. 7,

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

vii. 3.

la.

xxii. 3, 6.

X. 7.
xi. 18.

XV. 3.
xix. 2, 5.

10,seeS{fellow)

hold.
xvi. 17.

Bom.

i.

9,

1.

,,

SERVANT

see

(fellow)

(become)

to make a slave of, bring into

bondage, enslave, {differing from
to serve as a slave, see
" SER\-E," No. 1.)

be enslaved, to bo or
slave of.

(a) ^)as5., to

become a

a.

Eom.

vi. 18, 22.

SERVANT
(iVo.

(fellow)

1, icith

together

or in conjunction with, prifixed)

a fellow- slave, {non occ.)

Matt,

xviii. 28, 29, 31, 33.

Col. iv. 7.

xxiv. 40.

Col.

i.

Rev.

7.

Eev.

vi. 11.
xix. 10.

xxii. 9.

SERVANT
sec "

(make)

SERTAXT (bECOME)"
1

Cor.

ix. 19.

are directed

to serve, esp. for hire, hut

of service tcifh or without i^ay.
To render service to Grod, esp.

hence,

to serve, render service,

wait upon, ( departiiient of NO. 1)
to do any one a service, to help,
to minister to any one in any-

^,

to do the service of an
(see " SERVAifT," No. 5);
hence, to act in subservience to
another's will, to subserve, (occ.
Acts XX. 34 xxiv. 23.)
;

20.

ii.

18,

16.
1,

i.

ii.

la Jude 1.
la.Eev. i. 1

loliich

others.

thing.

'"ice-

4.

4.

^,

to worship,

see S (follow)

7,

i.

-ING.)

toith reference to sacrifice;

1.

i.

ii.

-,

also

6.

PhU.

Man-

46, 47.
17,

2.

iv. 1, 7.
Eph. vi. 5.
,

(-ED,

to serve as a slave, to be
{see
in the position of a
" SERVANT," Mo. 1) and to act
accordingly, i.e. both to be subject, and to serve in subjection,
hij

(make)

SER

used of actions

2 Cor. iv. 5.
Gal. i. 10.

"blessed

are they.")
43, 45 1st.
45 -'n.ij see
servant.

John

1st.

see

19,

ix.

those servants,

XV.

(be-

23.

vii. 2, 3.

xiv.

come)

xiii. 31.

i.

twice.

22, see

rii. 2, 4.

Luke

1.

20.

x.U.

,
,

SER^E

18,

i.

xiv.

16 twice, 17.
see S (be-

vi.

58.

Mark

684

SEE,

85

on behalf of otherB.
officials
Every NO. 3 is a iVo. 1, though
Gxcvy JVo. 1 is not a No. 3.]
1.
1.

John xvi. 2.
Bom. is. 4.

1.

Epb.
Phil.
Col.

L Tro>.)

,
,,

see "
see "

2.

sce

1.

2, /

1.

Luke

No.

2.

2.

ar-ouud.

Mark

SET AT

2.

2.

(No.

cause to stand,
(b) intrans., to

1, icifh

,
,

ONE AGAIN.

,)
vii.

{\,

2G

them

he united
them into
peace, (owocc.)

imperf. teuse, instead of

he icas reconciling, or uticiuptcd to

-v
Tr H.)
info peace,

SET BEFOEE.

beside,
icith
to put or place near
ani/ one, to set or lay before.

(No. 3,

prefixed)

down,

In N.T. only trans.,

prefixed.)
pass., or mid., to set, constitute.

3.

xii. 1.

to drive
together, unite,
(here Aor. tense)
15, unto.
peace.

aorist,
reconcile

tvords, see below.)

to set, to place,
stand.

X. 2.

SET ABOUT.

-IXG.)

(a) tra7is., to

Eev.

(No. 3, xoith Trepi, around,

prefixed) to put around, place

(For various combinations with other

(.)

vi. 4.

Epb. i. 20.
Heb. ii. 7 (.)
Eev. iii. 8.

jrepiTt^Tj/it,

Acts

1.

xxii. 30.

Cor.

1.

X. 40.

(-,

xiii. 47.

4. 1
4.

SET

xii. 21.

la.

ix. 47.

[iioim.]

see " SEEVICE,"

9.

vii. 8.

ix. 9.

SERVING,

V. 27.
vi. 6.

3.

3 part,

7 part.

la.

la.

viii.

iv.

la.

7.

Eph. vi. 7.
1 Tim. vi. 2.

1.

Heb.

la.Acts

iv. 5.

In.
ix. 36.
la. Luke iv. 9.
18.
5.

la.Johu

appointed,

5), (won occ?)

xii.

Mark

8.

set in order,

fixed,

xviii. 2.
XXV. 33.
i. 32.

la.
la.

with a view
to the

')

2.

/',

la.Matt.

) miuisteriiig.

2 Cor. xi. 8.
Gal. iv. 8.

Job

(Ixx.

of No. 7)
set,

3.

SEEVE," No.

No.

(part,

arranged,

(do)

above,

3.

BOO

19.

SERVE," No.

towards,

iTTpos,

22,

iii.

?,

9.

1.

SEEYICE

1.

see Eye.

17, 30.

(divine)

sleb. ix.

1.

ii.

Eye.
Eev. ii.

2.

SEEVICE

ix. 12.

vi. 12,

3.

XV. 31.
brinijinQ of ^ircscnts,

2.

2 Cor.

3.

(,

xii. 1.

SET

Mark
Luke

Luke

'<:, 7.

8,

xi. 6.

Acts

ix. 10.

X.

to set, to put, to place, to

(such things as arc)

vi. 41.

viii.

sce

S before

xvi. 34.
1 Cor. X. 27.

lay.

4.

trans., to cause to sit down,

to seat intrans., to sit down, sit,
be seated.

SET FOETH.

5.

',
send

1.

,
Tt^i?/Ai,

to set, to put, to place, to

lay.

to send away, send forth,

" send," No. 1.)

off, (see

2.

(No.

prefixed.)

G.
7.

8.

8l8u)iu,

-,

to give, bestow upon.

N'2,

34.)

sink, to

Gen.

go down, (Ixx- for

2 Ch. xviii.
11

xxviii.

before,
to set
one's own

mid.,

before one's self or on

part.

in

to rank, to order, set

order, arrange, esp. of soldiers in
ranks, etc.

', to

1, tcith

Here,

3.

',

to load up,

conduct or bring

from a lower to a hi //her

In navijation, to '\caa a
place.
ship up or out upon the sea, to
up, as

put to

sea.

SET

,,

4.

686

to point out, show, ex-

3.

Johu

3.

Acts

10.
xxi. 2.

2.

ii.

,
,

iii.

25,

Cor.

iv. 9.

build
2.

Gal.

to

to cause
upon, to

sit

7, upon,
,

Matt.
fie

xxi.

^^^^y^i^^f

2.
1.

Luke

xiii.

a pace,
of a foot,

")

9 part.

i.

Heb.

viii. 1.

ii.

5.)

a.

la. Kev. iv. 2.

Heb.

xii. 1, 2.

(be)

(No. 1, ahove, with aua,

up, prefixed) to be laid up, as at

to fall up, as at table;

hence, to recline, as at meals.

3.

to sit

down,

csj).

in state, or

trans., to cause to sit, to

scat intrans., to seat one's self,
to sit down.
;

steadfast, to

iix firmly.

SET

()

1, ahove,

vi. 18.

2.

SET STEADFASTLY.

Luke

17.

ii.

as a judge.

vii. 5.

to set fast or

xix. 29.

Joliu

SET DOAVN

4.

3.

Matt, xxvii. 19 part.

1.

John

vi. 11.

is. 51.

to set, placc, put or lay

Bev.

, {,
SET

2. .Tolin xiii.

4.

4.

SCC " SET," JVo. la.

upon.

Phil.

a meal.

a foot-breadth, (Ixx.
for
brrp\'D
Tnr2,

Deut.
Acts

2.

John

1.

1.

Heb.

SET ONE'S EOOT ON.

,
,

1.

2.

34.

,
,
,
,
1.

1.

u.
ii.

with
before, prefixed) to lie before, to
be laid or set forth or before any
one.

SET ONE'S EYES.

V, 1 part.

Luke

(JVo.

1.

(-

Acts

Matt.

1.

SET BEFOEE

Tr A),

/,
-,

rTT, to inace, Job

Gren. xxxi. 51.]

trans., to cause to sit down,

intrans., to seat one's
to seat
self, to sit down.

CupoiWta.
^

to fix the eyes intently uj)0u,

gaze upon intently.

and

34.
xis. 35.
3. Acts xviii. 10.
1.
s:siii. 24.

1.

S'

a,.)

',

tvhere Chald. nci, and

(see " set," Ao. 3.)

to set, put, place or lay

them,

G L

xxxviii. 6,

^liey

7(7^5',

set

(be)
to be laid, set, or

akin to

no") is

vi. 13.

16.

2 doubtless refers to

iv.

vii. 9,

Ixx.

upon.

2.

Kev.

Acts

1.

Acts XV.

SET

Dan.

2.

fat upon,

,
[(a)

/'..^.'^

37.

to lie
placed.

SET ON.

{_non occ.)

3.

1.

iii. 1.

to cause to mount, as an
animal for riding, (Ixx. for n''DVl,
1 Kings i. 33 ; 2 Kings ix. 28),

Matt, xxvii.

3.

to write before, in ref. to

time past; also, in reference to
present or future, to pourtray.

Heb.

11, tvJiere

to rein Acts XV. 16, build again.

EOETH EVIDENTLY.

SET

1.

from Amos. ix.

nun, and Ixx.

marg

foreordain.

4. 1

Eom.

to set upright, to erect

quoted
erect again, rebuild

to

hibit.
1.

SET

iii.

Heb.

12 part.

xii. 2.

21.

DOWN TOGETHER

(be)

',

to(No. 4, ahove, with,

gether or in conjunction with),
{occ. Epli.

Luke

xxii. 55

ii.

6.)
to tit

down around, L.)

SET
FOETH

SET

7,

see " SET

687

SEV

(be)

Jude

Probably

dance.

"seven,"

so

called because it satisfies so many

things in nature and revelation,

BEFOEE (be)."
7.

the seven notes of music and

the seven colours, each note having its correlative colour, (determined by the proportions of the
e.g.

SET BEFORE

^,

, the
\

tkings as abe)

(sucii

tilings

being set before.

vibrations of air and light respec-

Luke

tively) viz.

X. 8.

^yellow,

A=

affection, fibe, foot, liberty, MIND, nought, order,

SEAL, UPROAR, VARIANCE.

See

also,

SETTIISra (and)

"days" of Gen. i., and ending

vith the flowering of the number
in the
Apocalypse;
running
through the Levitical ceremonial
as satisfying the requirements of
God's righteousness; and ruling
the principle of the Dispensational
reckoning of Time, in the 7 of
days, 7 of weeks, 7 of years, and
7 X 7 of years (Jubilee), and finally
in the 7 7 ^ 10, or the 70 weeks

sides.
Matt, sxvii.

SETTING

8,

see " set,"

Luke

17.

66.

(be)

8.

40 part.

SETTER FORTH.

(or hebdomads) of years.

notes on pages 390 and 391.]

an announcer, declarer,
Matt.

proclaimer, (nan occ.)

Acts

xvi. 10.
xviii. 21.
22 i, see

xvii. 18.

lay.

22

to set, to put, to place, to

Here, mid., to set or put for

20

viii. 5, 6, 8,

"'cc.

(.)

x\-ii.

Pet. V. 10 (OM.

SETTLED.
seated hence, firm, steadfast,
Cor. vii. 37 xv. 58.)
;

(occ. 1

Col.

i.

23.

'"'c

6 i' * ind.
(om. L.)
2 twico, 6 twice.
x. 3, 4 1"
4 '' (om. Tr.)
6

3'->i

viii.

twice,

see

times.

XX. 6.

- .xi. 13.
- xii. 3 '"'
- xiii. 1.
- XV. 1 flcc, 6
7 !^ 8 '"'

xxi. 4, 8, 27.
xxviii. 14.

- xvi. 1.
- xvii. 1

XX. 29, 31, 33,

Acts

vi. 3.
xiii. 19.

xix. 14.

L.)

::;

iv.

v. 1, 5,

xi. 26.

(SpoLo;,

times.

viii. 2.

to lay the foundation of

anything, to found hence, ground
or establish.
1. Luke xxi. 11 (active, L
Tr A .)
1

-"'1

xvi. 9
Luke ii. 36.

.\,
2.

4 '>.

xii. 20, 22, 23.

one's self.

2.

i.

xxii. 25, 28.

Mark
Tti?77/xi,

Rev.

xii. 45.

Rom.

xi. 4,

Heb.

xi. 30.

,
Matt,

sec Thousand.

SEVEN TIMES.
seven times, (non
xviii. 21, 22.

Luke

occ.)
xvii, 4 '.

SEVENTH.

seven, (occ. Matt. xxii. 2G.)

[As a symbolical number, its signification is indicated by the meaning

of

tlie

Ilcb.

satisfied,

):^U.\ to

satiated,

be or become

or Jilled,

the

primary idea being that of abun-

1.

2.
2.

ii

iwico, 10. 11.

- xxi. 9 3 huici.

SEVEN.

7,

>Seo

XV. 34, 36, 37.

SETTLE.
1.

and harmonies corressound and colour. In

in

Revelation we have the number

"seven," beginning Avith the

with
here, " with the guard,"
or with the guard (or watch) be-

/ACTct,

indigo,

discords

pond

= red, D = orange,
= violet, so that

F = green, G = blue,

8<;,

seventh, (non occ.)

seven.

twlc^

3.

7,

SEV

SHA

SHADOW

SEVENTY.

48,

6S8

seventy.

(-iNG.)

SEVENTY TIMES.

)8/;, seventy

to

(noji occ

X. 1, 17.

Heb.

Matt,

dowu upon,

to shadow

overshadow,

Luie

[verb.]

SHAKE

times, (non occ.)

1.

xviii. 22.

ix. 5.

SHOOK.)

(-EN,

to move to and fro, to shake,

(Ixx. for w::, Ps. xviii. 18
toiD
1 Ch. xvi. 30; Ps. Ixxxii. 5.)
;

SEVER.

2.

to set off by bounds, to limit

off, (kx. for b'2:n, Ex. xix. 12, 33 ;
to set off apart, separate, Ixx. for
^nnn, Lev. xx. 25 Is. Ivi. 3.)

move

to

and fro with a

to

shocTi or concussion.

Passive, to be shaken.

(a)
3.

to shake out or off vio-

lently.
Matt.

xiii. 49.
1.

Matt.

SEVEBED FROM,
John

XV. 5,

[margin.]

1.

1.

SEVERAL

',

(one's)
1.

ticular, individual.

21, see

Every.

SEVERALLY.
(the above, adOerVmlly)

Cor.

xii. 11.
I

a Cutting

,
iVt,

2.

Gal.

Kom.

xi.

SEW
to

individu-

ii.

2,

see Privately.

off, {lion
22

.)

2.

xxi. 26.

2.

Mark

ii.

Matt.

X. 14.

2.

Mark

vi. 11.

Mutt.

Acts

to shake

beat o:^

off,

1.

Luko

2.

Acts

I
|

Acts

off.
ix. 5.

xiii. 51.

xxviii. 5.

SHAKE TOGETHER.
see "

shake,"
Luke

SHAKEN

JVo. 1.

vi. 38.

(those things which are)

the things,

iv.

W,

iv. 32.
i.

79.

v. 15.

(jyart.

Heb.

SHAKEN

of' what

is or can
be shaken.

)
xii. 27.

(those things which

CANNOT

[noun.]
occ.)

, the

15

e)

things,

not,

occ.)

1.

vi. 13.

21.

shadow, shade, (non

1.

i-

Slid.

OFF.

being shaken,

SOW upon,

SHADOAV.

Murk
Luke

Rev.

2.

26

26

" SHAKE," No. 1)

ON.

the dark mark of tlic

Here, the shadow arising
from the turninr/ of any hoihj, (no7i

1.

ii.

xii.

to shake out or

2.

twici;.

shadow.

1.

Heb.

2.

upon.

2 Thes.

1.

SEVERITY.

/,

1.

,
,

1.

vii. 21.

1.

ally, privately, particularly.

1

vi. 48.

iv. 31.
xvi. 26.
xviii. 6.

(jion occ.)

Ecv. xxi.

15.

Luke

Acts

3.

SHAKE

own, one's own, private, par-

Matt. xsv.

1.
1.

xxviii. 1.
2a.
1. Mark xiii. 25.
1.

see " without."

xi. 7.

xxiv. 29.

1.

see ahove, )
Heb.

what i.s not,

or cannot be,
shaken.

xii. 27.

SHALL, SHALT.
1.

Col.

1.

Hob.

17.

viii. 5.

X. 1.

1.

2.

ii.

Jae.

i.

17.

SHALL

frcquoiijly part of the translation of the future tense of a verb.

is

SHA

GS9

SHALL COME TO

AVhea

it is the translation of a separate G-reek word, it is here shown.

17, 21.

ii.

to be about to do or suffer anyto be on the point of, to be

about to do of ones own free tvill,
to intend or purpose doing.

Bom.

Ist

Matt. xvi. 27

xvii. 12, 22.

XX. 22.

xiiv.

/,

X. 27.

a.

Jas. ii. 12.

1 Pet. V. 1.

xxi. 7 -"J, 3G.

Rev.

xxiii. 3.

xxiv. 15.
xxvi. 2 part.

i.

ly.

ii.

10

i. 14.
xiv. 10.

10.

iii.

Rev.

SHALL BE

& 2nd.

1st

xvii. 8 i"-

^,

there

is

ix. 9.

(that these)
about

to be.
Acts xxiv.

Matt.

SHALL
22

V. 21,

BE.

SHALT BE

thefuture tense ofd^i, to be.

etc.,

Luke

3 time.

xvii. 24, 26, 30, 31,

34

vi. 5, 22, 23.

vui. 12 SnJ.

X. 15, 22.
xi. 22, 2-t.

11 (om.
shal! there (<,
xii.

'

Tr A.)

lit,

35

1st, 3(j lit

(.)

xxi. 7, 11 twice, 17,23,

24 3ra, 25.
xxiii. 43.
John vi. 45.
viii. 36, 55.

C 0,

the

-40,

Rev. xvi.

5,

ii.
I

iii.

(,

L Tr.)

(.)

X. 8, 31.

43 1

is it

,
L

(iirriv,

not, in.stead of
shall ii not he,

43

iv. 18.
vi. 5.
ix. 9, see

1,

13

Luke

14,

*"'",

Tim.
2 Tim.

Sfii,

see

"Ice, 40.

Wh

2 Pet.

4S

{iirriv, {,

Tr

John
Johu

Rev.

.)

1.

iii.

2 twic

2.

X. 9.

xvi.

X. 12, 14.

5,

see

be

20 2" J, 52

XX.

xii.
xiii. 28, ,30

25

2'"'.

xxii. 3twl<". 4Jnd, 5.

xxii. 12

(;<,

i,

Tr), (om.

SHALL BE MADE
Lnke

UU

iii.

5 3rd *

ih.

O-

(?
;

deformed, (ojyp. to
oooD," NO. 2), ugly, uhether
of mind or hody ; hence, .^oken
of ichat is offensive to modesty
shameful,

indocorouH, indecent,
l.xx. for ^'"1, Gen. .\li. 3,

4, {occ. Tit.

i.

^)i<r//y,

],

,
ness.

Lev.

xxi. .3"''*, 4 twice, 7,

liv. 14 1"

Kev.

3.

(which)

xi. 19, :iO, 36.

ii.

^'

,
or

25.

i.

V. 3.

ix. 41.

2, 21.
9.

5.

viii. 10.

Jas.

iv. 7.

vi.

ii.

i.

the sense of disgrace, the

attends
shame
the. performance of a dishonourable deed a shame that may reheing the
strain a had man,
shame or inner grace that will
Ixx. for
restrain a good man.)
nsr;, Is. 1. G
nt^n, Job. viii. 22
nsnn, Ps.lxix. 20, {occ. 2 Cor. iv.2.)
see "

iv. 6.

iii. 2,

S he

made.

2.

iv. 17 -"J-

Thes.

Heb.

10.

iii.

V. 31 Snd.

[noun.]

iii. 8.

Phil. iv. 9.
1

15 l, 20 l, 32 1", 33,
31, 45, 66.
ii.

[pass.

xii. 6.

S have,

see

come to

xiii. 11.

Eph.

19 1"

1'.
i.

S have.

vi. 16, 18.

xi. 15.

S have.

see

xii. 7, 23.
xiii.
4 1",

macellum, a meat

feeling of

26, see S
XV. 12.
1 Coi. vl. 16.
xi. 27.
xiv. 11 1st.

2n.l, 4.1.

xi. 23, 2

1.

Rom.

2 Cor.

Tr A M.)

Cor. X. 25.

SHAME,

S be

xxvii. 22, 25.

W.)

Lat.,
1

xxiv. 15, see

(that there)

XXV. 30.
xxvii. 6i.
Mark vi. 11
ix. 19, 35.

17, 21.
23.

xxii. 15.

is,

market.

xiii. 11.

xxii. 13, 28.

xxiii. 11.
xxiv. 3 l, 7, 9. 21 1",
27, 37, 39, 40 l, 51.

Tr

uXkov,from

XX. 16.

(E G

SHAMBLES.

8.

i.

the holy on

xix. 24.

Acts

1'

26

is,

TrA.)

xvii. 17.
xviii. 18 '"'"
xix. 5.
27, see S have.

30

xiv. 17 (i<rriv,

(which)

07ie ivho

xii. 26.

45.

15.

caoyu-ivos, shall be.

27,

xiii. 40, 42, 49, 50.

xvi. 19 ', 22.

it,

Luke

xi. 23, 34.

Rom.

Tim. iv. 1.
Heb. i. 14.

3rd.

SHALL HAVE.

C.

xiii.

ix.

23.

with Dat., there shall be to

i.e. it shall have.

Mark

I't, 18.

13

iii.

is. 26.

Matt. xix. 27.

iv. 21.

viii.

PASS.

Acts

Rom.

iliinrj^

Acts

Acts

" SHALL BE," See helow.

For

Mark
Luke

SHA

l.\.\.

xviii.

U.)

deformity, unseemlifor rrni., Ex. xx. 26;

(5,

7, (occ.

Eom.

i.

27.)

a turning in upon one's

causing a recoil from what
is unseemly or impure, a putting
to shame, "ixx. for nob^, Ps. xxxv.
26 Ixix. 8, 20, (no occ.)
self,

;;

SHA

5.

690

SHA

dishonour, disgrace (\xx.for

9 iin, Job. xii. 21

to treat despitefully,
strength;
outrage, ill-treat, injure, abuse
(Ixx. bpn, 2 Sam. xix. 43.)

n7pJ, Prov. xii.

no'pD, Jer. xxiii. 4), vileness,

1.

Luke

".

xiv

Actsv.il, see S(suiferl

4. 1

Cor.

xi. 6.

xiv.

4.

XV. 34.

Phil.

1.

.35.

SHAME

Eph.

1.

v. 12.
19.

vi. 6,
xii. 2.

1.

Jude

1.

Rev.

3.

Luke

[to

an open)

18.
xvi. 15.

make

Mark

i.

19.)
1.

vi. 6.

2.

(suffee)

(/,

t^.)

made

something

like,

likeness
shape, inqylying resemblance io other objects.

1.

Luke

invert, to turn one in

iipon himself, bring to reflection,

move;
11

Is. xli.

to

Ixxxiii.

'iQti,

18;

Ez. xxxvi. 32.)

down shame

bring

upon, put to shame

2 Sam. xix. 5.)
iv. 14.

(Ixx. y^r

15;

xl.

22.

(Ixx.ybrti^^nrr,

Cor.

i.

Eev. xiv.

16.
12.

;,

14, 17, 18ticc.

xix. 5.

SHAEPER.
more

cutting, (non occ.)

, ,
Heb.

abrupt
(occ.

SHAMEFACEDNESS.
the inner grace which recoils
from any thing unseemly or impure, an innate moral re])ugiKince
to the doing of a dishonourable
act, shamfastness, modesty, {occ.
28.

/?,

cut

off,

then, severe, harsh)

se-

of

2 Cor.

xiii.

i.

Lat., pra^cise,

10.)
13.

SHAEPNESS.
see above, (occ. Tit.
2 Cor.

i.

13.)

xiii. 10.

SHAVE

(-EN.)

to shave, to shear; Ixx.ybr

Gen.

ii.

iv. 12.

SHAEPLY.

(adv.

xi. 22.

?,

Tim.

v. 37.

SHAEP.

verely, absolutely

2.

John

ix. 7.

sharp, keen, having a shar]) edge ;

(Ixx./or rnn,Is. xlix. 2 ; Ez. v. 1),
(occ. E/om. iii. 15.)

Tit.

xii.

1.

Eev.

[verb.]

IvTpi-o), to

to affect, to
Ps, XXXV. 2G

iii.

2.

V. 41.

SHAME,

Heb.

him sJmmc/iiIl!/, instead

sent him auay s/iainc-

i<),

SHAPE.

,
ii.

Cor.

the thing seen, external appearance, form, shape.

Eev.

Tr

with

eT8o9,

Acts

1.

tfeated

affect

ail

not to hold in honour, esteem

to dishonour, tohefJier
persons or tilings, hy icord or deed
(Ixx. !?33, Mic. vii. G; hh\>, Gen.
xvi. 4, 5.)
Here, 2^(iss., to suifer
dishonour or insult (Ixx. for ni,
Pro^ xiv. 21 ^'2, Prov. xxii. 22.)

2.

ii. 2.

lightl)^

!?::2,

(,

xii.

of

example of,
expose to public

SHAME

Thes.

to dishonour, to
disgrace.

idhj handled,

to

2. 1

SHAMEFULLY HANDLED.

/,

13.

(put to an open)

Heb.

1.

XX. 11.

see S (i)ut

iii.

make a show of,

pointing at, (occ. Matt.

1.

iii.

U.

5.
2.

2.

Heb.

2.

vi. 5.

xli.

14

Num.

vi. 9,

nbji.

19.

9.

* Mid., to shave one's self.

SHAMEFULLY

1.

2.

/),

sec "

io

SUAME

(entreat)

Acts

xxi. 24*.

(SUFFEII)"

wax wanton,

to act with

insolence, csp. in the use of superior

1 Cor. xi.

5 part.,

6.

SHE.
Sue,

is

generally part of the translation

of a verb.

SHE
When

represented by a separate
is always emphatic.

it is

G-reek

GOl

word it

as a simple pronoun,

generally
rendered he, she, it, they, etc., in
the oblique cases, and occurs too
frequently for reference here.

1.

is

in the above,

SHE is not included

2.

,/.

1.

of

',

2.
2.

a later form of No.

Matt,

xxiii. 35.
xxvi. 28.
Blark xiv. 24.
Luke xi. 50.
xxii. 20.

Acts

ii.

33, eee

2nd person.)

that, that

Mark

v. 26,

than No.
I"

1.

eec S bad

a closer

and

1,

vii.

she,

1.

.)

37

xxi. 4l-

1.

(;,

John

29.
XX. 15, 16.
2.
1. Eom. xvi. 2-"

2.

sic,

(G^),

,
],

herself,

her.

GL

(Ixx.

hi/
;

rul-

hence,

for

xiv. 26),
Cor.

{non
xi.

6 1'-

SHEARER.
Here,

see above.
Acts

viii.

p)art.

32 part.

SHEATH.

a place to put or set anything,

repository, receptacle, e.g. a sword.
Johu

UU

Mark

omx

xviii. 11.

or

4"

LTTrA),

shccy,

(oin.

7.

8,

11,

12fi(aj>.)

13, 15, 16, 26, 27.

xxi. 16
littU

\i. .34.

X. 2,

shceyi,

John X. 4',
]2 *:,

(/',
(,
.)

sheep.

17,

xiv. 27.
l,r>ke XV. 4, 6.
John u. 14, 1,5.

liXl

occ.)

,
,

15.

xviii. 12.
XXV. 32, 33.
xxvi. 31.

creeping, flging,

^sy)./r/?(?auinials: hence,

xii. 11.12.
XV. 24.

of the licad, to cut off

Job i. 20 Jer. vii. 28

ix. 36.
X. 6, 16.

7. Esj).

xviii. 18.

33.

occ.)

Tr

v. 26.

to shear, as a sheep

Acts

ii.

In Attic and
gen., beasts, cattle.
N.T. usage, onlg of sheep, {non
Matt. vu.

to Avcar away, eat away

gnawing, or cutting

the hair, n:.

nb:, 2 Sam.

Acts

things

swimming

hiug,

liii.

V. 5.

SHEEP.

from

SHEAR

Is.

Rom.

whatever goes forwards, i.e.

moves its limhs forwards in going ;
hence, quadrupeds, as distinguished

[A.)

(}?,

Mark

^,

xvi. 6.

See, BLOOD.

()

the things
beside or with

Ttt,

(_

.\i.

(aUTT),.sJi,GLTTrA.)

SHE HAD
-

(,

X. 39.

3.

xvi. 10.
Luke ii. 36.

forth.

see S abroad.

iii. 6.

SHEDDING.

12 (S<),
Tr A.)

TUi. 42.

1.

AR)

9.

:.

Rev.

con-

4t.

1.

xiv. 8 1" (on. L''

TTri'
.

Tit.

1.

Lukeii.38(oin.LTrb<.)

1.

xii. 44l

1.

15.

iii.

SHED FORTH.

(that)
.

Rom.

V. 5,

2.

nected tcifh the 1st person.)

Matt. xxvi. 12

1.

1.

the

ivith

this, this here, {marJcing

relation

Act.s xxii. 20 (No. 2,

SHED ABROAD.

Tird person.)

1.

1.

TTr AK.)

one there, (the

more remote, connected

3.

/,

to
to pour out.
pour out blood, to shed blood, to

this, (the nearer,

connected toith the

2.

2.
2.

it is the translation of one of

these following

SHED.

kill.

2.

When

SHE

.)

liltlr.si.itfi),

Acts

Hob.

Ju'soiiii,iustcadof

Rev.

viii. 32.

Rom.

-,

"> '

viii. 36.
xiii. 20.

Pot. u. 25.

xviii. 13.

pertaining to sheep. Here,

the sheep gale; (so\\\.fbr\i*.)!'n "i'tl,

Neh.

iii.

1,

32

xii.

3!)

[This gate was near the Temple,

and probably so called as the
])lace where sheep were sold for
llie sacrifices

John

of the Temple.]

T. 2,

marg.

gaie.

SHE

692

SHI

SHEEP-FOLD.
an inclosed
C ',

,
{^-,

SHIELD.

court open to the

i.e. a stone for closing

the entrance of a cave.
In later
Greek, and N.T., a shield {large
and oblong, in shape like a door);

Rupees, a door,

air,

o the

slieep.
Jolin

(kx. for po, 2 Sam. i. 21

niv,
2 Ch. ix. 15),
{non occ.)
;

X. 1.

1 Sam. xvii. 42;

SHEEPSKIN

(-S.)

Eph.

a sheepskin, any rough, avooIIj

skin as used for clotlnng ; ([xs..for
^^, spoJcen o/'a prophet's mantle,
1 Kings xix. 13, 19 2 Kings ii.
8, 13), (non occ.)

SHINE

Heb.

(a) Pass, or mid., to

(-s.)

01,

1.

oi,

1.
1.
1.

1.
1.

Matt.

Eph.

the

4.

shepherds, see above.

2.

,
AbR)

Lukeii.l5(om.oi

liv. 27.

2.

ii.

orfipiu-

la. 1 Pet.

ii.

(i\'0.

1,

(chief)

above, with

beginning, chief, in pre-eminence

or 'precedence.)
1

Pet.

V. 4.

SHEET.
white linen, a linen cloth,

fine

(071 occ.)

Acts

X. 11.

Acts

xi. 5.

SHEW.
See,

80.

SHEW-BREAD.
See, siiow-KUE.s-D.

SHEWING.
See, suowiis'u.

{as

torch)

to

to lighten as lightning;

for

^,

p'ln,

Ps. cxliv. G),

{occ.

xvii. 24.)

to view in the clearest

see distinctly, discern
of
the sun, to beam upon.
Sere,
prob., " should not be discerned

;"

(Ixx.ybrmnn, Lev.

xiii.

24, 25, 2G, 28), {non occ.)

20.

25.

SHEPHERD

,
by them

[14, 16.

X. 2, 11 twi, 12,

la.Heb. xui.

8.

18, 20.

John

to light,

light,

the men, L Tr)

2.

shine,

to

Luke

men,

vi. 34.

Luke

11.)
3.

XXV. 32.
xivi. 31.

Mark

iv.

(Ixx.

ix. 36.

come

beam, be bright or radiant (Ixx.

Dan.
for n:3, Prov. iv. 18
xii. 3), {occ. Matt. v. 5.)

the

(^ 7rot/u.Vs,

(./^,

appear, be or become visible.

used of Christ.

(a)

to lighten, give light, illu;

one who tends, feeds, leads,

{occ.

-ING, SHONE.)

cherishes, guides, and protects a

flock, (not merely a feeder); hence,

a shepherd,

-,

minate; shine forth

Gen. i. 17 Ex. xiii. 22.)

xi. 37.

SHEPHERD

(-ED,

vi. 16.

to
glitter,
glisten,
of
polished ur bright su)faces, {nan
occ.)

2.

Matt.

V. 16.

,
,

SHI

693

SHINE EOUND ABOUT.

1.

2.

around,

prefixed.)

2.

Luko

9,

ii.

Jer. x.

Luke

1.

TO,

Acts

(Ixx.ybr pin, Ex.

12.)

xi. 36.

SHIP.

a floating vessel, a ship for

merchandise or transport, (No. 2
being a ship oficar); (Ixx.for n'':w,
Gen. xlix. 13 Deut. xxviii. 68
;

2.

a ship, a vessel

(non
1.

Matt.

ix.

26,
1.

viii. 23, 24.

ix. 1.
xiii. 2.

1.

xiv. 13, 22, 24, 29,

XV. 39.

Mark

iv.

1.

9,

36 l>'
36 "n'i,

John

see

(little)

13, 38.

6,

see S (take)

xxvii. 2, 6, 10.

1.

11,

Hinder

see S (owner

38,39.
viii. 10.

Acts

xxvii. 27, 30.

SHIPMASTER.

governor of a ship, i.e. the

steersman or pilot (Ixx.ybr b^n,
Ex. xxvii 8, 27, 28.)
;

Eev.

xviii. 17.

SHIPPING.

,.(',

/*" SHIP," No.

John

iii.

24

1.

of " ship (little),"

A.)

pi.

Tr

SHIPWRECK
to

shipwreck, (non

LT

(make)

make shipwreck

suffer

occ.)

1.

1.

Jas.

tering into the ship.)

1.

Itev. viii. 9.
xviii. 17

14.

1.

SHIPWRECK

41.
44.
xxviii. 11,

G^T

{om.
Tr'> A W, i.e. 901111;
aboard, iustead of en-

1.

(pee.

15, 17.
18, see Lighten.
19, 22, 30, 31, 37,

1.

13

seaman,

of the)

54.
1.
1.

see S

(-men.)

sailor,

xviii. 17.)

">i<-

xxi. 2, 3.

V. 2, 18, 21.
vi. 32, 45, 47, 51,

1.

21

xxi. 3, 6.

Acts IX.

part.
1.

7'"'''^ 11.

vi. 17, 19,

8,
1.
1.

37.
38, see

twice

viii. 22,'37.

1.

see S (small

(little)
1.

SHIPMAN
a shipman,

'iM,

A.)

19, 20.

i.

iii.

xxi. 6.

26),

V. 2
stiviH vesfel, boat, L">

1.
1.

ix.

(',

Luke

1.

32,33.
1.

Job

TTrm

1.

1.

24.)

vi.

(Ixx.ybr

rv:n,

occ.)

iv. 21, 22.

1.

1.

John

3-5), (occ.

i.

Kings

into

Rev.

Jonah

tO
to go up,

the

(beioht)

liu;litning;

lu

to gO upon,
go in, L Tr.)
(T A. )

ix. 3.

13.

(take)

jtXolov, ship.

SHINING

xix.

Acts

1.

Acts xxvi.

2.

, ,(,
SHIP

see above.

(iVb. 2, with Trepi,

SHO

iii.

(suffee)

2 Cor. xi. 25.

4.

(.),

SHIVERS.

19.

See, break.

SHIP

(little)

Jlnrk

a small vessel, a boat.

iv. 36 (No. 1, G L
Tr A K.)

John

xxi. 8.

trXotdpLov,

SHOD

8,

(h.vve...)

to bind under, as sa7ida7s inider

the feet hence, to put on sandals.
;

SHIP

In

NT.

only mid., to bind under

or put on one's own sandals.

(small)

irXoiaptov, see above.

Mark

Eph.
iii.

SHIP (owner
ship-owner,

of thk)
i.e.

SHOD
Mark

hire.
xxvii. 11.

()
vi. 9.

the master

owner of a trading vessel who

took passengers and freight for

or

Act

vi. 15.

9.

SHOE

08, what
foot;

(-S.)

bound, under, as the

htnce, a sandal, a sole of
is

SHO
wood

coi

or leather bound on to the

foot with thongs, {pion occ.)
Matt.

iii.

11.

SHO

;;

SHO
SHOULD

695

(-EST.)

very frequently part of the

translatiou of the teusc and mood
of a verb.

SuorLB,

AVhere

is

the translation of a sepaword it is one of these

it is

rate Grreek
following.

{For " snorr.D

ije," etc., and various

combinations with other icords, see

below.)

1.

to be about to do or suffer
any thing, to be on tho point of
then, as implying necessity arising

from

the nature

of things or with

the divine appointment,

and

there-

fore certain and destined to take

place, ought, should, must.
2.

needs, there is need of, it is

necessary then, as implying necessity arising from prescribed law

Set, it

right or proper, one

it should, etc.

or duty,

it is

must,

ought,

it

a) imperfect tense.
8.

6(,

owe, to be indebted
ho is obligated, or
obliged to the performance of any
to

hence, I ought,

duty.
2a.Matt.

xviii. 33.

SHO

SHO

G96

SHO

;;

SHO
to,

697

towards, or before any one;

19

,
,
,
,
off.

20.

(a) Mid., to display one's self,

one's self

6.

7.

off,

{nan

Matt.

ne\vs back

9.

one'e

any one,

intelligence,

Mark

word down to
home to him

(No.

',manifest

58, see Great.

80, see Showing.

39,
X. 37.
xiv. 21.
xvii. 14.
XX. 24 (No. 1,
-iii.

make open

xxiv, 40
ii.

20

vii. 4.

,2

what

is

Heb.

known,

reveal,

or clear,
bring to

light.

),

to give.

,
,
the

L8.

to
to be seen.

make apparent, cause

Pet. ii. 9, see S forth.

2 Pet. i. 14.

John

Rev.

i.

iv. 22,

see S again.
see Showed

vii. 3.

[(he)

18,

1.

xvii. 1.
xxi. 9, 10.
xxii. 1, 6, 8.

AGAIN.

Matt.

SHOW

xi. 4.

BEFORE.

{No. 8, with
or forth, pnf.ved.)

Acts

1.

2.

iii.

2.

i.

iv. 1,

',
18.

SHOW
^,
'',

Acts

before

vii. 52.

FORTH.

see above.

No.

4.

bring word out, give otit

i-iilelligence, /)>; one place to an-

to put or lay down,

deposit, lay up for future use
here, with
to lay up favour

with any one.

13.

1
.

SHOW

through
end ; hence, to go through

twice.

18

one's self.
.Acts i. 3.

with, set out in detail.

17.

13.

ii.

iii.

IG. t77o/i.,toleadc>;conduct
to

2.

viii. 5.

.Jas.

8.

visible

15.
10.

ii.

vi. 10, 11.

15 (No. 7,
S.)
XX. 20.
xxi. 1 twice^ n^ gee

iii.

17.

xiv. 8, 9.
xvi. 13. 14.

here, trans., to cause to

stand near, to place or set before

make

ii.

i.

iii.

any one, present.

15.

Tim.

xi. 57.

secret,

[forth,

ii. 4.

16, see
V. 4, see Piety
vi. 15.

24.

to disclose

9.

i.

Tim.

Tit.

X. 32.
.

9.

ii.

Tlies.

(.)

'wic.

vi. 30.

reveal, betray.

to

Eph.

2 Thes.

18.

to sight,

to

GL

.)

37.
xxii. 12.

Tr

or apparent,

Tr
,

Mercy.

1 Cor. X. 28.
xi. 26.
xii. 31.
IV. 51.
2 Cor. viii. 24.

vii. 18.
,

Mercy,

ix. 16, see

17. 22.
xii. 8, see

iv. 5.

V.

show openly.

^,
make

\.

10,

Lukei. 19, see Tidings.

-51.

John

to make, form, produce,

cause to be to do, expressing an
action begun and continued, or not
yet completed.

make

14.

forth

xiv. 15.

1.3.

'

vi. 47.

SCO

self.
xiii. 22

A.)

phasis of the verb.

12.

xvi. 17.
xix. 18,
XX. 20.
xxiii. 22.
xxiv. 27.

20.
23.
xxviii. 2.
21.
28.
Eom. i. 19.
ii. 15.

V. 14.

i.e.

to

xii. 17.

i. 44.

vi. 14,

to report back, send

hence, to report, no-

xi. 13.

1.

one's
,

The word may contain a hint at the

unJcnown contents of the proclamation, as loell as an increased em-

11

ii. 35,
39.
X. 28.
40, see S openly.

S forth

xxviii. 11.

bring it
hence, to proclaim somewhither.

10.

self.

xxiv.

vii. 26,

'.

again.

ivi. 1.
21.
xxii. 19.

to bring

1.)

see S nne's
36 part.
[self.
52, see S a^'uin.

Acts

iv. 8.

- xiv. 2, see

announce.

tify,

woi'ds,

i7i

No.

to hold near or beside a7iy

xi. 4, see
xii. 18.

announce or report from some

place or person ; to publish something that has happened, been experienced, or heard.

8.

lay before

viii. 4.

up

one, offer, present.

{No.
under,
implying secrecy, i^rcfixed) to show
or point out privately or secretly,
give a sight or glimpse of show
by tracing out signify.
to givo

to lay

),

show

occ.)

1, tvith

relate, tell, {see " sat,"

hence, to exhibit, e^.as a specimen,

show

SHO

other;

(].\x.

for icr, Ps.

ix.

Ixxix. 13), {non occ.)

1.

Tim.

i.

IG.

2. 1

Pet.

ii.

9.

1.5

SHO

SHOW FOETH
to be

ertpyeoj,

ill

1.

2.

2.

produce
Mark

,SHOW

to work,

i.e.

vi.

The Heb. hread of

the face or faces,

of the presence, must refer to
the presence of God, from the
expressions above in the Ixx. and
1 Sam. xxi. G.
Compare the expression, :^: ^^^^'^, the angel of
God's presence, (Is. Ixiii. 9, compared with Ex. xxxiii. 14, 15, and
Deut. iv. 37.) God's " name is
in him," Ex. xxiii. 20. The ''hread
of the face " is therefore symbolical of that heavenly bread, through
eating of which that life is given
and nourished, by and in which
alone God's presence shall be
enjoyed. The " show-bread " was
" taken from the children of Israel
by an everlasting covenant " (Lev.

he

i.e.

effect.
1-1.

ONE'S SELF.

to see with the eyes, (pass, of

" SEE," JVo. 8) to be seen, be beheld.

to

make apparent, manifest,

known.

Ifid., as here, to manione's self, show one's self

openly, to appear.

fest

2.

C
<

John

xxi. 1, 14.

Acts

1.

vii. 26.

SHOAV OPENLY.
58), to give,
/ere, gave [Aim]

-,

')

manifest,

to

>

(_yveV^ai,to become, 3

become

manifest,

xxiv,

SHOWED
Acts

(be)

iv. 22.

the

apTOL, loaves

),

forth,

setting

arrange-

ment,

e^Cposure,
or exhibition,

ij,

forth or arrangemeiit
T(7)i', of the

forth, (see

loavcs.

or setting forth
of the loaves,
(the icriter having the loaves
themselves
arranged in view.)

Nch.

)<;

In

5,

ii'MTTLOL,

offering, I

Num.

Mark

ii.

2.

1.

Luke

vi. 4.

2.

Heb.

ix. 2.

SHOWEE.

a heavy shover, violent rain

tvith thunder and te7}}j)esf.
Lat.,

imber;

for

(Ixx.

(non

xxxii. 2),

an^jiu;,

Deut.

occ.)

xii. 51.

SHOWING.

^,

a showing up, a lifting up

and showing
hence, a showing
forth, (non occ.)
;

Luke

i.

80.

SHEINE.

?, dwelling

hence, the most sacred

part of a temple, tcherc the image
;

of the god

teas set up.

Acts

the

1-G,

Ixx.

hread in

Kings

vii.

1-S.

',

SHUN

crh

Ex. xxv. 30 and

the hread of the
;

six. 24.

iv. 7,

the perpetual

Sam. xxi.
holy hread.
In the
of,

"the

X. 3-1.

find Tonn
hread, and in 1

have
front

1.

Luke

tin-,

sii. 4.

Matt.

the note, below.)

[In Heb. 0^; cnb, hread of the

face or faces, E.x. xxv. 30 xxxv.
13 xxxix. 3, etc.
C'2t*
or
n^":i'*'Dn
Cnr, hread set in order,
1 Ch. ix. 32
xxiii. 2!)
2 Ch. xxix.

18

1.

\ the arrangement

the

7rpo^eVt?,setting

\^

the loaves of
the setting

of the,

God

is

of

flesh

SHOW-BEEAD.

ot,

took

children of Israel by an everlasting covenant," that by partaking of Him who is " the bread
of life " set before us, we may
enjoy the presence of God. (See
also, Ps. xxiii. 5
Luke xxii. 30.)]

X. 40.

to become, take place, happen.

yLvojj.aL,

(who

Christ

8.)

Himself)

oi-

openly seen.
Acts

SHU

ONE'S SELF.

effective, operate,
Matt. xiv.

698

1.

around

trans., to

causc to stand
around;

intrans., to stand

mid.,

hci'e,

(-ED.)

to

place

one's

self

around, i.e. so as not to come

near hence, to stand aloof from.
;

SHU

),

G90

to send or draw under.

In N.T., mid., to draw one's self
back under cover or out of sight
hence, to shrink from
to draw or
keep back anything, suppress it.

2.

one sick at heart, sick in

Ko. 2 would apply

Acts XX.

27.

SHUT

2 Tim.

1.

ii.

4.

16.

2.

else.

(no)i occ.)
(^Nb.

loith

1,

away

xiii.
1.

Matt.

2.
1.

part.

1.

Rev.

1.

1.

xi.6.

1.

xxi. 25.

SHUT

UP.

(iVb. 1, ivith

Fever.
6, see

(oill.

2.

the sick,

9.

la.

vi. 56.

4a. Johu V. 15.

xi. 11.
la.
2. Acts V. 15.
ix. 33, see Palsy.
la.
xix. 12.
5. 1 Tim. vi.4,mar(i. (text,
dofe.)

3.

xvi. 18 (up.)

la.2

2.

XXV. 39
Tr A.)

2.

Mark

(No. la,

13, 44.
i.

30, see
3,

4,

Fever.

5, y,

10,

see Palsy,

(JV'o. 1, toith
in conjunction with, prefixed) to shut
up together (Ixx. for
^r^OT[,
Ps. xxxi. 9
Josh. xx. 5.)

',
.
i^),

xiv. 4.

3.

.)

LTrb

'"'<:.,

X. 8.

ii.

la. Luke iv. 40.

V. 2t, see Palsv.
la.
ix. 2(No.2,

see Palsy.

viii. 6,

Palsy.
la.

Jer. xxxii. 3), {iion occ.)

3.

to have a sickly longing for

anything,to pine after, dote about,
{non occ.)
14, see

dowu,

unction,^'

,
ix.

prefixed) to shut down, as in a

subterranean prison, and then gen.,
to shut up, confine
QiW.for w^'r,

5.

Matt.

see above, iVb. 1.

" extreme

which is never administered till all

hope of recovery has vanished.]

V. 2:5.

xxi. 30.
iii. 7 '', S.

-xiii. 2.5.

2.

Acts.

1.

10.

xi. 7.

Joliu XX. la part., 20.

1.

afforded for

\)ioii occ.)

17),

<;
<;)

ended.)

vi. C

XXV.

Luke

[Here used of such sick as may

recover
hence, no
ground is

from

Participle, one whose strength

gives way in consequence of excessive labour, {whence,
and
(but not
are the dead, Avhose labours are

from, j)t'ffi^cd) to shut up away

from, shut away, shut to, make
quite fast
(y^-a./or i:d, Gren. xix.
Judg. iii. 23
10
'pio, 2 Sam.

1.

to be weary, faint, as

(-ET1I.)
;

one

to

in mind.)

labour, faint or weary in mind,

distressed with labour or ani/thing

(a)

~,
),

1.

weak

shut up
to shut, to close
(./;'^::), Gen. vii. 10; Jo.sh.ii.

1.

spirit

iohile

2.

SIC

Tim.

iv. 20.

1.

Matt,

2.

Acts xxvi.

Gal.

xxiii. 13.
2. Luke iii. 20.
1.
iv. 25.

iii.

22, rnarg., see

Conclude.

10.

1.

1.

Rev. XX.

John

iii.

'{

2.

17.

3.

<

,
evoj,
'^
-

Matt.

{For
1.

Mark

to

want strength, to beaa^eNo. 2) be infirm, weak,

Participle,

wanting

strength,

being weak or infirm.

2.

strength, infirm,
to have (naturally) no

imbecile
strength, impotent,
strength has gone.
;

3.

1.

2.

^';5, without

one

to

',

be

ill.

1.

Luke vii.

1.

John

10 (om.
oOfTa, irii.! nick,
Tr H), ('.)
.!,

C.

1.

Acts

1.

Phil. ii. 26, 27.

Jas. V. 14.

1.

iv. 46.

xi. 2,

1.

vii. 2.

feeble.
{a)

i.

.,,

>

Cvil, )

viii. 16.

34.
ii. 17.
vi. 55.
Luke V. 31.

tions, see below.)

(see

M,
ill,

XXV. 36.

HE STCK," and other combina-

<;,

to have,

(be)

ix. 12.

SICK.
"

SICK

/.

ix. 37.

SICK FOLK.
sec " aiCK,"

No.

2.

Here, pi.

(/)5,^**8,"^.3.

Here, pi.

2.

Mark

vi. 5.

1.

Acts

v. 16.

whose

/)/)(9, one whose strength has

failed through disease, languid,
{Hence, No. 3 is applied to
sick.

SICK OF

;^,

hold

(lie)

press together.
Here, pass., to bo held fast.
to

Acts

or

zxTiii. 8.

SIC

700

SICK PEOPLE.

,
ot,

as Gen. x. 19 xliv. 13. Assigned

by Joshua to the tribe of Asher,
but never subdued by them, Judg.
;

the [people']

, having

i.

evil.

ill,

SICK

31

X. 12.]

In

Matt.

SIG

iv. 24.

(that

A.)
H.)

is)

see " SICK," iVo. 3.

Maxk

passages, except

all

Ii&mvo^, ani Sidon, G Mark vii. 24 (oin.

Luke iv. 26 (20, Sidoniaii, G ~ L Tr A

/,

iv. 13.

SIET.
to

as grain in a sieve, {non

sift,

occ.)

Luke

SICKLE.
Spewavov, a sickle oj' crooked hnife, to
pluck off the harvest and vintage ;
(lxx./o?'!?Jo, Joel. iii.l3), (nonocc.)

Mark

Eev.

1.

iv. 29.
xiv. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18

''ice,

SIGH

(-ES.)

(jion occ.)

Matt.

2 Ch.

Mark

17

ix. 35.

1.

X. 1.

quoted from
Ixx.for rj''2H2'2.

is

where it is

Avant of strength, infirmity.

1.

Mark

iii.

to

iii'ui

',,

sicfciiesses

John

and,

2.

xi. 4.

SIDE.

3.

the side of the body, Enq.,

pleura; (Ixx.ybri'?"/, rib, Gen. ii.
21 Ti, Numb, xxxiii. 55 2 Sam.
;

xix. 34.

,
I

also, by,

niOnWAT,
WAT.

John

words, see below.')

the thing lookedat and actually

seen, (subjective) external appearance, (stibst. o/"sEE," iVo. 1.)

,,

a sight, a spectacle, {subst.

o/'"sEE," No. 11), (non occ.)

Here,

an cyc.

away from

their

eyes.

1'.

16.)
Acts

See

1.

TTr A.)
2.

John

{For various comhinations with other

15 (oni.

Treveiv

17.

viii.

1.

viii. 12.

19; nrno,

xxi.

SIGHT.

viii.

iv. 23.

la.

ii.

up,
{the ahove, loith
prefixed) to fetch up a deep-drawn
sigh; (Ixx.ybi 2^, Lam. i. 4),

sickness, confirmed disease

Is.liii.4,

Matt.

for

22.)

vii. 34.

1 Cor. xi. 30.

Ex. XV. 26.)

1.

i.

SIGH DEEPLY.

see " sick," J^o. 3.

(Ixx./or

2.

(Ixx.

Mark

SICKNESS

(-ED.)

to groan, to sigh
Lam.
n:D, Is. xxiv. 7

19.

SICKLY.

,
(a)

xxii. 31.

XX. 20, 25, 27.

the thing seen, (objective)

that Avhich is presented to the
(\xx.for
vision; hence, a v'mion
"",, Ex. iii. 3 Dent, xxviii. 34
;

xii.

etert, fahtiieii,
P.VSS, RIGHT,

Gen.

xlvi.

Gen.

No.

OTIIEK,

5.

2.

Dan. viii. 2.
(subst. of "see,''

pin,

XV. 1),

8.)

the sight, sense of seeing

then, aspect.

SIDON.

28, Sidon.

Heb.

G.

cry) Zidon, oiow called Saide.

[Joscphus derives it from the eldest

son of Canaan, Gen. x. 15 Jos.
Ant. i. 6, 2. Mentioned as early
;

,,

7/^)7,
the eye

(fishing, fish7.

the part presented townrda

hence, presence, person.

to

visible.

TO

i.e.

make

appear,

malte

and part.,
the phenomenon,

In N.T.,

piass.

the sight, (non occ.)

8.

8.

SIG

,
Luke

Acts

3.

vii. 21.

SIGHT

xxi. 11, see Fear-

vii. 31.
ii.
10,
(text, person.)

4.

2 Cor.

6.

xxiii. 4S.

Va-

xxiv. 31, eee

,
,

(IN one's)

,
,
,

2.

Col.

3.

Luke

X. 21.

1.

Heb.

XV. 21.

1.

Ui. 20.

2.

3.

i.

22.

iv. 13.

Matt.

xiu. 21.

(IN the)

5.

tim...

Acts

ii.

viii. 13.

xiv.3.

above.)

29

No.

Lukei.

before.

beside and at, at

near, with.

toith Dat.,
of,

15.

xvi. 15.

I.

Acts

i.

iv. 19.

2 Cor. xii. 12 "'

2 Thes. ii. 9.

Heb. ii. 4.
Rev. xii. 1,

oi'cr aijainst,

Tr
1.
1.

-.

5.

3.

W.)

XV.

(,

2 ('or.

ii.

(loicn

17
OBcr

against.

SIGHT
to

Matt.

Rev.

xxviii. 11.

SIGNS TO
evvevw, to

i.

nod or wink to

signs Avith the head or

etc.

(Ixx.

for pp. Pro v.

Luke
John

xi. 5.
I

Acts

sight,

Acts

<^9,

xviii. 41, 42, 43.

ix. 11, lb, 18 "ic.
ix. 12, 17, 18.

SIGNIFY

1.

(recovering of)
occ.)

Luke

13

62.

(without)

without sound or tone, without

1

xxii. 13.

a looking up, recovery

(non

i.

SIGNIFICATION
SEE,

nal

ai'u/?\ft/^t9,

ei/es,

vi.

voice or cry.

XX. 34.

SIGHT

(see

ani/ one, to

make

X. 10.)

xiii. 13, 14.

G.)

x. 51, 52.

(make)

iii.

Tbes.

up,

(non

side,

H.)

(receive)

look

(whose)

marked on the

Luke

Nos. 5 and

Mark

1.

1.

(text,

occ.)

21 .

1.

1.

xii. 17.

viii.

Gal.

marg.

1.

iv. 2.

11.
3.
1 Tim. ii. 3.
vi. 13.
Jas. iv. 10.
1 Pet. iii. 4.

1.

X. 31.

Rom.

(ivavri.

Tr A

3,

wonder.

SIGN \VAS

vii. 12.

1.
1.

21

^j

2 Cor.

1.

vii. 10.
viii.

IV. 19.

xxi. 7, II, 25.

ii. 18.
iv. 48.
vi. 30.
XX. 30.
Acts ii. 19, 22, 43.

2, above.

iv. 11.

1 Cor. i. 22.
xiv. 22.

3 "n'o, 30.

Acts
1.
1

Rom.

John
see

S was

xxviii. 11, see

(whose)

12, 34.

xi. 16,

V. 12.
vii. 36.

Luke i. 62, see S to (make

in the sight or presence of,

the side

39

(.)

havTLov, over against, in the presence of, hut as being opposite to.

4.

xii. 38,

xvi. 1, 3, 4 3''ui
xxiv. 3, 24, 30.
xxvi. 48.
Mark viii. 11, 12 '
xiii. 4, 22.
xvi. 17 (.). 20

lJobnui.22.

1.

SIGHT OP
1,

strates.

xi. 20.

(No.

(-S.)

before.

Matt.

tVcuTTtov,

eyes.

3.

1.

is

a sign, a signal an ensign, a

standard
a sign by which any
thing is designated, distinguished,
or known ; hence, used of the
miracles of Christ as being the
signs by which He might be known
as the Christ of God
a sign
authenticating His mission; a sign
with reference to what it demon-

of.

Eom.

7/

ix. 9.

SIGN

,,

down,
(No. 1, with
prefixeJ) down, in the sight or
presence of, in the very presence

1.

)
Acts

in the sight or presence of.

1.

>

5),

V. 7.
7. Heb. xii. 21.
iv. 3.

Eev.

SIGHT

3.

not
using

")

seeing, (see " see,"

No.

marg.

(without)

not

1.

iiisb.
5.

9.

i.

SIG

7,

ful.

2.

701

to use the eyes, look at, (see

" SEE," iVo, 5.)
inf.

2.

1.

iv. 18.

of

In

Cor. xiv. 10.

(-ED,

-,

(Ixx.

for ''',

N'.T., to signify,

like Ixx.
occ.)

-INO.)

give a (public) sign or sig-

for

Num.

x. 9.)

make known,

:. Est.

ii.

22, (non

SIL

702

/,

to make manifest of things

of tilings
past, to tell, relate
future, to reveal, show, bring to
(Ixx. for ^3, 1 Sam. iii.
'light
Ex. vi. 3 Dan. iv. 15)
21.
of icords, to imply, signify.

make known through

2.

^,.

Josh.

2.

to

to appear,
-.Oi^, Est.

Jolm
Acts

4).

sii. 33.
xviii. 32.
xxi. 19.

1.

xi. 28.
xxi. 26.
xxiii. 15.

2.

1.
2.

nearly 9f d.

Matt. X.
Acts iii.

9.

2.

Acts XX.

6.

1.

1.

xvii. 29.

3.

xix.

ix. 8.

1 Pet.

2.

Eev.

xviii. 12.

xii. 27.

2.

1.

2.

Eev.

i.

33.

Cor. iii. 22.

Jas. V. 3.
1 Pet. i. IS.

1.

24.

(text, note.)

Heb.

much

as

i.e.

(Ixx.

Acts XXV. 27.

2 Thes. iii. 14, marg

1.

for

22.)

iii.

as one can hold in

an Attic iveigM,^ a
drachma, or dram, ahoiit 6G grains
avdp. a silver coin icorth 6 obols,

cause
;

(Ixx.

Ex.

the hand;

22.)

ii.

of silver

pp^, Gen. xxiv. 53

make apparent,
to make known

for

made

6.pyvpeo<;.

10.)

vi.

used of money in

silver,

general.

:i2t<,

or money.

vessels,

to

adj.]

white) silver;

(froin
then, silver-work, as images, plate,

1.

an intervening space, to convey a

message or tidings then, report
further, proclaim far and wide;
ix. IG; Ps. ii. 7
(Ixx. /or

SILVEE. [uoun and

SIM

i.

11.

SILVER

i. 1.

3. 2

Tim.

ii.

(or)
Eev.

3.

20.

is. 20.

SILAS.
2/,'/\as,

Silas,

of StXowvos,

co7itr.

2.

In

all

passages, except

Acts XV. 34

1.

2.

SILVER

Sil-

vauus.

15.
xxvii. 3, 5, 9.

2.

Matt, xxvii.

2.

Acts

quict, tranquillity, stillness,

2 Thes.

iii.

12.)
Thes. ii. 11,
Rev. viii. 11.

2. 1

xxi. 40.

1.

xsii. 2.

2.

SILENCE
be

to

silent,

hush

!)

Acts XV.

12.

smith

12.

6.

(lion occ.)

speaking, to
to say

x.\ii.

1 Cor. xiv. 28, 31.

/'775, likeness, resemblance;

iv.

2.

(put to)
1 Pet.

3i.

ii.

SILK.
silken, of silk,

worm)

here,

(from

neut.,

sub-it., silk, silk-stuffs.

Eev.

xix. 24.

SIMILITUDE.
1.

xviii. 12.

SILLY.
See, woMAii.

11, 12), (occ.

i.

(Ixx.

Heb.

15.)

//,

something made

like,

likenesS; resemblance.

to muzzle, stop the mouth.

[):6,

marg.

19,

a labourer in silver, silverJer. vi. 29),

/or

(Ixx.

for fO, Geu.

SILENCE

Matt.

[picres.

8.

xix.

(keep)

when

cease to speak (from

),

XV.

SILVERSMITH.

--?,

Acts

Acts

silence,

{occ.

1.

Luke

2.

SILVER PIECE.

implying a previous
apealcing, {non occ.)

4.

(.)

SILENCE.

(PIECE of)

Matt. xxvi.

3.

15.

a likening, comparison;
(h'!.for\^-],Gen..2(^),(nnocc.)

o/xotWi9,

2.

Eoui.

V. 14.

1.

3.

Jas.

Hob.

vii. 15.

iii. 9.

silk-

SIMON.
pi>Dm, a hearing)
of several persons

:'.', Simon, (Heb.

a proi)er
in 0.

and
lu

2 Pet.

i.

1,

name

all paB8a(?es,

ivcv, Simeon

except
(S^

Tr

i^.)

;;

SIM

SIMPLE.

void o evil
Job. ii. 3 viii. 20

Heb.

unmixed

guile, artless,

Phil.

Matt.

X.

vii.

Prov.

i.

16marg.

(text,

harmless.)

1.

2.

Avitbout

Matt.

x.

16

Rom.

xvi. 18.
19.

singleness, simplicity, plain-

always opp.

(,

Rom.

xii. S, witli

2 Cor.

12
3 (add
Tr
a),
i.

xi.

e'l',

i.e.

toii-ards (els,

to dupliciti/.

in (marg. liberally.)

Tr A t^.)
ond yow chastity,
" \iour singleness and your chastity

not

SIN

iioliiicss,

ei')

Christ."

(-S.)

is alicays used for the actual transgression, the result of

the e\'\\ principle in action hence,
sinful action, sinful deed; (Ixx.ybr
;

:3, Gen.

failure,

first three Gospels, Matt. xii. 31,

but frequently in the Epistles^ it

denotes the generic idea of sin, or

With the
a single sinful action.
art., it refers to the entire contents, not merely the representation
of the idea. Sin is not merely,
however, the quality of an action,
lut a principle manifesting itself
in the activity of the subject.
The " man of sin," 2 Thes. ii. 3,
bein// the personal embodiment of
sin.

hap

Also used of the sin offering, Heb. x.

xiii. 11
(Ixx. for ^!,
6, 8, IS
Ps. xl. 7 cf Lev. v. 8.)

pi?,

Is. Iviii.

^,

hence, a falling aside

from

truth, or duty, the particular and special act of sin from

ignorance, inadvertence, or negsin rashly committed by
one unwilling to do an injury.

ligence

[In Rom. v. 12, NO. 1 is said to have

entered the Avorld. Tlie disobedience of Adam is called No. 3,
(Eom. V. 15, 17, 18) and then,
;

in ver.se 20, it says, "The law

entered that N^o. 3 might abound,"
and that which before was the
result of imprudence or error
might become criminal in the
And
knowledge of the sinner.
then, after this, where No. 1
abounded, tliere grace did much

more abound.]
John

21.

i.

xxvi. 28.
i.

iii.

4, 5.
5, 7, 9, 10.

28.

,, A
12

iv.

(oiii

Luke

i.

iii.

jifir siii.s,

Tr

Li>

),

G :i

i.e. it.

77.
3.

xxii. 16.

xxvi. 18.

Rom.

xxiv. 47.

(without)

iii.

9, 20.

25.

2.

viii.

4.3.

xiii. 38.

xi. 4.

i.

[46.

xvi. 8, 9.
xix. 11.
XX. 23.
Acts ii. 38.
iii. 19.
v..31.
vii. 60.
X.

V. 20. 21. 2.1, 24.

vii. 47, 48, 49.

John

24"'if,

34*'<l(om. G^),
ix. *l. 41 'i.
XV. 22ic>;, 24.

xii. :n.

Mark

viii. 21,

34 1".

6.

ix.2, 5, 6.

ii.

is from
a duct or
canal by which water flows down
to auy place, then it is akin to
".rrw, to speak or jjut forth, and
which implies an evil influence,
and to all the cognate dialects,
(Chald., Syr., Arab., Etli.) in
which it has the idea o turpidity

[If

etc.;

I'ti^D,

right,

iii.

36,
;

afailing when one should

have stood upright, a misfall, mis-

Matt.

xxxi.

xxviii. 38, etc.

1, etc.)

[noun.]

from prescribed law

mud

tumultuous

by

waters, bitter and brackish waters,

etc.
and hence, we have the Zat.
amariis, and the French amere.
then, is the defiling influence and bitter principle of
disturbance which has flowed down
upon the creation of God.]

Ex.

aberration
or duty
hence, sin, considered not as an
action, hut as the quality of action,
the evil principle, {from loliich
No. 2 sprinc/s) i.e. sin fjenericaUy,
all forms, phases, and movements
of sin, Avbether entertained in
thought or consummated in act.
In the singular, (only once in the
miss,

down

SIMPLICITY.

ness

bitumen arising from hot

natural springs, collection of

brought

15.)

i.

in water, acetous fermentation in

Avine,

26.)

Jience,

{occ.

cn,

(Ixx. for

^,

xiv. 15), (pec.

SIN

and excitement, muddy confusion

,
,
,
,
.

703

7,

SCO

iv. 7. 8.
V. 12 twice,

20.
13

21.

twicOj

SIN

Heb.

-i. 1,2, 6'">, 7,

10, 11, 12, 13, U. 16,
17, 18, 20, 22, 23.
vii.
7 t'f",
5,
8 'wic^ 9, 11, 133 times,
14, 17, 20. 23. 25.

Eom.

iv. 15.

V. 1, 3.
vii. 27.
viii. 12.

ix. 26, 28 '"'.

X. 2, 3, 4,6.8, 11,
12, 17, 18, 26.
xi. 25.

viii. 2.
- 3 is',marg. sacrifor sin.
3 ind, 10.

Jlcc

xii. i. 4.

Jas.

siv. 23.

Cor.

i.

twice.

15
9.

vi. 18.

ii.

iv. 17.

2 Cor.

3, 17, 56 twice.
V. 21 twice.

Gal.

4.

XV.
i.

ii.
iii.

Eph.

ii.

Col.

1 Pet.

17.
22,

2 Pet.
2,

from, tiwaj from.

from

Avhicli.

3.

eVet, since,

(om.

11

ii.

of the

Tr

Sill,

9 (G ^vj. (No.
Tr .)

4.

TTctSv/,

because, in as

wicc.

1, 7, 8.

2 1st.
2 -, see S of

5.

much

as.

Thes.

ii.

16.

ii.

3.

iii.

twice,

twi

G.

Tim. V. 22.
2 Tim. iii. 6.
Heb. i. 3.
1

24.

1.

iv. 10.

1.

V. 16 twice, 17 twice.

1.

u. 17.

Eev.

i.

what way

as, in

ferring

here,

in a clause re-

when, from when,

to time,

since.

5.

()

SIN

?,

xviii. 4, 5.

1.

indeed,

8-,

ivUh Ace., after.

12.

2 Thes.

tvith

3,

/.6, with,in association with

(for the)

fr*.)

(JVo.

since indeed, because

affixed)
truly, in as much as really.

14.

ii.

John

13.
1

xiii. 2.

SINCE.

,
,
\ov,

18.

i.

14.

ii.

2 Cor.

iv. 1, 8.

1.
5.

GL

see above.

22. 24 twice.

ii.

iii.

',
i.

f,

V. 15, 20.

7.

i.

1.

xiii. 11.

xi. 27.

SIN

SIN HERETOFOEE.

13.

iii.

704

1.

Matt. xxiv.

6.

Mark

Luke

John 32, _
21,
^wori^
"^ria.
Bom.xvi.25,J

21.

ix.

-Acts

ix. 21.

70, see Worlil.

vii. 45. see S the
i.

xvi. 16, see

Time.

xxiv. 21.

2.

Heb.

1.

3.

Cor. XV. 21.

2 Cor. xiii. 3.

1.

Col.

5.

Heb.

4. 1

time.

without missing or failing;

unfailing, unerring esp. in a moral

")

iii.

i.

6, 9.

vii. 28.

ix. 26.

sense, faultless, blameless.

John

viii.

{.

from, away ") (the word day cr

from,
> time heing nnder-

SINS OF (for tue)

Mere,

around.

TTcpi,

ivitlt

SINCE THE TIME.

Gen., con-

Avhich,

SIN

John

(-ED,

ii.

2.

-.)

1.

[verb.]

to miss the mark, swerve

from, err; hence, to sin; (Ixx.for
ton, Ex. ix. 28, 35, etc.)

Matt,

xxvii. 4.

2 Cor.

l-iike XV. 18. 21.

V. 14.

xiii. 2,

(nj).)

iii.

12

ticc.

23.

V. 11, 14.

16 part,

No.

(-

"
gen. of " ""^
aiN,'

2,
vi. 15.

'

^J

Cor.

21, see

see

Tit.

,
and
iii.

judged of iu the sunlight,

hence,
found genuine

so

1.)

al-

Phil.

i.

10.

1.

S hereto-

SIN ALREADY.

here fcrf., to have sinned

before or previously.
xii. 21.

ii.

ii.

2.

15,

marg. soo
[UarmXcAa.

SINCERELY.

?,

{adv.

of

"

PURE," No. 2) sinwith pure inten-

cerely, purely,
tion,

{non

occ.)
Phil.

2 Cor.

Phil.

Pot.

[fore.

11.
Heb. ui. 17.
X. 26.
2 Pet. ii. 4.
1 John i. 10.
ii. 1 tlcc.
iii.

iU. 6 twico, 8, 9.
V. 16 twice, 18.

vi. 18.
28 twice, 36.

vii.

SINCERE.

Avithout guile or deceit, unadulterated, pure, {non occ.)

2.

Epb. iv. 26.

1 Tim. V. 20.

ix. 2, 3.
I'.oin. ii.

xii.

vii. 45.

pure, distinct, sheer, {occ. 2 Pet.

ready.

Jolin

11

1 Cor. viii. 12 twice.

XV. 34.

xviii. 21.

viii.

2.

stood.)

Lnko

cerning, on behalf of.

i.

16.

SINCERITY.
clXiKpivcia, clearness, purcness, genu-

ineness, asfound so hi/ heing judged

of in the sunlight, {non occ.)

2.

SIN

of decay

'^^}^^
C

ffenuineness,

genuine,

Cor.
2 Cor.

12.
17.

i.

,
ii.

1.

viii. 8.

3.

SINFUL.

erring from the way or

mark, erring from the divine law,

1.

(,

sinful.

2.

f/en.,

see " SIN,"

1.

No.

ITere,

1.

SING-

1.

Lxike xxiv.

1.

Eom.

Eom.

,
,

Acts xvi. 25, see Praise.

Rom.
1

1.

Eph.

XV. 9.

Cor. xiv. 15 ''

v. 19.

Mark
xviii.

16.

33.

12, see Praise.

Jas. V. 13, see Psiilui.
1. Rev. V. 9.
1.
xiv. 3.
1.
XV. 3.

as subst., one

also,

ii.

2.

(.%,

one morally

a debtor,

to the performance of any

duty then, one who fails in that
performance, a delin(|uent.
1. Luke xix. 7.
Matt. ix. 10, 11, 13
xi. 19.
1. John ix. 16, 2l, 25, 31.

SINGLE.
Lat., simplex, opp. to 8l-Lat., duplex, two-fold
and

xxvi. 45.

Markii.

so, single, in

one way

Matt.

vi. 22.

!.>,

hence, sim-

Luke

V. :K), 32.

vi. 32, a!,

Luke

1.

16"icc, 17

xiv. 41.

ple, {no7i occ.)

31 "I"

vii. 34, 37. 39.

xiii. 2.

xi. 31.

';,

(ilicai/s

singleness,
simplicity;
opp. to duplicity.

.,

(from

1.

not stony,

level) simplicity, neatness, plaiuness, {non occ.)

ActBii.

kJ.

1.

XX

1.

Col.

iii.

22.

Eph.

vi. 5.

,
"

2.

SIR

Tim. i. 9, IS.
Heb. vii. 26.

1.

ii.

15, 17.

xii. 3.

Jos. iv.

8.

V. 20.

Pet. iv. 18.

1.

1.

Jude

15.

(-S.)

master,

bird,

1!.

1.

1.

1, 2, 7, 10.
xviii. 13.

iii. 7.

V. 8,

Gal.

1.

XV.

SINGLENESS.

Roui.

I.
1.

1.

4.

2.

compared with Luke

Matt. xx. 19; Mark x.
32
So, Ixx. and ::\^.. Is. xiv. 5.
xiv. 41,

bound

Wee

2.

who

-,,
1.

(-S.)

erring from the way or

mark, erring from the divine law,
sinful

iii.

,
.

thus errs, a sinner, transgressor.

Among the Jews, Gentiles were
called
Matt. xxvi. 45

In Ixx. and N.T.,

the lyre, play.
to sing as accompanied by stringed
instruments (Ixx. pr, 1 Sam. xvi.
23 xviii. 10 xix. 9.)
1.

(let)

ix. 44.

SINNER

1.

SINK DOAVN

Luke

Matt. xxvi. 30, \ see

Col.
Mark xiv. 26, ) HymD. Heb.

9.

to set, put, place, lay.

Here
put for one's self,
i.e. on one\ own part or behalf.

to touch, twitch, pluck, as a

twang hence, to touch

string, to

to be borne or

mid., to set or

2.

Here piass.,
Acts XX.

2.

SINK DOWN.

thrown down.

vii. 13.

for -^v^, Ex. xiv. '2 xv. 21 Numb.

xxi. 17; 1 Ch. xvi. 28), (non occ.)

///\,

V. 7.

to bear or carry down f/'om a

higher to a lower place, to bear

2.

(begin to)

Luke

viii. 3.

(-INO, SAKO, SUNG.)

SINK

xiv. 30.

Here
sink in the deep.
pass., to sink, {occ. 1 Tim. vi. 9.)

7.

to sing, used of all kinds of

sounds made by the voice both of
men and animals: of man as distinct from animals, to sing, to
then, to sing in praise or
chant
(Ixx.
honour, celebrate in song

in the sea.

to

doAvn.

38.
2.

1.

of sin.

Mark viii.
Luke V. 8.

1.

Matt.

*'

Epli. vi. 24, marg. incorruption.

L
2. Tit. ii. 7 (oni.
Tr
S.)
2.

down

to sink

In N.T., pass or mid., to sink, be

sunk, drowned.

^^^^^.

V. 8.

SIR

SINK, SUNK.

>

(
1.

705

incorruption, incapacity
of things, perpetuity.

yvr^aiov, legitimate,

3.

1.

owner,

{see

LORD," Xo. 1*.)

/, a man

Lat.\'\\\,

male person, a man

{see "

'

/.i'.

in se.r

an adult

and age,

Nos. 1 and 2.)

SIS

70

Mark

v. 15.
X. 37. 40.
46.

male or
an endearing appellation
lohen used of adults.

3.

female

little child, either

xii. 21.

xxi.
5
(text, child.)
Acts vii. 26.
xiv. 15.
xvi. .30.
xix. 25.
xxvii. 10, 21, 25.
2.

XX. 15.

1.

1.

xiii. 27.
xxi. 30.
xxvii. 63.
Luke xiv. 21.

].

Johniv.

1.

1.

11, 15, 19,49.

T. 7.

1.

Eev.

SISTER

John

xix. 29.
iii. 35.
vi. 3.

x. 29, 30.
x. 39, 40.

Luke

Luke

xi. 1, 3, 5, 28. 39.

<li'ei//t09,auephew;

8,?,

XXV.
Col.

79.

i.

Sister's

Acts

[Son.

<

ivith

other

i.

to seat

79

Acts

to

sit

XXV. 31.
xxvi. 7 part.

xiii. 1, 2.

21, 23.
30.
xxii. 44,
xxiii. 2.
22.

1.

hH, 64, 69.

xxvii. 61.

1.

xxviii. 2.

1.

(non
occ.)

,
,

Luke

X. .39.

AT MEAT.
No.

see above,

to lie
;

3.

down, to

lie,

be

then, to recline as at

manner.

to make incline, i.e. to

make lie down. In N.T.,only of the
oriental posture at meals, to make

3.

1.

Matt.

ix.

2.

Mark

ii. 1.5.

Mark

ii.

6, 14.

1.

iii. .32,

1.

iv. 1.

10 part,

1.

Luko

(.)

3.
1.

Cor.

in

(No.

2.

ii.)

viii. 10.

',
SIT

37

xxii. 27 '""
xxiv. 30.

1.
I

vii.

LTTr A

xiv. 3.
14 part.,
xvi.
marg. sit iogethcr

AT MEAT WITH.

(Wo. 1, above,
conjunction together

until

Avith,

,
pre-

fixed.)

Matt. xxiv. 3 part.

xix. 28.

near,

beside,

cline at table, sit at meat.

XX.

SIT AT.
dowu

to sit

table, in the oriental

1.

to be laid up (as offerings

in the temples of the gods, etc.) to
be laid out {as a dead body, Mark
in later usage, to belaid up
V. 40)
at a meal on a tricliniuin, to re-

xi. 16.

11.

xxi. 5.

recline as at a meal.
sit

sit.

ii. 9.

xix. 4, 11, 18, 19,

XX. 4.

L.)

sit still,

recumbent

2.

M:.lt. iv. 16 twl.

3 (op.), 4. 9,

seat one's self near,

xiv, 8.

down,
down, to

cause to

ititrans.,

twice.

21.

xiv. 14, 15, 16.

xvii. 1, .3, 9, 15.
xviii. 7.
[21,

(,
,

, ,

Gren. xxi. 10,

to sit; (Ixx.yor
In the sense of to abide,
etc.)
dwell, as in Matt. iv. IG, quoted
from Is. ix. 1, lohere Ixx. is

1.

2.

)\

to

one's self

down,

iii.

xi. 16.

SIT

aown,but more usually,

trans., to

ii.

.set

sit

words, see below.)

for 2\\ Luke

,
,
to

13.

i.

ii.

iv. 2,

ix. 8.

14.
15.

ii. 4.

V. 1, 7, 13.
vi. 2, 4, 5, 8, 16.
vii. 10, 15.
ix. 17.

14.

(with

10.

vi. 3.

SAT, SET.)

{For various comlinations

sit

Eev.

56 part.
69 (with

-,

Heb.
Jas.

xxii. 30.

Col. iv. 10.

(-EST,

2 Thes.

- xviii. 35.

ii.

6, 17.

iii.

he.)

- X. 13.

John

still,

^^.)

xxiii. 3.

he.)

Numb,

Tr

XX. 42.

xix. 25.

Ixx.ybrlTip,

doirn, sit

-viii. 35.

and

xxxvi. 11, {non. occ.)

sit

xix. 30.

SISTER'S SON.

1.

to set one's self do\en,

xvi. 5.
19 {ap.)

Jas. ii. 15.

2 John 13.

xiv. 26.

3.

xiv. S.

XX. 9

32.
62.

vii. 14.

xxiii. 16.
Eom. xvi. 1, 15.
1 Cor. vii. 15.
ix. 5.
Col. iv. 10, see
1 Tim. V. 2,

Mark

2.

1.
1.

3 part.
xiv. 18 part.

(,

xii. 21.

2.

tl.

Acts

xiii. 56.

1.

10.
viii. 28.
31.

2.

2,

xiii.

being

a sister, {fern, of

xii. 50.

SIT

34.
iii.

1.

(No.

30.

ii. 3,

1.

A.)

(-S.)

indicating tmity,
uterus, {non occ.)

Jolin

Acts

2.

1.

- V. 27.
- vii. 32.

a,

Matt.

xi. 2, 7.
xiii. 36

Tr

John

Matt.

1.

SIT

34.

,
Matt. xiv.

SIT

John

xii.

9.

Luke

Luke

AT THE TABLE

2 (ivaxf

vii. 49.

xiv. 10, 15.

AVITII.

see above.

,',"

.No. 1,

GL

Tr A

h.)

SIT

707

8IT TOGETHER,

SIT BY.
see " SIT,"

.
,
,
uke

V. 17.

,
Mark

1.

JSio.

Cor. xiv.

.30.

SIT

SIT

see " SIT,"

SIX

No.

2,

to fall u])on or towards,

(Ixx.
to fall clown, lie down
for inD, Gen. xlix. 9.) In N.T., to
recline os at meals, etc.
i.e.

',

),

,
,
<,

Here

mid., to recline as at

see " SIT,"

NT,
Luko

No.

see " SIT,"

3.

Matt.

viii.

H.

3.

xiii. 48.

xiv. 19.

xxii. 14.
55.
4.
2. Johu VI. 10 """
2.

viii. 6.

3G (No.

),(. ,

,
,
SIT

2.
1.

2.

7,

1.

.)

1.

DOWN

,
Luke

SIT

SIT

No.

Luke ix. 15 (No.

Tr A* .)

2,

No.

pri--

with

1,

\iii\i,

Mark xiv. 54
, was.
Acts xxvi.

[As a symbolical number

pre-

part., uith

30.

TO MEAT.
No.

it

denotes

imperfect ion,non-completenpss, falling as it docs just short of seven,

which denotes perfection.
See
Job V. 10 Prov. vi. IG John ii. 6.

xii. 37.

2.

See further
TiiREESCOUE

svii. 7.

"

tinder

AND

hundred

SIX (six,)" page

391.]

AVITH.

Matt.

TOGETHER
No.

fixed?)

2,

(make)

xviii. 11.

Jns. V. 17.

Kev.

xiii. 14.

Johu

iv. 8.
xiii.

ilretl

ii.

SIXTEEN

18, see "Hunthreescorp and

six (six) "

xi. 12.

U,
6.

Acts

xvii. 1.

Mark ix. 1.
Luke iv. 25.
6, 20.
xii. 1.

ix. 10.

ii.

,
,

3, tcith

SIX.

ei-,

Acts

Eph.

No.

SIX.

with
toficthcr or in conjunction with, pre-

XX

vi. 22.

3.

Luke

5.

(" SIT,"

TTtA.)

MEAT," No. 3.

DOWN

(" SIT,"

perfect, followed

together in conjunction
fixed), {non occ.)

to recline with any one,

as at table, to eat with, etc.

26 (" SIT," No. 3,

Matt.

UPON.

SIT

(" SIT,''

i. 3.
X. 12.

see " SIT DOAVN,"

xi. 37.

15 (/caeiVw, " SIT," No. 2, L")

fixed.)

2.

(make)

see " SIT

I

vii.

ix. 40.

.
,
,

Mark

Mark vi.39 (mid., LN.)

Luke ix. 14.
2. Luke

SIT

Heb.

DOWN

see above,

(.)

Acts

1.

2, with avl, up,

to set up.
In
intrans., to sit up, (non occ.)

together in conjunction with,

xix. 13.
xiii. 14.
xvi. 13.
1.
1. 1 Cor. X. 7.

1.

V. 3.
29.

1.

1.

1.

iv. 20.

vii.

viii.

1.

ix. 35.

No.

trans.,

SIT

28, 31.
xvi. 6.

1.

SIT UP.

Matt. xxi.

10.

1.

xxvi. 20.
xxvii. 36.
Mark vi. 40.

DOWN WITH."
15.

mount.
Here
bj eVi, upon.

3.

xiii. 20.
xiv. 8.

2.

35.

ii.

Luke

7.

XV. 29.

Luke

AT MEAT," No.

Mark

AVITH.

to go upon, tread upon

to
set foot upon
go up upon, to

to lie down, be recumbent; then, to recline as at meals.

see " SIT

see " SIT

" SIT,"

),

I.

No.

Acts

[margin.]

" sit at meat."

TOGETHER

prefixed;

to cause to lie upon, to

cause to recline in order to take a

meal.
a meal.

xvi. 14, see

.xiv.

[(six)"
20,8ec "Hundred

(TnEEEScoRE and)
seventy

six.

Acta

xxvii. 37.

SIX

70S

note above), (jion

sixtlij (see

occ.)

Matt. XX.

Acts X. 9.
Eev. vi. 12.

45.
xv. 33.
Luke i. 26, 36.
xxiii. -H.
John iv. 6.

Mark

Matt.

third.

[G

Ki)

,
Qience.)

ix. 13, 14.

xvi. 12.
xxi. 20.

sixty.

Mark

iv. 8, 20.

Matt.

blaspheme, speak
defame.

food or in

quoted froin
for uyo.

see "goat-skin."

made
Iii?,

4), {occ.

skin,

2 Kings
Matt. iii.

Mark

i.

Is.

:",

leathern
8
Zech.

for

n"?:?:,

Matt,

4.)

6.

2.

cranium (Ixx.
Judg. ix. 53 2 Kings

John

SKULL

3.

Zech.

xi. 4.)

Geu.

of a) [margin.]

Luke

),

{occ. 1

Tim.

iii.

(be)

10

I's.

{]\\.for

xlvi. 13),

15.)
iii. 9.

slowness, tardiness
2 Pet.

iii. 9.

uj), lift up, take

away, remove, put out of the way.

, ())
;

to

slaughter, to

animals for food or

),
crifice

i7i

sa-

hence, of pe?'so}is, to slay.

(iVb. 3, ivith

down,

prefixed) to slaughter down, i.e.

to sl;iy, cis a butcher ; (\\\.forTr\,
Zech. xi. 5), {non occ.)

SLACKNESS.

^<:,

(slain, SLEW.)

to kill outright, put to

uuaLpew, to take

slay, as

1.

2 Pet.

marg. body.

death.

xii. 5C.

3.
vii.

xviii. 13,

12.

to be slow, to delay

",, Deut.

Ib.Eom. viii. 36.

Heb. vii. 1.

2.
le. Jas. v. 5.

SLAY

2.

SLACK

for nDD,

SLAVE.

1.
|

(Ixx.

a killing of men, murder.

Eev.

regions above.
.xi.

xiv. 17, lohere

a body, as an organised whole

made up of parts and members.

SKY.

Heb.

/,

xvi. 2, 3 '"ice.

msn

viii. 32.

xix. 17.

heaven s]-)oTcen ofi\\e expanse

of the sky above, as well as the

Matt.

for Inf.

ix. 1.

3.

xv. 22.

xxiii. 33, text, Calvar\j.

oiipo.vo<;,

la.Acts

Mark

{the place

Liike

Ixx.

Josh. X. 20), {non oe

where

cutting down, carnage. Ser^,

Ixx.

Lett.,

xxvii. 33.

7,

quoted from Jer. xii. 3, where

Ixx. for rt^'in Dvb, {non occ.)

30), (non occ.)

ix.

liii.

(c)

SKULL.
;

of animals ybr

i.

in alhision to

KpavLov, a skull

8.

(b) quoted from Ps. xliv. 23, ivhere

Ixx. for nnnto f^V, (cf Ixx. for

(or a)
of

evil

sacrifice.

(a)

(Ixx./o?-

iii.

-], slaughter, as

SKIN.

SKIN

11.

SLAUGHTER.

xiii. 8.

1.

xi. 37,

iii.

Rom.

SIXTY-FOLD.

/,

to

Oi, slander,

xiii. 23.

Heb.

Tim.

SLANDEROUSLY REPORT.

SIXTY.

xiii.

(-s.)

a calumniator, slanderer, accuser (Ixx. o/Oaman, "iV, Est. vii.

Est. viii. 1), {toith art., the
4;
Devil, the accuser bt/ icai/ of emi;

(?,

Jolinxix. 14

5.

^,

,,

SLANDEEER

SIXTH.
the

SLA

delay.

5.

to kill

immolate

and
;

offer in sacrifice, to

also, to kill for

a feast.

6.

7.

709

to have pass through

one's hands, to administer.
Here
mid., to get into one's hands, (occ.

,
Acts

2.

SLA

Matt.

ii.

xxvi. 21.)

16.

to murder.

SLI

SLO
stream,

marginal reading

[tlip

710
is

the Vulouite -wronq,

-" and yfollows
gate perefflitamus^
Heb.

i.

1,

ii.

marg. run

j.i

the

(very)
/

j.

j-

least, {super l. oj old eptc

<;, hut used assuperl. of No.

out, as Icahiiig vessels.

1,

ahove.)
Jas.

iii. 4.

SMALL THING

slow, tardy, slothful, of

persons; (Ixx.for b'!i]), Prov. vi. 6,

SMALL

SLOTHFUL.

9), (occ. Phil.

2.

,
,v

J-

SMI

iii.

;^5, see above.

1.)

1 Cor. iv. 3.

Heb.

slow, dull, stupid, {occ.

(teet)

V. 11.)

1.

Matt. X3V.

26.
2.

Eom.

1.

Heb.

SMALLEST.

xii. 11.

vi. 12.
-!

1.

SLOW.

^,

2.

1 Cor. vi. 2.

mind,

slow, heav}% of the

{non

)^<;,

see above.

SMELL.

occ.)

not kbouriBg, unemployed,

(Ipyo?,

^^^^'^^
j

inactive, idle.
1.

Luke

xxiv. 25.
1. Jas.

2. Tit.

1 Cor. vi. 2.

12.

i.

SMELL

See, SAIL.

SLUMBER,

[noun.]

a piercing through,

,),

ment
from

vehe-

Here, quoted
Is. xxi.x. 10, where Ixx. for
3":, deep sleep, stupor, in which
case it must be derived, not from
pain, grief.

to prick thi'ough, but

from

nod,

to

fall

asleep, {see below.)

Bom.

xi. 8,

sweet savour, fra-

19 '"'

i.

SLOWLY.

o^lo^r,

grance.

,
,

PhU.

(sweet)
iv. 18.

SMELLING.

the smell, the sense of smell,

{non

occ.)

SMITE

1.

marg. remorse.

1 Cor. xii. 17.

(-EST, -ETII,

-TEN

SMOTE.)

later,
to beat, knock
to strike, smite, so as to kill ; also,
to smite, inflict evil, {occ. Matt,
;

xxvi. 51.)

SLUMBER
),

(-ED, -ETir.)

* quoted from Zech.

[verb.]

hence, to slumber,
to nod
(Ixx. for Di;, Ps. cxxi. 3 ;
drow.se
Nail. iii. IS), {non occ.)

Ixx.

1.

,
,

5.

2 Pet.

the

small, of magnitude, stature,

little

opp. of

of number, amount, time,

Mark
John

iii.

1.

Acts

2.

Acts

xix.

2.',

XX vi.

xxvii. 20.

xii. 18.

1.

Rev.

xix. 5, 18.

1.

1.

Rev. XX.

xi. 18.

xiii. 16.

1.

XV. 2.

22.

12.

Ex.

7,

tohere

xii.

12

xxxiii. 25.

to beat, strike, smite, strictly

with repeated strokes.

ix. 5.)

theii, like the

to skin, flay
slang words, to tan, hide to scourge,

Se'/w,

beat.

24.

1.

2.

xiii.

also

to strike, smite, whether with

hand, rod, or weapon, {occ.

Rev.

etc.

15,

vi. 9,
2.

Bce Ship.
see Fisb.
see Cord.
see Fish.

9,

much,

viii. 7,
ii.

3, as

ivith a stick, or

3.

age, quantitg, space, etc.

2.

2.

ii. .3.

SMALL.

2 Ch.

Mutt. XXV.

for

5.

to strike, esp. of a direct

blow; to afflict; hence, Enfj.,\)\vi^ne,

80, Ixx.

{non

for

occ.)

3,

Ex.

i.\.

32, 33,

G.

SMI

711

to rap 07' strike with a stick,

ihni,
to beat Avith rods, scourge
to slap in the face, box on the
ears, cuff, {occ. Matt. xxvi. G7.)
;

Matt.

V. 39.

1.

xxiv. 49.
xxvi. 31.

4.
3.
2.

51, see S off.

67, see S with

Luke

Acts

1.

47.
XV. 19.

2 Cor.

5.

Eev.

Luke

vi. 2i).

xviii. 13.

a noose or slip knot for

or strangling
later, a
snare, the mesh of anet, (non occ.)

hanging

xii. 7, 23.
xxiii. 2, 3 t'"

Luke xxi. 35.

Bom. xi. 9.

1.

1'
2.

Cor. vu. 35.

1.

1.

xi. 20.

Tim.

Tim.

7.

iii.

vi. 9.

1.

26.

ii.

viii. 12.

xi. 6.

1.

Eev. xix

,
,

2.

for

vii. 24.

xxvii. .30.
xiv. 27.

1.

whatever makes or holds fast

* quoted from Ps. Ixix. 23, where Ixx.

xxii. 49, 50.

63.
04.

xix. 3, see S with

one's hanrl.

Mark

SNAEE.

hence, a snare, trap, gin, {iion occ.)

xxiii. 48.
3. John xviii. 10.

the piiim of one's

hand.

SO

15.

SNOW.

SMITE OFF.

to take away, take off

for m2, 1 Sam. xvii. 51
14 xviii. 5.

so, Ixx.

Is.

ix.

snow
6

Is.

for

18

Iv.

10.)

;*, as

snoxc,

i.

Matt,

xxviii. 3.

Mark

ix.

Eev.

(Ixx.

3 {om.

Job. xixvii,

jbiy,

Tt A

::

H.)

14.

i.

Matt. xxvi.

51.

SO.

SMITE WITH ONE'S HAND.

^,

to give
a rap, slap, box, cuff.
John

,
,

18

Acts
Kev.

ii.

in this
(before a voioel,
this \y\ac, thus, so.

2.

also.

(a) preceded by
according as.

6) or

(.ZVb.

see above, iVb. 6.

Matt. xxvi.

marg.

67,

3.

...rods.

thereupon,

ovv,

i.e.

now,

tlien,

there-

fore.

SMOKE,
smoke

[noun.]

(Ixx.

Josh.

for

ft^i?,

Ex.

SMOKE

to smoke,

G.

'2,

of a

i.e.

and
quoted from

fainth/,

5.

xix. 3.

(-iNO.)

so,

[verb.]

tvick

same,

Ixx.

n:Jp3":?,

Ixx.

occ.)

Luke

ill. 5.

5.

Tr

{^.)

Is. xl.
(.U

4, ivhere

',

{non

10 (om.

1.

ix. 15.

1.

X. 21.

2.

.xi.

ix. :i3.

1.

30.

xi. 26.

1.

xii. 21,

xxiv. 27,33,37,39,
46.

Mark

8 (om. L.)
40 (.)

2 (ay.)
28, 38, 43,

1.
1.
1.
1.

xvii. 10, 24, 26.

x-xi. 31.
xxii. 26.
xxiv. 24.

Johu

iii. 8, 16.
iv. 40, 4<i, 53.

1.

V.

21,26.
U (om.

3.

vi.

iv. 26,

In.

57.

vii. 18.

1.

viii.

X. 43.
xiv. 59.

4b.

xi.

1.

xii. 50.

XV. 39.

2a.

xiii. 33.

ii.

G TTr

54.
1.

3.

xxvii. 61.

and

K.)

vi. 30.
vii. Ii.

xviii. 35.
xix. 8, 10, 12.
XX. 16, 26.

V. 10.

vi.

MX

Luke

1.

the

xii.
xiii. 40, 49.

level, plain, {opp. to

17.
12, 16, 19.

47 (to

xii. 20.

smooth,
quoted from

i.

V.

(non occ.)

SMOOTH.

Ileh.

in \vhich Avay, in what way

hence, gen., as, so as, how.

Matt.

where

manner, likewise.

pass.,

burning

same

neut. plural, these things.

in like

making a smoke

Is. xlii. 3,

Matt.

";)

,,

(b)

11.
XV. 8.
xviii. 9, 18.

make a smoke. In N.T.

to

this, that, this

(a) toOto, neut. sinj., this.

xix.

Bev. xiv.

19.

for

4.

20), (non occ.)

viii.

Bev.

loords, see beloio.)

manner, on

ONE'S HAND.

viii. 4.
ii. 2 3 time, 3, 17, 18.

1.

xix. 3.

THE PALM OF

SMITE

(For various combinations with other

59

G s)

(.)

:.

so
2a. John xv. 9.
xviii. 22.
1.
xxi. 20.
1. Acts i. 11.
iii. 18.
1.

2a.

XV. 11 "f 'ce^ 22, 42,

51.

(^

xvi. 1,
2 Cor. i. 5, 7.

1.

1.

viii. 6, 11.

1.

X. 7.

1.

1.

Gal.

3.

1.

1.

2a.
1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

V. 24.
28, 33.
2a. Phil. i. 20.

1.

- xxiv.

1.

1.
3.

&

Tr

1.

Col.

1.

8.

ii.

iv. 17.
V. 2.

15.

1.

2 Thes. iii. 17.

2 Tim. iii. 8.

1.

iv. 18.

6.

Heb.

1.

V. 12. 15, 18.

Horn.

i.

1.

1.

11.

iii.

V. 3, 5.
vi. 15.

2.

ix. 28.
X. 33.
xii. 21.

Jas.

iii. 5.

1.

6 (om.

Tr

11.
15.

ii.

iii.

Pet.

1.

V. 3.

1.

1.

vi. 5.

1.

2 Pet.

1.

vii.

1.

17 *"', 26, 36.

1.

1.

40.

2a.

14,

15,

12

24,

"ice-

4.

15.

5.

15.
i.

John

11.

ii.

1.

6 (oni. L.)

Ota,

SO THAT.

of the. TVifh inf., marMnq design or purpose, to the end that.

Iva, that,

,
,

in order that, to the end

in

what manner

see " so,"

No.

Rom.

xiii. 2, 32.

1.

1 Cor.

iii.

20.

1.

1.

Luke

V. 7.
4.
xvi. 26.
2. Acts vii. 19.
xvi. 26.
1.
1.

end

2.

Rom.

2 Cor.

7.

7.
7.

1.

iii.

vii. 7.

Phil.

i.

Thes.

1.

1.

2 Thes.
ii.

1.

vii. 3.

i.

ii.

1.
1.

xix. 10, 12, 16.

XX. 24.

1.

XV. 19.

xiii. 2.

1.

iv. 1, 32, 37.

XV. 5.

such

6.
1.

Mark

in

that, that.

viii. 28.

Matt.

5.

2.

(not)

SO as that, so that, expressing

result or consequence.

1.

that, in order that, to the

tj/a,

AS

not, also not, not even,

Luke xviii. 13.

1.

1.

SO AS.
1

MUCH

manner, and then, so

(.)

17.
1. Rev. ii. 15.
1.
iii. 16.
xvi. 18.
1.

viii. 12.

ix.

=:

iv. 11.

.37.

1.

i.

ii.

4a.
1.

t*.)

10,

iv. 1.

1.

vi. 3.

that.

12 twice, 17, 26.

XV. 20.

Cor.

26

3.

11.

i.
ii.

1.

as great

13.

iii.

Thes.

1.

14.

].

and

iv. 1.

1.

W.)

as.

SO

2.

1.

9, 14.
- xxvii. 17, 41.
xxviii. 9 (6c, hut,

much

iii.

1.

3.

how many

Rom.

3.
iv. 3, 29.
vi. 2.
Eph. iv. 20.

AS.

great,

9.

1.

1.

as

as,

4a

4a.

5, how

6.

i.

MANY

SO
G - L

3 (oin.
.)

xi.

Tr

1.

thus, in this way.

ovv, then.
Luke xiv. 33.

14

vii.

1.
1.

3.

1.

SO LIKEWISE.
( (<,

45.

vii. 1, 8.

SO

1 Cor. xi. 28.

xii. 12.
xiv. 9, 12, 25.

1.

4a.

1.

712

13.
i.

7, 8,

i.

4.

4.

1.

Heb.

xiii.

3.

Rev.

xiii. 18.

6.

that.

of

Mark

2.

what kind or

sort,

ix. 3.

1.

Rev.

such

SO THAT NOT.

as.

viii. 12.

im, in order that,

not, {see " no," JVo. 2.)
\
C

Gal.

SO BE. ..DONE.
to begin to be
to pass.

yivojiaL,

Matt.

become, come

viii. 13.

1.

v. 17.

SO THEN.
SO as that, so that, expressing

result or consequence.

SO
Kfiyoi,

and

John

I.

2.

XV. 9.

come together; of events,

happen togotlier, fall out.
it befell him to he
Here,

home

along, etc.

1.

2.
3.

3.

Acts

now, then, there-

xxi. 35.

")

so there-

> fore,

since,

(ow

) onnrlcing

the loqical inference, and apa intimating the harmonji between the jire-

( vith the fcet close to-

i^ethcr,

to

i.e.

ovu, therefore, then,

SO IT WAS.
to

hereupon,

upa, therefore, thence,

2 Cor. xi. 22 3 time.

3.

),

fore.

I also.

',

mises and conclusion.)

3. Rom.
Mark x. 8.
xvi. 19 (ap.)

Eom.

1.

vii. 3, 25.

ICor.

ix. 16.

1.
1.

Gal.

xiv. 12 (om.
iii. 7.

2 Cor.

iii. 9.

[))

vii. .38.

1.

iv. 12.

so
so

713

(aio))

ow, therefore, then.

xvi. 5.

SO

(be)

SOBER.

to be sober, temperate, abstinent, esp. in respect to wine. He^'e

1.

Acts

SOB

sober-minded, watchful,
cumspect.

jnirt.,

, {imperat. of , to
^, to to wish,

1.

be) let

sober, temperate, abstinent, esp. in respect to loine, (occ.

1 Tim. iii. 2.)

2.

it

be.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

Here,

desire.
pleases, wills it.

will,

it

sii. 16.

2.

SO BE

Pet.

iii.

of sound mind, sane used

of one who follows sound reason,
and restrains his passions.

3.
17.

(if)

3.

Tim.

indeed, ii: so be, assuming the

supposition as true, lohether justly
or not.
IPet. ii. 3(, if, LTTrii.)

SO BE THAT

3. Tit.

ciTTcp,

elye, if

at least, if indeed.

Cor. XV.

15.

Eph.

2.

SO

2. 2

;,

John

SO

John

ALSO

SO

xx. 21.

1.

(even)

view

to,

SO

Cor. V. 13.
Thes. V. 6,

(teach to be)

4,

ii.

marg.

uise.

SOBERLY.
with souud mind, pru-

LTTr A.)

Eom.

1.

Tit.

xii. 3,

ii.

1),

see
Tit.

marg.

to obriety.

12.

"SOBER

ii.

a sound
judgment

) orestimate.

iSO. 2,

2.

SOBER BUNDED

etc.
" 80 that," No.

/3',.9?"80 C

^ soastolmve

unto

(be)"

the view of,

to the end
etc.
that thet/ might,

6,

(be)

(be)," No. 2.

morg. he

discreet.

UCII SPOKEN OF BEFORE

-,

{which hath been) [margin.]

2 Cor. ix. 5, see " notice."

SOBERNESS.
soundness of mind,

cretion, prudence, which

Sec

iv. 7.

V. 8.

1.

TO, the,

a^ with

XX. 20 {uirrt, no thnt (see

Pet.

2. 1
8.

,
et?,

jaith inf.
Luke

xvii. 18.

TO, the,

fi'gi-

13

dently, discreetly.

MIGHT (...)

unto, with

i.

(he)

see above.

John

morg.

ii.

Pet.

to make of sound mind to

make, think, and act soberly, discreetly, or prudently.

15,

SOBEE

Tit.

1.

see above, 2io. 1.

SOBER

I.

s. 15.

Tit.

Iniii.

8.

2 Cor. v. 3 (No. 1,
[Tr.)

iv. 21.

I (even)

even

I also,

3.

2.

to be of sound mind
think and act discreetly, to use
sound judgment and moderation.

i ctye, if at least, if indeed,

\ Koi, also.

1.

i.

(if)

1.

r.

iii. 2.

),

see above.

1.

2.

11.

2.

ctTrep, if

cir-

done, even, falsely,

LONO, MANY, MKHITY,
MORE, MUCn,
NOT, UEQL'HIE,
SAV, SUFFEIt, THEN.

also, ijeset,
(illE.Vr,

IF,

all inordinate desires,

|

:\,

dig if cd

and

restraint

on

all

Tim.

9,

1.)

actions, {occ. 1
j
'

Acts xxri.

25.

ii.

dis-

controls
cxrrcisrs

the

;;

SOB

714

an expedition an armament, army, host, company, band.

see above.
1

Tim.

ii.

SOBRIETY.

SOM

9, 15.

to serve as a soldier, do

military

SOCIABLE,
1

Tim.

vi. 18,

"communicate (willing

see

Here

[margin.]

take the field.

loere serving

service,

who

part., those

as soldiers.

to)'
1.

Matt.

Acts

1.

viii. 9.

SODOM.
Sodom

5o8o/i,a,

1.

burning.

Ileb., Qio,

3.

Luke

In

all passage.!,

Mark

vi. 11

except

1.

(ap

1.
)

WITH.

xi.

vii. 25.

SOFT CLOTHIN&.

C
(

1.

vii. G.

2.

(fellow)

ii.

25.

Philem.

2.

SOLITARY.
Mark

i.

35.

1.

Heb.

i.

some.

other, not the same

denoting
nmnerical, not generic distinction

1 Pet.

other

some one, a certain one;

one,

[l^^^^^^'^''']hut

\
f

esp.

xi. 9.

a dwelling beside or near

residence in a foreign land
without the rights of citizenship.

ivith

words, see below.)

like JVo. 7.

SOJOURNING HERE.

\
G.

,
,
,
,

others.

nom. sing. neut. of No.

2,

but.

nom. pi. neut. of No.

2,

but.

cV,

one, {neut. ofcU.)

17.

SOLDIER

the other, other, denoting

generic, not numerical distinction
like No. 2.

7. cTipo5,
(-S.)

a citizen bound to or
performing military service; then,
gen., one serving as a soldier
later, a soldier by profes.siou, {non
occ.)

4.

solitary, desert.

pi.,

dwelling beside o? near,

neighbouring; (lxx.yb;OJ, Gen.
Ex. ii. 22.)
XV. 13

Acts

ii.

{For various coinhinations

(, to be

(.

Tim.

SOME.
(-ED.)

2.

(choose... TO be)

See, BLOW.

to dwell beside or near;

hence, to sojourn, dwell as a
(Ixx. for ii:, Gren. xx. 1
stranger
nti;', Gren. xxiv. 37.)
xxvi. 3

3.

{see No. 1,
a
above) together or in conjunction
with another a fellow-soldier.

xi. 8.

SOJOURN

ii.

soft things.

,
,
,

Tim.

to collect or levy an army,

SOLDIER

Phil.

SOFTLY.

1.

1.

,,

, the

Malt.

[32, 34.

Luke

81"

xxiii. 36.

Johnxix.2,23t'ice^21,

enlist soldiers, (jion occ.)

SOFT.

soft as fo the touch, spoken of

raiment made of soft materials.

Matt.

vii. 8.

SOLDIER

SOEVER.
See, PLACE, "WHAT,

xxiii. 10.
23, 31.
xxvii. 31, 32, 42.
xxviii. 16.

14.

iii.

1.

X. 7.
xii. 4, 6, 18.
xxi. 32 twice, 35.

xxvii. 27.
xxviii. 13.
1. Mark xv. 16.
1.

8.

'f^''

^'

[ l^^^^'^f
if

\,

the,

indeed,

I the
)

but others.

[seed']

indeed

or some.

SOM

715

10.

o, tbe,
but some,
Se.but.ho-wever..1.some however.

11.

the, (pi.)

ot,

'

the, (pi.)

~)

oi,

J
indeed,

, but, how-

12.

ever,

some mdeed.

i"

but some

some

>

/xev,

5,

these, {Ace. )

,
u,

the, (neut.pl.) )

pi.)

some

Bom.

(neut.

,
'

indeed,

115,

the, (Ace.

[ever,

but,

SOME SOET (in)

)
m part, partly.
a part,

but some

')

some

how-

(pi.)

(pi.)

Acts

SOME," No.
viii. 31.

Ttva, neut. pi.

Acts

xiii. 4.

-5i5
8

;">i,

!"

xvii. 4, 18, 21.

[=No.

TTore',

.32.

xviii. 23.

_ 44
_ 4-t

1st.

_ 24

Col.

-'nd.

See

7.

iii.

between, hand, means, meat,

OF, OTHER, TIME.

V. 7.

Cor.

U.

viii. 7.

Ti5, see

ix. 22.

2 Cor.

iii.

xiv. 4, 65.
XV. 35.
Luke viii. 5.

Gal.

i.

Eph.

11

11

Phil. i.
2 Thes.

6. 7, 8.
ix. 7. 8.

xi."l5.

Tim.

-'lid

3rd.

Tl,

11.

iii.

Tim.

Heb.

xxiii. 8.
vi. ("4.

GL

44.
ix. 9.

16.

1.

Acts

Gal.

iii. 5.
xxiii. 18.

vi. 3.

2l'"i18.

ii.

20

xix. 39.
xxi. 5.

tl (No. 12, LTr

A), (oiii.butt/icse.T.)

. 36.

iv. 1.

xiii. 1.

25.

of " SOME," No.

3, G, 19.

V. 15,

vii. 12.

neut.

Luke xi. 5t.

John xiii. 29.

so:metime,

vi. 10, 21.

John

Acts

SOMETHING.

I't.

l."> ''<:<'.

i.

1.

1.

7.

iv.

No.

viii. 46.

2, 12.

i<

-nd.

" SOME,"

Luke

X. 7. 8, 9, 10.
XV.
12, 2A, 37.

ix. 1.

SOMEBODY.

iv. 18.

vi.

viii. 28.

some time

xi. 14.

vii. 2.

also,

8.

iii. .!,

7.

8 3 times (, in,
^), ieis, imfo.TTr
i^), (eU, one (masc.)
A.)
20 3 times, (eV, il,
G ^ Tr.)

at

ist-

11, 13.

i.

2.id.

xxviii. 24

Eom.

when, whenever
once, formerly.

xxvii. 27.

8.)

iv. i.
5.

SOME TIME.

XV. 36.

xxvii. 47.
xxviii. 11.

xii.

1.

16.

r. 15.
xi. 20.

XTi. It i.
It -J(" others"

Mark

iii.

viii. 34.
7.

8 -"d * 3rd.
23 1"
23 Snd 4 3f<l.

28.

1 Cor. xv. 35.

of " some," No.

2 Pet.

Matt.

1.

SOME THINGS.

however.

XV. 15.

SOME MAN.
see "

Tt5,

(7^/.)

Bom.

ii
indeed

>

( /Atpos,

(neut.

some

")

xi. 17.

from

ever.

p>l.)

(if)

some.

some how-

xxi. 34.

"

pi.)

18.

some

Acts

C 1, if

however,

[ever, \pl.),

how-

xix. 32.

(pi.)

but some

the, (Ace.

( Toi)?,

Acts

SOME

but these

oloiul'\

another

thing.

Tl,

^ p^-) iudeed.

(neut.

but,

8e,

ANOTHER.
others, [icere crying

-<

indeed,

a, the,

IG.

,,

how-

these (jyl.)
indeed.

masc. pi.)
Sk, but, however, )

15.

SOME ONE THING, SOME

ever.

(Acc.pl.)
indeed,

14.

(pi.)

(7^/.)

?, these,

13.

SOM

1'

...ices

Avhenever; at some lime;

once, formerly.

4.

iii.

it

Eph.

i.e. lihof
not all! in-

ii.

2 Pet.

Judo

iii.

i.

21.
3.

iii.

20.

somewhat.

10.

xiii. 2.

xiii. 29.

Pet.

.)

iv. C.

xi. 37. 46.

Col.
Tit.

X. 25.
xi.

13.
1

stead of Tire'i,/ori07nt)
...but )iot

so:\ieti]\ies.*

', wlicn,

iii.

22.

1.

T15,

s^e

9.

sing.,

"some," No. 1. Here, neut.

Bomo thing, a certain thing.

;;.

SON
^

"'

,
,

from

1.

Luke

1.

Acts

I in part, partly, in

a part,

a measure.

vii. 40.
xxiii. 20.

Rom. XV. 2i.

2 Cor. X. 8.
Gal. ii. 6.

2.
1.

xxv. 26.

1.

716

1.
1.

Heb.

SON

,,

Hence, in
a son or child of
God, is declared the relationship
of the person and his characteristics.]

viii. 3.

(a)

SON.
1.

tion.

, ,
,
,
.

but

simply

sons of men, as denoting

Hence,
their origin and nature.

we have

sons of laiclessness, (Belial)

son
22

.Tudg. xix.

^,

of death, 1 Sam. xx. 31, {Heh.

" shall surely die ")

S071S

vaJotir,

of

vloi

2 Sam.

ii.

xiii.

viol
28, (Jleh. " be valiant ")
SOUS of the transportation,
Ezra iv. 1; vi. 19, {Ileh. "of

,,
,
,,,
),
;

Also in the N.T. we

of the prophets, Acts iii, 25 SLaOrjK^,of the
covenant. Acts iii. 25
of
wisdom, jNIatt. xi. 19
of the resurrection, Luke xx. 3G
of murderers. Matt.
xxiii. 81
of the hrideMark ii.
cliamher. Matt. ix. 15
of the
19 Luke V. 34
xiii. 38
l-inrjdom. Matt. viii. 12
of the loicked one, Matt.
xiii. 38
of Gehenna, Matt,
xxiii. 15
of peace, Luke
X. 6;
of perdition, John
2 Thes. ii. 3
xvii. 12
of consolation. Acts iv. 30
of the devil. Acts xiii.
10
of this axje, Luke
XX. 34
xvi. 8
of light,
Lukexvi.8; Johnxii.3G; 1 Thes. v.
5 UTrci^eias, of disohcdience, Epli i
2 v. G Col. iii. G Luke vi. 35.

captivity.")
have,

(b)
(joithout the article^
son, or a son of God, denoting the
relationship as the result of the
elective love of Grod, and as resting upon Grod's own act. It is
thus tised of men as iccll as of
Christ, as denotiiig a

this relationship

His
33

, ,
,
,, ,
;

--,
;

Christ

is

In

ihcsc oxpressions reference is

to the origin or startingpoint of the persons named, and
to the relation in vhich they
stand or to their characters, idioByncracies, and associations.
all

made

therefore

Jesus as

the

xiii.

3G.)

the

man

elect

and

) .

(or

(c)

article) the
cates,

not

{ioith the

son of the God, indi-

only

His

election

or

His especial and distinctive relationship, by Avhich Ho

is raised above the rank of the

choosing, hut

more general

{see tinder

This title indicates Him as

the Messiah, upon whom the relation of all others as " sons of
God " depends. Hence, this title
is never used, of His supernatural
birth, because it tois not by birth
that this relation, was brought about.
It is a relation in virtue of Avhich
the humanity of Jesus possesses
b.)

its special significance.

hence, used of

chosen of God.

(Luke i. 35 Acts
Eom. i. 4 cf Acts ii. 32,

birth,

kinship to

God, a partaking of what appertains to Him from whom the

whole life is derived, and according to Avhom it is moulded. When
used of Christ, the reference is to
the act of God, placing Him in

used of Christ.

the following combinations

deserve the greatest discrimina-

[This Avord is used as tlie Ilel. fl or

"'^n, to
characterise any one as to
his origin and nature, the points
which determine his character and
idiosj/ncracy
Thus we;i are not

O.T.,

is

[But

09, a son.

in the

the Son,

(d)
(the)
self

the SOU of

man, signiiies humanity itnot what merely resembles,

but Avhat essentially belongs to

man. Hence, it is never used hy
the discip)les, {and not until Jesus
exalted in glory is it used by
By this
Stephen, Acts vii. 5G.)

is

SON

717

title Jesus is raised above the

general viol
sons of men,
and as given to Jesus by Himself
it
becomes a Messianic name,
adojjted by Iliia on account of
the relation in which He stands
as the promised " seed of the
Avoman" to His brethren. (iVb. Ic
thus indicates the divine side,
referring to His personal and
divine glory, ivliile JVo. Id is the
human side of this title, as denoting not merely His need and rejection, but in this connection, as
yet securing blessing and righteous
rule over the earth as " the second
man," " the last Adam," {see
under "

.")

(e)

the Son of the

a complete and solemn

setting forth of the union of
Jesus with the leather in the
essence of the Godhead.
leather,

son of the Highest

a theocratic title, pointing to the
anointed king, so fully referred
to in 2 Sam. vii. 11
Ps. ii. 7

(1)

SON

the son of. Sometimes these icords

are given in italics in .^., {as in

Mark

iii.

17,

lohich are not

1.

Matt.

1 twice, 20, 21,

i.

Id.
Ig.
Id.
lb.

4.

15.
iii. 17.
iv. 3, 6.
21.

1.

vii. 9.

If.

Id.

viii. 20.

lb.

la.
Ic.

ii.

1.

Ic-

the SOn of
(g)
the blessed.
Tliis was a hypocritical expression of reverence,
in refraining from using the name
of God, intending to designate
Christ's declaration blasphemy of
God, of the ]31essed.

5 /3,

beam

to

bear

is

born,

(from

Any. -Sax.,

like

from

beran,
to bear) a child, lohether son or
daughter ; often used as a term of
endearment, dear child.
;

Scot., bairn,

in relation to descent, a child,

{whether son or daughter) ; in
in
relation to age, a boy or girl

7rut5,

relation

to

{like Zat.,

condition,

puer) a slave, servant.

.

, the

48.

1.

22.
23.

1.

Ic.

iv. 3. 9.

22.

1.

Ic.

41.
V. 10.

1.

Id.
Id.

Id.

xiii. 37. 41.

4.

1.

55.
xiv. 33.
XV. 22.
svi. 13.

Id.

Ih.
Id.
Ic.

16.

1.

Id.
Id.
Id.
Id.
1.

Id.
Ih.
Ih.

24.
vi. 5.

15.
22.
vii. 12.

1.

27, 28.
xvii. 5.
9, 12.
15.
22.
xviii. 11
six. 28.
XX. 18.
20, 21.
28.
30, 31.
xxi. 9, 15.

(.)

.'

37twi

1.

whenfollowed

of a person,

it

hi/

Id.

34.

Ic.
Id.
la.

viii. 28.

ix. 22, 26.

35.
38, 41.
44. 56

1.

Id.

xi. 11, 19.

30.

1.

Id.
Id.

xii. 8, 10, 40.

53 1!".
XV. 11,

1.
1.

21

31.
xvi. 25.
xvii. 22, 24, 20, 30.
xviii. 8, 31.
38, 39,

denotes the of,

i.e.

Id.
Id.
Ih.

1.

xxiii. 35.

Id.

xxiv. 27, 301

1.

Id.
Id.

XXV. 13

XX vi.

Id.
Ic.

Ic.
lb.
la.

Id.
1.

1.

11.
19.
ii.

5.
10.
14.
28.

H.

iii.

v. 7.

1.

vi. 3.

Id.

viii. 31, 38.

la.

ix. 7.

1.

Id.
Id.

John

7.

12.

i.

la.

18,

(.

34.
42, 45.
49, 51.

1.

Id.

13, 14.
16, 17.
18.

iii.

la.
Ic.
la.
1.

35, Setwic.
iv. 5, 46, 47. 50.

-51.
-53.
la.
Ic.
la.

Id.
Id.

v.

19,

27.
vi. 27.

la.

17.

1.

31.

Id.

53. 62.

Ic.

69 (i.)
viii. 28.

40.
42.

Id.

15.

Id.
le.

1.

5.

1.

35. 3;.
ix. 19, 29

Ih.

17, 48.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

X. 36.
xi. 4. 27.

Id.
Id.
la.-

xiii. 31.
xiv. 13.

1.

xii.

'"".

Ih.

.35.

1.

37.

20, 21,

22, 23 ''CO25.
26.

9. 12.

X. .33.

God,

L>"TrAN).(um.a-)

17, 28.

Ic.

Id.

xxiv.

2.

Ic.

la.

Ic.

xxii. 22, 48, 69.

70.

4:5, 54.
xxviii. I'J.

4.

Id.

Ic.

Id.

Ic.

i.

10.

XX. 13, 41. 4t.

xxi. 27, 36.

Id.
Id.

xxvii. 40.

Ic.Mark

4.

(lip.), 31.

37.
4i.
63.
64.

1.

xix. 9.

1.

2, 24''<:.

19,

1.3,

twice, 24, 25, 30.

2.

Id.

37, 39, 44.

58.

22 3 time.

la.

1.

Ih.

(.),

X. 6.

1.

xxii. 2.
42.
45.

1.

the Genitive

,38.

2.

iii.

la.

2.

that which

7.

ii.

2.

Id.
la.
Id.

.39.

13, 31.
32.
35.
36. 57.

i.

1,

Id.

son of David, pointing

to Jesus as the son and successor
of David, and heir of the promises
given to him, Luke i. 32, etc.

XV.

Luke

2.

-,

',

xiii. 32.
xiv. 21 'ico, 41.
61.
62.

1,

lb.

iv.)

la.Mark

L'5.

23,
1.

Ixxxix. 28.

(h)

and Luke

18,

quoted below.

35.

xii. 2.3.

34ti"

'

SON
John

Phil.

xvii. 1 twice.
12.
7 (llo.

,Col.
I

15. 22.
13.

ii.
i.

Tim.
2 Tim.
1

Tit.

13, 26.

i.

vii. 16, 21, 29,

ore, Avhen.

4.

', whensoever,

8.

5.

iv. 14.

ix. 20.
xiii. 21.

v. 5, b'.
vi. 6.
vii. 3.
5 (oin.

-22.
-33.

5.

the sons, L.)

of

i.

9.

,2
.1

John

i.

16.

20

2.

101"
10 '-nd,

n,

121st.

122nd, I31st(a2).),

vi. 18.
ii.

3, 7.

iii. 1.

iv. 14, 17.

XV. 28.
2 Cor. i. 19.
Gal.

i.

22, 23, 24.

ii.

twice, 8.

132nJ

(.)

see Adoption.

6 1"
62ntl
iii.

Tr

5.

1.

Luke

3.

xxii. 66.
John xi. 20, 29.
xvi. 21.
xviii. 6.
xxi. 9.
Phil. ii. 23.
Eev. x. 10.

4.

sii. 4.

1.

t<),

1.

4.

1.

1.

2.

.)

SOONER

(the)

more quickly, more

Heb.

speedily.

xiii. 19.

(by)

to utter responses as from

to divine, foretell

oracle,

(Ixx.

for

Sam.

xxviii. 8.)

c:Dp,

Acts

the adj.

23, 44.

i.

xv. 30.

3.
[

Dent, xviii. 10 1
Here, participle,
;

ipion oce.)

to sing) an ode, or
{from
song (Ixx. for TW, Judg. v. 12
anyPs. xlii. 9)
1 Kings iv. 32
kind of song, of battle or harvest, festal or hymeneal.

Wiih

^,

N, and
instead

SONG.

iv. 13.

8,

.2(, straight,

an

7twicc 22 303times

Eph..

in case

immediately,

SOOTHSAYING

iv. 4.
5,

Tr

heard.
5.

21.

ii.

Pet. v. 13.
Pet. i. 17.

3G fom.

hut Jtsiis overhearing, instead of

"as soon as Jesus had

see Begot-

xii. 5, 6,

1 Cor.

,,

Mark v.

i.e.

21, 24.

ever,

straightway,
forthwith.

of

[ten.
xi. 17,

if

,
G->Li^

28

Jr.s.

3.

iii. .

37 (ap.)

wliensoever.

that.

6, 10.

ii.

56.

4.

ihilem. 10.
Keb. i, 2, 5 twice,

iv. 36.

viii.

i.

see above, )

, perhaps,

2, 18.
2.

ii. 1.

17.

ii.

ii. 3.
i.

-s

10.

i.

2 Thes.

26.

XX. 31.
xxi. 2.

SOU

2.

see Sister's

iv. 10,

Thes.

B, E.)

iii.

7i8

'

Ic,

xix.

Acts

;;

xvi. 16.

.SOP.
a

a morsel, a mouth-

little bit,

ful, {non occ.)

John
spiritual,

xiii.

26

John

marg.

1't^

morsel

26 "-".

xiii.

27, 30.

probably impJijing that the songs

Avere composed by spiritual men
or that they related to spiritual
things, {^lon occ.)

SOECEEER

Eph. V. 19*.
Col. iii. 16*.

Rev.

1.

1.

',

quickly, speedily.

[Their learning was -connected with

astronomy

2.

Matt.

Ixx.

1.

Gal.

xxi. 20.

1.

2 Thes.

Tit.

6.

SOON AS
in

and

i(7i'.,inagis,

xxxix. 3.

i.

ii.

7,

hence,
ii.

2.

sec Angry.

which

Avay,

hence, as, so as,

Cas)
in

V. 7,

2.

what way;

how, Avhcn.

2,

and

enchantment

',

27
S

,
1, 7,

Dan.

vf. v.

for Chald.
enmagician, Dan. i. 20
V. 7.
Also Chald. c>;n,

Ixx.

chanter,

ii.

1.

SOON.

with the thing itself, at

the very moment, on the spot
forthwith, immediately q/?er someIhing else has taken place.
i.

;'.:.

magnus).
A magus, a uiagiau, the name for
priests and wise men among the
Medes and liabylonians cf Jer.

xiv. 3 twice.

Grk.,

V. 9.

Rev. XV. Stwici

2.

/9,

(-S.)

great, powerful (iTt'J.

10

ii.

12, IS. 24, 27;

11, 12,

{occ.

Matt,

"'"='')

one who prepares, administers, or deals in medicines,

drugs, or poison, (hence, Enrj.,

SOR

719

then, one wlio uses

pharmacy)
enchantments or practises sorcery

1.

ucial

2.

who

one

uses any arti-

hence, one who uses

drags, enchanted potions as a

charm or

spell

sorcerer, enchanter (Ixx./or t^iain,

Ex. vii. 11;
Ex. ix. 12;
Dcut. xviii. 10; Dan. ii. 2), (?io;i
;

>2,

Act3

5.
5.

xiii. 6, 8.

Kev.xxi.8(No.C,GLT

2.

Rev. xxii.

SOECERT

/,

[TrAR)

15.

(-IES.)

fear,
great,

Matt.

great fear.

Mark

[pleased.
see Dis(om. G-)

see Afraid.

ix. 6,

26.

4.

xiv.3.3,seeAiiiazed.

15,

vi. 51

3.

Luke

ii.

9.

SORER.
worse,

more
Heb.

severe.
X. 29.

SORROAV

also,

vehemently, very much.

15.

Mark

,
1.

[they feared"] a

lit.,

xvii. 6.

the preparing
using of
medicine, {Eng., pharmacy); then,
the using of any kind of drugs,
potions, or spells
{\\x. for 'ClDuh
c^b, Ex. vii. 11, 22
c^Dii^D, Is.

")

as adv., much, greatly

many times, often.

1.

2.

3.

1.

very, exceedingly.

xxi.

occ.)
1.

4.

hence, a poisoner,

'',
(

[adverb.]

badly, evilly.

means for producing physi-

cal effects

,
,
,
,

SORE,

or poisoning, (non occ.)

3.

SOR

G-en.

[noun.]

(s.)

sorrow
(Ixx. for p:\
38 nj?n, Jonah iv. 1.)

grief,
xlii.

2.

xlvii. 9, 12.)

2.

pain of hody ; then, pain of

mind, distress (Ixx.ybr p. Gen.
XXXV. 18 \M\ Jer. viii. 18 h'^^i,
Job vii. 3), {non occ.)

o8i;c77,

/xayta,the theology of the Magians,

{see " soiiCEEER,"iVo. 1) pi., magic

arts.
3.

Acts
Rev.

viii. 11.

1.
1.

Rev.

xviii. 23.

2.

/,

ix. 21

(605

7rV^o9, mourning,

ing;

3), W.)

for

(Ixx.

bewailing, lament-

Lam.

b'2i*.

v.

15:

n:in, Prov. xiv. 13.)

4.

SORCERY
to be a
lore

Magian

trans., to

No.

(see above.

magus

or skilled in
to use incantations;

enchant.
Acts

4.

Matt. xxiv.

4.

Mark

viii. 9.

1.

SORE

a throe, a pain, a pang, esp.

of a looman in travail; (Ixx. for
ian. Is. xxii. 23; Job xxi. 17;
Vn, Ez. XV. 14.)

(iSiv,

(use)

[noun.]

(-S.)

1.

8.

xiii. 8, marg.
pain of a woman in

travail.
xxii. 45.
xvi. 6, 20, 21, 22.

Luke
John

3.

2.

Eom.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

Rev.

ix. 2.

ii. 3, 7.
vii. lO'w'cc.

1.

Phil.

ii.

27 <"'<:<:

Tim.

2.

3.

Rev.

vi. 10.
xviii. 7"^'

xxi. 4.

5,

a wound. In N.T. and later, an

(Ixx. for pnty, Ex.
ulcer, a sore
ix. 9
Job ii. 7.)

SORROW

1.

Luke

xvi. 21.

Rev.

SORES

Here, pass,

2.

(-ED, -iNG.)

[verb.]

Here, pass,
mid., to be grieved, be sad,
sorrowful (iw.for i^, Dent.
10; Jon.iv. 1; nvr, 2 Sam. xix.

U.

(full of)

to ulcerate, trans.
part., full of ulcers.
Luke

xvi. 2,

',

to

grieve.

or

be
xv.
2.)

to cause pain or suffering.

Here, pass, or mid., to feel pain,
to suffer; (Ixx.yb? Vnn, Zech. ix.
5 ^.OU, Zech. xii. 10.)

xvi. 20.

',

SORE,
coming

to,

[adj.]

reaching to

sufficing, sufficient; then,

ant, great,

much.

Acts xs.

37.

2.

Luke

2.

Acts XX.

hence,

abund-

',

ii.

48.
38.

1.

2 Cor.

1. 1

vii. 9, 11.

Thos.

iv. 13.

SORROWFUL.
sec above,

Matt.

xix. 22.

iV^o. 1.
I

2 Cor.

vi. 10.

;;

SOR

720

SOEROWFUL
Matt. XXVI.

22, 37.

(be)
Mark xiv.

John

7,

19

Mark

38.

16

It denotes the vital principle in animal

1 Sam. xxii.
bodies, 2 Ch. i. 11
1 Kings i. 12
2 Ch. i. 11
23
Est. vii. 3 Prov. i. 19 vi. 26
Lam. ii. 19. Also, Matt,
xii. 10

Matt-xxvi.

30;

24,

21,

ix. 10, 12, 15,

(exceeding)

xiv. 31.

SOEEOAVFUL

xvi.

(less)

from sorroAV.
Here,
more free from sorrow, less

,^
xviii. 23.
(oiii.

Trb

sorrowful,

Ex.

xii.

that

(EXCEED-

lie

20

xix. 17, 19,

15

Lev.

27 Est.
Eev. vi.
;

{of.

';

H),

14

iv.

18
15;

xlvi.

v.

31 Is. xlvii. 14,

Also of a dead
person, (with the adj.) Lev. xxi.
11.
And of those raised, Eev.

(teet)

" SOllllOAVFUL

see

ing)"

xvii.

vii.

SOEEOWFUL

xii.

16.

iii.

28

ii.

Luke

28;

XX.

John

It is used of the person as possessed

xiv. 21
of such life, Gon. xii. 5

sorrowful, (noil occ.)

Phil.

26;

25,

19-23

free

enmp.,

2t

20,

i.

Lev.
xi.
10, 46; Numb. xxxi. 28;
Prov. vii.23 xii. 10 Ezek. xlvii. 9.
So also, Eev. viii. 9 xvi. 3.

ii.

environed witli grief, Avholly

(Ixx. for
grieA'ed, very sorro\vf ul
nmnti*n, Ps. xlii. 6, 12 xliii. 5.)

Luke

Gen.

tures,
19.

xvi. 20.

SOEEOWFUL

SOU

'

ix.

9.)

XX. 4, as contrasted tvith those yet

unraised, Eev. xx. 5.

u'as very

i.e. hiiu.

be killed, Lev. xxiv. 17,

18; Judg. xvi. 30; Numb, xxiii.
10 xxxi. 19 Dent. xix. 6 xxii.
26; xxvii. 25; Prov. vii. 23;
Ecc. iii. 19. So o/" persons, Josh.
Lev. xxiii. 30.
X. 28, 30, 39;
Also, Matt. X. 28; Mark iii. 4;
Luke ix. 54-56 Eev. xvi. 3.

It can die or

SOEEY.

<:, see " SOKKOW," ^

Matt.

xiv. 9.

Matt,

SOEEY

1, (verb.)

Matt.

xvii. 23.

xviii. 31.

(exceeding)

7.\7,

see " SOllROV.'Firii

(\.!-

Job xxxiii. 22,

and can be hazarded by danger.
Acts XV. 26 Eom. xi. 3.

It goes to the grave.

ing)"
Mark

vi. 26.

SOEEY
Xuirio), see
2 Cor.

"

ii.

(make)

SOBROW,"
2.

It is identified with the blood, {as the

Spirit never is) Gen. ix. 4, 5
Lev. xvii. 11, 14; Ps. Ixxii. 14;

JVo. 1, (verb.)

2Cor.

vii. 8'icc.

xeiv.

SOET.

21

Prov. xxviii. 17.

The Greek

is

,)

(-S.)

of

everywhere

Ixx.

for

u;23,

and is said to be
possessed by all Ihe lower creanephesh)

"

My

soul " is ihe same as " me," or

"myself,"
Numb. xxiii. 10;
Judg. xvi. 30 1 Kings xx. 32
Ps. lix. 3
xxxv. 13
cxxxi. 2
;

Jer.

la. X. lb.

O.T.

xvi.

the manifestations of
one
viz.
that Avhich is
(life),
manifested in animals, animal
hence, breath, (not breath as
life
mere air, hut as the sign of lire.)
Once applied to vegetable life,

In

ii.

10 Eom. xi. 3
Avith 1 Kings xix. 10; 1 Cor. xv.
45 with Gen. ii. 7 Matt. xx. 2S
with Is. liii. 10.

27 with Ps.

SOUL

with

identified

by comj)aring Acts

Ileb. tyD3,

See, BASER, (iODLY, SOME, THIS, AVllAT.

20, (rf xxxviii. 6.)

xviii.

"His soul"

is

the same as

" himself,"
xviii.

"him"

Gen. xxxvii. 21
4; Ps. XX. 29; cv. 17,

or

Job
IS.

;;
;;;

sou

721

Matt.

[The Hebrew word U?33 (nephesh) occurs 752 times,

and is translated in 4-t different ways, which
may be thus grouped in four great classes.
I.

"Ckfature,"

(9) Gen. i. 21, 2-1; ii. 19; is. 10, 12,

" Beast," (2) Lev. xxiv. 18.
Lev. xi. 46.
15, Hi
"Thius," (2)Lov.xi.lO; Ezek. xlvii. 9. "Fish,"

16; Lev.

Gen.
2;

4;

xii.

Ex.

(4)

xii.

xlix.

Is.

" Him,"

(4) Gen.
Prov. vi. 16.

26;

xiv. 21; xxxvi. 6; Ex. xvi.

v. 6; xix. 18; xxxi.

Lev.

(ij)

xxvi.

2 Cor.

16

7.

Lev. xxiv. 17

.'IS.

viii. 36, 37.

"Men,"

xxxvii. 21

"Me,"

(3)

8.

X. 38, 39.

19 ', 20.

Tr A

9, 22.
11, 25.

i.

20.

iii.

G L

iv. 19.

2 Pet. ii. 8, 11.

3 John 2.

:7.41. 43.

Rev.

vi. 9.

vii. 14.

xvi. 3.
xviii. 13, 14.

xiv. 22.

xx. 4.

32.

iv.'

21.

ii.

i.e. he.

W),

i.

Pet.

'-

1 Ch. v. 21.
xix. 6 ; sxii.
Numb, xxiii. 10 ;

Jas.

V. 20.

xxi. 19.
xii. 27.
Acts ii. 27.
31 (07n.
his soul,

(1)

xi. 43,

ii.

V. 23.
Heb. iv. 12.
vi. 19.

33 (op.)

Jolm

Deut.

23.

i.

Thes.

xiii. 17.
xii.

KiuRS

9.

ii.

xiii. 1.

ii. .35.

" Yourselves,"
1 Kings xx. 32.
44; Deut. iv. 15 .Tosh, xxiii. 11
Jer. xvii. 21 ; xxivii. 9. " Himself," (8) 1 Kings
xix. 4; Job xviii. 4; xsxii. 2; Jer. H. 14; Amos
"We," (1) Ps.
ii. 14, 15; vi. 8; Jonah iv. 8.
" He," (2) Ps. cv. 18
Prov. xvi. 26.
xxxv. 25.
" Mvsclf," (1) Ps. cxxxi. 2. " Hor," (1) Jer. ii.
24.
Thee," (2) Jer. xl. 14, 15. "Herself," (2)
"Thy.self." (1) Est. iv. 13.
Is. V. 14; Jer. iii. 11.
"Themselves." (3) Est. ix. 31; Is. xlvi. 2;

Judx'. xvi. 30

1 Cor. XV. 45.

Numb.

19, 35, 40, 46; xxxv. 11, 15, 30; Deut. x. 22;
xxvii. 25 ; Josh. xx. 3, 9 ; 1 Sam. xxii. 22 ; 2 Sam.
xiv. 14 ; Prov. xxviii. 17 ; Jer. xliii. 6 ; lii. 29, 30
Ezek. xvi. 5; xvii. 17; xxvii. 13; xxxiii. 6.

" Man,"

xvi. 26 '>*i<:<^
xxii. 37.

xiv. 34.
Luke i. 46.

(30)

24.

xxvii. 37.

Rom.

xii. 30,

(1} Is. xix. 10.

Acts XV.

29 '"'

X.

xi. 29.
xii. 13.

M.ark

IL "Pekson,"

SOU

SOUND

"

"Dead,"

xlvii. 14.
xxii. 4;

xxi. 11;

Lev.

1.

Numb. V. 2; vi. 11. "Body," (7) Lev.

Numb. vi. 6; ix. 6, 7, 10; xix. 13; Hai,'.
"One,"

13.

ii.

a sound, a tone, as given forth

or uttered; a voice, a cry.

Lev. xbc. 28; xxi. 1;

(5)

ii.

(1)

Numb.

Lev.

iv.

xix.

11

"Any,"

27.

a sound of am/ sort, esp. of a

couf used-'noise, as of a crowd, or
in the ears, of trees, the sea, etc.,

^5,

2.

(3)
7.

xxiv.

Deut.

"They," (1) Job xxxvi. 14. "Own," (1) Prov.

xiv. 10. " Fellow," (1) Judg. xviii. 25. " Deadly,"
"MortaUy." (1) Deut. xix. 11.
(1) Ps. xvii. 9.
" Tablets," (1) Is. iii. 20. " Soul," (475 times,
everywhere except
(nobility)
III.

Job xxx.

ni2H*J (breath)

"Life" and "Lives,"

Gen.

20, 30;

i.

5 xix. 17, 19 ; xxxii. 30 ; xliv. 30 Ex. iv.

19; xxi. 23, 30; Lev. xvii. 11,14; Numb. xxxv.
Deut. xii. 23 ; xix. 21 ; xxiv. 6 ; Josh. ii. 13,
31
14; ix. 2i; Judvc. V. 18; ix. 17; xii. 3; xviii. 25;
Euth iv. 15; 1 Sam. xix. 5, 11 xx. 1 xxii. 23;
xxiii. 15; xxvi. 24; xxviii. 9, 21; 2 Sam. i. 9;
iv.
xiv. 7 xvi. 11 ; xviii. 13
17 ;
xix. 5 ;
;
1 Kmgs i. 12 ; ii. 23 ; iii. 11
xix. 2, 3. 4. 10, 14
XX. 31, 39,42; 2 Kings i. 13. 14
vii. 7; x. 24;
1 Ch. xi. 19 ; 2 Ch. i. 11
Est. vii. 3, 7 ; viii. 11
ix. 10
Job ii. 4, 6 ; vi. 11 xiii. 14 ; xxxi. 39
Ps. xxxi. 13; isxviii. 12; I'rov. i. 18, 19; vi. 20;
vii. 23 ; xii. 10 ; xiii. 3, 8 ; Is. xv. 4 ; xliii. 4
Jer. iv. 30
xi. 21 ; xix. 7, 9; xxi. 7, 9; xxii. 25 ;
xxxiv. 20, 21 xxxviii. 2, 16 xxxix. 18 xliv. 30
xiv. 5; xlvi. 26; xlviii. 6
Lam. ii. 19
.xlix. 37
v. 9;
Exek. xxxii. 10; Jonah i. 14; iv. 3.
" Ghost," (2) Job xi. 20 ; Jer. xv. 9. "Breath,"
ix. 4,

iv.

37.)

a sound, esp. of a musical

loud and
instrument, the voice
clear utterance, {iion occ.)

B.

Is. Ivii. 16.

(120)

Luke

(occ.

"'^3,

15, xcliere it is

[noun.]

(-S.)

Quoted from Ps.

(a)

xix.

5,

Cor. xiv.

8.

where

..

Ixx./bi*
1.

Matt. xxiv.

1.

John

2.

Acts

2. 1

,
,

(1)

Job

Micah

Ecc.

vii.

3;

vi.

9; Jer. xxii. 27;

Hab.

ii.

5.

"Mind,"

xliv.
(15;

(Jen. xxiii. 8 ; Deut. xviii. 6 ; xxviii. 65 1 Sam.

ii. 35; 2 Sam. xvii. 8;
2 Kings ix. 15; 1 Ch.
xxviii. 9; Jer. XV. 1 ; Ezek. xxiii. 17, 18, 22, 28;
" Heart," (15) Ex. xxiii. 9 ;
xxiv. 25 ; xxxvi. 5.
Lev. xxvi. 16 ; Deut. xxiv. 15 ; 1 Sam. ii. 23
2 Sam. iii. 21 ; I's. x. 3; Prov. xxiii. 7; xxviii.
Ezek.
25 ; xxxi. 6 Jer. xiii. 20 ; Lam. iii. 51
XXV. 6, 15 xxvii. 31 ; Hos. iv. 8. " Lust," (2)
Ex. XV. 9
Ps. Ixxviii. 18. " She will," (1)
Deut. xxi. 11. " Pleasiure," (3) Deut. xxiii. 24;
Pb. cv. l'J Jer. xxxiv. 16. " Discontented," (1)
" Will," (3) Ps. xxvii. 12 ; xii. 2;
1 Sam. xxii. 2.
Ez. xvi. '>7. "Greedy," (1) Is. iv. 11. " Hearty,"
(1) Prov. xxvii. 9.
"Appetite," (2) Prov. xxiii.
;

1.

xii. 19.

Rev.

i.

15.

1.

ix.

1.

xviii. 22.

!"

SOUND,

"'':<'

[adj.]

sound, healthy, well.

2.

(5)

1.

xii. 21.

IV. "Desire,"
14;

Heb.

1.

to be sound, licaltliy, well

be in good health.

2.

7 -nd.

1.

ii. 2.

Cor. xiv. 7

3.

marg.
[i-oice.

31,

iii. 8.

2
1.

Tim.
Tim.

i.

10.

i.

7,

Mind

see

13 part

1.

2 Tim.

1.

Tit.

1.

2. Tit.

i.

iv. 3 part.
9 part.

ii.

1 part.,

3 part.

8.

ii.

SOUND

(be)

1. Tit.

i.

13.

SOUND

1.

Ki'c. vi. 7.

(the equivalent of the Hcb. ti^Si)

occurB hia times, and is tnmslated as follows
"Life" and " Lives," (4tJ times); " Soul," (58);
"Mind, "(3); " You."(l); "Hcart,"(l); "U8,"(l);
"Heartily," (1). See under each word for the
:

ccciirrcnoes.]

SOUND

In the N.T.

1.

Luke

(safe and)
XV. 27 part.

[verb.]

(-ED, -INC.)

to

trumpet, to sound a

trumpet; (Ixx./ori'pn, Numb.

3, etc.

Is. xxvii.

13

Joel.

ii.

.v.

1.)

;;

sou

^,

,
,

2.

722

to sound, resound, of a connoise, {pec. Luke xxi. 25.)

fused

3.

to lieave tlie lead, to sound.

to sink in Avater), {non

SPA

SOW

4.

into

Matt.

Matt.

(,

Luke

vi. 26.

xii. 24.
xix. 21, 22.
iv. 36, 37.

xiii. 3, 4, 19, 24.

Here,

to become.
mine ears.

lit.,

25
sowovcr,

came

John

LTTrAK.)

1 Cor. ix. 11.

XV. 36, 37 "f',
43 twice^ 44.

27, 31, 37, 39.

XXV. 24, 26.

Tnim-

see

vi. 2,

4.

Luke

3.

Acts xxvii. 28

2.

1 Cor. xiii. 1.

i.

44.

1.

Eev.

[pet.

viii.

7, 8, 10,

6,

[pet.

1.

XV. 52, see Truin-

1.

xi. 15.

1.

Luke

{No.

fxed)

ck,

2, toitli

^,

Joel

out

wice^

15

42,

2 Cor. ix. 6 twice10, see Seed.

Gal. vi. 7, 8.

twice.

iii.

18.

SOWER.

Here, participle, i.e.

one who scatters seed, one who

of, p7'e-

see above.

sows.
;

Matt.

14), {non

iv.

viii.

sound out, sound abroad

to

for

iv. 3, 4, 14,

Jas.

SOUND OUT.
^7//,

Mark

16, 18, 20, 31, 32.

12, 13.

''<:<!

ix. 1, 13.
X. 7.

(Ixx.

sowx.) [verb.]

to scatter seed, to sow seed;

(Ixx. gen. for ))1\, Ecc. xi. 4 ; Gren.
xxvi. 12, etc.)

{Pass.,

occ.)

(-ED, -EST,

Mark

Luke

xiii. 3, 18.
iv. 3, 14.

viii. 5.

2 Cor. ix. 10.

occ.)

Thes.

8.

i.

SOUNDNESS

SOWN.
See, SEED.

(peefect)

wholeness in every part

for cnr), Is. i. 6.)

{Ixx.

Acts

16.

iii.

1.

occurs.

SOUTH.

2.

the south wind, or strictly,

the south-west wind Lat., notus.
Then, the southern quarter of the
heavens and earth.

,
C, G-en.

mid-day, noon
xliii.

IG, 25.)

mid-day quarter,
{occ. Acts xxii. 6.)
1.

Matt.

1.

Luke

xii. 42.

xi. 31.
1.

Eev. xxi.

,
,

i.e.

(Ixx.

'

distance, interval of time

or place, {non occ.)

Luke xxii. 59, see

2.

Luke

2.

Acts

Luke

xii. 55.
1.

SOUTH

1.

Acts

13.

Acts

Acts

for \\, Ps. Ixxviii. 20.)

Then, the south, the southern
(jiiarter {Hx.for :;:;,Gen. xiii. 1 1
;

ii.

Acts

(the)

xxvii. 12.

,
(^,

<

(by the)

(foe the)

xix. 8.

SPACE OF ONE
C

10.)

HOUR AFTER

(the)

having clapScd,
hour,

one.
Luke

xxii. 59.

SO\V. [noun.]
v%,

a swine

(Ixx.ybr
2 Pet.

^r,U,

ii.

22.

Deut.

xiv. 8.)

to, as

xix. 10.

SPACE OP
AVEST.

the south or south-west wind

Numb.

see Hour.
Short.

xix. 34.

SPACE OF

Acts xxvii.

13.

(ixx.

p^n,

viii. 1,

xvii. 10, see

SPACE OP

viii. 26.

S of

34, see S of (the)

XX. 31, see Years.
1. Eev. ii. 21.
-

upon.
With the Ace, up
long as.

xiii. 29.

13,

Acts XX viii.

10, see

(by the)

34, see Little.

XV. 33, see Tarry.
xix. 8, see S of
(for the)

Then, the
the south,

1.

Acts xix.

S of

one hour after (the)

Acts V. 7.

SOUTH WIND.
1.

SPACE.

time during which anything

SPAKE.
Sec, SPEAK.

SPA

SPAEE

SPE

Matt.

(-ED, -iNG.)

15,

to spare,

e.tjf.

to abstain

from

thing,

(occ.

29.
viii. 32.

2 Pet.

23.

i.

ii. 4,

X.

13, 16.
41.

'

xii. 17, see Spoken

of (which was)

be over and above, to

exceed in number or measure, to
be left over, to superabound, have
more than enough.

xiii. 6.

xiv. 3.

XV. 3.

xviii. 1.

to

Luke

34, see

,32 twice.

34

twice, 36.

4C,

Col.

xix. 11, 28 part.

XX.

13, 33,

xiii. 3, 10,

Spoken

see

3.5,

[margin.]

{not)

19.

13.

xxi. 4, see

Spoken

xxiii. 1.
xxiv. 15,
ken of.

X. 29, 31.

xxvii.

Luke

iii.

Blas-

42 (om.
as soon as He
had spoken, G - L
Tr A ^.)

(-EST,

-, -ING

SPAKE

see " SAT,"

2. Ae'yoi, see "

No.

xii. 1

Tr

say," iVo.

39,

5.

3.

/,
.SY'i?

llirough
(NO. 2, wifk
or throughout, prefixed.)

tin-ov,

see " SAT,"

No.

Tr

xvi.

1.

* see No. 2b.

5.
6.
7.

-,
eV''^,

1.

gaged

1.

ii.

do business, be en-

in ]nii>mOiiii. priva/ror public.

1,

Of

lirli/, i.e.

to

do business y)uigive audience an<l answer

kings,

etc.,

ambassadors,

YY

to

etc.

give response.

2..d.

it.

part., 51.

-56.

xii. 29, 36.

oo
4li 48. 49

50

(.),

i2,

SCO S out.

.55,

28.

19

64, 70.

15.

(No.

2,

10 --ind. 25.
XV. 3, 11, 22.
xvi.l3'i,25<icc,

29

'"
_> -'nd.

see S among.

41, niarg. say.

v. 4, 21.
36.
vi. 26, 39.

- vii.

1'

TTrA.)

;.

v. 36,

"ficc,

twice.

xiii. 18, 22, 24.

17

19, 20, 22.

Is'-

X.

1313
43

Spoken of

38. 50.

1.
- i

to

_ 66

see

>

34,secSapiin8t.

to sound, emit a sound.

6 part.

xiv. 10
i.

1.

see " SAT," iVo. 4.

ix.

-"nd.

(.)
Luke

30 part., 38,

twi

xi.

39.
43.
71.

2.

2.

G ~

2L

listimcs.

31 (No.
K.)

4.

1,

41.

xiv. 9, >

1.

4.

26 (No.

LTTrA.)

see S evil of.

(No. 1, L

14,

No. 1*.

46.

12, 26.
xiii.

39.

t4.)

1.

Spoken

viii. 12, 20.

27.
2S,

V. 35 part., 36.
vii. 35, 37.
viii. 32.
ix. 18.

SPOKEN.)

71, see

vii. 13, 17. 18, 26.

44

iv. a3, 34.

;

of.

7.

iii. 9.

SPEAK

vi. 63.

(which

xxviii. 18.
i. 34, niari^. say.

ii.

11, 31, 34.

iv. 26.

see

35,

9,

Mark

xii. 6, 7.

21.

50.

was)

see

41,

(hear one)
ii.

Spoken

(-S.)

(.)

see Snoken

of.

phemy.

SPARROW

15,

i.

37.
40,

see Spo-

see

65,

51), (no7i occ.)

1.

John

xxvi. 47 part.

twice.

any small bird,c.s/J.a sparrow

(Ixx-for niGV, Ps. xi. 1 Lam. iii.

Matt.

40 part,
44.

xxii. 1.
31, sec

(which was)

of

sparingly, i.e. frugally, not

bountifully, (non occ.)

Spoken

45.

8,

2 Cor. ix. 6

29.
xxii. 47, 60.
65.
xxiii.
20,
Spoken to.
xxiv. 6, 25, 36.

(which was)

of

5 part.

x.xi.

xiv. 27.
XV. 31.
xvi. 11.
xvii. 5 part.

" neglecting."

SPARINGLY.

2.

twice.

XV. 17.

23, see

ii.

Spoken
which

were)

of (which was)

SPARING

things

(the

see

47,

witli.

34

i.

2nd.

10.

27.

(have enough and to)

part.

.53,

18 part., 33.
19 ist, 19 2iul

ix.

.34

xii.

see Cspciten
of (which was)

(.), 20

SPAEE

Spoken

17,

5.

31,

xi. 14.

27.
37.

viii. 8.

xiii. 2.

49.

see Provoke.
3 3

of (was)

vii. 28.

Cor

twice.

21

xi.

were)

Spoken

see

3,

iii.

4.

vii'l.

ix. 11.

of (he that was)

Cor.

Spoken
S]

>-

)ot((which

17,23,

iv. 14, uec!

Acts XX.

Luke

see

22,-)

i.

ii.

using or doing
2 Cor. xii. 6.,

Eom.

723

15.
24.
39.

xvii. i. 13.
xviii. 1 i)art., 9, 16.
20.
22.
23.
32.
xix. 10.

li.seeSacrainst.

SPE
Kom.

18.

Jolinxs.

xxi. 19 Is', 19

=''<i

Acts

xiv. 16,

9 part.
16, see S before.

6, 7, 13.
iii. 1.

5 (No.

vi.

X. 15.
30, sec S evil of.
xii. 3, 30.
xiii. 1, 11.
xiv. 2 '^ times 3, 4

41).

5 twicc^ 6 twice^
92nd(witheiMt,

see Si>ake

(those things which.

'

^xv. 34 (No.

see S

xiii. 40,

43, see

45

Spo

21

xiii. 3.

Gal.

15.

iii.

see S

iv. 15,

see Boldly.

9.

of

(ye)

x\i. 13, 14, 32.

svii. 19, and

Eph.

iv. 15,

see Truth.

20

vi.

Phil.

see Boldly.
see S vil of.
36,seeSao'ain8t
(cannot be)
S,

41 part.

14.

i.

ii.

ITim.

ii. 7.

2,
1.

v. 13.

Heb.
see S of.

see

S for

5,

1.

vii. 13.

14.
viii. 1,

35

20, see
21.

2.

V"
spoken

S with.

4 (pass. S'

<>), luarg.

be

19,

sec

S any

3.

were)

Rom.

25
i.

iii.

before, pre-

10.

2 Pet.

Judo

part.

Sn!

8,
5.

iv. 18.

800 S

of.

Jas.

OF.

evil

of,

to blaspheme, speak
slander, defame, revile;

(Ixx.

for

:,

Is.

Iii.

(see

2 Kings xix.

19.
ii. 12.

V. IP.

G,

22

BCCS

3.

Mark

3.

Acts

"

SPEAK AGAINST,"

speali against, in a hos-

^, Ps. xliv. 17

Ps. Ixxviii. 19.)

to curse, Ex. xxi.

y:?i?,
Prov. xxii. 20 Ez. xxii. 7.)

Rom.

ix. 39.

XIX. 9.

xiv. IC.
1. 1 Co.. X. 30.
1. Tit. iii. 2.
1.

5.)

ooc',to speak evilly or viciously

17

i.

iv. 113 times,

evil of.

iii. 2.

17.

xiii. 7.

251"

xii. 19.

of, (\xx.for

24, 25 1"
25 2ad.

Spoken
things which

lay unto or
add unto.

set, put,

{No. 4, loiih

i.

^,y^,

22,8eeSagai7i;it.

(the

iv. 36.

tile sense, (\xx.fior

of.

xii. 5.

24, see

to

No. 2) to

19.
xi.

see

ith.

SPEAK BEFORE.

fHinn,

ix. 9.

i)art.

19,

and see S

(the things which...

have)

Spoken (thosethiiigs
which were)
xxviii.

versiu
r
t
^^,

SPEAK EVIL

see S after

vi. 9.

self.

against.

Avith,

an// tliinfj, to

,
Acts

2, 3, 5.

iv. 4.

25, see S forth.

26.
.30part. (aj).)
Hce
xxvii.
11,

together

fixed.)

.)
24,

part.,

12.

ii.

JN

./?

(to be)

1.

14 (No. 2,

xxviii. 19

prefixed)
V^Trpos, towards,

2.

i. 1,

ii.

iii.

XX vi.

see Lies.

Ee1-.
sec
proacb fully.
ii.
15.
Tit.
1,
iii. 2, see S evil of.

9.

xxiii. 5,

22.
1 Pet.

(" SPEAK," jVo. 1,

Heb.

2, 4, IG.

1.

to.

ivith

with

iv. 1.

against,

SPEAK ANY MORE.

Col. iv. 3, 4.
1 Thes. i. 8.

unto.

Acts

iv. 11.

9,

39.

1.

2.

lH.)

(mii.G-L

,
45

xiii.

-,

1st,

20:

with

2,

Luke

Boldly.

see Boldly.

xix. 6.

see

xiii. 5, 11, 15.

2.

V. 12.
19.

xviii. 9 i5t.
9 2n<i, 25.

Greek (can)

1.

ii.

25.

see

(whereof

1.

12.
24.
viii. 11.
X. 8.

2.

i.

SPEAK AMON&.

twice.

23.
xii. 19.

40, see S
xxii. 2, see

Acts

14.
- viii. 8.

thiiigs

46.
xiv. 1.

Speakest
thou)

1.

XI. 17 'i"

against.
45 2nd^ see

ken (those
which were)

1.

see S before.

17,

Eev.

1.

pj'pJixeJ.)

Luke ii. 34.

John xix. 12.

1.

twice.

vii. 3.

of.

to.

see

la',

15, 16.

1.

(JVo. 1, with
downwards, against, in a hostile sense,

2.

vi. 13.

xi. 15, 20.

in opposition, prefixed.)

17.

ii.

iv. 13

one's

(^.

l.st|

1,

1.

SPEAK AGAINST.

TTtAH.)
2 Cor.

46.

lY

,
,

39

ix. 27, 29.

X. 7. 32 (.), 44,

26,

1.

1.

see S before.

2,

16.

iobi),

11 twice, 13, 18. 19, 21,

23, 27, 28, 29, 34, 35,

.)

26.
24.
34.

3,

iii.

John iv. 5.
John 12.
John 14.
Jude 8, 10, see S evil of.
1

1.

iii.

1.

vii. 6, 12, 35.

vii. 6. 38, 44.

10.
16, ) see S evil
of.
S
11.
1.
14, see S evU of.
1. 2 Pet. i. 21.
ii. 2, 10, 12, see S
evil of.
16, 18 part.
6.

I.

Ti-m.)

vi. 10, 11, 13.

viii. 6,

sees

J uvilof.

ii.

16.
25.
29.
31.
iii. 21, 24.
iv. 1 part., 17.
18.
20,29, 31.

V. 20,

">

xv.18,21,
1 Cor. i. 10.

6. 7, 11.

ii. -i,

1 Pet.

iv. 4,

X. 6.
xi. 13.

i. 3.

SPE

1.

vi. 19.

vii. 1.

part.

72^

2. Jaa. iv.
2.
1.

Pet.

U 3 times.

iii.

iv. 4,

1.

2 Pet.

1.

Judo

16.

14

()).)

2, 10, 12.
8, 10.
ii.

SPE

SPEAK FOR ONE'S

SELF.

2.

to speak one's self off,

{hence, Enr/., apologise)
to plead
for, or defend one's self before a
tribunal, (Ixx.^i l^'^n, Jer. xii. 1.)

^,
,

Matt.

1.

Gal.

(" SPEAK," JVo. 6, with

prefixed) to sound

1 Ch. XXV. 1

cap, Ez.

Acts xxvi.

SPEAK
1.

for

(Ixx.

xiii.

>;, with Greek,

25.

OF.

3.
4.
5.
G.

see "

ctTTov,

,
',

speak,"

see "

see "

Mark

2.

John

5.

Acts

SPEAK," No.

SPEAK,"

3,

15.

2.
4.

SPEAKEST

Acts
Koui

xxiii. 5.
i.

8.

Luke

i.

Trpos,

Luke

1.

2.

Acts

is

xxi. 40.

SPEAK,"

being spoken.

Acts

xvii. 19.

iVb. 1, to

of" speak,"
be afterwards spoken.
ill.

5.

(<;,

(cannot be)

not to be"^ are not to

contra> be
contradicted,

be)

here, flit. pass. part,

t(/xi',

to be,

dieted.

)
Acts

xix. 36.

xiii. 43.

SPEAK WITH.
see "

SPOKEN

xxii. 2.

see above, 2u). 1.

thee

SPOKEN AGAINST

SPEAK UNTO.
Acts

(WHEEKOF

by

Heb.

TO.

Acts

[that]

42.

(" SPEAK," JVo. 1, tvith

towards or to, jjre/lxed.)

xxiii. 20.

40, 41.

i.

SPOKEN AFTER

to utter sounds towards

one, to address ani/ one.

2.

1.

(Tov,

''

XV. 18.

SPEAK OUT.

SPEAK

1.

xiii. 40.

,
,
,
ajii/

to hear,

from beside.

1.

Jio. 2.

xiv. 9.
i.

one)

JS^o. 5.

to lift up the voice, exclaim,

cry out; (\xx.for i"-w*n, 1 Ch. xv.
28; 2 Ch. V. 13), (nonocc)

1.

JVo. 4.

vi. 71.

,
3.

speak,"

>

xxi. 37.

SPEAK

John

see "

4.

,
,

to bring AAord

'\

art thou be-

Acts

make known.
down,
proclaim somewhither, announce.

(cax)

[it being
notorious
coming acquainted, ) that an
Egyptian (Avhom the chief captain
supposed Paul to be) was unable
to speak Greek.]

5,

9.)

avayyiXXw, to bring word back

again, report back then, [/en., to
report, notify, announce, proclaim,

',

(te)

SPEAK GREEK

n:,

rrviii. 20.

15 (you, in a. v. 1611.)

iv.

2.

Acts

2.

SPAKE OF

from,

sound out;

xii. 46, 47.

your.

SPEAK FORTH.

forth,

(iVo. 1, zcifh vpos, to or

toward.s, prefixed.)

Acts xsvi. 2t part.

SPO

Jio. 1.

OF.

an ohs. verb, from whieh is formed

some of the tenses of clttov, {see
" speak," Nos. 4 and 5.)

Matt. xxiv.

15.

SFOKEN OF
Heb.

xi. 4,

Mark

(be)

xiii.

14

(}'.)

[margin.]

see " speak."

SPO
SPOKEN OF

i"

<

[ivJio']

spoken
4 and 5.)

iVos.

(.

726

(he that was)

,8
, he

Matt.

of, {see "

speak,"

SPE

SPEAE.

the triangular iron head of a

lance or javelin
hence, lance,
spear; (Ixx.ybr na~i, Judg. v. 8;
Neh. iv. 13, 16), {non occ.)
;

iii. 3.

John

SPOKEN OF BEFORE {which hath

been so much)
2 Cor.

ix. 5,

[margin.]

see "notice."

^,
hand

(that or it which was)

[thing or matter^ lohich

\ p77^V,was?,pokenof, (see"sAY,"iVb.6.)
Matt.

i
I

ii.

15,

takes the right

hence, 2)rob., a guard, body-

A word unknown to classic

23.

1'/,

iv. 14.

SPOKEN

soldiers.

cearii,

{non occ.)
Acts

xii. 17.

,^\,

Mitt,

armed

, the

"^

(the or those things

SPECIAL.

Luke
Acts

Acts xxvii.

xviii. 34.

11.
xxviii. 24.

xiii. 45.

SPAKE

"^

viii. 6.

SPECIALLY.
most, most of

SPOKEN (the things WHICH... have)

viii.

SPEAKER

/^,

,
TOL,

(chief)

,
',
viling

xiv. 12.

,
Eph.

iv. 9, inarg. iUeatro.

SPEECH.
the word spoken, not in

its

i.e.

not

mere act of

the

speaking.)

(evil)
2.

blasphemy, slander, re(Ixx. for nv;, Ezek. xxxv.

the

mere
talk,

prattle,

Ilia, Song,

iv.

act of

brogue
3

speaking,
(Ixx.

Job

for

xxxiii.

1.)

speaking

iv. 31.

against,

{im-

Murk

Pet.

ii. 1.

2.

SPEAKING
much

(much)

speaking, loquacity:
Prov. x. 19.)

r:'-2i 2",

Matt. xxvi.

73.

vii. 32,

1.

see Im-

pediment.
2.

2.

2.

{\\x.for

Cor.

j^roducf,

ph/iiifj hostiliti/.)
1.

xix. 19, 31.)

12.)

2.

v. 8.
10.
16.

i.

Philem.

the word or speech, exposition,

account the Avord as a means or
instrument, {iiot like No. 2, as a

of the
discourse.
Acts

Tit.

outward Jm'm, but as connected

with the thought expressed, as a
part of what is uttered. Hence,

the leader

SPEAKING

1.

9,

1.

1.

Tim.

SPECTACLE.

Xiyofxiva, see above.

especially.

all,
1

theatre, a public show, {occ.

Acts

Heb.

xix. 11.

26.
Pbil. iv. 22.
1 Tim. iv. 10.

(those things which...)

uncommon,

common,

Acts XXV.

Aeyo/xeVa, see above.

Acts

/,

no ordinary,

the ordinary,

casual,

Acts

[which icere'\
spoken, {see " sat," JVo. 1.)

thinffs

xxiii. 23.

not

WHICH were)
(

has lan-

Vulg.

xiii. 35.

xxi. 4.
xxii. 31.
xxvii. 9, 35 (ag.)

viii. 17.

Prob. some kind of light

ivriters.

( TO, tlie

Matt,

SPEARMAN.
one

guard.

SPOKEN

xix. 34.

xiv. 70.
viii. 43.
Acts xiv. 11. see S of
Lycaonia (in the)

John

Cor. i. 17,
(text, u'ordi)

1, 4.

ii.

iv.

1!>.

2,

12,

vii.

4,

r. 10.

1.

xi. C.

1.

marg.

mart?, see

see Plain-

ness.
ness.

xvi. 18, see Ss

(fair)
1.

Cor.

iii.

XX. 7.

1.

Eom.

1.

XV.
What.
2 Cor.

1.

Col. iv. 6.

1.

Tit.

ii. 8.

see

BoM-

SPE

',

727

SPI

SPEECH OP LYCAONIA.
adv.

Lycaonic

Lycaonice,

SPEND MOEE.

in

the

7/)7,^"<^

dialect.
Acts

I,

xiv. 11.

Luke

SPEECHES
man

because zvith
false,

comes

it

such

often

mean here

to

SPENT

fj/en,

is

fair

-,

{proh. the

dumb,

specchlei^s,

,
Ivi.

Acts

blunted, dull, lame

for

n'^-A,

Luke

i.

Hab.

as

dumb

Acts

i.

(be far)

(
3
1

to bend,

incline,

,
^,

the day

<^/,

2.

(be)

the,

to muzzle hence, put to silence.

Here, pass., to be silenced.
;

Matt.

day,

<

John

SPEED

C
]
(.

?,

see " god."

10, 11,

as,

most

speedily,

xvii.

THE DAT

4.)

xiii. 12.

Vv'AS)

many,

SPICES,
aromatics, spicery,

and aloe);

^^ ^^^^.^^^ ^
Possible.

(\xx.

for

(e.ff.

Da'2,

myrrh

2 Kings

XX. 13
2 Ch. ix. 1, 9 ; Song
10, IG.)
Luke xxiii. 56.
Luke x:civ. 1.
John xix. 40.
;

)
Acts

Rom.

vi.

hours,

(with all)
")

1.

Jer.

( yvo/x,eV779, having occurred.

Mark vi. 35.

SPEED.
2

sxiv. 29.

,
^,

de-

SPENT (WDEN

xxii. 12.

Luke

is

I dining; (Ixx. for

v,% Judg. xix. 11;
^
J nt;:, Judg. xix. 8
!i;q,

SPEECHLESS

xii. 15.

to beat or drive forwards

as ificith repeated strokes.

to

ix. 7.

2 Cor.

1.

',

(Ixx,

18.)

ii.

22.

xxvii. 9 part.

SPENT

1.

10.)

the toHf/ue or speech,

2.

2.

ivith

omazemenf) dumb, speechless, {cf

Germ., dumm); (Ixx. for r:b Is.

2.

to

same word, except

pronunciation, as (/5, from

in

occ.)

be throiighouO, to bo
always of time, to be through, to
have elapsed, be past.

SPEECHLESS.
'9,

spend entirely, (nan

xvi. 18.

2.

1.

(be)

(.

c?ia^avc>aL,
1, above, iJiiJi
out of, prefixed) to spend out,

1.

speech, adulation.
Eom.

X. 35.

(fair)

commeudation

evXoyia, eulogy,

above, ivith irpos,

towards, prefixed') to spend more,

in addition to, {non occ.)

1.5.

iv.

SPEEDILY.
(

<;,

Luke

SPEND

Mark

xviii. 8.

to spend, bo at expense;
consume, use up, waste.

expend

to consumo bcsidcs,
further, (nan occ.)

M.ark

v. 2(5.

2.

Luke

viii. 4;5.

XV.

U part.
1.

Acts xvii. 21, ) see

xviii. 25,
^
Time,
"

XX.
)
[

1(>,

2 Cor.

xii. 15

(SWEET)
xvi. 1.

SPIES.

(-est, spent.)

esp., to

1.

1.

SPICES

quickness, speed.

See, SPY.

',
^?,

SPIKENARD,

nard, spikenard, (Ileb. ''-:)

true, genuine, pure. i.e.
the most precious
Mark xiv. 3, niarg. p.o. nard or liquid nard.

Joliii XII. 3.

;;

SPI

1,

2.

SPILL
pour

Mark

2.

Tr A.)
Luke V. 37.

22

At deatli it rexxxvii. 5, 6, 14.

turns to God, Ecc. iii. 19, 20, and
hence can he " commended " to His

(-ED.)

of No.

( ol

1.)

care

oi

and keeping, Matt,

Luke

is lost and.
the hottles, instead of
oli'os
is spilled and thchotMesu-illhe 7>iarred,
ii.

SPI

Out.

iKxviw, (a later form

1.

728

,.
to

;;

xix.

30

The

Spirit is

25,

co))ip.

(ixx.

separated from him,

Comp. Matt,

tion.
;

nottheman,for ivhen
thus commended it is given iip, and

SPIN.
to spin

xxvii. 50
xxiii. 46
John
55
Acts vii. 59 Eev. xi. 11.

viii.

for

Ex. xxxv,

nro,

xxvi. 31;

30

xix.

xxxviii. IS),

Luke

JRcsiirrec-

till

xxvii.

50

John

37

xxiv. 6, esp.

39.

(jion occ.)
Matt.

1.

Luke

vi. 28.
I

The

Gen.

see

SPIEIT

t
blow, breathe
(from
send forth an odour; to breathe
or smell of a thing of animals, to
breathe hard, pant, gasp
ffe7i.,

I.

II.
I

When
condition of life, breath.
it is not used for wind, it expresses
immateriality, that which cannot
be apprehended by the senses,
only by its
is recognised
operations or manifestations, as
it is seen by the life, the liveliness, the activities, xohetlier these
mental, moral, or
activities he

ii.

1 Thes. v. 23.

[The Hebrew word

(Ruach) occurs 400 times,
and is translated in 22 different ways, wliich may
be thus classiiied.

(-S.)

to draw breath, breathe, cnid so

to live); hence, the air we breathe,
wind breathing as the sign and

from the soul

S]ni*it is distinct

xii. 27.

of an iwtelUfjent Being (Oixinc, An(}i-\ic, or

Infernal), " Spirit " (240 times), in evei-y passage,
except Job xxvi. 4 and Prov. xx. 27, where it is
the translation of MDIUJ (N'shamah), breath.

IT.'ci

Used nf

(in injhtencc proceeding from a being or

inanifcsted by him as a state of viind or feeling.
"Mind," (G) Gen. xxvi. 35; Prov. x.\jx. 11;
Ezek. si. 5; xx. 32; Dan. v. 20 ; Hab. i. 11.
"Anger," (1) Judij. viii. 3. "Courage," (1)

" Understanding," (1) Is. xi. 3.

Hos. ix. 7. "Cool," (1) Gen.
"Smell," (5)
(1) Job. xvi. .3.
Ex. XXX. 38 Lev. xxvi. 31 Dent. iv. 28 Ps.
cxv. 6 Amos v. 21. " Smclleth," (1) Job. x.xxix.
25.
"Smelled," (2) Gen. xxvii. 27. "Accept,"
" (1) Judg. xvi. 9.
(1) 1 Sam. xxvi. 19. " Toucheth
Josh. ii. 11.
"Spiritual,"
iii.

(1)

"Vain,"

S.

but

III. Used of the atmosphere, wind, or hrcath, or something connected u-illi them. " Wind," (95) in every

passage where the word "wind" occurs.

"Whirlwind,"(l)Ezek. i.4."Windy,"(l)Ps.lv.8.
xi. 6.
"Air," (1) Job. xli. 1. " Temi^est," (1)
" Blast," (4) Ex. xv. 8 2 Kings xix. 7 Is. xxv. 4
xxxvii. 7. " Breath," (28) Gen. vi. 17 vii. 15, 22

In

physical.

the O.T.,

is

everywhere the translation of mi

(Iluach) and is the life principle
springing from Grod, and is said
to he possessed by all the lower
vii. 17
creatures, Gren. vi. 17
Ecc. iii. 19, 20
Ps. civ. 29, 30

Sam.

xvii. 1

xxii. 16 ; Job. iv. 9 ; ix. 18 ; xii. 10 xv.30;

xix. 17 ; Ps. xviii. 15 ; xxxiii. 6 ; civ. 29 ;
;

cxxxv. 17 cxlvi. 4 Ecc. iii. 19 Is. xi. 4 xxx.

28; xxxiii. 11; Jer. x. 14; Ii. 17; Lam. iv. 20 ;
Ezek. xxxvii. 5,6, 8,9, 10; Hab. ii. 19. "Qu.<irters."
(I) 1 Ch. ix. 24.
"Side," (6) Jer. Iii. 23; Ezek.
;

xlii. 16, 17, 18, 19, 20.

^,

In the N.T.,
theequivnlent of the Heb.
occurs 385 times, and is translated as follows: "Spirit," (288 times) and uith Hohi, ren" Uohi Ghost," (89)
<lered " Uohj Spirit." (4)
"gh08t,"(2); "life,"(l); "sinritual," (1); "spiritually," (J); "wind" (1), and in the niorgiu
"breaih," (2); "of Uw spirit," (1); spirit (1).
See under each word for the respective occur-

mi,

Is. xlii. 5.

The

of God,

m"! or TTvevjia

of

life in

all

its

is

the source

manifestations.
leaves ^avaros

The tcithdratval of it

(death) the opposite of

see "LIFE," No. 1) Ps.
cxxxvii. 17
xxvii.
ii.

As

cxlvi.

Ecc.

viii.

(life,

civ.

Job

xii.

30;

rences.]

[VVith regard to special piisnagcs, note

{the flesh), not
Here, the flesh is
for the body is to partake of the
v. 50.
The
Cor.
salvation of the Spirit. See 1
pimishnientwaF prob. cori)oreal death or disease,

(a) 1

xv. 30;
Jas.
7

Cor

v. 5.

(fJic boili/),

2.

and referred to

the possession of man,

a part

ot"

God's spirit. ]\ia7i made by it,

Gen. ii. 7 Job xxxiii. 4 xxxiv.
14.
IFan is not a spirit, hut only
possesses it for a time as a loan
Ezek.
from God, Job xxvii. 3
;

in

Cor.

Cor. xiv. 32. The

to spiritual gifts.

(b) 1

if is

(c)

xi. 30.

word

refers hero evidently

Heb. xii. 23. It is certain that " juKt men " are
not " made perfect " before the coming of Christ
and the resurrection of the lend. It is

[monl

<-

7;c

have come, to |lliel

Tf T<Af

fectea, or whotie course

the

"jiist

v\cn"

si>iritK of

/!', who have

who

is

run,

l)cen

flnit<lied.

just
]i(;r-

It ie

are "perfected," not the

SPI
"spirits" (otherwise

729

must have been

it

((\(.).

There can be no perfecthe resurrection of the dead. Spirits

now "returned to God" .ire imperfect till
Cbrist co;ucs again, and the Heavenly Jerusalem
descends, and the Church, the body of Him
who is "the first-honi from the dead," (Kev.
tion

5; SI.

i.

(c)

till

46

,"
,{

xsi. 10, 11.

"
19.
in-prison spirits,
1

Pet.

fo

iii.

tlio

nifirits, when standing alone (without any qualifying words, as it

of
men in any form,
doei here), i^ ne\cr used
state or condition. These are spiritual being').
spirits,"
Heb. i. 7;
He "maketh His angels
Ps. civ. 4. The angels who sinned in Gen. vi. 2, i,
The term
see 2 Pet ii. 1-9 and .lude 6, 7.

"Sons

if God," Gen. vi. 2, 4. is always uSed of

angels, see .lob ii. 1, xxxviii. 7; Ps. sxix. 1,
of the Ixx. in
Ixxxix. G; Dan. iii. ?5 (Codex
);!.'! o/Ood).
Gen. vi. 2 reads "ayytAot
They left their own " habitation "
occurs only hore nnd 2 Cor. v. 2, where it is
used of a apirituid body!). For their sin they
were " cast dnwu to Tartarus," "delivered unto
chains of darkness" in other words, put "in
prison" and reserved unto the judgment of the
(ireat day.
Christ's triumph was so comitleto
Ihar. the proclamation (see "preach," No. 1)
of it reacli'id even to Tartarus. In the structure
of the passage, verse 20 corresponds to verso
-22 in verse 20 we have the diso/ji-Jitiicc of these
ppirits, while in verse -22 we have tbeir subjection.
See a pamphlet by the sim'< author ou
tlie Spirits in Prison, ijublishel by him at 7, St.

Paul's Churchyard, wherein ths scripture is

expounded in the light of the Epistle as a whole.
The passage is introduced for the purpose of
proving that "it is better, if the will of God be
80, that ye suffer for well doing than for evil
doing, FOR Christ also once sutfered, 4c."
He had a glorious triumph (Ejph. iv. 8; Col.
ii. 15; 1 Pet. i. 21)
so will you in like manner.
l^ven when angels were put in prison mn
(Noah and Lot) wpre delivered (see "save,"
No. 2); You will likewise be delivered from

2a.Matt.

1.

2a.
2a.
2a.

viii. 16.

2j.

X. 1, 20.
xii. 18, 28, 43, 45.
xiv. 26.
xxii. 43.
xxvi. 41.
Mark i. 10, 12.

1.

2.
2.

particle

cv,

Here

in th<? A. V. and E. V.
thouijh, ia left untninslaied.

2a.

23, 26, 27.

Sia.

ii.

2a.
2a.
2a.

iii.

vii. 25.

/a.

ix. 17.

2a.

25 "fl"-

2.

xiv. 38.

2.

2.

Tr

40 {om. h'
1)1 sitirit,

1.

ix. 39.

2.

2a.
2a.

42, 55.
X. 20.
21.

2a.

viii. 2, 29,

xi. 13,

2.

John

iv. 23,

63

Acts

2a.
2a.

out
i.s

any adjunct,

xiv. 2.

12

2a.

3.

(?io?i occ.)

marg.

14.

2.

15 i, 16.

Ji'd-

1.

6 2"1, 8, 171"17 2n.i.

18 (lit. irro

it

2a.
2a.

Tri'cO/jtaTcs.

2a.

4.

2.

iv. 13.
V. 5.

1.

vii. 1.

13.

2a.
2a.

vii. 59.

2.

viii. 7.

1.

3.

2.

29.
39.
X. 19.
xi. 12, 28.
XVI. <.
16.

i.

5, 14.

2.

18.
xvii. 16.
xviii. 5

(,

<,

in

his discourse, instead

the
ill
spirit,
N.)
25.
xix.
12. 13, 15,

of

from

the Lord the Spirit.)

xi. 4.

2a.

Note,

2.

2a.

2.

(text,

2a.

GLTTr A

xii. 13.

Gal.

2a.

iii.

8wi".

2a.

IS.

Eph.i.

2a.
2a.

1_
i!

see S (Holy)
18.

22.

uCi.
16.

la.

1.

13,
17.

ii. 2,

iv. 3.

2.

2.

2.

vi. 1.

2.

2tt.

(a) TTi'ev/xa, defined by some genitive

or adjective, etc., " his," " my,"
" unclean," etc., gen. with the art.

-lid,

2a.
2a.

tchile

the art. is indispensable.

32,
see
No. lb.
XV. 45.
2a.
2a.
xvi. 8.
2. 2 Cor. i. 22.
2a.
u. 13.
2a.
iii. 3.

17, 18.

simijJy, with-

the Spirit, wlien used

ohjectiveJij.
Wlirn
is used
of the Spirit of Christ or of man,
TO

8 1
9 '"i, 10,

7,

V. 9, 16.
vi. 10.

2.

1 represents

ii.

4.1.

2a.

"

24
vi.G3 1".
.

xii. 3, 4.

.pirtfiiil.)

2nd.

1.

2a.
2a.

1.

see S(Holy)

5.
1".

iii.

Note,

see

5,

la.

vi. 11. 17, 20.

vii. .14.

11, 13 ''.

6
_6
8,34.

2a.

Kn.

S5.

32,33.

i.

12 <"le,

V. 3.
4.

29.

24, 26.
xiii. 11.
xxiii. 46.
xxiv. 37, 3D.

1.

iii',

16.
iv. 21.

No.

18, 33, 36.

vi. 18.
vii. 21.

2a.
2a.
2a.

2"'t

11
iii.

2.

iv. 1, 14.

10

2a.

2a.
2a.
2a.
2a.

11;

'-

G ^L

.)

2.

2,

.30.

ii.4.
101'-

14.
.a.-

27.

ii.

1.

'-'a.

8.

1.

2.

xi. 8.
xii. 11.

XV. 19.

ICor.

2a.Lakei. 17,47,80.

xiv. 17.
XV. 26.
xvi. 13.

i.

2.

1.

2a.

2a.
2a.
2a.

iv. 13.

:a.-

20.

vii. 39.
xi. 33.

2a.

viii. 12.

2.

xiii. 21.

-4.

15 '*'>
16 !
16 and23, 26 l".
26 -'"

2.

2a.
2a.

2.

(,

13.

49.

3.

2,

1.'

2a.
2a.

vi. 7.

It

11 iwice.

2.

11, 30.

SfJ

10.

2i

V. 2. 8, 13.

the

not say that the gospel was preached to

but, that
"ihmiijh () tiiey might lie judged."
They
might be judged indeed () by man's tribunal
nccurdiug
the will of mill, see
Rom. viii. 27 ; xv. 5 ; 1 Cor. xii. 8 xv. 32 ; 2 Cor.
vii. 9, 10, 11; xi. 17; GhI. i. 11;
Eph. ii. 2;
Col. ii. 8 1 Pet. iv. 14). They might be put to
death indeed (mcV) as regards the flesh
the Dat. of reference), yet () they shall live
according to the will of God
Oeov, see the
For this cause to give them this
refrt. above).
hope was the Gospel preached to them as is
described in 1 Pet. 1, 12, 2.5. Tlie hope of glory
was set over against their sufferings, see 1 Pec.

9 1'9 2nJ, 9

2a.

8.

them "that they might be judetd,"

floes

6 marg.

viii.

(text, spiritual.)

v. 3.

3.

Kom.

2.

iv. 1.

2.

your tribulation.
1 Pof.. iv. 6.

16.

iii.

2.

(d)

SPI

4, 23.

30, see
T. 9.
19.

S (Holy)

li. 12 morg., see

Spiritual.

a phanta.sm, phantom,
2.
1.

17.
IS.

SPI
2a.Phil.

i.

19, 27.

730

],

;;

SPI

731

SPOKE, SPOKEN.

SPITTLE.
what

spit out, spittle,

is

(see

" 3PIT "), (lion occ.)

John

SPOIL

1.

is. G.

[uoun.]

(-S.)

skin as stripped off, hide

then, spoil, booty as stripped from
an enemy; (Ixx. for
Zeeh.
xiv. 1
Is. liii. 12), (non occ.)

>,

the topmost or best part

of a heap
hence, the choice part,
the first-fruits o the field, booty,
(non occ.)
Luke

1.

2.

SPOIL

^,

Heb.

(-ED.)

29

),

Is. xlii. 22),

8,
;

(non

occ.)

,
,

[verb.]

Sam.

xxiii.

2.

(non
1.

Eph.

V. 27

1.

must mean either

the

powers of darkii. 10
Eph. ii. 2

'79,

3.

')

for His people.]

(occ.

there shall be, ^ [Here,

-,

Heb.

1.

13.

without,

a,

[i/o"]

etc."

SPOT

is

SPOILING.
plundering, pillage
bu, Ecc. V. 7.)

apnayi'i,

Hcb.

X. 31.

(Ixx.

for

1.

1.

/,
for

2.

ii)r,

19.
14.

iii.

[verb.]
stain,

to

defile,

23.

SPREAD.
;

strow or spread
(Ixx. for i^'iTi, Ps.

to
;

G), (tion occ.)

Iviii.

to cut through, distribute

throughout, spread abroad.

Stai'/i,(ij,

Matt. ix.31,sco Fame.

1.

i.

to strow, to spread; (Ixx.

Is. xiv. 11.)
Est. iv. 3

underneath

3.

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

(-TED.)

Jude

em-

and the verb in the future

implies jircscnt danger more than
mere possibility.] (non occ.)
Matt.xii.29i"i<lp7r<i^u, 1. Mark iii. 27'!'
Tr A.) 3. Col. ii. 8.
seize jioii, L
')-'"^{',1.) 2.
15.

uit/i-

to spot, to
(occ. Jas. iii. 6.)

'"lestsome-

The "yo"

blemish, without

Avithout

marg.

ix. 14,

lit.,

( one there
leading
shall bo
off as a prey. )

phatic,

1.

icith

1,

Tim.vi.l4. [oiif/aiiU.

1.

2.

1.

[is]

is,

ii.

bodily defect.

Col.

who,

who

2 Pet.

12.

(without)

(No.

//09,

2.

9.)

0,

JuJe

SPOT
1.

craggy rocks,

occ.)

breaker, on tvhich

cliff,

2.

dinances which was against us,

which had been given by heavenly and angelic powers, (Gal. iii.
lleb. ii. 2) and triumphed
19
over them, rendering them power-

[noun.]

(-S.)

prefixed.)

"),

13.

ii.

vessels are lorecked,

ness, (cf i. IG
vi.
11, 12), or, the putting off
the law, the handwriting of or-

iii.

or lux-

a spot, a stain mark, stain,

in a moral sense, (non occ.)

(non occ.)

sjjoiling of the

less

"'

delicately

(see

2 Pet.

self, despoil.
it

xv. 36.

xix. 29.

live

SPOT

to strip off from one's

to put off, divest one's self
then, to strip off for one's

[Here,

John

oc<?.)

Mark

to
uriously,

vii. 4.

to snatch asunder, pillage,

plunder; (\\\. for W1, Greu. xxxiv.
27, 29; Nah. ii. 9; h:, Deut.

of

48.

SPORT ONE'S SELF.

1.

self,

SPONGE,
a sponge, (non

xi. 22.

xxviii.

See, SPEAK.

Matt, xxvii.

2.

SPR

xxi. 8.

1.

Mark

2.

Liikc xix.

si.

(]'.)

3.

SPREAD ABROAD.

(,

place,

for
Mark

come out

to go or

proceed

(Ixx.

of am/
every where

H)r.)
i.

28.

Thes.

i.

8.

SPR

SPREAD UPON,
John

732

,
,

(JVo.

ahove, loith
towith or in conjunction

gether

-'

'',

become

famous
became
\Jiis name]

conspicuous, >
famous,
)

Mark

(be)

lit.,

"^

5,

with, 'prefixed?)

SPEEAD ABEOAD
C ytVo/xat, to

..

SPEING UP

[margin.]

see " ajsoikt."

ix. 6,

STA

vi. 14.

Luke

7 pass.

viii.

SPEINKLE

(-ED, -iNG.)

to .sprinkle, besprinkle
(Ixx.
for nu, Lev. vi. 27 2 Kings ix.
;

33;

1.

SPEINa.

'',
up

of the sun or
clouds; comp.
xxiv. 17.

2.

up spoJcen
the stars or

intrans., to rise

,
-,
Heb.

cause to rise

to

trans.,

light,

Luke

also for ton, Ps.

9), {non

li.

occ.)

78

i.

Numb.

ix. 13, 19, 21.

x. 22.

SPEINKLING.

1.

sprinkling;

mj, Numb.

to beget, spohen of men;

to bear, spoken of loomen ; pass.,
to be begotten or born.

Heb.

(non

2.

9;

xix.

(Ixx. for

xiii.

20, 21),

occ.)

a pouring out tOVard^

or upon; (Ixx. Ex. xii. 7, 22), (710
occ.)

1.

Heb.

Tii. 14.

2.

Heb.

xi. 19.

Heb.

2.

xi. 28.

SPEING

^,

to leap into

Amos

V.

/,

(Ixx.

for

in,

19.)

Rev.

to leap, jump, spring

for ihu. Job vi. 10; nbw,
1 Sam. X. 10), {pee. Acts iii. 8

{so,

to germinate,

Ixx.fur

U?i, Joel

Jaa.

4.

spRixo,"

ii.

ri'D,

j^o. 1.

put forth
xvii. 23
Hob. ix. 4

Numb.

22), (oce.

V. 18.)

(),

0.

(No. 2, tcith i$, out of,

prefixed) to rise up out of, {iion

to generate,
forth, (nan occ.)

come

2.
4.

Matt.

7.

3.

2G.

Mark

iv. 5.

rately,

Mark

1.

Luke viii.
John iv. 14.
Heb.

xfl. 15.

part., 8.

sitting

ambush,
Job

in

/or

Luko

XX. 20.

i":-,

one Avho views accuscout,

^:io,

reconnoitercr

Gen.

xiii. 9,

Heb.

2.

11.)

xi. 21.

SPY OUT.

2 Sam.

x.

1 Ch.

xix. 3),

occ.)

Oal.

STABLISII

1.
5.

to view accurately, reconnoitre, spy out, explore; (ixx. /or

iv. 8.

5.

(Ixx.

b:*!,

xiii. 5.

fi.

4.

produce, bring

SPY, SPIES.

2.

(non

6.

(Ixx.

16.

lying in Avait; (Ixx. /or

xxxi. 9), (non occ.)

to cause to ascend, ascend

up, as thoughts, plants, etc.

iv. IG.

1.

oca.)

5.

occ.)

See, SPONGE.

,
,

1.

see "

iii.

(710

SPUNGE.

xiv. 10.)

'.

^p. Is. xix. 14),

SPEING UP.

,
,

xii. 24.

2.

i.

SPUE.

xvi. 29.

(ixx.

2.

Pet.

to spue out, vomit forth

for

Acts

1.

IN.

Heb.

1.

1. 1

ii.

4.

(-ED,

-.)

to set fast, fix firmly, make

steadfast, establish; (Ixx.fur-^-^z,
Ps. li. 14 ; cxii. 8.)

STA

),

733

stand, to set, to place; (b) Aor.

steudfast, conto
(Ixx.for C'p, Ps. cxix. 28;
2', P.s. xli. 13) .spoken of thiuf/s,
to corroborate, ratify.

2.

linn

pass., and fut. mid.; and

intrans.,perf.,phip.,andAor. 2,
to stand, as opp. to fallimj ; stand

and fut.

(c)

2.

Roin. xvi. 25.

2 Cor. i. 21.
Col. ii. 7.

1.

1.

1.

Thes.

ii.

Jas. V. 8.
1 Pet. V. 10.

1.

1.

2.

STAFF, STAVES.

><;,

1.

Heb.

(a)

a rod, wand,

wood

iv\ov,

2.

Matt.

Mark

1.

X. 10.

2.

Mark

1.

Luke

Heb.

stand

1.

li. 21

still.

1, with
upon,
prefixed) trans., to place upon or
over, set over. In N. T. only intrans.,
to place one's self upon or near,
stand upon or over.

,
,

(Al?.

(.

beside,
1, ivith
prefixed); (a) trans., to cause to
stand near, to place beside or
near by.

(b) intrans

xiv. 4.3,48.

ix. o.
xxii. 52.

vi. 8.

la.

3.

Gen.

staff, club.

xxvi. 47. 55.

2.

io

anything made

ilien,

upon)

upon the top

allusion

i?i

of wood, us a
1.

staff.

21, i~l, (Hcb. bn,

xi.

<;
TO
of his rod,
xlvii. 31.

,
fa.st,

IT

iii. 1.

1.

13.

iii.

2Thep.

1.

STA

to stand near, stand by.

(No. 1, icith
together
in conjunction with prefixed);
(a) trails., to make stand with or
together, to place together.

STAGGER

(-ED.)

(b) i?ifrans., to

to separate throughout, i.e.

Here, viid.,
xvholly, completely.
be
to separate one's self from
in strife with one's self, i.e. to
doubt, hesitate, waver.
;

Kom.

5.

0.

(-S.)

Ic.Matt.

then,
act of asccuding
means of ascent, as steps, stairs
(Ixx./o; nPi^o, 1 Kings x. 19, 20),

<ira/3a^/xu9,

,
,

( late form
the present, from

found only in

I stand,
the perf. of No. 1) to stand, stand
firm ; (Ixx. /or
Ex. xiv. 13.)

iv. 20.

STAIR

stand with, place

together, set together.

ii.

to remain, continue, abide.

9

(1

i.Jobn

xviii.5,lo,18''r'<!,

25.

xix. 25.
XX. 11, 14, 19,26.
xxi. 4.

!.

{non occ.)

:.

Acts

;.Acts

xxi. 35, 40.

Luke

(Ixx

i.

3.)

for

ui::i<,

8.

iv. 14.

V. 20.

vii. ^3, 55, 56.

xvi. 9.
- xvii. 22.
-xxi. 40.
- xxii. 13.
-

(-ED.)

xxiv. 20 imrt., 21.

XXV. 10.
xxvi. 6, IJ.

cause to stand, to

!.Rom. v.

inf rails., to

still,

25.

7.

- xi. 13.

:.

(a) Iraiis., to

2.).

X. 30.

place.

(b)

11.

iii.

ix.

xiii. 15.

STANCH

i.

STALL.

a crib, a manger
Job. xxxix. 9 Is.

9 (.)
56 part.

viii.

xi.

stand

ilicn,

stop.
b.

2.
ix. 11.
xi. 20.
xiv. 4.

to stand
1.1

Ltike

Cor.

vii. 37.

viii. 13,

viii. 44.

SCO World.

X. 12.

XV.

STAND

]..

STdOD.)

Cor.

i.Eph.

(a) trans., in the present, imp.

i.Hob.

and Aor.

Doubt.

vi. 11, Vi, 14.

CI. iv. 12.

!.l Tim. ii. 19.
.i&a.

1 of the act., to cause to

30, SCO Jeopardy

i. 24.

<}nl. iv. 2i>, t^po

various comhinalions with other

words, see beloio.)

(ib?

(-EST, -ETII, -TNO

1.

X. 11.

ii.

3.

.9.

STA
Ic.l Pet. V. 12.
41j.'2

Pet.

Ic.Kev.
Ic.

lb.

vii. 1, 9, 11,
viii. 2.

L Tr A

I stood,
XIV, 1,
XV. 2,

V. 6.

- vi. 17.

Ic.
Ic.
lb.

,
,

,
{,

of

St^ad

20.

STA
STAND BOUND ABOUT,

Eev. xiii. 1
it
or he stood; iu-

lb.

5.

iii.

iii.

73-1

i^.)

for

xviii, 10.

.3.

Ic.

X. 5, 8.

Ic.

XI, 1

Ic

xii. i.

xix, 17.
sx, 12.

4, 11.

,
,
Acts

X. 17,

Eom.

.3.
I

xiv. 10 (mid.;

STAND BY.

1.

',

2.

,,
,

3.
4.

Ao.

see above,

Ic.

No.

1,

2.

No.

(" STAIiD,"

1,

1.

Mark

73.

1.

xiv. 47, 69, 70.

1.

XV. 35.

1.

1.

Luke

xix. 24,
xxiv. 4,
3.
4. John xi. 42.
2.
xii. 20.

1.

John
Acts

1.

1.
3.

Acts

3,

xix. 26.

1.

10.
ix. 39.

1.

i.

7.

STILL,

Matt. XX.

Luke

vii. 14.

Mark

Acts

viii. 38,

32.
x. 49.

STAND

UP,

(" STAND,"

No.

1, toith

STAND," No. lb,

see "

STAND," No. 3b,

Mark xiv. 60.

Luke iv. 16.
Acts

1.
2.

3.

Acts

iv. 26.

34 part.

1.

V.

X. 25.

1.

X. 26.

15.
14.

1.

xi. 28.

1.

xiii.

i.

ii.

2.

xxvii. 23.

Acts xxv.

STAND," No. Ic,

see "

1.

xxii. 25.
xxiii. 2, 4.
11.

2.

1.

xviii. 22.

1.

STAND

,
,

2,

Mait. xxvi.

;.

see "

up, prefixed) trans., to cause to

stand or rise up, to raise up intrans., to rise up, arise.

ivith

around, prefixed) trans., to

cause to stand around, place
around inirans., to stand around
(Ixx./or ys^, 2 Sam. xiii. 31.)

2.

N^o. 4,

xiv. 20 part,

No. 3b.

see above,

see ahove,

16

Acts

2,

STAND BEFOEE.
2.

STAND BY,"

surround (Ixx.
1 Kings vii. 15
1 Sam.
Is. xxix. 3.)
and

:;1D,

vii,

17,'

(.),

see "

to encircle,

16 part.

Acts XXV. 18 part.

STAND UPRIGHT.

STAND FAST.
Cor. x-\-i. 13.
Gal. v. 1.

5. 1
5.

5. Phil.

27.

i.

5.

Phil. iv.

5.

1 Thes.
2 Thes.

5.

1.

,
,
,

iii. 8.

15.

ii.

No.

see above.
Acts

1,

xiv. 10.

STAND WITH,

1.

',

STAND FORTH.
see "

STAND," No. Ic,

\ els, into,
'

j TO,
[^

3.

the,

midst,

for mbl, Ps.

.)

2.

Luke

3.

'-'

see "

1.

STAND," No. 3b.

Acts

iv. 10.

",

STAND
see "

(make)

STAND," No. la.

Bom.

xiv. 4.

1,

STAND
,

might be,

{subj.
1

(should)

/,

Cor.

ij.

5.

ix. 32.

Tim.

STAND HERE.

No. 4b,

comc
comc in

in at the

to

same time, to
to
and so to stand by anotlier

[stood,

Mark iii. 3 (fyeipi, stand forth (active), G L TTr A

Luke vi. 8 '"'

STAND," No. 3b.

see " STAND,"

2.

up [and come] under-

tyeipat, rise

see "

1.

16
K.)

iv.

Tr

assist,
;

(Ixx,

Ixxxiii. 9.)

(-,

to

he at liand or

nci'.r,

iv. IG.

STANDING

'), to have,

(Jiere,

(be)

has

a,

or has

its)

a standing.
Heb.

ix. 8.

STAR

(-S.)

a star, a single star s])okcii

of fixed stars, ])lanets, or meteors
(\xx.for2y,2, Gen. i. IG Is. xiii.
10 Joel iii, 15.)
;

to be.)

STA

?,

(a)

735

STE

STEAD.

the morning

star.

See, IN,

[Spoken of Christ as the coming one,

seen by His bride, the Church, just
before the dawn, seen by those Avho
Avatch through the niglit, before
He rises as "the Sun of E-ighteous-

ness "

upon

STEDFAST.
See, STEADFAST.

,
8,

Israel.]

a constelhation ffe7i. in pi.,

the stars seldom used of a single
star, as iVb. 1 is.
;

Matt.

7, 9, 10.

ii. 2,

xxiv. 29.

1.

la.

35.
2. Luke XX. 25.
2. Acts vii. 43.
xxvii. 20.
2.

Cor. XV. 41

1.

2.

Heb.

3 timea.

[Rtar.

Day-

19, see

i.

16,

iii. 1.

1.

vi. 13.

1.

,
,
Col.

1.

1.

xii. 1, 4.

2. 1

la.

xxii. 16.

2.
1.

STATE
C
.

, the

,
Trepi,

(_

(youe)

Acts

xiv. 9.

Acts

i.

mt, toue.

3.

iii.

1.

vi. 19.

(behold)

2 Cor. iii. 7

STEADFASTLY

[margin.]

lit.,

with , unfo.)

(look)

Acts

2 Cor.

vi. 15.
iii.

13.

see "piece of money."

STEADFASTLY
Acts

adultness, maturity of life, mind,

(\xx.for ^n^C!^'p, Ez.

See

(look up)

vii. 55.

continue, set.

also,

18.)

Luke

vi. 27.
ii.

14.

1.

Pet. V. 9.

STATURE.

xiii.

Luke

ii.

(oiii.

10, vpitli
v:ere gazing.

age, or person;

Matt.

stark, hard, firm,

immoveable.
2.
G-) 1. Heb.

firm,

Cor. vii. 37
XV. 58.
2 Cor. i. 7.

19, 20.

also, last,

xvii. 27,

and

stiff

ii.

STATER,
Matt.

(occ.

23.)

to fix the eyes intently upon,

stretch and
gaze upon intently
strain the eyes to Ido cible to see.

concerning
you.

See

then,

settled,

fixed,

STEADFASTLY

thiiii/s

rbil.

fast,

i.

solid

viii. 10, 11, 12.

ix. 1.

sedentary

seated,

sitting

20 ''

28.

1.

xi. 12.

2 Pet.

i.

ii. 1.

1.

Markxiii.

1.

Eev.

1.

hence, of per-

sons, steadfast, steady, sure.

1.

STEADFAST.
firm, steady

52,

age.
iv. 13,
|

Eph.

STEADFASTNESS.

xii. 25.
xix. 3.
age.

marg.

marg.

.<;, a

setting fast, fixedness,

(non occ.)

STAVES.

STAT,

[margin.]
2.

Tim.

iii.

(-EI).)

),

Luke

viii.

iv. 42.

10;

hn, 2 Chrou.
|

1.

2.

Acts

5, 14.)

xii. 22.

2 Pet.

iii.

17.

[margin.]

19, see

" sure."

STEAL, STOLE.
by

stcaltli,

(not

by violence.)

Matt.

vi. 19, 20.

xix. 18.
xxvii. 64.
xxviii. 13.

Mark

ii.

to steal, take

to rob

Gen.

ii. .5.

2 Tim.

to have or hold upon

to
hold on, i.e. remain (Ixx.for bn\

1.

Col.

[verb.]

to have and hold fast down

to detain
(l.\x. for "^nn,
Gen.
xxiv. 5G
1C, Gen. xlii. 19.)

-,

(the

"oround.'

2.

solid;

STEADY,

STAY

1.

15, see

anything firm,

firmament, Ixx.yor i"P"i> Gen. i.

Ez. i.22); //r/ici", stability, solidity,
(non occ.)

See, STAFF.

x. 19.

Luke xviii.
John X. 10.
Rom. ii. 21

20.
'<^.

xiii. 9.

Epli. iv. 28 "'

STE

STEEP PLACE.
an overhanging steep, a beet-

ling

crag

(!xx.,

i^ipD,

73G

or clift", a precipice
2 Clu'on. xxv. 12), {71071

STI

STEWARDSHIP.

management of a household
or of household affairs stewardship, administration.
;

occ.)
Matt.

Luke

viii. 32.

Mark

Luke

STICK

STEP

05,

xvi. 2, 3,

-i.

v. 13.

viii. 33.

[noun.]

(-S.)

a dry stick

(jypvyavov,

a footstep.

[noun.]

(-S.)

or

,
Kom.

IV. 12.

2 Cor.

1 Pet.

ii.

xii. 18.

to stej) down.
Jolm V. 7.

IN.

xxviii. 3.

STICK EAST.

become

to

Acts xxvii.

fixed,

stick

{non occ.)

fast,

to step iu, enter.

John V. 4 part, {.)

In N.T.,

trans., to fix firmly.

intrans.,

41.

STIEF-NECKED.

STERN.

last, hind(fem. of
most) the hindmost part
oj a
shij), the stern.

Acts

xl.

Acts

Trpvjwa,

Is.

21.

STEP DOWN,

STEP

dry

twig,

brushwood (Ixx. for mp,

24 xlvii. 14), {non occ.)

necked,

hard - ncckcd,
obstinate

i.e.

>-\^,

Ex. xxxiii.
13), (non occ.)

ix. G,

3,

stiff-

for
Deut.

(Ixx.

xxvii. 29.

Acts

STEWARD

vii. 51.

(s.)

.^, a housc-manager, one who

had authority over the servants

),

of a family, assigning their tasks,

and generally managnig all
the affairs and accounts. These
persons were generally slaves, but
also free-men, (Eliezer, Gren.xv.2;
xxiv. 2
Joseph, Gren. xxxix. 4.)
also had charge of
Tlie
the pecuniary affairs of the sons,

STILL

hushed, be quiet.
(luiet.

etc.,

(be)

Here, pass., to be

to muzzle.

Mark

See

also,

iv. 39.

abide, stai^d.

-,

thus differing from the

or tutors {No. 2), {occ. Horn.
23; Gal. iv. 2.)

775, one
committed,

to

Matt. XX.

2.

Luke

1.

1.

viii. 3.

xii. 42.
[(be)
xvi. 2, see Stcwttrd

Luke
Cor.

Tit.

1.

1 Pet. iv. 10.

7.

Eev.

for
xvi. 2.

H4

STING

times.

(-S.)
;

1 Cor. XV. 55, 5G, prohnhly referring

to Hos. xiii. 4, tohere Ileh. llDp,
plague ; comp. IIos. v. 12 ; {also

{non occ.)
Luko

xxii.

a prick, a point
hence, gen.,
a sting, a thing of venom or j)oison.

(bk)

to be an
{see nlnrr,
No. 1) be manager of a household f/en., be manager or steward,
;

of tlie future, any more, any longer

of the present, yet, still, hitherto
implying accession or addition, besides
of the present, in allusion
to the past, yet, still, even now.

2.)

iv. 1, 2.

1.

i.

iv.

1, 3, 8.

1.

STEWARD

),

xvi.

[adv.]

a charge is
a steward, man-

i.e.

8.

eVt,

xvi.

whom

ager, agent, tutor, {occ. Gal.

2.

STILL,

3i?l,

Cor. XV.

rottenness.)

55, 5C.

Rev.

ix. 10.

;
;

STI

STINK

737

STOCK.

(-ET1I.)

to smell, emit a scent; Qxx.fur

ty3,

Ex.

-,

genus, race
family,
stock; (\./}'^~, Jer.

14.)
John xi. 39.

viii.

xii. 18.

agitation,

Acts

UP

to

wake up

fully, to rouse

to rouse upon, i.e. to wake

Then,
up, rouse'up as from sleep.
to rouse upon or against anj/ one,
to excite against
(Ixx. for yvi'n,
2 Chron. xxi. 16 cpn, 1 Sam. xxii.

,
,
8;

3.

Am.

14), (occ.

Acts

xiii.

{non occ.)
1

1.

Mark

3), {occ.

poptoJ,

to urge on

with something

else,

incite thereby or

xv. 11.)

by or along
to stir

therewith,

up,
{non

occ.)

G.

7.

8.

to move to and fro, put

into a state of waving, vibration
to sway to and fro, agitate.

3.

to pour together hence, to

confuse, throw into confusion,
put in perplexity or uproar.

Luke
Acts

Luke xvii.

xxiii. 5.

xiii. 50.

3.

iiv. 2.

1.

xvii. 13.

1.

'',

16,

xxi. 27.

8.

see Si

ir-

[red (bo)

2 Tim. i. .
2 Pet. i. 13.

{occ. I

Cor.

zz

xvii. IG.

a small stone worn smooth

hence, any
by water, a pebble
polished stone, a gem, stone of
a ring. Also, of the black and

Matt.

Luke

9.

iii.

iv. 3, 6.

vii. 9.

1.

.Kxi.

XX. 17, 18.

xxi. 5.

()).)

xxvii. 60, 66.

1.

XX viii.

see

10.

1.

xiii. 1.

1.
1.

XX.

Acts

8.

1.

iv. 3. 11.

1.

xi. 11.

see

(of)
5'J.

X. 31.
xi. 38, 39, 41.

XV. 46.
iii.

6,

ii. 7(0]..).

upon

xvi. 3. 4.

Luke

[Hewn.
53,

42, uiar;r. Pofn.

ii.

Kce S
another (one)
2,

S UOOU

xxiv. 2.

John i.

1.

SCO

xxii. 41.
xxiii.

V. 5.
4,

another (one)

2.

(cast)

1.

S upon

SCO

tl,

44

1.

Mark

xix. 10.

another (one)

42,

xii.

excited,

-,

a piece of rock \_not

the rock itself, which is Christ.
Peter Avas a piece of a rock, a
stone, here to-day and gone tomorrow, shifting, changing, vacillating.
Peter, not so-called because of firmness of character,
but the reverse.]

1.

1.

xiii. 5.)

Acts

-,

1.

(i)i;)

])aint:'ully

[noun.]

a stone, stone as opp. to wood,

flesh, etc.; then, stones of various

xxiv. 2, seeSupon
a:iother (one)

to shari)cn by or on anything, as hg rubbing, to whet.

In
N.T. onlg mid. or pass.; hence, to

be spurred on, or

1.

iii. 1.

STIEEED

STONE,

white stones used anciently in

voting, viz. the black for condemnation, the Avhite for approval or
acquittal, {occ. Acts xxvi. 10.)

vi. 12.

V. 23.

to move with
to move
together, excite together or at
the same time, {non occ.)

/,

Tim.

kinds.

2.

5.

STOMACH.
VL

50.)

to shake uji, or to and fro,

ivHh the idea ofshock or concussion;
hence, to stir up toith idea of vigour
andforce, instigate (Ixx. /or TXZT],
ii.

xvi. 24.

mouth, an opening; then,

used of the throat, the gullet
then, of the orifice of the stomach
and later, of the stomach itself,

vi.

Job. xxxiii. 11.)

Acts

to rekindle up, light up

again; (Ixx.ybr n^n, Gren. xlv. 27),

Job.

(no)i occ.)

4.

(\\x.for

excite, incite.

2.

iii. 5.

then, anything made of

VOod, as stocks, {Lot., nervus)

wood

tu\ov,

xix. 23.

-.)

(-ED,

Phil.

xli. 1.)

STOCKS.

commotion,

STIR

1.

siii. 2S.

STIE. [noun.]
stir,

lineage,

Acto

dlHturbance, (non occ.)

Acts

STO

1.

iv. 11.
xvii. 29.

Eoiu. ix. 32,

Stumbling.

33,

seo

STO
1. 1

Cor.

iii.

12.

2 Cor.

iii. 3,

1.

7.

1.

1 Pet.

3.

Eev.

1.

4, 5, 6, 7, 8.

17 '"'"

1.

STO

,
,

STONY aHOUND.

iv. 3.

ix. 20, see S (of)

xvii. -i.
xviii. 12, 16, 21.
sxi. 11 ''i':^ 19.

(of)
1.

ii.

ii.

Eev.

1.

see

738

TO,

the place or ground,

rock,

like

{Ace.

sing,

neut.)

STONE

the,

8,

(or)

made

of stone
(Ixx. for \m,
Ezek. xxxi. 17.)
Gren. XXXV. 14

XiOtvos,

ii. G.

2 Cor.

Eev.

Lev. XX. 10, and Deut. xxii. 22

ver. 21, where, Ixx. for bpD
Heb. xii. 20, cf Ex. xix. 13,
vhere Ixx.ybr h\>O also, Ixx. for
xxiv, 14, 16.
l:T\, Lev. XX. 27
cf.

(om.

=i

Joliu

1.

2.

,
,

1.

Matt. xxiv.

Mark

2.

,
,
{pec.

1.

xiii. 2.

1.
1.

1.

3.
1.

Luke

see

xiii. .'U.

John

viii.

2.

X. 31,

2.

xi. B.

(<iji.)

:.!2,

3.i.

2.

John

2.

Luke

xxiv. 12 (up.)

XX. 5, 11.

STOP

(-ED.)

to enclose Avith a fence

for 2^^'otectio7i, to fence round,
hedge in (Ixx. /or Titi>, Ilos.ii. 6)

gen., to stop.

"stones (cast),"

2.

xii. 4.)
2.

No.

2.

XX. .

tvith

1,

of a city loiih tvalls, to fortify

of a defile icith troops, to shut up
of the cars tvith loax, to stop

[verb.]

Acts

V. 2G.

1.

vii. 58, 59.

1.

xiv. 5.

2.

10.

2.

2 Cor.

2.

Heb.

1.

xi. 25.
xi. .37.

xii. 20.

to hold together, to press

together, to shut up.

Acts

Tit.

vii. 57.

i.

11,

sec

Mouth.

1.

Rom.

1.

Heb.

iii.

J
)

shall

19.

XI. 33.

SHALL STOP ME

{non occ

1),

occ.)

ixi. 35.
xxiii. 37.

{No.

i. 7.

six. 44.
xxi. G.

{No. 2, with
down,
prefixed) to stone down, {stronr/er
than No. 2) to stone to deatli,

Matt.

)\^.

to stone, {the emphasis being

upon the stories rather than the

{non

(]'.)

(Ixx.ybr ClO, Prov. xxi. 13), hence,

Mark

Mark

Luke

1.

casting, as in

ij.

downward

resting on (of the

pressure)
stone.

eVt,

(.), 8

see above.

1.

rest)

stone

viii.

,
,

(one)

stone.

STONE,

beside, ptrefixed) to stoo]) down

near by anything, to bend forward
beside or near anything in order
to look at it more closely.

stone

i-n-L,

1.

(-KD, -TNO.)

bow

STOOP

Tr
^*, i.e. him they
him ihcy cast stones and

^5,resting upon {of simple

1.

to stoop,

16, 31.)

STONE UPON ANOTHEE

2.

STOOP

xiii. 5, 20.

Korindcd, instead of at
wounded him.)

(.

Matt.

iv. 16.

one's self
(Ixx.
for lip, 1 Sam. xxiv. 9 1 Kings i,

viii. 5,

cf.

Mark

2.

2.

(cast)

A Mosaic punishment, John

xii.

iv. 5.

STONY PLACES.

ix. 20.

STONES

iii. 3.

to tlirow stones at an?/ one,

to stone in order to wound or kill.

Mark

Mark

1.

Jolin.

rocky places, {Ace.

neut.)

OP.

not be stopped or

silenced,

CIS,

unto,

\, me.

2 Cor.

xi. 10.

STORE

(in)

to treasure up, lay

store.
1

Cor. xvi. 2

i>art.

up

in

STO
STOKE

STR

STRAIGHTWAY.

iii. 7.

1.

^9,
* In

2.

3.

vi. 19.

,
,

STORE-HOUSE

4>.

most of the critical

No.

straii^lit;

curl's,

2.

of time, straight,

forthwith.

i.e.

in store, {non occ.)

Tim.

up away,

treasure

to

straightway, immediately.

lliese j)assa(jes

editors iirefcr

(LAY UP ix)

up away

739

(KEEP in)

2 Pet.

STORE

lay

with the thing itself, at

the very moment, on the spot.

from

this time,

immedi-

i.e.

ately.

a store-cliamber, store-house
for cc, Deut. xxviii. 8
Prov. iii. 10; "itn, Prov. xxiv 4.)

Matt.

(Ixx.

Mark xv. 1*.

Luke V. 39 {om.

16.

iii.

iv. 20.

Tr

At*.)

xiv. 22.

viii. .55.

Luke

.Txi. 2,

xii. ~i.

XXV.

3*

xii. 54.

15.

xiv. 5.

John

xxvii. 48.

Marki.lO,

STORM,

//,

iii.

liurricane

xxxv.

Jer.

".ra,

xxxviii.

2,

2 Pet.

(occ.

32

(Ixx.

nii^n,

job

xxi.

18)

Job

vi.

25* {om.

G-)

vii.

i.e.

35 (om. Li>

viii. 10*.

1.

Luke

iv. 37.

straight, (a) quoted fro7n Is.

ivhere Ixx. for ^ur
(b)

xl.

3,

,
xii.
la.
la.

/^,

Is.

xl.

where

4,

upright
(Ixx. for
IG xvi. 25.)
;

^.\if\

Matt.

iii. 3.

Mark

i.

2.

Prov.

Luke

lb.

3.

1.

Heb.

xii. 13,

Acts

to

iii. 4, 5.
ix. 11.

marff. even.

AT.

filter

Ixx.

vas

or strain through,
as through a sieve or strainer;
hence, to strain out, {non occ.)

quoted from
for IIU^O.

2.

STRAIN

STRAIGHT.

Tr N,

to thee.)
Jos. i. 21.

xiv. 45*.

viii. 23.

'',
if

by them, I sent [himj

20*. 24*.

xi. 3*.

Mark

(f f

and when

disclosed to me a jWot
ayainst the vian xrhich
was tobc [carried out]

Tr

.)
ix. 15,

by them,

45, 54.

17.)

ii.

xvi. 33.
xxii. 29.
XSiii. 30

6*.

V. 29, 42*.

for

xiii. 32.

v. 10.
ix. 20.

TrbM.)

a tempest of wind with rain,

Avhirlwiud,

Lb

2 (om.

ii.

Acts

20*,21.

18,

Matt. xxiiL

STRAIT

24.

(re IN a)

to hold together, presa together.

Here, pres. pass., I am
being pressed.

[The verso

STRAIGHT COURSE (come with a)

ev6vSo,

to run straight; of a ship,

to sail \vith a straight course.
Acts

xvi. 11.

STRAIGHT COURSE
Acts

(witu a)

xxi. 11 part.

(Phil. i. 23) requires the

following translation

Ik,

1.

(., to make
(occ.

2.

John

'/)^,

to

iii.

"
translated " betwixt
once, but "owi
tunes.)
This does not require
the verb to have had t/c instead i)f
because
does not contain the idea of pressure Avitliout

out

oj, {Ik is

,
.
,
,
two,

and

Luke

zz

xiii. 13.

upright, to stand

(,

")

viz.

the living and dying

as mentioned in ver. 21.

having, [a third thing, which

causes the pressure.]

erect.
2.

level,

4.)

set

of 15

the

(m.vkk)

straight

being pressed.

only

the

STRAIGHT

I am

1.

John

i.

23.

,
-,
the.

earnest desire or longing,

inordinate desire, lust.

STR

,
CIS,

740

STRAITEN

unto,

loosrn

io

hack again, (as the

fastenings of a

IV. 8.)

2 Cor.

ship) so as to depart and return.

This is the invariable meaning of
the verb in the
Ixx., see every occurrence, Tobit. ii.

Judith
Esdras

xiii.

The

art. with
the aor. mf.

substantiviz-

ing the verb,

and representing the
verb as a
single action
hence, here,
anto t^e

3
12;

iii.

AVisd. ii.l; V.
xvi. 14
Ecclus.
;

iii.

15

25

2Mac.viii.
ix. 1
xii. 7
;

28; 3 Mace.
4U vii. 13 and

XV.
v.

In

Luke

Luke xii. 3.

STRAITEST

,
,.,

3.

,
,
,
,

conjunc-

tion

tvit/i,
icitJi

Christ.

, ',

\_whick

Avay of being " with

Christ," see Jolm
xiv. 3, and 1 Thcs.
iv. 17.
thus,
in this manner, sh;i!l

1.

V. 43.

2.

^,

4.

cVepo?,

he

lived,

STRAIT,
Matt.

strait,

2.{.

[adj.]

narrow, (non

vii. 13, 14.

Luke

occ.)
xiu. 21.

17 (cmt.

Tr

not of one's family; as

adj.,

out, \vithout

outside.

the other, other, denoting

generic {not numerical) distinction,
different.

2.

Acts

vii. 0.

2.

1.

rvii. 18.

1.

3.

xxvi. 11.

4.

Heb.

xi. 9.

xiii. 9.

Jude

7,

luurg. other.

STRANGE THINGS.

^'^

iv.

AbM.)

alien, not one's own

another's, belonging to another,
different ; then, strange.

3.

if

Acts

2.

,
^eVo?,

much.
better, (thus,

Lukeix.21,seeCliarire

see

Charge.

strange, i.e. foreign, unknown,

as coming from another country.

contradict himself.

Christ would bo " magnified," v.

20, and they would be profited,
V. 21.
If he died, Christ would
still be " magnified," v. 20
it
would bo " gain " to Christ. But,
if Christ should
return,'' it would
be "far better" tlian either.)]

STRANGE.
1.

us]

i.

to

12.

iii.

more, rather.

<;,

i.e.

announcement, declaration charge, ])recept. Here, loith

the verb,
to charge
with a charrre.

1.

.',

we ever be

Phil.

Here, loith the verh,

threaten with a

threat.

Matt. ix.
Mark 43,

with the Lord. Tlie

Apo.stle docs not

iLvai, to be.

5.

There bein g no other

in

(most)

STRAITLT.

30,)

togrfltrr

pained.

much, of (quantity or amount.

i.

and,

maxg.

threat.

all

etc., etc.

xii. 50,

Acts xxvi.

2.

these places
it is used of retiirnhuj after a
feast or war, or
from the grave,

Kol,

(be)

exact, accurate, precise. Here,

superl., the most exact, {non occ.)

1.

Josephus, Ant.vi.

STRAITENED

return.

12 '"'<

vi.

to hold together, press together. Here, pass., to be pressed,

pressed together.

4,1; andinJN.T.
only

(-ED.)

to crowd into a narrow

space, to straiten as to room, to
be pressed for room, {occ. 2 Cor.

TO, the,

9
1

STR

1.

2.

iivos, sec above,

Ao.

1.

to receive as a guest. Pass.,

The7i,
to be received as one.
to appear strange to any one.
Here, part., strange things, i.e.
novel, surprising.

STR

7U

from

received
paradoxical,
strange, incredible, (non occ.)

3.

opinion

3.

Luke

aside

hence,

V. 26.

Acts

2.

xvii. 20.

ret. iv 12.

1.

STRxVNGE

(tiiixk)

see " stu.vnge

things," No. 2.
Here, mid., to be surprised, tliink
strange of.
1

Pet. iv. 4.

STRANGE CONCERNING (think)

see above.
1 Pet. iv. 12.

1.

STRANGER

(-s.)

of one's own family,

a guest, a stranger a
friend who lived in a different city
or country, allied Avitli another
for the purpose of affording

not
stranger

mutual

?,
,
/,
,

when

entertainment

travelling.

2.
3.

see "

ing
journer,
;

STEANQE,"

JVo. 2.

dwelling near, neighbourhence, a by-dweller,

so(without

the

rights

of

citizenship?)

4.

{non

5.

of another race or nation,

occ.)

to be among one's own

people, to be at home.
Here,
part., " [the Romans] sojourning
[here],'' (occ.

G.

Acts

xvii. 21.)

78///9, a by-resident, sojourner

amonr/ a
(Ixx.

for

pff^ople

ityin.

not one's

Gen.

Ps. xxxix. 13), (occ. Ileb.

1 Pet. ii. 11.)
.

Mntt. XXV. ?u\ 38, 43,

44.

own

xxiii.
xi.

4
13

STR

;;

STR

,
,
,
,

1.

3.
4.
2.

4.

POWEE,"

,"

see "
see "

powee,"

33.

i.

Cor. XV. 5G.

2 Cor. i. 8.
xii. 9.

7.

Luke

4.

1.

Heb.

1.

Eev.

43

xi. 11.
16.

5.

1.

1.

ill. 8.

2.

V. 12.

1.

xii. 10.

3.

X7ii. 13.

moral

Heb.

STRETCH

Acts

,
,
,
,
),

iii.

Eoin.

STRENGTHEN

7,

ix.

unduly or overbeyond measure.

stretch out

to

i.e.

2 Cor. X. 14.

STRETCH PORTH.

1.
;

pass.

to throw or cast upon

of the hands, to lay hands upon,
seize, do violence to.

3.

Matt.

1.

Mark
Luke

1.
1.

Ecc.

^.2:,

x.

10

xii.

13

ticc^ 49.

xiv. 31.

1.

29

of

(lion occ.)

V. 6.

(Ixx. foi'

to spread out, expand.

Quoted here from Is. Iv. 2, ivhere
Ixx. for 1>1, as also Ex. ix. 30,

(without)

(-ed, -eth, -ing.)

to stretch out, extend

the hands, to stretch forth.

2.

strengthen

Ps. Ixviii.

JVo. 1,

over, heyorxa., 2yrefixed)

v-n-ep,

much,

(eeceite)

Avithout strength, infirm, weak,

feeble, impotent, sick.

to

tvith

ix. 22.

STRENGTH

5.

(-ED, -ING.)

STEETCH FOETH,"

VTrpKTLVW, ("

to make stable, firm, strong

to confirm, settle.

1.

1.

John

1.

Acts

iii. 5.

3.

vi. 10.
xxii. 53.

1.

2.

xxi. IS.
iv. 30.

xii. 1,

marg.

xxvi.

1.

Kom.

begin.

X. 21.

27), (nan occ.)

wiih if, in, ^?fixed) to strengthen in, i.e. to

render strong, impart strength to.

ivSwa/jioo), {N^o. 1,

to be strong in any iliinci,

intrans., to be
to in-strengthcn
invigorated, become strong trans.,
to invigorate, cause to be strong.

make

(be)

ix. 19.

STRETCH BEYOND ONE'S

MEASURE.

t.

iii. 2.

Acts

(be of)

ix. 17.

STRENGTH

3.

STRENGTHENED

(inceease of)

Acts

Dan.

Eev.

4.

to strengthen in, i.e. to

render strong, impart strength
Jlej^e mid. or ^Jciss., to acquire
to.
strength; (Ixx.for ni, Ps. lii. 9.)

2.

i^.)

16.

iii.

Phil. iv. 13.

Col. i. 11.
2. 2 Tim. iv. 17.
7. 1 Pet. v. 10.
1.

to be strong, have efficacy.

STRENGTH

]]>j,

Eph.

2.

see S (be)
xviii. 23 (No. 4,

Tr

6.

(j).)

ix. 19,

power both physical and

1.

strengthen, {of lodily

strength), {non occ.)

3.

STRENGTH

effect.

xxii. 32.

3.

to be strong, to have strength,

ability,

to

and

health

3.

JVo. 4.

X. 27.
1

1.

No

make powerful, make

to

powerful in

1.

JVo. 5.

powee,"

),

6.

^.

STR

Acts

Mark xii. 30,

Luke i. 51.

2.

742

STRENGTH.
see "

see "

2.

STRETCH OUT.
1.

(i\^o.

4,

with

Mark

iii.

to strow, to

s]>r(';ul,

of a bed or couch, or of a

'..

table;

hence, to furnish, prepare.

2.

upon,

jircflxcd) to set fast upon, ])lnce

or fix firmly upon to establish.
;

1.

firmly

1.

'/,

fix

51.

STREW, STRAAVED.

to set fast,
steadfast.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

to scatter throughout,
disperse abroad.

Matt.

.xxi. 8.
1.

Mark

xi.

2.

Matt. xxv.
(o].;

24, 2C.

STR
STEICKEX IX TEAES

7-i;i

STR

STR
3.

//,, (.

741

2, loith Bid,

,
,

STRONG, STRONGER.

through,

prefixed) to fight throughout,

strive with, struggle against in

an active sense, strong,

(inherent
and moral)
power in a passive sense, possible,
capable of being done.

obstinately, {non occ.)

4.

icrcstHnfj,

throii'ing,

,
,

etc.,

{lion occ.)

5.

to strive, {gen. of ivordg conlience, to Avrangle, quarrel,

tests)
cry out, be vociferous like \vrang-

3.

ivepyaa, the being in Avork, i.e.

operation, energy, power in action,
effectual operation.

4.

/xeyav, great.

toTiei-e

shall not cry,

-,
ice),

G.

ov8e

nor

xii. 19.

1.

xiii. 24.

1.

vi. 52.

1.

2.

Acts

vii. 2<j

i.e.

up,"

" he

{i.e.

his

1.

iv. 12,

2i.

contend with words,

2

Tim.

Cor.

(A^o. 1, ivitk

Heb.

2.

{occ. Phil. iv. 3.)

27.

',

\^.
',

(Ao. 1, with
gelhcr in coujunctiou with,
fixed), {non occ.)

STRIVING,

Tit.

toj;*?-

iii. 9.

1.

Eev.

ii. 14.
V. 2.
xviii. 2

(.)

4.

S.

1.

(be)

<

(bodily
to make
strength) to make powerful in
In N.T. only pass., to be
effect.
strong^ grow strong.

1.

Rom.

2.

l^or.

Epb.

iv. 20.

vi. 10.

2 Tim.

xvi. 13.

xi.

,
,
Mutt.

XV. 30.

ii. 1.

(be made)

see ahovc, JVo. 1.

31

{Sua,

to

STRONG
to

make

make

sf i-oii<;,

H.)

(make)

stable, firm, .strong,

xii.

Acts

then, contest,

i.

IG.

STROXO,"

29"

,
Luke

iii.

STRONG MAN.
see "

Luke

[noun.]

a fight, a battle
controversy.

establish.

STRIVE TOGETHER

Eom.

John

1.

to strengthen in, i.e. to

render strong, to impart strength.
Trans., pass, or mid., to acquire
strength, to be strong.

Heb.

i.

i.

,,

together
with
conjunction with, prefixed),
Phil.

12, 14.
vi. 18.

1.

STRONG

xii. 4.

4,

V. 7.

5.

1.

against,

811 TOGETHER FOR.

), (.

XV.

'',

14.

ii.

prefixed.)

Heb.

Eom.

occ.)

STRIVE AGAINST.

in

2 Cor. xiii. 9.
2 Thes. ii. 11.

1.

STRONG

1.

STRIVE ABOUT IVORDS.

{non

3.

15, see
xi. 22.
i.

25.
iv. 10.
1.
X. 22.
1.
2. 2 Cor. xii. 10.
1.

marg. (text,

\ahour fcrveidhj.)
2 Tim. ii. 5 t^'c

2.

to

2.

Driuk.

Luke

1 Cor. ix. 29,

Col. i. 29.

4.

Eom.

stable, firm, solid.

xiv. 30, marg.

(text, boisterous.)

Matt.

1.

part,

xxiii. 9.
XV. 20.

3.

6.

vh\ Ixx.

piJ'iP

to love, honour, esteem

or respect, to be ambitious, to
make it a point of honour.

Matt.

2,

2.

Luke
John

1.

lift

xlii.

Is.

{non occ.)

2.

5.

Quoted from
Heh. t^ti" Pi

lers.

in

having

to contend, contend for the

mastery in the public games, e.ff.
boxing,

phj^sically strong, mighty,

powerful.

contend

fight it out,

ojjposition,

STR

xi.

STRONG

'^0. 1.

Mark

"'<=-

(wax)

see " sTiiONG (uk)"

80.

27

iii.

21

Luke

ii.

Xo.
40.

2.

STR

74^5

SUB

SUB

74

SUB

SUB
bait

for

(Ixx.

hence,

^,

Job.

xxvii.

35

these.

xxxii. 2.)

unscrupulous

-(Lvovjiyia,

knavery, villauy

couduct,
in pi., knavish

tricks.
1.

4.

,
^,
,

1.

2 Cor.

2.

2.

Matt.

,
2.

Acts

vii. 15, 28.

1.

xi. 16.

1.

1.

X. 7, see Give.
8, see Set.

1.

XT. 21.

1.

3. Tit.

i.

5. 1 Tlies. iv. 6.

2 Thes.

13.

iii.

1.

1.

ITim.

vi.

3.

2 Tim.

iii.

5.

ix. 16.

1.

Tit.

24, see No.

xvi. 24.
XIV. 20, see Man-

1.

Heb.

5 {ap.)

Acts XV.

see

10,

vii. 26.

1.

viii. 1.

1.

xii. 3.

6.

Necessary.

xiii. 6.

Jas.

iv. 13.

16.

1.

Rom. xvi. 18.

1 Cor. V. 1.

2 Pet.
1.

5.

(<ip.)

11.

iii.

1.

ner.

iii. 1.

4, 12.

xviii. 16.

viii.

11.

iii.

X. 11.

iv. 23.

xxviii.

Tit.

2 Cor.

xi. 13.
xii. 3.
1.
1. Phil. ii. 29.

14.

for nrsnn, Deut.

xvi. 16, 18.

1.
(aji.), 13.

ix. 37.

Luke
John

XV. 4''i

1.

iv. 33.

xiii. 19.

pass,

1.

vii.

xxxii. 20), {jion occ.)

vi. 11.

4.

vi. 2.

to pack up baggage,
hence, upset, {iion occ.)

ICor.

ix. 8.

xviii. 5.
xix. 14.

Mark

^,

12

see above)

;, this here, this one here.

(-ED, -ING.)

to turn out o a place, (as

a tree or post) turn inside out, {as
a grtrment) ; of a person, to change
for the worse; (Ixx. /or
Am.
vi.

see above)

xi. 3.

^,

of

{Gen.j)l. of
of these.

xiii. 10.

to overturn, overthrow;
(Ixx. for
Prov. x. 3), {occ.
2 Tim. ii. IS.)

di.'iuiantle

Acts

{neat. pi.

these things.

G.

SUBVERT

1,

4.

5.

Matt. xxvi.

,
,
,

this, this
(Acc. pi. of
here) these, these here, such as

3.

7; Ps.

xiii.

of this kind or sort, such,

{non occ.)

deceit

guile,

sue

2.

Gen.

',

9;

liii.

,
,

747

SUBTILTY.

5,
Is.

Rev. XX.

i.

John

17.

8.

6.

SUBVEETTNG.

SUCH AS

i.e.
over(Ixx./or n::2n,

catastroplie,

throw, destruction

Gen.

xix.

{occ.

2 Pet.

),

29;
ii.

Job. xv. 21),

such

6.)

2 Tim.

ii.

},

SUCCOUR

(-ED.)

(_

to ruu up at a cry for help, to

advance in aid of ani/ one ; gen.,

^"^^'%''
01
or sort,

, , ,
vi. 2.

Heb.

ii.

18.

what kind

^^^^^^
what

this,

,.

\.

some one who,

Avhoever, whatever.

to Buccour, help, aid.

2 Cor.

9, any one

3.

what,

sort,

as.

CToto?T09,of this kind, ^

14.

2.

),

what kind or

005, of

1.

Matt. xxiv.

:t.

Mark

1.

2.

Cor.

3.

iv. 20.

1.

2Cor.

xiii. 29.

1.

Acta xxvi.

21.

29.

1.

V. 1.
X. 11.

xii. 2it

Rev.

"'.

xvi. 18.

SUCCOURER.

(a prcof
prefect, magistrate,) (ixx.
2 Chron. viii. 10) a curator, guardian, patron); hence, ihe fern., a
fern,

SUCH AS SHOULD BE SAVED.

sider,

])atrouess, helper, succourer, {nan

occ.)

Rom.

xvi. 2.

ol,

the,

i.e.

(^

those,

being

(^For

various

comhinntions with other

iconls, see hrloir.)

1.

such.

of this kind, of

tliis

sort,

tliosebeingsaved,
{marking thechar-

) actcr

saved,

and

class

of

persons God was then saving, rather

than the fact of their being saved.)
Acts

SUCH.

")

li.

47.

SUCH A FELLOW.

an

of this kind, of this sort, such

one.
Acts

xxii. 22.

;;

sue

748

SUCH A MAN.
such an oue,

(see above)

1. TOLovTos,

Setm, some one, sncli an one, (sjwJcen

of a persomohom one does not know,
or docs not wish to name.)
Matt. xxvi.

18.

6.

ii.

^.

ii. 7.

X. 11.

,
,

2.

xviii. 15.

(,A

these

i.

iii,

14.

ii.

I.

2.

ii.

2.

SUE.

,
,

SUFFER

IIATII.

xiii. 5.

things within.

(-ED, -EST,

-,

-INO.)

to be affected by anything
from loithout, to be acted on, to
experience cither cjood or evil ; of
good, to experience
of evil, to
suffer, be subjected to evil, receive
it,

2.

suffer

from

it.

to send forth or away, let

go from one's self dismiss to let
go, i.e. let pass, permit, to suffer.
;

xl. 41(

marg. as ye are

SUCK

able.

3.

(give)

Luke

xxi.
xxiii.

19.

xiii. 17.

also, to

4.

2.3.

29

^nourish,

SUCK

(', to
LTTr N.)

[verb.]

see alove.

Luke

xi. 27.

to

let,

let

),

be; permit,

suffer,

to turn upou, direct upon

to coiiuiiit or entrust to ani/ one,
to entrust; give u]), yield, allow,

suifer,

5.

(-ED.)

not to hinder.

to suckle, give suck

Matt. xxiv.

Acts

ix. 3.

xvi. 26.
xxii. 6.
xxviii. 6.
2.
4. 1 Tim. V. 22.

See, LAW.

suck at the breast.

Mark

1.

xi. 14.

, the

,
,

2.

ii.

2. 3.

present things.

Luke

m.

13.
ix. 39.

(Ixx. /or

V. 27.

, the

( ivavra,

form of

32.

SUCH THINGS AS TE HAVE.

C

another and softer

xiii.

Luke

1.

1.

1.

Heb.

{|uick])% speedily
^no, Prov. xxv. 8.)
1. Acts
Mark ix. 8.

1.

SUCH THINGS AS ONE

-,

Gal. V. 21.

Eph.
Heb.

9),

unawares, of a sudden (Ixx.

9 Ecc. ix. 12),

^,

4.

Rom.

H.)

i':i, Is. xlvii.

C:n3, Josh. x.

f-ia-KLva,

3.

Acts

iVo. 1, (lion occ.)

2 Pet.

vii. 32.

things.
Tr
xxi. 25 {ap.

20

vi.

(lion occ.)
3.

these things.

ix. 9.

unexpectedly
xxiv. 2

Prov.

occ.)

for

sucn,"

(occ.

V. 3.

suddenl}',

SUCH THING.

I
(

Tbes.

';, ^,
for

1.

(of)

SUCH THINGS.

Toiouro9, see "

sudden,

xxi. 31.)

SUDDENLY.

5.

of these things, of these mat-

John

xiii.

SUDDEN.

ters here.
Acts

3,

xxi. 16.

unforeseen

Jer.

SUCH MATTEES

Luke

Matt.

(Ixx.

viii.

lohere \x\.for piv.

1.

2 Cor. xii. 2,
Gal. vi. 1.
Pliilem. 9.

V. 5, 11.

(s.)

Here part.,
quoted from Ps.

one.

[ax]

TOLovTos, see " SUCH,"

SUCKLING
see above.

Luke

SUCH A
1 Cor.
2 Cor.

2 Cor.

1.

suckling,

(tvhom one does know.)

2.

SUP

to hold one's self upright,

bear up, hold out; hence, endure,
bear patiently, have patience with,

put up with.

SUP
6.

give

/xt,

749

give over, deliver

over.
7.

;)(/,,

8.

-,,

to take to one's seli tohat is

brour/hf or presented hy another,
to receive.

(JVo. 3, icith
towards,
prefixed) to permit or suffer fur-

SUF

,
]

SUFFER BEFOEE.

('. 1, with
before,
prefixed) to be affected beforehand, to experience before.
In
N.T. part, aor., to have suffered
before, i.e. previously, {non occ.)
1

Thes.

2.

ii.

ther.
1),

',

to cover, cover over, conceal,

not to make known.

t>

'-, to hold under

10.

as punishment

to undergo,
or sentence, (non
;

/,
oca.)

to remain under, to bear

up under, be patient under, endure (Ixx. for b::b::, Mai. iii. 2
nrn, Dan. xii. 12.)

11.

Matt.
it

2.
i.
i.

Rom.

to be so now.

('
,
, ,

/
15

;"d-

31

.siirft'r

xix. 8.

2.

xxiii. 13.

3.

3xiv. 1.5.
xxvii. 19.

Mark

i.

wreck.
Gal. iii.

2.
37.
vii. 12.

1.

viii. 31.

ix. 12.

19.

4.

X. 4.

iii.

tion.
2 Thes.

iv. tl.

4,
i.

Tim.

ii.

iv.

proach.
2 Tim. i.

51.

4'

see Tribula5.

12.
10,

see

Ec-

iii.

Heb.

xvii. 25.
xviii. lij.
xxii. 15.
51.

18.

ii.

v. 8.
vii. 2.3,

see S not.

xiii.

see Ad-

2,

versity.
12.

17.

18.
V. 41

see Sliame.

vii. 21,

eeeWrouji.

iii.

ix. 16.
xiii.
.55.

8,

Jua.
1

see

[ners.

xiv. 10.
xvi. 7.
xvii. 3.
xix. :;(i.
xxi. 39. [(should)
xxvi. 23, see S
xxvii. 7.
xxviii. 4.

see Patience.
lO.eeeAffliction.

V. 8,

Pet.

Man-

9, 20, 21, 23.

14. 17.
18(arTt9ai/f, died,
ii.

iii.

G~L

'

part.,

Jon.

be

to suffer evil,

afflicted

for

(Ixx.

2 Tim.

ii.

9.

SUFFER," JVo. 1, iritli

in
conjunction with,
prefixed), (non occ.)
("

together

viii.

17.

Cor.

xii. 26.

SUFFERING.
what

is

affliction,

suffered
TIeb.

evil suffered,

ii.

Ehrwhe'.e

only pi., sufferings, calamities.

Rom.
Col.

Hob.

viii. 18.

i.

ii.

P.'t.

24.

V. 1.

Tr A

xi. 9.

9, 10.

i.

See

11.

iv. 13.

10.

20 (No.
S.

bzii:

iv. 10.)

2 Cor. i. 5, 6, 7.
Phil. iU. 10.

..Tn.lo 7.
ii.

),

S.)

iv.

1 an.1, 15, 19.

V. 10 part.

Rev.

23.

SUFFER TROUBLE.

Rom.

ix. 26.

xxiv. 20, 4C.

(should)

subject to suffering, passible

or pierhaps destined to suffer
comp. Luke xxiv. 2G.

SUFFER WITH.

12.

see S trouble.
[cution.
12, see Perse-

12.

xii. 39.

SUFFER

^^?,

endure hai-dships

ii. 1),
.

ii.

see Loss.
see Keed.
ii.
2, see S

Thes.

viii. 32tlcc.

Acts

23.

Acts xxvi.

14.

xiii. 2.

Heb. vu.

cution.

before.

xi. 16.

Luke

Ship-

iv. 12,

It.

2.

to hinder, prevent, restry,in.

4.

iii. 8,

1.

SUFFER NOT.

11,) see Perse-

v.

2.

2.

see Wronir.

vi.l2, 3
Phil. i. 29.

2.

1 Cor. xiii. 4.

ruarg. (text,

receive.
19, 20.
25,
see

U.

5.

long-mindod, i.e.
be long-suffer-

to

ing.

C.

i.

xi. 16,

V. 19.

1.

">, see

vii. 12,

I.

2.

be

to

slow to anger

see S long.
15, see Loss.

2 Cor.

17.

2.

SUFFER LONG.

xiii. 4,

xvi. 21.
xvii. 12.

1.

SO.

15.

iii.

with.

<jo

LTTtAS.)

5.

it.

26

xii.

si.l2,seeVioleuce.
1.

1.

see

X. 13.

ciTrf-

US to

17,

iv. 12.

ix. 12.

fend us, instead

n.(iy.<T

viii.

with.
Cor.

viii. 21.

of

TO BE

IT
Matt.

2.

15 , eee

iii.

SUFFER

also,

lomo.

,,

SUP

750

STJFFEEING AFFLICTION.
suffering of evil

Mai.

Jas. V. 10.

ward

to

,
to

ei/At',

keep

off,

off

avail,

Jience,

suffice,

be

Matt.

,
sense)

Mark

sufficient.

iv. 6.
xiii. 24.

Pet.

2. 1

xvi. 2.
iv. 40.
xxi. 25.
xxiii. 45.
Acts ii. 20.

iv. 3.

Luke

ix. 2.

X. 1.
xii. 1.

xvi. 8.
xix. 17.
xxi. 23.

xiii. 11.

xxvi. 13.

self -sufficiency, {in aj/ood

i.e.

self, (occ.

2.

xxvii. 20.
1 Cor. XV. 41.
Eph. iv. 26.
Jas. i. 11.
Eev. i. 16.
vi. 12.
vii. 16.
viii. 12.

xvii. 2.
xxiv. 29.
i. 32.

be

Acts

V. 45.

xiii. 6, 43.

xiv. 8.

Eev.

sufficiency within one's

1 Tim.

vi. 6.)

xxii. 5.

SUNDER.
com-

fitness,

sufficiency,

v.

12, 17.)

SUFFICIENCY.

1.

the sun; (Ixx.for moty, Gren.

17X105,

be of use,
strong enough.

John

SUN.

SUFFICE (-.)

to

1.

SUMPTUOUSLY.

radiantly, splendidly, sumptuously, (jion occ.)

Luke xvi. 19.

(Ixx.for

13.)

i.

SUP

See, CUT.

petency, ability.

2.

2 Cor.

iii. 5.

coming

SUNDEY.
See, TIMES.

reaching

to,

hence, sufficing,

2.

8.

SUFFICIENT.

1.

2 Cor. ix.

1.

to

SUN-IilSING.

sufficient.

i.e.

Luke
sufficient,

i.

78, see

availing,

i.e.

enouich.

2.

[margin.]

" liay-spring."

SUP.

Matt.vi. 34.

1.

Luke xiv. 28, see Have.

2 Cor.

ii.

6, 16.

7/,

to make a meal, to take the

chief meal, to dine
Qxx.for Or\b,

iii. 5.

1.

SUFFICIENT

Luke
see

"suffice," No.

,
John

1.

Prov.

(be)

vi. 7.

Acts

iii.

xi. 25.

23.

2 Cor. xii. 9.

,,

SUM.

SUPEEFLUITY.
more thau enough, super-

abundance.

a holding worth, estimation

hence, value, price.

2.

Cor.

Eev.

hence, the
the head
chief thing, the main point, (non

Luke xxii. 20.)

xvii. 8.

1.

occ.)

2.

xxiii. 1), {occ.

vii. IC.

1.

lleb. viii.

Acts

xxii. 28.

1.

SUMMER

JUutt. xiiv. 32.

Luke

.. 30.

Mark

i.

21.

SUPERFLUOUS.

over and above, more than

enough, superabundant.
2 Cor. ix.

1.

SUPEESCRIPTION.

the Avarm season, i.e. summer,

Pro v.
summer-time (Ixx.for
xxvi. 1), (non occ.)

?/jo5,

,
,

Jas.

xiii. 28.

a Avriting upon or
superscription, {non occ.)

Matt.

xxii. 20,
scription.

Murk

xii. 16.

marg.

in-

Mark

XV. 2C.

IjuUc XX. 24.

.Ociii. 38.

over,

SUP

/,

751

SUPEESTITIOK

good

4.

fear of the gods,

i.e.

in a

19.

SUPERSTITIOUS
good

(too)

fearing the gods,

,
,
Cor. xvi. 17.

3.

2 Cor.

religiously

sense,

Here, comparative,
than others.
Acts

i.e.

more

i.e.

so
2.

xvii. 22.

"

(see

SUP ")

here

")

the

Eph.
Phil.

iv. IG.

30.

ii.

iv. 19.

1.

[verb.]

to hold fast to, cleave to,

faithfully to care for.
Acts XX.

35.

2.

SUPPOSE

1.

1.

2.

to take hold of in
one's turn, to take part in, to
interest one's self for.

1.

a meal ; the principal meal

tvhoiever taken, but gen. toioards
evening.

2.

1.

SUPPER.

^,

1.

ix. 12.

li. 9.

SUPPORT,

in a
disposed.

noim " SUPPLY

every pioint of]

supply."

2.

3.

//,

(see the

" [by

here,

sense, religiousness, religion.

Acts XXV.

SUP

Thes.

v. 14.

(-ED, -iNG.)

to regard or acknowledge as
custom, to have and hold as customary
hence, gen., to assume,

part-,

supping.

suppose.
1.

1.
2.
1.

Mark vi. 21.

Imke xiv. 12,

1.

16, 17, 24.

Johu

John

xii. 2.

xiii. 2, 4.

xxi. 20.

1.

xxii. 20.

2.

Cor.

1.

1.

Eev.

xi. 20, 21.

xix. 9, 17.

SUPPLICATION.
1.

7/9, vant, need

3.

cation.

2.

intrans., to appear, have the

appearance
trans., to hold for,
be of opinion, believe.

4.

,
Hon,

(om.

and

GL

,
Eph.

vi.

18

777

aiipiilica

Tr

W.)

1.

Phil. iv. 6.

1.

Tim.

2.

SUPPLY,

ii. 1.

V. 5.

1.

''<:

Heb.

5.

V. 8.

(occ. Jas.
G.

2.

19.

i.

SUPPLY

(-ED,

-.)

to

make

full, to

[verb.]
7.

(JVo.

prefixed) to

to lead, go before, to go
lead the way then, to lead
out the mind, i.e. to view, regard
as being so and so.

fill

with
up,
up, fuHil, com-

I,

(JVo.

towards, prefixed)

thereto, as

bi/

2,

ivith

to
fill
up
adding, to supply

or couiplcle iully.

to perceive under, suspect,

surmise

fill.

plete.

3.

7.)

first,

Phil.

,
),

i.

}/,

aid, help.

1.

to su])pose, (always of something as yet doubtful), to deem,

conceive, imagine, (ivith the idea
of wrong judgment or conceit),

[noun.]

a furnishing upon, further

supply,
super-addition
hence,

to take under any

person or thing; to take up by
placing one's self underneath
hence, to take up in thought, to
" like Eng., " I
suppose, think
take it."

(lion occ.)
i.

to count, rcckon, calcuthen, to reckon,

reason out.

the olive-branch, i.e. the

suppliant-branch which suppliants
held in the hand hence, petition,

Acts

compute

late,

prayer,
as the expression of need, supplithen,

8,

1.

2.
1.

Matt. XX.

Murk
Luke

vi.
ii.

10.

W.
14.

conjecture.
1.

1.

1.

iii.

23.

7.

4.

vii. 43.

2.

2.

xii. 51.

1.

2.
2.

xiii. 2.

3.

xxiv. 37.
XX. 15.
xxi. 25.

5.

2.

John

5.
4.
1.

Acts

ii.

IS.

vii. 25.

Acte

1.

XXV.

2.

18.

XX vii.
Cor.
2 Cor.
1

Phil.

0.
1.

xiv. 19.
xvi. 27.
xxi. 29.

xi. 5.

i.

ii.

13.

vii. 26.

It).

25.

Tim. vi. 5.
Heb. x. 29.
1

3. 1

Pot. V. 12.

SUP

752

SUPEEME.

^
hold

intrans., to

to liold over
over any one for protection ; to
be over, be prominent, jut out
hence, to be
over or beyond
superior here part., protecting,
;

SUR

most

i^, truly, certainly,

//, yea, assuredly.

certain-

most

ly,

(_

surely.
1.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

John

1.

Mark

4.

Heb.

Luke
3.

73.
xiv. 70.

i.

Eev.

3.

14

vi.

truly

iv. 23,

xvil. 8.

see Believed.

1,

if,

(ft

instead of

jj

most surely, L
[Tr A H.)

xxii. 2U.

superior.

1.

f et.

ii.

13.

SUEETY.
SUEE.
not

In N.T.
yielding a pledge.
masc, a surety, bondsman, (no7i

cyyvos,

immoveable;

falling,

occ.)

safe, secure.

2.

<;,

Heb.

firm, sure, steady;

hence,

steadfast.

'.).

Avorthy

of

trust-

belief,

worthy, sure, certain.

1.

Acts

^.

Kom.

solid, firm, stable

xiii. 34.

2 Pet.

2.

1.

2.

iv. 16.

immove-

SUES

4.

2 Tim.

1.

Heb.

ii.

vi.

19.

lit.

10, 19.

i.

John

1.

vi. 69.

1.

xvi. 30.

1.

see ahove,

NO.

Luke

Kom.

ii.

2.

2.

X. 11.

suspicion,

i.e.

vi. 4.

(be one's)

to call, to call to aiiy one in

order that he may come or go any
v^liere ; hence, to call, to name, to
give a name to any person or thing
Here pass., to be called or named.

{No.

xcith

1,

upon

upon,

to call a
name upon, i.e. to name in addiHere pass., to
tion, to surname.

2)r(JIj;ed) to

(make)

Matt, xxvii.

Tim.

SUENAME

(be)

make firm, make

make safe.

sxi. 34.

SUEMISING.

1.

XV. 29.

to

then, to

xii. 11.

under-thought,
surmise, (non occ.)

2.

SUEE

in truth, in very

SUEFEITING.

Luke

1.

SUEE OP

Acts

(ok)

to perceive, observe, obtain

to be influenced
by one's knowledge of the object
and to suffer one's self to be
determined thereby.

2.

truly, really

(OF a)

seizure of the head; and hence,

intoxication and its consequences,
giddiness, headache, etc., (iion occ.)

to have seen, perceived, apprehended to know.

a knowledge of

SUEETY

deed.

able.

3.

vii. 22.

fast

call

be surnamed.

65, 66.

2.

Matt.

1.

name was Thadicus,

Acts XV. 37.

X.

ioiii.

GL

,
Tr

whose sur-

M.)

SUEELY.
1.

;,

truly,

really,

in

truth, in

SUENAME

(-EU.)

[verb.]

very deed.
2.

3.

/', yea, yes, certainly.

',
bv

wholly, altogether, entirely

all means, at all events.

tViTi'^Tiui.,
"^ '

to place")
'

upon,
or put UJ

to

^a namo
impose

a name,
Mark

iii.

IG, 17.

^^,^
upon.

SUR
STJENAMED

),

see "

Xo.
Luke

one's)

((,
A
Tr

named,

Acts

to

X. 18.

(e(,

22

XV.

N.)

named,

to be

Tr

A.)

SUSFUIiSJE
Luke

[margin.]

"
Heb.

i. 2.;.

iv.

SWEARING OF AN OATH.

(be)

SURNAME (be

SWE

2.

xxii. 3

be

Acts

75;i

15,

iii.

sweat

X. 24,

(hold in)

see

[margin.]

" doubt (make

to sweep, to cleanse with a

broom, (OH occ.)

"

to)

see

"doubtful mind (be

or)

"

or dry, for
animalit;
(Ixx. for igso, Gren,
xxiv. 25, 32); hence, gen., food,

sustenance /or^ersows, (non

Acts

occ.)

to swathe, wrap in swaddling clothes; (Ixx. vass., for biin,

xvi. 4.)

Luke

ii.

[verb.]

or, as in

swallow up, (nan

Eng., to

occ.)

Matt.xxiii.

SWALLOAV
Cor. XV. M.
2 Cor. ii. 7.

Kev.

xii, 16.

Mark

Acts

Hob.

vii.

iii.

11, 18.

iv.3.
vi. I3lcc, IG.
vii. 21.

Eph.

iv. 1.

to set on fire, to burn

to be inflamed, swell,
swollen, (non ore.)

hence,

become

xxvii. C.

[noun]

a pufling up, inflation, (no:i

<j

SWELLING WORDS

?,

(gbeat)

much swollen
pompdiis things,
boastful, highllown things, (non
occ.)
(Ixx.for 7n:, Ex. xviii. 22
ntyp, Ex. xviii. 2G
-';, Dan.

here,

over-swollen,

nruf. pi.,

xi.

36.)

Jos. T. 12.
.tev. X. 6.

.(LiV.V

(^'*,

17
engage, or agree,
L Tr A N.)

vi. 2:t.

xiv. 71.
J.ukc i. 73.
Acts ii. 3a.

well pleasing to God; (Ixx./o? rT"

mn^j, Lev. i. 9, 13, 17;
Numb,

2 Cor. xii. 20.

20 twico^ 2\ twic"^ '>2"'<:<

good odour, sweet savour, fragrance. Used ofpersons an d th ings

SWOEN.j

to swear, i.e. to tako

to declare with
an oath, jjromise witli an oath.

xxiii. 16ilc-, 18ilce

SWEET SMELLING.

;,

4.

or

xxvi. 74.

SATorn, smell, spices.

also,

occ.)

(-ETII,

.3fi.

x. 9, 10.

(text, thyme.)

SWELLING,

UP.
2 Cor. V.

make an oath

V. .It,

marg.

Acts

,,,
Matt.

Eev.

xviii. 12,

2t.

or

11.

SWELL, SWOLLEN.

down, swallow doAvn

as in drinking

SWEAR

iii.

for pntD, Judg.

20), (occ. Jas. iii. 12.)

(Ixx.
V.

xxviii. 13.)

7, 12.

SWALLOW,
to drink

14; Is.

Eev.

See

xi. 25.

IV. 8.

vii. 11.

SWADDLING CLOTHES (weap in)

Ezek.

sweet

Jas.

fodder, f/reen

Luke

SWEET.

xiv.

SUSTENANCE.

U.

xii.

Luke
{live in careful)

[margin.]
xii. 29,

iii.

SWEEP, SWEPT.

Matt.

SUSPENSE
Luke

for ^', Gen.

(ixx.

"
see " expectation (be in)

888
John

SWEAT.

19), {non occ.)

Luke xxii. 24 (.)

[margin.]

{be in)

Bee " oatk."

vii. 21,

2 Pet.

ii.

18.

Judo

16.

SWE

ST^'ERYE

mark

Tim.

6,

i.

marg. not axm

to turn

keen

otu5, sharp,

since the idea

keenness implies

of shar]}ness and

eagerness and vehemence, quick,

swift
(Ixx. for b\>, Amos ii. 15
;

', Prov.
;

2.

?,

xxii. 28.)

nimble;

quick, swift,

a sycamine tree, called also

the sycamore, {Ileh. pi., DOpty,
1 Kings X. 27 1 Ch. xxvii. 28
Is. ix. 9), {non occ.)
;

and

/?,

at.

SWIFT.
1.

Luke

xvii. 6.

SYCAMORE

TREE.

the iig-mulberry, a sycamore-tree, {loith the leaves like the

mulberry -tree, and fruit like the

fast,

fleet.

3.

SYN

SYCAMINE TREE.

PROM.

(-ED)

to mi.ss tlie
aside.
1

75i

fig.)

;^?,

{a poetical

Luke

form of No. 2)

six. 4.

quick, swift, speedy, (occ. 2 Pet.

14.)

i.

Eom.

SYNAGOGUE.

,
1.

15.

iii.

Jas.

2.

2 Pet.

3.

i.

19.

--,

ii. 1.

a collecting, gathering, as
of fruits, cattle, etc. ; a mass, a
multitude as collected.
Hence,
an assembly, congregation (Ixx.
for Til)!, which is oiever rendered
a term confined to the
Christian Church.) Then, a synagogue, nD:D JT!, house of assembly.

SWIM.

to jump into the

to dive
sea and swim, (non occ.)
;

Acts

xsvii. 43.

SWIM

OUT.

, out

(the above, with

prefixed) to swim out.
Acts xxvii.

of,

[Synagogues appear to have been

introduced during the capBabylon, when, deprived
of the Temple Avorship, they
assembled on the Sabbath to hear
portions of the law read.
The
practice afterwards continued in
first

42.

tivity in

SWIXE.

,,

a young swine, pig. Wee Lat.,

porcus, (7ionocc.)

Matt.

vii. 6.

32 is'
(om.

viii. 30, 31,

.

32 2nJ

of the swine,

GLTTrAbti.)

1.

(?, them,
GLTTr At<.)
14

16.

Luke

viii. 32,

33

XV. 15, 16.

SAVORD
a

knifo,

(-S.)

slaughtcr-knife

ivorn ivith the sioord ; hence, later,

a sword ybr cutting, {non

2.

occ.)

a sword, a sabre, a long

and broad sword used esp. by the
Thracians, and carried on the
Ex.
right shoulder; (Ixx./or
Ezek. v. 1), {non occ.)
xxxii. 2(J

,,

1.

1.

1.

2.

Matt.

X. 34.

Mark xiv. 4:$,

Luke ii. 35.

51,

17,48.

1.
1.

Jiihn xviii. 10,

1.

Acts

Rom.

1.

11.

viii. 35.

xiii. 4.

1.

Eph.

vi. 17.

1.

Heb.

iv. 12.

1.

xxi. 24.
xxii. 36, 38. 49,52.

1.

1.

1.

xxvi.
47,
52 3 imt, 55.

2.

Rev.

xi. :U, 37.

i. 16.

12, 16.

2.

ii.

1.

vi. 4.

xii. 2.

xvi. 27,
2.

Palestine,

v. 11, 12, 13.

Luke

,
,

Mark

'

Bev. xix.

xiii*.

15, 21.

10 "', 14.

Matt.

iv. 23.

Neh.

viii. 1, etc.]

,
,

SYN

SYNAGOGUE
f
j
(^

<;,

-,

The presiding
synagogue.
the synagogue, whose
duty it was to preserve order and
select and invite persons to read
or speak in the assembly.
elder of

xvi. 2.

cxcommunicant from

ix. 22.

John

Neh.

Amos

quoted from

for

n2C',

Ixx. for

where

used of the throne

of David.

TABLE
1.

Amos

2.

2G, lohere

v.

a piece of furniture with

four feet hence, a table.

^,
;

^,

3.

xvii. 4.

2.

2 Cor. V.

5.

1.

33.

Jer, xvii. 1),

(of)

Heb.

27.

1.

1.

xiii. 10.

U.

.3.

2 Pot.

iC.

1.

Kev.

XV. 16.

1.
1.

Rev.

i.

Luke

1.

i.

1.

63, Bce

xvi. 21.
xxxi.

2.

1 Cor. X 21 '"'
2 Cor. iii. 3 "'"

1.

Heb.

1.

ix. 2.

XV. 5.

xxi. 3.

TABLE
(of)

booth-pitching,

as at

tent-

or tabernacles, the third of the

great annual feasts of the Jews
;

xvi. 1(>, etc.

see Sii.
see
(at
[the)

21, 33.

John

vii.

2;
of the forty

partly as a memorial
years' wandering, (Lev. xxiii. 42,
43), partly as a harvest th;,nks-

(at the)

up as at table or
Here jx^rt., reclining

laid

iinyo'.u.

at the table.
John

l)itching, /..".the Pcitival of botifhs

Deut.

Acts vi. 2.
liom. xi. 9.

xiii. 6.

TABERNACLES

..\

Writ-

^'uf/u., to be
a

15.

xiii. 2S,

iuif.

13, 14.

ii.

xii. 2,
I

xi. 15.

John

vii. 4.

28.

3,6,8,11,21.

re-

a bed, a couch.

xxi. 12.

viii. 2, 5.

ix. 2.
si. 0.

1.

(non

any thing on which one

Matt. XV.

1. 4.

1.

1.

vii. 2, eee
vii. 43.

see

3.

la.

iii.

clines,

Mark

Ib.Acts

occ.)

Mark ix.
Luke ix.

surface

Prov,

1.

flat

of wood or
stone; (Ixx. /or mm!?, Ex. xxxi.
18 xxxii. 15
xxxiv, 1, 4
mb,

booth, tent, tabernacle,

1.

any broad and

hence, a tablet, table

occ.)

a booth or tent pitched, a

dwelling-place
(Ixx. for
Ps. cxxxii. 5
xlvi. 4
^n, 1
Kings ii. 28 viii. 4), (non occ.)

John

(-S.)

()--,

mrD.

,
(non

ix. 11,

line

(b) quoted from

Matt.

18, {non occ.)

John vii. 2.

viii,

and house and

1.

xviii. 8, 17.

giving, (Ex. xxiii. 16

xxxiv. 22)
also Deut. xxxi. 10, etc.

(-s.)

3.

see above.

Acts

xii. 42.

any covered sheltered place;

a tent as of tureen boughs, a
booth of skins, a tent (ixx.for
nrr.)
sjy., The Tabernacle.
Ixx.

xiii. 14.
siii. 15.

see

esp.

2.

Acts

SYNAGOGUE (chief euleh of the)

',
(a)

Luke

36. 38,

;)('5,

to become, be made.

TABERNACLE
1.

Mark v. 22, :i5,

Luke viii. 49.

(ue put out of the)

the synagogue,

John

the

make.

SYNAGOGUE

(hulee of

/);(5, a rulcr or moderator of

the synagogue,
to

TAC

SYNAGOGUE

(put out of the)

excommunicant from

John

755

xiii. 28.

TACKLING.

apparatus, ccpiipmcnt, implements of a shin, the rigging, the

tawkling, (non occ.)
;

Acts xxvii.

19.

TAI
TAIL.

the

ix.

tail

'w'ce,

10

11.

19 (ap.)

Eev.

(No. 10,

tvith

prefixed) trans., to take

away from, remove; intrans., to
go away, depart. In NT., only
aor.
1, j;r/6s., to be taken away

xl. 12.)

,
,

xii. 4.

from.

TAKE

(-EX

,
,

(For various

-, TOOK.)

12.

co7nhiiiation& tciih

other

luords, see beloiv.)

1.

to

apprehend

2.

take

take,

,
,
;

take

hold

of,

13.

tvith tlie hand".

(A/o.

ioifh

1,

or with, take aloug.

4.

(No.

with
ivom, j)refixed^ to take one
from another or from others.

,
,
,

1,

up,

),

(]Vo.

icith

1,

14.

away
away

down, prefixed) to take dovn, to

take, lay hold of, (more intensive
than No. 1, and iierhaps more hostile.)

G.

(No.

xvith

1,

Avith, in association \\iih,jjrejixed)

to take a part, take a share of
ani/thinf/ in association with others.

7.

//3/,
from

(No. 1, tvith
beside, prefixed) to

,
,
,

aside.

17.

shij),

18.
19.

20.

(No.

1,

tvith

8,

to take up,

away.

to bear upou, to bring

in a judicial sense,
of accusation, sentence,

spoken
wrath or punishment.

21.

to have and hold down,

hence, to
fast or firmly
possess, to occupy, implijinq that
tvhat is occupied is held in retained

hold

possession.

to

22.

tion,

7.
1.

Matt.

ii.

lift

up, raise

i.e.
13.

make
to

to do

11.
10.
1.

U.

21.

17.Matt. XV. 39

to

up and carry away, take

1.

8.

ix. 15.

7.

16.
18.

X.

1.

7.

(No. 10. Lni.)

12, see Force.

.-38

29.
xii.

12.

marg.

(text, take hold.)

7.

4-5.

1.

xiii. .1,

1.

xiv. 19.

1.

XV. 26, 36.

xvii. 1.

25,27.
xviii. 16.
2;{.

XX.

17.

1.

xxi. 35.
43.
xxii. 6.

15.
1.

Throat.

U.

7.

10.
3.;.

A.)

xvi. 5, 7.
22.

28, see
10.

14,

(^>,
'IV

1/0 iij),

xi.
10.

here, tvith

make a

consultato consult together.

iv. 5, 8.
viii. 17.

5.

1.

take

to give, bestow upon.

to grasp tvith the hand,

to seize, take.

to

to go in, to enter; of a
to go on board, embark.

2!.

to-

upon or against

7.

gether with, in conjunction with,

prefixed) to take together, to
enclose in the hands to take or
seize altogether, enclose and take.

lU.

to press, to hold fast

take, arrest, to catch.

take

(No. 1, with
towards, prefixed) to take thereto,
i.e. in addition, take besides.
In
N.T., mid., to take to one's self,
i.e. take by the hand and draAV

IG.

, ,
//',

9.

to
be strong, mighty,
powerful to have po\ver over, be
master of, take hold of and have
and hold in one's power.
;

near, with, or to one's self; take

from beside another, i.e. from
him take to one's self.

8.

(No. 13, tvith

towards, prefixed) to receive toAvards one's self, to accept, allow.

15.

receive into one's hands.

1,

tain for one^s self.

5.

,
,

to take to one's self what

presented or brought by another hence, to accept, receive
;

up

with eVi,
prejicced) to take hold upon,
lay hold of in order to hold or de(JVo.

(No. 10, tvith

together in conjunction with, prefixed) to take up together, take
up o)ie in conjunction with others.

is

'prejixed) to take up, to take

3.

away

from,

of an animal ; (Ixx.for

Deut. xxviii 13; Job

2:\,

Bev.

756

15.

xxiv. 17, 18.

757

Matt. xxiv.
XXV.

;>"i,

John

40. 41.

xvi. 22.
xvii. 15.
xviii. 12.
31.

3 1" part.,

1,

4.

28.

xxvi. 4.
JH twicc^ 27.

Acts

xxvii. 1,6,7,9,24.

27.
.W, 4S, 59 part.
xxviii. 12, 15.

Tr

iii.

(No.

ti

viii. 6, 14.
32.
ix. 2.

i.

-I",

33.

27.
3.

>

xu.

XV. 14.
39.
xvi. 3.

xiv.

23.

33.

ii.

28.

9.

11.
24, 26.
30.

18, see Palsy.

32 (No.

{. G

vi. 4

xxiii.lO,
18.
27.
31.

ix. 3.

28.
39.
10.
16.

Rom.
xvi. 6, 7.
xvii.3l,:{5,36(ai).)
xviii. 31.
xii. 8, see Accusa-

Cor.

.30
it.

xxii. 17
17 -.,

(.),
I

31.

1<.

.30,

43.

16.
Vi. 7, 11.
15, see
at.

2 Cor.

ii.

Force.

K.)
13, see Leave.

3 (aj).), 4

(.)

'.ii'J.

SCO Rest.
53, see Counsel.

xii. 3, 1.3.

(.)

20.

Rom.
1

Tim.

Tim.

v. 9,
ii.

Heb.

see

Number.

26, see

Cap-

14, sec

xvi. 15.

vii. 5,

i.

GL

x. 4.
9.

John

Rev.

TAKE," No.

("

Part.

4.

SCO Tithe.

Cor.

iii.

5.

xxii. 19 '"'

1, icith

xi. 21,

","
,
(77,
TAKE

1.

2.

iv. 11.
ii.

1,

16.

TAKE BEFOHE.

tive.

V.

iii.

11.

52.
xvi. 3.

.xi.

marg.

see Cnre.

xiii. 4. 12.

Cor. V. 2 (No.
K.)

TTrA

-)

5,

iii.

xi. 27.

2 Cor.

viii. 12.
X. 42.

i/iel<i.

Hcb.

ii.

xvii. 31.

before, prefixed.)

57.

',

vi. 16.

17 (om.
Col. ii. 11.
2 Thes. i. 8,

V.
xi. 13,

Plea-

sure.

Eph.

vii. 30, 32, 44.

181

xi. 8, 20.
xii. 10, see

X. 17.

24 (om.

Tr

ii.

18

Care.

yte, take, cat, G L

36.
54.
xxiv.

viii.

Wrong.

i.e.

xix. 26.
i. 29, marg. hear.
xi. 39, , 48.
XV. 2.
xix. 31, .38.
XX. 1, 2, 13, 15.
Acts viii. 33.
x.xiv. 7
xxvii. 20.

v. 35.
xiv. ;{6.
i. 25.
vi. 29, 30.

19.

see

15.
ix. 9, see
X. 13.
xi. 23.

24.

Luke

Luke

see Effect.

iii.

vi. 7,

round

iVo. 1.

John

iv~ 15.

ix. 6,
1

TAKE,"

13 (om. apart
and take
him airay,
s
Tr
W.)
xxiv. .'39.
XXV. 29.

Mark

vii. 8, 11.

tion.

XX. 28, 29,

G L

5.

iii.

ichat is

to bear from beside, bear

as does a stream, pass away.

35.
36.

siv. 4.

Know-

34 (No. 5,

see "

xiii. 12.

T.)

Ease.

away

xxii.

.33 I't
3.3 ""J.

26.
xii. 19, see
xiii. ly, 21.

to take

V. 40.

Matt.

see

8,

to re-

take away Avholly,

around.

away

seeForce.

xxWi.

35, see Care.

of.

9.

ledge.

3-1,

xi. 22.

John

L.)

1,

of,

to lead away, conduct away.

7.

xxiv. 6.

47.
X.

11.

from out

,
,
all

8.

33.

i^.)

viii. 18.

"take," No.

ai)out, to

see

1",

6 -nJ, SCO Shii).

V. 5.

xxi.

Leave.

see Hand,

i. 1,

JVo. 10.

^,

6.

see Leave.
XX. 26, see Record.

24.

Luke

ii.
xvii. 9 part.
1.
xviii. 17.
18,

4.
49.

iiii. 17.

up

1.

;J2 twicc^

1.

to talvc up, lift up to take

to take
to one's self, adopt
away, remove, put out of the way.

5.

U, see Rest.
44,46.

XV.

xix. 20.

to take away from,

move from, deprive of.

32.
xii. 8, 19, 20. 21.
xiii. 15.

see

,
,

4.

ix 23, see Counsel.

25.

X. 16,

X. 8, 9, 10.

16.

(JVo. 1, with ck,

awajr-from out

see Palsy.

viii. 7,

1.

prejixed) to take up out of ani/

place, to lift up from
to take

Know-

3:5.

viii. 5.

1.

[sight.

7.

3.

iv. 13, see

ledjie.
V. ;i3, see Counsel.

vii. -n.

John

-,

2.

iii. 7.

Pa-

Over-

see

2,

(, see "TAKE,"

1.

A^*.)

8.

20, see

ii.

TAKE AWAY.

u'lotcti

xeiputv, have
taken and bii icickcd
hamls,
:: L
Tr.

41 part.

36
36
see
S Arms.

,-

0/

instead of

/SoiTes

36.
V. 40.

1.

/luiid

iiu'n,

Pet.
V.

25.

23

ii.

hxj

18,

iv. 25.

vi.

11.

iii.

V. 7, 8, 9.
vi. 4.

1.
1.

tiently.

16.

i.

2(t,

A.)

Rev.

1.

1. Jafl. V. 10.

23, 27.
38.
40.
xxi. 13.

Mark

ix. 19.
X. a.

14.

(.)

16

50.
52.

Heb.

1.

xix. 1, 6.

see Rest.

15,

see

BY.
No. 15.

to take hold upon,

lay hold of in order to hold or

detain.

1.

IVratt. ix.

1.

Mark

2.

1.

i. 31.
V. 41.

2.

viii.

23.

1.

Marl

ix. 27.

1.

Luke

viii. 51.

2.

Acts

x.N;iii.

Heb.

viii.

2.

,.

1.

/^/,

see "

TAKE DOWN.

xv. 33, 4C.

Luke

Acts

Matt.

2.

hitj/Jier

i.

20, 24.

xvii. 5.

"TAKE," No.

!.

TAKE BT,"

JVo. 2.

TAKE," No. 10.

to take up, lift up

to take
to one's self, to adopt, bring
;

up.

iVo. 2.

Acts xx.

1.

UP.

,
,
,
'
,
,
up

"TAKE,"

" receive."

IN.

35, 38, 43.

27, see

upon, pre(No. 1, with

Jlxed) to take up, to raise up.

to lead or bring together,

gather together, to lead or take
together with one's self, i.e. to
one's
hospitality
receive
to
(so, Wx.for bn F]2i^, Deut. xxii. 2
Josh. ii. 18 Judg. xix. 15, 18.)

Matt. XXV.

0'8 SELF.

TAKE

see "

2.

iii.

,
,

OF.

XX. 20, 26.

see

..

xviii. 2G.

46.

TAKE HOLD

TAKE

8.)

[margin.]
Jolin

Luke

Acts

UNTO

to liave and hold tJte7i, hy impl.,

to hold for or as, to regard.

see "

7.

vi. 13.

TAKE UNTO ONE.

Acts

,
/)8,
,

Epli.

Here, mid.

xiii. 29.

Matt. xxi.

1.

(see

xxiii. 53.

2.

TAKE," No.

TAKE FOR.

TAKE," NO.

see "

2.

to take dowu Ji'om a

place, pull down.

Mark

TAKE UNTO.

19.

,
,

758

13, 14.

to take

awaj tvhat

is

round

about.

see "

TAKE," No.

see "

1.

TAKE," No.

2.

to lead or conduct
lower to a higher place.

to raise upon a basis to

up, to take up and hold, to
bear or carry about.
;

lift

TAKE OFF FEOM.

to go or

off,

strip

come out

one of

of

to put

his clothes, to

un-

clothe.

Matt, xxvii.

Mnrk

21.

Matt.

xv. 20.

Heb.

ii.

16

'"'c",

TAKE BT," NO.

marg. take

Jioltl of.

TAKE OUT.
Luke X.

,
xiii. IT.

see "

TAKE," Ko.

the7l,

Luke

SELF.

baggage,
ments.

1,

Acta
Rev.

li. 17.

iv. 5.

John

viii. 59.
X. 31.

Acts

i.

2.

2.
9.

11. 22.

C.

vii. 21.

.3.

W.

6.

9.

X. 26.

1.

xs.

1.

xxvii. 17.

4.

'

1.

((/]).)

V. 8, 9, 11, 12.

9.

40 part.

Rev.

xviii. 21.

TAKE UP ONE'S CARRIAGE.

35.

TAKE TO ONE'S

6.

xvi. IS (ap.)

xix. 21,22.

8.

.)

to throw or cast out

to take out, extract.

23

ix. 17.

1.
1.

24.
xvii. 27.
9, 11, 12.
vi. 20, 4:!.
viii. !, 19, 20, 34.
s. 21 (om. ipa%
take v)> tJie
CTOSH and, (i :i L

V. 21,2.5.

1.

1.

Markii.
2.

Luke

1.

ix. 6.

xiv. 12, 20.

XV. 37.
.\vi. 9, 10.

TAKE ON.
see "

lyupw, to rouse up, cause to rise up,

set upright.

xxi. 15

to divcst one's self of

aside impedi-

putting

{(,

reaAij, to

rack up,

to

wake

<v

or get one's effoota

.)

Tr

759

[Note.

"Carriages" in AY. is used as in

Judg. xviii. 21, where it answers
to hnggafjCy i.e. things carried, not

xxxviii. 25, 20),

upon

equal to

hence, to

2^

take in hand, undertake.

Acts

,
see "

Phil.

ii.

SELF.

"TAKE," No.

see

7.

2.

Acta XV.

2.

Gal.

37, 38.

ii. 1.

JIatt. xviii. 21.

sxv. 15, 16 1'IG -"J (0)11.
Tr Ab.)

Matt. xsv.

5,

TALENT

weighing a talent, a talent

ii.

17.

TAKEN FROM

imss.,

Thes.

TAKEN

,
,

TALES,

ii.

^,

TALITHA,
fm. KfT'^'U,

Aram.

5,
1?E)

TALK,

a speaking, discourse.

(he)

1.

to hold together, press together.

iZi-rPj/Jiiii.,

to be seized, be affected,

prcs.-^ed, distressed.

Matt.

iv. 21.

also,

viii.

Luko

Luke

TALK

12,

TAKEN

:'>".

need, journey,

[noun.]

word as spoken, anything spoken,

Mark

ii.

i.e.

In N.T.

unto, for,
capture.
2 ret.

talitha,

a damsel, maiden, {non occ.)

Mark v. 41.

17.

(TO

See, IDLE,

(be)

bereave of.
to be bereaved of.
to

28 '"i".

in weight, (see above), {non occ.)

[_revealed'\.

2 The,

21, 25,

(tue avetgitt of a)

become, begin to be, arise

to

1"

20 in J {om. Trb)
20 3rd i 4tU.
"> 3 times.

(he)

Here, with
iK
arise out of the midst,
"
repeating the word " revealed
from V. 3 and 6, and referring to
the Antichrist.

See

Matt. 20

G - L

Rev. xvi. 21.

TAKEN

or be

tceight,

AVITII.

Matt. sx\-i. 37.

Acts xii. 25.

f 19,

Further, the talent

vsed for money, tchich

denoted anything which is weighed

out, apportioned or allotted to
one hence our Eng. xcord talent,
i.e. a gift, as what is apportioned
to one for use, {non occ?)

7.

one's self.

/,

and probably was

10 oz. 1 dwt.

lbs.

in proportion to which its

value varied, the Attic talent
beiug about 2-13 15s, It also

1.

(A^. 1, with
together or in conjunction -with,
prefixed) to take along with ours
as a companion, to take
self,
another to icalk together beside

1.

113

was anciently reck'oned hg

TAKE," Nb.

-,
2.

scales)

and

TAKE

1.

(/)?.,

grs. troy.

ivas also

xix. 13.

TAKE UPON ONE'S

2.

(-S.)

hence, a certain fi.\ed weight. The

Jewish talent, 12, contained 3,000
shekels of the sanctuar}', (Ex.

TAKE UPOX.
to lay hands

TALENT

scale of a balance,

Men, something weighed, a weight;

vehicles.]

-,

TAL

iv. 38.

2.

xxii. 15.

(-ED, -EST, -ETiT, -TNG.)

[vcrb.]

to speak, to talk, to use tho

voice without any necessary reference to the words spoken, {see
" SAT," No. 5, and cf No. 1, etc.)

),

to be together in a crowd
or company, to come into company
hence, to talk as with comv.\\h
panions, have intercourse with.
:

TAL
1.

Matt.

1.

Mark
Luke
John

2.
1.

46 part,

xii.

vi. 50.

xxiv. 14.
iv. 27 '"'cs-

1.

John

2.

Acts XX.

1.

ix. 37.

1.

1.

xiv. 30.

1.

Rev.

TAR

svi. 4.
11.

{No.

1, ^oitl

to remain
addition, longer.

fixed)

xxvi. 31.

1.

1.

760

iv. 1.

xvii. 1.
xxi. 9, 15.

upon, preupon, i.e. in

to make out the time, spend

time, tarry, linger, delay, be long
in doing anything.

yjiovitiu,

,
,

TALK WITH.

1.

2.

see above, Ifo. 1.

with

(iVo. 1,

8,

together

,
,

in conjunction with, ^?;v^jre(?) to

speak or talk Avitli, confer \vith.

3.

/,

time,

the time.

("TALK," J^O. 2, loith

together in conjunction with,

to be slow, delay, be slack

or tardy, (occ. 2 Pet. iii. 9.)

prefixed^ to come into company

together with another, {iion occ.)
Matt.

xvii. 3.

2.

Mark

ix. 4.

1.

Acts

3.

Luke

trans., to

to

(tain)

any

TALKING.
See, FOOLISH.

(-ED.)

overpower, to subdue; (Ixx.

for Chald. hmr\ and un, Dan. ii.

40), (lion occ.)

Mark v. 4.

Acta

Jas.

iii.

7 '"',

8.

TANNER.

,'?,

a leather-dresser, tanner, {from

hide), {non occ.)
ix. 43.

Acts

x. 6, .32.

TARES.
zizanium, a general name for
grain, like Eng., cockle,

weeds in
darnel.

[In N.T. spoken of a plant common

in Palestine Avhich infests fields
of grain and rcHcmhlcs wheat in
Called by the Rabappearance.
bins p;, bastard.] {non occ.)
Matt.

25, 20, 27, 29, 30, 36, 38, 40.

TARRY
1.

),

(-ED, -EST.)

to remain,
(Lat., maneo.)

down,
to

sit

be seated.

here,

to, to
" what

be on the
art thou

to watch toward or for

thing, to wait in expectation

or suspense.

10.

TAME

sit

intrans.,

about to [do]?"

3.

-,

sit,

be about

point of

(jion occ.)
i.

to

cause to

Jiere,

down, to

given to vain talking

suUt., vain talker, empty speakers,
Tit.

seat

ix. 30.

xxiv. 32.

X. 27 part.

;,TALKER

to rub in pieces, to wear

consume as bi/ rubbing ; of
to Avear away the time, pass

aAvay,

continue,

abide,

TAR

7G1

TAEKY THERE A SPACE.

( Xp6vo<;,

to disciple

tcith

a Dative,

be the disciple of any one,

(Matt, xxvii. 57) with an Accusative, as here, to make a disciple,
to

to make ") i.e. made

time,
j a delay.
Acts

TEA

XV. 33 part.

to train as a disciple.

TASTE
ycvu/xat, to taste

(-ED.)

mefaph., experience,

partake of, (occ. Acts

11 xxiii. 14.)

x.

10

xx.

Matt.

xvi.
xxvii.

John

2..
.'54

part.

9.

Col.

ii.

Heb.

xiv. 24.

21.

ii.

3.

TATTLER

(-S.)

overflowing witli talk

a prater, trifler, {non occ.)
1

Tim.

TAVERNS

rpcis,

publish.

ii. 9.

vi. 4, 5.

1 Pet.

hence,

V. 13.

(the three)

| the proper name

) of a small place
Avay, 33 Rom. miles

three

tavems,

on the Appian
from Rome towards Brundusium.

,
,

Acts

xxviii. 15.

TAXED

(be)

enrol as in a
cause one's
self to be enrolled, give one's
name to the census.
Luke ii. 1.
to write off

register

here, mid., to

TAXING.
enrolment.

registry,

register O)' catalogue of those

capable of military duty, or of
citizens, their names, property, etc.,

(non
Luke

occ.)

ii.

TEACH
1.

2.

Acts

(-EST, -ETii, -iNo, tauoiit.)

(a) Part., with eipi, \o

teaching,

"

v. 37.

to tcacli, to give
tion or direction.

at^cvo),

^ merely
cate,

be;

instruc-

i.e.

Avas

etc.

to

train

i.e.

a child; not
him, hut to edu-

u])

to instruct

discipline,

admonish, train,

etc.

to

bring vord

upon any one;

viii. 52.

Mark ix. 1.
Luke ix. 27.

,
,

ii.

to sound forth towards, to

sound a thing in one's cars, impress it upon one by word of
mouth.

correct,

hence,

down

announce,

TEA

?,

TEACH

Tim.

,'

TEAR

^,

ii.

24

Mark

24
ix.
SaKpvuii,

TAUGHT.

L
Luke

instructed.

taught,

^,

TravTCS

shall all

Here,
they

1.

?,

taught, instructed,

{oca.

John

45.)

vi.

Cor.

ii.

2.

3.

13'w'ce.

he

(as

i.

9,

rnarg. in

been)
1.

2.

Thes.

xsd. 4.

ix.

(^No.

Mark

i.

26 part.

ix. 18,

marg. dash.

Luke

Mark
1.

2.

1 Tiin.

ii.

2 Tim.

i.

Frim. ii. 20.

1 Cor. xii. 28, 29.

Tit.

Eiih.

Heb.

ii.

Tim.

7,

see

Law.

7.

11.

3, see
V. 12.

ii.

2 Pet.

ii.

l.seeT

of

pood

5,

teaching that which is

beautiful or good, (si'e " good,"
No. 2) as sulnt., teacher of good.

2.

3.

(false)
Jiere,

Prov.

ii. 1.

4.

TEACHING.

G.

ii.

Is. xxi.\. 1.3,

7.

and !?,
8.

17.

7/^5...7, He

',

xii. 7.

Tit.

i.Omarc.seeTnnpht
(as

be batb been)

answering,

see " SAT," JVo. 1.

/',
',

to

givo

to givo

see " SAT,"

',

intelligence,

a7ij/

up

intelligence,

No.

to speak out,

5.
tell,

disclose

see " SAT," No. 4.

77/>,
to the

Eoin.

')

announce, make known, declare.

5.

teaching, instruction, (Ixx.

n-'^priD,

4.

person or
place, to relate, inform of, to tell
tchat had occurred.

2>l.

for

hence, to

2 of ohs. root
to
utter definite words, to enunciate
Avords and things to auditors, and
commune respecting them, to
speak or utter Avords successively,

bring Avord from

3.

a false teacher;

2 Pet.

said.

TEACHERS
/5,

(be)

{aor.

elirov,

(a)

ii.

3,

communicate by words.

[tilings.
(false)

TEACHER OF GOOD THINGS.

Tit.

[L

-n'i^.)

L\. 3it.

TELL, TOLD.
1.

iv. 3.

11.

i.

20 (No.

ix.

Luke

to strike in, cut in

impede, hinder, weary.

{jion occ.)

^?,

iii.

to-

ix. 42.

TEDIOUS UNTO

teacher, instructor, master.

herald,
term distinct from
evangelist.
(tnd

xiii. 1.

1, ivitJi

vi\t\\,

(-S.)

o9,a
A
Acts

lacerate,

to rend, tear, break, burst.

Acts sxiv.

Jiibu

26.)

iv. 9.

TEACHER

vii. 17.

to tear, rend

Mark

-,

Rev.

(-, TARE, TORN.)

UacMng.

God-taught,
1

Eev.

3.

TAUGHT OP GOD.

5,

v. 7.
xii. 17.

2^refxed) to tear or
lacerate altogether, tear violently,
{non occ.)

according to
hhayv, the teaching.
Tit.

Heb.
I

19, 31.

gether

TAUGHT

vii. 38, 44.

{occ.

(AvnicH o^fE)

2 Cor. ii. 4.
2 Tim. i. 4.

tears,

S.)

TEABr

vi. 45.

TEACHETH

(om.
ii-ii/i

Tr

Acts xs.

be God's taught ones.

John

[noun.]

2 Tim.

(-S.)

SaKpva,
a tear ^?Z.
or
(Ixx. for ni^Dil, 2 Kings
tears
XX. 5.)

teach,

to

iii. 2.

TEL

(apt to)

apt
didactic
skilled in teaching.

7G2

t () lead or conduct through

end ; hence, to go through

with, recount.

TEL
9.

10.

to lead or conduct out

to lead or bring out, bring out in
conversation, make known.

',

to

fully manifest

,
i.

11.

make
;

clear,

make

(Ixx.ybr 'li^n, Deut.

5.)

to discloso something before

unknown, to reveal a

1.

secret.

73

TEM

TEM

7GJ.

destroyed by Titus. 5th, ''The

Temple of God;' 2 Thes. ii. 4,
yet to be built and indwelt by
" the man of sin," the anti-Christ.
6th, The Millenial Temple, Ezek.

rain, storm with rain, foul

weather, wintry weather.

3.

Matt.

Acts

viii. 2t.

1.

Acts xxvii. 20.

Heb. xii. 18.

2.

2 Pet.

4.

xxvii. 18, see

(be tossed with)

TEMPEST

ii.

17.

xli.

(be tossed with)

Acts xxvii.

Acts

1.

xxi.

[The whole " say-

house. ) ing" in Luke xi. 51

is a reference to 2 Chrou xxiv.
18-22, verse 19 being amplified to
show the purpose and counsel of
God in the historical notice of the

18.

facts.]
Matt.

xxvii. 14.

iv. 5.

Acts

V.

xxiii. IG 'wi, 17,

21,35.
ssiv. 1 t'ce.
xxvi. 55.

in

x.Ki.

30.
1.

xxii. 17.

1.

xxiv. 6, 12, 18.

xiii. 1, 3.

1.

xiv. 49.

1.

58.

2.

XXV.

ii.

[Note.
There are seven buildings mentioned
1st, The Mosaic
in Scripture

27. 37, 46.

9; iii. ,3); lasted 500

was superseded by the
2nd, Solomons Temple, 1 Kings
lasted 400 years, and devi. 7
stroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. lird,
ZrruhhnhcV s Temple, Ezra iv. 1,2;
lasted 500 year.s, and destroyed
by Antiofhus E])iplian('8. 4th,
Jlcrod's Temple, John ii. 9
40

1 Sam.

2 Cor.

xi. 51.

2.

Eph.

xviii. 10.
xix. 45, 47.

2.

2 Thes.

2.

Eev.

XX.

2.

^ars in building, lasted 85 years.

19 ^i

xi. 1, 2,

xiv. 15 (ora.

XV. 5.

2.
2.

17.

2.

(om.

cut of
',
-

,
.

2(a3>.),20,59.

tV
the temple,

Tr')
8 twlco.

xvi. 1 (om. eV

=:

out ii/i/ic tail

Trb.)
17.

xxi. 22 '"'c"

TEMPORAL.
for a season.

TEMPT

2 Cor. iv. 18.

(-ED,

-,

-ING.)

to make trial of, to try to

put to the test, (geii. in a good
sense, in order to ascertain the
character, views, or feelings of any
one) ; also, in a had sense, loith ill

intent, to

2.

4.
12.

vii. 15.

xviii. 20.
Acts ii. 46.

iii.

21.
ii.

2.

x. 23.
xi. 66.

1.

16 ''

vi.

ii.

2.

V. 14.

i.

see Idols.

ix. 13.

1.

1.

''"

vi. 19.

2.

16, 17

iii.

viii. 10,

xxi. 5, 37, 38.

xxii. 52, 53.
xxiii. 45.
xxiv. 53.
John ii. 14, 15.
19, 20, 21.

Tahernucle (translated " Temple;'

years, and

Cor.

iv. 9.

viii.

8.

xxvi. 21.
1

2.

vii. 14, 28.

2. 09, dwelling, habitation {of God);

the interior and most sacred part
of No. 1, wlierc the presence of
God was manifested the Holy
place, or the Holy of Holies.

iiaiid-

xii. 35.

XV. 29, 38.

9, 21,22.

passage from No. 2.) {non occ.)

xix. 27.
26, 27, 28, 29,

1.

Lukei.

every

t<, i.e.

xvii. 24.

kyouqIu places.)

Mark

3, 8,

20,21,24, 25,42.
48 {om.
L

vii.

Tr
1.

61.

xxvii. 5, 40, 51.

xi. 11, 15 t'c,
16, 27.

2 ">>,

1,

iv. 1.

23.

(-S.)

(e.g.
sacred things themselves
Upa are the sacrifices iepeu's is
the person who ofilcrs them
iepov is the place where they are
Upov is tised of the
offered).
whole compass of the sacred enclosure, including the outercourts,
porches, and all the other subordinate buildings appertaining to
{This icord must be
the Temple.

iii.

10.

xii. 5, 6.
xxi. 12 ', 14, 15,

distinguished

{pec.

oiKos,

Upov, a place consecrated or sacred

as given or devoted to Grod, a
place that subserves a sacred purpose, as the Temple, and as the

carefully

Heavenly
22.]

3,

xix. 24.)
'

like, a typhoon, i.e. like a

whirlwind, tempestuous, {non occ.)

TEMPLE

The

7th,

xliv.

the

0,

TEMPESTUOUS.

Acts

Temple, Eev.

to storm, to raise a storm.

Here, pass., to be storm-beaten,
to be tempest-tossed.

TEM

tempt.

{No. 1, tcith tK, out, prefixed) to try out, try thoroughly

TEM

765

TER

against the Gentiles

in a had sense; (\.\x.for nr:,

Deut. vi. IG viii. IG Ps. Ixxviii.
18), {non occ.)

and

Matt.

1.

Cor.

1.

iv. 1.

Mark

13.

i.

13.

1.

Gal.

1.

1.

Heb.

1.

xij. 15.
iv. 2.

1.

12.

1.

John

viii.

Acts

V. 9.

Jas.

(J

9.

iv.

15 (TTCtpau,

S'

Gc^)

(,
TEN

to be

i.

1.

trial

2.
(-s.)

xiv. 38.

Luke

iv. 13.

Acts XX.

Rev.

19.

tempting

1";,

)
1

iv. 3.

Matt. xxiv.

1.

Mark.

Luke

.32.

Jas.

i.

bowels.

xiii. 28.

V. 11,

see Mercy.

yearningly

tenderly or

who

iii. 5.

8.)

(-s.)

-6<;, a tent-maker,
Acts

iii.

iv. 32.

TENT MAKER

Tbes.

{non occ.)

xviii. 7),

bowels hence, yearning

yearning compassion.

Lph.

{non

occ.)

3 (up.)

xviii.

TENTH.

TEN.

-,

Gen.

tempts, the
tempter.

xxiii. 23.

affectionate, {occ. 1 Pet.

one

^ the

one,
Matt.

Acts

TENDER

1.

TEMPTER.
the

0,

see Thousand.

xiii. 1 <'<:<;.
i';^ 16.

seventy.

10.

iii.

v. 11,
xii. 3.

(tiihee score and)

79,

Jas. i. 2, 12.
1 Pet. i. 6.
2 Pet. ii. P.

viu. 13.
rrii. 28. 40. 46.

10.

TENDER-II ARTED.

Tim. vi. 2.
Heb. iii. 8.

H,4.

ii.

'i

1 Cor. X. 13
Gal. iv. 14.

xxvi. H.

Mark

Kev.

xvii. 3,7, 12

-,
here,

a putting to tlie test, proof,

ffJso, in a bad sense, tempta-

vi. 13.

14,

soft, tender,

tion, {occ. 1 Pet. iv. 12.)

Matt.

Jude

spoken of the
shoot of a tree, also of flesh ; (Ixx.

for

13.

TEMPTATION

'.
I

(cAxxoT be)

i.

1Q

;ir

Eev.

11.

Jas.

seeT (three

see

'

v^

1, 28.
x. 41.
xiv. 31.

XV. 8.
xvii.l2, 17.
xix. 13 'i, 16, 17,
24. 25.

(o

xxiii.23,

score and)
XXV. 6.
1 Cor. iv. 15,-)

XX. 2t.

xi. .37.
i. 13 l-

7?,

Acts

see Thou-

xvlii. 21,

sand.

Mark
Luke

7u
-,1
c I lit. IS not
incapable or (
being tempted, temp- C
tempted
tation-proof, {non occ.) )

etai,
,'^ ,

Matt,

XXV.

5.
'wic.

13 ">

TEMPTED
)

ili.

XV. 10.

18

13 2i"i
13 ard,
(cannot be)

1.

(.)
(.)

2,

[.)

iii.

ii.

(i-y,

1.

(No.

'-ixJ

vi. 1.

Thes.

Luke

XX. 23

1.

X. 2.

xi. 16.

1.

viii. 11.

X. 25.

vii. 5.

X.

2.

xvi. 1.
six. 3.
xxii. 18. 35.

the toes of

Nebuchadnezzar's image the ten

virgins; and so with the tithes.
See further under "tubee."]

ten.

[As a typical number it stands connected with God's testimony to

man, by command o)' by judgment. It is also expressive of
to God.
responsibility
man's
In each case a part is put for
and denotes the whole, e.f/. ten
general ions of antediluvians ten
ten nations of
j)lagues on Egyj)t
Canaan (Gen. xv. 18) ten burdens laid on Isaiali to the nations
grouped around Habylon Jeremiah's prophecies tall into ten

1.

ScVaTo?, the tenth.

2.

^(.,

a tenth part, a tithe.

1.

John

i.

2.

Heb.

vii. 4.

1.

.39.

Rev.

xi. IS.

xxi. 20.

1.

TENTH PART.
Hob.

vii. 2.

TERRESTRIAL.

cViytios, u])on earth,

i.e.

earthly, ter-

belonging to the earth,

(i.e. to nirth tis oppoard to licacen,
or land as opposed to ivatcr.)
restrial,

Cor. XV. 40 ""ce.

;;

TER

766

TES

TESTATOR.

TERRIBLE.

frightful;

terrible,

fearful,

^,

(kx. for
Deut. X. 17.)

17

xxviii.

G-eu.

that which
makes the
covenant,

the one

6,

8ta6e/xi'09,

making

a covenant,

(_

{see above.)

Heb.

1.

xii. 21.

[Here, the context (Heb. ix. 16, 17)

must be read as follows
:

TERRIFY

,
,
',
',
',
'',
,
,
',
,

(-IED.)

yap, for.

where.
a covenant is].
a death [is J.

to terrify, put in trepidation

(Ixx.

/or

Ex. xix. 16; nnn,

30 Jer. i. 17), {non

"i^n,

1 Ch. xxviii.

necessary.
to be brought in.

ToO, of

occ.)

-,

,
vii.

scare

to frighten,

esp.

of

a covenant.

eiri,

Zcph.

^.

for

(Ixx.

11

i'ii.

7rel,

at no time.
has it force.
when.
tn, he is Uving,
0, the one who is.

Lev.

Job

ore,

(,

xxi. 9.

3.

xxiv. 37.

2.

2 Cor. X. 9.
Phil. i. 23.

Thus

TERROR.
xiii. 3.

Pet.

iii.

11.

Heb.

TESTIFY

TESTAMENT.

1.

in classical Greeh it denotes a

last will and testament, hut in the
Scriptures it is used alwaj/s of the

'

a covenant, agreement,,/;-o?n mn,

to cut, because the victims wore
cut in two, or divided, in making
covenants, (G-eu. xv. 9; Jer.xxxiv.
18, 19) hence, it denotes a covenant made either conditionally
between two parties, or uncon-

is

2.

by one,

(as hj

God

xoitli

3.

Abraham and David.)

* For the use rf the

translation,

-,

(-ED,

4.

(NO. 1, tvith
upon,
prefixed) to bear witness upon,
testify emphalically, to appear as
a witness decidedly for any tiling,
(no occ.)

to witness for one's self,

to call to witness, invoke as witness, to attest and ratify as truth,

Acts XX. 26.)

{".

Mark
Lake
Bom.

Gal.

28.
xiv. 24.
xxii. 20.

Heb.

ix. 4, inarg. (text,

covcnani.)

1
I

Cor.

24, rnarg.
covctuint.)
iv.

Ber.

vii. 22.
viii.

C,

marg.

covenant.)
ix. 15 twi

xi. 25.

2 Cor Hi. 6, 11.

Ga;. iii. 15, marg. (text,
covenant.)

(text,

(text,

16, 17*,

20.

xi. 19,

xii. 21, )
xiii. 20,jr

marg.(text
cooenont.)

3,

ici/h

8ta,

pi-efxed) to call throughout to witness, (viz. God and men

and all beings)
to affirm with
solemn protestations; to testify
through and through, bear full
and complete witness; to coniuro
any one, exhort earnestly.
ihr(ni<j!;h,

Matt. xxvi.

-ING.)

to be a witness, bear witness

to be able and ready to
attest anything that one kno\vs,
and therefore, to state with a certain degree of authority, {usually
for something) ; and hence, to conilrm or prove, to witness in favour.

(occ.

"covenant," witii that of "testator,"

sec below, tinder " testator."

ix. 16, 17,

Heb. rc^^, to tvhich the word " testament " has no coi'resjpotidence.

ditionally

when we remem-

speaks, is Himself the victim,

and hence must of necessity die.]

2 Cor. v. 11.

making the covenant.

it is all clear,

ber that He who makes the

covenant of which the apostle

fear, terror, affright.

Eom.

or victims [isj.

sure.
since.

^,

to frighten outright, terrify

;

over.

dead ones

14), {non occ.)

Luke

1.
1.

or that.

that makes the covenant.

for.

horses, to shy, start, {non occ.)

greatly
xxvi. 6

him

TES

767

THA

THA

768

Ace, to or along the side

beside ivith the idea of comparison (instituting the comparison
but leaving the superiority to he
inferred); above,
rather than,
better than, than.

(c)

toitli

of

4.

over.

Gen., over and separate

above, on behalf.

(a) ivith

from

Ace, over and towards

beyond, above, (assertinr/ superi-

(b) ivith
ority.)

-,

more than, over

hence, besides, expect.

5.

6.

\(
^,

^Trep,

than perhaps, than indeed.

Matt.

V.

37,

see

Acts XXV. 6

1.

these.
xi. 22, 24.

sviii.

8,

9,

see

Eather.

more than ten

A Vn> G L

13.

xix. 24.
xxvi. 53.

Mark

vi.

Eom.

11 (up.)

xu. 31,

see

14,

see

Rather.

John

i.

iii.

50, see
19.

these.

>

vii. 31,
xii. 4.3.

Acts

ix. 15.

1.
2.

xiv. 5, 19.
1, 13, om.

1.

8, 9.
iv. 27.

Ei)h.

1.

1.

see

3c.

XV. 28.
XX, 35.

1.
1.

1 J<

THAN

hn

see Least.

iii. 4.

i. 4.

7,
9.

iii.

marg.

to.

3.

iv. 12.
ix. 23.

xi. 4.

25.

1.

xii.

1 Pet.
2 Pet,

1.

8,
4.

i.

ii.

3c.
3o.

these.

iii.

Tim.
Tim.

3c.
3c.
3c.

see
these.

iv. 19.
V. 29.

11.

iii.

vii. 9.

1.

4b.

xiv. 12, ")

xxi. 15, S

see Con-

1.

Sc.Heb.

iv. 1.

V. 20,

viii. 37,

2 Cor.
Lb.)
Sc.Gal. i.

-.i.

xviii.

iii.
ii.

24.
17.
21.

iv. 4.

THESE.

of those
here, following
comparative, than these.

Matt.

xiii. 11.

3o.l Cor.

13.
X. 12, 14.
xvi. 8.
17.
iii.

xvu.

queror.
1.

these.

I.

day ,

Tr A

xxvi.22, see Other.

xxvii. 11.

1.

ix. 43, 45, 47.

X. 25.

Luke

ow

ScKa,

not more tlian eiijlit or

ten days, instead of

X. 15.

and above

V. .37.

THANK

(-S.)

[noun.]

that Avhich causes joy objecpersonal gracefulness, a

pleasin^ Avork
subjectively, an
inelinini^ towards, courteous or
graceful disposition on the part

xaipi.'i,

tively,

THA

.
2.

Matt.

2.

Luke

\,
Gf^LTTr
thanks

xi. 25.
xi. 21.
xvii. 9.
xviii. 11.
1.
1. John xi. 41.

3.

1.

Acts xxvUi.

1.

Eom.

1.

(God

25

vii,

1.

,,
,

1.

2 Thes.
1

3.

THANKED
thanks [be]

to the,
to God,

Eom.

ii.

im, that, in order that, to the end

that, with the emphasis on the pur-

1.

3.
12.

i.

3.

i.

the

(be)

Then, as

the degrees of the result,

marks the primary result,
while No. 3 marks the secondarg.

self grateful,

No.

This final significance of Iva is ahvags

present, if not alwags discernible.

thankfulness, gratitude, a
giving of thanlvs, expression of
gratitude.
Acts xxiv.

Iva

3.

1.

Cor.

X.

30,
(text, grace.)

2 Cor.

1.

marg.

pointing

iv. 15.

1.

ix. 11, 12.

1.

Eev.

lio. 1.

Col.

the possibilitg.
it is followed bg the
optative,
denoting a wish rather than possi-

iv. 2.

Tim.

iv. 3. 4.

bilitg.

vii. 12.

TUANKS,"
1 Pet.

THAT.

[conj.

ii.

2.

TuAT "

19.

tion,

demonstr. pron.

is

3.

the translation of a
separate word in the Greek, it is
one of llieso followinji.

J{1'.I'.

having

objective,

in order that, tvith emphasis

on the manner aiid method ; in such

end that so
has an eventual aspect,
and {unlike Iva) is used with the
future, and
that, to the

(a) occasionallg

associated tvith
implies the condition of
unco'taintg.)
See further, under

{which

is \_good\^^ etc.

is

is

that

TH.VT "

oTL

manner

{For various comhinntions with other

Ivor Js, sec below, the list of rifcrenccs.)

etc.

reference not to the design, hut to

the cause, {seefurther, under No. 1.)

and

frequently the translation

Accusative of the noun
Avith inf. of the verb
also of the
article with participle, he toho, he
that, that lohich, etc., of which
tliere are at least 1,200 occurrences sometimes the article witli
an adjective is rendered " he that

'

because, with emphasis on

and expressive of the

reason or matter of a communica-

of the

When

oTi, that,

the cause,

JVo. 1.

relat. prou.]

"

the indicative,

the fact rather than

(b)

ii. 7.

THANKWOETHY.
see "

to

1. Phil. iv. 6.
1.

1.

in passages marJced

(a) it is folloivcd bg
see above.

"thanks,"

see

2.

is generaUg folloioed bg the subjunctive mood, to signifg the objective possibilitg or intention, in
order that it might be.

Sut

THANKSGIVING.

2. 1

to

21.

THANKFULNESS.

,
,

and

2, tohich is objective,

^"

.)^,

1.

on
No.

introduces the matter, ichile No. 1

specifies the purpose. Thus
is followed bg No. 2, ivhich presents
the
object of the
hope,
ivhile
"prayer" is folloioed bg No. 1,
showiiig the purpose and design
of the prager.

vi. 17.

i.

{not
tvith

It must also be distinguished

3.)

from Ho.

io give thanks.

Kom.

and result,
manner or method as

pose, design,

13.

i.

Conjunctions

tituii/c,

A.)

thanks
> he to
) God.

show onc's

to

instead of

THA

(ooD be)

THANKFUL

(.-,

769

3.

i.

Thes.

1.

Tim.
3. 2 Tim.
Philem. 4.

(.

be)
1.

Phil.

1.

15.

see

to,

1 Cor. i. 4, 14.
xiv. 18.

1.

i.

vi. 17,

No.
i.

1.)

in comparative sentences, as

objective, that

to

in final, in

in causal, for on the

that.

in

order

ground

THA
5.

6,

so as that, so that, so as to,

(^expressive

of event,

THA
Relative pronouns

770

result, or con-

6.

who, which,

o5,

sequence.)

of the, before the infinitive, of

or from whatever is the suhjecf of

the verb, " of returning," " from

doing sacrifice,"

23.

that, \

{implying a
condition tvhich experience must de-

idv,

if,

which
whos

ever,

an objective future possitermine,

etc.

if,

whatso-

i.e.

ever.

bility)
7.

8.

the infinitive, to
that, expressing 'purpose.

is TO, tcith

{see " IF,"

t, if,

that
during, while.

No.

24.

?, how
many

Iv TO, icith the infinitive, in

esp. relating to time,

9.

the end

25.

<,
i.

10

^^.^

on account

TO, witli the inf.,

of.

teaching.']''

when, {relating

OTC,

something

event,

to

an actual

actually

taking

13.

14a.

i>2.

ihe

1.

14, 16.

2.

19 1"
19 2nd.

23.
24.

12.
14.
V. 16.

15.

2829 l
32

(om.

2'

i e.

man.)

10 2d

9.
iv. 3.

27

25.

(om. L.)

17, 20. 21, 22, 23,

30

lt

33, 38, 43.

45.
vi. 2, 4.

whensoever, {followed by the

subj. mood ; hence, with the accessory idea of uncertainty) whenso-

1st

xviii. 6 i'

2.

iii.

5 (om.

Tr

,L

W.)
7.

16, 18.
29, 32.

erer, if ever, in case that.

14.

whoever,

Tr

it,

2)lace.)

Matt,

1.

15.

16

12.

22.

23.

Sere, "of [their

as, as

one who

15.

1 ^5, which.

11.

who,

ii.

*^'

how much, how

many as.

great,

much

whatever.
Matt.

1.)

as

how, in what way or manner.

also, even.

Demonstr. pronouns
15. cKctvo9,

ferring

one there, {remore remote) em-

that, that
to

the

phatic.

IG.

{neut.

sing,

of ovtos)

this,

this here.

18.
19.
20.
24.

17. TovTov, {Ace.

of

?)

this,

this

18.

Tr A

?!/,

{Ace. fem. of outos)

this,

W.)

36
36

62.

63 1"63 '-''"i

2'"'

(om. iau,

xxviii. 5, 7.

this here.

19.

20.

21.

10.

{masc. sing. Gen. of

of this, of this here.

],

(Dfit.

of

at the same.
22.

Mark

<;)

ii.

1, 8.

10
10

1"'
-i'<i,

also, even.

<:)

16.

38.
iii. 2,

{Dat. sing, of
to this here.

(.)

35

here.

to this,

9, 14 ''".

.', 22.
38. 41.
V. 12, 18 2'"!

23 (No.

in the same,

''"i

Tr

a..)

1,

R)

29 1'
43 I"vi. 2 (om.

xvii. 10, 12, 13.

27

Tr

THA
1.

Mark

12.

15.-

1.

2
1.

2.
1.

1.
2.
1.

9.
1.

2.

1.

1.

1.
2.

-3.3.
Qg

1.
1.
2.

2.
2.

1.

2n<>

16.

23

1.

2.

16.-

15.
2.
15.1.

4. 1. 2. 1. 3. 14a.9. 1. 1.

44.

15.-

13.-

lt.

_ 11

!"
32
_ 21 12
25 2<

11 2nd.
24.
28, 29, 30.

15.

25 1"

15.

31 it.
34.

20.
15.
2.
2.

xviii. 3.
8.

) as being.

1'

11

11.

12.
15.

21 ">.
22, 23

_ 14

26.

9.

(lip.)

2t t'", 27,

ist,

28 (om.

37

lt-

i=",

38

1st

. ( /
10.

4 2nd.

iustead of

sailing,

tliat

G<. LTTrA".)

11

7,

11 2nd.
13, 15.

21.
24.

16.

27 l'28 1"

-20,22.24,27,31,

-37.

39,

21.
22.
43.

1. -

2.

2.

14a
1.

15.2.

1.

2.

1.

15.2.

4.3.

22.
30.

37 1, 70.
xxiii. 7 !<
- in<'.

2.

xxiv. 21, 39, 44.

-'nd,

17, 23

Acts

37.

18.

2.

4.

lit

xxi). 8.

2.

1'

1.

15.
1.

3rd.

xxi. 3.

-18.
-19.

1.

15.

9, 14,

31 l
31 2n,l.

XX. 10, 14.

xxi. 3, 20, 30, 31.

34.
36 l

2.

XX.

_ 31

(o'in.

20
21.
-28.
35.

3rd, 36, 38.

18 2nd.

35

Isi.

15 2nd
22 l, 26 1"
40
Tri>.)

1.1.

31 2nd.
31 3rd.
352nd.

41 Ind.

xix. 4.

marg. (test.

36

3)

Uiid,

iii.

19

21, 29

29 3rd, 34

1'.
I

iwlc.

1,,

l'

vi. 14.

vii.

viii. 1,

14.

15.
18.
19.

3rd, 17.

24.

IS.

25

Slid.

41.

31 "
XV. 2Snd, 8, 11 l,

10

lee.

V. 9.

,1.

10 it, 11.
13 lit.
13 2nd, ic.

12, 13,

13

10,
I't

16

35.
::iv.

xvL 2

>',

31,

2nd.

10 , 17.
23 2nd.

iwlcc.

15, 18 1,

19

irt.

1'

2nd.

.3

12, 15, 16,

I't-

19 lit29, 30

i.

ii.

xiii. 1 1".

20 1".
20 2i>d, 22.
29.31 Ut.'

BBB

131'
these vords,

41.
xi.

lt.

I't-

2nd.

8.

17,

2nd.

38

37 2nd, 30
xix. 4

35.

39

3t3,

Tr

.32.

22 1'
24 2nd, 25, 29,30,
1",

i*.)

i.

17, 18

2nd.

15.

20

31, 32

* 2nd.

1'

2nd.

24

1", 37, 48, 52, 54.

ix. 2, 3.
-

1.3,

3rd.

2;} 3rd.

28 nd, 31

(.)

i.

45,

28

2nd,

l"t,

6.

marg. (with

9,

xvi. 1.

21

xviii. 8.

17,

X. 10

15.

.35.

4, 7,
4.

1" (om.

Srd, 24.

viii.

twice.

12 2nd,

11,

15 '"ico, 19.

26, 35, 42.

7,
lt

2nd (np.)

3.

-ii.

1"
2nd.

.3.

46.
50.
61, 65, 69.

XV. 10.

Luke

14, 15.
29.
xvi. 1.
4, 9. 24.
25.
27.
28.
xvii. 1,

22

(-

28, 29, 30!

36.
2nd.

2.

30.

11, 32
39.

<,

2 (No. la,
shall give. A.)
Isliall give, K.)

lie

45 1"

15, 22

XV. 7

.32, 33.
xvii. 1.

vi. 5, 7.

TrAt*.)

2nd.

twice,

.{0 Srd.

3"-d

40.
42,

2nd

.*K)

34.

21 {om.
.)

15.-

.32.

xiv.

36

22
22

40

23.
24.

2.

12, 14.
15, 19.
26, 28, 341 , 35,

twlcCj 24.

xiii.

53.
6 J", 15.
20 2nd, 23 1"
,32 2nd!

xiv. 1.

- 10

24!

26 !
26 2nd, 27, 30 1"

V.

45, 46,
51.
xiii. 1 1
1"
2,

TrA

xii. 2.

Tr

43.
2t.15.-

(.)

1'.

15.-

47 2nd.

54

lit.

20, 21.

2iid.

3G
39

xii. .30

7.

15 I
15 2nd, 19
19 2nd.

18.
19, 20, 25, 27.

37, 39.
43.

14a.-

xvi. 4 2nd.

42, 44, 47 1

50,'

John

iv. 1.

36 '-

44

47

1.

1.

24

Johniii. 21 3rd, 28 ''<*

32 (om. G =: M.)
33 ind.

20.-

3 (om.

2.

2.

21.-

2n<l

48, 51

xi.

15.-

30.

42

15.-

A.)

xi. 26.

X. 13 i, 17, 35, 37.

42, 47.

1.

15.-

2.

.38.

20 2"

1"

S"'i,

THA

40 '
40 2nd.

18.

ix. 1
9.
11.
12.
13.
18.
25.

2i.d Ai :)rd.

20, 21
31.

14a.

26, 36.
viii. 30.
31.

2.

2.

12

15.
2.

771

X. 11, 12 lit.

2.

vii. 9.

1.

Luke

15.

12.
14, 15 ''
21.
25, 36. 56.

1.

1.

(.)

11

1.

2.

vi. 8.

15.

>!.

ix. 2, 12, 17 snd.

20.

Acts

is.

21 h.

Eom. viii.

22, 26, 27,

9,

H.

28

xiii. 38.

9.

11
17

18.
21.

23.
30.

25, 26 '"
18.

=,

24
24

Is'

2.ul,

29^ 31,

14.

1.

15.
V. 1.
5.

1.

ii. 2.

2.

iii. 21..

2.

iv. 1 2nd.

6.

2. 1

Gf

2nd, 7.

1.

18.
20.

1.

14a.

12

G ^ LT

Gal.

34

1,42ml

viii.

110

1.

92nd, 10.

2.

14.161st.
162ml, 19.

2.

19

1.

Ei)b.

11

1st,

2.

14.

I2

2<ia.

1.

16.

2.

172nd.

Vii.

19.
232n.l.

''"d,

21.

I.

23

viii. 4.

20

37

I'l-

XV.

12

'rice,

28

indie,
!'

4 i,
15 lit, 27.

16 (No.

1,

i.

L.)

5,

22

111'

13.

Pliilem.

18.

Hcb.

3.

verb,

2.

17.

iv. 11.

1.

16.
V. 1.

1.

8,9.

6.

13, 191', 20, 21,

1.

i.

6.

(jiwicc.

141', 17.
iii. 10.
19.

1st.

Phil.

ii.

15.

<J.

17.

mood.)

6.

1?,

16.

1.

,33.

7,8 2nd.

1.

2.

U, 282nd

V. 5.
15.
26, 27 '"Ice
vi. 3 (2nii

13.
2nd, 25.

51', 0, 13.
8 2nd 10

4,

iii.

1.

^''i,

i.

ii.

2.

12li

172"'i. 19.
iv. 9 2nd.

2"'!,

31.
181-

iii.

10
292nd.

xii. 2, 3''
9.
Cth

171'

Titus

1.

8.
10.

ii

17.

14.

(.).

33.

15.

iv. 81''

17.

i.

xi. 2. 3.

2nd

1.

1(1

23.

15.

13.

182nd.
4 2nd

iii. 1,

1.
1.

1.

16 ix.

1st

17 2nd.
21.
vi. 7.

25

.5

ii.

2.
v. 2,31st, 10

twice.

15.

15.

2.

Com-

123rd.

15.

17.

isi.

xiv. 1

1st

la.-

22twlcc,23.

16!,

19

12it.

122nd, see
22

1.

241".
24 2nil

i. 3.
4.
5 2nd.

2.

182ml.

10.

vi. 19.

2 Tim.

mitted.

11.
twicu

15.

181'

1;.

1.

4.

19,20'"'cc,212>'<i,

12, 13

15.

4 2nd (No. lb,

. 5

1.
2.

15.

iv. 1.

11.

24.

',
Tr

2 2nd.

V. 4.
7, 162ml, 202nd,

14

one, instead of
that nnij man, L
A W.)

18, 20.

1<5,

iii.

iii. 7, S,

10 Is', 13.
15 1'
15 2nd (ovfiei's,

153uil.

8, 9, 15.

7.

&:)rj.

ix. 3.

13"-

Tim.

ii.

5.
1',

,5

12 2nd, i4i;d.
i. 3

16

twice.

1st,

ii.

1',

44tli

4, 10.

3rd,

LTTr A.)

29

r-i'<i,

iii. 1, 2.

16.
23.

1'

2i-<i

'

12.

1.

4.

i.

351.t.

14.

2 1st.
2 2nd

7 2nd & 3rd.

Is'

10.

10

i.

ii.

13, 19.

Is',

11.
12.

1.

xiii. 2,

5 1'
26 21.

15l'(om. G-)

v.

4
Thes.

ist.

6.

14, 15.

xii. 8, 9.

19.

1-i.

iv. 1,

31.

1', 5.

18

1.

iii.

1.

2iul

17.

3 2nd, 4,
12 Is'

2.

12

'ico

ii. 1.

16.

15. 2
1.
3.
7.
2.

1st, 8.
3,
X. 7 2na, 11.
xi. 7.

vii.

2.

1.

2nd.

ix. 2.

9, 15, 16.

vii. 4''.

16

Thes.

2.

13, 1415'.

1st.

7.
vi. 2,
6.

2nd.

1st.

TrAK.)

7.

&

11

_ 142nd.
5

iv. 2, 3, 61st, 8.
9 (oia.

2.

131st.

2.

91st.

ist.

iii. 161st.

12.

16.
viii.

121".

v. 2
6.

1st,

vii. 3, 8, 9 1st
9 ard, u.

1st.

31

1.

3, 4, 8, 12.

152ml, 21.

Slid.

9,18, 28.

i.

1.

16

ii.

20

Col.

1.

11, 12, 14, 15.

29.

1.

iv. 10, 11, 15.

14.

10

2.

Is'.

iii. 8.

2.

10

32.
xvi. 2
1 Cor. i. 5.

2.

9.

14.
161st.

31 1st.
313r.i(om.
.)

1.

3.

iv. 7, 10, 11.

TTr A

11 2nd.
-15.
_ 162nd.
-19.
22, 24, 26 2nd.
28

iii. 5.

141st.

1st,

2, 10.

ii.

4'w'cc

20

1st.

-28.

Trb.)

Li>

23.
ii.

29.

i 0, 25,
26,
29, 31, 34 1st, 38.
x.xi. 21, 22.

26, 27
27 2nd.

172nd.

XV. 4, 6.

34.

25.

12, 14.
15.

S.)

1st.

12, 17, 19,

7,81st.

i.

11.

11U...1.

2nd.

10

10 (om.

xiv. 9.

xix. 4 1"

2 Cor.

9.

i.

103ld.

1st.

31, 32.
xiii. 11 J

19, 38.
xvii. 3 '"ice, 13.
22.

Phil.

6 2nd, 10, 11.

15 1st.
16 Is'.

1.

11, 19.
25- J

24.
39.
svi. .3, 10.
*"!.

_ 16

XX.23

4.

'^^*cc.

LTTr A

17.

xvi. 2.

38.

X. 2, 5, 9 twice.
xi. 7 (No. 16,

XV. 5.

2U ^J

12

1.

6.

IX. a.

xiv. 1 -oi.

isi,

Cor. XV. 50, 58.

2. 1

18, 22.
27, marg. (text,
becaiise.)

xii. 1.

1.

16.
172ncl.

38 1"

X. S4, 42.
xi. 1 2nJ

17.-

12.
vi. 18.

82"J, 14.

vii.

viii. 7.

12.

THA
Heb.

15

ix.

1'

X. 9, 36.
xi. (5i, 13,

3
John
U, 15

U2ml.

-35.

13 l

xii. 273f<>-

',

(.)

Acts

132iid.

13ara.

<-

13 -"h (oi

6,
'tc

i;oii

t/i<it

instead of

lielievc,

may

believe,

TTr A.)
14 (1|15

Ist

A;

J.

16.

18l'M9,20it20
2

John

'!>

4.

5 2nd, 6

John

"rice, 12.

8.

12.
1 Pet.

7 1"

i.

12

1st,

Eev.
18.

12.

i.

6.

ii.

10.
12. 21. 2i.
(No. la,

G^v

iii. 1

Tr

{<.)

7.
91st.

2.

-23.
iii. i;nd4 3rd,

1.

_112,id.

2.

1.
1.

11

be.

John

1st

(No. la,

i*.)

X. e-!

12

2"'', 4.

-"'!,

13.

14, 15.

5, G, 8, 10.
ii. 3, 5, 18 '*'
19 1st
192"<l,21 222"<l

27, 28!

29

xii. 61st.

3, 5, 8.
i.

1st.

3 (No. la,

LTTtA

11, 20.

1st 2nd & 4th.

43rJ (No. la.
A.)

viii.

4l't

i.

iii.

Ig

Tr

TA.)

V. 6.

2Pet.

9.

15, 17.

vi.

9 Slid.
10 2nd.
16 1", 18
iv. 62nd, 11, 13.

xin. 15 1st
15 Slid (om.

xiv. 13 (No. la,

A .)
xvi 12

Tr

'""cc.

14

(oiH.

TTrb

A^.)
xvii. 8 aid (No.

G LTTr A

2,

ti.)

xviii. 41st

iv. 33>

.93rd.

xix. 8, 15, 18lt.

xxii. 14 -nd.

THAT. .COULD.
7rpo5 TO, icifh the inf., in

order

to,

in

order that.
2 Cor.

iii.

13.

THAT...EVETI.
24.
24.
21.

John

29 (i, ichich,
Tr" A K.)
39 (Trni), (i, uJiich, TTr A W)

iv.

8.

,
,

THAT

MAY

REJOICE.

unto, for
a subject OV tlieinC of

.joioiuix,

to me.
Phil.

ii.

16.

IS.

toOto, this thing {this here)

3.

53r<l, 11.

18. 19.

THAT

13,

17, 21.
V. 1 l, 2.

-15.

'ce

10

iv.

THA

I'C-

is.
xix. 4.

THA

774

THAT AV^HICH IS COMELY, AXD

THAT ONE MAY ATTEND

,{^,
UPON.

with a view to,

the thing,
comely, seeuily,

with
view

/ 7rp05,

TO,

and,
evwpoaeSpos, devotedness,
setting diligently by, i.e. assiduous, devoted, Gr L

not, lest

T15,

any.
1 Thes. V. 15.

a
to

n/a

voted

Mutt.

to,

THAT NOT.

(or wait-

ing

1 Cor. vii. 5.
xi. 32. b4.

No.

Luke

ix. 45.

1 Thes.
2 Thes.
1

xxii. 32.

Tit.

that," No.

in order to,

inf.,

with

inf.,

for the sake of.

.)
xxiv. 45.
26.

U twiccj

1.

Rom.

viii. 29.

4.

2 Cot.

vii. 12.

Thes.

1.

1.

2 Thes.

3.

18.

vi. 6.
1

5.

iii.

Heb.

2.

Jas. V. 17.

Pet.

with

xii. 25.

l_out.

John ii.
John 8.

Rev.

25.

1.

vii. 1.

ix. 4, 20.
xi. 6.

xviii.

4'wl<:'>

THAT NO MAN.
in order that,

I'm,

";"

{see

No. 1)

, any

not (see "no," No. 2)

Tt's,

2.

21.

i.

marg

xxiv. 4.
1 Cor. ii. 5.

10.

xii. 10.

14.
14.
12.
xi. 40.

iii. 8.

1.

ii. 5.

iii.

6, 10.

ii.

iv. 13.
iv. 16.
vi. 1.

Philem.
Heb. vi.

xvi. 1.
xviii. 36.
ii.

Tim.

15, 16.

iii.

xii. 40, 46.

Acts

Matt. xxi. 32.

Lukeiv. 29(No.5, GIL

iv.

viii. 10, 31.

xi. 37.

6.

with inf., so tJiat, so as that,

(expressive of event, result, or consequence.)

iii.

ix. 3.
X. 9.

Gal. V. 15.

iv. 15.

7.

5.

x.\i. 8.

John

that,"

in order that.

Rom.

12.

V. 7, 10.

vi. 50.
vii. 23,

Trpos TO, ivith the

Tr

iii.

3.

i.

ii.

vi. 3.

xiii. 18.

the inf., see "

2. Tott, ivith the inf., see "

,
,

vii. 1.

xxiv. 6, 20.
xxvi. -11.

THAT MIGHT.
tvith

tuat NO.
2 Cor.

Mark

1 Cor. vii. 35.

TO,

'

xviii. 10.

on)

[the

see

xii. 16.

Lord.']

cts

THAT NONE.

what is
seemly
and de-

A)

Tr

THA

iVa
2.

one.

see "

Matt. xxiv.

THAT NO."
4.

1,

2 Cor.

2.

Rev.

viii.

20.

xiii. 17.

THAT.. .MIGHT BE.

unto, for.
{Sere,
for salvation.)

ct?,

,
1.

so that,..,

so

")

ci?

that... might

3 be, so that... are

[turned'], that... should be.

THAT NOTHING.
C tm, in order that
1.

Rom.

X. 1.

2 Pet.

2.

i.

-i

,
,

not
anything.

(_Tt,

to be,

2.

1.

21.

THAT MUST.
loith

{see

inf.,

"

tuat

iu order that not,

John

vi. 12.]

Pet.

No. 6)

iv. 17.

THAT... NO.
in order that, (ee") in order
"TiiAT,"iV"o. 1)
[2.) [ that...
no, not, {see "no," No. )
not.

CXva,
J

Acts

iv. 17.

1 Cor. xii. 25.

xvi. 2.

1 Cor. iv. 6.

Kev. XX.

3.

John

vi. 39.

THAT SHOULD.
"

1.

t? TO, ivith inf., see

2.

Tol',

3.

for... to.
1

(
2.

tc'ifh inf.,

see

"that," No.

"that," No.

ivith inf., see "

Luke

i.

this one, Ibis

.17.

a mo,

s,i

John

2.

Acts

ii.

2.

iv. 42.

2.

2.

v. 7.

2.

2.

xxiv. 16.

1.

5.

to be.

4.

2.

6.

G.

that," No.

7^', was about

7.

vi. 71.

X. 47.
xiii. 47.

xxvii.

Bom.

1,

vi. 12.

20.

.
Eom.

1.

4.

1.

6.
xi. 8 '"ic

3.
2.
1.

3. 1

Gal.
Eiih.

2The8.

1.

, 1.

Jas.

2.

Heb.

of the

i.

THAT

17.
12.
ii.

11.

c/ctiiO?,

18.

Luke

EECEIYED

,
,

[up, 7 of [fiis] re) ceiving up.

ix. 51.

2.

THAT... SHOULD BE 8^.

salvation, deliverance.
i.

Matt.

2.

tliat

THAT WAT.
that

l_icai/.J

Luke

way, road.

X. 31.

one here.

1
X.

2.

1.

John

IS

COMMITTED

something delivered down

Acts

ii.

Tim.

vi.

20

(G ~),

(0,G L

something committed

the

in

the

TTj,

C 0,

(
(

H.)

36.

THAT WHICH

], the same,

Tr

to one's fharge, deposit,

xi. 49.

xviii. 13.

1.

THAT SAME DAY.

1

xix. 4.

1.

to one's charge.

19 (ap.)
xxvi. 55.

1.

Luke

TO ONE'S TEUST.

one, that one there.

this one, this

Matt.

1.

xvii. i&.

through or by

71.

THAT SAME.

iVo. 15.

28.

THAT WHICH
1.

, the

2.

Luke

,"

xi. 5.

[Am]

taking

see "

Matt. XV.

THAT... SHOULD BE
UP.

i.

1 Pet. iv. 2.

1.

iii.

1.

1.

xy. 16.

Cor.

7':5

self-same
day.

IS EVIL.

the

Luke

evil.

vi. 45.

Eom.

xii. 9.

day,

J
Luke

THAT WHICH

xxiv. 13.

THAT

SO... MIGHT.

IS

EQUAL.

the

equal thing.
Col. iv. 1.

the inf., see " that,"

ct5 TO, tvitk

Luke

X. 20

(,

so that,

Tr

No.

7.

.)

THAT THING.

\
TovTo, that thing.

Luke

the

evil one.
1

Cor. V. 13.

ix. 21.

THAT GOOD THING AVHTCH

COMMITTED UNTO ME.

,(,
,

THAT WICKED ONE.

C 0,

IS

THAT... WILL.
with

inf., see

" that," No. 6.

Lake

xvii. 1.

the

(0,

good, {see " good,"

No. 2)

something

(Ulivorcd
chargo.

down

to one's

something
coniinittcd
to one's charge, ix L

Tr

),

the
good,
goodly,
or
noble

Acts

deposit.

i.

U.

tuat," No.

xxiii. 20.

THAT
.t,

2 Tim.

THAT AVOULD.
2cith inf., see "

(and)

and.
1

Cor. xiv. 27.

6.

THA
THAT
1.
-J

WITH

IS

,
,

OS,

2.

Matt.

1.

X. 38.

1.

xii. 3, 30.

1.

2.
vi. 4.

v\\\.i^>((ri)v,

oi

(, L

in association

icitii,

Tr

(Ace. fem.

this, this here.

in con-

junction with, instead

3.

t^.)

Tit.iii. 15.

1.

,
',
,
,

fixed, or he left indefinite.)

Luke

i. 36.
V. 40.
ix. 40.

1.

4.

(G-en. pi.

of

(neut.

of

^?Z.

these things here.

THAT
(

, but.

(now)

5.

but

( TO, this, )

Matt.

} this.
iv. 9.

THAT

1.

voice.

1.

3,

iii.

viii. 8,

word.

XV. 9,

command-

)
)

,
\

not,

>

Mark

ness,

house.

ii. 1,

vii.

1.
1.

ments.

THAT

Luke

ii.

see above.
Acts

THAT

78,

i.

dayspring.

9, angel.
12, babe.

vi.

xxii. 17, cup (insert art. L.)

transgres37,

(the same)

Acts

V. 19, >

X.

54, heart.

angel.
pricks (.)
centurion.
22,

viii. 26,

THAT
f

as, SO as,

how,
" that,"

( art, that, (see

M.

how

2) j that.

ii,

tiles,

2 Cor.

V. 19.

law

12 twice, law.
4 timei,

law

i,

'.

AcconniNa, after, because,

liKFORE, CONCERNING, FOAM, FOIi,
HOW, IF, IN, INSOMUCH, LKST,
MUST, PLACE, SEEING, SO, TIME,
WAT.

also,

SfJ,

John

temple.
unclean.

4. Gill. ii. 18, things.

v. 17, things.
4.
1. 1 Tim. V. 11, younger.

gen-

law

1.
1.

See

17,

xi. 13, apostles.

15, niiuifiters.

=x^vi:i:}-^ei.
Rom.

spiritual, fol-

vi. 16twicc,

ix. 5,

(to wit)

mem-

lowing rock.)
16 twice, communion.
xii. 15 t'fic^ hand,
eye.
XV. 47, earth.
2 Cor. iii. 3, epistle.

38,livelyoracles.

viii. 25.

twice,

temple.
that rock
4,

(lit.

vii.35,r'^Kel.

John

15

member.
19,

sors.
xiiv. 21.

wliatever.

election.

bers,

elders.

vii. 3,

xxi. 25 (ap.)

xi. 5,

xiii. 4, minister.
1.
1. 1 Cor. ii. 14, naturaV.
iii. 16, temple.

angels.

xii. 25,

(save oxly that)

14, of... law.

ix. 22, vessels.
23, vessels.

1.

command-

7,

Jews,

31, void.. law.

iv. 13, righteous

Mark
vi. 5.

these, or

27, by.. .law.

30, angels.
xxviii. 2, angel.
i. 45, city.

except.
^

their.

28 '"'CO,
Gentiles.

1.

G~Tr

xxii. 7 {om.

A.)
<

of outos)

Rom.ui.20'^i<:.deede,
law.
21, without...
law.

1.

ments.

(save)

sing,

that, that there.

20, ^ ^,
j^'^^^l13.

i.

ii.

Eph.

English

word should have a or an pre-

lish

are) Avith.

(The

given.

loord is that tohich thetoord "the"

In each case such Engprecedes.

^ the one, {or in

with, (in osso- Vj)!., those ioJi

Mark

1.

2.

passages

(he, they, etc.)

he who.

2.

THE

the,

elation with)

(_

776

3^

Hob.

i.

6,

angels,

brethren.

The Greek article is sometimes translated by a or

AN (which, see.) Generally it is translated by
THE or some other word. Frequently it is unIt was intended to present in the
Appendix a list of these passages (us mentioned
on page 17), but the use of Rotbcrham's Ni(

translated.

Testament Criticallii /JmpiuMiwcl (hiigster's) or

Newberry's Ncui Testament (Bagster's) will indicate every such occurrence by special sign
used in the text.

THE.
The Englisli word "the" is generally

Sec

also,

heart, same,

translation of the definite

article (, y), to) in the Grreek. But
not necessarily so.
Frequently
(partly arising from dilTerence of

idiom) the word "the" has no

equivalent in the Greek.
Indicates the absence of the article
in the Greek in the few selected

etc.,

selfsame,

SAID.

the

THEATEE.

public spectacles
the place whore
dramatic performances took ])lace,
and Avhore the public assembled
on other occasions to hear bar-

place of

hence,

theatre,

THE

777

angues and hold public consul-

THE

3.

Luke

1.

tations, (occ. 1 Cor.

Acts

iv.

9.)

xix. 19, 31.

59.
xiii. 31.
xiv. 9, 10
10 2"d.

3.
2.

THEE.

2.

1.

ti'ords,

see beloiv.)

thou) of thcc, lut

translated thee, (the Gen. case
being governed hg some verh or pre-

(Gen. of

position.)
2.

,
of ,

4.

Matt.

6.

1.

13.
14.

3.

ii.

Matt. xxvi.

62.
C3, 68, 73.

xxvii. 13.

1.

1''

iv.

Mark

i.

2>"1

(oiii.

2.

25

{.
2.

3.
2.
2.
3.

(-

2" J

(om.
to thee, G),
towards tliee,

,
(,

.242nd.

Rom.

1.

G L

ix. 17it.

17 2nd,

18.

xviii. 11, 28.

3.

xi. 18.

12.

xix. 2, 22, 43

3.

21.

it.

s'i.

2.

43

3.

433rd *4th^ 441st.

2.

4-1

2nd

2.

XX. 2.

1.
2.

xiii. 32, 33.

34.

3.

Gal.

i.48^w'cc,50''>'"

26.
iv. 10.
vi. 30.
vii. 20.

2.
3.

10

viii.

Tr A.)

1.

GL

vi. 3.

Pbil. iv. 3.
1

Tim.

11

1.
2.

23, 25.
xii. 38.
47.
xiv. 28.
xvii. 27.
iviii. 8 1

16.
vi. 13.

(,

2 Tim.

Luke

i.

19

1.
3.

28.

35
35

ii. 7.

21.

Tit. i.5l.

5Snd.

3.

Ti-mb A N.)
15 2n(l*3rd.
l(;(No. 4, T.)
29, 32.

Xi.
xix. 27.
XX. 13.
xxi. 19.

15, 16. 17, 18, 20,

2"-i.

,
A

Acts

5, 9.

1.

12.

ii.

V. 5.

22, 23.
2.

Tr

Heb.
xxi. 3.

3.

3>-d

iii. 6.

xiii.

V. 9.

.Tns.

18.

ii.

3.

vi. 27, 34, 35.

2 .lohn

{G^Lb),

2.

vii.

[of thee,

2.

viii. 20, 22.

N.)

48.
22.

10 irt.
10 2nd, 11, 34,

ix.

3.
2.

:}.

1.

Judo

9.

Rev.

ii.

14, 20.

{tip.)

2.

3.3 3>.d.

3.

xi. 14.

3.

xiii.

n,.t?,

iii. 3 1" (om.

- L
on thtc,
Trt>A.)
3 2nd,

<,

8.
17.

9, 10, 16.

18.
iv. 1.
xii. 17.

XV. 4 1" (om.

LTTrA.)

xxv.'21, 23, 24,37,

.IS, :\9 twice,

4.

10.

19, 22 1't.
22 2"d.
13 it

1.

13.

34.

3.

3.

.5,

John 3.
14 twice.

.U.

1.

2.

Utwicr.
5 twice.

vi.

12, 15.
7.

10,18,23.

iv. 6.

15.

ii.

1.

fK

iii.

thee,

15.

iii.

Pbilem.

1'.

35

ii.

15 l(om.

twice.

61't.
6 2nd.

igsnd.

(oiii.

9 2nd,
9 3nl.

4.

13.

3.
2.

I.Otl,

3.

i.

iv. 11.

1.

!.

21
K.)

Tr

xi. 8.

43, 45, 47.

X. 28.
49, 52.
xi. 14.

2.

8 "'l.
8 3rJ.

14.

iv. 14.

X. 33.
(oiii.

3, 18.

i.

iii.

(aj).),

1.

22.

8.
V. 14.

iii.

Eph.

(ap.)

xiv. 31 I't.
31 2nd.
60.
XV. 4.

3.

5 (No.
W.)

xi. 2lt

2 2nd.

iii.

2.

10 (om.

viii.

2 Cor.

6t.

Johu

22.
xv: 3.
1 Cor. iv. 7.

iii.

3.

21, 22.

4, 27.

ii.

iv. 17.

TrA.)

3.
l.

G::L

(om.

.)

16, 17 <"'-, 24.

xxvii. 2lli.

2.

2 (om.

2i>,

lt.

3.

aijninst

32.
V. 7. 19. 31, 34.
vi. 22, 23.
ix. 17.

2.

32

Tr

tU <,

iii.

3.

viii. 19.

xxvi. 2.

S.)

3.

i, 6, 18, 23.

XXV. 26.

9(No.l,GTTr

2.

TrA

3.

(.)

19.
25.

Lx. 37.

24 snd, 37.
ii. 5 (G --v),
A W.)

3.

4.

_3l.L

TTr A.)
3.

with)

fhee,

deliver

lit,

i"t.

xvii. 3 (om.
aqitinxt thee,

.3.

and see
(wlmt bave we to do
2i

GTTr

ix.

before thee,

GLTTA^<.)

9.

V. 23.
25 1"

xvi. 2.

2.

thyself.

iii.

1.

3.

3.

thee) thee, (see

(Ace.
7;nder No. 1.)
Followed by inf.,
thee... that those.

2.

18, 19.
XV. 18.
29.

thou) to or for

(Dat. of

thee, (see above.)

3.

3.

s.

xxii. 19, 21.

xxiii. 18, 20.
21.
30lt
302n'>, 35.

12 I't.
12 2-, 14.

3.

{For various combinations with other

Acts

xi. 36.

xii. 20.
58 3 time.

3.
2.
2.

u.

xxvi. aa, 35 l"

35><.

:$

..

xvii. 7.
xriii. 14.

223iinic,23tic,
rri. 9.

THE
THEE

778

THEE

(be it fae feom)

9,8,

"^

merciful, piti-

(or

may God

deo?,

be,

[in accordance
to thee,
)
with the Heb. idiom (Xxx.for nb^n,
1 Chron.
2 Sam. XX. 20 xxiii. 17

THEE

{Ont.

thee,Gcoa

GrO(\.\)Q pitiful to

Matt. xvi.

',

/,

Acts

Eev.

Tr

[A

(in passages

2.

xiv. 15 (om.

G L

20.

(to)

thee) to or for thee,

not quoted, "

is

the

translation

'preposition in the Greek.)

"

{or

of a

Mark

,,

theft,

i.

24.

34.

(-S.)

ly stealth,

{as

dis-

1.

the thing stolen a theft,

{non occ.)
Matt. XV. 19.
1. Mark vii. 22.
;

2.

(of)

Philem.

viii. 29.

tinguished from force); (Ixx, for

Gen. xl. 15), {non occ.)
inf. of

(.)

sii. 9.

to thee.

THEFT

1.

.)

thee) of thee.

THEE

xiv. 9.

t<.)

TrAt^.)

viii. 28.

4.

to US

Xuke iv.

V. 10.
is.

2 Cor.

ii.

and

Matt.

(Acc),

xxii. 10.
xxvi. 14.

THEE

Luke

ix. .33.

Jolin

"rxTo"

45

LTTrA

47 iae, ihee,

Luke

43 ( (Ace.), ihee,
Tr
H.)

{Oat. of

ix.

ihee,

{Gen. of

Luke

(what have we to do with)

what

,
,

TL,

Mai-k

1 Cor. xii. 21.

me

THEE

22.

Mark

to do with)

and
John

thee) to or for thee.

V. 29,30.
xi. 24.
xiv. 4.
xvii. 4.
xviii. 8. 9,
xxvi. 17.
V. 19.
vi. 18.
ix. 5.

Koi,

to thee.
Mark v. 7.

(for)

Matt.

to

/xoi,

^,

(Li passages not quoted, "foe" is the

translation of a preposition in the
Greek.)

(what hate

what

10.)
forbid.]

!?

xi.

C must be understood

f ul,

THE

Eev. ix.21.

THE

Rom.

xvi. 4, 18.
ph. V. -28.
Phil. ii. 21.
2 Thes. iii. 12.

2.
i:.

2.
2.

Jude

l.',

THEM

Heb.

Matt, xxvii. 35

SELVES.

1.

2.

()

,,

3.

own

\Joii()ing.^

Tr M.)

unto ihetn,

4.
5.

(went)

to go away fi'om one place

to another, to go away, depart.
Here,
Avent off.

2.

caxn

,
,
-,

5.

1.

2.

,
',

one

j)!-

pi.

1.

2.
2.

and

xiii. 11.

XV.

30.

XX.

4.

XXV.

Mark

ii.

of

of

these,

Acts

3.

(.)

xviii.

Rom.

3. 1

Cor.

viii.

30

X. 11.
xvi. 3.
3.
5. 1 Tim. iv. 15.
3. Heb. ii. 15.

C.

I.

h: AH)

xiii.

th(3*,
t.

Juhu

14 (avTaU, in

X. 25.

35.

1.

1.

1.

marg. (text,

xxvi. 31.
xxviii. 4, 25.

4.

29.

3.

34.
X. 26.
xi. 31.

3.

7.

4.

Kom.

i.

24 (No.

7,

TTr A.)
ii.

iv. 36.

Cor.

xvi. 15.

1.

2 Cor. x. 12
Ej)h. iv. 19.

1.

49.

2.

xviii. 9.

1.

XX. 5.
14 (No. 4,

1.

6.
1.

(text,

3 time.

PhU. u. 3.
Tim. ii. 9.

vi. 10.

Heb.

1. 1

ix. 2:5.

Pet.

iii. 5.
12.
19 (oin. S

Judo

1.

(No.

marg.

X. 12.

1.

vii. 30.

Tr

15.

ciiiodu'i.)

dill

3. 1

Tr

8,
1.

Rev.

z:

8,

K.)

vi. 15.
viii.

1.

6 (No.

TH.)
xix. 17, see Gather

xi. 55.

THEY THEMSELVES.

"".
1.

avroi, tliey,

uiTot',
r

'

1.

here,
John xviii.

2.

Acts xiiv.

(>, thcff,
LTTrA
)

'

tliesc,

2 "'".

them.

tlu'm,

vi. 7.

iv.

Ilcv. X.

xvi. 37.
xxiii. 12, 21.

5.

4.

vii. .{5.

1.

4.

see Assem-

XV. 32.

5.

10.
16,

xxii. 2.3.
xxiii. 12

to

iv. 15.
xi. 26,

ble.

Tr A S.)
John vi. hi.

13.

4.

viii. 14.

xvi. 13.
X. 35.

Acts

see Gather.

20.

of

vi. 4.

iv. 11.

Luke

7.
4.
4.

12.
25, 38.
8.

I'J.

xxi. 23.
24.

3.

3.

19

1.

2.

1.

1.

xvi. 17.
xvii. 13.
xix. 24.

AW.)

neut. Oat. pi.

xi. 5^,

xii. 19.

4.

ix. 8.

Luke

these,

0UT09)

2.
1.

ii.

John

1.

7.

xiv. 4.
XV. 31.
xvi. 3.

{tilings) here.
(inciac.

4.

15.

them.)

Here, pL.

(fem. Oat. pi. of

or for or in these, these hero.

Matt.

(Acc.pl.) them.

36, 51.
viii. 16.

ouTosj to or for these, these here.

G.

(Dat. pi.) to or for them,

iv. 17.

(^;erso6) here.

these

each other, one another.

ix. 3.

.\ii.

(neuf.

Oat.) to or for them-

(pi.

,
',
Mark

themselves.
(Ace.

Gen.) themselves, their

(pi.

(pi.) them,

xxii. 5.

that, that

these

4.

selves.

,
,
,

those, those there.

',i.

own

xiv.
xvi.
xix.
xxi.

generally the translation

of ai'Tos, (and is always emphatic)
in those passages \vhich are not
quoted below.

cVcivo?,

(Ace. pi.) themselves, their

selves.

19

1.

combinations with other

own

vi. 30,

TuEM "

xix. 24.

u'ords, see below.)

Matt.

\.
"

John

(Ace. sing.) them.

THEIE AVATS

Matt.

(<ip.)

selves.

unto their

(among)

themselves.

THEMSELVES.

viii. 5.

towards,
themselves,

rs. 10 (n-pb?

THEM
among

(^For various

OWN HOME

( Trpos,

X. 16.

16.

themselves.
2 Cor.

John

xii. 10.

OWN

ALSO,

13.

to them.

to them,

THEIE
John

V.i.

xii. 10.

that vhich
seemed [f/ood']

seem

THEIE

ii.

Judo

THE

18.

TOu, the,

2 Pet.

2.

PLEASUEE.

THEIE

Hcb.

1.
1.

2.

80K0VV, to

1.

779

28.
15.
1.

,,

these
1.
|

.1

these
themselves.

vi. 13.

1.1 Thos

2 Pet.

ii.

19.

9.

THE

THEMSELVES

780

THE

',

(among)

among

{Dat. pi.) to, for, unto,

or upon, themselves.

and, also, even.

re,

and, both, {simply

aimexing)
(
and... also.
and, also,
C
30, even, ^

8.
2 Cor. X. 12.

(uniting')

THEMSELA^ES
1

Tim.

(for)

9. re,

vi. 19.

10.

THEMSELVES ()
Eom.
1

2 Tim. iv.

xiii. 2.

Tim.

iii.

Heb.

13.

vi.

3.

and, {simply annexing.)

, but

although
onay he sometimes translated and, then, now, or
so, yet there is always a degree of
op>position and interruption.
;

11. Xolttov, henceforward, finally.

THEMSELVES
Eom.

ii.

(unto)
2 Cor. V. 15.

14.

1 Pet.

i.

12.

THEMSELVES
Pet.

THEN.
Adverbs
1.

2.
3.

,
cTra,

ii.

[adv.

(upon)

not so then, therefore then.

Here, "and yet thou, {emph.) art
not a King?'" or " thoii, art then
a King ? " {^lon occ.)

12. ovKovv,

indeed now, {drawing an

and used lohere one proceeds with an inference.)

13. TOLvvv,

1,

inference,

and

conj.]
i. 7, 16, 17.
iii. 5, 13, 15.
11.
iv. 1. 5,
V. 24.
vii. 5.
11.

then, at that time.

then, afterwards, after that.

7,

2, ^v^fh

(JV^o.

upon, pre-

therefore, then, marJcing the

formal or logiccd inference ; used
in arguing, exhortation, interrogation, to resume an interrupted
si(bject, and to indicate onere transition from one thing to another.

4. ovv,

(a) toith /xcV, (indeed)

deed, then truly.

5. apa,

upfiyf,

U.

6,

x. 8, see So.

15,

29,

yt,

indeed, stf-

j^a-<?/^/)accordinglyindeed(io?-/?ew/-

phatic than No. 5); since at least,

well then
[yc strengthens the assums up the
sertion,
;

premisses on which

it is

made.]

31 (om.

xi.

Tr

A.)
xiv. 14,21,26, 27.

XV. 12.
xvi. 19, sec So.

Luke

iii. 7,

10.

V. 35.

9 (No. 10,

vi.

Tr

.)
42.
vii. 31.
viii. 12.

37 (G--V), (No.

X.

10,

GLTTr A

S\)

xi. 13.

26.
xii. 26.

42.

15 (No. 10,

xiii.

TTr A

W.)

26.
xiv. 10, 21.
xvi. 7.
.xix. 1.5.

XX. 5 (om.

xxi. 1.

TTrA

25.
xxii. 8, 13, 15, 21.
43, 45.
xxiii. 1,
xxiv. 9, 10, 14, 16,

G-

.)

17.

xxi. 10, 20, 21, 27.

xxii. 36 (No. lit,

Tr.)

21,23, 30 '',40.
xxiii.

k5.

John

31, 34,

37,

41,

21.

i.

22 (om. L.)
25.

44,4.5.

xxvi.

.30.

xxiv. 45.

1, 7.

24.

), icifh

5 (No.7,G^L
W.)

vii.

20.
xii. 12.
13. 22.
26.
28.
29, 38, 44, 45.
xiii. 26.
27, 28.
36, 43.
lie.
52, see
56.
XV. 1, 12, 28.
xvi. 12, 20, 24, 27.
xvii. 10.
13, 19.
26.
xviii. 21, 32.
xix. 7.
13.
25.

XXV.

(^.

(No.

t*.)

TTr A

-27.
XX. 20.

that.
6.

iv. 28.

therefore in-

accordingly, tlicrcfore, consequently thence, since, (according to nature and custom) marJcing
a correspondence in point of fact
(ergo); and a transition to what
oiaturallg follou's from tlie words
preceding; still further, beyond

Tr

viii. 26.

-ix.
37.

20.

ii.

31

23.
-

fixed) thereupon, afterwards, next.

Conjunctions

Mark

Matt.

14, 31, 36,

38, Vy, 50, 52.
.3,

51.
.Vi, 65, G7. 74.
xxvii. 3, 9, 13, 16.
22.
26, 27, 38, 58.
xxviii. 10.

ii.

10 {om.

''.)

L'

iii.

iv.

20.
25.

5,9, 11,28.
{om. G L

.30

TrA.)
35, see

(and)

THE
4.

John

45, 48, 52.

iv.

(.)

V.

.)

19.

5,14,21,28,30.

vi.

THE

4.

G-LbT

12(om.

> A

781

Heb.

-42(.'C>', iioir.TTr
A), i.e. tluit he not
stead of t/uiii that he.

3.

4a.

ix. 1.

13.
3.

1.

X. 7,9.
xii. 8.

4. 1

Jaa.

13.

i.

ii.

Tr A

vii. 27.

1.
2.

34. 41.

Jas.

7.

iv. 14.

5.

32(ot. Gr)

14.

ii.

4.

iv. 14.

Pet. iv.
2 Pet. iii.
(that)

1.

Bee

6,

was

11.

4.

ii. 2.

r:

G L

[TrA.)

17.

iii.

3.

26.
15.

4 (om.
W.)
24 (om.

THEN

53, 67.

68 (om.

GL

Tr

HE.

At*.)
6 (om. Gr:

vii.

i<.)

10.
11. 25, 28, 30, 33,
35, 45.

47 (om.
viii.

Matt.

TAW.)

4.

21,

4.

12,

I'J,

22, 25, 28 1".

28 -d.

4&1.

A
-

W.)
52 (om.

GL
L Tr

7.
4.

AH.)

4.

57 59.

TrA

15, 19, 2t.

4.

Cor.

X. 7. 24.

31

1.

-xi. 7.

& 4.

V. 10, see

vi. 4.

xii. 1, 3, 4, 7.

xiii. 6, 14.

3_

16.
28, 35.

from that

r:

Tr

3,

7,

6,

place.

13,
14.
16,
18.
24.
28.
29.

10,

:::)

L''.)

33.
37.

Cor.

see Not.

iii!

G ^ Li>

THENCE

xviii. 7.
18, see Sail.

(and;

xiv. 26.

Acts xx.

15.

12.

sec So.

18.

Mark

1.

Acts

'

5.
7.

xxi. 5, 9.

iii. 9,

see So.

19, 21.
29.

1.

G L

iv. 8.

15.
29.

4.
1

1.

3.

Phil.

vi. 11.

4.

Col.

18,

I.

Thcs.

ix. 31.

46.48.
IH (No. r,, L
[ye] A.)
S),

iv. 1.

17.

x. 23.

V. 3.

2 Thes.
1

Tim.

ii.

ii.

'2.

1.

8.
13.

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

4.

see above.

xxi.

xxvU.

xxviii. 15.

12 {iKtlOtv, thence.

THENCE

see What.

iii. 1.

Acts

THENCE ALSO.

v. 15.
i.

vii. 4.

xi. 17.

4.

Eph.

V. 26.

viii. 17.

Acts XXVU.

31, sec So.

11.

1.

4.

x. 1.
vii. 4.

Acts

iv. 7.

from)

(.iND

KUKet^er, see above.

21.

4.

THENCE

Now

i.

5.

Acts

and thence, from that pLace

ii.

Gal.

3.

41.

19 (om.

KaKiWev,

xii. 10.

1.

3.

ii.

i.

iv. 43.

xi. 54.

[TrA.)

also.

vi. 1.

8.

12.

Mark

Acts

20, see

13 (om.

Lm

John

xiv. 13.
XV. 21.
xix. 15.

.:

see Not.

iv. 12,
V. 14.

5.

i.

Go.

ix. 4.

xii. 59.

54_
4. 2

.)

Luke

xii. 9.
xiii. 53.

XV. 5.
7 (No. 3,
.)

29.

31 (om.

ix. 30.
X. 11, see

ix. 27.

10 (om.
W.)

vi. 11.

11,12. 16,17,19,27.

28(om.

Mark

v. 26.

xi. 1.

3,

xiv. 15, 26.

(om.

xviii.

Matt.

see So.

28 (No.

xiii.

27, 30.
xvi. 17.

Tr

iv. 35.

THENCE.

LTTr A

Trb A.)

Acts

John

For.

18.
19_

i.x.

xii.

22

(AND)

15.

vii. 38,

32, 36, 41, 45, 47, 53,

6.

ami.

iKUOeu, thence,

TrAt*.)

14 {om. Lb.)
"
16,17,20,21,31,

4.

iii.

THEN

iv. 5.

[.)

12.

4.

1.

Ti-b

(om.

30

see So.

7,

4.

2 Pet.

iii. 5.

AH.)
4.

Ctiiat)

then.

xiv. 16.

4.

(/. G L Tr

28

To're,

xi. 1. 5, 7, 11, 19.

4.

AVAS

the,

0,

see So.

17,

>.)

So.

21.
25. see So.
viii. 17.
31.
ix. 14, 19,
X. 14.

4.

(om.

12

is.

vii. 3, see
7, 13.

G-L

Tr At*.)

Tr

21.

48 (om.

THEN

vi. 1, 15.

4.

31.

41 (om.

xiii. 52.

iv. 1, 9, 10.
V. 9.

Tr

.)

(fhom;

see " TiiESCE."

whence.

Matt.

iv. 21.

ix. 9.
xii. 15.

XV. 29.

Mark

vi. 1.

1.
1.

1.

1.

2.

Mark vii. 24.

Luke xvi. 26.
Act.s xiii. 4.
xvi. 12.
xxviii. 13.

THE

782

THENCE FOETH.
en, yet,

still

any longer.

Matt.

V. 13.

THENCEFOETH

I
(^

1.

(fkom)

from

K,

this.

John

xis. 12.

THEEE.
there, in that place.

1.

cKci,

2.

thither, to that i^lace,

(non

occ.)

3.

thence, from that place.

in

therein.

4.

Iv, in,

5.

ej'^ttSe,

6.

avTov, {adv.

it,

here, in this place.

ofplace) here,

this or that place;

Ex. xxiv. 14

Numb,

xxxii.

Numb.
6

2 Sam. XX. 4), {occ.

7.

,,

to

lie,

to

t ere,

{Ixx.for iiD,
xxii. 19, nD,

Deut. v. 31
Matt. xxvi. 36.)

be

Sere

laid.

fart., laid.

8.

,
Matt.

hither, here, in this place.

V.

2:J,

Luke

15.

ii. 1.3.

see

(and)

xiii. 28.

XV. 13.

2i.
vi. 21.
viii. 12.
xii. 45.

xvii. 21, 23.

xxii. 12.
xxiii. 33.

xxiv. 18.

John

xiii. 12, 50, 58.

xiv. 23.
XV. 29.

ii.

iii.

1, 6, 12.
22, 23.

xviii. 20.

iv. 6, 40.
V. 5.

xix. 2.

vi. 3, 22, 24.

xy.i. 17.

X. 40, 42.
xi. 15, 31.
54, see

xxii. II, 13.

xxiv. 23.
28, 51.
XXV. 30.
x.xvi. 71.

xxvii.

(and)

xii. 2, 9, 20.

xix. 42,
xxi. 9.

30, 47,

55.

Acts

ix. .33,

ei.

xxviii. 7.
10,

Mark

i.

see

13 (om.

X. 18.

(and)

GL

.)
35, Bee
38, see
ii.6.

xii. 13.

rnarg. see

Hearken.
xiv. 7, see

(and)
also.

28 (0/.

TrA

(and)

G L

a..)

XV. 33, see Tarry.

iii. 1.

V. 11.

vi. 5, 10.
xi. 5.
xiii. 21.
xiv. 15.
xvi. 7.

Luke

ii.

6.

vi. C.
viii. 32.

ix. 4.
X. 6.
xi. 20.
xii. 18. 3^t.

xvi. 1.
xvii. 14.
21, see
xviii. 19

(be)

(No.

1,

Tl-n H.)
2.3,

see Time.

six. 21.
XX. 13.
22.
rxi. 3.
4.

xxii. h,
10, see

(and)

THE

783

THEREFOEE.
1.

or formal inference.)

logical

"," No.

(a) toith

f,

this

account,

or inducement of ivhat
has heen previously ajftrmed.)

because of,
for the sake of,

here,
(jnar Icing the
J
reason of an action, not the instrument.)

explanation, as the case stands

{expressing more than the Eng.
for, inasmuch as it includes the
cause, reason, motive, principle,

indeed.

on accounts on

TovTo, this, this

(^

4.

,,

See

14. yap, {contr. of ye apa, verily, therefore); hence, the fact is, in fact;
a}id lohen the fact is given as an

4.

of,

J
)

3.

{marking the

ovv, therefore, then,

THE

occasion,

15. o, but, {see "

that, for

17. J

',

by con-

sequence,

consequently, thence,
since, i.e. according to nature and
custom, {marking a correspondence
171 point offact, and a transition to
what naturally follows from the
loords preceding) still
further,

Matt.

8, 10.
V. 19, 23, 48.

1.

vi. 2, 8, 9, 22, 23.

2.

25.
31, 34.
vii. 12, 21.
ix. 38.
X. IG, 26, 31, 32.
xii. 27.
xiii. 13.
18, 40.
52.
xiv. 2.
xviii. 4.
23.
26.
six. 6.
27.
xsi. 40.

1.

therefore.
( ovv, see
1, ) {ovv marking the
logical inference, and apa the harmony that exists between the premisses
and conclusion.)

so,

5, 7

unto, with^
j
.i
^ .^i"^^^ *.
respect to a
*^f
with a view
to
certain result, f

^
.

this result.

TOVTO, this,
,

9.

irapa, to

or along

therefore

the
side of,
{with idea of
comparison)

'

{loith the
notion of consequence.)

TOVTO, this,

1.
1.

8.

LbTTri-A
Mark i. 38.
viii. 38.

X. 9.
xi. 24.

,
(

13.

<

wh'ch,

in return for

N.)

20(No.l5,LTr
AN.)
22.

John

31.

i.

iii.

29.

iv. 1, 6, 33.
v. 10.

18.

(om.

45 (om.
{om.

Tr A

L^

G Lb
G L

N.)
52, 60.
65.

.)
G -

vii. 3.

viii. 13, 24, 36.

G - Lb

ix. 7, 8, 10, 16.

Trb

27 (om.

47.

37 (om.

TTr AN.)
i.

iii.

41 (om.

35.
8, 9.

iv. 7.
_

Vi

Tr

(tri

36 (om.

/or

:i

L'>

19 (om.
N.)

G-L

xi.

3,

6,

o3,

38,

54.
xii. 9, 17, 19, 21.

viii. 18.
2 I't

(No. 15,

40.

xi. 19.

TrA

G ~ LTTr A.)
Tr

=:

39 (om.TrbAb.)

K.)

S"'i,

X. 17.

vii. 42.

.)
23.

/, LTTr A .)

wliicli tilings,

because.

36 (No. 15,

xxiii. 16.

4.3

X.

iui^tcad of, )
for,
^

Tr

.)

Tr

.)

vi.

other, otherwise, but

but
the contrary, but still, yet.

(^,

xiii. 35.

fore then.

on

29, 33, 4t.

xxi. 8( om.

AN.)

24.

Luke

by certain consequence, where-

XV. 28 (No. 15,

N.)

xvi. 11, 27.

xix. 12.
XX. 15.
25.

.)

9 (om.
23 (om.

11. Toiyapuvv, consequently, therefore,

12.

xiv. 20.

TTr A

vi. 1.3, 15, 21, .30.

.)

10. TOLvvv,

ence.)

Tr

TrA.)

1.
2.

1.

40'(om.
xiii. 14.

16,

vi. 14.

14.

xii.

Tr

AN.)

28.

ii.

3.

1.

Lb

22.

14.

7.

1.

3.

A.)

4;3.

Tr

surely now, indeed now,

{drawing an inference, and used
lohere one j)^Oceeds with an infer-

49.

7 (om.

xxii. 9, 17, 21, 28.

xxiii. 3.
(op.)
20.
15, 42.
44.
XXV. 13, 27, 28.
xxvii. 17, 64.
xxviii. 19 (om. G->

1.

xi. 35, 36.

xu.

!.

14

xxiv.

SO that, expressing the result.

CIS,

iii.

that.

No.
No.

Mark

1.

1.

(a) apa, {interrogative.)

C apa, see

and... also.

and, also, even,

{uniting)

apa, accordingly, therefore,

beyond

10.)

means.

all

annexing)

this reason that.

5.

by

and, both, (sm^Zy'

re,

on which account, wherefore,

on account of this or

then," No.

IG. );, truly, indeed,

31 (om.
N.)

G-LT

29 (om. Lb Trb.)

5.
39.

xiii. 11.

24,

31

G.)
XV. 18.

(om. St

THE
2.

John

2 Cor.

XV. 19.

13

31 (om.

Tr

GL

Tr

AS.)
11.

24

is. 5.

xi. 15.
xii. 9.

xxi. 6, 7.

la.Acts

ii.

1.

Gal.

26.
30, 33, 36.
19.

1.

iii.

la.

viii. 4.

29

-'"1,

32,

Eph.

la.

xiv. 3.
XV. 2

(No.

36.
xvii. 12, 17.
20, 23.
xix. 32.

XX. 28 (oi.

Col.

24.

1.

Lb

3. 1

7.

(-

GL

ovv

10.
21.

{om.

viii. 1.

.)

12.

Pliilem. 15.

12.

is. 18.
xi. 22.
xii. 1.

Heb.

V. 7

TrA

ts

11, 16.

(^

2.
'^'

G L

Jae.

(^

(^

1 Pet.

8.

la.

vi. 7.

16.

15.

20.
vii. 8.

1.

viii. 4.

10.

ix. 26.

ii. 7.

X. 31.
li. 20.
xii. 16.
xiv. 11, 23.
IV. 11.

,
Matt.

:i.

Luke
1.

1.5,

58.

xvi. 11, 18.

Eev.

ii.

")

[upon,

>

go on

board.

to

make

6.

it.

it.

I
3. John iv. 12.
.i.
vi. 50.
xxii. 16.
vi. 20, mart;, (text, therein.)
|

Eph.

5.

3 'wl, 19.

vii. 15.
xii. 12.

iviii. 8.

C eVt,

8.

iii.

(put)

make go

THEEEON.

.)

iv. 5.

John

xii. 12.

xii. 36.

17.

iii.

iii. 1.

1.

Eev, xxi. 22.

it.

IJohnii. 24(om,G::L

TTrA

X. 6 "i times.
xi. 1.

out of

2.

iv. 7.
V. 6.

2 Pet.

l!

about, concern iug,

',

C ii,
i$,

iv. 4, 7, 17.

V. 7.

M.;

3.

it.

i'^;

15.
(oiii.

i.

in

Trepl,

11.

xiii. 13.

.;.

20.
10.

ii.

iii.

Eev.

THEEEINTO.
into

( iv,

x. 19. 35.
xi. 12.

to

G -

iv. 6.

THEEEOF.

ix. 23.

Jnarg

Liike xxi. 21.

9.

vii.

1.

into

vi. 1.

xiv. 8, 13.
19.
XV. 17, 28.
xvi. 19.
7. 1 Cor. iii. 21.
iv.

G L

ii. 1.

M.)

7, 10, 12,

2 Pet.

Acts xxvii.

iv. 1, 6.

xiii. 2.

1.

vii. 24.

9.

i.

4.

1.

17.

20(Gr-),(No.l2,

Heb.

it,

LTTr A>i.)

Gc.

V. 1.
18.

7.

thoii, tlwre
fore endure hardness,

^.)

22.

15,

take thij share in

hardnhip, iu-

sufferinij

Bteail of

1.

1.

vi. 2.

Cor.

20,

2.
1.

17.

i.

vi.

Phil. i. 18.
Col. ii. 7 (om.
Tr Ai> W.)

THEEEIN

1.

and see

,
,

15.
8.

8.

i.

ii.

iv. 16.

1,

Kom.

1.

V. 14.

28 (No. 14,

Tr

1.

5, 12.
iii.

ii. 1,

2 Tim.

ii. 1.

vi.

1.

Eph.

20.

i.

xiv. 15.
xvii. 24.
xxvii. 6,

2.

1.

3.

thereof.

(.)

xix. 45

Acts

1.

iv. 10.

5, 17.

this, this here.

in these.

(put)

ii.

Tim.

it.

x. 15.
x. 9.
xviii. 17.

iv. 8.
V. 6.

2 Thes.

21, 26.
20.

7.

1.

6, 16.

ii.

iii.

iii.

1.

ii.

Ties.

xxvi. 22.
xxviii. 20, 28

TTrA

Luke

2.

iv. 1.

31.
xxi. 22, 23.
xxiii. 15.

Bom.

Mark

1.

23.
28, 29.
iii. 15.

TrR)
XXV.

2.

vi. 14.

PMl.
.

xvi. 11 (No. 15,

4.

iv. 1, 17.
V. 1, 17.

15,

.)
10,2;

A.)
-

see

19,

(now)

xii. 5.
xiii. 38, 40.

Tr

,,

ii.

()

^'^'

(.)

1.
1.

"*

vi. 10.

la.

it.

unto, into,

( ek,

cy

5.

iv. 16.
V. 1

'"ice-

33

5,

(^

X. 20.
29 1"

l!

(No.

17

ii.

iii.

22.

1.

12.
3.

(^

10.
xiii. 10.

6.

i.

(noav)

19.

ii.

THEEEIN.

11.

2nci

26,30.'31,38, 42.
XX. 3,

Eph.

16 (o))i. St
.)

viii. 7.

13,16,241st

6.

1,3.

Tr

6.

la.1. 1. -

THEEEFOEE

vii. 1.

(oi.

(and)

2 Cor. iv. 13.

13 2nd.

xix. 1.
t

3.

V. 6, 11.
17.

37, 39.

isf.

(and)

xviii. 4, 8, 25.

2.

THEEEFOEE

17.

i.

xvi. 15.

A.)

1.

THE

iv. 1.

1.

1.

78i

(^

upon
it,

(a) ivith the Da/., thereon, {tviik idea oj" simple

rest.)

(b) icith the Ace, thereon, {ivith

idea of downward pressure.)

THE

785

above, upon,

?,

5.

G.

cV, in

it.

Matt.

xxi. 7.
19.
xxiii. 20, 22,
la. Kev. vi. 4 (No. lb,

See

3.

Mark

xi. 23.

3.

Luke

xiii. 6.

7.

lb. John xii. 14.

GL

Tr

S.)

8.

build, laid, look, think,

WRITE.

also,

THEREOUT.
See, COME.

THERETO.
See, ADD, AGBEE.

THEREUNTO.
( tU, unto, for,
< avTtj,
avTo. it,

(toCtu, this

G-LTTrA.)

(otn.

unto

( 1?,

ty

\ TovTo, this, this

1.

Eph.

Jiere.

Heb. X.

vi. 18.

see Comers.

1,

2.

1 Tlies.

iii. 3.

2.

1 Pet.

9.

iii.

THEREUPON.
See, BUILD.

THEREWITH.
(

(
fy

"'

ei',

in or

',

( eVi,

with

it.

on, u pon,

these.
( TuvTOL<;, tl

3. TouTot9,
3.

with these, with these here.

Tim.

vi. 8.

2.

John

1.

Jae.

iii.

9*<c.

10.

THESE.
(For various comb inaf ions

1.

2.

3.

icith

other

u'ords, see beloiv.)

(masc. pi. of oiros) these

persons, these here, {the nearer.)

{fem. pi.
these here.

',

{nrut.

pi.

of outos)
of

?)

these,

these

things, these things here.

4.

,
,
,
,

THE
{Dat.pl. of

)
)

to or for

these, (these here.)

it.

3.

{Gen. pi. of

of these here.

<;)

of these,

4.

{Dat. pi. fem, of ovrosi) to

or for these.
{Ace. pi. of
these here.

these,

{Ace. pi. fem. ofovTO<i) these.

these here.

THE
THESE MATTEES

786

4.

(of)

these things.
Acts XXV.

20.

Mark

7.

viii. 4.

1.

xviii. 1.

1.

xix.

pi.

{Gen.

pi.

xxii.

18

1.

GL
this,

1.

8 *', 16.
them,

(, (,

Tr A),
a.)
20.

1.

THESE THINGS

(of)

of these things, of these things

Matt.

Luke

Luke

Acts xxvi.
1

Eev.
(iieuf.

Eev.

1.

Tr

vi. 32.
xii. 30.
xviii. 34.

THESE THINGS.

xxiv. 48.

Cor.

26.

ix. 15.

xviii. 15.

of ovros) these

of oStos) of these

things.

3.

here.

things, (these here.)

2.

iii. 1, 7, 14.
vii. 1 (toCto, this,
r^
i^.)

THESE MEN.

1.

Eev.

1.

concerning

-epl,

THE

THESE

A\^OEDS.

these things.

John

John

ix. 22, 40.

xviii. 1.

Acts XX viii. 29

xvii. 1.

{Oat. pi. of outcs) to or for

(ap.)

these things.

4.

this, this here, {inarhing

relation than either

Matt.

Acts

20.

i.

iv. 9.

v.

ix. 18.

vii. 1, 50, 54.

xi. 18.

xxiv. 2, 3, 33, 3t.

xii. 17.

ii.

xiv. 15.
XV. 17.
xvii. 8, 20.
xviii. 1.
xix. 21.
36.
xx-i. 12.
xxiii. 22.

8.

xi.2S'i<:?, 29, 33.

xiii. -Hwice, 29,30.
xvi. 17 ('ly.)

Luke

2.

i.

iv. 28.
v. 27.
vii. 9.

xxiv. 8.

18.

22

viii. 8.

1,21.
53

X.

xi. 25,

Kom.

xiv. 6, 15, 21.

XV. 26.
xvi. 14.

Tr

22 (om.

xix. 11.

31,.36.
xxiii. 31, 49.
xxiv. 9, 10.
14.

21.26.

John

i.

ii

28.

2 Cor.

10, 22.
V. 16, 34.
vi. 1, 59.
vii. 1, 4.
viii. 28.
xi. 11.
xii. 16 3 umcj, 36,

Tr

(of)

Luke

xii. 27.
i. 24.
1 Cor. xiii. 13.
X. 18,

Acts

36.

Heb.

THESE

(than)

xxi. 15.

V. 20.

?,

16.

xiii. 10.

V. 6.
Phil. iv. 8.

THESE
to, for,
1

(upon)

or on these.
Cor.

xii. 23.

Col. iu. 14.

2

Thes.

Tim.

ii. 5.

14.

iii.

iv. 6, 11,

1.;.

v. 7, 21.
vi. 2, 11.
2 Tim. i. 12.

9,

THESE
to, for, or

()

with these.

Ilcb. ix. 23.

14.

ii.

Tit.

ii. 1.5.
iii.

1'

8 und.

xiii. 17.

xiv. 25.
XV. 11, 17,21.
xvi. 1, 3, 4 >wic,
6. 2.5, 33.
xvii. 13.
xix. 24, 36.
XX. 18.
xxi. 1, 24.

THESE

21.

6, 14.

Eph.

Heb.

41.

ii.

Acts xxvi.

(after a comparative) than these

things
gs, than these here.
Matt. V. 37.
John vii. 31 (om. G L
Mark xii. 31.
Tr A .)
John i. 50.
xiv. 12.

ix. 8, 15.
X. 6, 11.

16, 18.

iii. 9,

Cor. iv.

2, 8.

xxi. 6, 7 '*', 9.
28.

(,

GL

AW.)
1

these things.

vi. 29.

these

viii. 31.

37.
xiv.
18
this thing,

)A.)

XX.

9.

xxvi. 26.

xiii. 17.

on

for the sake of,

XXV. 40, 45.

Luke X.

GLTTrAS.)

XXV.

xii. .30, 31.

xviii.

(o))l.

of,

of these, of these here.

Matt.

heard

tiiiftjs,

(J).)

r:

xi. 25.

vi. 2.

,
,
;,

(07)1.

11.

xiii. 34, 51, 56.

Mark

THESE CAUSES (foe)

', because of, by reason of,
account

9.

i.

.)

Tr

vi. .32, 33.

a closer

of the above.)

vii. 1.3.

See

also,

none, samk, sayings.

ix. 6.

Jas. iii. 10.

2 Het. i. K, 9, 10.

THEY.

12, 15.
iii.

John

11, 16.
i.

ii. 1,

4.

26.

V. 13.

Eev.

ii. 1,

8, 12, 18.

"Thky"

frequently part of the

translation of the 3rd pers. pi. of
the verb.
is

THE
Also of the plural of

In

, ,

article

78?

09, or of the

THEY
those also.

other passages it is the transone of these words following.

all

that one there.

cKCLvo^, that,

'5,

(No.

2. KaKctiOs,

1, tviih

1.

4.

Jem. nom. of " tuet,"

Mutt. XV.

[(<.)

18.

Mark xvi.
John xvii.

{.),

THEY

Acts

See,

{),

Acc.)

(pi.

tlioy

themselves.
1.

any one

some one who.

Avho,

P/., every one \vho, all who. Avhosoever, whatsoever.

Acts

xi. 7.

Mark

xvi.20

Luke

(,
G
(,
Tr A
34

(.)

W.)

V.

39

1.

6
xi.

it-

10

23

(,
(,

12

vi.

Heb.
Ecv.

they,

(Jiey,

tliief,

a robber, one who robs

openly and by violence, a plun-

derer, (Lat., latro.)

vi. 19, 20.

2.

xxiv. 43.
xxvi. 55.
xxvii. 38,

1.

5e,

xiv. 48.
XV. 27.
Luke X. 30, 36.

Jobii xviii. 28.

2. Acte xxiv. 15.
1.

1.

CCC

1.

1.

Thes.

V. 2, 4.

1 Pet. iv. 15.

2 Pet. iii. 10.

1. fiev. iii. 3.
1.
xvi. 15.

the thigh

(Ixx.

for

I"',

Gen.

xxiv. 2, 9), (no7i occ.)

Eev. xix.

they

16.

THINE.
2.

Rev.

See,

xi. 9.

hut the L),

Tr A .)

t-'ven

-yap,

for

TiiiNO
the,

ii.

19.

frcipiently

the

Gnl.

these

the translation
or the

gender

(.)

(most of which are referred to

of words below.)

9.

in

list

When TUiM!

vi. 13.
i.

neuter

TiiiJiOS generally roj)resents the neuter

pi. of adjectives without luiuiis,

these,

1.1 Thcs.

2 Pet.

of

is

article

tlicmsclv
1.

THING, THINGS.

THAT.

they, 7
ouroi, these, j

xii. 6.

1 Cor. vi. 10.

THICrH.

',

they.

( (ii'roi,

1.

1. 1

9.

the:mselves.

',

xix. 4C.
xxii. 52.
X. 1, 8, 10.

xii. 25.
ii.

noin.pl. fern, of No. 7, above.

XXV. 3

Luke
John

1.
4-1.

xi. 17.

from among.
9.

2.

xxi. 13.

xii. 33, .39.

OF.

THE

THIEF.
a

I't.

iii. 9.

THE

Matt, xxvii.

Matt.

GATHERED.

one who steals by

fraud or in secret, (Lnt., fur.)

Mark

1st.

from, {here, lit., tcJiom

valued from Zsrael's sons.)

'9,

1.

xi.

LTTr A.)

Gal.

LTTr A.)

ix.

(,

1.3.

xviii. 21.
T. 10.
[G r^ .)
I. 9
they,

1.

2.

,
,
Matt.

1 Cor. ix. 25.

XV. 11.
xvi. 17

X. 25.

iic,

(,
'

xxi. 6.
xxiii. 14.
Eom. viii. 14.

they,

vi. 9.

2.

XV. 11.

.)

:;iii.

1.

4 !"

.xiii.

i/ifv,

'-'"'1

Tr

ihey,

Acts

7.

viii. 14, 15.

ix,

No.

xvii. 11.

THICK.

(Gen.pl.) of these; of these

iavTovs

John

V. 16.
xxiii. 14.
1 Cor. X. 6.

{nrut. pi.) these things, these

here.

Matt.

Acts

(in that)

,"

"
aiTt;c9, see

[inasc.jyl^ these, these here.

5. tol'toji',

7.

2.
1.

things here.

6.

2.

13

2t.

and, also,

those also.

3.

1.

pi.

7.

and those, even those,

prefixed')

,
,

In pi.,

No.
1.

those, those there.

(anb)

and those (those there)

KuKiLvoL,

lation of

1.

THI

is

represented by a sepa-

rate word in the Greek,

of these foUowintr.

it

is

one

THI

,
,

78S

a thing done or to be done;

deed, act, fact, matter.

1.

a word {spoJcen, not written)

the thing spoken a Avord, a saying, an account, {with reference to

2.

THI

THINGS WHICH BE

, the

(the)

things.
XX. 25 >

Luke

tvliat is

3.

in

speaker

tlie

that Avhich

as uttered
considered

mind.)

spoken, a word

is

the living voice

bi/

the

and

tilings, (lit.,

2, the matter,

my

the things of

lueakness.)

includiiirj

itself;

hij

more than No.

THINGS WHICH CONCERN (the)

2 Cor.

xi. 30.

the

Avhole transaction, discourse, say-

THINGS WHICH MAKE FOR

ing.
4.

a certain thing,

Ti,

Matt,

xviii. 19.

xxi. 2i 2ud.

Luke

i. 1.

[saying.)

Acts

1.

these

XX. 3.

Heb.

1.

xi. 1.

See

(the)
things

these

1.

V. 17.
2. 1

Pet.

i.

Gal.

ii.

18.

12.

THINGS THAT BE
T(x,

(the)

23.

Mark

viii.

33

THINGS THAT BELONG TO

i''

(the)

the things.
Cor.

ING, PLEASE, PI-EASING, POSSESS,

PRESENT, READY, REMAIN, SAME,
SELFSAME, SHAKEN,
SAY,
SEA,
SMALL, SOME, SPIRITUAL, SPOKEN,
STRANGE, STRANGLED, SUCH, THAT,
THESE, THIS, THOSE, UNHOLY,
LA>VFUL, VAIN, VERY, WEAK, WHAT,
AVHATSOEVEH, WHICH, >VONDERFUL,
TOUR.

vii. 32.

THINGS THAT BE

ant, appear, base, befall, BEHIND, BELONG, BETTEE,

BOAST, CARNAL, CERTAIN, CHARGE,
COME, CONCERN, CONCERNING, CONTAINED, CONTENIENT, CORRUPTIBLE, CREEPING, DEADLY, DEEP,
EARTHLY, EDIFY, EVERY,
EXCELLENT, FEARFUL, FEW, FOOLISH, FORMED, GIYE, GIYEN, GOOD,

also, all,

GREAT, GREATER, GREEN, HAPPEN,

HATE, HEAVENLY, HIDDEN, HIGH,
HOLY, HONEST, HOPED, IDOL, INCREDIBLE, INVISIBLE, LEAST, LIFE,
LIKE, MADE, MAKE, MANY, MARVELLOUS, MEAN, MEASURE, NECESSARY, NKEDFUL, NEITHER, NEW,
NO, NONE, OFFEND, OLD, ONE,
OTHER, OUGHT, PERTAIN, PERTAIN-

the things.
Matt, xvi.

xiv. 19.

.,

them.

Gal.

the things of peace.)

vi. 18.

X. 1 -"d.

here.

2.

(lit.,

Eom.

32.

1.

things,

the things,

XXV. 26.

1.

THINGS

(the)

thing.

V. i.
21.

1. -

saying.)

Luke

1.
3.

65, marg. text,

ii. 15, 19.
ix. 28, marg. (text,

2.

2.

4.

1.

some

(those)

the things.
Matt.

xvi. 23.

THINGS WailCH AEE

\8,

(the)

ra, the things.

Matt.

xxii. 21.

Mark

xii.

17''"

Cor.

Phil.

THINK

vii. 33.

ii.

21.

1.

(-EST, ETir,

thought.)

to sccin, to appear, to have

the appearance then, to seem to
one's self, be of opinion, to hold
;

THINGS AVHICH ARE CONTAINED IN (the)

the things.
Horn.

ii.

14.

to form an estimate
or opinion, which mag be right,
(John V. 39 Acts xv. 28 1 Cor.

for, believe

THI

789

THI

iv. 9; vii. 40) hut which mat/ he

wrong, (Matt. vi. 7 Mark vi. 49
;

John

Matt.

i.

to divide, separate
make a
distinction, come to a decision, to
;

ix. 4.

motto," or
lesson
" Not
abort
uhat thiiujs liave been
nritten.")

there-

40.

Wor-

see

7,

X. 12.
xii. 23.

marg.

18,

xiii. 5.

(text, seem.)

11.
11,

xii. 17.

40.

xix. 11.
V. 39.
45.
xi. 13.
xiii. 29.
xvi. 2.
Acts viii. 20.
X. 19, part,

thronoh,

AR)

2 Cor.

iii. 5.
ix. 5.
x. 21".

to

2 2nd, eee

xii. 6,

(-

19.

ponder

G L

Gal.

Tr

xiii. 25.
XV. 38, see

iii.

Phil.

i.

7.

ii.

6.

,
,

(iVo. 6, loith

iv. 8,
1

self Avith

9.

think upon, {occ.

Mark

i.

.Jas.

xxviii. 22.

Rom.

ii.

3.

20.)

3 1", see

xii.

see
iii.

on.
1,

see

7.
iv. 5.
i.

Pet. iv.
Strange.

2 I'et.

i.

4,

12,

see

13.

THINK GOOD.
1.

2.

', (NO.

see above, iVb. 1.

1, tcith v,

well or good,

prejixed.)

3.

to regard as deserving, hold

Avorthy of

', to perceive, observe, (the menof scnsat ional perccpconscious action of the
mind'), hence, to perceive, observe,
as distinct from more smsntion or

highly.

throu

to have in one's emorevolve in one's mind,

Thes.
good.

Heb. X. 29, see Worthy

tions, to

20.

4.

iii.

good.

xvii. 19.

occupy one's

vi. 3.

Eph.

xxvi. 2.

to

of.

7, 11.

xi. 16.

xii. 9.

(text,

xiv. 37.

John

',

to lead, to go before, go
first, lead the way
then, to lead
out before the mind, to view, regard as being so and so, to esteem,

marg.

reason.

xiii. 4.

prefixed) to reckon through, compute deliberate, debate.

9.

9.
vii. 36.
viii. 2.

good.

see

vii.
viii.

reckonings or calculations; hence,

to reckon or count, to reason,
(use the reason) to think, consider, conQlude.

8.

thy.

account, reckon.

7.

in us the

on.

Luke

above,

TrAK, i.e." /earn

vi. 7.

72,

to have mind, have intellect,

to think, think out
to mind, be
minded, have in mind.

men

to think of

x. 42, see
xiv. 64.

think, suppose.

6.

Mark
.

xii. 32nd 4 3rd.

Cor. iv. 6 (om. ^povtlv,

Rom.

on.

X. :w.

5.

you?"

20, see

xxiv. 44.
xxvi. 53.

to regard or acknowledge
custom, to have or hold as
customary to regard or acknowledge as anything, i.e. in its customary character, or in its cristomary manner hence, gen., to regard,

to appear to
does it ap-

How

"

V. 17.

as

4.

itself,

lit.,

iii. 9.

judge.

3.

Here,

pear to

xvi. 2.)

(a) See " search," iVb. la.

2.

show

self, to

be.

deem proper, regard

as suitable, think good.

tal correlative
tion,

the

feeling; to understand, apprehend,

discern.
10.

7, (NO.
fixed)
to
conjecture.

L.

12.

9, icith

suspect,

under,
surmise,

1.

Mark

x.42,marg.(text,

he acconntcd.)

to appear, (expressive of

how a matter phrnnmennlly shows

and presents itself) tO show one's

3.
2.

Acts xv. 38.

Thes. iii. 1.

THINK HIGHLY.
(".,'' No.4,Jcith

ovvv,prffxed) to think over much

of one's self, be high-minded,
(non occ.)
Rom.

to sup])ose, (ahvays of something yet doubtful.)

/xfu,

xii. 3,

TinxK
see

OF.

","

Cor. X. 2.

No.

6.

THI

,
,
,

THINK
see

1.

Matt.

2.

i.

20 part.

TO

JVo. 6.

THINK,"
1.

THI

THIRD TIME

ON.

"THINK,"

see "

2.

790

Mark xiv. 41.

Luke xxiii. 22.

JVb. S.

ferring to Peter, casting the matter over in his mind, going over
the past step by step.

xiv. 72 part.

THIED.

"

The expression

tlie

The

1 Cor. xii. 28.

THIR&T.
thirst

" the

expression

third

heaven " is explained under the

words "paeadise' and " heayen."]
'

[noun.]

(Ixx.ybr

THIRST,

21,

a.

Luke

John

Matt.

V. 6.

Johu

iv. 13,

14

(.)

Itom.
Cor.

vi. 35.

vii. 37.

Eev.

THIRSTY

Matt. XXV.

Matt.

xxiv. 7.

Mark

xxii. 23.

Joku
Acts

xxvii. 64.

a.

19.'

a.

a.

Marklx.:51,

a.

X. -'U,

',

>
Ji

stead of

,
L

Tij

Tr

THIRTY.
Luke iii. 23,
Johu V. 5.

ii.

U.

THIRD DAY

Liike

1.

2.

GrceJc.)

3.

third.

xiii. 32.

-^

(the)

Acts

THIRD PART

TO

(For various combinations

[(the)

When not separate words in the

), on the

the third oj'a

xxvii. 19.

(the)

tchole,

the third

4.

5.
G.

part.

7 '*', 8, 9",
10, 11, 12 5 tlm".

Eev.

viii.

iv. 20.

THIS.

xiv. 9 (om.
xvi. 4.
[^^.)
xxi. 19.

xviii. 33.

rfi

Mark

xiii. 8.

iv. 7.

xi.

ix. 22.

XX. 12,31.

17.

THIRTY-EOLD.
Matt.

5"'".
10 i
10 '"!, seeTi)af!t

xii. 38.

a.

15.

viii.

XV. 25.

Luke

iii.

vi.

.)

xii. 21.

a.

vi. 19.

Gal.

iv. 8.

1.

ii.

xxiii. 23.
a. 1 Cor. XV. 4.
b. 2 Cor. xii. 2.

7);- Eev.

(be)

thirty.

xiii. 23.

X. 40.

the lliird day, G'-i

vii. 16.

-tu.

XX. 9, see Loft.

after three dntjs, in-

xix. 28.
xii. 20.
iv. 11.

35. 37 part., 42.

xxvii. 3, 9.

xvii. 23.
a.

xvii. 3.)

[verb.]

xxvi. 15.

Matt. xvi.

a.
a.

, Ex.

xi. 27.

(Ixx. for
to thirst, to be athirst
HOY, Judg. XV. 18 Prov. xxv. 22)
metaph. to thirst after, long for.

third day^''

used of Christ's being in the grave

" three days and three nights," is
explained by a Jewish idiom or
custom, of which there are two
examples in the O.T., viz. Esth.
and 1
iv. 16, comp. with v. 1
Sam. XXX. 12, comp. Avith verse 13.
(b)

17 t'c.

1!,

xii. 14.

(as adv.), the third.

TO

2 Cor.

the third. (For fi/pical meaning,

see under " thkee.")

[(a)

xxi.

2 Cor.
xiii. 1.

THIRDLY.

to cast upon, cast over, as

Here (part.) 7'ethe mind.

Mark

John

2 Cor.

Phil. iv. 8.

THINK THEREON.

in

(the)

(as adv.) the third.

(nom. sing, masc.) this, this

here, this one liere, (the nearer,
connected ivith the 2nd p>ers.)

Eev.

ix. 1, 18.

xii. 4.

7.

nom. sing.fcm. of No.

ToCro, nom.

,
,
,
No.

1.

No.

1.

No.

other

toith

ivords, see below.)

and Ace.

Qen. sing,

1.

sing. ncul.

onasc.

and

of

nent. of

Gen. sing. fern, of No.

1,

Dat. sing. masc. and neut. of

1.

'/, Dat. sing, fem. of No.

1.

THI
8.

65,
No.

9,

10.

12.

and

masc.

^,

?,
0,

fern,

John

of

4 (.)
6 (.)
23 'wice.

viii.

40.

TovTov, Ace. sing. masc.

No.

13.

jpl.

THI

1.

11.

Oat.

791

of No.

Ace. sing. fern, of No.

Acc. masc.pl. of No.

nom. and Acc.

1.

ix. 8, 9, 16, 19, 20,

1.

1.

masc. of
J

rpi.

1.
to',

r},

the, {see

under "a.")

14. iKLvo?, that, that there, that

one or
that thing there, (the more remote,
connected icith tlie ^rd person.)

'?,

15.

self,

very

he, she,

it

him-

self, herself, itself.

Matt.

i.

vii.

Matt, xxviii.

22.
17.

iii. 3,

12

(,

Mark

^)

15.

27 1 {dp.)
27 -"J (ap.)

i.

ilius,

19 (om.

A
ix. 26,

marg. (text,

Tr A M,

G L

i.e. the.)

XV. 11.

I.e. the.)

17, 18.
30.

41.

hereof.

GL

xiv. 30 (om.

iv. 13.

TUi. 9.

3.

vii. 6.

29,

12 12

viii.

1st-

2"J, 38.

ix. 7.

21, 29.
X. 5.

30.
xi.

(.)

xxi. 14, 19 '"Ice.

23, 24.

28.
33.

Acts

xii. 7.

10.
11, 16,

LT

Tr

t (om. G-
Ai' S, i.e.fiic.)

15

xiv. 4.

9 1" (oi.

W,

i.e. (iie.)

xvi. 18.

Tr

,
A

W,

Lb

i.e. the.)

9 and.

_-

22, 24.

c^

27

{om.

cV Tfj
this night,

Lb-iTrAX.)
.30.

G-L
the.i

1.

xxiv. 21.

JoLu

2.

15.
19.

1.

30, 34.

10.

iv. 7.

i.

ii.

6.

12. 14, 16.

29.
32.
33.
40.
iii. 12.
16.

4.3.

Tr
(oni.

ii.

xiii. 30.

11.

>*, i.e.

17, 25.

Tr.)

XV. 8.

At

31(No. 15,G-L

51.
55.
xiv. 2.

6.

i.

16 {om.

Tr

30 {ap.)

11.
17.
22.

11.

V. 4.

36.
58,

20.
24.

28 "
28 "
:8" (om.
38 -"<

.)

vi. 3.
l:jit.

13< (ojn.O
Tr A

b*. i.e.

14 1".
14

2>.d.

vii. 4.

7, 29.
35.
37. 33, 40.
tiO 1"

vii.Hl"(om.

Tr A.

Q^L

0. the.)

10.

8 nj.

1.

3.

25. 26, 36.

.

1.

40, 41, 46;(ap.),

[4.

Sn

tiw.)

THI
Acts

21 2nd.

ix.

792

Cor.

3. 1

(, A

23

ix.

all

G~L

things,

22.

Tr

X. 16.

30.

3.
2.

xiii. 17.

3.

X. 28.
xi. 10.
17.
'w'ce

261st

16.
xvi. 18.

26--i'i(om.

(om.

TTr A

Tr.)

27(om.GLTTr

xvii. 3, 18.

19.

K,

i.e. the.)

xiv. 21.

xix. 10. 17.

26.
25.
27.
40.

XV. 19.

W,

53

50,

54

"'<:^,

''ce.

2 Cor.

XX. 29 (om.

G=:L

i^, i.e. the.)

xviii. 10.

25 '>*'.

12.
15.

i.

G^L

i.e. the.)

10.
12.

iv. 1.

12.

vii. 9.

2.

XX.

11,23.

2.
3.

iv. 3.

6.

9,1.
21.

10.
6.
2.

6.

9, 11 twice^ 14.

ii.

34.

3. 1

12, 13.

THIS EELLOW.

7,11.
xi. 17.

10.
3.

xii. 13.

Luke

Gal.

21.

i.

1.

ii. 7.
vi. 2.

1.

XV. 39.

12.

1.

7, 9, 19, 22, 25.

i.

15.
27.

1.

i.

1.

9.

20.

1.

1 Thes. iv. 3, 15.

V. 18.

2.

2 Thes.

3.

Tim.

10.

9.

i.

9.

3.

iv. 16.

1.

12.
20 1.

1.

20 2n<>(om.Gr:L
A N, i.e. the.)

13.
3.

i.

Heb.

3.

1.

4.

Acts

3.

I. 12

15.

(No.

1,

Jas.

i.

25.

4.

Jas.

i.

26.

21.

27.

THIS MATTER.

ix. 8.

i.e. Vie.)

- 20,

19.

4.

xiii. 19.

Jas. i.27.
ii. 5
regards the iinrld, instead of ToO
of this world,
L Tr M.)

, ,

iii.

iv.

1 Pet.

15.
1.5.

25.
ii. 19, 20.
iv. 16.
i.

Acts

xvii. 32.

27.

X. 16.
Iii. 27.

2
10.

THIS PLACE.
6.

Heb.

iv. 5.

THIS SELF-SAME THING.

very, self,

toCto, this,

A^

G^^LTTrAN.)

xiii. 23.

-11.

i.

vii. 4.

viii.

-.

THIS MAN'S.

13.

3.
vi. 3.

18.

Tr

Heb.

1.

1.

Till. 10.

o^',lhe noWd.iuetead

xviii. 25.

XXV.

9.

vii. 1.

8.

viii. 10.

xiii. 12.

-38.

iii.

'

12(om.G-LT

;i.

15.
19.

iii.

2. Tit.

1.

XV.

xviii. 14.
xix. 14.
xxii. 56.
xxiii. 18.
41, 52.
John vi. 52.
vii. 15.
27.
31.

i.

ii.

3.

1.
1.

18.
ii. 3.

2 Tim.

9.
1.

iii.

3.

10.

vii. 39.
xiv. 9.

30.

1.

3,33.

2,

37'*'"

xviii. 40.
xix. 12.
xxi. 21.
Acts i. 18.
iii. 16.
iv. 10.
V. 37.

Luke

6.

iii.

10.

(toi/

is. 29.

41.
xi.

Mark

6.

Col.

3.

of

xxvii. 47.

33.

iii.

3.

xiii. 54, 56.

1.
1.

Johnix.

1.

ix. 3.

6.

3.

Matt.

vi. 1.

ii. 4.

311.

John

THIS MAN.

V. 14.
vi. 16.

ii. 5.

Tii. 6, 20, 29.

9.

17.

iii. 2,

Phil.

6",

xxiii. 2.

xiii. 1, 9.

V.

i.

Cor. V. 3.

6.

iv. 17.

ir. 3.

Luke

THIS DEED.

iii. 8.

35.

5.

3, 4.

2.

2'"i.

7.

Eph.

viii. 9.

24.

ix. 3.

13.

N.)

6.

ii.

V. 2.

1.

1.

20

3.

this uorld,

N),

14.

10.
19.

3.

12.

3.

iii.

all

viu. 7.

7.

5.

''

Rev.

ii.

10.
6.

Tr

THIS CHILD.

201"

6.

31

25.
3.
10.

2.

10.

3.

3.

V.

things.
(om. G<-^)

7.

7.

Tr Ab ,

('.

5.

i.

'ce

V. 2.

3.

iii.

John

John

4.

7.

ii.

Jude4.

iv. 1.

28 Is'
28 2nd.
28 3>-<l.

TTr

10.

6.

iii.

23.

Cor.

2.

5, 8.

V. 20.
7.

3,

10.

ii. 1.

xxi. 11.

2.

John
John

3.

3.

21

iii. 1.

10.
10.

1. 1
1.

17.
18.
20.

3.

26.

XV. 2, 6.

Tr

10.1 Pet. V. 12.

6. 2 Pet. i. 13.
1.

xi. 10.

.-56

THI

")

this same,

) this
2 Cor.

vii. 11.

very.

THI

793

THO

THIS SOET.

THITHER.

and

Gen. pi. masc.

neuf.

of

there, in that place.

Matt.
2 Tim.

iii.

Murk

6.

Luke

ii. 22.
vi. 33.
xvii. 37.

Luke

xxi. 2.

Jolin

xi. 8.

xviii. 2, 3.

THIS THING.
3.

Acts xxvi.

3.

Mark v. 32.
Luke xxii. 23.

3.

3.

John

4.

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

3.

xviii. 34.

THIS YEEY
very,

self,

( TovTo, this,

,
,

26.

ix. 17.
xii. 8.

TIIINGl.

this very

")

thing.

Philem.

16.

THITHER ALSO.
and there, there
Acts

THITHER

THIS VERY THING

unto,
self,

very,

TOVTO, this,

)
Bom.

vii. 34, 36.

(upon)

See

unto
this very

thing.
xiii. 6.

also,

come,

',

in

this

(on)

manner,

so,

on

thus,

this wise.
Matt.

John
Acts

Acts

18.
xxi. 1.
i.

vii. 6.

THITHERAVARD

Rom.

X. 6.
iv. i.

15.

Matt. xxvi.

1.5.

Luke

See

10.
15.

13.

Luke
Acts

xiii. 16.

ix. 36.

also, cause, dat, deed, end,

HOUR,
INSCRIPTION,
FASHION,
LIFE, MANTiER, MIND, NAMELY,
PRESENT, SAME, TIME,
PLACE,

,
1.

THISTLE.

GL

Tr

(, even .)

A),

throe-pointed, three-pronged.

2.

K.T. tribulus, land -caltrop, a

(hx. for "nm. Gen. iii. IS

Prov. xxii. 5), {occ. Heb. vi.

8.)

(-S.)

2), {noil occ.)

anything pointed or sliarp,

a pale or stake for fj^inr/
heads on, or for impaling ; then, a
thorn, splinter, ivhich when in t^ie
crcites

pain;

severe
ii.

(Ixx.

6), (o/i occ.)

"
[Prob. Paul's " thorn in the flesh

was some infirmity of the eyes,

xxiii. 1-5,
(and
Acts ix. 9
sec i/<?r "earnestly behold")
Gal. iv. 14, 15, and vi. 11, {see"' uow
L.VROE," page 388.)]

see

Matt.

vii. 16.
7 "', 22.
xxvii. 29.
1. Mark iv. 7 >"', 18.
XV. 17, SCOT (of)

1.

1.

C'2V,

for ^?, Hos.

a thresliing-machiue,
so the Lat., trihuhim ; whence,
tribulation,
whicli
is
a
Eng.,
divine threshing to winnow the
chaff from the wheat.]

THORN

a point) thorn
{from
Gen. iii. IS; Is.
(l.KX. for pp.
n^n, Song
Jcr. iv. 3
xxxii. 13

Jlesh

is

vii. 16.

xxii. 2S.

esp.

<;,

Matt.

THONG.
a thong or strap of leather.

ii.

low, thorny shrub, so called from

its resemblance to the
or military caltrop, i.e. an instrument composed of three or more
spikes or prongs, and thrown on
the ground to impede cavalry.

passages, except

Acts

WORLD.

Ill

all

XX. 29 {om.

WOMAN.

vii. 45, 46.

THOMAS.
Thomas,
In

John

THIS

XV. 24,

(Heb. Cn, twin)

one of the twelve apostles.

xiii. 34.

Heb.

euit.

there, in that place.

Rom.

THIS WISE

(WHERE...)

where, in which or what place.

John

ft?,

also.

xvii. 13.

xiii.

1.

^ Ucb.

vi. 8,

1.
1.

Luke

vi. 44.
viii. 7 '"'':<', 14.

1.

John

2.

2 Cor.

XIX. 2.
5,

BOO

xii. 7.

(of)

(of)

THO
ay

THOENS
made

xv. 17.

John

the things

but.

xix. 5.

THOEOUGHLT.

1.

John

1.

Acts

3.

Phil.

,
,

as

many

tvords, see heloic.)

,
,
,

2.

(neuf.

pi.

(Gen. pi. of
of these here.

3.

(Oat. pi. of
those here.

4.

)
)
)
)

of

things, these here.

1't.

THOSE THINGS WHICH AEE

pi.,
C

these

of these,

to or for

(Acc. pi. of
these here.

5.

10

COMING

Here,

that there.
those, those there.

cKctVos, that,

1.

iv. 9.

JudelO-nd.

things
Jude

comhinations with other

vat'ious

1.

2.

indeed.

THOSE.
(For

13 2nd.

4. Phil. iii.

viii. 20.
xvii. 11.
iii. 131s'.

THOSE THINGS AVHICH.

THROUGHLY.

See,

thorns,

Avith

(non occ.)

Mark

THO

(of)

or

794.

these,

, the

,
See

ON.

things

coming upon, overtaking.

Luke

xxi. 26.

THOSE THINGS

(or)

of these things, (these here.)

Acts

also,

xviii. 17.

behind, believed, concern,

PLEASE, SHAKEN.

avTOL, they.

THOU.

(masc.pl.) the.

oi,

Matt.

1.

iii. 1.
I

xxi. 41.
xxii. 7, 10.
xxiv. 19, 22"f',

XXV. 7, 19.

4.

xvii. 11.
i. 15.

1.

ii.

vi. 1.

1.

vii. 41.

xii. 7.

1.

ix. 37.

1.

xvi. 3, 35.

1.

XX. 2.

17,19,241".

24.
39.

i.

5.
1.

iv. 2.

2. Phil. iii. 7.
7. Heb. vii. 21.

3.5.

vi. 12.

ix. 36.
xii. 37, ZH.

viii. 10.

C.

X. 1.

3.

'

1.

1.

1.

xiii. 4, 24.

Rev.

THOSE

these

C Tw.

ii. 6.

1.

14.
vi. 3, 6i't,
xi. 3, 23.

of above

1.

ix. 60.

1.

X. 15.

2.

xix. 21

1.

i.

"-

.36.

2.

37.
40.
xiv. 8

Tr

11.
iv. 3S.
viii. 29.

(No.

?,,

30 (G

36. 61, 67, 68.

XV. 2 "i"[76i>
Luke i. 14.

(.).

42,

2'

-'"'1,

14 2nd.

xvi. 7.

(7.

25 1't
S.)
-,

A.)

28"<

10

-XV. 31.

11.

iii.

x. 21 1"

see

thyself.

xviii. 33.

Murk

Tr

22.

42-<>,

vii. 19, 20.

xiv.

2^1-

vi.

1.

AR)
Out.

iii.

iv. 7, 41.

xiv. 28.
xvi. 16. 18.
xvii. 25.

61, 69, 7.3.

xxvii. 4, lliicc.

things

Luke

171"

xxvi.25,39,032n'',

these

1.
1.

1.

iii.

viii. 12.

things,

the things
indeed.

-,

of No.

sing,

xxii. 16 -"1, 17.

XXV. 27.

here.

Matt.

xiii. 11,

ix. 6.

the persons
beside or near.

Dat.

Acc. sing, of No.

THOSE THINGS.

art thou,"

thou, (always emphatic, never

used unless for marked emphasis.)

16.

"

under "art."

BY... SIDE.

Luke

2.

1.

THOU ART " and

"

see

xxi. 15.
Rom. vi. 21.

ii. 1.

V.

For

18.

4.

Luke

Acts

10 (ap.)

viii. 1.
xiii.

Trb .)

very frequently part of the

inflection of the verb and sometimes is represented by the
article, as in Matt, xxvii. 40.
is

39.

i.

viii.

6.

9.

i.

vii."l5 (om.

1.

John

1.

Mark

LT

xxi. 23.

1.

1.

29.

oi,

Lukexx. l(om.G=;
TrAti.)

-n.l

xvii. 8.
xviii. 22''.
xix. 19. 42 1".

xxii. 32,58,67,70.
xxiii. 3 '''", 37,
39, 4<1.
xxiv. 18.
1.
1. John i. 19, 21 '", 25,

42 '"'c, 49

twice.

THO
John

Acts XXV.

10, 20.

ii.

2 '"!, 10, 26.

xxvi.

iv. 9, 10, 12, 19.

15.
29.

iii.

vi. 301', 69.

Rom.

52.

f,

17.
19,

G L

'

34ti

242nJ. a3.

22

xiv.

22

xii. 'H.

7 l.

1, if,

8 2nd,

5,

Gal.

10

4,

14

ii.

Tim.

25, 33,

vi. 11.

Tim.

i.

3
share in evils or
hardness, instead of

thou therefore eudurc

hardness.G

23.

>^

Tr

Matt. xxvi.
(oi/i.

iii. 8.

Tr

Heb.

11.

xvi. 31.
xvii. 19.
xxi. 24, see

i.

v.

6.

2,

thy-

Jas.

10, ll,12

5,

2ii.

6.

.;,

4.

ii.

xxii. 8 inJ, 27.

xxiii. 3 -nJ.
11 -"J.

3 ice,

la.
la. 1

THOU THYSELF.

Luke

xi. 6.

viii. 14.

lb.

xii. 6.

x. 38.
xi. 25.

6.

21, see As.

1!.

15(oni. Kai, even,

6.

LTTr A

xiii. 41.

(G

r-j

7.

2.

10. Phil. iii. 4.

(as)

12,

see As.

Cor.

Col.

6.

27.

la.

ix. 16.
xiii. 1,

see
2

V.

and see

8,

T...v7ere.

iv. 15.

la.

see As.

5.

ii.

Heb.

10.

viii. 5.

19,

it

they

see

t^.)

4 (No. 6, Tr),
(om. Lb H),(om. et, if,
A.)
Gal. i. 8.
iii. 15, see
it be
but.
iv. 1, see T...be.
xiii.

see Cir-

11,

ix. 6,

8.

2nd pers.,

X. 8.

6.

17,

X. 11.

3.

iv. 2.

were

8 3 times.
see
it was.

12.

cumcised.

17 2nd.

very, he, she,

vii.

TrA.)

vii. 14.

self,

6.

xviii. 4.

iv.

iv. 16.

V. 16.
9,

ijinorautj,

iv. 11 -"d.

2J.

2 Cor.

6.

6.

Rom.

15.

ii.

lb. 1 Cor. xiii.

6.

xvii. 27 {Ka.iye,aix&
at least (not that
is (listaut, but we arc

18, 191a'.

2.

iii.

Tr A),

He

3.

Rev.

Eev.

though indeed.
(om.

xi. 8.

Acts

la.
11,

iv. 12.

Johu

(occ.

xvi. 31.

Johu

4.

.)

.33

35.

Luke

vii. 17, 21.

self.

indeed,

, i/H.)

4.

li.
4.

ii. 1.

Philem. 12 (No.

xi. 9, 14.
xiii. 33.

even

G L

even,

:v. 5, 15.

Tit.

or not.

and, also, even.

11. KaLTOLye,
6.

6.

14 l.

10,

iii.

6 (ap.)
15, 33 1>.

67/
sition
to be true,

ich ether justly

xvii. 8.)

lb.

W.)

-nil.

if.

assuming the suppo-

18.

1.

ii.

28 1".
viu. 21.

1.

,
,

9.

10.

14.

vii.

2.

tcith

indeed,
1,5
j

i'.

iv. 24.

05,

emphasis on the
hypothetical " if,"

")

'"ico,

vi. 1.

xxi. 12, 15 2>,

16 -'"'i, 17 ti 22.
Acts i. 24 l

1.

even

even

,36 2'"i.

XV.

XX. 15 3rJ

(not "though.")

( ^l, if

20,

Cor. xiv. 17.

Slid.

xviii. 17,
3i, 37 'i
xix. 9.

1'

23 '!, 25.

twi>:i,

2n<i,

18

17,
^"'1, 24.

xi. 27, 42--;'>J.

xiii. 6,

emphasis on the
fact referred to,'ue\Qn,

) u'ith

i.

20

ix.
xi.

xiv. 9
xvii.

thy-

see

d, if

self.

i^.)

ix. 17. 28,

35.
X.

\, even,

'

3 -"J.

ii.

3.3,48, 52.;"1, 531".

53-<i (om.

10.
1.

(.), 13, 25,

Tr A

THO

xxvii. 24.

vii. 3.
viii.

795

10.

vii. 5.

10.

xii. 17.

la. Jas.

T... be.
' icc.

with

ii.

14.

iii. 4,

10.

2 Pet.

i.

see

.be.

12.

thou.

THOUGH... BE.

thou thyself.

vi. 42.

2.

Rom.

Acts

1.
ii.

xxi. 24.

19.

(part, of
1

Cor.

to be) being.
Gal.

ix. 19.

Jas.

iv. 1.

4.

iii.

THOUGH.
1.

lav, if

" IF,"

haply,

No.

if so bo that,
and Xo. lb.)

THOUGH

(see

/5,

,
(,
,

T,

(10).,

{see " IF,"

if

if

haply, (see Xo. la.)

perchance,

and (o7u.
Tr A"),

Kur,

5.

ci,

(Xo. , with
prrjlxcd) and if,

4.

")

L** [

if

and

if perchance,

(see

iii.

15.

THOUGH THEY WERE

?,

things that are, (neut. pi. part.

ofc^L, to be.)

Xo. lb.)

Rom.

also.

iv. 17.

THOUGH... AVAS.
',

(as)

as,

and, also, even,

(simply putt inrj the condition^

(see "if," Xo. 2a.)
if,

Gal.

Xo. Ibf.)

even

BE BUT.

IT

same time, nevertheless,

notwithstanding.

(a) suhj. pres., (see " if," iVb. lb*.)

(b) subj.

at the

being.
:

Cor.

viii. 9.

THO

,
,

796

,
?,

THOUaH...WEEE.

even

in-

deed,
being,

[he

1.

teas']

indeed.
Heb.

2.

-,

reckoning, (i.e. the art of

arithmetic)
hence, reasonings of
the mind, (occ. 2 Cor. x. 5.)

(iVo. 1,
through,
prefixed) reckoning through or
throughout, computation; hence,

cogitations, reflections.

3.

4.

a revolving o the mind,

(cis rerjards the emotio7is)
revolvings of mind, thought, as being the
result of a commotio7i of the mind,
secret motives, {occ. Acts xvii. 29.)
;

6.

2.

Luke

2.

Acts

executed afterwards), (non occ.)

Luke

ix. 4.

5.

xii. 25.

2.

XV. 19.

6.

Acts

1.

Eom.

8<;,

divides

l.marg. (text,

Cor.

4.

2 Cor. X.

ii.

iii.

34

25, 27,

Luke

twice.

THOUGHT
Luke

xii. 11, 22, 26.

of

xix. 19.

five

(five)

times one thousand*

Matt.

Mark

Mark

Luke
John

-,

viii. 19.

ix. 14.

vi. 10.

(four)

four times one thousand.

Mark
Acts

THOUSAND

viii. 9, 20.

xxi. 38.

(seten)

seven thousand, {quoted

Kings

xix. 18, ivhcre Ixx.

7 xiSidSisfor Ileh.,
Rom.

(with taking)

nx*3tl>.)

xi. 4.

xii. 25.

{(he ahovc, with

before, prefixed) to be full of care

distracting

thought

occ.)

before-

,
,

THOUSAND

1.

a myriad,

(,')
(

2.

Mark

of No. 3) tens

THOUSAND

7(.,

from

X. 19.

7[),

hand, {non

{pi.

Acts

THOUGHT T3EF0REHAND (take)

or

(fifty)

38.
xvi. 10.

(take)

Matt.

31,

7,

16.

Matt. XV.

be full of anxictj" tvhich

up and distracts the mind,

28,

THOUSAND

20.

5.

4.

vi.

20.

XX. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

1.

xiv. 21.
xvi. 9.
vi. 44.

to be full of cares, anxious

be
full of anxious or distracting care.
Matt.

xiv. 1, 3.

1.

15.

ii.

2.

Jas.

THOUGHT

[), to

xii. 6.

2.

thousands,

xi. 17.

doubtful.)
'

xi. 3.
13.

1.

TreVc, five

viii. 22.

xiv.

2.

Ilev.vii.73timeSj83time.

2.

1.

THOUSAND

sxiv. 38.

2.

2.

Cor. X. 8.
1. 2 Pet. iii. 8 '"'ce2a.Rev. v. 11 ''^c.
vii. 4, 5 3 "n",
2.
6 3 time

thought upon, serious purpose or intent, {not necessarily

vii. 21.
ii. 35.
V. 22.
vi. 8.
ix. 47.

''<:

,
Luke

xiv. 31
iv. 4.

Mark

ten thousand.

i.e.

2. 1

(No. 4, tvith
through
or throughout,
exprefixed)
cogitating through, a thinking
through, (non occ.)

Matt.

a thousand in num-

(a) plural.

xxi. 20.

3.

Avhat is thought out or excogitated hence, purpose, design,

project, device.

5.

{suhst.)

[As a symbolical number it probably

denotes the perfection of God's
testimony to man in grace and
judgment, and of man's responsi"
bility to God.
See under " ten
and "three."]

?^ ,

/09,

(-S.)

{num. adj.) a thousand.

a myriad,
{Sere, plural.)

3.
(-S.)

2.

THOUSAND

ber,

V. S.

THOUGHT

1.

even though

'^

THO

xiii. 11.

Matt,

2. 1

Cor.

(ten)

i.e.

ten thousand.

{pl.ofvpLo,num'hcr\cHH
an indefinite number.

xviii. 24.
iv. 15.

Cor. xiv. 19.

2.

1.

Jude

14.

THO

3>"

THOUSAND
f

^
(_

(ten
ten)

ofNo.

(pi.

above)

Acts

ii.

Eph.

10.)

i.

It

also

is

for salvation,

rest

(Heb.

x.

,
^,

is symbolical of Xhe fulness of

Testimony, whether divine or hu-

41.

(two)

thoui;and.

Mark

man,

(see

xviii.

19

xi. 1

Deut.

Luke

x.

19; Heb.

V.

iiundeed thousand)

two

xvii.

40

xxii.

1 Cor. xiv. 27

V. 13.

THOUSAND

35

Matt,
7

6;

Mark
John

vi.

viii.

17

24 1 Tim.
18; x. 28; Rev.

Gal.

vi.

iv.

xi. 3, 4.)

Three

represents Triniti/, the divine

thinrjs in nature and
grace, (see Gen. xviii. 2
xlviii,
15,16; Numb. vi. 23-27; Is. vi. 3;
Matt, xxviii. 19 1 Cor. xiii. 13

and heavenly
myriads

of myriads.

(_

Rev.

ix. 16.

Rev.

THEEATEN

(-ed.)

1 Pet.

ii. :;3.

THREATEN

to threaten further.

is (4 -f 1), and is therefore sym

bolical of human tveakness, but per

Here

iv. 21.

THEEATEN

;,
,

fected by divine strength.

God
brought Israel out of Egypt in
(Ex.

fives,

(strait l

with a threat,

")

to threaten,

Acts

is (3-f 1) unity and Trinity,

Let us make ;" hence, the number of creation, of earth and earthly
thinr/s, (see under "four.")

"

Five

(further)

part.

Acta

4, etc.)

i.

Four

to hold out promises or threats

to threaten, to menace.

23

xvii.

we

three thousand.

two

things upon earth, (Eph. iv. 4-6)

and of millenial glory and blessing, (Ezek. xxxiv. 23
John x. 16

12, 14, etc.)

,
,
,

THR

the expression of the Church's

worship of God now, (Rom. xv. 6)
and of the divine Avork on vhich

(three)

THOUSAND

<

1,

V. 11 (aj).)

THOUSAND

times

nhove) myriads

1,

(Gen. pi. of No.

of myriads.
Eev.

797

:;

18, marg.)

xiii.

while

enemy who pursued were

the

600

to threaten
with a threat.

chariots, (Ex. xiv. 7.)

FaithIsrael, though small, should
prevail, (Lev xxvi. 8; Is. xxx. 17.)
ful

David's five stones were in harwith his faith, but victorious

iv. 17.

mony

THREATENING.
aTTciXvy,

threatening, a threatening.

Acts

Acts

iv. 29.

Eph.

i.x.

1.

wise symbolical, (Matt. xiv.

as were St.
Paul's
words, (1 Cor. xiv. 19.)

vi. P.

etc.)

THREE.

/,

(netit.,

three.

Six

[Three, as a symbolical number,

represents heavenh/ thint/s, as Four
does the things rolaiinti to tho
earth, (see under " four.")

One

and shows us the unity

INIark xii.
vi. 4
of His attributes, (1 Kinrjs
32)
vi. 25)
of Christ and His Church
of

is unit;/,

God

(Deut.

(1

Cor.

xii.

12,

13);

through divine strength, (1 Sam.

xvii. 40.) The feeding of the multitudes with five loaves was like-

of

divine

is

(71) the number of ImperGen. i. Job v. 19 Prov.

It was the
16; John ii. 6.)

fection,
vi.

19,
five

day of tho crucifixion. (See under

"six"), and note the six thousand
years and the 7th chiliad.

Seven

is tho combination
of the
divine (the Trinity) with creation,
the application or addition (3 + 4)
of the one to tho other in nature

THR

-"98

and grace, Grod's connection with

the Avorld in mercy
hence, the
number o perfection in earthly
things, {see under " seven.")
;

Eight

is

(7

+ 1)

symbolical of a new

commencement.
It was the day
on which Circumcision was to
take place, (Lev. xii. 3) the leper
;

cleansed, (Lev. xiv. 10) the sacrithe

fice accepted, (Lev. xxii. 27)
sheaf of first-fruits presented,
(Lev. xxiii. 11); feast of tabernacles held, (Lev. xxiii. 36 39).
And as the eighth day of tlie
Peasts of the Lord pointed to a
new future millenial feast; so, the
eighth day, at the Ilesurrection
became the first, and hence the
connection of this number with
Resurrection, (comp. Lev. xiv. 23 ;
Luke ii.
XXV. 22 Matt, xxviii. 1
21 John vii. 37 ; 1 Pet. iii. 20.)
;

Nine is

(3 3), and is the product of

perfection in divine things,

or
(Matt,

xxvii.

33, 34;
Lev. XXV. 22

XV.

iii.

X. 3,

Mark

46;

45,

Numb.

xxix.

Luke xvii. 17

26;
Acts

30.)

THR

EoETT

is

the

etc., {see

number

of Probation,

under " foktt.")

Combinations

of numbers have a
corresponding value, (addition
implying union or connection, and
multiplication product or intensity) e.g.

TwENTT-FOUH,

(2 X 12) expresses the

product of testimony and administration, {see under " eldeks.")

One hundred and foutt-four,
(12 X 12) the product of administrative fulness.

Six hundred and sixty-six, (6-f GO

-i-600) the comhinea perj'ecf ion of
It was the sum of
imperfection.
the li'orhTs onches, (1 Kings x.
The power of Egypt
14-29.)
was 600, (Ex. xiv. 7) in pursuit

who Avent out b}' fives,

weakness) led by God,

of Israel,
{i.e.

in

(Ex. xiii. IS, margin.) It has relation to Nebuchadnezzar's image,

{See p. 391.)
(Dan. iii. 1.)

Fifty seems to be a new commencement from 7x7, {i.e. from the

perfection of perfection) as the
Pentecost and Jubilee were.

^^E-s,i\\e\\^xm'\:)ero divine test imomj\\\

One hundred and fifty and three.

human

150 was a great number, " yet for

all there were so many, yet Avas
not the net broken." " All that
the Eather giveth me shall come
" This is the Eathcr's
to me."
will which hath sent me, that of
all Avhich He hath given me, I
should lose nothing," not one will
be overlooked, "not a hoof shall
be left behind." Down to the
THREE which exceed, the number-

grace and judgment, and of

under "ten."')

responsibility, {see

Eleven is

(12
1) symbolical of Incompleteness, (as six is of imperfection), {see Gen. xxxii. 22
Exod. xxvi. 7, 8 ; xxxvi. 14, 15

Mark xvi. 14
Matt, xxviii. 16
Acts i. 26 ii. 14.) Also the eve of
perfection, {see under " twelve"),
(Matt. XX. 6, 9.)
Twelve is (3x4), three times four,
and symbolises a multiplication,
;

of the
or product, as it
It expresses
divine and human.
the perfection and universality of
Administration. Twelve patriarchs
head the O.T. and twelve apostles
the N.T. Combined in the milIcnium, (Matt. xix. 28). The
number of the sealed election of
the Jewish liemnant, (Rev. vii.

compare with Numb.

also Lev. xxiv. 5;
1
xvii. 2
vii. 84
;

44

Luke

xxii.

30

xxxi.

Numb.

i.

See
44;

Kings vii. 25,

John vi. 9.)

ing proceeds.

Seventy Hebdomads,

(7

70) the

product of divine ])erfection and

testimony as applied to earthly
things, as in the 70 TTebdoinads,
(490 years). {Sec pp.390 and 6S7.)
So with other numbers. In each
case the symbolism arises from
the fitness of divine things not
from any virtue in the numbers
themselves, but from the simple
fact that Avhen they are used l)y
the Spirit they are used with, design, purpose, and harmony.]
;

THR
Matt.

xii.

40

* t'".

Acts

xi. 10,

Hundred.

ixviii. 7, 11, 12.

see Taverns.

xi. 5.

xiii. 13.

xiv. 27, 29,

xiii. 7, 21.

xi. 23,

see

Hundred.

IJohnv. 7iS7 2nJ(ap.),

see Thou-

Rev.

x.\i. 11.

41,

ix. 18.

V. 7.

xi. 9, 11,

20.

ix. 9.

Rev.

xvi. 13, 19.

xxi. 13 4 times.

THREE
( eVt,

twice.

vi. 6.
viii. 13.

saij'l.

see Months.

Jas. V. 17.

6. 19, 20.

ii.

1,

Tim. V. 19,
Heb. X. 28.

xii. 52.

Acts

15,
17.

ICor.
2 Cor, xiii.
Gal. i. 18.

ii.

Tears.

1.

56.
ii. 46.
iv. 25.
ix. 33.
X. 36.
i.

xii. 5,

zi

times.

TIDIES.

upon, up to
three times.

( Tpis, thrice,

Acts

xi. 10.

THREESCORE.

THRICE,

9,

thrice, three times.

( iVi,

(
1.
1.

1.

upon, up to,
three times.

Matt. xxvi. 34,

Murk
Luke

75.
xiv. 30, 72.
xxii. 34, 61.
1.

2 Cor.

1.

John

2.

Acts

1.

2 Cor. xi. 25 ''.

xii. 8.

THR

THROAT

(take bt tee)

to choke, strangle iy stopping

the breath, {occ. Mark v, 13.)
Matt,

31, see

XXV.

XV. 29.

John

XX. 3.

ix. 5.

xiv. 5, see
58.

see

11.
xvii. 2.
xix. 8.

xvii. 4.
xviii. 16, 20.
xxvi. 61.
xxvii. 40, 63.
Mark viii. 2, 31.

Luke

]9 (om.
A.)

X.

Trmb

xiu. 33.
XV. 32.

799

xiii. 38.

X. 16.

xviii. 28.

THR
account of, because
sake of, marJcing the
motive of an action.
in i}i thepoioer
with.

iv,

out

Ik,

of,

from

originating in
of, as source,
from, by, of.

800

of,

for the
reason or

of,

by or tlirough

la. 2 Pet.

1.

ii.

3.

2.

3.

2 Pet.

la.l
2.

18 {am. G .)

John

Rev.

3.

ii.

20.

iv. 9.

viii. 13.

xviii. 3.

also, break, carry, go, midst,

PASS, PIERCK, RUN, THRUST, WALK.

See

of anything

tlien,

and proceeding out

cause, or

occasion,
I

upon.

(a) ivith Gen.,

THR

THEOraHLY.
every

[toay'].

2 Cor.

xi. 6.

upon and proceeding

from.

See

Oat., upon and resting

upon ; on, as the groundwork of
any fact, occasion, cause, or cir-

also,

furnish, purge.

(b) toith

THEOUGHOUT.
eh, unto, into.

cumstance.
(c) ivith

tcards.
2.

Matt.

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.
la.
lb.
la.
la.
la.

M.

ix.

iv, in.

Ace, upon, direction

xii. 1, 43.

xis. 24.
Mark ii. 23.

: ?,
^,

1 Cor. iv. 15.

viii. 11,
iv

77)

X. 25.
xi. 16.

viih your knoidedfje,

the brother, instead

78.

i.

aTToActrat

vi. 1.

ledije

2.

X. 17.

2.

xi. 15, 18.

hrother perish, Gt-^L

Tr A .)

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.
la.
la.
lb.

24.
xvii. 1, 11.
xviii. 25.

la.

i/tc

X. 1.

(b) toith

iii. 4.

IV.

ii. 7.

la.-

la.
2.

la.
la.
la.
2.

la.
la.
la.
la.
la.

la. 1

i.

tivity.)

X. 43.

iii. 9.

xiii. .38.

iv. 7, 13.

xiv. 22.
XV. 11.
xviii. 27.

Col.

vii. 25.
viii. 3, .07.
xi. 36.

xii. 3.

Tit.

i.

13, 16.
10.

15.

3.

iii. 6.

Philom. 22

Heb.

ii.

10, 14.

ix. 14.

X. 10. 20.
xi. 33, :J9.
xiii. 20.

21.
1 Pet.

i.

2.

5.

6.

22 (om.

17, 10.

xvi. 27.
1.

-i

N.)
iv. 11.

2 Pet.

i.

nvU-

tlirowjli

Hpirit,

4.

i.

i.

vi. 12.

25 i"!
30,31.
13i'
V. 1,9, 11,21.
vi. 11.23.

Cor.

ii.

iii.

iv.

1.3,

8, 12.

2 Thus.
2 Tiiu.

24,251".

XV.

14 (op.), 20.22.

i.

ii.

iii. 7.

2.

la.

18.
19.

Phil.

upon, and resting on.

Ace, upon, hy direction

toivards, (marking motion or ac-

(c) loith

iv. 6.

'Z.

XX. 3.
la.xxi. 4.
la.la. Rom. i. 8.
24.
2.
ii. 23.
la.
24.
lb.
2.

(b) with Oat.,

8, 18.

16.

upon, and proceeding

from.

7.

i.

2.

vui. 18.

(a) ivith Gen.,

v. 10.

Eph.

upon.

(.)

iv. 7
13.

XX. 31.

la.la.la.la.la.-

through,

throughout.
7rt,

XV. 3.

iii.

down from.
Ace, down along,

Ulil.

xvii. 11, 17.

19, marj;. truly,
(with aArjetta, truth.)
20.

4b.

the whole.

down,

(a) toith Gen.,

8.

17.

i.

through

xiii. 12.

viii. 59.

Acts

,
,

,
(

weak

XV. 57.

iv. 4.

2.

la.

/?

eTrt 777

iluill

Ace, through, as tending

towards.

througliih]! hnou-

2 Cor.

7.

i.

iii.

(b) with

'-

V. 19.

John

ing frovi.

is

vcak one ycrUhlng,

t}ie

iv. 30.

through.

(a) with Gen., through, as proceed-

ix. 30.

Luke

io-

1, 2.

the

Tr

1.

Matt.

iv. 24.

THR

THEOW

1,

801

(theew, theown.)
throw, to cast;

to

2.

throw

to lead up upon,
up or out upon the sea

to throw 01' cast with a sudden

motion, to hurl, jerk.

1.

Mark

xii. 43.

2.

Acts

1.

Lake

iv.

35 part.

DOAVN.

,
,

see

1.

Matt. xxiv.

1.

Mark

No.

Luke

THEUST OUT

OF.

1.

Luke
Rev.

xjci. 6.
xviii. 21.

,
^,

to

throw or cast out.

without.
ir. 29.

MEN

THRUST OUT

Matt.

{they that)

see "violent."

xi. 12,

xvi. 24.

Heb.

to repulse, reject. In N.T.

mid., to thrust away from one's

(Ixx.

for nv, Ex.

xix. 13), {lion occ.)

16, 19.

THEUST AWAY.

down with an

shoot

to

arrow or dart

Acts

Rev. xiv.

xiii. 28.

THEUST THEOUGH.

THEUST.

XX. 25, 27.

Acts

[margin.]

2.

2.

xiii. 2.

la.
xvi. 37.

1, above.

to throw, to cast.

John

sea.

V. 3.

Luke

to loosen down, disunite

the parts of anijtlmig ; hence, of
huildings, to throw down, destroy.

2.

Luke

1.

xxii. 23 part.

THEOW

1.

2.

as a ship
hence, to

put to

down.

2.

THU

20

xii.

(.)

THUNDEE.
thunder

xxvi. 11

[noun.]

for

(Ixx.

Qi?"),

Job

Ps. Ixxvii. 19.)

self.

Acts

Mark

vii. 27.

Rev.

Luke

see "

),

IN.

and drive the ship

asliore.
1.

2.

Rev.

to

xiv. 15, 18.

(a) with

throw or cast out.

without.

."

(-s.)

Rev.

iv. 5.

xi. 19.
xix. 6.

THUS.
in this

,
i.e.

2.
39.

,,
DDD

see "
viii. 5.

THEUST OUT.

1.

xii. 29.

THUNDEEING

Rev.

to send, {esp. as messenr/ers

or agents.)
Acts

[verb.]

to bring ") lit., thunder had

about, cause, > been caused, or
thunder, J there was thunder.

thrust out, drive out

Here, to thrust out from

the tcntn;

1.

-,

(-ED.)

to

from.

2.

John

vii. 39.

THEUST

^),

4 '"'

(^,

THEUST AWAT.

Acts

x. 3,

liv. 2.

THUNDEE

<

X. 15.

THEUST

Eev.

xvi. 18.

DOWIS".

to cause to descend, bring

down, (occ. Matt. xi. 23.)

1.

17.

Eev.

THEUST

iii.

vi. 1.

manner, on

this wise,

so, thus.
{7ieut.

pi.

of

.)

those

things, these here.

3.

TovTo, {ncut. sing,

of ';)

this, this

lien.

1.

this, this here, {more emphatic

than Xus. 2 and 3.)

THU
Matt.

IT. 6.
ix. 6.

15.
XX vi. 51.
i.

48.

25.

xiii. 21.

xi. 45.
xvii. 30,

see

(eveu)

"

46

2 Cor.
Koi

Phil.

that the

Heb.

Christ should sufi'er,

instead of "and thus it
behoved Christ to suf-

Eev.

Tr A

t*, i.e.

36

37

vi. 9.
ix. 6.
ix. 17.

THUS

1.

XX. 27 twice.

35, 48.

1.

iv. 7, 8, 11, 12, 23.

1.

23,

1.

(even)

28 2nd

20

3.

3r'i

27

twice, 29,

(poss. pron.) thy, thine, {more

emphatic thaii Nos. 1 and 2, and denoting actual possession, power over,

Tr

05,

1.

Matt.

i.

iv. 6. 7, 10.
V. 2.'5t''icc,24'"">''

1.
1,

25, 29 3'"nci,'30Hn'<!
39, 40, 43 "I"
33,

3 '"', 4 '
tiinci,
9^ 10 twice,
(<ip.),
17 i"

vi.

1,

13

vii.

1.

see Town.
4 111 4 and.
4 ard, > Bee
5 1", j own.
5 '-"
22 <im..
ix.2,C twice, 14,18,

1.

1.
3.

1.

44

xxiii.

3.

xxiv. 3.

1.

'

xii.

2,

13,37 'i",

47 t.ic.
3.

xiii. 27.

18,

see

1.
1.

1.

1.

l!

Mark

ii.

u.
{om. >.)

23

.)

2Tim."i.

10

4,

15.

(om.

twice.

.5

iv. 5, 22.

1.

Philem. 2,5. 6,7,

13.

14 I't.
14 2nd.

see

19.

own

self.

-21.

H.)

viii.

it

1.

1.

vii. 3.

1.

(.),

13,
1.

-ix.

v.

.3.

16.

iii.

V. 14.

Eph. vi. 2.
1 Tim. iv. 12,

Tr

/lie,

own.

XV. 55 twice.

Gal.

1.

(,

[21.

viii. 11.

X. 29, see
xiv. 16.

1.

12 (om. Toi' Kpa.thy bed,

ICor.

1.

1.

10(No.2, Lm),

17, 26.

42, 52, 73.

i. 2 twice,

XV. 9.

1.

19.

house.

xiv. 10<wice,15twlce,

1.

3.

N.)

twice.

1.

Lb

V. 8, 11.

Trb

is)

xi. 10 twice, 26.

51

xiii. 9.

1.

3.

{oin.

17.

ii.

Tr A

XXV. 21, 23, 25 lt

252n'>,8eeT(that

1.

xxvi.
1.

42 -"I
Ai> .)

a-L

5.{.

.37.

5, 25.

ii.

1.

1.

iv. 16, 18.

> ""^^, 30,

xxiv. 2, 4.
xxvi. 16.

Rom.

xii. 20.

twice.

1.

'

1.

37

xxii.

1.

ix. 7.
X. 6, 8 twice,
xi. 3 twice.

15.

3-"'^,

1.

twice.

1.

42.
50.

21 2>iJ.
xxi. 5.

xiv. 10.
xvi. 31.
xxii. 16, 18, 20.
xxiii. 5, 35.

-42.
xix. 5, 16, 18, 20.
22, see
own.

12.

(that

21it(om. L.)

xiii. .35.

1.

viii. 36.

is)

18ticc,22>l<:,23'"'

xii.

1.

2.

John

19.

XX. 14, see

1.

1.

xxiii. 42, 46.

AW.)
1.

34.
X. 4 twice, 31 twice.
xi. 14.

xviii. 20 it.
-20 2"d(o7)l.Gr:L
A.)

4(orn.GLTTr

1.

1.

1.

iv. 18.

XX. 43 twice.
xxii. 32 twice.

2.

4.

iii. 4.

42 3ra_ 43, 44twico.

Matt. XV.

ix. 13, 14.

1.

Trb

1.

1.

1.

3, 19.

42it (om.
A''ti.)

Tr

twice, 32, 33.

21,22 twice.

viii. 20,

1.

=i),

3rd,,-..
9.

vii.

1.

3.

4.

1.

1.

39.

o thyself.

20.

twice,

2,5 twice.

6 7

own
own.

1st,

1.

1.

30

31.
32.
xvi. 2 (cm.

authorsJiip, right, etc.)

4.

(.)

12

^ xvii.

{Dat. sinr/. of
thou) to thee,
to or belonging to thee.

i.e.

see

42nd, see

twice

XV. 19 twice, 21 twice

3.)

(om.

V. 3.

(np.), 34 twice, 36.

xii. 20, 58.
xiii. 12, 26, 34.
xiv. 12 Ist & 2nd,

thou) of thee,

30

(be)

thine, (hut not so eviphatic as

No.

2.

1st

2nd.

twice, 44, 48,

27

30.
39, see
own.
48, 49.
ix. 40, 41, 49.
X. 17, 21,27 etimei.
xi. o'lst & -'"'l, 2 3rd

THY, THINE.

30
Ab.)

50.

as long as

{Oen. sing, of

goods.
& 2iid.
see

own.

xxii. 51.

twice.

29

3'd,

42

TovTov, this.

Luke

(om.

Trb.)

30, gee
41, 42 1st

THUS FAE.

i.e.

20,

own.

xxi. 18.
ii. 27, 28, 35 twice.
iii. 25.
iv. 25, 27, 28 i"

twice.

vii.

14.

Acts

vi. 10, 29.

xvii. 30,

the.)

1.
1.

GL

(om.

ti, i.e.

42,44,61.
ii. 29 twice, 30, 32,

viii.

1.

-26.

xviii. 11

33.

according to
these things.

TTr A

35, see
xix. 26, 27.

V. 5,

Luke

TrA*,i.e.tiiefrut?i.)
17 2nd.

3-<,

twice.

24

,
,

own.

17i"(om. G=iL

Lb

(om.

'"1

twice.

11, see
12, 14.

!'

xiv. 70 (a)5.)
Luke i. 13 tico, 36, 38,

xvi. 5.
xviii. 21.

fer.")

10

52.
xii. 30 5 times, 31,

15.

iii.

9.

TTtA.)

I't.

6 2nd.
6 3rd.

twice, 29.

10

X. 19, 37

37

G L

thite,

twice, 35.

ix. 18. 38, 43, 45,

17,

i.

self.

47.

.)

Tr

own

see

5,

vi. 18.

1st.

AR)

and see

vii. 5,

V. 14.

li^

eSfi,

and

Tr

(oin.

G-

far.

friends.
. 34

xvii. 1

1 2nd (oin.

19,

(.)

\.
Rom.

x\'iii. 11.
xix. 28.
31.
xxii. 51, see
xxiii. 46.
xxiv. 36.
46 i.

John

1.

v. 9.

xviii. 22.
XX. 14.
Acts xix. 41.
XX. 36.
xxi. 11.
xxvi. 24, 30
35.
ix. 20.
1 Cor. xiv. 25 (om.

ix. 34.

'"'ce.

11

Trb A.)
iii. 5 (om.
32 twice.

xi. 43.

4.

ii.

9,

ii.

18.

7.

ii.

THY

Mark

John

ii. 5.

iii.

Mark
Luke

802

1.
2.

xi. 23.

1.

xii. 1.5, 28.

1.

xiii. 37, 38.

Heb.

i.

8 twice, 9 twice,

10, 12, 13 twice.

ii. 7 (.), 12.
X. 7, 9.
xi. 18.

Jas.

ii. S.

18

1st.

lS2p..i(m.G^L

Tr

K,

i.e. the.)

THI
.

1.

1.

Eev.

John
John

Eev.

4, 13.
i'.

Gr:L

2-'"<t (oni.

1.

XV. 3

;)ni,

13

4,

9.

8,

9, 11,

2,

iii. 1,

23

15, 18 >.
iv. 11.

1.

>'">.

Thyself

4 "flM,

t'^"^,

10,

xix. 10

twice.

xiii.

THINE OWN.

2.

see

No.

1, above.

3.

see

No.

3, above.

the,

Matt.

1.

Luke

vii. 3.

1.

4, 5.

1.

vi.

42

twice.

,
,

2.

Cor. X.

THINE

xviii. 35,
V. 4 2"<l.

xxvi.

Rom.

U.

THINE

(.,

John

Tr

see "

21.
1,

W.)

TTr A

1,

GL

^<.)

vi. 1.
1 Tim. iv. 7, 16.

2 Tim .'ii. 15.

Tit. ii. 7.
1.

V.

See

(THAT

19.

1.

3.)

Matt. xxv.

25.

2.

THY FRIENDS.

,
,

other

information,

report,

light

shed on ani/thing by speech {non

occ.)
1.

to thee, he.lonrjing to thee.

Acts

xi. 22.

2.

Acts

xxi. 31.

V. 19.

^,

TIDINGS OF

THY GOODS.

, the

things,
thy, thine, {see "

Luke

toith

xvords, see below.)

the word {sjwJcen, not icritten)

that Avhich is spoken or told an
exposition or account which one
gives by ivord of mouth.

the, (mase. pi.)

Mark

{For various combinations

IS)

No.

ii. 8.

TIDINGS.

4.
Philem.

thy, {see " thy,"

also,

SELF.

THY," No.

14.

Jas.

4 1".

OWN

xvii. 5.

Matt. XX.

," No.

(bring glad)

to bring a joyful message,

or good news. Here, mid., to pro-

3.)

vi. 30.

THY HOUSE.
,

toward, hither, with

claim something to somebody, as a

divine message of salvation, to
])rochum the divine message of
salvation
bring some one into relation to it, to evangelise him.
;

Rom.

X. 15.

thee.
Matt. xxvi.

18.

TIDINGS UNTO

THYINE.
6vivo<;,

1.

9 (No.

Gal. v. 14 (No.

X. 33.

THINE

09,

1,

xiv. 22.

iv. 9, 23.

viii. 13, 53.

the thing,

ii. 1,

xiii.

V. 14.
X. 27.
xxiii. 37, 39,
John i. 22.

(be)

34 (No.

.)

xxi. 18.
Acts xvi. 28.

XV. 30.

Luke

vii. 4.

Acts

39 (No.

xii. 31.

29.

OWN

i.

xiv. 22.

xviii.

Tr

<v)

Mark

to remain
to thee.

oi,

John

xxvii. 40.

Luke xix. 22.

John xvii. 11.
Acts

3. 1

',

{Ace.) himself, herself, itself.

iv. 6.

xxii.

viii. 39.

1.

TO,

of one's self.

xix. 19.

\ lavTov, of thyself.

1.

,
Matt.

of thyself.

viii. 4.

,
2.

the transLation of
all passages not quoted
" for " thou
(See "

TUYSELF.")

1.

,
,

,
),

below.

14,

twice,

twice.

is

self, in

xvi. 7.
xviii.

1.

THYSELF.
<

xiv. 15, 18.

TTrA.)

TID

V. 9.
X. 9 t*i.
xi. 17, 18

2, 6.

ii.

803

tliyine,

Acts

an evergreen African

tree of aromatic wood.

Hcv.

DDD

(declare glad)

xiii. 32.

xviii. 12,

marg.

sirccf.

TIDINGS

(snow glad)

Luke

i.

19.

TID
TIDINGS OF
Luke

ii.

10.

804,

(BEiifG good)
Thes.

iii, 6.

TIE, TIED.

2.

Mark

Luke

si. 2, 4.

xis. 30.

TILING.

potters' clay fhe?i, any earthen

vessel or tile, etc., made of clay.
;

Here,

Eng.

(whence

pi.,

word,

ceramic), (non occ.)

Luke

V. 19.

TILL.
1.

5, as

as, marking
an action up to

long

adv., until, as

the continuance of

the time of another action.

{and sub. aor.), lohere

the later action is only prohayie.

(a) tvith av

(b)

xoitli

(c) with

until

what

until

time.

when.

(d) tvith the Gen., (as a 2>rep.) until,

unto, marking the

quem,'^

terminus ad
and spoken hath of time and
'"''

pi (ICC.

2.

of

time, continuedly,

marking

duration, continuedly until, during,

{see

No.

3.)

noun)
(without
time when ( implying
(tvith a verb in the pre- C the
cessent) so long as, while, J sation of
the duration then.)

(a) loith ov, {tvith a

until

3.

the

until, referring solely

to the

implying that the action there

termimites, while No. 2 fixes the
attention upon the tvhole duration
up to- the limit, but leaving the
further continuaiicc undetermined.
limit,

(a) tvith ov, until

what time, (im-

plying that the action then terminates.)

4.

5.

UVnot,}^^^^!^^'
(

when, whensoever.

unto, ichen referring to time,

denoting either the interval up to

ch,

a certain

point,

during or the point

aim of some

itself as the object or

purpose, up to, for.
Ib.Matt.

to bind, tie, fasten.

Matt. xsi.

TIM

i.

25.

TIM
sunset
general
of time

80

then, sometimes, time in

period or point

in sing., a

in pi., days,

time.

i.e.

TIM

TIME TO COME

(against the)

unto, with a view to

, the
TO,

a generation, the period of

time occupied by a generation.

yivia,

2.

Acts

Matt.

ii. 7, 16.
iv. 17, see

,
,

see

xii. 1.

30_

xiii. 30.

xiv. 1.

xviii. 20.
23, see

15.

(from

-xix.

XX.

that)

(No.

xviii.

4,

xxvii. 9.
iii. 26,

(to

Eom.

XXV. 19.
see

16,

18.

(en-

see
diireth but for a)

1.

(hiKh)
Cor. iv.

see

1.

2 Cor. vi. 2 '"'CO.

viii. 14, and see
(now at this present)

1.

of (in

the)

2.

Gal. iv.

27, see
ix. 51, pi.
xii. 56.
xiv. 17.

(long)

2.
1.

2 Thes.

1.

1.
1.
1.

see

16,

xviii. 30.
xix. 44.

XX. 9, see
long)

(for a

Eph.

10.
ii. 12.
V. 16.
Col. iv. 5.
1 Thes. ii. 17.
V. 1.

1.

(nei-

(since that)

Tim.

ii.

see

(at

(at

any)

vi. 15.

1.

see

(at

(from

1.

Tit.

i.

Heb.

6"', 8.
2.

xiv. 9.
[this)
xvi. 2, 4, 25.

2.

ev,

3.

see

1 1,

i.

-nil,

see

(at
i)ast

Pet.

5, 11.
17, 20.

19.

l!

17.'

17.
20.

3.

1.

xxiii. 7.

(at this)

even now, the

,
Eom.

of

in the

")

now

iii.

26.

1.

1 Cor. xvi. 12.

(at sundry)

consisting of many parts,

manifold, in many portions
by
many frau;nicnt8 in and through

many

and therefore necescompared with the

Son, by whom God has now spoken.

i.

V. 6,
1

John

ii.

iv.

see

person.'i,

(due)
":

18

12,

see

Heb.

(at

i.

1.

any)

viii. 1.

sec

(of

see
thing at any)

(no-

long)
xi. 8,

Jude

1.

Rev.

2.
1.

xii. 1.
xiii. 18.

xiv. 3, SCO

2.

T(long)

18.
i.

3.

X. 6.
xi. 18.

1.

xii. 12, 143tiin.

3.

liv. 15.
xxii. 10.

1.

existing

present season
season, J (see" time, "^^o. 1)

sarily imperfect

vii".

11,

'

in

2.

(aU the)
iii.

.i

the
vvv, present

ix. 9, 10.
xi. 32.

1.

now, just

TIMES

see

10,
need (in)
V. 12.

2.

that

j
>in these days.
[

present.

iii. 1.

(by

6, 7.

(at that)

Luke

vvv,

iv. 7.

2.

that)
39, see

'

TIME

(in)

xi.

these,

,1

past

iv. 3, 6.

any)

vii.

v. 37.

iv. 12.

V, 7///5, days, )

sundry)
see

John

John

TIME

9, the

see
to
(against the)

2 Tim.

V. 6.

21, see

6, pi.

iv. 1.

1.

i.

6.

ii.

1.

come

18, see

V.

19,

that)

18.

i.

1.

xxi. 8, 24.

vi. 66,

(tell in)
1.

XV. 29, see

ther at any)

4.

10.
V. 21, see

1.

viii. 13.

Acts

(at

this)

10.
57, and
come (full)
iv. 5.
27, see

xxiii. 7,

any time.

see

5.

vii. 5, 29.
xvi. 12, see

1.

33.
i.

i.

11 2,

see

19,

(unto this)

i.

John
HI'

xiii.

X. 30.
xi. 13.

John

(at ant)

ever, at

after a negative, not yet

ever, not at any time, never.

ix. 9.

vi. 35.

xiii.

21.

onli/

iV^.2'.

and see

viii. 18,

TIME
yet,

i.

(this present)

i. 15.
iv. 17,

xvi.

(text,

due time.)

Mark

Luke

and see

marg.

V. 6,

which.
Acts

see

(this)

(from that)

time

\the']

iee

xxiv. 25,
(for this)

xxi. 34.
xxiv. 21, see
this)

all

in

iv,

23.
16,

(spend the)

G~L.)

xxvi.

there

(spend some)

xvi. 3.
21, see

(all the)

during

tV, in,

(spend one's)

xi. 25.

vi. 19.

TIME THAT

XV. 21, pi.

xvii.
21,

viii. 29.

Tim.

xiv. 16.

(from

that)

impending future.

TIME

(by this)

even now, already.

Jobu

xi. 39.

TIM

,
Horn.

TIME

C
(_

806

TIME OF NEED

see " TIME," iVb. 1.

,
,
,

or succour.
Heb.

(endure but foe a)

are but
tor a
season.

^
for a season

are,

Mark

TIME

a sufficient or

time.

"^

to,

reach-

cing, sufficient,

Luke

TIME

,
,
1.

(foe this)

C TO, the
present,
(_)(, having.

Luke

Acts xxiv.

Tore, then, at

,
.V,

out

of,

from then,
from that
time.

that )

from,

Matt.

iv. 17.
XTi. 21.

1.

r ^>7r?/x^, to

fill,

. i

1.

Matt. xxvi.

2.

John

f ulC^l'

Xpojo,,

tune,

"time,

{see

iVb. 2)

Luke

(see "

TIME,"
Bom.

irt,

(nothing at any)

xi.

8 (om. niv,

j.^

r^^

iv,

GL

Tr

Luke

^j.^^_

(noav at this)

now

present

season, (see "time," No. 1.)

2 Cor.

57.

an hour.

,
,

viii.

U.

TIME

(of long)

through

,
^^,

the

sufficient

time, (see No. 2.)

Acts

xiii. 11.

the)

upon. Here, with Gen., in the

time of, at the time of.
iv. 27.

ti.)

the

the time
,, Jf^ifiu^.j.

(in

no

XV. 29.

U.M]

JVo. 3)

at
at

ti
j time.

in

vvv,

Luke

")

(neither at ant)

TIME

16.

vi. 66.

(uion)

TIME OF

xiv. 3.

/'

TIME

Acts

not ever, at no time.

J
i.

2.

everything, anything,

CO:\rE (full)

3o,the
l^

time.

TIME

,
TIME

sufficient

| because

or this icircum- >

stance or iime'\
\

1.

times,

viii. 27.

Acts

(from that)

from, away)
[time, >
from,

1.

(long)

ovuSeVoTc, not ever,

25.

av,

TIME

1.

sufficient [-Zy long"]

TIME

< vvv,

(in)

from,

of,

,
,

XX. 9.

i.

TIME

out

K-,

long

hence, suffi-

TIME PAST
Heb.

(for a long)

coming

iv. 16.

of old, formerly.

iv. 17.

times,

ing to

opportune help

iVKaipov, well timed,

6.

(in)

for

t?,

1 Pet. V.

but

,
,

TIM

(due)

G inarg. time.

V.

TIME

<

TIME

viii. 11.

(since that)

from

', then.
Luke

xvi. 16.

TIM
TIME

(spend one's)

have a good season, to

have and enjoy the opportunity,
("time," No. 1, and cu, good,
to

tvKaipiu),

frefixed.)
Acts

TIME

(.

xvii. 21.

(spend the)

wear away the time,

to

2) spend the time, delay,

(non occ.)
Acts XX.

TIME THERE

C TToteo),

to

make

time,

(spend some)

to spend or stay

some time,

Acte

16.

xviii. 23 part.

TIME PAST

',

(tell in)
before, (see " sat,"
before, prefixed.)

to tell

jVo. 2, toith

Gal. V. 21.

TIME

(this peesent)

the

vvv, present,

;,

now,

season, opportunityo

Bom.

TIME

viii. 18.

(to this)

807

TIT

TIT

808

TITLE.

%,

{Lat., titulus,

(b)

i.e.)

title,

super-

little

and
Matt.

"i,

xix. 19, 20.

V. 18.

3,

To

"

with Ace, upon, (by direction

{loith motion implied) up
for.
to, {implying infeiition)
to

(c)

xvi. 17.

the

subject
cerned.
7.

of words will be found at the

foot, in connection

with which

it

8.

When it is the translation of a separate

Grreek word,
following.

it

is

one of these

{implying motion to the

interior)
into, towards, with a
implying immediate pur\\Q\\ to

down

from.

Ace, down towards, down

implying destination.

9,

in order that, (loitli emp)hasis

in
on the manner and method)
such manner that, to the end that,

so that.

pose.

10.

the inf., to the end that,

with a view to doing, being, or
sujjf^ering lohatever the verb may

11.

15

down.

2.

,
to,

unto,

ct9,

contained or con-

9, {as prep.) until, wnio, marking

the ^^ terminus ad quern," and spoken
both of time and place.

(b) ivith

9.
1.

is

(a) with Gen.,

also found.

is

or of the Dative case of the noun.

It forms also sometimes part of a
phrase.
list

ofplace, within, among in

or with in, i.e. the sphere in tvhich

6. Iv, in

lation of the infinitive of the verb,

frequently either the trans-

is

toe

groundworh of it.

toioards)

TO
"

the

etc.)

Luke

Here,

im, upon, the ruin being the necessary cojisequence of that lohich was

horn, apex or point of a

the differences between

and

resting on,

groundwork of any

must understand the ivords "but

practised," retaining the force of

TITTLE.
a

upon and

Dat.,

at, as the

or circumstance.

fact

John

letter, {i e

tvitli

on or

scription.

Kepata,

TO

so as that, so that, so as to,

{expressing event, result, or consequence.)

8ttt,

through.

mean.
3.

Trpos,

towards, in the direction

with Gen., through and proceeding from, through, by means

of, {marking the instrument of an

(a)

of.

with Gen., hitherwards, in favour of, in consideration of, as a

(a)

action.)

motive.

(b) with Ace, through and tending

towards, because of, for the sake of,
{marking the ground of an action.)

(b) icith Dat., resting in a direction

towards,
to, as

(c)

an

at,

close by, in addition

act.

Ace, hitherwards, towards,

with a view to, as an end, im-

to,

Lva,

that, in order that, to the

end

tcifh the emphasis on the

purpoHO, design, and result. Here,
followed by the inf. mood, (and
consequentlt/ often represented by

that,

too "

5.

irri,

tos:')

upon.

upon and proceeding

from, on, upon, before.

(a) with Gen.,

in

presence

13.

plying ultimate purpose.

1.

12.

tvith

'-,

the sight

of,

in

the

of.

until, {referring solely to the

of the time or
space within which any thing is
limit, end, or close

done, and implying that what

spoken of then termiiiates.)

is

14. vTrip, over.

(a)

until

Gen., over

and separate

from.
(b) ivith

beyond.

Ace, over and towards,

TO

15.

809

1.

beside.

with Gen., beside and proceeding from, from beside.

(a)

(b) with Dat., beside and at, at the

side of, near, with.
(c) with Ace, to or along the side
of, beside, in

Matt.

7.

comparison with.
Sc.Mark

17.

i.

ii.

3c.
3c.
5c.
3c.
5c.

12.
iii. 5.

V.

1.

vii. 13.

1.

15.

4.

1.

3c.

7iM3it.
U2<i.

3c.

2.3.

viii. 28.

1.

ix. 7.

1.

13

1.

(owi. eis

reyientance,

to

GLTTr A

t<.)

1.

7.

4.

Lukei.

3c.3c.-

3c.
1.

1. 1.

2.
1.

xxi. 1.

2,

fo Jeni.salciil,

Trb

.)

45, 51.

3c.1.

2.

4.

3c.9. 10.-

3c.4.

i!

3c.
1.

.35.

12.

1.

1_

3c.

35, 37'ce

1.

4.

5c.

3c.

1.

4.

1.

3c.

8b.

5c.

xxiii. 34.

3.

4.

xxiv. 31.

4.

3c.

XXV.102J.
ixvi.
181".
9.

2.

16.

59
4

ix. 14.

161"
23.

45, 57.

1-

51
52 (is, as

& 2nd

xxvii. 1 1".
1", 14.
26.
31.
32.

Marki. 401",
172n.|

ii.

(o),i.

io

rc])Cii(-

Tr

4.

7 (No.
iv. 21 tivicc.

3c.
3c.

41.
V. 15, 19.

iii.

f[^

A K.)
G L

1,

xj

X.

1.
1.

5c.
1.
1.

1.

1.

53.

5tiliit

lap.)

3c.
3c.

563rd.
6.

x^-i. 5, 10,

1.

(.),

4.

xix. 16.
39.

11

3c.

4 (No. 3c,

11.

3c.
3c.

1.

3c.

(No.

1,

N.)

,
i.

7 (om.

Tr

XX. G.
131".

xxii.51", 172n.t.
xxiii. 181", 22.
23 I't23 2nd.
30 1"31, 32 2"'l, 331.
xxiv. 172"'

XXV. 1, 31", 9 2iid.

u:i",2i:trJ.
x-xvi. 9 2'
12. 141", 183rd.
20 ind.

1.

xxvii. 5.
12 1".
123rd.
42.
2nd, ,14

&-

4;j

5c.

2.1.1.

xxviii. 6.

1.

3c

2nd.

oii((0(iiiut/ioi,

1."

13tic., 161".

3c.

23

N.)

12.
iv. 23, 2-1.

1.

Rom.

i.

1"

5,

morg.

(text.

nmr^.

(text,

for.)

17.

(om. L W.)
32 1", 33 1", 46.

X. 7

50.

14, 15, 17.

18.
xxi.42n<l,7, 12Ind,

4.

22, 23.
25.

ii.

H), (om, G.)

1.

xxi. 9.

Acte

5c.

17"".

Tr
1.

3, i, 8.

5a.

20.
xviii. 1,
12.
19, 22, 24.
xix. 1, 21 2nd.

3c.
3c.

XX. 2 '',

3c.

3c.

1,
1.
1.

1.

xvii.

3c.

11, 1.3.
xviii. 13 1".

1.

xiv. 6, 7.

9.
7.

3c.
3c.
5c.
3c.
3c.

1.

3c.

4.

4.

142.1,1.

15 1"

15, 17.

16

32.
xvii. 1.

1.
twice.

30, 3V2n>l

xvii. 1, 52nd.

152nd.

3c.

3, 6.

35.
xiv. 18.

1.

7.

Tr A

1.

17, 28.

62.

15

5c.

6.

twice, 12, 16.

-362nd.

1.

xiii. 2.

11

30.

361"

1.

3c.

8,

4.

L"
[.)

if,

453rd.

1.

3c

4.

3'd.

19.

22 2nJ, 30,38 ind.

xvi. 1.
7 1st.

3.

4.

40.

24,

XV. 2, 4.

1.

2nd, 48.

261"

4.

9.

i-i

xiv. 11.
20, 212ni,

3c,

17.
24.

2nd,

31

31,

40, 45.
vi. 15.

4.

13fi, 14,

xiii. 4,

7, 36.

3c.

19 2nd.

20.

v.l.

3c,

51".
(No. 5c,
.)

2n<i

ance.G

3c.

33.

34 1".

3c.

1.

xii. 11.

3c.

4.

(even)

see

13, 20, 25.

-30.

4.

1.

5,

1"

1.

5
-

8.

4.

G-v=LTTr
1.

iv.

3c.
4.

xxii.'32n'i,

'

1.

3c.

151".
39 and, 41.
22
42 (om. fls'Iepo-

;:

3c.

42, 47.
ii. 2, 12, 13.
iii. 2.
13.
17.
20, 21, 26.

4.

56.
73.
ii.

27.

1.

1.

1.

23 1st

19.

5c.
1.

marg. by.

7, 8, 19.

i.

4.

.27i5',432ini,55i5t

XX. 17,181"
192nd

1.

1.

xiii. 48.

3i'J,

17

John

1.

20, 21.
17 2"J
16,
~

W.)
52.

4.

2n<i,

XV. 15

50 (No. 3c,

3c.

2"

viii. 40.

ix. 2 1".
22"<i.

.33.

1.

3<.

10.
32lrt.

3c.-

xvii. 141"
24 1", 27.

17.
24.

3c.

27.

4.

xi. 23.

1.

IX

3c.
5c.

2.

53.
55lt

5c.
3c.

34
8

Acts

3c.

11.

1.

4.

6. 1. -

xiv. 19.
29.
xvi. 51"

xxiv. 5.

12.

Tr

xiii. 9, 121', 14.

3c.

7.

1.

1.

3c'.

1.
1.

5c.

5g

1.

xiv.

.""jc.

X. 1 1"
6, 13.
17, 21 1", 22.

10.
3c.

1.

(.)

45.
52_
xxiii. 41", 7, 15.
:, 48.

1.

xii. 2.

4.

xxji. 33 2nd^ 39.

44

28.

4.

1.

1. 8.

Luke

5c.
3c.

1.

272".

xi.

TO

19,

in.)

24, 28

i.
.

2"'

4.

14.
16, 18.

TO
Eom.

Tii. 5.

10

31.

25 2nd.

1.

4.

30.

1.

1.

6.

Col.

.)

4 2ud
untd

(lit. eij

1 Thes.

3c.-

iii.

7.

1.

V.

1.

2 Thes.

16.

4.

iii.

xvi. 26

4. 1

Cor.

'-"J.

(.),

Tim.

ii.'l.

1.

1.

iv. 61st.

1.

3c.
3c.

vi.

6.

vii. 15,

18, 19.
5 1"

Tim.

Tr

lat.

14 1" (No. 5e.

.)

ii.

TO

i.

iii.

4.

8.

fab as)

(as

of time, continuedly, mnrJcing

duration, continuedly, until, during, (without im'plying the cessation
when a certain point may he
reached.)
2 Cor. X. 14.

twice, 25.
iii. 7 2nd.

TO

iv. 10, 12.

iii. 1 5th.

in.

3c. 2 Cor.

Thes.

20

3c. Tit.

marg.

16

i.

16 2nd.
V. 24.

1.

27-"iij 281"

3c.

133rd, 14.
9I"

ii.

9-'nd.

3c. 1
1.

271"

i.

12.

3c. 1

21st, 5.
15.

91",

2.

(.),

i.

gee

91".
ii. le-'Jrd.

1.

1.

81st,

i.

2.

30.

5c.

... -ward.
3c.

182nd.
22, 241st

3c. 2 Cor.

9, 15.

iii.

2.

10.

15, 23.
xxii. 14.

4.

TO...-WAED.

2.

23.

1.

14.

xiv. 1.

Sc.Eev. xxi.

xiii. 12, 16.

xvi. 14 2nd.
XX. 83rd.

23.
ii.

3c.

xiii.

Eev.

4.

1.

1.

xii. 10.

TO

iv. 17.

1.

X. 1, 21.

36

4.

11.

ii.

3c.

is. 223rd, 31.

xi.

Phil.

1.

1"

viii. 15.

810

12 2nd.

1.

3c. Heb. i. 13.

15c.
ii. 7, marg. (text,

.),

(eyen)

see ahove.
Acts

xi. 5.

Heb.

iv. 12.

ihan.)
2.

17 2nd.
iv. 12, see

3c.
2.

vi.ll.
vii. 25 2nd.

2.

viii.

3c.
2.

Cor.

12, sec T...-

i.

ward.

142nd, 28.
X.39.
xi. 7.

1.

13.

7.

3c.

3c.
of.)

12 twice.

3c.

13.

1.

3c.

3c.
5c.

3 2nd.

vii.

9, 10l

1.

1.

twice.

i.

4.

4.

ii.

11a. 2 Pet.

7.

{ISia

19 2nd.

h>i

24.

virtiie,

1.

ix. llt, 8, 11.

."Jc.

X. 4.
5.

(as far

5c.

xi. 1.

1.

7.

xii. 2.

4.

4.

4.

13i't.

i.

1.
1.

Eph.

1.

i.

Phil.

i.

see

Note

under "Strait

(be in

a)

26.

5lt.

52nd(ToCTO, <?lflt
too v:hen, instead of,

',

to,

GvL

t*.)

141".

1.

Jude

4.

4.

Rev.

ii.
iii.

lit.

[When

it comes after a verb, it

belongs to that verb, unless it is
separated from it and thrown
into the next clause by the presence of oTi, (thai) e.rj.

20.

3c.
4.

21.

TO-DAY.
to-day, this day.

vi. 2.

With

oTi.

Luke

xi.x.

viii. 6.

19.
2.'li",

iii. 5.

iv. 16.

ix. 9.

.32.

2.

See, TOSS.

9lt.

John 12 3rd.
John 4.

3c.

4.

8 flee.
5 I". 6, 12.

iv. 29.

.{c.

i.

24.
vi.

1.

iii.

1.

1.

iv. ,5.
91't-

1.

3c.

4.

1,8, lllt.
112nd.

ii.

5c.

1.

1,7.

TO AND FEO.

9 2nd.

3c. 2

171
17 2nd.
18 1.

8b.
4.

to

i*.)

22 2nd.
223nl.

IJohn

6.

10 twice.

Gal.

3.

1.

-J..,!.

142nd.

1.
1.

ii.

1.

xiii.

instead of
Koi

1.

3c.

marg. hy

3,

aperr}
his oii-n glory and

TTrA

14, see

Itb.

i.

according, ansaver, appeal,

ATTENDANCE, BOTTOM,
BEING, CALL, CAEET, CHARGE,
CHAEGEABLE, CLEAVE, COME, CONDESCEND, CONFOEMED, CONSENT,
CONTEART, END, FALL, FOR, FROM,
GENERATION, GIVE, GIVEN, GO,
GRIND, GROUND, HEARKEN, HEED,
HOME, INTENT, JOIN, KNEEL,
LAUGH, LAW, LOOK, MINISTER,
NEAR, OBEDIENT, PERTAIN, PLACE,
PRIVY, PROMISED, PURPOSE, PUT,
EEADT, REGARD, RESPECT, EOLL,
EUN, SEE, SPEAK, SUBJECT, SUBSUBMIT,
SUFFICIENT,
JECTION,
TURN,
TAKE,
TOSSING,
TRY,
UTTEEMOST.

also,

audvirtue.Gc^Ij

as)

Ac.

(text,

iv. 4, 9, 10.

1.

6.

1.

marg.

24,

3c.
1.

riwioushj

on.)

viii. 3.
4.

fib.

marg. with

iv. 5,

1 Pet.

1.

15.

1.
2.

-jnd.

i.

1.

3.

6.

1.

5c.
3c.

16.
18.
iv. 2.

3c.

19 1't &
19 :ird.
ii. 3I"

Jas.

2.

8eeT....ward.

4,

xiii. 21irt.

2.

'-'.

iii.

1.

marg. (text,

18,

ii. 1.

1.

3 ist.

ix. 13.

1.

See

AS, ATTAIN,

11.

7.

(even)

x. 5.
xi. 63rd, 12.
xii. 41".
.lrd.

xiu. 3.

" Eittc

-.."

7rpo<;

"

But Jesus

said unto him, that to-day" (or this

day is salvation come, etc.)

;
;

"
TO

Luke

21.

iv.

TOG

'. "But

I say unto you, this day," etc.

" I testify unto you this day," etc.
Deut. vi. 6 vii. 11 viii. 1 x. 13
xix. 9;
xiii. 18;
xi. 8, 13, 28;
xxxi. 2, etc., where the
xxvii. 4
Se])tuagint corresponds to Luke

....

otl"

He

811

began to say unto them that

ture fulfilled, etc.)

'<:

Mark

"

30.

xiv.

"

Xeyec

^/.,"

otl

And

Jesus
unto
liim, Verily I say unto thee, that
this day," (i.e. to-day before the
cock crow, etc.)
etc.

Without
Matt.

OTL.

xxi. 28.

And

eiTTC,

etc.

to the first
go to-day, work in

He
my

coming

said, Son,

vineyard."

Luke

"

,"

iv

"

saith

,,

xxiii.

Matt.

Luke

"

Luke

xxiii.

^?,

43.

Heb.

v.'s.
liii. 8.

Jas. iv. 13.

also,

under dat.

TOGETHER
upon.

cTTt,

IleTpe,

(.}
Jesus said to him, Verily,
to thee I say this day, vfith. Me
shalt thou be in the Paradise."
The words to-day being made
solemn and emphatic. Thus, instead of a rememhrance,
Ho
shall come in (tV, \ev. 22) His
kingdom. He promises a presence
then in a8sociation
Avith
Himself. And this promise He
makes on that vt-ry day when He
was dying, but when the faith of
the dying robber read aright the
inscription al)ove Him and the

"And

{spoken of place,
object, or time.)

signs around

down upon,

at

4.

{Gen. neut. of
one and
the same) at one and the same
place or time, together, at once.

3.

two

at once, uniting

different

actions, persons, or things.

Here iiniting two different sets

of persons, viz. those who " are
alive and remain," and " the dead
in Christ," raised first, (i.e. not
merely before " the rest of the
dead," but before the living are
changed,) in order that we may not
"prevent" or get before them,* and
that they may not get before us, but
that both, both ^yarties, united in one,
may be caught up " together," (d/xa)

(a)

Him.
'^'

of explaining why Jesus did not

answer the (piestion in its own
terms and (2) the inconvenience
of endorsing the punctuation of
the Auth. Vers, as inspired and
Ave also place this passage in
harmony with numlKM-Jcss passages in the O.T., such as " Verily

,
,

/icra,

f,

(1) the trouble

same-

the
same, {time or place.)

(^)

Thus we are saved

Trb

15.

iii. 7, 13,
iv 7 "'<;

,
,
,"
"'
,
'."
*

[A' S.)

xxiv. 21 (oin.

See

Peter, the cock shall

not crow this day, before," etc.
tell thee,

see note

xxiii. 43,

above.

xvi. 3.
xxi. 28.
Luke V. 26.
xii. 28.
xiii. 32.
33.
XIX. 5.

etc.

"

43.]

vi. 30.

TO, the,

xxii. 34.

this day," (or to-day is this scrip-

\
(
(^

with, in association Avith.

cach other, one another.

towards, to

jXwv,

(l/\./\iy,

each other, one another.

1.

1.
5.

Tr
AY.)

', to thee I nay, with euipha

pronoun, " to thee I ny tbis <liiy "
" I soy to theo," ae in the

profer

Bis oil the

(instuiid of

6.

3.

Mnft.

xxii. 31.
Luke ivii. 35.
xxiii. 12.
xxiv. It.
John iv. 36.

3.

Acts

How

i.

could the
!

And

yet

44.

iv. 26.

xiv.

1.

4.

li<>ni. iii. 12.

1.

Cor.

possibly

vii. 5.

Thes.

4.

livinir

ii.

iii. 1.

4ft. 1

15.

thosi wild, ninny say,

tiirieH

Acts

1.

2.

XX. 4.
xxi. 2.

3.

1.

1.
1.

iret

iv. 17.

V. 10.

to frlory before

have bcon there for cen-

this

was written

Bhould not bo " ignorant "

that

(1 ITies. iv. 13.)

we

See

S12

agree, assemble, assemb-

also,

ling, BAND, BOWED, BEING, BUILD,

CALL, COME, COMFOBTED, COMMUNE, COUNSEL, EAT, ELECTED, FOLGATIIEE, GATHEKLOWEE,
ING, GLOBIFT, GEOAN, GROW, HEIR,
HELP, JOIN, KNIT, LABOUREB,
PLANTED, QUICKEN, RAISE, REASON,
RISE, ROLL, RUN, SHAKE, SHUT, SIT,
STRITE, TEMPER, TRATAIL, TREAWORKER, WRAP,
SURE, WORK,

TON

1.

2.

,, TOMB

a memorial, memory, remembrance or record ofi a person or

thing; esp. a memorial ofi one
dead, tribute of respect a mound
or building in honour of the dead,
a monument.
;

3.

1.

2.

a
grave
itself, {\xx.for inp, {the loord for
a single grave, as bnw is for gravedom) Gren. xxiii. 4, 20 2 Sam^

(-ED, -ING.)

to apply a touchstone;
metaph., to examine, test, scrutinise, either hy words or torture
then, 2>"ss., as here, to be afflicted
with pain, be tortured or torMatt.

1.

Ti. 28.

1.

48.

1.

1.

Matt.

viii. 28.
xxiii. 29.
xxvii. 60.

:',.

1.

1.

Mark

Luke

Mark

TOKEN

i.

vi. 30.

Luke

xii. 28.

^,

,
body

iii.

Phil.

i.

5.

TOLERABLE.
avfKTO'i,

bearable, endurable, support-

able.

In

parative,

JV.T.,

more

07iJi/

in the com-

endurable,

etc.,

{non occ.)
Matt.

X. 15.

xi. 22, 24,

Mark
Luke

vi.

11 (op.)

X. 12, 14.

also,

personified,

11)

ii.

{as

in
i.e.

a speaking through, or

hence,
language
and fro
spoken by a people or province,

1.

an instance,

(-S.)

the tongue, as part of the

to

1.

occ.)

Jas. iv. 32.

TONGUE

,
esp.,

the thing pointed out with

xxiii. 20.

XXV. 22.
Cor. XV. 32.

28.

(manifest)

2 Thee.

every person comp. Is. xlv. 23,

ivhere Ixx, for pt2^, {non occ);
and also, a tongue, a language, a
gift of language.

17.

tvifh the finger,

the fi)njer, a proof,

{non

Acts

32,33. [TrA.)
Acts xxiii. 15 (oni. G L

{occ.

TOKEN

29,

12, etc.)

Matt.

an indicating.
Phil.

1.

viii. 27.

xi.

(evident)

^, a pointing out

G L

, );

xiii.

2 Thee.

2,

i^.)

5.

27 {ap.)

TOKEN.

1.

Luke

TO-MOEEOW.

a sign, signal, {see under

xiv. 44.

v. 2.

(No.

v.

2.

to-morrow, {fromavpa, morning(Ixx. for ItlD,

air, from
Ex. viii. 10, 23 ; ix. 5, 19 2 Sam.

a concerted sign, a sign

or signal agreed upon in conjunction with others, {non occ.)

2.

Mark
Tr

avpiov,

V. 5.

xii.

1.

2.

" SIGN.")

2.

esp.,

31.)

ii.

mented, be vexed or harassed.

2.

to beat out, i.e. to be weary.

Then, to weary one's self, beat
one's self out as ivith labour.

1.

sepulture
then, the

a burial,
funeral-feast ;

TOKED, TOURSELTES,

TOIL

(-.)

a memorial, a mtnunient
hence, a sepulchral monument,

a dialect, peculiar

Acts

ii.

G.)

idiom,

TON
TONGUE

813

(of another)

(TcpoyXwaaos, other-tongucd, of fillother {i.e. a different) language,

(no occ.)
1

Cor. xiv. 21.

TOO.
See, suPEESTiTious.

TOOTH, TEETH.

9, a tooth
30

.latt. V. .38.

(Ixx.

for

Job. xvi. 9.)

fti?,

Lev. xxiv.

TOR

TOR

814

TOR^EENTOR

4.

(-s.)

an examiner, an inquisitor
hence, one who applies the torture

a prison keeper, gaoler, (jion occ.)

, ,
Matt,

xviii. 34.

TORTURE

(-ED.)

(a
on a
tympanum, which was either a
drum or an instrument of torture,
being a Avooden frame resembling
a drum, on which criminals were
bound to be beaten to death. (See
vii. 9.)
2 Mace. vi. 19, 28, 30

to beat

1.

Hence, to tympanize, to beat the

drum or to scourge upon a tym;

panum

or rack, to torture,

drum

to death.

2.

examine thoroughly, to
(Ixx. for WT\,

to

enquire strictly;
Judg. vi. 29.)
2.

1.

(text, examine.)

Acts xxii. 29, inarg.

Heb. xi. 35.

,
1.

TOSS.
see the verb "

',

torment."

to fan, to blow, (as afire or

fuel) hence, to move to and fro,
to toss, agitate, (nan occ.)

2.

Matt.

1.

xiv. 24.

Acts sxvii. 18, seeTem-

2.

Jas.

i.

[pest.

6.

TOSSED TO AND FRO

Kkvhwv

billows

(non

to surge, to

(be)

be tossed in

(Ixx./or mn;:, Is.

Ivii.

20),

occ.)
Ei-h. iv. 14.

TOSSING TO AND FRO.

2 Cor. vi. 5,

1.

[margin.]

see "tcmult."

/,TOUCH

(-ED, -ETII.)

to apply one's self to, i.e.

to touch, so in the sense of to eat
in a Levitical sense. Lev. v. 2, 3,

where

Ixx.

for

i*;;,

and Lev.

vii.

18-21.)
2.

--,
{less

3.

to touch lightly, just touch,

emphatic thaii No. 1.)

-,

to lead

duct down

down

down, bring or conship, to bring

of

to land, to

come

to land.

TOW

to touch to or upon,
touch, handle, feel upon, (non occ.)

TOW

815

(a) with Gen., hitherwards.

(b)

li'ith

Oat., restinpf in a direction

at, close by.

1,

and

Ch. xxvii. ,25

m;2, Josh. XV. 45

TOUCHING," No. 2.
(a), (b),and (c), see "Toucnmo,"
No. 2, (a), (b), and (c.)
eV, in, denoting the sphere in which
the subject is concerned as dioelling

,
,

see "

TOUCniNO," No. 3.
and (c.) see "touching,"

(b),

(a),

No.

2, (a),

(b),and

(c.)

Gen., over, on behalf of,

for the sake of, in reference to.

(b) with

(No.

xiv. 14

Tr

.3b,

t<.)

xxviii.

3c,

1.

Gal.

1.

Eph.

xiii. 22.

3c.

ii.

1.

iii.

xxiv. 29.

i.

2c.
2c.
1.

12.
V. 14.

52nd.

1.

xiv. 19.
XV. 5.

Sb.Heb.

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

10.

Pet. iii. 21.

2 Pet. iii. 9 (G~),

1. 1

12

1.

(iia,</iroi<gh,

16,
18,

ii.

G LTr

2c.l

John

t.

14,

iii.

iii.

21.

iv. 9.

make, man, press.

also,

TOWEL.

by

traffick,

(GAIN by)

gain by trade,(o?i occ.)

Luke

/)5,
;

xii. 1.

BY,

xviii. 17.

xix. 15.

TRADITION.

TOWER.

Murk

16.

to work through or
out, to go through Avith
to do or
effect in business, to accomplish

xiii. 4, 5.

mJpyos, a tower, esp. the watchtowcr

{so, Ixx.
or turret of a vinej'^ard
xxi. 33.

[verb.]

(-ED.)

lentoum) a linen cloth,

a towel, apron ivorn by servants and persons in loaiting.

Matt.

the

see " woek."

TRADE

{Lnf.,

for ?:3. Is.

In

35.

Matt. XXV.

e.g.

Tohn

xi. 1, 30.

[margin.]

TRADING

Sec

[27,

to work, to labour.

Eev.

K.)

8.

iii.

vi. 1.

1.

vii. 36.
i.

1,

LTrA.)

xi. 22.

xii. 16.

Tit.

TRADE

3.

i.

2c.Philem. 51" (No.

V. 8.

26 i",

ix. 6, 12.
vii. 42.

a Avriter, a scribe.

TRADE,

iv. 10.

2 Thes.

but

John

Acts xix.

1.

27.

a large

city,

2.

xxvii. 12.
xxviii. 14.
i.

12
'-.yn,

sense, a public officer in

7.

-le.

10.

viii. 26.

occ.)

1.

John

i.e.

Mark viii. 23,

Luke v. 17.

1.

1.

11

the
cities of Asia Minor who presided
in the senate, had charge of the
laws and decrees, and read what
was to be made known to the
people, a public clerk, {elsewhere
translated, in
Jewish Church,
" SCEIBE.")

8, 19.

XX. 21.
xxiv. 15.

vi. 17.

Rom.

Greek

8.

ii.

2c.Phil. ii. 30,

iii. 14.
5b.
2c.Col. iv. 5.
2c.l Thes. i. 8*.
1.
iii. 12 3 tin'"

i.

3, 4.

.xiii.

1.

citj,

like

1.

I.

ix. 8.
X. 1.

1.

sii. 21.

Acts

Matt.

ix. 35.
xiv. 15.
xxi. 2.
1.
2. Mark i. 38.
1.

~,2::,

xlx. 6, etc.)

without walls, {non

2c. 2 Cor. vii. 4.

6a.
7.
15.
1.
1.

1.

Mark vi. 34 (No.

L Tr A .)
Luke ii. 14.

John

town

/or
vii.

xvii.

a village

village or

Ace, over and towards.

lii. 49.

^,

Josh. XV. 31, etc.

2,

(Ixx.

Song

TOWN-CLERK.

over.

(a) xoith

Matt.

walls;

icithout

1.

or acting in.

6.

(-S.)

with Ace, hitherwards, to, towards.

3. eVi, see "

5.

ow^^

a village, hamlet, in the countri/

towards,
(c)

4.

Matt. XV.

Mark

v. 2.)

Luke

xiii. 4.

liv. 28.

delivery,

livering over
2, 3, 6.

vii.:l, 5, 8. 9, 13.
xi. 2, luorij. (text,

1 Cor.
ordinance.)

1 Pet.

i.e.

the act of de-

from one to another.

Gal.
Col.

i.

14.

ii.

8.

2 Tho.<i.

ii.

iii.

6.

18, sec

15.

Fathers,

"

TRA

TEAITOE

77/5,

Moses and Elijah, and also immediately afterwards again with His

(-S.)

disciples.

Luke Ti.

16.

down

to tread dowTi, to trample

(Ixx. for do'), 2 GliraD

..

Tun.

iii.

4.

(3) Peter tells us (2 Pet. i. 17) that

it was on " the Holy Mount

TEAMPLiU,
;

Tii.

Jesus received from the

Father "honour and glory;"
while Heb. ii. 9 tells us that He
was crowned with " glory and
loith
honour," "onaccount of
the suffering of
Ace, see
den thy
that

xxY. 18; Ezek, xxxiv

Matt.

18.)i

TEANCE

(4)

Acts

Acts xxh.

XI. 5.

our Lord Jesus Christ," (2 Pet. i.

16) an event vhich shows that
though about to suffer and die.
He will yet come "with power
and great glory," and that until
He does so come, His church
try
vain to heal a demoniac

iv. 6.

TEANSFIGTJEED

(be)

[Used here of the Transfiguration

of Christ
which se(_'ins to have
been the inauguration of His
oiTicc as Priest, as the Baptism
was of Ilis oillce as Prophet, (the
same form of words being used
by the Father from heaven.
xvii. 5, on both
Matt. iii. 17
;

as similar Avords
occasions
yet be used at His inauguration
;

7.)

It

seems to

be connected with His approacliing priestly work. From the follow-

ix.

,
,
,
ix.

Eng., metamorphosis.)

ii.

Mark
xvii. 14-21
14-29; Luke ix. 37-45]. {occ.
Eom. xii. 2 2 Cor. iii. 18,
the event recorded also in Luke
world, (Matt.

to change one's form,

fashion, or appearance, to trans{hence the
form, alter one's form

as Kin(}, Ps.

are ex-

ing of " the power and coming of

to transfer a thing in
apphcation, to transfer the
thoughts as to one object to another Avhich IS an image of it.
Cor,

1, 2, loe

TheTrautdiguration was also a show-

its

xii.

He was transfigured) holy, acceptable unto God."

17.

TEANSFEE IN A FIGUEE.
//,//{, to change the outward
figure

In Eom.

horted to be " transformed " (the

same word) in our minds, by presenting our " bodies as a living
sacrifice, (as Jesus did His, when

X. 10.

(,

'')

a standing out ot, removal,

a standing out ot" one's usual
mind the state of a person out
of his senses, ecstasy.
Acts

TRA

betrayer, a traitor.

3/

816

28-36.)

Matt.

xvii. 2.

TEANSFOEM ONE'S

ix. 20.

SELF.

(here, mid.)

to

change

the outward figure, alter the shape

or mien, alter one's bearing, look,
or air.
2 Cor.

xi. 13.

TEANSFOEMED

1.

see "

(be)" and note

(be)

TKANSFIOUEED

(4.)

"

see

2.

ing considerations.

Mark

TUANSFOUil

one's self."

dated by all three Evanfrom circumstances connected with the first mention of

(1) It

is

1.

Horn.

xii. 2.

2.

2 Cor.

xi. 14, 15.

gelists,

1.

(2)

Those sufferings formed

the

subject of the conversation with

),

TEANSGEESS

His sufferings.

to step

(-eu, -etii.)

ou

0110 side,

go

aside from, transgress; {Xw.Jhr

-2,

Ex. xxxii. 8

^^Z):,

Numb.

TRA
41

xiv.

-,
Acts

Josh

11, 15),

vii.

^17

to come or go by, to
pa.ss beside or by,
pass over,
transgress
(so, Xw.for ini% Deut.
xxvi. 13
Jer. xxxiv. 18.)

2.

TRANSPAEEN'

(occ.

25.)

i.

TRA

8(.,

transparent,

diaphanous,

able to be seen through (Ixx. /or

"];, Ex. XXX. 34), {no7i occ.)
;

Eev.

{, Mmng

xxi.

through,

Tr A M.)

GL

1.

Matt. XV.

2.

Luke

Bom.

2, 3.

XV. 29.
ii.

1.

2 John 9

(who

27,8ee

John

(,

iii.

4,

see

/oni'di'd, to go

doth)

vance,

TEANSGRESS

'

Law.

to icad
in ad
H.)

hunting, the chase hence, cause

of destruction, (710 occ.)
;

Rom.

(wno doth)

one who steps aside, a

transgressor
(Ixx. for pic, Ps.
xvii. 4
Ezek. xviii. 10.)
;

ii.

27.

xi. 9.

TRAVAIL,

Bom.

TRAP-

1.

[noun.]

wearisome labour, travail,

including the idea of painful effort,
sorrow (Ixx./or h'2i\ Deut. xxvi.
7 Ecc. ii. 18), {occ. 2 Cor. xi. 27.)
;

TRANSGEESSION

<;,
right

1.

Kom.

25, see

(fall

ci.

Tim. ii. 14.

Heb. ii. 2.

by)

V. 14.

23;

xxii.

John

TRANSGRESSION

-',

iii.

4,

1. 1

Thes.

ii.

9.
1.

xiii.

2 Thes.

2. 1
iii.

for bin,
3,
cf

Is.
la,

Thes.

v.

:).

8.

1.

Law.

sec

(fall by)

see " TEA.Ii8QBE3S,"

Acts

No.

TRA\'AIL
John

1.

TRAVAIL

';,

see "

(-s.)

TRANSOUESS

DOTll)"

',

(est,

xvi. 21.

-, ->.)

[verb.]

to be in the throes, to travail

in child-birth, {non occ.)

Gal.

without law, lawless, not

subject to law a violator of the

(be

to bring forth, to bear.

25.

TRANSGRESSOR

2.

Hos.

ix. 1.5.

Cial. iii. 19.

1.

(so, Ixx.

in travail;
xxxvii. 3.)

3.)

iv. 15.

a pang, as of a icoman

2. <i8tV, a throe,

a stepping aside, as from

hence, transgression (Ixx.

for 2^ar, Ps.

Acts

(-3.)

iv. 27.

TRAVAIL IN BIRTH.

divine law.
Bev.
2.

Mark xv. 28.

Luke xxii. 37.

,
,
,
2.

1.

Gal.

1.

Jaa

9,11.

TRAVAIL IX BIRTH

TRANSLATE

C-ed.)

to stand or set in another

1.

to put Of placc in another place, to transport.

1.

Col.

i.

13.

2.

Hob.

xi.

standing,
metathesis,
a
setting in another place.

KEE

xi. 5.

OF.

iv. 19.

to jointly travail in
throes of birth, {non occ.)

"'".

TRANSLATION.

Hob.

Gal.

TRAVAIL IN BIRTH TOGETHER.

plai'c, to transfer.

2.

xii. 2.

18.

ii.
ii.

Bom.

TRAVEL

.';,

the

viii. 22.

(companion in)

absent together from one's

people, {occ. 2 Cor.

cU

six. 29.

viii.

10.)

;;

TRA

TRAVEL

818

^-EB, -iNO.)

Matt.

[verb.]

xix. 21.
x. 21.

See

viii. 19.

Am.

countet.

also,

to tread ivith the feet, trample

on, press by treading, (non occ.)
(iVo. 1, joith

down,

prefixed) to tread down, trample

down,
Luke

1.

2.

Matt.

(occ.

X. 19.

xii. 1.

1.

Eev.

1.

Heb.

Jas.

ii.

5,

up.

see

7.

xi. 26.

v. 3, (see

toge-

ther (heap)

to lay

up

(heap)

in store, treasure

for IVt*, 2 Kings xx. 17

10 ^, Zeeh. ix. 3.)

iii.

Jas. V.

3.

Luke

(lay up)

xii. 21.

TREASURE UP

vii. 6.)

Rev.

1.

2 Cor. iv.
Col. ii. 3.

TREASURE

(-ETH, TEODE, TEODDEN.)

[verb.]

1.

1.

viii. 27.

TREASURE TOGETHER
(Ixi.

2 Cor.

,
,

Acts

up)

people.

451", 4S,^i
see
(lay

vi.

2.

Eom.

[(.)

sii. 3:1, 34.

xviii. 22.

1.

xiii. 44, 52.

Mark
Luke

Luke

1.

ice.

xii. 21,

xi. 19.

TRAVEL WITH.
<8<;, absent together from one's

35

xii.

travel through.

TREAD

11.

ii.

vi. 19, 20, 31.

to come, go, or pass through

any country or place; hence, to
Acts

TRE

(-est.)

[verb.]

see above,

Rom.

ii.

5.

TREASURY.

xiv. 20.
rvi. 20, ruarg. see

1.

[Bruise.

15.

a place for keeping

under guard the public treasure.

Among

the Jews, the sacred treasury in one of the courts of the

Temple see Neh. xiii. 7 x. 37,
38 xiii. 4, 5, 8, where Ixx. for
T\'2\ih, and for nJ, Esth. iii. 9, {non

TREAD DOWN.
Luke

2.

viii. 5.

Luke

1.

xxi. 24.

TREAD UNDER EOOT.

occ.)

Matt.

2.

V. 13.

Heb.

2.

Eev.

1.

x. 29.

xi. 2.

2.

TREAD OUT THE CORN.

;

with oxen (l.xx. for wr\. Is. xli.

15 u;n, Deut. xxv. 4 -, Jer.
;

li.
1

53), {occ. 1 Cor. ix. 10.)

Cor.

ix. 9.

TREASURE
1.

Tim.

6<:, anything laid up in store

of

mammon, Gen.

xliii.

Temple, the sacred treasure.

2.

Matt,

1.

Mark

xxvii. R.
41 kc, 43.

Acts

23

the royal treasure then, as in

(a word of
gaza, riches

{non

V.

origin)

17

occ.)

vi.

(Ixx.

for

Esth.

iv.

i;j,

7),

SivSoov, a tree,

,
tree

Persian

Ezra

TREE
1.

Lat.,

1.

Luke
Joha

xxi. 1.
viii. 20.

TREATISE.

Prov. ii. 4; 'ii^lK, 1 Kings xiv. 2G;

Prov. XV. 17), {noTiocc.)

2.

1.

xii.

a word, as forming part of what

is spoken, an exposition or account
which one gives, (see the noun,
"account," p. 25.)

hence, treasure, wealth; (Ixx.Jor

poDD,

(,

Mark vii. 11) then, spoken

money offered to God in the

occ.

V. 18.

[noun.]

C-sJ

the Heb., pip, i.e. a gift,

offering
or
oblation to God,
the7i, some(Lev. ii. 1, 4, 12, 13)
thing devoted to God,
;

to beat, to thresh
then, to
drive round in a circle, esp. oxen
upon grain to thresh it, to thresh
;

;,

2.

(Ixx./yr

i.

1.

(-S.)

a living,

, Gen.

growing

xviii. 4, 8.)

wood, i.e. for fuel, timber

anything made of wood here,
a piece of timber, a wooden stake
i/ien,

TRE
(a)

819
on

{Used here for the

Both
Avluch Jesus was crucified.
Avords disagree with the modem
idea of a cross, with which we
have become familiarised by picwas simply
The
tures.
an upright pale or stake to which
the

Romans

those

nailed

who

were thus said to be crucified,

merely means to drive
It never means two
stakes.

"^,

each
of wood joining
Even the
other at any angle.
Latin word crux means a mere
stake.
The initial letter X, (chi)
(Christ) was anciently
of
pieces

used for His name,* until it was

displaced by the T, the initial of
the Pagan Grod Tammuz, about
the end of cent, iv.]

flo I
2 (the first three letters of the word
JESus) were used for that n.ame until made by
the Boniish Church (which repudiates the knowledge of the sacred lautiuoges) into I h S, the
(being turned into a
long mark over the Greek
and made to
cross running through the h)
stand ae the initials of three Latin words.

Just

TRI

TRI

820

8,

TRIBE.

a didrachm, a double
drachma, a silver coin equal to
the Jewish half-shekel, the yearly
tribute paid by every Jew to the
Temple treasury at Jerusalem
(see Exod. xxx.
xxxviii. 26)
(Ixx. everyichere for h'p'iii, Gren.
xxiii. 15, 16; Neh. x. 32), (occ.
Matt. xvii. 24, pi.)

a union of individuals into a

state
a union of
to ties of blood a?id
descent a clan, a tribe (Ixx.for
lontir,
Ex.
nt2"D, Ex. xxxi. 2, G
xxiv. 4 Deut. i. 13, etc.)

community or
men according

Matt.

Phil.

xix. 28.

iii.

5.

Heb. TU.

xxiv. 30.
Liike ii. 36.

Jas.

i.

Eev.

xxii. 30.
Acts xiii. 21.
Bom. xi. 1.

13, 14.

1.

3.

V. 5.

TRIBES

3 times

Matt.

xvii. 24, pi.

25.

2.

vii,4 5 3times 63times

Eev. xri.

TRO

xxii. 17.

2.

3 tim8.

Mark

1.

Luke

xii. 14.
XX. 22.
xxiii. 2.

1.

Eom.

1.

3.

xiii. G, 7 '"'.

12.

TRIBUTE,
(twelte)

<;, see No.

the t\velve tribes as of

[adj.]

above; here the Geni-

tive.

Matt.

Israel, {non occ.)

Acts xxvi.

2,

xxii. 19.

7.

TRIBUTE-MONET.

TRIBULATION

(-s.)

pressure, compression, straithence, pressure fro7}i evils,

ness

eXlij/Ls,

distress

affliction,

Deut.

Neh.

30

Eom.

xiii. 21.

-xiii.

xii. 12.

2 Cor.

xxiv. 21, 29.

Mark

Eph.

Acts

2 Thes.

xiv. 22.

Eev.

ii. .

V.

3 ''

i.

i.

4, 6.

0.

upon

1.

levied

on

2.

tri-

14.

ii.

ii.

15.

Trogyllium, the proper

of a town and promontory
on the AV. coast of Asia Minor,
opp. 8am OS, at the foot of Mount
Myc-ale.

T/)0)yi.'/\./\toi',

name

from

'?,

Acts XX. 15

merchandise,

\x\. for CO, Judg.

2 Sam. XX. 24 mo, Ezra
(non occ.)
;

Col.

etc.);

in

TROGYLLIUM.
[noun.]

(as distinct

toll

(cause to)

TRIUMPH OVER.

borne, brought hence,

a tax or tribute brought bi/ jyersons
as imposed on their persons and
tlui

7.

to triumph, to hold a trito make to triumph

to

2 Cor.

hence,

is

property,

Matt. XXV.

iii. 4.

TRIBUTE,
what

(-ED.)

triumph, esp. ivith

nmphal hymns, (non occ.)
lead

as here., to be oppressed
wi/h evils, to be distressed.
Thes.

TRIM

umph

9, 10, 22.

"teibute,'

xvii. 21, pi.

TRIUMPH

13.

noun,

to put in order, adjust.

(suffeu)

press, press

the

Matt.

pass.,

see

3.

vii. 14.

TRIBULATION
to

iii.

ii.

viii. 35.

4.

i.

vii. 4.

24.

Jolin xvi. 33.

Eom.

)>,

22.)

viii.

Matt.

for

(Ixx.

mv,
Ps. cxix. 143
ix. 37; 1 am. x. 19; Is.
iv.

88,
m.

i.

30;

iv.

20),

(Za/.,consus) an enumeration
of the people and valuation of
property hence, a jioW-tnxpaid bt/
each person lohose name teas taken
in the census, {occ. Matt, xxxiii. 19.)

1.

2.

2.

(np.)

TROUBLE, [noun.]
6/5, see " TEinuLATiON."

a stirring up, agitation, as

(f water or people, commotion,
tumult, (occ. Jolin v. 1 (ap.).)

Mark

xiii.

8 {om.

G - L

1.
1.

1 Cor.
2 Cor.

2 Tim.

vii. 28.
i.

4. 8.

ii.

9,

sec Suffer.

TRO
TEOUBLE

821

-.)

(-ED, -EST,

{For various combinaiions

[verb

1.

(sec

No.

SELF.
Here,

7, above.

mid.)

words, see below.)

1.

,
,

TROUBLE ONE'S

other

tcith

TRU

to stir up, to agitate, as

wafer in a 2>ool ; of the mind, to
stir
up, trouble, disturb icith
various emotions.

2.

make a

to

noise, uproar,

make

flcre, mid., to

clamour,

noise together, wail together.

-^

2.

(3^0. 1,

li'itl

through-

out, ^;r^.r<?ii) to stir up throughout; spoken of the mind, etc., to

1.

1.

disturb, agitate, {non occ.)

breast)

Availing

,
,

being

I
I

4.

hence,

also,

offer
trouble,
give
trouble.

tlie

beat

out,

weariness,
to hold out,
present, offer,

,
,
,

to excite

tumult in

{noji occ.)

7.

to strip off the skin, to iiay,

lacerate to harass, wound, rend.

1.

1.
.3.

7.

Matt.

to unsettle, stir to

1.

ii. .3.

xiv. 26.
v. ;55.

7.
3.

xi. 7.

.3.

xviii. 5.
xxiv. 38.

8.

1.

2.

1.
1.

John

V.

xvii. H.

1.

4. 2

Lukei.

,
1.

xiii. 21.

xiv. 1, 27.
6. Acts XV. 19.

vi. 50.
xiv. 6.
12.
29.
viii. 49.

1.
.?.

Jolin

1.

.\xvi. 10.

Mark

se-

throw into confusion.

dition,

Cor.

1.

Gal.

(.),

7.

7.

iii. 17.
v. 10.

.3.

xii. 27.

i.

Matt. xxiv.

1.

Luke

2 Tbes.

5.

Heb.

1.

i.

occ.)

to confuse by noise,
we,
troubled himself.

Tr

2.

ii.

TROUBLING.
see the notm, "

trouble."

John

(non

(,

2 Thes.

etc.,

6.

3.

V.

,"
,

see "

xvii. 9 (om.

(.)

No.

1.

Tr

I trow not, L''

without

treaty,

S.)

libation,

Rom.

league, or compact, (occ.

31.)

12.

4.

Pass, as

turbid.

TRUCE-BREAKER.

iv. 8.

vii. 5.

4.

he troubled

S.

make

to

h
himself.

Mark xfii. 7.
Luke X. 41
John xi. .33, marg.

1.

j)rrfxed) to disturb alongside of

somethinr/ else, to trouble besides,

(be)

aloud,

make

to

irapa^ev,

3.

2.

beside,

10.

be in disorder, jumbred
or crowded together, as of the

hence,

5, icith

cry

to

Acte xx.

here, to

1.

),(.

TROUBLED

,
\

to disturb, annoy, (nan occ.)

G.

2.

hence,

to oppress as tcith evils, distress.

5.

2.

viind toith cares,

upon

to press, press

vii. 6.

clamour.
Here, pass., to be
frightened so as to be made to
cry aloud or make a clamour,
(non occ.)

a beating, (as of'

the

Luke

6, 7.

2 Tim.

xii. 15.

iii.

i.

.3.

Pet. ui. 14.

TRUE.

TROUBLE EXCEEDINGLY.
(No.

1, toith

, out

oi,

pre-

xvi. 23.

TROUBLE IN MIND,
Acta

ii.

6,

[margin.]

eee " conrouSD."

\-<;,
fest,

fixed, intrnsifj/ing it) to stir up

wholly, disturb greatly, (non occ.)
Acts

1.

that

(true), unconcoalcd,

open
is

hence,

mani-

actual

real,

whose appearance

not mere show, but is the

it appears to be
that is
\7]<;, whoso utterance agrees
with the reality and does not
conceal it.
True, as opposed to
what is faliie ; thus, " God is
(.John iii. 33) inasmuch as
is

reality

':,

He

cannot

,
(Tit.

2),

1.

John

TRU
He as He

,^'

is

John

(occ.

822

iv.

2.

IS;

(very), {the ending, -ivos,

denoting that the quality as a

fundamental idea exists in ahundis that which

ance) ; hence
has truth for its base, is all
which it pretends to be genuine,

truly, really

in,

^^,

icV,

,
and

false gods.
Hence the expression " the true
vine," etc., all others being inferior
and subordinate realisations, only
what the shadow is to the substance,
idols

^i'Oin

,
,
(non

all

occ.)

^,

{p)rob.

either actively or passively, as the

Pass., faithful, trusty,
is.)
worthy of confidence of persons,

verb

whom we may

rely

of things,

certain.

trustworthy,

sure, firm,
Act., trusting, believing.
1.

Matt.

xxii.

U.

2.

Mark
Luke

xvi. 11.

Joliu

i.

xii.

2. 1

Thes.

4. 1

Tim.

1. Tit.
2.

viii. 13,

i.

Ileb.

U.

TrA.)

Pet. 'v. 12.

2 Pet. u. 22.

1.

John

John

ii. 8 1'
8 '"''
times.
20
V.

41.
XV. 1.

2
l!

xvii. .3.
xix. 3.5 1"
35 -'"

2.

Eev.

2.

XV. 3.

xxi. 21.

2.

xii. 9.

2.

xvi. 7.
xix. 2,9, 11.
xxi. S.

X.

Acts

1.

Koin.

iii.

i*

2.

\.

'

2.

1.

2.
1.

5.

4.
1.

la.John xx.
1. Acts i. 5.

ix. 37.
xvii. 11.
xsvii. 54.
xiv. 38.
XV. 39.
Liikf! s. 2.
\indh.
xi. 48.
21. marg. of a
xxii. 22.
John xvii. 19, marg.
(text, init/i.)

1.

Mark

iii.

V.

1.

30.

22.

23

(oin.

1.

^xi. 15.

6.

3.

John
John

i.

3.

marg.

1,

Bev.

2.

12.

iii.

7, 14.

vi. 10.

xxii. 6.

TEUMP.

^,

^',

a trump, trumpet; (ixx.for

xiii.
3
1 Sam.

1.

14.)

xii.

Cor. XV. 52.

Thes.

iv. 16.

TRUMPET.
* See under " vial."

see above.

Cor. xiv.

Heb.

^,

2 Kings

31.

Eev.

i.

10.

iv. 1.

8.

viii. 2. 6*. 13.

xii. 19.

Eev.

ix. 14*.

TRUMPET TO BE SOUNDED
{cause a) [margin.]
Matt.

,
,

vi. 2,

see "

trumpet (sound a)"

TRUMPET

(sound a)

sounda trumpet
for ivn, Numb. x. 3, etc.
Joel ii. 1.)
xxvii. 13
to trumpet,

(Ixx.

Is.

Matt.

VI. 2.

TRUMPET SOUNDETH

TRULY.
indeed, truly, implying affirma-

and at the same

time point inr/ forward to something

antithetic,

{which gen.

particle

but.)

with

(text,

trutii.)

(a)

see above.
1

Cor. XV. 52.

tion or concession,

(a)

Tr

XiK.)
2 Cor. xii. 12.
1. Heb. Vii. 23.
1.

viii. 2.

2.

17. 26.

9.

1.

l!
'

i.

iii. 1.

13.

ix. 24.
x_ 22.

2.
2_

vii. 18.

16 (No. 2, Ii

1.

vi. 8.

33.

1.

1.
2.

, but.
Matt.

Matt. xxiv.

18.

i.

iv. 23, 37.

- 28.
-

2 Cor.

1.

V. 31.32.
vi. 32.
-

accordingly.

3. Phil. iv. 3.
8.
1.

'J.

iii.

4.

1<3.

2.

1.

(.,

legitimate, genuine, {spoTcen

a verbal adj., from

to persuade, win by Avords,
influence hence it may be taken

on

6.

{as the basis on which

the truth rested.)
truth.

eVt',

5. apa,

1.

"truth,"

{see

1.)

upon,

(
<
(_

3.

of children.)

4.

4.

true as op])Osed to tvhat

is apparent or fictitious; thus,
" God is
(L Thes. i. 9)
inasmuch as other r/ods are no ffods."
" Very " God, as distinguished
;

truth,

No.

.-<

real

in truth,

i.e.

very deed, certainly, (adv. of

see " TRUE," JSO. 1.)

ill

27.)

ii.

,,

TE-U

8c,

takes the

ovv, therefore, then.

TRUMPETER

77/,

(-s.)

a trumpeter, (non occ.)

Eev.

xviii. 22.

TRU
TEUST.

823

Eph.

[noun.]

70,

1.

TRUST

7,

to

trust

to

ii

(first)

Tim.

1.

vi. 17.

2 Tim.

marg. see

12,

i.

1. Philem. 22.
2b.Heb. xiii. 18.

(have

see

whereof one might)

Tim. iv. 10.
V. 5.

1.

fully convinced persuasion

With the Oat.
of a thing as true.
ofperson and Ace. of the thing, to

have

12, see
19.

iii. 4,

1. 1

(commit to one's)

ii.

Believe.

iii. 4.

to rely upon,

1.

Pfdl.

confidence, trust, boldness

(Ixx. pnon, 2 Kings xviii. 20.)
2 Cor.

TRU

1.

Pet.

1.

John

John

TRUST
No.

1.

5.
12.

iii.

14.

(FIRST)

1, above, loith

be-

fore, prefixed, (iion occ.)

Eph.

i.

12,

marg. hope first.

entrust anything to anyone.

TRUST
o,

Luke

xvi. 11.

(be committed to mt)

with which

iyw, I.

")

was enTim.

i.

TRUST WITH

Thes.

TRUST

see

2a.

also,

TRUST

2.

4.

ii.

ii.

below,

^^,

"teust,'
3.

truth.

see

"truth," No.

and strong

Matt,

[verb.]

xiv, 33, see

win

(a) trans., to persuade,

see
44, see

ix. 27,
xii.

XX.21, marg.

1.
1.

1.

truly.)
xxi. 3, see
xxii. 59.

John

1.

iii.

(of a)

21.

iv. 23, 24.

V. 33.

1.

one, to yield assent to, obey him

or trust him; to bo convinced of,
to have an assurance concerning,
to confide or trust to.
1. Rom. XV. 12, 2i.
Matt. xii. 21.
Oir. xvi.
2b.2 Cur. i. 9.
1.

1.

7.

10, 13.

41
1.

1.
1.
1.
1.

1.
1.

vi. 7.
vii.

1.

xi. 10.
xii. 6.

(.)

iii.

iv. 16,

Eph.

xiv. 6, 17.
XV. 26.
xvi. 7. 13 "".
xvii. 17 ''".
19 (with iv, in),
(marK'. trulii.)
xviii. 37 '"'", 38.

13.

i.

iv. 27.

21.
24,

1.

V. 9.

1.

vi. 14.

1.
1.

I'hil.

1.

Col.

5, 6.

1.

Thes.
2 Thes.

1.

18.

i.

i.

Tim.

ii.
ii.
ii.

iii.

iv. 3.

1,

vi. 5.

2 Tiiu.

18, 25.

2, 8, 20.
7.

iii.

1,

iv. 4.

i.

iii.

2b.

X. 7.

1.

ix. 1.

1.

xiii. 6.

I.

XV. 8.

1
1

Tit.

ii.

15, 18, 25.

7, 8.

1, 14.
x. 26.

i.

Heb.

13, see
(in)
10, 12, 13.
4, 7.

15.

1.

1,

ii.

marg. (text,

25.

X. .31.

Rom.

(speak

trill!.)

xxvi. 25.

1.

see

V. 15,

1.

1.

(tell

tho)

1.
1.

see

V. 7.

1.

1.

Acts

8 w'".

5, 14.

ii.

the)

46.

Gal.

1.

tw'-^^s

xiii.

1.

(of a)

14 twice.

1.

1.

SCO
(of a)
vii. 4<, iieoT(ofa)
viii.
32 'c, 40,

V. 11.

1.

1.

1.

1.
1.

liv. 25, see

2 Cor. iv. 2.

1.

vi. 14,

(b) intrans., to suffer one's self to

to
be persuaded or convinced
be persuaded in favour of any

xiii. 6.

1.

(of a)
(of a)
(text,

14, 17.

i.

(in assent

1 Cor. V. 8.

1.

xxii. 16.
Mark v. 33.
1.
xii. 14, 32.
1. Luke iv. 25.

2.

1.

sv. 27.

1.
1.

by words, to influence.

1.

1.

affirmation.)

(of a)

to

xxvii. 43.
2b.
2b. Mark x. lil.
2b.Lukc li. 22.
xviii. 9.
2b.
iiiv. 21.
1.
1. Johu V. Mt.

\}oork.')

4. vaL, yea, yes, certainly,

4.

(-ED.)

upon, {as a basis and ground-

( cVi,

object, to

truth, as the revealed reality

lyi?ig at the basis of, and agreeing
with, an appearance ; the manifested, veritable essence of
a
matter; hence, the reality appertaining to an appearance or manifestation, truth.

to

With
expect, to hope.
long for and expect a
thing ivith real or fancied probability ; tvithout an object, to sot
one's hope upon something.
an

7^,

(be put in)

Heb.

1.

(commit

4.

iii.

TRUTH.

I.

(put one's)

verb

the

See

was

(Here, pass.)
1

see above, JVo. 2b.

Phil.

11.

"trust

see

one's)"

,'.

>

.,

(UAVE WHEREOF ONE MIGHT)

with which
entrusted

[trusted, )
1

TRUST

TRU
Jas.

18.
14.

i.

John

V. 19.

iv. 6.

22.
12.

i.

2
3

ii. 2.

John

i.

V. 6.
1

John
John

(be)

to set

iv, in),

tnibi.)

1,

twice, 4, 8, 12.

TRIED

on fire here, pass., be

Jience, of metals,
fired, be burned
to be tried by fire, be purified;
Prov. x. 20
(Ixx. for
Zech. xiii. 9 Ps. xi. 7.)

3,4.

(with

(marg.

6, 8.

u. 4 21 twice.

"',

TUR

27.
18, 19.

iii.

i.

824

ii.

iii.

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

TRUTH

-,

See "

TRULY,"
Thes.

,
,

1.

J^O. 2.

TRUTH

Matt. xiv.

Luke

2.

very deed, as

1.

[Truly.
XX. 21, morg. see

2.

2.

, ,
TRUTH
to

be
and

No. 1)
to speak or

xxi. 3.
vi. 14.

vii. 40.
1 Cor. xiv. 25.

1.

iii. 44.

1.

Luke
John

1.

33.

ix. 27.

(speak the)
1.

"TRUE,"

(see

leiiig so, to act truly,

tell

Eph.

7.)

i.

Jas.

NO.

1.
1.

1 Pet.

beinar so.

1.

GaJ.

TRY

,
Matt,

xxvii. 24.
xxii.

1.

marg.

see Multitude.

Mark

TURN

16 part.

iv.

1.

18,

order to,
putting to

Jas.

marg. see

Approve.
1.

Cor.

Phil.
1.

2.

iii.

13.

1.

John

2.

Rev.

i.

2.

2.

test,

see Tried.

2, 10.

4'.

10.

SCO

Jas.

i.

12.

self,

(No.

1,

ivifh

change,

upon,

hence, to turn

,
,
;

back again

turn one's self back

(No.

1,

tvifh

in

asHOclaiion with, prrfjeed) to turn

into so7nethin(j else, to change.
to step

away from,

step

to go away, depart hence, of

events, to issue or result from, to
turn out, end or issue in a cei'tain

off

(he)

,
;

way.

proved,

ap5.

Droved.

turn one's

upon.

7 port.

18,

tried,

to turn, turn about.

upon.

TRIED.
assayed,

,
wards

iv. 1.

ii.

iii.

other

toith

prefixed') to turn upon, turn to-

iv. 12.

3.

(-ED, -INO.)

to turn to.

3.

Pet.

(a) Mid., to

tho

12,

i.

1.

i.
10, marj. aeo
Approve.
1 Thes. ii. 4.
Heb. xi. 17 part.

see " sound."

loords, see below.)

(a) mid., to

trial, ])roof.
ii.

5,
marg.
and fro.

[margin.]

{For various combinatio?is

-.)

(_

vi.

2 Cor. xii. 20.

TUNE,

essay, to make an attempt

or trial of; of actions,
to attempt of persons, to tempt,
to put to the test.

Eom.

xxi. 34.

xxiv. 18.

Cor.

(tell the)

(-IED,

for, in

hence, dis-

tossing to

the truth.

make proof

,
--,

Acis

1.

2.

v. 38.

iv. 15.

,
(

(-S.)

instability
order, sedition.

2.

assay, to make trial of, put

to the proof, examine, as metals
lyfire, etc., to prove, try.

3.

noise, uproar, clamour as

of a multitude ; then, a popular
commotion, tumult.

Luke
1.

i.

TUMULT

1 Cor. xiv. 7,

TRUTH

18.

a proof, a test (Ixx. /or f^^VO,

a crucible, Prov. xxvii. 21), (occ.

(OF a)

see " TETJLT,"

iii.

TRYING-.

8,

13.

ii.

really, truly, in

2.

Rev.

(in)

to put in anotlicr place

hence, to transfer, to change.

TUR
Matt.

1.

V. 39.
xvi. 23.

la.

Luke

2.

i.

vii. ii,

la.
la.
la.

xi. 21.

la.

xiii. 46.

2.

XV. 19.

Cor.

la.Phil.

16.
19.

iii.
i.

2. 1 Thes.

Eev.

1.

Jas.

2.

21 (ap.)

Jude

6,

eee Ashes.

4.
i.

2.

TURN AWAY FROM.

12 ""c.

xi. 6.

1.

1.

from one place

to move about trom

to another
one side to another, (71011 occ.)
Matt. ix. 22 (No. 1, 1. Mark viii. 33, part.
L Tr A .)
1. Joliu xxi. 20.
Mark V. 30.
2. Jas. iii. 3, 4.
I

TURN ONE ABOUT.

see "

turn,"
Luke

see "

see "

2.

iVo. la.

,
,
,
,
,
xiii. IG.

1.

3.

Luke

X. 6.

1.

TURN

1.

2.

Luke

1.

Mark

place,

who fee.

2.

Matt.

ii.

22.

1.

1.1 Tim.

Tim.

i.

away from, turn

Mid. or pass., to turn one's

self

to turn througliout, to
distort, turu away, seduce, pervert.

from.
Bclf

In N.T.,

away from,

1.

(.)

SELF.

XX. 14, 16.

TURN TO FLIGHT.
make give way,

inclinare aciem, to
rout.

,
,

right

away

mid., to turn one's

avoid, shun.

in

-,

2.

u'di/ to

1.

turn

23

to incline, bend anything down.

In military language, like Lit.,

1.

to

o/'"turn," No.
X.

Heb.

xi. 34.

to unsettle, stir to sedition,

away from.

3.

Luke

put

TURN AWAY.

(a)

30.

TURN UPSIDE DOWN.

6.

V. 15.

to turu
right away.

la.)
vii.

TURN ONE.
here, mid.

John

Acts

2.

TURN ONE'S

xvii. 4.

ASIDE.

give

TURK," No.

45.

Gal. iv. 9, marg'. turn

2 Pet. ii. 22.
[back.

go back,
withdraw, spoken of those

retire,

ii.

up or

to turn out of, as out of

a tcay or course, to turn aside
from.
to

xvii. 15.

see above.

(see "

Luke

2.

TURN," No. la.

1.

Luke

TURN BACK AGAIN.

1.

turn," No.

2. M.att. vii. G.

notice.

2.

vii. 9.

to bend or turn
back, turn back, return.

3.

to turn under, turn behind,

implyiiij stealth, toithout noise or

1.

TURN AGAIN.

1.

la. Tit. i. 14.

la. Heb. xii. 25 part.

TURN BACK.

see iVb. 2a, above.

,
,
,
,

,
,
,

la. Miitt. V. 42.

la. 2 Tim. i. 15.

to lead over
;

iv. 9.
ii.

Rev.

la. 2 Tim. i. 15.

la.
iii. 5.
xix. 26.
la. Tit. i. 14.
la. Ueb. xU. 25 part.

Matt. V. 42.
Acts xiii. 8.

la.
4.

TURN ABOUT.

1.

to stand or set over from

one place to another, to transfer,
remove.

2.

9.

i.

2 Pet.
3.
2.

ix. 35, 40,

xxvi. 18, 20.

2. 2

3.

4.

TUR

xvi. 18.

2.
2.

ix. 55.

xiv. 25.
ixi. 13.
i.
xxii. 61.
la.
la.
xxiii. 28.
la.John i. 38.
3. Act.s ii. 20.
vii. 42.
1.
2.

Acts

2.

17.

1(5,

825

John

commotion.
Acts xvii, .

TURNED

(be)

to become.
to be turned out of the
somewhere else.

xvi. 20.

2.

Tim.

iv. 4.

BE TURNED OUT OF THE WAY.

2.

Heb. xiL

13.

TUR

826

TUENINa.

a turning, a turning back, as of

the lieavenly bodies in their courses;

Job

(Ixx.

would denote an intensity of

divine testimony and of human
responsibility.
See Note under
" three," " TEN," and "

.")

17.

i.

TUETLE-DOVE

Lev.

coo); (Ixx. for

Rev.

Liike xiv. 31.

John

(-s.)

a turtle-dove, (from

murmur, to

twenty, {as a syviholical number

it

xxxiii. 14), {lion occJ)

Jas.

TWENTY.

Deut

33;

xxxviii.

TWO

Acts

to
'in.

14 {om.

vi. 19.
i.

s,/our and tujeiity,

15.

GL

xxvii. 28.
1 Cor. X. 8.
twice, 10.

Kev.

iv.

5,

twice.

Luke

TUTOR

agent

Mark xiv.

(-S.)

two.

ii.

x. 8 '''^e.
sv. 38.

x. 10, 29.

',

less

inetead of

G~L

."

for symholical
wider "

sig-

the twelve,

the

ix. 20.

1.

Tr

1.

xiv. 20.
xix. 28iXX. 17.
xxvi. \\, 20, 47.
53.
iii.

14.

iv. 10.

V.

2.5,

42.

1.

John

67, 70, 71.

la.
1.

xi. 9.

XX. 24.

la.Acts
1,

2.

2.

XNo.l.L

xxiv.lljTTrA'S)

la.l Cor. xv. 5.

X. 32.

1.

li. 11.

1.

xiv. 10, 17, 20, 43.

ii. 42.

1.

:.

1.

Jas. i. 1.
Kev.vii.5 3>im,63Ume,
7 3tlm g 3 tlmcf.

la.
1.
1.

viii. 17.

xi. 6.

xix. 1R.

XX. 12.

1, 28.
xxii. 40.

xxi. 2.

Acts

xxiv. 40, 41.

XXV. 15, 17 ''c.
22 3 timiJ.
- xxvi. 2, 37, 60.
xxvii. 38.
Mark vi. 9, 38, 41 twic.

10, 23, 24.

i.

vii. 29.

ix. .38

(om. Q-)

xii. e'wic

xix. 10,22,34.
xxi. 3.'!.

ix. 43, 45, 47.

xi. 1.

xxiii. 23.
1

Cor.

vi. 16.
xiv. 27, 29.

2 Cor. xiii. 1.
Gal. iv. 22, 24.

11.

Eph.

V. 31.

Phil.

1.

23.

Tim. V. 19.
Heb. vi. 18.

9,41.

X. 28.

ix. 13, 10, 30, 32.

Rev.

X. 35.
xii.

fi,

52 '"ic*

ix. 12.

16.

2,3,4 '"Ice, 10.

XV. 11.

xi.

xvi. 13.
xvii. 31.

xii. 14.

liii. 5, 11.

xii. 1.

xxi. 121,
12 3^
141'.
14 2nJ.

(.),
1.

35, 37, 40.

xxvi. 7, Bee Tribes.

viii. 1.

i.

vi 9.

xxi.

iii.

vii. 8.

xix. 7

John

iv. 40, 43.

vi. 2.

ix. 35.

42, 43.
ix. 1, 12.
17.
xviii. 31.

of,

xiv. 1, 13.
XV. 27.
xvi. 12 (a-p.)
Luke ii. 24.

vi. 13.

la.

viii. 19.

vi.

f ii'o

i^.)

xii. 42.

vi. 7.

Luke

,A

xiv. 17, 19.

xviii. 8 ' '<:e,9,16 '"ice,

XX. 21.04, 30.

i.e.

la. Luke xxii. 3.

14 (om.
la.

Tr

ihrouglx,

19, 20.

usual form of No.

X. 1, 2, 5.

(,

xi.

xxii. 38.|
xxiii. 32.
xxiv. 4, 13.

ix. 27.

xxi. 20.

10.

xix. 29.
xxi. 2.

vi. 24.

twelve apostles.

Mark

note under " turee.")

Luke xviii.
iv. 18, 21.

viii. 28.

TWELVE.
twelve

L.)

two, {as a syinbolical number, see

Matt.

the twelfth.
Eev.

a sinking, a falling,

TWO.

15.

TWELETH

nificance, see

(a) 01

(,

21, 51.

Mark
Eph.

xviii. 12.

12.

a throw, jerk, cast, as of a stone

or iceajoon ; of the wind, db gust;
of the eye, a wink, a movement of
the eyelid.

1 Cor. XV. 52

Matt, xxvii.

V. 41.

xi.

.)

TAVINKLING.

2.

xix. 5, 6.
xxi. 31.

Matt.

xix. 4.

Luke
Jude

pLTT-rj,

STEWARD.")
Gnl. iv.

2.

xi. 16.

30, 72.

a tutor, guardian, curator,

{see "

1.

TWICE.

24.

ii.

one to whom a charge is

committed, a steward, manager,

Matt.

Tr

V. 7, 11), {no7i occ.)

,
,

'-

V. 8.

16, 21.
xxii. 2.

I2in,i

AND TWO.
by

t\vos.

Luke

z. 1.

TWO
C
(^

,
',

TWO AND TWO

Luke

TWO

of a

John

ii.

6.

?,

TWO MEN.
xvii. 36 (ap.)

\^
LuVe

u
UNAWARES.
uirforeseen, sudden.

1.

also,

Rev.

i.

16.

TWOFOLD MOEE.

TYFK

force of an adverb, unknowingly,

unawares.

See

iv. 12.

xxiii. 15.

[margin.]

1 Cor. X. 11, see " eksampli;.

xvii. 35.

2.

double-mouthed, (of a river);

two-edged.

sivord,

Matt,

two.

xxi. 31.

TWO-EDGED.

twofold, double.
Here, comparative, BiTrXOTepov as adv., twofold more.

two.

Luke

aJOsD,

Heb.

to lie hid, be concealed, be

unkown. When joined tcith the
jiiirticiple of another verb it has the

1.

edoe, nuxDEED, seas, thouWATS, TEAKS.

also,

vi. 7.

APIECE.

is. 3.

,
,

UNB

See

by twos.

Luke

(UY)

two.

',

827

two [and^
Mark

'.

Heb.

xiii. 2.

bkougiit, creep.

UNO
to

Luke

{occ.

6-%,
[Here,

7rt

'

indis-

;7;, upon,

counting on, reckoning on,

eaning on) riches' uncei'tainti/,
(not " the uncertainty of riches,"
but " resting upon that which to
the eye is non-evident and to the
ear indistinct," i.e. uncertainty.]
(non occ.)
(i.e.

1.

Cor. xiv.

Tim.

2. 1

8.

vi. 17,

marg. uncertainty.

UNCERTAINLY.

8<;,

not openly

of mind or

will,

irresolutely, {non occ.)

1

Cor.

ix. 26.

UNCERTAINTY,

,
,
,
,
,
Tim.

[margin.]

see " uncertain."

vi. 17,

UNCHANaEABLE.

not passing from beside,

not passing away hence, unchangeable, {7ion occ.)

i.e.

Heb.

vii. 24,

marg. not passing from one

to another.

UNCIRCUMCISED.

1.

skin,

es

2.

to have,

.)

the prepuce, the fore-

skin, (see above.)

not circumcised (Ixx.

Ex. xii. 4S.)

3.

for

3.

and

in

".

<

(^

the prcpucc, the forc-

{from

b-.V,

Acte

Cren. xvii. 14

vii. 51.

1.

Rom.

2.

xi. 3.

iv. 11, 12.

UNCIRCUMCISED
to

Acts

(become)

draw upon, draw

over,

as the prepuce, [an allusion to the

mode of removing tlie mark of
circumcision practised by Jews

who

apostatized, 1 Mace.

Josephus, Ant.
1.

Cor.

xii. 5, 1],
vii. 18.

and

i.

(non

15
occ.)

(Ixx.

for

Lev.

xii.

13)

uncircum-

ii.

iii.

25,
30.

26

t^'ce,

iv. 9, 10 '>
1 Cor. vii. 18, 19.

Gal.

11, 14
hence, the state of

npii", Greu. xvii.

cision.

Rom.

the prepuce, the foreskin,

(from

44.)

xi.

iion-evidentness,

tinctness.

UNO

UNCIRCUMCISION.

not manifest, not

the ear, not distinct,

to the eye,

obvious

2.

828

UNCERTAIN.

^,

1.

ii. 7.

"

UNC

UNCLOTHED

829

(be)

', to

go or come out of; hence, of

clothes, to get out of them, to
put off, strip one of his clothes, to
Sere, mid., to strip or
unclothe.
put off one's clothes from one's

"

UNCOMELY.

-,

uncomely in outward figure,

shape, and mien hence, unseemly,
;

(non

occ.)
Cor.

},

for two reasons.

" groan," (ver. 4) because
(1)
we do not wish to die, to be " un-

clothed," (Job
lie

naked

i.

21

Ecc.

V.

15)

in the grave, while

swallowed up of
also "groan,"
" earnestly
(ver. 2) because
desire " the Lord's coming, Avhen
He shall " change " our bodies of

mortality is
death.
(2)

make them like

His own body of glory, (Phil. iii.
21) when we shall be "clothed
upon with our house which is
from heaven," (ver. 1, 2) " that
mortality might be swallowed up

We

not all sleep, but we shall

be changed," (1 Cor. xv. 51)
"for this mortal must put on
immortality" (1 Cor. xv. 53).
Therefore we dread the " being
unclothed," and we long for the
"putting on," (1 Cor. xv. 53,54)
and "clothing upon," (2 Cor. v.
The whole passage is
2, 4).

(behave one's self)

to be

..<),

{see ahove^

behave in unseemly guise

(Ixx. for rr--, Ezek. xvi. 7, 22
and also Tpp:, Deut. xxv. 3), (occ.
1 Cor.

xiii. 5.)

Cor.

vii. 36.

UNCONDEMNED.
not under condemnation,

uKurcx/c/jtTos,

(lion occ.)

,
Acts

xvi. 37.

Acts

xxii. 25.

UNCORHUPTIBLE.

not liable to corruption, incapable of decay. Spoken of God

only, and of the future bodies of
the saints "riseji'^ or '^ changed,''
xv. 52
(occ.
1 Cor. ix. 25
1 Tim. i. 17
1 Pet. i. 4, 23

humiliation and

earnestly
of life" (ver. 4),
desire this, because, being thus
clothed, we shall not be found
naked, i.e. shall not die, for " wo

xii. 23,

to

groan "

"We

and

UNC

UNCOMELY

self.

[Here, prob. referring to tlio state of

death, of the hody in the grave,
which is emphatically the ^^naked^'
state, see Job i. 21 and Ecc. v. 15.
In 2 Cor. V. our present state is
characterised by " our earthly
house" or body, (ver. 1) in which
we " groan," (ver. 2 and 4.) But

we

;;;

ill.

4.)

Eom.

i.

23.

^,

UNCOEEUPTNESS.

incorruptibleness
incorruptiou, purity.

Tit.

ii.

',,

then,

incorruptness, integrity,
Tr
.J

n>

shall

UNCOA'EE

all

founded on,

and is
of "Kesur-

treats

of,

written in the spirit

rection," with which it begins in
"
2 Cor. iv. 14. To be " absent
from the Lord is to be here, or
in the grave
to be " present
with Him, ig to be " raised " or
"changed." For this latter we are
;

'willing rather."] (otr. IMatt.xxvii.

2b, 31 ; Mark xv. 20 Luke x. 30.)
;

2 Cor. V, 4.

7^,

(-ED.)

remove the

to

roof, (non

occ.)

Mark

ii.

4.

UNCOA^EEED.
without the

veil

down,

unveiled, (non occ.)

1 Cor. xi. 5, 13.

UNCTION.
rubbed

something

in,

an

anointing
(Ixx. for nnti'o, Ex.
Spoken of the
XXX. 25.)
xxix. 7
anointing of saints now, as holy
;

and royal priests, (1 Pet.

(occ. 1 John ii. 27.)
1

John

ii.

20.

ii.

9),

,
Heb.

UND

Jas. i. 27.
1 Pet. i. 4.

vii. 26.

of words

list

Acts

UNDERSTAND.

under.

beneath and separate

from, by.
1.

Ace, under and towards,

2.

,
eVt,

dowu under, underneath.

upon.
Gen.,

upon and springing

(b) with Dat.,

upon or resting on;

mental activity, hnowlcdye aaiuired

by reflection and consideration,
lohile No. 3 implies an immediate

from.
on, as the yroundwork of any fact
or circumstance.

liuowledge.)
2.

(c)

Ace, upon

xi-ith

by direction

towards.
4.

,
,
with;

of the sphere in

in,

xohich

G.

lower.

knowing.

less,

inferior

Matt.

lb.

IG.
V. 15.

4.

vii. 6.

lb.
lb.

minor

of aye,

of quality,
younger. Sere,
;

3.

lb.
lb.
''-

xxiii.

Ib.Mark

V.

iv. 21

2.

vi. 11.

2.

vii. 28.

Ib.Liike

vii.

(>,

<',

,32.

viii.

lb.
lb.
lb.

xiii. ;i4.

XV. 25, 27.

iii.

lb.
lb.

iv. 2, 3, 4. 5, 21.
V. 18.

lb. Col.

8 '

G.

16.

2.

X. 1.

Ib.Gal.

Ib.Epb.
1

3b.

vii.

4.

lb.
lb.
lb.

5.

8.

.3b.

ix. 15.

.3b.

X. 28.

Tr

(No.

.3n,

Ii.

lb. Jude G.

vii. 14.

2.

xvi. 20.

Rev.

2.

Rev.

LAW,

G.

PUT,

RU>',

TREAD.

{see

1.)

to fix ono's

mind upon,

know how
know well, to

to understand, to

),

7.

8.

by enquiry,
learn by experience.

to learn, esp.,

alxo, to

V. 3, 13,
vi. 9.

curse, earth,
ohediekce, power,
SAIL,
SUBJECTION,

JSFo.

have knowledge.

HOxnAGi:,

KKKP,

2.)

to do anything, to

S.)

xii. 1.

M.

have perceived or seen,

KNOW,"

i.e.

11

KNOW,"

,
otSa, I

"

(text,

1.

vi.l4tKicc^l5twlcc.

also,

4.
marg.

Ib.Jas. ii. .i.

Ib.l Pet. V. 6.

1.3.

2.

Sec

N.

to perceive, obtain a knowledge of or insight into hence, to

know, {spoken of immediate or
actual knowledge) to know so as to
be influenced bv one's knowledge,
{see "

before.)
2.

lb. Acts ii. a.

lb.
iv. 12.
9,

25.

v. 9.

- vi.
Heb. ii.

lb.

G
iii.

2.3,

2:j.

I'J,

xi. :.

xvii. 24 twice.
Ib.Johii i. 48.

Ib.Uoni.

i.

Tim.

.3a.

10, 22,

22.

i.

-,

Ib.l Cor. ix. 20 3iimci.

ii.

viii. 8,

to perceive, obmere sensa-

refers to
tion or feeling,
the object of knowledge, lohile
3 emphasises the fact of
JSfo.

neut., as adv., less than.

5.

serve, as distinct from

subject is concerned.

5.

perceive,
observe, the
to
mental correlative of perception

voiu),

by the senses
element;

time, 'place, or

of

in,

Iv,

to bring together, as foes in

to collect together the
single features of an object into a
whole
hence, to collect, apprehend, grasp, comprehend, understand, to be earnestly occupied
with the object, to reflect morally,
ponder, lay to heart, {iinplying
;

(a) with

words, see below.)

battle;

under, (actually or figuratively)

in the power of, close upon, {occ.
Acts V. 21 Jas. v. 12.)

3.

{For various combinations with other

(a) icith Gen.,

(b) loith

xxvii. 17.

wJticJi it is else-

loitli

comhined, see heloiv.)

loliere

1.

(-ing.)

to put a girdle under, to

undergird. Sere, to put chains
or cables right under and so
around the ship, (non occ.)

UNDER.
{For

UNDER&IED

UNDEFI-LED.
unstained, unsoiled, (non occ.)

xiii. i.

UND

830

7'?/, to

ask, enquire; to enquire out, to find out by enquiry;

to learn, to hear.

to have mind, intellect, to

think to mind, be minded, have

in mind.
;

UND
Matt.

xiii. 13, 14,

19, 23, 51.
XV. 10.
17.
xvi. 9, 11.
12.
xvii. 13.
xxiv. 15.

Acts

15,

vii.

831

25 '"*.

2.

34 part.
xxiv. 11 {einyivia

to

ftilln,

reflective consciousness preceding

the act, or recognising and iudgiug the fact the organ of thinkthe undering and knowledge
standing, esp. of moral thinking
or contemplation.

understand

Tr A

K.)

xxviii. 26, 27.

i. 20.
iii. 11.
XV. 21,

Rom.

vii. 14.

1 Cor. xiii. 2.

viii. 17, 21.

xiii. 14.
xiv. 68.
Luke ii. 50.
viii. 10.
xviii. 34.
xxiv. 45.
John viii. 27, 43.

11.

xiv. 2, marg. hear.

16.
Cor. X. 12, marg.
(text, be wite.)

Eph.

iii.

3.

a thinking through, meditathe faculty

tion or musing upon
of moral reflection, consciousness
called into exercise by the moral
;

V. 17.
i. 12.

Phil.

xii. 16.

Tim. i. 7.
Heb. xi. 3.

affections.

40.

4.

X. 6.

the organ of mental perception

and apprehension, the organ of

rxiii. 27.

iv. 12.

4.

UNF

viii. 30.

xxvi. 10 port.

Mark

'-

the diaphragm, midriff,

hence, as the supposed
cordia
seat of all mental emotions and
faculties, the mind, including the
;

UNDERSTAND

(giye to)

make known,

to

declare, re-

veal.
1

Cor.

intellect, disposition, feelings, etc.

Matt.xv.ie

xii. 3.

Luke

UNDERSTOOD NOT.
(No. 2, toith a, not, 2^''^(^^)
not to know, to bo ignorant of,
unacquainted with.

Luke

2 Pet.

ii.

UNDERSTOOD

ix. 45.

9,

(east to be)

marg.

UNDERSTOOD

;, (,

significant.

from No.

ii.

xxiv. 45.

Rom.

1.

U(with-

31, see

,
1,

Col.

Rev.

9.

2.

ii.

2 Tim.

3. 1

2.

i.

1.
1.

19.

i.

(',

iv. 18.
2. Phil. iv. 7.

3.

ii. 7.

John

v. 20.

xiii. 18.

2,

loith

prefixed) hard to be understood.

(have

perfect)
to

accompany

side, to follow closely;

side

by

then,

to

follow out closely in mind, trace

out, examine.
Luke

i.

3.

UNDERSTANDING

be)

etc.,

iii.

i.

out)
1 Cor.

(without)

void of understanding, dull

of apprehension, foolish (Ixx.ybr
;

Ip'd::,

8u9, aiyarticiple imjyJying difficulty,

2 Pet.

of

47.

1.

2.

bj/ distinct marks; of speech, easy

to be understood, {nan occ.)

Cor. xiv.

see

3,

i.

lCor.xiv.l4,15"',19.
20 "<:<= (pi.)
18
i.
heart, G L T Tr A .)

Eph.

UNDERSTANDING OF

12.

well marked, distinguishable

3.

(have perfect)

^',

ix. 32.

2.

4.

xii. 33.

1.

Mark

see

>

Mark vii. 18 j (without)

Ps. xcii. 7.)

Matt. XV.

16.

Mark

Rom.

vii. 18.

i. .'il.

16.

UNDONE
UNDERSTANDING.

Tit.

/5,

intelligence, insight into

anything, understanding, cleverness as shown in (juickness of
apprehension
aculoness, the intelligent penetrating consideration which precedes decision and
action
avvtais is used o/*re ilective
thought,
(wisdom) of productive thought.

i.

5,

[margin.]

{be left)

see "

wamtinq

(bk)

"

UNEQUALLY.
See, YOKED.

;,UNFEIGNED.

without dissimulation, not

playing a
2 Cor.
1

Tim.

vi. G.
i.

5.

j)art.
2 Tim. i. 5.
1 Pet. i. 22.

UNP

"CnSTL

UNHOLY

UNFRUITFUL.
without

yielding

fruit,

Jude

fruit, {occ.

Matt.

832

no

KOLvov,

common

Heb.

12.)

X. 29.

Eph.

xiii. 22.

V. 11.
Tit. iii. 14.

Mark

iv. 19.
1 Cor. xiv. 14.

2 Pet.

UNITED WITH

8.

i.

Heb.

UNGODLINESS.

/?, impiety directed against what

should be held sacred

hence, god-

(The

lessness, practical impiety.

only word in \w.fo7'

iv. 2,

see "

[margin.]

(be)

mixed (be)"

UNITY.
oneness, unity, (non occ.)
Eph.

iv. 3, 13.

see Jer.

i^U^Q,

6 Ezek. xxi, 24. Also usedfor

nD1,Ezek.xvi.57; r-i^l, Prov. iv. 17;
Ecc. viii. 8), {pec. Jude 15, 18.)

V.

THING.

thing.

UNJUST.

?,

not in conformity Avith

(right)
not as it should and
ought to be hence, unjust, un;

Kom.

2 Tim. ii. 16.

Tit. ii. 12.

18.

i.

xi. 26.

righteous.

UNGODLY,

[adj.]

2.

iv. 5.

Jude

2.

V. 6.
1

Tim.

Pet.

2 I'et.

i.

l5t

(o,;i.

them,

',
L
::J

TrA.)

9.

iv. 18.
ii.

15

oiixontj

15

1.

2nd

Jude

2.

Jude

UNGODLY
2.

Jude

15,

(that

with

is)

(\\x.

Dan.

for

12;

ii.

xxii. 11 twice

UNKNOWN.

(live)

C.

not

2)

of,

unholy, (the opp. of " HOLY,

(non occ.)
2

Tim.

to

vhat

,
Acts

is

unknoAvu, what

xvii. 23.

iii. 2.

1.

1.

Gal.

i.

2 Cor.

vi. 9.

22.

UNLADE.

of a

iVo. 2),

of " UNDEESTAND,"
know, to be
unacquainted Avith,
the absence of the

(the opp.

to unlade, spolccn only

shij), (no7i occ.)

Acts

9.

(be)

actual /iitoicledge), (non occ.)

UNHOLY.

i.

18.

withdraws itself from being

known, (referring to the absence of

2.

see above.
2 Pet.

iii.

9.

ii.

',

'J\l!^.,

15.

UNGODLY

Pet.

xviii. 11.

(referring to
object of knowledge.)

(non occ.)

Jude

2 Pet.

UNJUST

ignorant

iii.

Acts xxiv. 15.

1 Cor. vi. 1.

to be an
(see NO. 1, above)
and to act as one, to be and do
vrong, to
and act unbe
righteously.

art.

Zeph.

X'VJti,

ix. 5),

Luke

1.

1. 1
1.

of injus-

lit.,

1.
1.

xviii. 6.

2.

No.

impiously concerning

to act

here,

V. 45.
xvi. 8.
lOtwic.

4.

what ought not

unrighteousness.

Eev.

vhat we should account sacred

I Tiro.

Luke

torn.

UNGODLY COMMIT.

,
,

Matt.

1.

13.

UNGODLY MAN.

(),

1.

2.

5.

iii. 7.

wrong

tice, of

conformable

not

is

(right);

hiK-q

to be,

one who has no reverence

for sacred things, godless, without fear and reverence before

God not merely irreligious, hut
he who actually practises the opposite of what God demands.

Eom.

what

with

--., see above.

1.

xxi. 3.

UNLAAVFUL.

without law, lawless wliat is

not in harmony with law, what
;

;;

UNL
contradicts the
negative,

law. (avo/xos

tvJiile

is

833

UNP

UNLOOSE.

is

posi-

;,

loose, to loosen ivhat is fast

bound; to unbind, untie.

to

tive lawlessness.)
2 Pet.

ii.

8.

Mark

Luke

7.

i.

John

UNLAWFUL

THING.

lawless,
without law or
government, godless. Lat., nefarious; forbidden by law, crimi-

1.

-,

X. 28.

a private citizen as opposed

one in a public station; an
individual opp. to the many; then,
one who has no professional
knowledge, ivhether of politics,
law, or any other subject, as tve
say, a layman
then, gen., an illinformed as opp. to a trained and
learned man, {pec. Acts iv. 13
2 Cor. xi. 6.)

,
,

unlettered,

,
,

Prov.

22

xvii.

Acts

xii.

1.

lCor.xiv.16,23,24.

ignorant,

for b2i,
Prov. viii. 5

(Ixx.

Actsxxvii. 41.

2. 1

Cor. xv. 58.

b'33,

UNPEEPAEED.

/)5,
prepared

2 Cor.

23.
3. 2 Pet. iii. 16.
ii.

without leaveu, unleavened

unmixed, unadulterated,
hence,
uncorrupted.
Spoken of bread,
unleavened bread.

UNLEAVENED BEE AD.

Acts

Mark
Luke

XX. 6.
1 Cor. V. 8.

.]
1 Cor. XV. 2.

[
C

nevertheless
except.

not

use, no use for, useneeded, not wanted,

not well disposed hence,

not useful, not fit or good for any
thing, (non occ.)

2.

3.

;9,

not paying or making

good the expense incurred, yielding uo gain, unprofitable, (non

occ.)

4.

without,)

) unless,

,
,
;

(no7i occ.)

xii. 3.

UNLESS.
of,

)^, of no
less

1 Cor. V. 7.

Matt. xxvi.

ix. 4.

UNPEOFITABLE.
1.

<;,

17.
xiv. 1, 12.
xxii. 1, 7.

not made ready or

unprepared, (non

for,

occ.)
Tim.

UNLEAVENED.

FFF

28.)

without moving from

one place to another, not moving
away unmoved, firm, (non occ.)

1.

4. 2

iv. 13.

out

31.

without vibration, unshaken, immoveable, (occ. Heb.

1.

XV. 15), (non occ.)

( iKTb<s,

i.

UNMOVEABLE.

uninstructed,

hence,

foolish

2.

} el, if,

Eom.

uiitrained, undisciplined,

uneducated
stupid,

UNMEECIFUL.

illiterate,

(nan occ.)

4.

un-

2.

untaught,
(non occ.)

i.e.

not actively compassionate,

not desirous of relieving the ills
of others, not applying beneficent
aid then, uncompassionate, cruel
Prov. v. 9; xi. 17),
(Ixx.for
(non occ.)

3.

nuptials,

1 Cor. vii. 8, 11, 32, 34.

UNLEAENED.

-/,

16.

married.

to

2.

iii.

27.

UNMAEEIED.
without

nal, {occ. 1 Pet. iv, 3.)

Acts

i.

no help, serving no purpose, no furtherance, no advantage, (occ. Hcb. vii. IS.)

1.

Mfttt. XXV. 30.

4.

1.

liUkexvii.lO. [come)
iii. 12,866 U (be-

2.

Philem.

3.

Heb.

Kom.

Tit.

iii. 9.

11.

xiii. 17.

UNP

ONPEOFITABLE
(non

{see iVo. 1,

no

use, etc.,

not accused, with nothing

laid to one's charge (as the result

though
of public investigation)

oce.)

UNS

UNEEPEOVEABLE.

(become)

to become
above) to become of

dypetoo/u-ai,

834

Eom.

iii.

blamed, yet undeserving of blame.

12.

Col.

i.

22,

UNPEOFITABLENESS.
No.

see above,

Sere,

4.

loifh

art.

Heb.

UNEIOHTEOUS.
not

conformity with
not as one should and
ought to be hence, unrighteous.

vil. 18.

in

(right),

UNQUENCHABLE.

)35, uuquenclied

used of

Luke
Bom.

fire, that

which cannot be put out, not necessarily that which will never go out.

Homer

the word is applied to

undying fame, prolonged laughter,
the incessant roar of the ocean,
and indefatigable strength. So in
the Prophets, it is used of a fire
that has gone out, but which could
not be put out until it had consumed all that on which it fed,
thus denoting the inevitable destruction and the eternal result
of such an awful punishment.
See 2 Kings xxii. 17 Is. xxxiv,
8-10; Jer. vii. 20; xvii. 27 Ezek.

["In

,8

1.

Luke

iii.

Luke xvi. 9.
Jobn vii. 18.
Eom. i. 18 twice,

unreasonable, as manifesting
itself in a speech or address, irra-

Heb.

2 Pet.

1.

John

i.

13, 15,
9.

UNEULT.
out of rank, not keeping

/,

not ranged or put in

order, not subordinated, unsubhence, insubordinate, rejected

fractory,

3.

not coercible, untamenot to be restrained, {non

occ.)
1

(Ixx.

ii.

V. 17.

viii. 12.

John

the ranks, (as soldiers do); hence,

irregular, out of order, disorderly.

out of place, out of the way

then, unnatural,
hence, strange
xi.

1.
1.

able,

monstrous

ix. 14.

ii.

1.

Eom

2 Cor. vi. 14.

2 Thes. ii. 10, 12.

.,
8;

1.

iii.

1.

tional.

2.

1.

2.

29.

8.
5.
vi. 13.

UNSEASONABLE.

1.

not conformable to

lawlessness, contempt of law

sin in relation to God's
will and law.

2.

17.

is

hence,

45.)
I

what

(right),

/,

2.

12.

vi. 10.

unrighteousness.

With
XX. 47, 48; and Jude 7.
this agrees the solemn declaration

iii.

Heb.

5.

what ought not to be

that which ought not to be because
of revealed truth; hence, wrong,

Matt.

iii.

UNEiaHTEOUSNESS.

of the Lord Jesus here (Matt. iii.

12 Luke iii. 17) that " He will
BUEN UP the chaff with unquenchable fire."] {occ. Mark ix. 43,

1 Cor. vi. 9.

xvi. 11.

for p. Job

Thes.

V.

14,

marg

Tit.

iv.

i.

3.

Jas.

iii.

vo.sdcss

ili-sordoi'li/.

6, 10.

Tr

(,

01

i)i<-o)istant,

.)

11.)

1.

Acts XXV.

2.

2 Thes.

27.

iii.

2,

marg. ahsurd.
1.

UNEEBUKABLE.

/77, not
1

Tim.

vi. 14.

be

traced or searched out, inscrutable,

{the opp.

open to be attacked,

taken, or apprehended,
prehensible.

UNSEAECHABLE.
(.(.<;, which cannot

i.e.

{mm

irrc2.

of "SEAECH," No.

1),

occ.)

/^;^,

which cannot be explored, which cannot be tracked or

UNS

S35

,
Bom.

1.

xi. 33.

UNSEEMLY

Eph.

2.

without

not set fast, not firmly

not established, {non

set or fixed,

iii. 8.

(that which

occ.)

not settled, not standing fixed, not steady, inconstant

(Ixx.yor li>D, Is. liv. 11), {non occ.)

is)

fashion, figure,

.
,

mien, or deportment of body or

person; hence, deformity, then,
of moral deformity, indecency,
{occ. Eev. xvi. 15.)
Rom.

UNSEEMLY

],

(behave one's self)

1.

2 Pet.

iii.

2 Pet.

14.

ii.

16.

UNTAKEN

not

the veil not

removed.

veiled,

2 Cor.

<;,

iii.

It

UNTHANKFUL.

unpleasant, unpleasing, without grace or charms hence, ungracious, ungrateful, {non occ.)
;

36.)
Cor.

8.

1.

i.

un

to be
i.e. to behave in unseemly guise, be void
of proper deportment, to act
with moral deformity; {}s\. for
and also
n^^r, Ezek. xvi. 7, 22
XXV. 3), {pec. 1 Cor.
n't'i?:, Deut.
vii.

Jas.

2.

27.

i.

,
?,

UNSTABLE.

(Ixx. for "pn pw,

followed out
Job V. 9 ix. 10 xxxiv. 24), {pec.
Eorn. xi. 33.)
;

UNT

Luke

vi. 35.

5,

until, as

Tim.

iii.

2.

xiii. 5.

UNTIL.

UNSKILFUL.

1.

without making trial or

attempt Avithout experience, inexperienced {\-s.\. for V'iii, Zech.
xi. 15
nD3 inh, 1 Sam. xvii. 39),
{non occ.)
;

icith
av, perhaps, perchance,
implying uncertainty, and imlicatincj a dependence on circumstances,
used lohere the later action is only

(a)

Heb.

V. 13,

marg. having no

long as, marlci^ig the

continuance of an action up to
the time of another action.

e.ipcrieine.

probable.

UNSOCIABLE.
Bom.

i.

31, see

(b) toifh the Gen., until, unto, marking the terminus ad quern, and

" affection (without natural)"

spoken both of time and jylace.

UNSPEAKABLE.

1.

';,

(c) with ov, until

what cannot be told

the end what cannot be

out to

told in

or

detail,

related,

{non

2.

occ.)

2.

'<;, what

canuot be spoken
be divulged, un-

out, Avhat cannot

specified

or enunciated in express words.

{In profane Oreek it is used for
unspoken, wrong to be spoken,
2 Cor. ix. 15.

3.

2.

Pet.

i.

3.

spot,

Jos.

i.

27.

/Ae'xpt.

until, referring to the

limit,

that the action there

terminates, enduring up to a certain poiut of time and then having

xii. 4.

an end.

8.

UNSPOTTED.

blemish.

FFF'

2 Cor.

continuedly until what

and implying

4.

without

continuedly, continuedly until,

fixing the attention on the whole
duration up to a certain time, but
leaving the further continuance

time.

secret), {non occ.)

1.

(a) tvith ov,

what cannot be

tiirie.

undetermined.

speakable, {non occ.)

3.

what

(d) with oTov, until when.

unto; implying purpose, to the

end that when referring to time,
marking cither the interval, during:

Et9,

stain,

or

or the point itself as the object of

the aim or purp)osc, up to, for.

UNT
.Matt.

la. Acts

17.
13.
15.
xi. 12.
13.
i.

lb.

Tr

1,

xvii. 9.
xviii. 22 twice.
xxiv. 38.
39.
xxvi. 29.
xxvii. 64.
xxviii. 15.
Mark xiv. 25.

Gal.

Eph.i.

2.
1.

Phil. i. 5, 6.
2 Thes. ii. 7.

3.

Tim.

xxiv. 49.

1.

i.

account

vi. 14.

13.

{implying intention.)

2.

xvii. 17.

1.

sx. 5 (No. 2.
A), (om. H*.)

?, until,

as long as, marking the

continuance of an action up to
the time of another action. IIe7'e,
folloioed hy the Gen., until, unto,
marking the terminus ad quem,
and spoken both of time and place.

4.

GL

UNTIL THE TIME.

Luke

la.

xiii. 35.

continuedly, continuedly until,

fixing the attention on the whole
duration up to a certain point,
hut leaving the further duration

5.

See

also,

now

(until)

UNTIMELY.

undetermined.

See, FIG.

-,
and

6.

UNTO.
Unto

frequently the translation of

the Dative case of nouns, pronouns, etc., and is often part of a
phrase, or is combined in translation with other words, a list of
vhich Avill be found below.

represented by a
separate Greek word, it is one of
the following

1.

within, upon, at, of pilacc

of the sphere in xohich the subject is concerned of persons, with

towards, in the direction

in,

or by, {like Heb.

8.

/,

9.

m,

with, in association with.

as, like as.

iviik

10. cK, out of, from, of.

4.

Matt.

17.
10.
11.
13, 15
vi. 27.
vii. 14.

2.

Ic.
3c.
2.
2.

Ace, towards, of literal

and mental direction, in reference

2.

order to, with a view to, as

an end, {marking the ultimate pur-

Ic.
2.

(c) ivith
to, in

pose).

unto imply inr/ purpose, to the

end that when referrinn to time
it marks either the interval during
;

2.

i.

viii.

Matt.

Ic.

iii.

Ic.

CIS,

:i.)

(a) 7cifh Gen., vith, together with,

of.

(b) ivith Oat., resting in the direction towards, at, close by, in
addition to, an (in act.

2.

in,

7. iv,

is

in
hitherwards,
Gen.,
favour of, {only in Acts xxvii. 34)
in consideration of, as a motive.

(a)

until, referring to the limit,

im2^lying that the action there

terminates ; enduring up to a certain point of time and then having

an end.

is

When UNTIL

of.

Ace, upon and resting on,

{of the dowmoard pressure) upon,
by direction towards, up to, to,

(c) with

Kev.vi. ll(No.lc,St.)

Tr

as springing

xoitli Dat., upon and resting on,

(of rest simply) in addition to, on

Jas. V. 7(No.la,T.)
lc.2 Pet. i. 19.

2.

upon

(b)

1.

ii. 10.
ix. 18.

Gen.,

from.

ix. 10.

3.

upon,

(a) icith

19.
14.

4.

la.Heb.

i.

cVt',

iv. 2.

xvii. 27.
xxi. 24.
xxii. 16, 18.
xxiii. 44.

Acts

3.

Eom.

2a.

John
.

xxiii. 1.
14.
V. 1.3.

2.

TtAH.)
.

xxi. 26.

2.

2.
viii. 22.
2a.
xi. 25.
la.l Cor. iv. 5.
xvi. 8.
lb.
2. 2 Cor. iii. 14.

Luke
,

Ic.
Ic.
2.

XV. 33.
i. 20.
XV. 4.
xvi. 16 (No. 3,

xiii. 20.
XX. 7.

3.

30 (No.
A), (No. 2. W.)
xiii.

or the point itself as an ohject of

the aim or purpose, up to, for,
{pnarking the immediate purpose.)

iii.

3.

UNT

ii. 35.
21.
X. 30.

2.

ii.

836

{om. L.)

S'",

2.
2.
7.

18.

ic.

xix. 14.

4.

XX. 8-"Jxxi. P"-

2.

ix. 6.

xiv. 22,
25. 28.

XV. 24.
xvi. 21 -'"'i
xvii. 12 -J

-'"

16.

Ic.

xi. 23.
28.
xii. 20.

Ic.
2.

.3c.

28.

4.

32, .37.
xxii. 4.
26.

Ic.
2.

xiii- 2.

Ic.

xxiii. 34.

3b.
4.

\,

52 2'' (No. 7, L),

for tho
Tjij
fcingJom, iuBteod of

the

)3',

iinlo

Tr

kinodom,

AS.)

(No.

2,

TTrA.)

4.

:!5.

37.

Ic.
2.

xxiv. 13.

Ic.

(even)
27, see
xxv. 30, 39.

2.

xxvi. 3.

i.Matt. xxvi. 14, 361"

38-!",

Ic.Luke

see

(37en)
40 1st.

Ic.

sviii.

IcIc-

58.

31

2. _

Ic(text,

for.)

IcIc.

ii.

Ic-

iii.

Ic.
2.

3,

1.3.

132nd, 31.

8,
iv. 1.

21

V. 1,

3c.
i.

Ic.

1st.

23

Ic-

48 2nd, 51.
vii. 1.

(No.

31

Tr

2,

G L

H.)

ix. 17, 19, 20.

Ic

X. 1, 14 ^nd.
xi. 1, 11.

:civ.

10

34 2nd.

iii. 4,

iv. 8.

41 and.

Ic.-

i3.

Ic-

4.

2.

Lukei. 13,18, 19 2nd.

2.

1"

ii. 4.

15 1"

2nd.

ice,

10.

(.),

(.),

(.)

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

57.
35, 41.

31

'.

.33,

34, 36.

vi. 9.
vii. '3,

7,

20 '*',

21, 40ii-t.

Ic.

xiii. 1 1't.

2.

IC.

xiv. 3, 62nd, 12 2nd,

.
'

21 (om. L.)
22 1".
22 2"d'
ix. 3, 13,33,43,50,
viii.

Ic3c.
3c.

(om.
you,

11

'

G L

2.

XX.

Tr

AH.)

12.
22.
ii.

5 1" ^ *nJ.

24.
39.

Ic.
Ic.
2.

it.

53

(.)

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

xii. 1.

111.
15,

16,

4.

xiii. 7,

23 2nd,

3^4.

xiv. 3, 7, 23, 25.

XV.

3.

JtvLlli.30.

Ic.
3c.

viii. 2.

14.

2.

Ic.
2.
2.

xii. 17.

Gal.

i.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

15 (No. 2,

xxiv. 8

2.

XXV.

Ic.

12

G-L

'-'n.!.

2.

13. 21.

11,
14.
17.
18.
20.
22.

Ic.

3c.
7.

.3.

(om.
31
vn(o him,

irpoi

G^L

t^.)
tS.

viii. 14. 20,

2ti

2nd.

2.

26

3rd.

3c.

30.

5.

Ic.
Ic.
2.

26

I't-

Ic.
2.

Ic.

SCO

U (even)

28.
xxvii. 3.
8, 40.
xxviii. 17, 21, 25,
26. 30.

Rom.

i.

Col.

Tr

i.

6, 10, 11, 20.

1.

10, 13.

iv.8, 10.
11 1st.

2.

ThPB.

i.

G^L.)

G ~L

Ic.
Ic.

7.

2.

35.

2.

Ic.

xxvi. 1.
(No. 2,
lY
H.)

2.

twice, 16, 30.

v. 31 (oiii.

(.)

6.

.3.

8, 19 lS 23.
V. 9.

13

iv.

vi. 9, 22.
Ic.
2. Phil. i. 2, 12 2nd.
ii. 8, 30.
6.
2.
iii. 11.
iv. 6.
Ic.
16(om.Lb.)
2.

172Md,i82nd.2l.

Ic.
3c.

Ic.

iv. 1.

h> (om.
W.)

18.
21.

iu. 14,

.)
22.
25.

2.

twice.

5, 14, 15.
10.

i.

ii.

Ic.

xxiii. 3.

3c.
1

10

vi.

Eph.

2.

Tr AS.)

22

3rd.

23, 24.
V. 13.

Ic.

13i>t, 15,

9 2nd &

iii.

3b.

lit.

6, 17.

ii.

2.

21 2nd.

5.

iii,

17.
5.

10,

mare,

2iid.

ix. 5, 13 3 timw.
X. 13.

1st.

2.

38.
11, 12,

vii.

vii.

2.

11, 18.

12

Ic.

21

.37,

iv. 11.
V. 19 3rd,
vi. 11.

Srd.

- 22, 38.
xxi. 1 3 times, 2, 8.

21.

Tr A

221',

41 2nd.

is

15, 16, 20.

23.
4 2nd, 16 twice,

2.

29 it.
29 2nd.

iii.

Tr A

51

LTTrA

(ap), 223rd, 25.

2.

23, 26, 29.

xi. 1,

Ic.

1.

8 2nd.

Ic.

2.

2.

7.

2.
4.

ii.

13 (No. 8c,

10, 17 3rd.

4.

Ic.
Ic.

2.

12.
31.
'XX. 6.

8,

2.

i.

5, 11, 12.
i.

2.

(om.

G=:

XVI. 3.

lc.2 Cor.

3b.

29i 38
xix. 27.

Ic.

I't

3 2nd

3c.
Ic.
Ic.

op

5.

57, 59, 62.

ic.

xix. 2 'ic

xviii. 24.

Ic.Acts

lt.

2.

2nd.

Ic.

lt

36.

TrAt*.)

2.

Ic.

"Jnd,

19.
1'
xviii.
6 2nd, 14, 21.

2.

31, 54.
xii. 2,5. 27.

2tard.

25

29, 32.
xvi. 5, 19

2.

10.

xi. 3, 4, 15, 21, 29.

Ic.

V. 4, 10, 22.

23.

Ic.

15 l"
15 2nd.

23 2nd, 2S 2nd & 3rd.

xvi. 7 twice.
Ic.
,

XV. 19.

Ic.
3.

6.

(.)

4.

6.

1'

12 IS.

-39.
xvi. 19.

aUTovs,
.)

(.)

53

viii. 1.

XI. b.

37.
xvii. 2.

Ic.
Ic.

37, 50.

2.

Ic.

Ic.
3c.
Ic.

35.

2.

2.

2.

.J.

2nd.

20, 34, 48, 49.

Vll.

St
33

29.
21.

Ic.
4.

2.id.

1.5,31,32
47.
51.
xiv. 6.

2.
4.

It).

Ic28, 34, 61, 80.

3c.Ic.
Jc.
3c.

''

vi.

X. 10 twice,

vii. 10.
21 twice, 23.

36.

15, 30.
36.

3:3 !-

ix.

9.
2.

13. 15 2nd.
XV. 2, 7, 25 2nd, 33,

261.

27
28,34,45,65

Ic-

xvi. 2.

3.

40.
45, 47, 48, 49.
V. 24, 29'c*

3c.2 -

XV. 22.

2.

Ic-

IcIc-

1st.

4.

11.
29.

ii.

2.

xii. 4, 6, 13, 18.

xiii. 13.

41 iad.

i.

Ic.
Ic.

Ic."

Ic.

John

2.

2.

6.

Ic.

Icover

2.

15, 21.
xiii. 4.

5.

2. -

'<!

28.

5,

Ic.
2.

(np.)

3c.-

against.
Ic.
Ic.
le.

5, 10.

(.),

''

10
10

2.

16it((;m..Gi:)
16 2iid, 19 twice,

vi.

2.
2.

2..d.

21

2.

22 26 27.
''"'
-xii.

3c.

22.

21i't.

7.

11 2nd.
18.
20.
21.

xi.

Ic.

22, 28.

^*.)

15,21

Ic.
3c.
Ic.

16, 26.

i.

iii. 7,

V. 15, 16. 18.

11 (om. eV
unto /um, G L

2,

1.

11, 15.

X.

Ic.
3c.

14 1",
xxiv.
12
17,18,25.

Ic-

25, 30, 33.

45, maxg.

Ic-

.3, 23, 41.

xxii. 15, 52, 70.
xxiii. 1.

Ic-

212"<1.

vi.

XX. 2,

3c.-

352<i.

IcIc3c.10.-

5, 32.

,A

2.

marg.

4,

i.

(.),

21.
38.

Tr

xix. 5, 8, 9, 13, 33,

Rom.

ix. 2.

3c.

xxviii. 20.

Mark

.)

3i.
41.

Ic.-

Tr

(0111.

Acts

Ic.
3c.
Ic.

13.
2nd.

Ic-

2.

.3.

9.

2.

xvii. llt, 22.

24.

2.

9.

2.

ii. 1,

2.

92"d, 12.

Ic.

18.

6.11.

Ic.

iii.

3b.

iv. 7 1't.

72nd.

7.

8,152nd.

2.

V. 23.

7.

3c.2 Tlies.
a.

Tim.
ii.

Ic.

iii.

Ic.

6.

4.

14 2nJ

16.

7.

6.

1.

ii.
i.

2.

iv. 7,

2 Tim.

ii.

8.
9.

(No.

1,

UNT
2 Tim.

1 Pet.

16.

ii.

twice.

21

4, 9.
iii. 16.
1 John iii. 14.
V. 16 3times_ 17.
.2 John 10, 12^"

i.

10 twice, 18,

Jude6,21.

16.

Eev.

i.

iii.

(.), 14.

Jas.

xix. 9 2nd, 17.

xxi. 9 {oin.

ii.

MJifo

2.

3c

ii.

[10, 22, 25,

21st. 3, 5, 7,
25.

Eev.

GL

me,

GL

UNWOETHILT.

Cor.

xxii. 181st

Ic

i.

3c.

,
Tr

Ati.)

V. 7.

1 Pet.

Tr

2.

<.

see ahove,

G=:L

Tr

15,

Matt. xxiv.

NO. 4) as far

as.

1.

Acts xxvi.

Matt,

UNTOWATIO.

05, crooked, hent from

ii.

dryness.

40.

UNAVASHEN.
y

hody only.)
Mark

vii.

{,

" new."

UP.

defiUd,

xi. 41.

Heb.

Mark

GL

',
up
;

UP

xii. 15.

to cause to rise

See

Tr

vii. 2.

S.)

up

to rise

of a cloud, the morning

the sun,
Matt.

(BE)

etc. ;

star,

here, part., arising.

xiii. 6.

Mark

iv. 6.

ascend, beae, bind,

BEEAK, BEIM, BRING, BEOUGIIT,
BUILD, BUEN, CAREY, CATCH, CHILD,
CLIIB, COME, DELITEE, DEVOUR,

also, aeise,

DRIVE, DRY, EAT, FILL,

FOLD, FROM, OATIIEE, GAZE, GIED,
GIVE, 00, GEOAV, HOISE, HOLDEN,
LAID, LAY, LEAD, LEAP, LIFT, LOOK,
MAKE, NOUEISH, OFFEE, OFFERING,
PUFF, PUT, RAISE, EEAE, RECEIVE,
RISE, ROOT, SEAL, SET, SHUT, SIT,
SPRING, STAND, STEADFASTLY, STIR,
STORE, SWALLOW, TAKE, TREASURE,
WIND, YIELD.

DEAW,

UPBRAID

unwashed, (spoken only of the

hands, face, feet or of a part of the

M.att. XV. 20.

[margin.]
21, see

ii.

11.

add, appeal, appeoach, attain, ATTEND, authority, BECKON,

BELONG, BEING, CALL, CHAEGEABLE, CLEAVE, COME, COMMIT,
COMMITTED, CONFOEMABLE, CONSENT, DAT, DESPITE, FALL, FASHIONED, GIED, GO, GOSPEL, HAPPEN,
HASTE, HEAEKEN, HEED, HOUE, IN,
JOINED, LAY, LIKE, LOOK, ME,
MINISTEE, NIGH, OBEDIENT, PEETAIN, PEEACH, PEESENT, PEOYOKE,
PUT, EEACH, EOLL, SPEAK, SUBDUE,
SUBJECTION, SUHMIT,
SUBJECT,
TAKE, TEDIOUS, TESTIMONY, THEM,
THESE, THIS, THOSE, TUEN, US,
WEITE.

and Mark

x-xvi. 38.

also,

Acts

ix. IC,

up, above.
John

27.
2.

.)

4.

into.

(^

See

^.

Matt.

even

1.

.)

(etek)

(see above,

cojs,

manner not

xi. 27.

29 (om.

(No. 3c,

UNWROUGRT.
0J5,

As

it

xxii. Ige.Hi.

UNTO
1.

v. 17,

not suitably, improperly.

proper manner, a
corresponding to.

xviii. 5.

xiii. 13.

Eph.

2.

jjroperly refers, not

to condition, btit to manner, not in
a becoming manner, in an im-

xiv. 20.
xvi. 14.

X. 39,

14.

i.

an adverb,

11.
12.
13.

xi. 26.
xii. 2.

91st.

xii. 5.

ix. 20.
282ii(l.

Eom.

vii. 17.
ix. 1, 7^'"

11.
.

1.

X. 8.

vii. 21.

7th.

10, 26.
vi. 13.

vl. 1.
6.

without mind, simple, igno-

rant.

iii.

3, 10.

V. 5,7.

6tli,

,
,

UNWISE.
one who does not think or

reflect, unintelligent.

2.

ll^iui. 3rc

11 5th,

iii 2 12 twice.
iHeb.i.'s.'
.

ii.

1.

9.

Tit.

ii.

17.
iv. 4.
,

12.

iii.

UPB

iv. 7.

2 Pot.

24.
iii. 15.

838

(-ED,

-.)

to reproach, to rc])roach with

anything, upbraid, chide.

Matt.

xi. 20.

Mark

Jaa.

i.

5.

svi.

U (.)

UPH

UPHOLD

839

Ic.Matt.

(-ING.)

to bear, bear up, as a burden,

bear up and along.
Heb.

i.

3.

UPON.
(For

list

of

icords used ivith "

,"

in various comiections, see below.)

Upon

UPO

Bometimes the translation of

the case of a noun, pronoun, or
adjective sometimes also part of
a verb. "When it is the translation of a separate Greek word, it
is one of these following,
is

lb.
Ic.
Ic.

xvi. 18.
six. 28.
xxi. 5.
xxiii. 18.

vii. 24,

iiri,

(b) with Oaf., upon and resting

on, resting upon, (of rest simphj)

X. 13,
27.
xi. 29.

3.

la.

ix. 28.

2.

xiii. 6.

Tr

XH.)

eU, unto, into, implying

motion to

an object
unto, implying object
and purpose ; into, union and coin;

munioii
3.
4.
5.

eV, in,

icith.

Tr A

5.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

to

down upon, marhing

ivhich

the object is

directed.

(b) toith Ace, down along, marking

the course along which it proceeds.

7.

with, association with.

(a) loith Gen.,

together with.

Ace,

after.

ii.

3.

iv. 3.

xii. 3.

Ic.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
Ic.
la.
la.

xiii. 4.

xvii. 31.
xviii. 13 (om.

la.

GriL
Ic.

44 (No. Ic,

TTr

G L

10

(No. lb,

G^L TTr A

.)

viii. 3.

10 twice.

TrA

ii.

2.

2.

iii.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
lb.
Ic.
Ic.

iv. :J3.
v. 11 "<, 28.

32, 33, 51.

iv. 27.
ix. 15.
xi. :58.

xviii. 4.

3,J17,

Ic.

4.

(No. Ic,

viii. 16.

24.
X. 9.
xi. 6.
19.
*>>

GL

2 (No. la.
K.)
5 "ic, 8 1"'.

xi. 10.

11 "', 16.
xii. 1.
3.

1".

xiii. 1

1 3rJ8.

xiv. 14.
xvi. 1.

2 1"

(No.

G-^LTTr A
2.

vii. .57.

21

13 (No. lb,

vii.

Ic.

xix. 31.
i. 8, 26.

xxiv. 49.

xii.

.)

X. 1

Ic.

la.

'"iee.

10

121<
iv. 4.
v. 7.

ix. 3.

Ic.Acts

2.

17.
24.

iii. 3.

la.

la.
la.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
la.
Ic.

Ic.
la.

15.
i.

ii.

Ic.

S.)
25.
34.

i.

v. 7.

TrA.)

23 (om.

lb.
Ic.
lb.

21.

2.

xxi. 6.

(text,

4.3.

XX. 18.

Tr

5.

(b) toith

G L

xi. 20.

Ic.John

(a) with Gen.,

Ic.Jas.

pn.)

marg.

10,

Ic.Rev.

49 (.)

X. 6.

la.
Ic.
Ic.

down.

xi. 21.

viii. 6.

Ic.

43 (om.
W.)

3.

GL

vi. 7.

lb.
la.
Ic.

Ha.Jude
I

xix. 35,

3.
17.

27 (No. Ic,
A .)

Ic.l Pet. iv. 14.

kV(.)

siparat ion from a certain source or

the object

la.Heb.

ix. 38.

Ic.
lb.

i.

ii.

la.Col. iii. 5.
Ic.l Thes. ii. 16.

i.

Ic.
lb.

implying

lb.
lb.

Tr

TTtA'-S.)

(., above, upon.

(, from, away from,

Tr

V. 6.

Tr

2 (No. Ic.

20.

iv. 26.

Ic.

i<.)

viii. 6.

Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
la.

vi. 16.

lb.

Ib.Phil.

12, 35.
58.
ii. 25, 40.
iii. 22.
iv. 18.
V. 19.
2t.
36.
vi. 48 2nd,

7a.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.

2.

with.

point.

6.

25.

-xi.7(No.lc,Gr^L

2.

2.

X. 16.

XV. 24.

iv. 11.

Ib.Epb. u.

30 (No. Ic,

viii.

xii. 9.

Gal.

Ic.

48, 49.
vii.

15.

iii.

\i. 39.

lb.
la.
la.

Ic.Luke

2.

Ic.

Ace, upon by direction

towards, upon, loith motion implied,
rest upon, {marJcing the doivnicard
pressure) 2}l(iced upon, as by an
act, (see 2 Cor. ii. 3
1 Tim. v. 5.)

Ic.
Ic.

10 (No. 2,

i.

1 Tim.

(c) xoith

XV. 10.
xvi. 2.
6b.
2. 2 Cor. i. 11.
Ic.
23.
2.

xxviii. 2.

X. 11.

2.

35'(.)

Ic.

and

9,

XV. 20.
Ic.l Cor. iii. 12.

t*.)

30.

2_

iii.

Ic.

XXV. 31.
xxvi. 10.
xxvii. 29 (No, la,

Ic.

t*.)
9.

2.

3.

2.

A
ii.

36.

Ic.
Ic.

xxiv. 2,

xiii.

i.

A*

29(No.6b,G:iL
Tr

Ic.Rom.

35 1"
35 2nd.

lb.

10.)

Tr

22 (.)
iv. 9 ''.
V. 12, 18 twic.

upon a

iv.

Ic.
2.
2,

9.

rest upon, as hope or faith,

fact, (see 2 Cor.

xxi. 35.
xxii. 13.
xxvi. 16.
xxvii. 26.

2.

18.
xiii. 5.

la.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
Ic.
la.
la.

lb.-

',

XV. 10.
xviii 6.
XX. 7.

Ic.

xii. 2.

4.

Ic.
Ic.

40 (om.
you, L

lijioii

26,
Ic.
Ic.

.)

Gen^ upon and proceeding

from, upon and springing from.

(a) ivitk

25

2n(i,

ix. 18.

Ic.Mark

upon.

xiii. 11-

Ic.

vi. 19.

4.

1.

Ic.Acts

IC.

iii.

la.
Ic.
Ic.
Ic.
la.
Ic.
3.
Ic.
Ic.

-"'

G-LTTr

2.

3. 4.

Ic.
la.
Ic.
la.
Ic.

8, 10. 12.
18.

21.
xvii. 1.
3, 5.

2,

^<.)

(No. Ic,
At*.)

UPP
Ic.Eev. xrii. 16

(, and,

XX.

devastate, destroy, as cities, ly

Joseplus, Ant. viii. 12, 2, and x.

3.

LTTr AS.)
4

xviii. 24.
lix. 11.
14.

lb.

twice.

xxi. 5 (No. lb,

6,2.)

Acts

clamour or
uproar, spoken of a multitude as
apiolauding or dissenting.
Acts

609, upper,

svii. 5.

See, TUEN.

higher, {non occ.)

Acts

xix. 1.

chambee, eoom.

also,

URGE.

to have in anything, to hold or

keep fast within; to entangle,

hem

in.

Luke

(so Ixx. for ^:\ Prov. xii.

xvi. 25), \occ. Ileb. xii. 13.)

US.
{For " of us," " TO us," " UNTO us,"

16;
1.

Acts

See

xiv. 10.

also,

,
,

2.

stand.

UPROAR.
noise, uproar, clamour, as
|

popular

a setting up, a standing

an upstand, an upstanding.

1.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

Mark

2.

5.

xiv. 2.

Acts

1.

4.

{Acc.pl. of No. 1) US.

" SOUL
")
of US,

}
;

xix. 40.
XX. 1.

(_

2.

Matt.

i.

13

4.

pour together

hence, conHere, pass., to be thrown

Acts

into confusion.

4,

to unscttlc, agitato, stir to

{Aquila and Symmachus
sedition
for Ileb. 3, Ps. xi. 1 and j^'-in,
and in the sense of
Ps. li.^. 12
;

Tr

.)

xiii. 56.

XV. 23.

3.
3.
3.

XXV. 8.
xxvi. 63.

4.

4.
4.
4.
3.

vii. 5, 16.

20.
ix.

1'.

4.
4.

V. 12.

4.
3.

ix.5i"<,22lt. [(np.)

4.

3B"""

3.

(
A

H.)

41sl* and.
4.'ird, 4 4ih (ap.)

xii. 41.
xvi. 26

1'.

62

Morki. 24 '"I
vi. 3.

Tr

1.

3_

xxvii. 4, 25.

GL

iiO!(,

^-xi.

XX.

22 '"'',

33

49.
SOtwlcf!

xvii. 4li
7, 30, 31.
xxii. 17, 25.
xxiv. 3.

4.

71,78.
34 '-'"J.

3.

2.

you,,

1.

i.

4.

4.

{,

iv.

4.

2.

3.

(make an)

Luke

4.

29, 31 1"'.
31 -" (G~)(No.

G L

3.

4.

4.

UPROAR

40

L.)

xvi. 3.

3.

(OTO.

ix. 27.

4.

4.

xxi. 31.

25

ix.

xiii. 4.

3.

'*i<:e.

viii.

Mark

8tG

iii.

Tr AH.)

(be in an)

selves.

)
2.

23.
15.
vi. 11, 12.

3.

i.

UPROAR

(Gen. pi. of No. 1) of us,

,
,

3.
1.

to

we,

I)

{Bat. pi. of No. 1) to, for,

unto, on or upon us, {or simply,
us; see note after No. 2.)

,
fuse.

of

3. rjplv,

of a multitude; hence,
commotion, tumult.

/,

pi.

(nom.

or simply, us, {the "of" hemg

frequently the consequence of a preceding verb or preposition.)

See, TVALK.

etc., etc., see leloio)

(alivays emphatic.)

UPRIGHTLY.

2.

xi. 53.

UPRIGHT.

vertically, upright, erect; lid

also, horizontally, straight, right

1.

noise,

UPSIDE DOWN.
UPPEE.

on an)

(set

make a

to

TAKE, US.

See

xxi. 28.

UPROAR

also, atteist), authoeitt, beat,

BESTOW, BEING, BUILD, CALL, CAST,
CLOTHED, COME, EAENESTLT, FALL,
GO, HOLD, LAID, LIE, LOOK, MEDITATE, MEECT, PEESS, PUT, BEST,
SEA, SIT, SPIT, SPEEAD, STONE,

See

US

la.Rev. xix. 21.

GLTTr A.)

la.
Ic.

840

xvii. 13.
xix. 14.
XX. 2.
0.

xxii. 8, 67.

us
Lake

'"'ce, 39.

30

xxiii.

xxiv. 22.

32

1 Cor. viii. 8.
XV. 57.

2 Cor.

24.
29.
l5'

(om.

mthin

us,

1115L
11 2nd,

iv

Trb

John

It.
22.
iv. 12, 25.
vi. 34, 52.

(.)

and see

" DOUBT."
24 2nd.
xi. 16.

17. 21
21 Snd.
22 lt
22 2nd.

i.

lt

12.

Tr

27(No.

2,

Gal.

(,

Tr

John

Rev.

9, 10.
'w'cc.

i.

6 (No. 2, L.)
9 (om. G-.L

you,
A.)

(,<?7,

10

16

vi.

twice.

Tr

a pi'eposiiion in

the original.)

US

marg. (see
3.
4.

Matt. XXV.
ix. 5,
X. 35.

(roE)

lu-c."

9.

Mark

3.

lit.

"

3.

W.)

(,

50

xviii. 31.
3. Acts xvi. 21.
3. 2 Cor. iv. 17.
3. Heb. X. 20.

'

Luke

[AW.)
XX. 22 (No. 4,
Tr

3.

xi.

you,

TrA). (om.-mjLlvJor
3.
I

3.

John

tJiat

xiv. 15.
i. 69.

3.

(Vs, you,

Is'

V.

[iw, ti.)

2 2nd (iui)', you,

A.)
Phil. iii. 17.
Col. i. 12, 13Ht.

,37 3 timcj.

US

141st.
iv. 31st.

XX. 5.
14.

xxi. 5, 11.

Thes.

9.

i.

10.

16.
17.
18.

15(.^7,8.)

xxiv. 4.

16, 18.

XXV. 24.

ifi. eist6 2nd & 3rd.

xxvii. 2.

6,7.

(,

7.

1st.

your aposth'f, that, insteadof us iheaposiUs)

iv. 7.

US
3.

.ycm,

V. 8.
9.

Eom.

iv. 24.
V. 8 lt.
8 2nd.

(on)

Luke

US

10.

2 Thes.

viii. 4.

i.

7.

2.

ii.

161't

18.

(om.
us,

Eph.

6.

i.

iii. 6.

X. 11.

GroLTTrAR)

15i'
15 2nd.

26

Gal. iv. 26.

2.

iv. 1.

xxviii. 2 1".
2 2nd, 7 lit, 10

2.

Thes.

2 Pet. iii. 2 (', of

you, L
Tr A . i.e.

XV. 2.

2.

13.

ii.

(of)

Acts

xvii. 27.
2. Bom. iv. 16.
2.
xiv. 7, 12.
2.

ii.

iii. 1,

Tim.

i.

34.

14.

35,37,39.

ii.

Tit.

(,
G-LT .)
GLTTr A

3.

Luke

ii.

3.

ind.

3.

xi. 4.

Acts

12.
3. 1

ii.

5. 6, 15.
3.

vi. 20.

iv, 1.

vii. 26.

ix. 24.
xi. lO'wiee.

8.

xii. 1 ">.

7 (om. viria
for us, 0::L
K.)

V.

l/oii,

xiii. 18.

Jas.

i.

US
Matt.

xiii. 36.

XV. 15.
XX. 12.
xxi. 25.
xxvi. 68.
Mark x. 37.
xii. 19.

Luke

i.

ii.

18.

2, 74.
1.5.

iii. 3.

X. 17.

iv. 5.

xiii. 25.

Pet.

8 (om.

i.

3.

X. 13.

3.

Col. u. 14.

3.

Heb.

John

GsL

W.)

V. 18.

3.

xii. 6.

Cor. u.

viii. 6.

TTr A

X. 41.
XV. 28.

Eom.

3. 1

Cor.
2 Cor.

X. 15.

V. 11.

12.
12.

iii.

Heb.

3.

xxiv. 32.

U2nd.

1/OU,

(to)
3. 1

11.

Uljt.

.)
xvi. 6 (vuof, you,

[,

Matt. XXV.

3.

VI. 17.
7. 91st.

2 Tim.

32 2nd.

29.
XV. 7

6.

7.9.
1

ix. 24.

3.

3.

virip

31twic,32lit.

15

you,

jyassctges there is

iii.

10, 15 2nd.
Iii, 17 1"

vii.

20.
2 1st
2 2nd.

{The following combiiiafiois are in the

Greek only one word; in other

4, 23.
4.
13ii.

U..4, 7.
20.

.)

7.

vi. 14.

'"Ice,

GLTTrAW.)

9i5t

Eph.i.34, 5,6,18,19.
yOU,

[16.

13

19.

John

3.

i.

'icc.

10, 11.
12 twice,

7.

19 twice.
20 1st.
202nd.

i.

xvi. 9.

TK.)

8.

V. 1.

9, 24.

TrA

John

1st.

9.

V. 14, 15.

32nd.

132nd.

xiv. 11.
17

i]u.uv,

10

i.

iii.

iv. 17,

15.

Cor.

(,
(,
G-^LTTrA.)

iii.

xiii. 47.

G-L

G^^LTTr A.)
2 Pet.

" YOU.")

>,/
TrAK.)

G-L

17.

7.

ii.

X. 42.

Tr

lt.

V.

8 (om.

xi. 13.

XV.

18

Ati.)

W.)
40 Is'
40 2nd.
403rd.

(',

14,

-X. 2.

LT

iv.

( ',

for US,

1 lt
16, 20, 21.
23, 24 twice.

ix. 11.

V. 28.

V",

(om. vjrep

limes.

25.

A),
for
you, S.)
3 (om.
Tr A),
you, .)

9.

iii. 4.

vii.

',
Tr

7.

viii.

29.

ii.

iv.

12.

(,

21

vii. 2, 6.

19 5

iii.

LTTr Ai<.)

14 lit.
it,

18.

iii.

9 2nd.

i.

10.
ii.

22.

19.
20.
vi. 12.

xiv. 8 twice, 9.
xvii. 21.

Acts

twice

iv. 7.

John

212nd (i)v,yon,

3.
6.

V.

(,

Is',

GLTTrA .)

u.

iii.

21

ii.

AVn>GLTTrA

von,
.)

14it.'
14 2nd.

ii.

i.

viii.

1 Pet.

19, 20.

21
32 2nd.

ix. 34.
X. 24 1',

US

4, 5. 101

i.

Ab.)

841

i.

3.

4,

[" YOU."
morg. (see

XX.

2*!.

xxiii. 18.

(unto)
3.

John

ii.

18,

xiv. 23.
xvi. 17.

3.

Acts

vi. 14.
vii. 38.

xi. 17.
xiii.

33

(^

for

our, instead of

unio us thtir,

TrA

W.)

XV. 8. 25.
xvi. 17 ('', unto

you,

Tr

W.)

;;;;

;;

us
3.

Rom.

V. 5.

Cor.

18. 30.
10.
3. 2 Cor. V. 5.
3.
viii. 5.
3. Eph. i. 9.
3.

3.

3.

i.

UTT

Col. iv. 3.
Thes. it 8.

Acts

Heb.

i.

ii.

Col.

842

Pet.

3. 1

US
1

3.

12

i.

(', you, G L
AR)

2 Pet.

8.

2.

i.

John L

(Gcv),

Tr

2.

(upon)
John

iiL 1.

1. 17.
ui. 12.
xiii. 10.

X. 33.

Luke

3.

xxiv, 32.

USE

i.

USED

Avant.

for the edification or building up of the need.

lit.,

3ee

'9, a having possession

hy practice, a habit

2a.Eph.
1.

Tit.

o.

Heb.

ofpractice, {nan

result

Rom.

26, 27.
iv. 29. uiarg.

Col.

USURY.

occ.)

Jl)o/b^yt.

of the faith,

?,

a bringing forth as eliildren, offspring metaph., the produce or

offspring of money lent out
;

or pcift'cfiou.

hence, interest, (iion occ.)

Matt. XXV.

Tim.

-,

ii.

21.

-iNG.)

[verb.]

Here, mid., and from the sense of

consulting or using an oracle
comes the common sir/nifcntion of
simjnij to use, always to Waiifor a
purpose, to use means to an end.

4.

),

to do, expressinjj an action

as cunlinued or not yet completed
hence, to practise, carry on.

),
,

to

to have

Avith

and hold.

-,, to become,

( eV, in.

Luke

xix. 23.

UTMOST PART.

end, extremity, as of the earth;

(so Ixx. for
Ps. ii. 8

.-'\,

pn

n'ip'2,

Ps,

Luke

Ixi.

UTTER
1.

xix. 5.)

xi. 31.

(-ED.)

', to
iheji,

lay, lay together, collect

to lay before, relate, rrferriny

purport or sentiment of
said, and the connection
of the words
{see further under

to

the

what

is

have

another, to
j)artake of, share in, partake of
as food.

27.

useful.

furnish what is needful

hence, to give the needful answer.

3.

22.

AUTHORITY,

See,

1. xpuoj, to

2.

ii.

as tie

(meet for)

2.

(-ED,

USING.
a using up, consumption by

use, (noil occ.)

[Gcv)

(/), very
USE

authority, deacon, deceit,

DESPITEFULLT, FAST, HOSPITABLY,
REPETITIONS, SORCERY.

produced

skill,

11.

V. li, luarfe'. Jiaixf

USE

X. 33.

a being

i.

iii.

in.

USUEP.
;

in a certain state, esp. as

1.

to
in a

onid.,

also,

occ.)

(jioii

Here,

move about

lit.,

^,

a usmg, use 7)iade of a thijig,

power or means of using, useful-

ness,

(be)
maxg.

[noun-l

3.

self,

Heb.

use, usage, employment, i.e.

the act of using use, advantage,
service; hence, need, necessity,

2.

16,

(be)

to turn up.

1.

1. xpeia,

(a)

see

ii.

have.

sojourn,
dwell, live
" were tJius living."

Here,
Pet.

Pet.

4. 1

place,

(with)
a 2

5.

ii.

Tim.

i. 8.
V. 23.
3. Heb. V. 13.

turn one's

US

Thes.

5. 1
1.

1.

2 Cor.

3, 4.

i.

xix. 19.
xxvii. 17.
vii. 21, 31.
ix. 12, 15.

Cor.

"SAY,"i\"0.

1.)

employ the organ

of utterance, to utter Avords in
any langiiji^o, independently of
any reason ichy they are uttered

2. AaXe'w, to speak,

to'talk.

UTT
to

3. ipevyo^ai,

843

the

througli

eject

mouth, to vomit; hence, in i\r.T.

o7id Alexandrine usage, of the

and

voice
xix. 2
4.
3.

(Ixx.

171

cxix.

briug up, to

ivords, to

speak forth

for

r'-nn,

Ps.

cxlv. 7.)

-/, to give.
Matt.

Rom.

xiii. 3.5.

see

-6,

viii.

2.

2 Cor. xii. 4.

1.

Heb.

2.

(hard to be)
Eev. X. 3, 4 "'

(which cannot be)

4. 1 Cor. xiv.

i).

V. 11,

VAI

and see

See

,
,
,
,

8',

of difficult interpre-

AcyetVj to relate, (see iVb. 1)

Heb.

UTTERED

pressed in words,

2.

42.

3.

,
,

viii. 26.

ii.

1.

4.

i.

5.

1.

Col.

1.

Acts xxiv.

end

adv., wholly,

2.

in every

part

(,

<

5,

unto, ^^th a view to,

a fulfilment or accomplishment, end.

(.

2. 1

Thes.

Heb.

1.

to go about, wander
around. Here, part., wandering.

16.

marg. evermore.

VAIN.
1.

/', empty, referring to the contents

of anything,

2.
13.

ii.

vii. 25,

VAGABOND.

Acts xix.

time.

entir ely,

vi. 7.

4,

to the
uttermost
portion of

very

the

Trai/TcXe?,

or sense.
Cor.

(to the)

unto

ci9,

2 Cor. viii. 7.
Eph. vi. 19.

UTTERLY.

22.

TO, the,

iv. 3.

9, wholly, altogether,

8.

know through

I will

UTTERMOST

to speak one's opinion

to utter solemn, weighty, or pithy

sayings, to utter an apothegm.
1 Cor.

i.

the things
as to
you.

plainly, to speak out, utter aloud,

Acts

Acts

27 ''"

xiii.

WILL KNOW the)

(l

'/,
,

{no7i occ.)

the word spol'en, and connected

ivith the thought expressed.

1.

2.

Mark

UTTERMOST OF TOUR MATTER

UTTERANCE.

2.

UTMOST part."

the point, end or extremity.

Matt. xn.

V. 11.

(which c^ttnot be)

V. 26.

the last, the extreme or

remotest part.

1.

unutterable, not to be exEom.

Matt.

see "

3.

tation,

the extreme, utter-

last,

UTTERMOST PART.

2.

(hard to be)

burn, PEnisir.

UTTERMOST.

the
most.

1.

UTTERED

also,

(opp.

of

foolish, idle, useless,

referring to results, (occ.

15.)

VAIL.

2.

Cor.

1.

2.

Sec, VEIL.

1.

Eph.

iii. 20.
XV. 11 "Ice.

Col.

ii.

Tit.

iii.

1.

Jos.

i.

1.

17.
V. 6.

2
2.

Pet.

i.

IS.

full.)

empty,
Acts xiv.
S.
9.
20.

VAI

VAIN

844

(be in)

be empty, as

here, pass., to

to

contents.
2 Cor.

VAIN

useless,

4.

to contents.)

foolishly,

Matt. XV.

Mark
Eom.

3.
3. 1

ii.

21.

3.

iii.

xiii. 4.

3.

iv. 11.

Cor. XV.

2.

10.
58,
2. 2 Cor. vi. 1.
1.
1.

,
Gal.

Gal.

vii. 7.

5.

ii.

2.

Phil.

1.

'wice,

ii.

iii.

5.

see

VANISH

Tim.

ii.

empty

to render inactive ; make

make void, abolish, put
an end to. Here, pass., to cease,
to be done away.

{ccs

iv. 25.

2. 1

Cor.

xiii. 8.

also,

,
,

gloet, jangling, repetitions, TALKKE.

JaB.

viii.

iv. 14.

VANISH AWAY

13, see V
[(ready to)

(eeady to)

near,

VAINGLORY.
empty

glory, empty as to
glory, {inarhing the contents.)
Phil.

Heb.

1.

See

sight.

useless,

to their contents.)
Acts

(-ed, -eth.)

-,

16.

things,

AWAY

become unseen

out of

VAIN THINGS.
Jiere, neut. pi.,

[verb.]

(-ED.)

to put
Here, pass., to
disappear, to be out of sight, to
vanish away.

empty sounds, sounds convi. 20.

xii. 7.

Matt, xxvii. 9 is'

9 2iiJ, marg. buy.

16 j babblings

ii.

VALUE

1.

lTim.vi.20")
2 Tim.

taining nothing.
Tim.

Luke

X. 31.

to hold worth, to estimate ; to

price, fix a value or price upon
anything.

VAIN BABBLINGS.

Matt.

16 'w'ce.

ii.

Thes.

2.

2.

(be of moee)

fruitlessly, idly.

i.e.

9.

iii. 5.

to bear or carry through

to
bear apart; hence, to differ, be
different from, be other than.

in vain.

gratuitously hence, without

just cause, groundlessly.

5.

2.

VALUE

(in)

, without purpose, to no purpose.

3.

4.
4.

(no7i occ.)

Luke

empty, (as

,
,

foolish,

to results.

21.

i.

VAIN

ets Kvov,

2.

become

empty, as

VALLEY.

a gorge, ravine, a narrow and

deep pass between high rocks.
Here, quoted from Is. xl. 4, tvhere
Ixx.for ''J; as also xxii. 1; Josh.
XV. 8. Ixx. also for ''3, Is. viii. 7
bm. Gen. xxvi. 17 Deut. ii. 24,

(become)

Eom.

1.

is. 3.

here, pass., to

VAN

ii. 3.

,
,

a disappearing.
Heb.

viii. 13.

VANISH OUT OF SIGHT.

VAINLY.
without purpose, to no purpose.
Col.

ii.

18.

VALIANT.

Heb.

li. 34.

bccome

invisible,

Luke

1.

not seen.

xxiv. 31.

VANITY

strong, mighty, powerful, of

persons and things.

to

folly,

(-IES.)

vanity,

as to results, (iion occ.)

emptiness

;;

2.

VAP

vain, erapty as to results,

these
here,

fruitless;

8iu

down or spreads out

less thinjis.
2.

Acts

1.

Eom.

xiv. 15.
viii. 20.

1.

1.

2 Pet.

iv. 17.
ii.

18.

inner

vapour, i.e. an exhalation (lix.

for mTDD, Joel ii. 30; pi?, Lev.
xvi. 13
Ezek, viii. 11
lito^,
Gen. xix. 28), {non occ.)
Acts

ii.

;,

Jas. iv. 14.

a passing

side

to

side, vicissitude, alternation, variation, {nan occ.)

Jos.

falling

(ixx.

for msO, Ex. xxxiv. 33,

i.

17.
1.
1.

VAEIANCE.

1.

quarrel, esp., rivalry, contention, Vangling.

the

shoulders;
etc.),

occ.)

Matt, xxrii.

51.

2.

Mark xv. 38.

Luke xxiii. 45.

3. 1

pt5, strife,

upon

something thrown
around, a covering or garment
(Ixx. for 27, Ps. cii. 27, etc.)
then, by impl., a covering for the
head, a head-dress, etc.

3.

from

xl.

Ex. xxvi. 31
3), {non occ.)

and

(non

YAEIABLENESS.

19.

a covering, esp. the head

covering of icomen, a hood or veil,
hiding all the face, except the eyes,

2.

veil,

21

xxvii.

VAPOUR.

<,

VEIL.

a covoring ichick hangs

over, a curtain
(Ixx. for the outer covering, idd,
Ex. xxvi. 37 xl. 6 and, for the

1.

empty things, or these meaningEph.

VER

15, marg.
(text, covcrincj.)

Cor.

2 Cor.

iii.

13, 14 nt.

14

2lld,

15. 16.
1. Heb. vi. 19.
1.
ix. 3.
X. 20.

2.

li.

1.

Heb.

gee

[(which)

Gal. V. 20.

VEIL

YAEIANCE

(set at)

Ti,

to divide in two, part asunder,

Matt.

1.

xiii. 4,

marg.

<;,
justice,

a
2.

2,

3.

1.

unusually, terribly,
(like
" awfully)," {occ. Matt,

{occ.

Acts

8.

(,

dant.
siv. 31

{-

-LTTr AN.)

Heb.

i. 8.
x. 30.

2.

Jude

7.

iii.

See, BEAST.

M;irk

2 Tbes.

1.

xxi. 23.

VENOMOUS.

of,

over and above,

more than enough, abun-

3.

1.

5.

xii. 19.

Phil. iv. 8, see " hosbst.'

,
out

Luko
Bom.

VENERABLE.

6.)

xxviii. 28.)
Ik,

judgment,

the active Outgo o/" wrath,

(not the affection itself, ichich is

3.

^, intonsely^vith main strength,

*

hejice,

and

right.

^, wrath,

1.

zealously,

execution of right

indignation, anger conjoined with the desire of revenge.

VEHEMENTLY.

violently,

Tr A.)

sentence.

Eng. slang,
viii.

GL

maintenance of

/, right, justice;

he rash.

See, DESIRE.

',

14 (on, Iccause,

VENGEANCE.
ONE'S SELF.

to show one's self

boaster or braggart, (non occ.)

1.

iii.

X. 35.

TrepTTcpevoyMat,

1 Cor.

one.
2 Cor.

disunite, {non occ.)

(wnicn)

which

o,

VEEILY.
1.

Liiko

vi.

48,

1.

xi. .53.

2.

xxili. 10.

see
[Beat.

40,

], amen.

Heb. p,

strictly adj.,

true, certain, faithful

but also as
adv., truly, certainly, surely.
At
;

VER

846

VES

the heginning of a sentence, truly,

assuredly, certainly, verily ; at the
end, so be it, amen.

* In Johns

as the representation of what is

and the realisation of what ought
to be.
1

Gosjjel

always

Tim.

7.

ii.

tioice,

verily, verily.
2.

VERT.

indeed, truly, impJi/ing affirma-

)u.eV,

and at the same

time pointing forward to something
antithetic, which is then commonly
tion or concessio7i,

of otlier words used in various

list

connections with

1.

(a) subjoined with Se, but, or

,
,

{For

see below.)

if,

very, very much, exceed-

ingly, excessively.

(b) with ovv, therefore,

indeed

i.e.

therefore.

2.

{composed ofyf-, verily, and apa,

accordingly) the fact is, in fact,
as the case stands.

3.

3. yap,

4.

4.
5.

in truth, truly.
G.

a particle equivalent to I wot,

and you allow
giving the asser-

5.

Si'jTTov,

truly, verily.

really,

for '.^,
V. 18. 26.
vi. 2, 5, 16.
X. 15, 23, 42.
xi. 11.
xiii. 17.

xvi. 28.
xvii. 20.
xviii. 3, 13, 18.
xix. 23, 28.
xxi. 21, .31.
xxiii. sis.

xxiv. 2, 34, 47.

XXV. 12, 40, 45.
xxvi. 13, 21, :3-t.

11

1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*
1*

Luke
John

X. 30.
xviii. 31.
xxiv. 24.

5.
1.

5.

Mark

xviii. 23.

Lb Tr

(this)

Cor. V.

2. 1
7.

Gal.

xiii. 30.

4.

xiv.

5.

2.

(tuts)

6.

unto this same, or

very thing, {this one that
) we are speaking of.)

See

Yes.

3.

xiv. 17.
iii. 21.

vi. lG(o)ii.

2b.
2, 1

also, act,
attentite,
t^old,
CIIIKFEST, costly, DILIGENTLY,
EARLY, EVEN, FIKST, GLADLY,

SMALL,
SOEEOWFUL,
THAT, WOETHY, WELL.
PIIKCIOUS,

Tr

vii. 5, 18.

2.

xxi.

xiii. 6.

OKEAT, HEAVY, HIGHLY, IIUNOBY,

LITTLK, MANY, MOllNING, PITIFUL,

Ai' M.)

2.

Bom.

iii. .5.

2a.

xviii. 17, 29.

(upon this)

"^

TOVTO, this,

Tim. ii. 5.
Heb. ii. 16.

2.

G 1

unto,

G i: L

XV. 27.

xii. 43.

(om.

V. 23.

xxvi. 9.
ii. 25.
X. 18, sec

X. 15, 29.
xi. 23.

(,

3 (om.
W.)

Eom.

3.

.32.

avTo, same,

G L

xxii.

2.

W.)

i.

VERT THING

TrAt*.)
2ab.

xii. 37.
xiii. ;55

Thes.

xi. 1.

VERT THING
Phil.

xiii. 16, 20, 21, 38.

xiv. 12.
xvi. 20, 23.
xxi. 18.
3. Acts xvi. .37.
2a.
xix. 4 (oi.

12(oiu. TTrb.)

xi. 51.

5, 11.

X. 1, 7.
xii. 24.

viii. 12.

18, 25, 30.

Heb.

viii. 34, 51, 58.

ix. 1.

iv. 24.

2. 1

vi. 26, 32, 47, 53.

TTr A

41.

6,

6,

same, | this same thing,

TovTo, this, ) or this very thing.

w'ce.

51

G L

V. 19, 24, 25.

(aj).)

i,

i.

xiv. 11.

i.

xii. 59.

John vii. 26 (oiii.

Tr A H.)
xiii.

5 (om.

1.

(Ixx.

6.

3.

Eom.
see V
thing (upon this)
Phil.
see V thing

xvi. 4.

Luke ix.
AW.)

5.

xxiii. 43.

iii. 3,

2.

28.

iii.

vi.

Luke

Matt.

1.

xxii. 37.)

1.

viii. 10.

{adv.
see
of
") in truth, truly, really.

"
5.

and, also, even.

-,

4.

in very deed

Numb.

Matt.

Mark

{Ace. fern. sing, of No. 2.)

{Ace. neut.pl. of No. 2.)

yea, yes, certainly.

/9,

7.

and confidence ;
generalizing this decision, and im2>lying the success of an appeal for
the truth of lohat is said, indeed,
tion, decision,

6.

,
,

same.

self,

ix. 1.
xii. 10.

Pet.

^.

i.

1, 20.

1.

,
any

truth as the revealed reality

lying at the basis of, and agreeing with an appearance
truth
;

VESSEL

(-S.)

a vessel, or implement of
kind, utensil, instrument

{hence, in pi.

it

denotes all that

belongs to a complete outfit;

moveables as opp. to fixtures^

VES

a small

of ayyos)

{dim.

ayytlov,

S47

receptacle, (e.y.

vessel, reservoir,

blood-vessel) ; esp. a small

vessel in ivhich oil was carried to
replenish torches and lamps , (so
Ixx. for 'b:, (Numb. iv. 9), {non

See " light," iVo.

occ.)
Matt.

a larger

(,

48

xiii.

a jar,

vessel,

6.

Actsx. 11,

1.

li.

1.

H.)

1.

Eom.

1.

2 Cor. iv. 7.

Mark vii. 4,sce Brazen.

1.

1.

Tr

pail,

ixv.

4.

xi. 16.

Luke viii. 16.

John xix. 29.
Acts

is. 15.

Rev.

1.

ments

Tim. ii. 20, 21.

Heb. ix. 21.
1 Pet. iii. 7.

1.

Rev. u. 27.

a''X3, 1

Kings

for

U^llb

also

30; 2 Kings

xxii.

a garment,

opp.

(as

to

the inner vest.)

around,

thrown
something
Here,
a covering.

i.e.

Ps.

in allusion to
xxii.

the outer

esp.

garment or mantle,

Ixx.

for
27

luin^

so

toherc

27,

cii.

for mc^, Ex.

HDDa, Ezek. xxvii.

Matt, xxvii. 35 (ap.)

3.

Heb.

John

2.

Rev. xix.

xix. 2i.

VEX

i.

7.

12.
13, 16.

(-ED.)

;^,

to harass, with crowds or

tumults then, gen., to trouble, or
importune. In N.T., only pass.,

to harass, {non occ.)

to apply a touchstone, to

hy torture

then, gen., to torture,

with pain.

,
to

with

affect

any one,
maltreat, harm.
evil to

evil

to

do

esp. physically, to

to wear down by hard

labour.
Here, imss., to get worn
out, (Acts vii. 24.)

Matt.

XV.

see

to

(be)

Luke

15,

Bco

1.

3.

vi.

excite

(inn

lilt

G^LTTtAN.)

Devil.
ivii.

to

gm

Mm, L

tx) lUL

Tt A M, Lc.

lit. is

in

condit ion.

VIAL

(-S.)

[Here, the " vials " are the drinkoffering belonging to the sacrifice,
Lev. xxiii. 13
Numb. xv. 1-11
xxviii. 11-14.)
The seven Seals
the
had unfolded the mystery
seven Trumpets proclaim and
open the war now seven " Vials"
prepare the sacrifice for the last
great slaughter, and are significant of plagues which cannot be
escaped.
Men cannot reach the
height from whence they are
poured, nor slay those who pour
them.

Acts

It

is

seals

submitted that in the seven

we have the comprehensive

aspect of the history of Daniel's

last week, (yet future) a summary
rehearsal of judgment, covering
the Avhole period in broad outline,
while in the seven trumpets we have
the woes that relate specially to
the apostate Jews, and in the
seven vials the woes that are to
come upon their oppressors, the
Gentiles, (Deut. xxxii. 43
Is.
Ii. 21-23
Jer. xxv. 28, 29
Eom.
ii.
5-10.)
The seals are thus
parallel to the two scries, of
trumpets and vials combined.
At
the seventh seal there is silence,
(viii. 1) a turning-point, while we
go back again to begin the other
])nrallcl
(but two-fold scries).
The seventh trum])et celebrates
the accoin])lislinicnt of God's purposes regarding Ilia own ])eople,
(x. 7
xi. 15) wliileit initiates the
seven vials, the anger of the
" nations,'' and proclaims that for
" Thy
tlioin,
wrath is come."
AVhcreas in the seventh vial, there
is no transition, but instead, the
;

examine or scrutinise by words or

afflict

(,

clothing, raiment, garhere,

quoted from Ps.

vii. 8.)

XiTiliv,

Matt. xvii. 15

\^ESTUEE.

to suffer, to be subjected to

xviii. 12 ''

xxii. 19, lohere Ixx.

for

(be)

evil or calamity.

iv. 4.

1.

1.

VEXED

a bowl, goblet having more

breadth than depth; (\\x.fOr p""i*0,
Ex. xxvii. 3 Numb. vii. 13, etc)

ix. 21, 22, 23.

Tbes.

VTA

16.

."5.

v. 16.
xii. 1.

18 {ivo\X.(u>,
4. 2 Pet.
Pet. ii. 8.

ii.

7.

VIC

88

[12, 17.

xxi. 9.

2.

ix. 35.
xiv. 15.
xxi. 2.
Mark vi. 6, 36, 56.

VICTOET.

Luke

1. 1

John

{non occ.)

1,

/9, a vine,

V. 4.

VICTORY

(get the)

Eev. XV.

Luke

2.

epect, (occ. 1 Tim.

VIGILANT

Matt. XX.

3.

Eom.

i.

vii.

Jua.

ix. 7.

"fi.

[16,

(deesser of one's)

xiii. 7.

of

strength, esp., a violent or unjust exertion of strength or power,

compulsion, constraint.

//5,

the being able, i.e. ability,

the inherent or natural power or

capacity.

foul

3, 4),
;

(Ixx.

3.

(non occ.)
here, gen.,

Matt.

xi.

(Buffer)

rmi.

iii.

21.

impetus,

rush,

main

force, (non occ.)

Luke
ii.

Cor.

VIOLENCE.

ipm,

gen.,

here,

3.
2.

XX. 9, 10, 13, 15

1.

1.

humiliation

ac.

'"'ce.

Luke

of humiliation.

1.

xii. 1, 2, 8,

occ.)

xiii. 6.

occ.)

dirty,
iii.

Luke

'

2.

Zech.

a vine-yard, (non

1, 2, 4, 7, 8.

(be)

dishonour, of vileness.

1Y,

xv. 36.
xxiii. 36.
xix. 29 twicc^ 30.

/*7,

VILE.

for

common
and

classes

a worker in a vineyard,
a vine-dresser; (Ixx. for did,
2 Ch. xxvi. 10; Is. Ixi. 5), (non

1 Pet. V. 8.

filthy,

a cheap,

VINEYARD.

VINEYARD

11.)

Luke
John

Tr .)

xxi. 28, 33, 39, 40, 41.

Mark

iii.

for ^i^, Neh.

12 v. 6.)

,
^,

34(', wine, Mark

ix. 12.

-[), to Avakc, keep awake, watch

dishonour

Avine,

of the poorer

48.

1 Tim. iii. 2.
Tit. ii. 2, morg. (text, sober.)

(Irt/xia,

xxvii.

G<^L

sober, temperate, esp. in

respect to ivine, abstinent ; hence,
sober in mind, watchful, circum-

i.

18, 19.

soldiers.
Matt,

VIGILANT.

(Ixx.

12.

ivater, constituted the

drijik

a furnishing one's self

with provisions, a stock or store
of provisions, (non occ.)

Jer.

sharp wine, sour

with

(Jiere, pi.)

XV. 1, 4, 5.

iii.

Eev. xiv.

common kind of wine, which, mixed

that which is eaten, food,

i.e. solid food, as opp. to liquid;
lience, sustenancej uourisliment,

15.

Jas.

VINEGAR.

VICTUALS.

Matt. xiv.

John

2.

0^05,

2.

occ.)

29.
Mark xiv. 25.
Luke xxii. 18.

to conquer, get the upper hand,

prevail, be victorious.

1.

(non

Matt. xxvi.

1.

viii. 25.

VINE.

Cor. xv. 54, 55, 57.

2. 1

xiii. 22.
xvii. 12.
xix. 30.
xxiv, 13, 28.

Acts

a later fonn ofNo.

xii. 20.

ix. 52, 56.

X. 38.

xi. 2.
viii. 1.

conquest, victory, esp. victory

Matt.

Luke

Matt.

in battle, (non occ.)

2.

(-S.)

a village or hamlet in the open

country and loithout ivalls.

1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10,

xvii. 1.

Eev.

1.

Eev. xvi.

V. 8.

sv. 7.

VILLAGE

angel who pours it declares " It

done," (xvi. 17-21).] {non occ.)

is
Rev.

1.

Acta

iii.

eee V
[(do)
14, see V to
12,

V. 26.
3.

Bov.

1.
1.

Acts

rxi. 35.
xxiv. 7 (.)

xxvii. 41.
2. Heb. xi. 34.
xviii. 21.
1.

;;

VIOLENCE TO

849

Ixiii.

shake throughout, shake

Tchemently; hence, to inspire
terror, {non occ.)
Luko

iii. l-l,

VIOLENCE

(non occ.)

the being able, i.e. ability,

inherent power, natural capacity,
moral as well as physical ability.

(suffer)

to force, compel, to use force,

carry a point by obstinate

to

perseverance,
Matt.

Luke

(occ.

Mark
Luke

xvi. IG.)

v. .W.

1.

Phil. iv. 8.

vi. 19.

1.

1 Pet.

2 Pet.

1.

VIOLENT.

<;,

one who commits violence,

one who unjustly exerts strength

power

or

1.

See, BUN.

VIPEE.
iii. 7.

xii. 34.

Acts

Matt,

Luke

iniii. 33.
iii, 7.

2.

(-S.)
3.

(adj.) virgin, (fern, as siilsf.)

oiess for Christ.

sense

that ichich the

Prophet spoke in a ividtr

and on a different occasion.
1

i. L'.it.

Cor.

-Txv. 1,7, 11.

Acts

i.

27

xxi.

a sight, an appearance

"'"^<

i>.

Eev.

.'U

(om.
:t7.

i.

G~L.)

2 Cor. xi. 2.
I
xiv. \*.

x. 1,

ii.

28,

aiid

for

Acts

1.

X. 3, 17, 19.
xi. 5.
xii. 9.

1.

xvi. 9, 10.

1.
1.

ix. 10.

12 (om. iv
in a viaion,

seen.
29,
\\\n,

Jer. xiv. 14.

Matt.

xvii. 9.
2. Luke i. 22.
2.
xxiv. 23.
3a. Acts ii. 17.
1.

is

for fvm

xviii. 0.

1.

2.

xxvi. 19.
2 Cor. xii. 1.

3.

Rev.

2.

.s'.

VISIT

vii. 25, 28.

a;,

which

from Joel

quoted

Is.

1.

23;

ix.

occ.)

opaats, seeing, the sense o sight

Tri'

sense,

,, Dan.

(non

ivhere Ixx.

1.

t quoted from Is. vii., where Is.x.for

r\OTJ, of Is. viii. 3, 4
vii. 3
X. 21
thus fulfilling in a strict

31.)

then, that

* masc, cliaste, pure, or unmarried,

as for the sake of greater devoted-

Luke

vii.

7, 8),

literal

;,

(Ixx. /or

xxviii. 3.

VIEGIN

(-S.)

0,

Acts

(a)

Matt.

VISION

thing seen, a sight, spectacle;

(Ixx. /or
Gen. xlvi. 2 Ex.
iii. 3
Deut. xxviii. 34
Dan.
;". Gen. xv. 1), (occ.
viii. 2

a virgin.

and

16.

i.

a viper, (non occ.)

Matt.

(text,

xi. 13.

A'lOLENTLT.

',

marg.

(Ixx. Job xxxiv,

seen, visible
26; xxxvii. 21), {non occ.)
Col.

Matt.

9,

3, 5

i.

VISIBLE.

?,

here, pi.

ii.

praise.)

viii. 46.

marg. begotten by force.

XI. 12,

in fear.

niar)i.

VIS

7 anif nin, Hab. iii. 3); then,

in a moral sense, tliat which gives
man his worth, his efficiency, his
hence, good
moral excellence
quality, excellence oj" any kind,

(do)

to

Sioo-eioj,

ix. 17.

(-ED, -EST.)

to loolc upon, to look at.

view
to go to see, go to looic
after hence, to visit, tcith a vieic
to help, relieve, or deliver ; hut ahi
tcith a vicAV to punish
(so Ixx
Jer. xiv.
fo' ips, Ps. Ixxxix. 33
;

VIEGINITr.

TTajiOivia,

virginity, virgin age;

(Ixx.

for

C'"iir3,

Jer.

Luke

1.

thus,

ii.

4), (non

occ.)

36.

hx. for

VIETUE.
spoken of

vi. 3.)

n^s:,

as also

viii. 5,

Gen.

where

24, 25;

1.

Ps. cvi. 4.

God ;

Is. xlii. 8,

10), (occ. Acts

* here quoted from Ps.

superiority in every respect

for n'rnn,

GGG

iii.

12

(and

l.xx.

Mntt. xxv.
Lu'.iO

i.

Acts

36, 43.
68, 7b.

vU. 16.
;

xliii.

21

Heb.
Jos.

I.

vii. 23.

XV.

1 1,

ii.

36.

VIS

850

VISITATION.
a looking upon, for

relief, deliverance,

help,

or punishment

hence, visitation.
Luke

xix. 44.

1 Pet.

ii.

12.

AVOCATION.

a call, a summons, iuvitatiou,

a calling.
Eph.

1.

2.

iv. 1.

A^OICE

(-S.)

a sound, a tone, as given forth

or uttered ; hence, a voice, a cry.

a small stone

smooth hy

a pebble, (Laf., calculus);

then, because small black and ivhite
pebbles ivere anciently used in
voting (viz. the white for approval,
the black for disapproval), a vote.
toater,

WAG

^rA

W
WAd

to move, put in motion, esp. of

the head, to shake; (Ixx.yb? i''";n
trt*";, 2 Kings xix. 21
Job xvi. 4
Ps. xxii. 8.)

KLVio),

Matt, ixvii.

xv. 29.

i.e.

to wait for, look for,

20 {aneK&f^ero, instead of

iii.

the longsuffering of

i.e.

[verb.]

ixG.)

to receive

quarter,
expect.
1 Pet.

-,

(-ED,

from any quarter,

be about to receive from any

to

Mark

39.

,
WAIT

[verb.]

(-IXG.)

WAI

God

e'fiSc'xiTO,
icos icaiting long fnr,

instead of once the ioiiasii^iTing oj God icaited,

1.

GL

IMAGES.

',

whatever

is

.)

bought to be

eaten with hvcaa, as meat, Jish, etc.

Hired soldiers loere jmid partly
in meat, fruit, etc. ; hence, a
stipend, wages, esp., of soldiers,
(occ. 1 Cor. ix. 7.)

Tr

WAIT

to sit towards, sit by

to wait near, to attend,

Trpoae^pivM,

hence,

(no

(,
occ.)

1 Cor. is. 13

hire

pay

Avages,

recom-

pense, reward.

In. Luke

iii.

la.Eom.

marg. al-

14,

louancc.
2.

John

1.

iv. 3G.

2.

vi. 23.

1.

2 Cor. xi. 8.
2 ret. li. 15.

2.

IVATL

1.

(-ED, -iNG.)

[verb.]

to utter a loud cry

of
cries, to lament aloud,
{so Ixx. for b^'b'Ti, Jer. xxv.
;

3.

mournful

2.

3.

wail

34

xlvii. 2), (occ.

,
;

1 Cor.

xiii.

1.)

to beat, to cut, as hi/ a blow.

Here, mid., to beat or cut one's
the hreast in loud exself, e.(j.
pression of grief ; hence, put for

to wail,

bewail;

2 Sam.

12.)

i.

to

mourn

(Ixx.

for icr,

Mark

4.

5.

see "

wait."

3.
4.

Rev.

2.

Kev.

i.

7.

xviii. 15, 19.

to receive to ones self,

to wait for, await, expect.

to Avatch toward or for

anything, to look for.

to remain firm, hold out,

coming of the

Avait for as the

etc.,

(non occ.)

to wait around or about

anything, to remain for, (iion occ.)

Mark

xv. 43.

Luke

i.

1.

21.
25.
viii. 40.
xii. 36.
xxiii. 51.
Jolin V. 3

6.

Acts

4.

3.
3.

xiii. 42, 50.

6.

X. 7, see Contiuiially.
24.
xvii. 16 part.

1.

(.)

i.

Acte

4.

ii.

4.

weei)ing, implying not only

but every outward expression of grief.
Matt.

2.

Rom.

2.

2.

1 Cor. i. 7.
Gal. V. 5.

5.

[noun.]

See, LAY, LTK, lyino.

GGG

viii. 19, 23, 25.

Thes.

i.

10.

AVAIT ON.

to be strong or firm toanything, to endure or

persevere in or with, to be continually with any person or thing.

wards

WAIT,

(.

,
,
morn,

G.

AVAIT FOE.

. ,

3.

tears,

G'-L

from,
1, tcith
prefixed) to wait out, vait long
for, await ardeatl}'.

to

mourn, lament, to grieve,

for.

V. 38.

\.%,

,
^,
8,
admit

3.

1.

ntar,

sit beside, xcait

TiAt^.)

(a) 2)lii>'al.
2.

AT.

Mark

iii.

9.

WAI

852

(patient)

a remaining under, a bearing

up under patient endurance cf
evils,
while remaining
etc.,
or
;

waiting.
2 Thes.

iii.

5,

marg.

patience.

WAKE.
awake (spoken of
"tosleep" isofdeath.)

to keep

yprjyopio),

heintjfalive,as

1 Thes. V. 10.

"W2VLK
1.

2.

(-ED, -EDST, -EST,

-,

-I^".)

[verb.]

to tread about, walk

about, and gen., to walk, to be
walking.

to cause to pass over ly

land or mater, to transport
to
pass, to go, having regard, not to the
point of departure, but to the end

TTopevui,

to he reached.

3.

to stand or go in order,
advance in rows or ranks hence,
to Avalk orderly, walk according
;

to any rule or order, (non occ.)

1.

WAL

WALLOWING,

853

WAR

WANTING-

[noun.]

rolled,

2 Pet.

mako wander,

to

lead astray

(Ixx.

xliv. 10, 15.)

Heb.

xi. 38.

Tim.

WANDER

go
74,
up and down
to

ABOUT.

or
;

come around, or
hence, to wander

Heb.

WANDERING,

excess, licentiousness
lasciviousness, lewdness.

Kom.

xi. 37.

,
,
(non

Matt. xxiv. 6

Mark

xiii. 7 '*'
xiv. 31.
xxi. 9.

is

Mark
2 Cor.

viii.

2.

U''"
1.

3.

2 Cor. ix. 12, pi.

Phil. ii. 25,

Phil. iv. 11.

WANT

(BE IX)

vaTfpiw, to be last, behind; to lack,

come .short of to be Avithout, to
want, suffer need.
;

Luke

\^

1.

2.

(,

.,
Rev.

1.

an

2ft.

Jns.

xvii. 14.
xix. 11.

army, forces,

troops,

xxiii. 11, phiral.

(-1,

-ixG.) [verb.]

war

In N.T.

then, to

to
serve in war, to war, be a soldier.

anj/
be left, forsaken
be destitute of, to lack.

3 port.

Rev,

to serve in

wage war.

to leave, forsake.

ii.

war, to fight.

AVAR (mexof)

2.

1.

1.

Johii

make

marg. see Con-

Luke

[verb.]

(a) pass., to

1.

(make)

[tiiiue.

WAR

-iNo.)

[mr.rgin.]

with (be highly)"

soldiery.

see above.

thing, to

to war,

XV. 14, pass.

(-EI),

{intend)

WAR

xiii. 4.

5,

xix. 19.

see " Disri.rASEn

then,

needed for use or service

xii. 44.

3ii. 20,

1.

xi. 7.

xii. 7, 17.
xiii. 7 (ujj.)

WAR WITH
Acts

want, need.
2.

Rev.

Luke

Eev.

use, advantage, service

vhat

Jas. iv.

''<:c.

occ.)

ciency, want.

1.

[noun.]

that which comes short,

that which is wanting, lack, defi-

X/)ta,

[noun.]

(-S.)

the being last, the coming

hence, the being in want,

(much)

18, plural.

ii.

AVAR

later,

the agitation and tumult of

battle, (Lat., pcllo, bellum) hence,
(Ixx./or nr^nbo,
fight, battle, war
Ex. i. 10 2 Kings iii. 7.)

13.

WANT,

sliort

2 Pet.

xiii. 13.

WANTONNESS

[adj.]

one wandering about, a

wanderer, zchence Eng., planet,ybr
a star, which, as opp. to the fixed
stars, wanders or iiiores in a course
of its own, {lion occ.)
Jude

V. 11.

WANTONNESS.

about.
V. 13.

(-

against, and
to live strenuously, rudely,
as JEng., " to live hard," revel, run
riot); to run riot against, lead a
life of luxury and gaiety, to the
neglect of another or in opposition
to him.

wander, go astray;
for nrn, 2 Kings x.\i. 9;

Ezek.

(begin to

AVAX)

AVANDER.

Tim.

undone.

',
, (,

22.

ii.

here, pass., to

(be)
le/t

ANTON AGAINST

occ.)

marg. be

2. Tit. i. 5,

a wheel;
then, a rolling or wallowing, (jion
something

i.

4.

1.

to war,

2 Cor. X. 3.
1 Tiui. i. IH.
2 Tim. ii. 4.

onli/ mid.,

make

war, fight.

1.

Jns. iv.

1.

1 I'et. ii. 11.

1.

WAR

WAE

against,

854

an army

war

to oppose,

WAEN

AGAINST.
to lead out

1.

against,

vTro8eLKvvfj.i,

WAED.

nify, let

Est.

xii. 10.

(be)

to perceive, observe, obtain

a knov.dedge of or insight into,
to learn, recognise, to be influenced by one's knowledge of the
object, to suffer one's self to

Matt.

2.

Luke

3.

Matt. xxiv.

Luke

Matt.

ii.

12, 22.

Heb.

(lion occ.)

Tim.

i.

18.

see

" moved with fear

(UE, SHE, IT,

1.

ci/xt,

(-ed,

* ivith pi'onoun
(a)

John

xviii. 18 '"'", 25.

Jas.

ii.

V>.

(iJE)

(2rd pers.

etc.,

might

be.

(c) dvai, to be, (inf.)

AVAEMED

it is,

sing, pjres. ind.)

(b) Optative,

occ.)

xiv. 54, 07.

state of

, I.

he, she, or

Mark

tuere)

FORASMUCH AS, SO,

when, whereas,

am, (the ordinary

-mo.)

{non

'

existence.)

here, mid., to
to Avarm, heat
one's self, as tjy a fire ; (Ixx.
for c^n. Is. xliv. 15, IG 1 Kings
1, 2),

(be)

not part of another verb, or

phrase, it is the translation of
one of these following.

1 Cor. ix. 7.

AVAEM ONE'S SELF

x. 22.

xi. 7.

When

vice.

i.

(be)

WHICH, WHILE, WHO.

),

GOD

Acts

AS SOOJT AS,
THAT,

AS,

(oo a)

to serve in Avar, to be a solhere, mid., to serve in war,

take the field, go on active ser-

dier

xi. 7,

AVAS
1
I

AVAEFAEE

iv. 14.
28.
V. 14.

WAET (be)

AVAEFAEE.

[or from]

Heb.

4.

i.

Thes.

xxxvi. 4.)

1611, but altered in edition

of 1762, to " ii ua'uru."

military service, warfare a

military
expedition, campaign,

2 Cor. X.

Acts xiv. 6.
2 Tim. iv. 15,

3.

Col.

1.

AV.

1.

to watch, not to sleep, to

50, ) in

xii. i6,

31.

Cor.

1.

iii. 7.

to negotiate, transact business of kings and magistrates, to

do business publicly, i.e. to give
audience and answer as to ambassadors or petitioners, to give
response or decision. Then, spoken
of a divine response, to give response, to speak as an oracle,
speak or warn from God {so Ixx.
xxx. 2
for im, Jer. xxvi. 2

keep Avatch hy nir/ht ; here, mid.,

to keep one's self from or as to
anytMnrj, to be ware of, avoid.

2.

(Ixx.yor TJn,

ters,

be

to see into or understand

or with one's
self,
senses, to be aware.

1.

for

to do or carry on business,
have dealings, esp. in money mat-

one^s

1.

be known

iii. 7.

Acts sx.

/,

(Ixx.

point out privately

to

WAENED OF

determined thereby.
with

hence, to

20.)

ii.

2.

1.

WAEE OP

2.

mind

icith the finger, to give to understand as it xoere hy stealth, to sig-

the act of keeping Avatch

t/ien,
the watch itself, watch,
guard.

1.

to put in

vii. 23.

2.

Acts

(-ED, -iNa.)

warn, admonish, exhort

13% Job iv. 3.)

(jion occ.)

Bom.

WAS

loith

Ace. of noun, that is, etc.,

being somethnes under-

(" that "

stood })

WAS
f

on account of, for the

because of... being.

tcith

TO,

sake

of,

+ u-ith iv

w ?,

(d)

that... is, etc.

it,

he, she, or

to begin, to start to begin

to be, {referring to original state
or existence.)
;

keep

away from.

off or

on the point

to stand with the feet together hence, to stand with or

beside (so as to assist) to come
together, meet.
;

Ace. as here) according

some standard
of comparison implied or expressed.)
{tcith

to, {in reference to

18 1"

i.

lt

x. 47.

le.Id.le.2 _

:{0.

U.

xii. 4(X
xiv. 15,

G-L
'

2.

3li,

(Old.

Luke

xxvi. (J, when...W.

_ 71 Sn.l.
xxvii. 45.

le.

61.

20 (om.

le.

a.
i.

[33.
C, 13 ii. 23,

45

le.

iv. 1

in.
3K.
:.

2"'i,

when..."W.

47, 4, 52.
hh.
vii. 20.
ix. 7. 26.

12.

Acts

2.

2.

Trb

le.
le.
le.

3i<

Ic

32nd.

le.

6.

4.

3.

let

11.
22.

3.
2.

1*

XX. 4.

le.

lo*
lb.
2.

24,40,when...W.

2.

44

Id.

53, when...W.
56, 59.
66.

le.
2.

le.

42.

2.

Ic.

V. 3,

le.

9 2nd.

28. 33. 36 2nd.

38i",forasmuch
382nd.
392nd, while...
ix. 42.
X. 1 (om. All.)
4, 25.

2.

42nd.

-xi.

xii. 5, 6.
I't.

9 2nd,Wa8 done.

2.
tice,

[W.

38.
21, 24.

le.
le.
Ic.
la.

la,

15.

4.

IS 1", as

as

it

soon

18 2nd, 20.

361",

23.
1 lt

),

xiii.

(with

lit. in Antioch,
throughout thecxisling
Church.

32, 33, 38.

41.
42, when...W.

le.
2.

"

16, 28, 32.

ix. 9, 10.
19.

51.
iv. 17.
25.

lo.

20 2nd 22.'

viii. 1 ist.

2.

twice, 26,

12.

29,
2ud.

la.
Id.
2.

8, 9,

9.

as...W^.

Lti.)

le.

la.le.Id.-

19.
i. 1 * ''mcs, 2.

10, 15

.)

when...W.

vii. 2,

Ic*le.le.-

13.

(No.

G^Trb.)

41st

ie.-

2.

5.

34 (No. le,
V. 4.
71st.

38.'

(aji.)

xxiii. 7, who...W.
8 2nd, 19, 38,

Idt-

22.
32.
33.

Id.le.Idle.-

6.

xxi. 37.
xxii. 23.

le.

W.

16, which...
17.
19.
26, when...W.
ii. 24.
iii. 10.
i.

iv. 3.
4.

2.

[40.

25

le.
le.

Id.

17 t"i", 18,

7, 46.
xiv. 12.

which. ..W.

1.3,

29.
vi. 6 ti"
13, 1(). 49.
vii. 2 -"<.

le.
la.

12'-i"'i(om.

3.

lot
2.

12

:"'

let

GT.)

(oin.

12. 39. 42.

St

le.

Ic
IcJ

Trb A.)

-:

le.

37. 39.

2.

viii. 21.

Ic.

32.
41.
ix. 18. ae...W.
29 ico, not

Greek,
le.

le.

whon...'W.

(),

le.
le.

2.

3.

26.
2.

4.

5.

lo.
:!5,

7 l.
72nd.

le.

6.

2.

le.

40, 42.

2.

14.
24.
xxi. 4.

le.

le.

le.

V. 5, 11.
14.

21

7.

13.

2.

L Trb.)

"-ind

la.

7.

2 3rd(om.LbTr.)

le. John
le.

2.

le.

le.

ii. 1.

(mm.

lu.

[.)

34.
xix. 2 2nd.

le.
le.
le.
la.
le.

2.

4.
6.

2.

(OKI. Lb.)

-4.
iii. 1

L^T Tr

23 1*'
23 2nd.
24 (om.

2.

7, 66, 80.

Ic

xxviii. 2.

i^.)

5.

i.

ii.

let
2.

xvi. 1 1", 19.

xvii. lo.
20.
xviii. 2, 3.

u-ere,

41, 42, 46.

xvi. 4.

2.

xvi. 20.
xvii. 2 '-"l
xix. 8.
xxi. 25, 33.
xxiv. 21.

5.

(om.GnL

TTrA.)

39.

le.

- 54.

le.
la.
le.
la.
la.

25. 32 2"<.

323rd

XX. 1, when...'W,

Id.

242d(om.G-N)

2.

xvii. 5.
xviii. 1, 10, 13tice,
14, 15. 16, 18. 40.
xix. 14, 19. 20 twice,
23. 31 twice, 41, 42.

le.

wlien...W.
241".

that ..W.

xiii. 5. 23, 30.

le.

;',

was come.
40 Trb

le.-

when...W.

xiv. 1.
66, as...W.
XV. 7, 25, 2C.

Ic-

24 1" (np.)
24 I'"!

Mark
-

le.
le.
le.

17,

le.

11 1' (om.
11 '"[Tr.)

le.
le.
le.
le.

55.

Id*

xiv. 2.
XV. 20,

(.)

41

xi.

xii. 1, 2, 6.
9.

Ic'

xiii. 10.

44 2nd.
47 2nd, 5.3, 54.
xxiv. 6,when...W.
Id.
10 (iiv, it was,
le.
they uei-e,
for
G'^'T),{om.Jiaav, they

le.le.-

xii. 4.

10 (om.
S.)

t"ict.

le.

xiii. 19.

2.

vii. 27.

xi.

Tr

14
:;u.

2.

xi. 13, 30, 32.

le.

iii. 4.

viii.

wlien...W.

xi 1.

441st.

la.Mark
I

9, 15

ii.

le.
le.
la.

Ati.)

to delay, to be
of, to be about to.

Matt.

2.

to

le.John

36.

le.
le.
le.
le.

to have.

;;^,

wheii...W

X. 32,

[om. Tr.)

5.

was.

it

to come into being, to

begin to be, to become, to arise,
to hapjien.

Luke

le.

being, {participle).

or,

or

(e) T]v

2.

2.

2.

Ace. hefore

loitJi

WAS

lei

in the being, etc.

'
,
*

85

45, 53.

Id.
2.

in

le.
le.

viii. 41.

58.

le.

ix. 8. 14, 16, 24.

2.

xi.

xix. 1, while.. .W.

16.
17.
32.
34.
xxi. 3.

25.whoreas...W.
X. 19, 22i>t.

22ind.

35, when...W.
xvii. 1.
xviii. 3.
25.
28.

'

le.
la.
le.

1,2, 6 2nd, 18,

30, 32, 38.

7.

35, 80 it

W.

WAS
.

Acts

3.
2.

la.
la.
2.

xxl. 37.
xxii. 3.
17.
29 2ni.

2. 1

xxiii. 5.
12, when...W.

2.

27,

la.

2.

24,

whicli

le.Rev.

XV.

V. 11.

2.

vi. 12, there...

2.

viii. 1.

le.
-

X. 10 1st,
xi. 13.
17.

xii. 5.

19

1st

18i(om.

le.-

2.'

iii.

le.

V. 19.

Id.

viii.

ti.)

which W.

17,
24.

iii.

2.

xiii. 2.

xvi. 10.

a8...W.

"WASH

xxi. 1.

t^^ics,

11.

A.)

(-ED, -iKo.)

to wash some part of the

body, as the face, hands, or feet
Gen. xviii. 4;
(so'lxx. for
xliii. 31
Ex. xxx. 20 Deut. :s:xi.
6; 1 Sam. xxv. 41), (see under

,
No.

away
{Xo. 1, loWi
from, prrfixed) to wash off. In
N.T., mid., to wash off from and
for one's self, (a si/mholiccd action
of innocence. See l)eut. xxi. 6, 7
and Josephus, Ant. iv. 8, IG),

6.

(noti occ.)

3.

to

Ijathe,

whole body

used onh/ uf the

Lev.
(Ixx. for

3); hence, to
(Ixx./o? ^Ti":, Is. i.

iii.
;

IG), {see under No. 5.)

4.

{No.

7.

>.

7; Ruth
cleanse, purify
viii.

5,

with

to wash off by
In NT., mid., to wash
batliinfi.
off or from one's self by balhin<T,
cleanse from, wash awav; {\\\.for
pmnn, Job ix. 30; cf Ps. Ii. 2, 7;

5.

i.

IG; Jer.

iv.

>,

to dip or immerse, spoken

of ships, etc.; to wash, cleanse by
washing. Mid. and aor. pass., as
here, to wash one's self, perform
ablution; (Xw.for hliD, 2 Kings

Lev.

verse 10, where it is

{No. 3) cf. also
25, 28, 40; Nunib. xix.

xi.

18.)
8.

^,

trans.,

14.)

wash inanimate

wet on the

to wet,

to moisten
hence, intrans., to rain
(Ixx. for nz^n,
Ps. vi. 7
DDD, Is. xxxiv. 3 rinia,

surface,

to

all

away
{No. 5, toith
from, prefixed^ to wash off or
out, spoken only of imshing inanimate things, to wash thoroughly
(Ixx./o? D33, 1 Sam. xix. 24;
Ezek. xvi. 9), {non occ.)

V. 14, cf.
;'", and

away

from, prrfxed)

Is.

and contains,

"And whomsoever

our cleansing must be a daily

wojk, as the feet (our " walk ")
need a constant washing.]

5.)

verse (in Ixx.) Lev.

gives,

G-)

21.

xix.

{No. 5) his clothes, and bathe

{No. 3) himself in water and be
So
unclean until the even."
John xiii. 10, " He that is tcashed
{No. 3) needetli not save to wash
(No. 1) his feet " i.e. he that is
bathed, needs only the Avashing of
his feet, and so in the spiritual
truths Jesus Avas teaching, he
that has tasted the enjoyment of
the provision of the atonement of
the brazen altar, needs only the
sanctification of the brazen laver,
which was " for the priests to
wash in." In other words, our
atonement can never be repeated,

2>id.

21.
xvii. 8

18 (om.

iv. 28,

1.

18

though.

...W.
le.Gal. ii. 11 snd.
2.

W.

7.

liiid.

9,

(.)

8.

18 (No. la,

i.

G^LTTr A

Numb.

he toucheth that hath the issue,

and hath not rinsed {No. 1) his
hands in water, he shall wash

le.
le.
le.

One
11,

three words.

4, 8.
9, 10, IS,
iv. 2 Is'
i.

2.

2 Cor.

in John xiii,
where the Lord's teaching
entirely turns upon tlieir meanings.

19.
la.
21.
le.
13.
2.
XV. 8.
2. 1 Cor. ii. 3.
le.
X. 4.
2.
XV. 10.
le.
xvi. 12.
2.

10,

Id.Eom.iv.lO, when...W.
3.

xiv.

distiufiuishcd, esp.

38.
xii. 21.
le.Jas. i. 24.
le.
v. 17.
le.l John i. 1, 2.
iii. 12.
le.
2.

Lev.

rinse;

11; Ex,

[These words are to be carefully

(, also.)

le.
le.

(lit. being.)
39, 42.
2.
xxviii. 6.
le*

10

to

xlix.

7, 10.)

2 1st.
2 2"d

iii.

xi. 4.

9-n'Swheii..."W.
12, because...

3.

xix.

ii. 2.

Ic*

xxvii. 8.

Id.

clothes,

esp.

9.

Id*

26.

la.
le.

Heb.

2.

who... W.

when...W.

17,

i.

iii.

19.

2.

i. 13,
14.

ii.

2Tim.

2.

hut

nets,

when

(Ixx./o/ DID, G-en.

ld*l Tim.

2.

5,

WAS

...W.

XXV. 15,when .W.

xxvi.4,wlien...W.

2.

Thes. ii. 1.
Thes. ii.

ld.2

3-i.

xxiv.
...W.

Id*

856

things, as

E/.ek. xxii. 24.)

WAS
Matt.

vi. 17.
2.

XV.

xxvii. 24.

Mark

="<,

10

11

Cor.

4. 1

L.)

',

see

16,

;,

1.

15.

S'"'"

lit.

vi. 11.

3.

Tim. V. 10,
Hob. X. 22.

a.

2 Pet.

3.

Eev.

22,

ii.

5,

i.

vii, 14,

5.

WASH AWAY.

4,

Acts zxii.

16.

Prob. the 1st watch not named

because the marriage itself occurs
on it and the 4th not named
because the return not likely to
be so long delayed.

,
;

a batli
for bathing;
iv.

1.

Matt.

2.

Eph.

a vessel or water

(.^ ";, Song

2), {lion occ.)

vii. 4,
V. 26.

(.)

2.

2.

Tit.

1.

Heb.

ix. 10.

xiv. 25.
xxiv. 43.
xxvii. 65, 66.
xxviii. 11.

2.

WAST.

2.
1.

not part of another verb or

phrase,

it is

2.

loitli

personal pronoun

,(

WATCH

(-ED,

imperfect, he, she, or

it

1.

thou.

crv,

was

2.

* ioifh article, the one icho was.

3.

<")!,

etc.,

part., being.
3.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

John

xxi. 18.

Mark

2."

Rev.

xi. 17.

3.

John

69.
xiv. 67.
i. 48.

2*

7) Sevrepa

SevTtpcf

xii.

)
,',

marg.

8, pi.,
\i:atches.

ii.

nigM
I.

38 1"

and

1.

AS\)
Luke xii.

-,

and \f he
come in the. se-

.thail

cond watch,
iv
if

,,

77J

Luke

the translation of

thou wast, (2nd pers.

the ordinary
fiiiiff. pres. ind. of
verb of existence)
or

in the ."iccond and if,

tav
instead of

Matt.

1.

1.

custody, (the Latin mili-

tary loord " custodia," guard.)

iii. 5.

1.

When

(morning).

(a)

furification.

\,

2.

(cock-

(midnight),
crowing),

the act of washing,

ablution, with special reference to

,^-

called 6\pi (evening),

WASHING.

1.

[noun.]

the act of keeping watch;

watch, guards the place of keepalso, the time of a
ing guard
Gen., among the Hebrews,
watch.
a division of the night into three
watches of four hours each ; (Ixx.
for rr^'D'Ll'W, .Tudg. vii. 19 Ps. xc. G)
among the Monia ns, into four watches
of three hours each, and either numbered 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, or

37 port.

xxii.

1,

xiii. 5, 6,

AVATCH.

away.

1" (oni;

ix.

WAT

102nd.

xvi. 33

vii. 38, 44.

xiii,

xiii. 101"
lOSnii, 12, 14<'ice.

Acts

K.)

ix. 7

Acts

3.

xi. 38.

John

John

1.

Lukev.2(No.3,G
Tr

1.

3.

3.

vii. 3.
4.

857

or,

Tr

38 2nd.

[verb.]

-ING.)

to keep awake, to watch

Neh, vii. 3 ^pm,
(Ixx. for
Jer. V. 6.)

to keep an eye upon, to watch

or observe attentively, keep the
eyes fixed upon.
(iVb. 2,

with

beside,

prefxed) to have an eye near,

watch closely, esp. tcith sinister

xvi. 5.

intrnt, (occ. Gal. iv. 10.)

.,

AYASTE.

[nouu.]

4.

trans.,

Matt. xxvi.

the

losing or
Mark

8.

loss

xiv. 4.

5.

C-ED.)

[verb.]

to scatter throughout,
scatter abroad, disperse.

7op^',to lay wa.sto, ravage, destroy,

as a city or country.
1.

Luke

to bc sober, abstinent, esp. as

to wine.

WASTE

2.

to bc sleepless, lie awake,

(through care or anxiety)

hence,
to bc watchful of or very intent
upon a thing, (non occ.)

intrans., destruction, ruin.

1.

'',

XV. 13.

1.

8.

Gal.

i.

l:;.

Luke

xvi. 1.

4.

Luke

XXV. 13.

.3.

Acts

xxvi. 38, 40, 41.

1.

Matt. xxiv.

42, 43.

xxvii. 36, 51.

Mark

1.

xxi. 36.
ix. 24.

XX. .31.
Cor. xvi. 13.

4.

Eph.

xiii. Xi.

1.

Col. iv. 2.

:U, 35, .37.

xiv. .U, 37, 38.

1.

5.

2 Tim.

4.

Heb.

Luke

iii. 2.

vi. 7.

vi. 18.

Thee.

V. 6.
iv.

.5.

xiii. 17.

xii. .37, 39.

5. 1 Pet. iv. 7.

xiv. 1.
XX. 20.

1.
1,

Rev.

iii. 3.

xvi. 15.

WAT

858

Here, part.,

watching.
Eev.

WATERING

AYATCHFTJL.
see above, JVo. 1.

<

iii. 2.

(lead awat to)

0? ^

to lead

-,

"|> ^eaaawav,

'^,

r ing
to give to
__^_
give

\tt\

J.

V-.-ii

\.

[f/j

drink,

(-S.)

Luke

watching, implying care and anxiety, (non occ.}

^.

/ /'/^

conduct away,
'/
\

(^

WATCHING

WAX

drink.

xiii. 15.

aypvTTVLa, sleeplessness,

2 Cor. vi.

2 Cor. xi. 27.

WATER,

1.

5.

WATER-POT

[noun.]

water

water, used of standing or flow-

etc.

ing loafer.

John

^, living water,

(a)

i.e.

in

1.

Matt.

1.

viii. 32.

1.
1.

Luke

1.

1.
1.
1.

2.

m.

Heb.
Jas.

1.

viii. 24, 23.

1.

1 I'et.

xvi. 24.
xxii. 10.
1. John i. 26, 31, 33.

1.

1.

ii.

lb.
1.

7,

1.

''".

3.

see

1.

.5.

see

5 ', 6.
1 John v. C 3 ti.n. s, 8.
(withJude 12, see
Eev. i. 15.
[out)

1.

vii. 17.

la.

10, 11.

1.

1.

13, 14 1st, 14 2ik1

14 3'J, 15, 46.

1.

xi. 6.

1.

xii. 15.

twice

1.

xiv. 2, 7.

(a2>.),

la.

1.

1.

xiii. 5.

Ic.

six. 34.

3.

Eev.

17.

AVAVER

WATHR

),

iii.

6, 7, 8.

xxvii. 41 (om.
of the waves,

i.

G.

-iNG.)

'"'CO.

(without)

not inclining, without bending, not giving way.

1.

(-ED, -ETii.)

1 Cor.

i.

WA\^RING

12.

,
yivojiaL,

X. 23.

(-ED.)

[verb.]

to begin to be, to become.

to drive forwards as if
with repeated strokes, beat forward, beat ahead, push forward,
advance.

[verb.]

to let drink, to give to drink

ofj)laHt8, etc., to water, irrigate.

xxiv. 20),

Jas.

2.

1.

f]i;],

13.

(-,

Heb.

Jude

for

Tr Ab H.)

Jas.

2.

Jude

,
L

V. 23.

Is.

Acts

1.

1.

surge

fro, tossing

(Ixx.

iD^,

sea,

4, 11, 12.)

one's self, hesitate, waver.

/9, waterless, dry

ii.

15

i.

(wixnouT)

2 Pet.

b:,

18),

(drink)

Tim.

xlviii.

to separate throughout here,

mid., to separate one's self entirely
also, to be in separation
within one's self, be in strife with

to drink water, be a waterdrinker, {lion occ.)

1

sea

viii. 24.
xiv. 24.

xvi. 4, 5. 12.
xvii. 1, 15.
1.
xix. G.
1.
xxi. 6.
xxii. 1, 17.

WATER

i.

motion to and
rolling

Mark iv. 37.

Luke xxi. 25.

1.

1.

Josh,

li^D,

Matt.

1.

vii. 38.

{,

iii.

1.

(a]'). 7.

iv. 28.

{Ixx.for

Is.

a dashing of the

Jonah
1.

Pet.
(without)

iv. 7.

V.

W
1.

20.
ii.
17,

iii.

2:i.

(.),

11;

xxxviii.

(non occ.)

viii. 11 t'

1.

,
the

x. 22.
iii. 12.

1.

iii.

ix. 19.

vii. 4t.

1.

(driuk)
1.

John

(-S.)

(Ixx./or

36 twice, 38, 39.

2 Cor.

1.

1.

2.

5.

i.

viii.

IG.

iii.

Acts

X. 47.
xi. 16.
xi. 26.
Eph.
v. 26.
1.
1
v. 23,

1.

16, 19), (no7i occ.)

vii.

6, 7.

a wave, a billow

Job

1.

xiv. 28, 29.

xvii. 15.
xxvii. 24.
Mark i. 8, 10.
ix. 22, 41.
xiv. 13.

I.

ii.

(no7i occ.)

1.

see Cold.

X. -12,
1.

1.

found

a river, a stream.

11, 16.

iii.

fluid

pericardium.

tlie

TTOTa/Aos,

1.

waters, (pZ.)

Used of the watery

(c)

2.

many

(\x\.for td, Gen. xxiv. 14,

Judg.

spring-

ing Avater.
(b)

(-S.)

a water-pot, i.e. a vessel for

drawing, carrying, or containing

vSpta,

1.

Luke

xiii. 19.
1.

Heb.

2.

xi. 34.

2 Tim.

iii.

13.

WAY
See

bold,

also,

confidext,

cold,

WAX-

OLD, niClI, STUOXO,

GROSS,

T0>'.

WAY

^
,

.S59

OFF

long, {strictly, for

a long way, a great way,

Josh.
off
(Ixx. for pin-,
Judg. xviii. 7.)
Matt.

loords, see below.)

8, a way, liighway, road

progress

method

action,

2.

3.

of

proceeding

of

access.

1.

2.

turn

turning,

manner, mode.

4.

(Ixx.
a going, way, journey
hence,
for l^no, Jonah iii. 3, 4)
goings, ways, journey of life;
(Ixx. for ipu, Prov. ii. 7), {occ,

Luke

5.

22.)

xiii.

place, spot, space

also viet(tph., place, i.e. opportunity, occasion.

Matt.

and see

Luke

(another)

xix.

John

30, see

Acts

xi. 10.

4, 19,

xiii.

Bee

see

3'),

side

tlie)

xxi. S '"i", 19, 33.

xxii. 16.
i.

2, 3.

15,

4,

iv.

see

Roui.

viii.

.3,

27.

W meet

i)laco

(.)

xii. 14.

Luke

i.f

8 i, 8 2na
i.

iii.

7t>,

4, 5.

viii.

h.

see

Thes.

xi. 6,
jouriior;.)

W (out

AV^AYS

iii.

11.

10.

see
out of the)
2,

/
\

(bo

14.

of,

2 Thes.

SIDE

ii. 7.

(dt the)

Mark iv. 4, 15.

Luke viii. 5, 12.

xiii. 4, 19.

MEET

,
cVt,

xviii. 35.

upon

..

the

xii.

i.

marg'. (text,

at the

an open

;-

cross-

two or more

biviuni,

])lace wliorc

Avays meet, {non occ.)

17marg.

(text,

Mark

I>!ci.)

Jas.

a place where

(in

two)

ix. 8.

X. 20.

W (that)

xi. 4.

8.

11.
ii. 2.5.

xii. 58.
xiv. 32, \ see Woff
XV. 20, > (a great)
iviii. .'J5, SCO

side (by the)

away out

31.

iii.

side (by the)

ix. 57.
X. 4.
31, see

of,

Luke

2 Thes. ii. 7. see

(out of the)
V.

12,

(out of the)

XX. 30.

the)

Heb.

79.

vii. 27.

V. 2.

along the side of

tho
way.

Matt.

Phil, i, 18.
Col. ii. 14, see

where

two)
.

',

ii.

iv. 17.

xii.

spe

xi. 4,

ol

xvi. 7.

X. 17, 32, 52.

(in

',

3.

iii. 2.

Cor.

wander, go as-

the midst.

16, 17.

34 (om. Lb.)

12.

(be out of the)

from out

xi. 33.

ix. ai.

ii.

here, pass., to

,
,\
Col.

xxvi. 13.

Bide (by the)

28.

XXV.

(anotuee)

Heb.

xiv. 16.
xvi. 17.
xviii. 25, 26.
xix. 9, 23.
xxii. 4.
xxiv. 14, 22.

XX. 17.

2a

XV.

(.,

ix. 2, 17, 27.

xiii. 10.

Bide (by the)

XV. :i2.

Luke

tray; here, part, toifh art.,

those led astray.

viii. 26, 36. 39.

5.

.X.

1.

"WAY

AVAY

f Ik,

23.

i.

ii.

forwards, far forwards.

WAY

xiv. 4, 5, 6.
off (a

good)

Mark

36.

viii. 28.

(A great)

XX. 21.
xxiv. 32, 35.

vii. 13, 14.

(hy

see

OFF

through
another

(that)

iii. 3.

iv. 15.
V. 25.

4,

see above.

Matt.

12,

ii.

22

Avay.

ix.

viii. 30.

xiv. 32

,
,

hence,

Luke

2.

(No. 1, ivith
beside,
prefixed), a Avay beside, a by-way,
a passing by, {non occ.)

,
,

,
,

WAY

a going,

manner

metaph^

far, far

(-S.)

{For various combinations with other

1.

(a good)

(that)

V. 20.

2 Pet.

Judo

ii.

2,

11.

Rev. XV.

15 i'", 21.
C

3.

xvi. 12.

,
],

throtliih

that

[_icai/.'j

way.

WE

2.

on

in

v,

, theway,
Luke

X. 31.

xix. 4 (otn.

1.

860

WE

4.

Cor. X.

GL

throxigh,

Tr

W.)

1.

beixg, bt, escape, go,

LASCITIOUS, MA>'^T, OTHER, PERNICTOFS, THAT, XrRjTED, WHAT.
also,

4.
1.

vii.

WE.
frequently part of the translation of a verb or of a phrase.
in the

9 2nd.
Gal. i. 8

(For" WE ARE," "are we," and various

TTr

we.

3.

(Oat.) to or for us, [generally

after a verb of possession, "there
is to us," etc., i.e. we have, etc.)

.%,

(Acc.) us, [generally before an

we," or governed
by another verb.)

infinitive, " that

Matt.

vi. 12.

ix.

1.

Acts

U.

14.

Mark

10 {om.

ix. 28.
X. 28.

A),

13 I't13 2nd.

3.
1.

vi. 42, 69.

vii.35.
viii. 41 '', 48.
ix. 21 2nd, 24, 28,
29 I'S 40.
xii. 34.

xvii. 11, 22.

15.

4.

xxvii. 1.

2.
4.

12.
2i) 2n.l.
.'52.

of

^, we,

Cor.
2 Cor.
1

{emph.)

x-v. 19.

14, 2t.
15, 17.

i.

ii.

iii. 5.

s. 11 1'
-xiii.

Gal.

6.

iii.

25.

iv.

28* (eVri,

LTTrA.)
31.
Eph. ii. 10.
iv. 25.
V. ,30.

Phil.
1

iii.

Thes.

Heb.
1

3*.

V. 5.
6.

iii.

X. 10, .39*.
ii. 5.

John

iii. 2,

Cor.

19.

iv. 6, 17*.
V. 19, 20.

iii. 9.
X. 17 1", 22.

WE
we

V.

1.

vi.

4.

vii.

3<

23

viii. 33.

WE CAN

(om.

Lb

(om.

Trh.)
viii.

BE.

are, {see above.)

John

8.
2nd.

(i,

C ovK,

not,

it is, )

it is

")

NOT.
1
not

[iieedful. etc.]

Heb.

ix. 5.

TrS.)
1.
1. 1

XV. 1.
i. 23.
12 I't, 16.

Cor.

1.

ii.

1.

iv. 8,

1.

viii. 6 <!.
ix. 11 '"Ice, 121, 25.

1.

10 3

time.

WE HAVE OUR
we

are, are Ave.

xvii. 28.
xxiii. 15*.
vi. 15.
viii. 12, 16.
xii. 5.

1.

we

39* (om.t'e', arc,

L Tr A S.)

18.

2.

.32.

ARE WE.

{1st pers. pi. pres. ind.

20, 26.
27.
xxviii. 21.
1.
3.
22.
4. Rom. iii. 8 2nd.
2.

Is'

1st,

-.5.

2.

1.

10, 11, 14,

16, 17 2nd, 19.
John 8, 12.

xiv. 8.

23 2nd.
xxiii. 15.
x.xiv. 8.
xxvi. 14.

iv. 9.

V.

Tr
M.)

17.

1.

xxiii. 41li.
xxiv. 21.
John i. 18.
iv. 22 1"

iii.

t/iey,

2.

iWii. 28.

xix. 7.
xxi. 3.
Acts ii. 8 1",

()!',

Rom.

1.

ix.

(, you, L

15*.
V. 32*.

18

i.

iv.

xiv. 15*.
xvi. 28.

13.
xxi. 1 1", 5 2nd.
7 Int.

xxviii. 13.

xiv. 58.
iii. 14.

3 Is'
28
A.)

iii.

it,

1'

18.

i.

IJohniii. Ui', ]6!nd.

Is'-

ii. .32*.

1st.

V. 17.

xvi. 16.

XX. 6

Jas.

2 Pet.
16

ix. 28. 40*.

X.

1st.

25

xvii. 22* (om.

are,
Tr
.)

xiii. 32.
xiv. 15.

lit.

xiii. 6.

6, 7 '"'ce,

V. 9.
ix. 12.
xvii. 10.

Acts

17

xii. 1.

* with the pronoun

John

X. 26
39.

us.)

Mark
Luke

XV. 10.

27 SrJ.

iii.

WE... ARE and

22.

XV. 33.
xvii. 19.
xix. 27 irt.

Luke

-'u.i,

4.

iv. 13.
V. 11.

Is'

to be)

absolute.'")

i^,

iv.

combinations, see below.)

{Gen.) of or from us, (translated "we" by being in the "genitive

4 1",

9, 15,

ii.

,
,

upon

talce

xiii.

following.

1.

6.
ix. 4 1"
X. 7, 13.
xi. 12, 21.

represented by a separate
G-reek it is always
emphatic, and is one of these

2.

Tr

15
i.

13.
Tit. iii. 5.
Heb. ii. 1 is'.
3l8t.
ii.

of us with vivch

and

it is

word

GL

2 Thee.

8.

i.

13, 17.
6, 12.

iv.

''

intreaty the gift and,

instead of i(.<! icifii
much intreaty that ve
icoiild receive the gift

is

When

iii.

viii.4 (om.

i.e.

"We,

ii.

16 Is', 21.
5 i>

2.

Thes.

18.

V. 10.

4.

(',

vi. 12
you,
L Tr"' A*.)
Phil. iii. 3.
Col. i. 9 1st, 2S 1".

13 2nd.

iv. 11,

4, 12.
3.

.5.

18.

iii.

1.

i.

ii.

XV. 30, 52.

4. 2 Cor. i. 4 1st.
6 2nd.
1.
4.
8 3"

2.

See

Epb.

13 l.

xii.

way.

Gal. V. 5.

6.

xi. 16.

1.

his

are.
Acts

xvii. 28.

BEING.

ije

arc,

WE

, WE

HAVE TO
IS

the,

Heb.

it

WEAK

DO.

iv.

13

Icnown

to US.

1.

avTOL, selves,

^,
C

1.

3.

liom.

WE

our

")

{JVo.

2)

TO,

J
j

,
,

2. Tit. iii, 3.

1 Pet.

\^ THEE

want of strength, infirmity,

")

i.

weak

1.

ii. 3.

1.

XV. 43.

2.

viii. 29.

Acts

Mark

i.

WEALTH

TO,

hence, sick, Avantiug

be

the

Matt. xxvi. 41.

2.

Mark

ix_

22

l!

xi.'

30.

Koiu. XV. 1.
1 Cor. iv. 10.

1.

1.

2 Cor. X. 10.
Gal. iv. 9.

1.

1. 1

Thes.

(occ.

Jobu

iv. 19.
.1.

ffJ-.T.TW)
ICor.viii.Spart. (No.l,

2.
2.
2.

2.

(be)
2 Cor.

xi. 21.

29

WEAPON

''"'

xii. 10.
xiii. 3, 4, 9.

the

(-S.)

/.,

Horn.

xviii.

.\iii.

AVEAR

7.

1.

WEAK

is

other's.

X. 24.

L2

2 Cor.

Rom. vL

2 Cor. X. 4.

v. 14.

Pet. iu.

Cor.

silo*

1_

11 part.

Avhich

tJi/nff

ete.,of war, wpaponf5,arnis,aniu)ur,

1 Cor. viii. 12 part.

Acts XX. 35 part.

viii. 7, 10.

(anotuer's)

an instrument, implement of an
artisan.
In N.T.
and used of a soldier, instruments,

xiv. 38.

xix. 25.

of the
i^hepov, other, (dijferent)

<

i.e.

not able, not powerful,

not strong deficient in strength
or power.

2.

xi. St.

21.

without strength, infirm,

,
viii.

vii. 18.

iv. 34.

to be veak or ill,
usually so, to be feeble.

xiv. 1,2.

xii. 9.

xiii. 4.

Heb.

WEALTH.

strength or power.

Eom.

2 Cor.

(what

to thee.

i.

Heb.

1.

Aveak.

is

25.

prosperity, well-living, {from

cv-o/jcw, to live well, bo proiipurous), {}wn occ.)

feeble, Aveak

2.

that which

evTropia,

Liike

2.

1, above.

7.

1.

to us

iii.

1.

aud

Matt.

(.)

camp, of No.

the

Cor.

2.

what

\,

27

i.

weak

WEAKEE.

..%,

2 Cor. i. 4.
Gal. ii. 17.

1.

1 Cor.

the

weakness, feebleness.

ourselves.
1.

sCi

uave)
TL,

iaeevtt, or is

Tr! M.)

THINGS.

the th mqs,

acr^eVcta,

we

xxii. 71.
iv. 42.
viii. 28.

TO DO

G-T

xvaik,

WEAKNESS.
1.

(iVb. 1)

selves.

we.

<;,
Luke
Jobu

1.

xxviii. 22.

OUESELA'ES.

2.

U made

WEAK

,
\

i.s

WE

(be made)

^^^

xiv. 21 (om.

o/ended, or

our

WE KNOW.
Acts

Bom.

account.

account,

,
,
,

WEA

2.

to US,

6,

861

(-, -I>-0

vi. 7.)

13, mari^r. (text,

[inutriiiiiciit.)

AVARE.)

frequentative form of

to bear, impJj/inq the repetition and

continunnce of the simple action of
bearini/) to bear about as with or
on one's self; hence, to wear.

2.

WEA

862

to clothe in a garment;

here, mid., to clothe one's self in.

1.

Matt.

xi. 8.

2.

Luke

viii. 27.

',

Pet.

1.

John

1.

Jas.

bend down;

Matt.

spoTcen

of the day, or the sim, to decline

{so Ixx. for n^:, Judg. xix. 11
niQ, Jer. vi. 4.)
ntD3, Judg. xix. 8
;

-,

ix. 12.

WEAEINESS.
a beating

rainy

xvi. 3.

A\^EDDINa.

a wedding, nuptials, i.e. the

(Ixx. for
nuptial solemnities
nnWO, G-en. xxix. 22 Esth. ii. IS.)
;

Matt.

xxii. 3, 8, 10, 11, 12.

Luke

Luke

xii. 36.

xiv. 8.

AVEEK.

a lying by from labour.

Sabbath. "The first
of the sabbath " is the first day
after the sabbath, {the title for
" Sunday " in most languages) i.e.
the first day of the veek " twice
in the week," (Luke xviii. 12) is
twice of the sabbath, i.e. twice in
the days after the sabbath.
rest,

Heb.

the being beat out,

(foul)

storm with rain

3.

WEAE AWAY.

Luke

"WEATHER
rain

see Veariug.

iii. 3,

to incline,

weather.

xix. 5.

ii.

WEE

weariness.
2 Cor. xi. 27.

nnu^.

AVEARING.

^,

a putting round, as of orna-

ments, chains,

etc., {iion occ.)

1 Pet.

* denotes the

iii. 3.

WEARY

Matt,

Luke

Cor.

ix.

1.

27.)

xviii. 5.

WEARY

2.

(be)

Thes.

1.

2.

(,

9.

13,

iii.

marg./aiiit

[L

(hi:)

2)erf.,

Rev.

ii.

3.)

xii. 3.

1.

AVEATIIER

', serene

Jo'm

iv. 6.

(fair)

sky, fair in the heavens,

fine weather, {non occ.)

Matt.

xvi. 2.

AVEPT.)

Rev.

xviii. 9.)

shed tears, weep, {non

become, )^.^^^^.,^.j.^

arise,

Matt. ii. 18.

XX vi. 75.

1.

Mark

iiro.se.

see below.
!

v. 38, .39.

xiv.
(witli

marg.

72,

or hcgin

3.

1.

to ircep.

1.

52

1.
1.

<<:<!

xvi. 20.

1.

1.

1.

15,

ix. 39.

XX. 37.
xxi. 13.

Horn. xii. 15''".

1 Cor. vii. 30"'"
Phil. iii. 18.
Jas. iv. 9.

Rev.

V. 1.
V. 4, 5.
xviii. 11, 15. 19.

AVEEPING.
not merely loith
with every outward ex-

a wailing,

tears, but

2)rcssion
18.
viii. 12.
xxii. 13.
ii.

''>;'.

xix. 41.
xxii. 62.
xxiii. 28

1.

xi. 31, 33 ''.

-35.

-XX. 11 ',13,

Acts

1.

(.)

xvi. 10
vi. 21, 25.
viii.

John

1.
1.

Luke

Matt.

1.
2.

|3, uccp

vii. 13, .32, 38.

to woi'k oue's self weary, be

veary {or even sick), {occ. Jas. v.
Heb.

for, {occ.

to

a6ii)i(iuiiti.i;,

,
15

1.

1.

1.

AVEARIED

to be beat out; here,

having become beaten out.

2.

3.

Tr A

K.)
toactoeocoa'ai-a.

7*.

Cor. xvi. 2*.

(-EST, -ING

yivoiun, to

of trial or evils.

xxiv. 1*.
xs. 1*. 19*.

Acts XX.

occ.)

to turn out a coward, i.e. to

to despond,
lose one's courage

lose heart in view

the

to lament, not only by shedding tears, but also by every ouftcard expression of grief, bewail,

mourn

,
Oal. vi.

WEEP

(occ. 1

Luke
John

sxviii. 1*.

Mark xvi. 2*, 9 (.)

Luke xviii. 12.

(-IED.)

to give a blow under the

eyes, to beat the face black and
hence, to beat out, make
blue
succumb, make give in through

being beaten,

rendered by

2)1.

singular.

of griif.
Matt. xxiv.
XXV.

Luke

51.

W.

xiii. '1%.

WEI
1.

8G3

WEIGHT.

WL

1.

Matt.

1.

weight, in reference to its

pressure ; not the load that has to
he home, but the weight, in reference to its cause, i.e. greatness,

xii. 12.

XV.

1.

Mark

1. 1

xii. 28. 32.

1.

2.

1. Phil. iv. 14.

1. 1 Tim. iii. 4, 12, 13.
V. 17.
1.

XI. 39.

a prominence, protuberance,
swelling; /tence, incumbrance, {non

Acts

oca.)
1.

2 Cor. iv. 17.

Rev.

iv. 17.

xiu. 13.
xviii. 23.
X. 33.
XV. 29.
xxviii. 25.

xii. 1.

more weighty;

weightier,

more important.
Matt,

19.

2 Pet. i. 19.
3 John 6.

2.

veighty

lieavy,

^,

to be safe, be
or destruc-

danger,

loss,

tion.
2.

tant.

do good,

{here, ijass.)

from

safe

hence, impor-

(do)

(see "good,"
No. 1) not merely to tcorlc good,
hut actually to do and perform
some good thing or work.

xxiii. 33.

WEIGHTY.

13 marp. (text.

good place.)

in

7.

ii.

8.

ii.

1.

WELL

1.

Jas.

1.

Bom.

Heb.

MATTER.

hence,

2.

xvi. 21, see Talent.

Eph.

3.

John

/5,

V. 7.
vi. 9.
vi. 3.

1.

viii. 48.

2.

2 Cor. xi. 4.
Gal. iv. 17.

1.

vi. 26.
xix. 17 (evye, good!
well done ! L
Tr

A.)

fulness, abundance.

xi.20.
vii. 37, 38.
xiv. 17.

Cor.

1.

Luke
or

Eom.

1.

7.

vii. 6, 37.

John

xi. 12.

1 Pet.

1.

1 Pet.

1.

ii.

20 part.

6 part.

iii.

2 Cor. X. 10.

WELL

1.
2.

,
,
[JVo. 1

a fountain, source, spring.

a well or pit

they

distinct,

John

1.

and No. 2

may be combined.]

11, 12.

AVELL.

2,

Though both are

iv. 6 '"'.

2.

{non

duff in the earth.

need not be No.

may be No.
1.

^,

AVELL

[noun.]

(-S.)

1.

John

1.

2 Pet.

iv. 14.
ii.

,",''. , ,

beautiful, see
2) handsomely, beautii.e. beas to maimer,
fully
comingly, suitably, properly; as
to duty, well, i.e. excellently; as
to effect, etc., aptly.

of

2.

3.

^,

{opp.

well,

to

evilly)

worthy of admiration, adhence, good, good of its

kind, {see " cjood," No. 1.)

mirable

ii.

14.

well doing, {non occ.)

1

Pet.

iv. 19.

"WELL

(see

here ^mrt.,

(do)," No. 1)

as doers of good.

lit.,

1 Pet.

(fob)

iii.

17.

AVELL DOING

(in)

to do well, do excellently,
properly, aptly, thoroughly,

i.e.

etc.,

beautiful, becoming, wellsuited, {see " GOOD," No. 2.)

beneficent,

AYELL DOING-.

{non

occ.)

2 Thes.

happily, fortunately, well off

toith care and dilifjence i/nplied,
properly, cleverly, rightly.

4.

Pet.

AVELL DOING

[adverb.]

toords, see below.)

(adv.

good,

occ.)

17.

{For various combinations with other

1.

(that doeth)

doing

iii.

13 part.

AVELL DOING

^,

see "

(with)

WELL DOING (fob)"

1 Pet.

il.

15 part.

AVBLL DONE.
tv, see

"

WELL," No.

3.

Matt. XXV. 21, 23.

WEL
AVELL

?,

see

,
,

(contp.

2.

(e) infinitive,

ivith Ace., that... is, etc.

ivith Iv TO), in the... being, etc.

ioith

(teet)

See

, ,

1^0. 4), (o;i occ.)

10.

2.
I

2 Tim.

i.

,
,

dearly-be5.

xii. 6.

Eom.

John

so, thus, under these circumstances or conditions.

7.

Col.iii.20.

g.Matt.

(tuat which

is)

if.

tr

Heb.

p.Mark

xiii. 21.

''.

<.

AVERE.

Wlien not part of another word or

phrase it is the translation of one

viii. 9.

A.

ix. 4.

X. .32it.

^.

xii. 20.

10.

he, she,

is,

(^rd

(b)
they
pres. ind.)

arc,

(3/'i/

pers.

pi.

suhjiincfirr,

(d) optative,

might be.

while

1','

W.

V. 10,
3,

1'
a.\\

sn,

25, 27.

I'

13.

31

1',

*':<'

17

which

vi.

L Tr

V. 12

viii. 16.

W.)

lit.

2iiJ.

K.

viii. 40.

ti.

ix. 14.

20

b.

18.
30, 32

xi. 1,

xiii. 2, 4.

xvi. 14,
xviii.

leing.J

32.

34.

X. 12.

[W.

1, 2, 5, 44.

ii.

thero

15.

i.

iv.

8.

20

xxi. 2, 8

- 11, for

vii. 39.

be,

xvii. 6.
xviii. ,30, ,36.
xix. 11.
XX. 19, 26.

)i.

:.

may

36.

{om.

if.

(c)

XV. 19.

Acts

Hi. 15.
iv.

j^crs.

pres. ind.)

siiifj.

it,

ii.

lie,

W.

xi. 31, which

xii. 16, 20.

which W.

2,

6. 7.

(i.

may

41.

A.)
XV. 40.

am, {ihc ordhutrij state of

Lh

(om.

K-

existence.)
(a)

21

xiv. 4.

(?.

of these following.

2,

G ro L

TTrAK.)

i.

(>], il

Tr.)

6 (No.

Luke

ije

,-<.)

which W.

40,
41.
X. 6

p.

I.

ix. 33.

W.)

g.

Tri'

Tr

42.

vi. 31. St, <tl.

%.

(,

.39

GL

are,

13i'(om.G^T

V.

Sj.

(w).)

viii.

W.

K.

b'.

(for all there w., that ^y., then .,

AVHICH W., AVHILE...W., WHO W.,

vi. 64.

i.

Tr

See, GO.

19.

iii.

-65.

IG.
ii. 15.
26, which
iv. 36.

f.

WENT, WENTEST.

ii. 6.

xxvi. 43.

<'.

29.

xxiv. 5. 22, 37.

-5.3.
John i. 24 2'i.

xxii. 8 i<"K 25.

sxiv. ."8 1"
XXV. 2 '*

t;.

Avell-pleasing.

.Luke XX.

iv. IS.

xiv. 21.
XV. 38.

fi.
i?.

the thing,

t//t',

be

of, to

to.

i;.-

1.

be on the point

to

to be with, be joined or
linked Avith
of persons, to live
with, have intercourse with.

6.

PLEASING.

AVELL PLEASING

almost

to have.

xvi. 5.

1.

Phil. iv. 18.

about

<;, well-pleasiug, acceptable.

TO,

they were,

etc.,

to begin, to Start to begin

to be, {referring to original state

4.

dear;

beloved,

WELL

being, (participle.)

3.

33ELOVED.

ov,

to come into being, to be

born, to become, to arise, to happen.

IS.

loved.

,,

or existence.)

WELL

Mark

on account of the

etc.

PORT, stmceen-.

-,

(f)

(g) imperfect,

comp. of

better,

deukk, know, please, ee-

also,

TO,

...being, etc.

better, i.e. more excellently,

of " avell," JHo. 1.)

Acts XXV.

to be.

cli/ai,

vii. 9.

2.

1.

WER

iV^o. 1.

WELL

"well,"

{see

86i

(full)

"well,"
Mark

1.

who W.
(marg. as

that.
1'

xii. 3, 12.
xiii. 1.

.5.

iS 2.1.1.
xvi. 3, wliiub
12.

W.

WER
Ib.Acts xvi.
11

Ig.

xviii.

Ig.

xix. 7, 14.

14.

31.

If.

Ig.
he,

5.
If.

ii.

Ig.

iv.

S!"

which W.

ii. 1,

Ig.

Ig.PhU.

iii.

34.
xxi. 8.
27. almost (W)
xxii. .5, which W.

If. Col.

21.

9 1", that

W.

"

!"

(oiii.

i.

Thee.
iii.

S.)

xx\-i. 29.

Ig.l Pet.

.56.

irere,

(,

LTTr A

17 (?
though they v-erc.)
V. 6, 8, 10 1

If.Eom.

iv.

vii.

le*

ii. 3.

that

xi. 13 2"^

1.

iii.

as

John

Ig.l
lb.

19

Ig.

viii. 5.

ix. 8,

10

Tr

that W.
14 (neut. pi.)

(, md,
i<),

13 1". 15. 19.

xvi. 13 ''<:<;
xviii. 23 1st.

2.

Ig.

(c) icith the Optative, expressing some-

(d)

thou mightest be, {liid pers.

pres. opt. of
to be.)
Eev. iii. 15 (^i, f Jioii mayest be, G L
Tr A

3.

79,

4.

?,

sing,

W.)

5.

AVEST.
{usuaUy only pi.) the going
down, the setting as of the sun ;
(]\x. fur in, Gen. xv. 12, etc.;
HinrD, Deut. xi. 30.)
Hence, nsed
(0, Ixx. for n^iiO,
of the west
Ps. Ixxv. G; Is. xliii. -i
lix. 10;
112?, Ps. 1. 2
cxiii. 3
Mai. i. 11),
{non occ.)
;

7.

viii.

Luke

n.
xxi. 13.

sort ?

how

great

how much

with wliat
discourse.

in this

manner, on

thus

this wise

of what kind, sort, or man-

or.

10. yap, for.

1.

also,

north, south.

WHALE.
any large

fish

tacea (Ixx. /or

{non occ.)
;

hence, Eng., ce-

bin:

:-i,

Jon.

ii.

1),

Matt.

xii. 40.

Matt.

v. 46, 47.

la.
lb.
lb.
lb.

vi. 3.

1.

vii. 9.

1.

viii.

la.
lb.
la.

ix. 13.

1.

xi. 7, 8. 9.
xii. 3, 7.

la.

UHH

what kind or

ner? a later corruption of

from what country ? whence?

9.

xii. 54.

of

xiii. 29.

Bev.

<;,

xiiv. 27.

See

,
so

8.

how great, how much, how

many as great as, as much as.

(,

Matt.

as.

what

C TtVi,

/;,

what then ?

of what kind or sort, what,

such

the translation of

xcith

2. olos,

"When not part of another verb or

take

thing subjectively possible, something simply conceived i)i the mind.

WEET.

ct7;9,

may or should

thing ichich
place.

(om.

also, as, be.

it is

(b) with the Suhjunetive, expressing

something objectively possible, some-

xi.

2.

phrase,

(Lat.,

(Ixx. ri^for

some actual matter offact.

to

1'

12.

iii.

Kev.

2.

W.

See

(a) tcith the Indicative mood, relating

4.
ii.

19 SnJ.

Ig.

vii. 7,

vi.

.)

Ttfor

-5.

Ig.

xvi. 7.
Ig.l Cor. vi. 11.
la.

which? what?

quis, quie, quid ?)

2.

le

, who?

Tt9,

ii.

ii. 1.
-

7.

vi. 17, 20 ''.

5 1-

Ig.
Ig.

viii. 4.

comhinations with other

words and phrases, see below.)

23, lit. arc

Iff.

lb.

ICC

W.)

xxviii. 7.

(^For various
[made.

25.
2. 2 Pet. i. 16.
If.
18.

W.

then

37

Ig.
3.

If.

lb&2.

xivii. 4.

let

other cases, what is the translation of one of these words fol-

all

lowing.

15.
11.
21.

2.
2.

"

Ig.Heb. ii.
Ig
vii.

4.

Ig.

In

5, 7.

lg.2 Thes. iii. 10.

Ig.Tit. iii. 3.

otid

lb.

la.

that, etc.

7.

i.

ii.

Ig.

11.
xxiii. 6.
13.
x.xiv. 9.

6.

who W.

7, 8
4.

2.

some

phrase, and very generally the

translation of the relative pronoun, 05, , , vho, vhich, what,

V. 8.

2. 1

G=:L

ircre afraid,"

'

Ig.

WHAT?

" is frequently part of

"

who W.

LTrA M.)

If.

I't-

3. 12.
13,

If.

2.

Tr

Ig.Gal.

6.

XX. 8'"'".
16 (fij), it might

1.

WHA

1.

2 i, 19

xii.

If.Eph.

28.

2.

If

(.),

865

6.

2.

21-

Ig.

If.

Ig.l Cor. X.

OS.
xvii. 11 1'

Ig.
4.

1.

25 1"
252"<'(om.G:i)
25 3, 31 ".
29.

U.

s>"i

ic<.

xvii. 25.

1.

xix. 16, 20, 27.

XX. 21.
22.
32.
xxi. 16.

1.

la.
la.

(.)

Matt. xvi. 26

1.

1.

x. 19 1-

19

1.

WHA
Matt. xxvi.

40,
C5, 66.

1st,

27

-'nd

[thing.
see

2i.

i.

-27

(.)

24

1st.

(No. lb,

;0

Tr

xviii. 32.
35, 38.
xxi. 19.
21.
1.
Ic.Acts ii. 12.
37.
1.
3.
ir. 7 twice.

S.)

la.Eev.
3.

V. 35.

1.
3.

vii. 40.

1.

49it.
49 2nd.

1.

viii. 36.

1.

ix. 6it (aji.)

6 2"d

la.

(, Tr A

G^LT

1.

Ic.

lad.

38.
51.

4.

XV. 12.

xi. 5.

1.

xvi. 30.
xvii. 18.

xiii. 1 i=t,

gee

inanuer

1.

4.

1.

40.

Luke

1.
1.

lb.
la.

V. 22.

vii. 24, 25, 26, 31.

1.

4, 7, 15.
xii. 2.

11 2nd
39.
49.

22
'

TL,

Jude

10.

Yvhat

Mark

xv. 24.

WHAT MANNER.
005, see "

WHAT,"

iVo. 2.

Cor.

1.

11.

ii.

2.

twice,

3.

[29 twice.

?,

,
,

36.

XV. 2,
u/iat speed
-

marg.

by

see "

see "

C Tt'?,

4.

ix.

55

(.)

WHAT MANNER

xi. 2.

la.
1.

[sJiouId take']

Avhat, 3 {or anything)

JbUoioed
here by indicative.
See No. la.

Luke

ix. 14, 30.

X. 8.

2.

WHAT EVERT MAN.

who,

27.
31.

1.

28, 30.
ix. 25.
X. 25. 26.
xii. 11 1", see
thini?.

v. 19.

viii. 26.

1.
1.
la.

viii. 9.

^^^P^ perchance,

as many things,
but, howbeit.

John

C Tt5,

vi."li.

- 32, 33, 34.

Si,
1.

vi. 1, 15, 21.

vii. 7.

1.

lU, 12, 14.

iii.

Eom.

1.

3.

iv. 34, 36,

(but)

anything.

xxii. 10, 26.

xxiii, 19.
34.
iii. 1 twice^ 3, 5, 9.
27.
iv. 1, 3.

3.

63, 64.
-G8.
XV. 12, 14.

xix. 3, 35.
xxi. 13, 22, 33.

1.

36 'w'".

.xiv.

iii. G, 13, 22.

vii. 13.
xviii. 18.

[N.)

19.
20.

1.

11.

1.

Lr^'not

xii. 18.

Ic.
la.
Ic.

of.
1 2nd.

1.

xi. 17.

1.

xii. 9.

tehat-

17.
21, 29.

1.

28, 29, 33.

(.Ti,

soever,
X. 4, 6 {ap.)

viii. 36, 37,

10.
IG, 33.

11, 17, 29.

WHAT

14.

X. 3. 17, 36,

la.Rev.

2.

iii.

ii. 7,

iii. 3.

16.

la.

V. 7. 9.

ix. 6.

John

la.l

1.

1.

vi. 2, 24.
30 twice.

WHA

3.

1.

ii. i'5.

iv.

John

3.

xxvii. 4, 22, 23.

Mark

yuG

what,"

OF.

JVb. 8.

what," No.

3.

what, of Avhat kind or

sort.

what

\ apa, then, therefore, or now.

1.

Matt.

1.

Mark

viii. 27.
xiii. 1.

1.

Luke

i.

1.

29.
66.

4.

1. 1

John

vii. 39.

TheR.

Jas. i. 24.
1 Pet. i. 11.

2.

1.

Luke

3.

2.

iii.

i.

9.

3.

xix. 48.

1.

XX. 2, 8.

5.

13, 15, 17.

xxi. 7.
xxii. 71.
xiiii. 22.
31.

'ic, 19.

28.

vii. 51.

30
viii.

.38.

IThfts.

1.

5 (np.)

2 Tim.

1.

Heh.

11.

iii.

ii. 6.

xi. 47, 56.

xii. 27.

1.

xi..32.

1.

:a.
iwic.

1.

xiii. 12.

No.

4.

1.

14, 16.
iv. 14.

ii.

Pet.

I't.

i.

11

11

18 2nd.

WHAT," No.

iv. 41.

2.
2.

see "

,"
2 Pet.

iii.

No.

Thes.

i.

it.

'-'nJ,

manner

of.
20.

3.

ii.

1.

iv. 17.

8ce

11.

WHAT SORT

(of)

what, of what kind or sort.

1 Ck>r.

iii.

13.

5.

PERSON.
8.

xiii. 6.

Jns.

3.

1.5.

Mark

xii. 7.

1.

xviii. 21.
29,

see above,

WHAT MANNER OF

iv. 2.

2.

vii. 11.

18

009, see "

iu. 9.

1.
twice.

x\-i. 17,

2.

1.

19.

ii.

1.

XV.

la.

ix. 17, 2G.

49

"^'

1.

iii. 9.

1.

21, 22,

WHAT MANNER OP MAN.

(text,

[when.)

18

i.

[16.

marg.

3(J.

1.

4, 18, 25.

iv. 15,

vi. 6, 9.

i.

ii.

-.

11 it.
- xii. 13.

la.Eph.

iv. 27.

Gal.

v. 12.

John

1.

18.
1.
iv. 9.
la.
V. 10, 17.
1. Phil. i. 18, 22,
la.Col. i. 27.

.-:

1.
1.

(.)

:n

2 Cor.vi.l4t>icc,i5twice,

;;

WHA

1.

87

THINGS.
{here,

79,
2.

,
,

xxiv. 10.

1.

what things

Pliil. iii.7.

and
to thee.

Mark

what

f d,

thmghi,

,
,

many

as

as

Mark

1.

.)

Tr

,
,

2.

John
Kom.

to us

19 (om. ,

v.

lU.

iii.

thee.

Matt.

[Ti-b.)

and
viii. 29.

AVAS

BEFALLEN

i.

24.

iv. 34.

TO.
See

, the

things, (lit. the things of [i.e.

rclaibuj to\ the demonizcd men.)
Matt.

Mark

Luke

WHAT

TO DO AVITH

what

i',

i7,atv,

things as,

24 (om. iv,

xi.

GsL

riii. 28.

4.

THEE ?

\ av, perchance.
3.

ii.

WHAT HAVE AVE

things as.

many

Luke

John

^ av, perchance.

2.

V. 7.

THINGS SOEVER.

AVI r AT
1

I TO DO AVITH
THEE?

Avhat
to me

TL,

{here, neut. pi.)

Luke

HAVE

AVIIAT

Avhatsoever

neut. /;/.)

things.

2.

WHA

befallen, great, intekt?

MAXNEB, MEANS, PLACE, PUKPOSE?
also,

viii. 33.

AVHATSOEA'ER.

WHAT

AVAY.

1.

what? of what kind or sort?

what way? i.e. by what means.

TTotos,

Luke

\1(), which, what, that, introducing a dejjendent clause, and

09,

marking

its

close

rclatioii

to the

leading preposition.

V. 19.

av,
perhaps, perchance,
giving the stamp of uncertaintg and

(a) loith

WHAT
TL,

what

IS IT

AVHICH?

mere

Matt. xxvi.

Mark

62.
|

possibility,

drpendoice

hence,

xiv. CO.

av,

and

indicating

on circumstances

what... perchance,

i.e.

Avhat soever.

WHAT
Ti,

(b) icith car, implying objective possibility, and expressiiu/ the prospect

THAT?

IS

what?
John

decision, or a condition ichich

experience must determine.

of
ixi. 22, 23.

WHAT MANNER OF?

2.

?,

how great, how much, how

many as groat as, as much as,
as many as.
Here, neut. pi.,
lu)W many and groat things.

Ti',

Avhat?
Luke

xsiv. 17.

John

vii. 30.

(a) xcith

THEN?

AVIIAT
C
(

i.

perliaps,

perchance,

idv, implying a condition

which cxprricuce must decide, i.e.
an objective future possibility, {see

(b) with

tL wliat ?
\ wliat for ?
yap, for, because, ) what then ?
Phil.

av,

[see (a) above.)

IS.

(b) above.)

WHAT THING?
Tt,

Avhat?
Mark i. 27.

all,

neut.,

So.
|

John

HUH

3.

Luke

X. 6,

xii. 11,

iud.

the whole, every kind of

every thing, {sec "all,"

1.)

suh. (Trb.)

(a) with OS,

who, which.

WHA
5,

anything

neut.)

(Jiere,

S6S

which, whatever.
av, perchance, perhaps, implying a
\ dependence on circumstances.
\
}

something, a certain thing, any-

Ti,

thing.

of

what kind or ^

sort,

whatever at

at one time, some

time or other,
J

one

TToVe,
(_

time.

which, Avhat,

C o?,

I SijTTOTe, in line, iu sliort.

Matt.

vii. 12.

X. 11.
xiv. 7

4.

2.

(No. la,

Ti-A.)

7.

XV. 5.

17.

xvi.

191" (No.

LTr A),(No.

la,

la.

Tr.)

2a,
,

18 2nd.
XX. 4, 7 (ap.)
xxi.

22

(No. 2b,

TTr.)
xxiii.

3 (No. 2b,

ti.)

xxviii. 20.
vi. 22, 23.

Mark
,

vii. 12.

18, see
2.

ii.

V.

W thing.

5.

(.)

xi. 22.

xiv. 13.

2.

XV.
things,

14

(,

Tr

what

N.)

16.

4.

xvi. 13 (om. av,

Tr
(No.

L Tr A.)

X. 35.

xii. 3.

John

2a.

2a.

xvii. 12.
xviii. 18 Is'

Luke

4.
2, L'".)

19 2ud (No.

lb.

4.

i^.

23 (av

Ti,

3>i'i

WHE
0.
10.

869

/, whenever, so soon

WHE

John

as.

Acts XT vii.

19.

i.

10.
22.
23.

?,, spohen of time and motive ;

of time, as, when, after that of

iVec,

16.

Horn.

11.

when, whenever;

16

iv. 1.

L Trm

21, 23.
25.
40.
45.

here, loith

percliance,
i.e. at
whatever
time the thing may happen.

,,

15.

IG.
17.

even
when,

,
,
\

14,

according

(see

vi. 20.
vii. 5.

V. 7.
25.
vi. 12, 16.
24.
25'-nd.

1)

even
when.

Ace,

hei'e, tvith

vii. 10.

viii.

is. 4.

after.

ntice.

XV. 24twicc^27, 28,

(nji.)

14 (iv

fj

54.

xvi. 2, 3, 5, 12.
.2

Tr

xii. 10.
xiii. 9.

Gal.

.)

iv. 3, 4.

certain time, (710 occ.)

LTTrA

17

Trm
41

7.

S.)

iv. 16.

1 Thes.

xiii. 19.

V. 11.
vi. 2,

6, 16.

.5,

vii. 28.

ix. 15.
25.

iii.

21.

X. 19, 23.

iv.

25

xi. 1.

VI.

25

xvii.

vii.

L Tr

(ineiSri, be-

noio when,

erret ie,

xxvi.

1.

2nd.

58.

11.

2.

15, 16, 29, 31, 32.

vii. 17.

1.

viii. 19, 20.

1.

38.

1.

xi. 1.

[.)

xix. 5.

23 (om.

rise,

2.5.

20 ind.

7a.

Tr

19 (No. 1.

.)

35 (om.
art,
the time come ichen,
Tr Ab M.)
xiv. 8, lOf'c 12,
xvi. 4, 9,
[13.)
xvii. 10.

(/;

theij

G^Lb

Tr

15.

29, 41.
XI. 37.
xxi. 7 1*
[31.
7 snd, 9, 20, 30,
xxii. 7.
14.
.W.

:!5.

xiiii. 33.
42.

29.

28 (No.

8,

9 (No. 16, L.)

i. 17.
iv. 9.
V. 8.
vi. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12.
viii. 1 (No. 1,

Tr A.)
ix. 5.

X. 3 and, 4.
7.

xi. 7.

xxi. 5.
12, 27.

xii. 13.

xvii. 10.
xviii. 9.

inst. of

(,<#5,

u-hen

are

.35.

xxii. 11.
20.
xxiii. 35.

xiii. 28.

iv. 10.

20.

ii.

XX. 14, 18.

.36.

xii. 11.

20.
25.

xviii. 5.
xix. 9.

1"

2nd.

29.

xii.

2, 21.

24^34
34

36
54,55.

xxvii. 12.
Mark i. 32.

.)
v.

xiv. 5.
xvi. 15.
xvii. 13.

xi. 1.

37, 38, 39, 44.

2.
iii.

John

xiii. 3.

Eev.

xii. 6.

3.

Jas. i.
1 Pet.

Jude

40.
ix. 26.
36, 51.
X. 35.

15, :!2,

vii. 10.

X. 7.

viii. 13.

ixiv. 3.

6.

i.

iii. 9.

viii. 12, 39.

12.

W.)

XXV. 31.

Heb.

2>'d.

13.
1.
iii. 19.
V. 24.
vii. 4.
17.
23.

1.

10.

iii.

Tim. V. 11.
2 Tim. iv. 3.
Tit. iii. 12.
1

i.

xi. 2.

xxi. 1, 34.
40.
xxiii. 15.

shall be

10.

'2~.'

Tr A.)

28.

shiill

2,

cause now, instead of

<\(,

iii.

3 (No.

13.

see AV the

Lord Jesus

ii.

22 twice 26.

coming into, instead of ore

n-hen he was come, L

ii.

Acts

4.

7.

i.

revealed.

15, 181<

18

12.

35.

xiii. 4.

xxi.

V. 4.

26.
32.
48, 53.

3.

it.

iii.

V. 3.

2 Thes.

xiv. 29.
XV. 26.
xvi. 4, 13, 21.
25.
xix. 6, 8, 23, 30.
33.
XX. 24.

252nd.

xu. 3.
-43.

Tr

31.

41.
ii. 21, 23.
27.
39.
42.
i.

11, 12, 14.

18.
Phil. iv. 15.
Col. iii. 4.

(, because,
(, because,

GL

Luke

15.

i.
ii.

xi. 6, 32, 33.

xii. 16.

8.

15, 16.

iii.

X. 6.

X. 4.

when, at what time, (used

of what actually/ took place at a
ii.

Cor.

on the day ichen, instead of ore, day when,

then, at that time.

xi. 25.

xiv. 16.

27, 31.

(Gen. of 05, used as adv.) where.

Matt.

Cor.

xiii. 10.

28, 44.

with.

xiii. 11.

^.

in which,

xi. 27.

as.
")

(,

A.)

iii. 4.

av,

12.

14.

ii.

motive, as, since.

1, 27.

39.
xxviii. 4.

9.

ii.

xxiv. 22

IX. 7
...

after,

"'"i-

XXV. 14.

xxii. 8.

AVHEN AS YET HE HAD

ovK,

not
being

'5,

")

NO..

[there] not being to

>

him,

to hiui, )
Acts

cx-vired,

i.e.

he not

having.
vii. 5.

WHEN... IS.
being,
John

Rom.

ill. 4.

Gol.

vi. 3.

V. 13.

WHE

, which

from

("^'i whatsoever

~oT,

C
(

1.

Luke

[time.]

when,
one time.
|

Matt.

XV.

1.

xxi. 25.
Mark xii. 37.
Lukei. 43.

1.

48.

i.

ii.

9.

iii.

8.

vi. 5.
vii.

Pet.

2. 1

iii.

1.

see Once.

20,

14

Matt.

2.

1.

John

2.

Acts

ix. 29, 30.

xiv. 26.

3. Phil. iii. 20.

vi. 2.

viii. 4.

John

1.

vii. 13.

(rnoM)

xii. 44.

Mark

1.

many,
having taken place,

Rev.

xiii. 27.

1.

1.

"'ce.

xix. 9.

WHENCE

SPENT.

twice, 28.

25

viii.

xiii725, 27.
XX. 7.

1.

hours,

7^5,

John

30'.

WIIEX THE DAT AVAS FAR

[place.]

xiii. 54, 56.

1.

1.

25.

.x:iii.

out of

e^,

1.

WHE

ONCE.

S70

iv. 11.
1.

i.e.

Eev.

ii.

Heb.

1.

Jas.

xi. 19.
iv. 1.

5.

arrh'ed, elapsed.

Mark

vi. 35.

1.

THE LOED JESUS

SHALL BE EEYEALED.

the

}/,

,
/,

unveiling,

2 Thes.

wuen,"

i.

7.

THET DWELT AS
STEANGEES.
sojouming.

1.

Mark

2.

Eoiu. XV. 24

xiv. 7.

Tr

)A.)

WHEEE?)

(or

which or what place.

()

in

( eV,

which.

where,

( cKci, there.

Acts

xxii. 53.
i.

48.

XX.

1.

xxvii. 9.
iv. 10.

(a)

V. G, 10.

"

Horn.

Eph.

ii.

2 Thes.

vii. 2.
i.

also, aloxtc,

5.
ii.

5.

18.

dkvd, look.

lit., where they

There He is."

(b)

lit.

oOtv,
Tts,

WHENCE.

Matt.

where she

from whence?

whence?

2.

1.

Matt. xxvi.

1.

xxviii.

2.

10".

{of 2)lnce, source,

whence, (relat. adv.)

whence,

ground, motive,

(of place,
etc.)

9.
vi. 19"f',20"''':o,
;

viii. 20.

[21.

xiii. 5.
(

whence,
source,

nourished,

is to he

adv.)

whence, from wlience.

what
ii.

toere hearing

etc.

4.

(interrocf.

author, cause, or manner.)

from

po-cJwjicc,

in an indirect question.

there,

when

{Gen. ofos, used as adv.) Avhere.

o5,

2 ret.

2.

av,

,WHEEE
?
(a)

xxiv. 6.

-,

(lus

xiii. 17.

AYHEN...WAS

1.

and
intention.)

w'here? in Avhat place? gen.

in a direct question.

being.

See

2>ossihiliiy

Avhere, in

Acts

Acts

iav, if, (see "

1.)

Avhenever

appearing,

Jesus.

( TrapoLKia,

Luke

".

wuen,"

wuEN,"

AuS)

in [tlteirl

John

(see "

Lord

'jv,

when,

as, (see "

revelation,
of the

C eV,

in

ev,
tt},

AVHENSOEVEE.

X viii. 20.
XXV. 2tl'

2C1".
22'1.
24'-><

xxvi. 17.

1.

1.
1.

5a.

Mark

iv. 5, 15.
v. 40.
vi.

thre,
1.

(>.

4.

ii.

ix.

{nm.

5.;

.'mi',

Trb S.)

.57.

4t

().),

(aj).),48.
I

1.

xiii. 14.

3.

xiv. 12, 14

i'.

46

WHE
Mark

1.

vii. 29.
:i{ (eVl
v:hich,
Tr
li.ll.

1.

Luke

iv. IG, 17.

upon

6.

WHE

Acts

iT.

xvi.

2.

11".

xir.

3a.

^71

through, by means

concerning

3.

viii. 25.

xii. 12.

( TTipi,

3a.
3a.

ix. 5S.

xii. 17.

XV. 36.
xvi. 13.

, which.

1.

33, :u.
xvii. 17, 37.
xxJi. 9.

XX. 6, 8.
XXV. 10.

709, respecting

3.
3.

10

2.

( ,A

Tr
uhicJi,
11 !"
11 -"J

3.
1.
1.

xvii. 1.

John

S.)

1.
1.

xii. 17 '"'", 19.

XV. 55 ''"
2 Cor. iii. 17.

vi. 23. 62.

Gral. iv. 15,

42.

1.

10

{.),

1.

viii.

3.

ix. 12.

1.

X. 4(1.

1.

xi. 30, 32.

3.

.34.

2.

41

3a.

57.

(No.3,

19.

Col.

xii.

1.

xvii. 24.
xviii. 1.
xix. IS, 20, 41.

3a.

XX. 2.

Acts

i.

7.

3.

3rd.

1.
2.

xii. 6.^

G-)

see

W one

xi. 14.

1.

xix. 40.

7. Phil. iii. 21.

Kom.

viii. 15.
xiv. 21.

Heb. xii. 28.

John ii. 18.

2.

6. 1

Gal. vi. 14, marg. (text,

2 Pet.

2.
2.

i.

4.

iii. 6.

TO DECEIVE.

towards, suited
T^v, the
7rp05,

etert, seas, wats.

also,

,
;,

to,

artifice

of

error.
Eph.

which.

iv. 14.

where, in which or what place.

2. 1

Cor. iii. 3. [wherein.

ii.
Pet.
;.
12, marg.

1.

2.

1 Pet.
2 Pet.

iii.
ii.

WHEREFORE (orWHEREFORE?)

16.
11.

1.

8...8.

2.

John

so as that, marJcing the result

the indicative, representing
the result as a fact; with the inf.,

ix. 25.

representing it as a necessary and

logical consequence.

WHEREAS TE

NOT

SHALL BE ON THE

r^

MORROW.
oiTii/is,

who

77,
?*^'^'

are such as
liave

(
(

not knowledcre
of

the tiling
of the

avfjLov,

on which account, wherefore.

toith

being.

TO,

iii. 4.

iv. 14,

lieth in wait.

WHEREBY ONE LIETH IN WAIT

xvii. 15.
XX. 10.

oTTov,

Eph.

4.

iustead of onov,where,

2.
1, 1

18.
78.

i.

iv. 12.

by.)

14(, 80 that,

in

Acts

1.

WHEEEAS.
( fi',

Luke

1.

1.

from whence.

of the.
Here, lit., " according
to the loorhing (or energy) of the
power ivhich lie has also," etc

.)

xi. 8.

13, 15.
19.
13.

See

o^cv, w'hence,

1.

12.

1.

ii-/m/ ?

18.

Jan. iii. 16.

1 Pet. iv. 18.
2 Pet. iii. 4.
Rev. ii. 13 i".
13 2iid

1,26.

1.

3a.

Tr

ix. 16.
.

[hy'\

according to

iii. 1.

Heb.

1.

1.

umrp.

LT

6.

7.

11.

(.)

\vhich ye are
reading to yerceive, etc.
3

3 timet.

iv. 20, 46.

vii. 11.

2.

20

1 Cor.

i.

respecting

lit.,

")

( Tt, Avhich.

XV. 20.

iii. 8.

1.

1.

able

ix. 26.

3.

iv. 15.

38. 39.

which,

( o,

V. 20.

29.

i.

."..

xxviii. 14.
Eom. iii. 27.

into

of,

\ov, o
( f which.

W.)

morrow.

,
,
,
,

through

TovTo, this,

"^

for the sake of this,

on this account.

through

forthesakeof which,

which,

on which account.

for the sake of

\ riv,

causc,
or ground

i.e.

reason, motive.

Jos. iT. 14.

6. ovvy

AVHEREBY.
f eV,

in or

which.

by

thereupon,

i.e.

now, then, there-

fore, 7iot implyi?ig a logical inference, like Xos. 15 and W,' but

merely conjirming ichat has gone

hefore.

WHE

872

^itl /AeV, indeed

the ovv looJcing hack to the line of reasoning,
looking fo)'ward to the comthe
2oletion of the statement or argument.

(a)

8.

ix. 4.

6.

viii. 24.

xii. 12.

8.

xi. 11.

3.

21.

13.
2.
2.

3.

1, tvith Trep,

very, affixed)

on which very account wheremore emphatic than No. 1.)

6.

L),

Avhat cause ?

why ?

what ? ") on account of

what? for
on ac- >

C TLvos, of
J

i'Kv,

,
,

count

(_

12.

")

for

what

(,

( 0,

unto, for,
which,

")

No.

8,

2.

iv. 18.
V. 11.

1.

38.

1.

Philem.

XX. 26.

7.

Heb.

xxii. 24.
30.

7.
1.

xxiii. 28.
xxiv. 26.
XXV. 26.

7.

vii. 25.

7.

viii. 3.

1.

xxvii. 25, 34.

i, 24.

1.

X. 5.
xi. 16.

20.

xii. 1.

3.

V. 12.

1.

2.

vii. 4, 12.

1.

8.

ix. 32.

2.

10.

1.

Rom.

1.

ii.

12, 28.

19 (iVrf, !( fenoio,
instead otu>aTe,wherei.

know
(,G<vL

Tr

A),

ye, K.)

21.
iv. 6.
i. 13.

1 Pet.
-

ii. 1.

6 (No.

3.

xiv. 13

2 Cor.

8.

17.

fore,

X. 12.
14.

1.

8,

t^.)

xiii. 12.

Jas.

viii. 13.

(No.

1,

iv. 19.

2.

^*.)

AV.

leil.G^LTTrAH.)

22, 39.

1.

ii. 8.

1.

2 Pet.

i.

iii.

12.1

John
John

2.

v. 9.
16.

3.

1.

vi. 17.

8.

Eev.

1.

(No.

7, 10.

xiii. 5.

.xii.

iii. 1.

XV. 7.
1 Cor. iv. 16.

TTr A

18

Tr

4.

4.

GL

14.2 Thes. i. 11.

5. 2 Tim. 1. 6 1"
5. Tit. i. 13.

t*.)

xi. 27, 33.

{No. 15, ivifh ye, at least,

suffixed) therefore indeed, conse-

ii.

iii. 1.

xix. 32.

for which, in
order to which.

16. apaye,

Thes.

G.^L
1.

1.

1.

therefore, then, consequently

still further, beyond that, {drawing a logical conclusion.)

15.

1.

20 {om.

A.)

XV. 19.

6.

14.

9.
12.

ii.

ii.

11.
6a.

1.

reason ?

Col.

1.

1.

why ?

Phil.

or novi,

35

xiii.

1.

what ?

( Tt,

Avhat cause ?

in favour of, in behalf of,

of what ?

eU, unto, for,

13.

of,

1.

Tr

(hi, but,

Tr

3.

6.

X. 21.

4.

for

also,

1.

2.

3 (5^, indeed,

vi.

6.

1.

which? what?

{Ace.)

iii.

21.

i.

15.
11.
13.
iv. 8, 25.
V. 14.
17.
vi. 13.
i.

ii.

1.

3.

Acts

Eph.

1.

1.

vii. 7.

47.

11.

xxvi.60 (No. 17c,

xix. 23.
10. John ix. 27.

fore,
Tt',

3.

8.

{No.

iv. 7.

2.

xxvii. 8.

Luke

1.

19.
24.

iii.

2.

GLTTr A.)

19.

StoVep,

10.

lO.Gal.

xiv. 31.
xix. 6.
xxiii. 31.
34.
xxiv. 26.

1.

wherefore? on Avhat account?

15.2 Cor. vii. 12.

vii. 20.

18.
2.

17b.

thence, from thence.

why ?

9.

le.Matt.

6.

7.

WHE

10. 12.
14.
12.

iii.

10.
xvii. 7.

quently then.
17. cVt,

WHEEEIN.

upon.
iv, in,

upon and springing

1.

upon and resting on,

on account of, {marking the ground

2.

3.

(a)

icith

Gen.,

from.
(b) with Ont.,

of the

with Ace, upon by direction

towards, to, for, {marking the in-

(c)

18.

4.

',

")

-.

1.

Xaptv,infavourof,i^^^^'^^^^
in behalf of,

20. roiyapovv,

^^"^

by certain consequence,

consequently.

or ah) which, {or

whom).

upon

into,

and

in,

Avhich.

,
,

through, on account of,

which.
about, concerning,

,
, where.

A\hich.

G.

of which,

ots

which.

7,

in order that what, to Avhat

end, {marking the final end or
purpose.)

{,

eVt,

act.)

tention of the act.)

WHE
Eph.

1.

(^, uhere-

i.

Tr

vith, G.-vL
.)
.

1.

6.

i.

marg.

ii.

1.

2 Pet.

1.

Eev.

iii.

WHE

,
*

13.
i.e.

in the

ivith iav, if,

what

Phil.

j"

et9,

rjv,

2.

(,

Act

xiii. 2,

1. 1

xxiv.

Cor.

2 Cor.
Phil.

see

iv. 6,
vi. 12.
i.

1 Pet.

ii.

i.

l-et.

4.

Tim.

sec Attain.

11.
8.
19.

vi. 21.

1.

XV. 17, see Glory.

i.

4,

(roiro, this, {opt.)

see Notice.
see Trust.

Acts

7.

Heb.

2.

ii.

AVHEREOF THOU SPEAKEST.

,
^,

^'*\ '^^'^\, V^^'

*'"'
' w"'""
"^'^^'^ ^"^<^ ^^'

)
v. 24.

5.

WHEREUNTO.

xiii. 10.

TLVL,

C vTTo, [that]

become

WOULD

vi. 4.

2.

1.3.

THIS

peiSiance

Sv,

) ycvoVat, to

vii. 1.

ix. 5,

iii.

thou speakest.

(_

Tim.

Tim.

GROW.
(

ii. .32.

15.
xvii. 19,

^.

7.

WHEREUNTO

iii.

Rom.

14.

ii.
ii.

see Call.

about, concerning,
what.

, of which.

3.

Tim.

(.)

22

29.

i.

2 Thes.

which.

TTcpt,

Acts

to which.

vi.

upon

C 7rt,

(,

unto
which or what.

John
Col.

out of
which.

C ^,

1.

16.

iii.

WHEREUNTO.

vi. 22.

( TTcpt, about, concerning,

\ov, which.

5.

what.

o,

WHEREOF.

5.

.)
A.)

unto

which.
Jolin

5.

L Tr

(,

into

C ch,

ty

xvii. 37.

AVHERETO.

xi. 21.

WHEREIXTO.

xiv. 9 (+,

Luke

lt+

ix. 18*.

ti?,

Mnrk

xsvi. 13t.

Mark

2 Cor.

o,

implyinq an ohjective

Matt. xxiv. 28t.

, perchance.

(^

perchance, implying un-

hypothetical possibility.

WHEREINSOEVER.
in

iv,

av,

iL'ith

datjs of Antipas.
xviii. 19.

1.

WHERESOEVER.
where.

certainty and dependence on circumstances.

13 (om. G=:Ti

ii.

TTr A),)

Tim. ii. 9.
Heb. vi. 17.

(text,

873

iv. 4.

1.

12.

1.

Pet.

12,
wlicrea*. )

1.

Phil. iv. 10.

[in.)
Col. ii. 3, morg. (text,

2.

H<I.. ix. 2. 4.

1. 1

ii. 2.
V. 18.

1.
1

1.

Matt.xi.16.

Mark

by

to Avhat ?
[Ln>TTrAW.)

iv.30(ffJ.T,?iou/

G-^)

Luke

vii. 31.

xiii. 18, 20.

thee

is

WHEREUPON.

being spoken.

Acts

rvii. 19.

1.

whence, from whence also, as

to a cause, wherefore,
whereupon.

uOtv,

WHEREON.
upon

f eVt,

, which,
upon

C cVi,

( <L,

wliich,

( ov,
3.
1.

(Grn.)

) basis,

I
)

mnrJcing the
or local situation.

upon

{Ace.) marking the

downward 2>ressure.

Mnrk xi.
Luko iv.

2.

29.
I

3.

cf

""

{Oat.) marMng the

simple act of rest.

vhich,

( eVi,

3.

referring

Luke

2.

Luke v. 25 (No. 3,0 rwT

Tr A N.)

xiz. 3U.

in,

et',

( ots,
1.

2.

amoni;,

which

Matt. xiv.
Acte xxiv.

things.

7.

18.
1.

Heb.

2.

Acts xivi.

1.

ix. 18.

AVHEREAVITH.
,

C iv. in.
(

or witli,

wliich.

jo

12.

WHE

874

or with,
what.

( eV, iu,

( TtVi,
2.

Matt.

50.
xiv. 31.

Luke

?,

7.

1.

1.

Eph.
Heb.

vi. 16.
X. 29.

and

^{
Matt.

3.

many

as

")

\ av, perchance, )

Mark

28

iii.

(eai/.

2a
3.

2a

soev^er.

Tr A.)

Mark

X. 31.
xii.
xiii.

xiv. 7.

r/en

etre,

follmoed

probable,

is

though

No.

la. 2 Cor.

4.

lav,

Tt,

who? which?

assumed

as

It

G.

y]-Toi,

Avhether indeed.

WHETHER.
la. 2

2 Cor.

Cor. v. 13.

xii. 2.

NOT.

,?

whether perhaps.

lest perhaps,

Luke

iii.

15.

the translation of the relavho " or " which," renouns, sentences, or

clauses.
The occurrences are not
given below.
various combinations with other

(^For

tvords, see at the

end of

the first

body of references.)
1.

perchance.

5, any one
whoever

who, some one who,

from os, in
referring to a subject only generally,
not dIfinitely, as one (fa class.)

(b) icith indicative, used of a thing

certain as if it ivere uncertain.
icith tc, if it be, if

6.

is also

Avhat?

implying uncertainty,
prospect of decision.

who, which.

13, 14.

iv. 1.

tive OS, "

lating to

loith subj.,

Here,

ii.

is frequently the translation

of the article with nouns, adjectives, numerals,
or participles,
" he \vhich, etc.," " that which."

objective pjossibility.

5. OS,

Pet.

John

WHETHER OR

and pro-

if,

loith

tliat

expressing a condition lohich

experience mu.st determine, i.e. an

(a)

i.

la.

blemalicul.
3.

vi. 8.

Phil. i. 18, 20, 27.

Col. i. 16, 20.
1 Tlies. V. 10.
2 Thes. ii. 15.

2.

implying

uncertain

xiii. 5.

Eph.

"WHETHER... OR

an
on something
so be, supposing that.

thing,

see W...

W.

xii. 6, 7, 8.

action, etc., depends

the

2,

translated

iJi

the subjunctive, lohere

(c) loith the optative,

or

24.

xvii. 11.
xix. 2.
XXV. 20.
Eom. vi. 16.

hi)

W.

viii. 23.

xii.

X. 18.

with the indicative, implying a

condition or contingency as to ivhich
there is no doubt.

if

la

11.

ii.

V. 9, 10.
13, see W... or

iv. 19.
v. 8.
ix. 2.

(a)

future,

vii. 17.

i.

13 "':<'
8 S tliiKs.

XV. 11.
2 Cor. i. 0, see W...

ix. 25.

Acts

'*'ce.

orW.

vi. 7.

John

expressing a merely hypothetical

condition apart from all experience.

(b)

V. 23.

el, if,

toitJi

see

15,

iii.

xiv. 28, 31.

xxii. 27.
xxiii. 6.

see

2.

9.

ii.

or not.

zvii. 8.

which
or, or or whether.

anotlicr

viii. 5.

ioliich']

whether

16

vii.

See, CLOTHED.

22.

iii.

"WHEREWITHAL.

1.

Cor.

.1

XV. 36.

Luke

arJ-

iii. 2.

WHEEEWITHP
something [on

xiv. 8 1st.
8 2ml (No. 4b, L.)

2a,

Luke

Tt,

.Eom.

ix. 5.

2a.

3.

implying less uncertainty,

also

women.

xxiii. 17, ID.

xxvi. 63.
xxvii. 21.
49.

men and

lit.,

xxi. 31.

3.
3.

many

I here

also, )

WHEREAYITH SOEVER.
as

which of two, whether of

two.

Eom. xiv. 19,see Edify.

V. 13.

. Mark ix.
-.

WHI

2.

Tt's,

TL,

who?

{^differing

Avhich? Avhat?

(a) with the indicative mood, relating

to

some actual matter offact.

WHI

875

(b) luUh the suljunctive, expressimj

something ohjectively possible, something tohich may or should take
place.
xvith the optatiue, expressing something subjectively ^;47>/', something simply conceived in the mind.

(c)

* loith apa, what then ? whicla then ?

3.

such
i.

what kind or

009, of

7005,

sort,

what,

as.

Avliat ?

of what kind or sort ?

which ?

5.

how great, how much, how

many as great as, as much as, as
many as.
;

6.

7.
2

and

( avTos, he.

the same.

WHI

WHI

S7G

WHI

IS, AND WHICH WAS,

AND AVHICH IS TO COME.

one
being,

0, tlie

KOLL,

\
i

0,

,WHICH

Avho art,

and

coming
Eev.

one,

ii.

IS

'

TO TUT.

with a view

1, above,')

10.

1.

Col.

IS,

ii.

23.

AND

to,

and

I
f

i.^;^

'''^"d

and

WITH

IS

Eev.

Ti,

Matt. xxvi.

'

and art the

coming one.

one,

'

iv. 8.

62.

Mark

xiv. 60,

words, see below.)

(on)

IS it)

AVHILE.

xiv. 19.

where,...

(WHAT

{For various combinations with other

ilv,

?,

")

the,

>

inf.

long as, ^narking the

continuance of an action up to the
time of another action.

7, upon
them.
xvii. 9,

in, during, while

{what the verb rc) latcs to is going on.)

in

with
2.

Eev.

art,

what ?

(the things)

the things lit., the things of or

belonging to.

WHICH

(he)

Eom.

which was,

coming

WHICH ?

WHICH MAKE EOR

the

1 Pet. iv. 12,

IS

the one [who']

was,

the one

(-S.)

NO.

trying.

( /Aera, with, in association with.

Matt. xii. 4.
Matt. xxvi. 51.

Acts xxvi.

,,
,
''
, n.T'
,

xsii. 31.

( 0,

see

(j^l-,

TO COME.
Matt.

WHICH

which,

or a, which things.
2.

SPOKEN.

17.

( irpos, for,

10.

WHICH WAS, AND

WHICH

(those things)
things

WHICH THINa
1. uTLva,

the thinff
spoken.

Matt.

7, pi.

4, 8,

i.

IS

C TO,

(thet)
i.

Jude

2.

WHICH

Eev.

indeed.

/xeV,

wast,

and the
coming one.

the

many

as

and

who

and

^,

1.

the one [who']

rjv, was.

WHICH

until, as

icith

(a)

what time, until

until

when.

WHICH

(that)

3.

d, if
Ti's,

, which way,
9, continuedly
in

in

what way

and

hence, gen., as, so as, how.

anything.

TL,

Eph.

4.
iv. 29,

until,

marking

the duration but not determining

WHICH
o,

which

lit.,

in

it.

(the life)

what

Gal.

ii.

WHICH
I.

John

(a) with

respect.

20.

5
'

G.

(the)

xxi. 25.

, 80 long

as, while.

^^

i"'
which
,

as

[time,]

time,

i.e.

inrasui'cd

objects

and

in the abstract, time

the succession of

bi/

events.

WHI

(a)

^77

some time, a certain

time.

7.

a scason, opportunity, occa-

sion.

8.

as,

9.

,
,

Avhcn, as relating to an actual

0T,

(duee foe a;

be

to

when, whensoever, so often

with the accessor?/ idea of un-

certainty or possibility.

WHI

for a season.
Matt. xiu.

21.

WHILE... IS,

being.
Luke

xiv. 32.

event, to somethiny actually taking

WHILE

jyJace.

li.

Matt.

1.

/'?, much.)

oXLyov, little, {ppp.

10.

little,

/,

{ppp.

2a.

Mark

5.

35

vi. 31.

2.

xiv. 32,
8.

ii. ti.

WHILE... WERE,

'. bemg.
Eom.

See

viii. 13.

xviii. 4.
xxiv. 15.

32

IX. 39.

V. 8.

Acts

V. 34.

twice.

15, 51.

John

3,

xvii. 12.
i. 10.
X. 17.
xix. 1.
xxvii. 33.
1 Cor. iii. 4.
xvi. 7.
.Heb. ui. 13.
15.
ix. 17.
1 Pet. V. 10.

45.

i.

(No.

36 (No.

Tr A.)

10.
2.

Luke

--'"J

TTtA.)

19.

ii.

Acts

xxiv. 41,

ix. 4.
xii. 35 Is'

73.

11.

]?eing.

Luke

John

xiii. 25.

xiv. 22.
xxvi. 36.

2.

great.)

..WAS.

V. 7.

2 Pet.

vii. 33.

ii.

[Clean.
18, marg. sec

also,

ago, little, long, meat,

WOELD.

WHISPERER.
a whisperer

,,

hence, a slan-

derer, (nan occ.)

WHILES.

, until

'

Matt.

,
,
,

C eVt,

WHILE

i.

19.

WHISPERING.

whilst.

>

when,

Eom.

T. 25.

(from

whispering,

to whisper, say in the

ear, esp., to whisper what one
dares not speak out); hence, a

(a good)

secret slandering, (non occ.)

days,

2 Cor.

xii. 20.

suificient.

Acts

xviii.

WHILE

upon,

for long,

lit.,

toere

long looking.

Acts

See, EYEET,

(aoeeat)

much,

WHIT.

irf.

1.
xxviii. G.

WHITE,
light,

i.e.

NOT

a.

[adj.]

emitting

light,

bright, brilliant, shining, glitterand hence, radiant white

ing
;

WHILE BEFORE DAY

';^', in the night,

very, exceedingly.
Mark

i.

(Ixx.ybr ~',"in, Dan. vii. 9 and pr,

Lev. xiii. 3, 4), (non occ.)

(a gkeat)

2.

35.
1.

1.

WHILE

(AJTT)

6<;,

radiant, splendid
o/* rai'
ment, sumptuous, magnillccnt.

Matt.

V. :w.
xvii. 2.

1.
1.

ix.

41

(ijiij,

alrcad'j,

L Tr

A.)

Mark
Luke

ix.

1.

Jobu

iv. :15.

I.

verb, bolow.

800

xvi. 5.
2<.t.

XX. 12.

1.

Acts

3i.

:{S'i.

v.

the

xxviii. 3.

Mark

1.

1.

27, SCO

verb, below.

long ago,
Mark

i. ID.
xxiii.

;<,

verb, below.

the
1.

Eev.

i.

141WIC.

see the


WHI
Eev.

Eev.

see "W
[(make)

14,

vii.

ii.

17.

1.

iii.

-i,

1.

xiv. 14.

1.

iv. 4.

2.

1.

vi. 2, 11.

2.

1.

vii. 9, 13.

1.

XV. 6.
xis. 8.
11, 14 "f ice.

1.

5, 18.

Eev. xs.

1.

WHITE

878

lav, if {see

Ib.Matt.

| wheresoever,

Avhere

ov,

2.

No.lh)
2.

viii. 19.

la.Mark VI. 56. [TTrA.)

la.Luke ix. 57 (No. lb, L

11.

(make)

WHO

WHO, or

ten, bleach;
to make white,
Is. i. 18.)
Ps. li. 9
(Ixx./w
Eev.

WHO

"Wno,"

etc.,

la.Jas.

iii. 4.

la.Kev. xiv.

(whose

4.

whom ?)

generally the transthe relative 09,

of

lation

Avhithersoever.

Cor. xvi. 6

is

vii. 14.

j
1

which.

It

[verb.]

(-ED.)

to whitewash, to vash with

slacked lime, (implyinfj f/iirness
witJtouf, hut fondness loithin); (Ixx.

1.

for

Tty,

Deut.

" they

792 instances) the

translation of the article repeated
after nouns Avith defining Avords
following, and rendered " who is,"

It is often (ni

occ.)

XcvKULvw, see " avuite

2.

1.

Matt,

xxiii. 27.
1.

2.
xxiii. 3.

Acts

"

(make)
Mark

and of participles, "he who,"

who," etc.

etc.,

{non

xxvii. 2, 4),

is also frequently the translation of

the article with nouns, adjectives,

is. 3.

etc.

The following are exceptions

AVHITHER,

or

above

WHITHER?

where ? in Avhat place ? c/fter

verbs of motion, where ? to what
place ? whither ?

Tt?,

1.

(a)
to

after verbs

Luke

la. John xiii.

X. 1.
iii.

8.

vi. 21.

.36

2.

xiv. 4.

la.

5.
xvi. 5.
xviii. 20.

1.

viii. 14"'ce

2.
2.

21, 22.
-

xii.
xiii.

2.

'.V,.

la.

3.'5.

la. 1

John

ii.

.".61"

(d) toith apa,

-J-

2.

vii. .^5.

xxi. 18'wi.
vi. 20.
xi. 8.

11.

,
ofTos,

Avhere, in

which or what place.

perhaps, perchance,
(jii'inr/ a stamp of nncertainty, and
implying a dependence on circum-

(a)

vnth

4.
.

Matt.

d.

(b) with lav, if, expressing a jiossible

condi f ion whichexperienceor results

many

1.

Mark

as.

one here.

iii. .33.

1.

v. 30, 31.

'*'c.
xii. 27,
xvi. l:{, 15.
xvii. 2.'.

1.

viii. 27, 29.

1.

X. 26.

xviii. 1.
xix. 25.

1.

xi. 28.

34.

la.

1.

xii. 16,

xxi. 10, 23.

xxii. 20. 28, 42.

2.

XV.

1.

xvi. 3.

xxiv. 45 1".
xxvi. 6K.

1.

la.

iv. 34.

;ixvii. 17.

1.

V.2I!"'.

lu.
la.

vi. 47.

a.^Iark

will decide.

as

this, this one, this

iii. 7.

how many,

x. 11.

a.

stances.

any one who, some one

whoever, {differing from 05, in referring to a subject only generally,
as one of a class, and not definitely.')

Heb.

WHITHERSOEVER.

who then

oo-Tt?,

2.

.3.

I.

which may or should take

the optative, expressing

ivith
something subjectively possible, but
something simply conceived in the
mind.

unto

xiiv. 28.

John

mood, relating

some actual matter offact.

(c)

which.

Tjv,

loith the indicatire

thing

of 09) where; after verbs

of motion, whither.

( is,

2)lace.

, {Gen.
'(

(b) loith the subjunctive, expressing

something objectively jyossible, some

of No. 1) where, in

which or what place

of motion, Avhither.

which? what? {Lat.,

Ixx. Tis for "a

for no.)

the indicative.
(correl.

quis, quie, quid

(a) in a direct rj[iiestion followed hy

who

Tt',

to the

i.

'.'4.

ii. 7.

Luke

2.3.

7.

iii. 7.

vii. 39.

WHO
Luke

1.
1.

Acts xxiv.

vii. 49.

451", 45

viii.

ix. 9, 18, 20.

la.
1.

X. 22 '"Ice.
29.

1.

xi. 19.

lb.

xii. 5.

1.
1.

la.

xix. 3.

1.

XX. 2, 24, 33.

xxii. 64.
xxiii. 19.
1. John i. 19, 22,
iv. 10,
la.
V. 13.
la.
vi. 60.
1.
64 <*i, 68.
la.
vii. 20.
1.
viii. 25, 53.
1.

21.
36.
xii. 34. 38
xiii. 22.
24.

1.

la.
Ic.

la.
1.
1.

1.

Acts

viii. 15.

1.

3.i,

ix. 5.

2.

X. 41.

t.

xiii. 7.

1.

25.

G L

the other.

V. 3i.

Bora.

xiv. 9,

XV.

Eph.

10.

10

22.

vii.

WHOM

(in)

xiii. 21.

[margin.]

on ground
I

upon

whicli, 5 dition

resting upon
Horn.

,
,

(implying

that,

clone juxtaposition,

on'con-

of,

argument

the

i.

ii.

John

WHOLE

(be)

to be strong, robust.

,
loss,

V. 12 (text, for that.)

destruction,

or

recovcryrom sickness

to

(to)

xiii.

1.

7 * "

Matt.

1.

1.

tvith

other
1.

words, see below.)

all,

including every

2.
all

of one

only, all of

him

of
j

one in a number, any

of several,
every in pZ., all. Sing, with art.,
tlie whuie^

ii. 17.
V. 28.

V. 31.

(make)

to save, deliver, or preserve

from danger, loss, or destruc-

tion.

part.

2.

Luke

WHOLE

safe

the whole,

Mark

21.
3.

{For various combinations

healed,

be souiid, healthy, or
be in good health.

ix. 12.

2.

WHOLE.

be

to health.

to

well, to

whom.
Eom.

11.
10.

here, pass., to be saved, delivered, or preserved yrom clanger,

it.)

WHOM

15.

2, 3, 6,
ii. 2.
V. 19.
Rev. xii. 9.
xvi. 14.

36 '

xi. 34,

xix, 37.

t,

ill.

iii.

39.
ix. 25.

4.

'

3, 9.

Thes. V. 23.

Tit.
Jas.

10 part

viii. 37.

''CO.

6.

iv. 16.

(.)

1.

Cor. V.

Gal. v.

1, 16, 33.

i.

vi.

ii.

XV.

xiv. 23.

13.

Luke

8.

.22,marg.eBery

xii. 17

12 2d.

xiii.

see Burnt

xii. 33,

13.

i.

xvi. 23.

olferiuy.

8.

S.)

viii

iii.

ii.

xxviii. 30.

iv.

John

xix. 29 {om.

Tr

viii. 35.

17, 18.

iii.

XV. 22.

Tr

iv. 1.
vi. 55.

Pet.

iv. 10.
vi. 5.

xi. 26,
xiii. 44.

(oni.

AW.)

V. 5.
Eev. V. 2.
vi. 17.

whole as

14.
11.
ii. 15.

2 Pet.

xvii. 10.
xix. 15.
xxi. 4.
a3.
xxii. 8 1*
-xxiii. 33.

2.

, ?

iii.

iii.

V.

31,43.

2.

xxvi. 13.
xxvii. 27.

Mark

viii. 5.

Jas.

Acts

xvi. 26.

i.

iii.

xi. 50.

XV. 31.

iv. 19.

Phil. ii. 20.

2 Thes. i. 9.
2 Tim. ii. 2, 18.

34.

1.

V. 7.

Heb.

2.

vii. 23.

33.

iii. 1.

Tit.

14, 15.

xiii. 2.

xiv. 8.

''':.

v.4(ai).),6,9, 11,

xii. lo.

2 Cor. ii. 2, 16.

viu. 10.
xi, 29 'w'"
Gal. ii. 4.

vii. 27, 35.

-.13.

times.

John

viii. 32, 34,

73

ix.

Eph.

2.

xxiii. 1.
iv. 53.

vi. 22, 23.

5 1"

iv. 7.

xviii. 4, 7.
xix. 24.
XX. 15.
xxi. 12.

1.

health, (occ. Tit. ii. 8.)

to be sound, healthy, well; be
Ilere,2jarticiple.
in good health.
Luke xxi. 35.
Matt. V. 29, 30.

16.

ii.

iii.

2,5.

1.

xiv. 4.
xvi. 4it, 6, 71".
1 Cor.

-,

.35.

W{to)

ix. 2.

1.

34 tw'c,

xiii. yiiinicSj see

1.

la.

quite all, all together, all,

at
1, strengthened by
once, at the same time.
whole in every part or
a lot
portion, {NO. 1, with,
or portion)., complete, entire.
sound, healthy, well, in good

ix. 4 lt
19, 20.
X. 6, 7, 16.
xi. 4.

2.

1.

,(.

1.

xxviii. 18.
Rom. i. 25J, 32.
V. 12, see \V (tii)
vii. 24.
viii. 31, 33, 34irt,
35.

14, 20, 42 l.
xvi. 11, 12.
xviii. 26.

1.

WHO

xivi. 151'.

'!"'

(ap.)
1.

879

1.

2.

1.

1.
1

/,
Matt.

ix.

to heal, to cure.

22

twice.

XV. 28.

Mark

V. 34.

1.

INInrk X. 52,

1.

Luko

vi, 56.

Acts

viii.

marg.

48,50.

xvii. 10.
1. Acts iv. 9.
ix, 34.
1.

saee.

WHO

WHOLE

880

(make peefectlt)

WHO

get',

expressmg an objective
and implying a condi-

toith idv, if,

possibilitg,

{No. 1, above, tvith

through, prefixed) to save through,
to bring safely through, (of dan-

experience or results

tion

tohich

must

dctermi-ne.

Matt. xviii.5t(*LTr.)

sickness, etc.)

John

Matt. xiv.

ii.

iii.

5.
17.

36.

WHOSOEVER, WHOMSOEVER.
See

aemoue, burnt-offering.

also,

1.

',

who, which.

OS,

perchance, perhaps,
giving a stamp of uncertainty and
implying a dependence on circum-

(a) tvith

WHOLESOME.

see "

WHOLE,"
1

Tim.

vi.

.3

iVo. 6.

stances.

part.

(b)

WHOLLY.

expressing an objective
and implying a condition

loitli iav, if,

possibility,

ivhich experience or results

whole to the end, wholly

complete, (non

must

determine.

oec.)
2.

1 Thes. V. 23.

all
of one only, all of him
of one in a number, any ofseveral,

TTtts,

every

See

also, gite,

idolatry.

in pi.,

all,
iTTtts,
OS, Avho

WHO.

WHOMSOEVER.

every one,

WHOEE.

sell,

4.

^;, from

harlot or whore,
translated " harlot.")

Rev.

xvii. 1, 15, 10.

Rev.

(a) with av,

{elsewhere
xix. 2.

AVHOREMONGER
I

p.

^
6.

Rev.

xiii. 4.

Rev

xii. 8.

xxii. 15.

WHOSE.
See,

WHO.

WHOSO.
OS,

who, which.
ivith

perhaps, perchance, (see

below, No. la.)

ever.

many

{see

NO. lb.)

as

(No. 1, strengthened by
indeed) who indeed, who namely,
(non occ.)
if

7.

as

if,

perchance, (see No. la.)

^^>

(-s.)

Heb,

whoso-

perchance, (see No. la.)

(b) tvith iav,

;, a sodomite, a catamite.
Eph. V. 5.
1 Tim. i. 10.

.)

every one

>

5,

these were us%uiUy

")

(see

to

among the Greeks

bought slaves)

because

any one who, some one

whoever, (referring to a subject
only generally, as one of a class,
and not definitely, like No. 1.)

wnosoETEE.

(fem. of

who, every

one who.

, perchance,

See,

all.

(a) tvith OS, (No. 1) all

WHOM.
See,

(expressing a hypotheiienl

condition)
Tis, any.

a possible co7iexperience must

iav, if (expressing

dit ion

tohich

determine)
any.

I Tis,

^ av, perhaps, perchance, (implying

uncertainty, or a dependence on
)
circumstances^
TIS, any.

WHY

881

WIC

3.

i.

1.

WIC

bad, {genericaJlt/) worthless,

including every form of evil,
physical and moral.

Matt.

xii.

45

45 1".

(compa-

rative.)
1.

xiii. 49.

1.

xvi. 4.
sviii. 33.

1.

1.

1.

882

a violator of establislied
ordinances, rules, or institutions,
(^divine or human), (jion occ.)

1.

4.

xxi.41.
XXV. 26.

Luke

xi. 26.
3.

2 Pet

WIF

WIL

mother, Matt.
53); (Ixx.for
ii. 11
iii. 1.)

Luke
Kuth i.

35

x.

,
,

883

xii.

viii. 14.

Mark

Luke

i.

a means of knowing; that

by which one knows, the mind
and then the various ivays in irhich
the mind exerts itself, as opinion,

30.

iv. 38.

WILD.

judgment,

living in the fields, living wild;

hence, used of animals, frees, etc.,

inclination,

determination, decision, de-

cree, counsel.

incident to a wild or
natural state, {occ. Jude 13.)
Matt. iii. 4.
Mark G.
(jualities

deliberate intention, that

is
purposed, designed,
planned or intended, (occ. Acts
Avhich

i.

consent,

desire, etc.

and of things having the

\vild,

a willing, a wishing, (non

occ.)

Matt.

WIL

xxvii. 43.)

See

also,

1.

beast, olive-tree.

Matt.

1.
1.

Gal.

1.

Eph.

etc.;

Mark

iii.

as suhst., a lonely place, a

desert place, a place or region

Luke

xi.

,,
Matt,

of jJ^^'sons,

1.

1.

xi. 7.

1.

2.

XV. 33.

1.

1.

i.

3, 4. 12, 13.

1.

viii. 4.

Luke

John

23.
14.
vi. 49.
xi. 54.

1.

iv. 1.

iii. 2, 4.

i.

Acts

1.

[44.
vii. 30,36, 38, 42,
xiii. 18.
xxi. 38.

Cor.

iv. 1.

1.

1.

V. 16.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

vii. 24.

1.

1.

1.

viii. 29.

1.

XV. 4.

Heb.

AVILE

(8,
(,
method,

(-S.)

with,

and

art, artifice,

1.

2.

vii. 17.

1.

ix. 31.

1.

xiii. 22, pi.

Tim.

i.

26

ii.

Heb.

ii.

4.

X. 7, 9. 10, 36.
xiii. 21.

1 Pet.

ii.

36.

1.

iii.

xxi. 14.

1.

iv. 2.

Cor.

i.

i.

15.

17.

TrA^*.)

1.

3(No.5,

1.

19.
i. 21.

1.

2 Pet.

1.

John

G-LT

17.

ii.

V. 14.

1.

3.

1.

WILL

i. 1.

1.

1.

XV. 32.
1

L<i:si')

vi. 6.

V. 30t'<^^e
vi. 38 ''ce, 39, 40.

xii. 2.

17.
1. Eev. xii. 6, 14.
xvii. 3.
1.

V. 17.

9.
1.
iv. 12.
1. 1 Thea. iv. 3.
1.
V. 18.

10.
18.
ix. 19.

xi. 26.

3 niarg. (text,

1.

1.

ii.

X. 5.

1,5,9,11.

i.

ii.

iv. 34.

Rom.

iii. 8,

4.

i.

1.

Col.

Acts

iii.

1.

2 (ap.)
47"'"

xxii. 42.
xxiii. 35.
John i. 13 ' '.

(occ. Ilcb. xi. 38.)

3.

iii. 1,

35.

viii. 5.

1.

xii.

a solitude, a desert,

(siibsf.)

1.

Mark

1 Cor. vii. 37.

xvi. 12.
2 Cor. i. 1.

xviii. 14.

a \vilderness,

1.

1.

xxi. 31.
xxvi. 42.
xxvii. 43.

uninhabited and uncultivated,

2.

1.

(adj.) lonely, desolate, soli-

also

1.

1.

xii. 50.

WILDERNESS.

tary, desert, used

2.

vi. 10.

vii. 21.

Rev.

xvii. 17.

(against one's)

unwilling, against one's will, perforce, (no)t occ.)

a way)
cunning de-

1 Cor. ix. 17.

vice, contrivance, craft, wiles, (occ.

Eph.

iv.

WILL

14.)
Eph.

vi. 11.

1.

AVILFULLY.
willingly, of free-will, volun-

tarily

(Ixx.

for

:2,

ivilV in a moral sense, nor a purpose moralhi good, hut a resolve,

cm])hasis on the willingnoss
or freedom with which it is taken,
at the same time denoting that it
is good.

Nell. xv.

3), (occ. 1 Pet. V. 2.)

Ileb. X. 26.

WILL,

"

[noun.]

will," see below;

(For the verb
also for various combinations with

2.

desire.

Ill

1.

will,

activc volition, wish,

ivvoia, willing

1 Cor.

other words.)

1.

(good)

deeming good, a freewilling pleasure whose object is

something good, good pleasure,
purpose;
gracious
not "good

ev8oKLa, the

Luke

ii.

14

viii.

mind, good

will, (occ

3.)

(<5

inll (oirnrii

Tr A

(()<!>). ic. aiiioiwj moil

of [Go(1'h1 good ]ilo<j-

2.

Eph.

vi. 7.

instead of qooa

1.

Phil.

i.

siirti,

K.)
15.

men,

WIL

"WILL

WIL

]
Matt. xsvi. 15
39 1st (2ud
Greek.)

Sere,

to purpose, to will.

8S4

(of one's

Mark

IS

i.

Col.

(-,

W have.

XV. 9.
12

ii.

mix

1st

wilt.) [verb

xiii. 3.

it is the translation of a
separate G-reek work it is one of
these following.

vii.

17

!S.)

to wiah, to desire,
implying the simple act of volition
to have a natural impulse or
will,

Acts

desire, loitliout regard to the de-

(No. 1
;
thus be stronger in some sense
than No. 2, because a natural impulse is onore violent than a reasonable resolve).
is therefore
used of cases where the wisdom and
Justice, etc., are not apjyarent, but
tohere the ivill is arbitrary or abso-

Tim. ii. 4, seeW have.

V. 11.
14.
vi. 9.

2 Tim. iii. 12.

Tit. iii. 8.

Heh.

vi. 17.

xiii. 18.

Jas.

1st.

20.

ii.

iv. 4.

15.

4!.

xiv. 22.
XV. 7.

xvii. 24.
xviii. 39.

Pet.

10.

iii.

2 Pet.

iii. 9.

John 13.
Jude 5.
Rev.

xxi. 22, 23.

vii. 28.
ix. 6,

21.

2 Cor. viii. 11.

Phil. ii. 13.

twice.

35
viii.

2.ul,

vii. 36, 39.

X. 20.
xii. 11.
xiv. 35.
xvi. 7.

fle'AcTe,

29.
xii. 49.
xiii. 31.
xviii. 41.
xix. 14.
xxii. 9.
xxiii. 20.
John V. 6, 21, 40.
vi. 67.

twice.

10.

Rom.ix. 10,18 twici,22.

6 2nd.

iv.

XXV. 9
43.

v. 12, 13.
ix. 23, 24lst^54.
X.

23.

-i>7a,

part.

xxra.

1 Cor. iv. 19

{.

re lliat,

i'lJ

xxiii. 20 iiart.
xxiv. 27.

-"IS.

Luke

AVhen

to

31.
xviii. 15.

43, see
4U, 41.

22

xvii. IS.

21

X. 43, 44, 51.

siv. 7, 12, 36 IM
(2nd not in Greek.)

frequently part of the translation of the future tense of verbs.

Acts

i.

vi.

a self-devised external
form of ceremonial service, a
mode of ceremonial worship chosen for one's self, {non occ.)

1.

iu

viii. 34, 35.

WILL WOESHIP.

"WILL
Will is

17,

xxvii. 17, 21.

part.

Jas.

i^i,

not

iii.

xi.

W have.

see

16.

tic ,6.

xxii. 17.

liberation or consideration

mag

',

WILL HAVE.
1.

to

Avisli,

to

desire,

to

15, {No. 2.)

Matt.

Matt.

\'J.

i.

xii.

7,

soe

\\m\ii.

13.

1.

xiii. 28.

1.

1.

XV. 28, 32.

xvi. 24, 25

1.

xvii. 4.

1.

xix. 17, 21.

1.

XX. 14, 15, 21, 2C,

viii. 2, 3.

W have.

\ (,
ix. 13,

xi. 14.
-

27

see

may reveal, instead of

purpotieij to ret

/, L

ii. 4.

WILLING.

Matt. xxvi.

VILLIN(1

1.

^,

see

2.

above, No.
see above,

41.

(be)
1.

No.

2.

to deem good, to take

pleasure in token followed by inf.
to determine, to will, with stress
on the tviUingness of the cause and
the goodness of the j^urpose.

3.

V. 40.

ii.

Tim.

to be about to, to be on the

])()int oF; used of some act or event
in the future as the result of prascnt

determination, to be going to do
anythivg.
1.

1.

3.

,
,
,

Matt, xxvii. 43.

Acts ix. 6 (a]i.)

1.

1.

predisposed, having a mind

{as regards the passions) beforehand (Ixx. for nnj, 1 Ch. xxviii.
21 2 Ch. xxix. 31.)

have that desire frotn which No. 1

sometimes springs, to have a wish,
intention, or purpose, formed
after
mature deliberation
to
deliberately purpose after careful
consideration. {For the difference
between Nos. 1 and 2, compare
Mark xv. 9 and 12, {No. 1) with

ix. i:}.

xii. 7.

1.

lute.

2.

Matt.

1.
1.

27, 32.
xxi. 2a.
xxiii. 4.

i'

2.
1.

Luke xxii. 42.

John v. .35.

3.
3.

2 Cor.
1

v. 8.

Thes.

ii.

1 Tim. vi. 18, see Communicate.

8.

AVILLING MIND.

mind

predisposition, the having a

{as regards the piassiuns) bo-

forehand.
2 Cor.

viii. 12.

WIL

885

OF ONE'S SELF.

WILLi:JiG

<;,

self chosen for one's self,

spontaneously acting from one's

own

choice.
2 Cor.

viii. 3.

willing,
out of free
voluntary wittingly, purposely.

Mv,

according to,

"^

cxouVtov, free-will,

>

,
,

liv. 8), (occ.

(a)

lit.,

of

jVo. 1.

willed to.

naturally desirous
on the subject.
1.

^,
PhU.

viii. 20.

3.

WIND
1.

1 Pet.

(-S.)

[noun.]

2.

IG, etc.

8,

John

to

lope, to

yn^t*,

29.)

9.

a blowing,

blast

ix. 17''""
22 3 time, 22 (ep.)

Matt.

Mark

for

Luke

Tit.

15.

i.

37 i*'", 38.
see Old.
33 (om. U-)

iv. 4(5.

the air we
{see " SPiuiT.")

Eph.

Matt.

vii. 25, 27.

viii. 26, 27.

Uum.

1.

xiv. 21, 30, 32.

ixiv. 31.
Mark iv. 37. 30 '"', 11.
vi. kf. ,51.
xiii. 27.

Luke vii.

2t.

viii. 23, 21,

1.

xi. 7.

xii. 55,
4.

John

1.

2.'>.

ecu South.

8.

vi. 18.

1.
3.

iii.

Acts

ii.

2.

xxvii. 4, 7.
13,

see South.

ii.

13,

seo

ii.

3,

see

W (?iven

3.

Pet. iv. 3, eeo

cess of)

Rev.

J 34_

Acts

iii.

8.

Lto)

V. 23.

Johnii. 3""c,

xvii. 25.)

breathe, wind,

Tim.

XV. 23.

39,

(Ixx.

ii.

V.

10), {occ. Acts

xi. 33.

(Ixx. for
G-en. ix. 21,
grape
24 xiv. 18 trTi\-i, Gen. xxvii. 28
Judg. ix. 13 Joel i. 10.)
;

xxxvii.

2 Cor.

the fermented juice of the

vii.

4.

v. 6.

WINDOW.

oTiOs,

36; Dan.

xlix.

Here, part., blowing.

Job

UP.

wrap together, to envewind in a garment, {occ.

vii.

Acts sx.

n"2U.;,

zix. 40.

TTvoTj,

[verb.]

a little door, an aperture. In

N.T., a window; (Ixx. for p'rn,
Josh. ii. 15, 18, 21 Judg. v. 28),
{non occ.)

3.

6.

i.

WIND

to blow, breathe, {of the wind

to breathe, send forth an
or air)
odour gen., of men, etc., to draw
breath, breathe
of the air, to

blow.

to bind, fasten.

iii. 1.

mmi

and

2^; Jer.
{non occ.)

ix.

xi. 1),

with the)

WIND, WOUND,

xli.

vi. 13.

be driven by the wind,

Jas.

1 Ch.

Kev.

{No. 1) {a verb, not occurring in

the Ixx., nor in classic ivriters.)

a stream of air, air in

motion, {from
to breathe,
to blow); (Ixx.ybr mi. Job xxi. 18
Is.

.Tude 12.

1.

(be deiveit
to

Acts

WON.
I

ai/e/i.05,

1.

Piev. vii. 1 '"'"

Philem. U.

to gain, acquire as gain, win.

8.

(be

1 Pet. V. 2.
4b.2 Pet. iii. 5.

uc. 17.

iii.

1.

1 Cor.

2.

Cor.

they are
ignorance

i.e.

of

vi. 21.

Eom.

unknown

is

iii. 4.

1.

iv. 14.

x. 26.)

(b) 2)articipJe, lit., this

to them, wishing it,

1. 1

Eph.

see

6,

i.

driven with the)

see

13,

South.
1.

free-will,

Jbr nn;2, Ps.

(Ixx.

Heb.

Jas.

14, 15.

xv. 3),
occ.)

(non

"will,"

see

4e.John

40.
xxviii.

(Ixx.ybrnmJS,

Neh.

willingly,

voluntarily

4.

Acts xxvii.

voluntary,

3.

1.

2.

WIND

WILLINGLY.
1.

WIN

9, lO'

W (new)

(ex-

vi. 6.

xiv. 8. 10.
xvi. 19.
xvii. 2.

',

XV iii. 3 (om.
o/(Jm tciiic, LTr A.)

xiv. 21,

13.

V. 18.

Ecv.

xix. 15, SCO

AVINE

W press.

(excess of)

overflowing with wine, {jion

occ.)

Pet. iv. 3.

WIN
"WINE

886

(given to)

beside wine, sitting long be-

\\\

over wine,

(pec. Tit.

Tim.

iii.

WINE

ii.

new

wine, {non

13.

7/3,

at,

WINE-EAT.

the under- vat of a ivine-press,

into which the juice of the grapes

flowed, gen. dug in tlie rock, {not

that in which the grap)esicere pressed,
which teas the tipper vat or press,
;

for :ip\
13; Hag.

Ixx.
iii.

Is.

xvi.

ii.

17),

(lion occ.)

Mark

zii. 1.

WINE-PEESS.
.

',

iv. 21.

Tit.

IN.

for,

a wintering near or
{non occ.)

,
,

Acts xxvii.

WIPE

(-ED.)

wipe out,

to

12.

i.e.

to wipe dry,

{no7i occ.)

John

Luke vii. 38, U.

Johu xi. 2.

xii. 3.

xiii. 5.

WIPE AWAY.
smear

to

blot

out,

out,

obliterate.

trough for drinking or

Gen. xxx.
{\\\. for
Hence, a wine trough or
39, 42.)
wine vat the upper vat or press
into ivhich the grapes were cast or
trodden; (Ixx. for MJ, Neh. xiii.
15 Is. Ixiii. 2), {non occ.)
oTvo9, wine
a

toatering;

or at a

1 Cor. xvi. 6.
iii. 12.

xxvii. 12.
xx\aii. 11.

WINTEE

Joel

X. 22.

[verb.]

(-ED.)

,
Acts

(Ixx. for
a Avine-drinker
2~, Prov. xxiii. 20), (non occ.)
Luke vii. 34.
Matt. xi. 19.

10;

2 Tim.

xiii. 18.

to winter near
place, {non occ.)

f"

see belotv)

John

Mark

),

WINE-BIBBER

/,

Matt. sxiv. 20.

WINTEE

(new)

occ.)

Acts

3.

must, sweet or

yXivKo<;,

[noun.]

then,
storm, tempest
rain,
nsed of the season of rains and
storms, the rainy season.

3.)

i.

WINTEE.

wine also implying that

goes on or takes place beside or
side

WIS

Eev.

Eev.

vii. 17.

WIPE

xxi. 4.

OFF.

to wipe away
one's self, {non occ.)

from

off

',

Matt.

Luke

press, {see above.)

1.

xxi. 33.

Bev.

2.

Eev. xiv.

19,

WIS.

20 "'"

zix. 15.

WING

See, WIST.

(-S.)

a pinion, a wing (Ixx. /or '::,

Ph. Iv. 7; 23, Ex. xix. 4), {non
;

1.

Luke

WISDOM.
wisdom, cleverness,

a right application

occ.)
Matt,

X. 11.

xxiii. 37.
xiii. 34.

Eev.

knowledge
ix. 9.

2.

AT.

see or look out over, to

(Ixi. ybr
overlook, not to regard
;

wbiiTi,

Lev. XX. 4), {non

Acts

30.

',

a fruit of NO. I NO. 1 in

aciion the faculty which applies
the principles of wisdom; a
minding to do so and so, purpose,
intention, practical wisdom, pru;

vnepttonv, to

occ.)

(?)

wisdom regarded as

residing in the mind, {non occ.)

xii. 14.

WINK

skill, etc.;

of

dence,

{occ.

Eph.

i.

8.)

WIS
1.

Matt.

xi. in.

.\ii. i-2.

liii. 54.

1.

2.

Mark
Luke

1.

vi. 2.

17.

i.

ii.

Oi).

\-ii.

10, 22.

17, 10, 20,

21 twice, 22, 24, 30. [13.
ii.

i.

1,4,5, 6'',7,
1.

Eev.

8, 17,

i.

3.

16.

iii.

ii. 1,

7,

16

7), {occ.

v.

Acts

xiii. 6,

2 Pet.

Eev.

tico.

Cor.

iii.

vi. 5.

x. 15.

2.

Joe.

1.

i.

xxiii. 34.

13.

13, 15, 17.

15.

iii.

iii.

V. 12.

vii. 12.

xiu. 18,

WISE {TEACR TO BE)

Tit.

ii.

[margin.]

"sobee (teach to be)"

see

4,

WISE.

[adj.]

with other

clever, skilled, skil-

abilities, (ns opp.

who owes

5.

i.

Matt.

1.

iv. 5.

Joe.

one who has

e -.,

ful,

i.e.

27

8.)

icords, see below.)

wise,

2,

ii.

10.

9, 28.

(^For various covibinations

for Chald. pjtl^M, enmagician, Dan. i. 20;

\\\.

chanter,

xvii. 9.

WISE,

1.

ment ;

12.

u. 3. 23.

xi. 33.

Cor.

i.

iii.

vi. 3, 10.

19.

iii.

i.

xxi. 15.

Eom.

Eph.
Col.

xii. 31, 49,

Acts

WIT

xii. 8.

2 Cor.

40, 52.

VU.

1 Cor.

1.

1.

887

to b

natural
one

See, ANT, so, this.

WISELY.

with mind, thinkingly,

prudently, (non occ.)
Luke

all to teaching.)

i.e.

xvi. 8,

2. <^/)ort)u,os,understandinc:,thoufThtful,

A^ISEE.

practically wise, sensible, prudent,

Cor.

(occ. 1

Included in "

s. 10.)

vii. 24.

1.

Eom

X. It;.
xi. 25.
xxiv. 45.

1.

1.

XXV.

2.

Matt.

Luke

2, 4, 8, 9.

X. 21.

xii. 42.

xvi. 8.
Eom. i. 14, 22.
xi. 25.

xvi. 19, 27.

Cor. i. 19, 20, 25, 26,

27 (np.)
iii. 10, 18 '', 19,
iv. 10.

2.

2 Cor.

1.

Eph.

xi. 19.

V. 15.

Ti^.

17 (om.
Tr A W.)
Jude 25 (om. G L

1. 1
1.

[20.

i.

WISE

',

Acts

marg. under-

3.

xiii. 9.

marg. pray.

Eom.

Tit.

4,

ii.

marg.,

see

Sober.

WISE
to

make

(make)
vise,

i.e.

skilful, ex-

2 Tim.

1.

2,

WISH

(Ixx, ybr a'::nn, Ps. xix. 8;

cv. 22), (oce. 2 Pet. i. lu.)

2.

2 Cor.

John

(be)

tand.

pert

xxvil. 29.

Tr

hence, to discern, perceive, understand, comprehend.

),

[verb.]

to speak out, to utter aloud

hence, to pray, pray for.

G L

to send or bring together

bring or put together in the mind;

X. Ii

(ED.)

A.)

xii. 16.

2 Cor.

WISH

avise.

,
,
,

iii.

WIST,

see "

Mark

1.

ix. 6.

xiv. 40,
Luke ii. 49.

V. 13.

Acts

xii. 9.

xxiii. 5.

WIT
to

John

(DO to)

make known,

declare,

re-

veal.
2 Cor.

viii. 1.

15.

WISE MAN.
No.

see above,

AVIS.

KNOW," No.

THAT

WIT,

sec above,

(cAx)
is. 3.

(to)

which way, as, so as,

how, indicating that the

1.

No.

2.

great, powerful
magus, pj.
magi, flir name for priests and wi-fe
avwnr/ the Mrdrs, Persians,
;

mm

and Jiiibi/!onian.<i. irJin.<te learning

was chujly astrology and enchant-

in

proposition following
introduced by

that,

is

viatter

of

direct reference,
2 Cor.

See

V. 19.

also,

wox.

it,

how
that.

in-

WIT

888

AVITCHCEAFT.
see "

SOECERT,"

commtinion, together with distinct

independence.

WITH.
"With " is frequently tlie translation
of a case of a noun, or part of
some phrase in combination with
for a list of the
other words
latter, see below.

6.

is

it

7.

2.

from, {calling attention

through.

with Gen., through as proceeding from, denoting the means or

instrument of an action, by means
of, by, the effective instrument
of activity.

(a)

represented by a sepa(preposition) in the

is one of these follow-

ing.

1.

of,

to the source, origin, or principle.')

Avord

Greek,

out

/c,

rate

in direction towards not like

(along Avith) but directed towards,
implying intimate and closest inter-

1.

Gal. V. 20.

When

WIT

(b) icifh Ace., through, on account

with, in association with, in

proximity with. Here, loitk Gen.,
with, together with, in company
{Hence, with the Ace., towith.
gether or near, so as to be after.)

because of, for the sake of,

denoting the reason or motive of

of,

the action,

8.

by reason

of.

under.

with Gen., motion from beneath,

as denoting that from which the
fact, event, or action springs, and
marking the agent or efficient cause;

(a)

with, in conjimction with,

united with, together in, something common to both, implying
fellowship, union, or agreement

hence, with, by.

with.
9.

3.

ev,

in

then, it is used

of what accom-

panies or characterises,

power

of, {not

witli, in

the

upon.

(a)

loith

that tvhich characterises

by the

(b) icifh Daf., resting upon, marking

the condition, occasion, cause, or
circumstance by reason of which the
act takes place.

Ace, upon, by direction

towards, marking the mental direction with a view to the act.

it.

(c) loith

side of.

with Gen., from beside, beside

and proceeding from.

(a)

(b) ioith Oat., beside

and

or near a person with,

estimation or 'power of.
;

10.

at, \vith

i.e.

in the
11.

5.

along the side

beyond, out.side of.

xcith

(b) loith Oat., at the side of, at,

tvifh

Ace, towards, implying an

up to, with a view to, as an

object to be attained;

down.

ponding
12.

/,

13.

19,

with, near, ofpersons only.

object,

down from.

Gen., hithcrwards, gen.,

with the idea of something imparted,
in favour of, as a motive.

(c)

from, away from, marking the

point of departure; hence, from,
on account of, occasioned by.

(b) with Ace, down along, over

against hence, in reference to some
standard of comparison e.rpres.wd
or implied, according to, corres-

<, towards.
(a)

(a) with Gen.,

(c) with Ace., to or

of,

Gen., upon, as springing

from.

marking the origin

or source of the power, hut only the

When it refers
character of it.)
to an action, it is not (like No. 7)
the effective instrument of it, hut

4. irapa, beside,

Ittl,

then, Avith,

but as distinct from, over against.

to.

at the same time with, together with, in company Avith.

into, implying either

motion

to

a place, or arrival at a place by

motion; up to, as the object of some
aijn or j)urpose.

WIT

889

', around.

14.

icith

(b)

loith

Lake

1.
2.

about, concerning,
as the object ofthour/ht, emotion, etc.

(a)

Gen.,

15.

have

to

_;^,

here,

participle,

having.
Matt.

i.

23

-ii. 3. 11.
iii. 11 twice.

1.

3.
1.

iv. 21.

1.

V.

4b.

1.

27 '
27 2J, 3rd^ * 4lh
Tr N.)
(No. 3, L

1.

3. -

mare,

vii. 2<"ico.

1.

viii. 11.

(what have wo to

1.

3.

ix. 11, 15.

1.

8a.

xi. 7.

1.

xii.

3,

4,

41. 42, 45.

.\iii. 20.
29.
56.
5c.
1.
xiv. 7.
24.
8a.
1.
XV. 30.
xvi. 27.
1.
xvii. 3, 17.
1.
1.
xviii. 16.
!i|>.
fN.i. 9c, Tr.)
yb.
29 (No. 9c,
12.

26

5c.5c.5c.1. -

34.
38.

4.
8.

10.

16 Toaxg. among.

24

50.

4b.

X.

XXV.

1.

29.

3.
-.35.

2.

-36,38,40,47"'!",

1.
ii.

1.

5e.-

,
-

55

(om.

2"''

unt)ii/oii,(i

Tr''

58.

1.

2.
1.
1.

8.

-'"J

1.
1.
2.
1.

40.

see

Tr'' A.)
13, 20.
23.
24, sec
27.
29,
ii.

2.

8.

.36.

16"'""

1.

thee
to do)

5, 6, 7,

U.

6.

xii.

3 2nd.
g 17
(No.

GL

vii
24.
36.

13.

U.

3.

15.

1.

1.

12.

.36.

16 3.1.

1.

1.

31, 31.

18,

xvi. 4, 32.
xvii. f> 1*1

1.

2.

XV. 27.

joy,

2, 3, 5, 18, 26.

xix. 18, 40.

XX. 7, 24, 26.

xxi. 3.

4b.

7, 8.

2.

16 2nd.

":

24

1.

212

Srd.

12, 24.
xviii. 1.

xxi. 5.

9b.

N.)
-28.

4b.

Tr A.)

theo (what liavo I to

do)
38.

irifJi

2.

1.

eeo

(0111.

,A
'!>

3.3.

4b.1. 2n,l,

l^

24 (om.

xiv. 9, 16.
17, 23, 2.5.
27, 800 You.
30.

1.

28

3,

9.

18. 19

1.

W.)

18

xs.

10.

xiii. 8.

4b.-

W.)

8.

see A'oioo.

-38.

2.

1.

Trap

l/u'iii,

xix. 26.
31-,

1.

7.

H.)

37, 40.
xi. If., 31, 54.

1.

IH (No. 10,

2nd (No. 4a,

;!8

10.
18.

20 (om.
?,
1>.)
;;

irit/i

38l>t.

1.

17.

viii. 1,

2.

viii. 29.

Tr

_nsi.d.

1.

191,

1.

1.

29, 30, 3V.

vi. 3. 4.

4b.

1.

2.

192"i(,i,).), 25.
26.
iii.

2.

vii. 33.

Tr

3rd.

25.
34.
xviii. 3.

1.

vi. 3, 66,

4b.

1.

1.

2.

1.

2<i.

TTr A

(om. L

thee
(what have we to do)
lie.

1.

2, 22, 26.

4b.

4b.
4b.

_ 17

I to do)

27 '"i".

iv. 32.

"icc.

W thee

iv. 6.

aj.

8a.-

33

see

4,

'*' 25 2nd.

32.
35.
xvi. 3.
xvii. 11.

1, 2.

1.

16

18,
20.
23, 27,
28.

10,

22

G.

5''. 13.
36, 51.
52.

'"ice, 5, 13.

xiv.

4.

(what have

(what have wo

5c.-

17.

2iid.

20, 31,
39.
ii.

v. 19.

xxviii. 8, 12, 20.

i.
S'' (om.

33,4rt,
52.

lb.

37 (No. 4a, L"

.)

3.

2.

3.

in.

xiii. 7.

1st.

39.
51.
56.
66.

iii.

H.-U.

(.)

xi. 2.
2nd.

21.
26,

(.),

1. -

.30.

i.

2nd.

20, 23,

iii.

3.

Tri'At*.)

1.

Ill

29
29

1.

5c.John

39

2.

15,

2.

1.

(.)

_ 16

marg.

4
see You.
see Saying.

21, 28, 33.

1.

1. -

X.

xxiv. 1

28.
30.

3.

34.
:.

sn,

9 2nd, 381", 45
20 1"

43.

43.

!b.

69,71,72.

Mark

8.

17 1",
23.

37

24.

7,

31,

xxvii. 7.

6.

a.)

1.

3.

-52.
-551

3.

2.id.

1.

16.

ix. 19, 28,

Tr A.)

i.

1.

25.
29, 31

202nd.

25.
27.
34.
xxii. 11.

49.
52, 53.
56.
59.

timo,
xii.
30
&:!1,33 3(.)

Tr

xxvi. 11, 18, 20, 23,

4, 8.

viii.
.

31.

Luke

1.

2i.d.

47.

iii.

vii.

1.

xxi. 20.

(.

20 2"(]).)
4b.
4b.

26.
14.
28.

iv. 13, 14, 27.

30
iri(/i them, G->L''

xvi.

19.
27.
31.

xxiii. 11, 32.

3, 4, 10.

ii.

V.

5.

15

54,67.
XV. 1,71"-

16.

2nd,

27 'wi

XX.

2i"i,

49.

1.

14.

14,17, 18,
20, 33, 43iicc, 481-

3.

29^46

xi. 11.

5c.

18

xix. 7.

27.

xxiv.30,31,49.51.

1.

tcith tears,

27 1" &

-xiv.

3 lluic.

\.

2.

(oin.

28(]).),31.

1.

ih.

1.

37

xiii. 26.

xxii. 16.
25.

4b.

5c.8a.3. -

33

TTr A
31, 32.

29, .30, 31.

xvi. 21.
xvii. 15, 20.
xviii. 7.
11.

30.

1.

1.

273'd {ap.)
1.

1.

Tr.)

16.

.)

3.

.S3lt

1.

31
31
XV.

19.

Tr A

xiv. 9.

G L

17 (No. 3,
.)

37.
xii. 1.3,46,58.
xiii. 1.

G::L

A ^.)

26.

ii.l,

G.

9b.5c.4b.4b.-

",

2.;

1.

40.

25, 50.

5c.

3,

2, 2J,

viii. 10, 14.

30 '"!,

1.

see

vi. 3.

_
-

10.-

2"'',

18

do)

thee (what have I to

1.

3.
1.

W thee

29, see

do with)
1.

2k

8a.

10.1. -

(text,

of.)

3.

Tri

2(.

1.

V. 2.

3.

14 2nd.
14 3'-d(om.

'

xi. 7.

1.

1.

le.
24, 30.
36.

1.

cord.

17.

6.

1.

iv. 10.

3.

25 -"I, 41.

vi. 1,

Mark

2.

4 (Beza), {om.
Tr
.)
52nd.
14 1", see Ac-

i.

GL

lA

4S.

1.

1.

-'nd.

32

41.

4b.1.

Acte

viii. 45.

ix.

5c.

6.

Ace, about, round about.

WIT

26,29.
xxii. 9.
xxiii. l.", 27, 32.

xxiv.

1,

12.

IH
24.

3.

[(..p.)
imlcf.

WIT
Acts XXV. 12,231st.

1.

23

2.

5c.Gal.

-'"'l-

890

Eev.

iv. 18, 20.

25, 30.

1.

12.
13.

1.

2.

2.

xxvii. 2.

1.

10,24.

yb.

Tr

1.

Kom.

3.

.)

V. 1.
vi. 8 1st.

2.

viii. 25.

2 Pet.'i. 18.

22.

3.

X. 9.

3.

xii.

ii.

times.

8 3

3.

xiv. 15

1.

XV. 10.

1st

1 Joliii

20.

32 1"

1.

33.

iv. asndj

1.

1 Cor.

3.

lie.
5c.

Col.

2.

1.

21.

1 Thes.

6.

1.

3.

ii.

5c.

iii. 4.

2, 17.

13.

Vi. 6, 7.

12, 13.
24.

X. 5.
13.

[Tr

xi. 32.

7.

xiv. 19 (oin.

21

2.

xvi. 4.

5c.

6, 7, 10.

1.

3.

11, IS.
14.
19.
20.

1.

23,24.

3.
2.

2.

2 Cor.

A .)
G

twice.

3.

2.

11.
ii.

3.

5c.

8.

5c.

10.
16, 18.
i. 14.

1.
1. 1

3.

21.

7a.

ii.

2.

iv. 14.

5c.
5c.

vi.

Tim.

92.
10.

11.
15.

4.

1.4.

14 3rd, isiBi.

15

2".

iv.

vi. 6, 21.

15.

1.

3.

viii. 4, 18.

1.

19

2.

'"I

4, 14.

.3,

V. 2.

16.

vii. 8.

3.

I't

ii.

V. 8.

5.
9, 10.

iii. 1.

3.

17*.

7a.

6.
twice.

1.

1.

3.

5c.

1.

i.

4b.2 Thes.

1.

4b.

(No.

G^LTTtA.)

3,

2 Tim.

3.

i.

10,22.

1.

ii.

3.

iv. 2.
11 twice.

1.

2.

ix. 4.

4b.

5c.

xi. 9.

2.

xiii. 4.

1.

1.

11.
12.
14.

1.

Sc.Philera. 13.

2.

Sc.Heb.

18.

1.

V. 7.

1.

vii. 21.

9c.

viii.

3.
1.

2.

Gal.

.1c.

i.

ii. .5.

iii.

9.

XX. 4.
6

13.
221',

Tit.

22! (.)

15.

ii.
iii.

15

twice.

25.

1.

(,
,

after these things, in-

24.

'

stead of
acitit him, G"^)
xxi. 3 3 timcij

12.

16.
22.

9^ 15.

xxii. 12, 21.

16, 22.

vii. 5.

2.

7,

GsL

3, 4, 9.

Me.

v. 4.
8 3 times.

2, 3.

23,27.
iii.

see

1.

[Trb Ab.)
(01)1.

20 1st.
20 2nd & 3rd, 21 1st
21 2nd.

2.

.3

See

iv. 3,
4.

i.

Johu 13.
Jude 14, 23,

11 1".
11 2nd.

i.

19.

iii.

2.
3_

John

ii.

1.

4b.

3.

Eev.

3.
4.

3.

6, 9, 23.

16.
20, 24 {ap.)
i. 2.
17.

ii.

16

21.

xvi. 14.

2.

9.

xix. 2, 15 twice.

8.

ii. 1.

3.

16.

17.
iii.

7b.
7a.

3.

7.

13

18.
21.

1.

12, 14 twice.
16.
xviii. 1.
3.

141st.

32.

3.

9, 10, 15.

111. 2.

ix. 14.

2.

4b.

171st (om.L.)
17 2iid.

xvi. 8.
xvii. 1, 21st.
2 2nd 6 twice.

see Me.

vii. 21,

7a.

9.

7 (om. L.)

11.

ii.

85th.

xiv. 1.

2?'.

3
4b.
5c.

[K.)

G>>i
3rd 4th.

marg. in.
12 j

3^

S"''^

xiii. 4, 7 (ap.)
10 twice.

4.

i.

'wicc.

xii. 5.

16.
31.

2.

20

viii. 5.
ix. 19.

39.
41.
xxviii. 14 (ilo. 4b,

15.
8;i.

iii. 4,

iv. 1.
vi. 81st (ojji.

xxvi. 8.

4b.

WIT

iv. 13.

"

'.Ird.

accord, affliction, agree,

ASSEMBLE, AWAY, BE, BEAR, BEAT,
BIND, BOUND, BROUGHT, BURY,
CARRY, CHILD, CLOTHE, COME,
COMMUNE, COMMUNICATE, COMPANY, COMPARE, COMPASS, COMPASSION, CONFER, CONSENT, CONSORT,
CONTENTED,
CONTINUE,
COA^NANT, CRUCIFY, DEAD, DEAL,
DEALINGS, DETIL, DIE, DISPUTE,
DISSEMBLE, DRAAV, DRINK, DAVELL,
EAT,
ELECTED, ENDURED,
ENTANGLE, FEAR, FEAST, FEED, FEELING, FELLOWSHIP, FILL, GNASH,
GO, GRIKF, GRIEVE, HAND, HASTE,
HATE, HEIR, HELP, INSCRIPTION,
INSURRECTION, JOURNEY, LABOUR,
LABOURER, LADE, LEAD, LIVE, ME,
NOISE,
MEET,
MIND,
MIXED,
NUMBER, PARTAKE, PARTAKER,

also,

PERISH, PLEASE, POSSESS, PRESENT, QUESTION, QUICKEN, RANK,

REASON, REIGN, REJOICE, RISE,
SHOD, SIT,
RUN, SEAR, SEND,
SMITE, SPEAK, SPEED, SPRING,
STAND, STRIKE, STRIVE, SUBTILELY, SUFFER, TAKE, TAKEN, TALK,
TEMPEST, THEE, TR.VVEL, TRUST,
UNITICD, US, VOICK, AVIIAT, AVIND,
WITNESS,

WIT

891

WIT

WITHER

WITHAL.
together

tt/iC

with,

same

the

at

Matt.

xiii. 6.

xxi. 19, 20.

1.

and, also, even.

Acts XXV.

Cor.

see Profit.

1.

Tim. V. 13, seeWiand)

Philem. 2-'.
1

WITHAL

,
,
,

27.

xii. 7,

same time,

at the
also,

but at the
same time

also.

,
,

WITHDEAW

(-DREAV, -DR.VWN.)

Matt.

Johu

,
,
,

2.

Gal.

ii.

12.

SELF.

away from,

sepa-

to set, to place, make stand

in order hence, loith the idea of
motion comes the usual sifjnifcation,
to send, despatch, impJijing a j^re-

Fuss, or mid.,
vious fitting out.
Then, from the
to bo sent, to go.
idea of motion back to a former
2)lace, to draw in, contract, to

.Luko

xii.

1.5.

-with

lit.,

v-ax retiring.

iii. 7.

V. le,

self,

to he,

hero part., S. 1 Tim.

I.
2 Thes. iii. (i.
|

vi.

(.)

(-ED, -ETU.)

to dry,

make

to be dried up,

dry. Here, pass.,

dry, wither

become

away.
1 Pet.

i.

21.

and hold down, hold

it

to the prein the

restraining in-

refers

Holy Ghost

2 Thes.

1.

iv, in,

ii.

6,

marg.

Iw'id.

of]}lace, time, or element

of the sphere or element

,
,

the suhjcct

is

in

also

which

concerned as dwelling

or acting.

2.
3.

4.

A.)

WITHHOLD.
to have

Mntt.

L TTr

tion of "the man of sin," the

Antichrist, until He is removed
with the Church when she is caught
up to meet the Lord in the air.]

to depart.
Here, mid., to separate one's self.

one's

iii. 1.

Church, as the
fluence, hindering the manifesta-

remove, cause

repress or restrain
{oce. 2 Cor. viii. 20.)

(BE)

:j part, (iwiii, dry,

XV. G.

sence of the

out noise or notice.

to place

vi. 6, 8.

WITHER."

[Here prob.

to give place covertly, to

recede or retire under cover, with-

Luke

fast, restrain.

to give place, give way,

recede, retire,

rate,

12.

AVITHERED
jee "

Mark

WITHDEAAV ONE'S

1.

xii. 10.

John

and

WITHERED.

2)rivately or hy stealth.
xxii. 41.

fail,

dry, withered.

In N.T., mid., to draAV one's self

back, i.e. imder cover, out of sight,
Luke

to

Jude

to draw away from, to

draw away from others.
to send or draw under.

1.

autumnal.)

1 Tin. V. 17.

(whose fbuit)

autumnal

failing, pertaining to the decay of autumn,

{from

iv. 6.

xi. 21.

viii. 6.

WITHERETH

-6<;,

(and)

but

Mark

Lake

time.
2.

AAVAY.

from within.

within.

%,

within.

Avith vpuHv, toithin you, i.e.

within your midst, tcithin your
borders or country. Certainly
tlie Kingdom of God vaa not
within the Pharisees individually,
but within tlieir midst, as shown
by the presence of Jesus, the
Xing, if they Avould have Him to
reign over them.]

\_IIere,

WIT

5.

towards

Ace,

here, toith

892

in

reference to, towards, against.

6.

through

reference

here,

marhing

time,

to

Gen., in

tvith

the

passage through an interval, during,

or after the lapse of.

2.

Matt,

4.

Mark

Luke

xxiii. 25.
26.

4.

27, 28.
xiv. 4.
58.

3.

vii. 30,

Luke

xvii.

21,

marg.

mnong.

marg. see

Against.
2.

John

XX. 26.

Acts

3.
2.

1 Cor. V. 12.
2 Cor. vii. 5.

2.

Rev.

V. 23.

X. 29.

WITHIN
vii. 21, 23.

1.

xxvi. 69.

6.
1.

2.

2.

xi. 4.

1. 1

Luke

i.

10.

ii.
ii.

V. 21.

1.
1.

Philem.

viii. 20.

1.

Heb.

2.

x-iii.

25.

1.

vii. 7, 20, 21.

1.

ix. 7, 18, 22, 28.

X. 28.
xi. 6, 40.
xii. 8, 14.

xxii. 6marg. (text,

the absence of.)
35.

John

i.

1.

1.

1.

3.

XV. 5, marg.
vered from.

se-

2.
1.

K.)

GL

iii.

11,12,13.
18

(,

out of,
mar;,', by.)

20, 26 'ice.

1.

4. 1

Pet.

2.

iii. 1.

iv. 9.

4.

26.

Kora.

ii.

St AV"i E,

7.

14.

iv. 15.

xiii.

Jas.

xviii. 16.

Eev.

xiv.

20 (Xo.

xxii. 15.

WITHOUT

( eVojTepos, inner, interior.

Mark.

3.

(feom)

vii. 15, 18.

vi. 19.

(one THAT [or which]

WITHIN

,
0,

(that which

is)

0,

is)

the one

(.^,

1.

the, that,

from without,

No.

3,

the one
out of, without, (see Xo.

2,

(see

above.)

from

Avithin.

,
o,

Luke

si. 40.

above.)

WITHOUT,

[adv.

and prep.]

{For various comhinations, and

list

of

other tvords used in connection, see

,
,

3,

GLTTt.)

21, 28.

(that)

the
Heb.

12.
14.

ii. 8.

vi. 49.

Eev.

Eph.
Phil.

2.

1.

WITHIN

1.
1.

Tim.

twice.

vii. 5.

1.

XX. 11 (om.
2. Acts v. 23 (om.
Tr
.)
xi. 7.

11

xi.

1.

1.

Luke

vi. 18.

2 Cor.

3.

1.

(fkom)

1 Cor. iv. 8.

45.
iii. 31, 32.
iv. 31.

2.

X. 14.

xiii. 34.

i.

iv. 6.

vii. S, 9.

xii. 46, 47.

Mark

Eom.

1.

1.

2.

ill

iv. 8.

1.

1.

5.

V. 1.

marg.

23,

2.
2.
2.

2.

Mark

vii.

see That not.

5.

3.

Eev.

Matt.

4.

2.
2.

WIT

2.

Mark

1.

Luke
1

Thcs. iv. 12.

Tim. iii. 7.
Eev. xi. 2 (0
uhich is within, St N.)
1
1

iv. 11.
xi. 40.

Cor.

V. 12, 13.
2. Col. iv. 5.
2.

below.)

1.

2.

(those things that

apart, asunder, apart from.

out

of,

, the

without, outside, out of

TrapcKTOs,

doors.

3.

i.e.

apart from, far from,

(the opj). of
togetlier, in conjunction with, and denoting dis-

aviv, without,

Avithout, i.e. without the

aid of the tvill or consent of, the
instigation of, etc., (non occ.)

tance)

i.e. not Avith, either,

not having, or in tlu; absence of,
(non occ.)

arep, without,

G.

09, out
I

of,

,
.,

WITHOUT
,,
7<;,

ANY.

not cvcii ono, not nny,

making.
Acts XXV.

17.

1)

Sec

affection, ula^ie, blemish,

CAUSE, CEASlX(i,
CHAECilC, CHILDREN, CONTEOVRHSV,
COVETOUSNESS, DESCENT, DISSIMTLATIO,\, DISTRACTION, EFFECT, E.XCUSE, FATlfER, FAULT, FEAR, FRUIT,
GAINSAYINd, OOD, HANDS,
HONOUR, HYPOCRISY, LAW, LTFK,
MEASURE, MERCY, MIXTURE, MOTHER, OFFENCE, PARTIALITY, PER-

also,

CAKEFUI,NESS,

,,

without, outside.

not, (see " no," ^b. 1)

Avith, (see " with,"

m.

5.

7.

xi. 28.

outwardly,

externally.

4.

near by Avithout, out near.

2 Cor.

from without,

aim:)

things

not
with.

WIT

893

SONS, BEBUKE, KEPENTANCE, SEAM,

SIGHT, SIGNIFICATION, SIN, SPOT,
STRENOTir, UNDERSTANDING, WATER, AVAVERING, WITNESS, AVOBLD,

WRANGLING.

AV^ITHSTAND,
1.

WITHSTOOD.

against.
In
N.T. onhj mid., to set one's self
against, i.e. to withstand, oppose,

to

stand

WIT

1.

Heb.

1.

Acts

1.
1.

Gal.

xi. 17.

1.

Eph.

1.

2 Tim.

ii.

11.

xi. 3.
XX. 4.

AVITNESS

(-ES.)

{For the verb, and for various combina-

(from the Sanscr.

Matt,

of a thing,

2.

,
,

authority.
And afterapplied to one who bore
witness to the truth hy his death,
for such is the Eng. word martyr.

2.

of his

own

wards

ivas

,
,

a bearing Avitness, certify-

ing, witnessing to.

.3.

testimony, as borne or
gicrn; the declaration which confirms or makes known anything
witness, or testimony stated from
direct knowledge and as an actual
declaration of facts.

Malt,

xxiv.
xxvi.

Mark

Acts

r.viii. 16.
1',.

vi. 13.

6.S.

vii. 44.

58.

xiv. 55, 56, 59.

X. 39, 41.

6:t.

I.uke

i.

i.

iii.

Acts

2,

see Eye.

xiii. 31.
xxii. 15.

xxii. 71.
xxiv. 48.

Jolin

V. .32.

7.

11.

V. 31, :;.
i. 9, 22.

32.
iii. 15.
iv. 33.
ii.

xxvi. 16.

30.

1.

Rom.

1.

2 Cor.

1.

I.

1.

i.

9.

xiii. 1.

TliuB. ii. 5. 10.

Tiiu. V. 19.
vi. 12.

2 Tim. ii. 2.
2. Tit. i. 13.
1.

X. 15.

(bear)

(iVb.

1, tcith

to-

conjunction vath.,
prefixed) to bear witness with
another, i.e. to the same end or purgether

vosc.
1.
1.

Luke

iv. 22.

48

xi.

Avith, in

(.(

niinesses are
instead of
Tr
*.)

and can therefore give

information concerning, bring to

light or confirm anything.
Also,
it sometimes iviplies that the witness avers something and supports his.statement on the strength

Heb.

xsiii. 31.

see above.

roof, srnri,

(see

witnes.s,

WITNESS

1.

smarami, to remember; smrtis, re-

membrance Lat., memor) hence,

lit. one who remembers, i.e. one
who has information or knowledge

be a

usually for soinething ; and hence,

to confirm or prove.

tions with other words, see heloio.)

1.

(be)

No. 1,
bear witness, i.e. to attest anything that
one knows, and therefore to state
with a certain degree of authority,

[noun.]

to be a

above), to

iv. 15.

1.

U.

1.

WITNESS

3 tim".

V.
5.

i.

2.

vi. 13.
iii.

Rev.

siii. 8.

1.

iii.

to cut off hence, to impede,

hinder, prevent, restrain.

2.

2.

1.

resist.

2.

John

X. 28.
xii. 1.

Jaa. V. 3.
1. 1 Pet. V. 1.
2 Pet. i. 16, see Eye.

3.

1.

John

1.

i.

iii.

viii.

1.

,
,
,

2.
1.

.31,

18

x. 25.
xv. 27.
xviii. 23, 37.

Acts

''<:

1.

Eom. Lx.
IJobn i.

1.

2.

6.

WITNESS ALSO
see

8..

V. 6, 8 (ap.)

1.

John

xv.

xxii. 5.
xxiii. 11.

1.

26, 28.
32, .33, 36, 37.

V.

1.

John

1.

7, 8, 15.

1.

1.
1.

1.

j/c,

No.

(bear)

2, above.

),

(No. 1, tvith
upon, frefixed after the
to
bear conjoint additional decided
Avitness, to bear further or emphatic witness with, (non occ.)
1.

Rom.

ii.

15,

2.

Heb.

ii.

4.

marg.

iri(if!8 ici(/i.

WITNESS WITH

,
No.

" AVITNESS

Rom.

viii. 16.

Matt.

xix. 18.

Mark

X. 19.

Luke

57.
xviii. 20.
."ie,

(bEAK)

"

2.

AVITNESS (bear

xiv.

(hear)

see

false)

("WITNESS (be) " with

false, prefixed.)

Rom.

(<>m.

<<:,
xiii.

ehxif

iio(

irihicw,

tfttv-

tUnxi

hear

fnl.tc

Tr A.)

,
,,

WIT

WITNESS

2.

Matt. XV.

(" WITIiESS,"

xxvi. 59.

1.

601"

,
,

iVo. 2,

1.

Matt. xxvi. 602ud

1.

1 Cor. XV. 15.

WITNESS
see "

1,

prefixed.)

(^om.

(.), 15,
16, 23, 25, 27, 29.
xxiv. 19.
xxvi. 24.
xui. 17.
xiv. 21.
Luke vi. 24, 25 twice^ 26.
X. 13 twice.

"

Xwos, a wolf

(obtain)

used

,
,

Acts

1.

see

Matt.

or wolf-like person

for

nT,

Zeph.

Acts XX.

(so

{non

4),

3.

12

twice.

29.

(without)
{For tuords used in various combinations,
sec below.)

xiv. 17.

-,

1.

-iNG.)

a woman, (Ixx.ybr ntl'W, Gren.

used also of a maiden,
damsel, (Ixx. /or mr^, Esth. ii. 4),
{non occ.)

yvvTj,

[verb.]

ii.

tO witness throughthroughout to Avitness

2.

22, 23)

^lyXfta,

Gen.

to assert, attest, or affirm a truth

with emphasis, testify through and

a female
27 vi. 19
;

,
1.

John

2.

Acts XX.

V. 28.
ix. 20, 22.

V. 32.
23.

Heb.

1.

1.

Eom.

1.

iii.

Tim.

21.

Mark

13,

Acts

ii.

15,

aijaiast,

xxvii. 56.
xxviii. 5.
Mark v. 25, 33.
X. 12

Tr

(>,

.36,

sJic,

.)

vii. 2.

.39,
28,
37,
45, 46, see This.
50.
viii. 2, 43, 47.
X. 38.
xi. 27.
xiii. 11, 12, 21.

XV. 8.
XX. 32.

alas
in

Rev.

(Hob.

grief or
xviii. 10,

'i^,

or

indignation,

16, ID.)

xxii. 57.
xxiii. 27, 49, 55.
xxiv. 22, 24.

John

ii. 4.
iv. 7, 9twice, iij,;,

17, 19, 21, 25, 27, 28,

39, 42.

Every.

13.

vii.

See, OLD.

1 Cor. vii. 1.
2, sec

Luke

sec This.

xvi. 1, 13, 14.

xvii. 4, 12, 34.
xxii. 4.
Rom. i. 26, 27.

i. 28 (aji.). 42.
iv. 26.
[4-t twice.

"
see " witness also (deab)

i. 14.
V. 14.

xiii. 50.

xii. 22.

\^8.

Jittered

twico

ix. 2.

vii. 25, 26.

[margin.]

(-S.)

10

viii. 3, 12.

see This.

xiv. 3.
XV. 40.

WITNESS WITH,

(.),

(tt]').

xvi. 21.
xix. 26.
XX. 13, 15.

xxvi. 7, 10.

(,

4
. charijc

XV.

/
LTTrA.)

62.

viii.

("!') 9

xiv. 21.
XV. 22, 28, 38.
xxii. 27.

Sigamat, prefixed), {non occ.)

xivii. 13.
xiv. 60.

John

xiii. 33.

vi. 13.

vii. 8.

("WITNESS (be)" with

Mark

1.

xi. 11.

WITNESS AGAINST.

rtlpi,

Lev. xxvii. 4,

etc.)

Matt.

witness.

for

(Ixx.

i.

through, bear full and complete

{pec.

iii.

Luke X.
John X.

vii. 15.

X. 16.

"WITNESS (be)"

ut, to call

wo

Is. xi. 6)
rapacious,

xi. i.

without testimony, (non occ.)

(-ED,

nt,

of

WOMAN, WOMEN.

WITNESS

Bom.

twice.

xii. 12.

occ.)

see " AViTNESS

WITNESS

Matt. xxvi.

twice.

12
14

xi.

(Ixx.ybr

metaph.

(be)" Sere,
7)ass., to be witnessed to, to have
good witness, to obtain attestation.

2.

13 3 times.

viii.

ix.

WOLE, WOLVES.

violent,

Eev.

(give)

Ixx.

Heb.

[52.

1.

xxi. 23.
xxii. 22.
1 Cor. ix. 16.
Jude 11.

Mark

X. 43.

WITNESS

xi. 42, 43, 44, 46, 47,

xvu.

xxiii. 13, 14

Tr A.)

WITNESS (be)
Acts

Luke

X. 21 twice.
xviii. 7 twice.

false, prefixed.)

(ap.)

WOM

Matt.

iVb.

("WITNESS,"

19.

2.

S94

(false)

(-ES)

ivith ij/evS-q^, false,

with

twice, 7,
xi. 3, 5, G
twice,
10,
g twice,

lliwico, li>tw.co,i3,i5.

xiv. 34, 35.

Gal.

ITim.

[14.

iv. 4.

9, in, 11,

ii.

Tim.

iii.

6,

12,

sec

(silly)
.

IIcl). xi. 55.

Rev.

.
.

Pet.

5.
20.

iii.

ii.

ix. 8.
xii.

1. 4, 0, 13, 14,

15, 16, 17.

xiv. 4.

[18.

xvii. 3, 4, 6, 7, 9,

;;

WOM

^^

(silly)

a weak,

contempt,

Tim.

See

1.

3.

Vomau,

iii. C.

feee,
aged, elder,
HOLT, Tins, TWO, YOUNG.

also,

WOMB
{from

(-S.)

KoCKo'i,

hollow)

the

belly, the bowels, as the receptacle

for the
offood, put as often in
stomach, either in men or animals.
Then, from the Hel., put for the
and, as personified, put for
the woman herself. Lev. xi. 27
xxiii. 29
{so Ixx. for p2, Gen.
XXV. 24 Is. xliv. 2
C^i>o, Gren.
XXV. 23; Euth i. 11; for 2-,,
Job iii. 11 x. 18.)

2. ftT^Tpa,

matrix,

Numb.
Jer.
3.

i.

for

Numb.
1.

Matt.

1.

Luke

1.

1.

2.

V.

(Ixx.ybram,

1 Sam.

?;, the belly

(Ixx.

3.

womb

12
5), {non
iii.

5,

i.

also the

womb

]\, G-en. xxv.

22 ; Ps. Iviii. 4.)

xix. 12.

1.

Luke

xi. 27.
xxiii. 29.

1.

15.
31.
41, 42, 44.
ii. 21.
23.
i.

1.

John

1.

Acts

Gal.

i.

iii. 4.
iii. 2.

xiv. 8.
2. Kom. iv. 19.
15.
1.

1.

occ.)

WON.
See, WIN.

23

WON
astonishuK'ut,

amazement

awe, surprise at a strange or unusual deed or occurrence.

then, in

silly

{non occ.)
:

895

woman

yvvaLKapiov, a little

WON

, WONT

one

(as

896

Luke

WOR

son," (Heb. i. 3); "the image

of the invisible God," (Col. i. 15.)

is)

according to
the
custom, usage.

TO,

The Godhead is " Spirit," (John iv.

24) and as spirit has no likeness

xxii. 39.

God

matter,

to

himself

some creature form, (not

human) before He created anything, in order that creation might
have a mediator, or a means of
communion with Deity. Hence,
Christ is said to have been, " In

took

1.
2.

WONT

to regard or acknowledge as
custom, to have and hold as customary. Sere, pass., to be accustomed, be wont.

1.

Matt, xxvii.

15.
2.

1.

2.
1. 1

(be)

to be accustomed, to be wont.

,
Cor.

s. 1.

xvi. 13.

WOOD.
;

wooi for fuel

2.

epwv,

for

(Ixx.

^,^',

Is.

i.

18

Prov. xxxi. 13), (non occ.)

ix. 19.

Eev.

WOED

i.

14.

(-S.)

{For various comhinations with other

words, see below.)

5,

iir the grammatical sense like No. 2, but) the

spoken word the Vord, not in its
outward form, hut as connected
loith the inward thought; the word,
not written, hut spoken ; the Avord,
not as a part of speech, hut as part

the word, (not

;

of what

is uttered.

Hence, used of the 2nd person

of the blessed Trinity, because as

the Avord spoken 'manifests the
invisible thought, so He manifests
to us the invisible Deity and Godhead.

[As
is the embodiment and
outward expression of the inthought, so the 2nd person manifests the invisible Deity,
and is said to be " God manifest
^n the flesh," (1 Tim. iii. 16);
*'thc express image of His per-

vi.sible

ii.

9.)

^^,

therefore God, i.e.

Elohim. The Avork of creation is
predicated of both, (Gen. i. 1
John i. 3 Col. i. 16 Heb. i. 2.)
Elohim is not the title of Deity,
but the title of God as the Creator, and always has reference to
creation, power, and glory, (while
the title " Jehovah " sets forth
the self-existent one, and His
is

WOOL.

(a)

the creation of God," (Eev. iii.

14) and hence, "In Him dwelleth
all the fulness of the Godhead

The

occ.)

Jas. iii. 5, marg. mat[ter.

Eev. xviii. 12 ><:

iii. 5.

1.

1.

all

bodily," (Col.

a wood, a forest, {non

Heb.

fore

wood, timber
or any other use.

Mark

1.

Acts

" bei. 1)
things," (Col. i. 17.)
"The first-born of every creature,"
(Col. i. 15) " the beginning of

the beginning," (John

covenant relationships.)

Elohim is the one who was set apart

by Deity (so to speak) by an oath
for His office in relation to creation.
For Alah means to take an
oath, and thus the term Elohim
not the title of Deity, but is
applied to any who are set ajjart
with the solemnity of an oath to
be the representative of another,
to carry out certain acts hence,
it is applied not only to the 2nd
person of the Trinity, but also to
magistrates, (Ex. xxi. 6 xxii. 8,
is

28, quoted Acts

IMoses (Ex. vii. 1),
9,

Idols, (Ex.

xii.

12

xxiii.

5), to

and even to

Numb. xw. 2

Gen. xxxi. 30, rf 19) because they

Avere used for representing God.
Plural, because Elohim represents
the Godhead.

,"

or
Elohim, therefore, is the
"
who took creaturehood,
to create, (as He afterwards took
humanity, to redeem.) As such

;;

WOR

S97

He

is the
Father's "Servant,"
Angel," or " Messenger," {Elohim, denotes His being set apart
to tlie office with an oath; Messiah,
or Christ, His anointing to the
vork of Redemption Angel, or

intended, as the same things are

predicated of each. Both are

Messrnfjer, referring to His actual

dispatch Servant, with reference

25

to the service actually to be done).

He appeared to Adam and the
Patriarchs, (Gen. xvi., xvii., xviii.,

"

"thetrutJi," ( John xiv. 6; xvii. 17.)

Both are " everlasting,'' (Ps. cxix.

89

i.

ixi.,

xxii.,

Josh.

V.

(John
Acts

as

being only temporary.

fall

and

Phil.

ii.

God of the substance of His Father,

begotten before the worlds," but
" JNIan of the substance of His
mother, born in the world."*

But

further, inasmuch as the

as the Living Word, became so to
manifest and reveal Deity to us,
so *' the written Word " was given

the same object and for the

same purpose. Hence, it is sometimes difficult to know vhich is

KKK

27

Both

48.)

xii.

(Kom.

xv.

9;

48.)]

tohole.)

Luke

(bring)

13,

viu. 11, 12, 13. 15,

viii. 8, 16.

ii. 26.

[21.

X. 39.

X. 14.
xii. 32.

xi. 28.
xii. 10.

XX. 20.
26.
xxi. 33.
xxii. 61.

36.

37 ".
xiu. 19,
22tic, 23.

).

V. 1.
5.

vii. 7.

iv. 4.

20,

21,

XV. 23.

xviii. 16.

xxiii. 9.

xxii. 46.
xxiv. 35.
xxvi. 44.
75.
xxvii. 14.
xxviii. 8,

xxiv. 8. 11.

Mark

John

15

Bee

-ic-, 16,

17, 18, 19, 20, 33.

V. 36.
vii. 13.
viii. 38.
X. 2.
xii. 13.
xiii. 31.

xiv. 39.
xvi. 20 (aj).)
i. 2. >.

Luke

viii. 20.

31,37,43.
47.
X. 21.

1.

2.
1.

2.

-4.

1.

(.)

22, 32, 36.

35.
xii. 47. 45 it.
.48 2nd.

-xiv. 10.
23.

I.
1.

li).

38.

'", 14.

vi. 63, 68.

"N>

iv.

4^t.

1 3

22.
iii. 34.
iv. 41. 50.
V. 24, 38.
47.

iii.

19,

i.

ii.

[(briljg)

2.

ii.

It. 14,

indebted to liia friend the Rev. II. S.

WarleitfU, Rector of A(>hchurcb, for most of tbo
ideus developed above.
is

xiii.

Matt. ii. 8, see

again (bring)

vi'xUx

Tho author

2G,

vi.

''glorified,"

7.)

the
He was "the everlasting Son of the Father," "the onlybegotten Son," who was
Given to become a human child.
Hence, He was " the Son " before
He vas "a gift," but could not
be a human " child " before He
>vas " born."

As

Both

interrupted that mis-

''purify,"

22.)

i.

that which is spoken, a sentence saying, speech, discourse, a

declaration, command, or promise.
Then, the thing spoken of, the
(As distinmatter, affair, thing.
guished from No. 1 it is a part oj
what is spoken, a word as part oJ
a sentence, a sentence as part of a
discourse, a portion as part of a

it

Is. xlii.

Pet.

(?)

Both

2.)
;

matter of discourse.

was necessarily suspended. Then " the "Word

was made flesh," (John i. 14) in
order that He might redeem the
creation from the curse.
Made
flesh in order that He might
suffer and die, {see Heb. x. 5
Ps. xl. 6

14

(b) Plural, or translated by the

plural, discourse, the word as
spoken, and as forming the subject

His mission in connection with

creation was to manifest Deity to
His creatures, (Prov. viii. 22-31.)
His work was begun with Adam
(made in His likeness and image),

ii.

most

sion,

XV.

Cor.

are

but the

Both

Judg. xiii., etc.,

only makes permanent that which

assume

xiv.

1.)

commentators

" sanctify," (John xvii. 17.)

Both
" beget to new life," (1 Pet. i. 23
Both " shall judge,"
Jas. i. 18.)

{cf.

1 Pet. i.
" life," (John xi.
1 John
1 Pet. i. 22
" save,'' (Acts xvi. 31

Both are

(Tit.

Ex. iii., vi.

Ex. xxiii. 23)
This view
etc.).

xxxii.

13-15

Matt. xxiv. 34, 35

25.)

"

WOE,

24.

-rv. 3.

7.

20, ?.
xvii. C.

J!

14.17.20.

WOK
Acts

Eph.

14.
23, 40, 41.

ii.

vi. 17.

V. 5.
20.

Phil.

vi. 2, 4, 7.
11, 13.
vii. 22.

Col.

i.

ii.

5.

2 Thes.

2, 15, 17.

ii.

14.

iii. 1,

iv. 5, 6, 12.

vi. 3.

2 Tim.

32, see

i.

","

[iiig.

3, 9.

5.

ii.

W (with

Heb.

3.

i.

2.

ii.

iv. 2, 12.
V. 13.
vi. 1, marg. (text,

35, .36.
xvi. 6, 32.

38.
xvii. 11, 13.
xviii. 11.
15.

doctrine.)

xix. 10, 20.

XX. 32, 35.
38.
xxii. 22.
xxvi. 25.
xxviii. 25.

5.
vii. 28.

1 Pet.

i.

(good)

23.
25.

i.

"WOEDS

(with many)

through, by means ^ ,

by means of
J^f

,
,

marg.

17,

'

-'

4(oTO.G^),

13.

xii. 8 '"'
xiv. 9.

John 10.
Jude 17.
Rev.

17.
iv. 2.
V. 19.
vi. 7.
X. 11.
ii.

8, 10.
vi. 9.
xii. 11.

xvii.

GL

xiii. 1.

13.

1.

XX. 4.
xxi. 5.
xxii. 18, 19.

8%

also,

32.

enticing,

few,
strife,
swelling, THESE.

WOEK

17 (No. lb.
.)

Tr

xix. 13.

Gal. V. 14,
i.

See

2, 3, 9.

i.

iii.

xii. 4.

liscourse.

Acts XV.

(.)

V. 7

jn\iichin(j.

'

18.

iii.
.

much,

5, 7, 14.

ii.

19 twice, 36.
Cor. i. 18, mn.rg.

discourse,

iv. 20.

6.

{see

useful or prolitable disgood-natured or kind

words, (non occ.)
Eom. xvi. 18.

speech.

i.

2.

ii.

of,

(good)
Cor.

Eph.

word

the

to

iii. 2.

X. 8t'<, 17, 18.

XY. 18.
xfi. 18, see

(or the)

WOEDS

18, 21, 22, 23.

i.

1 Pet.

ix. 6, 9.

ii.

13.

course,

xi. 3, 19 1'.
xii. 19 2"J.
xiii. 7, 22.

Jas.

]!fo. 1.

ii.

No. 1) gifted with

reason, i.e. milk to be found in
the Word of God.

15,marg.preac?ii.

many)

WOED

alhision

13.

9, 15, 17.
iv. 2.
ii.

Tit.

Matt.

pertaining to speech, pertaining to reason reasonable, united

to the rational faculties loith an

V. 17.

42.
44, 46, 48, 49.
xiv. 3, 25.
XV. 7, 15, 24.

see above,

()

Tim.

xiii. 5, 7, 15, 26.

twice.

13

iv. 15, 18.

xi. 1.

Eom.

16, 17.
5, 6, 8.

Thes.

X. 22.
36.
37, 44 ist44 2nd.
14, IG.
19.
xii. 24.

5, 25.

iii.

viii. 4, 14, 25.

14.
16.

i.

ii.
i.

WOR

AVOED AGAIN

V. 6.

-26.

iv. 4. 29, 31.

898

(-S.)

[noun.]

work, deed, the result or

of employment work as a

object

then, that \vhich is

single act
brought into being or accomplished by labour, the
thing
>vrought.
;

WOED
1.

7',
from

to

(nniNo)

announce or report

sojne jylace or person

2.

announce, report, or pubsomething that has happened,

been experienced, or heard.

lish

to utter lefinite wordH, to

enunciate \vordn and things to
auditors and commune respecting
them, to speak or utter words

2.

Matt.

ii.

13.

communicate

by
3.

1.

Matt,

xxviii. 8.

WORD,"

tvritten,

iVo. 1).

strument {not as a product) the

speaking.
In a material sense,
the word as that which is spoken,
an exposition or account which
one gives; hence, an account, a
reckoning.

ciTToi',

successively,
iwords.

the word, {spoken, not

In a formal
sense, a word as forming part of
what is spoken ; as means or in-

gen., to

2.

5,

see "

then,

the thing done or to be

done, any deed, act, fact, matter
busincHB, affair.

WOR

,
Matt.

riiil.

V. 16.

xxiii. 3, 5.
xxvi. 10.
xiii. 34.

Murk

xiv. 6.
iv. 34.
V. 20, 36 <'<:
vi. 28, 29.
vii. 3, 7, 21.
viii. 39.
is. 3, 4.
[37, 38.
s. 25, 32 'cf, 33,
xiv. 10, 11, 12.

Johu

7 (ap.)

vi. 1, 10.
ix. 14.

X. 24.
xiii. 21.

Jas.

15.

4, 25.

i.

14, 17.

'-

'~k-'na'
"

'^^'^

ii.

2 Pot.

61", esn.
6 3r! 4 -l-! (a]).)

ii.

ii-oi';

.)

13 '"', 14,

(iiiii,

19

iii. 1,

vi. 4.

xiv. 13.
XV. 3.

Eph.

Luke xiii. 14.

John iii. 21,
Wrought (be)
John V. 17 '"'

xii.l2,seeWro'ieht
Gal.

3.

Ei.h.

i. 11, 20,
ii. 2.
iv. 19.
28.

.5.

3.
5.
1.

Phil.

[(be)

xiii. 41.

3.

XV. 12.

1.

xviii. 3.
six. 11.
xxi. 19.
Rom. i. 27.
ii. 10.

1.
1.

Heb.

iii. 8, 10. 11, 12.

xi. 23.

-xiii.

Jas.

2.

2.

Tr

iv. 4, 5.

15.

to-

21,

xxii. 12.

AVORK

20 (No.
A M.)
22, .see

2.

1 ret. iv.

1.

4.

Rev. xvi.

Johu

S.

with dilTicultyA

do.

L
-.vith.

.3.

marg. gain,
14.

xix. 20.
xxi. 27.

4.
4.

3. 1

lit.,

we were

scarcely able;
able, C or we pre) vailed with
f

be

,
,
Acts

dililculty.

xxvii. 16.

mkjitty,
FUL.

also,

ii.

13,

mid.

WORK EFFECTUALLY
3.

Gal.

WORK
2.

wondeb-

Phil.

ii.

to work, to

labour

pass.

{No.

OUT.
ii.

12.

, ,
,, .
(.

3, iriih
together
conjunction with, prejixed.)

to

1,

tci/h

down, py(fixcd) to Wdrk doAvn,

effect, achieve.

IN.

8.

AVORK TOGETHER.

WBOuanr.)

-iNo,
[verb.]

(-ETir,

Thes.

Rom.

viii. 28.

form by labour, produce, briug to

KKK*

1,

AVORK EFFECTUALLY.

(have Mucn)

prcvail,

2.

marg.

3.

i.

ii.

xiii. 10.

W out.

12, see
13.
iv. 11.

ii.

Thes.
2 Thes.
1

4.

gether.

[(be)

5.

iii.

v. C.

3.

marg. see

see

1,

A N\)
102"d, 11.

Tr

see

t*'t:e.

viii. 28,

101" (Xo.

vii.

vi. 2S, 30.

XLX. 23,

iv. 12.

17.
v. 6.

r^. 12. 13,

v. 11.

WORK

2.

2.
2,

2 Cor.

3.

xiv. 6.
[C'C)
svi. 20,BceWwith.

xviii. 6.

ii. 9, 10.
iv. 12.

),

xxi. 28.

Markvi. 2,sceWroni;lit

vii. 8. 13.

2, 8, 15.

ix. 2j.

hardly,
to

G^L

2, 23, 26.

iii.

2, 5, 10.
v. 19.

1.

8,12.

2, 5.
(oin. epya.

G-)

8.

xi. 15.
ii. 16 3 "me..

XX. 12, marg. continxt^.

X. 35.

13 ("P.
19 1' (om.
epyaKai,tUll u'oWcsniul,

xvi. 10.

See

of.

2. Rom. XV. IS.

1. 1 Cor. iv. 12.
xii. 6. 11.
3.
xvi. 10.
1,

Acts V. li.sceWrouprht

10.

iii.

9
[ir..

XV. 58.

a trade

Woven.

iii.

John

Rev.

ix. 1.

performance

vii. 23.

ix.

[26.

17.
12.

i.

xiii. 3. 12.

2t

13.

iii!

1 Pet.

32.

xiv. 20.

3 """,

16.

\ account,

')

18

ilcCj

20 21, 22

xi.

making

xxvi. 10.

9.

iii.

ix. 11.

Matt.

iv. 3, 4, 10.

iv.'X'i).

Gal.

unto

to,"

labour

Avork,

occupatiou,tradc,craft,

1, 5, 8.
14, marg. trade.
10.

i.

ii.

unto, with a view

practice,

7.14.

ii.

G-)

(have much)

c?5,

iii.

Heb.

XV. 18 (.), 38.

xxvi. 20.
xxvii. 16, see

2 Cor. ix.

25.

17.

ii,

41 !
41 -"i (om.

iii.

to make, i.e. to form, bring

about, cause also, to do, i.e. of
actions continued and not yet com-

iv. 5, 14. 18.

16 '"'c.

xiii. 2.

Cor.

',

pleted, to do.

">''=<,

21.

iii.

effec-

energize

I'it. i.

xiv. 26.

be in work, to be

9.

i.

ii.

tl.

(.)"

4.

vi. 18.

2 Tiui.

ix. 36.

ivepyiw, to

or be energized.

6.

i.

V. 10

21-.

ii.

3.

WOR

tive, active, operative, to

iii. 1.

xvii. 4.
Acts V. 3S.

Rom.

ii.

xvi. 27.

vii.

practice

30.
Col. i. 10, 21.
1 Thes. i. 3.
V. 13.
2 Thes. i. 11.
ii. 17.
1 Tim. ii. 10.

xi. 2.

XV.

899

a doing, action
conduct.

4.

WORK

SCO ahove.

Jfiirk xvi. 20 (nj).)

Jae.

ii.

22.

ill

1.

,
,

WHO

AVEOUGHT
see ^. 1,

(,

900

WOEKMAN

(be)

Sere,

above.

-^', see

jpass.

2.

3.

Matt.

3.

Mark

1.

John

3.

Acts

2 Cor.

vi. 2.
iii. 21.
V. 12.

i.

6,

marg. see

Effectual (be)
2 Cor. xii. 12.

2.

WOEKER

(-S.)

a worker, a labourer; a worker

or doer of anything.

Luke

xiii. 27.

[cles.

1 Cor. xii. 29, see

Mira-

,
,
,
,
,

(fellow)

a working together with, i.e.

same motives and objects,
co-operating, fellow-helper.
Col. iv. 11.

WOEKEE TOGETHER
see

"WOEK TOGETHEE."

Here,

participle.
2 Cor.

vi. 1.

see " AVOllKEU (fklloav)"

xvi. 21.

WOEKING.

[noun.]

the being in Avork, energ}^

power

action,

in

effectual
operation, eiFiciencj, active poAvcr.
i.e.

vhat is vrought, i.e. effect

produced a Avork vrought by us
and 171 us, (occ. 1 Cor. xii. G.)

2. 1
1.

Cor.

Eph.

xii. 10.
i.

1.

I'J.

1.

2The3.

1.

Eph.

iii. 7.

ii.

{occ.

1.

Eom.

i.

Eph.

ii.

AVOELD
order,

i.e.

I.

AVOEKIXG

Cor.

design,

20.)
10.

(-S.)

regular disposition
hence,

(Ixx.
;

Eph.

iv. IC.

(foimjeae)

ix. C.

orna-

for nr,

Is. xlix.

IS

Jer.iv.30; Ezek.vii.20; andrx-,a,t:Ty,

Prov. XX. 29 Is. iii. 18), {prob.
as it occurs e.q.
from the root
in
to polish. The same
is found in the Heb. tvord 12,
create, ivhich means lit. to cut,
cut out, carve, to cut or pare
down, to plane and polish. All
ivhich imjjjies that the creation teas
a perfect work, in perfect and
beautiful order.
Not a chaos as is
nsiiallg conceived.
Gen. i. 1 say.^.
;

^,

in former times, of old.

created {in yerject order) the
heavens and the earth.
"And
ihe earth became {rvr\ being very
freqtiently so translated) confusion
and emptiness." ^S'eethe expression

God

in Is. xxxiv. 11,

btit hoio andivhen
to fitting it

vealed.

The

to denote

and

Jer. iv. 23
became so 2>rior
;

it

up for man

is

not re-

Ixx. never use

the Avorld

it

is first

used in the apocryphal books of

Wisdom and 2 Mace, to denote tlio
universe; and in the NT. is used
with a new force.

(effectual)
|

Phil. iii. 21.

Col. i. 29.

9.

,tt,{8ee"iO,'"No.'l)
^
to work, {sec
"woEK," No. I)
(
(

and

as with effort, object,

Thus,

WOEKING
1.

WOEKMANSHIR

a thing made, a thing produced,

',^,

WOEK-FELLOW.
Eom.

xix. 25.

15.

ii.

tvith the

2.

,
,

Acts

and arrangement
ment, decoration
Ex. xxxiii. 4, 5, 6

2 Cor. xi. 13.

Phil. iii. 2.

"WOEKEE

1.

X. 10.

Tim.

to begin to be, to become,

to pass, arise ; of works, to
wrouglit or performed.

(-MEN.)

WOEKER.

see iVb. 2, ahove.

come

be

^WOR

nottowork,
>

forbear
working.

to

denotes the order of

the ordered univer.se,
the ordered entirety of God's
crcaiion, but considered, as separated
from God. Then, the abode of
humanity, or that order of things
in wliich humanity moves or of
wliicli man is the centre
then,
mankind as it manifests it.self in
and through such an order ; the7i.
tlie Avorld,

WOR

901

to designate their portions of the

world, in contrast with barbarian

that order of things which, in consequence of and since the Fall, is

alienated from God, as manifested
in and through the human race.

yi],

to icater or the sea)

three worlds:
"

The world
5, G, i.e.

that then was," 2 Pet.

before the flood.

"The heavens and

which now are," 2 Pet.

Matt.

iii.

1.
1.

iv. 13.
V. 12, 13.

3.

X. 18.

"The new heavens and the

new earth," 2 Pet. iii. 13 Rev.
Is.

li.

16

[TrA.)

22.

See also under "

(occ.

1 Pet.

(a)

iii.

i.e.

world that now

this

world

as disiinguished '''from the loorld that

then teas," or the " 7ieio earth " that
is yet to he.

',

Ixvi.

is,

Luke

(.),

14.
21.

12.
iii.

iv. 9, 13.

V. 10 1".

10

J.

viii. 4.

ix. 25.

X. 11.
xi. 32.
xiv. 10.
1.

10

9,

i. 12.
iv. 4.
V. 19.

1.

3<in.ci. 29.

16,

iii.

2 Cor.

2.

17 3

1.

''>'"!,

2.

[19.

1.

iv. 42.
vi. 14, 33, 51.

vii. 10.

Gal.

used by the Greeks and Bomans

i. 4.
iv. 3.
vi. 14.

1.

vii. 4, 7.

1.

viii. 12.
23 twice.

2.

Eph.

xii. 19.

25, 31 '.
46, 47 '"i".

1.

1"

1.

xiii. 1

1.

2ii<l.

1.

xiv. 17. 19, 22, 27.

oCto^,
.30 {om.
this,

GL

Tr

13 (om.
-orld-ruUrs
of this darkness, instead of rulers of the
darkness of this irorld,
G I. Tr A .)
rhil. ii. 15.
Col. i. 6.
vi.

i.e.

Tim.

1.

rwith
'with

Tit.

xvi. 8.

oj

og

i.

2.
6.

ii.

5.

vi. 5.

ii.

X. 5.

24, 25.

xxi. 25.
Acts xi. 28.
xvii. 6.
24.

xi. 3.

7,38.

1.

37.

i.
Snd.

2626

13, 14 '", 15,

lfi'wico,i8iwlco^ 21,23,
xviii. 20.

age.

iv. 3.

O-LTTrA

"'';',

actually
present

12.

ii.

Heb.

xvii.5,6,9,ll't;
12 (om. tV
in the \rorld,
K.)

36

the IIOIF,
I

twice,

33 "'

i.e.

17,

2Tim.iv.l0,

XV. 18, 19, '"

U.

wice.

15.
16.
7.

i.

iii.

H),

31.

2()

20

8,

ii.

1.

i.e. the.

12.

5 flc

39.
X. 36.
xi. 9.

2.

ii.

26.
ix.

4.

j.

21.

la.

,
-

(the pres. part, of

to inhabit; hence) the inhabited
world.
In a more restricted sense

33, 34.

iv. 5.

Johni.

2i><i.

2 twice.
vii. 31 "ice.
vi.

1.

ii.

18.
19.

xi. 50.

Grod, (Ileb. xi. 3) according to

is called in Eph. iii. 11

(a) plural, ages.

''*
7.

xvi. 8.
xviii. 30.
XX. 34, 35.

Hence, an age, end, or di-^pensation,

designed, adjusted, and fitted out

auoviuiv, the purpose of

the ages or dispensations.

28.

ii.

'

what

21.

xii. 30.

by

20 .
20 2nd.
271", 272nii

i.

la.
1.

xxviii. 20.
Mark iv. 19.
viii. 36.
x. 30.
xiv. 9.
xvi. 15 (aji.)

to blow, to
(from
denoted originally
breathe).
the life which hastes away in the
breathing of our breath, life as
transitory ; then,\\\Q course of life,
time of life, life in its temporal
Then, the space of a huform.
man life, an age, or generation
in respect of duration, {as yivio. is
a generation in respect of race).
The time lived or to be lived by
men, time as moving, historical
time as loell as eternity.
always includes a reference to the
filling of time, (as the Lat. seculum does to the time in which life
Accordingly,
depasses).
notes the unbounded time, past
or future, in Avhich the history of
the world is accomplished.

Iii. 2.

Cor.

2. 1

XXV. 34.
xxvi. 13.

3.)

ivith ouTos, this

the

xi. 12, 15.

1.
2.

xviii. 7.
xxiv. 3.

,"
17

Ixv.

L'

39, 40. 48.

xvi. 2G.

xxi. 1

35 {om. ToO
of the iforid,
:iS.

III.

Eom.

iv. 8.

and

V. 14.
xii. 32.
xiii. 22.

the earth

II.

xxi. 26.)

the earth, the dry land, (as opp.

the earth, as
contrasted with heaven, naturally
and morally.

4.

iii.

Luke

lands, (occ.

[The Scriptures arc taken up with

the histories and destinies of

I.

WOR

1. Jn-s.

i.

27.

5
at
regards the rrorld, instead of
of this Korld,
I.
Tr A .)

la.

il.

.31.

xix. 27.
xxiv. 5.
Rom. i. 8, 20.

1.

iu. 6, 19.

1.

iii. 6.

1.
1.

iv.
1

Pet.

i.

twice.

20.

V. 9.

won
2 Pet.

1.

i.

i.

ii.

iii. G.

1.

John

10
1.

20.

Rev.
2, 15 3 timcs^

ii.

twice, 17.
iii. 1,

iv. 1,

1.

John
John

''<<;,

1.
1.

13,17.
3, 4, 5 3 times,

V. 4 'wic, 5, 19.

7.
10.
xi. 15.
xii. 9.
iii.

occ.)

( ,

Tit.

WORLD BEGAN

WORLD

9.

i.

Tit.

(fkom

the

i.

away

"^

from
fi'om,

Heb.

13,

ix. 1.

beginning

WORM.
a worm,

[Ixx. for

2.

Isa. Ixvi. 24,

i'^in

from the

root to lick
sivallow up, consume, hence used of the Avorm
which feeds upon the carcases
or dead bodies.
See Dent,

op

the)
from,

ii.

the)

before
Xporow, the times
of the ages, (see No. 2a, above.
)
TTpb,

2 Tim.

xvii. 8.

WORLDLY.

relating to the
(see
No. 1, above) what belong to this
present order of things, {no7i

xvi. 14.

17.

WOR

xiii. 3.

U.

9,

la.

902

xxviii. 31 ; Job v. 7, vii. 5, xvii.

14, xix. 26, xxi. 26, xxiv. 20;
Isa, xiv. 11
Ecclus. x. 13. There

^^"^ antiquity,

S
'

above.

from

need to take the word

figui-atively in the N.T., while
in the 0,T. it is used literally.
The natural meaning of the
word is to exclude all hope of

* plural, from the ages

Acts XV.

18.

Eph.

iii.

no

is

eternity.

9*

and to declare that

the punishment is eternal and
without hope.] (non occ.)
restoration,

WORLD BEGAN
I

[see above.

.'/'

,
,

out of
the

2.

"^

>

in times, ") in the times of

in the > the ages, (.'ee

ages,

1.
2.

) No.

Lnke i. 70.
John ix. 32.

1.

Acts

3.

Rom.

WORLD STANDETH
C
-j

(_

, unto

Toi/,

21 (om. G=:)
xvi. 25.

iii.

(while the)

,
,
^,
,

age

.polcen

(nou

of the disease

occ.)

xii. 23.

WORMWOOD.

Lat., artemisia absinthium, i.e.

wormAvood, as the emblem of
poisonous bitterness (Heb. n^Xrb,
Prov. V. 4, where Ixx,
bile,
;

gall), (non occ.)

Cor.

Rev.

viii. 13.

END.
1.

")

(eaten of)

worm-eaten, devoured

Acts

age, )

^ ToO, of the

41 (.), 4G (.), 43.

by worms,

for ever.

>

WORLD WITHOUT

2, above.)

ix.

WORMS

")

the

,,
Mark

out of antiquity,
since the beginning
age, 3 of the age, (see No. 2,
above.)

/501/019,

(since the)

/
^

G-'

'

viii. 11.

WORSE,
worse,

s-pojcen

of state, condi-

tion; or qnality.

")

of the (p/.)
ages.
Eph.

")

the ago

C of the ages.
2.

21.

to' the

(,, worse,
^

iii.

/ /iY.,
V

in to the

state

worse

rca?w.e.l
L>"*'""^-J

;;

WOR
Matt.

1.

ix. 16.

xii. 45.

1.

xxvii. Gt.
1. Murk ii. 21.

1.

2.

Mark.

1.

Luke

1.

1.

WOESE

903

v. 26.
xi. 26.
Tiui. V. S.
2 Pet. ii. 20.

(be the)

behind to como short,

Here, pass.

varepio), to get

2.

3.

to be shy or timid, to shame

hence, to
one's self, be abashed
cherish or to pay devotion, and
used of the religious feeling, {as
No. 1 is of the act.)

,
,
one,

Cor.

viii.

{.), morg.

WORSE

fiave the U'ss.

(the)

WORSE AND
upon

iiifj

,
,

the

worse.

worse,
2 Tim.

iii.

13.

WORSE THING

Tt,

(a)

a worse,
a certain thing.
Jolin V. 14.

WORSHIP,

^,

[noun.]

opinion
a seeming, an appearance reputation.
;

Luke

See

WORSHIP
1.

ziv. 10.

also, avill.

(-ED,

-,

-iNG.)

[verb.]

to crouch, crawl, or fawn,

like a (log at Iiis master's fret
hence, to prostrate one's self, ajter
the eastern custom, io do reverunce
or homage to ani/ one, hi/ kneeling
or prostrating one's self before him;
(Ixx. everywhere for mnntl^M, to
bow down, to prostrate one's self
Used therefore of
in reverence.)
the act of worship.

(a)

u-ith

before.

6.

esp. ivith

external or

in the presence of,

to be pious or devout toAvards any one, to be or act religiously towards, respect, honour.

7,

to wait upon, minister

to render voluntary service and attendance ; hence, to take
care of, tend, etc.

unto,

to tlio worse
or in the direction of the

rection)

TO,

5.

upon the road

cli-

Him,

official service.

"WORSE.

(imply-

moiion or

to serve, esp. for hire;

hence, spoken in resjyect to God, to

serve

worse.

1 Cor. xi. 17.

eVt,

i.e.

to be shy of doing any

to stand
awe of any
to reverence or venerate,

(jion occ.)

4.

TO, tlie
rJTToy, inferior,

thing;

Buffer need.
1

WOR

1.

Matt.

ii.

i.e.

2, 8, 11.

WOR

temple- sweeper
temple-keeper, (no7i oca.)

1,

John

iv. 23.

,
,

Acts xix.

3.

2.

Heb.

hence,

35,

X. 2.

904

marg. tem[p!c-feeeper.

WOESHIPPER OF GOD.
reverencing Grod
Qxs. for
, Ex. xviii. 21 Job i. 1, 8.)
;

^'Tibi^

John

ix. 31.

WORSHIPPINa.

the Ceremonial or external

service of religion, the external
form of worship.
Col.

1.

,
,

18.

WOETHY.
worth, worthy

or like worth

2.

ii.

of equal value

then,

worthy

of.

of No. 1) suitably, in a
becoming manner in a manner
of equal value with the thing referred to.
(adv.

coming to, reaching

3.

to

hence,

sufficing, sufficient; adequate, com-

petent.

4.

beautiful,

{see "

:i.

excellent,

GOOD," No.

2.)

noble,

wou

wou
Mark

ix. 30.
X. 35, 36.

Luko

Eom.

62.

i.

21 part.
xi. 25.
xvi. 19.

2(1,

X. 1.
xiii. 3^1 ">"

XV. 28.
xvi. 26

Cor.

1
1'

1.

ix. 27.

i.

xxi. 18 ''CO.
Acts vii. 39.

1 Thes.

see

W have.

10.

iii.

X. 5, 8.
xii.

4.

20, 22.

xxvi. 5.

WOULD

John
John

Eev.

17 part.

15, sec

iii.

Thes.

WOULD

would that
here,

aloud, pray for,

earnestly desire,
av, perchance, perhaps,
Acts xxvi.

29.

Rev.

1.

lit.,

iii.

,
I might

perchance
pray [/o Co i/.]
1.

1.

17,

iii.

,
{non

2.

Ex. xxvi. 32

xxviii.

icrought.

(toithout)

[margin.]

(-ED)

IN.

up

in, to

to roll

inwrap";

up or wrap together,

occ.)

to roll in, involve in, inwrap,

{7ion occ.)

1.

Matt, xxvii.

2.

Mark. XV.

59.
46.

L\ikeu.7,12,seeSwadd-

Qiug.

xxiii. 53.

1.

TOGETHER.

Gal. v. 12.

GOD.

1.

xi. 1.

AVOULD TO GOD
Cor.

(Ixx./or :^, Ex.xxxix.

"
see " partiality (without)

also to roll

see JVo. 1, above.

nti>n,

John

XX. 7.

15.

WOULD TO
2 Cor.

^.

woven

WRAP

(I)

6,

to speak

,
Jas.

to owe)
2 of
I ought, but used only in the imtliat
plied sense of loishing,
(aor.

WRANGLING

iv. 13.

^^ -^flj^^

by

a blow,

6), (nan occ.)

John xix. 23, marg.

xii. 1.

1.

to place,

1. Lnke xx. 12,

xii. 4, see Head.
1. Acts xix. 16.
X. 30.
2. Eev. xiii. 3, marg. slay.

(I)

1 Cor. xi. 3.

1.

13.

Luke

21, 2G

12.
10.

HAVE.

xvi. 3.

18.

13.
14.

Heb.

1. 1

3.

Philem.

xxiv. 6.

i.

Mark

ii.

2 Thes.

stripe,

(^

iv. 13,

28 part,

Eom.

(I)

ii. 1.

Acts

17.
Phil. i. 12.
Col. i. 27.

rav. 13.
xvi. 3, seeW have.
27.
xvii. 20.
xix. 30 part.
33.
xxii. 30 part.
xxiii. 15 part.

XXV.

soo

v. 12,

xii. 6.

wound, hurt, damage,

to

l'^t'^'-^'y7'^'Uounds, esp.
a stroke, a V
bloici

3. 3

iv. 17.

X. 10.

,
,

7.

iii. 2.

[verb.]

(-ED.)

slay, os nmaZe
in sacrifice, but of persons also

20 ''

xii.

Gal.

xii. 21.

xiii. 3, 12, 14.

^,to slaughter,

2.

xi.l.seeAVtoGod.

vii. 1, 44.

Eev.

1.

(non occ.)

8.

i.

X. 34.

AVOUND

(I)

v. 4.

15.

1.

,
Luke

2.

W to

xiv. 5.

2 Cor.

11.

a wound, a hurt, a damage,

(Oii occ.)

eee
S have.

>

xi. 3,
xii. 1,

vi. 6.

2.

1"':",

[God
see

1.

xix. 27.
John i. 43.

19

vii. 7, 32.

xviii. 4, 13.

8,

iv.

seoW have.

13,

1.

vii. 15, 16,

vi. 31.

(I)
29, SCO
xxvii. ;K) part.
xxviii. 18.

Acts xxvi.

vi. 26, 48.

vii. 24.

WRA

905

(I)

iv. 8.

WRATH

(-8).

the native character, disposition, temper of mind; anger /ogether with the desire for revenge,
{from ILb. :-n, to kill, and all the
tumults of passion which terminate in killing. This is traced in the
French, orGerman, kreig, war
and Eng., rage.) The idea
gueil
;

Sec

also,

because, fain, eeason, will.

of sanguinary

WOUND,
1.

\-/,
f/irii,

blow.

a stroke, a stripe, a blow;

a vound caused by a stripe or

revenge

ftymologically to Vy/'
below.)

[noun.]
2.

belonys

(.^^^

note,

the mind, the spirit that is

an intense passion of

breatheil out,

;;

WRA

906

is from TiOl, and

mind.
the animus, the working and
fermenting of the mind, the demonstration of strong passion,
icliich may issite in anger or revenge, though it does not necessarily
include it.

tlie
is

NO. 1

the abiding, settled habit of mind, the settled

purpose of wrath. No. 2 is the
turbulent commotion of the mind,
No. 1 is, as it Averc, the
rage.
heat of the fire No. 2 the bursting forth of the flame. No. 1 is

[Note.

?,

sudden

WRETCHED.
enduring

and hard-

toil

ship, as from severe

bodily effort
then, the state arising from this,

wretched, miserable, (non

Eom.

Hev.

vii. 24.

iii.

occ.)
17.

is

WRINKLE.

?, a

fold which draws together, a

wrinkle, esp. in the face, (nou

less

WRI

occ.)

Eph.

but more

in its rise,

V. 27.

lasting.]

7/,

the provocation of
anger, chafing, exasperation, the
vorkiug into a passion.

1.

Matt.

1.

Luke

1.

Col.

1.

1.

7.
iv. 28.
xxi. 23.

2.

iii. 7.

Johuiii. 36.

1.

Acts

1.

1.

Kom.

xLx. 28.
18.
ii. S^f'ce, S.
iv. 15.
V. 9.

1.

1.

i.

22 '"'ce.

1.

ix.

1.

xii. 10.

1.

xiii.-i

iom.G->),5.

2 Cor. xii. 20.

2. Gal. V. 20, pi.

Epb.

ii.

v. 9.

iv. 3.
xi. 27.

1.

Jas.

1.

Rev.

19, 20.

xii. 12.

2.

xiv.

XV.

1, 7.

xvi. 1.

19.
xviii. 3.
xix. 15.

,
, ,
[voke to)

V. 6.

1.

see

vi. 4,

(pro-

(PEOVOKE to)
to chafe, to work into a

letter.

Matt.

vi. 4.

XX vi.

a Avindlass,
{from
winch, or instrument of torture);
to Avrench, torture ly ticisting or
turning ; hence to wrest, pervert,
{non oce.)

,
',

is,

\
J

^he,

a wrestling, (from
to vibrate) a

struggling,
Eph.

\
1

'

vi. 12.

John

21, 31.

17.
X. 34.
xii. 14, 16.
XV. 25.

xi. 17.

xii. 19.

xiv. 21, 27.

XV. 26, SCO
Luke i. 3, 63.
ii. 23.

Acts

20 (iyyeypiinTai,
have hccn iixxcrihtil, inare
stead of

TTr A

20.

XV. 15.
20,
23.

see

W unto.

..',

iK.)

xviii. 27.

26.

xvi. 6, 7.
xviii. 31.
xix. -Vi.
XX. 17, 28.
xxi. 22.
xxii. 37.

i.

xiii. 29, 33.

),

21,

vii. 42.

vii. 27.

X.

struggling)
for u.s is
not.

20,

:il.

xxi. 2i, 25 '"I"

iv. 4, 8, 10, 17.

irnil.ii,

10,

xix.
22.

-^ XX. 30,

iii. 4.

ling (or

45.

i.

17.
V. 46.
vi. 31,3.5.
vui.6(iip.), 8(0)1.).
ii.

2.

vii. 6.

the
wrest-

io ICi'ilt

Ti-i.)

xxiv. 4t, 46.

ix. 12, 13.

X. 4. 6.

(wi:)

to us,

,,
V,

hi),

over,

W over.

not, (5(?e"NO,"iVb. 1,)

'',

i.

(/,
L

Lukoxxiii. 38 (om.

xxvii. 31.

Mark

16.

WEESTLE NOT

1.

ii. 5.
iv. 4, 6, 7, 10.
xi. 10.
xxi. 13.

"WTiEST.

iii.

to scnd upon, i.e. to send

Avord to any one verhally or hy

3.

passion, exasperate.

2 Pet.

material

announce.

WEATH

Eph.

the

(No. 1, toith
before
prefixed) to write before. In ref
to time ^oast, to have written before at a former time. In ref. to
time future, to vrite beforehand,

2.

8(om.G-*)

10, 19.

3.

upon

hence, gen., to write.

vi. 16, 17.

2.

31.

2.

i.

graven

or

si. 18.

iv. 26.

3.

,
,

Tim. ii. 8.
Heb. iii. 11.

1.

In NT., to form letters

picture.
with a stylus in the ancient manner, so that the letters were cut

2.

to grave, or cut in
(Ixx.for
Kings vi. 28) to sketch, to

xibp,

i. 10.
16.

ii.

1.

2.

1.

Thes.

1.

1.

1.

1.

6.

iii.

iii.

2.
1.

WRITE, WRITTEN, WROTE.

to

send

off,

LTr.)

xxiii. 5, 25.
xxiv. 14.

XXV. ?6 ''.

Bom.

i.

17.

WRI
^ Eom.ii.lS.BceWritten.

vi. 11.
Pliil. iii. 1.

1 Tlies. iv. 9.

V. 1.

2 Thes.

sec

(No.

1,

1',

lleb.

lofctcr

i.

2 Pet.

iii. 1,

John

13

V. P, 11.

X. 7, 11.

siv. 21, 37.

XV. 45, 51.
i. 13.

13,

(according
\u. 12.

1.

viU. 15.

1.

ix. 1, 9.

21,

*'

Gal.

i.

n,

.3,

xxi. 5.
12, see

20.
10'', 13.

script.
2 Cor.

2.

7.

iii.

(AccoRDiiiG AS IT

is)

" according to
TO,
V tliatwhiclihas
(^yeypa/x/Aei/ov, written, 3 been written.

according to
the thing

W therc-

(be)
;

xii. 23,

marg.

01 rolled.

IVRITINa.
1.

1,

iv. 13.

AVRITTEN

Heb.

WEITE AFOEETIME.
XV. 4 (No.

2 Cor.

to write off, copy

hence,
to enrol, inscribe as in a register.
Sere, pass.

18, 19.

x.xii.

iii.

Rom.

<

19.

8, 12, 17, 18.

xiv. 1, 13.
xvii. 5, 8.
xix. 9, 12, 16.
XX. 12, 15.

a.s it is)

2.

15.

WRITTEN
C

10.

1.

1.

ii.

'" "-""
in
manu-

13,

xiii. 8.

lurttcGtTTrAH.)
1.

Iwicu,

1, 7, 12, 14.
V. 1.
X. 4 iwicc.

Vi

sei!

ioiii.

characters,
c

Bom.

in writing,

written

iii.

in.
see
see Written.

2, 3,

xiii.

14

Tnde 3
i.

22,

iv, ill

<

1.

8,

7,

9, 13
1'^^.

ii. 1,

3, 4, 9.

1.

1.

2.

15.

5, 12.

llev.

xiii.

written, {710 occ.)

2 Cor.

3, above.

Heb.

t.

i.

ii.
1,
3 timcSj

John
3 John

ix. 9, 10, 15.

No.

,-,
C

26.

vii. 1.

iv.

unto.

1 i-ct.

19.

7,

in.

W (be)

16.
V. 12.

iv. C, If.

iii.

see
SCO

22, SCO

xiii.

see

WRITTEN.

1.

xii. 23,

15, 21.
xvi. 22.
1 Cor. i. 19, 31.
ii. 9.

ii.

X. 7.

ar..LT'rrA.)

iii.

19, 21.
10, sco

viii.

16.

iiiJ

17.
14.

iu.

aforetime.
.

iii.
iii.

Philom.

xii. It.

Kiv. 11.

XV.

Tim.

X. 15.
xi. 8. 26.

WRITE A LETTER UNTO.

Gal. iv. 22,27.

24.
4, 10.
iv. 17, 2:.
viii. 36.
ix.. li, 33.
iii.

WRO

907

L.)

/3t/SXtOv,

such

roll,

being

a volume, a

form of

the

scroll,

ancient

books.

I.

-,

AVRITE IN.
JVb. 1, with

2.

,\,

pre-

then,

NO.

1,

tvith

cr,

in,

fixed, {lion oca.)

2.

2 Cor.

iii.

2, 3.

,
,

1.

Hob.

Heb.

1,

Mark

above.

xv. 26.

AVEITE THEREON.

2.

No.

it

WAS

\3

',

written,
John

(the)
it

had been
written.

xix. 10.

WRITING-TABLE.

let,

a small tablet, writing tab-

{no

occ.)

Luke

3, above.

Acte rv.

Tithe)

W vrae

i.

63.

12.

WRITE UNTO.
see

v. 47.

xix. 19, see

WRONG,

(,

John

WRITING7/1',

see above.
Eev. xxi.

something

viii. 10.

OVER.
No.

[ment.

xix. 7.

X. 16.

see

i.e.

anything written.

Matt. v.31,sceDivorce1.

1.

pre-

the Written,

Avritten or cut in with the stylus

in the ancient manner of writing

fixed.
1.

-,

20.

8,],what

[noun.]

not in conformity with

right what it ought not to
be, i.e. wrong.
is

2 Cor.

xii. 13.

WRO

908

8,

Matt. XX. 13.

Acts vu. 26, 27.

Cor.

2 Cor.

(do)

"

vii. 2.

Philem.

18.

vi. 8.

',

WEONarULLT.
wrongly, unjustly.

(mattee of)

1 Pet.

19.

ii.

wrong, the wrong done.

Acts

, ,
, ,
WEOTH

xviii. 14.

WRONG AS ONE IN WINE

(j-eady to quarrel
1

[verb.]

(-ED.)

weong

see "

2 Cor. vii. 12.

Col. iii. 25 'w'cs

XXV. 10.

WEONa

WEONQ

(do)

to do wrong, to act not in conright to be

formity witli
an aStKos, and act like one.

YE

Tim.

iii.

3,

to make
No. 1) to be or

and offer) [margin.]

see "

wine (given to)"

to

(be)
(see

"weatii,"

become wroth.

make

(see

"weatu,"

No. 2)

',

WEOISra
see "

Acts

(suffee)

WEONG (do)";

vii. 24.

to provoke.
Here, pass.,
to be stirred up into a tumultuous
state of mind, (non occ.)

here,pass.

2 Cor.

2.

vii. 12.

Matt.

ii. 16.
xviii. 34.

1.

WEONG
see

"weong
1

Cor.

(take)

Te

See,

vi. 7.

2.

of
is generally the translation
various inflections of the Greek
verb, (2nd pers. pi.)

It

sometimes the translation

of the article before a nominative
used as a vocative.
is

1.

Matt. xxii. 7.
Eev. sii. 17.

WEOU&HT.

(do)"; here, mid.

YE.

1.

and woten.

"you," in edition

(a)

3.

translated you,

(Oaf. pi. of
thou) to you, to ye,

"you,"

(a)

these cases are

simply the

ofA.O. 1611.

also

When

(Gen. pi. of
thou) of ye, of you,

in edition

result of
government,
or required
by construc-

ofx.u. lull.
AVTicn it is the translation of a separate pronoun in the Greek, it is
always emphatic, and is one of
these following.

(For " TE ABE " and " aee te," see

4.

.<;, (Acc.

"you," in

(a)
1.

Matt.
-

vi.

ix.

(<;,

thou) ye, you.

// is generally omitted, except where
(fio)n.

pi. ofav,

a special cm2)hasis

is

required.

m xrked.

S"

you, ye,

Matt. six. 28

1.

Tr

1.

1611.
l-

282n'l(aUTOi,i/0ur

Tr .
selves,
XX. 4, 7 1'
xxi. 13.

3a.

X. 20,

and see

not)
31 f"d

xiii. 18.

In the edition of a.d. 1611, it

was translated you in passages thtts

(a)

1.
1.

A.)
(it ie

tliou)

editioji ofA..O.

3"i

4 {om.

of

v. 13, 14, 48.

9, 26.
vii. 11, 12

helow.)
1.

pi.

tion.

xiv. 16.

XV. 3.
5, 16.

xvi. 15.

xviiL 12.

32 2nd,

xxii. 42.
xxiii.8'"'>;c,l32nd^

28 1",

32.

xxiv. a3 1", 44
xivi. 31.
66.

xxvii. 24.
xxviii. 5 1'

1.

YE
1.

Mark

vi. 31, 37.

'

!>'

18

vii. 11.

viii. 29.

1.

long

Ye

see

ii. 41,

to.

(.)

26
24

la.

ovv. ve therefore,

Ye

XX. 18, 25.

1.

xxii. 3.
xxiii. 15 l^
ixvii. 31.

1.

LukeTi.312n'i(om.L*.)
3:> 2nd,
33 2'"',
34 3^J
2nJ
ix. 13, 20, 55

l'

X. 2.3,241"

1.

li. 13.

1.
4.
1.

viii. 9.
ix. 26.
xi. 25 !

1.
4.
!

1.

4.

iv. 1 1", 3.

1.

1.

27

6.
13.

Ye

iv. 4.

Jude 5 (om. G--L

4.

be.

20, 241, 243rd,

1'

1.

8 i, see

3.

i.

ii.

Tr
[A.

17, 20.

1.

2 2nd.

xii.

XV. 13.

[(.)

see

John

1. 1

xii.

17

1.

iii.

Heb.

15.

i.

iu. 11.

4.

12.

l.

iv. 4.

4a.2 Pet.

i'

i.

V. 8.

Pet. u. 9

2a.

ii. 2.

xvi. 17.

3rd,

V. 4, 5.

2 Thes.

-nd.

.30.

Ye

YE... ARE, and

7.

i.

iv. 10 3'"n

iare, (2.nd pcrs. pi. inch

v. 2.

4.S 3ru.

",

AEE

12.
vi. 8.

of

are, are ye.

ye

4.

* with the pronoun

ix. 1.

YE.

17, 23.

iii.

see Ye
52
yourselves.
xu. 24, 29.
36, see Ye your-

1.

see

15.

4.

iii. 8.

9 2nd
yourselves.

11.
vi. 11.

vii.

vourselves.

(whereas)
19,20.

6.

i.

1 Cor.

1.

2iid.

1.

39.

1.

Rom.

1.

not)

23, 29 l"*"xiv.

1.

1.

11 "''.and sec

(it is

3.

4,

xvii. 22
xix. 15.
36.

:.

IV. 7.

4a.

.)

1_

<
Tr

YE

15 2J

jdii.

1.

4.

4th.

27 (om.

xii.

1.

Acte

3.

1.

xi. 17.

1.

be-

909

to be)

ye

(veri/

emphatic.^

selves.

40

X. 1.

i-

13 2nd (om.

xvi. 15.
xvii. 10 1'
xix. 46.
!xxi.
xxii. 10.
26, 28, 70.
xxiv. 48, 49.

John

TTrA.)

1.

xii. 27.

4.

xiv. 5 l'<
9 i, 12

32,35,

v. 20, 33, 34, 35,

39 1, 44, 45.
38
vi. 67.
vii. 8, 28 3"^, 34,

i.

1.

14

4.

ii. 7.

2,

2,
36

21 2nd,

X. 26 1", 36.
xi. 49.

1
l!

56.

3.

xiii. 10,

1.

15,
1.

3:5,

34

13 1", 14,

'

14, 16 >
la.
I

have
1.

1.

39 1"

1.

xix. 6, 35.

1.

Acts

1.

i.

ii.

see

ix. 4.
xi. 7.

1.

xii. 11.

1.'

7 2nd,

Ye

(with

are,

Tr

vii. 3.

Gal.

iii.

i,

26, 28, 29.

iv. 6.

V. 18.

ui. 25.

Eph.
Col.
1

i.

16*

S.)

xix. 15.
xxii. 3*.

Rom.

7.

2.

(^) ace

5, 8, 19.
10.

ii.

ii.

Thes.

ii.

20.

iv. 9.

v. 4, 5.
Heb. xii. 8.

6.

vi. 14, 16.

viii. 9.

9.

John

John

ii.

14.

iv. 4.

Ye

YE
ye

eVrc,

13 1"

BE.

are, {see above.)

18.

2 Cor.

11, 13.

ii.

i.

vi.

vii. 26.

vi. 1.
i.

2 Cor.

31, 37, 44, 47.

X. 26, 34.
xiii. 10, 11, 17, 35.
XV. 3, 14. 19.

of.
V. 13.

Eph.

ii.

9.

Heb.

Cor.

xiii.

'f

xii. 8.

iv. 17.

20.

15.

Ye

36.
iu. 13, 14,
iv. 7, 10.
:?:?,

Phil,

i.7,'

iv. 15

.30.

Col.

vii. 4.

TrA

Gr-L

52.

12.

ve are, {see above).

Gen. case, ye are of.
Mark

'"'<:

10 (om.
N.)

iii.
.

4, 7

a
13.

X. 28.
37.
xi. 16.

,
1,

iv. 1.

4a.

6.

TO.
Here,

ix. 41.

ii. 1.

S.

'-".
Ii 1"

i.

10

18.

ii.

Tr Ab

Ye know.

'25.

V. 9.

26it (om.

YE BELONG

-22.
V. 5, sec
vi. 11.

yourselves.

,.

be.

l>t.

Gal. iii.28, 21i>t.

iv. 12 !
15 1, see

.'>.

51

see

xiii. 5,

John

Acts

13.

22 2nd, gee

viii.

(om.

9 2nd.

3a.
la.
la.

1.

xiv. 12.
XV. 17.

48* (om. ore, are,

Trb A.)
viii. 23* i>. 23 2nd,

spake

xvi. 20t"le, 22, 27.

xviii. 31.

3.

ice,

11 1"

vii.

viii.

1.

16 -"'
27 '"
27 2nd,
been.

16

1.

'-'
xiv. 3, 17, 19
20 i (om. Ifi.)
20 2"**
XV. 3. 4 l', 5 !,

xii. 27.

(--,

stand,
came fo
Trb Ab W.)

iii.

G-LTTr AbS.)

27 2nd, 30.

ix. 19.

18.

49.54.
1.

theif

13.

23 i', 31 1",
22
Ss'i. 41, 44, 46, 47,

27.

-25.

xvi. 15*.
xxii. -8.

be.

8i.

liH.

xxiv. 17

.)(,

47.

viii. 14, 15,

1.

16, 17.
iv.

V. 2, 7.
vi. 2. 19.
ix. 1, 2.

vi. 1.

are ve.

(.)

2..d.

4.

lit., God's huskandry, God's building

ix. 55,
xi. 44.

11.

- 9, see
ii. 2.

3 "',

9,

iv. 4iJ.
vii. 18.
vi. 22.

.30.

i.

iii.

Luke

1, 6, 16.

xvi.

2a.2Cor.

XV. 14,

Cor.

Mark

18.

1.

-28.
"i--

XV. 16.
ixiii. S, 28, 31.

xi. 18, 20.

4.

Rom.

v. 11, 13, 14.

viii. 26.

20.

4.

la.
2a.

iv. 20,221',

38

Matt.

15.

1.

26.

i.

GL

YE HAVE BEEN.

l-

,'

are, (see above.)

Jehu

XV. 2.

tci/h

910

(see "

not

ov,

Matt.

X. 20.

I
I

,
,

3Iark

17,

5,

lit.,

"

[,

,
,

knowing, (implying ohjectaking note.

ye tnorr

talcing note,"

/..

Gal.

1.
ty

OF.

but,

in edition

iv. 15.

1.

2.

1.

1.

Matt.

John

V.

37 '"'

3.

2.

Acts

1.

1 Thes.

, but,
Luke

1.

2 Cor.

3.

PhU.

3.

John

viii. 3.

i.

ii.

18.
17.

12.

yea indeed, yea

more, rather,

')

xi. 28.

2.

verily,
,

[even

and, also, even,

28.
22.
iv. 9.

ii.

Rom.

viii. 34.

TEA THOUGH.

but

if,

, but,
',

expressing

if

>

and, also, even, ) even.

2 Cor. V. 16.

TEAK

(-S.)

(For various comhinations with other

1.

3.

xxi. 16.

Acte

GL

2.

xxii. 27.
iii. 31.
viii. 34,

1.

vii. 26.

1.

xi 28, seeY
xii. 5.
.

rather.

3. 1
2.

xi. 27.

xvi. 2.

[and.

1.

.Ter.

(\x\.for
i.

is

n;ti% 1

2, 3, etc.)

connected

Avith

the

Kings

(like

Lat.,

vetus, old), (7wn occ.)

see

2.

rather.
Cor. ii. 10.
It. 3.

2 Cor. i. 17 ',
19 -', 20.

a year, so called because

it gocs or returns
upon itself; (Ixx.for n:U}, meaniv

XT. 15, 7 Bee

xri. 6, ] and.

xxiv. 22, see Y...

,,
it

Eom.

Lukeii. 35, eeeY.also

5, a year;
XV. 1

V. 8.
vii. 4.3.

1.

xxvi. 60 (om.
W.)

TTr A

1.

xri. 32. ^
xxi. 15, 16.

John

1.

xiii. 51.

2.

xvi. 6.

words, see below.)

ii. 28.

John

xxiv. 22.

Cor. XV. 15.

iii.

and, also, even.

xi. 9.

moreover.
or

/',
1.

1.

1.
1.

Luke

(.,

1.

3.

but even,

also, even, ) even.

hut, indicating a reference to

something else, either in direct
antithesis, or, as here, continnative,
but, i.e. but further, moreover.

even.

2.

selves.

yea, yes, certainly,

assent and affirmation.

vat',

but

and

")

TEA RATHEE.

TEA.
1.

TEA... AND.

2.

selves.

36.
46, 52.

2.

35.

ii.

7
also, even, )

4.

TE TOUESELYES.
C /?, ye, you, (emphatic)
.31.

but,

Se,

2. 1

(WHEEEAS)

1.

Mark vi.
Luke xi.

Y.

see

13.

L*' Tr".)

and,
and, also, even,

Jas. iv. 14.

1.

but also (om.

i.e. ye who, who indeed,

ye who do not know, etc.

your

Eev. xiv.

1.

and, also, even.

,"

5, whoever,

12,

TEA... ALSO.

,
,
,
,
,
,
3.

TE

'

v. 12

John
and.

Luke

or " ye arc

informed."

of you, your, ("

1611.)

avTOL,

20.
IS.

ii.

1.

TE SPAKE

lit.,

Jas.

S and.

also, I

/,

Philem.

2.

xiii. 11.

ye know, (of in
ye are
ternnl conscious knowledge) Gr

ceil

3.

see Y... and

8 (om. !>.)

iii.

1.

iive acquaintance)

v.

2 Gal. iv. 17.

TTrAs.]

Epb.

2.

tiroes.

Phil. i.lS,) see Y...

ii.

Phil.

2.
:

viii. 3,

TE KXOW.

see

16,

11 6

ye are not,
it is not ye.

ye, {emphatic) C
are,

vii.

2.

ye

care,

Cor. V.

though.

>," ^

iVb. 1)
r/Aci?,

kot)

(it is

YEA

ing to
18,

occ.)

iterate,

to

repeat),

(non

YEA
Matt.

(two)
ix. 20.

Mark
Luke

V. 25, 42.

7,

i.

see

18,

10, 17.
) see
27,
xxviii. 30, S (two)
Eom. rv. 23.
2 Cor. viii. 10, > see

Stricken.

ii.

Gal.

see

(every)
42.

i.

18.

ii.

1.

and see

17,

iii.

Hundred and

23.

iii. 1,

thirty

years (from)

iv. 19.

iv. 10.
xii. 19.

John

ii.

Acts xxiv.

and see

X. 1,

57.

xi. 40, 51.

Y.

xviii. 13.
iv. 22.

(every)

by

8,

xiii. 20, 21.

Matt.

See

V. 17.

2 Pet.

xviii. 11.

Eev.

[of three)

xx.31,seeY(8pace

XX. 2,

TES.
yea, yes, certainly, expressing assent
or affirmation.
xvii. 25.

each year.

above)

year,
2 Cor.

TEARS

-,

to be-

come

/xe'yas,

")

>

great,

)
Heb.

,
,
2

-'

j
(^

a year
ago.

John

ix. 2.

beor
up.

1.

(here^ year by

to,

according

to,

year,

year.

each

1,

('
f

a year, (see No.

2, above)

other

yet, still, implijing duration,

hitherto also as implying accession
or addition, etc., yet, further, be-

cTt,

3.
.

year by

Tc.

Heb.

2.

X. 3.

Heb.

5.

G.
ix. 25.

,
,

and, even, also.

and, even, also,

(for

)
>

'

I yap, for,

year,

each

but, marlcing an antithesis;

marking a transition, but,
but now, but further, moreover.

also as

year.
I

2.

icith

words, see Itlotc.)

a year, (see No.

41.

vii. 28.

xiii. 8.

(For various combinations

(eveey)

according

ii.

Acts

iv. 52.

Heb.

2.

Luke

sides.

TEAR

yesterday
(Ixx. for bi-^n, Gen.
xxxi. 2
2 Sam. iii. 17), {non occ.)
;

xi. 24.

distrilutively)

1.

>

whcn he had
come great,
being grown

above)

TESTERDAT.
X^e's,

(COME to)

distrihutivcly)

Tos,

X. 18.

since

")

viii, 10.

vii. 28.

29.

yes indeed, yea verily.

(a)

from,
the past, the past

2 Cor.

iii.

TES A'ERILT.
vovvy,

X. 1.

TEAR AGO

Mark

Eom.

year by

Eom.

16.

ii.

year,

a year, (see No.

Heb.

old,

foety, huitdbed.

also,

3, 4, 5, 6. 7.

Matt.

to, (here'

distrihutivelj/)

2,

two years

8 '

iii.

TEAR BY TEAR.

according

(two)

i.e.

ix. 15.

vat,

of two years,

(iion occ.)

xxviii. 30.

(come

see

to)
Jns. iv. 13.

ii. 33.
xi. 26.

Acts

27.

(non occ.)

and see

3,
xi. 24,

vii. 6, 30, 36, 42.

(two)

TEARS OLD

and see

25,

(every)

xix. 10.

TEARS

31.

the space of two years,

iii. 9, 17.
ix. 7.

20.

V. 5.

Acts

Acts XX.

Tim. V. 9,
Heb. i. 12.

xui. 7, 8, 11, 16.

XV. 29.

(space of three)

occ.)

42, 43.

viii.

TEARS

TpuTia, the space of three years, (non

) ago(a)

ix. 2,
xii. 2.

36, 37.
41, and

YET

Acts xxiv.

old

see

16,

ii.

911

lor even.

lav)

and

if,

also

if,

oven

if,

sooth

indeed, truly, certainly, forthough, yet, nevertheless.

;

although.

912

,
,

913

here, trans., to cause to

near, to place near by
hence, to place or present before,
to place at hand, to furnish.

stand

1.

a later form used as the

present of No. 3.
to make, to produce.
1. lThee.i.8,marg.(text,
Mark iv. 7, 8.

4.

Koni.

YOU

YONDEE.
there, in that place.
Matt. xxvi.

YONDEE PLACE ()

7,

vi. 13 l

13

3.

Acts

19 t'.
see Ghost.

2'"i,

V. 10,

2.

Heb.

5.

Jos.

2.

Eev.

Matt.

12.

"

xxii. 2.

YIELD UNTO.
here,
persuade
be persuaded, to

trans., to

to

trans.,

in-

xxiii. 21.

1.

2.

2.

50.

[noun.]

Eev.

3.

a yoke, i.e. two or more

animals yoked or working together hence, a pair, a couple,

4.

1.

Matt.

2.

Luke

ii.

xi. 29, 30.

xiv. 19.
1. 1

'?,

Tim.

Acts xv.

1.

Gal. v.

1.

5.

as suhst.,

G.

YOKED TOGETHER WITH

2.

3.

(be

JVo.

,
Matt. in.

do not

2)1

become

to the Ileb.

become

-W

yoked
(Xw.for

3.

CW2,

masc,

1.,
.'"h,

1.

3.

'''J,

1.

9.

17 "'", 19 !
19 Snd, 20.

{non occ.)
U.

23
23
(unto)

xxi. 2.

24

4,

1>

24 >', 27
32.

xxiii.

U,

11.

l, 35.

16,

s>'<i,

sec

xxiv.

see

3.

1.

3.

4,

I"'';'

25.

XXV. 12 >, sec

(unto)

1"
3.

5.

27.
40.
xi. 21.

26 "", 27.

XX.

1.
3.

Lto)

2.
3.

7.

2.

U (un-

SCO

3.

Lev.

2.

43 i,
(uuto)
43 2nJ.

xix.

28.

XV.

xvii. 17 ''
xix. 8.

2.

unequallg, which
19, which
is only a consequence
is here reof being so yoked),
] erred to),

numericaUg

xi. 28, 29.

1.

vii. 6.

1.

to,

xii. 11.

1.

3.

i<-

Matt.

k Ml

27.

fern.)

[{ap.)

3rd
5.

30.

2.

3.

{,

or with yourselves.
3.

7.

15, 23.
X.
13,

7wr,

in,

vi. 11.

1.

yoked, i.e. yoked with

another who is different, {not mcrchj an-

yourselves.

11 3rd, 12.
>",
SCO

3.

3.

LLI,

souls,

according

i.e.

11 <'.

3.

diversely

2 Cor. vi.

{see I

iv. 19.
V. 11 i.

W
(unto;
.

diversely

other,

construction.

thou) you.

^ of your

souls,
" SOUL ")

1.

NOT UNEyo.x^LY)

iTi(H>'CvyoZvT(.<i,

of government or

of the

unto, for,

3.

yiviaOi,

,
,

3.

Phil. iv. 3.

"no,"

{Ace. pi. of

vi. 1.

yoked together

{see

whe7i translated "you"

it is the result

10.

a yoke-fellow, a fellow-labourer,
a colleague, {non occ.)

{,-

{Gen. pi. of'\

of you, J
{Dat. pi. of!
thou)
to,
unto, for, in, or \
with you,
/

,,, thou)
vixa<;,

you (for),

(of),
(to), etc.)

1.

YOKE-FELLOAV.
adj.,

is

J idiom, yourselves, {see Numb, xxiii. 10

Judg.
xvi. 30
Ps. lix. 3
1 Kings xx. 32
XXXV. 13 cxxxi. 2
Jcr. xviii. 20,
and cf xxxviii. G.)

24.)
I

the

of you,

Luke

of

inflection

vjiHv,

rZiv,

vi. 5.)

^vyo5,

{occ.

it

YOU

a yoke, serving to couple any

two things together, as cattle or

scales, etc., {occ.

verb.

following.

1.

YOKE,

of the

Greek

represented by a separate
in the Greek it is always
emphatic, and is one of these

YIELD UP.

^,

lation

{See heloio for

to send forth or away, to let go

from 07WS self, dismiss, let escape.
Matt, xxvii.

very frequently the trans-

is

pronoun

words, to suffer one's

be convinced.
Acts

You,"

When

be

won by
self to

xvii. 20.

YOU.

[take.)

xii. 11.
iii.

36.

12 Sn.l.
xxvi. 11.
21 1",

(unto)
1.

21

"<

SCO

'

YOU
Matt. xxvi. 29

see

is,

Luke

(unto)
29 "-nil

xvii. 10.
21.
34.

(o)ii.

]
3.

xvi. 7 3rd & 4th

John

2.
3.

32.

55

1.

S.i,mthyou,G-*TTr^

26

Acts

your

_xxiv.
44

see
twice.

John

xi. 2.
25.

29 1st
29 2nd, 33.
11

18 ist.
(unto)
18 2nd.

see

22

1st

Tr

Al>

36

&

1st

2nd.

25.
Ist.

362nd.
XV. 12, 51.
xvi.

6,

5,

1st

&

ard.

3 2nd,

3,

4-0.

iv. 12, 14.

2,

Tr

vi. 11, 17.

33.

i3t.

l^.)

35 2nd.
xiii. 15 1st.

-48.
1st

18.
19.

9, 10.

21

see

unto you,

GL

2 2nd,

3 2nd.

xi. 5.
9 2nd.

lat

1st.

16
_ 10
_ 17
18

viii. 9, 10,
X. 19 twice.

1st.

H.)

24.

33

1st,

xiv. 2

13.

16 1st.
16 2nd, 19 2nd.

24.
vi. 14.

ii.

34 2nd.

(o)ll.

-^

sec

1st

11, 12, 14.

25.
28.
32, 51.

26

XV.

11

1st

XV.

2nd.

xiii. 3, 5.
--ind.

twice.

152nd,

2nd

24

19

143rd.
X. 1

243rd, 28.
29, 30, 32 1st
32 2nd(j).)

1.3.

141st.

142nd.
15.
16.

16, 17, 19.

20.
21, 22, 23 twice.

24

20 2nd.

xvi. 2 twice.
4 lt, 2nd, &3rd.

^8.
4th.
91jt,ll,201st4
'

xii. li.

12.
13.
141st.
14 2nd.

13.

5.

-73', see

4, 6.

11 1st.
112nd.

- 4 ^ih,
7 lit.

i.

10 1st
10 2nd.

2'">.

twice,

(.)

xi 2 2"d i:3rd, 6.

25.

1 Cor.

ii.

(for)

1 1st

1st.

1 '-'nd.
1 3rd, 9.

33.
xvi. 2.

2nd.

15 lit & 2nd

16 lit 2nd.
16 arJ, 17.
18 1st.

141st.
14 2nd.

23,

24 2nd.

12.
14.

18

22,

1st (a)..)

1st

4, 7

{om. Lb

6.

16.
17, 22, 23.
ix. 2, 3.
4, 5, 8.

13.
14.

9.

ist.

viii. 1.

5.

twice.

29.
30.

16.

14.
18.

9.

151st.

11 twice.

xii. 1.
3.

S (for)

20, 25
1", 28 2nd.

20.

11.
[to)
12 1st, see Y(un122nd
your care for us,
instead of
our care for
you, St L
Tr A.)
12 3rd
13, 14 1st.

instead
wilh you,

Tr

41 2nd.

8 twice.
in

yoit,

of

2ud.

7.

(,

' ,A
GL
1st

or among

27.

4 Ist.

vii.

ix. 27.
X. 25, 32.

35

2>'d

26.

-46.

2nd,

xii. 8.

11 1st,
(against)
11 2od

twice,

36.

55 (No.

(No.

X. 3, 6, 8
8 2nd.

10, 12, 15, 19 twice, 20.

- 23, 24.

(.),

47.

25
27
27

'

1st-

ix. 5.

10

-3.
xiv. 6

70 2nd.

viii.

A K.)
28 ^, 32,

xii.

(om.
upon you, Ti

61.
64.

- 32,
- 37,

Tr

Tr

xii. 1.
1st.

ftoj

twice.

26 2nd, 27 2ud.

26

32.
34.

(un-

10
7, 13.

_ 41

22 2nd.
24.
30.

vii. 43.

12 twice.

70

7 2nd, see

iniquities.)
10 2nd, 11, 19.

272nd.
xi. 21st, 3, 14.
18, 19 twice.

V. 28.

28, 49.
xvl. 7 i^t.

28

35.
ix. 12.
X. 13 twice, 271st.

29.

16.

xiii.

42 1st.
42 2nd.
45 twice.
vi. 32 2nd ii
53 2nd.

xiv. 7.
13, 15.

iv. 25.
vi. 9,

1st,

4-4 1st.

2nd.

iv. 38.

1st.

11 3rd, 23.
-36.

16

vi. 2. 5, 7, 19.
vii. 5.

iv.

49.
i. 26.

iii.

xiii. 5, 9,

vi.3.

1st.

-41 2nd,
(unto)
X. 3, 5, 43

iii.

16,

V. 1

22 2nd.
26 2" J (lit., from

see

ix. 19 1st.
19 2nJ.

ii.

22

iii.

3rd,

vii. 6.

Luke

14 1st,
15,
17 2nd, 18, 19, 21.

32.

(unto)

il

3, 16, IS.

iv. 3, 8.
3rd,

11.
ii.

-Jiid.

11

3.

ii.

iii. 2.

7.

i.

17.

1st.

11

Cor.

3.

xviii. 8.
XX. 21 2nd.

20 1st
20 2nd.
i. 8 '',

vi.

25

3. 1

27.

ist-

14.

23 2nd,

l8t.

26 2nd.

7 2nd.

Mark

[13

1st.

A.)
xxviii. 7

13 2nd.
""
22 1st.
22 2nd

souls.

14 3rd.
15 1st ,maxg. your

YOU

015

2Cor. xii.l52nd,i6twice,
17

twico_ 18,

1 Pet.

5.

John

Jude

'-'i"i

", u iiioiig
Tr

2Pet.

(om.
yoit.G^ L

i.

G-.L

242nd.
xii. 12.

, ,(\

81'-

6 (om.

xviii.

TTr AK.)

12,131"

.)

(,

iJicm, St.)
Rev. ii. 10.
13.

13 2nd
14

1"

St

5.

18.

TTr AR)

11.

us,

12 {om. St K.)

101' (oiu.

ii. 5.

iii. 1

(,

24 1"

7.

6, 7, 9.

10, 12 2nd.

V. 1, 2.
6.

13.
14.

7, 13.

iii.

a)

14.

11.

i.

John

iv. 4.

151'

152nd.
10 (.)
iv. 12 1".

sceY- ward.

4.

Gal.

12.
iii. 1.3,

9.

ii.

20 1", 21.

xiii. 1.

31',

YOU

G L

20.

ii. 1.

Xxii.2I

iv. 11 ''

.13.

-12.

- 15,
- 17

IJohn

26 2nd.
271"
27 2n<l, 3rd, i

1>'
'"'i

2i.d,

(',,

and maxgiu.)

amen,
(om.
4lL.

the saints,

of

insteatl

142nd 24 '^''''^c.

16.

17

all

ii.

82nd, I2

all

A ),

G-LT.i.e. uith

all.)

18.
19.

20 Is'
20 -'"^

YOU

2 2nd
10'ic, 12.
21

(against)

7.

2.

Liike

X. 11.

1'

vi. 12, 13.

Epli.

IG l

i.

YOU

ii. 1.

Matt.

iv. 1.

6 (am.

G-L

(,
G-^LTrniA*)
32

John

3,51'

ii. 1,

_5^ud.

(,

11;

Ti-m.)

6.
i.
6.

Tr

vi. 22.

iv. 9, 18.

21, 22.
23.

17 (om.
.)

iii. 1,

i.

71st.
7 2nd, 8, 21.
25.
26, 27.
ii. 5, 13, 17.
25, 26.
iii. 18 1-

US,

G-L

31", 41".

iii.

15.

Philem. 6(G~),
us,

GL

Hob.

Tr

(,

2.

iv. 1.

v. 12.

vi. 9.
ix. 20.

3.

xii. 7.

7I", 17'"

xlii.

21 1,.
21 2n<J.
22 1", 33.
''.J

lt.'

24 2..d.
Jas.
iv

StGLTTrAkS.)

,
Tr

i;oii,

.)

16.

iu. 13.

9 l.
10 iwi
12 1'
12 2nd.
]2 ard, 13.

iv. 1.
7.

10.
v. 3.
4.

U.

LLL*

amomj

6 1".
(;2nd.

16, 18.
13, 16.

iii.

26 (G-vi), (om.

i.

ii.

iv. 8.

6, 13, 14. 19.

1
1.

ii

1.

t^.)

iu. 13.

3.

i.

2 Cor. viii. 10.

Phil. iii. 1.
Col. i. 5.

xvi. 7.
25.

x-xii.

xiii. 17.

Pet.

(,

i.

4,

mar;;, us,

xts, S'.)
10, 121, 15, 20,

(xo ONE of)

j

not lit., that ye might not be puffing yourselves up, etc.

;

1 Cor. iv. 6.

C 1'
6 2nd.

Thee.

Acts

2.
2.

YOU

42nd, 6,7.
10 1.
102nd, 11, IGlst.
162nd, 18.
2 Tim. iv. 22 (op.)
Titus ii. 8
of !(.>,
L Tr K.)

'(, tt3,G'"L

John

2.

1st.

us,

V. 3.

16.
18.

2.

2.

xiv. 2, 3.

Heb.

13
_ 132nd.

31.

i.

9, 34.

Mark x. 36.
Lnke x. 14.

^),{,',.)

Col.

xi. 22.

XXV.

13.
16.

Phil.

(FOB)

1.

iii.

,
,

YOU
see

No.

', see NO.

1,

(OP)

above.

2, above.

{novi. pi.

of (TV, thou) you.

YOU
Matt.

2 Cor.

vii. 2. 12.

xvi. 11.
iv. 24.

Mark

vii.

vii. 14.

Eph.

i.

ix. 1.

Phil.

i.

Gal.

vi. 31, 38.

ii.

Tr

32 fom.

.)

Eph.

svii. 23.
xxi. 13.
John xiii. 12, 15, 33.
xix. 4.
Acts xiii. 26, 46.

vi. 21.
i.

i.e.

{,

28
of you,
of your salvation,

i.

Philem.

Heb.

Matt.

{Bat. pi. of
for you.

vi. 2, 5,

22, 28, 32,

16,25,29,33.

vii. 7.
viii. 10, 11.

Heb.

3.

5.

X. 15, 23, 42.

1''
xi. 9, 11, 17

iv. .35.

19,

viii. 24, 25,

24

[61.

xii.
xiii. 30, 37.

xiv. 9, 18, 25.

3(o)ii.GLTTrA.)
4, 6, 12, 14, 15, 20.
23, 25 twice, 26, 33.
xviii. ,39 twice.
XX. 19, 21, 26.
Acts ii. 14, 39.
iii. 14, 20.22 is<, 26.
iv. 10.
v. 38.
vii. 37.

XV. 9.
xvi. 7.
ii. 11, 12.

Luke

ii.

38

G-T

G L

xiii. 3.

1.

27, 38.
vii. 9, 26. 28. 32.

YOUNG.
/", new,

37. 44.
xiii. 24, 25, 35 '"
xiv. 24.

2.

vii.

Gal.

12

Tr
Gr:L
CA.)

V. 12.
vi. 18.

xii. 4. 5, 8, 22, 27, 31,

lt

xi. 9.
xii. in, 20.
i. 8ti<:c, 20.

Luke

ii.

of oni-

21.

xxii. G),
1

YOUNG MAN

{non

John

occ.)

xxi. 18.

(men)

a youth, a young

man

until forty, (often in G-rcck prose,

(Ixx. for 1J?2, 1
for a soldier)
;

Sam.

iv. 13.

V. 2.

tlie yoiciif/

xiv. 37.
XV. 1 twice, 2,
2 Cor. i. 13.

4.3,^,46,47,51,52.

youngling,

but csp. of birds ; (Ixx.ybrp,

Prov. xxx. 17
Lev. V. 7
and

mcils,

DTncw, Deut.

3 (om.
.4 lit.

recent,

2.

1.

ii.

34.

young) younger, of two or more;

(Ixx-for pp, Gen. i.x. 24; x.wii.
15 xiii. 13.)

xii. 31.

X. 12, 19, 20.

xi. 8, 9 '", 41, 42.

ijoicrselyeii.

ve(j)Tpn<;, (ro???^?.

xi. 23.

viii. 10.

YOU YOUESELVES.
Acts XX.

X. 28.

Tr

KH.)

XV. 7. 10.
xvi. 9.

2 Cor.

ix. 11.

u-/io

laugiiiiif/.)

26 (om.

iv. 17.
V. 9, 11.

ye

(to)

towards,
you.

( eU, unto,

twice, .ti.

iii. 1.

8.

iv. 24.

(om.

xiv. 15.

xvi. 1.

xiii.

4.3.

are

Is'.

xvii. 3, 23.
XX. 27.
xxviii. 28.
Koui. i. 11.
XV. 15.
xvi. 1.
1 Cor. i. 3.

X. 15, 29.
xi. 3, 23, 24.

t*.

you

26.

(.)

Tr

lit.,

()

i.e.

Acts

YOU-WAED

ix. 1, 13, 41.

vi. 24. 25
25:"

xiv. 15.

YOTJ... YE.

i/ou,G.-vLTTr). (om.
(o?)i.

vi. 11
viii. 12.

iii.

Acts

unto,

to,

34,51,58.

16, 20, 21, 34.

10, 12, 25, 26,

xiv.

iv. 11,

thou)
of
with you.

])l.

(Acc. pi. ofav, thou) you,

to be turning, etc.

xii. 24.
x-iii.

(avith)

xiv. 27.

(.)

26

X. 1, 7.

XV. 3, 7, 11, 15, 20.

21 (ets
unto

xxiii. 13, 14 (.), 15,

16, 23. 25, 27, 29,
38, 39.
xxiv. 2, 2.3. 26,.34,47.
XXV. 12, 40, 45.
xxvi. 1.3, 15, 21, 29,

xxvii. 17, 21.

Mark iii. 28.

4.

i.

24.
xxii. 16.

ii.

53, 63, 65.

vii. 22.

27 twice, 28

:i5.

six. 9, 23, 24, 28.

XX. 32.
xxi. 3, 21. 31, 43.
xxii. 31.

Rev.

2, 12--:"d, 13.

John

V. 19, 24, 25.

vi. 26, 27. 32. 36, 47,

Tr

22, 24.
xii. 6, 31, 36.
xiii. 11. 17.
xvi. 28.
svii. 12, 20 'i.
xviii. 3, 10, 13. 18,

John 121".
Jude 2, 3 tw'c^^

for, or
xviii. 17, 29.
xix. 26.
xxi. 3, 32.
xxii. 16, 18, 29, 37.
xxi v. 6, 36 (ay.)
John i. 51.

we u-riic.)

(Dat.

i'lxu',

we, St

i.e.

V. 13.

2.

22.

YOTJ

tliou) to, uiito, or

1,7, 8, 12, 13 3 times,

twice, 21, 26.

ii.

9.

i.

2, 3.

t^

14

xii. 5.

Pet.

15.

(,
A

5.

(l-nto)

ii.

2..d (o),i.

Tr

1.

xiii. 7, 22.

xiii. 19.

ix. 29.

17

i.

iii.

Philem.

Luke

iu. 9.

V. 18, 20.
34. 39, 44.

i.

2, 11, 16.

i.

v. 1.

Johu

8.

2 Thes.

7.

Jas.

YOU

iv. 9, 15.

iii. 1.

2 Thes.

xiv. 6.

Thes.
ii.

G^LTTrS.)

Kom. i. 7, 15.
xi. 13.
1 Cor. ix. 2.
xi. 2, 22.

1.

iii. 1,

iv. 7, 9.

17.

ii.

v. 12.

2 Pet.

15.

2.

i.

2.

i.

Pliil.

Col.

5.

iii.

ii. 7.
iv. 12.

17.
2, 29.
19.

iii.

3.

i.

1 Pet.

Gal. vi. 11.

2.

i.

YOU

xi. 7.

xiii. 21.

Luke

916

X.

1.)

xvii.

55;

Is.

iii.

3;

''b'',

Ezra

;;

YOU

^7

a youth, a young man esp.

a youth in character, either as
brave or active, wilful or headstrong ; (Ixx./or ".rJ, Judg. xvi. 26
1 Ch. xix. 10.)
-.12, 2 Sam. vi. 1

2.

6.

5, see " YOUNO," No.

?, a child,

4.

a youth

gen. for

G^LTTr A

or female, a boy,

iv.

a maiden (Ixx.
2 King.s ii. 24 p,

Matt. six.

1.

Mark

20,

xiv. 51

2-2.

G=:LTTrA

men,

Acts

1.

20, 29, 30.

xi. 29.

1.

Luke

1.

Acts

3.

r,.

Tit.

1.

IJohnii.

ii.

YOUNG AVOMAX
Tit.

See

Mark

Luke

less,

XT. 12, 13.

xxii. 26.

1.

Rom.

2.

1. 1

Pet. V.

ix.

i.e. it.)

12,

marg.

Tim.T.2,11,14. [ieesec.

22 {om.
S.)

xiv. 34 (om.

1.

Tim.

StAVm

" TOUiis,"

,
,,

and various combinations

with other words, see below.)

1.

(y

3.

7 of

C K, of,

of you,

<:,

o.

lit.,

to,

in accordance with,

according to,
<:, you,

Qr:LT

1.0. the.)

unto,

i.e. ike

54

")

>

which
yo

} have.

Gr.TTr

and

viii. 7.
8.
14 iwlce.

>".

G=:LT
/alU*r,

their fnthrr.)
tl, 42. U.

...&,

21, 24

Tr A,

7 3 times.
13 (i< TO lO^Ui-

19 (G), (',
our,GLTTr A K.)

viii. 17.

38'(om.

thou) you
put you in mind.

{Ace. pi.

here

thou)

58 (om.

'

vii.

.38.

iv. 35.

vi. 49.

Tr A H,

14,

on our comfort, instead of rj)

in your comfort
ycaand, L
Tr AW.)

xxii. 53.
xxiii. 28.

vii. 6.

or belonging
to you.

;
of ,

{Oaf. pi. of
with you.

for, or
4.

34

John

6 ',

v. 11.

15.
18,19'"'c,28lce,

xxiv.

thou) of you,
{Qen.pl. of
yours {not so emphatic as No. G.)

G-v), marg.

-34.
-58.

iv. 5.

15.
xxi. 14.

{For

G-L

the.)

xvi. 3.

TOUR.

^*, i.e.

XV. 14, 17.

31
poi, our,

2 Cor. i.
24 twice.

xiii. 35.

xvi. 11,

V. 1.

1,

G=:LT

35.

Tr

30, 32, 34 "'cc.

YOUNGER MAN.

19,

(.)

ix. 11.

xii. 7.

Tr

15,

2 2nd

vii. 5, 14.

viii. 25.

ix. 5, 44.
X. 6, 11, 20.
xi. 13, 19'i, 39,
46, 47, 48.

5.

U.S.
vi.5.

35 i'", 36, 3S.

G=:L

i.e. the.)
xiv. 16.
XV. 24, marg. you.
xvi. 19. 20.
1 Cor. i. 4, 26.

14.

V. 4, 22.
vi. 22, 23, 24. 27,

Luke

iv. 21.

in quality,
minor
(Ixx.
in age, younger
inferior
for "i'r, Gen. xxv. 23.)

1,

18 {om.

iii.

13 <',

12,

2 {om.

voiir jligJii.G^:

1.

8.

i.

Tr A,

25 '<:', 26 '"'

',
Tr A

TOUXG," No.

Kom.

xi. 31.
xii. 1 twice.

(ap.)

YOUNGER.

15.
xix. 37.
ixvii. 34.

viii. 11.

see "

vi.

vi. 11.
vii. 13.
viii. 17.
X. 5, 43.
xi.

Tr

51, 52.
xiii. 41.
XV. 24.
xvii. 23.
xviii. 6.

19 3 timeij 22.

8.

ii.

i.e. the.)

xxiv. 20. 42.

XXV. 8.

4.

1.

"><:.

:J8.

(-ex.)

xiii.

',

2.

A,

XX. 26, 27.

ixiii. 8, 9 '"', 10
(om. G~), 11. 32, 4,

13, 14.

child, daucuitee.

also, ass,

1.

ii.

xix.

6.

Here, fern.

new, recent, young.

v0?,

37 aJ
43 (Old.

LTr.)

22,; TrAK.)

vii. 14.

ii. 17.
V. 6.

',

(, my,

xiiii. 17.

18,i(No. l.LT

vii.
37 1" (om.
i.e.
Kupiof , and
God, instead of (he
L
Lord your God,

TTrA>4.)

xvii. 20, 24.

xviii. 14

12.

4.

xvi. 5. [i.e. they.)

1.

V. 10.

IX. l""'".
ii. 17 * '", 39.
iii. 17, 19, 22 ''

xii. 27'i
xUi. 161"
16 2 J (om.
Trb Ab.)
XV. 3, 6.

XX. 9.

xix. 14, 15.

V. 28.

.9,13"'",14,

vu. 58.

2.
2.

1^'.

51 5" (om. oi
veaviaKOi, the young

xviii. 31.

'*'

11, 16.

xvi. 6, 20, 22"',

24.

Acts

ix. 4, 11,29.

1.

25

John IV.

.)

twice, 26, 32.

vii. 6, 11

Ruth ii. 6
";^3,
1
nir:, Gren. xxiv. 28, 57 xxxiv.l2.)
Prov.

your, as belonging to or
proceeding from, more emphatic
than any of the above.

V. 12, 16 3 '",
20, 37, 44, 45, 47, 48.
vi. 1 ', 8, 14,
15 "'.
^1 twice (crov.lhy,

1.

girl,

~\h\

,
Matt.

3.

YOU

(,

A.)

56.
ix. 19, 41.
X. 34.
xiii. 14.

xiv. 1.
26.
27.

24 (ic.
2 1".
2 2nd (om. ,

ix.

5,

our,

TTr Ab

.)
10 twice, 13.

X. 6, 8, 15.
xi. 3.
xii. 19.
xiii. 9.

Gal. iv. 6 (Gx),

our,

GL

Tr

15, 16.
vi. 13.

18.

(,

H.)

YOU
Eph.

iv. 4, 23, 26. 29.

V. 19.
[14, 22.
vi.

Phil.

ii.

Col.

1,4, 5,9

(.),

Jas.

5, 9, 19, 25, 26.

17, 25, 30.

i.

X. 31, 35.
xii. 3, 13.

1.

xiii. 17.

i.

ii.

3, 21.
2.

14.
[16.
iv. 1 twice, 3, 9, 14,
V 1, 2 twice, 3 twice,
4, 5, 8, 12.
1 Pet. i. 7, 9, 13, 14, 17,
18, 21, 22.
ii. 12.

1 Thes.

20, see
25.

ii.

7,

15, 16.
V. 7, 8, 9.
5, 10, 19.

John

, the

(,
A

1.

Mark

3.

Acts

vii. 9.
I
xvii. 28.
xviii. 6.
4. Phil.

,
,

1.

Cor.

vi. 19.

ii.

35.

2 Cor. vi. 12.

12.

tilings

(in)

among

prudent.
Eom.

xii. 16.

around or concerning

,
,,

you.
i.

TOUR OWN

27.

2.

(on)

the matte}'

upon

>

you,

over you.

SELVES.

yourselves, (Gen.)

yourselves, (Dat.)
of

1.

Luke

3.

Acts XX.

you your

selves.

xxi. 30.
30.

2.

2 Cor.

xiii.

2.

Jas.

22.

i.

twice.

xvi. 19.

TOUR CAUSE

TOUR OWN

(foe)

(that WHICH

is)

the tJii7ig
{'/AT/3v,yours,you own, {emphatic.)

TO,

for you.

TOUR
(

2.

xi. 25.

2 Cor. v. 13.

4.

Eom.

Eom.

your

to

TOUR OWN CONCEITS

23.

APPAIES.

TOUR BEHALP

of or belonging

our,

1.

im,

JOVL.

beside, with,
yourselves,

Phil.

TO,

(^

M.)

9.

i.

ii.

TOUR
Trepl,

Tr

selves.

amongst

1.

12, 20.

Eev.

iv. 7.

i.

St

Jude

22, 25.
8, 9, 15.

of you, your

selves.

Faulty.

iii. 2, 7,

iii. 5.

Philem.
Heb. iii.

4.

2 Pet. 1

iii. 1.

TOUR OWN.

of 3^ou, your.

iii.

iv. 5, 6, 7 '"', 17,

i. 4, 8.
[19.
ii. 5 twice, 13.
iii. 3, 5, 8, 15, 16.
iv. 6, 8.

i. 3, 4, 8.
17.
iii.
2,
5,
6,
10 twico, 13.
iv. 3, 11.
V. 23.
2 Thes. i. 3, 4 twice.
ii. 17.

,,
,
,
,
,

(, Gr^L

14
A.)

YOU

vi. 10.
ix.

Trm

13, 17.

iii.

Heb.

13.
15.
18.

i.

918

, the
TTcpt,

things

JOU.

the iliings concerning

its,

GcvLTTr.)

TOUR MATTER

Cor. xvi. 17
1 Pet. iv. 14 (ap.)

1. 1

the qfair or
STu,matter
in accord-

accordance
Avith, according

to,

or as to,

your

you,

affair.

2 Cor.

xi. 15.

Eom.
Cor.

xi. 28.

ii.

1 Thes.

iv. 6.
1

of,

10.

iv. 15.
viii. 9.

xii. 30.

Thes.

iii. 9.

TrA.)

(-S.)

you.

John
1

Af'ts xxiv.

(emphatic), L

through, for the sake

account of,

in

Avith

1/our

TOUR SAKE

(the uttebmost

of)

\,

upon

2.

ance

,,
, (',

(on)

of you, your.

1.

jrepl

xvi. 12.

TOUR PART

ESTATE.

around or concerning

(^, you.
Col. iv. 8

Luke

i.

5.

on

YOU

,,
,,

TOUE

STATE.

5.

the things

around or concerning
you.
Phil.

19, 20.

ii.

YOUE THINGS.

,
,

of you, your.
1

2.

Cor. ivi. 14.

YOUES.
of you, yours.

1.

yours, of or belonging to
you, (more emphatic than No. 1 or

v/xeVcpos,

iVo. 3.)

the [spiriti
of yOU.

C 0,
J

Luke vi. 20.

John XV. 20.

2.

2.

1.

2 Cor.

iii. 21, 22.

xvi. 18.

xii. 14.

YOIJES

Cor.

3.

3.

(of)

of you, yours.
1 Cor. viii. 9.

YOUESELVES.
{For various combinations with other

1.

words, see

{Gen.

pi.)

beloio.)

2.

lavTot%, {Dat.pl.) > yourselves.

3.

eauToCs, {Ace. pi.)

4.

',

selves, yowrselves.

,
,
.,

of you,

your

-selves.

C
to or for you, ") to your\ avTois, -selves,
j seives.

7.
8.
2.

Matt.

of you, your.

iii.

each other, one another.

2.

xvi. 8.

7.

ixiii. 15.
ix. 33 (cm.

3.

{,

Mark

Bclvcs,

8.

14.

3.
i

8.

Johu

2.

Acts

A
3.

xvii. 3.

xxl. 31.
iiiii. 28.

2.

3.

.V).
iii.

Tr

Luko

3.

'

among vour-

Gr:L

H.)

Luke

2.

9.

vi. 43.
xvi. 19.
V. 35.
xiii. 46.
XV. 29.

xii. 33.

57.

3.

xvi. 15.

3.

Eoni.

i^l9

vi. 11, 13, 16.

xii. 19.

YOU

920

Acts

ZEAL.

esp. jealousy.

John

ii.

Phil. iii. 6.
Col. iv. 13

17.

Kom.

X. 2.
2 Cor. vii. 11.

ace.)

or

toil,

(,
G L

labour

Tr

one zealous for

esp.

from

anytliing, a

jealousy,

{non

Cor. xiv. 12.

Gal. i. 14.

1
I
I

ii.

14.

ZEALOUS

(be)

make

zealous towards, i.e.

for or against any person or thing
to rival, vie with.

Eev.

ZEALOUS.

zealot,

xxl. 20.
xxii. 3.

Tit.

to boil, seethe)
(from
any eager, vehement passion

zeal,

gen.,

to

iii.

19

(-,

to be zealous, Gf^iL

Tr A.)

ZEALOUSLY AEFECT.
see

"zealous (be)"
Gal. iv. 17, 18.

NDEX.

GREEK
As one Greek word

found under several English words in the body of

is

the work, this Index

ENGLISH

AND

designed to enable the student to trace out for

is

himself any particular Grreek word, through

renderings, and in all its

all its

occurrences.

This Index, therefore,

combined with the work

contains

itself,

the

all

elements of a G-reek and English Concordance.

For example, the student

meaning of the word

Avords, uyio9,

and

if

now he

under each a

number

the

list

of times such

holt

" to ascertain the

he finds there three Greek

how

wishes to see

translated elsewhere he has only to refer to

will find

"

word

referring to the

is

in a particular passage

them

these words are

in this Index,

and there he

of English words with a figure against each showing

word occurs. These may again be referred to, and

Greek words are used to represent them. Thus

traced back to see vhat other

the full Scripture use of any

word may

be found, a matter ofttimos

easily

no small importance when we are dealing with

Ghost spcaketh."

of

The following observations are necessary

and design of

Index

Each Greek word

2.

Greek words not occurring

for a full explanation of the plan

is

placed in

its

alphabetical order.

in the " Ileceived Text," (i.e. the text

Authorized Aversion Avas made, IGll

substituted

for

words which the Holy

1.

Avhich the

or

this

"

others in

from

see the Preface), but inserted

MS. and other

critical

authorities,

have

an

asterisk (*) prefixed to them.

3.

After each Greek word

translation of
is

it,

is

placed every English word which

with a figure showing

tlie

number

is

used as the

of times such a translation

found.

The arrangement of the English words

is

determined by the order in which

they most correctly represent the Greek word.

This

will

materially

help

GREEK AXD EXGLISK.

IXDEX.

922

the student in tracing any particular word, and almost serve the purpose of

a Lexicon.

In the case of Greek words not occurring in the " Received Text," (see
ahove, No. 2), the Greek word is given, for which it is proposed to be sub4.

stituted, Avith the

which

it

passage where

is

as

work, full particulars

authorities for
5.

On

the translation.

occurs

it

and

also

the English word of

word

referring to this

in the

body of the

the meaning of the word and the editorial

to

be found.

it

English renderings occurring as marginal readings in the Authorized

and placed immediately after the word

Aversion are printed in italic type,

for which they are the alternative renderings in the margin.

6.

No

reference

given to pages, as the words themselves can readily

is

Vhere

be found in their alphabetical order in the body of the work.

translation consists of
its place,

more than one word, each

or referred to

will generally

by a cross reference from the

In the case of

other.

phrases, however, the more important word should be referred

7.

Besides the Greek word

itself,

,
>,

every combination with

words, is given where an important or peculiar translation

an example of what is meant, see below under aytos.

A,
Alpha,

-,
from

see

being

Lui-den-

abba,

1.

gladness,

compel to
compel,

bottomless pit,
bottomless, 2.
deep, 2.

5.

rejoice,

1.

greatly rejoice,

for well doing,

',

a.yao<:,
unmarried,

do good, 7.
do well, 2.
with well doing,

1.

1.

nation,

1.

.ya.v(xL';,
well, 1.

indignation,

ii

dear,

1.

vi/li

avt05,
holv, C8.

Holy One,

1.

holy thing,
holy place,

John

XX. 18, see Tell.]

messenger,

)io(i/

5,

{^for ayyeioK,

1.

holiest of

',

Matt.

Holiest of all, 1.
with
Holy Ghost, 89.

Holy

aye, {imperative

),

all, 1.

'.

xiii.

48, sec Vessel.

of

Si)irit, 4.

saints, 61.

/?,

to, 2.

1.

ayk,
herd,

uyuoavvrj,

8.

holiness, 3.

charital!},

1.

ayVa\()yr]To<;,
without descent,
uil/wul pediji'tc,

1.

1.

ayKuXcu,
arms,

1.

uyKKTTpov,
Dase thing,

1.

3.

thinQs, 1.

hobf, 1.
ayia,
holiest,

7.

1.

siuictuary, 3.

angel, 181.

4.

saint, 1.
neuter,

1.

holiness,

love, 86.
charity, 27.
feast of charity, 1.
9.

go

/,

11.

goo<ls, 2.
benefit, 1.
well, 1.

v-Hh ari.,
that which is good,
the thing which
good, 1.

1.

to love, l'(5.
beloved, 7.

good, 63.
good, 12 (ubet.)

good thing,

4.

bo much displeased, 2.
bo sore displeased, 1.

1.

5.

sanctification, 5.

',
',
9,
messatre,

1.

holiness,

[_for

have indisniation, 2.
with iudii,'nation, 1.
be moved with indij;

1.

ayaOoTTnUa,

doetb

1.

2.

commandment,

1.

with exceeding joy,

gooil, 1.

th.'vt

/,

vessel, 2.

7.

2.

passive,

ayyetov,

1.

be glad, 1.
be exceeding glad,

,
~,
well doing,

go,

Greek
For

hallow,

ayyape^w,

3.

of other

the result.

be holy,

joy, 1.

3.

to.

sanctify, 26.

1.

exceeding joy,

do

beloved, 47.
dearly beloved, 9.
well beloved, :J.
dear, 3.

5,
goodness,

, ,
soine,

aya7n]To<;,

ayadoipyiio.

4.

it,

is

the

be found in

hook,

1.

,
,
anchor,

country,

GllEEK

,
,

^/,

8.

field, 22.

farm, 1.
hind. 4.
piece of ground,

2.

run- or uiiicrou^Iit, 2.

uncorruptnees,

',

2.

purify,

7.

watching,

be unjust, 2.
be an offender.

2.

injure,

(0,
know

not,

4.

unknown,

2.

vmderstaud not,
be iterant, 7.
i^orant, 4.

,
,

ignorant ly,

error,

,
,
pure,

3.

keep, 1.
be open,

,
,

2.

be kept,

1.

4.

,
/,
contention,

4.

1.

race,

3.

.<;,
pureness,

1.

sincerely,

1.

1.

agony,

16.

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
^,
xxiv.

33, see

be discouraged,

4.

innocent,

1.

goat,

labour fervently,

not knowledge,
ignorance,

1.

everlasting,
etem.al, 1.

sincere,

I.

shamefacedness,

1.

abundance,

be impossible,

brother,

28.

redeem,

,-<>
> ^'

brotherhood,
brethren, 1.

impossible, 6.
what... could not do, 1

1.

which appears not,

(of the), 1.

,
,

court-days, 1.

dj^ught,

uncertain,
I

,
,

abide in the

uncertainly,

bo

field, 1.

1.

wild, 2.
raging, 1

2.

4.8,

j^ravd, 1.

continual,

1.

iv,

1,

a riddle, 1.

,
,
,
, ,
,
praise, 2.

8.

3.

sect, 5.

heresy,

3.

4.

sect, 1.

vit/iout irranaliii!;,

without cooeing,

ill

unleavened, I.
unleavened bread,

immortality,

without partiality,

7,

4.

^',

hell. 10.

1.

darkly,

9.

with

air, 7.

Iifli, 1.

which

'/,

choose,

1.

1.

to praise,

,
eagle,

full of heaviness, 1.

grave,

wild olivo tree,

wUd,

1.

be very heavy,

1.

tree

^,

8,

1.

praise,

',

ail,
ever, 1.
alway, 4.
always, 3.

1.

diseased with an issue

of blood, 1.

Law.)

sing, 5.

;7;,

1.

1.

1.

1.

unccrtaintij, 1.

2.

unlearned,

uncertain,

aypa,

shedding of blood,

weak, 1.
impotent, 1.
not ixjssible,

(see

'

olive

1.

1.

blood, 99.

2.

brethren (pi.). J

3.

baser sort
law, 1.

catch,

reverence,

6.

iuarket-i)lace, 4.
court, 1.
street, 1.

buy,

1.

1.

sister, 24.

market,

1.

1.

1.

without charge,

unknown,

1.

1.

strive, 1.

1.

shore, 6.

1.

castaway,

Gather

2.

8,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
/^,
,
/,
^,
,
, ^, , ,
rejected,

strive, 3.
fight, 3.

Luke

[,for

together.]

reprobate, 6.
roid of jnd'jment , 2.
of no judgment, 1.

1.

1.

fight, 1.

wrongfully,

fight, 2.

clear, 1.

1.

strive, 2.

unjust, 8.
unrighteous,

conflict, 2.

chaste,

1.

2.

,
,
/,

fear or care, 1.

1.

^',
^7;,

iniquity, 6.

life, 1.

1.

frustrate,

put away,

wi. >ng, 1.

unjust.

disannul.

aisanuuiling,

uurighteousness,

of

bring to nothing,

^';,

1.

1.

evil doinir, 1.
iui<iuity, 1.

1.

reject, 1.

10.

matter of wrong.

1.

manner

ignorance,

hurt.

lead, 12.
lead away, 1.
bring, 45.
bring forth, 2.
carry, 1.
go, 7 (mid.)
be, 1.

purification, 1.

cost off, 1.
despise, 8.

wrong, 2.
do wrong, 8.
suffer wrong, 2 (pa.)
take wrong. 1 (iiu'ii.)

to watch, 4.

2.

reject, 4.
frustrate, 2.

1.

8,

1.

ayreta,

purity,

wicked,

^,

without ceasing,

,
,
, , ,
,
new,

4.

923

AJTD EXOLTSH.

I.

1.

1.

unlawful thing,
abominable, 1.

1.

choose,

1.

.(,

without Ood,

1.

that

is

on heretic,

1.

924

8,

take up, 32.

lift up, i.
bear,

sudden, 1.
unawares,

3.

bear up,
carry,

3.

25.

hear, 1.

away

with,

put away,
remove, 2.

5.
1.

lead captive,

,
,
loose,

1.

U'ii/i

make

to doubt,
suspense,

Iiold in

1.
1.

judgment,

1.

seiisc, 1.

senses,

1.

^<,
;(5,

greedy of filthy lucre, 2.

given to lucre, 1.

^^,
for

tiltliy

lucre, 1.

,
<;,
,

communication,

filthy
1.

shame,
lUthy,

eternal,

2.

'

while the world staud1.

',
eii

,
be ashamed,

1.

1.

:11
5.

never,

,
,
,
,
,
before

1.

3.

fault, 3.

,
wherefore,
leith &l

/,

3.

,
,
,6 /.
comx>laint, 1.

cause,

2.

fault, 2.

author,

1.

tlie

1.

straitest,

1.

circumspectly,

2.

and fro,

world began

imcleauncss,

unstable,

^,

place of hearing,

1.

hearer,

simple,

1.

uncircumcision,

uucircumcised,
with iv,

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

3.

follow, 90.
go v:ith, 1.

reach,

lack oi)portunity,

out of season,

1.

4.

),

foul, 2.

1.

1.

chief

1.

I.

not

1.

hear, 415.
hearer, 2.

top,

circum-

1.

comer,

spoils,

9.

audience,

fame,

^,
^'',
though

cised,

he fully ripe,

rumour,

10.

irilh Sia,

\vithout wavering,

hearing,

4.

uucircumcised,

),
yet,

1.

with

2.

of hearing, 1.
report, 1.
preaching, 1.
hearing, 1.

unclean, 28.

locusts, 4.

1.

preached,

1.

1.

1.

unruly,

cars,

10.

2.

2.

liearing, 1 (participle).
which. ..hear, 1.

2.

filthiness,

most

perfect, 2.
diligently, 2.

'^,

1.

oatise, 9.

1.

1.

sim))?e, 1.
sincere, 1.

ett,

6.

since the world began,

aiTta,

1.

pei'fectly, 4.

,
' , ^,
,

request, 1.
require, 1.
petition, 1.

case,

that cannot cease,

harmless,

1.

,,

see

14,

ii.

7ia nil less, 1.

everlasting, 11.
eternal, 12.
for ever, 1.
vith
everlasting life, 10.
life everlasting, 4.
eternal life, 2G.
life eternal, 4.

call for, 1.
recjuire, 2.

accusation,
crime, 1.

Pet.

1.

1/109,

desire, 17.

2
that

\_for

tuinrdt or unqiiietncss, 2.

(,

xcith

never,

ask, .18.
crave, 1.
beg, 2.

without mixture,

2.

' , ^,
/,

for ever,

1.

perfect manner,

confusion,

toOs

ever,

1.

incontinent,

1.

tumult,

1.

world without end,

1.

endless,

commotion,

1.

for ever and ever, 19.

for evermore, 1.

5.

1.

^,

2.

uncondemned,

tossing to

'',

dishonesty,
s}Mmc, 1.

incontinency,

excess,

inquire diligently,

for evermore, 2.
ever, 1.

for ever and ever,

eii ToCs

filthiness, 1.

con-

1.

cannot Cease.]

eL9

3.

cannot be

1.

2.

since the world began,l.

irifh eii,
for ever, 27.

1.

U'lfJi

be dull of hearing,

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,

with
since the world began,
2
from the beginning of

the world,

with
tidings come,

fruit, 1.

uncovered,

1.

1.

to... ears, 1.

,
,
,
?, ,
without

demned,

world, 32.

eth,

2.

unfruitful, 6.

1.

for ever and ever,

1.

shame,

2.

1.

age, 2.
course,

be noised, 1.
be reported,

come

of thorns,

1,

1,

Passive,

thorns, 14.

1.

that

captive,

hearken, 6.
give audience, 3.
in the audience of,
understand, 1.

1.

?ie<!),

lead
captive, 1.
bring into captivity, 2.

,
perceive,

1.

;;^.^,
away

take, 25.

AND ENGLISH.

harmless,
simple, 1.

captivity, 3.
iindtitude of captives:,

1.

take away,

GREEK

,
,, ,
,
,
,
,
^, /, ,
IXDEX.

2.

1.

1.

tip, 1.

uttermost part,

'
from one

other,

of

2.

end to the

,
,
make

1.

none

disannul,

effect, 2.

1.

no man forbidding,

against one's will,

alabaster box,
box, 1.

1.

1.

 GEEEK

INDEX.
howbeit,

,
,

cttt,

pride,

nevertheless,

1.

boaster,

nay,
no,

2.

i.

1.

otherwise,

1.

also, 1.

utter-

9,

and, 1.
with oi/Se,
not so much as,

1.

,
^,

,
, /
,

than,

salt, 8.

aloes,

1.

change,

auoiut,

9.

6.

1.

^,
[,

12.

i.

after
38, "Ut us

ijo

Tr

where,"

aXevpov,
meal,

truth, 107.
verity,

xi-ith

truly, 1.
of a truth,

oue another,

1.

themselves,

one the other,

each other, 2.

1.

yourselves,

ei',

;^,

,
,,
,
,

u:it/i

the truth, 1.
epeak the truth,

6.

1.

,
},
iishor,

1.

9.

TtS,

...,

some one

thing,

another,

flhhiug,

to Bait,

1.

1,

bii.syhody

//,
pollution,

but, 572.
save, 2.

?,

other

in

men's matters,

3.

1.

another man's,
of others,

I.

stranger, 4.
strange, 2.
alien,

1.

some

2.

6.

1.

without mea-

,
,

1.

verily, 100.

ameu,

3.

50.

without mother,

,
,

undeflled,

morning

sand,

1.

1.

4.

5.

, lamb,

4.

,
,
,
, ,
, ,,
IL'ith

/,

that fadeth not away.

1,

1.

sure, 2.

that fadeth notaway,l.

one... another, 4.

I.

impenitent,

things

unlearned,

,
more,
some,

)07^,

tvith

uith
early in the

1.

1.

without repentance, 1.
not to be repented of, 1.

,
,
,
also, 1.

1.

another, 50.
otherwise, 1.
another man's,
other man, l.
other thiugs, 3.

another,

i.

liuhermau,

1.

unmoveable,

1.

A.

to be taken,

ii-if/i

other, 71.

very, 1
surely, -i.
of a surety,
indeed, (j.

1.

<9,
I.

1.

1.

M'ifhtvf id e,

together,
withal, 3.
with, 1.
and, 1.

1.

leap, 2.
8i>ring up,

of a truth,
verily,

,
,
stranger,

2.

truly, 2.
in truth,

,
,

together,

true, 27.

1.

1.

ayu,a,

1.

Vith
together,
ii'i(/i

true, 23.
truth, 1.
truly, 1.

grind,

1.

1.

carefulness,

u'i(/i

to secure,

fox, 3.

3.

1.

1.

w^ithout

eV,

mutual,

tell

,
,
,

1.

^,

3.

yourselves together,
themselves, 12.

truly, 2.

,
,
,
unblameably,

blameless,

floor, 2.

76.

1.

1.

1.

)/7,

see

7/,

Ueiiitive,

faultless,

1.

3.

unblameable,

unproiitablc,

alleluia, 4.

1.

true, 1.
of truth,

ailetjory, 1.

7/,

aXijOetU,

blameless,

chain, 10,

chain,

1.

negligent, 1.
neglect, 2.
make light of,

1.

bonds,

.]

(^JCiSS.),

2.

be uu

else-

1.

^,

less sorrowful,

o',Mark

cock,

1.

regard not,
1.

salt, 1 (adj.)

1.

1.

1.

(.,

salt, 1 (subsi.)

some other way,

cock-crowing,

amethyst,

2.

;,

1.

neither, I.
v:Hh ,

3.

u\as,

,
,
,
,
,

unrea.sonable,
brute, 2.

ye,

icith.

,
,

brawler,

not

reap down,

1.

tread out the corn,

thresh, 1.

moreover,

which canuot be

dumb,

1.

925

no brawler,

1.

indeed, 1.
and rather, 1.
yea, 15.
therefore, 3.
iiii/i

,
,

one of another nation,

10.

notwithstaudiug,

wail. 1.
tiukle, 1.

ed,

8.

yet, 11.

boastin;,', 1.

AST) ENGLISH.

1.

/,
/7,
re(iuite,

1.

vine, 9.

to sin, 39.
to trespass,

3.

offend, 1.
for your faults,

dresser of one's vineyard, 1.

1.

sin, 4.

vineyard, 23.

sin. 71.
sinful, 1.

otfeuee,

/,

without witness,

sinner, 43.
sinful, 4.

defend,

1.

1.

'or

xii. 2t<, fee

1.

[for

tee

^,
Cant.]

Luko

Clothe.]

Mark

i.

IG,

. .

,
,
, ,

, ,
, , ,
,
,, ,
,, , ,
,
, ,
,
',
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,, ,
,,
926

INDEX.

look up,

net, 2.

GKEEK 1)

{pass.^,

show,

9.

look, 1.
see, 1.

^,

where two

place

meet,

way.s

showing,

recovering of sight,

cry aloud,
cry out, 1.

1.

delay,

1.

deliver,

1.

be aUvo again,

utO-

without blemish,
without spot, 1.

show,
speak

2.

witliout faalt, I.
without fault, 1.
faultless, 1.

without blame,
imblameable, 1.

-,

ed,

4.

stir up,

1.

flourish again,
he revived, 1.

1.

, ,

sit

v.'itli

1.

2.

1.

.,

1.

fifties, 2.

ava.

by huudreds,

,
,

must needs

,
,

1.

enter,

1.

come,

lead,

2.

bring,

,
with im,
go upon, I.

//3/.,
1.

draw,

1.

3.

offer, 1.

*.

launch forth,
launch, 3.
set forth,

depart,

3.

loose, 3.
sail, 3.

judge,

1.

1.

2.

1.

b".

discern, 1.

1.

,
.,
examination,

1.

up one's
look up, 1.

,
,

importunity,

death,

1.

2.

take up, 4.
receive up, 3.
take, 3.
take unto, 1.
take

take ), 1.
take away, 1.
put to death,

in, 2.

[<;,
that... should

,
,
,
slay, 8.

kill, 11,

away.]

self, 3.

lift

avaiSeia,
1.

Mark

svi. 4, see Eoll

gift, 1.

2.

ceived

'',

ui>,

consume,

,
,
,
,

bo

re-

3.

guiltless, 1.

blameless,

1.

great

1.

proi)ortion,

1.

araXovi^o/xut,
couHidcr,

sit up, 2.

1.

(1<;,1

1.

mid. or

discern,

[for

/^^/,

3.

grow up, 2.
spring up, 2.

1.

behold, 1.
consider, 1.

subject,

made known,

6.

1.

1.

1.

].

lead up, 1.
bring a^ain, 1.
bring uj) again,
bring forth, 1.
take III), 1.

ascend up, 8.
climb up, 2.

defer,

search,

ask question,

1.

must needs, 1.
must of necessity,

reading,

5.

tcith

be,

%,

arise, 2.
rise up, 2.

10.

1.

necessity, 1.

be

cry out,

great

bind under a curse, 1.

bind with an oath, 1.
hindxeith anoath of exe-

curse,

I'ntii

1.

bind under

iriih

1.

drive hack, 1.

examine,

I')'K)oe0,

:J7.

ascend,

4.

1.

to cm'se,

1.

necessity, 7.
must of necessity,
necessary, 1.
distress, 3.

it

hinder,

5.

of necessity,
needful, 1.
near, 1.

must needs bo

'/?6',
come up, 10.
come up again,

down,

T-'tt/i,

to need, 1.
be needful,

1.

stair, 2.

go up,

3.

1.

bind under

4.

cration,

two aud two,

by

5.

by constraint,

every, Bcveral,

^ oca

compel,

1.

1.

used distrihidivehj,
apiece, 2.
each, 1.
ei9

anathema,

necessary,

through the midst,

4.

separated, 1.
ana<iicma, 2.

curse,

1.

man,

down,

sit

1.

middie,

1.

read, 33.

constrain,

icilh

^
. 5,

lay,

1.

ttVtt^eyLia,

sentences.]

ei'ery

1,

iiiiddie,

of, 1.

bom again,

be

1.

1.

gather together in one,

make

[not apparent in translation, iised gen. in the

apodosin of conditional

guest,

be briefly comprehend-

jmssive,

iu the midst,
amouif, 1.

at the table,

gird up, i (mid.)

beget again,

1.

1.

2.

accursed,

by course,

2.

tell, 6.

rehearse, 1.
report, 1.
declare, 3.

<;,

1.

sit at meat, 5.
sit together, 1.

revive, 2.

seek,

i<.]

1.

down,

sit, 2.

live again, 1.

xviii.

amomum,"

Tr

lean,

be set down,

after

" aud

lie, 1.

1.

sit

see

cinuamon. Rev.

between,

to return, 3.
turu agaiu, 1.

1.

yOv.

GL

(),
1.

//,

1.

],
cry,

untaken away,

15.

1.

\vithout rebuke,
blameless, 1.

13,

receive, 2.

both, U.

[add

open, 1.
with

1.

ax)point, 1.

receive sight,

clothe, 4.

ENOLTSH.

lose saltness,

renew,

1.

renew,

2.

',

departure,

renewing,

2,

return,
depart,

1.

1.

1.

ytt/o/nat,
I

,
,
,
,
-, ,
,
,
,
-, ,
,
, ,, ,88,
,
,
,
, , 8,
-,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
',
IITDEX.

/7^09,
without

/,
open,

bin, 1.

wait for,

brance,

remem-

put in remembrance,

1.

stir up, 1.

speak out,

],

be renewed,

<;,

1.

excess,

1.

draw up,

1.

out,

1.

recover one's

resurrectioE, 39.
rising agniu, 1.

self, 1.

1.

again,

life

1.

(,

the

spoken

be

;,

should

that

first

rise,

without gainsaying,

ava^Los,
unworthy,

1.

unworthily,

trouble,

1.

menstealer,

crucify afresh,

2.

sigh deeply,

tt:ith

to rest,

hare

overthrow,

(,

return,

1.

rest,

tion, 2.

take rest,

iuisi)LakabIe,

man,

1.

conversation,

,^,,
';,
7<;.

50.

,
fellow,

avrip

1.

a prophet,

1.

1.

,
,

156.

husband,
sir, 6.

1.

that foilcth not,

2.

fierce, 1.

self, 1.

abide, 1.
pass, 1.

2.

perruade,

live, 2,

rest, i.

take ease,

imspeakablo,

behave one's

<,

1.

be used, 1.
have one's conversa-

give rest, 1.
refresh, 4.
middle,

2.

be fit, 1.
be convenient,

1.

luireprovable,
blameless, i.

4.

7.

anise, 1.

<;,

1.

2.

pass, or mid.,

1.

1.

manslayer,

t.

1.

1.

murderer,

13.

tolerable, 6.

1.

resist, ).

,
,
,
,
,
, ,, ',
<;, ,
,
, ,
($,
,
send again,

send,

see

set forth in order,

make

1.

ve\ev,

unmerciful,

to rise,

'.

uveAeos, see

rise, 2.

rising, 1.
arise, 1.

2.

'Z.

be up,

[^Jor

x.

spring,

be driven
wind, 1.

1.

with

fire

declare,

31.

1.

communicate,

2.

down,

down

dayepring,

7.

to meat, 2

bo set down,
lean, 1.

f iiii.,-i.siii.j

east,

1.

mcui>leusers,

1.

unsearchable,

,,
patient,

occupy,

overthrow,

1.

1.

I.

men,

1.

to man,
1.

irtOi <&V<7I{,

1.

mankind,

natur,

1.

manner

1.

modcrtite,

uusnirchablo, 1.
imst finding out,

1.

nourish up,
nourish, 1.
bring up, 1.

3.

common

1.

inexcusable,

man's,

of uuui, 1.
after the

1.

Jorhearinij,

ara7ro/\oy7;T09,
without excuse,

2.

1.

($<;,

7.

u'ith

subvert,

1.

1.

1.

or branch,

east, 2.

flU up, 1.
fulUl, 2.
supply, 2.

4.

of coals, 2.

coal,

1.

impossible,

sit
Bit

^5,

$,

50, sec Kise.]

maimed,

i.

the

1.

wind,

5.

give thanks,

flower,

2.

spring up,

Mark

withstand,

1.

1.

1.

sister's son, 1.

men,

like

,
,
suffer,

endure,

1.

(.)

quit you

1.

3.

forbear, 2.
bear with,

1.

?^,

1.

,
,
,
find, 2.

turn upside down, 1.

make an uproar, 1.

1.

".

not commodious,

$<:,
refresh,

examine,

without,

2.

1.

1.

1.

avV,

1.

refreshing,

be eased,

iorttire, 1.

1.

go aside, 2.
turn aside,

u'it/i K,

raised to

1.

givu place, 1.
withdraw one's self,
depart, 8.

ivifh

rest,

rest, 3.
liberty, 1.

^),

1.

1.

2.

1.

2.

927

3.

return,

1.

subvert,

I)ull

against,

go up,

1.

remembrance, 3.
remembrance again,

cannot

blameless,

offer up, 3.
oiler, 2.

1.

.<;,

awake,

innumerable,

move,

nnrebukable,

carry up, I.
bring up, 1.
lead up, 1.
bear,

call to remembrauco, 1.
call to mind, 1.

/,
,

3.

1.

remember,

AND ENGLISH.

appear, 1.
discover, 1.

1.

kindle,

1.

into

brinii

GKEEK

1.

1.

that noeuoth not to bo

oshumod,

1.

munlerur,

3.

1.

92,S

i:!iDEX.

',,

without law,

457.

uith

Son

unlawful,

man,

of

lawless,

88.

wicked,

kinti, 2.

nobleman,

1.

2.

over against,

without law,

2.

to support,

1.

,
., ',
make

njs,

straight,
set up, 1.
lift up, 1.

a certain liouseholder,
1.

unholy,

help, 1.
partaker,

1.

1.

forbearance,

1.

,
after man,
after the

nanner

strive against,

of

be deputy,

;,

up.

1.

again,

from

1.

render,

1.

1.

recompense,

reward,

answer a^ain,

unwaahed,

raise,

').

up,

say against,
gainsay, 1.

1.

stand up, 8.
stand ui)right,

15.

ri.se a^iain, 13.

arise, o8.

arise up,

unwise,

1.

at'TL
1.

for this cause,

'',

fool, 1.

avTL

1.

Ktyciv,

^-,
oi)cn, 0.

avTi^LKO;,
adversary,

ai/ot^i5, loiih ivy

that... may ojieu,

self,

antichrist,

out,

-,
draw,

the

of

unriKhtcousness,

rosiet,

1.

transgress the law,

1.

bid

,',

count wiirthy,

desire,

1.

as beconicth,

5.

, ,,
worthy,

2.

3.

OeoH,
godly sort,
Toil

after a

1.

with

self, 1.

1.

invisible, 4.

-,

the invisible things,

ui> into, 1.

bring word, 1.
bring word again,
report,

2.

drj, 2.

4.

3.

r(iH,-;i.s,;/,, 1.

1.

3.

unfeigned,

1.

1.

^,

1.

2.

tell, 2.

declare, 3.

show,

10.

show again,

^^,

1.

1.

ifiiJi

unworthy,

without hypocrisy, i.
without dissimulation,

1.

1.

].,
due reward,
JU'ltf.

5.

1.

4.

think worthy
think good, 1.

',
,
like figure,
ligure, 1.

35.

1.

ansuerahle,

1.

avvhpo<i,
without water,

1.

law, 1.
iniquity, 12.

>,

meet,

resist, 4.

bear

opposition,

transgression

meet,

1.

nothing to draw with, 1.

oppose one's

2.

against,

draw

tli/Tt^dAAoj,
have, 1.

to oifu, 70.

a^ios,
worthy,

avTLTVTTOv,

1.

for that. ..ought to say,

build again,

side, 2.

,
,
,
,
,
,

folly, 1.

-,

,
,

1.

ase, 2.

pass by on the other

oppose one's

1.

because, 4.
therefore, 1.

avoLa,

U'lUi

in the room of,

for, 14.

foolish, 4.

madness,

)<),

war

1.

2.

resist, 1.

hold to, 2.
hold fast, 1.
support, 1.

risint;, 1.

rise

1.

.(:),

1.

rise, 19.

improfitable,

2.

with art.,
improfitableucss,

ai'TiTrepav,
over against,

1.

raise up, 11.

raise up again, 2.
lift

1.

reiily against, 1.
anstctT uyuiii of dispiile
with, 1.

1.

higher, 1.
above, 1.

1.

recomiiense,

1.

1.

upper,

1.

, , ,
without mercy,

toj), 1.

,
,
again,

2.

//,,

2.

2.

from the

measure again,

1.

1.

,
',
?,

1.

ransom,

1.

above,

avioBev,

,
,,
^,

recompense again,

to loose, 2.
leave, 1.
forbear, 1.

2.

from the top,

revile again, 1.

4.

1.

from above, 5.
from the beginning, 1.
from the very first, 1.

1,

1.

strife, 1.

reiiay, 1.

recomi>ensc,

upper room,

5.

gainsaying, 1.
contradiction,

1.

1.

4.

Kioiieiuic,

,
,
help,

',

icii?i

up to the brim,

avTiXoyia,

2.

iill

1.

';,

1.

in exchange, 2.

according to man,

U'i'iil

deny,

1.

men, 2.
as a man, 2.
as men, 1.

deputy,

gainsay,

up, 2.
above, 5.
high, 1.

1.

contradict,

2.

1.

1.

1.

gainsay, 1.
gainsayer, 1.
answer again,

2.

avowry,

Bomaus,

disobedient,
unruly, 1.

speak against,

, /,
^/,
/,
/,

the shepherds,

that is not put under,

avTLKpv,

2.

1.

';,

an enemy,

?,

be contrary, 2.
oppose, 1.
adversary, 5.

4.

1.

transgressor,

a certain

AliD ENGLISU.

,
, ,

<!,

', ,
'- ,

man,

GREEK

hang ouo'e

1.

self, 1.

1.

1.

.,
,
,
,
(, ,
,
,
,
,
, , ,

2.

take away, 1.
put to ilfuth,
carry uwiiy,

1.

1.

brini,', 1.

.',

unlearueU,

,
take,

3.

without distraction,

deceivablenesB,

1.

without father,

1.

brightness,

take away,

cast away, 2.

1.

nncircumcised,

1.

)^,

1.

IC.

unbelief, 4.
disobedience,

be required,

1.

do t/ioi/ require,
ask ainiiu, 1.

depart,

pass,

believe not,

1.

(mid.)

4.

obeij not, 1,

have,

liavc received, 1.

1.

2.

,
,

4.

be written,

be taxed,

3.

be enrolled, 1.

impers.,

,
^,
,
,
,
,
, ,
?,
,
, , ,
, 8,
7/\),
,

it is

<;,

alieniitetl, 1.

',

disobedient,

ll-if/l

be alienated, 1.
be an alien, 1.

enough,

1.

middle,
abstain, 6.

C.

show,

believe not,

2.

7.

2.

threatening,
Btraitly,

unbelief. 12.

3.

1.

to meet,

7.

ets,

to meet,!.

be absent,

absent,

G.

1.

/,
go,

unchangeable,
anoOier,

thing incredible,

renounce,

12.

deny,

1.

t/Xt,

1.

ixo<i,ivit h eis,

put

no experience,

?,
)il'ini(,

?,

1.

2.

try,

1.

taking a far journey,

give, 9.
give again, 1.
deliver, 1.
deliver again,

for, 10.

sell, 3.

hy, 9.

pay,

over against,

repay,

3.

in, 1.
at, 10.

restore,

2.

render,

1.

2.

before. 2.
in the presence of,
contrarj to, 1.

go out,

1.

turn,

come,

1.

2.
1.

1.
i).

perform,

4.

eiuco
since, 2.
thot, 1.

1.

yield, 2.
trit/i

.].

1.

1.

recompense,
reward, (.

the

.,

1.

0.

payment bo made,

1.

ui>on,
since,

1.

2.

6),

1.

before,
on, 5.

1.

1.

take one's journey,

1.

7;,05,

with,
ei's,

go into a far country, 3.

travel into a far coun-

from among, I.
they of, I.
out of, 17.
because of, 1.

,
icith

hope for again,

Acts

see Tukti leave

.MM

1.

1.

bountifulness,

from,

(,
made free,

all tliin^'.s, 4.

4.

3.

of, 128.

1.

freeman,

all, :il.

of. J

2.

from, 370.

off, 1.

at naught,

3.

deceive,

singleness,
simplicity,

2.

\<,

all, 4.

ti,

2.

gladly receive,
receive, 2.
accept, 1.

liberally,

5.

,
,
drive,

every man, 1.
every imo, 1.

1.

1.

putting

first fruit, 1.
first fniils, 7.

1.

off, 1.

spoil,

,),

xxi.

acceptable,

'^/,
be received,

liberality,
liberal, 1.

,
',
luiving

,
.
,

1.

liberalhi, 1 {leith iv).

unskilful,

wait for,
look for,

[for

1.

705,

liuiHli, 1.

whole,

1.

tithe, 1.
take tithes,

single, 2.

toitJi

can not be tempted,

1.

Leiicefortli,

give tithe,

niiddif,

to

,,

deny,

1.

1.

1.

unprepared,

l)ay tithe, 1.

1.

infidel, 2.

1.

1.

from one

iiot ynssintj

1.

faithless, 4.

15.

(1(/35,

to

unbelieving, 5.
that believeth not, C.
which believeth not,
unbeliever, 4.

aTTCt/tt,

wiih

from

1.

1.

demonstration,

tender,

once,

1.

set forth,

prove, 1.
approve,

threaten,

(puss.)

1.

ii)'o!(cd, 1.

receive, 2,
be. 5.
3.

1.

taxing,

be

unbelieving, 1.
obey not, 3.
be disobedient,
disobedient, 1.

casting away,

be dead,

8.

iluiubi'Uit.'n(, 2,

1.

1.

come,

(,
2.

unbelief, 1.

1.

uTraXyeo),
be i>a8t feeling,

deliver,

i.

to be refused,

',,

go iisido, 1.
go out, 1.
pass away, 1.

I.

dieobeilieuce,

1.

loss, 1.

depart, 27.

I.

have respect,

^;,

go away, 14.
go one's way,

1.

1.

go, 54.

2.

929

EJi(;i-lSlI.

endless,

deceit, 1.
deceivintf, 1.
deceitfulncss,
deceitful, 1.

lead away, 10.

lead,

OREKK AND

INDEX.

time,

1.

1.

(0(,

requite,

I.

'^,

&,
to sepanite,

disallow, 2.
reject,

7.

1.

1.

1.

, ,,
,

,
, ,
,
,
,
, , ,
,
, ,
GEEEK

HTDEX.

930

acceptation,

hid,

2.

wipe

2.

kept secret,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
putting away,

-^^ U'itU
must put

kill, 55.

slay, 14.

put to death,

EjVGLISH,

5.

have

is sent, 1.

messenger,

2.

apostle, 78.

1.

wash,

\....,
when he would

he that

off, 1.

give,

1.

off, 1.

AND

provoke to speak,
turn away,

,
,
, ,
, ,
',
,
,,
,
,
-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
<;, , , ,
,,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ^,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
,
garner,
barn, 4.

3.

put. ..to death,

lay x\p in store,

bring forth,

1.

beget,

fall

1.

be a dying, 1.
a dying, 1.
be dead, 27.
dead, 1.

',

perish,

1.

U'((/l

be

at

death,

be

of

receive again,
take, 1.

to enjoy,

TO

when. ..was dead,

restore again,

ii'it/i

1.

to leave,

1.

3.

remain, 3

be perplexed, 1.
stand in doubt, 1.

take leave of, 2.

bid farewell, 2.

he perplexed, 1.

forsake,

doubt,

send away,

2.

destroy, 23.

cast one's

be destroyed,

put off, 2.
put away,

self, 1.

be taken from,

3.

die, 1.
be lost, 3.

be marred,

1.

cast off, 1.
lay aside, 2.
lay apart, 1.
lay down, 1.

1.

perish, 33.

to enlighten,
with iu,

1.

mid.,

1.

revelation, 1.

take up one's carriage,!

shake

shadow,

repay,

1.

off, 2.

1.

when. ..shall
vealed,

perplexity,

lose, 28.

manifestation,
appearing, 1.
coming, 1.

1.

finish, 1.

lick, 1.

(/,

revelation, 12.

1.

be doubtful, 1.

(pass.)

7.

reveal, 26.

ioit)i

',

be i)ut out of the synagogue, 2.

3.

1.

enjoy the pleasure,

1.

choke,

be

re-

2.

Apollyon,

1.

\.,

1.

1.

dcsti'oyci, 1.

earnest expectation,

2.

speak for one's

answer

restitution,

for one's self,

answer, 3.
excuse one's

reconcile, 3.

self, 1.

excuse, 1.
make defence,

answer for one's

answer,

1.

cut

wash away,
wash,

[),

1.

.;aia-cr, 1.

to unower, 250.

9.

deliverance,

1.

loose, 2.
release, 17.
forgive, 2.
let go, 13.
let depart, 2.
sot at liberty, 2.

1(1

6.

13.

self, 1.

1.

uTroTpcTTOyuat,
turn away, 1.

1.

divorcement, 2.
writingof divorcement,

absence,

1.

carry away,

14.

carry,
bring,

1.

send away, 3.
send forth, 15.
send oiit, 2.

to escape,

sjieak forth,

utterance,

in, 1.

say,

oep(,
defraud,

destitute,

<;,
unlade,

4.

keep back by fraud,

1.

1.

using,

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

'ddie,

depart,

3.

send, 111.
set, 1.

apobtleship, 4

3.

1.

1.

put

passive,

2.

Sut away,
ivorce,

hide,

sharidy, 1.
sharpness,

1.

1.

redemption,

send away,

4.

2.

1.

1.

dismiss,

answer,

to forsake,

uncover,

iJ.

tputcnce,

away,

1,

1.

1.

oli,

severity,

passive,

be gotten from,

falling

self, 1.

be very bold,

1.

clearing of one's
defence, 3.

4.

.\(.,
shut,

draw away, 1.
withdraw, 1.
draw, 1.

',

1.

1.

be laid up, 3.
be appointed,

behead,

3.

self, 1.

wUh

put out of the syno^

goguc, 1.

1.

aov,y,

loith ets,

1.

sail, 4.

wash,

1.

1.

v;iih
slain, 1.'

restore,

to

abhor,

receive, 10.

point

the

inid. and pass. aor.

turn away from, 4.

1.

,,

roll away, 3.
roll back, 1.

3,

pervert, 1.
put up again, 1.
bring again, 1.

1.

passive,
err, 1.
be scdiiccd, 1.

die, 76.
lie

from,

seduce,

1.

1.

1.

1.

depart,

3.

1.

UTDEX.

.^)),
deirt,

depart asunder,

,
,
',

men's

av-

failing

1.

man can

uo

wliicb

Luke

apayi vith

Acle

hearts

tbein,

,
,
,. ,,
content,

aijproach uuto,

1.

<:,

',

,
,
/,
void of ofience,

viii.

bear,

see

^.

1.

joint,

1.

give none offence,

slow, 1.
barren,

1.

without resi>ect of por1.

loith

now,
from

1.

apyvpiov,

lamb,

silver, 3.
silvtT piece, 1.
piece of silver, 5

,
,

luito this hour,

hitherto,

hour,

1.

1.

ttiis

29 (saidof Christ
in Rev.)

perfect,

see

1.

1.

present

1.

new-born,

Lamb,

11.

2.

even unto

2.

,
.
',
,
,
money,

now, 2.
even until now, 1.
unto this present,
unto this day, 1.

28.

refuse,

1.

until

1.

1.

,
deny,

1.

2.

lunceforth,

icilA

,
,
espouse,

hereafter,

chariot, 4.

idle, 6.

\cith

1.

henceforth, 2.
from henceforth,

1.

appa-

1.

(/

-9,

even now,
now, 20.

30.

see

linger,

without oH'euce,

EOUS,

3.

1.

xviii. 8.

with

(X7roi/'i';(Oj,

middle,

be content,

1.

>,

icitli

1.

931

AND ENGLISH.

(interrogative)

therefore,

1.

GEEEK

1.

1.

',
,
,
-,
, , ,, ,
,
,
, ,
,
,
',
keep from

falling,

(,

1.

silversmith,

1.

light, 3.

bread, 72.

1.

to plow,

kindle,

apTos,

loaf, 23.

2.

silver, 5.

mid.,
touch, 33.

plow,

show-bread,

3.

show-bread,

1.

1.

of silver, 2.

spoiling,

silver, 1.

thrust from,
thrust away,
put from, 1.

1.

1.

to season, 3.

ravening, 1.
estortiou, 1.

1.

pleasing,

put away, 1.
cast away, 2.

1.

arcbauiiel, 2.

robbery,

1.

please, 17.

destruction,
perdition, 8.

5.

loifh art.
those things that are

ivaste, 2.

pernicious way,
lascivious way, 1.

pleasiug,

1.

vHh

1.

cursing,

virtue,
praise,

upa,

lamb,

then, 12.
so then. 2.
4.

number,

upayt,

then, 2.
wherefore,

now

therefore,
therefore, 7.

else,
<i

on the

1.

if

perhaps,

if

dinner,

1.

haply,

1.

if

,
,

so bo,

power,

1.

1.

what manner of man,

what manner of, 1.

MMM

be enough,

1.

,
,
,
mole,

1.

ButTloe. 1.
be sufficient, 2.

4.

mainsai^

\,

lirst, 1.

iri(/i

begin at the
I

I'rince,

<(.|,

1.
1.

iiuthxr,

L
1.

tiyiniicr, 1.

self

1.

(ip^tcpaKTiK09,
high priest,

1.

chief priest, 6i.

chief of the pricste, 1

high priest,

]};
1.

tlrst,

'/.
f-.'pfiiin,

that detllotb one's self

with mankind,

1.

-,

)n'(/i

at the

abuser of one's
with iniMikind, 1.

,, un-

1.

magistrate,

1.

is Hick, 1.
picklv. 1.
sick folk, 1 (jil.)

3.

1.

hf.jitining, 1.

that

left, 1.

ni'li'iijnt, 1.
K'l ':''", 1 (icith
liiistooi.)

apayt,

haply,

principles,

principality, 8.
rule, 1.

fick, 2.

.ii-u.-h, 1.

1.

In-rp

)>riiici|>(iltti/, 1.

1.

18.

left, 2.

,
,

if

ei

first, 1.

2,
first estate, 1.

2.

child,

1.

comer,

',
man,

I.

begiiinmg, 40.

3.

without scam,

3.

^
,

1.

in<\

diiie, 3.

4.

for then,

of old time,

unspeakable,

1.

oiiv,

SO tiien,

1 (jcii.

ytveCiv

4.

1.

man

1.

i<c

4.

to number,

wherefore, 1.
uo doubt, 1.
truly,

1.

earnest,

1.

a good while ago,

ravening, 1.
extortioner,

virtue, 1.

1.

therefore,

2.

^,

please, 1.

eis,

'

4.

,
,
,
,
.,
,
,
, ?,

cis,

pull,

-,

U'ifJi

1.

perish,

pluck,

art.,

iriiii

old things,

1.

catch up,

that

please, 1.
reason, 1.

damnation, 1.
damnable, 1.
to die,

catch,

1.

things

those

of old time, 2.
old, 6.

take by force, 3.
catch away, 2.

51.

chief 8bci>hcrd,

1.

932

,
,
,
, ,
INDEX.

.<;,

ruler of the synagogue,

7.

chief ruler of the syna-

gogue,

^,
2.

OEEEK

impotent folk,
be sick, 10.

1 (pi.)

lightning, 8.
bright-shining,

sick, 7.

diseased,

1.

master builder,

1.

chief among the publicans, 1.

/;;>^69,
liovernor of the feast,
ruler of the feast, 1.

without strength,
weak, lo.
feeble,

1.

1.

impotent,

1.

sick, 5.
sick folks, 1.
2.

with

,
,
,
?,

,
.

?,

agree not,

art.,

rule over, 1.
reign over, 1.
middle,
begin, 82.
with
begin, 1.

2.

things,

safety, 2.
certainty,

1.

1.

magistrate,

1.

see

make

understand-

make

embrace, 2.
take leave of,

uumoveable,

1.

which can not be moved,

1.

.',

/?,

unquenchable,

without

2.

quenched,

?,

2.

shame,

without honour,

sure,

despised,

1.

^,,

handle shamefully,

1.

sure,

2.

unseemly,
shame, 1.

implacable, 1.
truce-bearer, 1.

ungodly, 1.
commit ungodly,

uncomely,

live

<,

2.

less honourable, 1.

,
,

vax)our,

2.

amiss,

harm,

1.

2.

moment,

1.

,
,

?,

1.

1.

1.

1.

unreasonable,
absurd,

1.

1.

wickedness,

^,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
',
^,
',
, 5, ,
, , ,
,
,
,
ungodly,

4.

1.

.,

self unseemly, 1.
behave one's self uncomely, 1.

asp, 1.

ungoilliness,

vile, 1.

;^77',

1.

1.

dishonour, 4.
reproach, 1.

safely, 2.

si)ot, 3.

unspotted,

see

/,

behave one's

that never shall be

shame,

^,

1.

1.

assuredly,

1.

pa.ssit'c,

suffer

1.

greeting, 3.
salutation, 7.

of, 1.

iiiiddle,

dishonour,

taidalc,
make fast, 1.

greet, 15.
salute, 42.

(uiifi

1.

to dishonour, 2.
despise, 1.

fool, 1.

1.

2.

entreat shamefully,

sure, 1.
certain, 1.
with art.,
certainty, 2.

gladly, 2.

spices, 3.

sweet spices,

,
,

^,

safe, 1.

/'?,

1.

icithoxd, 1.

bottle, 12.

chief, 2.
ruler, 22.
chief ruler,

eyes,

without, 1.
in the absence

icith

covenant breaker,

to exercise,

Ijrince, 11,

,
set

1.

fasting, 1.

rehearse from the beginning, 1.

).
one's

ing, 3.
foolish, 2.

abstinence,

without

1.

steadfastly,

fasten one's eyes,

be fastened on, 1

1.

,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,. , ,
weakness,

weak

1.

behold

behold earnestly,

star, 4.

el

look on,

(icit)i els).

1.

lighten, 1.
shine, 1.

infirmity, 1,

^^,

AND ENGLISH.

sliine, 1.

1.

break of day,

1.

';,

1.

1.

self-willed, 2.

fai'thing, 2.

riot, 2.

excess,

ungodly,

1.

7.

ungodly man,

close by,

1.

viih arl.,
that is ungodly,

1.

riotous,

willing of one's self,

of one's own accord,

1.
1,

1.

1.

have no certain dwelling-place,

lasciviouHness,

wantonness,

usurp authority over,

1.

behave one's

6.

orderly,

self dis-

1.

1.

fair, 1.

filthy. 1.

l)roper,

2>lural,

much wantonness,

unruly-,

1.

1.

disordvrlij,

<;,

avXij,

1.

star, 24.

mean,

1.

uaOeveLa,

unstable,

weakness,

fold,

1.

palace, 7.

irith

5.

without children,

childleBs,

be weak,

without natural
tion, 2.
unsociable,

1.

^,

12.

be made weak,
weak,
impotent man,

1.

1.

swerve from,
Tiot aim at, 1.

1.

err, 2.

',i.

1.

hall, 2.

2.

infirmity, 17.

disease,

1.

curt,

disorderly,

Mckness,

1.

),

to pipe, 3.

1.

affec-

^,

shcopfold,

J.

1.

7;;,

look Bteadfa8tly,3(iM/;i

1.

*1).
look up BtcadfasMy,

look earnestly on, I.

look carneetfy upon,

1.

1.

piper, 1.
minstrel,

^,
to lodge,
abide, 1.

1.

I.

',

1.

INDEX.

05,
pipe,

or

itself, 2.

himself,
2.

him,

iHtraiii.,

3.

thevisch'es, 1.
Ace. sing. /cm.,

2.

very,
thee,

increase, 3.

^9,

increase,

2.

to-morrow,

6.

the same,

,
,
,

see outos.

,
,
contentment,

1.

, .

of one's self, 1.
of one's own accord,

iioiii.

sing. masc,

I myself, i.
thou thyself, 2.
thyself, 1,

he himself,

itself, 1.

the said,

that, 1.
hat.

masc,

them, 2
14,

,
,

1.

pi.,

themselves,

1.

(see

.)

1.

Mark

xvi.

the same, 5.
that same, 2.

Dat. sing, fern., avrfj,

her, 1.

very,

same.

1.

vith

which,

,
7.

1.

Tioin. ]il.,

we

ii>

ourselves, 1.
ourselves, 1.
ye yourselves, 3.
you yourselves, 1.
yourselves, 5.
they thi-mselves

(in
xxiii.4).

Matt,
themselves, 2.
italics,

they, 48.

,
,
,

these same,
irith

ourselves,
<ri(/l

iriMi

3.

they theniHelvce,
Horn,

iiiij.

herself,
she, 3.
itself, 2.

1.

1.

/.,,

rn

the Biime hour,

the art., 6 aiiot,

etc.

same,

1.

same thing, 5.
same matter, 1.
the same cause,

,,
1.

like things, 1.
ini TO
in one place, 1.

together,
TO

together,

7.

1.

37.

)(,
with

one's own hand,

see

1.

.\-

;,
dark,

,
^,
let, 8.

suifer, 13.

,
come abroad,

not manifest,

1.

greedy of

1.

],

;,
;,
,

1.

8.

refniin from,

1.

awny,

1.

Jiiiiidlo,

away,

depart from, 3.
withdraw one's

1.

1.

1.

2.

8,
ptinuihing or tiotsparing.

3.

without

fear, 4.

made

like, 1.

he

1.

self, 1.

,
,
, ,
suddenly,

cease to he seen,

neglecting,

1.

depart from,
fall

1.

draught,

$<;,

draw way,

1.

filthy

1.

deporting,

corrupt, 2.
paMiuf,

(,

1.

1.

',
to

1.

remit, 2.
omit, 1,

lucre,

(Usfignre,

6.
1.

leave, 52.
forsake, 6.
forgive, 47.

not

vanish out of sight,

1.

let hpve,
yield up,

1.

without covetousness,

,
;,
is

lay aside,
let go, 1.
let be, I.
let alone,

despiser of these that

are good, 1.

1.

take away, 7.
cut
2.
smite off, 1.

that

OP

suffer it to be so now.l.

with ytVo-

V5.

NclfHauic,

,. perish,

the same hour, 2.

in that instant, 1.
u-i(/i

1.

vauinh awny,

1.

TT) oiprf

for
those,

1.

aiirfj

in that same hour, 1.

in tliiit hour, 1.
in the sumo hour, 1.

the
the
the
the

1.

ye yourselves,

rfl

that same day, 1.

the same day^ 2.

ici'.h iyiu,

I myself,

we

1.

tu

it, 1.

2.

Redundant,

,,
.

Tit. iL

Uncorruptness.]

send .away, 2.
put away, 2.

2,

See

1.

even him,

1.

thereof,

1.

there, 3.
here, 1.

1.

Gen. Ji!.,
their own, 11.
Gen. sing, fern.,

Dal. sing,
himself, 1.

1.

man,

,,

1.

[for

),

23.

u'ith

he himself,

masc,

sing,

same, 1.
his own,

13.

his own self,

himself, 27.
he. 101.

sincerity,

immortal,

U'ii/i jrepi,

of himself, 1.
of him, 1.
his, 1,

1.

iiiOi

Gen.

one's

thereon, 2.
thereby, 1.
therewith,

thereupon,

1.

incorruption, 4.
immortality, 2.

7,.se

tlureof, 1.

1.

joint, 2.

therein, 2.
thereinto, 1.

pose, 1.
for the same purpose,2.
thereiuito, 1.
1.

,
,
,
.
,,
,

not corruptible, 1.
incorruptible, 4.
uncorruptible, 1.

5,

u'i</i iv,

them,

self, 1.

1.

Uliciid forms.

their in-

they ^

therein, 15.

Acc.i>l. ntiii.,

;,

eye-witness,

it

even for this aojne pur-

themselves,

of

and

uil/i tiT,
1.

remission, 9.
forgiveness, 6.

iticorruption, 1.

~)

thereat, 1.
thereby, 2.

1.

this very tiling,

very,

see

(in the oblique coeee),

she

1.

1.

condemned

be of one mind, 1.
be likeminded, 2.
as a simple pronoun

iiiih

for the selfbume thuiij,

sufficiency, 1.

thing,

be of the some mind,

aino toOto,

it?

upon

1.

1.

liberty, 1.
1.

1.

1.

deliverance,

care,

mind the same

he

1.

besides this,

2.

content,

book.]

this very thing, 1.

this selfsame tniug,
this same, 1.

9.

5.
ilay, 1,

;,

this

1.

18, after

morrow,

this,

1.

icith

austere,

1.

Ace. sing, neut.,

[not rendered, Heb. ix.

avpLOV,

next

mase.,

them,

passive,

',

\cith

2>I.

1.

if, 1.

(',
same

have the

2.

Ace.

one as

all

irilh

itself, 2.

10.

(JTOw up,
increase,

even

3.

933

singleness,

1.

rrith iv

masc,

Ace. sing,

1.

give the increase,

1 (pi.)

in the

recompense

for

same,

the same,

, ,^,

AKD ENGLISH.

it, 1.

tran.titire,

increase,

grow,

turni. sing. tiut.,

1.

grow,

GREEK

or

look, 1.
sec, 1.

,, , ,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
*

to separate,

7.

[for
xsiv. 1,

divide, 1.
sever, 1.

,
,
be

Luke
Morning

st'o

(very early in the).]

passive,
sei>arate,

1.

(fern.)
bramble bush, I,

heavy, 3.
be burdened, 1.
be pressed, 1.
be charged, 1.

bush,

be

1.

,
,
,

(masc.)

hearing,

dvxll of

2.

frog,

7.

weight,
burden,

4.

measure,

with

degree,

occasion,

GREEK ANB ENGLISH.

INDEX.

934

1.

1.

1.

,
, ,, , ,
,
, ,
,
,
,
, , , ,
,
?,
,,
,
,
, ,,
,,
,
,
, , ,,
,
to foam,

depth, 5.
deepness, 1.
deep, 1 (suliii/.)

2.

tuifh

deep things,

that cue foameth again,

with
deep, 1.

1.

use vain repetitions, 1

4.

eli'at,

ii>

be burdensome,

(pL)

use autlioritij,

overcharged,

),

[/or

ei',

foolishly,

Luke

1.

abomination,

'

i'oolisliuess, 1.

with

1.

vi. 48, see

Dig.]

2.

heavy, 1.
weighty,

1.

grievous,

folly, 1.

abhor, 1.
abominable,

1.

deep,

weightier matter,

2.

1.

foolish, 2.

very early in morning,

fool, 8.

vcrj' i)recious, 1.

establish, 1.
stablish, 2.

1.

confirm,

fall asleep, 1.

dumb,

branch,

3.

bag,

withoutsignificatiou,

luithaukf ul,

1.

to torment,
pain, 1.
vex, 1.
toss, 1.

1.

2.

confirmation,

1.

toil, 1.

piiroe, 3.

throw,

profane person,

torment,

profane,

tormentor,

4.

2.

throw down,

1.

send, 3.
thrust, 5.
strike,

1.

..,

|Jorpa<|)i!,Luke xviii.25
see

torment,

1.

lay, 3.
arise, 1.

with

dung,

kingdom

of heaven, 32.

with
to reign,

1.

1.

royal,

1.

a;^jt5,

U.

until,

till, 3.

as far as, 1.
as far as to,
unto, 13.

even

to, 2.

into,

1.

1.

seat, 10.

^)(

to set one's foot ou,

1,

1.

1.

beryl.

1.

baptize, 74.
Baptist, 1.

,
,
,
,
,
/, /, ^,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
mid. and pass, aorist,

>vash, 2.
be biiptized, 2.

1.

king, 118.

violence, 4.

/3/,

to reign, 20.
king, 1.

sullor violence,

1.

he 'jotteii hijforcc, 1.

in, 1.
for, 2.

baptism,

press,

22.

royal,

2.

,
,

roil

liitherto,

Sevpo,

wiishing,
bai>tism,

3.

with ad.,
kiug'B country,

1.

migliiy,

chaff, 2.

Baptist, 14.

queen,

dip, 3.

foot,

4.

little

lie, 1.

Bar.

1.

scroll, 1.
book, 2U.
bill, 1.

1.

writing,

1.

with art,

things without

book,

1.

bewitch,

a{l/Lv6()<;,

wormwood,

1.

1.

violent, 1.
till 11 //mi thviisi men, 1,

1.

that cannot

1.

2.

noblemoai, 2.
couitiei' or ruler, 1.

ayp'S ov iv,
tiU,

1.

\oith art.,

king's court,

0?"

"XP')

throne,

judgment

/39,

v:ilh

uuprofitable,

(neiif.)

very well,

Twi/ ovpai'uit',

lie, 2.

-^-,

57.

ToO eoC,
kingdom of God, 72.
ii'ifii.

passive,

2.

dart, 1.

kingdom,

1.

heat, 1.

unprofitable,

Meedle.]

3.

put, 13.

unprofitable,

2.

1.

1.

put up,
pour, 2.

)(^,
become

1.

5.

2.

cast out,

1.

2.

l)rufaue, 4.

cast, 8C.

made without hands,

not made with hands,

5.

8.

passive,

*^,

<;,
mist,

1.

steadfast, 4.
iirm, 1.
sure, 3.
of force, 1.

1.

comjnirative,

unwise,

6.

life, 1.

barbarian,
barbarous,

5.

1.

bear, 22.
carry, 3.

take up,

1.

book,

13.

1.

4.

,
,

,
),
,
,
,
,
, ,,
,
,
,
,
, ,
eat,

INDEX.

GEEEK

wiffi cli,

to help,

1.

to help,

,
,

live, 1.

helper,

moiuier of

6.

succour,

slackness,

2.

arm,

1.

ditch, 2.

of this life, 1.
of t hi ii''s pertaining to

pertaiu to

this

life, 1.

hurtful,

to sound,

mire,

to bud,

speak evil

1.

2.

bliuspheme, 17.

epeak blasphemy,
bla.sphomously,

blasphemer,

1.

1.

evil spuakiug,
railing', 2.

blasi)homou8,

blasphemer,

2.

2.

],

2.

,
,

counsel, 10.

with

advise,

Heeiu;;, 1.

1.

will, 1.

look on, 4.
look to, 1.

would,

lie. 1.

will.

behold, 10.
take heed, 12.
take heed to, 2,
beware, i.

will, 1.

be willin_'. 1.
be minded, 2.
be diujiosc'd, 1.

,
,
intend,

see, 90.
eight, 1.

calm,

2.

~
Matt.
latt. xxu.
xxii. ^

,
,
30
30

4.

ivoddiug, 7.

marriage,

gnashing,

gnash,

7.

meat,

without sight,

1.

ox,

because,

therefore,
seeing, 1.
indeed, 1.
1.

understood)
2.

10.

(ncut.)

1.

1.

see

prize, 2.

to rule,

to cry,

cry,

1.

1.

tarrr, 1.
be slack,

1.

Jussive,

begin to sink,

11.

1.

deep,

1 (tubtt.)

2.

yet,

1.

why,
what

1.

1.

,
1.

for, 23.

0.

drown,

but,

ico'i

morsel of meat,

(.,

2.

1.

verily, 2.

no doubt,
and, 3.
even, 1.

(loitk

must be put,

3.

because that,

1.

8.

9.

for, 992.

,
,
meat,

Marriage.]

above),

1.

,
,
,

give in marriage,

rain, 2.

snare,

J'( give in)

Mark xii.

XX. 35

25, see

1.

Mar-

xvii. 27

for

'/,

ui/ii

to thunder,

ixid'ii;;, 1.

hiU, 2.

wile, 2.

\_J0T

,.
, , ,
,
, ,
,
perceive, 1.
Kith (ii,
regard, 2.

3.

Lu.
jU.

thunder, 7.
thundering,

eating,
rust, 2.
food, 1.

'2.

list, 1.

5.

marry, 20.
married, 1.

1.

victuals, 1.

11.

own

,
,
,
,
meat,

1.5.

of one'H

of, 3.

1.

send forth,

puriiose, 1.

3.

beware

2.

1.

will,l.

|J.|xa,

look,

1.

16.

1.

child, 1.

child,

with VETO?,
rain, 1 (iiifrans.)

1.

counsellor,

railing,

young

wash,

puri)ose, 2.

blasphemy,

1.

rain, 1 (tratw.)
rain, 2 (iiiirans.)

be minded,
determine,

1.

or

take counsel,
consult, 2.

1.

l.j

marry a

cluster, 1.

1.

1.

5.

send rain,

,
-,
herbs,

1.

treasure,

further,

little

milk, 5.

,., ,
,
defame,

1.

5),

infant,

feed, 3.

report slanderously,

space,

little

babe,

1.

keep, 1.
middle,

of, 10.

1.

gaii'jieiii;, 1.

treasury,

feed, 5.

revile, 1.
rail on, 2.

,
,
canker,

in few words,

1.

ept'iug up, 2.
briiitj forth, 1.

little while, 1.

go a

2.

north,

,
,
altar, 1.

3.

,
, ,
,,
,

2.

,
,, ,
to hurt,

fine linen, 2.

1.

little lohile, 1.

dart, 1.

1.

fine linen, 4.

cast, 1.

935

3.

,
,

little, 3.

tliis life, 1.

thiui,- tUiit

tanner,

neut.,

pit, 1.

life, 1.

,
,

slow,

life, 5.

living, 5.
gooil, 1 (stibst.)

,
,
,
sail slowly, 1.

help. 1.

1.

AND ENGLISH.

1.

I.

for
(or
for
for

also, 7.

oven, 5.
indeed,
verily,

1.

1.

and indeed,
yet,

I.

2.

because that,
Ti

1.

why, what

? 3.

what then

? 1.

>//),
belly,

1.

womb,

1.

>'

he with

chilli, 5,
2.

with child,

1 (see

936

IN'DEX.

ye,
(used with other words
to add emphasis.)
yet, 2.

yet doubtless,
ye
beside,

1.

bom,

is

1.

2.

of the country,

bom
bom

hell, 9.

6<;,

yievva

,
9,

divided,

1.

continue,

1.

certify,

1.

1.

1.

eli,

\iind, 1.

4,

senate,

1,

with

of, 5.
6.

ycveti,
generation, 34.
nation, 1.
age, 2.
time, 2.

be dressed,

1.

husbandry,

1.

(lit.

may

from generation to gen1.

,
1.

pedigree is count-

',

1.

sweet,
fresh,

1.

yp,

/,

1.

birth.

[instead of

ycvva

critical

see Fruit.]

come
hij

editors,

follow,

imtaive,

be bom,

39.

1.

be made,

^?,

1.

yivirqfxa,
generation,

4.

own,

2.

true,

1.

be showed,

^9,
murmurer,

1.

;5,

seducer, i.

/5,
burden,

1.

?,

parents,

19.

,
knee,

2.

{plural)

7.

kneel,

yova-ra,

5.

kneel down to, 2.

kneel to, 1.
bow the knee, 1.

./,
letter, 9.
learning, 1.

learning,

1.

/.,9,

scribe, 66.

with
1.

art.,

town-clerk,

sincerity, 1.

naturally,

1.

3.

bill, 1.

>;5,

1.

1.

be wrought, 2.
be performed, 1.
be done, 62.
80 be done, 1.
be one's doing, 2.
be fulfilled, 3.
be finished, 1.
be ended, 1.
be past, 2.
bo had, 1.
be kept, 1.
be found, 1.
be brought, 1.

7,

writing, 1.
scripture, 1.

fall, 1.

happen,

gender, 2.
conceive, 1.
delivered of, 1.
bring forth, 1.
bear, 2.

2.

fuller, 1.

to pass, 82.

be brought to pass,
befall, 1.

beget, 49.

3.

1.

yvaev,

arise, 16.
come, 53.

* yivrj^a,
moat

bag,

become, 42.
be made, 69.
grow, 2.
wax, 2.
draw, 1.

/,

1.

tongue, 50.

old, 1.
be old, 1.

2.

generation,
nature, 1.
natural, 1.

fruit, 6.

yXevKO^,
new wine,

earthly,

old age,

2.

/9,

spring,

,
,
^,

2.

i.

merchandise,

be resolved, 1.
can speak, 1.

18.

country,
world, 1.
with

grudging,

("ware,"

1.

feel, 1.

trans.

1,

murmuring,

> edition of

knov;, 1.

wax

birthday,

oi,~\

land,

^5,

1.

genealogy,

9.

be aware

earth, 188.

ground,

.05,

1.

be aware, 1. j 1611).
be sure of, 1.
be sure, 1.
understand, 8.
can, 1 (lit. know how),

laud, 42.

yeveaXoyeo/Atti,
one's descent is count-

1.

intrans.

perceive,

allow,

1.

yvv
we know,
murmvir,

1.

1.

1.

1.

ai-f.,

acquaintance, 2 (pi.)
that which may be

known,

know, 196.
have knowledge,

19.

10.

1.

baptize,

husbandman,

ets yfviaii yfveu>v,

ed,

1.

ly,

to use,

tillage, 1.

ed,

^?,
until

yeveraL

/x.at,

1.

//,,

ones

28.

1.

notable,

eat, 3.

1.

passive,

eration,

science,

known,

1.

to taste, 12.

be full
fuU of,

knowledge,

1.

yevoLTO,
God forbid, 15
it not be).

old, 1.

liU, 7.

fuU,

1.

?,

,
,

,
^,
,
.,
,
'0
,
?,
be,

1.

because he would uot,l.

be fuU,

wot,

1.

1.

expert,

loifii,

fill

16.

1.

?,

become, 5.
be made, 1.
wax, 1.
ii;it)i

diversity,

to laugh, 2.

laughter,

make known,

give to understand,
declare, 4.

1.

be married, 3.
behave one's self,

do to wit,

be, 248.
so be, 1.
have, 3 (lit. belong to).

with
1.

in, 1.
at, 1.

nation, 2.
kind, 5.

hell fire, 3.

yeiTUiv,
neighbour,

published, 1.
ordained to be,
preferred, 3.
turned, 1.

be assembled,

1.

yifvva,

ETTGLISH.

be taken,

generation, 1.
stock, 2.
kindred, 3.
one's own countrymen,

1.

AND
be
be
be
be
be

2.

offspring, 3.

at least, 1.

and,

birth,

that

yi,

and

/?,
^?,
9,

GBEEK

written,

1.

scripture, 51.

blackness,

1.

write, 89.
describe, 1.

2.

judgment,

3.

udvice,

1.

will, 1.

',

with
to purpose,
jrotTJaou

agree,

1,

<^;,

yvo,

/;,
mind,

1.

1.

1.

yvv

tJv

ytypaivov,

the writing was,

TO

, ^,
ten,

1.

yeypaf^n',

according as
1.

old wives',

1.

it is

writ-

TKBEX.

,
',
debt,

watchful, 1.
be vigilant, 1.
wake, 1.

.,

to exercise,

;,

consume,

;;,

cost,

bare,

<;,

nakedness,

silly

now.
1.

yvvaiKCiO'i,
(lit.

of

woman).

129.

wife, 92.

vcoman,

,
comer,

1.

be needful,
should,

be possessed with devil,

5.

he that hath
be

devil,

1.

with

possessed

devils, 4.

be possessed
devils,

of

the

2.

^,

be vexed witha devil,

devil, 59.

god,

1.

/'^,

,
',
,,
,
?,
devilish,

1.

devil, 5.

bit..', 1.

or

tear, II.

1.

4.

ring,

I.

1.

Seov

ought not,

example,

,
,

to tamo,

4.

heifer,

,,

[for

fearful, 3.

see

such a man,

1.

1.

again,

1.

21.

1.

1.

1.

/',
superstition,

1.

1.

/)/',
of a skin,
leathern,

/',
bin<l, 2.

/',
bind,

1.
1.

receive, 52.

accept, 2.
take, 5.

bind, 37.
tie, 4.

wind,
knit,

1.
1.

ycif. jviM.,

be in bonds,

1.

>;,
doubtless,

now,
also,

1.

1.

thcroforo,

1.

1.

},
manifest, I.
evident, 1.

bent, 12.

hilTTVOV,

1.

Ileb. xii. 28,

with

goatskin,

2.

suffer, 1.

Eevercnce.]

8,

the second time,

'/,
side,

request,
beseech, 9.
pray, 12.

1.

1.

3.

K SevTfpov,
1.

',,

8ui>i>or, 13.

rt,

neuter,

secondarily, 1.
again, 1.
afterward, 1.

ex 5if tttii',

sup, 3.
supper,

second, 31.

1.

make

first, 1.

the second time,

on the right hand,

feast, 3.

miiiiiii,

borrow,

right side,

1.

second after the

1.

on the right

fear, 1.

1.

!(),

.'JI.

12.

the next day,

of, 1.

1.

,
,

right, 12.

sniito, 3.

1.

'^'^,
lend,

spearmau,

SfOpO,

xcith

follow,

on the riirht hand,

right hand,

make a

bo afraid,

,,
come,

,
,

1.

Zuya,
show

,
,

of, 1.

1 (i<uss.)

2.

6.

"XPi
hitherto,

tree, 26.

thoy

hither,

come,

oevSpov,

1.

/,

grievously,

8\<:,

come

alliu-e, 1.

which

things

vehemently,

finger, 8.

5,

entice, 1.
beguile, 1.

be need, 1.
ought, 1.
teoma,

,
, ,
weep,

6.

2.

master, 5.
Lord, 5.

accepted, 3.
acceptable, 2.

ought, 30.
be meet, 2.
behove, 1.

show,

prisoner,

1.

pay tithes,

.58.

4.

^,

I'art, 1.

receive tithes

1.

must needs,
must,

prison,

8],

5.

,
,
,

8.

quarter,

1.

jailor, 1.

tenth, 3.

6.

1.

15.

chain,

keeper of the prison, 2.

2.

',

string,

bond,

fifteen, 3.

tenth,

request, 1.
supplication,
prayer, 12.

1.

tithe, 2.

even,

etc.)

woman,

f, for
xiii. 18,

,
twelve,

tenth

howbeit.

yvvrj,

band, 3 (neut.)

,
^,
', 8,

;,

for.

1.

/,

5ta

fourteen,

further.
nevertheless.
then.
therefore.

1.

in bonds, 1.
that is in bonds,

" Hundred."]

1.

937

prisoner, 13.

3.

Rev.

and.

3.

woman,

wife, 1

1.

1.

for enumeration, and

translated
but.

1.

eighteen,

(a particle of constant
occurrence, toofrequent

14.

bundle,

KoX

ie'ica

1.

,
naked,

,
'/,

1.

ten, 24.

1.

spend, 3.
be at charges,

4.

1.

be naked,

too superstitions,

1.

creditor,

AND ENGLISH.

'/,
',
,
[-.'

Saveiov,

yprtyopiui,
watch, 'M.

exercise,

GREEK

certain, 1.
vrith tok'w,

bewray,

1.

declare, 3.

show,

1.

ignify,

3.

4.

INDEX.

93S

hi^rjyop(3),

-,
make an
maker,

oration,

pass through,

2.

come

over,

cease,

oy

divide,

1.

',

convince,

, ,
,
use the

witli,
to, 1.
ly, 1.

1.

all

their

all

the night,

'

life

/,

time,

1.

1.

.,

,
,
?,

6t* r'lixepiuv

forty days,
with
thereby, 2.
thereat, 1.

1.

uitli

thereby, 2.
vilh 6,

whereby,
fit'

3.

another way,

'

1.

tKCiVrji,

that way,

Accxisative,

u-i(?i

to avoid,

1.

,
murmur,

be awake,

6.

make

to differ,

1.

be partial, 1.
contend, 2.
doubt, 5.
discern, and put a differ-

life, 1.

live, 1.

ence between meats, 1.

;(0/>,
after,

crown,

waver,

1.

1.

discerning, 1.
disputation, 1.

3.

,
1.

88<;,

for, 1.
1.

infinitive,

because that,

2.

of, 1.

forbid,

2.

self, 1.

1.

,
,
,

mind, 9.
understanding,
imagination, 1.

3.

8.

continue

all

night,

always

/,

reason with,
2.

thought,

to open,

).

(,

^/,

oi-

alway,

continually,

1.

noise abroad,

reason,

ivith
1.

1.

finish, 1.

1.

commune,

come into one's room.l

gird.

(u-it/l

1.

with

gird unto one's

1.

uiDi
discern,

^,
, - ',
1.

beckon,

',

2.

stagger,

,
,

(^pasn.)

8i)read, 1.

1.

discern, 2.
judge, 3.
mid. and pass, aor.,
make a difference, 1.

2.

1.

''/,

1.

distimjuish, 1.
put difference,

,
,
/,
,
lead a

give,

of, 2.
8.

by,

by reason

1.

distribute, 2.
make distribution,
divide, 1.

for... sake, 45.

uilh an
because, Zi.

1.

division,

1.

judijment,

divide, 5.
part, 6.
passive,
cloven, 1.

8.

hear,

tojiiilije,, 1

for, 58.
by, 1.

through,

1.

1.

3.

1.

^,
,
hearing,

strive,

3.

remain, 2.
continue, 3.

two hundred,

abroad,

1.

,^,

minister, 20.
servant, 7.

1.

1.

witness,

charge,

1.

1.

1.

testify, 11.

to minister, 1.
with
to do service, 1.

make known

como

1.

because of, 29.

by reason of, 4.

that,

1.

inquire,

1.

1.

scatter,

2.

1.

deacon,

by,

1.

office, 1.
v:itU eh,

know the uttermost,

within,
among,

doifhtful ihoiujhts,

relief, 1.

charge,

after certain day.s,

at, 2.
in, 8.

with,

1.

1.

'',

of, 1.

1(5.

,
1.

,
/,
,
-^ ',
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
be past, 1.
be spent, 1.

of, 1.
out of, 1.

1.

1.

disputing,

service, 2.

declare,

1.

reasoning,

thought, 9.
imagination,
doubtful,

ministering, 3.
ministration, C.

1.

serving-,

Ijreach,
siguify,

uhercbtj, 1.
for, 1.
for. ..sake, 1,

/,

1.

doulit-ing, 1.

false accuser, 2.
maicehntc, 1.

administration,
ministry, 16.

2.

by occasion

1.

1.

reason or debate, 1.
cast in one's mind,
dispute, 1.

deacon,

office of

minister,

[/ui-eia7e,Lukexi.8,G.]

after some, 1.
by,
iccause of, 1.

from,

muse,

serve, 10.

see clearly, 2.

after, 2.

to reason, 11.
consider, 1.
think, 1.

1.

minister to, 1.
minister, 7.
administer, 2.

1.

1.

2.

miui.-'ur unto, 15.

devil, o5.

v:ith Genitive,
throu^'h, 87.
throuffhout, 4.

2.

be reconciled,

1.

slanderer,

Otci,

language, 1.
tongue, 5.

thoroughly purge,

affirm, 1.

vei-iiy, 1.

1.

/,
8,
^/, ^/,

I.

affirm cou&tautly,

tcith
(Jrom os),
whatsoever, 1.

13.

diiference, 1.
diversity, 2.

, ^,

2.

or Sy

0)'

1.

accuse,

14.

(jcn. pi.,

pennyworth,

7^7

pass,

6.

testament,

3.

,
,

1.

1.

penny,

testament,

,
',
^
common,

dispute, 6.
speak, 1.
preach, 2.

covenant, 20.

by reason hereof.

7;/09,
openly,

1.

wherefore,
wherein, 1.

4.

publicly,

8.

'
',

^,

wherefore,

wherefore,

AND ENGLISH.

,
,
,
,

for this cause, 14.

therefore, 44.

1.

1.

people,

GEEEK

1.

1 Tim.
Perverse dis-

[/ornapaSiaTpijiri,
2.

vi. 5, sec

5.

2.

putings.]

, ,
,
,
,
,
,
IKDEX.

OBEEK

939

AITD EXOLTSH.
adventure,

(),

r,

pass over,

can pass,

go over,

turn away,

3.

pervert,

1.

to escape,

1.

deliver

2.

perverse,

',

bring safe,

Bail over, 1.

save,

spread abroad
fame, 1.

i.

one's

'J.

destroy,

1.

-passive,

escape safe,
escape, 2.

go throujiU, 3.
pass by, 1.
in one's journey,

1.

;,

,
-^, ,
/,

7,

ordinance,

bo I'erplexed, 1.
be ill doubt, 1.
doubt, 2.

1.

1.

commandment,

l<a-<sivc,

bo

much

perplexed,

gain by trading,

~),

trouble,

1.

-,

1.

give order,
ordain, 2.
appoint, 2.

1.

1.

or

5,

2.

6,

yield, I.

3.

iVa

corrui't, 1.

to receive,

corrupt,

give, 1.

,
,
, ',
1.

1.

pa.si. in'fh T)at.,

perish, 1.
corrupt, 1 (adj.)

have power,

corruption,

to awake,
stir up, 2.

diverse,

6.

1.

,*
^,

2.

2.

raise, 1.
passive,
arise, 2.

differing, 1,
comi>arative,

more

1.

1.

take, 2.

passive,

disposition,

1.

1.

make,

2.

heal,

i^rievcd,

1.

show,
put,

1.

make perfectly whole,l.

be

utter,
set, 1.

blaze abroad, 1.
commonly report,

1.

ui>, 1.

commit,

pass, part.,

1.

sail over, 1.

1.

deliver, 1.

1.

excellent, 2.

,
.
,

(,

[J^or

-,

command,

1.

6.

slay,

mitldie,

set in order,

appoint,

to spoil,

1.

1.

[/or

xxviii. 3, see

1.

Acts
\(,
Mock.]

'^,

ii.

continue,

1.

deiiart,

apt to teach,

wherefore

appoint,

do violence

put

ill

make,

to, 1.

iuterin-eter,

scatter abroad,
scatter, 2.
disperse, 1.

waste,
strew,

taut-'ht, 1.

which one teachcth,

iuteri)ret, 4,

expound,

continue,

Master,

food.

l)luok asunder, 1.
pull in pieces, 1.

teach,

[^J'or

1.

teach,

Rov. xsi.
Transparent.

1.

space,

1.

distinction, 1.
dilTcrcnce, 2.

1.

dei>art, 1.
travol, 1.

1.

{pluj'al)

1.

tribulo money,
tribute, 1.

1.

differ from, 2.
bo better, 3.
be of more value, 2.
imjicrs., \rUh oui<r,

maketh no matter,
iri(/i

give, 367.

1.

Sia,

carry through,

tbinv's that aro excellent, I.

<ii/r, I.

the

things

that

more excellent,

give up, 1.
give forth,

Cut,

1.

Ttt

^,

come,

1.

uHh

it

1.

pass, ti.
pierce through,

doctrine, 29.

tn teachinij,

pul.lili,

middle,

^^,
1.

1.

1.

go, 3.

OS he hath been taught,

drive up and down,

passive,

1.

1.

pass through, 7.
X>ass thn'iughout,
pass over, 1.
pass by, 1.

4.

u'tdi

7;5,

transparent,

9.J.

ici(/l

1.

-,

21, SCO

scattered, 1.
dinpersed, 1.
iiHh if,
which are scattered

41.

1.

to dawn,

3.

go through, 2.
go throughout,
go over, 2.
go over all, 1.
go everywhere,
go about, 1.
go abroad, 1.

teacher, lu.
doctor, 1.
master, .

2,

abide, 5.

be commanded,

by interpretation,

be,
tarry, 2.

2.

charge, .
give commandment,

1.

passive,

teachiuz, 1.
learning, i.
doctrine, lu.

2.

2.

abroad,

',

1.

1.

2.

scatter abroad,

2.

2.

3.

testator,

/ear, 1.

1 Cor.
Interpreta-

see

/7//^5,

2.

? 4.

? 23.

^,,

tell, 1.

1.

tion.]

1.

why

with

L/br

1.

2.

Come.]

-,
1(,

keep,

iiiijdle,

break,

highway,

13, see

OLapp-

7/yrv/xt,
rcud, \i.
break, 1.

Acts

[/or

kill, 1.

2.

command,

-t.

1.

ActS

Think.]

X. 19, see

,
^^,
,)' ,
,
,
;,
?,
,
,
,
,
, ,;, , ,
,
,
,
,
/,
, , , ,
,
/,
, ,
, ',
be cut to heart,
be cut, 1.

keep,

ore
1.

the things thai differ, 1.

yield, 2.
bring forth,

add,

1.

suffer, 2.

(,

go through,
II

1.

go through, 3.
pass through, .1.
pass throughout,
w^olk through, 2.

I.

1.

make enquiry

10.

tow, 2.
ministrr, 1.

offer, 2.

1.

for,

/5,

1.

two years

two years,

old, 1.

2.

94-0

liiDEX.

87],

tell, 4.

GEEEK

pass through.

declare, 3.

-,
show,

1.

go throughout,

1.

declaration,

with

ets

which

follow,

down from

1.

[for

where two seas meet,

1.

reformation,

^,

1.

,
,
be parted,

1.

?,

lopas

the space of one hour

1.

,
,

therefore,

righteous judgment,

1.

just, 33.

righteous,

to doubt,

passive,

be righteous,

their

judgment,

1.

ordinance, 3.
ceremony, 1.
rite or ceremony, 1.
righteousness, 4.

justification,

1.

1,

1.

two thousand,

1.

'^,

,
^',

vengeance,
itit/l

',
net, 12.

1.

which cause,

2.

for

wherefore,

40.

and therefore,
therefore,

9.

1.

9.]

10.

bond,

,
,
,
experience,
proof, 3.

1.

etc.,

2.

bring into bondage,

make

,
,

in bondage,

1.

,
/,

1.

,
,
feast, 2.

deceitful, 1.

dragon,

1.

take,

(leciiit, 2.

2.

1.

be under bondage, 1.
become servant, 2.

given to,

1.

13.

1.

.],

,
,.
piece of silver,
piece,

2.

sec

deceitful!}, 1.

gift, 4.

1.

1.

1.

^,

6.

handle

;?,

servant,

1.

subtilty, 2.

persecuti n, 10.

servant, 27.

tried, 1.

craft,

double-minded,

tj.

with toC,

guile, 7.

3.
3.

',
/,

2.

(suhst.)
bondman, 1.

servant, 81.

use deceit,

persecutor,

iii.

trial, 1.

SoKOS,
beam,

thirst, 1.

double-tongued,

Heb.

approved, 5.
which is approved,

/,

Slktvov,

servant,

like, 1.

2.

(ndj.)

passive,

off, 2.

be thirsty,
be athirst,

1,

/,
2.

.,

,
,

handmaid, 1.
handmaiden,

3.

be brought in bondage,

1.

division, 2.
faction, 1.
sedition, 1.

to thirst,

2.

be punished,

4.

),

1.

try, 2.

allow,

trying,

/',

2.

be in bondage,
serve, 18.
service, 3.

trial, 1.

strain at, 1.

cut

judgment,

1.

5.

do

experiment,

cut asunder, 1.
cut in sunder, 1.

3.

pleasure,

^^,

justification, 2.

judge,

bondage,

discern, 2.

[sec

,
, ,
righteously, 2.
to righteousness,

own

examine,

2.

set at variance,

justly, 2.

/,

approve,

see

^^,

2.

bring into subjection.l.

1.

prove, 10.

two-edged, 2.
with two edges,

1.

1.

1.

,
,
seemeth,

it seemeth good, 3.
it pleaseth, 2.
think, 8 {with Dat.)

8<;,

jxistify, 1.

giver,

try, 4.

justify, 37.
justifier, 1.
free, 1.

;?,
2.

imitcrsonal,

88,
. -

OLKaLOCrVVT],
righteousness, 94.

,
,
gift, 1.

be of reimtation,

1.

1.

2.

giving, 1,

7.

tliink, 1.

twice, 4.
again, 2.

41.

have glory,

full of glory, 1.

be accounted,

TO

2.

passive,

ordi-

thinic good, 1.

double, 3.
twofold more,

3.

be made glorious,

to

think, 25.

it

to double,

right, 5.

2.

suppose,
trow, 1.
seem, 12.

1.

1.

glorious,

honour, 3.
magnify, 1.

8-,

3.

glorious,

glorify, 54.

decree, 3.
ordinance,

for, 8.
for that, 1.

constantly affirm, 1,
confidently affirm, 1.

meet,

because that,
because, 10.

subject
nances, 1.

3.

6.

with Sia,
1.

passive,
suffer persecution, 3.

be

1.

break through,
break up, 1.

1.

go further,

after,

,
,

xsdv. 3, see

Acts
Deed.]

honour,

worshii), 1.
dignity, 2.

4.

ensue, 1.
press forward,
given to, 1.

3.

fell

Jupiter,

2.

for ever, 2.

praise, 4.

persecute, 28.
follow after, 6.

1.

continually,

pierce,

1.

,
,
,
,
^,
8,
wherefore,

A2iD ENGLISH,

^,
glory, 144.
glorious, 6.

sickle, 8.

/.

, .
course,

3.

see

TdDEX.

,,
,
,
,

SuVa/xat,
can, H7.
can do, 2.
be able, 37.

west, 5

be able to do, 1.
that is of power,

be possible,
may, 18.

1.

\_for
iv. 13, aee

lui^'hty, 2.

of poncr,

1.

wonderful work,
miracle,

1.

1.

abundance,

twelfth,

1.

jjoiier, 1.

violence,
virtne, 3.
meaniuu',

twelve tribes,

1.

/,

,
,
,
,
,

Potentate,

mighty,

1.

',
',.

of great authority,

in vain,

be mighty,

1.

that I could,
Btrong, 3.

mighty, 5.
that i.s mighty,
xnighty man,
possible,

if it
if it

if it

9.

1 (iiiOt

',
be

him,

Rom.

XV.

possible,

1.

bo setting,

1.

;,

wtt/i inaicalivc,

'

if, 1.

1.

if,

and

',

by two and two,

ovircpnyjrevTO;,
hard to be uttered,

Kol iav,

though,

',
?,
hard,

1-

hardly,

3.

allhouijh,
iav Si

but and
iav

,
1.

if,

2.

&i,

but and

if,

3.

2.

1.

2.

ic;(/i

2.

',

alone, 1.
ly it*ji/, 1.^
tUMit.,

tv

each of

''
1.

iav

Ace.

Tf,

whether,

3.

selves,

themselves, 30.

or, 3.

though,

their

own

1.

they,

2.

sm-ety,

near,

near

9.

1.

3.

to, 2.

nigh,

7.

nigh to, 3.
nigh unto, 4.
from, 1.
at band, G.
nigh at hand,

awake,

4.

1.

1.

raise up, -3.

raise agr-in,

vice. iiKiJio.,

iteolf, 3.

12.
5.

raise, 28.

your own conceits, 2,

himself, ti5.
he himself,

5.

in, 2.

ready,

them,
, '.,,

idvntp,
if, 3.

aV

leilh

in

thyself, 2.
Ace. Jem.,
herself, 4.

if. 1.

^^

2.

1.

iav Kai,

2.

1.

1.

one another,

8.

\e\lh eu6j. aor.,

119.
though, 4.
when, 2.

tlux, 1.

write

^,

ourselves, 4.
to yourselves, 2.
unto yourselves, 1.
for yourselves, 1.
among yourselves,

you,

if, 1.

if,

grievous to be borne,

bo at hand,

yoiirselves, 11.

though,
1.

two and two, 1.

two apiece, 2.

bloody

sudj. x>rcscnt,

73.

,
,

, ,

for her own,

herself, 1.
Dal. pi.,

2.

Hebrew tongue,

couie nigh, 8.
apiiroach, 2.
be nigh, 2.

among them,

two, 116.

twain, 10.
both, 2.

2.

the

draw near,
draw uigh,
come near,

1.

uu'ui/, 1.

{imperat.oflaw)

lav,

two men, 1.
two women,

2.

selves,

let alone, 2.

ea,

9.

3.

1.

?,

1.

(,
ill

1.

to themselves, 4.
unto themselves, 3.
uj>on themselves, 1.
for themselves, 1.
among themselves, 1.
themselves, 15.

1.

were possible, 2.
had been possible,!.

seventy times,

in Hebrew, 1.
in the Hebrew,

Oat.feiii.,

31, see Service.]

', or /,
set,

,,

Ifor

art.)

2.

offering, 1.

fifteen,

seventh,

yourselves, 1.
you, 3.
one another, 1.
Dat. sing.,
to himself, <".
unto himself, 1.
for himself, 2.
himself, ItJ.

gift, 18.

1.

1.

neuter,

power,

your own,

,
,

^,

1.

your own

gift, 2.

1.

{with

7.

of ourselves,
ourselves, 2.

give, 3.

able,

U.

themselves,

your,

1.

1.

1.

1.

their own,
his own, 1.

1.

Uave,

1.

that she had,

1.

1.

commit,

with
three score and sbctecn,

itself, 2.

1.

leave,

xeiUi

1.

them, 5.
our own,

let alone, 1.

three score and

1.

1.

her, i.
of it.'ielf,

without a cause,

1.

thyself,
Jem.,

their,

freely, 6.
for naught,

1.

,
,).

thine own,

her own,

gift, 11.

streufe'thcn, 1.

1.

itself, 2.

7.

,
suffer, 9.

seventy, 2.
three score and ten,

1.

tavTcIic,

house-top,

1.

himself, 15.

1.

1.

let. 1.

first, 1.

of itself,

1.

ui'i/i

iaw,

maac. sing.,
his own, 7.

him,

selves, 3.

unto their own home,

his, 19.

1.

1.

t.,

mightily,

1 Cor.

twelve, 77 (spoken of
the Apostles, 39).

1.

H.

your own

2.

iavTOv,

/<,

of miracles,

ourselves, 13.

yourselves, 19.
one another, 3.

liret, 2.

at the

Defame.]

evil report,

mijibty work, 11.

miirbty deed, 1.

fi

former,

<1>(,

77.

Vlth

,-

initiht, i.

poictr,

see

1.

ability, 1.
strenkfth, 7.

worker

tav
not, 15.
no, 1.
except, 33.
but, 3.
npOTepov,
iav
before, 1.
if

hard to be understood,

1.

941

EXGLISn.

if

(pi.)

//)5,

able. 3.

power,

OIIEEK >'

1.

4.

rear ), 1
lift up, 3.
lift out, 1.
take up, 1.
mid. Olid pass. aor.

awake,

2.

arise, 27.
rise, 36.
rise up, 8.
rise again, ).
iyttpai <ts to

,
',

stand forth,

resurrection,

spy,

1.

1.

1.

((,

942

INDEX.

eyKaLVLa,
feast of the dedication,
1.

-),
dedicate,

1.

my,

1.

,,

[_^1e/x/<e,Lukexiii.
faint.]

1, see

question,

imx^lead,

accuse,

thing

my,
the

to

,
,
\_for

1,

see

Thes.

1.

/, ,
be clothed with,

1.

1.

with

1.

,
,

hinder, 2.
be tedious unto,

1.

iyXpLo),

nominative, iya,

ZU.
mo, 1.
Kith
myself, 1.
with

and

I,

t/xe,

'/,

if,

the things which

pened unto me,

haji1.

go with me,

4.

I alHO, 15.
also 1, 1.

yet, 1*.

(I 5e

otherwise, 2*.
otherwise, 1*.
or else, 1*.

else, 2*.

also, 1.
now if, 1*.
if

even with the

ground, 1.

lay

1.

steadfast, 2.
settled, 1.

if

(a) elSov, (for pros,

sec

16.

6.

know,

1.

oMo,

know,

291.

know

of, 1.

perceive,
see,

2.

1.

1.

be aware, 1.
be sure, 3.
can tell, 9.

,
can,

2.

,
,

fashion,

1*.
1*.

' .
ci

tense,

look on, 2.
consider, 1.

fihiipe, 2.

also, 1*.

but if, 1.
yea though,
but though,

1*.

sight, 1.
aiipearanco, 1.

U.
though, U*.
if th.it,

.
.

that which,

wot, 3.
understand,

>,

if not, 1*.
not, 2*.

fi

1*.

have knowledge, 1.
wis limp, wist], 6,

if

1.

It.

2*.

2*.

clSia, see

(b)

&i
or else, 3*.
else, 2*.

if

irte, 1.

2*.

;(1

1,38.

ground,

so be that, 2*.
eiye

if

look,
18*.

elye, or el ye,
if

1.

svd)-

he that,

behold,

if V 2*.

state,

leiih

21.

perceive, 5.

1*.

whether?

1.

',

,
,

aught, 2*,

),

see, 316.

no, 1*.

1.

if

if

and

as, 1*.

thousrh, 1*.
not, 1*.

all'airs, 1.

(b)
262.

if

if

2t.

that, 5*.
for that, 1*.

forasmuch

81.

it will

237, 3t.

whether,

1.

whether any,

optative i ; with
junctiveX).

I aLs.j. 1.

I,

1.

ei

some, 1 (pi.)
any man, 33*,
a man, 8*.
any thing, 5*.

if

whosoever,

1.

both me,

1.

',

2.

if,

me,
1.

see

3*.

1*.

elrii (iieut.
if any, 20*.

as his custom was,

as his manner was,
et,

11.

1.

great with child,

do with

if,

my,

how

iyKvoSy

3*

whether,

1.

{ycith indicative *

my
my
1.

whether.. .or, 21*, IJ.

whether... or whether,

unto me, 60.

for me, 8.
with me, 3.
in me, 1.
me, 127.

I also,

number,

or, 11*.

4.

TO

e,

hide, 2.

anoint,

I to

3*, If.

7.

be wont,

?,

or

Te (or ttTe)...cire,
whether, 1*.

, ',

3.

1*.

e'l

as one is wont,

et

by any means,

if

TO 005,

b)
me, 21.

both me,

SO be that, o*.
so be, 1*.
seeing, 1*.

if

though,
5.

manner,

myself, 1.
1,2.

1.

of the

what have

me,

can contain, 1.
be temperate, 1.

>

rite, 1.

1.

Or ctrrep,

et Trep,

ciistom,

1,9.
Accusative (a)
myself, 1.

temijcrauce, 4.

but,_ 1*.

1.

6,
1.

if

heathen,

TL c/xot

to

of

plural,

manner

unless, 1*.
except, 1*.

Gentiles, 93.

me also,
of me also,
me also, 1.
thee,

IJ, 2*.

1.

nation, 64.
people, 2.

1.

mine,

iyKpaTUa,

make

(a), c-^oi,

1*.

et

eKTOS ei

after the
Gentiles,

1.

to

1.

,
),

Dative
to me, 9.

I, 2.

laid to one's charge,

temperate,

2.

mine,

crime laid against one,

iyKoTTi],
hinder,

me, 43.
to me, 1.
unto me,

my,

gratf in, 4.
gralf into, 2.

13.

unto me, 8.
for me, 1.
with me, 2.
at me, 1.
me, 65.

Glory.]

dwell among,

the heathen,

4.

I, 11.

,
i.

IC.

of mine,

',
,
except,
ct

tm,

1.
(pi.)

Kith art.

5ij2.

mine,

1.

heathen man,

7.

mine own,

7.

.,

governor,

icith me, 1.

char.'je of, 1.

leave, 2.
forsake,

me,

of

1.

il'ii/i

lay

1.

(b)

4.

except that, 1*.

but, 53*.
save, 16*.
eaving, 2*.
save that, 1*.
save only that, 1*.
more than, 1*.

1.

,
,

not, 5*.

except, 6*.

]<;,

Kith avTOi,
of myself, 1.

my,

if

1*.

ti

see

custom,

96.

1.

although,

1.

(pass.)

1.

ii'itfl

,,
call in

(a),

el,

, .

, ^,

1.

9.

mine,

me,

1.

will worshii>,

1,4.
Genitive
of me, 1.

but if, 1*.

but and if, 1*.
yea and if, 1*.
but though, 1*.

1.

stay, 1.

I, 4.

I in like wise,
1.

,
,

AND ENGLISH.

ground,

even so I also,

neu, 1.

purify,

even I, .3.
even I also, 2.
even so I, 2.
so

consecrate,

make

GREEK

1.

see eiBov,

idol's temple,

1.

8,

be,

sacrificed unto
idols, 2.
offered in sacrifice vuito

thing

idola, 1.

that which

offered

is

in sacrifice to idols,

thing that is offered in

sacrifice unto idols, 1.

thing offered uuto an

idol, 1.

thingoffered to idols, 1.
thing offered unto idols,
1.

were,

3rd

be

should mean,
consisteth,

1.

idolatry,

oTt,

vith
have, 1.

idol, 11.

etc., sec ci/At.

1.

come,

,
,
,

1.

called,

1.

we can

not,

image,

ToO

,
give place,

,
[/

all

ye know,

OTt i(ni,

,(

to be,

.
are,

1.

under
fcii.'wi,

ti.

(1st

am I,

58, 71*i

be,

though

I be, 1.
<r (2nd porn, sing.),

thou

art, or art
49, 3a.

thou,

tliou be, 5, 4.

if it

bo thou,

1*.

whether thou

be, 1.
eVri, i<niv (3rd pers.

sing.),
is, 752.

can, 1.
be, 1 (impci'dt.)

eaeaOe,

("prcs.

should be,

with

(art, etc.), 43.

(etc.), was (etc.),
21.

shall be

who

for all there were,

may

that there shall be, 1.

that there should be, 1.
that.. .will be,

1.

to come,

3.

(future part.),

with art.,

which shalt be, 1.

what would follow,

1.

3.

1.

elvcKev, sec

eii),

eiirep,

as yet ho

see

(.

ei.

1.

cTttov,
say, 765 (of theiw

bad no,

la(ti-r

1.
fiv

1.

3.

wliicli is,
wivs, and

}'

(imp, ind per.

col

in

toll, k).

toll of, 1.

bring word,
answer, 1.

'

call, t.
bid, 5.

epvo>iciOt,

which was, and is, and

is to come. Rev. iv. 8.

all

Go.ipel).

come, Uov. i. i, 8.
which art, and wast,
and art to come, Kuv.

command,
1

grant,

1.

und

i!2

cittc, ili4

say on, 1.
speak, 55.
siKUk of, 1.

and which
which is to

xi. 17.

cTrc,

rp&

ftc,

2.

1.

1.

1.

1.

wo^, 1.
were, 1.
was, 2.

in>j.)

(,

1_.

1.

oiie oirroi avrij,

(j>rii. opt.)

be thou,

1.

when

ore, 1.

meant,

1.

Genitive,

(future infinitive), with /icAAetf,

1.

seeing that there are.l.

though... be, 3.
though... was, 1.

having. I.
which had,

be,

made,

have,

with Dative,
shall have, 6.

1.

if,

should be,

4.

(,

;(

forasmuch as. ..was, 1.

inasmuch as. ..are, 1.

2.

will be, 9.
be, 4.
shall come to pass,
will come, 1.

1.

', ),

lie, 153.

as though they wore,

1.

should stand,

,,

,},
(,
shall

being, 36.
to be, 1.
that... art (is, was, hast
been), 4.
who (which, that), am

at evening,

1.

Future

that... might be, 1.

1.

might

irith i,
if

,
,,

[pres.

1st

av

and was come,

etc.

is, 5.

1.

I should be,

while, was (were),

.inly.)

am,

u-ith oonj.,

when. ..was, 1.
while... was (were), 2.

while... is,

Dative,

be, 23.
may be, 22.
might be, 2.
should be,

were,

I was, 1*.
if I

tli,

? 1

(imp. ind.

when...i9a8, 12.
whereas. ..was, 1.

1.

jji,

,
,

sing.),

I was, 13, 2*.

though. ..were,

2.

with t^/(part.),
drew near, 1.

1.

with h;
as... was, 2.

when. ..is,

icitii

have,

it is I, 0.

been

were, 8.
with
agree in,

wit/i

(,

Jn(It('<ittvo,

pers.

(3)(1

pres. ind.),
135.

1.

U'ifh
iiawKTCpevut
(part.),
all night, 1.

7.

seeing.. .are,

1.

be, 14.

person siiujj]

1.

(pari.),

continued

as... was, 1.

to, 1.
icilhyLvuiaKia(part.),

1.

i/iti

am, or

4.

ye belong

.'J.

Present
I

1.

with Genitive,

pronoxnis marked *

have

2.

with conjunctive,

ye be,

roll together,

55, 27*.

ye are (are ye),

1.

see

pi.

(part.),

1.

had bound, 1.

part.),
1.

prcs. ind.),

2.3.

sincere,

pure,

1.

'

with
(part.),
baptized.
with ie'oi (part.),

witli

(2nd pers.

(<;,

15*.

wo have our being,

elXiKpLveLa,

ci

we are (are we), 31,

ye,

,,

so that... are,

looked steadfastly,

so tliat...may he, 1.

ye have been,

sincerity,

1611,

pi.

it is

image,

be,

(AV.

(let r>ers.
prcs. ind.),

are, 1.
we be,

LKW, coiKa,
be like, 2.

is to say, 5.
with geni'n'e,

with
iriih

with eis,
that ...might (should)

is, 12.

had heard,

5.

13.

that shouldest be, 1.

with
because. ..i8(was,werc),

1.

have, 1.
with Dative,
have, 9.

1.

CLKoai,
twenty,

1.

1.

wotildhave been, 1.
should have been, 1.
should be, 1.

1.

were,

12.

is, 1.

arc,

that ... may

(might,
should) be, 6.
to be made, 1.

owncth, 1
oweth).

eLKovav,

held, 1.
with
is,

2.

had (hodst) been,

1.

are, 47.
be, 1.

that
that

in vain, 5.
vainly, 1.

to have been,
have been, 1.

had been,

tout'

without a cause,

began to be,

hast been,

that. ..was (were), 10.

ncvt. pi,,

',

>)(,

(wast, were), 381,

1*.

be), 27.

1.

iv,

loitli

elSwXov,

7(,
was

per-s.

3rcl

sing.)
let be, 2.
tlvai (pres. infinit.)
to be, 33.
be, 12.

that. ..am (art,

belonged unto,

t.

idolater, 7.

17; V,

1.

iciih conj.,

to be, 1.
with tK,

Imperfect:

4.

(imp.

be, 18.

offered

xvi. 5.

and pi.)

sing,

j!r.

let be, 10.

be so, 1.

1.

make, 1.
Cometh, 1.
belongeth to,

idols, 1.

',
8,

(imp.

ttrru,

1.

is to say, 1.
meancth, 2.

Jiv

which art, and wast,

and ehalt be, Hev.

l._

are, 4.

is

1.

give thyself wholly to,

1.

943

'

1.

if,

30.

meat offered to

to idols,

ENGLISH.
be,

1 (pi.)

waa,

had been,

were, 3.
icHh

thin^ which

GBEEK

8.

I.

John's

UfDEX,

944

see

for to,

ei.

live iu peace,

may

that so ..might,

thai

1.

TO

and

neut.

one,

kv,

one thing,
a

1.

entrance,

1.

5.
2.

ipu).

,
., ,
',
, 6',
spring

ils.. ei9,

run,

one. ..other, G.
one... another,
el? j'ov era,

in unto,

one another,

2.

in at, 1.
at, 20.

one by one,

ov

',
'
'

25.
in, 131.

every man,

1.

throughout,

G.

every one in particular,

2.

with,

1.

1.

tv

for, 87.

particularly,

1.

,'

at, 1.

concerning,

6.

every one,

of, 8.

one

xcithin, 1.

liy

a certain,

.
same purpose,

first

same purpose,

thereunto,

1.

for this cause, 2.

for thiH i>urpose, 2.
for that intent, 1.
therefore, 3.

,
2.

to i>ut awuy,

tU
to, 2t.

TO,

{vilh
tt?).

see

1.

with anwfin.,

or tf
of, 105.
2.

from among,
among, 5.

1011.)

of, 2.
uieaus of, 1.
)

^,
go
go

in, 1.

into, 2 (with ei?).

enter,

1.

(.,,

of,

1,

cast out, 1.

eaL<;,

go

between some

go,

1.

2.

1.

at, 3.

come

come,

3.

thrust out of,

thrust out, 1.
leave out, 1.

for, 2.
in, 2.

on, 2.
over, 4.
unto, 1.

in, Vi.
in, 19,
enter, 107.
enter in, 17.

cast out of,

catit out, 1.

by reason of, 3.
because of, 3.
out

1.

irith tK,
cast out of, 1.
drive out of, 1.
%i:Hh

2.

by, 55.
1.

iniddle,

cast out, 1.
with
cast out of,

one

through,

1.

send away, 1.
take out, 1.
bring forth, 3.

3.

AV.

off, 1 (of iu
of, 3GS.

by the

1.

expel, 1.
drive, 1.
init out, 2.
put forth, 3.
pluck out, 1.
pull out, 3.
send out, 1.
send forth, 3.

el.

of, 8.
some of, 0.
they (theiii

out.]

cast, 2.

with, 25.

1.

hereunto, 1.
thereunto, 2.
to tliirf end, 3.

to be,

1.

5.

receive,

come

cast out, 47.

excommunicate,
cast forth, 1.

1.

el.

from, 181.
from. ..up,

I.

2.

cis

with oue

hear,

iHirpofc

wherefore

1.

3.

out

1.

1, >

'^(;;^, Heb.

15, SIC

after that,

Ik,

?,
consent,

bring into, 1, i
bring in, 5.

tis Tl,

what

eaLv,

[/uj

eluiOa, see

one., other,

lead into,

whereto, 1.
whereuuto, 7.
whither, 1.
wherein, 3.
wherefore, 1.

ceutvirion, 10.

,
then, 11.
afterward,

4.

thrust out,

6.

1.

*,

fli

day,

...

toDto,

1.

for the

bring into, 2.
bring to, 1.
lead into, 2.

el Tt5,

4.

lirst, 2.

1.

therein,

centurion,

2.

a, 3.

1.

for this

why,

one,

3.

()<,

in, 2.
u'iOi tts,

see

^^

ef

end,

,.

betwixt,
thereof,
cf

1.

7]<;,

bring

etTe,

tl?,

1.

hundredfold,

iu, 1.

one, CO.

1.

thereunto,

1.

C/c'"l.),

till, 1.

to

1.

2.

by hundreds,

an hundred years old,

furthermore,

tt?

against, 25.

1.

ava ci?
every several,

to, 1.

until,
to be,

2.

every, 2.
each, 1.
tea

hundredfold,

eti,

into, 1.

run

1.

ei?

1.

unto,

1.

?,
' ?,
' /,
?,

each,

5.
iu, 3.

with

go

1.

14.

8.

enter in,

come

tV,

'iv

amonji, 10.
in among, 2.
by,

1.

1.

every one,

upon,

1.

1.

enter,

eV,

2.

always,

in, 1.

hundred,

1.

.,

whether,

/<,

1.

(.^,

1.

into, 571.
to, 280.
unto, 203.

1.

both,

to enter into,

toward, 32.
towards, 1.

1.

1'

particularly,

xcit/i ti?,

(an), 12.

any of them,
any thing, 1.
some, .

eh,

' ',
,

any man,

1.

entrance in, 1.
entering in, 1.
coming, 1.

1.

only, 1.
a certain,

peacemaker,

Joi;

every, 14.

every one, 20.

every man, 39.
every woman, 1,
each one, 1.

call in, 1.

one man,

eipijvoTroLOs,

before,
on, 57.

"05,

et/xt.

one, 116.

2.

eipyvowoUw,
make peace, 1.

, see

, see

TO
lest. ..should, 1.
els,

peaceable,

3.

et9

1.

c'f

as much as lieth in you,

tiiaij, 1.

that,

quietness, 1.
with eis,
at one, 1.

2.

hereby,

1.

that. ..should, 8.
that, 1.
so that, 1.

insomuch

peace, 88.

cK

from that time, 1.

from henceforth, 1.

that.. .may (might), 18.

1.

of, 1.

tf ov,

whereof,

1.

1.

leave peaceably,

...

4.

to the intent. ..should,

have i>eacc, 1.
be at peace, 1.

rest,

nothing

end

(might),

ilprjvivui,

ENGLISH.

1.

the

to

GEEEK AlTD

1.

3.

way

of,

1.

I.

',

of escape,

1.

tvilh

(mid.)
lighten the

shii), 1.

xi.

INDEX.

,
^,

give in marriage,

that (or those), 137.

he (she, it, they, etc.),

5.

81.

give in marriage,

that very, 2.
that way, 1.
that same, 4.

2.

(xyova,

'/,
nephews,

wait

same,

1.

be spent,

look fur,

,
.

even he,
they,

1.

11.
7.

be absent,
absent, 1.

there,

make

2.

choseu,

require,

(,

1.

fulfil, 1.

accomplishment,

1.

,
/6,

1.
1.

astonish, 10.

amaze,

give

7.

3.

up the ghost,

3.

go out, 6.
go forth, 2.

\,

1.

thence,

^,
-,

elect, 16.

2.

away,

',

17.

choice,

1.

sail, 1.

fail, 3.

iutjuire dilijjently, 1.

-,
',

sail
sail

1.

2.

,
?,

2.

(,

iciffl

fall, 1.

iiiiddL,

seek after, 2.
seek diligently, 1.
seek carefully, 1.

let out, o.
let forth, 1.

take none effect,

1.

choose out,

2.

forget,

-,

1.

fail, 1.

choose,

1.

,
1.

,
,

be cast,
1.

liang on, 1.

choose,

1.

and the other,

;5,

xiii. 6).

1.

them,

i.

manifest,

1.

Peter, 1 (John

wiiit, 1.

expect, 1.
tarry fur,

1.

and he (etc.),
he (etc.) also,

fall, 4.

be very attentive,

shine forth,

1.

this,

1.

945

AlTD EJTGLTSH.

tell, 1.

19.

self-some,
the other,

3.

!.)!,

OBEEK

proceed,

election,

6.

10.

dei)art, 3.
issue, 1.

, , i,
., , ,
,
,
,
, {,
, ^, ,
5,
)
,
,
?,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
^,
,
, , ,
decUlre,

2.

5,

greatly wondering,

1.

purge out,

3.

purge,

4.

to faint,

1.

bum,

faint,

being delivered,

1.

1.

take off from,

deride,

1.

come from

1.

awake,

4.

away,

root up, 2.
pluck up by the root,

1.

2.

astonishment,

1.

amazement,
trance,

u'lt/i

willingly, 1.
wilfully, 1.

off, 3.

of old,

1.

subvert,

tempt,

there, 8G.
thither, 7.

1.

1.

of a long time,

1.

assembly, 3.
church, 112.

1.

icii/i

be amazed,

2.

1.

1.

3.

be amazed,

2.

1.

4.

trouble oscoodingly,

thitherward, 1.
yonder, 1.
to yonder place,

go out of the way,

,
.,
avoid,

1.

9.

swim

there also, 1.
thither also, 1.
oJTOii eei,

2.

out,

7,

cut out, 1.
cut off, 4.
cut down,

I.

hiuder,

and thence,

2.

a'.Ho, 1.

and from tlience,

and afterword, 1.

NNN

5.

xiv.

31,

21, Mil

SCO

^,

stretch forth,

3.

1.

Acta xxiv.

Cry.]

from,

foi-th, 3.

',

cost out,

1.

fluish, 2.
1.

tiarmfiam.
Acts
xiv. 14, tee Uuu in.]

[/or

2.

put

Murk
Vehe-

7(//,
*

1.

stretch out, 2.
stretch forth, 10.

mently.]

fall

Ifor

1.

1.

[/or tK

1.

1.

',

'?,
(.

,. ,

how down,

1.

send forth,
send away,

1.

carry out,

thence, 10.
from thcuco, S).
from that place,

1.

1.

eschew,

2.

{iieut. ivith

willingly,

exclude,

be uucluthcd,

self

reject, 1.

1.

middle,

thence

2.

within,

give one's self over to

fornication, 1.

2.

1.

',

strip, 2.

there,

of, 1.

(,

go out of, 3.
come out of,

v:ith iauBev.

1.

break

and there,

1.

5.

pierce, 2.

donn,

be weary,

?,

where,

lie

2.

of, 1.

u'iOi

and

be tired

wipe,

1.

to faint,

2.

cliasc out, 1.

looking for,

forth,

xKxth

go out

convey one's

avenger, 1.
revenger, 1.

persecute,

come

(pass.)

to faint,

1.

770iew,

u-it/i

revenge,

1.

ic^Tos, loith
cast out, 1 -

4.

punishment,

be greatly amazed,
be sore amazed, 1.
be affrighted, 2.

1.

come out

avenge, .
revenge, 1.

vengeance,
revenge, 1.

choseu,

iKTtvua, tvitk

cV,

'',
instantly,

more

1.

oornestly,

';,
2.

fall off, 2.
fall away, 1.

fervent,

1.

without ceasing,
instant

1.

and earnest,

1.

,
',

INDEX.

946

GREEK AliD

,
,,

ENGLISH.

^^^,

, ,,, , ,
, ,
,
fervently,

cast out,

OUves,

1,

expound,

alms, 13.
alms-deed,

olive tree, 3.
olive berry, 1.
plural,

1.

iXe

11.

-,

merciful,

3.

intrude into,

1.

2.

1.

with

put therein,

CIS

1.

oil, 11.

shake

mercy,

olf, 3.

shake,

i<T05,

liberty, 11.

sixth,

1-i.

free, 18.

',

,
,
', ,
, ,
, ,
-,
the outside,

1.

have

is

worse,

1.

turn aside, 2.
be turned out of the
way, 1.
be turned, 1.

make
make

avoid,

decrease,

lower,

nourish, 1.
bring up, 1.

one born out of due

1.

Ughtness,

ahortive, 1.

least, 7.

that which is least, 1.

that thing which is

least,

,
flee, 1.

escape,

out

very

smallest,

of, 1.

very small, 1.
very small thing,

than the

least, 1.

1.

1.

,
,
[;

cAi7vo9, 2

put forth,

2.

pour out,

11.

Tim.

bhed,

4.
spill, 1.

iii.

1.

4.

1.

5.
discover, 2.

shed,

rebuke,

1.
1.

5.

,
,

depart out,

ivf!

1.

1.

up the hoet, 2.
up the ghoet, 1.

yield

(.,
willingly, 2.

',

jiassive,

receive mercy,

obtain mercy.

1.

8.

walk

1.

1.

in, 1.

fill, 4.

jKis-sivc,

be

full, 1.

tvifh

2.

fall into, 6.

fall

among,

/,,
entangle

8.

1.

in, 1.

middle,

entangle
with, 1.

into, 1.
come into, 2.
get into, 2.

take, 2.

3.

.]

1.

,
,

in, 1.

cast into,

/,-,

4.

,
,

Tr

13.

scoffer,

v:\th eiT,
go into, 2.

dip,

,
mock,

go up

have pity on, 1.

have compassion on, 2.
liave compassion of, 1.
have mercy on, 15.
have mercy upon, 1.
show mercy, 2.

GL

mocker,

enter,
1.

3, iv

iii.

}<;,

1.

myself, 29.
I myself, 1.

step

1.

cniiparative,

run greedilji

(.,

most miserable,

(fush out, 1.

,
/^,
Pet.

"days," 2

[add after

mocking,

for, 1.

mine own self,

mine own, 1.

5.

miserable,

spill, 1.

9.

,
me,

1.

4.

see

for, 2.

11.

have,

Eloi, 2.

reprove,

shed abroad,

,
^,
to hope,

.
,--,

faith, 1.

convince, 1.

l)our out,

2.

',

convict, 1.
tell one's fault,

(mine), 62.

me,

of

hope, 53.

convince,

passive,

draw,

with

reproof, 1.
evidence, 1.

Hlicd forth, 1.

my

that

6.

/,.

see

-,

e/i

mine own,

have hope,

Keproof.]

16, sec

1.

in, 1.
iv,
in, 2.

ii'it/i

trust, 18;

fear exceedingly,

against,

continue

1.

(^paSS?)

thing hoped

see

mad

be

continue

draw,

hope

1.

,,

put to one's account, 1.

impute, 1.

1.

,/,.
less

sore afraid,

run out,

1.

;(5,

(.,

,
,

little, 1.

5.

terrify, 1.

uit/i

1.

see

spue,

full of sores, 1.

light, 2.

carry out, 3.
carry forth, 1.
bring forth, 2.
bear, 1.

,
,
,

, .

1.

sore, 3.

1.

2.

/',

,,

1.

straitly, 2.

groan,

fold up, 1.
roll together,

2.

carry,

against, 1.

charge

1.

of ivory, 1.

1.

drive, 2.

row,

murmur

,
,
,
coming,

2.

inferioi, 1.

3.

free, 6.

deliver,

yassive,

1.

^,
make

lack, 1.

1.

1.

free woman,
at liberty, 1.

v:ith art.,

u-ith art.,

behold,

freeman,

1.

that which

1.

u-ith eis,

neuter,

under,

4.

1.

can see,

1.

icssci, 1.

out of, 2.
without, 1.
other than, 1.
be excepted, 1.

time,

see,

less, 1.

younger,

fleo

look upon,
behold, 4.
gaze up, 1.

(.(.,

1.

Olivet, 1.

an

28.

with
1.

),
.
],

),

plaiting,

one's

SCO

1.

breathe out,

1.

self

,-

,
,

TXDKX.

buy and sell, 1.

luuke merchandise of

mercLaudise,

with, 138.
by, 142.
in, 1.
,

1.

,
,

thereon,
thereby,

ui>, 1.

t)i

1.

,'
spit in,

its,

),

1.

whereupon,
when, 2.

1.

1,

while,

2.

1.

show openly,

yeveix

1.

namely,

show,

2.

that,

1.

declare plainly,
inform, 3.

1.

afraid,

ingrafted,

before,

1.

in, 1863.

wltefcin (eV <), 1,

ef

13.

between,

among,

much

as in you

),

1,

in, 1.

4.

urge,

be entangled with,

2.

1.

endued with,

8,

.', ,
liere, 3.

there,

see

forth,

show,
do.

wrap up,

1.

\_for
(%Ttueti',
xvii. 20, see

1.

1.

,
proof,

oward,

3,

9.
1.

after, 1.

NNN

hencc.J

1.

to declare,

eleven,

6.

2.

1.

thought,

device,

1.

see

3.

1.

ci ci/xt.

',

is, 4.

year, 14.

such things aayo have,

1.

iriOi fis,

against,

2, m

1.

TO lOl^O,

1.

Matt,

Hence;

xvi.

1.

is, 1.

evident token,

1.

Luke

,
,,,
there

y.

1'^9,

III. 1.

1.

think (III,
think, 2.

1.

1.

hither, 4.

1.

in, 1.

lying iu wait,

1.

<jnidijc

1.

1.

passive,

clothed,

arrayed

against,

From

1.

into. 11.
to, 15.

put on, 16.

have on, 1.

wait for,
lay wait for, 1.

see cfvaros.

show

2.

iiefore, 1.

about,

have an tnirard

lie iu

is (to

2.

1.

3.

lay wait,

2.

manifest token,

1.

under,

be blessed,

iviSpa, with

1.

see

7;/..

1.

1',

at, 106.
on, 45.

unto,

6.

that lacketh,

Jor. 1.

begin,

1.

14.

of, 11.

over,

1.

%,

clothe with, 1.
mid. or pass.,

1.

,
,
effectual, 2.
liowerful, 1.

ciiid

within,

upon,

with

be clothed in, 2.
clothed with,

1.

over against,

1.

or mid.,

1.

have a quarrel against,

put on,

against,

u'ii/i, 2.

1.

1.

1.

operation,

,
,
, ,
,
,
,
, ,
contrary,

iniionfj, 1.

ui/ioiiy.if, 1.

working,

2.

,
be
be
be
be

1.

1.

1.

olTeotual fervent,

putting on,

1.

5.

effectually,

,
,

creex> into, 1.

1.

1.

before, 4.
iu the sight of,

1.

2.

increase iu strength,

things in the sea,

breathe on,

1.

5.

,
,

5, {plural)

4.

1.

work

be 'iiottijht,

raiment,

pi(,s.s.

in, 1.

1.

work,

be made strong,
be strong, 3.

take in one's arms, 1.

take up inoue'sarms.l.

ic(t)t

iv

7.

wherewith, 3.
by what means,

3.

tremble,

as

13.

while,

do,

be effectual,

clothing,

inf.),

1.

7.

work etiectually
be mighty in, 1.
miildle,

garment,

enable,

an

2.

atlnghtod,

Jor,

(icii/i

when,

to work,

2.

1.

strengthen,

fV TlVl,

signify, 1.
passive,

appear,

1.

1.

ev
as, 22.

to manifest,

-,

2.

^,

whereinsoever,

1.

show forth one's self,2.

xchcfein, 1.
iv

4.

operation,
strong, 1.

honourable,

,
,, ,
,
,
, ,
,
manifest,

working,

etlectual working, 2.

1.

glorious,

3.

whereas,

-,

8$<;,

2.

iv

<;.

sec

(/.)

in, 1.

be glorified,

where. 4.
whereby, G.
wherewith, 2.

spit on, 2.
spit ux)on, 2.

Kith

<**s),

25.

therein,

//,7,

1.

see

$,
building,

8.

wherein,

1.

1.

HveKev,

just, 2.

(5 '

of, 1.

2.

herein, 7.
therein, 2.

hereby,

because,

1.

,
^,

3.

(V

of, 1.

infinitive,

1.

be clothed
wear, 1.

there,
1.

can be,

present,

1.

therewith,

at, 1.

against,

1.
_

3.
2.

himself,

iiitJi

that. ..might,
OV tPCKtV,

be at home, 1.
be iiresent, 1.

therein, 17.
tharoj, 1.

5.

before, 41.
in the presence of,
in the sight of, 1.
iu one's eight, !.

Sijit

of, 3.

by reason

3.

wherefore,

'(|)),

because

,
, ,
.
', ,
%,
it

for one's sake,

1.

yj.7

ENOLTSn.

{impe.'S.)

1.

by way of, 1.
through, 37.
throughout, 5.

1.

/75,
burn

for,

1)

eleventh,

for, 6.

mcrchaudisc,

merchant,

OTtF.EK

as

!/c

are able,

1.

bo at hand,
come, 1.

1.

jir(icij<Io,

for .sake, 14.

present, 3.

for.., cause, 5,

things present, 2 (neut.

tor, 2.

pi.J

,
', .

INDEX.

918

be strengthened,
streugthen, 1.

1.

see

eVvaros, or ei/aros,
ninth,

dear, 1.
precious,
U'itfl

?,

AXD ENGLISH.

convince,

G.

,
2.

fetch out,

hold in reijutation,

,.
be drawn away,

1.

^,

^',

1.

1.

pluck out,

2.

?nidcUc,

precept,

rescue, 1.
deliver, 5.

G9.

2.

1.

CVTOTTtOS,
of that place,
ninety and nine,

4.

1.

to desire,

1.

suddenly,

5.

';,

to shame,

1.

1.

search diligently,

go
go
go
go
go,

intent,

mind,

follow,

regard, 2.
reverence,

1.

be nourished up

ui'dnianj, 1.

under the law,

wipe

great while before day,

1.

1,

,,

ivovra, sec

^Veiyu-i.

tihame,

u,I J

17, sue

spring up,

V.

deal with, 1.
make intercession,

,,

,
,

1.

in Uanger cF,
guilty of, i.

engrave,

5.

'(.,

1.

1.

1.

1.

xnjhuiiuc
burial, 1.

buriiug,

dream,

:;.

to command, 10.
give commaudmeut,
charge, 1.
give charge, 2.
enjoJD, 1.

3.

1.

in the presence of, 7.

in one's presence, 2.
in the sight of, Iti.
iu one's sight, h.
before, 63.

,
,
to, 1.

hearken

IvTivOev,
hence,

ci,

ti.

from hence,

3.

ivTiiOtv,
ivjtiOtv
on eitlier aide, 1.
of either side, 1 (on

either side, cd.

etc.)

prayer,

17(52,

1.

1.

to,

-),
redeem,

\.

yoisihlc,

'/,,

may,

9.

2.

part, i^ov,

lawful,

1.

1.

let, 1.

^,

may,

o/ iiieans, 1.
to desijair, 1.

1.

^^,
to search,

1.

,, ,
^,
, ,
asll, 1.

send out, 1.
send forth, 4.
send away, 4.
send,

1.

lawful,

is (are)

1.

1.

of, 1.

lawful, 10.

it is

inquire,

1.

^',,

2.

declare,
teU, 1.

furnish throughly,

5.

perfect, 1.

with
accomplish,

sixty, 3.
sixty-fold,

1.

1.

threc-scoro,

^^?,

raise up,

5.

1.

presently, 1.
by and by, 1.

I.

forth,

^,
it is

of, 2.

U'itil

immediately,
straightway,

six, 12.

forth,

come

go out

in despair,

21.

U'iOi i^u>,

go out

1.

to glister,

see in.

shew

intercession,

3.

to dreaiu, 1.
filthy di'eamer,

bury,

ti.

go out of, G.
get out of, 2.
come out of,

2.

4.

suddenly,

do despite unto,

commandment,

1.

of,

with

^,

4.

deceive,
beguile,

wrap in, .
wrap together,

,
,
,
subject to,

1.

of, y.

come out

1.

1.

4.

depiu't out of,

-,

2.

1.

Vlith

go out

raise up, 2.
rise up, 1.

IThss.

Charge.j

to trouble,

come,

1.

resurrection,

to sport one's self,

unity, 2.

'^

(,

1.

of, 2.

come out, 21.

come thereout,
come out of, 1.
come forth, 9.

av.'uy, 2.

leap up,

2.

1.

7.

escape,

3.

^,
^/,

,
,
icith

quake,

in, 5.

1.

abroad,

away,

depart out
get out, 1.

^-,

-,

trembling,
with
tremble, 1.

out, G4.
forth, 25.

depart, 27.

in, 1.

blot out,

1.

l/TpO/X.OS,

dwell

3.

4.

sis hundred, 2.

evvo/xos,
lawful,

2.

iniddle,

1.

1.

1.

proceed, 2.
proceed forth, 1.
spread abroad, 2.

imssivc,

be ashamed,

1.

^|,,

^',,

2.

ui/wiig, 1.

sigua to,

vomit,

,
,
, ,
,
within,

speechless,

1.

see

(.,

take away, 1.
put away, 1.

1.

1.

^/.,

bring out, 5.
bring forth, 1.

commandment,

make

'',

lead out,

1.

10.

ivvia,
nine,

GEEEK

honourable,

3.

1.

next, 1.
with Tfl,
the next day, 1.
the day following,

1.

the day after, 1.

on the morrow, 1.

2.

sound out,

1.

/At,

go out,

1.

depart,

2.

got.

1.

it?,
Ubc,

1.

Itaiil or jicrfection, I.

,
make

strange,

out
1.

viid.,
one's self, 2.

be besiUo

woudcr, 1.
be iislouished,
be amazed, .

be uulc,

away,

and

aor.

-with art.,
is

one that

drive out,
thrust in,

,
, ,
$.

rest in,

1.

Mark ix.

1.

set at nought,

3.

again,
return, 1.

1.

1.

above,
over,

I,

made,

1.

,
,
,

1.

liberty, 1.

1.

have power of, 2.

bring under power,

'

priuciple, 1 (Acts xxv.

2:}).

of sleep,

with

1.

praise, 11.

take up,

1.

yivo-

lift up, 15.

hoise up, 1.
middld,
exalt one's self,

1.

1.

<)\(>(.(,
follow after,
follow, :5.

^,
without,

IS.

Ifi.

outward,

1.

after that, 4.

then,

3.

79,

John

[^for

7'),
hoar,

1.

1.

9.

beyond,

1.

Cursed.]

province,

1.

fisher's coat,

79,

habitation,

I.

tvith

on the morrow,

art.

7.

the morrow after, 1.

on the next day, 1.
the next day, 5.
the next day after, 1.
the day following, 2.

7,

in the very act,

foam out,

1.

come,

those things which arc

coming on,
ask

of, 2.

aj^k, 47.
1.

ask
((uestion, 3.
ask ([uostions, 2.
(liiestiou with, 1.
ask after, 1.
1.

of, 1.
1.

(],
answer,

1.

;^>,
hold forth,
1.

1.

stay,

1.

fonmmuch

as, 2.
4.

1.

take hoed unto,

give heed unto,

mark,

because, 7.
otherwise,
else, 3.

1.

7,

demand,

1.

for that,

1.

1.

uith art.,

demand

since, 1.
seeing, 3.
seeing that,
for then, t.

when,

1.

come upon, 6.
come on, 1.
come thither,

desire,

:,
stir up,
raise, 1.

2.

'';?,

2.

be ashamed of,
be ashamed, :S.

beg,
of sleep,

1.

7,

on.]

afterward, 2.
afterwards, 1.

3.

be clothed upon,

1.

9,

uji-

6.

thereon,

Luke

Come

reach forth unto,

4.

commend,

exorcise authority
on, 1.

out,

',

1.

relieve, 3.

1.

to i)rai8e,
laud, 1.

1.

right, 2.
jurisdiction,

in, 1.

xxi. 35, see

3.

vii. 10, see

2.

gether,

1.

on, 4.
in

pass, impers.,
is

1.

,
,
'/,
,
/^,
-,
,
,
upon,

2.

promise

1.

7>^,

1.

more than,

be gathered thick to-

69.

right or privilege,

awake out

2.

bringing

earnestly contend for, 1

authority, 29.

against,

(),

the day following,

the next day, 1.

1.

seeing,

up

correction,

1.

mid. and yass.perf.,

to promise, 11.
matce promise, 1.

profess,

1.

art.

717,

rise

bring upon, 2.
bring iu upon,

be least esteemed,
coutemptible, 1.

^709,

following,
next, 1.

1.

promise,

desi)i!jo, 6.
jjuisivc,

awake out

(.,(^.,
\i:ith

iirdyw,

.,

),

1.

1.

rest upon,

2 Cor. X.
10, .stvCoutemptible.]

power,

look on, 1.
with ini,
behold, 1.

[for

efou5ct'o(u,
12, see Naught.

strength,

put in minu,

message, 1.
promise, 52.

set at nought,

as, 1.

iweiSov,

feast-day, 2.

pluck out, 1.
break up, 1.

power,

(,

forasmuch

to return, 1.
thrust out, 1.
launch out, 1.

cVai/aTrauo/jtai,

I.

feast,

holyday,

1.

^,

2.

77;,

feast, 24.

Ifor

as, 1.

for, 3.

because,

1.

come

holidag,

$<;,

for

is

1.

forasmuch

W-'if/l CTTt,

keep the

1.

exorcist,

3.

necessary,

i$u)Tipo<;,
outer, 3.

1.

J.

adjure,

since, 1.
seeing, 2.
after that,
for that, 1.

,
,
,
, , ,

1.

i$ov, see

when,

5.

2.

without, 1.
outward, 2.
outwardly, 1.
with art.,
one that (which)
without, 3.
the outside, 2.

^,
thanli,

without,

/,

1.

7/5,

1.

to xjromiae,
middle,
confess, 8.

1.

from without,

[),
destroy,

949

ENGLISH.

AlfJ)

hear,

5.

1.

e$oSo<;,
departing,
deceaae, -.

1.

of, 15.

forth, 8.

bewitx;h, 2.
\l)id

GHEEK

INDEX.

astonished,

1.
1.

1.

1.

/^,

use dosi'itofnlly, ..
accuse talsoly, 1.

INDEX.

950

GEEEK

throughout,
CTTt,

2.

for the space

xoith the Genitive,

upun,

by the space
the space of,

above,

,
whereon,

2.

at, 6.
in, 50.
of, 1.
of, 2.

into, 2.
of, 8.

'

sit
ov,

,
5,
1.

with

have the charge

'
ways
'

,
meet,

Annas

1.

1.

Kith the Dative,

upon,

4.
1.

against, 6.
before, 1.

through,
under, 3.

2.

about, 1.
as touching,

wherefore,
1.

whereof,

1.

1.

fK\ev

uitii

marry,

on, 114.
over, 27.

2.

to desire,

would

^nyLv,

iij<o(i, 1.

know,

30.

at, 'J.
into,
in, 13.

perceive,

4.

3.

el

take knowledge

of, 2.

have knowledge
acknowledge, 5.

of, 1.

'.',.

',.

because

lust after,

of, 1.

1.

to call,

1.

1.

[mid..)

^),
,

],

L'lko

[/or

1.

xvi. 21, sec Lick.]

toith

forgetful,

rest of,

<;,

3.

concupiscence,

1.

CTTlAotTTOS,

1.

concnpifccnce, 1.
that...lu8teth after,
1.

2.

fail, 1.

8,

Qc/;noi'if</i;iiicnf, 1.
3.

1.

1.

choose, 1

heartily, 1 [Oat.)
lust, 31.

uckuowlcdgmeut,

Kun

,
',

knowledge, 10.
acknowUdgt, 1.
acknowledging,

Acts

2.

forget, 7.
be forgetful,

3.

desire,

1.

(approved,
error) to

ill

lust, 3.

1.

see

41,

1.

catch,

fain, 1.

covet, 3.
lust after,

1.

well,

',

take hold of, 2.

take by, 3.
take, 7.
lay hold upon,
lay hold on, 2.

1.

laying on,

1.
1.

press upon, 1.
be instant, 1.

take hold of,

take on, 2.

3.

putting on,

2.

know

,
,
,

be imposed on,

assent, 1.

1.

desire, 3.
inquire, 1.

death,

1.

1.

give sentence,

ed. lull,

in earth, 1.

to blow,
G.

after, 1.
again.st, 33.

for, 9.

3.

appointed

CTTtytVoyixat,

to, 38.

of,

1.

earthly things,

above, 1.
uuto, 41.

on,

help,

,
,
,
,
,
seek,

terrestrial, 2.
phiYal, with art.,

1.

upon,

lie

1.

1.

seek after, 5.
seek for, 2.

1.

earthy,

lie

[_for

7rttK7^9,

1.

lay wait,

2.

aground]

CTTietKeia,
gentleness,

clemency,

TOVTOli,

therewith, 1.
with the Accxisative,
upon, 105.

about, 1.
with, 2.
touching,

1.

liatieut, 1.

-,

1.

for that,
in whom,

before,

zoith eVt,

-,

O's).

1.

,,
*

hv'i,

6.

1.

xxvii.

laying await, 1.
lying iu wait, 1.
with
lay wait for, 1.

whereon, 1.
wherein, 3.

amoni;

with

go down upon,

-i.

to cry,

1.

1.

(.

1.

moderation,

1.

toward,

(jniJ.)

XKah art.,

I'J.

<*

'

5.

be laid upon, 1.
be laid thereon,

set iu order,

,
,
,
],
piece,

on one's behalf,

'
thereon,
"

^,
gentle,

after, 2.

part, with
(pass.),
let drive, 1.

look upon, 1.
have respect to,
regard, 1.

6.

7tI

olfer, 1.

surnamed,

oue's surname,

cursed,

2.

1.

called, 1.

to cover,

1.

3.

1-\(.,

for, 1.
by, 8.

of, 9.

called upon,
called by, 1.

cloak,

iw l8

deliver,
give, 7.

to, 1.

set on,

in, 52.

for,

be chargeable unto,
be chargeable to, 1.
overcharge, 1.

:iy.

to, 1.

with,

1.

add thereto,

3.

toward,

1.

stranger,

1.

with et?,
beat into, 1.

3.

beside,

^).

1.

think thereon,
with
put upon, 1.
put unto, 1.

put

,
,
,

2.

be there,

lay on, 8.

16.

on, 10.
over, 11.

above,

1.

fall to,

Caiaphas
the
high

priests,

at,

cast,

1.

4.

1.

2Jassivc,

be
be
be
be
be

1.

receive,

appeal unto,
appeal to, 1.
appeal,

7107;/,

lay on, 1.
stretch forth, 1.
begin, l(m,arg. with

and

being

unto,

cast upon,

of, 1.

call, 1.

1.

1.

7/3,

where two

in a place

upon,

to

show,

xcith ',

per/.,

iniddU,

to show, 8.
middle,

go aboard, 1.
take ship, 1.

1.

call upon, 4.
call on, 7.

8,
iv

into, 2.
enter into, 1.

to, 2.

1.

with this inscription,

come

upon, 1.
iu the time
in tke days

whereon,

2.

TO
into one place, 2.
cTTi

loitJi lira

5.

set on,

write thereon,
write over, 1.
write in, 2.

Of,

before, 14.
under, 1.

,
,
,',
inscription, 1.

1.

1.

AXD ENGLISH.

superscription,

7*

thereon,

1.

about,

of, 1.
of, 1.

,
'
,

37.

on, 71.
over, 11.

3.

interpretation,

1.

expound, 1.
determine, 1.

1.

,
,
,, ,
,
,
^, , ,
,
,
, ,
,
-,
, ,' ,
,
,
INDEX.

testify,

1.

with

refresh one's

6/05,
victuals,

turn to,
u'ii/v

1.

turn

1.

visit, 10.

return,

one's).]

toith

, ',
conversion,

overshadow,

5.

2.

visitation, 2.
olfice of bishoi),

1.

see

permit, 4.
give leavi', 2.
give liberty, 1.
give Ucense, 1.
let, 1.

-,
sutfer, 10.

1.

come running together,

commission,

that which cometh upon, 1.

1.

,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
, ,
',
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
bishopric, 1.
oj/ico 01- charge,

CTTtiOta,

thought,

1.

1.

see

75,

1.

[/or

doily, 2.

know,

2.

to heap,

1.

Cor.

to rebuke,

28,

xi.

see

(that

command,

7.

1.

1.

,
,
, ,

performance,

with nri.,
things
which
are needful to, 1.
))I.,

those

,
,

with

1.

with

cost upon, 2.

of note, 1.
notable, 1.

4.

Ittl,

tiini

return, 4.
turn, 4.
convert, 2.
be converted,

b<icfc, 1.

come

1.

H'iOi
5.

,
1.

Bumanio,

2.

irii/i TrAijyij,

wound,

1.

7IU<MI.,

irii/i iri,

turn unto,

4.

irilli inavit),

put on,

airain, 1.

go again,

put upon,
put on, 1.

Z.

begin to dawn,

draw on,

lade with,

1.

1.

1.

im\iipew,

take in hand,
take upon, 1.

2.

set on, 2.
lay upon, 2.
lay on, 4.
add unto, 2.

to, 1.

turn again,

of, 1.

1.

1.

',

mouth

1.

give a shout,

set on, 1.
set up, 1.
lay upon, l.
lay on, 12.
V i(/l

with

stop the

1,

crj-, 1.

put upon,
put on, 3.

1.

epistle, IS.
letter, 9..

1.

bring against,
bring, 2.
add, 1.
take, 1.

cry against,

1.

rii/initii'ff,

1.

for, 1.

sew on,

1.

desire, 1.

great desire,

1.

3.

7;09,

coufirm, 3.
strengthen,

come

2.

1.

make,

endued with know-

vehement

give light,

finish, 1.

1.

1.

earnest desire,

8.

accomplish,

do,

write a letter unto,

write unto, 1.

ledge,

-,

1.

finish, 1.

1.

write,

;,

74,
perform,

desire, 1.
long after, 2.
long after greatly, 1.
long, 1.

appearing, 5.
brightness, 1.

1.

perfect, 1.
make perfect,

1.

desire earnestly,
desire greatly, 2.

6.

1.

1.

charge,

Acts
see People
the)
ami

which).]

Master,

2.

notable,

enjoin,

1.

ajipear, 1.
passive,

appear,

1.

Cometh upon

longed

fierce, 1.

1.

authority,

75,
xxiv. 12,
(raise ui>

5.

give light to,

be the more

13.

[for

fall on, 7.
fall into, 1.

lust,

obtain,

commandment,

understand,

2.

1.

1.

25, see ijow.J

upon,

on,

xiii.

//,,

1.

press upon, 1.
ritsh upon, 1.
with tTTt,

lie

Matt.

1.

1.

7',

71717,

fall

up the people,

7;5,

become uacircumcise J,

steward,
tutor,

dangerous,

perjured person,

on,

raise

overseer, 1.
bishop, 4.

self, 1.

75,

fall

1.

75,

forawear one's

liri

6.

1.

iinvivu},
to consent,

1.

1.

gathering together, 1.
assembling together, 1.

take the oversight,

look diligently, 1.

in, 5.

censore,

1.

--,

1.

7.

punishment,

1.

gather together,
gather, 1.

1.

in, 1.

still, 1.

4.

2.

Carriage

see

up

1.

4.

oor.,

Acts

[/or
iii. 15,

still in, 1.

charge,

be converted,

rest upon,

continue,

charge straitly,

3.

turn about,

dilitjentlj-, 1.

continue

to rebuke, 24.

1.

and poM.

7iud.

951

5.

tU,

to,

turn to,

look out,

(take

abide,
iarry,

and ENGLISn.

ict(/i ffpot,

self, 1.

tTTtyxcAeo/xat,
take care of, 3.

abide
abide
abide

OREEE:

go about,
pour

1.

1.

\,
in, 1.

nunisttT unto,

1.

uiiuititer to, 2.

odd,

1.

]>as9iv,

have nourishment min

ieterod,

1.

-,

supply, 1.
to supply,

1.

with

anoint, I.
tyrtad upon,

1,

INDEX.

952

7/</,
build thereupon,
build thereon, 1.
build up on, 1.
build up, 1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
i,
xoith

provoke to anger,

stick fast,

run aground,

to search,

, see

who

,
as I

may

so say,

,
desert,

pi.

masc, with

art.,

1.

3.

make

desolate,
desolate, 1.

1.

pi. ncut., with art.,

heavenly things, 3.
heavenly places, 3.

heavenly things,

2.

accompany,

1.

^,

1.

to naught,

i)laces, 1,
heavenly places, 1.

7,

,
^,
.
,
,
,

contention,
oi

seven thousand,

see

epLov,
wool,

strife,

to work, 28.

labour
do,

1.

labour,

1.

for, 1.

commit,

1.

1.

contention,
debate, a.
variance, 1.

,
9,
goat,

3.

1.

2.

trade,

1.

1.

2.

14.

1.

see

diligence, 1.
craft, 1.

to work,

worker,

work,

5>:<:,

,)

3.

seri)ent,

152.

deed, 22.
doing, 1.
labour, 1.

1.

longer,

1.

, -, . ,
, ^,
creeping thing,

trade, 1,

otherwise,

Red

1.

3.

further,

3.

auy

3.

furtlier, 3.

thencefortlj,

see

also,

:J

icith

sea, 2.

1.

any longer, 1.
more, 17.
yet more, 2.
any more, 5.
moreover, 2.

evening, 2.
eventide, 1.

1.

passive,

bo by interpretation,

9.

1.

still, 4.

Cor.

glass, 2.

interpret,

labourer,

be altered,

Tl,
yet, 51.

1.

workman,

1.

3.

',

one... another,

2.

ter.]

3.

42.

some. ..other,
with

xiv. 2b, see Interpre-

v:ilh tis,

...,

1.

1.

[/or

hiKt, in.

uttermout,

1.

be unequally yoked to
gether with, 1.

another place, 1.
another psalm, 1.
next day, 2.

live, 1.

devour,

icith

other, 1.
else, 1.

1.

be eating,

feed of,

other, 41.
olher thing, 3.
other matter, 1.
strange, 1.

eat, 61.

interpretation,

gain, 2.
gains, 1.

another tougue,

another,

garment,

kid, 1.
goat, 1.

minister about, 1.
with
forbear working, 1.

1.

1.

, ,, ,,
, ,
trade by,

of

robe, 1.
raiment, 1.
clothing, 2.
apparel, 3.

2.

gain,

1.

1.

sec LTrov.

,
,
,
,
entreat,

they that are conten-

7,

7.

beseech,

1.

epide'ia;,

tious,

1.

teach otherwise, 1.
teach another doctrine,

strife, 5.

4.

inner,

1.

1.

1.

ask, 23.
desire, 6.
pray, 14.

ipiOeia,

seven times,

inward part,

xvith art.,

tell, 4.
call, 1,

3.

strive, 1.

seven, 86.
seventh, 1.

3.

within, 6.
inwardly, 1.
with art.,
the inward man, 1.
that which is within,

that within,

say, 57.

si^eak of,

desolation,

from within,

fellow, 1.
friend, 3.

1.

speak,

high

1.

1.

,
,,
6,
, ,
1.

with eti,
enter into, 2.
with tjvv,

passive,

come

he that came,

bring to desolation,

they that are heavenly,

1.

1.

which is to come, 3.
which art to come, 1.

wilderness, 32.

9.

celestial, 2.

coming, 1.
shall come,

which should come, 1.

he that should come, 3.
he which should come,

(suhst.)

within, 3.
inner,

that should come,

{adj.)

in, 1.

inward,

G.

he that

solitary, 1.

1.

in heaven, 1.

heavenly,

3.

point of

1.

into, 2.
(said of

that Cometh, 2.
he that cometh,

desert, 10.
desolate, 4.

erros enrfii',

death,

1.

with
the

at

lie

Chruit).

desert, 1.

/)i7/Aos,

)^,

1.

1.

appear,
next, 1.

ipw.

wilderness,

1.

the last state, 3.

the latter end, 1.

'

grow,
6.

3.

eye-witness,

7.

1.

go, 13.
resort, 2.
pass by, 1.
fall out, 1.

1.

1.

ends, 1.
lowest, 2.

be brought,

1.

1.

1.

behold,

light,

2.

utter,

to call,

1.

uttermost part,

come, 582.
be coming,
coming, 6.

1.

build upon,

AND ENGLISH.

^,

provoke,

2.

GREEK

1.

1.

even,

1.

make

ready,

I)rop:ire,

U'J.

provide,

1.

10.

,
,
,, , , , ,
',
, ,
,
, ,
INDEX.

/,

OKEEK

with

'/.

eToi

preparation,

noble,

1.

haveconvenienttime.l.
have leisure, 1.

2.

iciffi

nobleman,

fair

mado ready

things

our baud,

weather,

8,

to

convenient,

in season,

2.

',

desire,

xi:ith

active,

declare to, 1.
preacb unto, 1.
middle,
bring good tidings of, 2.
bring glad tidings of, 1.
declare glad tidings
unto, 1.
show glad tidings, 1.
show the glad tidings

benefit,

11.

2.

^,
by and by,
shortly,

pel, 1.

preached,

have
tho
gospel
preached to one's

course,

boimty,

jjI.,

good cheer,

more

evangelist, 3.

[_for

1.

pood

cheerfully,

((,

be weil pleased with,

Acts

make

etrnight,

governor,

1.

which

is

well-

1.

iciift
with
please well,

1.

bo accepted

of, 1.

<;,
acceptably,

^,

1.

ti,

1.

righteousness,

Luke

sto Well.]

lii. 17,

1.

to do good,

1.

',

,
,
,
jesting,

1.

doth so easily

beset us,

riijhlntts or (trui<;/ktnM,

Attend.]

easy to bo entreated,

is

1.

1.

1.

good report,

of

comely,

1.

vehemently,

(<;,

'?,

',

mightily,

tvKpoatipoi, 1 Cor.

wliii'h
1.

itilh art.,

that which

3.

vii. 35, see

(adv.)

straightway, 2.
immediately, 3.
forthwith, 1.
nnon, 1.

1.

comely, 1.
honourable,

\^Jor

by and by,

tvye,
iJoi-

<;,

2.

comeliness,

2.

8.

ney, 1.
prosper,

1.

decently, 1.

Lave a prosperous jour-

1.

{(idj.)
stniight, 5.
right, 3.

uii/i art.,

,
,

1.

I.

decently,
honestly,

1.

/,
eunuch,

well-pleasiug, 2.
acceptable, 4.

pleasing,

will, 1.

(,

evcr7rAay;(i'05,
tendor-hearted,
pitiful,

1.

make eunuch,

',

1.

1.

1.

xiiv. lu, see Cheerfully (more).]

please, 2.

1.

significant, 1.

,
agree,

2.

easy to be understood,

2.

benevolence,

7tj.

godly,

<,

1.

ready to distribute,

2.

<;,
of

1.

at, 1.

1.

devout, 3.
godly, 1.

,
,
,

the gospel is preached

unto, 1.
be preached, 2.

^vorship,

1.

with

piety at,

show kindness

bountifully,

1.

be of good cheer,
be merry, 1.

to, 1.

show

matter of bounty,

(,

to, 1.

,
,
,

blessing, 1.

straight

1.

1.

godliness, 14.
holiness, 1.

blessing, 11.

2.

get,

1.

3.

fnir speeches, 1.

1.

preached

1.

;(5,
broad,

blessed, 8,

with a straight course,

self, 1.

preached

1.

evXoyia,

1.

come with a

1.

is

obtain,

fear,

bless, 43.
praise, 1.

1.

straightway, 32.
immediately, 35.
forthwith, 7.
as soon as, 2.
anon, 1.

in, 1.

show,

fair

find, 174.
can find, 1.

1.

be preached by the gos-

the gospel

be moved with

devout,

fit, 2.

meet,

passive,

is

make a

1.

1.

benuf:ictor,

17.

the gospel

to,

evepye-n};,

to, 2.

preach unto,

1.

in that he feareth,
for one's piety, 1.

2.

1.

do good,

2.

preach the gospel

godly fear,

may attend

that one
upon, 1.

he irary, 1.
fear, 1.

preach the gospel of, 1.

preach the gospel to, 2.
preach the gospel un-

1.

reith

good deed done

of, 1.

preach... gospel,

,
,

4.

1.

seem good,

that

acceptable, 2.
accepted, 3.

1.

easier, 7.

good-will, 2.
good pleasure,

preach the gospel,

1.

1.

conveniently,

cvSoKi'a,

well, 3.

gospel,

grace,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
, ,

year, 49.

it)

wealth,

it pleiiseth, 5.
1.

it

2.

think good, 1.
be willing, 2.

well done,
good, 1.

one's

to

according

ability, 1,

in time of need, 1.

be one's good pleasure,

3.

eVos,

preach,

1,

tvrropia,

opportunity,

1.

be well pleased, 7.
have pleasure, 4.
take pleasure, 1.

1.

with

be ready,

8X)eud one's time,

1.

ivKaipta,

ready, 1-1.
readiness, 1.
prepared, 1.

953

AND KNGLTSH.

1.

good report,

1.

bring forth picntifully,

1.

1.

954

(.,
make

glad,

1.

,
-,
mid. and

rejoice,

be merry,

make
fare,

aor.,

6.

gladiiosi,
joy, 1.

stand,

1.

(,

thiiukfulness, 1.
thauksiriving, 9.
p-iviui.' of thanks,

^,

3.

1.

far, 1.

no, not one, 1.

with other parlides,

see Irreioov.

unto,

even unto,

1.

1.

et5,
1.

<:

1.

to this time, 1.
unto this time,

5.

1.

can wish,

be

1.

viper, 5.

1.

,
,

meet for use,

proiitable,

can,

1.

)(,
be
good comfort,
of

1.

hold,

5.

fast, 1.

keep.

,
,
,
,

<;,
on

left

hand,

1.

left foot, 1.

cf

on the (one's) left,

on the (one's)

5.

left

3.

leap ou,

1.

once for

all, 1.

at once,
once, 3.

1.

see iirei8ov.

,
,

ievf)e,
inventor,

course,

1.

a.

middle,
next,

1.

next day, 1.
day following,

have not,

1.

reju;h unto, 2.

1.

zeal,

till, 7.

while,

^>/.

to leaven,

6.

take captive,
take alive,

Rev.

iii.

iKxlh ov,
till, 11.

while,

1.

with
till, 2.

catch,

1.

1.

1.

life, 90.

life-time,

1.

'^,

purse,

2.

gird, 2.

1.

be zealous,

1.

zealously affect,
desire,

),
,
,
girdle, 6.

envij, 1.

affect,

until, 5.

19,

<;.

until, ).

until the time,

4.

1.

fervent mind, 1.
emulation, 1.
envy, 1.
envying, 5.
jealousy, 1.
indignation, '2.

a verb,

v.ilh

1.

leaven, 13.

see lie zealous.]

he poor, 1.
lack, 1.

5.

pair of balances,

1.

[/o)-

yoke,

1.

1.

be fervent,
fervent, 1.

2.

u-iih

3.

band,

accompany,

(pi.)

see

pair,

of

1.

tares, 8.

yoke,

be old,

living, 1.

1.

lie, 1.

be,

questions,

hoiv to inquire hereof, 1

.vyo<;,

liavc, 1.

do,

manner

such

of

with riotous

hot,

1.

till, 15.

,
see

use,

for,

until, 5.

1.

2.

1.

1.

with, 1.
count, 4.

take

2,

5.

darkness, 2.
blackness, 1.
mist, 1.

1.

retain,

sweet smell, 1.
sweet smelling, 1.
sweet savour, 1.

4.

life, 1.

f-.

hold

,
,-,
,
,
.
, ,
,
,
,
,

5.

TTji'

life-time, 1.

be able, 1.
be possessed with,
be in that c:ise, 1.

2.

1.

1.

question,

infinitive,

1.

1.

2.

question,

live, 117.
alive, 9.

quick,

have, G07.

have suificient,
can have, 1.

1.

inquire for,

participle,
alive, 7.
lively, 3.

1.

4.

endeavoiu,

30.

to

1.

1.

desire, 3.

to this place,

^,

3.

hand,

sulTer loss, 1.
sutler the loss of,

go al-)Out,
be about,

? 7.

foe, 2.

I would,

lose, 2.

geek for, 6.
seek after, 1.
seek means, 1.
1.

long

(mid. or

jJnss.)

seek, 98.

even into,

1.

receive damage,
be cast away, 1.

1.

as far as,

,
loss, 3.

damage,

until, 4.

how

enemy,

praii, 1.

?),

[<;,

1.

1.

5.

inquire,
require,

2.

daily,

,' ,

1.

2.

the

2.

till, 2.

see

enmity,
hatred,

^,
pray,
wish,

as far as,

1.

1.

zealous,

2.

even unto,

1.

ephphatha,

(^,
vow,

).

thus

,
,

1.

until, 11.
to, 12.
unto, 23.

even unto,

1,

present,

2.

prayer,

(luiffi

assault, 1.
be instant, 1.
be at hand, 1.

thanks are given,

till, 3.

1.

come,

passive,

thankful,

(ii:it?i

come upon, 7.
come unto, 1 {xvith
come to, 1.
come in, 1.

give thanks, 25.

thank, 12.
be thankful, 1.

thanks,

).

3.

envy,

be moved with envy,

a Genitive,

w\t)i

,
,

be jealous over,

whiles, 1.

stand before, 1

3.

uierry,

1.

AND EKGLISH.
until, 3.

stand by, 3.
stand over,

GREEK

2.

1.
1.

desire to have, 1.
covet earnestly, 1.
covet, 1.

preserve,

7iassiw,

live, 1.

beast, 23.

1.

INDEX.

OUEKK

^;,
m^ke
give

alive,

now, 37.
even now,

1,

life, 2.

quiclcen, 1.
quicken, 9.

now

^,
17:i.

or

else,

either,

and,

3.

excei)t it be,

1.

mint,

neither, 3.
nor, 5.
in contrast
peated,
..,

come,

of, 1.
? 3.

yet hut,

ei

1.

Heb.

vi. li,

Surely.]

we

ourselves,

us,

2.

1.

,
,
', ,

we,

2.

12.

('

our,
uith
us,
19.

1.

lis, 1.

1.

ruler, 2.

to us,

prince,

unto

m/co/tat,

1.

us, 72.

rjyquov,
govemour,

.,

1.

govcrnour, 2.
have the rule over,

14.

3.

with ua,

2.

i.

our,

2.

we,

10.

witli tlico, 3.
Acc'ttative,

{,

Up])OH0, 1.

>,

chief speaker,

1.51.

we,

25.

\cHh
for our eakos, 3.

gladly,

1.

very gladly,

I.

day,

^-^

1.

rHiv

a certain

,
1.

dii^, 2.

Death,

1.

deadly,

2.

mortify,

,
,

become dead,

2.

1.

bury,

1.

bo

l>old, 2.

boldly,

,
,
, ,
1.

1.

1.

1.

confident, 1.
have confidence,

I.

/,

bo of good cheer. 5.
bo of good comfort,

courage,

diniiniehing, 1.
dtca\j or lou, I.
fault. 1.

1.

11.

be confident,

peaceable,

see

1.

)>n,'iii'f,

^;(9,
T^Toi,

1.

kill, 2.

silence, 3.

quiet,

1.

put to death, 4.
cause to bo put t
death, 3.

1.

bo inferior, 1.
be overcome, 2.

judgment,

gladly, 3.

most

ns,

day, -.VO.
time, 2.

^ ,

1.

2.

quietness,

, -,
,
by means of death,

iiuiet, 1.

cease,

what hnvo wo to do

count, 10.
account, 1.
jud^e, 1.
esteem, 3.
think, i.

,
^,
,
gentle,

1.

death, 115.

2.

see

quiet,

1.

iiri,

1.

deadly thing,

deadly,

ivith

re.st. 1.

1.

be the (/uidtf, 1.
qxiiiU, 1.

1.

uHh

sce

1.

{',

be astonisheii,

hold one's peace,

on us, 1.
upon us,
us, 9

,
,
,
bo

us, 39.

for us, 10.

chi.-f, 1.

chief,

wonder,

, ,
when,

our company,

1.

1.

Genitive,
of us, 10.
our, 304.

ours, 4.

be goveruour,

reigu,

, , ]6,
,
.
I.

the space of half an

hour, 1.

123.

I.

passive,

be amazed,

nominative,

we,

2.

be astonished,
be amazed, 2.

icit/i

1.

sea, 91.

be astonished,

(.

sec

half dead,

nail, 2.

,
cherish,

2.

^,

rjXo%,

rxi. 25,

Koor.J

6.

ours,

2.

^09,

1.

', Luke

1.

half, 5.

<1'

be

Biin, 30.

r.ither,

;,
l/or

pi., irith art.

great, 1.
what great, 1.

1.

1.

,
,
,
,
our,

1.

sec

1.

how

-ep,

[fur

TU>>',

be of age,

1.

but, 1.
than, 1.

1.

see

,-

iro<rot

rfi

tcitfi

1.

1.

\,

alway,

3.

comparative,
than, :{5.
more than, 1.
rather than, 3.

but

day time,

a good while,

age, 1.
stature, 5.

what

(.

see

sound, 2.
fame, 1.

1.

^,

1.

uith

roar, 1.

',

!<',

in the

27.

age, 2.

at that time,

1.

interrogative,
or, 82.
or else, 1.

than,

1.

on the sabbath,

whether. ..or,

but either,

daily,

(neut.,

art.),
less, 1 (adv.)

^'',

ot mid-(hiy,

Eli, 2,

... ,

1.

955

the

to sound,

daily.

tf

the worse,

,,

1.

'

^^

'

daily,

or else, 1.
j'ea and, 1.

save,

/'.

7/,

but,

day by day,

2.

manner,

either. ..or else, 3.

either... or, 1.

or

1.

',

1.

either,

daily, 15.

for this fiay,.!.

every day, 1.

f>leaeurc, 3.
UBt, 2.
pleasure, 2.

1.

'

1.

^/,

ili.ynnctive,

or,

already,

see

(,

iiay,

from day to day,

already, 17.
by this time,
yet, 2._

,,

AND ENGLISH.
day by

1.

1.

admiration,

3,

, , ,, ,,
, ,
,
,
<. 8,
*, ,
,
^,
, ^, , ,,
956

GREEK 1)

INDEX.

to wonder, 12.

wonder

marvel,

marvel

foundation,

at, I.
28.
at, 2.

admire,

1.

middle,

wonder,

settle,

5.

,
,
,

f,
woman,

1.

god,

1326.

Genitive,

1.

after a godly manner,

7.

worshipping,
reUgiou, 3.

1.

triumph over,

with beasts,

1.

, ,,
3.

beast,

(pass.)

1.

be troubled,

treasure up, 1.
lay up treasure, 1.
heap treasure together,

great drop,

1.

lay

1.

3.

1.

seat, 7.

throne, 54.

3.

keep in store,

1.

1.

daughter,

1.

worshipper of God,

29.

daughter,

little

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
the godhead,

hater of God,

1.

tempest,

narrow,

Godhead,

1.

1.
afflict, 3.

heaUng, 2.
household,

trouble,

thyme,

4.

incense, 4.

odour,

burdened,

to worship,
cure,
heal, 38.

1.

anguish,

1.

plural,

1.

2.

incense, 1.

1.

censer,

persecution, 1.
trouble, 3.
with eti,
to be afflicted, 1.

1.

servant,

1.

affliction, 17.
tribulation, 21.

.">.

will, 1.

1.

sweet, 1.

2.

well, 61.

wUl,

1.

throng,

1.

1.

1.

suifer tribulation,

^<;,

of brimstone,

1.

burn incense,

will, 1.

),

to die,

be willing,

harvest,

1.

voluntary,

reaper,

1.

being a vuluntary,
will have, 5.

would have,

5.

be disposed,

1.

desire, 13.

be desirous,
desirous,

1.

2.

be forward,

1.

v:illinij, I.

please,

2.

riithcr, 1.

intend, 1.
so be, 1.
love,

1.

with tlvat,

mean,

2.

highly
with, 1.

bo

9.

,
,
,
mortal,

2.

,
,
warm

(mid.)

one's self,

heat,

5.

T^uke x.

Troubled

(be). J

iniddie,

p.

4.

a noise, 1.
this ado, 1.
trouble one's self,

uproar, 3.
tumult, 4.

wrath,

1.

1.

15.

inilignation, 1.
licrcenusH, 2.

,
,
door,
gate,

make
make

coiiKi'Ier, 1.

(^irtSi.)

bo wroth,

set on an uproar,

3.

look on, 1.
behold, 11.

perceive,

1.

41, see

,
4"

mortality,

[^for

1.

summer,

see,

1.

5.

displeased

Lear an Iwslile mind,

intending war with, 1.

nil it art.,

1.

be warmed,

list, 3.

1.

be dead,
dead, 3.

13.

willingly, 2.

had

1.

Willi

reap, 21.

will, (8.
would, 70.

he

1.

1.

<5,

1.

1.

yoimg daughter,

to touch, 2.
handle, 1.

tieut.. Kith, art.,

pleasure,
desire, 1.

1.

treasure, 18.

divine, 2.

godhead,

1.

beast, 42.

in store,

brimstone,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
1.

eov,
after a godly sort,

godliness,

,
,

1.

accordini} to God, 1.
after a godly sort, 1.

godly,

theatre, 1.

1.

venomous

0eoi/,
1.

lamentation,

religious, 1.

wild beast,

exceeding,
to God, 1.

3.

theatre, 1.
spectacle, 1.

2.

hair, 15.

3.

Dative,

'passive,

1.

to catch,

fight

12.

godly,

1.

stock,

2.

lament,

cause to triumjih,

God.

,
,

2,

),
trap,

3.

make a gazing

mourn,

1.

by inspiration of
God, 1.

see, 17.

seen,

God,

t,'iven

behold, 2.
look on, 1.
look upon,

1.

to fight against God,

1.

goddess,

cattle, 1.

1.

female, 3t.

neuter,

marvellous thing,
marvel, 1.

1.

, , ,,
, ,

1.

fight against

marvellous,

sheath,

to suck, 1.
suckling, 1.
give suck, 4.

1.

1.

wonderful thing,

be

1.

to bruise,

1.

found, 2.
ground, 2.

taught of God,

sight,

15.

lay the foundation of,

1.

hare in admiration,

ENGLISH.

.38.

1.

shield,

1.

window,

C.

AND EXOLISH.

TTTDKX.

,',

of

{iiiiper.

)0S,
porter, 2.

uith art.,
that keupeth the door,

el-

1.

,
9, 6,
lo, 29.

9,

cheerful,

behold, 181.

sacrilice, 29.

sweat,

Jews' reUgion,

/,

1.

1.

1.

3.

slay, I.
do sucrifice, 2.

execute

2.

the

priest's

mercy-seat,

priest, 31.

(,/,

heuling, 3.

1_]\

. 28,

2.

lepov,

1,

upoirpeTT-js,
as becomethholiness.l.
as hecomeih )iobj xvoiiicii,

xcith eis,

to heal,

1.

holy things,

7.

{imperat. of d-

see, 1.
look, 1.

couutenaucc,

1.

his, 5.

3.

,
1.

privately,

8.

ecviralhj, 1,
7.
1.

wlion they wore alocc,

iillf ,
1.

')^5,
uulcuniod, 3.
ixnoraut, 1.
rude, 1.

clothe,

2.

as

of

e'f

of, 1.

1.

alleciioiialcly

,,
,
',

long Beu.sou,

;?,

equal,

is

like precious,

1.

like-minded,
so

1.

licui to inc, 1.

7^/,
trans,

make

(pres.

stand,

set, 11.

set up, 1.
establish,

present,
appoint,

3.

1.

2.

for, 1.

1.

so that not,
Tis,

that no man,

I.

why ?

',

met,
1.

17.

stand up, 2.
stand forth, 1.
be holdeu up, I.
be established, 2.
be brought, 1.

5.

? 1.

i)'J.

Btaud forth, 2.
Btoud by. 3.
Stand still, I.

,
,
to see,

I.

or

whereforo

make able, 1.
make meet, 1.

stand,

abide, 1.
continue, 1.
Stanch, 1.

1.

that nothing,

1.

1.

strong,

9.

strong Ulan,
mighty, 10.
powerful, 1.
valiant,

2.

5.

1.

boisterous,

1.

poison,

1.

(pass., aor., and fut.,

mid. fat.),

stand,

lent. 43.
ii'O

oor,

1.

intrans. {purf., plup.,

2 aor.),

1.

that not, 50.

that no, 5.
that nothing,
albeit not, 1.
1.

1.

1.

)^';,

and

U'O

aupplicatioD,

v:ith art.,

that which

covenant with

that, iS4.
to, 70 {with inf.)
for to, 8 (icit/i inf.)
so as, 1.

mui.t,

1.

a long while,

de-

1.

so that, 1.
because, 1.

10.
of, I.

2.

equivlity, 2.

hiy to one's charge,

number
much, ,

1.

sirous of,

great

TO

12.

1.

Lva,
to the intent that,
to the intent, 1.

5.

security, 1.
TO tKauov
to content,

1.

7;,

31.

, -,

1.

much.
i(ii?l

they which ai-e gorgeously apparelled, 1.

largo, I.
sore, 1.
great, 1.

many

vesture,
apparel,
array, 1.

4.

agree, 2.

garment,

be

Bufficieucy,

1.

severally,

f.

many,
1.

like, 1.

oi (V

jilitrai,

* &,

homo,

priesthood,

meet, 1.
worthy,

,,

equal,

1.

raiment,

1.

see

thong,

sufficient, 3.
able, 1.

one's own company, 1.

uue'a acrjuaiutancc, 1.

1.

enough,

there, 2.
private, 1.
his several, 1.
one's proper, 2.

one's own, 2.
Olio's oii'i home, 1.
one's own home, 1.
one's own buaiuesa,

to minister,

?,

one's own, 72.

1.

sacrilege,

upovpyiu),

05,

1.

Laos, or

raiment,

commit

, 9,
.

latchet, 3.

apparel,

behoid, 2U.

home,

1.

robber of churches,

lo, 3.

apart,
abide,

1.

it'pa,

physician,

,
,

1.

see

1.

from thee,

far

2.

equal to the angels,

,
, ,,
holy,

tarpos,

it

'

1.

clothes, 1.
vesture, 2.
cloak, 2.
robe, 2.
plural,
clothes, 11.

1.

4.

,
be

Cor.

" Offered in

temjile, 71.

healiug,
cure, 1.

due,

rainbow,

1.

merciful,

sec
sacrifice to idols."]

heal, 20.

horse, 16.

2.

propitiation,

UpiVS,

1.

ipiS,

propitiation,

office, 1.

Lreoatplate, 5.

jasper,

1.

<;,

(neut.)

1.

make whole,

2.

horsemen,

poisiiv,

be merciful,

priesthood,

kill, 8.
iacri/ict!, 1.

horseman,

1.

ofBceof the priesthood,

slay,

1.

make reconciliation for,

priest's office,

2.

iTTTrciis,

cheerfulness,

,
,
,
,
,

altar, 23.

to sacrifice,

1.

1\6]<;,

',
,
,
, /,, .,

to live as do the Jews,

1.

?,

see, 3.
i

^,

/5,
moisture,

a or. mid.)

957

troiti;, 1.

1.

,
,
,
, ,
,
,
INDEX.

958

iv. 13, see

mighty, 1.
power, 2.

pure,

1.

be of strcugtli,
be able, 6.

may,

1.

8,

purifying,

1.

avail, 3.
lire vail, 3.

sit,

,
,
,
,,
,
or

much work,

1.

aee

^,

be, 1.

afterward,

1.

to sleep,

1.

asleei), 4.

jot, 1.

, /,
.
,

Kay ,

master,

1.

and

take down,

,
,
destroy,

purge,

dully,

2.

down, 14.
be set dowu,

,
bad,

1.

noisome, 1.
wicked, 1.

etc., etc., etc.']

lAural,

they which arc

continue,

fUlts, 1.

even

sit, 1.

as

1.

ill, 1.

44.

haiin, 2.

cut. pi.,

1.

new

things,

iinOi art.,

that which
JlCllf. ).,

1.

middle,

sit, 1.

fasten on,

newness,

down,

and

,
purge,

set,

make

be clean,

3.

clcauhiug,

\,

l)urifying, 2.
purification,
icit/i

to purge,

forget

purifeU,

1.

opiwrtunity,
due time, 2.
time, G;{.

Beason,

while,

ToO

as,

inasmuch
one

wae

1.

evil entreat, 2.

2,

hurt,

1.

harm,
vex,

1.

at a certain scaBOn,

1.

1.

1.

make

evil aflcctcd, 1.

1.

napa

1.

jiast age,

as, 1.

fV

v-itkav,

according to that,

always,

1.
I

1.

II.

according to that,

1.

that

convenient season,

1.

3.

(pass.)

BuUer adversity,
be tormented, 1.

2.

conduct,

1.

,
,
,
/
,
',

due season,

1.

malefactor,

appoint, 1.
ordain, 3.
paseioe,
be, 2.

2.

1.

5.

8.

ruler, 6,

evil-doer,

yet,

though,

1.

make,

3.

jiruisive,

2.

4.

make

clean, 5.
cleanse, 16.
purify, 3.

is evil, 2.

evil things, 3.

1.

let

evil, 1.

iifiitci,

evil, 31.

,
,
,
, , , ,
,
as, 7.

as, 5.
Well ae,

new,

1.

1.

evil, 8.

Kaiye, sec ye.

set, 2.

tarry,

1.

4.

malefactor,

yea and.

2.

1.

evil, 3.

evil-doer,

indeed.
yea.

sit, 2j.

be

also.

the same.

sit

2.

do

for evil doing,

also even.
and even.
even very.
very.

net, 2.

1.

1.

endure hardness,

even

1.

trouble,

,
?,

both.

4.

dowu, 1.
put dowu, 1.
east dowu, 1.

of, 2.

2.

I'udiiro alllicti(ms, 1.
be afflicted, 1.

likewise.
in like manner.

1.

1.

^,
speak evil

curse,

sillier

also.

KO.

1.

malignity,

suU'eriug affliction,

yet.

bit by, 2.

pull

v. 4,

else.

bit, S2.

dwell,

Heb.

" As."J

moreover.

sit

pulling down, 1.
aesLruetion, 2.

naughtiness, 1.
malice, 6.
maliciousness, 2.
wickedness, 1.

1.

withal.

those things which are

not conveuieut, 1.

down, 3.
be set down,

,, ,
,
evil, 1.

even.

fit, 1.

sec

see

also.

,
, ,
,
see

.
,
, .

and.

3.

2,

see cKet.

tcord occurring too

disfrequenUii
for
crimination, and variously rendered

17.

be asleep,

step, 3.

4.

,[

1.

ush, 20.

,
,

1.

according as,

l_for
see

those that follow after,

I.

be burned,
burn, 9.

1.

1.

as well as,

.,

oi

1.

passive,

according as,

how, 1.
when, 1.

cIs.

in order, 2.
by order, 1.

little tish, 1.
bmall iish, 1.

to light,

1.

as, 151.
even as, 24.

cTs,

2.

nevertheless,

as,

'. ,

^, '

be good, 1.
be whole, 2.

may

1.

forsomuch

1.

Kairoiye,

though,

because that,
because, 1.

1.

seat, 3.

1.

Kdh

although,

sec clearly,

17.

]';,

)(,

as,

all, 1.

clean, 10.
clear, 1.

\rith iv,

mightily,

at

to arm,

ability, 1.

cau, 10.
can do,

ICor.
" Filth."]

[/Oi"

4.

luiiiht, i.

it

AXD ENGLISH.

strength,

have

GREEK

1.

evil, 2.

aniisK,

2.

1.

grievously,J[.

I>T)EX.

sore, 1.

miserably,
frith

1.

be diseased,
be sick, 7.

2.

sick i)eople,

1.

,
,

afliictioa,

stubble,

on,
1.

to bow,

and
and

1.

<;,

much

so

though,

as, 1.

1.

show,

2.

3.

8l>cak of,

preach,
teach,

1.

,
,
,
,
declare,

2.

,
,

where he was,

1.

10.

1.

laugh to scorn,

1.

in every city, 3.

throughout every

rule, 1.

;5,
setter forth,

' ',

for.

reward,

jiid^c aijaiixst, 1.

',

concerning, 2.
as concerning, 3.
as pertaining to,
touching, 1.
as toHohing, 2.
on one's part, 2.

4.

to call, 126.
call forth, 1.

of, 1.

in respect of, 1.

-t.

yet, 1.
at the least, 1.

/\,

manner

of, 6.

also if, 1.
if but, 2.

reeJ, 11.
pen, 1.

5i).

after the
with, 3.
by, 25.

3.

if,

if

betruile of one's

to, 108.

959

1.

after,

see Kayti).

1.

1.

1.

according

faint, 1.
sick, 1.

5,

AND EXGLI8H.
npon,

be wearied,

GKEEK

city,

condemn,

3.

2.

^agnive,

' ,
'

,
,
.
5, ,
^/,
^,
, ,, , ,^,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
(,
.
,
,
,
,
, .
,
, ,
bid, 16.

iic>,

name, 1.
so uame,

1.

out of every

1.

line, 1.

1.

/,
<(,

JKlS.sil'C,

be oue'u mime, 1.
be one's surname,

1.

1.

to corrupt,

/,

olive tree,

in every church,

1.

in divers ])lacc8,

3.

year by year, 1.
every year, 2.

1.

smoke,

every year,

13.

heart, 158.

teacher of good things,

knoweth

hearts,

in well doing,

?,

the

1.

',
'
^,
much
me

1.

bear fruit, 1.
bring forth fruit,
be fruitful, 1.

honest, 2.
meet, 2.

mid., xeith

houest thing,

good thing,

5.

as

as iu

reason would,

1.

2.

2.

fruitful, 1.

1.

go down,

mote,

veil, i.

1.

]8,
,,.

fall

xxi.

down,

sec

Acts XXV. 15,

" Judgment."]

follow after,

down,
on,

1.

1.

or seemly,

honestly,

1.

comji.

very well,
recover,

1.

1.

1.

3.

lay,

1.

through, 1.
throughout,

(}<,
6.

/XllOS,
furnace,

to close,

to burden,

4.

tliruughout, 3.
uvor iigaiuet, 2.
before,

3.

2.

xxvi.

"Curse

74,
(to). "J

;^',
1.

make ashamed,

1.

Ill usivi

luihanicd, 16.

lit ii/i)uiuii'd,

bring ilowu, 1.
thrust down, 1.

1.

confound, 3.
dishonour, 2.

2.

3.

foundation,

at, 7.
in, 35.

according

\rilh

to, 2.

Rev.

" Curse."]

Jor

I>e

^.

among,

xiv.

to Hhamc,

descent,

2.

toward,

obout,

'0(,

Matt.

Heavy.]

4.

into, 2.

4.

Mark

Accusalive,

iri//i

to,

2.

1.

[for

40, Si

4.

through,

sec

[/r

1.

of, 1.

1.

xxii. 3,

against, 58.

by,

2.

1.

upon, 1.
covered,

2.

aa,st'e
oppress,

cast down,
middle,

with Genilive,

good, 2.
in a good place,

1.

bring into bondage,

41.

3.

well, 30.
full well.

5.

fall, 1.

15>,sct "Chalcedony. "J

5.

/,

1.

step down, 1.
descend, 18.
get down, 1.

6.

[/or

camel,

evident,

[/-),

17.

came down,

icii/i

1.

',

1.

Paul's cause,

3.

endure,

1.

Tt,

whereby?

that wliich is honest, 1.

that which is good, 2.

iccii

bind up,

condemn,

is, 1.

AOYOf,

',

hide,

1.

TO

bring forth fruit,

1.

as Isaac was,

neuter,

to cover,

subdue,

was commanded,
TOf

better, 7.
well, 1.

TO

1.

as he which hath called,

goodly, 2,
good, 76.

good,

it

1.

2.

touch,

1.

1.

1.

fruit, 66.

worthy,

Land,

even thus,

5.

1.

}>assivc.

manner,

as

2.

1.

in the like
80, 1.

1.

which

bring,

(Toi,

1.

4.

bring down,
bring forth,

'

see

to break,

it'iavTOv,

1.

deal decedjullij with, 1.

good

to be blamed,

city, 1.

10.

fii,

to couccivo, 1.

bum

uji, 4.

burn utterly,

bum,

7.

1.

1.

, ,,
960

GREEK

INDEX.

AND ENGLISH.
do away, 3.
put away, 1.
put down, 1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.,
, , ^,
middle,

backbiter,

be covered,

^,,
cover,

1.

boast againit,

overtake,

apprehend,
attain to,
obtain, 1.

1.

1.

become

with

comi)rehend,
perceive,

lie, 6.

1.

come over

1.

Acts

remnant,

1.

to leave,

22.

forsake,
reserve,

19, sea
lot.]

xiii.

vide by

,
,
,
down,

sit

down,

1.

tread,

overflow,

1.

follow,

after,

residue,

inn,

frame,

1.

(^/.)

2.

2.

be perfectly joined totogether, 1.

,
>,
, ,
,
,
, ,
^,
rest,

,
,

1.

1.

cease,

1.

drown,

3.

1.

perfecting,

1.

4.

dig down,

swallow,

ruins,

4.

1.

1.

1.

1.

devour,

1.

perfection,

beckon,

swallow up,

1.

1.

passive,
be perfect, 1.
be perfected, 1.

veil, 6.

overthrow,

itp, 1.

prepare,

1.

restrain,

1.

throw down,

1.

mafce

1.

give rest,

1.

dissolve,

1.

2.

2.

fit,l-

2.

rest, 9.

6.

guest-chamber,

flood, 4.

foUow

,
,
reconcile,

restore, 1.
make perfect,
perfect, 2.

prepare,

1.

5.

build, 3.

,
/^, ',
,
, ,
,
), ,
,
,
,
,
',
',
,
,
,
,
, /,
),
to cut,

destroy, 9.
lodge, 1.
be guest, 1.

1.

cast

down headlong,

make,

fall

1.

come

down,

to nought,

1.

',
arrive,

1.

ordain,

1.

1.

passive,

fall, 1.

passive,

^/,

be a preimriug,

1.

to lodge,

condemnation,

condemn,
damn, 2.

3.

consider,

rest,

1.

17.

witness against,

with

condemnation,
uit/i.

to condemn,

abide.

1.

1.

exercise lordship over,

be lord over,

overrule,

1.

oppress,
vex,

4.

<;,
alone,

nest, 2.

or pass.)

to shadow,

1.

spy out,

Genitive,

1.

cursed,

py.

1.

1.

to curse,

deal subtilely with,

1.

to curse,

5.

passive,

1.

be cursed,

1.

1.

api)case,

backbitiut;,

1.

1.

pujisiue,

quiet,

evil .speaking,

1.

2.

1.

iiKainst, 1.
evil of, l.

1.

1.

2.

consume,

speak
speak

1.

be drowned,

1.

overcome,

3.

1.

(viid.

sink,

1.

exercise dominion over,

1.

1.

curshig,
curse, 3.

curse,

iv,

fit, 1.

1.

trample,

1.

1.

1.

tread down, 1.
tread vmder foot,

reconciliation, 2.

1.

at meat,

1.

,
,
, ,

1.

Di-

middle,

sit
sit

with

with,

mend,

2.

to stone,

1.

1.

1.

count worthy, 2.
account woi-thy,

reconcihug, 1.
atonement, 1.

make

slumber,

to prick,

lot, 1.

80>,

[/or

1.

vanish away,

against,

rc7norse, 1.

,
,
^,
, ,
, ?,
2.

1.

fail, 1.

cease,

choose, itc, 1.

8,
*

1.

with

2.

take into the number,

2.

1.

of none effect,

number

or

divide by

5.

come to nought, 1.
be to be done away,

1.

come to, 5.
come unto, 4.
come uijon, 1.

1.

find, 1.

Kith eiri,
keep, 1.

shut up,

eis,

attain to, 1.
attain unto,

1.

middle,

sit down, 1,
sit at meat, 3.

3.

destroy,

bring to nought,
passive,

1.

comprehend,

.,
to break,

abolish,

3.

come upon,

glorii against, 1.

to

1.

take, 3.

1.

boast, 1.
rejoice agaiust,
glory,

perceive, 2.
discover, 1.
behold, 4.
consider, 7.

1.

2.

1.

be burdensome to, 2.
be chargeable to, 1.

make without effect, 1,

make of none ellect, 2.
make void, 1.

cumber,

1.

beckon unto,

1.

deliver,
loose, 1.

behaviour,

1.

1.

1.

ap-parel,

1.

1.

, ,
,
'', ,

,
,
,
, ,
,
,
, ,

GREEK

INDEX.

KttTCi'ai'Ti,

to overthrow,

over

2.

/^/,
begin

ai^ainst,

heaviness,

-1.

before, 1.
like unto, 1.

agiiiust, 1.

in the sight of, 1.

in one'.s sight, 1.

,
,
^,
-, ,
1.

subvertiuir,

before, 2.

to overthrow,

to halo,

Blaj,

to canker,

prevail,

to seal,

do, 5.
overcome,
cause, 1.

1.

ui(/i

possesbii-'U, 2.

1.

rejoicing,

1.

may glory,

do,

1.

to lie,
there,

1.

1.

9.

1.

be laid, 6.
be laid up, 1.
be set, 6.
be appointee^,
be made, 1.

1.

dwell, 35.
inhabiter of, 1.
inhabitant, 1.
inhabiter, 1.

1.

come down,

1.

show,

go down,
come, 3.

1.

be,

1.

land,

devour up,

',

2 Cor.
Shine.
"J

4, see

see

2.

habitation,

1.

[_for

3.

devour,

\_Jor

habitation,

1.

1.

,,

{mid.)

behold as in a glass,

to direct,
guide, 1.

very worthy deed,

,
,
faU,

1.

flee, 2,

perish utterly,
corrupt, 1.

to kiss,

JioW,

,
,
,
,
, ,
lower,

1.

Kevos,
empty,

1.

4.

ncut. pi.,

1.

vain things,

<

1.

keep,

1.

2.

vain, 6.
in vain, 3.

3.

heat,

2.

keep in memory,

scorch,
turn, 1.

1.

iioitl/iisi, 1.

,
,

take, 1.
seize on, 1.
possess, 2.

'<;,
"J.

despisi.T,

1.

{with

pour,

to bo burned,

make toward,

1.

1.

jioftivc,

^'),

have,

make
make
make

is)

accuse,

object,

uuder the earth,

to abuse,

to cool,

void, 2.
of none effect, 1.
of no reputation,

atry,

full of

accuser,

driven

to idol-

1.

1.

prick, 2.
Sling, 3.

1.

2.

to boaat, 7.
boost one's self, 2.

7.

(caTTJyopot,

10,

1.

centurion,

<;,

[/or

1.

passive,

be in vain,

2.

sear with a hot iron,

3.

]<;,

1.

(J()(J

heat,

accusation,
uiOi iv,
accused, 1.

_'.

idok

burning heat,

21.

1.

{pass.)

1.

(6)(),
wholly

1.

with fervent heat,

1.

_'.

^^^,

{Q-e7l.)

vain, 2.

2.

,
/, ,
,
,
, , , ,
despiBo,

1.

Ktvoy,

in vain, 5.

let, 1.

t>.

desirous of vain glory,

2.

to the bottom,

hold, :j.
retain, 1.
stay, 1.

1.

1.

5.

beneath,

hold fast,
withhold,

(pasS.)

1.

1.

'ittis

insurrection
against, 1.

'-,

1.

vain-glory,

down,

make

1.

1.

to command, 24.
give commandment, 1.
at due's commandment,
bid,

beneath,

jHiasii'i,

1.

2.

aiiiiiust, 1.

eink down,

Jas.

iv. 5,

" Dwell."]

sea

2.

iv.

1.

to .shear, 3.
shearer, 1.

shout,

10.

[jbr eiikoyiui, Mark X.

IG, sec " Bless."]

give

grave-clothes,

1.

1.

eat up,

run down,

1.

1.

KCiptai,

7],
dwelling,

{2ndaor.,

thrust throutih,

'^5,

5.

2.

descend, 1.
depart, 1.

^',
concision,

1.

4.

, , ,, ,,
,, ,) , ,
,
,
),
',
.
, , , ,, 8,
lay, 1.

1.

ghrijiiig, 1.

dwell in, -1.

dweller in,
dwell at, -t.
dweller at,

1.

do this deed,

rejoice,

'

1.

work, 1-1.
be wrought,
perform, 1.

of, 1.

<,

may

bou.-stin^, 6.

1.

prevail against,

1.

that

whereof

exeiciio authority upon, 2.

out,

oil,

glorying,

I.

work

with

nothing to glory

see tuto5.

1.

1.

rejoicing, 4.

19

before tho presence of,

,
,
overthrow,

boasting, 1.
glorying, 2.
to glory, 2.

1.

teach, 3.
instruct, 3.
inform, 2.

wax wanton

to

96L

AND ENGLISH.

Uev.

in glorying,
rejoice, 4.
^lory.

xii.

SM " Accueer."j

^flory, 22.

1.

in vain,

1.

Kepaia,

tittle, 2.

1.

joy.

potter,

3.

3.

,
,
,
,
,
,
?, ,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
, ?,
'.

962

GREEK AND ENGLISH.

sleep, 10.

inherit, 15.
obtain by inheritance,!.

of a potter, 1,

harp,

pitcher,

to harp,

2.

tiling, 1.

4.

be heir of,
be heir, 1.

2.

pour out,

horn,

1.

be in danger, 2.
be in jeoi^ardy, 1.
stand in jeopardy,

11.

,
husk,

unclean,
defiled,

7.

2.

1.

heir, 15.

unholy thing,

peril, 9.

lot, 3.
lots, 5.

call common, 2.
defile, 11.

,
,
,
money,

remove,
wag, 2.

1.

1.

,
,

1.

see

branch,

11.

,, ,
, ,
,
head,

weep,

39.

1.

leginti'we'ep,!)

bewail,

volume,

1.

1.

Cor.

ix. 9,

fragment,

juxLral,

,
,
, -,

weeping,
U'li/i

5.

gardener,

weep,

-,
,
-,

8.

theft,

3,

I>roclnim, 2.
liubliNh, 5.
preach, 53.

preaclier, 1,

,
ark,

6.

1.

1.

6.

glory,

1.

thief, 16.

steal, 13.

brunch,

,
,

partaker,

5.
1.

uith yiVo^at,

,,

have fellowship with,

1.

bed, 2. _
with
conceive,

1.

plural,

1.

chamberhig,

1.

',

wear away,

ivith

be far spent,

?,

1.

{Ace.

company,

1.

iTTt,

chamberlain,

1.

1.

scarlet coloured,
scarlet, 2.
neuter,
scarlet colour, 1.
scarlet, 2.

2)1)

1.

?,

',

theft, 2.

,
,
grain,

1.

^/,

corn,

1.

be tossed to and fro,

1.

6.

1.

Xiuuish, 2.

,
, ,
, ,
(pass., with

have itching oars,

?,

flattering,

1.

1.

puniahnient,
torment, 1.

farthing,

1.

2.

bullet, 5.

belly, 11.

womb,

12.

asleep, 4.
fall on sleep,

cleave, 3.
ioin ouc'e self, 4.
bo joined, 2.

fall

4.

?,

l)artner, 3.

2.

ii'ith

communi-

to
1.

companion,

lay, 2.
tiu'u to flight, 1.

),

,
,

V. 15,

,
,
raging,

1,

Acts

9.

wave,

4.

willing
cate,

sociable, 1.

table, 1.
bed, 1.

in a

shut, 12.
shut up,

l>reaching,

preacher,

1.

,
,
,
key,

honey-comb,

2.

break, 15.

1.

with

whale,

-,

wailing,

garden,

6.

2.

fellowship, 12.
contribution, 1.
distribution, 1.

Bed.]

to bow,

4.

'?,

,
,
bow down,

7.

broken meat,

tribute, 3.
Genitive,
tribute, 1.

2.

1.

communication, 1.
to communicate, 1.

2.

\_for K\iini],

couch,

breaking,

"Muzzle."]

^"^'"

be partaker of, 5.
communicate, 2.

commuuion,

see

1.

distribute,

2.

region,
part, 1.

bed,

75.

Head,

\_for
see

oven,

see

1.

1.

. ,
,

.
,
,
kXuSos,

in the head,

(^pass.)

called, 10.
which is called, 1.

1.

1.

passive,

unclean,

-,

1.

,
,
pollute,

2.

calUng, 10.
vocation, 1.

1.

moving,

2.

wound

1.

niiddXe,

move,

changer of money,

sum,

3.

mover of,

gain, 2.
lucre, 1.

,
,
part, 2.

obtain an inheritance,

move,

5,

1.

inheritance,
heritage, 1.

1.

to gain, 13.
get gain, 1.
win, 2.

to

common,

1.

2.

fill,

taking of rest,

?,

;/5,

cinnamon,

1.

1,

inheritance, 14.

harjier, 2.

Kcpavvvw,

be asleep, 2.
be dead, 1.

1.

keep company,

1,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
IXDEX.

GEEEK

hold by,

KoXXovpLOV,
eye-slave,

keep,

damsel,
maid, 2.

1.

/3/,

money-changer,

6.

Corban,

1.

treasury,

1.

1.

judgment-seat,

retain, 2.

;,

2.

cliani^cr, 1.

judgment,

most excellent,
most uoble, 2.

to judge,

2.

4.

or

strength,

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
creek,

1.

swim,

1.

1.

to trim, 1.
adorn, 5.
garnish, 4.

cry, 3.
crying,

hair, 1.

modest,

',
,

1.

,
,

Koviopros,
5.

lighten,

cease, 3.

basket,

0709,

lamentation,

1.

barley,

1,

labour, 16.
bestow labour,

surfeiting,

1.

skull,

1.

the jilace of a skull, 1.

1.

,
,
, ,
,

,,
pi. xcith

to trouble,
labour, 13.

dunghill,

5,

border,

hem,

mighty,

8,

'

<i<!

cut down,

2.

iiiiddlc,

lament,
wail,

2.

1.

bewail,

2.

mourn,

1.

raven,

xiii.

to dung."]

1.

get, 1.

,
,

1.

to esteem,
think, 1.

1.

jMUfive,

strong, 2.
be strong, 1.

lay hold on, 8.

lay holil upou, 2.
lay hands ou, 2,
take, 8.
take by, 5.
obtain, 1.

Creator,

make,

',

1.

5.

is, 1.

avenge, 1.
mid. or )^ss.,
sue at the law, 1.

go to law,

',

4.

1.

create, 12.

1.

sentence

irit/i

,
,

4.

^',

possessor,

2.

call in question, 2.
iym ptitu,

my

2.

3.

possession,

1.

beast,

condemn,
damn, 1.

wnx

judgment, 41.
condemnation,
damnation, 3.

hold

accusation,

2.

creation, 6.
creature, 11.
building, 1.

ordinance,

1.

creat\irc, 4.

'7;,

1,

',
sleight,

3.

1.

1.

Creator,

2.

hold, 12.
fast, 5.

purchase,
possess,

to be coudemucd,

decree,
ordain,

1.

strengthen,

Luke

[J'or

obtain, 1.
provide, 1.

7.

(ielfmu'iie, 1.

1.

5.

2.

determine, 7.
conclude, 1.
judge, 87.

3.

2.

1.

uit/i

to dung,

1.

govenuncnt,

vi.

secret."]

in secret, 1.

lily, 2.

.3.

Calvary,

18, see ".in

vitfi is,

3.

bestow labour on,

weariness,

avenge,

1.

Matt.

[jOi

,, ,
8,
be wearied,

crystal, 2.

judgment, 1.
jii., vith
go to law, 1.
H'iiii

I.

2.

damnation,

to cry, 40.

toil, 3.

,
,

3.

1.

judgment,

1,

self, 2.

clear as crystal,

judgment, 13.
condemnation,

6,

.secret, 1.

hide one's

3.

bed, 11,

slaughter,

keep

4.

barley,

1.

,
,
couch,

to hide, 12.

steep place,

3,

1.

secretly, 1.
Xmssive,

1.

riiiiidic,

1.

watch,

,
,,

1.

I.

hang,

1.

tit

^,
,
,
<;,

,
,
cumi,

2.

iuwardly,

iicuicr,

KOL'/At,
1.

if,

iu a secret place,

better thing,

haug,

2.

,
,
with

in secret, 9.

better, 14.

best,

1.

adorning, 1.
world, 187.

Kith

to white,

hidden thing,

1.

better country,

,
ruler,

1.

in'iifor,

2.

1.

1.

9.

secret, 1 (adi.)
secret, 2 (suutit.

flesh, 2.

of good behaviour,
modest, 1.

1.

3.

bidden,

2.

hair, 2.

begin to amend,

hid,

Kpauyr;,

clamour,

bring, 1.
middle,
receive, 9.
receive for,

to kuock,

to cry, 4.
cry out, 3.

1.

have long

discemer,

1.

<;,

measure,

17.

,
,

4.

xvitli

mightily,

worldly,

dust,

1.

full, 1.

l)oo], 5.

colony,

power, .
dominion,

mid.)

eat enough,

5.

1.

1.

(^pass.

,
,
bosom,

1.

1.

(Jenitive,

judge,

shorten,

963

ENGLISH.

1.

INDEX.

,
',
,
,

withstand,

ship-master,
master, 1.

Eev. XX. 9,
scc'Compassabout."]

,
,

round about,

(^Dat.)
roimd about, 7.

,
,

1.

],

12.

town,

38.

1.

white,
clear,

guat,

1.

,
,
4.

be one's lot,
cast lots, 1.
obtain, 2.

5.

secretly, 1.
IjrivUy, 3.

1.

Kvvaptov,
4.

li.

La,

say, 2.
he spoken of,

KuptaKos,
Lord's,

be lord
lord,

',

1.

of, 1.

1.

,
1.

4.

talk with,
say, 15.
teU, 11.

2.

towel,

,
utter,

12.

1.

sir, 13.

lama,

Lord, G63.
Master, 2.

Uvke,

domiuiou, 3.
eoverument,

1.

domiition, 1.

KVpOO),
confirm,

2.

5.

to hinder,

forbid,

2.

1.

let, 1.

keep from,

1.

1.

1.

,
^,

1.

utter, 1.
Bay, llbO.
say on, 1.

10-t.

.,, see

speak

of, 1.

call, 47.

name,

idle talcs,

1.

bid. 2.
sc'/, 1.

robber,

1.

t.

thief. 11.

2.

v'ilh

with these sayings,

1.

passive,

see

wiuc-pi'ess, 5.

speak, 50.
boast,
ask, 1.

1.

take, 1.
bi-iug, 1.
call to, 1.

1.

1.

ivith

forget, 1.

tell, 33.

to one's self, 1.
upon one's self,
up, 2.

away,

lion, 8.

1.

describe,

accept, 2.
have, 3.
hold, 1.

1,

,
, .

2.

give out,

1.

white, 26.

Lion,

show,

2.

3.

to whito, 1.
make white,

2.

put forth,

attain, 1.

carcass,

1.

4.

Legion,

catch, 3.
come on, 1.
receive, 133.
take unto one's
obtain, 2.

',

,
,

take
take
take
take

mite,

',

, ,
master,

owner,

leper, 9.

0.

speech, 3.
saying, 1.

.56.

4.

,
,
,
,

1.

1.

legion,

1.

leprosy,

4.

preach,

be to say, 2.
to 8ay,l.
TO
the things which were
epokeu, 2.
things which
those
were epokeu, 2.

1.

2.

,
,

1.

scale,

service, 4.
divine service,

herb,

1.

715,

2.

worship, :i.
worshipper,

1.

minister, 4.
he that miuistereth,

do

talk, 12.

have dominion over,

dog,

throat,

ministering,

serve, IG.
service, 1.

1.

speak of, 2,
speak with,

2.

exercise lordship over,

lord,

people, 143.

?,

in stone, 1.

speak, 211.

1.

3.

ministration,
ministry, 2.

2.

iv,

1.

service, 3.

2.

to kick,

1.

1.

to minister,

lady,

1.

05,

hew,

1.

2.

1.

ii'i'ih

want,

burst astmder,

1.

see

stoop down,

stoop,

lack,

1.

storm, 2.
tempest,

1.

destitute,

/',

1.

hath

piissiut',

be hid, 3.
unawares, 1.
be ignorant of,

hewn

,
,
,

1.

1.

1.

undone,

left

1.

be wanting,

/.,

dog,

to lack,

he

deaf, 5.

KvXXo'i,

cumiu,

smooth,

1.

shine, 6.
give light,

8.

cymbal,

1.

brightness,

wave,

remnant,

2.

sumptuously,

speechless,

(^mid.)
wallow, 1.

maimed,

,
,

gay, 1.
goodly, 2.

1.

dumb,

1.

things which...
spake, 1.

the things which

spoken, 1.

bright, 2.

village, 17.

town,

those

1.

light, 1.
laiup, 7.

revelling, 2.
rioting, 1.

compass about, 2.
come rouud about, 1.
staud rouud about, 1.
wallowmg,

torch,

gorgeous,

3.

1.

to compass,

?,

1.

1.

with
forbid to take,

[/or

AJO) ENGLISH.

,
,
, ,
,
,
, ,
,
, ,
, ,
,
,,
,
,
,
, ,
,
,
sutler not,
forbid, 16.

1.

about,

GREEK

7;/9,
receiving,

1.

',
gri'atly, 4.

sure,

1.

exceeding,
uirep

vory

5.

Mav,

cliiefcst, 2.

,
,
^5,

IXDEX.

OREEK

the other,

XoyLov,

frankiucense,

censer,

,
,
cTri

one

'
3.

strive about words,

1.

stumblin(;-stoue, 2.

\.,

1.

Word,

7.

things to say,

te'f,

fame,

waeh,

see

6.

thing,

be a disciple,

make havoc

flax, 1.

linen, 1.

XtTrapos,
dainty,

1.

pound,

2.

ici(/i

-^,>.,

spear,

1.

of, 1.

1.

of, 1.

think on, 1.
HUpjiose, 2.
ostc-om, 1.
conohiile, 1.
despise,

1.

of the word, 1.
1.

blessedness, 3.

icit/i ix,

1.

shambles,

',

1.

{impers. )

it is

better,

ransom,

2.

redeem,

1,

",

1.

II

way

off, 1,

off, 1.

1.

far hence, 1.

)(/

the remnant, 4.
the rosiduo, 1.
the rest, 10.

2.

afar

1.

<;,
deliverer,

1.

';^,
candlestick, 12.

',

light. 6.

caudle, 8.

far, 1,
.

4.

trii)i <iiro,

)Cl(/l TTOKUI,

1,

afar off, 1.
afar off, 1.

is

afar otf

re*loHiption, 2.

redeem,

art.,

is

,
,
from

',
redeem,

1.

far, 4.

which

middle,

to speak reproachfully,

for railing,

1.

good way

a great

to be loosed,

railing, 2.

1.

sorrow, 11.
heaviness, 2.

grudgingly.

1.

1.

,
,

6.

Genitive,

pestilenco, 2.
peetileut fellow,

\<;,
reasonable,

1,

railcr, 1.
ro viler, 1.

1.

1.

happy,

XoiSopia,
1.

1.

call blessed, 1.

that

iiiijjuic, 1.

self, 1.

blessed, 43.

revile, 4.

count, 5.
lay to one's charge,
reckon, 6.
impute, 8.
reason, 1.
think, 8.

count happy,

far oir,

mid.

to number,
account, 3.

be mad, 4.
be beside one's

grief, 1.

to do,

reason woiUd,

gratheriu?, 1.
collection, 1.

3.

grievous.

we have

disciple, 1.

1.

make sorry.

sorrowful, 2.
be in heaviness,

>< 6

1.

2.

cause grief,

be made sorry, 3.
be sorry, 3.
sorrow, 3.
be sorrowful, 4,

4.

1.

disciple, 269.

mid. or pass.,
be grieved, 4.

as concerning,

/r,

south-west,

1.

of, 1.

7,

grieve,

1.

8.

Tin
what, 1.
h>j what speech,
with
reckon, 1.
uitli

account

3.

1.

doctrine, 1,
word, 1.
reason, 1.
intent, 1.
cause, 1.

Xlvov,

13,

2.

instruct,

1.

2.

matter,

2,

i.

disciples or Clirietians of, I.

1.

account, 2.
thing, 4.

7.

Eev.
" Pap. "J

teach,

1.

work,

<:,

\^for

2.

make

1.

question,

famiue,
dearth,

4.

sorcerer, 2.

wolf, 6.

account,

,-.vt..ii,

wise man,

1.

1.

treatise,

huug-er, 3.

1.

/,

1.

1.

1.

communication,

1.

lake, 10.

think

1.

si)eech, 8.
talk. 1.

rumour,

the fair havens,

1.

/,

use sorcery,

remaineth,

washing,

preaching,

2.

sorcery,

1.

2.

,
,

t)iing, 1.

show,

3.

1.

/,

1.

from henceforth,

saying, 50.

tidings,

r.-'-.s..,,,

melt,

,
,
, ,^
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
,
spfitc'/l,

mouth,

grind to i)owder,

,
,

etc.,

1.

Genitive,

11.

1.
2.

jMtaive,

finally, 5.

it

6.

destroy,

then, 1.
with itXTi,

208.

prcachuK), 2.

words,

1.

utterance, 4.

-,

haven,

1.

issolve, 2.

break up,

moreover, 1.
furthermore.

now,

word.

luill-stoue,

1.

Sat

oflf, 1.

break,

henceforth. 1.
from henceforth,

words,

9,

upon an-

,
.,

TO

1.

unloose, 3.

2.

besides,

Xoyojxa^La,

',

other,

1.

once tone upon another

1.

1.

//.^,

stoue

other,

1.

imagination,

strife of

stone, 49.

the
main, 1.
the rest, 2.
other things.

rcuionin}, 1.

cast stones,
stoue, 8.

be loosing,

(neuf. pi.),
things which re-

1.

thouu'ht,

of stoue, 3.

^,

/.05,

to stoue, 8.

to loose, 26.

oUicrs, 1.

eloquent,

2.

',

5.

others, 7.
other, 7.

oracle, 4.

a.

965

AND ENGLISH.

olf, 9.

be long suffering, 1.
bear long, 1.
sulfor long, 1.
have long imtionco, 1.
liavf patience, 2.
be patient, 3.
he lonij )>((<{ or suffer
\cHh long patietice, 1.
endure patiently, 1.

long-sulfering, 11.
patieuoe, 2.

INDEX.

966

,
,

patiently,

far,

give testimony,
bear record, iLi.

2.

pass, or mid.,

IVltJl

,
,
,
wile, 1.

1.
I

with

whereby one

(neut.)

obtain witness,

(,

.,,

boast great things,

give, 1.

-Z.

ENGLISH.

,
',

testify, 19.

1.

/,

GREEK AND

great thing,

1.

wait,

1.

wonderful work,

have testimony , 1.
have good report, 2.
of good report, 1.
be well reported of, 2.
obtain good report, 2.

1.

border,

magnificence,
majesty, 1.

1.

in

lieth

1.

(iieiit.)

1.

{inid.y
be drunk, 1.
be drunken, 2.

,, , //?, ,
, , , ,.
, , '), ,
,
.
,
,
live long,

disease,

1.

of honest report,
witness, 1.
charge, 1.

3.

mighty power,

1.

excellent,

soft, 2.

etfemiuate,

//,

witness, 15.

1.

testimony,

soft clothing,

record,
report,

1.

14.

most

of

7.

enlarge, 2.
iaa<jmfij, 1.

magnify,

witness, 4.
testimony, 15.
to be testified,

cliiefly, 2.

specially, 6.
especially, 4.

more, 3J.
the more,
so

much

testimony,

the more,

rather, 2S.
the rather,

1.

',

far, 1.

',

3.

be

much

better,

1.

gnaw,

1.

but rather,

mammon,

understand,

1.

,
,
,
,

manna,

1.

(|;as.)
away, 1.

Marau-atha,

pearl,

/,

,
,
become

sword,

,.
1.

see

<)),

witness, 2.
witness, t.
give witness, 1.
bear witness, 25.

1.

tarry,

,
/,
greatness,

begin,

shall, 25.
should, 20.

would,

1.

to

1.

il'it?l

1.

strive, 3.

, - ,,
,

tU TO

2.

1.

'',

',

after that,

di-uukenuess,

1.

what things should,

3.

member,

1.

ZV.

'

remove, 1.
can remove,
translate,

yiuiaOai,

be coming on,

be by interpretation,

8.

jyarticiple,
come, 9.

thing to come, 4.
time to come, 1.

pussiui;,

striving,

3.

1.

will, 8.

2,

interpret, 5.

/,^/,

1.

should hereafter, 1.
should aft erwards, 1.
shoidd after, 2.

see

Btrif.-, 1.

1.

1.

bo to come,

(...,

29.

3.

be, 4.

1.

,.
lords,

(^pnss.^

1.

4,

be almost,

1.

great men,

1.

mean,
mind,

1.

great,

ivith

1.

be ready,
ready, 2.
intend, 2.

('),
exceeding

hriu'lm'j, 1.

see

1.

elder,

be yet,

sMjjcr!.

fighting, 2.

/i.,

more,

the more,

vain, 1.

to light,

be about,
about, 1.

oiivrb,

1.

in vain, 2,

1.

(),

greater thing, 1.
greater work, 1.

0.

murble,

Ijf,

1.

vanity, 3.

by soothsaying,

1.

greater, 1.
ncwter,

-,

5.

),
,
faile

COiiip.

vain, 5.
neuter,
vanity, 1.

1.

1.

1.

4.

piov,
honey-comb,

greater, 32.
greatest, 9.

3.

vain talker,

tvUh Trepirpi-

sore,

2.

vain jangling,

learn, 2i.

make mad,

' ',
3.

exceedingly,

/,
/,
,
pap,

4.

honey,

neuter,

scoui^iug,
plague, 4.

1.

,
,

1.

1.

great thing,

1.

1.

riches, 2.

/,
,

great ones,

1.

3,

see

meditate upon,
premeditate, 1.
imagine, 1.

they that are great,

7.

to scoiu-ge,

grandmother,

1.

to scourge,

6t-

,,

strong, 1,
loud, 33.
high, 2.
to years, 1.

&,

but rather, 2.
yea rather, 1.
or rather, 1.
and the more,

2.

black,

mighty,

2.

'
/,
' , //,,
,
,
., ,
!i;it)i

ink, 3.

1.

great, 145.
greatest, 2,
large, 2.

witness, 29.

martyr,

see

/,

/',

testify, 2.

record,

middle,

have well drunk, 1.

be made drunk, 1.

great, 1.

majesty,
Majesty,

1,

2.

be drunken,

5.

greatly, 1.

1.

the more a great deal.l.

so much the more, 1.

drimkard,

1.

take to record,

8.

1.

1.

show

all, 1.

1.

1.

])Ut out of, 1.

tui'u away, 1.

(imjjers.,

JDaf.)

to care, 9.
take core,

1.

with

,
,
,
, ,,

GKEEK

IXDEX.

parclimeut,

part, 4.

1.

among,

1.

on,

indeed,

22.

even,
ot

^.,,^

e,

e I'...

the one ..the other,

one.. .the other,

3.

1.

one... another, 10.

one man ..another,

some. ..others, 4.
some... some, 15.

1.

6.

those

things
things, 1.

...

these

'...

partly .partly,

'.,

1.

ie,

those things which...

but what, 1.

yea rather, 1.
yea doubtless,
yes verily, 1.
uay but, 1.

1.

without, 1.
with an Accusative,

with
in part,

after, 87.
since, 1.

,
3.

some

1.

,
^^ ,
,

when,

1.

remain,

1/

follow,

1.

remove,

side,

/,
88,
turn about,

self, 1.

6.

impart,
impart,

2.

in the midst,

among,

1.

divide, 8.
jrive part, 1.
distribute, 2.
deal, 1.
middle,
divide,

1.

use,

1.

1.

1.

1.

5.

1.

,
5.

before,

1.

^,

fis,

or

1.

midst of heaven,

1.

1.

receive,
take. 1.
eat, 1.

I.

1.

ii'itil

<,

after they were brought

1.

(^pass.)

1.

iuto,

1.

of, 2.

1.

fellowship,

1.

1.

with

%.

1.

to chiiugo, 2.

full, 8.

2.

about the time they

were carried away to,

remove

have,

3.

';,
full, 1.

with

to be received,

about the midst,

care, 5.

carrying away iuto,

(iWii/.)

1.

be partaker

C.

take thoui^ht, 10.

with taking thought, 1.

1.
live ill careful suspense, 1.

carry away,

e'f,

...midst, 35.

,
, ,

be of doubtful mind,

2.

move away,

2.

middli wall between,

p<iirc,

be dillerence between,

1.

1.

to, 1.

,
,

(jnid.

pass.)

,
,
,
,
,
, ,
caU,

from among, 5.
out of the way,
ici(/i

1.

call for, 1
call to one's self,
call hither, 1.

1.

<},

among,
i<c

1.

1.

between,
eV

2.

turn,

take part of, 1.

be partaker of,
pertain to, 1.

1.

,
,
depart,

through the midst,

1.

remove,
change,

afterward,

2.

3.

translation,

change,

1.

in the midst, 3.
1.

have care,

1.

distribute, 1.

,,

1.

be careful,

translate, 2.
carry over, 1.

1.

(mid.)

1.

middle,

2.

7.

change one's mind,

in the midst, J.

among,

be thine own,

care,

pass, 2.
depart,

1.

noon, 1.
south, 1.

midnight,

1.

transform one's self, 1.

be transformed, 2.
transfer in a figure, 1.
change, 1.

/^^,

partly, 1.
cfia

on the right

1.

1.

removing,

continue, II.
endure, 3.
stand, 1.

turn, 2.
pervert,

1.

particularly,

for, 6.
call for, 2.

1.

2.

afterward, 4.
that should follow,
vith

,
,
,

by course,

send

(jittitive,

17.

be ijresent,

(,

2.

1.

beticeen, 2.

at midnight, 2.

1.

abide, 5U.
dwell, 15.
tarry, 9,
tarry for,

1.

jitCTa^v,

next,

1.

give, 2.

1.

life, 1.

hereafter, 4.

in part, 4.
in particular, 1.

mediator,

1.

nevertheless,

with,

is

hence,

sort, 1.

interpose one's

1.

also,

behalf, 2.
respect, 2.
part, 1.

confirm,

2.

howbeit.
but,

that

go,

/nd'oCi/yt,

c)i/i'j<!

between, 6.
meanwhile,

trith art,,

craft, 1.

icith

Se,

24.

out's mind,

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
,
of... and,

icith ToCro,

those... this, 1.

nevertheless,

to

coast, 3.

in

he(they,etc.)...he(etc.),

yet,

<. ..<,

1.

somewhat,

part... part, 1.

repentance,

aiHtndinent of

1.

he that is with, 6.
he which is with, 2.

portion, 3.

Se.

to, 1.

setting,

between some

part, 17.
piece, 1.

1.

.,. .

promised

/xepo9,

1.

4.

of, 1.

and

{mid.)

repent, 34.

1.

eK

some,

1.

unto,

against,

1.

divider, 1.

truly, 12.
verily. It.

5.

1.

upon,

1.

gift, 1.

dUt rib ill ion,

,
,

9G7

be transformed, 1.
be transfigured, 2.
be changed, 1.

in, 2.

divitUng asunder,

1.

a Genitive,

with, 337.

3.

comijliiiner,

u-ith

v-Hh (,
to be partaker.

find fault,

AifD EXGLISK.

rojicut, 5.

repent one's

self, 1.

partaker, 4.
partner, 1.
fellow, 1.

to measure,

mete,

3.

firkin, 1.

7.

>). GEEEK 1)

968

have compassion on,

^,

reasotMhly hear with,

,
.,
a Uttle,

neither, 32.
nor, 17.
nor yet, 2.
no, not, 1.
not, 3.
not once, 1.
no, not so much as,

1.

measure,

^,

13.

thigh,

,
,
so

1.

womb,

thou do

not, 2.

it

without any,
never,

1.

1,

3.
1.

-,

lest, 1.
Tti,

none,

'

1.

no man,

5.

nothing,

wise,

,
,

1.

no wise, 6.
no case, 1.
by no means, 1.
by any means, 1.
at all, 1.
not, 57.
no, 2.
neither, 2.
never, 2.
ov
,
no more at all,

,
,

1.

rroi

show,

) ,

teU,

1.

no, nor ever, 1.

as a conjuTiction,
that not, 6.

or

any man
any? 3.

not?

2.

lest

how much more ?

8,
not

tto, i.

peradventurc,

not yet,

ct Sc

1.

Ic-st

1.

/,

speech."]

having an imjiediment

7.

(mid.)

be mindful

of, 1.

remember,

1.

be mindful

of, 2.
16.

1.

1.

,
,
,

be had in remembrance,

1.

1.

Acts

xxvii.

pass, part.,

hateful,

2.

1.

recompense of reward,

1.

lest by some
lest perhaps,
lest haply, 1.

),

to hate, 40.

" Lest."]

by any means, 3.
that by any means,

lest. 5.

Mark

" Having an
impediment in one's

passive,
come in remembrance,

29, see

3.

vii. 32, sfc

remember,
in remembrance,

l/or

[for

lest, 12.

TtS,

|5,

in one's speech, 1.

hardly,

1.

bushel,

3.

(Istaor.),

,,
),
,

2.

U'tf h ye,

-^, see

1.

whether or not,

? 1.

or

3.

3.

(pass.)

4.

follower,

IP.

be espoused,

no... at all, 1.

TIT,

that none, 1.
that no man,

memorial,

lest at any time, 7.

lest haply, 2.
if

lest, 15.

<;,

5.

,
,

1.

be mindful of, 1.
make mention, 1.
remember, 1.

1.

follow,

rj.

',

' ,

no more,

(adv.) see

5.

remember,

little

mite,

1.

4.

remembrance,

,
,

1.

2.

,
,

while, 10.
a while, 1.

(mid?)

4.

sepulchre, 29.
grave, 8,

little, 5.

{subst.)
month, 17.

no more,

adv.,

3.

1.

sepulchre,
grave, 1.

tomb,

4.

com^p.,

sheepskin,

all, 1.

1.

1.

6.

less, 1.
least, 4.

3.

grow up,

tomb,

less, 1.
least, 2.

small,

1.

see

,
,
,
mention,

little. 10.
little one, 6.
little one, 6.
1.

9.

mention,

<,
1.

1.

length,

in
In

.}<,

mingle,

<;,

ov

not at

mixture,

not henceforth, 1.
henceforth not, 2.
henceforth no more,
henceforth, 1.

no,

1.

? 5.

not in

1.

,
,.

1.

hireling, 3.

remembrance,

pollution, 1.

1.

no... henceforward, 1.

2.

,
any

ets.

imcleanness,

hereafter,

1.

nothinfr,

see

defile, 5.

no longer, 4.
auy longer, 1.
no more, 7.
not any more,

TO

jut'a,

1.

not as yet,

none, 3.
nothing,
never, 1.

mother,

70,

no man, 1.
no one of you,

not

of a

1.

1.

hired servant,

pound,

vot,

no, 41.
neither, 7.
nor, 2.
that not, 2.

no,

2.

murderer

not a whit, 1.
not at all, 1.

not, 502.

,
,
2.

hired house,

85.

not, 2.

My

eti

as, 1.

- - .,
^
<,
^,
,
, ,

tiU, i.

but,
any,

much

;, see under

no,
any, 2.
no thing, 1.
nothing, 27.
no rxan, 1.
any thing, 2.

1.

(mid.)

to hire,

mother,

1.

5.
16.

vaito, 8.
to. 1.
until, 7.

,
,
hire, 3.

wages. 2.
reward, 24.

neither, 20.
nor, 14.

none,

|U,Xpts,

1.

or, 1.

etc.

no man, 32.
not any man,
auy man, 1.

foreliead, 8.

tm,

,
,

1
1.

ENGLISH.

means,
1.

1.

.
,
/^,
see

adulteress, 3.
adulterous,
adultery, 1.
aiuUeress, 1.

.'5.

(mid.)
commit adultery,

6.

\,
adultery,

l.

3.

re warder,

1.

hired servant,

2.

commit adultery, 12.

commit adultery with,
1.

past, as mid.,
in adultery, 1.

,.

IKDEX.

ftOtV09,
adulterer,

[for

4.

21, ee

/,

,
,

hardly, 1.
scarcely, 2.
scarce, 2.

defile, 3.

iUtbiuess, 1.

([uarrel, 1.

complaint,

abode, 1.
mansion,

1.

1.

<:,
Only begotten, 5.
only begotten son,
only child, 1.

,
only,

1.

2.

only, 24.
alone, 21.
by one's self,

,
'\,

2.

adv.,

only, 62.
alone, 3.
but, 1.

with one eye,

,
,

2.

(^pass.)

desolate,

1.

,
form,

3.

to form,

form,

1.

2.

,
,
,
,

/^7,
make
a

calf, 1.

calf, 6.

see

lytl).

musici&D,

1.

travail, 2.
I<niufulnose, 1.

(\,

marrow,

1.

,
,
instruct,

1.

,
, ,
fable, 5.

to roar,

1.

to mock,

1.

with

millstone,

1.

GREEK

Rev. xviii.
" Millstone."]

AUD ENGLISH.

8,

spikenard, 2.
pure nard or liquid nard,
1.

90!)

,
-,

INDEX.

970

thiuk, 5.
suppose,

,
',
,
88
9.

1.

about the law,

lawyer,

now,

up,
wither,

,
,

1.

1.

xuitii iv,

now

(.<,

at this time,
lOf

1.

',

this
1.
this present world,

from henceforth,

receive the law,

henceforth,

1.

journey,
way, 1.
fv

4.

6.

1.

of

hereafter, 1.
rue uUkc'ti,

',

xcifil

go,

tooth, 11.

1.

(inid.^
be tormented, 2.

4.

sorrow,

wood,

1.

1.

1.

1.

by the way-side, 8.
by the highway-side,

1.

withered,

Tj)

1t'ii?l

$,
land,

2.

3.
6.

that way,
3.

di-y land, 1.

I'vv,

1.

"passive,

way, 82.
highway,

1.

passive,
be ripe, 1.
he dried, 1.

dry,

Mark

"Go."]

23, sec

05,

wither away,
pine away, 1.

this time, 1.
this present time,

1.

ii.

3.

wither,

7,',

[for bSbv

be withered,

'

journeying, 1.
journey, 1.
1.

2.

^W
dry

I make now,
TO uvy c^of,
for this time, 1.

of the law,

establish,

116.

which

1.

teacher o the law, 1.

doctor of the law, 2.

t;i\-ing

pot,

at this time, 1.
this time, 2.
of late, 1.
with art.,
that now is, 1.

lawfully, 2.

money,

,',

3.

vvv,

8.

oSoLTTopia,

stranger, 10.
strange, 2.
strange thing,
host, 1.

16.

bride -chamber,

1.

AND ENGLISH.
ievo^,

bridegroom,

passive,

bo wont,

GEEEK

2.

2.

ohvvr},

lawgiver,

henceforth
more, 1.

/,

,
,
,
dote,

wherefore,

i).

2.

at

1.

' ,

,
,
,

about midnight,

o,

(.%.

see

keep back,

2.

1.

,
,

back,

new moon,

7^,

2.

,
,

fourscore,

1.

1.

eighth,

5.

weight,

1.

,
,
,
,
,

of the household, 2.
of one's owu home, 1.
kindred, 1.

[for

1.

ij5e,

1.

entertain,

viiddle,

ing,

leader,

1.

thiuk strange,

guide,

1.

3.

1.

lodge strangers,

I.

1.

habitation,

1.

1.

house, 92.
household,

',

1.

4.

go on one's journey,

1.

3.

9.

house,

7,

5.

daughter-in-law,

,
,

dwell,

1.

to lead, 3.
guide, 2.

2.

think Btrange concern7.

7,

prison,

to journey,

1.

yusaive,

lodge,

vovs,
mind, 1.5.
minds, 'Z.

servant,

after this manner,

lodiro, 4.
Htran>;! thing, 1.

<li3crectly, 1.

1.

these things,
thus, 1.

1.

Matt.
" House-

depaneia.

household servant,

2.

5.

(.ioov.

x.xiv. 4,5, see

he,
1.

lodging,

sheet, 2.

hold."]

such,

4.

understanding,

2.

3.

^,

see

3.

t.

,
,

see 09.

she,

admonition,

aihnoniHb,

to slumber,

4.

whereby, 1.
whereupon,

linen cloth,

o,

5,

3.

i.

that."]

1.

slothful,
dull, 1.

VOTO?,
south wind,

,,

"he

a night and a day,

TividJIc,

TO,

[the def. art., frequently

untranslated, ijencrally
traiislated
the, oiid
often in various uaijs,
e.g. before nouns, etc.,

1.

,
pierce,

1.

purloin,

nib'ht,

/,
)?
miduight,
TTj?

1.

chicken,

bride,

whence, 1.
from thence, 1.
from whence, 3.
where, 2.

1.

Gcnilive,

by

,
,
,
),

stink, 1.

shave,

in the night,

2.

^,

shave,

middle,

21.

2.

mourning,

1.

tree, 10.

night, 52.

1.

bickness, 5.
disease, 6.
infirmity, 1.

warn,

stocks,
1.

2.

now,

disease,

south,

3.
staff, 5.

VVVL,

1.

siol, 1.

broad,

wood,

vvi',

now, 4.
but now,

law, 195.

^,
sorrow

now

1.

1.

from house to housef

1.

at

home,

1.

, ,
, .
INDEX.

QKEEK

AJiU ENGLISH.
little, 1.

see

short si>ace,

of one's household, 2.

wine-bibber,

the house,

tfuiile

1.

goodmau,

1.

despise,

think,

1.

7.

emboldeu,

[for

see

suppose,
1.

edi/ij, 1.

be iu buildiut',

1.

what, 1.
which, 2.

JXIJiiiU't',

1.

such

",

so as,

7.

edr/;;, 1.

editioatiou,

1.

as though,

-1.

simihtude,
with

,
,
,
destroy,

1.

,
,
to delay,

edify iuii,

1.

liken, 9.

buriit-oflering,!,

whole,

1.

entire,

1.

&^,

[/or

11, see

Acts iv.
" Builder.
"J

1.

he grievfj.,

1.

slothful,

to howl,

1.

whole,

2.

grievous,

all...

1.

be

eight,

<;,

steward, 8.
chamberlain,
goveruour, 1.

greenjhj,

4.

give thanks,
confess,

1.

[/or

'

20, nee

I.

in every house, 1.
into every house,
Kith eU,

Matt. xvii.
Uubehet."]

shower,

puHsivc,

confession

1.

confession,
profession,

(be).]

i(/i

home,

small, 5.
short, 1.

1.

world,

1 1.

almost,

Mth,

i'

Tit.

" llomo

ii.

5,

(keeper

at)."]

iiif/i

for

little

httle.

time,

communication,

1.

Utile (imo, 1.
plural,

for

keeper at home,

1.

few,

few

(HKTCtpOJ,

',

'2.

j>i,,

thiugit, 4.

5i' uAiyuti/

bri.lly,

1.

oAiyof as adv.,

_'.

of tender mercy,

.stripes, 1.

u few

1.

a,

[for

1 1.

noiif,

have compassion on,

merciful,

Ii

company,

1.

little, 2.

6,
eye,

of

2 Pet.

Cloud."]

17, otf

,.
same

'',

one mind,

1.

see

and even, 1.
though it bo but,

^^,

:i.

nevertheless,

, ,

swear, 27.

1.

3.

6vap,

1.

croft,

/,

/,

1.

1.

,,.
"

without controversy,

together,

/(,

I.

1.

1.

/'/,
of the

together,
with, 1.

talk, 2.

1.

1.

irit/i

long,

[/or

2.

few words,

in

commune
commune

if,

ii'ith

eartli,

little, 4.

1.

,
professed,

Vlt]i fV,

'1.

1.

4.

(icnilive,

1.

hnme,

2.

1.

proj'csfion, 1.

TheS.
ii. a, nee "Affectionately
desirous
of

homo,

made,

is

6ooya,

1.

[/or

of little faith, 5.

1.

uith t'l',
confess, 4.

1,

1.

1.

promise,

fig

1.

commonly,

1.

profess, 3.

i.

utterly,
at all, 2.

1,

confess, 13.

Destruction." ]

'

.,

similitude,

1.

from house to house,

at

'

destruction,

3.

temj)le, 1.
Kith Kara,
ut home,

,
,
1.

moreover,

2.

1.

untimely

2 Thes.

Ifor

1.

1.

likewise, 18.

so,

'^,

1.

9,aee

house, 101.
household,

, .,
shaj^o,

wholly,

iu the likeness of, 1.

likeness, 3.
made like to,
similitude, 1.

6.

see

1.

like, 2.

//,

throughout,

stewardsLip, 3.
dispensation, 4.

1.

43.

Uliii

like, 2.

))<i.s.>iift,

1,

long,

made

resemble,

altogether, 1.
every whit, 2.

the eighth day

be steward,

1.

all, 63.

1.

I.

like as, 1.

,
,
, ,,. - ^.
,
, ,
,
,, ,
.
,
,
,
, ,
,,
.
,
,
one may edify,

,,
like, 47

perfect soundness,

1.

see

the thiuifs wherewith

18,

1.

burnt-o tiering,

6.

ii.

/, ,
whole

08, 6.

as, 2.

, ,, .
,
building,
edifying,

2 Pet.

" Clean."]

destroyer,

1.

of like passions, 1.
subject tolikepassionSj

2.

what manner, 1.
what manner of man,

1.

agree thereto,

1.

1.

/,

1.

010/i.ai,

build. 24.
builder, 5.

wine-press,

excess of wine,

1.

8,
build up,

leidi

,
,
,
,

with one accord, 11.

with one mind, 1.

2.

feeble-minded,

wine, 32.

4.

edify,

^,
while,

2.

1.

1.

, ,,
,
;9,

OLKohiaTTUTTj'i,
master of the house, 3.
housohohler, l.
j^ooduiou of the house,

for a sea.son,

yzi

dream,

young

G.

ass, 1

1.

1.

1.

INDEX.

972

070109,
of what sort,
what manner

revile, 2.

upbraid, 3.
cast in one's teeth,
reproach, 3.

such

1.

reproach,

2.

have joy,

name,

1.

193.

or

named,

28.

to name,
caU, 2.

even,

ass, 6.

6%

1.

early,

1.

that,

because,
7.

swift,

how,

1.

4.

case, 1.
place, 1.

./,
behind, 4.
on the backside,

sight,

1.

after, 2.

behind,
back, 1.

5.

,
,

those things which are

behind, 1.

backward,
back,

look.

(mid.)

oath,

1,

oath,

5.

passive,
1.

appear, 17.
show one's

self, 1.

plural,
2.

anper,

run,

3.

indJK'nation,

wrath, 31.
vengeance,

1.

1.

4.

tbe more,
as
MO

1.

3.

1.

many as,
many as,

who,

24.
1.

1.

how great things,

bow many things,

10.

wliatsoovcr,

what things
1.

all
nil

that,

all, 1.
3.

that, 9.

what. 3.
which, 2.

'
1.

1.

soever,

3.

things that,
tbat over, 3.

1.

;,,

1.

9.

whatsoever things,

of an oatli,

1.

5.

what great things,

4.

asHault,

2.

how much,

1.

run violently,
1.

2.

as, 2.

ti'cartii!;

2.

arms or iceajjons,
weapon, 2.

2.

to rush,

instrument,

fJiiiijs, 1.

as much as, 1.
as large as, 1.

,
,
,

oAjure,

2.

1.

or just

savour,

).,

2.

,
,
odour,

1.

1.

adjure,
charge,

behold, 1.
take heed,

one's self with,

armonr,

see to,

4.

holily, 1.

1.

opLOV,
border,

8.

3.

2.

coast, 10.

f)erceive, 1.
ook to, 1.

1.

5.

/^,
arm

see,

1.

1.

visible, 1.

after, 22.

1.

Holy One,
/io!y

determinate,
1.

he that,
hnly,

2.

dettrinine, 1.
pass, part.,

vision, 2.

mercies.

declare,

to look upon,

with

determine,

,
,
,

whosoever,
whatsoever,

iav,

hoUness,

ordain,

one,
with

to limit,

Bight, 1.
vision, 11.

hole, 1.

1.

as often as, 1.
as oft as, 1.
with iiv,
as often as, 1.

1.

(Oen. or

icilh

that, 4.

when,

the

etc.

etc.]

rightly, 2.
right, 1.
plain, 1.

1.

,
or

os

u'iiii

etc.,

whoso,

Ace.)

sharp,

etc.

some,

that, 41.
so that, 1.
to, 4.

who.which,

f ranslafed

1.

pronoun,

relative

[file

1.

fruits, 1.

7.

4.

,,

early in the morning,

vinegar,

(mid.)

to dance,

1.

1.

orpiian, 1.

ing, 1.

^ see

6.

certainly, 1.
verily, 1.
of a truth, 1.
clean, 1.

,
,

1.

comfortless,

1.

morning,

indeed,

dig, 3.

come early in the morn-

1.

41.

21.

fatherless,

,
,
straight,

1.

,
.,
,
,
,
,
,
,
broiled,

1.

divide rightly,

^ision, 4.

6vo<;,

mount,

upriofhtly,

upright,

see, 1.

8.

,
,

mountain,

,
walk

1.

hill, 3.

lust, 1.

2.

whithersoever, 4.
with edv,
wheresoever, 3.
whithersoever, 1.
in what place soever,

for TO

1.

bound,

2.

,
78,

xcith

called, 4.

named,

fowl, 2.

opeivos, (adj.)

1.

/ ,,
, ,
,
Dat., or xcith
oC, OT

bird, 1.

hill, 2.

,
wheresoever,

1.

2.

^,

2.

OTrov...7r'

on which,

,
,
opviov,

1.

to desire, 2.
covet after,

1.

'...,

where,

{inid.)

violence. 1.

fathom,

where. ..thither,
whither, 9.
whereas, 2.

with

millstone,

1.

where... there,

see

ovt;/ai,

1.

where, 53.
wheresoever,

1.

or

(^iTss.

be angry, 5.
be wroth, 3.

OTTOV,

.,
,
,
, ,
reproach,

,
,
,
,

soon angry,

when,

5.

AND ENGLISH.

mid.)

of, 2.

U'ii?l

1.

1.

as, 1.

whatsoever,

passive,

sufier reproach,

GHEEK

iuosmuch

as, 3.

2.

7.
1.

I^)EX.
as loot? as,

for,

inaiiiucU as,
as,

j)I., irii/i

as

many

2.

what thiujfs soever, 1.

whorewith soever, 1.
)>(., loilii e'oi',

1.

whutsoever,

,
,
bouu,

of

whithersoever,

,
',

which thinjfB, 1.
what things, 1.
which veil, 1.
that,

'
when

1.

1.

that which, 1.
iu that they, 2.
ami they, 2.
and, 1.

whereas ye,

,
as,

no mau,

TTas

-,

every... which,

whatsoever,

earthen,

1.

of earth,

1.

nothing,

1.

2.

o.

no.. .at all,

with

all, 1.

neither, 16.
icith S(,

neither,

with

1.

luius, 8.

oral/,
with subjuTictive,

whensoever,
when, 112.

1.

while, 1.
as soon as, 2.
us long as, 1.
that, 1.
ei ,' Srav.
till, 1.

irilh indtcativi',
2.

C8.

after,

that,

oiai,
woe,

alas,

not,

41.
(j.

how,
why,

because that,
t/uit, 2.

17ci.

4,

substance,
goods, 1.

nor yet,

2.

yet not,

1.

no, uot,
not, 1.

1.
1.

so, 3.

1.

1.

...,

'

oure,

neither,

1.

this man, 26.

this fellow, 3.
this child, 1.
this same, 1.

much

as,

1.

2.

masc.

him, IS.
the same,

7.

that,

1.

6.

and

so,

but,

1.

2.

(nuuc.

the some,

3.

TovTous

1.
1.

(nmiC. Acc.

I'l.).

these,

1.

this,

1.

1.

them,

1.

7.
1.

(nmn.fiitx.ting.),
this, 61.

hitherto... not,

with a

17.

these men,

such,

.,. yet,
as yet,

J)!.),

they themselves,
these same here,

1.

not yet, 20.

1.

2.

1.

these, 64.
they, 9.

1.

truly, 1.
verily, 1.

and,

1.

that man, 1.
that same, 1.

3.

95.

3.

(Acc.

this mnu, *J.

this fellow,

1.

HO likewise,

any man,

(from

toOtoi'
sing.)
this, 30.

wherefore,

1.

not a, 1.
not any, 1.
not any at all,
any, 3.

),(>

therefore, 11.
3.

28.

1.

with

now,

8.

1.

1.

who,

7.

nor yet,

no man,

11.
2.

{J'rom

he, 31.

wherefore,
and, 5.

5,

1.

see

ci/ii.)

it, 1.

nor, 31.
no, nor,

no more,

thot, 20.

becau.se,

all, 1.

therefore, 245.

OVTUtf ouif

a.s beiii'j, 1.

ear, 37.

this, 97.

see

but, 4.
with
then, 5.
so then,

no,
that, G13.

1.

heit was that should,

uow,

also not, 1.
not even, 1.
even not, 2.
then not, 2.
neither, 68.

SO much as,
never, 1.

Tt, sec TC.

how

1.

then, 192.
80,11.
now then,

ouSc,

no.. .80

2.

(JTL,

as though,

1.

ovv,

1.

not, 10.
not BO much as,

as 800U as,

the same,

no not,

2.

1.
1.

K,

heavenly,

neither.. .nor, 13.

neither.. .nor yet, 3.
nor. ..neither, 1.
neither... neither, 5.

OVKOVV,
then? 1.

1.

neither indeed,

ore,

5.

air. 10.

1.

oil

sky,

none,

ova,
ah,

while, 2.
after that,

henceforth uot,
after that, 2.
uot as yet, 1.
yet uot, 1.
yet, 1.
now... not, 3.

no more at

SLuelliiig, 1,

when,

1.

not now,

heaven, 268.

neither, 19.
nor, 25.

1.

hereafter. .not,
etc.,

2.

nothing at

1.

no more, 28.
any more, 4.
no longer, 1.

neither, 11.
never, 4.
v:Hh ouSft'i,

2.

1.

1.

,
,
,

1.

nothing,

1.

1.

never yet, 1.
never before,

none, 20.

1.

when,

1.

no (adj.), 133.
no Buch,l,

1.

iv,

icii/i

yet,

not, 1,270.
no, 18.
nay. 11.

whosoever, 3.
whatsoever, 4.

mau,

as yet. ..no,

iv,

oi, ovK,

never.. .any

uot yet,

1.

once,

he thiit, 1.
they that,

1.

1.

1.

of time,
since,

that,

never mau,

6.

,
irit/i

neither at any time, 1.

never, 13.
yet never, 1.
with
nothiug at aay time, 1.

iav,

7.

mau

never

yet, I.
before,

',

0/ place,

same

as

tail, 4.

farom heaven,

1.

xcHh
neither auy man, 2.
neither auy thing, 1.
with

with

from whence,

the

05,

where, 22.
wherein, 1.
whither, 1.
when, 1_.

whosoever, 12.
such OS, 2.
who, 32.
which, 75.
the which, 1.

/,
,

<,
never man

1.

heavenly,

adv.)

5.

1.

never mau,

, (Qen.

1.

1.

nought, 1.
aught, 1.

1.

,
,
ovpa,

1.

nothing, 67.

see

whiles,

whosoever,

1.

.
,
as though,

with

2.

26.

no, 20.
no... at all,
not at all,

<

oloi'

973

none of these things,

1.

to wit that, 1.
aa though, 1.

as, 4.

whosoever, 2.
whatsoever, 7.

as iiuiuy as,

none,

25.

iu that,

as concerning that,

1.

REEK AXD EXOLISH.

for that, 3.

2.

/,

Ktxff

1.

2.

0(<,

this

woman,

hcrtHif,
thi,

1.

ehc,

12.

1.

4.

974

GREEK

IJiDEX.

the same,
which, 1.

/em.

(Acc.

woman,

of the same,
the same, 1.
to him, 4.
him, 5.
unto one, 1.

1.

1.

it, 1.

the,

1.

the same,
that,

this, 1.
this, 50.
to this man, 1.

3.

1.

U'i(/i

3.

{Acc. fem. pi.),

, ,

these, 6.
those, 2.

many days hence,

ToO-o

1.

ncut.

(iiom.

sing.),

and

laasc.

the same,

thus,

therein,

1.

that,

and

them,

1.

these tilings, 158.

those words, 5.

those, 4.
that, 1.

tLey,

1.

them, 3.
him, 1.
such,

those,

1.

3.

so, 1.
sing.,

(Gcii.
ma.'ic.

manner,

and

ncut.),

man's,

as they were,
for all that,

what,

this, 53.

2.

1.

1.

..,
alter this manner...
after that, 1.

him,

like, 1.

it, 1.

that, 2.
vith tvfKa,
for this (muse, 2.

,
,
?

he himself,

(Gen.

sing.

1.

with iia,

hereby,
iiuisr.

,
,
not so,
nay,

fern.),

this, 31.

same,

see oi.

{Gen.

and

jilnral,

neut.),

of these, 8.
of thcHC things, 7.
than these, 7.
these, 22.
these things, 11.

these matters,
this sort,
their, 1.

1.

they, 1.
those, 1.
of those thinge, 1.
ench, 2.
of uch matters, 1.
ui(/i tVf(ca,

(pat.

1.

sing.,

masc. and neul.),

ihie, 1.

child,

1.

nurture,

Xjrcss, 5.

multitude, 79.
comjiauy, 7.
people, 82.
number of people,

,
,

1.

1.

chasten,

6.

chastise,

2.

of a child,

1.

1.

little child, 12.

young child, 10,
child, 25.
(liimsel, 4.

;,

1.

1.

tci/h

1.

3.

uil/i

in the evening,
at even, 1.

1.

damsel, 4.
maiden, 1.
maid, 3.

,
,

))onduiaid,

1.

bondwoman,
to play,

1.

child, 7.

Hon,

1.

Son,

2.

,
wages,

3.

charges,

maiden,
maid, 1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

servant, 10.

manservant,

6)',

4.

1,

young man,

countenance, 1.
appearance, 1.

1.

instruct,
teach, 2.

fish, 1.

evening,
even, 8.

1.

be learned,

(.sidAsf.),

face,

^,

1.

Olj/K,

be iudcljtcd, 1.
be a debtor, 1.
owe, 7.
ought, 15.
should, 1.
be one's duty, 2.
must needs, 1.
it behovetb one,

1.

^?,
passive,
learn, 1.

eventide,

2.

1.

instructor, 1.
which correctcth,

1.

-,

1.

9,

/9,

1.

chastening, 3.
chastisement,

gather a company,

later,

1.

instruction,

1.

Ol//t/A05,

5.

dchtor, 1.

debt,

1.

at even, 1.
even, 1.
in the end,

debt, 1.
due, 1.

1.

for these causes,

sinner,

2.

1.

lad, 1.

1.

edge,

5.

which oweth,

1.

instructor,

fish, 4.

1.

debtor,

schoolmaster,

brow,

small

1.

lust, 1.

stronghold,

not, 50.

1.

suffer, 1.

inordinate affection,

number,

this man, 2.
this thing, 1.
this matter, 1.
2.

,
,

2.

5,

vex,

1.

2.

1.

1.

passion, 1.

1.

.,
1.

even, 1.
after this manner,
in like manner, 1.
on this fashion, 1.
on this wise, 6.
likewise, 4.

that, 7.
thus, 17.

advantageth,

so, 158.
even so, 13.

such things, 2.
the things, 2.
the same, 2.

affliction, 3.

motion,

serpent, 14.

17.

in this

those things,

pi.

;,

thus,

1.

suffering, 11.

affection,

eye, 100.

fcia.),

these, 28.

this, 6.

1.

affection,

1.

3.

6.

hill, 1.

should

1.

1.

plural,
sight, 1.

these,

with Apeios,
hill, 1.

Court of the Areopagitcs,

2.

eye-service,

[Dat. sing.fem.),

(Dat.
(neut. pl.,Acc.
iwra.),

5.

,
^,
, ,
it

it, 1.

4.

Mars
Mars'

would to God, 1.
would to God, 1.

1.

snare,

Areopagus,

1.

1.

the same,

1.

1.

it profiteth, 2.

therewith,

1.

Trayi's,

1.

I would,

1.

so, 5.

tliis

p].,

iieiif.),

this, 2.

this same,

1.

that, 2u.
that thing,

,
,
debt,

this, 25.

it, 5.

entangle,

1.

passive,

these, 1.
with these, 1.
these, 4.
these thinge, 3.

this thing, 5.
this deed, 1.

',

be due,
due, 1.

those things,
such, 1

this, 180.

1.

need so requireth,

upon

them,

2.

or hound,

1.

(Oat.

{nom. fein. ph),

these,

deliio)

this man, 4.
this place, 1.

si>i9),

this, 4S.

this
her,

be bound,
be guilty,

unto

1.

AND ENGLISH.

smite,

4.

etrike, 1.

1.

1.

1.

,
of

/,

oM,

^,
always,

1.

olfl, 1.

lou^; UifO, 1.

a preat whilo iv^o,

in time past, 1.
auy while, 1.

,
^,
old wiue,

Aluiiiihty, 9.
omiiiiiotent,

I.

oldness,

ever,

wax

by

old, 2.

;,

wrestle,

regeueratiou,

-.

TO iraAcK

ajain,

declare,

1.

again,

\].,
at ouce,

giveth,
Trap'

7/75,
very great,

my,

come

art.,

go,

1.

one

1.

with

host,

,
,

general assembly,

by, 3.
with, 42.
before, 3.
in the sight of,

1.

among,

iravoiKL,
with all one's house,

,^,.

Acts

xxi.

"Kvory where."]

^^,

^,

(juartcr,

uU

i>luuC8, 1.

7^5,

* TO navTtK*^,

the uttermost, 1.
evermore, 1.
tti
irai<Tf ((,

ix>

in

no wise,

1.

,
,

/?,

tninsgression,

,
^,
1.

iliith

breaker,

X>asive,

(pi.)

of

good comfort,

1.

1.

that thing which is

committeil uuto one,

1(0

brought forth,
rijif, 1.

1.

1.

that

which

is

com-

mitted to one's trust,

deliver up, 9.
coiit into prison,
dilii't'r

tij>,

put in

pri.son, 1.

1.

1.

2.

commit

(nrut.)

strange thing,

^,
/,

bo present with,

entreaty, 1.
exhortation,

1.

^')?,

(,
1.

mid. or ]xiM.,

1.

1.

Ix;

to hide,

'>!

recommend,

3.

1.

1.

one'e nlf, 1.
ronimi't one' caiun, 1,

trans^esa,

I.

1.

with
give much exhortation,

one of unolher,

hazard,
6.

,
,
23.

ex)u}rt, \.

commit, 1.
Iwtmy. 4.

tnuiNgression,
breaking, 1.

who

1.

beseech, 1.
desire, 1.

comfort,

deliver, 54.

nin.'<greaH, 3,

f.iU liy

pray, tJ.
exhort, 19.

in one's exhortation,

give, 4.

2.

3.

exhort one another,

give up, 4.
give over, 2.

..side, 1,

therefore,

1.

example,

1.

3.

1.

entreat,

desire, 8.

/,

11.

call for,

beseech, 43.

perverse ilisputiugs,

;/uIIing

comimro,

vi-rywhere, G.
in

than, 2.

contniry to,

from every

more

those by

xiublic

8,

against, 2.
Bare, 1.
with art.,

1.

1.

^^,

2.

1.

than,

1.

receive, 5.

post,

',
icit/i

paradise, 3.

5.

2.

sit at, 1.

1.

1.

1.

^,

1.

1.

1.

liaasive,

1.

3.

nigh unto,
above, 4.

1.

1.

be excused,

put to an open shame,

ot, 12.

craftiness, 3.
cunning craftinees,
Bubtilty, 1.

1.

1.

excuse,

avoid,
1.

away,

make

Mi(/i the ylcciiioiiiie,

by
2.

all. ..armour, 1.

\_for
28,si'c

1.

by., side, 14.

whole armour,

crafty,

X)ass

of, 2.

with,
1.

com-

refuse, 5.

1.

reject,

-,
pass,

with the Dative,

1.

thither,

1.

1.

hear one speak,

Kavrjyvpi^,

make

;;4.

pass forth, 1.
ueimrt, 1.
middle,

2.

any man's,

^,

exh<(rt,

admonish,

IMiss by, 5.
l>ass away, 1.

',

1.

the Lord's,

1.

1.

aofist,

rifOi,

inn,

20.

be present,

,,

TTapa
1.

I Iiavc

middle,
entreat, 1.

come,

that one hath, 1.

such things as

1.

,
',
.

give commandment,
charge, 6.
give charge, 1.
give in charge, 1.

fciiumeii, 1.

1.

1.

that which

1.

conuuaud,

one's friends,

acuei>,

1.

mitted unto him,

1.

1.

xi:ilh

1.

2.

2.

Dative,
straitly, 1.

xcith Genitive,

1.

eit

all

2.

from, 2i.
of, 50.
out of, 1.

again, 140.
hack,

charge,

,,

needs,

ui>on the sea

is

, ,
,
comuiundmcnt,

2.

icith

TraXiyycveaLa,

art.,

which

reg-.ird not, 1.

2.

uo wise,

in

1.

with

1.

to neglect,

no doubt,
oO

1.

cooat,

means,

all

provoke to jealousy, 3.
provoke to emulation,
1.

ciimparison,
parable, 4.

1.

at all, 1.
surely, 1.

1.

" Re-

ncc

ii. 311,

proverb,

altogether,

1.

JlUiiiil't',

deaiy,

Phil.

gard not."]

(i.

evermore,

1.

tradition, 1.

[^for

always, 29.
alway, 5.

1.

1.

old,

ordinance,

figure, 2.

, ,
old thiugs,

,
,
, ,
tradition, 12,

2.

',

old, 17.

,
,
,^, ,

975

AKD ENGLISH.

constrain,

1.

on every side, 1.
round about, 1.

1.

?,
make

QHEEK

TNDEX.

1.

comfort,

8.

6.

consolation, 14.

a<lvix-ate,

1.

Comforter, 4.

2.

,
,
, , ,, ,,,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, , , ,
,
,
,
, , , ,
,
976

INDEX.

GREEK

AND ENGLISH.

disobedience,

pass by,

3.

pass,

3.

76,
8(,

IJor

1 Cor.

virgin, 14.

Waitat."

'

ix. 13, see

1.

(^pass.)

SO,l.

follow,

hang down,

1.

know

fully, 1.
be a diligent follower of, 1.

have

perfect

standing

under-

be present,

fall, 2.

present,

fault, 2.

be here present,
be here, 1.
come, 10.

offence, 7.
trespass, 9.

of, 1.

u'liii 11,

attain wliereunto,

3.

traris.

such

things
hath, 1.

neglect to hear,

let slip,

2.

1.

3.

(,

loith

look into,

whose sign was,

2.

take with,
take unto,

'7,

2.

by,

1.

creep in unawares,

-,

variableness,

in i^rivily,
enter, 1.

observe,

vatch,

beguile,
deceive,

except,
saving,

1.

before, 1.
middle,
3.

commend,

2.

of,

3.

meet with,

to comfort,

be brought before,
come, 1.

way,

,
^,
3.

(J.

7/;^/\,

1.

1.

continue,

1.

2.

to trouble,

1.

pilgrim, 2.
stranger, 1.

pass by, 3.
pass over, 1.

1.

1.

k) sojourn,

1.

be a sojourner,

,
,
,

1.

comfort,

I.

take away,

remove,

contrary to the law,

iniquity,

provoke,

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

as a fool,

1.

1.

pass away,

12.

^),
madness,

1.

n-ith

to sojourn,

proverb,

1.

4.

parahle, 1.
1.

2.

1.

iuiini'diatcly, 13.

ni^,'h

unto,

likewise,

1.

^,
past,

remission,

1.

I.

1.

be like uuto,

1.

like things, 2.

minister,

1.

do

for, 1.

bring,

1.

show,

I,

keep,

forthwith, 1.
straightway,
presently, 1.
soon, 1.

be stirred, 1.
bo easily x>rovoked,

contention, 1.
vilh fii,
to provoke unto,

1.

1.

1.

3.

comfort,

1.

to auger, 1.
provoke to wrath,

1.

leopard,

1.

1.

give, 1.
bring, 1.

show,

or

{inid.

puss.)

offer, 1.

1.

1.

1.

75,

yuesiiij over,

2.

quarrel and offer

wrong as one in icine, 1,

1.

iiu'ddie,

away,

given to wine,

read]j to

give, 2.

4.

to winter in,

sail by,

come,

offer, 1.

ici/h

fall

pass,
past, 1.
go, 1.
come forth,

as

1.

stranger, 2.
foreigner, 1.

parable,

transgi-ess,

(I'ii/l ti',

strangers,

{nt'ut.pl.)

to winter,

provocation,

1.

when they dwelt

,
, ', , /,
,
,
,
,
}, ^,
,
, , ,, ),-,
but for a moment,

comfort,

1.

1.

1.

castle,

commit the keeping

abide,

1.

sojoui-uiug here,

army,
camp,

set before, S.
put forth, 2.
allege, 1.

commit,

12.

1.

stand with,
stand here,
stand up, 1.

1.

with art.,
those things that are
without, 1.

such things as are set

1.

1.

5.

,
,
^,
,
,
,
., ,
, ,
that hath the palsy,
sick of the palsy, i).

aor. 2J,

give, 1.

ouficarti i/iuif, 1.

TrapaXvTLKos,

1.

Trape/cTos,

1.

observation,

}Mss. perf. part.,

taken with a palsy, 2.
sick of a palsy, -.
feeble, 1.

and

stand by,

1.

1.

1.

1.

mid. if id.),
stand before, 1.

^,

1.

1.

2.

prove,

stand,

come

continue,

show,

assist,

prei)aratiou, C.

1.

1.

commend,

1.

1.

3.

provide,

intraiis. {perf., plup.,

1.

iss, 1.

sea coast,

7,

aor. 1,

(ines.,

aud/ut.),
to present, 9.
give presently,

yield,

1.

brought in unawares,!.

(viid.)

siiil

IJ

one

1.

ready, 1.
middle,
prepare one's self,
be ready, 1.
ready, 1.

take, 32.
receive, 15.

he that lacketh,

bring in jwivily,

make

1.

as

1.

run out as leakimj vessels,

Btoop down,

yield, 2.

1.

sin, 3.

1.

1.

9.

virginity,

1.

wrath,

1.

1.

INDEX.

',

,
,
,
etir up,

all

,
',

these things,

1.

throughout

ters,

preseuce, 2.
comini;, 22.

things,
iritli

1.
1.

8.

hold,

1.

,
t.

opouly,

2.

(,

U'it/l

boldly,

epeak boldly,
preach boldly,

treail

1.

of, 10.

2.

'

from

every where,
throughly, 1.

1.

Uiiil Oi,

every,

1.

U"it/i

no,
no,

wax

2.

nothing,

1.

all.

plain,

men, M.

all

they.

all thiiigH, ISO.

all, 1.

many as, 1
all manner of,
every,

every
every
every
every

on

1.

1.

one,

."5.

one of yon,
nmn, 1.
thiu^%

i'l'l'

1.

1.

foot,

19.

ii'iiii

beyond,
over,

1.

hearken unto,

1.

1.

SCO

Acts
" Other

7.

2.

iriiii

of, 2.

art.,

the other side,

10.

oi'ti, 1.

the farther side,

1.

?,
end,

part,

uttermost

1.

2.

utmost

1.

behead,

I.

x>art, 1.

\Hth the QcnUive,

about, C.
concerning, 31.
as concerning, 2.

.7?,

lH>or,

),

on the other side

1.

of, 145.
for. &9.
h'j

iu, 2.

$acrifice for, 1.

for... sake, 1.

for the eins of,

on. ..behalf, 1.

/?,

obi-y, 2.

Kamtp,

1.

1.

thrust

obey a magistrate,

ivtitrtp,

matters."]

send, 79.

1.

in va-

wcpi tTtpiov,

xix.

1.

/.

afo.it. 1.

as

,(,
.]

temptntioiia,

Sea,

1.

used

couibiuatiou^

rious

7iii5ijn<p,

fifth. 4.

,
go afoot,

1.

[ particle

depth,

1.

5.

1.

?.

^',

all thuijr,. I.

all

temi>ter,

l)ersuasiou,

?,

1.

with other words for

emphasis, see tav, <,

/'/,

(pass.)

fetter, 3,

trust,

ijntp,

go about,

irehivos, ivitli

Ml.

29.

to ase;iy,

';,

jilurnl,

1.

gross, 2.

-.

, ,,
prove,

tempt,

to try,

(tnid.)

3.

confidence,

[^Jov

by

tradition
one's fathers, 1.

,
.,

1.

see

1.

temptation,

refrain, 1.
leave, 2.

10.

v:Uh

5.

cease, 12.

^ icii/i uarti,

2.

five, 36.

go about, 1.
examine, 1,

1.

of one's fathers, 2.
of the fathers, 1.

every one, 1.
whosoever, 5.
whatsoever, 1.
as many as, 1.

hundred,

6.

?,

1.

assay,

79,

side, 2.

five

try, 4.

?,
receivetl

,
,

9.

7?

couuti-y, 3.

4.

thousand,

Pentecost,

1.

trial, 1.

country,

one's

3.

assay,

of one's fathers,

12.

on every

1.

TrarptKos,

all, l'J5.

manner,

hungry,

1.

75,own

live

fifteenth,

be au hungered,

patriarch, 4.

6.

,
,
,
,
fifty, 5.

be hungry,

,
kindred,

1.

'^^',

to hunger, 10.

1.

lineago, 1.
family, 1.

11:).

whole,

1.

7.

Icliirc, 1.

murderer of a father,

any one, 1.
any thing', 2.
whosoever, :30.

all

obey,

11.

3.

to, 1.

yield unto,

1.

siilQuhir,

manner

foot,

?,

every one, 2J.

every iiiuu, 10.
every thing, 6.
every branch, 1.
any, 7.

thingF,

under

parent,

?,

all

be persuaded,
believe,

Father, 2G5.

whatsoever thing,

1.

father, 151.

1.

bold, 1.
he bold, 1.
boldly, 1.
freely, 1.

whatsoever,

2.

confident,

agree

1.

/,

1.

0.

JiUS.i. nilll IHl'iZ.,

tread, 3.

wai

all

be confident,

wax

tread down,

1.

fre.-ly, 1.

every,

,
,

1.

have confidence,

smite, 9.

1.

3.

five times, 1.

8.

trust,

1.

strike, 1.

v'ith iy,

and

jiluj).),

1.

2.

,
;(,
poor,

(per/,

1.

put one's trust, 1.

have whereof one might

eel, 1.

mourning,

;(09,

one's friend,

trust,

.TO.

1.

sorrow,

jterKwidii, 1.

make

7.

wail, 2.

bewail,

(pret., aor. 1,

intraag.

bo vexed,

4.

boldly,

(rami,

1.

ijassion,

VatiVi;
boldly. 1.

plaiuly,

suffer,

4,

and flit.),

7;^,

ii.

IKjrsuade, 10.
assure, 1.

aster,

coutidctice, 6.

openly,

gissover, 28.

Ubertii, 1.

uiiioli

8.

Cor.

"Enticing."]

ee

1.

^',
mourn,

Ifor

1.

all things, 9.

OoMlll'Sl!, 1.

he

iracTa,

all, 13.

bolihu'ss of speech,
plniiiiieM3 of speech,

,,
,

father-m-law,

1.

pcriuaj) iWf, 1.

1.

irith <K,
all

^?,

{pi.)

enticing,

quar-

977

AND ENGLISH.
^05,

I.

all

in all ]>niut8,

platter, 2.

boldness,

GEEEK

on, 2.
touching, 3.
touching,

1.

TTivOlptl,
ni'ither-in-lftw,

,1.

ot. 3.

wife's mother,

3.

with,

1.

8.

1.

rXDEX.

978

1.

Trepl

,
,

thereaijout,
nepi

thereof,

whereof,

bind about,

1.

,
1.

nepi o5
whereof,

(nf or oTr),

3.

whereby,
wherein,

1.

v:ith art.,
4.

which
those things
concern, 1.
concerning, 1.
the things pertaining
1.

for, 1.
of, 1.

they about, 1.
they that were about, 1.
they wliich were about,

',

go with,

ot TTept Toi'

1.

that were of Paul's

company,

1.

1.

1.

be girded about,
be girt, 1.
^' with Trept,

go,

1.

wearing,

1.

shun,

7,
<.,

55, see

Luke

1.

1.

array in, 1.
mid. and pass.,
cast about, 1.
have, ..cast about, 1.
be clothed, 3.
be clothed in, 3.
be clothe<l with, 4.
bo arrayed, 3.
bo amiyod in, 2.

>n(/iTi,

),

be clotlied (wherewithal), 1.

1.

round about, 3.
about on, 1.
round about on, 1.
round about upon,

2.

vesture,

1.

1.

\\
much

greater,

3.

8o
the more a
great deal, 1.

?,

1.

exceedingly,

compassed

with,

1.

helmet,

2.

more exceedingly,

1.

1.

much more,

to obtain,

the rather,

peciUiar, 1.
l>urchased, 1.

more

1.

fro(iucut,

with
give the

to,

1.

',,

,
/,,
abundantly,

circumcise,

1.

was

have... circumcised, 1.
iii./itiifiDe,

1.

circumcising,

set about,

left, 1.

remain, 3.
be left, 1.
redound, 1.
exceed, 2.

1.

/,

excel,

compass round,

abound,

ahine round about,

remain,

2,

2.

{jyass.)

1.

1.

1.

',

1.

1.

abundant, 1.
abundance, 3.
bo more abundant,
incrcaeo,

Dative,

circumcised,

15.

abound more,

1.

circumcision, 35.

1.

be the better,
have the -more,

1.

1.

1.

put about, 1.
put on, 3.
put upou, 1.
bestow upou,
put on, 1.

1.

1.

16.

pasfxrc,

2.

remain over and above,

by,

1.

more earnest

dove, 9.
pigeon, 1.

1.

superfluity,

tliat

2.

2.

1.

off, 1.

abuudiince,

about

1.

more abundant,

,,

1.

With --

come

1.

(comp.),

alniii(ln7ico, 4.

to

1,

out of measure,
the moi'e, 1.

(inid.)

,
,
,
, , ,
,
,
',
be

, ,
look
look
look
look

ovei-much,
1.

1.

1.

3.

saving,

ciuuber,

7repiKip,at,
be hanged about, 2.
be compassed with,
be boimd with, 1.
with

hide,

(mid.)

more,

exceedingly, 1.
the more abundantly,

rend

to cover, 1.
overlay, 1.
blindfold,

shine round, 1.
shine round about,

1.

the more,

heed

xxii.

" Kindle."]

cast about,
put on, I.
clothe. 3.

Luke

sec " Be set

together."]

down

more,

much more,

purchased possession,
with

xxii. 5S,

7(7,

[^for

tar

1.

[^for

cut, 1.

(i-'Oiiip.),

more abundant, 3.
more abundantly, 2.

2.

obtiuing,

1.

1.
1.

TTepicaOTepoi

the more exceedingly,

1.

filth. 1.

above, 1.
exceedingly,
very highly,

, '
,
,
,
,
',
among,

purchase,

1.

3.

1.

1.

abundantly

exceeding

1.

fall

middle,
avoid, 1.

lead about, 1.
go about, 3.

take away,
take up, 1.

vehemently,

1,

fall into, 2.

1.

1.

,
beyond measure,
with

pierce through,

1.

advantage,

have... girded, 1.

1.

2.

more abundantly,

walk about, 1,
walk, 92.
be walking, 1.
be occupied, 1,

1.

and

1.

superfluous,

place, 1.

1.

stand round about,

stand by, 1.

comiiass,

1.

more,

, ,
,
^,
,
, ',
peculiar,

, ,
,
,
,
Paul and his company,

go round about,

?,
more.

?,

2.

more

increase

1.

/?,

have... girt about,

viith art.,

it will

1.

dwell round about,

mid. or pass.,
gird one's self, 3.

of,l.

1.

abound more and more,

neighbour.

wander about,

have abundance, 1.
have more abundance

after, 1.

in, 1,

we

-,
-,

and to

1.

passive,

1.

1.

spare,

- with

1.

round about,

1.

TTepiepya,
curious arts, 1.

be contained,

with Accusative,
about, 23.
concerning, 4.

how

busy-body,

wait for,

vagabond, 1.
fetch a comimss,

one's affairs, 2.
one's state, 2.
one's estate, 1.

^,
,
see

2.

have enough
2,

- /'',

1.

^.

make abound,

exceeding sorrowful,
exceeding sorry, 1.
very sorrowful, 2,

be a busy-body,

1.

the things concernir^g,

to,

1.

veil, 1.

1.

ENGLISH.

?,

,
,
covering,

against, 2.
over, 2.

above,

GREEK AND

make mad,
1.

with

1.

7<),
run through,

1.

cis

,
,
,
,
INDEX.

enticing words,

bear about, 1.
carry about, I.

make

despise,

GREEK

that lieth round

about, 1.
retpou round about, 5.
country about, 1.
country round about, 3.

Faithful,

believiui;, 2.

TTLKpCa,

of scouring, 1.

vaunt one's

self,

accomplish,
furnish,

-'.

swell,

to deceive,

1.

4.

seducing,

of, 7.

<;,

1.

irer.

jj'rouud, 1.

fall

down,

19.

feigned,

1.

fail, 1.

x'ue, 1.

,
,

tritsf, 1.

,
well, i.

-,

1.

wound,

15),

i.

(- (Luke

irii/i

xxiv.

25).

belie\e,

1.

II ii)i

believing,

be put in trust with,

77;05,

uitii

,
trust,

my

1.

1.

scrip, 6.

^,

9,

i.

see

8,

1.

assurance,

1.

excellent,
1.

longer, 1.
greater, 5.

1.

-),

he which believcth,

nmro,

many,
1.

many

2.

1.

1.

rat her, 2.
8.

notnithstaudiug,

^,

9.
7.

things,

flood,

1.

ueverthelows,

j'liirnl,

believe, 1.

,
but

further, 3.
long, 1.

1.

1.

striker,

thau, I.
except,
eavc, I.
but, 14.

1.

iriiA iri,

them that
c<c

press down,

13.

very many,

1.

faith, 1.
Genitive,

of

hiiir, 1.

i(i(/i (irt.,

fidelity,

hxy hands on,

ai)proheud, <S.
catch, U.

1.

3.

,8
;,
abound,

,,
most,

,
,
1.

]Kltl'e,

multiply,

bniido<l hair,

more

1.

multiply, 7.
be multiplied,

1.

most,

faith. 2.39.
belief, I.

tiike, 7.

1.

',
more,

1.

',
buualo,

broad,
enlarge, 2.

yWded

to

be committed unto mo,

-r'lpa,

1.

iyiti,

be committed

1.

multitude, 30.

company,

'/,

1.

paiaive,

1.

to wound,
1.

4.

make

wide,

injinilive,

(freat, 1.

3.

plague, 12.

1.

iciOi iv (Mark
believe, 1;

helm, 1.
rudder, 1.

tuuit,

breadth,

vi(/ieis(lJohnv. 10),

7;,

stripe, 5.

1.

commit to one's tnust, 1.

commit unto, 4.

1.

1.

1.

sail, 4.
sail by, 1.

in every street,

believe,

1.

to

2.

street, 9.

believer,

side, 5.

1.

believe, 233.

8.

overreach,

covetousness, 8.
covetous practice,

, ,
,
fall, 68.

1.

2.

greediuess,

1.

to rorm,

to

lipht,

irriyavov,

1.

7'^',

sell, 9.

Btony places, 2.
stony ground, 1.

eluy,

abound, 6.
abundant,

covetous man,
covetous, 3.

1.

thing formed,

.,

large,

1.

3.

ojij)rt;.- 01-

table, 3.

fatness,

775,

how
how

to plait,

'7;,

,
,
, ,
,
drink

1.

1.

deceiver, 4.

to drink, 68.

Pcfci-, 1.

',
defraud,

wandering,

1.

TTLVU),

2.

to pitch,

1.

Tr\OVKT0),
get au advantage of,
make a g-aiu of, 2.

1.

ir\avrjTV<;,

platter,

rock, 11.

tountaiu,

1.

I>iural,

most,

to increase, 1.
with
have nothing over, 1.

deceit, 1.
Genitive,

TTcrpa,

etony

very great,

make

7.

delusion,

charger,

TO

wander, 1.
go astray, 5.
be out of the way,

error,

1.

writing table,

fly, 1.

stone,

irttfc

1.

irXavYj,

fly. 4.

Kock,

at the most,

ttAc/coj,

1.

(^JrtSi.)

TTcreivoi',
bird, 5.
fowl, <J.

to

1.

jrAeioTOi (superL,
art.),

of, 1

seduce, 2.
deceive, 24.

time comcth,

full

2.

1.

the greater part,

{pass.)

err, 6.

4.

1.

pans., icith

,',

7/,
to

1.

fill, 18.

1.

loith

a year

be assured

(^)

3.

(pass.^

bitter, 2.

bitterly,

7/,
be rash,

bitterness,

4.

many, 5.
very many,

3.

which believeth,
believer, 1.
sure, 1.
true, 2.
neuter,
faithfully, 1.

2.

,
,

pi., leith art.,

the more, 1.
the more part,

1.

that believeth,

, , ,,
, , ,
,
8,
ro-^'iou

uith oil,
yet but, 1.

believing, 1.

bitter, 2.

be bitter,

979

faithful, 52.

1.

])ilSil)C,

1.

AXD ENGLISH.

1.

full. 17.

4.

,
,
make

proof

full

GBEEK AWD ENGLISH.

INDEX.

980

make

rich,
enrich, 2.

of, 1.

fulfil, 1.

passiue,

be fully persuaded,

most surely

ttX-ovtos,

2.

riches, 22.

are

known,

wind,
I

breath,

lull, 1.

fiU, 17.

fulfil 1.
1.

supply,

1.

1.

fulfil, 51.

accomplish,
end, 2.
passive,

with,

be

come,

expire,
after,

of the spirit,

1.

U'if/i

move,

1.

doing, 1.
vAth a Baiive,
deal with, 2.

-1.

2.

fulness, 13.

,
,
,
,

to flE

up, 1.
piece that filleth up,

70/,

Butisfying,

strangled,

1.

things strangled,

small ship,

breath,

wind,

1.

1.

garment down to the

foot,

'.,

from whence,

1.

,
,
',
sailing, 1.

voyage, 1.
course, 1.

bring forth,
bring,

bear, 4.

rich man, 11.

yield, 1.
give, 1.

put,

purpose,

5.
1.

1.

appoint,

1.

mafci!, 1.

ordain,

1.

provide,

work,
1.

1.

8.

continue,
do.

1.

,
,
,

1.

a great while,
CI'

altogether,

1.

1.

plural,
173.

many,
of, 1.

1.

4.

things,

things, 23.
stripes, 15.

much,

15.

great, 11.
greatly, 3.
sore. 1.

27.

7ero^nii
far

1.

long after,

many
many

what

TToAAfji

spent,

flock, 5.

what way,

1.

1.

when the day was

straitly, 2.
oft, 1.

1.

with, art.,

7/,

many, 10.
much, 2.

, -,
make
war,

\var, 3.

vianij vays,
times, 1.

1.

fight, 3.

very

12.

1.

1.

7'/09,
2.

1.

commonwealth,

often-

pitiful, 1.

of gi-cat i>rice,
very precious,
costly, 1.

7',
freedom,

or

TToXvTeXy':,

city, 159.

ruler of the city,

gain, 1.

with

great,

,
which,

1.

the common,

light, 1.

Bhow,

rich, 1.
v.ax rich, 1.
be made rich, 2.

iniic/t, 1.

battle, 5.

abuudiintly, 2

7.

abundant,

4.

l)astor, 1.

war,

richly, 2.
ric/iiy, 1.

1.

1.

mean,

11.

1.

shoot out,

rich, 17.

be increased
goods, 1.

8.

to make, 102.
cause, 8.
cause to be, 1.

ttAoos,

greatly,. 1.
U'if/i art.,

1.

6.

what,

j4it)'ai,

long, 3.
great, 47.

what manner

wlieuce, 20.

ship, 66.

2.

75,

1.

1.

2.

far ixxssed, 1.

flock, 4.
fold, 1.

^^,
1.

little ship, 2.
boat, 3.

shipping,

1.

TTvory,

1.

54.

many,

shepherd, 15.
Shepherd, 2.

1.

1.

much,

fe^d, 1.

1.

sundry times,

plenteous,

,
,
feed,
nils,

1.

TToAv's,

feed cattle,

';,

vitlt art.,

be rich,

manifold,

choke, 1.
take by the throat,

neitrhbour, 10.

smite,

'',
6.

speaking,

manifold, 10.

'',
divers, 8.

1.

1.

1.

-,
to blow,

much

7\>,

1.

doiwj,

?,

spiritually, 2.

fidfilling, 1.
full, 1.
which is put in

1.

doer, 5.
poet, 1.

spiritual things, 3.
spiritual gifts, 1.

//,

,
^

is

at

ixeni. pi.,

1.

,
ful."]

made,
workmanship, 1.
thing that

deed,

1.

\^forovXo.yvoi,3as.
V. 11, scu " Very piti-

-,

89.

3.

manifold more,

ivfinitive,

he that is spiritual, 1.
he which is spiritual, 1.
that which is spiritual,

1.

1.

perfect,

1.

7.

oftentimes,
otttimes, 3.

spirit, 1.
with art.,

filled, 1.

near,

1.

1.

complete,

often,

oft, 4.

have in remembrance,!

Spirit, 133.
Genitive,
spiritually,

spiritual, 18.

fiU, 1.

full

citizen, 3.

,
,

ii;if/t

jrveuynaTiKOS,

full, 3.

full, 3.
be filled

give, 1.

Holy Ghost,
Holy Spirit,

1.

,
;,
',

see TToXus.

spiritual,

1.

is, 1.

live, 1.

1.

miMle,
make, 12.

tiitii

pi each fully, 1.

be

1.

1.

(mid.)

one's conversation

2.

spirit, 151.
hreath, 1.
spirit, 1.
ghost, 2.

preach fuUy,

conversation,

abide, 1.
continue, 2.
be, 1.

1.

life, 1.

3.

1.

77;,
up,

-.

keep, 4.
observe,
hold, 1.
take, 1.

1.

1.

fill

fulfil, 3.

to wash,

believed,

assmunce,

make

execute,

perform,

^,

',

1.

assurauce,

9.

exercise, 1.

1.

part., ii'ith art.,

those thing-s which

full

commit,

hefulUj assured,

be fully

do, 353.
in doing, 2.
can do, 1.

1.

1.

?,

of great ])rico,
very costly, 1.

1.

in divers mauuere, 1.

,
,

.,

,
drink,

about,

seller of purple,

wicked, 1.
iniquity,

',

1.

how
how

evil, 38 (adj.)
evil, i (subit.)

often ?
oft ?

, ,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
wliither?

foot, 85.

1.

footstool,

1.

drink, 3.
drinking,

malicious, 1.
wicked, 11.
H'if/i art.,

that which
the evil, 1.

what

that wicked person,

the wicked cue, 5.
tlie wicked, 1.
that wicked one, 1.
wickeduees, 1.
iroi'ijpbi'

business,

1.

9.

things ?

long ago

2.

'-sar's

I'llate's

TTDpeLa,
way, 1.

carried

1.

1.

70,

1.

depart, 11.
journey, 2.
make one's journey, 1.
take one's journey, 1.
walk, 9.

to waste, 1.
destroy, 2.

never,

,
whore,

1.

whoremonger,

~'),
far, 2.

a great way

off, 1.

comyiaralive,

further,

1.

~(><)',
afar off, 2.

>,

purple,

1.

5,

bring forth, 2.
bring out, 1.

{inid.)

(neul.)
1.

1.

sin heretofore,
sin already, 1.

1.

Tim.

jiorch,

go on, 1.
go further,

3.

1.

,
,
,
,
(,

iv

Tolt

well stricken in years,

3.

of

iv

great age,

)(({

1.

3.

impt'r.i.,

becomcth, 2.
beoometh, 1.
it is comely, 1.
it

put forward,
shoot forth,

sheep

ambttAsnge,

message,

1.

thccp

1.

1.

[iimrfcci], 1.

ijiiio, 1.

1.

[J\<r

1.

1.

vi.

"Meekuess."]

,
,

1.

p<f>),

meek,

1.

^,

become,

give to drink, 4.
give drink, 4.
niuke... drink, 1.
inukc to driuk, 1.
water, 3.
feed with, 1.
anayayutv
Icsul away to watering,

1.

1.

hear before,

5.

meekness,

I.

1.

prove before,

1.

7r/jai5s,

hauquetiug,

15.

9.

,
, ,
,:

use, 1.
keep, 1.
require,
exact, 1.

11, see

7.

,
,

1.

do, 28.

commit,

{^for

cupi 33.

5.

above, 1.
above. ..ago,

charge,

TTOTT/ntov,

fornicator, 5.

before, 36.
before, 9 (adv.)
or ever, 1.

our deeds,

long?

whether,

4.

1.

in ranks,

how

2.

TTpatTiai npatTiai,

1.

?,

6 pmj,

before, 5.

to purpose,

7,
12.
iroTf

1.

,
, ,
,
, ,

1.

when?

1.

ere, 1.

meekness,

1.

harlot, 8.
Joniication,

7.

TTpIi/

before that,

hall, 4.

deed, 4.
works, 1.

--

before, 6.

1.

officer, 2.

JrOTi,

foruication, 26.

commit,

3.

some time, 1.
once, 2.
in time past, 5.
in times past, 3.
aforetime, 1.
in old time, 1.

ever yet,

fornication,

/loii.se,

go before,

2.

sometimes,

at length, 1.
at the last, 1.
at any time, 4.
nn^ time, 1.

iTopvfia,

court, 1.
hall, 1.

udgment

meek,

when, 1.
sometime,

at anij time, 1.
in the old time,

2.

saw asunder,

office, 1.

what,

going, 1.

commit

the

1.

go, 119.

gain,

of

what manner of? 5.

what manner of person,

1.

yo cue's way,
KG forth, 1.
go up,

away

flood, 1.

(rifJnroiui (mid.),

headlong,

1.

t')mmon

away,

fall

Pioetorium,

stream, 2.
Hood, 4.
water, 1.

1.

),

1.

jiila/ie, 1.

river, 9.

pain, 3.

1.

1.

With

occupy,

7:),

~CiVOS,

aged,

,
,
, ,
how

1.

aged man,

1.

atfair, 1.

- ;,

8.

aged woman,

plural,

how many ?

1.

elder, H2 (subsi.)

thing, 6.

13.

neuter,

ncut. ])!.,
evil thint^s, 2.

to journey,

!,

work, 1.
matter, 3.

1.

bow many

old man, 1.
elder woman,

old man,

1.

how great?
how much?

is evil, 2.

evil, 5 (siifist.)

evil, 1.

elder, 2 (adj.)
eldest, 1.

10.

iiTTonoSiov

Lrrievous, 1.

be

l)resbytry, 1.

37.

2.

1.

harm,

1.

where?

1.

981

estate of elders, 1.
elders, 1.

in a certain place, 2.

l)urple, 1 (siiW.)

6.

-,

XHTD ENGLISH.

,
,

purple, 2 (adj.)

2.

wickeduees,

bad,

GREEK

INDEX.

be au ambassador,

2.

/,"Sheep."]
John

10, 17, *.

xxi.

,
,

,
,
,

GEEEK

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
^, , ,
,
,
,
,
,
INDEX.

982

go farther,

AND ENGLISH.

1.

outgo, 1.
pass on, 1.

sheep, 40.

preferring cue
another, 1.

prejudice, 1.

iustnict before,
vith

1.

,
draw out

of, 1

prejiare afore,
ordain, 1.

1.

prepare hefore,

1.

confirm before,

(viid.)

provide,

1.

fore, 1.

{(

1.

be better,

1.

till

before,

foreknow,
kuow, 1.

%,
?)

1.

prefer,

2.

foreordain,

1.

within,

between,

according
for, 23.

before, 2.

meditate before,

because
to, 1.
1.

forefathers,
parents, 1.

thought
hand, 1.

take

1.

1.

6/',

which

is to try, 1.
Trpbs TO, u'ii/i inf.,

to, 4.
for to, 1.

1.

to this eud, that,

that may, 2.
that might, 1
that... could, 1

{fcut.)

time api>ointed,

of, 1.

of, 2.

2.

(^pL)

2.
20.
to, 3.

among,

1.

testify beforehand,

also

(see

1.

in, 3.
co/iceniviig, 1.

1.

puri>oso, 8.

foreknowledge,

against, 24.
before, 2.
by, 4.

among, 1.
to be compared with, 1.

foretell, 1.

kuow

before-

because... would,

1.

1.

forwardness of miud,
1.

1.

at, 11.

with, 42.

1.

take before, 1.
overtake, 1.
come aforehaud,

preach the gosiicl be-

forexec, 1.

be past,

nigh unto,

before

provide for,

1.

whereby,

middle,
provide, 1.
provide for,

1.

the things which belong uuto, 1.

those things which per-

providence,

1.

1.

,
, ,
,
,
8, ,
,
.
^,
', .
}, ,
-,
,
.
, ), ,,, ,
,
,,,
),
,
write ufurutimc,
write afore, 1.

readiness of miud,
readiness, 1.

1.

write, 1.
set forth evidently,
ordaLu before, 1.

1.

05,

tain to,

reaJy,

manifest beforehand,
open beforehand, 1.

evident,

1.

ready mind, 1.
willing miud, 1.

1.

to, 1.

1.

in things pertaining to,

willing-, 1.

1.

1.

see before,

of a ready miud,

in things pertaining to,

1.

1.

:iiiddle,

1.

about, 1.
conditions

foresee,

give

1.

see

first, 1.

1,

predestinate,

see

traitor, 2.

ordaiL!,

see

be over,

sutler before,

profess, 1.

forerunner,

1.

.6,

lirovoke,

1.

intent, 1.

the

the day before

sabbath, 1.

Kom.

iJor

iv. 1,

" Father."jl

see

(mid.)

what

against,

1.

1.

?,

1.

1.

1.

for

1.

maintain,

1.

what one hath

1.

rule, 5.

see before,

of, 1.

sufficient to,

determine before,

betrayer,

1.

things that pertain un-

l)roviisiou for,

2.

to

call, 1.

1.

conduct forth, 1.
briug forward on one's

bring, 3.
near, 1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
),
,
,
,
,
. ,

foresee,

1.

foretell, 1.

show

before, 2.

jias!.

part., with art.,

whereof ye had notice

speak before,
say )jofore,

before, 1.
uhicli liath been so much
spoken of hcj'urc 1.

u,

4.

tell before, 2.

foretell, 1.
tell in time past,

),
forewarn,

trust

1.

make

1.

lirst, 1,

)je

(),

uj)

beforehand,

set before,

be Bet forth,
be first, 1.

liopt, 1.

3.

1.

1.

2.

bring on ouc's way,

^,
,

accompany,

heady,

1.

rashly,

1.

u'liJi

jireacli before, 1.

befiiii, 1.

preach

lirst, 1.

laiddh,

),

-,

-^.,
^,'j

forward,

1.

furthorance,

1.

profit iiig,

2.

set

1.

profit, 1.
be far spent,

1.

3.

Mark

Ifor

see

2.

Gen.,

x.

" Beg."

46, sec

for

John
" Wind. "J

go up,

1.

spend,

1.

is.

S,

1.

at, 4.

1.

u'ii/t Ace,
toward, 10.

to do, 1.
to give, 1.
to anmeer,
2 Cor. v.
unto, 338.

j)roeeed, 1.
increase, 2.

wax,

beg.

,
to supply,

to. ..ward, 3.
to, 174.

1.

3.

-Hh Bat..

about,

promise afore,

access,

4.

1.

go before,

for,

betrin liefore, 1.

draw

journey, 1.
bring on one's journey,

2.

middle,
in conference,

odd

(in iialic,

12;.

over against,

1.

confer,

1.

1.

{mid.)

threuteu further,

1.

",
,
,
, , ,,
",
,
,
},
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
^,
^. 7, ,
.
^,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
^, ,
/,
.
,
,
9,
,
,
,
), ,
,
,
, , ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,

^,
Hpeud more,

proselyte,

1.

OREEK

983

AJiD ENOLTSH.

speak

4.

to,

new,

1.

1.

sx>eak with, 1.

to need,

for a season,

1.

(),

iniddh,

1.

take uuto one,

dure for a while, 1.

endure but foratimo, 1.

receivi, .!.
accei>t, 1.

tuku, 1.
allow, 1.

4.
l.

lodk for, 8.
look wbeu,

briuir unto, 10.

to, 5.

7.

bring

bring,

put

receiving,

caU. 6.
with

continue with,
continue iu, 1.
abide still, 1.

1.

tarry there,
cleave uuto,
be with, 1.

1.

TrpoaKaprepiw,

continue steadfastly

1,

present uuto,

1.

in,

offer ui), 3.

do, 1.
deal with,

tarry,

3.

1.

lookiiiiT ;iftcr, 1.
exX)i'L-tutiou, 1.

1.

lovely,

draw to the shore,

on, 1.
give one's

owe

,,

1.

aacrijicing, 1.

offering, 8.

besides,

1.

1.

be grieved ivith,

2.

[_for
vii.

"Beat

perseverance,

Buffer, 1.

1.

Matt.

25,

ee

upon."]

como

nii-'h

uuto,

pillow,

consort

at,

to

[_for
V. 21.

"

see

1 Tim.
Pajrtial-

ity."]

coino to, -I.

coiiiij uuto, 19.
come thoreunto,

come, ;{'J.
lie a coming,
PJ to, 2.
uuto,

go,
ifo

spriukliug,

1.

beat upon,

self to."]

1.

v.ith

1.

1.

joiu one's self to,

cleave to,

2.

Jii.

ho

not,

earnestly, 1.
in his pra'jcr,

stumbliug,

1.

stuuibling-block,

1.

otfeuce,

1.

face, 54.

countenance,

1.

--',

offence,

1.

beat

2.

tUeJncc,

'

^,

lout,'

ifive lieod
Kivi,

prayer, 1.
prayers, 2.

beat uiMju,

stumble

t"

icif/i

',
",

2.

'7,

lay unto,
add, 11.

1.

bind,

speak any more,

proceed further,

down

1.

1.

former,

1.

<', or >

i(i//i ciiUTTiof,

to worship,

1.

i>eforc, 1.

run to. 1.
run thither
run,

1.

to,

1.

before, 4.
iav
before. 1.

former,

2.

first, 2.

nail to,

1.

worshipper,

1.

1.

(adv.).

fall

1.

1.

1.

1.

api>oint before,

worship, 59.
)1'() 1.

1.

before,

before,

^ Hi

1.

again, 2.
give more, 1.
increase, 1.

roll to, 1.
roll unto, 1.

take heed whoreuuto,

face to face,

1.

succourer,

1.

K'ive iittenilance to, 1.

^iv. iillemlanco at, 1.
have re>card to, 1.
bo given to, 1.

1.

C.

3.

dash against,

to, 4.

take lieeil unto,

take heed to, 11.
Uke heed, 1.
beware, 7.
attend unto, 1.

tj.

1.

with

1.

command,

bid,

at, 2.

stumble,

unto,

outirard aitpearattce,

person,

1.

1.

fashion, 1.
presence, 7.

man's person,

1.

\i:\lh

make
make

1.

outward appearance,

vehemently

against,

3.

ai)i)earauce, 1.

ii<jhi, 1.

pray, K!.

for,

4.

heard

irpoiTtv^ojiai,
pray

1.

1.

beat vehemently upon,

Dative,

1.

respect of iiersous,

though

come imto,

1.

sons,

1.

(pass.)

be joined unto,

1.

have respect to per-

1.

as thoujjh,

them

1.

di-.iw near, 2.

1.

respecter of persons,

as

partiality,

near,

1.

(jnid.)

make

2.

cou:ieut to,

fall at, 1.
fall
at, 1.
fall
before, 5.

Acts
" Joiu one's

\_for
V. .%, see

1.

to touch,

1.

down
down

1.

prayer,

very hungry,

crucify,

fiuiu, 1.

1,

witli, 1.

1.

ipya 40/jtai

speak uuto,

sx>eak to, 2.
call unto, 1.
call to, 1.
call uuto one, 1.
call to one, 1.

1.

1.

(pass.)

wait

offering up, 1.

con-

tinually to, 1.
wait ou continually,
wait ou, 1.

see

1.

(mid.)

continue instant in, 1.

continue in, 3.
coutiuue with, 1.
attend coutiniuilly upself

1.

1.

sttsiiense, I,

ill

wait for,

1.

1.

offer, 21.

6,

whereunto,

2.

to, 1.

call uuto one, 20.

call to one, 1.
call for, 2.

call

1.

expect, 1.
be iu expectation,

he

take, 5.
receive,

3.

(^mid.)

look for,
wait for,

look,

lately, 1.

1.

tempo nil,

^ IcUh

1.

meat,

1.

at the

flrat, I.

,
,
,
,
,
,.
,
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,, ,,
INDEX.

984

GREEK

ENGLTSS.

{inid.)

have the pre-eminence,

set forth, 1.
foreor&ain, 1.
puri^ose, 3.

burning,

spit, 3.

dead body,

{nild.)

exhort,

chief seat,

uppermost

run before,
with
outrun,

1.

seats, 1.

chief room,

^,

1.

1.

adjectiue,

first, 78.

that are first,

3.

former,

,
,

(.)

2.

Ijrophesying,

colt, 12.

1.

3.

iv

at any time,
with ov

poor, 30.

poor man,

,,

luirden, 1.

to the elbow, 1.

';,

often,

aducrb,

hardness,

at the first, 3.
first of all, 2.

beginneth,
at the beginning,
it first

l-i9.

before,

of the prophets,
of prophecy, 1.

1.

chiefiy, 1.

1.

,
,
porch,

birthright,

firstborn, 7.
first-begotten, 2.

1.

lemand, 2.
understand,

1.

pinnacle,

,
,

wing,

2.

very early in the morning,

1.

Rabboui,

4.

terrify,

1.

morning,
morning, 2.

1.

red,

1.

that

is

eerjcaut,

2.

?),

mischief,

2.

red,

2.

lewdness,

1.

1.

to close,

ci.

stall", 4.

1.

1.

,
^,
rod,

spittle, 1.

forepart,'!.

1.

1.

sceptre,

fire, 1.

be red,

beat with rods,

beat,

fiery, 1.

burn, 3.
be tried,

foroship,

2.

(pans.)

be on

fan, 2.

2.

lord, 1.

fire, 1.

1.

,
,
,
,
Rabbi, 8.
master, 9.

fever, 6.

',

1.

1.

',

bird, 1.

amazement,

',
early,
in the

howi

terrify, 2.

early, 1.

snhj.,

2.

7.

ictiJi opt.,

1.

5.

of

morning,

how,

2.

, , ,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
1.

6.

with

how ?

sick of a fever,

themoming,

1.

1.

how!

Genitive,

tower,

X'lay

that,

fire, 2.

early, 2.
in the morning, 4.

early in

what manner,
by what means, 2.

heel, 1.

1.

6.

25.

after

fiery, 1.

,
morning,

how,

fire, 73.

offend, 3.

1.

1.

how? 49.
how is it th.-it ?

2.

,
,
7,
-,
,
,
,
',
,
stumble,

fall, 1.

1.

inquire,
ask, 7.

1.

IJcrhaps,

1.

1.

liiuder part^ of a ship,

hinder part, 1.

stem,

haply,

1.

1.

1.

choose before,

to fight,

by any means, 8.
by some means, 1.

gate, 17.

,
,
make,

,
,

2.

liardiMss, 2.

1.

proi)hetcss, 2.

choose,

1.

1.

bUndness,

gate, 10.

ringleader,

prevent,

1.

1.

hlindness,

1.

often, 1.
TTvKvoTepov,
the oftener, 1.

first, 51.
at first, 1.

harden, 3.
blmd, 2.

1.

,
,
,
,
,
,
,
?,
,,
prophet,

1.

with the fist,

3.

never, 1.
vnth ouSeij,
never, 2.

(H\igentl]j, 1.

first of all, 1.

to prophesy, 28.

3.

oft, 1.

chief man, 3.
chief estate, 1.
chiefest, 1.
best, 1.

is sold, 1.

3.

1.

chief, 7.
first, 1.

prophecy, 15.
the gift of prophecy,

poverty,

beggarly, 1.
beggar, 2.

2.

before, 2.
bcfrinning,

1.

bring forth,

first clay, 2.

2.

e.icv^e, 1.

colour,

pass, part., until art.,

become poor,

1.

,
,

sell, 21.

whatsoever

uppermost rooms,

cloak,

75,

2.

highest room, 1.
upijermost room,

1.

pretence,

see

fall, 2.

1.

be before, 1.
be...beforetime, 1.

show,

,,

3.

carcase, 1.
corpse, 1.

2.

highest seat,

2.

fiery trial, 1.

1.

racha, 1

1.

raca,

1.

1.

(ed. 101 1),

(cd. h>,iH).

 GREEK

INDEX,

,
,

cast off,

cloth, 2.

sprinkle,

throw,

4.

cast,

cast

smite,

1.

1.

/3,

K'ilJi

Strike with the palm of

cue's hanil, 1.
iii(/i

rod,

1.

smito with oue's hand,

1.

needle,

shake,

...may

,
sec

Cor. xv. 52,

,(

TO

1.

1.

(, which was

that (or it)

spoken, 12.

spoken

(aor.),

Rev.

"be

xxii.

Filthy."]

lifv.

"be

was spoken

xxii.

Filthy."]

pvTrapia,

1.

burst,

1.

2.

tear, 2.

daxli. 1.

break,

1.

issue, 3.

56.

pijTwp,

),(.
toss,

1.

shake,

13.

2.

1.

1.

1.

sardius,

3.

shake,
quake,

1.

moon,

9.

1.

7;^/,
be lunatic,

/',

1.

2.

2.

1.

eabliatli day, 31,

1.

carnal,

net,

1.

tlu

7.

1.

1.

jWsh,

signify, 6.

2.

camallv,

sweep,

9.

sabbath,

honesty,

gravity, 2.

flesh, U7.
Oiiiidi*,
fleshly, 1.

(Jen. (a adj.)

1.

3.

1.

<,

1.

sftblmth, le.

week,

1.

venerable, 1.

grave,

of

or mid.)

2.

2.

lueping of a sahbalh,

1.

twiukliug,

fine flour, 1.

rest, 1.

Ifi.

tempest, 1.
earthquake,

passive,

carnal things,

Sabaoth,
sabooth,

bo rooted,

2 Pet.

"Chain."]

move,

Rirdine,

fleshy,

1.

cxiirc'ssly, 1.

Root,

1.

[for

see

1.

1.

,
,

honest.

prjyvvy.i.

Kulnchthaui,

root,

6.

2.

carul^I, 7.

thin>f, 3.

,
,

1.

fleshly, 2.

'], sre
orator,

chain,

7.

sardonyx,

tmpcr.,
farewell, 2.

saj-iujr, 9.
thiihj, 1.

devout,

1.

8$,

1.

})(!*.

word,

to worshii),

rehgious,

1.

basket,

(adj.)

devout person,

2.

5,

1.

sign, 51.

token,

1.

,
wonder,

3.

1.

(2)ass.)

1.

gapi)liire, 1.

filthy, 2.

wrinkle,

jiii.viii'e,

he

,
, ,
,
,
,
, ?, ,
,
,
, , /,
be

break forth,

to

],

filth, 1,

rend,

sandal,

1.

Augustus's,

1.

10.

corrupt,
bad, 1.

of,

1.

to worship,

1.

trumpeter,

board,

filthincss, 1.

1.

ruin,

1.

1.

,
',
,
,
sound,

2,

god thatone worshippelh,

a trumpet soundeth,

i.

of, 2.

tiiat

unto thyself,

that is worshipped,
devotion, 1.

sounded,

vile, 1.

he

1.

sound a trumpet,
cause a trumiiet

1.

[joy

command,

^,

1.

1.

, ,
,

make,

thy,

trump, 2.
trumpet, 9.

street, 3.
lane, 1.

11, sec

,
,

self, 2.

thou thyself,
thee,

ffaAc'VOfX<fa,

'9,
waves,

etc.

own

thine

be..., 1.

"Twinkling."]

11, see

1.

which
those
thintis
cannot be shaken, 1.

iJor

say, 9.

/',

7.

1.

see

thyself, 3.X

sword,

,
,
,
,,
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,,
,
,
,

(>,

1.

great noise,

I.

stir up,

with

to flow,

1.

those things that arc

shaken, 1.

be delivered,

1.

10.

move,

Deliverer,

chariot,

1.

1.

he going out, 1.

4.

shake totjethor,

deliver, 13.

3.

paseive,

go out,

lie (ioirti, 1.

Ifor

strike with the palm of

one's haiul, 1.
...a

2.

1.

be scattered abroad,

rod,

...a

down,

yassive,

smite with the palm

of oiic'h hand, 1.

(luench, 7.

2.

985

1.

sackcloth,

1.

out,

,
,
move,

1.

,
,,,
ca.<st

sprinklln)^, 2.

AKD ENOLIsn.

ngn,

3.

2.

miracle, 22.

uu>:u4uro, 2.

see aeavrov.

nofo,

1.

signify, I.

(iltid.)

ii.

4,

,
^,

,,
9S6

.(

this day, 1.

stumbling block,

,
,

scandal, 2.
offence, 9.

3.

mark,

cheek,

,
raiment,

hold oue's peace,

keep
keep

7;5,

stuff,

2.

^;,

aiorjpos,

, ,
,
,
1.

,
i3

-,

a murderer,

strong drink,

1.

of tabernacles,

',

1.

,
,

tabernacle,

uiustard seed,

5.

tabernacle,

2.

shadow,

sift, 1.

leap,

see

fatted, 3.

Acts

"

vii. 13,

Com."!

(neut.)

wheat,

com,

1.

12.

2.

self, 1.

impers,,
l)eaie,

1.

emerald,

1.

jiasx.

or mid.,

emerald,

1.

haste unto,
haute,

make

crooked,

untoward,
fro ward,

1.

oi

,
,
),
cavo,

1.

5.

1.

,
to spot,

1.

defile, 1.

thine,

thy goods,

3.
1.

spot, 2.

friends,

1.

1.

den,

thyTO ,

haste,

^,

thy or thine, 18.

thine own, 3.

2.

1.

with haste,

2.

1.

1.

haste,

spot,

is

1.

',

TO

1.

base/elluui, 1.

bier, 1.
coffm, I.

that

1.

seed, 43.
issue, 1.

1.

3.

2.

otfert^d,

babbler,

sec

4.

1.

(inid.)

3.

7], ,
harden,

,
,

be ready to be offered,!.

, .

1.

4.

7),
be

mingle with myrrh,

stitF-uecked,

receive seed,

j>ourcd J'orih,

5.

liold one's peace, 9.

1.

worm,

myrrh,

be hardened,

dumb,

1.

1.

1.

1.

executioner, 1.
one of his guard,

$,

2.

hardness,

fatling, 1.

j)ortiou of meat,

hanl,

men,

passive,

eaten of worms,

iierco, 1.

6.

of

, ,,

7.

1.

to sow, 43.
sower, 6.

1.

spoil, 1.

3.

,
,
,
, ,
\_ior
SCO

hand

1.

(^^.)

hardness of heart,

,
hand,

(j:;ss.)

middle,
trouble one's

1.

leup for joy,

1.

1.]

live delicatelij, 1.

to trouble, 2.

liuen cloth, 3.

(^mid.)

out,

live in pleasure,

32.

,
^,
,
.
,,, , 8,
,
,
?,
,
linen,

,
,

8.

1.

dwell, 5.

fine linen, 1.

of a sad countenance,
sad, 1.

1.

tent-maker,

apron,

dung,

1.

3.

in swaddling
clothes, 2.

draw

darkness,

full of

tabernacle, 19.
habitation, 1.

5,
irou,

3.

wrap

draw,

darkness,

1.

goods,

to tear,
rend, 1.

,
^,

j,i\ural,

of irou, 4.
irou, 1 (ciiij-)

wise man,

1.

1.

darken,

sail, 1.

1.

wise, 19.

1.

darkness, 14.
dark, 2.

vessel, 19.

sileuce, 2.

1.

full of darkness, 2,

tackling, 1.

0-1777,

that

,
,
,
,
dark,

(/.)

1.

4.

secret, 1.
close, 1.

wise,

tniddlc,

scori)iou, 5.

keoi> sileuce, 3.

.51.

,
,
, ,

leg, 3.

2.

1.

devise cunningly,

disperse abroad,

5,

1.

make

1.

scatter abroad,

boat, 3.

strengDheu,

wisdom,

1.

1.

scatter, 3.

dig, 3.

1.

1.

2.

consider,

3.

occasion to fall, 1.
thing that offendeth,

/?,

-,

,
,
mark,

see

handkerchief,
napkin, 3.

look at, 1
look on, 1.
take heed,

{lieut.^

ruoth-eateu,

1.

7',

1.

silk, 1.

moth,

thorn,

occasion of stumbling,

to corrupt,

,
,

AND ENGLISH.

/',

offend, 28.
cause to offend, 2.
make to offend, 2.

to-day, 18.
this day, 22.

GEEEK

2.

1.

bowels,

7.

bowels of compaeeioL,

1.

1.

inward

affection,

tender,

1.

,
,

with com-

be moved
passion,

5.

liavo compassion, 7.

sponge,

seed,

3.

garland,

,
?,

1,
2.

diligence, 1;
3.

2.

with

1.

carefulness,

5.

;,

(7;,

[/oi"

XV.

7, SCO

made

5,

uproar,

1.

bo stumliug,

I>iei'e

of

men

money,

,
8(a(i', 1.

<9,

cross, 28.

crucify, 16.

1.

Toi

Mk.

crowu,

,
/,

1.

(Dot.),

1.

to thee, 11.
vmto thee, 59.
for thee, 21.
thee, 103.
thy, 4.
thine, 2.

1.

1.

2.

<;,

set steadfastly,
flj, 1.

eetnhlish, 3.
stahlish, 6.

Btreugthen,

2.

1.

'

wrest,

1.

,
,

at fhy house,

1.

kiudre!, 3.

soldier,

captaiu of the giuu'd,

1.

2.

at,

',

7;^/,
army,

(Ace),

1.

1.

4.

thee ...thou,
thou, 1(1.

2.

chooso.,.to bo

],

13.

thee, 176.

'),

steudfHtncs8,

own,

thou.

have tliou nothing to

do with, 1.

5.

2.

soldier,

fast,

tliine

/'

5.

,
,
,
host,

-1.

1.

whereof thou speakest,

1.

18.

^,

'

5.

magistrate,

4.

that thou doest,

rider, 1.

Btond

1.

thou,

G.

soldier,

7.

thee, 74.

2.

captain,

to stand,

1.

(Gen.),
of thee, 2.
thy or thine, 407.

thine own,

go a warfare,
war,

1.

1.

thou, 178.
1.

{mid.^

1.

1.

1.

I.

strong,

1.

pillar, 4.

of war,
soldiers, 1.

breast, 5.

disseuii:>n, 3.
H"i(/i

army,

to crown,

iuHiurrection, 1.
sedition, 3.

lower,

1.

72.

warfare,

steadf.istnoss,

" Tlmt had

insurrcctiou

with."]

,
he sad,

1.

1.

strong, 2.

beJ,

'^,

2.

stead)/, 1.

<7(,

make thy
hateful,

stomach,

receive strength,

1.

4.

1.

JMSxil'C,

1.

sparrow,

irith

,
, ,
,
,
,
', ,
make

1.

1.

. ' .,

establish,

5,

;,
*

5.

delicacy,

strew, 2.
spread, 2.
furnish, 2.

face to face, 2.
mou(?i to inotith,

straiten, 2.
distress, 1.

steadfast,
sure, 1.

?,
pot,

robe,

2.

7;05,

mouth,

1.

2.

,
, ,
,
anguish,

1.

diligence, 5.
hufiiiess, 1.
earnest care, 1.
care, I.

/,

4.

dcHciously,

*.

/,

distress, 3.

2.

forwardness,

walk,

edge,

^,

nice,

;^,
element,

1.

,-

1.

long robe, 1.
long garment,
long clothing,

strait, 3.

CuiiijJiiraf ie,

furlong,

,
,
live

^,

grief, 1.

the more carefully,

very diligently, 1.

hasket,

4.

walk orderly,

grudge, 1.
groan or grieve, 1.

diligently, 1.
instantly, I.

haste,

porch,

;^,

2.

to sigh, 1.
groan, :i.

lahour, 1.
study, 1.

diligent,

1.

element, 1.
principle, 1.

1.

groaning,

diliiieuce, 2.

1.

shine,

rudiment,

1.

he forward,
he dihiieut,

forward,

,
',
irii/i

rudiiautit, 2.

4.

endeavour,

self, 1.

2.

8.

be converted,

branch,

1.

3.

turn airain, 1.
turn Invsk ngnin, 1.
turu one about, 1.

I.

l.

withdraw one's

^,
^vo

turn,

,
, ,
,
-.,
avoid,

to turn,

midttlo,

1.

1.

987

turn one's self,

turn one, 1.

moment,

viid. or pass.,

1.

seed so^'l,

do

1.

xi.

" Branch."]

,
,

3.

UKirk,

barren,

{neut.pl.^

fields, 2.

seed,

/,
8, CO

hear, 1.
can forbear, 2.

1.

com,

ear,

<;,
(, Mark

Ifor

ear of corn,

suifer,

3.

,
corn

,
,

AlTD ENGLISH.

3.

roof, 3.

,
,
ashes,

,
,
grapes,

lioaol, 2.

GREEK

kiu,

1.

kinsman,

1.

cousin,

7.

2.

jilur.il,

kinsfolk. 1.
kinsfolks, 1.

[/or

36,

\)^, Luke U
M Cousin."]

,
,
,
,
,, , ,
,
,
,
-, , ,
^, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,, , ,
,

).

988

],

pennission,

...with,

sit

with,

catch, 1.
take, 8.
conceive, 5.
middle,
help, 2.

6.

1.

2.

confuse,

make

rejoice with,
rejoice in, 1.

1.

GREEK AND ENGLISH.

sit together, 1.

be set down together, 1.

afBic-

conformed

gather,

be in an uproar,

with,

1.

.,

5.

make conformable un-

- ,

to, 1.

loith

1.

season with,

see

1.

1.

1.

have dealings with,

passive,

to, 1.

fashioned like imto,

gather together,
gather up, 2.

1.

tious, 1.

sufifer affliction

Phil,

sec " Make

10,
conformable unto."]

iii.

1,

confound, 2.
trouble in mind,
stir up, 1.
passive,

be partaker of

[/oi

grieve,

compassion of, 1.
touched with the

h:ive

1.

be

feeling of,

1.

1.

(^J?.)

call together, 2.
iniddle,
call together, 6.

confusion,

having compassion one

1.'

happen,

of auothei,

6.

1.

befal, 1.

to cover,

live with, 3.

SO

1.

bow down,

1.

agreement,

with

consent

question with, 2.
question one with an-

other, 1.
question, 2.
inquire, 1.
dispute with, 1.
dispute, 1.
reason together,
reason, 1.

1.

to, 1.

',
number

with,

,
,

1.

passive,

be mixed with,

disputer,

,
,
stir up, 1.

conclude,

.s/iiit

up

shut

2.

1.

,
,
,

communicate with,

take with one,

1.

instruct,

1.

,
suffer with,

1.

1.

send with,

1,

to counsel, 1.
give counsel, 1.
middle,
take counsel together,

1.

drink with,

1.

1.

1.

see

1.

council, 2.
counsel, 5.
consultation,

2.

2.

to embrace,

1.

take counsel,
consult, 1.

1.

,^^,

1.

fill.

L\iko
" to Fall."]

vi. 49,

1.

passive,

sycamore

1.
1,

tree, 1.

fig, 4.

counsellor,

tion, 1.

toith

,,

vith,

1.

1.

choke, 4.
throng, 1.

1.

boar witness with, 1.

bear witness also, 1.

ii'itness

to

come,

1.

fellow disciple,

accuse falsely, 1.
take by false accusa-

2.

compare with, 2.
compare among,

4.

continue with,

2.

be fully come,

to one's burial, 1.

fellow-citizen,

1.

1.

l)car witness, 1.
I iddic,

go with,
resort,

testify unto, 1.

3.

1.

8i)oiI, 1.

{mid.)

rob,

1.

be bowed together,

1.

be herepreseut with,

fig-tree, 16.

p:irtaker, 1.

chance,

1.

\_for

have fellowship with,

bo x)artaker of, 1.

carry

with

passive,

sycamine tree,

joint heir, 1.
fellow heir, 1.

,
,
,

1.

knit together, 1.
gather assuredly,
prove, 1.

2.

1.

companion, 1.
nith
partake with,

be comforted together,

middle,
help, 1.

reign with,

quicken together with,

together, 1.

heir with, 1.
heir together,

passive,

1.

1.

1.

1.

yoke fellow,

ui), 1.

inclose,

1.

encounter,

be compacted,

1.

...united..., 1.

1.

1.

,
,
,
,
-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
/,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, , ,
reasoning,

1.

stand with,

meet with,

make,

disijutation, 1.
disxniting, 1.

temper together,

come together,

1.

1.

ponder,

1.

^5,

was,

?,

confer,

join together, 2.

go down with,

it

]iii,rtakcr

talk with, 3.

1.

commune with,
confer with, 1.
all

bo partaker with,

1.

speak nraong,

1.

1.

liartakcr,

with,

1.

1.

1.

1.

,8
.
also an elder,

1.

follow together,

by companies,

1.

-,

,
,
,
, ,
,, ,
,
,
,
, , ,
assembly,

briiitr tofjretlicr, 1.

congregation,

2.

synagogue,

be iiood,

53.

send with,

TO

^,

strive together for,

1.

.,

labour with,

frame

1.

fitly

catch,

take,

reckon,
with
reckon,

Prolit."]

couutrymau,

,
,

1.

1.

1.

'^,

1.

follow,

,
,
,
,
, ,

be assembled together

2.

with,

uiusic,

vii.

see

20,

one again."]

tcitli

with consent,

3ome

with,

u',;

one accord,

1.

company

1.

OTJV,

who was

with, 1.
which was with, 1.

with,

1.

keep company,

1.

")
they that
are
thoy which
with,
or that which )
12.
.-

befol.

1.

gather, 15.
bestow, 2.
take in, 3.
puss, or mid.,
be gathered together,
12.

bo gathered,

l.

1.

gather.. .selves togeth-

be assembled together,

,
,
consent unto,
allow,

be ware

assembled, 3.
assemble togotlior, 1.
cu4seinblc themselves,
together,
1.

G.

feast with,

of, 1.

consider,!.

,
,
know

rise

by, 1.

be privy

be with,

1.

1.

in, 1.

to, 1.

keep

in, 1.

that holdeth,
1.

1.

passive,

1.

be straitened,
.

1.

patJK'il, 1.

be in u stniit, 1.
be taken with, 3.

go into with, 1.
go in with, 1.

companion

lie

in travel,

to travel with,

1.

to meet,

zoith ct5,

sick of,

I.

1.

elected together with,

),

lend away with, 1.

carry away with, 1.

condesconil to,

1.

die with,

2.

be dead with,

I.

I.

^(,

//,
custom,

2.

,
,
,
,
,
,
, ,
cis

tvi/Ji

middle,
to help, 2.

vyjboa,
delight in,

1.

e{|ual, 1.

ilpijvijv,

set at one again,

C'^uul

ill

years, 1.

1.

bury with,

bear

2.

wltnc,s^^ also, 1.

break,

[jiT

xxiv.

9,

sec

sent."]

accompany,

2.

Acts
A.

to throng,

1.

1.

man

throng,

be gathered together,

(iniJ.)

2.

up together,

stop, 1.
constrain,
press, 1.

2.

2.

1.

';^.

1.

be cantrittcd icith, 1.

1.

Ih

i.

consent with, 1.
be pleased, 2.

^,

1.

passive,

er, 2.

C.

5.

]<;,

8.

understanding,
knowledge, 1.

have pleasure

rise with, 2.

the things that shall

lead into,

gather together,
gather up, 1.

gather,

to meet,

5.

1.

{inid.)

be refreshod,

,
,
prudent,

up together,

cousciouce, 32.

in id.,

have company with,

witli, 103.

I.

<^,

,
,
,., ,
,
,,
pass, or

besiae,

2.

sit at the tabic with, 1.

sit down with, 1.
sit together with, 1.
sit with, 2.
sit at meat with, -1.

1.

accompany, 1.
assemble with,
go with, 4.

eat with,

council, 22.

1.

^,
to count,

resort,

1.

1.

;,

come

run together,

1.

resort, 2.

with

with,

pu.-fsife,

Acts
" Set at

{_for

1.

raise

3.

coucord,

of

1.

eat..., 1.

()\',

1.

IS.

2.

company

fellow-servant, 10.

or mid.,

with, 5.
together,

come,

3.

2.

pas.^.

atfreo together, 1.

agree,

come
come

3.

glorify together,

feUow prisoner,

(puss.)
up with, 1.

with,

1.

1.

bind with,

I.

planted together,

Bpriiis?

fellow helper, 2.
helper, 3.

^,
8$,

companion in labour,

2.

haul.
bond,

3.

1.

call together, 1.

1.

1.

fellow, 1.

fellow labourer,

labourer together with,

(mill.)

1
Cor.
[_for
vii. 35, aiici x. 33, see

;,

1.

1.

grow together,

',

work

1.

together,

1.

gather together,

couscut unto,

a;.iree

fellow worker,

join fitly together,

1.

ijrotit witliil, 1.

'

lielp with, 1.

<,

1.

2.

strive together with,

1.

be better,

work with, 3.
work together, 1.
worker together, 1.

1.

2.

impersonal,
be profitablo, 2.
be exi)edient, 5.

to

,
1.

with
in every synagogue,
]>!.,

jiiiid'cijiU,

prolit,

^,
perish with,

1.

he profitable, 1.

^,

m.id. or pass.,

1.

iymigoyiti!, 1.

intraniiUivc,

bo profitabl,
bo expeilieut,

&S9

AND ENOLISH.

TNDKX.

break,

1.

2.

1.

1.

KiDEX.

990

',

-,
consider,

be wise, 1.
undersfand,

2-1.

,-, -,
1.

tramtitive,

make,

^(,
come

^,

exceeding,

at, 1.

dissemble with,

10.

2.

commend,

1.

help together,

intransitive,

stand with,

1.

1.

,
,

conspiracy,

journey with,

',

1.

quicksands,

company,

1.

1.

hale,

1.

,
,

/,

rend,

join hard to,

be discreet,

3.

1,

TO
soberly,
eis

of the

same body,

open,
1.

5.

1.

teach to be sober,

1.

anguish,

that had made insurrection with, 1.

1.

-,
appoint,

sound mind,

1.

1.

end,

of

commendation,

^,,

soberly,

rent, 2.
division, 5.
sc}iism, 1.

2.

2.

schism,

1.

sobriety, 2.

division, 1.

crucify with,

to end,

make,

5.

small cord,
rope, 1.

4.

wind up,
short,

1.

2,

temperate, 1,
discreet,

1.

give one's self to,

empty,

cut short,

groan together,

1.

1.

1.

1.

^^,

1.

])ss. part.,

short,

sober,

1.

1.

jiass. part.,

fulfil, 1.

school,

,,
?,

1.

1.

answer

to, 1.
he in the same ranhwilh,

, ,
,
,
keep, 1.
observe,

1.

1.

or save,

preserve,

fellow-soldier,

order,

to save, 92.
preserve, 1.

make whole,

1.

2.

gather,

1.

pas.sii'C,

);,

a few words,

concourse,

do

1.

baud together,

1.

save one's self,

be whole, 2.

,,

well,

1.

1.

1.

,
,
be

1.

as should
saved, 1.

such

afflicted, 1.

misery,

be

/Hiii.

cording to, 1.
be conformed to,

-'/,

break in i)ieoos, 1.
break to shivers, 1.

6la\ightcr,

3.

l)reak, 2.

bniise,

body, 145.

or pass.,

fashion one's self

1.

1.

ac-

slave, 1.
hodi/, 1.

^vretchcd,

1.

bodily,

2.

2.

the weight of a talent,

1.

Genilivc,

bodily,

2.

'?,

, ,
,
(
, ,
,
,
run with, 1.
run together,

?.

set, 1.

heal, 3.

1.

see

',

9.

save, 1.

2.

(viid.)

to covenant,
agree, 2.
assent, 1.

run,

1.

soberness,

1.

1.

6.

finish, 1.

keej)

1.

...wise, 1.

1.

cleaue or rend,

break,

2.

,
,
, ,
,
,
, ,
,
,
,
,
distress, 1.

2.

1.

1,

to sobriety, 1.

a rent,
divide, 2.

1.

salva-

'',

be sober,

make

token,

bringeth

tion, 1.
neuter,
salvation, 4.

in one's right mind,

1.

1.

be

1.

,
,
,
,
,
that

';.

fashion, 2.

1.

might

^,
deliver,

see

be

i('ii?i.

1.

be sober minded,

almost,

3.

1.

to bear,

talk with,

health, 1.
with eii,
that they
saved, 1.

-,
,^,
^,,

,
,
^,
/, ?,
build together,

1.

seal, 16.

1.

1.

salvation, 40.

ankle-bone,

drag, 1.
to draw,

1.

saving,

that we should
saved, 1.

seal, 22.

^,
),
,
,
,
()1,'
dwell with,

;,

1.

i.

seal up, 1.
set a seal, 1.
set to one's seal,

1.

1.

saviour, 1.
Saviour, 23.

1.

travail in pain together,

consist, 1.

consist,

fostcr-liyoDicr, 1.

^,

greatly, 2.
very, 3.
sore, 1.
exceedingly,

exceedingly,

1.

commend,
approve,

stand,

A2iD ENGLISH.

,
,
,
which had been brought
up with, 1.

1.

understand,

GREEK

<:,

talent, 15.

^,

talitha,

1.

.'J.

slain beast, 1.

ircad, 1.

)!

bodily,

Kaphiav,

broken-hearted,

1.

/7)9,
1.

slay, 8.

wound,

destruction,

1.

siai/, 1.

store house, 1.
secret chamber,
closet, 2.

kill, 1.

1.

to heap,
lode,

1.

1.

/,

sec

INDEX.

709,

,
lowly,

base, 1.
cast down,
])(.,

1.

lowliness, 1.
liunibloness of mind,
humility of mind, 1.
humility, 3.

,
',

"Cour-

sec

8,

',

low estate,

self, 2.

,
l._

is

low,

IrouWt'J himseJf,

1.

<;,
cast

down

ordain,

2.

speed,

1.

ici(/i

to die,

sec
SCO

loith CIS,
to bury in, 1.

sepulchre,

^,

pcradvonture,
poruaps, 1.

1.

fill

up,

,
,

turn into ashes,

1.

art, 1.
craft, 1.

occupation,

'/,

end, 35.
ending, 1.

craftsman,

3.

builder,

to the uttermost,
continual, 1.

1.

1.

^,

, ,

receipt of custom, 3.
place whore custom vas
received,

daughter,
c?iiM,

',

1.

1.

wonder,

bring up children,

',

perffot, 15.
of full age,
pci/icf, 1.

1.

/,

/,
I.

so great, 3.
so mighty,

ho was
old,

hold

fast, 1.

l>re8orvo, 2.

reserve, 8.

full forty

1.

1.

kei>iH>r, 1.

'/,', 7/;,
of forty years,

1.

{pass.)

1.

to watch, 2.
observe, 4.
keep, f>7.

1<3.

forty, 21.

2.

3.

^',

I.

years

1.

1.

clearly,

T(\(DVLOV,

son, 21.

/,

melt,

I>ulilican, 21.

child, 77.

1.

;,

iritli iii,

child-bearing,

4.

finally, 1.

1.

{neut.^

tetrarch, 2.
be tetrarch,

4.

2.

custom,

1.

1.

tetrarch,

1.

,
1.

4.

',

1.

1.

accompUsh,

end or finish,

1.

end,

fulfil, 7.

passive,

bear children,

.S.

four-footed beast,

expire, 1.
go over, 1.

carpenter,

G.

1.

finish, 8.

pay,

1.

',

6<;.

3.

1.

perform,

little child, 9.

,
.
,
,

,
^,

four months,

8.

TKVLOV,

bull, 2.
ox, 2.

1.

four hundred,

decease,

make an

TCKfJi-qpiov,
infaUible proof,

quaternion,

/^,

be dead,

death,

1.

1.

addict, 1.
middle,
appoint, 2.

1.

1.

TeXevTij,

wall, 9.

1.

foursquare,

1.

1.

fourfold,

1.

2.

appoint, 1.
determine,

1.

bring fruit to iierfec-

,
to holl,

1.

four days ago,

1.

four thousand,

whether. ..or,

order, 1.
set, 1.

tomb,

all

finisher,

1.

stir, 2.

8.

>) )(,

7/?,

1,

with yap,
even, 1.
fav Tt...ia.v T(,
whether. ..and whether,

1.

1.

, ,
,
,
,
, ,

1.

both. 35.
whether... or,
with Se,
and, 3.
both. 1.

',

;,

,
,

days,

fourth,

performance,

with

also,

to trouble, 16.
erapafef
was troubled, 1.

icith

hath been dead four

1.

1.

perfection,

quickly,
shortly,

and, 30.

1.

troubling,
trouble, 1.

4.

tion, 1.

made

see

pcrfeclhj, 1.

and, 128.
both, 1.
then, 2.

76<,

he

l.

to the end,

1,

Genitive,

2.

fourth part,

1.

humiliation,

',
', '
see

jterfect, 12.

be perfect,

humble one's

in that

quickly, 1.
viih if,
quickly, 2.
speedily, -4.

the sooner,

6.

four, 43.

perfect, 1.

Tovi; (as adv.),

miiidii,

vile,
tv

Dative,

lightly, 1.

'?,

finish,

make

quickly, 11.

1.

5.

humble,

1.

fulfil, 2.

swift, 1.

bring low,

abase,

l)erfection,

1.

perfect,

teous."]

1.

1.

consecnitc,

1.

Pet.

iii.

perfcctness,

see

1.

'
.
,
fourteenth,

perfect,

is

;,

;^.

lowliness of mind,

.,

1.

991

, , , .,
,
,
,
, ,
,
swift, 1.
shortly,

1.

uitli art.,

of low estate,
mean things, 1.

[^for

TO

that which
1.

<;,

men

they that are perfect,

-t.

suddenly,

2.

1.

perfect, or of aripe age, 1.

oi TfA.,

2.

ha.stily, 1.

1.

low detiTcc,
humble, 2.

of

ENGLISH.

man,

quickly,
shortly,
soon, 2.

order, 10.

QEEEK 1)

keeping,
hold, 1.
jirison,

I.

1.

1.

3.

992

thing,

he,

lay, 28.

ordain,

make,

2.

some great

set. 2.

settle, 1.
1.

put, 1.

Tt

appoint, 1.
purpose, 1.
conceive, 1.

1.

bear, 1.
be born, 1.
be in travail,

Tt,

,,

be bom,

what? 253.
what is it which ? 2.
what is that ? 2.
what thing ? 3.
what manner of, 2.
which ? 17.
whether? S.

1.

1,

2.

any,

to pluck,

3.

1.

?
1.

TtS Tl,

what every man, 1.

how much every man, 1

to honour, 19.

viih
nothing,

esieejft, 1.

value,
buy, 1.

-,

2.

honour,
price,

32.

wherefore

why?
how is
how is

1.

,
),

honourable,

had

in rei>utation,
Itrccious, 11.

1.

l)unish, 2.

Kanoiyi.

TOiVui/.J

therefore,

punisli incut,

1.

,
,

therefore,
then, 1.

thini,', 1.

a, 11.

a kind of,

such,

1.

30.

certain man, 7.
a certain thing, 2.
certain, hH.

certain others,

1.

2.

some man,

2.

Hfdiiebody, 2.
sonio, 71.

something,

5.

somewhat, 6.
any man, 55.
any, 39.
anything, 24.

anything at

all, 1.

3.

1.

such thing,
TTept

wall,

?,

usury,

loft, 1.

. ',

1.

thh-d, 32.

the third day,

2.

the third time,

1.

1.

2.

1.

7.

\,

rocks,

third

1.

rough,
2.

1.

{iieut.)

1.

{)<;,

1.

1.

3.

;^;,
neck,

;)(5,

' ',

thrice, 10.

TO TptTOr,
the third part, 15.
fK

to open,

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

three thousand,

to wound,

9.

of like occupation,

,
,

space of three years,

three times,

see

,
,
wound,

such, 41.
Hvich an one, 8.
such a man, 1.
Buch a fellow, I.

3.

thrice,

TovTO,cic.,see

exchanger,

1.

,
,

,
,
.
, . ^,
3.

since that time,

meat,
bank,

Toivvv,

1.

from that time,

table, 13.

Tt,
one, 31.

2.

(neut.)
three mouths, 1.

,
,
,
,

1.

three hundred,

1.

gnash with,

1.

goat, 4.

1.

wherefore,

1.

1.

see

Toiyapow,

e/tei-

path,

plural,

so many, 4.
BO many things,

/,

'', -

9.

thistle, 1.
brier, 1.

contrariwise,

',

l_sce

the same quarters,

8.

thirty,

thii-ty-fold, 2.

1.

~6 Tore,

? 1.

TOiye,

Toi,

4/,

divers,

,
,

,/

every where,

that then was,

? 1.

it ? i.

see

costliness,

a man,

it

title, 2.

1.

see

1.

5.

license, 1.
ev

when,

? 3.

. that

how, 5.
wherewith

1.

room,

xviii. 25, sec

1.

then. Its.

Acc^isatix^.,

8.

precious, 1.
honour, 1.

1.

1.

? 4.

Luke
"Eye. "J

[_for

,
, ,
,
coast,

these many,

Dative,

whereunto

1.

1.

* TPW^,

...great..., 1.

i.

grow whereunto,

-,

,
,
rim,

1.

so great, 5.
so much, 7.
as large, 1.
so long, 2.

1.

where
what?

Tl

to run, 18.
Have course,

place, 77.

135.

9.

1.

topaz,

1.

who? whose ? or whom ?

bring forth,

one

bow,

1.

),

TO^OI',

1.

3.

to feed, 4.
nom-ish, 3.
bring up, 1.

1.

quarter,

6,

be delivered, 4.
be delivered of,

,
,

2.

broken piece,

dear,

but what,

1.

,
,

1.

1.

eav

tremble,

1.

be afraid,

presumiituous,

sharxjer,

whosoever,

,
,

Tpeis

The Three Taverns, .

/,^/,

eai' Tis,

1.

three, 67.

the more boldly,

one,

whosoever,
every man,

put, 7.
lay ui), 1.
let siuk down,

sum,

1.

',

Ti5

10.

irtiddle,

commit,

,
,

vith ov,

none, 1.
nothing, 2.
"il'iOl oMe,
nothing, 1.

set forth, 1.
give, 1.
aijpoint, 5.

, ,,

4.

boldly, 1.
dare, 11.

1.

no man,

1.

ENGLISH.

be bold,

1.

2.

his,

lay down, 12.

lay aside, 1.

bow,

1.

aught, 5.
whatsoever,

to set, 2.
put, 11.

GBEEK AND

INDEX.

',

,
,

the third time,

thirdly,

of hair,

1.

1.

trembling,
with
tremble, 1.

^,

turning,

mannci,

way, 2.
means,

1.

(ax adv.),,

(to)

1.

1.

2.

4.

7.

INDEX.
conversation,

,
,
,,
.
,
OS, 3.

even

exacnple,

1.

figure,

ov rponoVf
in like manner as,

1.

even

as,

,
,

1.

he that wae blind,

that was blind,

1.

Acts
I

18, see " Suffer

one's manners."]

1.

1.

1.

1.

,
,
, .
,
,
/,
,
,
, /,
,
path,

be a fool, 1.

be high-minded,

1.

course,

1.

(pass.)
to smoke, 1.

1.

tempestuous,

dish, 2.

1.

see

gather,

3.

turtle-dove,

<;,

1.

of jacinth,

eye,

,
,
,

of glass,

glass,

to riot, 1.
with tV,
delicately,

it
it

,
,

ti

may
may

chance,
be,

harm,

1.

1.

,,
little, 1.

epcoial,

1.

to torture,

[/orrvtrot,

wholesome,

2.

11,

,
,

whole,
sound,

1.

fashion,

1.

manner,

1.

pattern,

2.

ousample,

green,

5.

1.

WQ

vfiCiv

selves,

your own,
you,
your

1.

'

1.

1.

1.

1.

your,

2.

/^,

1.

,
,
,
to meet,

toith cZs,

1.

substance,
goods, 1.

1.

to be. 42.
after, 1.
live, 1.

have,
TO

2.

the things which eoc

poeeossoth, 2.
that one hath, 4.
substance, 1.
goods, 7.

submit one's

(<;,

self, 1.

with Gtn.,
for, las.

your sake, I.
your sokes, 8.

on one's behalf,

3.

in the behalf of,

part, 1.

on one's
1.

hus-

4.

xjirip,

1.

on your port,

an

contrary, 1.
od versa ry, 1.

(Ace),
you, 379.
your, 1.

,
',
',

hath

2.

1.

to meet,

yourselves,
1.

there, 1.

go and meet,

(Dal.),

ii'

3.

band,

' {,

for
for

water-pot,

1.

1.

on your behalf,

1.

I.

which

souls, 1.

you... ye,
ye, 41.

13.

your affairs, 1.
your state, 2.
your estate, 1

ye, 14.
TO

1.

be sound, 1.
sound, 6.
safe and sound,

/,

print, 2.
tlKure, 2.

type,

Cor. x.

"Ensample."]

form.

1.

De in health,
be whole, 1.
whole, 1.

1.

to you, 38.
unto you, 318.
for you, 13.
for yourselves, 2.
for your cause, 1.
against you, 1.
with you, 2.
of you, 1.
you, 224.
your, 4.

despiteful, 1.
injurious, 1.

be, 1.
yart., with ov,

no

of, 1.

nepX

1.

injury, 1.

may

it

7.

yourselves,

reproach,
hurt, 1.

,
',

hearken, 1.
who was

obey, 18.
be obedient to,

tcit/i

1.

1.

ask

2.

you, 171.

your own

obtain, 5.
enjoy, 1.

',

1.

yourselves,

your,

11.

Genitive,

3.

your things, 1.
on your part, 1.

ye spake

vitfi ts,

obedient,

yours, 4.
of yours,

17.

to obey, 1.
to make obedient,

your own,

2.

entreat spitefully, 2.
use dospitefuUy, 1.
entreat shamefully, 1.
reproach, 1.

1.

eat, 6.

,
,

3.

1.

-^^

(Gen.),

1.

live in pleasure,

1.

obedience,
obeying, 1.

1.

1.

of you, 32.
your, 350.

ye,

2.

ye, 242.

2.

jacinth,

eye,

1.

,
,
^

1.

ye yourselves,

2.

go, 55.
depart, 2.
vnayt,
get thee hence,
get thee, 3.

of you,

1.

go away, 3.
go one's way,

;,
matter,

hymn,

your

sing praise onto, 1.

sing praises unto, 1.

hymn,

son, 120.

icood, 1.

be proud,

?,

3.

foal, 1.

(pass.)
be lifted up with pride,

is

...psalm, 2.

child, 50.
3.

sing an

adoption of sons, 1.
adoption of children,

Son, 210.

to blind,

which
own, 1.

>,

,
,

adoption,

loitii art.,

.,
that

rain, 5.

which was blind,

blind man, 10.

some meat, 2.

\^Jor
xiii.

1.

1.

your, 7.
yours, 2.

blind, 40.

2.

rb

the uttermost of your

matter, 1.

water, 74.

be troubled,

11.
Genttii'e,

nurse,

1.

' {,

your own,
1.

1.

pass, or mid.,

meat,

993

which had the dropsy,

9.

wound,

,
,
,

AND ENGLISH.

drink water,

,
,
smite,

'2.

suffer one's manners, 1.

hear, or feed one, as a
nurse beareth orfMdeth
her child, 1.

food,

2.

1.

to beat, 3.
strike, 1.

as, 1.

with

GREEK

for one's sake,

in one's stead,

concerning,

1.

8.

2.

1.

,
,
,
,
,
^,
,
-,
,
9,
,
, 7, ,
',
,
,
, ,
,
,
994

TTrDEX.

GREEK

AITD ENGLISH.

of, 11.

toward,

1.

eiit. pi.,

by, 1.
with Acc,
over, 1.

great swelling words,

above, 12.

beyond,

more than,

than,

excellency, 1.
authority, 1.

1.

3.

sail

guilty, 1.

blow

under,

2.

softly, 1.

subject to judgment, 1.

eminent yUice,

2.

shoe, 10.

2.

1.

footstool. 9.

ass, 2.

to, 1.

as adv.,

more,

abound much more,

1.

pass.,

exalt one's self,

<;,

1.

be exalted above measure,

beyond measure,

<;, ,
2.

with

1.

vap?,

ii'i(/i T>j

be exceeding joyful,

(jnid.)

undergird,

imder,

9.

confident,

1.

to feign,

withdraw,

1.

1.

middle,

draw back,

1.

1.

, , ,
,
,
,
(\,
;
,
,
,
,, , ,
//,
,
,
,
ag-e, 1.

shun,

exalt highly,

dissimulation,
hypocrisy, 5.

1.

far above, 2,
over, 1.

^,

(,

grow exceedingly,
go beyond,

upper room, 1.
upper chamber,

receive,

1.

Rom.

[for

ix.

obedient, 2.
with
obey, 1.

3.

27,

excellency,

1.

1.

beyond measure,
out of measure,
excellent,

2.

wine -fat,

servant, 4.
minister, 5.

1.

1.

turn back, 1.
turn back again, 1.
return, 27.
return again, 4.
return back again,
come again, 1.

1,

der,

abide, 1.
tarry behind,

1.

4.

1.

put in subjection unto,

1.

subject,

1.

1.

subdue unto,

,
, -,
,
, /, , ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
^,
sleep,

wink

at, 1.

vnpKLva,

toitli

the regions beyond,

endure, 11.
take patiently,

6.

patient,

with Gen.,
by, 42.
with, 14.

from,

beyond one's

measure,

into,

1.

5.

1.

bring to remembrance,

1.

put in mind, 1.
remember, 1.

suborn,

intercession for,

obedient to, 1.
be obeilient unto, 1.
be under obedience,
be subdued unto, 1.

1.

1.

1.

remembrance,

example,

pass,

1.

participle,
hiiiher, 1.

supreme,

pattern,

cnsample, 1.
example, 4.

1.

Ijotter, 1.

pride,

proud,

patience,

to show,

1.

fiUppORO,

1.

;(/,

receive,

VTTooiiii,

4.

{mid

bind on, 1.
be shod witli, 1
have ..sb')d, 1.

be more than conquer1.

1.

1.

^),

run under,

1,

1.

3.

warn, 2.
forewarn,

5.

lay down, 1.
middle,
put in remembrance,

1.

patient continuance,
patience, 9.

^(>,

see

or,

enduring, 1.
patient waiting,

1.

1.

3.

'),

1.

subject, 1.
subject to, 5.
subject unto, 6.
in subjection to, 1.
in subjection unto,

1.

middle,

remember,

bo
be
bo
be
be

be made subject to, 1.

be made subject unto,

1.

in, 1.

1.

)^'),
make

1.

with Acc,
under, 48.

(^pnss.)

run over,

2.

put in remembrance, 2.
put in remembrance of,

of, 116.

1.

1.

mid. or pass.,
submit one's self to, 3.
submit one's self unto,

sulfer, 1.

2.

among,

stretch

-,

put under, 6.
put in subjection, 1.
put in subjection un-

1.

{iTrepetSov,

1.

1.

subjection,

1.

to leave,

officer, 11.

{Qetl.)
draw

who

1.

spread,

1.

1.

1.

minister,

uiih
exceeding, 1.
far more exceeding,

" Rem-

see

nant."]

to leave,

serve,

abundance,

back,

answer, 1.
suppose, 2.

3.

them

of

sulfer, 1.

1.

excel, 1.
pass, 1.

more

UTTOKpiTrys,
hypocrite, 20.

1.

1.

keep back,

1.

(iieut.)

1.

1.

above measure,

exceed,

think highly,

1.

1.

be exceeding abundant,

pass the flovfer of one's

substance, 1.
ground or confidence,
person, 1.
confidence, 2.

1.

1.

deem,

1.

think,

1.

pal torn,

1.

form,

virovoLa,

surmising,

1.

see

1.

1.

to boar,

1.

endure,

2.

withdraw one's

Ko aside,

1.

srlf,

INDEX.

hitfh thing, 1.

1.

height,

tidings,

1.

V?,

sow,

1.

hyssop,

manger,

bo behind,

aught to

2.

como short

meat,

of. 1.

part which lacked,

want, l._

with

cloak,

fail of, 1.

,
lack,

behind,

is

1.

ei'

3.

want,

known,

3.

(ad.),

,
,

1.
1.

last, 2.
last of all, 1.

Luke

woven,

1.

1.

which

esteemed,

is

lantern,

\(),
be hi^rh-iniuded,

pomp,

Hi)s'h.-Ht. 4.

()

iv
vi^i7T0if
in the hij^hest, 4.

,
,

heifjht, 2.
(i

on hi^h,
f

from

1.

in that he

),

up,

,
sorcerer,

1.

1.

covetous,

lover of one's

own

(,
to love, 22.

,
/,

1.

kiss, 3.

1.

4.

(fern.)

aorist,

corruptible,

friend,

1.

1.

lover of ploaauii'S,

5.

iKiif. 111.,

corruptible things,

1.

kiss,

7.

3.

1.
I

(riendebip,

to corrupt,
destroy, 1.

6,

4.

lover of Ood,

1.

,
strife,

nn'cijli,

cornipt ono'e
jiajwirc,

be cornipt,

1.

'<(,

doflle, 1.

dMfroif,

self,

1.

attain already,

1.

2.

, ,
,
,
,
attain,

1.

1 of money.

1.

say, 57.
affirm, 1.

como,

1.

sorcerer,

6.

2.

2.

1.

I.

courteously,

prevent,

1.

<:,

1.
I

exalt. 14.
lift

is

avrov,
exalted,

1.

')],

2.

1.

sorcery, 2.
witchcraft,

oil hiirh, 2.

iv

kindness,

spirit, 2.

valley,

,
,
,

1.

Vit>i ..,1.

I.

,
,
,

most hiirh, 4.
Most Hi-h, 1.

love toward man,

1.

can escape,

fame,

1.

(,

1.

away,

1.

with
love one's husband,

1.

flee
I

sigtit, 1.

//9,

1.

flee, 26.

2.

under-

loving to the brethren,

5.

>,

pas. part.,

2.

J'!., v;i(/i

stood,

love as brethren,

1.

escape,/2.

,
,

1.

/\9,,

1.

1.

rush,

',

hii;hly

1.

3.

love of the brethren, 1.

brotherly kindness, 2.

middle,

2.

manifestation,

',

move,

go on,

or mid.,

9,

1.

love of the brethren, 1.

be driven,
1.

3.

evidently,
openly, 2.

\<;,

1.

he brought in, 1.
let drive, 1.

'5,

hi^rh thinf^s, 1.
r
on hit^h, 1.

^,

1.

one's self,
appear, 12.

bifth, 8.

that

manifest forth,

show

<;,
TO

19.

2)088.

carry,

be,

be manifest,

brotherly love,

1.

be to be brought,
come, 3.

1.

manifest,
manifest, 9.

show,

lover of good men,

2.

passive,

make

27 (uj')]

xii.

.
',
,
,

1.

vial, 12.

bring forth,

declare manifestly,

'

8.

2.

lay,

',

afterwards,
at the last,

to bear,

endure,
uphold,

lead,

u'iOi eii,

afterwarfl, 7

1.

bring, 33.
reach, 1.
reach hither,

abroad, 2.
with
be spread abroad,

1.

uroiijht,

2.

<;,

'see

3.

outwardly, 1.
outward, 1.
with
appear, 1.

2.

latter,

9.

Tio ifiavtpw,

openly',

1.

I.

...things, 1.

1.

manifest,

i'

envyiug,

corruption, 7.
with ti,
to perieh, 1.
to be destroyed,

sparingly,

which do ap-

pear,

1.

want,

l>ouury,

>'<',

lacking,

is

16.

1.

things

8.
envtotuil!/, 1.

to spare,
forbear, 1.

1.

think,

envy,

light, 3.

;,

,
which
which

seem,
I

1.

,
,
8,
,
^,
,

7.

appear,

be destitute, V.
be in waait, 1.
want, 1.
sutfer need, 1.
be the worse, 1.
have the less, 1.

2.

1.

to envy,

3.

neufr,
evil thing,

pass, or mid.,
ehiue, 3.
be seen, 2.

come behind, 1.
come short of, 1.

time,

evil, I (adj.)
evil, 3 (subst.)

1.

shine,

fall from, 1.
passive,

,
%,
sound,

9,

cat, 1.

3.

;,

I.

<;,

stall, 1.

eatini;, 1.

fruit withereth,

1.

;,

iiijtnitil',

lack, 3.

whose

1.

affirm, 1.
say, 2.
profess, 1.

eat. 2.

2.

&9,

5,

\}/.,

keep under,
weary, 1.

995

AJSD KNGLISH.

1,

self, 1.

I.

1.

contoutioua,

1.

996

GREEK

INDEX.

hospitality,

palm-tree,

1.

,
,
,
,
,

to entertain strangers,

l)alm,

be of one mind, 1.
be like-minded, 2.

1.

Uii/l TO

1.

puff up,

1-,

be of one mind,

$<;,

AND ENGLISH.

pass.

1.

hnper.

pres.

pass.,

1.

mid.,

0)

be puffed up.

,
,
,
,
, ,,,
, ,
, ,,,
, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
',
',
', , ,
,
, ,, ^,
,
,
, , ,
,
^/, ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
, ,
,
,
, ,
,
,
lover of hospitality^
given to hospitality,

use hosisitality,

1.
1

1.

with

murderer,

care,

do murder,

be, 1.

nature, 10,

1.

with

mind, 2.
to be minded,

minding,

murder,

natural,

2,

2.

2.

8.

swelling,

slaughter,

6.

kind, 1.
nature, 1.

1.

kill, 10.

1.

?,

miud

infinitive,

<,

love to have the pre-

eminence,

Toi/To,

let this

7.

1.

1.

friend, 29.

philosophy,

prudence,

philosopher,

9,

1.

plant,

to plant,

wise, 13.

wise man,

to lade,

1.

hole,

1.

be careful,

to crow, 12.

5.

keep,

strive, 1.

cry, 5.

3.

keep with a garrison,

1.

lading,

courteous,

to rage,

scourge,

1.

call for, 2.

sound,

stick,

to scourge,

'

1.

hedge round about,

on

1.

watch, 6.
ward, 1.
imprisonment,

2.

light, 63.

Light,

2.

4.

fire, 2.

fire, 2.

$,

imprison,

flame,

be noised abroad,
voice be made, 1.

prison, 35.
hold, I.
cage, 1.

2.

declare,

set

1.

with

pnssiDH,

be speechless, 1.
hold cue's peace,
be still, 1.

-,

1.

with

2.

partition,

2.

stop

Genitive,

flaming,

1.

light, 2.

to stop, 2.
with eU,

6.

of, 1.

phylactery,

^,

1.

well. 2

prate against,

1.

keeper,

1.

day-star,

3.

deceive,

keep, 21.
observe,

1.

1.

fear,

deceiver,

reverence,

,
,

understanding,

1.

fearful, 1.
terrible, 1.
neuter,

fearful thing,

fearful sight,

fear, 41.
reverence,

terror,

keep,

1.

.'!.

with \>,
to fear, 1.

tremble,

2.

tribe,

1.

understand,

think,
'..

1.

i(ii

TO

lump,

1.

1.

be of the same mind,

2.

enlifrhten,

2.

illuminate, 1.
bring to light,

1.

make

see,

light,

1.

1.

.,

to give light, 1.

rejoice, 42.
joy, .5.
joyfully, 1.
be glad, 14.

3.

naturally,

2.

5.

natural,

be careful,
II

,
,
,
leaf, 6.

3.

savour, 2.
regard, i.
set one's affection on,
...wind,..,

6.

'',

2.

be minded,
mind, 4.

1.

2.5.

kindred,

1.

self,

2.

2.

1.

lighten,

beware, 2.
be ware of,
observe, 1.

(pi)

6.3.

light,

keep one's

1.

i.

Rive light,

save, 1.
middle,

mid. oiiii jiass.,

be afraid, 2.5.
be afraid of, 4.

1.

full of li.ght, 1.

pit, 5.

bright,

tattler, 1.

i<

with one voice cried

all

out,

hedge,

iyeuero

2.

flight, 2.

to muzzle, 2.
put to silence,

8.

voice, 127.
voices, 3.
uoLse, 1.

1.

1.

1.

call,.23.

1.

1.

1.

courteously,

2.

1.

1.

burden,

1.

3.

1.

passive,

heavy laden,

love one's children,

endeavour,

11.

1.

spring up,

wisely,

1.

(,

labour,

1.

tribute, 5.

//,
study,

1.

i.

3.

bear, 3.

kindly ali'ectioned,

v-ith

wisdom,

to wear,

1.

imjierative,
1.

ha.il

2.

1.

INDEX.
all hail

1.

infinitive,

,
^,

grcotiup, 1.
eend greeting,
God speed, 2.

a worse thing,

thankworthy,

widow,

Gocl be thanked,

perilous,

(),

Ace.
for... sake,

1.

fierce, 1.

^',
to bridle,

because

1.

,
1.

bit. 1.

bridle,

?,

1.

^/09,

,
,

of brass,

1.

coppersmith,

^^,

1.

make

,
^,
chalcedony,

,
robe,

,
,
shore,

to the ground,

1.

on the ground,

1.

Genitive,

,
joyfully,

mark,

hand,

graven,

express image,

trench,

,
some

hand,

1.

give freely,

,
,
grant,

hands, 1.

1.

the thinca

that

freely given,

grace, 129.

thanlcigivin], 1,

favour, 6.
pleasure,

2.

1.

,,

with art.,
that is made

1.

delivor, 2.
forgive frankly,
forgive, 11.

arc

CllOOBO,

1.

ordain,

1.

',
worse,
sorer,

7.

1.

TO xtipov,

worse,

1.

-,

use, 2.

14.

be kind,

1.

dust,

1.

good words,

pood,

1.

1.

Kind, 2.
gracious,
easy, 1.

2.

1.

lUMiior,

to minister,

with

givo,

1.

1.

goodness,

1.

goodness,
irood,

to

J.

1 (.tub.it.),

kindness, 4.
geutlonese, 1.

fi-od, 1.
fill, 13.

patisfy,

1.

roinjmratiro,
better, 1.

dancing,

1.

anointing, 2

suateuaucc,

1.

from)

1.

(lieut.)

,
,
,
, ,
,
9,

4.

God,

of

profit, 1.

1.

be angry,

1.

(or

^,

gall. 1.

1.

made with hands,

made by hands, 1.

1.

give, 6.

the

1.

handwriting,

1.

2.

(pi.)

lead by

to

swine,

be warned of
God, 4.

answer

3.

measure,

lead by the hand,

1.

,,
',
,
,

they that are earthy,

178.

1.

passive,

oi

8.

Dative,

speak,

hundred threescore
and six, 1.

xp.

1.

call. 2.

1.

six

4.

3.

,
,
,
^,
,
reveal,

green thing,

xii

I.

1.

money,

2.

earthy,

of, 3.

plural,
riches, 3.

neuier,

(pass.)

1.

winter,

1.

2.

^
money,

I.

pale, 1.

,
, ,
,
,

Dative,
greatly, 1.

2.

see

XPW^,

,.,

tempest, 1.
foul weather,

1.

2.

green,

1.

7?^,

2.

lukewarm,

1.

brook,

joyfulness, 1.
gladness, 3.

debtor,

?,

1.

pest,

joy, 53.

cessary,

1.

to need,

bo tossed with a tem-

such things as are ne-

1.

3.

mock,

lip, 6.

2.

have need

1.

,
,

3.

1.

1.

14.
trpds TTjf xp.,

,
snow,

gulf, 1.

money,

joyous,

1.

7;9,

fine brass, 2.

lack,

plural,

1.

graciously accepted or
much graced, 1.

11.

clothes,

accepted,

paper,

business, I.
need, 25.
needful, 1.
necessity, 3.

with
to need,

garment,

pass, part.,

1.

u.se, 2.

coat, 9.

2.

1.

profitably, 1.

want,

thousand,

highly favoured,

1.

brazen vessel,

1.

gift, 15.

^9,

brass,

free gift,

1.

(impers.),

ought,

(2)1)

\apti',

wherefore,

;('09,

3.

thousands, 2.
thousand, 21.

2.

1.

use, 10.
entreat,

chief captain, 19.

high captain, 1.
captain, 2.

of, 2.

for this cause,

2.

lend,

(mid.),

yesterday,

>

1.

(Ci'XpTJMt,

1.

X^5,

gracious, 1.
with (\<o,
to thank, 3.

5.

26.

that was a widow,

Genitive,

down,

hay,

),

,
,

1.

1.

997

grass, 12.
blade, 2.

1.

XWa.

t/ianfc, I.

strike, 1.

TO

iiri

worse an d worse.

acceptable,

hail, 4.

let

gift. 1.

benefit, 1.
grace, 1.

thanks, 4.
thank, 3.

2.

AND ENGLISH.

liberality, 1.

1.

farewell,

GKEEK

uiictiou, 1.

,
,

998

INDEX.

,
5,
anoint,

put asunder,

5.

separate,

long time, 1.
of long time,

place,

1.
1.

xp.,
1.

,
1.'

iv

the time that,

with

',

north-west,

1.

,
,
1.

1.

ocroi' xpot'oi',

1.

3.

sing,

,
,
,

^,

spend the time,

,
of gold,

1.

3.

with a gold ring,

chrysolite,

?,

to deck,

,
body,

bear false witness,

1.

.,

that which

false witness,

is

lame,

1.

Xo'jpa,
14.

lying,

ground,

3.

can contain,
contain, 1.
have place,
Ko, 1.

come,

1.

1.

1.

1.

1.

to
to

according as,
even as, 6.

{mid.)

lie, 10.

lie to, 1.

falsely, 1.
lying, 1.

(j)l.)

3.

like as, 1.
like, 7.
even like, 1.
like untOi 3.
as, 1.

unto,

1.

1.

for, 2.

cold,

u3 it

were

(or had been)

22.

1.

as soon as,

feed,

1.

when,

41.

while,

4.

7.

after, 3.

after that,
since, 1.

1.

1.

about,

how,

sop, 4.

so,

loi-.sel, 1.

),

14.
19.

1.

so that,
that, 5.

1.

,
even

1.

as, 1.

as, 2.

,Omega,

1.

false Christs, 1.

/'),

as, 342.
as., as, 1.

1.

,
(,
when,

1.

/',
lying,

be room to receive,
can receive, 1.
receive,

1.

(2)ass.)

to rub,

1.

3.

as soon as,

Gen. (adj.),
1.

1.

1,

bestow to

2.

1.

beautiful, 2.
Beautiful, 2.

i<c,

lie, 7.

field, 2.

89.

/',

region, 5.
lands, 3.
coasts, 1.

3.

with

feed,

6.

false prophet, 11.

country,

mind,

wax

/',,

1.

1.

being a cripple,
halt,
TO

,
,

6v, see etyat.

time, 11.
high time,
season, 3.
instant, 1.
short,

cold water,

^;.

2.

1.

hour,

cold, 3.

false witness, 3.

man,

laine

egg,

1.

lies, 1.

see

1.

1.

cold, 3.

phwal,

lame, 7.
that is lame,

1.

/', ,
,
(//,
8.,
,
speaking

1.

that which is natural,

liar, 2.

2.

shoulder,

,, ,
heart,

false, 1.

1.

ti-avail, 1.

to roar,

/'^,

ill.

Genitive,

natural,
sensual,
natural,
TO

1.

false teachers,

luoiiian

travail, 1.

,
,,
,

3.

heartily,

3),

false apostles,

gold, 13.

OM,

(pi.)

1.

to travail in birth, 1.
to travail in birth of, 1.

soul, 58.

/^,

1.

touched,

life. 40.

3.

false brethren, 2.

1.

Ije

,
,
,

5.

/',

1.

chrysoprasus,

psalm,

Psalms,

9.

pain,

stone, 2.
voice, 1.

crumb,

<;,
plural.

golden, 15.

gold,

3.

sing psalms, 1.
malce melody, 1.

7.

sorrow, 2.
pain of a

2.

whisperer,

1.

travail, 1.

whispering,

^,

as long as,
with
as long as,

song,

2.

to count,

1.

spend some time there,

tarry there a space,

8,

,
,

beside, 3.

tv TTamX

liar, 10.

that might

by itself, 1.
without, 36.
sccered from,

with (K,
long time, 1.

to this place,

;,

feel after, 1.
pass, part.,

1.

1.

here... there, 1.

lie, 1.

handle,

1.

uid, 3.

for a long time,

oftentimes,

2.

Earcel of ground,

jiiiiral,

all

,,

field, 2.

possessions,

.,

in this place,
1.

\{/(,

separate, L
middle,
depart, 8.

time, 17.
while, 3.
season, 4.
epace, 1.

AND ENGLISH.

falsely so called,

2.

1.

pass, paft.,

delay, 2.
tarry, 3.

vith,

GREEK

>%

whensoever,

4.

),

Hosanna,

15.

),

1.

1.

(,

], see

,
hither. 13.
here, 41.

(.

after the

1.

6.

same mnuner,

1.

even

so,

in like

1.

manuur,

likewise, 12.

2.

).

GREEK

1)

,,

as to,
as it were
been), 3.
as, 7.
like OS,
like, 4.

,
about,

1.

ho'l

insomuch
insomuch
that,

even

OS, 2.
as. 38.
like as, 1.
1.

Mark

[/or

47, see "

Ear."J

as, 1,

.,
to profit, 7.
prevail, 2.
mid. or vas:.,
be profltea, 3.
profit, 1.

De aclvantaf?ed,

be bettered,

3.

BO then, 5.
therefore, 9.

wherefore,

17.

until infinitive,

to, 3.

1.

that... might. 1.
that... should, 2.

as, 1.

that, 25.
that, IC.

18.

as when,

(or

ENOLISH.

car, 5.

(.<;,

\,
profit, 1.
lulvuntafre,

profitable, 3.
tcith
1

to profit,

1.

1.

1.

(A)
OF

WORDS

\'AniOUS READINGS, where

in

BODY

the

of the

WORK

are

INVOLVED IN LARGER CLAUSES,

REFERRED TO

Matthew

them that curse yon, do good

Tr A i*.

Blesa

Despitefully use you and

13.

For thine

19.

is

be given you

Or

Drawcth nigh unto me with

his

11.

xix.

9.

mother

the verse

Omit

omit,

for ever

and

GL

it

Him

G=t L

w.

and the glory,

Tr

shall speak

G- L^

avhstifutc,

was now many

Tr A

^.

stadii

tlieir

mouth, i\\\aomit,

All.

svhditvtr,

(^ L
Tr

now when ho

said

h.
(it

ro/aitf'^t)

.iiihstitufc,

lie

(^

on the ground of fornication

(except, instead of not
L.)

TTopvfias)

omit,

Tr

be for fornication,

And whoso

liate

Tr** .

omit, Peter

the verse

Except

omit,

Peter saith unto

said

xviii.

G^ L

in the midst of the sea

distant from the land
Tr.

8.

26,

that

same hour what ye

omit,

5.

xvii; 21,

the powci,

in that

them

Was now

Omit

tlicni

omit, All.

51. Jesus saith unto

\\v. 24.

XV.

It shall

omit, (i-

the kingdom,

Amen

ever.
X.

to

G=:

xiii.

(Ap.)

V. 44.

vi.

THE WORK BY

IN

fvbstitutc,

cxce])t

marricth her which

is

jiut

away doth commit adultery

APPENDIX

Matthew
xix. 17.

29.
XX.

7.

IG.

22.
23.
xxi. 44.
xxiii. 14.

Why

callest

41.
xxvi.

Why

He who

good

is

One

G L

is

God

is

good

Tr A.

Or wlfeovuf,

Omit

verseG^ V"

the

Oinit the verse

Tr'.

G=i

Tr

add, nor the Son

heaven

Wherein the Son of man cometh

Prepared

That

none

tlicy

Father hath prepared

witnesses

ftilse

came

G L

07nif,

omit. All.

G~.

G-.

omit,

w.

miglit be fulfilled which was spoken

it

my

cast lots

. As

my

substitute, wliich

parted

i.

is

is

me

Tr A .
And whatsoever is right that shall ye receive omit, G- L
Tr^ .
For many be called but few chosen omit,
And to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with oinit. All.
And be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with 07nit, All.

Yet found

xxviii.

none good but one, that

couceruiiig that which
Tr A ; add, God G-v.

good? There

askest thou

60. Yea, though many

xxvii. 35.

Mark

me

thou

substitute,

xxiv, 36. After of

XXV. 13.

by the prophet, they

garments among them, and upon my A'esture did they

G L

ojnit,

they went to

tell

Tr

i^.

His disciples

omit, G-.

A .

Tr

27.

What is this? omit, G^.

What new doctrine is this

substi1 for with authority commandeth He

with authority He commandeth L Tr; a new
a new doctrine
A .
He commandeth
doctrine with authority
tute,

ii.

19.

07nit,

22.

12.

1).

their
(cis

vi.

new

into

omit,

bottles

and

tliy

in tliem

substitute,

licarts

sisters G*
(fv

And imto you that

G L Tr A M.

31.

That be upon the earth

40.

Why are ye so fearful

Why are ye fearful

Have ye yet no

And whosoever

hear

1
?

sliall

Tr^'

must be

L^

Tr'^ A.

avroU)

more be given

G--

L K;

in

G;

omit,

tliat

hear

How

is it

you

Tr

that ye have no

you

fiiith

G<--

substitute,

faitli

L Tr

substitute,

and wliat place soever

t*.

54.

GomL''

and came
and came together unto Him

33. After afoot, atid before thither, insert

omit,

Verily I say unto you, it shall be more tolerable for Sodom and
orrha in the day of judgment than for that city omit, G

them

L''.

shall not receive

shall not receive

Tr

i\ist

Tr A.

into them)

24.

11.

them they cannot

knew that He was the Christ

After known, add, because they

ill

Avitli

Oinit, K.

32. After brethren, add,

iv.

bridegroom

tlic

G-.

Rut new wine must be ]mi

put

iii.

as they have

As long

omit,

G A;

They knew Him

substitute,

the

men

G^

omit,

of that place

and outwent them

G L Tr A H.

knew Him

VARIOUS READINGS IN LONGER CLAUSES.

Mark

vii.

8.

viii.

24.

n.

As the washing of pots and cups

doo7mt,
Tr M.
Omit
I

the verse

as
ix.

38.

it

And

fire

Omit

verse G-

45.

Into the

fire

4G.

Omit

verse Cx-

the

the

49.

And

27.

For with God

xi.

3.

Why

8.

And

Tr^

all

do ye this

things are possible

substitute,

In the

name

of the Lord

Ojnit the verse

14.

Before

21.

For, neither left he

is it

of

first

why

G-.

omit,

G-

all

is

the

first

loose ye the colt

me

Tr

A* .

Tr'' .

L"'.

>>.

therefore

L.

substitute,

L"'

Tr

commandments

is

conunandmcnt of
is

not leaving behind

i^.

all

substitute,

G;

the

the
first

first is

G^
G~

of all

Tr
;

the

L**.

commandment

oviit,

And

14.

Spoken of by Daniel the prophet

all

Tr

commandment

with

omit,

'? )
(

the

first

L''

G-.

omit,

077iit,

33.

70.

omit,

omit, All.

lawful, insert, tell

w; the

first

40.

them walking

Tr'' .

2().

liv. 19.

see

t*.

strawed them in the way

30. This

for

because he followeth not us

every sacrifice shall be salted with salt

xiii.

omit,

that never shall be quenched

X.

The

A M.
G;

Tr

that never shall bo r|uonchod

Into the

44.

29.

they

Tr.

4.3.

1.

men.

substitute, I see

followcth not us

lie

like things

Tr'' A'' N.

as trees walking
were trees S' G~

0=:

xii.

men

sec

and many other such

the aoiuo7nit, V'

S.

Tr'' .
omit,

Tr A

L''

G- Tr n.
And another said, Is it
And when lie returned He found them asleep again substitute, and again
omit, again
G^ Tr.
He came and found them asleep L Tr A
A .
And thy speech agi-eeth thereto omit, G^ L
omit,

verse G^.

XV. 28.

Omit

the

xvi. 9-20.

Omit

all these

Tr''

verses G^.

A .
Tr'' A''

* and

(The Vatican, MS. cent,

iv.)

by Justin Martyr (A.D. 140), Clement of Alexandria

(A.D. 194), or by Origen the critic of his time (A.D. 230).
Spoken
of as wanting by Victor of Antioch (A.D. 401), Sevenis of Antioch
(A.D. 513), Kusebius (A.D. 318), and Jerome (A.D. 392). Its absence
in all the more accurate copies asserted by Kusebius and Gregory
Nysscn (A.D. 371), nor is it reckoned in "the sections" of .Vmmonius

They

are not cited

(A.D. 220), or Kusebius.

The

verses are retained

extant, including

and

(,

by

G L

and

in

most of the ancient MSS. now

(the Alexantlrian, cent,

v.),

(Ki)hra?mi, cent,

v.),

or Cantabrigiensis, cent, vi.)

They are also cited as
(/euuiiie by Ircnrcus (.V.D.
107), llippolytus (A.D. 220), Cyril of
Jerusalem (A.D. 350), Ambrose (A.D. 374), Augustine (A.D. 396),
and Nestorius (A.D. 428.)

APPENDIX

Mark

Modem

It is retained by Simon, Mill,

critics are likewise divided
Bengel, Matthsei, StoiT, Eichom, Kuinoel, Gueriche, Scholz, Feilmoser,
Knapp, Vater, Rinck, Olshauseii, Ebrard, De Wette, Bloomfield,
:

Scrivener, Stuart, and others.

I.

D. Michaelis and

Tregelles thinks

it

Hug

regard

canonical

(i.e.

as a later addition

it

by Mark

himself.

but not written by Mark.

inspired),

omitted also by Rosenmiiller, Bertholdt, Gratz, Schott, Schulz,

Credner, Wiescler, Neudccker, Theile, Reuss, Meyer,

It is

Fritzschc,

Davidson, Green, Norton, and others.

xvi. 14.
1 8.

Luke

He

Afte7^

dead

Avas risen, add, ft'om the

Between take up and serpents,

i7isert also,

L.
in their

hands

Tr.

i.

ii.

28. Blessed art

it G- L

of
iii.

iv.

thou among women

omit,

and his mother knew not of

43. Joseph

Tr

unto repentance

5.

But by every word of God omit,

Into an high mountain omit, L^

8.

Get thee behind

me

Satan

18.

Tr

As the other

After great, add, in the heavens

45.

Evil treasure of his heart

48.

For

vii.

31.

And

the Lord said

viii.

42.

But

as

omit, G^^

Tr

A
A .

t*.

w.

substitute,

because

omit, All.

-)

Tr

L^
L''

G=:

it

was well

it

came

omit, treasure of his heart

was founded upon a rock

Tr A t*.

(iv 8t

L.

suhstitide,

and

10.

Into a desert place belonging to the city

And

54.

Even

55.

And

omit,

substitute, to

a city

G^

G-.

G^ L.
Elias did o?mV, G-

as

A'' .

spirit

ye are of

omit, G:t

N.

For the son of

man

not come
Tr A^ .

is

After on us, add, to our feet

Unto you

omit,

G L

22. Before all things, insert,

LT

Tr

ye know not what manner of

themomit, G L
1.

to pass as

omit,

said,

Tr

A w.

built

take up his cross

Daily

56.

Tr

L^

Tr
23.

knew not

A .
A K.

54.

51.

X.

w.

the parents

L^

it

He went

yevero kv
L A.
He departed
Tr^' .
And Jesus said, who touched me omit, GL Tr A.
After go in, culd, with Him
Tr A .
Put them all out and omit, G- L

45.

ix.

Tr

To heal the broken-hearted owirV,

10.

Tr^

omit, G=:

35.

vi.

Tr''

substitute,

16. Afier baptize you, add,

4.

G-

it

A.

to destroy men's lives,

Tr A

but to save

H.

Tr A.
and turning to His

disciples

He said S' AV"

VARIOUS READINGS IN LONGER CLAUSES.

Luke:
xi.

2.

Our Father which

Thy
As
4.

heaveu no

o7nit,

Said

Tr
54.

That they might accuse

They grow, they

xvii. 24.

3G.
xix. 45.

XX. 23.

day

his

Omit

t/ie

omit,

G L

verseS^

Tr

out

from thence

A .

Tr^

they spin not, they

substitute,

H.

them that bought

Tr

To His

to wife,

w.
it

<; )

aud he died

disciples (rots

Tr

omit, G=:

me omit, G^T

Took her

Him

(to

and He

Tr

omit, (i^

childless

substitute, to

said

L'' .

n.

{-

them

avTOVs)

A.

the Lord said

Omit

tJie

64. Struck

For

went

L**.

G-.

45.

15.

Tr

L"^

G^

omit,

30.

43, 44.

they spin not

After a penny, add, and they showed

And

at feasts

substitute,

24.

xxii. 31.

omit, L.

tempt ye

A.

Therein, aud

Why

Him

toil not,

Neither thy kiusiucu

Ill

omit,

unto them

27,

xiv. 12.

Tr

weave not

xxiii.

and the chief couches

things

G L Tr A.
G Tr A s.

aud Pharisees, hypocrites

these

Father

substitute,

Tr A.

deliver us from evil

44. Scribes

xii.

omit,

43. After markets, mid,

53.

heaveu

iii

ojnit,

iu earth

ill

But

art

be done

will

verses

Him

omit,

on the

face,

and

him

sent you to

A.

Tr''

"* Vatican and Alexandrian

L''

omit,

substitute,

Tr A

V'

MSS.

t<.

he sent him to us

for

G^

and

Vatican MS.

xxiv.

verse G^ V>

17.

Omit

34.

And

38.

Written owiiV,

I.

12.

the

Tr"'

Uitiii,

And

them

Omit

certain others with

the

verse V>

Omit

42.
51.

And
And

52.

Worshipping

the

verse

of an

07nii,

up

into

Tr

omit,

Praising and

07nit,

omit, T.

i.e.

otnit,

heaven

And

G- L

omit,

V'

Tr A

N.

Tr

A''.

.
omit,

Tr'\

Him

blessing

omit,

peace be unto you

honeycomb

carried

and Hebrew

Tr'.

And saith unto them,

not L''.

40.

53.

In letters of Greek, and

Laid by themselves
36.

Tr.

Jesus said, Father, forgive them, for they know udt what they do
omit, V> H-* and Vatican MS.

Tr^

G-

G- L
omit,

Tr** .

G-

K.

T.

t*.

corrected by an aucicnt Copyist.

add,

am

In-,

fear

APPENDIX
John
i.

27.

He

-who coming after me,

it is

comes

after

me G

36. Afte?' God, add,

iii.

13.

Which

15.

Xot

31, 32.

above

Is

V.

3.

Waiting

4.

Omit

10,

22.

vii.

all

heaven

oinit,

G-

but

omit, G=: L^'

and

omit,

G^

And
To

for the

the verse

moving

G^'^

sought to slay

Him

Which

The Christ the Son

I will

Like this

53 to

viii,

man

11.

MSS.

Tr

b*.

him omit
G^^ Tr A w.

shall give

omit,

Tr

L''

07)iit,

of

V'.

G^ L

Tr

His (Jesu's ) disciples were entered

Tr

substitute,

All.

G- L Tr''.
Tr A
2)assage, G^ L
thus

substitute,

the holy One of

Also omitted by
C (Ephraimi,
L (Regius, cent, ix.), X (Monacenses,
(Sangallensis, cent, ix.), and by more than fifty cursives.
the whole

(Vatican, cent,

(Alexandrian, cent, v.),

(Borgiauus, cent, v.),
cent, v.),
cent. X.),

L''.

omit,

substitute,

Omit

give omit, G- L

51.

bin of the world

M.

the disciples, and the disciples

That one whereunto

one G L Tr A.

substitute,

of the water

Tr

me

preferred before

is

Tr

which taketh away the

69.
46.

L^

Shall never thirst, but the water that

14.

11.

in

is

perish,

iv.

vi.

iv.),

Also by the following/ versions, Old Latin, Peshito, and Harolean Syriac,
the good MSS. of the Alemphitic, and the Thebaic, (Jotliic, and ArAlso by the following in their commentaries, Origen and
menian.
Chrysostom (A.D. 398), Tlicodore of Mopsucstia (A.D. 407), Theophylact (A.D. 1077), Nonnus (A.D. 400) in his parajihrasc, Apollinaris
and Basil (A.D. 370), Cyril of Alexandria (A.D. 412), and Cosmas
It is not used by Tei-tullian (A.D. 200), Cyprian
(A.D. 535.)
Also by the following modern
(A.D. 248), and Juvencus (A.D. 330.)
critics it is questioned oi' omitted, Erasmus, Beza, Calvin, Grotius,
Wetstein, Lemler, Paulus, Tittmann, De AV^ette, Briickner, Knapp,
Baumgarten, Blcek, Olshausen, Hitzig,
Theile, Liicke, Tholuck,
cngstcnberg, Meyer, Porter, Davidson,
Baur, Luthardt, Ewald,
1

Scrivener, Green,

Norton, and others.

(Bezw,
It is retained by GriesV)ach and Scholtz, also in the uncials,
(Scidelii II.,
cent, vi.), F (J'orcelii, cent, x.), G (Seidelii I., cent, x.),
cent, ix.),

(Cyprius, cent,

ix.),

than three hundred cursives.

(Nanianus, cent,

Of Versions,

it

is

and
found

x.),

also

in

more

in some

copies of the old Latin, the Vulgate, Ethiopia, Jerusalem Syriac LccIt is cited of the Fathers, by Euthymus
tionary, and the Arabic.

(A.D. 1116), Init with the remark that accurate copies omit it or
It is recognised by the Latin Fathers, Ambrose,
it as doubtful.
.lerome, and Augustine, with note of its omission in some early copies.
And by others since cent. iv. It is also retained by the modern critics
MichaeliH, HeiTniMun, Stiindlin, Storr, Kuinoel,
Mill, Whitby,
Hilgenfeld, Stier, Langc, Bloomfield,
llalin, Maier, Ebrard,
llu;:,

mark

^,

Stuart, and others.

Marked

(Cunijjiauus,
(Basileenis, cent, viii.),
as doubtful by uncials
and by about sixty cursives. More than fifteen cursives
place it at the end of the gospel ; one after vii. 30, and four after
cent. X.),

VARIOUS READINGS IX LONGER CLAUSES.

John

Luke xxi. In D (BeziC, cent, vi.) it differs Avidely from the received
and other MSS. vary from this and from each other.

text

Dr. Tregellcs regards it as a true narrative, but not as a genuine part

of St. John, nor as a Divine record,

viii.

X. 13.

14.

26.

Going through the midst of them and so passed

The

hireling uccthoviit,

And am known of mine

mine know me
As

I said

unto you

omit,

{Gu

Tr

L'^

G-

/)

Tr

L*^

41, From the place where the dead was

xi.

24.

xiii.

32.
xvi. 16.
xix.

2.

16.

29.

That he should ask, who it

and says to him. Tell, who
If

God be

Because

glorified in

I (owt. iyo), I

led

Him away

they

Him

to

Tr A

>*.

mouth

to His

it

Tr A

w.

ii.

30.

According to the flesh that He wouhl raise up Christ to

All.
that He would seat

iii.

22.

For (om. G), unto the Fathers

iv.

12.

Neither

25.

Mouth

of

viii.

Thy

servant David

After together, add, in this city

Omit

6.

the verse

Tr A

s.

o7nit, (i-.

substitute,

Tr

27.

X. 6.

xiii,

37.

G:^

oinit,

there salvation in any other

is

substitute,

sit

David our Father

ix.

Tr

omit, (i- L'^

Tr A.

movith s

upon hyssop, they put

Acts

a sponge with vinegar, and put it upon hys.sop, and put

h.st it It tc, liaviug then put a sponge full of vinegar

filled

to His

it

whom He ^iipdkc substitute,

whom He speaks L Tr A.

V" Tr

came

omit,

And

omit, All.

go to the Father

L),

siibsitiute,

w.

laid

of

is it

After the word robe, add, and

And
And

L ' Tr

should be of

himomit,

oinit, All.

Ijy

w.

Holy Ghost

l)y

the moutii of

All.

All.

.Vntl he trembling and

hard for thee to kick against the pricks.
And the
astonished, said. Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do ?
Lord said unto him omit, All.

It is

He

shall tell thee

21.

Which were

32.

Who when

what thou oughtest

sent unto

to

do~omit.

him from Cornelius

he comcth shall speak unto thee

All.

omit. All.

omit, (!-

I.

'

Ir s.

20. And after that He gave unto them judges about the space of four hundred
and fifty years (G A) substitute, about the space of four binidred
Tr .
and fifty years. And after that He gave them judges G^ [.

12.

.\nd

when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue the

besought
xiv.

XV. 17.

10.
li^.

substitute,

Aftrr voice, culd,

and as they went out they besought

say unto thee in the

all

iJontilcs
All.

L.

name of the Lord Jesus Christ

God are all His works, from

Known unto
these things.
substitute,
l)eginning of the world

hneth

the

maketh things known from the

.\ s
Known from the beginning to the Lord
beginning- (!
L.
His work
b
Tr
24. Saying, ye nuist be circumcised and keep the law omit, G

34.

07Hii the verse

G- L

Tr

is

s.

APPENDIX
Acts

xvii. 18.

xviii. 3.

Because he preached to them {om. to them

Tr A^ ), Jesus and the
G-^ (and only MS. D (Bezse, cent, vi.)
resurrection
)

For by trade they were tentmakers

G- and

omit,

(Bozsc,

Jerusalem

omit,

only MS.

cent, vi.)
21.

must by

Gz;
XX. 15.
18.

25.

means keep

Tr

And tanued

at Trogyllium
said,

G>j

07iiit,

insert,

That were of Paul's company

7.

Commanding

his accusers to

That he might

More than ten days

Laid

complaints

...

G Tr .)

And when

2 'J.

him

L Tr A

Tr

Omit

the

ojnit,

Tr

G^ L

Tr

A'^ .

A''

G L

not more than eight or ten days

Tr

AIL

),

A.

had thus s])okeu

L Tr A .
Tr A''
verse G^ L

omit. All.
to the

Captain of

tlic

Guard

G<^

s.

iii.

22.

And upon

12.

It in

omit, G-:

all

1.

28.

n.

oinit, All.

In the lusts thereof

ix.

omit, G=:

come unto thee

The Centurion delivered the prisoners

vi.

viii.

to our law

omit, G=:

substittde,

07nit,

he (G

but omit,
Romans

omit, G<n=

(/ < (/ $

loose

Against Paul

xxviii. 10.

L (and only

G.N)LTTrA; omit, the scribes L.

8.

xxvi. 30.

t*.

umit, All.

And would have judged according

Tr A'' .
Omit the verse G=i L

7.

Tr

That they observe no such thing, save only

xxiv. 6.

G.

(Alexandrian, cent, v.)

Before the scribes, insert certain of

'.

in

and they were together

xxiii. 9.

2G.

comcth

this feast that

Between him and he

MS.
xxi. 8.

all

Who

omit,

walk not after the

(.'.

flesh,

but after the Spirit o?/ii7,

All.

Tr A^ (substitute for
In righteousness, because a short work omit, L
verse 28, For the Lord will perform His word upon the earth, finishing
it and cutting it short
L 'l"r A'' .)

x.

1.

xi.

G.

17.

XV. 24.

xvi.

For Israel

sabstitutc, ior

thom

All.

Put if it be of works, then is it uo more grace; otherwise work

more work omit, G L ' Tr A'^ .
honest and

Jktiveeii
1 will

come

to

you

in, insert, in
oviit,

G L

the sight of

Tr

And may with you

12.

Salute the beloved Persis which laboured

21.

(Jinit the

verse L

refreshed

Tr

A''

no

L''.

w.

32.

I)e

God and

is

otait, V>-

A''.

much

in the

Lord

omit,

V\

h.

(.'((KINTUIANS:
i.

27.

To conibuud
Avorld

vi. 20.

And

in

the wise; and (^ud hath clioseu the weak things of the

omit,

your

Spirit, whicli arc

God's

omit, All.

VARIOUS READINGS
1

Corinthians
38.

vii.

8.

viii.

10.

LOXGEU CLAUSES.

{,

Giveth her in marriage (-/^^) substitute, giveth his virgin iu

Gv L Tr A) L Tr A* M.
marriage
the better ; neither, if we oat not are we the
we eat not are we the worse ; neither, if
we eat are
the better
Tr A. Neither if we eat not are we the
better, neither if we eat are we the worse
L.

Neither,

if

worse

ix.

l.V

And

he

wo

eat are

we

substitute, neither, if

tliat

thresheth in hope, should be partaker of his hope

and he that thresheth [should thresh]

28.
XV. 51.

That the

20.

i.

1.

is

For the earth

Not

2 Corinthians

xii.

idol

sleep

all

anything, or

ia

Gz

omit,

in

him

but not

G^ L

wherefore through him too

substitute,

Lest

should be exalted above measure

me) G^
20.
1.

iii,

V> Tr

of

God

substitute,

Epuesians
9.

14.
V. 30.

Therefore

omit,

vi. 9.

By Jesus

Christ

flesh

Yom

2.

Tr

Tr.

omit, All.

God* L

Tr

A .

A.

Tr

omit, G--

A.

omit. All.

L Tr A .
G- L Tr A^ .
Tr A
and your Kec G L

omit, G-x

substitute,

both their

n.

That

ii.

of Christ

and of His bones &V,

Of His

Rule, let us

COLOSSIANS

Of our Lord Jesus Christ

16.

14.

21.

2.

God and

nit, L Tr

In Christ Jesus

Philippians

i.

G~LTTrAM.

come substitute,
come L. It is not

omit the second {after buflfot

Of God through (\\^-substitute, through

Wherewith

15.

iii.

the

A^^ .

That you should not obey the truth

V. 1.

iii.

is

Son

iv. 7.

vi.

w.

I will

ii.

omit. All.

not expedient for me

boast I must. It is no advantage, but 1 will also
.
expedient, indeed, to glory, but I will come
doubtless to glory.

It is

Galatians

All.

^Vll.

And

7.

H.

the Lord's and the fulness thereof

substitute, all sleep,

substitute,

hope of partixking

in

under the law, add, not being really under law

20. After as
X. 19.

may

it

mind the same thing

be

omit, All.

omit, All.

And

the Lord Jesus Christ omit,

Through His blood

And

L'^

Tr A.

omit, All.

of the Father, and of

omit,

Tr A.

"Through dod" combines on bohalf of our race, the whole bcfore-mcutiduod agency of
the Blessed Trinity the Father has sent the Son and the Sjiirit the Son has freed us from
the law, the Spirit has completed our sonship and thus the redeemed are heire tlirough the
Triune (Jod Himself, not through the law, nor through fleshly descent. (Windischmami,
;

(juoted

hy Alford.)

t For freedom Chriat made us

bondage be held faet.

free

stand, yo then,

and nut again with the yoke of

APPENDIX
COLOSSI.iNS

And of the Father, and of Christ omit, G A* God

L Tr the Father of Christ .
On the children of disobedience omit, L^ Tr A.

2.

ii.

which

is

Christ

G.

iii.

The Lord Jesus

17.

omit.
1

Thessaloxiaxs
i.

1.

iii.

2.

Timothy

Hebrews

substitute,

omit,

omit,

And

didst set

Him

6.

Firm imto the end

Proved

L^ A.

Tr

Thy hands

omit,

Tr^ A.

L'^

omit, A.

me substitute,

by way of

20.

trial

omit,

Or thrust throiigh with a dart

G^
G-

L
Tr

Tr

H.

*.

omit, All.

12.

Peter

2 Petei;

1.

i.

So can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh

can salt water produce sweet All.

They speak

evil of you, as of evil doevs^subsfitute,

of ^ A.
On their part
o7)iit, G-: L

add

ii.

he

is

Tr

evil

neither

spoken

of,

but on your part he

our, not rendei'ed with Btov, God, in

it

after

ye arc spoken

is

<;,

glorified

..

But Beza

anc? Elzevir

Saviour.

10.

After give diligence, add, by your (om. your ) good works

A (Alexandrian, cent, v.), the only other uncial MS.)

21.

To turn from

evil

substitute, to

L; to turn back out of

ottiVoj
wards from (ei's
John

substitute,

16.

iv. 14.

ii.

that ye will do, and do

G^ L

over the works of

xii.

iii.

G-.

21. After the order of Melchisedec

iii.

Tr

Tr A.

vii.

James

do

will

withdraAV thyself

9.

iii.

Gv L

G- L^

omit,

7.

ii.

Christ

Grace be with you

22.

n;

From such

5.

Timothy
iv.

L; the Lord Jesus Christ

That ye both do and

4.

vi.

Jesus Christ

After God, add, as also ye arc walking

2 Thessaloniaxs

substitute,

G-.

From God our Father and the Lord Jesus

And our fellow labourer omit, All.

iv. \.

iii.

Lord

{^

turnback from
Tr A to bend back(.)

(/^/

L (and

^.

2.3.

[/?"/]

/" t/tal /ir/cuoir/nt(/,'f/i

though given as doubtful

(he

Sun

Imtli flic

luither also.

These words

the A.V. and omitted in some

MSS., arc restored to the text l)y (i L
'I'r A w, and are also contained
in A (the Alexandrian, cent, v.), Ii (the Vatican, cent, iv.), and C
(Kphra-mi, cent, v.), (omitted in G and K, cents, ix. and x., but the
omission plainly arose from the similar ending of the j)rcvious clause.)

(in italics) in

correction of

in tlio ni;irgin.

VARIOUS READINGS IN LONGER CLAUSES.

1

John

10.

iii.

V. 7, 8.

JUDE

Doeth not righteousuess

StKuios)

L.

( '')

XI.

substitute, is

not righteous

In heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost, and these three
are one.
And there are three that bear witness in earth oniit, All.
(These words are found in no Greek Manuscript before the xv. or xvi.
cents., and in no ancient Version.)

name

13.

That believe on

22.

Of some^' have compassion

tlie

Son of God

of the

omit, All.

Making a diflfereuce
23.

25.

(eActTt)

some convict

substitute,

-LTTrA.
when they are disputing

substitute,

And

others save with fear, pulling them out of the

others save suatcliing them from the fire
G L

Tr A .

fire

and

Revelation

w.

11. I

ii.

substitute,

t
Tr A

Tr A
After Saviour, add, by Jesus Christ our Lord G-" L
time G^ L
Tr A
After power, add, before
all

i.

()

am Alpha and Omega,

the

((<;,

and the

first

omit, All.

last

2.

"Which say
assert, boast) that they are apostles
calling themselves apostles
All.

3.

Hast borne, and bast patience and

barest

substitute,

substitute,

thou hast patience, and

All.

13.

Thy

21.

After space to repent, add, and she will not (would not L"') repent of
her fornication (of this fornication n)

iii.

3.

iv.

3.

8.

works, and

v. 9.

10.

Tr

') ',
Lord

of tlicm

oj/itV,

Us

substitute,

G- L

(t*

iv

(^.)

them

vii.

omit,

G L

Tr

l^y

one of them {(v

each one of them)

Tr A

t*.

w.

and the number of them was ten thousand times ten

These irords are omitted in the Greek of the deceived Text,

that livcth for ever and ever

10. Salvation to

one

All.

(Stephens), but are inserted 6y

Him

',

substitute,

A.

11. After elders, add,

thousand.

H.

Lord and our God

substitute,

Us

G=:.

' )

Each of thciu {(v

G L Tr A

Unto our God

14.

w.

And she repented not omif, .

And heard, and hold fast omit,
And He that sat omit, G- Tr''.

[omit,

11.

G- L

07nit,

G L

Tr A

omit, All.

our God which sitteth upon the throne.

The Greek of the
Him that sitteth upon the throne of

Received Text reads, Salvation to

our God.
add,

viii.

7.

J//f/ oarth,

i.\.

2.

And ho opened

\\
*

the third of the earth

the bottomless pit

Some who

omit,

wa.i

G-

bunit

Tr'' h.

w.ivct M.

add, aud uf othure have compaaeioo with

fuar.

nj)-

All.

APPENDIX
Revelation
ix.

19. Received Text lias e^ova-iat, powers,

their tails, which

Their power
X. G.
xi.

1.

xiii.

7.

And
And
And

5.

xvii. 17.
xviii. 2.

17.
xix. 12.

xxii. 14.

substitute,

the angel stood

it

/or

ij/

,
Tr

power, cmd omits, and in

.

the power of the horses

All.

omit,

L^ Tr^

t^.

omit, All (including S'.)

was given unto him to make war with the saints and to overcome
omit, L.

After having, add, his name, and

Before the throne of

God

And

to agree

omit,

omit,

All.

AIL

A^.

Mightily, with a strong voice

substitute,

with a mighty voice

And

substitute,

and every passenger*

After

XX. 14. After

xxi. 12.

inserted

the sea and the things which are therein

them
xiv. 1.

is

all

the

company

He had,

add,

in ships

names

angels

fire

All.

Tr A}\

written, and

second death, add, the lake of

And at the gates twelve

Do his commandments

All.

G ^

Tr

omit, L.

substitute,

wash

their robes

" Evtrry one wIk) sailcth any whither."

Alford.

Tr

A.

APPENDIX

DIPHTHONGS.
Roman.

Character.

Pronunciation.

like

our affirmative ay

au

like

au

cu

like eu in

OL

oi

like oi in toil

ov and

ou

like ou in thou

vL

ui

like ui in quiet

xA

hui

like

at

ai

av

and

The rough breathing, ', has the power

The smooth breathing, ', has no sound.

of

in aught

^<;^^

Europe

in tohile.

Every word beginning with a vowel has one of

these.

Final a, e, i, and o, in prepositions and some other particles, are dropped before
we have
a word commencing with a vowel, thus for

And

, and ,
to , thus,

7,

to X,

'

thus brought before a rough breathing, are changed,

'.

to

PRONUNCIATION OF WORDS.
Two

syllables, accent

More than two,

on

first syllable.

accent

on

last syllable

on

last

but two

but one
if

if

long vowel.

short.

VERBS
Formed from Noxim
a shade
express

or to have that which the noun or

On referring a verb to this table,
discovered, which it may be difficult or impossible to

imply

or Adjectives,

may
of meaning may be

adjective signifies, and

to he

be thus classified.

in translation.

STATE

,
/,
8,
,
,
- ^,
The having,

being, or

OR ACTION.

becoming that which the noun denotes.

,
/,,

Rot Noun.

Eiampleii.

Endings.

daring,

to have daring

to be at

-'

to be a slave (of another)

This

7;7,

to be childish, play like a child

is

to be or act the

with a Dative following.

Jew
I'.ut

(Gal.

war.

a slave.

to be a disciplc*

-^

,
;,

war

ii.

14)

where an Accusative

',
follows,

it is

a disciple.
cliild.

a Jew.
transitive

and

or consequent upon the state or quality. Compare

with Dative, Matt, xxvii. 57 (be a discii>le) and with Accusative, Matt, xxviii.

therefore expres.se some acliou implied

in,

19 (make a disciple.)

VERBS AND SUBSTANTIVES.

CAUSATIVE.
Carrying out the act which

,
,
],
-,
,

Endings.

',

is

proper to the noun.

Root Noun.

Example.

make a slave (of anotlier),

to make hostile
to make war

to

,,

-'^

,
,
- ,
-,

to
to

make
make

full,

cnsliivo

9,

a slave.

7/9,

war.
>j

^^, a great number.

multiply

white, whiten

\evK(')s,

to tend as a shepherd

white.

a shepherd.

Verbs from simpler verbal stems, are

-^

to bear frequently,

-oj

i.e.,

-'

FREQUENTATIVE.
i.e.,

to

to groan frequently

wear

to groan.
to bear.

INCHOATIVE.

denoting the beginning or progress of an action.

to

grow young

((), to grow tipsy

,
,

,
,
/,
,
),

to be young.
to be drunken.

to give in marriage

to

DESIDERATIVE.
to desii'C to be at \var

to desire to laugh

many.

to be at war.

to laugh.

SUBSTANTIVES
are to a large extent derived from or connected with verbs, and may be classified
according to their endiin/fi or affixes, to each of which a particular meaning is
attached.

THE MALE AGENT

Nom.
njp

Geii.

E.viini]>I&s.

or DOER.

APPENDIX

XVl

ACTION

as incomplete and in progress.

Nom.

Gen.

-<

,,

jj

-5

Example.

^,

-9

Tdi^ts,

-c<iK

sacrifice.

scrutiny.

aiTanging;

,
%

7/3.

doing.

ACTION

of the verb proceeding from the subject, the action and

-<*

(6,

-9

-?+

shaking, earthquake.

standing, station.

,
,
,
,
,

RESULT,

giving, gift {compare Eng. " dose.")

Kpiats, the act or

-,
-<;

time of pronouncing sentence.

the act of gloi'ying.

the act of eating.

the thing done, or the passive object

its result.

pursuing, or being pursuing.

the result or product of an

act.

thing done.

the Substance eaten, food.

thing sown.

-oi;9

-OS

the sentence pronounced.

the subject matter or theme of glorying.

sorrow.

7(<;,

grief.

ACTION
of the root, actively or passively.

^''] memor}',

-ys

-,
^,

that which remembers.

line (which

has been di*awn.)

process of teaching; thing taught.

QUALITY.

,
',
,
,

These are derived from adjectives, and correspond to our Eng. terminations
-dom, -hood, -ness.

-ias

-, -^
-<;

-TijTos

truthfulness.

/^,

^,

righteousness.

sound-mindedness.
sanctity (the condition.)

holiness (the abstract quality.)

equality.

(habitual) speed.

-OS
*

-os

Frequently

-/

Toixos,

';

and

(temporary) swiftness.
t Some NounB.

/xos.

from aytoTv/s, the former marking the condition, the latter the
= the state or holy frame of mind in which the action of the
evidenced and exempliiied. (See 1 Thee. iv. 3, 4 ; 1 Pet, i. 2.
(iiffcra

abstract qualltij.

verb

13

SUBSTANTIVES AXD ADJECTIVES.

IXSTRU>fKXT
with

wliicli

Xom.

the accent acts, or place of action.

Examples,

f;en.

,,

,,

-Tf)oi'

Ai'r/)oi',

,,

-Tijpiof

-pa

,,

U)v

-eiov

upoTfiov, ploufjli.

ransom.

,^

oTi'ifuoi',

cup.

IXiiTTi'ipioi',

reXtoueioi', toll-honsc.

',

elSiokelov, seat of

-lov

-101'

or place of pr.ijVitiation.

veil.

,',

an

idol.

school for exercise.

DIMINUTIVES

belong to the class of fientile nouns, or Patronymics.

-iov*

-tov

-Of

',

Many
book

little

child (from

a youth

of the.sc forms arc used without

a burden

just

slh

puella

).

(feni. -au^tV/<//,

a young"

girl).

any Diminutive meaning, a.s

the only Latin word for f/ir/.

is

xviii.

..

'

PREP0SITI0X8.

'

OBLIGATION.
adjectives conveying the idea of necessity or duty.

KXDIXGS.
Ji;is.

Xeut.

Feni.
-Tfit

K.XAMPLKS.

ought to be loosened (from

AjTeos, that

Tf'oi

that ought to

put (from

l)e

', to loose.)

\<),

to cast.)

PREPOSITIONS.
these have been given more or less fully wherever they
But the following scheme may be presented of
occur in the body of the work.
their primary significations, and also of their force in composition, i.e., when pre-

The various meanings of

fixed to a verb or nomi.

" Prepositions represent primarily -the local relation of one object to another,"

The (ieomctrical parts of an object are thi'ce, a

Examine first, the six Geometrical parts of

A SOLID
The upper plane
The under plane
The front
The side

The

...

rear (out of sight)

a superficies, and a

line.

CUBE.

,
,

...

Both sides

OR

(",

solid,

over.

under.

over against, opposite.

-,

beside.

,*

about.

behind.

THE SUPERFICIES.
The plane on which it stands
The boundary line round it

...

/,

...

-c/k',

Inside of

...

e'r,

...

(, from, out

it

Outside of

it

upon.
around.

in.

VERTICAL

LINE.

The top

...

up.

The bottom

...

,
,

A HORIZONTAL
The

front

...

The hinder extremity

The middle

(if

...

of (he same sub-

stance as the extremities)

The middle

(iff/

different

...

Vt,

down.

LINE.
in front of, before.

upon, or iVo, under.

^, with,

after (implying a.ssociation).

substance

from the extremities, as when

rope connects two trees)

imaginaiy (as that

which connects two stai-s)

Tf the line

of.

...

is

Not used

ia

o-i'r,

,
New

with (implying co-operation).

from.

Testament.

APPENDIX
If the particle

he added to

ere

7r/)o,

before,

it

.
becomes

-09

towards, to the point

of an object.
If

be added to

er, in, it

becomes

eh, into.

The Preposition does not really goA'crn a c;vse in the sense

only adds a more precise geometrical view of the relation

of determining
in

it

it

which two objects

stand to one another.*

The Cases

arc determined not by the preposition, but

The

by the idea

to

bo expressed.

Genitive, implies motion from, wlience'?

The Dative,

rest in,

or ronncction

The Accusative, motion

tnioan/s^,

irith,

where

whither]

PREPOSITION.S AS USED IN COMl'OSTTTON.

-, round

about,

-, up, back again.

instead

ui'T('-,

--, away

-,
ft'?,

(K,

of,

against, in return

for.

from, dismission, completeness,

through, thorough, between,

into.

out

(V, in,
7rt-,

of, fortli,

upon,

to, in addition.

-, down,
-,

-,

utterly.

upon, intrinsically.

downright, against.

with, implying association or partici[)ation, change.

beside, l)eyond, along.

/-, around, over and above,

7/30-,

-,
-,

towards, in addition

to.

with, implying co-operation, compression.

above, excess.

im-ep-,
vTTo-,

excess.

before, furwai'd.

under, concealment, repressirin.

COMPOUND WORDS.
be seen from the body f)f the work that the two languages do not exactly
answer to each other, word fur word one (Jreek word may often rcipiiro several
English Avords to express it and vice versa.
The words do not run in eipial
})arallel lines, thus
(each stroke rej)resenting a word)
It will

Greek
English

See Quarterly Review, .January,

180.3.

COMPOUND WOUDS.

much more

This would have made the work

XXI

simple both in

its

prepanxtiou and

iu its use.
IlutliLT

do the languages run thus

En<di.sli

many

There are
ahove given

other particles used

compusitiuu licsides the Piepusitions

iu

e.g.,

ADVERBS,
-, (frwu u/) together, as

-,

together.

.uttus, all

lately, {only in 1 I'et.

ii.

-'/, new-born.)

well, prosperoi/f/i/.

ti'i-,

-,

again, (onfy in Matt. xix.

Trar-, all,

afar

T);/\e-,

and Titus

I'S

.'),

iii.

-(',

regeneration.)

neuter of-a^-.)

Mark

in

(oiilt/

off,

viii.

/',-,

iT),

shining afar, or to a distiuicc,

clearly, distinctly.)

UTHEll I'AirncLES.
a

tir ctr,

(i,

not, usitdlh/ calltd

{from

jiriviticc, like

'5-, hardly, answerivg to Enylish

half, {like Latin, semi),

>j/xi-,

our un-.

up.) intensive.

ai'u,

',

dis-, mis-,

only in

',

or un-.
half an hour, ami.

half

dead.

As a

rule the prepositions* are used with verbs,

and the aliove with nouns and

adjectives.

Compounds may be
rarathetic,

of two kinds

(^,

distinct

juxta-position) where the several parts of a word may exist

the foimer part of the word being always a

from each other

preposition, iidvcrb, or particle (never a verb.^

{'^;,

set together, or composed) where the former word

or verb (never a particle.)

Synt/u'tir,

is

Illustration, showing how, in the New Testament t one word may be

by being compounded with a number of other verbs.

noun

varied,

KpLVM, to separate, la nee, to judge.

I. SUBSTANTIVIvS

<,
,
{-) ',
(-)

judgment,

(a(

rojiitiNo

lo

(uvkn aiidve.)

time of judgment,

the process of separation, the act or

sentence itronounccd, the result or jiroUuct o/jmlynuvt.

(-/)

(-T>/<) K/)iT>/s-, a

Iribinial, the instrvment or place

o/ judgment.

judge, the male agent.

lI.-AU.)EtTlVE.

(-<)
*

KpiTiKU'i, uble or

Soiuetimcs two

+ There arc

New

:iru iise<l,

many

Testament.

lit

other

to

judge or

.separate, (occ. llel.

iv.

12.)

eacli will tlieir uLanicteristio force.

of this

verb existing

in

Greek

literature, but n^t in the

APPENDIX

-,

III.

-,
-,
(
--,
-,*

judge

among, admit,

judgment

judgment, adjudge, (Luke

like

xxiii. 2J-.)

condemn.

against,

(to separate distinct things

and then bring them near

to judge together, compai'e (opjwsite to

-.)

Middle) to give a judicial answer, hence,

to

oneself.

(2 Cor. x. 12.)

by a

u230n, to confirm

to give

-',

In middle to separate

throughout, distinguish.

to reckon in or

-t Kptvio, to

crvy

AND PREPOSITIONS.

separate up, investigate.

8ia-K[)LiOj, se])arate

--,

do the above again, to answer

agiiin,

gen., to

iinto one) hence,

answer, respond.

or to answer against.

to give judgment under a cause or matter, gen., to answer, reply ;

then to answer upon the stage, to play a part to represent another person
by acting under a mask, to personate to be thought somebody different by
being binder a mask ; hence, to dissemble, (Luke xx. 20.)

--

do the above with any one, (Gal.

to

ii.

13.)

IV. SUBSTANTIVES and PREPOSITIONS. +

'--,

examination, (occ. Acts xxv. 26.)

770-69,

answer, reply.

-^,
5,

the act of distinguishing, discernment.

condemnation, censure.

--?, thcact

of stage playing or personating under a

tion, {u'hence the ivord, liypocrisy), (occ. Matt, xxiii.

,
-,
,
-

xii.

fear

Gal.

tlie

ii.

13;

-,
(J.

Pet.

ii.

hence, dissimula-

!Mark

xii.

15

Luke

1.)

sentence of death, and the result of

to death, despair of

it,

life.

pre-judging,

i.e.,

prejudice, prepossession,

(occ.

Tim.

21.)

a stage player, one

\'.

who

jiersonates

under a mask;

hence, a hypocrite.

NEGATIVE CO.MPOUNDS.

not capaljle of separating, imjjartial or sincere, (James

---^, not

iii.

17.)

subject to condemnation, luicondemncd.

KpiTos, not capable of dissimulation, unfeigned.

-,
ci'At-Kpir;/5,

VI. WITH NOUNS and PRONOUNS.

self

judged of

condemned,

-,
i'jKios,

(occ.

Titus

in the sunliglit, th'^n,

sincere, (occ. Phil.

iv.

in<tsL,

sentence against, condemnation.

',

Tim.

result of judicial I'csponsc

and exposure

fore-judging,

v.

28

i.

10; 2 Pet.

iii.

iii.

12.)

by imjdicatiou clear as liglit, iiianil'e.st,

1), from et'Avy, sunshine, cognate with

the sun.)

having the quality of the above,

Anciently synonymoHH with

clearness;

~.

t Compare these with the corresponding verbs given above.

/te/tte,

pureness, sincerity.

APPENDIX
VAHIATION>S IN THE READINGS
OF

Til

CODEX SINAITICUS

(^*).

Accurdiiig to Prufossor TiachciKlorf the Cudcx Siimiticus has been corrected (or

by various

rather, altered)

made

copyists,

whose variations he

classifies as

having been

respectively by Scribe A,* Scribe B,t and Scribe C. +

in the body of this work and in the appendix of longer clauses, onli/ tho readings

of the Original lianuscript have been given,

following

and

list all

the coiTcctions of the diftercnt Scribes that are of any importance

likely to be referred to or required l)y the Student, arc noticed.

quoted as h"; Scribe

quoted as
signs

lu-e

K.

Where

15,

as ''

'

and Scribe C, as

all

the

the original MS.

and where they

are placed in the

the reading of the original .MS.

Fuinul tlirougli

Scribe A,
is

is

always

these corrections accord with the Authorised Version, tho

placed in the column so headed

the Critical Headings they

When

In the

and these arc complete.

New Testament

is

difi'er,

colunm lieaded "

doul)tful

it

is

but agree with

Critical Readings."

expressed thus

(w).

cxcciit the Ilcvclation.

+ Fouiul in the (iuapcls only.

:|:

Found throughout the whole

There are

of tlic

furtlier subdivisions

use like this arc uot spccilicd.

New

made by

Testament.

Prof. Tischendorf, wliicli in a Avork for popular

xxiv.

xxviii.

"

xxxii.

ADDITIONS AND COKKECTIONS

FOR FOURTH EDITION.

PAGINATION,

ABHOR,

No.

p. 18, in line 2 of

omitted, No.

p. 18, texts
vii. 8, 20, 24, 40;

13; Phil.

xiii.

1,

ii.

i.

iii.

25

Tim.

John

Heb. vii. 3; 1 Pet. i. 23 ;

14, 17, 24, 27i*'", 28, iii. 6, 14,

10,

(!,

John '".
AGES, p. 3, in line
2

11

(line 2), for "{occ.

p. 222, under 2,
xviii. 18)," reiMl occ. Acts xvii.

18

husUt

"

foi

EAR,

XX vi.

1, " wastes," should be

5," put 2 Eph. iii. 5.

iii.

5," should be Matt.

2 Cor.

"2 Cor.

54.

p.

xi. 4--:"

AT, pp. 74 and

Mark
Luke
John

ii. 14
xxii 30, 40.

29.

add

p. 82,

Matt. xxvi.

lb.

3.
XX. 14, 15.
.\xvii. 3," read 3. Acts

Acts

2.

vii. 26.

1.

for "

should be
'

2c.

2a.

aiM

75,

42""i,"

xi.

''

3.

And

15.

ANOTHER,

xxvii.

3.

before Hatt. xxvi. 31, read 2 instead

p. 210,

EVEN,

p. 257, for

EVEN

AS,

EVEN I, p. 258,
EVEN SO I, p. 250,
EXCEED,

BLESS, p.
CALL, p.
14,

104,
129,

John XV.

CARCASE,

in the sight

add

15

p. 133,

9.

-"-

PAST

Heb.

iii.

7," read

1.

Tim.

1, add

Heb.

ui. 17.

throuRh, or by means of the

Sia,

151,

p.

ii.

(uit/i art.).

add, with the article

it

is

"The

add

p. 286,

xix. 1,19;

FRUITPUT.,
17, p. 311.

FIVE.

p. 290,

p. 150, in line

No.

COMFORT,
No.

p. IfiS,

No.

p. 183,

DEDICATE,

p.

add

for " No.

1,

3,

"

1.

2 Thee.

3. irapiiMv'^'OC.

CONSUME,

,"

of No.

17.

Ifi,"

read

2U, for "marff. pun'ey,

"

211,

p.

add the references

read mar^.
for No.

7,

which have been omitted, viz. Matt. vi. 13

xxvii. Wt
Luke xi. 4 (up.) Rom. vii. 24; 2 ('or.
Kiai.ii.f; Col. i. 13; 1 Tlies. i. 10; 2 Tim.
i.
:

iii.

11

iv.

18; 2 Pet.

DEPART,

Uo,

ii.

p.*2in, subbtitiite for

relom

{occ,

Rev.

No. 10

Luke

oe nnder
(Bi
C
iv),"
J pp. 730 and 740.

I,

2 Cor.

2.

xvi. 24,

xviii. 6,"

refs. for No.

xxi. 2.

read

Acts

1.

Rev.

7.

xvii. 6, 23,

xiv. 10, 12.

fruit-bearing. Acts xiv.

under "

(see

THREE "

for sym-

meaning).

GODLY, p. 335, add 3. 2 Pet. ii. 9.

GREAT, p. 342, for " 2. Luke xxii.

27," road

15.

Luke

2.

xxiii. 27.

17

1.

80
24

i.

xii.

add

p. 347,

Luke

ii. 4<1

xiii.

p. 350,
10.

IF, p. 398,

refs.

insert

Thes.
1.

xii.

20

iii.

1.

for No. 1, M*tt. vi. 28

27 ()). xiii. 19; Acts vii
li. 21 ; 2 Pet. iii. 18.

Eph.

before Heb.

U, should be

ayy(\o<;, see

1.

Matt.

1.

Mark

1.

Luke

xi. 10.
i. 2.
vii. 24, 27.

ix. 52.

(letlcr (sto

TEACH,

p. 701.

1 1,

and

Pet.

iv. 14.

2.

ANGEL."
APOSTLE."

2 Cor. viii. 23.

1.

2.
1.

PERFECT (B), 679, add 2. 2 Cor.

PURPLE (HKi.LKK of), p. 014.

^,

iv.

under "

SCO "

2. <i7io<rTu,\oi,

.xii. 7.

Phil. ii. 25.

Jae. ii. 25.
xiii. 11.

Seller of purple cloth,

pi'bi'lb").

a purple-

under "

.Vets xvi.

unto, with a Tiew to,

xii. .30.)

add

7,0.

the,

and

and

xii.

should be

jmri/i/.

DELIVKU.

add Acts

MKSSENGER,

ii. ft.

0," read

iii.

GENERATION, p. 316, add 1. Luke x.vi. 32.

GO UP, p. 330, for "Acts xii. 15," read 12,

HAVE.

JEdUS.

COME,

jg

5 i', 6, 8

)i);hlhanda.s marking; the blessinir, jioition.and

position of Hi.s ChurcQ. See further under

"

2 Cor.

read

one who cornea in advance to a place whither the rest are to follow
(lion occ), Heb. vi. 20.
FRIEND, paere 308, add refs. for No. 1, Luke xi.

GROW,

it is

'

p. 285, for "4.

xviii. 6 ""

Chntt " who was olTered to Israel as the hope

blewsinji of the nation without the article
" Christ," as the one exalted now to God's

and

',"

(mak), p. 270,

bolical

for "

CHAIN, p. 142, add 2. Jude 6.

CHILD-BEARING, p. 150, after
CHRIST,

xxiii. 3',"

"
read
or even I.

f or

")

p. 205, for

FILL,

27

and estimation of.

John xvii. 24.
add Luke i. 42 t'";
for "13. John xv. 15 -"'," read

i.e.,

p. 94,

" read [ad.]

"4a. Matt,

0.

iii.

FORERUNNER,

againbt,

[adj.]

'

p. 258, for

5a, etc.

FIND,

39.

BEEN, p. 88, add le. Matt. xxvu. 54, had B.

BEFORE, p. 80, insert No. 15, (careVafTi, down over

BEHOLD,

rtad 4 John

of"l.'

No.

2 of

"Matt. xxvi.

p. f2,

I.

.">,"

iv.

Eph.

"4 John

p. 230, for

iv. 15

, 24;

AND

369 have been cancelled.

UEVIL.

DRAW,

Cor.

13; iv. 20;

ii.

rid

Acts

ABIDE,

BE,

pages 368

" ion," should be

1,

add

2 Titus

ii.

12.

")

C" STRAIT

, iiiidl the Urn

801, add 2b.
xrhenforrtr, 2b. 1. Cor. xv. 25 (No. 2,
L Tr
A Si, 2b. Rev. ii. 25.

TILL,

Ip.

J^

imnnniamnv